openSUSE Translation Commits

Download

translation-commit@lists.opensuse.org

October 2014

25 participants
969 discussions

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89782 - trunk/yast/ne/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:47:39 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89782 Added: trunk/yast/ne/po/cio.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/opensuse_mirror.ne.po Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/add-on-creator.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/add-on.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/audit-laf.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/auth-client.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/auth-server.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/autoinst.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/base.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/bootloader.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/ca-management.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/cluster.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/control-center.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/control.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/country.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/crowbar.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/dhcp-server.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/dns-server.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/drbd.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/fcoe-client.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/firewall-services.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/firewall.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/firstboot.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/ftp-server.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/geo-cluster.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/gtk.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/http-server.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/inetd.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/installation.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/instserver.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/iplb.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/iscsi-client.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/iscsi-lio-server.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/iscsi-server.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/isns.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/kdump.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/kerberos-server.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/kerberos.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/languages_db.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/ldap-client.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/ldap-server.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/ldap.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/live-installer.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/lxc.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/mail.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/multipath.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/ncurses-pkg.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/ncurses.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/network.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/nfs.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/nfs_server.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/nis.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/nis_server.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/ntp-client.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/oneclickinstall.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/online-update-configuration.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/online-update.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/packager.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/pam.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/pkg-bindings.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/printer.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/product-creator.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/proxy.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/qt-pkg.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/qt.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/rdp.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/rear.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/registration.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/reipl.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/relocation-server.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/s390.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/samba-client.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/samba-server.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/samba-users.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/scanner.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/security.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/services-manager.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/slp-server.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/snapper.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/sound.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/squid.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/sshd.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/storage.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/sudo.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/support.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/sysconfig.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/tftp-server.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/timezone_db.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/tune.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/update.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/users.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/vm.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/wagon.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/wol.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/xpram.ne.po trunk/yast/ne/po/yast2-apparmor.ne.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/add-on-creator.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/add-on-creator.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/add-on-creator.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/add-on.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/add-on.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/add-on.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -45,21 +45,21 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "" @@ -85,10 +85,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "" @@ -217,40 +217,40 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" "Select the repository to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "" @@ -262,33 +262,33 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -296,12 +296,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "" #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 msgid "" "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -310,102 +310,102 @@ msgstr "" #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Product" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr "" #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "" #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/audit-laf.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/audit-laf.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/audit-laf.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -782,30 +782,44 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "" -#. Error message +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +msgstr "" + +#. question continues +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "" -"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" -"Do you want to start it now?" +msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476 -msgid "" -" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -"Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484 -msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Do not start" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -814,36 +828,36 @@ msgstr "" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "" #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -851,26 +865,26 @@ msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "" #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 msgid "Log file" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/auth-client.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/auth-client.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/auth-client.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -390,23 +390,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/auth-server.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/auth-server.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/auth-server.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -236,6 +236,10 @@ msgstr "" #. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" @@ -655,20 +659,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" -"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" "specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" @@ -678,14 +684,14 @@ "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -695,13 +701,13 @@ "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" @@ -709,7 +715,7 @@ "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click Change Password. \n" @@ -719,28 +725,28 @@ "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" "the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" @@ -751,17 +757,17 @@ "thumbs)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" "should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" @@ -770,7 +776,7 @@ "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -779,30 +785,30 @@ "option. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" @@ -810,34 +816,34 @@ "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" @@ -845,30 +851,30 @@ "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" @@ -876,21 +882,21 @@ "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" "in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" @@ -902,11 +908,11 @@ "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" "made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" @@ -914,21 +920,21 @@ "such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" @@ -938,15 +944,15 @@ "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -954,28 +960,28 @@ "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" @@ -985,22 +991,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" #. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1008,11 +1014,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" @@ -1020,78 +1026,78 @@ msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" "Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" "support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" "corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" "different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" @@ -1099,19 +1105,19 @@ "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" @@ -1119,71 +1125,71 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" "receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1191,7 +1197,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" "\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" @@ -1201,29 +1207,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" "server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" @@ -1232,231 +1238,231 @@ #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "" @@ -1765,6 +1771,10 @@ #. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "" @@ -2690,8 +2700,8 @@ msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "" @@ -2954,7 +2964,7 @@ msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "" @@ -2967,101 +2977,101 @@ msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/autoinst.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/autoinst.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/autoinst.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -106,8 +106,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "" -#. doClone(); -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "" @@ -117,33 +116,26 @@ msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the -#. system. -#. -#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42 +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92 -msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "" #. help 1/2 @@ -275,21 +267,21 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "" @@ -2159,12 +2151,12 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 msgid " - Drive" msgstr "" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 msgid " - Volume group" msgstr "" @@ -2263,11 +2255,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 msgid "Total of %1 drive" msgstr "" @@ -2447,35 +2439,35 @@ msgstr "" #. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "" #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "" #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/base.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/base.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/base.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -1168,7 +1168,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "" @@ -1191,7 +1191,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" @@ -1372,6 +1372,25 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "" + +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 msgid "Really abort the installation?" @@ -1951,15 +1970,15 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "" @@ -1967,27 +1986,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" @@ -1997,326 +2016,326 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "ATM" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "TUN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "TAP" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "" @@ -2379,7 +2398,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2388,26 +2407,23 @@ msgstr "" #. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 -msgid "No running network detected." +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356 -msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" -msgstr "" - -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" -"and start this module again" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360 -msgid "or continue without network." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -2708,51 +2724,51 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 msgid "Package: " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 msgid "Size: " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "" @@ -2761,57 +2777,57 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -2822,34 +2838,34 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 msgid "Side A" msgstr "" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 msgid "Side B" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" msgstr "" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -2858,7 +2874,7 @@ msgstr "" #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -2867,89 +2883,89 @@ msgstr "" #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "" #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -2957,103 +2973,103 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "" #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 msgid "Script: " msgstr "" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3063,68 +3079,68 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 msgid "Status" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "" @@ -3135,27 +3151,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "" #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "" #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3163,7 +3179,7 @@ msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" @@ -3219,44 +3235,20 @@ msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "" -#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 -msgid "" -"The current system is not consistent,\n" -"some packages have unresolved dependencies." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 -msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 -msgid "" -"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -"in the software manager." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263 -msgid "" -"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" -"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgstr "" - #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3264,12 +3256,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3386,7 +3378,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 msgid "Packages" msgstr "" @@ -3711,7 +3703,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -3720,23 +3712,23 @@ msgstr "" #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3750,12 +3742,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3768,96 +3760,102 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "" #. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 msgid "Remaining" msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 msgid "Time" msgstr "" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 msgid "&Details" msgstr "" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 +msgid "Performing Upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" msgstr "" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "" #. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." msgstr "" #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "" @@ -4465,7 +4463,7 @@ msgstr "" #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/bootloader.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/bootloader.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/bootloader.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -124,22 +124,22 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "" #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "" @@ -148,12 +148,12 @@ #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Disk Order" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "" @@ -164,10 +164,9 @@ msgstr "" #. `VSpacing(1), -#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. Window title #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "" @@ -260,23 +259,29 @@ "to start this section." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -285,25 +290,25 @@ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" @@ -311,7 +316,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -320,72 +325,72 @@ "To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "" @@ -437,110 +442,110 @@ #. Common widget of a console #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "" #. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 msgid "&Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 msgid "&Down" msgstr "" #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 +msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809 -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 +msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748 -msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 -msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "" -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "" -#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "" -#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -576,24 +581,40 @@ msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" + #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels @@ -626,30 +647,50 @@ msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +msgid "set" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +msgid "remove" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "" + #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "" #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "" +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +msgstr "" + #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -663,7 +704,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "" @@ -794,11 +835,7 @@ msgid "Xen" msgstr "" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91 msgid "Floppy" msgstr "" @@ -1649,33 +1686,34 @@ #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "" @@ -1684,31 +1722,33 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "" #. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 msgid " (\"/boot\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 msgid " (\"/\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "" @@ -1731,232 +1771,126 @@ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76 +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "" -#. if "iscsi" is true -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166 -msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184 +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259 -msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" #. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85 -msgid "Failsafe" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97 -msgid "Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103 -msgid "Memory Test" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109 -msgid "MBR before Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115 -msgid "Previous Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121 -msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230 -msgid "_Linux" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237 -msgid "_Failsafe" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244 -msgid "_Floppy" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251 -msgid "_Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258 -msgid "_Memory Test" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265 -msgid "_MBR before Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272 -msgid "_Previous Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279 -msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/ca-management.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/ca-management.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/ca-management.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -55,25 +55,25 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "" @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ msgstr "" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "" @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ msgid "Email" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "" @@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #. we need to fake a certificate name #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 @@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ #. The main () #. To translators: dialog label #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" @@ -661,11 +661,18 @@ msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "" +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "" + #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 @@ -673,29 +680,29 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" msgstr "" @@ -726,51 +733,99 @@ msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " msgstr "" #. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "" @@ -824,7 +879,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 msgid "Summary" msgstr "" @@ -856,18 +911,18 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr "" @@ -879,40 +934,40 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "" @@ -986,83 +1041,203 @@ "Certificate not found" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" + #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 msgid "Expired" msgstr "" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "" #. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 msgid "Export" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 msgid "Export to File" msgstr "" #. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "" @@ -1152,7 +1327,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "" @@ -1580,7 +1755,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "" @@ -1782,6 +1957,13 @@ "Request not found.\n" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "" + #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention #. @return [void] @@ -1790,77 +1972,77 @@ #. @param request extention #. @return [void] #. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "" #. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 msgid " days" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "" #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "" #. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "" Added: trunk/yast/ne/po/cio.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/cio.ne.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/cio.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +# Nepali message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2011 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ne\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" +"\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/cluster.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/cluster.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/cluster.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -78,229 +78,229 @@ msgstr "" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "nodeid" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428 -msgid "expected votes:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "" -#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677 -msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Not running" msgstr "" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 msgid "Del" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" msgstr "" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "" #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" @@ -313,23 +313,26 @@ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" @@ -338,7 +341,7 @@ "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" @@ -349,28 +352,28 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<big>Saving cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -389,96 +392,96 @@ msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "" #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/control-center.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/control-center.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/control-center.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/control.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/control.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/control.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -17,708 +17,206 @@ "\n" "\n" -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7 -msgid "Add-On Product Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15 -msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:355 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "\n" "\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +" " msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429 -msgid "Initialization..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430 -msgid "Configuring network..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431 -msgid "Configuring hardware..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432 -msgid "Finishing configuration..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:343 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72 -#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464 -#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 msgid "Expert" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398 -#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692 -#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510 -#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313 -#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219 -#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237 -#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328 -#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449 -#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +msgid "Network Autosetup" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976 -#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515 -#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255 -#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261 -#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879 -msgid "User Settings" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +msgid "Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747 -msgid "Installation Overview" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291 -#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299 -#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469 -#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477 -#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517 -#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612 -#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624 -#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748 -#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756 -#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777 -#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822 -msgid "Repair" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869 -msgid "Disk" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "" -#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL -#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645 -#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397 -#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405 -#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421 -#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042 -msgid "System Information" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046 -msgid "Perform Repair" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446 -#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488 -#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459 -#: control/control.glade:503 -msgid "Language" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651 -#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631 -#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318 -#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560 -#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648 -#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566 -#: control/control.glade:656 -msgid "Customer Center" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346 -#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578 -#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662 -#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672 -#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284 -msgid "Online Update" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588 -#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301 -msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335 -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227 -msgid "root Password" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244 -msgid "Check Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250 -msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680 -#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719 -#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733 -#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459 -msgid "AutoYaST Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658 -msgid "Clean Up" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314 -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330 -msgid "Server Base Scenario" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331 -msgid "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" -"Choose the one that matches your server the best." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337 -msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338 -msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339 -msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663 -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784 -msgid "Server Scenario" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:286 -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade:340 -msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.glade:634 -msgid "Root Password" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -"\t " -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452 -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454 -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456 -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970 -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/country.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/country.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/country.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/crowbar.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/crowbar.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/crowbar.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/dhcp-server.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/dhcp-server.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/dhcp-server.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 msgid "IP" msgstr "" @@ -537,75 +537,74 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "" #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 msgid "&Units" msgstr "" @@ -613,48 +612,48 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "" @@ -662,7 +661,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -673,7 +672,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -681,53 +680,53 @@ msgstr "" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 msgid "&Default" msgstr "" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -735,8 +734,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "" @@ -744,135 +743,135 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 msgid "&Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "" #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "" #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "" #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -885,15 +884,15 @@ msgstr "" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -905,7 +904,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/dns-server.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/dns-server.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/dns-server.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/drbd.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/drbd.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/drbd.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -22,6 +22,16 @@ msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +msgid "DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +msgid "&DRBD" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -59,20 +69,72 @@ msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "" +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgstr "" + #. Drbd configure1 dialog caption #. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63 -msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" #. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 +msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -96,7 +158,7 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -110,7 +172,7 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 @@ -127,14 +189,77 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 +msgid "<big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Booting:\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually\n" +"\t\tSwitch On and Off:\n" +"\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tProtocol\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -144,32 +269,33 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" -"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" -"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" -"configured in this file.\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"Configure DRBD here. \n" +"Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" -"If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -177,30 +303,30 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" -"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -209,7 +335,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -217,7 +343,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -233,12 +359,13 @@ msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567 -msgid "Fill out all fields." +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 +msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -280,8 +407,8 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 msgid "" -"To propagate this configuration,\n" -"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" #. } @@ -295,85 +422,144 @@ #. Report::Error ( Service::Error()); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 -msgid "Starting DRBD service failed." +msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "" #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 -msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed." +msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. if (!modified) return true; #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 +msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/fcoe-client.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/fcoe-client.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/fcoe-client.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -37,20 +37,55 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "" +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 msgid "" "Cannot remove the FCoE interface.\n" "Command %1 failed." msgstr "" +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +msgid "not available" +msgstr "" + +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +msgid "not configured" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +msgid "true" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +msgid "false" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +msgid "not set" +msgstr "" + #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -58,7 +93,7 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -66,12 +101,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "" #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -79,28 +114,28 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "" #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" msgstr "" #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -108,30 +143,30 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." msgstr "" #. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "" #. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." msgstr "" #. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -451,197 +486,188 @@ msgstr "" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "" #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." +msgstr "" + #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" "VLAN interface to get a valid configuration." msgstr "" -#. it's about a flag which is not set at all -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110 -msgid "not set" -msgstr "" - -#. also about setting of a flag -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "true" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "false" -msgstr "" - #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 msgid "Check services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "" #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "" #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 msgid "Starting of services" msgstr "" #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/firewall-services.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/firewall-services.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/firewall-services.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/firewall.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/firewall.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/firewall.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/firstboot.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/firstboot.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/firstboot.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/ftp-server.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/ftp-server.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/ftp-server.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/geo-cluster.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/geo-cluster.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/geo-cluster.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -71,92 +71,249 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "arbitrator ip" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "transport" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" -#. parser value first -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +msgid "retries" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +msgid "weights" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +msgid "expire" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "timeout is no valid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +msgid "expire is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +msgid "retries is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +msgid "weights is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "ticket can not be null" msgstr "" +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 +msgid "site have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 +msgid "ticket have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 +msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +msgstr "" + #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317 +#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Geo Cluster configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "" + +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "" + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "" + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." +msgstr "" + +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "" + #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -165,75 +322,63 @@ #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#. read sites -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311 -msgid "Cannot write global settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315 -msgid "Cannot write sites settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write ticket -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318 -msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." -msgstr "" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/gtk.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/gtk.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/gtk.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/http-server.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/http-server.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/http-server.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/inetd.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/inetd.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/inetd.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/installation.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/installation.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/installation.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -53,22 +53,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 +#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "" @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "" @@ -247,6 +247,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -303,7 +304,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" @@ -357,10 +358,22 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 -msgid "License needs to be accepted" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "" +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -548,11 +561,11 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -573,13 +586,22 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "" -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +msgid "Initializing" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "" + #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" @@ -598,64 +620,64 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "" #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "" #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr "" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "" @@ -674,11 +696,6 @@ msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -691,13 +708,6 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "" - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 msgid "Installation Options" @@ -876,12 +886,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "" #. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -890,38 +900,38 @@ #. not using tabs #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "" #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "" #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." msgstr "" #. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "" @@ -930,45 +940,45 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "" #. menu button #. menu button #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "" #. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 msgid "&Export Configuration" msgstr "" #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "" #. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "" #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 msgid "" "\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -978,7 +988,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1006,7 +1016,7 @@ #. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 #. #. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" @@ -1015,7 +1025,7 @@ #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1024,7 +1034,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1033,7 +1043,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1042,7 +1052,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1050,12 +1060,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1064,7 +1074,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1072,7 +1082,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 msgid "" "Some proposals might be\n" "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" @@ -1080,11 +1090,11 @@ msgstr "" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 msgid "&Update" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 msgid "&Install" msgstr "" @@ -1199,65 +1209,49 @@ msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 -msgid "Search for Linux partitions" -msgstr "" - +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 -msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgstr "" - -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140 -msgid "Evaluate update possibility" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141 -msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "" #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1265,7 +1259,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1274,151 +1268,151 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 msgid "Removed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 msgid "Current Status" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 msgid "Repository" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "" #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "" -#. Removes selected repositories -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "" #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1428,7 +1422,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1438,7 +1432,7 @@ msgstr "" #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1447,7 +1441,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1456,7 +1450,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1464,7 +1458,7 @@ msgstr "" #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1533,52 +1527,47 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62 -msgid "Enabling random number generator..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "" @@ -1610,7 +1599,7 @@ msgstr "" #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -1803,3 +1792,44 @@ #: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:35 msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "" + +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "" + +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" +msgstr "" + +#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +msgid "Deploying..." +msgstr "" + +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgstr "" + +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/instserver.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/instserver.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/instserver.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/iplb.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/iplb.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/iplb.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -91,6 +91,22 @@ msgstr "" #. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "" @@ -200,7 +216,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -440,7 +456,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -578,6 +594,12 @@ msgstr "" #. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -590,6 +612,20 @@ msgid "weight" msgstr "" +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "" + +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "" + #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/iscsi-client.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/iscsi-client.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/iscsi-client.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -65,146 +65,150 @@ msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109 -msgid "Initiator Name" +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "Offloa&d Card" +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 +msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "" #. table of connected targets #. table of discovered targets #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "" #. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Log Out" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Log In" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "" #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "" #. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Startup" msgstr "" #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 msgid "Port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Key" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Value" msgstr "" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "Service" msgstr "" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -213,9 +217,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "" @@ -423,12 +427,12 @@ msgstr "" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "" #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "" @@ -436,36 +440,36 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 msgid "True" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 msgid "False" msgstr "" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "" @@ -545,12 +549,16 @@ msgstr "" #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70 -msgid "(Software)" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 +msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +msgid "all" +msgstr "" + #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -559,6 +567,6 @@ msgstr "" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/iscsi-lio-server.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/iscsi-lio-server.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/iscsi-lio-server.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/iscsi-server.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/iscsi-server.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/iscsi-server.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/isns.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/isns.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/isns.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -279,81 +279,81 @@ msgstr "" #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "" #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/kdump.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/kdump.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/kdump.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -361,8 +361,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -490,15 +490,6 @@ msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "" -#. checking if packages are available -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103 -msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115 -msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" @@ -1081,126 +1072,126 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/kerberos-server.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/kerberos-server.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/kerberos-server.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/kerberos.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/kerberos.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/kerberos.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/languages_db.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/languages_db.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/languages_db.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/ldap-client.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/ldap-client.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/ldap-client.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/ldap-server.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/ldap-server.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/ldap-server.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/ldap.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/ldap.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/ldap.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -230,46 +230,46 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" msgstr "" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" @@ -291,12 +291,12 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/live-installer.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/live-installer.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/live-installer.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/lxc.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/lxc.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/lxc.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/mail.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/mail.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/mail.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/multipath.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/multipath.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/multipath.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/ncurses-pkg.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/ncurses-pkg.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/ncurses-pkg.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/ncurses.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/ncurses.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/ncurses.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/network.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/network.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/network.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -85,84 +85,50 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "" -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" - #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" @@ -170,13 +136,13 @@ "SSH client" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" "service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" @@ -184,13 +150,48 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" + #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts #. Hosts dialog caption @@ -452,9 +453,18 @@ msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "" -#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst(); -#. Lan::Autoinstall(); -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173 +#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML +#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML +#. has higher priority +#. +#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with +#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than +#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". +#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means +#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". +#. Other elements may have similar problems, +#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "" @@ -534,7 +544,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -632,7 +642,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416 msgid "Options" msgstr "" @@ -701,13 +711,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Change." msgstr "" @@ -1066,14 +1076,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "" @@ -1086,7 +1096,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "" @@ -1269,35 +1279,35 @@ #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1311,11 +1321,11 @@ msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "" -#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" -"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" +"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" msgstr "" #. Network card name (wireless) @@ -1526,7 +1536,7 @@ msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** #. #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -1614,7 +1624,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1624,13 +1634,12 @@ msgstr "" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#. radio button group label, method of setup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "" @@ -1639,7 +1648,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "" @@ -1666,7 +1675,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1674,20 +1683,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1695,7 +1704,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1703,19 +1712,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" "configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1723,92 +1732,92 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" #. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291 msgid "&USB" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300 msgid "&Hotplug Type" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305 msgid "P&CI" msgstr "" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "" #. TODO: Ud ... Rules -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380 -msgid "Udev rules" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 msgid "Change" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 -msgid "Show visible port identification" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396 +msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406 msgid "Blink" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409 -msgid "Ethtool options" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411 +msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -1816,26 +1825,26 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 msgid "&Search" msgstr "" #. Remember current device number (#308763) #. see also bnc#391802 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1843,138 +1852,138 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -1982,7 +1991,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "" @@ -2025,28 +2034,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 msgid "" -"Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" -"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +"Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" "edit their configuration. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 msgid "" "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a network card to change or remove.\n" @@ -2054,7 +2062,7 @@ msgstr "" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" @@ -2064,12 +2072,12 @@ "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2078,7 +2086,7 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" @@ -2086,13 +2094,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2100,14 +2108,14 @@ "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" "also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" @@ -2116,7 +2124,7 @@ "different hostnames. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2125,14 +2133,14 @@ "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2140,7 +2148,7 @@ msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2148,7 +2156,7 @@ "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2156,7 +2164,7 @@ "command." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" "search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" @@ -2166,7 +2174,7 @@ "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2180,26 +2188,26 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" "Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 msgid "" "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" @@ -2207,7 +2215,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2215,7 +2223,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" @@ -2223,7 +2231,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" @@ -2231,19 +2239,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" "Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2254,11 +2262,11 @@ "the firewall will be disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" @@ -2268,19 +2276,19 @@ "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" "Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2290,7 +2298,7 @@ msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" "hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" @@ -2303,21 +2311,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" "Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 msgid "" "Enter an IPv4 Address Label, an IP Address, and\n" "the Netmask." msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" "IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" @@ -2325,14 +2333,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr "" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" " Passphrase: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2349,14 +2357,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2366,7 +2374,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2378,7 +2386,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. WEP\n" @@ -2399,7 +2407,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2409,7 +2417,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2420,14 +2428,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" @@ -2971,23 +2979,23 @@ msgstr "" #. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" @@ -2998,17 +3006,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3019,112 +3027,111 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Modems" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "" -#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -"cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -"\n" -"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" -"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" -msgstr "" - #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 @@ -3369,7 +3376,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3563,76 +3570,81 @@ msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "" +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +msgid "NetworkManager Service" +msgstr "" + +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +msgid "Traditional ifup" +msgstr "" + +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +msgid "Wicked Service" +msgstr "" + +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +msgid "Network Services Disabled" +msgstr "" + #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -#. radio button label -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager -#. program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 -msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button label -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365 -msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button label -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 -msgid "Controlled by &wicked" +msgid "General Network Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" msgstr "" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "" @@ -3648,98 +3660,94 @@ msgstr "" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 -msgid "Device name:" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 +msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 -msgid "Base udev rule on" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110 msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "" -#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. -#. -#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid -#. -#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157 msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371 msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "" #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "" #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416 msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "" @@ -3758,389 +3766,408 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "" #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "" #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8 -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 msgid "No network running" msgstr "" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 msgid "connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "" #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "" +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239 +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr "" + #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "" +#. Enable xinetd +#. Enable XDM +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335 +msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "" + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "" -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "" -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "" @@ -4188,16 +4215,16 @@ msgstr "" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/nfs.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/nfs.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/nfs.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/nfs_server.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/nfs_server.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/nfs_server.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -73,27 +73,27 @@ msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "" #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -102,11 +102,11 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "" @@ -157,63 +157,55 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "" -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "" #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -221,25 +213,25 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others." msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" "and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" @@ -247,51 +239,51 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" "Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -299,82 +291,77 @@ msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" "Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." -msgstr "" - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -382,83 +369,71 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "" #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302 -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308 -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315 -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "" - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" msgstr "" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/nis.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/nis.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/nis.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/nis_server.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/nis_server.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/nis_server.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ #. To translators: checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "" @@ -370,22 +370,27 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 -msgid "N&IS domain name:" +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 +msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" msgstr "" +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +msgid "NIS &Master Server:" +msgstr "" + #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/ntp-client.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/ntp-client.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/ntp-client.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -47,21 +47,20 @@ msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "" -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 msgid "S&ynchronize now" @@ -74,21 +73,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "" +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "" + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 -msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" #. local clock type name @@ -590,10 +597,13 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -601,7 +611,7 @@ "is more secure and strongly recommended." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" "By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" @@ -610,7 +620,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -620,7 +630,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -630,14 +640,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -645,14 +655,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -660,7 +670,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -672,14 +682,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -688,7 +698,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -697,7 +707,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -705,7 +715,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -713,7 +723,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -721,7 +731,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -730,7 +740,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" @@ -738,7 +748,7 @@ "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -750,49 +760,49 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." msgstr "" #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." msgstr "" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." msgstr "" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -800,7 +810,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -810,7 +820,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -818,7 +828,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -831,7 +841,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -839,7 +849,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -849,7 +859,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -858,7 +868,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" "ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" @@ -1191,117 +1201,120 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "" #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "" #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "" #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "" #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/oneclickinstall.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/oneclickinstall.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/oneclickinstall.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/online-update-configuration.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/online-update-configuration.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/online-update-configuration.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/online-update.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/online-update.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/online-update.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -109,13 +109,18 @@ msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "" -#. yes/no message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" msgstr "" +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +msgid "No update repository configured yet." +msgstr "" + #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" Added: trunk/yast/ne/po/opensuse_mirror.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/opensuse_mirror.ne.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/opensuse_mirror.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +# Nepali message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2011 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ne\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" +"\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/packager.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/packager.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/packager.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -140,6 +140,15 @@ msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "" +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." +msgstr "" + #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" @@ -457,7 +466,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" @@ -520,7 +529,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "" @@ -739,7 +748,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" @@ -747,7 +756,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" @@ -1073,7 +1082,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" @@ -1294,7 +1303,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1326,71 +1335,71 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "" #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -1435,7 +1444,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "" @@ -1443,13 +1452,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 msgid ">%1" msgstr "" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 msgid "Done." msgstr "" @@ -1457,21 +1466,21 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "" #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "" #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 msgid "Total" msgstr "" @@ -1480,144 +1489,185 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr "" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "" #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr "" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "" #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "" +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +msgid "New product %s will be installed" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +msgid "Product %s will be updated" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +msgid "Product %s will stay installed" +msgstr "" + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1625,50 +1675,50 @@ msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "" #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "" #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." msgstr "" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "" #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1677,72 +1727,74 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 msgid "&Language" msgstr "" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 -msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399 -msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" +#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" "the configuration will be aborted.\n" msgstr "" +#. dialog title #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "" @@ -1821,165 +1873,170 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "" #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 msgid "(default)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "" @@ -1988,53 +2045,53 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2044,23 +2101,23 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2069,42 +2126,42 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2112,17 +2169,17 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2132,20 +2189,20 @@ msgstr "" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 msgid "&File System" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2158,7 +2215,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2166,11 +2223,11 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2182,12 +2239,12 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2195,71 +2252,71 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 msgid "&Port" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 msgid "&Share" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2274,7 +2331,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2283,12 +2340,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 -msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2296,7 +2353,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2304,7 +2361,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2314,7 +2371,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2323,25 +2380,25 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "" #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2351,11 +2408,15 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "" +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +msgid "Add On Product" +msgstr "" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" @@ -2447,7 +2508,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "" @@ -2517,12 +2580,12 @@ msgstr "" #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -2530,7 +2593,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/pam.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/pam.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/pam.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/pkg-bindings.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/pkg-bindings.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/pkg-bindings.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "" @@ -179,6 +179,6 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/printer.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/printer.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/printer.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/product-creator.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/product-creator.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/product-creator.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/proxy.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/proxy.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/proxy.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/qt-pkg.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/qt-pkg.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/qt-pkg.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -41,47 +41,47 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 msgid "File List" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -91,175 +91,175 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 msgid "&File" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 msgid "&Package" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "" #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 msgid "&Options" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 msgid "Show &History" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 msgid "P&atches" msgstr "" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "" @@ -267,56 +267,56 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/qt.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/qt.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/qt.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -60,14 +60,14 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" msgstr "" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/rdp.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/rdp.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/rdp.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/rear.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/rear.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/rear.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/registration.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/registration.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/registration.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -18,45 +18,84 @@ "\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" -"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n" -"to use the default SUSE registration server." +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "" +#. %s is the default SCC URL +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "" + #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "" #. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. register the system -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164 +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549 +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "" -#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "" + +#. display the registration update dialog +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "" + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" @@ -64,47 +103,49 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "" -#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373 -msgid "&Email" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218 -msgid "&Skip Registration" +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." msgstr "" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products." +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 +msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371 -msgid "Registration" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -112,55 +153,25 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. use two column layout if needed -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312 -msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317 -msgid "Details" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message, %s are product names -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Automatically selecting '%s'\n" -"dependencies:\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411 -msgid "Extension Selection" -msgstr "" - #. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485 -msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..." +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595 -msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -172,325 +183,613 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 msgid "Register Again" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" + #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:42 -msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -#. register the base product -#. register addons -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193 -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "" -#. --------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238 -msgid "Add-on &Name" +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267 -msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?" +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Name" +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Registration Code" +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "" -#. TODO FIXME: add a help text -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312 -msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 +msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349 -msgid "Product Registration" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 +msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351 -msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" -"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +msgid "Registration Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356 -msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" -"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364 -msgid "Register the Product" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 +msgid "Registration Code is Configured" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379 -msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Install Available Updates" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387 -msgid "Server Settings" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +msgid "Registration Server" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391 -msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Server URL: %s" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396 -msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Use SLP discovery" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403 -msgid "Optional Server Certificate" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421 -msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" msgstr "" -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478 -msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65 -msgid "" -"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" -"Do you want to configure the network now?" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +msgid "Secure Connection Error" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 -msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +msgid "Details:" msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 -msgid "Connection time out." +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +msgid "Failed Certificate Details" msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 -msgid "" -"The email address is not known or\n" -"the registration code is not valid." +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 -msgid "Registration client error." +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +msgid "Common Name (CN): " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87 -msgid "" -"Registration server error.\n" -"Retry registration later." +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +msgid "Organization (O): " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -msgid "Registration failed." +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " msgstr "" -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "Issued By" msgstr "" -#. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142 -msgid "Details: %s" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +msgid "Validity" msgstr "" -#. label follwed by a certificate description -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147 -msgid "Certificate:" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +msgid "Issued On: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151 -msgid "Issued To" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154 -msgid "Issued By" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Expires On: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +msgid "Serial Number: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176 -msgid "Common Name (CN): " +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +msgid "" +"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" +"Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 -msgid "Organization (O): " +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 +msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180 -msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 +msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 +msgid "" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." +msgstr "" + +#. add the hint to the error details +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 +msgid "Registration failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 +msgid "Registration client error." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 +msgid "" +"Registration server error.\n" +"Retry registration later." +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." +msgstr "" + +#. %s are error details +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 +msgid "Details: %s" +msgstr "" + #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -msgid "Searching..." +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 +msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "" +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 +msgid "SSL Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" +msgstr "" + +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Certificate:" +msgstr "" + #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "" #. # error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" -#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the -#. not accepted extension -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65 +#. ask user to accept an addon EULA +#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" "failed." msgstr "" +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95 -msgid "%s License Agreement" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "" + +#. check the addons requiring a reg. code +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "" + +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "" + +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "" + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "" + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" + +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "" + +#. input field label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/reipl.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/reipl.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/reipl.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ "and LUN '%3'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" @@ -240,30 +240,30 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/relocation-server.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/relocation-server.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/relocation-server.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/s390.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/s390.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/s390.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/samba-client.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/samba-client.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/samba-client.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -190,6 +190,15 @@ msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "" +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +msgid "Allowed Group(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" +msgstr "" + #. combobox label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "&Kerberos Method" @@ -762,7 +771,10 @@ msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" @@ -832,12 +844,14 @@ msgstr "" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 msgid "No" msgstr "" @@ -860,6 +874,143 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 +msgid "Read the global Samba settings" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 +msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 +msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 +msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgstr "" + +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "" + +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." +msgstr "" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" +msgstr "" + #: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/samba-server.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/samba-server.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/samba-server.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/samba-users.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/samba-users.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/samba-users.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/scanner.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/scanner.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/scanner.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/security.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/security.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/security.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/services-manager.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/services-manager.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/services-manager.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -16,12 +16,192 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" msgstr "" @@ -61,3 +241,63 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +msgid "Default Target" +msgstr "" + +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "" + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "" + +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/slp-server.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/slp-server.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/slp-server.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/snapper.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/snapper.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/snapper.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -24,258 +24,258 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "User data" msgstr "" #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Pre" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 msgid "Single" msgstr "" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "End Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "User Data" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Modify" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Restore" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -296,17 +296,17 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/sound.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/sound.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/sound.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/squid.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/squid.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/squid.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/sshd.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/sshd.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/sshd.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/storage.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/storage.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/storage.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" @@ -93,13 +93,13 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "" #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -131,15 +131,21 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -755,7 +761,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "" @@ -773,7 +779,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -783,7 +789,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -793,7 +799,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -803,7 +809,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -813,7 +819,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -826,7 +832,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -836,7 +842,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" @@ -847,7 +853,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -859,7 +865,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -871,7 +877,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -880,7 +886,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -891,22 +897,8 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464 -msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" "FAT partition mounted on %1.\n" @@ -920,7 +912,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -935,12 +927,12 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -953,7 +945,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -962,7 +954,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -971,7 +963,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -979,7 +971,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -987,53 +979,53 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1042,7 +1034,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1052,7 +1044,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1062,7 +1054,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1077,13 +1069,13 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "" @@ -1110,7 +1102,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "" @@ -1121,7 +1113,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "" @@ -1141,7 +1133,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1150,7 +1142,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1462,7 +1454,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -1473,21 +1465,21 @@ msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -1519,7 +1511,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" @@ -1532,7 +1524,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -1545,7 +1537,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -1567,7 +1559,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -1741,12 +1733,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -1754,31 +1746,31 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "" @@ -1788,54 +1780,59 @@ msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +msgid "Configure &FCoE..." +msgstr "" + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "" #. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "" #. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -1843,51 +1840,58 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr "" + #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2152,14 +2156,44 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +msgid "Choose the role of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +msgid "Role" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2167,54 +2201,54 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2223,17 +2257,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2243,7 +2277,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2252,56 +2286,56 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Password" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "" @@ -2309,8 +2343,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -2322,33 +2356,33 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." @@ -2358,7 +2392,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -2367,12 +2401,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "" @@ -2555,56 +2589,56 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 msgid "Forward" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Backward" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "" @@ -2617,7 +2651,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -3470,12 +3504,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "" @@ -3671,7 +3705,7 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "" @@ -3869,17 +3903,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "" @@ -3980,115 +4014,123 @@ #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "" #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "" +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +msgid "Cylinder" +msgstr "" + #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "" #. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" @@ -4099,14 +4141,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" @@ -4115,14 +4157,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -4427,23 +4469,23 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" @@ -4451,29 +4493,29 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" "Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" @@ -4481,36 +4523,36 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 msgid "Mountable by &User" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" @@ -4520,12 +4562,12 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -4533,12 +4575,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" @@ -4550,40 +4592,40 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" @@ -4591,89 +4633,89 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" "Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" "This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" "This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" @@ -4681,12 +4723,12 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" @@ -4694,37 +4736,37 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" "The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" @@ -4733,12 +4775,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -4746,31 +4788,31 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "Log Size\n" "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -4779,19 +4821,19 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -4804,12 +4846,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -4817,41 +4859,41 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." msgstr "" #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" @@ -4859,12 +4901,12 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" @@ -4877,7 +4919,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -4890,7 +4932,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -4900,7 +4942,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -4914,7 +4956,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "" @@ -4927,7 +4969,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -4936,7 +4978,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -4944,7 +4986,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -4953,24 +4995,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -4978,12 +5020,12 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -4991,86 +5033,86 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 msgid "Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5078,7 +5120,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5086,7 +5128,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5094,18 +5136,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -5693,48 +5735,48 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -5743,32 +5785,32 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "" #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 msgid "Password:" msgstr "" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "" @@ -5795,22 +5837,22 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/sudo.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/sudo.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/sudo.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/support.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/support.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/support.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -38,11 +38,11 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 -msgid "Open Novell Support Center" +msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 -msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 -msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" +msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "" #. abort? @@ -323,8 +323,8 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Opening Novell Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use Open Novell Support Center.\n" +"<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" -"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" "%1.\n" msgstr "" @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/sysconfig.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/sysconfig.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/sysconfig.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -465,3 +465,99 @@ "Please wait... \n" "\n" msgstr "" + +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "" + +#. Display confirmation dialog +#. @param [String] message Confirmation message +#. @param [String] command Command to confirm +#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "" + +#. get activation map for variable +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "" + +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "" + +#. service is running, reload it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 +msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 +msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 +msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "" + +#. service is running, restart it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 +msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 +msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 +msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "" + +#. set 100% in progress bar +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/tftp-server.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/tftp-server.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/tftp-server.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/timezone_db.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/timezone_db.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/timezone_db.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/tune.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/tune.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/tune.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -18,53 +18,58 @@ "\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "" #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "" #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." msgstr "" +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "" + #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/update.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/update.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/update.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "" @@ -150,18 +150,18 @@ #. Table item (unknown file system) #. label - name of sustem to update #. starts with >`< -#. label for an unknown installed system +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "" @@ -220,9 +220,19 @@ "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" -#. yes/no question +#. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" @@ -230,13 +240,13 @@ #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "" #. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." msgstr "" @@ -307,12 +317,12 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "" #. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "" @@ -320,14 +330,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" @@ -335,22 +345,22 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "" #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -359,17 +369,17 @@ msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -378,27 +388,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "" #. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "" #. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -406,12 +416,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -419,12 +429,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "\n" "Show All Partitions expands the list to a\n" @@ -433,69 +443,69 @@ msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 msgid "File System" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "" #. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 msgid "&Boot" msgstr "" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 msgid "" "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" "is different from the one of this product.\n" msgstr "" #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "" #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -503,29 +513,29 @@ "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -535,7 +545,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "" @@ -544,23 +554,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -568,24 +578,24 @@ msgstr "" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 msgid "Warning" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -596,7 +606,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -609,39 +619,39 @@ msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -649,17 +659,17 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 msgid "None" msgstr "" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -667,22 +677,22 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -692,7 +702,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -701,17 +711,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "" #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "" @@ -730,34 +740,60 @@ msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "" +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" +msgstr "" + #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update -#: src/modules/Update.rb:817 -msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "" + +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:34 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Update" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:63 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:71 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/users.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/users.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/users.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ msgstr "" #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "" @@ -3980,22 +3980,22 @@ msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/vm.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/vm.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/vm.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -29,132 +29,164 @@ msgstr "" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" msgstr "" #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +msgid "KVM server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +msgid "KVM tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +msgid "Virtualization client tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +msgid "Xen server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +msgid "Xen tools" +msgstr "" + #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "" #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "" #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "" #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "" #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "" #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" @@ -167,26 +199,26 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/wagon.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/wagon.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/wagon.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/wol.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/wol.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/wol.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/xpram.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/xpram.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/xpram.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/yast2-apparmor.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/yast2-apparmor.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/yast2-apparmor.ne.po 2014-10-07 15:47:39 UTC (rev 89782) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -297,11 +297,11 @@ #. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "&Done" msgstr "" @@ -1061,61 +1061,69 @@ msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "" -#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +msgid "enforce" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +msgid "complain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "" #. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), #. TODO switch to variable in a module #. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "" #. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "" #. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 msgid "Select an action to perform." msgstr "" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89781 - trunk/yast/en_GB/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:47:26 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89781 Added: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/cio.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/opensuse_mirror.en_GB.po Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/add-on-creator.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/add-on.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/audit-laf.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/auth-client.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/auth-server.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/autoinst.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/base.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/bootloader.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ca-management.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/cluster.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/control-center.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/control.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/country.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/crowbar.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/dhcp-server.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/dns-server.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/drbd.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/fcoe-client.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/firewall-services.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/firewall.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/firstboot.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ftp-server.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/geo-cluster.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/gtk.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/http-server.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/inetd.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/installation.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/instserver.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/iplb.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/iscsi-client.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/iscsi-lio-server.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/iscsi-server.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/isns.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/kdump.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/kerberos-server.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/kerberos.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/languages_db.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ldap-client.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ldap-server.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ldap.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/live-installer.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/lxc.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/mail.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/multipath.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ncurses-pkg.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ncurses.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/network.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/nfs.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/nfs_server.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/nis.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/nis_server.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ntp-client.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/oneclickinstall.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/online-update-configuration.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/online-update.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/packager.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/pam.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/pkg-bindings.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/printer.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/product-creator.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/proxy.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/qt-pkg.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/qt.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/rdp.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/rear.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/registration.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/reipl.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/relocation-server.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/s390.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/samba-client.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/samba-server.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/samba-users.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/scanner.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/security.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/services-manager.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/slp-server.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/snapper.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/sound.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/squid.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/sshd.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/storage.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/sudo.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/support.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/sysconfig.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/tftp-server.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/timezone_db.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/tune.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/update.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/users.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/vm.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/wagon.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/wol.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/xpram.en_GB.po trunk/yast/en_GB/po/yast2-apparmor.en_GB.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/add-on-creator.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/add-on-creator.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/add-on-creator.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 19:10+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/add-on.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/add-on.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/add-on.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 19:11+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" @@ -65,21 +65,21 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Add-On Products" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialising..." #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "Initialising add-on products..." @@ -105,10 +105,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Unknown" @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "Add-On Product Installation" @@ -249,35 +249,35 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No product found in the repository" msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "No product found in the repository" #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "No software repository found on medium." #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "Initialising new source..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Directory: %2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "Software Repository Selection" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ "There were multiple repositories found on the selected medium.\n" "Select the repository to use.\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "Repositories &Found" @@ -300,33 +300,33 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "Really abort add-on product installation?" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "Select a repository." #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "Product Selection" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "Available Products" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" @@ -338,12 +338,12 @@ "to install.\n" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big>\n" @@ -362,97 +362,97 @@ "select it and click Delete." #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "%1, Directory: %2" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Product" msgstr "Product" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 msgid "Media" msgstr "Media" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "Select a product to delete." #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "Removing selected add-on..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 #, fuzzy msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "Add-On Products" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 #, fuzzy msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "Add-On Products" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 #, fuzzy msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "Pac&kage Manager" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 #, fuzzy msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "Here, see the list of TV stations defined for your system." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 #, fuzzy msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr "Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an existing one." #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 #, fuzzy msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "Summary: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "unknown vendor" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 #, fuzzy msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "Version: " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "Unknown error" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "Summary: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "&Repository URL" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "Summary: %1 " @@ -460,17 +460,17 @@ #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Unknown product" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "Unknown" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "Updating kernel module dependencies..." Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/audit-laf.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/audit-laf.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/audit-laf.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -867,32 +867,51 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "Cannot read sources." -#. Error message +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do you want to skip Registration?" +msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +msgstr "Do you want to skip Registration?" + +#. question continues +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "" -"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" -"Do you want to start it now?" +msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476 -msgid "" -" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -"Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start daemon." +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" +msgstr "Start daemon." + +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "&Start" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 #, fuzzy -msgid "Audit daemon not running." -msgstr "Squid is not running" +#| msgid "Do not install" +msgid "&Do not start" +msgstr "Do not install" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -901,40 +920,40 @@ msgstr "" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "Saving sudo Configuration" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Write the settings" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "Write the patterns" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Writing the settings..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "Writing the patterns..." #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 #, fuzzy msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "The target is already connected." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -942,35 +961,39 @@ msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "Restart of the service %1 failed" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "Cannot write settings to /etc/ntp.conf." #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "Cannot write settings to %1." #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 #, fuzzy msgid "Log file" msgstr "&Log Files" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#~ msgstr "Squid is not running" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Unknown option" #~ msgstr "Unknown option." Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/auth-client.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/auth-client.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/auth-client.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -405,23 +405,33 @@ msgstr "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/auth-server.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/auth-server.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/auth-server.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -247,6 +247,12 @@ msgstr "New Configuration" #. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migrate existing configuration" +msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" +msgstr "Migrate existing configuration" + #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" @@ -695,12 +701,21 @@ msgstr "<h3>Basic Database Settings</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +#| "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" +#| "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" +#| "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" +#| "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" -"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" "Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" @@ -708,7 +723,7 @@ "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." @@ -716,7 +731,7 @@ "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" "specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" @@ -732,7 +747,7 @@ "and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" @@ -742,7 +757,7 @@ "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -758,7 +773,7 @@ "file <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. This checkbox is selected by default\n" "when creating the first database on a server.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" @@ -766,7 +781,7 @@ "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" @@ -778,7 +793,7 @@ "authentication to the configuration database will only be allowed when \n" "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click Change Password. \n" @@ -794,15 +809,15 @@ "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." msgstr "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." @@ -810,7 +825,7 @@ "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" @@ -820,7 +835,7 @@ "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" "the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" @@ -838,11 +853,11 @@ "large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." @@ -850,7 +865,7 @@ "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" "should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" @@ -864,7 +879,7 @@ "needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -878,11 +893,11 @@ "attacker. Sites sensitive to security issues should not enable this\n" "option. \n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" @@ -892,19 +907,19 @@ "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" @@ -916,7 +931,7 @@ "common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" @@ -926,7 +941,7 @@ "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" @@ -936,7 +951,7 @@ "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" @@ -944,7 +959,7 @@ "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" @@ -954,7 +969,7 @@ "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" @@ -966,11 +981,11 @@ "written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" @@ -978,7 +993,7 @@ "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" @@ -988,7 +1003,7 @@ "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" @@ -996,7 +1011,7 @@ "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" @@ -1008,11 +1023,11 @@ "accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the Up and Down buttons.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." @@ -1020,11 +1035,11 @@ "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" "in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" @@ -1044,11 +1059,11 @@ "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Session log</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" "made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" @@ -1060,11 +1075,11 @@ "Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" "such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" @@ -1072,11 +1087,11 @@ "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Provider</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" @@ -1092,15 +1107,15 @@ "certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" msgstr "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -1112,7 +1127,7 @@ "interval how often this synchronization happens can be configured via the\n" "Replication Interval setting.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" @@ -1122,11 +1137,11 @@ "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Authentication</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" @@ -1134,11 +1149,11 @@ "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" @@ -1153,11 +1168,11 @@ "slave server is as slave server too. \n" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." @@ -1166,11 +1181,11 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." #. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" msgstr "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1181,11 +1196,11 @@ "informs you whether it is safe to do so.\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" msgstr "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" @@ -1196,15 +1211,15 @@ "Server module.\n" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" @@ -1213,11 +1228,11 @@ "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" @@ -1225,7 +1240,7 @@ "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" @@ -1233,7 +1248,7 @@ "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" "Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." @@ -1242,15 +1257,15 @@ "including configuration, from a master server." #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" @@ -1260,7 +1275,7 @@ "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" @@ -1270,7 +1285,7 @@ "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" "support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" "corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" @@ -1280,11 +1295,11 @@ "corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" "different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" @@ -1296,7 +1311,7 @@ "Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" "textfields.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" @@ -1305,12 +1320,12 @@ "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." msgstr "Below this item, configure some global parameters." #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" @@ -1321,7 +1336,7 @@ "Schema Data" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." @@ -1330,15 +1345,15 @@ "to syslog." #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" @@ -1346,7 +1361,7 @@ "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " @@ -1354,7 +1369,7 @@ "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" @@ -1362,7 +1377,7 @@ "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" @@ -1372,11 +1387,11 @@ "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" @@ -1386,7 +1401,7 @@ "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" @@ -1394,7 +1409,7 @@ "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" "receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" @@ -1404,7 +1419,7 @@ "receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1415,7 +1430,7 @@ "connections.\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" "\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" @@ -1430,11 +1445,11 @@ "the LDAP server itself.\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." msgstr "To add a new database, press Add Database...." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" @@ -1442,7 +1457,7 @@ "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." @@ -1450,7 +1465,7 @@ "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" @@ -1458,7 +1473,7 @@ "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" "server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" @@ -1470,231 +1485,231 @@ #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" #. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." #. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." #. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" msgstr "Allow postdated" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." msgstr "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" msgstr "Allow forwardable" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." msgstr "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" msgstr "Allow renewable" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." msgstr "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" msgstr "Allow proxiable" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." msgstr "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" msgstr "Enable user-to-user authentication" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" msgstr "Requires preauth" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" msgstr "Requires hwauth" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" msgstr "Allow service" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" msgstr "Allow tgs request" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" msgstr "Allow tickets" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" msgstr "Need change" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." msgstr "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" msgstr "Password changing service" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." #. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." #. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." #. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." #. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." #. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." msgstr "This key type string represents the master keys key type." #. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." #. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." msgstr "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." @@ -2003,6 +2018,12 @@ #. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP Client Configuration" +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" +msgstr "LDAP Client Configuration" + #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "MirrorMode Node List" @@ -2934,8 +2955,8 @@ msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." msgstr "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." @@ -3198,7 +3219,7 @@ msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "Could not create database directory." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." @@ -3211,80 +3232,80 @@ msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." msgstr "Cannot write krb5.conf." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "Creating Kerberos database failed." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "Writing to password file failed." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "is not a valid LDAP DN." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "has multivalued RDNs." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." msgstr "Could not create directory." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" @@ -3293,21 +3314,21 @@ "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "Writing to krb5.conf failed." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "Writing to kdc.conf failed." Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/autoinst.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/autoinst.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/autoinst.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 19:11+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -116,8 +116,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "Enable/disable chrooting." -#. doClone(); -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "Some parameter missing" @@ -129,38 +128,33 @@ msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "Path to AutoYaST Profile" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the -#. system. -#. -#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42 +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "Saving configuration data on target system." -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unknown mode" msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "Unknown mode" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Comma-separated list of modules to enable" msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "Comma-separated list of modules to enable" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "Cloning the system..." -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92 -msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." #. help 1/2 @@ -310,23 +304,23 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "Executing Post-Scripts" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Determine running services" msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "Determine running services" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "Finishing Configuration" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 #, fuzzy msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "Reading resources..." @@ -2484,13 +2478,13 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid " - Drive" msgstr "&Drive" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid " - Volume group" msgstr " Volume Group " @@ -2593,11 +2587,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "Drives" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Total of %1 drive" #| msgid_plural "Total of %1 drives" @@ -2805,29 +2799,29 @@ msgstr "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 #, fuzzy msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the harddisk. %1MB missing" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "No specific device configured" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "No Linux root partition found." #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" @@ -2836,7 +2830,7 @@ "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/base.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/base.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/base.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 19:13+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" @@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Skip" @@ -1318,7 +1318,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Password" @@ -1517,6 +1517,31 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "Failed to install required packages." +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "Updating configuration..." + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This may take a while" +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "This may take a while" + +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "listen value to delete not found" +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "listen value to delete not found" + #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 msgid "Really abort the installation?" @@ -2166,15 +2191,15 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "Modem" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Network Card" @@ -2182,27 +2207,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Unknown" @@ -2212,331 +2237,331 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "Additional Address" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "ARCnet Network Card" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Bluetooth Connection" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "Bond" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "Bond Network" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "ISDN Card" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "DSL Connection" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "Dummy" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "Dummy Network Device" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Ethernet Network Card" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "FDDI Network Card" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "Fibrechannel System Connector (FICON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersockets" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "ISDN Connection" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "Infrared Network Device" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "Infrared Device" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "OSA LCS Network Card" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "Loopback" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "Loopback Device" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Myrinet Network Card" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "Parallel Line" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "Parallel Line Connection" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "Serial Line" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "Serial Line Connection" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token Ring" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "Token Ring Network Card" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USB Network Device" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "VMWare Network Device" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "Wireless" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Wireless Network Card" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "XP Network" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "Virtual LAN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "Bridge" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "Network Card" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 #, fuzzy msgid "TUN" msgstr "LUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 #, fuzzy msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "Network Mode" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #, fuzzy msgid "TAP" msgstr "TCP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #, fuzzy msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "Network Card" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #, fuzzy msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "Infrared Device" @@ -2600,7 +2625,7 @@ msgstr "&Exported Directories" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2613,31 +2638,28 @@ "Really continue?" #. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "No running network detected!" -msgid "No running network detected." -msgstr "No running network detected!" - -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356 -msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" +#| msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 #, fuzzy msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" -"and start this module again" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" "Configure network with YaST or NetworkManager-plugin\n" "and start this module again" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360 -msgid "or continue without network." -msgstr "or continue without network." - #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -2958,52 +2980,52 @@ msgstr "&Uninstall" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Package: " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Size: " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "Downloading Package" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "Show &details" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 #, fuzzy msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "File integrity check failed: " #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "Retry installation of the package?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "Abort the installation?" @@ -3012,58 +3034,58 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 #, fuzzy msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "Error: " #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Installing package %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "Uninstalling Package" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "Installing Package" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "Removal of package %1 failed." #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "Installation of package %1 failed." #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" @@ -3079,29 +3101,29 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 msgid "Side A" msgstr "Side A" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 msgid "Side B" msgstr "Side B" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "Medium: %1" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3110,7 +3132,7 @@ "'%1'" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" @@ -3123,7 +3145,7 @@ "Check that the directory is accessible." #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" @@ -3136,61 +3158,61 @@ "Check that the server is accessible." #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 #, fuzzy msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "The correct source medium could not be mounted." #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 #, fuzzy msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "&Skip Refresh" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Eject" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 #, fuzzy msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "Read &CD or DVD Medium" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "Retry the installation?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "Skip the medium?" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "Ignoring the bad medium..." #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 #, fuzzy msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "Probing repository " #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 #, fuzzy msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "Error occurred while reading the log." @@ -3198,9 +3220,9 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "Unable to retrieve the remote source description." @@ -3208,24 +3230,24 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 #, fuzzy msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "The entered URL is not valid." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 #, fuzzy msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "The host name is invalid." @@ -3234,113 +3256,113 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 #, fuzzy msgid "Retry?" msgstr "Retry" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 #, fuzzy msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "Probing repository " #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 #, fuzzy msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "Error occurred while reading the log." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "Repository Configuration" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Host name is invalid." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "Repository: " #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "Downloading delta RPM %1" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 #, fuzzy msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "Applying delta RPM: %1" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 #, fuzzy msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "Applying delta RPM: %1" #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "Downloading patch RPM %1" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 #, fuzzy msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "Starting script %1" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 #, fuzzy msgid "Running Script" msgstr "Running scripts..." #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 #, fuzzy msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Patch" #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 #, fuzzy msgid "Script: " msgstr "Script" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 #, fuzzy msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "The Output of the Script mkinitrd" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" @@ -3350,7 +3372,7 @@ "\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3360,45 +3382,45 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "&Skip Refresh" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading" msgstr "&Downloading" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Downloading: %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "Checking Package Database" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3407,12 +3429,12 @@ "%1" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Converting package database. This process can take some time." #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3421,13 +3443,13 @@ "%1" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "Reading the database..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "Verify Installed Packages" @@ -3439,30 +3461,30 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 #, fuzzy msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "Writing SCPM database..." #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 #, fuzzy msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "Initialising the target directory failed" #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 #, fuzzy msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "MySQL database admin" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "User Authentication" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 #, fuzzy msgid "" "URL: %1\n" @@ -3471,7 +3493,7 @@ msgstr "URL: %1" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&User Name" @@ -3545,44 +3567,20 @@ msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "Do you accept this licence agreement?" -#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 -msgid "" -"The current system is not consistent,\n" -"some packages have unresolved dependencies." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 -msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 -msgid "" -"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -"in the software manager." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263 -msgid "" -"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" -"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgstr "" - #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Installing required packages failed." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3593,12 +3591,12 @@ "YaST may not work properly.\n" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "Cannot continue without installing required packages." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3737,7 +3735,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Packages" @@ -4186,7 +4184,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The GnuPG key %1\n" @@ -4211,17 +4209,17 @@ "the key really belongs to that owner before importing it." #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Trust" msgid "&Trust" @@ -4229,7 +4227,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" @@ -4252,13 +4250,13 @@ "Use it anyway?" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 #, fuzzy msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "Warnings" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" @@ -4277,87 +4275,95 @@ "Use it anyway?" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "Unknown file system" #. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing..." msgstr "Installing driver..." #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 msgid "Media" msgstr "Media" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Remaining" msgstr "Removing Packages..." #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 msgid "Time" msgstr "Time" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 #, fuzzy msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "Actions Allowed for Users:\n" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "Please wait while packages are installed." -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 #, fuzzy msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "Release Notes" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "Slide Sho&w" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Details" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Perform Update" +msgid "Performing Upgrade" +msgstr "Perform Update" + +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Perform Installation" msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Perform Installation" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "Package Installation" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4366,17 +4372,17 @@ "to quit the installation?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Aborted" #. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." -msgstr "" +msgstr "File not found." #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "System Log (%1)" @@ -4993,7 +4999,7 @@ msgstr "An error occurred during initrd creation." #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -5111,7 +5117,7 @@ #. KiloByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146 msgid "KiB" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KiB" #. MegaByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148 @@ -6028,6 +6034,14 @@ "Hostname %2 cannot be added." #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "No running network detected!" +#~ msgid "No running network detected." +#~ msgstr "No running network detected!" + +#~ msgid "or continue without network." +#~ msgstr "or continue without network." + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Installed Size" #~ msgstr "Installed Size:" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/bootloader.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/bootloader.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/bootloader.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 19:13+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" @@ -125,22 +125,22 @@ msgstr "The system will reboot now..." #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Booting" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "&Booting" @@ -149,12 +149,12 @@ #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Disk Order" msgstr "Disk Order" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 #, fuzzy msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "Filter settings" @@ -166,10 +166,9 @@ msgstr "Boot Menu" #. `VSpacing(1), -#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. Window title #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "Boot Loader Options" @@ -289,18 +288,24 @@ "in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" @@ -309,7 +314,7 @@ "Serial Connection Parameters lets you define the parameters to use\n" "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -323,7 +328,7 @@ "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." @@ -331,20 +336,20 @@ "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." msgstr "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" @@ -356,7 +361,7 @@ "it in Retype Password." #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" @@ -369,82 +374,82 @@ "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" "the Up and Down buttons to reorder the disks." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "Boot Loader Locations" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 #, fuzzy msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 #, fuzzy msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "Timeout in Seconds" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 #, fuzzy msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "Default Boot Section" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "Write generic Boot Code to MBR" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "Custom Boot Partition" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "Boot from Master Boot Record" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "Boot from Root Partition" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "Boot from Boot Partition" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "Boot from Root Partition" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "Serial Connection Parameters" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 #, fuzzy msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "Fallback Sections if default Fails" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "Hide Menu on Boot" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "Graphical Menu File" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 #, fuzzy msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "Password for the Menu Interface" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 #, fuzzy msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "Debugging Flag" @@ -499,130 +504,130 @@ #. Common widget of a console #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 #, fuzzy msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "Serial Console" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 #, fuzzy msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "invalid arguments" #. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Device" #. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 #, fuzzy msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "A class must contain at least one printer." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "D&isks" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 msgid "&Up" msgstr "&Up" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 msgid "&Down" msgstr "&Down" #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgstr "Boot Loader Location" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Boot from Master Boot Record" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748 -#, fuzzy msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "Boot from Root Partition" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 #, fuzzy msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "Boot from Boot Partition" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" +msgstr "Boot Loader Location" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 #, fuzzy +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +msgstr "Boot from Master Boot Record" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 +#, fuzzy msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "Boot from Root Partition" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 #, fuzzy msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "Custom Boot Partition" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "Boot Loader Installation &Details" -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "Boot Loader Options" -#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "Other Kernel &Parameters" -#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "Boot Loader Options" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Secure" msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "Secure" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "Enable &Quota Support" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "Boot Loader Location" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -661,27 +666,45 @@ msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Distribution:" +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr "Distribution:" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 #, fuzzy msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "Vga Mode" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" + #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels @@ -717,9 +740,30 @@ msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "&Unspecified" +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[set]" +msgid "set" +msgstr "[set]" + +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "_remove" +msgid "remove" +msgstr "_remove" + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do not change name" +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "Do not change name" + #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Autodetected card" msgid "Autodetect by grub2" @@ -727,27 +771,32 @@ #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "Graphical Menu File" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 #, fuzzy msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "Serial Console" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Conflict Resolution:" msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "Conflict Resolution:" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 #, fuzzy msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "invalid arguments" +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +msgstr "" + #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -761,7 +810,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." @@ -893,11 +942,7 @@ msgid "Xen" msgstr "" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91 msgid "Floppy" msgstr "Floppy" @@ -1939,39 +1984,40 @@ #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 #, fuzzy msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 #, fuzzy msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 #, fuzzy msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 #, fuzzy msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Location: %1" @@ -1981,31 +2027,33 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Boot Loader Type: %1" #. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 msgid " (\"/boot\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 msgid " (\"/\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 #, fuzzy msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Location: %1" @@ -2029,241 +2077,183 @@ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76 +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "Enable &GSS Security" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "Unknown Model: %1" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "" -#. if "iscsi" is true -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -msgstr "No boot device was found" +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184 +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 #, fuzzy msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "No boot device was found" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259 -msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Check boot loader" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "Read partitioning" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Load boot loader settings" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Checking boot loader..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "Reading partitioning..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Loading boot loader settings..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Initialising Boot Loader Configuration" #. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgstr "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "Create initrd" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "Save boot loader configuration files" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "Install boot loader" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "Creating initrd..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "Saving boot loader configuration files..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "Installing boot loader..." #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "Linux" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." +#~ msgstr "No boot device was found" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85 -msgid "Failsafe" -msgstr "Failsafe" +#~ msgid "Linux" +#~ msgstr "Linux" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97 -msgid "Hard Disk" -msgstr "Hard Disk" +#~ msgid "Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "Failsafe" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103 -msgid "Memory Test" -msgstr "Memory Test" +#~ msgid "Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "Hard Disk" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109 -msgid "MBR before Installation" -msgstr "MBR before Installation" +#~ msgid "Memory Test" +#~ msgstr "Memory Test" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115 -msgid "Previous Kernel" -msgstr "Previous Kernel" +#~ msgid "MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "MBR before Installation" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121 -msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "Vendor Diagnostics" +#~ msgid "Previous Kernel" +#~ msgstr "Previous Kernel" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230 -msgid "_Linux" -msgstr "_Linux" +#~ msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" +#~ msgstr "Vendor Diagnostics" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237 -msgid "_Failsafe" -msgstr "_Failsafe" +#~ msgid "_Linux" +#~ msgstr "_Linux" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244 -msgid "_Floppy" -msgstr "_Floppy" +#~ msgid "_Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "_Failsafe" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251 -msgid "_Hard Disk" -msgstr "_Hard Disk" +#~ msgid "_Floppy" +#~ msgstr "_Floppy" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258 -msgid "_Memory Test" -msgstr "_Memory Test" +#~ msgid "_Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "_Hard Disk" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265 -msgid "_MBR before Installation" -msgstr "_MBR before Installation" +#~ msgid "_Memory Test" +#~ msgstr "_Memory Test" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272 -msgid "_Previous Kernel" -msgstr "_Previous Kernel" +#~ msgid "_MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "_MBR before Installation" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279 -msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "_Vendor Diagnostics" +#~ msgid "_Previous Kernel" +#~ msgstr "_Previous Kernel" +#~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" +#~ msgstr "_Vendor Diagnostics" + #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ca-management.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ca-management.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ca-management.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 19:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" @@ -59,25 +59,25 @@ msgstr "Organizational unit" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "Organization" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "Locality" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "State" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "Country" @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ msgstr "CA Name" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "Common Name" @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ msgid "Email" msgstr "Email" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "Organizational Unit" @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #. we need to fake a certificate name #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ #. The main () #. To translators: dialog label #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "Common Server Certificate" @@ -701,11 +701,20 @@ msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "For a list of Options please read the manpage mount(8)." +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This certificate can be exchanged by importing a certificate from a file." +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "This certificate can be exchanged by importing a certificate from a file." + #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 @@ -713,33 +722,33 @@ msgstr "Description" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "&Remove" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Replace" msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "&Replace" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 #, fuzzy #| msgid "CA certificate does not exist." msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "CA certificate does not exist." #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the profile " msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" @@ -774,11 +783,69 @@ msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "Issued For:" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Common Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "Common Name: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "O&rganization:" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "O&rganization:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location:" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "Location:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "State: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "State: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Country: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "Country: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "Issued By:" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " @@ -786,7 +853,7 @@ "\n" "Valid from: " -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " @@ -795,35 +862,35 @@ "Valid to: " #. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "&Advanced..." -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "&View" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "Enter CA Password" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "C&reate SubCA" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "Export to &File" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "Export to &LDAP" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "&Edit Default" @@ -877,7 +944,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Summary" @@ -909,18 +976,18 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr " (critical)\n" @@ -932,40 +999,40 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "(critical) " #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "(critical)\n" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "nsComment: " #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "nsCertType: " #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" @@ -1041,84 +1108,228 @@ "\n" "Certificate not found" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Common Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "Common Name: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Organization: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "Organization: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Organization: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "Organization: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "State: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "State: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Country: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "Country: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Type " +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr " Type " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Type " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr " Type " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key Length: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr "Key Length: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Serial number of zone update" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "Serial number of zone update" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Valid Period: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr "Valid Period: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Valid Period: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "Valid Period: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Valid Period: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr "Valid Period: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" + #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "Valid" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "Revoked" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 msgid "Expired" msgstr "Expired" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "E-Mail Address" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "Add" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "Add Server Certificate" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "Add Client Certificate" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "&User Can Change Password" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "&Revoke" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Delete" #. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 msgid "Export" msgstr "Export" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 msgid "Export to File" msgstr "Export to File" #. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "Export to LDAP" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "Export as Common Server Certificate" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "Delete current certificate?" @@ -1216,7 +1427,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "&Valid Period (days):" @@ -1657,7 +1868,7 @@ msgstr " days\n" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "Path Length " @@ -1866,6 +2077,15 @@ "\n" "Request not found.\n" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Generate Time" +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "Generate Time" + #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention #. @return [void] @@ -1874,77 +2094,77 @@ #. @param request extention #. @return [void] #. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "Extension \"%1\" not found." #. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "This frame shows the signing request." #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "Requested Extensions" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr "Click Sign Request to go on." -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 msgid " days" msgstr " days" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr " (critical)" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "&Edit Request" #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "Sign Request" #. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "The request has been signed." @@ -2952,9 +3172,6 @@ #~ msgid "The Common Server Certificate will be used by other YaST modules." #~ msgstr "The Common Server Certificate will be used by other YaST modules." -#~ msgid "This certificate can be exchanged by importing a certificate from a file." -#~ msgstr "This certificate can be exchanged by importing a certificate from a file." - #~ msgid "Invalid value'%s' for parameter '%s'." #~ msgstr "Invalid value'%s' for parameter '%s'." Added: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/cio.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/cio.en_GB.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/cio.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +# English message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>, 2000, 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n" +"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: en\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Interfaces" +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "Available Interfaces" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Device" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "Used" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "no" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "yes" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fiber channel" +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "Fibre channel" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "&Select All" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File selection" +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "File selection" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Scan the Channels" +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "&Scan the Channels" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Scan the Channels" +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "&Scan the Channels" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "Exit" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/cluster.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/cluster.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/cluster.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -91,231 +91,233 @@ msgstr "Configure CUPS" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancel" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Remote Address:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "Remote Address:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "nodeid" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Transport" msgid "Transport:" msgstr "Transport" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Channel" msgstr "Channel" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network &Address:" msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "Network &Address:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Last IP Address:" msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "Last IP Address:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Multicast" msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "Multicast" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 #, fuzzy #| msgid "R&ead Channel" msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "R&ead Channel" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Clustering" msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "Clustering" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428 -msgid "expected votes:" -msgstr "" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Expected MD5: %1" +msgid "Expected Votes:" +msgstr "Expected MD5: %1" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "Remote Address:" -#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "Enable &GSS Security" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677 -msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" msgstr "Running" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Not running" msgstr "Not running" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Booting" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 #, fuzzy #| msgid "On -- Start Service when Booting" msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgstr "On -- Start Service when Booting" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Off -- Start Service Manually" msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "Off -- Start Service Manually" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Switch On and Off" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Current Status: " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start Squid Now" msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "Start Squid Now" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop Firewall Now" msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "Stop Firewall Now" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Main Host" msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "Main Host" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Add" msgstr "Add" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delay" msgid "Del" msgstr "Delay" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Edit" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select File" msgid "Sync File" msgstr "Select File" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Suggested fstab Lines" msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "Suggested fstab Lines" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a user name." msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "Enter a user name." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write hostname" msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "Write hostname" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a new name for the %1 profile." msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "Enter a new name for the %1 profile." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter the file name" msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "Enter the file name" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "File %1 already exists.\n" @@ -328,46 +330,46 @@ "Do you wish to overwrite it?" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Parsing the key file failed." msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "Parsing the key file failed." #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Image creation failed." msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "Image creation failed." #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" @@ -380,23 +382,26 @@ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" @@ -405,7 +410,7 @@ "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" @@ -416,7 +421,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big> \n" @@ -429,7 +434,7 @@ "Please wait..." #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -438,7 +443,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>NFS Server Configuration</big> \n" @@ -451,7 +456,7 @@ "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -476,41 +481,41 @@ msgstr "Initialising..." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration" msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "Initialising Printer Configuration" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Read the database" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Read the previous settings" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read firewall settings" msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Read firewall settings" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Reading the database..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Reading the previous settings..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." @@ -518,71 +523,71 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finished" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "Cannot install required packages." #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change existing configuration" msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "Change existing configuration" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "Cannot read database1." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "Cannot read database2." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Cannot detect devices." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving the Configuration" msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "Saving the Configuration" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Write the settings" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Save changes to the Profile" msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "Save changes to the Profile" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Writing the settings..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "Saving changes to the files..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Cannot write settings." Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/control-center.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/control-center.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/control-center.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control-center\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 16:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/control.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/control.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/control.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 19:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" @@ -18,27 +18,30 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7 -msgid "Add-On Product Installation" -msgstr "Add-On Product Installation" - -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15 -msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "Language Installation" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:355 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t" msgid "" "\n" "\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "\n" "\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -51,740 +54,361 @@ "\n" "\t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 #, fuzzy -msgid "Initialization..." -msgstr "Initialisation" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Configuring network..." -msgstr "Configuring Bootloader..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Configuring hardware..." -msgstr "Configuring language..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Finishing configuration..." -msgstr "Finishing Configuration" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:343 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Mail Server" msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "Mail Server" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72 -#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464 -#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Installation Settings" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Overview" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 msgid "Expert" msgstr "Expert" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Live Installation Settings" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Update Settings" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Network Configuration" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398 -#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692 -#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Services Configuration %1" +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "Network Services Configuration %1" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Hardware Configuration" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510 -#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313 -#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Preparation" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219 -#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237 -#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328 -#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449 -#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Network Configuration" +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "Saving Network Configuration" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Setup" +msgid "Network Autosetup" +msgstr "Network Setup Method" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Welcome" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk Activation" msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "Disk Activation" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976 -#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Disk Activation" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515 -#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255 -#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "System Analysis" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261 -#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Add-On Products" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "Disk" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Time Zone" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879 -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "User Settings" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Installation" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747 -msgid "Installation Overview" -msgstr "Installation Overview" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "Installation Summary" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291 -#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299 -#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469 -#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477 -#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517 -#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612 -#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624 -#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748 -#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756 -#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777 -#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Perform Installation" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Repair" -msgstr "&Repair" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Installation" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869 -msgid "Disk" -msgstr "Disk" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "System for Update" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "Update" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "Update Summary" -#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL -#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645 -#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397 -#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405 -#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Perform Update" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421 -#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042 -msgid "System Information" -msgstr "System Information" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046 -msgid "Perform Repair" -msgstr "Perform Repair" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446 -#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488 -#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Base Installation" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459 -#: control/control.glade:503 -msgid "Language" -msgstr "Language" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" +msgstr "AutoYaST Settings" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651 -#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631 -#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuration" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318 -#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560 -#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648 -#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "Network" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Configuration" +msgstr "System Configuration" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566 -#: control/control.glade:656 -msgid "Customer Center" -msgstr "Customer Centre" +#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" +#~ msgstr "Add-On Product Installation" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346 -#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578 -#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662 -#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672 -#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284 -msgid "Online Update" -msgstr "Online Update" +#~ msgid "Language Installation" +#~ msgstr "Language Installation" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588 -#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301 -msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "Release Notes" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Please visit us at http://www.openSUSE.org.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335 #, fuzzy -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "Autofs Configuration" +#~ msgid "Initialization..." +#~ msgstr "Initialisation" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227 -msgid "root Password" -msgstr "root Password" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configuring network..." +#~ msgstr "Configuring Bootloader..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244 -msgid "Check Installation" -msgstr "Check Installation" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..." +#~ msgstr "Configuring language..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250 -msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "Hostname" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..." +#~ msgstr "Finishing Configuration" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680 -#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Users" +#~ msgid "User Settings" +#~ msgstr "User Settings" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719 -#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733 -#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459 -msgid "AutoYaST Settings" -msgstr "AutoYaST Settings" +#~ msgid "Installation Overview" +#~ msgstr "Installation Overview" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568 -msgid "System Configuration" -msgstr "System Configuration" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Repair" +#~ msgstr "&Repair" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658 -msgid "Clean Up" -msgstr "Clean Up" +#~ msgid "System Information" +#~ msgstr "System Information" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" -#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\t" -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.openSUSE.org.\n" -"\n" -"\t" +#~ msgid "Perform Repair" +#~ msgstr "Perform Repair" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Server Base Scenario" -msgstr "Server Name: " +#~ msgid "Language" +#~ msgstr "Language" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331 -msgid "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" -"Choose the one that matches your server the best." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Network" +#~ msgstr "Network" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337 -msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Customer Center" +#~ msgstr "Customer Centre" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338 -msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Online Update" +#~ msgstr "Online Update" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339 -msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Release Notes" +#~ msgstr "Release Notes" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Network Services Configuration %1" -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "Network Services Configuration %1" +#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Autofs Configuration" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Server Scenario" -msgstr "Server Settings" +#~ msgid "root Password" +#~ msgstr "root Password" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:286 -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "Installation Summary" +#~ msgid "Check Installation" +#~ msgstr "Check Installation" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "Service" +#~ msgid "Hostname" +#~ msgstr "Hostname" -#: control/control.SLES.glade:340 -msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Users" +#~ msgstr "Users" -#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Desktop Selection" +#~ msgid "Clean Up" +#~ msgstr "Clean Up" -#: control/control.glade:634 -msgid "Root Password" -msgstr "Root Password" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Server Base Scenario" +#~ msgstr "Server Name: " -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -"\t " -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -"\t" +#~ msgid "Server Scenario" +#~ msgstr "Server Settings" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Service" +#~ msgstr "Service" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451 +#~ msgid "Desktop Selection" +#~ msgstr "Desktop Selection" + +#~ msgid "Root Password" +#~ msgstr "Root Password" + #, fuzzy -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "GNOME desktop" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Congratulations!\n" +#~ "The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +#~ "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +#~ "Visit us at %1.\n" +#~ "Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +#~ "\t " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Congratulations!\n" +#~ "The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +#~ "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +#~ "Visit us at %1.\n" +#~ "Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +#~ "\t" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452 #, fuzzy -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "KDE desktop" +#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop" +#~ msgstr "GNOME desktop" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453 #, fuzzy -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "XFCE desktop" +#~ msgid "KDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "KDE desktop" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454 #, fuzzy -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "KDE desktop" +#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "XFCE desktop" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "KDE desktop" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Alternate Desktops" -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "Alternate Desktops" +#~| msgid "Alternate Desktops" +#~ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Alternate Desktops" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Online Repositories" +#~ msgstr "Online Repositories" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970 -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "Online Repositories" - #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "Congratulations!\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/country.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/country.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/country.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 19:17+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/crowbar.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/crowbar.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/crowbar.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/dhcp-server.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/dhcp-server.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/dhcp-server.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 19:18+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" @@ -540,22 +540,21 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "At least one network interface must be selected." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The selected network interface has currently no configuration (no assigned IP address \n" #| "and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" #| "Really use this interface?\n" msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "" "The selected network interface has currently no configuration (no assigned IP address \n" "and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" @@ -563,60 +562,60 @@ #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "&LDAP Support" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "&Domain Name" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "&Primary Name Server IP" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "&Secondary Name Server IP" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "Default &Gateway (Router) " #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "NTP &Time Server" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "&Print Server" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "&WINS Server" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "Default &Lease Time" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 msgid "&Units" msgstr "&Units" @@ -624,48 +623,48 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "Subnet Information" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "Current &Network" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "Current Net&mask" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "Netmask Bi&ts" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "Min&imum IP Address" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "Ma&ximum IP Address" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "IP Address Range" @@ -673,7 +672,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -684,7 +683,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -692,53 +691,53 @@ msgstr "&Last IP Address" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "Lease Time" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 msgid "&Default" msgstr "&Default" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "&Maximum" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "Uni&ts" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "Edit Current DNS Zone" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "Get Current Zone Information" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "&Synchronize DNS Server..." #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 #, fuzzy msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" @@ -749,8 +748,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." @@ -758,8 +757,8 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." @@ -768,127 +767,127 @@ "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "Registered Host" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "Name" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "Hardware Address" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "List Setup" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Name" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP Address" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "&Hardware Address" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "&Ethernet" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "&Token Ring" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "C&hange in List" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "Dele&te from List" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token Ring" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "The hardware address is invalid.\n" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "The hardware address must be unique." #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "The hostname cannot be empty." #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "A host named %1 already exists." #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "Enter a host IP." #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "The hardware address must be defined." #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "Select a host first." #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "The input value must be defined." #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -909,15 +908,15 @@ "Continue?" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" @@ -945,7 +944,7 @@ "Really continue?\n" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/dns-server.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/dns-server.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/dns-server.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 16:32+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/drbd.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/drbd.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/drbd.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -24,6 +24,16 @@ msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Global Configuration" +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +msgid "DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +msgid "&DRBD" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -62,23 +72,83 @@ msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "Source Configuration" +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" +msgstr "Source Configuration" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "Source Configuration" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read configuration file." +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgstr "Cannot read configuration file." + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network." +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgstr "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network." + #. Drbd configure1 dialog caption #. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Node Configuration" #. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy -msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" -msgstr "First part of configuration of squidguard" +#| msgid "First part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" +msgstr "First part of configuration of CASA" #. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 #, fuzzy -msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#| msgid "Second part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Second part of configuration of CASA" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -110,7 +180,7 @@ #| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialising Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -128,14 +198,14 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<big>NFS Server Configuration</big> \n" -#| "" +#| "<big>Saving Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>NFS Server Configuration</big> \n" -"" +"<big>Saving Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:48 @@ -157,14 +227,79 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 #, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Booting:\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually\n" +"\t\tSwitch On and Off:\n" +"\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tProtocol\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +#, fuzzy msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -174,31 +309,37 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" -"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" -"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" -"configured in this file.\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"Configure DRBD here. \n" +"Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Squid Configuration</big> \n" "Configure squid here. \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" +#| "Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n" +#| "If your kdump was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +#| "Then press Configure.\n" msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" -"If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" @@ -207,7 +348,7 @@ "Then press Configure.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -218,11 +359,11 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" -"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Squid Configuration Overview</big> \n" @@ -230,21 +371,28 @@ "edit their configurations. \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" +#| "Press Add to configure a kdump." msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a kdump." #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" +#| "Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n" +#| "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -252,7 +400,7 @@ "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -264,7 +412,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -275,7 +423,7 @@ "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -295,14 +443,15 @@ msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocol" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Scheme name must be set." msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "Scheme name must be set." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567 -msgid "Fill out all fields." +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 +msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -347,8 +496,8 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 msgid "" -"To propagate this configuration,\n" -"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" #. } @@ -366,98 +515,225 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." -msgid "Starting DRBD service failed." +msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop services" -msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed." +msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "Stop services" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "Heartbeat Configuration" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialising..." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." +msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" +msgstr "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." + #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Initialising DSL Configuration" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 #, fuzzy msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Read global Samba settings" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "Read resources" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "Read daemon status" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Reading global Samba settings..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Reading resources..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Reading daemon status..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finished" +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to save ipsec.conf:" +msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" +msgstr "Failed to save ipsec.conf:" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of Resource Groups" +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "Configuration of Resource Groups" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Writing NFS Configuration" #. if (!modified) return true; #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Write global settings" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Write resources" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 #, fuzzy msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "Read daemon status" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Writing global settings..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Writing resources..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 #, fuzzy msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Reading daemon status..." +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." +msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" +msgstr "Unable to create directory '%1'." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +#~ msgstr "First part of configuration of squidguard" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#~ msgstr "Second part of configuration of CASA" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>Initializing Configuration</big> \n" +#~| "Please wait... \n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Initialising Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "Please wait... \n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>NFS Server Configuration</big> \n" +#~| "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>NFS Server Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" +#~ "Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" +#~ "If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +#~ "Then press Configure.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" +#~ "Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n" +#~ "If your kdump was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +#~ "Then press Configure.\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" +#~ "Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" +#~ "Press Add to configure a kdump." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" +#~ "Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +#~ "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" +#~ "Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n" +#~ "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Configuration of drbd" #~ msgstr "Configuration of IrDA" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/fcoe-client.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/fcoe-client.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/fcoe-client.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -46,8 +46,18 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "NFS Client" +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "yes" + +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +msgid "no" +msgstr "no" + #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "" @@ -55,15 +65,44 @@ "Command %1 failed." msgstr "Removal of package %1 failed." +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "is not available" +msgid "not available" +msgstr "is not available" + +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured" +msgid "not configured" +msgstr "Not configured" + +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +msgid "true" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +msgid "false" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +msgid "not set" +msgstr "" + #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of IPsec" msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "Configuration of IPsec" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -71,7 +110,7 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -79,12 +118,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "" #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -92,34 +131,34 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot create zone %1." msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "Cannot create zone %1." #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Command %1 failed" msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "Command %1 failed" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" msgstr "" #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to remove the current volume group?" msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "Do you really want to remove the current volume group?" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -127,34 +166,34 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." msgstr "" #. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "Removal of package %1 failed." -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "Removal of package %1 failed." #. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." msgstr "" #. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -185,7 +224,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Yes" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -193,7 +232,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "No" #. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 @@ -270,7 +309,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Driver" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" @@ -587,104 +626,99 @@ msgstr "Install it now?" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "Cannot detect devices." #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." +msgstr "Cannot start winbind service." + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot restart the service." +msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." +msgstr "Cannot restart the service." + #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" "VLAN interface to get a valid configuration." msgstr "" -#. it's about a flag which is not set at all -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110 -msgid "not set" -msgstr "" - -#. also about setting of a flag -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "true" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "false" -msgstr "" - #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Initialising inetd Configuration" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "Check installed packages" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Check required services" msgid "Check services" msgstr "Check required services" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "Detecting network cards..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read /etc/ipsec.conf" msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "Read /etc/ipsec.conf" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..." msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "Checking for installed RPM packages..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for network devices..." msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "Checking for network devices..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "Detecting network cards..." #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" @@ -692,123 +726,123 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finished" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Cannot detect devices." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the configuration." msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Cannot read the configuration." #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Saving inetd Configuration" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Write the settings" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart services" msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "Restart services" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjust spooler services" msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "Adjust spooler services" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Writing the settings..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting service..." msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "Restarting service..." #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjusting spooler services..." msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "Adjusting spooler services..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/ntp.conf." msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Cannot write settings to /etc/ntp.conf." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write sysconfig variables." msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "Cannot write sysconfig variables." #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Interfaces" msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "Interfaces" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." msgid "Starting of services" @@ -816,11 +850,11 @@ #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 msgid "enabled" msgstr "enabled" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 msgid "disabled" msgstr "disabled" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/firewall-services.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/firewall-services.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/firewall-services.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall-services\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 16:37+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/firewall.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/firewall.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/firewall.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 16:36+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/firstboot.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/firstboot.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/firstboot.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 16:37+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ftp-server.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ftp-server.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ftp-server.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 20:49+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n" "Language-Team: British English\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/geo-cluster.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/geo-cluster.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/geo-cluster.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgstr "GeoCluster Configuration" @@ -72,92 +72,299 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "Read configuration file" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "arbitrator ip" msgstr "arbitrator ip" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "transport" msgstr "transport" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" msgstr "port" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" msgstr "site" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" msgstr "Add" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Edit" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Delete" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "ticket" msgstr "ticket" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancel" -#. parser value first -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a valid e-mail address" +msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgstr "Enter a valid e-mail address." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "Enter ticket and timeout" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "timeout" msgstr "timeout" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NFS entries" +msgid "retries" +msgstr "NFS entries" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Height" +msgid "weights" +msgstr "Height" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Expired" +msgid "expire" +msgstr "Expired" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Required patterns" +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "Required patterns" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "timeout is no valid" msgstr "timeout is no valid" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "timeout is no valid" +msgid "expire is no valid" +msgstr "timeout is no valid" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "timeout is no valid" +msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgstr "timeout is no valid" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "timeout is no valid" +msgid "retries is no valid" +msgstr "timeout is no valid" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "timeout is no valid" +msgid "weights is no valid" +msgstr "timeout is no valid" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "ticket can not be null" msgstr "ticket can not be null" +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "site have to be filled" +msgstr "Software to be installed:" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "ticket can not be null" +msgid "ticket have to be filled" +msgstr "ticket can not be null" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." +msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +msgstr "Gateway IP address is invalid." + #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" msgstr "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317 +#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Geo Cluster configure" msgstr "Geo Cluster configure" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "Enter an IP address of your site" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "Edit IP address of your site" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "Zone name %1 already exists." + +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error: Configuration name cannot be empty." +msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgstr "Error: Configuration name cannot be empty." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error: Configuration name cannot be empty." +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "Error: Configuration name cannot be empty." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key is invalid." +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "Key is invalid." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "Software to be installed:" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "Software to be installed:" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "ticket can not be null" +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "ticket can not be null" + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "GeoCluster Configuration" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "Read configuration file" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" +msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +msgstr "GeoCluster Configuration" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "Firewall Configuration" + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initializing..." +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write global settings." +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "Cannot write global settings." + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." +msgstr "Cannot write global settings." + +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write global settings." +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "Cannot write global settings." + #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" @@ -166,75 +373,63 @@ #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Read the previous settings" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Reading the previous settings..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finished" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Write the settings" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Writing the settings..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" -#. read sites -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311 -msgid "Cannot write global settings." -msgstr "Cannot write global settings." - -#. write site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315 -msgid "Cannot write sites settings." -msgstr "Cannot write sites settings." - -#. write ticket -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318 -msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." -msgstr "Cannot write ticket settings." - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Cannot write settings." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Configuration summary..." @@ -283,3 +478,9 @@ #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "Configuration summary ..." + +#~ msgid "Cannot write sites settings." +#~ msgstr "Cannot write sites settings." + +#~ msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." +#~ msgstr "Cannot write ticket settings." Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/gtk.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/gtk.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/gtk.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -197,11 +197,11 @@ #: src/YGUtils.cc:643 msgid "Back" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Back" #: src/YGUtils.cc:644 msgid "Next" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Next" #: src/ygtksteps.c:75 #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/http-server.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/http-server.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/http-server.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: http-server.en_GB\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 20:49+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n" "Language-Team: British English\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/inetd.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/inetd.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/inetd.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-09 10:54+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/installation.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/installation.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/installation.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation.en_GB\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-16 13:44+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n" "Language-Team: British English\n" @@ -64,22 +64,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 +#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Copying files to installed system..." @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ msgstr "Installation Mode" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "Initialising default window manager..." @@ -276,6 +276,7 @@ msgstr "Alias for %1" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Unknown Product" @@ -335,7 +336,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "License Agreement" @@ -407,11 +408,24 @@ "installation process.\n" "\n" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 #, fuzzy -msgid "License needs to be accepted" -msgstr "needs to be reinstalled" +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "Release Notes" +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 #, fuzzy @@ -531,7 +545,7 @@ #. OEM image if target disk is defined #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "The system will reboot now..." #. bnc #395030 #. Use less memory @@ -630,11 +644,11 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "Configure &Resources" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "Configure &iSCSI Disks" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" @@ -658,15 +672,22 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "" -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Release Notes" -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "Release Notes" +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +msgid "Initializing" +msgstr "Initialising" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "Initialising the installation..." + #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" @@ -687,67 +708,67 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "Finishing Basic Installation" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "Preinstallation Scripts" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "Copy files to installed system" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "Save configuration" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "Save installation settings" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "Install boot manager" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "Prepare system for initial boot" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "Checking for binary %1..." #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 #, fuzzy msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "Saving queue %1..." #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr "" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finished" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Installation Error" @@ -768,11 +789,6 @@ msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "Please wait while the installation is being initialised." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "Initialising the installation..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -786,13 +802,6 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "Preparing the 1st system configuration..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "Initialising" - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 #, fuzzy @@ -1019,12 +1028,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "Skipping configuration upon user request" #. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1035,32 +1044,32 @@ #. not using tabs #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" msgstr "ERROR: Missing Title" #. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 #, fuzzy msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "Cannot read the current settings." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "Analysing your system..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "ERROR: No proposal" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1069,7 +1078,7 @@ "There were errors." #. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Installation Server" @@ -1079,25 +1088,25 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "&Skip Configuration" #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "&Use Following Configuration" #. menu button #. menu button #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Change..." #. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgid "&Export Configuration" @@ -1105,25 +1114,25 @@ #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." #. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "&Reset to defaults" #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 msgid "" "\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -1137,7 +1146,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1169,7 +1178,7 @@ #. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 #. #. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -1186,7 +1195,7 @@ #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1199,7 +1208,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1211,7 +1220,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1223,7 +1232,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1234,12 +1243,12 @@ "\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "UML Installation Proposal" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1250,7 +1259,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1261,7 +1270,7 @@ "\n" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Some proposals might be\n" @@ -1277,11 +1286,11 @@ "a proposal that is locked, ask your system administrator." #. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 msgid "&Update" msgstr "&Update" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&Install" @@ -1404,59 +1413,43 @@ msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Probing hard disks..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 -msgid "Search for Linux partitions" -msgstr "Search for Linux partitions" - +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 -msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgstr "Searching for Linux partitions..." - -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 #, fuzzy msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "Search for Patch Name" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Searching for modified files" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initialize package manager" msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Initialise package manager" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing package manager..." msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Initialising package manager..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140 -msgid "Evaluate update possibility" -msgstr "Evaluate update possibility" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141 -msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." -msgstr "Evaluating update possibility..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "System Probing" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please wait while computer hardware and installed systems are being probed..." msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "Please wait while computer hardware and installed systems are being probed..." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1469,7 +1462,7 @@ "Please check your hardware!\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1482,7 +1475,7 @@ "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1490,7 +1483,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" @@ -1507,7 +1500,7 @@ "Check your hardware.\n" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" @@ -1517,33 +1510,33 @@ "Aborting the installation." #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remove" msgid "Removed" msgstr "Remove" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Enabled" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Disabled" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "Previously Used Repositories" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" @@ -1553,27 +1546,27 @@ "you are just upgrading:" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 msgid "Current Status" msgstr "Current Status" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Repository" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "&Toggle Status" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" @@ -1584,7 +1577,7 @@ "those you want to include in the upgrade process." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "To enable or disable an URL, click on the\n" @@ -1597,30 +1590,30 @@ "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Unknown" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "&Repository URL" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "Network is not Configured" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" @@ -1631,57 +1624,57 @@ "Would you like to configure it?" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "Adding and removing repositories..." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please wait while repositories are being added and removed." msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "Please wait while repositories are being added and removed." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 #, fuzzy msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "Read previously used repositories" -#. Removes selected repositories -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "Reading previously used repositories..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 #, fuzzy msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "Available Repositories" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "Adding Repositories..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 #, fuzzy msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "Available Repositories" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "Adding Repositories..." #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1691,7 +1684,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1701,7 +1694,7 @@ msgstr "" #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" @@ -1713,7 +1706,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" @@ -1723,7 +1716,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" @@ -1734,7 +1727,7 @@ "%2" #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" @@ -1819,58 +1812,53 @@ msgstr "Saving proxy configuration..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62 -msgid "Enabling random number generator..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "Saving time zone..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "Saving language..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "Saving console configuration..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "Saving keyboard configuration..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "Saving product information..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving automatical installation settings..." msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "Saving automatical installation settings..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading security settings..." msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "Reading security settings..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving sound card settings..." msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "Saving sound card settings..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "Saving hardware configuration..." @@ -1904,7 +1892,7 @@ msgstr "Writing YaST Configuration..." #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -2180,6 +2168,70 @@ msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "Searching for Linux partitions..." +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Administration" +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "Remote Administration" + +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to copy %1 to installation system" +msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" +msgstr "Failed to copy %1 to installation system" + +#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Deploying..." +msgstr "Downloading image..." + +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgstr "Storing volume settings..." + +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgstr "Restarting services..." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "License needs to be accepted" +#~ msgstr "needs to be reinstalled" + +#~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions" +#~ msgstr "Search for Linux partitions" + +#~ msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." +#~ msgstr "Searching for Linux partitions..." + +#~ msgid "Evaluate update possibility" +#~ msgstr "Evaluate update possibility" + +#~ msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." +#~ msgstr "Evaluating update possibility..." + #~ msgid "Network Device: %1" #~ msgstr "Network Device: %1" @@ -2758,18 +2810,6 @@ #~ "Check your hardware.\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Deploying..." -#~ msgstr "Downloading image..." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Storing user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "Storing volume settings..." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Restoring user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "Restarting services..." - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "No system type was selected.\n" #~ "Select the default type." Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/instserver.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/instserver.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/instserver.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/iplb.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/iplb.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/iplb.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -92,6 +92,26 @@ msgstr "Second part of configuration of IPLB" #. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "yes" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "no" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Global Configuration" +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "Global Configuration" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "Virtual Servers Configuration" + #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "Check Interval" @@ -154,6 +174,98 @@ #. All helps are here #: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:35 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>check interval</big> = n\n" +#| "Defines the number of second between server checks.\n" +#| "Default: 10 seconds\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" +#| "Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +#| "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#| "If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +#| "If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +#| "Default: 5 seconds\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" +#| "The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +#| "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#| "Default: 1\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" +#| "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" +#| "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#| "If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +#| "If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +#| "Default: 30 seconds\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +#| "the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +#| "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|syslog_facility\n" +#| "An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" +#| "Default: log directly to the file /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" +#| "A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +#| "module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +#| "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" +#| "Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +#| "inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" +#| "option.\n" +#| "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#| "Default: 0\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +#| "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +#| "\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +#| "with each other.\n" +#| "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#| "Default: all\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>callback</big> = \"/path/to/callback\"\n" +#| "If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has changed on\n" +#| "disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" +#| "configuration.\n" +#| "This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if autoreload is\n" +#| "set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>execute</big> = \"configuration\"\n" +#| "Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named configuration.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>auto reload</big> = yes|no\n" +#| "Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +#| "on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +#| "Default: no\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" +#| "If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +#| "Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +#| "This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +#| "real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" +#| "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" +#| "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" +#| "If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +#| "old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +#| "If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +#| "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#| "Default: yes\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>fork</big> = yes|no\n" +#| "If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +#| "response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" +#| "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" +#| "Default: no\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>supervised</big> = yes|no\n" +#| "If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +#| "ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" +#| "Default: no\n" +#| "\n" msgid "" "\n" "<big>check interval</big> = n\n" @@ -201,7 +313,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -338,6 +450,224 @@ "\n" #: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" +#| "Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +#| "configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" +#| "must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" +#| "gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\n" +#| "Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +#| "fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" +#| "each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" +#| "gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" +#| "used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" +#| "pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +#| "server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" +#| "For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP address of a\n" +#| "real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" +#| "service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" +#| "underlying LVS code in the kernel functions.\n" +#| "More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +#| "quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" +#| "Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP connection, thus the\n" +#| "request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" +#| "attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +#| "ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP services. Off\n" +#| "means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" +#| "activated. Default is negotiate.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +#| "The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +#| "simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +#| "using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive sections for protocol specific information.\n" +#| "Default:\n" +#| "<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" +#| "<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 25: smtp\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 53: dns\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 80: http\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 110: pop\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 119: nntp\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 143: imap\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 389: ldap\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 443: https\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 993: imaps\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 995: pops\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 1521: oracle\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 1812: radius\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 3306: mysql\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 5432: pgsql\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 5060: sip\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Otherwise: none\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"path to script\"\n" +#| "This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" +#| "is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" +#| "Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* virtual server port\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* real server ip\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* real server port\n" +#| "</dt><dt>Default: /bin/true\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>check port</big> = n\n" +#| "Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" +#| "Default: port specified for each real server\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"\n" +#| "This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" +#| "an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" +#| "For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" +#| "For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" +#| "rows. This is a required setting.\n" +#| "For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" +#| " are replaced with a new line character.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>receive</big> = \"regexp to compare\"\n" +#| "If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +#| "regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" +#| "optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" +#| "For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" +#| "For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +#| "Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the URI specified in the request-string. GET is the\n" +#| "method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +#| "Default: GET\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>virtual host</big> = \"hostname\"\n" +#| "Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP request. In the\n" +#| "case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +#| "derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>login</big> = \"username\"\n" +#| "For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" +#| "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" +#| "For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from address for an OPTIONS query.\n" +#| "Default:\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* FTP: Anonymous\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "</dt><dt><big>password</big> = \"password\"\n" +#| "Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" +#| "SIP servers.\n" +#| "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" +#| "Default:\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" +#| "from uname if unset.\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "</dt><dt><big>database name</big> = \"databasename\"\n" +#| "Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed against. This\n" +#| "is a required setting.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>radius secret</big> = \"radiussecret\"\n" +#| "Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd (set by\n" +#| "passwd above).\n" +#| "Default: empty string\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>persistent</big> = n\n" +#| "Number of seconds for persistent client connections.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>netmask</big> = w.x.y.z\n" +#| "Netmask to be used for granularity of persistent client connections.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>scheduler</big> = scheduler_name\n" +#| "Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" +#| "Default: \"wrr\"\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>protocol</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" +#| "Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" +#| "protocol must be fwm.\n" +#| "Default:\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" +#| "</dt></dl>\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" +#| "Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +#| "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#| "If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +#| "If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +#| "Default: 5 seconds\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" +#| "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" +#| "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#| "If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +#| "If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +#| "Default: 30 seconds\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" +#| "The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +#| "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#| "Default: 1\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" +#| "A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +#| "module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +#| "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" +#| "Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +#| "inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" +#| "option.\n" +#| "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#| "Default: 0\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +#| "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +#| "\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +#| "with each other.\n" +#| "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#| "Default: all\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +#| "the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +#| "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" +#| "If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +#| "Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +#| "This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +#| "real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" +#| "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" +#| "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" +#| "If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +#| "old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +#| "If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +#| "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#| "Default: yes\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" msgid "" "\n" "<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" @@ -531,7 +861,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -885,6 +1215,12 @@ msgstr "Cancel" #. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "Real Server's IP Address" @@ -897,6 +1233,26 @@ msgid "weight" msgstr "weight" +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The IP address is invalid." +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "The IP address is invalid." + +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add a New Name Server" +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "Add a New Name Server" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the role of the server" +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "Set the role of the server" + #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/iscsi-client.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/iscsi-client.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/iscsi-client.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 19:20+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n" "Language-Team: British English\n" @@ -68,149 +68,155 @@ msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "iSNS Port" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109 -msgid "Initiator Name" +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initiator Name" +msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "Initiator Name" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115 +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Sound Card" -msgid "Offloa&d Card" +msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "Sound Card" #. table of connected targets #. table of discovered targets #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "Interface" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "Portal Address" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "Target Name" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Start-Up" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "Add" #. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Edit" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Log Out" msgstr "Log Out" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "Connected" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "Discovery" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Log In" msgstr "Log In" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "Connect" #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "No Authentication" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "Incoming Authentication" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "Username" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "Password" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "Outgoing Authentication" #. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Startup" msgstr "Start" #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP Address" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 msgid "Port" msgstr "Port" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Key" msgstr "Key" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Value" msgstr "Value" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "Service" msgstr "Service" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "Connected Targets" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "Discovered Targets" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "iSCSI Initiator Overview" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -219,9 +225,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" @@ -478,12 +484,12 @@ "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "Insert the IP address." #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "Insert the port." @@ -491,37 +497,37 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 msgid "True" msgstr "True" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 msgid "False" msgstr "False" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 #, fuzzy msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that Multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "Continue" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancel" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "The target is already connected." @@ -603,14 +609,18 @@ msgstr "Cannot read service status." #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Software" -msgid "(Software)" +msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "Software" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +msgid "all" +msgstr "all" + #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 #, fuzzy msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" @@ -623,7 +633,7 @@ "If you want to use different initiatorname change it in BIOS." #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Configuration summary..." Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/iscsi-lio-server.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/iscsi-lio-server.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/iscsi-lio-server.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/iscsi-server.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/iscsi-server.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/iscsi-server.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 19:41+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n" "Language-Team: British English\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/isns.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/isns.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/isns.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -319,84 +319,84 @@ msgstr "Initialising..." #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 #, fuzzy msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "To configure the SLP server, the %1 package must be installed." -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "Install it now?" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "Initialising modem configuration" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Read the database" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Read the previous settings" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Detect the devices" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Reading the database..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Reading the previous settings..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Detecting the devices..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finished" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "Saving inetd Configuration" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Write the settings" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "Run SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Writing the settings..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "Running SuSEconfig..." #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Cannot write settings." Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/kdump.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/kdump.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/kdump.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 19:49+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n" "Language-Team: British English\n" @@ -389,8 +389,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 #, fuzzy msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "To apply this change reboot is needed." @@ -528,16 +528,6 @@ msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "&Disable Kdump" -#. checking if packages are available -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103 -msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -msgstr "Package for kexec-tools is not available." - -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -msgstr "Package for ftp is not available." - #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" @@ -1236,139 +1226,146 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Initialising kdump Configuration" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Reading the config file..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Read kernel boot options" #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "Reading available memory..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Reading partitions of disks..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Cannot read kernel boot options" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Cannot read available memory" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Saving kdump Configuration" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Write the settings" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Update boot options" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Writing the settings..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Updating boot options..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finished" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Cannot write settings." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Kdump runlevel: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "enabled" msgstr "enabled" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "disabled" msgstr "disabled" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 #, fuzzy msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Empty value for option: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Dump Format: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 #, fuzzy msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Numbers of old dumps: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 #, fuzzy msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Numbers of old dumps: %1" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." +#~ msgstr "Package for kexec-tools is not available." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Package for kdump is not available." +#~ msgstr "Package for ftp is not available." + #~ msgid "ENABLED" #~ msgstr "ENABLED" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/kerberos-server.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/kerberos-server.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/kerberos-server.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 19:52+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n" "Language-Team: British English\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/kerberos.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/kerberos.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/kerberos.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 9.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 19:49+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n" "Language-Team: British English\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/languages_db.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/languages_db.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/languages_db.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ldap-client.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ldap-client.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ldap-client.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 9.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 19:55+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n" "Language-Team: British English\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ldap-server.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ldap-server.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ldap-server.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 19:56+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n" "Language-Team: British English\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ldap.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ldap.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ldap.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ msgstr "Bro&wse" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." @@ -267,27 +267,27 @@ "Please select another one." #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgstr "Configuration of user management tools" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" msgstr "Configuration of group management tools" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" msgstr "Object Class of New Module" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" @@ -296,12 +296,12 @@ "Select another one.\n" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." msgstr "Enter the module name." #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" @@ -330,12 +330,12 @@ "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" msgstr "Attribute &Name" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" msgstr "Attribute &Value" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/live-installer.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/live-installer.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/live-installer.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 19:57+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n" "Language-Team: British English\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/lxc.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/lxc.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/lxc.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/mail.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/mail.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/mail.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-21 15:49+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n" "Language-Team: British English\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/multipath.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/multipath.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/multipath.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ncurses-pkg.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ncurses-pkg.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ncurses-pkg.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 9.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 20:14+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n" "Language-Team: British English\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ncurses.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ncurses.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ncurses.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/network.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/network.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/network.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-08 07:09+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n" "Language-Team: British English\n" @@ -105,107 +105,61 @@ msgstr "Internal error" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "Writing Firewall Configuration" -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" - #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Firewall Zone" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 #, fuzzy msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "&Firewall" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "Firewall Configuration" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&RPC Ports" msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "&RPC Ports" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "Firewall Service" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "&Enable Firewall" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&RPC Ports" msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "&RPC Ports" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "Firewall Service" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" @@ -216,13 +170,13 @@ "<big>Firewall</big> \n" "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks." -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" "service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" @@ -230,13 +184,60 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" + +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" +msgstr "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" +msgstr "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" + #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts #. Hosts dialog caption @@ -531,9 +532,18 @@ msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "Interface or String" -#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst(); -#. Lan::Autoinstall(); -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173 +#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML +#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML +#. has higher priority +#. +#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with +#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than +#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". +#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means +#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". +#. Other elements may have similar problems, +#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "Configuration Error : uninitialised interface!" @@ -630,7 +640,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "Routing Configuration" @@ -741,7 +751,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "Device" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416 msgid "Options" msgstr "Options" @@ -821,13 +831,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "Warning: no encryption is used." #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Change." msgstr "Change." @@ -1202,14 +1212,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "&Device Type" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "&Configuration Name" @@ -1223,7 +1233,7 @@ msgstr "Unknown group" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 #, fuzzy msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "Modem Devices" @@ -1431,30 +1441,30 @@ #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Address" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "Configure your IP address." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "&Hardware" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 #, fuzzy msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "Bond &Slaves" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "&Wireless" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Swap &Priority" msgid "Ifplugd Priority" @@ -1462,7 +1472,7 @@ #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1477,12 +1487,12 @@ msgstr "Network Card Setup" # bnc#384167 -#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 #, fuzzy msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" -"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" +"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" msgstr "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" "Remove the configuration?\n" @@ -1698,7 +1708,7 @@ msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "The device was deleted." -#. encoding: utf-8 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** #. #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -1794,7 +1804,7 @@ msgstr "An error occurred during installation." #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1809,13 +1819,12 @@ "the interface will no longer be managed by NetworkManager.\n" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#. radio button group label, method of setup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "Network Setup Method" @@ -1824,7 +1833,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Network Settings" @@ -1852,7 +1861,7 @@ msgstr "&Change Hostname via DHCP" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" @@ -1861,20 +1870,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1882,7 +1891,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1890,7 +1899,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" @@ -1902,12 +1911,12 @@ "for example, io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are configured\n" "with the same module name, options will be merged while saving." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1917,7 +1926,7 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" @@ -1926,7 +1935,7 @@ "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." @@ -1935,83 +1944,85 @@ "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." #. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Manual Network Card Configuration" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "&PCMCIA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291 msgid "&USB" msgstr "&USB" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300 msgid "&Hotplug Type" msgstr "&Hotplug Type" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305 msgid "P&CI" msgstr "P&CI" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "&Kernel Module" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "&Module Name" #. TODO: Ud ... Rules -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380 -msgid "Udev rules" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Udev rules" +msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "Udev rules" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Device Name" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 msgid "Change" msgstr "Change" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Server Identification" -msgid "Show visible port identification" +msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "Server Identification" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Seconds" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Blin" msgid "Blink" msgstr "Blin" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411 #, fuzzy -msgid "Ethtool options" +msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "&Additional ipppd options" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "Manual Network Card Selection" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -2021,19 +2032,19 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "&Network Card" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Search" #. Remember current device number (#308763) #. see also bnc#391802 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" @@ -2043,7 +2054,7 @@ "Choose a different one." #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "S/390 Network Card Configuration" @@ -2051,134 +2062,134 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "S/390 Device Settings" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "&Port Name" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Port Number" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "&Enable IPA Takeover" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "Enable &Layer 2 Support" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "Layer2 &MAC Address" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "R&ead Channel" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "&Write Channel" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 #, fuzzy msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "Control file changed." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "&Port Number" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "&LANCMD Time-Out" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "Choose the Port Number for this interface." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "Compatibility Mode" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "Extended Mode" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocol" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "Choose the Protocol for this interface." #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "&Peer Name" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" @@ -2187,7 +2198,7 @@ "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" @@ -2196,7 +2207,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Hardware Dialogue" @@ -2252,19 +2263,18 @@ "to switching among wired and multiple wireless networks.\n" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" -"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +"Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" "Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" "if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at once.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" @@ -2274,7 +2284,7 @@ "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" "edit their configuration. \n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" @@ -2282,7 +2292,7 @@ "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -2294,7 +2304,7 @@ "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" @@ -2311,12 +2321,12 @@ "module for ipv6). When ipv6 protocol is not used on your network, response \n" "time can be faster." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." msgstr "All changes will be applied after reboot." #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2330,7 +2340,7 @@ "used instead of the default route. The idea of the default route is simply\n" "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" @@ -2338,13 +2348,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2352,14 +2362,14 @@ "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" @@ -2377,7 +2387,7 @@ "the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop.\n" " " -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2386,7 +2396,7 @@ "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" @@ -2395,7 +2405,7 @@ "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2406,7 +2416,7 @@ "(for example, 192.168.0.42), not as a hostname.\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2418,7 +2428,7 @@ "your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n" "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2426,7 +2436,7 @@ "command." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" "search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" @@ -2436,7 +2446,7 @@ "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2450,7 +2460,7 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" @@ -2461,12 +2471,12 @@ "Select No Address Setup if you don't want any IP address for this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" @@ -2476,7 +2486,7 @@ "assigned by the system administrator or your cable or DSL provider." #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" @@ -2488,7 +2498,7 @@ "obtained automatically from the server." #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" @@ -2500,7 +2510,7 @@ ". Otherwise, network addresses must be assigned statically." #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" @@ -2512,7 +2522,7 @@ "of your peer." #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 #, fuzzy msgid "" "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" @@ -2524,7 +2534,7 @@ "fully qualified hostname for this IP address. It will be written to /etc/hosts." #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." @@ -2532,7 +2542,7 @@ "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." @@ -2540,7 +2550,7 @@ "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" "Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2558,11 +2568,11 @@ "interface. If you do not select a zone and no others exist, \n" "the firewall will be disabled." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" @@ -2579,7 +2589,7 @@ "especially on slow dial-up connections. Select one of the recommended values\n" "or define your own one." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" @@ -2587,13 +2597,13 @@ msgstr "Select the slave devices for the bond device. Only the devices whose Device Activation is set to Never and have No Address Setup are available." #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 #, fuzzy msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "<big>DHCP client options</big>" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2608,7 +2618,7 @@ "network interface and thus the same hardware address." #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" @@ -2631,7 +2641,7 @@ "Leave empty not to send a hostname." #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" @@ -2641,7 +2651,7 @@ "Configure additional addresses of an interface (its aliases) in this table." #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Enter an Alias Name, an IP Address, and\n" @@ -2654,7 +2664,7 @@ "the Netmask." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" "IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" @@ -2662,14 +2672,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" @@ -2699,7 +2709,7 @@ " " #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." @@ -2708,7 +2718,7 @@ "for wireless networking." #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2723,7 +2733,7 @@ "acts as an access point).\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2742,7 +2752,7 @@ "signal strength.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" @@ -2780,7 +2790,7 @@ "Managed.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2795,7 +2805,7 @@ "are dynamically generated, so you only need to enter 40 to 232 bits.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2812,7 +2822,7 @@ "easy to guess as the passphrase.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" @@ -2821,7 +2831,7 @@ "enter some additional parameters in the next dialogue.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" @@ -3426,23 +3436,23 @@ msgstr "Initialising..." #. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "Remote Administration" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "&Allow Remote Administration" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" @@ -3460,17 +3470,17 @@ "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "Remote Administration Settings" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "These packages need to be installed:" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3485,112 +3495,111 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "unplugged" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Unknown" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Configuration Successfully Saved" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "Configure mail now?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "Run configuration of %1?" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "Network Cards" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Modems" msgstr "Modems" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "ISDN Cards" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "DSL Devices" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "All Network Devices" -#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -"cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -"\n" -"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" -"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" -msgstr "" - #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 @@ -3853,7 +3862,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "The default gateway is invalid." @@ -4080,64 +4089,77 @@ msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "Set &MTU" +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Services" +msgid "NetworkManager Service" +msgstr "Network Services" + +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Traditional Chinese" +msgid "Traditional ifup" +msgstr "Traditional Chinese" + +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Web Services" +msgid "Wicked Service" +msgstr "Web Services" + +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Services" +msgid "Network Services Disabled" +msgstr "Network Services" + #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -#. radio button label -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager -#. program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 -msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" -msgstr "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" - -#. radio button label -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365 -msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" -msgstr "&Traditional Method with ifup" - -#. radio button label -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 -msgid "Controlled by &wicked" -msgstr "" +msgid "General Network Settings" +msgstr "General Network Settings" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "IPv6 Protocol Settings" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "Enable IPv6" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Unknown device" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP address" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "No IP address assigned" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" @@ -4146,12 +4168,12 @@ "%2 - %3" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "&Change Device" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "Network Device Select" @@ -4168,106 +4190,102 @@ msgstr "" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name" -msgid "Device name:" +msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "Device Name" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 -msgid "Base udev rule on" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110 #, fuzzy #| msgid "MAC Address: %1" msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "MAC Address: %1" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "" -#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. -#. -#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid -#. -#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "Configuration %1 already present." -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read configuration file" msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "Read configuration file" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371 msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "Write hostname" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Update configuration" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "Update /etc/resolv.conf" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "Writing hostname..." #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "Updating configuration..." #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "Updating /etc/resolv.conf..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "Hostname: Set by DHCP" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "Hostname: %1" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "Name Servers: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "Search List: %1" @@ -4287,312 +4305,318 @@ msgstr "Updating /etc/hosts..." #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "Initialising Network Configuration" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "Detect network devices" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "Read driver information" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "Read device configuration" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Read network configuration" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Read firewall settings" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Read hostname and DNS configuration" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "Read installation information" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "Read routing configuration" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "Detect current status" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 #, fuzzy msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "Detecting hardware..." #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "Detecting network devices..." #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "Reading device configuration..." #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Reading network configuration..." #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Reading firewall settings..." #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "Reading installation information..." #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "Reading routing configuration..." #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "Detecting current status..." #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finished" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 #, fuzzy msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "To apply this change reboot is needed." #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "Saving Network Configuration" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "Write drivers information" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "Write device configuration" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "Write network configuration" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "Write routing configuration" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Write hostname and DNS configuration" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "Set up network services" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Write firewall settings" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "Activate network services" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "Writing device configuration..." #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "Writing network configuration..." #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "Writing routing configuration..." #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "Setting up network services..." #. Progress step 8 -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Writing firewall settings..." #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "Activating network services..." -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "No network running" msgstr "Network Settings" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "Network Mode" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "Disable NetworkManager" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "Enable NetworkManager" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "Disable IPv6" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "connected" msgstr "(not connected)" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "Started automatically at boot" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "Started automatically on cable connection" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "Managed by NetworkManager" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "Will not be started at all" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "Started manually" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "IP address assigned using DHCP" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "IP Address: %1" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2" msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" @@ -4601,91 +4625,108 @@ #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Not configured" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name: %1" msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Device Name: %1" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bond slaves" msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Bond slaves" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 #, fuzzy msgid "Not connected" msgstr "(not connected)" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "Unable to configure network card because kernel device is not present" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "<UL><LI>The device is not configured</LI><LI>Press Configure to configure</LI></UL>" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 #, fuzzy msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Needed Information" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "unknown" +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." + #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "Configure display manager" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Restart the services" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "Configuring display manager..." +#. Enable xinetd +#. Enable XDM +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enabling service 'uml' failed." +msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "Enabling service 'uml' failed." + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "Restarting the service..." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "Remote administration is enabled." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "Remote administration is disabled." @@ -4737,22 +4778,33 @@ msgstr "IP Forwarding: on" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "Automatically &Reconnect" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "Firewall Disabled" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "(Unprotected)" +#~ msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" +#~ msgstr "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" + +#~ msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" +#~ msgstr "&Traditional Method with ifup" + #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Device Name" +#~ msgid "Device name:" +#~ msgstr "Device Name" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" #~ msgstr "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" @@ -4761,9 +4813,6 @@ #~ msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" #~ msgstr "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">enable and open</a>)" -#~ msgid "General Network Settings" -#~ msgstr "General Network Settings" - #~ msgid "General &Network Settings" #~ msgstr "General &Network Settings" @@ -5282,9 +5331,6 @@ #~ msgid "Add &Provider to Existing Interface" #~ msgstr "Add &Provider to Existing Interface" -#~ msgid "Network Services" -#~ msgstr "Network Services" - #~ msgid "S&kip" #~ msgstr "S&kip" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/nfs.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/nfs.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/nfs.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-09 10:54+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/nfs_server.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/nfs_server.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/nfs_server.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 20:05+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n" "Language-Team: British English\n" @@ -81,27 +81,27 @@ msgstr "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling secure NFS" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "NFS server is enabled" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "NFS server is disabled" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "Required packages (%1) are not installed." #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "No mount point specified." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -112,12 +112,12 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 #, fuzzy msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "Domain can not be set without enabling NFSv4. Please use 'set enablev4' command." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 #, fuzzy msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "Command set must be used as in 'set option=value'. Please use 'set help' to know the options." @@ -188,60 +188,49 @@ "Probably there is spurious whitespace in the configuration file." #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "&Directory to Export" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "&Browse..." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "Please enter a non-empty export path. Eg: /exports" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "The exports table already contains this directory." -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "The directory does not exist. Create it?" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "Select the Directory to Export" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "&Host Wild Card" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "O&ptions" #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "'fsid=0'is not a valid option unless \n" @@ -254,7 +243,7 @@ "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page)" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -264,13 +253,13 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "Unable to read /etc/idmapd.conf file. Defaulting the domain to 'localdomain'" #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others." @@ -279,7 +268,7 @@ "and export some of your directories to others." #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." @@ -287,7 +276,7 @@ "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialogue in which to specify the directories to export." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" @@ -299,7 +288,7 @@ "it as localdomain or refer to man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure." #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" @@ -309,44 +298,44 @@ "checkbox. For being able to use GSS API, currently you need to have kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS Server" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "&Start" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "Do &Not Start" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "Enable NFSv4" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "Enable NFS&v4" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "Enable &GSS Security" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "NFS Server Configuration" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -357,7 +346,7 @@ "mount this directory.\n" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" "Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" @@ -367,69 +356,64 @@ "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) to specify all hosts." -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." -msgstr "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "Add &Directory" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Edit" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "De&lete" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "Host Wild Card" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "Options" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "Add &Host" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "Ed&it" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "Dele&te" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "Directories to Export" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" @@ -438,7 +422,7 @@ "%1" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -449,81 +433,63 @@ "exported directories.\n" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Writing NFS Server Configuration" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "Save /etc/exports" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "Restart services" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "Saving /etc/exports..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "Restarting services..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finished" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Please check your domain setting." -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "Unable to start idmapd. Please check your domain setting." - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd" -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "Unable to restart idmapd" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Unable to stop idmapd" -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "Unable to stop idmapd" - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "Unable to start svcgssd. Please ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) set up is fine." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd" msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "Unable to restart idmapd" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" @@ -532,16 +498,43 @@ "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "NFS Exports" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 #, fuzzy msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "And the NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" +#~ "with spaces in their names.\n" +#~ "Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" +#~ "with spaces in their names.\n" +#~ "Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." + +#~ msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." +#~ msgstr "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Please check your domain setting." +#~ msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." +#~ msgstr "Unable to start idmapd. Please check your domain setting." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd" +#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." +#~ msgstr "Unable to restart idmapd" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to stop idmapd" +#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." +#~ msgstr "Unable to stop idmapd" + #~ msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it." #~ msgstr "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it." Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/nis.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/nis.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/nis.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 9.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-18 11:36+0100\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader\n" "Language-Team: en_US\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/nis_server.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/nis_server.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/nis_server.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 20:06+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n" "Language-Team: British English\n" @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ #. To translators: checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "This host is also a NIS &client" @@ -403,23 +403,31 @@ msgstr "NIS Server Query Hosts Setup" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." msgstr "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." msgstr "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." #. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 #, fuzzy -msgid "N&IS domain name:" -msgstr "NIS &domain name:" +#| msgid "NIS &Domain Name" +msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" +msgstr "NIS &Domain Name" +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NIS Master Server: " +msgid "NIS &Master Server:" +msgstr "NIS Master Server: " + #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "Slave Server Setup" @@ -890,6 +898,10 @@ msgid "Stopping NIS client." msgstr "Stopping NIS client." +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "N&IS domain name:" +#~ msgstr "NIS &domain name:" + #~ msgid "NIS &master server:" #~ msgstr "NIS &master server:" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ntp-client.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ntp-client.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ntp-client.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 9.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 20:07+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n" "Language-Team: British English\n" @@ -51,25 +51,24 @@ msgstr "Invalid server name." #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 #, fuzzy msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "NTP Server Address" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 #, fuzzy #| msgid "NTP daemon" msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "NTP daemon" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 #, fuzzy msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "NTP Configuration" -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 #, fuzzy @@ -83,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "&Configure..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" @@ -93,15 +92,25 @@ "without having package %1 installed." #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 #, fuzzy msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "Synchronise with NTP Server" +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 -msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" #. local clock type name @@ -613,6 +622,9 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" "<big>Automatically Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon when booting the system. The\n" @@ -620,7 +632,7 @@ "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts." #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -632,7 +644,7 @@ "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot Jail. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n" "is more secure and strongly recommended." -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" @@ -650,7 +662,7 @@ "configured via DHCP." #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -665,7 +677,7 @@ "the information about NTP servers is provided by the DHCP server." #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -680,7 +692,7 @@ "select it and click Delete." #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" @@ -690,7 +702,7 @@ "To view the logs of NTP daemon in new window, click on Display Log button." #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -701,7 +713,7 @@ "a locally connected clock, use Advanced Configuration." #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." @@ -710,7 +722,7 @@ "Select the driver for the clock to configure." #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -721,7 +733,7 @@ "Unit Number." #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -740,7 +752,7 @@ "it must be created manually." #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." @@ -749,7 +761,7 @@ "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -762,7 +774,7 @@ "provider." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -775,7 +787,7 @@ "choose between Local NTP Server and Public NTP Server." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -786,7 +798,7 @@ "click Test." #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -797,7 +809,7 @@ "use Address." #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -808,7 +820,7 @@ "text field." #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -820,7 +832,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" @@ -833,7 +845,7 @@ "Options text field. For details, see\n" "/usr/share/doc/packages/xntp-doc/html/confopt.htm." -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" @@ -853,7 +865,7 @@ "Security Settings.\n" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." @@ -862,7 +874,7 @@ "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." @@ -871,7 +883,7 @@ "select Server." #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." @@ -880,7 +892,7 @@ "Peer." #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." @@ -889,7 +901,7 @@ "select Radio Clock." #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." @@ -898,7 +910,7 @@ "Outgoing Broadcast." #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." @@ -907,7 +919,7 @@ "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -918,7 +930,7 @@ "the NTP server from the list of known NTP servers." #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -933,7 +945,7 @@ "Then select a server from the list of found servers." #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -944,7 +956,7 @@ "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in Country." #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -965,7 +977,7 @@ "to find an NTP server near you." #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -975,7 +987,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -990,7 +1002,7 @@ "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.\n" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -1003,7 +1015,7 @@ "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options." #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" @@ -1367,121 +1379,124 @@ msgstr "Reading NTP settings..." #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finished" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "Saving NTP Client Configuration" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "Write NTP settings" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "Restart NTP daemon" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Writing the settings..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "Restarting NTP daemon..." #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "Cannot update the configuration of the virtual machine." #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "Servers: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "Radio Clocks: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "Peers: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "Broadcast time information to: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "Write hostname and DNS configuration" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 #, fuzzy msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "Static Configuration Files" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "Modem configuration overview" #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "Testing the NTP server..." #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "Server is reachable and responds properly." #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/oneclickinstall.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/oneclickinstall.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/oneclickinstall.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/online-update-configuration.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/online-update-configuration.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/online-update-configuration.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/online-update.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/online-update.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/online-update.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 9.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 20:11+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n" "Language-Team: British English\n" @@ -117,13 +117,20 @@ msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "Initialising Online Update" -#. yes/no message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" msgstr "" +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured yet." +msgid "No update repository configured yet." +msgstr "Not configured yet." + #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" Added: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/opensuse_mirror.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/opensuse_mirror.en_GB.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/opensuse_mirror.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +# English message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>, 2000, 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n" +"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: en\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "Directory" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Error" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "yes" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "no" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "Exit" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "Error" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "Select or Deselect &All" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/packager.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/packager.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/packager.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 9.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 20:13+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n" "Language-Team: British English\n" @@ -176,6 +176,15 @@ msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "&Text Mode" +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." +msgstr "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." + #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" @@ -546,7 +555,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialising..." @@ -613,7 +622,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" @@ -871,7 +880,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Details:" @@ -879,7 +888,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Try again?" @@ -1300,7 +1309,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "&Start Check" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Eject" @@ -1567,7 +1576,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" @@ -1606,84 +1615,84 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 #, fuzzy msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "An error occurred during the installation of" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 #, fuzzy msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "Control file %1 was not found." #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Insert the add-on product CD" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 #, fuzzy msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 #, fuzzy msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Directory: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Additional &LDAP Groups" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Additional Group Settings" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Add-On Products" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Insert the add-on product CD" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Insert the first installation medium." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "Unable to write %1." #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Unknown Product" @@ -1740,7 +1749,7 @@ msgstr "Installation aborted." #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Medium: %1" msgid "Medium %1" @@ -1750,13 +1759,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 msgid "Done." msgstr "Done." @@ -1764,7 +1773,7 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Next %1: %2" msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" @@ -1773,7 +1782,7 @@ #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Name: %1" msgid "Next: %1" @@ -1782,7 +1791,7 @@ #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 msgid "Total" msgstr "Total" @@ -1791,13 +1800,13 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "Downloading %1 (%2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 #, fuzzy msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr "" @@ -1806,118 +1815,118 @@ #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Downloading Package" msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "Downloading Package" #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 #, fuzzy msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr "Downloading Package" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "Deleting %1" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "Not installed (%1 -> %2)" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 #, fuzzy msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Applying delta" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 #, fuzzy msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "However, you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 #, fuzzy msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "UML Installation Proposal" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "Product: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 #, fuzzy msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "System: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 #, fuzzy msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "Patterns" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Size of Packages to Install: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "Download of Release Notes" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "There is not enough free space in directory %1.\n" @@ -1928,31 +1937,78 @@ "Continue anyway?\n" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 #, fuzzy msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "more disk space." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 #, fuzzy msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 #, fuzzy msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "No free space available on %1" +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed" +msgid "New product %s will be installed" +msgstr "Package %1 will be installed" + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 packages will be updated" +msgid "Product %s will be updated" +msgstr "%1 packages will be updated" + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed." +msgid "Product %s will stay installed" +msgstr "Package %1 will be installed." + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 #, fuzzy msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "No source found at '%1'." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n" @@ -1970,29 +2026,29 @@ "from the SUSE Linux Web server." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 #, fuzzy msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Installing boot manager..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Failed to integrate service pack source" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Initialising fonts..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "Insert %1 CD 1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "" @@ -2000,7 +2056,7 @@ "CA not found" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -2009,19 +2065,19 @@ "Check the log file %1 for more details." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "Evaluating package selection..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -2030,42 +2086,44 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "Cannot read file %1" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Language" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#| msgid "Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399 -#, fuzzy -msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" -msgstr "No, I Do Not Agree" +#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" +msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -2075,34 +2133,34 @@ "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" "the configuration will be aborted.\n" +#. dialog title #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "License Agreement" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Really abort the installation?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 #, fuzzy msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "System is shutting down..." @@ -2198,135 +2256,140 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "Specify &URL..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "&FTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "&HTTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "HTT&PS..." #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "&SMB/CIFS" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "&NFS..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "&CD..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "&DVD..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "&Hard Disk" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "&Local Directory..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "Use &ISO Images" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 #, fuzzy msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "No Description" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "&Server Name" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "ISO Image" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Protocol" msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "&Protocol" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Mount Options" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 #, fuzzy #| msgid " (default)" msgid "(default)" msgstr " (default)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 #, fuzzy msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "Name of the group" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "P&rotocol" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 #, fuzzy msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "Name of the group" @@ -2334,42 +2397,42 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "Repository" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS Server" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 #, fuzzy msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "Read &CD or DVD Medium" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Hard Disk" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 #, fuzzy msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "&USB Stick Boot Image" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Local Directory" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "Use &ISO Images" @@ -2379,26 +2442,26 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "Server and Directory" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 #, fuzzy msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "Share path cannot be empty." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "Repository" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" @@ -2409,13 +2472,13 @@ "loaded.\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 #, fuzzy msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "Service Name" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" @@ -2426,17 +2489,17 @@ "loaded.\n" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "URL cannot be empty." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" @@ -2449,17 +2512,17 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "Show Complete &List" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" @@ -2469,7 +2532,7 @@ "<big>Kernel</big> \n" "Use Kernel to specify the kernel image to load." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2478,16 +2541,16 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "&CD-ROM" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "&DVD-ROM" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" @@ -2497,12 +2560,12 @@ "Use Kernel to specify the kernel image to load." #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "ISO Image File" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" @@ -2512,7 +2575,7 @@ "Try again.\n" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" @@ -2520,7 +2583,7 @@ msgstr "The specified file does not exist." #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2528,19 +2591,19 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "&Path to Generated Directory Tree:" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 #, fuzzy msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "&Path to Generated Directory Tree:" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" @@ -2553,22 +2616,22 @@ "Use Kernel to specify the kernel image to load." #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 #, fuzzy msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "Mass Storage Device" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 msgid "&File System" msgstr "&File System" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 #, fuzzy msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "Directory" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" @@ -2584,7 +2647,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2592,12 +2655,12 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 #, fuzzy msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "&Floppy Disk Device" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" @@ -2612,13 +2675,13 @@ "Use Kernel to specify the kernel image to load." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 #, fuzzy msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "&Path to Generated Directory Tree:" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" @@ -2629,73 +2692,73 @@ "Use Kernel to specify the kernel image to load." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "Server &Name" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Port" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 msgid "&Share" msgstr "&Share" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 #, fuzzy msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "Use &ISO Images" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "&Directory on Server" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "Au&thentication" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "&Anonymous" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 #, fuzzy msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "Workgroup or Domain" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&User Name" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Password" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "H&TTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTT&PS" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2710,7 +2773,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2719,12 +2782,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 -msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" @@ -2737,7 +2800,7 @@ "\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -2750,7 +2813,7 @@ "\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -2769,7 +2832,7 @@ "\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -2788,27 +2851,27 @@ "the first CD are located, such as /data1/CD1.\n" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 #, fuzzy msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "Select the printer type." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "Insert the add-on product CD" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "Insert the add-on product DVD" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 #, fuzzy msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "No DASD disk detected" #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2818,12 +2881,18 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 #, fuzzy msgid "Media Type" msgstr "Media Check" +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add-On Products" +msgid "Add On Product" +msgstr "Add-On Products" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 #, fuzzy @@ -2929,7 +2998,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "Configured Hosts" -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "&Drive to eject" @@ -3007,13 +3078,13 @@ msgstr "An internal error occurred. View the log file." #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 #, fuzzy msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "Collecting node information..." #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 #, fuzzy msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" @@ -3025,7 +3096,7 @@ "which probably blocks the network scanning." #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 #, fuzzy msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "No SLP catalogues have been found on your network." @@ -3056,6 +3127,14 @@ msgstr "Please deselect some packages." #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#~ msgstr "Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" +#~ msgstr "No, I Do Not Agree" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "&USB Stick or Disk..." #~ msgstr "&USB Stick Boot Image" @@ -4270,9 +4349,6 @@ #~ msgid "Minimal &Graphical System" #~ msgstr "Minimal &Graphical System" -#~ msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." -#~ msgstr "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." - #~ msgid "Registered Catalogs" #~ msgstr "Registered Repositories" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/pam.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/pam.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/pam.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 9.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader\n" "Language-Team: en_US\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/pkg-bindings.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/pkg-bindings.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/pkg-bindings.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-05 12:07+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n" "Language-Team: British English\n" @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 #, fuzzy msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "Initialising package manager..." @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "Initialise the target system" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "Installed &Packages" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/printer.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/printer.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/printer.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 9.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 20:16+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder\n" "Language-Team: British English\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/product-creator.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/product-creator.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/product-creator.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 20:49+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n" "Language-Team: British English\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/proxy.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/proxy.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/proxy.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/qt-pkg.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/qt-pkg.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/qt-pkg.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 9.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 20:15+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n" "Language-Team: British English\n" @@ -45,48 +45,48 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "&Repositories" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "S&earch" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 #, fuzzy msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "Keywords" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "&Installation Summary" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "D&escription" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "&Technical Data" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "Dependencies" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "&Versions" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 msgid "File List" msgstr "File List" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "Change Log" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -96,192 +96,192 @@ msgstr "&Cancel" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Accept" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 msgid "&File" msgstr "&File" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "&Import..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "&Export..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "E&xit -- Discard Changes" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "&Quit -- Save Changes" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 msgid "&Package" msgstr "&Package" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "All Packages" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "Update if newer version available" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "Update unconditionally" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "&Patch" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration" msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "Configuration" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "&Repositories" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 #, fuzzy msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "Online Update" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "&Dependencies" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 #, fuzzy msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "Chec&k" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 #, fuzzy msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "A&utocheck" #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&Options" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "Show -de&vel Packages" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 #, fuzzy msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "Show -&debuginfo Packages" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 #, fuzzy msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "&Authentication Mode" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selecting packages..." msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "Selecting packages..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Extras" msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "&Extras" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "Show &Products" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 #, fuzzy msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "Show &Automatic Package Changes" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 #, fuzzy #| msgid "History" msgid "Show &History" msgstr "History" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 #, fuzzy msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Help" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "&Overview" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "&Symbols" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "&Keys" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "All package dependencies are OK." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 #, fuzzy msgid "P&atches" msgstr "Patches" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "Save Package List" @@ -289,56 +289,56 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "Error" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "Error exporting package list to %1" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "Load Package List" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "Error loading package list from %1" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "%1 packages will be updated" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "&Continue" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "C&ancel" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "Added Subpackages:" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/qt.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/qt.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/qt.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 23:04+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "Section Editor" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "Unexpected Click" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/rdp.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/rdp.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/rdp.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/rear.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/rear.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/rear.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/registration.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/registration.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/registration.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 23:04+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" @@ -23,50 +23,98 @@ "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 #, fuzzy msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "Registration Code" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" -"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n" -"to use the default SUSE registration server." +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 #, fuzzy msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "Registration Code" +#. %s is the default SCC URL +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "Novell Customer Centre Configuration" + #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 #, fuzzy msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "Registration Code" #. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. register the system -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164 +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549 +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "Registration Code" -#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating zone files..." +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "Updating zone files..." + +#. display the registration update dialog +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "Registration Code" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "Registration Code" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "No software repository found on medium." + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" @@ -74,55 +122,58 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "Novell Customer Centre Configuration" -#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373 -msgid "&Email" -msgstr "" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email Address" +msgid "&E-mail Address" +msgstr "Email Address" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "Registration Code" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218 +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 #, fuzzy +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +msgstr "Registration Code" + +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "Registration" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products." +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration" -msgstr "Registration Code" - #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -130,58 +181,29 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. use two column layout if needed -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312 -msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317 +#. cache the available addons +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Details..." -msgid "Details" -msgstr "Details..." +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." +msgstr "Registration Code" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message, %s are product names -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Automatically selecting '%s'\n" -"dependencies:\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." -msgstr "" - #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411 -msgid "Extension Selection" -msgstr "" - -#. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485 -msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 #, fuzzy msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Registration Code" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595 -msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" -msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please wait, while volumes are being detected." +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." +msgstr "Please wait, while volumes are being detected." #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -193,313 +215,422 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Register New User" msgid "Register Again" msgstr "Register New User" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Your system is ready for use." +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "Your system is ready for use." + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" + #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:42 -msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -#. register the base product -#. register addons -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "Registration Code" -msgstr[1] "Registration Code" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "Installation was successful" -#. --------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238 -msgid "Add-on &Name" +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267 -msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?" -msgstr "" +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed" +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" +msgstr "Downloading SMT certificate file failed" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Import Certificate" +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" +msgstr "Import Certificate" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Product Registration" +msgstr "Product Registration" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Run during autoinstallation" +msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "Run during autoinstallation" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" +msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "Do not run during autoinstallation" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Data to Use" +msgid "Registration Settings" +msgstr "Registration Data to Use" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email Address" +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" +msgstr "Email Address" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration Code is Configured" msgstr "Registration Code" -#. TODO FIXME: add a help text -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#| msgid "&Install All Available Sources" +msgid "Install Available Updates" +msgstr "&Install All Available Sources" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration Server" msgstr "Registration Code" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349 -msgid "Product Registration" -msgstr "Product Registration" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server URL: " +msgid "Server URL: %s" +msgstr "Server URL: " -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." -msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" -"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." -msgstr "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." +#| msgid "Discovery" +msgid "Use SLP discovery" +msgstr "Discovery" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in SMT Server Settings. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" -"to your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgstr "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in SMT Server Settings. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance." +#| msgid "As Server Certificate" +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" +msgstr "As Server Certificate" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register the Product" +#| msgid "SMT Certificate: %1" +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" +msgstr "SMT Certificate: %1" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Registration Code" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379 -msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories" -msgstr "" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Prepare Connection" +msgid "Secure Connection Error" +msgstr "Prepare Connection" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +msgid "Details:" +msgstr "Details:" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "SMT Server Settings" -msgid "Server Settings" -msgstr "SMT Server Settings" +#| msgid "Select Certificate File" +msgid "Failed Certificate Details" +msgstr "Select Certificate File" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Issued To" +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +msgid "Common Name (CN): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +msgid "Organization (O): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "Issued By" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 #, fuzzy -msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" -msgstr "Registration Code" +#| msgid "Valid" +msgid "Validity" +msgstr "Valid" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396 -msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +msgid "Issued On: " msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 #, fuzzy -msgid "Optional Server Certificate" -msgstr "&Server Certificate" +#| msgid "Getting the certificate list failed." +msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" +msgstr "Getting the certificate list failed." -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register Add-ons..." -msgstr "Registration Code" +#| msgid "port: %1" +msgid "Expires On: " +msgstr "port: %1" -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478 -msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" -msgstr "" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Revoking the certificate failed." +msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" +msgstr "Revoking the certificate failed." +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If &Serial Number is Known" +msgid "Serial Number: " +msgstr "If &Serial Number is Known" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fingerprint: " +msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "Fingerprint: " + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fingerprint: " +msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "Fingerprint: " + #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Destination is invalid." -msgid "" -"The email address is not known or\n" -"the registration code is not valid." +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "Destination is invalid." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 +msgid "" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." +msgstr "" + +#. add the hint to the error details +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration failed." +msgstr "Registration Code" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 +#, fuzzy msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Registration Data to Use" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration failed." -msgstr "Registration Code" - -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Details..." msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Details..." -#. label follwed by a certificate description -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SMT Certificate" -msgid "Certificate:" -msgstr "SMT Certificate" +#. progress label +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 +msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151 -msgid "Issued To" +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 +msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154 -msgid "Issued By" +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Fingerprint: " -msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "Fingerprint: " +#| msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" +msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." +msgstr "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159 +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Fingerprint: " -msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "Fingerprint: " +#| msgid "SMT Certificate" +msgid "SSL Certificate" +msgstr "SMT Certificate" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176 -msgid "Common Name (CN): " +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 -msgid "Organization (O): " -msgstr "" - -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180 -msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " -msgstr "" - -#. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194 -msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 -msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." -msgstr "" - -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Checking..." -msgid "Searching..." -msgstr "Checking..." +#| msgid "SMT Certificate" +msgid "Certificate:" +msgstr "SMT Certificate" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." -msgstr "1 item of registration data" - #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unknown error" msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Unknown error" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Starting Installation" #. # error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "License Agreement" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" -#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the -#. not accepted extension -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65 +#. ask user to accept an addon EULA +#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed" msgid "" @@ -508,63 +639,327 @@ "failed." msgstr "Downloading SMT certificate file failed" +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95 -msgid "%s License Agreement" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the registration data." +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "Enter the registration data." +msgstr[1] "Enter the registration data." + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "Registration Code" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user." +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user." + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Details..." +msgid "Details" +msgstr "Details..." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "is not available" +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "is not available" + +#. check the addons requiring a reg. code +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "Registration Code" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "Identifier" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Version" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "Architecture" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rule Type" +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "Rule Type" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "Registration Code" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "Downloading installation system language extension..." + +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "Really delete '%1'?" + +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Vendor Identifier" +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "Vendor Identifier" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "&Version" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Architecture" +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "Architecture" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rule Type" +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "Rule Type" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." +msgid "" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in SMT Server Settings. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in SMT Server Settings. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance." + +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "Registration Code" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Repositories" +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "Available Repositories" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server Settings" +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "SMT Server Settings" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "Registration Code" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "&Server Certificate" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "&Server Certificate" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "none" +msgstr "none" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Certificate File" +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "Select Certificate File" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "Registration Code" + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Certificate has been imported." +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "Certificate has been imported." + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "&Server Certificate" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" -#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Credentials" -#~ msgstr "Novell Customer Centre Configuration" +#| msgid "Invalid value." +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "Invalid value." +#. input field label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 #, fuzzy +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "Registration Code" + +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking..." +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "Checking..." + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "1 item of registration data" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Registering Product..." +#~ msgid_plural "Registering Products..." +#~ msgstr[0] "Registration Code" +#~ msgstr[1] "Registration Code" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#~ msgstr "Registration Code" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#~ msgstr "Registration Code" + +#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" #~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Registration" #~ msgstr "Novell Customer Centre Configuration" @@ -616,11 +1011,6 @@ #~ msgid "Hardware Profile" #~ msgstr "Hardware Profile" -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" -#~ msgid "Registration Status" -#~ msgstr "Registration Data to Use" - #~ msgid "Optional Information" #~ msgstr "Optional Information" @@ -955,11 +1345,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Option is empty." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Registration Code" -#~ msgid "Registration code is missing." -#~ msgstr "Registration Code" - -#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" #~ msgid "Registration Status at: %1" #~ msgstr "Registration Data to Use" @@ -976,11 +1361,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Message:" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "port: %1" -#~ msgid "Expiry: %1" -#~ msgstr "port: %1" - -#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Package for ftp is not available." #~ msgid "Registration status is not available." #~ msgstr "Package for ftp is not available." @@ -1033,12 +1413,6 @@ #~ msgid "unknown status" #~ msgstr "unknown process" -#~ msgid "Run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "Run during autoinstallation" - -#~ msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "Do not run during autoinstallation" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "%1 item of registration data" #~ msgstr "%1 items of registration data" @@ -1055,9 +1429,6 @@ #~ msgid "SMT Server: %1" #~ msgstr "SMT Server: %1" -#~ msgid "SMT Certificate: %1" -#~ msgstr "SMT Certificate: %1" - #~ msgid "&Key" #~ msgstr "&Key" @@ -1135,10 +1506,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Additional Software Repositories" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The software repositories have been updated." -#~ msgstr "No software repository found on medium." - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Find details in the Software Repositories module." #~ msgstr "Additional Software Repositories" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/reipl.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/reipl.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/reipl.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ "After shutdown, reload the system\n" "with the load address of your root DASD.\n" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "&Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Name" #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175 #, fuzzy @@ -282,35 +282,35 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "Configured Files:" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 #, fuzzy msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "The device is not configured" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 #, fuzzy msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "Zone type %1 is not supported." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "The device is not configured" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 #, fuzzy msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "Zone type %1 is not supported." Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/relocation-server.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/relocation-server.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/relocation-server.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/s390.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/s390.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/s390.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: s390\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 23:00+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "&Deselect All" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Deselect All" #. error popup #. error popup Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/samba-client.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/samba-client.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/samba-client.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 22:59+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" @@ -210,6 +210,19 @@ msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "M&aximum" +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowed Services" +msgid "Allowed Group(s)" +msgstr "Allowed Services" + +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group Name" +msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" +msgstr "Group Name" + #. combobox label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 #, fuzzy @@ -907,59 +920,62 @@ msgstr "Writing the settings..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finished" #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 msgid "Install required packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Install required packages" #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 msgid "Installing required packages..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installing required packages..." #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 msgid "PAM Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PAM Login" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Use Kerberos" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Do Not Use Kerberos" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Default Realm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Default Realm" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 msgid "Default Domain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Default Domain" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 msgid "KDC Server Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDC Server Address" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 msgid "Clock Skew" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clock Skew" #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 msgid "KDC Server: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDC Server: %1 " #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 @@ -971,7 +987,7 @@ #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "Default Realm: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Default Realm: %1 " #. summary text (yes/no follows) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 @@ -981,12 +997,14 @@ msgstr "Offline Authentication Enabled" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Yes" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 msgid "No" msgstr "No" @@ -1001,6 +1019,8 @@ "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" +"Clock skew is invalid.\n" +"Try again.\n" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 @@ -1008,71 +1028,150 @@ "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" +"Lifetime is invalid.\n" +"Try again." -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 -msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" -msgstr "" +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "Initialising Samba Client Configuration" -#~ msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Initialising Samba Client Configuration" +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 +msgid "Read the global Samba settings" +msgstr "Read the global Samba settings" -#~ msgid "Read the global Samba settings" -#~ msgstr "Read the global Samba settings" +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 +msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgstr "Read the winbind status" -#~ msgid "Read the winbind status" -#~ msgstr "Read the winbind status" +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 +msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgstr "Reading the global Samba settings..." -#~ msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." -#~ msgstr "Reading the global Samba settings..." +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 +msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgstr "Reading the winbind status..." -#~ msgid "Reading the winbind status..." -#~ msgstr "Reading the winbind status..." +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "Saving Samba Client Configuration" -#~ msgid "Disable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "Disable Samba services" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Write the settings" -#~ msgid "Enable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "Enable Samba services" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "Disable Samba services" -#~ msgid "Disabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "Disabling Samba services..." +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "Enable Samba services" -#~ msgid "Enabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "Enabling Samba services..." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Writing the settings..." -#~ msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." -#~ msgstr "Cannot write settings to %1." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "Disabling Samba services..." -#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind service." -#~ msgstr "Cannot start winbind service." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "Enabling Samba services..." -#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." -#~ msgstr "Cannot start winbind daemon." +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgstr "Write Kerberos configuration" -#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." -#~ msgstr "Cannot stop winbind service." +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgstr "Writing Kerberos configuration..." -#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." -#~ msgstr "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." +msgstr "Cannot write settings to %1." -#~ msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." -#~ msgstr "Cannot write PAM settings." +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgstr "Cannot start winbind service." -#~ msgid "Global Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Global Configuration" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." +msgstr "Cannot start winbind daemon." -#~ msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" -#~ msgstr "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." +msgstr "Cannot stop winbind service." -#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" -#~ msgstr "Create Home Directory on Login" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +msgstr "Cannot stop winbind daemon." -#~ msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" -#~ msgstr "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." +msgstr "Cannot write PAM settings." -#~ msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" -#~ msgstr "Authentication with SMB: %1" +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "Global Configuration" +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "Workgroup or Domain: %1" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "Create Home Directory on Login" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgstr "Offline Authentication Enabled" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +msgstr "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" + +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "Workgroup or Domain: %1" + +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" +msgstr "Authentication with SMB: %1" + +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 +msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" +msgstr "" + #, fuzzy #~ msgid "&UNC Path" #~ msgstr "&YOU Patch" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/samba-server.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/samba-server.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/samba-server.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 22:59+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/samba-users.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/samba-users.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/samba-users.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 20:22+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n" "Language-Team: British English\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/scanner.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/scanner.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/scanner.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: scanner\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 22:59+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/security.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/security.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/security.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 22:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/services-manager.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/services-manager.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/services-manager.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -17,12 +17,224 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..." +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "Reading the default system settings..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default initrd Path" +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "Default initrd Path" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default initrd Path" +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "Default initrd Path" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the default system settings" +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "Read the default system settings" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..." +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "Reading the default system settings..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Shares" +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "Available Shares" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No patches have been selected for installation.\n" +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "No patches have been selected for installation.\n" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No patches have been selected for installation.\n" +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "No patches have been selected for installation.\n" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "Writing configuration..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "Writing the system configuration" + +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default &Lease Time" +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "Default &Lease Time" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "Service" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Enabled" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Active" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Description" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Start" +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "&Start" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "Enable/Disable Kdump" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "Show &Details" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Security Manager" +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "Security Manager" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading Samba service settings..." +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "Reading Samba service settings..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "Disabled" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "active" +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "active" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service %service will be %toggled %link" +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "Service %service will be %toggled %link" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "&Services" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" msgstr "Services" @@ -71,3 +283,83 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "Cannot enable service %1" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default Hat" +msgid "Default Target" +msgstr "Default Hat" + +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "Not configured yet." + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device" +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "%1: Could not change state of the device" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Dial mode" +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "Dial mode" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Text Mode" +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "Text Mode" + +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Graphical interface" +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "&Graphical interface" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Mode" +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "Select Mode" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Switch Mode" +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "Switch Mode" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default Bridge" +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "Default Bridge" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other System" +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "Other System" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Required DMA Mode" +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "Required DMA Mode" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/slp-server.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/slp-server.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/slp-server.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 20:24+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n" "Language-Team: British English\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/snapper.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/snapper.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/snapper.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -27,14 +27,14 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "Description" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User name" msgid "User data" @@ -42,45 +42,45 @@ #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 #, fuzzy #| msgid "C&leanup Script" msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "C&leanup Script" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "PReP (%1)" msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "PReP (%1)" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Host %1" msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr "Host %1" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create New " msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "Create New " #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read the list of profiles" msgid "Single snapshot" @@ -88,243 +88,243 @@ #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Pre" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "Really delete '%1'?" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Singlehead" msgid "Single" msgstr "Singlehead" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read the list of profiles" msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "Read the list of profiles" #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Current Configuration:" msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Current Configuration:" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Start Date" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "End Date" msgstr "End Date" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "User Data" msgstr "User Data" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Show Changes" msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "&Show Changes" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Modify" msgid "Modify" msgstr "&Modify" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selected Service" msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "Selected Service" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Next %1: %2" msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "Next %1: %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "Saving changes to the files..." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Accepting failed verifications" msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "Accepting failed verifications" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Card removed" msgid "File was removed." msgstr "Card removed" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "File %1 does not exist." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Nothing was modified yet." msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "Nothing was modified yet." #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restore options" msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "Restore options" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restore Options" msgid "Restore" msgstr "Restore Options" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selected" msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "Selected" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "&Open" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selected" msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "Selected" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?" msgid "" @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -347,17 +347,17 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "Restoring files" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/sound.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/sound.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/sound.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 22:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/squid.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/squid.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/squid.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: squid\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 22:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" @@ -1653,11 +1653,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afrikaans" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Arabic" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 msgid "Armenian" @@ -1705,7 +1705,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Persian" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 msgid "Finnish" @@ -1725,7 +1725,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indonesian" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" @@ -1741,7 +1741,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Latvian" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" @@ -1749,7 +1749,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Malay" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 msgid "Dutch" @@ -1810,7 +1810,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Thai" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" @@ -1823,11 +1823,11 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uzbek" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vietnamese" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/sshd.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/sshd.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/sshd.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sshd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 22:42+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ #. Table header #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Number" #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Sshd" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/storage.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/storage.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/storage.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-12-02 10:13+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ msgstr "&Create Partition Setup..." #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Special settings" @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ msgstr "Special settings" #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ "partioner dialog.\n" #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -192,15 +192,21 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "Impossible to create the requested proposal." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -1043,7 +1049,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Propose Separate &Home Partition" @@ -1062,7 +1068,7 @@ msgstr "Proposal type" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" @@ -1076,7 +1082,7 @@ "Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a partition.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" @@ -1090,7 +1096,7 @@ "Use a Linux file system, such as ext3 or reiserfs, for these mount points.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" @@ -1103,7 +1109,7 @@ "Use a Linux file system, such as ext2, ext3 or reiserfs, for this mount point.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" @@ -1116,7 +1122,7 @@ "Use a Linux file system, such as ext2, ext3 or reiserfs, for this mount point.\n" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning:\n" @@ -1138,7 +1144,7 @@ "Change this?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning:\n" @@ -1154,7 +1160,7 @@ "Do you want to do this?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" @@ -1165,7 +1171,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" @@ -1185,7 +1191,7 @@ "Do you want to change your setup?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" @@ -1206,7 +1212,7 @@ "\n" "Change this?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1215,7 +1221,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" @@ -1233,34 +1239,9 @@ "Change this?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Change this?\n" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" "FAT partition mounted on %1.\n" @@ -1284,7 +1265,7 @@ "Change this?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" @@ -1310,13 +1291,13 @@ "Change this?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 #, fuzzy msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Really delete this entry?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1339,7 +1320,7 @@ "Do you want to change this?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1355,7 +1336,7 @@ "particularly in any of the following cases:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1368,7 +1349,7 @@ "- if this partition does not yet contain a file system\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If in doubt, you might want to go back and mark this partition for\n" @@ -1384,7 +1365,7 @@ "like /, /boot, /usr, /opt, or /var.\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" @@ -1396,7 +1377,7 @@ "Do you want to change your setup?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1405,7 +1386,7 @@ "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1414,7 +1395,7 @@ "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1423,7 +1404,7 @@ "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1432,7 +1413,7 @@ "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1440,13 +1421,13 @@ "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 #, fuzzy msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "The selected scheme cannot be deleted." #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The device (%1) cannot be removed\n" @@ -1461,7 +1442,7 @@ "partition with higher number is in use.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" @@ -1480,7 +1461,7 @@ "Please choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1495,7 +1476,7 @@ "before deleting the extended partition.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1510,7 +1491,7 @@ "deleting the extended partition.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1531,15 +1512,15 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Do not forget what you enter here." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 #, fuzzy msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Empty password is not allowed." @@ -1575,7 +1556,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter a password for your file system:" msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" @@ -1588,7 +1569,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reenter the password for &verification:" msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" @@ -1614,7 +1595,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1625,7 +1606,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -2054,7 +2035,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -2067,25 +2048,25 @@ msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Signature Handling" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Empty password is not allowed." msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Empty password is not allowed." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Zone name %1 already exists." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -2128,7 +2109,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -2148,7 +2129,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -2167,7 +2148,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -2199,7 +2180,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2469,12 +2450,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2482,32 +2463,32 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mount" msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Mount" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user." msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "It is not possible to delete a NIS user." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user." msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "It is not possible to delete a NIS user." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" @@ -2518,7 +2499,7 @@ "because the file system could not be mounted.\n" #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 #, fuzzy msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "Raid Device" @@ -2530,62 +2511,68 @@ msgstr "Empty Mount Point" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Provider Password" msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "Enter Provider Password" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "Configure &iSCSI Disks" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 #, fuzzy +msgid "Configure &FCoE..." +msgstr "Configure CUPS" + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#, fuzzy msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "&Configure Fully Automatic Update..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "Configure &DASD Disks" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "Configure CUPS" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "Configure X11" #. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "Configure..." #. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 #, fuzzy msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "Available Sections" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2593,14 +2580,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2610,7 +2597,7 @@ "Really do this?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2620,9 +2607,19 @@ "Really do this?" #. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr "" +"Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really do this?" + #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2632,7 +2629,7 @@ "Really do this?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2642,7 +2639,7 @@ "Really do this?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2652,7 +2649,7 @@ "Really do this?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2942,15 +2939,53 @@ msgstr "&Detect Devices" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 #, fuzzy +msgid "Choose the role of the device." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Choose the new size for your %1 partition.\n" +"" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "Operating System" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress" +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr "Delta RPM Application Progress" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Role: %s" +msgid "Role" +msgstr "Role: %s" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." msgstr "First, choose the type of the partition and whether this partition should be formatted." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2958,7 +2993,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" @@ -2966,55 +3001,55 @@ msgstr "Then, enter the mount point ( /, /boot, /usr, /var, etc.)" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "Logging Options" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 #, fuzzy msgid "Format partition" msgstr "Size of the partition." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "Do &not format" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "Disk to Partition" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 #, fuzzy msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "Mount Options" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "Mounting all partitions..." #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Mount Point" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Fs&tab Options" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 #, fuzzy msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "No scheme selected." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" @@ -3028,19 +3063,19 @@ "Also check the format option.\n" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 #, fuzzy msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "Provide a mount point." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 #, fuzzy msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Provide a mount point." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -3056,7 +3091,7 @@ "\n" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -3065,23 +3100,23 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 #, fuzzy #| msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "All changes will be lost!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Password" msgstr "Password" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -3091,7 +3126,7 @@ "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgid "" @@ -3100,7 +3135,7 @@ msgstr "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" @@ -3113,24 +3148,24 @@ "because the file system seems to be inconsistent.\n" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "R&esize Partition" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "Resize Logical Volume" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 #, fuzzy msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Current Time Zone: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 #, fuzzy msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "" @@ -3141,8 +3176,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -3154,7 +3189,7 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 #, fuzzy @@ -3162,14 +3197,14 @@ msgstr "Maximum &Size (MB)" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 #, fuzzy msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Maximum &Size (MB)" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 #, fuzzy @@ -3177,7 +3212,7 @@ msgstr "Custom &Size" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "" @@ -3187,7 +3222,7 @@ #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 #, fuzzy @@ -3200,7 +3235,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3209,13 +3244,13 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 #, fuzzy msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "\tOutput directory: %1" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 #, fuzzy msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "Running scripts..." @@ -3433,65 +3468,65 @@ msgstr "The entered WWPN is invalid." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "Edit Partition %1" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "Edit Partition %1" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No space is left in the extended partition." msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "No space is left in the extended partition." #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adding partition %1 to swap" msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "Adding partition %1 to swap" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 #, fuzzy msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "Mounting all partitions..." #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Forward" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Background" msgid "Backward" msgstr "Background" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 #, fuzzy msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "Mounting all partitions..." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 #, fuzzy msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "Really delete all partitions on %1?" @@ -3506,7 +3541,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -4514,13 +4549,13 @@ msgstr "Used by" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "Edit Logical Volume" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Edit Logical Volume" @@ -4748,7 +4783,7 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Settings" @@ -4990,19 +5025,19 @@ msgstr "Select the type of the declaration to add." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 #, fuzzy msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "Add RAI&D" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "Remo&ve RAID" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "&Edit RAID" @@ -5114,65 +5149,65 @@ #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "Label" #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 #, fuzzy msgid "UUID" msgstr "ID" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount by" msgstr "Mount By" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "Used by" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "BIOS ID" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "Write drivers information" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 #, fuzzy msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "Store host information" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 #, fuzzy msgid "Encryption" msgstr "&Encryption" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Device Name" #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "Volume &Label" @@ -5180,52 +5215,65 @@ #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "Device ID" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "Device Path" +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional" +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "Optional" + +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cylinder" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"End cylinder: " + #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 #, fuzzy msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "Default Host" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 #, fuzzy msgid "Default File System" msgstr "Local Filesystem" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 #, fuzzy msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "Storage Device" #. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 #, fuzzy msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "User Information Sources" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 #, fuzzy msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" @@ -5233,7 +5281,7 @@ msgstr "This frame shows the signing request." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" @@ -5244,14 +5292,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" @@ -5260,14 +5308,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -5613,14 +5661,14 @@ msgstr "Pattern" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Size" msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "&Size" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgid "" @@ -5628,14 +5676,14 @@ "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" @@ -5643,17 +5691,17 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "Swap &Priority" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" @@ -5662,14 +5710,14 @@ "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mount &read-only" msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "Mount &read-only" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Mount Read-Only:\n" @@ -5683,14 +5731,14 @@ "No writing to the file system is possible. Default is false.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No &access time" msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "No &access time" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No access time:\n" @@ -5703,14 +5751,14 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false." #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mountable by &user" msgid "Mountable by &User" msgstr "Mountable by &user" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" @@ -5719,12 +5767,12 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" @@ -5748,12 +5796,12 @@ "is given. Default is false.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "Enable &Quota Support" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5764,12 +5812,12 @@ "Default is false.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "Data &Journaling Mode" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Data Journaling Mode:\n" @@ -5797,12 +5845,12 @@ "<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" @@ -5811,12 +5859,12 @@ "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "&Extended User Attributes" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" @@ -5825,19 +5873,19 @@ "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Arbitrary option &value" msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "Arbitrary option &value" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "Invalid character in mount point. Dont use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" @@ -5848,12 +5896,12 @@ "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "Char&set for file names" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" @@ -5862,12 +5910,12 @@ "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "Code&page for short FAT names" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" @@ -5876,12 +5924,12 @@ "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "Number of &FATs" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." @@ -5890,14 +5938,14 @@ "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 #, fuzzy #| msgid "FAT &size" msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "FAT &size" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 #, fuzzy msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" @@ -5907,21 +5955,21 @@ "Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Root &dir entries" msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "Root &dir entries" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The minimum size for \"Root dir entries\" is 112. Please try again." msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "The minimum size for \"Root dir entries\" is 112. Please try again." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Root dir entries:\n" @@ -5934,14 +5982,14 @@ "Select the number of entries available in the root directory." #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hash &function" msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "Hash &function" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Hash function:\n" @@ -5954,14 +6002,14 @@ "This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories." #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 #, fuzzy #| msgid "FS &revision" msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "FS &revision" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "FS revision:\n" @@ -5975,14 +6023,14 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Block &size in bytes" msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "Block &size in bytes" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Block size:\n" @@ -5996,13 +6044,13 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "&Inode Size" #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" @@ -6011,14 +6059,14 @@ "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Percentage of inode space" msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "&Percentage of inode space" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Percentage of inode space:\n" @@ -6031,14 +6079,14 @@ "The option \"Percentage of inode space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Inode &aligned" msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "Inode &aligned" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Inode Aligned:\n" @@ -6057,14 +6105,14 @@ "is normally more efficient than unaligned access.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Log size in megabytes" msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "&Log size in megabytes" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Log size\" value is incorrect.\n" @@ -6078,7 +6126,7 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Log size\n" @@ -6091,19 +6139,19 @@ "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size." #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stride &length in blocks" msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "Stride &length in blocks" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Stride length in blocks\" value is not possible.\n" @@ -6116,7 +6164,7 @@ "Please select a value greater than 1." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -6129,7 +6177,7 @@ "RAID stripe as its argument.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Block size:\n" @@ -6142,14 +6190,14 @@ "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bytes per &inode" msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "Bytes per &inode" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Bytes per inode:\n" @@ -6172,14 +6220,14 @@ "number of inodes on a file system after its creation, so be sure to enter a reasonable value for this parameter.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Percentage of blocks &reserved for root" msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "Percentage of blocks &reserved for root" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Percentage of blocks reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" @@ -6193,32 +6241,32 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Percentage of blocks reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. This value defaults to 5%." msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." msgstr "Percentage of blocks reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. This value defaults to 5%." #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "Disable service" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "&Directory Index Feature" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" @@ -6227,12 +6275,12 @@ "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" @@ -6240,12 +6288,12 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6278,7 +6326,7 @@ "disk here.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6311,7 +6359,7 @@ "disk here.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6335,7 +6383,7 @@ "disk.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6353,7 +6401,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Resize Not Possible:" @@ -6366,7 +6414,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Could not set encryption.\n" @@ -6385,7 +6433,7 @@ "The crypt password provided could be incorrect.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" @@ -6397,7 +6445,7 @@ "Please try again." #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -6410,29 +6458,29 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "Enter Encryption Key" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Provider Password" msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Enter Provider Password" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 #, fuzzy msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr " Volume Group " -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6440,14 +6488,14 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you want to retry?" msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Do you want to retry?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6455,66 +6503,66 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Enter Encryption Key" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "YaST2 detected the following device" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "YaST2 detected the following device" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DASD Disks" msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "DASD Disks" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DASD Disks" msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "DASD Disks" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disk" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 #, fuzzy msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "R&AID:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 #, fuzzy msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "R&AID:" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" @@ -6524,7 +6572,7 @@ "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the file system could not be mounted.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6534,7 +6582,7 @@ "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6544,7 +6592,7 @@ "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6554,7 +6602,7 @@ "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6564,7 +6612,7 @@ "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6582,7 +6630,7 @@ "device %2 which contains activated swap that is needed to run \n" "the installation.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6598,7 +6646,7 @@ "device %2 which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" @@ -6612,20 +6660,20 @@ "because the file system could not be mounted.\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Copying root filesystem..." msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Copying root filesystem..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 #, fuzzy #| msgid "writing the firewall rules failed" msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" @@ -7300,54 +7348,54 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent fs. Try checking fs under Windows." msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "Resize impossible due to inconsistent fs. Try checking fs under Windows." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Create &LVM Based Proposal" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 #, fuzzy msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr " Volume Group " #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File system options:" msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "File system options:" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Propose Separate &Home Partition" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enable Suspend" msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "&Enable Suspend" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Special settings" msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Special settings" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -7360,7 +7408,7 @@ "To create an LVM based proposal, choose the corresponding button.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7369,33 +7417,33 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Enter your password for the encrypted file system." #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Password:" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 #, fuzzy msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Reenter the password for &verification:" @@ -7423,32 +7471,55 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 #, fuzzy msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "Default Host" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 #, fuzzy msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "Local Filesystem" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 #, fuzzy msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "Storage Device" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Partition mounted" msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "Partition mounted" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 #, fuzzy msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "User Information Sources" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" +#~ "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" +#~ "partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" +#~ "This does not work.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" +#~ "partition for your files below /boot.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Really use this setup?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" +#~ "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" +#~ "partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" +#~ "This does not work.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" +#~ "partition for your files below /boot.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Change this?\n" + #~ msgid "&Edit Partition Setup..." #~ msgstr "&Edit Partition Setup..." Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/sudo.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/sudo.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/sudo.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sudo\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 22:39+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/support.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/support.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/support.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -39,11 +39,15 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 -msgid "Open Novell Support Center" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Open Novell Support Center" +msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "Open Novell Support Center" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 -msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 @@ -240,7 +244,9 @@ msgstr "Upload Information" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 -msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" +msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "Novell 11-digit service request number" #. abort? @@ -345,10 +351,17 @@ #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>Opening Novell Support Center</big> \n" +#| "To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use Open Novell Support Center.\n" +#| "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" +#| "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Opening Novell Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use Open Novell Support Center.\n" +"<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -461,9 +474,13 @@ #. Contact dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" +#| "make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgid "" "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" "make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" @@ -520,9 +537,14 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 3/3, %1 is a URL #. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" +#| "Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +#| "%1.\n" msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" -"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" "%1.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" @@ -844,7 +866,9 @@ "plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." #. Initialization dialog caption Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/sysconfig.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/sysconfig.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/sysconfig.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 9.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-18 15:42+0100\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader\n" "Language-Team: en_US\n" @@ -488,51 +488,111 @@ "Please wait... \n" "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" -#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" -#~ " it will not touch it.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" -#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" -#~ " it will not touch it.\n" +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "Searching..." -#~ msgid "Searching..." -#~ msgstr "Searching..." +#. Display confirmation dialog +#. @param [String] message Confirmation message +#. @param [String] command Command to confirm +#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "Command: " -#~ msgid "Command: " -#~ msgstr "Command: " +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "S&kip" -#~ msgid "S&kip" -#~ msgstr "S&kip" +#. get activation map for variable +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "A command will be executed" -#~ msgid "A command will be executed" -#~ msgstr "A command will be executed" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "Starting command: %1..." -#~ msgid "Starting command: %1..." -#~ msgstr "Starting command: %1..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "Command %1 failed" -#~ msgid "Command %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Command %1 failed" +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "Saving sysconfig Configuration" -#~ msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "Write the new settings" -#~ msgid "Write the new settings" -#~ msgstr "Write the new settings" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "Activate the changes" -#~ msgid "Activate the changes" -#~ msgstr "Activate the changes" +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." -#~ msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." -#~ msgstr "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "Saving variable %1..." -#~ msgid "Saving variable %1..." -#~ msgstr "Saving variable %1..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "Saving changes to the files..." -#~ msgid "Saving changes to the files..." -#~ msgstr "Saving changes to the files..." +#. service is running, reload it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 +msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgstr "Service %1 will be reloaded" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 +msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgstr "Reloading service %1..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 +msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "Reload of the service %1 failed" + +#. service is running, restart it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 +msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgstr "Service %1 will be restarted" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 +msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgstr "Restarting service %1..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 +msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "Restart of the service %1 failed" + +#. set 100% in progress bar +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Finished" + +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "Configuration Summary" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" +#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" +#~ " it will not touch it.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" +#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" +#~ " it will not touch it.\n" + #~ msgid "All configuration scripts will be started." #~ msgstr "All configuration scripts will be started." @@ -551,30 +611,6 @@ #~ msgid "Configuration module %1 failed." #~ msgstr "Configuration module %1 failed." -#~ msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" -#~ msgstr "Service %1 will be reloaded" - -#~ msgid "Reloading service %1..." -#~ msgstr "Reloading service %1..." - -#~ msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Reload of the service %1 failed" - -#~ msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" -#~ msgstr "Service %1 will be restarted" - -#~ msgid "Restarting service %1..." -#~ msgstr "Restarting service %1..." - -#~ msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Restart of the service %1 failed" - -#~ msgid "Finished" -#~ msgstr "Finished" - -#~ msgid "Configuration Summary" -#~ msgstr "Configuration Summary" - #~ msgid "" #~ "Here, see the values YaST2 will change.\n" #~ "Choose \"OK\" for YaST2 to save these changes.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/tftp-server.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/tftp-server.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/tftp-server.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/timezone_db.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/timezone_db.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/timezone_db.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 22:36+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/tune.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/tune.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/tune.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tune\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 22:33+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" @@ -20,36 +20,36 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "Probing Hardware..." #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Progress" #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "&All Entries" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "&Save to File..." #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "Hardware Information" #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" @@ -57,18 +57,25 @@ "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." msgstr "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Settings" +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "System Settings" + #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "System" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "S&ystem" @@ -1464,6 +1471,3 @@ #~ msgid "&System Settings..." #~ msgstr "&System Settings..." - -#~ msgid "System Settings" -#~ msgstr "System Settings" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/update.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/update.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/update.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 22:32+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "Update Options" @@ -180,18 +180,18 @@ #. Table item (unknown file system) #. label - name of sustem to update #. starts with >`< -#. label for an unknown installed system +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Unknown" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "Update to %1" @@ -275,9 +275,19 @@ "function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete those\n" "packages during the update.\n" -#. yes/no question +#. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" @@ -287,13 +297,13 @@ #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "Failed to mount target system" #. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." msgstr "" @@ -364,12 +374,12 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "Cannot read the current RPM Database." #. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." @@ -377,14 +387,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Unknown product" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" @@ -400,22 +410,22 @@ "or disable software repositories of products with different versions." #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "Only update installed packages" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "Update based on patterns" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" @@ -429,17 +439,17 @@ "(the default selection), and whether unmaintained packages should be deleted." #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "&Update Options" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "None of these files exist:%1" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -452,27 +462,27 @@ "some applications may not run properly." #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "Unknown Linux" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "Unknown or Non-Linux" #. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" #. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "Partition or System to Boot:" #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -483,12 +493,12 @@ "\n" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "Partition or System to Update:" #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -499,12 +509,12 @@ "\n" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "Select for Update" #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "\n" "Show All Partitions expands the list to a\n" @@ -517,42 +527,42 @@ "\n" #. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "System" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "Partition" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Architecture" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 msgid "File System" msgstr "File System" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "Label" #. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "&Show All Partitions" #. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 msgid "&Boot" msgstr "&Boot" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." @@ -561,7 +571,7 @@ "on the selected partition." #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" @@ -574,20 +584,20 @@ "is different than the one of this product." #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "&Yes, Use It" #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -595,13 +605,13 @@ "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 #, fuzzy msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "&Continue" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 #, fuzzy msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" @@ -611,17 +621,17 @@ "about how to solve this problem." #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "Unknown Linux System" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "Non-Linux System" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -636,7 +646,7 @@ "or restart your computer.\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "Checking partition %1" @@ -645,23 +655,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "Show &Details" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "Checking file system on %1..." #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "File System Check Failed" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" @@ -677,24 +687,24 @@ "Would you like to continue in mounting the device?" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "&Skip Mounting" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "Incorrect password. Try again?" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Warning" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" @@ -719,7 +729,7 @@ "Would you like to continue updating the current system?" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" @@ -750,27 +760,27 @@ "To abort update, click Cancel." #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "&Specify Mount Options" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Mount Options" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Mount Point" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Device" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -779,12 +789,12 @@ "(empty for autodetection)" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -792,18 +802,18 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 msgid "None" msgstr "None" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -811,24 +821,24 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 #, fuzzy msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "Select a Root Partition" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Info" msgstr "Device ID" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -841,7 +851,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -850,17 +860,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "No fstab found." #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" @@ -881,38 +891,73 @@ msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "Checking for available updates..." +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "listen value to delete not found" +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "listen value to delete not found" + +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read file %1" +msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" +msgstr "Cannot read file %1" + #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Unknown Product" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update -#: src/modules/Update.rb:817 -msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" -msgstr "Allow Package Downgrade" +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" +msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation" +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "Failed to select %1 packages for installation" + +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Update Settings" -#: control/update.glade:34 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Update" msgstr "Update" -#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Perform Update" -#: control/update.glade:63 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "Update System Configuration" -#: control/update.glade:71 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "Configure Online Update" +#~ msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" +#~ msgstr "Allow Package Downgrade" + #~ msgid "Clean Up" #~ msgstr "Clean Up" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/users.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/users.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/users.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 22:31+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ msgstr "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "Do not forget what you enter here." @@ -4587,23 +4587,23 @@ "Remove these users from the group first." #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Users</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Groups</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 #, fuzzy msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "Login Settings" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/vm.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/vm.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/vm.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vm\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 22:27+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" @@ -34,12 +34,12 @@ msgstr "Install Hypervisor and Tools" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -48,135 +48,177 @@ "Start installation in the host system.\n" #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "Verify Installed Packages" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "Network Card Configuration" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 #, fuzzy #| msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and Linux kernel." msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and Linux kernel." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "When the configuration is successfully finished, it is possible to boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "When the configuration is successfully finished, it is possible to boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "The installation will be aborted." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "Hypervisor and tools are installed." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..." +msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" +msgstr "Configuring the virtual machine..." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +msgid "KVM server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Admin tools" +msgid "KVM tools" +msgstr "Admin tools" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." +msgid "Virtualization client tools" +msgstr "Hypervisor and tools are installed." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Broken server" +msgid "Xen server" +msgstr "Broken server" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Admin tools" +msgid "Xen tools" +msgstr "Admin tools" + #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "The installation will be aborted." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "The installation will be aborted." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "Checking packages..." #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "Installing packages..." #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "Cannot install required packages." #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Updating configuration files..." msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "Updating configuration files..." #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "Configuring general settings..." #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "Ethernet Network Card" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" @@ -189,11 +231,11 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The machine is ready to start the VM Server.\n" @@ -205,7 +247,7 @@ "\n" "Reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu to start it.\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The machine is ready to start the VM Server.\n" @@ -217,19 +259,19 @@ "\n" "Reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu to start it.\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "Hypervisor and tools are installed." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "Hypervisor and tools are installed." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/wagon.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/wagon.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/wagon.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/wol.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/wol.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/wol.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: wol\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 22:27+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/xpram.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/xpram.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/xpram.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xpram\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 22:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/yast2-apparmor.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/yast2-apparmor.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/yast2-apparmor.en_GB.po 2014-10-07 15:47:26 UTC (rev 89781) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 22:23+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" @@ -327,11 +327,11 @@ #. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "&Done" msgstr "&Done" @@ -1169,61 +1169,71 @@ msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "Couldn't recognise mode: " -#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enforce" +msgid "enforce" +msgstr "Enforce" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +msgid "complain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "Show All Profiles" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "Show Active Profiles" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "Configure Mode for All Profiles" #. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), #. TODO switch to variable in a module #. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "Profile Name" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Mode" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "Toggle Mode" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "Set All to Enforce" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "Set All to Complain" #. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "Profile Mode Configuration" #. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "Configure Profile Mode" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select an action:" msgid "Select an action to perform." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89780 - trunk/yast/ja/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:46:38 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89780 Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/add-on-creator.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/add-on.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/audit-laf.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/auth-client.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/auth-server.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/autoinst.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/base.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/bootloader.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/ca-management.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/cio.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/cluster.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/control-center.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/control.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/country.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/crowbar.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/dhcp-server.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/dns-server.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/drbd.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/fcoe-client.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/firewall-services.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/firewall.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/firstboot.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/ftp-server.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/geo-cluster.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/gtk.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/http-server.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/inetd.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/installation.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/instserver.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/iplb.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/iscsi-client.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/iscsi-lio-server.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/iscsi-server.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/isns.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/kdump.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/kerberos-server.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/kerberos.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/kernel-update-tool.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/languages_db.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/ldap-client.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/ldap-server.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/ldap.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/live-installer.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/lxc.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/mail.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/multipath.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/ncurses-pkg.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/ncurses.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/network.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/nfs.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/nfs_server.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/nis.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/nis_server.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/ntp-client.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/oneclickinstall.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/online-update-configuration.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/online-update.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/opensuse_mirror.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/packager.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/pam.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/pkg-bindings.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/printer.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/product-creator.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/proxy.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/qt-pkg.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/qt.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/rdp.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/rear.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/registration.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/reipl.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/relocation-server.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/s390.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/samba-client.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/samba-server.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/samba-users.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/scanner.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/security.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/services-manager.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/slp-server.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/snapper.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/sound.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/squid.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/sshd.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/sudo.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/support.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/sysconfig.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/tftp-server.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/timezone_db.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/tune.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/update.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/users.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/vm.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/wagon.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/wol.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/xpram.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/yast2-apparmor.ja.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/add-on-creator.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/add-on-creator.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/add-on-creator.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-06 20:38+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/add-on.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/add-on.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/add-on.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-01 16:21+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -60,21 +60,21 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "アドオン製品" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化しています..." #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "アドオン製品を初期化しています..." @@ -100,10 +100,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "不明" @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "アドオン製品のインストール" @@ -242,33 +242,33 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "リポジトリ内に製品がありません。" #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "メディア内にソフトウエアリポジトリが見つかりません。" #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "新しいソースを初期化しています..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, ディレクトリ: %2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "ソフトウエアリポジトリの選択" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ "選択したメディアには複数のリポジトリがあります。\n" "使用するリポジトリを選択してください。\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "検出したリポジトリ (&F)" @@ -290,33 +290,33 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "アドオン製品のインストールを中止してもよろしいですか？" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "リポジトリを選択してください。" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "アドオン製品の依存関係を満たすことができませんでした。" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "製品の選択" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "利用可能な製品" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -327,12 +327,12 @@ "選択してください。\n" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "選択したアドオン製品の依存関係を満たすことができませんでした。" #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 msgid "" "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -345,102 +345,102 @@ "製品を選択してから 削除 を押してください。" #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "%1, ディレクトリ: %2" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Product" msgstr "製品" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 msgid "Media" msgstr "メディア" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "削除する製品を選択してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "選択したアドオンを削除しています..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "インストール済みのアドオン製品" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "アドオン製品" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "ソフトウエアマネージャの実行 (&S)..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "ここには、お使いのシステムにインストールされている全てのアドオン製品が表示されています。" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr "追加 ボタンを押して新しいアドオン製品を追加するか、 削除 ボタンを押して使用中のアドオンを削除することができます。" #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "製造元: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "不明な製造元" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "バージョン: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "不明なバージョン" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "リポジトリ URL: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "不明なリポジトリ URL" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "リポジトリの別名: %1 " #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "不明な製品" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "不明な URL" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ "削除してよろしいですか？" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "製品の依存関係を削除しています..." Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/audit-laf.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/audit-laf.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/audit-laf.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -102,9 +102,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for space_left option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system starts to run low" -msgstr "" -"起動時に容量が少ないと判断するログパーティションの最小残り容量 (メガバイト単" -"位)" +msgstr "起動時に容量が少ないと判断するログパーティションの最小残り容量 (メガバイト単位)" #. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 @@ -119,9 +117,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system is running low" -msgstr "" -"実行中に容量が少ないと判断するログパーティションの最小残り容量 (メガバイト単" -"位)" +msgstr "実行中に容量が少ないと判断するログパーティションの最小残り容量 (メガバイト単位)" #. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210 @@ -298,8 +294,7 @@ "監査設定がロック (施錠) されています (オプション -e 2) 。\n" "このことは、次の起動時までルールがロックされることを意味しています！\n" "本当にこれを実施したい場合は、 '-e 2' がルールファイルの最後の項目として\n" -"記述されていることを確認してください。そうでない場合は監査を有効または無効に" -"してください。\n" +"記述されていることを確認してください。そうでない場合は監査を有効または無効にしてください。\n" "ルールを確認したり変更したりしたい場合は、\n" "ルールエディタに戻ってください。\n" @@ -491,8 +486,7 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big> \n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Linux 監査フレームワークの設定を準備しています</big> \n" @@ -533,32 +527,22 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big> \n" -"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is " -"responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/" -"log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" -"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications " -"which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file " -"watches)." +"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" +"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches)." msgstr "" "<big>auditd ログファイル設定</big> \n" -"監査デーモンは Linux 監査システムのコンポーネントの 1 つで、全ての関連するイ" -"ベントをログファイル /var/log/audit/audit.log (既定) に保存します。\n" +"監査デーモンは Linux 監査システムのコンポーネントの 1 つで、全ての関連するイベントをログファイル /var/log/audit/audit.log (既定) に保存します。\n" "イベントは apparmor カーネルモジュールから届くもののほか、\n" -"libaudit を使用するアプリケーション (たとえば PAM) やルールによって決" -"められた事象 (たとえばファイル監視など) を記録します。" +"libaudit を使用するアプリケーション (たとえば PAM) やルールによって決められた事象 (たとえばファイル監視など) を記録します。" #. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 msgid "" -"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules " -"and the possibility to add rules.\n" -"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page ('man auditd.conf')." +"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" +"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" -"詳しい情報やルールの追加の可否については、 auditctl のルール ダイア" -"ログをご覧ください。\n" -"ログファイルの設定についての詳細な情報はマニュアルページ ('man auditd.conf') " -"をご覧ください。" +"詳しい情報やルールの追加の可否については、 auditctl のルール ダイアログをご覧ください。\n" +"ログファイルの設定についての詳細な情報はマニュアルページ ('man auditd.conf') をご覧ください。" #. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 @@ -572,140 +556,105 @@ #. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 msgid "" -"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly " -"as the kernel\n" -"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of " -"writing it on disk (does not affect\n" +"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" +"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" "data sent to the dispatcher). " msgstr "" -"書式: 全てのデータを記録するには RAW (カーネルが送信したもの" -"をそのまま記録) を、全ての監査情報を記録しない場合は NOLOG\n" -"を設定してください (ディスパッチャに送信するデータはこの設定の影響を受けませ" -"ん) 。 " +"書式: 全てのデータを記録するには RAW (カーネルが送信したものをそのまま記録) を、全ての監査情報を記録しない場合は NOLOG\n" +"を設定してください (ディスパッチャに送信するデータはこの設定の影響を受けません) 。 " #. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 msgid "" -"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " -"INCREMENTAL the\n" -"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an " -"explicit flush to disk.\n" -"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: " -"keep data portion synced,\n" +"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to INCREMENTAL the\n" +"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" +"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: keep data portion synced,\n" "SYNC: keep data and meta-data fully synced." msgstr "" "フラッシュ: ディスクへの書き込み方法を指定します。\n" -"INCREMENTAL を指定すると、 頻度 パラメータでディスクへの実際の" -"書き込みを行なう際に、\n" +"INCREMENTAL を指定すると、 頻度 パラメータでディスクへの実際の書き込みを行なう際に、\n" "どれだけのレコード数分をまとめて書くかを指定します。\n" -"NONE を指定すると、データの書き込みについては何も行ないません。 " -"DATA を指定すると、データ部分について同期を行ないます。\n" -"SYNC を指定すると、データとメタデータの両方を同期して書き込みます。</" -"p>" +"NONE を指定すると、データの書き込みについては何も行ないません。 DATA を指定すると、データ部分について同期を行ないます。\n" +"SYNC を指定すると、データとメタデータの両方を同期して書き込みます。" #. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 msgid "" -"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take " -"when this\n" +"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" "value is reached via Size and Action.\n" msgstr "" -"ログファイルの最大サイズ (メガバイト単位) を指定し、 サイズとアクション" -" 枠で指定した\n" +"ログファイルの最大サイズ (メガバイト単位) を指定し、 サイズとアクション 枠で指定した\n" "サイズに届いたときに実行するアクションを指定してください。\n" #. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files " -"specifies the number\n" -"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a " -"warning\n" -"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records " -"to\n" +"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files specifies the number\n" +"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" +"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records to\n" "disk. IGNORE means do nothing, KEEP_LOGS is similar\n" "to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.\n" msgstr "" -"アクションに ROTATE を設定した場合は、保存するファイルの数を ロ" -"グファイルの数\n" -"で指定してください。 SYSLOG を指定すると、監査デーモンは警告を /var/" -"log/messages に書き込みます。\n" -"SUSPEND を指定すると、ディスクへの書き込みを停止します。 IGNORE</" -"i> を指定すると何も行ないません。 KEEP_LOGS を指定すると、\n" +"アクションに ROTATE を設定した場合は、保存するファイルの数を ログファイルの数\n" +"で指定してください。 SYSLOG を指定すると、監査デーモンは警告を /var/log/messages に書き込みます。\n" +"SUSPEND を指定すると、ディスクへの書き込みを停止します。 IGNORE を指定すると何も行ないません。 KEEP_LOGS を指定すると、\n" "ROTATE と同じ意味になりますが、ログファイルは上書きされなくなります。\n" #. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 msgid "" -"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to " -"the\n" +"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to the\n" "log file. If USER is set, the User Defined Name is\n" -"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses " -"the\n" -"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully " -"qualified\n" +"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses the\n" +"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully qualified\n" "domain name.\n" msgstr "" -"コンピュータ名の書式 では、ログファイルにどのような形でコンピュータ" -"名を\n" -"書き込むかを指定します。 USER を選択すると、 ユーザ定義の名前 " -"が使われます。\n" +"コンピュータ名の書式 では、ログファイルにどのような形でコンピュータ名を\n" +"書き込むかを指定します。 USER を選択すると、 ユーザ定義の名前 が使われます。\n" " NONE を選択すると、コンピュータ名が記録されなくなります。\n" -" HOSTNAME を選択すると、 'gethostname' システムコールで返される名前を" -"記録します。\n" +" HOSTNAME を選択すると、 'gethostname' システムコールで返される名前を記録します。\n" "FQD を選択すると、完全修飾ドメイン名を記録します。\n" #. dispatcher dialog help 1/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big> \n" -"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page\n" +"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" "('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" "<big>auditd ディスパッチャ設定</big> \n" -"ディスパッチャ設定に関する詳しい情報は、マニュアルページ ('man auditd.conf') " -"をご覧ください。 " +"ディスパッチャ設定に関する詳しい情報は、マニュアルページ ('man auditd.conf') をご覧ください。 " #. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon " -"and\n" +"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n" "gets all audit events on stdin." msgstr "" -"ディスパッチャ: ディスパッチャプログラムは audit デーモンから起動さ" -"れ、\n" +"ディスパッチャ: ディスパッチャプログラムは audit デーモンから起動され、\n" "全ての監査イベントを標準入力から受け付けます。" #. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and " -"the dispatcher\n" -"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the " -"dispatcher are discarded\n" -"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want " -"a blocking/lossless\n" +"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n" +"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n" +"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want a blocking/lossless\n" "communication." msgstr "" "通信: デーモンとディスパッチャプログラムの間の通信を制御します。\n" -"lossy (損失あり) (既定値) を選択すると、キュー (128 キロバイトのバッ" -"ファ) がいっぱいになった場合にディスパッチャから発せられるイベントが\n" -"捨てられるようになります。 lossless (無損失) を選択すると読み捨てられ" -"ることはなくなり、\n" +"lossy (損失あり) (既定値) を選択すると、キュー (128 キロバイトのバッファ) がいっぱいになった場合にディスパッチャから発せられるイベントが\n" +"捨てられるようになります。 lossless (無損失) を選択すると読み捨てられることはなくなり、\n" "ブロックされるようになります。" #. dispatcher dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" -"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd." -"conf')." +"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf')." msgstr "" "ディスパッチャ 'audispd' は監査イベントを多重化するプログラムです\n" -"詳細はマニュアルページ ('man audispd' および 'man audispd.conf') をご覧くださ" -"い。" +"詳細はマニュアルページ ('man audispd' および 'man audispd.conf') をご覧ください。" #. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:122 @@ -713,8 +662,7 @@ "Note: The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have '0750'\n" " file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" msgstr "" -"注意: ディスパッチャプログラムの所有者は 'root' で、かつパーミッ" -"ションが '0750'\n" +"注意: ディスパッチャプログラムの所有者は 'root' で、かつパーミッションが '0750'\n" " でなければなりません。さらにフルパスで入力してください。\n" #. disk space dialog help 1/6 @@ -726,83 +674,63 @@ msgstr "" "<big>auditd ディスク容量設定</big> \n" "ここではログパーティション上のディスク領域を設定します。\n" -"この設定に関する詳しい情報は、マニュアルページ ('man auditd.conf') をご覧くだ" -"さい。\n" +"この設定に関する詳しい情報は、マニュアルページ ('man auditd.conf') をご覧ください。\n" #. disk space dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform " -"an Action because\n" +"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an Action because\n" "the system is starting to run low on space." msgstr "" -"残り容量 (メガバイト単位) と アクション で、ディスクの最小残" -"り容量と\n" +"残り容量 (メガバイト単位) と アクション で、ディスクの最小残り容量と\n" "残り容量が不足しつつあるときに実行すべきアクションを設定してください。" #. disk space dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The " -"system is running\n" -"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action</" -"b> will be performed." +"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The system is running\n" +"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action will be performed." msgstr "" -"管理用残り容量 は上記よりも小さい値であるべきものです。この値に届い" -"たとき、\n" -"ディスク容量の残りが 少なくなった と判断され、 アクション で指" -"定した動作を実行します。" +"管理用残り容量 は上記よりも小さい値であるべきものです。この値に届いたとき、\n" +"ディスク容量の残りが 少なくなった と判断され、 アクション で指定した動作を実行します。" #. disk space dialog hep 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "If an action is set to EMAIL, a warning mail will be sent to the\n" -"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means " -"the\n" -"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE " -"means\n" +"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means the\n" +"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE means\n" "do nothing. EXEC runs the script specified in Path to\n" "Script. SUSPEND stops writing records to disk. SINGLE\n" "switches the system to single user mode. HALT shuts down the\n" "system.\n" msgstr "" -"アクションに EMAIL を選択すると、 アクションメールアカウント</" -"b> で指定した\n" +"アクションに EMAIL を選択すると、 アクションメールアカウント で指定した\n" "アカウント宛に警告メールが送信されます。 \n" -"SYSLOG を選択すると、ディスク領域の警告は /var/log/messages に書き込ま" -"れます。 IGNORE\n" -"を選択すると、何も動作を行ないません。 EXEC を選択すると、 スクリプ" -"トのパス で指定したスクリプトを実行します。 SUSPEND を選択する" -"と、\n" -"ディスクへの書き込みを停止します。 SINGLE を選択すると、コンピュータシ" -"ステムがシングルユーザモードになります。 HALT を選択すると、\n" +"SYSLOG を選択すると、ディスク領域の警告は /var/log/messages に書き込まれます。 IGNORE\n" +"を選択すると、何も動作を行ないません。 EXEC を選択すると、 スクリプトのパス で指定したスクリプトを実行します。 SUSPEND を選択すると、\n" +"ディスクへの書き込みを停止します。 SINGLE を選択すると、コンピュータシステムがシングルユーザモードになります。 HALT を選択すると、\n" "システムをシャットダウンするようになります。\n" #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 msgid "" -"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full " -"already) and\n" -"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while " -"writing to disk).\n" +"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full already) and\n" +"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n" "Available actions are the same as above (except for EMAIL)." msgstr "" -"また、 ディスク満杯時のアクション (ディスクが既に満杯になっている状" -"態) と\n" -"ディスクエラー時のアクション (ディスクに書き込む際にエラーが検出された" -"場合のアクション) を指定することもできます。\n" +"また、 ディスク満杯時のアクション (ディスクが既に満杯になっている状態) と\n" +"ディスクエラー時のアクション (ディスクに書き込む際にエラーが検出された場合のアクション) を指定することもできます。\n" "利用可能な動作は上記と同じです (EMAIL を除きます) 。" #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "Note: All scripts specified for EXEC must be owned\n" -"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be " -"entered.\n" +"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" msgstr "" "注意: 実行 で指定した全てのスクリプトは、\n" -"所有者が 'root' でパーミッションが '0750' でなければなりません。また、フルパ" -"スでの指定をする必要があります。\n" +"所有者が 'root' でパーミッションが '0750' でなければなりません。また、フルパスでの指定をする必要があります。\n" #. rules dialog help 1/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160 @@ -810,59 +738,42 @@ "<big>Rules for auditctl</big> \n" "This dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\n" "auditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\n" -"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules.</" -"p>" +"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules." msgstr "" "<big>auditctl のルール</big> \n" -"このダイアログでは、監査設定のロック (施錠) と同様に、システムコールの監査を" -"有効にしたり\n" +"このダイアログでは、監査設定のロック (施錠) と同様に、システムコールの監査を有効にしたり\n" "無効にしたりすることができます。\n" -"有効化フラグの設定 から選択したフラグをルールに追加することができま" -"す。" +"有効化フラグの設定 から選択したフラグをルールに追加することができます。" #. rules dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next " -"reboot." -msgstr "" -"注意: ルールのロック (施錠) を行なうと、次に起動するまで変更でき" -"なくなります。" +msgid "Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot." +msgstr "注意: ルールのロック (施錠) を行なうと、次に起動するまで変更できなくなります。" #. rules dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" -" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/" -"audit.log (default). " +" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). " msgstr "" "追加のルールを設定せずに監査を有効にすると、\n" -"libaudit を使用してログ /var/log/audit/audit.log (既定値) に記録するア" -"プリケーション (たとえば PAM) に影響を与えます。 " +"libaudit を使用してログ /var/log/audit/audit.log (既定値) に記録するアプリケーション (たとえば PAM) に影響を与えます。 " #. rules dialog help 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 msgid "" -"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " -"advanced users. \n" +"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users. \n" "For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.\n" msgstr "" -"このダイアログではルールを手動で編集することもできますが、これは熟練者向け" -"の機能です。 \n" -"全てのオプションについての詳しい情報は、 'man auditctl' をお読みください。</" -"p>\n" +"このダイアログではルールを手動で編集することもできますが、これは熟練者向けの機能です。 \n" +"全てのオプションについての詳しい情報は、 'man auditctl' をお読みください。\n" #. rules dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit " -"subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings " -"from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" +msgid "Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" msgstr "" -"文法の確認 を押すと、ルールを auditctl の監査サブシステムに" -"渡して、\n" -"文法が正しいかどうかを確認することができます。 復元 を押すと /etc/" -"audit/audit.rules から設定を復元することができます。\n" +"文法の確認 を押すと、ルールを auditctl の監査サブシステムに渡して、\n" +"文法が正しいかどうかを確認することができます。 復元 を押すと /etc/audit/audit.rules から設定を復元することができます。\n" #. rules dialog help 6/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183 @@ -872,8 +783,7 @@ "Click Load to open a file selection dialog in which you can load\n" "an example rules file.\n" msgstr "" -"auditctl を呼び出して以前のルールに復元したり、以前に文法チェックを" -"行なったところまで戻したりするには、 \n" +"auditctl を呼び出して以前のルールに復元したり、以前に文法チェックを行なったところまで戻したりするには、 \n" "復元とリセット をお使いください。 \n" "読み込み ボタンを押すとファイル選択のダイアログが開きますので、\n" "例となるルールファイルを読み込むことができます。\n" @@ -906,12 +816,8 @@ #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 -msgid "" -"To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 " -"must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Linux 監査システムの設定を続行するには、 %1 パッケージをインストー" -"ルしなければなりません。" +msgid "To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 must be installed." +msgstr "Linux 監査システムの設定を続行するには、 %1 パッケージをインストールしなければなりません。" #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -926,8 +832,7 @@ "'Miscellaneous' in YaST Control Center." msgstr "" "監査デーモンを開始できません。\n" -"/var/log/messages ファイルをご覧のうえ、 auditd のエラーを確認してくださ" -"い。\n" +"/var/log/messages ファイルをご覧のうえ、 auditd のエラーを確認してください。\n" "YaST2 コントロールセンターから 'その他' -> 'システムログ'\n" "を利用して読むこともできます。" @@ -1072,8 +977,7 @@ "Reboot the system afterwards for the change to take effect.\n" msgstr "" "'有効化フラグ' を変更してよろしいですか？\n" -"フラグを変更すると、新しいルールが /etc/audit/audit.rules ファイルに書き込ま" -"れます。\n" +"フラグを変更すると、新しいルールが /etc/audit/audit.rules ファイルに書き込まれます。\n" "その後、システムを再起動する必要があります。\n" #. Error message @@ -1100,4 +1004,3 @@ #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 msgid "Log file" msgstr "ログファイル" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/auth-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/auth-client.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/auth-client.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: auth-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-23 17:30+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-26 20:05+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -146,8 +146,7 @@ "Do you want to write this configuration?" msgstr "" "[sssd] セクションには有効なドメインがありません。\n" -"そのため sssd は起動されなくなり、ローカル認証のみが利用できるようになりま" -"す。\n" +"そのため sssd は起動されなくなり、ローカル認証のみが利用できるようになります。\n" "この設定を書き込んでよろしいですか？" #. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for list of inactive domains @@ -227,82 +226,45 @@ msgstr "sssd が起動する際、一緒に起動するサービスの一覧 (カンマ区切り)" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:27 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:80 -msgid "" -"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " -"Provider crash or restart before they give up" -msgstr "" -"データプロバイダがクラッシュした場合や再起動した際、サービスへの接続を試行す" -"る回数" +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "データプロバイダがクラッシュした場合や再起動した際、サービスへの接続を試行する回数" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31 -msgid "" -"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be " -"configured or SSSD won't start." -msgstr "" -"SSSD は複数のドメインを同時に設定することができますが、少なくとも 1 つ以上を" -"設定しないと、 SSSD を起動することができません。" +msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." +msgstr "SSSD は複数のドメインを同時に設定することができますが、少なくとも 1 つ以上を設定しないと、 SSSD を起動することができません。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:32 -msgid "" -"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be " -"queried." +msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." msgstr "このパラメータには、ドメインの問い合わせ順序の一覧が含まれます。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:36 -msgid "" -"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing " -"user name and domain into these components" -msgstr "" -"どのようにしてユーザ名とドメインをコンポーネントに割り当てるのかを指定する、" -"既定の正規表現" +msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" +msgstr "どのようにしてユーザ名とドメインをコンポーネントに割り当てるのかを指定する、既定の正規表現" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:40 -msgid "" -"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a " -"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." msgstr "名前とドメインを完全修飾名に変換する際に利用する、 printf(3) 互換の既定書式" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44 -msgid "" -"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update " -"its internal DNS resolver." -msgstr "" -"SSSD は resolv.conf の状態を監視して、必要であれば内部の DNS リゾルバを更新し" -"ます。" +msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." +msgstr "SSSD は resolv.conf の状態を監視して、必要であれば内部の DNS リゾルバを更新します。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:45 -msgid "" -"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to " -"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." -msgstr "" -"既定では inotify を利用してこれを実現しますが、この機能が利用できない場合は" -"resolv.conf を 5 分おきにチェックします。" +msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +msgstr "既定では inotify を利用してこれを実現しますが、この機能が利用できない場合はresolv.conf を 5 分おきにチェックします。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " -"files." -msgstr "" -"SSSD が Kerberos のリプレイキャッシュファイルを保存すべき、ファイルシステム内" -"のディレクトリ" +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." +msgstr "SSSD が Kerberos のリプレイキャッシュファイルを保存すべき、ファイルシステム内のディレクトリ" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:53 -msgid "" -"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a " -"domain name component." -msgstr "" -"この文字列は、ドメイン名が書かれていない場合の既定のドメインとして使用されま" -"す。" +msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." +msgstr "この文字列は、ドメイン名が書かれていない場合の既定のドメインとして使用されます。" #. Define Global Services Parameters #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the " -"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most " -"verbose mode." -msgstr "" -"デバッグレベルをビットマスク値で指定します。 0x0010 は既定値で、設定可能な最" -"小値です。また、 0xfff0 は最も冗長な出力をするモードです。" +msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." +msgstr "デバッグレベルをビットマスク値で指定します。 0x0010 は既定値で、設定可能な最小値です。また、 0xfff0 は最も冗長な出力をするモードです。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:65 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" @@ -317,53 +279,29 @@ msgstr "このサービスに対するハートビート間隔 (秒単位)" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:85 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be " -"opened at one time by this SSSD process." -msgstr "" -"このオプションでは、 SSSD のプロセスで一度に利用できるファイルディスクリプタ" -"の最大値を指定します。" +msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." +msgstr "このオプションでは、 SSSD のプロセスで一度に利用できるファイルディスクリプタの最大値を指定します。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:90 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process " -"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." -msgstr "" -"このオプションでは、 SSSD のクライアントプロセスが通信を行なわずに保持できる" -"ファイルディスクリプタの最大秒数を指定します。" +msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +msgstr "このオプションでは、 SSSD のクライアントプロセスが通信を行なわずに保持できるファイルディスクリプタの最大秒数を指定します。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:95 -msgid "" -"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it " -"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." -msgstr "" -"サービスが ping チェックに応答しない場合 (参照: \"timeout\" オプション) 、最" -"初に SIGTERM シグナルを送信して正常終了を促します。" +msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +msgstr "サービスが ping チェックに応答しない場合 (参照: \"timeout\" オプション) 、最初に SIGTERM シグナルを送信して正常終了を促します。" #. NSS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:103 -msgid "" -"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " -"all users)?" +msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" msgstr "どれだけの期間、 nss_sss の列挙 (全ユーザに対する情報) を記憶しておきますか？" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:108 -msgid "" -"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " -"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " -"for the domain." -msgstr "" -"項目キャッシュは、ドメインに対して entry_cache_timeout で指定した割合以上に要" -"求があった場合、自動的に裏で項目を更新するように設定することができます。" +msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." +msgstr "項目キャッシュは、ドメインに対して entry_cache_timeout で指定した割合以上に要求があった場合、自動的に裏で項目を更新するように設定することができます。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:113 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " -"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " -"before asking the back end again." -msgstr "" -"nss_sss がネガティブキャッシュ (存在しないものなど、データベースに対する要求" -"失敗の記憶) を保持する秒数" +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." +msgstr "nss_sss がネガティブキャッシュ (存在しないものなど、データベースに対する要求失敗の記憶) を保持する秒数" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:118 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database." @@ -375,25 +313,15 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:128 msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." -msgstr "" -"フィルタ済みのユーザでもグループメンバーとしたい場合は、このオプションを " -"false にしてください。" +msgstr "フィルタ済みのユーザでもグループメンバーとしたい場合は、このオプションを false にしてください。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " -"or a template." -msgstr "" -"ユーザのホームディレクトリの上書き設定。ディレクトリをありのまま記述すること" -"ができるほか、雛型を指定することもできます。" +msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." +msgstr "ユーザのホームディレクトリの上書き設定。ディレクトリをありのまま記述することができるほか、雛型を指定することもできます。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:136 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1103 -msgid "" -"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " -"explicitly by the domain's data provider." -msgstr "" -"ドメインのデータプロバイダで明示的に指定された場合以外で利用される、ユーザの" -"ホームディレクトリに対する既定の雛型" +msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgstr "ドメインのデータプロバイダで明示的に指定された場合以外で利用される、ユーザのホームディレクトリに対する既定の雛型" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:140 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." @@ -416,46 +344,29 @@ msgstr "プロバイダへの問い合わせ時に何も返却しなかった場合に提供する、既定のシェル" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:162 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:205 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " -"considered valid." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "サブドメインの一覧が有効であると判断する秒数" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " -"valid." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." msgstr "メモリ内に記憶したレコードが有効であると判断する秒数を指定します。" #. PAM configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:175 -msgid "" -"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " -"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." -msgstr "" -"認証プロバイダがオフラインの場合、記憶済みの情報によるログインをどれだけ許可" -"するか (オンラインのログインが成功してからの日数) 。" +msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgstr "認証プロバイダがオフラインの場合、記憶済みの情報によるログインをどれだけ許可するか (オンラインのログインが成功してからの日数) 。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:180 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:185 -msgid "" -"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " -"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." -msgstr "" -"offline_failed_login_attempts の期間が経過したあと、新しいログイン試行ができ" -"るまでの時間 (分)" +msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgstr "offline_failed_login_attempts の期間が経過したあと、新しいログイン試行ができるまでの時間 (分)" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:190 msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "認証時にユーザに対して表示するメッセージ種類の制御" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:195 -msgid "" -"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " -"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " -"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." -msgstr "" -"SSSD がオンラインの場合、 SSSD は PAM リクエストから判断したキャッシュ済み識" -"別情報を即時に更新し、認証が常に最新の状態になるようにします。" +msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgstr "SSSD がオンラインの場合、 SSSD は PAM リクエストから判断したキャッシュ済み識別情報を即時に更新し、認証が常に最新の状態になるようにします。" #. The kerberos domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:200 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:693 @@ -465,43 +376,27 @@ #. SUDO configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:213 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " -"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." -msgstr "" -"時間に依存した sudoers 項目である sudoNotBefore および sudoNotAfter を有効に" -"するかどうか" +msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgstr "時間に依存した sudoers 項目である sudoNotBefore および sudoNotAfter を有効にするかどうか" #. AUTOFS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:221 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " -"hits before asking the back end again." -msgstr "" -"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 autofs レスポンダが否定キャッシュを記" -"憶しておく秒数を指定します。" +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." +msgstr "再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 autofs レスポンダが否定キャッシュを記憶しておく秒数を指定します。" #. SSH configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:229 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " -"file." +msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." msgstr "ホスト名とアドレスを、管理下にある known_hosts ファイルに記録するかどうか" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:234 -msgid "" -"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " -"host keys were requested." -msgstr "" -"ホストキーが要求されたあと、管理下にある known_hosts ファイルの項目をどれだ" -"けの期間保持するか (秒)" +msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." +msgstr "ホストキーが要求されたあと、管理下にある known_hosts ファイルの項目をどれだけの期間保持するか (秒)" #. DOMAIN SECTIONS #. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:243 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:248 -msgid "" -"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " -"outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "ドメインに対する UID/GID の制限。これらの範囲外にある項目は無視されます。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:253 @@ -509,92 +404,52 @@ msgstr "ドメインを列挙できるようにするかどうか" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:258 -msgid "" -"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " -"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." -msgstr "" -"サービスが \"force_timeout\" で指定した秒数を過ぎても終了しない場合、モニタ" -"は SIGKILL シグナルを送信して強制的に終了させます。" +msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgstr "サービスが \"force_timeout\" で指定した秒数を過ぎても終了しない場合、モニタは SIGKILL シグナルを送信して強制的に終了させます。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " -"backend again." -msgstr "" -"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss が項目を有効であると判断する秒" -"数。" +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss が項目を有効であると判断する秒数。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss がユーザ項目を有効であると判断" -"する秒数。" +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss がユーザ項目を有効であると判断する秒数。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss がグループ項目を有効であると判" -"断する秒数。" +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss がグループ項目を有効であると判断する秒数。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before " -"asking the backend again." -msgstr "" -"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss が netgroup 項目を有効であると" -"判断する秒数。" +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss が netgroup 項目を有効であると判断する秒数。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss がサービス項目を有効であると判" -"断する秒数。" +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss がサービス項目を有効であると判断する秒数。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 -msgid "" -"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " -"again." -msgstr "" -"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 sudo がルールを有効であると判断する秒" -"数。" +msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 sudo がルールを有効であると判断する秒数。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:293 -msgid "" -"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " -"before asking the backend again." -msgstr "" -"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 autofs が automounter マップを有効であ" -"ると判断する秒数。" +msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 autofs が automounter マップを有効であると判断する秒数。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:298 msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache." msgstr "ユーザの資格情報をローカルの LDB キャッシュにも保持するかどうかを指定します。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:303 -msgid "" -"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " -"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." -msgstr "" -"キャッシュのクリーンアップが行なわれるまでの間、どれだけの日数ログイン成功を" -"残しておくか" +msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgstr "キャッシュのクリーンアップが行なわれるまでの間、どれだけの日数ログイン成功を残しておくか" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:308 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "ドメインに対して使用する識別プロバイダ" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:313 -msgid "" -"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " -"as the user's login name reported to NSS." -msgstr "" -"フルネームとドメイン (full_name_format で指定した書式) を利用してユーザのログ" -"イン名を作成し、 NSS に報告する" +msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgstr "フルネームとドメイン (full_name_format で指定した書式) を利用してユーザのログイン名を作成し、 NSS に報告する" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:319 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain." @@ -629,29 +484,19 @@ msgstr "ホスト識別情報の取得に使用するプロバイダ" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:366 -msgid "" -"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " -"containing user name and domain into these components." +msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "このドメインに対するユーザ名とドメインを含む文字列の処理方法 (正規表現)" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:371 -msgid "" -"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " -"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "" -"このドメインに対する完全修飾名への名前／ドメインの変換方法 (printf(3) 互換書" -"式)" +msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "このドメインに対する完全修飾名への名前／ドメインの変換方法 (printf(3) 互換書式)" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:377 -msgid "" -"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " -"performing DNS lookups." +msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." msgstr "DNS 参照時に特定のアドレスファミリを優先して使用する機能" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:382 -msgid "" -"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " -"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "DNS 解決器が、問い合わせ先に届かないと判断するまでの応答待機秒数の指定" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386 @@ -659,12 +504,8 @@ msgstr "マシンのホスト名のドメイン部分を使用する" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:387 -msgid "" -"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " -"the service discovery DNS query." -msgstr "" -"バックエンドでサービス検出器を使用する場合、サービス検出器が DNS の問い合わせ" -"を行なう際のドメイン部分の指定" +msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." +msgstr "バックエンドでサービス検出器を使用する場合、サービス検出器が DNS の問い合わせを行なう際のドメイン部分の指定" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:391 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." @@ -675,19 +516,12 @@ msgstr "ユーザとグループの名前について、大文字と小文字を区別する" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:401 -msgid "" -"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " -"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " -"name was an alias." -msgstr "" -"プロキシプロバイダでユーザ名とグループ名を参照する際、その名前が別名であった" -"場合に ID での二次参照で名前を正規化する" +msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." +msgstr "プロキシプロバイダでユーザ名とグループ名を参照する際、その名前が別名であった場合に ID での二次参照で名前を正規化する" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:406 msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." -msgstr "" -"ドメイン内にある全てのサブドメインに対して、このホームディレクトリを既定値と" -"して使用する" +msgstr "ドメイン内にある全てのサブドメインに対して、このホームディレクトリを既定値として使用する" #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:412 @@ -695,24 +529,16 @@ msgstr "ログインを許可するユーザの一覧 (カンマ区切り)" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:417 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " -"to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "" -"ログインを許可するグループの一覧 (カンマ区切り) 。この設定は、 SSSD ドメイン" -"内のグループにのみ適用されます。" +msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "ログインを許可するグループの一覧 (カンマ区切り) 。この設定は、 SSSD ドメイン内のグループにのみ適用されます。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:422 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access." msgstr "ログインを拒否するユーザの一覧 (カンマ区切り)" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:427 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " -"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "" -"ログインを拒否するグループの一覧 (カンマ区切り) 。この設定は、 SSSD ドメイン" -"内のグループにのみ適用されます。" +msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "ログインを拒否するグループの一覧 (カンマ区切り) 。この設定は、 SSSD ドメイン内のグループにのみ適用されます。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:433 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." @@ -721,9 +547,7 @@ #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:442 -msgid "" -"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " -"directory." +msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "ツールがログイン名を base_directory に追加してホームディレクトリとする" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:447 @@ -735,21 +559,12 @@ msgstr "ユーザを削除した場合、ホームディレクトリも削除すべきかどうかの設定" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:457 -msgid "" -"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " -"home directory." -msgstr "" -"sss_useradd(8) で新しく作成したホームディレクトリに対する既定のパーミッション" -"の指定" +msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." +msgstr "sss_useradd(8) で新しく作成したホームディレクトリに対する既定のパーミッションの指定" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:462 -msgid "" -"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " -"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd" -"(8)" -msgstr "" -"sss_useradd(8) でユーザを作成する際、ユーザのホームディレクトリにコピーすべき" -"ファイルやディレクトリを含む、スケルトンディレクトリ。" +msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" +msgstr "sss_useradd(8) でユーザを作成する際、ユーザのホームディレクトリにコピーすべきファイルやディレクトリを含む、スケルトンディレクトリ。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:467 msgid "The mail spool directory." @@ -761,18 +576,12 @@ #. The ldap domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:480 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:485 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "SSSD が接続すべき LDAP サーバの URI の順序リスト (カンマ区切り)" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:491 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:497 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." -msgstr "" -"ユーザのパスワード変更時、 SSSD が接続すべき LDAP サーバの URI の順序リスト " -"(カンマ区切り)" +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgstr "ユーザのパスワード変更時、 SSSD が接続すべき LDAP サーバの URI の順序リスト (カンマ区切り)" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:503 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations." @@ -831,135 +640,67 @@ msgstr "LDAP ユーザオブジェクトの objectSID に対応する LDAP 属性" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:573 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:778 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "親オブジェクトの最終更新タイムスタンプに対応する LDAP 属性" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:578 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " -"password change)." -msgstr "" -"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に" -"対応する LDAP 属性名 (最終パスワード変更日) を設定します。" +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." +msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に対応する LDAP 属性名 (最終パスワード変更日) を設定します。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:583 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " -"age)." -msgstr "" -"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に" -"対応する LDAP 属性名 (最小パスワード期間) を設定します。" +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." +msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に対応する LDAP 属性名 (最小パスワード期間) を設定します。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:588 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " -"age)." -msgstr "" -"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に" -"対応する LDAP 属性名 (最大パスワード期間) を設定します。" +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." +msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に対応する LDAP 属性名 (最大パスワード期間) を設定します。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:593 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " -"period)." -msgstr "" -"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に" -"対応する LDAP 属性名 (パスワード警告期限) を設定します。" +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." +msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に対応する LDAP 属性名 (パスワード警告期限) を設定します。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:598 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " -"inactivity period)." -msgstr "" -"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に" -"対応する LDAP 属性名 (パスワード無効期間) を設定します。" +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." +msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に対応する LDAP 属性名 (パスワード無効期間) を設定します。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:603 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " -"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow" -"(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." -msgstr "" -"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow または ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow を設定した場" -"合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に対応する LDAP 属性名 (アカウント有効" -"期限) を設定します。" +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadow または ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に対応する LDAP 属性名 (アカウント有効期限) を設定します。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:608 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " -"kerberos." -msgstr "" -"ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos を設定した場合、このパラメータには Kerberos での" -"最終パスワード変更日時に対応する LDAP 属性名を設定します。" +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." +msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos を設定した場合、このパラメータには Kerberos での最終パスワード変更日時に対応する LDAP 属性名を設定します。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:613 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." -msgstr "" -"ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos を設定した場合、このパラメータには現在のパスワー" -"ドの有効期限日時に対応する LDAP 属性名を設定します。" +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos を設定した場合、このパラメータには現在のパスワードの有効期限日時に対応する LDAP 属性名を設定します。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:618 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." -msgstr "" -"ldap_account_expire_policy=ad を設定した場合、このパラメータにはアカウントの" -"期限切れ時刻を保存するための LDAP 属性名を設定します。" +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=ad を設定した場合、このパラメータにはアカウントの期限切れ時刻を保存するための LDAP 属性名を設定します。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:623 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." -msgstr "" -"ldap_account_expire_policy=ad を設定した場合、このパラメータにはユーザアカウ" -"ントの制御ビットフィールドを保存するための LDAP 属性名を設定します。" +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=ad を設定した場合、このパラメータにはユーザアカウントの制御ビットフィールドを保存するための LDAP 属性名を設定します。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:628 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " -"determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "" -"ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds または同種の設定を行なった場合、このパラメー" -"タにはアクセスを許可するかどうかのパラメータを設定します。" +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds または同種の設定を行なった場合、このパラメータにはアクセスを許可するかどうかのパラメータを設定します。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:633 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " -"access is allowed or not." -msgstr "" -"ldap_account_expire_policy=nds を設定した場合、この属性にはアクセスを許可する" -"かどうかを設定します。" +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=nds を設定した場合、この属性にはアクセスを許可するかどうかを設定します。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:638 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " -"which date access is granted." -msgstr "" -"ldap_account_expire_policy=nds を設定した場合、この属性にはアクセスを許可する" -"日を設定します。" +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." +msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=nds を設定した場合、この属性にはアクセスを許可する日を設定します。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:643 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " -"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." -msgstr "" -"ldap_account_expire_policy=nds を設定した場合、この属性にはアクセスを許可する" -"週内の時間を設定します。" +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=nds を設定した場合、この属性にはアクセスを許可する週内の時間を設定します。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:648 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " -"(UPN)." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "ユーザに対する Kerberos のユーザプリンシパル名 (UPN) を含む LDAP 属性" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:652 @@ -967,32 +708,20 @@ msgstr "ユーザに対する SSH の公開鍵を含む LDAP 属性" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:657 -msgid "" -"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " -"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " -"fail." -msgstr "" -"Active Directory などのディレクトリサーバの場合、 UPN 内の領域部分が小文字で" -"送信される場合があります。この場合、認証は失敗してしまいます。" +msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." +msgstr "Active Directory などのディレクトリサーバの場合、 UPN 内の領域部分が小文字で送信される場合があります。この場合、認証は失敗してしまいます。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:658 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "領域名を大文字で使用したい場合は、このオプションを true に設定してください。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:663 -msgid "" -"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " -"enumerated records." +msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "SSSD に対する列挙レコードのキャッシュを更新待機秒数の指定" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:668 -msgid "" -"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " -"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " -"space." -msgstr "" -"無効な項目 (メンバーのないグループやログインの行なわれていないユーザなど) の" -"キャッシュをチェックし、無駄な領域を削除する間隔" +msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." +msgstr "無効な項目 (メンバーのないグループやログインの行なわれていないユーザなど) のキャッシュをチェックし、無駄な領域を削除する間隔" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:673 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." @@ -1003,23 +732,12 @@ msgstr "ユーザの所属先グループの一覧に対応する LDAP 属性" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:683 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " -"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " -"to determine access privilege." -msgstr "" -"access_provider=ldap と ldap_access_order=authorized_service を設定した場" -"合、 SSSD はユーザの LDAP 項目に authorizedService 属性が存在することをもっ" -"て、アクセス許可の判断とします。" +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgstr "access_provider=ldap と ldap_access_order=authorized_service を設定した場合、 SSSD はユーザの LDAP 項目に authorizedService 属性が存在することをもって、アクセス許可の判断とします。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:688 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " -"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " -"privilege." -msgstr "" -"access_provider=ldap と ldap_access_order=host を設定した場合、 SSSD はユーザ" -"の LDAP 項目に host 属性が存在することをもって、アクセス許可の判断とします。" +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgstr "access_provider=ldap と ldap_access_order=host を設定した場合、 SSSD はユーザの LDAP 項目に host 属性が存在することをもって、アクセス許可の判断とします。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:698 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." @@ -1046,40 +764,20 @@ msgstr "LDAP グループオブジェクトの objectSID に対応する LDAP 属性" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:728 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "親オブジェクトの最終更新タイムスタンプに対応する LDAP 属性" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:734 -msgid "" -"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " -"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " -"follow." -msgstr "" -"ldap_schema に対して、入れ子グループに対応するスキーマ形式 (RFC2307bis など) " -"を指定した場合、このオプションは SSSD がどれだけの深さまで入れ子にアクセスす" -"るかを指定します。" +msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." +msgstr "ldap_schema に対して、入れ子グループに対応するスキーマ形式 (RFC2307bis など) を指定した場合、このオプションは SSSD がどれだけの深さまで入れ子にアクセスするかを指定します。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:740 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " -"complex or deep nested groups." -msgstr "" -"このオプションは、 SSSD に対して Active Directory 固有の機能の利点を生かし、" -"複雑なグループや入れ子になったグループなど、高度なグループ参照を高速化するよ" -"うにします。" +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." +msgstr "このオプションは、 SSSD に対して Active Directory 固有の機能の利点を生かし、複雑なグループや入れ子になったグループなど、高度なグループ参照を高速化するようにします。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:746 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " -"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." -msgstr "" -"このオプションは、 SSSD に対して Active Directory 固有の機能の利点を生かし、 " -"initgroups 操作を高速化するようにします (主に複雑なグループや入れ子になったグ" -"ループなどで効果的です) 。" +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgstr "このオプションは、 SSSD に対して Active Directory 固有の機能の利点を生かし、 initgroups 操作を高速化するようにします (主に複雑なグループや入れ子になったグループなどで効果的です) 。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:752 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." @@ -1106,9 +804,7 @@ msgstr "LDAP 内でのサービス項目のオブジェクトクラス" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:788 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " -"aliases." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "サービス属性とその別名に対応する LDAP 属性" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:793 @@ -1120,93 +816,55 @@ msgstr "このサービスが理解可能なプロトコルに対応する LDAP 属性" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:804 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches " -"for this attribute type." -msgstr "" -"この属性タイプの LDAP 検索を絞り込むために使用する、検索スコープや LDAP フィ" -"ルタとしての任意指定ベース DN" +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgstr "この属性タイプの LDAP 検索を絞り込むために使用する、検索スコープや LDAP フィルタとしての任意指定ベース DN" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:809 -msgid "" -" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " -"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " -"is entered)." -msgstr "" -"LDAP 検索を開始してからキャッシュ済みの応答が返る (およびオフラインモードへの" -"移行) までを基準とした、 LDAP 検索の制限時間 (秒)" +msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "LDAP 検索を開始してからキャッシュ済みの応答が返る (およびオフラインモードへの移行) までを基準とした、 LDAP 検索の制限時間 (秒)" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:814 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " -"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " -"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr "" -"LDAP 検索を開始してからキャッシュ済みの応答が返る (およびオフラインモードへの" -"移行) までを基準とした、 LDAP ユーザ／グループ列挙の制限時間 (秒)" +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "LDAP 検索を開始してからキャッシュ済みの応答が返る (およびオフラインモードへの移行) までを基準とした、 LDAP ユーザ／グループ列挙の制限時間 (秒)" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:819 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " -"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "connect(2) に続く poll(2)/select(2) に対して設定する、無応答時の制限時間 (秒)" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:824 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " -"will abort if no response is received." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "同期 LDAP API が応答を待つ際の制限時間 (秒)" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:829 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " -"maintained." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "LDAP サーバへの接続を維持する制限時間 (秒)" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:834 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " -"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." -msgstr "" -"単一の要求で LDAP から取得するレコード数の指定。 LDAP サーバによっては、要求" -"ごとの最大値が決まっているものがあります。" +msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgstr "単一の要求で LDAP から取得するレコード数の指定。 LDAP サーバによっては、要求ごとの最大値が決まっているものがあります。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:839 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "LDAP ページングプロトコルを無効化する" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:844 -msgid "" -"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " -"security level necessary to establish the connection." -msgstr "" -"SASL を利用して LDAP サーバと通信する際、接続を確立するのに必要な最小限のセ" -"キュリティレベルの指定" +msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgstr "SASL を利用して LDAP サーバと通信する際、接続を確立するのに必要な最小限のセキュリティレベルの指定" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:849 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " -"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." -msgstr "" -"参照解釈処理を実施する際、内部キャッシュから失われていなければならないグルー" -"プのメンバー数の指定" +msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgstr "参照解釈処理を実施する際、内部キャッシュから失われていなければならないグループのメンバー数の指定" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:855 -msgid "" -"Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if " -"any." +msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any." msgstr "TLS 接続のサーバ証明書確認で、何を確認するかの設定" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:860 -msgid "" -"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " -"Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "SSSD が理解すべき全証明機関の証明書一覧を含むファイルの指定" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:865 -msgid "" -"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " -"certificates in separate individual files." +msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "証明機関の証明書について、個別のファイルを含むディレクトリの指定" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:869 @@ -1222,22 +880,12 @@ msgstr "受け入れ可能な暗号化スイートの指定" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:883 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " -"channel." -msgstr "" -"id_provider 接続が通信を暗号化するため、 TLS を使用しなければならないかどうか" -"の指定" +msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." +msgstr "id_provider 接続が通信を暗号化するため、 TLS を使用しなければならないかどうかの指定" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:888 -msgid "" -"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " -"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " -"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." -msgstr "" -"SSSD が ldap_user_uid_number および ldap_group_gid_number ではなく、 " -"ldap_user_objectsid および ldap_group_objectsid を利用してユーザとグループの " -"ID を参照するようにする指定" +msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgstr "SSSD が ldap_user_uid_number および ldap_group_gid_number ではなく、 ldap_user_objectsid および ldap_group_objectsid を利用してユーザとグループの ID を参照するようにする指定" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:892 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." @@ -1252,12 +900,8 @@ msgstr "使用する SASL 領域の指定" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:907 -msgid "" -"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " -"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." -msgstr "" -"true に設定すると、 LDAP ライブラリが SASL バインドを行なう際、ホスト名を正規" -"化するために逆参照を行なう設定" +msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgstr "true に設定すると、 LDAP ライブラリが SASL バインドを行なう際、ホスト名を正規化するために逆参照を行なう設定" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:912 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." @@ -1284,38 +928,20 @@ msgstr "サービス検出器が有効化されている場合の使用するサービス名の指定" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:941 -msgid "" -"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " -"password changes when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "" -"サービス検出器が有効化されている場合、パスワード変更を許可する LDAP サーバを" -"検出するのに使用するサービス名の指定" +msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgstr "サービス検出器が有効化されている場合、パスワード変更を許可する LDAP サーバを検出するのに使用するサービス名の指定" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:946 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " -"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." -msgstr "" -"パスワード変更操作後、 ldap_user_shadow_last_change にエポック日からの経過日" -"数を更新するかどうかの指定" +msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgstr "パスワード変更操作後、 ldap_user_shadow_last_change にエポック日からの経過日数を更新するかどうかの指定" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:951 -msgid "" -"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " -"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " -"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." -msgstr "" -"access_provider = ldap および ldap_access_order = filter を使用している場合 " -"(既定値) 、このオプションは必須です。ここでは、ユーザがこのホストにログインす" -"る際、適合していなければならない LDAP 検索フィルタ条件を指定します。" +msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgstr "access_provider = ldap および ldap_access_order = filter を使用している場合 (既定値) 、このオプションは必須です。ここでは、ユーザがこのホストにログインする際、適合していなければならない LDAP 検索フィルタ条件を指定します。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:956 -msgid "" -" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " -"be enabled." -msgstr "" -" このオプションを指定することで、アクセス制御属性をクライアント側で判断できる" -"ようになります。" +msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." +msgstr " このオプションを指定することで、アクセス制御属性をクライアント側で判断できるようになります。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:962 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." @@ -1326,32 +952,20 @@ msgstr "検索時、どのようにして別名の参照解釈を実施するかの指定" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " -"use the RFC2307 schema." -msgstr "" -"RFC2307 スキーマを使用するサーバ向けの LDAP グループのメンバーに対し、これを" -"ローカルユーザとして許可する" +msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." +msgstr "RFC2307 スキーマを使用するサーバ向けの LDAP グループのメンバーに対し、これをローカルユーザとして許可する" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:995 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:999 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " -"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." -msgstr "" -"SSSD が接続すべき Kerberos サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名のカンマ区切り一" -"覧。指定した順序どおりにアクセスが行なわれます。" +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgstr "SSSD が接続すべき Kerberos サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名のカンマ区切り一覧。指定した順序どおりにアクセスが行なわれます。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1004 msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm." msgstr "Kerberos 領域名" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1009 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1014 -msgid "" -"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " -"servers can be defined here." -msgstr "" -"KDC でパスワード変更サービスが動作していない場合に利用する、代替サーバを指定" -"することができます。" +msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." +msgstr "KDC でパスワード変更サービスが動作していない場合に利用する、代替サーバを指定することができます。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1019 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." @@ -1362,41 +976,27 @@ msgstr "ユーザの資格情報キャッシュの場所" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1029 -msgid "" -" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " -"password request is aborted." +msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr " オンライン認証要求またはパスワード変更要求を中止するまでの制限時間 (秒)" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1034 -msgid "" -"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " -"spoofed." +msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "取得した TGT が盗聴されていないことを krb5_keytab で検証する" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1039 -msgid "" -"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " -"KDCs." +msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "KDC から取得した資格情報を検証する際に使用する keytab の場所" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " -"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." -msgstr "" -"プロバイダがオフラインの場合にパスワードを保存し、プロバイダがオンラインに" -"戻った際に TGT を要求するようにする" +msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgstr "プロバイダがオフラインの場合にパスワードを保存し、プロバイダがオンラインに戻った際に TGT を要求するようにする" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1048 -msgid "" -"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " -"immediately followed by a time unit." +msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "指定した全体の有効期限 (整数 + 時間単位) で更新可能なチケットを要求する" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1052 -msgid "" -"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " -"followed by a time unit." +msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "指定した有効期限 (整数 + 時間単位) でチケットを要求する" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1056 @@ -1404,12 +1004,8 @@ msgstr "TGT を更新すべきかどうかを判断する時間 (秒)" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1061 -msgid "" -"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"Kerberos の事前認証で Flexible Authentication Secure Tunneling (FAST) を有効" -"化する" +msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." +msgstr "Kerberos の事前認証で Flexible Authentication Secure Tunneling (FAST) を有効化する" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1065 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." @@ -1425,41 +1021,24 @@ msgstr "Active Directory ドメイン名の指定" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1087 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1091 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." -msgstr "" -"SSSD が接続すべき AD サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名のカンマ区切り一覧。指" -"定した順序でアクセスします。" +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +msgstr "SSSD が接続すべき AD サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名のカンマ区切り一覧。指定した順序でアクセスします。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1095 -msgid "" -"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the " -"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this " -"host." -msgstr "" -"任意指定です。このホストで hostname(5) が Active Directory ドメインで使用され" -"る完全修飾名を反映しない場合に、指定することができます。" +msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." +msgstr "任意指定です。このホストで hostname(5) が Active Directory ドメインで使用される完全修飾名を反映しない場合に、指定することができます。" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1099 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "ユーザのホームディレクトリの上書き指定" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1112 -msgid "" -" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "" -" Active Directory のユーザ／グループ ID をマッピングするために使用する、 " -"POSIX ID の範囲下限の指定" +msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr " Active Directory のユーザ／グループ ID をマッピングするために使用する、 POSIX ID の範囲下限の指定" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1117 -msgid "" -"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "" -" Active Directory のユーザ／グループ ID をマッピングするために使用する、 " -"POSIX ID の範囲上限の指定" +msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr " Active Directory のユーザ／グループ ID をマッピングするために使用する、 POSIX ID の範囲上限の指定" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1122 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." @@ -1474,12 +1053,8 @@ msgstr "既定のドメイン名の指定" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1135 -msgid "" -"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " -"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." -msgstr "" -"winbind の \"idmap_autorid\" アルゴリズムにより似たアルゴリズムを利用して ID " -"マッピングを動作させる指定" +msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgstr "winbind の \"idmap_autorid\" アルゴリズムにより似たアルゴリズムを利用して ID マッピングを動作させる指定" #. The Active Directory domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1147 @@ -1487,26 +1062,16 @@ msgstr "IPA ドメインの名前の指定" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1151 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." -msgstr "" -"SSSD が接続に使用する IPA サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名の一覧 (カンマ区" -"切りで、接続する順に指定)" +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +msgstr "SSSD が接続に使用する IPA サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名の一覧 (カンマ区切りで、接続する順に指定)" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1155 -msgid "" -"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully " -"qualified name." +msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." msgstr "hostname(5) が完全修飾ドメイン名を反映しないマシンの場合に指定" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1160 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " -"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." -msgstr "" -"FreeIPA v2 に内蔵されている DNS サーバに対し、このクライアントの IP アドレス" -"で自動更新するように SSSD に指定する" +msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgstr "FreeIPA v2 に内蔵されている DNS サーバに対し、このクライアントの IP アドレスで自動更新するように SSSD に指定する" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1165 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." @@ -1537,4 +1102,3 @@ #: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:346 msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" msgstr "システムは /etc/passwd のみを使用するように設定されています。\n" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/auth-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/auth-server.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/auth-server.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -101,12 +101,8 @@ #. error popup #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "" -"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings " -"later in the installed system." -msgstr "" -"LDAP サーバは既に作成されています。設定についてはインストール済みのシステムで" -"後から変更できます。" +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." +msgstr "LDAP サーバは既に作成されています。設定についてはインストール済みのシステムで後から変更できます。" #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 @@ -118,12 +114,8 @@ msgstr "[手動設定]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " -"continue." -msgstr "" -"システムルートパスワードを取得できません。 LDAP サーバのパスワードを設定して" -"続行してください。" +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." +msgstr "システムルートパスワードを取得できません。 LDAP サーバのパスワードを設定して続行してください。" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" @@ -217,12 +209,8 @@ "続けることはできません。" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "" -"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " -"finished." -msgstr "" -"OpenLDAP レプリケーション設定が失敗しました。インストール完了後に再設定してく" -"ださい。" +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." +msgstr "OpenLDAP レプリケーション設定が失敗しました。インストール完了後に再設定してください。" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344 msgid "" @@ -244,10 +232,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -"running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " -"you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" "既存の設定が存在しますが、 LDAP サーバは現在起動していません。\n" @@ -278,8 +264,7 @@ msgstr "" "お使いのシステムは現在、 /etc/openldap/slapd.conf の設定ファイルを\n" "利用するように設定されています。 YaST では、 OpenLDAP (back-config) \n" -"を利用した動的な設定データベースにのみ対応しています。お使いの既存の設定を新" -"しい\n" +"を利用した動的な設定データベースにのみ対応しています。お使いの既存の設定を新しい\n" "設定データベースに移行しますか？\n" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:148 @@ -336,9 +321,7 @@ msgstr "LDAP サーバは稼働していません。" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 -msgid "" -"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " -"to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "設定を読み出し直して再起動するか、もしくは新しく設定を作り直しますか？" #. get helps page @@ -549,9 +532,7 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277 -msgid "" -"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -"server.\n" +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" msgstr "プロバイダサーバ上の \"cn=config\" データベースへの接続に失敗しました。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280 @@ -559,8 +540,7 @@ "Verify that the provider server allows remote connections to the \n" "\"cn=config\" database and that you entered the correct password.\n" msgstr "" -"プロバイダサーバを確認し、 \"cn=config\" データベースに対するリモート接続を受" -"け付けているかどうか\n" +"プロバイダサーバを確認し、 \"cn=config\" データベースに対するリモート接続を受け付けているかどうか\n" "と、正しいパスワードを入力しているかどうかをそれぞれご確認ください。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1287 @@ -599,12 +579,8 @@ #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410 -msgid "" -"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" -msgstr "" -"プロバイダサーバ上のレプリケーション設定に定義されている、認証情報の確認に失" -"敗しました。\n" +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgstr "プロバイダサーバ上のレプリケーション設定に定義されている、認証情報の確認に失敗しました。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 @@ -626,16 +602,13 @@ "To act as a master server for replication, the configuration database needs\n" "to be remotely accessible. Set a password for the configuration database.\n" msgstr "" -"レプリケーション用のマスターサーバとして動作させる場合は、設定データベース" -"を\n" -"リモートからアクセスできるようにする必要があります。設定データベースにパス" -"ワードを設定してください。\n" +"レプリケーション用のマスターサーバとして動作させる場合は、設定データベースを\n" +"リモートからアクセスできるようにする必要があります。設定データベースにパスワードを設定してください。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525 msgid "" "\n" -"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " -"encrypted\n" +"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" "LDAP Connections.)\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -669,16 +642,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be " -"started. Note:\n" -"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</" -"p>\n" +"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" msgstr "" -" LDAP サーバをシステムの起動時に開始する場合は はい を選択してくだ" -"さい。\n" +" LDAP サーバをシステムの起動時に開始する場合は はい を選択してください。\n" "LDAP サーバを開始しない場合は いいえ を選んでください。注意:\n" -"いいえ を選択すると、 OpenLDAP の設定を変更することができなくなりま" -"す。\n" +"いいえ を選択すると、 OpenLDAP の設定を変更することができなくなります。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 msgid "<h4>Protocol Listeners</h4>" @@ -686,33 +655,23 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:27 msgid "Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP." -msgstr "" -"ここでは、 OpenLDAP で対応している様々なプロトコルリスナー (プロトコルの受" -"け入れ) を、有効にしたり無効にしたりすることができます。" +msgstr "ここでは、 OpenLDAP で対応している様々なプロトコルリスナー (プロトコルの受け入れ) を、有効にしたり無効にしたりすることができます。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " -"communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " -"configured." +"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." msgstr "" -"LDAP は通常の LDAP インターフェイスで、ポート番号は 389 を使用しま" -"す。 TLS/SSL による暗号化は、\n" -"サーバ証明書を設定したあと StartTLS の操作によって行なうことができるようにな" -"ります。" +"LDAP は通常の LDAP インターフェイスで、ポート番号は 389 を使用します。 TLS/SSL による暗号化は、\n" +"サーバ証明書を設定したあと StartTLS の操作によって行なうことができるようになります。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -"protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " -"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" -"LDAPS は \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" インターフェイスの意味で、ポート" -"番号 636 を利用して\n" -" SSL 暗号化による保護接続を行なうことができます。この機能を正しく動作させるに" -"は、サーバ証明書の設定が\n" +"LDAPS は \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" インターフェイスの意味で、ポート番号 636 を利用して\n" +" SSL 暗号化による保護接続を行なうことができます。この機能を正しく動作させるには、サーバ証明書の設定が\n" "必要です (\"グローバル設定\"/\"TLS 設定\" をご覧ください) 。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36 @@ -721,12 +680,9 @@ "LDAP server via a Unix Domain Socket. Do not disable the LDAPI interface \n" "as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.\n" msgstr "" -"LDAPI は \"LDAP over IPC\" インターフェイスの意味です。これを利用す" -"ると、\n" -"Unix ドメインソケットを通じて LDAP サーバにアクセスすることができます。 YaST " -"では、この\n" -"インターフェイスを介してサーバとの通信を行なっているため、無効化すべきではあ" -"りません。\n" +"LDAPI は \"LDAP over IPC\" インターフェイスの意味です。これを利用すると、\n" +"Unix ドメインソケットを通じて LDAP サーバにアクセスすることができます。 YaST では、この\n" +"インターフェイスを介してサーバとの通信を行なっているため、無効化すべきではありません。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41 msgid "<h4>Firewall Settings</h4>" @@ -747,29 +703,20 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. " -"Hdb is a\n" -"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " -"and\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" +"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" -"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) " -"library to store data.\n" -"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and " -"more execution-efficient.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -"データベース を hdb, bdb, mdb から選択してくださ" -"い。 hdb は\n" -" bdb バックエンドの派生形で、階層構造のデータベースレイアウトを使用" -"し、\n" -"サブツリーの名前変更に対応しています。それ以外は bdb と同じです。 " -"hdb データベースは\n" +"データベース を hdb, bdb, mdb から選択してください。 hdb は\n" +" bdb バックエンドの派生形で、階層構造のデータベースレイアウトを使用し、\n" +"サブツリーの名前変更に対応しています。それ以外は bdb と同じです。 hdb データベースは\n" "良好な性能を得るために bdb データベースよりも大きな idlcachesize を必要とします。\n" -"mdb データベースは OpenLDAP の軽量メモリマップデータベース (LMDB)" -"ライブラリを利用して、データを保存します。\n" -"hdb バックエンドと似ていますが、領域面の有効性と実行時の性能の両方を" -"兼ね備えています。\n" +"mdb データベースは OpenLDAP の軽量メモリマップデータベース (LMDB)ライブラリを利用して、データを保存します。\n" +"hdb バックエンドと似ていますが、領域面の有効性と実行時の性能の両方を兼ね備えています。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" @@ -781,38 +728,27 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" -"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password</" -"b> \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " -"other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends " -"the \n" -"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example," -"dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " -"Administrator DN\n" +"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \n" +"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" "管理者 DN と LDAP 管理者パスワード は、 \n" -"データベースのアクセス権やその他の管理制限を回避できるスーパーユーザの認証情" -"報を\n" -"指定するものです。 ベース DN の追加 を選択すると、上記の ベース " -"DN に追加すること\n" -"ができます。たとえばベース DN が <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt> でルート DN が " -"<tt>c=Admin</tt> とすると、\n" -" 両方を組み合わせて <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt> が実際のルート DN にな" -"ります。 " +"データベースのアクセス権やその他の管理制限を回避できるスーパーユーザの認証情報を\n" +"指定するものです。 ベース DN の追加 を選択すると、上記の ベース DN に追加すること\n" +"ができます。たとえばベース DN が <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt> でルート DN が <tt>c=Admin</tt> とすると、\n" +" 両方を組み合わせて <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt> が実際のルート DN になります。 " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root " -"password\n" +"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" "このウイザードをインストール時に実行している場合は、\n" -"LDAP 管理者パスワード は初期状態で、インストール作業中に入力したシステ" -"ムの root \n" +"LDAP 管理者パスワード は初期状態で、インストール作業中に入力したシステムの root \n" "パスワードと同じに設定されています。 " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 @@ -824,15 +760,11 @@ "file <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. This checkbox is selected by default\n" "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -"このデータベースを OpenLDAP クライアントツール (たとえば ldapsearch) 向け" -"の既定のデータベースとして使用するには、\n" -" このデータベースを OpenLDAP 向けの既定のものとして使用する を選択して" -"ください。\n" +"このデータベースを OpenLDAP クライアントツール (たとえば ldapsearch) 向けの既定のデータベースとして使用するには、\n" +" このデータベースを OpenLDAP 向けの既定のものとして使用する を選択してください。\n" "これにより、ホスト名 \"localhost\" と上記で入力した ベース DN が\n" -" OpenLDAP のクライアント設定ファイル <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt> に書き" -"込まれます。\n" -"このチェックボックスは、サーバ内で最初のデータベースを作成する場合に既定で選" -"択されます。\n" +" OpenLDAP のクライアント設定ファイル <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt> に書き込まれます。\n" +"このチェックボックスは、サーバ内で最初のデータベースを作成する場合に既定で選択されます。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" @@ -849,12 +781,9 @@ "authentication to the configuration database will only be allowed when \n" "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -"設定データベースに対して、プレーンテキストの認証 (LDAP シンプルバインド) " -"を有効にしたり無効にしたり\n" -"するには、それぞれ関連するチェックボックスを選択してください。設定データベー" -"スに対する\n" -"プレーンテキストの認証は、十分な保護のある (たとえば SSL/TLS 暗号化などの) 接" -"続でのみ許可されます。\n" +"設定データベースに対して、プレーンテキストの認証 (LDAP シンプルバインド) を有効にしたり無効にしたり\n" +"するには、それぞれ関連するチェックボックスを選択してください。設定データベースに対する\n" +"プレーンテキストの認証は、十分な保護のある (たとえば SSL/TLS 暗号化などの) 接続でのみ許可されます。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" @@ -862,14 +791,11 @@ "click Change Password. \n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" "Password Encryption. \n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already " -"been \n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"設定データベースに対する管理パスワードを変更するには、 パスワードの変更" -" を押してください。\n" -"ポップアップウインドウが現われ、新しいパスワードの入力と パスワード暗号化" -" を選択することができます。\n" +"設定データベースに対する管理パスワードを変更するには、 パスワードの変更 を押してください。\n" +"ポップアップウインドウが現われ、新しいパスワードの入力と パスワード暗号化 を選択することができます。\n" "なお、パスワード項目は既に設定済みである場合でも空白で表示されます。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 @@ -878,62 +804,40 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." -msgstr "" -"ここでは BDB および HDB データベースに関する基本設定を変更することができま" -"す。" +msgstr "ここでは BDB および HDB データベースに関する基本設定を変更することができます。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -"automatically\n" +"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." -msgstr "" -"完全な DN を入力するか、先頭部分のみを入力してから ベースDNを追加 " -"を押してベース DN を追加してください。" +msgstr "完全な DN を入力するか、先頭部分のみを入力してから ベースDNを追加 を押してベース DN を追加してください。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change " -"Password.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password " -"Encryption.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -"set in the configuration.\n" +"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"管理者アカウントに対するパスワードを変更するには、 パスワードの変更</" -"b> を押してください。\n" -"ポップアップウインドウが現われ、新しいパスワードの入力と パスワード暗号化" -" を選択することができます。\n" +"管理者アカウントに対するパスワードを変更するには、 パスワードの変更 を押してください。\n" +"ポップアップウインドウが現われ、新しいパスワードの入力と パスワード暗号化 を選択することができます。\n" "パスワード項目は既に設定済みである場合でも空白で表示されます。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" -"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can " -"adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the " -"number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " -"RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index " -"Cache (IDL cache) \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " -"HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " -"entry cache as a rule of\n" +"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." msgstr "" -"項目キャッシュ と インデックスキャッシュ (IDL キャッシュ) " -"で、\n" -" OpenLDAP 内部のキャッシュサイズを調整することができます。 項目キャッシュ" -" では\n" -" OpenLDAP 内部のメモリキャッシュにどれだけの項目数を記憶しておくかを指定しま" -"す。搭載メモリ量が十分にある環境では、\n" -"メモリ内にデータベース全体を保存できるほどの値に設定しておくと良いでしょう。 " -"インデックスキャッシュ (IDL キャッシュ) \n" -"は索引の付けられた属性の検索を高速化させるために使用します。一般的に、 HDB " -"データベースには\n" -"検索の性能を上げるために大きな IDL キャッシュを必要とします (おおよそ項目" -"キャッシュの 3 倍程度)\n" +"項目キャッシュ と インデックスキャッシュ (IDL キャッシュ) で、\n" +" OpenLDAP 内部のキャッシュサイズを調整することができます。 項目キャッシュ では\n" +" OpenLDAP 内部のメモリキャッシュにどれだけの項目数を記憶しておくかを指定します。搭載メモリ量が十分にある環境では、\n" +"メモリ内にデータベース全体を保存できるほどの値に設定しておくと良いでしょう。 インデックスキャッシュ (IDL キャッシュ) \n" +"は索引の付けられた属性の検索を高速化させるために使用します。一般的に、 HDB データベースには\n" +"検索の性能を上げるために大きな IDL キャッシュを必要とします (おおよそ項目キャッシュの 3 倍程度)\n" "。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 @@ -950,22 +854,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP " -"server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests " -"before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " -"but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " -"extended operation \n" +"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -"データベースに格納するよりも前の段階で OpenLDAP サーバがリクエスト内の平文" -"パスワードを暗号化する必要がある場合は、\n" -"平文パスワードをハッシュする を選んでください。この設定は X.500/LDAP " -"情報モデルに違反しますが、\n" -"パスワードを管理するためにパスワード変更拡張操作を利用しない LDAP クライアン" -"ト用に\n" +"データベースに格納するよりも前の段階で OpenLDAP サーバがリクエスト内の平文パスワードを暗号化する必要がある場合は、\n" +"平文パスワードをハッシュする を選んでください。この設定は X.500/LDAP 情報モデルに違反しますが、\n" +"パスワードを管理するためにパスワード変更拡張操作を利用しない LDAP クライアント用に\n" "必要となる場合があります。 " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 @@ -976,32 +873,22 @@ "attacker. Sites sensitive to security issues should not enable this\n" "option. \n" msgstr "" -" \"アカウントロック\" 状態を通知する を有効にしていると、ロックされ" -"たアカウントの認証を行なった\n" -"場合に、ロックされている旨の通知が届けられます。この通知は、悪意のある攻撃者" -"にとっては有用な情報になってしまいます。\n" -"厳格なセキュリティを適用するサーバでは、このオプションを有効にしないでくださ" -"い。\n" +" \"アカウントロック\" 状態を通知する を有効にしていると、ロックされたアカウントの認証を行なった\n" +"場合に、ロックされている旨の通知が届けられます。この通知は、悪意のある攻撃者にとっては有用な情報になってしまいます。\n" +"厳格なセキュリティを適用するサーバでは、このオプションを有効にしないでください。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object " -"DN." -msgstr "" -"既定のポリシーオブジェクト DN には既定のポリシーオブジェクト名を入" -"力します。" +msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." +msgstr "既定のポリシーオブジェクト DN には既定のポリシーオブジェクト名を入力します。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You " -"may\n" +"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -"ポリシーの編集 を押すと既定のポリシーを作成したり変更したりすること" -"ができます。\n" -"ポリシーオブジェクトをサーバから読み込むため、 LDAP 管理者パスワードを尋ねら" -"れることがあります。\n" +"ポリシーの編集 を押すと既定のポリシーを作成したり変更したりすることができます。\n" +"ポリシーオブジェクトをサーバから読み込むため、 LDAP 管理者パスワードを尋ねられることがあります。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" @@ -1009,54 +896,40 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." -msgstr "" -"このダイアログでは、 bdb データベースの hdb インデックスオプションを変更す" -"ることができます。" +msgstr "このダイアログでは、 bdb データベースの hdb インデックスオプションを変更することができます。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 -msgid "" -"The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " -"defined." -msgstr "" -"この表には、現在インデックスが設定されている属性の一覧が表示されています。" -"" +msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." +msgstr "この表には、現在インデックスが設定されている属性の一覧が表示されています。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " -"types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -"インデックスは OpenLDAP に対して、特定の検索における性能を向上させるために" -"使用します。\n" -"インデックスはデータベース内で多く検索に使用される項目に対して設定されるべき" -"ものです。\n" +"インデックスは OpenLDAP に対して、特定の検索における性能を向上させるために使用します。\n" +"インデックスはデータベース内で多く検索に使用される項目に対して設定されるべきものです。\n" "この YaST では 3 つの異なる種類のインデックスを設定することができます。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " -"configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -"存在: このインデックスは、存在するかどうか (たとえば " -"<tt>(attributeType=*)</tt> )\n" -"を検索する際に使用します。存在インデックスは、データベース内でその属性の設定" -"が\n" +"存在: このインデックスは、存在するかどうか (たとえば <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt> )\n" +"を検索する際に使用します。存在インデックスは、データベース内でその属性の設定が\n" "ほとんど為されない場合に設定すべきものです。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality " -"index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -"均等: このインデックスはイコールで結ばれる種類の検索 (たとえば " -"(<tt>(attributeType=<特定の値>)</tt>) を行なう際に使用します。\n" +"均等: このインデックスはイコールで結ばれる種類の検索 (たとえば (<tt>(attributeType=<特定の値>)</tt>) を行なう際に使用します。\n" "均等 インデックスは <tt>objectclass</tt> の属性に対しては\n" "常に設定されるべきものです。\n" @@ -1064,10 +937,7 @@ msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" -msgstr "" -"部分文字列: このインデックスは部分文字列の検索 (たとえば " -"<tt>(attributeType=<文字列の一部>*)</tt> ) を行なう際に使用します。</" -"p>\n" +msgstr "部分文字列: このインデックスは部分文字列の検索 (たとえば <tt>(attributeType=<文字列の一部>*)</tt> ) を行なう際に使用します。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" @@ -1075,26 +945,20 @@ "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -"新しい属性に対してインデックスを設定するには、 追加 ボタンを押して" -"ください。\n" -"既存のインデックスを削除するには 削除 を、既にインデックスを設定した属" -"性に対して\n" +"新しい属性に対してインデックスを設定するには、 追加 ボタンを押してください。\n" +"既存のインデックスを削除するには 削除 を、既にインデックスを設定した属性に対して\n" "オプションを変更するには 編集 をそれぞれ押してください。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -"added\n" +"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" -"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the " -"indexing\n" +"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -"注意: データベースのサイズに依存しますが、新しくインデックスを追加すると、" -"それが有効になるまでに\n" +"注意: データベースのサイズに依存しますが、新しくインデックスを追加すると、それが有効になるまでに\n" "しばらくの時間がかかります。設定をサーバに書き込むと、\n" -"バックグラウンド処理でデータベースに対してインデックスの生成を開始します。</" -"p>\n" +"バックグラウンド処理でデータベースに対してインデックスの生成を開始します。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" @@ -1104,46 +968,35 @@ msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" -msgstr "" -"この表には、選択したデータベースに設定されている全てのアクセス制御設定が表" -"示されています。\n" +msgstr "この表には、選択したデータベースに設定されている全てのアクセス制御設定が表示されています。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a " -"more\n" +"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -"それぞれのルールについて、ルールに該当するターゲットオブジェクトが表示され" -"ます。ルールについての\n" -"より詳しい表示やルールの変更については、表内のルールを選択して 編集 を" -"押してください。\n" +"それぞれのルールについて、ルールに該当するターゲットオブジェクトが表示されます。ルールについての\n" +"より詳しい表示やルールの変更については、表内のルールを選択して 編集 を押してください。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -"新しいアクセス制御ルールを追加するには 追加 ボタンを、アクセス制御" -"ルールを削除するには\n" +"新しいアクセス制御ルールを追加するには 追加 ボタンを、アクセス制御ルールを削除するには\n" "削除 を押してください。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose " -"target\n" +"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " -"using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -" OpenLDAP のアクセス制御の評価は、ターゲットの該当条件 (DN やフィルタ、属" -"性など) に\n" -"適合している最初のルールで停止します。そのため、意図している動作に合わせるに" -"は\n" -"ルールの順序を変更する必要がある場合があります。これは、それぞれ 上へ " -"と 下へ\n" +" OpenLDAP のアクセス制御の評価は、ターゲットの該当条件 (DN やフィルタ、属性など) に\n" +"適合している最初のルールで停止します。そのため、意図している動作に合わせるには\n" +"ルールの順序を変更する必要がある場合があります。これは、それぞれ 上へ と 下へ\n" "ボタンで行なうことができます。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 @@ -1152,13 +1005,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" -"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" " -"checkbox, if you want to \n" +"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" "現在選択したデータベースを他のサーバに複製したい場合は、\n" -"\"このデータベースに対して ldapsync プロバイダを有効にする\" のチェッ" -"クボックスを選択してください。" +"\"このデータベースに対して ldapsync プロバイダを有効にする\" のチェックボックスを選択してください。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" @@ -1166,31 +1017,21 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -"(stored\n" -"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " -"synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify " -"or\n" -"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the " -"indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " -"is\n" +"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -"ここでは、同期状態の情報 (\"contextCSN\" の属性内に保存されます) を" -"データベースに\n" -"書き込む頻度を指定します。最後に情報を書き込んでから、 \"操作\" で指定" -"した\n" -"書き込み操作の回数や \"分\" で指定した時間が経過すると、データベース" -"の\n" -"同期処理が動作します。既定では状態情報 (既定では両方とも '0') は、正しく" -"シャットダウンした\n" +"ここでは、同期状態の情報 (\"contextCSN\" の属性内に保存されます) をデータベースに\n" +"書き込む頻度を指定します。最後に情報を書き込んでから、 \"操作\" で指定した\n" +"書き込み操作の回数や \"分\" で指定した時間が経過すると、データベースの\n" +"同期処理が動作します。既定では状態情報 (既定では両方とも '0') は、正しくシャットダウンした\n" "場合にのみ書き込まれます。間隔を短く設定して書き込みを行なうと、不正な\n" -"シャットダウンが発生してもすぐに回復できますが、多くの LDAP 書き込み操作が発" -"生する環境の場合、\n" +"シャットダウンが発生してもすぐに回復できますが、多くの LDAP 書き込み操作が発生する環境の場合、\n" "パフォーマンスの劣化が発生する場合があります。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 @@ -1199,22 +1040,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" -"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " -"operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " -"the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" " -"replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " -"server." +"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -"データベースに対して行なった書き込み操作情報を記録するための、メモリ内セッ" -"ションログ機能を設定\n" +"データベースに対して行なった書き込み操作情報を記録するための、メモリ内セッションログ機能を設定\n" "します。ここでは、セッションログ内に保存する書き込み操作数を指定します。\n" -"セッションログの設定は、 \"refreshOnly\" のレプリケーションを行なう場" -"合にのみ便利です。\n" -"このような場合は、レプリケーションを高速化し、マスターサーバでの負荷を削減す" -"ることができます。" +"セッションログの設定は、 \"refreshOnly\" のレプリケーションを行なう場合にのみ便利です。\n" +"このような場合は、レプリケーションを高速化し、マスターサーバでの負荷を削減することができます。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" @@ -1222,13 +1056,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" -"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want " -"the\n" +"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" "このデータベースを他のサーバに対する複製にしたい場合は、\n" -"\"このデータベースはレプリケーションコンシューマです\" を選択してくだ" -"さい。\n" +"\"このデータベースはレプリケーションコンシューマです\" を選択してください。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" @@ -1240,18 +1072,13 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-" -"standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -"ここでは、マスターサーバに対する認証接続を行なう際の詳細を入力します。それぞ" -"れ\n" -"使用するプロトコル (ldap または ldaps) とマスターサーバの完全修" -"飾\n" -"ドメイン名を入力してください。ここで入力する完全修飾ドメイン名は、マスター" -"サーバの\n" -" TLS/SSL 証明書を検証するために重要な設定です。また、マスターサーバが非標準" -"の LDAP\n" +"ここでは、マスターサーバに対する認証接続を行なう際の詳細を入力します。それぞれ\n" +"使用するプロトコル (ldap または ldaps) とマスターサーバの完全修飾\n" +"ドメイン名を入力してください。ここで入力する完全修飾ドメイン名は、マスターサーバの\n" +" TLS/SSL 証明書を検証するために重要な設定です。また、マスターサーバが非標準の LDAP\n" "ポートを使用している場合は、ポート番号も設定してください。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 @@ -1279,10 +1106,8 @@ "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -"refreshAndPersist: スレーブサーバはマスターサーバとの同期を行なうに" -"あたり、恒久的な接続を作成します。\n" -"サーバ上で更新された項目は、その接続を介して即時にスレーブに送信されます。</" -"p>\n" +"refreshAndPersist: スレーブサーバはマスターサーバとの同期を行なうにあたり、恒久的な接続を作成します。\n" +"サーバ上で更新された項目は、その接続を介して即時にスレーブに送信されます。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" @@ -1290,15 +1115,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" -"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " -"authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " -"database on the master.\n" +"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -"ここでは、マスターに対して認証を行なう際に利用する、 DN とパスワードを指定" -"します。\n" -"指定した DN には、レプリケーションを行なうデータベースの全項目に対する読み込" -"み権限が必要です。\n" +"ここでは、マスターに対して認証を行なう際に利用する、 DN とパスワードを指定します。\n" +"指定した DN には、レプリケーションを行なうデータベースの全項目に対する読み込み権限が必要です。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" @@ -1308,18 +1129,13 @@ msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " -"configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " -"the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. \n" msgstr "" -"スレーブサーバを読み込み専用として設定する場合、スレーブサーバは書き込み操" -"作に対して LDAP 照会の形で応答を行ないます。\n" -"既定では、この照会はクライアントからマスターサーバを示します。ここでは照会先" -"として他のサーバを指定することができます。\n" -"これはつまり、カスケード化された設定の場合に便利な機能で、スレーブサーバ向け" -"のプロバイダが\n" +"スレーブサーバを読み込み専用として設定する場合、スレーブサーバは書き込み操作に対して LDAP 照会の形で応答を行ないます。\n" +"既定では、この照会はクライアントからマスターサーバを示します。ここでは照会先として他のサーバを指定することができます。\n" +"これはつまり、カスケード化された設定の場合に便利な機能で、スレーブサーバ向けのプロバイダが\n" "スレーブ自身になっている場合に都合の良い機能です。\n" #. Read dialog help @@ -1362,71 +1178,51 @@ "Server module.\n" msgstr "" "このダイアログには、今作成した設定についての短い概要が示されています。\n" -" 完了 を押して設定を書き込み、 LDAP サーバモジュールを終了してくださ" -"い。\n" +" 完了 を押して設定を書き込み、 LDAP サーバモジュールを終了してください。\n" "\n" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 -msgid "" -"With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server.</" -"p> " -msgstr "" -" LDAP サーバの起動 から LDAP サーバの起動または停止を行なうことがで" -"きます。 " +msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " +msgstr " LDAP サーバの起動 から LDAP サーバの起動または停止を行なうことができます。 " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 -msgid "" -"If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration " -"wizard." -msgstr "" -"はい を選択すると、 次へ を押して設定ウイザードを開始するこ" -"とができます。" +msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." +msgstr "はい を選択すると、 次へ を押して設定ウイザードを開始することができます。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" msgstr "" -"ファイアウオールが設定されている場合は、適切なチェックボックスにチェックを" -"入れることで、\n" +"ファイアウオールが設定されている場合は、適切なチェックボックスにチェックを入れることで、\n" " OpenLDAP が必要とするネットワークポートを開くことができます。\n" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 -msgid "" -"Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " -"are available:" -msgstr "" -"設定したい LDAP サーバの種類を選択してください。下記のシナリオが利用できま" -"す:" +msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" +msgstr "設定したい LDAP サーバの種類を選択してください。下記のシナリオが利用できます:" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -"with\n" +"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" -msgstr "" -"単独サーバ: レプリケーションの準備を行なわない、単独動作の " -"OpenLDAP サーバを設定します。\n" +msgstr "単独サーバ: レプリケーションの準備を行なわない、単独動作の OpenLDAP サーバを設定します。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -"レプリケーション設定内でのマスターサーバ: レプリケーション設定につ" -"いて、マスターサーバ\n" +"レプリケーション設定内でのマスターサーバ: レプリケーション設定について、マスターサーバ\n" "(プロバイダ) となるための OpenLDAP 設定を作成します。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" -"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " -"replicates all its data,\n" +"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" -"レプリカ (スレーブ) サーバ: レプリケーション設定について、マスター" -"サーバから\n" +"レプリカ (スレーブ) サーバ: レプリケーション設定について、マスターサーバから\n" "設定を含む全情報を複製する OpenLDAP 設定を作成します。" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 @@ -1444,34 +1240,26 @@ "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -" TLS/SSL での暗号化を有効にするには、 TLS を有効にする チェックボッ" -"クスを選択してください。\n" +" TLS/SSL での暗号化を有効にするには、 TLS を有効にする チェックボックスを選択してください。\n" "この場合は、サーバが使用する証明書も設定する必要があります。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" -"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the " -"server\n" +"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</" -"p>\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -"LDAP over SSL (ldaps) インターフェイスを有効にする を選択すると、お" -"使いのサーバに対して\n" -"ポート 636 で LDAPS 接続を受け入れるようになります。チェックをしない場合、 " -"OpenLDAP は StartTLS 拡張操作を介した TLS 暗号化接続のみに対応します。\n" +"LDAP over SSL (ldaps) インターフェイスを有効にする を選択すると、お使いのサーバに対して\n" +"ポート 636 で LDAPS 接続を受け入れるようになります。チェックをしない場合、 OpenLDAP は StartTLS 拡張操作を介した TLS 暗号化接続のみに対応します。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so " -"that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -"共通サーバ証明書を、関連する YaST モジュールでインストールしてある場合" -"は、\n" -"共通サーバ証明書の使用 をチェックすると、 OpenLDAP サーバでその証明書" -"を使用することができます。\n" +"共通サーバ証明書を、関連する YaST モジュールでインストールしてある場合は、\n" +"共通サーバ証明書の使用 をチェックすると、 OpenLDAP サーバでその証明書を使用することができます。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" @@ -1480,16 +1268,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File</" -"b>,\n" -"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the " -"corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" +"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -"共通サーバ証明書をお持ちでない場合、または OpenLDAP サーバに対して異なる証" -"明書を使用したい場合は、\n" -"証明機関の証明書ファイル と 証明書ファイル 、および 証明書の" -"鍵ファイル\n" +"共通サーバ証明書をお持ちでない場合、または OpenLDAP サーバに対して異なる証明書を使用したい場合は、\n" +"証明機関の証明書ファイル と 証明書ファイル 、および 証明書の鍵ファイル\n" "のそれぞれにファイル名を入力してください。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 @@ -1497,8 +1281,7 @@ "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" -"新しい証明機関を作成したり、証明機関の管理モジュールを起動したりしたい場合" -"は、\n" +"新しい証明機関を作成したり、証明機関の管理モジュールを起動したりしたい場合は、\n" "証明機関管理モジュールの起動 を押してください。\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 @@ -1509,23 +1292,18 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog " -"in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " -"support the removal of \n" +"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data" msgstr "" "このダイアログではスキーマファイルを追加または削除することができます。\n" -" 追加 を押すと新しいスキーマのファイルを選択するためのダイアログが表示" -"されます。注意: OpenLDAP \n" -"(back-config を使用したとき) では、現在スキーマデータの削除に対応していませ" -"ん。" +" 追加 を押すと新しいスキーマのファイルを選択するためのダイアログが表示されます。注意: OpenLDAP \n" +"(back-config を使用したとき) では、現在スキーマデータの削除に対応していません。" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" -"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " -"statistics\n" +"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" "デバッグ情報や統計情報を syslog に記録する際に使用する、\n" @@ -1533,9 +1311,7 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 -msgid "" -"Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " -"disallow:" +msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr " OpenLDAP に対して、許可／禁止する機能を選択してください:" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 @@ -1544,20 +1320,16 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" -"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -"requests.\n" +"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -"LDAPv2 バインド要求: サーバが LDAPv2 のバインド要求を受け入れるかど" -"うかを設定します。\n" +"LDAPv2 バインド要求: サーバが LDAPv2 のバインド要求を受け入れるかどうかを設定します。\n" "なお、 OpenLDAP では LDAPv2 に完全には対応していません。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" -"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind " -"when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " -"present) " +"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" "認証情報が記入されている匿名バインド: 認証情報が記入されている\n" "匿名でのバインド (パスワードは存在するが、 DN が記入されていない)バインド\n" @@ -1573,8 +1345,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" -"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow " -"unauthenticated\n" +"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1592,16 +1363,13 @@ "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -"匿名バインド要求の受け入れを禁止する: この項目を選択すると、サーバ" -"は\n" -"匿名でのバインド要求を受け入れなくなります。なお、この項目を設定しても、匿名" -"によるディレクトリアクセスは\n" +"匿名バインド要求の受け入れを禁止する: この項目を選択すると、サーバは\n" +"匿名でのバインド要求を受け入れなくなります。なお、この項目を設定しても、匿名によるディレクトリアクセスは\n" "一般に禁止されません。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" -"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple " -"Bind\n" +"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" "簡易バインド認証を禁止する: 簡易バインド認証を完全に\n" @@ -1610,14 +1378,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " -"back\n" +"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -"StartTLS 操作を受け取った際、セッションに対して匿名状態の強要を禁止する" -":\n" -"この項目を選択すると、サーバは StartTLS 操作を受け付けたとき、認証済みのコネ" -"クションを\n" +"StartTLS 操作を受け取った際、セッションに対して匿名状態の強要を禁止する:\n" +"この項目を選択すると、サーバは StartTLS 操作を受け付けたとき、認証済みのコネクションを\n" "匿名状態に強制的に移行しないようになります。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 @@ -1627,151 +1392,98 @@ "connections.\n" msgstr "" "認証したあとは StartTLS を禁止する:\n" -"この項目を選択すると、サーバは既に認証済みの場合、 StartTLS 操作を禁止しま" -"す。\n" +"この項目を選択すると、サーバは既に認証済みの場合、 StartTLS 操作を禁止します。\n" "\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " -"\"Frontend\"\n" -"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and " -"overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " -"of\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" +"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" "the LDAP server itself.\n" msgstr "" -"設定済みのデータベースの一覧が表示されています。種類が \"フロントエンド\" " -"や\n" -" \"設定\" になっているデータベースは、特別な内部用のデータベースであること" -"を\n" -"示しています。 \"フロントエンド\" データベースは全てのデータベースに適用され" -"る\n" +"設定済みのデータベースの一覧が表示されています。種類が \"フロントエンド\" や\n" +" \"設定\" になっているデータベースは、特別な内部用のデータベースであることを\n" +"示しています。 \"フロントエンド\" データベースは全てのデータベースに適用される\n" "サーバ全体のアクセス制御を設定するものです。 \"設定\"\n" "データベースは LDAP サーバ自身の設定を保持しているものです。\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." -msgstr "" -"新しいデータベースを追加するには データベースの追加 を押してくださ" -"い。" +msgstr "新しいデータベースを追加するには データベースの追加 を押してください。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" -"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete " -"Database....\n" +"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -"データベースを削除するには、一覧からデータベースを選択して データベース" -"の削除....\n" -"を押してください。 \"設定\" と \"フロントエンド\" データベースは、削除できま" -"せん。\n" +"データベースを削除するには、一覧からデータベースを選択して データベースの削除....\n" +"を押してください。 \"設定\" と \"フロントエンド\" データベースは、削除できません。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" -"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") " -"here. This is required to make\n" +"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -"ここでは、設定データベース (\"cn=config\") に対するパスワードを入力" -"します。\n" -"これは、設定データベースをリモートからアクセスできるようにするために必要で" -"す。" +"ここでは、設定データベース (\"cn=config\") に対するパスワードを入力します。\n" +"これは、設定データベースをリモートからアクセスできるようにするために必要です。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" -"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select " -"the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as " -"needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" +"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -"サーバに対して MirrorMode 設定での参加を行ないたい場合は、 " -"\"MirrorMode レプリケーションの準備\"\n" -"のチェックボックスにチェックを入れてください。これにより、 MirrorMode レプリ" -"ケーションで必要となる、 serverId 属性を生成します。\n" +"サーバに対して MirrorMode 設定での参加を行ないたい場合は、 \"MirrorMode レプリケーションの準備\"\n" +"のチェックボックスにチェックを入れてください。これにより、 MirrorMode レプリケーションで必要となる、 serverId 属性を生成します。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" -"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " -"server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or " -"\"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"cn=config\")." msgstr "" -"スレーブサーバとして設定するには、マスターサーバに問い合わせるためにいくつ" -"かの情報が必要です。\n" -"マスターサーバのホスト名やプロトコル (\"ldap\" または \"ldaps" -"\") のほか、必要に応じて\n" -"ポート番号やマスターの設定データベース (\"cn=config\") にたいするパス" -"ワード入力も行なってください。" +"スレーブサーバとして設定するには、マスターサーバに問い合わせるためにいくつかの情報が必要です。\n" +"マスターサーバのホスト名やプロトコル (\"ldap\" または \"ldaps\") のほか、必要に応じて\n" +"ポート番号やマスターの設定データベース (\"cn=config\") にたいするパスワード入力も行なってください。" #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 -msgid "" -"Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " -"Kerberos server." -msgstr "" -"Kerberos サーバに対する <big>領域</big> と <big>マスターパスワード</big> " -"を指定します。" +msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." +msgstr "Kerberos サーバに対する <big>領域</big> と <big>マスターパスワード</big> を指定します。" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 -msgid "" -"Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is " -"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" -msgstr "" -"Kerberos の領域には任意の ASCII 文字列を指定することができますが、慣習上は" -"お使いのドメイン名を大文字にしたものを使用します。 \n" +msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" +msgstr "Kerberos の領域には任意の ASCII 文字列を指定することができますが、慣習上はお使いのドメイン名を大文字にしたものを使用します。 \n" #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" -"この文字列には、この領域に対する Kerberos データベースの場所を指定します。" -"" +msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." +msgstr "この文字列には、この領域に対する Kerberos データベースの場所を指定します。" #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " -"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"この文字列には、 kadmin がデータベース上のプリンシパルのアクセス許可を判断" -"する際に使用する、アクセス制御リスト (ACL) ファイルの場所を指定します。" +msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." +msgstr "この文字列には、 kadmin がデータベース上のプリンシパルのアクセス許可を判断する際に使用する、アクセス制御リスト (ACL) ファイルの場所を指定します。" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " -"authenticate to the database." -msgstr "" -"この文字列には、 kadmin がデータベースに対して認証する際に使用する、" -"keytab ファイルの場所を指定します。 " +msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." +msgstr "この文字列には、 kadmin がデータベースに対して認証する際に使用する、keytab ファイルの場所を指定します。 " #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 -msgid "" -"This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " -"created in this realm." -msgstr "" -"この絶対時間には、この領域内で作成されたプリンシパルに設定する既定の有効期" -"限を指定します。 " +msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." +msgstr "この絶対時間には、この領域内で作成されたプリンシパルに設定する既定の有効期限を指定します。 " #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 -msgid "" -"These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " -"this realm." -msgstr "" -"これらのフラグには、この領域で作成されたプリンシパルに設定する既定の属性を" -"指定します。" +msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." +msgstr "これらのフラグには、この領域で作成されたプリンシパルに設定する既定の属性を指定します。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" @@ -1780,9 +1492,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." -msgstr "" -"プリンシパルに対し、先付け日付のチケットの取得を許可するかどうかを指定しま" -"す。" +msgstr "プリンシパルに対し、先付け日付のチケットの取得を許可するかどうかを指定します。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" @@ -1817,12 +1527,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " -"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -msgstr "" -"このフラグを有効にすることで、プリンシパルに対してユーザ間認証を行なうための" -"他ユーザ向けセッション鍵の取得を許可します。" +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgstr "このフラグを有効にすることで、プリンシパルに対してユーザ間認証を行なうための他ユーザ向けセッション鍵の取得を許可します。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" @@ -1830,18 +1536,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " -"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " -"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will " -"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket " -"set." -msgstr "" -"このフラグをクライアントのプリンシパルに対して有効にすると、プリンシパルに対" -"して KDC からチケットを受け取る前に事前認証を行なう要求をします。サービスプリ" -"ンシパルでこのフラグを有効にすると、このプリンシパル用のサービスチケットが事" -"前認証チケットの設定されたチケット認可チケット (TGT) に対してのみ発行されるこ" -"とになります。" +msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." +msgstr "このフラグをクライアントのプリンシパルに対して有効にすると、プリンシパルに対して KDC からチケットを受け取る前に事前認証を行なう要求をします。サービスプリンシパルでこのフラグを有効にすると、このプリンシパル用のサービスチケットが事前認証チケットの設定されたチケット認可チケット (TGT) に対してのみ発行されることになります。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" @@ -1849,12 +1545,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using " -"a hardware device before receiving any tickets." -msgstr "" -"このフラグを有効にすると、プリンシパルはチケットを受信する前にハードウエアデ" -"バイスを利用した事前認証を求められます。" +msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgstr "このフラグを有効にすると、プリンシパルはチケットを受信する前にハードウエアデバイスを利用した事前認証を求められます。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" @@ -1862,12 +1554,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this " -"principal." -msgstr "" -"このフラグを有効にすると、 KDC がこのプリンシパルにサービスチケットを発行でき" -"るようになります。" +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." +msgstr "このフラグを有効にすると、 KDC がこのプリンシパルにサービスチケットを発行できるようになります。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" @@ -1875,14 +1563,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-" -"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was " -"used to obtain the TGT." -msgstr "" -"このフラグを有効にすると、プリンシパルがチケット許可チケット (TGT) を基礎にし" -"たチケットの取得ができるようになります。TGT を取得するために認証手順を繰り返" -"しません。" +msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." +msgstr "このフラグを有効にすると、プリンシパルがチケット許可チケット (TGT) を基礎にしたチケットの取得ができるようになります。TGT を取得するために認証手順を繰り返しません。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" @@ -1890,14 +1572,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " -"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " -"this realm." -msgstr "" -"このフラグを有効にすると、 KDC がこのプリンシパルに対してチケットを発行するよ" -"うになります。無効にすると、実質的にはこの領域内のプリンシパルを無効にしま" -"す。" +msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." +msgstr "このフラグを有効にすると、 KDC がこのプリンシパルに対してチケットを発行するようになります。無効にすると、実質的にはこの領域内のプリンシパルを無効にします。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" @@ -1906,9 +1582,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." -msgstr "" -"このフラグを有効にすると、このプリンシパルに対してパスワード変更を強制しま" -"す。" +msgstr "このフラグを有効にすると、このプリンシパルに対してパスワード変更を強制します。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" @@ -1916,63 +1590,34 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " -"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " -"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " -"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"このフラグを有効にすると、このプリンシパルがパスワード変更サービスとしてマー" -"クされます。これは特別な事例でのみ利用されます。たとえばユーザのパスワードが" -"有効期限切れになっている場合、ユーザはそのプリンシパルに対して通常のパスワー" -"ド認証によらずチケットを受け取る必要があるような場合です。" +msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." +msgstr "このフラグを有効にすると、このプリンシパルがパスワード変更サービスとしてマークされます。これは特別な事例でのみ利用されます。たとえばユーザのパスワードが有効期限切れになっている場合、ユーザはそのプリンシパルに対して通常のパスワード認証によらずチケットを受け取る必要があるような場合です。" #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 -msgid "" -"The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are " -"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " -"assigned to the principal, no check will be done." -msgstr "" -"この項目には、パスワード内に含まれていてはならない文字列を含むファイルの場" -"所を指定します。もしもこのタグが設定されていないかプリンシパルに割り当てられ" -"たポリシーが無い場合、パスワードのチェックは行なわれません。" +msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." +msgstr "この項目には、パスワード内に含まれていてはならない文字列を含むファイルの場所を指定します。もしもこのタグが設定されていないかプリンシパルに割り当てられたポリシーが無い場合、パスワードのチェックは行なわれません。" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 -msgid "" -"This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " -"for this realm." -msgstr "" -"このポート番号には、この領域のために Kadmind デーモンに割り当てるポート番" -"号を指定します。" +msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." +msgstr "このポート番号には、この領域のために Kadmind デーモンに割り当てるポート番号を指定します。" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " -"with kdb5_stash." +msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "kdb5_stash で保存されるマスターキーを置く場所を指定します。" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" -"この文字列には、この領域用に KDC に設定するポート番号の一覧を指定します。" -"" +msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." +msgstr "この文字列には、この領域用に KDC に設定するポート番号の一覧を指定します。" #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the " -"master key. The default value is K/M." -msgstr "" -"この項目ではマスターキーに関連づけられるプリンシパルの名前を指定します。既" -"定値は 'K/M' です。" +msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." +msgstr "この項目ではマスターキーに関連づけられるプリンシパルの名前を指定します。既定値は 'K/M' です。" #. advanced item help : master_key_type #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 @@ -1981,90 +1626,48 @@ #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"valid for in this realm." -msgstr "" -"この差分時間設定では、この領域内でのチケットの最大有効時間を指定します。</" -"p>" +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." +msgstr "この差分時間設定では、この領域内でのチケットの最大有効時間を指定します。" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"renewed for in this realm." -msgstr "" -"この差分時間設定では、この領域内でのチケットの更新時間間隔を指定します。</" -"p>" +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." +msgstr "この差分時間設定では、この領域内でのチケットの更新時間間隔を指定します。" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 -msgid "" -"A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " -"combinations of principals for this realm." +msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "この領域に対するプリンシパル既定の key/salt の組み合わせ一覧" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 -msgid "" -"Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" -"この領域のプリンシパルに対して許可する key/salt の組み合わせを指定します。" -"" +msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." +msgstr "この領域のプリンシパルに対して許可する key/salt の組み合わせを指定します。" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " -"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " -"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" -msgstr "" -"複数の領域にまたがるチケットの輸送リストについて、領域名から算出された輸送" -"パスと krb5.conf ファイル内の [capaths] との間で確認するかどうかを指定しま" -"す。" +msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" +msgstr "複数の領域にまたがるチケットの輸送リストについて、領域名から算出された輸送パスと krb5.conf ファイル内の [capaths] との間で確認するかどうかを指定します。" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 -msgid "" -"This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " -"maintained via the LDAP server." -msgstr "" -"この LDAP 特有のタグは、LDAP サーバとの間で維持される接続数を表わします。" -"" +msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." +msgstr "この LDAP 特有のタグは、LDAP サーバとの間で維持される接続数を表わします。" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 -msgid "" -"This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed " -"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." -msgstr "" -"この LDAP 特有のタグは、 Kerberos サーバを開始する際に利用するオブジェクト" -"用の、隠しパスワードのファイルを表わします。" +msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." +msgstr "この LDAP 特有のタグは、 Kerberos サーバを開始する際に利用するオブジェクト用の、隠しパスワードのファイルを表わします。" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 -msgid "" -"Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " -"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</" -"p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under " -"the subtree." -msgstr "" -"領域のプリンシパルに含まれるサブツリーの一覧を指定します。この一覧では " -"':' (コロン) 区切りでサブツリーオブジェクトの DN を表わします。この検" -"索スコープはサブツリー以下のプリンシパルを検索するためのスコープを指定しま" -"す。" +msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." +msgstr "領域のプリンシパルに含まれるサブツリーの一覧を指定します。この一覧では ':' (コロン) 区切りでサブツリーオブジェクトの DN を表わします。この検索スコープはサブツリー以下のプリンシパルを検索するためのスコープを指定します。" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 -msgid "" -"Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " -"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " -"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." -msgstr "" -"領域のプリンシパルが作成されるコンテナの DN を指定します。この領域向けにコ" -"ンテナ参照が設定されていない場合、プリンシパルは領域コンテナ内に作成されま" -"す。" +msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." +msgstr "領域のプリンシパルが作成されるコンテナの DN を指定します。この領域向けにコンテナ参照が設定されていない場合、プリンシパルは領域コンテナ内に作成されます。" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 @@ -2073,9 +1676,7 @@ #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 -msgid "" -"Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -"" +msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "この領域内のプリンシパルに対する最大チケット更新時間を指定します。" #. ################################################################################# @@ -2400,12 +2001,8 @@ msgstr "サーバ URI" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "" -"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " -"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." -msgstr "" -"このサーバは MirrorMode ノードとしては設定されていません。 \"次へ\" を押し" -"て、標準の OpenLDAP 設定ウイザードを起動してください。" +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgstr "このサーバは MirrorMode ノードとしては設定されていません。 \"次へ\" を押して、標準の OpenLDAP 設定ウイザードを起動してください。" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Overview" @@ -2724,12 +2321,8 @@ msgstr "不許可フラグの選択 (&A):" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 -msgid "" -"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " -"directory access)" -msgstr "" -"匿名バインド要求の受け入れを禁止する (匿名によるディレクトリアクセスは禁止さ" -"れません)" +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" +msgstr "匿名バインド要求の受け入れを禁止する (匿名によるディレクトリアクセスは禁止されません)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication" @@ -2829,9 +2422,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:359 msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. " -msgstr "" -"このデータベースに対して、プレーンテキスト認証 (単純なバインド) を許可しま" -"す。" +msgstr "このデータベースに対して、プレーンテキスト認証 (単純なバインド) を許可します。" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:362 msgid "(Remote Connection needs to be encrypted)" @@ -3186,8 +2777,7 @@ "not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" msgstr "" "選択したデータベースには現在の YaST モジュールではサポートしていない\n" -"アクセス制御ルールが含まれています。アクセス制御ダイアログは無効化されま" -"す。\n" +"アクセス制御ルールが含まれています。アクセス制御ダイアログは無効化されます。\n" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594 msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer." @@ -3257,9 +2847,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" -msgstr "" -"ターゲットとなるサーバで LDAPsync プロバイダが有効になっているかどうか、ご確" -"認ください。" +msgstr "ターゲットとなるサーバで LDAPsync プロバイダが有効になっているかどうか、ご確認ください。" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" @@ -3485,12 +3073,8 @@ msgstr "既定のパスワードポリシーオブジェクトを作成しています" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 -msgid "" -"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " -"some minutes)" -msgstr "" -"OpenLDAP のインデックス作成が完了するのを待っています (この処理には数分程度の" -"時間がかかります)" +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" +msgstr "OpenLDAP のインデックス作成が完了するのを待っています (この処理には数分程度の時間がかかります)" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required" @@ -3509,12 +3093,8 @@ msgstr "パスワードポリシーオブジェクトの作成に失敗しました。" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to " -"finish.\n" -msgstr "" -"OpenLDAP データベースに対するインデックス生成の完了を待機している際に、エラー" -"が発生しました。\n" +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" +msgstr "OpenLDAP データベースに対するインデックス生成の完了を待機している際に、エラーが発生しました。\n" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954 msgid "Restart OpenLDAP manually." @@ -3615,12 +3195,8 @@ msgstr "自分自身の完全修飾ドメイン名を判別できませんでした。" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860 -msgid "" -"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its " -"own fully qualified hostname." -msgstr "" -"レプリケーション向けのマスターサーバは、自分自身の完全修飾ドメインを知ってい" -"ないと正しく動作しません。" +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." +msgstr "レプリケーション向けのマスターサーバは、自分自身の完全修飾ドメインを知っていないと正しく動作しません。" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 @@ -3650,19 +3226,13 @@ msgstr "LDAP DN が正しくありません: \"%s\" RDN 値を抽出できません" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 -msgid "" -"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-" -"letter code." -msgstr "" -"\"c\" 属性の値には、 ISO-3166 に定義されている 2 文字の国コードを含んでいなけ" -"ればなりません。" +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." +msgstr "\"c\" 属性の値には、 ISO-3166 に定義されている 2 文字の国コードを含んでいなければなりません。" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." -msgstr "" -"サフィックスの最初の部分は、 'c=', 'st=', 'l=', 'o=', 'ou=', 'dc=' のいずれか" -"である必要があります。" +msgstr "サフィックスの最初の部分は、 'c=', 'st=', 'l=', 'o=', 'ou=', 'dc=' のいずれかである必要があります。" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format @@ -3672,9 +3242,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." -msgstr "" -"ベース DN \"%s\" は複数の値が存在する RDN です (YaST モジュールでは、この方式" -"に対応していません) 。" +msgstr "ベース DN \"%s\" は複数の値が存在する RDN です (YaST モジュールでは、この方式に対応していません) 。" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 #, perl-format @@ -3684,9 +3252,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." -msgstr "" -"ルート DN \"%s\" は複数の値が存在する RDN です (YaST モジュールでは、この方式" -"に対応していません) 。" +msgstr "ルート DN \"%s\" は複数の値が存在する RDN です (YaST モジュールでは、この方式に対応していません) 。" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." @@ -3736,16 +3302,12 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 #, perl-format msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'." -msgstr "" -"データベースの種類 '%s' はサポートされていません。利用可能なものは 'bdb' また" -"は 'hdb' です。" +msgstr "データベースの種類 '%s' はサポートされていません。利用可能なものは 'bdb' または 'hdb' です。" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 msgid "The countryName must be an ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." -msgstr "" -"'countryName' (国) は ISO-3166 に定義されている 2 文字の国コードである必要が" -"あります。" +msgstr "'countryName' (国) は ISO-3166 に定義されている 2 文字の国コードである必要があります。" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:391 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:726 @@ -3881,4 +3443,3 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046 msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file." msgstr "CA の証明書ファイルを書き込むことができません。" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/autoinst.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/autoinst.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/autoinst.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -128,9 +128,7 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" -msgstr "" -"現在稼働中のシステムをベースにした、 AutoYaST プロファイルを作成するクライア" -"ント" +msgstr "現在稼働中のシステムをベースにした、 AutoYaST プロファイルを作成するクライアント" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 msgid "known modules: %1" @@ -153,30 +151,22 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " -"location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." msgstr "" -"このダイアログを利用することで、ファイルの内容のコピーとインストールするシ" -"ステムの最終\n" -"配置場所を指定します。 YaST2 は、このファイルを指定した場所にコピーします。 " -"" +"このダイアログを利用することで、ファイルの内容のコピーとインストールするシステムの最終\n" +"配置場所を指定します。 YaST2 は、このファイルを指定した場所にコピーします。 " #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " -"symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " -"pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"コピーしたファイルを保護するには、ファイルの所有者とアクセス権を設定してく" -"ださい。\n" -"所有者を設定するには (ユーザ ID):(グループ ID) の書式を使います。アク" -"セス権は変更方法を示した\n" -"記号表現 (例: 'o+r', 'g+w' 等) 、または新しいアクセス権を示す数値表現 (例: " -"'755', '777' 等) \n" +"コピーしたファイルを保護するには、ファイルの所有者とアクセス権を設定してください。\n" +"所有者を設定するには (ユーザ ID):(グループ ID) の書式を使います。アクセス権は変更方法を示した\n" +"記号表現 (例: 'o+r', 'g+w' 等) 、または新しいアクセス権を示す数値表現 (例: '755', '777' 等) \n" "を利用することができます。" #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 @@ -250,17 +240,13 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " -"in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " -"server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" "様々なアプリケーションやサービスを自動的に設定する目的で、あらかじめ\n" -"設定ファイルを用意しておくことができます。この場合、設定ファイルはインストー" -"ル完了\n" -"後、特定の場所にコピーされます。たとえば Web サーバをインストールして、 " -"httpd.conf の\n" +"設定ファイルを用意しておくことができます。この場合、設定ファイルはインストール完了\n" +"後、特定の場所にコピーされます。たとえば Web サーバをインストールして、 httpd.conf の\n" "設定ファイルを準備する場合などがあります。" #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332 @@ -394,8 +380,7 @@ "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"システムを自動インストールするための準備をしています。しばらくお待ちくださ" -"い。\n" +"システムを自動インストールするための準備をしています。しばらくお待ちください。\n" #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41 msgid "Probe hardware" @@ -495,9 +480,7 @@ #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." -msgstr "" -"システムを自動インストールするための準備を行なっています。しばらくお待ちく" -"ださい。" +msgstr "システムを自動インストールするための準備を行なっています。しばらくお待ちください。" #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" @@ -641,12 +624,10 @@ #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" -"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" -"out)\n" +"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" -"ご要望に応じて、インストール時のメッセージを表示せずに飛ばすことができるほ" -"か、それらを記録したり時間切れ設定付きで\n" +"ご要望に応じて、インストール時のメッセージを表示せずに飛ばすことができるほか、それらを記録したり時間切れ設定付きで\n" "表示したりすることができます。\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 @@ -654,10 +635,8 @@ "It is recommended to show all messages with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" msgstr "" -"メッセージ のすべてを、タイムアウト付きで表示しておくことをお勧めし" -"ます。\n" -"警告メッセージによっては飛ばすことができるものがありますが、それらは無視する" -"べきものではありません。\n" +"メッセージ のすべてを、タイムアウト付きで表示しておくことをお勧めします。\n" +"警告メッセージによっては飛ばすことができるものがありますが、それらは無視するべきものではありません。\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 msgid "Messages and Logging" @@ -672,14 +651,12 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"以下の 基本 選択のいずれかを選び、 詳細 ボタンを押して アドオ" -"ン の\n" +"以下の 基本 選択のいずれかを選び、 詳細 ボタンを押して アドオン の\n" "選択やパッケージの選択を追加してください。\n" "\n" @@ -707,18 +684,14 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -"to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -"can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -"possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "/etc/fstab のマウント方法:\n" "\t通常、マウントするファイルシステムは、デバイス名を利用して /etc/fstab に\n" -"\t指定しますが、 UUID やボリュームラベルを利用して検索し、ファイルシステム" -"を\n" +"\t指定しますが、 UUID やボリュームラベルを利用して検索し、ファイルシステムを\n" "\tマウントするように設定することもできます。また、全てのファイルシステムで\n" "\tUUID やボリュームラベルを使用できるとは限りません。このオプションが\n" "\t無効になっている場合は、指定することはできません。\n" @@ -728,15 +701,13 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "ボリュームラベル:\n" -"\tこの項目に入力した名前は、ボリュームラベルとして使用されます。このラベルは" -"通常、\n" +"\tこの項目に入力した名前は、ボリュームラベルとして使用されます。このラベルは通常、\n" "\tボリュームラベルでマウントするよう設定した場合にのみ意味を持ちます。\n" "\tボリュームラベルに '/' 文字やスペースを入れることはできません。\n" "\t" @@ -837,8 +808,7 @@ "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n" "system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n" msgstr "" -"パーティションを作成する旨の選択を行ないましたが、正しいファイルシステムを選" -"択していません。\n" +"パーティションを作成する旨の選択を行ないましたが、正しいファイルシステムを選択していません。\n" "続行するには正しいファイルシステムを選択してください。\n" #. We don't use the return value of the check, because we @@ -908,9 +878,7 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589 msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "" -"サイズ \"auto\" (自動) は、マウントポイントが \"/boot\" または \"swap\" であ" -"る場合にのみ有効です。" +msgstr "サイズ \"auto\" (自動) は、マウントポイントが \"/boot\" または \"swap\" である場合にのみ有効です。" #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." @@ -978,10 +946,8 @@ "コマンドラインで正しい場所を指定したかどうかを\n" "確認し、再度実行してみてください。このエラーのため、\n" "ディレクトリではなく URL のみを入力することができます。ルールや\n" -"ホスト名ベースのコントロールファイルを使用している場合は、インストール処理" -"を\n" -"実行し直してコントロールファイルにアクセスできることを確認してください。</" -"p>\n" +"ホスト名ベースのコントロールファイルを使用している場合は、インストール処理を\n" +"実行し直してコントロールファイルにアクセスできることを確認してください。\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 msgid "System Profile Location" @@ -1090,9 +1056,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "Use this interface to define classes of control files. \n" -msgstr "" -"コントロールファイルのクラス定義には、このインターフェイスを使用します。 " -"\n" +msgstr "コントロールファイルのクラス定義には、このインターフェイスを使用します。 \n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 msgid "" @@ -1206,8 +1170,7 @@ "Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n" "file should belong.\n" msgstr "" -"表示されているクラスから、現在のコントロールファイルが属すべきクラスを 1 " -"つまたは\n" +"表示されているクラスから、現在のコントロールファイルが属すべきクラスを 1 つまたは\n" "複数選んでください。\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614 @@ -1389,9 +1352,7 @@ #. @param list menu items #. @return [Symbol] #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " -"system?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" msgstr "現在のシステムにモジュール '%1' の設定を適用してよろしいですか？" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed @@ -1406,9 +1367,7 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " -"system?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" msgstr "現在のシステムにプロファイルの設定を適用してよろしいですか？" #. EXIT @@ -1445,8 +1404,7 @@ "the Repository field." msgstr "" "\n" -"全ての コントロールファイル を保存するディレクトリを、 リポジトリ" -"\n" +"全ての コントロールファイル を保存するディレクトリを、 リポジトリ\n" "欄に入力してください。" #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:71 @@ -1542,21 +1500,18 @@ "Error while loading Kickstart file. Verify the syntax of\n" "file and try again." msgstr "" -"Kickstart ファイルの読み込み中にエラーが発生しました。ファイルの構文を確認し" -"て\n" +"Kickstart ファイルの読み込み中にエラーが発生しました。ファイルの構文を確認して\n" "再度実行してください。" #. Set resource name, if not using default value #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " -"partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "Kickstart ファイルをインポート\n" -"しました。文法を確認し、パッケージ選択とパーティション設定に正しく反映されて" -"いるかどうか\n" +"しました。文法を確認し、パッケージ選択とパーティション設定に正しく反映されているかどうか\n" "を確認してください。" #. Validate Dialog @@ -1686,29 +1641,25 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " -"interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "望まないインストールを避けるため、インストール確認オプションは\n" "既定で有効になっています。このことにより、インストール作業の最中に\n" "いったん作業を止め、通常の提案画面で要求された操作の概要を表示します。\n" -"作業を止めずに自動的にインストールを進めるには、このチェックを外してくださ" -"い。\n" +"作業を止めずに自動的にインストールを進めるには、このチェックを外してください。\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " -"manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"AutoYAST の第 2 ステージを無効にすると、最初の再起動が行なわれた後 (パッケー" -"ジのインストール後) に手動モードに切り替わります。\n" +"AutoYAST の第 2 ステージを無効にすると、最初の再起動が行なわれた後 (パッケージのインストール後) に手動モードに切り替わります。\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:165 @@ -1850,15 +1801,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " -"and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" -"このツールでは xmllint を利用してプロファイルのドキュメント種類を" -"検証し、\n" -"足りないデータが無いかどうかを調べます。たとえばクラスの作成時など、データの" -"不足が意図的で\n" +"このツールでは xmllint を利用してプロファイルのドキュメント種類を検証し、\n" +"足りないデータが無いかどうかを調べます。たとえばクラスの作成時など、データの不足が意図的で\n" "ある場合は、表示されるエラーメッセージを無視することもできます。\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 @@ -1879,8 +1827,7 @@ "The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n" "to add more configuration options available with SUSE.\n" msgstr "" -"Kickstart ファイルをインポートするには、設定ファイルのパスを入力してくださ" -"い。\n" +"Kickstart ファイルをインポートするには、設定ファイルのパスを入力してください。\n" "インポートされたデータは SUSE で利用できるオプションを追加できるよう、\n" "設定管理システムに読み込まれます。\n" @@ -1888,8 +1835,7 @@ msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " -"selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" msgstr "" "このツールでは、このシステムから情報を読み出すことで参照プロファイルを\n" "作成することができます。たとえばパーティション設定やパッケージ選択など、\n" @@ -1901,12 +1847,10 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " -"system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"右の一覧表には目的のシステム上に作成するパーティションが表示されていま" -"す。\n" +"右の一覧表には目的のシステム上に作成するパーティションが表示されています。\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40 @@ -1944,8 +1888,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " -"are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" "指定したドライブにルートパーティションが必要であるにもかかわらず、\n" @@ -1965,18 +1908,8 @@ msgstr "詳細オプション" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " -"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " -"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " -"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " -"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "" -"既定の設定では、 AutoYAST は 1 つの拡張パーティションを作成して、全ての新しい" -"パーティションを論理パーティションとして追加します。なお、 AutoYaST に対し" -"て、プライマリパーティションや拡張パーティションを作成するよう指示することも" -"できます。また、パーティションのサイズを、メガバイト単位ではなくセクタ数で指" -"定することもできます。" +msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "既定の設定では、 AutoYAST は 1 つの拡張パーティションを作成して、全ての新しいパーティションを論理パーティションとして追加します。なお、 AutoYaST に対して、プライマリパーティションや拡張パーティションを作成するよう指示することもできます。また、パーティションのサイズを、メガバイト単位ではなくセクタ数で指定することもできます。" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" @@ -1990,14 +1923,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " -"partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"LVM と RAID の設定については、文書をお読みのうえ設定を既存のコントロールファ" -"イルに\n" +"LVM と RAID の設定については、文書をお読みのうえ設定を既存のコントロールファイルに\n" "追加してください。未フォーマットの LVM と RAID パーティションのみを作成\n" "することができます。\n" "\n" @@ -2005,16 +1936,12 @@ #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"HTTP(S) プロトコル経由の URL '%1' が見つかりませんでした。サーバからコード " -"%2 が返されました。" +msgstr "HTTP(S) プロトコル経由の URL '%1' が見つかりませんでした。サーバからコード %2 が返されました。" #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"FTP プロトコル経由の URL '%1' が見つかりませんでした。サーバからコード %2 が" -"返されました。" +msgstr "FTP プロトコル経由の URL '%1' が見つかりませんでした。サーバからコード %2 が返されました。" #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:158 @@ -2101,8 +2028,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " -"installation\n" +"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -2120,19 +2046,16 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " -"installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>chroot スクリプト</H3>\n" "ポストインストールスクリプトを chroot 環境下で動作させるには、\n" -"chroot スクリプト のオプションを選択してください。これらのスクリプト" -"は\n" +"chroot スクリプト のオプションを選択してください。これらのスクリプトは\n" "最初の再起動を行なう前に実行されます。既定では、 chroot スクリプトは\n" -"インストールシステムの環境下で実行されます。インストール済みのシステムにアク" -"セスするには、\n" +"インストールシステムの環境下で実行されます。インストール済みのシステムにアクセスするには、\n" "お使いのスクリプトから \"/mnt\" のマウントポイント以下を参照してください。\n" "\n" @@ -2141,8 +2064,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" -"\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2166,8 +2088,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>初期化スクリプト</H3>\n" -"これらのスクリプトは最初の起動処理の際、 YaST がシステムの設定を終えた後" -"に\n" +"これらのスクリプトは最初の起動処理の際、 YaST がシステムの設定を終えた後に\n" "実行されます。完了スクリプトは特別な rc スクリプトを使用して\n" "一度だけ実行されます。\n" "完了スクリプトは起動処理の最後、ネットワークが初期化された後に\n" @@ -2180,15 +2101,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " -"or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>インタプリタ:</H3>\n" -"プレインストールスクリプトにはシェルスクリプトだけが設定できます。 " -"Perl や Python\n" +"プレインストールスクリプトにはシェルスクリプトだけが設定できます。 Perl や Python\n" "などのスクリプトは、プレインストールスクリプトには設定できません。\n" "\n" @@ -2198,41 +2117,32 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " -"which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " -"installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " -"too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>ネットワークアクセス:</H3>\n" "ポストインストールスクリプトの実行中はネットワークが動作しないため、\n" "ネットワークにアクセスできるようにするには準備処理が必要になります。\n" -"ネットワーク機能付きのポストインストールスクリプトの代替としては、実行する際" -"に\n" +"ネットワーク機能付きのポストインストールスクリプトの代替としては、実行する際に\n" "システムの設定が完了していることを保証する初期化スクリプトがあります。\n" -"インストールをネットワーク経由で行なった場合は、ポストスクリプト用に ネッ" -"トワーク オプションを使用することもできます。\n" +"インストールをネットワーク経由で行なった場合は、ポストスクリプト用に ネットワーク オプションを使用することもできます。\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " -"box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " -"might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>フィードバックとデバッグ:</H3>\n" -"初期化スクリプトを除く全てのスクリプトは、フィードバックとして標準出力と標" -"準エラー出力をポップアップ表示することができます。\n" -"デバッグを有効にすると、フィードバック表示にスクリプトをデバッグするための多" -"くの情報が\n" +"初期化スクリプトを除く全てのスクリプトは、フィードバックとして標準出力と標準エラー出力をポップアップ表示することができます。\n" +"デバッグを有効にすると、フィードバック表示にスクリプトをデバッグするための多くの情報が\n" "表示されるようになります。\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 @@ -2320,13 +2230,11 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " -"installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"自動インストールプロセスにスクリプトを追加することで、必要に応じてインストー" -"ルをカスタマイズしたり、\n" +"自動インストールプロセスにスクリプトを追加することで、必要に応じてインストールをカスタマイズしたり、\n" "インストールの各ステージでインストールを制御したりすることができます。\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 @@ -2354,12 +2262,8 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:722 -msgid "" -"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " -"error message is:\n" -msgstr "" -"AutoYAST プロファイルを解析中に XML パーサがエラーを報告しました。エラーメッ" -"セージ:\n" +msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" +msgstr "AutoYAST プロファイルを解析中に XML パーサがエラーを報告しました。エラーメッセージ:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 @@ -2438,26 +2342,21 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:450 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " -"those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " -"data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"設定を作成する際に利用するほとんどのモジュールは、 YaST2 コントロールセン" -"ターで利用するものと\n" -"同じです。入力したデータは収集され、 AutoYAST で他のシステムをインストールす" -"る時に利用する\n" +"設定を作成する際に利用するほとんどのモジュールは、 YaST2 コントロールセンターで利用するものと\n" +"同じです。入力したデータは収集され、 AutoYAST で他のシステムをインストールする時に利用する\n" "コントロールファイルに出力されます。\n" "\n" #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " -"including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" "これらのモジュールのほか、パーティションや一般的な設定、\n" @@ -2562,17 +2461,13 @@ #. look for VGs to reuse #: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111 msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." -msgstr "" -"ボリュームグループ %1 を再利用することができません。ボリュームグループは存在" -"しません。" +msgstr "ボリュームグループ %1 を再利用することができません。ボリュームグループは存在しません。" #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "" -"ボリュームグループ '%1' には、 1 つ以上の物理ボリュームを設定しなければなりま" -"せん。設定を行なってください。" +msgstr "ボリュームグループ '%1' には、 1 つ以上の物理ボリュームを設定しなければなりません。設定を行なってください。" #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -2643,8 +2538,7 @@ "These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n" "%1" msgstr "" -"ソフトウエアリポジトリを検索しましたが、下記のパッケージが見つかりませんでし" -"た:\n" +"ソフトウエアリポジトリを検索しましたが、下記のパッケージが見つかりませんでした:\n" "%1" #. 4 means "already exists" @@ -2655,24 +2549,16 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:360 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" -msgstr "" -"パターンのインストール時にイメージの作成が失敗しました。 /tmp/ay_image.log を" -"ご確認ください。" +msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "パターンのインストール時にイメージの作成が失敗しました。 /tmp/ay_image.log をご確認ください。" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:368 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "イメージの作成 - パッケージをインストールしています" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" -msgstr "" -"パッケージのインストール時にイメージの作成が失敗しました。 /tmp/ay_image.log " -"をご確認ください。" +msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "パッケージのインストール時にイメージの作成が失敗しました。 /tmp/ay_image.log をご確認ください。" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:389 @@ -2684,8 +2570,7 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:418 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " -"changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" "%1/ 内でイメージを変更することができます。\n" "OK ボタンを押すとイメージは圧縮され、変更できなくなります。" @@ -2733,12 +2618,10 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " -"AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"たとえば全く異なる AutoYaST の XML ファイルを追加するなど、 %1 で ISO の変更" -"を行なうことができます。\n" +"たとえば全く異なる AutoYaST の XML ファイルを追加するなど、 %1 で ISO の変更を行なうことができます。\n" "OK ボタンを押すと ISO を作成します。" #. create the actual ISO file @@ -2780,21 +2663,13 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:903 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " -"autoyast profile." -msgstr "" -"パッケージ解決器の実行に失敗しました。 AutoYaST プロファイルのソフトウエアの" -"セクションを確認してください。" +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." +msgstr "パッケージ解決器の実行に失敗しました。 AutoYaST プロファイルのソフトウエアのセクションを確認してください。" #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "" -"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " -"disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "" -"XML プロファイルで設定したパーティション設定プランはお使いのハードディスクに" -"適合しません。 %1 MB 不足しています" +msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "XML プロファイルで設定したパーティション設定プランはお使いのハードディスクに適合しません。 %1 MB 不足しています" #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" @@ -2852,9 +2727,7 @@ #. @return [Boolean] #: src/modules/Profile.rb:679 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." -msgstr "" -"AutoYAST プロファイルは暗号化されています。正しいパスワードを入力してくださ" -"い。" +msgstr "AutoYAST プロファイルは暗号化されています。正しいパスワードを入力してください。" #. need to call this to force Storage stuff to initialize just now #: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:156 @@ -2869,4 +2742,3 @@ #: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:193 msgid "&OK" msgstr "OK (&O)" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/base.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/base.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/base.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -122,9 +122,7 @@ #. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:506 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3" -msgstr "" -"オプション '%1' の値が正しくありません -- '%2' を期待しましたが、入力された値" -"は %3 でした" +msgstr "オプション '%1' の値が正しくありません -- '%2' を期待しましたが、入力された値は %3 でした" #. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:527 @@ -141,9 +139,7 @@ #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:556 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "" -"利用可能な全てのオプションを表示するには 'yast2 %1 %2 help' をご利用くださ" -"い。" +msgstr "利用可能な全てのオプションを表示するには 'yast2 %1 %2 help' をご利用ください。" #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:574 @@ -177,8 +173,7 @@ " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." msgstr "" "\n" -" [文字列] の種類のオプションは 'オプション=値' のように指定しなければなり" -"ません。" +" [文字列] の種類のオプションは 'オプション=値' のように指定しなければなりません。" #. translators: example title for command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:719 @@ -241,29 +236,17 @@ #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:880 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." -msgstr "" -"利用可能なオプションを表示するには 'yast2 %1 <コマンド> help' を実行してくだ" -"さい。" +msgstr "利用可能なオプションを表示するには 'yast2 %1 <コマンド> help' を実行してください。" #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"ターゲットのファイル名 ('xmlfile' オプション) が指定されていません。 " -"xmlfile=<ターゲットの_XML_ファイル> コマンドラインオプションを使用してくださ" -"い。" +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "ターゲットのファイル名 ('xmlfile' オプション) が指定されていません。 xmlfile=<ターゲットの_XML_ファイル> コマンドラインオプションを使用してください。" #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " -"command line option." -msgstr "" -"ターゲットのファイル名 ('xmlfile' オプション) が指定されていません。 " -"xmlfile=<ターゲットの_XML_ファイル> コマンドラインオプションを使用してくださ" -"い。" +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "ターゲットのファイル名 ('xmlfile' オプション) が指定されていません。 xmlfile=<ターゲットの_XML_ファイル> コマンドラインオプションを使用してください。" #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1096 @@ -403,8 +386,7 @@ "See %3 for more information about YaST logs." msgstr "" "これは %1 のバグとして報告するにふさわしい事象と思われます。\n" -"報告の際には '%2' ディレクトリ以下に保存されている全ての YaST ログファイルを" -"添付してください。\n" +"報告の際には '%2' ディレクトリ以下に保存されている全ての YaST ログファイルを添付してください。\n" "また、 YaST ログについての詳しい情報は %3 をご覧ください。" #. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO @@ -519,8 +501,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>サービスの開始</big> \n" "コンピュータを起動したときにサービスを開始するには、\n" -"%1 を設定してください。それ以外の場合は %2 を設定してください。" -"" +"%1 を設定してください。それ以外の場合は %2 を設定してください。" #. help text for service auto start widget #. %1, %2 and %3 are button labels @@ -537,8 +518,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>サービスの開始</big> \n" "コンピュータを起動したときにサービスを開始するには、\n" -"%1 を設定してください。 xinetd 経由でサービスを起動するには %3</" -"b>\n" +"%1 を設定してください。 xinetd 経由でサービスを起動するには %3\n" " を設定してください。それ以外の場合は %2 を指定してください。" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! @@ -801,8 +781,7 @@ "containing the key and click Add.\n" msgstr "" "<big>既存の TSIG 鍵の追加</big> \n" -"すでに作成されている TSIG 鍵を追加するには、キーが含まれているファイルの " -"ファイル名 を\n" +"すでに作成されている TSIG 鍵を追加するには、キーが含まれているファイルの ファイル名 を\n" "選択し、 追加 を押してください。\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 @@ -928,8 +907,7 @@ "To add a new option, click Add. To remove\n" "an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"新しいオプションを追加するには 追加 ボタンを押してください。オプ" -"ションを削除するには、\n" +"新しいオプションを追加するには 追加 ボタンを押してください。オプションを削除するには、\n" "削除するオプションを選択して 削除 を押してください。" #. help 3/4, optional @@ -1013,22 +991,13 @@ "1) 一般 \n" "ダイアログの項目間の移動は [TAB] (次の項目に移動) または\n" " [SHIFT] (または [ALT]) + [TAB] (前の項目に移動) で行ないます。\n" -"項目を選択したり有効化したりする場合は [SPACE] または [ENTER] を押してくださ" -"い。\n" +"項目を選択したり有効化したりする場合は [SPACE] または [ENTER] を押してください。\n" "リストボックスなどでは、カーソルキーで項目を選択する場合もあります。" #. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334 -msgid "" -"Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use " -"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of " -"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog " -"on the right." -msgstr "" -"ツリー構造内の移動は矢印キーでも行なうことができます。ツリー構造を開いたり" -"閉じたりしたい場合は [SPACE] を押してください。ツリー構造で左側に設定分野を表" -"示するモジュール (一覧形式になっている場合もあります) の場合は、 [ENTER] キー" -"を押すと右側に設定ダイアログを表示することができます。" +msgid "Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right." +msgstr "ツリー構造内の移動は矢印キーでも行なうことができます。ツリー構造を開いたり閉じたりしたい場合は [SPACE] を押してください。ツリー構造で左側に設定分野を表示するモジュール (一覧形式になっている場合もあります) の場合は、 [ENTER] キーを押すと右側に設定ダイアログを表示することができます。" #. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:341 @@ -1078,20 +1047,15 @@ #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:363 msgid "" "3) Function Keys \n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings " -"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." msgstr "" "3) ファンクションキー \n" -"ファンクションキーを利用すると主な機能に素早くアクセスすることができます。現" -"在のダイアログに割り当てられているキーの一覧は、一番下に表示されています。</" -"p>" +"ファンクションキーを利用すると主な機能に素早くアクセスすることができます。現在のダイアログに割り当てられているキーの一覧は、一番下に表示されています。" #. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:370 msgid "The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:" -msgstr "" -"通常、ファンクションキーはそれぞれ特定のアクションに関連付けられています:" -"" +msgstr "通常、ファンクションキーはそれぞれ特定のアクションに関連付けられています:" #. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:372 @@ -1815,9 +1779,7 @@ #. TODO FIXME #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:242 msgid "Xterm is missing, install xterm package." -msgstr "" -"Xterm がインストールされていません。 xterm パッケージをインストールしてくださ" -"い。" +msgstr "Xterm がインストールされていません。 xterm パッケージをインストールしてください。" #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map @@ -1876,14 +1838,12 @@ #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286 msgid "" "<big>Create a new GPG key</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more " -"information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>新しい GPG 鍵の作成</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> を開始しました。詳細は <tt>gpg</tt> のマニュアルペー" -"ジをご覧ください。\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> を開始しました。詳細は <tt>gpg</tt> のマニュアルページをご覧ください。\n" "キャンセルする場合は Ctrl+C キーを押してください。\n" "" @@ -2072,8 +2032,7 @@ "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"内部ネットワークに割り当てられた下記のネットワークインターフェイスは、選択を" -"外すことができません:\n" +"内部ネットワークに割り当てられた下記のネットワークインターフェイスは、選択を外すことができません:\n" "%1\n" #. question popup @@ -2163,8 +2122,7 @@ "set %1. " msgstr "" "<big>ファイアウオールの設定</big> \n" -"リモートコンピュータからそのサービスに接続できるようにファイアウオールを設定" -"するには、\n" +"リモートコンピュータからそのサービスに接続できるようにファイアウオールを設定するには、\n" " %1 を設定してください。 " #. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional @@ -2654,8 +2612,7 @@ "\n" "Really continue?" msgstr "" -"お使いのネットワークインターフェイスは現在 NetworkManager によって制御されて" -"いますが、\n" +"お使いのネットワークインターフェイスは現在 NetworkManager によって制御されていますが、\n" "設定しようとしているサービスはうまく動作しないかもしれません。\n" "\n" "続行しますか？" @@ -2692,8 +2649,7 @@ "A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" "No spaces are allowed.\n" msgstr "" -"ポート名は 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', '*+._-' の文字の組み合わせである必要がありま" -"す。\n" +"ポート名は 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', '*+._-' の文字の組み合わせである必要があります。\n" "ポート番号は 0 から 65535 の間である必要があります。\n" "スペースは使用できません。\n" @@ -2848,110 +2804,74 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:169 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"新しいネットワークデバイス '%1' が見つかりました; 内部ファイアウオールイン" -"ターフェイスとして追加します" +msgstr "新しいネットワークデバイス '%1' が見つかりました; 内部ファイアウオールインターフェイスとして追加します" # TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device (eth0, sl0, ...) #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:180 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"新しいネットワークデバイス '%1' が見つかりました; 外部ファイアウオールイン" -"ターフェイスとして追加します" +msgstr "新しいネットワークデバイス '%1' が見つかりました; 外部ファイアウオールインターフェイスとして追加します" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564 msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." -msgstr "" -"SuSEfirewall2 パッケージがインストールされていないため、ファイアウオール機能" -"は無効になります。" +msgstr "SuSEfirewall2 パッケージがインストールされていないため、ファイアウオール機能は無効になります。" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582 -msgid "" -"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"ファイアウオールは有効になっています (<a href=\"firewall--" -"disable_firewall_in_proposal\">無効にする</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "ファイアウオールは有効になっています (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">無効にする</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587 -msgid "" -"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"ファイアウオールは無効になっています (<a href=\"firewall--" -"enable_firewall_in_proposal\">有効にする</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "ファイアウオールは無効になっています (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">有効にする</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621 msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"SSH ポートが開かれています (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">閉" -"じる</a>)" +msgstr "SSH ポートが開かれています (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">閉じる</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626 msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"SSH ポートが閉じられています (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">開" -"ける</a>)" +msgstr "SSH ポートが閉じられています (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">開ける</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646 msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), " -"but\n" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" msgstr "" -"SSH ポートが開かれています (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">閉" -"じる</a>)\n" +"SSH ポートが開かれています (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">閉じる</a>)\n" "(ただしネットワークインターフェイスの設定がされていません)" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port " -"on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"SSH 経由でシステムをインストールしていますが、ファイアウオールで SSH のポート" -"を開けていません。" +msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." +msgstr "SSH 経由でシステムをインストールしていますが、ファイアウオールで SSH のポートを開けていません。" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--" -"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"リモート管理 (VNC) ポートが開かれています (<a href=\"firewall--" -"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">閉じる</a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "リモート管理 (VNC) ポートが開かれています (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">閉じる</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--" -"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"リモート管理 (VNC) ポートが閉じられています (<a href=\"firewall--" -"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">開ける</a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "リモート管理 (VNC) ポートが閉じられています (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">開ける</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have " -"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"リモート管理 (VNC) 経由でシステムをインストールしていますが、ファイアウオール" -"で VNC のポートを開けていません。" +msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "リモート管理 (VNC) 経由でシステムをインストールしていますが、ファイアウオールで VNC のポートを開けていません。" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736 @@ -2965,12 +2885,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " -"needed ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"iSCSI ターゲットを利用してシステムをインストールしようとしていますが、ファイ" -"アウオールで必要なポートを開いていません。" +msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." +msgstr "iSCSI ターゲットを利用してシステムをインストールしようとしていますが、ファイアウオールで必要なポートを開いていません。" #. Returns service definition. #. See @services for the format. @@ -3108,8 +3024,7 @@ "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" "ダウンロードの失敗を無視してしまうと、システムが壊れる可能性があります。\n" -"処理完了後にソフトウエア管理モジュールを実行して、システムの正当性を確認して" -"ください。\n" +"処理完了後にソフトウエア管理モジュールを実行して、システムの正当性を確認してください。\n" #. At start of package install. #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 @@ -3143,28 +3058,23 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" -"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management " -"module." +"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" "パッケージの失敗を無視してしまうと、システムが壊れる可能性があります。\n" -"処理完了後にソフトウエア管理モジュールを実行して、システムの正当性を確認して" -"ください。" +"処理完了後にソフトウエア管理モジュールを実行して、システムの正当性を確認してください。" #. error report #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " -"changed. To \n" -"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories " -"from \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" +"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.\n" msgstr "" "指定した URL にあるリポジトリは異なるメディア ID を示しています。\n" "この URL が正しい場合は、リポジトリの内容が変更されたことを示しています。\n" "このリポジトリを使用し続けるには YaST コントロールセンターから\n" -" インストールリポジトリ を開始し、リポジトリの情報を更新してください。" -"\n" +" インストールリポジトリ を開始し、リポジトリの情報を更新してください。\n" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" @@ -3663,17 +3573,14 @@ "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" "of acceptance of its license.\n" -"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " -"installed.\n" +"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" " \n" "To accept the license of the package, click I Agree.\n" "To reject the license of the package, click I Disagree." msgstr "" "<big>ライセンス確認</big> \n" -"ダイアログの表題に書かれているパッケージは、明確なライセンス同意を求めていま" -"す。\n" -"パッケージのライセンスに同意しない場合は、パッケージをインストールすることが" -"できません。\n" +"ダイアログの表題に書かれているパッケージは、明確なライセンス同意を求めています。\n" +"パッケージのライセンスに同意しない場合は、パッケージをインストールすることができません。\n" " \n" "パッケージのライセンスに同意する場合は 同意する を、\n" "同意しない場合は 同意しない をそれぞれ押してください。" @@ -3682,16 +3589,13 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " -"to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in " -"the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t このダイアログでは、システムが引き受ける機能とインストールするソフトウエ" -"アを設定できます。\n" +"\t\t このダイアログでは、システムが引き受ける機能とインストールするソフトウエアを設定できます。\n" "\t\t 利用可能な機能とソフトウエアは左側の列に表示されています。\n" "\t\t 詳細を表示するには一覧内の項目を選択してください。\n" "\t\t " @@ -3705,11 +3609,9 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t 各項目のインストール可否を変更するには各項目のアイコンを押してくださ" -"い。\n" +"\t\t 各項目のインストール可否を変更するには各項目のアイコンを押してください。\n" "\t\t マウスの右ボタンでコンテキストメニューを表示することもできます。\n" -"\t\t コンテキストメニューでは、全ての項目に対する一括変更を行なうこともできま" -"す。\n" +"\t\t コンテキストメニューでは、全ての項目に対する一括変更を行なうこともできます。\n" "\t\t " #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:345 @@ -3727,8 +3629,7 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " -"disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -3737,11 +3638,9 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\t\t 左下に表示されたディスク使用量は、指定した全ての変更が完了した\n" -"\t\t 後のディスク容量を示しています。ディスクの使用量が満杯かほぼ満杯に近い状" -"態になると、\n" +"\t\t 後のディスク容量を示しています。ディスクの使用量が満杯かほぼ満杯に近い状態になると、\n" "\t\t システムのパフォーマンスに影響を及ぼす可能性があるほか、場合によっては\n" -"\t\t 何らかの問題が発生するかもしれません。システムを正常に動作させるにはある" -"程度の\n" +"\t\t 何らかの問題が発生するかもしれません。システムを正常に動作させるにはある程度の\n" "\t\t 容量を残すようにしてください。\n" "\t\t " @@ -3840,12 +3739,8 @@ msgstr "ソフトウエア管理システムで続ける" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed " -"or removed packages." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>インストールのレポート</BIG> ここにはインストール済み／削除" -"済みのパッケージに関する概要が表示されています。" +msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." +msgstr "<BIG>インストールのレポート</BIG> ここにはインストール済み／削除済みのパッケージに関する概要が表示されています。" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677 msgid "Installation Report" @@ -3898,8 +3793,7 @@ "リポジトリ %2 (%3) からの\n" "パッケージ %1 には\n" "デジタル署名がありません。これはパッケージの素性と\n" -"完全性を検証することができないことを意味します。このパッケージをインストー" -"ル\n" +"完全性を検証することができないことを意味します。このパッケージをインストール\n" "するとシステムが危険に晒される恐れがあります。\n" "\n" "インストールしてもよろしいですか？" @@ -3919,10 +3813,8 @@ msgstr "" "リポジトリ %2 (%3) からの\n" "ファイル %1 には\n" -"デジタル署名がありません。これは、パッケージの素性と完全性を検証することがで" -"きない\n" -"ことを意味しています。このファイルを使用するとシステムが危険に晒される恐れが" -"あります。\n" +"デジタル署名がありません。これは、パッケージの素性と完全性を検証することができない\n" +"ことを意味しています。このファイルを使用するとシステムが危険に晒される恐れがあります。\n" "\n" "使用してもよろしいですか？\n" @@ -3946,10 +3838,8 @@ "Install it anyway?\n" msgstr "" "パッケージ %1 のチェックサムが見つかりませんでした。\n" -"このことは、このパッケージが署名されたリポジトリの一部ではあるものの、リポジ" -"トリ\n" -"のチェックサム一覧内に、このパッケージが記載されていないことを意味していま" -"す。このパッケージを\n" +"このことは、このパッケージが署名されたリポジトリの一部ではあるものの、リポジトリ\n" +"のチェックサム一覧内に、このパッケージが記載されていないことを意味しています。このパッケージを\n" "インストールするとシステムが危険に晒される恐れがあります。\n" "\n" "インストールしてもよろしいですか？\n" @@ -3959,17 +3849,14 @@ msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " -"Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" msgstr "" "ファイル %1 のチェックサムが\n" -"リポジトリ内に見つかりませんでした。このファイルは署名されたリポジトリの一部" -"ではある\n" -"ものの、リポジトリのチェックサム一覧内に、このファイルが記載されていないこと" -"を意味しています。この\n" +"リポジトリ内に見つかりませんでした。このファイルは署名されたリポジトリの一部ではある\n" +"ものの、リポジトリのチェックサム一覧内に、このファイルが記載されていないことを意味しています。この\n" "ファイルを使用するとシステムが危険に晒される恐れがあります。\n" "\n" "使用してもよろしいですか？" @@ -4043,14 +3930,11 @@ "Install it anyway?\n" msgstr "" "リポジトリ %2 (%3) からの\n" -"パッケージ %1 は、以下の GnuPG 鍵で署名されていますが、正当性の確認に失敗しま" -"した: %4\n" +"パッケージ %1 は、以下の GnuPG 鍵で署名されていますが、正当性の確認に失敗しました: %4\n" "\n" "\n" -"これはパッケージの作成者が署名した後に、何らかの事故か悪意のある攻撃によっ" -"て\n" -"パッケージ内容が変更されたことを意味します。このパッケージをインストールする" -"ことは\n" +"これはパッケージの作成者が署名した後に、何らかの事故か悪意のある攻撃によって\n" +"パッケージ内容が変更されたことを意味します。このパッケージをインストールすることは\n" "大きな危険を伴うだけでなく、セキュリティ上の脅威となることがあります。\n" "\n" "インストールしてもよろしいですか？\n" @@ -4069,12 +3953,10 @@ "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" "リポジトリ %2 (%3) からの\n" -"ファイル %1 は以下の GnuPG 鍵で署名されていますが、正当性の確認に失敗しまし" -"た: %4\n" +"ファイル %1 は以下の GnuPG 鍵で署名されていますが、正当性の確認に失敗しました: %4\n" "\n" "\n" -"これはリポジトリの作成者が署名した後に、何らかの事故か悪意のある攻撃によっ" -"て\n" +"これはリポジトリの作成者が署名した後に、何らかの事故か悪意のある攻撃によって\n" "ファイル内容が変更されたことを意味します。このファイルを利用することは\n" "大きなリスクを伴うだけでなく、セキュリティ上の脅威となることがあります。\n" "\n" @@ -4199,8 +4081,7 @@ "to have a certain amount of control over the software on your system." msgstr "" "鍵の所有者は今後、更新やパッケージ、パッケージ\n" -"リポジトリなどを公開するかもしれません。お使いのシステムがこの鍵を信頼する" -"と、\n" +"リポジトリなどを公開するかもしれません。お使いのシステムがこの鍵を信頼すると、\n" "今後は警告無しでインストールや更新が行なわれることになります。従って\n" "鍵を信頼して取り込むということは、鍵の所有者に対して、お使いのシステムの\n" "制御をある程度許すということにもなります。" @@ -4210,11 +4091,9 @@ msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " -"used." +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used." msgstr "" -"警告ダイアログは、信頼する鍵や取り込んだ鍵で署名されていないパッケージが現" -"れた場合に、\n" +"警告ダイアログは、信頼する鍵や取り込んだ鍵で署名されていないパッケージが現れた場合に、\n" "毎回表示されます。鍵を信頼しないと、\n" "この鍵の所有者が作成したパッケージやリポジトリが使用されなくなります。" @@ -4275,8 +4154,7 @@ " %2 でしたが、\n" "計算結果では %3 でした。\n" "\n" -"これはリポジトリの作成者が署名した後に、何らかの事故か悪意のある攻撃によっ" -"て\n" +"これはリポジトリの作成者が署名した後に、何らかの事故か悪意のある攻撃によって\n" "ファイル内容が変更されたことを意味します。このファイルを利用することは\n" "大きなリスクを伴うだけでなく、セキュリティ上の脅威となることがあります。\n" "\n" @@ -4295,8 +4173,7 @@ "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " -"risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4354,16 +4231,8 @@ msgstr "パッケージをインストールしています。" #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 -msgid "" -"Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using " -"the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent " -"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"インストールの中止 中止 ボタンを押すと、パッケージのインス" -"トールを中止することができます。ただし、システムは不安定な状態になるか、もし" -"くは使用できない状態になります。特に基本的なシステムコンポーネントを正しくイ" -"ンストールしていない場合は、システムを起動することができなくなります。" +msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." +msgstr "インストールの中止 中止 ボタンを押すと、パッケージのインストールを中止することができます。ただし、システムは不安定な状態になるか、もしくは使用できない状態になります。特に基本的なシステムコンポーネントを正しくインストールしていない場合は、システムを起動することができなくなります。" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 @@ -5068,12 +4937,9 @@ "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" "start or end a component and the last component may not begin with a digit." msgstr "" -"正しいドメイン名は、ドット (.) で区切られた複数の要素から構成されるもので" -"す。\n" -"それぞれの要素は半角英数字とハイフン (-) から成ります。ハイフンは要素の始め" -"と\n" -"終わりには使用できません。また、最後の要素の先頭に数字を使用することはできま" -"せん。" +"正しいドメイン名は、ドット (.) で区切られた複数の要素から構成されるものです。\n" +"それぞれの要素は半角英数字とハイフン (-) から成ります。ハイフンは要素の始めと\n" +"終わりには使用できません。また、最後の要素の先頭に数字を使用することはできません。" #. Translators: hyphen: "-" #: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:64 @@ -5101,8 +4967,7 @@ "It can contain up to one double colon." msgstr "" "正しい IPv6 アドレスとは、コロン (:) で区切った最大 8 つの 16 進数で、\n" -"それぞれの数字は 0 から FFFF の範囲で指定します。なお、最大 1 つまでダブルコ" -"ロン (::) を含めることもできます。" +"それぞれの数字は 0 から FFFF の範囲で指定します。なお、最大 1 つまでダブルコロン (::) を含めることもできます。" #. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition #: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:138 @@ -5117,14 +4982,11 @@ msgstr "" "ネットワークの定義には単体の IP アドレスを指定できるほか、\n" " 'IP アドレス/ネットマスク', 'IP アドレス/ネットマスクビット数' を\n" -"指定することができます。 '0/0' を指定すると全てのネットワークの意味になりま" -"す。\n" +"指定することができます。 '0/0' を指定すると全てのネットワークの意味になります。\n" "例:\n" "IP: 192.168.0.1 または 2001:db8:0::1\n" -"IP アドレス/ネットマスクの例: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 または 2001:" -"db8:0::1/56\n" -"IP アドレス/ネットマスクビット数の例: 192.168.0.0/24, 192.168.0.1/32 または " -"2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" +"IP アドレス/ネットマスクの例: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 または 2001:db8:0::1/56\n" +"IP アドレス/ネットマスクビット数の例: 192.168.0.0/24, 192.168.0.1/32 または 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" #. Byte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:144 @@ -5887,8 +5749,7 @@ "\n" "ホスト名を相対的に (ドメイン名を指定しないで) 指定するか、\n" "もしくはドット (.) に続けてこのゾーンのドメイン名を入力してください。\n" -"たとえば 'example.org' ゾーンの場合、 'dhcp1' や 'dhcp1.example.org.' のよう" -"に指定します。\n" +"たとえば 'example.org' ゾーンの場合、 'dhcp1' や 'dhcp1.example.org.' のように指定します。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong reverse IPv4, #. %1 is the reveresed IPv4 @@ -5898,15 +5759,13 @@ "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " -"'192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "逆引き IPv4 アドレス %1 が正しくありません。\n" "\n" "正しい逆引き IPv4 アドレスは、ドット (.) で区切った 0 から 255 \n" "の範囲の 4 つの整数に文字列 '.in-addr.arpa.' を追加した値で構成します。\n" -"たとえば '192.168.32.1' の逆引きゾーンは '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' のよう" -"になります。\n" +"たとえば '192.168.32.1' の逆引きゾーンは '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' のようになります。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make #. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa') @@ -5954,8 +5813,7 @@ "SOA レコードが正しくありません。\n" "%1 は BIND が規定する時間書式である必要があります。\n" "BIND 既定の時間書式は数値と大文字／小文字を区別しない末尾\n" -" W (週), D (日), H (時間), M (分), S (秒) から構成されます。秒単位の時間の場" -"合は末尾を省略できます。\n" +" W (週), D (日), H (時間), M (分), S (秒) から構成されます。秒単位の時間の場合は末尾を省略できます。\n" "たとえば '12H15m', '86400', '1W30M' などの値になります。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record, @@ -6032,4 +5890,3 @@ msgstr "" "お使いの DNS サーバで管理している %1 に逆引きゾーンが設定されていません。\n" "ホスト名 %2 を追加することができません。" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/bootloader.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/bootloader.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/bootloader.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -135,19 +135,13 @@ #. warning text in the summary richtext #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "" -"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " -"bootable." -msgstr "" -"インストール用のブートローダが選択されていません。システムを起動することがで" -"きません。" +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "インストール用のブートローダが選択されていません。システムを起動することができません。" #. error in the proposal #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "" -"パーティション設定により、ブートローダを正しくインストールすることができませ" -"ん" +msgstr "パーティション設定により、ブートローダを正しくインストールすることができません" #. proposal part - bootloader label #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 @@ -207,21 +201,15 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " -"code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " -"even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" "ブートパーティションをアクティブに設定 \n" -"この項目を選択すると、ブートローダのあるパーティションをアクティブに設定しま" -"す。汎用の\n" -"MBR コードではアクティブパーティションを起動する仕組みになっているため、これ" -"を選択する\n" -"ことで本システムを起動できるようになります。なお、古い BIOS では MBR にブート" -"ローダを\n" -"インストールした場合でも、 1 つのパーティションのみをアクティブに設定する必要" -"があります。 " +"この項目を選択すると、ブートローダのあるパーティションをアクティブに設定します。汎用の\n" +"MBR コードではアクティブパーティションを起動する仕組みになっているため、これを選択する\n" +"ことで本システムを起動できるようになります。なお、古い BIOS では MBR にブートローダを\n" +"インストールした場合でも、 1 つのパーティションのみをアクティブに設定する必要があります。 " #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: @@ -241,8 +229,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " -"loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" "タイムアウト (秒) \n" "ブートローダが既定のカーネルを読み込む前に待機する時間を指定します。\n" @@ -257,8 +244,7 @@ "using the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" "既定に設定 を押すと、選択したセクションが既定に設定されます。\n" -"起動の際はブートローダが起動メニューを表示してユーザに起動する OS を選択す" -"る\n" +"起動の際はブートローダが起動メニューを表示してユーザに起動する OS を選択する\n" "よう促しますが、一定時間何もキー入力が行なわれないと既定に設定したカーネル\n" "または OS を読み込んで起動します。\n" "また、ブートローダのメニュー内でのセクション順序については、 上へ と\n" @@ -266,82 +252,60 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " -"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" " MBR に汎用ブートコードを書き込む \n" -"お使いのディスクのマスターブートレコード (MBR) に汎用ブートコード (アクティブ" -"に設定したパーティションを\n" -"起動するだけの OS に依存しないプログラム) を書き込むには、 MBR に汎用ブー" -"トコードを書き込む を選択してください。" +"お使いのディスクのマスターブートレコード (MBR) に汎用ブートコード (アクティブに設定したパーティションを\n" +"起動するだけの OS に依存しないプログラム) を書き込むには、 MBR に汎用ブートコードを書き込む を選択してください。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " -"other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "" -"ブートパーティションから起動 または ルートパーティションから起動" -" \n" +"ブートパーティションから起動 または ルートパーティションから起動 \n" "のいずれかを選択することをお勧めします。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option " -"Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" +"Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" "It is recommended to install grub to MBR" msgstr "" -"信頼済み Grub を使用する は、信頼済みの grub をインストールしてそれ" -"を使用することを意味します。オプション グラフィカルなメニューファイル</" -"i> は無視されます。\n" -"MBR (マスターブートレコード) に grub をインストールする場合にはお勧めです。</" -"p>" +"信頼済み Grub を使用する は、信頼済みの grub をインストールしてそれを使用することを意味します。オプション グラフィカルなメニューファイル は無視されます。\n" +"MBR (マスターブートレコード) に grub をインストールする場合にはお勧めです。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have " -"another operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "" -"マスターブートレコード (MBR) から起動 は、お使いのコンピュータに他" -"の OS をインストールしている\n" +"マスターブートレコード (MBR) から起動 は、お使いのコンピュータに他の OS をインストールしている\n" "場合にはお勧めできません。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there " -"is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " -"Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " -"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" -"ルートパーティションから起動 は適切なパーティションが存在する場合に" -"お勧めのオプションです。\n" -"これを選択した場合、必要に応じてマスターブートレコードを更新するために " -"ブートローダオプション にある ブートパーティションをアクティブに設定</" -"b> \n" -"と MBR に汎用ブートコードを書き込む を選択するか、もしくはこのセクショ" -"ンを開始するために他のブートマネージャを\n" +"ルートパーティションから起動 は適切なパーティションが存在する場合にお勧めのオプションです。\n" +"これを選択した場合、必要に応じてマスターブートレコードを更新するために ブートローダオプション にある ブートパーティションをアクティブに設定 \n" +"と MBR に汎用ブートコードを書き込む を選択するか、もしくはこのセクションを開始するために他のブートマネージャを\n" "設定してください。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root " -"partition is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" -"ルートパーティションが論理パーティション内にあり、個別の /boot " -"パーティションが存在しない場合は、\n" +"ルートパーティションが論理パーティション内にあり、個別の /boot パーティションが存在しない場合は、\n" "拡張パーティションから起動 を選択する必要があります。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "" -"カスタムブートパーティション を選択すると、起動するパーティションを" -"選択することができます。" +msgstr "カスタムブートパーティション を選択すると、起動するパーティションを選択することができます。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" @@ -349,80 +313,58 @@ "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" "MD アレイは 2 つのディスクから構成されます。それぞれのディスクの MBR に\n" -"GRUB を書き込むには、 MD アレイの冗長化を有効にする を選択してくださ" -"い。" +"GRUB を書き込むには、 MD アレイの冗長化を有効にする を選択してください。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</" -"code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "" "シリアルコンソールを使用する を指定すると、シリアルコンソールで\n" -"使用するパラメータを設定することができます。詳細は grub のドキュメンテーショ" -"ン (<code>info grub</code>) をご覧ください。" +"使用するパラメータを設定することができます。詳細は grub のドキュメンテーション (<code>info grub</code>) をご覧ください。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a " -"serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" -"code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " -"you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" "端末定義 \n" -"ここでは利用する端末の種類を設定することができます。シリアルコンソールなどの" -"シリアル端末の場合は\n" -"<code>serial</code> と指定してください。ここに <code>console</code> を加えて " -"<code>serial console</code> \n" -"のように設定することもできます。この場合は何らかのキーを押すことで GRUB 端末" -"を選択することが\n" +"ここでは利用する端末の種類を設定することができます。シリアルコンソールなどのシリアル端末の場合は\n" +"<code>serial</code> と指定してください。ここに <code>console</code> を加えて <code>serial console</code> \n" +"のように設定することもできます。この場合は何らかのキーを押すことで GRUB 端末を選択することが\n" "できます。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " -"numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -"既定の項目が失敗した場合のフォールバックセクション には、既定のセク" -"ションで\n" -"起動することができなかった場合に使用するセクションを、セクション番号の一覧で" -"指定します。" +"既定の項目が失敗した場合のフォールバックセクション には、既定のセクションで\n" +"起動することができなかった場合に使用するセクションを、セクション番号の一覧で指定します。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "" -"起動時にメニューを隠す を選択すると、起動メニューを表示しなくなりま" -"す。" +msgstr "起動時にメニューを隠す を選択すると、起動メニューを表示しなくなります。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -"Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot " -"menu." -msgstr "" -"グラフィカルメニューファイル には、グラフィカルな起動メニューで使用" -"するファイルを設定します。" +msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." +msgstr "グラフィカルメニューファイル には、グラフィカルな起動メニューで使用するファイルを設定します。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." -msgstr "" -"聴覚に訴える種類の信号を有効にするには、 聴覚信号を有効にする を選" -"択してください。" +msgstr "聴覚に訴える種類の信号を有効にするには、 聴覚信号を有効にする を選択してください。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will " -"only accept the password if you repeat\n" +"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" "it in Retype Password." msgstr "" "ブートローダをパスワードで保護する \n" -"起動メニューにアクセスするために求められるパスワードを設定します。 YaST は " -"パスワードの再入力 に同じものを入力した場合にのみ\n" +"起動メニューにアクセスするために求められるパスワードを設定します。 YaST は パスワードの再入力 に同じものを入力した場合にのみ\n" "バスワードを受け入れます。" #. help text 1/5 @@ -436,8 +378,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>ディスクの順序</big> \n" "BIOS での順序に合わせてディスクの順序を設定するには、\n" -"上へ と 下へ のボタンを押してディスクの順序を入れ替えてくださ" -"い。\n" +"上へ と 下へ のボタンを押してディスクの順序を入れ替えてください。\n" "また、ディスクを追加するには 追加 ボタンを、\n" "ディスクを削除するには 削除 ボタンをそれぞれ押してください。" @@ -681,57 +622,29 @@ #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33 -msgid "" -"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "" -"オプションのカーネルコマンドラインパラメータ にはカーネルに渡す他の" -"パラメータを設定します。" +msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "オプションのカーネルコマンドラインパラメータ にはカーネルに渡す他のパラメータを設定します。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30 -msgid "" -"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the " -"console to when booting." -msgstr "" -"VGA モード では、起動時にカーネルが設定すべき コンソール の " -"VGA モードを設定します。" +msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." +msgstr "VGA モード では、起動時にカーネルが設定すべき コンソール の VGA モードを設定します。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "" -"Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "" -"フェイルセーフ設定のカーネルコマンドラインパラメータ には、カーネル" -"に渡すフェイルセーフ (安全に起動することを優先する) 用のパラメータを設定しま" -"す。" +msgid "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "フェイルセーフ設定のカーネルコマンドラインパラメータ には、カーネルに渡すフェイルセーフ (安全に起動することを優先する) 用のパラメータを設定します。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "" -"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " -"foreign distribution " -msgstr "" -"その他の OS の検知 を選択すると、他のディストリビューションを起動す" -"るために os-prober を実行します。" +msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " +msgstr "その他の OS の検知 を選択すると、他のディストリビューションを起動するために os-prober を実行します。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "" -"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only " -"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " -"touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "" -"プロテクティブ MBR フラグ は熟練者のみに提示される設定で、特殊な" -"ハードウエア構成の場合にのみ必要な設定です。詳しくは、 GPT ディスクのプロテク" -"ティブ MBR に関する情報をお読みください。また、よくわからない場合は設定を変更" -"しないでください。 " +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "プロテクティブ MBR フラグ は熟練者のみに提示される設定で、特殊なハードウエア構成の場合にのみ必要な設定です。詳しくは、 GPT ディスクのプロテクティブ MBR に関する情報をお読みください。また、よくわからない場合は設定を変更しないでください。 " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "" -"Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create " -"boot entry name. " -msgstr "" -"ディストリビュータ には、起動用の項目を作成する際に使用する、" -"カーネルの配布者名 (ディストリビュータ) を指定します。 " +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "ディストリビュータ には、起動用の項目を作成する際に使用する、カーネルの配布者名 (ディストリビュータ) を指定します。 " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 @@ -850,9 +763,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"起動パーティションが NFS になっています。ブートローダをインストールすることが" -"できません。" +msgstr "起動パーティションが NFS になっています。ブートローダをインストールすることができません。" #. dialog caption #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131 @@ -1181,17 +1092,13 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the " -"current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or " -"reread\n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" +"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" msgstr "" "その他 を押すと\n" -"ブートローダの設定ファイルを手動で編集したり、現在の設定を消去して新しい設定" -"を\n" -"提案させたり、全く新しい設定ファイルを作成したり、お使いのディスクに保存され" -"ている\n" +"ブートローダの設定ファイルを手動で編集したり、現在の設定を消去して新しい設定を\n" +"提案させたり、全く新しい設定ファイルを作成したり、お使いのディスクに保存されている\n" "設定ファイルから再読み込みしたりすることができます。 %1" #. help text 1/1 @@ -1232,8 +1139,7 @@ "menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." msgstr "" "既定に設定 を押すと選択したセクションが既定に設定されます。\n" -"起動の際はブートローダが起動メニューを表示してユーザに起動する OS を選択す" -"る\n" +"起動の際はブートローダが起動メニューを表示してユーザに起動する OS を選択する\n" "よう促しますが、一定時間何もキー入力が行なわれないと既定に設定したカーネル\n" "または OS を読み込んで起動します。\n" "なお、ブートローダメニューでのセクション順序については、 上へ と\n" @@ -1267,8 +1173,7 @@ "on the computer." msgstr "" "- マスターブートレコード (MBR) 内\n" -"お使いのコンピュータ内に他のオペレーティングシステムがインストールされている" -"場合には\n" +"お使いのコンピュータ内に他のオペレーティングシステムがインストールされている場合には\n" "お勧めできません。" #. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7 @@ -1278,20 +1183,16 @@ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details</" -"b>\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." msgstr "" "\n" -"- <tt>/boot</tt> または <tt>/</tt> (ルート) パーティションの ブートセクタ" -" 内\n" +"- <tt>/boot</tt> または <tt>/</tt> (ルート) パーティションの ブートセクタ 内\n" "これはそれぞれ適切なパーティションが存在する場合にお勧めのオプションです。\n" -"必要に応じてマスターブートレコードを更新するために ブートローダのインス" -"トール詳細 内で\n" -" ブートローダパーティションをアクティブにする と MBR に汎用ブート" -"コードを書き込む を選択するか、\n" +"必要に応じてマスターブートレコードを更新するために ブートローダのインストール詳細 内で\n" +" ブートローダパーティションをアクティブにする と MBR に汎用ブートコードを書き込む を選択するか、\n" "もしくは &product; を開始するために他のブートマネージャを設定してください。\n" "" @@ -1343,8 +1244,7 @@ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." msgstr "" "\n" -"入力フィールドに、パーティションのデバイス名を入力してください (例: <tt>/dev/" -"hda3</tt>, \n" +"入力フィールドに、パーティションのデバイス名を入力してください (例: <tt>/dev/hda3</tt>, \n" "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt> など) 。" #. help text 1/1 @@ -1355,8 +1255,7 @@ "mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." msgstr "" "ブートローダのインストール詳細 \n" -"デバイスマッピングなど詳細なブートローダのインストールオプションを調整するに" -"は、\n" +"デバイスマッピングなど詳細なブートローダのインストールオプションを調整するには、\n" " ブートローダのインストール詳細 を押してください。" #. help text 1/1 @@ -1367,8 +1266,7 @@ "use Boot Loader." msgstr "" "<big>ブートローダの種類</big> \n" -"ブートローダをインストールするかどうかや、どのブートローダをインストールする" -"かを選択するには、\n" +"ブートローダをインストールするかどうかや、どのブートローダをインストールするかを選択するには、\n" "ブートローダ をご利用ください。" #. help text 1/1 @@ -1391,20 +1289,17 @@ msgstr "" "熟練者向け手動設定 \n" "ここではブートローダの設定を手動で編集することができます。\n" -"注意: 最終的な設定ファイルではインデント (字下げ) が異なる場合があります。" -"" +"注意: 最終的な設定ファイルではインデント (字下げ) が異なる場合があります。" #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244 msgid "" "Section Name \n" -"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The " -"section\n" +"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" "name must be unique." msgstr "" "セクション名 \n" -"ブートローダのセクション名を指定するには セクション名 を使用してくださ" -"い。セクション名は\n" +"ブートローダのセクション名を指定するには セクション名 を使用してください。セクション名は\n" "一意である必要があります。" #. help text 1/5 @@ -1423,8 +1318,7 @@ "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" "selected section." msgstr "" -"現在選択しているセクションを複製するには、 選択したセクションの複製</" -"b> を\n" +"現在選択しているセクションを複製するには、 選択したセクションの複製 を\n" "選択してください。そのあと必要な項目を編集してください。\n" "" @@ -1443,8 +1337,7 @@ "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" "but to start it in a Xen environment." msgstr "" -"新しい Linux カーネルやその他のイメージを追加し、それらを XEN 環境下で開始" -"するには、\n" +"新しい Linux カーネルやその他のイメージを追加し、それらを XEN 環境下で開始するには、\n" " Xen セクション を選択してください。" #. help text 5/5 @@ -1455,19 +1348,16 @@ "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "それぞれのディスク内のパーティション内にあるブートセクタを読み込んで\n" -"実行する種類のセクションを追加するには、 その他のシステム (チェインロー" -"ダ) を選択してください。\n" +"実行する種類のセクションを追加するには、 その他のシステム (チェインローダ) を選択してください。\n" "これは他のオペレーティングシステム (OS) を起動する際に利用します。" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " -"disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" -"ディスク内のパーティションから設定ファイル (起動セクションの一覧) を読み込" -"む\n" +"ディスク内のパーティションから設定ファイル (起動セクションの一覧) を読み込む\n" "セクションを追加するには、 メニューセクション を選択してください。\n" "これは他のオペレーティングシステム (OS) を起動する際に利用します。" @@ -1697,83 +1587,51 @@ msgstr "イメージセクション" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24 -msgid "" -"Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name " -"directly or choose via Browse." -msgstr "" -"カーネルイメージ には起動するカーネルを設定します。ファイル名を直接" -"入力するか、 参照 ボタンを押して選択してください。" +msgid "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via Browse." +msgstr "カーネルイメージ には起動するカーネルを設定します。ファイル名を直接入力するか、 参照 ボタンを押して選択してください。" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27 -msgid "" -"Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"ルートデバイス ではカーネルに対してルートデバイスとして通知するデバ" -"イスを設定します。" +msgid "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device." +msgstr "ルートデバイス ではカーネルに対してルートデバイスとして通知するデバイスを設定します。" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36 msgid "" -"Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " -"use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +"Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" "directly or choose by using Browse.\n" msgstr "" -"初期 RAM ディスク (initrd) には、利用する初期 RAM ディスク " -"(initrd) のファイル名を指定します。パスとファイル名を\n" +"初期 RAM ディスク (initrd) には、利用する初期 RAM ディスク (initrd) のファイル名を指定します。パスとファイル名を\n" "直接入力するか、 参照 ボタンを押して選択してください。\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for " -"booting an OS other than Linux." -msgstr "" -"Linux ではない他の OS を起動するセクションを設定するには、 チェインロー" -"ダセクション を選択してください。" +msgid "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux." +msgstr "Linux ではない他の OS を起動するセクションを設定するには、 チェインローダセクション を選択してください。" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select " -"this section." -msgstr "" -"パスワード保護を使用 を設定すると、このセクションを選択する際にパス" -"ワード入力を求められます。" +msgid "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select this section." +msgstr "パスワード保護を使用 を設定すると、このセクションを選択する際にパスワード入力を求められます。" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45 -msgid "" -"Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems " -"found on your computer." -msgstr "" -"他のシステム を選択すると、お使いのコンピュータにある Linux 以外の " -"OS を選択することができます。" +msgid "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer." +msgstr "他のシステム を選択すると、お使いのコンピュータにある Linux 以外の OS を選択することができます。" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS " -"needs this flag set in order to boot it" -msgstr "" -"このシステムを起動するために BIOS 側で必要となる場合、 起動選択時にパー" -"ティションをアクティブ化 を選択することもできます。" +msgid "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" +msgstr "このシステムを起動するために BIOS 側で必要となる場合、 起動選択時にパーティションをアクティブ化 を選択することもできます。" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51 msgid "" -"Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks " -"to boot. In most cases you want\n" -"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the " -"grub documentation.\n" +"Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" +"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.\n" msgstr "" -"チェインロード用ブロックオフセット には起動時に利用するブロックの一" -"覧を指定します。多くの場合、\n" -"<code>+1</code> を指定すれば問題なく起動します。ブロックリストの詳細な書式に" -"ついては、 grub のドキュメントをお読みください。\n" +"チェインロード用ブロックオフセット には起動時に利用するブロックの一覧を指定します。多くの場合、\n" +"<code>+1</code> を指定すれば問題なく起動します。ブロックリストの詳細な書式については、 grub のドキュメントをお読みください。\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54 msgid "" -"Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other " -"image \n" +"Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" "and start it in a Xen environment.\n" msgstr "" -"XEN 環境下で開始する新しい Linux カーネルやその他のイメージを追加するに" -"は、\n" +"XEN 環境下で開始する新しい Linux カーネルやその他のイメージを追加するには、\n" " Xen セクション を選択してください。\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57 @@ -1781,12 +1639,8 @@ msgstr "ハイパーバイザ には使用するハイパーバイザを指定します。" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." -msgstr "" -"追加の Xen ハイパーバイザパラメータ Xen ハイパーバイザに渡す追加の" -"パラメータを指定します。" +msgid "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." +msgstr "追加の Xen ハイパーバイザパラメータ Xen ハイパーバイザに渡す追加のパラメータを指定します。" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63 msgid "Menu Section" @@ -1797,29 +1651,19 @@ msgstr "メニューファイルのパーティション" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65 -msgid "" -"Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is " -"loaded menu file." -msgstr "" -"メニュー説明ファイル には、メニューファイルを読み込むパス (ルートデ" -"バイス上のパス) を指定します。" +msgid "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file." +msgstr "メニュー説明ファイル には、メニューファイルを読み込むパス (ルートデバイス上のパス) を指定します。" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need " -"to be on the first disk." -msgstr "" -"デバイスマップから最初のディスクにセクションを配置する Windows では" -"通常、最初のディスク上に存在する必要があります。" +msgid "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need to be on the first disk." +msgstr "デバイスマップから最初のディスクにセクションを配置する Windows では通常、最初のディスク上に存在する必要があります。" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71 msgid "" -"Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is " -"possible via buttons: Add , \n" +"Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \n" "Edit and Delete" msgstr "" -"計測 には PCR で計測されたファイルが含まれています。表内の変更は " -"追加, \n" +"計測 には PCR で計測されたファイルが含まれています。表内の変更は 追加, \n" "編集, 削除 で行なうことができます。" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74 @@ -1844,10 +1688,8 @@ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n" "file on a SCSI disk partition." msgstr "" -"DASD ディスクのパーティション上やテープデバイス上、または SCSI ディスク" -"パーティション上に、\n" -"システムダンプを作成する方法を指定したセクションを追加するには、 ダンプセ" -"クション \n" +"DASD ディスクのパーティション上やテープデバイス上、または SCSI ディスクパーティション上に、\n" +"システムダンプを作成する方法を指定したセクションを追加するには、 ダンプセクション \n" "を選択してください。" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85 @@ -1855,18 +1697,15 @@ "Select Menu Section to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.\n" msgstr "" -"設定に新しいメニューを追加するには メニューセクション を選択してく" -"ださい。\n" +"設定に新しいメニューを追加するには メニューセクション を選択してください。\n" "メニューセクションはグループ化された作業リストを表わします。\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to " -"enable the SELinux security framework. \n" +"Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor." msgstr "" -"SELinux セキュリティフレームワークを有効にするため、必要なカーネル起動パラ" -"メータを追加するには、 SELinux を有効にする を選択してください。\n" +"SELinux セキュリティフレームワークを有効にするため、必要なカーネル起動パラメータを追加するには、 SELinux を有効にする を選択してください。\n" "ただし、この設定により AppArmor が無効になりますので注意してください。" #. radio button @@ -2045,49 +1884,29 @@ #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"MBR にブートコードをインストールします (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">インス" -"トールしない</a>" +msgstr "MBR にブートコードをインストールします (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">インストールしない</a>" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"MBR にブートコードをインストールしません (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">インス" -"トールする</a>" +msgstr "MBR にブートコードをインストールしません (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">インストールする</a>" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"/boot パーティションにブートコードをインストールします (<a href=" -"\"disable_boot_boot\">インストールしない</a>" +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "/boot パーティションにブートコードをインストールします (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">インストールしない</a>" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" -"\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"/boot パーティションにブートコードをインストールしません (<a href=" -"\"enable_boot_boot\">インストールする</a>" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" +msgstr "/boot パーティションにブートコードをインストールしません (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">インストールする</a>" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"\"/\" パーティションにブートコードをインストールします (<a href=" -"\"disable_boot_root\">インストールしない</a>" +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "\"/\" パーティションにブートコードをインストールします (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">インストールしない</a>" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" -"\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"\"/\" パーティションにブートコードをインストールしません (<a href=" -"\"enable_boot_root\">インストールする</a>" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" +msgstr "\"/\" パーティションにブートコードをインストールしません (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">インストールする</a>" #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 @@ -2150,12 +1969,8 @@ #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 -msgid "" -"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " -"are doing please select above location." -msgstr "" -"警告: ブートローダのステージ 1 の場所を選択していません。特別な知識がある場合を" -"除き、上記の場所を選択してください。" +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "警告: ブートローダのステージ 1 の場所を選択していません。特別な知識がある場合を除き、上記の場所を選択してください。" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" @@ -2174,57 +1989,32 @@ #. TODO add more devices #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" -msgstr "" -"GPT パーティションテーブルで起動用に 3 より大きいパーティション番号が使われて" -"います" +msgstr "GPT パーティションテーブルで起動用に 3 より大きいパーティション番号が使われています" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 -msgid "" -"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " -"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " -"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " -"stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "" -"MBR からの起動は、 btrfs ファイルシステムを使用している場合で、 " -"bios_grub パーティションのない GPT ディスクを使用している場合には動作" -"しません。この問題を解決するには、 bios_grub パーティションを作成するか、" -"任意の ext ファイルシステムのパーティションを起動用のパーティション" -"として設定するか、もしくは MBR 以外にステージ 1 をインストールするかのいずれかを実施してください。" +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "MBR からの起動は、 btrfs ファイルシステムを使用している場合で、 bios_grub パーティションのない GPT ディスクを使用している場合には動作しません。この問題を解決するには、 bios_grub パーティションを作成するか、任意の ext ファイルシステムのパーティションを起動用のパーティションとして設定するか、もしくは MBR 以外にステージ 1 をインストールするかのいずれかを実施してください。" #. check if boot device is on raid0 #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "" -"起動デバイスは RAID 種類 %1 上に存在します。システムを起動することができない" -"ものと思われます。" +msgstr "起動デバイスは RAID 種類 %1 上に存在します。システムを起動することができないものと思われます。" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 -msgid "" -"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " -"Master Boot Record" -msgstr "" -"起動デバイスはソフトウエア RAID1 上にあります。マスターブートレコードなど、他" -"のブートローダの場所を選択してください。" +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" +msgstr "起動デバイスはソフトウエア RAID1 上にあります。マスターブートレコードなど、他のブートローダの場所を選択してください。" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 -msgid "" -"YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device " -"map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader " -"Installation Details\"" -msgstr "" -"YaST はデバイスマップを作成する目的で、ディスクの正確な順序を確定しようとしま" -"したが、できませんでした。 \"ブートローダのインストール詳細\" でディスクの順" -"序をご確認のうえ、必要であれば変更してください。" +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +msgstr "YaST はデバイスマップを作成する目的で、ディスクの正確な順序を確定しようとしましたが、できませんでした。 \"ブートローダのインストール詳細\" でディスクの順序をご確認のうえ、必要であれば変更してください。" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "" -"起動用の ext パーティションが見つかりません。ブートコードをインストールできま" -"せん。" +msgstr "起動用の ext パーティションが見つかりません。ブートコードをインストールできません。" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 @@ -2300,4 +2090,3 @@ #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "ブートローダ設定を保存しています" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/ca-management.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/ca-management.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/ca-management.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-06 16:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-09 07:53+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -117,18 +117,15 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and " -"certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" -"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and " -"certificate from a file.\n" +"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "YaST では既定の証明機関と証明書を自動的に生成します。この証明機関と証明書は\n" " Apache サーバとの通信に使用されます。\n" -"ここではこの証明機関と証明書の設定を変更したり、証明機関と証明書をファイルか" -"らインポートしたりすることができます。\n" +"ここではこの証明機関と証明書の設定を変更したり、証明機関と証明書をファイルからインポートしたりすることができます。\n" "\n" #. Initialization dialog contents @@ -372,12 +369,8 @@ #. #. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server " -"Name and E-Mail." -msgstr "" -"ローカルマシンの名前を判別することができません。 'サーバ名' および '電子メー" -"ル' の値を変更してください。" +msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail." +msgstr "ローカルマシンの名前を判別することができません。 'サーバ名' および '電子メール' の値を変更してください。" #. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) #. NO FORCE RESET @@ -399,19 +392,15 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." -msgstr "" -"お使いのシステムの root パスワードを取得することができません。証明機関のパス" -"ワードを設定して続行してください。" +msgstr "お使いのシステムの root パスワードを取得することができません。証明機関のパスワードを設定して続行してください。" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 msgid "" "The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n" -"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" "指定したパスワードは、証明書のパスワードとして使用するには短すぎます。 \n" -"証明書に対して適切なパスワードを設定するか、証明書の作成を無効にしてくださ" -"い。\n" +"証明書に対して適切なパスワードを設定するか、証明書の作成を無効にしてください。\n" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 msgid "Current default CA and certificate." @@ -465,14 +454,11 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 msgid "" -"The root password is too short for use as the password for the " -"certificates.\n" -" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" +" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" "root のパスワードは、証明書のパスワードとして使用するには短すぎます。 \n" -"証明書に対して適切なパスワードを設定するか、証明書の作成を無効にしてくださ" -"い。\n" +"証明書に対して適切なパスワードを設定するか、証明書の作成を無効にしてください。\n" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 msgid "Not creating a CA and certificate." @@ -483,12 +469,8 @@ msgstr "証明機関および証明書をファイルからインポートしています" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 -msgid "" -"Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is " -"only valid if the hostname is correct." -msgstr "" -"既定のホスト名 linux は本当に唯一のものですか？証明書はホスト名が" -"正しく設定されている場合にのみ正しく働きます。" +msgid "Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct." +msgstr "既定のホスト名 linux は本当に唯一のものですか？証明書はホスト名が正しく設定されている場合にのみ正しく働きます。" #. menu title #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 @@ -525,8 +507,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" -"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and " -"certificates\n" +"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and certificates\n" "while completing the installation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -538,15 +519,13 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 msgid "" "\n" -"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in " -"the installed system \n" +"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n" "if you do not want to create or import it now.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "今すぐ作成またはインポートせずに、\n" -"インストール済みのシステムで既定の証明機関および証明書を作成することもできま" -"す。\n" +"インストール済みのシステムで既定の証明機関および証明書を作成することもできます。\n" " \n" #. Creates Country items @@ -640,8 +619,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA " -"and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" "Here, change these default settings.\n" "\n" @@ -672,67 +650,38 @@ #. help text 1/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 -msgid "" -"A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted " -"network connections." -msgstr "" -"サーバ証明書は、 SSL/TLS 暗号化ネットワーク接続を行なうサービスで使用され" -"ています。" +msgid "A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted network connections." +msgstr "サーバ証明書は、 SSL/TLS 暗号化ネットワーク接続を行なうサービスで使用されています。" #. help text 2/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a " -"certificate for several services running on this host. " -msgstr "" -"共通サーバ証明書 は、このホストで実行されているいくつかのサービスに" -"対して、証明書を提供する目的で作られます。" +msgid "The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. " +msgstr "共通サーバ証明書 は、このホストで実行されているいくつかのサービスに対して、証明書を提供する目的で作られます。" #. help text 3/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during " -"configuration of such a service." -msgstr "" -"YaST モジュールによっては、サービスの設定時にこの証明書を使用するようにできる" -"ものもあります。" +msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service." +msgstr "YaST モジュールによっては、サービスの設定時にこの証明書を使用するようにできるものもあります。" #. help text 4/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 -msgid "" -"With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server " -"certificate or replace the current one." -msgstr "" -"インポート／置換 ボタンを押すと、新しいサーバ証明書を追加したり、既" -"存の証明書を置き換えたりすることができます。" +msgid "With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one." +msgstr "インポート／置換 ボタンを押すと、新しいサーバ証明書を追加したり、既存の証明書を置き換えたりすることができます。" #. help text 5/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 -msgid "" -"You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But " -"make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." -msgstr "" -"削除 ボタンを押すと、証明書を削除することができます。なお、他のサー" -"ビスで使用されていないかどうかを確認してください。" +msgid "You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." +msgstr "削除 ボタンを押すと、証明書を削除することができます。なお、他のサービスで使用されていないかどうかを確認してください。" #. help text 6/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in " -"section Certificate in the CA Management module." -msgstr "" -"証明書は 証明機関管理 モジュール内にある 証明書 セクションか" -"ら ファイルにエクスポート を利用するとファイルに書き込むことができま" -"す。" +msgid "Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in section Certificate in the CA Management module." +msgstr "証明書は 証明機関管理 モジュール内にある 証明書 セクションから ファイルにエクスポート を利用するとファイルに書き込むことができます。" #. help text 7/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 " -"format with CA chain." -msgstr "" -"ディスクからインポートする証明書は 関連する証明機関を繋げた PKCS #12 形" -"式 である必要があります。" +msgid "Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 format with CA chain." +msgstr "ディスクからインポートする証明書は 関連する証明機関を繋げた PKCS #12 形式 である必要があります。" #. help text 8/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 @@ -795,12 +744,8 @@ #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates</" -"b>, CRL, and Advanced." -msgstr "" -"現在の証明機関についての特別な情報が 証明書, 証明書失効リスト</" -"b>, 詳細設定 の形で提供されています。 " +msgid "Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates, CRL, and Advanced." +msgstr "現在の証明機関についての特別な情報が 証明書, 証明書失効リスト, 詳細設定 の形で提供されています。 " #. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA #. @param CA name @@ -935,12 +880,8 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 -msgid "" -"When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some " -"default values." -msgstr "" -"新しい下位証明機関や証明書を作成するときには、システムは既定の値を提案しま" -"す。" +msgid "When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default values." +msgstr "新しい下位証明機関や証明書を作成するときには、システムは既定の値を提案します。" #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57 @@ -951,21 +892,13 @@ #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 -msgid "" -"However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"ただし、ここで修正した設定は 新しい 項目に対してのみ使用されること" -"に注意してください。" +msgid "However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only." +msgstr "ただし、ここで修正した設定は 新しい 項目に対してのみ使用されることに注意してください。" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 -msgid "" -"You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client " -"certificates, and server certificates." -msgstr "" -"下位 CA, クライアント証明書, サーバ証明書 に対する既" -"定の設定を変更することができます。" +msgid "You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client certificates, and server certificates." +msgstr "下位 CA, クライアント証明書, サーバ証明書 に対する既定の設定を変更することができます。" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 msgid "Default Settings for:" @@ -985,9 +918,7 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are " -"saved." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved." msgstr "この枠内には保存前の全ての既定値を表示しています。" #. help text 2/2 @@ -1101,14 +1032,8 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 -msgid "" -"First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the " -"state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." -msgstr "" -"ここではこの証明機関で利用可能な全ての証明書が表示されています。それぞれの" -"列にはメールアドレスを含む証明書の DN (識別情報) や証明書の状態 ('有効' や " -"'失効' など) があります。" +msgid "First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." +msgstr "ここではこの証明機関で利用可能な全ての証明書が表示されています。それぞれの列にはメールアドレスを含む証明書の DN (識別情報) や証明書の状態 ('有効' や '失効' など) があります。" #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 @@ -1117,34 +1042,22 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 -msgid "" -"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"表示 を押すと証明書に関する全ての情報を別ウインドウで表示します。</" -"p>" +msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate." +msgstr "表示 を押すと証明書に関する全ての情報を別ウインドウで表示します。" #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"また、それぞれの証明書について 失効, 削除, エクスポート</" -"b> を行なうことができます。" +msgid "Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a certificate." +msgstr "また、それぞれの証明書について 失効, 削除, エクスポート を行なうことができます。" #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 msgid "With Add, generate a new server or client certificate." -msgstr "" -"追加 を利用すると新しいサーバ証明書またはクライアント証明書を生成す" -"ることができます。" +msgstr "追加 を利用すると新しいサーバ証明書またはクライアント証明書を生成することができます。" #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 -msgid "" -"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected " -"certificate." +msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate." msgstr "ここには選択した証明書に関して最も重要な情報を表示しています。" #. popup window header @@ -1154,9 +1067,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145 msgid "You are only revoking the certificate. No new CRL will be created." -msgstr "" -"証明書の失効手続きだけを行なっています。新しい CRL は作成されないことに注意し" -"てください。" +msgstr "証明書の失効手続きだけを行なっています。新しい CRL は作成されないことに注意してください。" #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150 msgid "Reasons" @@ -1434,9 +1345,7 @@ #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69 msgid "You can Export the CRL to a file or LDAP Directory." -msgstr "" -"CRL をファイルまたは LDAP ディレクトリに エクスポート することがで" -"きます。" +msgstr "CRL をファイルまたは LDAP ディレクトリに エクスポート することができます。" #. popup window header #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95 @@ -1496,9 +1405,7 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 msgid "When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." -msgstr "" -"新しい CRL を作成する場合、あらかじめシステム側で一部の既定値を提案しま" -"す。" +msgstr "新しい CRL を作成する場合、あらかじめシステム側で一部の既定値を提案します。" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148 @@ -1534,16 +1441,8 @@ #. Translators: long help text - security information #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 -msgid "" -"Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write " -"the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored " -"there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be " -"readable for the root user." -msgstr "" -"警告! CRL の自動作成とエクスポートを有効化すると、証明機関のパスワードを" -"ディスク上の設定ファイルに書き込むことになります。パスワードは CRL を作成する" -"ために暗号化されないありのままの状態で保存されます。 root ユーザであればパス" -"ワードを読むことができてしまいます。" +msgid "Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user." +msgstr "警告! CRL の自動作成とエクスポートを有効化すると、証明機関のパスワードをディスク上の設定ファイルに書き込むことになります。パスワードは CRL を作成するために暗号化されないありのままの状態で保存されます。 root ユーザであればパスワードを読むことができてしまいます。" #. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA #. @param selected CA @@ -1555,33 +1454,15 @@ #. this default can only be set inside this function #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 msgid "Export the CRL of this CA once by selecting Export once." -msgstr "" -"この証明機関の CRL を一度だけエクスポートするには、 一度だけエクスポー" -"ト を選択してください。" +msgstr "この証明機関の CRL を一度だけエクスポートするには、 一度だけエクスポート を選択してください。" #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 -msgid "" -"To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation " -"and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in " -"Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can " -"additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and " -"understand the Security Information." -msgstr "" -"CRL の再発行を繰り返し行なうよう設定するには、 再発行を繰り返してエクス" -"ポート を選択してください。この場合、再発行の間隔を 発行間隔 で指" -"定してください。再発行の間隔を 24 時間に設定した場合、エクスポート処理をいつ" -"行なうのか時間を選択することができます。 セキュリティ情報 をお読みにな" -"り、ご理解のうえ設定してください。" +msgid "To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the Security Information." +msgstr "CRL の再発行を繰り返し行なうよう設定するには、 再発行を繰り返してエクスポート を選択してください。この場合、再発行の間隔を 発行間隔 で指定してください。再発行の間隔を 24 時間に設定した場合、エクスポート処理をいつ行なうのか時間を選択することができます。 セキュリティ情報 をお読みになり、ご理解のうえ設定してください。" #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 -msgid "" -"You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP " -"server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file</" -"b> and Export to LDAP." -msgstr "" -"CRL のエクスポートをローカルのファイルや LDAP サーバ、もしくはそれらの両方" -"に対して有効化することができます。それぞれ ローカルファイルにエクスポート" -" と LDAP にエクスポート を設定してください。" +msgid "You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file and Export to LDAP." +msgstr "CRL のエクスポートをローカルのファイルや LDAP サーバ、もしくはそれらの両方に対して有効化することができます。それぞれ ローカルファイルにエクスポート と LDAP にエクスポート を設定してください。" #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 msgid "Export once" @@ -1759,46 +1640,30 @@ #. help text 5/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 -msgid "" -"CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, " -"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." -msgstr "" -"証明機関名 は証明機関に記載される証明書の名前です。半角英字のほ" -"か、 \"-\", \"_\" のみを使用することができます。" +msgid "CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." +msgstr "証明機関名 は証明機関に記載される証明書の名前です。半角英字のほか、 \"-\", \"_\" のみを使用することができます。" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 msgid "Common Name is the name of the CA." msgstr "共通名 は証明機関の名前です。" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 -msgid "" -"Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the " -"certificate." +msgid "Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate." msgstr "共通名 は証明書を作成する相手のユーザの名前です。" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 msgid "Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." -msgstr "" -"共通名 はサーバの FQDN (Fully Qualified Domain Name; 完全修飾ドメイ" -"ン名) です。" +msgstr "共通名 はサーバの FQDN (Fully Qualified Domain Name; 完全修飾ドメイン名) です。" #. help text 6/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 -msgid "" -"E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server " -"administrator." -msgstr "" -"メールアドレス はユーザまたはサーバ管理者の正式なメールアドレスで" -"す。" +msgid "E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server administrator." +msgstr "メールアドレス はユーザまたはサーバ管理者の正式なメールアドレスです。" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 -msgid "" -"Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and " -"State are often optional." -msgstr "" -"組織, 部署, 市区町村, 都道府県 はいずれもオプ" -"ション項目です。" +msgid "Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and State are often optional." +msgstr "組織, 部署, 市区町村, 都道府県 はいずれもオプション項目です。" #. To translators: pushbutton label #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 @@ -1829,32 +1694,18 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 -msgid "" -"The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length " -"of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -" 証明機関の機密鍵には 5 文字以上の パスワード を設定する必要があり" -"ます。確認のためパスワードは 2 度入力してください。" +msgid "The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr " 証明機関の機密鍵には 5 文字以上の パスワード を設定する必要があります。確認のためパスワードは 2 度入力してください。" #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 -msgid "" -"Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"各証明機関にはそれぞれ独自の 鍵長 が設定されています。証明書を使用" -"するアプリケーションによっては特別な鍵長を設定する必要があるものもあります。" -"" +msgid "Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "各証明機関にはそれぞれ独自の 鍵長 が設定されています。証明書を使用するアプリケーションによっては特別な鍵長を設定する必要があるものもあります。" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 -msgid "" -"The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the " -"time frame in days." -msgstr "" -"証明機関は指定した期間 (有効期間) 内でのみ有効です。無効になるまで" -"の日数を入力してください。" +msgid "The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." +msgstr "証明機関は指定した期間 (有効期間) 内でのみ有効です。無効になるまでの日数を入力してください。" #. help text 4/4 #. help text 4/4 @@ -1862,61 +1713,33 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 -msgid "" -"Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these " -"options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work " -"correctly." -msgstr "" -"詳細オプション は特別なオプション設定です。これらの設定を変更した場" -"合、 SUSE では作成した証明書が正しく動作することを保証できません。" +msgid "Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly." +msgstr "詳細オプション は特別なオプション設定です。これらの設定を変更した場合、 SUSE では作成した証明書が正しく動作することを保証できません。" #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 -msgid "" -"The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field." -msgstr "" -"証明書の機密鍵には 5 文字以上の パスワード を設定する必要がありま" -"す。確認のためパスワードは 2 度入力してください。" +msgid "The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "証明書の機密鍵には 5 文字以上の パスワード を設定する必要があります。確認のためパスワードは 2 度入力してください。" #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 -msgid "" -"Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that " -"use certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"各証明書にはそれぞれ独自の 鍵長 が設定されています。証明書を使用す" -"るアプリケーションによっては特別な鍵長を設定する必要があるものもあります。</" -"p>" +msgid "Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "各証明書にはそれぞれ独自の 鍵長 が設定されています。証明書を使用するアプリケーションによっては特別な鍵長を設定する必要があるものもあります。" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). " -"Enter the time frame in days." -msgstr "" -"証明機関は指定した期間 (有効期間) 内でのみ有効です。無効になるまで" -"の日数を入力してください。" +msgid "The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." +msgstr "証明機関は指定した期間 (有効期間) 内でのみ有効です。無効になるまでの日数を入力してください。" #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 -msgid "" -"The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field." -msgstr "" -"要求の機密鍵には 5 文字以上の パスワード を設定する必要があります。" -"確認のためパスワードは 2 度入力してください。" +msgid "The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "要求の機密鍵には 5 文字以上の パスワード を設定する必要があります。確認のためパスワードは 2 度入力してください。" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 -msgid "" -"Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"各要求にはそれぞれ独自の 鍵長 が設定されています。証明書を使用する" -"アプリケーションによっては特別な鍵長を設定する必要があるものもあります。" +msgid "Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "各要求にはそれぞれ独自の 鍵長 が設定されています。証明書を使用するアプリケーションによっては特別な鍵長を設定する必要があるものもあります。" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 msgid "&Use CA Password as Certificate Password" @@ -1950,9 +1773,7 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be " -"created." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created." msgstr "この枠内には作成する証明機関の全ての設定概要を表示しています。" #. help text 2/2 @@ -1962,9 +1783,7 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that " -"will be created." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created." msgstr "この枠内には作成する証明書の全ての設定概要を表示しています。" #. help text 2/2 @@ -1974,9 +1793,7 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"created." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created." msgstr "この枠内には作成する要求の全ての設定概要を表示しています。" #. help text 2/2 @@ -2089,15 +1906,8 @@ #. #. Creating a new CA/Certificate #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 -msgid "" -"This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that " -"can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the " -"file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"この枠内には、設定可能な詳細属性や OpenSSL X509v3 拡張を表示しています。こ" -"れらの拡張属性について詳しく知るには、 openssl-doc パッケージ内の /usr/share/" -"doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt ファイルをお読みください。" +msgid "This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." +msgstr "この枠内には、設定可能な詳細属性や OpenSSL X509v3 拡張を表示しています。これらの拡張属性について詳しく知るには、 openssl-doc パッケージ内の /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt ファイルをお読みください。" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 msgid "Wrong entries can make the certificate unusable." @@ -2162,12 +1972,8 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 -msgid "" -"First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." -msgstr "" -"ここではこの証明機関で利用可能な全ての要求が表示されています。それぞれの列" -"にはメールアドレスを含む証明書の DN が表示されています。" +msgid "First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." +msgstr "ここではこの証明機関で利用可能な全ての要求が表示されています。それぞれの列にはメールアドレスを含む証明書の DN が表示されています。" #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 @@ -2176,32 +1982,22 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 -msgid "" -"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"request." +msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete request." msgstr "表示 を押すと要求に関する全ての情報を別ウインドウで表示します。" #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 msgid "You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." -msgstr "" -"また、それぞれの要求について 署名, 削除, エクスポート</" -"b> を行なうことができます。" +msgstr "また、それぞれの要求について 署名, 削除, エクスポート を行なうことができます。" #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 -msgid "" -"With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new " -"request." -msgstr "" -"インポート を使用すると新しい要求を読み込むことができます。また、" -"追加 を使用すると新しい要求を生成することができます。" +msgid "With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new request." +msgstr "インポート を使用すると新しい要求を読み込むことができます。また、追加 を使用すると新しい要求を生成することができます。" #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 -msgid "" -"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." -"" +msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." msgstr "ここでは、選択された要求に関して最も重要な情報を表示しています。" #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 @@ -2286,9 +2082,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" -msgstr "" -"これは証明機関の要求ではありません。証明機関の要求として署名してよろしいです" -"か？" +msgstr "これは証明機関の要求ではありません。証明機関の要求として署名してよろしいですか？" #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 @@ -2315,9 +2109,7 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"signed." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "この枠内には署名する要求の全ての設定概要を表示しています。" #. help text 2/2 @@ -2372,9 +2164,7 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 msgid "Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." -msgstr "" -"ルート証明機関の作成 を押すと、新しいルート証明機関を生成することが" -"できます。" +msgstr "ルート証明機関の作成 を押すと、新しいルート証明機関を生成することができます。" #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 @@ -2593,21 +2383,15 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 msgid "" "<big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n" -" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue." -"\n" +" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>ディスクから共通サーバ証明書 (関連する証明機関を繋げた PKCS #12 形" -"式) をインポート:</big>\n" +"<big>ディスクから共通サーバ証明書 (関連する証明機関を繋げた PKCS #12 形式) をインポート:</big>\n" "ファイルを 1 つだけ選択し 次へ を押してください。\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 -msgid "" -"Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place " -"where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." -msgstr "" -"サーバ証明書と関連する証明機関をインポートし、他の YaST モジュールが共通証明" -"書を探す場所にコピーします。" +msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." +msgstr "サーバ証明書と関連する証明機関をインポートし、他の YaST モジュールが共通証明書を探す場所にコピーします。" #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 @@ -2648,8 +2432,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 msgid "" "The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n" -"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in " -"subject alternative names." +"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names." msgstr "" "このサーバのホスト名 (コマンド: hostname --long) は、証明書の共通名\n" "(CN) または別名のいずれかに合致していなければなりません。" @@ -2677,9 +2460,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1537 msgid "File format not valid. Use PEM or DER files." -msgstr "" -"ファイル形式が正しくありません。 PEM または DER ファイル形式を使用してくださ" -"い。" +msgstr "ファイル形式が正しくありません。 PEM または DER ファイル形式を使用してください。" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1541 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1671 @@ -2722,12 +2503,10 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 msgid "" "Key Password is required. \n" -"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not " -"encrypted key." +"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." msgstr "" "鍵のパスワードを指定する必要があります。\n" -"既に暗号化されている鍵の場合にはその暗号化パスワードを、現在暗号化されていな" -"いパスワードの場合には新しく設定するパスワードでなければなりません。" +"既に暗号化されている鍵の場合にはその暗号化パスワードを、現在暗号化されていないパスワードの場合には新しく設定するパスワードでなければなりません。" #. Error popup #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 @@ -3325,4 +3104,3 @@ #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in '%s'." msgstr "'%2$s' 内で未知の値 '%1$s' が指定されています。" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/cio.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/cio.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/cio.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: cio\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-03 14:10+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-04 20:01+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -89,16 +89,13 @@ #: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 msgid "" "List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" -"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range " -"specified with dash.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" "Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" msgstr "" "カンマ区切りで、禁止を解除するチャンネルの範囲を指定します。\n" -"範囲はチャンネルそのもののほか、ゼロ埋めしたチャンネルの一部を指定したり、" -"ダッシュで範囲を指定したりすることができます。\n" +"範囲はチャンネルそのもののほか、ゼロ埋めしたチャンネルの一部を指定したり、ダッシュで範囲を指定したりすることができます。\n" "例: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" #: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 msgid "Ranges to Unban." msgstr "禁止を解除する範囲。" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/cluster.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/cluster.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/cluster.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -159,20 +159,12 @@ msgstr "スレッド:" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 -msgid "" -"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/" -"authkey." -msgstr "" -"新しく作成するクラスタの場合、下記のボタンを押すと /etc/corosync/authkey を生" -"成することができます。" +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +msgstr "新しく作成するクラスタの場合、下記のボタンを押すと /etc/corosync/authkey を生成することができます。" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 -msgid "" -"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " -"nodes manually." -msgstr "" -"既存のクラスタに追加する場合は、他のノードから手作業で /etc/corosync/authkey " -"をコピーしてください。" +msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." +msgstr "既存のクラスタに追加する場合は、他のノードから手作業で /etc/corosync/authkey をコピーしてください。" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" @@ -299,15 +291,12 @@ #. SaveCsync2(); #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " -"cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -"conntrackd は、クラスタノード間でファイアウオールの設定を複製する処理を支援す" -"るデーモンです。\n" -"YaST では conntrackd のうち、いくつかの基本的な要素を設定することができま" -"す。\n" +"conntrackd は、クラスタノード間でファイアウオールの設定を複製する処理を支援するデーモンです。\n" +"YaST では conntrackd のうち、いくつかの基本的な要素を設定することができます。\n" "設定後は ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd で起動する必要があります。" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 @@ -329,213 +318,74 @@ #. All helps are here #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address " -"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " -"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " -"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " -"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " -"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " -"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the " -"nodeid field must be specified. \n" -"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used " -"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but " -"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address " -"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address." -" This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 " -"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must " -"be specified.\n" -"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " -"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " -"services configured for different UDP ports. \n" -"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in " -"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu </" -"p>\n" -"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional " -"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " -"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " -"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from " -"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " -"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " -"not be used. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " -"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " -"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " -"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " -"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " -"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " -"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " -"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " -"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen." -" \n" -"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting " -"quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is " -"present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. </" -"p>\n" -"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using " -"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" +"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" +"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" +"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" +"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -"<big>バインドネットワークアドレス</big> ここでは、 openais の実" -"行ファイルがバインドすべきアドレスを指定します。このアドレスは、必ずゼロで終" -"わるものである必要があります。たとえば totem のトラフィックが 192.168.5.92 を" -"介して通信されるべき環境の場合、ここで設定すべき値は 192.168.5.0 になります。" -" また、 IPv6 で通信する必要がある場合は、 IPv6 のアドレスを指定します。こ" -"の場合、 IPv4 のサブネット内で行なわれるネットワークインターフェイスの自動選" -"択は使用せず、完全なアドレスを指定しなければなりません。また、 IPv6 ネット" -"ワークを使用する場合は、ノード ID も指定しなければなりません。 \n" -"<big>マルチキャストアドレス</big> ここでは、openais の実行ファイ" -"ルが使用するマルチキャストアドレスを指定します。ほとんどの場合は既定値のまま" -"で動作しますが、ネットワーク管理者に対して使用すべきマルチキャストアドレスを" -"尋ねておいてください。なお、 224.x.x.x のアドレスは、 \"config\" (設定) 用の" -"マルチキャストアドレスであるため、使用は避けてください。 IPv6 ネットワーク" -"を使用する場合は、 IPv6 のマルチキャストアドレスを指定します。この場合は、" -"ノード ID も指定しなければなりません。\n" -"<big>ポート</big> ここでは UDP のポート番号を指定します。これ" -"は、 openais のサービスを別々の UDP ポートで設定することで、同じマルチキャス" -"トアドレスを複数のサービスで共有することができるためです。 \n" -"<big>メンバーアドレス</big> この一覧には、 IP アドレスですべての" -"ノードを指定します。 udpu を利用した場合にのみ設定可能です。 \n" -"<big>ノード ID</big> このオプションは、 IPv4 ネットワークを使用" -"する場合は任意のもので、 IPv6 ネットワークを使用する場合は必須となるもので" -"す。これはクラスタのメンバーシップサービスに送信される、 32 ビットのノード識" -"別子です。 IPv4 ネットワークで値を指定しない場合、ノード ID はリング識別子 0 " -"に割り当てられた 32 ビットの IP アドレスから、自動的に生成される値になりま" -"す。なお、ノード ID = 0 は予約値であるため、使用すべきではありません。 </" -"p>\n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> ここでは冗長リングのモードを指定します。 " -"none (なし), active (アクティブ), passive (パッシブ)の中からいずれかを選択し" -"ます。 active (アクティブ) レプリケーションを選択すると、ネットワーク環境に問" -"題がある場合でも遅延を比較的少なくすることができますが、性能が落ちます。 " -"passive (パッシブ) アプリケーションを選択すると、 cpu 側の性能上限に引っかか" -"らない限り、おおよそ 2 倍程度 totem プロトコルを速くすることができます。最後" -"の選択肢は none (なし) ですが、これは totem プロトコルを扱うネットワークイン" -"ターフェイスが 1 つしかない場合にのみ選択すべきものです。インターフェイスの設" -"定が 1 つしかない場合、 none (なし) を自動的に選択します。複数のインターフェ" -"イス設定がある場合は、 active または passive のいずれかを選択します。 </" -"p>\n" -"<big>期待する投票</big> クォーラム (定足数) の投票を行なう際の" -"期待する得票値です。 corosync.conf で nodelist {} のセクションが存在する場合、" -"この値は自動的に計算されるほか、 quorum {} セクションで指定することもできます。 </" -"p>\n" -"<big>ノード ID の自動生成</big> IPv6 を使用する場合、ノード ID を" -"設定する必要があります。自動生成では、これを自動的に生成することができます。 \n" +"<big>バインドネットワークアドレス</big> ここでは、 openais の実行ファイルがバインドすべきアドレスを指定します。このアドレスは、必ずゼロで終わるものである必要があります。たとえば totem のトラフィックが 192.168.5.92 を介して通信されるべき環境の場合、ここで設定すべき値は 192.168.5.0 になります。 また、 IPv6 で通信する必要がある場合は、 IPv6 のアドレスを指定します。この場合、 IPv4 のサブネット内で行なわれるネットワークインターフェイスの自動選択は使用せず、完全なアドレスを指定しなければなりません。また、 IPv6 ネットワークを使用する場合は、ノード ID も指定しなければなりません。 \n" +"<big>マルチキャストアドレス</big> ここでは、openais の実行ファイルが使用するマルチキャストアドレスを指定します。ほとんどの場合は既定値のままで動作しますが、ネットワーク管理者に対して使用すべきマルチキャストアドレスを尋ねておいてください。なお、 224.x.x.x のアドレスは、 \"config\" (設定) 用のマルチキャストアドレスであるため、使用は避けてください。 IPv6 ネットワークを使用する場合は、 IPv6 のマルチキャストアドレスを指定します。この場合は、ノード ID も指定しなければなりません。\n" +"<big>ポート</big> ここでは UDP のポート番号を指定します。これは、 openais のサービスを別々の UDP ポートで設定することで、同じマルチキャストアドレスを複数のサービスで共有することができるためです。 \n" +"<big>メンバーアドレス</big> この一覧には、 IP アドレスですべてのノードを指定します。 udpu を利用した場合にのみ設定可能です。 \n" +"<big>ノード ID</big> このオプションは、 IPv4 ネットワークを使用する場合は任意のもので、 IPv6 ネットワークを使用する場合は必須となるものです。これはクラスタのメンバーシップサービスに送信される、 32 ビットのノード識別子です。 IPv4 ネットワークで値を指定しない場合、ノード ID はリング識別子 0 に割り当てられた 32 ビットの IP アドレスから、自動的に生成される値になります。なお、ノード ID = 0 は予約値であるため、使用すべきではありません。 \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> ここでは冗長リングのモードを指定します。 none (なし), active (アクティブ), passive (パッシブ)の中からいずれかを選択します。 active (アクティブ) レプリケーションを選択すると、ネットワーク環境に問題がある場合でも遅延を比較的少なくすることができますが、性能が落ちます。 passive (パッシブ) アプリケーションを選択すると、 cpu 側の性能上限に引っかからない限り、おおよそ 2 倍程度 totem プロトコルを速くすることができます。最後の選択肢は none (なし) ですが、これは totem プロトコルを扱うネットワークインターフェイスが 1 つしかない場合にのみ選択すべきものです。インターフェイスの設定が 1 つしかない場合、 none (なし) を自動的に選択します。複数のインターフェイス設定がある場合は、 active または passive のいずれかを選択します。 \n" +"<big>期待する投票</big> クォーラム (定足数) の投票を行なう際の期待する得票値です。 corosync.conf で nodelist {} のセクションが存在する場合、この値は自動的に計算されるほか、 quorum {} セクションで指定することもできます。 \n" +"<big>ノード ID の自動生成</big> IPv6 を使用する場合、ノード ID を設定する必要があります。自動生成では、これを自動的に生成することができます。 \n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are " -"used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the " -"protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this " -"directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to " -"encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates " -"that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for " -"non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" -"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " -"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " -"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 " -"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this " -"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces " -"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles " -"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks " -"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible " -"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A " -"throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option " -"is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame " -"transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is " -"enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this " -"option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default is on. \n" +"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" +"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>スレッド</big> ここでは、マルチキャストメッセージの暗号化や" -"送信を行なう際に使用する、スレッド数を指定します。セキュリティ認証を無効にし" -"た場合、プロトコルはスレッドを利用した送信を行ないません。セキュリティ認証を" -"有効にした場合、ここでの設定は複数のスレッドがメッセージを暗号化したり送信し" -"たりするように設定すべき内容になります。なお、 0 を指定すると、スレッドを利用" -"した送信を行なわない意味になります。 0 の設定は、非 SMP (対称型マルチプロセッ" -"サ) 環境で最も良い性能を発揮します。なお、既定値は 0 です。 \n" -"<big>セキュリティ認証を有効にする</big> この設定は、すべてのメッ" -"セージに対して、 HMAC/SHA1 の認証を使用するかどうかを指定します。なお、このオ" -"プションを有効に設定すると、データの盗聴を防ぐ目的で sober128 という暗号化ア" -"ルゴリズムを利用した暗号化も、行なわれるようになります。また、このオプション" -"を設定すると、 totem 側で各メッセージの冒頭に 36 バイトのヘッダが付与されるこ" -"とになるため、全体としてのスループットが下がることになります。それ以外にも、" -"暗号化や認証は aisexec の CPU サイクルのうち 75% ほどを消費します (gprof によ" -"る計測) 。 100Mbps で MTU (最大伝送単位) が 1500 バイトのネットワークの場" -"合、 3GHz の CPU を使用してオプションを有効にすると、 100% の CPU 使用率で " -"9MB 毎秒程度のスループットを確保できます。同様の環境でオプションを無効にする" -"と、 20% の CPU 使用率で10MB 毎秒程度のスループットになります。ギガビット環境" -"でより大きい MTU の場合、同様の環境でオプションを有効にすると、 20 MB 毎秒程" -"度のスループット、オプションを無効にすると 60 MB 毎秒程度のスループットになり" -"ます。既定値はオン (有効) です。 \n" +"<big>スレッド</big> ここでは、マルチキャストメッセージの暗号化や送信を行なう際に使用する、スレッド数を指定します。セキュリティ認証を無効にした場合、プロトコルはスレッドを利用した送信を行ないません。セキュリティ認証を有効にした場合、ここでの設定は複数のスレッドがメッセージを暗号化したり送信したりするように設定すべき内容になります。なお、 0 を指定すると、スレッドを利用した送信を行なわない意味になります。 0 の設定は、非 SMP (対称型マルチプロセッサ) 環境で最も良い性能を発揮します。なお、既定値は 0 です。 \n" +"<big>セキュリティ認証を有効にする</big> この設定は、すべてのメッセージに対して、 HMAC/SHA1 の認証を使用するかどうかを指定します。なお、このオプションを有効に設定すると、データの盗聴を防ぐ目的で sober128 という暗号化アルゴリズムを利用した暗号化も、行なわれるようになります。また、このオプションを設定すると、 totem 側で各メッセージの冒頭に 36 バイトのヘッダが付与されることになるため、全体としてのスループットが下がることになります。それ以外にも、暗号化や認証は aisexec の CPU サイクルのうち 75% ほどを消費します (gprof による計測) 。 100Mbps で MTU (最大伝送単位) が 1500 バイトのネットワークの場合、 3GHz の CPU を使用してオプションを有効にすると、 100% の CPU 使用率で 9MB 毎秒程度のスループッ� �を確保できます。同様の環境でオプションを無効にすると、 20% の CPU 使用率で10MB 毎秒程度のスループットになります。ギガビット環境でより大きい MTU の場合、同様の環境でオプションを有効にすると、 20 MB 毎秒程度のスループット、オプションを無効にすると 60 MB 毎秒程度のスループットになります。既定値はオン (有効) です。 \n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot " -"or not\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when " -"Firewall is enabled\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>起動</big> システムの起動時に corosync サービスを開始" -"するかどうかを指定します。\n" -"\t\t\t<big>ファイアウオール設定</big> ファイアウオールが" -"有効化されている場合、ポートを有効にします\n" +"\t\t\t<big>起動</big> システムの起動時に corosync サービスを開始するかどうかを指定します。\n" +"\t\t\t<big>ファイアウオール設定</big> ファイアウオールが有効化されている場合、ポートを有効にします\n" "\t\t\t" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the " -"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " -"same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be " -"synced.\n" -"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed " -"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is " -"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup " -"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</" -"p>\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be synced.\n" +"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>同期ホスト</big> ここで設定するホスト名は、クラスタノー" -"ド内にあるローカルのホスト名群でなければなりません。言い換えれば、 hostname " -"コマンドで表示される文字列と全く同じホスト名でなければならない、という意味で" -"す。\n" -"\t\t<big>同期ファイル</big> 同期対象のファイル名を、完全絶対パス" -"で指定します。\n" -"\t\t<big>事前共有鍵</big> Csync2 では、 IP アドレスと事前共有鍵" -"の両方で認証を行ないます。鍵ファイルは csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup で作" -"成することができます。作成後は、クラスタ内のすべてのノードに対して " -"key_hagroup ファイルを手作業でコピーする必要があります。\n" +"\t\t<big>同期ホスト</big> ここで設定するホスト名は、クラスタノード内にあるローカルのホスト名群でなければなりません。言い換えれば、 hostname コマンドで表示される文字列と全く同じホスト名でなければならない、という意味です。\n" +"\t\t<big>同期ファイル</big> 同期対象のファイル名を、完全絶対パスで指定します。\n" +"\t\t<big>事前共有鍵</big> Csync2 では、 IP アドレスと事前共有鍵の両方で認証を行ないます。鍵ファイルは csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup で作成することができます。作成後は、クラスタ内のすべてのノードに対して key_hagroup ファイルを手作業でコピーする必要があります。\n" "\t" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network " -"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for " -"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " -"network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" -"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be " -"used for syncing.\n" -"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for " -"syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" +"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be used for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>専用インターフェイス</big> 同期に使用する専用のネット" -"ワークインターフェイスを指定します。インターフェイスはマルチキャストに対応" -"し、有効化されていなければなりません。また、事前の設定が必要となる場合もあり" -"ます。\n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> 専用のネットワークインターフェイスに割り当て" -"る IPv4 アドレスです。自動的に検出されます。\n" -"\t\t<big>マルチキャストアドレス</big> 同期に使用するマルチキャス" -"トアドレスを指定します。\n" -"\t\t<big>グループ番号</big> 同期の際に使用するグループ内での識別" -"番号を指定します。\n" +"\t\t<big>専用インターフェイス</big> 同期に使用する専用のネットワークインターフェイスを指定します。インターフェイスはマルチキャストに対応し、有効化されていなければなりません。また、事前の設定が必要となる場合もあります。\n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> 専用のネットワークインターフェイスに割り当てる IPv4 アドレスです。自動的に検出されます。\n" +"\t\t<big>マルチキャストアドレス</big> 同期に使用するマルチキャストアドレスを指定します。\n" +"\t\t<big>グループ番号</big> 同期の際に使用するグループ内での識別番号を指定します。\n" "\t" #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -682,4 +532,3 @@ #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "設定を書き込むことができませんでした。" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/control-center.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/control-center.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/control-center.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control-center\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-02 20:08+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/control.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/control.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/control.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -236,4 +236,3 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "システムの設定" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/country.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/country.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/country.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-21 20:13+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -89,7 +89,6 @@ #. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -#| msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool, such as SaX.\n" msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" msgstr "ここで行なった設定はコンソールキーボードにのみ適用されます。グラフィカルユーザインターフェイスでのキーボードは、他のツールで設定してください。\n" @@ -889,7 +888,6 @@ msgstr "タイムゾーン (&T)" #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:673 -#| msgid "Date and Time" msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "日付と時刻:" @@ -1209,4 +1207,3 @@ #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:705 msgid "US International" msgstr "US インターナショナル" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/crowbar.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/crowbar.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/crowbar.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: crowbar\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-15 07:48+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/dhcp-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/dhcp-server.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/dhcp-server.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -112,9 +112,7 @@ #. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" -msgstr "" -"現在使用されているインターフェイスとその他の利用可能なインターフェイスを表示" -"する" +msgstr "現在使用されているインターフェイスとその他の利用可能なインターフェイスを表示する" #. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 @@ -552,12 +550,10 @@ #. at least minimal configuration #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP " -"address \n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" "and netmask)." msgstr "" -"1 つまたは複数のネットワークインターフェイスが設定されていません (IP アドレス" -"やサブネットマスクなどが\n" +"1 つまたは複数のネットワークインターフェイスが設定されていません (IP アドレスやサブネットマスクなどが\n" "設定されていません) 。" #. configuration will be saved in ldap? @@ -759,12 +755,10 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" -"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP " -"server.\n" +"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" -"動的な DHCP アドレスの範囲は DHCP サーバと同じネットワーク上にある必要があり" -"ます。\n" +"動的な DHCP アドレスの範囲は DHCP サーバと同じネットワーク上にある必要があります。\n" "IP %1 がネットワーク %2/%3 と一致しません。" #. Label of the registered hosts table @@ -921,8 +915,7 @@ msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" -"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and " -"write\n" +"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n" "/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n" "changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n" " \n" @@ -930,10 +923,8 @@ msgstr "" "DHCP サーバに対して代替となる設定ファイルを指定しています。\n" "\n" -"この方式は YaST ではサポートしていません。 YaST DHCP サーバモジュールでは、 /" -"etc/dhcpd.conf \n" -"の設定のみを読み書きすることができます。 %1 からの新しい設定は読み込まれず、" -"全ての設定は\n" +"この方式は YaST ではサポートしていません。 YaST DHCP サーバモジュールでは、 /etc/dhcpd.conf \n" +"の設定のみを読み書きすることができます。 %1 からの新しい設定は読み込まれず、全ての設定は\n" "既定の設定ファイルのみに保存されます。\n" " \n" "続行してもよろしいですか？\n" @@ -952,8 +943,7 @@ "<big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big> \n" "First IP Address defines\n" "the starting address of the range and Last IP Address defines\n" -"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how " -"hostnames\n" +"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how hostnames\n" "are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n" "If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n" @@ -964,13 +954,11 @@ "<big>DNS レコードの新しい範囲を追加</big> \n" "最初の IP アドレス には IP アドレス範囲の\n" "開始部分を指定してください。 最後の IP アドレス には\n" -"終了部分を指定してください。 ホスト名ベース にはホスト名を作成するため" -"の\n" +"終了部分を指定してください。 ホスト名ベース にはホスト名を作成するための\n" "基礎となる文字列を指定します (例: <tt>dhcp-%i</tt>, <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>) 。\n" "<tt>%i</tt> の部分が範囲の中でそれぞれの数字に置き換えられる部分です。\n" "文字列内に <tt>%i</tt> を含めていない場合は、指定した文字列の後ろに\n" -"数字が追加されます。 ホスト名ベース では <tt>%i</tt> は一度だけ設定し" -"てください。\n" +"数字が追加されます。 ホスト名ベース では <tt>%i</tt> は一度だけ設定してください。\n" "開始 には最初のホスト名の番号を指定してください。\n" "ホスト名はその番号から1つずつ数字を足していく形で作成されます。\n" @@ -986,24 +974,19 @@ msgstr "" "<big>DNS ウイザード</big> \n" "このウイザードでは、 DHCP サーバの設定から直接 DNS ゾーンを作成する\n" -"ことができます。 DHCP の各クライアントをホスト名で区別したい場合、 DNS ゾーン" -"を\n" -"作成することはとても重要です。これは、 DNS ゾーンがホスト名から IP アドレスへ" -"の変換に\n" -"使われるためです。また、このウイザードでは IP アドレスをホスト名に変換するた" -"めの\n" +"ことができます。 DHCP の各クライアントをホスト名で区別したい場合、 DNS ゾーンを\n" +"作成することはとても重要です。これは、 DNS ゾーンがホスト名から IP アドレスへの変換に\n" +"使われるためです。また、このウイザードでは IP アドレスをホスト名に変換するための\n" "逆ゾーンを作成することもできます。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 msgid "" "New Zone Name or Reverse Zone Name\n" -"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be " -"changed.\n" +"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.\n" msgstr "" " 新規ゾーン名 と 逆ゾーン名 は、それぞれ DHCP サーバと\n" -"ネットワークの設定から取得したものであるため、変更することができません。</" -"p>\n" +"ネットワークの設定から取得したものであるため、変更することができません。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 @@ -1038,32 +1021,25 @@ "the zone name servers.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DNS クエリ</big> \n" -"たとえば、ある DNS ゾーンでホスト名に対応する IP アドレスを問い合わせる場合な" -"ど、\n" +"たとえば、ある DNS ゾーンでホスト名に対応する IP アドレスを問い合わせる場合など、\n" "それぞれの DNS クエリでは、最初に親となるゾーン\n" -"(<tt>example.com</tt> であれば <tt>com</tt>) に対して目的のゾーンのネームサー" -"バを\n" +"(<tt>example.com</tt> であれば <tt>com</tt>) に対して目的のゾーンのネームサーバを\n" "問い合わせ、その後これらのネームサーバに対して IP アドレスの問い合わせ\n" "を行ないます。 \n" -"ゾーンネームサーバの 1 つとして DNS サーバのホスト名を指定する必要があるの" -"は\n" +"ゾーンネームサーバの 1 つとして DNS サーバのホスト名を指定する必要があるのは\n" "このためです。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To add a New Name Server, click Add, complete the form,\n" -"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the " -"current\n" +"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the current\n" "DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" "during the zone creation.\n" msgstr "" -" 新しいネームサーバ を追加するには、 追加 ボタンを押して表示" -"された\n" -"項目に記入し、 OK を押してください。入力したネームサーバが IP アドレス" -"とともに\n" -"現在の DNS ゾーンに追加されます。これはゾーンの作成の際に利用するため、必ず指" -"定してください。\n" +" 新しいネームサーバ を追加するには、 追加 ボタンを押して表示された\n" +"項目に記入し、 OK を押してください。入力したネームサーバが IP アドレスとともに\n" +"現在の DNS ゾーンに追加されます。これはゾーンの作成の際に利用するため、必ず指定してください。\n" "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) @@ -1083,15 +1059,12 @@ "<big>DNS Records</big> \n" "Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" "all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n" -"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to " -"use\n" +"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" "and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DNS レコード</big> \n" -"ここでは、全ての DHCP クライアントに対する DNS ホスト名を設定します。全てのホ" -"スト名を\n" -"個別に指定する必要はなく、ホスト名を作成する単純な規則を 1 つ以上指定するだけ" -"です。\n" +"ここでは、全ての DHCP クライアントに対する DNS ホスト名を設定します。全てのホスト名を\n" +"個別に指定する必要はなく、ホスト名を作成する単純な規則を 1 つ以上指定するだけです。\n" "これらの規則は、利用する IP アドレスの範囲と、\n" "その範囲内で作成するホスト名の文字列を指定することによって行ないます。\n" @@ -1160,11 +1133,9 @@ "First IP Address and Second IP Address match the current\n" "Dynamic DHCP range.\n" msgstr "" -"現在のサブネット と ネットマスク には、現在のネットワーク設定が" -"表示されています。\n" +"現在のサブネット と ネットマスク には、現在のネットワーク設定が表示されています。\n" "ドメイン には現在の DHCP の設定が表示されています。\n" -"最初の IP アドレス と 2 番目の IP アドレス には、現在の動的な " -"DHCP\n" +"最初の IP アドレス と 2 番目の IP アドレス には、現在の動的な DHCP\n" "アドレス範囲が設定されています。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3) @@ -1184,13 +1155,10 @@ "\n" " To create or remove a single DNS record,\n" "click Add or Delete.\n" -"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the " -"corresponding\n" +"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n" "reverse zone, select Synchronize with Reverse Zone.\n" "Use Remove DNS Records Matching Range \n" -"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range " -"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, " -"select\n" +"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" "Add New Range of DNS Records from Special Tasks.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1199,10 +1167,8 @@ " DNS の項目をその逆引きゾーンと同期するには、\n" " 逆引きゾーンと同期 を選んでください。\n" " DNS サーバからこの範囲の IP アドレスに関連する情報を削除するには、\n" -" 特殊作業 内の 該当する DNS レコードを削除 を選択してください。" -"新しい DNS レコードの範囲を作成するには、\n" -" 特殊作業 から DNS レコードの新しい範囲を追加 を選択してくださ" -"い。\n" +" 特殊作業 内の 該当する DNS レコードを削除 を選択してください。新しい DNS レコードの範囲を作成するには、\n" +" 特殊作業 から DNS レコードの新しい範囲を追加 を選択してください。\n" #. old_range: $[ #. "base" : "dhcp-%", @@ -1480,8 +1446,7 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 msgid "" "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n" -"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server " -"defined. \n" +"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n" "Really use the current settings?\n" msgstr "" "現在の DNS ゾーンにはネームサーバの IP アドレスが設定されていません。\n" @@ -1748,8 +1713,7 @@ "Available Interfaces." msgstr "" "<big>ネットワークインターフェイス</big> \n" -"DHCP サーバが待ち受けるネットワークインターフェイスを 利用可能なインター" -"フェイス \n" +"DHCP サーバが待ち受けるネットワークインターフェイスを 利用可能なインターフェイス \n" "から選択してください。" #. help text 2/2 @@ -1766,8 +1730,7 @@ "選択したインターフェイスを通してリモートコンピュータから\n" "このサービスにアクセスできるようファイアウオールを開くには、\n" "ファイアウオールで選択したインターフェイスを開く を\n" -"選択してください。このオプションはファイアウオールが有効になっている場合にの" -"み\n" +"選択してください。このオプションはファイアウオールが有効になっている場合にのみ\n" "利用できます。" #. help text 1/5 @@ -1791,8 +1754,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "DHCP サーバを chroot 環境下で起動するには、\n" -"DHCP サーバを chroot 環境下で起動する を選択してください。デーモンを " -"chroot 環境下で\n" +"DHCP サーバを chroot 環境下で起動する を選択してください。デーモンを chroot 環境下で\n" "起動することはより堅牢なセキュリティを実現できるためお勧めです。" #. help text 3/5 @@ -1843,8 +1805,7 @@ "Set the Network Address and Network Mask of the subnet." msgstr "" "<big>サブネットの設定</big> \n" -"サブネットの ネットワークアドレス および ネットワークマスク を" -"設定してください。" +"サブネットの ネットワークアドレス および ネットワークマスク を設定してください。" #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 @@ -1927,8 +1888,7 @@ "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use Dynamic DNS." msgstr "" "\n" -"このサブネットのホスト用に動的な DNS を設定するには ダイナミック DNS " -"を使用してください。" +"このサブネットのホスト用に動的な DNS を設定するには ダイナミック DNS を使用してください。" #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 @@ -1974,44 +1934,35 @@ msgid "" "<big>Zones to Update</big> \n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" -"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the " -"DHCP\n" +"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" "server, you can leave the fields empty." msgstr "" "<big>更新するゾーン</big> \n" -"更新する正引き・逆引きゾーンを指定してください。その両方でプライマリネーム" -"サーバ\n" -"を指定する必要があります。ネームサーバと DHCP サーバが同じマシンで動作してい" -"る場合は、\n" +"更新する正引き・逆引きゾーンを指定してください。その両方でプライマリネームサーバ\n" +"を指定する必要があります。ネームサーバと DHCP サーバが同じマシンで動作している場合は、\n" "この欄に記入する必要はありません。" #. help text #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "<big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big> \n" -"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started " -"with \n" -"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible " -"options,\n" +"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" +"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" "consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used." msgstr "" "<big>DHCP サーバ開始パラメータ</big> \n" "ここでは DHCP サーバに対して開始時のパラメータを指定することができます。\n" -"たとえば \"-p 1234\" と指定して標準ではないポートで DHCP サービスを提供するな" -"どです。\n" -"利用可能な全てのオプションについては dhcpd のマニュアルページをご覧ください。" -"何も指定しない場合は既定値が使用されます。" +"たとえば \"-p 1234\" と指定して標準ではないポートで DHCP サービスを提供するなどです。\n" +"利用可能な全てのオプションについては dhcpd のマニュアルページをご覧ください。何も指定しない場合は既定値が使用されます。" #. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Selection</big> \n" -"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</" -"p>\n" +"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" msgstr "" "<big>ネットワークカードの選択</big> \n" -"DHCP サーバで使用するネットワークカードを一覧の中から 1 つ以上選択してくださ" -"い。\n" +"DHCP サーバで使用するネットワークカードを一覧の中から 1 つ以上選択してください。\n" #. Optional field - used with LDAP support #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160 @@ -2059,8 +2010,7 @@ "value as the default route in the routing table of clients." msgstr "" "デフォルトゲートウエイ は\n" -"クライアント側に通知され、クライアント側のデフォルトゲートウエイとして設定さ" -"れます。" +"クライアント側に通知され、クライアント側のデフォルトゲートウエイとして設定されます。" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185 @@ -2074,9 +2024,7 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189 msgid "Print Server offers this server as the default print server." -msgstr "" -"プリントサーバ は、クライアントに対して既定のプリントサーバを通知す" -"るために利用されます。" +msgstr "プリントサーバ は、クライアントに対して既定のプリントサーバを通知するために利用されます。" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193 @@ -2090,14 +2038,11 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197 msgid "" -"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP " -"expires\n" +"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again." msgstr "" -"既定の貸与時間 には、貸与した IP アドレスが期限切れとなる時間を設定" -"します。\n" -"クライアントは、ここで指定した時間が経過すると再度アドレス要求を行ないます。" -"" +"既定の貸与時間 には、貸与した IP アドレスが期限切れとなる時間を設定します。\n" +"クライアントは、ここで指定した時間が経過すると再度アドレス要求を行ないます。" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201 @@ -2108,8 +2053,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>サブネット情報</big>\n" -"ここでは、現在のサブネットに関する情報を読むことができます。たとえばアドレス" -"やネットマスク、\n" +"ここでは、現在のサブネットに関する情報を読むことができます。たとえばアドレスやネットマスク、\n" "クライアントに貸与するアドレス範囲の最大値と最小値などです。\n" "\n" @@ -2118,22 +2062,17 @@ msgid "" "<big>IP Address Range</big> \n" "Set the First IP Address and the Last IP Address\n" -"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the " -"same netmask.\n" +"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n" "For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the \n" "Allow Dynamic BOOTP flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" "assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients.\n" msgstr "" "<big>IP アドレス範囲</big> \n" -"クライアントに貸与する 最初の IP アドレス と 最後の IP アドレス</" -"b>\n" -"を、それぞれ設定してください。これらのアドレスは同じネットマスクである必要が" -"あります。\n" +"クライアントに貸与する 最初の IP アドレス と 最後の IP アドレス\n" +"を、それぞれ設定してください。これらのアドレスは同じネットマスクである必要があります。\n" "たとえば <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> と <tt>192.168.1.64</tt> のようになります。\n" -"動的 BOOTP の許可 フラグを指定した範囲に設定すると、 DHCP クライアント" -"と\n" -"同様に BOOTP クライアントに対しても動的にアドレスを割り振るようになります。</" -"p>\n" +"動的 BOOTP の許可 フラグを指定した範囲に設定すると、 DHCP クライアントと\n" +"同様に BOOTP クライアントに対しても動的にアドレスを割り振るようになります。\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 @@ -2144,8 +2083,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>貸与時間</big> \n" "このアドレス範囲での 既定の 貸与時間を設定してください。\n" -"この設定値はクライアントに対して IP アドレスの更新間隔を指定することになりま" -"す。 " +"この設定値はクライアントに対して IP アドレスの更新間隔を指定することになります。 " #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223 @@ -2194,9 +2132,7 @@ #. host management help 1/3 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "To remove a host, select it and click Delete from List." -msgstr "" -"ホストを削除するには、ホストを選択して 一覧から削除 を押してくださ" -"い。" +msgstr "ホストを削除するには、ホストを選択して 一覧から削除 を押してください。" #. help text 1/7 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263 @@ -2403,8 +2339,7 @@ "%1\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign them to a zone." msgstr "" -"以下のネットワークインターフェイスはどのファイアウオールゾーンにも属していま" -"せん。\n" +"以下のネットワークインターフェイスはどのファイアウオールゾーンにも属していません。\n" "%1\n" "YaST ファイアウオール設定を実行し、ゾーンを割り当ててください。" @@ -2414,8 +2349,7 @@ "Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone." msgstr "" -"ネットワークインターフェイス %1 はどのファイアウオールゾーンにも属していませ" -"ん。\n" +"ネットワークインターフェイス %1 はどのファイアウオールゾーンにも属していません。\n" "YaST ファイアウオール設定を実行し、ゾーンを割り当ててください。" #. popup message @@ -2637,7 +2571,7 @@ "\n" "設定を中止しています。" -#. error report +#. error report #: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1474 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" @@ -2749,7 +2683,7 @@ msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "%1 を作成する際にエラーが発生しました。" -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key #: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2738 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "%1 を更新する際にエラーが発生しました。" @@ -2763,4 +2697,3 @@ #: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2906 msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf." msgstr "/etc/dhcpd.conf へ書き込む際にエラーが発生しました。" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/dns-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/dns-server.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/dns-server.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-27 20:47+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/drbd.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/drbd.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/drbd.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -219,10 +219,8 @@ "\t\t" msgstr "" "起動:\n" -"\t\t\t\"オン\" を選択すると、 DRBD サーバを今すぐ起動し、システム起動時に" -"も開始するように設定します。\n" -"\t\t\t\"オフ\" を選択すると、 DRBD サーバは手作業で起動するように設定され" -"ます。\n" +"\t\t\t\"オン\" を選択すると、 DRBD サーバを今すぐ起動し、システム起動時にも開始するように設定します。\n" +"\t\t\t\"オフ\" を選択すると、 DRBD サーバは手作業で起動するように設定されます。\n" "\t\tオンとオフの切り替え:\n" "\t\t\tDRBD サーバを今すぐ起動、もしくは今すぐ停止します。\n" "\t\t" @@ -234,147 +232,78 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a " -"resource\n" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -"\"追加\", \"編集\", \"削除\" の各ボタンを利用して、リソースの追加／編集／" -"削除を行なうことができます。\n" +"\"追加\", \"編集\", \"削除\" の各ボタンを利用して、リソースの追加／編集／削除を行なうことができます。\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) " -"of one of the nodes\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which " -"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach " -"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to " -"the node's partner device.\n" -"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being " -"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and " -"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk " -"parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve " -"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</" -"p>\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " -"backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\"name\" (名前) は必ず設定しなければならない項目で、いずれかのノードに" -"対する Linux のホスト名 (uname -n) に一致していなければなりません。\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": (アドレス:ポート) リソースにはデバイスごとに 1 つの " -"IP アドレスが必要です。このアドレスを利用して、対向のデバイスからの接続を受け" -"付け、情報を受信します。また、それぞれの DRBD リソースには、対向のデバイスと" -"接続するための TCP ポートを設定します。\n" -"\t\t\"Device\": (デバイス) 定義しているリソースのブロックデバイスノード名" -"を指定します。お使いのアプリケーション (ファイルシステム) からは、このデバイ" -"スを利用してアクセスするものとし、 disk パラメータで指定している直接のデバイ" -"スにはアクセスしないでください。\n" +"\t\t\"name\" (名前) は必ず設定しなければならない項目で、いずれかのノードに対する Linux のホスト名 (uname -n) に一致していなければなりません。\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": (アドレス:ポート) リソースにはデバイスごとに 1 つの IP アドレスが必要です。このアドレスを利用して、対向のデバイスからの接続を受け付け、情報を受信します。また、それぞれの DRBD リソースには、対向のデバイスと接続するための TCP ポートを設定します。\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": (デバイス) 定義しているリソースのブロックデバイスノード名を指定します。お使いのアプリケーション (ファイルシステム) からは、このデバイスを利用してアクセスするものとし、 disk パラメータで指定している直接のデバイスにはアクセスしないでください。\n" "\t\t例: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": (ディスク) DRBD はこのブロックデバイスを利用して、実際のデー" -"タを保存します。DRBD を動作させている間は、これらのデバイスに直接アクセスして" -"はなりません。\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": (メタディスク) internal を指定します。この値を指定する" -"と、利用しているデバイスの最後の部分にメタデータを保存して使用するようになり" -"ます。\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": (ディスク) DRBD はこのブロックデバイスを利用して、実際のデータを保存します。DRBD を動作させている間は、これらのデバイスに直接アクセスしてはなりません。\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": (メタディスク) internal を指定します。この値を指定すると、利用しているデバイスの最後の部分にメタデータを保存して使用するようになります。\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both " -"local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node " -"was a degraded cluster\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-" -"error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" "\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by " -"DRBD\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected " -"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is " -"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must " -"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, " -"the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-" -"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time " -"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default " -"unit is 100ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive " -"packet\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two " -"write barriers\n" -"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write " -"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The " -"default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" -"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top " -"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by " -"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is " -"KB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= " -"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, " -"Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol (プロトコル)\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: ローカル側のディスクと、ローカル側の TCP 送信バッファに" -"データを送信できた時点で、書き込み操作が完了したものとして報告されるようにな" -"ります。\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: ローカル側のディスクと、リモート側のバッファキャッシュに" -"データを送信できた時点で、書き込み操作が完了したものとして報告されるようにな" -"ります。\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: ローカル側およびリモート側の両方のディスクにデータを書き込" -"んだ時点で、書き込み操作が完了したものとして報告されるようになります。\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: ローカル側のディスクと、ローカル側の TCP 送信バッファにデータを送信できた時点で、書き込み操作が完了したものとして報告されるようになります。\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: ローカル側のディスクと、リモート側のバッファキャッシュにデータを送信できた時点で、書き込み操作が完了したものとして報告されるようになります。\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: ローカル側およびリモート側の両方のディスクにデータを書き込んだ時点で、書き込み操作が完了したものとして報告されるようになります。\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\twfc-timeout (WFC タイムアウト): 接続タイムアウトの待機時間を指" -"定します。\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout (縮退時 WFC タイムアウト): このノードが属する" -"クラスタが縮退状態にある場合の、接続タイムアウトを指定します。\n" +"\t\twfc-timeout (WFC タイムアウト): 接続タイムアウトの待機時間を指定します。\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout (縮退時 WFC タイムアウト): このノードが属するクラスタが縮退状態にある場合の、接続タイムアウトを指定します。\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: 低レベルのデバイスが IO エラーを報告した場合、何を" -"すべきかを指定します。\n" -"\t\tsndbuf-size: TCP ソケットの送信バッファサイズを指定します。</" -"p>\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: DRBD で割り当て可能な最大リクエスト数を指定しま" -"す。\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: 低レベルのデバイスが IO エラーを報告した場合、何をすべきかを指定します。\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: TCP ソケットの送信バッファサイズを指定します。\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: DRBD で割り当て可能な最大リクエスト数を指定します。\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: 相手側のノードが、ここで指定した値の 0.1 倍の秒数を" -"待っても期待する応答パケットを送信しない場合、相手側のノードが死んでしまった" -"ものと判断し、 TCP/IP の接続をあきらめるようになります。この値は connect-int " -"および ping-int の値よりも小さくなければいけません。既定値は 60 で、 6 秒を意" -"味します。\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: 相手側がキープアライブ (生存確認) パケットに応答す" -"るまでの待機時間を指定します。ここで指定した時間内に相手側から応答が届かない" -"場合は、相手が死んでしまったものと判断します。既定値は 500 ミリ秒で、既定の単" -"位は 100 ミリ秒です。\n" -"\t\tping-int: 相手側がキープアライブ (生存確認) パケットに応答する" -"までの待機時間を指定します。\n" +"\t\ttimeout: 相手側のノードが、ここで指定した値の 0.1 倍の秒数を待っても期待する応答パケットを送信しない場合、相手側のノードが死んでしまったものと判断し、 TCP/IP の接続をあきらめるようになります。この値は connect-int および ping-int の値よりも小さくなければいけません。既定値は 60 で、 6 秒を意味します。\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: 相手側がキープアライブ (生存確認) パケットに応答するまでの待機時間を指定します。ここで指定した時間内に相手側から応答が届かない場合は、相手が死んでしまったものと判断します。既定値は 500 ミリ秒で、既定の単位は 100 ミリ秒です。\n" +"\t\tping-int: 相手側がキープアライブ (生存確認) パケットに応答するまでの待機時間を指定します。\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: 2 つの書き込みバリア間で許容される、最大のデー" -"タブロック数を指定します。\n" -"\t\tko-count: ここで指定した回数だけ、セカンダリノードが単一の書き" -"込み要求を失敗すると、そのノードはクラスタから除外されます。既定値は 0 で、こ" -"の機能は無効化されています。\n" -"\t\trate: DRBD 上で動作するアプリケーションが円滑に動作するため、裏" -"で動作する同期処理で使用する帯域を制限することができます。既定値は 250 [KB 毎" -"秒] で、既定の単位は KB 毎秒です。\n" -"\t\tal-extents: どれだけホットエリア (= 動作中のセット) を一括で取" -"得できるかを指定します。既定値は 127 です (最小: 7, 最大: 3843) 。\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: 2 つの書き込みバリア間で許容される、最大のデータブロック数を指定します。\n" +"\t\tko-count: ここで指定した回数だけ、セカンダリノードが単一の書き込み要求を失敗すると、そのノードはクラスタから除外されます。既定値は 0 で、この機能は無効化されています。\n" +"\t\trate: DRBD 上で動作するアプリケーションが円滑に動作するため、裏で動作する同期処理で使用する帯域を制限することができます。既定値は 250 [KB 毎秒] で、既定の単位は KB 毎秒です。\n" +"\t\tal-extents: どれだけホットエリア (= 動作中のセット) を一括で取得できるかを指定します。既定値は 127 です (最小: 7, 最大: 3843) 。\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 @@ -382,32 +311,23 @@ msgstr "<big>DRBD のグローバル設定</big>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 -msgid "" -"Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's " -"sanity check" -msgstr "" -"drbdadm の正常性確認の 1 つを無効にするには、 \"IP 検証の無効化\" " -"を選択してください。" +msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" +msgstr "drbdadm の正常性確認の 1 つを無効にするには、 \"IP 検証の無効化\" を選択してください。" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" -"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " -"waited so\n" +"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " -"seconds,\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -"ダイアログ更新: ユーザダイアログが表示されると、そこでは開いた時点" -"からの秒がカウントされ\n" -" 表示されます。シリアル端末で出力が制限されているコンソールに" -"接続している場合、\n" +"ダイアログ更新: ユーザダイアログが表示されると、そこでは開いた時点からの秒がカウントされ\n" +" 表示されます。シリアル端末で出力が制限されているコンソールに接続している場合、\n" " これを無効化することができます。\n" " \n" -" ダイアログは 'ダイアログ更新' で設定した秒数ごとにカウントす" -"るほか、\n" +" ダイアログは 'ダイアログ更新' で設定した秒数ごとにカウントするほか、\n" " 0 に設定することで再描画を停止させることもできます。" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 @@ -419,8 +339,7 @@ " as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" "マイナーカウント:\n" -" モジュールの再読み込みを行なわずに、より多くの資源を定義したい場合" -"に使用します。\n" +" モジュールの再読み込みを行なわずに、より多くの資源を定義したい場合に使用します。\n" " 既定では、このファイルに記載されたデバイス数と同じだけの\n" " モジュールを読み込みます。" @@ -690,9 +609,7 @@ #: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" -msgstr "" -"drbdadm のテスト用に drbd.conf をクリーンアップしようとしましたが、失敗しまし" -"た" +msgstr "drbdadm のテスト用に drbd.conf をクリーンアップしようとしましたが、失敗しました" #: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 msgid "" @@ -740,4 +657,3 @@ #: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "/etc/drbd.d ディレクトリの作成に失敗しました" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/fcoe-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/fcoe-client.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/fcoe-client.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: fcoe-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-06 16:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-09 07:59+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -157,8 +157,7 @@ "Removing it may result in an unusable system." msgstr "" "注意:\n" -"使用済みのデバイスに対して、必須のインターフェイスでないことを確認してくださ" -"い。\n" +"使用済みのデバイスに対して、必須のインターフェイスでないことを確認してください。\n" "必須のインターフェイスを削除してしまうと、システムが利用できなくなります。" #. popup text continues @@ -195,8 +194,7 @@ "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." msgstr "" "サービス 'fcoe' を利用するには、サービス 'lldpad' を有効にする\n" -"必要があります。サービス 'lldpad' を、システム起動時に有効になるように設定し" -"ます。" +"必要があります。サービス 'lldpad' を、システム起動時に有効になるように設定します。" #. radio button: start service on boot #. radio button: start service on boot @@ -394,10 +392,8 @@ "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "<big>FCoE クライアントの追加:</big> \n" -"検出された FCoE クライアントの一覧から FCoE クライアントを選択してくださ" -"い。\n" -"FCoE クライアントが検出されなかった場合は、 その他 (検出されない) を選" -"択し、\n" +"検出された FCoE クライアントの一覧から FCoE クライアントを選択してください。\n" +"FCoE クライアントが検出されなかった場合は、 その他 (検出されない) を選択し、\n" "設定 を押してください。\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -412,35 +408,20 @@ #. Services dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71 -msgid "" -"<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start " -"of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." +msgid "<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." msgstr "" "<big>サービスの起動</big> \n" -"ここでは、 fcoe と lldpad のサービスについて、システム起動時の" -"サービス起動を有効または無効にすることができます。 " +"ここでは、 fcoe と lldpad のサービスについて、システム起動時のサービス起動を有効または無効にすることができます。 " #. Services dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over " -"Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE " -"interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." -msgstr "" -"サービスの起動において、 fcoe は Fibre Channel over Ethernet" -"サービスデーモン (fcoemon) の起動を意味します。このデーモンは FCoE イ" -"ンターフェイスを制御し、 lldpad デーモンとの接続を確立します。" +msgid "Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." +msgstr "サービスの起動において、 fcoe は Fibre Channel over Ethernetサービスデーモン (fcoemon) の起動を意味します。このデーモンは FCoE インターフェイスを制御し、 lldpad デーモンとの接続を確立します。" #. Services dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 -msgid "" -"The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol</" -"i> agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data " -"Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." -msgstr "" -"lldpad サービスは、 Link Layer Discovery Protocol エージェン" -"トデーモン (lldpad と略します) を提供し、 fcoemon に対して DCB " -"(Data Center Bridging) 機能とインターフェイスの設定情報を提供します。" +msgid "The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." +msgstr "lldpad サービスは、 Link Layer Discovery Protocol エージェントデーモン (lldpad と略します) を提供し、 fcoemon に対して DCB (Data Center Bridging) 機能とインターフェイスの設定情報を提供します。" #. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88 @@ -449,56 +430,23 @@ #. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of " -"VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is " -"configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), " -"this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." -msgstr "" -"インターフェイスダイアログには、検出されたすべてのネットワークカードが表示" -"され、 VLAN と FCoE 設定の状態も表示されます。 FCoE は、スイッチ上で VLAN " -"インターフェイスが FCoE 用に設定されている場合にのみ利用できます。 また、" -"それぞれのネットワークカード (ネットワークインターフェイス) に対して、 VLAN " -"インターフェイス (FCoE VLAN インターフェイス 内) も表示されています。" -"" +msgid "The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." +msgstr "インターフェイスダイアログには、検出されたすべてのネットワークカードが表示され、 VLAN と FCoE 設定の状態も表示されます。 FCoE は、スイッチ上で VLAN インターフェイスが FCoE 用に設定されている場合にのみ利用できます。 また、それぞれのネットワークカード (ネットワークインターフェイス) に対して、 VLAN インターフェイス (FCoE VLAN インターフェイス 内) も表示されています。" #. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 -msgid "" -"It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry " -"Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." -"" -msgstr "" -"検出の再試行 を利用することで、 FCoE サービスに対して再チェックを行" -"なうこともできます (起動に時間のかかるインターフェイスの場合は、これをお使い" -"ください) 。" +msgid "It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." +msgstr "検出の再試行 を利用することで、 FCoE サービスに対して再チェックを行なうこともできます (起動に時間のかかるインターフェイスの場合は、これをお使いください) 。" #. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103 -msgid "" -"The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available</" -"b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the " -"switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet " -"activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the " -"FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the " -"column, e.g. eth3.200." -msgstr "" -"FCoE VLAN インターフェイス の値には下記のような意味があります:" -" 利用できません: Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) が利用できない" -"ことを示しています (まずスイッチ側で有効にする必要があります) 。 設定さ" -"れていません: FCoE が利用できるものの、設定が行なわれていないことを示して" -"います。 FCoE VLAN インターフェイスの作成を押して設定を行なってくだ" -"さい。 既に FCoE VLAN インターフェイスが作成済みの場合は、列内に名前が表示" -"されます (例: eth3.200) 。" +msgid "The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200." +msgstr "FCoE VLAN インターフェイス の値には下記のような意味があります: 利用できません: Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) が利用できないことを示しています (まずスイッチ側で有効にする必要があります) 。 設定されていません: FCoE が利用できるものの、設定が行なわれていないことを示しています。 FCoE VLAN インターフェイスの作成を押して設定を行なってください。 既に FCoE VLAN インターフェイスが作成済みの場合は、列内に名前が表示されます (例: eth3.200) 。" #. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113 -msgid "" -"To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"FCoE VLAN インターフェイスの設定を変更するには、設定の変更 を押して" -"ください。" +msgid "To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change Settings." +msgstr "FCoE VLAN インターフェイスの設定を変更するには、設定の変更 を押してください。" #. Configuration dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117 @@ -507,28 +455,17 @@ #. Configuration dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings " -"are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." -msgstr "" -"ここでは、 FCoE システムサービスに対する一般的な設定を行なうことができま" -"す。設定は '/etc/fcoe/config' に書き込まれます。" +msgid "Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." +msgstr "ここでは、 FCoE システムサービスに対する一般的な設定を行なうことができます。設定は '/etc/fcoe/config' に書き込まれます。" #. Configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "The values are: \n" -"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable " -"debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon." -" Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the " -"system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." +"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon. Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." msgstr "" "値の意味は下記の通りです: \n" -"デバッグ: はい または いいえ この値は、 fcoe サービ" -"スのスクリプトと fcoemon のデバッグメッセージを有効にするかどうかを選" -"択します。 syslog の使用: はい または いいえ この" -"値は、システムのログを syslog に送信するかどうかを選択します (/var/log/" -"messages に記録されます) 。" +"デバッグ: はい または いいえ この値は、 fcoe サービスのスクリプトと fcoemon のデバッグメッセージを有効にするかどうかを選択します。 syslog の使用: はい または いいえ この値は、システムのログを syslog に送信するかどうかを選択します (/var/log/messages に記録されます) 。" #. edit dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133 @@ -537,30 +474,13 @@ #. Edit dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 -msgid "" -"The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on " -"initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values " -"indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." -msgstr "" -"fcoemon デーモンは、その初期化時に設定ファイルを読み込みます。 " -"インターフェイスごとにファイルが存在するほか、設定値には FCoE インスタンスを" -"作成すべきかどうか、 DCB を必要とするかどうかを設定します。" +msgid "The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." +msgstr "fcoemon デーモンは、その初期化時に設定ファイルを読み込みます。 インターフェイスごとにファイルが存在するほか、設定値には FCoE インスタンスを作成すべきかどうか、 DCB を必要とするかどうかを設定します。" #. Edit dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable " -"or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes</" -"i> or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required." -" AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes " -"'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." -msgstr "" -"値の意味は下記の通りです: FCoE を有効にする: はい または " -"いいえ FCoE の作成を有効／無効にします。 DCB を必要とする</" -"b>: はい または いいえ 既定値は はい で、通常は DCB " -"が必要 (はい) です。自動 VLAN: はい または いいえ</" -"i> はい を選択すると、 'fcoemon' は自動的に VLANインターフェイスを" -"作成します。" +msgid "The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required. AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." +msgstr "値の意味は下記の通りです: FCoE を有効にする: はい または いいえ FCoE の作成を有効／無効にします。 DCB を必要とする: はい または いいえ 既定値は はい で、通常は DCB が必要 (はい) です。自動 VLAN: はい または いいえ はい を選択すると、 'fcoemon' は自動的に VLANインターフェイスを作成します。" #. Header of tab in tab widget #. Header of tab in tab widget @@ -604,12 +524,8 @@ #. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 -msgid "" -"To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -" FCoE 設定を続行するには %1 パッケージをインストールする必要があり" -"ます。" +msgid "To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr " FCoE 設定を続行するには %1 パッケージをインストールする必要があります。" #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -806,4 +722,3 @@ #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 msgid "disabled" msgstr "無効" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/firewall-services.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/firewall-services.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/firewall-services.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall-services\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-01 09:17+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/firewall.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/firewall.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/firewall.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-05 11:00+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -1983,4 +1983,3 @@ #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1552 msgid "disabled" msgstr "無効" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/firstboot.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/firstboot.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/firstboot.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-01 12:45+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/ftp-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/ftp-server.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/ftp-server.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-02 20:04+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/geo-cluster.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/geo-cluster.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/geo-cluster.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -431,4 +431,3 @@ #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "設定概要 ..." - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/gtk.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/gtk.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/gtk.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-05 07:53+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/http-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/http-server.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/http-server.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: http-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-05 11:06+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -1749,4 +1749,3 @@ #: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:62 msgid "ssl together with \"virtual by name\" is not possible" msgstr "SSL とホスト名ベースの仮想ホストの組み合わせは設定できません。" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/inetd.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/inetd.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/inetd.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inetd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-05 11:10+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/installation.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/installation.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/installation.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-01 11:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-02 07:59+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -40,23 +40,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST " -"profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>." +"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" -"AutoYaST プロファイルを作成するには、 システム設定の複製 を選択して" -"ください。\n" -"AutoYaST とは、ユーザの対話操作無しで SUSE Linux をインストールする手段で" -"す。\n" -"AutoYaST では、インストールするシステムの設定方法を指定するためのプロファイル" -"が必要となります。\n" -"このオプションを選択すると、現在のシステムのプロファイルが <tt>/root/" -"autoyast.xml</tt> に保存されます。" +"AutoYaST プロファイルを作成するには、 システム設定の複製 を選択してください。\n" +"AutoYaST とは、ユーザの対話操作無しで SUSE Linux をインストールする手段です。\n" +"AutoYaST では、インストールするシステムの設定方法を指定するためのプロファイルが必要となります。\n" +"このオプションを選択すると、現在のシステムのプロファイルが <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt> に保存されます。" #. this is a heading #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:68 @@ -71,12 +63,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=" -"\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." -msgstr "" -"AutoYaST のプロファイルを /root/autoinst.xml に書き込みます (<a href=\"%1\">" -"作成しない</a>)" +msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." +msgstr "AutoYaST のプロファイルを /root/autoinst.xml に書き込みます (<a href=\"%1\">作成しない</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text @@ -121,12 +109,8 @@ msgstr "イメージからのインストール" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"RPM のインストールを高速化するため、 Novell 側で事前設定したイメージを利用す" -"ることができます。" +msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." +msgstr "RPM のインストールを高速化するため、 Novell 側で事前設定したイメージを利用することができます。" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133 msgid "&Install from Images" @@ -137,9 +121,7 @@ msgstr "イメージからはインストールしない (&D)" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153 -msgid "" -"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " -"source" +msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" msgstr "カスタムなイメージ配置 - インストール元として URL を設定する必要があります" #. Image name, Image location @@ -148,18 +130,12 @@ msgstr "ここでは、カスタムなイメージを作成することができます。\n" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163 -msgid "" -"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " -"image here" +msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" msgstr "ここでイメージを作成する前に、ソフトウエアの選択を設定しなければなりません" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " -"installation)" -msgstr "" -"イメージファイルの作成 (インストールの際、 AutoYaST は指定された場所にアクセ" -"スします)" +msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" +msgstr "イメージファイルの作成 (インストールの際、 AutoYaST は指定された場所にアクセスします)" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181 msgid "Create Image" @@ -183,35 +159,25 @@ msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " -"the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" msgstr "" -"イメージからインストールする は、インストールを素早く行なうために利" -"用します。\n" -"イメージには、選択したパターンに応じたインストール済みシステムの圧縮スナップ" -"ショットが\n" -"含まれています。イメージに含まれていない残りのパッケージについては、通常の方" -"法で\n" +"イメージからインストールする は、インストールを素早く行なうために利用します。\n" +"イメージには、選択したパターンに応じたインストール済みシステムの圧縮スナップショットが\n" +"含まれています。イメージに含まれていない残りのパッケージについては、通常の方法で\n" "インストールします。\n" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " -"dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " -"already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-" -"installation." +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." msgstr "" -"RPM のインストール手順を完全に飛ばしたい場合は、 独自のイメージを作成</" -"b>\n" -"を使用することができます。その代わり、 AutoYaST は高速かつ事前に設定を行なう" -"ことのできる\n" +"RPM のインストール手順を完全に飛ばしたい場合は、 独自のイメージを作成\n" +"を使用することができます。その代わり、 AutoYaST は高速かつ事前に設定を行なうことのできる\n" "ハードディスク上にイメージを生成します。\n" -"RPM インストール以外の全ての作業は、通常の自動インストールのようにして行ない" -"ます。" +"RPM インストール以外の全ての作業は、通常の自動インストールのようにして行ないます。" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347 msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image" @@ -220,15 +186,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " -"originating from the images will\n" -"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</" -"p>" +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" +"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." msgstr "" -"なお、イメージからインストールする場合、イメージ内に存在する全てのパッケー" -"ジのタイムスタンプは、\n" -"実際のインストール時刻ではなく、イメージを作成した時刻になってしまうことに注" -"意してください。" +"なお、イメージからインストールする場合、イメージ内に存在する全てのパッケージのタイムスタンプは、\n" +"実際のインストール時刻ではなく、イメージを作成した時刻になってしまうことに注意してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 @@ -270,17 +232,13 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"イメージからのインストールが有効になっています (<a href=\"%1\">無効にする</" -"a>)" +msgstr "イメージからのインストールが有効になっています (<a href=\"%1\">無効にする</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"イメージからのインストールが無効になっています (<a href=\"%1\">有効にする</" -"a>)" +msgstr "イメージからのインストールが無効になっています (<a href=\"%1\">有効にする</a>)" #. progress step title #: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 @@ -395,8 +353,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"インストール時およびインストール後に利用する 言語 と キーボードレイ" -"アウト を\n" +"インストール時およびインストール後に利用する 言語 と キーボードレイアウト を\n" "選択してください。\n" "\n" @@ -406,14 +363,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available " -"translations.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "インストールを続行するには、ライセンスを受け入れる必要があります。\n" -"ライセンス翻訳... を押すと、利用可能なライセンスの翻訳を表示することが" -"できます。\n" +"ライセンス翻訳... を押すと、利用可能なライセンスの翻訳を表示することができます。\n" "\n" #. help text, continued @@ -453,7 +408,11 @@ "中止することができます。\n" "\n" -#. download release notes now +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. #. push button #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 #: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 @@ -543,21 +502,14 @@ #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" -"AutoYaST プロファイルを作成するには、 このシステムを AutoYaST 用に複製" -"する を選択してください。\n" -"AutoYaST とは、ユーザの対話操作無しで SUSE Linux をインストールする手段で" -"す。\n" -"AutoYaST では、インストールするシステムの設定方法を指定するプロファイルが必要" -"となります。\n" -"このオプションを選択すると、現在のシステムのプロファイルが <tt>/root/" -"autoyast.xml</tt> に保存されます。" +"AutoYaST プロファイルを作成するには、 このシステムを AutoYaST 用に複製する を選択してください。\n" +"AutoYaST とは、ユーザの対話操作無しで SUSE Linux をインストールする手段です。\n" +"AutoYaST では、インストールするシステムの設定方法を指定するプロファイルが必要となります。\n" +"このオプションを選択すると、現在のシステムのプロファイルが <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt> に保存されます。" #. Dialog busy message #. TRANSLATORS: busy message @@ -570,9 +522,7 @@ #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308 msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "" -"現在のシステムを複製するには、 %1 パッケージをインストールしなけれ" -"ばなりません。" +msgstr "現在のシステムを複製するには、 %1 パッケージをインストールしなければなりません。" #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -612,8 +562,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " -"packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgstr "" "デバッグが有効になっています。\n" "YaST はパッケージの状態を調べるため、パッケージマネージャを起動します。" @@ -650,13 +599,8 @@ msgstr "使用するディスク (&D)" #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " -"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." -msgstr "" -"イメージの配置先となるディスクを選択してください。指定したディスク内にある全" -"てのデータは失われ、イメージ内で設定されているとおりにパーティションが作成さ" -"れます。" +msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgstr "イメージの配置先となるディスクを選択してください。指定したディスク内にある全てのデータは失われ、イメージ内で設定されているとおりにパーティションが作成されます。" #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" @@ -709,6 +653,8 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "インストールが始まりました!" +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. bug #302384 #: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 @@ -871,24 +817,17 @@ #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208 msgid "" "\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -"select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"&product; と共に、別途のメディアで提供されるアドオン製品をインストールするに" -"は、\n" -"別途のメディアで提供されるアドオン製品をインストールする を選んでくだ" -"さい。\n" +"&product; と共に、別途のメディアで提供されるアドオン製品をインストールするには、\n" +"別途のメディアで提供されるアドオン製品をインストールする を選んでください。\n" #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211 -msgid "" -"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://" -"drivers.suse.com site." -msgstr "" -"インストール時に特定のハードウエアドライバを必要とする場合は、 http://" -"drivers.suse.com サイトをご確認ください。 " +msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." +msgstr "インストール時に特定のハードウエアドライバを必要とする場合は、 http://drivers.suse.com サイトをご確認ください。 " #. Error message #: src/clients/inst_license.rb:128 @@ -942,12 +881,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " -"configuration.\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" msgstr "" "ネットワーク上のリポジトリやアドオン製品を利用するには、ネットワーク\n" -"設定が必要です。ネットワーク上のリポジトリを利用しない場合はネットワーク設定" -"を\n" +"設定が必要です。ネットワーク上のリポジトリを利用しない場合はネットワーク設定を\n" "飛ばすこともできます。\n" #. error popup @@ -962,33 +899,25 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a " -"number \n" -"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " -"ones \n" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" +"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" "GNOME and KDE." msgstr "" -" Linux では 選択 が最も重要です。 openSUSE では複数の異なる" -"デスクトップ環境を\n" +" Linux では 選択 が最も重要です。 openSUSE では複数の異なるデスクトップ環境を\n" "提供しています。ここでは有名な 2 種類のデスクトップ環境、\n" "GNOME と KDE を表示しています。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " -"installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in " -"the software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " -"additional desktop \n" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default." msgstr "" "その他 のオプションを選択すると、上記以外のデスクトップ環境\n" "(または最小インストールパターンのうちのいずれか) を選択することができます。\n" -"ソフトウエアの選択を行なった後や、インストールが完了した後からでも、デスク" -"トップ環境の選択を変更したり追加したりすることができます。この画面では既定値" -"を選択します。" +"ソフトウエアの選択を行なった後や、インストールが完了した後からでも、デスクトップ環境の選択を変更したり追加したりすることができます。この画面では既定値を選択します。" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121 @@ -1161,13 +1090,11 @@ #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values " -"displayed.\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"インストール ボタンを押すと、表示された設定で新規インストールを行ない" -"ます。\n" +"インストール ボタンを押すと、表示された設定で新規インストールを行ないます。\n" "\n" #. kicking out, bug #203811 @@ -1198,8 +1125,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"この時点では、まだハードディスクの内容は何も変更していませんので、中止しても" -"問題はありません。\n" +"この時点では、まだハードディスクの内容は何も変更していませんので、中止しても問題はありません。\n" "\n" #. Help text for update proposal @@ -1323,8 +1249,7 @@ "The release notes for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n" "summary of new features and changes.\n" msgstr "" -"インストール済みの Linux システムに対する リリースノート が表示され" -"ています。\n" +"インストール済みの Linux システムに対する リリースノート が表示されています。\n" "ここには、新しい機能や変更点などの概要が記されています。\n" #. informative message in RichText widget @@ -1438,20 +1363,16 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." -msgstr "" -"YaST はコンピュータのハードウエアと、インストール済みのシステムを検出していま" -"す。" +msgstr "YaST はコンピュータのハードウエアと、インストール済みのシステムを検出しています。" #. additonal error when HW was not found #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -"installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"インストール時に特定のハードウエアドライバを必要とする場合は、 'drivers.suse." -"com' をご確認ください。" +"インストール時に特定のハードウエアドライバを必要とする場合は、 'drivers.suse.com' をご確認ください。" #. pop-up error report #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 @@ -1481,8 +1402,7 @@ "Check your hardware.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"インストールに利用できるハードディスクや、そのコントローラが見つかりませんで" -"した。\n" +"インストールに利用できるハードディスクや、そのコントローラが見つかりませんでした。\n" "お使いのハードウエアをご確認ください。\n" "\n" @@ -1552,12 +1472,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " -"upgrade process." +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" "アップグレードしようとしているシステムに設定されていた、ソフトウエア\n" -"リポジトリが表示されています。アップグレード処理の際にこれらのソフトウエア" -"を\n" +"リポジトリが表示されています。アップグレード処理の際にこれらのソフトウエアを\n" "含める場合は有効に設定してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 @@ -2014,8 +1932,7 @@ "(erasing any existing data in those partitions) according to the\n" "installation settings in the previous dialogs." msgstr "" -"続行すると、お使いのハードディスクにある 既存のパーティション " -"は、\n" +"続行すると、お使いのハードディスクにある 既存のパーティション は、\n" "直前のダイアログで設定したとおりに 削除 または フォーマット\n" "(パーティション内の 全てのデータが消去) されます。" @@ -2076,27 +1993,18 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:63 msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"デバイスのブラックリスト設定が有効になっています (<a href=\"%s\">無効にする</" -"a>)" +msgstr "デバイスのブラックリスト設定が有効になっています (<a href=\"%s\">無効にする</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:69 msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"デバイスのブラックリスト設定が無効になっています (<a href=\"%s\">有効にする</" -"a>)" +msgstr "デバイスのブラックリスト設定が無効になっています (<a href=\"%s\">有効にする</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to " -"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." -msgstr "" -"カーネルのメモリ使用率を下げる目的で、特定のデバイスに対するチャンネルをブ" -"ラックリストに設定したい場合は、 デバイスのブラックリスト設定 をお使い" -"ください。" +msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgstr "カーネルのメモリ使用率を下げる目的で、特定のデバイスに対するチャンネルをブラックリストに設定したい場合は、 デバイスのブラックリスト設定 をお使いください。" #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:135 @@ -2108,6 +2016,9 @@ msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "PREP パーティションを縮小しています..." +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String #: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 msgid "Enabling remote administration..." msgstr "リモート管理を有効化しています..." @@ -2148,4 +2059,3 @@ "パッケージの依存関係を自動で解決することができなかったため、\n" "インストールを行なうことができませんでした。ソフトウエアマネージャを\n" "起動しますので、手作業で依存関係を解決してください。" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/instserver.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/instserver.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/instserver.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: instserver\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-26 21:39+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/iplb.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/iplb.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/iplb.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iplb\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-06 16:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-09 08:07+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -180,151 +180,88 @@ "Default: 10 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" -"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|" -"syslog_facility\n" -"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the " -"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/" -"man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" +"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|syslog_facility\n" +"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" "Default: log directly to the file /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" "<big>callback</big> = \"/path/to/callback\"\n" -"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls " -"the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has " -"changed on\n" -"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on " -"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name " -"of the\n" +"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" "configuration.\n" -"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord " -"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if " -"autoreload is\n" +"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if autoreload is\n" "set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" "\n" "<big>execute</big> = \"configuration\"\n" -"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named " -"configuration.\n" +"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named configuration.\n" "\n" "<big>auto reload</big> = yes|no\n" -"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the " -"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the " -"configuration file changed\n" -"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous " -"version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "<big>fork</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every " -"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will " -"increase\n" -"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many " -"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate " -"instances\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>supervised</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All " -"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful " -"to run\n" -"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://" -"untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</" -"a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/" -"daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -334,235 +271,123 @@ "既定値: 10 秒\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout (チェック期限)</big> = n\n" -"connect, external, ping の各チェックのタイムアウト (期限) を秒単位で指" -"定します。この期限が過ぎても実サーバから有効な応答がない場合、そのサーバは生" -"きていないものとして扱われます。\n" -"仮想サーバセクション内で指定した場合は、グローバル設定を上書きしま" -"す。\n" -"何も指定しない場合は、 negotiatetimeout の値が使われます。" -"negotiatetimeout はグローバル設定でもありますので、こちらも仮想サーバの設定で" -"上書きできることに注意してください。\n" -"check timeout, negotiatetimeout のどちらも設定しない場合は、既定値が使" -"われます。\n" +"connect, external, ping の各チェックのタイムアウト (期限) を秒単位で指定します。この期限が過ぎても実サーバから有効な応答がない場合、そのサーバは生きていないものとして扱われます。\n" +"仮想サーバセクション内で指定した場合は、グローバル設定を上書きします。\n" +"何も指定しない場合は、 negotiatetimeout の値が使われます。negotiatetimeout はグローバル設定でもありますので、こちらも仮想サーバの設定で上書きできることに注意してください。\n" +"check timeout, negotiatetimeout のどちらも設定しない場合は、既定値が使われます。\n" "既定値: 5 秒\n" "\n" "<big>failure count (失敗カウント)</big> = n\n" -"実サーバが正しく動作していないと判断するまでの、連続失敗数を指定しま" -"す。1 を指定すると、最初の失敗で実サーバが異常状態にあると判断します。なお、" -"一度でもリクエストが成功すると、失敗カウントは 0 にリセットされます。\n" -"この値を仮想サーバの設定内で指定すると、グローバルの値が上書きされま" -"す。\n" +"実サーバが正しく動作していないと判断するまでの、連続失敗数を指定します。1 を指定すると、最初の失敗で実サーバが異常状態にあると判断します。なお、一度でもリクエストが成功すると、失敗カウントは 0 にリセットされます。\n" +"この値を仮想サーバの設定内で指定すると、グローバルの値が上書きされます。\n" "既定値: 1\n" "\n" -"<big>negotiate timeout (ネゴシエートタイムアウト)</big> = " -"n\n" +"<big>negotiate timeout (ネゴシエートタイムアウト)</big> = n\n" "ネゴシエートチェックに対する時間切れを秒数で指定します。\n" -"この値を仮想サーバの設定内で指定すると、グローバルの値が上書きされま" -"す。\n" -"何も指定しない場合は、接続タイムアウトの値が使われます。接続タイムアウ" -"トはグローバル設定でもありますので、こちらも仮想サーバの設定で上書きできるこ" -"とに注意してください。\n" -"negotiatetimeout, connecttimeout のどちらも設定しない場合は、既定値が" -"使われます。\n" +"この値を仮想サーバの設定内で指定すると、グローバルの値が上書きされます。\n" +"何も指定しない場合は、接続タイムアウトの値が使われます。接続タイムアウトはグローバル設定でもありますので、こちらも仮想サーバの設定で上書きできることに注意してください。\n" +"negotiatetimeout, connecttimeout のどちらも設定しない場合は、既定値が使われます。\n" "既定値: 30 秒\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback (フォールバック)</big> = IP_アドレス|ホスト名" -"[:ポート番号|サービス名] [ゲートウエイ|masq|ipip]\n" -"全ての実サーバがダウンした場合の、 Web サービス転送先を指定します。通" -"常、この値は 127.0.0.1 を指定して、緊急用のページを表示します。\n" -"この値を仮想サーバの設定内で指定すると、グローバルの値が上書きされま" -"す。\n" +"<big>fallback (フォールバック)</big> = IP_アドレス|ホスト名[:ポート番号|サービス名] [ゲートウエイ|masq|ipip]\n" +"全ての実サーバがダウンした場合の、 Web サービス転送先を指定します。通常、この値は 127.0.0.1 を指定して、緊急用のページを表示します。\n" +"この値を仮想サーバの設定内で指定すると、グローバルの値が上書きされます。\n" "\n" -"<big>log file (ログファイル)</big> = \"/path/to/logfile</" -"i>\"|syslogのfacility\n" -"この設定を利用することで、代替のログファイルを指定することができます。" -"ログファイルの設定が '/' 以外で始まる場合、この値は <a href=\"/man/3/" -"syslog\">syslog</a>(3) の facility 名として扱われます。\n" +"<big>log file (ログファイル)</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|syslogのfacility\n" +"この設定を利用することで、代替のログファイルを指定することができます。ログファイルの設定が '/' 以外で始まる場合、この値は <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) の facility 名として扱われます。\n" "既定値: ファイル /var/log/ldirectord.log に直接出力する\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert (電子メール警告)</big> = \"電子メールアドレ" -"ス\"\n" -"仮想サーバ内に設定された任意の実サーバで、接続状態が変更されたことを通" -"知する先のメールアドレスを指定します。このオプションを利用するには、 Perl\n" -"モジュールの MailTools をインストールする必要があります。なお、送信にあたって" -"はすべての内蔵メソッドを利用してメールを送信しようとします。メソッドについて" -"詳しくは、 Mail::Mailer の Perldoc をお読みください。\n" -"この値を仮想サーバの設定内で指定すると、グローバルの値が上書きされま" -"す。\n" +"<big>email alert (電子メール警告)</big> = \"電子メールアドレス\"\n" +"仮想サーバ内に設定された任意の実サーバで、接続状態が変更されたことを通知する先のメールアドレスを指定します。このオプションを利用するには、 Perl\n" +"モジュールの MailTools をインストールする必要があります。なお、送信にあたってはすべての内蔵メソッドを利用してメールを送信しようとします。メソッドについて詳しくは、 Mail::Mailer の Perldoc をお読みください。\n" +"この値を仮想サーバの設定内で指定すると、グローバルの値が上書きされます。\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq (電子メールの警告間隔)</big> = n\n" -"仮想サーバの内の実サーバがアクセスできない状況下にある場合、電子メール" -"を繰り返し送信する間隔を指定します。 0 を指定すると、繰り返して送信しないよう" -"に\n" -"なります。なお、この設定は確認間隔ごとに参照される値で、少なくともその間隔が" -"あることに注意してください。\n" -"この値を仮想サーバの設定内で指定すると、グローバルの値が上書きされま" -"す。\n" +"仮想サーバの内の実サーバがアクセスできない状況下にある場合、電子メールを繰り返し送信する間隔を指定します。 0 を指定すると、繰り返して送信しないように\n" +"なります。なお、この設定は確認間隔ごとに参照される値で、少なくともその間隔があることに注意してください。\n" +"この値を仮想サーバの設定内で指定すると、グローバルの値が上書きされます。\n" "既定値: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status (電子メールの状態警告)</big> = all|" -"none|starting|running|stopping|reloading</" -"b>,...\n" +"<big>email alert status (電子メールの状態警告)</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "電子メールを送信するサーバ状態の一覧を、カンマ区切りで指定します。\n" -"all は \"starting,running,stopping,reloading</" -"b>\" の省略形です。また、 none を指定せずに他のオプションを指定" -"した場合は、それらは OR (または) として解釈されます。\n" -"この値を仮想サーバの設定内で指定すると、グローバルの値が上書きされま" -"す。\n" +"all は \"starting,running,stopping,reloading\" の省略形です。また、 none を指定せずに他のオプションを指定した場合は、それらは OR (または) として解釈されます。\n" +"この値を仮想サーバの設定内で指定すると、グローバルの値が上書きされます。\n" "既定値: all\n" "\n" -"<big>callback (コールバック)</big> = \"/path/to/callback</" -"i>\"\n" -"このディレクティブが指定された場合、設定ファイルがディスクに書き込まれ" -"ると ldirectord が自動的に コールバックのパス にあるファイルを" -"実行します。これは scp などを利用し、設定ファイルを他のサーバに自動的" -"にコピーするような用途で利用できます。なお、コールバックファイルに渡される最" -"初のパラメータは、設定ファイルの名前そのものになります。\n" -"このディレクティブは、ディスク上の設定ファイルが更新されたあとに " -"ldirectord を再起動する用途でも利用することができます。ただし、 " -"autoreload が はい になっていると、設定ファイルはこの設定に関係" -"なく再読み込みされます。\n" +"<big>callback (コールバック)</big> = \"/path/to/callback\"\n" +"このディレクティブが指定された場合、設定ファイルがディスクに書き込まれると ldirectord が自動的に コールバックのパス にあるファイルを実行します。これは scp などを利用し、設定ファイルを他のサーバに自動的にコピーするような用途で利用できます。なお、コールバックファイルに渡される最初のパラメータは、設定ファイルの名前そのものになります。\n" +"このディレクティブは、ディスク上の設定ファイルが更新されたあとに ldirectord を再起動する用途でも利用することができます。ただし、 autoreload が はい になっていると、設定ファイルはこの設定に関係なく再読み込みされます。\n" "\n" "<big>execute (実行)</big> = \"configuration\"\n" -"ldirectord を configuration で指定した設定で起動するには、この" -"設定をお使いください。\n" +"ldirectord を configuration で指定した設定で起動するには、この設定をお使いください。\n" "\n" "<big>auto reload (自動再読み込み)</big> = yes|no\n" -"<ldirectord> から設定ファイルが更新されていないかどうかをチェッ" -"クする指定です。この設定を 'はい' にした場合、ディスク上の設定が更新されて最" -"終更新日時 (mtime) が新しい値になると、設定を自動的に再読み込みするようになり" -"ます。\n" +"<ldirectord> から設定ファイルが更新されていないかどうかをチェックする指定です。この設定を 'はい' にした場合、ディスク上の設定が更新されて最終更新日時 (mtime) が新しい値になると、設定を自動的に再読み込みするようになります。\n" "既定値: no (いいえ)\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent (除外)</big> = yes|no\n" -"yes (はい) に設定すると、実サーバやフェールバックサーバがダウン" -"したと判断されると、カーネルの LVS テーブルから削除されずに\n" -"重さ (weight) が 0 に設定されるようになります。これにより、新しい接続が対象の" -"サーバに割り振られなくなります。\n" -"このような動作には副作用もあります。実サーバ側で http などの接続維持機" -"能 (persistent connection) が利用されていると、既存のクライアントからの新しい" -"接続は、その機能が時間切れになるまで、対象のサーバに割り当てられ続けることに" -"なります。接続維持機能 (persistent connection) について、詳しくは ipvsadm を" -"お読みください。\n" +"yes (はい) に設定すると、実サーバやフェールバックサーバがダウンしたと判断されると、カーネルの LVS テーブルから削除されずに\n" +"重さ (weight) が 0 に設定されるようになります。これにより、新しい接続が対象のサーバに割り振られなくなります。\n" +"このような動作には副作用もあります。実サーバ側で http などの接続維持機能 (persistent connection) が利用されていると、既存のクライアントからの新しい接続は、その機能が時間切れになるまで、対象のサーバに割り当てられ続けることになります。接続維持機能 (persistent connection) について、詳しくは ipvsadm をお読みください。\n" "また、この副作用を回避するには、下記を実行します:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"なお、上記のファイルが存在しない場合は、カーネル側で lvs のサポートが" -"提供されていないか、 LVS サポートが読み込まれていないか、カー" -"ネルが古すぎるために /proc が提供されていないことを意味しています。\n" -"なお、 ipvsadm を root で実行すると、可能であれば LVS がカーネ" -"ル内に読み込まれます。\n" -"また、この値を no (いいえ) にすると、ダウンした際に実サーバまた" -"はフェールバックサーバがカーネルの LVS テーブルから削除されま" -"す。既定値は yes (はい) です。\n" -"この値を仮想サーバの設定内で指定すると、グローバルの値が上書きされま" -"す。\n" +"なお、上記のファイルが存在しない場合は、カーネル側で lvs のサポートが提供されていないか、 LVS サポートが読み込まれていないか、カーネルが古すぎるために /proc が提供されていないことを意味しています。\n" +"なお、 ipvsadm を root で実行すると、可能であれば LVS がカーネル内に読み込まれます。\n" +"また、この値を no (いいえ) にすると、ダウンした際に実サーバまたはフェールバックサーバがカーネルの LVS テーブルから削除されます。既定値は yes (はい) です。\n" +"この値を仮想サーバの設定内で指定すると、グローバルの値が上書きされます。\n" "既定値: yes (はい)\n" "\n" "<big>fork (フォーク)</big> = yes|no\n" -"yes (はい) に設定すると、 ldirectord は各仮想サーバに対して子プ" -"ロセスを起動し、それらを利用して実サーバのチェックを行なうようになります。こ" -"のような設定では、\n" -"多数の仮想サーバが設定内に記述されている場合、設定内の実サーバ状態を変更する" -"までの応答時間が多くかかるようになりますが、 ldirectord を個別のインスタンス" -"で起動するよりは、少ないメモリで処理できるようになります。\n" +"yes (はい) に設定すると、 ldirectord は各仮想サーバに対して子プロセスを起動し、それらを利用して実サーバのチェックを行なうようになります。このような設定では、\n" +"多数の仮想サーバが設定内に記述されている場合、設定内の実サーバ状態を変更するまでの応答時間が多くかかるようになりますが、 ldirectord を個別のインスタンスで起動するよりは、少ないメモリで処理できるようになります。\n" "子プロセスが何らかの理由でダウンした場合は、自動的に再起動が行なわれます。\n" "既定値: no (いいえ)\n" "\n" "<big>supervised (監督)</big> = yes|no\n" -"yes (はい) に設定すると、 ldirectord は裏で動作するモードではな" -"く、すべてのログメッセージを標準出力に出力するようになります。これは特に、\n" -"daemontools などで ldirectord を管理するような場合に有効です。" -"daemontools について、詳しくは <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/" -"daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> または <a href=" -"\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> を" -"お読みください。\n" +"yes (はい) に設定すると、 ldirectord は裏で動作するモードではなく、すべてのログメッセージを標準出力に出力するようになります。これは特に、\n" +"daemontools などで ldirectord を管理するような場合に有効です。daemontools について、詳しくは <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> または <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> をお読みください。\n" "既定値: no (いいえ)\n" "\n" #: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|" -"servicename)|firewall-mark\n" -"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than " -"zero. The\n" -"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> " -"option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual " -"service\n" +"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" +"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" "must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->" -"ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" -"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request</" -"i>\", \"receive\"]\n" -"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended " -"primarily for\n" -"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a " -"range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in " -"which case\n" -"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server " -"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, " -"must be\n" -"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and " -"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will " -"be\n" -"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-" -"receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the " -"request-receive\n" -"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the " -"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" -"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server " -"is used.\n" -"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual " -"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP " -"address of a\n" -"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running " -"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its " -"virtual\n" -"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is " -"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way " -"that the\n" +"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" +"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\n" +"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" +"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" +"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" +"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" "underlying LVS code in the kernel functions.\n" -"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The " -"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, " -"emailalertfreq and\n" -"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in " -"which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate</" -"b>|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" -"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a " -"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP " -"connection, thus the\n" -"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then " -"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one " -"negotiate\n" -"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and " -"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" -"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real " -"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP " -"services. Off\n" -"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be " -"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always " -"be\n" +"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" +"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" "activated. Default is negotiate.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|" -"imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|" -"oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|" -"simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" -"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None " -"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" -"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it " -"against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the " -"server\n" -"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive</" -"b> sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive sections for protocol specific information.\n" "Default:\n" "<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" "<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" @@ -585,9 +410,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"path to script\"\n" -"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be " -"run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if " -"everything\n" +"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" "is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" "Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" "</dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" @@ -598,105 +421,68 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>check port</big> = n\n" -"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service " -"port.\n" +"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" "Default: port specified for each real server\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"</" -"b>\n" -"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real " -"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be " -"overridden by\n" +"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"\n" +"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" "an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" -"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, " -"or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" -"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL</" -"small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one " -"or more\n" +"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" +"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" "rows. This is a required setting.\n" -"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any " -"occurances of \n" +"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" " are replaced with a new line character.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>receive</big> = \"regexp to compare\"\n" -"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the " -"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in " -"mind that\n" -"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special " -"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be " -"overridden by an\n" +"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" "optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" -"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's " -"addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" +"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" "For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD</" -"small>\n" -"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the " -"URI specified in the request-string. GET is " -"the\n" -"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD " -"is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the URI specified in the request-string. GET is the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" "Default: GET\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>virtual host</big> = \"hostname\"\n" -"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or " -"HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP " -"request. In the\n" -"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name " -"of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will " -"be\n" -"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last " -"resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" +"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP request. In the\n" +"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>login</big> = \"username\"\n" -"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log " -"in.\n" +"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" -"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from " -"address for an OPTIONS query.\n" +"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from address for an OPTIONS query.\n" "Default:\n" "</dt><dt>* FTP: Anonymous\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the " -"configuration\n" -"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is " -"derived as per the passwd option below.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication " -"will not be attempted.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>password</big> = \"password\"\n" -"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , " -"LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" +"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" "SIP servers.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where " -"hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at " -"run time, or sourced\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" "from uname if unset.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be " -"performed.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>database name</big> = \"databasename\"\n" -"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the " -"database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed " -"against. This\n" +"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed against. This\n" "is a required setting.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>radius secret</big> = \"radiussecret\"\n" -"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform " -"an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd " -"(set by\n" +"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd (set by\n" "passwd above).\n" "Default: empty string\n" "\n" @@ -710,201 +496,110 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>scheduler</big> = scheduler_name\n" -"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an " -"information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm" -"\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" +"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" "Default: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>protocol</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" -"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP</" -"small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall " -"mark then the\n" +"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" "protocol must be fwm.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the " -"port is not 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is " -"53: udp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>virtual server (仮想サーバ)</big> = (ip_アドレス|ホスト名:" -"ポート番号|サービス名)|firewall-マーク\n" -"IP アドレス (またはホスト名) とポート (またはサービス名) で仮想サービ" -"スを指定するか、もしくはファイアウオールのマーキングで仮想サービスを指定しま" -"す。ファイアウオールのマーキングは 0 より大きい整数で指定します。\n" -"パケットのマーキングは、 ipchains(8) の <tt>\"-m\"</tt> オプションで制" -"御します。なお、仮想サービスに対するすべての実サーバとフラグは、\n" +"<big>virtual server (仮想サーバ)</big> = (ip_アドレス|ホスト名:ポート番号|サービス名)|firewall-マーク\n" +"IP アドレス (またはホスト名) とポート (またはサービス名) で仮想サービスを指定するか、もしくはファイアウオールのマーキングで仮想サービスを指定します。ファイアウオールのマーキングは 0 より大きい整数で指定します。\n" +"パケットのマーキングは、 ipchains(8) の <tt>\"-m\"</tt> オプションで制御します。なお、仮想サービスに対するすべての実サーバとフラグは、\n" "インデントを付けてこの行に続いて記述しなければなりません。\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>real servers (実サーバ)</big> = ip_address|hostname[-" -">ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" -"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request</" -"i>\", \"receive\"]\n" -"実サービスを IP アドレス (またはホスト名) とポート (またはサービス名) " -"で指定します。ポートの指定を省略した場合は 0 と同じ意味になりますが、これは " -"fwmark サービスを利用するため、実サーバに対するポートを無視して動作させる\n" -"ような場合に有用です。また、 IP アドレスを範囲で指定することも" -"できます。 IP アドレスを範囲で指定した場合は、実サーバがそれぞ" -"れ同じポートで設定されたものとして扱われます。 2 つめのパラメータでは転送方式" -"を指定します。 gate, ipip, masq のいずれかを指定しま" -"す。\n" -"3 つめのパラメータは任意指定で、実サーバに対する重さ (weight) を指定しま" -"す。\n" -"何も指定しない場合、重さは 1 に設定されます。最後の 2 つのパラメータも任意指" -"定で、サーバが生存しているかどうかをチェックするための要求と応答の対を指定し" -"ます。これらの設定は、仮想サーバ設定内の要求-応答対を上書きして動作します。\n" -"また、最後の 2 つの文字列には引用符を付けなければなりません。また、要求が" -"http://... で始まる場合、実サーバの IP アドレスとポートは上書きされます。それ" -"以外の形式で指定した場合は、実サーバのアドレスとポートを使用します。\n" -"TCP および UDP (fwmark を使用しない)仮想" -"サービスの場合で、転送方式が masq でなく、実サーバの IP\n" -"アドレスが非ローカルアドレス (ldirectord の動作するホスト上のインターフェイス" -"に存在していない) の場合は、実サーバのポートは指定した仮想サービスの値とし" -"て\n" -"設定されます。言い換えれば、実サーバが他のマシン内に存在していて、転送方式が " -"masq の場合、ポートマッピングのみを利用できることになります。これはカーネル内" -"部の LVS の機能で提供されている方法です。\n" -"仮想サーバセクション内に複数の項目を設定することもできます。この場合" -"は、\n" -"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, " -"emailalertfreq, quiescent の各項目を仮想サーバセクションに設定することもでき" -"ます。この設定はグローバル設定よりも優先して働きます。\n" +"<big>real servers (実サーバ)</big> = ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" +"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\n" +"実サービスを IP アドレス (またはホスト名) とポート (またはサービス名) で指定します。ポートの指定を省略した場合は 0 と同じ意味になりますが、これは fwmark サービスを利用するため、実サーバに対するポートを無視して動作させる\n" +"ような場合に有用です。また、 IP アドレスを範囲で指定することもできます。 IP アドレスを範囲で指定した場合は、実サーバがそれぞれ同じポートで設定されたものとして扱われます。 2 つめのパラメータでは転送方式を指定します。 gate, ipip, masq のいずれかを指定します。\n" +"3 つめのパラメータは任意指定で、実サーバに対する重さ (weight) を指定します。\n" +"何も指定しない場合、重さは 1 に設定されます。最後の 2 つのパラメータも任意指定で、サーバが生存しているかどうかをチェックするための要求と応答の対を指定します。これらの設定は、仮想サーバ設定内の要求-応答対を上書きして動作します。\n" +"また、最後の 2 つの文字列には引用符を付けなければなりません。また、要求がhttp://... で始まる場合、実サーバの IP アドレスとポートは上書きされます。それ以外の形式で指定した場合は、実サーバのアドレスとポートを使用します。\n" +"TCP および UDP (fwmark を使用しない)仮想サービスの場合で、転送方式が masq でなく、実サーバの IP\n" +"アドレスが非ローカルアドレス (ldirectord の動作するホスト上のインターフェイスに存在していない) の場合は、実サーバのポートは指定した仮想サービスの値として\n" +"設定されます。言い換えれば、実サーバが他のマシン内に存在していて、転送方式が masq の場合、ポートマッピングのみを利用できることになります。これはカーネル内部の LVS の機能で提供されている方法です。\n" +"仮想サーバセクション内に複数の項目を設定することもできます。この場合は、\n" +"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq, quiescent の各項目を仮想サーバセクションに設定することもできます。この設定はグローバル設定よりも優先して働きます。\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>check type (チェック種類)</big> = connect|external|" -"negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN</" -"i>\n" -"実施すべきチェックの種類を指定します。 negotiate は要求を送信して文字" -"列を受け取るチェックを意味します。 connect は TCP/IP の接続の" -"みを試し、文字列の送受信は行なわないチェックを意味します。\n" -"また、 checktype を番号で指定すると、 negotiate と connect を組み合わせて実行" -"する意味になります。この場合は、指定した番号の回数だけ connect でチェックを\n" -"行ない、その後に 1 回だけ negotiate でチェックを行ないます。この設定は、サー" -"ビスからの応答に時間がかかるような場合に有用です。 ping のチェックは\n" -"ICMP ping を送信するチェックで、これに対して反応があれば実サー" -"バが生きているものと認識されます。 ping は UDP のサービスでも" -"利用します。 off を指定すると、何もチェックを行なわず、フェールバックサーバが" -"有効化されることがなくなります。 on を指定すると、何もチェックを行ないません" -"が、実サーバが常に有効化されるようになります。既定値は negotiateで" -"す。\n" +"<big>check type (チェック種類)</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" +"実施すべきチェックの種類を指定します。 negotiate は要求を送信して文字列を受け取るチェックを意味します。 connect は TCP/IP の接続のみを試し、文字列の送受信は行なわないチェックを意味します。\n" +"また、 checktype を番号で指定すると、 negotiate と connect を組み合わせて実行する意味になります。この場合は、指定した番号の回数だけ connect でチェックを\n" +"行ない、その後に 1 回だけ negotiate でチェックを行ないます。この設定は、サービスからの応答に時間がかかるような場合に有用です。 ping のチェックは\n" +"ICMP ping を送信するチェックで、これに対して反応があれば実サーバが生きているものと認識されます。 ping は UDP のサービスでも利用します。 off を指定すると、何もチェックを行なわず、フェールバックサーバが有効化されることがなくなります。 on を指定すると、何もチェックを行ないませんが、実サーバが常に有効化されるようになります。既定値は negotiateです。\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>service (サービス)</big> = dns|ftp|http|" -"https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|" -"none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|" -"simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" -"checktype=negotiate の場合に利用する、サービス監視の種類を指定します。" -"none を指定すると、サービスの監視を行なわなくなります。\n" -"simpletcp は request (要求) で指定した文字列をサーバに送信し、" -"receive (受信) で指定した正規表現に合致する文字列が返却されるかどうか" -"をチェックします。その他の名前を指定した場合は、それぞれ対応するプロトコル" -"を\n" -"利用してチェックが行なわれます。詳しくは request と receive の" -"各セクションをお読みください。\n" +"<big>service (サービス)</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +"checktype=negotiate の場合に利用する、サービス監視の種類を指定します。none を指定すると、サービスの監視を行なわなくなります。\n" +"simpletcp は request (要求) で指定した文字列をサーバに送信し、receive (受信) で指定した正規表現に合致する文字列が返却されるかどうかをチェックします。その他の名前を指定した場合は、それぞれ対応するプロトコルを\n" +"利用してチェックが行なわれます。詳しくは request と receive の各セクションをお読みください。\n" "Default:\n" "<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" "<dt>* 仮想サーバのポートが 21 の場合: ftp\n" @@ -926,13 +621,9 @@ "</dt><dt>* 上記のいずれにも該当しない場合: none\n" "\n" "\n" -"</dt><dt><big>check command (チェックコマンド)</big> = \"path to " -"script\"\n" -"この設定は、 checktype に external を指定した場合に参照される項目で、実" -"サーバの状態チェックの際に実行するコマンドを指定します。ここで指定したコマン" -"ドは、\n" -"何も問題がなければ 0 を、何らかの問題がある場合は 0 以外を返却するものとしま" -"す。\n" +"</dt><dt><big>check command (チェックコマンド)</big> = \"path to script\"\n" +"この設定は、 checktype に external を指定した場合に参照される項目で、実サーバの状態チェックの際に実行するコマンドを指定します。ここで指定したコマンドは、\n" +"何も問題がなければ 0 を、何らかの問題がある場合は 0 以外を返却するものとします。\n" "スクリプトに対しては 4 つのパラメータが与えられます:\n" "</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバの IP アドレスまたはファイアウオールのマーキング\n" "</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバのポート番号\n" @@ -942,107 +633,65 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>check port (ポートの確認)</big> = n\n" -"監視対象とするポート番号を指定します。サービスを提供するポートと監視用" -"のポートが異なる場合がありうるためです。\n" +"監視対象とするポート番号を指定します。サービスを提供するポートと監視用のポートが異なる場合がありうるためです。\n" "既定値: 各実サーバで指定したポート\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>request (要求)</big> = \"uri to requested object" -"\"\n" -"各実サーバに対して送信する、要求内容を指定します。文字列は引用符で括る" -"必要があります。なお、この文字列は実サーバをベースにした要求文字列で上書きさ" -"れる\n" +"<big>request (要求)</big> = \"uri to requested object\"\n" +"各実サーバに対して送信する、要求内容を指定します。文字列は引用符で括る必要があります。なお、この文字列は実サーバをベースにした要求文字列で上書きされる\n" "場合があります。\n" -"DNS チェックの場合、ここには A レコードの名前か、もしく" -"はPTR レコードのアドレスを指定します。\n" -"MySQL, Oracle, PostgreSQL のチェックの場合、ここには SQL</" -"small> 問い合わせ文字列を指定します。返却されるデータはチェック対象とはなら" -"ず、\n" +"DNS チェックの場合、ここには A レコードの名前か、もしくはPTR レコードのアドレスを指定します。\n" +"MySQL, Oracle, PostgreSQL のチェックの場合、ここには SQL 問い合わせ文字列を指定します。返却されるデータはチェック対象とはならず、\n" "1 行以上の応答があれば成功と判断されます。この設定は必ず指定します。\n" -"simpletcp のチェックの場合は、改行を除くデータがそのまま送信されま" -"す。\n" +"simpletcp のチェックの場合は、改行を除くデータがそのまま送信されます。\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>receive (受信)</big> = \"regexp to compare\"</" -"b>\n" -"要求の結果として返信されるべき文字列を、 正規表現 で指定しま" -"す。この正規表現に合致した場合、実サーバは生きているものと判断されます。正規" -"表現は引用符で括って指定します。なお、正規表現ではいくつかの文字を特殊文字と" -"して判断するため、それらの文字をそのままの文字として指定したい場合は、エス" -"ケープ処理をしなければならないことに注意してください。また、この正規表現は実" -"サーバごとの\n" +"<big>receive (受信)</big> = \"regexp to compare\"\n" +"要求の結果として返信されるべき文字列を、 正規表現 で指定します。この正規表現に合致した場合、実サーバは生きているものと判断されます。正規表現は引用符で括って指定します。なお、正規表現ではいくつかの文字を特殊文字として判断するため、それらの文字をそのままの文字として指定したい場合は、エスケープ処理をしなければならないことに注意してください。また、この正規表現は実サーバごとの\n" "設定で上書きされる場合があります。\n" -"DNS チェックの場合、ここでの指定は A レコードのアドレス" -"か、 PTR レコードの名前のいずれかを指定します。\n" +"DNS チェックの場合、ここでの指定は A レコードのアドレスか、 PTR レコードの名前のいずれかを指定します。\n" "MySQL チェックの場合、受信文字列は使われません。\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>http method (HTTP メソッド)</big> = GET | " -"HEAD\n" -"要求文字列内に指定された URI にアクセスする際に使用す" -"る、HTTP メソッドを指定します。何も指定しない場合、既定では " -"GET を使用します。 HEAD を指定した場合は、受信" -"文字列を指定することはできません。\n" +"<big>http method (HTTP メソッド)</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +"要求文字列内に指定された URI にアクセスする際に使用する、HTTP メソッドを指定します。何も指定しない場合、既定では GET を使用します。 HEAD を指定した場合は、受信文字列を指定することはできません。\n" "既定値: GET\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>virtual host (仮想ホスト)</big> = \"hostname\"</" -"b>\n" -"HTTP または HTTPS で negotiate チェック" -"を行なう場合に参照される項目です。ここでは HTTP 要求内の Host " -"ヘッダに指定する文字列を設定します。 HTTPS の場合、通常は\n" -"SSL 証明書の common name (共通名) を指定します。何も指定しな" -"い\n" -"場合は、実サーバに対する要求 URL から Host ヘッダを生成します。また、要求 " -"URL から判断できない場合は、実サーバの IP アドレスを Host ヘッ" -"ダに設定します。\n" +"<big>virtual host (仮想ホスト)</big> = \"hostname\"\n" +"HTTP または HTTPS で negotiate チェックを行なう場合に参照される項目です。ここでは HTTP 要求内の Host ヘッダに指定する文字列を設定します。 HTTPS の場合、通常は\n" +"SSL 証明書の common name (共通名) を指定します。何も指定しない\n" +"場合は、実サーバに対する要求 URL から Host ヘッダを生成します。また、要求 URL から判断できない場合は、実サーバの IP アドレスを Host ヘッダに設定します。\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>login (ログイン)</big> = \"username\"\n" -"FTP, IMAP, LDAP, MySQL, " -"Oracle, POP, PostgreSQL で使用する項目です。ここにはログインに" -"使用するユーザ名を指定します。\n" +"FTP, IMAP, LDAP, MySQL, Oracle, POP, PostgreSQL で使用する項目です。ここにはログインに使用するユーザ名を指定します。\n" "Radius の場合、 User-Name 属性の値を指定します。\n" -"SIP の場合は、 OPTIONS 要求に対するTo, " -"From のアドレスとして使用されます。\n" +"SIP の場合は、 OPTIONS 要求に対するTo, From のアドレスとして使用されます。\n" "既定値:\n" "</dt><dt>* FTP: Anonymous\n" "</dt><dt>* MySQL, Oracle, PostgreSQL: 設定内に明記しなければなりません\n" -"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<ホスト名>, ホスト名は下記の" -"passwd オプションからの値が設定されます。\n" -"</dt><dt>* 上記以外: 空文字列が設定されます。認証を行なわずにチェックしようと" -"します。\n" +"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<ホスト名>, ホスト名は下記のpasswd オプションからの値が設定されます。\n" +"</dt><dt>* 上記以外: 空文字列が設定されます。認証を行なわずにチェックしようとします。\n" "\n" "\n" -"</dt><dt><big>password (パスワード)</big> = \"password\"</" -"b>\n" -"FTP, IMAP, LDAP, MySQL, " -"Oracle, \n" -"POP, PostgreSQL, SIP の各チェックで使用する、ロ" -"グイン用のパスワードを指定します。\n" +"</dt><dt><big>password (パスワード)</big> = \"password\"\n" +"FTP, IMAP, LDAP, MySQL, Oracle, \n" +"POP, PostgreSQL, SIP の各チェックで使用する、ログイン用のパスワードを指定します。\n" "Radius の場合、 User-Password の値を指定します。\n" "既定値:\n" -"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<ホスト名>, ホスト名は実" -"行時の環境変数 HOSTNAME から判断します。この環境変数が設定され" -"て\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<ホスト名>, ホスト名は実行時の環境変数 HOSTNAME から判断します。この環境変数が設定されて\n" "いない場合は、 uname で返された値を使用します。\n" -"</dt><dt>* 上記以外の場合: 空文字列が設定されます。 LDAP, " -"MySQL, Oracle, PostgreSQL の場合、認証を行なわずにチェックしようとします。\n" +"</dt><dt>* 上記以外の場合: 空文字列が設定されます。 LDAP, MySQL, Oracle, PostgreSQL の場合、認証を行なわずにチェックしようとします。\n" "\n" "\n" -"</dt><dt><big>database name (データベース名)</big> = \"</" -"b>databasename\"\n" -"MySQL, Oracle, PostgreSQL の各チェックで使用するデータベースを指定しま" -"す。\n" -"ここで指定したデータベースに対して要求が送信されます。この設定は必ず設定しま" -"す。\n" +"</dt><dt><big>database name (データベース名)</big> = \"databasename\"\n" +"MySQL, Oracle, PostgreSQL の各チェックで使用するデータベースを指定します。\n" +"ここで指定したデータベースに対して要求が送信されます。この設定は必ず設定します。\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>radius secret (Radius シークレット)</big> = \"</" -"b>radiussecret\"\n" -"Radius サーバに対して使用するシークレット文字列を指定します。この値は" -"ユーザ名 (login で指定するもの) とパスワード (passwd で指定する" -"もの)\n" +"<big>radius secret (Radius シークレット)</big> = \"radiussecret\"\n" +"Radius サーバに対して使用するシークレット文字列を指定します。この値はユーザ名 (login で指定するもの) とパスワード (passwd で指定するもの)\n" "で Access-Request を送信する際に使われます。\n" "Default: 空文字列\n" "\n" @@ -1052,123 +701,74 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>netmask (ネットマスク)</big> = w.x.y.z\n" -"クライアント接続維持のための粒度として使用するネットマスクを指定しま" -"す。\n" +"クライアント接続維持のための粒度として使用するネットマスクを指定します。\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>scheduler (スケジューラ)</big> = scheduler_name\n" -"LVS の負荷分散として使用するスケジューラを指定します。" -"利用可能なスケジューラについて、詳しくは <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a></" -"b>(8) のマニュアルページをお読みください。\n" +"LVS の負荷分散として使用するスケジューラを指定します。利用可能なスケジューラについて、詳しくは <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8) のマニュアルページをお読みください。\n" "既定値: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>protocol (プロトコル)</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" -"使用するプロトコルを指定します。 IP アドレスとポートで" -"仮想サーバを指定した場合、ここでの値は tcp または udp でなければなりませ" -"ん。\n" +"使用するプロトコルを指定します。 IP アドレスとポートで仮想サーバを指定した場合、ここでの値は tcp または udp でなければなりません。\n" "ファイアウオールのマーキング値を指定した場合は、 fwm でなければなりません。\n" "既定値:\n" -"</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバが IP アドレスとポートで指定されてい" -"る場合で、ポートが 53 以外の場合: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバが IP アドレスとポートで指定されている場" -"合で、ポートが 53 の場合: udp\n" +"</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバが IP アドレスとポートで指定されている場合で、ポートが 53 以外の場合: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバが IP アドレスとポートで指定されている場合で、ポートが 53 の場合: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバがファイアウオールマーキングで指定されている場合: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout (チェック期限)</big> = n\n" -"connect, external, ping の各チェックのタイムアウト (期限) を秒単位で指" -"定します。この期限が過ぎても実サーバから有効な応答がない場合、そのサーバは生" -"きていないものとして扱われます。\n" -"仮想サーバセクション内で指定した場合は、グローバル設定を上書きしま" -"す。\n" -"何も指定しない場合は、 negotiate timeout の値が使われます。negotiate " -"timeout はグローバル設定でもありますので、こちらも仮想サーバの設定で上書きで" -"きることに注意してください。\n" -"check timeout, negotiate timeout のどちらも設定しない場合は、既定値が" -"使われます。\n" +"connect, external, ping の各チェックのタイムアウト (期限) を秒単位で指定します。この期限が過ぎても実サーバから有効な応答がない場合、そのサーバは生きていないものとして扱われます。\n" +"仮想サーバセクション内で指定した場合は、グローバル設定を上書きします。\n" +"何も指定しない場合は、 negotiate timeout の値が使われます。negotiate timeout はグローバル設定でもありますので、こちらも仮想サーバの設定で上書きできることに注意してください。\n" +"check timeout, negotiate timeout のどちらも設定しない場合は、既定値が使われます。\n" "既定値: 5 秒\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout (ネゴシエート期限)</big> = n\n" "ネゴシエートチェックに対する時間切れを秒数で指定します。\n" -"この値を仮想サーバの設定内で指定すると、グローバルの値が上書きされま" -"す。\n" -"何も指定しない場合は、接続タイムアウトの値が使われます。接続タイムアウ" -"トはグローバル設定でもありますので、こちらも仮想サーバの設定で上書きできるこ" -"とに注意してください。\n" -"negotiate timeout, check timeout のどちらも設定しない場合は、既定値が" -"使われます。\n" +"この値を仮想サーバの設定内で指定すると、グローバルの値が上書きされます。\n" +"何も指定しない場合は、接続タイムアウトの値が使われます。接続タイムアウトはグローバル設定でもありますので、こちらも仮想サーバの設定で上書きできることに注意してください。\n" +"negotiate timeout, check timeout のどちらも設定しない場合は、既定値が使われます。\n" "既定値: 30 秒\n" "\n" "<big>failure count (失敗カウント)</big> = n\n" -"実サーバが正しく動作していないと判断するまでの、連続失敗数を指定しま" -"す。1 を指定すると、最初の失敗で実サーバが異常状態にあると判断します。なお、" -"一度でもリクエストが成功すると、失敗カウントは 0 にリセットされます。\n" -"この値を仮想サーバの設定内で指定すると、グローバルの値が上書きされま" -"す。\n" +"実サーバが正しく動作していないと判断するまでの、連続失敗数を指定します。1 を指定すると、最初の失敗で実サーバが異常状態にあると判断します。なお、一度でもリクエストが成功すると、失敗カウントは 0 にリセットされます。\n" +"この値を仮想サーバの設定内で指定すると、グローバルの値が上書きされます。\n" "既定値: 1\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert (電子メール警告)</big> = \"emailaddress</" -"i>\"\n" -"仮想サーバ内に設定された任意の実サーバで、接続状態が変更されたことを通" -"知する先のメールアドレスを指定します。このオプションを利用するには、 Perl\n" -"モジュールの MailTools をインストールする必要があります。なお、送信にあたって" -"はすべての内蔵メソッドを利用してメールを送信しようとします。メソッドについて" -"詳しくは、 Mail::Mailer の Perldoc をお読みください。\n" -"この値を仮想サーバの設定内で指定すると、グローバルの値が上書きされま" -"す。\n" +"<big>email alert (電子メール警告)</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" +"仮想サーバ内に設定された任意の実サーバで、接続状態が変更されたことを通知する先のメールアドレスを指定します。このオプションを利用するには、 Perl\n" +"モジュールの MailTools をインストールする必要があります。なお、送信にあたってはすべての内蔵メソッドを利用してメールを送信しようとします。メソッドについて詳しくは、 Mail::Mailer の Perldoc をお読みください。\n" +"この値を仮想サーバの設定内で指定すると、グローバルの値が上書きされます。\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq (電子メール警告間隔)</big> = n\n" -"仮想サーバの内の実サーバがアクセスできない状況下にある場合、電子メール" -"を繰り返し送信する間隔を指定します。 0 を指定すると、繰り返して送信しないよう" -"に\n" -"なります。なお、この設定は確認間隔ごとに参照される値で、少なくともその間隔が" -"あることに注意してください。\n" -"この値を仮想サーバの設定内で指定すると、グローバルの値が上書きされま" -"す。\n" +"仮想サーバの内の実サーバがアクセスできない状況下にある場合、電子メールを繰り返し送信する間隔を指定します。 0 を指定すると、繰り返して送信しないように\n" +"なります。なお、この設定は確認間隔ごとに参照される値で、少なくともその間隔があることに注意してください。\n" +"この値を仮想サーバの設定内で指定すると、グローバルの値が上書きされます。\n" "既定値: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status (電子メールの状態警告)</big> = all|" -"none|starting|running|stopping|reloading</" -"b>,...\n" +"<big>email alert status (電子メールの状態警告)</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "電子メールを送信するサーバ状態の一覧を、カンマ区切りで指定します。\n" -"all は \"starting,running,stopping,reloading</" -"b>\" の省略形です。また、 none を指定せずに他のオプションを指定" -"した場合は、それらは OR (または) として解釈されます。\n" -"この値を仮想サーバの設定内で指定すると、グローバルの値が上書きされま" -"す。\n" +"all は \"starting,running,stopping,reloading\" の省略形です。また、 none を指定せずに他のオプションを指定した場合は、それらは OR (または) として解釈されます。\n" +"この値を仮想サーバの設定内で指定すると、グローバルの値が上書きされます。\n" "既定値: all\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"全ての実サーバがダウンした場合の、 Web サービス転送先を指定します。通" -"常、この値は 127.0.0.1 を指定して、緊急用のページを表示します。\n" -"この値を仮想サーバの設定内で指定すると、グローバルの値が上書きされま" -"す。\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"全ての実サーバがダウンした場合の、 Web サービス転送先を指定します。通常、この値は 127.0.0.1 を指定して、緊急用のページを表示します。\n" +"この値を仮想サーバの設定内で指定すると、グローバルの値が上書きされます。\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"yes (はい) に設定すると、実サーバやフェールバックサーバがダウン" -"したと判断されると、カーネルの LVS テーブルから削除されずに\n" -"重さ (weight) が 0 に設定されるようになります。これにより、新しい接続が対象の" -"サーバに割り振られなくなります。\n" -"このような動作には副作用もあります。実サーバ側で http などの接続維持機" -"能 (persistent connection) が利用されていると、既存のクライアントからの新しい" -"接続は、その機能が時間切れになるまで、対象のサーバに割り当てられ続けることに" -"なります。接続維持機能 (persistent connection) について、詳しくは ipvsadm を" -"お読みください。\n" +"yes (はい) に設定すると、実サーバやフェールバックサーバがダウンしたと判断されると、カーネルの LVS テーブルから削除されずに\n" +"重さ (weight) が 0 に設定されるようになります。これにより、新しい接続が対象のサーバに割り振られなくなります。\n" +"このような動作には副作用もあります。実サーバ側で http などの接続維持機能 (persistent connection) が利用されていると、既存のクライアントからの新しい接続は、その機能が時間切れになるまで、対象のサーバに割り当てられ続けることになります。接続維持機能 (persistent connection) について、詳しくは ipvsadm をお読みください。\n" "また、この副作用を回避するには、下記を実行します:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"なお、上記のファイルが存在しない場合は、カーネル側で lvs のサポートが" -"提供されていないか、 LVS サポートが読み込まれていないか、カー" -"ネルが古すぎるために /proc が提供されていないことを意味しています。\n" -"なお、 ipvsadm を root で実行すると、可能であれば LVS がカーネ" -"ル内に読み込まれます。\n" -"また、この値を no (いいえ) にすると、ダウンした際に実サーバまた" -"はフェールバックサーバがカーネルの LVS テーブルから削除されま" -"す。既定値は yes (はい) です。\n" -"この値を仮想サーバの設定内で指定すると、グローバルの値が上書きされま" -"す。\n" +"なお、上記のファイルが存在しない場合は、カーネル側で lvs のサポートが提供されていないか、 LVS サポートが読み込まれていないか、カーネルが古すぎるために /proc が提供されていないことを意味しています。\n" +"なお、 ipvsadm を root で実行すると、可能であれば LVS がカーネル内に読み込まれます。\n" +"また、この値を no (いいえ) にすると、ダウンした際に実サーバまたはフェールバックサーバがカーネルの LVS テーブルから削除されます。既定値は yes (はい) です。\n" +"この値を仮想サーバの設定内で指定すると、グローバルの値が上書きされます。\n" "既定値: yes (はい)\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -1389,4 +989,3 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "設定概要..." - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/iscsi-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/iscsi-client.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/iscsi-client.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-06 16:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-09 08:08+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -286,8 +286,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>iSCSIイニシエータの追加</big> \n" "検出されたイニシエータの一覧からいずれかを選択してください。\n" -" iSCSI イニシエータが自動的に検出されない場合は、 その他 (未検出) を選" -"んで\n" +" iSCSI イニシエータが自動的に検出されない場合は、 その他 (未検出) を選んで\n" "設定 を押してください。\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -334,8 +333,7 @@ #. table of connected targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 msgid "" -"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add</" -"b>.\n" +"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add.\n" "To remove it, press Log Out.\n" "To change the start-up status, press Toggle.\n" msgstr "" @@ -351,63 +349,41 @@ msgstr "<h1>警告</h1>" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115 -msgid "" -"When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that " -"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data " -"corruption.\n" -msgstr "" -" iSCSI デバイスに対して READ/WRITE でアクセスしている場合、" -"このアクセスが排他的に行なわれていることを確認してください。排他的に行なわれ" -"ていないと、データが壊れてしまう危険があります。\n" +msgid "When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.\n" +msgstr " iSCSI デバイスに対して READ/WRITE でアクセスしている場合、このアクセスが排他的に行なわれていることを確認してください。排他的に行なわれていないと、データが壊れてしまう危険があります。\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 msgid "" -"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</" -"tt>. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only " -"able to change it in the BIOS setup." +"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." msgstr "" -"InitiatorName は <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> からの値で" -"す。\n" -"iBFT を利用している場合、上記の値は iBFT からの値が付加されて BIOS 内でのみ変" -"更できます。" +"InitiatorName は <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> からの値です。\n" +"iBFT を利用している場合、上記の値は iBFT からの値が付加されて BIOS 内でのみ変更できます。" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 msgid "" -"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for " -"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should " -"be 3205.\n" +"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" msgstr "" -"ターゲット検出を行なう際、既定の SendTargets メソッドの代わりに iSNS " -"(Internet Storage Name Service) を利用する場合は、\n" -" iSNS サーバの IP アドレスとポートを指定してください。既定のポートは 3205 で" -"す。\n" +"ターゲット検出を行なう際、既定の SendTargets メソッドの代わりに iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) を利用する場合は、\n" +" iSNS サーバの IP アドレスとポートを指定してください。既定のポートは 3205 です。\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address of the discovered server.\n" -"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username " -"and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" +"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select No Authentication.\n" msgstr "" "検出されたサーバの IP アドレス を入力してください。\n" -"必要な場合にのみ ポート を変更してください。認証を行なう場合は ユー" -"ザ名 と パスワード を入力してください。認証が必要ない場合は\n" +"必要な場合にのみ ポート を変更してください。認証を行なう場合は ユーザ名 と パスワード を入力してください。認証が必要ない場合は\n" "認証なし を選択してください。\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click " -"Connect. " -msgstr "" -"iSCSI ターゲットにより提示されるノードの一覧です。いずれかの項目を選択して " -"接続 を押してください。" +msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click Connect. " +msgstr "iSCSI ターゲットにより提示されるノードの一覧です。いずれかの項目を選択して 接続 を押してください。" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and " -"Password." +msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and Password." msgstr "認証方法を選択して ユーザ名 と パスワード を入力してください。" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 @@ -418,11 +394,9 @@ msgid "" "manual is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" "default, the user needs to connect them manually\n" -"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. " -"when\n" +"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" "root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.\n" -"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI " -"service\n" +"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" "starts up.\n" msgstr "" "手動 は、 iSCSI ターゲットを既定では接続しない設定です。\n" @@ -430,17 +404,12 @@ "起動時 は、 iSCSI ターゲットを起動時に接続する設定です。\n" "ルートファイルシステムが iSCSI ターゲット上にある場合などに使用します。\n" "そのため、 initrd 内から接続を行ないます。\n" -"自動 は iSCSI ターゲットを iSCSI サービス自身の開始時に接続する設定" -"です。\n" +"自動 は iSCSI ターゲットを iSCSI サービス自身の開始時に接続する設定です。\n" #. list of discovered targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "" -"List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect " -"to any target." -msgstr "" -"検出されたターゲットの一覧です。いずれかのターゲットに対して新たな 検出</" -"b> または 接続 を行なってください。" +msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect to any target." +msgstr "検出されたターゲットの一覧です。いずれかのターゲットに対して新たな 検出 または 接続 を行なってください。" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" @@ -512,12 +481,12 @@ "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "IP アドレスを入力してください。" #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "ポート番号を入力してください。" @@ -525,40 +494,36 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 msgid "True" msgstr "はい" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 msgid "False" msgstr "いいえ" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 -msgid "" -"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that " -"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." -msgstr "" -"このターゲット名のターゲットには既に接続しています。データ損傷を防止するため" -"マルチパスが有効になっていることを確認してください。" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 +msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +msgstr "このターゲット名のターゲットには既に接続しています。データ損傷を防止するためマルチパスが有効になっていることを確認してください。" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "続行" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "キャンセル" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "ターゲットには既に接続しています。" @@ -575,12 +540,8 @@ #. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) #. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 -msgid "" -"To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." -"" -msgstr "" -" iSCSI イニシエータを設定するには %1 パッケージをインストールする必" -"要があります。" +msgid "To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr " iSCSI イニシエータを設定するには %1 パッケージをインストールする必要があります。" #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -642,29 +603,27 @@ msgstr "サービス状態の読み込み" #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "既定値 (ソフトウエア)" -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:71 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 msgid "all" msgstr "全て" #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" "backup created. If you want to use a different initiator name, change it \n" "in the BIOS.\n" msgstr "" -"InitiatorName が iBFT からのものと <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> か" -"らのものとで異なっています。\n" +"InitiatorName が iBFT からのものと <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> からのものとで異なっています。\n" "古いイニシエータ名は iBFT からの値で上書きし、バックアップを作成します。\n" "別のイニシエータ名を使用する場合は BIOS で変更してください。\n" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "設定概要..." - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/iscsi-lio-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/iscsi-lio-server.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/iscsi-lio-server.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-lio-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-21 20:14+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -400,7 +400,6 @@ #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -#| msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsci/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi inititiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." msgstr "ターゲットのポータルグループからインポートした LUN に対し、クライアントアクセスを提供するには、 追加 を利用します。続いて、どのクライアントからのアクセスを許可するか (クライアント名は iSCSI イニシエータ内の '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' にある InitiatorName に書かれています) を設定します。 削除 を選択すると、 LUN からクライアントアクセスを削除します。" @@ -755,7 +754,6 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:296 -#| msgid "Write the settings" msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "ファイアウオール設定の書き込み" @@ -766,7 +764,6 @@ #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:302 -#| msgid "Writing the settings..." msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "ファイアウオールの設定を書き込んでいます..." @@ -780,4 +777,3 @@ #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "設定概要..." - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/iscsi-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/iscsi-server.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/iscsi-server.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-02 20:54+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/isns.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/isns.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/isns.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: isns\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-02 20:09+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -295,81 +295,81 @@ msgstr "初期化しています..." #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "isns サービスを設定するには、 %1 パッケージをインストールする必要があります。" -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "今すぐインストールしますか？" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "isns デーモン設定を準備しています" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "データベースの読み込み" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "以前の設定を読み込み" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "デバイスの検出" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "データベースを読み込んでいます..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "以前の設定を読み込んでいます..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "デバイスを検出しています..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "isns 設定を保存しています" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定の書き込み" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "SuSEconfig の実行" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "SuSEconfig を実行しています..." #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "設定を書き込むことができませんでした。" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/kdump.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/kdump.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/kdump.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -53,27 +53,17 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:116 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " -"\"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"たとえばカーネルのフルパスが /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] であれ" -"ば、 \"kernel_string\" の部分を入力してください。" +msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "たとえばカーネルのフルパスが /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] であれば、 \"kernel_string\" の部分を入力してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:127 -msgid "" -"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " -"kdump kernel." -msgstr "" -"Kdump コマンドラインは Kdump カーネルに渡されるべきコマンドラインを指定しま" -"す。" +msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." +msgstr "Kdump コマンドラインは Kdump カーネルに渡されるべきコマンドラインを指定します。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:138 -msgid "" -"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " -"line string." +msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." msgstr "既定のコマンドライン文字列に加えてさらに追加したい文字列を指定します。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -89,8 +79,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:165 msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." -msgstr "" -"保存するダンプ数を指定します。 0 を指定すると全て保存したままになります。" +msgstr "保存するダンプ数を指定します。 0 を指定すると全て保存したままになります。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:173 @@ -104,12 +93,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:189 -msgid "" -"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " -"password (plain text file)." -msgstr "" -"通知メッセージを送信する際の SMTP パスワードを指定します。パスワードを含む" -"ファイルのパス (テキストファイル) で指定してください。" +msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." +msgstr "通知メッセージを送信する際の SMTP パスワードを指定します。パスワードを含むファイルのパス (テキストファイル) で指定してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:197 @@ -153,12 +138,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:254 -msgid "" -"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " -"nfs, cifs" -msgstr "" -"ダンプの保存先を以下から指定します: ファイル (ローカルファイルシステム), " -"ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" +msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "ダンプの保存先を以下から指定します: ファイル (ローカルファイルシステム), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:261 @@ -197,12 +178,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:302 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " -"only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"たとえばカーネルのフルパスが /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] であった場" -"合、 \"kernel_string\" の部分を指定します。" +msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "たとえばカーネルのフルパスが /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] であった場合、 \"kernel_string\" の部分を指定します。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:309 @@ -211,12 +188,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:316 -msgid "" -"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " -"or s are allowed" -msgstr "" -"オプションでは Kdump カーネルを起動するランレベルを指定します。 1,2,3,5,s の" -"いずれかで指定します。" +msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" +msgstr "オプションでは Kdump カーネルを起動するランレベルを指定します。 1,2,3,5,s のいずれかで指定します。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:323 @@ -387,9 +360,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:746 msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." -msgstr "" -"カーネルオプション \"crashkernel\" には範囲を指定します。これらの値は書き直さ" -"れます。" +msgstr "カーネルオプション \"crashkernel\" には範囲を指定します。これらの値は書き直されます。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); @@ -442,11 +413,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:809 -msgid "" -"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." -msgstr "" -"\"none\" (なし), \"ELF\" (ELF 形式), \"compressed\" (圧縮), \"lzo\" (LZO 圧" -"縮) のいずれかを指定することができます。" +msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgstr "\"none\" (なし), \"ELF\" (ELF 形式), \"compressed\" (圧縮), \"lzo\" (LZO 圧縮) のいずれかを指定することができます。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #: src/clients/kdump.rb:829 @@ -757,13 +725,11 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" -"removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" "Kdump の有効化／無効化 \n" -" kdump を有効にしたり無効にしたりすることができます。起動オプションである " -"\"crashkernel\" パラメータが追加／削除されます。\n" +" kdump を有効にしたり無効にしたりすることができます。起動オプションである \"crashkernel\" パラメータが追加／削除されます。\n" " 変更内容を適用するには再起動が必要です。 \n" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -780,20 +746,10 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " -"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" -"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " -"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " -"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " -"more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" "ファームウエア支援型ダンプ \n" -" ダンプは、パーティションが再初期化される前に生成することはできませんが、" -"パーティションが再開した際に生成されます。ファームウエア支援型ダンプを実施す" -"る場合、システムメモリは固定されてパーティションが再起動されますが、これによ" -"り以前のカーネルクラッシュからのデータを新しいオペレーティングシステムに渡す" -"ことができます。この機能は、システムに搭載されたメモリが 1.5GB 以上の場合にの" -"み適切な方法です。" +" ダンプは、パーティションが再初期化される前に生成することはできませんが、パーティションが再開した際に生成されます。ファームウエア支援型ダンプを実施する場合、システムメモリは固定されてパーティションが再起動されますが、これにより以前のカーネルクラッシュからのデータを新しいオペレーティングシステムに渡すことができます。この機能は、システムに搭載されたメモリが 1.5GB 以上の場合にのみ適切な方法です。" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 @@ -814,47 +770,37 @@ "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." -" \n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster." -" \n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" "" msgstr "" "Dump Format \n" " ダンプ無し - カーネルのログのみを保存します。 \n" " ELF 形式 - ELF 形式でダンプファイルを作成します。 \n" -" 圧縮形式 - 各ページを gzip で圧縮した圧縮データを作成します。" -" \n" -" LZO 圧縮形式 - 比較的大きなファイルになりますが、高速な圧縮方式で" -"作成します。 \n" +" 圧縮形式 - 各ページを gzip で圧縮した圧縮データを作成します。 \n" +" LZO 圧縮形式 - 比較的大きなファイルになりますが、高速な圧縮方式で作成します。 \n" "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " -"dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " msgstr "" "Kdump イメージの保存先 \n" -" Kdump イメージを保存する先を指定します。ダンプを保存する際のターゲット種" -"類を選択してください。 " +" Kdump イメージを保存する先を指定します。ダンプを保存する際のターゲット種類を選択してください。 " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " -"Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" " " msgstr "" -"ローカルファイルシステム - ダンプイメージをローカルファイルシステム" -"に保存します。\n" -" ダンプを保存するディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するパスを指定" -"します。\n" -" 参照 ボタンを押すと kdump を保存するディレクトリを選択することがで" -"きます。\n" +"ローカルファイルシステム - ダンプイメージをローカルファイルシステムに保存します。\n" +" ダンプを保存するディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するパスを指定します。\n" +" 参照 ボタンを押すと kdump を保存するディレクトリを選択することができます。\n" " " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/6 @@ -865,17 +811,14 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection." -" " +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " msgstr "" "FTP - ダンプイメージを FTP プロトコルを利用して保存します。\n" " サーバ名 - FTP サーバの名前を指定します。\n" " ポート - 接続に使用するポート番号を指定します。\n" -" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指" -"定します。\n" +" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指定します。\n" " 匿名 FTP サーバに対して匿名 FTP で接続するかどうかを指定します。\n" -" ユーザ名 Password それぞれ FTP 接続の際に利用するユーザ名と" -"パスワードを指定します。 " +" ユーザ名 Password それぞれ FTP 接続の際に利用するユーザ名とパスワードを指定します。 " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 @@ -890,11 +833,9 @@ "SSH - ダンプイメージを SSH プロトコルを利用して保存します。\n" " サーバ名 - SSH サーバの名前を指定します。\n" " ポート - 接続に使用するポート番号を指定します。\n" -" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指" -"定します。\n" +" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指定します。\n" " ユーザ名 SSH 接続の際に利用するユーザ名を指定します。\n" -" パスワード SSH 接続の際に使用するパスワードを指定します。 </" -"p>\n" +" パスワード SSH 接続の際に使用するパスワードを指定します。 \n" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 @@ -905,8 +846,7 @@ msgstr "" "NFS - ダンプイメージを NFS プロトコルを利用して保存します。\n" " サーバ名 - NFS サーバの名前を指定します。\n" -" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指" -"定します。 " +" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指定します。 " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:107 @@ -921,11 +861,9 @@ "CIFS - ダンプイメージを CIFS プロトコルを利用して保存します。\n" " サーバ名 - CIFS サーバの名前を指定します。\n" " 共有名 - Windows 共有名を指定します。\n" -" サーバ内のディレクトリ - ダンプイメージを保存するディレクトリを指" -"定します。\n" +" サーバ内のディレクトリ - ダンプイメージを保存するディレクトリを指定します。\n" " 認証利用 サーバに対して認証を行なうかどうかを指定します。\n" -" ユーザ名 パスワード それぞれ CIFS 接続の際に利用するユーザ" -"名とパスワードを指定します。 " +" ユーザ名 パスワード それぞれ CIFS 接続の際に利用するユーザ名とパスワードを指定します。 " #. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:116 @@ -934,8 +872,7 @@ " The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]\n" " Please enter only kernel_string. " msgstr "" -"カスタムな Kdump カーネル カスタムなカーネルを指定することができま" -"す。\n" +"カスタムな Kdump カーネル カスタムなカーネルを指定することができます。\n" " たとえば /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] のうちの\n" " kernel_string の部分だけを入力してください。 " @@ -957,8 +894,7 @@ " is set. \n" msgstr "" "Kdump コマンドライン追加文字列\n" -" このオプション設定では、既定のコマンドライン文字列に *追加* する文字列を" -"指定します。\n" +" このオプション設定では、既定のコマンドライン文字列に *追加* する文字列を指定します。\n" " Kdump コマンドライン を指定した場合にのみ追加されます。 \n" #. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 @@ -975,12 +911,10 @@ msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." -" " +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " msgstr "" "古いダンプイメージを削除 - \n" -" 古いダンプイメージを削除する設定です。 保存するダンプ数 を越えてダ" -"ンプファイル\n" +" 古いダンプイメージを削除する設定です。 保存するダンプ数 を越えてダンプファイル\n" " が保存されると、古いものから順に削除されます。 " #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 @@ -993,75 +927,55 @@ " everything in place for debugging. \n" msgstr "" "ダンプディレクトリ内にカーネルをコピーする - \n" -" この項目を選択すると、カーネル自身とデバッグ情報 (インストールされている" -"場合) \n" +" この項目を選択すると、カーネル自身とデバッグ情報 (インストールされている場合) \n" " をダンプディレクトリにコピーします。\n" " 既定値は \"オフ\" になっています。マシン自身でデバッグを行なう際に\n" " 有用な設定です。 \n" #. SMTP Server #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." -msgstr "" -"SMTP サーバ ダンプを採取した際に、通知メッセージを送信するサーバを" -"指定します。 " +msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." +msgstr "SMTP サーバ ダンプを採取した際に、通知メッセージを送信するサーバを指定します。 " #. SMTP User Name #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " -"plain SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"ユーザ名 SMTP サーバ を設定した場合に、 SMTP 認証で使用する" -"ユーザ名を指定します。\n" -" この項目は任意指定で、ユーザ名とパスワードを指定しない場合は、認証無しの " -"SMTP を使用します。\n" +"ユーザ名 SMTP サーバ を設定した場合に、 SMTP 認証で使用するユーザ名を指定します。\n" +" この項目は任意指定で、ユーザ名とパスワードを指定しない場合は、認証無しの SMTP を使用します。\n" #. SMTP Password #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:159 msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " -"This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " -"will be used.\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"パスワード SMTP サーバ を設定した場合に、 SMTP 認証で使用す" -"るパスワードを指定します。\n" -" この項目は任意指定で、ユーザ名とパスワードを指定しない場合は認証無しの " -"SMTP を使用します。\n" +"パスワード SMTP サーバ を設定した場合に、 SMTP 認証で使用するパスワードを指定します。\n" +" この項目は任意指定で、ユーザ名とパスワードを指定しない場合は認証無しの SMTP を使用します。\n" #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:163 -msgid "" -"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " -"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" -msgstr "" -"通知先 (To) ダンプが保存された際に、通知メールの送信先メールアドレ" -"スを指定します。\n" +msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgstr "通知先 (To) ダンプが保存された際に、通知メールの送信先メールアドレスを指定します。\n" #. Notification CC (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:167 msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " -"to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" -"p>\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" msgstr "" -"通知先 (Cc) ダンプが保存された際に、通知メールを Cc で送信する先の" -"メールアドレスを\n" +"通知先 (Cc) ダンプが保存された際に、通知メールを Cc で送信する先のメールアドレスを\n" " スペース区切りで指定します。\n" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " -"number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "" -"古いダンプの数 では、古いダンプファイルをどれだけ保存しておくのかを" -"指定します。\n" +"古いダンプの数 では、古いダンプファイルをどれだけ保存しておくのかを指定します。\n" "ダンプファイルが指定した数を見えると、古いダンプは削除されます。" #. Read dialog help 1/2 Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/kerberos-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/kerberos-server.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/kerberos-server.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kerberos-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-05 11:16+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/kerberos.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/kerberos.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/kerberos.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kerberos\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-27 21:10+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -24,7 +24,6 @@ #. translators: command line help text for Kerberos client module #: src/clients/kerberos.rb:69 -#| msgid "Saving Kerberos Client Configuration" msgid "Kerberos client configuration module" msgstr "Kerberos クライアント設定モジュール" @@ -64,13 +63,11 @@ #. translators: command line help text for the domain option #: src/clients/kerberos.rb:134 -#| msgid "Default Domain" msgid "Default domain" msgstr "既定のドメイン" #. translators: command line help text for the realm option #: src/clients/kerberos.rb:141 -#| msgid "Default Realm" msgid "Default realm" msgstr "既定の領域" @@ -86,13 +83,11 @@ #. help text for command line option #: src/clients/kerberos.rb:162 -#| msgid "Default Realm" msgid "Default ticket lifetime" msgstr "既定のチケット有効期間" #. help text for command line option #: src/clients/kerberos.rb:169 -#| msgid "Default Realm" msgid "Default renewable lifetime" msgstr "既定の更新可能有効期間" @@ -190,7 +185,6 @@ #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:59 -#| msgid "Default Realm" msgid "&Default Lifetime" msgstr "既定の有効期間 (&D)" @@ -201,7 +195,6 @@ #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:86 -#| msgid "Default Realm" msgid "De&fault Renewable Lifetime" msgstr "既定の更新可能有効期間 (&F)" @@ -252,7 +245,6 @@ #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:203 -#| msgid "Clock Skew" msgid "C&lock Skew" msgstr "クロックのズレ (&L)" @@ -529,13 +521,11 @@ #. radio button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:752 -#| msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" msgid "Do No&t Use Kerberos" msgstr "Kerberos を使用しない (&T)" #. radio button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:761 -#| msgid "Use Kerberos" msgid "&Use Kerberos" msgstr "Kerberos を使用する (&U)" @@ -546,25 +536,21 @@ #. frame label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:785 -#| msgid "Write Kerberos client settings" msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings" msgstr "基本的なクライアント設定" #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:792 -#| msgid "Default Domain" msgid "Default &Domain" msgstr "既定のドメイン (&D)" #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:794 -#| msgid "Default Realm" msgid "Default Real&m" msgstr "既定の領域 (&M)" #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:797 -#| msgid "KDC Server Address" msgid "&KDC Server Address" msgstr "KDC サーバのアドレス (&K)" @@ -577,7 +563,6 @@ #. dialog caption #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:814 #: src/include/kerberos-client/wizards.rb:106 -#| msgid "Saving Kerberos Client Configuration" msgid "Kerberos Client Configuration" msgstr "Kerberos クライアントの設定" @@ -593,13 +578,11 @@ #. error popup label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:886 -#| msgid "KDC Server Address" msgid "The KDC server address is invalid." msgstr "KDC サーバのアドレスが正しくありません。" #. tab header #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:932 -#| msgid "Write PAM settings" msgid "PAM Settings" msgstr "PAM 設定" @@ -610,7 +593,6 @@ #. tab header #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:981 -#| msgid "Write PAM settings" msgid "Expert PAM Settings" msgstr "高度な PAM 設定" @@ -626,7 +608,6 @@ #. default dialog caption #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:1115 -#| msgid "Saving Kerberos Client Configuration" msgid "Advanced Kerberos Client Configuration" msgstr "高度な Kerberos クライアントの設定" @@ -767,4 +748,3 @@ msgstr "" "ライフタイムが正しくありません。\n" "正しい値を入力してください。" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/kernel-update-tool.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/kernel-update-tool.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/kernel-update-tool.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -32,4 +32,3 @@ #: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" msgstr "カーネル更新の状態ログ" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/languages_db.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/languages_db.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/languages_db.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-12-18 17:59+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/ldap-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/ldap-client.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/ldap-client.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-05 11:30+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/ldap-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/ldap-server.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/ldap-server.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-07 07:47+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/ldap.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/ldap.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/ldap.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ msgstr "参照 (&W)" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." @@ -267,27 +267,27 @@ "他の値を選んでください。" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgstr "ユーザ管理ツールの設定です" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" msgstr "グループ管理ツールの設定です" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" msgstr "新しいモジュールのオブジェクトクラス" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "新モジュール名 (\"cn\" 値) (&N)" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" @@ -296,12 +296,12 @@ "他の値を選んでください。\n" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." msgstr "モジュール名を入力して下さい。" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" @@ -330,12 +330,12 @@ "など) 。\n" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" msgstr "属性名 (&N)" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" msgstr "属性値 (&V)" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/live-installer.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/live-installer.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/live-installer.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: live-installer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-29 20:48+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -299,4 +299,3 @@ #: src/clients/live_save_config_finish.rb:80 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "タイムゾーンを保存しています..." - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/lxc.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/lxc.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/lxc.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: lxc\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-26 20:38+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/mail.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/mail.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/mail.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mail\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-27 09:22+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -1097,4 +1097,3 @@ #: src/modules/Mail.rb:1379 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "認証" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/multipath.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/multipath.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/multipath.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: multipath\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-02 09:36+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/ncurses-pkg.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/ncurses-pkg.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/ncurses-pkg.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses-pkg\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-21 20:14+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -750,7 +750,6 @@ msgstr "それぞれの状態変更で依存関係の確認を行なわないようにするには、 自動的な依存関係確認 をオフにしてください。この場合、 今すぐ依存関係を確認 ボタンを押して手動で確認することができます。 システムの検証では、パッケージの依存関係を確認したのち対話無しで矛盾を解決します。この場合、必要なパッケージは自動的にインストールするようマークされます。また、デバッグ用に 依存関係の解決テストケースを生成を利用することもできます。この機能を利用すると、 <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>ディレクトリ内にパッケージの依存関係の出力が行なわれます。 bugzilla で \"解決テストケース\" (\"solver testcase\") について尋ねられた場合にお使いください。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266 -#| msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These option are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." msgstr "利用可能な依存関係確認方法は下記のとおりです: 自動依存関係チェック (上記をお読みください), インストール済みのパッケージに対する推奨パッケージをインストールする: 有効に設定していると、すでにインストールされているパッケージが推奨するパッケージについても、インストールを行なうようになります。 システム検証モード: インストール済みのパッケージに対して依存関係の確認を行ない、即時にそれらの矛盾を解決します。注意: 今すぐシステムを検証する を選択してシステムを確認した後は、 システム検証モード がオンになります (不要な場合は選択を外してください) 。これらのオプションは、 <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt> にある YaST の設定ファイル内に保存されます。" @@ -975,19 +974,16 @@ #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -#| msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied.+ : You have selected this patch for installation." msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." msgstr "状態フラグの意味:a+ : お使いのシステムに関係する修正が事前に選択されています。これらはお使いのシステムでダウンロードしてインストールされるものです。特定の修正をインストールしない場合は、 '-' を押して選択を解除してください。 i : この修正に対する必要条件が満たされていることを示します。 + : インストールするよう選択したことを示します。" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -#| msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If you want to deselect one of the patches with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same packages is still selected and the newer packages will be installed and withit this patch is satified." msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." msgstr "状態に関する詳細: パッケージ (1 つまたは複数) に対して未適用の複数の修正が存在する場合、これらは事前に選択され、 a+ という状態になります。これらの修正のうち、いずれかの選択を '-' で外すと、 i という状態になります。これは、このパッケージを必要とする他のパッケージが選択されていることを示すもので、修正の要件を満たすために新しいパッケージのバージョンをインストールします。修正をインストールしたくない場合は、これらのパッケージの選択も外す必要があります。 " #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -#| msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibilty to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menus contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." msgstr "メニュー:フィルタ メニューでは、 'インストール済み' のものや 'セキュリティ' 関連の修正など、修正をフィルタ表示することができます。また、このメニューでは修正を検索することもできます。 また、 アクション メニューを利用することで、修正の状態を変更することができます。 それ以外にも、 ビュー メニューでは修正に関係するパッケージを表示する機能を提供します。注意: フィルタが 'すべての修正' になっている場合でも、修正によってはパッケージ一覧が空になる場合があります。これは、システムに修正パッケージが全くインストールされていないため、影響するパッケージが存在しないために発生します。 依存関係 メニューでは依存関係のチェックを行なうことができるほか、 '依存関係の解決テストケースを生成' を行なうこともできます。" @@ -1105,4 +1101,3 @@ #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:818 msgid "Script" msgstr "スクリプト" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/ncurses.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/ncurses.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/ncurses.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-02 20:49+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/network.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/network.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/network.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -136,43 +136,32 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " -"dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" "SSH client" msgstr "" "<big>ファイアウオールと SSH</big> \n" -"ファイアウオールは、お使いのコンピュータをネットワークからの攻撃から守るため" -"の防御の仕組みです。\n" -"SSH は、専用の SSH クライアントを利用して、お使いのコンピュータに遠隔からログ" -"インすることができる\n" +"ファイアウオールは、お使いのコンピュータをネットワークからの攻撃から守るための防御の仕組みです。\n" +"SSH は、専用の SSH クライアントを利用して、お使いのコンピュータに遠隔からログインすることができる\n" "サービスです。" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " -"after\n" +"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -"ここでは、インストール後にファイアウオールを有効にするか無効にするかを設定" -"することができます。\n" +"ここでは、インストール後にファイアウオールを有効にするか無効にするかを設定することができます。\n" "有効に設定したままにしておくのがお勧めです。" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" -"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " -"SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " -"service (i.e. it\n" +"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot)." msgstr "" -"ファイアウオールを有効に設定する場合、 SSH サービス向けにファイアウオール" -"のポートを開き、\n" -"ログインを受け付けるかどうかを設定することができます。この設定は SSH サービス" -"の起動\n" -"(コンピュータの起動時に SSH も起動するかどうか) とは別途に設定することができ" -"ます。" +"ファイアウオールを有効に設定する場合、 SSH サービス向けにファイアウオールのポートを開き、\n" +"ログインを受け付けるかどうかを設定することができます。この設定は SSH サービスの起動\n" +"(コンピュータの起動時に SSH も起動するかどうか) とは別途に設定することができます。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 @@ -183,8 +172,7 @@ msgstr "" "ファイアウオールの設定では、 VNC のポートを開くように設定することも\n" "できます。ただし、インストール作業時には必要に応じてインストーラが\n" -"ポートを開くため、ここでの設定は今現在のシステムに対しては効果がありません。" -"" +"ポートを開くため、ここでの設定は今現在のシステムに対しては効果がありません。" #. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog #. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) @@ -368,9 +356,7 @@ #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892 msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." -msgstr "" -"リリースノートの URL が設定されていません。インターネット接続テストは実行でき" -"ません。" +msgstr "リリースノートの URL が設定されていません。インターネット接続テストは実行できません。" #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error @@ -379,19 +365,14 @@ "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" -"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any " -"steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " -"configuration,\n" +"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" -"最新のリリースノートをダウンロードしようとしましたが、サーバ側のエラーによ" -"り\n" -"ダウンロードできませんでした。ネットワークの設定ミスによるものかどうかは不明" -"です。\n" +"最新のリリースノートをダウンロードしようとしましたが、サーバ側のエラーにより\n" +"ダウンロードできませんでした。ネットワークの設定ミスによるものかどうかは不明です。\n" "\n" -"'続行' を押すと次のインストール手順に進みます。インターネット接続が必要とな" -"る\n" +"'続行' を押すと次のインストール手順に進みます。インターネット接続が必要となる\n" "手順を飛ばしたり、ネットワークの設定を確認してやり直したりするには、\n" "'キャンセル' を押してください。\n" @@ -580,9 +561,7 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/remote.rb:85 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "" -"リモート管理を許可するには 'はい' を、許可しない場合は 'いいえ' を選択しま" -"す。" +msgstr "リモート管理を許可するには 'はい' を、許可しない場合は 'いいえ' を選択します。" #. Command line output Headline #: src/clients/remote.rb:128 @@ -765,12 +744,8 @@ msgstr "宛先 IP アドレスを指定しなければなりません。" #: src/clients/routing.rb:354 -msgid "" -"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " -"must be specified" -msgstr "" -"少なくとも下記のパラメータのうちいずれかを指定しなければなりません (ゲートウ" -"エイ、ネットマスク、デバイス、オプション)" +msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" +msgstr "少なくとも下記のパラメータのうちいずれかを指定しなければなりません (ゲートウエイ、ネットマスク、デバイス、オプション)" #: src/clients/routing.rb:376 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." @@ -1332,8 +1307,7 @@ "\n" "Really leave the hostname blank?\n" msgstr "" -"ホスト名が設定されていません。ホスト名は、これを固定の IP アドレスに割り当て" -"る際に\n" +"ホスト名が設定されていません。ホスト名は、これを固定の IP アドレスに割り当てる際に\n" "必要となるものです。設定を行なわないと、ネットワーク接続無しでは\n" "マシン名を解決できなくなってしまいます。\n" "\n" @@ -1407,21 +1381,15 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" -" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with " -"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On " -"Cable Connection\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " -"to\n" +" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable Connection\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" " set the priority of each interface. \n" msgstr "" "<big>IFPLUGD の優先度</big> \n" -" ケーブル接続時に自動的に開始 の設定と IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 の設定" -"は、互いに排他関係にあります。\n" -"1 つ以上のインターフェイスが ケーブル接続時に自動的に開始 に設定されて" -"いる場合、\n" -"インターフェイスの判別方法が必要となるためです。そのため、ここで各インター" -"フェイスの優先順位を設定します。\n" +" ケーブル接続時に自動的に開始 の設定と IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 の設定は、互いに排他関係にあります。\n" +"1 つ以上のインターフェイスが ケーブル接続時に自動的に開始 に設定されている場合、\n" +"インターフェイスの判別方法が必要となるためです。そのため、ここで各インターフェイスの優先順位を設定します。\n" #. Address dialog caption #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1499 @@ -1618,12 +1586,8 @@ msgstr "デバイスを判定するために \"id\" オプションを使用します。" #: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101 -msgid "" -"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " -"\"id\"." -msgstr "" -"\"id\" の値は範囲外です。 \"list\" オプションを使用し、 \"id\" の最大値を確認" -"してください。" +msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." +msgstr "\"id\" の値は範囲外です。 \"list\" オプションを使用し、 \"id\" の最大値を確認してください。" #. Handler for action "add" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options @@ -1701,8 +1665,7 @@ "See %1 for details." msgstr "" "Xen ネットワークブリッジが検出されました。\n" -"ブリッジスクリプトによりネットワークインターフェイスの名前が変更されたた" -"め、\n" +"ブリッジスクリプトによりネットワークインターフェイスの名前が変更されたため、\n" "ネットワークインターフェイスを設定したり再起動したりすることができません。\n" "詳細は %1 をご覧ください。" @@ -1717,8 +1680,7 @@ msgstr "" "ファームウエアが必要です。ファームウエアは\n" "アドオン CD からインストールすることができます。\n" -"ファームウエアをインストールするには、 YaST ソフトウエアリポジトリにアドオン " -"CD を追加し、\n" +"ファームウエアをインストールするには、 YaST ソフトウエアリポジトリにアドオン CD を追加し、\n" "この設定ダイアログに戻ってきてください。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:214 @@ -1729,13 +1691,10 @@ "Continue to configure the device. Otherwise click Cancel and\n" "return to this dialog once you have installed the firmware.\n" msgstr "" -"デバイスを正しく機能させるためにはファームウエアが必要です。ファームウエアは" -"通常、\n" +"デバイスを正しく機能させるためにはファームウエアが必要です。ファームウエアは通常、\n" "ハードウエアの製造元の Web ページからダウンロードすることができます。\n" -"既にファームウエアをダウンロードしてインストール済みである場合には 続行</" -"b> \n" -"を押してデバイスの設定を行なってください。そうでない場合は キャンセル " -"を押して\n" +"既にファームウエアをダウンロードしてインストール済みである場合には 続行 \n" +"を押してデバイスの設定を行なってください。そうでない場合は キャンセル を押して\n" "ファームウエアをインストールし、この設定ダイアログに戻ってきてください。\n" #. this is one of 2 places to install packages :-( @@ -1747,12 +1706,8 @@ msgstr "ファームウエアをインストールしています" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234 -msgid "" -"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " -"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" -msgstr "" -"ファームウエアのインストールを完了するには 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' スクリ" -"プトを実行する必要があります。今すぐ実行しますか？" +msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgstr "ファームウエアのインストールを完了するには 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' スクリプトを実行する必要があります。今すぐ実行しますか？" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." @@ -1776,9 +1731,7 @@ #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" -msgstr "" -"選択しているデバイスは STARTMODE=nfsroot の設定になっています。本当に削除しま" -"すか？" +msgstr "選択しているデバイスは STARTMODE=nfsroot の設定になっています。本当に削除しますか？" #. Network setup method dialog caption #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 @@ -1838,72 +1791,50 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " -"(for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -"Udev ルール は、カーネルのデバイスマネージャに対して MAC アドレス" -"や\n" -"バス ID を元にしてデバイス名 (例: eth1, wlan0) を設定し、たとえ再起動したとし" -"ても\n" +"Udev ルール は、カーネルのデバイスマネージャに対して MAC アドレスや\n" +"バス ID を元にしてデバイス名 (例: eth1, wlan0) を設定し、たとえ再起動したとしても\n" "デバイス名が変わらないようにするための仕組みです。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" -"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify " -"now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will " -"start blinking for selected time.\n" +"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" "" msgstr "" -"確認用のポート識別を表示 を使用すると、設定済みの NIC に対して物理" -"的な識別を行なうことができるようになります。\n" -"時間を設定して 点滅 を押すと、指定した時間だけお使いの NIC 上にある " -"LED が点滅します。\n" +"確認用のポート識別を表示 を使用すると、設定済みの NIC に対して物理的な識別を行なうことができるようになります。\n" +"時間を設定して 点滅 を押すと、指定した時間だけお使いの NIC 上にある LED が点滅します。\n" "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " -"there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " -"list, but usually the default value works.\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.\n" msgstr "" -"カーネルモジュール. ここには、お使いのネットワークデバイスに対する" -"カーネルモジュール\n" -" (他の表現で言うと 'ドライバ') 名を入力してください。デバイスが既に設定されて" -"いる場合、\n" -"利用可能な 1 つ以上のデバイスから、ドロップダウンリストを用いて選択することが" -"できます。\n" +"カーネルモジュール. ここには、お使いのネットワークデバイスに対するカーネルモジュール\n" +" (他の表現で言うと 'ドライバ') 名を入力してください。デバイスが既に設定されている場合、\n" +"利用可能な 1 つ以上のデバイスから、ドロップダウンリストを用いて選択することができます。\n" "多くの場合は既定の値のままにしておくとよいでしょう。\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, " -"for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " -"saving.\n" +"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" -"また、カーネルモジュールに対する設定を オプション の項目で指定する" -"ことができます。この値は\n" -"オプション名=値 の書式で指定し、複数のオプションを指定する場合" -"はスペースで区切って\n" -"記入します。たとえば io=0x300 irq=5 のようになります。 注意: 2 " -"つのネットワークカードが\n" -"同じモジュールを利用するものである場合、オプション設定は保存する際に 1 つにま" -"とめられます。\n" +"また、カーネルモジュールに対する設定を オプション の項目で指定することができます。この値は\n" +"オプション名=値 の書式で指定し、複数のオプションを指定する場合はスペースで区切って\n" +"記入します。たとえば io=0x300 irq=5 のようになります。 注意: 2 つのネットワークカードが\n" +"同じモジュールを利用するものである場合、オプション設定は保存する際に 1 つにまとめられます。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 -msgid "" -"If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool " -"with these options.\n" -msgstr "" -"Ethtool オプション に何らかのオプションを指定すると、 ifup はこの値" -"で ethtool を呼び出します。\n" +msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" +msgstr "Ethtool オプション に何らかのオプションを指定すると、 ifup はこの値で ethtool を呼び出します。\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 @@ -1922,8 +1853,7 @@ "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" "ここでは、ネットワークデバイスの設定を行ないます。ここで設定した値は\n" -"/etc/modprobe.conf および /etc/chandev.conf に書き込まれます。" -"\n" +"/etc/modprobe.conf および /etc/chandev.conf に書き込まれます。\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 @@ -1931,8 +1861,7 @@ "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" -"このモジュールのオプションは、マニュアル内の IBM デバイスドライバとイン" -"ストールコマンド\n" +"このモジュールのオプションは、マニュアル内の IBM デバイスドライバとインストールコマンド\n" "にある書式で記述する必要があります。" #. Manual dialog caption @@ -2017,8 +1946,7 @@ "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." msgstr "" "設定を行なうネットワークカードを選択します。\n" -"検索項目に名前を入力することで、ネットワークカードを検索することもできます。" -"" +"検索項目に名前を入力することで、ネットワークカードを検索することもできます。" #. Selection box label #. Selection box title @@ -2101,42 +2029,24 @@ #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." -msgstr "" -"このインターフェイスの ポート名 を入力してください (大文字小文字は" -"区別されます) 。" +msgstr "このインターフェイスの ポート名 を入力してください (大文字小文字は区別されます) 。" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 -msgid "" -"Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by " -"spaces)." -msgstr "" -"このインターフェイスの 追加オプション をスペースで区切って入力して" -"ください。" +msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." +msgstr "このインターフェイスの 追加オプション をスペースで区切って入力してください。" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 -msgid "" -"Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be " -"enabled for this interface." -msgstr "" -" このインターフェイスで IP アドレスの引き継ぎ機能を有効にする場合は IP " -"アドレスの引き継ぎを有効にする を選択してください。" +msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." +msgstr " このインターフェイスで IP アドレスの引き継ぎ機能を有効にする場合は IP アドレスの引き継ぎを有効にする を選択してください。" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support." -msgstr "" -"このカードがレイヤ 2 に対応するよう設定されている場合は レイヤ 2 サポー" -"トを有効にする を選択してください。" +msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." +msgstr "このカードがレイヤ 2 に対応するよう設定されている場合は レイヤ 2 サポートを有効にする を選択してください。" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -msgid "" -"Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support." -msgstr "" -"このカードがレイヤ 2 に対応するよう設定されている場合は レイヤ 2 MAC ア" -"ドレス を入力してください。" +msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." +msgstr "このカードがレイヤ 2 に対応するよう設定されている場合は レイヤ 2 MAC アドレス を入力してください。" #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 @@ -2275,8 +2185,7 @@ "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" " デスクトップ環境を動作させない場合や、同時に複数の\n" -"インターフェイスを利用する必要がある場合は、 wicked をお使いくださ" -"い。 \n" +"インターフェイスを利用する必要がある場合は、 wicked をお使いください。 \n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" @@ -2294,8 +2203,7 @@ "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" msgstr "" "<big>ネットワークカードの追加:</big> \n" -"追加 を押すと、ネットワークカードを手動で設定することができます。</" -"p>\n" +"追加 を押すと、ネットワークカードを手動で設定することができます。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 msgid "" @@ -2314,17 +2222,13 @@ "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " -"response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" "<big>IPv6 プロトコルの設定</big>\n" -"IPv6 を有効にする を選択すると、カーネル内の IPv6 モジュールを有効" -"にします。\n" -"IPv6 は IPv4 と共に使用することができますし、この機能は既定で有効化されていま" -"す。\n" -"IPv6 を無効にするにはチェックを外してください。このことで IPv6 のモジュール" -"が\n" +"IPv6 を有効にする を選択すると、カーネル内の IPv6 モジュールを有効にします。\n" +"IPv6 は IPv4 と共に使用することができますし、この機能は既定で有効化されています。\n" +"IPv6 を無効にするにはチェックを外してください。このことで IPv6 のモジュールが\n" "ブラックリストに登録されます。 IPv6 プロトコルをお使いでない場合、\n" "応答時間がより早くなります。\n" @@ -2342,10 +2246,8 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" msgstr "" "このダイアログでは、経路設定を行ないます。\n" -"デフォルトゲートウエイ は、他の経路設定に適合しない全ての宛先に到達す" -"るために利用されるゲートウエイです。\n" -"通信先に対して他の経路設定が存在する場合、この経路情報はデフォルトゲートウエ" -"イよりも\n" +"デフォルトゲートウエイ は、他の経路設定に適合しない全ての宛先に到達するために利用されるゲートウエイです。\n" +"通信先に対して他の経路設定が存在する場合、この経路情報はデフォルトゲートウエイよりも\n" "優先して使われます。デフォルトゲートウエイの考え方を\n" "わかりやすく言うと \"その他の送信先\" です。\n" @@ -2353,17 +2255,12 @@ msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed." -"\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" msgstr "" -"それぞれの経路に対して、宛先のネットワーク IP アドレスとゲートウエイアドレ" -"ス、\n" -"およびネットマスクを入力してください。これらの値を省略する場合はハイフン記号 " -"\"-\"\n" -"を入力しておいてください。また、どのデバイスを利用して通信を転送するのかを選" -"択することもできます\n" -" (\"-\" を指定すると、どのインターフェイスでも構わないという意味になりま" -"す) 。\n" +"それぞれの経路に対して、宛先のネットワーク IP アドレスとゲートウエイアドレス、\n" +"およびネットマスクを入力してください。これらの値を省略する場合はハイフン記号 \"-\"\n" +"を入力しておいてください。また、どのデバイスを利用して通信を転送するのかを選択することもできます\n" +" (\"-\" を指定すると、どのインターフェイスでも構わないという意味になります) 。\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 @@ -2371,8 +2268,7 @@ "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -"お使いのシステムをルータとして動作させる場合は、 IPv4 転送 (外部の" -"ネットワークから\n" +"お使いのシステムをルータとして動作させる場合は、 IPv4 転送 (外部のネットワークから\n" "内部のネットワークにパケットを転送する) を有効にしてください。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 @@ -2382,63 +2278,46 @@ "Warning: IPv6 forwarding disables IPv6 stateless address\n" "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -"お使いのシステムをルータとして動作させる場合は、 IPv6 転送 (外部の" -"ネットワークから\n" +"お使いのシステムをルータとして動作させる場合は、 IPv6 転送 (外部のネットワークから\n" "内部のネットワークにパケットを転送する) を有効にしてください。\n" -"警告: IPv6 転送を設定すると、 IPv6 stateless address " -"autoconfiguration (SLAAC)\n" +"警告: IPv6 転送を設定すると、 IPv6 stateless address autoconfiguration (SLAAC)\n" "が無効化されます。" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" -"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone " -"is not enough. \n" +"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -"重要: ファイアウオールが有効化されている場合、転送を許可するだけで" -"は不十分です。\n" -"転送を許可したあと、ファイアウオールの設定でアドレス変換を設定するか、少なく" -"とも\n" -"1 つ以上の転送ルールを追加する必要があります。 YaST ファイアウオールモジュー" -"ルをお使いください。\n" +"重要: ファイアウオールが有効化されている場合、転送を許可するだけでは不十分です。\n" +"転送を許可したあと、ファイアウオールの設定でアドレス変換を設定するか、少なくとも\n" +"1 つ以上の転送ルールを追加する必要があります。 YaST ファイアウオールモジュールをお使いください。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the " -"DHCP client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical " -"desktop. \n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that " -"assign \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" "different hostnames. " msgstr "" " DHCP を利用して IP アドレスを取得している環境の場合、 DHCP を利用して\n" -"ホスト名の取得を行なうかどうかを指定することができます。ホスト名は DHCP クラ" -"イアントで自動的に設定します。\n" -"なお、使用中にホスト名が変更されてしまうと、グラフィカルデスクトップを使用す" -"る際に混乱を来たすことがあります。\n" -"そのため、異なるホスト名が割り当てられる複数のネットワークに接続する場合" -"は、\n" +"ホスト名の取得を行なうかどうかを指定することができます。ホスト名は DHCP クライアントで自動的に設定します。\n" +"なお、使用中にホスト名が変更されてしまうと、グラフィカルデスクトップを使用する際に混乱を来たすことがあります。\n" +"そのため、異なるホスト名が割り当てられる複数のネットワークに接続する場合は、\n" "この設定を無効にしておくのがよいでしょう。 " #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " -"a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, " -"even \n" -"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, " -"especially \n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" +"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -"ホスト名をループバック IP に割り当てる を選択すると、 <tt>/etc/" -"hosts</tt>\n" +"ホスト名をループバック IP に割り当てる を選択すると、 <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>\n" "内でお使いのホスト名を <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (ループバック) に割り当てます。\n" -"この選択は、ネットワーク無しでも常にホスト名が解決可能でなければならない場合" -"に便利です。\n" +"この選択は、ネットワーク無しでも常にホスト名が解決可能でなければならない場合に便利です。\n" "それ以外の場合、特に複数のネットワークサービスを提供している場合などは、\n" "注意してお使いください。\n" @@ -2466,8 +2345,7 @@ msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" -"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search " -"domains\n" +"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n" "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" "検索ドメインとは、ホスト名の検索を開始するためのドメイン名です。\n" @@ -2477,40 +2355,29 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" -"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the " -"DNS domain\n" -"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " -"important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " -"the hostname \n" +"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" +"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the hostname \n" "command." msgstr "" -"このコンピュータに設定する短い名前 (例 mymachine) と、所属する DNS " -"ドメイン\n" -"(例 example.com) を入力してください。ドメインは、このコンピュータが" -"メールサーバである場合、\n" -"重要な設定となります。お使いのコンピュータでホスト名を確認するには、 " -"hostname コマンドを\n" +"このコンピュータに設定する短い名前 (例 mymachine) と、所属する DNS ドメイン\n" +"(例 example.com) を入力してください。ドメインは、このコンピュータがメールサーバである場合、\n" +"重要な設定となります。お使いのコンピュータでホスト名を確認するには、 hostname コマンドを\n" "利用します。" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is " -"handled\n" +"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" "by the netconfig script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" -"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for " -"most\n" +"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for most\n" "configurations.\n" msgstr "" "ここでは、 DNS 設定の変更方法 (ネームサーバ、検索リスト、および\n" -"/etc/resolv.conf ファイル) を選択します。既定では netconfig ス" -"クリプトで\n" -"固定設定の内容と動的に取得した内容 (たとえば DHCP クライアントや " -"NetworkManager など) \n" -"を合わせて使用します。これが既定値 既定のポリシーを使用する オプション" -"の動作で、\n" +"/etc/resolv.conf ファイル) を選択します。既定では netconfig スクリプトで\n" +"固定設定の内容と動的に取得した内容 (たとえば DHCP クライアントや NetworkManager など) \n" +"を合わせて使用します。これが既定値 既定のポリシーを使用する オプションの動作で、\n" "ほとんどの場合に十分な設定です。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 @@ -2531,8 +2398,7 @@ "カンマ区切りの一覧を指定するもので、インターフェイス名 (ワイルドカード\n" "も使用できます) のほか、 STATIC または STATIC_FALLBACK として特別な値を\n" "指定することもできます。詳しくは netconfig のマニュアルページを\n" -"お読みください。注意: なお、この項目に何も記入しない場合は、 手動のみ</" -"b>\n" +"お読みください。注意: なお、この項目に何も記入しない場合は、 手動のみ\n" "ポリシーと同じ意味になります。\n" #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred @@ -2540,23 +2406,16 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" -"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address " -"to this device.\n" +"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" "<big>アドレス設定</big>\n" -" このデバイスに対して IP アドレスを設定しない場合は、 アドレスを設定し" -"ない を選んでください。\n" -"この設定は Ethernet デバイスに対してボンド機能を利用する場合などに利用しま" -"す。\n" +" このデバイスに対して IP アドレスを設定しない場合は、 アドレスを設定しない を選んでください。\n" +"この設定は Ethernet デバイスに対してボンド機能を利用する場合などに利用します。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"お使いの BIOS で指定したネットワーク設定を利用する場合は、 iBFT を" -"選択してください。\n" +msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" +msgstr "お使いの BIOS で指定したネットワーク設定を利用する場合は、 iBFT を選択してください。\n" #. Address dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 @@ -2564,8 +2423,7 @@ "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" msgstr "" -"システム管理者や契約先のインターネットプロバイダから固定の IP アドレスが割" -"り当てられていない場合は、 \n" +"システム管理者や契約先のインターネットプロバイダから固定の IP アドレスが割り当てられていない場合は、 \n" "可変 IP アドレス を選択してください。\n" #. Address dialog help 3/8 @@ -2575,57 +2433,42 @@ "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" "are then automatically obtained from the server.\n" msgstr "" -"アドレスを動的に割り当てる際の方法を指定することができます。接続するネット" -"ワークで DHCP サーバ\n" -"が動作している場合は DHCP を選んでください。サーバから自動的にアドレス" -"を取得して\n" +"アドレスを動的に割り当てる際の方法を指定することができます。接続するネットワークで DHCP サーバ\n" +"が動作している場合は DHCP を選んでください。サーバから自動的にアドレスを取得して\n" "設定するようになります。\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + " -"Zeroconf\n" -". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.</" -"p>\n" +"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" +". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.\n" msgstr "" "利用可能な IP アドレスを自動的に検索し、固定で割り当てたい場合は\n" -"Zeroconf を選択してください。最初に DHCP を使い、それでうまくいかない" -"場合に\n" -"Zeroconf を利用する場合は DHCP + Zeroconf を選択してください。それ以外" -"の場合は 固定 IP アドレス を選択してアドレスを設定してください。\n" +"Zeroconf を選択してください。最初に DHCP を使い、それでうまくいかない場合に\n" +"Zeroconf を利用する場合は DHCP + Zeroconf を選択してください。それ以外の場合は 固定 IP アドレス を選択してアドレスを設定してください。\n" #. Address dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " -"your computer, and the \n" +"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.\n" msgstr "" -" お使いのコンピュータに対する IP アドレス (たとえば " -"<tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) と\n" -"相手側の リモート IP アドレス (たとえば <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>) をそ" -"れぞれ\n" +" お使いのコンピュータに対する IP アドレス (たとえば <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) と\n" +"相手側の リモート IP アドレス (たとえば <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>) をそれぞれ\n" "入力してください。\n" #. Address dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" -"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your " -"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix " -"<tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " -"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"固定アドレス設定 を指定した場合、 IP アドレス (例: " -"<tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) \n" -"とネットワークマスク (一般には <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> またはプレフィクス表記" -"で <tt>/24</tt>) を入力してください。また、追加で完全修飾ドメイン名\n" -"を入力することもできます。この値は <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> に書き込まれます。</" -"p>\n" +"固定アドレス設定 を指定した場合、 IP アドレス (例: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) \n" +"とネットワークマスク (一般には <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> またはプレフィクス表記で <tt>/24</tt>) を入力してください。また、追加で完全修飾ドメイン名\n" +"を入力することもできます。この値は <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> に書き込まれます。\n" #. Address dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 @@ -2655,24 +2498,16 @@ "the firewall will be disabled." msgstr "" "<big>ファイアウオールゾーン</big>\n" -"このインターフェイスをどのファイアウオールゾーンに配置するのかを選択しま" -"す。\n" -"ゾーンを選択するとファイアウオールが有効になります。他のインターフェイスで" -"は\n" -"ゾーンを選択しているにも関わらず、ここで選択しない場合は、ファイアウオール" -"が\n" +"このインターフェイスをどのファイアウオールゾーンに配置するのかを選択します。\n" +"ゾーンを選択するとファイアウオールが有効になります。他のインターフェイスでは\n" +"ゾーンを選択しているにも関わらず、ここで選択しない場合は、ファイアウオールが\n" "有効にはなりますが、このインターフェイスでの通信は全てブロックされます。\n" "全てのインターフェイスでゾーンを選択しない場合は、ファイアウオールが\n" "起動されなくなります。" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports " -"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." -msgstr "" -"必須のインターフェイス では、システム起動時にインターフェイスを開始" -"できなかった場合にネットワークサービスが障害を報告するかどうかを指定します。" -"" +msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." +msgstr "必須のインターフェイス では、システム起動時にインターフェイスを開始できなかった場合にネットワークサービスが障害を報告するかどうかを指定します。" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" @@ -2680,27 +2515,23 @@ "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" "transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n" "set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n" -"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the " -"recommended\n" +"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n" "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" "<big>最大転送単位</big>\n" "最大転送単位 (MTU) は、ネットワーク上に送信する 1 パケットの\n" "最大サイズを指定します。通常は、この値を設定する必要はありませんが、\n" "遅いダイヤルアップ接続などの特殊な場合においてこの値を小さくすると\n" -"ネットワークのパフォーマンスが上がる場合があります。お勧めの値からいずれかを" -"選択するか、\n" +"ネットワークのパフォーマンスが上がる場合があります。お勧めの値からいずれかを選択するか、\n" "独自の値を設定してください。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No " -"Address Setup are available." +"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." msgstr "" "ボンドデバイスのスレーブとなるものを選択してください。\n" -"デバイスの起動 が 起動しない で、かつ アドレス設定 が " -"アドレスを設定しない になっているデバイスだけが指定可能です。" +"デバイスの起動 が 起動しない で、かつ アドレス設定 が アドレスを設定しない になっているデバイスだけが指定可能です。" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 @@ -2711,17 +2542,14 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" -"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for " -"each\n" +"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" "DHCP client on a single network. Therefore, specify a unique free-form\n" "identifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\n" "network interface and thus the same hardware address." msgstr "" "DHCP クライアント識別子 を設定しない場合は、既定で\n" -"ネットワークインターフェイスのハードウエアアドレスを利用します。単一のネット" -"ワーク内では\n" -"この値は唯一でなければなりません。従って、同じネットワークインターフェイス" -"で\n" +"ネットワークインターフェイスのハードウエアアドレスを利用します。単一のネットワーク内では\n" +"この値は唯一でなければなりません。従って、同じネットワークインターフェイスで\n" "複数のマシン (特に仮想マシン) を動作させる場合は、それぞれ別々の\n" "識別子を設定してください。" @@ -2729,27 +2557,19 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP " -"server. Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO</" -"b>\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/" -"HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgstr "" -"送信するホスト名 では、 DHCP クライアントがサーバにメッセージを送信" -"する際に\n" -"使用する、ホスト名を指定します。 DHCP サーバによってはネームサーバの正引きお" -"よび\n" -"逆引きのゾーンを更新するものがある (動的 DNS) ため、その機能に対応するための" -"オプションです。\n" -"また、 DHCP サーバによっては 送信するホスト名 の項目に特定の文字列が含" -"まれて\n" -"いることを求める場合もあります。 自動 に設定すると、現在のホスト名 " -"(<tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>\n" +"送信するホスト名 では、 DHCP クライアントがサーバにメッセージを送信する際に\n" +"使用する、ホスト名を指定します。 DHCP サーバによってはネームサーバの正引きおよび\n" +"逆引きのゾーンを更新するものがある (動的 DNS) ため、その機能に対応するためのオプションです。\n" +"また、 DHCP サーバによっては 送信するホスト名 の項目に特定の文字列が含まれて\n" +"いることを求める場合もあります。 自動 に設定すると、現在のホスト名 (<tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>\n" "に設定されているものなど) を送信します。\n" "ホスト名を送信したくない場合は、何も指定しないでください。\n" @@ -2774,26 +2594,18 @@ #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" -"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " -"legacy. The total\n" -" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) " -"is\n" -" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility " -"truncates it after 9 characters." +"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" +" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" +" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." msgstr "" "IPv4 アドレスラベル は別名とも呼ばれ、任意指定の古い設定です。\n" " インターフェイス名全体の長さ (コロンやラベルを含む) は、\n" -" 最大で 15 文字以内にする必要があります。また、古いバージョンの " -"ifconfig ユーティリティでは、 9 文字目以降を削除してしまいます。" +" 最大で 15 文字以内にする必要があります。また、古いバージョンの ifconfig ユーティリティでは、 9 文字目以降を削除してしまいます。" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 -msgid "" -"Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter " -"foo instead of eth0:foo." -msgstr "" -"別名にはインターフェイス名は含めないでください。たとえば eth0:foo " -"ではなく foo のように指定します。" +msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." +msgstr "別名にはインターフェイス名は含めないでください。たとえば eth0:foo ではなく foo のように指定します。" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing @@ -2822,8 +2634,7 @@ " 16 進数: 鍵を 16 進数の表現で直接入力します。 10 文字\n" "の 16 進数であれば 64 ビットの鍵が、 26 文字であれば 128 ビットの鍵が、\n" "32 文字であれば 156 ビットの鍵が、 58 文字であれば 256 ビットの鍵がそれぞれ\n" -"生成できます。 <tt>-</tt> (ハイフン) を使って桁を区切ることもできます。たとえ" -"ば\n" +"生成できます。 <tt>-</tt> (ハイフン) を使って桁を区切ることもできます。たとえば\n" "<tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt> のようになります。\n" " \n" @@ -2847,12 +2658,9 @@ "acts as an access point).\n" msgstr "" "動作モード ではネットワーク方式を設定することができます。モードは\n" -"それぞれ以下のとおりです。 アドホック (アクセスポイントを利用しない 1 " -"対 1 ネットワーク),\n" -"管理 (アクセスポイントで管理するネットワーク、 インフラストラクチャ" -"モード\n" -"とも呼びます), マスター (指定のネットワークカードをアクセスポイントと" -"して\n" +"それぞれ以下のとおりです。 アドホック (アクセスポイントを利用しない 1 対 1 ネットワーク),\n" +"管理 (アクセスポイントで管理するネットワーク、 インフラストラクチャモード\n" +"とも呼びます), マスター (指定のネットワークカードをアクセスポイントとして\n" "動作させる)\n" #. Wireless dialog help @@ -2861,15 +2669,13 @@ "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA " -"authentication mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.\n" msgstr "" "無線 LAN のネットワークを識別するため、 ネットワーク名 (ESSID)\n" -"を入力してください。無線 LAN では、 ESSID を利用してネットワークを区別しま" -"す。\n" +"を入力してください。無線 LAN では、 ESSID を利用してネットワークを区別します。\n" "動作モード を 管理 に設定し WPA の認証モードを\n" "利用しない場合には、この項目に何も指定しないか <tt>any</tt> に設定すること\n" "ができます。この場合、お使いの無線 LAN カードは最も強い信号を発信している\n" @@ -2890,8 +2696,7 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the Open\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " -"Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select WPA-PSK or WPA-EAP as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" @@ -2902,20 +2707,14 @@ "(Wired Equivalent Privacy) は指定した暗号鍵で暗号化を施す方法で、追加で\n" "ユーザ認証を行なうこともできます。\n" "WEP を利用する多くの場合は WEP-オープン が利用できます。この場合は\n" -"指定する暗号鍵によるもの以外のユーザ認証は行ないません。暗号化を行なわない場" -"合は\n" +"指定する暗号鍵によるもの以外のユーザ認証は行ないません。暗号化を行なわない場合は\n" "暗号化無し を選んでください。\n" -"ネットワークによっては WEP-共有鍵 (認証) を設定する必要がある場合があ" -"ります。\n" +"ネットワークによっては WEP-共有鍵 (認証) を設定する必要がある場合があります。\n" "注意: 共有鍵による認証は非常に簡素なもので、悪意のある攻撃者にとっては\n" -"容易に侵入可能な方法です。何らかの理由で共有鍵認証が必要である場合を除い" -"て、\n" -" WEP-オープン を使ってください。 WEP は既に安全でないものであること" -"が\n" -"証明されているためです。 WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access) はこれら WEP " -"の\n" -"セキュリティ欠陥に対応するために作られたものですが、全てのハードウエアで対" -"応\n" +"容易に侵入可能な方法です。何らかの理由で共有鍵認証が必要である場合を除いて、\n" +" WEP-オープン を使ってください。 WEP は既に安全でないものであることが\n" +"証明されているためです。 WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access) はこれら WEP の\n" +"セキュリティ欠陥に対応するために作られたものですが、全てのハードウエアで対応\n" "しているわけではありません。 WPA を利用する場合は WPA-PSK または\n" "WPA-EAP を指定してください。 WPA は 動作モード が 管理\n" "である場合にのみ使用できます。\n" @@ -2934,8 +2733,7 @@ "使用する WEP 暗号鍵を入力してください。鍵の長さは\n" "64, 128, 156, 256 ビットのいずれかですが、デバイスによっては特定の長さに\n" "対応していない場合があります。このうち 24 ビット分\n" -"は動的に生成されるため、実際には 40 ビットから 232 ビットの分のみ入力する必要" -"があります。\n" +"は動的に生成されるため、実際には 40 ビットから 232 ビットの分のみ入力する必要があります。\n" # Wireless dialog help #. Wireless dialog help @@ -2969,15 +2767,12 @@ msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " -"all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" "available options." msgstr "" -"これらの値は、 '/etc/sysconfig/network' ディレクトリにあるインターフェイ" -"ス\n" +"これらの値は、 '/etc/sysconfig/network' ディレクトリにあるインターフェイス\n" "設定ファイル 'ifcfg-*' に書き込まれます。追加の設定項目がある場合は、\n" -"このファイルに手動で追加してください。設定可能な項目は、同じディレクトリにあ" -"る\n" +"このファイルに手動で追加してください。設定可能な項目は、同じディレクトリにある\n" " 'wireless' ファイルをお読みください。" #. TextEntry label @@ -3069,8 +2864,7 @@ "For TTLS and PEAP, enter your Identity\n" "and Password as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</" -"p>\n" +"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" msgstr "" " TTLS と PEAP の場合、 識別情報 と パスワード\n" " を指定してください。\n" @@ -3096,16 +2890,13 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128 msgid "" "TLS uses a Client Certificate instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " -"pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a Client Key file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate Client Key Password for that file.\n" msgstr "" -" TLS ではユーザ名とパスワードの組み合わせの代わりとして クライアント証" -"明書\n" -"を認証に使用します。暗号化通信を行なうには、公開鍵のほかに機密鍵が必要になる" -"ため、\n" +" TLS ではユーザ名とパスワードの組み合わせの代わりとして クライアント証明書\n" +"を認証に使用します。暗号化通信を行なうには、公開鍵のほかに機密鍵が必要になるため、\n" "機密鍵を含む クライアント鍵 ファイルを合わせて指定します。\n" "また、クライアント鍵ファイルは一般に暗号化されているため、\n" "クライアント鍵パスワード も設定してください。\n" @@ -3162,8 +2953,7 @@ "allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n" "authentication, choose your inner authentication method.\n" msgstr "" -"ここでは内部認証方式 (フェーズ 2 とも呼ばれます) を指定することができま" -"す。\n" +"ここでは内部認証方式 (フェーズ 2 とも呼ばれます) を指定することができます。\n" "既定では全ての方式が許可されます。認証方式を限定したい場合や、認証の際に\n" "正しい値を入力したのにうまく認証できないなどの場合、\n" "内部認証方式を設定してください。\n" @@ -3178,8 +2968,7 @@ "If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n" "implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.\n" msgstr "" -" PEAP を使用する場合、 PEAP バージョン (0 または 1) を指定することもできま" -"す。\n" +" PEAP を使用する場合、 PEAP バージョン (0 または 1) を指定することもできます。\n" "通常の環境では使用する必要はありません。\n" #. radio button: any version of PEAP @@ -3340,8 +3129,7 @@ msgid "" "To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the Channel the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " -"access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" "points in that case.\n" msgstr "" "無線LAN カードの '動作モード' を 'マスター' または 'アドホック'\n" @@ -3364,8 +3152,7 @@ "In an environment with multiple Access Points, you may want to\n" "define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address." msgstr "" -"複数の アクセスポイント がある環境では、 MAC アドレスを指定すること" -"で\n" +"複数の アクセスポイント がある環境では、 MAC アドレスを指定することで\n" "アクセスポイントの選択を行なうこともあります。" #. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5 @@ -3375,8 +3162,7 @@ "This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n" "be disconnected from AC power.\n" msgstr "" -" 電源管理機能を利用するには 電源管理を使用する を選択してくださ" -"い。\n" +" 電源管理機能を利用するには 電源管理を使用する を選択してください。\n" "この選択はラップトップコンピュータなどで AC アダプタの接続がない環境では\n" "有効な手段です。\n" @@ -3451,15 +3237,13 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1001 msgid "" "In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" -"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four " -"keys,\n" +"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" "although only one key is used to encrypt the data. This is the default key.\n" "The other keys can be used to decrypt data. Usually you have only\n" "one key." msgstr "" "このダイアログボックスではデータを送受信する際に使用する\n" -" WEP 鍵を設定します。最大で 4 つの鍵までを指定できますが、送信の際に利用でき" -"る鍵は\n" +" WEP 鍵を設定します。最大で 4 つの鍵までを指定できますが、送信の際に利用できる鍵は\n" " 既定の鍵 1 つだけです。\n" "その他の鍵は受信の際に利用する鍵です。一般には 1 つだけ指定します。\n" "" @@ -3474,11 +3258,9 @@ "value to 64." msgstr "" "鍵の長さ では、 WEP 鍵の長さを指定します。\n" -"64 ビット (40 ビット鍵と呼ぶ場合もあります) または 128 ビット (104 ビット鍵" -"と\n" +"64 ビット (40 ビット鍵と呼ぶ場合もあります) または 128 ビット (104 ビット鍵と\n" "呼ぶ場合もあります) を指定します。古いハードウエアでは 128 ビットの長さに\n" -"対応していない場合もあります。その場合は正しい鍵を設定しても通信が行なえませ" -"んので、\n" +"対応していない場合もあります。その場合は正しい鍵を設定しても通信が行なえませんので、\n" "64 ビットを設定してください。" #. Frame label @@ -3520,14 +3302,11 @@ #. validated in ValidateWpaEap #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1281 msgid "" -"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in " -"connections\n" +"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" -"認証機関 (CA) を使用しない証明書を使用すると、機密が保持されないばかりか、悪" -"意のある\n" -"ネットワークに接続してしまう危険性があります。認証機関 (CA) 無しでよろしいで" -"すか？" +"認証機関 (CA) を使用しない証明書を使用すると、機密が保持されないばかりか、悪意のある\n" +"ネットワークに接続してしまう危険性があります。認証機関 (CA) 無しでよろしいですか？" #. error popup text #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1310 @@ -3610,18 +3389,15 @@ "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</" -"tt>).\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgstr "" "<big>リモート管理の設定</big>\n" "この機能を有効にすると、お使いのマシンを他のマシンから管理\n" -"することができるようになります。 krdc のような VNC クライアントソフトウエア" -"を\n" +"することができるようになります。 krdc のような VNC クライアントソフトウエアを\n" "利用して <ホスト名 >:%1 に接続するか、もしくは\n" " Java 対応の Web ブラウザを利用して http://<ホスト名>:%2/\n" -" に接続してください。これらのリモート管理は SSH よりも安全性は低くなりますの" -"でご注意ください。\n" +" に接続してください。これらのリモート管理は SSH よりも安全性は低くなりますのでご注意ください。\n" #. Dialog frame title #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 @@ -3859,12 +3635,8 @@ #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502 -msgid "" -"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use " -"it at your own risk?" -msgstr "" -"マルチキャスト DNS であるため、ドメイン名に .local を使用することはお勧めでき" -"ません。リスクを承知でお使いになりますか？" +msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" +msgstr "マルチキャスト DNS であるため、ドメイン名に .local を使用することはお勧めできません。リスクを承知でお使いになりますか？" #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527 @@ -4039,18 +3811,15 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "When Dial Prefix Regular Expression is set, users can\n" -"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the " -"expression.\n" +"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n" "A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" "and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n" "to change the prefix.\n" msgstr "" " ダイヤルプレフィクス正規表現 を設定すると、一般ユーザが\n" -" KInternet を利用し、指定した正規表現に適合する範囲内でダイヤルプレフィクスを" -"変更できるようになります。\n" +" KInternet を利用し、指定した正規表現に適合する範囲内でダイヤルプレフィクスを変更できるようになります。\n" "推奨される値は <tt>[09]?</tt> で、 <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" -" またはプレフィクス無しを選択できるようになります。この項目に入力を行なわない" -"場合は、\n" +" またはプレフィクス無しを選択できるようになります。この項目に入力を行なわない場合は、\n" "ユーザがプレフィクスを変更することができなくなります。\n" #. radio button group label,method of setup @@ -4127,8 +3896,7 @@ msgstr "" "ケーブル接続時:\n" "インターフェイスは、物理的な接続状態に依存して有効／無効が切り替わります。\n" -"ケーブルが接続されていたり、アクセスポイントが利用可能であったりする場合" -"に、\n" +"ケーブルが接続されていたり、アクセスポイントが利用可能であったりする場合に、\n" "インターフェイスが有効になります。\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation @@ -4158,33 +3926,24 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " -"available.\n" +"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"NFSroot は <tt>自動</tt> と似ていますが、この開始モードに設定したイン" -"ターフェイスは\n" -" <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt> では停止されません。 <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> につい" -"ては通常通り停止できます。\n" -"この設定は、このインターフェイスを介して NFS または iSCSI のファイルシステム" -"をルートとして設定している場合に指定します。\n" +"NFSroot は <tt>自動</tt> と似ていますが、この開始モードに設定したインターフェイスは\n" +" <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt> では停止されません。 <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> については通常通り停止できます。\n" +"この設定は、このインターフェイスを介して NFS または iSCSI のファイルシステムをルートとして設定している場合に指定します。\n" #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" +"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n" "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"NFSroot は '自動' と似ていますが、この開始モードに設定したインターフェ" -"イスは\n" -" 'rcnetwork stop' では停止されません。 'ifdown <iface>' については通常通り停" -"止できます。\n" -"この設定は、このインターフェイスを介して NFS または iSCSI のファイルシステム" -"をルートとして設定している場合に指定します。\n" +"NFSroot は '自動' と似ていますが、この開始モードに設定したインターフェイスは\n" +" 'rcnetwork stop' では停止されません。 'ifdown <iface>' については通常通り停止できます。\n" +"この設定は、このインターフェイスを介して NFS または iSCSI のファイルシステムをルートとして設定している場合に指定します。\n" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:195 @@ -4196,14 +3955,12 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201 msgid "" "<big>Device Activation</big> \n" -"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time " -"activates it during system boot, \n" +"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time activates it during system boot, \n" "Never does not start the device.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" "<big>デバイスの起動</big> \n" -"指定したインターフェイスがどの段階で開始されるべきかを指定します。 起動" -"時 を指定すると、システム起動時にインターフェイスが開始されます。\n" +"指定したインターフェイスがどの段階で開始されるべきかを指定します。 起動時 を指定すると、システム起動時にインターフェイスが開始されます。\n" "開始しない を選択するとインターフェイスは開始されません。\n" "%1\n" @@ -4277,8 +4034,7 @@ msgstr "" "NetworkManager はデスクトップアプレット\n" "(KDE の場合は Plasma ウイジェット, GNOME の場合は nm-applet)\n" -"から操作されるものです。起動しているかどうかわからない場合、または起動してい" -"ない場合は、手動で起動してください。" +"から操作されるものです。起動しているかどうかわからない場合、または起動していない場合は、手動で起動してください。" #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 msgid "General Network Settings" @@ -4334,12 +4090,8 @@ msgstr "ネットワークの再起動に対する確認" #: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26 -msgid "" -"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " -"the settings." -msgstr "" -"ブリッジ型のネットワークであるため、設定を適用するには YaST2 でネットワークを" -"再起動する必要があります。" +msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." +msgstr "ブリッジ型のネットワークであるため、設定を適用するには YaST2 でネットワークを再起動する必要があります。" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name #: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 @@ -4667,12 +4419,8 @@ #. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported #. @return true on success #: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 -msgid "" -"AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked " -"will be used." -msgstr "" -"AutoYaST ネットワーク設定管理: NetworkManager が利用できません。 Wicked を使" -"用します。" +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "AutoYaST ネットワーク設定管理: NetworkManager が利用できません。 Wicked を使用します。" #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) @@ -4799,14 +4547,8 @@ msgstr "ハードウエア情報がありません" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 -msgid "" -"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " -"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan " -"devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgstr "" -"カーネルデバイスが存在しないため、ネットワークカードの設定を行なうことができ" -"ません。これは主に無線 LAN デバイスなどでファームウエアが存在しない場合に起こ" -"るものです。詳細は dmesg の出力をお読みください。" +msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgstr "カーネルデバイスが存在しないため、ネットワークカードの設定を行なうことができません。これは主に無線 LAN デバイスなどでファームウエアが存在しない場合に起こるものです。詳細は dmesg の出力をお読みください。" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "" @@ -4930,4 +4672,3 @@ #: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "(保護しない)" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/nfs.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/nfs.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/nfs.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-05 11:28+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/nfs_server.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/nfs_server.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/nfs_server.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs_server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-30 16:15+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-02 20:03+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -67,12 +67,8 @@ msgstr "エクスポートオプション (参照: 'man exports')" #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113 -msgid "" -"Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc." -"com' etc." -msgstr "" -"NFSv4 ID マッピング用のドメイン指定。 'localdomain' や 'abc.com' のように指定" -"してください。" +msgid "Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' etc." +msgstr "NFSv4 ID マッピング用のドメイン指定。 'localdomain' や 'abc.com' のように指定してください。" #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119 msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling support for NFSv4." @@ -116,17 +112,11 @@ #. @return whether successful #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." -msgstr "" -"NFSv4 を有効化せずにドメインを設定することはできません。 'set enablev4' コマ" -"ンドを利用してください。" +msgstr "NFSv4 を有効化せずにドメインを設定することはできません。 'set enablev4' コマンドを利用してください。" #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 -msgid "" -"Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to " -"get information about available options." -msgstr "" -"コマンドセットは 'set option=value' のように指定しなければなりません。オプ" -"ション設定については 'set help' をお読みください。" +msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." +msgstr "コマンドセットは 'set option=value' のように指定しなければなりません。オプション設定については 'set help' をお読みください。" #. Then no need to check for conflict. #: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205 @@ -246,12 +236,8 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 -msgid "" -"Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for " -"the domain to 'localdomain'." -msgstr "" -"/etc/idmapd.conf ファイルを読み込めません。ドメインは既定値の 'localdomain' " -"になります。" +msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." +msgstr "/etc/idmapd.conf ファイルを読み込めません。ドメインは既定値の 'localdomain' になります。" #. Help, part 1 of 2 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 @@ -274,29 +260,21 @@ #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" -"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. " -"Leave\n" -"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you " -"are not sure.\n" +"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" +"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.\n" msgstr "" -"このサーバが NFSv4 クライアントとの通信を行なう必要がある場合は、 " -"NFSv4 を有効にする\n" -"を選んでから、 ID マップデーモンが使用する NFSv4 ドメインをテキストボックスに" -"入力してください。\n" -"よくわからない場合は \"localdomain\" のままにしておくか、 idmapd と idmapd." -"conf のマニュアルページをお読みください。\n" +"このサーバが NFSv4 クライアントとの通信を行なう必要がある場合は、 NFSv4 を有効にする\n" +"を選んでから、 ID マップデーモンが使用する NFSv4 ドメインをテキストボックスに入力してください。\n" +"よくわからない場合は \"localdomain\" のままにしておくか、 idmapd と idmapd.conf のマニュアルページをお読みください。\n" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" -"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have " -"Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" +"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" -"サーバとクライアントの間で GSS ライブラリを使った認証を必要とする場合は、 " -"GSS セキュリティを有効にする \n" -"のチェックボックスを選んでください。 GSS API を利用するには、 Kerberos と " -"gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) をインストールする必要があります。\n" +"サーバとクライアントの間で GSS ライブラリを使った認証を必要とする場合は、 GSS セキュリティを有効にする \n" +"のチェックボックスを選んでください。 GSS API を利用するには、 Kerberos と gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) をインストールする必要があります。\n" #. frame label #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 @@ -343,20 +321,17 @@ "mount this directory.\n" msgstr "" "上記のボックスにはエクスポートするディレクトリが全て表示されています。\n" -"それぞれのディレクトリを選択すると、下のボックスにこのディレクトリをマウント" -"できる\n" +"それぞれのディレクトリを選択すると、下のボックスにこのディレクトリをマウントできる\n" "ホストが表示されます。\n" #. Help, part 2 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" -"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected " -"directory.\n" +"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" -"ホストのワイルドカード は選択したディレクトリにアクセスできるホスト" -"を設定します。\n" +"ホストのワイルドカード は選択したディレクトリにアクセスできるホストを設定します。\n" "単一のホストを指定できるほか、グループやワイルドカード、\n" "IP ネットワークでも指定できます。\n" @@ -477,12 +452,8 @@ #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 -msgid "" -"Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup " -"is correct." -msgstr "" -"svcgssd を起動できません。 kerberos と gssapi (nfs-utils) が正しく設定されて" -"いることを確認してください。" +msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." +msgstr "svcgssd を起動できません。 kerberos と gssapi (nfs-utils) が正しく設定されていることを確認してください。" #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." @@ -510,4 +481,3 @@ #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "idmap 用の NFSv4 ドメインは %1 です。" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/nis.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/nis.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/nis.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-05 11:29+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -590,4 +590,3 @@ #: src/modules/Nis.rb:1262 msgid "NIS server not found." msgstr "NIS サーバが見つかりません。" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/nis_server.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/nis_server.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/nis_server.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis_server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-03 14:11+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-04 07:44+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -168,14 +168,11 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 msgid "" -"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow</" -"i>\n" +"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow\n" "file (only possible if the shadow file exists).\n" msgstr "" -"お使いのシステムで passwd ファイルと shadow を併合すべきかど" -"うか\n" -"を選択してください ( shadow ファイルが存在する場合にのみ可能です) 。 " -"\n" +"お使いのシステムで passwd ファイルと shadow を併合すべきかどうか\n" +"を選択してください ( shadow ファイルが存在する場合にのみ可能です) 。 \n" #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:81 @@ -228,12 +225,10 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 msgid "" -"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this " -"machine as a server, check\n" +"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n" "the corresponding option.\n" msgstr "" -"NIS ドメインを入力してください。このホストが NIS サーバでも NIS クライアン" -"トでもある場合は、\n" +"NIS ドメインを入力してください。このホストが NIS サーバでも NIS クライアントでもある場合は、\n" "対応するオプションを設定してください。\n" #. help text 2/3 @@ -246,8 +241,7 @@ msgstr "" "マスターと連携するスレーブサーバの場合は、\n" "アクティブな NIS スレーブサーバが存在する を選択してください。\n" -"また、 高速マップ配布 を選択すると、スレーブへの転送速度を向上させるこ" -"とができます。\n" +"また、 高速マップ配布 を選択すると、スレーブへの転送速度を向上させることができます。\n" "\n" #. help text 3/3 @@ -322,8 +316,7 @@ "settings and consider not running a DHCP client on a NIS server.\n" msgstr "" "お使いのマシンは DHCP を通じて NIS ドメインを変更するよう設定されています。\n" -"これにより、入力したドメインは書き換えられてしまう可能性があります。設定を確" -"認し、\n" +"これにより、入力したドメインは書き換えられてしまう可能性があります。設定を確認し、\n" " NIS サーバ上で DHCP クライアントを実行しないような検討を行なってください。\n" #. firewall openning help @@ -332,18 +325,14 @@ "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details</" -"b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "[ファイアウオールの設定] \n" "リモートコンピュータから NIS サーバに接続できるように\n" -"ファイアウオールを設定するには、 ファイアウオールで選択したポートを開く</" -"b> を選択してください。\n" -"ポートを開くインターフェイスを選択するには ファイアウオールの詳細 を押" -"してください。\n" -"このオプションはファイアウオールが有効になっている場合にのみ利用できます。</" -"p>\n" +"ファイアウオールを設定するには、 ファイアウオールで選択したポートを開く を選択してください。\n" +"ポートを開くインターフェイスを選択するには ファイアウオールの詳細 を押してください。\n" +"このオプションはファイアウオールが有効になっている場合にのみ利用できます。\n" #. To translators: popup dialog heading #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:117 @@ -381,8 +370,7 @@ "A host address will be allowed if network is equal\n" "to the bitwise AND of the host's address and the netmask." msgstr "" -"ネットワーク で設定した値と、相手のアドレスと ネットマスク " -"との\n" +"ネットワーク で設定した値と、相手のアドレスと ネットマスク との\n" " 論理積の値が同じである場合、その相手からのアクセスが許可されます。" #. help text 3/4 @@ -391,10 +379,8 @@ "The entry with netmask <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> and network\n" "<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.\n" msgstr "" -"自分自身からのアクセスを許可するには、 ネットマスク に " -"<tt>255.0.0.0</tt> \n" -" を入力し、 ネットワーク <tt>127.0.0.0</tt> を入力した項目を設定する必" -"要があります。\n" +"自分自身からのアクセスを許可するには、 ネットマスク に <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> \n" +" を入力し、 ネットワーク <tt>127.0.0.0</tt> を入力した項目を設定する必要があります。\n" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192 @@ -403,8 +389,7 @@ "network <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> gives access to all hosts." msgstr "" "ネットマスク に <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> を入力し、\n" -"ネットワーク に <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> を入力すると、全てのホストからのアク" -"セスを許可するようになります。" +"ネットワーク に <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> を入力すると、全てのホストからのアクセスを許可するようになります。" #. To translators: table header #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:206 @@ -423,21 +408,13 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the " -"master NIS server." -msgstr "" -"NIS ドメイン と IP アドレス またはマスター NIS サーバのホス" -"ト名を入力してください。" +msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." +msgstr "NIS ドメイン と IP アドレス またはマスター NIS サーバのホスト名を入力してください。" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 -msgid "" -"If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check " -"the corresponding option." -msgstr "" -"このホストが NIS サーバでも NIS クライアントでもある場合は、対応するオプ" -"ションを設定してください。" +msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." +msgstr "このホストが NIS サーバでも NIS クライアントでもある場合は、対応するオプションを設定してください。" #. textentry label #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 @@ -476,14 +453,8 @@ #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 -msgid "" -"Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use " -"Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and " -"Delete to remove an entry." -msgstr "" -"ここでは NIS サーバのスレーブとして設定するホスト名を入力します。新たにホ" -"ストを追加するには 追加 を、既存の項目を編集するには 編集 を、" -"項目を削除するには 削除 をそれぞれ押してください。" +msgid "Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and Delete to remove an entry." +msgstr "ここでは NIS サーバのスレーブとして設定するホスト名を入力します。新たにホストを追加するには 追加 を、既存の項目を編集するには 編集 を、項目を削除するには 削除 をそれぞれ押してください。" #. To translators: selection box label #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 @@ -926,4 +897,3 @@ #: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1178 msgid "Stopping NIS client." msgstr "NIS クライアントを停止しています。" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/ntp-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/ntp-client.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/ntp-client.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -29,43 +29,22 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using " -"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable " -"the Save NTP Configuration option" -msgstr "" -"今すぐ同期する を押すと、選択した NTP サーバからの情報を元にお使い" -"のシステムの時刻を修正します。恒久的に NTP サーバを使用したい場合は、 NTP " -"設定の保存 を選択してください。" +msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" +msgstr "今すぐ同期する を押すと、選択した NTP サーバからの情報を元にお使いのシステムの時刻を修正します。恒久的に NTP サーバを使用したい場合は、 NTP 設定の保存 を選択してください。" #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started " -"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The " -"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the " -"yast2 ntp-client module." -msgstr "" -"NTP をデーモンとして実行する オプションを有効にすると、 NTP サービ" -"スはデーモンとして起動するようになります。有効にしない場合、システム時刻は定" -"期的に同期するようになります。既定では 15 分おきに同期を行ないます。 " -"yast2 ntp-client module を実行してインストールを行なうと、同期間隔を設" -"定することができるようになります。" +msgid "Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the yast2 ntp-client module." +msgstr "NTP をデーモンとして実行する オプションを有効にすると、 NTP サービスはデーモンとして起動するようになります。有効にしない場合、システム時刻は定期的に同期するようになります。既定では 15 分おきに同期を行ないます。 yast2 ntp-client module を実行してインストールを行なうと、同期間隔を設定することができるようになります。" #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</" -"p>" +msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." msgstr "設定 ボタンを押すと、 NTP の詳細な設定を開くことができます。" #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is " -"configured." -msgstr "" -" NTP サーバとの時刻同期はネットワークが設定されている場合にのみ指定するこ" -"とができます。" +msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." +msgstr " NTP サーバとの時刻同期はネットワークが設定されている場合にのみ指定することができます。" #. translators: error popup #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141 @@ -638,21 +617,16 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" -"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be " -"activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It " -"is 15 minutes by default.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" " You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" "<big>NTP デーモンの起動</big> \n" -"今すぐ、およびシステム起動時に NTP デーモンを起動するかどうかを選択してくださ" -"い。\n" +"今すぐ、およびシステム起動時に NTP デーモンを起動するかどうかを選択してください。\n" "NTP デーモンは初期化の際にホスト名を解決しますので、\n" "NTP デーモンを起動する前にネットワークを起動しなければなりません。\n" -"また、 デーモンを使用せずに同期する を選択した場合は、 NTP デーモンは" -"有効化されず、\n" -"定期的にシステムの時刻を設定することになります。この場合の間隔は設定可能で" -"す。既定値は 15 分で、\n" +"また、 デーモンを使用せずに同期する を選択した場合は、 NTP デーモンは有効化されず、\n" +"定期的にシステムの時刻を設定することになります。この場合の間隔は設定可能です。既定値は 15 分で、\n" "システムの設定後に変更することができます。" #. help text 2/5 @@ -665,31 +639,23 @@ msgstr "" "<big>chroot 環境</big> \n" "chroot 環境下で NTP デーモンを起動するには\n" -"NTP デーモンを chroot 環境下で実行する を選択してください。デーモンを " -"chroot 環境下で\n" +"NTP デーモンを chroot 環境下で実行する を選択してください。デーモンを chroot 環境下で\n" "起動することはより堅牢なセキュリティを実現できるためお勧めです。" #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" -"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote " -"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</" -"tt> file and to localhost. \n" -"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This " -"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" +"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost. \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" msgstr "" "<big>NTP のセキュリティ設定</big> \n" "NTP サービスを設定したサーバに制限する のオプションを選択すると、\n" -"お使いのコンピュータの NTP 設定をリモートコンピュータから閲覧したり変更したり" -"することを\n" -"禁止することができます。 NTP のサービスは /etc/ntp.conf に記載された" -"サーバと\n" +"お使いのコンピュータの NTP 設定をリモートコンピュータから閲覧したり変更したりすることを\n" +"禁止することができます。 NTP のサービスは /etc/ntp.conf に記載されたサーバと\n" "ローカルホストからしかアクセスできなくなります。 \n" -"サーバの概要設定で、それぞれのサーバに対するアクセスコントロールフラグを設定" -"することが\n" -"できます。なお、このオプションは NTP を DHCP 経由で設定した場合には利用できま" -"せん。\n" +"サーバの概要設定で、それぞれのサーバに対するアクセスコントロールフラグを設定することが\n" +"できます。なお、このオプションは NTP を DHCP 経由で設定した場合には利用できません。\n" "\n" #. help text 3/5 @@ -702,11 +668,9 @@ "the information about NTP servers is provided by the DHCP server." msgstr "" "<big>DHCP 経由での設定</big> \n" -"設定を手動で行なわず、お使いのネットワークサーバから DHCP プロトコルを介し" -"て\n" +"設定を手動で行なわず、お使いのネットワークサーバから DHCP プロトコルを介して\n" " NTP サーバの情報を取得したい場合は、 DHCP 経由で NTP デーモンを設定\n" -"を選択してください。 NTP サーバの情報が DHCP サーバから取得できるかどうかにつ" -"いては、\n" +"を選択してください。 NTP サーバの情報が DHCP サーバから取得できるかどうかについては、\n" "お使いのネットワークの管理者にお尋ねください。" #. help text 4/5 @@ -714,18 +678,14 @@ msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" -"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new " -"synchronization\n" +"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new synchronization\n" "peer, click Add. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" "select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>設定したサーバ</big> \n" -" NTP サーバやピア、ローカルクロックや NTP ブロードキャストをそれぞれ調整する" -"には、\n" -"それぞれ該当する行を選んで 編集 を押してください。新しい同期先を追加す" -"るには、\n" -" 追加 を押してください。既存の同期先を削除するには、削除する項目を選ん" -"で\n" +" NTP サーバやピア、ローカルクロックや NTP ブロードキャストをそれぞれ調整するには、\n" +"それぞれ該当する行を選んで 編集 を押してください。新しい同期先を追加するには、\n" +" 追加 を押してください。既存の同期先を削除するには、削除する項目を選んで\n" "削除 を押してください。" #. help text 5/5 @@ -735,15 +695,13 @@ "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" "<big>ログの表示</big>\n" -"NTP デーモンのログを新しいウインドウに表示するには ログの表示 ボタ" -"ンを押してください。\n" +"NTP デーモンのログを新しいウインドウに表示するには ログの表示 ボタンを押してください。\n" #. help text to a button #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" -"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or " -"against\n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" "a locally connected clock, use Advanced Configuration." msgstr "" "<big>高度な設定</big> \n" @@ -774,8 +732,7 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" -"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic " -"link to \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "Create Symlink and set the Device. To browse for the device,\n" "click Browse.\n" @@ -783,14 +740,11 @@ "it must be created manually." msgstr "" "<big>デバイス</big> \n" -"クロックを動作させるには、クロックが接続されているデバイスへの特別なシンボ" -"リックリンク\n" +"クロックを動作させるには、クロックが接続されているデバイスへの特別なシンボリックリンク\n" "を作成する必要がある場合があります。これを行なうには、\n" -"シンボリックリンクの作成 を選択し、 デバイス を設定してくださ" -"い。デバイスを参照するには\n" +"シンボリックリンクの作成 を選択し、 デバイス を設定してください。デバイスを参照するには\n" "参照 ボタンを押してください。\n" -"クロックの種類によってはシンボリックリンクを作成する必要がないものや、シンボ" -"リックリンクを\n" +"クロックの種類によってはシンボリックリンクを作成する必要がないものや、シンボリックリンクを\n" "手動で作成する必要があるものもあります。" #. help text 4/4 @@ -812,8 +766,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>NTP サーバのアドレス</big> \n" "NTP サーバのアドレスを設定するには アドレス 項目を使用します。\n" -"NTP サーバを見つけるには、お使いのネットワークの管理者またはインターネットプ" -"ロバイダに\n" +"NTP サーバを見つけるには、お使いのネットワークの管理者またはインターネットプロバイダに\n" "お尋ねください。" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 @@ -827,8 +780,7 @@ "<big>サーバの選択</big> \n" "ローカルネットワーク内で見つかった NTP サーバや既知の NTP サーバの一覧から\n" "選択するには 選択 ボタンを押し、\n" -"ローカル NTP サーバ または 公開 NTP サーバ を選んでください。</" -"p>" +"ローカル NTP サーバ または 公開 NTP サーバ を選んでください。" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 @@ -879,14 +831,12 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" -"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in " -"the\n" +"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" "Options text field. For details, see\n" "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" "<big>オプション</big> \n" -"同期ソースについてより細かい調整を行なうには、 オプション のテキスト項" -"目に\n" +"同期ソースについてより細かい調整を行なうには、 オプション のテキスト項目に\n" "オプションを入力してください。詳細は\n" " /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm をご覧ください。\n" @@ -894,24 +844,18 @@ msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the " -"remote\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to notrap\n" "nomodify noquery. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" "Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only option in\n" "Security Settings.\n" msgstr "" "<big>アクセスコントロールオプション</big> \n" -"ここではアクセスコントロールオプション (/etc/ntp.conf 内の " -"restrict \n" -"ディレクティブ) を指定することができます。アクセスコントロールオプションに" -"は、このサーバが\n" -"お使いの NTP デーモンに対してどのような操作を行なうことができるのかを指定しま" -"す。既定では\n" -" notrap nomodify noquery が設定されます。このオプションは セキュリ" -"ティ設定 \n" -" にて NTP サービスを設定したサーバに制限する オプションを選択した場合" -"にのみ\n" +"ここではアクセスコントロールオプション (/etc/ntp.conf 内の restrict \n" +"ディレクティブ) を指定することができます。アクセスコントロールオプションには、このサーバが\n" +"お使いの NTP デーモンに対してどのような操作を行なうことができるのかを指定します。既定では\n" +" notrap nomodify noquery が設定されます。このオプションは セキュリティ設定 \n" +" にて NTP サービスを設定したサーバに制限する オプションを選択した場合にのみ\n" "利用できます。\n" #. help text 1/6 @@ -965,10 +909,8 @@ "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" -"ネットワーク内に存在する他のコンピュータから発信される時刻情報のブロード" -"キャストを受け取って\n" -"それをローカルタイムに適用するには、 受信ブロードキャスト を選択してく" -"ださい。" +"ネットワーク内に存在する他のコンピュータから発信される時刻情報のブロードキャストを受け取って\n" +"それをローカルタイムに適用するには、 受信ブロードキャスト を選択してください。" #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 @@ -1000,13 +942,11 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" -"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To " -"display\n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in Country." msgstr "" "<big>公開 NTP サーバの選択</big> \n" -"公開 NTP サーバ の一覧から NTP サーバを選択してください。特定の国にあ" -"る NTP \n" +"公開 NTP サーバ の一覧から NTP サーバを選択してください。特定の国にある NTP \n" "サーバのみを表示するには、 国 を選択してください。" #. help text 4/5 @@ -1022,11 +962,9 @@ "to find an NTP server near you." msgstr "" "<big>Note</big> \n" -"一覧に掲載されている NTP サーバはどの国からでもアクセスできるというものではあ" -"りません。\n" +"一覧に掲載されている NTP サーバはどの国からでもアクセスできるというものではありません。\n" "場合によっては特定の国や地域からしかアクセスできないかもしれません。\n" -"また一覧から NTP サーバを選択して使用する前に、お使いのシステムの管理者やイン" -"ターネットプロバイダなどに対して\n" +"また一覧から NTP サーバを選択して使用する前に、お使いのシステムの管理者やインターネットプロバイダなどに対して\n" "より近い NTP サーバが存在しないかどうかをあらかじめお尋ねください。\n" "\n" "NTP サーバの一覧は http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html\n" @@ -1039,8 +977,7 @@ "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." msgstr "" "<big>サーバの動作確認</big> \n" -"選択したサーバが正しく応答するかどうかを確認するには テスト を押してく" -"ださい。" +"選択したサーバが正しく応答するかどうかを確認するには テスト を押してください。" #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) @@ -1048,50 +985,38 @@ msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" -"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names " -"are\n" -"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means " -"that\n" +"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.\n" msgstr "" "<big>ランダムサーバの使用</big> \n" -"このサービスは pool.ntp.org が提供しているものです。このオプションを選択する" -"と、\n" -"設定内に 3 つの異なるサーバを追加します。これらのサーバ名は常に変わることなく" -"一定ですが、\n" -"1 時間ごとにそれらの DNS レコード (IP アドレス) が変わります。このことで、 " -"NTP サーバは\n" +"このサービスは pool.ntp.org が提供しているものです。このオプションを選択すると、\n" +"設定内に 3 つの異なるサーバを追加します。これらのサーバ名は常に変わることなく一定ですが、\n" +"1 時間ごとにそれらの DNS レコード (IP アドレス) が変わります。このことで、 NTP サーバは\n" " 1 時間ごとに違うサーバと同期することになります。\n" #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" -"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various " -"calibration\n" -"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the " -"particular\n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options." msgstr "" "<big>クロックドライバの調整</big> \n" -"クロックドライバには調整が必要となることがあります。このダイアログでは、様々" -"な調整\n" -"オプションを設定することができます。それぞれのドライバにはそれぞれのオプショ" -"ンの意味が\n" -"あります。また、全てのドライバで全てのオプションを利用できるわけではありませ" -"ん。" +"クロックドライバには調整が必要となることがあります。このダイアログでは、様々な調整\n" +"オプションを設定することができます。それぞれのドライバにはそれぞれのオプションの意味が\n" +"あります。また、全てのドライバで全てのオプションを利用できるわけではありません。" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</" -"i>.\n" +"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" msgstr "" "それぞれのオプションの意味について詳しく知りたい場合は、パッケージ\n" "ntp-doc をインストールのうえ、\n" -"/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm ファイルをお読みくだ" -"さい。\n" +"/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm ファイルをお読みください。\n" #. yes-no popup #: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35 @@ -1134,8 +1059,7 @@ "fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address." msgstr "" "NTP サーバ '%1' の設定が正しくありません。\n" -"ホスト名、完全修飾ホスト名、 IPv4 アドレス、または IPv6 アドレスのいずれかを" -"設定してください。" +"ホスト名、完全修飾ホスト名、 IPv4 アドレス、または IPv6 アドレスのいずれかを設定してください。" #. if there is already some server defined #: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:531 @@ -1557,4 +1481,3 @@ msgstr "" "パッケージ %1 をインストールしないと、\n" "ローカルネットワーク内の NTP サーバを検索することができません。\n" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/oneclickinstall.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/oneclickinstall.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/oneclickinstall.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: oneclickinstall\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-20 19:58+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -254,7 +254,6 @@ msgstr "インストールできません" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:71 -#| msgid "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for this version of openSUSE." msgid "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s." msgstr "開いたインストールリンクまたはファイルには、 %s で利用できる手順が書き込まれていません。" @@ -404,4 +403,3 @@ #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerResponse.rb:13 msgid "Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown error occurred." msgstr "管理者 (root) 権限が必要です。権限が不足しているか、不明なエラーが発生しました。" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/online-update-configuration.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/online-update-configuration.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/online-update-configuration.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update-configuration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-27 20:50+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -206,4 +206,3 @@ #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:107 msgid "Other" msgstr "その他" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/online-update.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/online-update.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/online-update.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-30 16:15+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-02 20:01+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -69,14 +69,8 @@ #. help text for online-update initialization #: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 -msgid "" -"The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " -"Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source " -"module." -msgstr "" -"システムはインストールまたは更新リポジトリを初期化しています。ソフトウエア" -"リポジトリは インストール元 モジュールで変更することができます。</" -"b>" +msgid "The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source module." +msgstr "システムはインストールまたは更新リポジトリを初期化しています。ソフトウエアリポジトリは インストール元 モジュールで変更することができます。" #. progress stage label #: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 @@ -163,14 +157,11 @@ msgstr "" "更新サーバに接続後、 \n" "YaST2 は選択された全ての修正をダウンロードします。\n" -"これにはしばらく時間がかかります。ダウンロードの詳細はログウインドウに表示さ" -"れます。" +"これにはしばらく時間がかかります。ダウンロードの詳細はログウインドウに表示されます。" #. help text for online update #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "" -"If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " -"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" +msgid "If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" msgstr "" "更新情報の中に表示すべき何らかのメッセージが書かれている場合、\n" "それらはインストールする段階で表示されます。\n" @@ -248,8 +239,7 @@ "At least one of the updates installed requires restart of the session.\n" "Log out and in again as soon as possible.\n" msgstr "" -"インストールされた更新の中に、セッションの再起動が必要となるものがありま" -"す。\n" +"インストールされた更新の中に、セッションの再起動が必要となるものがあります。\n" "できる限り速やかにシステムにログインし直してください。\n" #. popup message @@ -288,8 +278,7 @@ #. continue/cancel popup text #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " -"YaST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" @@ -297,8 +286,7 @@ "Continue with installing your selection?" msgstr "" "YaST の再スタートを必要とするパッケージ管理システムへの修正が利用できます。\n" -"これらは最初にインストールする必要があり、その他の修正は再スタートの後にイン" -"ストールすべきものです。\n" +"これらは最初にインストールする必要があり、その他の修正は再スタートの後にインストールすべきものです。\n" "\n" "現在はその他の修正のみをインストールするよう選択しています。\n" "\n" @@ -565,4 +553,3 @@ "その拡張が有効化されていることをご確認ください。\n" "\n" "詳しい手順については、お問い合わせください。" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/opensuse_mirror.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/opensuse_mirror.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/opensuse_mirror.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse_mirror\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-04 13:20+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-05 07:48+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -63,4 +63,3 @@ #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 msgid "Select/Deselect &All" msgstr "全て選択／全て選択解除 (&A)" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/packager.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/packager.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/packager.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -245,8 +245,7 @@ "\n" "Would you like to configure it?" msgstr "" -"製品が設定したオンラインの資源にアクセスするにはインターネット接続が必要で" -"す。\n" +"製品が設定したオンラインの資源にアクセスするにはインターネット接続が必要です。\n" "\n" "設定してよろしいですか？" @@ -390,21 +389,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"使用したいオンラインリポジトリを選択し、 次へ を押してください。</" -"p>\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" +msgstr "使用したいオンラインリポジトリを選択し、 次へ を押してください。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"使用したいオンラインリポジトリを選択し、 完了 を押してください。</" -"p>\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" +msgstr "使用したいオンラインリポジトリを選択し、 完了 を押してください。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1275 @@ -486,8 +477,7 @@ "システムメモリが %dMiB より少ない場合、初期インストールの時点でオンライン\n" "リポジトリを追加するのはお勧めできません。\n" "\n" -"このままオンラインリポジトリを追加すると、追加のパッケージデータがより大き" -"な\n" +"このままオンラインリポジトリを追加すると、追加のパッケージデータがより大きな\n" "メモリ領域を要求するため、インストーラがクラッシュしたりフリーズしたりする\n" "場合があります。\n" "\n" @@ -517,12 +507,8 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"パッケージ解決器の実行に失敗しました。 AutoYaST プロファイルのソフトウエアセ" -"クションを確認してください。" +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." +msgstr "パッケージ解決器の実行に失敗しました。 AutoYaST プロファイルのソフトウエアセクションを確認してください。" #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) @@ -586,12 +572,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"インストールリポジトリ - このモジュールは、コマンドラインインターフェイスには" -"対応していません。代わりに '%1' をお使いください。" +msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "インストールリポジトリ - このモジュールは、コマンドラインインターフェイスには対応していません。代わりに '%1' をお使いください。" #. pad to 3 characters #: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 @@ -757,33 +739,21 @@ "ソフトウエアリポジトリとサービスの設定を管理します。\n" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 -msgid "" -"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol " -"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " -"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"サービス や リポジトリインデックスサービス (RIS) は、パッ" -"ケージリポジトリの管理を行なうためのプロトコルです。サービスはサービス管理者" -"によって動的に変更することができる 1 つ以上のソフトウエアリポジトリを提供する" -"ことができます。" +msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." +msgstr "サービス や リポジトリインデックスサービス (RIS) は、パッケージリポジトリの管理を行なうためのプロトコルです。サービスはサービス管理者によって動的に変更することができる 1 つ以上のソフトウエアリポジトリを提供することができます。" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository " -"or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " -"available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "新しいリポジトリやサービスの追加 \n" -"新しいリポジトリを追加するには、 追加 ボタンを押してリポジトリやサービ" -"スを指定します。\n" -"YaST は指定した場所に、サービスとリポジトリのどちらが存在しているのかを自動的" -"に検出します。\n" +"新しいリポジトリを追加するには、 追加 ボタンを押してリポジトリやサービスを指定します。\n" +"YaST は指定した場所に、サービスとリポジトリのどちらが存在しているのかを自動的に検出します。\n" "\n" #. help, continued @@ -825,69 +795,44 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, " -"use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " -"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use " -"the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "リポジトリやサービスの状態変更\n" -"リポジトリの場所を変更するには 編集 ボタンを押してください。リポジトリ" -"を削除\n" -"するには、 削除 ボタンを押してください。リポジトリの有効化や無効化、起" -"動時の更新有無を変更するには、表内のリポジトリを選んで以下のチェックボックス" -"をお使いください。\n" +"リポジトリの場所を変更するには 編集 ボタンを押してください。リポジトリを削除\n" +"するには、 削除 ボタンを押してください。リポジトリの有効化や無効化、起動時の更新有無を変更するには、表内のリポジトリを選んで以下のチェックボックスをお使いください。\n" "\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " -"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " -"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is " -"used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" "リポジトリの優先順序 \n" -"リポジトリの優先順序は、整数で 0 (最も高い優先順位) から 200 (最も低い優先順" -"位) の間で指定します。既定の優先順位は 99 です。複数のリポジトリ内にパッケー" -"ジが見つかった場合、より高い優先順位のリポジトリからのパッケージを使用しま" -"す。\n" +"リポジトリの優先順序は、整数で 0 (最も高い優先順位) から 200 (最も低い優先順位) の間で指定します。既定の優先順位は 99 です。複数のリポジトリ内にパッケージが見つかった場合、より高い優先順位のリポジトリからのパッケージを使用します。\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 -msgid "" -"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " -"repositories and services." -msgstr "" -"リポジトリ内やサービス内をたどるには、ウインドウの上部にあるオプションを選" -"択してください。" +msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." +msgstr "リポジトリ内やサービス内をたどるには、ウインドウの上部にあるオプションを選択してください。" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " -"installation." +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." msgstr "" -"ダウンロード済みのパッケージを保存 このオプションを選択する" -"と、\n" -"パッケージを後から再インストールする場合に備えて、パッケージをローカルキャッ" -"シュに\n" -"保存することができます。チェックを外すと、ダウンロードされたパッケージはイン" -"ストール後に削除されます。" +"ダウンロード済みのパッケージを保存 このオプションを選択すると、\n" +"パッケージを後から再インストールする場合に備えて、パッケージをローカルキャッシュに\n" +"保存することができます。チェックを外すと、ダウンロードされたパッケージはインストール後に削除されます。" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 -msgid "" -"The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/" -"packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." -msgstr "" -"既定のローカルキャッシュは、ディレクトリ /var/cache/zypp/packages " -"にあります。ローカルキャッシュの場所は /etc/zypp/zypp.conf ファイルか" -"ら変更することができます。" +msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." +msgstr "既定のローカルキャッシュは、ディレクトリ /var/cache/zypp/packages にあります。ローカルキャッシュの場所は /etc/zypp/zypp.conf ファイルから変更することができます。" #. popup message part 1 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 @@ -996,8 +941,7 @@ "Really add the repository again?" msgstr "" "リポジトリ %1\n" -"は既に追加されています。それぞれのリポジトリは 1 回ずつ追加すれば十分であるも" -"のと思われます。\n" +"は既に追加されています。それぞれのリポジトリは 1 回ずつ追加すれば十分であるものと思われます。\n" "\n" "リポジトリをもう一度追加しますか？" @@ -1032,12 +976,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"ソフトウエアインストール - このモジュールは、コマンドラインインターフェイスに" -"は対応していません。代わりに '%1' をお使いください。" +msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "ソフトウエアインストール - このモジュールは、コマンドラインインターフェイスには対応していません。代わりに '%1' をお使いください。" #. error message (%1 is a package file name) #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 @@ -1047,9 +987,7 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"エラー: 一時ディレクトリを追加できませんでした。パッケージをインストールでき" -"ません。" +msgstr "エラー: 一時ディレクトリを追加できませんでした。パッケージをインストールできません。" #. error message #. error message @@ -1170,9 +1108,7 @@ #. rich text - error message #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 msgid "The drive does not contain a medium or the ISO file system is broken." -msgstr "" -"ドライブにメディアが挿入されていないか、 ISO ファイルシステムが破損していま" -"す。" +msgstr "ドライブにメディアが挿入されていないか、 ISO ファイルシステムが破損しています。" #. result of the check - success #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 @@ -1182,9 +1118,7 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." -msgstr "" -"エラー -- MD5 チェックサムが一致しません このメディアは使用できませ" -"ん。" +msgstr "エラー -- MD5 チェックサムが一致しません このメディアは使用できません。" #. the correct MD5 is unknown #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 @@ -1210,41 +1144,34 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " -"should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" msgstr "" "インストールの際に何か問題が発生した場合、\n" -" CD または DVD のインストールメディアをご利用の場合は、メディアが破損していな" -"いかどうか確認\n" +" CD または DVD のインストールメディアをご利用の場合は、メディアが破損していないかどうか確認\n" "してください。\n" #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check</" -"B>\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " msgstr "" "ドライブを選択し、そのドライブにメディアを入れて チェック開始\n" -" を押すか、 ISO ファイルの確認 を押して ISO ファイルを選択してくださ" -"い。\n" +" を押すか、 ISO ファイルの確認 を押して ISO ファイルを選択してください。\n" "ドライブの速度とメディアのサイズによりますが、しばらくの時間がかかります。\n" "この確認では MD5 チェックサムを検証します。 " #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " -"installation.\n" -"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</" -"P>\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" msgstr "" "メディアの確認に失敗した場合は、インストールを続行すべきではありません。\n" -"インストールに失敗したりデータを失ったりする危険性があります。そのような壊れ" -"たメディア\n" +"インストールに失敗したりデータを失ったりする危険性があります。そのような壊れたメディア\n" "は使用せず、他のメディアに交換して再度テストを行なってください。\n" #. help text - media check 5/8 @@ -1258,33 +1185,22 @@ #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "" -"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -"" -msgstr "" -"注意: システムで使用されている場合、メディアを交換することはできま" -"せん。" +msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." +msgstr "注意: システムで使用されている場合、メディアを交換することはできません。" #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "" -"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " -"boot menu." -msgstr "" -"インストールを開始する前にメディアを確認するには、起動メニュー内にあるメ" -"ディア確認をお使いください。" +msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." +msgstr "インストールを開始する前にメディアを確認するには、起動メニュー内にあるメディア確認をお使いください。" #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your " -"recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</" -"P>\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" msgstr "" "ご自分でメディアに書き込みを行なう場合は、お使いの書き込みソフトウエアで\n" -"パディング を有効にしてください。メディアの終わり部分でエラーが出る問" -"題を回避することができます。\n" +"パディング を有効にしてください。メディアの終わり部分でエラーが出る問題を回避することができます。\n" #. advice check of the media #. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line @@ -1294,8 +1210,7 @@ "to avoid installation problems. To skip this step press 'Next'" msgstr "" "インストール中に問題が発生しないようにするため、全ての\n" -"メディアに対して確認を実行することをお勧めします。この手順を飛ばすには '次" -"へ' を押してください。" +"メディアに対して確認を実行することをお勧めします。この手順を飛ばすには '次へ' を押してください。" #. combo box #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 @@ -1468,8 +1383,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "新しい GPG 鍵の追加 \n" -"GPG 鍵を追加するには、 追加 ボタンを押して鍵ファイルのパスを入力してく" -"ださい。\n" +"GPG 鍵を追加するには、 追加 ボタンを押して鍵ファイルのパスを入力してください。\n" "" #. help, continued @@ -1483,8 +1397,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "GPG 鍵の状態を更新する\n" -"信頼フラグの設定を変更するには 編集 を押してください。 GPG 鍵を削除す" -"るには \n" +"信頼フラグの設定を変更するには 編集 を押してください。 GPG 鍵を削除するには \n" "削除 を押してください。\n" "\n" @@ -1570,8 +1483,7 @@ "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." msgstr "" -"ftp または http プロトコルを利用した ISO イメージの使用には対応していませ" -"ん。\n" +"ftp または http プロトコルを利用した ISO イメージの使用には対応していません。\n" "プロトコルを変更するか、サーバ側で ISO イメージを展開してください。" #. popup message part 2 @@ -1628,8 +1540,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " -"repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" "インストールリポジトリには、一覧にある追加のリポジトリが含まれています。\n" @@ -1797,48 +1708,28 @@ #. warning text #: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 -msgid "" -"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" -"bit distribution." -msgstr "" -"お使いのコンピュータは 64 ビットの x86-64 システムですが、 32 ビット用のディ" -"ストリビューションをインストールしようとしています。" +msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." +msgstr "お使いのコンピュータは 64 ビットの x86-64 システムですが、 32 ビット用のディストリビューションをインストールしようとしています。" #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 -msgid "" -"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " -"installing the system." -msgstr "" -"パターンの一覧は、インストール後にどのような機能が利用できるようになるのか" -"を示しています。" +msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." +msgstr "パターンの一覧は、インストール後にどのような機能が利用できるようになるのかを示しています。" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 -msgid "" -"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " -"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " -"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " -"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) " -"free space before starting the installation." -msgstr "" -"提案にはシステムにインストールされる合計サイズが表示されていますが、一時" -"ファイルや作業用ファイルなど追加で使用されるファイルがあるため、提案で表示さ" -"れたサイズよりも少し多くなります。そのため、インストールが始まる前の段階で、 " -"25% (またはおおよそ 300MB) 程度の空き領域を確保しておくのが望ましいと思われま" -"す。" +msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." +msgstr "提案にはシステムにインストールされる合計サイズが表示されていますが、一時ファイルや作業用ファイルなど追加で使用されるファイルがあるため、提案で表示されたサイズよりも少し多くなります。そのため、インストールが始まる前の段階で、 25% (またはおおよそ 300MB) 程度の空き領域を確保しておくのが望ましいと思われます。" #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " -"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" " 'ダウンロード' で示されているサイズは、リモート (ネットワーク)\n" -"リポジトリからダウンロードするパッケージのサイズです。この値は、接続が遅かっ" -"たりダウンロード量に制限があったりするような場合には、重要な項目です。\n" +"リポジトリからダウンロードするパッケージのサイズです。この値は、接続が遅かったりダウンロード量に制限があったりするような場合には、重要な項目です。\n" #. help text for software proposal - header #: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 @@ -1877,30 +1768,18 @@ #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"新しいインストールメディアの提供を受けるため、これらのアドオンの製造元に連絡" -"を取ってください。" +msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." +msgstr "新しいインストールメディアの提供を受けるため、これらのアドオンの製造元に連絡を取ってください。" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"新しいインストールメディアの提供を受けるため、アドオンの製造元に連絡を取って" -"ください。" +msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +msgstr "新しいインストールメディアの提供を受けるため、アドオンの製造元に連絡を取ってください。" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 -msgid "" -"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " -"start installation." -msgstr "" -"エラー: 基本ディレクトリ %1 (デバイス %2) の空き容量を確認できません。インス" -"トールを開始することができません。" +msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." +msgstr "エラー: 基本ディレクトリ %1 (デバイス %2) の空き容量を確認できません。インストールを開始することができません。" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 @@ -1915,9 +1794,7 @@ #. summary warning #: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." -msgstr "" -"ディスクの使用可能な容量が不足しています。一度で選択するパッケージを減らして" -"ください。" +msgstr "ディスクの使用可能な容量が不足しています。一度で選択するパッケージを減らしてください。" #. add a backslash if it's missing #: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 @@ -1959,19 +1836,15 @@ msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " -"module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " -"the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>いくつかの製品を自動削除しようとしています。</li>\n" "<ul><li>削除するアドオンに対して、その製造元にお問い合わせいただき、\n" -"新しいインストールメディアが提供されていないかどうかをご確認ください。</li><li>そのほか、登録時に" -"適切なオンライン拡張やモジュールをインストール時に選択\n" -"することもできますし、</li><li>製品のアップグレードを続けて製品 (-release パッケージ) を削除する" -"ように\n" +"新しいインストールメディアが提供されていないかどうかをご確認ください。</li><li>そのほか、登録時に適切なオンライン拡張やモジュールをインストール時に選択\n" +"することもできますし、</li><li>製品のアップグレードを続けて製品 (-release パッケージ) を削除するように\n" "マーキングすることも可能です。\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" @@ -1983,16 +1856,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 msgid "" -"The release notes for the initial release are part of the " -"installation\n" +"The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" msgstr "" -"初期リリースに合わせて作られたリリースノートが、インストールメディアに" -"含まれています。\n" +"初期リリースに合わせて作られたリリースノートが、インストールメディアに含まれています。\n" "インターネットに接続していれば、設定作業の間に\n" -" SUSE Linux の Web サーバから新しいリリースノートをダウンロードすることができ" -"ます。\n" +" SUSE Linux の Web サーバから新しいリリースノートをダウンロードすることができます。\n" "\n" #. popup - information label @@ -2059,12 +1929,8 @@ msgstr "ライセンスファイル %1 を読み込めません" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 -msgid "" -"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the " -"root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "" -"製品のライセンス情報を正しく表示するには、イメージの構築の際、ライブメディア" -"のルートディレクトリに license.tar.gz ファイルを配置してください。" +msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "製品のライセンス情報を正しく表示するには、イメージの構築の際、ライブメディアのルートディレクトリに license.tar.gz ファイルを配置してください。" #. combo box #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 @@ -2419,13 +2285,10 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is " -"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." -"\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>リポジトリ名</big> \n" -"リポジトリ名 にはリポジトリの名前を入力します。入力がない場合はリポジ" -"トリが提供する製品名、もしくは URL そのものを名前として採用します。\n" +"リポジトリ名 にはリポジトリの名前を入力します。入力がない場合はリポジトリが提供する製品名、もしくは URL そのものを名前として採用します。\n" #. text entry #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 @@ -2436,12 +2299,10 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " -"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>サービス名</big> \n" -"サービス名 にはサービスの名前を入力します。入力がない場合はサービス " -"URL の一部を名前として採用します。\n" +"サービス名 にはサービスの名前を入力します。入力がない場合はサービス URL の一部を名前として採用します。\n" #. popup message #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 @@ -2489,15 +2350,12 @@ msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " -"man 5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<big>マウントオプション</big> \n" -"ここでは、 NFS ボリュームをマウントする際に設定するオプションを設定することが" -"できます。\n" -"この設定は熟練者向けのものであるため、既定値のままにしておくことをお勧めしま" -"す。詳細と\n" +"ここでは、 NFS ボリュームをマウントする際に設定するオプションを設定することができます。\n" +"この設定は熟練者向けのものであるため、既定値のままにしておくことをお勧めします。詳細と\n" "対応するオプションの一覧については、 man 5 nfs をお読みください。" #. radio button @@ -2516,8 +2374,7 @@ "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" "<big>CD または DVD メディア</big> \n" -"メディアの種類として CD-ROM または DVD-ROM を指定してください。" -"" +"メディアの種類として CD-ROM または DVD-ROM を指定してください。" #. dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 @@ -2574,10 +2431,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>ローカルディレクトリ</big> \n" "ディレクトリへのパス を利用してディレクトリへのパスを\n" -"指定します。ディレクトリ内にメタデータ (製品情報など) が含まれておらず、単" -"に\n" -" RPM パッケージだけが含まれている場合は RPM パッケージだけのディレクトリ</" -"b>\n" +"指定します。ディレクトリ内にメタデータ (製品情報など) が含まれておらず、単に\n" +" RPM パッケージだけが含まれている場合は RPM パッケージだけのディレクトリ\n" "を選択してください。\n" #. `opt(`hstretch), @@ -2609,8 +2464,7 @@ "リポジトリの場所を指定するには ディレクトリのパス を押してください。\n" "パスを省略した場合、ディスクのルートディレクトリを使用します。\n" "ディレクトリ内にメタデータ (製品情報など) が含まれておらず、単に\n" -" RPM パッケージだけが含まれている場合は RPM パッケージだけのディレクトリ</" -"b>\n" +" RPM パッケージだけが含まれている場合は RPM パッケージだけのディレクトリ\n" "を選択してください。\n" #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! @@ -2623,8 +2477,7 @@ msgstr "" "ファイルシステムの項目で 'auto' を選択すると、そのデバイスで使用している\n" "ファイルシステムを自動的に検出します。検出が失敗した場合、もしくは既に\n" -"どのファイルシステムが使われているのかを知っている場合は、一覧から選択してく" -"ださい。\n" +"どのファイルシステムが使われているのかを知っている場合は、一覧から選択してください。\n" #. combobox title #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 @@ -2646,8 +2499,7 @@ "リポジトリの場所を指定するには ディレクトリのパス を押してください。\n" "パスを省略した場合、ディスクのルートディレクトリを使用します。\n" "ディレクトリ内にメタデータ (製品情報など) が含まれておらず、単に\n" -" RPM パッケージだけが含まれている場合は RPM パッケージだけのディレクトリ</" -"b>\n" +" RPM パッケージだけが含まれている場合は RPM パッケージだけのディレクトリ\n" "を選択してください。\n" #. text entry @@ -2739,8 +2591,7 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to " -"Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" @@ -2749,25 +2600,20 @@ "サーバ名 と ディレクトリまたは ISO イメージへのパス\n" "では NFS サーバのホスト名とサーバ内でのパスを指定します。\n" "ユーザ認証が必要な場合は 匿名 のチェックを外し、\n" -"ユーザ名 と パスワード の項目にそれぞれ記入をしてください。</" -"p>\n" +"ユーザ名 と パスワード の項目にそれぞれ記入をしてください。\n" "\n" -"SMB または CIFS のリポジトリの場合は、 共有 名と ディレクトリまた" -"は\n" +"SMB または CIFS のリポジトリの場合は、 共有 名と ディレクトリまたは\n" "ISO イメージへのパス をそれぞれ指定します。\n" -"指定した場所がメディアの ISO イメージファイルである場合は、 ISO イメージ</" -"b>\n" +"指定した場所がメディアの ISO イメージファイルである場合は、 ISO イメージ\n" "を設定してください。\n" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" -"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS " -"repository.\n" +"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" msgstr "" -"HTTP または HTTPS リポジトリの場合は、 ポート 番号を指定することが" -"できます。\n" +"HTTP または HTTPS リポジトリの場合は、 ポート 番号を指定することができます。\n" "既定のポートを使用する場合は何も入力する必要はありません。\n" #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. @@ -2851,18 +2697,14 @@ msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download " -"the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" "ファイルのダウンロード \n" -"それぞれのリポジトリには、それらの内容を説明するための説明ファイルがありま" -"す。\n" -"リポジトリの説明をダウンロード のチェックを付けると、この YaST モ" -"ジュールを\n" -"閉じたタイミングで、ファイルのダウンロードを行ないます。チェックしない場合" -"は、\n" +"それぞれのリポジトリには、それらの内容を説明するための説明ファイルがあります。\n" +"リポジトリの説明をダウンロード のチェックを付けると、この YaST モジュールを\n" +"閉じたタイミングで、ファイルのダウンロードを行ないます。チェックしない場合は、\n" "必要に応じて後からそれらを自動でダウンロードします。\n" #. dialog caption @@ -3080,4 +2922,3 @@ #: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:965 msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "いくつかのパッケージ選択を解除してください。" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/pam.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/pam.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/pam.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pam\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-29 08:38+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -33,4 +33,3 @@ "ユーザ %1 の自動ログイン機能が有効に設定されています。\n" "%2\n" "自動ログインを無効にしますか？" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/pkg-bindings.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/pkg-bindings.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/pkg-bindings.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-02 20:46+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "パッケージマネージャを読み込んでいます..." @@ -179,6 +179,6 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "ターゲットシステムの初期化" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "インストール済みのパッケージを読み込み" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/printer.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/printer.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/printer.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: printer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-05 11:42+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -4761,4 +4761,3 @@ #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:657 msgid "&Skip waiting" msgstr "待機処理を飛ばす (&S)" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/product-creator.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/product-creator.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/product-creator.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: product-creator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-07 20:50+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/proxy.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/proxy.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/proxy.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: proxy\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-26 08:00+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/qt-pkg.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/qt-pkg.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/qt-pkg.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt-pkg\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-21 07:55+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -42,47 +42,47 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "リポジトリ (&R)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "検索 (&E)" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "キーワード (&K)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "インストールの概要 (&I)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "説明 (&E)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "技術データ (&T)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "依存関係" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "バージョン (&V)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 msgid "File List" msgstr "ファイル一覧" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "変更ログ" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -92,178 +92,178 @@ msgstr "キャンセル (&C)" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "了解 (&A)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 msgid "&File" msgstr "ファイル (&F)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "インポート (&I)..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "エクスポート (&E)..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "変更を保存しないで終了 (&X)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "変更を保存して終了 (&Q)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 msgid "&Package" msgstr "パッケージ (&P)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "すべてのパッケージ" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "新しいバージョンがあれば更新する" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "強制的に更新する" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "修正 (&P)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "設定 (&G)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "リポジトリ (&R)..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "オンライン更新 (&O)..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "依存関係 (&D)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "今すぐ確認 (&C)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "自動確認 (&A)" #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 msgid "&Options" msgstr "オプション (&O)" # Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "-devel パッケージを表示 (&V)" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "-debuginfo/-debugsource パッケージを表示 (&D)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "システム検証モード (&S)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "インストール済みのパッケージに対する推奨パッケージを無視する (&I)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "パッケージを削除する際に清掃を行なう (&C)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "製造元の変更を許可する (&A)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "さらなる機能 (&X)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "製品を表示する (&P)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "自動パッケージ変更の表示 (&A)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 msgid "Show &History" msgstr "履歴の表示 (&H)" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "すべての -devel パッケージをインストールする (&D)" # Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "すべての -debuginfo パッケージをインストールする (&B)" # Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "すべての -debugsource パッケージをインストールする (&S)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "依存関係の解決テストケースを生成 (&T)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "ヘルプ (&H)" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "概要 (&O)" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "シンボル (&S)" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "キー (&K)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "すべてのパッケージ依存関係を確認しました。" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 msgid "P&atches" msgstr "修正 (&A)" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "パッケージ一覧の保存" @@ -271,57 +271,57 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "エラー" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "パッケージ一覧を %1 にエクスポートする際にエラーが発生しました" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "パッケージ一覧の読み込み" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "パッケージ一覧を %1 から読み込む際にエラーが発生しました" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "%1 個のパッケージが更新されます。" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "継続 (&C)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "キャンセル (&A)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "システムパッケージを、リポジトリ %2 内にあるバージョンに <a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">切り替えるのをキャンセルする</a>" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "システムパッケージを、このリポジトリ (%2) 内にあるバージョンに <a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">切り替える</a>" # Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "追加されたサブパッケージ:" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 @@ -1485,25 +1485,6 @@ msgstr "著者:" #: src/YQPkgUpdateProblemFilterView.cc:60 -#| msgid "" -#| " \n" -#| "<h2>Update Problem</h2>\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "The packages in this list cannot be updated automatically.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Possible reasons:\n" -#| "<ul>\n" -#| "<li>They are obsoleted by other packages\n" -#| "<li>There is no newer version to update to on any installation media\n" -#| "<li>They are third-party packages\n" -#| "</ul>\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Please choose manually what to do with them.\n" -#| "The safest course of action is to delete them.\n" -#| "" msgid "" " \n" "<h2>Update Problem</h2>\n" @@ -1567,4 +1548,3 @@ #: src/YQZyppSolverDialogPluginStub.cc:87 msgid "Package libqdialogsolver is required for this feature." msgstr "この機能を利用するには libqdialogsolver パッケージが必要です。" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/qt.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/qt.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/qt.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-21 20:16+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "スタイルシートエディタ" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ "マウスボタンの左右を切り替えますか？" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "予期しないボタン押下" @@ -118,7 +118,6 @@ #. #. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut #: src/YQWizard.cc:869 -#| msgid "Release Notes..." msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "リリースノート" @@ -131,4 +130,3 @@ #: src/YQWizard.cc:1328 msgid "Tree" msgstr "ツリー" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/rdp.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/rdp.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/rdp.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: rdp\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-26 07:49+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/rear.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/rear.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/rear.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: rear\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-16 20:37+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/registration.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/registration.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/registration.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -107,8 +107,7 @@ "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" -"この製品に対する登録コードもしくは試用コード、および SUSE カスタマーセン" -"ター\n" +"この製品に対する登録コードもしくは試用コード、および SUSE カスタマーセンター\n" "のユーザ名と電子メールアドレスを入力してください。\n" "セキュリティ更新や一般的な更新は、登録済みのシステムに対してのみ\n" "提供されます。" @@ -154,12 +153,8 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " -"updates and extensions." -msgstr "" -"更新や拡張を取得する目的でシステム登録を行なうため、 SUSE カスタマーセンター" -"の資格情報を入力してください。" +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." +msgstr "更新や拡張を取得する目的でシステム登録を行なうため、 SUSE カスタマーセンターの資格情報を入力してください。" #. not set yet? #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 @@ -226,20 +221,12 @@ msgstr "システムは既に登録されています。" #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 -msgid "" -"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " -"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." -msgstr "" -"システムを再登録したり、システムの機能を高めるために追加の拡張やモジュール" -"を登録したりすることができます。" +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "システムを再登録したり、システムの機能を高めるために追加の拡張やモジュールを登録したりすることができます。" #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 -msgid "" -"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." -msgstr "" -"お使いのシステムの登録を解除したい場合は、 SUSE カスタマーセンターにログイ" -"ンしてから、手作業で削除してください。" +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "お使いのシステムの登録を解除したい場合は、 SUSE カスタマーセンターにログインしてから、手作業で削除してください。" #. error message #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 @@ -432,8 +419,7 @@ "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -"ネットワークが設定されていないため、登録サーバへの接続を行なうことができませ" -"ん。\n" +"ネットワークが設定されていないため、登録サーバへの接続を行なうことができません。\n" "今すぐネットワークを設定しますか？" #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 @@ -610,13 +596,10 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " -"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " -"extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" "要求されている拡張やモジュール向けの登録コードを入力してください。\n" -"登録コードは登録を正常に行なうのに必要なデータです。登録コードがわからない" -"場合は、ここから戻って拡張やモジュールの選択を外してください。" +"登録コードは登録を正常に行なうのに必要なデータです。登録コードがわからない場合は、ここから戻って拡張やモジュールの選択を外してください。" #. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 @@ -637,27 +620,17 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." -msgstr "" -"ここでは、お使いのシステムで利用可能な拡張とモジュールを選択することができ" -"ます。" +msgstr "ここでは、お使いのシステムで利用可能な拡張とモジュールを選択することができます。" #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 -msgid "" -"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " -"registration code." -msgstr "" -"拡張やモジュールによっては、特定の登録コードを必要とするものがありますの" -"で、ご注意ください。" +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "拡張やモジュールによっては、特定の登録コードを必要とするものがありますので、ご注意ください。" #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " -"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." -msgstr "" -"拡張やモジュールを削除したい場合は、 SUSE カスタマーセンターにログインして" -"から、手作業で削除してください。" +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "拡張やモジュールを削除したい場合は、 SUSE カスタマーセンターにログインしてから、手作業で削除してください。" #. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 @@ -685,9 +658,7 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 -msgid "" -"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " -"together with the base product." +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." msgstr "ここでは、基本製品とともに登録を行なう拡張やモジュールを選択します。" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 @@ -743,29 +714,20 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " -"database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " -"Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." msgstr "" -"製品の登録を行なうと、 SUSE カスタマーセンターのデータベースへの登録も行な" -"われます。\n" +"製品の登録を行なうと、 SUSE カスタマーセンターのデータベースへの登録も行なわれます。\n" "これにより、オンライン更新と技術サポートを受けられるようになります。\n" -"インストール時に自動的に登録したい場合は、 製品登録の実行 を選択してく" -"ださい。" +"インストール時に自動的に登録したい場合は、 製品登録の実行 を選択してください。" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " -"of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " -"Refer\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgstr "" -"お使いのネットワーク環境内に独自の登録サーバがある場合は、 SMT サーバ設" -"定 の欄にサーバの正しい URL と SMT 証明書の場所を指定してください。詳しく" -"は SMT マニュアルをお読みください。" +msgstr "お使いのネットワーク環境内に独自の登録サーバがある場合は、 SMT サーバ設定 の欄にサーバの正しい URL と SMT 証明書の場所を指定してください。詳しくは SMT マニュアルをお読みください。" #. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 @@ -835,49 +797,28 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 -msgid "" -"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " -"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." -msgstr "" -"機密を保持するタイプの接続 (HTTPS) では、サーバの正当性を確認してデータを" -"暗号化する際、 SSL 証明書を使用します。" +msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgstr "機密を保持するタイプの接続 (HTTPS) では、サーバの正当性を確認してデータを暗号化する際、 SSL 証明書を使用します。" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "" -"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " -"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " -"issuer of the unknown certificate." -msgstr "" -"既知の証明機関 (CA) の一覧に証明書を取り込むこともできます。この場合、未知" -"の証明書の発行先と発行者を信頼することになります。" +msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgstr "既知の証明機関 (CA) の一覧に証明書を取り込むこともできます。この場合、未知の証明書の発行先と発行者を信頼することになります。" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"また、証明書の取り込みを行なうと、たとえば自己署名証明書の使用も許可するこ" -"とになります。" +msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." +msgstr "また、証明書の取り込みを行なうと、たとえば自己署名証明書の使用も許可することになります。" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "" -"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " -"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." -msgstr "" -"重要: 証明書の拇印を確認して、正規の発行者から証明書が発行されてい" -"ることを必ず確認してください。 " +msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +msgstr "重要: 証明書の拇印を確認して、正規の発行者から証明書が発行されていることを必ず確認してください。 " #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " -"security risk." -msgstr "" -"よく検証せずに証明書を取り込むと、それは巨大なセキュリティリスクとなり" -"えます。" +msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." +msgstr "よく検証せずに証明書を取り込むと、それは巨大なセキュリティリスクとなりえます。" #. error message, the entered URL is not valid #: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 @@ -897,4 +838,3 @@ #: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "ローカルの登録サーバを検索しています..." - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/reipl.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/reipl.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/reipl.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: reipl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-21 20:17+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ "(WWPN '%2', LUN '%3') から\n" " IPL とシステムを再読み込みします。\n" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" @@ -134,7 +134,6 @@ msgstr "起動プログラム選択 (&O)" #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:150 -#| msgid "ccw parameters" msgid "nss parameters" msgstr "nss パラメータ" @@ -288,31 +287,30 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "設定済みの reipl メソッド" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "メソッド ccw が設定済みで使用されています。" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "メソッド ccw が設定されています。" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "メソッド ccw には対応していません。" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "メソッド fcp が設定済みで使用されています。" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "メソッド fcp が設定されています。" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "メソッド fcp には対応していません。" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/relocation-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/relocation-server.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/relocation-server.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: relocation-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-21 20:17+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -391,4 +391,3 @@ #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:475 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "ファイアウオール設定を書き込めませんでした。" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/s390.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/s390.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/s390.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: s390\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-21 20:17+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -975,7 +975,6 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 -#| msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm1 to lxterm10 are available." msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." msgstr "たとえば 10 個のインスタンスをプレフィクス "lxterm" で設定した場合、ターミナル ID は lxterm0 からlxterm9 までを利用することができます。" @@ -1329,7 +1328,6 @@ #. popup label #. popup label #: src/modules/DASDController.rb:188 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:161 -#| msgid "Running mkinitrd and zipl." msgid "Running mkinitrd." msgstr "mkinitrd を実行しています。" @@ -1760,4 +1758,3 @@ #: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." msgstr "%1: WWPN ポートは現在もアクティブになっています。" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/samba-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/samba-client.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/samba-client.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-06 16:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-09 07:48+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -166,12 +166,8 @@ #. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</" -"tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." -msgstr "" -"Samba ユーザとグループ ID の 範囲 を指定してください (<tt>winbind " -"uid</tt> と <tt>winbind gid</tt> の値)." +msgid "Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." +msgstr "Samba ユーザとグループ ID の 範囲 を指定してください (<tt>winbind uid</tt> と <tt>winbind gid</tt> の値)." #. frame label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 @@ -401,8 +397,7 @@ #. continue/cancel popup #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 msgid "" -"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " -"following\n" +"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n" "settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n" "%1" msgstr "" @@ -453,8 +448,7 @@ "running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" "the machine to enable it for all services.\n" msgstr "" -"この変更は新しく生成したプロセスにのみ反映され、すでに実行されているサービス" -"には反映されません。\n" +"この変更は新しく生成したプロセスにのみ反映され、すでに実行されているサービスには反映されません。\n" "すべてのサービスに対して変更を有効にするには、サービスを\n" "手動で再起動するか、マシンを再起動してください。\n" @@ -507,54 +501,43 @@ #. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active " -"Directory domain.\n" +"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" "Specify the name of the membership.\n" msgstr "" -"Linux クライアントは、 NT ドメインや Active Directory ドメインのメンバーと" -"して設定することができます。\n" +"Linux クライアントは、 NT ドメインや Active Directory ドメインのメンバーとして設定することができます。\n" "ここではメンバーシップの名前を指定することができます。\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication allows \n" -"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if " -"joining an AD domain.\n" +"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.\n" msgstr "" "Linux の認証に SMB の情報を使用する を選択すると、\n" -" NT サーバや Kerberos サーバ (Active Directory 使用時) でパスワードの確認を行" -"なうことができるようになります。\n" +" NT サーバや Kerberos サーバ (Active Directory 使用時) でパスワードの確認を行なうことができるようになります。\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 msgid "" -"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the " -"list of name servers.\n" +"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n" "This option is only available for static network setups." msgstr "" -"お使いの AD サーバをネームサーバの一覧に追加したい場合は、 プライマリ " -"DNS サフィックスの変更\n" -"を選択してください。この設定は、固定のネットワークアドレス設定が行なわれてい" -"る場合にのみ利用できます。" +"お使いの AD サーバをネームサーバの一覧に追加したい場合は、 プライマリ DNS サフィックスの変更\n" +"を選択してください。この設定は、固定のネットワークアドレス設定が行なわれている場合にのみ利用できます。" #. Samba role dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "When you press OK, the system verifies the membership and,\n" -"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the " -"domain.\n" +"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.\n" msgstr "" " OK を押すとメンバーシップの検証を行ないます。\n" -"NT ドメインまたは Active Directory ドメインであれば、このホストがドメインに参" -"加できるようになります。\n" +"NT ドメインまたは Active Directory ドメインであれば、このホストがドメインに参加できるようになります。\n" #. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 msgid "Specify the name of the NT or Active Directory domain.\n" -msgstr "" -"NT ドメインまたは Active Directory ドメインの名前を入力してください。</" -"p>\n" +msgstr "NT ドメインまたは Active Directory ドメインの名前を入力してください。\n" #. translators: Samba membership dialog help 2/2 (installation) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:81 @@ -567,39 +550,18 @@ #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home " -"directories created on the first login." -msgstr "" -"初回のログイン時にこのコンピュータ上でホームディレクトリを作成する場合は " -"ログイン時にホームディレクトリを作成する を選択してください。" +msgid "Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home directories created on the first login." +msgstr "初回のログイン時にこのコンピュータ上でホームディレクトリを作成する場合は ログイン時にホームディレクトリを作成する を選択してください。" #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 -msgid "" -"Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is " -"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must " -"log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored " -"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no " -"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially " -"useful for mobile users." -msgstr "" -"オフライン認証 を選択すると、ドメインコントローラに接続ができない場" -"合であってもユーザの認証を行なうことができるようになります。この機能を利用す" -"るには、そのユーザは少なくとも 1 回以上ドメインにログインしておく必要がありま" -"す。ログインした時点でユーザの認証情報がお使いのコンピュータに暗号化されて保" -"存され、ドメインコントローラに接続できない場合にその認証情報を再利用するため" -"です。この設定は特にモバイルユーザ向けに役立つ設定です。" +msgid "Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users." +msgstr "オフライン認証 を選択すると、ドメインコントローラに接続ができない場合であってもユーザの認証を行なうことができるようになります。この機能を利用するには、そのユーザは少なくとも 1 回以上ドメインにログインしておく必要があります。ログインした時点でユーザの認証情報がお使いのコンピュータに暗号化されて保存され、ドメインコントローラに接続できない場合にその認証情報を再利用するためです。この設定は特にモバイルユーザ向けに役立つ設定です。" #. Samba membership dialog help (common part) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS " -"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"WINS オプションや Active Directory ドメインのホームディレクトリのマウント" -"など、高度な機能については 熟練者向け設定 を押してください。" +msgid "Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains." +msgstr "WINS オプションや Active Directory ドメインのホームディレクトリのマウントなど、高度な機能については 熟練者向け設定 を押してください。" #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 @@ -609,24 +571,14 @@ #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Set the Username and Password that should be used for " -"joining\n" -"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be " -"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." -msgstr "" -"自動インストール中に選択したドメインに参加するため、 ユーザ名 と " -"パスワード を入力してください。ただしパスワードは暗号化されず、平文の" -"ままプロファイルに保存されることに注意してください。" +"Set the Username and Password that should be used for joining\n" +"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." +msgstr "自動インストール中に選択したドメインに参加するため、 ユーザ名 と パスワード を入力してください。ただしパスワードは暗号化されず、平文のままプロファイルに保存されることに注意してください。" #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 -msgid "" -"Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active " -"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos " -"configuration." -msgstr "" -" Active Directory に参加するには、 Active Directory サーバ を指定し" -"てください。この項目は Kerberos 設定の KDC の値としても利用されます。" +msgid "Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration." +msgstr " Active Directory に参加するには、 Active Directory サーバ を指定してください。この項目は Kerberos 設定の KDC の値としても利用されます。" #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 @@ -638,8 +590,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "お使いのシステムの時刻を NTP サーバと同期するには、お使いのコンピュータを\n" -" NTP クライアントとして設定してください。 NTP の設定 から設定を行なう" -"ことができます。\n" +" NTP クライアントとして設定してください。 NTP の設定 から設定を行なうことができます。\n" "\n" #. default value of Machine Account @@ -735,9 +686,7 @@ #. popup question #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:355 msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?" -msgstr "" -"ユーザ共有はすでに存在しています。共有をそのままにしますか？それとも削除しま" -"すか？" +msgstr "ユーザ共有はすでに存在しています。共有をそのままにしますか？それとも削除しますか？" #. button label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:357 @@ -761,12 +710,8 @@ #. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:395 -msgid "" -"If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for " -"name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." -msgstr "" -"名前解決に Microsoft Windows インターネットネームサービス (WINS) を使用し" -"たい場合は、 ホスト名の解決に WINS を使用する を選択してください。" +msgid "If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." +msgstr "名前解決に Microsoft Windows インターネットネームサービス (WINS) を使用したい場合は、 ホスト名の解決に WINS を使用する を選択してください。" #. check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:405 @@ -775,12 +720,8 @@ #. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:412 -msgid "" -"Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided " -"by DHCP." -msgstr "" -" WINS サーバの情報が DHCP サーバから提供される場合、 DHCP で WINS サー" -"バのアドレスを取得 を選択してください。" +msgid "Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided by DHCP." +msgstr " WINS サーバの情報が DHCP サーバから提供される場合、 DHCP で WINS サーバのアドレスを取得 を選択してください。" #. frame label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:432 @@ -814,78 +755,37 @@ #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:505 -msgid "" -"Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the " -"group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other " -"users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</" -"tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system " -"permissions allow access." -msgstr "" -"ユーザにディレクトリの共有を許可する を設定すると、 許可するグ" -"ループ に所属するユーザに対して自らが所有するディレクトリを他のユーザと共" -"有できるようになります。たとえば <tt>users</tt> を指定するとローカルユーザ全" -"員に対して、 <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> を指定するとドメインのユーザに対して許可" -"できるようになります。また、ユーザはファイルのアクセス権を適切に設定する必要" -"があります。" +msgid "Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access." +msgstr "ユーザにディレクトリの共有を許可する を設定すると、 許可するグループ に所属するユーザに対して自らが所有するディレクトリを他のユーザと共有できるようになります。たとえば <tt>users</tt> を指定するとローカルユーザ全員に対して、 <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> を指定するとドメインのユーザに対して許可できるようになります。また、ユーザはファイルのアクセス権を適切に設定する必要があります。" #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 -msgid "" -"With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares " -"that may be created." +msgid "With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares that may be created." msgstr "最大共有数 を指定すると共有の最大数を制限することができます。" #. membership dialog help common part #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:516 -msgid "" -"To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow " -"Guest Access." -msgstr "" -"認証なしでユーザ共用へのアクセスを許可するには、 ゲストアクセスを許可</" -"b> を選択してください。" +msgid "To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow Guest Access." +msgstr "認証なしでユーザ共用へのアクセスを許可するには、 ゲストアクセスを許可 を選択してください。" #. help text for PAM Mount table #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:525 msgid "" "In the table Mount Server Directories, you can specify server\n" -"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when " -"the\n" +"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" "user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify User\n" -"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each " -"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." -msgstr "" -"サーバディレクトリのマウント の表では、たとえばホームディレクトリの" -"ように、ユーザがログインした際にローカルにマウントすべき、サーバ側のディレク" -"トリを指定することができます。マウントするディレクトリをユーザ別に設定するに" -"は、選択したルールに ユーザ名 を指定してください。設定しない場合は、全" -"てのユーザがログインした時にマウントされます。詳しい情報は pam_mount.conf の" -"マニュアルページをお読みください。" +"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." +msgstr "サーバディレクトリのマウント の表では、たとえばホームディレクトリのように、ユーザがログインした際にローカルにマウントすべき、サーバ側のディレクトリを指定することができます。マウントするディレクトリをユーザ別に設定するには、選択したルールに ユーザ名 を指定してください。設定しない場合は、全てのユーザがログインした時にマウントされます。詳しい情報は pam_mount.conf のマニュアルページをお読みください。" #. help text for PAM Mount table: example #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:532 -msgid "" -"For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for " -"Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount " -"the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a " -"part of Options." -msgstr "" -"たとえば リモートパス の項目に <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> を指定" -"し、 ローカルマウントポイント の項目に <tt>~/</tt> を指定することで" -"ホームディレクトリをマウントするよう設定することができます。この場合、 オ" -"プション に <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> を指定する必要があります。" +msgid "For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of Options." +msgstr "たとえば リモートパス の項目に <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> を指定し、 ローカルマウントポイント の項目に <tt>~/</tt> を指定することでホームディレクトリをマウントするよう設定することができます。この場合、 オプション に <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> を指定する必要があります。" #. help text for kerberos method option #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:540 -msgid "" -"The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are " -"verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos " -"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page " -"for details." -msgstr "" -"Kerberos メソッド では、どのようにして Kerberos のチケットを検証す" -"るかを指定します。SSH 向けシングルサインオン を使用した場合、 YaST で" -"の既定の Kerberos メソッドは <tt>secrets and keytab</tt> です。詳しくは smb." -"conf のマニュアルページをお読みください。" +msgid "The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details." +msgstr "Kerberos メソッド では、どのようにして Kerberos のチケットを検証するかを指定します。SSH 向けシングルサインオン を使用した場合、 YaST での既定の Kerberos メソッドは <tt>secrets and keytab</tt> です。詳しくは smb.conf のマニュアルページをお読みください。" #. translators: initialization dialog caption #: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74 @@ -1180,4 +1080,3 @@ #: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" msgstr "参加を続行することができません: クラスタの状態に一貫性がありません" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/samba-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/samba-server.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/samba-server.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-21 20:17+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -887,12 +887,6 @@ #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -#| "A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\n" -#| "The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -#| "The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" -#| "The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection." msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" "A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.\n" @@ -1281,16 +1275,10 @@ #. add new share dialog help #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 -#| msgid "" -#| "With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients.\n" -#| "This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume." msgid "With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further details." msgstr "スナップショットの公開 を選択すると、 Samba は snapper で作成したスナップショットを公開し、CIFS/SMB クライアントからアクセスしたり編集したりできるようになります。このオプションは Samba が snapper に対応していて、かつ共有パスが snapper の設定された btrfs ファイルシステムのサブボリュームである場合にのみ利用できます。 なお、関連するパーミッションも許可しておかなければなりません。詳しくは Samba の vfs_snapper(8) のマニュアルページをお読みください。" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 -#| msgid "" -#| "Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem.\n" -#| "This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume." msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." msgstr "" "btrfs の機能を使用する を選択すると、 Samba が btrfs ファイルシステム固有の機能を生かすようになります。\n" @@ -1836,4 +1824,3 @@ #: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:404 msgid "None" msgstr "なし" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/samba-users.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/samba-users.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/samba-users.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-02 15:13+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/scanner.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/scanner.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/scanner.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: scanner\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-05 11:50+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -1790,4 +1790,3 @@ #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2598 msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog." msgstr "ファイアウオールについての詳細は、このダイアログのヘルプテキストをお読みください。" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/security.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/security.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/security.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-05 11:51+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -1245,4 +1245,3 @@ #: src/modules/Security.rb:905 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "現在のセキュリティレベル: %1" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/services-manager.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/services-manager.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/services-manager.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -47,47 +47,24 @@ msgstr "既定の systemd ターゲットの選択" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units " -"whose job is to activate services and other units." -msgstr "" -"systemd は Linux 向けのシステム／サービスマネージャです。特定のサービスを有効" -"にするためのジョブから構成される、ユニットと呼ばれる仕組みを利用します。" +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "systemd は Linux 向けのシステム／サービスマネージャです。特定のサービスを有効にするためのジョブから構成される、ユニットと呼ばれる仕組みを利用します。" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 -msgid "" -"Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink " -"located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man " -"page." -msgstr "" -"既定のターゲットユニットとは、起動時に既定で有効化されるものです。通常は/etc/" -"systemd/system/default.target としてシンボリックリンクで設定します。詳しくは " -"systemd のマニュアルページをお読みください。" +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "既定のターゲットユニットとは、起動時に既定で有効化されるものです。通常は/etc/systemd/system/default.target としてシンボリックリンクで設定します。詳しくは systemd のマニュアルページをお読みください。" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "" -"Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with " -"network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." -msgstr "" -"マルチユーザターゲットとは、サーバに適した、ネットワーク機能付きのマルチユー" -"ザ環境を設定するためのものです (ランレベル 3 に似た構成です) 。" +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "マルチユーザターゲットとは、サーバに適した、ネットワーク機能付きのマルチユーザ環境を設定するためのものです (ランレベル 3 に似た構成です) 。" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 -msgid "" -"Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which " -"is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." -msgstr "" -"グラフィカルターゲットとは、ワークステーションに適した、ネットワーク機能付き" -"のグラフィカルログイン環境を設定するためのものです (ランレベル 5 に似た構成で" -"す) 。" +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "グラフィカルターゲットとは、ワークステーションに適した、ネットワーク機能付きのグラフィカルログイン環境を設定するためのものです (ランレベル 5 に似た構成です) 。" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "" -"When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with " -"graphical target." -msgstr "" -"どれを選択したらよいのか分からない場合は、グラフィカルターゲットを選択して進" -"めてください。" +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "どれを選択したらよいのか分からない場合は、グラフィカルターゲットを選択して進めてください。" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Available Targets" @@ -106,9 +83,7 @@ #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" -msgstr "" -"ライブメディアからのインストールは、ターゲットシステムを完全に GUI 対応させる" -"ために使用します" +msgstr "ライブメディアからのインストールは、ターゲットシステムを完全に GUI 対応させるために使用します" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" @@ -116,9 +91,7 @@ #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" -msgstr "" -"テキストモードのインストールでは、ターゲットシステムに GUI が存在しないものと" -"して扱われます" +msgstr "テキストモードのインストールでは、ターゲットシステムに GUI が存在しないものとして扱われます" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 @@ -127,9 +100,7 @@ #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" -msgstr "" -"SSH を使用する場合は、ターゲットシステムに GUI が存在しないものとして扱われま" -"す" +msgstr "SSH を使用する場合は、ターゲットシステムに GUI が存在しないものとして扱われます" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" @@ -249,24 +220,19 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121 msgid "" "<big>Services</big> \n" -"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from " -"the \n" +"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n" " list of services.\n" -"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is " -"enabled\n" +"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n" "and a particular service requires opening them.\n" msgstr "" "<big>サービス</big> \n" "このインストール提案では、一覧からサービスを有効化したり起動したりすること\n" "ができます。\n" -"それ以外にも、ファイアウオールが有効化されている場合は、サービスが必要とす" -"る\n" +"それ以外にも、ファイアウオールが有効化されている場合は、サービスが必要とする\n" "ポートを開いたりすることもできます。\n" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145 -msgid "" -"Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched " -"%link" +msgid "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link" msgstr "サービス %service を %toggled し、ファイアウオールで %switched %link します。" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160 @@ -348,4 +314,3 @@ #: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 msgid "Rescue Mode" msgstr "レスキューモード" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/slp-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/slp-server.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/slp-server.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-29 08:44+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -389,4 +389,3 @@ #: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:378 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "設定概要..." - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/snapper.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/snapper.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/snapper.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: snapper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-21 20:18+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -28,127 +28,127 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "説明" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "User data" msgstr "ユーザデータ" #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "クリーンアップアルゴリズム" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "スナップショット %1 の修正" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "スナップショット %1 - %2 の修正" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "事前 (%1)" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr "事後 (%1)" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "新しいスナップショットの作成" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "単一スナップショット" #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Pre" msgstr "事前" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "事後, 相手:" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "スナップショット '%1' を削除してよろしいですか？" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "スナップショット" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 msgid "Single" msgstr "単一" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "事前および事後" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "スナップショットの一覧を読み込んでいます..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "現在の設定" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "種類" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "開始日" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "End Date" msgstr "終了日" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "User Data" msgstr "ユーザデータ" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "変更点の表示" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Modify" msgstr "修正" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." @@ -157,131 +157,131 @@ "そのため、差分の表示を行なうことができません。" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "選択されたスナップショットの概要" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "%1: %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "変更されたファイルを調べています..." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "ファイルの変更を調べています..." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "新しいファイルが作成されました。" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "ファイルが削除されました。" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "ファイルの内容が変更されました。" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "どのスナップショット内にもファイルが存在しません。" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "ファイルの内容が修正されました。" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "ファイルのモードを '%1' から '%2' に変更しました。" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "ファイルのユーザ所有権を '%1' から '%2' に変更しました。" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "ファイルのグループ所有権を '%1' から '%2' に変更しました。" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "最初から復元する (&E)" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Restore" msgstr "復元" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "2 番目から復元する (&T)" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "スナップショットと現在のシステムの間での差分を表示する" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "現在のシステムと選択したスナップショットの間での差分を表示:" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "最初と 2 番目のスナップショットの間での差分を表示する" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "最初のスナップショットと現在のシステムの間での差分を表示する" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "2 番目のスナップショットと現在のシステムの間での差分を表示する" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "最初のスナップショットを採取した時刻:" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "2 番目のスナップショットを採取した時刻:" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "スナップショットを採取した時刻:" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "開く (&O)" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "選択したものを復元" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -308,17 +308,17 @@ "%1" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "復元するファイルが選択されていませんでした" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "ファイルを復元中です" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" @@ -525,4 +525,3 @@ #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477 msgid "%1 skipped\n" msgstr "%1 を飛ばしました\n" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/sound.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/sound.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/sound.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-27 20:18+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/squid.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/squid.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/squid.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: squid\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-21 20:18+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -1570,7 +1570,6 @@ msgstr "ポルトガル語" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:82 -#| msgid "Portuguese" msgid "Brazilian Portuguese" msgstr "ブラジルポルトガル語" @@ -1579,7 +1578,6 @@ msgstr "ルーマニア語" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:84 -#| msgid "Russian-1251" msgid "Russian" msgstr "ロシア語" @@ -1588,7 +1586,6 @@ msgstr "スロバキア語" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:86 -#| msgid "Slovak" msgid "Slovenian" msgstr "スロベニア語" @@ -1596,7 +1593,6 @@ # loc.govでは、「ISO 15924があるので、文字の違いでは、 # 別の言語コードを割り当てない」としている #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:87 -#| msgid "Serbian" msgid "Serbian Cyrillic" msgstr "セルビア語キリル" @@ -1604,7 +1600,6 @@ # loc.govでは、「ISO 15924があるので、文字の違いでは、 # 別の言語コードを割り当てない」としている #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:88 -#| msgid "Serbian" msgid "Serbian Latin" msgstr "セルビア語ラテン" @@ -1621,7 +1616,6 @@ msgstr "トルコ語" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:92 -#| msgid "Ukrainian-1251" msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "ウクライナ語" @@ -1640,4 +1634,3 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:96 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "繁体字中国語" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/sshd.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/sshd.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/sshd.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sshd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-27 20:53+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -36,15 +36,11 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"このプログラムを利用するにはハードディスクのパーティション操作に関する知識が" -"必要です。\n" +"このプログラムを利用するにはハードディスクのパーティション操作に関する知識が必要です。\n" "\n" -"何らかの特別な事情がない限りは、どのような形であれ、マウントしていたりスワッ" -"プとして\n" -"使用していたりする可能性のあるディスクに対して、パーティション操作を行なわな" -"いでください。\n" -"もしも使用中のディスクに対してパーティション操作を行なうと、それらの変更は" -"カーネル側で\n" +"何らかの特別な事情がない限りは、どのような形であれ、マウントしていたりスワップとして\n" +"使用していたりする可能性のあるディスクに対して、パーティション操作を行なわないでください。\n" +"もしも使用中のディスクに対してパーティション操作を行なうと、それらの変更はカーネル側で\n" "検知されず、ほとんどの場合データ破壊を引き起こします。\n" "\n" "この警告を理解した上で続行するには、 'はい' を押してください。\n" @@ -108,8 +104,7 @@ "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." msgstr "" "自動的な提案を行なうことができませんでした。\n" -"パーティション分割ダイアログを利用して手動でマウントポイントを指定してくださ" -"い。" +"パーティション分割ダイアログを利用して手動でマウントポイントを指定してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: button text #. this is the resize case @@ -142,8 +137,7 @@ "partitioner dialog.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"ファイルシステムの種類を変更するなど、推奨設定をベースにして少しだけ調整した" -"い\n" +"ファイルシステムの種類を変更するなど、推奨設定をベースにして少しだけ調整したい\n" "場合は、 %1 を選び、熟練者向けパーティション設定の\n" "ダイアログ内で変更を行なってください。\n" @@ -175,9 +169,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "" -"ルートボリュームに対してスナップショットを提案するのに十分な容量がありませ" -"ん。" +msgstr "ルートボリュームに対してスナップショットを提案するのに十分な容量がありません。" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 @@ -280,8 +272,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"実際のサイズ変更は、最後のダイアログでインストール作業全体の確認を行なってか" -"ら\n" +"実際のサイズ変更は、最後のダイアログでインストール作業全体の確認を行なってから\n" "になります。それまでの間であれば、お使いの Windows パーティションには\n" "何も書き込みません。\n" "\n" @@ -426,8 +417,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"空き領域 はパーティションの現在の空き領域 (Linuxをインストールする" -"前) を\n" +"空き領域 はパーティションの現在の空き領域 (Linuxをインストールする前) を\n" "表しています。\n" "\n" "" @@ -526,8 +516,7 @@ "内部エラーが発生しました。\n" "\n" "\t インストール処理の最中に Windows パーティションの\n" -"\t 縮小を行なうことができませんでした。ハードディスクは変更していませ" -"ん。\n" +"\t 縮小を行なうことができませんでした。ハードディスクは変更していません。\n" "\n" "\t インストールを中止し、別の方法で\n" "\t Windowsパーティションを縮小してください。\n" @@ -536,9 +525,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "" -"お使いのシステムを設定するには、カスタムなパーティション設定を選択する必要が" -"あります。" +msgstr "お使いのシステムを設定するには、カスタムなパーティション設定を選択する必要があります。" #. Win NT / 2000 #. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently @@ -675,11 +662,8 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"ディスクが見つかりません。ディスクが存在する場合はアップデート CD を使用して" -"みてください。" +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "ディスクが見つかりません。ディスクが存在する場合はアップデート CD を使用してみてください。" #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on #. one hard disk - this selection is done here @@ -694,8 +678,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"ここにはお使いのシステムで自動的に検出された全てのハードディスクが表示され" -"て\n" +"ここにはお使いのシステムで自動的に検出された全てのハードディスクが表示されて\n" "います。 &product; をインストールするハードディスクを選択してください。\n" "\n" @@ -724,8 +707,7 @@ "\n" "熟練者向けオプション設定である カスタムなパーティション設定 では、\n" "ハードディスクのパーティション操作に関する全ての機能が使えるだけでなく、\n" -"&product; をインストールするパーティションのマウント位置を設定することができ" -"ます。\n" +"&product; をインストールするパーティションのマウント位置を設定することができます。\n" "\n" #. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning @@ -922,8 +904,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"注意: 空き と表示されていない区域を選択した場合、そこに書き込まれてい" -"る\n" +"注意: 空き と表示されていない区域を選択した場合、そこに書き込まれている\n" "ハードディスク上のデータがあればそれらが失われます。これらは他の\n" "オペレーティングシステムのものかもしれません。\n" "" @@ -959,8 +940,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"選択したハードディスクには Windows がインストールされているようです。 " -"&product; 用の\n" +"選択したハードディスクには Windows がインストールされているようです。 &product; 用の\n" "空き容量が十分にはありません。 Windows を完全に削除 または\n" "Windows パーティションを縮小 を選択し、空き領域を確保してください。\n" "" @@ -976,11 +956,9 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Windows を削除すると、それらのパーティションにあったデータはインストールの際" -"に\n" +"Windows を削除すると、それらのパーティションにあったデータはインストールの際に\n" " 完全に失われ ます。また、 Windows のパーティションを縮小する際は \n" -" あらかじめ対象のパーティションのデータをバックアップしておくこと を強" -"くお勧めします。\n" +" あらかじめ対象のパーティションのデータをバックアップしておくこと を強くお勧めします。\n" "ごく稀に縮小に失敗する危険性があるためです。\n" "\n" @@ -1014,8 +992,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "インストールの際に必要となるルートパーティションの\n" -"割り当てがありません。このままでは動作しません。特定のパーティションにルート" -"マウントポイント \"/\" \n" +"割り当てがありません。このままでは動作しません。特定のパーティションにルートマウントポイント \"/\" \n" "を割り当ててください。\n" "\n" "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" @@ -1031,8 +1008,7 @@ msgstr "" "以下のマウントポイントのいずれかに FAT パーティションを\n" "利用しようとしています: / /usr /home /opt /var\n" -"この設定では問題を起こす可能性があります。これらのマウントポイントに対して" -"は、\n" +"この設定では問題を起こす可能性があります。これらのマウントポイントに対しては、\n" "ext3, ext4 などの Linux 用ファイルシステムを設定してください。\n" "\n" "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" @@ -1151,13 +1127,10 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "警告: 現在の設定ではルートパーティション (/) から起動するよう\n" -"指定されていますが、残念ながらそのパーティションは %1 シリンダを越えた位置" -"に\n" -"終了位置が設定されています。お使いのコンピュータの BIOS はおそらく %1 シリン" -"ダを\n" +"指定されていますが、残念ながらそのパーティションは %1 シリンダを越えた位置に\n" +"終了位置が設定されています。お使いのコンピュータの BIOS はおそらく %1 シリンダを\n" "越えた位置で終わるパーティションからの起動が行なえません。\n" -"従って、 %2 のインストールをしても直接起動できないシステムとなるかもしれませ" -"ん。\n" +"従って、 %2 のインストールをしても直接起動できないシステムとなるかもしれません。\n" "\n" "\n" "この設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" @@ -1237,8 +1210,7 @@ "\n" "この設定では通常起動の際に重大な問題を引き起こします。\n" "\n" -"何らかの特別な事情がある場合を除き、 %1 以下のファイル用に通常のパーティショ" -"ンを\n" +"何らかの特別な事情がある場合を除き、 %1 以下のファイル用に通常のパーティションを\n" "作成してください。\n" "\n" "この設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" @@ -1255,8 +1227,7 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1264,10 +1235,8 @@ "\n" "現在の設定ではスワップパーティションの割り当てがありません。多くの場合、\n" "スワップパーティションを作成して割り当てておくことを強くお勧めします。\n" -"お使いのシステムのスワップパーティションは種類 \"Linux Swap\" としてメインウ" -"インドウ内に\n" -"表示されます。また、割り当て済みのスワップパーティションはマウントポイントが " -"\"swap\" に\n" +"お使いのシステムのスワップパーティションは種類 \"Linux Swap\" としてメインウインドウ内に\n" +"表示されます。また、割り当て済みのスワップパーティションはマウントポイントが \"swap\" に\n" "なっています。もし必要であれば 2 つ以上のスワップを設定することも可能です。\n" "\n" "スワップパーティションを設定しないままでよろしいですか？\n" @@ -1284,8 +1253,7 @@ "警告:\n" "\n" "既存のパーティションに対して、フォーマットすることなくインストールするよう\n" -"指定しています。 YaST2 では、この後のインストールが成功することを保証すること" -"ができません。\n" +"指定しています。 YaST2 では、この後のインストールが成功することを保証することができません。\n" "特に以下の場合で失敗する可能性があります:\n" #. continued popup text @@ -1297,8 +1265,7 @@ "- if this partition does not yet contain a file system\n" msgstr "" "- このパーティションが既存の reiserfs パーティションである場合\n" -"- このパーティションに既に Linux ディストリビューションがインストールされてい" -"て、\n" +"- このパーティションに既に Linux ディストリビューションがインストールされていて、\n" "それを上書きしようとしている場合\n" "- このパーティションにはそもそもファイルシステムが作成されていなかった場合\n" @@ -1306,14 +1273,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" -"ご心配の場合は、前の画面に戻ってこのパーティションをフォーマットするよう指定" -"し直してください。\n" -"特に、このファイルシステムが一般的なマウントポイントである /, /boot, /opt, /" -"var の\n" +"ご心配の場合は、前の画面に戻ってこのパーティションをフォーマットするよう指定し直してください。\n" +"特に、このファイルシステムが一般的なマウントポイントである /, /boot, /opt, /var の\n" "いずれかである場合は、ご注意ください。\n" #. continued popup text @@ -1323,8 +1287,7 @@ "\n" "Really keep the partition unformatted?\n" msgstr "" -"このパーティションをフォーマットすると、その中にあるデータは全て失われま" -"す。\n" +"このパーティションをフォーマットすると、その中にあるデータは全て失われます。\n" "\n" "フォーマットしないままでよろしいですか？\n" @@ -1390,18 +1353,14 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"選択した拡張パーティションには現在、マウント中の以下の論理パーティションがあ" -"ります:\n" +"選択した拡張パーティションには現在、マウント中の以下の論理パーティションがあります:\n" "%1\n" -"拡張パーティションを削除するには事前にそれらのマウントを解除しておくことを *" -"強く* お勧めします。\n" +"拡張パーティションを削除するには事前にそれらのマウントを解除しておくことを *強く* お勧めします。\n" "何らかの特別な事情がない限り、キャンセルを押してください。\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1414,8 +1373,7 @@ "before deleting the extended partition.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"選択した拡張パーティションにはボリュームグループに割り当てられた LVM パーティ" -"ションが\n" +"選択した拡張パーティションにはボリュームグループに割り当てられた LVM パーティションが\n" "あります。拡張パーティションを削除する\n" "前に、該当するボリュームグループからそれらのパーティションを\n" "取り除いてください。\n" @@ -1568,8 +1526,7 @@ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "/etc/fstab のマウント方法: \n" @@ -1583,14 +1540,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "ボリュームラベル:\n" -"この項目に入力した名前は、ボリュームラベルとして使用されます。このラベルは通" -"常、\n" +"この項目に入力した名前は、ボリュームラベルとして使用されます。このラベルは通常、\n" "ボリュームラベルでマウントするよう設定した場合にのみ意味を持ちます。\n" "ボリュームラベルに '/' 文字やスペースを入れることはできません。\n" @@ -1645,8 +1600,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:881 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." -msgstr "" -"このボリュームラベルはすでに使用されています。別のラベルを選択してください。" +msgstr "このボリュームラベルはすでに使用されています。別のラベルを選択してください。" #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1050 @@ -1709,8 +1663,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "選択したパーティション (%1) は現在 %2 にマウントされています。\n" -"ここでパラメータ (マウントポイントやファイルシステム種類など) の変更を行なう" -"と、\n" +"ここでパラメータ (マウントポイントやファイルシステム種類など) の変更を行なうと、\n" "インストール済みの Linux を壊してしまう可能性があります。\n" "\n" "可能であれば先にマウントを解除してください。また、特別な\n" @@ -1728,8 +1681,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2 では、このパーティションのファイルシステムを縮小できません。\n" -"YaST2 で縮小できるのは FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, reiserfs の各ファイルシステムだ" -"けです。" +"YaST2 で縮小できるのは FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, reiserfs の各ファイルシステムだけです。" #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1308 @@ -1740,8 +1692,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2 では、この論理ボリュームのファイルシステムを縮小できません。\n" -"YaST2 で縮小できるのは FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, reiserfs の各ファイルシステムだ" -"けです。" +"YaST2 で縮小できるのは FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, reiserfs の各ファイルシステムだけです。" #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1320 @@ -1766,8 +1717,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2 では選択したパーティションのファイルシステムを拡張できません。\n" -"YaST2 で拡張できるのは FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, reiserfs の各ファイルシス" -"テムだけです。" +"YaST2 で拡張できるのは FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, reiserfs の各ファイルシステムだけです。" #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353 @@ -1778,8 +1728,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2 では選択した論理ボリュームのファイルシステムを拡張できません。\n" -"YaST2 で拡張できるのは FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, reiserfs の各ファイルシス" -"テムだけです。" +"YaST2 で拡張できるのは FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, reiserfs の各ファイルシステムだけです。" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361 msgid "Continue resizing?" @@ -1788,15 +1737,11 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1378 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "" -"reiserfs ファイルシステムが利用されているパーティションを縮小しようとしていま" -"す。" +msgstr "reiserfs ファイルシステムが利用されているパーティションを縮小しようとしています。" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "" -"reiserfs ファイルシステムが利用されている論理ボリュームを縮小しようとしていま" -"す。" +msgstr "reiserfs ファイルシステムが利用されている論理ボリュームを縮小しようとしています。" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1387 msgid "" @@ -1807,8 +1752,7 @@ "Shrink the file system now?" msgstr "" "\n" -"reiserfs のサイズ縮小を行なうことは可能ですが、完全にはテストされていない処理" -"になります。\n" +"reiserfs のサイズ縮小を行なうことは可能ですが、完全にはテストされていない処理になります。\n" "事前のデータバックアップをお勧めします。\n" "\n" "今すぐサイズを縮小しますか？" @@ -1838,14 +1782,12 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "選択したデバイスには、現在マウント中のパーティションが含まれています:\n" "%1\n" -"パーティションテーブルを削除する前に、これらのパーティションのマウントを解除" -"しておくことを *強く* お勧めします。\n" +"パーティションテーブルを削除する前に、これらのパーティションのマウントを解除しておくことを *強く* お勧めします。\n" "また、特別な事情がない限り、キャンセルを押してください。\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1893,15 +1835,11 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1601 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" -msgstr "" -"btrfs ファイルシステムからサブボリュームを作成したり、サブボリュームを削除" -"したりすることができます。\n" +msgstr "btrfs ファイルシステムからサブボリュームを作成したり、サブボリュームを削除したりすることができます。\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1606 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "" -"snapper を利用して btrfs ファイルシステムの自動スナップショットを有効にし" -"ます。" +msgstr "snapper を利用して btrfs ファイルシステムの自動スナップショットを有効にします。" #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1620 @@ -2001,20 +1939,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"このマウントポイントは /tmp や /var/tmp のように、一時ファイル用のディレクト" -"リに相当するものです。\n" -"暗号化パスワードを入力しないこともできますが、この場合は起動時にシステム側" -"で\n" -"ランダムなパスワードを設定します。このことで、これらのファイルシステム内にあ" -"る全ての\n" +"このマウントポイントは /tmp や /var/tmp のように、一時ファイル用のディレクトリに相当するものです。\n" +"暗号化パスワードを入力しないこともできますが、この場合は起動時にシステム側で\n" +"ランダムなパスワードを設定します。このことで、これらのファイルシステム内にある全ての\n" "データは、シャットダウン時に失われることになります。\n" "\n" @@ -2024,18 +1958,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"パスワードを忘れてしまった場合、お使いのファイルシステムにあったデータには全" -"くアクセスできなくなります。\n" -"パスワードの設定は慎重に行なってください。半角英字と数字の組み合わせがお勧め" -"です。\n" +"パスワードを忘れてしまった場合、お使いのファイルシステムにあったデータには全くアクセスできなくなります。\n" +"パスワードの設定は慎重に行なってください。半角英字と数字の組み合わせがお勧めです。\n" "なおパスワードが正しく入力されたことを確認するため、 2 回入力します。\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -2046,17 +1977,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"大文字と小文字はそれぞれ区別して入力してください。また、パスワードは少なくと" -"も\n" -" %1 文字以上で、特殊な文字 (漢字や記号など全角文字、およびアクセント文字な" -"ど)\n" +"大文字と小文字はそれぞれ区別して入力してください。また、パスワードは少なくとも\n" +" %1 文字以上で、特殊な文字 (漢字や記号など全角文字、およびアクセント文字など)\n" " を使うことはできません。\n" "\n" @@ -2103,17 +2031,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"暗号化ファイルシステムにシステムファイルが含まれておらず、更新の際に必要な" -"ファイル\n" -"システムでない場合、 飛ばす を押して手順を飛ばすことができます。この場" -"合、\n" +"暗号化ファイルシステムにシステムファイルが含まれておらず、更新の際に必要なファイル\n" +"システムでない場合、 飛ばす を押して手順を飛ばすことができます。この場合、\n" "更新の間はファイルシステムにアクセスすることはありません。\n" "\n" @@ -2225,17 +2150,13 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:225 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." -msgstr "" -"スワップデバイスに対してのみマウントポイントを swap に設定することができま" -"す。" +msgstr "スワップデバイスに対してのみマウントポイントを swap に設定することができます。" #. && mount!="swap" ) #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:240 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." -msgstr "" -"このマウントポイントはすでに使用されています。別のマウントポイントを選択して" -"ください。" +msgstr "このマウントポイントはすでに使用されています。別のマウントポイントを選択してください。" #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:250 @@ -2243,17 +2164,13 @@ "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"システムマウントポイント (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home のいずれか) に FAT ファ" -"イルシステムを指定しています。\n" +"システムマウントポイント (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home のいずれか) に FAT ファイルシステムを指定しています。\n" "この操作は行なうことができません。" #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"マウントポイントに不正な文字を使用しています。マウントポイントには \"`'!\"%#" -"\" を使用しないでください。" +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "マウントポイントに不正な文字を使用しています。マウントポイントには \"`'!\"%#\" を使用しないでください。" #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268 @@ -2350,27 +2267,20 @@ "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -"今すぐにマウントを解除しようとすることもできますし、キャンセルすることもでき" -"ます。\n" +"今すぐにマウントを解除しようとすることもできますし、キャンセルすることもできます。\n" "特別な事情がある場合を除き、ここではキャンセルを押してください。" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムを縮小すること" -"はできません。" +msgstr "対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムを縮小することはできません。" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムを拡張すること" -"はできません。" +msgstr "対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムを拡張することはできません。" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムのサイズを変更" -"することはできません。" +msgstr "対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムのサイズを変更することはできません。" #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 @@ -2462,8 +2372,7 @@ "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" msgstr "" -"ディスクの再検出を行なうと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされま" -"す。\n" +"ディスクの再検出を行なうと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" "再検出を行なってよろしいですか？" #. popup text @@ -2472,8 +2381,7 @@ "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" msgstr "" -"iSCSI の設定を呼び出すと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされま" -"す。\n" +"iSCSI の設定を呼び出すと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" "iSCSI の設定を呼び出してよろしいですか？" #. popup text @@ -2493,8 +2401,7 @@ "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" -"マルチパスの設定を呼び出すと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされま" -"す。\n" +"マルチパスの設定を呼び出すと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" "マルチパスの設定を呼び出してよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text @@ -2521,8 +2428,7 @@ "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" msgstr "" -"XPRAM の設定を呼び出すと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされま" -"す。\n" +"XPRAM の設定を呼び出すと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" "XPRAM の設定を呼び出してよろしいですか？" #. dialog title @@ -2832,13 +2738,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "ボリューム上の全てのデータを暗号化したい場合は、\n" -"デバイスの暗号化 を選択してください。既存のボリュームに対して暗号化方" -"法を変更すると、\n" +"デバイスの暗号化 を選択してください。既存のボリュームに対して暗号化方法を変更すると、\n" "そのボリュームに存在した全てのデータが削除されます。\n" #. helptext @@ -2848,8 +2752,7 @@ "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" "その後、パーティションをマウントするかどうかを\n" -"選択してからマウントポイントを入力してください ( /, /boot, /home, /var な" -"ど) 。 " +"選択してからマウントポイントを入力してください ( /, /boot, /home, /var など) 。 " #. set globals #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 @@ -2939,10 +2842,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"このボリュームで使用しているファイルシステムは swap です。暗号化パスワード" -"を\n" -"指定しなくてもかまいませんが、その場合はスワップデバイスをハイバネート機能 " -"(ディスクへのサスペンド) で\n" +"このボリュームで使用しているファイルシステムは swap です。暗号化パスワードを\n" +"指定しなくてもかまいませんが、その場合はスワップデバイスをハイバネート機能 (ディスクへのサスペンド) で\n" "使用することができなくなります。\n" "\n" @@ -3053,9 +2954,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." -msgstr "" -"指定したサイズは正しくありません。サイズは %1 から %2 の間で指定してくださ" -"い。" +msgstr "指定したサイズは正しくありません。サイズは %1 から %2 の間で指定してください。" #. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases @@ -3068,8 +2967,7 @@ "to consider umounting the filesystem, which will increase speed of \n" "resize task a lot." msgstr "" -"マウント済みのファイルシステムに対して、 %1 ギガバイトだけ拡張しようとしてい" -"ます。\n" +"マウント済みのファイルシステムに対して、 %1 ギガバイトだけ拡張しようとしています。\n" "この処理は非常に遅く、時間も長くかかります。ファイルシステムの\n" "マウントを解除すれば、サイズ変更の速度を速く、かつかかる時間を短くする\n" "ことができますので、そちらをお勧めします。" @@ -3116,8 +3014,7 @@ "BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.\n" msgstr "" "このビューには、他のビューで既に含められているものを除いた\n" -"全てのデバイスマッパーデバイスが表示されています。従ってマルチパスディスク" -"や\n" +"全てのデバイスマッパーデバイスが表示されています。従ってマルチパスディスクや\n" " BIOS RAID ディスク、 LVM 論理ボリュームはここには表示されません。\n" #. helptext @@ -3352,10 +3249,8 @@ "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" -"%1 に新しいパーティションテーブルを作成してよろしいですか？この操作を行なう" -"と、\n" -" %1 にある全てのデータは消去され、 %1 上に存在している RAID やボリュームグ" -"ループも削除されます。" +"%1 に新しいパーティションテーブルを作成してよろしいですか？この操作を行なうと、\n" +" %1 にある全てのデータは消去され、 %1 上に存在している RAID やボリュームグループも削除されます。" #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131 @@ -3602,8 +3497,7 @@ "This view shows all hard disks including\n" "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" msgstr "" -"このビューには、 iSCSI ディスクや BIOS RAID ディスク、マルチパスディスク" -"を\n" +"このビューには、 iSCSI ディスクや BIOS RAID ディスク、マルチパスディスクを\n" "含む全てのハードディスクと、それらのパーティションが表示されています。\n" #. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) @@ -3670,8 +3564,7 @@ "partitions are shown here.\n" msgstr "" "このビューには、選択したハードディスク内に存在する\n" -"全てのパーティションが表示されています。ハードディスクが BIOS RAID ディスクや" -"マルチパス\n" +"全てのパーティションが表示されています。ハードディスクが BIOS RAID ディスクやマルチパス\n" "で使用されている場合、ここには表示されません。\n" #. helptext @@ -3682,8 +3575,7 @@ "software RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" msgstr "" "このビューには、選択したハードディスクに対応する\n" -"全てのデバイスが表示されています。このビューは、 BIOS RAID やパーティション設" -"定済みの\n" +"全てのデバイスが表示されています。このビューは、 BIOS RAID やパーティション設定済みの\n" "ソフトウエア RAID　、マルチパスディスクの場合にのみ利用できます。\n" #. tab heading @@ -3718,8 +3610,7 @@ "the table.\n" msgstr "" "YaST はお使いのハードディスクを検索し、 1 つまたは複数の\n" -"既存の Linux システムとマウントポイントを発見しました。古いマウントポイント" -"は\n" +"既存の Linux システムとマウントポイントを発見しました。古いマウントポイントは\n" "一覧内に表示されています。\n" #. help text, richtext format @@ -3729,8 +3620,7 @@ "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" "installation. Non-system volumes, e.g. /home, will not be formatted." msgstr "" -"ここから既存のシステムボリューム (たとえば /, /usr など) をインストール時" -"に\n" +"ここから既存のシステムボリューム (たとえば /, /usr など) をインストール時に\n" "フォーマットするかどうかを選択することができます。\n" "システム以外のボリューム (たとえば /home など) はフォーマットされません。" @@ -3788,8 +3678,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" -msgstr "" -"パーティション \"%1\" とボリュームグループ \"%2\" を今すぐ削除しますか？" +msgstr "パーティション \"%1\" とボリュームグループ \"%2\" を今すぐ削除しますか？" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" @@ -3886,8 +3775,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -3904,8 +3792,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "ループファイルの作成: この項目が選択されている場合は、\n" -"次の項目で指定しているサイズのファイルを作成します。 注意: ファイルが" -"既に存在している場合、\n" +"次の項目で指定しているサイズのファイルを作成します。 注意: ファイルが既に存在している場合、\n" "そのファイルに含まれるデータはすべて失われます。\n" #. helptext @@ -3962,9 +3849,7 @@ #. error popup, %1 is replaced by size #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." -msgstr "" -"指定したサイズが正しくありません。サイズには少なくとも %1 を指定してくださ" -"い。" +msgstr "指定したサイズが正しくありません。サイズには少なくとも %1 を指定してください。" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 @@ -4107,16 +3992,13 @@ "and deleted:" msgstr "" "ボリュームグループ \"%1\" には 1 つ以上の論理ボリュームが含まれています。\n" -"続行すると、下記のボリュームのマウントは解除され (もしマウントされている場" -"合)、\n" +"続行すると、下記のボリュームのマウントは解除され (もしマウントされている場合)、\n" "削除されます:" #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "" -"ボリュームグループ \"%1\" と関連する全ての論理ボリュームを削除してよろしいで" -"すか？" +msgstr "ボリュームグループ \"%1\" と関連する全ての論理ボリュームを削除してよろしいですか？" #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 @@ -4159,9 +4041,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "" -"新しいボリュームグループに対する名前と物理エクステントサイズを入力してくだ" -"さい。" +msgstr "新しいボリュームグループに対する名前と物理エクステントサイズを入力してください。" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 @@ -4199,13 +4079,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "新しい論理ボリュームについて、サイズと\n" -"ストライプ数、ストライプのサイズをそれぞれ入力してください。ストライプの数" -"は、ボリュームグループの\n" +"ストライプ数、ストライプのサイズをそれぞれ入力してください。ストライプの数は、ボリュームグループの\n" "物理ボリューム数より多い値を指定することはできません。" #. helptext @@ -4221,8 +4099,7 @@ "Thin ボリューム と呼ばれるボリュームを、任意のボリュームサイズで\n" "作成することができます。必要となる容量は、割り当てられた Thin プール\n" "の要件に応じて決まります。そのため、 Thin プールよりも大きいサイズの\n" -"Thin ボリュームを作成することもできます。もちろん Thin ボリュームに対して書" -"き\n" +"Thin ボリュームを作成することもできます。もちろん Thin ボリュームに対して書き\n" "込むべきデータ量に応じて、割り当てる Thin プールも大きくしなければなりませ\n" "ん。なお、 Thin ボリュームではストライプ数を設定することはできません。" @@ -4257,36 +4134,27 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "論理ボリュームを 通常ボリューム として設定することもできます。\n" -"これは既定の設定であり、 Thin プロビジョニング の機能が登場する以前の" -"LVM ボリュームの状態を意味します。どれを選択したらいいかわからないような場合" -"は、おそらくこれを選択しておくとよいでしょう。" +"これは既定の設定であり、 Thin プロビジョニング の機能が登場する以前のLVM ボリュームの状態を意味します。どれを選択したらいいかわからないような場合は、おそらくこれを選択しておくとよいでしょう。" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" "また、論理ボリュームを Thin プール として設定することもできます。\n" -"これは、 Thin ボリューム が必要に応じて容量を割り当てるためのプールを" -"意味します。" +"これは、 Thin ボリューム が必要に応じて容量を割り当てるためのプールを意味します。" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." -msgstr "" -"さらに、この論理ボリュームを Thin ボリューム として設定することもで" -"きます。これは、 Thin プール から必要に応じて容量を割り当てるボリュー" -"ムを意味します。" +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." +msgstr "さらに、この論理ボリュームを Thin ボリューム として設定することもできます。これは、 Thin プール から必要に応じて容量を割り当てるボリュームを意味します。" #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 @@ -4340,16 +4208,13 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" "ボリュームグループを作成するのに十分な未使用デバイスがありません。\n" "\n" -"LVM を使用するには、少なくともパーティション種類が 0x8e (または 0x83) になっ" -"ている\n" -"未使用パーティションか、もしくは RAID デバイスが少なくとも 1 つ必要です。パー" -"ティションテーブルを適切に変更してください。" +"LVM を使用するには、少なくともパーティション種類が 0x8e (または 0x83) になっている\n" +"未使用パーティションか、もしくは RAID デバイスが少なくとも 1 つ必要です。パーティションテーブルを適切に変更してください。" #. error popup #. error popup @@ -4559,8 +4424,7 @@ "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" "Really exit?" msgstr "" -"パーティション設定またはストレージ設定を変更しています。パーティション設定を " -"%1 で\n" +"パーティション設定またはストレージ設定を変更しています。パーティション設定を %1 で\n" "終了してしまうと、変更点が失われます。\n" "終了してよろしいですか？" @@ -4581,12 +4445,8 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"NFS 設定が利用できません。 yast2-nfs-client パッケージがインストールされてい" -"るか確認してください。" +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "NFS 設定が利用できません。 yast2-nfs-client パッケージがインストールされているか確認してください。" #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4617,47 +4477,34 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 0: この RAID レベルはディスクのパフォーマンスを向上させま" -"す。\n" -"この RAID レベルには冗長性が ありません 。ドライブのうちの 1 台が破損" -"すると、データの復旧は不可能となります。\n" +"RAID 0: この RAID レベルはディスクのパフォーマンスを向上させます。\n" +"この RAID レベルには冗長性が ありません 。ドライブのうちの 1 台が破損すると、データの復旧は不可能となります。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 1: この RAID レベルは最も冗長性の高い方式です。 2 台以上" -"のディスク\n" -"で設定することができます。この RAID レベルではそれぞれのディスクに全てのデー" -"タのコピーを\n" -"保存します。 1 台でもディスクが動作する限り、データの損失はありません。この " -"RAID レベルを\n" -"使用するパーティションは、それぞれほぼ同一のサイズである必要があります。</" -"p>\n" +"RAID 1: この RAID レベルは最も冗長性の高い方式です。 2 台以上のディスク\n" +"で設定することができます。この RAID レベルではそれぞれのディスクに全てのデータのコピーを\n" +"保存します。 1 台でもディスクが動作する限り、データの損失はありません。この RAID レベルを\n" +"使用するパーティションは、それぞれほぼ同一のサイズである必要があります。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5: この RAID レベルは多数のディスク管理と冗長性の保持の\n" -"両方を兼ね備えています。この RAID レベルを設定するには 3 台以上のディスクが必" -"要です。\n" -" 1 台のディスクが破損してもデータは安全なままですが、 2 台のディスクが同時に" -"破損するとデータが失われます。\n" +"両方を兼ね備えています。この RAID レベルを設定するには 3 台以上のディスクが必要です。\n" +" 1 台のディスクが破損してもデータは安全なままですが、 2 台のディスクが同時に破損するとデータが失われます。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4674,17 +4521,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" " RAID アレイにパーティションを追加します。\n" -" RAID レベルに応じて利用可能なディスク容量が決まります。 RAID 0 の場合は全て" -"のパーティションの合計容量、\n" -" RAID 1 の場合は最も小さいパーティションの容量、 RAID 5 の場合は最も小さい" -"パーティションの容量に (N-1) を掛けた容量 (N はパーティションの数) になりま" -"す。 \n" +" RAID レベルに応じて利用可能なディスク容量が決まります。 RAID 0 の場合は全てのパーティションの合計容量、\n" +" RAID 1 の場合は最も小さいパーティションの容量、 RAID 5 の場合は最も小さいパーティションの容量に (N-1) を掛けた容量 (N はパーティションの数) になります。 \n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 @@ -4692,8 +4534,7 @@ "Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" "to get the redundancy and performance you want.\n" msgstr "" -"一般的に、期待する冗長性とパフォーマンスを得るにはそれぞれ異なるデバイス上" -"にある\n" +"一般的に、期待する冗長性とパフォーマンスを得るにはそれぞれ異なるデバイス上にある\n" "パーティションを指定します。\n" #. heading @@ -4748,16 +4589,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "チャンクサイズ: デバイスに書き込むことができるデータの\n" -"\"最小\" 単位を指定します。一般に RAID 5 の場合は 128KB 、 RAID 0 の場合は " -"32KB がそれぞれ手頃な設定値と\n" -"なります。 RAID 1 の場合、チャンクサイズはあまりパフォーマンスに影響しませ" -"ん。\n" +"\"最小\" 単位を指定します。一般に RAID 5 の場合は 128KB 、 RAID 0 の場合は 32KB がそれぞれ手頃な設定値と\n" +"なります。 RAID 1 の場合、チャンクサイズはあまりパフォーマンスに影響しません。\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" @@ -4767,12 +4604,10 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "RAID5/6 で使用されるパリティアルゴリズム (計算方法) を指定します。\n" -"プラッタが回転するタイプの一般的なディスクの場合、 \"left-symmetric\" (左対" -"称) が最高のパフォーマンスを提供します。\n" +"プラッタが回転するタイプの一般的なディスクの場合、 \"left-symmetric\" (左対称) が最高のパフォーマンスを提供します。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -4884,8 +4719,7 @@ "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." msgstr "" "RAID アレイ %1 は既にディスク上に作成されています。\n" -"作成済みの RAID アレイをサイズ変更することはできません。 %1 のサイズを変更す" -"るには、\n" +"作成済みの RAID アレイをサイズ変更することはできません。 %1 のサイズを変更するには、\n" "いったん削除してから作成し直してください。" #. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 @@ -4905,8 +4739,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 msgid "This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs." -msgstr "" -"このビューには、 BIOS RAID を除く全ての RAID が表示されています。" +msgstr "このビューには、 BIOS RAID を除く全ての RAID が表示されています。" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 @@ -5055,24 +4888,17 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "規定のマウント方法 では、新しく作成する\n" -"パーティションに対して、マウント方法を指定します。 デバイス名 はカーネ" -"ルが\n" -"割り当てる名前でマウントする方法で、永続性がありません。 デバイス ID " -"と デバイスパス は、\n" -"ハードウエア情報をもとにして udev が生成する名前でマウントする方法です。これ" -"らはいずれも\n" -"永続性があるものですが、不運にも永続性が保たれない場合もあります。 UUID</" -"i> と\n" -"ボリュームラベル は、それぞれファイルシステムに書かれた UUID またはラ" -"ベルを利用してマウントする方法です。\n" +"パーティションに対して、マウント方法を指定します。 デバイス名 はカーネルが\n" +"割り当てる名前でマウントする方法で、永続性がありません。 デバイス ID と デバイスパス は、\n" +"ハードウエア情報をもとにして udev が生成する名前でマウントする方法です。これらはいずれも\n" +"永続性があるものですが、不運にも永続性が保たれない場合もあります。 UUID と\n" +"ボリュームラベル は、それぞれファイルシステムに書かれた UUID またはラベルを利用してマウントする方法です。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 @@ -5087,17 +4913,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "新しく作成するパーティションの配置\n" -"では、パーティションを作成する際の配置方法を指定します。 シリンダ は、" -"ディスクのシリンダ番号を元に割り当てる従来の方法です。 最適 は\n" -"Linux カーネルが提供するヒント情報を元に、最適な性能を発揮するように割り当て" -"るか、\n" +"では、パーティションを作成する際の配置方法を指定します。 シリンダ は、ディスクのシリンダ番号を元に割り当てる従来の方法です。 最適 は\n" +"Linux カーネルが提供するヒント情報を元に、最適な性能を発揮するように割り当てるか、\n" "もしくは Windows Vista や Windows 7 と互換があるように割り当てます。\n" #. helptext @@ -5107,8 +4929,7 @@ "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" "ストレージデバイスの表示方法 では、\n" -"表示されているツリー内でのハードディスクの名前を表示する方法を指定します。</" -"p>" +"表示されているツリー内でのハードディスクの名前を表示する方法を指定します。" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 @@ -5189,8 +5010,7 @@ "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" msgstr "" -"未使用デバイスの再検出を行なうと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルさ" -"れます。\n" +"未使用デバイスの再検出を行なうと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" "未使用デバイスの再検出を行なってよろしいですか？" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -5370,34 +5190,26 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "このダイアログは、 RAID アレイ内に含まれているデバイスについて、\n" "その分類を設定するために使用します。利用可能な分類は A, B, C, D, E ですが、\n" -"多くの場合は、これほど多く使用することはありません (たとえば A, B だけ、な" -"ど) 。" +"多くの場合は、これほど多く使用することはありません (たとえば A, B だけ、など) 。" #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" "分類にデバイスを追加するには、デバイスを選択してマウスの右ボタンを\n" -"押し、表示されたコンテキストメニューから分類を選択してください。 Ctrl や " -"Shift キーを\n" -"押しながらデバイスを選択すると、複数のデバイスに対する分類を一括設定すること" -"もできます。\n" -"\"%1\" から \"%2\" までのボタンを使用することで、現在選択されているデバイスを" -"それぞれの分類に設定することもできます。" +"押し、表示されたコンテキストメニューから分類を選択してください。 Ctrl や Shift キーを\n" +"押しながらデバイスを選択すると、複数のデバイスに対する分類を一括設定することもできます。\n" +"\"%1\" から \"%2\" までのボタンを使用することで、現在選択されているデバイスをそれぞれの分類に設定することもできます。" #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 @@ -5422,13 +5234,10 @@ msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" -"インターリーブ を選択すると、分類 A の最初のデバイスに続いて分類 B " -"の\n" -"最初のデバイスが並び、分類が設定されている分だけ続きます。その後には分類 A " -"の\n" +"インターリーブ を選択すると、分類 A の最初のデバイスに続いて分類 B の\n" +"最初のデバイスが並び、分類が設定されている分だけ続きます。その後には分類 A の\n" "2 つめのデバイス、分類 B の 2 つめのデバイスが続きます。" #. dialog help text @@ -5446,30 +5255,20 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" -"\"%1\" を押すと、正規表現と分類名が 1 行ごとに書かれた (たとえば " -"\"sda.* A\")\n" -"ファイルを選択することができます。ここに書かれた正規表現に該当する全てのデバ" -"イスが、\n" -"指定した分類に割り当てられます。正規表現は、カーネル名 (たとえば /dev/sda1) " -"のほか、\n" -"udev のパス名 (たとえば /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) や\n" -"udev の ID (たとえば /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1) に対して" -"設定する\n" -"ことができます。デバイス名が複数の正規表現に該当する場合は、最初に該当した分" -"類に\n" +"\"%1\" を押すと、正規表現と分類名が 1 行ごとに書かれた (たとえば \"sda.* A\")\n" +"ファイルを選択することができます。ここに書かれた正規表現に該当する全てのデバイスが、\n" +"指定した分類に割り当てられます。正規表現は、カーネル名 (たとえば /dev/sda1) のほか、\n" +"udev のパス名 (たとえば /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) や\n" +"udev の ID (たとえば /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1) に対して設定する\n" +"ことができます。デバイス名が複数の正規表現に該当する場合は、最初に該当した分類に\n" "割り当てられます。" #. headline text @@ -5494,10 +5293,8 @@ "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -"サイズの指定が正しくありません。数字に続いて K, M, G, % などを指定してくださ" -"い。\n" -"値は 100k 以上、もしくは 1% ～ 200% の間で指定します。もう一度入力してくださ" -"い。" +"サイズの指定が正しくありません。数字に続いて K, M, G, % などを指定してください。\n" +"値は 100k 以上、もしくは 1% ～ 200% の間で指定します。もう一度入力してください。" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." @@ -5507,15 +5304,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "tmpfs サイズ:\n" -"サイズの指定では、数字に続いて K (キロバイト),M (メガバイト),G (ギガバイト) " -"の接尾語を付けること\n" -"ができます。また、パーセント記号を付けると、メモリに対する割合を指定すること" -"もできます。" +"サイズの指定では、数字に続いて K (キロバイト),M (メガバイト),G (ギガバイト) の接尾語を付けること\n" +"ができます。また、パーセント記号を付けると、メモリに対する割合を指定することもできます。" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 @@ -5545,14 +5339,11 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "読み込み専用でマウント:\n" -"ファイルシステムに書き込むことができなくなります。既定は 'false' (いいえ) で" -"す。インストールの際は、ファイルシステムは常に読み書き可能な状態でマウントさ" -"れます。" +"ファイルシステムに書き込むことができなくなります。既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。インストールの際は、ファイルシステムは常に読み書き可能な状態でマウントされます。" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 @@ -5566,8 +5357,7 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "アクセスタイムを使用しない: \n" -"ファイルを読み込むときアクセスタイムを更新しません。既定は 'false' (いいえ) " -"です。\n" +"ファイルを読み込むときアクセスタイムを更新しません。既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 @@ -5581,8 +5371,7 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "ユーザによるマウントを許可: \n" -"一般ユーザがそのファイルシステムをマウントできるようになります。既定は " -"'false' (いいえ) です。\n" +"一般ユーザがそのファイルシステムをマウントできるようになります。既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 @@ -5595,18 +5384,14 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "システム起動時にマウントしない:\n" "システム起動時に、そのファイルシステムをマウントしません。\n" "/etc/fstab 内の項目については従来通り作成されます。適切なオプション指定\n" -"をしてコマンド <tt>mount <マウントポイント></tt> を実行すると、マウント" -"を行なうことができます。\n" -"(<マウントポイント> には、ファイルシステムのマウント先ディレクトリを指" -"定します)\n" +"をしてコマンド <tt>mount <マウントポイント></tt> を実行すると、マウントを行なうことができます。\n" +"(<マウントポイント> には、ファイルシステムのマウント先ディレクトリを指定します)\n" "既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。\n" #. button text @@ -5622,8 +5407,7 @@ "Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "クォータサポートを有効にする:\n" -"指定したファイルシステムについて、ユーザクォータを有効にした状態でマウントす" -"ることを指定します。\n" +"指定したファイルシステムについて、ユーザクォータを有効にした状態でマウントすることを指定します。\n" "既定ではクォータは無効になっています。\n" #. label text @@ -5639,20 +5423,16 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "データジャーナリングモード:\n" "ファイルデータに対するジャーナル方法を指定します。\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- 全てのデータは、ファイルシステム本体に書き込む前に\n" "ジャーナルに書き込みます。パフォーマンスへの影響は最も大きくなります。 \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- 全てのデータは、メタデータをジャーナルに書き込む前に\n" -"ファイルシステム本体に書き込みます。中程度にパフォーマンスへの影響がありま" -"す。 \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- データの順序性を保持しません。パフォーマンスへの影響は" -"ありません。\n" +"ファイルシステム本体に書き込みます。中程度にパフォーマンスへの影響があります。 \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- データの順序性を保持しません。パフォーマンスへの影響はありません。\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 @@ -5688,24 +5468,18 @@ msgstr "その他のオプション値 (&V)" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"その他のオプション値に、正しくない文字が含まれています。スペースやタブを含め" -"ないでください。" +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "その他のオプション値に、正しくない文字が含まれています。スペースやタブを含めないでください。" #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "その他のオプション値:\n" -"この項目には /etc/fstab の 4 番目の項目に指定する任意のマウントオプションを記" -"入します。\n" +"この項目には /etc/fstab の 4 番目の項目に指定する任意のマウントオプションを記入します。\n" "複数のオプションはカンマで区切ります。\n" #. label text @@ -5720,8 +5494,7 @@ "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "ファイル名のキャラクタセット:\n" -"Windows パーティション内でファイル名の表示を行なう際に利用するキャラクタセッ" -"トを指定します。\n" +"Windows パーティション内でファイル名の表示を行なう際に利用するキャラクタセットを指定します。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 @@ -5732,12 +5505,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "FAT の短縮ファイル名に使用するコードページ: \n" -"このコードページは、 FAT ファイルシステム内の短縮ファイル名に対して、その文字" -"を変換する際に利用するコードページを指定します。\n" +"このコードページは、 FAT ファイルシステム内の短縮ファイル名に対して、その文字を変換する際に利用するコードページを指定します。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 @@ -5748,12 +5519,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "FAT の数:\n" -"ファイルシステム内のファイルアロケーションテーブルの数を指定します。既定は 2 " -"です。" +"ファイルシステム内のファイルアロケーションテーブルの数を指定します。既定は 2 です。" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 @@ -5764,14 +5533,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "FAT サイズ:\n" -"使用するファイルアロケーションテーブルの種類 (12, 16, 32 ビット) を指定しま" -"す。 '自動' を選択すると、そのファイルシステムに最も適した値を YaST が自動的" -"に選択します。\n" +"使用するファイルアロケーションテーブルの種類 (12, 16, 32 ビット) を指定します。 '自動' を選択すると、そのファイルシステムに最も適した値を YaST が自動的に選択します。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 @@ -5781,9 +5546,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"\"ルートディレクトリの項目数\" の最小サイズは 112 です。再度入力してくださ" -"い。" +msgstr "\"ルートディレクトリの項目数\" の最小サイズは 112 です。再度入力してください。" #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 @@ -5803,12 +5566,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "ハッシュ関数: \n" -"ディレクトリ内のファイル名を並べ替える際に利用する、ハッシュ関数の名前を指定" -"します。\n" +"ディレクトリ内のファイル名を並べ替える際に利用する、ハッシュ関数の名前を指定します。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 @@ -5819,16 +5580,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "ファイルシステムリビジョン:\n" -"このオプション設定では、使用する reiserfs のバージョンを指定することができま" -"す。 '3.5' はカーネル 2.2.x 用に互換性を持たせることができます。 '3.6' は最も" -"新しいバージョンですが、カーネル 2.4.x またはそれ以降のカーネルバージョンでの" -"み使用することができます。\n" +"このオプション設定では、使用する reiserfs のバージョンを指定することができます。 '3.5' はカーネル 2.2.x 用に互換性を持たせることができます。 '3.6' は最も新しいバージョンですが、カーネル 2.4.x またはそれ以降のカーネルバージョンでのみ使用することができます。\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5840,14 +5595,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "ブロックサイズ:\n" -"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 512, " -"1024, 2048, 4096 のいずれかです。 '自動' を選択すると、標準的なブロックサイ" -"ズ 4096 を設定します。\n" +"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 512, 1024, 2048, 4096 のいずれかです。 '自動' を選択すると、標準的なブロックサイズ 4096 を設定します。\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5874,12 +5625,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "inode 領域の割合:\n" -"このオプションは、ファイルシステム内で inode に割り当てる最大容量を、パーセン" -"ト単位で指定します。\n" +"このオプションは、ファイルシステム内で inode に割り当てる最大容量を、パーセント単位で指定します。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 @@ -5890,8 +5639,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5919,12 +5667,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "ログサイズ\n" -"ログサイズをメガバイト単位で設定します。自動に設定している場合、既定値は全体" -"のサイズの 40% です。\n" +"ログサイズをメガバイト単位で設定します。自動に設定している場合、既定値は全体のサイズの 40% です。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 @@ -5962,14 +5708,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "ブロックサイズ:\n" -"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 1024, " -"2048, 4096 のいずれかです。 '自動' を選択すると、ブロックサイズをファイルシス" -"テムサイズと想定される用途から決定します。 \n" +"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 1024, 2048, 4096 のいずれかです。 '自動' を選択すると、ブロックサイズをファイルシステムサイズと想定される用途から決定します。 \n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 @@ -5985,19 +5727,13 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "inode ごとのバイト数:\n" -"inode を作成する割合をバイト数で指定します。 YaST では、ここで指定した値のバ" -"イト数ごとに inode 1 つを作成します。従って、この値をより大きくすると inode " -"の数は少なくなります。\n" -"一般的には、この値はファイルシステムのブロックサイズより大きい値であるべきで" -"す。そうでないとあまりにも多い inode が作成されてしまうためです。なお、ファイ" -"ルシステム作成後は\n" -" inode の数を増やすことはできません。従って、このパラメータには適切な値を入力" -"してください。\n" +"inode を作成する割合をバイト数で指定します。 YaST では、ここで指定した値のバイト数ごとに inode 1 つを作成します。従って、この値をより大きくすると inode の数は少なくなります。\n" +"一般的には、この値はファイルシステムのブロックサイズより大きい値であるべきです。そうでないとあまりにも多い inode が作成されてしまうためです。なお、ファイルシステム作成後は\n" +" inode の数を増やすことはできません。従って、このパラメータには適切な値を入力してください。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 @@ -6016,15 +5752,8 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"root 用に予約するブロックの割合: スーパーユーザ用に予約するブロック" -"数をパーセント単位で指定します。既定では自動的にサイズが計算され、通常は 1 ギ" -"ガバイトが予約されます。既定での予約上限は 5.0 で、下限は 0.1 です。" +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "root 用に予約するブロックの割合: スーパーユーザ用に予約するブロック数をパーセント単位で指定します。既定では自動的にサイズが計算され、通常は 1 ギガバイトが予約されます。既定での予約上限は 5.0 で、下限は 0.1 です。" #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 @@ -6052,8 +5781,7 @@ "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "ディレクトリインデックス機能:\n" -"項目数の多いディレクトリ内で検索速度を上げるため、 B ツリーというハッシュ機能" -"を有効にします。\n" +"項目数の多いディレクトリ内で検索速度を上げるため、 B ツリーというハッシュ機能を有効にします。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 @@ -6064,13 +5792,11 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "ジャーナル無し:\n" -"ファイルシステム上のジャーナルの使用を省略します。有効化する際は、何が起こる" -"のかを\n" +"ファイルシステム上のジャーナルの使用を省略します。有効化する際は、何が起こるのかを\n" "事前にご確認のうえご利用ください。\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK @@ -6132,12 +5858,9 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"熟練者向けパーティション設定機能の中にある \"熟練者\" -> \"新しいパーティショ" -"ンテーブルの作成\n" -"を選択すると、パーティションテーブルを初期化し安全な状態にすることができま" -"す。\n" -"ただし、この作業によりそのディスクの全てのパーティションにあるデータは消えて" -"しまいます。\n" +"熟練者向けパーティション設定機能の中にある \"熟練者\" -> \"新しいパーティションテーブルの作成\n" +"を選択すると、パーティションテーブルを初期化し安全な状態にすることができます。\n" +"ただし、この作業によりそのディスクの全てのパーティションにあるデータは消えてしまいます。\n" #. popup text #: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 @@ -6233,8 +5956,7 @@ msgstr "" "下記のボリュームには暗号化の設定が為されていますが、\n" "パスワードが不明です。\n" -"対象のボリュームが更新時に必要なものであったり、暗号化された LVM 物理ボリュー" -"ムが\n" +"対象のボリュームが更新時に必要なものであったり、暗号化された LVM 物理ボリュームが\n" "組まれるものであったりした場合は、パスワードを指定する必要があります。" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 @@ -6248,8 +5970,7 @@ "devices in the locked devices list.\n" "Password will be tried for all devices." msgstr "" -"暗号化されたデバイスの一覧の各項目に対して適用する、暗号化パスワードを入力し" -"てください。\n" +"暗号化されたデバイスの一覧の各項目に対して適用する、暗号化パスワードを入力してください。\n" "パスワードは全てのデバイスで試されます。" #. header text @@ -6301,11 +6022,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "" -"ディスク上にある他のパーティションが使用中であるため、パーティションを削除す" -"ることができません。" +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "ディスク上にある他のパーティションが使用中であるため、パーティションを削除することができません。" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" @@ -6324,8 +6042,7 @@ "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"デバイス %1 にはインストール作業に必要なインストールデータが含まれているた" -"め、\n" +"デバイス %1 にはインストール作業に必要なインストールデータが含まれているため、\n" "設定を変更することができません。\n" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 @@ -6345,8 +6062,7 @@ "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"デバイス %1 にはインストール作業に必要なインストールデータが含まれているた" -"め、\n" +"デバイス %1 にはインストール作業に必要なインストールデータが含まれているため、\n" "削除することができません。\n" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 @@ -6357,8 +6073,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"デバイス %1 を削除することは、デバイス %2 を間接的に変更することになりま" -"す。\n" +"デバイス %1 を削除することは、デバイス %2 を間接的に変更することになります。\n" "ここにはインストール作業に必要なスワップが含まれています。\n" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 @@ -6368,8 +6083,7 @@ "device %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"デバイス %1 を削除することは、デバイス %2 を間接的に変更することになりま" -"す。\n" +"デバイス %1 を削除することは、デバイス %2 を間接的に変更することになります。\n" "ここにはインストールを実行するのに必要なデータが含まれています。\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) @@ -6509,8 +6223,7 @@ "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." msgstr "" "バス にはそのデバイスがシステムに対してどのように接続されているか\n" -"が表示されています。マルチパスディスクなど、この項目に何も書かれていない場合" -"もあります。" +"が表示されています。マルチパスディスクなど、この項目に何も書かれていない場合もあります。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 @@ -6617,8 +6330,7 @@ "Format shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" "means the device is selected to be formatted." msgstr "" -"フォーマット には以下のようなフラグが表示されます: <tt>F</tt> はパー" -"ティションを\n" +"フォーマット には以下のようなフラグが表示されます: <tt>F</tt> はパーティションを\n" "フォーマットするよう選択したことを示しています。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6658,31 +6370,24 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" -"マウント方法 には、ファイルシステムをどのようにマウントするかを表示し" -"ています: (Kernel) はカーネルが定義する名前で、\n" -"(Label) はラベルによって、 (UUID) は UUID によって、 (ID) はデバイス ID に" -"よって、 (Path) はデバイスパスによってマウントすることを示しています。\n" +"マウント方法 には、ファイルシステムをどのようにマウントするかを表示しています: (Kernel) はカーネルが定義する名前で、\n" +"(Label) はラベルによって、 (UUID) は UUID によって、 (ID) はデバイス ID によって、 (Path) はデバイスパスによってマウントすることを示しています。\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "クエスチョンマーク (?) は、\n" -"そのファイルシステムが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> 内に書かれていないことを示していま" -"す。\n" -"これは手動でマウントしているか、もしくは何らかの自動マウントシステムを使用し" -"ていることを意味しています。\n" -"このボリュームに対する設定を変更する際、 YaST は <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> の更新を" -"行ないません。\n" +"そのファイルシステムが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> 内に書かれていないことを示しています。\n" +"これは手動でマウントしているか、もしくは何らかの自動マウントシステムを使用していることを意味しています。\n" +"このボリュームに対する設定を変更する際、 YaST は <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> の更新を行ないません。\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 @@ -6697,13 +6402,11 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "マウントポイントの後ろに書かれているアスタリスク (*) の印は、\n" -"そのファイルシステムが現在マウントされていないことを示しています (たとえば " -"<tt>noauto</tt> オプションが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> に設定されている場合など) 。" +"そのファイルシステムが現在マウントされていないことを示しています (たとえば <tt>noauto</tt> オプションが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> に設定されている場合など) 。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 @@ -6767,8 +6470,7 @@ "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "ストライプ には、 LVM 論理ボリュームの\n" -"ストライプ番号と、それが 1 より大きい場合は括弧内にストライプサイズが表示され" -"ています。\n" +"ストライプ番号と、それが 1 より大きい場合は括弧内にストライプサイズが表示されています。\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 @@ -6784,8 +6486,7 @@ "IDs. This field can be empty.\n" msgstr "" "デバイス ID には、永続的なデバイス ID が\n" -"表示されています。この項目は場合によっては何も書かれていない場合がありま" -"す。\n" +"表示されています。この項目は場合によっては何も書かれていない場合があります。\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 @@ -6803,8 +6504,7 @@ "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"使用先 には、デバイスが RAID, LVM などで使用されているかどうかを表示し" -"ています。\n" +"使用先 には、デバイスが RAID, LVM などで使用されているかどうかを表示しています。\n" "いずれでも使用されていない場合は、何も書かれません。\n" "\n" @@ -7051,8 +6751,7 @@ "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." msgstr "" -"不明なアプリケーションにより、ストレージサブシステムがロック (施錠) されてい" -"ます。\n" +"不明なアプリケーションにより、ストレージサブシステムがロック (施錠) されています。\n" "続行するには該当のアプリケーションを終了する必要があります。" #. error popup @@ -7061,19 +6760,14 @@ "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." msgstr "" -"アプリケーション \"%1\" (%2) により、ストレージサブシステムがロック (施錠) さ" -"れています。\n" +"アプリケーション \"%1\" (%2) により、ストレージサブシステムがロック (施錠) されています。\n" "続行するには該当のアプリケーションを終了する必要があります。" #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"ファイルシステムの一貫性が損なわれているためサイズ変更できません。 Windows で" -"該当のファイルシステムを検査してください。" +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "ファイルシステムの一貫性が損なわれているためサイズ変更できません。 Windows で該当のファイルシステムを検査してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 @@ -7121,8 +6815,7 @@ "enable automatic snapshots with snapper. This will also increase the\n" "size for the root partition." msgstr "" -"ルートパーティションに設定するファイルシステムは、対応するコンボボックス" -"で\n" +"ルートパーティションに設定するファイルシステムは、対応するコンボボックスで\n" "選択することができます。 btrfs ファイルシステムを選択した場合、 snapper\n" "による自動スナップショットを設定することもできます。これを選択すると、\n" "ルートパーティションのサイズが増大することになります。" @@ -7134,8 +6827,7 @@ "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" "提案では、ホームディレクトリに対して個別のパーティションを設定することも\n" -"できます。また、ホームディレクトリに使用するファイルシステムはコンボボックス" -"で選択できます。" +"できます。また、ホームディレクトリに使用するファイルシステムはコンボボックスで選択できます。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 @@ -7143,8 +6835,7 @@ "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -"多くの場合、スワップパーティションはディスクへのサスペンドを実行するため" -"に\n" +"多くの場合、スワップパーティションはディスクへのサスペンドを実行するために\n" "十分な容量を確保しておくのがよいでしょう。" #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 @@ -7219,8 +6910,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "警告: 現在の設定では、お使いの %1 インストールには\n" #~ "\"boot\" パーティションが存在せず、 \"ルート\" パーティションが\n" -#~ "LVM 論理ボリューム内に存在するため、起動時に問題が発生する可能性がありま" -#~ "す。\n" +#~ "LVM 論理ボリューム内に存在するため、起動時に問題が発生する可能性があります。\n" #~ "現状のままでは動作しません。\n" #~ "\n" #~ "何らかの特別な事情がある場合を除き、 /boot 以下のファイルを置く\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/sudo.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/sudo.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/sudo.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sudo\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-06 19:42+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/support.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/support.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/support.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: support\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-30 16:15+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-02 20:02+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -349,20 +349,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use " -"Open SUSE Support Center.\n" -"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure " -"you write down\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>SUSE サポートセンターの表示</big> \n" -"SUSE サポートセンターポータルを Web ブラウザで開くには、 SUSE サポートセン" -"ターを開く を押します。\n" -"ここからグローバル技術サポートを開いて、サービスリクエストを表示することもで" -"きます。\n" -"なお、 supportconfig データをアップロードする際は、必ずサービスリクエスト番号" -"を書き留めておいてください。\n" +"SUSE サポートセンターポータルを Web ブラウザで開くには、 SUSE サポートセンターを開く を押します。\n" +"ここからグローバル技術サポートを開いて、サービスリクエストを表示することもできます。\n" +"なお、 supportconfig データをアップロードする際は、必ずサービスリクエスト番号を書き留めておいてください。\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:80 @@ -371,8 +366,7 @@ "To run the supportconfig data collection tool, use Collect Data" msgstr "" "<big>データの収集</big> \n" -"supportconfig データ収集ツールを使用するには、 データの収集 を選択しま" -"す。" +"supportconfig データ収集ツールを使用するには、 データの収集 を選択します。" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:84 @@ -382,24 +376,19 @@ "The server may or may not be Global Technical Support." msgstr "" "<big>収集したデータのアップロード</big> \n" -"サーバに収集済みのデータをアップロードするには、 データのアップロード " -"をお使いください。\n" -"サーバはグローバル技術サポートのものであっても、そうでなくてもかまいません。" -"" +"サーバに収集済みのデータをアップロードするには、 データのアップロード をお使いください。\n" +"サーバはグローバル技術サポートのものであっても、そうでなくてもかまいません。" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<big>Supportconfig Options</big> \n" -"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default " -"settings,\n" +"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" "gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." msgstr "" "<big>supportconfig のオプション</big> \n" -"既定値を上書きするオプションを選択します。既定値を利用してほとんどのデータ" -"を\n" -"収集するように設定することもできますし、最小限のデータ量のみを採取することも" -"できます。" +"既定値を上書きするオプションを選択します。既定値を利用してほとんどのデータを\n" +"収集するように設定することもできますし、最小限のデータ量のみを採取することもできます。" #. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:96 @@ -417,8 +406,7 @@ msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" -"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</" -"p>\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.\n" msgstr "" "<big>オプション</big> \n" "追加の情報を収集します。通常、これらのオプションは必要となる\n" @@ -428,8 +416,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Default Options</big> \n" -"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" "<big>既定のオプション</big> \n" "supportconfig の tar ボールに含めたいデータセットを選択してください。" @@ -438,10 +425,8 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Contact Information</big> \n" -"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to " -"include\n" -"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment." -"txt file." +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file." msgstr "" "<big>連絡先情報</big> \n" "supportconfig の tar ボールに含めたい連絡先情報を記入してください。\n" @@ -451,52 +436,39 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Upload Information</big> \n" -"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported " -"upload services include\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball " -"filename in your upload target,\n" -"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual " -"tarball filename.\n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" "See man supportconfig(1) for further details." msgstr "" "<big>情報のアップロード</big> \n" -"アップロード先とは、 supportconfig の tar ボールをアップロードする先の URI の" -"ことを意味します。\n" -"アップロード時に使用できるプロトコルは、 ftp, http, https, scp のいずれかで" -"す。アップロード先で\n" -"supportconfig の tar ボールのファイル名を含む必要がある場合は、 tarball</" -"i> キーワードをお使い\n" -"ください。このキーワードは、アップロード時に実際のファイル名に置き換えられま" -"す。\n" +"アップロード先とは、 supportconfig の tar ボールをアップロードする先の URI のことを意味します。\n" +"アップロード時に使用できるプロトコルは、 ftp, http, https, scp のいずれかです。アップロード先で\n" +"supportconfig の tar ボールのファイル名を含む必要がある場合は、 tarball キーワードをお使い\n" +"ください。このキーワードは、アップロード時に実際のファイル名に置き換えられます。\n" "詳しくは man supportconfig(1) をお読みください。" #. Contact dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Upload Target Examples</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball</" -"i> \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" msgstr "" "<big>アップロード先の指定例</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball</" -"i> \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" #. Contact dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global " -"Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open " -"service request.\n" +"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" -"注意: supportconfig の tar ボールをグローバル技術サポートにアップ" -"ロードする場合は、\n" -"開いているサービスリクエストから提供される 11 桁の番号を忘れずに含めるように" -"してください。\n" +"注意: supportconfig の tar ボールをグローバル技術サポートにアップロードする場合は、\n" +"開いているサービスリクエストから提供される 11 桁の番号を忘れずに含めるようにしてください。\n" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:137 @@ -511,29 +483,23 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<big>Collected Data Review</big> \n" -"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some " -"of the collected data,\n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" "use Remove from Data and the selected file will be removed.\n" msgstr "" "<big>収集済みデータの概要</big> \n" -"supportconfig で収集したデータが表示されています。収集済みのデータのうち、部" -"分的に共有したくないものが\n" -"ある場合は、 データから削除 を選択して削除すべきものを選択してくださ" -"い。\n" +"supportconfig で収集したデータが表示されています。収集済みのデータのうち、部分的に共有したくないものが\n" +"ある場合は、 データから削除 を選択して削除すべきものを選択してください。\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" " \n" msgstr "" -"<big>グローバル技術サポートに対する tar ボールのアップロード</big></" -"b> \n" -"supportconfig の tar ボールのコピーを保存しておきたい場合は、保存先のディレク" -"トリ\n" +"<big>グローバル技術サポートに対する tar ボールのアップロード</big> \n" +"supportconfig の tar ボールのコピーを保存しておきたい場合は、保存先のディレクトリ\n" "を選択して、オプションを選択してください。\n" " \n" @@ -542,8 +508,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<big>Upload URL</big> \n" -"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be " -"uploaded\n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" "as default value.\n" "Change this value only in special cases.\n" "\n" @@ -567,16 +532,13 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" "into the Package with log files field.\n" " \n" msgstr "" -"<big>グローバル技術サポートに対する supportconfig tar ボールのアップ" -"ロード</big> \n" -"supportconfig の tar ボールを作成済みの場合は、 ログファイルを含むパッケー" -"ジ の項目に\n" +"<big>グローバル技術サポートに対する supportconfig tar ボールのアップロード</big> \n" +"supportconfig の tar ボールを作成済みの場合は、 ログファイルを含むパッケージ の項目に\n" "フルパスを指定してください。\n" " \n" @@ -650,9 +612,7 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48 msgid "Disk, file system mounts and partition information. fs-diskio.txt" -msgstr "" -"ディスクやファイルシステムのマウント、およびパーティションに関する情報 (fs-" -"diskio.txt)" +msgstr "ディスクやファイルシステムのマウント、およびパーティションに関する情報 (fs-diskio.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51 msgid "Domain Name Service information. dns.txt" @@ -663,18 +623,12 @@ msgstr "Novell eDirectory ヘルスチェックの情報 (novell-edir.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 -msgid "" -"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env." -"txt" +msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt" msgstr "sysctl や root の環境変数など、システムの環境情報 (env.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files " -"in /etc. etc.txt" -msgstr "" -"/etc 以下にある様々な設定ファイルに加え、再帰的に *.conf を検索した結果 (etc." -"txt)" +msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt" +msgstr "/etc 以下にある様々な設定ファイルに加え、再帰的に *.conf を検索した結果 (etc.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 msgid "Enterprise Volume Management System-related information. evms.txt" @@ -693,12 +647,8 @@ msgstr "ルート DSE 検索を含む LDAP 関連の情報 (ldap.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX " -"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" -msgstr "" -"ルート DSE や UNIX Config, ワークステーションオブジェクト検索を含む Novell " -"Linux ユーザ管理関連の情報 (novell-lum.txt)" +msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" +msgstr "ルート DSE や UNIX Config, ワークステーションオブジェクト検索を含む Novell Linux ユーザ管理関連の情報 (novell-lum.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 msgid "Linux Volume Management-related information. lvm.txt" @@ -753,12 +703,8 @@ msgstr "OpenWBEM 関連の情報 (openwbem.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 -msgid "" -"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account " -"information. pam.txt" -msgstr "" -"ユーザアカウントの情報を含む、 Pluggable Authentication Module (PAM) 関連の情" -"報 (pam.txt)" +msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt" +msgstr "ユーザアカウントの情報を含む、 Pluggable Authentication Module (PAM) 関連の情報 (pam.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 msgid "Printing and CUPS-related information. print.txt" @@ -777,9 +723,7 @@ msgstr "更新クライアント関連の情報 (updates.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 -msgid "" -"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR " -"data files. sar.txt" +msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt" msgstr "SAR データファイルのコピーを含む、システム動作レポート関連の情報 (sar.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 @@ -792,18 +736,13 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 msgid "" -"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for " -"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" -"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to " -"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" "works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" msgstr "" -"ディスクに対する Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology (S.M.A." -"R.T.) 関連の情報。警告: ハードディスクのコントローラによっては\n" -"正しく動作しない場合があります。また、 SMART データの検出にあたっては、ファイ" -"ルシステムを読み込み専用モードに移行することになるため、サーバが\n" -"ハングアップする場合もあります。このオプションを有効化する場合は、事前に正し" -"く動作することを確認のうえ実施してください。 (fs-smartmon.txt)\n" +"ディスクに対する Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology (S.M.A.R.T.) 関連の情報。警告: ハードディスクのコントローラによっては\n" +"正しく動作しない場合があります。また、 SMART データの検出にあたっては、ファイルシステムを読み込み専用モードに移行することになるため、サーバが\n" +"ハングアップする場合もあります。このオプションを有効化する場合は、事前に正しく動作することを確認のうえ実施してください。 (fs-smartmon.txt)\n" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146 msgid "Samba and CIFS-related information. samba.txt" @@ -834,57 +773,32 @@ msgstr "XEN 仮想化関連の情報 (xen.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances " -"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" -msgstr "" -"supportconfig に対して、ファイルシステム内で eDirectory のインスタンスファイ" -"ルを検索するようにします。これを設定すると、 ADD_OPTION_FSLIST も設定されま" -"す。 -e" +msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" +msgstr "supportconfig に対して、ファイルシステム内で eDirectory のインスタンスファイルを検索するようにします。これを設定すると、 ADD_OPTION_FSLIST も設定されます。 -e" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" -msgstr "" -"ファイルシステムのルート以下に見つかった、完全なファイル一覧 -L (fs-files." -"txt)" +msgstr "ファイルシステムのルート以下に見つかった、完全なファイル一覧 -L (fs-files.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 -msgid "" -"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just " -"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if " -"available. -l" -msgstr "" -"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT で指定した行数ではなく、コメントを含むすべてのログファ" -"イルを含める。ローテート済みのファイルがある場合は、それらを含みます (-l)" +msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l" +msgstr "VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT で指定した行数ではなく、コメントを含むすべてのログファイルを含める。ローテート済みのファイルがある場合は、それらを含みます (-l)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 msgid "Minimizes the amount of disk information and detailed scanning. -d" msgstr "ディスクと詳細スキャンの情報量を最小化する (-d)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option " -"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." -msgstr "" -"通常は /var/log/YaST2/* にあるログが含められます。このオプションを指定する" -"と、各ファイルの取得量を最小化します。" +msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." +msgstr "通常は /var/log/YaST2/* にあるログが含められます。このオプションを指定すると、各ファイルの取得量を最小化します。" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to " -"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" -msgstr "" -"すべてのインストール済み RPM パッケージに対して、 rpm -V を実行する。完了する" -"までにはしばらく時間がかかります (-v. rpm-verify.txt)" +msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgstr "すべてのインストール済み RPM パッケージに対して、 rpm -V を実行する。完了するまでにはしばらく時間がかかります (-v. rpm-verify.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 -msgid "" -"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you " -"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" -msgstr "" -"通常は基本的な SLP サービスタイプのみが一覧表示されます。このオプションを指定" -"すると、検出したサービスタイプを個別に問い合わせるようになります (-s, slp." -"txt)" +msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" +msgstr "通常は基本的な SLP サービスタイプのみが一覧表示されます。このオプションを指定すると、検出したサービスタイプを個別に問い合わせるようになります (-s, slp.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 msgid "Company name to include in the basic-environment.txt" @@ -903,34 +817,20 @@ msgstr "basic-environment.txt に含める連絡先電話番号" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 -msgid "" -"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the " -"entire file." -msgstr "" -"ログファイルを取得する際、含める行数。 0 を指定するとファイル全体を取得しま" -"す。" +msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file." +msgstr "ログファイルを取得する際、含める行数。 0 を指定するとファイル全体を取得します。" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 -msgid "" -"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is " -"always used." +msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used." msgstr "supportconfig の tar ボールの場所。一覧内の最初の正しい場所のみを使用します。" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the " -"entire file." -msgstr "" -"取得する /var/log/messages の最大行数。 0 を指定するとファイル全体を取得しま" -"す。" +msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file." +msgstr "取得する /var/log/messages の最大行数。 0 を指定するとファイル全体を取得します。" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." -msgstr "" -"supportconfig の tar ボールに含める、 heartbeat ポリシーエンジンログファイル" -"の行数の最大値" +msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgstr "supportconfig の tar ボールに含める、 heartbeat ポリシーエンジンログファイルの行数の最大値" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." @@ -938,24 +838,15 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 msgid "" -"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if " -"you\n" -"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -" -"Q." +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." msgstr "" "1 に設定すると、 supportconfig は静寂モードで動作します。このオプションは、\n" -"cron ジョブなどで定期的に動作させたいような場合に有効です。 -Q とともに指定し" -"てください。" +"cron ジョブなどで定期的に動作させたいような場合に有効です。 -Q とともに指定してください。" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "" -"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using " -"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports " -"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." -msgstr "" -"-u srnum 起動オプションを使用した場合は、 supportconfig の tar ボールをアップ" -"ロードする場所の指定に利用します。匿名アップロードに対応した任意の FTP サーバ" -"を指定することができます。既定では SUSE の公式 ftp サーバになっています。" +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." +msgstr "-u srnum 起動オプションを使用した場合は、 supportconfig の tar ボールをアップロードする場所の指定に利用します。匿名アップロードに対応した任意の FTP サーバを指定することができます。既定では SUSE の公式 ftp サーバになっています。" #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147 @@ -1020,4 +911,3 @@ #: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "設定概要..." - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/sysconfig.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/sysconfig.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/sysconfig.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-06 16:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-09 07:39+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -313,25 +313,17 @@ #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " -"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " -"takes effect.\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.\n" msgstr "" -"変更を保存すると、このエディタは対応する sysconfig ファイルの変数を書き換" -"えます。\n" -"その後有効化コマンドを開始して大元の設定ファイルを変更し、デーモンを停止して" -"起動しなおし、ローレベル設定ツールを実行します。\n" +"変更を保存すると、このエディタは対応する sysconfig ファイルの変数を書き換えます。\n" +"その後有効化コマンドを開始して大元の設定ファイルを変更し、デーモンを停止して起動しなおし、ローレベル設定ツールを実行します。\n" "このような手順で、 sysconfig の設定が有効になります。\n" #. helptext for popup - part 2/2 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "" -"Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file " -"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." -msgstr "" -"重要: 各設定ファイルを手動で編集することもできます。ファイル名は変" -"数の説明に表示されます。" +msgid "Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." +msgstr "重要: 各設定ファイルを手動で編集することもできます。ファイル名は変数の説明に表示されます。" #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 msgid "/etc/sysconfig Editor" @@ -344,23 +336,13 @@ #. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 -msgid "" -"System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration " -"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " -"configure your hardware and system settings." -msgstr "" -"システム設定エディタシステム設定エディタを使用すると、いくつ" -"かのシステム設定を変更することができます。また、 YaST を使用してハードウエア" -"およびシステムを設定することもできます。" +msgid "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings." +msgstr "システム設定エディタシステム設定エディタを使用すると、いくつかのシステム設定を変更することができます。また、 YaST を使用してハードウエアおよびシステムを設定することもできます。" #. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 -msgid "" -"Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read " -"directly from configuration files." -msgstr "" -"注意: 説明は設定ファイルから直接読み込まれるため、翻訳されていませ" -"ん。" +msgid "Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files." +msgstr "注意: 説明は設定ファイルから直接読み込まれるため、翻訳されていません。" #. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 @@ -389,13 +371,8 @@ #. help text in popup dialog #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 -msgid "" -"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " -"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." -msgstr "" -"ここには検索結果が表示されています。必要な項目が表示されている場合は、項目を" -"選択して \"進む\" を押してください。そうでない場合は \"キャンセル\" を押して" -"ダイアログを閉じてください。" +msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgstr "ここには検索結果が表示されています。必要な項目が表示されている場合は、項目を選択して \"進む\" を押してください。そうでない場合は \"キャンセル\" を押してダイアログを閉じてください。" #. push button label #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 @@ -608,4 +585,3 @@ #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 msgid "Configuration Summary" msgstr "設定概要" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/tftp-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/tftp-server.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/tftp-server.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-21 20:19+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -188,4 +188,3 @@ #: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:308 msgid "Boot Image Directory:" msgstr "ブートイメージのディレクトリ:" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/timezone_db.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/timezone_db.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/timezone_db.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-27 09:09+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/tune.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/tune.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/tune.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -24,12 +24,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"ハードウエア検出 - このモジュールはコマンドラインインターフェイスには対応して" -"いません。代わりに '%1' をお使いください。" +msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "ハードウエア検出 - このモジュールはコマンドラインインターフェイスには対応していません。代わりに '%1' をお使いください。" #. translators: popup heading #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 @@ -61,17 +57,12 @@ "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" msgstr "" -"ハードウエア情報 モジュールには、コンピュータのハードウエアの詳細が" -"表示されます。\n" +"ハードウエア情報 モジュールには、コンピュータのハードウエアの詳細が表示されます。\n" "詳細については、ノードを選択してください。\n" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 -msgid "" -"You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File " -"and enter the filename." -msgstr "" -"ハードウエア情報はファイルに保存することができます。 ファイルに保存</" -"B> を押してファイル名を入力してください。" +msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." +msgstr "ハードウエア情報はファイルに保存することができます。 ファイルに保存 を押してファイル名を入力してください。" #. installation proposal header #: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 @@ -96,12 +87,8 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 -msgid "" -"DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are " -"displayed here." -msgstr "" -"詳細ここには選択したハードウエアコンポーネントの詳細を表示し" -"ます。" +msgid "DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are displayed here." +msgstr "詳細ここには選択したハードウエアコンポーネントの詳細を表示します。" #. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 @@ -152,21 +139,13 @@ #. help text - part 1/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components " -"detected in your system." -msgstr "" -"検出されたハードウエア この表にはシステムで検出されたすべての" -"ハードウエアコンポーネントが表示されます。" +msgid "Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components detected in your system." +msgstr "検出されたハードウエア この表にはシステムで検出されたすべてのハードウエアコンポーネントが表示されます。" #. help text - part 2/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Details Select a component and press Details to see a " -"more detailed description of the component." -msgstr "" -"詳細 コンポーネントを選択して 詳細 を押すと、各コンポーネ" -"ントの詳しい説明が表示されます。" +msgid "Details Select a component and press Details to see a more detailed description of the component." +msgstr "詳細 コンポーネントを選択して 詳細 を押すと、各コンポーネントの詳しい説明が表示されます。" #. help text - part 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 @@ -306,50 +285,28 @@ #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal " -"database of known supported devices." -msgstr "" -"PCI ID をデバイスドライバに追加し、サポートされている既知のデバイスの内部" -"情報を追加することができます。" +msgid "It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal database of known supported devices." +msgstr "PCI ID をデバイスドライバに追加し、サポートされている既知のデバイスの内部情報を追加することができます。" #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 -msgid "" -"PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS " -"Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it " -"is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." -msgstr "" -"PCI ID 番号は 16 進数で入力し、表示されます。 SysFS ディレクトリ " -"は /sys/bus/pci/drivers ディレクトリ内のディレクトリ名を入力します。何も指定" -"しない場合はドライバ名をディレクトリ名として使用します。" +msgid "PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." +msgstr "PCI ID 番号は 16 進数で入力し、表示されます。 SysFS ディレクトリ は /sys/bus/pci/drivers ディレクトリ内のディレクトリ名を入力します。何も指定しない場合はドライバ名をディレクトリ名として使用します。" #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 -msgid "" -"If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty " -"and enter the SysFS directory name instead." -msgstr "" -"ドライバをカーネル内に内蔵させた場合は、ドライバ名には何も入力せず SysFS " -"ディレクトリ名だけを入力してください。" +msgid "If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and enter the SysFS directory name instead." +msgstr "ドライバをカーネル内に内蔵させた場合は、ドライバ名には何も入力せず SysFS ディレクトリ名だけを入力してください。" #. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 -msgid "" -"Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press " -"%1 to activate the settings." -msgstr "" -"PCI ID の一覧を変更するには、表の下の各ボタンを使います。 %1 を押す" -"と設定が有効になります。" +msgid "Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press %1 to activate the settings." +msgstr "PCI ID の一覧を変更するには、表の下の各ボタンを使います。 %1 を押すと設定が有効になります。" #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 -msgid "" -"Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you " -"know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"警告: これは熟練者向けの設定です。設定内容に確信がある場合のみ続行" -"してください。" +msgid "Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "警告: これは熟練者向けの設定です。設定内容に確信がある場合のみ続行してください。" #. tree node string #: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26 @@ -1103,24 +1060,17 @@ msgid "" "<big>Global I/O Scheduler</big> \n" "Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n" -"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in " -"the\n" -"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually " -"'cfq')\n" -"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/" -"block\n" +"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n" +"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n" +"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" "directory (package kernel-source) for more information.\n" msgstr "" "<big>グローバル I/O スケジューラ</big> \n" -"ディスクデバイスに対して、コマンドを送る際の送信順序を決定するアルゴリズムを" -"選択することができます。\n" -"これはグローバルオプションですので、システム内の全てのディスクに対して設定さ" -"れます。\n" -"オプションを指定しない場合は既定値 (一般には 'cfq') のスケジューラが使われま" -"す。\n" +"ディスクデバイスに対して、コマンドを送る際の送信順序を決定するアルゴリズムを選択することができます。\n" +"これはグローバルオプションですので、システム内の全てのディスクに対して設定されます。\n" +"オプションを指定しない場合は既定値 (一般には 'cfq') のスケジューラが使われます。\n" "詳しい情報は /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block ディレクトリ\n" -"以下にあるドキュメント (パッケージ kernel-source が必要です) をお読みくださ" -"い。\n" +"以下にあるドキュメント (パッケージ kernel-source が必要です) をお読みください。\n" #. .sysconfig.sysctl #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:130 @@ -1131,25 +1081,18 @@ #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Enable SysRq Keys</big> \n" -"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if " -"it\n" -"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key " -"combination\n" +"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n" +"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n" "Alt-SysRq-<command_key> will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n" "computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</" -"p>\n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).\n" msgstr "" "<big>SysRq キーを有効にする</big> \n" -"SysRq キーを有効にすると、カーネルのデバッグ中などシステムがクラッシュした場" -"合であっても\n" -"いくつかの操作を行なうことができるようになります。有効にした場合、 Alt-SysRq-" -"<コマンドキー>\n" -" の組み合わせでコマンドを実行することができます (たとえばコンピュータの再起動" -"や\n" +"SysRq キーを有効にすると、カーネルのデバッグ中などシステムがクラッシュした場合であっても\n" +"いくつかの操作を行なうことができるようになります。有効にした場合、 Alt-SysRq-<コマンドキー>\n" +" の組み合わせでコマンドを実行することができます (たとえばコンピュータの再起動や\n" "カーネル情報のダンプなど) 。より詳しい情報は \n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (パッケージ kernel-source が" -"必要です) をお読みください。 \n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (パッケージ kernel-source が必要です) をお読みください。 \n" #. Short sleep between reads or writes #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:29 @@ -1277,4 +1220,3 @@ #: src/modules/NewID.rb:686 msgid "Driver: %1, New PCI ID: %2" msgstr "ドライバ: %1, 新しい PCI ID: %2" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/update.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/update.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/update.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-06 16:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-09 08:13+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -101,21 +101,18 @@ "Stores only those modified files that will be replaced during update.\n" msgstr "" "変更されたファイルのバックアップを作成: \n" -"更新の際に置き換えられるファイルのうち、何らかの変更を行なっていたファイルを" -"保存します。\n" +"更新の際に置き換えられるファイルのうち、何らかの変更を行なっていたファイルを保存します。\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 5/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:120 msgid "" "Create a Complete Backup of\n" -"/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of " -"the\n" +"/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of the\n" "sysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.\n" msgstr "" "/etc/sysconfig の完全なバックアップを作成:\n" "このバックアップは、 sysconfig の仕組み下にあるすべての設定ファイルを\n" -"対象としています。ファイルが書き換えられない場合でもバックアップされます。</" -"p>\n" +"対象としています。ファイルが書き換えられない場合でもバックアップされます。\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 6/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:130 @@ -126,8 +123,7 @@ "remove them.\n" msgstr "" "バックアップディレクトリから古いバックアップを削除:\n" -"バックアップディレクトリには、以前の更新の際に生成した古いバックアップファイ" -"ルが\n" +"バックアップディレクトリには、以前の更新の際に生成した古いバックアップファイルが\n" "残っている場合があります。このオプションを選択すると、\n" "古いバックアップファイルを削除します。\n" @@ -149,7 +145,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "更新オプション" @@ -177,16 +173,15 @@ #. Get installed release name #. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:102 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:122 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1965 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "不明" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "%1 に更新" @@ -221,23 +216,19 @@ "either case, we recommend to make a backup of your personal data.\n" msgstr "" "更新オプションには 2 種類のモードがあります。\n" -"どちらの場合であっても、個人用のデータはバックアップしておくことをお勧めしま" -"す。\n" +"どちらの場合であっても、個人用のデータはバックアップしておくことをお勧めします。\n" #. help text for dialog "update options" 2/4, %1 is a product name #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:151 msgid "" "With New Software: This default setting\n" "updates the existing software and installs all new features and benefits of\n" -"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former " -"predefined\n" +"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former predefined\n" "software selection.\n" msgstr "" "選択に基づき、新しいソフトウエアと機能をインストールして更新する:\n" -"この既定の設定では既存のソフトウエアを更新するだけでなく、 <tt>%1</tt> の新し" -"い\n" -"バージョンにある新しい機能をインストールします。新しい機能の選択は以前のバー" -"ジョンを\n" +"この既定の設定では既存のソフトウエアを更新するだけでなく、 <tt>%1</tt> の新しい\n" +"バージョンにある新しい機能をインストールします。新しい機能の選択は以前のバージョンを\n" "インストールした時に指定した選択に従います。\n" #. help text for dialog "update options" 3/4 @@ -245,29 +236,23 @@ msgid "" "Only Installed Packages: This selection\n" "only updates the packages already installed on your system. Note:\n" -"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, " -"is\n" +"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n" "not available after the update. You might miss new features.\n" msgstr "" "インストール済みパッケージのみ更新:\n" -"この選択では、お使いのシステムにインストールされているパッケージのみを更新し" -"ます。 注意:\n" -" 新しい YaST モジュールなど、以前に選択したソフトウエアには含まれていないソフ" -"トウエアは\n" -"インストールされません。従って、更新しても宣伝されている機能を使うことができ" -"ない可能性があります。\n" +"この選択では、お使いのシステムにインストールされているパッケージのみを更新します。 注意:\n" +" 新しい YaST モジュールなど、以前に選択したソフトウエアには含まれていないソフトウエアは\n" +"インストールされません。従って、更新しても宣伝されている機能を使うことができない可能性があります。\n" #. help text for dialog "update options" 4/4 #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175 msgid "" "After the update, some software might not\n" -"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete " -"those\n" +"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete those\n" "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" "更新すると、いくつかのソフトウエアは機能しなくなる\n" -"可能性があります。これらのパッケージを削除するには、 メンテナンスされてい" -"ないパッケージの削除\n" +"可能性があります。これらのパッケージを削除するには、 メンテナンスされていないパッケージの削除\n" " を選んでください。\n" #. warning / question @@ -298,7 +283,7 @@ #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report #: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:380 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "ターゲットシステムをマウントできませんでした" @@ -374,15 +359,13 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:406 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "現在の RPM データベースを読み込むことができません。" #. error message in proposal #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "" -"The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation " -"media." +msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "インストールされている製品は本インストールメディアと互換性がありません。" #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) @@ -398,13 +381,11 @@ #. %2 is the version being installed #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" -"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the " -"running system. \n" +"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" "or disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n" msgstr "" -"システムを起動したままで、システムを他のバージョンに更新 (%1 -> %2) する方法" -"には対応していません。 \n" +"システムを起動したままで、システムを他のバージョンに更新 (%1 -> %2) する方法には対応していません。 \n" "インストールメディアから起動して通常の更新を行なうか、\n" "もしくは異なる製品バージョンへの更新をおやめください。\n" @@ -414,17 +395,17 @@ msgstr "警告: '%1' から '%2' への更新について、製品が正しく一致していません。" #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:216 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "インストール済みパッケージのみ更新" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "パターンに基づいて更新する" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -434,22 +415,21 @@ "<big>更新オプション</big>\n" "ここでは、お使いのシステムをどのように更新するかを選択することができます。\n" "インストール済みのパッケージのみを更新するか、もしくは新たに提供された\n" -"パッケージをインストールするか (既定の選択) を選択できるほか、メンテナンスさ" -"れていない\n" +"パッケージをインストールするか (既定の選択) を選択できるほか、メンテナンスされていない\n" "パッケージを削除するかどうかも指定できます。\n" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:302 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "更新オプション (&U)" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:409 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "これらのファイルがありません:%1" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:539 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -462,27 +442,27 @@ "する可能性があります。" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:89 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "不明な Linux" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:92 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "不明または Linux 以外" #. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:114 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" #. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:182 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "起動するパーティションまたはシステム:" #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:185 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -493,12 +473,12 @@ "\n" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:192 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "更新するパーティションまたはシステム:" #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:195 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -509,12 +489,12 @@ "\n" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:203 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "更新の選択" #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:210 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "\n" "Show All Partitions expands the list to a\n" @@ -527,42 +507,42 @@ "\n" #. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:230 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "システム" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:232 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "パーティション" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "アーキテクチャ" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 msgid "File System" msgstr "ファイルシステム" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "ラベル" #. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:248 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "全てのパーティションを表示 (&S)" #. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:279 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 msgid "&Boot" msgstr "ブート (&B)" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:349 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." @@ -571,7 +551,7 @@ "ありません。" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:359 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 msgid "" "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" "is different from the one of this product.\n" @@ -580,23 +560,22 @@ "本製品のものと異なっています。\n" #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:389 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" -"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected " -"partition.\n" +"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" "選択したパーティションには、おそらく不完全なインストールが含まれています。\n" "このパーティションを利用してよろしいですか？" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:393 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "はい、利用します (&Y)" #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:431 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:456 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -608,7 +587,7 @@ "\n" "続行してもよろしいですか？" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:437 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:462 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "はい、継続します (&Y)" @@ -643,8 +622,7 @@ "パーティション %1 をマウント解除できません。\n" "\n" "パーティションは現在使用中です。パーティションがマウントされている場合は、\n" -"データが失われる可能性があります。パーティションを手動でアンマウントする" -"か、\n" +"データが失われる可能性があります。パーティションを手動でアンマウントするか、\n" "コンピュータを再起動してください。\n" #. label, %1 is partition @@ -704,18 +682,15 @@ #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" -"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not " -"fit.\n" +"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" "It is safer to either enlarge the partition\n" "or not use a /boot partition at all.\n" "\n" "Do you want to continue updating the current system?\n" msgstr "" "設定した /boot パーティションが小さすぎます (%1 MB) 。\n" -"%2 MB 以上のサイズを設定する必要があります。新しいカーネルがそのパーティショ" -"ン内に\n" -"入りきらない可能性がありますので、パーティションを拡大して容量を増やすか、 /" -"boot \n" +"%2 MB 以上のサイズを設定する必要があります。新しいカーネルがそのパーティション内に\n" +"入りきらない可能性がありますので、パーティションを拡大して容量を増やすか、 /boot \n" "パーティションを使わないように設定してください。\n" "\n" "このままで更新を続行しますか？\n" @@ -738,8 +713,7 @@ "\n" "このパーティションがシステムパーティションではないなど、更新に必要のない\n" "パーティションであれば '続行' を押してください。\n" -"マウントオプションを確認したり修正したりする場合は 'マウントオプションの指" -"定'\n" +"マウントオプションを確認したり修正したりする場合は 'マウントオプションの指定'\n" "を、更新を中止するには 'キャンセル' をそれぞれ押してください。\n" #. push button @@ -801,10 +775,8 @@ #. a popup message #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" -"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the " -"upgrade\n" -"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition " -"manually\n" +"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" +"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" "to continue the upgrade process." msgstr "" "お使いのシステムでは、 /var に対して個別のパーティションを利用しています。\n" @@ -842,18 +814,14 @@ #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" -"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This " -"is\n" +"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" -"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change " -"the\n" +"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change the\n" "mount-by method to any other method for all partitions." msgstr "" -"システム内の %1 にあるいくつかのパーティションは、カーネルのデバイス名によっ" -"てマウントされています。\n" +"システム内の %1 にあるいくつかのパーティションは、カーネルのデバイス名によってマウントされています。\n" "残念ながらカーネルのデバイス名には永続性がないため、更新作業を行なうには\n" -"信頼性が確保できません。古いシステムを起動し、全てのパーティションに対してマ" -"ウント方法を\n" +"信頼性が確保できません。古いシステムを起動し、全てのパーティションに対してマウント方法を\n" "他のものに変更することを強くお勧めします。" #. error message @@ -869,22 +837,20 @@ #. message part 2 #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" -msgstr "" -"このデバイスは現在 %1 としてマウントされていますが、 %2 と指定されていま" -"す。\n" +msgstr "このデバイスは現在 %1 としてマウントされていますが、 %2 と指定されています。\n" #. prepare progress-bar -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2102 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "ルートパーティションを検証しています。しばらくお待ちください..." #. intermediate popup while mounting partitions -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2168 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2184 msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..." msgstr "パーティションをマウントしています。しばらくお待ちください..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2183 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2199 msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "利用可能なシステムを検索しています" @@ -906,13 +872,13 @@ #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:308 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "不明な製品" #. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case #. and we don't continue further -#: src/modules/Update.rb:790 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 msgid "" "Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" "%{patterns}" @@ -920,7 +886,7 @@ "これらのパターンは、インストールに必要なものとして選択することができません:\n" "%{patterns}" -#: src/modules/Update.rb:795 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 msgid "" "Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" "%{packages}" @@ -950,4 +916,3 @@ #: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "更新設定" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/users.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/users.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/users.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-29 20:55+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ msgstr "システム管理者 \"root\" のパスワード" #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "ここで入力したパスワードを忘れないようにしてください。" @@ -4523,22 +4523,22 @@ "まずグループからユーザを削除してください。" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>ユーザ</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>グループ</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>ログイン設定</h3>" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "ユーザ %1 で自動ログインするよう設定済み" @@ -4559,7 +4559,6 @@ #. plugin name #: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122 -#| msgid "Quota Configuration" msgid "Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "Kerberos の設定" @@ -4704,7 +4703,7 @@ "%2" #. the ']' is or-ed... -#. error popup +#. error popup #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -4914,4 +4913,3 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2451 msgid "There are multiple users satisfying the input conditions." msgstr "入力条件を満たすユーザ候補が複数存在します。" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/vm.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/vm.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/vm.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vm\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-30 16:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-02 20:02+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -34,16 +34,12 @@ msgstr "ハイパーバイザとツールのインストール" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:149 -msgid "" -"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your " -"architecture is " -msgstr "" -"x86_64 は仮想マシンをホスティングすることのできる唯一のアーキテクチャです。お" -"使いのアーキテクチャは " +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 +msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " +msgstr "x86_64 は仮想マシンをホスティングすることのできる唯一のアーキテクチャです。お使いのアーキテクチャは " #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:168 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -52,178 +48,154 @@ "ホストシステムでインストールを開始してください。\n" #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:185 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "インストールされているパッケージの確認" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:187 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "ネットワークブリッジの設定" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:202 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "VMサーバ (ドメイン 0) を設定しています" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:205 -msgid "" -"<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM " -"Server (domain 0) has two parts." -msgstr "" -"<big>VM サーバの設定</big>VM サーバ (ドメイン 0) の設定には " -"2 つのパートがあります。" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 +msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." +msgstr "<big>VM サーバの設定</big>VM サーバ (ドメイン 0) の設定には 2 つのパートがあります。" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:209 -msgid "" -"The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot " -"loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is " -"added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." -msgstr "" -"最初にシステムに対して必要なパッケージをインストールします。その後 GRUB " -"が使用されていない場合はブートローダを GRUB に切り替え、 Xen セクションがない" -"場合はブートローダメニューに追加します。" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 +msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." +msgstr "最初にシステムに対して必要なパッケージをインストールします。その後 GRUB が使用されていない場合はブートローダを GRUB に切り替え、 Xen セクションがない場合はブートローダメニューに追加します。" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 -msgid "" -"GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to " -"boot Xen and the Linux kernel." -msgstr "" -" GRUB は Xen および Linux カーネルを起動するのに必要なマルチブート標準をサ" -"ポートしているため、必要となります。" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." +msgstr " GRUB は Xen および Linux カーネルを起動するのに必要なマルチブート標準をサポートしているため、必要となります。" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 -msgid "" -"When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM " -"Server from the boot loader menu." -msgstr "" -"設定が問題なく完了したら、ブートローダメニューから VM サーバを起動できま" -"す。" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 +msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." +msgstr "設定が問題なく完了したら、ブートローダメニューから VM サーバを起動できます。" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:222 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "インストールを中断します。" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "インストールするハイパーバイザを選択してください" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:228 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" msgstr "サーバ: ハイパーバイザを動作させるための最小限のシステム" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:229 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" msgstr "ツール: 仮想マシンを設定／管理／監視するためのツール" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:242 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "KVM ハイパーバイザ" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:244 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 msgid "KVM server" msgstr "KVM サーバ" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:245 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 msgid "KVM tools" msgstr "KVM ツール" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "libvirt LXC コンテナ" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" msgstr "libvirt LXC デーモン" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:277 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "仮想化サーバに接続するためのソフトウエア" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:279 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 msgid "Virtualization client tools" msgstr "仮想化クライアントツール" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:295 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "Xen ハイパーバイザ" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:297 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 msgid "Xen server" msgstr "Xen サーバ" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:298 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 msgid "Xen tools" msgstr "Xen ツール" #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:373 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "パッケージのインストールに失敗しました\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:381 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "lxc に対するパッケージのインストールが失敗しました\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:388 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "sled クライアントパターンに対するパッケージのインストールが失敗しました\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "sles パターンに対するパッケージのインストールが失敗しました\n" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:412 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" -msgstr "" -"テキストモードで起動しています。グラフィカルコンポーネントをインストールして" -"もよろしいですか？" +msgstr "テキストモードで起動しています。グラフィカルコンポーネントをインストールしてもよろしいですか？" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:425 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "パッケージを確認しています..." #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:428 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "パッケージをインストールしています..." #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:433 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:440 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "必要なパッケージをインストールできません。" #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:450 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "grub2 の設定ファイルを更新しています..." #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "既定のネットワークブリッジを設定しています..." #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "ネットワークブリッジ" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:483 -msgid "" -"For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network " -"bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" -msgstr "" -"仮想マシンをホスティングする通常のネットワーク設定では、ネットワークブリッ" -"ジをお勧めします。既定のネットワークブリッジを設定しますか？" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 +msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" +msgstr "仮想マシンをホスティングする通常のネットワーク設定では、ネットワークブリッジをお勧めします。既定のネットワークブリッジを設定しますか？" #. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV #. Progress::NextStage(); @@ -234,37 +206,26 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." -msgstr "" -"KVM コンポーネントをインストールしました。お使いのホストに KVM ゲストをインス" -"トールする準備が整いました。" +msgstr "KVM コンポーネントをインストールしました。お使いのホストに KVM ゲストをインストールする準備が整いました。" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543 -msgid "" -"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native " -"kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." -msgstr "" -"KVM コンポーネントをインストールしました。 KVM ゲストをインストールするにはマ" -"シンを再起動し、ブートローダメニューでネイティブカーネルを選択してください。" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 +msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." +msgstr "KVM コンポーネントをインストールしました。 KVM ゲストをインストールするにはマシンを再起動し、ブートローダメニューでネイティブカーネルを選択してください。" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546 -msgid "" -"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in " -"the boot loader menu." -msgstr "" -"Xen ゲストをインストールするには、マシンを再起動してブートローダの Xen セク" -"ションを選択する必要があります。" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 +msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." +msgstr "Xen ゲストをインストールするには、マシンを再起動してブートローダの Xen セクションを選択する必要があります。" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "Xen ハイパーバイザとツールをインストールしました。" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "仮想化クライアントツールをインストールしました。" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "libvirt LXC コンポーネントをインストールしました。" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/wagon.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/wagon.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/wagon.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: wagon\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-07 07:59+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/wol.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/wol.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/wol.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: wol\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-29 08:40+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -116,4 +116,3 @@ "以前に設定したクライアントが見つかりません。\n" "しかしながら、このシステムには DHCP が設定されています。ホスト設定データ\n" "(MAC アドレスとホスト名) を /etc/dhcpd.conf から取得しますか？\n" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/xpram.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/xpram.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/xpram.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xpram\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-29 08:43+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -144,4 +144,3 @@ #: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." msgstr "xpram の開始時にエラーが発生しました。手作業で \"rcxpram start\" を実行してください。" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/yast2-apparmor.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/yast2-apparmor.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/yast2-apparmor.ja.po 2014-10-07 15:46:38 UTC (rev 89780) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-03 14:10+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-04 07:43+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -59,17 +59,12 @@ "After this operation the AppArmor module will reload the profile set." msgstr "" " ?\n" -"この操作を行なうと、 AppArmor モジュールはプロファイルセットを読み込みなおし" -"ます。" +"この操作を行なうと、 AppArmor モジュールはプロファイルセットを読み込みなおします。" #. Read the profiles from the SCR agent #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"プロファイルを削除するには、一覧からプロファイルを選択して \"次へ\" を押して" -"ください。" +msgid "Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the profile." +msgstr "プロファイルを削除するには、一覧からプロファイルを選択して \"次へ\" を押してください。" #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:93 msgid "Delete Profile - Choose profile to delete" @@ -150,12 +145,8 @@ #. #. *************************************************************************** #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:52 -msgid "" -"This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and " -"AppArmor profile settings." -msgstr "" -"この操作により次のエラーが発生しました。インストール内容および AppArmor のプ" -"ロファイル設定を確認してください。" +msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and AppArmor profile settings." +msgstr "この操作により次のエラーが発生しました。インストール内容および AppArmor のプロファイル設定を確認してください。" #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:91 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:103 #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:115 @@ -267,12 +258,10 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441 msgid "" -"AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy " -"enforcement \n" +"AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n" "module is loaded and functioning." msgstr "" -"AppArmor状況 このオプションは、AppArmorポリシー強制モジュール" -"が \n" +"AppArmor状況 このオプションは、AppArmorポリシー強制モジュールが \n" "ロードされ機能しているかどうかを、報告します。" #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:444 @@ -359,26 +348,16 @@ msgstr "AppArmor プロファイルにエラーが見つかりました" #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57 -msgid "" -"These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the " -"profile management tools can be used. " -msgstr "" -"AppArmor を開始する前またはプロファイル管理ツールを使用する前に、これらの" -"問題を修正する必要があります。" +msgid "These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the profile management tools can be used. " +msgstr "AppArmor を開始する前またはプロファイル管理ツールを使用する前に、これらの問題を修正する必要があります。" #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:64 msgid "Find a description of the AppArmor profile syntax by running " -msgstr "" -"AppArmor プロファイル構文の説明を参照するには、以下のコマンドを実行してく" -"ださい " +msgstr "AppArmor プロファイル構文の説明を参照するには、以下のコマンドを実行してください " #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the " -"Administration guide located in the directory: " -msgstr "" -"AppArmor の広範囲な情報は管理者ガイド内に書かれています。管理者ガイドは以" -"下のディレクトリをご覧ください: " +msgid "Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the Administration guide located in the directory: " +msgstr "AppArmor の広範囲な情報は管理者ガイド内に書かれています。管理者ガイドは以下のディレクトリをご覧ください: " #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -804,69 +783,45 @@ "and group ownership.</li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>[_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] オプションが設定されているシステムでは、\n" -"ファイル所有権とグループ所有権の変更制限よりも、こちらが優先されて働きます。" -"</li></ul>" +"ファイル所有権とグループ所有権の変更制限よりも、こちらが優先されて働きます。</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43 msgid "" "<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n" -"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE." -"</li></ul>" +"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> [_POSIX_ACL] が設定されている場合、 ACL 実行アクセスを含む\n" -"全ての DAC アクセスよりも優先されます。ただし CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE に含まれて" -"いる場合を除きます。</li></ul>" +"全ての DAC アクセスよりも優先されます。ただし CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE に含まれている場合を除きます。</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \n" -"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is " -"defined. \n" +"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. \n" "Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li> [_POSIX_ACL] が設定されている場合、これは ACL 制限やファイル／ディレ" -"クトリの読み取りや検索など、全ての DAC 制限よりも優先されます。ただし " -"CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE に含まれている場合を除きます。</li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> [_POSIX_ACL] が設定されている場合、これは ACL 制限やファイル／ディレクトリの読み取りや検索など、全ての DAC 制限よりも優先されます。ただし CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE に含まれている場合を除きます。</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57 msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where " -"file\n" +"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\n" "owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is\n" "applicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> CAP_FSETID が適用されている場合を除き、ファイルの所有者 ID と\n" -"ユーザ ID が等しくなければならない、というファイルに対する操作許可の全てを上" -"書きします。\n" +"ユーザ ID が等しくなければならない、というファイルに対する操作許可の全てを上書きします。\n" " MAC や DAC の制限には優先しません。</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65 -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file " -"owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the " -"effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the " -"file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and " -"S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not " -"implemented). </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li> 以下の制限を上書きします; S_ISUID や S_ISGID がそのファイルに設定さ" -"れている場合、ユーザ ID とファイルの所有者 ID が一致していなければならないと" -"いう制限; S_ISGID が設定されている場合、実効グループ ID (または補助グループ " -"ID のうちの 1 つ) がファイルの所有者 ID と一致していなければならないという制" -"限; chown(2) が成功した場合に S_ISUID と S_ISGID のフラグを消去するという制" -"限 (まだ実装されていません) </li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> 以下の制限を上書きします; S_ISUID や S_ISGID がそのファイルに設定されている場合、ユーザ ID とファイルの所有者 ID が一致していなければならないという制限; S_ISGID が設定されている場合、実効グループ ID (または補助グループ ID のうちの 1 つ) がファイルの所有者 ID と一致していなければならないという制限; chown(2) が成功した場合に S_ISUID と S_ISGID のフラグを消去するという制限 (まだ実装されていません) </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \n" -"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of " -"the process \n" +"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the process \n" "receiving the signal.</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>シグナルを送信しているプロセスの実ユーザ ID または実効ユーザ ID と、" -"シグナルを\n" -"受信しているプロセスの実ユーザ ID または実効ユーザ ID が一致しなければならな" -"い、という制限より優先して動作するようにします。 </li></ul>" +"<ul><li>シグナルを送信しているプロセスの実ユーザ ID または実効ユーザ ID と、シグナルを\n" +"受信しているプロセスの実ユーザ ID または実効ユーザ ID が一致しなければならない、という制限より優先して動作するようにします。 </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:79 msgid "" @@ -893,9 +848,7 @@ "取り除いたりすることができます</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97 -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</" -"li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li> S_IMMUTABLE および S_APPEND ファイル属性の変更を許可 </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103 @@ -913,28 +866,24 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:115 msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows interface configuration</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting debug option on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows modification of routing tables</li>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> インターフェイスの設定許可 </li> \n" -"<li> IP ファイアウオール、アドレス変換、アカウント設定の管理を許可する</" -"li> \n" +"<li> IP ファイアウオール、アドレス変換、アカウント設定の管理を許可する</li> \n" "<li> ソケットに対してデバッグオプションの設定を許可する</li> \n" "<li> ルーティングテーブルの修正を許可する</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121 msgid "" -"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li> \n" "<li> Allows clearing driver statistics</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> ソケットに対する任意のプロセス／プロセスグループ所有権の設定を許可する " -"</li> \n" +"<li> ソケットに対する任意のプロセス／プロセスグループ所有権の設定を許可する </li> \n" "<li> 透過プロキシのための任意アドレスへのバインドを許可する</li> \n" "<li> TOS (Type Of Service) の設定を許可する</li> \n" "<li> promiscuous モードの設定を許可する</li> \n" @@ -962,13 +911,11 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:143 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock " -"and\n" +"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock and\n" "mlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>共有メモリセグメントのロック (施錠) を許可する</li> \n" -"<li>mlock および mlockall を許可する (IPC では何も行なう必要はありません)</" -"li></ul>" +"<li>mlock および mlockall を許可する (IPC では何も行なう必要はありません)</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:149 msgid "<ul><li> Override IPC ownership checks </li></ul>" @@ -976,12 +923,10 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</" -"li> \n" +"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \n" "<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> カーネルモジュールの追加と削除を行なう - 無制限にカーネルを変更</" -"li> \n" +"<ul><li> カーネルモジュールの追加と削除を行なう - 無制限にカーネルを変更</li> \n" "<li>cap_bset を変更する</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:159 @@ -990,8 +935,7 @@ "<li> Allows sending USB messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> ioperm/iopl アクセスを許可する</li> \n" -"<li> /proc/bus/usb 経由で任意のデバイスに USB メッセージの送信を許可する</" -"li></ul>" +"<li> /proc/bus/usb 経由で任意のデバイスに USB メッセージの送信を許可する</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:165 msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of chroot() </li></ul>" @@ -1043,23 +987,19 @@ "<li> Allow VM86_REQUEST_IRQ</li> \n" "<li> Alpha 環境における PCI 設定の読み書きを許可する </li> \n" "<li> MIPS 環境における irix_prctl を許可する (setstacksize) </li> \n" -"<li> m68k 環境における全てのキャッシュ吐き出しを許可する (sys_cacheflush) </" -"li>" +"<li> m68k 環境における全てのキャッシュ吐き出しを許可する (sys_cacheflush) </li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:199 msgid "" "<li> Allows removing semaphores</li> \n" -"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores " -"and shared memory</li> \n" +"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n" "<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li> \n" "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>" msgstr "" "<li> セマフォの削除を許可する </li> \n" -"<li> IPC メッセージキュー、セマフォ、共有メモリに対して CAP_CHOWN の代わりに " -"\"chown\" を使用する </li> \n" -"<li> 共有メモリセグメントのロック (施錠) ／アンロック (解錠) を許可する</" -"li> \n" +"<li> IPC メッセージキュー、セマフォ、共有メモリに対して CAP_CHOWN の代わりに \"chown\" を使用する </li> \n" +"<li> 共有メモリセグメントのロック (施錠) ／アンロック (解錠) を許可する</li> \n" "<li> スワップの有効／無効設定を許可する </li> \n" "<li> ソケットの資格情報を受け渡すのに PID の偽装を許可する </li>" @@ -1068,15 +1008,12 @@ "<li> Allows setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra " -"ioctls)</li>" +"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> ブロックデバイスに対する先読み設定とバッファの吐き出しを許可する </" -"li> \n" +"<li> ブロックデバイスに対する先読み設定とバッファの吐き出しを許可する </li> \n" "<li> フロッピィドライバ内でジオメトリの設定を許可する </li> \n" "<li> xd ドライバ内で DMA の有効／無効設定を許可する </li> \n" -"<li> md デバイスの管理を許可する (上記とほぼ同じですが、いくつかの拡張 ioctl " -"を含みます)</li>" +"<li> md デバイスの管理を許可する (上記とほぼ同じですが、いくつかの拡張 ioctl を含みます)</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:212 msgid "" @@ -1092,8 +1029,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:218 msgid "" -"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n" "<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li> \n" "<li> Allows sending raw qic-117 commands</li>" @@ -1109,8 +1045,7 @@ " and sending arbitrary SCSI commands</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting encryption key on loopback filesystem </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<li> SCSI コントローラにおけるタグキューイングの有効化／無効化設定を許可" -"し、\n" +"<li> SCSI コントローラにおけるタグキューイングの有効化／無効化設定を許可し、\n" " 任意の SCSI コマンドの送信を許可する </li> \n" "<li> ループバックファイルシステムにおける暗号鍵の設定を許可する </li></ul>" @@ -1120,17 +1055,13 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different " -"UID) processes</li> \n" -"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own " -"processes and setting \n" +"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n" +"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \n" "the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> 優先度の上昇と UID の異なるプロセスに対する優先度設定を許可する </" -"li> \n" -"<li> 自身のプロセスに対する FIFO 方式またはラウンドロビン方式 (リアルタイム)" -"によるスケジュール設定、\n" +"<ul><li> 優先度の上昇と UID の異なるプロセスに対する優先度設定を許可する </li> \n" +"<li> 自身のプロセスに対する FIFO 方式またはラウンドロビン方式 (リアルタイム)によるスケジュール設定、\n" "および他のプロセスで使用するスケジュールアルゴリズムの設定を許可する </li> \n" "<li> 他のプロセスに対する CPU 関連づけの設定を許可する </li></ul>" @@ -1139,26 +1070,22 @@ "<ul><li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override quota limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li> \n" -"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling " -"resources)</li>" +"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling resources)</li>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> リソース制限を上書きする。リソース制限を設定する。</li> \n" "<li> 容量制限を上書きする。</li> \n" "<li> ext2 ファイルシステムの予約領域を上書きする</li> \n" -"<li> ext3 ファイルシステムのデータジャーナリングモードを変更する (ジャーナリ" -"ングリソースを使用する)</li>" +"<li> ext3 ファイルシステムのデータジャーナリングモードを変更する (ジャーナリングリソースを使用する)</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251 msgid "" -"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you " -"can override using fsuid too</li> \n" +"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n" "<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n" "<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of keymaps </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<li> 注意: ext2 は資源の上書き確認に際して fsuid を尊重します。そのため、 " -"fsuid の使用についても上書きすることができます </li> \n" +"<li> 注意: ext2 は資源の上書き確認に際して fsuid を尊重します。そのため、 fsuid の使用についても上書きすることができます </li> \n" "<li> IPC メッセージキューでのサイズ制限を上書きする </li> \n" "<li> リアルタイムクロックからの 64hz 以上の割り込みを許可する </li> \n" "<li> コンソール割り当ての際の割り当て最大数を上書きする </li> \n" @@ -1217,10 +1144,8 @@ "Profile Mode Configuration This tool allows \n" "you to set AppArmor profiles to either complain or enforce mode." msgstr "" -"プロファイルモード設定 このツールでは AppArmor プロファイルに対" -"して \n" -"不平 (コンプレイン) モードと強制モードのいずれかを設定することができます。</" -"p>" +"プロファイルモード設定 このツールでは AppArmor プロファイルに対して \n" +"不平 (コンプレイン) モードと強制モードのいずれかを設定することができます。" #: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:37 msgid "" @@ -1229,8 +1154,7 @@ "(into /var/log/audit/audit.log file), but still permitted, so \n" "that application's behavior is not restricted." msgstr "" -"不平モード とは、アプリケーションの動作を記録する、プロファイルのト" -"レーニング \n" +"不平モード とは、アプリケーションの動作を記録する、プロファイルのトレーニング \n" "状態です。AppArmor プロファイルルールに対する全ての違反が記録されますが、 \n" "(/var/log/audit/audit.log ファイル内)、禁止されることはなく、 \n" "アプリケーションの動作は制限されていません。" @@ -1333,10 +1257,8 @@ "event must be to send an alert." msgstr "" "セキュリティイベント通知画面では、セキュリティイベントが発生した際の\n" -"電子メールによる通知を設定することができます。下記の手順でどれくらいの間隔で" -"警告を\n" -"送信するかのほか、誰が受信するか、警告を送信する重要度などの指定を行なうこと" -"が\n" +"電子メールによる通知を設定することができます。下記の手順でどれくらいの間隔で警告を\n" +"送信するかのほか、誰が受信するか、警告を送信する重要度などの指定を行なうことが\n" "できます。" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:38 @@ -1358,8 +1280,7 @@ "individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n" " For example: <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n" "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" -"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 " -"2004.</tt>\n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" "" msgstr "" "概要の通知: 概要の通知を選択すると、\n" @@ -1367,8 +1288,7 @@ "最後に発生した時刻とともに一覧表示します。 \n" " 例: <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n" "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" -"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 " -"2004.</tt>\n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:53 @@ -1381,8 +1301,7 @@ "and the type of file permission access that is permitted or rejected." msgstr "" "詳細な通知: 詳細な通知では、記録されている AppArmor \n" -"セキュリティイベントログがそのまま表示されます。イベントが発生する度に通知さ" -"れ、 \n" +"セキュリティイベントログがそのまま表示されます。イベントが発生する度に通知され、 \n" "詳細ログに新しい行として書き込まれます。これらの \n" "セキュリティイベントには、イベントが発生した日付と時刻、 \n" "アプリケーションプロファイルによるアクセス拒否／アクセス許可日時、 \n" @@ -1466,8 +1385,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<li>Select Include unknown security events if \n" -"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</" -"li>" +"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li>" msgstr "" "<li>重大度が割り当てないイベントも通知するには、 \n" "不明なセキュリティイベントを含む を選択します。</li>" @@ -1479,13 +1397,11 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:106 msgid "" -"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control " -"module. \n" +"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. \n" "You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles \n" "by using the suggestions made by AppArmor." msgstr "" -"このウイザードは AppArmor アクセス制御モジュールが生成した項目を提示しま" -"す。 \n" +"このウイザードは AppArmor アクセス制御モジュールが生成した項目を提示します。 \n" "AppArmor による提案を使用することで、最適化された堅牢な \n" "セキュリティプロファイルを生成できます。" @@ -1522,12 +1438,8 @@ msgstr "アクセスモード " #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six " -"modes:" -msgstr "" -"ファイルパーミッションのアクセスモードは、以下の 6 つのモードの組み合わせで構" -"成されます:" +msgid "File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six modes:" +msgstr "ファイルパーミッションのアクセスモードは、以下の 6 つのモードの組み合わせで構成されます:" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:129 msgid "<li>r - read</li>" @@ -1704,9 +1616,7 @@ msgstr "<li>* '/'を除き、任意の長さの文字に取って代わることができる<li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199 -msgid "" -"<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</" -"li>" +msgid "<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>" msgstr "<li>** '/'を含め、任意の長さの文字に取って代わることができる</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:202 @@ -1722,9 +1632,7 @@ msgstr "<li>[a-c] a, b, c のうち、いずれか 1 文字の代わりになる</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:211 -msgid "" -"<li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match " -"cd</li>" +msgid "<li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>" msgstr "<li>{ab,cd}ab に一致するルールと cd に一致するルールに展開される</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:214 @@ -1895,27 +1803,17 @@ msgstr "" "追加するハットの名前が指定されていません。\n" "ハットを作成するには\n" -"ハット名を入力してください。このウイザードをキャンセルする場合は、 '中止' を" -"押してください。" +"ハット名を入力してください。このウイザードをキャンセルする場合は、 '中止' を押してください。" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:889 -msgid "" -"The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name " -"or press Abort to cancel this wizard." -msgstr "" -"このプロファイルには、指定されたハット名が既に存在しています。別の名前を入力" -"するか、または '中止' を押してウイザードをキャンセルしてください。" +msgid "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name or press Abort to cancel this wizard." +msgstr "このプロファイルには、指定されたハット名が既に存在しています。別の名前を入力するか、または '中止' を押してウイザードをキャンセルしてください。" #. FIXME: format these texts better #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:928 -msgid "" -"View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing " -"entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." -msgstr "" -"ここでは、個別のプロファイルの内容を表示／変更することができます。既存の項" -"目のパーミッションをダブルクリックすると、編集ダイアログにアクセスすることが" -"できます。" +msgid "View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." +msgstr "ここでは、個別のプロファイルの内容を表示／変更することができます。既存の項目のパーミッションをダブルクリックすると、編集ダイアログにアクセスすることができます。" #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:933 @@ -1934,12 +1832,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942 -msgid "" -"Add Entry: Select the type of resource to add from the drop " -"down list." -msgstr "" -"項目の追加: ドロップダウンリストから追加するリソースの種類を選択" -"してください。" +msgid "Add Entry: Select the type of resource to add from the drop down list." +msgstr "項目の追加: ドロップダウンリストから追加するリソースの種類を選択してください。" #. help text - part x1 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:947 @@ -1949,9 +1843,7 @@ #. help text - part x2 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:951 msgid "<li>Directory Add a directory entry to this profile.</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>ディレクトリ このプロファイルにディレクトリ項目を追加します</" -"li>" +msgstr "<li>ディレクトリ このプロファイルにディレクトリ項目を追加します</li>" #. help text - part x3 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:955 @@ -1962,46 +1854,35 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:959 msgid "" "<li>Include Add an include entry to this profile. This option \n" -"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load " -"time.</li>" +"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load time.</li>" msgstr "" -"<li>インクルード このプロファイルにインクルード項目を追加します。こ" -"のオプションは、 \n" -"プロファイルの読み込み時に他のプロファイルの内容をそのまま当てはめる場合に使" -"用します。</li>" +"<li>インクルード このプロファイルにインクルード項目を追加します。このオプションは、 \n" +"プロファイルの読み込み時に他のプロファイルの内容をそのまま当てはめる場合に使用します。</li>" #. help text - part x5 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963 msgid "" "<li>Network Entry Add a network rule entry to this profile. \n" -"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the " -"profile. \n" +"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the profile. \n" "You may specify a network address family and socket type.</li>" msgstr "" -"<li>ネットワークの項目 このプロファイルにネットワークルールを追加し" -"します。\n" -"このオプションでは、プロファイルに対してネットワークへのアクセス権限を設定す" -"ることができます。 \n" +"<li>ネットワークの項目 このプロファイルにネットワークルールを追加しします。\n" +"このオプションでは、プロファイルに対してネットワークへのアクセス権限を設定することができます。 \n" "ネットワークアドレスファミリやソケット種類を指定することもできます。</li>" #. help text - part x6 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:969 msgid "" "<li>Hat Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\n" -"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be " -"selected\n" +"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be selected\n" "during execution only in the context of being asked for by a changehat\n" "aware application. \n" -"For more information on changehat, see man changehat on your system " -"or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" +"For more information on changehat, see man changehat on your system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" msgstr "" -"<li>ハット このプロファイルのサブプロファイル (ハット) を追加しま" -"す。 \n" +"<li>ハット このプロファイルのサブプロファイル (ハット) を追加します。 \n" "このオプションは、手動で新しいプロファイルを作成するのに似ていて、実行時に \n" -"チェンジハット対応 のアプリケーションから問い合わせがあった場合にの" -"み \n" -"選択できます。チェンジハットの詳細は、お使いのシステムで man changehat</" -"b> を実行するか、 \n" +"チェンジハット対応 のアプリケーションから問い合わせがあった場合にのみ \n" +"選択できます。チェンジハットの詳細は、お使いのシステムで man changehat を実行するか、 \n" "または Novell AppArmor ユーザーズガイドを参照してください。</li>" #. help text - part x7 @@ -2018,14 +1899,11 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:987 msgid "" "*Clean Exec The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n" -"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping " -"the environment \n" -"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These " -"variables are:" +"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \n" +"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:" msgstr "" "*クリーン実行 独立実行プロファイルや無制限実行での \n" -"クリーン実行オプションは、特定の環境変数を子プログラムに受け渡さずに取り除く" -"ことで \n" +"クリーン実行オプションは、特定の環境変数を子プログラムに受け渡さずに取り除くことで \n" "補助的なセキュリティを提供します。対応する環境変数は以下のとおりです:" #. help text - part y2 @@ -2089,12 +1967,8 @@ #. Widget activated in the table #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1145 -msgid "" -"Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include " -"entries." -msgstr "" -"インクルード項目は編集できません。'追加' または '削除' を選択してインクルード" -"項目を管理してください。" +msgid "Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include entries." +msgstr "インクルード項目は編集できません。'追加' または '削除' を選択してインクルード項目を管理してください。" #. Make sure that the entry doesn't already exist #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1294 @@ -2106,12 +1980,8 @@ msgstr "インクルードするファイルの選択" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1335 -msgid "" -"Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these " -"directories: \n" -msgstr "" -"#include するファイルが正しくありません。取り込むファイルは以下のディレクトリ" -"に存在する必要があります: \n" +msgid "Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these directories: \n" +msgstr "#include するファイルが正しくありません。取り込むファイルは以下のディレクトリに存在する必要があります: \n" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1379 msgid "Save changes to the profile" @@ -2134,4 +2004,3 @@ #, perl-format msgid "Failed copying %s." msgstr "%s のコピーに失敗しました。" - -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89779 - trunk/yast/hu/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:45:34 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89779 Added: trunk/yast/hu/po/cio.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/opensuse_mirror.hu.po Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/add-on-creator.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/add-on.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/audit-laf.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/auth-client.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/auth-server.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/autoinst.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/base.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/bootloader.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/ca-management.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/cluster.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/control.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/country.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/crowbar.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/dhcp-server.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/dns-server.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/drbd.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/fcoe-client.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/firewall-services.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/firewall.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/firstboot.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/ftp-server.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/geo-cluster.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/gtk.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/http-server.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/inetd.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/installation.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/instserver.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/iplb.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/iscsi-client.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/iscsi-lio-server.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/iscsi-server.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/isns.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/kdump.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/kerberos-server.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/kerberos.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/ldap-client.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/ldap-server.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/ldap.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/live-installer.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/lxc.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/mail.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/multipath.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/ncurses-pkg.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/ncurses.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/network.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/nfs.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/nfs_server.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/nis.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/nis_server.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/ntp-client.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/oneclickinstall.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/online-update-configuration.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/online-update.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/packager.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/pam.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/pkg-bindings.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/printer.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/product-creator.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/proxy.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/qt-pkg.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/rdp.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/rear.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/registration.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/reipl.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/relocation-server.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/s390.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/samba-client.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/samba-server.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/samba-users.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/scanner.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/security.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/services-manager.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/slp-server.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/snapper.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/sound.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/squid.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/sshd.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/storage.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/sudo.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/support.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/sysconfig.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/tftp-server.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/tune.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/update.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/users.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/vm.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/wagon.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/wol.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/xpram.hu.po trunk/yast/hu/po/yast2-apparmor.hu.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/add-on-creator.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/add-on-creator.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/add-on-creator.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -147,27 +147,22 @@ #. command line help text for 'y2update' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:233 msgid "Path to workflow dialogs archive (y2update.tgz)" -msgstr "" -"Elérési útvonal a munkafolyamat-párbeszédpanelek archívumához (y2update.tgz)" +msgstr "Elérési útvonal a munkafolyamat-párbeszédpanelek archívumához (y2update.tgz)" #. command line help text for 'y2update_packages_dir' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:240 msgid "Path to directory with YaST packages to form the workflow" -msgstr "" -"Elérési útvonal a munkafolyamat kialakításához szükséges YaST csomagokhoz" +msgstr "Elérési útvonal a munkafolyamat kialakításához szükséges YaST csomagokhoz" #. command line help text for 'license' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:247 msgid "Path to file with license texts (license.zip or license.tar.gz)" -msgstr "" -"Elérési útvonal a licencszöveget tartalmazó fájlhoz (license.zip vagy " -"license.tar.gz)" +msgstr "Elérési útvonal a licencszöveget tartalmazó fájlhoz (license.zip vagy license.tar.gz)" #. command line help text for 'info' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:254 msgid "Path to file with 'info' text (media.1/info.txt)" -msgstr "" -"Elérési útvonal az információs szöveget tartalmazó fájlhoz (media.1/info.txt)" +msgstr "Elérési útvonal az információs szöveget tartalmazó fájlhoz (media.1/info.txt)" #. command line help text for 'extra_prov' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:261 @@ -187,8 +182,7 @@ #. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list' #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281 msgid "Number of the selected add-on (see 'list' command for product numbers)." -msgstr "" -"Kiválasztott kiegészítő termékek száma ('list' parancs termékek számához)." +msgstr "Kiválasztott kiegészítő termékek száma ('list' parancs termékek számához)." #. command line help text for 'changelog' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:288 @@ -279,12 +273,8 @@ #. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 -msgid "" -"There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the " -"'create' or 'clone' commands." -msgstr "" -"Nincsenek beállítások a kiegészítő termékhez. Készítsen egy újat a 'create' " -"vagy 'clone' parancs használatával." +msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the 'create' or 'clone' commands." +msgstr "Nincsenek beállítások a kiegészítő termékhez. Készítsen egy újat a 'create' vagy 'clone' parancs használatával." #. error message #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876 @@ -323,35 +313,23 @@ #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 -msgid "" -"Start creating a new add-on product configuration with Add." -msgstr "" -"Új kiegészítő termék beállításának elkészítéséhez nyomja meg a " -"Hozzáadás gombot." +msgid "Start creating a new add-on product configuration with Add." +msgstr "Új kiegészítő termék beállításának elkészítéséhez nyomja meg a Hozzáadás gombot." #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Use Edit to modify the selected add-on product configuration." -msgstr "" -"A kiegészítő termékbeállítás módosításához nyomja meg a Szerkesztés</" -"b> gombot." +msgid "Use Edit to modify the selected add-on product configuration." +msgstr "A kiegészítő termékbeállítás módosításához nyomja meg a Szerkesztés gombot." #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164 msgid "Delete the selected configuration using Delete." -msgstr "" -"A Törlés gomb megnyomásával törölheti a kiválasztott beállításokat." -"" +msgstr "A Törlés gomb megnyomásával törölheti a kiválasztott beállításokat." #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 -msgid "" -"Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with " -"Build." -msgstr "" -"A Létrehozás gomb megnyomásával a kiválasztott beállítások alapján " -"készíthet új kiegészítő terméket." +msgid "Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with Build." +msgstr "A Létrehozás gomb megnyomásával a kiválasztott beállítások alapján készíthet új kiegészítő terméket." #. table header item #. summary header @@ -834,8 +812,7 @@ "the OS a chance to collect more entropy.\n" msgstr "" "Ha túl sokáig tart, akkor csináljon valami mást,\n" -"hogy az operációs rendszernek legyen esélye több véletlenszerű információt " -"összegyűjteni.\n" +"hogy az operációs rendszernek legyen esélye több véletlenszerű információt összegyűjteni.\n" #. dialog caption #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2217 @@ -1117,29 +1094,18 @@ #. help text for start menu #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 -msgid "" -"This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product." +msgid "This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product." msgstr "Ez a modul útmutatást ad a kiegészítő termékek létrehozásához." #. help text for start menu, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the " -"beginning or base it on an existing product." -msgstr "" -"Válassza ki, hogyan szeretné létrehozni az új kiegészítő terméket. " -"Létrehozhatja a kezdetektől, vagy egy meglévő termék alapján." +msgid "Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the beginning or base it on an existing product." +msgstr "Válassza ki, hogyan szeretné létrehozni az új kiegészítő terméket. Létrehozhatja a kezdetektől, vagy egy meglévő termék alapján." #. help text for start menu, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"When basing the new product on an existing product, check Generate " -"Package Descriptions to generate new descriptions of packages in the " -"existing product." -msgstr "" -"Ha az új termék egy meglévő termék alapján készül, akkor jelölje meg a " -"Csomagleírások létrehozása lehetőséget a meglévő termékben található " -"csomagok új leírásának létrehozásához." +msgid "When basing the new product on an existing product, check Generate Package Descriptions to generate new descriptions of packages in the existing product." +msgstr "Ha az új termék egy meglévő termék alapján készül, akkor jelölje meg a Csomagleírások létrehozása lehetőséget a meglévő termékben található csomagok új leírásának létrehozásához." # modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:499 modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:662 # modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:678 modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:681 @@ -1161,12 +1127,8 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This " -"selection forms the REQUIRES value of the <tt>content</tt> file." -msgstr "" -"Válassza ki azt a terméket, amelyre az új kiegészítő termék alkalmazható. " -"Ez a kiválasztás alkotja a <tt>content</tt> fájl REQUIRES értékét." +msgid "Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This selection forms the REQUIRES value of the <tt>content</tt> file." +msgstr "Válassza ki azt a terméket, amelyre az új kiegészítő termék alkalmazható. Ez a kiválasztás alkotja a <tt>content</tt> fájl REQUIRES értékét." #. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68 @@ -1175,12 +1137,8 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should " -"form your add-on product." -msgstr "" -"Válassza ki az azokat a csomagokat tartalmazó könyvtár elérési útvonalát, " -"amelyeknek benne kell lenniük a kiegészítő termékben." +msgid "Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should form your add-on product." +msgstr "Válassza ki az azokat a csomagokat tartalmazó könyvtár elérési útvonalát, amelyeknek benne kell lenniük a kiegészítő termékben." #. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:74 @@ -1189,16 +1147,8 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages " -"from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will " -"not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the " -"patterns later in the workflow." -msgstr "" -"Opcionálisan kiválasztható egy könyvtárnak az elérési útja, amely annak a " -"terméknek az RPM-csomagjait tartalmazza, amelyre a kiegészítő termék épül. " -"Ezek a csomagok nem kerülnek be a kiegészítő termékbe, de a munkafolyamat " -"későbbi szakaszában felhasználásra kerülhetnek a minták kialakításához." +msgid "Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the patterns later in the workflow." +msgstr "Opcionálisan kiválasztható egy könyvtárnak az elérési útja, amely annak a terméknek az RPM-csomagjait tartalmazza, amelyre a kiegészítő termék épül. Ezek a csomagok nem kerülnek be a kiegészítő termékbe, de a munkafolyamat későbbi szakaszában felhasználásra kerülhetnek a minták kialakításához." #. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80 @@ -1207,62 +1157,33 @@ #. help text for content file editor, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -"Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect " -"Show Only Required Keywords to see all attributes of the <tt>content</" -"tt> file." -msgstr "" -"Adja meg a kiegészítő termék azonosításához szükséges adatokat. Szüntesse " -"meg a Csak a kívánt kulcsszavak megjelenítése elem kijelölését, ha a " -"<tt>content</tt> fájl összes paraméterét látni szeretné." +msgid "Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect Show Only Required Keywords to see all attributes of the <tt>content</tt> file." +msgstr "Adja meg a kiegészítő termék azonosításához szükséges adatokat. Szüntesse meg a Csak a kívánt kulcsszavak megjelenítése elem kijelölését, ha a <tt>content</tt> fájl összes paraméterét látni szeretné." #. help text for content file editor, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88 msgid "Use Import to import an existing <tt>content</tt> file." -msgstr "" -"Egy meglévő <tt>content</tt> fájl importálásához használja az " -"Importálás parancsot." +msgstr "Egy meglévő <tt>content</tt> fájl importálásához használja az Importálás parancsot." #. help text for package description files #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</" -"tt> files) here." -msgstr "" -"Itt szerkeszthető a csomagok (<tt>packages.lang</tt> fájlok) " -"nyelvspecifikus leírása." +msgid "Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</tt> files) here." +msgstr "Itt szerkeszthető a csomagok (<tt>packages.lang</tt> fájlok) nyelvspecifikus leírása." #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 -msgid "" -"Use Add Language to add a description file for a new language. The " -"list of available languages is read from the LINGUAS value of the " -"<tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions " -"with Import. Delete the description file with Delete." -msgstr "" -"A Nyelv hozzáadása segítségével adható hozzá egy leírófájl egy új " -"nyelvhez. A rendelkezésre álló nyelvek listáját a <tt>content</tt> fájl " -"LINGUAS értékéből olvassa ki a rendszer. Egy meglévő fájl és a " -"csomagleírások az Importálás paranccsal importálható. A leírófájl " -"törlésére a Törlés parancs használható." +msgid "Use Add Language to add a description file for a new language. The list of available languages is read from the LINGUAS value of the <tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions with Import. Delete the description file with Delete." +msgstr "A Nyelv hozzáadása segítségével adható hozzá egy leírófájl egy új nyelvhez. A rendelkezésre álló nyelvek listáját a <tt>content</tt> fájl LINGUAS értékéből olvassa ki a rendszer. Egy meglévő fájl és a csomagleírások az Importálás paranccsal importálható. A leírófájl törlésére a Törlés parancs használható." #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 -msgid "" -"Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify description " -"entries for the selected package." -msgstr "" -"A kiválasztott csomag leíró bejegyzéseinek módosításához használja a " -"második tábla Hozzáadás és Szerkesztés parancsát." +msgid "Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify description entries for the selected package." +msgstr "A kiválasztott csomag leíró bejegyzéseinek módosításához használja a második tábla Hozzáadás és Szerkesztés parancsát." #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 -msgid "" -"Optionally, choose the path for the file providing Additional Package " -"Dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)." -msgstr "" -"Kiválaszthatja a További csomagfüggőségeket (EXTRA_PROV) biztosító " -"fájl útvonalát." +msgid "Optionally, choose the path for the file providing Additional Package Dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)." +msgstr "Kiválaszthatja a További csomagfüggőségeket (EXTRA_PROV) biztosító fájl útvonalát." #. help text for patterns #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108 @@ -1271,213 +1192,110 @@ #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 -msgid "" -"Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an " -"existing one." -msgstr "" -"Új minta létrehozásához nyomja meg az Új gombot, vagy az " -"Importálás használatával importáljon egy meglévőt." +msgid "Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an existing one." +msgstr "Új minta létrehozásához nyomja meg az Új gombot, vagy az Importálás használatával importáljon egy meglévőt." #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify pattern " -"attributes." -msgstr "" -"A minta jellemzőinek módosításához használja a második táblában a " -"Hozzáadás és a Szerkesztés gombokat." +msgid "Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify pattern attributes." +msgstr "A minta jellemzőinek módosításához használja a második táblában a Hozzáadás és a Szerkesztés gombokat." #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 msgid "" -"Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required " -"for\n" -"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when " -"the installation of the add-on product is started." -msgstr "" -"A Szükséges minták kijelölésével megadhatók a kiegészítő " -"termékekhez szükséges minták. Ezek a minták automatikusan kiválasztásra " -"kerülnek a kiegészítő termék telepítése során." +"Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required for\n" +"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started." +msgstr "A Szükséges minták kijelölésével megadhatók a kiegészítő termékekhez szükséges minták. Ezek a minták automatikusan kiválasztásra kerülnek a kiegészítő termék telepítése során." #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be " -"created. Select Create ISO Image to create the ISO image of the " -"product in the output directory." -msgstr "" -"Adja meg annak a könyvtárnak az elérési útvonalát, amelyben a kiegészítő " -"terméket létre kell hozni. Jelölje meg az ISO-lemezkép létrehozása " -"lehetőséget a termék ISO-lemezképének elkészítéséhez a kimeneti könyvtárba.</" -"p>" +msgid "Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be created. Select Create ISO Image to create the ISO image of the product in the output directory." +msgstr "Adja meg annak a könyvtárnak az elérési útvonalát, amelyben a kiegészítő terméket létre kell hozni. Jelölje meg az ISO-lemezkép létrehozása lehetőséget a termék ISO-lemezképének elkészítéséhez a kimeneti könyvtárba." #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 -msgid "" -"Use Generate Changelog to generate a changelog file containing all " -"changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years." -msgstr "" -"A Változásnapló létrehozása segítségével egy olyan változáslistát " -"lehet készíteni, amely tartalmazza az kiegészítő termék csomagjainak elmúlt " -"két évben történt összes változását." +msgid "Use Generate Changelog to generate a changelog file containing all changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years." +msgstr "A Változásnapló létrehozása segítségével egy olyan változáslistát lehet készíteni, amely tartalmazza az kiegészítő termék csomagjainak elmúlt két évben történt összes változását." #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with Configure Workflow. " -"Use Optional Files to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, " -"licenses, and other optional values." -msgstr "" -"A kiegészítő termék munkafolyamata a Munkafolyamat beállítása " -"paranccsal módosítható. Az Opcionális fájlok a <tt>README</tt> " -"fájlok, licencek és egyéb opcionális értékek beállítására szolgál." +msgid "Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with Configure Workflow. Use Optional Files to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, licenses, and other optional values." +msgstr "A kiegészítő termék munkafolyamata a Munkafolyamat beállítása paranccsal módosítható. Az Opcionális fájlok a <tt>README</tt> fájlok, licencek és egyéb opcionális értékek beállítására szolgál." #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on " -"product workflow." -msgstr "" -"Itt adhatók meg a kiegészítő termék munkafolyamat személyre szabásához " -"szükséges fájlok." +msgid "Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on product workflow." +msgstr "Itt adhatók meg a kiegészítő termék munkafolyamat személyre szabásához szükséges fájlok." #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 -msgid "" -"Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file " -"is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation." -"xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory." -msgstr "" -"Adja meg a munkafolyamat-leírást tartalmazó fájl helyét. Ez a fájl a " -"<tt>control.xml</tt> alternatívája, és a kiegészítő termék alapkönyvtárában " -"<tt>installation.xml</tt> néven van mentve." +msgid "Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation.xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory." +msgstr "Adja meg a munkafolyamat-leírást tartalmazó fájl helyét. Ez a fájl a <tt>control.xml</tt> alternatívája, és a kiegészítő termék alapkönyvtárában <tt>installation.xml</tt> néven van mentve." #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 -msgid "" -"To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, " -"enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are " -"stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the " -"YaST RPM packages in Import the Packages." -msgstr "" -"Az egyedi YaST-modulok használatához a kiegészítő termék telepítésekor " -"adja meg a modulokat tároló <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archívum elérési útvonalát " -"vagy állítsa be az <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> tartalmát azzal, hogy megadja a " -"YaST RPM csomagokat a Csomagok importálása menüpontban." +msgid "To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the YaST RPM packages in Import the Packages." +msgstr "Az egyedi YaST-modulok használatához a kiegészítő termék telepítésekor adja meg a modulokat tároló <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archívum elérési útvonalát vagy állítsa be az <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> tartalmát azzal, hogy megadja a YaST RPM csomagokat a Csomagok importálása menüpontban." #. help text for expert dialog 1 #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 -msgid "" -"The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on " -"that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an OK button." -msgstr "" -"Az opcionális <tt>info.txt</tt> fájl információkat ad a felugró " -"ablakként, egy OK gombbal megjelenítendő kiegészítőről." +msgid "The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an OK button." +msgstr "Az opcionális <tt>info.txt</tt> fájl információkat ad a felugró ablakként, egy OK gombbal megjelenítendő kiegészítőről." #. help text for expert dialog 1, cont #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 -msgid "" -"The text of the license is displayed in a window with Agree and " -"Disagree buttons before the installation starts. The files with the " -"license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</" -"tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"A telepítés megkezdése előtt a licenc szövege megjelenik egy ablakban az " -"Elfogadom és a Nem fogadom el gombokkal az alján. A különféle " -"nyelvű licencszöveget tartalmazó fájlok a <tt>license.zip</tt> archívumba " -"vannak összecsomagolva, és a <tt>media.1</tt> könyvtárban találhatók." +msgid "The text of the license is displayed in a window with Agree and Disagree buttons before the installation starts. The files with the license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory." +msgstr "A telepítés megkezdése előtt a licenc szövege megjelenik egy ablakban az Elfogadom és a Nem fogadom el gombokkal az alján. A különféle nyelvű licencszöveget tartalmazó fájlok a <tt>license.zip</tt> archívumba vannak összecsomagolva, és a <tt>media.1</tt> könyvtárban találhatók." #. help text for expert dialog 2 #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 -msgid "" -"The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various " -"language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on " -"product." -msgstr "" -"A <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> és <tt>COPYING</tt> fájloknak számos nyelvi " -"variációja lehet és a kiegészítő termék gyökérkönyvtárában tárolódnak." +msgid "The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on product." +msgstr "A <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> és <tt>COPYING</tt> fájloknak számos nyelvi variációja lehet és a kiegészítő termék gyökérkönyvtárában tárolódnak." #. help text for signing dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key " -"from the list of keys available or create a new one with Create." -msgstr "" -"Itt állítsa be a kiegészítő termék aláírását. Válasszon egy titkos " -"kulcsot a rendelkezésre álló kulcsok listájából, vagy készítsen egy újat a " -"Létrehozás gombbal." +msgid "Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key from the list of keys available or create a new one with Create." +msgstr "Itt állítsa be a kiegészítő termék aláírását. Válasszon egy titkos kulcsot a rendelkezésre álló kulcsok listájából, vagy készítsen egy újat a Létrehozás gombbal." #. help text for signing dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164 msgid "Enter the passphrase needed to unlock the secret key." -msgstr "" -"Adja meg a titkos kulcs zárolásának feloldásához szükséges titkosítási " -"jelszót." +msgstr "Adja meg a titkos kulcs zárolásának feloldásához szükséges titkosítási jelszót." #. help text for signing dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 -msgid "" -"Decide if you want to Sign All Packages of the add-on product with " -"the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed." -msgstr "" -"Döntse el, hogy a kiegészítő termék minden csomagját alá kívánja " -"írni a kiválasztott kulccsal. Minden korábbi csomagaláírás eltávolításra " -"kerül." +msgid "Decide if you want to Sign All Packages of the add-on product with the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed." +msgstr "Döntse el, hogy a kiegészítő termék minden csomagját alá kívánja írni a kiválasztott kulccsal. Minden korábbi csomagaláírás eltávolításra kerül." #. help text for generating new key dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 -msgid "" -"Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair." -msgstr "" -"Adja meg az új elsődleges kulcspár létrehozásához szükséges értékeket." +msgid "Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair." +msgstr "Adja meg az új elsődleges kulcspár létrehozásához szükséges értékeket." #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 -msgid "" -"The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 " -"and 4096 bits long." -msgstr "" -"A DSA-kulcs alapértelmezett mérete 1024 bit, az RSA kulcsok 1024 és 4096 " -"bit közötti hosszúságúak lehetnek." +msgid "The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 and 4096 bits long." +msgstr "A DSA-kulcs alapértelmezett mérete 1024 bit, az RSA kulcsok 1024 és 4096 bit közötti hosszúságúak lehetnek." #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 -msgid "" -"As Expiration Date, enter the number of days after which the key " -"expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, " -"it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty " -"for a key that never expires." -msgstr "" -"A Lejárati idő mezőbe a napok száma kerüljön, ami után a kulcs " -"lejár. Ha a szám után <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt> vagy <tt>y</tt> áll, akkor az " -"hetet, hónapot vagy éveket jelent. Ha üresen hagyja a mezőt, akkor sosem jár " -"le." +msgid "As Expiration Date, enter the number of days after which the key expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty for a key that never expires." +msgstr "A Lejárati idő mezőbe a napok száma kerüljön, ami után a kulcs lejár. Ha a szám után <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt> vagy <tt>y</tt> áll, akkor az hetet, hónapot vagy éveket jelent. Ha üresen hagyja a mezőt, akkor sosem jár le." #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Use Name, Comment, and E-Mail Address to provide the " -"user identification with which the new key should be associated." -msgstr "" -"A Név, Megjegyzés és E-mail cím mezőkben adja meg, " -"hogy az új kulcs milyen felhasználói azonosítással tartozzon össze." +msgid "Use Name, Comment, and E-Mail Address to provide the user identification with which the new key should be associated." +msgstr "A Név, Megjegyzés és E-mail cím mezőkben adja meg, hogy az új kulcs milyen felhasználói azonosítással tartozzon össze." #. help text for overview dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 -msgid "" -"Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product." -msgstr "" -"Itt a kiegészítő termék létrehozásához már megadott adatok összegzése " -"látható." +msgid "Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product." +msgstr "Itt a kiegészítő termék létrehozásához már megadott adatok összegzése látható." #. help text for overview dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 -msgid "" -"Press Finish to create the add-on product in the output directory." -"" -msgstr "" -"Nyomja meg a Befejezés gombot a kiegészítő termék létrehozásához a " -"kimeneti könyvtárban." +msgid "Press Finish to create the add-on product in the output directory." +msgstr "Nyomja meg a Befejezés gombot a kiegészítő termék létrehozásához a kimeneti könyvtárban." #. text entry label #: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113 @@ -1588,8 +1406,7 @@ #. help text for content file 'NAME' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:152 msgid "For internal usage. Same restrictions as for package names apply." -msgstr "" -"Belső használatra. Ugyanazok a korlátozások, mint a csomagnév megadásoknál." +msgstr "Belső használatra. Ugyanazok a korlátozások, mint a csomagnév megadásoknál." #. label of content file BASEARCHS key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:160 @@ -1598,12 +1415,8 @@ #. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 -msgid "" -"Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-" -"release packages architectures. " -msgstr "" -"Szóközökkel elválasztott termékarchitektúrák. Illeszkedés az elérhető " -"csomagarchitektúrákhoz. " +msgid "Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-release packages architectures. " +msgstr "Szóközökkel elválasztott termékarchitektúrák. Illeszkedés az elérhető csomagarchitektúrákhoz. " #. label of content file 'VERSION' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172 @@ -1613,8 +1426,7 @@ #. help text for content file 'VERSION' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:176 msgid "Product version and release as in RPM <tt>major.minor-release</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Termékváltozat és kiadás, mint <tt>főváltozat.alváltozat-kiadás</tt> RPM." +msgstr "Termékváltozat és kiadás, mint <tt>főváltozat.alváltozat-kiadás</tt> RPM." # modules/sound/sound.ycp:224 #. table item label @@ -1630,14 +1442,8 @@ #. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used " -"in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, " -"version and architecture." -msgstr "" -"Elnevezés a disztribúció jelölésére. Általában ugyanezen elnevezést " -"használják az .rpm csomagokban a disztribúciók jelöléséhez. Általában ez az " -"elnevezés a névből, verzióból és architektúrából áll." +msgid "Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, version and architecture." +msgstr "Elnevezés a disztribúció jelölésére. Általában ugyanezen elnevezést használják az .rpm csomagokban a disztribúciók jelöléséhez. Általában ez az elnevezés a névből, verzióból és architektúrából áll." #. label of content file key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201 @@ -1666,12 +1472,8 @@ #. help text for content file '' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 -msgid "" -"UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if LINGUAS is omitted or no " -"default language can be determined." -msgstr "" -"UTF-8 kódolású címke. Az alapértelmezett címke, ha a LINGUAS ki van " -"hagyva, vagy ha nem határozható meg alapértelmezett nyelv." +msgid "UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if LINGUAS is omitted or no default language can be determined." +msgstr "UTF-8 kódolású címke. Az alapértelmezett címke, ha a LINGUAS ki van hagyva, vagy ha nem határozható meg alapértelmezett nyelv." #. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234 @@ -1741,14 +1543,8 @@ #. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 -msgid "" -"UTF-8-encoded LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the " -"LINGUAS values. For each language in LINGUAS, a matching " -"LABEL.lang is expected." -msgstr "" -"A LABEL UTF-8 kódolással. A <tt>lang</tt> szintaxisa ugyanaz, mint a " -"LINGUAS értékei. A rendszer a LINGUAS minden egyes nyelvéhez " -"elvár egy hozzá tartozó LABEL.lang-ot." +msgid "UTF-8-encoded LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the LINGUAS values. For each language in LINGUAS, a matching LABEL.lang is expected." +msgstr "A LABEL UTF-8 kódolással. A <tt>lang</tt> szintaxisa ugyanaz, mint a LINGUAS értékei. A rendszer a LINGUAS minden egyes nyelvéhez elvár egy hozzá tartozó LABEL.lang-ot." #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328 msgid "Architecture" @@ -1786,12 +1582,8 @@ #. help text for 'Cat' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 -msgid "" -"One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories " -"are intended for the user and can be specified freely." -msgstr "" -"Egysoros kategória a csoportmintákhoz használt alapértelmezett nyelven. A " -"kategóriák a felhasználó számára készültek és szabadon megadhatók." +msgid "One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories are intended for the user and can be specified freely." +msgstr "Egysoros kategória a csoportmintákhoz használt alapértelmezett nyelven. A kategóriák a felhasználó számára készültek és szabadon megadhatók." #. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370 @@ -1806,9 +1598,7 @@ #. help text for 'Vis' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:379 msgid "Set whether the pattern should be visible in the user interface." -msgstr "" -"Állítsa be, hogy a mintának láthatónak kell-e lennie a felhasználói " -"felületen." +msgstr "Állítsa be, hogy a mintának láthatónak kell-e lennie a felhasználói felületen." #. label for 'Prq' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:388 @@ -1827,11 +1617,8 @@ #. help text for 'Prc' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 -msgid "" -"These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." -msgstr "" -"Ezek a csomagok alapértelmezésben telepítésre kerültek, de gond nélkül " -"eltávolíthatók." +msgid "These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." +msgstr "Ezek a csomagok alapértelmezésben telepítésre kerültek, de gond nélkül eltávolíthatók." #. label for 'Prs' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:408 @@ -1843,12 +1630,8 @@ #. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 -msgid "" -"These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency " -"resolution." -msgstr "" -"Ezek csak útmutatást adnak egy alkalmazás számára és nem kerülnek " -"lekezelésére a függőségek feloldásakor." +msgid "These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency resolution." +msgstr "Ezek csak útmutatást adnak egy alkalmazás számára és nem kerülnek lekezelésére a függőségek feloldásakor." #. label for 'Ico' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418 @@ -1859,22 +1642,10 @@ #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 msgid "" "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n" -" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename " -"does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is " -"specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/" -"YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/" -"icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/" -"share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." +" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." msgstr "" "Ha nincs megadva, akkor a rendszer a minta \n" -"nevét fogja használni helyette (a név üres karaktereit aláhúzásokkal " -"helyettesítve). Ha a fájlnév nem tartalmazza a .png vagy .jpg kiterjesztést, " -"akkor a .png kerül a végére. Ha nincs megadva elérési útvonal, akkor az " -"ikonokat a téma ikon elérési útvonalán (először a /usr/share/YaST2/theme/" -"current/icons/32x32/apps/ könyvtárban, majd a /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/" -"icons/48x48/apps/könyvtárban) keresi a rendszer. Használhatók abszolút és " -"relatív (az /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/ témaelérési útvonalhoz) " -"útvonalak is." +"nevét fogja használni helyette (a név üres karaktereit aláhúzásokkal helyettesítve). Ha a fájlnév nem tartalmazza a .png vagy .jpg kiterjesztést, akkor a .png kerül a végére. Ha nincs megadva elérési útvonal, akkor az ikonokat a téma ikon elérési útvonalán (először a /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ könyvtárban, majd a /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/könyvtárban) keresi a rendszer. Használhatók abszolút és relatív (az /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/ témaelérési útvonalhoz) útvonalak is." #. label for 'Ord' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429 @@ -1883,12 +1654,8 @@ #. help text for 'Ord' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing " -"multiple patterns in the user interface." -msgstr "" -"Ez a három számjegyű egész érték határozza meg a minta rendjét, amikor a " -"felhasználói felületen több minta is felsorolásra kerül." +msgid "This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing multiple patterns in the user interface." +msgstr "Ez a három számjegyű egész érték határozza meg a minta rendjét, amikor a felhasználói felületen több minta is felsorolásra kerül." #. label for 'Req' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441 @@ -1907,16 +1674,8 @@ #. help text for 'Prv' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match REQUIRES</" -"b> from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and " -"edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides the capability " -"<tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." -msgstr "" -"A minta nyújtotta funkcionalitás. Használható mások REQUIRES " -"feltételeinek illesztéshez. Minden feloldandónak van egy alapértelmezett " -"'provides by' része - a saját neve és kiadása. Például a bar-1.42-1 " -"csomag a <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt> funkciót biztosítja." +msgid "Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match REQUIRES from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +msgstr "A minta nyújtotta funkcionalitás. Használható mások REQUIRES feltételeinek illesztéshez. Minden feloldandónak van egy alapértelmezett 'provides by' része - a saját neve és kiadása. Például a bar-1.42-1 csomag a <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt> funkciót biztosítja." # modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:635 #. label for 'Con' pattern key @@ -1926,12 +1685,8 @@ #. help text for 'Con' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 -msgid "" -"This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "" -"Ez a minta nem telepíthető, ha a megadott feloldandó vagy a funkciót " -"biztosító telepítve van." +msgid "This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "Ez a minta nem telepíthető, ha a megadott feloldandó vagy a funkciót biztosító telepítve van." #. label for 'Obs' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471 @@ -1954,12 +1709,8 @@ #. help text for 'Rec' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 -msgid "" -"A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no " -"error is shown." -msgstr "" -"A REQUIRES gyenge változata. Ha az ajánlott minták nem telepíthetők, akkor " -"nem jelenik meg hiba." +msgid "A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no error is shown." +msgstr "A REQUIRES gyenge változata. Ha az ajánlott minták nem telepíthetők, akkor nem jelenik meg hiba." #. label for 'Sup' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491 @@ -1968,14 +1719,8 @@ #. help text for 'Sup' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 -msgid "" -"A reverse Rec. This pattern is installed if the specified capability " -"is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. " -"Uninstalling it is silently accepted." -msgstr "" -"A Rec fordítottja. Ez a minta telepítve van, ha egy telepített " -"feloldandó biztosítja a megadott funkciót. A függőségfeloldó telepíti. Az " -"eltávolítást a rendszer jelzés nélkül elfogadja." +msgid "A reverse Rec. This pattern is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted." +msgstr "A Rec fordítottja. Ez a minta telepítve van, ha egy telepített feloldandó biztosítja a megadott funkciót. A függőségfeloldó telepíti. Az eltávolítást a rendszer jelzés nélkül elfogadja." #. label for 'Sug' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501 @@ -1989,12 +1734,8 @@ #. help text for 'Fre' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern " -"specified here is installed." -msgstr "" -"Az aktuális minta csak akkor vehető figyelembe, ha az itt megadott minta " -"telepítve van." +msgid "The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern specified here is installed." +msgstr "Az aktuális minta csak akkor vehető figyelembe, ha az itt megadott minta telepítve van." #. label for 'Ext' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:523 @@ -2054,13 +1795,8 @@ #. help text for 'Ins' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a " -"test version warning or a commercial license." -msgstr "" -"Egy kötetlen üzenet, amely megjelenik a felhasználó számára, ha a csomag ki " -"van választva. Például egy tesztverzióra figyelmeztetés vagy egy " -"kereskedelmi licenc." +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a test version warning or a commercial license." +msgstr "Egy kötetlen üzenet, amely megjelenik a felhasználó számára, ha a csomag ki van választva. Például egy tesztverzióra figyelmeztetés vagy egy kereskedelmi licenc." #. label for 'Del' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608 @@ -2069,13 +1805,8 @@ #. help text for 'Del' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for " -"deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." -msgstr "" -"Egy kötetlen üzenet, amely megjelenik a felhasználó számára, ha a csomag " -"törlésre kiválasztásra kerül. Lehet például egy figyelmeztetés arra, hogy a " -"rendszer a csomag nélkül használhatatlan." +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." +msgstr "Egy kötetlen üzenet, amely megjelenik a felhasználó számára, ha a csomag törlésre kiválasztásra kerül. Lehet például egy figyelmeztetés arra, hogy a rendszer a csomag nélkül használhatatlan." #. label for 'Eul' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617 @@ -2084,12 +1815,8 @@ #. help text for 'Eul' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 -msgid "" -"Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If " -"the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." -msgstr "" -"Az EULA szövege. Ez a szöveg megjelenik a csomag telepítése előtt. Ha a " -"felhasználó nem fogadja el az EULA-t, akkor a csomag nem kerül telepítésre." +msgid "Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." +msgstr "Az EULA szövege. Ez a szöveg megjelenik a csomag telepítése előtt. Ha a felhasználó nem fogadja el az EULA-t, akkor a csomag nem kerül telepítésre." #. label of key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660 @@ -2098,9 +1825,7 @@ #. help text for 'REQUIRES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 -msgid "" -"Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product " -"requirements." +msgid "Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product requirements." msgstr "Azok a csomagok, amelyek a termék telepítésének előfeltételei." #. label of PROVIDES key @@ -2110,12 +1835,8 @@ #. help text for 'PROVIDES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match requires</" -"b> from others." -msgstr "" -"A termék nyújtotta funkcionalitás. Használható mások requires " -"feltételeihez illesztéshez." +msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match requires from others." +msgstr "A termék nyújtotta funkcionalitás. Használható mások requires feltételeihez illesztéshez." # modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:635 #. label of 'CONFLICTS' key @@ -2125,12 +1846,8 @@ #. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 -msgid "" -"This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "" -"Ez a feloldandó nem telepíthető, ha a megadott feloldandó vagy a funkciót " -"biztosítók egyike már telepítve van." +msgid "This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "Ez a feloldandó nem telepíthető, ha a megadott feloldandó vagy a funkciót biztosítók egyike már telepítve van." #. label of 'OBSOLETES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690 @@ -2139,12 +1856,8 @@ #. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 -msgid "" -"When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a " -"name matching this keyword." -msgstr "" -"Ha ez a feloldandó telepítve van, akkor minden más, a kulcsszónak megfelelő " -"nevű feloldandót eltávolít." +msgid "When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a name matching this keyword." +msgstr "Ha ez a feloldandó telepítve van, akkor minden más, a kulcsszónak megfelelő nevű feloldandót eltávolít." #. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700 @@ -2153,13 +1866,8 @@ #. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 -msgid "" -"A weak version of requires. An attempt is made to fulfill " -"RECOMMENDS, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." -msgstr "" -"A requires gyenge változata. Kísérlet történt a RECOMMENDS " -"végrehajtására, de ha nem lehet ezeket egyeztetni, akkor a rendszer jelzés " -"nélkül figyelmen kívül hagyja ezeket." +msgid "A weak version of requires. An attempt is made to fulfill RECOMMENDS, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." +msgstr "A requires gyenge változata. Kísérlet történt a RECOMMENDS végrehajtására, de ha nem lehet ezeket egyeztetni, akkor a rendszer jelzés nélkül figyelmen kívül hagyja ezeket." #. label of 'SUGGESTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710 @@ -2189,11 +1897,8 @@ #. help text for 'productline' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 -msgid "" -"A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs " -"and versions." -msgstr "" -"A termék rövid neve, amely nem változik a javítócsomagok és a verziók között." +msgid "A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs and versions." +msgstr "A termék rövid neve, amely nem változik a javítócsomagok és a verziók között." #. table item label #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:754 @@ -2207,9 +1912,7 @@ #. help text for media type #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 -msgid "" -"Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, " -"ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +msgid "Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." msgstr "A termék által használt média típusa, amely lehet cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." #. table item label Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/add-on.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/add-on.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/add-on.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -65,12 +65,8 @@ "dvd://\n" #: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"A célfájl neve (az 'xmlfile' paraméter) hiányzik. Használja az " -"xmlfile=<cél_XML_fájl> parancssori paramétert." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "A célfájl neve (az 'xmlfile' paraméter) hiányzik. Használja az xmlfile=<cél_XML_fájl> parancssori paramétert." #. dialog caption #. this is a heading @@ -109,8 +105,7 @@ #: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." -msgstr "" -"Tegye elérhetővé a(z) \"%1\" kiegészítő terméket ezen keresztül: \"%2\"." +msgstr "Tegye elérhetővé a(z) \"%1\" kiegészítő terméket ezen keresztül: \"%2\"." #. placeholder for unknown path #. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media @@ -159,11 +154,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." -msgstr "" -"Válassza ki a telepíteni kívánt nyelvi kiterjesztéseket, majd nyomja meg " -"az OK gombot." +msgid "Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." +msgstr "Válassza ki a telepíteni kívánt nyelvi kiterjesztéseket, majd nyomja meg az OK gombot." #. TRANSLATORS: popup question #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245 @@ -373,8 +365,7 @@ "<big>Kiegészítő termék telepítése</big> \n" "Itt láthatók a telepítéshez kijelölt kiegészítő termékek.\n" "Új termék hozzáadásához nyomja meg a Hozzáadás gombot.\n" -"Egy már hozzáadott termék eltávolításához használja a Törlés gombot.</" -"p>" +"Egy már hozzáadott termék eltávolításához használja a Törlés gombot." #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 @@ -430,13 +421,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 -msgid "" -"Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove " -"an add-on which is in use." -msgstr "" -"Új kiegészítő termék létrehozásához nyomja meg az Hozzáadás " -"gombot, vagy a Törlés gombbal távolítson el egy kiegészítő terméket.</" -"p>" +msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." +msgstr "Új kiegészítő termék létrehozásához nyomja meg az Hozzáadás gombot, vagy a Törlés gombbal távolítson el egy kiegészítő terméket." #. no items #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 @@ -520,12 +506,8 @@ #~ msgid "&Select Language Extensions to be Installed" #~ msgstr "&Válassza ki a telepíteni kívánt nyelvi kiterjesztéseket" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the language extensions to be installed and then click the " -#~ "OK button." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Válassza ki a telepíteni kívánt nyelvi kiterjesztéseket, majd nyomja " -#~ "meg az OK gombot." +#~ msgid "Select the language extensions to be installed and then click the OK button." +#~ msgstr "Válassza ki a telepíteni kívánt nyelvi kiterjesztéseket, majd nyomja meg az OK gombot." #~ msgid "Reading packages available at the installation repositories..." #~ msgstr "A telepítési forrásban elérhető csomaginformációk beolvasása…" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/audit-laf.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/audit-laf.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/audit-laf.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -106,8 +106,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for space_left option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system starts to run low" -msgstr "" -"A naplózó partíción megmaradt hely (MByte-ban), amikor a rendszer jelez" +msgstr "A naplózó partíción megmaradt hely (MByte-ban), amikor a rendszer jelez" #. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 @@ -117,14 +116,12 @@ #. translators: command line help text for space_left_script option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:196 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if space_left is reached" -msgstr "" -"Futtatandó parancsfájl (teljes elérési út) a space_left érték elérésekor" +msgstr "Futtatandó parancsfájl (teljes elérési út) a space_left érték elérésekor" #. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system is running low" -msgstr "" -"A naplózó partíción megmaradt hely (MByte-ban), amikor a rendszer jelez" +msgstr "A naplózó partíción megmaradt hely (MByte-ban), amikor a rendszer jelez" #. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210 @@ -134,9 +131,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:225 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if admin_space_left is reached" -msgstr "" -"Futtatandó parancsfájl (teljes elérési út) az admin_space_left érték " -"elérésekor" +msgstr "Futtatandó parancsfájl (teljes elérési út) az admin_space_left érték elérésekor" #. command line help text for action_mail_acct option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 @@ -195,8 +190,7 @@ "the 'Computer Name Format' is set to 'USER'.\n" "Setting the format to 'NONE' (default)." msgstr "" -"A 'Felhasználó által megadott név' nincs beállítva, habár 'Számítógépnév " -"formátuma' 'USER'-re van beállítva.\n" +"A 'Felhasználó által megadott név' nincs beállítva, habár 'Számítógépnév formátuma' 'USER'-re van beállítva.\n" "Állítsa be a 'NONE' z alapértelmezett értékre." # modules/printconf/printconf_manuf_model.ycp:77 @@ -240,8 +234,7 @@ msgstr "" "A szabályok már zárolva vannak, a visszaállítás nem lehetséges.\n" "\n" -"A zárolás feloldásához be kell állítani az Engedélyezőjelzőt és be kell " -"fejezni a beállításokat. Ezek után újraindítás szükséges." +"A zárolás feloldásához be kell állítani az Engedélyezőjelzőt és be kell fejezni a beállításokat. Ezek után újraindítás szükséges." #. Report success #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:488 @@ -251,9 +244,7 @@ #. Report error - error during reset #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:492 msgid "Cannot reset rules. Check /etc/audit/audit.rules." -msgstr "" -"A szabályok nem állíthatók vissza. Ellenőrizze az /etc/audit/audit.rules " -"fájlt." +msgstr "A szabályok nem állíthatók vissza. Ellenőrizze az /etc/audit/audit.rules fájlt." #. Handle actions of rules dialog #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:560 @@ -277,8 +268,7 @@ msgstr "" "Az audit.rules (-e 2) zárolva.\n" "\n" -"Nincs értelme folytatni, mivel a szabályok a következő rendszerindításig " -"zárolva vannak.\n" +"Nincs értelme folytatni, mivel a szabályok a következő rendszerindításig zárolva vannak.\n" #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:606 msgid "Success" @@ -310,8 +300,7 @@ msgstr "" "Az audit beállítások zárolva vannak (-e 2).\n" "Ez azt jelenti, hogy a következő rendszerindításig zárolva maradnak.\n" -" Amennyiben valóban ezt akarja, bizonyosodjon meg róla, hogy szabályokat " -"tartalmazó fájl utolsó bejegyzése '-e 2'\n" +" Amennyiben valóban ezt akarja, bizonyosodjon meg róla, hogy szabályokat tartalmazó fájl utolsó bejegyzése '-e 2'\n" "Amennyiben nem, az auditálást engedélyezheti vagy letilthatja.\n" "A szabályok ellenőrzéséhez vagy szerkesztéséhez\n" "menjen vissza a szabályszerkesztőbe.\n" @@ -511,12 +500,10 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big> \n" "\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Linux Audit keretrendszer beállításának engedélyezése</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Linux Audit keretrendszer beállításának engedélyezése</big> \n" "\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -526,8 +513,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Az előkészítés megszakítása:</big> \n" -"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás</" -"b> gombbal.\n" +"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás gombbal.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43 @@ -548,40 +534,28 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Mentés megszakítása:</big> \n" "A Megszakítás gomb megnyomásával megszakíthatja a folyamatot.\n" -"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e " -"megtenni.\n" +"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e megtenni.\n" "\n" #. logfile_settings dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big> \n" -"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is " -"responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/" -"log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" -"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications " -"which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file " -"watches)." +"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" +"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches)." msgstr "" "<big>Auditd naplófájlok beállítása</big> \n" -"Az audit démon minden fontos eseményt auditál az alapértelmezett " -"naplófájlba: /var/log/audit/audit.log.\n" -"Az események az apparmor kernelmodultól, a libaudit-ot " -"használó alkalmazásokból (pl. PAM), vagy a szabályokból (pl. fájl " -"figyelése). is érkezhetnek." +"Az audit démon minden fontos eseményt auditál az alapértelmezett naplófájlba: /var/log/audit/audit.log.\n" +"Az események az apparmor kernelmodultól, a libaudit-ot használó alkalmazásokból (pl. PAM), vagy a szabályokból (pl. fájl figyelése). is érkezhetnek." #. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 msgid "" -"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules " -"and the possibility to add rules.\n" -"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page ('man auditd.conf')." +"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" +"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" -"A szabályokról és a szabályok hozzáadásának lehetőségéről az auditctl " -"szabályok párbeszédpanelben található bővebb információ.\n" -"A naplófájl beállításairól bővebb információ a 'man auditd.conf' parancs " -"segítségével található." +"A szabályokról és a szabályok hozzáadásának lehetőségéről az auditctl szabályok párbeszédpanelben található bővebb információ.\n" +"A naplófájl beállításairól bővebb információ a 'man auditd.conf' parancs segítségével található." #. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 @@ -595,99 +569,70 @@ #. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 msgid "" -"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly " -"as the kernel\n" -"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of " -"writing it on disk (does not affect\n" +"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" +"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" "data sent to the dispatcher). " msgstr "" -"Formátum: a RAW kiválasztásakor az összes adat naplózásra " -"kerül\n" +"Formátum: a RAW kiválasztásakor az összes adat naplózásra kerül\n" "(pontosan abban a formátumban, ahogy azt a kernel küldi), a NOLOG\n" -"figyelmen kívül hagy minden auditinformációt (ez azonban nincs hatással a " -"vezérlőprogramnak\n" +"figyelmen kívül hagy minden auditinformációt (ez azonban nincs hatással a vezérlőprogramnak\n" "küldött adatra). " #. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 msgid "" -"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " -"INCREMENTAL the\n" -"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an " -"explicit flush to disk.\n" -"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: " -"keep data portion synced,\n" +"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to INCREMENTAL the\n" +"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" +"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: keep data portion synced,\n" "SYNC: keep data and meta-data fully synced." msgstr "" -"Kiírás: meghatározza, az adatok kiírásának módját a lemezre. " -"Amennyiben ez\n" -"INCREMANTAL a Gyakoriság paraméter megadja, hogy mennyi " -"bejegyzés\n" -"kerül írásra mielőtt a lemezre történő kiírás elkezdődik. A NONE " -"beállításnál nem\n" -"történik semmi az adatok kiírása érdekében, a DATA az adatrészeket " -"tartja szinkronban,\n" +"Kiírás: meghatározza, az adatok kiírásának módját a lemezre. Amennyiben ez\n" +"INCREMANTAL a Gyakoriság paraméter megadja, hogy mennyi bejegyzés\n" +"kerül írásra mielőtt a lemezre történő kiírás elkezdődik. A NONE beállításnál nem\n" +"történik semmi az adatok kiírása érdekében, a DATA az adatrészeket tartja szinkronban,\n" "a SYNC pedig az adatokat és a metaadatokat is szinkronizálja." #. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 msgid "" -"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take " -"when this\n" +"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" "value is reached via Size and Action.\n" msgstr "" -"Állítsa be a naplófájl maximális méretét és a az érték elérésekor " -"végrehajtandó teendőt\n" +"Állítsa be a naplófájl maximális méretét és a az érték elérésekor végrehajtandó teendőt\n" "a Méret és művelet részben.\n" #. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files " -"specifies the number\n" -"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a " -"warning\n" -"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records " -"to\n" +"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files specifies the number\n" +"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" +"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records to\n" "disk. IGNORE means do nothing, KEEP_LOGS is similar\n" "to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.\n" msgstr "" -"Amennyiben a teendő ROTATE a Naplófájlok száma határozza " -"meg a megtartandó\n" -"fájlok számát. A SYSLOG azt jelenti, hogy az audit démon a " -"figyelmeztetéseket a /var/log/messages\n" -"fájlba írja, a SUSPEND pedig leállítja a rekordok lemezre írását. Az " -"IGNORE beállításnál nem\n" -"történik semmi, a KEEP_LOGS pedig nagyon hasonló a ROTATE-hez, de a " -"naplófájlok nem kerülnek\n" +"Amennyiben a teendő ROTATE a Naplófájlok száma határozza meg a megtartandó\n" +"fájlok számát. A SYSLOG azt jelenti, hogy az audit démon a figyelmeztetéseket a /var/log/messages\n" +"fájlba írja, a SUSPEND pedig leállítja a rekordok lemezre írását. Az IGNORE beállításnál nem\n" +"történik semmi, a KEEP_LOGS pedig nagyon hasonló a ROTATE-hez, de a naplófájlok nem kerülnek\n" "felülírásra.\n" #. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 msgid "" -"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to " -"the\n" +"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to the\n" "log file. If USER is set, the User Defined Name is\n" -"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses " -"the\n" -"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully " -"qualified\n" +"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses the\n" +"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully qualified\n" "domain name.\n" msgstr "" -"A Számítógépnév formátuma leírja, hogy milyen néven szerepeljen a " -"számítógép a naplófájlban.\n" -"A USER beállításkor a Felhasználó által meghatározott nevet " -"használja, a NONE beállítás esetén a számítógép neve nem kerül a " -"naplófájlba, a HOSTNAME pedig a 'gethostname' rendszerhívás " -"válaszértékét használja, az FQD esetén pedig a gép teljes " -"tartománynevét.\n" +"A Számítógépnév formátuma leírja, hogy milyen néven szerepeljen a számítógép a naplófájlban.\n" +"A USER beállításkor a Felhasználó által meghatározott nevet használja, a NONE beállítás esetén a számítógép neve nem kerül a naplófájlba, a HOSTNAME pedig a 'gethostname' rendszerhívás válaszértékét használja, az FQD esetén pedig a gép teljes tartománynevét.\n" #. dispatcher dialog help 1/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big> \n" -"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page\n" +"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" "('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" "<big>Auditd vezérlőprogram beállítása</big> \n" @@ -697,50 +642,34 @@ #. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon " -"and\n" +"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n" "gets all audit events on stdin." -msgstr "" -"Vezérlőprogram: A vezérlőprogramot az audit démon indítja el és " -"megkap minden auditeseményt stdin-en." +msgstr "Vezérlőprogram: A vezérlőprogramot az audit démon indítja el és megkap minden auditeseményt stdin-en." #. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and " -"the dispatcher\n" -"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the " -"dispatcher are discarded\n" -"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want " -"a blocking/lossless\n" +"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n" +"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n" +"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want a blocking/lossless\n" "communication." -msgstr "" -"Kommunikáció: A kommunikációt kezeli a démon és vezérlőprogram " -"között. A veszteséges (lossy) kommunikáció azt jelenti, hogy a " -"vezérlőnek küldött eseményeket eldobja, ha 128kB buffer betelik. Ha ez nem " -"megfelelő, akkor a veszteségmentes (lossless) beállítást célszerű " -"használni." +msgstr "Kommunikáció: A kommunikációt kezeli a démon és vezérlőprogram között. A veszteséges (lossy) kommunikáció azt jelenti, hogy a vezérlőnek küldött eseményeket eldobja, ha 128kB buffer betelik. Ha ez nem megfelelő, akkor a veszteségmentes (lossless) beállítást célszerű használni." #. dispatcher dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" -"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd." -"conf')." +"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf')." msgstr "" "Az 'audispd' vezérlőprogram egy az audit események multiplexora\n" -"További információ a 'man audispd' és 'man audispd.conf' parancs " -"használatával érhető el." +"További információ a 'man audispd' és 'man audispd.conf' parancs használatával érhető el." #. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Note: The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have '0750'\n" " file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" -msgstr "" -"Megjegyzés: A vezérlőprogramot a 'root' felhasználóval kell " -"indítani, '0750' fájljogosultsággal kell rendelkeznie és a teljes elérési " -"utat meg kell adni.\n" +msgstr "Megjegyzés: A vezérlőprogramot a 'root' felhasználóval kell indítani, '0750' fájljogosultsággal kell rendelkeznie és a teljes elérési utat meg kell adni.\n" #. disk space dialog help 1/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:126 @@ -756,78 +685,56 @@ #. disk space dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform " -"an Action because\n" +"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an Action because\n" "the system is starting to run low on space." msgstr "" -"A Megmaradt hely és a Művelet meghatározza, hogy mekkora " -"megmaradt lemezterület\n" +"A Megmaradt hely és a Művelet meghatározza, hogy mekkora megmaradt lemezterület\n" "(megabyte-ban) esetén milyen műveletet kerüljön végrehajtásra." #. disk space dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The " -"system is running\n" -"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action</" -"b> will be performed." +"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The system is running\n" +"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action will be performed." msgstr "" -"Az Admin Space Left értékének kisebbnek kell lennie, mint " -"fentiekben megadottnál. A lemezen\n" -"található szabad hely elfogy, ha az érték eléri a megadott értéket, " -"akkor a beállított Teendő\n" +"Az Admin Space Left értékének kisebbnek kell lennie, mint fentiekben megadottnál. A lemezen\n" +"található szabad hely elfogy, ha az érték eléri a megadott értéket, akkor a beállított Teendő\n" "végrehajtásra kerül." #. disk space dialog hep 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "If an action is set to EMAIL, a warning mail will be sent to the\n" -"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means " -"the\n" -"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE " -"means\n" +"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means the\n" +"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE means\n" "do nothing. EXEC runs the script specified in Path to\n" "Script. SUSPEND stops writing records to disk. SINGLE\n" "switches the system to single user mode. HALT shuts down the\n" "system.\n" msgstr "" -"Ha a művelet beállítása EMAIL, akkor egy figyelmeztető üzenetet " -"küld a Művelet levélcímére. \n" -" A SYSLOG beállítás azt jelenti, hogy a lemezterülettel " -"kapcsolatos figyelmeztetések a /var/log/messages\n" -"fájlba kerülnek kiírásra, az IGNORE beállításnál nem történik semmi, " -"az EXEC beállításnál végrehajtásra\n" -"kerül a Parancsfájl elérési útjánál megadott parancsfájl. A " -"SUSPEND beállításnál a rekordok nem\n" -"kerülnek kiírásra a lemezre, a SINGLE a rendszert egyfelhasználós " -"módba kapcsolja, a HALT pedig\n" +"Ha a művelet beállítása EMAIL, akkor egy figyelmeztető üzenetet küld a Művelet levélcímére. \n" +" A SYSLOG beállítás azt jelenti, hogy a lemezterülettel kapcsolatos figyelmeztetések a /var/log/messages\n" +"fájlba kerülnek kiírásra, az IGNORE beállításnál nem történik semmi, az EXEC beállításnál végrehajtásra\n" +"kerül a Parancsfájl elérési útjánál megadott parancsfájl. A SUSPEND beállításnál a rekordok nem\n" +"kerülnek kiírásra a lemezre, a SINGLE a rendszert egyfelhasználós módba kapcsolja, a HALT pedig\n" "leállítja a rendszert.\n" #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 msgid "" -"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full " -"already) and\n" -"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while " -"writing to disk).\n" +"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full already) and\n" +"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n" "Available actions are the same as above (except for EMAIL)." -msgstr "" -"Külön beállítható a Művelet lemez beteltekor (a lemez már betelt) " -"és a Művelet lemez meghibásodásakor (lemez írása közben észlelt hiba) " -"is. A fentiekkel megegyező műveleteket lehet ezekhez hozzárendelni (kivéve " -"az EMAIL)." +msgstr "Külön beállítható a Művelet lemez beteltekor (a lemez már betelt) és a Művelet lemez meghibásodásakor (lemez írása közben észlelt hiba) is. A fentiekkel megegyező műveleteket lehet ezekhez hozzárendelni (kivéve az EMAIL)." #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "Note: All scripts specified for EXEC must be owned\n" -"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be " -"entered.\n" +"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" msgstr "" -"Megjegyzés: Az EXEC-hez megadott parancsfájlok " -"tulajdonosának a\n" -"'root' felhasználónak kell lennie és '0750' fájljogosultsággal kell " -"rendelkeznie, valamint a\n" +"Megjegyzés: Az EXEC-hez megadott parancsfájlok tulajdonosának a\n" +"'root' felhasználónak kell lennie és '0750' fájljogosultsággal kell rendelkeznie, valamint a\n" "teljes elérési utat meg kell adni.\n" #. rules dialog help 1/6 @@ -836,40 +743,28 @@ "<big>Rules for auditctl</big> \n" "This dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\n" "auditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\n" -"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules.</" -"p>" +"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules." msgstr "" "<big>Auditctl szabályok</big> \n" -"Ebben az ablakban lehetőség van a syscall auditálás engedélyezésére és " -"tiltására, valamint az audit beállítások zárolására.\n" -"Az Ellenőrzőjelző beállítása részben megadott beállítás a szabályhoz " -"kerül hozzáadásra." +"Ebben az ablakban lehetőség van a syscall auditálás engedélyezésére és tiltására, valamint az audit beállítások zárolására.\n" +"Az Ellenőrzőjelző beállítása részben megadott beállítás a szabályhoz kerül hozzáadásra." #. rules dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next " -"reboot." -msgstr "" -"Megjegyzés: A szabályok zárolása azt jelenti, hogy ezek nem " -"módosíthatók a következő újraindításig. " +msgid "Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot." +msgstr "Megjegyzés: A szabályok zárolása azt jelenti, hogy ezek nem módosíthatók a következő újraindításig. " #. rules dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" -" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/" -"audit.log (default). " -msgstr "" -"Az auditálás további szabályok nélkül történő engedélyezése azt " -"eredményezi, hogy a libaudit programkönyvtárat használó programok, " -"mint pl. a , a /var/log/audit/audit.log alapértelmezett fájlba naplóz. " +" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). " +msgstr "Az auditálás további szabályok nélkül történő engedélyezése azt eredményezi, hogy a libaudit programkönyvtárat használó programok, mint pl. a , a /var/log/audit/audit.log alapértelmezett fájlba naplóz. " #. rules dialog help 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 msgid "" -"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " -"advanced users. \n" +"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users. \n" "For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.\n" msgstr "" "Ez kézzel is beállítható, amely csak szakértőknek javasolt. \n" @@ -877,15 +772,10 @@ #. rules dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit " -"subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings " -"from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" +msgid "Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" msgstr "" -"A Szintaxis ellenőrzése elküldi a szabályt az auditctl-en " -"keresztül az audit alrendszerbe\n" -"és megmondja, hogy a szintaxis megfelelő-e vagy sem. A Visszaállítás</" -"b> az /etc/audit/audit.rules fájlban\n" +"A Szintaxis ellenőrzése elküldi a szabályt az auditctl-en keresztül az audit alrendszerbe\n" +"és megmondja, hogy a szintaxis megfelelő-e vagy sem. A Visszaállítás az /etc/audit/audit.rules fájlban\n" "található beállítások kerülnek visszaállításra.\n" #. rules dialog help 6/6 @@ -896,9 +786,7 @@ "Click Load to open a file selection dialog in which you can load\n" "an example rules file.\n" msgstr "" -"A Visszaállítás gomb megnyomásával visszaállításra kerül az előző " -"auditctl-en keresztül történő korábbi szintaxis-ellenőrzésen átesett " -"szabály. \n" +"A Visszaállítás gomb megnyomásával visszaállításra kerül az előző auditctl-en keresztül történő korábbi szintaxis-ellenőrzésen átesett szabály. \n" "A Betöltés gombbal fájlból lehet betölteni egy szabályt.\n" #. Header of tab in tab widget @@ -931,12 +819,8 @@ #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 -msgid "" -"To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 " -"must be installed." -msgstr "" -"A Linux Auditing beállításához szükség van a(z) %1 csomag " -"telepítésére." +msgid "To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 must be installed." +msgstr "A Linux Auditing beállításához szükség van a(z) %1 csomag telepítésére." #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -1050,9 +934,10 @@ msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" +# modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:493 #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 msgid "&Start" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Indítás" #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 msgid "&Do not start" @@ -1070,9 +955,7 @@ "a reboot is required afterwards.\n" msgstr "" "Lehetséges, hogy a szabályok zárolva vannak.\n" -"A folytatáshoz ellenőrizni kell a szabályokat. Módosíthatja az " -"Engedélyezőjelzőt, de ennek érvényre jutásához újra kell indítania a " -"rendszert.\n" +"A folytatáshoz ellenőrizni kell a szabályokat. Módosíthatja az Engedélyezőjelzőt, de ennek érvényre jutásához újra kell indítania a rendszert.\n" # modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:568 modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:620 # menuentries/menuentry_isdn.ycp:11 Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/auth-client.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/auth-client.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/auth-client.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -57,12 +57,12 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mégsem" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OK" #. Waiting for response #. Waiting for response @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Help" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Súgó" #. No we open the dialog #: src/include/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "New" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Új" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Add New Domain" @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ #. The default ldap schema rfc2307 is deprecated use rfc2307bis #: src/include/dialogs.rb:421 msgid "Basic Settings:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alapvető beállítások:" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:423 msgid "Services:" @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ #. Main dialog contents #: src/include/dialogs.rb:512 msgid "SPAM Prevention" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SPAM védelem" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:580 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:586 @@ -179,15 +179,15 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:538 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hozzáadás" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:539 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Szerkesztés" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Törlés" #. Inetd configure dialog caption #: src/include/dialogs.rb:547 @@ -205,70 +205,48 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:22 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:27 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:80 -msgid "" -"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " -"Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31 -msgid "" -"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be " -"configured or SSSD won't start." +msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:32 -msgid "" -"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be " -"queried." +msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:36 -msgid "" -"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing " -"user name and domain into these components" +msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:40 -msgid "" -"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a " -"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44 -msgid "" -"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update " -"its internal DNS resolver." +msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:45 -msgid "" -"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to " -"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " -"files." +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:53 -msgid "" -"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a " -"domain name component." +msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." msgstr "" #. Define Global Services Parameters #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the " -"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most " -"verbose mode." +msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:65 @@ -284,42 +262,28 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:85 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be " -"opened at one time by this SSSD process." +msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:90 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process " -"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:95 -msgid "" -"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it " -"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." msgstr "" #. NSS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:103 -msgid "" -"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " -"all users)?" +msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:108 -msgid "" -"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " -"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " -"for the domain." +msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:113 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " -"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " -"before asking the back end again." +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:118 @@ -331,20 +295,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:128 -msgid "" -"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " -"or a template." +msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:136 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1103 -msgid "" -"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " -"explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:140 @@ -360,50 +319,36 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:153 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:157 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1107 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:162 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:205 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " -"considered valid." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " -"valid." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." msgstr "" #. PAM configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:175 -msgid "" -"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " -"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:180 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:185 -msgid "" -"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " -"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:190 -msgid "" -"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:195 -msgid "" -"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " -"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " -"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." msgstr "" #. The kerberos domain section @@ -414,37 +359,27 @@ #. SUDO configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:213 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " -"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." msgstr "" #. AUTOFS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:221 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " -"hits before asking the back end again." +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." msgstr "" #. SSH configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:229 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " -"file." +msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:234 -msgid "" -"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " -"host keys were requested." +msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." msgstr "" #. DOMAIN SECTIONS #. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:243 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:248 -msgid "" -"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " -"outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:253 @@ -452,51 +387,35 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:258 -msgid "" -"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " -"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " -"backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before " -"asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 -msgid "" -"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " -"again." +msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:293 -msgid "" -"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " -"before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:298 @@ -504,9 +423,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:303 -msgid "" -"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " -"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:308 @@ -514,9 +431,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:313 -msgid "" -"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " -"as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:319 @@ -528,8 +443,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:331 -msgid "" -"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:337 @@ -553,27 +467,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:366 -msgid "" -"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " -"containing user name and domain into these components." +msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:371 -msgid "" -"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " -"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:377 -msgid "" -"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " -"performing DNS lookups." +msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:382 -msgid "" -"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " -"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386 @@ -581,9 +487,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:387 -msgid "" -"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " -"the service discovery DNS query." +msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:391 @@ -595,15 +499,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:401 -msgid "" -"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " -"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " -"name was an alias." +msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:406 -msgid "" -"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "" #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider @@ -612,9 +512,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:417 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " -"to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:422 @@ -622,9 +520,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:427 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " -"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:433 @@ -634,32 +530,23 @@ #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:442 -msgid "" -"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " -"directory." +msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:447 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:452 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:457 -msgid "" -"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " -"home directory." +msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:462 -msgid "" -"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " -"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd" -"(8)" +msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:467 @@ -672,15 +559,11 @@ #. The ldap domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:480 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:485 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:491 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:497 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:503 @@ -724,8 +607,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:553 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:558 @@ -741,106 +623,67 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:573 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:778 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:578 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " -"password change)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:583 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " -"age)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:588 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " -"age)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:593 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " -"period)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:598 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " -"inactivity period)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:603 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " -"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow" -"(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:608 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " -"kerberos." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:613 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:618 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:623 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:628 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " -"determines if access is allowed or not." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:633 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " -"access is allowed or not." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:638 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " -"which date access is granted." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:643 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " -"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:648 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " -"(UPN)." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:652 @@ -848,10 +691,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:657 -msgid "" -"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " -"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " -"fail." +msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:658 @@ -859,16 +699,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:663 -msgid "" -"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " -"enumerated records." +msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:668 -msgid "" -"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " -"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " -"space." +msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:673 @@ -880,17 +715,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:683 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " -"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " -"to determine access privilege." +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:688 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " -"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " -"privilege." +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:698 @@ -918,30 +747,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:728 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:734 -msgid "" -"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " -"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " -"follow." +msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:740 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " -"complex or deep nested groups." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:746 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " -"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:752 @@ -957,13 +775,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:768 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:773 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:783 @@ -971,9 +787,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:788 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " -"aliases." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:793 @@ -981,52 +795,35 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:798 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:804 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches " -"for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:809 -msgid "" -" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " -"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " -"is entered)." +msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:814 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " -"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " -"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:819 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " -"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:824 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " -"will abort if no response is received." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:829 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " -"maintained." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:834 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " -"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:839 @@ -1034,33 +831,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:844 -msgid "" -"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " -"security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:849 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " -"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:855 -msgid "" -"Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if " -"any." +msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:860 -msgid "" -"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " -"Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:865 -msgid "" -"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " -"certificates in separate individual files." +msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:869 @@ -1076,16 +863,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:883 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " -"channel." +msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:888 -msgid "" -"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " -"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " -"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:892 @@ -1101,9 +883,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:907 -msgid "" -"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " -"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:912 @@ -1119,8 +899,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:927 -msgid "" -"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:932 @@ -1132,28 +911,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:941 -msgid "" -"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " -"password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:946 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " -"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:951 -msgid "" -"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " -"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " -"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:956 -msgid "" -" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " -"be enabled." +msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:962 @@ -1165,15 +935,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " -"use the RFC2307 schema." +msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:995 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:999 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " -"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1004 @@ -1181,9 +947,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1009 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1014 -msgid "" -"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " -"servers can be defined here." +msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1019 @@ -1195,39 +959,27 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1029 -msgid "" -" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " -"password request is aborted." +msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1034 -msgid "" -"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " -"spoofed." +msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1039 -msgid "" -"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " -"KDCs." +msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " -"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1048 -msgid "" -"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " -"immediately followed by a time unit." +msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1052 -msgid "" -"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " -"followed by a time unit." +msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1056 @@ -1235,9 +987,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1061 -msgid "" -"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" -"authentication." +msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1065 @@ -1254,16 +1004,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1087 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1091 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1095 -msgid "" -"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the " -"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this " -"host." +msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1099 @@ -1271,15 +1016,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1112 -msgid "" -" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1117 -msgid "" -"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1122 @@ -1295,9 +1036,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1135 -msgid "" -"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " -"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section @@ -1306,21 +1045,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1151 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1155 -msgid "" -"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully " -"qualified name." +msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1160 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " -"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1165 @@ -1328,8 +1061,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1169 -msgid "" -"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" #. end Export Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/auth-server.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/auth-server.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/auth-server.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -24,165 +24,164 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:49 msgid "Enable/Disable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Szolgáltatás engedélyezése/letiltása" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:53 msgid "Add a new database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Új adatbázis hozzáadása" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:60 msgid "Show a list of currently available databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jelenleg elérhető adatbázisok listája" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:64 msgid "Show a list of currently configured schemas" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jelenleg beállított sémák listája" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:68 msgid "Add a schema to the list" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Séma hozzáadása a listához" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72 msgid "Enable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Szolgáltatás engedélyezése" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73 msgid "Disable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Szolgáltatás letiltása" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75 msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adatbázistípus (\"hdb\" vagy \"bdb\")" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:79 msgid "Base DN for the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Az adatbázis base DN-je" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:83 msgid "DN for the administrator login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN az adminisztrátori bejelentkezéshez" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:87 msgid "Administrator password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adminisztrátori jelszó" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:95 msgid "Directory for the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adatbázis könyvtára" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 msgid "File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fájl" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 msgid "Position" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pozíció" #. map<string, any> edb = LdapServer::ReadDatabase(); #. y2milestone("DBs: %1", edb); #. #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:192 msgid "No base DN provided\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nincs alap DN\n" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209 msgid "Database cannot be created when the service is not enabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Az adatbázis nem hozható létre, amíg a szolgáltatás nincs engedélyezve" #. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db); #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219 msgid "Error while adding the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hiba az adatbázis hozzáadásakor" #. error popup #. error popup #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "" -"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings " -"later in the installed system." -msgstr "" +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." +msgstr "Az LDAP adatbázis már létre lett hozva. A beállításokat megváltoztathatja később, a telepített rendszeren." #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 msgid "[root password]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[root-jelszó]" +# modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:391 modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:401 +# modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:411 +# clients/lan_ISDN.ycp:909 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:103 msgid "[manually set]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[kézi beállítás]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " -"continue." -msgstr "" +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." +msgstr "Nem sikerült a rendszer rendszergazdai jelszavának kiolvasása. A folytatáshoz változtassa meg az LDAP-kiszolgáló jelszavát." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Elsődleges LDAP-kiszolgáló beállítása:" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:114 msgid "Setting up standalone LDAP Server:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Önálló LDAP-kiszolgáló beállítása:" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:121 msgid "Base DN: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alap DN: " #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:125 msgid "Root DN: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rendszergazdai (root) DN: " #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:128 msgid "LDAP Password: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP jelszó: " #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Setting up LDAP Slave Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Másodlagos (slave) LDAP-kiszolgáló beállítása" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:143 msgid "Provider: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Szolgáltató: " #. all known interfaces for testing #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tűzfalport megnyitása" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 msgid "YES" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Igen" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:190 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:204 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 msgid "NO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "NEM" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Firewall is disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A tűzfal le van tiltva" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Regisztrálás az SLP-démonnál: " #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2192 msgid "Start LDAP Server: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP-kiszolgáló indítása: " #. Rich text title for LdapServer in proposals #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:253 msgid "OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OpenLDAP-kiszolgáló" #. Menu title for LdapServer in proposals #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:257 msgid "Open&LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Open&LDAP-kiszolgáló" #. translators: error popup before aborting the module #. translators: error popup before aborting the module @@ -193,6 +192,9 @@ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the package." msgstr "" +"A(z) %1 csomag nem elérhető.\n" +"A YaST nem tudja folytatni a beállítást a\n" +"csomag telepítése nélkül." #. translators: error popup before aborting the module #. translators: error popup before aborting the module @@ -202,11 +204,11 @@ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the required packages." msgstr "" +"A YaST nem tudja folytatni a beállítást a\n" +"szükséges csomagok telepítése nélkül." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "" -"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " -"finished." +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344 @@ -214,6 +216,8 @@ "OpenLDAP Server: Common server certificate not available.\n" "StartTLS is disabled." msgstr "" +"OpenLDAP-kiszolgáló: nem található az általános kiszolgálótanúsítvány.\n" +"A StartTLS le van tiltva." #. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module #: src/clients/openldap-mirrormode.rb:36 @@ -223,26 +227,28 @@ #. Start new config wizward #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:106 msgid "Existing configuration detected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Meglévő beállítás található." #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -"running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " -"you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" +"Létezik jelenlegi beállítás, de az LDAP-kiszolgáló jelenleg nem fut.\n" +"El akarja indítani most a kiszolgálót a jelenlegi beállításokkal, vagy egy teljesen új beállítást szeretne készíteni?" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Restart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Újraindítás" +# modules/inst_mouse.ycp:81 +# modules/inst_mouse.ycp:74 #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:114 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "New Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Új beállítás" #. Start new config wizward #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 @@ -259,11 +265,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:148 msgid "Migrate existing configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jelenlegi beállítások migrálása" +# clients/printconf_ask_remote.ycp:236 #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:151 msgid "Create a new configuration from scratch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Teljesen új beállítás készítése" #. LdapServer summary dialog caption #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:231 @@ -287,43 +294,42 @@ #. ******************** #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "General Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Általános beállítások" #. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database #. dialogs #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:52 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:40 msgid "&Start LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&LDAP-kiszolgáló indítása" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:77 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:59 msgid "Register at an &SLP Daemon" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Regisztrálás egy &SLP-démonnál" +# clients/lan_modem.ycp:588 #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tűzfalbeállítások" #. create new item #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "The LDAP Server is not running." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Az LDAP-kiszolgáló nem fut." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 -msgid "" -"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " -"to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" #. get helps page #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:227 msgid "help page for item " -msgstr "" +msgstr "a súgóoldal ehhez: " #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:228 msgid " not available" -msgstr "" +msgstr " nem érhető el" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "Server Type" @@ -358,7 +364,7 @@ #. Button text #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Advanced Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Speciális beállítások" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Kerberos Authentication" @@ -370,14 +376,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alapvető Kerberos-beállítások" #. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase. #. Please think twice please before you translate this, #. and check with kerberos.pot how it is translated there. #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:502 msgid "R&ealm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "T&erület" #. abort? #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:563 @@ -390,49 +396,54 @@ #. caption #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Advanced Kerberos Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Speciális Kerberos-beállítások" #. tree widget label #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Advanced &Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Speciális &beállítások" +# modules/inst_sw_select.ycp:125 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_sw_select.ycp:194 +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:666 #. label widget #. header label #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 msgid "Current Selection: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jelenlegi választás: " #. tree widget headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beállítás:" #. ############## input handler ################ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:913 msgid "LDAP Authentication failed. Try again?\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Az LDAP-hitelesítés nem sikerült. Megpróbálja újból?\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:914 msgid "Error message: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hibaüzenet: " #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "Create new account in the first database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Új felhasználó létrehozása a kezdeti adatbázisban" +# modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:313 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:960 msgid "User Id" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Felhasználói azonosító" +# clients/printconf_ask_device.ycp:192 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:967 msgid "Container Object" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konténer objektum" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:973 msgid "Browse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tallózás" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:980 msgid "Generate a Random Password" @@ -444,20 +455,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1007 msgid "Configure Account for Replication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Felhasználó beállítása a replikációhoz" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "nem érvényes LDAP DN" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jelszó" +# modules/inst_user.ycp:37 +# modules/inst_user.ycp:53 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073 msgid "Validate Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jelszó érvényesítése" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1093 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1565 @@ -477,38 +490,39 @@ msgid "Provider Details" msgstr "" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:175 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protokoll" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Provider Hostname" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Szolgáltató gépneve" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624 msgid "Use StartTLS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "StartTLS használata" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1162 msgid "Administration Password for the \"cn=config\" Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adminisztrátori jelszó a \"cn=config\" adatbázishoz" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1171 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:261 msgid "C&A Certificate File (PEM Format)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "C&A tanúsítványfájl (PEM formátum)" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 msgid "Bro&wse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Tallózás…" #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:567 msgid "Select CA Certificate File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Válassza ki a CA-tanúsítványfájlt" #. **************************** #. * tls handlers @@ -521,9 +535,7 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277 -msgid "" -"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -"server.\n" +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280 @@ -534,15 +546,16 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "The following error messages were returned:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A következő hibaüzenet érkezett vissza:" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1302 msgid "An error occurred while verifying the TLS/SSL configuration." msgstr "" +# clients/printconf.ycp:867 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1314 msgid "Do you want to import a different CA/Server Certificate?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valóban importálni akar egy másik CA/kiszolgáló tanúsítványt?" #. Check if the syncrepl config of cn=config makes sense #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1325 @@ -551,7 +564,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1328 msgid "Click Continue to create it now." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Létrehozásához nyomja meg a Folytatás gombot." #. this test needs only be done in a non-MirrorMode setup #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1380 @@ -561,21 +574,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383 -msgid "" -"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." msgstr "" #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410 -msgid "" -"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" msgstr "" +# clients/printconf.ycp:323 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 msgid "The test returned the following error messages:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A vizsgálat az alábbi hibaüzeneteket adta vissza:" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1424 msgid "Click \"Continue\" to correct this now." @@ -585,7 +596,7 @@ #. @return dialog result #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1519 msgid "Replication Master setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Elsődleges (master) replikációs kiszolgáló beállítása" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1522 msgid "" @@ -596,21 +607,24 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525 msgid "" "\n" -"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " -"encrypted\n" +"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" "LDAP Connections.)\n" msgstr "" +# modules/inst_user.ycp:37 +# modules/inst_user.ycp:53 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1532 msgid "Enter new &Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adja meg az új &jelszót" +# modules/inst_user.ycp:37 +# modules/inst_user.ycp:53 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1537 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:961 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1003 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:405 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219 msgid "&Validate Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Je&lszó érvényesítése" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Prepare for MirrorMode replication (generates the serverId attribute)" @@ -619,24 +633,22 @@ #. The "Startup Configuration node for the main tree widget #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:17 msgid "<h3>Startup Configuration</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Indítási beállítások</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:20 msgid "<h4>Start LDAP Server</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>LDAP-kiszolgáló indítása</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be " -"started. Note:\n" -"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</" -"p>\n" +"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 msgid "<h4>Protocol Listeners</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Protokollfigyelők</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:27 msgid "Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP." @@ -644,18 +656,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " -"communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " -"configured." -msgstr "" +"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." +msgstr "Az LDAP szabványos portja a 389. Lehetséges TLS/SSL biztonságos kapcsolat használata a StartTLS segítségével, amennyiben be van állítva a kiszolgáló tanúsítványa." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -"protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " -"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36 @@ -667,7 +675,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41 msgid "<h4>Firewall Settings</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Tűzfal-beállítások</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" @@ -678,51 +686,41 @@ #. First part of the Add Database Widget #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "<h3>Basic Database Settings</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Adatbázis beállításai</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. " -"Hdb is a\n" -"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " -"and\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" +"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" -"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) " -"library to store data.\n" -"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and " -"more execution-efficient.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Az Alap DN opció a létrehozandó LDAP-adatbázis gyökérbejegyzését határozza meg." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" -"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password</" -"b> \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " -"other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends " -"the \n" -"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example," -"dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " -"Administrator DN\n" +"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \n" +"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root " -"password\n" +"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ha ez a varázsló a telepítés során indult el ó, az LDAP adminisztrátori jelszó alapértelmezésként a rendszer root jelszava lesz. " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" @@ -754,14 +752,13 @@ "click Change Password. \n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" "Password Encryption. \n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already " -"been \n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>BDB-adatbázis szerkesztése</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." @@ -769,60 +766,52 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -"automatically\n" +"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adja meg a teljes DN-t, vagy csak az első részét, és fűzze hozzá az alap DN-t automatikusan az Alap DN hozzáfűzése gombbal." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change " -"Password.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password " -"Encryption.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -"set in the configuration.\n" +"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" -"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can " -"adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the " -"number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " -"RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index " -"Cache (IDL cache) \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " -"HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " -"entry cache as a rule of\n" +"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A Bejegyzés-gyorsítótár és az Indexgyorsítótár (IDL cache) használatával állítható be az OpenLDAP belső gyorsítótára. A Bejegyzés-gyorsítótár azon bejegyzések számát határozza meg, amelyek az OpenLDAP által használt memóriában tárolódik. Ha ez lehetséges (elegendő a memória), akkor akár az egész adatbázis a memóriában tartható Az Indexgyorsítótár (IDL cache) meggyorsítja a keresést az indexelt attribútumok között. Általában, különösen a HDB-adatbázisoknál szükséges a nagy IDL-gyorsítótár a jó teljesítmény eléréséhez (az ökölszabály az, hogy ennek háromszor akkorának kell lennie, mint a Bejegyzés-gyorsítótárnak)." +# modules/inst_config_x11.ycp:216 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:865 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Jelszóirányelv-beállítások</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ha kíván jelszóirányelveket használni ehhez az adatbázishoz, jelölje meg a Jelszóirányelvek engedélyezése lehetőséget." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP " -"server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests " -"before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " -"but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " -"extended operation \n" +"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" +"Jelölje meg a Nyílt-szöveges jelszavak kivonatolása pontot, ha azt kívánja, hogy az OpenLDAP kiszolgáló titkosítsa a\n" +"hozzáadási és módosítási kérésekben található nyílt-szöveges jelszavakat, mielőtt azokat eltárolná az adatbázisban.\n" +"Felhívjuk a figyelmet, hogy ez megsérti az X.500/LDAP információs modellt, de szükség lehet rá az olyan LDAP-kliensek miatt,\n" +"amelyek nem használják a jelszó módosítása kiterjesztett műveletet a jelszavak kezeléséhez. " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" @@ -834,55 +823,49 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object " -"DN." -msgstr "" +msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." +msgstr "Adja meg az alapértelmezett irányelv-objektum nevét az Alapértelmezett irányelv-objektum DN mezőben." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You " -"may\n" +"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" +# modules/inst_mouse.ycp:81 +# modules/inst_mouse.ycp:74 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Index beállítása</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 -msgid "" -"The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " -"defined." +msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " -"types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " -"configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality " -"index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" @@ -901,17 +884,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -"added\n" +"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" -"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the " -"indexing\n" +"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Hozzáférés-vezérlés beállítása</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" @@ -921,8 +902,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a " -"more\n" +"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" @@ -935,41 +915,35 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose " -"target\n" +"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " -"using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" +# modules/inst_config_x11.ycp:216 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:865 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Replikáció-szolgáltató beállításai</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" -"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" " -"checkbox, if you want to \n" +"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Válassza ki az \"LDAPsync szolgáltatás engedélyezése ehhez az adatbázishoz\" beállítást, amennyiben a kiválasztott adatbázist replikálni szeretné egy másik kiszolgálóra." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Ellenőrzőpont beállításai</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -"(stored\n" -"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " -"synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify " -"or\n" -"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the " -"indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " -"is\n" +"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" @@ -977,34 +951,31 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Munkamenet-napló</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" -"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " -"operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " -"the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" " -"replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " -"server." +"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" +"Beállít egy memóriában kezelt munkamenet-naplót az írásműveletekkel kapcsolatos információk rögzítéséhez. Megadja, hogy mennyi írásművelet kerüljön rögzítésre a munkamenet-naplóban. \n" +"A munkamenet-napló beállítása csak a \"refreshOnly\" replikáció használatakor hasznos. Ebben az esetben felgyorsíthatja a replikációt és csökkentheti az elsődleges (master) kiszolgáló terhelését." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Replikációfogadó beállításai</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" -"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want " -"the\n" +"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Szolgáltató</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" @@ -1012,18 +983,17 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-" -"standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Replikáció típusa</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Az OpenLDAP különböző módú replikációt támogat:" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" @@ -1040,30 +1010,28 @@ "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" +# modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:63 +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:118 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Hitelesítés</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" -"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " -"authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " -"database on the master.\n" +"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Referral frissítés</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " -"configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " -"the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. \n" msgstr "" @@ -1077,6 +1045,8 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" +"<big>Az előkészítés megszakítása:</big> \n" +"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás gombbal." #. Write dialog help #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 @@ -1093,7 +1063,7 @@ #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>LDAP-kiszolgálóbeállítások</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" @@ -1104,15 +1074,11 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 -msgid "" -"With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server.</" -"p> " -msgstr "" +msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " +msgstr "Az LDAP-kiszolgáló indítása (igen vagy nem), elindíthatja vagy leállíthatja az LDAP-kiszolgálót." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 -msgid "" -"If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration " -"wizard." +msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 @@ -1123,15 +1089,12 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 -msgid "" -"Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " -"are available:" +msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -"with\n" +"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1143,19 +1106,18 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" -"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " -"replicates all its data,\n" +"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>TLS beállítások</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Alapbeállítások</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" @@ -1166,32 +1128,27 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" -"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the " -"server\n" +"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</" -"p>\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so " -"that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Tanúsítvány importálása</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File</" -"b>,\n" -"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the " -"corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" +"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" "textfields.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1204,69 +1161,60 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Itt beállíthat néhány globális paramétert." #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog " -"in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " -"support the removal of \n" +"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ebben a párbeszédablakban sémafájlokat adhat hozzá illetve távolíthat el. Nyomja meg a Hozzáadás gombot, amely után egy párbeszédablak jelenik meg, ahol új séma választható. Megjegyzés: Az OpenLDAP (back-config használata esetén) jelenleg nem támogatja sémaadatok eltávolítását." #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" -"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " -"statistics\n" +"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 -msgid "" -"Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " -"disallow:" -msgstr "" +msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" +msgstr "Adja meg, hogy az OpenLDAP-kiszolgálónak milyen speciális funkciókat kell engedélyeznie vagy letiltania:" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Engedélyezési kapcsolók kiválasztása</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" -"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -"requests.\n" +"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" -"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind " -"when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " -"present) " -msgstr "" +"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " +msgstr "Anonymous kötés ha a hitelesítési adatok nem üresek: Anonymous kötések engedélyezése, ha a hitelesítési adatok nem üresek (pl. van jelszó, de nincs DN) " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nem hitelesített kötés ha a DN nem üres: Nem hitelesített (anonymous) kötés engedélyezése, ha a DN nem üres." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" -"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow " -"unauthenticated\n" +"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Tiltási kapcsolók kiválasztása</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" @@ -1277,16 +1225,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" -"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple " -"Bind\n" +"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " -"back\n" +"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1301,353 +1247,277 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " -"\"Frontend\"\n" -"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and " -"overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " -"of\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" +"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" "the LDAP server itself.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Új adatbázis hozzáadásához kattintson az Adatbázis hozzáadása… pontra." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" -"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete " -"Database....\n" +"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" -"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") " -"here. This is required to make\n" +"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adja meg itt a beállítási adatbázis (\"cn=config\") jelszavát. Ez ahhoz szükséges, hogy a beállítási adatbázis távolról is elérhető legyen." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" -"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select " -"the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as " -"needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" +"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" -"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " -"server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or " -"\"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"cn=config\")." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A másodlagos (slave) kiszolgáló beállításához az elsődleges (master) kiszolgálóról néhány beállítást le kell kérdezni. Adja meg az elsődleges (master) kiszolgáló gépnevét, állítsa be a protokollt (\"ldap\" vagy \"ldaps\") és szükség esetén a portszámot, valamint adja meg a jelszót az elsődleges (master) beállítási adatbázishoz (\"cn=config\")." #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 -msgid "" -"Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " -"Kerberos server." +msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 -msgid "" -"Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is " -"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" -msgstr "" +msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" +msgstr "Annak ellenére, hogy a Kerberos terület (realm) neve bármilyen ASCII karakterlánc lehet, a konvenció szerint ennek meg kell egyeznie a tartomány (domain) nagybetűs nevével.\n" #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." +msgstr "Ez a terület Kerberos-adatbázisának gyökerét határozza meg." #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " -"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</" -"p>" +msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " -"authenticate to the database." -msgstr "" +msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." +msgstr "Ez a karakterlánc megadja a kadmin által az adatbázis hitelesítésére használt keytab fájl helyét." #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 -msgid "" -"This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " -"created in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." +msgstr "Ez az abszolút idő meghatározza a területben létrehozott entitások alapértelmezett lejárati dátumát." #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 -msgid "" -"These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " -"this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." +msgstr "Ezek a jelzők megadják a területben létrehozott entitások alapértelmezett attribútumait." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lejárt engedélyezése" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ezen jelző engedélyezése lehetővé teszi az entitásnak lejárttá tehető jegyek beszerzését." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Továbbítható (forwardable) engedélyezése " #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ezen jelző engedélyezése lehetővé teszi az entitásnak továbbítható jegyek beszerzését." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Megújítható (renewable) engedélyezése" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ezen jelző engedélyezése lehetővé teszi az entitásnak megújítható jegyek beszerzését." +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 +# clients/lan_dns.ycp:269 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Proxyzható (proxiable) engedélyezése " #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ezen jelző engedélyezése lehetővé teszi az entitásnak proxy jegyek beszerzését." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Felhasználók közötti hitelesítés engedélyezése" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " -"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -msgstr "" +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgstr "Ezen jelző engedélyezése lehetővé teszi az entitásnak más felhasználó munkamenetkulcsának beszerzését, lehetővé téve a felhasználók közötti hitelesítést." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Preauth szükséges" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " -"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " -"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will " -"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket " -"set." -msgstr "" +msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." +msgstr "Ha ez a jelző engedélyezve van egy kliens entitáson, akkor az entitásnak előzetesen hitelesítenie kell magát a KDC felé a jegyek fogadása előtt. Szolgáltató entitás esetén ezen jelző engedélyezése azt jelenti, hogy az entitás szolgáltatásjegyei csak az előzetesen hitelesített jeggyel rendelkező TGT-t tartalmazó klienseknek lesznek kiadva." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hwauth szükséges" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using " -"a hardware device before receiving any tickets." -msgstr "" +msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgstr "Ha ez a jelző engedélyezve van, akkor az entitásnak a jegyek fogadása előtt egy hardvereszköz segítségével előzetesen hitelesítenie kell magát." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Szolgáltatás engedélyezése" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this " -"principal." -msgstr "" +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." +msgstr "Ezen jelző engedélyezése lehetővé teszi a KDC-nek szolgáltatásjegyek kibocsátását az entitásnak." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tgs kérés engedélyezése" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-" -"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was " -"used to obtain the TGT." -msgstr "" +msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." +msgstr "Ezen jelző engedélyezése lehetővé teszi az entitásnak szolgáltatásjegyek beszerzését egy jegyeket biztosító jegy alapján, a TGT beszerzésére használt hitelesítési folyamat megismétlése helyett." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jegyek engedélyezése" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " -"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " -"this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." +msgstr "Ezen jelző engedélyezése lehetővé teszi a KDC-nek jegyek kibocsátását az entitásnak. A jelző letiltása lényegében letiltja az entitást a területen belül." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Módosítás szükséges" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ezen jelző engedélyezése kikényszeríti az entitás jelszóváltását." +# modules/inst_root.ycp:44 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jelszóváltoztató szolgáltatás" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " -"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " -"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " -"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " -"authentication." -msgstr "" +msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." +msgstr "Ha ez a jelző engedélyezve van, akkor az entitás egy jelszó-változtatási szolgáltatás. Ezt csak speciális körülmények között lehet használni, például ha eg felhasználó jelszava lejárt, akkor a felhasználónak jegyeket kell beszereznie ehhez az entitáshoz a jelszó módosítása érdekében, a normális jelszó-változtatási hitelesítés kihagyásával." #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 -msgid "" -"The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are " -"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " -"assigned to the principal, no check will be done." -msgstr "" +msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." +msgstr "Ez a karakterlánc a jelszóként nem engedélyezett szavakat tartalmazó szótárfájl helyét adja meg. Ha ez a címke nincs beállítva, vagy az entitáshoz nincs irányelv rendelve, akkor nem lesz ellenőrzés végrehajtva." #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 -msgid "" -"This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " -"for this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." +msgstr "Ez a portszám azt a portot adja meg, amelyiken az ehhez a területhez tartozó kadmind démon figyel." #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " -"with kdb5_stash." -msgstr "" +msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." +msgstr "Ez a karakterlánc megadja az elsődleges kulcsot a kdb5_stash használatával tároló helyet." #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." +msgstr "Ez a karakterlánc megadja a KDC által a tartomány figyelésére használt portok listáját." #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the " -"master key. The default value is K/M." -msgstr "" +msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." +msgstr "Ez a karakterlánc megadja az elsődleges kulcshoz tartozó entitás nevét. Az alapértelmezett érték a K/M." #. advanced item help : master_key_type #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ez a kulcstípus adja meg az elsődleges kulcs típusát." #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"valid for in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." +msgstr "Ez az eltérés idő adja meg a jegyek érvényességének maximális idejét a tartományban." #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"renewed for in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." +msgstr "Ez az eltérés idő megadja a jegyek megújításának maximális idejét a tartományban." #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 -msgid "" -"A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " -"combinations of principals for this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." +msgstr "A kulcs/salt karakterláncok listája, amely megadja a terület entitásainak alapértelmezett key/salt érték kombinációit." #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 -msgid "" -"Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." +msgstr "Megadja a tartomány entitásainak engedélyezett variációs érték kombinációit." #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " -"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " -"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" -msgstr "" +msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" +msgstr "Megadja, hogy a többtartományos jegyek átviteli tartományainak listáját össze kell-e vetni a tartománynevekből és a krb5.conf fájl [capaths] szakaszából számított átviteli útvonallal." #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 -msgid "" -"This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " -"maintained via the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." +msgstr "Ez az LDAP-ra jellemző címke jelzi az LDAP-kiszolgálónként fenntartandó kapcsolatok számát." #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 -msgid "" -"This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed " -"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." +msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 -msgid "" -"Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " -"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</" -"p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under " -"the subtree." -msgstr "" +msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." +msgstr "Megadja a tartomány entitásait tartalmazó részfák listáját. A lista a részfaobjektumok kettősponttal (:) elválasztott megkülönböztető neveit tartalmazza.A keresés hatóköre megadja az entitások részfán belüli keresésének hatókörét." #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 -msgid "" -"Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " -"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " -"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." -msgstr "" +msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." +msgstr "Megadja a tárolóobjektum megkülönböztető nevét, amelyben a tartomány entitásai létrehozásra kerülnek. Ha a tárolóhivatkozás nincs beállítva a tartományhoz, akkor az entitások a tartománytárolóban kerülnek létrehozásra." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Megadja a jegyek maximális élettartamát ezen tartomány entitásaihoz." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 -msgid "" -"Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -"" -msgstr "" +msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." +msgstr "Megadja a jegyek maximális megújítható élettartamát ezen tartomány entitásaihoz." +# modules/inst_config_x11.ycp:216 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:865 #. ################################################################################# #. ################################################################################# #. ################################################################################# @@ -1659,39 +1529,40 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:49 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1974 msgid "Advanced Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Speciális beállítások" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:53 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1885 msgid "Database Path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adatbázis-útvonal" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:60 msgid "&Database Path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A&datbázis-útvonal" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:71 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1889 msgid "ACL File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ACL-fájl" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:78 msgid "ACL &File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ACL-&fájl" +# clients/printconf.ycp:323 #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:89 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1893 msgid "Administrator Keytab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adminisztrátori nézet" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:107 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1900 msgid "Default Principal Expiration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alapértelmezett bejegyzések lejárati dátuma" #. checkbox text #. checkbox text @@ -1704,12 +1575,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:615 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:648 msgid "&Available" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Elérhető" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:124 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:129 msgid "&Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Dátum" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:135 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:140 @@ -1722,7 +1593,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:655 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:659 msgid "&Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Idő" #. `InputField(`opt(`hstretch),`id(`id_default_principal_expiration),"", #. KerberosServer::getDBvalue("default_principal_expiration")), @@ -1733,134 +1604,140 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1906 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2008 msgid "Default Principal Flags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bejegyzések alapértelmezett állapotai" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:166 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:680 msgid "Allow p&ostdated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Lejárt engedélyezése" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:174 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:688 msgid "Allow &forwardable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Továbbítható (forwardable) engedélyezése" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:182 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:696 msgid "Allow rene&wable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Megújítható (renewable) engedélyezése" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 +# clients/lan_dns.ycp:269 #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:190 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:704 msgid "Allow &proxiable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Proxyzható (proxiable) engedélyezése" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:198 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:712 msgid "Enable &user-to-user authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Felhasználók közötti hitelesítés engedélyezése" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:206 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:720 msgid "Requires pr&eauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pr&eauth szükséges" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:214 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:728 msgid "Requires &hwauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Hwauth szükséges" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:220 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:734 msgid "Allow &service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Szolgáltatás engedélyezése" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:226 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:740 msgid "Allow tgs re&quest" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tgs &kérés engedélyezése" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:232 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:746 msgid "Allow &tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Jegyek engedélyezése" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:238 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:752 msgid "Need &change" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Módosítás szükséges" +# modules/inst_root.ycp:44 #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:246 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:760 msgid "P&assword changing service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Jelszóváltoztató szolgáltatás" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:261 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1911 msgid "Dictionary File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Szótárfájl" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:279 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1916 msgid "Kadmin Daemon Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kadmin démon port" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:297 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1921 msgid "Kpasswd Daemon Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kpasswd démon port" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:315 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1926 msgid "Key Stash File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kulcs gyűjtőfájl" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:333 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1929 msgid "KDC Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDC port" +# clients/lan_nfs_server.ycp:38 #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:351 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1933 msgid "Master Key Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Master kulcsnév" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:369 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1938 msgid "Master Key Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Master kulcstípus" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:88 +# clients/lan_route.ycp:306 #. Treeview list item #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:387 @@ -1868,14 +1745,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1943 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1998 msgid "Maximum Ticket Life Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jegy maximális élettartama" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:401 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:434 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:620 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:653 msgid "&Days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Na&p" #. Treeview list item #. Treeview list item @@ -1884,66 +1761,72 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1948 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2003 msgid "Maximum Ticket Renew Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maximális jegy megújítási idő" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:453 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1953 msgid "Default Encryption Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alapértelmezett titkosítási eljárás" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:471 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1958 msgid "KDC Supported Encryption Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDC által támogatott titkosítási eljárás" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:489 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1963 msgid "Reject Bad Transit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hibás átvitel elutasítása" +# clients/printconf_ask_device.ycp:192 #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:507 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1983 msgid "Number of LDAP connections" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP kapcsolatok száma" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:525 msgid "File for the LDAP password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fájl az LDAP jelszóhoz" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:545 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1988 msgid "Search Subtrees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Részfák keresése" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:558 msgid "Search Scope" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Keresés hatóköre" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:565 msgid "&subtree search" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&keresés a teljes fában" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:572 msgid "&one level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "e&gy szint" +# modules/inst_sw_select.ycp:125 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_sw_select.ycp:194 +# clients/online_update.ycp:39 #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:588 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1993 msgid "Principal Container" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bejegyzések tárolója" +# modules/inst_config_x11.ycp:216 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:865 #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2016 msgid "Advanced LDAP Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Speciális LDAP beállítások" #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.ycp @@ -1970,9 +1853,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "" -"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " -"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 @@ -1980,8 +1861,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 @@ -1996,6 +1876,8 @@ msgid "Changes will take effect immediately after clicking \"Yes\"" msgstr "" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:72 +# clients/lan.ycp:384 #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents @@ -2006,7 +1888,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A modul indítása…" #. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. **************************************** @@ -2014,67 +1896,71 @@ #. *************************************** #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:53 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2191 msgid "Startup Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indítási beállítások" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62 msgid "Global Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Általános beállítások" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67 msgid "Schema Files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sémafájlok" +# modules/inst_config_x11.ycp:216 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:865 #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:75 msgid "Log Level Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Naplózási szint beállítások" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:83 msgid "Allow/Disallow Features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Funkciók engedélyezése/letiltása" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:91 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:218 msgid "TLS Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TLS beállítások" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 msgid "Databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adatbázisok" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 msgid "Suffix DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN utótag" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:173 msgid "Database Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adatbázistípus" #. widget_map["g_schema","inclist"] = l; #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:228 msgid "Your TLS/SSL Configuration seems to be incomplete." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A TLS/SSL beállítások nem teljesek." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:229 msgid "Do you really want to enable the \"ldaps\" protocol listener?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valóban engedélyezni akarja az \"ldaps\" protokollfigyelőt?" +# modules/printconf/printconf.ycp:70 +# clients/printconf.ycp:275 #. add a new file to the list #. file dialog heading #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:265 msgid "Select New Schema File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Új sémafájl kiválasztása" #. error popup #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:272 msgid "The schema file is already in the list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ez a sémafájl már szerepel a listán." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:462 msgid "Select a valid Certificate File" @@ -2091,12 +1977,12 @@ #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:575 msgid "Select Certificate File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Válassza ki a tanúsítványfájlt" #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:583 msgid "Select Certificate Key File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Válassza ki a tanúsítvány kulcsfájlt" #. **************************************** #. * handlers for database parent widget @@ -2109,38 +1995,39 @@ msgid "Cannot delete Config database" msgstr "" +# clients/printconf.ycp:867 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:721 msgid "Do you really want to delete the database?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valóban törölni kívánja az adatbázist?" #. Error Popup #. Error Popup #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:750 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:884 msgid "Unable to write settings for the current database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nem sikerült az aktuális adatbázis beállításainak mentése." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:804 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:941 msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nem sikerült az aktuális adatbázis beállításainak beolvasása." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:959 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1001 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:403 msgid "New Administrator &Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Új adminisztrátori &jelszó" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:965 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1007 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:407 msgid "Password &Encryption" -msgstr "" +msgstr "J&elszótitkosítás" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1015 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 msgid "Change Administration Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adminisztrátori jelszó módosítása" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1038 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1039 @@ -2149,7 +2036,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nem" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 @@ -2157,35 +2044,40 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Igen" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 msgid "Multiple Replication Consumers not supported currently" msgstr "" +# modules/inst_mouse.ycp:81 +# modules/inst_mouse.ycp:74 #. **************************************** #. tree generation functions ** #. *************************************** #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1290 msgid "Index Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Index beállítása" +# modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:231 modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:246 +# modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:259 +# menuentries/menuentry_modem.ycp:11 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1298 msgid "Password Policy Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jelszóirányelv beállítása" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1307 msgid "Access Control Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hozzáférési vezérlés beállítása" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1316 msgid "Replication Provider" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Replikáció-szolgáltató" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1325 msgid "Replication Consumer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Replikációfogadó" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:70 msgid "&Start Kerberos Server" @@ -2193,191 +2085,199 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:94 msgid "Protocol Listeners" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protokollfigyelők" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 msgid "LDAP over SSL (ldaps)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP SSL-en keresztül (ldaps)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:141 msgid "Included &Schema Files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beillesztett &sémafájlok" +# modules/printconf/printconf_manuf_model.ycp:77 +# modules/printconf/printconf_manuf_model.ycp:99 +# clients/printconf_manuf_model.ycp:105 clients/printconf_manuf_model.ycp:156 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:152 msgid "Select &Log Level Flags:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Válassza ki a &naplózási szint kapcsolókat:" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:154 msgid "Trace Function Calls" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Függvényhívások nyomkövetése" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:155 msgid "Debug Packet Handling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Csomagkezelés nyomkövetése" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Heavy Trace Debugging (function args)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Részletes nyomkövetés (args)" +# clients/lan_modem.ycp:793 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:157 msgid "Connection Management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kapcsolatkezelés" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:158 msgid "Print Packets Sent and Received" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Küldött és fogadott csomagok kiírása" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:159 msgid "Search Filter Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Keresési szűrő feldolgozása" +# modules/inst_ask_config.ycp:45 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:160 msgid "Configuration File Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurációs fájl feldolgozása" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:161 msgid "Access Control List Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hozzáférési vezérléslisták (ACL) feldolgozása" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:162 msgid "Log Connections, Operations, and Result" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kapcsolatok, műveletek és eredmények naplózása" +# clients/rc_config_step1.ycp:316 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:163 msgid "Log Entries Sent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Elküldött naplóbejegyzések" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:164 msgid "Print Communication with Shell Back-Ends" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Parancsértelmező háttérrendszer kommunikációjának kiírása" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:165 msgid "Entry Parsing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bejegyzés elemzése" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:166 msgid "LDAPSync Replication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAPSync replikáció" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 msgid "None" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nincs" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Engedélyezési &kapcsolók kiválasztása:" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:176 msgid "LDAPv2 Bind Requests" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAPv2 kötési (bind) kérések" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:179 msgid "Anonymous Bind when Credentials Not Empty" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anonymous kötés ha a hitelesítési adatok nem üresek" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:183 msgid "Unauthenticated Bind when DN Not Empty" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nem hitelesített kötés ha a DN nem üres" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:187 msgid "Unauthenticated Update Operations to Process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Feldolgozandó nem hitelesített frissítési műveletek" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:193 msgid "Select &Disallow Flags:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tiltó &kapcsolók kiválasztása:" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 -msgid "" -"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " -"directory access)" -msgstr "" +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" +msgstr "Anonymous kötési kérés elfogadása (nem tiltja le az anonymous könyvtárelérést)" +# modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:63 +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:118 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Egyszerű kötés hitelesítésének letiltása" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204 -msgid "" -"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" -msgstr "" +msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgstr "Anonymous-állapot kikényszerítésének tiltása StartTLS művelet fogadásakor" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210 msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "StartTLS műveletek tiltása hitelesítés után" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:221 msgid "Basic Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alapbeállítások" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:227 msgid "Enable TLS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TLS engedélyezése" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:234 msgid "Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP SSL-en keresztüli engedélyezése (ldaps)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:242 msgid "Use common Server Certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Általános kiszolgálótanúsítvány használata" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:254 msgid "Import Certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tanúsítvány importálása" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:273 msgid "Certificate &File (PEM Format)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tanúsítvány&fájl (PEM formátum)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 msgid "&Browse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Tallózás…" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tanúsítvány &kulcsfájl (PEM formátum, nem titkosított)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288 msgid "B&rowse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Tallózás…" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Launch CA Management Module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CA-kezelőmodul elindítása" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:301 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:178 msgid "&Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Alap DN" +# clients/printconf.ycp:323 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adminisztrátor DN" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81 msgid "&Append Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Alap DN hozzáfűzése" +# modules/inst_user.ycp:37 +# modules/inst_user.ycp:53 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:309 msgid "Change Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jelszó módosítása" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:317 msgid "Edit BDB Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "BDB-adatbázis szerkesztése" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:324 msgid "Entry Cache" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bejegyzés-gyorsítótár" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:330 msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indexgyorsítótár (IDL gyorsítótár)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 msgid "Checkpoint Settings" @@ -2385,91 +2285,99 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "kilobytes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "kb" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:346 msgid "minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "perc" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "Change Configuration Database Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beállítási adatbázis-beállítások módosítása" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:359 msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Egyszerű szöveges hitelesítés engedélyezése ehhez az adatbázishoz. " #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:362 msgid "(Remote Connection needs to be encrypted)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(A távoli kapcsolatban titkosítottnak kell lennie)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:374 msgid "Edit Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adatbázis szerkesztése" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Database type not currently supported." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Az adatbázistípus nem támogatott." +# modules/inst_mouse.ycp:81 +# modules/inst_mouse.ycp:74 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:381 msgid "Indexing Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indexelés beállítása" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Attribútum" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 msgid "Presence" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Meglét" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:453 msgid "Equality" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Egyezőség" +# modules/inst_config_x11.ycp:216 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:865 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:454 msgid "Substring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Karakterláncrész" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:402 msgid "Change Administrator Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adminisztrátori jelszó módosítása" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Add Index" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Index hozzáadása" +# modules/inst_config_x11.ycp:216 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:865 #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 msgid "Password Policy Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jelszóirányelv-beállítások" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47 msgid "Enable Password Policies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jelszóirányelvek engedélyezése" +# modules/inst_user.ycp:37 +# modules/inst_user.ycp:53 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:55 msgid "Hash Clear Text Passwords" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nyílt-szöveges jelszavak kivonatolása" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:63 msgid "Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"Fiók zárolása\" állapot megjelenítése" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:73 msgid "Default Policy Object DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alapértelmezett irányelv-objektum DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:89 msgid "Edit Policy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Irányelv szerkesztése" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:100 msgid "All Entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Összes bejegyzés" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:101 msgid "All Entries in the Subtree" @@ -2477,105 +2385,110 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:102 msgid "The Entry with the DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bejegyzés DN-nel" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:106 msgid "Everybody" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mindenki" +# modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:63 +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:118 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:107 msgid "Authenticated Clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hitelesített kliensek" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:108 msgid "Anonymous Clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anonymous kliensek" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:109 msgid "The accessed Entry (self)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Elért bejegyzés (self)" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:110 msgid "The user with the DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Felhasználó DN-nel" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:111 msgid "All entries in the subtree" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Összes bejegyzés a fában" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:112 msgid "All members of the group" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A csoport összes tagja" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:125 msgid "<empty>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<empty>" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:126 msgid "No Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nincs hozzáférés" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:128 msgid "No Access (but disclose information on error)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nincs hozzáférés (hibával kapcsolatos információval)" +# modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:63 +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:118 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:131 msgid "Authenticate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hitelesítés" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:132 msgid "Compare" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Összehasonlítás" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133 msgid "Read" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Olvasás" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134 msgid "Write" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Írás" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135 msgid "Manage (full access)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kezelés (teljes hozzáférés)" #. don't count frontend and Config DB #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:167 msgid "New Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Új adatbázis" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:170 msgid "Basic Database Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adatbázis-beállítások" +# clients/printconf.ycp:323 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:189 msgid "&Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Adminisztrátor DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197 msgid "A&ppend Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alap DN &hozzáfűzése" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211 msgid "LDAP Administrator &Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP adminisztrátori &jelszó" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:230 msgid "&Database Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ada&tbáziskönyvtár" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:240 msgid "Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adatbázis használata alapértelmezettként az OpenLDAP-kliensek számára" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:311 msgid "Select Database Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Válasszon adatbáziskönyvtárat" #. check values #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:350 msgid "Base DN must be set." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Az alap DN-t be kell állítani." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:359 msgid "A database with this Base DN already exists." @@ -2583,11 +2496,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:399 msgid "Root DN must be set if a password is given." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A rendszergazdai (root) DN-t be kell állítani, ha meg van adva jelszó." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:405 msgid "Password validation failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A jelszó-érvényesítés nem sikerült." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:435 msgid "" @@ -2597,52 +2510,57 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:451 msgid "A directory must be specified." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Meg kell adnia egy könyvtárat." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:458 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "" +"A könyvtár nem létezik.\n" +"Létrehozzam?" #. try to read the ppolicy from the server #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A hitelesítés sikertelen. Valószínűleg a jelszó nem megfelelő.\n" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640 msgid "The error message was: '" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A hibaüzenet: '" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 msgid "Try again?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Megpróbálja újra?" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720 msgid "Available Attribute Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Elérhető attribútumtípusok" +# modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:308 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724 msgid "Selected Attribute Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kiválasztott attribútumtípusok" #. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985 msgid "Who should this rule apply to" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ki alkalmazhatja ezt a szabályt" +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1298 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227 msgid "Entry DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bejegyzés DN" +# modules/sound/sound.ycp:198 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 msgid "Select" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kiválasztás" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 msgid "Define the Access Level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Elérési szint meghatározása" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836 msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)" @@ -2654,7 +2572,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849 msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kiértékelés folytatással ezzel a szabállyal (\"folytatás\")" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904 msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield" @@ -2663,27 +2581,28 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225 msgid "Subtree DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fa DN" +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1298 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950 msgid "Group DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Csoport DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973 msgid "Edit Access Control Rule" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hozzáférésférés-szabályozás szerkesztése" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978 msgid "Target Objects" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Célobjektumok" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999 msgid "Matching the filter:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Szűréssel megegyező:" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006 msgid "LDAP Filter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP-szűrő" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016 msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute" @@ -2691,35 +2610,37 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Attributes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Attribútumok" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Szerkesztés" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 msgid "Access Level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hozzáférési szint" +# modules/inst_config_x11.ycp:127 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:750 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039 msgid "Who" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ki" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 msgid "Flow Control" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Átvitelvezérlés" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319 msgid "Up" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fel" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320 msgid "Down" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le" #. FIXME: Validate attribute types #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 @@ -2736,11 +2657,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Target" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tároló" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Filter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Szűrő" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347 msgid "" @@ -2754,47 +2675,49 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614 msgid "Provider Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Szolgáltató neve" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 msgid "Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Port" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 msgid "Replication Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Replikáció típusa" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644 msgid "Replication Interval" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Replikációs időköz" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 msgid "Days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "nap" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 msgid "Hours" -msgstr "" +msgstr "óra" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 msgid "Minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "perc" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 msgid "Seconds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "másodperc" +# modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:63 +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:118 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 msgid "Authentication DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hitelesítés DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693 msgid "Custom update referral" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Egyéni referral frissítés" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709 msgid "Target Host" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Célgép" #. no updateref #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929 @@ -2808,24 +2731,24 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007 msgid "Do you still want to continue?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valóban folytatni akarja?" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed." msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "" -"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" -msgstr "" +msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgstr "Ellenőrizze, hogy a célkiszolgálón engedélyezve van-e az LDAPsync szolgáltatás" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAPsync szolgáltatás engedélyezése ehhez az adatbázishoz" +# clients/lan_manual.ycp:213 clients/lan_manual.ycp:228 clients/lan_manual.ycp:263 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144 msgid "Operations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Műveletek" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 msgid "Session Log" @@ -2841,15 +2764,21 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:352 msgid "Reading Startup Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indítóbeállítások beolvasása" +# modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:231 modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:246 +# modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:259 +# clients/lan_route.ycp:319 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:353 msgid "Reading Configuration Backend" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beállító-háttérrendszer beolvasása" +# modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:231 modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:246 +# modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:259 +# clients/lan_route.ycp:319 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:354 msgid "Reading Configuration Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurációs adatok beolvasása" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:355 msgid "Initializing Authentication Server Configuration" @@ -2863,31 +2792,31 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:466 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1033 msgid "LDAP search failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Az LDAP keresés sikertelen." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:812 msgid "Invalid LDAP URI scheme." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Érvénytelen LDAP URI séma." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:828 msgid "LDAP initialization failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Az LDAP előkészítése sikertelen." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:854 msgid "LDAP bind failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Az LDAP bind parancs meghiúsult." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:877 msgid "Initializing LDAP schema failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Az LDAP-séma előkészítése nem sikerült." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:888 msgid "Reading LDAP schema failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Az LDAP-séma beolvasása sikertelen." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:898 msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Az LDAP-kiszolgáló nem ismeri a Kerberos-sémát." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 @@ -2896,37 +2825,39 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1005 msgid "Modifying the kerberos database failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A Kerberos-adatbázis módosítása nem sikerült." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1046 msgid "LDAP modify failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Az LDAP modify parancs meghiúsult." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1074 msgid "Incomplete data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hiányos adat." +# modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:226 +# menuentries/menuentry_net.ycp:35 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1101 msgid "Unsupported database type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nem támogatott adatbázistípus." #. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service #. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1546 msgid "Enabling LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP-kiszolgáló engedélyezése" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1547 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1559 msgid "Starting LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP-kiszolgáló indítása" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1549 msgid "Activating OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OpenLDAP-kiszolgáló aktiválása" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1560 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OpenLDAP-kiszolgáló újraindítása" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1569 msgid "Enabling Kerberos Server" @@ -2942,23 +2873,25 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1602 msgid "Writing Startup Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indítóbeállítások kiírása" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1603 msgid "Cleaning up config directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Config könyvtár ürítése" +# modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:568 modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:620 +# menuentries/menuentry_isdn.ycp:11 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1604 msgid "Creating Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beállítások létrehozása" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1605 msgid "Starting OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP-kiszolgáló indítása" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1606 msgid "Creating Base Objects" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alapobjektumok létrehozása" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1607 msgid "Saving Kerberos Configuration" @@ -2970,41 +2903,41 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1616 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2569 msgid "Switch from slapd.conf to config backend failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Az slapd.config-ról a a config háttérrendszerre váltás nem sikerült." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1624 msgid "Enabling the LDAPI Protocol listener failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Az LDAPI-figyelő l engedélyezése sikertelen." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1648 msgid "Config Directory cleanup failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A Config könyvtár ürítése sikertelen." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1686 msgid "Error while populating the configurations database with \"slapadd\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hiba történt a beállítások adatbázisba tételekor az \"slapadd\" segítségével." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1706 msgid "Enabling the LDAP Service failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Az LDAP-szolgáltatás engedélyezése sikertelen." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1722 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2600 msgid "Starting the LDAP service failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Az LDAP-szolgáltatás indítása sikertelen." #. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service #. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1784 msgid "Stopping LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP-kiszolgáló leállítása" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1785 msgid "Disabling LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP-kiszolgáló letiltása" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1787 msgid "De-activating OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OpenLDAP-kiszolgáló deaktiválása" #. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service #. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. @@ -3022,33 +2955,31 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1825 msgid "Writing Sysconfig files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sysconfig fájlok kiírása" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1826 msgid "Applying changes to Configuration Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Módosítások alkalmazása a konfigurációs adatbázisban" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1827 msgid "Applying changes to /etc/openldap/ldap.conf" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Módosítások alkalmazása az /etc/openldap/ldap.conf fájlban" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1828 msgid "Creating Base Objects for newly created databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alapobjektumok létrehozása új adatbázisban" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1829 msgid "Updating Default Password Policy Objects" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alapértelmezett jelszóirányelv-objektumok frissítése" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 -msgid "" -"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " -"some minutes)" -msgstr "" +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" +msgstr "Várakozás az OpenLDAP háttérrendszer indexelésének befejezésére (ez néhány percig eltarthat)" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OpenLDAP-kiszolgáló újraindítása szükség esetén" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1834 msgid "Writing AuthServer Configuration" @@ -3056,16 +2987,14 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1931 msgid "Creating base objects failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Az alapobjektumok létrehozása sikertelen." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1940 msgid "Creating Password Policy objects failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jelszóirányelv-objektumok létrehozása sikertelen." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to " -"finish.\n" +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954 @@ -3074,7 +3003,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2194 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Register at SLP Service: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Regisztrálás az SLP-szolgáltatásnál: " #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 msgid "Start Kerberos Server: " @@ -3082,19 +3011,20 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2215 msgid "Create the following databases:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A következő adatbázis létrehozása:" +# clients/printconf_ask_remote.ycp:207 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2220 msgid "Database Suffix: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adatbázis utótag: " #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2221 msgid "Database Type: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adatbázistípus: " #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Még nincs beállítva." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." @@ -3102,12 +3032,12 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2477 msgid "Certificate File does not exist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A tanúsítványfájl nem létezik" #. error message #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2482 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1752 msgid "Certificate key file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A tanúsítvány kulcsfájl nem létezik." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2489 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2523 msgid "Can not set a filesystem ACL on the private key." @@ -3119,39 +3049,39 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2545 msgid "Cleaning up directory for config database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Könyvtár tisztítása az adatbázishoz" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2546 msgid "Converting slapd.conf to config database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "slapd.conf fájl konvertálása az adatbázisba" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2547 msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indító beállítások átállítása az adatbázis használatára" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2548 msgid "Restarting LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP-kiszolgáló újraindítása" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2549 msgid "Migrating LDAP Server Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP-kiszolgálóbeállítások migrációja" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2559 msgid "Output of \"slaptest\":\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"slaptest\" kimenete:\n" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2560 msgid "Migration of existing configuration failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A meglévő beállítások migrációja sikertelen." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2579 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2587 msgid "Enabling LDAPI listener failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Az LDAPI-figyelő engedélyezése nem sikerült." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2709 msgid "Common server certificate not available. StartTLS is disabled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nincs általános kiszolgálótanúsítvány. StartTLS letiltva." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2803 msgid "Could not create database directory." @@ -3167,28 +3097,27 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860 -msgid "" -"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its " -"own fully qualified hostname." +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" +# modules/sound/sound.ycp:273 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A krb5.conf fájl írása nem sikerült." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A Kerberos-adatbázis létrehozása nem sikerült." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A jelszófájl mentése nem sikerült." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." -msgstr "" +msgstr "nem érvényes LDAP DN." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." @@ -3200,15 +3129,13 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 -msgid "" -"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-" -"letter code." +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Az utótag (suffix) első része c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= vagy dc= kell legyen." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format @@ -3232,11 +3159,13 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A Root DN az Alap DN gyermekobjektuma kell hogy legyen." +# modules/printconf/printconf_write_printer.ycp:30 +# clients/printconf_write.ycp:308 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A könyvtár nem hozható létre." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format @@ -3244,8 +3173,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 -msgid "" -"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 @@ -3267,154 +3195,160 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A krb5.conf mentése nem sikerült." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A kdc.conf kiírása nem sikerült." #. error at paramter check #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 #, perl-format msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A(z) '%s' adatbázistípus nem támogatott. A támogatott típusok a 'bdb' és a 'hbd'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 msgid "The countryName must be an ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Az országnév egy ISO-3166-nak megfelelő kétbetűs kód kell legyen." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:391 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:726 msgid "Invalid 'rootdn'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Érvénytelen 'rootdn'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:400 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:734 msgid "'rootdn' must be below the 'suffix'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A 'rootdn' a 'suffix' alatt kell legyen." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:415 msgid "To set a password, you must define 'rootdn'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A jelszó beállításához definiálnia kell a 'rootdn'-t." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:422 msgid "Define 'rootpw'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A 'rootpw' meghatározása." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:435 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:768 #, perl-format msgid "'%s' is an unsupported crypt method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A(z) '%s' egy nem támogatott titkosítási eljárás." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:475 msgid "Define 'directory'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adja meg a 'directory'-t." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:489 msgid "The directory does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A könyvtár nem létezik." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:511 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:526 msgid "Invalid cache size value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Érvénytelen átmeneti tár (cache) méret." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:547 msgid "Invalid checkpoint value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Érvénytelen ellenőrzési pont (checkpoint) érték." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:753 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:758 msgid "Define 'passwd'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adja meg a 'passwd'-t." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:805 msgid "Database edit failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adatbázis szerkesztés nem sikerült." #. error message at parameter check #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:865 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:938 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1086 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1129 msgid "Missing parameter 'suffix'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hiányzó 'suffix' paraméter." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1533 msgid "Cannot restart the service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A szolgáltatás újraindítása nem sikerült." +# modules/printconf/printconf_write_printer.ycp:30 +# clients/printconf_write.ycp:308 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1540 msgid "Cannot stop the service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nem sikerült a szolgáltatás leállítása." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1703 msgid "CA certificate file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A CA tanúsítvány nem létezik." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1719 msgid "CA certificate path does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A CA tanúsítvány elérési útja nem létezik." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1735 msgid "Certificate file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A tanúsítvány nem létezik." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1770 msgid "Invalid value for 'TLSVerifyClient'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Érvénytelen érték a 'TLSVerifyClient' részére." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1779 msgid "Writing failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A kiírás nem sikerült." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1944 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateFile' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hiányzó 'ServerCertificateFile' paraméter." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1950 msgid "Cannot read certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A tanúsítványfájl beolvasása nem sikerült." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1955 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateData' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hiányzó 'ServerCertificateData' paraméter." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1962 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1987 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2003 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2012 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sérült PEM adat." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1969 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyFile' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hiányzó 'ServerKeyFile' paraméter." +# modules/sound/sound.ycp:273 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1975 msgid "Cannot read key file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nem lehet olvasni a kulcsfájlt." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1980 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyData' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hiányzó 'ServerKeyData' paraméter." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1998 msgid "Cannot read CA certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nem sikerült a CA tanúsítványfájl beolvasása." +# modules/sound/sound.ycp:273 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2021 msgid "Cannot write certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nem sikerült a tanúsítványfájl írása." +# modules/sound/sound.ycp:273 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2027 msgid "Cannot write key file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nem sikerült a kulcsfájl írása." +# modules/sound/sound.ycp:273 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046 msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nem sikerült a CA tanúsítványfájl írása." Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/autoinst.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/autoinst.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/autoinst.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -36,9 +36,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." -msgstr "" -"Az automatikus telepítési parancsfájlok végrehajtása folyik a telepítési " -"környezetben…" +msgstr "Az automatikus telepítési parancsfájlok végrehajtása folyik a telepítési környezetben…" # modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:231 modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:246 # modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:259 @@ -147,8 +145,7 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 -msgid "" -"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "A jelenleg futó rendszer alapján AutoYaST-profil készítő kliens" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 @@ -174,30 +171,22 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " -"location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." msgstr "" -"Ebben a párbeszédablakban másolhatja át a fájl végleges tartalmát és " -"határozhatja meg\n" -"a végleges elérési útvonalat a telepített rendszerben. A YaST a fájlt a " -"megadott helyre másolja." +"Ebben a párbeszédablakban másolhatja át a fájl végleges tartalmát és határozhatja meg\n" +"a végleges elérési útvonalat a telepített rendszerben. A YaST a fájlt a megadott helyre másolja." #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " -"symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " -"pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"A másolt fájlok védelmére állítsa be a fájlok tulajdonosát és a " -"hozzáférési jogosultságokat.\n" -"A tulajdonost a felhasználó_id.csoport_id sémával adhatja meg. A " -"hozzáférési jogosultságok lehetnek a kívánt változtatások szimbolikus\n" -"reprezentációi, illetve megadhatók az új jogosultságokat reprezentáló " -"oktális számmal." +"A másolt fájlok védelmére állítsa be a fájlok tulajdonosát és a hozzáférési jogosultságokat.\n" +"A tulajdonost a felhasználó_id.csoport_id sémával adhatja meg. A hozzáférési jogosultságok lehetnek a kívánt változtatások szimbolikus\n" +"reprezentációi, illetve megadhatók az új jogosultságokat reprezentáló oktális számmal." # modules/inst_ask_config.ycp:45 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 @@ -271,16 +260,12 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " -"in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " -"server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" -"Lehet, hogy egyes szolgáltatásokhoz már elkészült egy konfigurációs " -"fájl,\n" -"amelyet át kell másolni az új rendszerre. Ha például egy webkiszolgálót " -"telepít, akkor a létező\n" +"Lehet, hogy egyes szolgáltatásokhoz már elkészült egy konfigurációs fájl,\n" +"amelyet át kell másolni az új rendszerre. Ha például egy webkiszolgálót telepít, akkor a létező\n" "httpd.conf fájlt kell átmásolni." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332 @@ -306,9 +291,7 @@ #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:62 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" -msgstr "" -"A rendszer beállítása a telepítéskor automatikusan felismert beállítások " -"szerint" +msgstr "A rendszer beállítása a telepítéskor automatikusan felismert beállítások szerint" #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); @@ -695,12 +678,10 @@ #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" -"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" -"out)\n" +"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" -"Igényeitől függően kihagyhatja, naplóztathatja vagy megjelenítheti a " -"telepítéskor\n" +"Igényeitől függően kihagyhatja, naplóztathatja vagy megjelenítheti a telepítéskor\n" "keletkező üzeneteket (egy bizonyos ideig). \n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 @@ -708,10 +689,8 @@ "It is recommended to show all messages with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" msgstr "" -"Azt javasoljuk, hogy minden üzenetet jelenítsen meg (a megadott " -"ideig).\n" -"Néha át lehet ugyan ugrani egy-egy üzenetet, de lehetőleg ne hagyja " -"figyelmen kívül.\n" +"Azt javasoljuk, hogy minden üzenetet jelenítsen meg (a megadott ideig).\n" +"Néha át lehet ugyan ugrani egy-egy üzenetet, de lehetőleg ne hagyja figyelmen kívül.\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 msgid "Messages and Logging" @@ -729,14 +708,12 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Válasszon egyet az alábbi alap összeállítások közül, majd nyomja meg " -"a Részletek gombot\n" +"Válasszon egyet az alábbi alap összeállítások közül, majd nyomja meg a Részletek gombot\n" "a további csomagok és a kiegészítő összeállítások hozzáadásához.\n" "\n" @@ -748,10 +725,8 @@ msgstr "Telepítési forrás helye (például http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 -msgid "" -"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" -msgstr "" -"A rendszer telepítési forrása (kiválasztásakor nem hozható lére lemezkép)" +msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgstr "A rendszer telepítési forrása (kiválasztásakor nem hozható lére lemezkép)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 msgid "using that installation source failed" @@ -767,12 +742,9 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -"to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -"can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -"possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Csatolás az /etc/fstab fájlban:\n" @@ -788,8 +760,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " @@ -972,11 +943,8 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589 -msgid "" -"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "" -"Az \"automatikus\" méret csak a \"/boot\" vagy \"swap\" partíciónál " -"választható." +msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "Az \"automatikus\" méret csak a \"/boot\" vagy \"swap\" partíciónál választható." #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." @@ -1275,8 +1243,7 @@ "Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n" "file should belong.\n" msgstr "" -"Válassza ki a felsorolt osztályok közül, hogy melyik tartozzon az " -"aktuális vezérlőfájlhoz.\n" +"Válassza ki a felsorolt osztályok közül, hogy melyik tartozzon az aktuális vezérlőfájlhoz.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614 @@ -1285,8 +1252,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:651 msgid "Select at least one class configuration.\n" -msgstr "" -"Az egyesítéshez legalább egy osztálykonfigurációt ki kell választania.\n" +msgstr "Az egyesítéshez legalább egy osztálykonfigurációt ki kell választania.\n" #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: clients/autoyast.ycp @@ -1460,12 +1426,8 @@ #. @param list menu items #. @return [Symbol] #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " -"system?" -msgstr "" -"Valóban alkalmazni kívánja a(z) '%1' modul beállításait a jelenlegi " -"rendszeren?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" +msgstr "Valóban alkalmazni kívánja a(z) '%1' modul beállításait a jelenlegi rendszeren?" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:635 @@ -1479,11 +1441,8 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " -"system?" -msgstr "" -"Valóban alkalmazni kívánja a profilbeállításokat a jelenlegi rendszeren?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" +msgstr "Valóban alkalmazni kívánja a profilbeállításokat a jelenlegi rendszeren?" #. EXIT #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:781 @@ -1624,8 +1583,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " -"partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "A kickstart fájl beolvasásra került.\n" @@ -1759,8 +1717,7 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " -"interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1773,14 +1730,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " -"manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ha kikapcsolja az AutoYaST második fázisát, akkor a telepítés kézi módban " -"folytatódik\n" +"Ha kikapcsolja az AutoYaST második fázisát, akkor a telepítés kézi módban folytatódik\n" " az első újraindítás (a csomagok telepítése) után.\n" "\n" @@ -1791,8 +1746,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Az aláírások kezelésével kapcsolatban olvassa el az AutoYaST " -"dokumentációját.\n" +"Az aláírások kezelésével kapcsolatban olvassa el az AutoYaST dokumentációját.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:172 @@ -1821,8 +1775,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Pathlist for answers (multiple paths are separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Elérési útvonal a válaszoknak (több útvonalat szóközzel kell elválasztani)" +msgstr "Elérési útvonal a válaszoknak (több útvonalat szóközzel kell elválasztani)" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Store answer in this file" @@ -1939,14 +1892,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " -"and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" "Ez a segédeszköz a létrehozott profilt az xmllint program\n" -"segítségével ellenőrzi. Megvizsgálja a DTD helyességét és hogy nem " -"hiányoznak-e\n" +"segítségével ellenőrzi. Megvizsgálja a DTD helyességét és hogy nem hiányoznak-e\n" "adatok. A hiányzó adat nem mindenképpen hibát jelent. Osztályok használata\n" "esetében teljesen figyelmen kívül hagyhatja.\n" @@ -1968,8 +1919,7 @@ "The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n" "to add more configuration options available with SUSE.\n" msgstr "" -"Egy Kickstart fájl beolvasásához csak meg kell adnia a konfigurációs " -"fájl\n" +"Egy Kickstart fájl beolvasásához csak meg kell adnia a konfigurációs fájl\n" "elérési útvonalát. Az importált adat a beállításkezelő-rendszerbe töltődik,\n" "ahol a SUSE által elérhető tulajdonságokat lehet hozzáadni.\n" @@ -1977,14 +1927,11 @@ msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " -"selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" msgstr "" "Ez az eszköz egy referenciaprofilt fog létrehozni a rendszerről elérhető\n" -"információk alapján. Itt határozhatja meg, hogy ez a profil az " -"alapértelmezett erőforrások mellett \n" -"(pl. particionálás és szoftverválasztás) milyen információkat tartalmazzon " -"még.\n" +"információk alapján. Itt határozhatja meg, hogy ez a profil az alapértelmezett erőforrások mellett \n" +"(pl. particionálás és szoftverválasztás) milyen információkat tartalmazzon még.\n" # modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:511 #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36 @@ -1994,8 +1941,7 @@ # modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:528 #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " -"system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "A jobb oldali táblázatban láthatók a célrendszer majdani partíciói.\n" @@ -2037,8 +1983,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " -"are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" "Ha nincs beállítva partíciókat, és az adott meghajtó megegyezik azzal az\n" @@ -2058,40 +2003,27 @@ msgstr "Speciális beállítások" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " -"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " -"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " -"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " -"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "" -"Alapértelmezett esetben az AutoYaST létrehoz egy kiterjesztett partíciót, " -"melyben minden új partíciót logikai partícióként hozza létre. Lehetőség van " -"azonban arra, hogy egy adott partíciót elsődlegesként vagy kiterjesztettként " -"adjuk meg. Ezenfelül az egyes partíciók mérete szektorokban is megadható, " -"megabyte-ok helyett." +msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "Alapértelmezett esetben az AutoYaST létrehoz egy kiterjesztett partíciót, melyben minden új partíciót logikai partícióként hozza létre. Lehetőség van azonban arra, hogy egy adott partíciót elsődlegesként vagy kiterjesztettként adjuk meg. Ezenfelül az egyes partíciók mérete szektorokban is megadható, megabyte-ok helyett." #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n" "interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n" msgstr "" -"Ezeket a beállításokat azonban nem lehet ebben a párbeszédablakban " -"beállítani.\n" +"Ezeket a beállításokat azonban nem lehet ebben a párbeszédablakban beállítani.\n" "Ehhez a vezérlőfájl közvetlen szerkesztése szükséges.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " -"partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"LVM és RAID esetén, tanulmányozza a dokumentációt, majd adja hozzá a " -"beállításokat egy\n" +"LVM és RAID esetén, tanulmányozza a dokumentációt, majd adja hozzá a beállításokat egy\n" "létező vezérlőfájlhoz. Csak nem formázott LVM vagy RAID partíciók\n" "előkészítésére van lehetőség.\n" "\n" @@ -2099,16 +2031,12 @@ #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"Nem található a(z) '%1' URL HTTP(S) protokollon keresztül. A kiszolgáló " -"által visszaadott kód: %2." +msgstr "Nem található a(z) '%1' URL HTTP(S) protokollon keresztül. A kiszolgáló által visszaadott kód: %2." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"Nem található a(z) '%1' URL FTP protokollon keresztül. A kiszolgáló által " -"visszaadott kód: %2." +msgstr "Nem található a(z) '%1' URL FTP protokollon keresztül. A kiszolgáló által visszaadott kód: %2." #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:158 @@ -2188,16 +2116,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Telepítés előtti parancsfájlok</h3>\n" -"Itt adhatja meg azokat a parancsokat, amelyeknek a telepítés megkezdése " -"előtt kell lefutniuk. \n" +"Itt adhatja meg azokat a parancsokat, amelyeknek a telepítés megkezdése előtt kell lefutniuk. \n" #. help 2/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " -"installation\n" +"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -2215,22 +2141,17 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " -"installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Chroot parancsfájlok</H3>\n" "Ahhoz, hogy a telepítés utáni parancsfájlok a chroot környezeten belül\n" -"fussanak, a chroot parancsfájlok lehetőséget kell választani. Ezek " -"a \n" -"parancsfájlok még a rendszer első újraindulása előtt futnak le. " -"Alapértelmezés \n" -"szerint a chroot parancsfájlok a telepített rendszeren futnak le. A " -"telepített rendszer \n" -"fájljainak eléréséhez mindig az \"/mnt\" csatolási pontot használja a " -"parancsfájlokban.\n" +"fussanak, a chroot parancsfájlok lehetőséget kell választani. Ezek a \n" +"parancsfájlok még a rendszer első újraindulása előtt futnak le. Alapértelmezés \n" +"szerint a chroot parancsfájlok a telepített rendszeren futnak le. A telepített rendszer \n" +"fájljainak eléréséhez mindig az \"/mnt\" csatolási pontot használja a parancsfájlokban.\n" "\n" #. help 4/6 @@ -2238,8 +2159,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" -"\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2264,10 +2184,8 @@ "\n" "<H3>Init parancsfájlok</H3>\n" "Ezek a parancsfájlok a a kezdeti rendszerindító folyamat során kerülnek\n" -"végrehajtásra, miután a YaST már beállította a rendszert. A végső " -"parancsfájlok\n" -"végrehajtása egy speciális, egyszer lefutó rc parancsfájllal " -"történik. \n" +"végrehajtásra, miután a YaST már beállította a rendszert. A végső parancsfájlok\n" +"végrehajtása egy speciális, egyszer lefutó rc parancsfájllal történik. \n" "A végső parancsfájlok a rendszerindítási folyamat végén kerülnek \n" "végrehajtásra, amikor a hálózat előkészítése már megtörtént.\n" "\n" @@ -2277,15 +2195,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " -"or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3> Értelmező</H3>\n" -"A telepítés előtti parancsfájlok csak parancsértelmezőben futó " -"parancsfájlok lehetnek. Ne használjon Perl\n" +"A telepítés előtti parancsfájlok csak parancsértelmezőben futó parancsfájlok lehetnek. Ne használjon Perl\n" "vagy Python nyelvű parancsfájlokat.\n" "\n" @@ -2295,42 +2211,32 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " -"which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " -"installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " -"too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Hálózati hozzáférés:</H3>\n" -"A telepítés utáni parancsfájlok végrehajtásakor a hálózat le van tiltva " -"és\n" +"A telepítés utáni parancsfájlok végrehajtásakor a hálózat le van tiltva és\n" "a parancsfájlokban előkészítés szükséges a hálózat eléréséhez. A telepítés\n" "utáni parancsfájlok alternatívája az init parancsfájlok használata, amelyek\n" -"garantáltan egy teljesen beállított rendszeren futnak le. Ha hálózaton " -"keresztül végezte a telepítést, \n" -"akkor használhatja a Hálózat lehetőséget a telepítés utáni " -"parancsfájlokhoz is.\n" +"garantáltan egy teljesen beállított rendszeren futnak le. Ha hálózaton keresztül végezte a telepítést, \n" +"akkor használhatja a Hálózat lehetőséget a telepítés utáni parancsfájlokhoz is.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " -"box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " -"might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Visszajelzés és hibakeresés:</H3>\n" -"Az init parancsfájlok kivételével az összes többi képes a STDOUT+STDERR " -"megjelenítésére egy párbeszédablakban visszajelzésként.\n" -"Ha bekapcsolja a hibakeresést, akkor több üzenetet kap a visszajelzés " -"ablakban, ami talán segíthet a parancsfájl \n" +"Az init parancsfájlok kivételével az összes többi képes a STDOUT+STDERR megjelenítésére egy párbeszédablakban visszajelzésként.\n" +"Ha bekapcsolja a hibakeresést, akkor több üzenetet kap a visszajelzés ablakban, ami talán segíthet a parancsfájl \n" "hibáinak megtalálásában.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 @@ -2419,13 +2325,11 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " -"installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Parancsfájlok segítségével egyedi igényei szerint kiegészítheti az " -"automatikus\n" +"Parancsfájlok segítségével egyedi igényei szerint kiegészítheti az automatikus\n" "telepítést és pontosan irányíthatja a telepítés minden egyes fázisát.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 @@ -2453,12 +2357,8 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:722 -msgid "" -"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " -"error message is:\n" -msgstr "" -"Az XML elemző hibát jelzett az AutoYaST-profil elemzése közben. A " -"hibaüzenet:\n" +msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" +msgstr "Az XML elemző hibát jelzett az AutoYaST-profil elemzése közben. A hibaüzenet:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 @@ -2472,8 +2372,7 @@ "\n" "A felhasználók által meghatározott osztályok nem érhetők el.\n" "Ellenőrizze, hogy helyesen adta meg az osztályokat és hogy elérhetők-e\n" -"a helyi gépen vagy a hálózaton keresztül. A rendszert nem lehet telepíteni " -"az\n" +"a helyi gépen vagy a hálózaton keresztül. A rendszert nem lehet telepíteni az\n" " eredeti vezérlőfájllal az osztályok használata nélkül.\n" #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes @@ -2538,10 +2437,8 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:450 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " -"those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " -"data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" @@ -2555,8 +2452,7 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " -"including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" "A meglévő és ismerős modulokon túl új felületek készültek\n" @@ -2661,16 +2557,13 @@ #. look for VGs to reuse #: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111 msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." -msgstr "" -"Nem használhatja újra a(z) %1 kötetcsoportot. A kötetcsoport nem létezik." +msgstr "Nem használhatja újra a(z) %1 kötetcsoportot. A kötetcsoport nem létezik." #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "" -"A(z) '%1' kötetcsoportnak rendelkeznie kell legalább egy fizikai kötettel. " -"Adjon meg egyet." +msgstr "A(z) '%1' kötetcsoportnak rendelkeznie kell legalább egy fizikai kötettel. Adjon meg egyet." #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -2758,12 +2651,8 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:360 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" -msgstr "" -"A lemezkép létrehozása nem sikerült a minta telepítése közben. Tekintse meg " -"a /tmp/ay_image.log fájlt." +msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "A lemezkép létrehozása nem sikerült a minta telepítése közben. Tekintse meg a /tmp/ay_image.log fájlt." # modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:117 # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1072 @@ -2772,12 +2661,8 @@ msgstr "Lemezkép létrehozása - csomagok telepítése" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" -msgstr "" -"A lemezkép létrehozása nem sikerült a csomag telepítése közben. Tekintse meg " -"a /tmp/ay_image.log fájlt." +msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "A lemezkép létrehozása nem sikerült a csomag telepítése közben. Tekintse meg a /tmp/ay_image.log fájlt." # clients/inst_sw_select.ycp:139 #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); @@ -2790,18 +2675,14 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:418 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " -"changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" "Most módosításokat lehet végrehajtani a lemezképben: %1/\n" -"Az ok gomb megnyomásával a lemezkép tömörítésre kerül és többet nem " -"módosítható." +"Az ok gomb megnyomásával a lemezkép tömörítésre kerül és többet nem módosítható." #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:432 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "" -"A lemezkép tömörítése nem sikerült ('%1'). Tekintse meg a /tmp/ay_image.log " -"fájlt." +msgstr "A lemezkép tömörítése nem sikerült ('%1'). Tekintse meg a /tmp/ay_image.log fájlt." #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:439 msgid "Image created successfully" @@ -2814,8 +2695,7 @@ "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." msgstr "" "nem érhető el a directory.yast fájl a következő helyen: `%1`.\n" -"Amennyiben a fájl nem létezik, létrehozható az 'ls -F > directory.yast' " -"paranccsal." +"Amennyiben a fájl nem létezik, létrehozható az 'ls -F > directory.yast' paranccsal." #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:509 @@ -2843,12 +2723,10 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " -"AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"Most módosítani lehet az ISO állományban (%1), például hozzá lehet adni egy " -"teljesen új AutoYaST XML fájlt.\n" +"Most módosítani lehet az ISO állományban (%1), például hozzá lehet adni egy teljesen új AutoYaST XML fájlt.\n" "Az ok gomb megnyomásával az ISO létrejön." #. create the actual ISO file @@ -2892,21 +2770,13 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:903 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " -"autoyast profile." -msgstr "" -"A csomagfeloldás sikertelen. Ellenőrizze a szoftvereket az AutoYaST-" -"profilban." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." +msgstr "A csomagfeloldás sikertelen. Ellenőrizze a szoftvereket az AutoYaST-profilban." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "" -"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " -"disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "" -"Az XML profilban található partíciós tábla leírása nem illeszkedik a " -"jelenlegi merevlemezhez. A terület %1MB-tal kevesebb" +msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "Az XML profilban található partíciós tábla leírása nem illeszkedik a jelenlegi merevlemezhez. A terület %1MB-tal kevesebb" #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" @@ -2932,8 +2802,7 @@ "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" -"Egynél több gyökérpartíció! Mivel nem állította be, hogy melyik " -"gyökérpartícióra\n" +"Egynél több gyökérpartíció! Mivel nem állította be, hogy melyik gyökérpartícióra\n" " történjen a telepítés, nem lehet az automatikus telepítést elvégezni.\n" #. return list of available devices @@ -2991,9 +2860,7 @@ msgstr "&OK" #~ msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A végeredményként kapott AutoYaST-profil megtalálható itt: /root/autoinst." -#~ "xml." +#~ msgstr "A végeredményként kapott AutoYaST-profil megtalálható itt: /root/autoinst.xml." #~ msgid "Configure runlevel" #~ msgstr "Futási szint beállítása" @@ -3016,28 +2883,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "Enter the partition information according to your\n" -#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the " -#~ "existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and " -#~ "no size.\n" +#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and no size.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical " -#~ "partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then " -#~ "choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with " -#~ "AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "For more information, refer to the online documentation.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Adja meg igény szerint a partíciós adatokat.\n" -#~ " Ha egy már létező partíciót kíván újra felhasználni, akkor adja meg az " -#~ "újrahasznosítandó partíció számát (a számozás 1-el kezdődik), és ne adjon " -#~ "meg hozzá méretet.\n" +#~ " Ha egy már létező partíciót kíván újra felhasználni, akkor adja meg az újrahasznosítandó partíció számát (a számozás 1-el kezdődik), és ne adjon meg hozzá méretet.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Az olyan partíciók esetében, amelyek egy kötetcsoport részei (nem a " -#~ "kötetcsoport logikai partícióiról van szó), a partícióazonosítót állítsa " -#~ "a 0x8e értékre, majd válassza ki a kötetcsoportot. A kötetcsoportot előbb " -#~ "létre kell hozni az AutoYaST-tal.\n" +#~ "Az olyan partíciók esetében, amelyek egy kötetcsoport részei (nem a kötetcsoport logikai partícióiról van szó), a partícióazonosítót állítsa a 0x8e értékre, majd válassza ki a kötetcsoportot. A kötetcsoportot előbb létre kell hozni az AutoYaST-tal.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "További információ az online dokumentációban található.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3103,17 +2960,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical " -#~ "partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical " -#~ "hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" +#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Itt hozhatók létre és módosíthatók a kötetcsoportok. Ezt követően fizikai " -#~ "partíciókat kell hozzárendelni a kötetcsoporthoz a fizikai merevlemez " -#~ "partíciós párbeszédablakában. Az ilyen partíciók partícióazonosítója 0x8e " -#~ "legyen.\n" +#~ "Itt hozhatók létre és módosíthatók a kötetcsoportok. Ezt követően fizikai partíciókat kell hozzárendelni a kötetcsoporthoz a fizikai merevlemez partíciós párbeszédablakában. Az ilyen partíciók partícióazonosítója 0x8e legyen.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "Configure Volume Groups" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/base.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/base.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/base.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -137,17 +137,13 @@ #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:546 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Az összes elérhető paraméter kilistázásához használja a '%1 %2 help' " -"parancsot." +msgstr "Az összes elérhető paraméter kilistázásához használja a '%1 %2 help' parancsot." #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:556 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Az összes elérhető paraméter kilistázásához használja a 'yast2 %1 %2 help' " -"parancsot." +msgstr "Az összes elérhető paraméter kilistázásához használja a 'yast2 %1 %2 help' parancsot." #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:574 @@ -246,27 +242,17 @@ #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:880 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Az elérhető paraméterek listájához futtassa a 'yast2 %1 <parancs> help' " -"parancsot." +msgstr "Az elérhető paraméterek listájához futtassa a 'yast2 %1 <parancs> help' parancsot." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"A célfájl neve (az 'xmlfile' paraméter) hiányzik. Használja az " -"xmlfile=<cél_XML_fájl> parancssori paramétert." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "A célfájl neve (az 'xmlfile' paraméter) hiányzik. Használja az xmlfile=<cél_XML_fájl> parancssori paramétert." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " -"command line option." -msgstr "" -"A célfájl neve (az 'xmlfile' paraméter) hiányzik. Használja az " -"xmlfile=<cél_XML_fájl> parancssori paramétert." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "A célfájl neve (az 'xmlfile' paraméter) hiányzik. Használja az xmlfile=<cél_XML_fájl> parancssori paramétert." #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1096 @@ -406,10 +392,8 @@ "See %3 for more information about YaST logs." msgstr "" "Érdemes ezt a hibát bejelenteni a(z) %1 oldalon.\n" -"A bejelentéshez csatolja a(z) '%2' könyvtárban található YaST " -"naplófájlokat.\n" -"A(z) %3 weboldalon további információ található a YaST naplófájlokkal " -"kapcsolatban." +"A bejelentéshez csatolja a(z) '%2' könyvtárban található YaST naplófájlokat.\n" +"A(z) %3 weboldalon további információ található a YaST naplófájlokkal kapcsolatban." #. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO #. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, @@ -516,8 +500,7 @@ "%1. Otherwise set %2." msgstr "" "<big>Rendszerindítás</big> \n" -"Ahhoz, hogy a szolgáltatás a rendszer indításakor automatikusan induljon, " -"használja a(z)\n" +"Ahhoz, hogy a szolgáltatás a rendszer indításakor automatikusan induljon, használja a(z)\n" "%1, ellenkező esetben pedig a(z) %2 beállítást." #. help text for service auto start widget @@ -534,10 +517,8 @@ "Otherwise set %2." msgstr "" "<big>Rendszerindítás</big> \n" -"Ahhoz, hogy a szolgáltatás a rendszer indításakor automatikusan induljon, " -"használja a(z)\n" -"%1, a szolgáltatás xinetd démonon keresztüli indításához pedig a(z) " -"%3 beállítást.\n" +"Ahhoz, hogy a szolgáltatás a rendszer indításakor automatikusan induljon, használja a(z)\n" +"%1, a szolgáltatás xinetd démonon keresztüli indításához pedig a(z) %3 beállítást.\n" "Ettől eltérő beállításhoz használja a(z) %2 beállítást." # modules/inst_ask_config.ycp:45 @@ -599,8 +580,7 @@ "%1 or %2." msgstr "" "<big>Be-/kikapcsolás</big> \n" -"Ahhoz, hogy a szolgáltatás azonnal leálljon, illetve elinduljon, válassza a" -"(z)\n" +"Ahhoz, hogy a szolgáltatás azonnal leálljon, illetve elinduljon, válassza a(z)\n" "%1 vagy %2 beállítást." #. help text for service start widget 2/2, optional @@ -807,8 +787,7 @@ "containing the key and click Add.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Meglévő TSIG kulcs hozzáadása</big> \n" -"Egy már létrehozott TSIG kulcs hozzáadásához válassza ki a kulcsot " -"tartalmazó\n" +"Egy már létrehozott TSIG kulcs hozzáadásához válassza ki a kulcsot tartalmazó\n" "Fájl nevét, majd kattintson a Hozzáadás lehetőségre.\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 @@ -820,8 +799,7 @@ "Generate.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Új TSIG kulcs létrehozása</big> \n" -"Egy új TSIG kulcs létrehozásához állítsa be a Fájlnév mezőben azt a " -"fájlt,\n" +"Egy új TSIG kulcs létrehozásához állítsa be a Fájlnév mezőben azt a fájlt,\n" "amelyben létre kívánja hozni a kulcsot és a Kulcsazonosító mezőben a\n" "kulcsazonosítót, majd kattintson az Előállítás gombra.\n" @@ -836,8 +814,7 @@ "in the configuration first.\n" msgstr "" "<big>TSIG kulcs törlése</big> \n" -"Egy beállított TSIG kulcs törléséhez válassza ki és kattintson a Törlés</" -"b> lehetőségre.\n" +"Egy beállított TSIG kulcs törléséhez válassza ki és kattintson a Törlés lehetőségre.\n" "A fájl összes kulcsa törlésre kerül.\n" "Ha a kiszolgáló konfigurációja használ egy TSIG kulcsot,\n" "akkor nem törölhető. A kiszolgálónak előbb abba kell hagynia a\n" @@ -1018,19 +995,13 @@ msgstr "" "1) Általános \n" "A különböző párbeszédablakok között a\n" -"[TAB], és a [SHIFT]+[TAB] valamint a [TAB] és az [ALT]+[TAB] billentyűkkel " -"válthat.\n" -"Az egyes mezők és gombok kiválasztása, aktiválása a [SPACE] vagy az [ENTER] " -"gombbal történik.\n" +"[TAB], és a [SHIFT]+[TAB] valamint a [TAB] és az [ALT]+[TAB] billentyűkkel válthat.\n" +"Az egyes mezők és gombok kiválasztása, aktiválása a [SPACE] vagy az [ENTER] gombbal történik.\n" "Néhány elemben a kurzorbillentyűk is használhatók." #. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334 -msgid "" -"Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use " -"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of " -"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog " -"on the right." +msgid "Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right." msgstr "" #. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 @@ -1040,8 +1011,7 @@ "letter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button." msgstr "" "Az egyes gombokhoz ún. gyorsbillentyűk vannak hozzárendelve\n" -"(a kiemelt betűk). A gombok aktiválásához az [ALT] billentyűt egyszerre kell " -"megnyomni a kiemelt billentyűvel." +"(a kiemelt betűk). A gombok aktiválásához az [ALT] billentyűt egyszerre kell megnyomni a kiemelt billentyűvel." #. NCurses Control Center help 4/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:345 @@ -1065,8 +1035,7 @@ "Mivel a környezet befolyásolhatja a billentyűzet használatát,\n" "a párbeszédablakokban többféle módon is lehet navigálni.\n" "Ha a [TAB] és a [SHIFT]+[TAB] (vagy [ALT]+[TAB]) billentyűk nem működnek,\n" -"a fókuszt a [CTRL]+[F] billentyűvel viheti előre, és a [CTRL]+[B] " -"billentyűkkel visszafelé." +"a fókuszt a [CTRL]+[F] billentyűvel viheti előre, és a [CTRL]+[B] billentyűkkel visszafelé." #. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:357 @@ -1076,8 +1045,7 @@ "[ESC] + [TAB] is also a substitute for [ALT] + [TAB]." msgstr "" "Ha az [ALT]+[betű] kombináció nem működik, \n" -"próbálja az [ESC]+[betű] kombinációt. Példa: [ESC] + [H] az [ALT] + [H] " -"helyett.\n" +"próbálja az [ESC]+[betű] kombinációt. Példa: [ESC] + [H] az [ALT] + [H] helyett.\n" "Az [ESC] + [TAB] az [ALT] + [TAB] helyettesítője." #. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 @@ -1089,21 +1057,17 @@ #| "Press F1 to get the function key bindings for the current dialog." msgid "" "3) Function Keys \n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings " -"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." msgstr "" "3) Funkcióbillentyűk \n" "Az F-billentyűk gyors elérést biztosítanak a főbb funkciókhoz.\n" -"Sok modulnak vannak azonban speciális funkciói, és nem lehetséges az alábbi " -"rendszert\n" +"Sok modulnak vannak azonban speciális funkciói, és nem lehetséges az alábbi rendszert\n" "mindegyikre alkalmazni." #. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:370 msgid "The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:" -msgstr "" -"Az F billentyűk rendszerint hozzá vannak rendelve egy adott művelethez:</" -"p>" +msgstr "Az F billentyűk rendszerint hozzá vannak rendelve egy adott művelethez:" #. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:372 @@ -1932,14 +1896,12 @@ #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286 msgid "" "<big>Create a new GPG key</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more " -"information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Új GPG-kulcs létrehozása</big> \n" -"A <tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> elindult, további információ a <tt>gpg</tt> " -"kézikönyvoldalon olvasható.\n" +"A <tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> elindult, további információ a <tt>gpg</tt> kézikönyvoldalon olvasható.\n" "A megszakításhoz nyomja meg a Ctrl+C billentyűket.\n" "" @@ -2002,8 +1964,7 @@ "and select the action to process." msgstr "" "\n" -"A speciális műveletek feldolgozásához és a napló fájlba mentéséhez " -"kattintson a(z) %1\n" +"A speciális műveletek feldolgozásához és a napló fájlba mentéséhez kattintson a(z) %1\n" "lehetőségre és válassza ki a feldolgozni kívánt műveletet." #. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label @@ -2124,8 +2085,7 @@ "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"Ez a hálózati csatoló a belső hálózathoz van hozzárendelve, ezért " -"kiválasztva kell maradnia:\n" +"Ez a hálózati csatoló a belső hálózathoz van hozzárendelve, ezért kiválasztva kell maradnia:\n" "%1\n" #. question popup @@ -2211,8 +2171,7 @@ "set %1. " msgstr "" "<big>Tűzfal beállításai</big> \n" -"Ha meg kívánja nyitni a tűzfalat, hogy hozzáférést biztosítson a " -"szolgáltatáshoz távoli\n" +"Ha meg kívánja nyitni a tűzfalat, hogy hozzáférést biztosítson a szolgáltatáshoz távoli\n" "számítógépekről, akkor válassza ki a %1 lehetőséget. " #. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional @@ -2487,9 +2446,7 @@ #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" -msgstr "" -"Felhasználók közötti kommunikációs jármű (Inter User Communication Vehicle - " -"IUCV)" +msgstr "Felhasználók közötti kommunikációs jármű (Inter User Communication Vehicle - IUCV)" #. Device type label #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 @@ -2773,8 +2730,7 @@ "A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" "No spaces are allowed.\n" msgstr "" -"Egy portnévben az 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', és '*+._-' karakterek " -"szerepelhetnek.\n" +"Egy portnévben az 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', és '*+._-' karakterek szerepelhetnek.\n" "A port száma 0 és 65535 közé kell, hogy essen.\n" "Szóközök egyáltalán nem használhatók.\n" @@ -2954,95 +2910,61 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564 msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." -msgstr "" -"A SuSEfirewall2 csomag nincs telepítve, a tűzfal nem lesz engedélyezve." +msgstr "A SuSEfirewall2 csomag nincs telepítve, a tűzfal nem lesz engedélyezve." #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582 -msgid "" -"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"A tűzfal engedélyezve (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">letiltás</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "A tűzfal engedélyezve (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">letiltás</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587 -msgid "" -"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"A tűzfal letiltva (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">engedélyezés</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "A tűzfal letiltva (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">engedélyezés</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621 -msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Az SSH port nyitva (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">letiltás</" -"a>)" +msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "Az SSH port nyitva (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">letiltás</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626 -msgid "" -"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Az SSH port letiltva (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal" -"\">engedélyezés</a>)" +msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Az SSH port letiltva (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">engedélyezés</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646 msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), " -"but\n" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" -msgstr "" -"Az SSH port nyitva (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">letiltás</" -"a>), de hálózati eszköz még nincs beállítva." +msgstr "Az SSH port nyitva (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">letiltás</a>), de hálózati eszköz még nincs beállítva." #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port " -"on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"A rendszert Ön SSH-n keresztül telepíti, de a tűzfalon nincs megnyitva az " -"SSH port." +msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." +msgstr "A rendszert Ön SSH-n keresztül telepíti, de a tűzfalon nincs megnyitva az SSH port." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--" -"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"A távfelügyeleti (VNC) portok nyitva vannak (<a href=\"firewall--" -"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">letiltás</a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "A távfelügyeleti (VNC) portok nyitva vannak (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">letiltás</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--" -"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"A távfelügyeleti (VNC) portok le vannak tiltva (<a href=\"firewall--" -"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">engedélyezés</a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "A távfelügyeleti (VNC) portok le vannak tiltva (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">engedélyezés</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have " -"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"A rendszert távoli adminisztráción keresztül (VNC) telepíti, de a VNC portok " -"nincsenek nyitva a tűzfalon." +msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "A rendszert távoli adminisztráción keresztül (VNC) telepíti, de a VNC portok nincsenek nyitva a tűzfalon." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736 @@ -3056,12 +2978,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " -"needed ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"A rendszert iSCSI-tárolón keresztül telepíti, de a tűzfalon nincs megnyitva " -"a szükségesport." +msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." +msgstr "A rendszert iSCSI-tárolón keresztül telepíti, de a tűzfalon nincs megnyitva a szükségesport." #. Returns service definition. #. See @services for the format. @@ -3249,8 +3167,7 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" -"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management " -"module." +"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" "A csomaghiba figyelmen kívül hagyása hibás rendszert eredményezhet.\n" "A rendszert később ellenőrizni kell a Szoftvertelepítő modullal." @@ -3259,19 +3176,14 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " -"changed. To \n" -"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories " -"from \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" +"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.\n" msgstr "" "A megadott URL egy eltérő adathordozó-azonosítót jelez.\n" -"Ha az URL helyes, akkor ez annak a jele, hogy a telepítési forrás tartalma " -"módosult.\n" -"Ha továbbra is ezt a telepítési forrást kívánja használni, akkor indítsa el " -"a YaST\n" -"vezérlőközpontból a Telepítési forrás módosítása parancsot és " -"frissítse a telepítési forrást.\n" +"Ha az URL helyes, akkor ez annak a jele, hogy a telepítési forrás tartalma módosult.\n" +"Ha továbbra is ezt a telepítési forrást kívánja használni, akkor indítsa el a YaST\n" +"vezérlőközpontból a Telepítési forrás módosítása parancsot és frissítse a telepítési forrást.\n" # modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:678 # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1297 @@ -3340,8 +3252,7 @@ #. currently unused #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." -msgstr "" -"A megfelelő telepítési forrás adathordozójának felcsatolása sikertelen." +msgstr "A megfelelő telepítési forrás adathordozójának felcsatolása sikertelen." #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label @@ -3687,8 +3598,7 @@ "Ask PackageKit to quit?" msgstr "" "A PackageKit blokkolja a szoftverkezelőt.\n" -"Ez olyankor fordul elő, amikor a frissítő kisalkalmazás vagy más " -"szoftverkezelő\n" +"Ez olyankor fordul elő, amikor a frissítő kisalkalmazás vagy más szoftverkezelő\n" "alkalmazás fut.\n" "\n" "Kérést küld a PackageKit-nek a kilépéshez?" @@ -3797,42 +3707,32 @@ "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" "of acceptance of its license.\n" -"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " -"installed.\n" +"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" " \n" "To accept the license of the package, click I Agree.\n" "To reject the license of the package, click I Disagree." msgstr "" "<big>Licencmegerősítés</big> \n" -"A párbeszédablak címsorában látható csomag megköveteli, hogy explicit módon " -"megerősítse, hogy \n" +"A párbeszédablak címsorában látható csomag megköveteli, hogy explicit módon megerősítse, hogy \n" "elfogadja a licencfeltételeket.\n" -"Ha nem fogadja el a csomag licencfeltételeit, akkor a csomag nem kerül " -"telepítésre\n" +"Ha nem fogadja el a csomag licencfeltételeit, akkor a csomag nem kerül telepítésre\n" " \n" -"A csomag licencfeltételeinek elfogadásához kattintson az Elfogadom " -"gombra.\n" -"A csomag licencfeltételeinek elutasításához kattintson a Nem fogadom el</" -"b> gombra." +"A csomag licencfeltételeinek elfogadásához kattintson az Elfogadom gombra.\n" +"A csomag licencfeltételeinek elutasításához kattintson a Nem fogadom el gombra." #. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " -"to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in " -"the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t Ebben az ablakban választhatja ki a telepíteni kívánt " -"szoftverkomponenseket.\n" -"\t\t A rendelkezésre álló komponensek kategóriák szerint a bal oldali " -"oszlopban találhatók.\n" -"\t\t Egy komponens kiválasztásakor annak leírása megjelenik a jobb oldali " -"oszlopban.\n" +"\t\t Ebben az ablakban választhatja ki a telepíteni kívánt szoftverkomponenseket.\n" +"\t\t A rendelkezésre álló komponensek kategóriák szerint a bal oldali oszlopban találhatók.\n" +"\t\t Egy komponens kiválasztásakor annak leírása megjelenik a jobb oldali oszlopban.\n" "\t\t " #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:338 @@ -3845,8 +3745,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\t\t A telepítés kijelöléséhez kattintson a komponens állapotikonjára\n" -"\t\t vagy kattintson a jobb egérgombbal bármely komponensre a menü " -"megjelenítéséhez,\n" +"\t\t vagy kattintson a jobb egérgombbal bármely komponensre a menü megjelenítéséhez,\n" "\t\t ahonnan módosítható az összes elem állapota.\n" "\t\t " @@ -3858,16 +3757,14 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t A Részletek... gomb megnyitja a részletes szoftvercsomag-" -"választást,\n" +"\t\t A Részletek... gomb megnyitja a részletes szoftvercsomag-választást,\n" "\t\t ahol megtekintheti és kiválaszthatja az egyes szoftvercsomagokat.\n" "\t\t " #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " -"disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -3994,15 +3891,9 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<BIG>Installation Summary</BIG> Here is a summary of " -#| "installed packages." -msgid "" -"<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed " -"or removed packages." -msgstr "" -"<big>Összefoglalás a telepítésről</big> A telepített csomagok " -"listája." +#| msgid "<BIG>Installation Summary</BIG> Here is a summary of installed packages." +msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." +msgstr "<big>Összefoglalás a telepítésről</big> A telepített csomagok listája." #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677 #, fuzzy @@ -4114,8 +4005,7 @@ msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " -"Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" @@ -4349,27 +4239,20 @@ msgstr "" "A kulcs tulajdonosa szétoszthat frissítéseket, csomagokat\n" "és csomaglerakatokat, amelyekben a rendszer meg fog bízni és felajánlhatja\n" -"telepítésre és frissítésre minden további figyelmeztetés nélkül. Ez azt " -"jelenti,\n" -"hogy a kulcs a megbízható kulcsok csomójába importálásával a kulcs " -"tulajdonosa\n" -"számára bizonyos mértékű hozzáférést enged a rendszeren található " -"szoftverekhez." +"telepítésre és frissítésre minden további figyelmeztetés nélkül. Ez azt jelenti,\n" +"hogy a kulcs a megbízható kulcsok csomójába importálásával a kulcs tulajdonosa\n" +"számára bizonyos mértékű hozzáférést enged a rendszeren található szoftverekhez." #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:961 msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " -"used." +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used." msgstr "" -"Figyelmeztető ablak nyílik meg minden olyan csomaghoz, amely nincs " -"aláírva\n" -"egy megbízható (importált) kulccsal. Ha nem bízik a tulajdonos által " -"létrehozott\n" -"kulcsban, akkor a tulajdonos csomagjai vagy telepítési forrásai nem kerülnek " -"alkalmazásra." +"Figyelmeztető ablak nyílik meg minden olyan csomaghoz, amely nincs aláírva\n" +"egy megbízható (importált) kulccsal. Ha nem bízik a tulajdonos által létrehozott\n" +"kulcsban, akkor a tulajdonos csomagjai vagy telepítési forrásai nem kerülnek alkalmazásra." #. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:971 @@ -4447,8 +4330,7 @@ "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " -"risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4509,16 +4391,8 @@ msgstr "A csomagok telepítése zajlik." #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 -msgid "" -"Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using " -"the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent " -"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Telepítés megszakítása A csomagtelepítés megszakítható a " -"Megszakítás gomb használatával, azonban a rendszer inkonzisztens vagy " -"instabil lehet, esetleg el sem indul, amennyiben az alapkomponensek " -"telepítése nem fejeződött be." +msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." +msgstr "Telepítés megszakítása A csomagtelepítés megszakítható a Megszakítás gomb használatával, azonban a rendszer inkonzisztens vagy instabil lehet, esetleg el sem indul, amennyiben az alapkomponensek telepítése nem fejeződött be." #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 @@ -4579,7 +4453,7 @@ #. read file content #: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nincs ilyen fájl." #. Fill the LogView with file content #: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 @@ -5284,8 +5158,7 @@ "It can contain up to one double colon." msgstr "" "Egy érvényes IPv6-cím nyolc hexadecimális számból áll,\n" -"melyek mindegyike a 0-FFFF tartományba esik, és kettőspontokkal vannak " -"elválasztva." +"melyek mindegyike a 0-FFFF tartományba esik, és kettőspontokkal vannak elválasztva." #. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition #: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:138 @@ -5304,10 +5177,11 @@ msgid "B" msgstr "B" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/sw_single.ycp:31 #. KiloByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146 msgid "KiB" -msgstr "" +msgstr "kB" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/sw_single.ycp:36 # include/installation_ui.ycp:390 @@ -6088,8 +5962,7 @@ "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " -"'192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "A(z) %1 fordított IPv4-cím érvénytelen.\n" "\n" @@ -6142,10 +6015,8 @@ msgstr "" "Érvénytelen SOA rekord.\n" "%1 BIND időtípusú kell, hogy legyen.\n" -"A BIND időtípusok számokból és a következő utótagokból állnak (kis- és " -"nagybetű\n" -"egyformának számít): W, D, H, M és S. A másodpercben megadott időknél nem " -"kell\n" +"A BIND időtípusok számokból és a következő utótagokból állnak (kis- és nagybetű\n" +"egyformának számít): W, D, H, M és S. A másodpercben megadott időknél nem kell\n" "feltüntetni az S utótagot.\n" "Az időtartamokat 12H15m, 86400 vagy 1W30M formátumokban kell megadni.\n" @@ -6207,9 +6078,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Adding new 'slave' zone without defined needed option 'masterserver' #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1449 msgid "Option masterserver is needed for slave zones." -msgstr "" -"Másodlagos (slave típusú) zónák esetén meg kell adnia a masterserver " -"paramétert." +msgstr "Másodlagos (slave típusú) zónák esetén meg kell adnia a masterserver paramétert." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2531 @@ -6251,9 +6120,7 @@ #~ "néhány csomag feloldatlan függőséggel rendelkezik." #~ msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az automatikus függőségfeloldás nem sikerült, a függőségi problémákat " -#~ "kézzel kell megoldani." +#~ msgstr "Az automatikus függőségfeloldás nem sikerült, a függőségi problémákat kézzel kell megoldani." #~ msgid "" #~ "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" @@ -6354,8 +6221,7 @@ #~ "IP/Netmask_Bits: 192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.0.1/32\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A hálózati adatok helyes megadásának tartalmaznia kell vagy IP-címet\n" -#~ "vagy az IP-címet és a hálózati maszkot vagy az IP-címet és a hálózati " -#~ "maszk biteket vagy 0/0 az össze hálózathoz.\n" +#~ "vagy az IP-címet és a hálózati maszkot vagy az IP-címet és a hálózati maszk biteket vagy 0/0 az össze hálózathoz.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Például:\n" #~ "IP: 192.168.0.1\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/bootloader.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/bootloader.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/bootloader.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -158,17 +158,12 @@ #. warning text in the summary richtext #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "" -"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " -"bootable." -msgstr "" -"Nem választott ki rendszertöltőt a telepítéshez. Lehet, hogy nem fogja tudni " -"elindítani a rendszert." +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "Nem választott ki rendszertöltőt a telepítéshez. Lehet, hogy nem fogja tudni elindítani a rendszert." #. error in the proposal #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "A particionálás miatt a rendszertöltő nem telepíthető megfelelő módon" #. proposal part - bootloader label @@ -231,16 +226,12 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " -"code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " -"even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" "Rendszertöltő partíció partíciós táblájának aktívra állítása \n" -"A rendszertöltőt tartalmazó partíció aktiválásához. Az általános MBR-kód " -"elindítja az aktív partíciót. A régebbi BIOS-okban egy partíciónak akkor is " -"aktívnak\n" +"A rendszertöltőt tartalmazó partíció aktiválásához. Az általános MBR-kód elindítja az aktív partíciót. A régebbi BIOS-okban egy partíciónak akkor is aktívnak\n" "kell lennie, ha nincs rendszertöltő telepítve az MBR-ben." #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -261,12 +252,10 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " -"loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" "Várakozás másodpercben \n" -"Az az idő, amíg a rendszertöltő az alapértelmezett kernel betöltése előtt " -"vár.\n" +"Az az idő, amíg a rendszertöltő az alapértelmezett kernel betöltése előtt vár.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 msgid "" @@ -276,48 +265,31 @@ "key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n" "boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" "using the Up and Down buttons.\n" -msgstr "" -" Az Alapértelmezettként beállít megjelölésével a kiválasztott " -"bejegyzés lesz az alapértelmezett. A rendszer indításakor egy menü jelenik " -"majd meg, ahol ki lehet választani az indítandó kernelt vagy más operációs " -"rendszert. Ha egy adott időn belül nem történik billentyűleütés, akkor az " -"alapértelmezett rendszer fog elindulni. Az indítómenü sorrendjét a Fel</" -"b> és Le billentyűkkel lehet megváltoztatni.\n" +msgstr " Az Alapértelmezettként beállít megjelölésével a kiválasztott bejegyzés lesz az alapértelmezett. A rendszer indításakor egy menü jelenik majd meg, ahol ki lehet választani az indítandó kernelt vagy más operációs rendszert. Ha egy adott időn belül nem történik billentyűleütés, akkor az alapértelmezett rendszer fog elindulni. Az indítómenü sorrendjét a Fel és Le billentyűkkel lehet megváltoztatni.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " -"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." -msgstr "" -"Az Általános rendszertöltő kód kiírása lecseréli a rendszerindító " -"szektor (MBR) tartalmát az általános kódra (az aktív partíciót elindító " -"platformfüggetlen) kódra." +msgstr "Az Általános rendszertöltő kód kiírása lecseréli a rendszerindító szektor (MBR) tartalmát az általános kódra (az aktív partíciót elindító platformfüggetlen) kódra." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " -"other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." -msgstr "" -"A Rendszerbetöltés a rendszertöltő partícióról a javasolt " -"beállítások egyike, a másik a Rendszerbetöltés a root partícióról." +msgstr "A Rendszerbetöltés a rendszertöltő partícióról a javasolt beállítások egyike, a másik a Rendszerbetöltés a root partícióról." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option " -"Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" +"Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" "It is recommended to install grub to MBR" msgstr "" -"A Megbízható GRUB használata egy megbízható GRUB telepítését és " -"használatát jelenti, ahol a Grafikus menüfájl beállítás figyelmen " -"kívül marad.\n" +"A Megbízható GRUB használata egy megbízható GRUB telepítését és használatát jelenti, ahol a Grafikus menüfájl beállítás figyelmen kívül marad.\n" "Javasolt a GRUB MBR-be történő telepítése." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have " -"another operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "" "Rendszertöltés az indítószektorból (MBR).\n" @@ -326,76 +298,52 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there " -"is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " -"Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " -"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." -msgstr "" -"A Rendszerbetöltés a root partícióról az ajánlott módszer, ha van " -"megfelelő partíció. Állítsa be a Rendszertöltő partíció aktiválása és " -"az MBR helyettesítése általános kóddal lehetőséget a Rendszertöltő " -"paraméterei részben a rendszerindító szektor frissítéséhez, ha ez " -"szükséges, vagy állítson be egy másik rendszertöltőt a szakasz indításához.</" -"p>" +msgstr "A Rendszerbetöltés a root partícióról az ajánlott módszer, ha van megfelelő partíció. Állítsa be a Rendszertöltő partíció aktiválása és az MBR helyettesítése általános kóddal lehetőséget a Rendszertöltő paraméterei részben a rendszerindító szektor frissítéséhez, ha ez szükséges, vagy állítson be egy másik rendszertöltőt a szakasz indításához." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root " -"partition is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "" -"Az Egyedi rendszerindító partíció lehetővé teszi a rendszerindító " -"partíció kiválasztását." +msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +msgstr "Az Egyedi rendszerindító partíció lehetővé teszi a rendszerindító partíció kiválasztását." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -"Az MD több 2 lemezből került kialakításra. A Redundancia engedélyezése " -"az MD tömbhöz\n" +"Az MD több 2 lemezből került kialakításra. A Redundancia engedélyezése az MD tömbhöz\n" "engedélyezi, hogy a GRUB az MBR-be íródjon mind a két lemezen." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</" -"code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "" "A Soros konzol használata lehetővé teszik a soros konzolhoz\n" -"használandó paraméterek meghatározását. A részletekért tekintse meg a GRUB " -"(<code>info grub</code>) dokumentációját." +"használandó paraméterek meghatározását. A részletekért tekintse meg a GRUB (<code>info grub</code>) dokumentációját." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a " -"serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" -"code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " -"you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" "Termináldefiníció \n" -"Meghatározza a használni kívánt terminál típusát. Soros terminál (például " -"soros konzol) esetén a <code>serial</code> lehetőséget kell megadnia. A " -"<code>console</code> is megadható a parancsnak mint <code>serial console</" -"code>. Ebben az esetben az a terminál kerül kiválasztásra GRUB terminálként, " -"amelyben leüt egy billentyűt." +"Meghatározza a használni kívánt terminál típusát. Soros terminál (például soros konzol) esetén a <code>serial</code> lehetőséget kell megadnia. A <code>console</code> is megadható a parancsnak mint <code>serial console</code>. Ebben az esetben az a terminál kerül kiválasztásra GRUB terminálként, amelyben leüt egy billentyűt." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " -"numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" "A Visszalépési szakaszok, ha az alapértelmezett nem működik rész\n" @@ -404,17 +352,11 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "" -"A Menü elrejtése rendszerindításkor kiválasztása elrejti a " -"rendszerindító menüt." +msgstr "A Menü elrejtése rendszerindításkor kiválasztása elrejti a rendszerindító menüt." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -"Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot " -"menu." -msgstr "" -"A Grafikus menüfájl meghatározza a grafikus rendszerindító menühöz " -"használandó fájlt." +msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." +msgstr "A Grafikus menüfájl meghatározza a grafikus rendszerindító menühöz használandó fájlt." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." @@ -423,15 +365,12 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will " -"only accept the password if you repeat\n" +"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" "it in Retype Password." msgstr "" "Rendszertöltő védelme jelszóval \n" -"Meghatározza a rendszerindító menü eléréséhez szükséges jelszót. A YaST csak " -"akkor\n" -"fogadja el a jelszót, ha megismétli azt a Jelszó megismétlése részben." -"" +"Meghatározza a rendszerindító menü eléréséhez szükséges jelszót. A YaST csak akkor\n" +"fogadja el a jelszót, ha megismétli azt a Jelszó megismétlése részben." #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 @@ -444,9 +383,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Lemezek sorrendje</big> \n" "A lemezek BIOS-beli sorrendjének megfelelő sorrend beállításához a \n" -"Fel és Le gombokkal rendezze át a lemezeket. A lemez " -"hozzáadásához a Hozzáadás, letávolításához az Eltávolítás " -"gombot kell megnyomni." +"Fel és Le gombokkal rendezze át a lemezeket. A lemez hozzáadásához a Hozzáadás, letávolításához az Eltávolítás gombot kell megnyomni." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" @@ -701,49 +638,28 @@ #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33 -msgid "" -"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "" -"Az Egyéb parancssori kernelparaméterek lehetővé teszik a kernelnek " -"átadandó további paraméterek megadását." +msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "Az Egyéb parancssori kernelparaméterek lehetővé teszik a kernelnek átadandó további paraméterek megadását." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30 -msgid "" -"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the " -"console to when booting." -msgstr "" -"A Vga mód megadja azon konzol VGA módját, amelyet a " -"kernelnek kell induláskor beállítania." +msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." +msgstr "A Vga mód megadja azon konzol VGA módját, amelyet a kernelnek kell induláskor beállítania." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "" -"Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "" -"A Biztonsági (failsafe) parancssori kernelparaméterek lehetővé " -"teszik a kernelnek átadandó biztonsági paraméterek megadását." +msgid "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "A Biztonsági (failsafe) parancssori kernelparaméterek lehetővé teszik a kernelnek átadandó biztonsági paraméterek megadását." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "" -"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " -"foreign distribution " -msgstr "" -"Az Idegen OS vizsgálata az os-probert jelenti for multiboot " -"környezetben, idegen disztribúciók használatával " +msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " +msgstr "Az Idegen OS vizsgálata az os-probert jelenti for multiboot környezetben, idegen disztribúciók használatával " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "" -"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only " -"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " -"touch if you are not sure." +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "" -"Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create " -"boot entry name. " +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 @@ -813,7 +729,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 msgid "remove" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eltávolítás" #. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 @@ -865,9 +781,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"A rendszertöltő-partíció NFS, a rendszertöltő nem telepíthető megfelelő " -"módon." +msgstr "A rendszertöltő-partíció NFS, a rendszertöltő nem telepíthető megfelelő módon." # modules/inst_config_x11.ycp:216 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:865 @@ -1081,8 +995,7 @@ "konfiguráció átalakításakor néhány beállítás nem marad meg.\n" "\n" "Emiatt a YaST elmenti a jelenlegi konfigurációt, és ha később\n" -"mégis vissza akar váltani erre a rendszertöltőre, újból be tudja olvastatni " -"azt.\n" +"mégis vissza akar váltani erre a rendszertöltőre, újból be tudja olvastatni azt.\n" "\n" "Válasszon az alábbi lehetőségek közül:\n" @@ -1217,10 +1130,8 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the " -"current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or " -"reread\n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" +"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" msgstr "" "Az Egyéb gombot megnyomva\n" @@ -1243,8 +1154,7 @@ msgid "" " In the table, each section represents one item\n" "in the boot menu." -msgstr "" -" A táblázat minden egyes bejegyzése egy pont a rendszerindító menüben." +msgstr " A táblázat minden egyes bejegyzése egy pont a rendszerindító menüben." #. help 2/4 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:87 @@ -1252,8 +1162,7 @@ " Press Edit to display the properties of the\n" "selected section." msgstr "" -" Kattintson a Szerkesztésre a kiválasztott bejegyzés " -"tulajdonságainak\n" +" Kattintson a Szerkesztésre a kiválasztott bejegyzés tulajdonságainak\n" "megtekintéséhez." #. help 3/4 @@ -1270,8 +1179,7 @@ "bejegyzés lesz az alapértelmezett. A rendszer indításakor egy menü jelenik\n" "majd meg, ahol ki lehet választani az indítandó kernelt vagy más operációs\n" "rendszert. Ha egy adott időn belül nem történik billentyűleütés, akkor az\n" -"alapértelmezett rendszer fog elindulni. Az indítómenü sorrendjét a Fel</" -"B>\n" +"alapértelmezett rendszer fog elindulni. Az indítómenü sorrendjét a Fel\n" "és Le billentyűkkel lehet megváltoztatni." #. help 4/4 @@ -1312,19 +1220,16 @@ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details</" -"b>\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." msgstr "" "\n" -"- A <tt>/boot</tt> vagy <tt>/</tt> (gyökér) partíció Rendszerindító " -"szektorába.\n" +"- A <tt>/boot</tt> vagy <tt>/</tt> (gyökér) partíció Rendszerindító szektorába.\n" "Ez az ajánlott módszer, ha van megfelelő partíció.\n" "Vagy állítsa be a Rendszertöltő partíció aktiválása\n" -"és az MBR helyettesítése általános kóddal lehetőséget a " -"Rendszertöltő telepítési részletek részben, hogy frissítse\n" +"és az MBR helyettesítése általános kóddal lehetőséget a Rendszertöltő telepítési részletek részben, hogy frissítse\n" "a rendszerindító szektort, ha szükség van rá, vagy állítson be egy\n" "másik rendszertöltőt az &product; indításához." @@ -1340,8 +1245,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "- Hajlékonylemezre.\n" -"Így elkerülhető mindennemű összeakadás a meglévő rendszerindító " -"mechanizmusokkal.\n" +"Így elkerülhető mindennemű összeakadás a meglévő rendszerindító mechanizmusokkal.\n" "Ehhez a gép BIOS-ában is engedélyezni kell a hajlékonylemezről történő\n" "rendszerindítást." @@ -1353,8 +1257,7 @@ "when selecting this option." msgstr "" "\n" -"- Valamilyen Egyéb partícióra. Ha ezt a lehetőséget kívánja " -"választani,\n" +"- Valamilyen Egyéb partícióra. Ha ezt a lehetőséget kívánja választani,\n" "vegye figyelembe a rendszer korlátait." #. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 @@ -1390,8 +1293,7 @@ msgstr "" "Rendszertöltő telepítésének részletei \n" "A rendszertöltő telepítésének speciális beállításaihoz (például az\n" -"eszközök leképezéséhez) nyomja meg a Rendszertöltő telepítésének " -"részletei gombot." +"eszközök leképezéséhez) nyomja meg a Rendszertöltő telepítésének részletei gombot." #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210 @@ -1401,8 +1303,7 @@ "use Boot Loader." msgstr "" "Rendszertöltő típusa \n" -"A rendszertöltő telepítésének engedélyezéséhez és a telepítendő " -"rendszertöltő\n" +"A rendszertöltő telepítésének engedélyezéséhez és a telepítendő rendszertöltő\n" "kiválasztásához használja a Rendszertöltő lehetőséget." #. help text 1/1 @@ -1425,15 +1326,13 @@ msgstr "" "Szakértői kézi beállítás \n" "Itt állíthatja be kézzel a rendszertöltőt.\n" -"Megjegyzés: A végső konfigurációs fájl lehet, hogy másképp van tördelve.</" -"P>" +"Megjegyzés: A végső konfigurációs fájl lehet, hogy másképp van tördelve." #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244 msgid "" "Section Name \n" -"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The " -"section\n" +"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" "name must be unique." msgstr "" "Szakasz neve \n" @@ -1456,8 +1355,7 @@ "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" "selected section." msgstr "" -"A Kiválasztott szakasz klónozása kiválasztásával klónozható az " -"éppen\n" +"A Kiválasztott szakasz klónozása kiválasztásával klónozható az éppen\n" "kijelölt szakasz. Ezt követően módosíthatók azok a paraméterek, amelyek\n" "el kell, hogy térjenek a kijelölt szakasztól." @@ -1467,8 +1365,7 @@ "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" "to load and start." msgstr "" -"A Rendszerkép szakasz kiválasztásával vehető fel egy betöltendő " -"és\n" +"A Rendszerkép szakasz kiválasztásával vehető fel egy betöltendő és\n" "elindítandó új Linux-kernel vagy más rendszerkép." #. help text 4/5 @@ -1477,8 +1374,7 @@ "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" "but to start it in a Xen environment." msgstr "" -"A Kernel Xen szakasz kiválasztásával vehető fel egy új Linux-kernel " -"vagy más\n" +"A Kernel Xen szakasz kiválasztásával vehető fel egy új Linux-kernel vagy más\n" "rendszerkép a Xen környezetben elindításhoz." #. help text 5/5 @@ -1488,22 +1384,18 @@ "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" -"A Másik rendszer (Chainloader) kiválasztásával vehető fel egy " -"olyan\n" -"szakasz, amely betölti és elindítja a lemez egy partícióján található " -"rendszerindító\n" +"A Másik rendszer (Chainloader) kiválasztásával vehető fel egy olyan\n" +"szakasz, amely betölti és elindítja a lemez egy partícióján található rendszerindító\n" "szektort. Ez használható más operációs rendszerek indítására." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " -"disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "A Menüszakasz kiválasztásával vehető fel egy olyan\n" -"szakasz, amely betölti és elindítja a lemez egy partícióján található " -"rendszerindító\n" +"szakasz, amely betölti és elindítja a lemez egy partícióján található rendszerindító\n" "szektort. Ez használható más operációs rendszerek indítására." # clients/inst_source.ycp:197 @@ -1736,82 +1628,44 @@ msgstr "Rendszerkép szakasz" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24 -msgid "" -"Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name " -"directly or choose via Browse." -msgstr "" -"A Kernelképmás megadja az elindítandó kernelt. Adja meg " -"közvetlenül a nevet, vagy válassza ki a Tallózás gomb segítségével.</" -"p>" +msgid "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via Browse." +msgstr "A Kernelképmás megadja az elindítandó kernelt. Adja meg közvetlenül a nevet, vagy válassza ki a Tallózás gomb segítségével." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27 -msgid "" -"Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"A Gyökér eszköz kernelnek gyökér eszközként átadandó eszközt " -"állítja be." +msgid "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device." +msgstr "A Gyökér eszköz kernelnek gyökér eszközként átadandó eszközt állítja be." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36 msgid "" -"Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " -"use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +"Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" "directly or choose by using Browse.\n" -msgstr "" -"A Kezdeti memóriaeszköz, ha nem üres, megadja a használandó " -"kezdeti memóriaeszközt. Adja meg közvetlenül, az elérési úttal együtt a " -"használandó fájlnevet, vagy a Tallózás gomb segítségével válassza azt " -"ki.\n" +msgstr "A Kezdeti memóriaeszköz, ha nem üres, megadja a használandó kezdeti memóriaeszközt. Adja meg közvetlenül, az elérési úttal együtt a használandó fájlnevet, vagy a Tallózás gomb segítségével válassza azt ki.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for " -"booting an OS other than Linux." -msgstr "" -"A Lánctöltő szakasz kiválasztásával megadhat egy szakaszt egy " -"Linuxtól eltérő operációs rendszer betöltéséhez." +msgid "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux." +msgstr "A Lánctöltő szakasz kiválasztásával megadhat egy szakaszt egy Linuxtól eltérő operációs rendszer betöltéséhez." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select " -"this section." -msgstr "" -"A Jelszavas védelem használata beállítása után a szakasz " -"kiválasztásához jelszó lesz szükséges." +msgid "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select this section." +msgstr "A Jelszavas védelem használata beállítása után a szakasz kiválasztásához jelszó lesz szükséges." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45 -msgid "" -"Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems " -"found on your computer." -msgstr "" -"A Másik rendszer lehetővé teszi a számítógépen található, nem " -"Linux operációs rendszerek közti választást." +msgid "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer." +msgstr "A Másik rendszer lehetővé teszi a számítógépen található, nem Linux operációs rendszerek közti választást." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS " -"needs this flag set in order to boot it" -msgstr "" -"Válassza a Partíció aktiválása, ha kiválasztásra kerül " -"rendszerindításhoz lehetőséget, ha a BIOS igényli ezt a " -"rendszerindításhoz" +msgid "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" +msgstr "Válassza a Partíció aktiválása, ha kiválasztásra kerül rendszerindításhoz lehetőséget, ha a BIOS igényli ezt a rendszerindításhoz" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51 msgid "" -"Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks " -"to boot. In most cases you want\n" -"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the " -"grub documentation.\n" -msgstr "" -"A Blokkeltolás láncolt töltéshez segítségével megadható a " -"rendszerindításhoz használandó blokkok listája. A legtöbb esetben itt a " -"<code>+1</code> értéket kell megadni. A blokklista-jelölés részleteiért " -"tekintse meg a GRUB dokumentációját.\n" +"Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" +"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.\n" +msgstr "A Blokkeltolás láncolt töltéshez segítségével megadható a rendszerindításhoz használandó blokkok listája. A legtöbb esetben itt a <code>+1</code> értéket kell megadni. A blokklista-jelölés részleteiért tekintse meg a GRUB dokumentációját.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54 msgid "" -"Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other " -"image \n" +"Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" "and start it in a Xen environment.\n" msgstr "" "A Xen szakasz kiválasztásával vehető fel egy új Linux\n" @@ -1822,12 +1676,8 @@ msgstr "A Hypervisor megadja a használandó Hypervisort." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." -msgstr "" -"A További Xen Hypervisor paraméterek lehetővé teszik a xen " -"hypervisornak átadandó további paraméterek megadását." +msgid "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." +msgstr "A További Xen Hypervisor paraméterek lehetővé teszik a xen hypervisornak átadandó további paraméterek megadását." # modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:499 modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:662 # modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:678 modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:681 @@ -1843,32 +1693,20 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which " -#| "is loaded menu file." -msgid "" -"Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is " -"loaded menu file." -msgstr "" -"A Menüleíró fájl meghatározza a betöltött menüfájl elérési útját a " -"root eszközön." +#| msgid "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file." +msgid "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file." +msgstr "A Menüleíró fájl meghatározza a betöltött menüfájl elérési útját a root eszközön." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need " -"to be on the first disk." -msgstr "" -"Szakasz hozzárendelése az eszköztérkép első lemezéhez a Windowsnak " -"ez első lemezen kell lennie." +msgid "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need to be on the first disk." +msgstr "Szakasz hozzárendelése az eszköztérkép első lemezéhez a Windowsnak ez első lemezen kell lennie." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71 msgid "" -"Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is " -"possible via buttons: Add , \n" +"Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \n" "Edit and Delete" msgstr "" -"Az Ütemek tartalmazzák a PCR-rel ütemező fájlokat. A táblázat " -"módosítása a következő gombokkal lehetséges: Hozzáadás , \n" +"Az Ütemek tartalmazzák a PCR-rel ütemező fájlokat. A táblázat módosítása a következő gombokkal lehetséges: Hozzáadás , \n" "Szerkesztés és Törlés" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74 @@ -1884,8 +1722,7 @@ "Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only \n" "Usually specified in global section" msgstr "" -"A root fájlrendszer csak olvashatóként felcsatolásának kényszerítése</" -"b> \n" +"A root fájlrendszer csak olvashatóként felcsatolásának kényszerítése \n" "Általában a globális szakaszban van megadva" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80 @@ -1894,8 +1731,7 @@ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n" "file on a SCSI disk partition." msgstr "" -"A Kiíratási szakasz ponttal megadható egy olyan szakasz, amely " -"azt\n" +"A Kiíratási szakasz ponttal megadható egy olyan szakasz, amely azt\n" "adja meg, hogyan történjen a rendszerkiíratás egy DASD-partícióra,\n" "szalagos eszközre, vagy egy SCSI-partíció egy fájljába." @@ -1909,13 +1745,10 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to " -"enable the SELinux security framework. \n" +"Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor." msgstr "" -"Válassza az SELinux engedélyezése beállítást, az SELinux " -"biztonsági keretrendszer szükséges kernel rendszertöltő paramétereinek " -"hozzáadásához.\n" +"Válassza az SELinux engedélyezése beállítást, az SELinux biztonsági keretrendszer szükséges kernel rendszertöltő paramétereinek hozzáadásához.\n" "Ez ugyanakkor ugyanakkor letiltja az AppArmort." #. radio button @@ -2092,8 +1925,7 @@ #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." msgstr "A particionálás miatt a rendszertöltő nem telepíthető megfelelő módon." #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal @@ -2103,70 +1935,40 @@ #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from MBR is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">disable</a>" -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Rendszerindítás engedélyezése az MBR-ből (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr" -"\">letiltás</a>" +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Rendszerindítás engedélyezése az MBR-ből (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">letiltás</a>" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from MBR is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">enable</a>" -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Rendszerindítás letiltása az MBR-ből (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr" -"\">engedélyezés</a>" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Rendszerindítás letiltása az MBR-ből (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">engedélyezés</a>" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Boot from /boot partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot" -#| "\">disable</a>" -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Rendszerindítás engedélyezése a /boot partícióról (<a href=" -"\"disable_boot_boot\">letiltás</a>" +#| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">disable</a>" +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Rendszerindítás engedélyezése a /boot partícióról (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">letiltás</a>" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Boot from /boot partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" -#| "\">enable</a>" -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" -"\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Rendszerindítás letiltása a /boot partícióról (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" -"\">engedélyezés</a>" +#| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">enable</a>" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Rendszerindítás letiltása a /boot partícióról (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">engedélyezés</a>" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Boot from \"/\" partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_root" -#| "\">disable</a>" -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Rendszerindítás engedélyezése a \"/\" partícióról (<a href=" -"\"disable_boot_root\">letiltás</a>" +#| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">disable</a>" +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Rendszerindítás engedélyezése a \"/\" partícióról (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">letiltás</a>" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Boot from \"/\" partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" -#| "\">enable</a>" -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" -"\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Rendszerindítás letiltása a \"/\" partícióról (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" -"\">engedélyezés</a>" +#| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">enable</a>" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Rendszerindítás letiltása a \"/\" partícióról (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">engedélyezés</a>" #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 @@ -2222,9 +2024,7 @@ #. summary text #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788 msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files" -msgstr "" -"A rendszertöltő ne kerüljön telepítésre; csak a konfigurációs fájlok " -"legyenek létrehozva" +msgstr "A rendszertöltő ne kerüljön telepítésre; csak a konfigurációs fájlok legyenek létrehozva" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919 @@ -2233,9 +2033,7 @@ #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 -msgid "" -"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " -"are doing please select above location." +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." msgstr "" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 @@ -2255,17 +2053,11 @@ #. TODO add more devices #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" -msgstr "" -"A 3-nál nagyobb partíciószámok a GPT partíciós táblával történő betöltéskor " -"kerülnek használatra" +msgstr "A 3-nál nagyobb partíciószámok a GPT partíciós táblával történő betöltéskor kerülnek használatra" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 -msgid "" -"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " -"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " -"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " -"stage 1 to MBR." +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" #. check if boot device is on raid0 @@ -2275,19 +2067,12 @@ #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 -msgid "" -"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " -"Master Boot Record" -msgstr "" -"A rendszertöltő eszköz szoftveres RAID1. Válasszon más rendszertöltő helyet, " -"pl. Master Boot Record (MBR)" +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" +msgstr "A rendszertöltő eszköz szoftveres RAID1. Válasszon más rendszertöltő helyet, pl. Master Boot Record (MBR)" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 -msgid "" -"YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device " -"map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader " -"Installation Details\"" +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) @@ -2378,17 +2163,10 @@ msgstr "Rendszertöltő-beállítások mentése" #~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A rendszertöltő eszköz iSCSI-lemezen található: %1. A rendszer lehet, " -#~ "hogy nem fog elindulni." +#~ msgstr "A rendszertöltő eszköz iSCSI-lemezen található: %1. A rendszer lehet, hogy nem fog elindulni." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. " -#~ "The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nem lehet megállapítani a lemezek megfelelő sorrendjét az eszköztérkép " -#~ "számára. A lemezek sorrendje a \"Rendszertöltő telepítésének részletei\" " -#~ "gomb megnyomásával módosítható." +#~ msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#~ msgstr "Nem lehet megállapítani a lemezek megfelelő sorrendjét az eszköztérkép számára. A lemezek sorrendje a \"Rendszertöltő telepítésének részletei\" gomb megnyomásával módosítható." #~ msgid "Linux" #~ msgstr "Linux" @@ -2439,58 +2217,37 @@ #~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" #~ msgstr "_Gyártói diagnosztika" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely " -#~ "below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result " -#~ "is error 18 during install grub MBR)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A rendszertöltő olyan partícióra került telepítésre, amelynek az egésze " -#~ "nem %1 GB alatt helyezkedik el. Lehet, hogy a rendszer nem fog elindulni, " -#~ "amennyiben a BIOS csak az lba24-et támogatja (a grub MBR telepítése során " -#~ "ekkor 18-as hibára fut)." +#~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)." +#~ msgstr "A rendszertöltő olyan partícióra került telepítésre, amelynek az egésze nem %1 GB alatt helyezkedik el. Lehet, hogy a rendszer nem fog elindulni, amennyiben a BIOS csak az lba24-et támogatja (a grub MBR telepítése során ekkor 18-as hibára fut)." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of " -#~ "range.\n" -#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot " -#~ "order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader " -#~ "configuration)" +#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n" +#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A folytatás előtt állítson be egy érvényes rendszertöltő-helyet. \n" -#~ "Az eszköztérkép több, mint 8 eszközt tartalmaz és a betöltőeszköz ezen a " -#~ "tartományon kívül esik.\n" -#~ "A tartományt a BIOS korlátozza le az első 8 eszközre. Állítsa be a BIOS-" -#~ "ban az indítási sorrendet (vagy ha ez már megtörtént, akkor javítsa ki a " -#~ "rendszertöltő beállítását)" +#~ "Az eszköztérkép több, mint 8 eszközt tartalmaz és a betöltőeszköz ezen a tartományon kívül esik.\n" +#~ "A tartományt a BIOS korlátozza le az első 8 eszközre. Állítsa be a BIOS-ban az indítási sorrendet (vagy ha ez már megtörtént, akkor javítsa ki a rendszertöltő beállítását)" #~ msgid "The LILO is not supported now." #~ msgstr "A LILO most nem támogatott." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your " -#~ "system may not be bootable." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A kiválasztott rendszertöltő elérési út nem lesz aktiválva a " -#~ "telepítéshez. Lehet, hogy nem fogja tudni elindítani a rendszert." +#~ msgid "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your system may not be bootable." +#~ msgstr "A kiválasztott rendszertöltő elérési út nem lesz aktiválva a telepítéshez. Lehet, hogy nem fogja tudni elindítani a rendszert." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " -#~ "small primary Apple HFS partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A folytatás előtt állítson be egy érvényes rendszertöltő helyet. \n" -#~ "Ha semmit nem választ ki, akkor szükség lehet egy kis méretű Apple HFS " -#~ "rendszerindító partíció létrehozására." +#~ "Ha semmit nem választ ki, akkor szükség lehet egy kis méretű Apple HFS rendszerindító partíció létrehozására." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " -#~ "PReP Boot partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A folytatás előtt állítson be egy érvényes rendszertöltő helyet. \n" -#~ "Ha semmit nem választ ki, akkor szükség lehet egy PReP rendszerindító " -#~ "partíció létrehozására." +#~ "Ha semmit nem választ ki, akkor szükség lehet egy PReP rendszerindító partíció létrehozására." #~ msgid "Stay &LILO" #~ msgstr "&LILO megtartása" @@ -2498,9 +2255,7 @@ #~ msgid "Convert Settings and Install &GRUB" #~ msgstr "Beállítások mentése és a &GRUB telepítése" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to " -#~ "GRUB" +#~ msgid "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to GRUB" #~ msgstr "A LILO nem támogatott. Javasolt a LILO GRUB-ra konvertálása" #~ msgid "&ELILO Global Options" @@ -2539,62 +2294,44 @@ #~ "problémák esetén növelje az ELILO részletességét." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</" -#~ "b> \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kernel-parancssorhoz globálisan hozzáfűzendő karakterlánc \n" -#~ "Lehetővé teszi a kernelnek átadandó további globális paraméterek " -#~ "megadását. Ezek akkor kerülnek megadásra, ha egy adott szakaszban nem " -#~ "szerepel az 'append'.\n" +#~ "Lehetővé teszi a kernelnek átadandó további globális paraméterek megadását. Ezek akkor kerülnek megadásra, ha egy adott szakaszban nem szerepel az 'append'.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the " -#~ "initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az Alapértelmezett initrd fájl neve, ha nem üres, akkor megadja " -#~ "a használandó kezdeti memóriaeszközt. Adja meg közvetlenül, az elérési " -#~ "úttal együtt a használandó fájlnevet, vagy a Tallózás gomb " -#~ "segítségével válassza azt ki.\n" +#~ msgstr "Az Alapértelmezett initrd fájl neve, ha nem üres, akkor megadja a használandó kezdeti memóriaeszközt. Adja meg közvetlenül, az elérési úttal együtt a használandó fájlnevet, vagy a Tallózás gomb segítségével válassza azt ki.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of default image file, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Az Alapértelmezett rendszerképfájl neve, amennyiben nem üres,\n" -#~ "megadja a lemezképfájlt. Adja meg közvetlenül, az elérési úttal együtt a " -#~ "használandó fájlnevet, vagy a Tallózás gomb segítségével válassza " -#~ "azt ki." +#~ "megadja a lemezképfájlt. Adja meg közvetlenül, az elérési úttal együtt a használandó fájlnevet, vagy a Tallózás gomb segítségével válassza azt ki." #~ msgid "" #~ "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu') \n" #~ "Beware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az Adja meg az ELILO felhasználói felületét ('simple' vagy " -#~ "'textmenu') \n" +#~ "Az Adja meg az ELILO felhasználói felületét ('simple' vagy 'textmenu') \n" #~ "Figyelmeztetés: a \"textmenu\" egyes gépeken problémákat okozott." #~ msgid "" #~ "Prevent EDD30 mode \n" -#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to " -#~ "TRUE.\n" +#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n" #~ "However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n" #~ "may cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n" #~ "avoid forcing the variable.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "EDD30 mód megakadályozása \n" -#~ "Alapértelmezésben ha az EDD30 ki van kapcsolva, akkor az elilo " -#~ "megpróbálja beállítani a változót IGAZ értékre.\n" -#~ "Azonban egyes vezérlők nem támogatják az EDD30-at és a változó " -#~ "kényszerítése problémákat okozhat. Emiatt az elilo 3.2-es változattól " -#~ "lehetőség van a változó kényszerítésének elkerülésére.\n" +#~ "Alapértelmezésben ha az EDD30 ki van kapcsolva, akkor az elilo megpróbálja beállítani a változót IGAZ értékre.\n" +#~ "Azonban egyes vezérlők nem támogatják az EDD30-at és a változó kényszerítése problémákat okozhat. Emiatt az elilo 3.2-es változattól lehetőség van a változó kényszerítésének elkerülésére.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Allow attempt to relocate \n" @@ -2664,19 +2401,14 @@ #~ "Default is 0" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Késleltetés másodpercben az automatikus rendszerbetöltés előtt\n" -#~ "Tizedmásodpercben megadott, automatikus indítás előtti várakozási idő, ha " -#~ "nem interaktív módban van.\n" +#~ "Tizedmásodpercben megadott, automatikus indítás előtti várakozási idő, ha nem interaktív módban van.\n" #~ "Az alapértelmezés: 0" #~ msgid "Boot Image Location" #~ msgstr "Rendszerkép helye" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive " -#~ "mode)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Késleltetés másodpercben az automatikus rendszerbetöltés előtt (nem " -#~ "interaktív módban)" +#~ msgid "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive mode)" +#~ msgstr "Késleltetés másodpercben az automatikus rendszerbetöltés előtt (nem interaktív módban)" #~ msgid "Force interactive mode" #~ msgstr "Interaktív mód kikényszerítése" @@ -2745,16 +2477,10 @@ #~ msgstr "A rootfs csak olvashatóként felcsatolásának kényszerítése" #~ msgid "&Set the User Interface for ELILO (\"simple\" or \"textmenu\")" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Alapértelmezett ELILO felhasználói felület beállítása ('simple' vagy " -#~ "'textmenu')" +#~ msgstr "Alapértelmezett ELILO felhasználói felület beállítása ('simple' vagy 'textmenu')" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive " -#~ "Mode)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Késleltetés másodpercben az automatikus rendszerbetöltés előtt (nem " -#~ "interaktív módban)" +#~ msgid "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive Mode)" +#~ msgstr "&Késleltetés másodpercben az automatikus rendszerbetöltés előtt (nem interaktív módban)" #~ msgid "Display the Content of a File by Function &Keys" #~ msgstr "&Fájl tartalmának megjelenítése a funkcióbillentyűkkel" @@ -2797,9 +2523,7 @@ #~ "boot partition, /boot/second from the quik package is stored there " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Rendszertöltő helye\n" -#~ "Ez a rendszertöltő-partíció partíciószáma. A PowerMac gépeken ennek HFS-" -#~ "formátumúnak kell lennie, mert a hfsutils másolja a fájlokat a " -#~ "partícióra. CHRP-n 41 PReP rendszertöltő partícióra van szükség\n" +#~ "Ez a rendszertöltő-partíció partíciószáma. A PowerMac gépeken ennek HFS-formátumúnak kell lennie, mert a hfsutils másolja a fájlokat a partícióra. CHRP-n 41 PReP rendszertöltő partícióra van szükség\n" #~ "boot partition, ahol a /boot/second található" #~ msgid "" @@ -2808,43 +2532,29 @@ #~ "folder will be blessed to mark it bootable." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Rendszertöltő mappa elérési útvonala\n" -#~ "Csak Pmac-hez. Mappa, amely tartalmazza a rendszertöltő elemeit, amelynek " -#~ "indíthatónak kell maradnia." +#~ "Csak Pmac-hez. Mappa, amely tartalmazza a rendszertöltő elemeit, amelynek indíthatónak kell maradnia." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</" -#~ "b> \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kernel-parancssorhoz globálisan hozzáfűzendő karakterlánc \n" -#~ "Lehetővé teszi a kernelnek átadandó további globális paraméterek " -#~ "megadását. Ezek akkor kerülnek felhasználásra, ha egy adott szakaszban " -#~ "nem szerepel az 'append'.\n" +#~ "Lehetővé teszi a kernelnek átadandó további globális paraméterek megadását. Ezek akkor kerülnek felhasználásra, ha egy adott szakaszban nem szerepel az 'append'.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the " -#~ "initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az Alapértelmezett initrd fájl neve, ha nem üres, akkor megadja " -#~ "a használandó kezdeti memóriaeszközt. Adja meg közvetlenül, az elérési " -#~ "úttal együtt a használandó fájlnevet, vagy a Tallózás gomb " -#~ "segítségével válassza azt ki.\n" +#~ msgstr "Az Alapértelmezett initrd fájl neve, ha nem üres, akkor megadja a használandó kezdeti memóriaeszközt. Adja meg közvetlenül, az elérési úttal együtt a használandó fájlnevet, vagy a Tallózás gomb segítségével válassza azt ki.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of Default Image File, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Az Alapértelmezett rendszerképfájl neve, amennyiben nem üres,\n" -#~ "megadja a lemezképfájlt. Adja meg közvetlenül, az elérési úttal együtt a " -#~ "használandó fájlnevet, vagy a Tallózás gomb segítségével válassza " -#~ "azt ki." +#~ "megadja a lemezképfájlt. Adja meg közvetlenül, az elérési úttal együtt a használandó fájlnevet, vagy a Tallózás gomb segítségével válassza azt ki." #~ msgid "" #~ "Set Default Root Filesystem\n" @@ -2857,83 +2567,58 @@ #~ "Partition for Boot Loader Duplication\n" #~ "specifies other Linux device nodes where the bootinfo should be stored.\n" #~ "If this option is given, the boot partition will be converted to FAT. \n" -#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a " -#~ "RAID1 or RAID5 system." +#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a RAID1 or RAID5 system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A Partíció rendszertöltő-kettőzéshez\n" #~ "meghatároz egy másik Linux eszközt, ahogy a bootinfo tárolásra kerül.\n" -#~ "Ezen paraméter megadásakor, a rendszertöltő partíció FAT típusúra " -#~ "konvertálódik. \n" -#~ "Ennek a paraméternek a lényege, hogy a rendszertöltő fájlok a RAID1 vagy " -#~ "RAID5 rendszer minden tagjára rákerüljön." +#~ "Ezen paraméter megadásakor, a rendszertöltő partíció FAT típusúra konvertálódik. \n" +#~ "Ennek a paraméternek a lényege, hogy a rendszertöltő fájlok a RAID1 vagy RAID5 rendszer minden tagjára rákerüljön." #~ msgid "" #~ "Change Boot Device in NV-RAM\n" #~ "this option will tell lilo to update the OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" -#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified " -#~ "in\n" +#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified in\n" #~ "\"boot=\". If this option is missing, the system may not boot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A Rendszertöltő eszköz megváltoztatása NV-RAM-ban\n" #~ "beállítás hatására a lilo frissíti az OpenFirmware \"boot-device\"\n" #~ "paramétert a teljes OpenFirmware elérési útvonallal, amely\n" -#~ "\"boot=\" paraméterben megadott eszközre mutat. Amennyiben ez a beállítás " -#~ "hiányzik, a rendszer lehet, hogy nem indul el." +#~ "\"boot=\" paraméterben megadott eszközre mutat. Amennyiben ez a beállítás hiányzik, a rendszer lehet, hogy nem indul el." #~ msgid "" #~ "Do not Use OS-chooser\n" -#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script " -#~ "named \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple " -#~ "G5 systems \n" +#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script named \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple G5 systems \n" #~ "will crash if there is no monitor attached." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A Ne használja az OS-választót\n" -#~ " beállítás hatására a lilo a yaboot-ot használja rendszertöltőként az " -#~ "\"os-chooser\" elnevezésű Forth parancsfájl helyett. \n" -#~ "Az OpenFirmware illesztőprogram, amely az Apple G5 nVidia grafikus " -#~ "kártyájában található, összeomlik, amennyiben a monitor nincs " -#~ "csatlakoztatva." +#~ " beállítás hatására a lilo a yaboot-ot használja rendszertöltőként az \"os-chooser\" elnevezésű Forth parancsfájl helyett. \n" +#~ "Az OpenFirmware illesztőprogram, amely az Apple G5 nVidia grafikus kártyájában található, összeomlik, amennyiben a monitor nincs csatlakoztatva." #~ msgid "" #~ "Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots " -#~ "automatically \n" +#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots automatically \n" #~ "if no key is pressed to boot MacOS" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az Idő&túllépés másodpercben MacOS/Linux rendszerekhez " -#~ "beállításnál\n" -#~ "másodpercekben megadható a MacOS/Linux rendszereknél az az időtartam, " -#~ "amíg a Linux nem indul el automatikusan, ha senki sem nyom meg egy gombot " -#~ "a MacOS indításához" +#~ "Az Idő&túllépés másodpercben MacOS/Linux rendszerekhez beállításnál\n" +#~ "másodpercekben megadható a MacOS/Linux rendszereknél az az időtartam, amíg a Linux nem indul el automatikusan, ha senki sem nyom meg egy gombot a MacOS indításához" #~ msgid "" #~ "Always Boot from FAT Partition\n" -#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition " -#~ "format\n" -#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for " -#~ "more\n" +#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition format\n" +#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for more\n" #~ "complex setups. This option forces the lilo script to use\n" #~ "the FAT formatted file system" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Mindig FAT-partícióról indítás\n" -#~ "Normális esetben a lilo parancsfájl kiválasztja a rendszertöltő partíció " -#~ "formátumát,\n" -#~ "hogy akár egy PReP rendszertöltő partíció vagy egy FAT típusúra formázott " -#~ "fájlrendszer lehessen a komplexebb kialakításoknál. Ezen beállítás " -#~ "hatására a lilo parancsfájlt, hogy a FAT típusúra formázott fájlrendszert " -#~ "használja." +#~ "Normális esetben a lilo parancsfájl kiválasztja a rendszertöltő partíció formátumát,\n" +#~ "hogy akár egy PReP rendszertöltő partíció vagy egy FAT típusúra formázott fájlrendszer lehessen a komplexebb kialakításoknál. Ezen beállítás hatására a lilo parancsfájlt, hogy a FAT típusúra formázott fájlrendszert használja." #~ msgid "" #~ "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors\n" #~ "Install the bootloader even if it is unsure whether your firmware is\n" -#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup.</" -#~ "p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A Rendszertöltő telepítése hibák esetén is beállítás " -#~ "használatakor a rendszertöltő akkor is telepítésre kerül, ha nem biztos, " -#~ "hogy a firmware használatával a következő rendszerindítás sikeres lesz. " -#~ "Ennek az eredménye egy nem támogatott telepítés." +#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup." +#~ msgstr "A Rendszertöltő telepítése hibák esetén is beállítás használatakor a rendszertöltő akkor is telepítésre kerül, ha nem biztos, hogy a firmware használatával a következő rendszerindítás sikeres lesz. Ennek az eredménye egy nem támogatott telepítés." #~ msgid "PPC Boot Loader Location" #~ msgstr "PPC rendszertöltő helye" @@ -3058,8 +2743,7 @@ #~ "boot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "ELILO kizárólag az EFI architektúrát támogatja. Amennyiben a firmware ezt " -#~ "nem támogatja, a számítógép nem fog elindulni." +#~ "ELILO kizárólag az EFI architektúrát támogatja. Amennyiben a firmware ezt nem támogatja, a számítógép nem fog elindulni." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" @@ -3068,9 +2752,7 @@ #~ "booting, your computer will not boot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "A kiválasztott rendszertöltő nem támogatja az EFI architektúrát. " -#~ "Amennyiben a firmware nem támogatja régebbi rendszertöltő megoldást, a " -#~ "számítógép nem fog elindulni." +#~ "A kiválasztott rendszertöltő nem támogatja az EFI architektúrát. Amennyiben a firmware nem támogatja régebbi rendszertöltő megoldást, a számítógép nem fog elindulni." #~ msgid "Error occurred while installing %1." #~ msgstr "Hiba történt %1 telepítése közben." @@ -3155,16 +2837,13 @@ #~ "computer, you need to load ELILO via the EFI shell." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A rendszer nem töltődött be az EFI firmware-en keresztül.\n" -#~ "A számítógép elindításához az EFI parancsértelmezőből kell betölteni az " -#~ "ELILO." +#~ "A számítógép elindításához az EFI parancsértelmezőből kell betölteni az ELILO." #~ msgid "LILO bootloader is not supported" #~ msgstr "A LILO rendszertöltő nem támogatott." #~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an XFS filesystem. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A /boot könyvtár XFS-fájlrendszeren van. A rendszer lehet, hogy nem fog " -#~ "elindulni." +#~ msgstr "A /boot könyvtár XFS-fájlrendszeren van. A rendszer lehet, hogy nem fog elindulni." #~ msgid "Copying hardware configuration template failed." #~ msgstr "A hardverkonfiguráció sablonjának másolása nem sikerült." @@ -3222,19 +2901,16 @@ #~ "Replace it with an entry to boot from the hard disk?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A rendszertöltő floppyra történő telepítését választotta.\n" -#~ "A rendszertöltő menü tartalmaz egy bejegyzést a floppyról történő " -#~ "indításhoz.\n" +#~ "A rendszertöltő menü tartalmaz egy bejegyzést a floppyról történő indításhoz.\n" #~ "Lecseréli ezt merevlemezről történő rendszerindításra?" #~ msgid "" #~ "You chose to install the boot loader to the hard disk.\n" -#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard " -#~ "disk.\n" +#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard disk.\n" #~ "Replace it with an entry to boot from the floppy?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A rendszertöltő merevlemezre történő telepítését választotta.\n" -#~ "A rendszertöltő menü tartalmaz egy bejegyzést a merevlemezről történő " -#~ "indításhoz.\n" +#~ "A rendszertöltő menü tartalmaz egy bejegyzést a merevlemezről történő indításhoz.\n" #~ "Lecseréli ezt egy bejegyzésre floppyról történő rendszerindításra?" #~ msgid "" @@ -3248,9 +2924,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kiválasztotta a(z) %1 rendszertöltőt. A jelenlegi beállításnak\n" #~ "megfelelően a(z) %1 nem azt jelenti, hogy erről indul a számítógép.\n" -#~ "Amennyiben a számítógép úgy van beállítva, hogy a(z) %1 lemezről " -#~ "induljon, akkor a lemezek sorrendjét a rendszerbetöltőben is " -#~ "érvényesíteni kell.\n" +#~ "Amennyiben a számítógép úgy van beállítva, hogy a(z) %1 lemezről induljon, akkor a lemezek sorrendjét a rendszerbetöltőben is érvényesíteni kell.\n" #~ "Beállítja?\n" #~ msgid "other" @@ -3271,9 +2945,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "If you set the password, the boot dialog is displayed\n" #~ "only in the text mode. Continue?\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Jelszó megadásakor, a rendszertöltő ablak csak karakteres módban jelenik " -#~ "meg. Folytatja?\n" +#~ msgstr "Jelszó megadásakor, a rendszertöltő ablak csak karakteres módban jelenik meg. Folytatja?\n" #~ msgid "Use Dedicated Boot Loader Area" #~ msgstr "&Dedikált rendszertöltő-terület használata" @@ -3286,12 +2958,10 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "A dedikált rendszertöltő terület használata megakadályozza,\n" #~ "hogy a rendszertöltő fájljai átmozgatásra kerüljenek az automatikus\n" -#~ "lemez-töredezettségmentesítés során. Az áthelyezés megakadályozhatná a " -#~ "rendszertöltő helyes betöltését." +#~ "lemez-töredezettségmentesítés során. Az áthelyezés megakadályozhatná a rendszertöltő helyes betöltését." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Changes in disk partitioning were detected since the time the bootloader " -#~ "was configured.\n" +#~ "Changes in disk partitioning were detected since the time the bootloader was configured.\n" #~ "Do you want to propose bootloader configuration again?\n" #~ "If yes, all previous bootloader configuration will be lost.\n" #~ "If not, you probably need to change the configuration manually." @@ -3308,10 +2978,7 @@ #~ "Timeout in tenths of a second Specifies the time the\n" #~ "bootloader will wait in interactive mode until booting the default\n" #~ "entry.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Időkorlát tizedmásodpercben Azt az időt jelenti, amíg a " -#~ "rendszertöltő interaktív módban vár az alapértelmezett bejegyzés " -#~ "betöltése előtt.\n" +#~ msgstr "Időkorlát tizedmásodpercben Azt az időt jelenti, amíg a rendszertöltő interaktív módban vár az alapértelmezett bejegyzés betöltése előtt.\n" #~ msgid "Name of default image file" #~ msgstr "Alapértelmezett rendszerképfájl neve" @@ -3367,14 +3034,10 @@ #~ "Boot Menu Time-Out." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Rendszerindító menü</big> \n" -#~ "A rendszerindító menü rendszerindítás közbeni megjelenítéséhez jelölje " -#~ "meg a\n" -#~ "Rendszerindító menü megjelenítése lehetőséget, különben a menü nem " -#~ "fog látszani.\n" -#~ "Egy időkorlát megadásához, amelynek letelte után az alapértelmezett " -#~ "kernel kerül\n" -#~ "betöltésre, állítsa be a Rendszerindítás folytatása adott idő után " -#~ "és a\n" +#~ "A rendszerindító menü rendszerindítás közbeni megjelenítéséhez jelölje meg a\n" +#~ "Rendszerindító menü megjelenítése lehetőséget, különben a menü nem fog látszani.\n" +#~ "Egy időkorlát megadásához, amelynek letelte után az alapértelmezett kernel kerül\n" +#~ "betöltésre, állítsa be a Rendszerindítás folytatása adott idő után és a\n" #~ "Rendszerindító menü időkorlát értékét." #~ msgid "<big>Section List</big> " @@ -3395,44 +3058,24 @@ #~ msgid "Section Editor" #~ msgstr "Szakasz-szerkesztő" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Selecting Do not verify Filesystem before Booting will skip all " -#~ "file system checks." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A Fájlrendszer ellenőrzésének kihagyása rendszerindítás előtt " -#~ "kiválasztásával az összes fájlrendszer-ellenőrzés kihagyható." +#~ msgid "Selecting Do not verify Filesystem before Booting will skip all file system checks." +#~ msgstr "A Fájlrendszer ellenőrzésének kihagyása rendszerindítás előtt kiválasztásával az összes fájlrendszer-ellenőrzés kihagyható." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Initial RAM Disk,if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " -#~ "use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +#~ "Initial RAM Disk,if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" #~ "directly or choose by using Browse.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A Kezdeti memóriaeszköz, ha nem üres, megadja a használandó " -#~ "kezdeti memóriaeszközt. Adja meg közvetlenül, az elérési úttal együtt a " -#~ "használandó fájlnevet, vagy a Tallózás gomb segítségével válassza " -#~ "azt ki.\n" +#~ msgstr "A Kezdeti memóriaeszköz, ha nem üres, megadja a használandó kezdeti memóriaeszközt. Adja meg közvetlenül, az elérési úttal együtt a használandó fájlnevet, vagy a Tallózás gomb segítségével válassza azt ki.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "PCR Index of Kernel is Platform Configuration Register for " -#~ "kernel" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A Kernel PCR Indexe a kernel platformbeállító regisztere" +#~ msgid "PCR Index of Kernel is Platform Configuration Register for kernel" +#~ msgstr "A Kernel PCR Indexe a kernel platformbeállító regisztere" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "PCR Index of Initrd is Platform Configuration Register for " -#~ "initrd" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az Initrd PCR Indexe az initrd platformbeállító regisztere" +#~ msgid "PCR Index of Initrd is Platform Configuration Register for initrd" +#~ msgstr "Az Initrd PCR Indexe az initrd platformbeállító regisztere" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "PCR Index of Chainloader is Platform Configuration Register for " -#~ "chainloader" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A Lácnbetöltő PCR Indexe a láncbetöltő platformbeállító " -#~ "regisztere" +#~ msgid "PCR Index of Chainloader is Platform Configuration Register for chainloader" +#~ msgstr "A Lácnbetöltő PCR Indexe a láncbetöltő platformbeállító regisztere" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "PCR Index of XEN is Platform Configuration Register for XEN" +#~ msgid "PCR Index of XEN is Platform Configuration Register for XEN" #~ msgstr "AXEN PCR Indexe a XEN platformbeállító regisztere" #~ msgid "Former default Image Flavor" @@ -3497,8 +3140,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "A rendszertöltő telepítéséhez kiválasztott partíció nem\n" #~ "elég nagy, vagy nincs rajta ahhoz elegendő szabad hely az indító\n" -#~ "szektorban, hogy a rendszertöltő elférjen. Ez összefügghet a rajta lévő " -#~ "fájlrendszerrel is.\n" +#~ "szektorban, hogy a rendszertöltő elférjen. Ez összefügghet a rajta lévő fájlrendszerrel is.\n" #~ "Ha mindenképpen ezt a partíciót akarja a rendszertöltő számára\n" #~ "használni, akkor megsérülhetnek a partíció adatai.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3513,31 +3155,26 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Initial RAM Disk</big> \n" -#~ "Use Initial RAM Disk to specify the initial RAM disk (initrd) to " -#~ "load. If it is\n" +#~ "Use Initial RAM Disk to specify the initial RAM disk (initrd) to load. If it is\n" #~ "left empty, no initial RAM disk is loaded during boot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Kezdeti memóriaeszköz</big> \n" -#~ "A Kezdeti memóriaeszköz szolgál a betöltendő kezdeti memóriaeszköz " -#~ "(initrd)\n" +#~ "A Kezdeti memóriaeszköz szolgál a betöltendő kezdeti memóriaeszköz (initrd)\n" #~ "megadására. Ha üresen hagyja, rendszerindítás közben nem töltődik be\n" #~ "kezdeti memóriaeszköz." #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Root Device</big> \n" -#~ "Use Root Device to specify the root file system to mount after the " -#~ "kernel is\n" +#~ "Use Root Device to specify the root file system to mount after the kernel is\n" #~ "loaded.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Gyökér eszköz</big> \n" -#~ "A Gyökér eszköz részben adható meg a kernel betöltése után " -#~ "betöltésre\n" +#~ "A Gyökér eszköz részben adható meg a kernel betöltése után betöltésre\n" #~ "kerülő gyökér fájlrendszer.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>VGA Mode</big> \n" -#~ "Use VGA Mode to specify the resolution and color depth to set " -#~ "after\n" +#~ "Use VGA Mode to specify the resolution and color depth to set after\n" #~ "the kernel has booted." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>VGA mód</big> \n" @@ -3550,31 +3187,25 @@ #~ "to the kernel command line." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Egyéb kernelparaméterek</big> \n" -#~ "Az Egyéb kernelparaméterek részben adható meg a kernel " -#~ "parancssorához hozzáfűzendő\n" +#~ "Az Egyéb kernelparaméterek részben adható meg a kernel parancssorához hozzáfűzendő\n" #~ "többi paraméter." #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Device</big> \n" -#~ "Use Device to set the device from which to load the operating " -#~ "system.\n" +#~ "Use Device to set the device from which to load the operating system.\n" #~ "In most cases, it is the disk partition in which \n" #~ "the other system is installed." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Eszköz</big> \n" -#~ "Az Eszköz részben adható meg az operációs rendszer betöltésére " -#~ "szolgáló eszköz.\n" -#~ "A legtöbb esetben ez az a partíció, amelyikre a másik rendszer telepítve " -#~ "van." +#~ "Az Eszköz részben adható meg az operációs rendszer betöltésére szolgáló eszköz.\n" +#~ "A legtöbb esetben ez az a partíció, amelyikre a másik rendszer telepítve van." #~ msgid "" #~ "Trusted GRUB Details \n" -#~ "allows to add aditional measured files and also to define own PCR for " -#~ "kernel, initrd or chainloader" +#~ "allows to add aditional measured files and also to define own PCR for kernel, initrd or chainloader" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Megbízható GRUB részletei \n" -#~ "Lehetőség van további ütemező fájl hozzáadására, saját PCR használatára a " -#~ "kernelhez, az initrd-hez vagy a láncbetöltőhöz." +#~ "Lehetőség van további ütemező fájl hozzáadására, saját PCR használatára a kernelhez, az initrd-hez vagy a láncbetöltőhöz." #~ msgid "" #~ "To add a disk, push Add.\n" @@ -3589,10 +3220,8 @@ #~ "boots the active partition), set Replace MBR with Generic Code." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>MBR helyettesítése általános kóddal</big> \n" -#~ "Ha a rendszerindító szektor (MBR) tartalmát le kívánja cserélni általános " -#~ "(az aktív partíciót\n" -#~ "elindító) kódra, válassza ki az MBR helyettesítése általános kóddal</" -#~ "b> lehetőséget." +#~ "Ha a rendszerindító szektor (MBR) tartalmát le kívánja cserélni általános (az aktív partíciót\n" +#~ "elindító) kódra, válassza ki az MBR helyettesítése általános kóddal lehetőséget." #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Activating Bootloader Partition</big> \n" @@ -3603,10 +3232,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Rendszertöltő partíció aktiválása</big> \n" #~ "A rendszertöltőt tartalmazó partíció aktiválásához jelölje meg a \n" -#~ "Rendszertöltő partíció aktiválása lehetőséget. Az általános MBR-" -#~ "kód\n" -#~ "elindítja az aktív partíciót. A régebbi BIOS-okban egy partíciónak akkor " -#~ "is aktívnak\n" +#~ "Rendszertöltő partíció aktiválása lehetőséget. Az általános MBR-kód\n" +#~ "elindítja az aktív partíciót. A régebbi BIOS-okban egy partíciónak akkor is aktívnak\n" #~ "kell lennie, ha nincs rendszertöltő telepítve az MBR-ben." #~ msgid "" @@ -3616,10 +3243,8 @@ #~ "and Retype Password.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Jelszavas védelem</big> \n" -#~ "A számítógép jogosulatlan indítása elleni védelem érdekében állítsa be " -#~ "a \n" -#~ "Rendszertöltő védelme jelszóval lehetőséget, majd töltse ki a " -#~ "Jelszó\n" +#~ "A számítógép jogosulatlan indítása elleni védelem érdekében állítsa be a \n" +#~ "Rendszertöltő védelme jelszóval lehetőséget, majd töltse ki a Jelszó\n" #~ "és a Jelszó megismétlése mezőket.\n" # modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:491 Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/ca-management.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/ca-management.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/ca-management.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -111,8 +111,7 @@ msgstr "CA jelszó (Biztonság: Ezt lehetőleg egy környezeti változó adja meg)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 -msgid "" -"P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" +msgid "P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" msgstr "P12 jelszó (Biztonság: Ezt lehetőleg egy környezeti változó adja meg)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 @@ -129,19 +128,15 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and " -"certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" -"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and " -"certificate from a file.\n" +"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"A YaST automatikusan elvégzi egy alapértelmezett hitelesítő központ (CA) és " -"tanúsítvány előállítását. Ez a CA és tanúsítvány\n" +"A YaST automatikusan elvégzi egy alapértelmezett hitelesítő központ (CA) és tanúsítvány előállítását. Ez a CA és tanúsítvány\n" "az Apache webkiszolgálóval való kommunikációhoz használatos.\n" -"Itt változtathatók meg a CA és a tanúsítvány beállításai, illetve itt " -"importálhatja őket egy fájlból.\n" +"Itt változtathatók meg a CA és a tanúsítvány beállításai, illetve itt importálhatja őket egy fájlból.\n" "\n" #. Initialization dialog contents @@ -336,14 +331,12 @@ #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:932 msgid "Create the default CA and server certificate" -msgstr "" -"Alapértelmezett hitelesítő központ (CA) és kiszolgálótanúsítvány létrehozása" +msgstr "Alapértelmezett hitelesítő központ (CA) és kiszolgálótanúsítvány létrehozása" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:938 msgid "Creating the default CA and server certificate..." -msgstr "" -"Alapértelmezett hitelesítő központ (CA) és kiszolgálótanúsítvány létrehozása…" +msgstr "Alapértelmezett hitelesítő központ (CA) és kiszolgálótanúsítvány létrehozása…" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801 #. Progress finished @@ -394,12 +387,8 @@ #. #. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server " -"Name and E-Mail." -msgstr "" -"A helyi gép neve nem értékelhető ki. Módosítsa a Kiszolgálónév és az E-mail " -"értékeket." +msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail." +msgstr "A helyi gép neve nem értékelhető ki. Módosítsa a Kiszolgálónév és az E-mail értékeket." #. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) #. NO FORCE RESET @@ -420,17 +409,13 @@ msgstr "Törli a régi beállításokat?" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." -msgstr "" -"Nem sikerült a rendszergazdai jelszó kiolvasása. A folytatáshoz változtassa " -"meg a CA jelszót." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." +msgstr "Nem sikerült a rendszergazdai jelszó kiolvasása. A folytatáshoz változtassa meg a CA jelszót." #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 msgid "" "The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n" -"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 @@ -443,9 +428,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:357 msgid "With higher security requirements, you should change the password." -msgstr "" -"Magasabb szintű biztonsági követelmények esetében, célszerű megváltoztatnia " -"a jelszót." +msgstr "Magasabb szintű biztonsági követelmények esetében, célszerű megváltoztatnia a jelszót." # modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:391 modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:401 # modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:411 @@ -492,10 +475,8 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 msgid "" -"The root password is too short for use as the password for the " -"certificates.\n" -" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" +" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 @@ -507,12 +488,8 @@ msgstr "Hitelesítő központ (CA) és tanúsítvány importálása fájlból" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 -msgid "" -"Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is " -"only valid if the hostname is correct." -msgstr "" -"Az alapértelmezett gépnév ( linux) valóban egyedi? A tanúsítvány " -"csak akkor érvényes, ha a gépnév érvényes." +msgid "Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct." +msgstr "Az alapértelmezett gépnév ( linux) valóban egyedi? A tanúsítvány csak akkor érvényes, ha a gépnév érvényes." #. menu title #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 @@ -549,28 +526,24 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" -"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and " -"certificates\n" +"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and certificates\n" "while completing the installation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ebben a párbeszédablakban kiválaszthatja a kívánt telepítési módszert " -"hitelesítő központok (CA) és tanúsítványok\n" +"Ebben a párbeszédablakban kiválaszthatja a kívánt telepítési módszert hitelesítő központok (CA) és tanúsítványok\n" "telepítési módszerét, mialatt a telepítés befejeződik.\n" "\n" #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 msgid "" "\n" -"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in " -"the installed system \n" +"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n" "if you do not want to create or import it now.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Lehetősége van az alapértelmezett CA és tanúsítvány létrehozására később, a " -"telepített rendszerben is,\n" +"Lehetősége van az alapértelmezett CA és tanúsítvány létrehozására később, a telepített rendszerben is,\n" "ha most nem kívánja őket létrehozni vagy importálni. \n" "\n" @@ -665,15 +638,13 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA " -"and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" "Here, change these default settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"A YaST automatikusan elvégzi egy alapértelmezett hitelesítő központ (CA) " -"és tanúsítvány előállítását. Ez a CA és tanúsítvány\n" +"A YaST automatikusan elvégzi egy alapértelmezett hitelesítő központ (CA) és tanúsítvány előállítását. Ez a CA és tanúsítvány\n" "az Apache webkiszolgálóval való kommunikációhoz használatos.\n" "Itt megváltoztathatók az alapértelmezett beállítások.\n" "\n" @@ -698,65 +669,38 @@ #. help text 1/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 -msgid "" -"A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted " -"network connections." -msgstr "" -"Egy kiszolgálótanúsítványt egy olyan szolgáltatás használja, amely " -"titkosított SSL/TLS kapcsolatot biztosít." +msgid "A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted network connections." +msgstr "Egy kiszolgálótanúsítványt egy olyan szolgáltatás használja, amely titkosított SSL/TLS kapcsolatot biztosít." #. help text 2/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a " -"certificate for several services running on this host. " -msgstr "" -"Az Általános kiszolgálótanúsítvány feladata, hogy a gépen futó " -"szolgáltatások számára tanúsítványt biztosítson. " +msgid "The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. " +msgstr "Az Általános kiszolgálótanúsítvány feladata, hogy a gépen futó szolgáltatások számára tanúsítványt biztosítson. " #. help text 3/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during " -"configuration of such a service." -msgstr "" -"Néhány YaST modul képes ezen szolgáltatások beállítása közben használni ezt " -"a tanúsítványt." +msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service." +msgstr "Néhány YaST modul képes ezen szolgáltatások beállítása közben használni ezt a tanúsítványt." #. help text 4/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 -msgid "" -"With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server " -"certificate or replace the current one." +msgid "With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one." msgstr "" #. help text 5/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 -msgid "" -"You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But " -"make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." -msgstr "" -"Az Eltávolítás gomb megnyomásával eltávolíthatók a tanúsítványok. " -"Győződjön meg arról, hogy semmilyen szolgáltatás nem használja már ezt a " -"tanúsítványt." +msgid "You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." +msgstr "Az Eltávolítás gomb megnyomásával eltávolíthatók a tanúsítványok. Győződjön meg arról, hogy semmilyen szolgáltatás nem használja már ezt a tanúsítványt." #. help text 6/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in " -"section Certificate in the CA Management module." -msgstr "" -"A tanúsítványok fájlba írásához használja a CA kezelés modul " -"Tanúsítvány részének Exportálás fájlba pontját." +msgid "Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in section Certificate in the CA Management module." +msgstr "A tanúsítványok fájlba írásához használja a CA kezelés modul Tanúsítvány részének Exportálás fájlba pontját." #. help text 7/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 " -"format with CA chain." -msgstr "" -"A lemezről beolvasandó tanúsítványoknak PKCS12 formátum CA lánccal " -"típusúnak kell lenniük." +msgid "Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 format with CA chain." +msgstr "A lemezről beolvasandó tanúsítványoknak PKCS12 formátum CA lánccal típusúnak kell lenniük." #. help text 8/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 @@ -803,8 +747,7 @@ "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Győződjön meg róla, hogy semmilyen szolgáltatás nem használja már ezt a " -"tanúsítványt.\n" +"Győződjön meg róla, hogy semmilyen szolgáltatás nem használja már ezt a tanúsítványt.\n" "\n" # modules/inst_rpmcopy.ycp:85 @@ -822,12 +765,8 @@ #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates</" -"b>, CRL, and Advanced." -msgstr "" -"A jelenlegi CA-ról szóló részletes információk a Tanúsítványok, " -"CRL, és a Speciális pontokban találhatók." +msgid "Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates, CRL, and Advanced." +msgstr "A jelenlegi CA-ról szóló részletes információk a Tanúsítványok, CRL, és a Speciális pontokban találhatók." #. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA #. @param CA name @@ -952,12 +891,8 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 -msgid "" -"When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some " -"default values." -msgstr "" -"Amikor új hitelesítő alközpontot (subCA) vagy tanúsítványt hoz létre, a " -"rendszer javasol néhány alapértelmezett értéket." +msgid "When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default values." +msgstr "Amikor új hitelesítő alközpontot (subCA) vagy tanúsítványt hoz létre, a rendszer javasol néhány alapértelmezett értéket." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57 @@ -968,22 +903,13 @@ #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 -msgid "" -"However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Azonban, a módosított beállítások csak az új bejegyzésekre esetén " -"érvényesülnek." +msgid "However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only." +msgstr "Azonban, a módosított beállítások csak az új bejegyzésekre esetén érvényesülnek." #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 -msgid "" -"You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client " -"certificates, and server certificates." -msgstr "" -"Az alapértelmezett beállítások szerkesztése a hitelesítő alközpontok " -"(subCA), kliens- és kiszolgálótanúsítványok esetén " -"lehetséges." +msgid "You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client certificates, and server certificates." +msgstr "Az alapértelmezett beállítások szerkesztése a hitelesítő alközpontok (subCA), kliens- és kiszolgálótanúsítványok esetén lehetséges." #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 msgid "Default Settings for:" @@ -1003,12 +929,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are " -"saved." -msgstr "" -"Ez a keret áttekintést ad az alapértelmezett beállításokról, mielőtt azok " -"mentésre kerülnek." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved." +msgstr "Ez a keret áttekintést ad az alapértelmezett beállításokról, mielőtt azok mentésre kerülnek." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142 @@ -1121,54 +1043,33 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 -msgid "" -"First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the " -"state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." -msgstr "" -"Először, a jelenlegi CA összes elérhető tanúsítványának listája látható. " -"Az oszlopok a DN-t jelentik, tartalmazva az e-mail címet és a tanúsítvány " -"állapotát (érvényes vagy visszavont)." +msgid "First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." +msgstr "Először, a jelenlegi CA összes elérhető tanúsítványának listája látható. Az oszlopok a DN-t jelentik, tartalmazva az e-mail címet és a tanúsítvány állapotát (érvényes vagy visszavont)." #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 msgid "Select one of the certificates and execute some actions." -msgstr "" -"Válassza ki a tanúsítványok egyikét és végrehajthat néhány műveletet." +msgstr "Válassza ki a tanúsítványok egyikét és végrehajthat néhány műveletet." #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 -msgid "" -"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"A Megtekintés megnyit egy ablakot a teljes tanúsítvány szöveges " -"alakjával." +msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate." +msgstr "A Megtekintés megnyit egy ablakot a teljes tanúsítvány szöveges alakjával." #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"Továbbá, választhatja a Visszavonás, Törlés vagy az " -"Exportálás pontok egyikét." +msgid "Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a certificate." +msgstr "Továbbá, választhatja a Visszavonás, Törlés vagy az Exportálás pontok egyikét." #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 msgid "With Add, generate a new server or client certificate." -msgstr "" -"A Hozzáadás pontban új kiszolgáló- vagy klienstanúsítványt " -"generálhat." +msgstr "A Hozzáadás pontban új kiszolgáló- vagy klienstanúsítványt generálhat." #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 -msgid "" -"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"A alábbi területen a kiválasztott tanúsítvány legfontosabb adatai " -"láthatók." +msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate." +msgstr "A alábbi területen a kiválasztott tanúsítvány legfontosabb adatai láthatók." #. popup window header #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:142 @@ -1177,8 +1078,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145 msgid "You are only revoking the certificate. No new CRL will be created." -msgstr "" -"Csak visszavonja a tanúsítványt, új visszavonási lista (CRL) nem jön létre." +msgstr "Csak visszavonja a tanúsítványt, új visszavonási lista (CRL) nem jön létre." #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150 msgid "Reasons" @@ -1497,17 +1397,13 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 -msgid "" -"When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." -msgstr "" -"Amikor új CRL-t hoz létre, a rendszer javasol néhány alapértelmezett " -"értéket." +msgid "When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." +msgstr "Amikor új CRL-t hoz létre, a rendszer javasol néhány alapértelmezett értéket." #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148 msgid "With this frame, change these default settings." -msgstr "" -"Ebben az ablakban változtathatja meg az alapértelmezett beállításokat." +msgstr "Ebben az ablakban változtathatja meg az alapértelmezett beállításokat." #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 @@ -1540,16 +1436,8 @@ #. Translators: long help text - security information #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 -msgid "" -"Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write " -"the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored " -"there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be " -"readable for the root user." -msgstr "" -"Figyelem! Az automatikus CRL elkészítése és exportálása a konfigurációs " -"fájlba írja a CA jelszót. A CRL létrehozásához a merevlemezen a jelszó " -"titkosítás nélkül lesz megtalálható. A fájl csak a rendszergazda számára " -"lesz elérhető." +msgid "Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user." +msgstr "Figyelem! Az automatikus CRL elkészítése és exportálása a konfigurációs fájlba írja a CA jelszót. A CRL létrehozásához a merevlemezen a jelszó titkosítás nélkül lesz megtalálható. A fájl csak a rendszergazda számára lesz elérhető." #. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA #. @param selected CA @@ -1561,27 +1449,15 @@ #. this default can only be set inside this function #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 msgid "Export the CRL of this CA once by selecting Export once." -msgstr "" -"A CA CRL-jét az Exportálás egyszer kiválasztásával exportálhatja.</" -"p>" +msgstr "A CA CRL-jét az Exportálás egyszer kiválasztásával exportálhatja." #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 -msgid "" -"To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation " -"and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in " -"Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can " -"additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and " -"understand the Security Information." +msgid "To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the Security Information." msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 -msgid "" -"You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP " -"server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file</" -"b> and Export to LDAP." -msgstr "" -"A CRL exportját végezheti helyi fájlba, LDAP szerverbe vagy mindkettőbe. " -"Exportálás fájlba és Exportálás LDAP-ba." +msgid "You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file and Export to LDAP." +msgstr "A CRL exportját végezheti helyi fájlba, LDAP szerverbe vagy mindkettőbe. Exportálás fájlba és Exportálás LDAP-ba." #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 msgid "Export once" @@ -1769,49 +1645,31 @@ #. help text 5/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 -msgid "" -"CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, " -"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." -msgstr "" -"A CA neve a CA tanúsítványának a neve, amelynek megadásakor csak a " -"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", és a \"_\"karakterek használhatók." +msgid "CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." +msgstr "A CA neve a CA tanúsítványának a neve, amelynek megadásakor csak a \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", és a \"_\"karakterek használhatók." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 msgid "Common Name is the name of the CA." msgstr "Az Általános név a CA neve." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 -msgid "" -"Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"Az Általános név annak a felhasználónak a neve, aki számára a " -"tanúsítvány készül." +msgid "Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate." +msgstr "Az Általános név annak a felhasználónak a neve, aki számára a tanúsítvány készül." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." -msgstr "" -"Az Általános név a kiszolgáló teljes tartományneve (FQDN)." +msgid "Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." +msgstr "Az Általános név a kiszolgáló teljes tartományneve (FQDN)." # clients/lan_ypclient.ycp:125 #. help text 6/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 -msgid "" -"E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server " -"administrator." -msgstr "" -"Az E-mail címek a felhasználó vagy a kiszolgáló adminisztrátorának " -"e-mail címei." +msgid "E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server administrator." +msgstr "Az E-mail címek a felhasználó vagy a kiszolgáló adminisztrátorának e-mail címei." #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 -msgid "" -"Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and " -"State are often optional." -msgstr "" -"A Szervezet, Szervezeti egység, Helyszín és az " -"Állam/Régió gyakran opcionálisak." +msgid "Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and State are often optional." +msgstr "A Szervezet, Szervezeti egység, Helyszín és az Állam/Régió gyakran opcionálisak." #. To translators: pushbutton label #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 @@ -1844,32 +1702,18 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 -msgid "" -"The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length " -"of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"A CA privát kulcsához szükség van egy Jelszóra, melynek hossza " -"legalább öt karakter. Ellenőrzési célból a következő mezőben újra meg kell " -"adni." +msgid "The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "A CA privát kulcsához szükség van egy Jelszóra, melynek hossza legalább öt karakter. Ellenőrzési célból a következő mezőben újra meg kell adni." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 -msgid "" -"Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"Minden CA rendelkezik saját Kulcs mérettel. Néhány tanúsítványt " -"használó alkalmazásnak speciális kulcshosszra van szüksége." +msgid "Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "Minden CA rendelkezik saját Kulcs mérettel. Néhány tanúsítványt használó alkalmazásnak speciális kulcshosszra van szüksége." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 -msgid "" -"The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the " -"time frame in days." -msgstr "" -"A CA csak egy adott időtartamra érvényes (Érvényességi időtartam). " -"Adja meg az időkeretet napokban." +msgid "The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." +msgstr "A CA csak egy adott időtartamra érvényes (Érvényességi időtartam). Adja meg az időkeretet napokban." #. help text 4/4 #. help text 4/4 @@ -1877,63 +1721,33 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 -msgid "" -"Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these " -"options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work " -"correctly." -msgstr "" -"A Speciális beállítások nagyon speciális beállításokat " -"tartalmaznak. Ha megváltoztatja ezeket az opciókat, a SUSE nem garantálja, " -"hogy a generált tanúsítványok helyesen fognak működni." +msgid "Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly." +msgstr "A Speciális beállítások nagyon speciális beállításokat tartalmaznak. Ha megváltoztatja ezeket az opciókat, a SUSE nem garantálja, hogy a generált tanúsítványok helyesen fognak működni." #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 -msgid "" -"The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field." -msgstr "" -"A tanúsítvány privát kulcsához szükség van egy Jelszóra, melynek " -"hossza legalább öt karakter. Ellenőrzési célból a következő mezőben újra meg " -"kell adni." +msgid "The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "A tanúsítvány privát kulcsához szükség van egy Jelszóra, melynek hossza legalább öt karakter. Ellenőrzési célból a következő mezőben újra meg kell adni." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 -msgid "" -"Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that " -"use certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"Minden tanúsítvány rendelkezik saját Kulcs mérettel. Néhány " -"tanúsítványt használó alkalmazásnak speciális kulcshosszra van szüksége." +msgid "Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "Minden tanúsítvány rendelkezik saját Kulcs mérettel. Néhány tanúsítványt használó alkalmazásnak speciális kulcshosszra van szüksége." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). " -"Enter the time frame in days." -msgstr "" -"A tanúsítvány csak egy adott időtartamra érvényes (Érvényességi " -"időtartam). Adja meg az időkeretet napokban." +msgid "The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." +msgstr "A tanúsítvány csak egy adott időtartamra érvényes (Érvényességi időtartam). Adja meg az időkeretet napokban." #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 -msgid "" -"The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field." -msgstr "" -"A kérés privát kulcsához szükség van egy Jelszóra, melynek hossza " -"legalább öt karakter. Ellenőrzési célból a következő mezőben újra meg kell " -"adni." +msgid "The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "A kérés privát kulcsához szükség van egy Jelszóra, melynek hossza legalább öt karakter. Ellenőrzési célból a következő mezőben újra meg kell adni." #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 -msgid "" -"Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"Minden kérés rendelkezik saját Kulcs mérettel. Néhány tanúsítványt " -"használó alkalmazásnak speciális kulcshosszra van szüksége." +msgid "Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "Minden kérés rendelkezik saját Kulcs mérettel. Néhány tanúsítványt használó alkalmazásnak speciális kulcshosszra van szüksége." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 msgid "&Use CA Password as Certificate Password" @@ -1969,47 +1783,33 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be " -"created." -msgstr "" -"Ez az ablak áttekintést ad a készítendő CA összes beállításáról." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created." +msgstr "Ez az ablak áttekintést ad a készítendő CA összes beállításáról." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706 msgid "Click Create to generate the CA." -msgstr "" -"Egy kattintás a Következő gombra elindítja a CA generálását." +msgstr "Egy kattintás a Következő gombra elindítja a CA generálását." #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that " -"will be created." -msgstr "" -"Ez az ablak áttekintés ad a készítendő tanúsítvány összes beállításáról.</" -"p>" +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created." +msgstr "Ez az ablak áttekintés ad a készítendő tanúsítvány összes beállításáról." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716 msgid "Click Create to generate the certificate." -msgstr "" -"Egy kattintás a Következő gombra a tanúsítvány generálását indítja " -"el." +msgstr "Egy kattintás a Következő gombra a tanúsítvány generálását indítja el." #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"created." -msgstr "" -"Ez az ablak áttekintést ad a készítendő kérés összes beállításáról." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created." +msgstr "Ez az ablak áttekintést ad a készítendő kérés összes beállításáról." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727 msgid "Click Create to generate the request." -msgstr "" -"Egy kattintás a Következő gombra elindítja a kérés generálását." +msgstr "Egy kattintás a Következő gombra elindítja a kérés generálását." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:736 msgid "CA Name: " @@ -2119,11 +1919,7 @@ #. #. Creating a new CA/Certificate #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 -msgid "" -"This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that " -"can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the " -"file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</" -"P>" +msgid "This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 @@ -2191,12 +1987,8 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 -msgid "" -"First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." -msgstr "" -"Először, a jelenlegi CA összes elérhető kérésének listája látható. Az " -"oszlopok a kérések DN-jét mutatják, tartalmazva az e-mail címet." +msgid "First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." +msgstr "Először, a jelenlegi CA összes elérhető kérésének listája látható. Az oszlopok a kérések DN-jét mutatják, tartalmazva az e-mail címet." #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 @@ -2205,37 +1997,23 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 -msgid "" -"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"request." -msgstr "" -"A Megtekintés megnyit egy ablakot a teljes kérés szöveges " -"alakjával." +msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete request." +msgstr "A Megtekintés megnyit egy ablakot a teljes kérés szöveges alakjával." #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 -msgid "" -"You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." -msgstr "" -"Továbbá, választhatja az Aláírás, Törlés vagy az " -"Exportálás pontok egyikét." +msgid "You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." +msgstr "Továbbá, választhatja az Aláírás, Törlés vagy az Exportálás pontok egyikét." #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 -msgid "" -"With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new " -"request." -msgstr "" -"Az Importálás parancs beolvas egy új kérést. A Hozzáadás " -"parancs pedig létrehoz egyet." +msgid "With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new request." +msgstr "Az Importálás parancs beolvas egy új kérést. A Hozzáadás parancs pedig létrehoz egyet." #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 -msgid "" -"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." -"" -msgstr "" -"A alábbi területen a kiválasztott kérés legfontosabb adatai láthatók." +msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." +msgstr "A alábbi területen a kiválasztott kérés legfontosabb adatai láthatók." #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 msgid "Generate Time" @@ -2332,20 +2110,15 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 -msgid "" -"The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." -msgstr "" -"A kérésnek speciális kéréskiterjesztései vannak, amelyeket elfogadhat." +msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." +msgstr "A kérésnek speciális kéréskiterjesztései vannak, amelyeket elfogadhat." # modules/inst_environment.ycp:215 # clients/inst_environment.ycp:257 #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 -msgid "" -"If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." -msgstr "" -"Ha visszautasítja a kiterjesztéseket, akkor az alapértékek kerülnek " -"alkalmazásra." +msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." +msgstr "Ha visszautasítja a kiterjesztéseket, akkor az alapértékek kerülnek alkalmazásra." #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" @@ -2357,11 +2130,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"signed." -msgstr "" -"Ez az ablak áttekintést ad az aláírandó kérés összes beállításáról." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." +msgstr "Ez az ablak áttekintést ad az aláírandó kérés összes beállításáról." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 @@ -2410,21 +2180,16 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:145 msgid "Select one CA and press Enter CA." -msgstr "" -"Válasszon egy CA-t és nyomja meg a Belépés a CA-ba gombot." +msgstr "Válasszon egy CA-t és nyomja meg a Belépés a CA-ba gombot." #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 -msgid "" -"Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." -msgstr "" -"A Gyökér CA létrehozása új gyökér hitelesítő központot hoz létre.</" -"p>" +msgid "Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." +msgstr "A Gyökér CA létrehozása új gyökér hitelesítő központot hoz létre." #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 -msgid "" -"For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." +msgid "For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." msgstr "" # clients/printconf_device_confirm.ycp:84 @@ -2648,18 +2413,14 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 msgid "" "<big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n" -" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue." -"\n" +" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Kiszolgálótanúsítvány importálása (PKCS12 + CA lánc formátum)\n" -"lemezről:</big> Válasszon egy nevet és a folytatáshoz nyomja meg a " -"Következő gombot.\n" +"lemezről:</big> Válasszon egy nevet és a folytatáshoz nyomja meg a Következő gombot.\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 -msgid "" -"Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place " -"where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." +msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 @@ -2699,8 +2460,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 msgid "" "The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n" -"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in " -"subject alternative names." +"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names." msgstr "" #. popup window header @@ -2769,12 +2529,10 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 msgid "" "Key Password is required. \n" -"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not " -"encrypted key." +"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." msgstr "" "Kulcsjelszó szükséges. \n" -"A titkosított kulcshoz jelszó szükséges, amennyiben a kulcs nem titkosított, " -"akkor új kulcsra van szükség." +"A titkosított kulcshoz jelszó szükséges, amennyiben a kulcs nem titkosított, akkor új kulcsra van szükség." #. Error popup #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 @@ -3389,46 +3147,26 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The password is too short for use as the password for the certificates. \n" -#~ " Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -#~ "creation.\n" +#~ " Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A jelszó túl rövid a tanúsítványok jelszavának. \n" -#~ "Adjon meg egy érvényes jelszót a tanúsítványokhoz, vagy tiltsa le a " -#~ "tanúsítványok létrehozását.\n" +#~ "Adjon meg egy érvényes jelszót a tanúsítványokhoz, vagy tiltsa le a tanúsítványok létrehozását.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The root password is too short for use as the password for the " -#~ "certificates. \n" -#~ " Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -#~ "creation.\n" +#~ "The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates. \n" +#~ " Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A root jelszava túl rövid a tanúsítványok jelszavának. \n" -#~ "Adjon meg egy érvényes jelszót a tanúsítványokhoz, vagy tiltsa le a " -#~ "tanúsítványok létrehozását. \n" +#~ "Adjon meg egy érvényes jelszót a tanúsítványokhoz, vagy tiltsa le a tanúsítványok létrehozását. \n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server " -#~ "certificate or replace the currect one." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az Importálás/Csere gomb megnyomásával új " -#~ "kiszolgálótanúsítványt hozhat létre, vagy lecserélheti a jelenlegit." +#~ msgid "With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server certificate or replace the currect one." +#~ msgstr "Az Importálás/Csere gomb megnyomásával új kiszolgálótanúsítványt hozhat létre, vagy lecserélheti a jelenlegit." #~ msgid "For more informations, please read the manual." #~ msgstr "További információ a kézikönyvben található." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL select Repeated " -#~ "recreation and export. In this case set the interval for the " -#~ "recreation in Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 " -#~ "hours you can additionally select the hour for the export. Please make " -#~ "sure you read and understood the Security Information." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A CRL ismétlődő újrakészítéséhez válassza az Ismétlődő újrakészítés " -#~ "és export lehetőséget. Ez esetben állítsa be az időintervallumot az " -#~ "Időintervallum megadásával. Amennyiben 24 órára állítja az " -#~ "intervallumot, az export megtörténtének óráját is megválaszthatja. Kérjük " -#~ "bizonyosodjon meg róla, hogy elolvasta és megértette a Biztonsági " -#~ "tudnivalókat." +#~ msgid "To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL select Repeated recreation and export. In this case set the interval for the recreation in Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours you can additionally select the hour for the export. Please make sure you read and understood the Security Information." +#~ msgstr "A CRL ismétlődő újrakészítéséhez válassza az Ismétlődő újrakészítés és export lehetőséget. Ez esetben állítsa be az időintervallumot az Időintervallum megadásával. Amennyiben 24 órára állítja az intervallumot, az export megtörténtének óráját is megválaszthatja. Kérjük bizonyosodjon meg róla, hogy elolvasta és megértette a Biztonsági tudnivalókat." #~ msgid "Export to file failed" #~ msgstr "A fájlba történő exportálás sikertelen" @@ -3440,41 +3178,24 @@ #~ msgid "Export to LDAP failed" #~ msgstr "Az LDAP-ba történő exportálás sikertelen" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that " -#~ "can be set. If you are not familiar with these extentions, refer to the " -#~ "file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-" -#~ "doc)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ez az ablak további beállítható attribútumokat és OpenSSL X509v3 " -#~ "kiterjesztéseket tartalmaz. Ha nem ismeri ezeket a kiterjesztéseket, " -#~ "nézze meg a /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt fájlt. " -#~ "(openssl-doc csomag része)." +#~ msgid "This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extentions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." +#~ msgstr "Ez az ablak további beállítható attribútumokat és OpenSSL X509v3 kiterjesztéseket tartalmaz. Ha nem ismeri ezeket a kiterjesztéseket, nézze meg a /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt fájlt. (openssl-doc csomag része)." #~ msgid "Currently not supported." #~ msgstr "Jelenleg nem támogatott." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For more informations about CA Management, please read the manual." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A tanúsítványkezeléssel kapcsolatos további információ a kézikönyvben " -#~ "található." +#~ msgid "For more informations about CA Management, please read the manual." +#~ msgstr "A tanúsítványkezeléssel kapcsolatos további információ a kézikönyvben található." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The new password is too short for use as the password for the " -#~ "certificates.\n" +#~ "The new password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" #~ " Enter a valid password for the certificates.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Az új jelszó túl rövid a tanúsítványok jelszavának. \n" #~ "Adjon meg egy érvényes jelszót a tanúsítványokhoz.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Import a server certificate and correspondenting CA and copy them to a " -#~ "place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A kiszolgálótanúsítvány és a megfelelő CA importálása majd egy olyan " -#~ "helyre másolása, ahol más YaST modulok keresik az ilyen általános " -#~ "tanúsítványokat." +#~ msgid "Import a server certificate and correspondenting CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." +#~ msgstr "A kiszolgálótanúsítvány és a megfelelő CA importálása majd egy olyan helyre másolása, ahol más YaST modulok keresik az ilyen általános tanúsítványokat." #~ msgid "" #~ "The common name of the certificate (%1) is not the name of\n" @@ -3483,19 +3204,10 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "A tanúsítvány általános neve (%1) nem egyezik meg a\n" #~ "kiszolgáló nevével (%2).\n" -#~ "Ez a tanúsítvány nem biztos, hogy célszerűen használható általános " -#~ "kiszolgálótanúsítványként.\n" +#~ "Ez a tanúsítvány nem biztos, hogy célszerűen használható általános kiszolgálótanúsítványként.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Common Server Certificate will be used by other YaST " -#~ "modules." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az általános kiszolgálótanúsítvány más YaST modulok által is " -#~ "használva lesz." +#~ msgid "The Common Server Certificate will be used by other YaST modules." +#~ msgstr "Az általános kiszolgálótanúsítvány más YaST modulok által is használva lesz." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This certificate can be exchanged by importing a certificate from a " -#~ "file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ez a tanúsítvány felváltható egy tanúsítvány importálásával fájlból.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "This certificate can be exchanged by importing a certificate from a file." +#~ msgstr "Ez a tanúsítvány felváltható egy tanúsítvány importálásával fájlból." Added: trunk/yast/hu/po/cio.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/cio.hu.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/cio.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +# @TITLE@ +# Copyright (C) 2006, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 09:42+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Marcel Hilzinger <hili(a)suselinux.hu>\n" +"Language-Team: Hungarian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: hu\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Interfaces" +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "Elérhető eszközök" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Eszköz" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "Használt" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "nem" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "igen" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fiber channel" +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "Üvegszál" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "Összes &kiválasztása" + +# modules/inst_sw_select.ycp:159 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_sw_select.ycp:262 +# clients/inst_sw_select.ycp:256 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Detailed selection..." +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "&Részletezett választás…" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&All Selected Packages" +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "Min&den kiválasztott csomag" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Scan the Channels" +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "C&satornák pásztázása" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "Kilépés" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/cluster.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/cluster.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/cluster.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -185,15 +185,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 -msgid "" -"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/" -"authkey." +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 -msgid "" -"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " -"nodes manually." +msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 @@ -341,8 +337,7 @@ #. SaveCsync2(); #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " -"cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" @@ -366,116 +361,47 @@ #. All helps are here #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address " -"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " -"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " -"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " -"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " -"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " -"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the " -"nodeid field must be specified. \n" -"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used " -"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but " -"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address " -"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address." -" This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 " -"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must " -"be specified.\n" -"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " -"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " -"services configured for different UDP ports. \n" -"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in " -"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu </" -"p>\n" -"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional " -"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " -"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " -"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from " -"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " -"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " -"not be used. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " -"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " -"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " -"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " -"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " -"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " -"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " -"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " -"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen." -" \n" -"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting " -"quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is " -"present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. </" -"p>\n" -"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using " -"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" +"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" +"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" +"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" +"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are " -"used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the " -"protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this " -"directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to " -"encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates " -"that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for " -"non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" -"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " -"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " -"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 " -"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this " -"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces " -"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles " -"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks " -"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible " -"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A " -"throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option " -"is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame " -"transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is " -"enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this " -"option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default is on. \n" +"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" +"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot " -"or not\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when " -"Firewall is enabled\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the " -"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " -"same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be " -"synced.\n" -"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed " -"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is " -"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup " -"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</" -"p>\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be synced.\n" +"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" "\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network " -"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for " -"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " -"network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" -"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be " -"used for syncing.\n" -"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for " -"syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" +"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be used for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -499,8 +425,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Az előkészítés megszakítása:</big> \n" -"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás</" -"b> gombbal.\n" +"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás gombbal.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 @@ -525,8 +450,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Mentés megszakítása:</big> \n" "A Megszakítás gomb megnyomásával megszakíthatja a folyamatot.\n" -"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e " -"megtenni.\n" +"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e megtenni.\n" "\n" # modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:231 modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:246 Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/control.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/control.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/control.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -385,17 +385,13 @@ #~ "Válassza ki azt, amelyik a legjobban megfelel az igényeihez." #~ msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Fizikai gép (Teljes virtualizációs vendég operációs rendszereknek is)" +#~ msgstr "Fizikai gép (Teljes virtualizációs vendég operációs rendszereknek is)" #~ msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Virtuális gép (Olyan paravirtualizált környezeteknek, mint amilyen a Xen)" +#~ msgstr "Virtuális gép (Olyan paravirtualizált környezeteknek, mint amilyen a Xen)" #~ msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Xen virtualizációs gép (a helyi X11 alapértelmezés szerint nincs " -#~ "beállítva)" +#~ msgstr "Xen virtualizációs gép (a helyi X11 alapértelmezés szerint nincs beállítva)" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 # clients/lan_nfs_server.ycp:32 @@ -409,9 +405,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" #~ msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Xen virtualizációs gép (a helyi X11 alapértelmezés szerint nincs " -#~ "beállítva)" +#~ msgstr "Xen virtualizációs gép (a helyi X11 alapértelmezés szerint nincs beállítva)" # modules/inst_config_x11.ycp:216 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:865 @@ -459,8 +453,7 @@ #~ "számára. Ezek közül a két legelterjedtebb a GNOME és a KDE, amelyek\n" #~ "a disztribúció támogatását egyenrangúan élvezik. Mindkét grafikus\n" #~ "környezet egyszerű használatot, nagyfokú integráltságot és vonzó\n" -#~ "megjelenést biztosít. Mindkettő meghatározott, markáns stílussal bír, " -#~ "ezért\n" +#~ "megjelenést biztosít. Mindkettő meghatározott, markáns stílussal bír, ezért\n" #~ "mindenkinek a személyes ízlése határozza meg, hogy melyik számára a\n" #~ "legmegfelelőbb." Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/country.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/country.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/country.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -75,11 +75,8 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"A(z) '%1' billentyűzetkiosztás érvénytelen. A lehetséges értékeket a 'list' " -"paranccsal tekintheti meg." +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "A(z) '%1' billentyűzetkiosztás érvénytelen. A lehetséges értékeket a 'list' paranccsal tekintheti meg." #. summary item #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 @@ -108,28 +105,18 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ez a modul finomhangolási lehetőségeket nyújt a billentyűzetmodul " -"beállítására.\n" -"A beállítások az <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt> fájlban kerülnek " -"tárolásra.\n" -"Ha nem biztos a dolgában, használja a már kijelölt alapértelmezett " -"értékeket.\n" +"Ez a modul finomhangolási lehetőségeket nyújt a billentyűzetmodul beállítására.\n" +"A beállítások az <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt> fájlban kerülnek tárolásra.\n" +"Ha nem biztos a dolgában, használja a már kijelölt alapértelmezett értékeket.\n" "" #. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -#| "keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool, such as SaX." -#| "\n" -msgid "" -"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +#| msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool, such as SaX.\n" +msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" msgstr "" -"Az itt megadott beállítások csak a konzol billentyűzetére érvényesek. A " -"grafikus felhasználói felületet valamilyen más eszközzel, például a SaX " -"segítségével\n" +"Az itt megadott beállítások csak a konzol billentyűzetére érvényesek. A grafikus felhasználói felületet valamilyen más eszközzel, például a SaX segítségével\n" "lehet beállítani.\n" #. heading text @@ -213,16 +200,14 @@ "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Válassza ki a telepítéshez és a telepített rendszerben\n" "használni kívánt Billentyűzetkiosztást. \n" "A kiosztást a Teszt mezőben próbálhatja ki.\n" -"A speciális beállításokhoz, mint például az ismétlési sebesség és " -"késleltetés,\n" +"A speciális beállításokhoz, mint például az ismétlési sebesség és késleltetés,\n" "nyomja meg a Szakértői beállítások gombot.\n" "\n" @@ -244,20 +229,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Válassza ki a telepített rendszerben használni kívánt " -"Billentyűzetkiosztást.\n" -"A speciális beállításokhoz, mint például az ismétlési sebesség és " -"késleltetés,\n" +"Válassza ki a telepített rendszerben használni kívánt Billentyűzetkiosztást.\n" +"A speciális beállításokhoz, mint például az ismétlési sebesség és késleltetés,\n" "nyomja meg a Szakértői beállítások gombot.\n" "\n" -"További beállítások, mint az elrendezések, az asztali környezet " -"billentyűzetkiosztási eszközében található.\n" +"További beállítások, mint az elrendezések, az asztali környezet billentyűzetkiosztási eszközében található.\n" # modules/inst_environment.ycp:97 # modules/inst_environment.ycp:222 @@ -278,8 +258,7 @@ "different from the one in the system to update.\n" "Select the layout to use during update:" msgstr "" -"Jelenleg olyan billentyűzetkiosztást használ, ami különbözik a frissítendő " -"rendszerétől. \n" +"Jelenleg olyan billentyűzetkiosztást használ, ami különbözik a frissítendő rendszerétől. \n" "Válassza ki a frissítés során alkalmazandó kiosztást:" #. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched @@ -405,10 +384,8 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: language/src/clients/language.rb:303 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"%1 nem érvényes nyelv. A lehetséges értékek a list paranccsal írathatók ki." +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "%1 nem érvényes nyelv. A lehetséges értékek a list paranccsal írathatók ki." #. label text #. heading text @@ -455,13 +432,11 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"További, a kiválasztott elsődleges és másodlagos nyelveket támogató csomagok " -"kerülnek telepítésre. A már nem szükséges csomagok eltávolításra kerülnek.\n" +"További, a kiválasztott elsődleges és másodlagos nyelveket támogató csomagok kerülnek telepítésre. A már nem szükséges csomagok eltávolításra kerülnek.\n" "" # modules/inst_language.ycp:89 @@ -474,8 +449,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Válassza ki a telepítéshez használni kívánt nyelvet. Az itt " -"kiválasztott nyelv\n" +"Válassza ki a telepítéshez használni kívánt nyelvet. Az itt kiválasztott nyelv\n" "lesz az alapértelmezett nyelv a rendszerben.\n" "\n" @@ -513,8 +487,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"A Telepítés megszakítása gomb megnyomásával bármikor kiléphet a " -"telepítőből.\n" +"A Telepítés megszakítása gomb megnyomásával bármikor kiléphet a telepítőből.\n" "\n" # modules/inst_language.ycp:89 @@ -546,20 +519,13 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"A Billentyűzetkiosztás átállítása lehetőséggel állíthatja át a " -"billentyűzetkiosztást az elsődleges nyelvnek megfelelően.\n" -"Az Időzóna beállítása lehetőséggel állíthatja be az időzónát az " -"elsődleges nyelvnek megfelelően. Azok a beállítások, amelyek az " -"alapértelmezett nyelvbeállításon keresztül kerülnek beállításra, letiltásra " -"kerülnek.\n" +"A Billentyűzetkiosztás átállítása lehetőséggel állíthatja át a billentyűzetkiosztást az elsődleges nyelvnek megfelelően.\n" +"Az Időzóna beállítása lehetőséggel állíthatja be az időzónát az elsődleges nyelvnek megfelelően. Azok a beállítások, amelyek az alapértelmezett nyelvbeállításon keresztül kerülnek beállításra, letiltásra kerülnek.\n" "\n" #. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 @@ -572,8 +538,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Másodlagos nyelvek \n" -"A listából itt választhatja ki a rendszeren használni kívánt további " -"nyelveket.\n" +"A listából itt választhatja ki a rendszeren használni kívánt további nyelveket.\n" "\n" #. error message - package solver failed @@ -601,10 +566,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Ez a modul finomhangolási lehetőségeket nyújt a nyelvek kezeléséhez.\n" -"A beállítások az <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt> fájlban kerülnek " -"tárolásra.\n" -"Ha nem biztos a dolgában, használja a már kijelölt alapértelmezett " -"értékeket.\n" +"A beállítások az <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt> fájlban kerülnek tárolásra.\n" +"Ha nem biztos a dolgában, használja a már kijelölt alapértelmezett értékeket.\n" "\n" #. help text for langauge expert screen @@ -616,34 +579,27 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "A Területi beállítások a root felhasználó számára\n" -"határozza meg, hogy a root felhasználó számára hogyan vannak beállítva a " -"területi\n" +"határozza meg, hogy a root felhasználó számára hogyan vannak beállítva a területi\n" "beállítások változói (LC_*)." #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Csak ctype: A root LC_CTYPE értéke a normál felhasználókéval " -"egyezik\n" +"Csak ctype: A root LC_CTYPE értéke a normál felhasználókéval egyezik\n" "meg, a többi érték nincs beállítva. \n" -"Igen: A root környezeti beállításai megegyeznek a normál " -"felhasználókéval. \n" +"Igen: A root környezeti beállításai megegyeznek a normál felhasználókéval. \n" "Nem: A root környezeti beállításai nincsenek megadva.\n" "\n" #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale." +msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." msgstr "" "A Részletes területi beállítások részben lehet beállítani a fő\n" "párbeszédablakban fel nem ajánlott nyelvet. Lehetséges, hogy a kiválasztott\n" @@ -722,8 +678,7 @@ #: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the " -"appropriate support\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" "A kiválasztott nyelv támogatottsága nem teljes az adathordozón.\n" @@ -736,8 +691,7 @@ "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." msgstr "" -"A kiválasztott nyelv szöveges módban nem használható. A telepítéshez az " -"angol nyelv kerül alkalmazásra,\n" +"A kiválasztott nyelv szöveges módban nem használható. A telepítéshez az angol nyelv kerül alkalmazásra,\n" "de az új rendszer már a kiválasztott nyelven fog működni." #. translators: command line help text for timezone module @@ -836,23 +790,18 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware " -"Clock Set To.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Az UTC-hez állított hardveróra mezőben adja meg, hogy a gép helyi " -"időt vagy UTC-időt használ.\n" -"A legtöbb olyan számítógép, amelyiken más (például Microsoft) operációs " -"rendszer is van telepítve,\n" +"Az UTC-hez állított hardveróra mezőben adja meg, hogy a gép helyi időt vagy UTC-időt használ.\n" +"A legtöbb olyan számítógép, amelyiken más (például Microsoft) operációs rendszer is van telepítve,\n" "helyi időt használ.\n" "A csak linuxos gépeken általában UTC-időre van állítva a hardveróra.\n" "Ha a hardveróra UTC-időre van állítva, akkor a rendszer képes automatikusan\n" @@ -873,22 +822,18 @@ "Megjegyzés: A belső rendszeróra, amelyet a Linux kernel használ,\n" "mindig UTC-nek kell lennie, mert ez a megfelelő referencia a \n" "felhasználói terület belső idejének. Amennyiben a helyi időt CMOS órához,\n" -"állította, nézze meg a dokumentációt ezen beállítás lehetséges mellékhatásai " -"kapcsán.\n" +"állította, nézze meg a dokumentációt ezen beállítás lehetséges mellékhatásai kapcsán.\n" "" #. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -896,15 +841,11 @@ "Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Helyi időt választott, azonban kizárólag Linux rendszer van telepítve a " -"számítógépre.\n" -"Ebben az esetben mindenképpen javasolt az UTC használata, nyomja meg a " -"Mégsem gombot.\n" +"Helyi időt választott, azonban kizárólag Linux rendszer van telepítve a számítógépre.\n" +"Ebben az esetben mindenképpen javasolt az UTC használata, nyomja meg a Mégsem gombot.\n" "\n" -"Amennyiben helyi időt kíván használni, akkor a CMOS órát kétszer egy évben " -"át kell állítani\n" -"a nyári időszámítás használata miatt. Amennyiben ezt elfelejtené, a mentések " -"sikertelenek lehetnek,\n" +"Amennyiben helyi időt kíván használni, akkor a CMOS órát kétszer egy évben át kell állítani\n" +"a nyári időszámítás használata miatt. Amennyiben ezt elfelejtené, a mentések sikertelenek lehetnek,\n" "a levelezőrendszer eldobhatja a leveleket stb.\n" "\n" "Amennyiben UTC-t használ, a Linux automatikusan beállítja az időt.\n" @@ -913,18 +854,13 @@ #. help text for set time dialog #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "" -"A jelenleg beállított idő és dátum látható. Amennyiben szükséges, adja " -"meg a helyes értéket, vagy használja az NTP-t (Network Time Protocol)." +msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "A jelenleg beállított idő és dátum látható. Amennyiben szükséges, adja meg a helyes értéket, vagy használja az NTP-t (Network Time Protocol)." #. help text, cont. #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "Press Accept to save your changes." -msgstr "" -"Nyomja meg az Elfogadás gombot a változások elmentéséhez." +msgstr "Nyomja meg az Elfogadás gombot a változások elmentéséhez." #. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 @@ -1055,15 +991,13 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:814 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</" -"b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"A rendszeren használni kívánt időzóna kiválasztásához először jelölje ki a " -"Régiót,\n" +"A rendszeren használni kívánt időzóna kiválasztásához először jelölje ki a Régiót,\n" "majd az Időzóna mezőben a megfelelő időzónát, országot vagy régiót.\n" "\n" @@ -1075,8 +1009,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ha az idő nem pontos, akkor azt a Változtatás gomb megnyomását " -"követően megjelenő ablakban lehet beállítani.\n" +"Ha az idő nem pontos, akkor azt a Változtatás gomb megnyomását követően megjelenő ablakban lehet beállítani.\n" "" # modules/inst_environment.ycp:97 @@ -1360,14 +1293,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "For Devices for Lock, enter a space-separated list of devices to " -#~ "which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" +#~ "For Devices for Lock, enter a space-separated list of devices to which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "A Beállítandó eszközök mezőbe írja bele szóközökkel elválasztva " -#~ "azon eszközök listáját, amelyekre a Scroll Lock, Num Lock és Caps Lock " -#~ "beállítások érvényesek.\n" +#~ "A Beállítandó eszközök mezőbe írja bele szóközökkel elválasztva azon eszközök listáját, amelyekre a Scroll Lock, Num Lock és Caps Lock beállítások érvényesek.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "Ca&ps Lock On" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/crowbar.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/crowbar.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/crowbar.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -221,8 +221,7 @@ "\n" "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" msgstr "" -"A SUSE Cloud Admin Server telepítése megtörtént. A hálózati cím " -"megváltoztatása\n" +"A SUSE Cloud Admin Server telepítése megtörtént. A hálózati cím megváltoztatása\n" "jelenleg nem támogatott.\n" "\n" "A Crowbar a http://%1:3000/ címen érhető el" @@ -268,8 +267,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Tekintse meg a SUSE Cloud deployment guide dokumentációt a hálózati " -"beállításokkal\n" +"Tekintse meg a SUSE Cloud deployment guide dokumentációt a hálózati beállításokkal\n" "és a YaST modul használatával kapcsolatban.\n" "" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/dhcp-server.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/dhcp-server.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/dhcp-server.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -600,8 +600,7 @@ #. at least minimal configuration #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP " -"address \n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" "and netmask)." msgstr "" @@ -827,12 +826,10 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" -"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP " -"server.\n" +"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" -"A dinamikus DHCP-címtartománynak ugyanabba az alhálózatba kell esnie, mint " -"amelyikben\n" +"A dinamikus DHCP-címtartománynak ugyanabba az alhálózatba kell esnie, mint amelyikben\n" "a DHCP-kiszolgáló maga működik.\n" "A(z) %1 IP-cím nem egyezik meg a %2/%3 hálózattal." @@ -993,16 +990,13 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" -msgstr "" -"A DHCP-kiszolgáló parancssori kapcsolójához \"-%1\" szükséges paramétert " -"megadni" +msgstr "A DHCP-kiszolgáló parancssori kapcsolójához \"-%1\" szükséges paramétert megadni" #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" -"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and " -"write\n" +"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n" "/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n" "changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n" " \n" @@ -1010,12 +1004,9 @@ msgstr "" "Egy másik konfigurációs fájlt adott meg a DHCP-kiszolgálóhoz.\n" "\n" -"Ez nem támogatott a YaST-ban, mivel a DHCP-kiszolgáló modul kizárólag az /" -"etc/dhcpd.conf\n" -"állományt képes írni és olvasni. Az új beállítások a(z) %1 fájlból " -"importálásra kerültek\n" -"és minden változás az alapértelmezett konfigurációs állományba került " -"mentésre.\n" +"Ez nem támogatott a YaST-ban, mivel a DHCP-kiszolgáló modul kizárólag az /etc/dhcpd.conf\n" +"állományt képes írni és olvasni. Az új beállítások a(z) %1 fájlból importálásra kerültek\n" +"és minden változás az alapértelmezett konfigurációs állományba került mentésre.\n" " \n" "Kívánja folytatni?\n" @@ -1033,8 +1024,7 @@ "<big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big> \n" "First IP Address defines\n" "the starting address of the range and Last IP Address defines\n" -"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how " -"hostnames\n" +"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how hostnames\n" "are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n" "If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n" @@ -1046,15 +1036,12 @@ "Az Első IP-cím adja meg a tartomány kezdő\n" "címét, az Utolsó IP-cím pedig az utolsót.\n" "A Gépnév alap egy karaktersorozat, amely meghatározza, hogy\n" -"hogyan kerülnek majd létrehozásra a gépnevek (pl.: <tt>dhcp-%i</tt>, <tt>e25-" -"%i-a</tt>).\n" +"hogyan kerülnek majd létrehozásra a gépnevek (pl.: <tt>dhcp-%i</tt>, <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "A(z) <tt>%i</tt> helyett majd a tartományba eső gép neve fog állni.\n" -"Ha nincs megadva <tt>%i</tt>, akkor a szám a karaktersorozat végére " -"kerülni.\n" +"Ha nincs megadva <tt>%i</tt>, akkor a szám a karaktersorozat végére kerülni.\n" "Az <tt>%i</tt> egy Gépnév alapon belül csak egyszer használható.\n" "A Kezdés adja meg az első számot, amelyet az első gépnévhez használ\n" -"a rendszer. A gépnevek egyesével, növekvő sorrendben kerülnek létrehozásra.</" -"p>\n" +"a rendszer. A gépnevek egyesével, növekvő sorrendben kerülnek létrehozásra.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:33 @@ -1067,24 +1054,19 @@ "create a reverse zone that translates IP addresses to names.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DNS-varázsló</big> \n" -"A varázsló segítségével egyszerűen létrehozható egy új DNS-zóna közvetlenül " -"a DHCP-kiszolgáló\n" -"konfigurációból. Ez a DNS-zóna akkor fontos, ha a DHCP-klienseket gépnév " -"szerint is azonosítani\n" -"szeretné. A DNS-zóna lefordítja ezeket a neveket a hozzájuk rendelt IP-" -"címekre. Létrehozható\n" +"A varázsló segítségével egyszerűen létrehozható egy új DNS-zóna közvetlenül a DHCP-kiszolgáló\n" +"konfigurációból. Ez a DNS-zóna akkor fontos, ha a DHCP-klienseket gépnév szerint is azonosítani\n" +"szeretné. A DNS-zóna lefordítja ezeket a neveket a hozzájuk rendelt IP-címekre. Létrehozható\n" "egy névfeloldási zóna is, amely az IP-címeket fordítja le a nevekre.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 msgid "" "New Zone Name or Reverse Zone Name\n" -"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be " -"changed.\n" +"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.\n" msgstr "" "Az Új zónanév vagy a Névfeloldási zónanév\n" -"a DHCP-kiszolgálóról és a hálózati beállításokból származnak, ezért nem " -"lehet őket módosítani.\n" +"a DHCP-kiszolgálóról és a hálózati beállításokból származnak, ezért nem lehet őket módosítani.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 @@ -1093,8 +1075,7 @@ "to contain reverse entries of the main DNS zone.\n" msgstr "" "Jelölje meg a Névfeloldási zóna létrehozása is lehetőséget, ha\n" -"szeretne egy olyan zónát létrehozni, amely a névfeloldási bejegyzéseket " -"tartalmazza a fő DNS-zónához.\n" +"szeretne egy olyan zónát létrehozni, amely a névfeloldási bejegyzéseket tartalmazza a fő DNS-zónához.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50 @@ -1120,33 +1101,25 @@ "the zone name servers.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DNS-lekérdezések</big> \n" -"Minden egyes DNS-lekérdezés, amelynek például egy DNS-zónán belüli gépnévhez " -"tartozó\n" +"Minden egyes DNS-lekérdezés, amelynek például egy DNS-zónán belüli gépnévhez tartozó\n" "IP-címet kell meghatároznia, először megkérdezi az aktuális zóna\n" -"szülőjét (pl. <tt>hu</tt> a <tt>pelda.hu</tt> esetében), hogy kik a zóna " -"aktuális\n" -"névkiszolgálói, majd utána küld ezeknek a névkiszolgálóknak egy DNS-" -"lekérdezést, hogy válaszul\n" +"szülőjét (pl. <tt>hu</tt> a <tt>pelda.hu</tt> esetében), hogy kik a zóna aktuális\n" +"névkiszolgálói, majd utána küld ezeknek a névkiszolgálóknak egy DNS-lekérdezést, hogy válaszul\n" "megkapja a kívánt IP-címeket. \n" -"Ezért fontos, hogy a zóna névkiszolgálói között meg legyen említve az " -"aktuális DNS-kiszolgáló \n" +"Ezért fontos, hogy a zóna névkiszolgálói között meg legyen említve az aktuális DNS-kiszolgáló \n" "gépneve.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To add a New Name Server, click Add, complete the form,\n" -"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the " -"current\n" +"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the current\n" "DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" "during the zone creation.\n" msgstr "" -"Egy Új névkiszolgáló hozzáadásához kattintson a Hozzáadás… " -"gombra,\n" -"töltse ki az űrlapot, majd kattintson az Ok-ra. Ha az új " -"névkiszolgáló neve szerepel\n" -"az aktuális DNS-zónában, adja meg annak IP-címét is. Ez kötelező, mivel a " -"rendszer ezt\n" +"Egy Új névkiszolgáló hozzáadásához kattintson a Hozzáadás… gombra,\n" +"töltse ki az űrlapot, majd kattintson az Ok-ra. Ha az új névkiszolgáló neve szerepel\n" +"az aktuális DNS-zónában, adja meg annak IP-címét is. Ez kötelező, mivel a rendszer ezt\n" "fogja használni a zóna létrehozása során.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) @@ -1157,8 +1130,7 @@ "To edit or delete an entry, select it and click\n" "Edit or Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"Egy bejegyzés szerkesztéséhez vagy törléséhez válassza ki azt és " -"kattintson\n" +"Egy bejegyzés szerkesztéséhez vagy törléséhez válassza ki azt és kattintson\n" "a megfelelő Szerkesztés vagy Törlés gombra.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 1) @@ -1167,18 +1139,14 @@ "<big>DNS Records</big> \n" "Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" "all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n" -"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to " -"use\n" +"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" "and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DNS-rekordok</big> \n" "Itt adhatók meg DNS-gépnevek az összes DHCP-kliens számára. Nem kell minden\n" -"gépnevet egyenként megadni. Megadható mindössze egy vagy több egyszerű " -"szabály\n" -"a gépnevek létrehozására. Ezek meghatározzák a használt IP-címek " -"tartományát,\n" -"valamint egy karaktersorozatot, amellyel egy tartományhoz gépnevek hozhatók " -"létre.\n" +"gépnevet egyenként megadni. Megadható mindössze egy vagy több egyszerű szabály\n" +"a gépnevek létrehozására. Ezek meghatározzák a használt IP-címek tartományát,\n" +"valamint egy karaktersorozatot, amellyel egy tartományhoz gépnevek hozhatók létre.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:88 @@ -1218,10 +1186,7 @@ "the DNS server and return to the DHCP server configuration.\n" "The settings are not saved permanently until you complete the \n" "DHCP server configuration.\n" -msgstr "" -"Nyomja meg az Elfogadás gombot a DNS-kiszolgáló beállításainak " -"elmentéséhez és visszaküldéséhez a DHCP-kiszolgálónak. A beállítások nem " -"kerülnek azonnal mentésre, csak a DHCP-kiszolgáló befejezésekor.\n" +msgstr "Nyomja meg az Elfogadás gombot a DNS-kiszolgáló beállításainak elmentéséhez és visszaküldéséhez a DHCP-kiszolgálónak. A beállítások nem kerülnek azonnal mentésre, csak a DHCP-kiszolgáló befejezésekor.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 1) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:119 @@ -1232,10 +1197,8 @@ "IP addresses--are maintained here.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DNS-szinkronizáció</big> \n" -"Speciális eszköz az aktuális DNS-kiszolgáló beállításainak szerkesztéséhez " -"és a\n" -"DHCP-beállításokhoz igazításához. Itt csak 'A' rekordok - a gépneveket IP-" -"címekké\n" +"Speciális eszköz az aktuális DNS-kiszolgáló beállításainak szerkesztéséhez és a\n" +"DHCP-beállításokhoz igazításához. Itt csak 'A' rekordok - a gépneveket IP-címekké\n" "konvertáló DNS-rekordok - karbantartása történik. \n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2) @@ -1246,8 +1209,7 @@ "First IP Address and Second IP Address match the current\n" "Dynamic DHCP range.\n" msgstr "" -"A Jelenlegi alhálózat és a Hálózati maszk tájékoztatást ad az " -"aktuális hálózati beállításokról.\n" +"A Jelenlegi alhálózat és a Hálózati maszk tájékoztatást ad az aktuális hálózati beállításokról.\n" "A Tartomány az aktuális DHCP-konfigurációból van átvéve.\n" "Az Első IP-cím és a Második IP-cím megegyezik az aktuális\n" "dinamikus DHCP-tartománnyal.\n" @@ -1260,8 +1222,7 @@ "from Special Tasks.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ha nulláról kiindulva szeretne létrehozni egy DNS-zónát, használja a " -"Speciális feladatok\n" +"Ha nulláról kiindulva szeretne létrehozni egy DNS-zónát, használja a Speciális feladatok\n" "Varázsló futtatása menüpontját.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4) @@ -1270,27 +1231,20 @@ "\n" " To create or remove a single DNS record,\n" "click Add or Delete.\n" -"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the " -"corresponding\n" +"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n" "reverse zone, select Synchronize with Reverse Zone.\n" "Use Remove DNS Records Matching Range \n" -"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range " -"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, " -"select\n" +"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" "Add New Range of DNS Records from Special Tasks.\n" msgstr "" "\n" " Egy DNS-rekordok létrehozásához vagy törléséhez\n" "kattintson a Hozzáad vagy a Törlés gombra.\n" -"A DNS bejegyzések címfeloldási (reverse) formájának a hozzá tartozó " -"címfeloldási zónájához történő szinkronizálásához\n" +"A DNS bejegyzések címfeloldási (reverse) formájának a hozzá tartozó címfeloldási zónájához történő szinkronizálásához\n" " válassza ki a Szinkronizálás a névfeloldási zónával lehetőséget.\n" "Használja a DNS-rekord illesztési tartomány törlése lehetőséget\n" -"a Speciális feladatok menüből, a DNS-kiszolgáló megadott IP-" -"tartományához tartozó információinak törléséhez.\n" -"A DNS-rekordhoz tartozó új tartomány létrehozásához válassza az Új DNS-" -"rekordtartomány hozzáadása lehetőséget a Speciális feladatok " -"menüből.\n" +"a Speciális feladatok menüből, a DNS-kiszolgáló megadott IP-tartományához tartozó információinak törléséhez.\n" +"A DNS-rekordhoz tartozó új tartomány létrehozásához válassza az Új DNS-rekordtartomány hozzáadása lehetőséget a Speciális feladatok menüből.\n" #. old_range: $[ #. "base" : "dhcp-%", @@ -1582,15 +1536,12 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 msgid "" "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n" -"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server " -"defined. \n" +"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n" "Really use the current settings?\n" msgstr "" "Nincs megadva névkiszolgáló IP-cím az aktuális DNS-zónában.\n" -"Ez lehet, hogy nem fog működni, mivel minden névkiszolgálónak szüksége van " -"arra, hogy a neve\n" -"és IP-címe meg legyen adva valahol, és az aktuális zóna az egyetlen hely, " -"ahol ez lehetséges.\n" +"Ez lehet, hogy nem fog működni, mivel minden névkiszolgálónak szüksége van arra, hogy a neve\n" +"és IP-címe meg legyen adva valahol, és az aktuális zóna az egyetlen hely, ahol ez lehetséges.\n" "Biztosan használni szeretné az aktuális beállításokat?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 si a server name @@ -1889,8 +1840,7 @@ "Start DHCP Server." msgstr "" "<big>DHCP-kiszolgáló</big>\n" -"Ahhoz, hogy a DHCP-kiszolgáló a gép indításakor automatikusan induljon, " -"jelölje meg \n" +"Ahhoz, hogy a DHCP-kiszolgáló a gép indításakor automatikusan induljon, jelölje meg \n" "a DHCP-kiszolgáló indítása lehetőséget." #. help text 2/5 @@ -1903,10 +1853,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Ahhoz, hogy a DHCP-kiszolgáló chroot környezetben fusson, jelölje meg a\n" -"DNS-kiszolgáló futtatása chroot környezetben lehetőséget. A démonok " -"chroot \n" -"környezetben történő indítása jóval biztonságosabb, emiatt határozottan " -"ajánlott." +"DNS-kiszolgáló futtatása chroot környezetben lehetőséget. A démonok chroot \n" +"környezetben történő indítása jóval biztonságosabb, emiatt határozottan ajánlott." #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 @@ -1928,15 +1876,11 @@ "the new declaration and click Add.\n" "To delete a declaration, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"A Beállított deklarációk rész az éppen használt beállításokat " -"mutatja.\n" -"Egy meglévő deklaráció módosításához jelölje ki és kattintson a " -"Szerkesztés gombra.\n" -"Egy új deklaráció hozzáadásához válassza ki a megfelelő típust és kattintson " -"a\n" +"A Beállított deklarációk rész az éppen használt beállításokat mutatja.\n" +"Egy meglévő deklaráció módosításához jelölje ki és kattintson a Szerkesztés gombra.\n" +"Egy új deklaráció hozzáadásához válassza ki a megfelelő típust és kattintson a\n" "Hozzáadás gombra.\n" -"Egy deklaráció törléséhez válassza ki, majd kattintson a Törlés " -"gombra." +"Egy deklaráció törléséhez válassza ki, majd kattintson a Törlés gombra." #. help text 5/5 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66 @@ -1950,8 +1894,7 @@ "<big>Speciális beállítások</big> \n" "A DHCP-kiszolgáló naplófájljának megtekintéséhez,\n" "a DHCP-kiszolgáló hálózati csatolójának módosításához vagy\n" -"a dinamikus DNS frissítés azonosításához használható TSIG kulcsok " -"szerkesztéséhez\n" +"a dinamikus DNS frissítés azonosításához használható TSIG kulcsok szerkesztéséhez\n" "válassza a Speciális lehetőséget." #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 @@ -1961,8 +1904,7 @@ "Set the Network Address and Network Mask of the subnet." msgstr "" "<big>Alhálózat beállítása</big> \n" -"Állítsa be az alhálózat Hálózati címét és a Hálózati maszkját." -"" +"Állítsa be az alhálózat Hálózati címét és a Hálózati maszkját." #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 @@ -1972,8 +1914,7 @@ "special options in Hostname." msgstr "" "<big>Statikus című gép</big> \n" -"A Gépnév mezőben adja meg a számítógép nevét, amelyhez egy statikus " -"IP-címet\n" +"A Gépnév mezőben adja meg a számítógép nevét, amelyhez egy statikus IP-címet\n" "vagy más speciális opciót szeretne beállítani." #. help text 1/3, alt. 3 @@ -2011,8 +1952,7 @@ "The name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server." msgstr "" "<big>Osztott hálózat</big> \n" -"Az Osztott hálózat mezőben az osztott hálózatnak lehet adni egy " -"nevet.\n" +"Az Osztott hálózat mezőben az osztott hálózatnak lehet adni egy nevet.\n" "A név csak azonosításra szolgál,\n" "a DHCP-kiszolgáló működését nem befolyásolja." @@ -2037,8 +1977,7 @@ "\n" "A DHCP opciók szerkesztéséhez válassza ki a megfelelő\n" "bejegyzést a listából, majd kattintson a Szerkesztés gombra.\n" -"Egy új opció létrehozásához válassza ki a Hozzáadás lehetőséget. Egy " -"opció\n" +"Egy új opció létrehozásához válassza ki a Hozzáadás lehetőséget. Egy opció\n" "törléséhez jelölje azt ki, majd kattintson a Törlés gombra." #. help text 3/3 @@ -2048,8 +1987,7 @@ "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use Dynamic DNS." msgstr "" "\n" -"Az alhálózat gépeire vonatkozó dinamikus DNS módosításához válassza ki a " -"Dinamikus DNS pontot." +"Az alhálózat gépeire vonatkozó dinamikus DNS módosításához válassza ki a Dinamikus DNS pontot." #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 @@ -2059,8 +1997,7 @@ "Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet." msgstr "" "<big>Dinamikus DNS engedélyezése</big> \n" -"Ahhoz, hogy az alhálózat DNS frissítése dinamikusan történjen, jelölje meg " -"a\n" +"Ahhoz, hogy az alhálózat DNS frissítése dinamikusan történjen, jelölje meg a\n" "Dinamikus DNS engedélyezése az alhálózat számára négyzetet." #. help text 2/4 @@ -2074,10 +2011,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>TSIG kulcs</big> \n" "A DNS dinamikus frissítéséhez be kell állítani egy hitelesítési kulcsot.\n" -"Válassza ki a TSIG kulcs pontot a hitelesítéshez használandó kulcs " -"beállításához.\n" -"A kulcsnak azonosnak kell lennie, mind a DHCP-, mind a DNS-kiszolgáló " -"számára. A kulcsot\n" +"Válassza ki a TSIG kulcs pontot a hitelesítéshez használandó kulcs beállításához.\n" +"A kulcsnak azonosnak kell lennie, mind a DHCP-, mind a DNS-kiszolgáló számára. A kulcsot\n" "a névfeloldáshoz és a címfeloldáshoz egyaránt meg kell adni." #. help text 3/4 @@ -2089,36 +2024,29 @@ "Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings." msgstr "" "<big>Általános DHCP-kiszolgálóbeállítások</big> \n" -"Frissíteni kell a DHCP-kiszolgáló általános beállításait, hogy a dinamikus " -"DNS megfelelően\n" +"Frissíteni kell a DHCP-kiszolgáló általános beállításait, hogy a dinamikus DNS megfelelően\n" "működjön. Ezt a YaST automatikusan el tudja végezni, ha bejelöli az\n" -"Általános dinamikus DNS-kiszolgáló beállítások frissítése négyzetet.</" -"p>" +"Általános dinamikus DNS-kiszolgáló beállítások frissítése négyzetet." #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142 msgid "" "<big>Zones to Update</big> \n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" -"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the " -"DHCP\n" +"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" "server, you can leave the fields empty." msgstr "" "<big>Frissítendő zónák</big> \n" -"Adja meg a frissítendő név- illetve címfeloldási zónákat (forward / " -"reverse).\n" -"Ezenfelül meg kell adni az elsődleges névkiszolgálót is, kivéve, ha az " -"ugyanazon a gépen fut,\n" +"Adja meg a frissítendő név- illetve címfeloldási zónákat (forward / reverse).\n" +"Ezenfelül meg kell adni az elsődleges névkiszolgálót is, kivéve, ha az ugyanazon a gépen fut,\n" "mint a DHCP-kiszolgáló. Akkor a mezőt üresen lehet hagyni." #. help text #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "<big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big> \n" -"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started " -"with \n" -"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible " -"options,\n" +"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" +"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" "consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used." msgstr "" "<big>DHCP-kiszolgáló indítási paraméterei</big> \n" @@ -2131,12 +2059,10 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Selection</big> \n" -"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</" -"p>\n" +"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Hálózati kártya kiválasztása</big> \n" -"Válasszon ki a felsorolt kártyák közül legalább egyet a DHCP-kiszolgáló " -"számára.\n" +"Válasszon ki a felsorolt kártyák közül legalább egyet a DHCP-kiszolgáló számára.\n" #. Optional field - used with LDAP support #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160 @@ -2173,10 +2099,8 @@ "offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" "These values must be IP addresses." msgstr "" -"Az Elsődleges kiszolgáló IP-cím és a Másodlagos névkiszolgáló " -"IP-cím \n" -"pontoknál lehet beállítani, hogy a DHCP kliensek milyen névkiszolgálót " -"használjanak.\n" +"Az Elsődleges kiszolgáló IP-cím és a Másodlagos névkiszolgáló IP-cím \n" +"pontoknál lehet beállítani, hogy a DHCP kliensek milyen névkiszolgálót használjanak.\n" "Mindenképpen IP-címet kell megadni." #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 @@ -2186,8 +2110,7 @@ "value as the default route in the routing table of clients." msgstr "" "Az Alapértelmezett átjáró beállítja a kliensek útvonalválasztó\n" -"tábláját, hogy az itt megadott gépet használják alapértelmezett átjárónak.</" -"p>" +"tábláját, hogy az itt megadott gépet használják alapértelmezett átjárónak." #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185 @@ -2200,11 +2123,8 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189 -msgid "" -"Print Server offers this server as the default print server." -msgstr "" -"A Nyomtatókiszolgáló lehetőséggel állítható be ez a kiszolgáló " -"alapértelmezett nyomtatókiszolgálónak." +msgid "Print Server offers this server as the default print server." +msgstr "A Nyomtatókiszolgáló lehetőséggel állítható be ez a kiszolgáló alapértelmezett nyomtatókiszolgálónak." #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193 @@ -2218,14 +2138,11 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197 msgid "" -"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP " -"expires\n" +"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again." msgstr "" -"Az Alapértelmezett lejárati idő azt határozza meg, hogy a " -"kliensek\n" -"mennyi ideig használhatják a kiosztott IP-címet. Az idő elteltével a " -"klienseknek újból\n" +"Az Alapértelmezett lejárati idő azt határozza meg, hogy a kliensek\n" +"mennyi ideig használhatják a kiosztott IP-címet. Az idő elteltével a klienseknek újból\n" "címet kell kérniük." #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 @@ -2246,21 +2163,15 @@ msgid "" "<big>IP Address Range</big> \n" "Set the First IP Address and the Last IP Address\n" -"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the " -"same netmask.\n" +"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n" "For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the \n" "Allow Dynamic BOOTP flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" "assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients.\n" msgstr "" "<big>IP-címtartomány</big> \n" -"Itt be kell állítani a Legalacsonyabb IP-címet és a Legmagasabb IP-" -"címet.\n" -"Ebből a tartományból fogja a DHCP-kiszolgáló kiosztani az IP-címeket. " -"Fontos, hogy a címek ugyanazt a hálózati maszkot használják. Egy érvényes " -"tartomány\n" -"például a <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> - <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. A BOOTP- és a DHCP-" -"kliensek meghatározott tartományhoz való hozzárendeléséhez állítsa be " -"Dinamikus BOOTP engedélyezése lehetőséget.\n" +"Itt be kell állítani a Legalacsonyabb IP-címet és a Legmagasabb IP-címet.\n" +"Ebből a tartományból fogja a DHCP-kiszolgáló kiosztani az IP-címeket. Fontos, hogy a címek ugyanazt a hálózati maszkot használják. Egy érvényes tartomány\n" +"például a <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> - <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. A BOOTP- és a DHCP-kliensek meghatározott tartományhoz való hozzárendeléséhez állítsa be Dinamikus BOOTP engedélyezése lehetőséget.\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 @@ -2270,8 +2181,7 @@ "which sets the optimal IP refreshing time for clients. " msgstr "" "<big>Lejárati idő</big> \n" -"Itt lehet beállítani az Alapértelmezett lejárati időt a megadott IP-" -"címtartományhoz.\n" +"Itt lehet beállítani az Alapértelmezett lejárati időt a megadott IP-címtartományhoz.\n" "A kiszolgáló az idő elteltével frissíti a kliens IP-címét. " #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 @@ -2315,16 +2225,13 @@ "Egy új gép hozzáadásához állítsa be annak Nevét,\n" "MAC-címét és IP-címét, majd kattintson a\n" "Hozzáadás gombra.\n" -"Egy beállított gép szerkesztéséhez, válassza ki azt a listából és " -"kattintson a\n" +"Egy beállított gép szerkesztéséhez, válassza ki azt a listából és kattintson a\n" "Változtatás a listában gombra." #. host management help 1/3 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "To remove a host, select it and click Delete from List." -msgstr "" -"Egy gép törléséhez válassza ki azt, majd nyomja a Törlés a listáról</" -"b> gombot." +msgstr "Egy gép törléséhez válassza ki azt, majd nyomja a Törlés a listáról gombot." #. help text 1/7 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263 @@ -2346,8 +2253,7 @@ "To add a host that needs special parameters\n" "(usually a fixed address), select Host." msgstr "" -"Ha egy speciális paraméterekkel (általában fix IP-címmel) rendelkező " -"gépet\n" +"Ha egy speciális paraméterekkel (általában fix IP-címmel) rendelkező gépet\n" "akar felvenni, akkor válassza a Gép pontot." #. help text 4/7, optional @@ -2386,8 +2292,7 @@ "handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n" "select Class." msgstr "" -"Egy osztály létrehozásához (a kliensek kezelése az osztályhoz " -"tartozásuktól\n" +"Egy osztály létrehozásához (a kliensek kezelése az osztályhoz tartozásuktól\n" "függően történik), válassza az Osztály pontot." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84 @@ -2928,15 +2833,12 @@ msgstr "Hiba történt az /etc/dhcpd.conf fájl írásakor." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP " -#~ "address \n" +#~ "The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" #~ "and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" #~ "Really use this interface?\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A kiválasztott hálózati csatoló jelenleg nincs beállítva (nincs IP-cím " -#~ "hozzárendelve és \n" -#~ "hálózati maszk). A DHCP-kiszolgáló beállításaival valószínűleg nem fog " -#~ "működni.\n" +#~ "A kiválasztott hálózati csatoló jelenleg nincs beállítva (nincs IP-cím hozzárendelve és \n" +#~ "hálózati maszk). A DHCP-kiszolgáló beállításaival valószínűleg nem fog működni.\n" #~ "Valóban használni akarja ezt a csatolót?\n" #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/dns-server.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/dns-server.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/dns-server.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -589,20 +589,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1180 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 -msgid "" -"Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "" -"Névkiszolgáló (teljes képzésű, pontra végződő formátumban, vagy relatív " -"névként)" +msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "Névkiszolgáló (teljes képzésű, pontra végződő formátumban, vagy relatív névként)" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1187 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 -msgid "" -"Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "" -"Levelezőkiszolgáló (teljes képzésű, pontra végződő formátumban, vagy relatív " -"névként)" +msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "Levelezőkiszolgáló (teljes képzésű, pontra végződő formátumban, vagy relatív névként)" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -661,11 +655,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1257 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 -msgid "" -"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" -msgstr "" -"DNS erőforrás-bejegyzés érték, például 192.0.34.166 az example.org A " -"bejegyzése esetén" +msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" +msgstr "DNS erőforrás-bejegyzés érték, például 192.0.34.166 az example.org A bejegyzése esetén" # clients/lan_nfs_fstab.ycp:192 #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -1025,8 +1016,7 @@ "been changed to its local equivalent %2." msgstr "" "A DNS kérések önmagára való átirányítása végtelen ciklust hoz létre.\n" -"A(z) %1 IP-címet jelenleg ez a kiszolgáló használja, ezért ez a helyi %2 " -"címre módosul." +"A(z) %1 IP-címet jelenleg ez a kiszolgáló használja, ezért ez a helyi %2 címre módosul." # clients/lan_ISDN.ycp:1014 clients/lan_ISDN.ycp:1032 #. both IPv4 and IPv6 @@ -1610,16 +1600,13 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Invalid TXT record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII " -#| "characters excluding '='\n" +#| "Invalid TXT record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" #| "and must be at least one character long." msgid "" -"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII " -"characters excluding '='\n" +"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." msgstr "" -"Érvénytelen TXT bejegyzés. Legalább egy, nyomtatható US-ASCII karaktereket " -"tartalmazhat\n" +"Érvénytelen TXT bejegyzés. Legalább egy, nyomtatható US-ASCII karaktereket tartalmazhat\n" "az '=' jel kivételével" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message @@ -1717,12 +1704,10 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" -"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From " -"feature." +"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." msgstr "" "A jelenlegi zónabejegyzés automatikusan jött létre a következő zónából: %1.\n" -"A bejegyzés módosításához ki kell kapcsolnia a Bejegyzés automatikus " -"létrehozása beállítást." +"A bejegyzés módosításához ki kell kapcsolnia a Bejegyzés automatikus létrehozása beállítást." #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717 @@ -1741,8 +1726,7 @@ "Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n" "If you continue, the current zone will be removed." msgstr "" -"Minden másodlagos zónában meg kell adni az elsődleges (master) kiszolgáló IP-" -"címét.\n" +"Minden másodlagos zónában meg kell adni az elsődleges (master) kiszolgáló IP-címét.\n" "A DNS-kiszolgáló nem működik elsődleges kiszolgáló nélkül.\n" "Ha folytatja, az aktuális zóna eltávolításra kerül." @@ -1838,8 +1822,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Mentés megszakítása:</big> \n" "Megszakíthatja a mentést a Megszakítás gombbal.\n" -"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e " -"megtenni." +"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e megtenni." #. main dialog #. help 1/4 @@ -1850,8 +1833,7 @@ "Start DNS Server." msgstr "" "<big>DNS-kiszolgáló indítása</big> \n" -"Ahhoz, hogy a DNS-kiszolgáló a rendszer indításakor automatikusan induljon, " -"jelölje be a\n" +"Ahhoz, hogy a DNS-kiszolgáló a rendszer indításakor automatikusan induljon, jelölje be a\n" "DNS-kiszolgáló automatikus indítása pontot." #. help 2/4 @@ -1863,10 +1845,8 @@ "is more secure and strongly recommended." msgstr "" "<big>Chroot környezet</big> \n" -"Ahhoz, hogy a DNS-kiszolgáló chroot (jail) környezetben fusson, jelölje be " -"a\n" -"DNS-kiszolgáló futtatása chroot környezetben pontot. A chroot " -"környezetben\n" +"Ahhoz, hogy a DNS-kiszolgáló chroot (jail) környezetben fusson, jelölje be a\n" +"DNS-kiszolgáló futtatása chroot környezetben pontot. A chroot környezetben\n" "történő indítás jóval biztonságosabb, emiatt erősen ajánlott." #. help 3/4 @@ -1922,12 +1902,10 @@ "both DHCP and DNS servers." msgstr "" "<big>Dinamikus DNS zónafrissítés</big> \n" -"A zónát automatikusan lehet frissíteni (rendszerint a DHCP-kiszolgáló által " -"dinamikusan\n" +"A zónát automatikusan lehet frissíteni (rendszerint a DHCP-kiszolgáló által dinamikusan\n" "kiosztott IP-címek miatt). A dinamikus DNS frissítés engedélyezéséhez,\n" "jelölje be a Dinamikus frissítések engedélyezése pontot, és adja meg\n" -"az azonosításhoz szükséges TSIG kulcsot. A DNS-kiszolgálóhoz " -"ugyanazt\n" +"az azonosításhoz szükséges TSIG kulcsot. A DNS-kiszolgálóhoz ugyanazt\n" "a kulcsot kell használni, mint a DHCP-kiszolgálóhoz." #. help 3/5, only for alt. 1 @@ -1948,8 +1926,7 @@ "a record, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "Egy új DNS zóna hozzáadásához kattintson a Hozzáadás\n" -"gombra. Egy bejegyzés törléséhez válassza azt ki és kattintson a Törlés</" -"b> gombra." +"gombra. Egy bejegyzés törléséhez válassza azt ki és kattintson a Törlés gombra." #. help 5/5, only for alt. 1 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:93 @@ -1966,16 +1943,12 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Master Servers</big> \n" -"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add</" -"b>\n" -"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click " -"Delete\n" +"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add\n" +"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click Delete\n" "to remove an existing one." msgstr "" "<big>Elsődleges kiszolgálók</big> \n" -"Állítsa be a zóna elsődleges (master) kiszolgálóinak IP-címét. Egy új " -"elsődleges névkiszolgáló hozzáadásához kattintson a Hozzáadás " -"gombra.\n" +"Állítsa be a zóna elsődleges (master) kiszolgálóinak IP-címét. Egy új elsődleges névkiszolgáló hozzáadásához kattintson a Hozzáadás gombra.\n" "Egy meglévő bejegyzés törléséhez, válassza ki azt, majd kattintson a\n" "Törlés gombra." @@ -1984,33 +1957,27 @@ msgid "" "<big>Zone Type</big> \n" "To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n" -"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave</" -"b>\n" +"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave\n" "or Stub, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n" "server." msgstr "" "<big>Zónatípusok</big> \n" -"Ahhoz, hogy ez a névkiszolgáló a zóna elsődleges névkiszolgálója legyen, " -"válassza ki az\n" -"Elsődleges névkiszolgáló pontot. Ahhoz, hogy ez egy másodlagos " -"névkiszolgáló legyen, a\n" -"Másodlagos névkiszolgáló vagy a Stub pontot. Az utóbbi esetben " -"ez a névkiszolgáló\n" +"Ahhoz, hogy ez a névkiszolgáló a zóna elsődleges névkiszolgálója legyen, válassza ki az\n" +"Elsődleges névkiszolgáló pontot. Ahhoz, hogy ez egy másodlagos névkiszolgáló legyen, a\n" +"Másodlagos névkiszolgáló vagy a Stub pontot. Az utóbbi esetben ez a névkiszolgáló\n" "tükrözi az elsődleges névkiszolgáló zónaadatait." #. help 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<big>Zone Direction</big> \n" -"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and " -"back.\n" +"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n" "Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n" "addresses (Forward) or from IP addresses to domain names\n" "(Reverse).\n" msgstr "" "<big>Név-/címfeloldás</big> \n" -"A DNS-t két irányban lehet alkalmazni, azaz IP-címekhez tud neveket " -"hozzárendelni és egy\n" +"A DNS-t két irányban lehet alkalmazni, azaz IP-címekhez tud neveket hozzárendelni és egy\n" "meglévő névhez ki tudja deríteni a gép IP-címét.\n" "Itt ki kell választani, hogy a zóna a Névfeloldásért (forward) vagy\n" "a Címfeloldásért (reverse) legyen felelős.\n" @@ -2024,8 +1991,7 @@ "interface classes are defined in the firewall configuration component.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Eszközosztályok</big> \n" -"Válasszon, hogy a DNS-kiszolgáló milyen eszközosztályokon keresztül legyen " -"elérhető.\n" +"Válasszon, hogy a DNS-kiszolgáló milyen eszközosztályokon keresztül legyen elérhető.\n" "Az eszközosztályokat a tűzfalbeállítások alatt tudja beállítani.\n" #. help text 2/2 @@ -2067,8 +2033,7 @@ "Primary Source must contain the fully qualified domain name\n" "of the primary name server." msgstr "" -"Az Elsődleges forrás pont alatt meg kell adni az elsődleges " -"névkiszolgáló\n" +"Az Elsődleges forrás pont alatt meg kell adni az elsődleges névkiszolgáló\n" "teljes képzésű tartománynevét (FQDN)." #. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail @@ -2077,22 +2042,18 @@ "Administrator's Mail must contain the e-mail address of\n" "the administrator responsible for the zone.\n" msgstr "" -"Az Adminisztrátor e-mail címe pont alatt meg kell adni a zónáért " -"felelős\n" +"Az Adminisztrátor e-mail címe pont alatt meg kell adni a zónáért felelős\n" "rendszergazda e-mail címét.\n" #. help text 5/9 - Serial #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "Serial number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" -"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" -"A Sorozatszám arra való, hogy ki lehessen deríteni, megváltoztak-" -"e\n" -"az elsődleges névkiszolgáló zónaadatai (így a másodlagos névkiszolgálónak " -"nem kell mindig\n" +"A Sorozatszám arra való, hogy ki lehessen deríteni, megváltoztak-e\n" +"az elsődleges névkiszolgáló zónaadatai (így a másodlagos névkiszolgálónak nem kell mindig\n" "a teljes zónát szinkronizálnia).\n" #. help text 6/9 - Refresh @@ -2103,8 +2064,7 @@ "master name server to slave name servers." msgstr "" "A Frissítés opció azt határozza meg, hogy milyen sűrűn történjen\n" -"az elsődleges és a másodlagos kiszolgáló közötti zónaadatok szinkronizálása</" -"p>" +"az elsődleges és a másodlagos kiszolgáló közötti zónaadatok szinkronizálása" #. help text 7/9 - Retry #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 5/7 @@ -2113,8 +2073,7 @@ "Retry sets how often slave servers try to synchronize\n" "the zone from the master server if synchronization fails." msgstr "" -"A Próbálkozások pont azt határozza meg, hogy a másodlagos " -"kiszolgáló\n" +"A Próbálkozások pont azt határozza meg, hogy a másodlagos kiszolgáló\n" "hányszor kísérelje meg a szinkronizációt, ha nem jár sikerrel." #. help text 8/9 - Expiry @@ -2124,12 +2083,9 @@ "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" "" msgstr "" -"A Lejáratai idő azt határozza meg, hogy a másodlagos névkiszolgáló " -"zónaadatai\n" -"mikor veszítik el érvényességét. Az itt megadott idő elteltével a másodlagos " -"névkiszolgáló\n" -"már nem tud kérésekre válaszolni, csak a zónaadatok újbóli frissítése után.</" -"p>" +"A Lejáratai idő azt határozza meg, hogy a másodlagos névkiszolgáló zónaadatai\n" +"mikor veszítik el érvényességét. Az itt megadott idő elteltével a másodlagos névkiszolgáló\n" +"már nem tud kérésekre válaszolni, csak a zónaadatok újbóli frissítése után." #. help text 9/9 - Minimum #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 7/7 @@ -2138,8 +2094,7 @@ "Minimum sets for how long the slave servers should cache\n" "negative answers (name resolution failed)." msgstr "" -"A Minimum azt határozza meg, hogy a másodlagos névkiszolgáló " -"meddig tárolja a\n" +"A Minimum azt határozza meg, hogy a másodlagos névkiszolgáló meddig tárolja a\n" "negatív válaszokat (ahol a névfeloldás nem sikerült)." #. ddns keys dialog @@ -2149,18 +2104,15 @@ "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n" "To add a new TSIG key, use the \n" -"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add</" -"b>.\n" -"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete</" -"b>.\n" +"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add.\n" +"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>TSIG kulcsok kezelése</big> \n" "Itt határozhat TSIG kulcsokat a dinamikus zónafrissítéshez.\n" "Egy új TSIG kulcs hozzáadásához használja a Fájlnév szöveges mezőt \n" "vagy kattintson a Tallózás -> Hozzáadás gombra.\n" -"Egy meglévő TSIG kulcs törléséhez válassza ki a listából és kattintson a " -"Törlés gombra.\n" +"Egy meglévő TSIG kulcs törléséhez válassza ki a listából és kattintson a Törlés gombra.\n" "" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 @@ -2171,10 +2123,8 @@ "On. Otherwise set Off. " msgstr "" "<big>Rendszerindítás</big> \n" -"Ahhoz, hogy a DNS-kiszolgáló a rendszer indításakor automatikusan induljon, " -"jelölje meg a\n" -"Be négyzetet. Ellenkező esetben pedig válassza a Ki beállítást." -"" +"Ahhoz, hogy a DNS-kiszolgáló a rendszer indításakor automatikusan induljon, jelölje meg a\n" +"Be négyzetet. Ellenkező esetben pedig válassza a Ki beállítást." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194 @@ -2185,8 +2135,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>LDAP támogatás</big> \n" "Ahhoz, hogy a DNS zónák a szokványos konfigurációs fájlok helyett az\n" -"LDAP adatbázisban tárolódjanak, válassza ki az LDAP támogatással " -"lehetőséget." +"LDAP adatbázisban tárolódjanak, válassza ki az LDAP támogatással lehetőséget." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 3/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:201 @@ -2197,8 +2146,7 @@ "Stop DNS Server Now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DNS-kiszolgáló -be-/kikapcsolása</big> \n" -"Ahhoz, hogy a DNS-kiszolgáló azonnal leálljon, illetve elinduljon, válassza " -"ki a\n" +"Ahhoz, hogy a DNS-kiszolgáló azonnal leálljon, illetve elinduljon, válassza ki a\n" "DNS-kiszolgáló indítása most illetve\n" "DNS-kiszolgáló leállítása most lehetőséget.\n" @@ -2226,8 +2174,7 @@ "To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "Egy új továbbító hozzáadásához, adja meg annak IP-címét \n" -" és kattintson a Hozzáadás gombra. Egy bejegyzés törléséhez " -"kattintson a Törlés gombra." +" és kattintson a Hozzáadás gombra. Egy bejegyzés törléséhez kattintson a Törlés gombra." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225 @@ -2247,18 +2194,14 @@ "change the Value, and click Change.\n" msgstr "" "Új opciók hozzáadásához válassza a beállítást,\n" -"adja meg a megfelelő értékeket és kattintson a Hozzáadás " -"gombra.\n" +"adja meg a megfelelő értékeket és kattintson a Hozzáadás gombra.\n" "Egy meglévő opció módosításához, válassza ki azt a táblázatból,\n" -"módosítsa a megfelelő Értéket, majd kattintson a Módosítás " -"lehetőségre.\n" +"módosítsa a megfelelő Értéket, majd kattintson a Módosítás lehetőségre.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236 msgid "To remove an option, select it and click Delete." -msgstr "" -"Egy opció törléséhez válassza ki azt, majd nyomja meg a Törlés " -"gombot." +msgstr "Egy opció törléséhez válassza ki azt, majd nyomja meg a Törlés gombot." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238 @@ -2273,26 +2216,19 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the " -"system log. \n" +"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n" "To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n" -"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log " -"and \n" +"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log and \n" "the Maximum Size of the log file.\n" -"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions</" -"b>\n" +"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions\n" "to specify how many log files should be saved.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Válassza a Naplózás a rendszernaplóba pontot a DNS-kiszolgáló " -"üzeneteinek a rendszernaplóba mentéséhez.\n" -"Ahhoz, hogy a DNS-kiszolgáló egy külön fájlba írja a naplóüzeneteket, " -"válassza a\n" -"Naplózás fájlba pontot, és adja meg a szükséges Fájlnév " -"paramétert,\n" +"Válassza a Naplózás a rendszernaplóba pontot a DNS-kiszolgáló üzeneteinek a rendszernaplóba mentéséhez.\n" +"Ahhoz, hogy a DNS-kiszolgáló egy külön fájlba írja a naplóüzeneteket, válassza a\n" +"Naplózás fájlba pontot, és adja meg a szükséges Fájlnév paramétert,\n" "valamint a naplófájl Maximális méretét.\n" -"A DNS-kiszolgáló automatikusan lecseréli a régi naplófájlokat. A Verziók " -"maximális száma\n" +"A DNS-kiszolgáló automatikusan lecseréli a régi naplófájlokat. A Verziók maximális száma\n" "mezőben adható meg, hogy a napló hány fájlból álljon.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 @@ -2307,13 +2243,10 @@ "name server.\n" msgstr "" "A További naplózás részben\n" -"állítható be, hogy az alapértelmezett funkciókon felül milyen műveletek " -"kerüljenek még naplózásra.\n" -"Összes DNS-lekérdezések naplózása: minden egyes klienskérés " -"naplózásra kerül.\n" +"állítható be, hogy az alapértelmezett funkciókon felül milyen műveletek kerüljenek még naplózásra.\n" +"Összes DNS-lekérdezések naplózása: minden egyes klienskérés naplózásra kerül.\n" "Zónafrissítések naplózása: naplóbejegyzés a zóna frissítés után.\n" -"Zóna-adatátvitelek naplózása: naplóbejegyzés, miután a zónaadatok " -"másolása a\n" +"Zóna-adatátvitelek naplózása: naplóbejegyzés, miután a zónaadatok másolása a\n" "másodlagos névkiszolgálóra befejeződött.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2 @@ -2334,12 +2267,9 @@ "and Value then click Add. To remove an \n" "ACL entry, select it and click Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"Egy új ACL bejegyzés hozzáadásához adja meg a megfelelő opciók Nevét</" -"b>\n" -"és Értékét, majd kattintson a Hozzáadás gombra. Egy már " -"beállított\n" -"ACL-bejegyzés eltávolításához válassza ki, majd kattintson a Törlés " -"gombra.\n" +"Egy új ACL bejegyzés hozzáadásához adja meg a megfelelő opciók Nevét\n" +"és Értékét, majd kattintson a Hozzáadás gombra. Egy már beállított\n" +"ACL-bejegyzés eltávolításához válassza ki, majd kattintson a Törlés gombra.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:274 @@ -2360,16 +2290,12 @@ "To add an already created key, set the Filename\n" "(or use the Browse button to select it) and click Add.\n" "To generate a new key, enter the Filename and the Key ID\n" -"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.</" -"p>\n" +"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.\n" msgstr "" "Egy már meglévő kulcs hozzáadásához adja meg a Fájl nevét\n" -"(vagy használja a Tallózás gombot) és kattintson a Hozzáadás " -"gombra.\n" -"Egy új kulcs létrehozásához töltse ki a Fájlnév és a " -"Kulcsazonosító mezőket,\n" -"majd kattintson a Létrehozás gombra. Az új kulcs létrehozásra és " -"felvételre kerül.\n" +"(vagy használja a Tallózás gombot) és kattintson a Hozzáadás gombra.\n" +"Egy új kulcs létrehozásához töltse ki a Fájlnév és a Kulcsazonosító mezőket,\n" +"majd kattintson a Létrehozás gombra. Az új kulcs létrehozásra és felvételre kerül.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:288 @@ -2392,46 +2318,37 @@ #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 msgid "" -"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type</" -"b>,\n" +"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type,\n" "and click Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Új zóna hozzáadásakor meg kell adni a Zóna nevét, és ki kell " -"választani a Zónatípust,\n" +"Új zóna hozzáadásakor meg kell adni a Zóna nevét, és ki kell választani a Zónatípust,\n" "nyomja meg a Hozzáadás gombot.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address " -"followed by\n" +"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its Zone Name (for example, zone name\n" -"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), " -"select\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n" "the Zone Type, and click Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Egy új IPv4 címfeloldási (reverse) zóna hozzáadásához adja meg a " -"visszafelé írt IPv4-címnek egy\n" +"Egy új IPv4 címfeloldási (reverse) zóna hozzáadásához adja meg a visszafelé írt IPv4-címnek egy\n" "részét és az <tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> bejegyzést Zónanévként\n" -"(például a <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> a <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> " -"hálózathoz), válassza ki a\n" +"(például a <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> a <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> hálózathoz), válassza ki a\n" "Zónatípust, majd nyomja meg a Hozzáadás gombot.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 #. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address " -"followed by\n" -"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone " -"name are\n" +"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n" "supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" "(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).\n" msgstr "" -"Egy új IPv6 címfeloldási (reverse) zóna hozzáadásához adja meg a " -"visszafelé írt IPv6-címnek egy\n" +"Egy új IPv6 címfeloldási (reverse) zóna hozzáadásához adja meg a visszafelé írt IPv6-címnek egy\n" "részét és az <tt>%1</tt> bejegyzést Zónanévként.\n" "Számos formátumban megadható a zónanév. A szabványos forma: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Továbbított forma: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" @@ -2447,20 +2364,17 @@ msgstr "" "Egy zóna szerkesztéséhez válassza ki a szerkeszteni kívánt zónát,\n" "majd kattintson a Szerkesztés gombra.\n" -"Egy beállított zóna eltávolításához válassza ki azt, majd kattintson a " -"Törlés gombra.\n" +"Egy beállított zóna eltávolításához válassza ki azt, majd kattintson a Törlés gombra.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 msgid "" "<big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big> \n" -"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control " -"access\n" +"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n" "to the zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DDNS és zóna-adatátvitel</big> \n" -"Itt lehet beállítani a dinamikus DNS beállításokat és a zóna hozzáférési " -"jogosultságait.\n" +"Itt lehet beállítani a dinamikus DNS beállításokat és a zóna hozzáférési jogosultságait.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:342 @@ -2472,8 +2386,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "A zónaadatok dinamikus frissítésének engedélyezéséhez jelölje meg a\n" -"Dinamikus frissítések engedélyezése négyzetet és válassza ki a " -"megfelelő\n" +"Dinamikus frissítések engedélyezése négyzetet és válassza ki a megfelelő\n" "TSIG kulcsot. A dinamikus zónafrissítéshez legalább egy TSIG kulcsot\n" "meg kell adni.\n" @@ -2487,8 +2400,7 @@ "to allow zone transports." msgstr "" "\n" -"A zóna adatainak átviteléhez jelölje be a Zónatranszfer engedélyezése</" -"b>\n" +"A zóna adatainak átviteléhez jelölje be a Zónatranszfer engedélyezése\n" "pontot és válassza ki a használandó ACL-eket, ha egy távoli gép\n" "zónatranszfert kísérel meg. A zónaadatok átviteléhez legalább egy\n" "ACL-t be kell állítani." @@ -2514,25 +2426,21 @@ "from the current on in the Connected Reverse Zones field." msgstr "" "\n" -"Amennyiben ez nem egy névfeloldási zóna, akkor az Elérhető névfeloldási " -"zónák\n" +"Amennyiben ez nem egy névfeloldási zóna, akkor az Elérhető névfeloldási zónák\n" "mezőben megtekinthetők." #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371 msgid "" "<big>NS Records</big> \n" -"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add</" -"b>.\n" +"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add.\n" "To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n" "Delete.\n" msgstr "" "<big>NS bejegyzések</big> \n" -"Egy új névkiszolgáló hozzáadásához adja meg a névkiszolgáló címét és " -"kattintson a\n" +"Egy új névkiszolgáló hozzáadásához adja meg a névkiszolgáló címét és kattintson a\n" "Hozzáadás gombra.\n" -"Egy felsorolt névkiszolgáló törléséhez válassza ki azt és nyomja meg a " -"Törlés gombot.\n" +"Egy felsorolt névkiszolgáló törléséhez válassza ki azt és nyomja meg a Törlés gombot.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378 @@ -2544,25 +2452,20 @@ "Delete.\n" msgstr "" "<big>MX bejegyzések</big> \n" -"Egy új levelezőkiszolgáló hozzáadásához adja meg a kiszolgáló címét és " -"prioritását,\n" +"Egy új levelezőkiszolgáló hozzáadásához adja meg a kiszolgáló címét és prioritását,\n" "ezt követően nyomja meg a Hozzáadás gombot.\n" -"Egy felsorolt levelezőkiszolgáló törléséhez válassza ki azt és nyomja meg a " -"Törlés gombot.\n" +"Egy felsorolt levelezőkiszolgáló törléséhez válassza ki azt és nyomja meg a Törlés gombot.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:390 msgid "" "Serial is the number used for determining if the zone has \n" "changed on\n" -"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" -"A Sorozatszám arra való, hogy ki lehessen deríteni, megváltoztak-" -"e\n" -"az elsődleges névkiszolgáló zónaadatai (így a másodlagos névkiszolgálónak " -"nem kell mindig\n" +"A Sorozatszám arra való, hogy ki lehessen deríteni, megváltoztak-e\n" +"az elsődleges névkiszolgáló zónaadatai (így a másodlagos névkiszolgálónak nem kell mindig\n" "a teljes zónát szinkronizálnia).\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7 @@ -2581,12 +2484,9 @@ "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" "" msgstr "" -"A Lejárat azt határozza meg, hogy a másodlagos névkiszolgáló " -"zónaadatai\n" -"mikor veszítik el érvényességét. Az itt megadott idő elteltével a másodlagos " -"névkiszolgáló\n" -"már nem tud kérésekre válaszolni, csak a zónaadatok újbóli frissítése után.</" -"p>" +"A Lejárat azt határozza meg, hogy a másodlagos névkiszolgáló zónaadatai\n" +"mikor veszítik el érvényességét. Az itt megadott idő elteltével a másodlagos névkiszolgáló\n" +"már nem tud kérésekre válaszolni, csak a zónaadatok újbóli frissítése után." #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:419 @@ -2599,8 +2499,7 @@ "<big>Bejegyzések</big> \n" "Ebben a párbeszédablakban a zóna forrásbejegyzései szerkeszthetők. Egy új\n" "forrásbejegyzés hozzáadásához válassza ki a Bejegyzés kulcsot, annak\n" -"Típusát és Értékét, majd kattintson a Hozzáadás gombra." -"" +"Típusát és Értékét, majd kattintson a Hozzáadás gombra." #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:426 @@ -2609,12 +2508,9 @@ "and click Change. To delete a record, select it and click\n" "Delete." msgstr "" -"Egy meglévő bejegyzés szerkesztéséhez válassza ki azt, módosítsa a " -"kívánt\n" -"bejegyzéseket, majd nyomja meg a Módosítás gombot. Egy bejegyzés " -"törléséhez szintén\n" -"ki kell azt választani, majd ezt követően nyomja meg a Törlés gombot." -"" +"Egy meglévő bejegyzés szerkesztéséhez válassza ki azt, módosítsa a kívánt\n" +"bejegyzéseket, majd nyomja meg a Módosítás gombot. Egy bejegyzés törléséhez szintén\n" +"ki kell azt választani, majd ezt követően nyomja meg a Törlés gombot." #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:432 @@ -2623,8 +2519,7 @@ "Each type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Minden bejegyzéstípus saját szintaktikával rendelkezik a RFC-ben leírtak " -"szerint.\n" +"Minden bejegyzéstípus saját szintaktikával rendelkezik a RFC-ben leírtak szerint.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:436 @@ -2635,8 +2530,7 @@ " Value is an IP address." msgstr "" "A: Tartománynév-feloldás\n" -"Egy Bejegyzés kulcs lehet egy tartomány nélküli kiszolgálónév, vagy " -"egy\n" +"Egy Bejegyzés kulcs lehet egy tartomány nélküli kiszolgálónév, vagy egy\n" "teljes kiszolgálónév (FQDN) egy ponttal a végén.\n" "Az Érték pont alatt egy IP-címet kell megadni." @@ -2653,10 +2547,8 @@ "CNAME: Álnév a tartománynévhez\n" "A Bejegyzés kulcs egy gépnév az aktuális zónából vagy egy teljes\n" "tartománynév (FQDN) egy ponttal a végén.\n" -"Az Érték alatt szintén egy gépnevet az aktuális zónából vagy egy " -"teljes\n" -"tartománynevet kell megadni egy ponttal a végén. A bejegyzéshez léteznie " -"kell egy\n" +"Az Érték alatt szintén egy gépnevet az aktuális zónából vagy egy teljes\n" +"tartománynevet kell megadni egy ponttal a végén. A bejegyzéshez léteznie kell egy\n" "megfelelő A bejegyzésnek is.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1) @@ -2664,20 +2556,16 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "" "NS: Name Server:\n" -"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an " -"absolute\n" +"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n" "domain name followed by a dot.\n" "Value is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n" "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.\n" msgstr "" "NS: Névkiszolgáló\n" -"A Bejegyzés kulcs alatt egy zónanevet az aktuális zónából vagy egy " -"teljes\n" +"A Bejegyzés kulcs alatt egy zónanevet az aktuális zónából vagy egy teljes\n" "képzésű tartománynevet kell megadni, ponttal a végén.\n" -"Az Érték alatt egy gépnevet az aktuális zónából vagy egy teljes " -"képzésű\n" -"tartománynevet kell megadni egy ponttal a végén. A bejegyzéshez léteznie " -"kell egy\n" +"Az Érték alatt egy gépnevet az aktuális zónából vagy egy teljes képzésű\n" +"tartománynevet kell megadni egy ponttal a végén. A bejegyzéshez léteznie kell egy\n" "megfelelő A bejegyzésnek is.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) @@ -2690,13 +2578,10 @@ "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.\n" msgstr "" "MX: Levéltovábbítás\n" -"A Bejegyzés kulcs egy gép- vagy zónanév az aktuális zónából vagy egy " -"teljes\n" +"A Bejegyzés kulcs egy gép- vagy zónanév az aktuális zónából vagy egy teljes\n" "képzésű tartománynév (FQDN) egy ponttal a végén.\n" -"Az Érték alatt egy gépnevet az aktuális zónából vagy egy teljes " -"képzésű\n" -"tartománynevet kell megadni egy ponttal a végén. A bejegyzéshez léteznie " -"kell egy\n" +"Az Érték alatt egy gépnevet az aktuális zónából vagy egy teljes képzésű\n" +"tartománynevet kell megadni egy ponttal a végén. A bejegyzéshez léteznie kell egy\n" "megfelelő A bejegyzésnek is.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) @@ -2705,25 +2590,19 @@ "PTR: Reverse Translation:\n" "Record Key is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n" "followed by a dot\n" -"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</" -"tt>)\n" +"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" " or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n" "(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" "Value is a fully qualified hostname followed by a dot.\n" msgstr "" "PTR: Címfeloldás\n" -"A Bejegyzés kulcs alatt egy teljes képzésű címfeloldási zónanevet " -"kell megadni\n" -"(az IP-cím alapján) egy ponttal a végén, például <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr." -"arpa.</tt>\n" -"a <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>-es IP-címhez. Ezenfelül lehet egy címfeloldási zóna " -"része,\n" -"ha az része a zónának, például <tt>1</tt> a <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> " -"zónában\n" +"A Bejegyzés kulcs alatt egy teljes képzésű címfeloldási zónanevet kell megadni\n" +"(az IP-cím alapján) egy ponttal a végén, például <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>\n" +"a <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>-es IP-címhez. Ezenfelül lehet egy címfeloldási zóna része,\n" +"ha az része a zónának, például <tt>1</tt> a <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> zónában\n" "lévő <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>-es IP-címhez.\n" -"Az Érték alatt egy teljes képzésű gépnevet kell megadni, ponttal a " -"végén.\n" +"Az Érték alatt egy teljes képzésű gépnevet kell megadni, ponttal a végén.\n" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:487 @@ -2741,8 +2620,7 @@ "SuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server." msgstr "" "Válassza ki a Tűzfalport megnyitása lehetőséget, ha a\n" -"SuSEfirewall2 beállításait alkalmazni akarja a DNS-kiszolgáló összes " -"kapcsolatára." +"SuSEfirewall2 beállításait alkalmazni akarja a DNS-kiszolgáló összes kapcsolatára." #. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:495 @@ -2752,8 +2630,7 @@ "start-up behavior to On. Otherwise set it to Off. \n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ahhoz, hogy a DNS-kiszolgáló a rendszer indításakor automatikusan induljon, " -"jelölje meg a\n" +"Ahhoz, hogy a DNS-kiszolgáló a rendszer indításakor automatikusan induljon, jelölje meg a\n" "Be négyzetet. Egyébként állítsa Ki értékre.\n" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5 @@ -2765,8 +2642,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Ahhoz, hogy a DNS zónák a szokványos konfigurációs fájlok helyett az\n" -"LDAP adatbázisban tárolódjanak, válassza ki az LDAP támogatás aktív " -"lehetőséget." +"LDAP adatbázisban tárolódjanak, válassza ki az LDAP támogatás aktív lehetőséget." #. Final step of the installation wizard - 5/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:509 @@ -2776,8 +2652,7 @@ "DNS Server Expert Configuration." msgstr "" "\n" -"A DNS-kiszolgáló beállításának szakértői paramétereinek eléréséhez " -"kattintson\n" +"A DNS-kiszolgáló beállításának szakértői paramétereinek eléréséhez kattintson\n" "a DNS-kiszolgáló szakértői beállításának pontra." #. slave zone help text 1/2 @@ -2788,10 +2663,8 @@ "Master DNS Server IP to define the master name server." msgstr "" "<big>Másodlagos DNS zóna</big> \n" -"Minden másodlagos (slave) zónához meg kell adni egy elsődleges (master) " -"kiszolgálót.\n" -"Az elsődleges névkiszolgáló beállításához használja az Elsődleges DNS " -"kiszolgáló pontot." +"Minden másodlagos (slave) zónához meg kell adni egy elsődleges (master) kiszolgálót.\n" +"Az elsődleges névkiszolgáló beállításához használja az Elsődleges DNS kiszolgáló pontot." #. slave zone help text 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:521 @@ -2803,8 +2676,7 @@ "to allow zone transports." msgstr "" "<big>Zónatranszfer</big> \n" -"A zóna adatainak átviteléhez jelölje be a Zónatranszfer engedélyezése</" -"b>\n" +"A zóna adatainak átviteléhez jelölje be a Zónatranszfer engedélyezése\n" "pontot és válassza ki az ACL-eket, ha egy távoli gép megkísérli\n" "átvinni a zónát. A zónaadatok átviteléhez legalább egy ACL-t\n" "meg kell adni." @@ -3142,8 +3014,7 @@ #. error report, %1 is ldap object #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1946 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." -msgstr "" -"Hiba történt a cn=defaultDNS,%1 létrehozásakor. Nem lesz használva az LDAP." +msgstr "Hiba történt a cn=defaultDNS,%1 létrehozásakor. Nem lesz használva az LDAP." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1972 Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/drbd.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/drbd.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/drbd.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -181,8 +181,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Az előkészítés megszakítása:</big> \n" -"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás</" -"b> gombbal.\n" +"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás gombbal.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 @@ -201,8 +200,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Mentés megszakítása:</big> \n" "A Megszakítás gomb megnyomásával megszakíthatja a folyamatot.\n" -"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e " -"megtenni.\n" +"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e megtenni.\n" "\n" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:54 @@ -230,30 +228,19 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a " -"resource\n" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) " -"of one of the nodes\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which " -"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach " -"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to " -"the node's partner device.\n" -"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being " -"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and " -"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk " -"parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve " -"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</" -"p>\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " -"backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" @@ -261,47 +248,25 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both " -"local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node " -"was a degraded cluster\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-" -"error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" "\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by " -"DRBD\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected " -"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is " -"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must " -"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, " -"the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-" -"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time " -"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default " -"unit is 100ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive " -"packet\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two " -"write barriers\n" -"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write " -"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The " -"default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" -"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top " -"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by " -"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is " -"KB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= " -"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, " -"Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" @@ -310,32 +275,23 @@ msgstr "<big>Általános DRBD-beállítás</big>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 -msgid "" -"Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's " -"sanity check" -msgstr "" -"Használja az \"IP-cím ellenőrzés letiltása\" beállítást a drbdadm " -"ellenőrzés letiltásához" +msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" +msgstr "Használja az \"IP-cím ellenőrzés letiltása\" beállítást a drbdadm ellenőrzés letiltásához" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" -"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " -"waited so\n" +"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " -"seconds,\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" "Ablak frissítése: Az ablak kijelzi a várakozással eltöltött időt\n" -" Amennyiben soros porton keresztül kapcsolódik a " -"kiszolgálóhoz\n" -" és a naplózási lehetősége korlátozott, letilthatja ezt a " -"funkciót.\n" +" Amennyiben soros porton keresztül kapcsolódik a kiszolgálóhoz\n" +" és a naplózási lehetősége korlátozott, letilthatja ezt a funkciót.\n" " Az ablak minden frissítésnél kiírja a másodperceket,\n" -" az ablak frissítésének letiltásához állítsa 0-ra az értéket." -"" +" az ablak frissítésének letiltásához állítsa 0-ra az értéket." #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" @@ -346,8 +302,7 @@ " as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" "Minor Count:\n" -" Akkor célszerű használni, ha több erőforrást kell megadnia a " -"későbbiek során\n" +" Akkor célszerű használni, ha több erőforrást kell megadnia a későbbiek során\n" " a modul újratöltése nélkül.\n" " Alapértelmezésként ebben a fájlban beállított értéknek megfelelő\n" " eszköz kerül betöltésre. " @@ -380,8 +335,7 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Szerkesztés vagy törlés:</big> \n" -"A Szerkesztés gomb megnyomásával, egy további párbeszédablak nyílik " -"meg,\n" +"A Szerkesztés gomb megnyomásával, egy további párbeszédablak nyílik meg,\n" "ahol módosíthatja a beállításokat.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -511,9 +465,7 @@ msgid "" "To propagate this configuration ,\n" "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." -msgstr "" -"A beállítások terítéséhez másolja kézzel az '/etc/drbd.conf' fájlt a többi " -"kiszolgálóra." +msgstr "A beállítások terítéséhez másolja kézzel az '/etc/drbd.conf' fájlt a többi kiszolgálóra." #. } #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:122 Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/fcoe-client.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/fcoe-client.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/fcoe-client.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -45,12 +45,12 @@ #. setting of config value is 'yes' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 msgid "yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "igen" #. setting of config value is 'no' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "nem" #. text of an error popup #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 @@ -74,17 +74,20 @@ #. the flag is 'true' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 msgid "true" -msgstr "" +msgstr "igaz" #. the flag is 'false' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 msgid "false" -msgstr "" +msgstr "hamis" +# modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:391 modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:401 +# modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:411 +# clients/lan_ISDN.ycp:909 #. the flag is not set at all #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 msgid "not set" -msgstr "" +msgstr "nincs beállítva" #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 @@ -125,9 +128,7 @@ #. text of an error popup #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." -msgstr "" -"Nem sikerült létrehozni és elindítani az FCoE szolgáltatást a következő " -"helyen: %1." +msgstr "Nem sikerült létrehozni és elindítani az FCoE szolgáltatást a következő helyen: %1." #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 @@ -153,8 +154,7 @@ "Removing it may result in an unusable system." msgstr "" "Figyelmeztetés:\n" -"Győződjön meg róla, hogy a csatoló nem szükséges a jelenleg használt eszköz " -"működéséhez.\n" +"Győződjön meg róla, hogy a csatoló nem szükséges a jelenleg használt eszköz működéséhez.\n" "Eltávolítása a rendszer használhatatlanságát eredményezheti." #. popup text continues @@ -190,8 +190,7 @@ "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." msgstr "" -"Az 'fcoe' szolgáltatás számára szükséges az 'lldpad' szolgáltatás " -"engedélyezése.\n" +"Az 'fcoe' szolgáltatás számára szükséges az 'lldpad' szolgáltatás engedélyezése.\n" "Az 'lldpad' szolgáltatás engedélyezése a rendszerindítás során." #. radio button: start service on boot @@ -220,7 +219,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Igen" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -228,7 +227,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nem" # modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:668 modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:796 # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1352 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1383 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1477 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1655 @@ -296,7 +295,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Illesztőprogram" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" @@ -359,8 +358,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Az előkészítés megszakítása:</big> \n" -"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás</" -"b> gombbal.\n" +"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás gombbal.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43 @@ -381,8 +379,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Mentés megszakítása:</big> \n" "A Megszakítás gomb megnyomásával megszakíthatja a folyamatot.\n" -"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e " -"megtenni.\n" +"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e megtenni.\n" "\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 @@ -404,8 +401,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>fcoe-kliens hozzáadása:</big> \n" "Válasszon egyet a felismert fcoe-client listájából. Ha az fcoe-client\n" -"érzékelése nem történt meg automatikusan, akkor használja a Más (nem " -"érzékelt) lehetőséget,\n" +"érzékelése nem történt meg automatikusan, akkor használja a Más (nem érzékelt) lehetőséget,\n" "majd nyomja meg a Beállítás gombot.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -416,8 +412,7 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Szerkesztés vagy törlés:</big> \n" -"A Szerkesztés gomb megnyomásával, egy további párbeszédablak nyílik " -"meg,\n" +"A Szerkesztés gomb megnyomásával, egy további párbeszédablak nyílik meg,\n" "ahol módosíthatja a beállításokat.\n" #. Services dialog help 1/3 @@ -425,47 +420,30 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Starting of services</big> \n" -#| "Enable or disable the start of the services fcoe and lldpad " -#| "at boot time.\n" -msgid "" -"<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start " -"of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." +#| "Enable or disable the start of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time.\n" +msgid "<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." msgstr "" "<big>Szolgáltatások elindítása</big> \n" "Lehetőség van a fcoe és lldpad szolgáltatások\n" -"elindításának engedélyezésére vagy letiltására a rendszer indításakor. </" -"p>\n" +"elindításának engedélyezésére vagy letiltására a rendszer indításakor. \n" #. Services dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel " -#| "over\n" -#| "Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE " -#| "interfaces and\n" +#| "Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over\n" +#| "Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE interfaces and\n" #| "establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." -msgid "" -"Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over " -"Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE " -"interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." +msgid "Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." msgstr "" "Az fcoe szolgáltatás indítása a Fibre Channel over\n" -"Ethernet szolgáltatás fcoemon démonjának indítását jelenti, amely " -"az FCoE-csatolók vezérléséért felelős,\n" +"Ethernet szolgáltatás fcoemon démonjának indítását jelenti, amely az FCoE-csatolók vezérléséért felelős,\n" "és amely kapcsolatot létesít az lldpad démonnal." #. Services dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 -msgid "" -"The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol</" -"i> agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data " -"Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." -msgstr "" -"Az lldpad szolgáltatás biztosítja a Link Layer Discovery " -"Protocol lldpad démont, amely értesíti az fcoemon démont a " -"DCB (Data Center Bridging) funkció meglétéről és a csatolók beállításáról.</" -"p>" +msgid "The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." +msgstr "Az lldpad szolgáltatás biztosítja a Link Layer Discovery Protocol lldpad démont, amely értesíti az fcoemon démont a DCB (Data Center Bridging) funkció meglétéről és a csatolók beállításáról." #. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88 @@ -475,29 +453,13 @@ #. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status " -#| "of VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface " -#| "is configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network " -#| "interface), this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." -msgid "" -"The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of " -"VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is " -"configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), " -"this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." -msgstr "" -"A csatolók párbeszédpanelen szerepel minden észlelt hálózati kártya, " -"illetve a VLAN- és az FcoE-beállítások. Az FCoE használata akkor " -"lehetséges, ha a kapcsolón egy VLAN csatoló FCoE-ként van beállítva. Ez " -"minden hálózati kártyánál (hálózati csatolónál) megjelenik az FCoE VLAN-" -"csatoló</is> oszlopban." +#| msgid "The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." +msgid "The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." +msgstr "A csatolók párbeszédpanelen szerepel minden észlelt hálózati kártya, illetve a VLAN- és az FcoE-beállítások. Az FCoE használata akkor lehetséges, ha a kapcsolón egy VLAN csatoló FCoE-ként van beállítva. Ez minden hálózati kártyánál (hálózati csatolónál) megjelenik az FCoE VLAN-csatoló</is> oszlopban." #. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 -msgid "" -"It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry " -"Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." -"" +msgid "It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." msgstr "" #. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 @@ -505,41 +467,22 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: \n" -#| "not available: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must " -#| "be enabled on the switch first). \n" -#| "not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet activated. Press " -#| "Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. \n" -#| " If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown " -#| "in the column, e.g. eth3.200.\n" -msgid "" -"The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available</" -"b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the " -"switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet " -"activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the " -"FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the " -"column, e.g. eth3.200." +#| "not available: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first). \n" +#| "not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. \n" +#| " If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200.\n" +msgid "The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200." msgstr "" "Az FCoE VLAN-csatoló lehetséges értékei részletesen: \n" -"nem elérhető – az FCoE létrehozása nem lehetséges (először a " -"kapcsolón kell engedélyezni) \n" -"nincs beállítva – az FCoE létrehozása lehetséges, de még nincs " -"aktiválva. Ehhez nyomja meg az FCoE VLAN-csatoló létrehozása gombot." -" \n" -"Ha az FCoE VLAN-csatoló már létrejött, a neve szerepel az oszlopban (pl. " -"eth3.200).\n" +"nem elérhető – az FCoE létrehozása nem lehetséges (először a kapcsolón kell engedélyezni) \n" +"nincs beállítva – az FCoE létrehozása lehetséges, de még nincs aktiválva. Ehhez nyomja meg az FCoE VLAN-csatoló létrehozása gombot. \n" +"Ha az FCoE VLAN-csatoló már létrejött, a neve szerepel az oszlopban (pl. eth3.200).\n" #. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "To change the configuration of an existing FCoE VLAN interface, click " -#| "onChange Settings." -msgid "" -"To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Egy meglévő FCoE VLAN csatoló beállításainak módosításához nyomja meg " -"aBeállítások módosítása gombot." +#| msgid "To change the configuration of an existing FCoE VLAN interface, click onChange Settings." +msgid "To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change Settings." +msgstr "Egy meglévő FCoE VLAN csatoló beállításainak módosításához nyomja meg aBeállítások módosítása gombot." #. Configuration dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117 @@ -548,12 +491,8 @@ #. Configuration dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings " -"are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." -msgstr "" -"Állítsa be az FCoE rendszerszolgáltatást. Ezek a beállítások az '/etc/" -"fcoe/config' fájlban lesznek elmentve." +msgid "Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." +msgstr "Állítsa be az FCoE rendszerszolgáltatást. Ezek a beállítások az '/etc/fcoe/config' fájlban lesznek elmentve." #. Configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 @@ -561,25 +500,18 @@ #| msgid "" #| "The values are: \n" #| "Debug: yes or no \n" -#| "This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe " -#| "service script and fcoemon. \n" +#| "This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon. \n" #| "Use syslog: yes or no \n" -#| "Messages are sent to the system log if set to yes (data are logged " -#| "to /var/log/messages)." +#| "Messages are sent to the system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." msgid "" "The values are: \n" -"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable " -"debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon." -" Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the " -"system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." +"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon. Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." msgstr "" "Lehetséges értékek: \n" "Hibakeresés: igen vagy nem \n" -"Engedélyezi az fcoe szolgáltatási parancsfájl és az fcoemon " -"hibakeresési üzeneteit \n" +"Engedélyezi az fcoe szolgáltatási parancsfájl és az fcoemon hibakeresési üzeneteit \n" "Syslog használata: igen vagy nem \n" -"Elküldi az üzeneteket a rendszernaplózáshoz, amennyiben igen-re vagy " -"állítva (/var/log/messages)." +"Elküldi az üzeneteket a rendszernaplózáshoz, amennyiben igen-re vagy állítva (/var/log/messages)." #. edit dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133 @@ -590,20 +522,13 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on " -#| "initialization.\n" -#| " There is a file for every interface and the values indicate " -#| "whether FCoE instances\n" +#| "The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on initialization.\n" +#| " There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances\n" #| " should be created and if DCB is required." -msgid "" -"The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on " -"initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values " -"indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." +msgid "The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." msgstr "" -"Az fcoemon démon inicializálás közben olvassa be ezeket a " -"fájlokat.\n" -" Minden csatolóhoz tartozik egy fájl, az értékek pedig jelzik, " -"hogy az FCoE csatolókat\n" +"Az fcoemon démon inicializálás közben olvassa be ezeket a fájlokat.\n" +" Minden csatolóhoz tartozik egy fájl, az értékek pedig jelzik, hogy az FCoE csatolókat\n" " létre kell-e hozni, illetve szükség van-e DCB-re." #. Edit dialog help 3/3 @@ -618,12 +543,7 @@ #| "AUTO VLAN: yes or no \n" #| "If set to yes 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN\n" #| "interfaces automatically." -msgid "" -"The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable " -"or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes</" -"i> or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required." -" AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes " -"'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." +msgid "The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required. AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." msgstr "" "Lehetséges értékek: \n" "FCoE engedélyezés: igen vagy nem \n" @@ -682,12 +602,8 @@ #. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 -msgid "" -"To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Az FCoE beállítás folytatásához szükség van a(z) %1 csomag " -"telepítésére." +msgid "To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Az FCoE beállítás folytatásához szükség van a(z) %1 csomag telepítésére." #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -729,8 +645,7 @@ "VLAN interface to get a valid configuration." msgstr "" "Nem olvasható a(z) %1 config fájlja.\n" -"Az érvényes konfigurációs fájl elkészítéséhez lehetőség van a beállítások " -"szerkesztésére és az FCoE\n" +"Az érvényes konfigurációs fájl elkészítéséhez lehetőség van a beállítások szerkesztésére és az FCoE\n" "VLAN csatoló újbóli létrehozására." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_finish.ycp:60 @@ -951,46 +866,30 @@ #~ "a felismert %1 FCoE VLAN csatolón?" #~ msgid "Please note: The device won't be restored on 'Cancel'." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Megjegyzés: Az eszköz nem kerül visszaállításra a 'Megszakítás' " -#~ "megnyomásakor." +#~ msgstr "Megjegyzés: Az eszköz nem kerül visszaállításra a 'Megszakítás' megnyomásakor." #~ msgid "Removing FCoE VLAN device" #~ msgstr "FCoE VLAN eszköz eltávolítása" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Check the appropriate button, e.g. if you want to start FCoE " -#~ "automatically at\n" +#~ "Check the appropriate button, e.g. if you want to start FCoE automatically at\n" #~ "boot time click on 'When booting' in 'FcoE' frame." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Használja a megfelelő beállítást, például a rendszer indításakor " -#~ "történő\n" -#~ "automatikus indításához válassza ki a az 'Indításkor' beállítást az " -#~ "'FcoE' keretben." +#~ "Használja a megfelelő beállítást, például a rendszer indításakor történő\n" +#~ "automatikus indításához válassza ki a az 'Indításkor' beállítást az 'FcoE' keretben." #~ msgid "Configuration summary..." #~ msgstr "Beállítások összegzése…" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If the FCoE VLAN interface is already created it is shown in the column, " -#~ "e.g. eth3.200" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Amennyiben az FCoE VLAN csatoló létrehozása már megtörtént, akkor az " -#~ "megjelenik az oszlopban, például eth3.200" +#~ msgid "If the FCoE VLAN interface is already created it is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200" +#~ msgstr "Amennyiben az FCoE VLAN csatoló létrehozása már megtörtént, akkor az megjelenik az oszlopban, például eth3.200" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Here you can configure the general settings for FCoE (/etc/fcoe/" -#~ "config). \n" +#~ "Here you can configure the general settings for FCoE (/etc/fcoe/config). \n" #~ "Debug: yes or no, Use syslog: yes or no" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Itt állítható be a az FCoE általános beállítása (/etc/fcoe/config)." -#~ " \n" -#~ "Hibakeresés: igen vagy nem, Syslog használata: igen " -#~ "vagy nem" +#~ "Itt állítható be a az FCoE általános beállítása (/etc/fcoe/config). \n" +#~ "Hibakeresés: igen vagy nem, Syslog használata: igen vagy nem" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "FCoE enable: yes or no, DCB required: yes or no</" -#~ "i>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "FCoE engedélyezése: igen vagy nem, DCB szükséges: igen</" -#~ "i> vagy nem" +#~ msgid "FCoE enable: yes or no, DCB required: yes or no" +#~ msgstr "FCoE engedélyezése: igen vagy nem, DCB szükséges: igen vagy nem" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/firewall-services.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/firewall-services.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/firewall-services.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -30,10 +30,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40 -msgid "" -"Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" -msgstr "" -"Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) portok Service Discovery-hez (DNS-SD)" +msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" +msgstr "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) portok Service Discovery-hez (DNS-SD)" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:45 @@ -117,8 +115,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:98 msgid "Open ports for Samba Netbios server with broadcast allowed." -msgstr "" -"Portokat nyit a Samba Netbios kiszolgálóhoz az üzenetszórás engedélyezésével." +msgstr "Portokat nyit a Samba Netbios kiszolgálóhoz az üzenetszórás engedélyezésével." # clients/lan_ypclient.ycp:117 menuentries/menuentry_lan_ypclient.ycp:14 #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... @@ -128,12 +125,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow " -"connection to an NFS server." -msgstr "" -"Tűzfal beállítása az NFS-klienshez. Portok megnyitása az NFS-klienshez, hogy " -"kapcsolódni tudjon az NFS-kiszolgálóhoz." +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow connection to an NFS server." +msgstr "Tűzfal beállítása az NFS-klienshez. Portok megnyitása az NFS-klienshez, hogy kapcsolódni tudjon az NFS-kiszolgálóhoz." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 # clients/lan_nfs_server.ycp:32 @@ -144,12 +137,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114 -msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow " -"other hosts to connect." -msgstr "" -"Tűzfal beállítása az NFS-kiszolgálóhoz. portok nyitása NFS-kiszolgálóhoz, " -"hogy más kiszolgáló kapcsolódni tudjon." +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow other hosts to connect." +msgstr "Tűzfal beállítása az NFS-kiszolgálóhoz. portok nyitása NFS-kiszolgálóhoz, hogy más kiszolgáló kapcsolódni tudjon." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 # clients/lan_nfs_server.ycp:32 @@ -192,9 +181,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:140 msgid "Opens port for rsync server in order to allow remote synchronization" -msgstr "" -"Portok nyitása az Rsync-kiszolgálóhoz a távoli szinkronizáció " -"engedélyezéséhez" +msgstr "Portok nyitása az Rsync-kiszolgálóhoz a távoli szinkronizáció engedélyezéséhez" # clients/lan_ypclient.ycp:117 menuentries/menuentry_lan_ypclient.ycp:14 #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... @@ -266,8 +253,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:184 msgid "Open VNC server ports so that viewers can connect." -msgstr "" -"Portok nyitása a VNC-kiszolgálóhoz, így a megjelenítők csatlakozhatnak." +msgstr "Portok nyitása a VNC-kiszolgálóhoz, így a megjelenítők csatlakozhatnak." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:187 @@ -349,9 +335,7 @@ #~ msgstr "iSCSI-tároló démon" #~ msgid "Opens ports for iSCSI Target Daemon with broadcast allowed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Portok nyitása az iSCSI-kiszolgáló démonnak, az üzenetszórás " -#~ "engedélyezésével." +#~ msgstr "Portok nyitása az iSCSI-kiszolgáló démonnak, az üzenetszórás engedélyezésével." #~ msgid "Kerberos Admin Server" #~ msgstr "Kerberos Admin kiszolgáló" @@ -381,8 +365,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Hálózati UPS eszközök" #~ msgid "Opens ports for remote UPS signalling for Network UPS Tools." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Portok nyitása a hálózati UPS eszközökhöz szükséges távoli UPS jelhez." +#~ msgstr "Portok nyitása a hálózati UPS eszközökhöz szükséges távoli UPS jelhez." #~ msgid "SMTP with Postfix" #~ msgstr "SMTP Postfix levelezővel" @@ -391,11 +374,8 @@ #~ msgid "PostgreSQL Server" #~ msgstr "PostgreSQL-kiszolgáló" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Opens TCP port 5432 to allow remote connections to the PostgreSQL server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A TCP 5432-es port megnyitása a PostgreSQL-kiszolgálóhoz történő távoli " -#~ "kapcsolatok engedélyezéséhez." +#~ msgid "Opens TCP port 5432 to allow remote connections to the PostgreSQL server." +#~ msgstr "A TCP 5432-es port megnyitása a PostgreSQL-kiszolgálóhoz történő távoli kapcsolatok engedélyezéséhez." #~ msgid "pureftpd" #~ msgstr "pureftpd" @@ -425,20 +405,14 @@ #~ msgid "Tetrinet Server" #~ msgstr "Tetrinet kiszolgáló" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Opens ports in firewall to make possible to connect clients to your " -#~ "server. " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Portok nyitása a tűzfalon a kliensek kiszolgálóhoz kapcsolódásának " -#~ "engedélyezéséhez. " +#~ msgid "Opens ports in firewall to make possible to connect clients to your server. " +#~ msgstr "Portok nyitása a tűzfalon a kliensek kiszolgálóhoz kapcsolódásának engedélyezéséhez. " #~ msgid "xdmcp" #~ msgstr "xdmcp" #~ msgid "Allow other hosts to access your display manager via XDMCP" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A bejelentkezéskezelő XDMCP-n keresztüli elérésének engedélyezése más " -#~ "gépeknek." +#~ msgstr "A bejelentkezéskezelő XDMCP-n keresztüli elérésének engedélyezése más gépeknek." #~ msgid "VNC Server" #~ msgstr "VNC-kiszolgáló" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/firewall.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/firewall.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/firewall.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -252,12 +252,10 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Csatolók</big>\n" " Itt rendelheti hozzá a hálózati eszközöket tűzfalzónákhoz: válassza ki\n" -"az eszközt a táblázatból és kattintson a Változtatás lehetőségre.</" -"p>\n" +"az eszközt a táblázatból és kattintson a Változtatás lehetőségre.\n" "\n" "Speciális szövegeket (például <tt>any</tt>) a külső zónába az \n" -"Egyéni gombbal vehet fel. Itt adhatja meg a még be nem állított " -"csatolókat is.\n" +"Egyéni gombbal vehet fel. Itt adhatja meg a még be nem állított csatolókat is.\n" "Ha álcázást használ, az <tt>any</tt> szöveg nem engedélyezett.\n" "\n" "Minden hálózati eszköznek tartoznia kell valamelyik tűzfalzónába.\n" @@ -283,12 +281,10 @@ "\n" "To allow a service, select the Zone and the\n" "Service to Allow then press Add.\n" -"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed " -"Service then press Delete.\n" +"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed Service then press Delete.\n" "\n" "By deselecting Protect Firewall from Internal Zone, you remove\n" -"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network " -"will\n" +"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n" "be unprotected.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Engedélyezett szolgáltatások</big>\n" @@ -297,39 +293,30 @@ "A hálózatok tűzfalzónákra vannak osztva.\n" "\n" "Egy szolgáltatás engedélyezéséhez válassza ki a Zónát, majd az\n" -"Engedélyezendő szolgáltatást, majd nyomja meg a Hozzáadás " -"gombot.\n" -"Egy engedélyezett szolgáltatás eltávolításához válassza ki a Zónát, " -"majd az\n" -"Engedélyezett szolgáltatást, majd nyomja meg a Törlés gombot.</" -"p>\n" +"Engedélyezendő szolgáltatást, majd nyomja meg a Hozzáadás gombot.\n" +"Egy engedélyezett szolgáltatás eltávolításához válassza ki a Zónát, majd az\n" +"Engedélyezett szolgáltatást, majd nyomja meg a Törlés gombot.\n" "\n" -"A Tűzfal védelme a belső zónától jelölés megszüntetésével " -"eltávolítja a\n" +"A Tűzfal védelme a belső zónától jelölés megszüntetésével eltávolítja a\n" "teljes zóna védelmét. Az összes szolgáltatás és port védtelen lesz.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "Additional settings can be configured using Advanced.\n" -"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC " -"ports and\n" +"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n" "IP protocols.\n" "TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or " -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"A Speciális beállításoknál további opciókat lehet megváltoztatni. " -"A bejegyzéseket szóközzel kell elválasztani. Itt lehet engedélyezni az egyes " -"TCP, UDP, RPC\n" +"A Speciális beállításoknál további opciókat lehet megváltoztatni. A bejegyzéseket szóközzel kell elválasztani. Itt lehet engedélyezni az egyes TCP, UDP, RPC\n" "portokat és IP protokollokat.\n" "A TCP és UDP portokat meg lehet adni neveikkel (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "a port számával (<tt>3128</tt>) és porttartománnyal (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"Az RPC portokat szolgáltatásnévvel kell megadni (<tt>portmap</tt> vagy " -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>) és\n" +"Az RPC portokat szolgáltatásnévvel kell megadni (<tt>portmap</tt> vagy <tt>nlockmgr</tt>) és\n" "az IP protokollokat a protokoll nevével (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "\n" @@ -337,17 +324,14 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 msgid "" "<big>Masquerading</big>\n" -" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your " -"firewall and allows\n" -"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, " -"transparently. Requests\n" +" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n" +"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n" "from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n" "Select Masquerade Networks to masquerade your networks\n" "to the external network.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Álcázás</big>\n" -" Az álcázás funkció a belső hálózatot a tűzfal mögé rejti, miközben a " -"belső hálózat\n" +" Az álcázás funkció a belső hálózatot a tűzfal mögé rejti, miközben a belső hálózat\n" "átlátszó módon hozzáfér a külső hálózathoz, például az internethez.\n" "A külső hálózatról a belső felé érkező kérések azonban blokkolódnak.\n" "A Hálózatok álcázása lehetőséggel álcázhatja a hálózatokat \n" @@ -357,186 +341,131 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal " -"network, it is possible to\n" -"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal " -"IP. \n" -"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form." -"\n" +"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n" +"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n" +"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form.\n" "\n" -"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete</" -"b>.\n" +"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Bár a külső hálózatról érkező kérések nem érhetik el a belső hálózatot, " -"megadható\n" -"a tűzfalon kért portok kívülről láthatatlan átirányítása egy belső IP-" -"címre. \n" -"Az új átirányítási szabály felvételéhez kattintson a Hozzáadás gombra " -"és töltse ki megfelelően a megjelenő űrlapot.\n" +"Bár a külső hálózatról érkező kérések nem érhetik el a belső hálózatot, megadható\n" +"a tűzfalon kért portok kívülről láthatatlan átirányítása egy belső IP-címre. \n" +"Az új átirányítási szabály felvételéhez kattintson a Hozzáadás gombra és töltse ki megfelelően a megjelenő űrlapot.\n" "\n" -"Egy átirányítási szabály törléséhez válassza ki a táblából és nyomja meg " -"a Törlés gombot.\n" +"Egy átirányítási szabály törléséhez válassza ki a táblából és nyomja meg a Törlés gombot.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Configuration</big>\n" -" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to " -"find \n" +" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n" "neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n" -"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues " -"using broadcast packets.\n" +"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.\n" "\n" -"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add " -"needed broadcast\n" -"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated " -"ports for\n" +"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n" +"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n" "particular zones.\n" "\n" -"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of " -"packets in wider networks.\n" -"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast " -"Packets\n" +"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n" +"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets\n" "for the desired zones.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Broadcast beállításai</big>\n" " A Broadcast speciális, az egész hálózatra küldött UDP-csomagok\n" -"a szomszédos számítógépek megkereséséhez, vagy Broadcast küldéséhez a " -"hálózaton.\n" -"Például a CUPS-kiszolgálók a nyomtatási soraikról nyilvános üzenetekben " -"adnak információt.\n" +"a szomszédos számítógépek megkereséséhez, vagy Broadcast küldéséhez a hálózaton.\n" +"Például a CUPS-kiszolgálók a nyomtatási soraikról nyilvános üzenetekben adnak információt.\n" "\n" -"Az engedélyezett csatolókon a SuSEfirewall2 szolgáltatások automatikusan " -"felveszik a szükséges Broadcast portokat.\n" -"A törlésükhöz vagy továbbiak felvételéhez módosítsa az adott zónák " -"szóközökkel elválasztott listáit.\n" +"Az engedélyezett csatolókon a SuSEfirewall2 szolgáltatások automatikusan felveszik a szükséges Broadcast portokat.\n" +"A törlésükhöz vagy továbbiak felvételéhez módosítsa az adott zónák szóközökkel elválasztott listáit.\n" "\n" -"Az egyéb eldobott Broadcast csomagok naplózásra kerülnek. Nagy " -"hálózatokban ez meglehetősen sok csomagot jelenthet.\n" -"E csomagok naplózásának elnyomásához törölje a Nem elfogadott Broadcast " -"csomagok naplózása\n" +"Az egyéb eldobott Broadcast csomagok naplózásra kerülnek. Nagy hálózatokban ez meglehetősen sok csomagot jelenthet.\n" +"E csomagok naplózásának elnyomásához törölje a Nem elfogadott Broadcast csomagok naplózása\n" "lehetőséget a megfelelő zónákon.\n" #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Reply</big> \n" -"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their " -"reply\n" -"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP " -"browsing.\n" +"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n" +"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.\n" "\n" -"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the " -"firewall. Use Add\n" -"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also " -"choose from\n" +"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use Add\n" +"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n" "some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.\n" -msgstr "" -"<big>Broadcast válasz</big> A tűzfal általában eldobja az ön " -"gépe által küldött broadcast csomagokra érkezett válaszokat (pl. Samba vagy " -"SLP tallózás).Itt lehet beállítani, hogy mely csomagokat engedje át a " -"tűzfal. A Hozzáadás gomb megnyomásával hozhat létre új szabályt. A " -"szabályban meg kell adni a tűzfalzónát, majd előre definiált vagy kézzel " -"beállított szolgáltatásokat (portokat) lehet a szabályhoz hozzárendelni.</" -"p>\n" +msgstr "<big>Broadcast válasz</big> A tűzfal általában eldobja az ön gépe által küldött broadcast csomagokra érkezett válaszokat (pl. Samba vagy SLP tallózás).Itt lehet beállítani, hogy mely csomagokat engedje át a tűzfal. A Hozzáadás gomb megnyomásával hozhat létre új szabályt. A szabályban meg kell adni a tűzfalzónát, majd előre definiált vagy kézzel beállított szolgáltatásokat (portokat) lehet a szabályhoz hozzárendelni.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 msgid "" "<big>IPsec Support</big>\n" -" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks " -"through untrusted networks, such as\n" +" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n" "the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n" "Enabled.\n" "\n" "Details configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n" -"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the " -"internal zone.\n" +"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>IPsec-támogatás</big>\n" -" Az IPsec titkosított kommunikációs eljárás megbízható gépek vagy " -"hálózatok között nem megbízható hálózatokon, például az \n" +" Az IPsec titkosított kommunikációs eljárás megbízható gépek vagy hálózatok között nem megbízható hálózatokon, például az \n" "interneten keresztül. A Engedélyezés lehetőséget \n" "kiválasztva nyithatja meg az IPsec protokollt egy külső zónához.\n" "\n" "A Részletek gombbal állítható be a sikeresen dekódolt \n" -"IPsec csomagok kezelése; például az, hogy a belső hálózatról érkezőkkel " -"egyformán történjen a kezelésük.\n" +"IPsec csomagok kezelése; például az, hogy a belső hálózatról érkezőkkel egyformán történjen a kezelésük.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<big>Logging Level</big>\n" -" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. " -"Here,\n" -"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not " -"logged at all.\n" +" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n" +"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.\n" "\n" -"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and " -"Not Accepted Packets.\n" -"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All " -"for logging every\n" -"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do " -"Not Log Any\n" +"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and Not Accepted Packets.\n" +"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All for logging every\n" +"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do Not Log Any\n" "for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Naplózási szint</big>\n" " Ez az IP-csomagok naplózási alapbeállításainak ablaka.\n" -"Itt állíthatja be a bejövő csomagok naplózását. A kimenő csomagok egyáltalán " -"nem kerülnek naplózásra.\n" +"Itt állíthatja be a bejövő csomagok naplózását. A kimenő csomagok egyáltalán nem kerülnek naplózásra.\n" "\n" -"Kétféle naplózott IP-csomag létezik: Az Elfogadott csomagok és az " -"El nem fogadott csomagok.\n" -"Mindkét csoporthoz háromféle szintű naplózás választható: A Minden " -"naplózása minden egyes csomagot\n" -"naplóz, a Csak kritikusak naplózása csak a figyelemre érdemes " -"csomagokat, a Naplózás kikapcsolása\n" -"pedig kikapcsolja a naplózást. Érdemes legalább a kritikus elfogadott " -"csomagokat naplózni.\n" +"Kétféle naplózott IP-csomag létezik: Az Elfogadott csomagok és az El nem fogadott csomagok.\n" +"Mindkét csoporthoz háromféle szintű naplózás választható: A Minden naplózása minden egyes csomagot\n" +"naplóz, a Csak kritikusak naplózása csak a figyelemre érdemes csomagokat, a Naplózás kikapcsolása\n" +"pedig kikapcsolja a naplózást. Érdemes legalább a kritikus elfogadott csomagokat naplózni.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<big>Summary</big>\n" " Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n" -"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each " -"firewall zone.\n" +"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n" "Every existing zone is summarized here.\n" "\n" "Firewall Starting shows whether the firewall is started in the\n" "boot process or only manually.\n" "\n" -"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the " -"following items in the summary:\n" +"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:\n" "\n" -"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration " -"name and device name.\n" +"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.\n" "\n" -"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed " -"network services, additional\n" -"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC " -"(Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n" +"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" "ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Összefoglalás</big>\n" " Itt tekintheti meg a beállítások összefoglalását.\n" -"Az összefoglalás egy általános részből és az egyes tűzfalzónák részeiből " -"áll.\n" +"Az összefoglalás egy általános részből és az egyes tűzfalzónák részeiből áll.\n" "Minden meglévő zóna felsorolásra kerül.\n" "\n" "A Tűzfal indítása azt mutatja, hogy a tűzfal indítása a\n" "rendszerindítási folyamat része, vagy kézzel történik.\n" "\n" -"A tűzfalzónákban kell, hogy legyen egy hálózati csatoló az összefoglalás " -"alábbi elemeinek listájához rendelve:\n" +"A tűzfalzónákban kell, hogy legyen egy hálózati csatoló az összefoglalás alábbi elemeinek listájához rendelve:\n" "\n" -"Csatolók: Minden csatoló felsorolásra kerül a konfigurációs és az " -"eszközneveikkel.\n" +"Csatolók: Minden csatoló felsorolásra kerül a konfigurációs és az eszközneveikkel.\n" "\n" -"Nyitott szolgáltatások, portok és protokollok: Itt látható az " -"összes engedélyezett hálózati szolgáltatás, további\n" -"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol) és RPC " -"(Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"Nyitott szolgáltatások, portok és protokollok: Itt látható az összes engedélyezett hálózati szolgáltatás, további\n" +"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol) és RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" "port, valamint IP (Internet Protokoll) protokoll.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 @@ -557,8 +486,7 @@ "such as <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt>, or <tt>137:139</tt>." msgstr "" "A TCP portok és az UDP portok megadhatók\n" -"portszámok, portnevek vagy porttartományok szóközökkel elválasztott " -"listájaként,\n" +"portszámok, portnevek vagy porttartományok szóközökkel elválasztott listájaként,\n" "például: <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt> vagy <tt>137:139</tt>." #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 3/6 @@ -566,12 +494,10 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "RPC Ports is a list of RPC services, such as\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." -"" +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." msgstr "" "Az RPC portok az RPC-szolgáltatások (például:\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> vagy <tt>portmap</tt>) szóközökkel " -"elválasztott listája." +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> vagy <tt>portmap</tt>) szóközökkel elválasztott listája." #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 #. please, do not modify examples @@ -583,8 +509,7 @@ "http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers." msgstr "" "Az IP protokollok a protokollok (például: \n" -"<tt>esp</tt>, <tt>smp</tt> vagy <tt>chaos</tt>) szóközökkel elválasztott " -"listája.\n" +"<tt>esp</tt>, <tt>smp</tt> vagy <tt>chaos</tt>) szóközökkel elválasztott listája.\n" "A protokollok aktuális listája a \n" "http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers címen található." @@ -592,8 +517,7 @@ #. please, do not modify examples #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that " -"represent\n" +"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n" "all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n" "The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n" "for example, <tt>200:215</tt>." @@ -612,19 +536,16 @@ msgstr "" "A Portnév az a név, amelyet az IANA szervezet a\n" "portszámhoz rendelt. Egy portszámhoz több portnév is tartozhat.\n" -"Az aktuálisan használt hozzárendelés az <tt>/etc/services</tt> fájlban " -"található." +"Az aktuálisan használt hozzárendelés az <tt>/etc/services</tt> fájlban található." #. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Firewall</big> \n" -"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" +"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Tűzfal</big> \n" -"A tűzfal egy védelmi mechanizmus, amely megvédi a számítógépet a hálózat " -"irányából érkező támadásoktól.\n" +"A tűzfal egy védelmi mechanizmus, amely megvédi a számítógépet a hálózat irányából érkező támadásoktól.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 @@ -649,8 +570,7 @@ "Forráshálózat \n" "Hálózat vagy IP-cím, ahonnan a kapcsolat létrehozását kezdeményezték,\n" "pl. <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> vagy <tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n" -"vagy <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> vagy <tt>0/0</tt> (ami az <tt>összes</tt> " -"hálózatot jelenti).\n" +"vagy <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> vagy <tt>0/0</tt> (ami az <tt>összes</tt> hálózatot jelenti).\n" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5 #. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4 @@ -1244,12 +1164,8 @@ msgstr "%1 egyedi szabály lett beállítva" #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source " -"port: %4, Options: %5" -msgstr "" -"Hálózat: %1, Protokoll: %2, Célport: %3, Forrásport: " -"%4, Kapcsolók: %5" +msgid "Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source port: %4, Options: %5" +msgstr "Hálózat: %1, Protokoll: %2, Célport: %3, Forrásport: %4, Kapcsolók: %5" #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504 @@ -1288,8 +1204,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 -msgid "" -"Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" +msgid "Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" msgstr "A tűzfal leáll a konfiguráció kiírása után" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item @@ -1306,8 +1221,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Warning plain text in summary #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:690 msgid "No network traffic is permitted through these interfaces." -msgstr "" -"Ezeken a csatolókon keresztül semmilyen hálózati forgalom nem engedélyezett." +msgstr "Ezeken a csatolókon keresztül semmilyen hálózati forgalom nem engedélyezett." #. Function starts Firewall services and sets firewall #. to be started after exiting YaST @@ -1375,8 +1289,7 @@ "max_port_number must be bigger than min_port_number." msgstr "" "A(z) %1 IP-tartomány érvénytelen.\n" -"A következő formátumban kell megadni: minimális_portszám:" -"maximális_portszám.\n" +"A következő formátumban kell megadni: minimális_portszám:maximális_portszám.\n" "A maximális_portszámnak nagyobbnak kell lennie a minimális_portszámnál." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 @@ -1423,8 +1336,7 @@ #. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? #. TRANSLATORS: informative label #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035 -msgid "" -"Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." +msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." msgstr "Az álcázáshoz legalább egy külső és egy belső csatolóra van szükség." #. TRANSLATORS: popup message @@ -2158,21 +2070,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Broadcast Reply<big> \n" -#~ "Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their " -#~ "reply\n" -#~ "to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP " -#~ "browsing.\n" +#~ "Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n" +#~ "to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the " -#~ "firewall. Use Add\n" -#~ "button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and " -#~ "also choose from\n" +#~ "Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use Add\n" +#~ "button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n" #~ "some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Broadcast válasz<big> A tűzfal általában eldobja az ön " -#~ "gépe által küldött broadcast csomagokra érkezett válaszokat (pl. Samba " -#~ "vagy SLP tallózás).Itt lehet beállítani, hogy mely csomagokat " -#~ "engedje át a tűzfal. A Hozzáadás gomb megnyomásával hozhat létre " -#~ "új szabályt. A szabályban meg kell adni a tűzfalzónát, majd előre " -#~ "definiált vagy kézzel beállított szolgáltatásokat (portokat) lehet a " -#~ "szabályhoz hozzárendelni.\n" +#~ msgstr "<big>Broadcast válasz<big> A tűzfal általában eldobja az ön gépe által küldött broadcast csomagokra érkezett válaszokat (pl. Samba vagy SLP tallózás).Itt lehet beállítani, hogy mely csomagokat engedje át a tűzfal. A Hozzáadás gomb megnyomásával hozhat létre új szabályt. A szabályban meg kell adni a tűzfalzónát, majd előre definiált vagy kézzel beállított szolgáltatásokat (portokat) lehet a szabályhoz hozzárendelni.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/firstboot.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/firstboot.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/firstboot.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -43,8 +43,7 @@ "firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Használja az Első rendszerindításkori folyamat engedélyezése\n" -"beállítást, hogy az első indítást követően elinduljon a YaST megfelelő " -"modulja.\n" +"beállítást, hogy az első indítást követően elinduljon a YaST megfelelő modulja.\n" #. check box label #: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:79 @@ -54,16 +53,11 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 msgid "" -"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on " -"the first boot after configuration.\n" -"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information." -"\n" +"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" +"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.\n" msgstr "" -"Használja az Első rendszerindításkori folyamat engedélyezése " -"beállítást, hogy az első indítást követően elinduljon a YaST megfelelő " -"modulja.\n" -"További információ a yast2-firstboot modulról a dokumentációban található." -"\n" +"Használja az Első rendszerindításkori folyamat engedélyezése beállítást, hogy az első indítást követően elinduljon a YaST megfelelő modulja.\n" +"További információ a yast2-firstboot modulról a dokumentációban található.\n" #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -235,23 +229,19 @@ "our SuSE Welcome Dialog.\n" msgstr "" "Amennyiben alapértelmezett grafikus munkakörnyezetnek a KDE-t használja,\n" -"lehetőség van arra, hogy elvégezzen néhány KDE hardverbeállítást. És ne " -"hagyja ki\n" +"lehetőség van arra, hogy elvégezzen néhány KDE hardverbeállítást. És ne hagyja ki\n" "SUSE üdvözlőképernyőnket sem!\n" #. help 4/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" #: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 msgid "" "If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n" -"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will " -"start\n" -"after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button " -"to\n" +"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will start\n" +"after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n" "return to this installation sequence.\n" msgstr "" "Amennyiben azt szeretné, már most is kihasználhatja a SUSE konfigurációs\n" -"moduljainak összes lehetőségeit. Egyszerűen jelölje be a YaST " -"vezérlőközpont indítása\n" +"moduljainak összes lehetőségeit. Egyszerűen jelölje be a YaST vezérlőközpont indítása\n" "pontot, és a Kész gombra történő kattintást követően elindul a YaST.\n" "Figyelem: A YaST-ból nem lehet visszatérni ehhez a párbeszédablakhoz.\n" @@ -295,8 +285,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Válassza ki beállításkor és telepített rendszeren használni kívánt " -"usNyelvet és Billentyűzetkiosztást.\n" +"Válassza ki beállításkor és telepített rendszeren használni kívánt usNyelvet és Billentyűzetkiosztást.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued @@ -506,7 +495,5 @@ #~ "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" #~ "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A kiválasztott nyelv nem használható karakteres módban. A telepítés angol " -#~ "nyelven\n" -#~ "folytatódik, de a telepített rendszer a kiválasztott nyelvet fogja " -#~ "használni." +#~ "A kiválasztott nyelv nem használható karakteres módban. A telepítés angol nyelven\n" +#~ "folytatódik, de a telepített rendszer a kiválasztott nyelvet fogja használni." Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/ftp-server.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/ftp-server.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/ftp-server.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -53,9 +53,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:86 msgid "Umask vsftpd: <local users>:<anonymous>, pure-ftpd: <files>:<dirs>" -msgstr "" -"Umask vsftpd: <helyi felhasználók>:<anonymous>, pure-ftpd: <fájlok>:" -"<könyvtárak>" +msgstr "Umask vsftpd: <helyi felhasználók>:<anonymous>, pure-ftpd: <fájlok>:<könyvtárak>" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:94 @@ -65,9 +63,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:102 msgid "Enter the existing directory for authenticated users (pure-ftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"Adjon meg egy létező könyvtárat a hitelesített felhasználók részére (csak " -"pure-ftpd)." +msgstr "Adjon meg egy létező könyvtárat a hitelesített felhasználók részére (csak pure-ftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:110 @@ -93,18 +89,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:142 -msgid "" -"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" -msgstr "" -"A hitelesített felhasználóknak engedélyezett maximális adatátviteli sebesség " -"(KB/s)" +msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" +msgstr "A hitelesített felhasználóknak engedélyezett maximális adatátviteli sebesség (KB/s)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:150 msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients (KB/s)" -msgstr "" -"Az anonymous felhasználóknak engedélyezett maximális adatátviteli sebesség " -"(KB/s)" +msgstr "Az anonymous felhasználóknak engedélyezett maximális adatátviteli sebesség (KB/s)" # modules/printconf/printconf_filter.ycp:61 # modules/printconf/printconf_filter.ycp:102 @@ -122,51 +113,33 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:181 -msgid "" -"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server " -"(vsftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"Az üdvözlő üzenet egy szöveg, amely megjelenik, ha valaki kapcsolódik a " -"kiszolgálóhoz (csak vsftpd)." +msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "Az üdvözlő üzenet egy szöveg, amely megjelenik, ha valaki kapcsolódik a kiszolgálóhoz (csak vsftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:190 msgid "vsftpd supports secure connections via SSL (vsftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"vsftpd SSL-en keresztüli biztonságos kapcsolat támogatása (csak vsftpd)." +msgstr "vsftpd SSL-en keresztüli biztonságos kapcsolat támogatása (csak vsftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:199 -msgid "" -"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd " -"only)." -msgstr "" -"Bekapcsolásakor engedélyezi az SSLv2 alapú protokollkapcsolatokat (csak " -"vsftpd)." +msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "Bekapcsolásakor engedélyezi az SSLv2 alapú protokollkapcsolatokat (csak vsftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:208 -msgid "" -"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd " -"only)." -msgstr "" -"Bekapcsolásakor engedélyezi az SSLv3 alapú protokollkapcsolatokat (csak " -"vsftpd)." +msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "Bekapcsolásakor engedélyezi az SSLv3 alapú protokollkapcsolatokat (csak vsftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:217 msgid "vsftpd supports connections via TLS (vsftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"vsftpd TLS-en keresztüli biztonságos kapcsolat támogatása (csak vsftpd)." +msgstr "vsftpd TLS-en keresztüli biztonságos kapcsolat támogatása (csak vsftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a " -"local admin (pure-ftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"Az adminisztrátor által nem hitelesített feltöltött fájlok letöltésének " -"tiltása (csak pure-ftpd)." +msgid "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a local admin (pure-ftpd only)." +msgstr "Az adminisztrátor által nem hitelesített feltöltött fájlok letöltésének tiltása (csak pure-ftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:235 @@ -219,14 +192,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:296 msgid "The minimum value for port range for passive connection replies" -msgstr "" -"A passzív kapcsolatok válaszához használt porttartomány legalacsonyabb értéke" +msgstr "A passzív kapcsolatok válaszához használt porttartomány legalacsonyabb értéke" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:303 msgid "The maximum value for port range for passive connection replies" -msgstr "" -"A passzív kapcsolatok válaszához használt porttartomány legmagasabb értéke" +msgstr "A passzív kapcsolatok válaszához használt porttartomány legmagasabb értéke" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:310 @@ -267,11 +238,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:362 -msgid "" -"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." -msgstr "" -"Az üdvözlő üzenet egy szöveg, amely megjelenik, ha valaki kapcsolódik a " -"kiszolgálóhoz." +msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." +msgstr "Az üdvözlő üzenet egy szöveg, amely megjelenik, ha valaki kapcsolódik a kiszolgálóhoz." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:369 @@ -286,8 +254,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:379 msgid "Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms." -msgstr "" -"SSL/TLS biztonsági mechanizmusokat nem használó kapcsolatok elutasítása." +msgstr "SSL/TLS biztonsági mechanizmusokat nem használó kapcsolatok elutasítása." #. EOF #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:454 @@ -418,14 +385,12 @@ #. max rate for authenticated users #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:569 msgid "Maximum Rate for Authenticated Users [KB/s]: " -msgstr "" -"Maximális adatátviteli sebesség hitelesített felhasználók számára [KB/s]: " +msgstr "Maximális adatátviteli sebesség hitelesített felhasználók számára [KB/s]: " #. max rate for anonymous users #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:577 msgid "Maximum Rate for Anonymous Users [KB/s]: " -msgstr "" -"Maximális adatátviteli sebesség anonymous felhasználók számára [KB/s]: " +msgstr "Maximális adatátviteli sebesség anonymous felhasználók számára [KB/s]: " #. general settings for access #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:585 @@ -653,9 +618,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:894 msgid "Enter minimal port < maximal port." -msgstr "" -"A legalacsonyabb portszám értéke ne legyen magasabb a legmagasabb portszám " -"értékénél." +msgstr "A legalacsonyabb portszám értéke ne legyen magasabb a legmagasabb portszám értékénél." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:899 @@ -1383,8 +1346,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Az előkészítés megszakítása:</big> \n" -"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás</" -"b> gombbal.\n" +"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás gombbal.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:25 @@ -1405,8 +1367,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Mentés megszakítása:</big> \n" "A Megszakítás gomb megnyomásával megszakíthatja a folyamatot.\n" -"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e " -"megtenni.\n" +"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e megtenni.\n" "\n" #. -----------================= START_UP SCREEN =============---------- @@ -1415,14 +1376,12 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "Selected Service \n" -" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: vsftpd, pure-" -"ftpd, \n" +" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" " . If you have installed both daemons you can switch between them.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Kiválasztott szolgáltatás \n" -" Itt látható, hogy éppen melyik démon kerül beállításra: vsftpd, pure-" -"ftpd, \n" +" Itt látható, hogy éppen melyik démon kerül beállításra: vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" " . Ha mindkét démon telepítve van, akkor váltani lehet közöttük.\n" "\n" @@ -1456,10 +1415,8 @@ "Engedélyezésekor a helyi felhasználók bejelentkezést követően\n" "saját könyvtárukból nem tudnak kilépni (ez az alapértelmezett beállítás).\n" "Figyelem! A paraméter állításának biztonsági következményei\n" -"lehetnek, ha az adott felhasználónak feltöltési joga és parancssori elérése " -"is van\n" -" Csak abban az esetben engedélyezze a Chroot-ot, ha tisztában van az " -"esetleges veszélyekkel.\n" +"lehetnek, ha az adott felhasználónak feltöltési joga és parancssori elérése is van\n" +" Csak abban az esetben engedélyezze a Chroot-ot, ha tisztában van az esetleges veszélyekkel.\n" "\n" #. general logging help 1/1 @@ -1496,10 +1453,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Umask az anonymousnak: \n" -"Az anonymous felhasználóknak beállított, fájllétrehozáskor használandó umask " -"értéke.\n" -"Ha oktális értékeket kíván megadni, akkor használja a \"0\" előtagot, " -"ellenkező esetben\n" +"Az anonymous felhasználóknak beállított, fájllétrehozáskor használandó umask értéke.\n" +"Ha oktális értékeket kíván megadni, akkor használja a \"0\" előtagot, ellenkező esetben\n" "az érték tízes alapú egészként lesz értelmezve.\n" "\n" @@ -1507,17 +1462,14 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "Umask for Authenticated Users: \n" -"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated " -"users. \n" +"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated users. \n" "If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n" "the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Umask a hitelesített felhasználóknak: \n" -"A hitelesített felhasználóknak beállított, fájllétrehozáskor használandó " -"umask értéke.\n" -"Ha oktális értékeket kíván megadni, akkor használja a \"0\" előtagot, " -"ellenkező esetben\n" +"A hitelesített felhasználóknak beállított, fájllétrehozáskor használandó umask értéke.\n" +"Ha oktális értékeket kíván megadni, akkor használja a \"0\" előtagot, ellenkező esetben\n" "az érték tízes alapú egészként lesz értelmezve.\n" "\n" @@ -1531,8 +1483,7 @@ msgstr "" "FTP-könyvtárak az anonymous felhasználóknak: \n" "Megadhatja az anonymous FTP felhasználóinak könyvtárát. A \n" -"Tallózás gombra kattintva kiválaszthat egy könyvtárat a helyi " -"fájlrendszeren.\n" +"Tallózás gombra kattintva kiválaszthat egy könyvtárat a helyi fájlrendszeren.\n" "\n" #. general FTP dir for authenticated help 1/1 @@ -1545,8 +1496,7 @@ msgstr "" "FTP-könyvtárak a hitelesített felhasználóknak: \n" "Megadhatja a hitelesített FTP felhasználóinak könyvtárát. A \n" -"Tallózás gombot megnyomva kiválaszthat egy könyvtárat a helyi " -"fájlrendszeren.\n" +"Tallózás gombot megnyomva kiválaszthat egy könyvtárat a helyi fájlrendszeren.\n" "\n" #. -----------================= PERFORMANCE SCREEN =============---------- @@ -1586,8 +1536,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Maximális kliensek száma: \n" -"A maximális számú kliens, amely egyszerre csatlakozhat az FTP-" -"kiszolgálóra. \n" +"A maximális számú kliens, amely egyszerre csatlakozhat az FTP-kiszolgálóra. \n" "Minden további csatlakozási kísérlet esetén a felhasználó hibaüzenetet kap.\n" "\n" @@ -1599,8 +1548,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "Hitelesített felhasználók maximális adatátviteli sebessége: \n" -"A hitelesített felhasználóknak engedélyezett maximális adatátviteli " -"sebesség.\n" +"A hitelesített felhasználóknak engedélyezett maximális adatátviteli sebesség.\n" "" #. performance anonymous max rate help 1/1 @@ -1610,8 +1558,7 @@ "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients.\n" msgstr "" "Anonymous felhasználók maximális adatátviteli sebessége: \n" -"Az anonymous felhasználóknak engedélyezett maximális adatátviteli sebesség.</" -"p>\n" +"Az anonymous felhasználóknak engedélyezett maximális adatátviteli sebesség.\n" #. -----------================= Authentication SCREEN =============---------- #. @@ -1620,19 +1567,14 @@ msgid "" "Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users \n" "Anonymous Only: If enabled, only anonymous logins are permitted.\n" -"Authenticated Users Only: If enabled, only authenticated users are " -"permitted.\n" -"Both If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are " -"permitted.\n" +"Authenticated Users Only: If enabled, only authenticated users are permitted.\n" +"Both If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are permitted.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Anonymous és helyi felhasználók engedélyezése/tiltása \n" -"Csak anonymous Ha engedélyezve van, akkor csak a névtelen " -"bejelentkezések engedélyezettek.\n" -"Csak hitelesített felhasználók Ha engedélyezve van, akkor csak a " -"hitelesített felhasználók engedélyezettek.\n" -"Mindkettő Ha engedélyezett, akkor a hitelesített és anonymous " -"felhasználók is engedélyezettek.\n" +"Csak anonymous Ha engedélyezve van, akkor csak a névtelen bejelentkezések engedélyezettek.\n" +"Csak hitelesített felhasználók Ha engedélyezve van, akkor csak a hitelesített felhasználók engedélyezettek.\n" +"Mindkettő Ha engedélyezett, akkor a hitelesített és anonymous felhasználók is engedélyezettek.\n" "\n" #. authentication Enable Upload help 1/1 @@ -1655,15 +1597,13 @@ "Anonymous Can Upload \n" "If enabled anonymous users will be permitted to upload.\n" "vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to upload, you \n" -"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after " -"login.\n" +"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Anonymous feltölthet \n" "Bekapcsolásakor az anonymous felhasználók feltölthetnek.\n" "csak vsftpd: anonymous felhasználók feltöltésének engedélyezéséhez \n" -"szükséges egy már létező, írási joggal rendelkező könyvtár a felhasználó " -"saját\n" +"szükséges egy már létező, írási joggal rendelkező könyvtár a felhasználó saját\n" "könyvtárában a bejelentkezés után.\n" "\n" @@ -1672,17 +1612,13 @@ msgid "" "Anonymous Can Create Dirs \n" "If enabled, anonymous users can create directories.\n" -"vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to create " -"directories,\n" -"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory " -"after login.\n" +"vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n" +"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" msgstr "" "Anonymous felhasználók létrehozhatnak könyvtárakat \n" "Bekapcsolásakor az anonymous felhasználók létrehozhatnak könyvtárakat.\n" -"csak vsftpd: ahhoz, hogy anonymous felhasználók létrehozhassanak " -"könyvtárakat,\n" -"szükséges egy már létező, írási joggal rendelkező könyvtár a felhasználó " -"saját\n" +"csak vsftpd: ahhoz, hogy anonymous felhasználók létrehozhassanak könyvtárakat,\n" +"szükséges egy már létező, írási joggal rendelkező könyvtár a felhasználó saját\n" "könyvtárában a bejelentkezés után.\n" "\n" @@ -1708,8 +1644,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Legalacsonyabb portszám passzív módban \n" -"A passzív kapcsolatok válaszának minimális porttartományértéke a " -"tűzfalhoz. \n" +"A passzív kapcsolatok válaszának minimális porttartományértéke a tűzfalhoz. \n" "\n" #. expert settings Max Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1 @@ -1721,8 +1656,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Legmagasabb portszám passzív módban \n" -"A passzív kapcsolatok válaszának maximális porttartományértéke a " -"tűzfalhoz. \n" +"A passzív kapcsolatok válaszának maximális porttartományértéke a tűzfalhoz. \n" "\n" #. expert settings Enable SSL help 1/1 @@ -1779,8 +1713,7 @@ msgstr "" "SSL-titkosított kapcsolatokhoz használható DSA-tanúsítvány \n" "Itt adható meg a DSA-tanúsítvány helye, amelyet az SSL-titkosított\n" -"kapcsolatok használnak. A fájlt a Tallózás gomb megnyomásával " -"választhatja ki.\n" +"kapcsolatok használnak. A fájlt a Tallózás gomb megnyomásával választhatja ki.\n" "\n" #. expert settings Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data help 1/1 @@ -1801,18 +1734,14 @@ "Security Settings \n" "Disable SSL/TLS Disable SSL/TLS encryption layer.\n" "Accept SSL and TLS Accept both, traditional and encrypted sessions.\n" -"Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS Refuse connections that do not use " -"SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" +"Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" "" msgstr "" "Biztonsági beállítások \n" "SSL/TLS letiltása Az SSL/TLS titkosítási réteg letiltása\n" -"SSL és TLS elfogadása Mind a hagyományos, mind a titkosított " -"munkamenetek elfogadása.\n" -"SSL/TLS nélküli kapcsolatok elutasítása Elutasítja az SSL/TLS " -"biztonsági\n" -"mechanizmusokat nem használó kapcsolatokat, beleértve az anonymous " -"felhasználókat is.\n" +"SSL és TLS elfogadása Mind a hagyományos, mind a titkosított munkamenetek elfogadása.\n" +"SSL/TLS nélküli kapcsolatok elutasítása Elutasítja az SSL/TLS biztonsági\n" +"mechanizmusokat nem használó kapcsolatokat, beleértve az anonymous felhasználókat is.\n" "" #. -----------================= SUMMARY =============---------- @@ -1847,8 +1776,7 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Szerkesztés vagy törlés</big> \n" -"A Szerkesztés gomb megnyomásával egy további párbeszédablak jelenik " -"meg,\n" +"A Szerkesztés gomb megnyomásával egy további párbeszédablak jelenik meg,\n" "ahol módosíthatja a beállításokat.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -1880,8 +1808,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Szerkesztés vagy törlés</big> \n" "Válassza ki a módosítandó vagy eltávolítandó FTP-kiszolgálót,\n" -"majd nyomja meg ennek megfelelően a Szerkesztés vagy a Törlés " -"gombot.\n" +"majd nyomja meg ennek megfelelően a Szerkesztés vagy a Törlés gombot.\n" #. CWMServiceStart function with no parameter returning boolean value #. that says if the service is started. @@ -1927,8 +1854,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Ha engedélyezni kívánja a feltöltést az anonymous\n" -"felhasználók számára, akkor létre kell hoznia egy könyvtárat amelyben az " -"írás számukra engedélyezett.\n" +"felhasználók számára, akkor létre kell hoznia egy könyvtárat amelyben az írás számukra engedélyezett.\n" "\n" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1069 @@ -1955,8 +1881,7 @@ "To allow anonymous users to upload, you need a directory with write access.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Ha engedélyezni kívánja a feltöltést az anonymous felhasználók számára, " -"akkor rendelkeznie kell egy könyvtárral amelyben engedélyezett az írás.\n" +"Ha engedélyezni kívánja a feltöltést az anonymous felhasználók számára, akkor rendelkeznie kell egy könyvtárral amelyben engedélyezett az írás.\n" "\n" # modules/printconf/printconf_write_printer.ycp:30 @@ -1976,8 +1901,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Ha engedélyezni kívánja a könyvtárak létrehozását az anonymous\n" -"felhasználók számára, akkor létre kell hoznia egy könyvtárat amelyben " -"engedélyezett az írás.\n" +"felhasználók számára, akkor létre kell hoznia egy könyvtárat amelyben engedélyezett az írás.\n" "\n" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1132 @@ -1987,8 +1911,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Ha engedélyezni kívánja a könyvtárak létrehozását az anonymous\n" -"felhasználók számára, akkor rendelkeznie kell egy könyvtárral amelyben " -"engedélyezett az írás.\n" +"felhasználók számára, akkor rendelkeznie kell egy könyvtárral amelyben engedélyezett az írás.\n" "\n" # modules/printconf/printconf_filter.ycp:61 @@ -2020,28 +1943,18 @@ "akkor rendelkeznie kell egy könyvtárral amelyhez írásjoggal rendelkeznek." #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1223 -msgid "" -"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " -"have no write access.\n" -msgstr "" -"Az anonymous kapcsolatokhoz az anonymous felhasználó könyvtára ne legyen " -"írható.\n" +msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access.\n" +msgstr "Az anonymous kapcsolatokhoz az anonymous felhasználó könyvtára ne legyen írható.\n" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1310 -msgid "" -"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " -"have no write access." -msgstr "" -"Az anonymous kapcsolatokhoz az anonymous felhasználó könyvtára ne legyen " -"írható." +msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access." +msgstr "Az anonymous kapcsolatokhoz az anonymous felhasználó könyvtára ne legyen írható." #. Valid function of "Max Port for Pas. Mode" #. check values Max Port >= Min Port #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1453 msgid "Condition for ports is max port > min port." -msgstr "" -"A portok esetén a maximális port > minimális port feltételnek teljesülnie " -"kell." +msgstr "A portok esetén a maximális port > minimális port feltételnek teljesülnie kell." #. Valid function of "DSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections" #. check value if user enable SSL Certificate (textentry) doesn't be empty @@ -2058,12 +1971,8 @@ #. Valid function of "Security Settings" #. check of existing certificate #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1718 -msgid "" -"The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL " -"connection is missing." -msgstr "" -"Az <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> tanúsítvány hiányzik az SSL-" -"kapcsolathoz." +msgid "The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL connection is missing." +msgstr "Az <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> tanúsítvány hiányzik az SSL-kapcsolathoz." #. 0 => anonymous only, 1 => authenticated only, 2=> both #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:219 @@ -2086,17 +1995,11 @@ #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:908 msgid "Do you want to configure vsftpd? Alternatively choose pure-ftpd." -msgstr "" -"Szeretné a vsftpd démont beállítani? Alternatívaként a pure-ftpd démon is " -"választható." +msgstr "Szeretné a vsftpd démont beállítani? Alternatívaként a pure-ftpd démon is választható." #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:916 -msgid "" -"You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration " -"in interactive mode." -msgstr "" -"Mivel mindkét démon telepítése megtörtént, el kell indítani az interaktív " -"beállítási módot." +msgid "You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration in interactive mode." +msgstr "Mivel mindkét démon telepítése megtörtént, el kell indítani az interaktív beállítási módot." #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:935 @@ -2155,9 +2058,7 @@ #. write settings for starting daemon #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1008 msgid "Cannot create upload directory for anonymous connections." -msgstr "" -"Az anonymous felhasználók részére nem hozható létre könyvtár a " -"feltöltésekhez." +msgstr "Az anonymous felhasználók részére nem hozható létre könyvtár a feltöltésekhez." #. anonymous dir #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1150 @@ -2252,14 +2153,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "FTP Directory for Anonymous Users: \n" #~ "Here you can specify a directory which is used for ftp anonymous users. \n" -#~ "By pressing Browse you can select a directory from the local " -#~ "filesystem.\n" +#~ "By pressing Browse you can select a directory from the local filesystem.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "FTP-könyvtárak az anonymous felhasználóknak: \n" #~ "Megadhatja az anonymous FTP felhasználóinak könyvtárát. A \n" -#~ "Tallózás gombot megnyomva kiválaszthat egy könyvtárat a helyi " -#~ "fájlrendszeren.\n" +#~ "Tallózás gombot megnyomva kiválaszthat egy könyvtárat a helyi fájlrendszeren.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2286,10 +2185,8 @@ #~ "Then press Configure.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>FTP-kiszolgáló hozzáadása:</big> \n" -#~ "Válasszon a felismert FTP-kiszolgálók listájából. Ha az FTP-kiszolgálót " -#~ "nem\n" -#~ "sikerült automatikusan felismerni, használja a Más (nem érzékelt)</" -#~ "b>,\n" +#~ "Válasszon a felismert FTP-kiszolgálók listájából. Ha az FTP-kiszolgálót nem\n" +#~ "sikerült automatikusan felismerni, használja a Más (nem érzékelt),\n" #~ "majd a Beállítás gombot.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2306,8 +2203,7 @@ #~ "Press Add to configure a ftp server.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>FTP-kiszolgáló hozzáadása</big> \n" -#~ "Nyomja meg a Hozzáadás gombot az FTP-kiszolgáló beállításához.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Nyomja meg a Hozzáadás gombot az FTP-kiszolgáló beállításához.\n" #~ msgid "Please select directory..." #~ msgstr "Válasszon könyvtárat…" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/geo-cluster.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/geo-cluster.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/geo-cluster.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "port" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" @@ -94,17 +94,17 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hozzáadás" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Szerkesztés" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Törlés" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 @@ -116,13 +116,13 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OK" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mégsem" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "Please enter valid ip address" @@ -290,12 +290,14 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 msgid "Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tűzfalbeállítás" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:72 +# clients/lan.ycp:384 #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A modul indítása…" #. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 @@ -325,7 +327,7 @@ #. Progress stage 2/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Előző beállítások beolvasása" #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" @@ -335,13 +337,14 @@ #. Progress step 2/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Előző beállítások olvasása…" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801 #. Progress finished #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kész" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster write dialog caption @@ -354,7 +357,7 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beállítások mentése" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 @@ -364,7 +367,7 @@ #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beállítások mentése…" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 @@ -375,56 +378,56 @@ #. Error message #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A beállítások mentése sikertelen." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beállítások összegzése…" #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adatbázis beolvasása" #. Progress stage 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 msgid "Detect the devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eszközök keresése" #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Az adatbázis olvasása…" #. Progress step 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 msgid "Detecting the devices..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eszközök keresése…" #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A database1 adatbázis olvasása nem sikerült." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 msgid "Cannot read the database2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A database2 adatbázis nem olvasható." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 msgid "Cannot detect devices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Az eszközök nem ismerhetők fel." #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig futtatása" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig futtatása…" #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beállítások összegzése…" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/gtk.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/gtk.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/gtk.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -197,13 +197,17 @@ msgid "Exit" msgstr "Kilépés" +# modules/installation.ycp:43 +# modules/installation.ycp:169 modules/installation.ycp:423 #: src/YGUtils.cc:643 msgid "Back" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vissza" +# modules/installation.ycp:46 +# modules/installation.ycp:172 modules/installation.ycp:424 #: src/YGUtils.cc:644 msgid "Next" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Következő" #: src/ygtksteps.c:75 msgid "Current step" @@ -293,8 +297,7 @@ #~ msgid "Install anyway?" #~ msgstr "Mindenképpen telepíti?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There are some conflicts on the transaction that must be solved manually." +#~ msgid "There are some conflicts on the transaction that must be solved manually." #~ msgstr "A tranzakcióban található ütközéseket kézzel kell feloldani." #~ msgid "Changes not saved!" @@ -308,12 +311,8 @@ #~ msgid "Unsupported packages" #~ msgstr "Nem támogatott csomagok" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please realize that the following software is either unsupported or " -#~ "requires an additional customer contract for support." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Fontos tudni, hogy az alábbiakban kiválasztott szoftverek nem " -#~ "támogatottak vagy külön szerződésre van szükség a támogatásukhoz." +#~ msgid "Please realize that the following software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." +#~ msgstr "Fontos tudni, hogy az alábbiakban kiválasztott szoftverek nem támogatottak vagy külön szerződésre van szükség a támogatásukhoz." #~ msgid "Online Update" #~ msgstr "Online frissítés" @@ -325,208 +324,50 @@ #~ msgid "Please wait..." #~ msgstr "Kérem, várjon…" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1>Purpose</h1>This tool lets you install, remove, and update " -#~ "applications.Software in &product; is broken down and distributed " -#~ "in the form of packages. This way, if multiple applications require a " -#~ "common system file, this system file is shipped in its own package and is " -#~ "installed only once if needed. The user need not be concerned about such " -#~ "underlying dependencies. Likewise, the plugins and other non-" -#~ "essential data of a given application may be shipped in their own " -#~ "packages, so the user may install them only if needed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1>Célja</h1>Ezzel az eszközzel lehet alkalmazásokat telepíteni, " -#~ "eltávolítani és frissíteni.Az &product; csomagokból áll. Ebből " -#~ "adódóan, ha több alkalmazásnak is ugyanarra a rendszerfájlra van " -#~ "szüksége, akkor az külön csomagba kerül és csak egyszer kell telepíteni. " -#~ "A felhasználónak nem kell aggódnia a függőségek miatt. Ehhez " -#~ "hasonlóan egy adott alkalmazáshoz tartozó bővítmények és a nem " -#~ "feltétlenül szükséges adatok külön csomagban találhatók és csak szükség " -#~ "esetén kerülnek telepítésre. " +#~ msgid "<h1>Purpose</h1>This tool lets you install, remove, and update applications.Software in &product; is broken down and distributed in the form of packages. This way, if multiple applications require a common system file, this system file is shipped in its own package and is installed only once if needed. The user need not be concerned about such underlying dependencies. Likewise, the plugins and other non-essential data of a given application may be shipped in their own packages, so the user may install them only if needed." +#~ msgstr "<h1>Célja</h1>Ezzel az eszközzel lehet alkalmazásokat telepíteni, eltávolítani és frissíteni.Az &product; csomagokból áll. Ebből adódóan, ha több alkalmazásnak is ugyanarra a rendszerfájlra van szüksége, akkor az külön csomagba kerül és csak egyszer kell telepíteni. A felhasználónak nem kell aggódnia a függőségek miatt. Ehhez hasonlóan egy adott alkalmazáshoz tartozó bővítmények és a nem feltétlenül szükséges adatok külön csomagban találhatók és csak szükség esetén kerülnek telepítésre. " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Common suffixes for complementary packages:<ul><li>-plugin-</" -#~ "b>: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li>-devel</" -#~ "b>: headers for software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: debug " -#~ "symbols for software testing.</li><li>-fr, -pl or other " -#~ "language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for " -#~ "installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kiegészítő csomagok közös utótagja:<ul><li>-plugin-: " -#~ "további funkciókkal látja el az alkalmazást.</li><li>-devel: " -#~ "fejlécfájlok a szoftverfejlesztéshez.</li><li>-debuginfo: " -#~ "szimbólumok teszteléshez.</li><li>-hu, -pl vagy más nyelvi " -#~ "rövidítések: fordítási fájlok (a szükséges nyelvi fájlok automatikusan " -#~ "kijelölésre kerülnek a telepítés során).</li></ul>" +#~ msgid "Common suffixes for complementary packages:<ul><li>-plugin-: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li>-devel: headers for software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: debug symbols for software testing.</li><li>-fr, -pl or other language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "Kiegészítő csomagok közös utótagja:<ul><li>-plugin-: további funkciókkal látja el az alkalmazást.</li><li>-devel: fejlécfájlok a szoftverfejlesztéshez.</li><li>-debuginfo: szimbólumok teszteléshez.</li><li>-hu, -pl vagy más nyelvi rövidítések: fordítási fájlok (a szükséges nyelvi fájlok automatikusan kijelölésre kerülnek a telepítés során).</li></ul>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Both the packages that are installed on your system, and the packages " -#~ "that are available from the repositories you have configured will " -#~ "be listed together. Status filters are available in the right-" -#~ "bottom box." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Együtt jelennek meg azok a csomagok, amelyek telepítve vannak és azok, " -#~ "amelyek a telepítési forrásokból érhetők el. Az Állapot-" -#~ "szűrők a jobb alsó részben találhatók." +#~ msgid "Both the packages that are installed on your system, and the packages that are available from the repositories you have configured will be listed together. Status filters are available in the right-bottom box." +#~ msgstr "Együtt jelennek meg azok a csomagok, amelyek telepítve vannak és azok, amelyek a telepítési forrásokból érhetők el. Az Állapot-szűrők a jobb alsó részben találhatók." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<blockquote>A repository is a packages media; it can either be local " -#~ "(such as the installation CD), or a remote internet server. You can find " -#~ "an utility to setup repositories on the YaST control center, which can " -#~ "also be accessed via the Configuration > Repositories menu item.</" -#~ "blockquote>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<blockquote>A telepítési forrás egy csomagmédia, amely lehet helyi " -#~ "adathordozó (például a telepítő DVD) vagy távoli kiszolgáló az " -#~ "interneten. A YaST egyik modulja segítségével beállíthatók ezek, vagy " -#~ "elérhető a Beállítások > Telepítési források menün keresztül.</" -#~ "blockquote> " +#~ msgid "<blockquote>A repository is a packages media; it can either be local (such as the installation CD), or a remote internet server. You can find an utility to setup repositories on the YaST control center, which can also be accessed via the Configuration > Repositories menu item.</blockquote>" +#~ msgstr "<blockquote>A telepítési forrás egy csomagmédia, amely lehet helyi adathordozó (például a telepítő DVD) vagy távoli kiszolgáló az interneten. A YaST egyik modulja segítségével beállíthatók ezek, vagy elérhető a Beállítások > Telepítési források menün keresztül.</blockquote> " #~ msgid "<h1>Usage</h1>" #~ msgstr "<h1>Használat</h1>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h2>Install, Upgrade, Remove, Undo tab pages</h2>All packages are " -#~ "listed together unless you have selected a status filter from the " -#~ "right-bottom box. The check-box next to the package name indicates " -#~ "whether the package is installed or not. If a more recent version of an " -#~ "installed package is available, the version text will be highlighted in " -#~ "blue and an upgrade button conveniently placed next to it. It is " -#~ "highlighted red if the version installed is no longer being made " -#~ "available in any configured repository.The context menu (right " -#~ "click on a package) provides extra options. The Undo option can be " -#~ "used to revert any changes you have made. Multiple packages may be " -#~ "selected (using the Control key) and modified together.Use the " -#~ "Version list over the description box to select a specific version " -#~ "of a package.Press the Apply button when you want your " -#~ "changes to be performed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h2>Telepítés, Frissítés, Eltávolítás, Visszavonás</h2>Minden csomag " -#~ "egyetlen listában látszik, kivéve, ha az állapot szűrő be van " -#~ "kapcsolva a bal alsó részben. A csomagnév mellett található jelölőnégyzet " -#~ "azt jelzi, hogy az adott csomag telepítve van-e a rendszerre. Amennyiben " -#~ "a telepített csomagból egy frissebb verzió érhető el, akkor a verziószám " -#~ "kékkel jelenik meg egy frissítés ikon társaságában. Amennyiben a " -#~ "verziószám piros, akkor az azt jelenti, hogy az adott csomag telepítve " -#~ "van, de nem érhető el egyetlen beállított telepítési forrásból sem.</" -#~ "p>A helyi menü (jobb kattintás a csomagon) használatával további " -#~ "funkciók érhetők el. A Visszavonás használatával az elvégzett " -#~ "változtatások vonhatók vissza. A leírás mellett található " -#~ "Verziók listából kiválasztható a megadott csomagverzió.A " -#~ "változások érvényre juttatásához az Alkalmaz gombot kell megnyomni." -#~ "" +#~ msgid "<h2>Install, Upgrade, Remove, Undo tab pages</h2>All packages are listed together unless you have selected a status filter from the right-bottom box. The check-box next to the package name indicates whether the package is installed or not. If a more recent version of an installed package is available, the version text will be highlighted in blue and an upgrade button conveniently placed next to it. It is highlighted red if the version installed is no longer being made available in any configured repository.The context menu (right click on a package) provides extra options. The Undo option can be used to revert any changes you have made. Multiple packages may be selected (using the Control key) and modified together.Use the Version list over the description box to select a specific version of a package.Press the Apply button when you want your changes to be performed." +#~ msgstr "<h2>Telepítés, Frissítés, Eltávolítás, Visszavonás</h2>Minden csomag egyetlen listában látszik, kivéve, ha az állapot szűrő be van kapcsolva a bal alsó részben. A csomagnév mellett található jelölőnégyzet azt jelzi, hogy az adott csomag telepítve van-e a rendszerre. Amennyiben a telepített csomagból egy frissebb verzió érhető el, akkor a verziószám kékkel jelenik meg egy frissítés ikon társaságában. Amennyiben a verziószám piros, akkor az azt jelenti, hogy az adott csomag telepítve van, de nem érhető el egyetlen beállított telepítési forrásból sem.A helyi menü (jobb kattintás a csomagon) használatával további funkciók érhetők el. A Visszavonás használatával az elvégzett változtatások vonhatók vissza. A leírás mellett található Verziók listából kiválasztható a megadott csomagverzió.A változások érvényre juttatásához az Alkalmaz gombot kell megn yomni." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h2>Lock software</h2>Packages can be locked against automatic changes " -#~ "via the context menu.Locking is only useful in very unusual cases: " -#~ "for instance, you may not want to install a given driver because it " -#~ "interferes with your system, yet you want to install some collection that " -#~ "includes it. Locks can be applied whether the package is installed or not." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h2>Program zárolása</h2>Lehetőség van a helyi menüben a program " -#~ "zárolására, amely megakadályozza annak automatikus módosítását.A " -#~ "zárolásnak csak néhány ritka esetben van jelentősége: lehet hogy nem " -#~ "kívánja telepíteni az adott illesztőprogramot, mert az nem működik együtt " -#~ "megfelelően a rendszerrel, de szeretné telepíteni azt a mintát vagy " -#~ "csoportot, amelynek része. Csomagot zárolni attól függetlenül lehetséges " -#~ "hogy az adott csomag telepítve van vagy nem." +#~ msgid "<h2>Lock software</h2>Packages can be locked against automatic changes via the context menu.Locking is only useful in very unusual cases: for instance, you may not want to install a given driver because it interferes with your system, yet you want to install some collection that includes it. Locks can be applied whether the package is installed or not." +#~ msgstr "<h2>Program zárolása</h2>Lehetőség van a helyi menüben a program zárolására, amely megakadályozza annak automatikus módosítását.A zárolásnak csak néhány ritka esetben van jelentősége: lehet hogy nem kívánja telepíteni az adott illesztőprogramot, mert az nem működik együtt megfelelően a rendszerrel, de szeretné telepíteni azt a mintát vagy csoportot, amelynek része. Csomagot zárolni attól függetlenül lehetséges hogy az adott csomag telepítve van vagy nem." #~ msgid "<h2>Filters</h2>" #~ msgstr "<h3>Szűrők</h3>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h3>Search</h3>Enter free text into the search-field to match their " -#~ "names and descriptions. (a search for 'office' will bring up the " -#~ "'LibreOffice' packages as well as 'AbiWord' which carries the word " -#~ "'office' in its description). You can search for multiple keywords by " -#~ "separating the with a white space (e.g. 'spread sheet' would return " -#~ "'libreoffice-calc').You may use the search combined with a filter, like " -#~ "searching for a package in a given repository. Other search attributes " -#~ "are provided, such as to search for a given file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h3>Keresés</h3>Írjon szabad szöveget a keresőmezőbe, amely egyezést " -#~ "fog keresni a csomagok nevében és leírásában. (Az 'office' szóra történő " -#~ "keresés eredményeként meg fog jelenni a 'LibreOffice', valamint az " -#~ "'AbiWord', amelynél a keresett szó a leírásban szerepel. Lehetőség van " -#~ "több szóra is keresni (pl. 'spread sheet' keresésre a 'LibreOffice-calc' " -#~ "jelenik meg találatként). A keresés a szűrővel is kombinálható, például, " -#~ "ha egy adott csomagot keres egy adott telepítési forrásban. Egyéb " -#~ "attribútumokat is lehet keresni, például fájlnévre." +#~ msgid "<h3>Search</h3>Enter free text into the search-field to match their names and descriptions. (a search for 'office' will bring up the 'LibreOffice' packages as well as 'AbiWord' which carries the word 'office' in its description). You can search for multiple keywords by separating the with a white space (e.g. 'spread sheet' would return 'libreoffice-calc').You may use the search combined with a filter, like searching for a package in a given repository. Other search attributes are provided, such as to search for a given file." +#~ msgstr "<h3>Keresés</h3>Írjon szabad szöveget a keresőmezőbe, amely egyezést fog keresni a csomagok nevében és leírásában. (Az 'office' szóra történő keresés eredményeként meg fog jelenni a 'LibreOffice', valamint az 'AbiWord', amelynél a keresett szó a leírásban szerepel. Lehetőség van több szóra is keresni (pl. 'spread sheet' keresésre a 'LibreOffice-calc' jelenik meg találatként). A keresés a szűrővel is kombinálható, például, ha egy adott csomagot keres egy adott telepítési forrásban. Egyéb attribútumokat is lehet keresni, például fájlnévre." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h3>Groups</h3>Software for &product; is indexed so that you can find " -#~ "software for a specific task when you are not aware of the software " -#~ "selection available. A more detailed, hierarchical classification is " -#~ "provided by the RPM Groups filter." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h3>Csoportok</h3>Az &product; szoftverei indexelve vannak, hogy " -#~ "megtalálja a megadott feladatokra megfelelő szoftvert, abban az esetben, " -#~ "ha nem jártas a szoftverek csoportosításában. Részletesebb hierarchikus " -#~ "osztályozás az RPM-csoportok szűrő használatával lehet elérni." +#~ msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>Software for &product; is indexed so that you can find software for a specific task when you are not aware of the software selection available. A more detailed, hierarchical classification is provided by the RPM Groups filter." +#~ msgstr "<h3>Csoportok</h3>Az &product; szoftverei indexelve vannak, hogy megtalálja a megadott feladatokra megfelelő szoftvert, abban az esetben, ha nem jártas a szoftverek csoportosításában. Részletesebb hierarchikus osztályozás az RPM-csoportok szűrő használatával lehet elérni." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h3>Patterns and Languages</h3>Patterns are task-oriented " -#~ "collections of multiple packages that install like one. The installation " -#~ "of the File Server pattern, for example, will install various " -#~ "packages needed for running such a server.If you want to install a " -#~ "particular language, you may want to do so via the Language tool " -#~ "from the YaST control center." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h3>Minták és nyelvek</h3>A Minták feladatorientált " -#~ "gyűjtemények, amelyek egyszerre telepíthetők. A Fájlkiszolgálók " -#~ "minta például különböző csomagokat tartalmaz, amelyek szükségesek egy " -#~ "fájlkiszolgáló futtatásához.Amennyiben egy adott nyelv támogatását " -#~ "kívánja telepíteni, akkor azt megteheti a YaST vezérlőközpontjából " -#~ "elérhető Nyelv moduljában." +#~ msgid "<h3>Patterns and Languages</h3>Patterns are task-oriented collections of multiple packages that install like one. The installation of the File Server pattern, for example, will install various packages needed for running such a server.If you want to install a particular language, you may want to do so via the Language tool from the YaST control center." +#~ msgstr "<h3>Minták és nyelvek</h3>A Minták feladatorientált gyűjtemények, amelyek egyszerre telepíthetők. A Fájlkiszolgálók minta például különböző csomagokat tartalmaz, amelyek szükségesek egy fájlkiszolgáló futtatásához.Amennyiben egy adott nyelv támogatását kívánja telepíteni, akkor azt megteheti a YaST vezérlőközpontjából elérhető Nyelv moduljában." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h2>Software details in the box below</h2>Explore the available " -#~ "information about the package in the box below. Note that more " -#~ "information is available for installed packages than for those only " -#~ "available from a repository.You can also pick a specific version " -#~ "of the package to install from this box." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h2>Szoftver részletei az ablak alsó részében</h2>Fedezze fel az ablak " -#~ "alsó részében, a csomaggal kapcsolatos információkat. Ezek az információk " -#~ "csak olyan telepített csomagokhoz érhetők el, amelyek telepítési " -#~ "forrásokból is elérhetők.Innen kiválasztható telepítésre valamely " -#~ "csomag adott verziója." +#~ msgid "<h2>Software details in the box below</h2>Explore the available information about the package in the box below. Note that more information is available for installed packages than for those only available from a repository.You can also pick a specific version of the package to install from this box." +#~ msgstr "<h2>Szoftver részletei az ablak alsó részében</h2>Fedezze fel az ablak alsó részében, a csomaggal kapcsolatos információkat. Ezek az információk csak olyan telepített csomagokhoz érhetők el, amelyek telepítési forrásokból is elérhetők.Innen kiválasztható telepítésre valamely csomag adott verziója." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1>Purpose</h1>This tool gives you control on overviewing and picking " -#~ "patches. You may also reverse patches that have been applied to the " -#~ "system." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1>Cél</h1>Ennek az eszköznek a segítségével lehet áttekinteni, " -#~ "telepíteni és eltávolítani a javításokat." +#~ msgid "<h1>Purpose</h1>This tool gives you control on overviewing and picking patches. You may also reverse patches that have been applied to the system." +#~ msgstr "<h1>Cél</h1>Ennek az eszköznek a segítségével lehet áttekinteni, telepíteni és eltávolítani a javításokat." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1>Usage</h1><h2>Categories</h2>Patches are grouped as follows:</" -#~ "p><ul><li>Security: patches a software flaw that could be " -#~ "exploited to gain restricted privilege.</li><li>Recommended: fixes " -#~ "non-security related flaws (e.g. data corruption, performance slowdown)</" -#~ "li><li>Optional: ones that only apply to few users.</" -#~ "li><li>Documentation: fixes documentation errors.</li><li>YaST</" -#~ "b>: patches for the YaST control center tools.</li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1>Használat</h1><h2>Kategóriák</h2>A javítások a következőképpen " -#~ "vannak csoportosítva:<ul><li>Biztonsági: magas szintű jogosultságok " -#~ "megszerzését lehetővé tévő hibák javítása.</li><li>Javasolt: nem " -#~ "biztonsági hibák javítása (pl. adathiba, teljesítménycsökkenés)</" -#~ "li><li>Választható: csak a felhasználók egy részénél alkalmazandó javítás." -#~ "</li></ul>" +#~ msgid "<h1>Usage</h1><h2>Categories</h2>Patches are grouped as follows:<ul><li>Security: patches a software flaw that could be exploited to gain restricted privilege.</li><li>Recommended: fixes non-security related flaws (e.g. data corruption, performance slowdown)</li><li>Optional: ones that only apply to few users.</li><li>Documentation: fixes documentation errors.</li><li>YaST: patches for the YaST control center tools.</li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "<h1>Használat</h1><h2>Kategóriák</h2>A javítások a következőképpen vannak csoportosítva:<ul><li>Biztonsági: magas szintű jogosultságok megszerzését lehetővé tévő hibák javítása.</li><li>Javasolt: nem biztonsági hibák javítása (pl. adathiba, teljesítménycsökkenés)</li><li>Választható: csak a felhasználók egy részénél alkalmazandó javítás.</li></ul>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Only patches that apply to your system will be visible. You can be " -#~ "sure that the decision to make a patch available is not done trivially.</" -#~ "p>If you are looking for applications enhancements, you should check " -#~ "for upgrades on the Software Manager." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Csak azok a javítások jelennek meg, amelyek telepítve vannak a " -#~ "rendszerre. Javításokat csak szükség esetén adnak ki.Amennyiben új " -#~ "funkciókat keres a programokhoz, akkor a frissítéseket kell " -#~ "keresni a Szoftverkezelőben. " +#~ msgid "Only patches that apply to your system will be visible. You can be sure that the decision to make a patch available is not done trivially.If you are looking for applications enhancements, you should check for upgrades on the Software Manager." +#~ msgstr "Csak azok a javítások jelennek meg, amelyek telepítve vannak a rendszerre. Javításokat csak szükség esetén adnak ki.Amennyiben új funkciókat keres a programokhoz, akkor a frissítéseket kell keresni a Szoftverkezelőben. " #~ msgid "Information only available for installed packages." #~ msgstr "Információ csak a telepített csomagokhoz érhető el." @@ -777,12 +618,8 @@ #~ msgid "Export to" #~ msgstr "Exportálás:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -#~ "dependencies resolver." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Használata segítségével részletes naplófájl készíthető, amely segít a " -#~ "függőségfeloldó hibáinak kiderítésében." +#~ msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependencies resolver." +#~ msgstr "Használata segítségével részletes naplófájl készíthető, amely segít a függőségfeloldó hibáinak kiderítésében." #~ msgid "The logs will be saved to the directory:" #~ msgstr "A naplók ebbe a könyvtárba lesznek elmentve:" @@ -797,17 +634,14 @@ #~ msgstr "Függőségfeloldási teszteset kiírása ide:" #~ msgid "Also create a <tt>y2logs.tgz</tt> tar archive to attach to bugzilla?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kívánja a <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archív fájl elkészítését a Bugzilla " -#~ "hibabejelentéshez?" +#~ msgstr "Kívánja a <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archív fájl elkészítését a Bugzilla hibabejelentéshez?" #~ msgid "" #~ "Failed to create dependencies resolver testcase.\n" #~ "Please check disk space and permissions for:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A függőségfeloldási teszteset létrehozása sikertelen.\n" -#~ "Ellenőrizze a rendelkezésre álló lemezterületet és a jogosultságokat " -#~ "ehhez:" +#~ "Ellenőrizze a rendelkezésre álló lemezterületet és a jogosultságokat ehhez:" #~ msgid "F&ile" #~ msgstr "&Fájl" @@ -852,8 +686,7 @@ #~ msgstr "&Rendszer-ellenőrzési mód" #~ msgid "&Ignore recommended packages for already installed packages" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Telepített csomagokhoz tartozó javasolt csomagok figyelmen kívül hagyása" +#~ msgstr "&Telepített csomagokhoz tartozó javasolt csomagok figyelmen kívül hagyása" #~ msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" #~ msgstr "&Tisztítás csomag törlésekor" @@ -901,13 +734,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Installed: cannot remove a pattern.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "You must manually remove the individual packages you no longer want to " -#~ "keep." +#~ "You must manually remove the individual packages you no longer want to keep." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Telepített: nem távolítható egy minta.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Kézzel kell eltávolítani azokat a csomagokat, amelyekre a továbbiakban " -#~ "nincs szükség." +#~ "Kézzel kell eltávolítani azokat a csomagokat, amelyekre a továbbiakban nincs szükség." #~ msgid "Candidate provides:" #~ msgstr "Jelölt biztosítja:" @@ -923,11 +754,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Package search: Use spaces to separate your keywords.\n" -#~ "(usage example: a name search for \"yast dhcp\" would match yast dhcpd " -#~ "tool)" +#~ "(usage example: a name search for \"yast dhcp\" would match yast dhcpd tool)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Csomagkeresés: Szóközök használatával lehet a kulcsszavakat " -#~ "elválasztani.\n" +#~ "Csomagkeresés: Szóközök használatával lehet a kulcsszavakat elválasztani.\n" #~ "(például: a \"yast dhcp\" keresés eredménye a yast dhcpd csomag)" #~ msgid "Name & Summary" @@ -943,12 +772,10 @@ #~ msgstr " " #~ msgid "%sPatterns are available%s that correspond to your search criteria." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "%sElérhetők olyan minták%s, amelyek megfelelnek a keresése feltételnek." +#~ msgstr "%sElérhetők olyan minták%s, amelyek megfelelnek a keresése feltételnek." #~ msgid "Search by file name only reliable for installed packages." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A fájlnév szerinti keresés csak a telepített csomagokhoz használható." +#~ msgstr "A fájlnév szerinti keresés csak a telepített csomagokhoz használható." #~ msgid "view all changes" #~ msgstr "Összes változtatás megjelenítése" @@ -1014,12 +841,8 @@ #~ msgid "Show Unneeded Dependencies" #~ msgstr "Szükségtelen függőségek megtekintése" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is a listing of dependencies no longer used. It is neither accurate, " -#~ "nor comprehensive. Use with care." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ez nem egy átfogó lista a már nem használt függőségekről. Lehet, hogy " -#~ "néhány kimaradt. Használata csak megfelelő körültekintéssel javasolt." +#~ msgid "This is a listing of dependencies no longer used. It is neither accurate, nor comprehensive. Use with care." +#~ msgstr "Ez nem egy átfogó lista a már nem használt függőségekről. Lehet, hogy néhány kimaradt. Használata csak megfelelő körültekintéssel javasolt." #~ msgid "Remove All" #~ msgstr "Összes eltávolítása" @@ -1111,9 +934,7 @@ #~ msgid "Reboot required:" #~ msgstr "Újraindítás szükséges: " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "the system will have to be restarted in order for this patch to take " -#~ "effect." +#~ msgid "the system will have to be restarted in order for this patch to take effect." #~ msgstr "a javítás érvényre jutásához a rendszert újra kell indítani." #~ msgid "Relogin required:" @@ -1128,20 +949,8 @@ #~ msgid "Other" #~ msgstr "Egyéb" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Common suffixes for complementory packages:<ul><li>-plugin-</" -#~ "b>: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li>-devel</" -#~ "b>: headers for software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: debug " -#~ "symbols for software testing.</li><li>-fr, -pl or other " -#~ "language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for " -#~ "installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kiegészítő csomagok közös utótagja:<ul><li>-plugin-: " -#~ "további funkciókkal látja el az alkalmazást.</li><li>-devel: " -#~ "fejlécfájlok a szoftverfejlesztéshez.</li><li>-debuginfo: " -#~ "szimbólumok teszteléshez.</li><li>-hu, -pl vagy más nyelvi " -#~ "rövidítések: fordítási fájlok (a szükséges nyelvi fájlok automatikusan " -#~ "kijelölésre kerülnek a telepítés során).</li></ul>" +#~ msgid "Common suffixes for complementory packages:<ul><li>-plugin-: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li>-devel: headers for software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: debug symbols for software testing.</li><li>-fr, -pl or other language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "Kiegészítő csomagok közös utótagja:<ul><li>-plugin-: további funkciókkal látja el az alkalmazást.</li><li>-devel: fejlécfájlok a szoftverfejlesztéshez.</li><li>-debuginfo: szimbólumok teszteléshez.</li><li>-hu, -pl vagy más nyelvi rövidítések: fordítási fájlok (a szükséges nyelvi fájlok automatikusan kijelölésre kerülnek a telepítés során).</li></ul>" #~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web..." #~ msgstr "Csomagok keresése az &interneten…" @@ -1257,8 +1066,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Válasszon" #~ msgid "Information only available for installed packages." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ez az információ csak telepített csomagokhoz áll rendelkezésre." +#~ msgstr "Ez az információ csak telepített csomagokhoz áll rendelkezésre." #~ msgid "_Open (as " #~ msgstr "_Megnyitás (mint " @@ -1317,12 +1125,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -#~ "dependency solver.\n" +#~ "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency solver.\n" #~ "The logs will be stored in directory: " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Használata segítségével részletes naplófájl készíthető, amely segít a " -#~ "függőségfeloldó hibáinak kiderítésében.\n" +#~ "Használata segítségével részletes naplófájl készíthető, amely segít a függőségfeloldó hibáinak kiderítésében.\n" #~ "A naplófájl a következő könyvtárba kerül: " #, fuzzy @@ -1339,8 +1145,7 @@ #~ "Please check disk space and permissions for" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A függőségfeloldási teszteset létrehozása sikertelen.\n" -#~ "Ellenőrizze a rendelkezésre álló lemezterületet és a jogosultságokat " -#~ "ehhez:" +#~ "Ellenőrizze a rendelkezésre álló lemezterületet és a jogosultságokat ehhez:" #~ msgid "Show -devel packages" #~ msgstr "-devel csomagok megjelenítése" @@ -1436,12 +1241,8 @@ #~ msgid "All" #~ msgstr "Minden" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Group by the PackageKit-based filter or straight from the actual RPM " -#~ "information." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A csoportok a PackageKit-alapú szűrések, vagy egyenesen az aktuális RPM " -#~ "információkból származnak." +#~ msgid "Group by the PackageKit-based filter or straight from the actual RPM information." +#~ msgstr "A csoportok a PackageKit-alapú szűrések, vagy egyenesen az aktuális RPM információkból származnak." #~ msgid "Edit..." #~ msgstr "Szerkesztés..." @@ -1459,14 +1260,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Min_den" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Package search: Use spaces to separate your keywords. They will be " -#~ "matched against RPM name and summary attributes. Other " -#~ "criteria attributes are available by pressing the search icon.\n" +#~ "Package search: Use spaces to separate your keywords. They will be matched against RPM name and summary attributes. Other criteria attributes are available by pressing the search icon.\n" #~ "(usage example: \"yast dhcp\" will return yast's dhcpd tool)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Csomagkeresés: A kulcsszavak elválasztása szóközzel lehetséges. A " -#~ "keresés az RPM név és az összefoglalás mezőkben történik. " -#~ "Részletesebb keresési lehetőségekhez nyomja meg a Keresés ikont\n" +#~ "Csomagkeresés: A kulcsszavak elválasztása szóközzel lehetséges. A keresés az RPM név és az összefoglalás mezőkben történik. Részletesebb keresési lehetőségekhez nyomja meg a Keresés ikont\n" #~ "(például: \"yast dhcp\" eredménye a yast dhcpd eszköze)." #~ msgid "Filter by name & summary" @@ -1487,19 +1284,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Packages can be organized in:\n" #~ "Groups: simple categorization of packages by purpose.\n" -#~ "Patterns: assists in installing all packages necessary for several " -#~ "working environments.\n" +#~ "Patterns: assists in installing all packages necessary for several working environments.\n" #~ "Languages: adds another language to the system.\n" -#~ "Repositories: catalogues what the several configured repositories " -#~ "have available." +#~ "Repositories: catalogues what the several configured repositories have available." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A csomagok a következőképpen rendezhetők:\n" #~ "Csoportok: a csomagok egyszerű rendezése funkciójuk szerint.\n" -#~ "Minták: válogatott csomag-összeállítások különböző működési " -#~ "környezetekhez.\n" +#~ "Minták: válogatott csomag-összeállítások különböző működési környezetekhez.\n" #~ "Nyelvek: további nyelvek hozzáadása a rendszerhez.\n" -#~ "Telepítési források: csoportosítás az elérhető telepítési források " -#~ "szerint." +#~ "Telepítési források: csoportosítás az elérhető telepítési források szerint." #~ msgid "Available:" #~ msgstr "Elérhet:" @@ -1537,12 +1330,8 @@ #~ msgid "Disk Almost Full !" #~ msgstr "A lemez majdnem betelt !" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "One of the partitions is reaching its limit of capacity. You may have to " -#~ "remove packages if you wish to install some." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az egyik partíció elérte kapacitásának határát. Csomagok telepítéséhez " -#~ "előbb el kell távolítania néhány csomagot." +#~ msgid "One of the partitions is reaching its limit of capacity. You may have to remove packages if you wish to install some." +#~ msgstr "Az egyik partíció elérte kapacitásának határát. Csomagok telepítéséhez előbb el kell távolítania néhány csomagot." #~ msgid "A_pply" #~ msgstr "_Alkalmaz" @@ -1554,12 +1343,8 @@ #~ msgid "Dependencies from Filtered Repositories" #~ msgstr "Függőségek a szűrt telepítési forrásokból" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The following packages have necessary dependencies that are not provided " -#~ "by the filtered repository. Install them?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az alábbi csomagok olyan függőségeket tartalmaznak, amelyek nem " -#~ "találhatók a szűrt telepítési forrásban. Telepíti őket?" +#~ msgid "The following packages have necessary dependencies that are not provided by the filtered repository. Install them?" +#~ msgstr "Az alábbi csomagok olyan függőségeket tartalmaznak, amelyek nem találhatók a szűrt telepítési forrásban. Telepíti őket?" #~ msgid "Import Failed" #~ msgstr "Az importálás sikertelen" @@ -1576,127 +1361,8 @@ #~ msgid "Generate Dependency Testcase..." #~ msgstr "Függőségfeloldási teszteset készítése..." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1>Purpose</h1>This tool lets you install, remove, and update " -#~ "applications.openSUSE's software management is also called " -#~ "'package management'. A package is generally an application bundle, but " -#~ "multiple packages that extend the application may be offered in order to " -#~ "avoid clutter (e.g. games tend to de-couple the music data in another " -#~ "package, since its not essential and requires significant disk space). " -#~ "The base package will get the application's name, while extra packages " -#~ "are suffix-ed. Common extras are:<ul><li>-plugin-: extends the " -#~ "application with some extra functionality.</li><li>-devel: needed for " -#~ "software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: needed for software beta-" -#~ "testing.</li><li>-fr, -dr, -pl (language siglas): translation files (your " -#~ "language package will be marked for installation automatically).</li></" -#~ "ul>You will find both packages installed on your system, and packages " -#~ "that are made available through the setup-ed repositories. You cans " -#~ "either install or upgrade an available package, or remove an installed " -#~ "one.<blockquote>A repository is a packages media; it can either be " -#~ "local (like your Suse CDs), or a remote internet server. You can find " -#~ "utilities to setup repositories on the YaST control center.</" -#~ "blockquote><h1>Usage</h1><h2>Available, Upgrades, Installed buttons</" -#~ "h2>These buttons produce listings of the different sources of " -#~ "packages. 'Available' are the ones from the setup-ed repositories less " -#~ "those you have installed. 'Installed' lists the packages installed in " -#~ "your system. 'Upgrades' is a mix listing of the installed packages that " -#~ "have more recent versions available. 'All' will combine all sources.</" -#~ "p><h2>Filters</h2>Enter free text into the search-field to match their " -#~ "names and descriptions. (a search for 'office' will bring up the " -#~ "'OpenOffice' packages as well as AbiWord which carries the word 'office' " -#~ "in its description). You can also choose to view software from a specific " -#~ "repository.<h2>Categories & Collections</h2>Software for " -#~ "openSUSE is indexed so that you can find software for a specific task " -#~ "when you don't know the name of the software you are looking for. Browse " -#~ "indices of software by using the tree-view in the left column; you can " -#~ "view the available software by their Package names, or grouped in " -#~ "'Categories' or 'Patterns' by the selecting a view-mode from the drop-" -#~ "down-menu below. Categories' are simple, hierarchical classifications of " -#~ "software packages, like 'Multimedia/Video', while 'Patterns' are task-" -#~ "oriented collections of multiple packages that install like one (the " -#~ "installation of the 'server'-pattern for example will install various " -#~ "software needed for running a server). By using 'Install All' you make " -#~ "sure that future collection changes, when you upgrade openSUSE, will be " -#~ "honored.<h2>Software details in the box below</h2>In the package " -#~ "detail view you can perform actions affecting this software; like " -#~ "install, uninstall, version-upgrade or -downgrade. All changes that you " -#~ "make will be saved, but not yet performed.You can review changes " -#~ "in the right-side pane of the software-manager. You can revoke changes " -#~ "individually at any time by clicking the 'undo'-button next to a saved " -#~ "change.The lock button can be used to lock the selected package " -#~ "state; it won't allow some automatic operation to install, upgrade or " -#~ "remove the package. This is only useful in very unusual cases: for " -#~ "instance, you may not want to install some drivers because they interfer " -#~ "with your system, yet you want to install some collection that includes " -#~ "them.The changes will be performed once you decide to click the " -#~ "'perform changes' button in the lower-right corner. If you want to leave " -#~ "the software-manager without performing any changes, simply press the " -#~ "button labeled 'Abort'.<blockquote>Developed by Ricardo Cruz <" -#~ "rpmcruz(a)alunos.dcc.fc.up.pt> Thanks to Christian Jager for co-" -#~ "designing this tool.</blockquote>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1>Cél</h1>A Szoftverkezelő segítségével lehet alkalmazásokat " -#~ "telepíteni, eltávolítani és frissíteni.Az openSUSE " -#~ "szoftverkezelését csomagkezelésnek is nevezik. A csomag nem más, mint az " -#~ "alkalmazás összecsomagolt egysége. Egy alkalmazás azonban több csomagból " -#~ "is állhat, amely további funkciókkal bővítheti ki az alapcsomagot (pl. " -#~ "egy játékprogram zenei anyaga külön csomagban is lehet, mivel nem " -#~ "szükséges az alapprogram működéséhez, ugyanakkor számottevő szabad " -#~ "lemezterületre van szüksége). Az alapcsomag a benne lévő alkalmazásról " -#~ "van elnevezve, a kiegészítő csomagok pedig ehhez kapcsolódó utótaggal " -#~ "vannak jelölve. Ilyen például:<ul><li>-plugin-: az alkalmazást " -#~ "további funkcionalitással látja el.</li><li>-devel: szoftverfejlesztéshez " -#~ "szükséges komponenseket tartalmazza.</li><li>-debuginfo: az alkalmazás " -#~ "teszteléséhez szükséges komponenseket tartalmazza.</li><li>-fr, -hu, -pl " -#~ "(nyelvi kódok): fordításokat tartalmazó fájlok (az alapértelmezett nyelv " -#~ "csomagjai automatikusan kiválasztásra kerülnek).</li></ul>Mind a " -#~ "rendszerre telepített, mind a beállított telepítési forrásokban lévő " -#~ "csomagok megtalálhatók. Egy elérhető csomag telepíthető vagy frissíthető, " -#~ "egy telepített csomag pedig eltávolítható.<blockquote>A telepítési " -#~ "forrás csomagokat tartalmaz, amely lehet helyben (mint a SUSE " -#~ "telepítőlemez), vagy egy távoli kiszolgáló az interneten. A YaST " -#~ "vezérlőközpontban különböző telepítőforrások állíthatók be.</" -#~ "blockquote><h1>Használat</h1><h2>Elérhető, Frissítések, Telepített " -#~ "gombok</h2>Ezek a gombok különböző forrásokból adnak csomaglistát. Az " -#~ "'Elérhető' azokat a csomagokat tartalmazza, amelyek a beállított " -#~ "telepítési forrásokban találhatók és nincsenek telepítve. A 'Telepítve' a " -#~ "rendszerre telepített csomagok listáját jeleníti meg. A 'Frissítés' az " -#~ "olyan telepített csomagok listáját tartalmazza, amelyből elérhető " -#~ "frissebb verzió a telepítési forrásokban. A 'Minden' listában az összes " -#~ "lehetséges forrás tartalma megtalálható.<h2>Szűrők</h2>A " -#~ "keresőablakba bármilyen szöveget beírva a csomaglistában megjelennek azok " -#~ "a találatok, amelyek nevében vagy leírásában megtalálható a keresett " -#~ "szövegrész (az 'office' szóra keresve megjelennek az 'OpenOffice' " -#~ "csomagok ugyanúgy, mint az AbiWord, amelynek leírásában szerepel az " -#~ "'office' kifejezés). A csomaglisták ugyanakkor telepítési forrás szerint " -#~ "is szűkíthetők.<h2>Csoportok és Gyűjtemények</h2>Az openSUSE " -#~ "alkalmazásai indexelve vannak és megtalálhatók a bal oldali " -#~ "csoportablakban. A csomagok ennél részletesebb, hierarchikus elrendezése, " -#~ "mint amilyen a Procuctivity/Multimedia/Video (ezek nincsenek lefordítva, " -#~ "mert közvetlenül a csomagleírásból jönnek), alul Részletes beállítás " -#~ "használatával érhető el. A 'Minták' és 'Nyelvek' pedig feladatorientált " -#~ "csomagcsoportok, így a Kiszolgálók mintában olyan alkalmazások " -#~ "találhatók, amelyek egy kiszolgáló telepítéséhez szükségesek. Az 'Összes " -#~ "telepítése' használatával a jövőben a gyűjteményt érintő változásokat is " -#~ "figyelembe veszi a rendszer az openSUSE frissítésekor.<h2>Alkalmazás " -#~ "részletei</h2>A csomag részletes nézetében olyan műveletek indíthatók " -#~ "el, mint a telepítés, eltávolítás, verziófrissítés és visszafejlesztés. " -#~ "Minden módosítás mentésre kerül, de az ezekhez tartozó valós folyamatok " -#~ "nem indulnak el.A változások áttekinthetők a jobb oldali " -#~ "oszlopban. Minden egyes változás egyenként visszavonható a mellette " -#~ "található 'Visszavonás' gomb használatával.A lakat gomb " -#~ "használatával zárolni lehet a csomag aktuális állapotát, amely " -#~ "megakadályozza annak automatikus telepítését, eltávolítását vagy " -#~ "frissítését. Ez csak különleges esetekben lehet hasznos: például, ha meg " -#~ "kell akadályozni egy illesztőprogram telepítését, amely nem működik " -#~ "megfelelően a rendszer többi részével, ugyanakkor szükség van egy olyan " -#~ "alkalmazásgyűjtemény használatára, amely tartalmazza ezt.Az ablak " -#~ "jobb alsó részén található 'Alkalmaz' gomb megnyomásával a " -#~ "változáslistában szereplő műveletek végrehajtásra kerülnek. A " -#~ "Szoftverkezelőből ki lehet lépni a változáslistában szereplő műveletek " -#~ "végrehajtásra nélkül a 'Mégse' gomb megnyomásával.</" -#~ "p><blockquote>Fejlesztő: Ricardo Cruz <rpmcruz(a)alunos.dcc.fc.up." -#~ "pt> Áttervezte: Christian Jager.</blockquote>" +#~ msgid "<h1>Purpose</h1>This tool lets you install, remove, and update applications.openSUSE's software management is also called 'package management'. A package is generally an application bundle, but multiple packages that extend the application may be offered in order to avoid clutter (e.g. games tend to de-couple the music data in another package, since its not essential and requires significant disk space). The base package will get the application's name, while extra packages are suffix-ed. Common extras are:<ul><li>-plugin-: extends the application with some extra functionality.</li><li>-devel: needed for software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: needed for software beta-testing.</li><li>-fr, -dr, -pl (language siglas): translation files (your language package will be marked for installation automatically).</li></ul>You will find both packages installed on your system, and packages that are made available through the setup-ed repositories. You cans either i nstall or upgrade an available package, or remove an installed one.<blockquote>A repository is a packages media; it can either be local (like your Suse CDs), or a remote internet server. You can find utilities to setup repositories on the YaST control center.</blockquote><h1>Usage</h1><h2>Available, Upgrades, Installed buttons</h2>These buttons produce listings of the different sources of packages. 'Available' are the ones from the setup-ed repositories less those you have installed. 'Installed' lists the packages installed in your system. 'Upgrades' is a mix listing of the installed packages that have more recent versions available. 'All' will combine all sources.<h2>Filters</h2>Enter free text into the search-field to match their names and descriptions. (a search for 'office' will bring up the 'OpenOffice' packages as well as AbiWord which carries the word 'office' in its description). You can also choose to view software from a specific repository.<h2>Categories & Collections</h2>Software for openSUSE is indexed so that you can find software for a specific task when you don't know the name of the software you are looking for. Browse indices of software by using the tree-view in the left column; you can view the available software by their Package names, or grouped in 'Categories' or 'Patterns' by the selecting a view-mode from the drop-down-menu below. Categories' are simple, hierarchical classifications of software packages, like 'Multimedia/Video', while 'Patterns' are task-oriented collections of multiple packages that install like one (the installation of the 'server'-pattern for example will install various software needed for running a server). By using 'Install All' you make sure that future collection changes, when you upgrade openSUSE, will be honored.<h2>Software details in the box below</h2>In the package detail view you can perform actions affecting this software; like install, uninstall, version-upgrade or -downg rade. All changes that you make will be saved, but not yet performed.You can review changes in the right-side pane of the software-manager. You can revoke changes individually at any time by clicking the 'undo'-button next to a saved change.The lock button can be used to lock the selected package state; it won't allow some automatic operation to install, upgrade or remove the package. This is only useful in very unusual cases: for instance, you may not want to install some drivers because they interfer with your system, yet you want to install some collection that includes them.The changes will be performed once you decide to click the 'perform changes' button in the lower-right corner. If you want to leave the software-manager without performing any changes, simply press the button labeled 'Abort'.<blockquote>Developed by Ricardo Cruz <rpmcruz(a)alunos.dcc.fc.up.pt> Thanks to Christian Jager for co-designing this tool.</blockquote>" +#~ msgstr "<h1>Cél</h1>A Szoftverkezelő segítségével lehet alkalmazásokat telepíteni, eltávolítani és frissíteni.Az openSUSE szoftverkezelését csomagkezelésnek is nevezik. A csomag nem más, mint az alkalmazás összecsomagolt egysége. Egy alkalmazás azonban több csomagból is állhat, amely további funkciókkal bővítheti ki az alapcsomagot (pl. egy játékprogram zenei anyaga külön csomagban is lehet, mivel nem szükséges az alapprogram működéséhez, ugyanakkor számottevő szabad lemezterületre van szüksége). Az alapcsomag a benne lévő alkalmazásról van elnevezve, a kiegészítő csomagok pedig ehhez kapcsolódó utótaggal vannak jelölve. Ilyen például:<ul><li>-plugin-: az alkalmazást további funkcionalitással látja el.</li><li>-devel: szoftverfejlesztéshez szükséges komponenseket tartalmazza.</li><li>-debuginfo: az alkalmazás teszteléséhez szükséges komponenseket tartalmazza.</li><li>-fr, -hu, -pl (nyelvi kódok): fo rdításokat tartalmazó fájlok (az alapértelmezett nyelv csomagjai automatikusan kiválasztásra kerülnek).</li></ul>Mind a rendszerre telepített, mind a beállított telepítési forrásokban lévő csomagok megtalálhatók. Egy elérhető csomag telepíthető vagy frissíthető, egy telepített csomag pedig eltávolítható.<blockquote>A telepítési forrás csomagokat tartalmaz, amely lehet helyben (mint a SUSE telepítőlemez), vagy egy távoli kiszolgáló az interneten. A YaST vezérlőközpontban különböző telepítőforrások állíthatók be.</blockquote><h1>Használat</h1><h2>Elérhető, Frissítések, Telepített gombok</h2>Ezek a gombok különböző forrásokból adnak csomaglistát. Az 'Elérhető' azokat a csomagokat tartalmazza, amelyek a beállított telepítési forrásokban találhatók és nincsenek telepítve. A 'Telepítve' a rendszerre telepített csomagok listáját jeleníti meg. A 'Frissítés' az olyan telepített csomagok listáját tart almazza, amelyből elérhető frissebb verzió a telepítési forrásokban. A 'Minden' listában az összes lehetséges forrás tartalma megtalálható.<h2>Szűrők</h2>A keresőablakba bármilyen szöveget beírva a csomaglistában megjelennek azok a találatok, amelyek nevében vagy leírásában megtalálható a keresett szövegrész (az 'office' szóra keresve megjelennek az 'OpenOffice' csomagok ugyanúgy, mint az AbiWord, amelynek leírásában szerepel az 'office' kifejezés). A csomaglisták ugyanakkor telepítési forrás szerint is szűkíthetők.<h2>Csoportok és Gyűjtemények</h2>Az openSUSE alkalmazásai indexelve vannak és megtalálhatók a bal oldali csoportablakban. A csomagok ennél részletesebb, hierarchikus elrendezése, mint amilyen a Procuctivity/Multimedia/Video (ezek nincsenek lefordítva, mert közvetlenül a csomagleírásból jönnek), alul Részletes beállítás használatával érhető el. A 'Minták' és 'Nyelvek' pedig feladatorientál t csomagcsoportok, így a Kiszolgálók mintában olyan alkalmazások találhatók, amelyek egy kiszolgáló telepítéséhez szükségesek. Az 'Összes telepítése' használatával a jövőben a gyűjteményt érintő változásokat is figyelembe veszi a rendszer az openSUSE frissítésekor.<h2>Alkalmazás részletei</h2>A csomag részletes nézetében olyan műveletek indíthatók el, mint a telepítés, eltávolítás, verziófrissítés és visszafejlesztés. Minden módosítás mentésre kerül, de az ezekhez tartozó valós folyamatok nem indulnak el.A változások áttekinthetők a jobb oldali oszlopban. Minden egyes változás egyenként visszavonható a mellette található 'Visszavonás' gomb használatával.A lakat gomb használatával zárolni lehet a csomag aktuális állapotát, amely megakadályozza annak automatikus telepítését, eltávolítását vagy frissítését. Ez csak különleges esetekben lehet hasznos: például, ha meg kell akadál yozni egy illesztőprogram telepítését, amely nem működik megfelelően a rendszer többi részével, ugyanakkor szükség van egy olyan alkalmazásgyűjtemény használatára, amely tartalmazza ezt.Az ablak jobb alsó részén található 'Alkalmaz' gomb megnyomásával a változáslistában szereplő műveletek végrehajtásra kerülnek. A Szoftverkezelőből ki lehet lépni a változáslistában szereplő műveletek végrehajtásra nélkül a 'Mégse' gomb megnyomásával.<blockquote>Fejlesztő: Ricardo Cruz <rpmcruz(a)alunos.dcc.fc.up.pt> Áttervezte: Christian Jager.</blockquote>" #~ msgid "Query..." #~ msgstr "Lekérdezés..." @@ -1756,19 +1422,11 @@ #~ msgid "from" #~ msgstr "innen" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "(As this package is an extension to an already installed package, it is " -#~ "recommended it be installed.)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "(Mivel ez a csomag egy már telepített csomag kiegészítése, ezért " -#~ "ajánlott a telepítése.)" +#~ msgid "(As this package is an extension to an already installed package, it is recommended it be installed.)" +#~ msgstr "(Mivel ez a csomag egy már telepített csomag kiegészítése, ezért ajánlott a telepítése.)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "(As this package complements some installed packages, it is suggested</" -#~ "b> it be installed.)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "(Mivel ez a csomag egy már telepített csomag kiegészítése, ezért " -#~ "javasolt a telepítése.)" +#~ msgid "(As this package complements some installed packages, it is suggested it be installed.)" +#~ msgstr "(Mivel ez a csomag egy már telepített csomag kiegészítése, ezért javasolt a telepítése.)" #~ msgid "Installed at:" #~ msgstr "Telepítés időpontja:" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/http-server.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/http-server.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/http-server.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -76,8 +76,7 @@ #. translators: help text for documentroot option (configure command line action) #: src/clients/http-server.rb:106 msgid "Directory where the documents of the server are stored" -msgstr "" -"Az a könyvtár, ahol a kiszolgáló dokumentumainak a hierarchiája kezdődik" +msgstr "Az a könyvtár, ahol a kiszolgáló dokumentumainak a hierarchiája kezdődik" #. translators: help text for host option (configure command line action) #: src/clients/http-server.rb:113 @@ -385,56 +384,36 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Mentés megszakítása:</big> \n" "Megszakíthatja a mentést a Megszakítás gombbal.\n" -"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e " -"megtenni.\n" +"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e megtenni.\n" #. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 -msgid "" -"The Port value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The " -"default is 80." -msgstr "" -"A Port értéke azt a portot adja meg, amelyiken az Apache2 figyel. " -"Az alapértelmezett érték a 80." +msgid "The Port value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The default is 80." +msgstr "A Port értéke azt a portot adja meg, amelyiken az Apache2 figyel. Az alapértelmezett érték a 80." #. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Listen on Interfaces contains the list of all IP addresses " -"configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 " -"listens. If you are unsure, check all." -msgstr "" -"A Figyelt csatolók a géphez beállított összes IP-cím listáját " -"tartalmazza. Az Apache2 a megjelölt IP-címeken figyel. Ha nem biztos a " -"dolgában, jelölje meg az összeset." +msgid "Listen on Interfaces contains the list of all IP addresses configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 listens. If you are unsure, check all." +msgstr "A Figyelt csatolók a géphez beállított összes IP-cím listáját tartalmazza. Az Apache2 a megjelölt IP-címeken figyel. Ha nem biztos a dolgában, jelölje meg az összeset." #. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support." -msgstr "" -"Itt adhatja meg, hogy milyen parancsnyelveket támogasson az Apache2 " -"kiszolgáló." +msgid "Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support." +msgstr "Itt adhatja meg, hogy milyen parancsnyelveket támogasson az Apache2 kiszolgáló." #. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 " -"configuration when you press Finish." -msgstr "" -"Az összegzésben megtekintheti, hogy milyen beállítások lesznek kiírva az " -"Apache2 konfigurációs fájljába, ha megnyomja a Befejezés gombot." +msgid "The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 configuration when you press Finish." +msgstr "Az összegzésben megtekintheti, hogy milyen beállítások lesznek kiírva az Apache2 konfigurációs fájljába, ha megnyomja a Befejezés gombot." #. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "Press HTTP Server Expert Configuration \n" -"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." -"" +"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." msgstr "" "A HTTP-kiszolgáló szakértői beállítások \n" -"\t\tgomb megnyomásával részletesebb beállításokat adhat meg a konfiguráció " -"kiírása előtt." +"\t\tgomb megnyomásával részletesebb beállításokat adhat meg a konfiguráció kiírása előtt." #. module dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:58 @@ -443,28 +422,24 @@ "The table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\n" "The first column contains the name of the module. \n" "The second column shows whether the module should be\n" -"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column " -"displays a short description\n" +"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\n" "of the module." msgstr "" "<big>HTTP-kiszolgálómodulok szerkesztése</big> \n" "A táblázat az összes elérhető Apache2-modult tartalmazza.\n" "Az első oszlopban található a modul neve.\n" "A második oszlop azt mutatja, hogy a modult betöltse-e a kiszolgáló.\n" -"Az engedélyezett modulok betöltésre kerülnek. Az utolsó oszlopban a modul " -"rövid\n" +"Az engedélyezett modulok betöltésre kerülnek. Az utolsó oszlopban a modul rövid\n" "leírása olvasható." #. module dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To change the status of a module, \n" -"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.</" -"p>\n" +"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" msgstr "" "Egy modul állapotának átkapcsolásához válassza ki a megfelelő\n" -"bejegyzést a táblázatból, majd kattintson az Állapot átkapcsolása " -"gombra.\n" +"bejegyzést a táblázatból, majd kattintson az Állapot átkapcsolása gombra.\n" #. module dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:71 @@ -479,13 +454,11 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<big>HTTP Server Settings</big> \n" -"Activate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactivate it, " -"choose\n" +"Activate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactivate it, choose\n" "Disabled.\n" msgstr "" "<big>HTTP-kiszolgáló beállítások</big> \n" -"A HTTP-kiszolgálót az Engedélyezett pont kiválasztásával lehet " -"aktiválni. A letiltáshoz válassza a\n" +"A HTTP-kiszolgálót az Engedélyezett pont kiválasztásával lehet aktiválni. A letiltáshoz válassza a\n" "Letiltva állapotot.\n" #. firewall adapting help 1/1 @@ -497,11 +470,9 @@ "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "A Tűzfal megnyitása a kiválasztott portokon engedélyezésével \n" -"a tűzfalbeállítás az Apache2 által figyelt portoknak megfelelően kerül " -"módosításra. \n" +"a tűzfalbeállítás az Apache2 által figyelt portoknak megfelelően kerül módosításra. \n" "Tűzfalcsatolók nem kerülnek felvételre vagy törlésre.\n" -"Ez a beállítás csak akkor áll rendelkezésre, ha a tűzfal engedélyezve van.</" -"p>\n" +"Ez a beállítás csak akkor áll rendelkezésre, ha a tűzfal engedélyezve van.\n" #. server configuration overview help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:88 @@ -525,75 +496,55 @@ "A Modulok pont alatt lehet meghatározni, hogy a HTTP-kiszolgáló\n" "milyen modulokkal induljon.\n" "Az Alapértelmezett kiszolgáló annak a kiszolgálónak a neve, mely\n" -"az alapértelmezett kiszolgáló, hiba esetében. Ha nem adjuk meg az " -"alapértelmezett\n" -"kiszolgáló nevét, akkor az alapértelmezett kiszolgáló gyökér-" -"dokumentumkönyvtára\n" +"az alapértelmezett kiszolgáló, hiba esetében. Ha nem adjuk meg az alapértelmezett\n" +"kiszolgáló nevét, akkor az alapértelmezett kiszolgáló gyökér-dokumentumkönyvtára\n" "jelenik meg.\n" -"A Kiszolgálók pont alatt a webkiszolgáló beállított kiszolgálóit " -"láthatja.\n" +"A Kiszolgálók pont alatt a webkiszolgáló beállított kiszolgálóit láthatja.\n" #. server configuration overview help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click Edit to " -"change settings." -msgstr "" -"Válassza ki a megfelelő bejegyzést a táblázatból, majd kattintson a " -"Szerkesztés gombra a beállítások módosításához." +msgid "Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click Edit to change settings." +msgstr "Válassza ki a megfelelő bejegyzést a táblázatból, majd kattintson a Szerkesztés gombra a beállítások módosításához." #. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106 msgid "Log Files displays server log files." -msgstr "" -"A Naplófájlok menüpont alatt a kiszolgáló naplófájljai tekinthetők " -"meg." +msgstr "A Naplófájlok menüpont alatt a kiszolgáló naplófájljai tekinthetők meg." #. hosts list help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Configured Hosts</big> \n" "This is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \n" -"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is " -"used if no other host\n" +"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\n" "matches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\n" "press Set as Default.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Beállított kiszolgálók</big> \n" -"Itt láthatja a már beállított kiszolgálókat (hosts). Az egyik kiszolgáló meg " -"van jelölve\n" -"mint alapértelmezett kiszolgáló. Ez a kiszolgáló akkor kerül alkalmazásra, " -"ha egy beérkező\n" -"kérés egyik kiszolgálóhoz sem jó. Az alapértelmezett kiszolgálót (pl. www) " -"az\n" +"Itt láthatja a már beállított kiszolgálókat (hosts). Az egyik kiszolgáló meg van jelölve\n" +"mint alapértelmezett kiszolgáló. Ez a kiszolgáló akkor kerül alkalmazásra, ha egy beérkező\n" +"kérés egyik kiszolgálóhoz sem jó. Az alapértelmezett kiszolgálót (pl. www) az\n" "Alapértelmezettként beállít gombbal tudja meghatározni.\n" #. hosts list help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change " -"the host.\n" -"To add a host, click Add. To remove a host, select it and click " -"Delete." +"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change the host.\n" +"To add a host, click Add. To remove a host, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Válassza ki a táblázat megfelelő bejegyzését, majd kattintson a " -"Szerkesztés gombra\n" -"a kiszolgáló módosításához. Egy új virtuális kiszolgáló hozzáadásához " -"kattintson a Hozzáadás gombra.\n" +"Válassza ki a táblázat megfelelő bejegyzését, majd kattintson a Szerkesztés gombra\n" +"a kiszolgáló módosításához. Egy új virtuális kiszolgáló hozzáadásához kattintson a Hozzáadás gombra.\n" "Eltávolításhoz a Törlés gombot használja." #. host editing help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "<big>Host Configuration</big> \n" -"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then " -"click Edit.\n" -"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and " -"click Delete." +"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click Edit.\n" +"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Kiszolgáló beállítása</big> \n" -"Válassza ki a táblázat megfelelő bejegyzését, majd kattintson a " -"Szerkesztés gombra\n" +"Válassza ki a táblázat megfelelő bejegyzését, majd kattintson a Szerkesztés gombra\n" "a kiszolgáló módosításához. Egy új kiszolgáló hozzáadásához kattintson a\n" "Hozzáadás gombra. Eltávolításhoz a Törlés gombot használja." @@ -601,47 +552,33 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "The Server Resolution options set the resolution when using\n" -"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers</" -"b>,\n" +"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers,\n" "\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n" -"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use " -"Resolution via IP address" +"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use Resolution via IP address" msgstr "" -"A Kiszolgáló névfeloldása kiválasztásával állítható be a virtuális " -"kiszolgálók névfeloldása.\n" -"Amennyiben a Névfeloldás a HTTP fejlécek alapján lehetőséget " -"választja,\n" -"\taz alapértelmezett kiszolgáló nem fogja kiszolgálni a név alapú virtuális " -"kiszolgáló\n" -"\tIP-címekre érkező kéréseket. Ha SSL-alapú virtuális gépet szeretne " -"beállítani, akkor használja a Feloldás a használt IP-cím alapján " -"lehetőséget." +"A Kiszolgáló névfeloldása kiválasztásával állítható be a virtuális kiszolgálók névfeloldása.\n" +"Amennyiben a Névfeloldás a HTTP fejlécek alapján lehetőséget választja,\n" +"\taz alapértelmezett kiszolgáló nem fogja kiszolgálni a név alapú virtuális kiszolgáló\n" +"\tIP-címekre érkező kéréseket. Ha SSL-alapú virtuális gépet szeretne beállítani, akkor használja a Feloldás a használt IP-cím alapján lehetőséget." #. listen dialog editor help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<big>Listen Settings for a Host</big> \n" -"The Listen directive allows selection of ports and network " -"interfaces\n" +"The Listen directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\n" "where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Bejövő kapcsolatok figyelése</big> \n" -"A Figyelés alatt azokat a portokat és hálózati csatolókat " -"választhatja ki, amelyeken a HTTP-kiszolgáló a bejövő kapcsolatokat figyeli." -"\n" +"A Figyelés alatt azokat a portokat és hálózati csatolókat választhatja ki, amelyeken a HTTP-kiszolgáló a bejövő kapcsolatokat figyeli.\n" #. listen dialog editor help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change " -"the entry.\n" -"To add a new entry, click Add. To remove an entry, select it and " -"click Delete." +"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change the entry.\n" +"To add a new entry, click Add. To remove an entry, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Válassza ki a táblázat megfelelő bejegyzését, majd kattintson a " -"Szerkesztés gombra\n" -"a bejegyzés módosításához. Egy új bejegyzés hozzáadásához kattintson a " -"Hozzáadás gombra.\n" +"Válassza ki a táblázat megfelelő bejegyzését, majd kattintson a Szerkesztés gombra\n" +"a bejegyzés módosításához. Egy új bejegyzés hozzáadásához kattintson a Hozzáadás gombra.\n" "Eltávolításhoz a Törlés gombot használja." #. ssl options dialog help 1/4 @@ -661,30 +598,23 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\n" -"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access " -"(<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" +"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" "or accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Az általános viselkedést az SSL opció határozza meg.\n" -"(<tt>Nincs SSL</tt>) esetében a gép egyáltalán nem támogatja az SSL-t, " -"(<tt>SSL engedélyezve</tt>) beállításnál az SSL-en keresztüli és az SSL " -"nélküli\n" +"(<tt>Nincs SSL</tt>) esetében a gép egyáltalán nem támogatja az SSL-t, (<tt>SSL engedélyezve</tt>) beállításnál az SSL-en keresztüli és az SSL nélküli\n" "kapcsolat is engedélyezett, az (<tt>SSL kötelező</tt>) opciónál csak SSL-en\n" "keresztül lehet a géphez csatlakozni.\n" #. ssl options dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate option of the table and click Edit to change " -"the option.\n" -"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and " -"click Delete." +"Choose an appropriate option of the table and click Edit to change the option.\n" +"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Válassza ki a táblázat megfelelő bejegyzését, majd kattintson a " -"Szerkesztés gombra\n" -"az opció módosításához. Egy új opció hozzáadásához kattintson a " -"Hozzáadás gombra.\n" +"Válassza ki a táblázat megfelelő bejegyzését, majd kattintson a Szerkesztés gombra\n" +"az opció módosításához. Egy új opció hozzáadásához kattintson a Hozzáadás gombra.\n" "Egy opció eltávolításához használja a Törlés gombot." #. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode) @@ -697,11 +627,9 @@ "common certificate issued for this host.\n" msgstr "" "A Tanúsítványok menüben importálhat\n" -"kiszolgálótanúsítványokat. A Kiszolgálótanúsítvány importálása... " -"ponttal \n" +"kiszolgálótanúsítványokat. A Kiszolgálótanúsítvány importálása... ponttal \n" "be lehet olvasni egy tanúsítvány külön a webkiszolgáló céljára. \n" -"A Általános kiszolgálótanúsítvány használata pontra kattintva egy már " -"beállított\n" +"A Általános kiszolgálótanúsítvány használata pontra kattintva egy már beállított\n" "tanúsítványt használ a webkiszolgáló.\n" #. ssl options dialog help 4/4 @@ -710,40 +638,33 @@ "Note: If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" "module should be loaded by the server.\n" msgstr "" -"Figyelem: Ha bekapcsolja a virtuális kiszolgáló SSL használatát, " -"akkor\n" +"Figyelem: Ha bekapcsolja a virtuális kiszolgáló SSL használatát, akkor\n" "a kiszolgálónak be kell töltenie a <tt>mod_ssl</tt> modult.\n" #. new host dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<big>New Host</big> \n" -"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." -"" +"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." msgstr "" "<big>Új kiszolgáló</big> \n" -"Ebben a párbeszédablakban lehet beállítani az új virtuális webkiszolgáló " -"főbb paramétereit." +"Ebben a párbeszédablakban lehet beállítani az új virtuális webkiszolgáló főbb paramétereit." #. new host dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "Server Identification specifies the content and\n" -"the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS " -"name returned as a part\n" +"the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS name returned as a part\n" "of the HTTP headers of the server response. Server Contents Root\n" "is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n" "this virtual host. Administrator E-Mail allows setup of an e-mail\n" "address for feedback about this host.\n" msgstr "" "A Kiszolgáló azonosítása pont alatt az új virtuális webkiszolgáló\n" -"tartalma és bemutatása található. A Kiszolgálónév a HTTP fejlécben " -"lévő,\n" +"tartalma és bemutatása található. A Kiszolgálónév a HTTP fejlécben lévő,\n" "és a kiszolgáló által kérésre visszaadott DNS-név.\n" -"A Webes tartalom gyökere alatt a virtuális kiszolgáló dokumentumait " -"tartalmazó könyvtár\n" -"teljes elérési útvonalát kell megadni. Az Adminisztrátor e-mail címe " -"pont alatt lehet megadni\n" +"A Webes tartalom gyökere alatt a virtuális kiszolgáló dokumentumait tartalmazó könyvtár\n" +"teljes elérési útvonalát kell megadni. Az Adminisztrátor e-mail címe pont alatt lehet megadni\n" "a virtuális webkiszolgáló adminisztrátorának e-mail címét.\n" #. new host dialog help 3/3 @@ -754,46 +675,36 @@ "settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n" "There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n" "from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\n" -"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual " -"host\n" +"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n" "by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n" -"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use Resolution via IP address</" -"b>\n" +"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use Resolution via IP address\n" "Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Kiszolgáló névfeloldás</big> \n" -"Az Apache 2-nek ki kell tudnia derítenie, hogy egy HTTP kérés " -"megválaszolásához\n" +"Az Apache 2-nek ki kell tudnia derítenie, hogy egy HTTP kérés megválaszolásához\n" "mely virtuális webkiszolgáló beállításait használja.\n" "Ehhez alapvetően két lehetőség létezik. Ha a HTTP fejlécet használja,\n" "akkor a kiszolgáló a kért cím HTTP fejlécében keresi meg a gépnevet.\n" -"A másik lehetőség, hogy a virtuális webkiszolgáló a kliens által kért IP-cím " -"alapján\n" -"kerül meghatározásra. SSL-alapú vhost beállításakor a Feloldás IP-cím " -"alapján beállítása javasolt. További részletek az Apache 2 " -"kézikönyvoldalán olvashatók.\n" +"A másik lehetőség, hogy a virtuális webkiszolgáló a kliens által kért IP-cím alapján\n" +"kerül meghatározásra. SSL-alapú vhost beállításakor a Feloldás IP-cím alapján beállítása javasolt. További részletek az Apache 2 kézikönyvoldalán olvashatók.\n" #. advanced new host dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>Details for New Host</big> \n" -"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual " -"host." +"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host." msgstr "" "<big>Új gép részletek</big> \n" -"Ebben a párbeszédablakban lehet megadni az új virtuális webkiszolgáló " -"további adatait." +"Ebben a párbeszédablakban lehet megadni az új virtuális webkiszolgáló további adatait." #. advanced new host dialog 2/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "Select Enable CGI Support\n" -"to run CGI scripts in the path in CGI Directory Path using the alias " -"<tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." +"to run CGI scripts in the path in CGI Directory Path using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." msgstr "" "A CGI-támogatás engedélyezése lehetőség kiválasztásával\n" -"engedélyezhető a CGI könyvtár elérési út helyen található CGI " -"programok futtatása a <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt> álnév alatt." +"engedélyezhető a CGI könyvtár elérési út helyen található CGI programok futtatása a <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt> álnév alatt." #. advanced new host dialog 3/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208 @@ -804,22 +715,13 @@ "Path.This option is only available for IP-based vhosts.\n" msgstr "" "Ahhoz, hogy ez a virtuális gép HTTPS protokollon keresztül is\n" -"elérhető legyen, válassza ki az SSL-támogatás engedélyezése " -"lehetőséget.\n" -"Ezt követően adja meg Tanúsítványfájl elérési útvonalát. Ez a " -"beállítás csak az IP-alapú vhost-oknál lehetséges.\n" +"elérhető legyen, válassza ki az SSL-támogatás engedélyezése lehetőséget.\n" +"Ezt követően adja meg Tanúsítványfájl elérési útvonalát. Ez a beállítás csak az IP-alapú vhost-oknál lehetséges.\n" #. advanced new host dialog 4/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 -msgid "" -"In Directory Index, enter a space-separated list of files that " -"Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends " -"in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided." -msgstr "" -"A Könyvtárindex mezőbe írja be vesszővel elválasztva azon fájlok " -"listáját, amelyeket az Apache keressen, ha a kért URL egy könyvtárat jelöl " -"(azaz egy <tt>/</tt> karakterrel fejeződik be). Az első megfelelő fájl kerül " -"kiszolgálásra." +msgid "In Directory Index, enter a space-separated list of files that Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided." +msgstr "A Könyvtárindex mezőbe írja be vesszővel elválasztva azon fájlok listáját, amelyeket az Apache keressen, ha a kért URL egy könyvtárat jelöl (azaz egy <tt>/</tt> karakterrel fejeződik be). Az első megfelelő fájl kerül kiszolgálásra." #. advanced new host dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219 @@ -830,8 +732,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nyilvános HTML\n" "\n" -"hozzáférés engedélyezése az összes felhasználó <tt>.public_html</tt> " -"könyvtárához." +"hozzáférés engedélyezése az összes felhasználó <tt>.public_html</tt> könyvtárához." #. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon. #. @@ -969,12 +870,8 @@ #. notification about package needed 1/2 #: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:170 -msgid "" -"To configure the HTTP server, the %1 packages must be installed.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"A HTTP-kiszolgáló beállításához szükség van a(z) %1 csomag(ok)ra.</" -"p>" +msgid "To configure the HTTP server, the %1 packages must be installed." +msgstr "A HTTP-kiszolgáló beállításához szükség van a(z) %1 csomag(ok)ra." #. notification about package needed 2/2 #: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:174 @@ -1350,9 +1247,7 @@ #. for apache2.2 ServerName is not forced (if not - hostname will be used) #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:966 msgid "When no Server name is defined, hostname will be used instead." -msgstr "" -"Amennyiben nincs megadva kiszolgálónév, a gépnév kerül felhasználásra " -"helyette." +msgstr "Amennyiben nincs megadva kiszolgálónév, a gépnév kerül felhasználásra helyette." #. translators: popup error message when validate server #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:971 @@ -1363,8 +1258,7 @@ #. in another virtual host #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:991 msgid "The server name entered is already configured on another virtual host." -msgstr "" -"A megadott kiszolgálónév már be van állítva egy másik virtuális géphez." +msgstr "A megadott kiszolgálónév már be van állítva egy másik virtuális géphez." #. error message - the entered ip address is already #. configured for another virtual host @@ -1635,8 +1529,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:748 #, perl-format msgid "Internal Error: Data must be an array ref and not %s." -msgstr "" -"Belső hiba: az adatoknak array ref típusúaknak kell lenniük (nem pedig %s)." +msgstr "Belső hiba: az adatoknak array ref típusúaknak kell lenniük (nem pedig %s)." #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:773 msgid "Illegal host ID." @@ -1691,20 +1584,15 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13 msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc." -msgstr "" -"Hozzáférési jogosultságrendszert biztosít a kliens neve, IP-címe stb. alapján" +msgstr "Hozzáférési jogosultságrendszert biztosít a kliens neve, IP-címe stb. alapján" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:23 msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method" msgstr "CGI parancsfájlok végrehajtása médiatípus vagy lekérési mód alapján" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:32 -msgid "" -"Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for " -"URL redirection" -msgstr "" -"A gép fájlrendszere különböző részeinek leképezése a dokumentumfára az URL " -"átirányításhoz" +msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection" +msgstr "A gép fájlrendszere különböző részeinek leképezése a dokumentumfára az URL átirányításhoz" # modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:63 # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:118 @@ -1732,10 +1620,8 @@ msgstr "Felhasználók hitelesítése DBM fájlok segítségével" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:96 -msgid "" -"Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" -msgstr "" -"Könyvtárindexek automatikus generálása, a Unix 'ls' parancsához hasonlóan" +msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" +msgstr "Könyvtárindexek automatikus generálása, a Unix 'ls' parancsához hasonlóan" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:117 msgid "Execution of CGI scripts" @@ -1743,37 +1629,27 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:127 msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files" -msgstr "" -"Lezáró törtvonal (trailing slash) alapú átirányítások nyújtása és könyvtár " -"indexfájlok kiszolgálása" +msgstr "Lezáró törtvonal (trailing slash) alapú átirányítások nyújtása és könyvtár indexfájlok kiszolgálása" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:136 msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages" -msgstr "" -"A CGI parancsfájloknak és SSI oldalaknak továbbított környezetek módosítása" +msgstr "A CGI parancsfájloknak és SSI oldalaknak továbbított környezetek módosítása" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:146 msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria" -msgstr "" -"Lejárati (Expires) HTTP fejlécek generálása a felhasználó által megadott " -"feltételek alapján" +msgstr "Lejárati (Expires) HTTP fejlécek generálása a felhasználó által megadott feltételek alapján" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:161 msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)" -msgstr "" -"Szerveroldalon feldolgozott HTML dokumentumok (SSI - Server Side Includes)" +msgstr "Szerveroldalon feldolgozott HTML dokumentumok (SSI - Server Side Includes)" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:175 msgid "Logging of the requests made to the server" msgstr "Szerverre irányuló kérések naplózása" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:187 -msgid "" -"Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and " -"content" -msgstr "" -"Összepárosítja a kért fájl nevének kiterjesztését a fájl viselkedésével és " -"tartalmával" +msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content" +msgstr "Összepárosítja a kért fájl nevének kiterjesztését a fájl viselkedésével és tartalmával" # modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:231 modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:246 # modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:259 @@ -1782,12 +1658,8 @@ msgstr "Tartalomegyeztetés támogatása" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:222 -msgid "" -"Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the " -"request" -msgstr "" -"Lehetővé teszi a környezeti változók beállítását a kérés jellemző " -"tulajdonságai alapján" +msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request" +msgstr "Lehetővé teszi a környezeti változók beállítását a kérés jellemző tulajdonságai alapján" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:233 msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance" @@ -1795,9 +1667,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:241 msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group" -msgstr "" -"A CGI parancsfájlok adott felhasználói és csoportjogosultságokkal " -"végrehajtása" +msgstr "A CGI parancsfájlok adott felhasználói és csoportjogosultságokkal végrehajtása" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:252 msgid "User-specific directories" @@ -1816,12 +1686,8 @@ msgstr "Felhasználók hitelesítése MD5 kivonat módszerrel (MD5 Digest Auth)" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:302 -msgid "" -"Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic " -"authentication" -msgstr "" -"Lehetővé teszi egy LDAP címtár használatát a HTTP Basic hitelesítés " -"adatbázisának tárolására" +msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication" +msgstr "Lehetővé teszi egy LDAP címtár használatát a HTTP Basic hitelesítés adatbázisának tárolására" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:320 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:495 msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs" @@ -1849,16 +1715,11 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:405 msgid "A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules" -msgstr "" -"Egy egyszerű visszhang-szerver a protokollkezelő modulok illusztrálására" +msgstr "Egy egyszerű visszhang-szerver a protokollkezelő modulok illusztrálására" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:413 -msgid "" -"Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the " -"client" -msgstr "" -"A válasz törzsének átküldése egy külső programon, mielőtt a klienshez " -"kiküldésre kerülne" +msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client" +msgstr "A válasz törzsének átküldése egy külső programon, mielőtt a klienshez kiküldésre kerülne" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:426 msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory" @@ -1877,22 +1738,16 @@ msgstr "Átfogó áttekintés a szerver beállításairól" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:469 -msgid "" -"LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP " -"modules" -msgstr "" -"LDAP kapcsolatgyűjtő és eredménytároló szolgáltatások más LDAP modulok " -"általi használatra" +msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules" +msgstr "LDAP kapcsolatgyűjtő és eredménytároló szolgáltatások más LDAP modulok általi használatra" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:489 msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request" msgstr "A bejövő és kimenő byte számának naplózása kérésenként" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:509 -msgid "" -"Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" -msgstr "" -"Fájl MIME típusának meghatározása a tartalom néhány jellemző byte-ja alapján" +msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" +msgstr "Fájl MIME típusának meghatározása a tartalom néhány jellemző byte-ja alapján" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:518 msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server" @@ -1915,8 +1770,7 @@ msgstr "HTTP támogató modul a mod_proxy számára" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:592 -msgid "" -"Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" +msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" msgstr "Szabály alapú URL-átíró modul URL-ek röptében átírására" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:619 @@ -1924,20 +1778,16 @@ msgstr "URL-ek javítása hibás felhasználói bevitel esetén" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:628 -msgid "" -"Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer " -"Security (TLS) protocols" +msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols" msgstr "Erős titkosítás használata SSL és TLS protokollokkal" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:668 -msgid "" -"Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" +msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" msgstr "Környezeti változó biztosítása minden kéréshez egyedi azonosítóval" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:674 msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site" -msgstr "" -"Kattintássorozat naplózása adott webhely felhasználói aktivitásának mérésére" +msgstr "Kattintássorozat naplózása adott webhely felhasználói aktivitásának mérésére" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:694 msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting" @@ -1979,12 +1829,8 @@ #~ msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Ports" #~ msgstr "Tűzfal &megnyitása a kijelölt portokon" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "When the firewall is enabled, you can check whether to enable Apache2 " -#~ "ports on the firewall." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ha a tűzfal engedélyezve van, akkor bejelölheti, hogy kívánja-e " -#~ "engedélyezni az Apache2 portokat a tűzfalon." +#~ msgid "When the firewall is enabled, you can check whether to enable Apache2 ports on the firewall." +#~ msgstr "Ha a tűzfal engedélyezve van, akkor bejelölheti, hogy kívánja-e engedélyezni az Apache2 portokat a tűzfalon." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84 # clients/lan_address.ycp:140 clients/lan_complex.ycp:521 clients/lan_complex.ycp:684 @@ -1993,18 +1839,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The Server Resolution options set the resolution when using\n" -#~ "\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers</" -#~ "p>,\n" +#~ "\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers,\n" #~ "\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n" -#~ "\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, " -#~ "use Resolution via IP address" +#~ "\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use Resolution via IP address" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A Kiszolgáló névfeloldása kiválasztásával állítható be a " -#~ "virtuális kiszolgálók névfeloldása.\n" -#~ "Amennyiben a Névfeloldás a HTTP fejlécek alapján lehetőséget " -#~ "választja,\n" -#~ "\taz alapértelmezett kiszolgáló nem fogja kiszolgálni a név alapú " -#~ "virtuális kiszolgáló\n" -#~ "\tIP-címekre érkező kéréseket. Ha SSL-alapú virtuális gépet szeretne " -#~ "beállítani, akkor használja a Feloldás a használt IP-cím alapján " -#~ "lehetőséget." +#~ "A Kiszolgáló névfeloldása kiválasztásával állítható be a virtuális kiszolgálók névfeloldása.\n" +#~ "Amennyiben a Névfeloldás a HTTP fejlécek alapján lehetőséget választja,\n" +#~ "\taz alapértelmezett kiszolgáló nem fogja kiszolgálni a név alapú virtuális kiszolgáló\n" +#~ "\tIP-címekre érkező kéréseket. Ha SSL-alapú virtuális gépet szeretne beállítani, akkor használja a Feloldás a használt IP-cím alapján lehetőséget." Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/inetd.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/inetd.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/inetd.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -188,8 +188,7 @@ #. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message. #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:179 msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." -msgstr "" -"A szolgáltatást nem lehet beállítani, mivel nincs telepítve a(z) %1 csomag." +msgstr "A szolgáltatást nem lehet beállítani, mivel nincs telepítve a(z) %1 csomag." #. Translators: The package name is stored in %1 #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:201 @@ -300,8 +299,7 @@ #. Translators: Popup::Message #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599 msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog." -msgstr "" -"Egy szolgáltatás aktiválásához/tiltásához először ki kell választania egyet." +msgstr "Egy szolgáltatás aktiválásához/tiltásához először ki kell választania egyet." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:1021 #. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); @@ -444,8 +442,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Az előkészítési folyamat megszakítása:</big> \n" -"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a konfigurációs segédprogramot a " -"Megszakítás gombbal.\n" +"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a konfigurációs segédprogramot a Megszakítás gombbal.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54 @@ -478,8 +475,7 @@ "configuration. To stop the super-server, click Disable.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Hálózati szolgáltatások beállítása</big> \n" -"Az Engedélyezés gomb megnyomásával engedélyezheti a " -"szuperkiszolgáló \n" +"Az Engedélyezés gomb megnyomásával engedélyezheti a szuperkiszolgáló \n" "által kezelt hálózati szolgáltatást. A szuperkiszolgáló leállításához\n" "nyomja meg a Letiltás gombot.\n" @@ -498,24 +494,20 @@ "<big>Services Status:</big> \n" "All services marked with --- are inactive (locked).\n" "All services marked with On are active (unlocked).\n" -"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be " -"configured." +"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be configured." msgstr "" "<big>Szolgáltatások állapota:</big> \n" "A --- jellel jelölt szolgáltatások nem aktívak (tiltva).\n" "A Fut jelű szolgáltatások aktívak (engedélyezve).\n" -"Az NT jelű szolgáltatások nincsenek telepítve, így nem állíthatók be." -"" +"Az NT jelű szolgáltatások nincsenek telepítve, így nem állíthatók be." #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Changing Service Status:</big> \n" -"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or " -"Off).\n" +"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or Off).\n" msgstr "" "<big>Szolgáltatás állapotának módosítása:</big> \n" -"Válassza ki a szerkesztendő szolgáltatást, majd nyomja meg az Állapot " -"átkapcsolása (Ki / Be) gombot.\n" +"Válassza ki a szerkesztendő szolgáltatást, majd nyomja meg az Állapot átkapcsolása (Ki / Be) gombot.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 msgid "" @@ -523,8 +515,7 @@ "Select the service to edit and press Edit.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Szolgáltatások szerkesztése:</big> \n" -"Válassza ki a megfelelő szolgáltatást, majd nyomja meg a Szerkesztés " -"gombot.\n" +"Válassza ki a megfelelő szolgáltatást, majd nyomja meg a Szerkesztés gombot.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:87 msgid "" @@ -532,8 +523,7 @@ "Select the service to delete and press Delete.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Szolgáltatások törlése:</big> \n" -"Válassza ki a megfelelő szolgáltatást, majd nyomja meg a Törlés " -"gombot.\n" +"Válassza ki a megfelelő szolgáltatást, majd nyomja meg a Törlés gombot.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:90 msgid "" @@ -547,14 +537,11 @@ msgid "" "<big>Canceling Configuration:</big>\n" "Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the Cancel button.\n" -"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration " -"will remain.\n" +"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Beállítás megszakítása:</big>\n" -"Ha nem kívánja módosítani a beállításokat, akkor nyomja meg a Mégse " -"gombot.\n" -"Ebben az esetben minden változás elvész és a YaST visszaállítja az eredeti " -"beállításokat.\n" +"Ha nem kívánja módosítani a beállításokat, akkor nyomja meg a Mégse gombot.\n" +"Ebben az esetben minden változás elvész és a YaST visszaállítja az eredeti beállításokat.\n" #. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. #. @return The help text. @@ -595,12 +582,8 @@ "</ul>" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Ez egy rövid leírás. Részletes információt az info xinetd.conf " -"parancs ad.\n" +msgid "This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.\n" +msgstr "Ez egy rövid leírás. Részletes információt az info xinetd.conf parancs ad.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 msgid "" @@ -617,16 +600,14 @@ "requires direct access to IP, or requires reliable sequential datagram\n" "transmission.\n" msgstr "" -"A sockettípus a stream, dgram, raw vagy seqpacket értékeket veheti " -"fel,\n" +"A sockettípus a stream, dgram, raw vagy seqpacket értékeket veheti fel,\n" "attól függően, hogy a szolgáltatás folyam alapú, datagram alapú,\n" "közvetlen IP-hozzáférést igényel, vagy a megbízható, szekvenciális datagram\n" "átvitelre támaszkodik.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" -"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/" -"protocols.\n" +"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n" "Examples include tcp,udp,rpc/tcp, and rpc/udp.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -655,8 +636,7 @@ "szolgáltatás egy- vagy többszálú-e és hogy a xinetd vagy\n" "a kiszolgálóprogram fogadja-e a kapcsolatot. Ha az érték\n" "igen akkor a szolgáltatás egyszálú. Ez azt jelenti, hogy a xinetd \n" -"indítja a kiszolgálót, majd abbahagyja az adott szolgáltatás kéréseinek " -"fogadását a\n" +"indítja a kiszolgálót, majd abbahagyja az adott szolgáltatás kéréseinek fogadását a\n" "kiszolgáló leállásáig, és addig a kiszolgáló fogadja a kapcsolatokat.\n" "Ha az attribútum értéke nem, akkor a szolgáltatás többszálú\n" "és továbbra is a xinetd fogadja az új szolgáltatáskéréseket\n" @@ -672,10 +652,8 @@ "less than root.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"A kiszolgáló annak a felhasználónak a nevében és jogosultságaival fog " -"futni,\n" -"amelyet megad a felhasználó mezőben. Ez arra jó, hogy ne kelljen " -"minden\n" +"A kiszolgáló annak a felhasználónak a nevében és jogosultságaival fog futni,\n" +"amelyet megad a felhasználó mezőben. Ez arra jó, hogy ne kelljen minden\n" "szolgáltatást teljes root jogosultsággal futtatni.\n" "\n" @@ -688,10 +666,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "A Kiszolgáló bejegyzés egy útvonalat kell tartalmazzon\n" -"ahhoz a programhoz, amelyet a szuperkiszolgáló egy kapcsolódási kérelem " -"érkezésekor végrehajt.\n" -"A program egyes paramétereit a Kiszolgálóargumentumok pont alatt " -"adhatja meg.\n" +"ahhoz a programhoz, amelyet a szuperkiszolgáló egy kapcsolódási kérelem érkezésekor végrehajt.\n" +"A program egyes paramétereit a Kiszolgálóargumentumok pont alatt adhatja meg.\n" "\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/installation.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/installation.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/installation.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -50,29 +50,19 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -#| "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -#| "interaction. AutoYaST\n" -#| "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If " -#| "this option is\n" -#| "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -#| "xml</tt>." +#| "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +#| "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +#| "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST " -"profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>." +"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" "A Másolás segítségével lehet AutoYaST-profilt létrehozni.\n" -"Az AutoYaST egy módszer a SUSE Linux felhasználói beavatkozás nélküli teljes " -"telepítéséhez.\n" -"Ahhoz, hogy az AutoYaST tudja, milyennek kell lennie a telepítendő " -"rendszernek, egy profilra van szüksége. Az opció\n" -"bejelölésével az aktuális rendszer beállításait eltárolhatja a <tt>/root/" -"autoinst.xml</tt> fájlban." +"Az AutoYaST egy módszer a SUSE Linux felhasználói beavatkozás nélküli teljes telepítéséhez.\n" +"Ahhoz, hogy az AutoYaST tudja, milyennek kell lennie a telepítendő rendszernek, egy profilra van szüksége. Az opció\n" +"bejelölésével az aktuális rendszer beállításait eltárolhatja a <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt> fájlban." #. this is a heading #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:68 @@ -91,9 +81,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=" -"\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." +msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview @@ -139,12 +127,8 @@ msgstr "Telepítés lemezképből" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Az RPM telepítés felgyorsításához kiválaszthat a Novell által előkészített " -"lemezképeket." +msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." +msgstr "Az RPM telepítés felgyorsításához kiválaszthat a Novell által előkészített lemezképeket." #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133 msgid "&Install from Images" @@ -155,12 +139,8 @@ msgstr "&Ne telepítsen lemezképből" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153 -msgid "" -"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " -"source" -msgstr "" -"Egyéni lemezkép telepítése - ehhez szükség van a telepítési forrás URL-jének " -"beállítására" +msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" +msgstr "Egyéni lemezkép telepítése - ehhez szükség van a telepítési forrás URL-jének beállítására" #. Image name, Image location #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:162 @@ -168,19 +148,12 @@ msgstr "Itt hozhatók létre egyedi lemezképek.\n" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163 -msgid "" -"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " -"image here" -msgstr "" -"A lemezkép létrehozása előtt először be kell állítani a szoftverkiválasztást" +msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" +msgstr "A lemezkép létrehozása előtt először be kell állítani a szoftverkiválasztást" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " -"installation)" -msgstr "" -"Lemezkép létrehozása (a telepítés során az AutoYaST letölti majd a megadott " -"helyről)" +msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" +msgstr "Lemezkép létrehozása (a telepítés során az AutoYaST letölti majd a megadott helyről)" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181 msgid "Create Image" @@ -204,49 +177,37 @@ msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " -"the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" msgstr "" "A telepítés lemezképből felgyorsítja a telepítési folyamatot.\n" -"A telepítéshez kiválasztott minták előre létrehozott lemezképeket " -"tartalmaznak.\n" +"A telepítéshez kiválasztott minták előre létrehozott lemezképeket tartalmaznak.\n" "A további csomagok, amelyeket a lemezképek nem tartalmaznak, a megszokott\n" "módon kerülnek telepítésre.\n" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " -"dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " -"already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-" -"installation." +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." msgstr "" "Saját lemezkép készítése akkor használható, ha\n" -"ki akarja hagyni a teljes RPM telepítési részt. Helyette az AutoYaST " -"lemezképet\n" -"készít a merevlemez tartalmáról, amely jóval gyorsabb és valószínűleg már " -"előre be van állítva.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-" -"installation." +"ki akarja hagyni a teljes RPM telepítési részt. Helyette az AutoYaST lemezképet\n" +"készít a merevlemez tartalmáról, amely jóval gyorsabb és valószínűleg már előre be van állítva.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347 msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image" -msgstr "" -"a lemezkép létrehozása előtt először be kell állítani a szoftverkiválasztást" +msgstr "a lemezkép létrehozása előtt először be kell állítani a szoftverkiválasztást" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " -"originating from the images will\n" -"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</" -"p>" +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" +"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." msgstr "" -"A lemezképből történő telepítés során a csomagok időbélyege nem a " -"telepítés dátumát, hanem\n" +"A lemezképből történő telepítés során a csomagok időbélyege nem a telepítés dátumát, hanem\n" "a lemezkép készítésének dátumát tükrözik." #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -417,8 +378,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Válassza ki a telepítéshez használni kívánt nyelvet és " -"billentyűzetkiosztást.\n" +"Válassza ki a telepítéshez használni kívánt nyelvet és billentyűzetkiosztást.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued @@ -427,14 +387,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available " -"translations.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "A licencet el kell fogadnia, mielőtt folytatja a telepítést.\n" -"A Licencfordítások megnyomásával a licencek különböző nyelveken " -"megtekinthetők.\n" +"A Licencfordítások megnyomásával a licencek különböző nyelveken megtekinthetők.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued @@ -535,8 +493,7 @@ #. congratulation text 3/4 #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169 msgid "Visit us at %1." -msgstr "" -"Látogassa meg oldalunkat a %1 vagy a http://suse.novell.hu címen." +msgstr "Látogassa meg oldalunkat a %1 vagy a http://suse.novell.hu címen." #. congratulation text 4/4 #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172 @@ -566,28 +523,21 @@ "our SUSE Welcome Dialog.\n" msgstr "" "Amennyiben alapértelmezett grafikus munkakörnyezetnek a KDE-t használja,\n" -"lehetőség van arra, hogy elvégezzen néhány KDE hardverbeállítást. És ne " -"hagyja ki\n" +"lehetőség van arra, hogy elvégezzen néhány KDE hardverbeállítást. És ne hagyja ki\n" "SUSE üdvözlőképernyőnket sem!\n" #. Show this help only in case of KDE as the default windowmanager #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" "A Másolás segítségével lehet AutoYaST-profilt létrehozni.\n" -"Az AutoYaST egy módszer a SUSE Linux felhasználói beavatkozás nélküli teljes " -"telepítéséhez.\n" -"Ahhoz, hogy az AutoYaST tudja, milyennek kell lennie a telepítendő " -"rendszernek, egy profilra van szüksége. Az opció\n" -"bejelölésével az aktuális rendszer beállításait eltárolhatja a <tt>/root/" -"autoinst.xml</tt> fájlban." +"Az AutoYaST egy módszer a SUSE Linux felhasználói beavatkozás nélküli teljes telepítéséhez.\n" +"Ahhoz, hogy az AutoYaST tudja, milyennek kell lennie a telepítendő rendszernek, egy profilra van szüksége. Az opció\n" +"bejelölésével az aktuális rendszer beállításait eltárolhatja a <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt> fájlban." #. Dialog busy message #. TRANSLATORS: busy message @@ -599,11 +549,8 @@ #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308 -msgid "" -"To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "" -"A rendszer klónozásához szükség van a(z) %1 csomag telepítésére.</" -"p>" +msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "A rendszer klónozásához szükség van a(z) %1 csomag telepítésére." #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -616,7 +563,7 @@ #. OEM image if target disk is defined #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A rendszer újraindul…" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 # clients/lan_dns.ycp:269 @@ -645,8 +592,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " -"packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgstr "" "Hibakeresés bekapcsolva.\n" "A YaST megnyitja a szoftverkezelőt a csomagok állapotának áttekintéséhez." @@ -683,9 +629,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " -"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 @@ -775,8 +719,7 @@ #. yes/no popup question #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:168 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" -msgstr "" -"Elindítja a szoftverkezelőt, hogy ellenőrizze és telepítse a frissítéseket?" +msgstr "Elindítja a szoftverkezelőt, hogy ellenőrizze és telepítse a frissítéseket?" # modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:115 # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:184 @@ -922,29 +865,23 @@ "Add Online Repositories Before Installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"A telepítés vagy frissítés során javasolt távoli telepítési források " -"használatához\n" -"válassza az Online telepítési források felvétele telepítés előtt " -"lehetőséget." +"A telepítés vagy frissítés során javasolt távoli telepítési források használatához\n" +"válassza az Online telepítési források felvétele telepítés előtt lehetőséget." #. help text for installation method #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208 msgid "" "\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -"select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Amennyiben kiegészítő termékeket kíván telepíteni az &product; mellé, " -"jelölje ki a\n" +"Amennyiben kiegészítő termékeket kíván telepíteni az &product; mellé, jelölje ki a\n" "Kiegészítő termékek telepítése lehetőséget.\n" #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211 -msgid "" -"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://" -"drivers.suse.com site." +msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." msgstr "" #. Error message @@ -1002,13 +939,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " -"configuration.\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"A távoli telepítési források vagy a kiegészítő termékek hozzáadásához " -"elengedhetetlen\n" -" a hálózat beállítása. Amennyiben nem akar távoli telepítési forrást " -"megadni, kihagyhatja ezt a lépést\n" +"A távoli telepítési források vagy a kiegészítő termékek hozzáadásához elengedhetetlen\n" +" a hálózat beállítása. Amennyiben nem akar távoli telepítési forrást megadni, kihagyhatja ezt a lépést\n" #. error popup #: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:187 @@ -1022,37 +956,26 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a " -"number \n" -"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " -"ones \n" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" +"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" "GNOME and KDE." msgstr "" -"A Linuxnál a választás lehetősége rendkívül fontos. Az " -"openSUSE\n" -"számos különböző grafikus környezetet ajánl. A két legelterjedtebb grafikus " -"környezet\n" +"A Linuxnál a választás lehetősége rendkívül fontos. Az openSUSE\n" +"számos különböző grafikus környezetet ajánl. A két legelterjedtebb grafikus környezet\n" "a GNOME és a KDE." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " -"installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in " -"the software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " -"additional desktop \n" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default." msgstr "" -"Az Egyéb használatával választható az igényekhez legmegfelelőbb " -"alternatív asztali\n" -"környezet (vagy valamelyik minimális telepítési minta). Később a " -"szoftverkiválasztás részben,\n" -"vagy a telepítést követően módosíthatók a kiválasztott komponensek, vagy " -"további grafikus\n" -"környezet adható hozzá a telepítéshez. Ezen a képernyőn az alapértelmezett " -"beállítás adható meg." +"Az Egyéb használatával választható az igényekhez legmegfelelőbb alternatív asztali\n" +"környezet (vagy valamelyik minimális telepítési minta). Később a szoftverkiválasztás részben,\n" +"vagy a telepítést követően módosíthatók a kiválasztott komponensek, vagy további grafikus\n" +"környezet adható hozzá a telepítéshez. Ezen a képernyőn az alapértelmezett beállítás adható meg." # modules/inst_config_x11.ycp:216 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:865 @@ -1214,18 +1137,13 @@ #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "" -"Módosításhoz kattintson a megfelelő címsorra, vagy használja a lenti " -"\"Változtatás\" menüt." +msgstr "Módosításhoz kattintson a megfelelő címsorra, vagy használja a lenti \"Változtatás\" menüt." #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." +#| msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes." -msgstr "" -"Módosításhoz kattintson a megfelelő címsorra, vagy használja a lenti " -"\"Változtatás\" menüt." +msgstr "Módosításhoz kattintson a megfelelő címsorra, vagy használja a lenti \"Változtatás\" menüt." #. menu button item #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 @@ -1241,8 +1159,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"A változtatáshoz kattintson bármely főcímre, vagy válasszon alul a " -"Változtatás… menüből.\n" +"A változtatáshoz kattintson bármely főcímre, vagy válasszon alul a Változtatás… menüből.\n" "\n" #. Help text for installation proposal @@ -1250,13 +1167,11 @@ #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values " -"displayed.\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Amennyiben a megjelenített beállítások megfelelőek, a telepítés " -"megkezdéséhez nyomja meg a Telepítés gombot.\n" +"Amennyiben a megjelenített beállítások megfelelőek, a telepítés megkezdéséhez nyomja meg a Telepítés gombot.\n" "\n" #. kicking out, bug #203811 @@ -1300,8 +1215,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"A megjelenített értékekkel történő frissítéshez nyomja meg a Frissítés</" -"b> gombot .\n" +"A megjelenített értékekkel történő frissítéshez nyomja meg a Frissítés gombot .\n" "\n" #. Help text for network configuration proposal @@ -1313,8 +1227,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"A hálózati beállítások a Következő gomb megnyomásával lépnek " -"érvénybe.\n" +"A hálózati beállítások a Következő gomb megnyomásával lépnek érvénybe.\n" "\n" #. Help text for service configuration proposal @@ -1326,8 +1239,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"A szolgáltatás beállításai a Következő gomb megnyomásával lépnek " -"érvénybe.\n" +"A szolgáltatás beállításai a Következő gomb megnyomásával lépnek érvénybe.\n" "\n" #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal @@ -1377,8 +1289,7 @@ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.\n" msgstr "" "Egyes javaslatokat lehet, hogy\n" -"zárolt a rendszergazda és ezért nem módosíthatók. Ha meg kellene " -"változtatnia\n" +"zárolt a rendszergazda és ezért nem módosíthatók. Ha meg kellene változtatnia\n" "egy zárolt javaslatot, keresse meg a rendszergazdát.\n" # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1408 @@ -1417,10 +1328,8 @@ "The release notes for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n" "summary of new features and changes.\n" msgstr "" -"Itt olvashatók a telepített Linux rendszerre vonatkozó kiadási " -"megjegyzések.\n" -"A jegyzetekben a főbb újdonságokról és változásokról olvashat fontos " -"tudnivalókat.\n" +"Itt olvashatók a telepített Linux rendszerre vonatkozó kiadási megjegyzések.\n" +"A jegyzetekben a főbb újdonságokról és változásokról olvashat fontos tudnivalókat.\n" #. informative message in RichText widget #: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:463 @@ -1543,8 +1452,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -"installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" #. pop-up error report @@ -1562,8 +1470,7 @@ "(especially on S/390 or iSCSI systems)\n" msgstr "" "A telepítés során nem található merevlemez.\n" -"Automatikus telepítéskor ez később kiválasztható.\\ (különösen S/390 vagy " -"iSCSI rendszereknél)\n" +"Automatikus telepítéskor ez később kiválasztható.\\ (különösen S/390 vagy iSCSI rendszereknél)\n" #. pop-up error report #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 @@ -1641,8 +1548,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " -"upgrade process." +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" "Itt megjelenik a frissítendő rendszeren által talált összes telepítési\n" "forrás. Engedélyezze a frissítési folyamatba felvenni kívánt forrásokat." @@ -1653,10 +1559,8 @@ "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" -"Egy URL engedélyezéséhez, eltávolításához vagy letiltásához kattintson " -"az\n" -"Állapot átkapcsolása gombra vagy kattintson duplán a megfelelő elemre " -"a táblázatban." +"Egy URL engedélyezéséhez, eltávolításához vagy letiltásához kattintson az\n" +"Állapot átkapcsolása gombra vagy kattintson duplán a megfelelő elemre a táblázatban." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 @@ -1699,8 +1603,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." -msgstr "" -"Kérem, várjon a telepítési források hozzáadásáig és eltávolításáig." +msgstr "Kérem, várjon a telepítési források hozzáadásáig és eltávolításáig." #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 msgid "Remove unused repositories" @@ -1821,8 +1724,7 @@ "Next to continue. \n" " \n" msgstr "" -"Néhány további lépésre van szükség, mielőtt használatba venné a " -"rendszert.\n" +"Néhány további lépésre van szükség, mielőtt használatba venné a rendszert.\n" "A YaST átvezeti néhány alapvető beállításon. A folytatáshoz kattintson a \n" "Következő gombra. \n" " \n" @@ -2087,8 +1989,7 @@ "A korábbi telepítés sikertelen volt.\n" "Kívánja folytatni?\n" "\n" -"Megjegyzés: Valószínűleg a telepítéshez szükséges információkat újra meg " -"kell adni." +"Megjegyzés: Valószínűleg a telepítéshez szükséges információkat újra meg kell adni." #. popup question (#x1) #: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:365 @@ -2101,8 +2002,7 @@ "A korábbi telepítés félbeszakadt.\n" "Kívánja folytatni?\n" "\n" -"Megjegyzés: valószínűleg a telepítéshez szükséges információkat újra meg " -"kell adni." +"Megjegyzés: valószínűleg a telepítéshez szükséges információkat újra meg kell adni." #. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:199 @@ -2122,8 +2022,7 @@ "(erasing any existing data in those partitions) according to the\n" "installation settings in the previous dialogs." msgstr "" -"Ha most folytatja, akkor a merevlemezen található partíciók " -"törlésre vagy formázásra kerülnek\n" +"Ha most folytatja, akkor a merevlemezen található partíciók törlésre vagy formázásra kerülnek\n" "(minden meglévő adat törlődik ezekről a partíciókról) \n" "az előző párbeszédablakok telepítési beállításainak megfelelően." @@ -2133,17 +2032,13 @@ "If you continue now, partitions on your\n" "hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n" "previous dialogs." -msgstr "" -"Ha most folytatja, akkor a merevlemezen található adatok felülíródnak az " -"előző párbeszédablakok telepítési beállításainak megfelelően." +msgstr "Ha most folytatja, akkor a merevlemezen található adatok felülíródnak az előző párbeszédablakok telepítési beállításainak megfelelően." #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:236 src/include/installation/misc.rb:254 msgid "Go back and check the settings if you are unsure." -msgstr "" -"Ha nem teljesen biztos a dolgában, az előző ablakokhoz visszatérve " -"módosíthatja a beállításokat." +msgstr "Ha nem teljesen biztos a dolgában, az előző ablakokhoz visszatérve módosíthatja a beállításokat." #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:242 @@ -2153,9 +2048,7 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:246 msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." -msgstr "" -"A frissítés végrehajtásához szükséges minden információ rendelkezésre áll." -"" +msgstr "A frissítés végrehajtásához szükséges minden információ rendelkezésre áll." #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:248 @@ -2165,8 +2058,7 @@ "according to the settings in the previous dialogs." msgstr "" "\n" -"Ha most folytatja, akkor a merevlemezen található adatok felülíródnak az " -"előző párbeszédablakok telepítési beállításainak megfelelően." +"Ha most folytatja, akkor a merevlemezen található adatok felülíródnak az előző párbeszédablakok telepítési beállításainak megfelelően." # modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:493 #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation @@ -2206,9 +2098,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to " -"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." msgstr "" #. progress step title @@ -2384,8 +2274,7 @@ #~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card" #~ msgstr "A kiválasztott hálózati kártya adatainak megjelenítése" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately." +#~ msgid "Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately." #~ msgstr "Itt beállíthatók az azonnal használandó hálózati kártyák." #~ msgid "" @@ -2620,11 +2509,8 @@ #~ msgid "Writing Network Setup..." #~ msgstr "Hálózati beállítások mentése..." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kérem, várjon a hálózati beállítások írásáig és teszteléséig…" +#~ msgid "Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..." +#~ msgstr "Kérem, várjon a hálózati beállítások írásáig és teszteléséig…" #~ msgid "" #~ "Writing the network settings failed.\n" @@ -2688,9 +2574,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "A fallback control file contains installation and update\n" #~ "workflows unified for all products." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A helyettesítő vezérlőfájl az összes termékre vonatkozó " -#~ "munkafolyamatokat telepít és frissít." +#~ msgstr "A helyettesítő vezérlőfájl az összes termékre vonatkozó munkafolyamatokat telepít és frissít." #~ msgid "" #~ "Choose one of the\n" @@ -2714,8 +2598,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on " -#~ "your\n" +#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" #~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~ "discarding all its configuration data.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2735,27 +2618,22 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Amennyiben a számítógépén már van telepített Linux, válassza a \n" -#~ "Frissítést. Ezáltal, amennyire csak lehetséges, megőrzi a meglévő " -#~ "rendszer beállításait.\n" +#~ "Frissítést. Ezáltal, amennyire csak lehetséges, megőrzi a meglévő rendszer beállításait.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select Use Automatic Configuration to let the installation " -#~ "program\n" +#~ "Select Use Automatic Configuration to let the installation program\n" #~ "configure your network and hardware automatically. Otherwise you will\n" #~ "be offered a configuration proposal with the possibility to tune all the\n" #~ "settings manually. Inexperienced users are advised to use automatic\n" #~ "configuration.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Az Automatikus beállítás használatakor a telepítőprogram állítja " -#~ "be\n" -#~ "automatikusan a hálózatot és a hardvereket. Ellenkező esetben egy " -#~ "beállítási\n" +#~ "Az Automatikus beállítás használatakor a telepítőprogram állítja be\n" +#~ "automatikusan a hálózatot és a hardvereket. Ellenkező esetben egy beállítási\n" #~ "javaslatot készít, amely kézzel tovább finomhangolható.\n" -#~ "Gyakorlatlan felhasználóknak javasolt az automatikus beállítások " -#~ "használata.\n" +#~ "Gyakorlatlan felhasználóknak javasolt az automatikus beállítások használata.\n" #~ msgid "Update mode does not support automatic configuration." #~ msgstr "A frissítési mód nem támogatja az automatikus beállításokat." @@ -2766,8 +2644,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A Frissítés funkció\n" -#~ "csak akkor érhetők el, ha valamilyen Linux rendszer található a " -#~ "számítógépen.\n" +#~ "csak akkor érhetők el, ha valamilyen Linux rendszer található a számítógépen.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "&Show Release Notes" @@ -2782,8 +2659,7 @@ #~ "to the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\n" #~ "from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ezek az első korai kiadáshoz tartozó kiadási megjegyzések. A " -#~ "telepítési\n" +#~ "Ezek az első korai kiadáshoz tartozó kiadási megjegyzések. A telepítési\n" #~ "adathordozón találhatók. A telepítés során, ha rendelkezésre áll \n" #~ "internetkapcsolat, akkor frissítheti a kiadási megjegyzéseket a \n" #~ "SUSE Linux webkiszolgálójáról.\n" @@ -2809,9 +2685,7 @@ #~ "További információ a(z) '%1' fájl végén található.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Érdemes ezt a hibát bejelenteni a(z) %2 oldalon.\n" -#~ "A bejelentéshez csatolja a(z) '%3' könyvtárban található YaST " -#~ "naplófájlokat. A YaST naplófájlokkal kapcsolatos további információkat a " -#~ "következő helyen érdemes megnézni: %4.\n" +#~ "A bejelentéshez csatolja a(z) '%3' könyvtárban található YaST naplófájlokat. A YaST naplófájlokkal kapcsolatos további információkat a következő helyen érdemes megnézni: %4.\n" #~ msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Report_a_YaST_bug" #~ msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Report_a_YaST_bug" @@ -2824,8 +2698,7 @@ #~ "Please, attach all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Érdemes ezt a hibát bejelenteni a(z) %1 oldalon.\n" -#~ "A bejelentéshez csatolja a(z) '%2' könyvtárban található YaST " -#~ "naplófájlokat.\n" +#~ "A bejelentéshez csatolja a(z) '%2' könyvtárban található YaST naplófájlokat.\n" #~ msgid "Checking for %1 binary..." #~ msgstr "A(z) '%1' bináris fájl ellenőrzése…" @@ -2898,14 +2771,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Ismeretlen chroot elérési út, a nyomkövető nem tudja folytatni." #~ msgid "Connecting to the inst-sys failed. Debugger cannot continue." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nem sikerült az inst-syshez kapcsolódni, a nyomkövető nem tudja folytatni." +#~ msgstr "Nem sikerült az inst-syshez kapcsolódni, a nyomkövető nem tudja folytatni." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A grafikus felület eléréséhez szükség van a(z) %1 csomag " -#~ "telepítésére." +#~ msgid "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." +#~ msgstr "A grafikus felület eléréséhez szükség van a(z) %1 csomag telepítésére." #~ msgid "Do you want to install it now?" #~ msgstr "Telepíti most?" @@ -2918,8 +2787,7 @@ #~ "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" #~ "Please check your hardware!\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -#~ "installation.\n" +#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nem található merevlemez a telepítéshez.\n" #~ "Ellenőrizze le hardverét!\n" @@ -2934,8 +2802,7 @@ #~ "found for the installation.\n" #~ "Check your hardware.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -#~ "installation.\n" +#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nem található merevlemez és\n" #~ "merevlemez-vezérlő a telepítéshez.\n" @@ -2990,35 +2857,26 @@ #~ msgstr "Betűkészletek előkészítése…" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation " -#~ "up. \n" -#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your " -#~ "selection \n" -#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be " -#~ "installed from \n" +#~ "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up. \n" +#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your selection \n" +#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be installed from \n" #~ "packages the standard way." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A telepítés lemezképből felgyorsítja a telepítési folyamatot.\n" -#~ "A telepítéshez kiválasztott minták előre létrehozott lemezképeket " -#~ "tartalmaznak.\n" -#~ "A további csomagok, amelyeket a lemezképek nem tartalmaznak, a " -#~ "megszokott\n" +#~ "A telepítéshez kiválasztott minták előre létrehozott lemezképeket tartalmaznak.\n" +#~ "A további csomagok, amelyeket a lemezképek nem tartalmaznak, a megszokott\n" #~ "módon kerülnek telepítésre." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_confirm_abort.ycp:76 #~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" #~ msgstr "Kiegészítő termék telepítése" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please " -#~ "wait..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A telepítő kiírja az automatikus beállításokat. Kérem, várjon…" +#~ msgid "Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please wait..." +#~ msgstr "A telepítő kiírja az automatikus beállításokat. Kérem, várjon…" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on " -#~ "your\n" +#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" #~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~ "abandoning all its configuration data.\n" #~ "" @@ -3031,13 +2889,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -#~ "select\n" +#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" #~ "Include Add-On Products from Separate Media." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Amennyiben kiegészítő termékeket kíván telepíteni az &product; mellé, " -#~ "jelölje meg a\n" +#~ "Amennyiben kiegészítő termékeket kíván telepíteni az &product; mellé, jelölje meg a\n" #~ "Kiegészítő termékek telepítése lehetőséget." #~ msgid "Please wait while the installation is probing the network cards..." @@ -3045,8 +2901,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely " -#~ "abort.\n" +#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely abort.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -3087,8 +2942,7 @@ #~ msgstr "&Telepített rendszer javítása" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux " -#~ "system on\n" +#~ "Select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux system on\n" #~ "your hard disk. This option can try to fix problems automatically.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" @@ -3101,6 +2955,5 @@ #~ "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" #~ "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A kiválasztott nyelv szöveges módban nem használható. A telepítéshez az " -#~ "angol nyelv kerül alkalmazásra,\n" +#~ "A kiválasztott nyelv szöveges módban nem használható. A telepítéshez az angol nyelv kerül alkalmazásra,\n" #~ "de az új rendszer már a kiválasztott nyelven fog működni." Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/instserver.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/instserver.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/instserver.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -246,8 +246,7 @@ "Really delete the old content and create it from scratch?" msgstr "" "A(z) '%1' telepítése forrás törlésre van jelölve.\n" -"Ha ugyanolyan névvel új telepítési forrást kíván hozzáadni, akkor régit most " -"törölni kell.\n" +"Ha ugyanolyan névvel új telepítési forrást kíván hozzáadni, akkor régit most törölni kell.\n" "\n" "Valóban törli a régi tartalmat és létrehoz egy újat?" @@ -366,8 +365,7 @@ "the services.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Ha már van futó szolgáltatása és a kiszolgáló beállításait kézzel " -"szeretné\n" +"Ha már van futó szolgáltatása és a kiszolgáló beállításait kézzel szeretné\n" "megváltoztatni, akkor válassza a szolgáltatások beállításának\n" "kihagyása lehetőséget.\n" " \n" @@ -387,8 +385,7 @@ "installed and started.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"A szolgáltatás beállításához az NFS-kiszolgáló csomagjait telepítenie " -"kell,\n" +"A szolgáltatás beállításához az NFS-kiszolgáló csomagjait telepítenie kell,\n" "az NFS-kiszolgálónak futnia kell és hozzá kell adnia egy új bejegyzést az\n" "/etc/exports fájlhoz.\n" "\n" @@ -396,21 +393,18 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to certain \n" -"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use " -"192.168.1.0/24\n" +"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use 192.168.1.0/24\n" "to restrict access to the 192.168.1.0 subnet.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Ha a kiajánlott könyvtárakra bizonyos gépek számára korlátozásokat\n" -"szeretne érvényesíteni, adjon meg további maszkokat. Például a " -"192.168.1.0/24\n" +"szeretne érvényesíteni, adjon meg további maszkokat. Például a 192.168.1.0/24\n" "maszkot használva korlátozhatja az elérést a 192.168.1.0 \n" "alhálózat gépei számára. \n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:45 msgid "" -"Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the " -"available\n" +"Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the available\n" "options, see the manual page for exports (man exports(5))\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -450,18 +444,15 @@ "FTP server (using the <tt>--bind</tt> option of <tt>mount</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Ha a telepítőkiszolgáló könyvtárát az FTP-kiszolgáló hatókörén kívül " -"választja,\n" +"Ha a telepítőkiszolgáló könyvtárát az FTP-kiszolgáló hatókörén kívül választja,\n" "egy csatolási bejegyzés fog bekerülni az <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> fájlba.\n" -"Ez elérhetővé teszi a telepítési forrás könyvtárát az FTP-kiszolgáló " -"számára\n" +"Ez elérhetővé teszi a telepítési forrás könyvtárát az FTP-kiszolgáló számára\n" "(a <tt>mount</tt> parancs <tt>--bind</tt> opcióját használva).\n" "\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:66 msgid "" -"The installation server will be available to clients using the following " -"URL:\n" +"The installation server will be available to clients using the following URL:\n" "\n" msgstr "" "A telepítőkiszolgáló a következő URL-en érhető el:\n" @@ -496,12 +487,10 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select\n" -"SUSE as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown " -"below:\n" +"SUSE as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:\n" msgstr "" "Rövid és könnyen megjegyezhető álnevet válasszon. Ha például álnévnek a\n" -"SUSE-t választja, akkor a telepítési források elérhetősége az " -"alábbi lesz:\n" +"SUSE-t választja, akkor a telepítési források elérhetősége az alábbi lesz:\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:81 msgid "" @@ -521,14 +510,12 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"The repository name is used to create a directory under which all " -"product\n" +"The repository name is used to create a directory under which all product\n" "CDs are copied and managed. The repository is accessed using the\n" "configured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP). \n" msgstr "" "A telepítési forrás neve lesz annak a könyvtárnak a neve, ahová\n" -"a termék CD-i kerülnek bemásolásra. A telepítési forrást a beállított " -"protokoll\n" +"a termék CD-i kerülnek bemásolásra. A telepítési forrást a beállított protokoll\n" "(NFS, FTP vagy HTTP) használatával lehet elérni. \n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:90 @@ -537,37 +524,27 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:91 msgid "" -"SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation " -"server. \n" +"SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation server. \n" "If checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.\n" msgstr "" -"Az SLP (Service Location Protocol) egyszerűbbé teszi a " -"telepítőkiszolgáló \n" -"megtalálását. Engedélyezésekor, a telepítési forrás SLP segítségével kerül " -"hirdetésre a hálózaton.\n" +"Az SLP (Service Location Protocol) egyszerűbbé teszi a telepítőkiszolgáló \n" +"megtalálását. Engedélyezésekor, a telepítési forrás SLP segítségével kerül hirdetésre a hálózaton.\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:95 msgid "" -"Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base " -"product, and press\n" +"Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base product, and press\n" "Next to copy the content into the local repository.\n" msgstr "" -"Válasszon egy forrás-meghajtót a listából, tegye be az alaptermék első " -"adathordozóját, majd\n" -"nyomja meg a Következő gombot a forrás tartalmának helyi tárba " -"másolásához.\n" +"Válasszon egy forrás-meghajtót a listából, tegye be az alaptermék első adathordozóját, majd\n" +"nyomja meg a Következő gombot a forrás tartalmának helyi tárba másolásához.\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add " -"additional\n" -"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</" -"p>\n" +"When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add additional\n" +"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).\n" msgstr "" -"Az alap-adathordozó a helyi telepítési forrásba történő másolása után, " -"további CD-ket\n" -"adhat a telepítési forráshoz (például Javítócsomag CD-ket vagy egyéb " -"kiegészítő CD-ket).\n" +"Az alap-adathordozó a helyi telepítési forrásba történő másolása után, további CD-ket\n" +"adhat a telepítési forráshoz (például Javítócsomag CD-ket vagy egyéb kiegészítő CD-ket).\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:101 msgid "<big>ISO Images</big>" @@ -575,12 +552,10 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:102 msgid "" -"ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press Next</" -"b>, you can\n" +"ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press Next, you can\n" "select ISO image files.\n" msgstr "" -"Lehetséges az ISO-lemezképek használata is CD vagy DVD adathordozó " -"helyett. Ha megnyomja\n" +"Lehetséges az ISO-lemezképek használata is CD vagy DVD adathordozó helyett. Ha megnyomja\n" "a Következő gombot, kiválaszthat egy ISO-lemezképet.\n" #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -599,8 +574,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Az előkészítés megszakítása:</big> \n" -"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás</" -"b> gombbal.\n" +"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás gombbal.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:114 @@ -621,8 +595,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Mentés megszakítása:</big> \n" "A Megszakítás gomb megnyomásával megszakíthatja a folyamatot.\n" -"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e " -"megtenni.\n" +"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e megtenni.\n" "\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 @@ -638,18 +611,14 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "Adding a Repository: \n" -"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then " -"made \n" +"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then made \n" "available for configuration.\n" -"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories " -"and press Configure.\n" +"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "Telepítési forrás hozzáadása \n" -"Be nem állított könyvtárak találhatók a telepítési könyvtárban, amiket " -"később\n" +"Be nem állított könyvtárak találhatók a telepítési könyvtárban, amiket később\n" "elérhet és beállíthat.\n" -"A telepítési forrás hozzáadásához válasszon egy be nem állítottat, majd " -"nyomja meg a Beállítás gombot.\n" +"A telepítési forrás hozzáadásához válasszon egy be nem állítottat, majd nyomja meg a Beállítás gombot.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:136 @@ -659,8 +628,7 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Szerkesztés vagy törlés:</big> \n" -"A Szerkesztés gomb megnyomásával, egy további párbeszédablak nyílik " -"meg,\n" +"A Szerkesztés gomb megnyomásával, egy további párbeszédablak nyílik meg,\n" "ahol módosíthatja a beállításokat.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -681,8 +649,7 @@ "Press Add to configure a repository.\n" msgstr "" "Telepítési forrás hozzáadása: \n" -"A Hozzáadás gomb megnyomásával beállíthat egy telepítési forrást.</" -"p>\n" +"A Hozzáadás gomb megnyomásával beállíthat egy telepítési forrást.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:152 @@ -698,8 +665,7 @@ #. Read service data using _auto #: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308 msgid "" -"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd " -"package\n" +"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n" "will now be installed.\n" msgstr "" "Az FTP-telepítőkiszolgáló egy FTP-kiszolgáló csomagot igényel.\n" @@ -714,12 +680,10 @@ #: src/modules/Instserver.rb:458 msgid "" -"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 " -"package\n" +"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 package\n" "will now be installed." msgstr "" -"A HTTP-telepítőkiszolgáló egy HTTP-kiszolgáló csomagot igényel. Az apache2 " -"csomag\n" +"A HTTP-telepítőkiszolgáló egy HTTP-kiszolgáló csomagot igényel. Az apache2 csomag\n" "kerül telepítésre." #. Setup NFS Server Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/iplb.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/iplb.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/iplb.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -32,6 +32,9 @@ msgid "&Iplb" msgstr "" +# modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:231 modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:246 +# modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:259 +# menuentries/menuentry_lan_sendmail.ycp:14 #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -61,7 +64,7 @@ #. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 msgid "Global Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Általános beállítások" #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" @@ -94,11 +97,11 @@ #. ids of widget of global dialog #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "igen" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "nem" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 msgid "&Global Configuration" @@ -134,7 +137,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 msgid "Execute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Végrehajtás" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 msgid "Email Alert" @@ -177,151 +180,88 @@ "Default: 10 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" -"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|" -"syslog_facility\n" -"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the " -"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/" -"man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" +"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|syslog_facility\n" +"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" "Default: log directly to the file /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" "<big>callback</big> = \"/path/to/callback\"\n" -"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls " -"the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has " -"changed on\n" -"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on " -"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name " -"of the\n" +"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" "configuration.\n" -"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord " -"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if " -"autoreload is\n" +"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if autoreload is\n" "set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" "\n" "<big>execute</big> = \"configuration\"\n" -"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named " -"configuration.\n" +"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named configuration.\n" "\n" "<big>auto reload</big> = yes|no\n" -"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the " -"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the " -"configuration file changed\n" -"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous " -"version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "<big>fork</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every " -"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will " -"increase\n" -"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many " -"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate " -"instances\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>supervised</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All " -"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful " -"to run\n" -"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://" -"untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</" -"a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/" -"daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -329,87 +269,42 @@ #: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|" -"servicename)|firewall-mark\n" -"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than " -"zero. The\n" -"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> " -"option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual " -"service\n" +"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" +"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" "must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->" -"ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" -"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request</" -"i>\", \"receive\"]\n" -"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended " -"primarily for\n" -"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a " -"range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in " -"which case\n" -"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server " -"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, " -"must be\n" -"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and " -"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will " -"be\n" -"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-" -"receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the " -"request-receive\n" -"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the " -"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" -"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server " -"is used.\n" -"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual " -"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP " -"address of a\n" -"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running " -"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its " -"virtual\n" -"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is " -"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way " -"that the\n" +"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" +"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\n" +"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" +"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" +"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" +"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" "underlying LVS code in the kernel functions.\n" -"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The " -"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, " -"emailalertfreq and\n" -"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in " -"which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate</" -"b>|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" -"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a " -"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP " -"connection, thus the\n" -"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then " -"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one " -"negotiate\n" -"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and " -"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" -"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real " -"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP " -"services. Off\n" -"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be " -"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always " -"be\n" +"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" +"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" "activated. Default is negotiate.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|" -"imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|" -"oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|" -"simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" -"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None " -"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" -"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it " -"against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the " -"server\n" -"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive</" -"b> sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive sections for protocol specific information.\n" "Default:\n" "<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" "<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" @@ -432,9 +327,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"path to script\"\n" -"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be " -"run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if " -"everything\n" +"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" "is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" "Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" "</dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" @@ -445,105 +338,68 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>check port</big> = n\n" -"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service " -"port.\n" +"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" "Default: port specified for each real server\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"</" -"b>\n" -"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real " -"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be " -"overridden by\n" +"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"\n" +"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" "an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" -"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, " -"or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" -"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL</" -"small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one " -"or more\n" +"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" +"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" "rows. This is a required setting.\n" -"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any " -"occurances of \n" +"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" " are replaced with a new line character.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>receive</big> = \"regexp to compare\"\n" -"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the " -"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in " -"mind that\n" -"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special " -"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be " -"overridden by an\n" +"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" "optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" -"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's " -"addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" +"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" "For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD</" -"small>\n" -"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the " -"URI specified in the request-string. GET is " -"the\n" -"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD " -"is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the URI specified in the request-string. GET is the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" "Default: GET\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>virtual host</big> = \"hostname\"\n" -"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or " -"HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP " -"request. In the\n" -"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name " -"of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will " -"be\n" -"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last " -"resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" +"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP request. In the\n" +"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>login</big> = \"username\"\n" -"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log " -"in.\n" +"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" -"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from " -"address for an OPTIONS query.\n" +"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from address for an OPTIONS query.\n" "Default:\n" "</dt><dt>* FTP: Anonymous\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the " -"configuration\n" -"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is " -"derived as per the passwd option below.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication " -"will not be attempted.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>password</big> = \"password\"\n" -"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , " -"LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" +"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" "SIP servers.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where " -"hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at " -"run time, or sourced\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" "from uname if unset.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be " -"performed.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>database name</big> = \"databasename\"\n" -"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the " -"database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed " -"against. This\n" +"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed against. This\n" "is a required setting.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>radius secret</big> = \"radiussecret\"\n" -"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform " -"an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd " -"(set by\n" +"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd (set by\n" "passwd above).\n" "Default: empty string\n" "\n" @@ -557,120 +413,73 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>scheduler</big> = scheduler_name\n" -"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an " -"information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm" -"\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" +"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" "Default: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>protocol</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" -"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP</" -"small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall " -"mark then the\n" +"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" "protocol must be fwm.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the " -"port is not 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is " -"53: udp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -686,9 +495,10 @@ msgid "Check Port" msgstr "" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:756 #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Szolgáltatás" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" @@ -700,7 +510,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 msgid "Request" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kérés" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 msgid "Receive" @@ -712,11 +522,11 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 msgid "Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bejelentkezés" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jelszó" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 msgid "Database Name" @@ -730,17 +540,20 @@ msgid "Persistent" msgstr "" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:86 +# clients/lan_route.ycp:94 clients/lan_route.ycp:312 #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 msgid "Netmask" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hálózati maszk" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 msgid "Scheduler" msgstr "" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:175 #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protokoll" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" @@ -748,15 +561,15 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hozzáadás" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Szerkesztés" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Törlés" #. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 @@ -782,11 +595,11 @@ #. return `cacel or a string #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OK" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mégsem" #. split the real server ip value; #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 @@ -821,10 +634,12 @@ msgid "Edit the real server:" msgstr "" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:72 +# clients/lan.ycp:384 #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A modul indítása…" #. Read all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -849,9 +664,10 @@ msgid "Reading the virtual host settings..." msgstr "" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801 #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kész" #. Write all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -861,19 +677,19 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beállítások mentése" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig futtatása" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beállítások mentése…" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig futtatása…" #. write global conf #. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" @@ -883,10 +699,10 @@ #. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A beállítások mentése sikertelen." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beállítások összegzése…" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/iscsi-client.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/iscsi-client.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/iscsi-client.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -300,8 +300,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Mentés megszakítása:</big> \n" "Megszakíthatja a mentést a Megszakítás gombbal.\n" -"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e " -"megtenni.\n" +"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e megtenni.\n" "\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 @@ -322,10 +321,8 @@ "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "<big>iSCSI-kezdeményező hozzáadása:</big> \n" -"Válasszon egyet a felismert iSCSI-kezdeményező listájából. Ha az iSCSI-" -"kezdeményezőt nem\n" -"sikerült automatikusan felismerni, használja a Más (nem észlelt) " -"gombot,\n" +"Válasszon egyet a felismert iSCSI-kezdeményező listájából. Ha az iSCSI-kezdeményezőt nem\n" +"sikerült automatikusan felismerni, használja a Más (nem észlelt) gombot,\n" "majd nyomja meg a Beállítás gombot.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -336,8 +333,7 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Szerkesztés vagy törlés</big> \n" -"A Szerkesztés gomb megnyomásával egy további párbeszédablak jelenik " -"meg,\n" +"A Szerkesztés gomb megnyomásával egy további párbeszédablak jelenik meg,\n" "ahol módosíthatja a beállításokat.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -358,8 +354,7 @@ "Press Add to configure an iSCSI initiator.\n" msgstr "" "<big>iSCSI-kezdeményező hozzáadása:</big> \n" -"A Hozzáadás megnyomásával, beállíthatja az egy iSCSI-kezdeményezőt.</" -"p>\n" +"A Hozzáadás megnyomásával, beállíthatja az egy iSCSI-kezdeményezőt.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:84 @@ -370,21 +365,17 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Szerkesztés vagy törlés:</big> \n" "Válassza ki a módosítani vagy törölni kívánt iSCSI-kezdeményezőt, \n" -"majd nyomja meg a megfelelő Szerkesztés vagy Törlés gombot.</" -"p>\n" +"majd nyomja meg a megfelelő Szerkesztés vagy Törlés gombot.\n" #. table of connected targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 msgid "" -"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add</" -"b>.\n" +"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add.\n" "To remove it, press Log Out.\n" "To change the start-up status, press Toggle.\n" msgstr "" -"Aktuális munkamenetek listázása. Egy új tároló hozzáadásához kattintson a " -"Hozzáadás gombra.\n" -"Törléséhez válassza ki törölni kívánt kiszolgálót, majd kattintson a " -"Kijelentkezés gombra.\n" +"Aktuális munkamenetek listázása. Egy új tároló hozzáadásához kattintson a Hozzáadás gombra.\n" +"Törléséhez válassza ki törölni kívánt kiszolgálót, majd kattintson a Kijelentkezés gombra.\n" "Az indítási állapot módosításához nyomja meg az Átkapcsolás gombot.\n" #. Warning @@ -394,66 +385,42 @@ msgstr "<h1>Figyelem!</h1>" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115 -msgid "" -"When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that " -"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data " -"corruption.\n" -msgstr "" -"Az iSCSI eszköz READ/WRITE elérésekor győződjön meg arról, " -"hogy a megadott elérés kizárólagos. Ellenkező esetben, az adatvesztés " -"kockázata nagy.\n" +msgid "When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.\n" +msgstr "Az iSCSI eszköz READ/WRITE elérésekor győződjön meg arról, hogy a megadott elérés kizárólagos. Ellenkező esetben, az adatvesztés kockázata nagy.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 msgid "" -"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</" -"tt>. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only " -"able to change it in the BIOS setup." +"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." msgstr "" -"Az InitiatorName érték az <tt>/etc/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> " -"fájlból származik.\n" -"Ha az iBFT nincs telepítve, akkor ez az érték onnan kerül helyettesítésre és " -"nem lesz képes módosítani azt a BIOS beállításaiban." +"Az InitiatorName érték az <tt>/etc/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> fájlból származik.\n" +"Ha az iBFT nincs telepítve, akkor ez az érték onnan kerül helyettesítésre és nem lesz képes módosítani azt a BIOS beállításaiban." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 msgid "" -"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for " -"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should " -"be 3205.\n" +"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" msgstr "" -"Ha az alapértelmezett SendTargets metódus helyett az iSNS (Internet " -"Storage Name Service) szeretné használni az iSCSI-tároló felfedezésére,\n" -"akkor adja meg az iSNS-kiszolgáló címét és portját. Az alapértelmezett port: " -"3205.\n" +"Ha az alapértelmezett SendTargets metódus helyett az iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) szeretné használni az iSCSI-tároló felfedezésére,\n" +"akkor adja meg az iSNS-kiszolgáló címét és portját. Az alapértelmezett port: 3205.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address of the discovered server.\n" -"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username " -"and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" +"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select No Authentication.\n" msgstr "" "Adja meg a felderített kiszolgáló IP-címét.\n" -"A Port értékét csak akkor változtassa meg, ha szükséges. A " -"hitelesítéshez használja a Felhasználónév és Jelszó mezőket.\n" +"A Port értékét csak akkor változtassa meg, ha szükséges. A hitelesítéshez használja a Felhasználónév és Jelszó mezőket.\n" "Ha nincs szükség hitelesítésre, akkor válassza a Nincs lehetőséget.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click " -"Connect. " -msgstr "" -"Az iSCSI-kiszolgáló által felkínált csomópontok listája. Válasszon ki egy " -"elemet és kattintson a Csatlakozás gombra. " +msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click Connect. " +msgstr "Az iSCSI-kiszolgáló által felkínált csomópontok listája. Válasszon ki egy elemet és kattintson a Csatlakozás gombra. " #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and " -"Password." -msgstr "" -"Válassza ki a hitelesítés típusát és töltse ki a Felhasználó és " -"Jelszó mezőket." +msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and Password." +msgstr "Válassza ki a hitelesítés típusát és töltse ki a Felhasználó és Jelszó mezőket." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" @@ -463,28 +430,19 @@ msgid "" "manual is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" "default, the user needs to connect them manually\n" -"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. " -"when\n" +"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" "root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.\n" -"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI " -"service\n" +"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" "starts up.\n" msgstr "" -"kézi, abban az esetben, ha az iSCSI-tárolók alaphelyzetben " -"nincsenek csatlakoztatva, és a felhasználónak kell ezt kézzel megtennie\n" -"betöltéskor, abban az esetben, ha az iSCSI-tárolók indításkor " -"nincsenek csatlakoztatva. Ilyenkor az initrd használatával indul el.\n" -"automatikus, abban az esetben, amikor az iSCSI-tárolók " -"csatlakoztatva vannak, amikor maga az iSCSI-szolgáltatás elindul.\n" +"kézi, abban az esetben, ha az iSCSI-tárolók alaphelyzetben nincsenek csatlakoztatva, és a felhasználónak kell ezt kézzel megtennie\n" +"betöltéskor, abban az esetben, ha az iSCSI-tárolók indításkor nincsenek csatlakoztatva. Ilyenkor az initrd használatával indul el.\n" +"automatikus, abban az esetben, amikor az iSCSI-tárolók csatlakoztatva vannak, amikor maga az iSCSI-szolgáltatás elindul.\n" #. list of discovered targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "" -"List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect " -"to any target." -msgstr "" -"A felderített kiszolgálók listája. Kezdhet új Felderítést vagy " -"Csatlakozhat bármelyik célhoz." +msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect to any target." +msgstr "A felderített kiszolgálók listája. Kezdhet új Felderítést vagy Csatlakozhat bármelyik célhoz." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" @@ -592,12 +550,8 @@ #. check if not already connected #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 -msgid "" -"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that " -"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." -msgstr "" -"A tároló ezzel a névvel (TargetName) már kapcsolódott. Ellenőrizze, hogy az " -"adatok védelme érdekében a többutas mód engedélyezve van." +msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +msgstr "A tároló ezzel a névvel (TargetName) már kapcsolódott. Ellenőrizze, hogy az adatok védelme érdekében a többutas mód engedélyezve van." # modules/inst_sw_select.ycp:125 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_sw_select.ycp:194 @@ -632,12 +586,8 @@ #. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) #. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 -msgid "" -"To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." -"" -msgstr "" -"Az iSCSI-kezdeményező beállításához szükség van a(z) %1 csomag " -"telepítésére." +msgid "To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Az iSCSI-kezdeményező beállításához szükség van a(z) %1 csomag telepítésére." #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -709,7 +659,7 @@ #: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 msgid "all" -msgstr "" +msgstr "minden" #. } #: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/iscsi-lio-server.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/iscsi-lio-server.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/iscsi-lio-server.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -305,8 +305,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Mentés megszakítása:</big> \n" "A Megszakítás gomb megnyomásával megszakíthatja a folyamatot.\n" -"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e " -"megtenni.\n" +"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e megtenni.\n" "\n" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:57 @@ -314,8 +313,7 @@ "Save button will export some information about\n" "targets into selected file." msgstr "" -"A Mentés gomb megnyomásával az ISCSI-tárolóról néhány információ " -"exportálásra került\n" +"A Mentés gomb megnyomásával az ISCSI-tárolóról néhány információ exportálásra került\n" "a kiválasztott fájlba." #. Summary dialog help 1/3 @@ -338,8 +336,7 @@ "<big>iSCSI-tároló hozzáadása:</big> \n" "Válasszon a felderített iSCSI-tároló listából.\n" "Ha az iSCSI-tároló nem\n" -"sikerült automatikusan érzékelni, használja a Más (nem érzékelt) " -"gombot,\n" +"sikerült automatikusan érzékelni, használja a Más (nem érzékelt) gombot,\n" "majd nyomja meg a Beállítás gombot.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -350,8 +347,7 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Szerkesztés vagy törlés</big> \n" -"A Szerkesztés gomb megnyomásával egy további párbeszédablak jelenik " -"meg,\n" +"A Szerkesztés gomb megnyomásával egy további párbeszédablak jelenik meg,\n" "ahol módosíthatja a beállításokat.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -382,10 +378,8 @@ "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Szerkesztés vagy törlés:</big> \n" -"Válasszon egy iSCSI-tárolót, amelyet el akar távolítani, vagy a beállítását " -"meg akarja változtatni,\n" -"majd nyomja meg ennek megfelelően a Szerkesztés vagy a Törlés " -"gombot.\n" +"Válasszon egy iSCSI-tárolót, amelyet el akar távolítani, vagy a beállítását meg akarja változtatni,\n" +"majd nyomja meg ennek megfelelően a Szerkesztés vagy a Törlés gombot.\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:95 @@ -425,74 +419,41 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " -#| "Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert " -#| "User and Password. \n" -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " -"Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert " -"User and Password." -msgstr "" -"Válassza ki a hitelesítés típusát: Nincs, Bejövő vagy " -"Kimenő (ez utóbbi kettő együtt is szerepelhet). Ezt követően írja be " -"a Felhasználó és Jelszó értékeket. \n" +#| msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password. \n" +msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password." +msgstr "Válassza ki a hitelesítés típusát: Nincs, Bejövő vagy Kimenő (ez utóbbi kettő együtt is szerepelhet). Ezt követően írja be a Felhasználó és Jelszó értékeket. \n" #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target " -"portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is " -"InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi " -"initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." +msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " -#| "Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert " -#| "User and Password.\n" -#| "For incoming authentication, it is possible to Add more pairs or " -#| "Edit or Delete them." -msgid "" -"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN " -"target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the " -"type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both " -"together. Then insert User and Password. If Use " -"Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is " -"disabled here." +#| "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password.\n" +#| "For incoming authentication, it is possible to Add more pairs or Edit or Delete them." +msgid "With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." msgstr "" -"Válassza ki a hitelesítés típusát. A lehetőségek: Nincs hitelesítés, " -"Bejövő vagy Kimenő (ez utóbbi kettő együtt is szerepelhet). " -"Ezután írja be a Felhasználó és Jelszó értékeket. \n" -"Bejövő hitelesítés esetén hozzáadhat további párokat, " -"módosíthatja vagy törölheti őket." +"Válassza ki a hitelesítés típusát. A lehetőségek: Nincs hitelesítés, Bejövő vagy Kimenő (ez utóbbi kettő együtt is szerepelhet). Ezután írja be a Felhasználó és Jelszó értékeket. \n" +"Bejövő hitelesítés esetén hozzáadhat további párokat, módosíthatja vagy törölheti őket." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to " -"the LUN." +msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN." msgstr "" #. target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " -#| "clicking Add. \n" -#| "To delete or modify an item, select it and press Modify or " -#| "Delete." +#| "List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add. \n" +#| "To delete or modify an item, select it and press Modify or Delete." msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " -"clicking Add.\n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete</" -"b>." +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." msgstr "" -"A felajánlott tárolók és portal csoportok kilistázása. Új cél a " -"Hozzáadás gombra kattintva hozható létre. \n" -"Egy elem törléséhez vagy módosításához válassza ki, majd nyomja meg a " -"Módosítás vagy Törlés gombot." +"A felajánlott tárolók és portal csoportok kilistázása. Új cél a Hozzáadás gombra kattintva hozható létre. \n" +"Egy elem törléséhez vagy módosításához válassza ki, majd nyomja meg a Módosítás vagy Törlés gombot." #. edit target #. add target @@ -503,11 +464,9 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"LUN.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" -"b>. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" @@ -515,59 +474,41 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 msgid "" -"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which " -"address\n" +"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -"Az IP-cím és a Portszám alatt megadható, hogy melyik címen " -"és porton lesz elérhető az adott szolgáltatás. Az alapértelmezett portszám a " -"3260.\n" -"Csak olyan ip-cím választható, amely hozzá van rendelve valamelyik hálózati " -"kártyához." +"Az IP-cím és a Portszám alatt megadható, hogy melyik címen és porton lesz elérhető az adott szolgáltatás. Az alapértelmezett portszám a 3260.\n" +"Csak olyan ip-cím választható, amely hozzá van rendelve valamelyik hálózati kártyához." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." -msgstr "" -"Hozzon létre új kiszolgálót (target). Az adatokat változtassa meg a valódi " -"értékekre." +msgstr "Hozzon létre új kiszolgálót (target). Az adatokat változtassa meg a valódi értékekre." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" -"b>. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"Az összes többi beállítási paraméter hozzáadható, szerkeszthető</" -"b> és törölhető." +msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." +msgstr "Az összes többi beállítási paraméter hozzáadható, szerkeszthető és törölhető." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " -#| "purposes). \n" -#| "If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " -#| "Sectors are optional." +#| "Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes). \n" +#| "If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " -"purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " -"Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgstr "" -"Ha szükséges, módosítsa a LUN számot, állítsa be a Típust " -"(teszteléshez nullio). \n" -"Type=fileio esetén az Útvonal legyen lemezeszköz vagy fájl. Az " -"SCSI ID és a Szektorok megadása nem kötelező." +"Ha szükséges, módosítsa a LUN számot, állítsa be a Típust (teszteléshez nullio). \n" +"Type=fileio esetén az Útvonal legyen lemezeszköz vagy fájl. Az SCSI ID és a Szektorok megadása nem kötelező." # modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:63 # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:118 @@ -599,9 +540,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" -msgstr "" -"A kiválasztott útvonalnak egy blokkeszköznek vagy érvényes fájlnak kell " -"elennie!" +msgstr "A kiválasztott útvonalnak egy blokkeszköznek vagy érvényes fájlnak kell elennie!" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/iscsi-server.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/iscsi-server.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/iscsi-server.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -248,8 +248,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Mentés megszakítása:</big> \n" "A Megszakítás gomb megnyomásával megszakíthatja a folyamatot.\n" -"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e " -"megtenni.\n" +"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e megtenni.\n" "\n" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:56 @@ -257,8 +256,7 @@ "Save button will export some information about\n" "targets into selected file." msgstr "" -"A Mentés gomb megnyomásával az ISCSI-tárolóról néhány információ " -"exportálásra került\n" +"A Mentés gomb megnyomásával az ISCSI-tárolóról néhány információ exportálásra került\n" "a kiválasztott fájlba." #. Summary dialog help 1/3 @@ -281,8 +279,7 @@ "<big>iSCSI-tároló hozzáadása:</big> \n" "Válasszon a felderített iSCSI-tároló listából.\n" "Ha az iSCSI-tároló nem\n" -"sikerült automatikusan felismerni, használja a Más (nem észlelt) " -"gombot,\n" +"sikerült automatikusan felismerni, használja a Más (nem észlelt) gombot,\n" "majd nyomja meg a Beállítás gombot.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -293,8 +290,7 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Szerkesztés vagy törlés</big> \n" -"A Szerkesztés gomb megnyomásával egy további párbeszédablak jelenik " -"meg,\n" +"A Szerkesztés gomb megnyomásával egy további párbeszédablak jelenik meg,\n" "ahol módosíthatja a beállításokat.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -325,10 +321,8 @@ "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Szerkesztés vagy törlés:</big> \n" -"Válasszon egy iSCSI-tárolót, amelyet el akar távolítani, vagy a beállítását " -"meg akarja változtatni,\n" -"majd nyomja meg ennek megfelelően a Szerkesztés vagy a Törlés " -"gombot.\n" +"Válasszon egy iSCSI-tárolót, amelyet el akar távolítani, vagy a beállítását meg akarja változtatni,\n" +"majd nyomja meg ennek megfelelően a Szerkesztés vagy a Törlés gombot.\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:93 @@ -367,37 +361,24 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:117 msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " -"Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert " -"User and Password.\n" -"For incoming authentication, it is possible to Add more pairs or " -"Edit or Delete them." +"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password.\n" +"For incoming authentication, it is possible to Add more pairs or Edit or Delete them." msgstr "" -"Válassza ki a hitelesítés típusát. A lehetőségek: Nincs hitelesítés, " -"Bejövő vagy Kimenő (ez utóbbi kettő együtt is szerepelhet). " -"Ezután írja be a Felhasználó és Jelszó értékeket. \n" -"Bejövő hitelesítés esetén hozzáadhat további párokat, " -"módosíthatja vagy törölheti őket." +"Válassza ki a hitelesítés típusát. A lehetőségek: Nincs hitelesítés, Bejövő vagy Kimenő (ez utóbbi kettő együtt is szerepelhet). Ezután írja be a Felhasználó és Jelszó értékeket. \n" +"Bejövő hitelesítés esetén hozzáadhat további párokat, módosíthatja vagy törölheti őket." #. target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "List of offered targets. Create a new target by clicking Add. \n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Modify or Delete</" -"b>." +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Modify or Delete." msgstr "" -"A felajánlott tárolók kilistázása. Új cél a Hozzáadás gombra " -"kattintva hozható létre. \n" -"Egy elem törléséhez vagy módosításához válassza ki, majd nyomja meg a " -"Módosítás vagy Törlés gombot." +"A felajánlott tárolók kilistázása. Új cél a Hozzáadás gombra kattintva hozható létre. \n" +"Egy elem törléséhez vagy módosításához válassza ki, majd nyomja meg a Módosítás vagy Törlés gombot." #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"It is possible to change the Path to block devices, regular files, " -"LVM, or RAID.\n" -msgstr "" -"Az Elérési út mezőben blokkeszközök, normál fájlok, LVM és RAID " -"eszközök is megadhatók.\n" +msgid "It is possible to change the Path to block devices, regular files, LVM, or RAID.\n" +msgstr "Az Elérési út mezőben blokkeszközök, normál fájlok, LVM és RAID eszközök is megadhatók.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:131 msgid "" @@ -406,10 +387,8 @@ "For Path, use block devices, regular files, LVM, or RAID.\n" msgstr "" "Új tároló létrehozása. A sablonértékeket cserélje ki valódiakkal.\n" -"A Tároló esetében használja a következő formátumot: iqn.yyyy-mm." -"<tartomány neve fordítva>.\n" -"Az Elérési úthoz adjon meg blokkeszközöket, normál fájlokat, LVM- " -"vagy RAID-eszközöket.\n" +"A Tároló esetében használja a következő formátumot: iqn.yyyy-mm.<tartomány neve fordítva>.\n" +"Az Elérési úthoz adjon meg blokkeszközöket, normál fájlokat, LVM- vagy RAID-eszközöket.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -420,24 +399,16 @@ "Az extra beállításokhoz nyomja meg a Szakértői beállítások gombot.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:141 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"Az összes többi beállítási paraméter hozzáadható, szerkeszthető</" -"b> és törölhető." +msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." +msgstr "Az összes többi beállítási paraméter hozzáadható, szerkeszthető és törölhető." #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " -"purposes). \n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " -"Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes). \n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgstr "" -"Ha szükséges, módosítsa a LUN számot, állítsa be a Típust " -"(teszteléshez nullio). \n" -"Type=fileio esetén az Útvonal legyen lemezeszköz vagy fájl. Az " -"SCSI ID és a Szektorok megadása nem kötelező." +"Ha szükséges, módosítsa a LUN számot, állítsa be a Típust (teszteléshez nullio). \n" +"Type=fileio esetén az Útvonal legyen lemezeszköz vagy fájl. Az SCSI ID és a Szektorok megadása nem kötelező." # clients/online_update_details.ycp:86 clients/online_update_select.ycp:108 #. extract ScsiId @@ -488,8 +459,7 @@ #. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same #: src/include/iscsi-server/widgets.rb:608 msgid "Cannot use the same secret for incoming and outgoing authentication." -msgstr "" -"Ugyanaz a titkos adat nem használható bejövő és kimenő hitelesítéshez is." +msgstr "Ugyanaz a titkos adat nem használható bejövő és kimenő hitelesítéshez is." #. string lun = tostring( UI::QueryWidget(`id(`lun), `Value) ); #: src/include/iscsi-server/widgets.rb:731 @@ -535,8 +505,7 @@ msgstr "" "Változás esetén az iSCSI-tároló nem képes\n" "újratölteni, csak újraindítani a jelenlegi konfigurációt\n" -"Újraindítás során az összes munkafolyamat megszakad.\\ Újra kívánja indítani " -"az iscsitarget szolgáltatást?\n" +"Újraindítás során az összes munkafolyamat megszakad.\\ Újra kívánja indítani az iscsitarget szolgáltatást?\n" #. IscsiServer read dialog caption #: src/modules/IscsiServer.rb:380 @@ -622,12 +591,8 @@ #~ msgid "Cancel" #~ msgstr "Mégse" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To configure the iSCSI target, the %1 package must be installed." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az iSCSI-tároló beállításához szükség van a(z) %1 csomag " -#~ "telepítésére." +#~ msgid "To configure the iSCSI target, the %1 package must be installed." +#~ msgstr "Az iSCSI-tároló beállításához szükség van a(z) %1 csomag telepítésére." #~ msgid "Install it now?" #~ msgstr "Telepíti most?" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/isns.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/isns.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/isns.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -207,8 +207,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Mentés megszakítása:</big> \n" "A Megszakítás gomb megnyomásával megszakíthatja a folyamatot.\n" -"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e " -"megtenni.\n" +"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e megtenni.\n" "\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 @@ -221,85 +220,30 @@ "Itt állíthatja be az iSNS-kiszolgálót. \n" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"<big>iSNS Server location</big> The DNS name or the IP address of " -"the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" -msgstr "" -"<big>iSNS-kiszolgáló helye</big> Az iSNS-szolgáltatás DNS-neve IP-" -"címe megadható az iSNS címeként.\n" +msgid "<big>iSNS Server location</big> The DNS name or the IP address of the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" +msgstr "<big>iSNS-kiszolgáló helye</big> Az iSNS-szolgáltatás DNS-neve IP-címe megadható az iSNS címeként.\n" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service " -"are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI " -"targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node " -"removes it from the iSNS database." -msgstr "" -"Az összes iSNS-szolgáltatáshoz regisztrált iSCSI-csomópont megjelenik a " -"listában A csomópontokat az iSCSI-kezdeményező és az iSCSI-tárolók " -"regisztrálják. Csak törölni lehet őket. Csomópont törlésekor " -"eltávolításra kerül az iSNS-adatbázisból." +msgid "The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database." +msgstr "Az összes iSNS-szolgáltatáshoz regisztrált iSCSI-csomópont megjelenik a listában A csomópontokat az iSCSI-kezdeményező és az iSCSI-tárolók regisztrálják. Csak törölni lehet őket. Csomópont törlésekor eltávolításra kerül az iSNS-adatbázisból." #. discovery domains #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create</" -"b> a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the " -"members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." -msgstr "" -"Az összes felfedezési tartomány megjelenik.. Lehetőség van felfedezési " -"tartományok Létrehozására és Törlésére. A tartomány " -"törlésével a tartomány tagjai is törlésre kerülnek, de az iSCSI csomópont " -"tagjai nem." +msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." +msgstr "Az összes felfedezési tartomány megjelenik.. Lehetőség van felfedezési tartományok Létrehozására és Törlésére. A tartomány törlésével a tartomány tagjai is törlésre kerülnek, de az iSCSI csomópont tagjai nem." #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:49 -msgid "" -"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting " -"another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery " -"domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or " -"Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but " -"does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not " -"yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When " -"the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this " -"domain When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS " -"service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same " -"Discovery Domains. " -msgstr "" -"Az összes iSCSI csomópont a felfedezési tartományok szerint jelenik meg. " -"Más felfedezési tartomány kiválasztásával, annak tagjai is frissítésre " -"kerülnek. Lehetőség van iSCSI csomópontok hozzáadására és " -"törlésére. A csomópont törlésekor eltávolításra kerül a " -"tartományból, de maga az iSCSI csomópont nem kerül törlésre. Az iSCSI " -"csomópont létrehozásával lehetőség van egy nem regisztrált csomópont a " -"felfedezési tartományhoz való hozzáadásara. Amikor a kezdeményező vagy a " -"tároló regisztrálja a csomópontot, akkor az a tartomány része lesz. " -"Amikor egy iSCSI-kezdeményező felfedezési kérést indít, az iSNS-" -"szolgáltatás az összes iSCSI-tárolót visszaadja, amely ugyanannak a " -"felfedezési tartománynak a tagja. " +msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains. " +msgstr "Az összes iSCSI csomópont a felfedezési tartományok szerint jelenik meg. Más felfedezési tartomány kiválasztásával, annak tagjai is frissítésre kerülnek. Lehetőség van iSCSI csomópontok hozzáadására és törlésére. A csomópont törlésekor eltávolításra kerül a tartományból, de maga az iSCSI csomópont nem kerül törlésre. Az iSCSI csomópont létrehozásával lehetőség van egy nem regisztrált csomópont a felfedezési tartományhoz való hozzáadásara. Amikor a kezdeményező vagy a tároló regisztrálja a csomópontot, akkor az a tartomány része lesz. Amikor egy iSCSI-kezdeményező felfedezési kérést indít, az iSNS-szolgáltatás az összes iSCSI-tárolót visszaadja, amely ugyanannak a felfedezési tartománynak a tagja. " #. dds table dialog #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 -msgid "" -"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery " -"Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a " -"member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS " -"database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery " -"Domains contain iSCSI Node members." -msgstr "" -"Felül az összes felfedezési tartomány megjelenik. A felfedezési tartományok " -"felfedezési tartománycsoportokhoz tartoznak. Ahhoz, hogy egy felfedezési " -"tartomány aktív legyen egy felfedezési tartománycsoport tagjának kell lennie." -" Az iSNS adatbázisban a felfedezési tartománycsoport felfedezési " -"tartományokat, a felfedezési tartomány pedig iSCSI csomópontokat tartalmaz.</" -"p>" +msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members." +msgstr "Felül az összes felfedezési tartomány megjelenik. A felfedezési tartományok felfedezési tartománycsoportokhoz tartoznak. Ahhoz, hogy egy felfedezési tartomány aktív legyen egy felfedezési tartománycsoport tagjának kell lennie. Az iSNS adatbázisban a felfedezési tartománycsoport felfedezési tartományokat, a felfedezési tartomány pedig iSCSI csomópontokat tartalmaz." #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:56 -msgid "" -"The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different " -"discovery domain set is selected." -msgstr "" -"A felfedezési tartománycsoport-lista frissül, amint egy másik felfedezési " -"tartománycsoport kerül kiválasztásra." +msgid "The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected." +msgstr "A felfedezési tartománycsoport-lista frissül, amint egy másik felfedezési tartománycsoport kerül kiválasztásra." # clients/printconf.ycp:323 #. **************** global funcions and variables ***** @@ -309,9 +253,7 @@ #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:39 msgid "Select discovery domain set to which discovery domain will be added." -msgstr "" -"Válassza ki a felfedezési tartománycsoportot, amelyikhez a felfedezési " -"tartományt akarja hozzáadni." +msgstr "Válassza ki a felfedezési tartománycsoportot, amelyikhez a felfedezési tartományt akarja hozzáadni." # clients/printconf.ycp:323 #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:43 @@ -366,9 +308,7 @@ #. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:711 msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check iSNS server address." -msgstr "" -"Nem sikerült az iSNS-kiszolgálóhoz kapcsolódni. Ellenőrizze az iSNS-" -"kiszolgáló címét." +msgstr "Nem sikerült az iSNS-kiszolgálóhoz kapcsolódni. Ellenőrizze az iSNS-kiszolgáló címét." # modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:231 modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:246 # modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:259 @@ -387,12 +327,8 @@ #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 -msgid "" -"To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Az iSNS-szolgáltatás beállításához telepíteni kell a(z) %1 " -"csomagot." +msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Az iSNS-szolgáltatás beállításához telepíteni kell a(z) %1 csomagot." #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "Install it now?" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/kdump.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/kdump.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/kdump.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -59,28 +59,18 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:116 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " -"\"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"Az elnevezési séma: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_név>[.gz]. Kérjük hogy csak a " -"\"kernel_nev\"et adja meg." +msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "Az elnevezési séma: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_név>[.gz]. Kérjük hogy csak a \"kernel_nev\"et adja meg." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:127 -msgid "" -"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " -"kdump kernel." +msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." msgstr "A kdump parancssor a kdump kernelnek átadandó parancssor." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:138 -msgid "" -"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " -"line string." -msgstr "" -"Állítsa be ezt a változót, ha az alapértelmezett parancssori " -"karaktersorozathoz csak hozzáfűzni akar értékeket." +msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." +msgstr "Állítsa be ezt a változót, ha az alapértelmezett parancssori karaktersorozathoz csak hozzáfűzni akar értékeket." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:149 @@ -95,9 +85,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:165 msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." -msgstr "" -"Megadja a megtartandó régi kiíratások számát. A 0 az összes megtartását " -"jelenti." +msgstr "Megadja a megtartandó régi kiíratások számát. A 0 az összes megtartását jelenti." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:173 @@ -111,12 +99,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:189 -msgid "" -"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " -"password (plain text file)." -msgstr "" -"Az értesítés küldéséhez használt SMTP-jelszó. Elérési útvonal a jelszót " -"tartalmazó fájlhoz (egyszerű szövegfájl)." +msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." +msgstr "Az értesítés küldéséhez használt SMTP-jelszó. Elérési útvonal a jelszót tartalmazó fájlhoz (egyszerű szövegfájl)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:197 @@ -162,12 +146,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:254 -msgid "" -"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " -"nfs, cifs" -msgstr "" -"A kiíratási célok különböző célfajtákat tartalmazhatnak: fájl (helyi " -"fájlrendszer) ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" +msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "A kiíratási célok különböző célfajtákat tartalmazhatnak: fájl (helyi fájlrendszer) ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:261 @@ -209,12 +189,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:302 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " -"only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"Az elnevezési séma: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_név>[.gz]. A kernel csak a " -"kernel_nevet jelenti." +msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "Az elnevezési séma: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_név>[.gz]. A kernel csak a kernel_nevet jelenti." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:309 @@ -223,12 +199,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:316 -msgid "" -"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " -"or s are allowed" -msgstr "" -"A kapcsoló a kdump kernel indításához használandó futási szintet jelenti. " -"Csak az 1,2,3,5 vagy s értékek engedélyezettek" +msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" +msgstr "A kapcsoló a kdump kernel indításához használandó futási szintet jelenti. Csak az 1,2,3,5 vagy s értékek engedélyezettek" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:323 @@ -255,8 +227,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:419 msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)" -msgstr "" -"A Kdump engedélyezett (a \"crashkernel\" rendszerindítási beállítás felvéve)" +msgstr "A Kdump engedélyezett (a \"crashkernel\" rendszerindítási beállítás felvéve)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:424 @@ -375,9 +346,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:661 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps" -msgstr "" -"Régi kiíratások száma: minden kiíratás a régi kiíratások törlése nélkül " -"kerül mentésre" +msgstr "Régi kiíratások száma: minden kiíratás a régi kiíratások törlése nélkül kerül mentésre" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:669 @@ -414,9 +383,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:746 msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." -msgstr "" -"A \"crashkernel\" kernelbeállítás értéktartományokat is tartalmaz, amelyek " -"felülírásra kerülnek." +msgstr "A \"crashkernel\" kernelbeállítás értéktartományokat is tartalmaz, amelyek felülírásra kerülnek." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); @@ -473,8 +440,7 @@ #: src/clients/kdump.rb:809 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Option can include only \"ELF\" or \"compressed\" value." -msgid "" -"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." msgstr "A kapcsoló csak az \"ELF\" vagy \"compressed\" értéket tartalmazhatja." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message @@ -813,13 +779,11 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" -"removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" "Kdump engedélyezés/letiltás \n" -" A kdump engedélyezése vagy letiltása. A crashkernel rendszerindítási " -"paraméter\n" +" A kdump engedélyezése vagy letiltása. A crashkernel rendszerindítási paraméter\n" " hozzáadása/eltávolítása a rendszerindítási bejegyzéshez.\n" " A módosítások alkalmazásához újra kell indítani a rendszert. \n" @@ -837,12 +801,7 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " -"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" -"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " -"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " -"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " -"more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -864,10 +823,8 @@ "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." -" \n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster." -" \n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" "" msgstr "" @@ -875,28 +832,22 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " -"dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " msgstr "" "Mentési cél a Kdump képfájlhoz \n" -" A kdump képfájlok mentési helye. Céltípus kiválasztása a kdump " -"mentéséhez. " +" A kdump képfájlok mentési helye. Céltípus kiválasztása a kdump mentéséhez. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " -"Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" " " msgstr "" -"Helyi fájlrendszer - A kdump képfájl mentése a helyi " -"fájlrendszerre.\n" -" A kiíratások mentési könyvtára - A kdump képfájlok mentési " -"útvonala.\n" -" A Tallózás gombra kattintva kiválasztható a kdump képfájlok " -"mentési könyvtára\n" +"Helyi fájlrendszer - A kdump képfájl mentése a helyi fájlrendszerre.\n" +" A kiíratások mentési könyvtára - A kdump képfájlok mentési útvonala.\n" +" A Tallózás gombra kattintva kiválasztható a kdump képfájlok mentési könyvtára\n" " " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/6 @@ -907,17 +858,14 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection." -" " +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " msgstr "" "FTP - A kdump képfájlok mentése FTP-re.\n" " Kiszolgálónév - Az FTP kiszolgáló neve.\n" " Port - A kapcsolathoz használandó portszám.\n" " Könyvtár a kiszolgálón - A kdump képfájlok mentési könyvtára.\n" -" Névtelen FTP engedélyezése - Engedélyezi a névtelen kapcsolatot a " -"kiszolgálóhoz.\n" -" Felhasználónév - Az FTP kapcsolat felhasználóneve. Jelszó " -"- Az FTP kapcsolat jelszava. " +" Névtelen FTP engedélyezése - Engedélyezi a névtelen kapcsolatot a kiszolgálóhoz.\n" +" Felhasználónév - Az FTP kapcsolat felhasználóneve. Jelszó - Az FTP kapcsolat jelszava. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 @@ -933,8 +881,7 @@ " Kiszolgálónév - A kiszolgáló neve.\n" " Port - A kapcsolathoz használandó portszám.\n" " Könyvtár a kiszolgálón - A kdump képfájlok mentési könyvtára.\n" -" Felhasználónév az SSH kapcsolathoz. Jelszó az SSH " -"kapcsolathoz. \n" +" Felhasználónév az SSH kapcsolathoz. Jelszó az SSH kapcsolathoz. \n" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 @@ -945,8 +892,7 @@ msgstr "" "NFS - A kdump képfájlok mentése NFS-re.\n" " Kiszolgálónév - Az NFS kiszolgáló neve.\n" -" Könyvtár a kiszolgálón - A kdump képfájlok mentési könyvtára." -" " +" Könyvtár a kiszolgálón - A kdump képfájlok mentési könyvtára. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:107 @@ -962,10 +908,8 @@ " Kiszolgálónév - A kiszolgáló neve.\n" " Exportált megosztás - A Windows megosztás neve.\n" " Könyvtár a kiszolgálón - A kdump képfájlok mentési könyvtára.\n" -" Hitelesítés használata - Engedélyezi a hitelesített kapcsolatot a " -"kiszolgálóhoz.\n" -" Felhasználónév - A kapcsolat felhasználóneve. Jelszó - A " -"kapcsolat jelszava. " +" Hitelesítés használata - Engedélyezi a hitelesített kapcsolatot a kiszolgálóhoz.\n" +" Felhasználónév - A kapcsolat felhasználóneve. Jelszó - A kapcsolat jelszava. " #. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:116 @@ -996,10 +940,8 @@ " is set. \n" msgstr "" "Kdump parancssori összefűzés\n" -" Ez a parméter azt jelenti, hogy a megadott értéket _összefűzi_ az " -"alapértelmezett parancssori karakterekkel.\n" -" A karaktersorozat a Kdump parancssor változó beállításakor is " -"hozzáfűzésre kerül. \n" +" Ez a parméter azt jelenti, hogy a megadott értéket _összefűzi_ az alapértelmezett parancssori karakterekkel.\n" +" A karaktersorozat a Kdump parancssor változó beállításakor is hozzáfűzésre kerül. \n" #. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:133 @@ -1008,21 +950,18 @@ " Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump. " msgstr "" "Azonnali újraindítás engedélyezése a magfájl mentése után - \n" -" Azonnali újraindítás engedélyezése a magfájl mentése után a kdumpba." -" " +" Azonnali újraindítás engedélyezése a magfájl mentése után a kdumpba. " #. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:137 msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." -" " +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " msgstr "" "Régi kiíratási képek törlésének engedélyezése - \n" " Régi kiíratási képek törlésének engedélyezése. Ha a Régi kiíratások\n" -" száma meghaladja ezt a számot, akkor a régebbi kiíratások " -"eltávolításra kerülnek. " +" száma meghaladja ezt a számot, akkor a régebbi kiíratások eltávolításra kerülnek. " #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:143 @@ -1041,67 +980,45 @@ #. SMTP Server #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." -msgstr "" -"A beállított SMTP-kiszolgáló a dump elkészülte után " -"értesítőlevelet küld." +msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." +msgstr "A beállított SMTP-kiszolgáló a dump elkészülte után értesítőlevelet küld." #. SMTP User Name #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " -"plain SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"Felhasználónév az SMTP hitelesítéshez, amikor be van állítva " -"SMTP-kiszolgáló.\n" -"Ez egy választható beállítás, a felhasználó/jelszó nélkül, egyszerű SMTP " -"kerül beállításra.\n" +"Felhasználónév az SMTP hitelesítéshez, amikor be van állítva SMTP-kiszolgáló.\n" +"Ez egy választható beállítás, a felhasználó/jelszó nélkül, egyszerű SMTP kerül beállításra.\n" #. SMTP Password #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:159 msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " -"This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " -"will be used.\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"Jelszó az SMTP hitelesítéshez, ha be van állítva SMTP-" -"kiszolgáló. Ennek megadása opcionális,\n" -"felhasználónév és jelszó nélkül az egyszerű SMTP beállítások kerülnek " -"alkalmazásra.\n" +"Jelszó az SMTP hitelesítéshez, ha be van állítva SMTP-kiszolgáló. Ennek megadása opcionális,\n" +"felhasználónév és jelszó nélkül az egyszerű SMTP beállítások kerülnek alkalmazásra.\n" #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:163 -msgid "" -"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " -"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" -msgstr "" -"Értesítési címzett egy e-mail cím, ahova értesítő levelet küld a " -"rendszer a dump mentése után.\n" +msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgstr "Értesítési címzett egy e-mail cím, ahova értesítő levelet küld a rendszer a dump mentése után.\n" #. Notification CC (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:167 msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " -"to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Értesítési másolat szóközzel elválasztott e-mail címlista, ahova " -"értesítő levélmásolatot küld a rendszer a dump mentése után.\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" +msgstr "Értesítési másolat szóközzel elválasztott e-mail címlista, ahova értesítő levélmásolatot küld a rendszer a dump mentése után.\n" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " -"number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." -msgstr "" -"Régi kiíratások száma meghatározza, hogy mennyi régi kiíratás " -"maradjon meg. Ha a fájlok száma meghaladja ezt a számot, akkor a régebbi " -"kiíratások eltávolításra kerülnek." +msgstr "Régi kiíratások száma meghatározza, hogy mennyi régi kiíratás maradjon meg. Ha a fájlok száma meghaladja ezt a számot, akkor a régebbi kiíratások eltávolításra kerülnek." #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:175 @@ -1119,8 +1036,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Az előkészítés megszakítása:</big> \n" -"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás</" -"b> gombbal.\n" +"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás gombbal.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:183 @@ -1141,8 +1057,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Mentés megszakítása:</big> \n" "A Megszakítás gomb megnyomásával megszakíthatja a folyamatot.\n" -"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e " -"megtenni.\n" +"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e megtenni.\n" "\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 @@ -1175,8 +1090,7 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Szerkesztés vagy törlés:</big> \n" -"A Szerkesztés gomb megnyomásával, egy további párbeszédablak nyílik " -"meg,\n" +"A Szerkesztés gomb megnyomásával, egy további párbeszédablak nyílik meg,\n" "ahol módosíthatja a beállításokat.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -1293,8 +1207,7 @@ #. "KdumpMemory" #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1439 msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?" -msgstr "" -"A kernelbeállítások értéktartományokat is tartalmaznak. Felülírja ezeket?" +msgstr "A kernelbeállítások értéktartományokat is tartalmaznak. Felülírja ezeket?" #. T: Checkbox label #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1467 @@ -1457,14 +1370,11 @@ #~ " ELF Format - Create dumpfile in the ELF format " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kiíratás formátuma \n" -#~ " Tömörített formátum - Minden lap kiíratási adatainak " -#~ "tömörítése.\n" -#~ " ELF formátum - A kiíratási fájl létrehozása ELF " -#~ "formátumban " +#~ " Tömörített formátum - Minden lap kiíratási adatainak tömörítése.\n" +#~ " ELF formátum - A kiíratási fájl létrehozása ELF formátumban " #~ msgid "Unsupported architecture, \"crashkernel\" was not added" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nem támogatott architektúra, a \"crashkernel\" nem került felvételre" +#~ msgstr "Nem támogatott architektúra, a \"crashkernel\" nem került felvételre" #~ msgid "ENABLED" #~ msgstr "ENGEDÉLYEZVE" @@ -1474,13 +1384,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Kdump Command Line Append\n" -#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command " -#~ "line string. \n" +#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" #~ " The string will be appended if the Kdump Command Line\n" #~ " is set. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kdump parancssori összefűzés\n" -#~ " Ez a paraméter azt jelenti, hogy a megadott értéket _összefűzi_ az " -#~ "alapértelmezett parancssori karakterekkel.\n" -#~ " A karaktersorozat a Kdump parancssor változó beállításakor is " -#~ "hozzáfűzésre kerül. \n" +#~ " Ez a paraméter azt jelenti, hogy a megadott értéket _összefűzi_ az alapértelmezett parancssori karakterekkel.\n" +#~ " A karaktersorozat a Kdump parancssor változó beállításakor is hozzáfűzésre kerül. \n" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/kerberos-server.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/kerberos-server.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/kerberos-server.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -533,8 +533,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Az előkészítés megszakítása:</big> \n" -"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás</" -"b> gombbal.\n" +"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás gombbal.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:44 @@ -555,34 +554,26 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Mentés megszakítása:</big> \n" "A Megszakítás gomb megnyomásával megszakíthatja a folyamatot.\n" -"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e " -"megtenni.\n" +"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e megtenni.\n" "\n" #. Help text: ask for database backend 1/4 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:55 msgid "Specify where the Kerberos server should store the data." -msgstr "" -"Itt állítható be, hogy a Kerberos-kiszolgáló hol tárolja az adatokat." +msgstr "Itt állítható be, hogy a Kerberos-kiszolgáló hol tárolja az adatokat." #. Help text: ask for database backend 2/4 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:59 -msgid "" -"<big>Local Database</big> will create a local database for storing the " -"credentials." -msgstr "" -"A <big>Helyi adatbázis</big> létrehoz egy adatbázist a helyi rendszeren " -"azonosító adatok tárolásához." +msgid "<big>Local Database</big> will create a local database for storing the credentials." +msgstr "A <big>Helyi adatbázis</big> létrehoz egy adatbázist a helyi rendszeren azonosító adatok tárolásához." #. Help text: ask for database backend 3/4 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:63 msgid "" -"<big>Set Up New LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> will set up a new " -"LDAP server\n" +"<big>Set Up New LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> will set up a new LDAP server\n" "on this machine and use it as database back-end.\n" msgstr "" -"Az <big>Új LDAP-kiszolgáló használata adatbázisként</big> egy új LDAP-" -"kiszolgálót állít be\n" +"Az <big>Új LDAP-kiszolgáló használata adatbázisként</big> egy új LDAP-kiszolgálót állít be\n" "a helyi rendszeren és ezt használja adatbázisként.\n" #. Help text: ask for database backend 4/4 @@ -591,28 +582,18 @@ "<big>Use Existing LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> gives you the\n" "option to use an external LDAP server as database back-end.\n" msgstr "" -"A <big>Meglévő LDAP-kiszolgáló használata adatbázisként</big> lehetőséget " -"biztosít \n" +"A <big>Meglévő LDAP-kiszolgáló használata adatbázisként</big> lehetőséget biztosít \n" "külső LDAP-kiszolgáló használatára.\n" #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:71 -msgid "" -"Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " -"Kerberos server." -msgstr "" -"Adja meg a Kerberos-kiszolgálóhoz tartozó <big>Terület</big> és a " -"<big>Master jelszó</big>." +msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." +msgstr "Adja meg a Kerberos-kiszolgálóhoz tartozó <big>Terület</big> és a <big>Master jelszó</big>." #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is " -"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" -msgstr "" -"Annak ellenére, hogy a Kerberos terület (realm) neve bármilyen ASCII " -"karakterlánc lehet, a konvenció szerint ennek meg kell egyeznie a tartomány " -"(domain) nagybetűs nevével.\n" +msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" +msgstr "Annak ellenére, hogy a Kerberos terület (realm) neve bármilyen ASCII karakterlánc lehet, a konvenció szerint ennek meg kell egyeznie a tartomány (domain) nagybetűs nevével.\n" #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 1/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:79 @@ -624,53 +605,40 @@ msgid "" "With <big>LDAP Server URI</big> specify the location of the LDAP\n" "server. For example, <tt>ldaps://host.domain.com</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Az <big>LDAP-kiszolgáló URI</big> határozza meg az LDAP-kiszolgáló " -"helyét. Például <tt>ldaps://host.domain.hu</tt> ." +msgstr "Az <big>LDAP-kiszolgáló URI</big> határozza meg az LDAP-kiszolgáló helyét. Például <tt>ldaps://host.domain.hu</tt> ." #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 3/6 #. Help text: New LDAP server 2/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:87 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"With <big>LDAP Base DN</big> you can change the base DN of the LDAP " -"server." -msgstr "" -"Az <big>LDAP alap DN</big> részben megváltoztatható az LDAP-kiszolgáló " -"alap DN-je." +msgid "With <big>LDAP Base DN</big> you can change the base DN of the LDAP server." +msgstr "Az <big>LDAP alap DN</big> részben megváltoztatható az LDAP-kiszolgáló alap DN-je." #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 4/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" -"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the " -"Kerberos server should create \n" +"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the Kerberos server should create \n" "the principals and other informational data by default." msgstr "" -"A <big>Kerberos tároló DN</big> határozza meg azt a tárolót, ahová a " -"Kerberos-kiszolgáló\n" -"alapértelmezésként létrehozza az bejegyzéseket és egyéb informális adatokat." -"" +"A <big>Kerberos tároló DN</big> határozza meg azt a tárolót, ahová a Kerberos-kiszolgáló\n" +"alapértelmezésként létrehozza az bejegyzéseket és egyéb informális adatokat." #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 5/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:95 msgid "" -"<big>KDC Bind DN</big> is the DN that KDC uses to authenticate to the " -"LDAP server.\n" +"<big>KDC Bind DN</big> is the DN that KDC uses to authenticate to the LDAP server.\n" "Only read access is required for this account.\n" msgstr "" -"A <big>Kadmin DN kapcsolódás (bind)</big> az a DN, amellyel a KDC " -"hitelesíti magát az LDAP-kiszolgálóhoz.\n" +"A <big>Kadmin DN kapcsolódás (bind)</big> az a DN, amellyel a KDC hitelesíti magát az LDAP-kiszolgálóhoz.\n" "Ehhez a felhasználóhoz csak olvasási jogok szükségesek.\n" #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 6/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" -"<big>Kadmin Bind DN</big> is the DN that Kadmind uses to authenticate to " -"the LDAP server.\n" +"<big>Kadmin Bind DN</big> is the DN that Kadmind uses to authenticate to the LDAP server.\n" "This account also needs write access.\n" msgstr "" -"A <big>Kadmin DN kapcsolódás (bind)</big> az a DN, amellyel a Kadmin " -"hitelesíti magát az LDAP-kiszolgálóhoz.\n" +"A <big>Kadmin DN kapcsolódás (bind)</big> az a DN, amellyel a Kadmin hitelesíti magát az LDAP-kiszolgálóhoz.\n" "Ehhez a felhasználóhoz írási jogok is szükségesek.\n" #. Help text: New LDAP server 1/6 @@ -681,108 +649,71 @@ #. Help text: New LDAP server 3/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the " -"Kerberos server should create \n" +"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the Kerberos server should create \n" "the principals and other informational data by default.\n" msgstr "" -"A <big>Kerberos tároló DN</big> határozza meg azt a tárolót, ahová a " -"Kerberos-kiszolgáló\n" -"alapértelmezésként létrehozza az bejegyzéseket és egyéb informális adatokat." -"\n" +"A <big>Kerberos tároló DN</big> határozza meg azt a tárolót, ahová a Kerberos-kiszolgáló\n" +"alapértelmezésként létrehozza az bejegyzéseket és egyéb informális adatokat.\n" #. Help text: New LDAP server 4/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "<big>KDC Bind DN</big> is the DN for the administrator." -msgstr "" -"A <big>Kadmin DN kapcsolódás (bind)</big> az adminisztrátori DN." +msgstr "A <big>Kadmin DN kapcsolódás (bind)</big> az adminisztrátori DN." #. Help text: New LDAP server 5/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:117 msgid "" -"If you select the checkbox <big>Use Previously Entered Password</big>, " -"the password you entered\n" +"If you select the checkbox <big>Use Previously Entered Password</big>, the password you entered\n" "as the KDC Master password is also used for the LDAP administrator. \n" msgstr "" -"A <big>Korábban beállított jelszó használata</big> kiválasztásával a KDC " -"Master jelszóként \n" +"A <big>Korábban beállított jelszó használata</big> kiválasztásával a KDC Master jelszóként \n" "megadott jelszó lesz az LDAP adminisztrátor jelszava is. \n" #. Help text: New LDAP server 6/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:121 -msgid "" -"When the checkbox is not set, you can enter a different password for the " -"LDAP administrator." -msgstr "" -"Ha ez nincs kiválasztva, akkor az LDAP adminisztrátornak eltérő jelszó " -"adható meg." +msgid "When the checkbox is not set, you can enter a different password for the LDAP administrator." +msgstr "Ha ez nincs kiválasztva, akkor az LDAP adminisztrátornak eltérő jelszó adható meg." #. Help text: Summary 1/3 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:125 -msgid "" -"This is a short summary about your Kerberos server configuration." +msgid "This is a short summary about your Kerberos server configuration." msgstr "Ez egy rövid összefoglaló a Kerberos-kiszolgáló beállításáról." #. Help text: Summary 2/3 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "With the radio buttons you can enable or disable this service." -msgstr "" -"A gombok használatával engedélyezheti vagy letilthatja a szolgáltatást.</" -"p>" +msgstr "A gombok használatával engedélyezheti vagy letilthatja a szolgáltatást." #. Help text: Summary 3/3 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:133 -msgid "" -"You can change some values of your configuration by clicking the Edit</" -"b> button." -msgstr "" -"A Szerkesztés gombot megnyomja megváltoztathatja a beállítások " -"értékeit." +msgid "You can change some values of your configuration by clicking the Edit button." +msgstr "A Szerkesztés gombot megnyomja megváltoztathatja a beállítások értékeit." #. ============================================================================== #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:139 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " -"realm." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "Ez a terület Kerberos-adatbázisának gyökerét határozza meg." #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " -"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Ez a karakterlánc a kadmin által az adatbázisban engedélyezett " -"bejegyzések és jogosultságok meghatározásához használt hozzáférés-" -"felügyeleti lista (acl) helyét adja meg." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." +msgstr "Ez a karakterlánc a kadmin által az adatbázisban engedélyezett bejegyzések és jogosultságok meghatározásához használt hozzáférés-felügyeleti lista (acl) helyét adja meg." #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:147 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " -"authenticate to the database." -msgstr "" -"Ez a karakterlánc megadja a kadmin által az adatbázis hitelesítésére " -"használt keytab fájl helyét." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." +msgstr "Ez a karakterlánc megadja a kadmin által az adatbázis hitelesítésére használt keytab fájl helyét." #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " -"created in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Ez az abszolút idő meghatározza a területben létrehozott entitások " -"alapértelmezett lejárati dátumát." +msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." +msgstr "Ez az abszolút idő meghatározza a területben létrehozott entitások alapértelmezett lejárati dátumát." #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:155 -msgid "" -"These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " -"this realm." -msgstr "" -"Ezek a jelzők megadják a területben létrehozott entitások alapértelmezett " -"attribútumait." +msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." +msgstr "Ezek a jelzők megadják a területben létrehozott entitások alapértelmezett attribútumait." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "Allow postdated" @@ -791,9 +722,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Ezen jelző engedélyezése lehetővé teszi az entitásnak lejárttá tehető jegyek " -"beszerzését." +msgstr "Ezen jelző engedélyezése lehetővé teszi az entitásnak lejárttá tehető jegyek beszerzését." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:163 msgid "Allow forwardable" @@ -802,9 +731,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Ezen jelző engedélyezése lehetővé teszi az entitásnak továbbítható jegyek " -"beszerzését." +msgstr "Ezen jelző engedélyezése lehetővé teszi az entitásnak továbbítható jegyek beszerzését." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "Allow renewable" @@ -813,9 +740,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:170 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Ezen jelző engedélyezése lehetővé teszi az entitásnak megújítható jegyek " -"beszerzését." +msgstr "Ezen jelző engedélyezése lehetővé teszi az entitásnak megújítható jegyek beszerzését." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 # clients/lan_dns.ycp:269 @@ -826,9 +751,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." -msgstr "" -"Ezen jelző engedélyezése lehetővé teszi az entitásnak proxy jegyek " -"beszerzését." +msgstr "Ezen jelző engedélyezése lehetővé teszi az entitásnak proxy jegyek beszerzését." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:176 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" @@ -836,13 +759,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:178 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " -"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -msgstr "" -"Ezen jelző engedélyezése lehetővé teszi az entitásnak más felhasználó " -"munkamenetkulcsának beszerzését, lehetővé téve a felhasználók közötti " -"hitelesítést." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgstr "Ezen jelző engedélyezése lehetővé teszi az entitásnak más felhasználó munkamenetkulcsának beszerzését, lehetővé téve a felhasználók közötti hitelesítést." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:181 msgid "Requires preauth" @@ -850,18 +768,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:183 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " -"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " -"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will " -"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket " -"set." -msgstr "" -"Ha ez a jelző engedélyezve van egy kliens entitáson, akkor az entitásnak " -"előzetesen hitelesítenie kell magát a KDC felé a jegyek fogadása előtt. " -"Szolgáltató entitás esetén ezen jelző engedélyezése azt jelenti, hogy az " -"entitás szolgáltatásjegyei csak az előzetesen hitelesített jeggyel " -"rendelkező TGT-t tartalmazó klienseknek lesznek kiadva." +msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." +msgstr "Ha ez a jelző engedélyezve van egy kliens entitáson, akkor az entitásnak előzetesen hitelesítenie kell magát a KDC felé a jegyek fogadása előtt. Szolgáltató entitás esetén ezen jelző engedélyezése azt jelenti, hogy az entitás szolgáltatásjegyei csak az előzetesen hitelesített jeggyel rendelkező TGT-t tartalmazó klienseknek lesznek kiadva." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:186 msgid "Requires hwauth" @@ -869,12 +777,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:188 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using " -"a hardware device before receiving any tickets." -msgstr "" -"Ha ez a jelző engedélyezve van, akkor az entitásnak a jegyek fogadása előtt " -"egy hardvereszköz segítségével előzetesen hitelesítenie kell magát." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgstr "Ha ez a jelző engedélyezve van, akkor az entitásnak a jegyek fogadása előtt egy hardvereszköz segítségével előzetesen hitelesítenie kell magát." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "Allow service" @@ -882,12 +786,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:193 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this " -"principal." -msgstr "" -"Ezen jelző engedélyezése lehetővé teszi a KDC-nek szolgáltatásjegyek " -"kibocsátását az entitásnak." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." +msgstr "Ezen jelző engedélyezése lehetővé teszi a KDC-nek szolgáltatásjegyek kibocsátását az entitásnak." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:196 msgid "Allow tgs request" @@ -895,14 +795,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:198 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-" -"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was " -"used to obtain the TGT." -msgstr "" -"Ezen jelző engedélyezése lehetővé teszi az entitásnak szolgáltatásjegyek " -"beszerzését egy jegyeket biztosító jegy alapján, a TGT beszerzésére használt " -"hitelesítési folyamat megismétlése helyett." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." +msgstr "Ezen jelző engedélyezése lehetővé teszi az entitásnak szolgáltatásjegyek beszerzését egy jegyeket biztosító jegy alapján, a TGT beszerzésére használt hitelesítési folyamat megismétlése helyett." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:201 msgid "Allow tickets" @@ -910,14 +804,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:203 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " -"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " -"this realm." -msgstr "" -"Ezen jelző engedélyezése lehetővé teszi a KDC-nek jegyek kibocsátását az " -"entitásnak. A jelző letiltása lényegében letiltja az entitást a területen " -"belül." +msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." +msgstr "Ezen jelző engedélyezése lehetővé teszi a KDC-nek jegyek kibocsátását az entitásnak. A jelző letiltása lényegében letiltja az entitást a területen belül." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "Need change" @@ -935,68 +823,35 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:211 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " -"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " -"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " -"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"Ha ez a jelző engedélyezve van, akkor az entitás egy jelszó-változtatási " -"szolgáltatás. Ezt csak speciális körülmények között lehet használni, például " -"ha eg felhasználó jelszava lejárt, akkor a felhasználónak jegyeket kell " -"beszereznie ehhez az entitáshoz a jelszó módosítása érdekében, a normális " -"jelszó-változtatási hitelesítés kihagyásával." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." +msgstr "Ha ez a jelző engedélyezve van, akkor az entitás egy jelszó-változtatási szolgáltatás. Ezt csak speciális körülmények között lehet használni, például ha eg felhasználó jelszava lejárt, akkor a felhasználónak jegyeket kell beszereznie ehhez az entitáshoz a jelszó módosítása érdekében, a normális jelszó-változtatási hitelesítés kihagyásával." #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:215 -msgid "" -"The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are " -"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " -"assigned to the principal, no check will be done." -msgstr "" -"Ez a karakterlánc a jelszóként nem engedélyezett szavakat tartalmazó " -"szótárfájl helyét adja meg. Ha ez a címke nincs beállítva, vagy az " -"entitáshoz nincs irányelv rendelve, akkor nem lesz ellenőrzés végrehajtva.</" -"p>" +msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." +msgstr "Ez a karakterlánc a jelszóként nem engedélyezett szavakat tartalmazó szótárfájl helyét adja meg. Ha ez a címke nincs beállítva, vagy az entitáshoz nincs irányelv rendelve, akkor nem lesz ellenőrzés végrehajtva." #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:219 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:223 -msgid "" -"This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " -"for this realm." -msgstr "" -"Ez a portszám azt a portot adja meg, amelyiken az ehhez a területhez " -"tartozó kadmind démon figyel." +msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." +msgstr "Ez a portszám azt a portot adja meg, amelyiken az ehhez a területhez tartozó kadmind démon figyel." #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:227 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " -"with kdb5_stash." -msgstr "" -"Ez a karakterlánc megadja az elsődleges kulcsot a kdb5_stash " -"használatával tároló helyet." +msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." +msgstr "Ez a karakterlánc megadja az elsődleges kulcsot a kdb5_stash használatával tároló helyet." #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:231 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" -"Ez a karakterlánc megadja a KDC által a tartomány figyelésére használt " -"portok listáját." +msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." +msgstr "Ez a karakterlánc megadja a KDC által a tartomány figyelésére használt portok listáját." #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:235 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the " -"master key. The default value is K/M." -msgstr "" -"Ez a karakterlánc megadja az elsődleges kulcshoz tartozó entitás nevét. " -"Az alapértelmezett érték a K/M." +msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." +msgstr "Ez a karakterlánc megadja az elsődleges kulcshoz tartozó entitás nevét. Az alapértelmezett érték a K/M." #. advanced item help : master_key_type #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:239 @@ -1005,108 +860,58 @@ #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:243 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"valid for in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Ez az eltérés idő adja meg a jegyek érvényességének maximális idejét a " -"tartományban." +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." +msgstr "Ez az eltérés idő adja meg a jegyek érvényességének maximális idejét a tartományban." #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:247 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"renewed for in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Ez az eltérés idő megadja a jegyek megújításának maximális idejét a " -"tartományban." +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." +msgstr "Ez az eltérés idő megadja a jegyek megújításának maximális idejét a tartományban." #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:251 -msgid "" -"A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " -"combinations of principals for this realm." -msgstr "" -"A kulcs/salt karakterláncok listája, amely megadja a terület entitásainak " -"alapértelmezett key/salt érték kombinációit." +msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." +msgstr "A kulcs/salt karakterláncok listája, amely megadja a terület entitásainak alapértelmezett key/salt érték kombinációit." #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:255 -msgid "" -"Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" -"Megadja a tartomány entitásainak engedélyezett variációs érték " -"kombinációit." +msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." +msgstr "Megadja a tartomány entitásainak engedélyezett variációs érték kombinációit." #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " -"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " -"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" -msgstr "" -"Megadja, hogy a többtartományos jegyek átviteli tartományainak listáját " -"össze kell-e vetni a tartománynevekből és a krb5.conf fájl [capaths] " -"szakaszából számított átviteli útvonallal." +msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" +msgstr "Megadja, hogy a többtartományos jegyek átviteli tartományainak listáját össze kell-e vetni a tartománynevekből és a krb5.conf fájl [capaths] szakaszából számított átviteli útvonallal." #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:263 -msgid "" -"This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " -"maintained via the LDAP server." -msgstr "" -"Ez az LDAP-ra jellemző címke jelzi az LDAP-kiszolgálónként fenntartandó " -"kapcsolatok számát." +msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." +msgstr "Ez az LDAP-ra jellemző címke jelzi az LDAP-kiszolgálónként fenntartandó kapcsolatok számát." #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:267 -msgid "" -"This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed " -"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." -msgstr "" -"Ez az LDAP-ra jellemző címke jelzi a Kerberos-kiszolgáló indítására " -"használt objektumok titkos jelszavait tartalmazó fájlt." +msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." +msgstr "Ez az LDAP-ra jellemző címke jelzi a Kerberos-kiszolgáló indítására használt objektumok titkos jelszavait tartalmazó fájlt." #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:271 -msgid "" -"Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " -"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</" -"p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under " -"the subtree." -msgstr "" -"Megadja a tartomány entitásait tartalmazó részfák listáját. A lista a " -"részfaobjektumok kettősponttal (:) elválasztott megkülönböztető neveit " -"tartalmazza.A keresés hatóköre megadja az entitások részfán belüli " -"keresésének hatókörét." +msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." +msgstr "Megadja a tartomány entitásait tartalmazó részfák listáját. A lista a részfaobjektumok kettősponttal (:) elválasztott megkülönböztető neveit tartalmazza.A keresés hatóköre megadja az entitások részfán belüli keresésének hatókörét." #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:275 -msgid "" -"Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " -"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " -"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." -msgstr "" -"Megadja a tárolóobjektum megkülönböztető nevét, amelyben a tartomány " -"entitásai létrehozásra kerülnek. Ha a tárolóhivatkozás nincs beállítva a " -"tartományhoz, akkor az entitások a tartománytárolóban kerülnek létrehozásra." -"" +msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." +msgstr "Megadja a tárolóobjektum megkülönböztető nevét, amelyben a tartomány entitásai létrehozásra kerülnek. Ha a tárolóhivatkozás nincs beállítva a tartományhoz, akkor az entitások a tartománytárolóban kerülnek létrehozásra." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:279 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Megadja a jegyek maximális élettartamát ezen tartomány entitásaihoz." +msgstr "Megadja a jegyek maximális élettartamát ezen tartomány entitásaihoz." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "" -"Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -"" -msgstr "" -"Megadja a jegyek maximális megújítható élettartamát ezen tartomány " -"entitásaihoz." +msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." +msgstr "Megadja a jegyek maximális megújítható élettartamát ezen tartomány entitásaihoz." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:72 # clients/lan.ycp:384 @@ -1138,8 +943,7 @@ #: src/modules/KerberosServer.pm:648 msgid "No password available to create the default certificate." -msgstr "" -"Az alapértelmezett tanúsítvány elkészítéséhez nem áll rendelkezésre jelszó." +msgstr "Az alapértelmezett tanúsítvány elkészítéséhez nem áll rendelkezésre jelszó." #: src/modules/KerberosServer.pm:806 msgid "LDAP database already exists. Cannot create a new one." Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/kerberos.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/kerberos.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/kerberos.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -212,19 +212,8 @@ #. help text (do not transl. values "m","h", "d") #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:61 -msgid "" -"By default, the time unit of Default Lifetime, Default " -"Renewable Lifetime, and Clock Skew is set to seconds. " -"Alternatively, specify the time unit (<tt>m</tt> for minutes, <tt>h</tt> for " -"hours, or <tt>d</tt> for days) and use it as a value suffix, as in <tt>1d</" -"tt> or <tt>24h</tt> for one day." -msgstr "" -"A Jegy alapértelmezett élettartama, a Megújítható jegy " -"alapértelmezett élettartama és az Időelcsúszás értékek " -"alapértelmezésben másodpercekben értendők. Alternatívaként megadhatók más " -"időegységek is (<tt>m</tt> mint percek, <tt>h</tt> mint órák és <tt>d</tt> " -"mint napok) és használható az érték utótagjaként (pl <tt>1d</tt> vagy " -"<tt>24h</tt> egy nap ábrázolására)." +msgid "By default, the time unit of Default Lifetime, Default Renewable Lifetime, and Clock Skew is set to seconds. Alternatively, specify the time unit (<tt>m</tt> for minutes, <tt>h</tt> for hours, or <tt>d</tt> for days) and use it as a value suffix, as in <tt>1d</tt> or <tt>24h</tt> for one day." +msgstr "A Jegy alapértelmezett élettartama, a Megújítható jegy alapértelmezett élettartama és az Időelcsúszás értékek alapértelmezésben másodpercekben értendők. Alternatívaként megadhatók más időegységek is (<tt>m</tt> mint percek, <tt>h</tt> mint órák és <tt>d</tt> mint napok) és használható az érték utótagjaként (pl <tt>1d</tt> vagy <tt>24h</tt> egy nap ábrázolására)." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:86 @@ -238,11 +227,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "" -"Forwardable lets you transfer your complete identity (TGT) to " -"another machine. Proxiable only lets you transfer particular tickets. " -"Select wheter the options should be applied to all PAM services, none of " -"them or enter a list of services separated by spaces." +msgid "Forwardable lets you transfer your complete identity (TGT) to another machine. Proxiable only lets you transfer particular tickets. Select wheter the options should be applied to all PAM services, none of them or enter a list of services separated by spaces." msgstr "" "A Továbbítható jegyek segítségével a teljes identitását\n" "(TGT) átviheti egy másik gépre.\n" @@ -265,35 +250,21 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:144 -msgid "" -"If Retained is enabled, a PAM module keeps the tickets after " -"closing the session." -msgstr "" -"Ha a Megtartható opció aktív, akkor a PAM modul megtartja a " -"jegyeket a munkafolyamat bezárása után." +msgid "If Retained is enabled, a PAM module keeps the tickets after closing the session." +msgstr "Ha a Megtartható opció aktív, akkor a PAM modul megtartja a jegyeket a munkafolyamat bezárása után." #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:159 -msgid "" -"To enable Kerberos support for your OpenSSH client, select Kerberos " -"Support for OpenSSH Client. In this case, Kerberos tickets are used for " -"user authentication on the SSH server." +msgid "To enable Kerberos support for your OpenSSH client, select Kerberos Support for OpenSSH Client. In this case, Kerberos tickets are used for user authentication on the SSH server." msgstr "" -"A Kerberos-támogatás bekapcsolásához az OpenSSH-kliens számára jelölje " -"meg a\n" -"Kerberos-támogatás OpenSSH-klienshez négyzetet. Ez esetben Kerberos-" -"jegyek\n" +"A Kerberos-támogatás bekapcsolásához az OpenSSH-kliens számára jelölje meg a\n" +"Kerberos-támogatás OpenSSH-klienshez négyzetet. Ez esetben Kerberos-jegyek\n" "kerülnek felhasználásra az SSH-kiszolgálón a felhasználó hitelesítéséhez." #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Check Ignore Unknown Users to have Kerberos ignore authentication " -"attempts by users it does not know." -msgstr "" -"Ellenőrizze az Ismeretlen felhasználók kihagyása részt, hogy a " -"Kerberos figyelmen kívül hagyja azon felhasználók hitelesítési kísérleteit, " -"amelyeket nem ismer." +msgid "Check Ignore Unknown Users to have Kerberos ignore authentication attempts by users it does not know." +msgstr "Ellenőrizze az Ismeretlen felhasználók kihagyása részt, hogy a Kerberos figyelmen kívül hagyja azon felhasználók hitelesítési kísérleteit, amelyeket nem ismer." #. intfield label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:188 @@ -302,16 +273,11 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:190 -msgid "" -"When the Minimum UID is greater than 0, authentication attempts by " -"users with UIDs below the specified number are ignored. This is useful for " -"disabling Kerberos authentication for the system administrator root." +msgid "When the Minimum UID is greater than 0, authentication attempts by users with UIDs below the specified number are ignored. This is useful for disabling Kerberos authentication for the system administrator root." msgstr "" -"Ha a Minimum UID nagyobb, mint 0, akkor az ezen szám alatti " -"azonosítószámmal\n" +"Ha a Minimum UID nagyobb, mint 0, akkor az ezen szám alatti azonosítószámmal\n" "rendelkező felhasználókat a rendszer figyelmen kívül hagyja. \n" -"Ez hasznos lehet akkor, ha a rendszeradminisztrátor (root) számára le " -"szeretné\n" +"Ez hasznos lehet akkor, ha a rendszeradminisztrátor (root) számára le szeretné\n" "tiltani a Kerberos-hitelesítést." #. textentry label @@ -321,13 +287,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:205 -msgid "" -"The Clock Skew is the tolerance for time stamps not exactly " -"matching the host's system clock. The value is in seconds." -msgstr "" -"Az Időelcsúszás érték azt határozza meg, hogy a kiszolgáló mennyi " -"különbséget tűr a kliens rendszerórájával szemben. Az érték másodpercekben " -"van megadva." +msgid "The Clock Skew is the tolerance for time stamps not exactly matching the host's system clock. The value is in seconds." +msgstr "Az Időelcsúszás érték azt határozza meg, hogy a kiszolgáló mennyi különbséget tűr a kliens rendszerórájával szemben. Az érték másodpercekben van megadva." #. push button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:230 @@ -343,8 +304,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Ahhoz, hogy a számítógép óráját egy NTP-kiszolgáló segítségével szinkronban\n" -"lehessen tartani, be kell azt állítani NTP-kliensnek. A megfelelő " -"beállításhoz\n" +"lehessen tartani, be kell azt állítani NTP-kliensnek. A megfelelő beállításhoz\n" "nyomja meg az NTP beállítása gombot.\n" #. push button label @@ -354,12 +314,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:247 -msgid "" -"To configure the source of user accounts, select the appropriate " -"configuration module in Configure User Data." -msgstr "" -"A felhasználók forrásának beállításához válassza ki a megfelelő " -"konfigurációs modult Felhasználói adatok beállítása részben." +msgid "To configure the source of user accounts, select the appropriate configuration module in Configure User Data." +msgstr "A felhasználók forrásának beállításához válassza ki a megfelelő konfigurációs modult Felhasználói adatok beállítása részben." # clients/lan_ypclient.ycp:117 menuentries/menuentry_lan_ypclient.ycp:14 #. menu item @@ -380,12 +336,8 @@ #. help text for "Credential Cac&he Directory" #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:267 -msgid "" -"Specify the directory where to place credential cache files as " -"Credential Cache Directory." -msgstr "" -"Adja meg a hitelesítési adatok gyorsítótárának tárolására szolgáló " -"Hitelesítési adatok gyorsítótára könyvtárat." +msgid "Specify the directory where to place credential cache files as Credential Cache Directory." +msgstr "Adja meg a hitelesítési adatok gyorsítótárának tárolására szolgáló Hitelesítési adatok gyorsítótára könyvtárat." #. push button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:280 @@ -399,13 +351,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:292 -msgid "" -"Credential Cache Template specifies the location in which to place " -"the user's session-specific credential cache." -msgstr "" -"A Hitelesítési adatok gyorsítótárának sablonja a felhasználó " -"munkamenetéhez kapcsolódó hitelesítési adatok gyorsítótáraként szolgáló " -"helyet határozza meg." +msgid "Credential Cache Template specifies the location in which to place the user's session-specific credential cache." +msgstr "A Hitelesítési adatok gyorsítótárának sablonja a felhasználó munkamenetéhez kapcsolódó hitelesítési adatok gyorsítótáraként szolgáló helyet határozza meg." # modules/inst_lilo_info.ycp:265 #. textentry label @@ -415,12 +362,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:308 -msgid "" -"Specify the location of the file with the keys of principals in Keytab " -"File Location." -msgstr "" -"Adja meg a megbízó kulcsokat tartalmazó kulcs helyét a Kulcslap-fájl " -"helyében." +msgid "Specify the location of the file with the keys of principals in Keytab File Location." +msgstr "Adja meg a megbízó kulcsokat tartalmazó kulcs helyét a Kulcslap-fájl helyében." #. push button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:321 @@ -434,12 +377,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:333 -msgid "" -"With Mappings, specify how the PAM module should derive the " -"principal's name from the system user name." -msgstr "" -"A Leképezések segítségével határozhatja meg, hogy a PAM miként " -"vezesse le a megbízó nevét a rendszerben használt felhasználónévből." +msgid "With Mappings, specify how the PAM module should derive the principal's name from the system user name." +msgstr "A Leképezések segítségével határozhatja meg, hogy a PAM miként vezesse le a megbízó nevét a rendszerben használt felhasználónévből." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:346 @@ -448,22 +387,13 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:348 -msgid "" -"The value of Banner is a text that should be shown before a " -"password questions." -msgstr "" -"A Felirat értéke az a szöveg, amely a jelszó bekérése előtt " -"megjelenik." +msgid "The value of Banner is a text that should be shown before a password questions." +msgstr "A Felirat értéke az a szöveg, amely a jelszó bekérése előtt megjelenik." #. generic help for Services tab #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:362 -msgid "" -"All settings in this dialog can be applied for all PAM services, no " -"service or a specific list of services separated by commas." -msgstr "" -"A párbeszédablak minden beállítása alkalmazható mindegyik PAM " -"szolgáltatásra, egyik szolgáltatásra sem, vagy a szolgáltatások vesszőkkel " -"elválasztott listájára." +msgid "All settings in this dialog can be applied for all PAM services, no service or a specific list of services separated by commas." +msgstr "A párbeszédablak minden beállítása alkalmazható mindegyik PAM szolgáltatásra, egyik szolgáltatásra sem, vagy a szolgáltatások vesszőkkel elválasztott listájára." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:370 @@ -472,12 +402,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:372 -msgid "" -"When Addressless Initial Tickets is set, initial tickets (TGT) " -"with no address information are requested." -msgstr "" -"A Címezetlen kezdeti jegyek beállítással a kezdeti jegyek (TGT) " -"kérvényezése cím-információ nélkül történik." +msgid "When Addressless Initial Tickets is set, initial tickets (TGT) with no address information are requested." +msgstr "A Címezetlen kezdeti jegyek beállítással a kezdeti jegyek (TGT) kérvényezése cím-információ nélkül történik." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:386 @@ -486,12 +412,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:388 -msgid "" -"Check Debug to turn on debugging for selected services via syslog." -"" -msgstr "" -"Jelölje be a Hibakeresést a választott szolgáltatások syslog-on " -"keresztül történő hibakeresésének bekapcsolásához." +msgid "Check Debug to turn on debugging for selected services via syslog." +msgstr "Jelölje be a Hibakeresést a választott szolgáltatások syslog-on keresztül történő hibakeresésének bekapcsolásához." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:402 @@ -500,12 +422,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:404 -msgid "" -"Sensitive Debug turns on debugging of sensitive information.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Az Érzékeny hibakeresés az érzékeny adatok hibakeresését " -"engedélyezi." +msgid "Sensitive Debug turns on debugging of sensitive information." +msgstr "Az Érzékeny hibakeresés az érzékeny adatok hibakeresését engedélyezi." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:418 @@ -514,14 +432,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:420 -msgid "" -"Check Accept Existing Ticket to tell PAM module to accept the " -"presence of pre-existing Kerberos credentials as sufficient to authenticate " -"the user." -msgstr "" -"Jelölje be a Meglévő jegy elfogadása lehetőséget, hogy a PAM modul " -"elégséges feltételként fogadja el a már létező Kerberos-hitelesítési " -"adatokat a felhasználó hitelesítéséhez." +msgid "Check Accept Existing Ticket to tell PAM module to accept the presence of pre-existing Kerberos credentials as sufficient to authenticate the user." +msgstr "Jelölje be a Meglévő jegy elfogadása lehetőséget, hogy a PAM modul elégséges feltételként fogadja el a már létező Kerberos-hitelesítési adatokat a felhasználó hitelesítéséhez." # modules/inst_sw_details.ycp:123 # clients/inst_sw_details.ycp:220 @@ -532,12 +444,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:437 -msgid "" -"List the services allowed to provide credentials in External " -"Credentials." -msgstr "" -"A Külső hitelesítési adatokban sorolja fel a szolgáltatásokat, " -"amelyek hitelesítési adatokkal szolgálhatnak." +msgid "List the services allowed to provide credentials in External Credentials." +msgstr "A Külső hitelesítési adatokban sorolja fel a szolgáltatásokat, amelyek hitelesítési adatokkal szolgálhatnak." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:452 @@ -546,13 +454,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:454 -msgid "" -"Use Shared Memory describes the services for which the shared " -"memory is used during authentication." -msgstr "" -"Az Osztott memória használata tartalmazza azokat a " -"szolgáltatásokat, amelyek az osztott memóriát használják a hitelesítés során." -"" +msgid "Use Shared Memory describes the services for which the shared memory is used during authentication." +msgstr "Az Osztott memória használata tartalmazza azokat a szolgáltatásokat, amelyek az osztott memóriát használják a hitelesítés során." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:469 @@ -561,12 +464,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:471 -msgid "" -"Select the services for which TGT should be validated by changing the " -"value of Validate Initial Ticket." -msgstr "" -"A Kezdeti jegy ellenőrzése értékének megváltoztatásával válassza " -"ki a szolgáltatásokat, amelyekhez szükséges a TGT ellenőrzése." +msgid "Select the services for which TGT should be validated by changing the value of Validate Initial Ticket." +msgstr "A Kezdeti jegy ellenőrzése értékének megváltoztatásával válassza ki a szolgáltatásokat, amelyekhez szükséges a TGT ellenőrzése." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:486 @@ -575,12 +474,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:488 -msgid "" -"With Initial Prompt checked, the PAM module asks for a password " -"before the authentication attempt." -msgstr "" -"Ha a Kezdeti bekérés be van jelölve, a PAM modul még a hitelesítés " -"előtt bekéri a jelszót." +msgid "With Initial Prompt checked, the PAM module asks for a password before the authentication attempt." +msgstr "Ha a Kezdeti bekérés be van jelölve, a PAM modul még a hitelesítés előtt bekéri a jelszót." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:502 @@ -589,14 +484,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:504 -msgid "" -"If Subsequent Prompt is enabled, the PAM module may ask the user " -"for a password, in case the previously-entered password was somehow " -"insufficient for authentication." -msgstr "" -"A mennyiben az előzőleg megadott jelszó valamiért nem megfelelő a " -"hitelesítéshez, az Utólagos bekérés engedélyezésével a PAM modul " -"bekérheti a jelszót." +msgid "If Subsequent Prompt is enabled, the PAM module may ask the user for a password, in case the previously-entered password was somehow insufficient for authentication." +msgstr "A mennyiben az előzőleg megadott jelszó valamiért nem megfelelő a hitelesítéshez, az Utólagos bekérés engedélyezésével a PAM modul bekérheti a jelszót." #. directory location popup label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:602 @@ -637,17 +526,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Authentication with Kerberos</big> \n" -"The Kerberos client configuration updates your PAM settings to enable " -"Kerberos authentication. Your system needs access to a Kerberos server in " -"the network for this to work.\n" +"The Kerberos client configuration updates your PAM settings to enable Kerberos authentication. Your system needs access to a Kerberos server in the network for this to work.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Kerberos alapú hitelesítés</big> \n" -"Itt úgy módosíthatja a PAM beállításokat, hogy a felhasználók hitelesítése " -"Kerberos alapú legyen.\n" -"Ehhez persze a rendszernek el kell érnie egy Kerberos-kiszolgálót a " -"hálózaton.\n" +"Itt úgy módosíthatja a PAM beállításokat, hogy a felhasználók hitelesítése Kerberos alapú legyen.\n" +"Ehhez persze a rendszernek el kell érnie egy Kerberos-kiszolgálót a hálózaton.\n" "\n" #. help text 2/5 @@ -655,49 +540,31 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Basic Client Settings:\n" -"Enter your Default Domain, Default Realm, and the hostname or " -"address of your Key Distribution Center (KDC Server Address). To " -"specify more values for KDC, separate them by spaces." +"Enter your Default Domain, Default Realm, and the hostname or address of your Key Distribution Center (KDC Server Address). To specify more values for KDC, separate them by spaces." msgstr "" "\n" "Kerberos-kliens alapbeállításai:\n" -"Adja meg az Alapértelmezett tartomány, az Alapértelmezett terület</" -"b> és a gépnév adatokat vagy a KDC-kiszolgáló címét. Több érték " -"megadása esetén válassza el őket szóközökkel." +"Adja meg az Alapértelmezett tartomány, az Alapértelmezett terület és a gépnév adatokat vagy a KDC-kiszolgáló címét. Több érték megadása esetén válassza el őket szóközökkel." #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "" "\n" -"It is common practice to use the domain name in uppercase as your default " -"realm name, but you can select freely. If the realm is not available on the " -"server, you cannot log in. Ask your server administrator if you need more " -"information.\n" +"It is common practice to use the domain name in uppercase as your default realm name, but you can select freely. If the realm is not available on the server, you cannot log in. Ask your server administrator if you need more information.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Az alapértelmezett terület rendszerint a tartománynév csupa nagybetűkkel " -"írva, azonban teljesen szabadon is választható. Ha a terület nem érhető el a " -"kiszolgálón, akkor nem jelentkezhet rá be.\n" +"Az alapértelmezett terület rendszerint a tartománynév csupa nagybetűkkel írva, azonban teljesen szabadon is választható. Ha a terület nem érhető el a kiszolgálón, akkor nem jelentkezhet rá be.\n" "További információért keresse meg a rendszergazdát.\n" #. help text for Use DNS to acquire the configuration data at runtime #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:723 -msgid "" -"Check Use DNS to Acquire the Configuration Data at Runtime to let " -"your client use the Kerberos authentication data provided by DNS. This " -"option cannot be selected if the DNS server does not provide such data." -msgstr "" -"Állítsa be a DNS használata a beállítások futásidejű lekérdezéséhez " -"lehetőséget, hogy a kliense felhasználja a DNS által szolgáltatott Kerberos-" -"hitelesítési adatokat. Ez a lehetőség nem választható ki, ha a DNS " -"kiszolgáló nem szolgáltat ilyen jellegű adatokat." +msgid "Check Use DNS to Acquire the Configuration Data at Runtime to let your client use the Kerberos authentication data provided by DNS. This option cannot be selected if the DNS server does not provide such data." +msgstr "Állítsa be a DNS használata a beállítások futásidejű lekérdezéséhez lehetőséget, hogy a kliense felhasználja a DNS által szolgáltatott Kerberos-hitelesítési adatokat. Ez a lehetőség nem választható ki, ha a DNS kiszolgáló nem szolgáltat ilyen jellegű adatokat." #. help text 5/5 #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "To configure more settings, click Advanced Settings." -msgstr "" -"A további opciók beállításához kattintson a További beállítások " -"gombra." +msgstr "A további opciók beállításához kattintson a További beállítások gombra." #. radio button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:752 Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/ldap-client.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/ldap-client.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/ldap-client.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -264,119 +264,79 @@ #. help text 2/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:535 -msgid "" -"To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select Use LDAP</" -"b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly." -msgstr "" -"Ahhoz, hogy a felhasználók azonosítása egy OpenLDAP-kiszolgálón keresztül " -"történjen, válassza ki az LDAP használata pontot. Az NSS és a PAM " -"ennek megfelelően lesz beállítva." +msgid "To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select Use LDAP. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly." +msgstr "Ahhoz, hogy a felhasználók azonosítása egy OpenLDAP-kiszolgálón keresztül történjen, válassza ki az LDAP használata pontot. Az NSS és a PAM ennek megfelelően lesz beállítva." #. help text 3/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:539 msgid "" "To deactivate LDAP services, click Do Not Use LDAP.\n" -"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch." -"conf\n" +"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" "will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n" "removed." msgstr "" -"Az LDAP szolgáltatás kikapcsolásához kattintson az LDAP leállítása " -"gombra.\n" +"Az LDAP szolgáltatás kikapcsolásához kattintson az LDAP leállítása gombra.\n" "Ha letiltja az LDAP-ot, akkor a YaST törli az /etc/nsswitch.conf fájl \n" "jelenlegi LDAP bejegyzéseit. A PAM beállítása is módosul,\n" "az LDAP-bejegyzések kikerülnek onnan." #. help text 3.5/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:546 -msgid "" -"To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select " -"Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins." +msgid "To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins." msgstr "" -"Ha be akarja kapcsolni az LDAP-t, de ki akarja tiltani a felhasználókat a " -"gépről,\n" -"válassza ki az LDAP használata letiltott bejelentkezésekkel " -"lehetőséget." +"Ha be akarja kapcsolni az LDAP-t, de ki akarja tiltani a felhasználókat a gépről,\n" +"válassza ki az LDAP használata letiltott bejelentkezésekkel lehetőséget." #. help text #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:550 -msgid "" -"Check Use System Security Services Daemon if you want the system " -"to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap." -msgstr "" -"Kapcsolja be a System Security Services Daemon használata " -"lehetőséget, ha az nss_ldap helyett SSSD-t szeretne használni." +msgid "Check Use System Security Services Daemon if you want the system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap." +msgstr "Kapcsolja be a System Security Services Daemon használata lehetőséget, ha az nss_ldap helyett SSSD-t szeretne használni." #. help text 4/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:554 msgid "" -"Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) " -"in Addresses and the distinguished name of the search base (Base " -"DN, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" -"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve " -"the\n" -"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the " -"server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap." -"example.com:379</tt>.\n" +"Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in Addresses and the distinguished name of the search base (Base DN, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" +"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n" +"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Adja meg az LDAP-kiszolgáló címét (pl. ldap.example.com vagy 10.20.0.2) a " -"Cím mezőben és a keresési alap (Alap DN, pl. dc=example," -"dc=com) megkülönböztetett nevét. Több kiszolgáló adatait\n" +"Adja meg az LDAP-kiszolgáló címét (pl. ldap.example.com vagy 10.20.0.2) a Cím mezőben és a keresési alap (Alap DN, pl. dc=example,dc=com) megkülönböztetett nevét. Több kiszolgáló adatait\n" "szóközökkel válassza el. A címek feloldásának LDAP nélkül is mennie kell.\n" -"Megadhatja továbbá a portot, amelyen a kiszolgáló fut, a következő " -"szintaxissal: \"kiszolgáló:port\", például <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" +"Megadhatja továbbá a portot, amelyen a kiszolgáló fut, a következő szintaxissal: \"kiszolgáló:port\", például <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" "\n" #. help text 5/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:561 -msgid "" -"With Find, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the " -"service location protocol (SLP). Using Fetch DN, read the base DN " -"from server." -msgstr "" -"A Keresés gombbal válassza ki az LDAP-kiszolgálót az SLP-n " -"keresztül meghirdetett listából. A DN lekérése paranccsal olvasható " -"ki az alap DN a kiszolgálóról." +msgid "With Find, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using Fetch DN, read the base DN from server." +msgstr "A Keresés gombbal válassza ki az LDAP-kiszolgálót az SLP-n keresztül meghirdetett listából. A DN lekérése paranccsal olvasható ki az alap DN a kiszolgálóról." #. help text 6/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:565 msgid "" "Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL</" -"b>\n" +"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL\n" "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n" "certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.\n" msgstr "" "Néhány LDAP-kiszolgáló támogatja a StartTLS [RFC2830] szabványt.\n" "Ha az Öné ilyen és a protokoll aktív, jelölje be az LDAP TLS/SSL\n" -"lehetőséget az LDAP-adatok titkosított továbbításához. A CA tanúsítvány a " -"megadott URL-ről, PEM formátumban letölthető.\n" +"lehetőséget az LDAP-adatok titkosított továbbításához. A CA tanúsítvány a megadott URL-ről, PEM formátumban letölthető.\n" #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:571 msgid "" -"A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the " -"config\n" -" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on " -"server certificates.\n" -" The value is the level that can be specified with keywords " -"never, allow,\n" -" try and demand. In the SSL/TLS Configuration " -"dialog there is\n" -" the option Request server certificate which will set the " -"TLS_REQCERT\n" -" configuration option to demand if it's enabled or to " -"allow if it's disabled.\n" +"A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the config\n" +" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on server certificates.\n" +" The value is the level that can be specified with keywords never, allow,\n" +" try and demand. In the SSL/TLS Configuration dialog there is\n" +" the option Request server certificate which will set the TLS_REQCERT\n" +" configuration option to demand if it's enabled or to allow if it's disabled.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:579 msgid "" -"In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS " -"URLs.\n" -" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They " -"have a syntax\n" -" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the " -"default port for LDAPS URLs\n" +"In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS URLs.\n" +" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They have a syntax\n" +" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the default port for LDAPS URLs\n" " is 636 instead of 389.\n" msgstr "" @@ -398,8 +358,7 @@ #. help text 9/9 (additional) #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:591 msgid "" -"Automounter is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, " -"such\n" +"Automounter is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n" "as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n" "exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n" "want to use it, it will be installed automatically.\n" @@ -499,8 +458,7 @@ "\n" "A jelenlegi beállítás nem SSSD-t, hanem a nss_ldap-ot használ.\n" "A YaST kizárólag az SSSD beállítást használhatja.\n" -"Szeretné folytatni és SSSD beállítást használni vagy megtartja a korábbi " -"beállításokat?" +"Szeretné folytatni és SSSD beállítást használni vagy megtartja a korábbi beállításokat?" #. error popup label #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:838 @@ -540,8 +498,7 @@ "running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" "the machine to enable it for all services.\n" msgstr "" -"Ez a változtatás csak az újonnan létrehozott folyamatokat érinti, a már " -"futókat\n" +"Ez a változtatás csak az újonnan létrehozott folyamatokat érinti, a már futókat\n" "nem. Indítsa újra kézzel a szolgáltatásokat, vagy a teljes rendszert,\n" "ha az összes szolgáltatásra be akarja kapcsolni.\n" @@ -559,12 +516,10 @@ #. yes/no question #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:970 msgid "" -"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is " -"disabled.\n" +"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\n" "Enable certificate checks now?" msgstr "" -"A biztonsági kapcsolat engedélyezve van, de a kiszolgáló tanúsítványának " -"ellenőrzése le van tiltva.\n" +"A biztonsági kapcsolat engedélyezve van, de a kiszolgáló tanúsítványának ellenőrzése le van tiltva.\n" " Engedélyezi a tanúsítvány ellenőrzését?" #. help text caption 1 @@ -575,32 +530,22 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1017 msgid "" -"If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the realm and " -"KDC Address.\n" -"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking SSSD " -"Offline Authentication.\n" -"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>." -"\n" +"If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the realm and KDC Address.\n" +"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking SSSD Offline Authentication.\n" +"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Amennyiben Kerberos hitelesítést kell használni, akkor adja meg a " -"területet és a KDC címet.\n" -"Amennyiben azt szeretné, hogy a felhasználó hitelesítési adatai helyben " -"tárolódjanak, válassza ki az SSSD offline hitelesítés lehetőséget.\n" -"Az SSSD beállításokkal kapcsolatos további információk az <tt>sssd.conf</tt> " -"man oldalain található.\n" +"Amennyiben Kerberos hitelesítést kell használni, akkor adja meg a területet és a KDC címet.\n" +"Amennyiben azt szeretné, hogy a felhasználó hitelesítési adatai helyben tárolódjanak, válassza ki az SSSD offline hitelesítés lehetőséget.\n" +"Az SSSD beállításokkal kapcsolatos további információk az <tt>sssd.conf</tt> man oldalain található.\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1023 msgid "" -"Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of " -"the\n" -"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation " -"of its values." +"Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n" +"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values." msgstr "" -"A Jelszóváltási protokoll az <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> fájl " -"pam_password attribútumára\n" -"utal. Az egyes értékek jelentéséhez nézze meg a kézikönyvoldalt (<tt>man " -"pam_ldap</tt>)." +"A Jelszóváltási protokoll az <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> fájl pam_password attribútumára\n" +"utal. Az egyes értékek jelentéséhez nézze meg a kézikönyvoldalt (<tt>man pam_ldap</tt>)." #. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1028 @@ -614,13 +559,9 @@ #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1034 msgid "" "If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n" -"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing " -"certificates\n" +"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n" "or the explicit path to one certificate file." -msgstr "" -"Amennyiben a biztonsági kapcsolathoz szükség van tanúsítvány " -"ellenőrzésére, akkor a tanúsítvány helye itt megadható. Lehetőség van a " -"tanúsítvány könyvtárának, vagy a tanúsítványfájl közvetlen megadására." +msgstr "Amennyiben a biztonsági kapcsolathoz szükség van tanúsítvány ellenőrzésére, akkor a tanúsítvány helye itt megadható. Lehetőség van a tanúsítvány könyvtárának, vagy a tanúsítványfájl közvetlen megadására." #. help text caption 2 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1042 @@ -635,73 +576,54 @@ "server.\n" msgstr "" "Először állítsa be az Alap DN-t.\n" -"Az alap DN (Distinguished Name) az LDAP-kiszolgálón tárolt adatok alapja.</" -"p>\n" +"Az alap DN (Distinguished Name) az LDAP-kiszolgálón tárolt adatok alapja.\n" #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1050 msgid "" "To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" "Administrator DN.\n" -"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) " -"or \n" -"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is " -"appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" +"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n" +"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" msgstr "" "A kiszolgálón tárolt adatok eléréséhez adja meg az\n" "Adminisztrátor DN-jét.\n" -"Megadhatja a teljes DN-t (például: cn=admin,dc=tartomány,dc=com) vagy csak " -"a\n" -"relatív DN-t (például: cn=admin). Az LDAP alap DN hozzá lesz fűzve " -"automatikusan, ha a megfelelő opció be van jelölve.\n" +"Megadhatja a teljes DN-t (például: cn=admin,dc=tartomány,dc=com) vagy csak a\n" +"relatív DN-t (például: cn=admin). Az LDAP alap DN hozzá lesz fűzve automatikusan, ha a megfelelő opció be van jelölve.\n" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1057 msgid "" "To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n" -"check Create Default Configuration Objects. The objects are only " -"created when they do not already exist.\n" +"check Create Default Configuration Objects. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.\n" msgstr "" -"Az LDAP felhasználók és csoportok alapértelmezett konfigurációs " -"objektumainak\n" -"létrehozásához válassza ki a Alapértelmezett konfigurációs objektumok " -"létrehozása lehetőséget. Az objektumok csak akkor kerülnek létrehozásra, " -"ha még nem léteznek.\n" +"Az LDAP felhasználók és csoportok alapértelmezett konfigurációs objektumainak\n" +"létrehozásához válassza ki a Alapértelmezett konfigurációs objektumok létrehozása lehetőséget. Az objektumok csak akkor kerülnek létrehozásra, ha még nem léteznek.\n" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1061 msgid "" "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Ezt követően kattintson a Beállítás gombra az LDAP-kiszolgálón\n" -"tárolt beállítások módosításához. Ha nincs még kapcsolat az LDAP-" -"kiszolgálóval,\n" -"vagy módosította a beállításokat, akkor meg kell adnia az adminisztrátori " -"jelszót.\n" +"tárolt beállítások módosításához. Ha nincs még kapcsolat az LDAP-kiszolgálóval,\n" +"vagy módosította a beállításokat, akkor meg kell adnia az adminisztrátori jelszót.\n" #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1068 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users, passwords, " -#| "and groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" -#| "set to the nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow, and nss_base_group " -#| "attributes\n" +#| "Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users, passwords, and groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" +#| "set to the nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow, and nss_base_group attributes\n" #| "in /etc/ldap.conf file.\n" msgid "" -"Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if " -"they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" -"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and " -"ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.\n" +"Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" +"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.\n" msgstr "" -"Adja meg az egyes leképezésekhez (felhasználók, jelszavak és csoportok) " -"használt keresési alapokat, ha azok nem egyeznek meg az alap DN-nel. Ezek az " -"értékek az\n" -"/etc/ldap.conf fájl nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow és nss_base_group " -"attribútumaiba\n" +"Adja meg az egyes leképezésekhez (felhasználók, jelszavak és csoportok) használt keresési alapokat, ha azok nem egyeznek meg az alap DN-nel. Ezek az értékek az\n" +"/etc/ldap.conf fájl nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow és nss_base_group attribútumaiba\n" "kerülnek elmentésre.\n" # modules/inst_config_x11.ycp:216 @@ -837,9 +759,7 @@ #. error popup label #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1500 msgid "Enter the DN used for binding to the LDAP server." -msgstr "" -"Adja meg az LDAP-kiszolgálóval történő összekapcsolásához szükséges DN " -"értéket." +msgstr "Adja meg az LDAP-kiszolgálóval történő összekapcsolásához szükséges DN értéket." #. error popup label #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1507 @@ -882,8 +802,7 @@ msgstr "" "A második táblázat az új objektumokhoz használható alapértelmezett \n" "értékek listáját tartalmazza. A lista kiegészíthető\n" -"új értékekkel, továbbá módosíthatók és törölhetők a meglévő bejegyzések.</" -"p>\n" +"új értékekkel, továbbá módosíthatók és törölhetők a meglévő bejegyzések.\n" #. table header 1/2 #. table header 1/2 @@ -964,13 +883,11 @@ #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1897 msgid "" "Edit the values of attributes in the table with Edit.\n" -"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value " -"renames the\n" +"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value renames the\n" "current module.\n" msgstr "" "A táblán szereplő attribútumok értékei a Szerkesztés ponttal \n" -"módosíthatók. Bizonyos értékeknek különleges jelentősége van, a cn " -"érték\n" +"módosíthatók. Bizonyos értékeknek különleges jelentősége van, a cn érték\n" "módosítása például átnevezi az aktuális modult.\n" #. helptext 4/4 @@ -1025,14 +942,8 @@ #~ msgid "Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog." #~ msgstr "Az LDAP címtárfa a lap bal oldalán járható be." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the " -#~ "object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected " -#~ "attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A fában kiválasztott LDAP-objektum adatai a táblázatban láthatók. Az " -#~ "adatok módosításához nyomja meg a Módosítás, mentéséhez pedig a " -#~ "Mentés gombot." +#~ msgid "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." +#~ msgstr "A fában kiválasztott LDAP-objektum adatai a táblázatban láthatók. Az adatok módosításához nyomja meg a Módosítás, mentéséhez pedig a Mentés gombot." #~ msgid "" #~ "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" @@ -1083,12 +994,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" -#~ "Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server " -#~ "Certificate is valid." +#~ "Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nem sikerült létrehozni a TLS titkosítást.\n" -#~ "Ellenőrizze, hogy a megfelelő CA tanúsítvány van telepítve és a " -#~ "kiszolgálótanúsítmány érvényes." +#~ "Ellenőrizze, hogy a megfelelő CA tanúsítvány van telepítve és a kiszolgálótanúsítmány érvényes." #~ msgid "" #~ "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" @@ -1200,8 +1109,7 @@ #~ "Retry connection without TLS/SSL?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A kapcsolat létrehozásának sikertelenségének oka lehet, hogy a\n" -#~ "kliens TLS/SSL kapcsolatra van beállítva, de ezt a kiszolgáló nem " -#~ "támogatja.\n" +#~ "kliens TLS/SSL kapcsolatra van beállítva, de ezt a kiszolgáló nem támogatja.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Megpróbálja létrehozni a kapcsolatot TLS/SSL használata nélkül?\n" @@ -1276,8 +1184,7 @@ #~ "If the attribute can have more values, add new entries\n" #~ "with Add Value. Sometimes the button contains the list of\n" #~ "possible values to use for the current attribute.\n" -#~ "If the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name " -#~ "(DN),\n" +#~ "If the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name (DN),\n" #~ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using Browse.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -1285,10 +1192,8 @@ #~ "további értékeket az Érték hozzáadása gomb megnyomásával.\n" #~ "Bizonyos esetekben a gomb tartalmazza a hozzáadható értékeket is,\n" #~ "a kiválasztott attribútumtól függően.\n" -#~ "Ha a módosított attribútum értéke egy megkülönböztetett név (DN) kell, " -#~ "hogy legyen,\n" -#~ "akkor a Tallózás gombbal ki lehet választani azt az LDAP-" -#~ "címtárfából.\n" +#~ "Ha a módosított attribútum értéke egy megkülönböztetett név (DN) kell, hogy legyen,\n" +#~ "akkor a Tallózás gombbal ki lehet választani azt az LDAP-címtárfából.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "The description of attribute \"%1\": " @@ -1337,29 +1242,22 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" -#~ "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults " -#~ "when\n" +#~ "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" #~ "the new object is created.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Itt lehet megadni az objektumokhoz tartozó attribútumok értékét, a " -#~ "jelenlegi\n" -#~ "sablont használva. Ezeket az értékeket a rendszer alapértelmezett " -#~ "értékként fogja\n" +#~ "Itt lehet megadni az objektumokhoz tartozó attribútumok értékét, a jelenlegi\n" +#~ "sablont használva. Ezeket az értékeket a rendszer alapértelmezett értékként fogja\n" #~ "használni új objektumok létrehozásakor.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" -#~ "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be " -#~ "replaced\n" -#~ "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid" -#~ "\"\n" +#~ "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" +#~ "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" #~ "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ahhoz, hogy meglévő attribútumokból attribútumértékeket generáljon,\n" #~ "egy külön szintaktika áll rendelkezésre. Az %attr_name az\n" -#~ "\"attr_name\" attribútum értékével kerül helyettesítésre (például a " -#~ "\"homeDirectory\" értékeként használhatja a \"/home/%uid\" bejegyzést).</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "\"attr_name\" attribútum értékével kerül helyettesítésre (például a \"homeDirectory\" értékeként használhatja a \"/home/%uid\" bejegyzést).\n" #~ msgid "Attribute &Name" #~ msgstr "Attribútum &neve" @@ -1379,135 +1277,50 @@ #~ msgid "There was a problem with writing data to the LDAP server." #~ msgstr "Probléma lépett fel az LDAP-adatok a kiszolgálóra írása közben." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging " -#~ "Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password " -#~ "policy groups of attributes to configure." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az LDAP-jelszóirányelv attribútumcsoportok beállításához kattintson a " -#~ "Jelszóváltási irányelvek, Jelszólejárati irányelvek és " -#~ "Kizárási irányelvek pontokra." +#~ msgid "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure." +#~ msgstr "Az LDAP-jelszóirányelv attribútumcsoportok beállításához kattintson a Jelszóváltási irányelvek, Jelszólejárati irányelvek és Kizárási irányelvek pontokra." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to " -#~ "set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords " -#~ "may not be used." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az A visszamenőlegesen tárolt jelszavak maximális száma mezőben " -#~ "adható meg, hogy hány korábbi jelszó legyen elmentve. Az elmentett " -#~ "jelszavak nem használhatók." +#~ msgid "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used." +#~ msgstr "Az A visszamenőlegesen tárolt jelszavak maximális száma mezőben adható meg, hogy hány korábbi jelszó legyen elmentve. Az elmentett jelszavak nem használhatók." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to " -#~ "change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " -#~ "administrator." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A Visszaállítás után kötelező jelszót váltani lehetőség " -#~ "megjelölésével kényszeríthetők a felhasználók jelszavaik " -#~ "megváltoztatására, ha azokat az adminisztrátor visszaállította vagy " -#~ "módosította." +#~ msgid "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator." +#~ msgstr "A Visszaállítás után kötelező jelszót váltani lehetőség megjelölésével kényszeríthetők a felhasználók jelszavaik megváltoztatására, ha azokat az adminisztrátor visszaállította vagy módosította." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their " -#~ "passwords." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Jelölje be az A felhasználó módosíthatja a jelszavát mezőt, ha " -#~ "a felhasználóknak engedélyezni kívánja a jelszavaik megváltoztatását." +#~ msgid "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their passwords." +#~ msgstr "Jelölje be az A felhasználó módosíthatja a jelszavát mezőt, ha a felhasználóknak engedélyezni kívánja a jelszavaik megváltoztatását." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " -#~ "check Old Password Required for Password Change." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ha az új jelszó mellé meg kelljen adni a régit is, jelölje meg a " -#~ "Jelszóváltáshoz kell a régi jelszó mezőt." +#~ msgid "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check Old Password Required for Password Change." +#~ msgstr "Ha az új jelszó mellé meg kelljen adni a régit is, jelölje meg a Jelszóváltáshoz kell a régi jelszó mezőt." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords " -#~ "are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not " -#~ "be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords " -#~ "are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the " -#~ "user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked " -#~ "Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the " -#~ "password cannot be checked." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Adja meg, hogy a rendszer ellenőrizze-e a jelszavak minőségét az " -#~ "jelszavak megadása és módosítása során. A Nincs ellenőrzés " -#~ "hatására semmilyen ellenőrzés nem történik. Az Ellenőrizhetetlen " -#~ "jelszavak elfogadása kiválasztására a jelszavak akkor is elfogadásra " -#~ "kerülnek, ha az ellenőrzés nem végezhető el, például mert a felhasználó " -#~ "titkosított jelszót adott meg. A Csak ellenőrzött jelszavak " -#~ "elfogadása beállítás hatására a jelszavakat nem fogadja el a " -#~ "rendszer, ha azok nem felelnek meg a minőségteszten, illetve ha a jelszó " -#~ "ellenőrzése nem végezhető el." +#~ msgid "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked." +#~ msgstr "Adja meg, hogy a rendszer ellenőrizze-e a jelszavak minőségét az jelszavak megadása és módosítása során. A Nincs ellenőrzés hatására semmilyen ellenőrzés nem történik. Az Ellenőrizhetetlen jelszavak elfogadása kiválasztására a jelszavak akkor is elfogadásra kerülnek, ha az ellenőrzés nem végezhető el, például mert a felhasználó titkosított jelszót adott meg. A Csak ellenőrzött jelszavak elfogadása beállítás hatására a jelszavakat nem fogadja el a rendszer, ha azok nem felelnek meg a minőségteszten, illetve ha a jelszó ellenőrzése nem végezhető el." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " -#~ "Minimum Password Length." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A jelszóban kötelezően használandó karakterek minimális száma a " -#~ "Minimális jelszóhossz mezőben adható meg." +#~ msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in Minimum Password Length." +#~ msgstr "A jelszóban kötelezően használandó karakterek minimális száma a Minimális jelszóhossz mezőben adható meg." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between " -#~ "modifications to the password." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A Minimális jelszóélettartam mezőben adható meg, hogy legalább " -#~ "mennyi idő teljen el a jelszó két módosítása között." +#~ msgid "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password." +#~ msgstr "A Minimális jelszóélettartam mezőben adható meg, hogy legalább mennyi idő teljen el a jelszó két módosítása között." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a " -#~ "password expires." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A Maximális jelszóélettartam mezőben adható meg, hogy a " -#~ "módosítás után mennyi idővel járjon le a jelszó." +#~ msgid "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password expires." +#~ msgstr "A Maximális jelszóélettartam mezőben adható meg, hogy a módosítás után mennyi idővel járjon le a jelszó." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how " -#~ "long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning " -#~ "messages should be given to an authenticating user." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A Figyelmeztetés a jelszó lejárata előtt mezőben adható meg, " -#~ "hogy az éppen magát hitelesítő felhasználó hány nappal a jelszó lejárata " -#~ "előtt kapjon figyelmeztetést." +#~ msgid "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user." +#~ msgstr "A Figyelmeztetés a jelszó lejárata előtt mezőben adható meg, hogy az éppen magát hitelesítő felhasználó hány nappal a jelszó lejárata előtt kapjon figyelmeztetést." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to " -#~ "authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A Lejárt jelszavak engedélyezett használata mezőben adható meg, " -#~ "hogy egy lejárt jelszó még hányszor használható." +#~ msgid "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." +#~ msgstr "A Lejárt jelszavak engedélyezett használata mezőben adható meg, hogy egy lejárt jelszó még hányszor használható." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after " -#~ "a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A Jelszózárolás engedélyezése paraméterrel letiltható egy " -#~ "jelszó használata adott számú sikertelen kapcsolódási kísérlet után." +#~ msgid "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." +#~ msgstr "A Jelszózárolás engedélyezése paraméterrel letiltható egy jelszó használata adott számú sikertelen kapcsolódási kísérlet után." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " -#~ "password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the " -#~ "Password." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az Ennyi sikertelen csatlakozás után a jelszó zárolása mezőben " -#~ "adható meg, hogy hány sikertelen csatlakozás után legyen megtiltva a " -#~ "jelszó használata hitelesítéshez." +#~ msgid "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the Password." +#~ msgstr "Az Ennyi sikertelen csatlakozás után a jelszó zárolása mezőben adható meg, hogy hány sikertelen csatlakozás után legyen megtiltva a jelszó használata hitelesítéshez." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration</" -#~ "b>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az, hogy a jelszó meddig ne legyen használható, a Jelszózárolás " -#~ "hossza mezőben állítható." +#~ msgid "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." +#~ msgstr "Az, hogy a jelszó meddig ne legyen használható, a Jelszózárolás hossza mezőben állítható." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password " -#~ "failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful " -#~ "authentication has occurred." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A Csatlakozási hibák ideiglenes tárolásának időtartama mezővel " -#~ "szabályozható, hogy mennyi idő után törlődjenek a hibaszámlálóból a " -#~ "jelszóhibák akkor is, ha közben nem történt sikeres hitelesítés." +#~ msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred." +#~ msgstr "A Csatlakozási hibák ideiglenes tárolásának időtartama mezővel szabályozható, hogy mennyi idő után törlődjenek a hibaszámlálóból a jelszóhibák akkor is, ha közben nem történt sikeres hitelesítés." # modules/inst_config_x11.ycp:216 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:865 @@ -1604,15 +1417,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/" -#~ "SSL\n" -#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA " -#~ "certificate file in PEM format from given URL.\n" +#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL\n" +#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA certificate file in PEM format from given URL.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Néhány LDAP-kiszolgáló támogatja a StartTLS [RFC2830] szabványt.\n" #~ "Ha az Öné ilyen és a protokoll aktív, jelölje be az LDAP TLS/SSL\n" -#~ "lehetőséget az LDAP-adatok titkosított továbbításához. A CA tanúsítvány a " -#~ "megadott URL-ről, PEM formátumban letölthető.\n" +#~ "lehetőséget az LDAP-adatok titkosított továbbításához. A CA tanúsítvány a megadott URL-ről, PEM formátumban letölthető.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "For configuration of advanced LDAP settings, click\n" @@ -1629,8 +1439,7 @@ #~ "If it is not installed and you want to use it, it is installed\n" #~ "automatically.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az automounter egy olyan démon, amely igény esetén " -#~ "automatikusan\n" +#~ "Az automounter egy olyan démon, amely igény esetén automatikusan\n" #~ "csatolja a könyvtárakat. Feltételezzük, hogy ennek konfigurációs fájljai\n" #~ "(auto.*) már léteznek, vagy helyileg, vagy LDAP-n keresztül.\n" #~ "Ha nincs telepítve, de szeretné használni, akkor a csomag automatikusan\n" @@ -1664,25 +1473,13 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "a(z) '%2' könyvtárba került" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute " -#~ "of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the " -#~ "meaning of its values." +#~ msgid "Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the meaning of its values." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A Jelszóváltási protokoll az <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> fájl " -#~ "pam_password attribútumára\n" -#~ "utal. Az egyes értékek jelentéséhez nézze meg a kézikönyvoldalt (<tt>man " -#~ "pam_ldap</tt>)." +#~ "A Jelszóváltási protokoll az <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> fájl pam_password attribútumára\n" +#~ "utal. Az egyes értékek jelentéséhez nézze meg a kézikönyvoldalt (<tt>man pam_ldap</tt>)." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If secure connection requires certificate checking, you may specify " -#~ "where is your certificate file located. It is possible to enter either " -#~ "directory with certificates, or the explicit path to one certificate file." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Amennyiben a biztonsági kapcsolathoz szükség van tanúsítvány " -#~ "ellenőrzésére, akkor a tanúsítvány helye itt megadható. Lehetőség van a " -#~ "tanúsítvány könyvtárának, vagy a tanúsítványfájl közvetlen megadására." +#~ msgid "If secure connection requires certificate checking, you may specify where is your certificate file located. It is possible to enter either directory with certificates, or the explicit path to one certificate file." +#~ msgstr "Amennyiben a biztonsági kapcsolathoz szükség van tanúsítvány ellenőrzésére, akkor a tanúsítvány helye itt megadható. Lehetőség van a tanúsítvány könyvtárának, vagy a tanúsítványfájl közvetlen megadására." #~ msgid "" #~ "Normally, the LDAP version 3 protocol is used. If you have\n" @@ -1695,59 +1492,43 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "First, set Configuration Base DN.\n" -#~ "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the " -#~ "LDAP\n" +#~ "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the LDAP\n" #~ "server.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Először állítsa be az Alap DN-t.\n" -#~ "Az alap DN (Distinguished Name) az LDAP-kiszolgálón tárolt adatok alapja." -#~ "\n" +#~ "Az alap DN (Distinguished Name) az LDAP-kiszolgálón tárolt adatok alapja.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" #~ "Administrator DN.\n" -#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain," -#~ "dc=com) or just\n" -#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is " -#~ "appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" +#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or just\n" +#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A kiszolgálón tárolt adatok eléréséhez adja meg az\n" #~ "Adminisztrátor DN-jét.\n" -#~ "Megadhatja a teljes DN-t (például: cn=admin,dc=tartomány,dc=com) vagy " -#~ "csak a\n" -#~ "relatív DN-t (például: cn=admin). Az LDAP alap DN hozzá lesz fűzve " -#~ "automatikusan, ha a megfelelő opció be van jelölve.\n" +#~ "Megadhatja a teljes DN-t (például: cn=admin,dc=tartomány,dc=com) vagy csak a\n" +#~ "relatív DN-t (például: cn=admin). Az LDAP alap DN hozzá lesz fűzve automatikusan, ha a megfelelő opció be van jelölve.\n" #~ msgid "Home Directories" #~ msgstr "Saját könyvtárak" #~ msgid "" #~ "If home directories of users should be stored on this machine,\n" -#~ "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any " -#~ "direct\n" -#~ "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can " -#~ "manage\n" +#~ "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n" +#~ "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\n" #~ "user home directories.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ha a felhasználók saját könyvtárai ezen a gépen tárolódnak, akkor " -#~ "jelölje meg\n" -#~ "a megfelelő beállítást. Az érték módosításának nincs közvetlen hatása, " -#~ "azonban\n" -#~ "a YaST felhasználói modul számára fontos, amellyel kezelhetők a " -#~ "felhasználók saját könyvtárai.\n" +#~ "Ha a felhasználók saját könyvtárai ezen a gépen tárolódnak, akkor jelölje meg\n" +#~ "a megfelelő beállítást. Az érték módosításának nincs közvetlen hatása, azonban\n" +#~ "a YaST felhasználói modul számára fontos, amellyel kezelhetők a felhasználók saját könyvtárai.\n" #~ msgid "Password Policy" #~ msgstr "Jelszóirányelv" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add</" -#~ "b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +#~ "Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" #~ " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A kiválasztott jelszóirányelv a Szerkesztés gombbal " -#~ "módosítható. Az új jelszóirányelvek a Hozzáadás gombbal vehetők " -#~ "fel. A beállítás csak akkor lehetséges, ha a jelszóirányelvek " -#~ "engedélyezve vannak az LDAP-kiszolgálón." +#~ msgstr "A kiválasztott jelszóirányelv a Szerkesztés gombbal módosítható. Az új jelszóirányelvek a Hozzáadás gombbal vehetők fel. A beállítás csak akkor lehetséges, ha a jelszóirányelvek engedélyezve vannak az LDAP-kiszolgálón." #~ msgid "&Password Map" #~ msgstr "&Jelszó leképezése" @@ -1795,11 +1576,9 @@ #~ "for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values and editing or\n" #~ "removing current ones.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A második táblázat az új objektumokhoz használható " -#~ "alapértelmezett \n" +#~ "A második táblázat az új objektumokhoz használható alapértelmezett \n" #~ "értékek listáját tartalmazza. A lista kiegészíthető\n" -#~ "új értékekkel, továbbá módosíthatók és törölhetők a meglévő bejegyzések.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "új értékekkel, továbbá módosíthatók és törölhetők a meglévő bejegyzések.\n" #~ msgid "Here, manage the configuration stored in LDAP directory." #~ msgstr "Itt kezelhetők az LDAP-címtárban tárolt beállítások." @@ -1822,8 +1601,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/" -#~ "SSL\n" +#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL\n" #~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Néhány LDAP-kiszolgáló támogatja a StartTLS [RFC2830] szabványt.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/ldap-server.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/ldap-server.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/ldap-server.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -111,12 +111,8 @@ #. error popup #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "" -"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings " -"later in the installed system." -msgstr "" -"Az LDAP adatbázis már létre lett hozva. A beállításokat megváltoztathatja " -"később, a telepített rendszeren." +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." +msgstr "Az LDAP adatbázis már létre lett hozva. A beállításokat megváltoztathatja később, a telepített rendszeren." #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:101 @@ -131,12 +127,8 @@ msgstr "[kézi beállítás]" #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " -"continue." -msgstr "" -"Nem sikerült a rendszer rendszergazdai jelszavának kiolvasása. A " -"folytatáshoz változtassa meg az LDAP-kiszolgáló jelszavát." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." +msgstr "Nem sikerült a rendszer rendszergazdai jelszavának kiolvasása. A folytatáshoz változtassa meg az LDAP-kiszolgáló jelszavát." #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:112 msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" @@ -230,12 +222,8 @@ "szükséges csomagok telepítése nélkül." #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "" -"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " -"finished." -msgstr "" -"Az OpenLDAP replikiációs beállítások nem sikerültek, a telepítést követően " -"állítsa be újra." +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." +msgstr "Az OpenLDAP replikiációs beállítások nem sikerültek, a telepítést követően állítsa be újra." #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:344 msgid "" @@ -258,15 +246,12 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/complex.rb:105 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -"running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " -"you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" "Létezik jelenlegi beállítás, de az LDAP-kiszolgáló jelenleg nem fut.\n" -"El akarja indítani most a kiszolgálót a jelenlegi beállításokkal, vagy egy " -"teljesen új beállítást szeretne készíteni?" +"El akarja indítani most a kiszolgálót a jelenlegi beállításokkal, vagy egy teljesen új beállítást szeretne készíteni?" #: src/include/ldap-server/complex.rb:110 #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:201 @@ -287,11 +272,7 @@ "/etc/openldap/slapd.conf. YaST only supports the dynamic configuration\n" "database of OpenLDAP (back-config). Do you want to migrate your existing\n" "configuration to the configuration database?\n" -msgstr "" -"A jelenlegi rendszer úgy van beállítva, hogy az /etc/openldap/slapd.conf " -"fájlt használja. Ez a YaST-modul csak a dinamikus beállítású OpenLDAP " -"adatbázist (back-config) támogatja. Szeretné a jelenlegi beálUSlításokat az " -"adatbázisba migrálni?\n" +msgstr "A jelenlegi rendszer úgy van beállítva, hogy az /etc/openldap/slapd.conf fájlt használja. Ez a YaST-modul csak a dinamikus beállítású OpenLDAP adatbázist (back-config) támogatja. Szeretné a jelenlegi beálUSlításokat az adatbázisba migrálni?\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/complex.rb:146 msgid "Migrate existing configuration" @@ -349,12 +330,8 @@ msgstr "Az LDAP-kiszolgáló nem fut." #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:198 -msgid "" -"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " -"to create a new configuration from scratch?" -msgstr "" -"El akarja indítani most a kiszolgálót a jelenlegi beállításokkal, vagy egy " -"teljesen új beállítást szeretne készíteni?" +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgstr "El akarja indítani most a kiszolgálót a jelenlegi beállításokkal, vagy egy teljesen új beállítást szeretne készíteni?" #. get helps page #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:226 @@ -383,22 +360,17 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:353 msgid "All data, including configuration, is replicated from a remote server." -msgstr "" -"Minden adat, beleértve a beállításokat is, szinkronizálódni fog a távoli " -"kiszolgálóról." +msgstr "Minden adat, beleértve a beállításokat is, szinkronizálódni fog a távoli kiszolgálóról." #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:384 msgid "" "YaST was not able to determine the fully qualified hostname of this\n" "computer. \n" -msgstr "" -"A YaST nem tudta meghatározni ennek a gépnek a teljes képzésű gépnevét.\n" +msgstr "A YaST nem tudta meghatározni ennek a gépnek a teljes képzésű gépnevét.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:387 msgid "Setting up a replication master is currently not possible." -msgstr "" -"Az elsődleges (master) replikációs kiszolgáló beállítása jelenleg nem " -"lehetséges." +msgstr "Az elsődleges (master) replikációs kiszolgáló beállítása jelenleg nem lehetséges." #. tree widget headline #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:484 @@ -524,20 +496,15 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -"server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Nem sikerült megnyitni a kapcsolatot a \"cn=config\" adatbázishoz a " -"szolgáltató kiszolgálóján.\n" +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" +msgstr "Nem sikerült megnyitni a kapcsolatot a \"cn=config\" adatbázishoz a szolgáltató kiszolgálóján.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:975 msgid "" "Verify that the provider server allows remote connections to the \n" "\"cn=config\" database and that you entered the correct password.\n" msgstr "" -"Ellenőrizze, hogy a szolgáltató kiszolgálóján engedélyezve van-e a kapcsolat " -"a 'cn=config\" adatbázishoz,\n" +"Ellenőrizze, hogy a szolgáltató kiszolgálóján engedélyezve van-e a kapcsolat a 'cn=config\" adatbázishoz,\n" "és hogy a megadott jelszó helyes.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:982 @@ -568,23 +535,17 @@ "The replication configuration on the master server indicates that\n" "it is already acting as a replication consumer.\n" msgstr "" -"Az elsődleges (master) kiszolgálón található replikációs beállítások " -"szerint\n" +"Az elsődleges (master) kiszolgálón található replikációs beállítások szerint\n" "jelenleg is replikációfogadóként működik.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1078 -msgid "" -"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." msgstr "A cn=config lépcsőzetes replikációja jelenleg nem támogatott." #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1105 -msgid "" -"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" -msgstr "" -"Nem sikerült a replikációs beállításokban megadott hitelesítési adatok " -"ellenőrzése a Szolgáltató kiszolgálón.\n" +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgstr "Nem sikerült a replikációs beállításokban megadott hitelesítési adatok ellenőrzése a Szolgáltató kiszolgálón.\n" # clients/printconf.ycp:323 #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 @@ -607,20 +568,17 @@ "To act as a master server for replication, the configuration database needs\n" "to be remotely accessible. Set a password for the configuration database.\n" msgstr "" -"A replikáció elsődleges (master) kiszolgálójaként történő működéshez, a " -"beállítási adatbázis\n" +"A replikáció elsődleges (master) kiszolgálójaként történő működéshez, a beállítási adatbázis\n" "távoli elérése szükséges. Állítsa a beállítási adatbázis jelszavát.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1220 msgid "" "\n" -"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " -"encrypted\n" +"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" "LDAP Connections.)\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"(A beállítási adatbázis távoli eléréséhez titkosított LDAP kapcsolat " -"szükséges)\n" +"(A beállítási adatbázis távoli eléréséhez titkosított LDAP kapcsolat szükséges)\n" # modules/inst_user.ycp:37 # modules/inst_user.ycp:53 @@ -653,15 +611,9 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be " -"started. Note:\n" -"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Válassza az Igen beállítást, ha azt akarja, hogy az LDAP-" -"kiszolgáló a rendszerindítás során automatikusan elinduljon. Válassza a " -"Nem beállítást, ha az LDAP-kiszolgálót nem akarja elindítani. " -"Megjegyzés: a Nem, az OpenLDAP beállításai nem módosíthatók.\n" +"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" +msgstr "Válassza az Igen beállítást, ha azt akarja, hogy az LDAP-kiszolgáló a rendszerindítás során automatikusan elinduljon. Válassza a Nem beállítást, ha az LDAP-kiszolgálót nem akarja elindítani. Megjegyzés: a Nem, az OpenLDAP beállításai nem módosíthatók.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:26 msgid "<h4>Protocol Listeners</h4>" @@ -669,42 +621,26 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:27 msgid "Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP." -msgstr "" -"Engedélyezhetők és letilthatók az OpenLDAP különböző protokollfigyelői" +msgstr "Engedélyezhetők és letilthatók az OpenLDAP különböző protokollfigyelői" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " -"communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " -"configured." -msgstr "" -"Az LDAP szabványos portja a 389. Lehetséges TLS/SSL biztonságos " -"kapcsolat használata a StartTLS segítségével, amennyiben be van állítva a " -"kiszolgáló tanúsítványa." +"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." +msgstr "Az LDAP szabványos portja a 389. Lehetséges TLS/SSL biztonságos kapcsolat használata a StartTLS segítségével, amennyiben be van állítva a kiszolgáló tanúsítványa." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -"protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " -"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" -msgstr "" -"Az LDAPS lehetőséget biztosít az \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" " -"kapcsolaton keresztül a 636-os porton. Működéséhez szükség van a kiszolgáló " -"tanúsítványának beállításához. (lásd \"Általános beállítások\"/\"TLS " -"beállítások\")\n" +"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +msgstr "Az LDAPS lehetőséget biztosít az \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" kapcsolaton keresztül a 636-os porton. Működéséhez szükség van a kiszolgáló tanúsítványának beállításához. (lásd \"Általános beállítások\"/\"TLS beállítások\")\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "LDAPI enables the \"LDAP over IPC\" interface for accessing the\n" "LDAP server via a Unix Domain Socket. Do not disable the LDAPI interface \n" "as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Az LDAPI engedélyezi az \"LDAP IPC protokollon keresztüli\" " -"csatolót. Ezzel elérhető lesz az LDAP-kiszolgáló a Unix Domain Socket-en " -"keresztül. Ez a YaST-modul a LDAPI-t használja a kiszolgálóval való " -"kommunikációra, ezért nem szabad letiltani.\n" +msgstr "Az LDAPI engedélyezi az \"LDAP IPC protokollon keresztüli\" csatolót. Ezzel elérhető lesz az LDAP-kiszolgáló a Unix Domain Socket-en keresztül. Ez a YaST-modul a LDAPI-t használja a kiszolgálóval való kommunikációra, ezért nem szabad letiltani.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:41 msgid "<h4>Firewall Settings</h4>" @@ -714,9 +650,7 @@ msgid "" "Select whether SuSEFirewall should allow access on the LDAP-related\n" "network ports or not.\n" -msgstr "" -"Itt állítható be, hogy a SuSEFirewall az LDAP portok használatának " -"engedélyezése vagy letiltása.\n" +msgstr "Itt állítható be, hogy a SuSEFirewall az LDAP portok használatának engedélyezése vagy letiltása.\n" #. First part of the Add Database Widget #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:46 @@ -725,63 +659,39 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is " -"a\n" -"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " -"and\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" msgstr "" -"Válasszon vagy hdb vagy bdb adatbázist. A Hdb " -"a bdb háttérrendszer egyik változata, amely hierarchikus adatbázis " -"elrendezést használ és támogatja az alfák átnevezését. Egyébként teljesen " -"megegyezik a bdb-adatbázissal. A hdb-adatbázisnak nagyobb az " -"idlcachesize mérete, hogy a keresés során jobb teljesítményt tudjon " -"biztosítani, mint a bdb-adatbázis.\n" +"Válasszon vagy hdb vagy bdb adatbázist. A Hdb a bdb háttérrendszer egyik változata, amely hierarchikus adatbázis elrendezést használ és támogatja az alfák átnevezését. Egyébként teljesen megegyezik a bdb-adatbázissal. A hdb-adatbázisnak nagyobb az idlcachesize mérete, hogy a keresés során jobb teljesítményt tudjon biztosítani, mint a bdb-adatbázis.\n" "\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." -msgstr "" -"Az Alap DN opció a létrehozandó LDAP-adatbázis gyökérbejegyzését " -"határozza meg." +msgstr "Az Alap DN opció a létrehozandó LDAP-adatbázis gyökérbejegyzését határozza meg." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password</" -"b> \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " -"other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends " -"the \n" -"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example," -"dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " -"Administrator DN\n" +"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \n" +"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -"Az adminisztrációs DN, az LDAP adminisztrációs jelszóval " -"együtt lehetőséget nyújt arra, hogy az adatbázis-hozzáféréseket " -"rendszergazdai jogosultságokkal lehessen megtenni, megkerülve az ACL-eket és " -"az egyéb adminisztratív korlátozásokat. Az Alap (base) DN hozzáfűzése " -"hozzáfűzi a fent megadott Alap DN értéket. Például egy alap DN a " -"<tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt> és egy rendszergazdai DN a <tt>c=Admin</tt> " -"értékkel a <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"Az adminisztrációs DN, az LDAP adminisztrációs jelszóval együtt lehetőséget nyújt arra, hogy az adatbázis-hozzáféréseket rendszergazdai jogosultságokkal lehessen megtenni, megkerülve az ACL-eket és az egyéb adminisztratív korlátozásokat. Az Alap (base) DN hozzáfűzése hozzáfűzi a fent megadott Alap DN értéket. Például egy alap DN a <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt> és egy rendszergazdai DN a <tt>c=Admin</tt> értékkel a <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" "effektív rendszergazdai DN értéket adná. " #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root " -"password\n" +"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " -msgstr "" -"Ha ez a varázsló a telepítés során indult el ó, az LDAP " -"adminisztrátori jelszó alapértelmezésként a rendszer root jelszava lesz." -" " +msgstr "Ha ez a varázsló a telepítés során indult el ó, az LDAP adminisztrátori jelszó alapértelmezésként a rendszer root jelszava lesz. " #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "" @@ -791,22 +701,13 @@ "entered Base DN being written to the OpenLDAP client configuration \n" "file <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. This checkbox is selected by default\n" "when creating the first database on a server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Ezt az adatbázist, az OpenLDAP kliensprogramjaihoz, az alapértelmezett " -"adatbázist használva (pl. ldapsearch) kell beállítani az Adatbázis " -"használata alapértelmezettként az OpenLDAP-kliensek számára lehetőséget. " -"Ennek eredményeképpen a gépnév \"localhost\" és a fent megadott Alap DN</" -"b> az OpenLDAP-kliens <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt> fájlba kerül bele. Ez " -"a lehetőség alapértelmezésképpen be van állítva az első adatbázis " -"létrehozásához.\n" +msgstr "Ezt az adatbázist, az OpenLDAP kliensprogramjaihoz, az alapértelmezett adatbázist használva (pl. ldapsearch) kell beállítani az Adatbázis használata alapértelmezettként az OpenLDAP-kliensek számára lehetőséget. Ennek eredményeképpen a gépnév \"localhost\" és a fent megadott Alap DN az OpenLDAP-kliens <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt> fájlba kerül bele. Ez a lehetőség alapértelmezésképpen be van állítva az első adatbázis létrehozásához.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" -msgstr "" -"Az adatbázist a YaST-modul nem támogatja, ezért a beállítások itt nem " -"módosíthatók.\n" +msgstr "Az adatbázist a YaST-modul nem támogatja, ezért a beállítások itt nem módosíthatók.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:83 msgid "" @@ -827,16 +728,12 @@ "click Change Password. \n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" "Password Encryption. \n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already " -"been \n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Az adminisztrációs jelszó megváltoztatásához nyomja meg a Jelszó " -"módosítása gombot.\n" -"Egy felugró ablak fog megjelenni, ahol megadható az új jelszót és válassza " -"ki a Jelszótitkosítást.\n" -"A jelszó mezője alapvetően üres, akkor is, ha a jelszó már korábban be lett " -"állítva.\n" +"Az adminisztrációs jelszó megváltoztatásához nyomja meg a Jelszó módosítása gombot.\n" +"Egy felugró ablak fog megjelenni, ahol megadható az új jelszót és válassza ki a Jelszótitkosítást.\n" +"A jelszó mezője alapvetően üres, akkor is, ha a jelszó már korábban be lett állítva.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:97 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" @@ -848,54 +745,30 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" -"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -"automatically\n" +"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." -msgstr "" -"Adja meg a teljes DN-t, vagy csak az első részét, és fűzze hozzá az alap " -"DN-t automatikusan az Alap DN hozzáfűzése gombbal." +msgstr "Adja meg a teljes DN-t, vagy csak az első részét, és fűzze hozzá az alap DN-t automatikusan az Alap DN hozzáfűzése gombbal." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:102 msgid "" -"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change " -"Password.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password " -"Encryption.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -"set in the configuration.\n" +"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Az adminisztrációs jelszó megváltoztatásához nyomja meg a Jelszó " -"módosítása gombot.\n" -"Egy felugró ablak fog megjelenni, ahol megadható az új jelszót és válassza " -"ki a Jelszótitkosítást.\n" -"A jelszó mezője alapvetően üres, akkor is, ha a jelszó már korábban be lett " -"állítva.\n" +"Az adminisztrációs jelszó megváltoztatásához nyomja meg a Jelszó módosítása gombot.\n" +"Egy felugró ablak fog megjelenni, ahol megadható az új jelszót és válassza ki a Jelszótitkosítást.\n" +"A jelszó mezője alapvetően üres, akkor is, ha a jelszó már korábban be lett állítva.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can " -"adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the " -"number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " -"RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index " -"Cache (IDL cache) \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " -"HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " -"entry cache as a rule of\n" +"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." -msgstr "" -"A Bejegyzés-gyorsítótár és az Indexgyorsítótár (IDL cache) " -"használatával állítható be az OpenLDAP belső gyorsítótára. A Bejegyzés-" -"gyorsítótár azon bejegyzések számát határozza meg, amelyek az OpenLDAP " -"által használt memóriában tárolódik. Ha ez lehetséges (elegendő a memória), " -"akkor akár az egész adatbázis a memóriában tartható Az Indexgyorsítótár " -"(IDL cache) meggyorsítja a keresést az indexelt attribútumok között. " -"Általában, különösen a HDB-adatbázisoknál szükséges a nagy IDL-gyorsítótár a " -"jó teljesítmény eléréséhez (az ökölszabály az, hogy ennek háromszor " -"akkorának kell lennie, mint a Bejegyzés-gyorsítótárnak)." +msgstr "A Bejegyzés-gyorsítótár és az Indexgyorsítótár (IDL cache) használatával állítható be az OpenLDAP belső gyorsítótára. A Bejegyzés-gyorsítótár azon bejegyzések számát határozza meg, amelyek az OpenLDAP által használt memóriában tárolódik. Ha ez lehetséges (elegendő a memória), akkor akár az egész adatbázis a memóriában tartható Az Indexgyorsítótár (IDL cache) meggyorsítja a keresést az indexelt attribútumok között. Általában, különösen a HDB-adatbázisoknál szükséges a nagy IDL-gyorsítótár a jó teljesítmény eléréséhez (az ökölszabály az, hogy ennek háromszor akkorának kell lennie, mint a Bejegyzés-gyorsítótárnak)." # modules/inst_config_x11.ycp:216 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:865 @@ -907,30 +780,20 @@ msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." -msgstr "" -"Ha kíván jelszóirányelveket használni ehhez az adatbázishoz, jelölje meg " -"a Jelszóirányelvek engedélyezése lehetőséget." +msgstr "Ha kíván jelszóirányelveket használni ehhez az adatbázishoz, jelölje meg a Jelszóirányelvek engedélyezése lehetőséget." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" -"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP " -"server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests " -"before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " -"but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " -"extended operation \n" +"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -"Jelölje meg a Nyílt-szöveges jelszavak kivonatolása pontot, ha azt " -"kívánja, hogy az OpenLDAP kiszolgáló titkosítsa a\n" -"hozzáadási és módosítási kérésekben található nyílt-szöveges jelszavakat, " -"mielőtt azokat eltárolná az adatbázisban.\n" -"Felhívjuk a figyelmet, hogy ez megsérti az X.500/LDAP információs modellt, " -"de szükség lehet rá az olyan LDAP-kliensek miatt,\n" -"amelyek nem használják a jelszó módosítása kiterjesztett műveletet a " -"jelszavak kezeléséhez. " +"Jelölje meg a Nyílt-szöveges jelszavak kivonatolása pontot, ha azt kívánja, hogy az OpenLDAP kiszolgáló titkosítsa a\n" +"hozzáadási és módosítási kérésekben található nyílt-szöveges jelszavakat, mielőtt azokat eltárolná az adatbázisban.\n" +"Felhívjuk a figyelmet, hogy ez megsérti az X.500/LDAP információs modellt, de szükség lehet rá az olyan LDAP-kliensek miatt,\n" +"amelyek nem használják a jelszó módosítása kiterjesztett műveletet a jelszavak kezeléséhez. " #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:127 msgid "" @@ -940,32 +803,20 @@ "attacker. Sites sensitive to security issues should not enable this\n" "option. \n" msgstr "" -"Ha a \"Fiók zárolása\" állapot megjelenítése engedélyezve van, " -"akkor a zárolt fiókba bejelentkezni\n" -"próbáló felhasználók értesítést kapnak arról, hogy a fiók zárolva van. Ez az " -"értesítés azonban hasznos információ lehet\n" -"egy betörő számára. A biztonságra igen kényes helyeken ne javasolt ennek a " -"paraméternek a használata.\n" +"Ha a \"Fiók zárolása\" állapot megjelenítése engedélyezve van, akkor a zárolt fiókba bejelentkezni\n" +"próbáló felhasználók értesítést kapnak arról, hogy a fiók zárolva van. Ez az értesítés azonban hasznos információ lehet\n" +"egy betörő számára. A biztonságra igen kényes helyeken ne javasolt ennek a paraméternek a használata.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:134 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object " -"DN." -msgstr "" -"Adja meg az alapértelmezett irányelv-objektum nevét az Alapértelmezett " -"irányelv-objektum DN mezőben." +msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." +msgstr "Adja meg az alapértelmezett irányelv-objektum nevét az Alapértelmezett irányelv-objektum DN mezőben." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:137 msgid "" -"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You " -"may\n" +"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Az alapértelmezett irányelv módosítható az Irányelv szerkesztése " -"gomb megnyomásával. Lehet, hogy ilyenkor meg kell adni az LDAP-" -"adminisztrátor jelszavát ahhoz, hogy az Irányelvobjektum beolvasható legyen " -"a kiszolgálóról.\n" +msgstr "Az alapértelmezett irányelv módosítható az Irányelv szerkesztése gomb megnyomásával. Lehet, hogy ilyenkor meg kell adni az LDAP-adminisztrátor jelszavát ahhoz, hogy az Irányelvobjektum beolvasható legyen a kiszolgálóról.\n" # modules/inst_mouse.ycp:81 # modules/inst_mouse.ycp:74 @@ -975,84 +826,56 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." -msgstr "" -"Ebben az ablakban lehet megváltoztatni a dbd-adatbázis indexbeállításait." -"" +msgstr "Ebben az ablakban lehet megváltoztatni a dbd-adatbázis indexbeállításait." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:144 -msgid "" -"The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " -"defined." -msgstr "" -"A táblázat azokat az attribútumokat mutatja, amelyekhez indexen vannak " -"beállítva." +msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." +msgstr "A táblázat azokat az attribútumokat mutatja, amelyekhez indexen vannak beállítva." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " -"types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.\n" -msgstr "" -"Az indexeket az OpenLDAP a keresés teljesítményének növelésére használja. " -"Az indexeket a leggyakoribb kereséseknek megfelelően kell beállítani. Ebben " -"a YaST-modulban három különböző típusú index hozható létre.\n" +msgstr "Az indexeket az OpenLDAP a keresés teljesítményének növelésére használja. Az indexeket a leggyakoribb kereséseknek megfelelően kell beállítani. Ebben a YaST-modulban három különböző típusú index hozható létre.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " -"configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" -msgstr "" -"Meglét: Ez az index olyan kereséseknél hasznos, amelyek egy " -"attribútum meglétét vizsgálják (pl. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt> ). A 'meglét' " -"indexeket csak olyan attribútumokon érdemes beállítani, amelyek ritkán " -"fordulnak elő az adatbázisban.\n" +msgstr "Meglét: Ez az index olyan kereséseknél hasznos, amelyek egy attribútum meglétét vizsgálják (pl. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt> ). A 'meglét' indexeket csak olyan attribútumokon érdemes beállítani, amelyek ritkán fordulnak elő az adatbázisban.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality " -"index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" "Egyezőség: Ez az index egyezőségeket keres (például: \n" -"(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). Az Egyezőség index " -"mindig az <tt>objektumosztály</tt> attribútumra vonatkozik.\n" +"(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). Az Egyezőség index mindig az <tt>objektumosztály</tt> attribútumra vonatkozik.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" -msgstr "" -"Karakterláncrész: Ez az index karakterláncrészekre keres (pl. <tt>" -"(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt> )\n" +msgstr "Karakterláncrész: Ez az index karakterláncrészekre keres (pl. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt> )\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" -msgstr "" -"Használja a Hozzáadás gombot új attribútumok indexbeállításához, a " -"Törlés gombot meglévő indexek törléséhez és a Szerkesztés " -"gombot a már meglévő indexek módosításához.\n" +msgstr "Használja a Hozzáadás gombot új attribútumok indexbeállításához, a Törlés gombot meglévő indexek törléséhez és a Szerkesztés gombot a már meglévő indexek módosításához.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -"added\n" +"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" -"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the " -"indexing\n" +"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.\n" -msgstr "" -"Megjegyzés: Az adatbázis méretétől függően eltarthat egy ideig az új " -"index elkészültéig és aktiválásáig. A beállítások kiszolgálóra történő " -"kiírását követően egy háttérfolyamat elindítja az adatbázis indexelését.</" -"p>\n" +msgstr "Megjegyzés: Az adatbázis méretétől függően eltarthat egy ideig az új index elkészültéig és aktiválásáig. A beállítások kiszolgálóra történő kiírását követően egy háttérfolyamat elindítja az adatbázis indexelését.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:177 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" @@ -1062,44 +885,28 @@ msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" -msgstr "" -"A táblázat áttekintést nyújt az összes Hozzáférés-vezérlési szabályról, " -"amely jelenleg be van állítva az adatbázison.\n" +msgstr "A táblázat áttekintést nyújt az összes Hozzáférés-vezérlési szabályról, amely jelenleg be van állítva az adatbázison.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:183 msgid "" -"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a " -"more\n" +"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" -msgstr "" -"Minden szabálynál látható, hogy milyen objektumra illeszkedik. A " -"szabályokkal kapcsolatos további részletekhez, a szabályok módosításához " -"válassza ki a szabályt a táblázatból és nyomja meg a Szerkesztés " -"gombot.\n" +msgstr "Minden szabálynál látható, hogy milyen objektumra illeszkedik. A szabályokkal kapcsolatos további részletekhez, a szabályok módosításához válassza ki a szabályt a táblázatból és nyomja meg a Szerkesztés gombot.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" -msgstr "" -"Használja a Hozzáadásgombot egy új Hozzáférés-vezérlési szabály " -"létrehozásához és a Törlés gombot pedig annak eltávolításához.\n" +msgstr "Használja a Hozzáadásgombot egy új Hozzáférés-vezérlési szabály létrehozásához és a Törlés gombot pedig annak eltávolításához.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" -"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose " -"target\n" +"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " -"using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the Up and Down buttons.\n" -msgstr "" -"Az OpenLDAP hozzáférés-vezérlés értékelése megállít az első szabálynál, " -"amely definíciója (DN, szűrő és attribútum) megegyezik a bejegyzés " -"hozzáférésével. Ezért valószínűleg szükséges a szabályok sorrendjének " -"módosítása. A Fel és Le gombok használatával ez könnyedén " -"megtehető.\n" +msgstr "Az OpenLDAP hozzáférés-vezérlés értékelése megállít az első szabálynál, amely definíciója (DN, szűrő és attribútum) megegyezik a bejegyzés hozzáférésével. Ezért valószínűleg szükséges a szabályok sorrendjének módosítása. A Fel és Le gombok használatával ez könnyedén megtehető.\n" # modules/inst_config_x11.ycp:216 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:865 @@ -1109,13 +916,9 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" -"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" " -"checkbox, if you want to \n" +"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." -msgstr "" -"Válassza ki az \"LDAPsync szolgáltatás engedélyezése ehhez az " -"adatbázishoz\" beállítást, amennyiben a kiválasztott adatbázist " -"replikálni szeretné egy másik kiszolgálóra." +msgstr "Válassza ki az \"LDAPsync szolgáltatás engedélyezése ehhez az adatbázishoz\" beállítást, amennyiben a kiválasztott adatbázist replikálni szeretné egy másik kiszolgálóra." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:203 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" @@ -1123,28 +926,15 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" -"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -"(stored\n" -"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " -"synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify " -"or\n" -"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the " -"indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " -"is\n" +"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" -msgstr "" -"Itt állítható be, hogy az (\"contextCSN\" attribútumban tárolt) " -"állapotjelző milyen gyakran frissüljön az adatbázisban. Ez szinkronizálásra " -"kerül az adatbázissal, amennyiben a \"Műveletek\" a műveleteket " -"\"Percek\"-nél megadott idő eltelt az utolsó állapot kiírása óta. " -"Alapértelmezésként (mindkét érték '0') az állapotjelző csak üzemszerű " -"leállítást követően kerül kiírásra. Gyakori kiírás gyorsabb indítást " -"eredményezhet az üzemszerű leállítást követően, ugyanakkor lassabb " -"válaszidőt is okozhat sok LDAP-írás esetén.\n" +msgstr "Itt állítható be, hogy az (\"contextCSN\" attribútumban tárolt) állapotjelző milyen gyakran frissüljön az adatbázisban. Ez szinkronizálásra kerül az adatbázissal, amennyiben a \"Műveletek\" a műveleteket \"Percek\"-nél megadott idő eltelt az utolsó állapot kiírása óta. Alapértelmezésként (mindkét érték '0') az állapotjelző csak üzemszerű leállítást követően kerül kiírásra. Gyakori kiírás gyorsabb indítást eredményezhet az üzemszerű leállítást követően, ugyanakkor lassabb válaszidőt is okozhat sok LDAP-írás esetén.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:214 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" @@ -1152,21 +942,13 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:215 msgid "" -"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " -"operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " -"the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" " -"replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " -"server." +"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -"Beállít egy memóriában kezelt munkamenet-naplót az írásműveletekkel " -"kapcsolatos információk rögzítéséhez. Megadja, hogy mennyi írásművelet " -"kerüljön rögzítésre a munkamenet-naplóban. \n" -"A munkamenet-napló beállítása csak a \"refreshOnly\" replikáció " -"használatakor hasznos. Ebben az esetben felgyorsíthatja a replikációt és " -"csökkentheti az elsődleges (master) kiszolgáló terhelését." +"Beállít egy memóriában kezelt munkamenet-naplót az írásműveletekkel kapcsolatos információk rögzítéséhez. Megadja, hogy mennyi írásművelet kerüljön rögzítésre a munkamenet-naplóban. \n" +"A munkamenet-napló beállítása csak a \"refreshOnly\" replikáció használatakor hasznos. Ebben az esetben felgyorsíthatja a replikációt és csökkentheti az elsődleges (master) kiszolgáló terhelését." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" @@ -1174,13 +956,9 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:224 msgid "" -"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want " -"the\n" +"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Válassza ki a \"Ez az adatbázis a replikációfogadó\" beállítást, " -"ha szeretné, hogy az adatbázis egy másik kiszolgáló adatbázisának replikája " -"legyen.\n" +msgstr "Válassza ki a \"Ez az adatbázis a replikációfogadó\" beállítást, ha szeretné, hogy az adatbázis egy másik kiszolgáló adatbázisának replikája legyen.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:227 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" @@ -1192,16 +970,9 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-" -"standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" -msgstr "" -"Adja meg az elsődleges (master) kiszolgáló kapcsolódásához szükséges " -"részleteket. Ehhez válassza ki a protokollt (ldap vagy ldaps) " -"és adja meg az elsődleges (master) kiszolgáló teljes képzésű gépnevét. Az " -"elsődleges kiszolgáló TLS/SSL tanúsítványának ellenőrzése miatt fontos a " -"teljes képzésű gépnevek használata. Állítsa be a portszámot, amennyiben az " -"elsődleges (master) kiszolgáló nem a szabványos ldap portokat használja.\n" +msgstr "Adja meg az elsődleges (master) kiszolgáló kapcsolódásához szükséges részleteket. Ehhez válassza ki a protokollt (ldap vagy ldaps) és adja meg az elsődleges (master) kiszolgáló teljes képzésű gépnevét. Az elsődleges kiszolgáló TLS/SSL tanúsítványának ellenőrzése miatt fontos a teljes képzésű gépnevek használata. Állítsa be a portszámot, amennyiben az elsődleges (master) kiszolgáló nem a szabványos ldap portokat használja.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:236 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" @@ -1217,23 +988,14 @@ "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" "interval how often this synchronization happens can be configured via the\n" "Replication Interval setting.\n" -msgstr "" -"refreshOnly: A másodlagos (slave) kiszolgáló rendszeresen új " -"kapcsolatot nyit, elindítja a szinkronizációt, majd újra lezárja a " -"kapcsolatot. A szinkronizáció gyakorisága megadható a Replikációs időköz</" -"b> beállításnál.\n" +msgstr "refreshOnly: A másodlagos (slave) kiszolgáló rendszeresen új kapcsolatot nyit, elindítja a szinkronizációt, majd újra lezárja a kapcsolatot. A szinkronizáció gyakorisága megadható a Replikációs időköz beállításnál.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:244 msgid "" "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" -msgstr "" -"refreshAndPersist: A másodlagos (slave) kiszolgáló állandó " -"kapcsolatot nyit a szinkronizálás miatt az elsődleges (master) " -"kiszolgálóhoz. Az elsődleges kiszolgálón lévő bejegyzések változásai ezen a " -"kapcsolaton keresztül azonnal a másodlagos (slave) kiszolgálóhoz jutnak.</" -"p>\n" +msgstr "refreshAndPersist: A másodlagos (slave) kiszolgáló állandó kapcsolatot nyit a szinkronizálás miatt az elsődleges (master) kiszolgálóhoz. Az elsődleges kiszolgálón lévő bejegyzések változásai ezen a kapcsolaton keresztül azonnal a másodlagos (slave) kiszolgálóhoz jutnak.\n" # modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:63 # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:118 @@ -1243,16 +1005,11 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:250 msgid "" -"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " -"authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " -"database on the master.\n" +"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -"Adja meg a DN-t és a jelszót, amelyet a másodlagos (slave) kiszolgáló tud " -"használni a hitelesítéshez az elsődleges kiszolgálón.\n" -"A megadott DN-nek olvasási joggal kell rendelkeznie az elsődleges (master) " -"kiszolgálón található replikált adatbázisban található összes bejegyzéshez.</" -"p>\n" +"Adja meg a DN-t és a jelszót, amelyet a másodlagos (slave) kiszolgáló tud használni a hitelesítéshez az elsődleges kiszolgálón.\n" +"A megadott DN-nek olvasási joggal kell rendelkeznie az elsődleges (master) kiszolgálón található replikált adatbázisban található összes bejegyzéshez.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:253 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" @@ -1262,18 +1019,12 @@ msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " -"configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " -"the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. \n" msgstr "" -"Mivel a másodlagos (slave) adatbázis csak olvasható. A másodlagos " -"kiszolgáló LDAP referral művelettel oldja meg az írásműveleteket. Ez a " -"referral a klienskérést az elsődleges (master) kiszolgálóra irányítja. Itt " -"több különböző referral frissítés beállítható.\n" -"Ez például lépcsőzetes replikációs beállításkor hasznos, amikor a másodlagos " -"(slave) kiszolgáló szolgáltatója maga a másodlagos (slave) kiszolgáló. \n" +"Mivel a másodlagos (slave) adatbázis csak olvasható. A másodlagos kiszolgáló LDAP referral művelettel oldja meg az írásműveleteket. Ez a referral a klienskérést az elsődleges (master) kiszolgálóra irányítja. Itt több különböző referral frissítés beállítható.\n" +"Ez például lépcsőzetes replikációs beállításkor hasznos, amikor a másodlagos (slave) kiszolgáló szolgáltatója maga a másodlagos (slave) kiszolgáló. \n" #. Read dialog help #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:262 @@ -1286,8 +1037,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Az előkészítés megszakítása:</big> \n" -"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás</" -"b> gombbal." +"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás gombbal." #. Write dialog help #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:269 @@ -1302,8 +1052,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Mentés megszakítása:</big> \n" "Megszakíthatja a mentést a Megszakítás gombbal.\n" -"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e " -"megtenni.\n" +"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e megtenni.\n" "\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 @@ -1316,72 +1065,45 @@ "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" "Server module.\n" -msgstr "" -"Ez az ablak rövid áttekintést ad a beállításokról. Nyomja meg a " -"Befejezés gombot a beállítások mentéséhez és az LDAP-kiszolgáló " -"modulból történő kilépéshez.\n" +msgstr "Ez az ablak rövid áttekintést ad a beállításokról. Nyomja meg a Befejezés gombot a beállítások mentéséhez és az LDAP-kiszolgáló modulból történő kilépéshez.\n" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:287 -msgid "" -"With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server.</" -"p> " -msgstr "" -"Az LDAP-kiszolgáló indítása (igen vagy nem), elindíthatja vagy " -"leállíthatja az LDAP-kiszolgálót." +msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " +msgstr "Az LDAP-kiszolgáló indítása (igen vagy nem), elindíthatja vagy leállíthatja az LDAP-kiszolgálót." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:290 -msgid "" -"If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration " -"wizard." -msgstr "" -"Ha az Igen van kiválasztva, akkor a Következő gombot " -"megnyomva elindul a varázsló." +msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." +msgstr "Ha az Igen van kiválasztva, akkor a Következő gombot megnyomva elindul a varázsló." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:293 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" -msgstr "" -"Ha a tűzfal engedélyezve van, az OpenLDAP számára szükséges portok " -"kinyithatók a megfelelő jelölőnégyzet kiválasztásával.\n" +msgstr "Ha a tűzfal engedélyezve van, az OpenLDAP számára szükséges portok kinyithatók a megfelelő jelölőnégyzet kiválasztásával.\n" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:297 -msgid "" -"Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " -"are available:" -msgstr "" -"Válassza ki a beállítani kívánt LDAP-kiszolgáló típusát. Az alábbi " -"lehetőségek közül lehet választani:" +msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" +msgstr "Válassza ki a beállítani kívánt LDAP-kiszolgáló típusát. Az alábbi lehetőségek közül lehet választani:" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:300 msgid "" -"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -"with\n" +"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" -msgstr "" -"Egyedüli kiszolgáló: Önálló, replikáció nélküli OpenLDAP " -"kiszolgáló beállítása\n" +msgstr "Egyedüli kiszolgáló: Önálló, replikáció nélküli OpenLDAP kiszolgáló beállítása\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:303 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" -msgstr "" -"Elsődleges replikációs kiszolgáló (master): Létrehoz egy OpenLDAP " -"beállítást, amely elsődleges (master) kiszolgálóként állítja be a " -"kiszolgálót a replikációs beállításban.\n" +msgstr "Elsődleges replikációs kiszolgáló (master): Létrehoz egy OpenLDAP beállítást, amely elsődleges (master) kiszolgálóként állítja be a kiszolgálót a replikációs beállításban.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " -"replicates all its data,\n" +"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." -msgstr "" -"Másodlagos replika kiszolgáló: Egy másodlagos OpenLDAP kiszolgáló, " -"amely minden adatot, beleértve a beállításokat is az elsődleges (master) " -"kiszolgálóról replikál." +msgstr "Másodlagos replika kiszolgáló: Egy másodlagos OpenLDAP kiszolgáló, amely minden adatot, beleértve a beállításokat is az elsődleges (master) kiszolgálóról replikál." #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:310 @@ -1397,35 +1119,21 @@ "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" -msgstr "" -"A TLS/SSL-en keresztüli titkosítás beállításához használja a TLS " -"engedélyezése beállítást. Ezenfelül be kell állítani a kiszolgáló által " -"használt tanúsítványt.\n" +msgstr "A TLS/SSL-en keresztüli titkosítás beállításához használja a TLS engedélyezése beállítást. Ezenfelül be kell állítani a kiszolgáló által használt tanúsítványt.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:319 msgid "" -"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the " -"server\n" +"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Az LDAP SSL-en keresztüli engedélyezése (ldaps) használatával a " -"kiszolgáló a 636-os porton keresztül fogadja az LDAP-kapcsolatokat. Ha ez " -"nincs engedélyezve, akkor az OpenLDAP csak a TLS titkosítást fogadja el " -"StartTLS műveleteken keresztül.\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" +msgstr "Az LDAP SSL-en keresztüli engedélyezése (ldaps) használatával a kiszolgáló a 636-os porton keresztül fogadja az LDAP-kapcsolatokat. Ha ez nincs engedélyezve, akkor az OpenLDAP csak a TLS titkosítást fogadja el StartTLS műveleteken keresztül.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:324 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so " -"that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" -msgstr "" -"Ha a megfelelő YaST-modullal már létrehozott általános " -"kiszolgálótanúsítványt, akkor az Általános kiszolgálótanúsítvány " -"használata beállítással az OpenLDAP-kiszolgáló fogja ezt a tanúsítványt " -"használni.\n" +msgstr "Ha a megfelelő YaST-modullal már létrehozott általános kiszolgálótanúsítványt, akkor az Általános kiszolgálótanúsítvány használata beállítással az OpenLDAP-kiszolgáló fogja ezt a tanúsítványt használni.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:329 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" @@ -1434,24 +1142,16 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:330 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File</" -"b>,\n" -"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the " -"corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" +"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" "textfields.\n" -msgstr "" -"Ha nincsen általános kiszolgálótanúsítvány vagy az OpenLDAP más " -"kiszolgálótanúsítványt használ, akkor megadható a CA tanúsítványfájl, " -"tanúsítványfájl és tanúsítványkulcsfájl adható meg a megfelelő " -"szövegmezőben.\n" +msgstr "Ha nincsen általános kiszolgálótanúsítvány vagy az OpenLDAP más kiszolgálótanúsítványt használ, akkor megadható a CA tanúsítványfájl, tanúsítványfájl és tanúsítványkulcsfájl adható meg a megfelelő szövegmezőben.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:336 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" -msgstr "" -"Új CA vagy tanúsítvány készítéséhez indítsa el a CA-kezelőmodult a CA-" -"kezelőmodul indítása gomb megnyomásával.\n" +msgstr "Új CA vagy tanúsítvány készítéséhez indítsa el a CA-kezelőmodult a CA-kezelőmodul indítása gomb megnyomásával.\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:340 @@ -1461,35 +1161,22 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:344 msgid "" -"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog " -"in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " -"support the removal of \n" +"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data" -msgstr "" -"Ebben a párbeszédablakban sémafájlokat adhat hozzá illetve távolíthat el. " -"Nyomja meg a Hozzáadás gombot, amely után egy párbeszédablak jelenik " -"meg, ahol új séma választható. Megjegyzés: Az OpenLDAP (back-config " -"használata esetén) jelenleg nem támogatja sémaadatok eltávolítását." +msgstr "Ebben a párbeszédablakban sémafájlokat adhat hozzá illetve távolíthat el. Nyomja meg a Hozzáadás gombot, amely után egy párbeszédablak jelenik meg, ahol új séma választható. Megjegyzés: Az OpenLDAP (back-config használata esetén) jelenleg nem támogatja sémaadatok eltávolítását." #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" -"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " -"statistics\n" +"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." -msgstr "" -"Adja meg, hogy milyen részletességi szinten szeretné naplózni a syslog-ba " -"az utasításokat." +msgstr "Adja meg, hogy milyen részletességi szinten szeretné naplózni a syslog-ba az utasításokat." #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:354 -msgid "" -"Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " -"disallow:" -msgstr "" -"Adja meg, hogy az OpenLDAP-kiszolgálónak milyen speciális funkciókat kell " -"engedélyeznie vagy letiltania:" +msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" +msgstr "Adja meg, hogy az OpenLDAP-kiszolgálónak milyen speciális funkciókat kell engedélyeznie vagy letiltania:" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:357 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" @@ -1497,44 +1184,28 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:358 msgid "" -"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -"requests.\n" +"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" -msgstr "" -"LDAPv2 kötési (bind) kérések: Ahhoz, hogy a kiszolgáló elfogadjon " -"LDAPv2 kéréseket. Megjegyzés: az OpenLDAP-kiszolgáló LDAPv2 implementációja " -"nem teljes.\n" +msgstr "LDAPv2 kötési (bind) kérések: Ahhoz, hogy a kiszolgáló elfogadjon LDAPv2 kéréseket. Megjegyzés: az OpenLDAP-kiszolgáló LDAPv2 implementációja nem teljes.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:361 msgid "" -"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind " -"when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " -"present) " -msgstr "" -"Anonymous kötés ha a hitelesítési adatok nem üresek: Anonymous " -"kötések engedélyezése, ha a hitelesítési adatok nem üresek (pl. van jelszó, " -"de nincs DN) " +"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " +msgstr "Anonymous kötés ha a hitelesítési adatok nem üresek: Anonymous kötések engedélyezése, ha a hitelesítési adatok nem üresek (pl. van jelszó, de nincs DN) " #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:364 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" -msgstr "" -"Nem hitelesített kötés ha a DN nem üres: Nem hitelesített " -"(anonymous) kötés engedélyezése, ha a DN nem üres." +msgstr "Nem hitelesített kötés ha a DN nem üres: Nem hitelesített (anonymous) kötés engedélyezése, ha a DN nem üres." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:367 msgid "" -"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow " -"unauthenticated\n" +"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" -msgstr "" -"Feldolgozandó nem hitelesített frissítési műveletek: Nem " -"hitelesített (anonymous) frissítési műveletek engedélyezése (ezek továbbra " -"is a hozzáférés-vezérlés és más adminisztratív korlátok által szabályozottak)" -"\n" +msgstr "Feldolgozandó nem hitelesített frissítési műveletek: Nem hitelesített (anonymous) frissítési műveletek engedélyezése (ezek továbbra is a hozzáférés-vezérlés és más adminisztratív korlátok által szabályozottak)\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:372 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" @@ -1545,31 +1216,22 @@ "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" -msgstr "" -"Anonymous kötési kérés elfogadása: a kiszolgáló nem fogad el " -"anonymous kötési kérést. Megjegyzés: ez nem tiltja le az anonymous " -"könyvtárelérést\n" +msgstr "Anonymous kötési kérés elfogadása: a kiszolgáló nem fogad el anonymous kötési kérést. Megjegyzés: ez nem tiltja le az anonymous könyvtárelérést\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:378 msgid "" -"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple " -"Bind\n" +"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" -msgstr "" -"Egyszerű kötés hitelesítésének letiltása: Letiltja az egyszerű " -"(simple) kötés hitelesítését.\n" +msgstr "Egyszerű kötés hitelesítésének letiltása: Letiltja az egyszerű (simple) kötés hitelesítését.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:381 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " -"back\n" +"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -"Anonymous-állapot kikényszerítésének tiltása StartTLS művelet " -"fogadásakor:\n" -"A kiszolgáló nem fogja kikényszeríteni az anonymous állapot visszaállítását " -"a StartTLS művelet fogadásakor.\n" +"Anonymous-állapot kikényszerítésének tiltása StartTLS művelet fogadásakor:\n" +"A kiszolgáló nem fogja kikényszeríteni az anonymous állapot visszaállítását a StartTLS művelet fogadásakor.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:386 msgid "" @@ -1578,80 +1240,51 @@ "connections.\n" msgstr "" "StartTLS műveletek tiltása hitelesítés után:\n" -"Ennek használatával a kiszolgáló elutasítja a StartTLS műveleteket a már " -"hitelesített kapcsolatokon.\n" +"Ennek használatával a kiszolgáló elutasítja a StartTLS műveleteket a már hitelesített kapcsolatokon.\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:392 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " -"\"Frontend\"\n" -"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and " -"overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " -"of\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" +"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" "the LDAP server itself.\n" -msgstr "" -"Itt látható a beállított adatbázisok listája. A \"frontend\" és a \"config" -"\" típusú adatbázisok különleges belső adatbázisok, A \"Frontend\" adatbázis " -"az adatbázisokat érintő globális hozzáférés-vezérlési korlátozásokat és " -"átfedéseket állítja be. A \"Config\" adatbázis pedig az LDAP-kiszolgáló " -"beállításait tartalmazza.\n" +msgstr "Itt látható a beállított adatbázisok listája. A \"frontend\" és a \"config\" típusú adatbázisok különleges belső adatbázisok, A \"Frontend\" adatbázis az adatbázisokat érintő globális hozzáférés-vezérlési korlátozásokat és átfedéseket állítja be. A \"Config\" adatbázis pedig az LDAP-kiszolgáló beállításait tartalmazza.\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:400 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." -msgstr "" -"Új adatbázis hozzáadásához kattintson az Adatbázis hozzáadása… " -"pontra." +msgstr "Új adatbázis hozzáadásához kattintson az Adatbázis hozzáadása… pontra." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:401 msgid "" -"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete " -"Database....\n" +"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -"Az adatbázis törléséhez válassza ki a listából és nyomja meg az " -"Adatbázis törlése… menüpontot.\n" +"Az adatbázis törléséhez válassza ki a listából és nyomja meg az Adatbázis törlése… menüpontot.\n" "A \"config\" és a \"frontend\" adatbázis nem törölhető.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:404 msgid "" -"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") " -"here. This is required to make\n" +"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." -msgstr "" -"Adja meg itt a beállítási adatbázis (\"cn=config\") jelszavát. Ez " -"ahhoz szükséges, hogy a beállítási adatbázis távolról is elérhető legyen." +msgstr "Adja meg itt a beállítási adatbázis (\"cn=config\") jelszavát. Ez ahhoz szükséges, hogy a beállítási adatbázis távolról is elérhető legyen." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:407 msgid "" -"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select " -"the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as " -"needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" +"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -"Amennyiben a kiszolgálónak részt a MirrorMode beállításban szerepelnie " -"kellene, akkor engedélyezze a \"MirrorMode replikáció előkészítése\" " -"beállítást.\n" -"Így a MirrorMode replikációhoz szükséges serverId szükség esetén létrejön.</" -"p>\n" +"Amennyiben a kiszolgálónak részt a MirrorMode beállításban szerepelnie kellene, akkor engedélyezze a \"MirrorMode replikáció előkészítése\" beállítást.\n" +"Így a MirrorMode replikációhoz szükséges serverId szükség esetén létrejön.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:410 msgid "" -"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " -"server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or " -"\"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"cn=config\")." -msgstr "" -"A másodlagos (slave) kiszolgáló beállításához az elsődleges (master) " -"kiszolgálóról néhány beállítást le kell kérdezni. Adja meg az elsődleges " -"(master) kiszolgáló gépnevét, állítsa be a protokollt (\"ldap\" vagy " -"\"ldaps\") és szükség esetén a portszámot, valamint adja meg a " -"jelszót az elsődleges (master) beállítási adatbázishoz (\"cn=config" -"\")." +msgstr "A másodlagos (slave) kiszolgáló beállításához az elsődleges (master) kiszolgálóról néhány beállítást le kell kérdezni. Adja meg az elsődleges (master) kiszolgáló gépnevét, állítsa be a protokollt (\"ldap\" vagy \"ldaps\") és szükség esetén a portszámot, valamint adja meg a jelszót az elsődleges (master) beállítási adatbázishoz (\"cn=config\")." #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.ycp @@ -1674,20 +1307,15 @@ msgstr "Kiszolgáló URI" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "" -"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " -"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." -msgstr "" -"Ez a kiszolgáló nincs MirrorMode csomópontként beállítva. Nyomja meg a " -"\"Következő\" gombot az OpenLDAP beállításvarázsló beállításához." +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgstr "Ez a kiszolgáló nincs MirrorMode csomópontként beállítva. Nyomja meg a \"Következő\" gombot az OpenLDAP beállításvarázsló beállításához." #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Overview" msgstr "OpenLDAP MirrorMode áttekintés" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" msgstr "Nem lehet törölni azt a gépet, amelyen a YaST-modult indította.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 @@ -2014,12 +1642,8 @@ msgstr "Tiltó &kapcsolók kiválasztása:" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:175 -msgid "" -"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " -"directory access)" -msgstr "" -"Anonymous kötési kérés elfogadása (nem tiltja le az anonymous " -"könyvtárelérést)" +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" +msgstr "Anonymous kötési kérés elfogadása (nem tiltja le az anonymous könyvtárelérést)" # modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:63 # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:118 @@ -2028,10 +1652,8 @@ msgstr "Egyszerű kötés hitelesítésének letiltása" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" -msgstr "" -"Anonymous-állapot kikényszerítésének tiltása StartTLS művelet fogadásakor" +msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgstr "Anonymous-állapot kikényszerítésének tiltása StartTLS művelet fogadásakor" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:188 msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated" @@ -2393,8 +2015,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836 msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)" -msgstr "" -"Hozzáférési jogosultság kiértékelésének megállítása itt (alapértelmezett)" +msgstr "Hozzáférési jogosultság kiértékelésének megállítása itt (alapértelmezett)" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")" @@ -2475,9 +2096,7 @@ #. FIXME: Validate attribute types #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the Attributes textfield" -msgstr "" -"Adja meg az érvényes attribútumok listáját az Attribútumok " -"szövegmezőbe" +msgstr "Adja meg az érvényes attribútumok listáját az Attribútumok szövegmezőbe" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield" @@ -2499,9 +2118,7 @@ msgid "" "The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n" "not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" -msgstr "" -"A kiválasztott adatbázis olyan Hozzáférési szabályt tartalmaz, amit nem " -"támogat a YaST. A Hozzáférés-szabályzó párbeszédpanel le lesz tiltva.\n" +msgstr "A kiválasztott adatbázis olyan Hozzáférési szabályt tartalmaz, amit nem támogat a YaST. A Hozzáférés-szabályzó párbeszédpanel le lesz tiltva.\n" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594 msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer." @@ -2572,11 +2189,8 @@ msgstr "A szolgáltató LDAPsync ellenőrzése sikertelen." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "" -"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" -msgstr "" -"Ellenőrizze, hogy a célkiszolgálón engedélyezve van-e az LDAPsync " -"szolgáltatás" +msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgstr "Ellenőrizze, hogy a célkiszolgálón engedélyezve van-e az LDAPsync szolgáltatás" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" @@ -2690,8 +2304,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:768 msgid "Error while populating the configurations database with \"slapadd\"." -msgstr "" -"Hiba történt a beállítások adatbázisba tételekor az \"slapadd\" segítségével." +msgstr "Hiba történt a beállítások adatbázisba tételekor az \"slapadd\" segítségével." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:788 msgid "Enabling the LDAP Service failed." @@ -2736,12 +2349,8 @@ msgstr "Alapértelmezett jelszóirányelv-objektumok frissítése" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:883 -msgid "" -"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " -"some minutes)" -msgstr "" -"Várakozás az OpenLDAP háttérrendszer indexelésének befejezésére (ez néhány " -"percig eltarthat)" +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" +msgstr "Várakozás az OpenLDAP háttérrendszer indexelésének befejezésére (ez néhány percig eltarthat)" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:884 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required" @@ -2760,12 +2369,8 @@ msgstr "Jelszóirányelv-objektumok létrehozása sikertelen." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1006 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to " -"finish.\n" -msgstr "" -"Hiba történt az OpenLDAP adatbázis indexer befejezésére való várakozás " -"közben.\n" +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" +msgstr "Hiba történt az OpenLDAP adatbázis indexer befejezésére való várakozás közben.\n" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1007 msgid "Restart OpenLDAP manually." @@ -2876,12 +2481,8 @@ msgstr "A gépnév meghatározása nem sikerült." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1874 -msgid "" -"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its " -"own fully qualified hostname." -msgstr "" -"A replikáció elsődleges (master) kiszolgálója nem működik megfelelően a " -"teljes képzésű gépnév nélkül." +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." +msgstr "A replikáció elsődleges (master) kiszolgálója nem működik megfelelően a teljes képzésű gépnév nélkül." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2510 src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2520 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." @@ -2897,18 +2498,13 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2565 -msgid "" -"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-" -"letter code." -msgstr "" -"A \"c\" attribútum értékének egy ISO-3166-nak megfelelő kétbetűs " -"országkódnak kell lennie." +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." +msgstr "A \"c\" attribútum értékének egy ISO-3166-nak megfelelő kétbetűs országkódnak kell lennie." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2572 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." -msgstr "" -"Az utótag (suffix) első része c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= vagy dc= kell legyen." +msgstr "Az utótag (suffix) első része c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= vagy dc= kell legyen." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2584 #, perl-format @@ -2946,8 +2542,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:3414 -msgid "" -"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "Hiba történt a szolgáltatókiszolgáló tanúsítványának ellenőrzésekor.\n" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:3415 @@ -2971,9 +2566,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 #, perl-format msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'." -msgstr "" -"A(z) '%s' adatbázistípus nem támogatott. A támogatott típusok a 'bdb' és a " -"'hbd'." +msgstr "A(z) '%s' adatbázistípus nem támogatott. A támogatott típusok a 'bdb' és a 'hbd'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 @@ -3137,8 +2730,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Alap DN" #~ msgid "has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "több RDN értékkel rendelkezik. Ez nem támogatott ebben a YaST-modulban." +#~ msgstr "több RDN értékkel rendelkezik. Ez nem támogatott ebben a YaST-modulban." #~ msgid "Root DN" #~ msgstr "Rendszergazdai DN" @@ -3184,12 +2776,8 @@ #~ msgid "Certificate Key File does not exist" #~ msgstr "A tanúsítvány kulcsfájl nem létezik" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The LDAP Server is currently disabled, no configuration changes are " -#~ "possible." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az LDAP-kiszolgáló jelenleg le van tiltva, ezért a beállítások módosítása " -#~ "nem lehetséges." +#~ msgid "The LDAP Server is currently disabled, no configuration changes are possible." +#~ msgstr "Az LDAP-kiszolgáló jelenleg le van tiltva, ezért a beállítások módosítása nem lehetséges." #~ msgid "Please enter a password" #~ msgstr "Adjon meg egy jelszót" @@ -3198,17 +2786,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Másodlagos (slave) kiszolgáló beállítása" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific " -#~ "type of\n" -#~ "searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most common " -#~ "searches that are used\n" -#~ "on a database. This YaST module allows to setup three different types " -#~ "indexes." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az indexeket az OpenLDAP a keresés teljesítményének növelésére " -#~ "használja. Az indexeket a leggyakoribb kereséseknek megfelelően kell " -#~ "beállítani. Ebben a YaST-modulban három különböző típusú index hozható " -#~ "létre." +#~ "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific type of\n" +#~ "searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most common searches that are used\n" +#~ "on a database. This YaST module allows to setup three different types indexes." +#~ msgstr "Az indexeket az OpenLDAP a keresés teljesítményének növelésére használja. Az indexeket a leggyakoribb kereséseknek megfelelően kell beállítani. Ebben a YaST-modulban három különböző típusú index hozható létre." #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" @@ -3219,21 +2800,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" -#~ "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog " -#~ "informs whether it\n" +#~ "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog informs whether it\n" #~ "is safe to do so. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Mentés megszakítása:</big> \n" #~ "A Megszakítás gomb megnyomásával megszakíthatja a folyamatot.\n" -#~ "Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-" -#~ "e megtenni." +#~ "Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e megtenni." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " -#~ "statistics to syslog." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Adja meg, hogy milyen részletességi szinten szeretné naplózni a syslog-" -#~ "ba az utasításokat." +#~ msgid "Please select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics to syslog." +#~ msgstr "Adja meg, hogy milyen részletességi szinten szeretné naplózni a syslog-ba az utasításokat." #~ msgid "Please select a valid CA Certificate File" #~ msgstr "Válasszon érvényes CA-tanúsítványfájlt" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/ldap.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/ldap.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/ldap.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -26,8 +26,7 @@ #: src/Ldap.rb:256 msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" -"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server " -"Certificate is valid." +"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." msgstr "" #. hint to error message @@ -43,6 +42,8 @@ "\n" "The server could be down or unreachable.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"A kiszolgáló valószínűleg nem fut vagy nem elérhető.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:534 @@ -50,6 +51,8 @@ "\n" "The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Hibás vagy hiányzó DN érték.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:538 @@ -57,6 +60,8 @@ "\n" "Attribute type not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Az attribútumtípus nem található.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:540 @@ -64,23 +69,25 @@ "\n" "Object class not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Az objektumosztály nem található.\n" #. error message, more specific description follows #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nem sikerült kapcsolatot létesíteni az LDAP-kiszolgálóval." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:549 msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hiba történt a kiszolgálóhoz való csatlakozás közben." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:553 msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Probléma lépett fel az LDAP-kiszolgáló adatainak olvasása közben." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:557 @@ -100,26 +107,26 @@ #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:569 msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hiba lépett fel az LDAP-kiszolgáló sémájának olvasása közben." #. default error message #: src/Ldap.rb:594 msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ismeretlen LDAP-hiba történt." #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 msgid "&Show Details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Részletek megjelenítése" #. error message #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ismeretlen hiba: esetleg nincs telepítve a 'yast2-ldap' csomag." #. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) #: src/Ldap.rb:800 @@ -134,6 +141,10 @@ "\n" "Retry connection without TLS/SSL?\n" msgstr "" +"A kapcsolat létrehozásának sikertelenségének oka lehet, hogy a\n" +"kliens TLS/SSL kapcsolatra van beállítva, de ezt a kiszolgáló nem támogatja.\n" +"\n" +"Megpróbálja létrehozni a kapcsolatot TLS/SSL használata nélkül?\n" #. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server #. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed @@ -146,17 +157,17 @@ #. password entering label #: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 msgid "&LDAP Server Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&LDAP-kiszolgáló jelszava" #. label #: src/Ldap.rb:979 msgid "Server: %1:%2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kiszolgáló: %1:%2" #. button label #: src/Ldap.rb:988 msgid "&Anonymous Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Anonymous hozzáférés" #. error message, %1 is DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1330 @@ -165,6 +176,9 @@ "does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n" "The object with the selected DN cannot be created.\n" msgstr "" +"A(z) '%1' DN-hez nem található közvetlen\n" +"szülő az LDAP-címtárban. A kiválasztott DN-nel\n" +"rendelkező objektumot nem lehet létrehozni.\n" #. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1634 @@ -172,17 +186,19 @@ "No entry with DN '%1'\n" "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" msgstr "" +"Nincs '%1' DN bejegyzés az LDAP-kiszolgálón.\n" +"Létre akarja most hozni?\n" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Meg&nyitás" #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 msgid "Set the new value for the current attribute." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adja meg az attribútum új értékét." #. help text 2/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 @@ -194,6 +210,13 @@ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using Browse.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"Amennyiben az attribútum több értékkel rendelkezhet, hozzáadhat\n" +"további értékeket az Érték hozzáadása gomb megnyomásával.\n" +"Bizonyos esetekben a gomb tartalmazza a hozzáadható értékeket is,\n" +"a kiválasztott attribútumtól függően.\n" +"Ha a módosított attribútum értéke egy megkülönböztetett név (DN) kell, hogy legyen,\n" +"akkor a Tallózás gombbal ki lehet választani azt az LDAP-címtárfából.\n" +"\n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. #. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note @@ -204,32 +227,32 @@ #. "The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\": " #: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 msgid "The description of attribute \"%1\": " -msgstr "" +msgstr "A(z) \"%1\" attribútum leírása: " #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Az \"%1\" attribútum értéke" #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A&z \"%1\" attribútum értékei" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 msgid "&Add Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Érték hozzá&adása" #. menubutton item (default value) #: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 msgid "&Empty Entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Üres &bejegyzés" #: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Tallózás" #. error popup #: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 @@ -237,26 +260,28 @@ "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" +"A(z) '%1' érték már létezik.\n" +"Válasszon egy másikat." #. description of configuration object #: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Felhasználó-felügyeleti segédeszközök beállítása" #. description of configuration object #: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Csoportfelügyeleti segédeszközök beállítása" #. label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Az új modul objektumosztálya" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" #: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Az új modul &neve (\"cn\" érték)" #. error popup #: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 @@ -264,20 +289,24 @@ "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" +"A megadott érték már létezik.\n" +"Válasszon egy másikat.\n" #. error popup #: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adja meg a modul nevét." #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" -"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults " -"when\n" +"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" "the new object is created.\n" msgstr "" +"Itt lehet megadni az objektumokhoz tartozó attribútumok értékét, a jelenlegi\n" +"sablont használva. Ezeket az értékeket a rendszer alapértelmezett értékként fogja\n" +"használni új objektumok létrehozásakor.\n" #. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" #. _("The list of attributes provided in Attribute Name is the @@ -288,34 +317,33 @@ #: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" -"values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be " -"replaced\n" +"values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" msgstr "" +"Ahhoz, hogy meglévő attribútumokból attribútumértékeket generáljon,\n" +"egy külön szintaktika áll rendelkezésre. Az %attr_name az\n" +"\"attr_name\" attribútum értékével kerül helyettesítésre (például a \"homeDirectory\" értékeként használhatja a \"/home/%uid\" bejegyzést).\n" #. combobox label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Attribútum &neve" #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Attribútum é&rtéke" #. general help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 msgid "Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Az LDAP címtárfa a lap bal oldalán járható be." #. help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object " -"data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use " -"Save to save your changes to LDAP." -msgstr "" +msgid "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." +msgstr "A fában kiválasztott LDAP-objektum adatai a táblázatban láthatók. Az adatok módosításához nyomja meg a Módosítás, mentéséhez pedig a Mentés gombot." #. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) #: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 @@ -323,47 +351,53 @@ "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" "Discard these changes?\n" msgstr "" +"Az aktuális bejegyzésben vannak el nem mentett módosítások.\n" +"Elveti ezeket a módosításokat?\n" #. dialog caption #: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 msgid "LDAP Browser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP-böngésző" +# modules/printconf/printconf_filter.ycp:70 +# modules/printconf/printconf_filter.ycp:124 +# clients/printconf_filter.ycp:207 #. combobox item #: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 msgid "Current LDAP Client settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP-kliens jelenlegi beállításai" #. combo box label #. combo box label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747 msgid "LDAP Connections" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP-kapcsolatok" #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP-kiszolgáló" +# clients/printconf.ycp:323 #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adminisztrátor DN" #. check box label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 msgid "L&DAP TLS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "L&DAP TLS" #. button label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:168 msgid "A&nonymous Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A&nonymous hozzáférés" #. InputField label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:230 msgid "Enter the name of the new LDAP connection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adja meg az új LDAP-kapcsolat nevét" #. error popup, %1 is attribute name #: src/ldap_browser.rb:452 @@ -371,18 +405,20 @@ "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." msgstr "" +"A(z) \"%1\" attribútum kötelező. Adjon\n" +"neki értéket." #. button label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 msgid "&Reload" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Újra&töltés" #. table header 1/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Attribútum" #. table header 2/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Érték" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/live-installer.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/live-installer.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/live-installer.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -153,12 +153,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192 msgid "" "\n" -"Use Accept to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</" -"p>" +"Use Accept to perform a new installation with the values displayed." msgstr "" "\n" -"A telepítés megjelenített értékekkel való megkezdéséhez kattintson az " -"Elfogadás gombra." +"A telepítés megjelenített értékekkel való megkezdéséhez kattintson az Elfogadás gombra." #. help text 2/3 #: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196 Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/lxc.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/lxc.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/lxc.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -327,20 +327,15 @@ #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>LXC Overview</big> \n" -"Here, see the list of configured Linux Containers (LXC) with their current " -"status.\n" -"Use Create to create new container. Delete existing one with " -"Destroy.\n" +"Here, see the list of configured Linux Containers (LXC) with their current status.\n" +"Use Create to create new container. Delete existing one with Destroy.\n" "" msgstr "" #. Overview dialog help, part 2 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"You can start selected container with Start. The container is " -"started in background. You can connect to it using Connect button or " -"manually using <tt>lxc-console</tt> command. Once in console, you can close " -"it from within or using the Disconnect button.\n" +"You can start selected container with Start. The container is started in background. You can connect to it using Connect button or manually using <tt>lxc-console</tt> command. Once in console, you can close it from within or using the Disconnect button.\n" "Note that Connect option is not available in text mode." msgstr "" @@ -357,42 +352,29 @@ #. Create dialog help, part 2 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:55 -msgid "" -"Choose a Name for your container, select a base Template, " -"and enter desired network settings." +msgid "Choose a Name for your container, select a base Template, and enter desired network settings." msgstr "" #. Create dialog help, part 3 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:59 -msgid "" -"Use the value <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> as IP Address to have dynamic " -"address assigned by DHCP. If there's no bridge device configured yet, use " -"the Configure Network button and create one." +msgid "Use the value <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> as IP Address to have dynamic address assigned by DHCP. If there's no bridge device configured yet, use the Configure Network button and create one." msgstr "" #. Create dialog help, part 4 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:63 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same " -#| "password as entered for the first user should be used for root." -msgid "" -"Select a password to use for a system administrator ('root') in the " -"container. If no password is entered, the default value <tt>root</tt> will " -"be used." +#| msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." +msgid "Select a password to use for a system administrator ('root') in the container. If no password is entered, the default value <tt>root</tt> will be used." msgstr "" "Jelölje be a Jelszó használata a \"root\" felhasználóhoz\n" -"négyzetet, ha az elsőként létrehozott felhasználó jelszavát szeretné a root " -"számára használni." +"négyzetet, ha az elsőként létrehozott felhasználó jelszavát szeretné a root számára használni." #. Create dialog help, part 5 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:67 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click Create to generate the certificate." msgid "Use Create to start the creation process." -msgstr "" -"Egy kattintás a Következő gombra a tanúsítvány generálását indítja " -"el." +msgstr "Egy kattintás a Következő gombra a tanúsítvány generálását indítja el." #. info label (try to keep the text short) #: src/modules/Lxc.rb:226 @@ -400,9 +382,7 @@ #| msgid "" #| "Samba client configuration module.\n" #| "See Samba documentation for details." -msgid "" -"Some problems with LXC configuration were found. Check the documentation for " -"details." +msgid "Some problems with LXC configuration were found. Check the documentation for details." msgstr "" "Samba-kliensbeállító modul.\n" "A részletekért tekintse meg a Samba dokumentációját." Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/mail.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/mail.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/mail.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -59,8 +59,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Az indítás megszakítása:</big> \n" -"A Megszakítás gomb megnyomásával, most biztonságosan kiléphet a " -"beállításokból.\n" +"A Megszakítás gomb megnyomásával, most biztonságosan kiléphet a beállításokból.\n" "\n" #. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! @@ -95,9 +94,7 @@ msgid "" "Select the mail system (Mail Transfer Agent, MTA)\n" "to install." -msgstr "" -"Válassza ki a telepítendő levéltovábbító-kiszolgálót (Mail Transfer " -"Agent, MTA)" +msgstr "Válassza ki a telepítendő levéltovábbító-kiszolgálót (Mail Transfer Agent, MTA)" #. Translators: connection type dialog help, part 1 of 2 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:73 @@ -115,12 +112,10 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "If choosing No Connection, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " -"localhost.\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.\n" msgstr "" "A Nincs kapcsolat beállítás esetén a levelezőkiszolgáló elindul,\n" -"azonban csak helyi levélküldést tesz lehetővé. Az MTA a helyi gépet figyeli." -"\n" +"azonban csak helyi levélküldést tesz lehetővé. Az MTA a helyi gépet figyeli.\n" #. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 @@ -137,15 +132,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\n" -"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use " -"authentication,\n" +"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\n" "simply leave these fields empty.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"A legtöbb internetszolgáltatónál az e-mailek küldéséhez hitelesítés " -"szükséges.\n" -"Ebben az esetben itt meg kell adni a megfelelő adatokat. Ha nincs szükség " -"az\n" +"A legtöbb internetszolgáltatónál az e-mailek küldéséhez hitelesítés szükséges.\n" +"Ebben az esetben itt meg kell adni a megfelelő adatokat. Ha nincs szükség az\n" "hitelesítésre, akkor egyszerűen hagyja a mezőket üresen.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4 @@ -153,8 +145,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider." -"com.\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider.com.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "A kimenő levelezőkiszolgáló általában betárcsázásos kapcsolat esetén\n" @@ -165,12 +156,10 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your " -"provider.\n" +"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"A Felhasználónév mezőben az internetszolgáltatónál használt " -"azonosítót kell megadni.\n" +"A Felhasználónév mezőben az internetszolgáltatónál használt azonosítót kell megadni.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 @@ -179,8 +168,7 @@ "Enter your password in the Password field.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Adja meg az internetszolgáltatótól kapott jelszót a Jelszó mezőben." -"\n" +"Adja meg az internetszolgáltatótól kapott jelszót a Jelszó mezőben.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help, 5/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:115 @@ -191,8 +179,7 @@ "They will not be lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Figyelem: Az egyszerűség kedvéért csak egy kiszolgáló jelenik meg a " -"párbeszédablakban.\n" +"Figyelem: Az egyszerűség kedvéért csak egy kiszolgáló jelenik meg a párbeszédablakban.\n" "A konfigurációs fájlban azonban mindegyik szerepel,\n" "a beállítások nem vesznek el.\n" @@ -213,12 +200,10 @@ "\n" "This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses." -"\n" +"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ebben a táblázatban a helyileg kézbesítendő leveleket tudja " -"átirányítani.\n" +"Ebben a táblázatban a helyileg kézbesítendő leveleket tudja átirányítani.\n" "Átirányíthatja azokat másik helyi felhasználó számára (általában\n" "rendszerfelhasználók, tipikusan a root esetén használatos),\n" "távoli címre, vagy akár több címre is.\n" @@ -419,8 +404,7 @@ "the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n" "\"%3\"." msgstr "" -"Ahhoz, hogy a helyi levéltovábbító-kiszolgálónak (MTA) levelet lehessen " -"küldeni,\n" +"Ahhoz, hogy a helyi levéltovábbító-kiszolgálónak (MTA) levelet lehessen küldeni,\n" "a(z) %2 fájl %1 változóját \n" "\"%3\" értékre kell beállítani." @@ -680,8 +664,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "A kimenő levelezőkiszolgáló általában betárcsázásos kapcsolat esetén\n" -"használatos. Adja meg internetszolgáltatója SMTP-kiszolgálójának nevét, " -"például\n" +"használatos. Adja meg internetszolgáltatója SMTP-kiszolgálójának nevét, például\n" "smtp.szolgaltatonev.hu.\n" #. Translators: text entry label @@ -748,8 +731,7 @@ #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" "\n" -"Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS) checks incoming and outgoing " -"mail\n" +"Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS) checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" "with AMaViS.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -764,8 +746,7 @@ "DKIM checks Domain Key signed incomming mails\n" "Clamav open source virus scanner engine" msgstr "" -"Az AMaViS engedélyezésével a következő modulok is engedélyezésre " -"kerülnek: \n" +"Az AMaViS engedélyezésével a következő modulok is engedélyezésre kerülnek: \n" "Spamassassin SPAM kereső\n" "DKIM ellenőrzi a bejövő levelek Domain Key aláírását\n" "Clamav nyílt forrású víruskereső" @@ -800,25 +781,18 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" -"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new " -"service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can " -"send\n" +"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" -"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed " -"with\n" +"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" "the domain key.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"A DKIM aláírás engedélyezése a kimenő levelek számára további műveleteket " -"igényel.\n" +"A DKIM aláírás engedélyezése a kimenő levelek számára további műveleteket igényel.\n" "Egy SSL kulcs készül a 'mydomain' értékhez a postfixben\n" -"A postfixben, egy új 'submission' szolgáltatás kerül beállításra. Ezt " -"követően\n" -"SASL hitelesítést használó e-mailt lehet küldeni a 'submission' " -"szolgáltatással a 'mynetworks'-ről\n" -"Csak az új szolgáltatás által küldött levelek kerülnek aláírásra a tartomány " -"kulcsával.\n" +"A postfixben, egy új 'submission' szolgáltatás kerül beállításra. Ezt követően\n" +"SASL hitelesítést használó e-mailt lehet küldeni a 'submission' szolgáltatással a 'mynetworks'-ről\n" +"Csak az új szolgáltatás által küldött levelek kerülnek aláírásra a tartomány kulcsával.\n" #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:204 @@ -828,8 +802,7 @@ "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, " -"the\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.\n" msgstr "" @@ -838,17 +811,13 @@ "A publikus kulcs a DNS TXT rekordként kerül elmentésre a\n" "/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt fájlban és telepíteni kell\n" "a megfelelő DNS-hez. Amennyiben olyan kiszolgálón fut a névszolgáltatás,\n" -"amely a tartomány hiteles kiszolgálója, akkor a tartomány kulcsa, TXT " -"rekordként\n" +"amely a tartomány hiteles kiszolgálója, akkor a tartomány kulcsa, TXT rekordként\n" "automatikusan hozzáadásra kerül.\n" #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "" -"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." -msgstr "" -"A DKIM támogatás engedélyezésével a víruskereső (AMaViS) is engedélyezésre " -"kerül." +msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +msgstr "A DKIM támogatás engedélyezésével a víruskereső (AMaViS) is engedélyezésre kerül." # clients/lan_nfs_fstab.ycp:272 #. Translators: text entry label @@ -885,8 +854,7 @@ "It is recommended to have a regular user account\n" "for the system administrator and redirect root's mail to this account." msgstr "" -"Javasolt, hogy a rendszeradminisztrátor rendelkezzen egy szokványos " -"felhasználói névvel,\n" +"Javasolt, hogy a rendszeradminisztrátor rendelkezzen egy szokványos felhasználói névvel,\n" "és a root felhasználó levelei erre a felhasználóra legyenek átirányítva." #. Translators: combo box label @@ -897,13 +865,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 -msgid "" -"The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not " -"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." -msgstr "" -"A kézbesítési mód általában Közvetlen, hacsak nem irányítja " -"át a root leveleit egy másik felhasználónak, vagy IMAP protokollon keresztül " -"kívánja elérni a leveleit." +msgid "The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." +msgstr "A kézbesítési mód általában Közvetlen, hacsak nem irányítja át a root leveleit egy másik felhasználónak, vagy IMAP protokollon keresztül kívánja elérni a leveleit." #. LogView label. take a string from users? #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 @@ -1265,12 +1228,8 @@ #~ msgid "Mail Server Configuration " #~ msgstr "Levelezőkiszolgáló beállítása " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This module will configure and start Postfix and, if necessary, the " -#~ "Cyrus IMAP server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ez a modul beállítja és elindítja a Postfix levelezőkiszolgálót és " -#~ "szükség esetén a Cyrus IMAP-kiszolgálót." +#~ msgid "This module will configure and start Postfix and, if necessary, the Cyrus IMAP server." +#~ msgstr "Ez a modul beállítja és elindítja a Postfix levelezőkiszolgálót és szükség esetén a Cyrus IMAP-kiszolgálót." #~ msgid "" #~ "Warning:\n" @@ -1288,8 +1247,7 @@ #~ "email on your local system or for some special cases.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Csak akkor van szüksége a Postfix levelezőkiszolgálóra, ha\n" -#~ "a helyi rendszeren kívánja tárolni a leveleit, vagy más különleges " -#~ "esetben.\n" +#~ "a helyi rendszeren kívánja tárolni a leveleit, vagy más különleges esetben.\n" #~ msgid "Skip this page in the future" #~ msgstr "Ezen oldal kihagyása a jövőben" @@ -1300,45 +1258,23 @@ #~ msgid "Select configuration type according your needs." #~ msgstr "Válassza ki a megfelelő beállítástípust." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to use sendmail as your MTA, you have to use the Standard " -#~ "configuration." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Amennyiben a sendmailt kívánja MTA-ként használni, akkor válassza a " -#~ "Szabványos beállítást." +#~ msgid "If you want to use sendmail as your MTA, you have to use the Standard configuration." +#~ msgstr "Amennyiben a sendmailt kívánja MTA-ként használni, akkor válassza a Szabványos beállítást." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Advanced configuration use LDAP as backend and will configure your " -#~ "system as LDAP-Client and setup an LDAP-Server if necessary." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A Speciális beállítások LDAP-ot használ és a rendszert LDAP-kliensként " -#~ "állítja be, valamint szükség esetén az LDAP-kiszolgálót is." +#~ msgid "The Advanced configuration use LDAP as backend and will configure your system as LDAP-Client and setup an LDAP-Server if necessary." +#~ msgstr "A Speciális beállítások LDAP-ot használ és a rendszert LDAP-kliensként állítja be, valamint szükség esetén az LDAP-kiszolgálót is." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Standard\" type." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A futó levelezőkiszolgáló beállítása a \"Szabványos\" beállítástípuson " -#~ "alapul." +#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Standard\" type." +#~ msgstr "A futó levelezőkiszolgáló beállítása a \"Szabványos\" beállítástípuson alapul." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is possible to change to \"Advanced\" settings. This will overwrite " -#~ "all existing settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Lehetőség van \"Speciális\" beállítástípusra váltani, de ez felülírja az " -#~ "összes jelenlegi beállítást." +#~ msgid "It is possible to change to \"Advanced\" settings. This will overwrite all existing settings." +#~ msgstr "Lehetőség van \"Speciális\" beállítástípusra váltani, de ez felülírja az összes jelenlegi beállítást." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Advanced\" type." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A futó levelezőkiszolgáló beállítása a \"Speciális\" beállítástípuson " -#~ "alapul." +#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Advanced\" type." +#~ msgstr "A futó levelezőkiszolgáló beállítása a \"Speciális\" beállítástípuson alapul." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is possible to change to \"Standard\" settings. This will overwrite " -#~ "all existing settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Lehetőség van \"Szabványos\" beállítástípusra váltani, de ez felülírja az " -#~ "összes jelenlegi beállítást." +#~ msgid "It is possible to change to \"Standard\" settings. This will overwrite all existing settings." +#~ msgstr "Lehetőség van \"Szabványos\" beállítástípusra váltani, de ez felülírja az összes jelenlegi beállítást." #~ msgid "Standard" #~ msgstr "Szabványos" @@ -1387,42 +1323,26 @@ #~ msgid "We suggest you set up a local LDAP server for the mail server." #~ msgstr "Érdemes egy LDAP-kiszolgálót beállítani a levelezőkiszolgálóhoz." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Create certificates for the LDAP and mail server in order to secure your " -#~ "system." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A rendszer biztonsága érdekében tanúsítványok létrehozása az LDAP- és a " -#~ "levelezőkiszolgálóhoz." +#~ msgid "Create certificates for the LDAP and mail server in order to secure your system." +#~ msgstr "A rendszer biztonsága érdekében tanúsítványok létrehozása az LDAP- és a levelezőkiszolgálóhoz." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your computer is configured as an LDAP client and the LDAP server is " -#~ "local." +#~ msgid "Your computer is configured as an LDAP client and the LDAP server is local." #~ msgstr "A számítógépen LDAP-kliens és helyi LDAP-kiszolgáló van beállítva." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "We suggest you adapt the LDAP server configuration for the mail server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Érdemes az LDAP-kiszolgáló beállítását elvégezni a levelezőkiszolgálóhoz." +#~ msgid "We suggest you adapt the LDAP server configuration for the mail server." +#~ msgstr "Érdemes az LDAP-kiszolgáló beállítását elvégezni a levelezőkiszolgálóhoz." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For this reason you have to know the password of the LDAP administrator " -#~ "account:" +#~ msgid "For this reason you have to know the password of the LDAP administrator account:" #~ msgstr "Ezért szüksége van az LDAP adminisztrátori jelszavára:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your computer is configured as a LDAP client and the LDAP server is not " -#~ "local." +#~ msgid "Your computer is configured as a LDAP client and the LDAP server is not local." #~ msgstr "A számítógépen távoli LDAP-kliens és LDAP-kiszolgáló van beállítva." #~ msgid "We suggest you configure the LDAP server for the mail server." #~ msgstr "Érdemes az LDAP-kiszolgálót beállítani a levelezőkiszolgálóhoz." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Furthermore, the LDAP server has to contain the suse-mailserver." -#~ "schema and the corresponding index entries." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Továbbá az LDAP-kiszolgálónak tartalmaznia kell a suse-mailserver." -#~ "schema sémát és a hozzá tartozó indexbejegyzéseket." +#~ msgid "Furthermore, the LDAP server has to contain the suse-mailserver.schema and the corresponding index entries." +#~ msgstr "Továbbá az LDAP-kiszolgálónak tartalmaznia kell a suse-mailserver.schema sémát és a hozzá tartozó indexbejegyzéseket." #~ msgid "Create certificates." #~ msgstr "Tanúsítványok létrehozása." @@ -1439,8 +1359,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Valóban megszakítja az írási folyamatot?" #~ msgid "You must configure LDAP to use the mail server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A levelezőkiszolgáló használatához be kell állítania egy LDAP-kiszolgálót." +#~ msgstr "A levelezőkiszolgáló használatához be kell állítania egy LDAP-kiszolgálót." #~ msgid " The LDAP configuration starts now." #~ msgstr " Az LDAP-beállítások indítása." @@ -1830,17 +1749,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Administrator Authorization</big> \n" #~ "To use the YaST mail server component, your system must use LDAP\n" -#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services." -#~ " \n" -#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, " -#~ "too. \n" +#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services. \n" +#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, too. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Adminisztrátor azonosítása</big> \n" #~ "A YaST levelezőkiszolgáló-modul használatához a rendszernek az LDAP-ot\n" -#~ "kell használnia elsődleges felhasználó- és csoportkezelő rendszernek és a " -#~ "DNS szolgáltatáshoz. \n" -#~ "Ezenfelül a levelezőkiszolgáló néhány adata is az LDAP-on belül tárolódik." -#~ " \n" +#~ "kell használnia elsődleges felhasználó- és csoportkezelő rendszernek és a DNS szolgáltatáshoz. \n" +#~ "Ezenfelül a levelezőkiszolgáló néhány adata is az LDAP-on belül tárolódik. \n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Set Up Mail Server Configuration</big> \n" @@ -1861,8 +1776,7 @@ #~ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Az előkészítés megszakítása:</big> \n" -#~ "Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a " -#~ "Megszakítás gombbal.\n" +#~ "Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás gombbal.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Saving Mail Server Configuration</big> \n" @@ -1879,8 +1793,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Mentés megszakítása:</big> \n" #~ "A Megszakítás gomb megnyomásával megszakíthatja a folyamatot.\n" -#~ "Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-" -#~ "e megtenni.\n" +#~ "Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e megtenni.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -1894,8 +1807,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Mail Size:</big> \n" -#~ "This parameter limits the total size in bytes of a mail (sending and " -#~ "getting),\n" +#~ "This parameter limits the total size in bytes of a mail (sending and getting),\n" #~ "including envelope information.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" @@ -1933,67 +1845,43 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>SPAM Prevention</big> \n" -#~ "Postfix offers a variety of parameters that limit the delivery of " -#~ "unsolicited commercial e-mail (UCE).\n" -#~ "In this dialog, configure this settings. For example, set access lists " -#~ "or RBL\n" +#~ "Postfix offers a variety of parameters that limit the delivery of unsolicited commercial e-mail (UCE).\n" +#~ "In this dialog, configure this settings. For example, set access lists or RBL\n" #~ "(real-time blackhole list) name servers. \n" #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>SPAM védelem</big> \n" -#~ "A Postfix számos paramétert kínál, melyekkel korlátozható a nem kívánt " -#~ "kereskedelmi\n" +#~ "A Postfix számos paramétert kínál, melyekkel korlátozható a nem kívánt kereskedelmi\n" #~ "levelek (unsolicited commercial e-mail, UCE).\n" -#~ "Ebben a párbeszédablakban el tudja végezni ezeket a beállításokat. " -#~ "Létrehozhat például\n" -#~ "hozzáférési listákat vagy RBL (real-time blackhole list) " -#~ "névkiszolgálókat. \n" +#~ "Ebben a párbeszédablakban el tudja végezni ezeket a beállításokat. Létrehozhat például\n" +#~ "hozzáférési listákat vagy RBL (real-time blackhole list) névkiszolgálókat. \n" #~ " \n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Start Virus Scanner AMAVIS:</big> \n" -#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, your emails will be scanned for " -#~ "viruses and and for spam.\n" -#~ "The virus scanner engine Clamavd and the spam finder " -#~ "SpamAssassin will be installed \n" -#~ "and configured as well. You can also install other (commercial) virus " -#~ "scanner engines.\n" +#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, your emails will be scanned for viruses and and for spam.\n" +#~ "The virus scanner engine Clamavd and the spam finder SpamAssassin will be installed \n" +#~ "and configured as well. You can also install other (commercial) virus scanner engines.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>AMAVIS vírusszűrő indítása:</big> \n" -#~ "Az AMAVIS vírusszűrő indításakor, az e-mailek vírusellenőrzése és a " -#~ "kéretlen levelek szűrése kerül beállításra\n" -#~ "A vírusszűrést a Clamavd végzi, a kéretlen leveleket pedig a " -#~ "SpamAssassin keresi, ezért ezek telepítésre és beállításra " -#~ "kerülnek. Ugyanakkor bármilyen más (akár kereskedelmi) vírusszűrő is " -#~ "telepíthető.\n" +#~ "Az AMAVIS vírusszűrő indításakor, az e-mailek vírusellenőrzése és a kéretlen levelek szűrése kerül beállításra\n" +#~ "A vírusszűrést a Clamavd végzi, a kéretlen leveleket pedig a SpamAssassin keresi, ezért ezek telepítésre és beállításra kerülnek. Ugyanakkor bármilyen más (akár kereskedelmi) vírusszűrő is telepíthető.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Configure Spam Learning Extension:</big> \n" -#~ "The spam learning extension can only be configured if the local delivery " -#~ "method is cyrus imapd.\n" -#~ "In this case the shared folders NewSpam and NoSpam will be " -#~ "created. Spam email \n" -#~ "which was not detected by SpamAssassin should be put into the " -#~ "folder NewSpam.\n" -#~ "If you want your spam finder to be most effective you should also put non-" -#~ "spam email into\n" -#~ "the folder NoSpam. The emails in this folder cannot be read by " -#~ "anyone.\n" +#~ "The spam learning extension can only be configured if the local delivery method is cyrus imapd.\n" +#~ "In this case the shared folders NewSpam and NoSpam will be created. Spam email \n" +#~ "which was not detected by SpamAssassin should be put into the folder NewSpam.\n" +#~ "If you want your spam finder to be most effective you should also put non-spam email into\n" +#~ "the folder NoSpam. The emails in this folder cannot be read by anyone.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Kéretlen levelek felismeréstanulásának beállítása:</big></" -#~ "b> \n" -#~ "A kéretlen levelek felismeréstanulása csak akkor állítható be, ha a helyi " -#~ "kézbesítés a cyrus imapd végzi.\n" -#~ "Ebben az esetben az Új Spam (NewSpam) és a Nem Spam (NoSpam)</" -#~ "b> megosztott mappák jönnek létre. Azokat a kéretlen leveleket, amelyeket " -#~ "a SpamAssassin nem vett észre, azokat az Új Spam (NewSpam) " -#~ "mappába kell tenni.\n" -#~ "Amennyiben szeretné, hogy a kéretlen levelek szűrése hatékonyabb legyen, " -#~ "tegye a nem kéretlen leveleket a NemSpam (NoSpam) mappába. Az " -#~ "ebben a mappában lévő leveleket nem tudja senki más elolvasni.\n" +#~ "<big>Kéretlen levelek felismeréstanulásának beállítása:</big> \n" +#~ "A kéretlen levelek felismeréstanulása csak akkor állítható be, ha a helyi kézbesítés a cyrus imapd végzi.\n" +#~ "Ebben az esetben az Új Spam (NewSpam) és a Nem Spam (NoSpam) megosztott mappák jönnek létre. Azokat a kéretlen leveleket, amelyeket a SpamAssassin nem vett észre, azokat az Új Spam (NewSpam) mappába kell tenni.\n" +#~ "Amennyiben szeretné, hogy a kéretlen levelek szűrése hatékonyabb legyen, tegye a nem kéretlen leveleket a NemSpam (NoSpam) mappába. Az ebben a mappában lévő leveleket nem tudja senki más elolvasni.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2003,8 +1891,7 @@ #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Megbízható helyi hálózatok:</big> \n" -#~ "Az itt megadott hálózatok kliensei használhatják a levelezőkiszolgálót a " -#~ "levéltovábbításhoz\n" +#~ "Az itt megadott hálózatok kliensei használhatják a levelezőkiszolgálót a levéltovábbításhoz\n" #~ "(nem helyi levelek küldése).\n" #~ " \n" @@ -2015,21 +1902,18 @@ #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>SASL azonosítás szükséges:</big> \n" -#~ "Ha be van kapcsolva, akkor a klienseknek azonosítaniuk kell magukat, hogy " -#~ "használhassák a levelezőkiszolgálót a levéltovábbításhoz. \n" +#~ "Ha be van kapcsolva, akkor a klienseknek azonosítaniuk kell magukat, hogy használhassák a levelezőkiszolgálót a levéltovábbításhoz. \n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Local Delivery Type</big> \n" #~ "In this frame, choose the local mail delivery method. \n" -#~ "For clients to be able to connect to your mail server via the POP or " -#~ "IMAP\n" +#~ "For clients to be able to connect to your mail server via the POP or IMAP\n" #~ "protocol, choose Cyrus IMAP. \n" #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Helyi kézbesítés típusa</big> \n" #~ "Itt be tudja állítani a helyi levélkézbesítés típusát. \n" -#~ "Azon kliensek számára, melyek POP-pal vagy IMAP-pal csatlakoznak a " -#~ "levelezőkiszolgálóhoz\n" +#~ "Azon kliensek számára, melyek POP-pal vagy IMAP-pal csatlakoznak a levelezőkiszolgálóhoz\n" #~ "válassza a Cyrus IMAP opciót. \n" #~ " \n" @@ -2044,14 +1928,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Mail Fetching Scheduler</big> \n" -#~ "If you have mail boxes on an Internet provider, you can fetch this " -#~ "regularly\n" +#~ "If you have mail boxes on an Internet provider, you can fetch this regularly\n" #~ "at defined time intervals and by connecting to the Internet.\n" #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Levélletöltő ütemező</big> \n" -#~ "Amennyiben a postaládáért az internetszolgáltató felelős, akkor lehetőség " -#~ "van\n" +#~ "Amennyiben a postaládáért az internetszolgáltató felelős, akkor lehetőség van\n" #~ "a levelek rendszeres letöltésére, megadott időközönként.\n" #~ " \n" @@ -2060,8 +1942,7 @@ #~ "define mail fetching jobs.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Figyelem: Ha nem állította be a helyi kézbesítés típusát, akkor nem " -#~ "fogja tudni\n" +#~ "Figyelem: Ha nem állította be a helyi kézbesítés típusát, akkor nem fogja tudni\n" #~ "beállítani az ütemezett levélletöltést.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2072,15 +1953,13 @@ #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Levelezőkiszolgáló tartományok</big> \n" -#~ "Itt be tudja állítani azokat a tartományokat, amelyeken belül a " -#~ "levelezőkiszolgáló\n" +#~ "Itt be tudja állítani azokat a tartományokat, amelyeken belül a levelezőkiszolgáló\n" #~ "felelős a végső kézbesítésért.\n" #~ " \n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Note: You can create and set up the domains with the YaST \n" -#~ "DNS server module. In the current module, you only can set the " -#~ "properties\n" +#~ "DNS server module. In the current module, you only can set the properties\n" #~ "concerning the mail server.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -2099,10 +1978,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Típus:</big> \n" #~ "Meghatározhat virtuális és helyi tartományokat. Virtuális tartományokban\n" -#~ "csak azok a felhasználók kaphatnak leveleket, akikhez hozzá van rendelve " -#~ "e-mail\n" -#~ "cím. Helyi tartományokban minden felhasználó kaphat e-mailt. Virtuális e-" -#~ "mail címeket\n" +#~ "csak azok a felhasználók kaphatnak leveleket, akikhez hozzá van rendelve e-mail\n" +#~ "cím. Helyi tartományokban minden felhasználó kaphat e-mailt. Virtuális e-mail címeket\n" #~ " a YaST felhasználókezelő modulban rendelhet hozzá felhasználóhoz.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2198,27 +2075,22 @@ # modules/printconf/printconf_write_printer.ycp:30 # clients/printconf_write.ycp:308 #~ msgid "Cannot read mail server preventions." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A levelezőkiszolgáló védelmi beállításainak beolvasása nem sikerült." +#~ msgstr "A levelezőkiszolgáló védelmi beállításainak beolvasása nem sikerült." # modules/printconf/printconf_write_printer.ycp:30 # clients/printconf_write.ycp:308 #~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server relay settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A levelezőkiszolgáló továbbítási beállításainak beolvasása nem sikerült." +#~ msgstr "A levelezőkiszolgáló továbbítási beállításainak beolvasása nem sikerült." # modules/printconf/printconf_write_printer.ycp:30 # clients/printconf_write.ycp:308 #~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server local delivery settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A levelezőkiszolgáló helyi kézbesítési szabályainak beolvasása nem " -#~ "sikerült." +#~ msgstr "A levelezőkiszolgáló helyi kézbesítési szabályainak beolvasása nem sikerült." # modules/printconf/printconf_write_printer.ycp:30 # clients/printconf_write.ycp:308 #~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server fetching jobs." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A levelezőkiszolgáló letöltési feladatainak beolvasása nem sikerült." +#~ msgstr "A levelezőkiszolgáló letöltési feladatainak beolvasása nem sikerült." # modules/printconf/printconf_write_printer.ycp:30 # clients/printconf_write.ycp:308 @@ -2326,26 +2198,18 @@ #~ msgid "Invalid e-mail format." #~ msgstr "Érvénytelen e-mail cím formátum." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In this dialog You can configure the mail settings of an user ." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ebben a párbeszédablakban a felhasználó levelezési beállításai adhatók " -#~ "meg." +#~ msgid "In this dialog You can configure the mail settings of an user ." +#~ msgstr "Ebben a párbeszédablakban a felhasználó levelezési beállításai adhatók meg." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Először állítsa be a felhasználó levelezési címeit és álneveit." +#~ msgid "First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user." +#~ msgstr "Először állítsa be a felhasználó levelezési címeit és álneveit." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you have selected \"cyrus\" for the local delivery of mails, you " -#~ "can set the size limit for the users mail box.\n" +#~ "If you have selected \"cyrus\" for the local delivery of mails, you can set the size limit for the users mail box.\n" #~ " If you do not set any value the mail box size is unlimited." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ha a levelek helyi kézbesítéséhez a \"cyrus\" lehetőséget választotta, " -#~ "akkor megadhat egy méretkorlátot a felhasználói postafiókok méretéhez.\n" -#~ " Ha nem ad meg méretkorlátot, akkor a postafiók mérete " -#~ "korlátlan lesz." +#~ "Ha a levelek helyi kézbesítéséhez a \"cyrus\" lehetőséget választotta, akkor megadhat egy méretkorlátot a felhasználói postafiókok méretéhez.\n" +#~ " Ha nem ad meg méretkorlátot, akkor a postafiók mérete korlátlan lesz." #~ msgid "E-Mail Addresses " #~ msgstr "E-mail címek " @@ -2451,27 +2315,21 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Administrator Authorization</big> \n" #~ "To use the YaST2 mail server component, your system must use LDAP\n" -#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services." -#~ " \n" -#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, " -#~ "too. \n" +#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services. \n" +#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, too. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Adminisztrátor azonosítása</big> \n" #~ "A YaST levelezőkiszolgáló-modul használatához a rendszernek az LDAP-ot\n" -#~ "kell használnia elsődleges felhasználó- és csoportkezelő rendszernek és a " -#~ "DNS szolgáltatáshoz. \n" -#~ "Ezenfelül a levelezőkiszolgáló néhány adata is az LDAP-on belül tárolódik." -#~ " \n" +#~ "kell használnia elsődleges felhasználó- és csoportkezelő rendszernek és a DNS szolgáltatáshoz. \n" +#~ "Ezenfelül a levelezőkiszolgáló néhány adata is az LDAP-on belül tárolódik. \n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Start Virus Scanner AMAVIS:</big> \n" -#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, do not forget to install a virus " -#~ "scanner engine. \n" +#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, do not forget to install a virus scanner engine. \n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>AMAVIS vírusszűrő elindítása:</big> \n" -#~ "Ne felejtse el, hogy az AMAVIS vírusszűrő mellett a víruskereső motort is " -#~ "el kell indítani. \n" +#~ "Ne felejtse el, hogy az AMAVIS vírusszűrő mellett a víruskereső motort is el kell indítani. \n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2481,8 +2339,7 @@ #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Megbízható helyi hálózatok:</big> \n" -#~ "Az itt megadott hálózatok kliensei használhatják a levelezőkiszolgálót a " -#~ "levéltovábbításhoz\n" +#~ "Az itt megadott hálózatok kliensei használhatják a levelezőkiszolgálót a levéltovábbításhoz\n" #~ "(nem helyi levelek küldése).\n" #~ " \n" @@ -2492,10 +2349,8 @@ #~ "concerning the mail server.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tipp: A tartományok létrehozásához és beállításához a YaST DNS-" -#~ "kiszolgáló modult\n" -#~ "használhatja. Itt csak a levelezőkiszolgálóra vonatkozó beállításokat " -#~ "tudja elvégezni.\n" +#~ "Tipp: A tartományok létrehozásához és beállításához a YaST DNS-kiszolgáló modult\n" +#~ "használhatja. Itt csak a levelezőkiszolgálóra vonatkozó beállításokat tudja elvégezni.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2508,10 +2363,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Típus:</big> \n" #~ "Meghatározhat virtuális és helyi tartományokat. Virtuális tartományokban\n" -#~ "csak azok a felhasználók kaphatnak leveleket, akikhez hozzá van rendelve " -#~ "e-mail\n" -#~ "cím. Helyi tartományokban minden felhasználó kaphat e-mailt. Virtuális e-" -#~ "mail címeket\n" +#~ "csak azok a felhasználók kaphatnak leveleket, akikhez hozzá van rendelve e-mail\n" +#~ "cím. Helyi tartományokban minden felhasználó kaphat e-mailt. Virtuális e-mail címeket\n" #~ " a YaST felhasználókezelő modulban rendelhet hozzá felhasználóhoz.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2526,32 +2379,17 @@ #~ "beépített levélküldést és fogadást használja,\n" #~ "és nincs szükségük erre a modulra.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the Standard " -#~ "type." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A futó levelezőkiszolgáló beállítása a Szabványos beállítások " -#~ "típuson alapul." +#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the Standard type." +#~ msgstr "A futó levelezőkiszolgáló beállítása a Szabványos beállítások típuson alapul." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is possible to change to Advanced settings. This will overwrite " -#~ "all existing settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Lehetőség van Speciális típusra váltani, de ez felülírja az összes " -#~ "jelenlegi beállítást." +#~ msgid "It is possible to change to Advanced settings. This will overwrite all existing settings." +#~ msgstr "Lehetőség van Speciális típusra váltani, de ez felülírja az összes jelenlegi beállítást." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the Advanced " -#~ "type." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A futó levelezőkiszolgáló beállítása a Speciális típuson alapul." +#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the Advanced type." +#~ msgstr "A futó levelezőkiszolgáló beállítása a Speciális típuson alapul." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is possible to change to Standard settings. This will overwrite " -#~ "all existing settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Lehetőség van Szabványos típusra váltani, de ez felülírja az " -#~ "összes jelenlegi beállítást." +#~ msgid "It is possible to change to Standard settings. This will overwrite all existing settings." +#~ msgstr "Lehetőség van Szabványos típusra váltani, de ez felülírja az összes jelenlegi beállítást." #~ msgid "" #~ "YaST2 can only configure Postfix and Sendmail,\n" @@ -2560,10 +2398,7 @@ #~ "A YaST csak a Postfix és a Sendmail \n" #~ "levelezőkiszolgálókat tudja beállítani, de egyikük sincs telepítve." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The delivery mode is usually procmail, unless you do not " -#~ "forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." +#~ msgid "The delivery mode is usually procmail, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A kézbesítési mód általában procmail, hacsak nem " -#~ "irányítja át a root leveleit egy másik felhasználónak,\n" +#~ "A kézbesítési mód általában procmail, hacsak nem irányítja át a root leveleit egy másik felhasználónak,\n" #~ "illetve IMAP protokollon keresztül éri el a leveleit." Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/multipath.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/multipath.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/multipath.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -244,132 +244,83 @@ "\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big> \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not " -"use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" -"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd " -"stopped. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" +"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Configure Multipath</big> \n" -"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. </" -"p>\n" +"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Többutas mód állapota</big> \n" -"\t\t\tMultipathd elindítása vagy leállítása, a többutas beállítások " -"ellenőrzése. \n" +"\t\t\tMultipathd elindítása vagy leállítása, a többutas beállítások ellenőrzése. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Multipathd leállítása/elindítása</big> \n" -"\t\t\tA multipathd elindításához a \"Többutas mód használata\", " -"leállításához a \"Többutas mód leállítása\" gombot nyomja meg. \n" -"\t\t\tA többutas mód állapotával kapcsolatos információk a multipathd " -"leállítása után is megjelennek. \n" +"\t\t\tA multipathd elindításához a \"Többutas mód használata\", leállításához a \"Többutas mód leállítása\" gombot nyomja meg. \n" +"\t\t\tA többutas mód állapotával kapcsolatos információk a multipathd leállítása után is megjelennek. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Többutas mód beállítása</big> \n" -"\t\t\tA Beállítás fül megnyomásával lehet a többutas módot beállítani." -" \n" +"\t\t\tA Beállítás fül megnyomásával lehet a többutas módot beállítani. \n" #. dialog help for Configure tab #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There " -"are four sections in the configuration file:\n" -"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, " -"blacklist_exception, devices. \n" +"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n" +"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, blacklist_exception, devices. \n" "\t\t\tMultipaths: list of multipaths finest-grained settings. \n" "\t\t\tDefaults: multipath-tools default settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath " -"candidates. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from " -"blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure " -"blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" -"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides " -"default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations." -" \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" +"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Beállítás</big> \n" -"\t\t\taz /etc/multipath.conf fájlban található összes beállítás elvégezhető " -"itt. A fájlban négy szakasz található:\n" -"\t\t\ttöbbutasok (multipaths), alapértelmezett értékek " -"(defaults), feketelista (blacklist), feketelista kivételek " -"(blacklist_exception), eszközök (devices). \n" +"\t\t\taz /etc/multipath.conf fájlban található összes beállítás elvégezhető itt. A fájlban négy szakasz található:\n" +"\t\t\ttöbbutasok (multipaths), alapértelmezett értékek (defaults), feketelista (blacklist), feketelista kivételek (blacklist_exception), eszközök (devices). \n" "\t\t\tTöbbutasok: legmegfelelőbb többutas beállítások. \n" -"\t\t\tAlapértelmezett értékek: a multipath-tools alapértelmezett " -"beállításai. \n" -"\t\t\tAz \"Alapértelmezések beállítása\" gomb megnyomásával " -"állíthatók be az alapértelmezett értékek. \n" -"\t\t\tFeketelista: azon eszköz listája, amelyekből ne lehessen " -"többutas eszközt készíteni. \n" -"\t\t\tA \"Feketelista beállítása\" gomb megnyomásával lehet a " -"feketelista beállításait megadni. \n" -"\t\t\tFeketelista kivételek: a feketelistáról kizárt eszközök listája." -" \n" -"\t\t\tA \"Feketelista kivételek beállítása\" gomb megnyomásával " -"adható meg be feketelista kivételek (blacklist_exceptions) beállításai. \n" -"\t\t\tEszközök: lemezvezérlők szerinti beállítás. Az alapértelmezett " -"értékek felülírása a többutas beállításokkal \n" -"\t\t\tAz \"Eszközök beállítása\" gomb megnyomásával lehet megadni az " -"eszközök beállításait. \n" -"\t\t\tNyomja meg a \"Befejezés\" gombot a beállítások mentéséhez." -" \n" +"\t\t\tAlapértelmezett értékek: a multipath-tools alapértelmezett beállításai. \n" +"\t\t\tAz \"Alapértelmezések beállítása\" gomb megnyomásával állíthatók be az alapértelmezett értékek. \n" +"\t\t\tFeketelista: azon eszköz listája, amelyekből ne lehessen többutas eszközt készíteni. \n" +"\t\t\tA \"Feketelista beállítása\" gomb megnyomásával lehet a feketelista beállításait megadni. \n" +"\t\t\tFeketelista kivételek: a feketelistáról kizárt eszközök listája. \n" +"\t\t\tA \"Feketelista kivételek beállítása\" gomb megnyomásával adható meg be feketelista kivételek (blacklist_exceptions) beállításai. \n" +"\t\t\tEszközök: lemezvezérlők szerinti beállítás. Az alapértelmezett értékek felülírása a többutas beállításokkal \n" +"\t\t\tAz \"Eszközök beállítása\" gomb megnyomásával lehet megadni az eszközök beállításait. \n" +"\t\t\tNyomja meg a \"Befejezés\" gombot a beállítások mentéséhez. \n" #. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Defaults Configuration</big> \n" "\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here. \n" -"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath " -"configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" -"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own " -"value as default setting. \n" +"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" +"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Alapértelmezett értékek beállítása</big> \n" -"\t\t\tA globális alapértelmezett értékek állíthatók be és törölhetők innen.." -" \n" -"\t\t\tMinden alapértelmezett beállítás hatással van az összes többutas " -"beállításra, kivéve ha ezt valamelyik helyi beállítás ezt felül nem írja." -" \n" -"\t\t\tAmennyiben valamelyik alapértelmezett érték itt törlésre kerül, a " -"többutas beállítások saját értéküket tekintik alapértelmezett beállításnak." -" \n" +"\t\t\tA globális alapértelmezett értékek állíthatók be és törölhetők innen.. \n" +"\t\t\tMinden alapértelmezett beállítás hatással van az összes többutas beállításra, kivéve ha ezt valamelyik helyi beállítás ezt felül nem írja. \n" +"\t\t\tAmennyiben valamelyik alapértelmezett érték itt törlésre kerül, a többutas beállítások saját értéküket tekintik alapértelmezett beállításnak. \n" #. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<big>Blacklist Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates." -" \n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, " -"devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist." -" \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in " -"blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates. \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Feketelista beállítása</big> \n" "\t\t\tA listában szereplő eszköznevek a feketelistán szereplenek. \n" -"\t\t\tAz eszköznév azonosítására három módszer létezik: wwid, " -"devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: A world wide ID azonosítja az eszközt, amely kivétel a " -"feketelistáról. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Reguláris kifejezés használható az eszköznév " -"azonosítására az udev_dir-ben (alapértelmezett helye a /dev könyvtárban " -"van). Ilyen eszköznevek: cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop." -" \n" -"\t\t\teszköz: A feketelistában található lemezvezérlő azonosítására " -"használható. Az eszköz azonosítása a gyártó és a terméknév alapján történik." -" \n" +"\t\t\tAz eszköznév azonosítására három módszer létezik: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: A world wide ID azonosítja az eszközt, amely kivétel a feketelistáról. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Reguláris kifejezés használható az eszköznév azonosítására az udev_dir-ben (alapértelmezett helye a /dev könyvtárban van). Ilyen eszköznevek: cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\teszköz: A feketelistában található lemezvezérlő azonosítására használható. Az eszköz azonosítása a gyártó és a terméknév alapján történik. \n" "" #. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 @@ -377,46 +328,30 @@ msgid "" "<big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big> \n" "\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, " -"devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from " -"blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted " -"from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Feketelista kivételeinek beállítása</big> \n" "\t\t\tA listában szereplő eszköznevek a feketelista kivételei. \n" -"\t\t\tAz eszköznév azonosítására három módszer létezik: wwid, " -"devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: A world wide ID azonosítja az eszközt, amely kivétel a " -"feketelistáról. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Reguláris kifejezés használható az eszköznév " -"azonosítására az udev_dir-ben (alapértelmezett helye a /dev könyvtárban " -"van). Ilyen eszköznevek: cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop." -" \n" -"\t\t\teszköz: A feketelista kivételei között található lemezvezérlő " -"azonosítására használható. Az eszköz azonosítása a gyártó és a terméknév " -"alapján történik. \n" +"\t\t\tAz eszköznév azonosítására három módszer létezik: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: A world wide ID azonosítja az eszközt, amely kivétel a feketelistáról. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Reguláris kifejezés használható az eszköznév azonosítására az udev_dir-ben (alapértelmezett helye a /dev könyvtárban van). Ilyen eszköznevek: cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\teszköz: A feketelista kivételei között található lemezvezérlő azonosítására használható. Az eszköz azonosítása a gyártó és a terméknév alapján történik. \n" "" #. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Devices Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the " -"default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" -"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name." -" \n" +"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Eszközbeállítás</big> \n" -"\t\t\tA lemezvezérlők szerinti beállítás található itt, amelyek felülírják " -"az alapértelmezett értékek. \n" -"\t\t\tMinden eszköz a gyártó és a termék nevével kerül " -"azonosításra. \n" +"\t\t\tA lemezvezérlők szerinti beállítás található itt, amelyek felülírják az alapértelmezett értékek. \n" +"\t\t\tMinden eszköz a gyártó és a termék nevével kerül azonosításra. \n" #. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. #. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. @@ -468,20 +403,15 @@ #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:106 msgid "Cannot read defaults section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"Nem olvasható a defaults (alapértelmezett értékek) szakasz a többutas " -"beállításban." +msgstr "Nem olvasható a defaults (alapértelmezett értékek) szakasz a többutas beállításban." #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:114 msgid "Cannot read blacklist section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"Nem olvasható a blacklist (feketelista) szakasz a többutas beállításban." +msgstr "Nem olvasható a blacklist (feketelista) szakasz a többutas beállításban." #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122 msgid "Cannot read blacklist_exceptions section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"Nem olvasható a blacklist_exception (feketelista kivételek) szakasz a " -"többutas beállításban." +msgstr "Nem olvasható a blacklist_exception (feketelista kivételek) szakasz a többutas beállításban." #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132 msgid "Cannot read devices section in multipath configuration." Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/ncurses-pkg.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/ncurses-pkg.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/ncurses-pkg.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -69,8 +69,7 @@ msgstr "csomagok kerültek módosításra függőségek feloldása miatt:" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1297 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." msgstr "Választhatja a Folytatást, de lehetséges, hogy a rendszer hibás lesz." #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1298 @@ -138,29 +137,19 @@ msgstr "Szükségtelen javítások" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "" -"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " -"recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by " -"already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for " -"Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." +msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "" -"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " -"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "" -"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " -"updates aren't possible." +msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "" -"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " -"longer." +msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 @@ -195,12 +184,8 @@ #. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB #: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s " -"locale" -msgstr "" -"Fordítások, szótárak és egyéb nyelvspecifikus fájlok ehhez a nyelvhez: " -"%s" +msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s locale" +msgstr "Fordítások, szótárak és egyéb nyelvspecifikus fájlok ehhez a nyelvhez: %s" #. the label of the selections #: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:319 @@ -421,8 +406,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" -msgstr "" -"&Telepített csomagokhoz tartozó javasolt csomagok figyelmen kívül hagyása" +msgstr "&Telepített csomagokhoz tartozó javasolt csomagok figyelmen kívül hagyása" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 #, fuzzy @@ -600,8 +584,7 @@ #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 msgid "This information is available for installed packages only." -msgstr "" -"Ez az információ csak a telepített csomagokhoz állnak rendelkezésre." +msgstr "Ez az információ csak a telepített csomagokhoz állnak rendelkezésre." #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429 msgid "References: " @@ -725,136 +708,60 @@ #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<h3>Welcome to the package selector</h3>This tool will help you to " -#| "manage\n" +#| "<h3>Welcome to the package selector</h3>This tool will help you to manage\n" #| "the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single\n" -#| "packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) " -#| "or\n" -#| "languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies " -#| "when\n" -#| "installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The " -#| "package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package " -#| "table and menu." -msgid "" -"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to " -"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " -"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " -"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " -"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " -"selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table " -"and menu." -msgstr "" -"<h3>Üdvözöljük a csomagválasztóban</h3>Ez a program segítséget nyújt a " -"csomagok kezelésében. Telepíthet, frissíthet vagy eltávolíthat egy-egy " -"csomagot, mintákat (csomagok funkcionális csoportja) vagy nyelveket. A " -"telepítés vagy eltávolítás során nem kell törődni a csomagfüggőségekkel, " -"mert a solver ezt megoldja. A csomagválasztó három fő részből áll: " -"szűrők, csomagtáblák és menü." +#| "packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or\n" +#| "languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when\n" +#| "installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." +msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." +msgstr "<h3>Üdvözöljük a csomagválasztóban</h3>Ez a program segítséget nyújt a csomagok kezelésében. Telepíthet, frissíthet vagy eltávolíthat egy-egy csomagot, mintákat (csomagok funkcionális csoportja) vagy nyelveket. A telepítés vagy eltávolítás során nem kell törődni a csomagfüggőségekkel, mert a solver ezt megoldja. A csomagválasztó három fő részből áll: szűrők, csomagtáblák és menü." #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Filters (left panel) are designed for easy orientation in a " -#| "large\n" +#| "Filters (left panel) are designed for easy orientation in a large\n" #| "amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain\n" -#| "repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " -#| "Development)\n" -#| "or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be " -#| "found in How to use filters." -msgid "" -"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " -"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " -"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " -"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " -"filters can be found in How to use filters." -msgstr "" -"A Szűrők (bal oldal) feladata, hogy megkönnyítse az eligazodást a " -"hatalmas csomagválasztékban. Segítségével megjeleníthetők a kiválasztott " -"telepítési források vagy minták (pl. Játékok vagy C/C++ Fejlesztői eszközök) " -"csomagjai vagy megadott kulcsszavakra lehet vele keresni. A szűrőkkel " -"kapcsolatos további információ a Segítség a szűrők használatához " -"részben található." +#| "repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development)\n" +#| "or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." +msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." +msgstr "A Szűrők (bal oldal) feladata, hogy megkönnyítse az eligazodást a hatalmas csomagválasztékban. Segítségével megjeleníthetők a kiválasztott telepítési források vagy minták (pl. Játékok vagy C/C++ Fejlesztői eszközök) csomagjai vagy megadott kulcsszavakra lehet vele keresni. A szűrőkkel kapcsolatos további információ a Segítség a szűrők használatához részben található." #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Package table is the main component of the package selector. " -#| "You\n" -#| "will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, " -#| "the\n" -#| "selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " -#| "several columns:" -msgid "" -"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You " -"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " -"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " -"several columns:" -msgstr "" -"A Csomagtábla a csomagválasztó főkomponense. Itt jelenik meg a " -"szűrőfeltételnek megfelelő csomagok listája (pl. kiválasztott RPM csoport " -"vagy keresési eredmény). A csomagtábla minden sora néhány oszlopot tartalmaz:" -"" +#| "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You\n" +#| "will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the\n" +#| "selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" +msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" +msgstr "A Csomagtábla a csomagválasztó főkomponense. Itt jelenik meg a szűrőfeltételnek megfelelő csomagok listája (pl. kiválasztott RPM csoport vagy keresési eredmény). A csomagtábla minden sora néhány oszlopot tartalmaz:" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and\n" -#| "Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</" -#| "li><li>Available\n" +#| "Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available\n" #| "version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed\n" -#| "version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></" -#| "ol>" -msgid "" -"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and " -"Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " -"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version" -"(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "" -"<ol><li>Csomagállapot ( további információ a Csomagállapot és " -"szimbólumok részben található )</li><li>Csomagnév</li><li>Összefoglalás</" -"li><li>Elérhető verziók ( a beállított telepítési forrásokból )</" -"li><li>Telepített verzió ( üres, ha még a csomag nem került telepítésre )</" -"li><li>Csomagméret</li></ol>" +#| "version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "<ol><li>Csomagállapot ( további információ a Csomagállapot és szimbólumok részben található )</li><li>Csomagnév</li><li>Összefoglalás</li><li>Elérhető verziók ( a beállított telepítési forrásokból )</li><li>Telepített verzió ( üres, ha még a csomag nem került telepítésre )</li><li>Csomagméret</li></ol>" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "" -"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status " -"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete " -"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status " -"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu " -"item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package " -"Status and Symbols)." -msgstr "" -"A Műveletek menü a tábla alatt található és lehetőséget nyújt a " -"kiválasztott csomag (vagy a listában szereplő összes csomag) állapotának " -"megváltoztatására, például egy új csomag kiválasztására vagy egy csomag " -"törlésére. Az állapot megváltoztatása a megfelelő gyorsbillentyű " -"megnyomásával is történhet (további információ a Csomagállapot és " -"szimbólum' részben található)." +msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." +msgstr "A Műveletek menü a tábla alatt található és lehetőséget nyújt a kiválasztott csomag (vagy a listában szereplő összes csomag) állapotának megváltoztatására, például egy új csomag kiválasztására vagy egy csomag törlésére. Az állapot megváltoztatása a megfelelő gyorsbillentyű megnyomásával is történhet (további információ a Csomagállapot és szimbólum' részben található)." #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package\n" -#| "dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " -#| "like\n" -#| "opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful " -#| "Functions in Menu." -msgid "" -"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package " -"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " -"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful " -"Functions in Menu." -msgstr "" -"A Menü feladata a csomagfüggőségek kezelése, az ezekhez kapcsolódó " -"információ megjelenítése és egyéb hasznos műveletek, mint a telepítési " -"forrás szerkesztőjének megnyitása. További információ a Hasznos " -"információk a menüben részben található." +#| "dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like\n" +#| "opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." +msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." +msgstr "A Menü feladata a csomagfüggőségek kezelése, az ezekhez kapcsolódó információ megjelenítése és egyéb hasznos műveletek, mint a telepítési forrás szerkesztőjének megnyitása. További információ a Hasznos információk a menüben részben található." #. the headline of the help window #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 @@ -865,43 +772,21 @@ #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the " -#| "keys\n" -#| "specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " -#| "additional\n" +#| "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys\n" +#| "specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional\n" #| "package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be\n" -#| "installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the " -#| "installed version of a package should always be kept." -msgid "" -"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the " -"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " -"additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should " -"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the " -"installed version of a package should always be kept." -msgstr "" -"A csomag állapotát a Műveletek menün keresztül vagy a megfelelő " -"gyorsbillentyűvel változtathatja meg. Például egy új csomag telepítéséhez " -"használja a '+' jelet.A \"Tabu\" állapot azt jelenti, hogy a csomag " -"ne kerüljön telepítésre, illetve (ha már telepítve van) ne kerüljön " -"módosításra. Hasonlóan a \"Védelem alatt\" státusz azt jelenti, hogy a " -"csomag telepített verziója maradjon meg mindig." +#| "installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." +msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." +msgstr "A csomag állapotát a Műveletek menün keresztül vagy a megfelelő gyorsbillentyűvel változtathatja meg. Például egy új csomag telepítéséhez használja a '+' jelet.A \"Tabu\" állapot azt jelenti, hogy a csomag ne kerüljön telepítésre, illetve (ha már telepítve van) ne kerüljön módosításra. Hasonlóan a \"Védelem alatt\" státusz azt jelenti, hogy a csomag telepített verziója maradjon meg mindig." #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package\n" -#| "status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for " -#| "all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." -msgid "" -"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. " -"The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all " -"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." -msgstr "" -"Ugyancsak használhatók a RETURN és SPACE billentyűk a " -"státusz állapotának módosítására. A Műveletek menü arra is " -"lehetőséget ad, hogy a listán szereplő csomagok állapotát egyszerre " -"változtassa meg (a 'Minden felsorolt csomag' kiválasztásával)." +#| "status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgstr "Ugyancsak használhatók a RETURN és SPACE billentyűk a státusz állapotának módosítására. A Műveletek menü arra is lehetőséget ad, hogy a listán szereplő csomagok állapotát egyszerre változtassa meg (a 'Minden felsorolt csomag' kiválasztásával)." #. part 3 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 @@ -910,29 +795,13 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid "" -" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be " -"installed automatically > : package will be updated</" -"p>a> : package will be automatically updated i : " -"package is installed - : package will be deleted---" -": never install this package (taboo)" -msgstr "" -" + : a csomag telepítésre lett jelölvea+ : a " -"csomag automatikusan telepítésre jelölt > : a csomag " -"frissítve lesza> : a csomag automatikusan lesz frissítve</" -"p> i : a csomag telepítve van - : a csomag törölve " -"lesz--- : a csomag sose kerüljön telepítésre (tabu)" +msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" +msgstr " + : a csomag telepítésre lett jelölvea+ : a csomag automatikusan telepítésre jelölt > : a csomag frissítve lesza> : a csomag automatikusan lesz frissítve i : a csomag telepítve van - : a csomag törölve lesz--- : a csomag sose kerüljön telepítésre (tabu)" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "" -"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it " -"( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages:</" -"p> i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "" -"-i-: tartsa meg a telepített verziót és soha ne frissítse vagy " -"törölje ( a csomag védett ) i : A minta/nyelv minden " -"követelménye megfelelő" +msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr "-i-: tartsa meg a telepített verziót és soha ne frissítse vagy törölje ( a csomag védett ) i : A minta/nyelv minden követelménye megfelelő" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -943,107 +812,45 @@ #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Filters allow you to filter all available packages according " -#| "to\n" -#| "the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " -#| "(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages) or " -#| "search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. " -#| "Specific filters are described below." -msgid "" -"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the " -"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " -"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " -"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " -"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." -msgstr "" -"Az összes elérhető csomag közül a Szűrők segítségével szűrheti ki " -"azokat, amelyek érdekesek az Ön számára. A csomagok szűrői a csomagok " -"tulajdonságait (telepítési forrás, RPM csoport), \"gyűjtemények\" (minták, " -"nyelvek) vagy a keresési eredményeket szűrhetik. Válassza ki a kívánt szűrőt " -"a legördülő-menüből. Az egyes szűrők magyarázatát lejjebb találja." +#| "Filters allow you to filter all available packages according to\n" +#| "the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages) or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgstr "Az összes elérhető csomag közül a Szűrők segítségével szűrheti ki azokat, amelyek érdekesek az Ön számára. A csomagok szűrői a csomagok tulajdonságait (telepítési forrás, RPM csoport), \"gyűjtemények\" (minták, nyelvek) vagy a keresési eredményeket szűrhetik. Válassza ki a kívánt szűrőt a legördülő-menüből. Az egyes szűrők magyarázatát lejjebb találja." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should " -#| "have\n" +#| "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have\n" #| "(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of\n" -#| "packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests " -#| "(may\n" -#| "have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " -#| "solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." -#| "" -msgid "" -"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have " -"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " -"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " -"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " -"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"A Minták a rendszer által igényelt funkciókat és képességeket " -"(például az X kiszolgáló, vagy a parancssoros eszközök) jellemzik. Minden " -"minta tartalmazza a szükséges (kell), az ajánlott (kellene) és a javasolt " -"(lehetne) csomagok listáját. Ha egy mintát telepítésre (frissítésre, " -"törlésre) jelöl ki, elindul az alárendelt csomagok függőségeinek ellenőrzése." -"" +#| "packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may\n" +#| "have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." +msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." +msgstr "A Minták a rendszer által igényelt funkciókat és képességeket (például az X kiszolgáló, vagy a parancssoros eszközök) jellemzik. Minden minta tartalmazza a szükséges (kell), az ajánlott (kellene) és a javasolt (lehetne) csomagok listáját. Ha egy mintát telepítésre (frissítésre, törlésre) jelöl ki, elindul az alárendelt csomagok függőségeinek ellenőrzése." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They\n" -#| "contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-" -#| "specific\n" -#| "files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package " -#| "containers\n" +#| "contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific\n" +#| "files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers\n" #| "that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a\n" -#| "property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) " -#| "structure. The\n" -#| "Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific " -#| "repository. " -msgid "" -"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They " -"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " -"files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers " -"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " -"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " -"The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific " -"repository. " -msgstr "" -"A Nyelvek a Mintákhoz nagyon hasonló csomaggyűjtemények. " -"Fordításokat, szótárakat, és egyéb, nyelv-specifikus csomagokat tartalmaznak " -"a választott nyelvhez. Ugyanakkor az RPM csoportok nem telepíthető " -"csomagtárolók. Egy adott RPM csoporttagság magának az RPM csomagnak a " -"tulajdonsága. Hierarchikus (fa-) struktúrával rendelkeznek. A Telepítési " -"források szűrő lehetőséget ad kizárólag az adott telepítési forrásból " -"származó csomagok megjelenítésére." +#| "property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The\n" +#| "Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " +msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " +msgstr "A Nyelvek a Mintákhoz nagyon hasonló csomaggyűjtemények. Fordításokat, szótárakat, és egyéb, nyelv-specifikus csomagokat tartalmaznak a választott nyelvhez. Ugyanakkor az RPM csoportok nem telepíthető csomagtárolók. Egy adott RPM csoporttagság magának az RPM csomagnak a tulajdonsága. Hierarchikus (fa-) struktúrával rendelkeznek. A Telepítési források szűrő lehetőséget ad kizárólag az adott telepítési forrásból származó csomagok megjelenítésére." #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) " -#| "for\n" +#| "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for\n" #| "the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the\n" -#| "expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM " -#| "provides or\n" -#| "requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -#| "" -msgid "" -"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " -"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " -"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " -"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -"" -msgstr "" -"A Szűrőnél adjon meg egy kulcsszót (vagy a kulcsszó egy részletét) " -"a csomagok kereséséhez. Például a \"3d\" kifejezéssel keresheti meg az " -"összes 3D csomagot . Lehetőség van az RPM által nyújtott vagy igényelt " -"funkciókban, illetve a csomagleírásokban történő keresésre is. Ehhez jelölje " -"ki a megfelelő pontot. A keresés elindításához nyomja meg az 'Enter' gombot." -"" +#| "expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or\n" +#| "requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." +msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." +msgstr "A Szűrőnél adjon meg egy kulcsszót (vagy a kulcsszó egy részletét) a csomagok kereséséhez. Például a \"3d\" kifejezéssel keresheti meg az összes 3D csomagot . Lehetőség van az RPM által nyújtott vagy igényelt funkciókban, illetve a csomagleírásokban történő keresésre is. Ehhez jelölje ki a megfelelő pontot. A keresés elindításához nyomja meg az 'Enter' gombot." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 @@ -1052,16 +859,8 @@ #| "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose\n" #| "status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or\n" #| "removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver." -msgid "" -"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose " -"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " -"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " -"Package Classification provides information about Recommended, " -"Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." -msgstr "" -"Az Összefoglalás a telepítésről a munkamenet során a felhasználó " -"által, vagy a függőségek feloldása során megváltoztatott állapotú (például " -"telepítésre, vagy eltávolításra megjelölt) csomagokról ad áttekintést." +msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." +msgstr "Az Összefoglalás a telepítésről a munkamenet során a felhasználó által, vagy a függőségek feloldása során megváltoztatott állapotú (például telepítésre, vagy eltávolításra megjelölt) csomagokról ad áttekintést." #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 @@ -1072,181 +871,51 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the\n" -#| "handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " -#| "checked with every status change (Automatic Dependency Check is " -#| "on). You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing " -#| "possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the " -#| "offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." -msgid "" -"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the " -"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " -"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " -"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve " -"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " -"Again'." -msgstr "" -"A Függőségek menüpontból a csomagok függőségeinek kezelésével " -"kapcsolatos különböző lehetőségek érhetőek el. Alapértelmezett esetben " -"minden egyes állapotváltozáskor ellenőrzésre kerülnek a csomagok függőségei " -"(Függőségek automatikus ellenőrzése engedélyezve). Az ütközésekről a " -"lehetséges megoldási javaslatokat felajánló párbeszédablak értesíti. Az " -"ütközések kezeléséhez válasszon egyet a felajánlott megoldásokból és " -"kattintson az 'OK - Próbálja újra' gombra." +#| "handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change (Automatic Dependency Check is on). You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." +msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." +msgstr "A Függőségek menüpontból a csomagok függőségeinek kezelésével kapcsolatos különböző lehetőségek érhetőek el. Alapértelmezett esetben minden egyes állapotváltozáskor ellenőrzésre kerülnek a csomagok függőségei (Függőségek automatikus ellenőrzése engedélyezve). Az ütközésekről a lehetséges megoldási javaslatokat felajánló párbeszédablak értesíti. Az ütközések kezeléséhez válasszon egyet a felajánlott megoldásokból és kattintson az 'OK - Próbálja újra' gombra." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " -#| "Automatic\n" -#| "Dependency Check off. You can check dependencies manually by " -#| "selecting\n" +#| "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic\n" +#| "Dependency Check off. You can check dependencies manually by selecting\n" #| "Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check\n" -#| "package dependencies and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking " -#| "missing\n" -#| "packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, " -#| "use\n" -#| "Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package " -#| "dependencies\n" +#| "package dependencies and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing\n" +#| "packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use\n" +#| "Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies\n" #| "data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is\n" -#| "usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</" -#| "p>" -msgid "" -"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " -"Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually " -"by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry " -"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve " -"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " -"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate " -"Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into " -"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what " -"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." -msgstr "" -"A függőségek automatikus ellenőrzésének mellőzéséhez kapcsolja ki a " -"Függőségek automatikus ellenőrzése opciót. Ez esetben kézzel " -"végezheti el a függőségek ellenőrzését a Függőségek ellenőrzése " -"gombbal. A Rendszer ellenőrzése elvégzi a csomagfüggőségek " -"ellenőrzését, és csendben kezeli az ütközéseket azzal, hogy szükség esetén " -"automatikus telepítésre jelöli meg a hiányzó csomagokat. Hibakereső céllal " -"használhatja a Függőségfeloldási teszteset létrehozása opciót. Ez a " -"<tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt> könyvtárba írja ki a csomagfüggőségek " -"adatait. Ha a bugzillában \"függőségfeloldási teszteset\" létrehozását kérik " -"Öntől, általában erre van szüksége." +#| "usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgstr "A függőségek automatikus ellenőrzésének mellőzéséhez kapcsolja ki a Függőségek automatikus ellenőrzése opciót. Ez esetben kézzel végezheti el a függőségek ellenőrzését a Függőségek ellenőrzése gombbal. A Rendszer ellenőrzése elvégzi a csomagfüggőségek ellenőrzését, és csendben kezeli az ütközéseket azzal, hogy szükség esetén automatikus telepítésre jelöli meg a hiányzó csomagokat. Hibakereső céllal használhatja a Függőségfeloldási teszteset létrehozása opciót. Ez a <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt> könyvtárba írja ki a csomagfüggőségek adatait. Ha a bugzillában \"függőségfeloldási teszteset\" létrehozását kérik Öntől, általában erre van szüksége." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Available options for dependency checking are: System Verification " -#| "Mode (monitor and repair dependencies of already installed packages " -#| "and solve immediately), Cleanup when deleting packages (remove " -#| "dependent unused packages) and Allow vendor change (package vendor " -#| "may differ from vendor of installed package). Please note: after checking " -#| "the system with Verify System Now the option System " -#| "Verification Mode is on (if desired uncheck the option)." -msgid "" -"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency " -"Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed " -"Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package " -"will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of " -"installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the " -"system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode</" -"i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the " -"YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Függőség-ellenőrzés beállításának lehetőségei: Rendszer-ellenőrzési " -"mód (megvizsgálja és javítja a már telepített csomagok függőségeit), " -"Tisztítás csomag törlésekor (nem használt függőségi csomagok " -"eltávolítása) és Gyártómódosítás engedélyezése (a csomag gyártója " -"különbözhet a telepített csomag gyártójától). Megjegyzés: a Rendszer " -"ellenőrzése lehetőség használata után a Rendszer-ellenőrzési mód " -"bekapcsolásra kerül (ha nem szükséges, akkor kapcsolja ki ezt a beállítást)." -"" +#| msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: System Verification Mode (monitor and repair dependencies of already installed packages and solve immediately), Cleanup when deleting packages (remove dependent unused packages) and Allow vendor change (package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package). Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is on (if desired uncheck the option)." +msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgstr "Függőség-ellenőrzés beállításának lehetőségei: Rendszer-ellenőrzési mód (megvizsgálja és javítja a már telepített csomagok függőségeit), Tisztítás csomag törlésekor (nem használt függőségi csomagok eltávolítása) és Gyártómódosítás engedélyezése (a csomag gyártója különbözhet a telepített csomag gyártójától). Megjegyzés: a Rendszer ellenőrzése lehetőség használata után a Rendszer-ellenőrzési mód bekapcsolásra kerül (ha nem szükséges, akkor kapcsolja ki ezt a beállítást)." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:272 -msgid "" -"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove " -"dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may " -"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " -"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/" -"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:278 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "View: Choose which information about the selected package will " -#| "be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options " -#| "are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) " -#| "package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the " -#| "package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgid "" -"View: Choose which information about the selected package will " -"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " -"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " -"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " -"dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgstr "" -"A Nézet: Válassza ki, hogy a csomag mely információja jelenjen meg " -"a csomaglista alatti ablakban. A lehetséges beállítások: leírás " -"(alapértelmezett), technikai adatok (verzió, méret, licenc, stb.), verziók " -"(az összes elérhető), fájllista (a csomag által tartalmazott valamennyi " -"fájl), és a függőségek (nyújtja, igényli, stb.)." +#| msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgstr "A Nézet: Válassza ki, hogy a csomag mely információja jelenjen meg a csomaglista alatti ablakban. A lehetséges beállítások: leírás (alapértelmezett), technikai adatok (verzió, méret, licenc, stb.), verziók (az összes elérhető), fájllista (a csomag által tartalmazott valamennyi fájl), és a függőségek (nyújtja, igényli, stb.)." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:284 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Configuration: this menu integrates package selector with the " -#| "rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository " -#| "Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update " -#| "repository and configure periodic download of available updates " -#| "(Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of " -#| "the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action " -#| "after Package Installation menu." -msgid "" -"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the " -"rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository " -"Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update " -"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch " -"Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three " -"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package " -"Installation menu." -msgstr "" -"Beállítás: ez a menü integrálja a csomagkiválasztót a csomagkezelő " -"programok többi részével. Itt lehetőség van a Telepítési forráskezelő " -"indítására, és a telepítési források beállítására, vagy meghatározott " -"telepítési forrásból bizonyos időközönként történő letöltés beállítására " -"(Online frissítések beállítása). Valamint a Csomagok telepítését " -"követő művelet beállításával, három különböző lehetséges művelet " -"határozható meg." +#| msgid "Configuration: this menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." +msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." +msgstr "Beállítás: ez a menü integrálja a csomagkiválasztót a csomagkezelő programok többi részével. Itt lehetőség van a Telepítési forráskezelő indítására, és a telepítési források beállítására, vagy meghatározott telepítési forrásból bizonyos időközönként történő letöltés beállítására (Online frissítések beállítása). Valamint a Csomagok telepítését követő művelet beállításával, három különböző lehetséges művelet határozható meg." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:289 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Extras: miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package " -#| "List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " -#| "languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by " -#| "Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. " -#| "It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same " -#| "state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space " -#| "will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on " -#| "currently mounted partition." -msgid "" -"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package " -"List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " -"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import " -"Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring " -"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described " -"in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup " -"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted " -"partition." -msgstr "" -"Extrák: különféle funkciók találhatóak itt. A Csomaglista " -"exportálása fájlba a telepített csomagok, minták és nyelvek adatait írja " -"ki a megadott XML fájlba. Ezt a fájl később beolvasható a Csomaglista " -"importálása fájlból opcióval, például egy másik számítógépen. A " -"célszámítógép csomagjait ugyanolyan állapotba hozza, mint ahogyan az a " -"megadott XML fájlban szerepel. A Rendelkezésre álló szabad lemezterület</" -"i> a jelenleg felcsatolt kötet használt és a szabad lemezterület-" -"információit jeleníti meg egy felbukkanó ablakban." +#| msgid "Extras: miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." +msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." +msgstr "Extrák: különféle funkciók találhatóak itt. A Csomaglista exportálása fájlba a telepített csomagok, minták és nyelvek adatait írja ki a megadott XML fájlba. Ezt a fájl később beolvasható a Csomaglista importálása fájlból opcióval, például egy másik számítógépen. A célszámítógép csomagjait ugyanolyan állapotba hozza, mint ahogyan az a megadott XML fájlban szerepel. A Rendelkezésre álló szabad lemezterület a jelenleg felcsatolt kötet használt és a szabad lemezterület-információit jeleníti meg egy felbukkanó ablakban." #. label of a frame with search settings #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:297 @@ -1456,78 +1125,33 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:611 -msgid "" -"General information about patches:The patches of kind security</" -"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " -"should also install recommended patches, they usually contain " -"important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in " -"the feature." +msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." msgstr "" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product " -#| "Management) will\n" -#| "always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " -#| "run." -msgid "" -"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " -"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " -"run." -msgstr "" -"Először mindig a \"libzypp\" javításai (csomag-, javítás-, minta- and " -"termékkezelés) kerülnek telepítésre. A további frissítések ezután " -"következnek." +#| "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will\n" +#| "always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." +msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." +msgstr "Először mindig a \"libzypp\" javításai (csomag-, javítás-, minta- and termékkezelés) kerülnek telepítésre. A további frissítések ezután következnek." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " -#| "installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on " -#| "your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</" -#| "p> i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied.+ " -#| ": You have selected this patch for installation." -msgid "" -"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " -"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " -"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. " -"i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You " -"have selected this patch for installation." -msgstr "" -"Az állapotjelzők jelentése:a+: A telepítésének megfelelő " -"javítások már be vannak jelölve. Ezek letöltődnek és telepítésre kerülnek. " -"Ha nincs szüksége egy adott javításra, használja a '-' jelet. i </" -"b>: A javításhoz szükséges csomagfüggőségek megfelelőek.+ : A " -"javítás ki van választva a telepítéshez." +#| msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied.+ : You have selected this patch for installation." +msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." +msgstr "Az állapotjelzők jelentése:a+: A telepítésének megfelelő javítások már be vannak jelölve. Ezek letöltődnek és telepítésre kerülnek. Ha nincs szüksége egy adott javításra, használja a '-' jelet. i : A javításhoz szükséges csomagfüggőségek megfelelőek.+ : A javítás ki van választva a telepítéshez." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "" -"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a " -"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " -"got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is " -"deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is " -"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " -"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with " -"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the " -"patches are not wanted." +msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." msgstr "" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "" -"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e." -"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " -"search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a " -"patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages " -"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " -"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " -"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system." -" The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the " -"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." msgstr "" #. label for a warning popup @@ -1572,12 +1196,8 @@ # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1998 #. text for a Notify popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:714 -msgid "" -"All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost." -" Really exit?" -msgstr "" -"Ha most kilép, a csomag-, frissítés- vagy mintakiválasztások elvesznek." -" Valóban ki akar lépni?" +msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" +msgstr "Ha most kilép, a csomag-, frissítés- vagy mintakiválasztások elvesznek. Valóban ki akar lépni?" # modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:117 # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1072 @@ -1629,20 +1249,8 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 -msgid "" -"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated " -"automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other " -"packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any " -"installation media.They are third-party packagesManually " -"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Frissítési problémák listája A listában található csomagokat " -"nem lehet automatikusan frissíteni.Lehetséges okok:Egyéb " -"csomagok feleslegessé tették ezt a csomagot.Egyik telepítési forráson " -"sincs a meglévőnél újabb verzió.Más gyártó csomagja.Kérem, " -"döntse el, hogy mi történjen, a legbiztonságosabb lépés a csomagok törlése.</" -"p>" +msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." +msgstr "Frissítési problémák listája A listában található csomagokat nem lehet automatikusan frissíteni.Lehetséges okok:Egyéb csomagok feleslegessé tették ezt a csomagot.Egyik telepítési forráson sincs a meglévőnél újabb verzió.Más gyártó csomagja.Kérem, döntse el, hogy mi történjen, a legbiztonságosabb lépés a csomagok törlése." #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 @@ -1671,13 +1279,8 @@ #~ msgid "----- this patch is broken !!! -----" #~ msgstr "----- ez a frissítés hibás !!! -----" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" " -#~ "is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az \"ajánlott\" (recommended) jelző azt jelenti, hogy célszerű a " -#~ "frissítés telepítése. A \"biztonsági\" (security) jelző egy biztonsági " -#~ "hibát elhárító frissítés és kifejezetten javasolt a telepítése." +#~ msgid "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." +#~ msgstr "Az \"ajánlott\" (recommended) jelző azt jelenti, hogy célszerű a frissítés telepítése. A \"biztonsági\" (security) jelző egy biztonsági hibát elhárító frissítés és kifejezetten javasolt a telepítése." #~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web" #~ msgstr "Csomagok keresése az &interneten" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/ncurses.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/ncurses.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/ncurses.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -99,17 +99,11 @@ #~ msgid "Press F1 for Help" #~ msgstr "Segítséghez nyomja meg az F1 billentyűt" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press F1 again to get further help or ESC to close this " -#~ "dialog." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "További segítséghez nyomja meg az F1 billentyűt. Az ablak " -#~ "bezárásához nyomja meg az ESC billentyűt." +#~ msgid "Press F1 again to get further help or ESC to close this dialog." +#~ msgstr "További segítséghez nyomja meg az F1 billentyűt. Az ablak bezárásához nyomja meg az ESC billentyűt." #~ msgid "Press F1 or ESC to close this dialog." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A párbeszédablak bezárásához nyomja meg az F1 vagy az ESC</" -#~ "b> billentyűt." +#~ msgstr "A párbeszédablak bezárásához nyomja meg az F1 vagy az ESC billentyűt." # modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:231 modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:246 # modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:259 Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/network.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/network.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/network.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -178,46 +178,35 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " -"dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" "SSH client" msgstr "" "<big>Tűzfal és SSH</big> \n" -"A tűzfal egy védelmi mechanizmus, amely megvédi a számítógépet a hálózat " -"irányából érkező támadásoktól.\n" -"Az SSH egy szolgáltatás, amely lehetővé tesz a számítógépre történő belépést " -"távoli gépről, SSH-kliens segítségével" +"A tűzfal egy védelmi mechanizmus, amely megvédi a számítógépet a hálózat irányából érkező támadásoktól.\n" +"Az SSH egy szolgáltatás, amely lehetővé tesz a számítógépre történő belépést távoli gépről, SSH-kliens segítségével" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " -"after\n" +"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -"Itt választható ki, hogy a tűzfal telepítés után engedélyezve vagy " -"letiltva legyen.\n" +"Itt választható ki, hogy a tűzfal telepítés után engedélyezve vagy letiltva legyen.\n" "A tűzfal engedélyezése javasolt." #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port " -#| "for SSH\n" -#| "service and allow remote SSH logins. This will also enable SSH service (i." -#| "e. it\n" +#| "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" +#| "service and allow remote SSH logins. This will also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" #| "will be started on computer boot)." msgid "" -"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " -"SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " -"service (i.e. it\n" +"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot)." msgstr "" "Az engedélyezett tűzfalnál eldönthető, hogy nyitva legyen-e a port az\n" -"SSH-szolgáltatáshoz. Ez engedélyezi az SSH-szolgáltatást is (pl. a " -"számítógép bekapcsolásakor automatikusan elindítja)." +"SSH-szolgáltatáshoz. Ez engedélyezi az SSH-szolgáltatást is (pl. a számítógép bekapcsolásakor automatikusan elindítja)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 @@ -256,43 +245,27 @@ #. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</" -#| "a>)" +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Az SSH port letiltva (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal" -"\">engedélyezés</a>)" +msgstr "Az SSH port letiltva (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">engedélyezés</a>)" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</" -#| "a>)" +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Az SSH port letiltva (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal" -"\">engedélyezés</a>)" +msgstr "Az SSH port letiltva (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">engedélyezés</a>)" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</" -#| "a>)" +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Az SSH port letiltva (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal" -"\">engedélyezés</a>)" +msgstr "Az SSH port letiltva (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">engedélyezés</a>)" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</" -#| "a>)" +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Az SSH port letiltva (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal" -"\">engedélyezés</a>)" +msgstr "Az SSH port letiltva (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">engedélyezés</a>)" # modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:231 modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:246 # modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:259 @@ -356,9 +329,7 @@ msgid "" "If the test fails, return to the network configuration\n" "and correct the settings.\n" -msgstr "" -"Amennyiben a teszt nem sikeres, ellenőrizze még egyszer a hálózati " -"beállításokat, majd próbálkozzon újból.\n" +msgstr "Amennyiben a teszt nem sikeres, ellenőrizze még egyszer a hálózati beállításokat, majd próbálkozzon újból.\n" # modules/inst_config_x11.ycp:100 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:723 @@ -454,11 +425,8 @@ #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892 -msgid "" -"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." -msgstr "" -"Nincs megadva URL a kiadási megjegyzésekhez. Az internetkapcsolat tesztelése " -"nem végezhető el." +msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgstr "Nincs megadva URL a kiadási megjegyzésekhez. Az internetkapcsolat tesztelése nem végezhető el." #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error @@ -467,20 +435,15 @@ "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" -"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any " -"steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " -"configuration,\n" +"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" -"Kiszolgáló oldali hiba miatt a legfrissebb kiadási megjegyzések letöltése " -"sikertelen\n" +"Kiszolgáló oldali hiba miatt a legfrissebb kiadási megjegyzések letöltése sikertelen\n" "Ez nem feltétlenül azt jelenti, hogy a hálózat beállítása hibás.\n" "\n" -"Nyomja meg a 'Következő' gombot a telepítés folytatásához. Azon lépések " -"kihagyásához,\n" -"amelyek internet kapcsolatot igényelnek vagy a hálózati beállításokhoz való " -"visszalépéshez\n" +"Nyomja meg a 'Következő' gombot a telepítés folytatásához. Azon lépések kihagyásához,\n" +"amelyek internet kapcsolatot igényelnek vagy a hálózati beállításokhoz való visszalépéshez\n" "használja a 'Mégse' gombot.\n" #. popup to inform user about the failure @@ -664,8 +627,7 @@ " the corresponding devices and press Launch." msgstr "" "Válasszon az elérhető hálózati modulok közül\n" -"a megfelelő eszköz beállításához, majd nyomja meg az Indítás gombot.</" -"p>" +"a megfelelő eszköz beállításához, majd nyomja meg az Indítás gombot." #. Selection box label #: src/clients/network.rb:107 @@ -689,9 +651,7 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/remote.rb:85 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "" -"Az 'igen' kiválasztásával engedélyezheti, a 'nem' kiválasztásával " -"letilthatja a távoli felügyeletet" +msgstr "Az 'igen' kiválasztásával engedélyezheti, a 'nem' kiválasztásával letilthatja a távoli felügyeletet" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_finish.ycp:60 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_finish.ycp:100 @@ -921,12 +881,8 @@ msgstr "A cél IP-címét meg kell adni." #: src/clients/routing.rb:354 -msgid "" -"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " -"must be specified" -msgstr "" -"Legalább egyet meg kell adni a következő paraméterekből (átjáró, hálózati " -"maszk, eszköz, beállítás)" +msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" +msgstr "Legalább egyet meg kell adni a következő paraméterekből (átjáró, hálózati maszk, eszköz, beállítás)" #: src/clients/routing.rb:376 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." @@ -1452,9 +1408,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:260 msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " -msgstr "" -"Válassza ki a nyalábolt illesztőprogram beállításait, és szükség esetén " -"szerkessze őket. " +msgstr "Válassza ki a nyalábolt illesztőprogram beállításait, és szükség esetén szerkessze őket. " #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else @@ -1668,20 +1622,13 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" -" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with " -"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On " -"Cable Connection\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " -"to\n" +" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable Connection\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" " set the priority of each interface. \n" msgstr "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" -" Minden csatoló, amely Kábeles csatlakozás és IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != " -"0 beállítást használ kölcsönösen kizárja egymást. Amennyiben több, mint egy " -"csatolón van engedélyezve a Kábeles csatlakozás, akkor valamilyen " -"módon el kell dönteni, hogy melyik csatoló induljon el. Ezért meg kell " -"határozni minden csatoló prioritását.\n" +" Minden csatoló, amely Kábeles csatlakozás és IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 beállítást használ kölcsönösen kizárja egymást. Amennyiben több, mint egy csatolón van engedélyezve a Kábeles csatlakozás, akkor valamilyen módon el kell dönteni, hogy melyik csatoló induljon el. Ezért meg kell határozni minden csatoló prioritását.\n" #. Address dialog caption #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1499 @@ -1698,8 +1645,7 @@ #. Network card name (wireless) #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:55 msgid "Cisco/Aironet 802.11 wireless ISA/PCI and PCMCIA ethernet cards" -msgstr "" -"Cisco/Aironet 802.11 vezeték nélküli ISA/PCI és PCMCIA Ethernet-kártyák" +msgstr "Cisco/Aironet 802.11 vezeték nélküli ISA/PCI és PCMCIA Ethernet-kártyák" #. Network card name (wireless) #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:62 @@ -1709,8 +1655,7 @@ #. Network card name (wireless) #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:69 msgid "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards" -msgstr "" -"PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II alapú és hasonló vezeték nélküli kártyák" +msgstr "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II alapú és hasonló vezeték nélküli kártyák" #. Network card name (wireless) #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:76 @@ -1868,9 +1813,7 @@ #. Network subsystem name #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:569 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" -msgstr "" -"Felhasználók közötti kommunikációs jármű (Inter User Communication Vehicle - " -"IUCV)" +msgstr "Felhasználók közötti kommunikációs jármű (Inter User Communication Vehicle - IUCV)" #. Network card name #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:577 @@ -1883,12 +1826,8 @@ msgstr "Használja az \"id\" kapcsolót az eszköz azonosítására." #: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101 -msgid "" -"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " -"\"id\"." -msgstr "" -"Az \"id\" értéke kívül esik a tartományon. Használja a \"list\" kapcsolót az " -"\"id\" maximális értékének meghatározásához." +msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." +msgstr "Az \"id\" értéke kívül esik a tartományon. Használja a \"list\" kapcsolót az \"id\" maximális értékének meghatározásához." #. Handler for action "add" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options @@ -1992,12 +1931,9 @@ "Continue to configure the device. Otherwise click Cancel and\n" "return to this dialog once you have installed the firmware.\n" msgstr "" -"Az eszköz helyes működéséhez firmware-re van szükség. Ez általában az " -"illesztőprogram gyártójának a webhelyéről tölthető le.\n" -"Ha már letöltötte és telepítette a firmware-t, akkor kattintson a Tovább</" -"b> gombra \n" -"az eszköz beállításához. Ellenkező esetben kattintson a Mégse gombra " -"és térjen vissza\n" +"Az eszköz helyes működéséhez firmware-re van szükség. Ez általában az illesztőprogram gyártójának a webhelyéről tölthető le.\n" +"Ha már letöltötte és telepítette a firmware-t, akkor kattintson a Tovább gombra \n" +"az eszköz beállításához. Ellenkező esetben kattintson a Mégse gombra és térjen vissza\n" "ehhez az ablakhoz a firmware telepítése után.\n" # clients/inst_sw_select.ycp:139 @@ -2010,12 +1946,8 @@ msgstr "Firmware telepítése" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234 -msgid "" -"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " -"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" -msgstr "" -"A sikeres firmware telepítéséhez az 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' parancsfájlt " -"kell futtatni. Futtatja most?" +msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgstr "A sikeres firmware telepítéséhez az 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' parancsfájlt kell futtatni. Futtatja most?" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." @@ -2102,8 +2034,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " -"(for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" "Az Udev szabályok a Kernel eszközkezelőjének\n" @@ -2114,57 +2045,40 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" -"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify " -"now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will " -"start blinking for selected time.\n" +"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" "" msgstr "" -"A Látható portok azonosításának megjelenítése lehetőséget biztosít " -"a hálózati kártyák fizikai azonosítására. \n" -"Állítsa be az időpontot, nyomja meg a Villogás gombot és a hálózati " -"kártyán lévő LED villogni kezd megadott időben.\n" +"A Látható portok azonosításának megjelenítése lehetőséget biztosít a hálózati kártyák fizikai azonosítására. \n" +"Állítsa be az időpontot, nyomja meg a Villogás gombot és a hálózati kártyán lévő LED villogni kezd megadott időben.\n" "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " -"there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " -"list, but usually the default value works.\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.\n" msgstr "" -"Kernelmodul. Adja meg a hálózati eszköz kernelmoduljának (más " -"néven illesztőprogramjának) nevét.\n" -"Ha az eszköz már be van állítva, ellenőrizze, hogy az eszközhöz elérhető-e " -"több illesztőprogram a legördülő menüből.\n" -"Amennyiben szükséges, válasszon egy illesztőprogramot a listából, de a " -"legtöbb esetben megfelelő az alapértelmezett beállítás használata.\n" +"Kernelmodul. Adja meg a hálózati eszköz kernelmoduljának (más néven illesztőprogramjának) nevét.\n" +"Ha az eszköz már be van állítva, ellenőrizze, hogy az eszközhöz elérhető-e több illesztőprogram a legördülő menüből.\n" +"Amennyiben szükséges, válasszon egy illesztőprogramot a listából, de a legtöbb esetben megfelelő az alapértelmezett beállítás használata.\n" # clients/lan_manual.ycp:72 clients/lan_manual.ycp:361 #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, " -"for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " -"saving.\n" +"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" -"A Kernelmodulok paramétereit az Opciók részben lehet megadni " -"paraméter=érték formában. Ezen kívül minden bejegyzést\n" -"szóközzel kell elválasztani, például. io=220 irq=5. Megjegyzés:</" -"b> Ha két kártyát állít be\n" +"A Kernelmodulok paramétereit az Opciók részben lehet megadni paraméter=érték formában. Ezen kívül minden bejegyzést\n" +"szóközzel kell elválasztani, például. io=220 irq=5. Megjegyzés: Ha két kártyát állít be\n" "azonos modulnévvel, a paraméterek mentéskor összeadódnak.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 -msgid "" -"If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool " -"with these options.\n" -msgstr "" -"Amennyiben megad valamint az Ethtool beállításokban, az ifup " -"ezekkel a beállításokkal hívja meg az ethtool programot.\n" +msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" +msgstr "Amennyiben megad valamint az Ethtool beállításokban, az ifup ezekkel a beállításokkal hívja meg az ethtool programot.\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 @@ -2184,8 +2098,7 @@ "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" "Itt állíthatja be a hálózati eszközt. A beállítások az\n" -"/etc/modprobe.conf vagy az /etc/chandev.conf fájlba kerülnek.</" -"p>\n" +"/etc/modprobe.conf vagy az /etc/chandev.conf fájlba kerülnek.\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 @@ -2193,8 +2106,7 @@ "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" -"A modul paraméterei az IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</" -"b> kézikönyvben\n" +"A modul paraméterei az IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands kézikönyvben\n" "leírt formátumban adhatók meg." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_finish.ycp:60 @@ -2389,36 +2301,22 @@ #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 -msgid "" -"Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by " -"spaces)." -msgstr "" -"Adja meg a csatoló további paramétereit (szóközökkel elválasztva)." -"" +msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." +msgstr "Adja meg a csatoló további paramétereit (szóközökkel elválasztva)." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 -msgid "" -"Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be " -"enabled for this interface." +msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" "Ha az IPA-átvételt be kell kapcsolni a csatolón, akkor jelölje meg az \n" "IPA átvétel engedélyezése lehetőséget." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support." -msgstr "" -"Válassza ki a 2. szint támogatása pontot, ha a kártya be van " -"állítva a 2. szint támogatására." +msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." +msgstr "Válassza ki a 2. szint támogatása pontot, ha a kártya be van állítva a 2. szint támogatására." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -msgid "" -"Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support." -msgstr "" -"Adja meg a 2. szint MAC-cím értékét, ha a kártya be van állítva a " -"2. szint támogatására." +msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." +msgstr "Adja meg a 2. szint MAC-cím értékét, ha a kártya be van állítva a 2. szint támogatására." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 # clients/lan_dns.ycp:269 @@ -2487,8 +2385,7 @@ "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" "Adja meg az IUCV-társ nevét,\n" -"például a csatlakozáshoz használt z/VM felhasználói nevet (kis- és nagybetű " -"számít).\n" +"például a csatlakozáshoz használt z/VM felhasználói nevet (kis- és nagybetű számít).\n" #. #176330, must be static #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 @@ -2521,8 +2418,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Az előkészítés megszakítása</big> \n" -"Most biztonságosan kiléphet a konfigurációs segédprogramból az " -"Megszakítás gomb megnyomásával.\n" +"Most biztonságosan kiléphet a konfigurációs segédprogramból az Megszakítás gomb megnyomásával.\n" #. Network cards write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:41 @@ -2581,8 +2477,7 @@ "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Hálózati kártya hozzáadása:</big> \n" -"A Hozzáadás gomb megnyomásával lehet az új hálózati kártyát kézzel " -"beállítani.\n" +"A Hozzáadás gomb megnyomásával lehet az új hálózati kártyát kézzel beállítani.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 msgid "" @@ -2601,17 +2496,13 @@ "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " -"response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" "<big>IPv6 protokoll beállítása</big>\n" -"Jelölje meg az IPv6 engedélyezése lehetőséget az IPv6 kernelben " -"történő engedélyezéséhez.\n" -"Lehetőség van az IPv6 és az IPv4 együttes használatára. Ez az " -"alapértelmezett beállítás.\n" -"Az IPv6 letiltásához hagyja jelöletlenül ezt a lehetőséget, így letiltja a " -"kernelbe történő automatikus betöltést.\n" +"Jelölje meg az IPv6 engedélyezése lehetőséget az IPv6 kernelben történő engedélyezéséhez.\n" +"Lehetőség van az IPv6 és az IPv4 együttes használatára. Ez az alapértelmezett beállítás.\n" +"Az IPv6 letiltásához hagyja jelöletlenül ezt a lehetőséget, így letiltja a kernelbe történő automatikus betöltést.\n" "Amennyiben a hálózatán nem használ IPv6 protokollt, a válaszidők\n" "lerövidülhetnek.\n" @@ -2640,15 +2531,12 @@ msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed." -"\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" msgstr "" "Minden egyes útvonalhoz meg kell adnia a hálózat IP-címét, az\n" "átjáró címét és az alhálózati maszkot. Ha egy értéket nem kíván\n" -"megadni, használja a \"-\" jelet. Válassza ki, hogy az adott hálózatra " -"melyik eszközön keresztül legyen irányítva a\n" -"hálózati forgalom. A \"-\" jel egy álnév, amely bármelyik csatolót jelölheti." -"\n" +"megadni, használja a \"-\" jelet. Válassza ki, hogy az adott hálózatra melyik eszközön keresztül legyen irányítva a\n" +"hálózati forgalom. A \"-\" jel egy álnév, amely bármelyik csatolót jelölheti.\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 @@ -2668,66 +2556,48 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Enable IP Forwarding (forwarding packets from external " -#| "networks\n" -#| "to the internal one) if this system is a router. Both IPv4 and IPv6 " -#| "connectivity \n" +#| "Enable IP Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" +#| "to the internal one) if this system is a router. Both IPv4 and IPv6 connectivity \n" #| "will be affected by this setting. \n" -#| "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing IP forwarding " -#| "alone is not enough. \n" -#| "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in " -#| "the\n" +#| "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing IP forwarding alone is not enough. \n" +#| "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" #| "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgid "" -"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone " -"is not enough. \n" +"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -"IP továbbítás engedélyezése (csomagok továbbítása külső " -"hálózatról\n" -"a belső hálózatra), amennyiben ez egy útválasztó. Mind az IPv4 és az IPv6 " -"kapcsolatokra\n" +"IP továbbítás engedélyezése (csomagok továbbítása külső hálózatról\n" +"a belső hálózatra), amennyiben ez egy útválasztó. Mind az IPv4 és az IPv6 kapcsolatokra\n" "vonatkoznak ezek a beállítások. \n" -"Fontos: amennyiben a tűzfal engedélyezve van, önmagában az IP " -"továbbítás nem elegendő. \n" -"Engedélyezni kell a maszkolást és/vagy legalább egy átirányító szabályt. " -"Ehhez a YaST tűzfal modulja is használható.\n" +"Fontos: amennyiben a tűzfal engedélyezve van, önmagában az IP továbbítás nem elegendő. \n" +"Engedélyezni kell a maszkolást és/vagy legalább egy átirányító szabályt. Ehhez a YaST tűzfal modulja is használható.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the " -"DHCP client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical " -"desktop. \n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that " -"assign \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" "different hostnames. " msgstr "" "Ha DHCP-t használ az IP-cím beállítására, döntse el, hogy a gépnév\n" -"is DHCP-n keresztül kerüljön-e beállításra. A gépnevet (amely a hostname " -"parancsot beírva megjelenik) automatikusan\n" +"is DHCP-n keresztül kerüljön-e beállításra. A gépnevet (amely a hostname parancsot beírva megjelenik) automatikusan\n" "beállítja a DHCP-kliens.\n" -"Kerülje ezt, ha különféle hálózatokhoz csatlakozik, amelyek eltérő " -"gépneveket adnának, mivel a gépnév menet közbeni megváltoztatása\n" +"Kerülje ezt, ha különféle hálózatokhoz csatlakozik, amelyek eltérő gépneveket adnának, mivel a gépnév menet közbeni megváltoztatása\n" "problémát okozhat a grafikus asztali felület számára.\n" " " #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " -"a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, " -"even \n" -"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, " -"especially \n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" +"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" "A Gépnév hozzárendelése Loopback IP-hez összerendeli a gépnevet \n" -"a <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) IP-címmel az <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> fájlban. Ez " -"abban az esetben hasznos, amennyiben a gépnév feloldását minden esetben\n" +"a <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) IP-címmel az <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> fájlban. Ez abban az esetben hasznos, amennyiben a gépnév feloldását minden esetben\n" "biztosítani szeretné, még akkor is, ha nincs aktív hálózati kapcsolat.\n" "Más esetekben körültekintően kell használni, különösen akkor, ha\n" "a számítógép hálózati szolgáltatásokat biztosít.\n" @@ -2737,8 +2607,7 @@ "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" msgstr "" -"Adja meg a névkiszolgálókat és a tartománykeresési listát a gépnevek " -"feloldásához.\n" +"Adja meg a névkiszolgálókat és a tartománykeresési listát a gépnevek feloldásához.\n" "Általában ezek lekérhetők DHCP-vel.\n" #. resolver dialog help @@ -2757,50 +2626,35 @@ msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" -"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search " -"domains\n" +"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n" "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" "A keresendő tartományok listája a gépnevek\n" -"keresésének kiindulópontja. Az elsődleges keresendő tartomány általában a " -"gép\n" +"keresésének kiindulópontja. Az elsődleges keresendő tartomány általában a gép\n" "tartományneve (például novell.hu). További tartománynevek is megadhatók\n" -"(például novell.com) A tartományok nevét vesszőkkel vagy szóközszerű " -"karakterekkel válassza el.\n" +"(például novell.com) A tartományok nevét vesszőkkel vagy szóközszerű karakterekkel válassza el.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" -"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the " -"DNS domain\n" -"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " -"important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " -"the hostname \n" +"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" +"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the hostname \n" "command." msgstr "" -"Adjon meg egy rövid nevet a számítógéphez (pl. mymachine) és a " -"hozzá tartozó DNS-tartományt\n" -"(pl. example.com). A tartomány különösen fontos, amennyiben a " -"számítógép levelezőkiszolgáló. A számítógép által használt gépnév a " -"hostname parancs használatával tekinthető meg." +"Adjon meg egy rövid nevet a számítógéphez (pl. mymachine) és a hozzá tartozó DNS-tartományt\n" +"(pl. example.com). A tartomány különösen fontos, amennyiben a számítógép levelezőkiszolgáló. A számítógép által használt gépnév a hostname parancs használatával tekinthető meg." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is " -"handled\n" +"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" "by the netconfig script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" -"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for " -"most\n" +"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for most\n" "configurations.\n" msgstr "" "Válassza ki a DNS-beállítás (névkiszolgálók, keresési listák, az \n" -"/etc/resolv.conf fájl tartalma) módosításának módját. Normál esetben " -"ezt a netconfig parancsfájl kezeli, amely összefésüli a statikus és a " -"dinamikus (pl. DHCP-kliens vagy a NetworkManager) adatokat. Ez az " -"alapértelmezett használat. Az Alkalmazott irányelv használata " -"beállítás a legtöbb esetben elégséges.\n" +"/etc/resolv.conf fájl tartalma) módosításának módját. Normál esetben ezt a netconfig parancsfájl kezeli, amely összefésüli a statikus és a dinamikus (pl. DHCP-kliens vagy a NetworkManager) adatokat. Ez az alapértelmezett használat. Az Alkalmazott irányelv használata beállítás a legtöbb esetben elégséges.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" @@ -2813,14 +2667,8 @@ "Leaving the field blank is the same as using the Only Manually\n" "policy.\n" msgstr "" -"A Csak kézzel beállítás használatával a netconfig nem " -"engedi a továbbiakban módosítani az \n" -"/etc/resolv.conf fájlt. Azonban kézzel lehetséges a fájl módosítása. " -"Az Egyedi irányelv használatával egyedi irányelv-karakterlánc adható " -"meg, amely tartalmazza a vesszővel elválasztott csatolók nevét a STATIC és " -"STATIC_FALLBACK előre definiált értékekkel. További információ a " -"netconfig man-oldalán olvasható. Megjegyzés: a mezőt üresen hagyva " -"ugyanazt eredményezi, mint a \n" +"A Csak kézzel beállítás használatával a netconfig nem engedi a továbbiakban módosítani az \n" +"/etc/resolv.conf fájlt. Azonban kézzel lehetséges a fájl módosítása. Az Egyedi irányelv használatával egyedi irányelv-karakterlánc adható meg, amely tartalmazza a vesszővel elválasztott csatolók nevét a STATIC és STATIC_FALLBACK előre definiált értékekkel. További információ a netconfig man-oldalán olvasható. Megjegyzés: a mezőt üresen hagyva ugyanazt eredményezi, mint a \n" "Csak kézzel irányelv használata.\n" #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred @@ -2828,22 +2676,16 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" -"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address " -"to this device.\n" +"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Hálózati cím beállítása</big>\n" -"Válassza ki a Hálózati cím beállítása nélkül lehetőséget, ha nem " -"akar IP-címet adni az eszköznek.\n" +"Válassza ki a Hálózati cím beállítása nélkül lehetőséget, ha nem akar IP-címet adni az eszköznek.\n" "Ez tipikusan nyalábolt hálózati eszközökhöz hasznos.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Az iBFT lehetőséget kell választania, ha a hálózati beállításokat " -"a BIOS-ban kívánja megadni.\n" +msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" +msgstr "Az iBFT lehetőséget kell választania, ha a hálózati beállításokat a BIOS-ban kívánja megadni.\n" #. Address dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 @@ -2861,55 +2703,42 @@ "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" "are then automatically obtained from the server.\n" msgstr "" -"Választhat dinamikus címkiosztást. Ha fut DHCP-kiszolgáló a hálózatban, " -"akkor\n" -"válassza a DHCP lehetőséget. Ebben az esetben a hálózati címet " -"automatikusan\n" +"Választhat dinamikus címkiosztást. Ha fut DHCP-kiszolgáló a hálózatban, akkor\n" +"válassza a DHCP lehetőséget. Ebben az esetben a hálózati címet automatikusan\n" "megkapja a kiszolgálótól.\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + " -"Zeroconf\n" -". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.</" -"p>\n" +"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" +". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.\n" msgstr "" "Szabad IP-cím kereséséhez és statikus összerendeléséhez\n" -"válassza a Zeroconf beállítást. Amennyiben a DHCP szolgáltatás " -"kiesése után zeroconfra\n" +"válassza a Zeroconf beállítást. Amennyiben a DHCP szolgáltatás kiesése után zeroconfra\n" "szeretne váltani, válassza ki a DHCP + Zeroconf beállítást.\n" "Ellenkező esetben a hálózati címet statikusan kell beállítani.\n" #. Address dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " -"your computer, and the \n" +"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.\n" msgstr "" -"Írja be gépe IP-címét (például <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>), valamint " -"a társgép\n" +"Írja be gépe IP-címét (például <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>), valamint a társgép\n" "távoli IP-címét (például <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" #. Address dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" -"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your " -"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix " -"<tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " -"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"A Statikus címbeállításhoz adja meg a számítógép IP-címét (például " -"<tt>192.168.100.99</tt>),\n" -"a hálózati maszkot (általában <tt>255.255.255.0</tt>). Opcionálisan, az IP-" -"cím helyett megadhat\n" -"egy teljes képzésű gépnevet, amely bekerül az <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> fájlba.</" -"p>\n" +"A Statikus címbeállításhoz adja meg a számítógép IP-címét (például <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>),\n" +"a hálózati maszkot (általában <tt>255.255.255.0</tt>). Opcionálisan, az IP-cím helyett megadhat\n" +"egy teljes képzésű gépnevet, amely bekerül az <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> fájlba.\n" #. Address dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 @@ -2947,12 +2776,8 @@ "tűzfal ki lesz kapcsolva." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports " -"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." -msgstr "" -"A Kötelező csatoló azt adja meg, hogy a hálózati szolgáltatás " -"jelentsen-e hibát, ha a csatoló nem tud elindulni a rendszer indításakor." +msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." +msgstr "A Kötelező csatoló azt adja meg, hogy a hálózati szolgáltatás jelentsen-e hibát, ha a csatoló nem tud elindulni a rendszer indításakor." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" @@ -2960,27 +2785,21 @@ "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" "transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n" "set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n" -"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the " -"recommended\n" +"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n" "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" "A Maximum transfer unit (MTU) a legnagyobb csomagméret, amely\n" "átküldhető a hálózaton egyetlen keretben. Általában nem kell ezen állítani,\n" "de alacsonyabb MTU értékkel növelhető a hálózat teljesítménye,\n" -"különösen lassú betárcsázós kapcsolatok esetén. Válasszon ki egy javasolt " -"értéket\n" +"különösen lassú betárcsázós kapcsolatok esetén. Válasszon ki egy javasolt értéket\n" "vagy adjon meg egy ezektől eltérőt.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No " -"Address Setup are available." -msgstr "" -"Válassza ki a nyalábolt eszközhöz tartozó másodlagos (slave) eszközöket. " -"Csak azok az eszközök láthatók, amelyeknél az Eszköz aktiválásának értéke " -"Soha és Nincs beállított cím." +"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." +msgstr "Válassza ki a nyalábolt eszközhöz tartozó másodlagos (slave) eszközöket. Csak azok az eszközök láthatók, amelyeknél az Eszköz aktiválásának értéke Soha és Nincs beállított cím." #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 @@ -2991,61 +2810,45 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" -"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for " -"each\n" +"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" "DHCP client on a single network. Therefore, specify a unique free-form\n" "identifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\n" "network interface and thus the same hardware address." msgstr "" "Ha a DHCP-kliensazonosító üresen marad, akkor alapértelmezetten\n" -"a hálózati csatoló hardvercímét fogja kapni. Az azonosítónak egyedinek kell " -"lenni minden\n" -"azonos hálózaton lévő DHCP-kliens esetén. Ezért adjon meg egy egyedi, " -"tetszőleges alakú\n" -"azonosítót, ha több (virtuális) gép használja ugyanazt a hálózati csatolót " -"és ezáltal ugyanazt a hardvercímet." +"a hálózati csatoló hardvercímét fogja kapni. Az azonosítónak egyedinek kell lenni minden\n" +"azonos hálózaton lévő DHCP-kliens esetén. Ezért adjon meg egy egyedi, tetszőleges alakú\n" +"azonosítót, ha több (virtuális) gép használja ugyanazt a hálózati csatolót és ezáltal ugyanazt a hardvercímet." #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -#| "hostname option field when dhcpcd sends messages to the DHCP server. " -#| "Some \n" +#| "hostname option field when dhcpcd sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" #| "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" #| "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" #| "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -#| "contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave " -#| "AUTO\n" -#| "to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/" -#| "HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +#| "contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" +#| "to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" #| "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP " -"server. Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO</" -"b>\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/" -"HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgstr "" -"A Küldendő gépnév meghatároz egy karakterláncot a gépnév mező " -"számára,\n" -"amelyet a dhcpd démon használ DHCP-üzenetek küldésekor. Néhány DHCP-" -"kiszolgáló a\n" -"névkiszolgáló-bejegyzéseket is ezen gépnév alapján frissíti (dinamikus " -"DNS).\n" +"A Küldendő gépnév meghatároz egy karakterláncot a gépnév mező számára,\n" +"amelyet a dhcpd démon használ DHCP-üzenetek küldésekor. Néhány DHCP-kiszolgáló a\n" +"névkiszolgáló-bejegyzéseket is ezen gépnév alapján frissíti (dinamikus DNS).\n" "\n" -"Más DHCP-kiszolgálók a Küldendő gépnév mezőben egy speciális " -"karakterláncot várnak,\n" -"amikor a kliensektől DHCP-üzenetet kapnak. Hagyja meg az AUTO " -"bejegyzést, ha\n" -"az aktuális (vagyis az <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt> fájlban megadott) gépnevet " -"szeretné elküldeni. \n" +"Más DHCP-kiszolgálók a Küldendő gépnév mezőben egy speciális karakterláncot várnak,\n" +"amikor a kliensektől DHCP-üzenetet kapnak. Hagyja meg az AUTO bejegyzést, ha\n" +"az aktuális (vagyis az <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt> fájlban megadott) gépnevet szeretné elküldeni. \n" "Hagyja üresen a mezőt, ha egyáltalán nem akar gépnevet küldeni.\n" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 @@ -3053,8 +2856,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" -#| "Configure additional addresses of an interface (its aliases) in this " -#| "table.\n" +#| "Configure additional addresses of an interface (its aliases) in this table.\n" msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" "Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" @@ -3080,31 +2882,21 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Alias Name is optional and legacy.The total\n" -#| " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and " -#| "label) is\n" -#| " limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility " -#| "truncates it after 9 characters." +#| " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" +#| " limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." msgid "" -"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " -"legacy. The total\n" -" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) " -"is\n" -" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility " -"truncates it after 9 characters." +"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" +" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" +" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." msgstr "" "Az Álnév megadása nem kötelező. A csatolónév teljes\n" " hossza (amely tartalmazz a kettőspontot és a címkét is)\n" -" 15 karakter lehet és a régebbi ifconfig 9 karakterre vágja le." -"" +" 15 karakter lehet és a régebbi ifconfig 9 karakterre vágja le." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 -msgid "" -"Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter " -"foo instead of eth0:foo." -msgstr "" -"Ne tartalmazza az álnév a csatoló nevét. Például eth0:foo helyett " -"legyen csak foo." +msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." +msgstr "Ne tartalmazza az álnév a csatoló nevét. Például eth0:foo helyett legyen csak foo." #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing @@ -3125,16 +2917,12 @@ " \n" msgstr "" "Háromféle lehet a kulcsbevitel típusa.\n" -" Titkosítási jelszó: A kulcs a megadott szövegből kerül " -"előállításra.\n" +" Titkosítási jelszó: A kulcs a megadott szövegből kerül előállításra.\n" " ASCII: A beírt ASCII-karakterkódok adják a kulcsot.\n" -"64 bites kulcsok esetén 5, 128 bites kulcsok esetén max. 13, 256 bites " -"kulcsok\n" +"64 bites kulcsok esetén 5, 128 bites kulcsok esetén max. 13, 256 bites kulcsok\n" "esetén pedig max. 29 karaktert kell megadni.\n" -" Hexadecimális: A kulcs hexadecimális kódjainak megadása " -"közvetlenül.\n" -"64 bites kulcsok esetén 10, 128 bites kulcsok esetén 26, 156 bites kulcsok " -"esetén\n" +" Hexadecimális: A kulcs hexadecimális kódjainak megadása közvetlenül.\n" +"64 bites kulcsok esetén 10, 128 bites kulcsok esetén 26, 156 bites kulcsok esetén\n" "32, 256 bites kulcsok esetén pedig 58 hexa számjegyet kell megadni.\n" "A számjegyek párjai vagy csoportjai kötőjelekkel ('-') elválaszthatók.\n" "(Például: <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>).\n" @@ -3170,8 +2958,7 @@ "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA " -"authentication mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.\n" @@ -3199,8 +2986,7 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the Open\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " -"Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select WPA-PSK or WPA-EAP as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" @@ -3208,29 +2994,18 @@ msgstr "" "Egyes hálózatokban be kell állítani egy Hitelesítési módot.\n" "Ez a használt védelmi technológiától függően WEP vagy WPA. A WEP\n" -"(Wired Equivalent Privacy) a vezeték nélküli hálózati forgalom " -"titkosítására\n" -"szolgáló rendszer, a használt titkosítási kulcstól függően opcionális " -"hitelesítéssel.\n" +"(Wired Equivalent Privacy) a vezeték nélküli hálózati forgalom titkosítására\n" +"szolgáló rendszer, a használt titkosítási kulcstól függően opcionális hitelesítéssel.\n" "A legtöbb esetben, ahol WEP-et használnak, a WEP-nyílt mód (nincs\n" -"egyáltalán hitelesítés) teljesen elég. Ez nem azt jelenti, hogy nem " -"használható\n" -"WEP titkosítás (ebben az esetben használja a Nincs titkosítás " -"beállítást).\n" -"Egyes hálózatok megkövetelik a WEP-osztott kulcs típusú " -"hitelesítését.\n" -"MEGJEGYZÉS: Az osztott kulcs alapú hitelesítés megkönnyíti egy esetleges " -"támadónak,\n" -"hogy betörjön a hálózatba. Amíg tehát nincs szüksége erre a módszerre, " -"válassza a\n" -"Nyílt módú hitelesítést. Mivel kiderült, hogy a WEP nem eléggé " -"biztonságos,\n" -"elkészült a WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access) nevű szabvány a biztonsági " -"rések\n" -"betömésére, ezt azonban nem minden hardvereszköz támogatja. A WPA " -"használatához\n" -"hitelesítési módként válassza a WPA-PSK vagy WPA-EAP " -"lehetőséget.\n" +"egyáltalán hitelesítés) teljesen elég. Ez nem azt jelenti, hogy nem használható\n" +"WEP titkosítás (ebben az esetben használja a Nincs titkosítás beállítást).\n" +"Egyes hálózatok megkövetelik a WEP-osztott kulcs típusú hitelesítését.\n" +"MEGJEGYZÉS: Az osztott kulcs alapú hitelesítés megkönnyíti egy esetleges támadónak,\n" +"hogy betörjön a hálózatba. Amíg tehát nincs szüksége erre a módszerre, válassza a\n" +"Nyílt módú hitelesítést. Mivel kiderült, hogy a WEP nem eléggé biztonságos,\n" +"elkészült a WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access) nevű szabvány a biztonsági rések\n" +"betömésére, ezt azonban nem minden hardvereszköz támogatja. A WPA használatához\n" +"hitelesítési módként válassza a WPA-PSK vagy WPA-EAP lehetőséget.\n" "Ez egyedül a Felügyelt működési módban lehetséges.\n" #. Wireless dialog help @@ -3279,13 +3054,11 @@ msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " -"all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" "available options." msgstr "" "Ezek az értékek az '/etc/sysconfig/network' könyvtárban található\n" -"'ifcfg-*' konfigurációs fájlokba íródnak. Ha további beállításokra is " -"szüksége van, vegye őket fel kézzel.\n" +"'ifcfg-*' konfigurációs fájlokba íródnak. Ha további beállításokra is szüksége van, vegye őket fel kézzel.\n" "Az elérhető opciókat a 'wireless' fájlban találja, ugyanazon könyvtárban." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84 @@ -3381,14 +3154,12 @@ "For TTLS and PEAP, enter your Identity\n" "and Password as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</" -"p>\n" +"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" msgstr "" "TTLS és PEAP esetén az Azonosító és Jelszó \n" "mezőket kell megadni a kiszolgáló beállításainak megfelelően.\n" "Ha speciális esetben a felhasználónevet Anonymous azonosság\n" -"értékre kell állítani, azt is itt teheti meg. Erre azonban általában nincs " -"szükség.\n" +"értékre kell állítani, azt is itt teheti meg. Erre azonban általában nincs szükség.\n" #. text entry label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:111 @@ -3409,8 +3180,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128 msgid "" "TLS uses a Client Certificate instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " -"pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a Client Key file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate Client Key Password for that file.\n" @@ -3479,8 +3249,7 @@ "authentication, choose your inner authentication method.\n" msgstr "" "Itt állítható be a belső hitelesítési (más néven 2. fázis)\n" -"módszer. Alapértelmezés szerint mindenféle módszer engedélyezett. Ha " -"korlátozni kívánja az\n" +"módszer. Alapértelmezés szerint mindenféle módszer engedélyezett. Ha korlátozni kívánja az\n" "engedélyezett módszereket, vagy ha problémákat észlelt a hitelesítéssel\n" "kapcsolatban, akkor válassza ki a kívánt belső hitelesítési módszert.\n" @@ -3667,15 +3436,12 @@ msgid "" "To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the Channel the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " -"access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" "points in that case.\n" msgstr "" "A vezeték nélküli LAN-kártya master vagy ad-hoc módban használatához\n" -"adja meg itt a kártya által használandó Csatornát. Vezérelt módban " -"erre\n" -"nincs szükség - a kártya végigugrál a csatornák között, a hozzáférési pontot " -"keresve.\n" +"adja meg itt a kártya által használandó Csatornát. Vezérelt módban erre\n" +"nincs szükség - a kártya végigugrál a csatornák között, a hozzáférési pontot keresve.\n" #. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:710 @@ -3684,8 +3450,7 @@ "Bit Rate explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible." msgstr "" "Néhány esetben szükség lehet arra, hogy beállítsa az átviteli\n" -"Bitsebesség értéket. Alapértelmezett esetben ez a lehető " -"legmagasabbra lesz beállítva." +"Bitsebesség értéket. Alapértelmezett esetben ez a lehető legmagasabbra lesz beállítva." #. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:714 @@ -3693,8 +3458,7 @@ "In an environment with multiple Access Points, you may want to\n" "define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address." msgstr "" -"Egy olyan környezetben, ahol több Hozzáférési pont van, " -"előfordulhat,\n" +"Egy olyan környezetben, ahol több Hozzáférési pont van, előfordulhat,\n" "hogy meg kell adnia a kívánt hozzáférési pont MAC címét." #. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5 @@ -3705,8 +3469,7 @@ "be disconnected from AC power.\n" msgstr "" "A Tápellátás-felügyelet használata lehetőséggel kapcsolhatja be\n" -"az áramtakarékossági funkciókat. Ez általában jó ötlet, különösen, ha " -"hordozható\n" +"az áramtakarékossági funkciókat. Ez általában jó ötlet, különösen, ha hordozható\n" "gépet használ és nem csatlakozik a hálózatra.\n" #. Wireless expert dialog help 2b/5 @@ -3785,18 +3548,15 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1001 msgid "" "In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" -"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four " -"keys,\n" +"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" "although only one key is used to encrypt the data. This is the default key.\n" "The other keys can be used to decrypt data. Usually you have only\n" "one key." msgstr "" "Ebben a párbeszédablakban állíthatók be a használt WEP-kulcsok.\n" "A WEP kulcs arra szolgál, hogy a küldés előtt titkosítsa adatait.\n" -"A titkosításhoz egy kulcsot tud beállítani -- ez lesz az alapértelmezett " -"kulcs.\n" -"Ezenfelül még három kulcsot tud beállítani a titkosítás feloldásához. " -"Rendszerint\n" +"A titkosításhoz egy kulcsot tud beállítani -- ez lesz az alapértelmezett kulcs.\n" +"Ezenfelül még három kulcsot tud beállítani a titkosítás feloldásához. Rendszerint\n" "azonban csak egy kulcsra van szükség." #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 @@ -3809,10 +3569,8 @@ "value to 64." msgstr "" "A Kulcs mérete a WEP kulcs méretét, azaz biztonságát szabályozza.\n" -"Választhat 64 és 128 bites titkosítás között (néha ezt 40 és 104 bitként " -"említik).\n" -"Régebbi hardvereknél előfordulhat, hogy a kártya nem támogatja a 128 bites " -"módot.\n" +"Választhat 64 és 128 bites titkosítás között (néha ezt 40 és 104 bitként említik).\n" +"Régebbi hardvereknél előfordulhat, hogy a kártya nem támogatja a 128 bites módot.\n" "Ha tehát nem jön létre a vezeték nélküli kapcsolat, akkor esetleg próbálja\n" "64 bittel." @@ -3857,8 +3615,7 @@ #. validated in ValidateWpaEap #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1281 msgid "" -"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in " -"connections\n" +"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" "Hitelesítő Központ (CA) használata nélkül a kapcsolat nem biztonságos\n" @@ -3948,19 +3705,15 @@ "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</" -"tt>).\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Távoli rendszerfelügyelet beállítása</big>\n" "Ha ez a funkció engedélyezve van, akkor képes lesz felügyelni\n" "ezt a gépet távolról, egy másik gépet használva. Használhat VNC-klienst,\n" -"mint például a krdc-t (kapcsolódva a <tt><gépnév>:%1</tt>-re) vagy " -"egy\n" -"Java-t futtatni tudó webböngészőből (kapcsolódva a <tt>http://<" -"hostname>:%2/</tt>-hez).\n" -"Vegye figyelembe, hogy a távoli felügyeletnek ez a módja kevésbé " -"biztonságos,\n" +"mint például a krdc-t (kapcsolódva a <tt><gépnév>:%1</tt>-re) vagy egy\n" +"Java-t futtatni tudó webböngészőből (kapcsolódva a <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>-hez).\n" +"Vegye figyelembe, hogy a távoli felügyeletnek ez a módja kevésbé biztonságos,\n" "mint az alapértelmezett SSH.\n" #. Dialog frame title @@ -4232,12 +3985,8 @@ #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502 -msgid "" -"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use " -"it at your own risk?" -msgstr "" -"Nem javasolt a .local saját tartománynévként való használata Multicast DNS " -"esetén. Használja saját felelősségére?" +msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" +msgstr "Nem javasolt a .local saját tartománynévként való használata Multicast DNS esetén. Használja saját felelősségére?" #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527 @@ -4430,8 +4179,7 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "When Dial Prefix Regular Expression is set, users can\n" -"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the " -"expression.\n" +"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n" "A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" "and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n" "to change the prefix.\n" @@ -4507,8 +4255,7 @@ "via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).\n" msgstr "" "Kézzel: A csatoló vezérlése kézzel történik, az\n" -"'ifup' vagy 'qinternet' parancsokkal (ld. Felhasználó által szabályozott</" -"b>).\n" +"'ifup' vagy 'qinternet' parancsokkal (ld. Felhasználó által szabályozott).\n" # clients/printconf_ask_device.ycp:192 #. Combo box option for Device Activation @@ -4526,8 +4273,7 @@ msgstr "" "Kábeles csatlakozás:\n" "A csatolót figyeli a rendszer, hogy van-e fizikai hálózati kapcsolat.\n" -"Ez azt jelenti, hogy vagy a kábel lett csatlakoztatva, vagy a vezeték " -"nélküli\n" +"Ez azt jelenti, hogy vagy a kábel lett csatlakoztatva, vagy a vezeték nélküli\n" "csatoló képes csatlakozni egy hozzáférési ponthoz.\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation @@ -4557,29 +4303,23 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " -"available.\n" +"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" "Az NFSroot használatakor opció nagyon hasonlít az <tt>auto</tt>-hoz.\n" -"Azonban a csatoló ilyenkor nem áll le az <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt> parancsra, " -"míg az <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> továbbra is működik.\n" +"Azonban a csatoló ilyenkor nem áll le az <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt> parancsra, míg az <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> továbbra is működik.\n" "NFS vagy iSCSI root fájlrendszer esetén ajánlatos használni.\n" #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" +"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n" "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"Az NFSroot használatakor opció nagyon hasonlít az 'auto'-hoz. Azonban " -"az interfész ilyenkor\n" -"nem áll le az 'rcnetwork stop' parancsra, míg az 'ifdown <iface>' továbbra " -"is működik.\n" +"Az NFSroot használatakor opció nagyon hasonlít az 'auto'-hoz. Azonban az interfész ilyenkor\n" +"nem áll le az 'rcnetwork stop' parancsra, míg az 'ifdown <iface>' továbbra is működik.\n" "NFS vagy iSCSI root fájlrendszer esetén ajánlatos használni.\n" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) @@ -4594,14 +4334,12 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201 msgid "" "<big>Device Activation</big> \n" -"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time " -"activates it during system boot, \n" +"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time activates it during system boot, \n" "Never does not start the device.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" "<big>Eszköz engedélyezése</big> \n" -"Válassza ki, hogy a hálózati csatoló mikor induljon el. " -"Rendszerindításkor a rendszer indítása során,\n" +"Válassza ki, hogy a hálózati csatoló mikor induljon el. Rendszerindításkor a rendszer indítása során,\n" "a Soha pedig nem indítja el az eszközt.\n" "%1\n" @@ -4748,12 +4486,8 @@ msgstr "Hálózat újraindításának jóváhagyása" #: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26 -msgid "" -"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " -"the settings." -msgstr "" -"A hálózati híd miatt, a beállítások érvényesítéséhez a YaST-nak újra kell " -"indítania a hálózatot." +msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." +msgstr "A hálózati híd miatt, a beállítások érvényesítéséhez a YaST-nak újra kell indítania a hálózatot." #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name #: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 @@ -5178,9 +4912,7 @@ #. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported #. @return true on success #: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 -msgid "" -"AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked " -"will be used." +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." msgstr "" # clients/lan_address.ycp:112 clients/lan_manual.ycp:90 clients/lan_manual.ycp:310 @@ -5327,18 +5059,9 @@ #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, " -#| "wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for " -#| "wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgid "" -"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " -"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan " -"devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgstr "" -"A hálózati kártya nem állítható be, mert a kernel eszköz (eth0, wlan0) " -"érhető el. Ez általában akkor fordul elő, ha hiányzik a firmware (for wlan " -"devices). További részletekért tekintse meg a dmesg kimenetét." +#| msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgstr "A hálózati kártya nem állítható be, mert a kernel eszköz (eth0, wlan0) érhető el. Ez általában akkor fordul elő, ha hiányzik a firmware (for wlan devices). További részletekért tekintse meg a dmesg kimenetét." #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 #, fuzzy @@ -5505,12 +5228,9 @@ #~ "To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" #~ "switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A hálózatot jelenleg a NetworkManager program kezeli és a beállításai nem " -#~ "szerkeszthetők YaST-on keresztül.\n" +#~ "A hálózatot jelenleg a NetworkManager program kezeli és a beállításai nem szerkeszthetők YaST-on keresztül.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "A beállítások szerkesztéséhez használja a NetworkManager " -#~ "kapcsolatszerkesztőjét, vagy kapcsolja át a hálózatbeállítást hagyományos " -#~ "módra (ifup használata).\n" +#~ "A beállítások szerkesztéséhez használja a NetworkManager kapcsolatszerkesztőjét, vagy kapcsolja át a hálózatbeállítást hagyományos módra (ifup használata).\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Device Name" @@ -5533,26 +5253,14 @@ #~ msgstr "&Hagyományos módszer (ifup)" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"firewall--" -#~| "disable_ssh_in_proposal\">disable and close</a>)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=" -#~ "\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az SSH-szolgáltatás engedélyezésre, az SSH port megnyitásra kerül (<a " -#~ "href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">letiltás és lezárás</a>)" +#~| msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">disable and close</a>)" +#~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" +#~ msgstr "Az SSH-szolgáltatás engedélyezésre, az SSH port megnyitásra kerül (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">letiltás és lezárás</a>)" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=" -#~| "\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">enable and open</a>)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=" -#~ "\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az SSH-szolgáltatás letiltásra, az SSH port lezárásra került (<a href=" -#~ "\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">engedélyezés és megnyitás</a>)" +#~| msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">enable and open</a>)" +#~ msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" +#~ msgstr "Az SSH-szolgáltatás letiltásra, az SSH port lezárásra került (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">engedélyezés és megnyitás</a>)" #~ msgid "General &Network Settings" #~ msgstr "Általános &hálózati beállítások" @@ -5659,11 +5367,8 @@ #~ msgid "Bond slaves" #~ msgstr "Nyalábolt másodlagosak" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The device is not configured. Press Edit for configuration." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az eszköz nincs beállítva. A beállításhoz nyomja meg a Szerkesztés</" -#~ "b> gombot." +#~ msgid "The device is not configured. Press Edit for configuration." +#~ msgstr "Az eszköz nincs beállítva. A beállításhoz nyomja meg a Szerkesztés gombot." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Initializing DSL Configuration\n" @@ -5695,16 +5400,13 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Mentés megszakítása</BIG> \n" #~ "A mentési folyamatból kiléphet a Megszakítás gomb megnyomásával.\n" -#~ "Egy további párbeszédablak írja ki, hogy ezt biztonságosan megteheti-e.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Egy további párbeszédablak írja ki, hogy ezt biztonságosan megteheti-e.\n" #~ msgid "The provider %1 is in use." #~ msgstr "A(z) %1 szolgáltató jelenleg használatban van." #~ msgid "The provider %1 is in use. Really delete it?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A(z) %1 szolgáltató jelenleg használatban van. Biztos, hogy törölni " -#~ "akarja?" +#~ msgstr "A(z) %1 szolgáltató jelenleg használatban van. Biztos, hogy törölni akarja?" # modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:568 modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:620 # menuentries/menuentry_isdn.ycp:11 @@ -5733,8 +5435,7 @@ #~ "Then press the appropriate button: Edit or Delete." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Szerkesztés vagy törlés:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Válasszon egy DSL-eszközt, amelynek a beállítását meg akarja változtatni, " -#~ "vagy el akarja távolítani,\n" +#~ "Válasszon egy DSL-eszközt, amelynek a beállítását meg akarja változtatni, vagy el akarja távolítani,\n" #~ "majd nyomja meg a Szerkesztés vagy Törlés gombot." #~ msgid "Type" @@ -5760,39 +5461,28 @@ #~ "First, choose your PPP mode. This is either\n" #~ "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE), PPP over ATM (PPPoATM),\n" #~ "CAPI for ADSL or Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP).\n" -#~ "Use PPP over Ethernet if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet " -#~ "to your computer.\n" -#~ "Use Point to Point Tunneling Protocol if you want to connect to a " -#~ "VPN server.\n" +#~ "Use PPP over Ethernet if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet to your computer.\n" +#~ "Use Point to Point Tunneling Protocol if you want to connect to a VPN server.\n" #~ "If you are not sure which mode to use, ask your provider. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Először válassza ki a PPP-módot. Ez lehet\n" -#~ "PPPoE (PPP over Ethernet), PPPoATM (PPP over ATM), CAPI " -#~ "ADSL-hez vagy PPTP (Point to Point Tunneling Protocol).\n" -#~ "A PPPoE (PPP over Ethernet) lehetőséget akkor kell választani, ha " -#~ "a DSL-modem\n" +#~ "PPPoE (PPP over Ethernet), PPPoATM (PPP over ATM), CAPI ADSL-hez vagy PPTP (Point to Point Tunneling Protocol).\n" +#~ "A PPPoE (PPP over Ethernet) lehetőséget akkor kell választani, ha a DSL-modem\n" #~ "Ethernet hálózaton kapcsolódik a gépéhez (ez a leggyakoribb).\n" -#~ "Használja a PPTP (Point to Point Tunneling Protocol) lehetőséget, " -#~ "ah VPN-kiszolgálóhoz kíván csatlakozni. Ha bizonytalan, kérdezze meg a " -#~ "szolgáltatóját." +#~ "Használja a PPTP (Point to Point Tunneling Protocol) lehetőséget, ah VPN-kiszolgálóhoz kíván csatlakozni. Ha bizonytalan, kérdezze meg a szolgáltatóját." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are using PPP over Ethernet, first configure your\n" #~ "ethernet card." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ha PPPoE-t használ, először be kell állítania a hálózati " -#~ "kártyát." +#~ msgstr "Ha PPPoE-t használ, először be kell állítania a hálózati kártyát." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The PPP Mode-Dependent Settings are settings required to set " -#~ "up\n" -#~ "your DSL connection. VPI/VCI makes sense only for PPP over ATM</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "The PPP Mode-Dependent Settings are settings required to set up\n" +#~ "your DSL connection. VPI/VCI makes sense only for PPP over ATM\n" #~ "connections, Ethernet Card is needed for PPP over Ethernet\n" #~ "connections.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A PPP-módra vonatkozó beállítások a DSL-kapcsolat " -#~ "létrehozásához\n" +#~ "A PPP-módra vonatkozó beállítások a DSL-kapcsolat létrehozásához\n" #~ "szükséges beállítások. A VPI/VCI csak PPP over ATM\n" #~ "kapcsolatok esetében bír jelentéssel, az Ethernet-kártya pedig a\n" #~ "PPP over Ethernet kapcsolatokhoz szükséges.\n" @@ -5801,20 +5491,16 @@ #~ "For PPPoATM, enter your VPI/VCI pair, for example, 0.38\n" #~ "for British Telecom. If unsure, ask your provider." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "PPPoATM esetén meg kell adnia a VPI/VCI párt, ez például " -#~ "0.38\n" -#~ "a British Telecom esetén. Ha nem biztos az értékben, kérdezze meg " -#~ "szolgáltatóját." +#~ "PPPoATM esetén meg kell adnia a VPI/VCI párt, ez például 0.38\n" +#~ "a British Telecom esetén. Ha nem biztos az értékben, kérdezze meg szolgáltatóját." #~ msgid "" #~ "For PPPoE, enter the device of the ethernet card to which your DSL\n" #~ "modem is connected. If you did not set up your ethernet card yet, do\n" #~ "so by pressing Configure Network Cards." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "PPPoE esetén meg kell adnia annak az Ethernet-kártyának az " -#~ "eszközjelét, amelyhez\n" -#~ "a DSL-modem kapcsolódik. Ha még nem állította be az Ethernet-kártyáját, " -#~ "most megteheti a\n" +#~ "PPPoE esetén meg kell adnia annak az Ethernet-kártyának az eszközjelét, amelyhez\n" +#~ "a DSL-modem kapcsolódik. Ha még nem állította be az Ethernet-kártyáját, most megteheti a\n" #~ "Hálózati kártyák beállítása gombot megnyomva." #~ msgid "For PPTP, enter the server name or IP address." @@ -5893,8 +5579,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Mentés megszakítása:</big> \n" #~ "A Megszakítás gomb megnyomásával megszakíthatja a folyamatot.\n" -#~ "Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-" -#~ "e megtenni.\n" +#~ "Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e megtenni.\n" #~ msgid "Select the item to edit." #~ msgstr "Válassza ki a szerkesztendő elemet." @@ -5940,8 +5625,7 @@ #~ "Press Add to configure an ISDN card manually.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>ISDN-kártya hozzáadása:</BIG> \n" -#~ "A Hozzáadás gomb megnyomására kézzel állíthat be ISDN-kártyát.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "A Hozzáadás gomb megnyomására kézzel állíthat be ISDN-kártyát.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Test an ISDN Card Setup:</BIG> \n" @@ -5954,12 +5638,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Adding an ISDN Connection:</BIG> \n" -#~ "If you press Add, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "If you press Add, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>ISDN-kapcsolat hozzáadása:</BIG> \n" -#~ "A Hozzáadás gomb megnyomására kézzel állíthat be egy ISDN-" -#~ "kapcsolatot.\n" +#~ "A Hozzáadás gomb megnyomására kézzel állíthat be egy ISDN-kapcsolatot.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG> \n" @@ -5967,8 +5649,7 @@ #~ "Then press the appropriate button: Edit or Delete.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Szerkesztés vagy törlés:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Válasszon ki egy módosítandó vagy törlendő ISDN-kártyát, majd nyomja meg " -#~ "a kívánt gombot:\n" +#~ "Válasszon ki egy módosítandó vagy törlendő ISDN-kártyát, majd nyomja meg a kívánt gombot:\n" #~ "Szerkesztés vagy Törlés.\n" #~ msgid "Hardware" @@ -5985,63 +5666,50 @@ #~ msgstr "ISDN részletezett beállításai" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The Remote Phone Number List controls which remote machines " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "The Remote Phone Number List controls which remote machines are\n" #~ "allowed to connect to this interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A Távoli telefonszámok listája meghatározza, hogy mely gépek " -#~ "csatlakozhatnak\n" +#~ "A Távoli telefonszámok listája meghatározza, hogy mely gépek csatlakozhatnak\n" #~ "ehhez a csatolóhoz.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Deselect Only Listed Numbers Allowed \n" #~ "to allow all caller IDs.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Minden hívószám engedélyezéséhez szüntesse meg a Csak a felsorolt " -#~ "számok megengedettek \n" +#~ "Minden hívószám engedélyezéséhez szüntesse meg a Csak a felsorolt számok megengedettek \n" #~ "négyzet kijelölését.\n" # clients/lan_ISDN.ycp:1076 #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is off, calls are handled normally " -#~ "without special \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n" #~ "processing.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ha a visszahívási mód kikapcsolva van, akkor a hívások " -#~ "speciális feldolgozás\n" +#~ "Ha a visszahívási mód kikapcsolva van, akkor a hívások speciális feldolgozás\n" #~ "nélkül lesznek kezelve.\n" # clients/lan_ISDN.ycp:1078 #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, " -#~ "a callback \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" #~ "is triggered.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ha a visszahívási mód állapota kiszolgáló, akkor a bejövő " -#~ "hívás\n" +#~ "Ha a visszahívási mód állapota kiszolgáló, akkor a bejövő hívás\n" #~ "visszahívást kezdeményez.\n" # clients/lan_ISDN.ycp:1080 #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is client, the local system does the " -#~ "initial call then \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then \n" #~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ha a visszahívási mód állapota kliens, akkor a helyi rendszer " -#~ "kezdeményezi a hívást\n" +#~ "Ha a visszahívási mód állapota kliens, akkor a helyi rendszer kezdeményezi a hívást\n" #~ "és a távoli gépről várja a visszahívást.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Callback Delay is the number of seconds between the initial " -#~ "call and the\n" -#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the " -#~ "server than on\n" +#~ "Callback Delay is the number of seconds between the initial call and the\n" +#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the server than on\n" #~ "the client.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A visszahívási késleltetés az az idő másodpercben, ami a " -#~ "kezdeményező hívás és a\n" -#~ "visszahívás (kiszolgáló) vagy a megszakítás (kliens) között eltelik. " -#~ "Ennek az értéknek a kiszolgálón\n" +#~ "A visszahívási késleltetés az az idő másodpercben, ami a kezdeményező hívás és a\n" +#~ "visszahívás (kiszolgáló) vagy a megszakítás (kliens) között eltelik. Ennek az értéknek a kiszolgálón\n" #~ "nagyobbnak kell lennie, mint a kliensen.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6049,8 +5717,7 @@ #~ "for example, +pap +chap for the dial-in server authentication.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A További ipppd-beállítások részben extra ipppd-\n" -#~ "beállítások adhatók meg, például +pap +chap a behívó kiszolgáló " -#~ "hitelesítéséhez.\n" +#~ "beállítások adhatók meg, például +pap +chap a behívó kiszolgáló hitelesítéséhez.\n" #~ msgid "&Additional ipppd Options" #~ msgstr "&További ipppd-beállítások" @@ -6088,13 +5755,11 @@ #~ msgstr "ISDN-szolgáltatás kiválasztása" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your " -#~ "DSL\n" +#~ "If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your DSL\n" #~ "connection via Add DSL CAPI Interface. You can also do this later\n" #~ "in the DSL configuration dialog.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ha egy vegyes ISDN- és DSL CAPI vezérlőt használ, akkor a DSL-" -#~ "kapcsolatot\n" +#~ "Ha egy vegyes ISDN- és DSL CAPI vezérlőt használ, akkor a DSL-kapcsolatot\n" #~ "a DSL CAPI csatoló hozzáadása pontban állítsa be. Ezt később is\n" #~ "megteheti a DSL-konfigurációs párbeszédablakban.\n" @@ -6103,16 +5768,13 @@ #~ "RawIP and SyncPPP. In most cases, use SyncPPP. It is\n" #~ "the default for all common Internet providers.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "ISDN-kapcsolaton keresztüli hálózatkezelésnél kétféle csatoló " -#~ "létezik:\n" +#~ "ISDN-kapcsolaton keresztüli hálózatkezelésnél kétféle csatoló létezik:\n" #~ "a RawIP és a SyncPPP. A legtöbb esetben a SyncPPP-t\n" -#~ "kell használni. Ez az alapértelmezés az összes nagyobb " -#~ "internetszolgáltatónál.\n" +#~ "kell használni. Ez az alapértelmezés az összes nagyobb internetszolgáltatónál.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "To switch between various Internet providers, an\n" -#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple " -#~ "providers to the\n" +#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple providers to the\n" #~ "same interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ahhoz, hogy több szolgáltató között váltogasson, nem szükséges\n" @@ -6124,8 +5786,7 @@ #~ "Skip not to enter the interface and provider dialogs." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A csatoló hozzáadásának elkerüléséhez kattintson a\n" -#~ "Kihagyás gombra a csatoló és a szolgáltató beállítási " -#~ "párbeszédablakának átugrásához." +#~ "Kihagyás gombra a csatoló és a szolgáltató beállítási párbeszédablakának átugrásához." #~ msgid "" #~ "You have a DSL CAPI controller. Configure your DSL\n" @@ -6133,8 +5794,7 @@ #~ "in the DSL configuration dialog." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ön DSL CAPI vezérlővel rendelkezik. Állítsa be a DSL-kapcsolatot\n" -#~ "a DSL CAPI csatoló hozzáadása gombbal. De később is megteheti ezt " -#~ "a\n" +#~ "a DSL CAPI csatoló hozzáadása gombbal. De később is megteheti ezt a\n" #~ "DSL-beállítási párbeszédablakban." #~ msgid "Add &DSL CAPI Interface" @@ -6166,26 +5826,17 @@ # clients/lan_ISDN.ycp:857 #~ msgid "" #~ "My phone number -- As your own telephone number (MSN), put in your \n" -#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected " -#~ "directly\n" -#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or " -#~ "digits\n" -#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally " -#~ "means\n" +#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected directly\n" +#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in the\n" +#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or digits\n" +#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally means\n" #~ "the default MSN is actually used." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Saját telefonszám (MSN) -- Adja meg saját telefonszámát (körzetszám " -#~ "nélkül!), ha\n" -#~ "ISDN-kártyája közvetlenül külső telefonvonalra kapcsolódik. Ha kártyája " -#~ "egy ISDN\n" -#~ "alközponthoz kapcsolódik, írja be azt a számot, mely a központon belül " -#~ "érvényes\n" -#~ "(pl. mellék vagy telefonszáma utolsó számjegye(i)). Ha így nem működik, " -#~ "próbálja meg\n" -#~ "egy nullával (ami rendszerint az alapértelmezett telefonszám használatát " -#~ "eredményezi)." +#~ "Saját telefonszám (MSN) -- Adja meg saját telefonszámát (körzetszám nélkül!), ha\n" +#~ "ISDN-kártyája közvetlenül külső telefonvonalra kapcsolódik. Ha kártyája egy ISDN\n" +#~ "alközponthoz kapcsolódik, írja be azt a számot, mely a központon belül érvényes\n" +#~ "(pl. mellék vagy telefonszáma utolsó számjegye(i)). Ha így nem működik, próbálja meg\n" +#~ "egy nullával (ami rendszerint az alapértelmezett telefonszám használatát eredményezi)." # clients/lan_ISDN.ycp:886 #~ msgid "" @@ -6209,18 +5860,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Selecting channel bundling sets up a 128-kBit connection\n" -#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second " -#~ "channel,\n" +#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second channel,\n" #~ "use the following commands:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n" #~ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" #~ " \n" #~ "</tt>\n" -#~ "You can also install the package xibod to have this happen " -#~ "automatically. If\n" -#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic " -#~ "goes down, it \n" +#~ "You can also install the package xibod to have this happen automatically. If\n" +#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic goes down, it \n" #~ "removes a channel.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -6232,25 +5880,21 @@ #~ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" #~ " \n" #~ "</tt>\n" -#~ "Ezenfelül a xibod csomagot telepítve mindez automatizálható is. " -#~ "Ha\n" -#~ "nagyobb sávszélességre van igény, akkor felveszi a másik csatornát, ha a " -#~ "forgalom leesik, kikapcsolja.\n" +#~ "Ezenfelül a xibod csomagot telepítve mindez automatizálható is. Ha\n" +#~ "nagyobb sávszélességre van igény, akkor felveszi a másik csatornát, ha a forgalom leesik, kikapcsolja.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Selecting\n" #~ "External Firewall Interface activates the firewall\n" #~ "and sets this interface as external.\n" -#~ "Restart Firewall restarts the firewall if a connection is " -#~ "established.\n" +#~ "Restart Firewall restarts the firewall if a connection is established.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A\n" #~ "Külső tűzfalcsatoló kiválasztása aktiválja a tűzfalat\n" #~ "és a jelen csatolót beállítja külsőként.\n" -#~ "A Tűzfal újraindítása hatására újraindul a tűzfal, ha létrejön egy " -#~ "kapcsolat.\n" +#~ "A Tűzfal újraindítása hatására újraindul a tűzfal, ha létrejön egy kapcsolat.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "D&efault Provider" @@ -6317,10 +5961,8 @@ #~ "default route. Only one interface can be the default\n" #~ "route.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Akkor jelölje meg az Alapértelmezett útvonal lehetőséget, ha " -#~ "ezt a\n" -#~ "csatolót akarja alapértelmezett útvonalként használni. Csak egy csatoló " -#~ "lehet az \n" +#~ "Akkor jelölje meg az Alapértelmezett útvonal lehetőséget, ha ezt a\n" +#~ "csatolót akarja alapértelmezett útvonalként használni. Csak egy csatoló lehet az \n" #~ "alapértelmezett útvonalhoz rendelve.\n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168 @@ -6406,8 +6048,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "If you have an old legacy ISA card, you can enter values for\n" #~ "IO port or memory addresses and the used interrupt.\n" -#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your " -#~ "salesman.\n" +#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your salesman.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ha régi ISA kártyája van, megadhatja az I/O-portot, a memóriacímet\n" #~ "és a megszakítást. A helyes értékeket keresse a kártya leírásában,\n" @@ -6422,8 +6063,7 @@ #~ "Indulási mód: A Rendszerindításkor lehetőséget\n" #~ "megjelölve az illesztőprogram a rendszerindítás közben kerül betöltésre.\n" #~ "A Kézi lehetőséget megjelölve az illesztőprogramot kézzel, az \n" -#~ "rcisdn start paranccsal kell elindítani. Ezt csak a root " -#~ "felhasználó\n" +#~ "rcisdn start paranccsal kell elindítani. Ezt csak a root felhasználó\n" #~ "teheti meg.\n" #~ "A HotPlug egy speciális eset a PCMCIA és USB eszközökhöz.\n" @@ -6434,10 +6074,8 @@ #~ "Az ISDN-kártyához többféle illesztőprogram is létezik.\n" #~ "Válasszon egyet a listából.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "ISDN Protocol: In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "ISDN-protokoll: A legtöbb esetben a protokoll az Euro-ISDN." +#~ msgid "ISDN Protocol: In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN." +#~ msgstr "ISDN-protokoll: A legtöbb esetben a protokoll az Euro-ISDN." #~ msgid "" #~ "Area Code: Enter your local area code for the ISDN\n" @@ -6448,20 +6086,14 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Dial Prefix: If you need a prefix to get an public line, \n" -#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common " -#~ "one is \"0\".\n" +#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common one is \"0\".\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Előválasztó: Ha nincs közvetlen külső (\"városi\") vonala " -#~ "(például\n" +#~ "Előválasztó: Ha nincs közvetlen külső (\"városi\") vonala (például\n" #~ "alközpontra csatlakozik), adja meg a külső vonal eléréséhez szükséges\n" #~ "kódot. Ez csak belső S0 vonalon használatos és általában \"0\".\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck Start ISDN " -#~ "Log." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ha nem kívánja a teljes ISDN-forgalmat naplózni, szüntesse meg az " -#~ "ISDN-napló indítása mező jelölését." +#~ msgid "If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck Start ISDN Log." +#~ msgstr "Ha nem kívánja a teljes ISDN-forgalmat naplózni, szüntesse meg az ISDN-napló indítása mező jelölését." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:175 #~ msgid "ISDN Protocol" @@ -6659,8 +6291,7 @@ #~ "Then press the appropriate button: Edit or Delete." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Szerkesztés vagy törlés:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Válassza ki a modemet, amelynek a beállítását meg akarja változtatni, " -#~ "vagy el akarja távolítani,\n" +#~ "Válassza ki a modemet, amelynek a beállítását meg akarja változtatni, vagy el akarja távolítani,\n" #~ "majd nyomja meg a Szerkesztés vagy Törlés gombot." #~ msgid "Modem Devices" @@ -6676,16 +6307,12 @@ # clients/lan_modem.ycp:551 #~ msgid "" -#~ "Modem Device specifies to which port your modem is connected. " -#~ "ttyS0,\n" -#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, " -#~ "etc.,\n" +#~ "Modem Device specifies to which port your modem is connected. ttyS0,\n" +#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, etc.,\n" #~ "in DOS/Windows. ttyACM0 and ttyACM1 refer to USB ports." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A Modemeszköz mező meghatározza, hogy melyik porthoz " -#~ "csatlakozik a modem.\n" -#~ "Az ttyS0, ttyS1 stb. a soros portokat jelképezi (ez DOS/Windows alatt " -#~ "COM1, COM2 stb.-nek fele meg).\n" +#~ "A Modemeszköz mező meghatározza, hogy melyik porthoz csatlakozik a modem.\n" +#~ "Az ttyS0, ttyS1 stb. a soros portokat jelképezi (ez DOS/Windows alatt COM1, COM2 stb.-nek fele meg).\n" #~ "A ttyACM0, ttyACM1 stb. jelenti az USB portokat." # clients/lan_modem.ycp:549 @@ -6693,35 +6320,26 @@ #~ "If you are on a PBX, you probably need to enter a Dial Prefix.\n" #~ "Often, this is 9 or 0.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ha Ön belső telefonközponthoz (PBX) csatlakozik, valószínűleg meg kell " -#~ "adjon egy\n" +#~ "Ha Ön belső telefonközponthoz (PBX) csatlakozik, valószínűleg meg kell adjon egy\n" #~ "Előhívószámot. Ez legtöbbször a 0 vagy a 9.\n" # clients/lan_modem.ycp:554 #~ msgid "" #~ "Choose Dial Mode according to your phone link. Most telephone\n" -#~ "companies use Tone Dial as the Dial Mode. Check the " -#~ "additional\n" -#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (Speaker On) or for " -#~ "your\n" -#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (Detect Dial Tone).</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "companies use Tone Dial as the Dial Mode. Check the additional\n" +#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (Speaker On) or for your\n" +#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (Detect Dial Tone).\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Válassza ki a telefonkapcsolatnak megfelelő Tárcsázási módot. A " -#~ "legtöbb\n" -#~ "esetben Hangfrekvenciás tárcsázás a Tárcsázási mód. Jelölje " -#~ "meg a további\n" -#~ "négyzeteket a modemhangszóró bekapcsolásához (Hangszóró bekapcsolása</" -#~ "i>) vagy ahhoz,\n" -#~ "hogy a modem megvárja a tárcsahangot (Várakozás tárcsahangra).</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Válassza ki a telefonkapcsolatnak megfelelő Tárcsázási módot. A legtöbb\n" +#~ "esetben Hangfrekvenciás tárcsázás a Tárcsázási mód. Jelölje meg a további\n" +#~ "négyzeteket a modemhangszóró bekapcsolásához (Hangszóró bekapcsolása) vagy ahhoz,\n" +#~ "hogy a modem megvárja a tárcsahangot (Várakozás tárcsahangra).\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Press Details to configure the baud rate and the modem \n" #~ "initialization strings." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nyomja meg a Részletek gombot az átviteli sebesség és az " -#~ "inicializáló\n" +#~ "Nyomja meg a Részletek gombot az átviteli sebesség és az inicializáló\n" #~ "karaktersorok beállításához." #~ msgid "Modem Device:" @@ -6839,62 +6457,50 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Dial on Demand means that the Internet\n" -#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet " -#~ "is\n" -#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one name server. " -#~ "Use\n" -#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because " -#~ "there are\n" +#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet is\n" +#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one name server. Use\n" +#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because there are\n" #~ "programs that periodically request data from the Internet." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Az Automatikus kapcsolódás azt jelenti, hogy a\n" #~ "kapcsolat automatikusan épül fel, amikor a gép forgalmat kezdeményez\n" #~ "az internet felé. Ennek használatához legalább egy névkiszolgálót\n" #~ "meg kell adnia. Csak akkor használja ezt, ha internetkapcsolata olcsó,\n" -#~ "mivel vannak programok, melyek periodikusan kérnek adatokat az " -#~ "internetről." +#~ "mivel vannak programok, melyek periodikusan kérnek adatokat az internetről." #~ msgid "" #~ "When Modify DNS is enabled, the name server will be\n" #~ "changed automatically when connected to the Internet." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ha a DNS módosítása engedélyezve van, a\n" -#~ "névkiszolgáló értéke automatikusan módosításra kerül a kapcsolat " -#~ "felépültekor." +#~ "névkiszolgáló értéke automatikusan módosításra kerül a kapcsolat felépültekor." #~ msgid "" #~ "If the provider does not transmit its domain name server (DNS)\n" #~ "after connecting, disable Automatically Retrieve DNS and\n" #~ "manually enter the DNS." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Amennyiben internetszolgáltatója nem továbbítja a saját DNS " -#~ "névkiszolgálójának adatait,\n" -#~ "akkor ne jelölje be a DNS automatikus beállítása pontot. Ilyenkor " -#~ "kézzel kell\n" +#~ "Amennyiben internetszolgáltatója nem továbbítja a saját DNS névkiszolgálójának adatait,\n" +#~ "akkor ne jelölje be a DNS automatikus beállítása pontot. Ilyenkor kézzel kell\n" #~ "megadni a DNS értékeket." #~ msgid "" #~ "Name Servers are required to convert hostnames\n" -#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You " -#~ "only\n" +#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You only\n" #~ "need to specify the name servers if you enable dial on demand or\n" #~ "disable DNS Modification when connected.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A Névkiszolgálókra van szükség a kiszolgálónevek (pl. www.suse." -#~ "com)\n" +#~ "A Névkiszolgálókra van szükség a kiszolgálónevek (pl. www.suse.com)\n" #~ "IP-címekké (pl. 213.95.15.200) alakításához. Csak akkor kell megadni a\n" #~ "névkiszolgálókat, ha az automatikus kapcsolódást vagy a \n" #~ "csatlakozásnál a DNS-módosítás letiltását választja.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Ignore Prompts disables the detection of any prompts from the " -#~ "dial-up\n" -#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try " -#~ "this\n" +#~ "Ignore Prompts disables the detection of any prompts from the dial-up\n" +#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try this\n" #~ "option.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A Prompt letiltása a behívó kiszolgáló minden üzenetét " -#~ "letiltja.\n" +#~ "A Prompt letiltása a behívó kiszolgáló minden üzenetét letiltja.\n" #~ "Ha a kapcsolatfelépítés túl lassú, vagy egyáltalán nem működik, akkor\n" #~ "megpróbálhatja ezt a lehetőséget.\n" @@ -6912,13 +6518,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The Idle Time-Out specifies the time after which an idle\n" -#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A Tétlenségi időtúllépés azt az időt adja meg, amennyi után " -#~ "egy\n" -#~ "tétlen kapcsolat lekapcsolásra kerül (a 0 azt jelenti, hogy nincs korlát)." -#~ "\n" +#~ "A Tétlenségi időtúllépés azt az időt adja meg, amennyi után egy\n" +#~ "tétlen kapcsolat lekapcsolásra kerül (a 0 azt jelenti, hogy nincs korlát).\n" #~ msgid "min" #~ msgstr "perc" @@ -6995,52 +6598,41 @@ # clients/lan_ISDN.ycp:995 #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Dynamic IP Address\n" -#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this " -#~ "case,\n" -#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is " -#~ "established.\n" +#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this case,\n" +#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is established.\n" #~ "This is the default with most providers." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A dinamikus IP-cím gombot kell választania, ha szolgáltatója\n" -#~ "kapcsolatonként egy ideiglenes címet rendel az Ön gépéhez. Ebben az " -#~ "esetben\n" -#~ "a saját cím ismeretlen addig, amíg a kapcsolat fel nem épül. Ez az " -#~ "alapértelmezett\n" +#~ "kapcsolatonként egy ideiglenes címet rendel az Ön gépéhez. Ebben az esetben\n" +#~ "a saját cím ismeretlen addig, amíg a kapcsolat fel nem épül. Ez az alapértelmezett\n" #~ "mód a legtöbb szolgáltatónál és előfizetői csomag esetén." # clients/lan_ISDN.ycp:1017 #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Use Peer DNS to change\n" -#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your " -#~ "static\n" -#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, " -#~ "almost all\n" +#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your static\n" +#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, almost all\n" #~ "providers support Use Peer DNS.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A Társ DNS használata lehetőséggel módosíthatja a DNS-\n" #~ "kiszolgálókat a kapcsolat felépülése után. Ennek hatására a statikus\n" -#~ "DNS-konfiguráció lecserélésre kerül a lekért DNS-kiszolgálók IP-címeire. " -#~ "Ma szinte\n" +#~ "DNS-konfiguráció lecserélésre kerül a lekért DNS-kiszolgálók IP-címeire. Ma szinte\n" #~ "minden szolgáltató támogatja a Társ DNS használata funkciót.\n" # clients/lan_ISDN.ycp:1076 #~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without " -#~ "special \n" +#~ "If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n" #~ "processing." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ha a visszahívási mód ki van kapcsolva, a hívások speciális " -#~ "feldolgozás\n" +#~ "Ha a visszahívási mód ki van kapcsolva, a hívások speciális feldolgozás\n" #~ "nélkül lesznek kezelve." # clients/lan_ISDN.ycp:1078 #~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a " -#~ "callback \n" +#~ "If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" #~ "is triggered." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ha a visszahívási mód kiszolgáló, akkor a bejövő hívás, mint egy " -#~ "kérelem,\n" +#~ "Ha a visszahívási mód kiszolgáló, akkor a bejövő hívás, mint egy kérelem,\n" #~ "visszahívást kezdeményez." # clients/lan_ISDN.ycp:1080 @@ -7048,19 +6640,16 @@ #~ "If callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then \n" #~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ha a visszahívási mód kliens, akkor a helyi rendszer kezdeményezi a " -#~ "hívást\n" +#~ "Ha a visszahívási mód kliens, akkor a helyi rendszer kezdeményezi a hívást\n" #~ "és a távoli géptől várja a visszahívást.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Default Route to set the default\n" -#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to " -#~ "reach\n" +#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to reach\n" #~ "single machines or subnetworks through this provider." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Válassza az alapértelmezett útvonalat az adott szolgáltató\n" -#~ "alapértelmezett útvonalának beállításához. Ez minden valószínűség " -#~ "szerint\n" +#~ "alapértelmezett útvonalának beállításához. Ez minden valószínűség szerint\n" #~ "már helyesen van beállítva, hacsak nem akar különálló gépeket vagy\n" #~ "alhálózatokat elérni a szolgáltatón keresztül." @@ -7124,8 +6713,7 @@ #~ "to change the configuration opens.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Szerkesztés vagy törlés:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Ha megnyomja a Szerkesztést, egy további párbeszédablak nyílik " -#~ "meg,\n" +#~ "Ha megnyomja a Szerkesztést, egy további párbeszédablak nyílik meg,\n" #~ "ahol megváltoztathatja a beállításokat.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -7142,8 +6730,7 @@ #~ "Press Add to configure a new provider manually.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Szolgáltató hozzáadása:</big> \n" -#~ "A Hozzáadás gomb megnyomására állítható be kézzel egy új " -#~ "szolgáltató.\n" +#~ "A Hozzáadás gomb megnyomására állítható be kézzel egy új szolgáltató.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -7165,9 +6752,7 @@ #~ "majd válasszon egyet a felsorolt szolgáltatókból." #~ msgid "Use New to add a provider not in the list." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Használja az Új gombot egy, a listán még nem szereplő " -#~ "szolgáltató felvételéhez." +#~ msgstr "Használja az Új gombot egy, a listán még nem szereplő szolgáltató felvételéhez." #~ msgid "Choose one of the available provider types." #~ msgstr "Válasszon az elérhető szolgáltatótípusok közül." @@ -7191,16 +6776,14 @@ #~ "To register for %1 and find the best\n" #~ "dialing number, connect to the home page %2." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A(z) %1 szolgáltatónál való regisztráláshoz és a legjobb " -#~ "telefonszám\n" +#~ "A(z) %1 szolgáltatónál való regisztráláshoz és a legjobb telefonszám\n" #~ "megtalálásához látogasson el a %2 honlapra." #~ msgid "" #~ "To register for %1 and find the best\n" #~ "dialing number, call the hot line %2.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A(z) %1 szolgáltatónál regisztráláshoz és a legjobb " -#~ "telefonszám\n" +#~ "A(z) %1 szolgáltatónál regisztráláshoz és a legjobb telefonszám\n" #~ "megtalálásához hívja a(z) %2 forródrótot.\n" #~ msgid "Provider Parameters" @@ -7214,27 +6797,22 @@ #~ "szolgáltatóját, akkor ezek az értékek már ki vannak töltve.\n" #~ msgid "Enter a Provider Name for the provider." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Adja meg a Szolgáltató nevét a szolgáltató eléréséhez." +#~ msgstr "Adja meg a Szolgáltató nevét a szolgáltató eléréséhez." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Enter a Provider Name for the provider and a Phone Number</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "Enter a Provider Name for the provider and a Phone Number\n" #~ "to access your provider." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Adja meg a Szolgáltató nevét, valamint a szolgáltatója " -#~ "eléréséhez szükséges\n" +#~ "Adja meg a Szolgáltató nevét, valamint a szolgáltatója eléréséhez szükséges\n" #~ "telefonszámot." #~ msgid "" #~ "Select the type of packet encapsulation.\n" -#~ "RawIP means that MAC headers are stripped. SyncPPP stands " -#~ "for\n" +#~ "RawIP means that MAC headers are stripped. SyncPPP stands for\n" #~ "Synchronous PPP." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Válassza ki a csomagbeágyazás típusát. RawIP esetén\n" -#~ "a hardvercím (MAC header) lecsippentődik. A SyncPPP a szinkron PPP " -#~ "rövidítése." +#~ "a hardvercím (MAC header) lecsippentődik. A SyncPPP a szinkron PPP rövidítése." #~ msgid "" #~ "Enter the Line ID\n" @@ -7256,18 +6834,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The User Name will be extended\n" -#~ "with the t-online-com/ at the start and with @t-online-com.de</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "with the t-online-com/ at the start and with @t-online-com.de\n" #~ "at the end." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A felhasználónév kiegészül a\n" -#~ "t-online-com/ jellel az elején és a @t-online-com.hu " -#~ "jellel\n" +#~ "t-online-com/ jellel az elején és a @t-online-com.hu jellel\n" #~ "a végén." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Check Always Ask for Password to be asked for the password " -#~ "every time.\n" +#~ "Check Always Ask for Password to be asked for the password every time.\n" #~ "Your\n" #~ "Internet service provider might not allow passwords to be saved on\n" #~ "disk. If you enter the password here, it is saved in clear text on disk\n" @@ -7363,12 +6938,10 @@ #~ "Use KInternet (without NetworkManager) or store passwords on the system.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A NetworkManager nem képes jelszókezelésre.\n" -#~ "Használja a KInternet-et (NetworkManager nélkül), vagy tárolja a jelszót " -#~ "a rendszeren.\n" +#~ "Használja a KInternet-et (NetworkManager nélkül), vagy tárolja a jelszót a rendszeren.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone " -#~ "field.\n" +#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone field.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Continue?" #~ msgstr "" @@ -7382,36 +6955,28 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space\n" #~ "(after the /) with your Kamp login. Then enter your password\n" -#~ "and click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "and click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A Felhasználónév mezőben helyettesítse a szóközt (a\n" #~ "/ jel után) az Ön Kamp azonosítójával. Ezt követően adja\n" -#~ "meg a jelszót és kattintson a Következő gombra (problémák esetében " -#~ "vegye fel a kapcsolatot a szolgáltatóval).\n" +#~ "meg a jelszót és kattintson a Következő gombra (problémák esetében vegye fel a kapcsolatot a szolgáltatóval).\n" #~ msgid "Access AOL-DSL." #~ msgstr "AOL-DSL hozzáférés" #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (before\n" -#~ "the @) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click " -#~ "Next.\n" -#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you " -#~ "need\n" -#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can " -#~ "enter\n" -#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and " -#~ "request\n" +#~ "the @) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click Next.\n" +#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you need\n" +#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can enter\n" +#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and request\n" #~ "the AOL staff to enter the PIN number for you.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A Felhasználónév mezőben helyettesítse a szóközt (a\n" #~ "@ jel előtt) az Ön AOL azonosítójával. Ezt követően adja\n" #~ "meg a jelszót és kattintson a Következő gombra. Ha Ön egy új AOL\n" -#~ "felhasználó és most csatlakozik először az internetre, akkor ehhez az AOL " -#~ "PIN\n" -#~ "kód is szükséges. Ehhez használhatja az AOL telefonos ügyfélszolgálatát, " -#~ "vagy\n" +#~ "felhasználó és most csatlakozik először az internetre, akkor ehhez az AOL PIN\n" +#~ "kód is szükséges. Ehhez használhatja az AOL telefonos ügyfélszolgálatát, vagy\n" #~ "Windows alatt a hozzáféréshez mellékelt programcsomagot.\n" #~ msgid "Access to Kamp 1&1 DSL." @@ -7419,14 +6984,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (after\n" -#~ "the /) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click " -#~ "Next.\n" +#~ "the /) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click Next.\n" #~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A Felhasználónév mezőben helyettesítse a szóközt (a\n" #~ "/ jel után) az Ön 1&1 azonosítójával. Ezt követően adja\n" -#~ "meg a jelszót és kattintson a Következő gombra (problémák esetében " -#~ "vegye fel a kapcsolatot a szolgáltatóval).\n" +#~ "meg a jelszót és kattintson a Következő gombra (problémák esetében vegye fel a kapcsolatot a szolgáltatóval).\n" #~ msgid "Access to Kamp Eggenet DSL." #~ msgstr "Kamp Eggenet DSL-hozzáférés." @@ -7436,23 +6999,19 @@ #~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Adja meg a jelszót és nyomja meg a Következő gombot\n" -#~ "(problémák esetében vegye fel a kapcsolatot az internetszolgáltatójával)." -#~ "\n" +#~ "(problémák esetében vegye fel a kapcsolatot az internetszolgáltatójával).\n" #~ msgid "Access to Kamp T-Online Business DSL." #~ msgstr "Kamp T-Online Business DSL-hozzáférés." #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (after\n" -#~ "the /) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password " -#~ "and\n" +#~ "the /) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password and\n" #~ "click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A Felhasználónév mezőben helyettesítse a szóközt (a\n" -#~ "/ jel után) az Ön T-Online Business azonosítójával. Ezt követően " -#~ "adja\n" -#~ "meg a jelszót és kattintson a Következő gombra (problémák esetében " -#~ "vegye fel a kapcsolatot a szolgáltatóval).\n" +#~ "/ jel után) az Ön T-Online Business azonosítójával. Ezt követően adja\n" +#~ "meg a jelszót és kattintson a Következő gombra (problémák esetében vegye fel a kapcsolatot a szolgáltatóval).\n" # modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:231 modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:246 # modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:259 @@ -7465,17 +7024,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Device Control</big>\n" #~ "Usually, only the system administrator is allowed to activate and\n" -#~ "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-" -#~ "root User\n" -#~ "Via QInternet, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This " -#~ "will require\n" +#~ "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-root User\n" +#~ "Via QInternet, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This will require\n" #~ "smpppd installed and running.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Eszközvezérlés</big>\n" -#~ "Általában a hálózati csatolót csak az adminisztrátor aktiválhatja és " -#~ "deaktiválhatja. A Felhasználó által, QInterneten keresztül vezérelt</" -#~ "b> lehetőséggel, bármelyik felhasználó vezérelheti a csatolót a QInternet " -#~ "használatával. Ehhez az\n" +#~ "Általában a hálózati csatolót csak az adminisztrátor aktiválhatja és deaktiválhatja. A Felhasználó által, QInterneten keresztül vezérelt lehetőséggel, bármelyik felhasználó vezérelheti a csatolót a QInternet használatával. Ehhez az\n" #~ "smpppd démont kell telepíteni és futtatni.\n" #~ msgid "Initializing DSL Configuration" @@ -7777,19 +7331,11 @@ #~ msgid "Firewall Settings" #~ msgstr "Tűzfalbeállítások" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -#~ "\">disable</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A tűzfal engedélyezésre kerül (<a href=\"firewall--" -#~ "disable_firewall_in_proposal\">letiltás</a>)" +#~ msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" +#~ msgstr "A tűzfal engedélyezésre kerül (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">letiltás</a>)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -#~ "\">enable</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A tűzfal letiltásra kerül (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -#~ "\">engedélyezés</a>)" +#~ msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" +#~ msgstr "A tűzfal letiltásra kerül (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">engedélyezés</a>)" #~ msgid "Password:" #~ msgstr "Jelszó:" @@ -7863,8 +7409,7 @@ #~ msgstr "&Proxy" #~ msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az új proxybeállítások érvényre jutásához javasolt az újra bejelentkezés." +#~ msgstr "Az új proxybeállítások érvényre jutásához javasolt az újra bejelentkezés." #~ msgid "Update proxy configuration" #~ msgstr "Proxy-beállítások mentése" @@ -7945,19 +7490,14 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.\n" -#~ "Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings " -#~ "to take effect, \n" -#~ "however in some cases the application may pick up new settings " -#~ "immediately. Please check \n" +#~ "Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" +#~ "however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" #~ "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Itt lehet beállítani az internetes gyorsítótárat (proxy).\n" -#~ "Megjegyzés: A beállítások érvényre jutásához célszerű újra " -#~ "bejelentkezni, \n" -#~ "habár néhány esetben az alkalmazás azonnal használni kezdi a " -#~ "beállításokat.\n" -#~ "Ellenőrizze, hogy melyik módot támogatja a webs alkalmazása (böngésző, " -#~ "ftp-kliens stb...). " +#~ "Megjegyzés: A beállítások érvényre jutásához célszerű újra bejelentkezni, \n" +#~ "habár néhány esetben az alkalmazás azonnal használni kezdi a beállításokat.\n" +#~ "Ellenőrizze, hogy melyik módot támogatja a webs alkalmazása (böngésző, ftp-kliens stb...). " #~ msgid "" #~ "HTTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" @@ -7967,13 +7507,11 @@ #~ "amelyen keresztül a World Wide Web-re (WWW) csatlakozik.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your " -#~ "secured access\n" +#~ "HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" #~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A HTTPS-proxy-URL annak a proxy-kiszolgálónak az URL-je, \n" -#~ "amelyen keresztül a World Wide Web-re (WWW) csatlakozik biztonságosan.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "amelyen keresztül a World Wide Web-re (WWW) csatlakozik biztonságosan.\n" #~ msgid "Example: http://proxy.example.com:3128/" #~ msgstr "Példa: http://proxy.szolgaltato.hu:3128" @@ -7982,14 +7520,12 @@ #~ "FTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" #~ "to the file transfer services (FTP)." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az FTP-proxy-URL annak a proxy-kiszolgálónak az URL-je, amelyen " -#~ "keresztül \n" +#~ "Az FTP-proxy-URL annak a proxy-kiszolgálónak az URL-je, amelyen keresztül \n" #~ "FTP (fájlátviteli) szolgáltatást vesz igénybe." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "If you have the Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols option " -#~| "checked, it is\n" +#~| "If you have the Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols option checked, it is\n" #~| "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" #~| "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -7998,8 +7534,7 @@ #~ "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Az Ugyanazon proxy használata az összes protokollhoz lehetőség\n" -#~ "megjelölése esetén elegendő kitölteni a HTTP-proxy URL-jét, és az összes " -#~ "protokoll\n" +#~ "megjelölése esetén elegendő kitölteni a HTTP-proxy URL-jét, és az összes protokoll\n" #~ "(HTTP, HTTPS és FTP) ezt fogja használni.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -8015,27 +7550,22 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" #~| "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -#~| "consists of printable ASCII characters (except for quotation marks) only." -#~| "\n" +#~| "consists of printable ASCII characters (except for quotation marks) only.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" #~ "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks)." -#~ "\n" +#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ha jogosultság-ellenőrzéssel egybekötött proxy-kiszolgálót használ, \n" -#~ "töltse ki a jogosultság elbírálásához szükséges Proxy-felhasználónév</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "töltse ki a jogosultság elbírálásához szükséges Proxy-felhasználónév\n" #~ "illetve Proxyjelszó mezőket. Az érvényes felhasználónevek\n" -#~ "csak nyomtatható ASCII karakterekből állhatnak (kivéve az idézőjeleket).</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "csak nyomtatható ASCII karakterekből állhatnak (kivéve az idézőjeleket).\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Press Test Proxy Settings to test\n" #~ "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy. \n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A Proxybeállítások tesztelése gomb megnyomásával próbálhatja " -#~ "ki\n" +#~ "A Proxybeállítások tesztelése gomb megnyomásával próbálhatja ki\n" #~ "az aktuális konfigurációt egy HTTP-, HTTPS- vagy FTP-proxyval.\n" #~ msgid "&Enable Proxy" @@ -8092,24 +7622,19 @@ #~ msgstr "A HTTP-proxy-URL nem érvényes." #~ msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A HTTP-proxy-URL-nek tartalmaznia kell egy protokollspecifikációt (pl. " -#~ "http)." +#~ msgstr "A HTTP-proxy-URL-nek tartalmaznia kell egy protokollspecifikációt (pl. http)." #~ msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid." #~ msgstr "A HTTPS-proxy-URL érvénytelen." #~ msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A HTTPS-proxy-URL-nek tartalmaznia kell egy sémaspecifikációt (pl. http)." +#~ msgstr "A HTTPS-proxy-URL-nek tartalmaznia kell egy sémaspecifikációt (pl. http)." #~ msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid." #~ msgstr "Az FTP-proxy-URL nem érvényes." #~ msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az FTP-proxy-URL-nek tartalmaznia kell egy protokollspecifikációt (pl. " -#~ "http)." +#~ msgstr "Az FTP-proxy-URL-nek tartalmaznia kell egy protokollspecifikációt (pl. http)." #~ msgid "" #~ "One or more no proxy domains are invalid. \n" @@ -8120,8 +7645,7 @@ #~ "* Domain name prefixed by '.'" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Egy vagy több proxyn kívüli tartomány hibás.\n" -#~ "Ellenőrizze, hogy a tartományok mindegyike megfelel-e az alábbi " -#~ "követelmények valamelyikének:\n" +#~ "Ellenőrizze, hogy a tartományok mindegyike megfelel-e az alábbi követelmények valamelyikének:\n" #~ "* IP-cím\n" #~ "* IP-cím/hálózati maszk\n" #~ "* Teljes gépnév\n" @@ -8135,8 +7659,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Udev Rules are rules for the Kernel device manager that allow\n" -#~ "associating MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for " -#~ "example,\n" +#~ "associating MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for example,\n" #~ "eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Az Udev szabályok a Kernel eszközkezelőjének\n" @@ -8146,19 +7669,15 @@ #~ "újrainduláskor.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway " -#~ "address,\n" +#~ "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" #~ "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -#~ "the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be " -#~ "routed, \n" +#~ "the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed, \n" #~ "as well.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Minden egyes útvonalhoz meg kell adnia a hálózat IP-címét, az\n" #~ "átjáró címét és az alhálózati maszkot. Ha egy értéket nem kíván\n" -#~ "megadni, használja a \"-\" jelet. Válassza ki, hogy az adott hálózatra " -#~ "melyik eszközön keresztül legyen irányítva a\n" -#~ "hálózati forgalom. A \"-\" jel egy álnév, amely bármelyik csatolót " -#~ "jelölheti.\n" +#~ "megadni, használja a \"-\" jelet. Válassza ki, hogy az adott hálózatra melyik eszközön keresztül legyen irányítva a\n" +#~ "hálózati forgalom. A \"-\" jel egy álnév, amely bármelyik csatolót jelölheti.\n" # modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:231 modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:246 # modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:259 @@ -8167,22 +7686,13 @@ #~ msgstr "Beállítandó szolgáltatók" #~ msgid "" -#~ "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your " -#~ "computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -#~ "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just lenght of prefix " -#~ "<tt>/24</tt>). For special case - unconfigured interface use <tt>0.0.0.0</" -#~ "tt> and <tt>/32</tt>.Optionally, you can enter\n" -#~ "a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be " -#~ "written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +#~ "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +#~ "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just lenght of prefix <tt>/24</tt>). For special case - unconfigured interface use <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> and <tt>/32</tt>.Optionally, you can enter\n" +#~ "a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A Statikus IP-cím beállítása adja meg a gép IP-címét (például " -#~ "<tt>192.168.100.99</tt>),\n" -#~ "a hálózati maszkot (általában <tt>255.255.255.0</tt>, vagy csak a hossz " -#~ "prefixuma tt>/24</tt>). Különleges esetben a be nem állított eszközök " -#~ "<tt>0.0.0.0</tt> és <tt>/32</tt> címeket használnak. Lehetőség van az IP-" -#~ "cím helyett megadni\n" -#~ "egy teljes képzésű gépnevet, amely bekerül az <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> fájlba." -#~ "\n" +#~ "A Statikus IP-cím beállítása adja meg a gép IP-címét (például <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>),\n" +#~ "a hálózati maszkot (általában <tt>255.255.255.0</tt>, vagy csak a hossz prefixuma tt>/24</tt>). Különleges esetben a be nem állított eszközök <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> és <tt>/32</tt> címeket használnak. Lehetőség van az IP-cím helyett megadni\n" +#~ "egy teljes képzésű gépnevet, amely bekerül az <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> fájlba.\n" #~ msgid "No valid hostname." #~ msgstr "Érvénytelen gépnév." @@ -8217,44 +7727,33 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Device Control</big>\n" #~ "Usually, only the system administrator is allowed to activate and\n" -#~ "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-" -#~ "root User\n" +#~ "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-root User\n" #~ "Via KInternet, any user may control the interface via KInternet.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Eszközvezérlés</big>\n" #~ "Normális esetben csak a rendszergazda aktiválhatja és deaktiválhatja\n" -#~ "a hálózati csatolókat. A Felhasználó által, KInterneten keresztül " -#~ "vezérelt esetben az \n" -#~ "egyszerű felhasználók is kezelhetik a csatolót a KInternet programmal.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "a hálózati csatolókat. A Felhasználó által, KInterneten keresztül vezérelt esetben az \n" +#~ "egyszerű felhasználók is kezelhetik a csatolót a KInternet programmal.\n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:86 # clients/lan_route.ycp:94 clients/lan_route.ycp:312 #~ msgid "&Netmask" #~ msgstr "&Hálózati maszk" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enable IP Forwarding if the system is a router. This will apply " -#~ "on both IPv4 and IPv6." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Engedélyezze az IP továbbítást, ha a rendszer egy útválasztó. " -#~ "Ez a beállítás az IPv4 és az IPv6 címek esetében is alkalmazásra kerül.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "Enable IP Forwarding if the system is a router. This will apply on both IPv4 and IPv6." +#~ msgstr "Engedélyezze az IP továbbítást, ha a rendszer egy útválasztó. Ez a beállítás az IPv4 és az IPv6 címek esetében is alkalmazásra kerül." #~ msgid "" #~ "Your hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> and will be \n" -#~ "resolvable as <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> IP address. To disable this " -#~ "modification, \n" +#~ "resolvable as <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> IP address. To disable this modification, \n" #~ "uncheck Write Hostname to /etc/hosts box. In that case your \n" #~ "hostname will not be resolvable without an active network.\n" #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A gépnév az <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> fájlba kerül bejegyzésre\n" #~ "és a <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> IP-címen lesz elérhető. Ennek letiltásához a\n" -#~ "Gépnév bejegyzése az /etc/hosts fájlba beállítást kell " -#~ "kikapcsolni.\n" -#~ "Ebben az esetben a gépnév nem lesz feloldható aktív hálózati kapcsolat " -#~ "nélkül.\n" +#~ "Gépnév bejegyzése az /etc/hosts fájlba beállítást kell kikapcsolni.\n" +#~ "Ebben az esetben a gépnév nem lesz feloldható aktív hálózati kapcsolat nélkül.\n" #~ " \n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/nfs.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/nfs.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/nfs.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -80,9 +80,7 @@ #. fstab(5): fs_type #: src/clients/nfs.rb:111 msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs." -msgstr "" -"Fájlrendszer ID támogatja az nfs és az nfs4 lehetőséget. Az alapértelmezett " -"érték: nfs." +msgstr "Fájlrendszer ID támogatja az nfs és az nfs4 lehetőséget. Az alapértelmezett érték: nfs." # clients/lan_nfs_fstab.ycp:272 #. CLI action handler. @@ -180,52 +178,34 @@ msgid "" "The table contains all directories \n" "exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares)." -msgstr "" -"A táblázat tartalmazza a távoli kiszolgálókról exportált és a helyi " -"gépre, NFS-en keresztül felcsatolt összes könyvtárat." +msgstr "A táblázat tartalmazza a távoli kiszolgálókról exportált és a helyi gépre, NFS-en keresztül felcsatolt összes könyvtárat." #. Help, part 2 of 3 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:61 msgid "" "Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n" "exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n" -"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further " -"information \n" +"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n" "about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt>" -msgstr "" -"Minden NFS-megosztás a távoli NFS-kiszolgáló IP-címe, az exportált és a " -"helyi könyvtár, az NFS típusa (nfs vagy nfsv4) és a csatolás beállításai " -"alapján kerül azonosításra. Az NFS csatolásával és a csatolás beállításaival " -"kapcsolatos információk a <tt>man nfs</tt> parancson keresztül érhetők el.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Minden NFS-megosztás a távoli NFS-kiszolgáló IP-címe, az exportált és a helyi könyvtár, az NFS típusa (nfs vagy nfsv4) és a csatolás beállításai alapján kerül azonosításra. Az NFS csatolásával és a csatolás beállításaival kapcsolatos információk a <tt>man nfs</tt> parancson keresztül érhetők el." #. Help, part 3 of 3 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:68 msgid "" -"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration " -"of\n" +"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration of\n" "a currently mounted share, click Edit. Remove and unmount a selected\n" "share with Delete.\n" -msgstr "" -"Új NFS-megosztás csatolásához a Hozzáadás gombot kell megnyomni, a " -"felcsatolt megosztások beállításainak módosításához pedig a Szerkesztés</" -"B> gombot. A Törlés gomb segítségével eltávolítható és lecsatolható a " -"kiválasztott megosztás.\n" +msgstr "Új NFS-megosztás csatolásához a Hozzáadás gombot kell megnyomni, a felcsatolt megosztások beállításainak módosításához pedig a Szerkesztés gombot. A Törlés gomb segítségével eltávolítható és lecsatolható a kiválasztott megosztás.\n" #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:76 msgid "" "If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" -"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might " -"need\n" -"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct " -"setting\n" +"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might need\n" +"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct setting\n" "of file/directory access rights.\n" msgstr "" -"Amennyiben NFSv4 megosztáshoz kíván hozzáférni (az NFSv4 az NFS protokoll " -"egy újabb verziója), használja az NFSv4 engedélyezése beállítást. " -"Ebben az esetben valószínűleg meg kell adnia az\n" -"NFSv4 tartománynevet, amely szükséges a megfelelő fájl- és " -"könyvtárjogosultságokhoz.\n" +"Amennyiben NFSv4 megosztáshoz kíván hozzáférni (az NFSv4 az NFS protokoll egy újabb verziója), használja az NFSv4 engedélyezése beállítást. Ebben az esetben valószínűleg meg kell adnia az\n" +"NFSv4 tartománynevet, amely szükséges a megfelelő fájl- és könyvtárjogosultságokhoz.\n" #. selection box label #. changed from "Remote hosts" because now it shows @@ -355,8 +335,7 @@ #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 msgid "" "\t\t\n" -"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the " -"directory should be mounted. With\n" +"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n" "Browse, select your mount point\n" "interactively." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/nfs_server.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/nfs_server.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/nfs_server.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -79,12 +79,8 @@ msgstr "Exportálási beállítások (lásd 'man exports')" #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113 -msgid "" -"Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc." -"com' etc." -msgstr "" -"Domén specifikációja NFSv4 idmapping használatához ('localdomain' vagy 'abc." -"hu' stb.)." +msgid "Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' etc." +msgstr "Domén specifikációja NFSv4 idmapping használatához ('localdomain' vagy 'abc.hu' stb.)." #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119 msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling support for NFSv4." @@ -128,19 +124,12 @@ #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 -msgid "" -"Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." -msgstr "" -"A domén nem állítható be az NFSv4 engedélyezése nélkül. Használja a 'set " -"enablev4' parancsot." +msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." +msgstr "A domén nem állítható be az NFSv4 engedélyezése nélkül. Használja a 'set enablev4' parancsot." #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 -msgid "" -"Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to " -"get information about available options." -msgstr "" -"A 'set' parancs használatának módja: 'set option=value'. A beállítások " -"megtekintéséhez használja a 'set help' parancsot." +msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." +msgstr "A 'set' parancs használatának módja: 'set option=value'. A beállítások megtekintéséhez használja a 'set help' parancsot." #. Then no need to check for conflict. #: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205 @@ -197,8 +186,7 @@ "Likely, there is a spurious whitespace in the configuration file.\n" msgstr "" "Nem párban vannak a zárójelek %1 exportálási paramétereiben.\n" -"Valószínűleg valahol van egy helytelen szóközszerű karakter a konfigurációs " -"fájlban.\n" +"Valószínűleg valahol van egy helytelen szóközszerű karakter a konfigurációs fájlban.\n" # clients/lan_nfs_exports.ycp:127 #. text entry label @@ -269,12 +257,8 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 -msgid "" -"Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for " -"the domain to 'localdomain'." -msgstr "" -"Az /etc/idmapd.conf fájl nem olvasható. A tartomány alapértelmezett értéke " -"'localdomain' lesz." +msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." +msgstr "Az /etc/idmapd.conf fájl nem olvasható. A tartomány alapértelmezett értéke 'localdomain' lesz." # clients/lan_nfs_server.ycp:17 #. Help, part 1 of 2 @@ -294,37 +278,28 @@ "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." msgstr "" -"Ha az NFS-kiszolgáló indítása pontot választja, a Következő</" -"B>\n" +"Ha az NFS-kiszolgáló indítása pontot választja, a Következő\n" "gomb megnyomása után meghatározhatja azokat a könyvtárakat,\n" "amelyeket mások számára láthatóvá akar tenni." #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" -"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. " -"Leave\n" -"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you " -"are not sure.\n" +"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" +"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.\n" msgstr "" -"Ha a kiszolgálónak NFSv4-klienseket is kell kezelnie, akkor használja az " -"NFSv4 engedélyezése lehetőséget, \n" -"majd adja meg az azonosító-leképező démon által használandó NFSv4-tartomány " -"nevét a szövegmezőben.\n" -"Ha nem biztos a dolgában, az érték legyen localdomain, vagy forduljon az " -"idmapd és idmapd.conf kézikönyvoldalához.\n" +"Ha a kiszolgálónak NFSv4-klienseket is kell kezelnie, akkor használja az NFSv4 engedélyezése lehetőséget, \n" +"majd adja meg az azonosító-leképező démon által használandó NFSv4-tartomány nevét a szövegmezőben.\n" +"Ha nem biztos a dolgában, az érték legyen localdomain, vagy forduljon az idmapd és idmapd.conf kézikönyvoldalához.\n" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" -"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have " -"Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" +"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" -"Ha a kiszolgáló és kliens a GSS függvénytár használatával hitelesíti " -"egymást, akkor jelölje meg a GSS biztonság engedélyezése \n" -"négyzetet. A GSS API használatához jelenleg szükség van a rendszeren a " -"kerberos és a gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) működésére\n" +"Ha a kiszolgáló és kliens a GSS függvénytár használatával hitelesíti egymást, akkor jelölje meg a GSS biztonság engedélyezése \n" +"négyzetet. A GSS API használatához jelenleg szükség van a rendszeren a kerberos és a gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) működésére\n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 # clients/lan_nfs_server.ycp:32 @@ -375,30 +350,25 @@ "mount this directory.\n" msgstr "" "A felső ablak tartalmazza az összes látható könyvtárat.\n" -"Ha kiválaszt egy könyvtárat, az alsó ablak megmutatja azokat a gépeket, " -"amelyek\n" +"Ha kiválaszt egy könyvtárat, az alsó ablak megmutatja azokat a gépeket, amelyek\n" "csatolhatják ezt a könyvtárat.\n" # clients/lan_nfs_exports.ycp:27 #. Help, part 2 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" -"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected " -"directory.\n" +"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" -"A Gép helyettesítőkarakter határozza meg, hogy mely gépek érhetik " -"el a kiválasztott könyvtárat.\n" +"A Gép helyettesítőkarakter határozza meg, hogy mely gépek érhetik el a kiválasztott könyvtárat.\n" "A formátum lehet egy gép, hálózati csoportok, maszk vagy\n" "IP-hálózatok.\n" #. Help, part 3 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 -msgid "" -"Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." -msgstr "" -"Egy csillag (<tt>*</tt>) karakter megadása az összes gépet jelenti." +msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." +msgstr "Egy csillag (<tt>*</tt>) karakter megadása az összes gépet jelenti." # clients/lan_nfs_exports.ycp:33 #. Help, part 4 of 4 @@ -520,12 +490,8 @@ #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 -msgid "" -"Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup " -"is correct." -msgstr "" -"A svcgssd elindítása nem sikerült. Ellenőrizze, hogy a kerberos és a gssapi " -"(nfs-utils) megfelelően van-e beállítva." +msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." +msgstr "A svcgssd elindítása nem sikerült. Ellenőrizze, hogy a kerberos és a gssapi (nfs-utils) megfelelően van-e beállítva." #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 #, fuzzy @@ -570,8 +536,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Hagyja a mezőt üresen az összes gép megadásához." #~ msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az idmapd elindítása nem sikerült. Ellenőrizze a tartomány beállításait." +#~ msgstr "Az idmapd elindítása nem sikerült. Ellenőrizze a tartomány beállításait." #~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." #~ msgstr "Az idmapd újraindítása nem sikerült." @@ -592,18 +557,12 @@ #~ msgid "Firewall" #~ msgstr "Tűzfal" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "NFSv4 is enabled. Make sure that only one exported filesystem is " -#~ "marked with the fsid=0 option for a particular client." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az NFSv4 engedélyezve van. Győződjön meg róla, hogy egy adott " -#~ "klienshez csak egy exportált fájlrendszer van megjelölve az fsid=0 " -#~ "paraméterrel." +#~ msgid "NFSv4 is enabled. Make sure that only one exported filesystem is marked with the fsid=0 option for a particular client." +#~ msgstr "Az NFSv4 engedélyezve van. Győződjön meg róla, hogy egy adott klienshez csak egy exportált fájlrendszer van megjelölve az fsid=0 paraméterrel." #~ msgid "" #~ "In case of multiple exports to a NFSv4 client,\n" -#~ "you need to bind the exported paths with no fsid=0 to the one with " -#~ "fsid=0.\n" +#~ "you need to bind the exported paths with no fsid=0 to the one with fsid=0.\n" #~ "To export the server paths <tt>/Eve</tt> and <tt>/Adam</tt> as\n" #~ "<tt>/</tt> and <tt>/husband</tt>, respectively, use \n" #~ "<pre>/Eve 10.0.0.1(fsid=0,crossmnt,ro,...)\n" @@ -611,11 +570,8 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ha egy NFSv4-klienshez több exportálás is tartozik,\n" -#~ "akkor az exportált útvonalakat, amelyekhez nincs megadva az fsid=0 hozzá " -#~ "kell rendelni ahhoz,\n" +#~ "akkor az exportált útvonalakat, amelyekhez nincs megadva az fsid=0 hozzá kell rendelni ahhoz,\n" #~ "amelyiknél meg van adva az fsid=0 paraméter.\n" -#~ "Az <tt>/Eva</tt> és <tt>/Adam</tt> kiszolgáló útvonalának <tt>/</tt> és " -#~ "<tt>/ferj</tt>-ként történő exportálásához a <pre>/Eva " -#~ "10.0.0.1(fsid=0,crossmnt,ro,…)\n" +#~ "Az <tt>/Eva</tt> és <tt>/Adam</tt> kiszolgáló útvonalának <tt>/</tt> és <tt>/ferj</tt>-ként történő exportálásához a <pre>/Eva 10.0.0.1(fsid=0,crossmnt,ro,…)\n" #~ "/Eve/ferj 10.0.0.1(bind=/Adam,ro,…)</pre>\n" #~ "beállítást kell használni." Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/nis.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/nis.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/nis.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -152,18 +152,14 @@ "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details</" -"b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "Tűzfalbeállítások \n" -"A tűzfal megnyitásához, hogy az 'ypbind'-szolgáltatás távoli " -"számítógépekről\n" +"A tűzfal megnyitásához, hogy az 'ypbind'-szolgáltatás távoli számítógépekről\n" "is elérhető legyen, jelölje meg a Tűzfalport megnyitása lehetőséget.\n" -"Azt, hogy mely csatolókon legyen megnyitva a port, a Tűzfal részletek " -"részben állíthatja be.\n" -"Ez a lehetőség csak akkor áll rendelkezésre, ha a tűzfal be van kapcsolva.</" -"p>\n" +"Azt, hogy mely csatolókon legyen megnyitva a port, a Tűzfal részletek részben állíthatja be.\n" +"Ez a lehetőség csak akkor áll rendelkezésre, ha a tűzfal be van kapcsolva.\n" #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:240 @@ -172,38 +168,24 @@ " and the NIS server's address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.\n" msgstr "" "Adja meg a NIS-tartományt, mint például az example.com,\n" -"valamint a NIS-kiszolgáló címét, mint például nis.example.com vagy 10.20.1.1." -"\n" +"valamint a NIS-kiszolgáló címét, mint például nis.example.com vagy 10.20.1.1.\n" #. help text for netconfig part #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 msgid "" -"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it " -"is\n" -"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined " -"here\n" +"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n" +"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\n" "with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n" "etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n" -"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to " -"modify\n" +"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\n" "the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n" "Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n" "space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n" -"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, " -"see\n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n" "the netconfig manual page.\n" msgstr "" -"Válassza ki a NIS beállítások módját. Alapesetben ezt a netconfig " -"parancsfájl kezeli, amely az itt megadott statikus és az elérhető dinamikus " -"adatokat fűzi össze (pl. a DHCP-kliensről, a NetworkManager-ből stb.). Ez az " -"alapértelmezett beállítás. Az Alapértelmezett irányelv a legtöbb esetben " -"elegendő.\n" -"A Csak kézi módosítások használatával a netconfig már nem módosíthatja a " -"beállításokat és a fájlok csak kézzel szerkeszthetők. Az Egyéni irányelv " -"használatával megadhatók irányelv karakterláncok, amelyek szóközzel " -"elválasztott, helyettesítőkaraktereket és speciális értékeket (STATIC/" -"STATIC_FALLBACK) is tartalmazható csatolónevek. További információ a man " -"oldalakon található.\n" +"Válassza ki a NIS beállítások módját. Alapesetben ezt a netconfig parancsfájl kezeli, amely az itt megadott statikus és az elérhető dinamikus adatokat fűzi össze (pl. a DHCP-kliensről, a NetworkManager-ből stb.). Ez az alapértelmezett beállítás. Az Alapértelmezett irányelv a legtöbb esetben elegendő.\n" +"A Csak kézi módosítások használatával a netconfig már nem módosíthatja a beállításokat és a fájlok csak kézzel szerkeszthetők. Az Egyéni irányelv használatával megadhatók irányelv karakterláncok, amelyek szóközzel elválasztott, helyettesítőkaraktereket és speciális értékeket (STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK) is tartalmazható csatolónevek. További információ a man oldalakon található.\n" #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:260 @@ -228,14 +210,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 -msgid "" -"NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in " -"NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"NFS-beállítás, amely befolyásolja, hogyan kell beállítani az NFS-kliensen " -"az automounter működését. Ez a beállítás az NFS beállítása gomb " -"megnyomásával történhet." +msgid "NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button." +msgstr "NFS-beállítás, amely befolyásolja, hogyan kell beállítani az NFS-kliensen az automounter működését. Ez a beállítás az NFS beállítása gomb megnyomásával történhet." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:72 # clients/lan_address.ycp:121 clients/lan_address.ycp:132 @@ -378,33 +354,19 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:674 -msgid "" -"Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is " -"using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local " -"host." -msgstr "" -"Normális esetben bármely gép lekérdezheti, a kliens melyik kiszolgálót " -"használja. A Válasz távoli gépeknek lehetőség törlésével ezt csak a " -"helyi gép kérdezheti le." +msgid "Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local host." +msgstr "Normális esetben bármely gép lekérdezheti, a kliens melyik kiszolgálót használja. A Válasz távoli gépeknek lehetőség törlésével ezt csak a helyi gép kérdezheti le." #. help text 2/4 #. Check, ie. turn on a check box #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:682 -msgid "" -"Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an " -"unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better " -"to replace such a server." -msgstr "" -"Ellenőrizze a Nem elérhető kiszolgáló pontot, ha az olyan " -"válaszokat is engedélyezni akarja, melyek egy nem privilegizált portot " -"használó kiszolgálón futnak. Mivel ez egy biztonsági kockázat, inkább a " -"kiszolgáló kicserélését javasoljuk." +msgid "Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server." +msgstr "Ellenőrizze a Nem elérhető kiszolgáló pontot, ha az olyan válaszokat is engedélyezni akarja, melyek egy nem privilegizált portot használó kiszolgálón futnak. Mivel ez egy biztonsági kockázat, inkább a kiszolgáló kicserélését javasoljuk." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:690 msgid "See man ypbind for details on other options." -msgstr "" -"További lehetőségekhez tekintse meg a man ypbind parancsot." +msgstr "További lehetőségekhez tekintse meg a man ypbind parancsot." #. frame label #. dialog title @@ -482,12 +444,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:985 -msgid "" -"The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." -"" -msgstr "" -"A Service Location protokoll (SLP) segítségével lehet megtalálni a " -"NIS-kiszolgálókat." +msgid "The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." +msgstr "A Service Location protokoll (SLP) segítségével lehet megtalálni a NIS-kiszolgálókat." #. dialog label #. dialog subtitle Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/nis_server.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/nis_server.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/nis_server.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -178,8 +178,7 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 msgid "" -"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow</" -"i>\n" +"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow\n" "file (only possible if the shadow file exists).\n" msgstr "" "Válasszon, hogy a shadow fájl beleolvadhat-e a passwd\n" @@ -188,8 +187,7 @@ #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:81 msgid "You can also adjust the minimum user and group id." -msgstr "" -"Itt beállíthatja a minimális felhasználói és csoport azonosítót." +msgstr "Itt beállíthatja a minimális felhasználói és csoport azonosítót." #. To translators: intfield label #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:86 @@ -222,8 +220,7 @@ #. were a pain to use. #: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:61 msgid "With this dialog, adjust which maps will be available." -msgstr "" -"Ebben a párbeszédablakban beállíthatja az elérhető csatolásokat." +msgstr "Ebben a párbeszédablakban beállíthatja az elérhető csatolásokat." #. multilesection box label #: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:103 @@ -238,12 +235,10 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 msgid "" -"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this " -"machine as a server, check\n" +"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n" "the corresponding option.\n" msgstr "" -"Adja meg a NIS-tartományt. Ha ez a gép egyben NIS-kliens is, " -"jelölje meg\n" +"Adja meg a NIS-tartományt. Ha ez a gép egyben NIS-kliens is, jelölje meg\n" "a megfelelő lehetőséget.\n" #. help text 2/3 @@ -254,12 +249,9 @@ "Fast Map distribution, it will speed up the transfer of maps to the\n" "slaves.\n" msgstr "" -"Ha meg akarja engedni, hogy néhány másodlagos (slave) kiszolgáló " -"együttműködjön az\n" -"elsődlegessel (master), jelölje be a Létezik aktív slave NIS-kiszolgáló</" -"i> gombot. Ha bejelöli a\n" -"gyors csatolásszétosztás gombot, ez felgyorsítja a térképek " -"közvetítését a\n" +"Ha meg akarja engedni, hogy néhány másodlagos (slave) kiszolgáló együttműködjön az\n" +"elsődlegessel (master), jelölje be a Létezik aktív slave NIS-kiszolgáló gombot. Ha bejelöli a\n" +"gyors csatolásszétosztás gombot, ez felgyorsítja a térképek közvetítését a\n" "másodlagosokhoz.\n" #. help text 3/3 @@ -270,10 +262,8 @@ "changing the login shell or GECOS (full name and related information) can\n" "be used to set up these more specific options.\n" msgstr "" -"A Jelszó megváltoztatásának engedélyezése lehetővé teszi a " -"felhasználónak\n" -"a NIS-ben lévő saját jelszó megváltoztatását. További részletek gombja " -"lehetővé teszi\n" +"A Jelszó megváltoztatásának engedélyezése lehetővé teszi a felhasználónak\n" +"a NIS-ben lévő saját jelszó megváltoztatását. További részletek gombja lehetővé teszi\n" "a SHELL vagy GECOS (teljes név és vonatkozó információk) lecserélését és\n" "további speciális opciók beállítására is használható.\n" @@ -335,8 +325,7 @@ "This may replace the domain name just entered. Check your\n" "settings and consider not running a DHCP client on a NIS server.\n" msgstr "" -"A gép úgy van beállítva, hogy a NIS-tartománynév értékét is DHCP-n " -"keresztül\n" +"A gép úgy van beállítva, hogy a NIS-tartománynév értékét is DHCP-n keresztül\n" "változtassa meg. Ennek hatására módosulhat az imént beírt tartománynév.\n" "Ellenőrizze a beállításokat és fontolja meg, nem jobb-e nem futtatni a\n" "DHCP-klienst NIS-kiszolgálón.\n" @@ -347,16 +336,13 @@ "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details</" -"b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "Tűzfalbeállítások \n" -"A tűzfal kinyitásához, hogy a NIS-kiszolgáló más, távoli gépekről is " -"elérhető\n" +"A tűzfal kinyitásához, hogy a NIS-kiszolgáló más, távoli gépekről is elérhető\n" "legyen, válassza a Tűzfalport megnyitása lehetőséget.\n" -"Azt, hogy melyik csatolón nyissa ki a portot, a Tűzfal részletek " -"részben.\n" +"Azt, hogy melyik csatolón nyissa ki a portot, a Tűzfal részletek részben.\n" "Adhatja meg. Ez a lehetőség csak akkor áll rendelkezésre, ha a tűzfal\n" "be van kapcsolva.\n" @@ -397,8 +383,7 @@ "to the bitwise AND of the host's address and the netmask." msgstr "" "Egy cím akkor kerül engedélyezésre, ha hálózat megegyezik\n" -"a gép címének és a hálózati maszk-nak a bit szerinti AND " -"logikai értékével." +"a gép címének és a hálózati maszk-nak a bit szerinti AND logikai értékével." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:185 @@ -406,8 +391,7 @@ "The entry with netmask <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> and network\n" "<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.\n" msgstr "" -"A <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> netmaskkal és <tt>127.0.0.0</tt> hálózati " -"címmel rendelkező\n" +"A <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> netmaskkal és <tt>127.0.0.0</tt> hálózati címmel rendelkező\n" "bejegyzésnek léteznie kell, hogy kapcsolódhasson a localhostról.\n" #. help text 4/4 @@ -416,8 +400,7 @@ "Entering netmask <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> and\n" "network <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> gives access to all hosts." msgstr "" -"Ha a hálózati maszk <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> és a hálózat-nak " -"<tt>0.0.0.0</tt> van beírva\n" +"Ha a hálózati maszk <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> és a hálózat-nak <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> van beírva\n" "akkor minden gép hozzáfér ehhez a gépéhez." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:86 @@ -439,21 +422,13 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the " -"master NIS server." -msgstr "" -"Adja meg az elsődleges (master) NIS-kiszolgáló tartományát és " -"IP-címét vagy kiszolgálónevét." +msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." +msgstr "Adja meg az elsődleges (master) NIS-kiszolgáló tartományát és IP-címét vagy kiszolgálónevét." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 -msgid "" -"If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check " -"the corresponding option." -msgstr "" -"Ha a kiszolgáló egyben egy ezt a gépet kiszolgálóként használó NIS-kliens " -"is, jelölje meg a megfelelő lehetőséget." +msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." +msgstr "Ha a kiszolgáló egyben egy ezt a gépet kiszolgálóként használó NIS-kliens is, jelölje meg a megfelelő lehetőséget." #. textentry label #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 @@ -494,16 +469,8 @@ #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 -msgid "" -"Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use " -"Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and " -"Delete to remove an entry." -msgstr "" -"Itt adhatja meg a kiszolgálóneveket, amelyeket a NIS-kiszolgáló " -"másodlagosként (slave) fog beállítani. Használja a Hozzáadás gombot " -"egy új bejegyzés hozzáadásához, a Szerkesztés gombot, hogy " -"átszerkesszen egy meglévő bejegyzést, és a Törlés gombot az " -"eltávolításhoz." +msgid "Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and Delete to remove an entry." +msgstr "Itt adhatja meg a kiszolgálóneveket, amelyeket a NIS-kiszolgáló másodlagosként (slave) fog beállítani. Használja a Hozzáadás gombot egy új bejegyzés hozzáadásához, a Szerkesztés gombot, hogy átszerkesszen egy meglévő bejegyzést, és a Törlés gombot az eltávolításhoz." #. To translators: selection box label #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 @@ -514,9 +481,7 @@ #. To translators: dialog label #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:204 msgid "NIS Master Server Slaves Setup" -msgstr "" -"Elsődleges (master) NIS-kiszolgáló másodlagos (slave) kiszolgálóinak " -"beállítása" +msgstr "Elsődleges (master) NIS-kiszolgáló másodlagos (slave) kiszolgálóinak beállítása" #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:78 @@ -573,8 +538,7 @@ "The NIS server package will be installed first if you want to\n" "configure it." msgstr "" -"A NIS-kiszolgáló csomag automatikusan telepítésre kerül, ha be " -"akarja\n" +"A NIS-kiszolgáló csomag automatikusan telepítésre kerül, ha be akarja\n" "állítani azt." #. To translators: label in the dialog Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/ntp-client.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/ntp-client.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/ntp-client.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -37,46 +37,22 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using " -"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable " -"the Save NTP Configuration option" -msgstr "" -"Az Azonnali szinkronizáció segítségével a rendszeridő megfelelően " -"beállításra kerül a kiválasztott NTP-kiszolgálóról. Amennyiben folyamatosan " -"kívánja használni az NTP-szolgáltatást, akkor használja az NTP-" -"beállítások mentése lehetőséget." +msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" +msgstr "Az Azonnali szinkronizáció segítségével a rendszeridő megfelelően beállításra kerül a kiválasztott NTP-kiszolgálóról. Amennyiben folyamatosan kívánja használni az NTP-szolgáltatást, akkor használja az NTP-beállítások mentése lehetőséget." #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started " -"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The " -"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the " -"yast2 ntp-client module." -msgstr "" -"Az NTP futtatása démonként beállítás használatával, az NTP-" -"szolgáltatás démonként fog elindulni. Ellenkező esetben a rendszeridő " -"meghatározott időközönként fog szinkronizálni. Az alapértelmezett " -"szinkronizációs időköz 15 perc. Telepítést követően ez az érték a yast2 " -"ntp-client modulban változtatható." +msgid "Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the yast2 ntp-client module." +msgstr "Az NTP futtatása démonként beállítás használatával, az NTP-szolgáltatás démonként fog elindulni. Ellenkező esetben a rendszeridő meghatározott időközönként fog szinkronizálni. Az alapértelmezett szinkronizációs időköz 15 perc. Telepítést követően ez az érték a yast2 ntp-client modulban változtatható." #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"A Beállítás gomb megnyomásával léphet a speciális NTP-" -"beállításokhoz." +msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." +msgstr "A Beállítás gomb megnyomásával léphet a speciális NTP-beállításokhoz." #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is " -"configured." -msgstr "" -"Az NTP-kiszolgálóval történő szinkronizáció akkor történik meg, ha a " -"hálózati kapcsolat be van állítva." +msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." +msgstr "Az NTP-kiszolgálóval történő szinkronizáció akkor történik meg, ha a hálózati kapcsolat be van állítva." #. translators: error popup #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141 @@ -630,8 +606,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Az előkészítés megszakítása:</big> \n" -"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás</" -"b> gombbal." +"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás gombbal." #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25 @@ -651,8 +626,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Mentés megszakítása:</big> \n" "A Megszakítás gomb megnyomásával megszakíthatja a folyamatot.\n" -"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e " -"megtenni." +"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e megtenni." #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35 @@ -661,10 +635,8 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" -"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be " -"activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It " -"is 15 minutes by default.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" " You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" @@ -678,29 +650,20 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Chroot környezet</big> \n" "Ahhoz, hogy az NTP-démon chroot (jail) környezetben fusson, jelölje be az\n" -"NTP-démon futtatása Chroot környezetben pontot. A chroot " -"környezetben\n" +"NTP-démon futtatása Chroot környezetben pontot. A chroot környezetben\n" "történő indítás jóval biztonságosabb, emiatt erősen ajánlott." #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" -"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote " -"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</" -"tt> file and to localhost. \n" -"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This " -"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" +"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost. \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Biztonságos NTP beállítása</big> \n" -"Az NTP-szolgáltatás korlátozása csak a beállított kiszolgálókra " -"kiválasztásával megtiltja az összes távoli kiszolgálónak a számítógép\n" -"NTP beállításainak módosítását. Az NTP-szolgáltatás csak az <tt>/etc/ntp." -"conf</tt> fájlban felsorolt kiszolgálókra és a helyi számítógépre lesz " -"korlátozva. \n" -"A hozzáférés-felügyeleti jelzők a kiszolgálók áttekintő táblázatának " -"megfelelő kiszolgálóbejegyzésének szerkesztésével hangolhatók. Ez a " -"lehetőség nem érhető el, ha az NTP DHCP-n keresztül van beállítva.\n" +"Az NTP-szolgáltatás korlátozása csak a beállított kiszolgálókra kiválasztásával megtiltja az összes távoli kiszolgálónak a számítógép\n" +"NTP beállításainak módosítását. Az NTP-szolgáltatás csak az <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> fájlban felsorolt kiszolgálókra és a helyi számítógépre lesz korlátozva. \n" +"A hozzáférés-felügyeleti jelzők a kiszolgálók áttekintő táblázatának megfelelő kiszolgálóbejegyzésének szerkesztésével hangolhatók. Ez a lehetőség nem érhető el, ha az NTP DHCP-n keresztül van beállítva.\n" #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 @@ -715,25 +678,21 @@ "Ahhoz, hogy az NTP-kiszolgálók információit DHCP protokollal kérdezze le a \n" "hálózati kiszolgálóról, ahelyett, hogy kézzel állítaná be, jelölje meg az\n" "NTP-démon beállítása DHCP-n keresztül lehetőséget. Azt, hogy az\n" -"NTP-információk elérhetők-e DHCP-n keresztül, a rendszergazdától tudhatja " -"meg." +"NTP-információk elérhetők-e DHCP-n keresztül, a rendszergazdától tudhatja meg." #. help text 4/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" -"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new " -"synchronization\n" +"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new synchronization\n" "peer, click Add. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" "select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Beállított kiszolgálók</big> \n" "Az NTP-kiszolgálók, társkiszolgálók, helyi rádiós órák és az NTP Broadcast\n" -"beállításához válassza a megfelelő sort, és nyomja meg a Szerkesztés " -"gombot.\n" -"Új bejegyzés létrehozásához a Hozzáadás, eltávolításához a Törlés</" -"b>\n" +"beállításához válassza a megfelelő sort, és nyomja meg a Szerkesztés gombot.\n" +"Új bejegyzés létrehozásához a Hozzáadás, eltávolításához a Törlés\n" "gombot használja." #. help text 5/5 @@ -743,22 +702,18 @@ "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Napló megjelenítése</big>\n" -"Az NTP-démon naplójának megjelenítéséhez nyomja meg a Napló " -"megjelenítése gombot.\n" +"Az NTP-démon naplójának megjelenítéséhez nyomja meg a Napló megjelenítése gombot.\n" #. help text to a button #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" -"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or " -"against\n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" "a locally connected clock, use Advanced Configuration." msgstr "" "<big>Speciális beállítás</big> \n" -"Ahhoz, hogy ezt a gépet úgy tudja beállítani, hogy az a szinkronizációhoz " -"több\n" -"távoli kiszolgálót, vagy esetleg egy helyileg csatlakoztatott órát " -"használjon,\n" +"Ahhoz, hogy ezt a gépet úgy tudja beállítani, hogy az a szinkronizációhoz több\n" +"távoli kiszolgálót, vagy esetleg egy helyileg csatlakoztatott órát használjon,\n" "válassza a Speciális beállítás pontot." #. help text 1/4 @@ -785,8 +740,7 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" -"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic " -"link to \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "Create Symlink and set the Device. To browse for the device,\n" "click Browse.\n" @@ -794,8 +748,7 @@ "it must be created manually." msgstr "" "<big>Eszköz</big> \n" -"Ahhoz, hogy az óra működjön, lehet, hogy létre kell hozni egy szimbolikus " -"láncot\n" +"Ahhoz, hogy az óra működjön, lehet, hogy létre kell hozni egy szimbolikus láncot\n" "ahhoz az eszközhöz, amelyhez csatlakoztatva van az óra. Ehhez jelölje be a\n" "Szimbolikus lánc létrehozása pontot és adja meg az eszközt.\n" "Az eszköz kereséséhez használja a Tallózás opciót.\n" @@ -809,8 +762,7 @@ "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" "<big>Meghajtó finomhangolása</big> \n" -"A meghajtó részletes beállításához kattintson a Meghajtó finomhangolása</" -"b> gombra." +"A meghajtó részletes beállításához kattintson a Meghajtó finomhangolása gombra." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 @@ -834,12 +786,9 @@ "choose between Local NTP Server and Public NTP Server." msgstr "" "<big>Kiszolgáló kiválasztása</big> \n" -"A helyi hálózaton megtalált, vagy az ismert NTP-kiszolgálók listájában " -"felsorolt\n" -"NTP-kiszolgálók egyikének kiválasztásához kattintson a Kiválasztás " -"gombra,\n" -"majd válasszon a Helyi NTP-kiszolgáló és Nyilvános NTP-kiszolgáló</" -"b> lehetőségek közül." +"A helyi hálózaton megtalált, vagy az ismert NTP-kiszolgálók listájában felsorolt\n" +"NTP-kiszolgálók egyikének kiválasztásához kattintson a Kiválasztás gombra,\n" +"majd válasszon a Helyi NTP-kiszolgáló és Nyilvános NTP-kiszolgáló lehetőségek közül." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 @@ -849,8 +798,7 @@ "click Test." msgstr "" "<big>Kiszolgáló elérhetőségének tesztelése</big> \n" -"Annak ellenőrzéséhez, hogy a kiválasztott kiszolgáló működik-e és rendben " -"válaszol-e,\n" +"Annak ellenőrzéséhez, hogy a kiválasztott kiszolgáló működik-e és rendben válaszol-e,\n" "kattintson a Teszt gombra." #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 @@ -872,8 +820,7 @@ "text field." msgstr "" "<big>Cím</big> \n" -"A Broadcast célcímének beállításához használja a Cím szöveges " -"beviteli mezőt." +"A Broadcast célcímének beállításához használja a Cím szöveges beviteli mezőt." #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 @@ -883,31 +830,27 @@ "Address." msgstr "" "<big>Cím</big> \n" -"Az elfogadott Broadcast forrásának beállításához használja a Cím " -"mezőt." +"Az elfogadott Broadcast forrásának beállításához használja a Cím mezőt." #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" -"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in " -"the\n" +"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" "Options text field. For details, see\n" "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Opciók</big> \n" "Ha finomhangolni akarja a szinkronizációs forrást,\n" "használja az Opciók mezőt.\n" -"További információt a /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm " -"fájlban található.\n" +"További információt a /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm fájlban található.\n" #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the " -"remote\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to notrap\n" "nomodify noquery. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" "Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only option in\n" @@ -917,11 +860,9 @@ "Adja meg a kiszolgáló hozzáférés-felügyeleti jelzőit (az\n" "/etc/ntp.conf fájl <tt>restrict</tt> utasításában), jelezve a\n" "távoli kiszolgálók által az NTP-démonon végrehajtható művelettípusokat.\n" -"Alapértelmezett értéke a notrap nomodify noquery. Ez a lehetőség " -"csak\n" +"Alapértelmezett értéke a notrap nomodify noquery. Ez a lehetőség csak\n" "akkor érhető el, ha a Biztonsági beállítások alatt kiválasztotta az\n" -"NTP-szolgáltatás korlátozása csak a beállított kiszolgálókra " -"lehetőséget.\n" +"NTP-szolgáltatás korlátozása csak a beállított kiszolgálókra lehetőséget.\n" #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 @@ -947,8 +888,7 @@ "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." msgstr "" -"Ha fel kíván venni egy NTP-társkiszolgálót a kölcsönös " -"szinkronizáláshoz,\n" +"Ha fel kíván venni egy NTP-társkiszolgálót a kölcsönös szinkronizáláshoz,\n" "válassza a Társkiszolgáló pontot." #. help text 4/6 @@ -987,8 +927,7 @@ "the NTP server from the list of known NTP servers." msgstr "" "<big>Kiszolgáló helye</big>\n" -"Válassza ki, hogy az NTP-kiszolgálót a helyi hálózaton keresi, vagy az " -"ismert\n" +"Válassza ki, hogy az NTP-kiszolgálót a helyi hálózaton keresi, vagy az ismert\n" "NTP-kiszolgálók listájából fogja kiválasztani." #. help text 2/5 @@ -1002,21 +941,18 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Kiszolgálók keresése a helyi hálózaton</big> \n" "A helyi hálózatban lévő NTP-kiszolgálók megtalálásához (a\n" -"Service Location protokoll (SLP) segítségével), kattintson a Tallózás " -"gombra,\n" +"Service Location protokoll (SLP) segítségével), kattintson a Tallózás gombra,\n" "majd válasszon ki egyet a megtalált kiszolgálók listájából." #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" -"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To " -"display\n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in Country." msgstr "" "<big>Nyilvános NTP-kiszolgáló kiválasztása</big> \n" -"Válassza ki a használni kívánt NTP-kiszolgálót a Nyilvános NTP-" -"kiszolgálók\n" +"Válassza ki a használni kívánt NTP-kiszolgálót a Nyilvános NTP-kiszolgálók\n" "listából. Egy adott ország NTP-kiszolgálóinak megjelenítéséhez válasszon az\n" "adott Országon belülről." @@ -1033,13 +969,10 @@ "to find an NTP server near you." msgstr "" "<big>Megjegyzés</big> \n" -"Lehet, hogy a felsorolt NTP-kiszolgálók nem minden ország számára " -"elérhetők,\n" +"Lehet, hogy a felsorolt NTP-kiszolgálók nem minden ország számára elérhetők,\n" "hanem csak egy adott ország vagy régió számára.\n" -"Mielőtt megkezdené a lista bármelyik NTP-kiszolgálójának használatát, " -"kérdezze\n" -"meg a rendszergazdát vagy az internetszolgáltatót, hogy van-e közelebb NTP-" -"kiszolgáló,\n" +"Mielőtt megkezdené a lista bármelyik NTP-kiszolgálójának használatát, kérdezze\n" +"meg a rendszergazdát vagy az internetszolgáltatót, hogy van-e közelebb NTP-kiszolgáló,\n" "és ha lehet, inkább ezt használja a listában találhatók helyett.\n" "Egy közeli NTP-kiszolgáló kikeresésében segíthet a\n" "http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html\n" @@ -1061,27 +994,22 @@ msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" -"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names " -"are\n" -"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means " -"that\n" +"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Véletlen kiszolgáló használata</big> \n" "Ezt a szolgáltatást a pool.ntp.org nyújtja. Ha bejelöli ezt a funkciót,\n" "három különböző kiszolgáló ad vissza a beállításokhoz. A kiszolgálók nevei\n" -"állandóak, de a DNS bejegyzésük (IP-cím) minden órában változik. Ez azt " -"jelenti, hogy\n" +"állandóak, de a DNS bejegyzésük (IP-cím) minden órában változik. Ez azt jelenti, hogy\n" "az NTP minden órában másik kiszolgálóval szinkronizál.\n" #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" -"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various " -"calibration\n" -"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the " -"particular\n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options." msgstr "" "<big>Órameghajtó finomhangolása</big> \n" @@ -1094,11 +1022,9 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</" -"i>.\n" +"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" msgstr "" -"Ha további információra van szüksége az egyes opciók jelentéséről, telepítse " -"az\n" +"Ha további információra van szüksége az egyes opciók jelentéséről, telepítse az\n" "ntp-doc csomagot, majd olvassa el a\n" "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm fájlt.\n" @@ -1153,8 +1079,7 @@ "\n" "Really replace the current NTP server?" msgstr "" -"A véletlenül kiválasztott kiszolgáló a pool.ntp.org-ból lecseréli a " -"jelenlegi NTP-kiszolgálót.\n" +"A véletlenül kiválasztott kiszolgáló a pool.ntp.org-ból lecseréli a jelenlegi NTP-kiszolgálót.\n" "\n" "Biztosan cserélni szeretné?" @@ -1610,14 +1535,8 @@ "A helyi hálózaton nem kereshető NTP-kiszolgáló,\n" "amíg a(z) %1 csomag nincs telepítve.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or " -#~ "network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server " -#~ "configuration?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A(z) '%1' kiszolgáló test lekérdezése sikertelen. Amennyiben a kiszolgáló " -#~ "még nem érhető el vagy a hálózat nincs még beállítva, akkor nyomja meg a " -#~ "'Nem' gombot. Átnézi a az NTP-kiszolgáló beállítást?" +#~ msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#~ msgstr "A(z) '%1' kiszolgáló test lekérdezése sikertelen. Amennyiben a kiszolgáló még nem érhető el vagy a hálózat nincs még beállítva, akkor nyomja meg a 'Nem' gombot. Átnézi a az NTP-kiszolgáló beállítást?" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" @@ -1626,8 +1545,7 @@ #~ "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Az NTP-démon indítása</big> \n" -#~ "Megadhatja, hogy az NTP-démon elinduljon-e most és minden " -#~ "rendszerindításkor.\n" +#~ "Megadhatja, hogy az NTP-démon elinduljon-e most és minden rendszerindításkor.\n" #~ "Ez a démon gépneveket old fel, amikor elindul. A hálózati kapcsolatnak\n" #~ "ezért már működnie kell, mielőtt az NTP-démon elindul.\n" @@ -1645,6 +1563,4 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:114 # clients/lan_dns.ycp:301 #~ msgid "'ntpdate %1' failed. Revisit NTP server configuration?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az 'ntpdate %1' parancs sikertelen. Áttekinti az NTP-kiszolgáló " -#~ "beállításait?" +#~ msgstr "Az 'ntpdate %1' parancs sikertelen. Áttekinti az NTP-kiszolgáló beállításait?" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/oneclickinstall.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/oneclickinstall.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/oneclickinstall.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -40,12 +40,8 @@ msgstr "Az a fájl, amelybe az YMP belső megfeleltetésre kerül" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:44 -msgid "" -"File containing internal representation of One Click Install " -"instructions" -msgstr "" -"A fájl tartalmazza a One Click Install utasításainak belső " -"megfeleltetését" +msgid "File containing internal representation of One Click Install instructions" +msgstr "A fájl tartalmazza a One Click Install utasításainak belső megfeleltetését" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:65 msgid "Error: Nothing to do specified in the YMP file." @@ -53,8 +49,7 @@ #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:71 msgid "If you continue, the following repositories will be subscribed:" -msgstr "" -"Amennyiben folytatja, a következő telepítési forrásokra fog feliratkozni:" +msgstr "Amennyiben folytatja, a következő telepítési forrásokra fog feliratkozni:" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:81 msgid "If you continue, the following software packages will be installed:" @@ -120,8 +115,7 @@ #. If we don't want to remain subscribed, remove the repositories that were added for installation. #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:184 msgid "Warning: Unable to remove temporarily added repositories." -msgstr "" -"Figyelem: az ideiglenesen felvett telepítési forrás eltávolítása sikertelen." +msgstr "Figyelem: az ideiglenesen felvett telepítési forrás eltávolítása sikertelen." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801 #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:188 @@ -138,11 +132,8 @@ msgstr "Ez a varázsló szoftvereket fog telepíteni a számítógépére." #: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:47 -msgid "" -"See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information." -msgstr "" -"További információkat a <tt>http://hu.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> " -"oldalon találhat." +msgid "See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information." +msgstr "További információkat a <tt>http://hu.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> oldalon találhat." #. <region name="Define the UI components"> * #: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:59 @@ -221,51 +212,28 @@ msgstr "A telepítés lépései" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:56 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required " -"repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Hiba történt a szükséges telepítési forrásokra való feliratkozásra tett " -"kísérlet során. További információkért tekintse meg a YaST naplófájljait." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Hiba történt a szükséges telepítési forrásokra való feliratkozásra tett kísérlet során. További információkért tekintse meg a YaST naplófájljait." #. Remove any removals #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:96 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Hiba történt a megadott csomagok eltávolítására tett kísérlet során. További " -"információkért tekintse meg a YaST naplófájljait." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Hiba történt a megadott csomagok eltávolítására tett kísérlet során. További információkért tekintse meg a YaST naplófájljait." #. if that was successful now try and install the patterns #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:113 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Hiba történt a megadott minták telepítésére tett kísérlet során. További " -"információkért tekintse meg a YaST naplófájljait." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Hiba történt a megadott minták telepítésére tett kísérlet során. További információkért tekintse meg a YaST naplófájljait." #. if that was successful now try and install the packages #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:129 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Hiba történt a megadott csomagok telepítésére tett kísérlet során. További " -"információkért tekintse meg a YaST naplófájljait." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Hiba történt a megadott csomagok telepítésére tett kísérlet során. További információkért tekintse meg a YaST naplófájljait." #. If we don't want to remain subscribed, remove the repositories that were added for installation. #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:148 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that " -"were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST " -"> Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Hiba történt a telepítéshez szükséges telepítési forrásokról való " -"leiratkozásra tett kísérlet során. Ezeket a YaST > Telepítési források menü " -"alatt távolíthatja el. További információkért tekintse meg a YaST " -"naplófájljait." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST > Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Hiba történt a telepítéshez szükséges telepítési forrásokról való leiratkozásra tett kísérlet során. Ezeket a YaST > Telepítési források menü alatt távolíthatja el. További információkért tekintse meg a YaST naplófájljait." #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:159 msgid "No error occurred." @@ -282,8 +250,7 @@ #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:32 msgid "Remain subscribed to these repositories after installation" -msgstr "" -"A feliratkozás megtartása telepítés után ezekre a telepítési forrásokra" +msgstr "A feliratkozás megtartása telepítés után ezekre a telepítési forrásokra" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:41 msgid "Software to Be Installed" @@ -303,14 +270,9 @@ #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:71 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for " -#| "this version of openSUSE." -msgid "" -"The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s." -msgstr "" -"A megnyitott telepítő hivatkozás vagy fájl nem tartalmaz az adott openSUSE " -"verzióhoz tartozó instrukciókat." +#| msgid "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for this version of openSUSE." +msgid "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s." +msgstr "A megnyitott telepítő hivatkozás vagy fájl nem tartalmaz az adott openSUSE verzióhoz tartozó instrukciókat." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:81 msgid "Software is being installed." @@ -339,12 +301,8 @@ msgstr "Ne mutassa legközelebb ezt az üzenetet" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:348 -msgid "" -"These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not " -"remain subscribed." -msgstr "" -"Ezek a telepítési források csak a telepítés idejére lesznek felvéve és nem " -"marad rájuk feliratkozva." +msgid "These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not remain subscribed." +msgstr "Ezek a telepítési források csak a telepítés idejére lesznek felvéve és nem marad rájuk feliratkozva." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:352 msgid "You will remain subscribed to these repositories after installation." @@ -352,9 +310,7 @@ #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:360 msgid "If you continue, the following changes will be made to your system:" -msgstr "" -"Amennyiben folytatja, akkor a rendszerén a következő változtatásokra kerül " -"sor:" +msgstr "Amennyiben folytatja, akkor a rendszerén a következő változtatásokra kerül sor:" #. Put remove message at top, incase people try to push it off the bottom of the warning by adding lots of packages. #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:372 @@ -396,12 +352,8 @@ msgstr "A telepítés csak részben volt sikeres." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:507 -msgid "" -"The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/" -"var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: " -msgstr "" -"A telepítés meghiúsult, további részletek a <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt> " -"fájlban találhatók. A meghiúsult lépés: " +msgid "The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: " +msgstr "A telepítés meghiúsult, további részletek a <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt> fájlban találhatók. A meghiúsult lépés: " #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:515 msgid "Error Message" @@ -471,12 +423,8 @@ msgstr "ismeretlen" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerResponse.rb:13 -msgid "" -"Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown " -"error occurred." -msgstr "" -"Adminisztrátori jogok szükségesek, amelyek vagy nincsenek, vagy ismeretlen " -"hiba történt." +msgid "Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown error occurred." +msgstr "Adminisztrátori jogok szükségesek, amelyek vagy nincsenek, vagy ismeretlen hiba történt." #~ msgid "Please wait while this software is being installed." #~ msgstr "Várjon, amíg a szoftver telepítése befejeződik." Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/online-update-configuration.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/online-update-configuration.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/online-update-configuration.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -138,9 +138,7 @@ #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:85 msgid "Press %1 to use the default update repository." -msgstr "" -"Nyomja meg a(z) %1 gombot az alapértelmezett frissítési forrás " -"használatához." +msgstr "Nyomja meg a(z) %1 gombot az alapértelmezett frissítési forrás használatához." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:89 msgid "Find related actions in the %1 menu." @@ -151,31 +149,16 @@ msgstr "A(z) %1 részben állítsa be az automatikus frissítést." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 -msgid "" -"Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be " -"ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with." -msgstr "" -"Válassza ki a frissítési időközt és állítsa be, hogy az interaktív " -"javítások kihagyásra kerüljenek-e és hogy licencmegállapodások automatikusan " -"elfogadásra kerüljenek." +msgid "Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with." +msgstr "Válassza ki a frissítési időközt és állítsa be, hogy az interaktív javítások kihagyásra kerüljenek-e és hogy licencmegállapodások automatikusan elfogadásra kerüljenek." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed " -"when %1 is enabled." -msgstr "" -"A frissített csomagok által javasolt összes csomag telepítésre kerül, ha a" -"(z) %1 engedélyezve van." +msgid "All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed when %1 is enabled." +msgstr "A frissített csomagok által javasolt összes csomag telepítésre kerül, ha a(z) %1 engedélyezve van." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 -msgid "" -"Category filter for patches can be configured in the section %1. " -"Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be " -"skipped." -msgstr "" -"A javítások kategóriaszűrői a(z) %1 részben állíthatók be. Csak a " -"megjelenített kategória javításai kerülnek telepítésre. A többi kihagyásra " -"kerül." +msgid "Category filter for patches can be configured in the section %1. Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be skipped." +msgstr "A javítások kategóriaszűrői a(z) %1 részben állíthatók be. Csak a megjelenített kategória javításai kerülnek telepítésre. A többi kihagyásra kerül." #. cache the base product details #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73 @@ -224,12 +207,5 @@ msgid "Other" msgstr "Egyéb" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In %1 set up the automatic online update. Choose the interval " -#~ "to use and if interactive patches should be ignored, otherwise the " -#~ "updater will use the default answers." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "%1 Automatikus online frissítés beállítása. Állítsa be a " -#~ "frissítési időközt és az interaktív frissítések megfelelő kezelését, " -#~ "ellenkező esetben a frissítések telepítésekor az alapértelmezett válaszok " -#~ "kerülnek kiválasztásra." +#~ msgid "In %1 set up the automatic online update. Choose the interval to use and if interactive patches should be ignored, otherwise the updater will use the default answers." +#~ msgstr "%1 Automatikus online frissítés beállítása. Állítsa be a frissítési időközt és az interaktív frissítések megfelelő kezelését, ellenkező esetben a frissítések telepítésekor az alapértelmezett válaszok kerülnek kiválasztásra." Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/online-update.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/online-update.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/online-update.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -73,19 +73,12 @@ #. command line help text for cd_directory option #: src/clients/online_update.rb:85 msgid "Directory for patch data on Patch CD (default value is '%1')" -msgstr "" -"A javítás adatainak könyvtára a Patch CD-n (alapértelmezett érték: '%1')" +msgstr "A javítás adatainak könyvtára a Patch CD-n (alapértelmezett érték: '%1')" #. help text for online-update initialization #: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 -msgid "" -"The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " -"Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source " -"module." -msgstr "" -"A rendszer előkészíti a telepítési és a frissítési forrásokat. A " -"telepítési források a Telepítési forrás modulban változtathatók meg.</" -"p>" +msgid "The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source module." +msgstr "A rendszer előkészíti a telepítési és a frissítési forrásokat. A telepítési források a Telepítési forrás modulban változtathatók meg." #. progress stage label #: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 @@ -174,17 +167,12 @@ msgstr "" "A frissítési kiszolgálóhoz való kapcsolódás után\n" "a YaST le fogja tölteni a kiválasztott javításokat.\n" -"Ez eltarthat egy ideig. A letöltés részletei a naplóablakban tekinthetők meg." -"" +"Ez eltarthat egy ideig. A letöltés részletei a naplóablakban tekinthetők meg." #. help text for online update #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "" -"If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " -"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" -msgstr "" -"Amennyiben különleges üzenetet tartalmaz a frissítés, az egy külön " -"párbeszédablakban jelenik meg a telepítés során.\n" +msgid "If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" +msgstr "Amennyiben különleges üzenetet tartalmaz a frissítés, az egy külön párbeszédablakban jelenik meg a telepítés során.\n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_confirm_abort.ycp:80 #. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) @@ -262,8 +250,7 @@ "At least one of the updates installed requires restart of the session.\n" "Log out and in again as soon as possible.\n" msgstr "" -"Legalább az egyik telepített frissítés megfelelő működéséhez a munkamenet " -"újraindítása szükséges.\n" +"Legalább az egyik telepített frissítés megfelelő működéséhez a munkamenet újraindítása szükséges.\n" "Jelentkezzen be újra a rendszerbe, amint lehetséges.\n" #. popup message @@ -293,8 +280,7 @@ "\n" "Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" -"A következő frissítések megfelelő működéséhez a rendszer újraindítása " -"szükséges: \n" +"A következő frissítések megfelelő működéséhez a rendszer újraindítása szükséges: \n" "%1.\n" "\n" "Amint lehetséges, indítsa újra a rendszert." @@ -302,8 +288,7 @@ #. continue/cancel popup text #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " -"YaST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" @@ -311,8 +296,7 @@ "Continue with installing your selection?" msgstr "" "A csomagkezelő frissítései miatt a YaST újraindítása szükséges.\n" -"Először ezeket kell telepíteni és a további frissítéseket pedig a YaST " -"újraindítását követően.\n" +"Először ezeket kell telepíteni és a további frissítéseket pedig a YaST újraindítását követően.\n" "\n" "További frissítéseket is kiválasztott.\n" "\n" Added: trunk/yast/hu/po/opensuse_mirror.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/opensuse_mirror.hu.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/opensuse_mirror.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +# @TITLE@ +# Copyright (C) 2006, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 09:42+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Marcel Hilzinger <hili(a)suselinux.hu>\n" +"Language-Team: Hungarian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: hu\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "Könyvtár" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Hiba" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "igen" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "nem" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "Kilépés" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "Hiba" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "Összes ki&jelölése vagy a kijelölés megszüntetése" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/packager.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/packager.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/packager.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 #: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A(z) %1 könyvtárról történő másolat készítése közben hiba lépett fel. Részletek: %2." #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 @@ -264,8 +264,7 @@ "\n" "Would you like to configure it?" msgstr "" -"A termék által meghatározott online telepítési források eléréséhez " -"internetkapcsolatra van szüksége.\n" +"A termék által meghatározott online telepítési források eléréséhez internetkapcsolatra van szüksége.\n" "\n" "Szeretné most beállítani?" @@ -422,18 +421,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Válasszon egyet, vagy adjon hozzá egy újat, majd kattintson a " -"Következő gombra.\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" +msgstr "Válasszon egyet, vagy adjon hozzá egy újat, majd kattintson a Következő gombra.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.</" -"p>\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" msgstr "" "Válassza ki a használni kívánt online telepítési forrást,\n" "és nyomja meg az Kész gombot.\n" @@ -539,12 +532,8 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"A csomagfeloldás sikertelen. Ellenőrizze a szoftvereket az AutoYaST-" -"profilban." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." +msgstr "A csomagfeloldás sikertelen. Ellenőrizze a szoftvereket az AutoYaST-profilban." #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) @@ -618,12 +607,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Telepítési források - ez a modul nem támogatja a parancssori felületet, " -"helyette használja a(z) '%1' modult." +msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Telepítési források - ez a modul nem támogatja a parancssori felületet, helyette használja a(z) '%1' modult." # clients/printconf.ycp:305 #. pad to 3 characters @@ -796,33 +781,21 @@ "Itt állíthatja be a telepítési forrásokat és szolgáltatásokat.\n" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 -msgid "" -"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol " -"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " -"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"A szolgáltatás vagy a Repository Index Service (RIS) egy " -"protokoll a csomagtelepítő kezeléséhez. Egy szolgáltatás egy vagy több " -"telepítési forrást tartalmazhat, amelyet a szolgáltatás adminisztrátora " -"dinamikusan módosíthat." +msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." +msgstr "A szolgáltatás vagy a Repository Index Service (RIS) egy protokoll a csomagtelepítő kezeléséhez. Egy szolgáltatás egy vagy több telepítési forrást tartalmazhat, amelyet a szolgáltatás adminisztrátora dinamikusan módosíthat." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository " -"or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " -"available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Új telepítési forrás vagy szolgáltatás hozzáadása \n" -"Egy új telepítési forrás hozzáadásához nyomja meg a Hozzáadás gombot " -"és adja meg a telepítési forrást vagy a szolgáltatást.\n" -"A YaST automatikusan felismeri hogy a megadott helyen telepítési forrás vagy " -"szolgáltatás érhető el.\n" +"Egy új telepítési forrás hozzáadásához nyomja meg a Hozzáadás gombot és adja meg a telepítési forrást vagy a szolgáltatást.\n" +"A YaST automatikusan felismeri hogy a megadott helyen telepítési forrás vagy szolgáltatás érhető el.\n" "\n" #. help, continued @@ -864,19 +837,14 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, " -"use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " -"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use " -"the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Telepítési forrás vagy szolgáltatás állapotának módosítása \n" -"Egy telepítési forrás helyének módosításához nyomja meg a Szerkesztés</" -"b>,\n" -"eltávolításához pedig a Törlés gombot. A telepítési forrás " -"engedélyezéséhez vagy\n" +"Egy telepítési forrás helyének módosításához nyomja meg a Szerkesztés,\n" +"eltávolításához pedig a Törlés gombot. A telepítési forrás engedélyezéséhez vagy\n" "letiltásához kapcsolja be vagy ki az előkészítési idő frissítését.\n" "\n" @@ -884,47 +852,27 @@ #: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " -"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " -"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is " -"used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" "Telepítési forrás prioritása \n" -"A telepítési forrás prioritása egy egész szám 0 (a legmagasabb prioritás) és " -"99 a (a legalacsonyabb prioritás) között. Az alapértelmezett prioritás a 99. " -"Amennyiben egy csomag több telepítési forrásból is elérhető a legmagasabb " -"prioritású csomag kerül telepítésre.\n" +"A telepítési forrás prioritása egy egész szám 0 (a legmagasabb prioritás) és 99 a (a legalacsonyabb prioritás) között. Az alapértelmezett prioritás a 99. Amennyiben egy csomag több telepítési forrásból is elérhető a legmagasabb prioritású csomag kerül telepítésre.\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 -msgid "" -"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " -"repositories and services." -msgstr "" -"Válassza ki az ablak tetején található megfelelő lehetőséget a telepítési " -"forrásokban és szolgáltatásokban történő navigációhoz." +msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." +msgstr "Válassza ki az ablak tetején található megfelelő lehetőséget a telepítési forrásokban és szolgáltatásokban történő navigációhoz." #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Letöltött csomagok megtartása A beállítás használatával a " -"letöltött csomagok a helyi gyorsítótárban maradnak, így nem kell őket " -"újratelepítés esetén ismételten letölteni. Ellenkező esetben a csomagokat " -"telepítés után letörlik." +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." +msgstr "Letöltött csomagok megtartása A beállítás használatával a letöltött csomagok a helyi gyorsítótárban maradnak, így nem kell őket újratelepítés esetén ismételten letölteni. Ellenkező esetben a csomagokat telepítés után letörlik." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 -msgid "" -"The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/" -"packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." -msgstr "" -"Az alapértelmezett helyi gyorsítótár a /var/cache/zypp/packages " -"könyvtárban található, amely az /etc/zypp/zypp.conf fájlban " -"módosítható." +msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." +msgstr "Az alapértelmezett helyi gyorsítótár a /var/cache/zypp/packages könyvtárban található, amely az /etc/zypp/zypp.conf fájlban módosítható." #. popup message part 1 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 @@ -1036,17 +984,14 @@ "Really add the repository again?" msgstr "" "A(z) %1 telepítési forrás\n" -"már korábban hozzá lett adva. Minden telepítési forrás csak egyszer adható " -"meg.\n" +"már korábban hozzá lett adva. Minden telepítési forrás csak egyszer adható meg.\n" "\n" "Valóban hozzáadja a telepítési forrást még egyszer?" #. Error popup #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1835 msgid "Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.\n" -msgstr "" -"Hiba történt a telepítési forrás konfigurációjának visszaállítása közben." -"\n" +msgstr "Hiba történt a telepítési forrás konfigurációjának visszaállítása közben.\n" #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame @@ -1059,10 +1004,8 @@ #. warning text #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "" -"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." -msgstr "" -"A függőségek nem oldhatók fel automatikusan. Kézi beavatkozás szükséges." +msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgstr "A függőségek nem oldhatók fel automatikusan. Kézi beavatkozás szükséges." #. this is a heading #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:145 @@ -1076,12 +1019,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Szoftvertelepítés - ez a modul nem támogatja a parancssori felületet, " -"helyette használja a(z) '%1' modult." +msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Szoftvertelepítés - ez a modul nem támogatja a parancssori felületet, helyette használja a(z) '%1' modult." #. error message (%1 is a package file name) #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 @@ -1222,11 +1161,8 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "" -"Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." -msgstr "" -"Hiba -- az MD5-összeg nem egyezik. Az adathordozót nem szabad " -"használni." +msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." +msgstr "Hiba -- az MD5-összeg nem egyezik. Az adathordozót nem szabad használni." #. the correct MD5 is unknown #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 @@ -1254,8 +1190,7 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " -"should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" msgstr "" "Ha probléma van a telepítéssel\n" @@ -1265,26 +1200,21 @@ #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check</" -"B>\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " msgstr "" "Válasszon ki egy meghajtót, helyezze be az adathordozót a meghajtóba és \n" -"nyomja meg az Ellenőrzés gombot, vagy használja az ISO " -"ellenőrzése gombot és válassza ki az ISO-lemezképfájlt.\n" +"nyomja meg az Ellenőrzés gombot, vagy használja az ISO ellenőrzése gombot és válassza ki az ISO-lemezképfájlt.\n" "Az ellenőrzés több percig is eltarthat a meghajtó sebességétől és\n" -"az adathordozó méretétől függően. Az ellenőrzés megvizsgálja az MD5 " -"ellenőrzőösszeget is. " +"az adathordozó méretétől függően. Az ellenőrzés megvizsgálja az MD5 ellenőrzőösszeget is. " #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " -"installation.\n" -"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</" -"P>\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" msgstr "" "Ha az adathordozó ellenőrzése hibát jelez, ne folytassa a telepítést.\n" "Lehet, hogy nem fog sikerülni, vagy adatok vesznek el. Cserélje ki a\n" @@ -1296,41 +1226,28 @@ "After the check, insert the next medium and start the procedure again. \n" "The order of the media is irrelevant.\n" msgstr "" -"Az ellenőrzés után behelyezheti a következő adathordozót, és újrakezdheti az " -"eljárást.\n" +"Az ellenőrzés után behelyezheti a következő adathordozót, és újrakezdheti az eljárást.\n" "Az adathordozók sorrendje nem számít.\n" # clients/printconf_ask_device.ycp:53 #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "" -"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -"" -msgstr "" -"Megjegyzés: Nem cserélhet adathordozót, amíg a rendszer használja " -"azt." +msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." +msgstr "Megjegyzés: Nem cserélhet adathordozót, amíg a rendszer használja azt." #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "" -"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " -"boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Az adathordozó ellenőrzéséhez használja az ennek megfelelő menüpontot a " -"rendszerindító menüben." +msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." +msgstr "Az adathordozó ellenőrzéséhez használja az ennek megfelelő menüpontot a rendszerindító menüben." #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your " -"recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</" -"P>\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" msgstr "" -"Ha saját maga készítette az adathordozót, használja az írószoftver " -"kitöltés\n" -"funkcióját. Ez megakadályozza az ellenőrzésnél az adathordozó végén " -"található\n" +"Ha saját maga készítette az adathordozót, használja az írószoftver kitöltés\n" +"funkcióját. Ez megakadályozza az ellenőrzésnél az adathordozó végén található\n" "olvasási hibákat.\n" #. advice check of the media @@ -1341,8 +1258,7 @@ "to avoid installation problems. To skip this step press 'Next'" msgstr "" "Célszerű ellenőrizni az összes telepítési adathordozót\n" -"a telepítési problémák elkerülése érdekében. A lépés kihagyásához nyomja meg " -"a 'Következő' gombot." +"a telepítési problémák elkerülése érdekében. A lépés kihagyásához nyomja meg a 'Következő' gombot." #. combo box #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 @@ -1487,8 +1403,7 @@ #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "Adding a New GPG Key \n" -#| "To add a new GPG key, use Add and specify the path to the key " -#| "file.\n" +#| "To add a new GPG key, use Add and specify the path to the key file.\n" #| "" msgid "" "\n" @@ -1498,8 +1413,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Új GPG-kulcs hozzáadása \n" -"Egy új GPG-kulcs hozzáadásához nyomja meg a Hozzáadás gombot és adja " -"meg a kulcsfájl elérési útvonalát.\n" +"Egy új GPG-kulcs hozzáadásához nyomja meg a Hozzáadás gombot és adja meg a kulcsfájl elérési útvonalát.\n" "" # clients/lan_nfs_exports.ycp:127 @@ -1527,8 +1441,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Új GPG-kulcs hozzáadása \n" -"Egy új GPG-kulcs hozzáadásához nyomja meg a Hozzáadás gombot és adja " -"meg a kulcsfájl elérési útvonalát.\n" +"Egy új GPG-kulcs hozzáadásához nyomja meg a Hozzáadás gombot és adja meg a kulcsfájl elérési útvonalát.\n" "" #. help, continued @@ -1628,10 +1541,8 @@ "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." msgstr "" -"ISO lemezképek használata nem lehetséges ftp vagy http protokollon " -"keresztül.\n" -"Változtassa meg a protokollt vagy csomagolja ki az ISO lemezképet a " -"kiszolgálón." +"ISO lemezképek használata nem lehetséges ftp vagy http protokollon keresztül.\n" +"Változtassa meg a protokollt vagy csomagolja ki az ISO lemezképet a kiszolgálón." #. popup message part 2 #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341 @@ -1687,8 +1598,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " -"repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" "A telepítési források között található kiegészítő telepítési forrás is.\n" @@ -1863,48 +1773,28 @@ #. warning text #: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 -msgid "" -"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" -"bit distribution." -msgstr "" -"Ez a számítógép egy 64 bites x86-64 rendszer, azonban egy 32 bites " -"disztribúciót próbál telepíteni." +msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." +msgstr "Ez a számítógép egy 64 bites x86-64 rendszer, azonban egy 32 bites disztribúciót próbál telepíteni." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 -msgid "" -"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " -"installing the system." -msgstr "" -"A mintalista megmutatja, hogy milyen funkciók lesznek elérhetőek a " -"rendszer telepítését követően." +msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." +msgstr "A mintalista megmutatja, hogy milyen funkciók lesznek elérhetőek a rendszer telepítését követően." #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 -msgid "" -"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " -"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " -"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " -"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) " -"free space before starting the installation." -msgstr "" -"A javaslat kiszámolja a telepítendő fájlok összméretét. A rendszer " -"azonban használ más fájlokat is (átmeneti- és munkafájlok), így a " -"felhasznált lemezterület valamivel nagyobb lesz. Ezért célszerű legalább 25%-" -"ot (vagy 300 MB-ot) ráhagyni a telepítés megkezdése előtt." +msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." +msgstr "A javaslat kiszámolja a telepítendő fájlok összméretét. A rendszer azonban használ más fájlokat is (átmeneti- és munkafájlok), így a felhasznált lemezterület valamivel nagyobb lesz. Ezért célszerű legalább 25%-ot (vagy 300 MB-ot) ráhagyni a telepítés megkezdése előtt." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " -"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" -"A teljes 'letöltési méret' a csomagok mérete, ami a távoli telepítési " -"forrásról kerül letöltésre hálózaton keresztül.\n" -" Ez az érték akkor fontos, ha kicsi a sávszélesség vagy letöltési korlát " -"van.\n" +"A teljes 'letöltési méret' a csomagok mérete, ami a távoli telepítési forrásról kerül letöltésre hálózaton keresztül.\n" +" Ez az érték akkor fontos, ha kicsi a sávszélesség vagy letöltési korlát van.\n" #. help text for software proposal - header #: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 @@ -1943,37 +1833,23 @@ #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Lépjen kapcsolatba a kiegészítő termékek gyártóival, hogy biztosítson új " -"telepítőkészletet." +msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." +msgstr "Lépjen kapcsolatba a kiegészítő termékek gyártóival, hogy biztosítson új telepítőkészletet." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Lépjen kapcsolatba a kiegészítő termék gyártójával, hogy biztosítson új " -"telepítőkészletet." +msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +msgstr "Lépjen kapcsolatba a kiegészítő termék gyártójával, hogy biztosítson új telepítőkészletet." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 -msgid "" -"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " -"start installation." -msgstr "" -"Hiba: nem lehet ellenőrizni a %1 könyvtárban (%2 eszközön) rendelkezésre " -"álló szabad területet, ezért nem kezdhető meg a telepítés." +msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." +msgstr "Hiba: nem lehet ellenőrizni a %1 könyvtárban (%2 eszközön) rendelkezésre álló szabad területet, ezért nem kezdhető meg a telepítés." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." -msgstr "" -"Figyelem: nem lehet ellenőrizni a %1 könyvtárban (%2 eszközön) rendelkezésre " -"álló szabad területet." +msgstr "Figyelem: nem lehet ellenőrizni a %1 könyvtárban (%2 eszközön) rendelkezésre álló szabad területet." # modules/inst_rpmcopy.ycp:36 # modules/inst_rpmcopy.ycp:60 @@ -1985,9 +1861,7 @@ #. summary warning #: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." -msgstr "" -"Nincs elég hely a merevlemezen. Töröljön néhány csomagot a kiválasztottak " -"közül." +msgstr "Nincs elég hely a merevlemezen. Töröljön néhány csomagot a kiválasztottak közül." #. add a backslash if it's missing #: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 @@ -2029,10 +1903,8 @@ msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " -"module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " -"the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" @@ -2045,13 +1917,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 msgid "" -"The release notes for the initial release are part of the " -"installation\n" +"The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" msgstr "" -"Ezek az első korai kiadáshoz tartozó kiadási megjegyzések. A " -"telepítési\n" +"Ezek az első korai kiadáshoz tartozó kiadási megjegyzések. A telepítési\n" "adathordozón találhatók. A telepítés során, ha rendelkezésre áll \n" "internetkapcsolat, akkor frissítheti a kiadási megjegyzéseket a \n" "SUSE Linux webkiszolgálójáról.\n" @@ -2124,12 +1994,8 @@ msgstr "A(z) %1 licencfájl nem olvasható" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 -msgid "" -"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the " -"root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "" -"A termék licencének megfelelő megjelenítéséhez tegye a lemezkép " -"létrehozásakor tegye a license.tar.gz fájlt a live média gyökerébe." +msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "A termék licencének megfelelő megjelenítéséhez tegye a lemezkép létrehozásakor tegye a license.tar.gz fájlt a live média gyökerébe." #. combo box #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 @@ -2139,7 +2005,7 @@ #. check box label #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Igen, elfogadom a licencmegállapodást." #. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 @@ -2165,8 +2031,7 @@ "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" "the configuration will be aborted.\n" msgstr "" -"Gondosan olvassa el a licencfeltételeket és döntse el, hogy elfogadja-e " -"azokat.\n" +"Gondosan olvassa el a licencfeltételeket és döntse el, hogy elfogadja-e azokat.\n" "Amennyiben nem fogadja el a licencmegállapodást, akkor\n" "a telepítés megszakad.\n" @@ -2248,8 +2113,7 @@ "The disk space in partition %1 is nearly exhausted.\n" "Continue with the installation?" msgstr "" -"A lemezen %1 partícióján található lemez található szabad hely hamarosan " -"elfogy.\n" +"A lemezen %1 partícióján található lemez található szabad hely hamarosan elfogy.\n" "Folytatja a telepítést?" #. yes-no popup @@ -2505,14 +2369,10 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is " -"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." -"\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Telepítési forrás neve</big> \n" -"A Telepítési forrás neve mezőben adja meg a telepítési forrás nevét. " -"Amennyiben ezt üresen hagyja, a YaST a terméknevét (amennyiben létezik) vagy " -"az URL-t használja megnevezéskét.\n" +"A Telepítési forrás neve mezőben adja meg a telepítési forrás nevét. Amennyiben ezt üresen hagyja, a YaST a terméknevét (amennyiben létezik) vagy az URL-t használja megnevezéskét.\n" #. text entry #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 @@ -2523,13 +2383,10 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " -"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Szolgáltatás neve</big> \n" -"A Szolgáltatás neve mezőben lehet megadni a szolgáltatás elnevezését. " -"Amennyiben ez üres, a YaST a szolgáltatás URL-jének egy részét használja " -"névként.\n" +"A Szolgáltatás neve mezőben lehet megadni a szolgáltatás elnevezését. Amennyiben ez üres, a YaST a szolgáltatás URL-jének egy részét használja névként.\n" #. popup message #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 @@ -2571,15 +2428,13 @@ msgstr "" "<big>NFS-kiszolgáló</big> \n" "A Kiszolgálónév és a Könyvtár vagy ISO-lemezkép elérési útja\n" -"mezőkben adja meg az NFS kiszolgáló gépnevét és a kiszolgálón az elérési " -"utat." +"mezőkben adja meg az NFS kiszolgáló gépnevét és a kiszolgálón az elérési utat." #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " -"man 5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" @@ -2599,8 +2454,7 @@ "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" "<big>CD vagy DVD adathordozó</big> \n" -"A CD-ROM vagy DVD-ROM részben adja meg az adathordozó típusát." -"" +"A CD-ROM vagy DVD-ROM részben adja meg az adathordozó típusát." #. dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 @@ -2828,22 +2682,18 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to " -"Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Kiszolgáló és könyvtár</big> \n" "A Kiszolgálónév és a Könyvtár vagy ISO-lemezkép elérési út\n" -"mezőkben adja meg az NFS kiszolgáló gépnevét és a kiszolgálón az elérési " -"útját.\n" -"A hitelesítés bekapcsolásához törölje az Anonymous beállítást, majd " -"adja meg a\n" +"mezőkben adja meg az NFS kiszolgáló gépnevét és a kiszolgálón az elérési útját.\n" +"A hitelesítés bekapcsolásához törölje az Anonymous beállítást, majd adja meg a\n" "Felhasználónév és a Jelszó értékeket.\n" "\n" -"SMB/CIFS forrás esetén adja meg a Megosztás nevét és a Könyvtár " -"vagy\n" +"SMB/CIFS forrás esetén adja meg a Megosztás nevét és a Könyvtár vagy\n" "ISO-lemezkép elérési út értékét. \n" "Ha a fájl egy ISO-lemezképben található az adathordozón,\n" "akkor adja meg az ISO-lemezkép nevét.\n" @@ -2851,8 +2701,7 @@ #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" -"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS " -"repository.\n" +"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" msgstr "" "Lehetőség van a HTTP/HTTPS telepítési forrás Port magadására.\n" @@ -2884,8 +2733,7 @@ "have the product CD set or the DVD available." msgstr "" "\n" -"A CD vagy DVD hozzáadásához szükség lesz a telepítő CD-kre " -"vagy DVD-re." +"A CD vagy DVD hozzáadásához szükség lesz a telepítő CD-kre vagy DVD-re." #. help, continued #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 @@ -2900,8 +2748,7 @@ "A telepítő CD-lemezek merevlemezre is másolhatók.\n" "Adja meg az első CD elérési útvonalát\n" "(például /data1/CD1).\n" -"Ha az összes CD tartalmát egy könyvtárba másolta, akkor csak az " -"alapútvonalat kell megadni.\n" +"Ha az összes CD tartalmát egy könyvtárba másolta, akkor csak az alapútvonalat kell megadni.\n" #. help, continued #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 @@ -2939,20 +2786,15 @@ msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download " -"the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" "Fájlok letöltése \n" -"Minden telepítési forrás rendelkezik leírófájllal, amelyben a telepítési " -"forrás tartalmával\n" -"kapcsolatos információ található. Kapcsolja be a Telepítési források " -"leírófájljának letöltése\n" -"lehetőséget a YaST modulból való kilépéskor. Amennyiben ez nincs " -"kiválasztva, a YaST,\n" -"amennyiben szükséges, automatikusan letölti a fájlt, ha később szüksége van " -"rá. \n" +"Minden telepítési forrás rendelkezik leírófájllal, amelyben a telepítési forrás tartalmával\n" +"kapcsolatos információ található. Kapcsolja be a Telepítési források leírófájljának letöltése\n" +"lehetőséget a YaST modulból való kilépéskor. Amennyiben ez nincs kiválasztva, a YaST,\n" +"amennyiben szükséges, automatikusan letölti a fájlt, ha később szüksége van rá. \n" #. dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 @@ -3284,23 +3126,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Package Search</big> \n" -#~ "Use the functionality of Webpin package search to search in all " -#~ "known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.\n" +#~ "Use the functionality of Webpin package search to search in all known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Csomagkeresés</big> \n" -#~ "Használja a Webpin csomagkeresést az openSUSE build-service és " -#~ "openSUSE közösségi telepítési forrásban történő kereséshez.\n" +#~ "Használja a Webpin csomagkeresést az openSUSE build-service és openSUSE közösségi telepítési forrásban történő kereséshez.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Security</big> The software found is often not part of " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "<big>Security</big> The software found is often not part of the\n" #~ "distribution itself. You need to decide whether to trust the source of a\n" -#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Biztonság</big> \n" -#~ "A megtalált szoftver gyakran nem része magának a disztribúciónak és a " -#~ "biztonsági szintje is kérdéses.\n" +#~ "A megtalált szoftver gyakran nem része magának a disztribúciónak és a biztonsági szintje is kérdéses.\n" #~ "Nem tudunk felelősséget vállalni ilyen szoftverekért.\n" #~ msgid "Select packages to install." @@ -3338,8 +3175,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Ismeretlen telepítési forrás" #~ msgid "No further information available, use at your own risk." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nem érhető el további információ, felhasználás csak saját felelősségre." +#~ msgstr "Nem érhető el további információ, felhasználás csak saját felelősségre." #~ msgid "" #~ "Search failed.\n" @@ -3349,12 +3185,10 @@ #~ "A távoli kiszolgáló a következő hibakódot adta vissza: %1" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Here you can see default online repositories downloaded from the " -#~ "Internet.\n" +#~ "Here you can see default online repositories downloaded from the Internet.\n" #~ "Click on the repository to see its details.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ezek az internetről letöltött alapértelmezett online telepítési " -#~ "források.\n" +#~ "Ezek az internetről letöltött alapértelmezett online telepítési források.\n" #~ "A részletekhez kattintson az adott telepítési forrásra.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -3364,11 +3198,8 @@ #~ "Ha fel akar venni egy vagy több online telepítési forrást,\n" #~ "válassza ki őket és nyomja meg a Következő gombot.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please wait while the repository manager downloads the repository " -#~ "details..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Várjon, amíg a telepítési forráskezelő letölti a részleteket…" +#~ msgid "Please wait while the repository manager downloads the repository details..." +#~ msgstr "Várjon, amíg a telepítési forráskezelő letölti a részleteket…" # modules/inst_sw_select.ycp:111 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_sw_select.ycp:177 @@ -3382,16 +3213,13 @@ #~ msgstr "Ke&resés a következőben:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. " -#~ "They are\n" -#~ "part of the installation media. During the configuration steps, if a " -#~ "connection\n" +#~ "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n" +#~ "part of the installation media. During the configuration steps, if a connection\n" #~ "to the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\n" #~ "from the SUSE Linux Web server." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ezek az első korai kiadáshoz tartozó kiadási megjegyzések,\n" -#~ "amelyek a telepítési adathordozón találhatók. A telepítés során, ha " -#~ "rendelkezésre áll \n" +#~ "amelyek a telepítési adathordozón találhatók. A telepítés során, ha rendelkezésre áll \n" #~ "internetkapcsolat, akkor frissítheti a kiadási megjegyzéseket a \n" #~ "SUSE Linux webkiszolgálójáról." Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/pam.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/pam.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/pam.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -32,7 +32,6 @@ "%2\n" "Disable automatic login?" msgstr "" -"A(z) %1 felhasználó számára jelenleg be van kapcsolva az automatikus " -"bejelentkezés.\n" +"A(z) %1 felhasználó számára jelenleg be van kapcsolva az automatikus bejelentkezés.\n" "%2\n" "Ki akarja kapcsolni?" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/pkg-bindings.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/pkg-bindings.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/pkg-bindings.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -31,50 +31,26 @@ #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:36 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Loading Available Packages</BIG>Loading available " -"objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a " -"while..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Elérhető csomagok betöltése</BIG>Az elérhető csomagok " -"betöltése a beállított telepítési forrásokról folyamatban. Ez eltarthat egy " -"ideig…" +msgid "<BIG>Loading Available Packages</BIG>Loading available objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a while..." +msgstr "<BIG>Elérhető csomagok betöltése</BIG>Az elérhető csomagok betöltése a beállított telepítési forrásokról folyamatban. Ez eltarthat egy ideig…" #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:42 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Loading Installed Packages</BIG>The package manager is " -"reading installed packages..." -msgstr "" -"<big>Telepített csomagok betöltése</big>A csomagkezelő " -"beolvassa a telepített csomagok listáját…" +msgid "<BIG>Loading Installed Packages</BIG>The package manager is reading installed packages..." +msgstr "<big>Telepített csomagok betöltése</big>A csomagkezelő beolvassa a telepített csomagok listáját…" #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:47 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Registering a New Repository</BIG>A new repository is " -"being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available " -"packages in the repository..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Új telepítési forrás regisztrálása</BIG>Új telepítési " -"forrás került regisztrációra. A csomagkezelő beolvassa a telepítési " -"forrásban található csomagok listáját..." +msgid "<BIG>Registering a New Repository</BIG>A new repository is being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available packages in the repository..." +msgstr "<BIG>Új telepítési forrás regisztrálása</BIG>Új telepítési forrás került regisztrációra. A csomagkezelő beolvassa a telepítési forrásban található csomagok listáját..." #: src/HelpTexts.h:52 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Saving Repositories</BIG>The package manager is " -"updating configured repositories..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Telepítési források mentése</BIG>A csomagkezelő " -"frissíti a beállított telepítési forrásokat..." +msgid "<BIG>Saving Repositories</BIG>The package manager is updating configured repositories..." +msgstr "<BIG>Telepítési források mentése</BIG>A csomagkezelő frissíti a beállított telepítési forrásokat..." #: src/HelpTexts.h:55 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Refreshing the Repository</BIG>The package manager is " -"updating the repository content..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Telepítési forrás frissítése</BIG>A csomagkezelő " -"frissíti a telepítési forrás tartalmát..." +msgid "<BIG>Refreshing the Repository</BIG>The package manager is updating the repository content..." +msgstr "<BIG>Telepítési forrás frissítése</BIG>A csomagkezelő frissíti a telepítési forrás tartalmát..." #. error message #: src/Package.cc:651 Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/printer.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/printer.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/printer.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -79,23 +79,17 @@ #. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is #. mandatory to set up local print queues. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." -msgstr "" -"A helyi nyomtató nem állítható be (a cups-client csomag nincs telepítve)." +msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." +msgstr "A helyi nyomtató nem állítható be (a cups-client csomag nincs telepítve)." #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." +msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." msgstr "A helyi nyomtató nem állítható be (a cups csomag nincs telepítve)." #. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 -msgid "" -"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." -msgstr "" -"A helyi nyomtató nem érhető el (a nyomtatáshoz a(z) '%1' CUPS-kiszolgálót " -"lehet használni)." +msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." +msgstr "A helyi nyomtató nem érhető el (a nyomtatáshoz a(z) '%1' CUPS-kiszolgálót lehet használni)." #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because @@ -201,22 +195,15 @@ #. Header for a dialog section where the user can #. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 -msgid "" -"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" -msgstr "" -"Adja meg ha az USB nyomtató csatlakoztatásakor automatikus nyomtatóbeállítás " -"szükséges" +msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" +msgstr "Adja meg ha az USB nyomtató csatlakoztatásakor automatikus nyomtatóbeállítás szükséges" #. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers #. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. #. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 -msgid "" -"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer " -"configuration" -msgstr "" -"&USB nyomtató automatikus beállításokhoz az udev-configure-printer csomagot " -"használja" +msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration" +msgstr "&USB nyomtató automatikus beállításokhoz az udev-configure-printer csomagot használja" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: @@ -233,12 +220,8 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of " -"printers for the local system." -msgstr "" -"A távoli CUPS-kiszolgáló beállítása ütközik a helyi rendszeren lévő " -"nyomtatók automatikus beállításával." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system." +msgstr "A távoli CUPS-kiszolgáló beállítása ütközik a helyi rendszeren lévő nyomtatók automatikus beállításával." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). @@ -248,9 +231,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" -msgstr "" -"A 'ServerName' bejegyzés eltávolítása az /etc/cups/client.conf fájlból " -"sikertelen" +msgstr "A 'ServerName' bejegyzés eltávolítása az /etc/cups/client.conf fájlból sikertelen" #. There is no "abort" functionality which does a sudden death of the whole module (see dialogs.ycp). #. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage @@ -449,9 +430,7 @@ #. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271 msgid "Default paper size (if printer and driver supports it)" -msgstr "" -"Alapértelmezett papírméret (amennyiben a nyomtató és az illesztőprogram " -"támogatja)" +msgstr "Alapértelmezett papírméret (amennyiben a nyomtató és az illesztőprogram támogatja)" #. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: #. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: @@ -545,11 +524,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 -msgid "" -"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are " -"allowed for the queue name." -msgstr "" -"A nyomtatósor nevében csak betűk [A-Z, a-z], számok [0-9], és '_' lehetséges." +msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name." +msgstr "A nyomtatósor nevében csak betűk [A-Z, a-z], számok [0-9], és '_' lehetséges." #. when a queue name is changed to be valid: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389 @@ -562,8 +538,7 @@ #. and %2 will be replaced by a new valid queue name #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:395 msgid "'%1' is invalid or it exists already. Use '%2' instead?" -msgstr "" -"A(z) '%1' nem megfelelő vagy már létezik. Használja helyette a(z) '%2' nevet?" +msgstr "A(z) '%1' nem megfelelő vagy már létezik. Használja helyette a(z) '%2' nevet?" #. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown @@ -572,13 +547,8 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, " -"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"Amennyiben a következő ablakban nem megfelelően jelenik meg a nyomtató " -"beállítása, akkor kis idő elteltével a 'Lista frissítése' gombot kell " -"megnyomni." +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "Amennyiben a következő ablakban nem megfelelően jelenik meg a nyomtató beállítása, akkor kis idő elteltével a 'Lista frissítése' gombot kell megnyomni." #. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called #. and this function would have shown more specific messages. @@ -626,12 +596,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. #. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 -msgid "" -"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface " -"script' is used)" -msgstr "" -"Nincs illesztőprogram (ez vagy egy 'raw' nyomtatósor vagy egy System V " -"típusú illesztőprogram)" +msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)" +msgstr "Nincs illesztőprogram (ez vagy egy 'raw' nyomtatósor vagy egy System V típusú illesztőprogram)" #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 msgid "Current Driver" @@ -640,8 +606,7 @@ #. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384 msgid "Adjust Options of the Current Driver or Assign a Different Driver" -msgstr "" -"Jelenlegi illesztőprogram beállítása vagy más illesztőprogram hozzárendelése" +msgstr "Jelenlegi illesztőprogram beállítása vagy más illesztőprogram hozzárendelése" #. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line): #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461 @@ -683,13 +648,8 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time " -"and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"Amennyiben a következő ablakban nem megfelelően jelenik meg a nyomtató " -"beállítása, akkor kis idő elteltével a 'Lista frissítése' gombot kell " -"megnyomni." +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "Amennyiben a következő ablakban nem megfelelően jelenik meg a nyomtató beállítása, akkor kis idő elteltével a 'Lista frissítése' gombot kell megnyomni." #. Exit this dialog in any case: #. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: @@ -714,11 +674,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 -msgid "" -"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" -msgstr "" -"Kiválaszthat egy típust vagy egy nyomtatógyártót, ha a 'raw nyomtatási sort' " -"nem kell beállítani" +msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" +msgstr "Kiválaszthat egy típust vagy egy nyomtatógyártót, ha a 'raw nyomtatási sort' nem kell beállítani" #. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 @@ -730,9 +687,7 @@ #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467 msgid "Select a printer &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up." -msgstr "" -"Kiválaszthat egy nyomtatógyártót, ha a 'raw nyomtatási sort' nem kell " -"beállítani." +msgstr "Kiválaszthat egy nyomtatógyártót, ha a 'raw nyomtatási sort' nem kell beállítani." #. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server @@ -770,8 +725,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:593 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1774 msgid "Optional 'option=value' parameter (usually empty) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "" -"Választható 'beállítás=érték' paraméter (általában üres) [százalékkódolású]" +msgstr "Választható 'beállítás=érték' paraméter (általában üres) [százalékkódolású]" # clients/printconf_ask_device.ycp:192 #. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine @@ -845,10 +799,8 @@ msgstr "Leállí&tóbitek" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 -msgid "" -"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." -msgstr "" -"A bluetooth nyomtató eléréséhez a bluez-cups csomag telepítése szükséges." +msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." +msgstr "A bluetooth nyomtató eléréséhez a bluez-cups csomag telepítése szükséges." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -932,9 +884,7 @@ msgstr "URI (lásd a nyomtató kézikönyvet) [százalékkódolású]" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 -msgid "" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed." +msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." msgstr "Az SMB nyomtatómegosztáshoz telepíteni kell a samba-client csomagot." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it @@ -1043,9 +993,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 msgid "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." -msgstr "" -"A 'pipe'-on keresztüli nyomtatáshoz, telepíteni kell a cups-backends " -"csomagot." +msgstr "A 'pipe'-on keresztüli nyomtatáshoz, telepíteni kell a cups-backends csomagot." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -1057,8 +1005,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for program name that will be called via pipe: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2034 msgid "Program (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "" -"Program (/útvonal/a/parancshoz/parancs?beállítás=érték) [százalékkódolású]" +msgstr "Program (/útvonal/a/parancshoz/parancs?beállítás=érték) [százalékkódolású]" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2139 @@ -1281,10 +1228,8 @@ msgstr "A 'space' paritásvizsgálat csak 7 adatbit esetén támogatott." #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2481 -msgid "" -"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." -msgstr "" -"A 'mark' paritásvizsgálat csak 7 adatbit és 1 stopbit esetén támogatott." +msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." +msgstr "A 'mark' paritásvizsgálat csak 7 adatbit és 1 stopbit esetén támogatott." #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2523 msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty." @@ -1326,8 +1271,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2747 msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty." -msgstr "" -"Az eszköz URI-t, a próbálkozások számát és a késleltetést is meg kell adni." +msgstr "Az eszköz URI-t, a próbálkozások számát és a késleltetést is meg kell adni." #. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe @@ -1420,8 +1364,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2994 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3093 msgid "Access test failed for queue '%1' on host '%2'." -msgstr "" -"A hozzáférés tesztelése sikertelen volt a(z) %2' gép '%1' nyomtatási során." +msgstr "A hozzáférés tesztelése sikertelen volt a(z) %2' gép '%1' nyomtatási során." #. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3012 @@ -1459,19 +1402,13 @@ #. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) #. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3245 -msgid "" -"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Az Active Directory (R) támogatásához, a samba-krb-printing csomag " -"telepítése szükséges." +msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." +msgstr "Az Active Directory (R) támogatásához, a samba-krb-printing csomag telepítése szükséges." #. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3285 msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues." -msgstr "" -"Az Active Directory (R) támogatása letiltásra kerül az összes SMB " -"nyomtatósoron." +msgstr "Az Active Directory (R) támogatása letiltásra kerül az összes SMB nyomtatósoron." # modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:231 modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:246 # modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:259 @@ -1623,9 +1560,7 @@ #. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:190 msgid "Driver for Konica Minolta 2300W and 2400W (unmaintained)" -msgstr "" -"Illesztőprogram Konica Minolta 2300W és 2400W nyomtatókhoz (nem " -"karbantartott)" +msgstr "Illesztőprogram Konica Minolta 2300W és 2400W nyomtatókhoz (nem karbantartott)" #. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr. #. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text @@ -1668,8 +1603,7 @@ #. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here #. and there is nothing else to be done after this: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:679 -msgid "" -"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." +msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." msgstr "A nyomtatóleíró fájl nem felel meg a specifikációnak." #. when a PPD file is not in compliance: @@ -1680,8 +1614,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline #. when PPD file is not in compliance: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:699 -msgid "" -"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." +msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." msgstr "A specifikációnak nem megfelelő nyomtatóleíró fájlok hibát okozhatnak." #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:716 @@ -1730,14 +1663,12 @@ "<big>Print Queue Overview</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the " -"printer\n" +"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" "device. \n" "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" "device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer.\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1747,8 +1678,7 @@ "a nyomtatósor sorba rendezi ezt és egymás után küldi a nyomtatóra. \n" "Lehetséges különböző nyomtatósorokat ugyanahhoz a nyomtatósort rendelni.\n" "Például egy színes nyomtatóhoz lehet a második nyomtatósorként egy monokróm\n" -"meghajtóprogramot, vagy egy PostScript és egy PCL nyomtatósort kell " -"létrehozni\n" +"meghajtóprogramot, vagy egy PostScript és egy PCL nyomtatósort kell létrehozni\n" "a PostScript+PCL nyomtatóhoz.\n" "\n" @@ -1767,10 +1697,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Távoli nyomtatási sorok használata:</big> \n" -"A távoli nyomtatási sorok a hálózaton elérhető kiszolgálókon találhatók, " -"éppen ezért ezek a helyi gépről nem módosíthatók. \n" -"Az itt megjelenő távoli nyomtatósorok a programokból közvetlenül elérhetők, " -"így nem kell külön helyi nyomtatósort felvenni ezekhez a nyomtatókhoz. \n" +"A távoli nyomtatási sorok a hálózaton elérhető kiszolgálókon találhatók, éppen ezért ezek a helyi gépről nem módosíthatók. \n" +"Az itt megjelenő távoli nyomtatósorok a programokból közvetlenül elérhetők, így nem kell külön helyi nyomtatósort felvenni ezekhez a nyomtatókhoz. \n" "\n" #. Overview dialog help 3/7: @@ -1783,8 +1711,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Nyomtatóbeállítás:</big> \n" -"A Hozzáadás gomb megnyomásával új nyomtatósort hozhat létre a " -"nyomtatóhoz.\n" +"A Hozzáadás gomb megnyomásával új nyomtatósort hozhat létre a nyomtatóhoz.\n" "" #. Overview dialog help 4/7: @@ -1841,11 +1768,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Nyomtatósorok listájának frissítése:</big> \n" -"Főleg a hálózati nyomtatók módosítása esetében az elérhető távoli " -"nyomtatósorok is változhatnak. Általában ez egy kis időt (akár néhány " -"percet) vesz igénybe, amíg ezeket a módosításokat a helyi gép is észleli. " -"Ezért lehet hasznos egy bizonyos idő után a Frissítés gomb használata " -"az elérhető távoli nyomtatósorok lekérdezéséhez.\n" +"Főleg a hálózati nyomtatók módosítása esetében az elérhető távoli nyomtatósorok is változhatnak. Általában ez egy kis időt (akár néhány percet) vesz igénybe, amíg ezeket a módosításokat a helyi gép is észleli. Ezért lehet hasznos egy bizonyos idő után a Frissítés gomb használata az elérhető távoli nyomtatósorok lekérdezéséhez.\n" "\n" #. AutoYaST Overview dialog help 1/1: @@ -1859,8 +1782,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>AutoYaST nyomtatási sor áttekintés</big> \n" -"Az AutoYaST a kizárólag a CUPS használatával történő hálózaton keresztüli " -"nyomtatóbeállítást támogatja. \n" +"Az AutoYaST a kizárólag a CUPS használatával történő hálózaton keresztüli nyomtatóbeállítást támogatja. \n" "Az AutoYaST nem támogatja a helyi nyomtatók beállítását.\n" "" @@ -1871,36 +1793,22 @@ "<big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device." -" \n" -"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer " -"device.\n" -"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer " -"drivers\n" +"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device. \n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" +"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" "should be used for the same printer device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" "to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer\n" -"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less " -"quality).\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n" +"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Új nyomtatási sor beállítása nyomtatóhoz</big> \n" "A nyomtató használata nyomtatósoron keresztül történik. \n" -"Amikor különböző programok ugyanarra a nyomtatóra egyszerre küldenek " -"nyomtatást, a nyomtatósor sorba rendezi őket és egymás után küldi a " -"nyomtatóra. \n" -"Lehetőség van egyetlen nyomtatóhoz több nyomtatási sort hozzárendelni. Erre " -"általában akkor van szükség, ha különböző illesztőprogramok használatát kell " -"megoldani ugyanahhoz a nyomtatóhoz.\n" -"Például a második nyomtatási sorhoz egy monokróm illesztőprogram rendelhető " -"hozza, amelynek segítségével csak fekete-fehéren lehet nyomtatni egy színes " -"nyomtatón. Másik felhasználási lehetőség, amikor egy nyomtatóhoz külön " -"nyomtatási soron keresztül PCL és PostScript illesztőprogram kerül " -"hozzárendelésre, mivel PCL illesztőprogramon keresztül gyorsabb a nyomtatás, " -"a Postscript illesztőprogrammal viszont jobb minőségben lehet nyomtatni.\n" +"Amikor különböző programok ugyanarra a nyomtatóra egyszerre küldenek nyomtatást, a nyomtatósor sorba rendezi őket és egymás után küldi a nyomtatóra. \n" +"Lehetőség van egyetlen nyomtatóhoz több nyomtatási sort hozzárendelni. Erre általában akkor van szükség, ha különböző illesztőprogramok használatát kell megoldani ugyanahhoz a nyomtatóhoz.\n" +"Például a második nyomtatási sorhoz egy monokróm illesztőprogram rendelhető hozza, amelynek segítségével csak fekete-fehéren lehet nyomtatni egy színes nyomtatón. Másik felhasználási lehetőség, amikor egy nyomtatóhoz külön nyomtatási soron keresztül PCL és PostScript illesztőprogram kerül hozzárendelésre, mivel PCL illesztőprogramon keresztül gyorsabb a nyomtatás, a Postscript illesztőprogrammal viszont jobb minőségben lehet nyomtatni.\n" "" #. BasicAddDialog help 2/7: @@ -1924,8 +1832,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer " -"device. \n" +"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1933,24 +1840,17 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"A kapcsolat határozza meg, az adatok nyomtatóra küldésének módját." -" \n" +"A kapcsolat határozza meg, az adatok nyomtatóra küldésének módját. \n" "Hibás kapcsolat kiválasztásakor az adatok nem jutnak el a nyomtatókra. \n" -"Amennyiben a nyomtató több módon is elérhető, akkor az összes kapcsolati " -"módként megjelenik. \n" -"A HP eszközei gyakran elérhetők 'usb:/…' és 'hp:/…' (amelyet a hplip csomag " -"teszi elérhetővé) kapcsolatokon keresztül.\n" -"Egyszerű nyomtatáshoz mindkét kapcsolat használható, de a többi funkcióhoz " -"(pl. az eszköz állapotának lekérdezéséhez 'hp-toolbox' használatával, vagy " -"szkenneléshez a HP többfunkciós eszközével)\n" +"Amennyiben a nyomtató több módon is elérhető, akkor az összes kapcsolati módként megjelenik. \n" +"A HP eszközei gyakran elérhetők 'usb:/…' és 'hp:/…' (amelyet a hplip csomag teszi elérhetővé) kapcsolatokon keresztül.\n" +"Egyszerű nyomtatáshoz mindkét kapcsolat használható, de a többi funkcióhoz (pl. az eszköz állapotának lekérdezéséhez 'hp-toolbox' használatával, vagy szkenneléshez a HP többfunkciós eszközével)\n" "a 'hp:/…' kapcsolat használata elengedhetetlen.\n" "\n" @@ -1961,8 +1861,7 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -" \n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" "with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" @@ -1987,8 +1886,7 @@ "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" "to what you know what works best for your printer. \n" "If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" -"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the " -"model.\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" "Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" @@ -2013,61 +1911,42 @@ "Nem megfelelő illesztőprogram használatakor a nyomtatón nem az elvárt\n" "minőségben vagy módon jelenik meg az elküldött információ, vagy\n" "egyáltalán nem történik meg a nyomtatás. \n" -"Alapértelmezésként a beviteli mezőbe annak az illesztőprogramnak a neve " -"kerül,\n" -"amely a kiválasztott kapcsolaton automatikusan felderített típusneve " -"megtalálható\n" +"Alapértelmezésként a beviteli mezőbe annak az illesztőprogramnak a neve kerül,\n" +"amely a kiválasztott kapcsolaton automatikusan felderített típusneve megtalálható\n" "az illesztőprogram leírásában.\n" "Amennyiben az illesztőprogram leírásában szereplő típusnév megegyezik az\n" -"automatikusan felismert nyomtató típusnévvel, és minden egyező " -"illesztőprogram\n" +"automatikusan felismert nyomtató típusnévvel, és minden egyező illesztőprogram\n" "neve ugyanahhoz a típushoz tartózik, akkor az illesztőprogram leírásának\n" -"megfelelően kerülnek az illesztőprogramok rendezésre, így a látszólag " -"legmegfelelőbb\n" +"megfelelően kerülnek az illesztőprogramok rendezésre, így a látszólag legmegfelelőbb\n" "kerül kiválasztásra.\n" -"Amennyiben egyetlen illesztőprogram sem kerül kiválasztásra, akkor kézzel " -"kiválasztani\n" +"Amennyiben egyetlen illesztőprogram sem kerül kiválasztásra, akkor kézzel kiválasztani\n" "a megfelelő illesztőprogramot. \n" -"Másrészről, ha az illesztőprogram automatikusan kerül kiválasztásra, az még " -"nem\n" -"feltétlenül jelenti azt, hogy az az illesztőprogram felel meg legjobban az " -"adott\n" -"nyomtatóhoz. Néhány nyomtatótípusnál az automatikusan kiválasztott " -"illesztőprogram\n" +"Másrészről, ha az illesztőprogram automatikusan kerül kiválasztásra, az még nem\n" +"feltétlenül jelenti azt, hogy az az illesztőprogram felel meg legjobban az adott\n" +"nyomtatóhoz. Néhány nyomtatótípusnál az automatikusan kiválasztott illesztőprogram\n" "egyáltalán nem működik megfelelően. Ennek az az oka, hogy az automatikus\n" -"illesztőprogram-kiválasztás egyszerű szöveges összehasonlítás alapján " -"történik\n" -"(az automatikusan felismert típusnév és az illesztőprogram leírása alapján), " -"ezért\n" +"illesztőprogram-kiválasztás egyszerű szöveges összehasonlítás alapján történik\n" +"(az automatikusan felismert típusnév és az illesztőprogram leírása alapján), ezért\n" "ez csupán jó találati eredménynek mondható. \n" -"Ezért célszerű ellenőrizni, hogy az automatikus beállítások értékei " -"megfelelőek-e,\n" +"Ezért célszerű ellenőrizni, hogy az automatikus beállítások értékei megfelelőek-e,\n" "és szabadon módosíthatóak az előre beállított értékek a megfelelő eredmény\n" "érdekében. \n" "Amennyiben az illesztőprogramok leírása és az automatikusan felderített\n" -"típusnév között nincs egyezés, az nem feltétlenül jelenti azt, hogy az " -"adott\n" +"típusnév között nincs egyezés, az nem feltétlenül jelenti azt, hogy az adott\n" "típushoz nem érhető el illesztőprogram.\n" "Gyakran előfordul, hogy az illesztőprogram leírásában szereplő típusnév nem\n" "egyezik meg az automatikusan felderítettel. Ebben az esetben a keresésnél\n" -"megadott típusnevet a rendszer igyekszik megtalálni az illesztőprogram " -"leírások között. \n" -"A legtöbb esetben az alapértelmezésként kiválasztott illesztőprogram " -"megfelelően\n" +"megadott típusnevet a rendszer igyekszik megtalálni az illesztőprogram leírások között. \n" +"A legtöbb esetben az alapértelmezésként kiválasztott illesztőprogram megfelelően\n" "működik a nyomtatóval.\n" "Néhány illesztőprogram-beállításnak egyeznie kell a nyomtatóval.\n" -"Különösen az alapértelmezett papírméret beállításának kell illeszkednie a " -"nyomtatóban\n" +"Különösen az alapértelmezett papírméret beállításának kell illeszkednie a nyomtatóban\n" "lévő papírral. Ehhez célszerű egyértelműen kiválasztani az A4 vagy a Letter\n" -"típust alapértelmezett méretként, vagy alapértelmezett papírméretként semmit " -"sem kell\n" -"kiválasztani abban az estben, ha nyomtató egyiket sem támogatja (pl. a " -"kisméretű\n" +"típust alapértelmezett méretként, vagy alapértelmezett papírméretként semmit sem kell\n" +"kiválasztani abban az estben, ha nyomtató egyiket sem támogatja (pl. a kisméretű\n" "fotónyomtatók esetében).\n" -"Amennyiben az alapértelmezett papírmérettől eltérő beállításokat kíván " -"módosítani,\n" -"akkor először a nyomtatási sort kell beállítani, majd a 'Szerkesztés/" -"Módosítás'\n" +"Amennyiben az alapértelmezett papírmérettől eltérő beállításokat kíván módosítani,\n" +"akkor először a nyomtatási sort kell beállítani, majd a 'Szerkesztés/Módosítás'\n" "részben kell megadni az illesztőprogram új beállításait.\n" "" @@ -2137,10 +2016,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Egy másik módja a HP eszközök beállításának, a hp-setup program " -"futtatása. \n" -"A HP saját 'hp-setup' eszköze támogatást biztosít a HP nyomtatókhoz és " -"többfunkciós\n" +"Egy másik módja a HP eszközök beállításának, a hp-setup program futtatása. \n" +"A HP saját 'hp-setup' eszköze támogatást biztosít a HP nyomtatókhoz és többfunkciós\n" "eszközökhöz, amelyhez tulajdonosi (nem nyílt) illesztőprogramokat\n" "kell az adott gépre letölteni a HP weboldaláról.\n" "Továbbá a 'hp-setup' jobb támogatást biztosít a HP nyomtatókhoz\n" @@ -2161,16 +2038,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Nyomtatósor módosítása</big> \n" -"Nyomtatási sor módosításához csak a módosítani kívántat kell kiválasztani." -" \n" +"Nyomtatási sor módosításához csak a módosítani kívántat kell kiválasztani. \n" "" #. BasicModifyDialog help 2/4: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device." -" \n" +"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -2178,10 +2053,8 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used. \n" "When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n" "the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" @@ -2212,8 +2085,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "A kapcsolat határozza meg az adatküldés módját a nyomtatóra. \n" -"Nem megfelelő kapcsolat kiválasztásakor az eszközre nem jut el semmilyen " -"adat,\n" +"Nem megfelelő kapcsolat kiválasztásakor az eszközre nem jut el semmilyen adat,\n" "így nem is kerül kinyomtatásra semmi. \n" "Amennyiben a nyomtató több kapcsolattípuson keresztül is elérhető, akkor\n" "minden kapcsolattípusnál megjelenik. \n" @@ -2221,46 +2093,31 @@ "'usb:/…' és 'hp:/…' kapcsolaton keresztül is.\n" "Az utóbbi elérést a HP illesztőprogram csomagja, a 'hplip' biztosítja.\n" "Egyszerű nyomtatáskor mindkét kapcsolatnak működnie kell, de más esetekben\n" -"(pl. eszközállapot lekérdezése 'hp-toolbox' használatával, vagy " -"többfunkciós\n" -"HP-eszközön történő szkenneléskor a 'hp:/…' kapcsolattípust kell használni." -" \n" -"Jelenlegi kapcsolat másikra történő cseréjekor alapértelmezésként az " -"illesztőprogram\n" -"keresési mezőjében az új kapcsolatnál automatikusan felderített típus neve " -"jelenik meg. \n" -"Amennyiben az illesztőprogram leírása megegyezik az automatikusan " -"felderített nyomtató\n" -"típusnévvel és ha minden megfelelő illesztőprogram-leírás ugyanahhoz a " -"típushoz tartozik,\n" -"akkor az illesztőprogram neve szerint kerülnek rendezésre a találatok. Ezért " -"a valószínűleg\n" -"legmegfelelőbb illesztőprogram jelenik meg a lista tetején (a jelenleg " -"használt pedig alatta).\n" -"Azonban nem feltétlenül ez az illesztőprogram a legmegfelelőbb az " -"alkalmazott célnak.\n" -"Előfordulhat, hogy az automatikusan kiválasztott illesztőprogram egyáltalán " -"nem működik\n" +"(pl. eszközállapot lekérdezése 'hp-toolbox' használatával, vagy többfunkciós\n" +"HP-eszközön történő szkenneléskor a 'hp:/…' kapcsolattípust kell használni. \n" +"Jelenlegi kapcsolat másikra történő cseréjekor alapértelmezésként az illesztőprogram\n" +"keresési mezőjében az új kapcsolatnál automatikusan felderített típus neve jelenik meg. \n" +"Amennyiben az illesztőprogram leírása megegyezik az automatikusan felderített nyomtató\n" +"típusnévvel és ha minden megfelelő illesztőprogram-leírás ugyanahhoz a típushoz tartozik,\n" +"akkor az illesztőprogram neve szerint kerülnek rendezésre a találatok. Ezért a valószínűleg\n" +"legmegfelelőbb illesztőprogram jelenik meg a lista tetején (a jelenleg használt pedig alatta).\n" +"Azonban nem feltétlenül ez az illesztőprogram a legmegfelelőbb az alkalmazott célnak.\n" +"Előfordulhat, hogy az automatikusan kiválasztott illesztőprogram egyáltalán nem működik\n" "megfelelően a csatlakoztatott nyomtatóval.\n" "Ennek az az oka, hogy az automatikus\n" -"illesztőprogram-kiválasztás egyszerű szöveges összehasonlítás alapján " -"történik\n" -"(az automatikusan felismert típusnév és az illesztőprogram leírása alapján), " -"ezért\n" +"illesztőprogram-kiválasztás egyszerű szöveges összehasonlítás alapján történik\n" +"(az automatikusan felismert típusnév és az illesztőprogram leírása alapján), ezért\n" "ez csupán jó találati eredménynek mondható. \n" "ez csupán jó találati eredménynek mondható. \n" -"Ezért célszerű ellenőrizni, hogy az automatikus beállítások értékei " -"megfelelőek-e,\n" +"Ezért célszerű ellenőrizni, hogy az automatikus beállítások értékei megfelelőek-e,\n" "és szabadon módosíthatóak az előre beállított értékek a megfelelő eredmény\n" "érdekében. \n" "Amennyiben az illesztőprogramok leírása és az automatikusan felderített\n" -"típusnév között nincs egyezés, az nem feltétlenül jelenti azt, hogy az " -"adott\n" +"típusnév között nincs egyezés, az nem feltétlenül jelenti azt, hogy az adott\n" "típushoz nem érhető el illesztőprogram.\n" "Gyakran előfordul, hogy az illesztőprogram leírásában szereplő típusnév nem\n" "egyezik meg az automatikusan felderítettel. Ebben az esetben a keresésnél\n" -"megadott típusnevet a rendszer igyekszik megtalálni az illesztőprogram " -"leírások között.\n" +"megadott típusnevet a rendszer igyekszik megtalálni az illesztőprogram leírások között.\n" "\n" #. BasicModifyDialog help 3/4: @@ -2270,12 +2127,9 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -" \n" -"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings " -"later\n" -"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now." -" \n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" +"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n" +"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now. \n" "Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" "For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n" "must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer. \n" @@ -2284,8 +2138,7 @@ "should work for the particular driver.\n" "Nevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\n" "with high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\n" -"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages." -" \n" +"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages. \n" "When you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\n" "you must first apply this change to the print queue\n" "so that the new driver is used for the queue\n" @@ -2293,8 +2146,7 @@ "and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" "by using this dialog again. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" -"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was " -"not changed.\n" +"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n" "This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" "so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n" "to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n" @@ -2309,35 +2161,26 @@ "Nem megfelelő illesztőprogram használatakor a nyomtatón nem az elvárt\n" "minőségben vagy módon jelenik meg az elküldött információ, vagy\n" "egyáltalán nem történik meg a nyomtatás. \n" -"Lehetőség van egy másik illesztőprogram kiválasztására és annak " -"beállításának\n" -"későbbi módosítására, vagy a jelenlegi illesztőprogram beállításának " -"módosítására. \n" +"Lehetőség van egy másik illesztőprogram kiválasztására és annak beállításának\n" +"későbbi módosítására, vagy a jelenlegi illesztőprogram beállításának módosítására. \n" "Néhány illesztőprogram-beállításnak egyeznie kell a megadott nyomtatóknál\n" "értelmezhető beállításokkal.\n" "Például az illesztőprogramban beállított alapértelmezett papírméretnek\n" "meg kell egyeznie a nyomtatóban lévő papírmérettel. \n" -"Más illesztőprogram-beállítások szükség szerint módosíthatók. Például a " -"nyomtatási\n" -"felbontásra vonatkozó bármilyen felkínált beállításnak működnie kell az " -"adott\n" +"Más illesztőprogram-beállítások szükség szerint módosíthatók. Például a nyomtatási\n" +"felbontásra vonatkozó bármilyen felkínált beállításnak működnie kell az adott\n" "illesztőprogrammal.\n" "Előfordulhat azonban, hogy bizonyos nyomtató nem nyomtatja ki a szükséges\n" "adatokat nagy felbontásban. Például ha egy lézernyomtató nem rendelkezik\n" "megfelelő mennyiségű beépített memóriával ahhoz, hogy nagy felbontásban\n" "tudjon nyomtatni. \n" -"A jelenleg használt illesztőprogram másikra cserélésekor a módosításokat " -"először\n" -"a nyomtatási soron kell végrehajtani, így az illesztőprogram az új " -"nyomtatási sort\n" -"fogja használni (vagyis az első beállítási ablakot kell előbb kitölteni). " -"Ezt követően\n" +"A jelenleg használt illesztőprogram másikra cserélésekor a módosításokat először\n" +"a nyomtatási soron kell végrehajtani, így az illesztőprogram az új nyomtatási sort\n" +"fogja használni (vagyis az első beállítási ablakot kell előbb kitölteni). Ezt követően\n" "az illesztőprogram paramétereit kell módosítani. \n" -"Kezdetben az illesztőprogram keresőmezőben a jelenleg használt " -"illesztőprogram\n" +"Kezdetben az illesztőprogram keresőmezőben a jelenleg használt illesztőprogram\n" "leírása jelenik meg, amennyiben a kapcsolat nem változott.\n" -"Ez általában egyetlen megfelelő illesztőprogramot ad eredményül, ezért " -"hasonló\n" +"Ez általában egyetlen megfelelő illesztőprogramot ad eredményül, ezért hasonló\n" "illesztőprogram keresésekor tágabb keresési feltételt kell megadni, vagy a\n" "'További keresés' gombot kell megnyomni.\n" "Amennyiben a keresés nem ad eredményt, az nem jelenti azt, hogy nincs\n" @@ -2351,10 +2194,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" -"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and " -"location.\n" -"Application programs often show description and location in the print " -"dialog.\n" +"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and location.\n" +"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" "To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" "which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" "it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n" @@ -2367,19 +2208,9 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ellentétben a kapcsolatokkal és az illesztőprogramokkal, ahol mindig a " -"megfelelőt kell kiválasztani, a leírás és a hely mezőkben " -"bármi megadható.\n" -"Az alkalmazások a nyomtatási ablakban gyakran megjelenítik a nyomtató helyét " -"és leírását. Ahhoz hogy ezek az információk megfelelően jelenjenek meg " -"minden olyan nyelven, amelyet a felhasználók használnak, célszerű kerülni a " -"speciális karaktereket és csak ASCII betűket (a-z és A-Z), ASCII számokat " -"(0-9), illetve szóközt (20 hex) használni.\n" -"Általában a leírásban a nyomtató gyártóját, típusát és az adott " -"illesztőprogram típusát adják meg (pl. ACME FunPrinter 1000 PCL " -"illesztőprogrammal'). A helynél célszerű olyan információkat megadni, " -"amellyel könnyen megtalálható a nyomtató (pl. '123-as szoba' vagy " -"'recepció').\n" +"Ellentétben a kapcsolatokkal és az illesztőprogramokkal, ahol mindig a megfelelőt kell kiválasztani, a leírás és a hely mezőkben bármi megadható.\n" +"Az alkalmazások a nyomtatási ablakban gyakran megjelenítik a nyomtató helyét és leírását. Ahhoz hogy ezek az információk megfelelően jelenjenek meg minden olyan nyelven, amelyet a felhasználók használnak, célszerű kerülni a speciális karaktereket és csak ASCII betűket (a-z és A-Z), ASCII számokat (0-9), illetve szóközt (20 hex) használni.\n" +"Általában a leírásban a nyomtató gyártóját, típusát és az adott illesztőprogram típusát adják meg (pl. ACME FunPrinter 1000 PCL illesztőprogrammal'). A helynél célszerű olyan információkat megadni, amellyel könnyen megtalálható a nyomtató (pl. '123-as szoba' vagy 'recepció').\n" "" #. DriverOptionsDialog help 1/3: @@ -2398,13 +2229,9 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Illesztőprogram beállításai</big> \n" -"Általában célszerű az illesztőprogram alapértelmezéseit használni, mivel ez " -"a legtöbb esetben megfelelően működik. \n" -"Az alkalmazások nyomtatási ablakaiban általában lehetőség van a " -"nyomtatóbeállítások módosítására, így minden felhasználó akár külön " -"beállításokat használhat nyomtatásonként. \n" -"Az egyetlen beállítás, amit minden alkalommal ellenőrizni kell, az a papír " -"mérete.\n" +"Általában célszerű az illesztőprogram alapértelmezéseit használni, mivel ez a legtöbb esetben megfelelően működik. \n" +"Az alkalmazások nyomtatási ablakaiban általában lehetőség van a nyomtatóbeállítások módosítására, így minden felhasználó akár külön beállításokat használhat nyomtatásonként. \n" +"Az egyetlen beállítás, amit minden alkalommal ellenőrizni kell, az a papír mérete.\n" "\n" #. DriverOptionsDialog help 2/3: @@ -2420,13 +2247,9 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Az alapértelmezettől eltérő beállítások nem működnek mindig megfelelően." -" \n" -"Például egy nagy felbontású nyomtatás nem kezel egy olyan lézernyomtató, " -"amelynek nincs elegendő beépített memóriája a nagy felbontású oldal " -"nyomtatásához. \n" -"Előfordulhat, hogy a nagy felbontású nyomtatás rendkívül lassan kerül " -"feldolgozásra egy tintasugaras nyomtatóban.\n" +"Az alapértelmezettől eltérő beállítások nem működnek mindig megfelelően. \n" +"Például egy nagy felbontású nyomtatás nem kezel egy olyan lézernyomtató, amelynek nincs elegendő beépített memóriája a nagy felbontású oldal nyomtatásához. \n" +"Előfordulhat, hogy a nagy felbontású nyomtatás rendkívül lassan kerül feldolgozásra egy tintasugaras nyomtatóban.\n" "\n" #. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3: @@ -2443,15 +2266,9 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Bizonyos esetekben azonban a nyomtatóspecifikus illesztőprogram-beállítások " -"szükségesek ahhoz, hogy a nyomtató teljes funkcionalitása kihasználásra " -"kerüljön. \n" -"Bizonyos esetekben, amikor egy nyomtató valamilyen választható egységgel " -"rendelkezik. Ilyen például a lapfordító egység vagy a papíradagoló, akkor a " -"megfelelő beállításokat el kell végezni az illesztőprogramban. \n" -"Például a lapfordító egységnél meg kell adni, hogy 'telepítve' van, " -"ellenkező esetben az illesztőprogram figyelmen kívül hagyja a kétoldalas " -"nyomtatási kérést.\n" +"Bizonyos esetekben azonban a nyomtatóspecifikus illesztőprogram-beállítások szükségesek ahhoz, hogy a nyomtató teljes funkcionalitása kihasználásra kerüljön. \n" +"Bizonyos esetekben, amikor egy nyomtató valamilyen választható egységgel rendelkezik. Ilyen például a lapfordító egység vagy a papíradagoló, akkor a megfelelő beállításokat el kell végezni az illesztőprogramban. \n" +"Például a lapfordító egységnél meg kell adni, hogy 'telepítve' van, ellenkező esetben az illesztőprogram figyelmen kívül hagyja a kétoldalas nyomtatási kérést.\n" "\n" #. AddDriverDialog help 1/2: @@ -2469,12 +2286,9 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Illesztőprogram-csomag hozzáadása vagy eltávolítása</big> \n" -"Ha az illesztőprogram-csomag nincs kijelölve, akkor nincs telepítve. A " -"telepítéshez ennek kijelölése szükséges. \n" -"Ha az illesztőprogram-csomag ki van jelölve, akkor telepítve van. " -"Eltávolításához meg kell szüntetni a kijelölést.\n" -"Ebben az esetben meg kell bizonyosodni, hogy nincs olyan nyomtatóbeállítás, " -"amely szükségessé teszi az illesztőprogramot. \n" +"Ha az illesztőprogram-csomag nincs kijelölve, akkor nincs telepítve. A telepítéshez ennek kijelölése szükséges. \n" +"Ha az illesztőprogram-csomag ki van jelölve, akkor telepítve van. Eltávolításához meg kell szüntetni a kijelölést.\n" +"Ebben az esetben meg kell bizonyosodni, hogy nincs olyan nyomtatóbeállítás, amely szükségessé teszi az illesztőprogramot. \n" "\n" #. AddDriverDialog help 2/2: @@ -2513,20 +2327,10 @@ "A nyomtatóbeállításhoz nyomtatóleíró fájl (PPD-fájl) szükséges. \n" "Ha a PPD-fájl nem található a /usr/share/cups/model/ könyvtárban,\n" "akkor nem lehet vele nyomtatót beállítani.\n" -"Ebben az esetben meg kell adni a PPD-fájl teljes elérési útvonalát, vagy a /" -"usr/share/cups/model/ könyvtárba kell telepíteni. \n" +"Ebben az esetben meg kell adni a PPD-fájl teljes elérési útvonalát, vagy a /usr/share/cups/model/ könyvtárba kell telepíteni. \n" "Érdemes megjegyezni, hogy a nyomtatóleíró fájl az nem illesztőprogram. \n" -"A nem Postscript nyomtatóknál a PPD-fájl önmagában nem elegendő egy nyomtató " -"beállításához. Általánosságban elmondható, hogy ezeknél a nyomtatóknál nem " -"működik az, hogy a PPD-fájlt az internetről letöltve beállítható a nyomtató. " -"Az alap nyomtatóbeállítások működnek, de nyomtatás az illesztőprogram " -"hiányában nem fog menni. Ilyen esetekben szükség van az illesztőprogramra és " -"az ehhez tökéletesen illeszkedő PPD-fájlra is. A megfelelő PPD-fájl " -"automatikusan a megfelelő helyre kerül az illesztőprogram-csomag " -"telepítésekor.\n" -"Csak a PostScript-nyomtatóknál elegendő a nyomtatóbeállításhoz a PPD-fájl. A " -"PPD-fájlnak tartalmaznia kell a 'cupsFilter' bejegyzést, mert ez hivatkozik " -"az illesztőprogramra. \n" +"A nem Postscript nyomtatóknál a PPD-fájl önmagában nem elegendő egy nyomtató beállításához. Általánosságban elmondható, hogy ezeknél a nyomtatóknál nem működik az, hogy a PPD-fájlt az internetről letöltve beállítható a nyomtató. Az alap nyomtatóbeállítások működnek, de nyomtatás az illesztőprogram hiányában nem fog menni. Ilyen esetekben szükség van az illesztőprogramra és az ehhez tökéletesen illeszkedő PPD-fájlra is. A megfelelő PPD-fájl automatikusan a megfelelő helyre kerül az illesztőprogram-csomag telepítésekor.\n" +"Csak a PostScript-nyomtatóknál elegendő a nyomtatóbeállításhoz a PPD-fájl. A PPD-fájlnak tartalmaznia kell a 'cupsFilter' bejegyzést, mert ez hivatkozik az illesztőprogramra. \n" "\n" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 1/7: @@ -2534,18 +2338,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Specify the Connection</big> \n" -"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device." -" \n" +"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Kapcsolat megadása</big> \n" -"A kapcsolat határozza meg, hogy az adat milyen módon jusson el a " -"nyomtatóra. \n" -"Hibás kapcsolat használata esetén, az adat egyáltalán nem éri el a " -"nyomtatót, így a nyomtatás nem is jelenik meg rajta.\n" +"A kapcsolat határozza meg, hogy az adat milyen módon jusson el a nyomtatóra. \n" +"Hibás kapcsolat használata esetén, az adat egyáltalán nem éri el a nyomtatót, így a nyomtatás nem is jelenik meg rajta.\n" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 2/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:450 @@ -2553,24 +2354,19 @@ "\n" "<big>Printer Device URI</big> \n" "A connection is specified as so called device URI. \n" -"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-" -"transfer,\n" +"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" "for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer. \n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" -"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character)." -" \n" +"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character). \n" "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" -"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign " -"'='. \n" -"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark " -"'?')\n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='. \n" +"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" "a full device URI could be for example: \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" -"waitprinter=false \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" "Some examples: \n" "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like: \n" @@ -2587,30 +2383,20 @@ "\n" "<big>Nyomtató URI</big> \n" "A kapcsolatot eszköz URI-nek nevezik. \n" -"Ennek első része (az URI-séma szerint) határozza meg az adatátvitel típusát, " -"például 'párhuzamos', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', vagy 'ipp'. \n" -"A sémának megfelelően hosszabb vagy rövidebb komponensek vannak ezután, " -"amelyek '/' jellel vannak egymástól elválasztva. \n" +"Ennek első része (az URI-séma szerint) határozza meg az adatátvitel típusát, például 'párhuzamos', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', vagy 'ipp'. \n" +"A sémának megfelelően hosszabb vagy rövidebb komponensek vannak ezután, amelyek '/' jellel vannak egymástól elválasztva. \n" "Az URI nem tartalmazhat szóközöket.\n" -"A szóköz '%20' értékként (a 20 a szóköz karakter decimális értéke) kerülnek " -"kódolásra. Az URI komponensei olyan különleges karakterekkel kerülnek " -"elválasztásra, mint a kettőspont ':', perjel '/', kérdőjel '?', és '&', " -"vagy az egyenlőség jel '='. \n" -"Végül lehetnek további paraméterek, amelyek '?' használatával vannak " -"elválasztva: 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' \n" +"A szóköz '%20' értékként (a 20 a szóköz karakter decimális értéke) kerülnek kódolásra. Az URI komponensei olyan különleges karakterekkel kerülnek elválasztásra, mint a kettőspont ':', perjel '/', kérdőjel '?', és '&', vagy az egyenlőség jel '='. \n" +"Végül lehetnek további paraméterek, amelyek '?' használatával vannak elválasztva: 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' \n" "A teljes URI tehát valahogy így néz ki: \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" -"waitprinter=false \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" "Néhány példa: \n" "Az USB nyomtató, amelynek típusa 'Fun Printer 1000+', gyártója az 'ACME',\n" "sorozatszáma pedig 'A1B2C3', a következő URI-vel rendelkezhet:: \n" "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B?serial=A1B2C3 \n" -"Egy hálózati nyomtató, amely a 192.168.100.1 IP-címen és a 9100-as porton " -"található, a következő URI-vel rendelkezik: \n" +"Egy hálózati nyomtató, amely a 192.168.100.1 IP-címen és a 9100-as porton található, a következő URI-vel rendelkezik: \n" "socket://192.168.100.1:9100 \n" -"Az a hálózati nyomtató, amely a 192.168.100.2 IP-címen LPD-protokollon " -"keresztül érhető el az 'LPT1' távoli LPD nyomtatási sor néven, a következő " -"URI-vel rendelkezik: \n" +"Az a hálózati nyomtató, amely a 192.168.100.2 IP-címen LPD-protokollon keresztül érhető el az 'LPT1' távoli LPD nyomtatási sor néven, a következő URI-vel rendelkezik: \n" "lpd://192.168.100.2/LPT1\n" "" @@ -2694,43 +2480,20 @@ "\n" "<big>Százalékkódolás</big> \n" "Ez egy bonyolult kérdés.\n" -"Amennyiben lehetséges, érdemes elkerülni a foglalt karakterek és a szóköz " -"használatát (például nem lehet elkerülni a használatot abban az esetben, ha " -"egy nyomtató eléréséhez az URI-ben használni kell ezeket a karaktereket " -"olyan, és nincs ráhatásunk a nyomtató nevének megváltoztatására).\n" -"Amikor csak lehetséges érdemes az általános karakterek használata, amelyek a " -"nagy- és kisbetűk, decimális számok, kötőjel, pont, aláhúzás és tilde.\n" -"Még a kötőjel, pont és tilde használata is okozhat néhány esetben problémát " -"(például csak a betűk, számok és az aláhúzás az amelynek használata " -"megfelelően működik a nyomtatósorok elnevezése esetén, és nem számít a kis " -"és nagybetű használata). Ezért lehetőség szerint a kisbetűk, számok és az " -"aláhúzás használata a legmegfelelőbb minden URI értéknél. \n" -"A foglalt karaktereknek és a szóközöknek mind százalékkódoltnak (URL " -"kódoltnak) kell lenniük. \n" -"Amennyiben egy beviteli mező egy teljes URI egyes részeit kéri be (például " -"külön mezőben a felhasználónevet és a jelszót), akkor az érték szó szerint " -"megadható (százalékkódolás használata nélkül).\n" -"Az ilyen beviteli mezőknél a szóközök és a foglalt karakterek automatikusan " -"százalékkódulásuak lesznek.\n" -"Például, ha a jelszó jelenleg \"Foo%20Bar\" (nem százalékkódolással), akkor " -"pontosan ezt kell megadni a beviteli mezőnél. Az automatikus százalékkódolás " -"után ennek az értéke \"Foo%2520Bar\" lesz, ahogy a jelszó tárolásra kerül " -"ebben a mezőben. \n" -"Ellenkező esetben, amikor a beviteli mezőben egy teljes URI-t kell megadni " -"(például minden opcionális paraméterrel együtt: 'option1=value1&" -"option2=value2&option3=value3'), akkor szóközkódolást kell használni, " -"mert az automatikus szóközkódolás ebben az esetben nem működik. Tegyük fel, " -"hogy egy opcionális paramétert \"option=value\" formátumban kell megadni, " -"ahol az érték 'this&that' lesz, így a teljes paraméter \"option=this&" -"that\" lesz (százalékkódolás nélkül). Azonban az '&' karakter a " -"különböző paraméterek közötti elválasztást jelöli\n" +"Amennyiben lehetséges, érdemes elkerülni a foglalt karakterek és a szóköz használatát (például nem lehet elkerülni a használatot abban az esetben, ha egy nyomtató eléréséhez az URI-ben használni kell ezeket a karaktereket olyan, és nincs ráhatásunk a nyomtató nevének megváltoztatására).\n" +"Amikor csak lehetséges érdemes az általános karakterek használata, amelyek a nagy- és kisbetűk, decimális számok, kötőjel, pont, aláhúzás és tilde.\n" +"Még a kötőjel, pont és tilde használata is okozhat néhány esetben problémát (például csak a betűk, számok és az aláhúzás az amelynek használata megfelelően működik a nyomtatósorok elnevezése esetén, és nem számít a kis és nagybetű használata). Ezért lehetőség szerint a kisbetűk, számok és az aláhúzás használata a legmegfelelőbb minden URI értéknél. \n" +"A foglalt karaktereknek és a szóközöknek mind százalékkódoltnak (URL kódoltnak) kell lenniük. \n" +"Amennyiben egy beviteli mező egy teljes URI egyes részeit kéri be (például külön mezőben a felhasználónevet és a jelszót), akkor az érték szó szerint megadható (százalékkódolás használata nélkül).\n" +"Az ilyen beviteli mezőknél a szóközök és a foglalt karakterek automatikusan százalékkódulásuak lesznek.\n" +"Például, ha a jelszó jelenleg \"Foo%20Bar\" (nem százalékkódolással), akkor pontosan ezt kell megadni a beviteli mezőnél. Az automatikus százalékkódolás után ennek az értéke \"Foo%2520Bar\" lesz, ahogy a jelszó tárolásra kerül ebben a mezőben. \n" +"Ellenkező esetben, amikor a beviteli mezőben egy teljes URI-t kell megadni (például minden opcionális paraméterrel együtt: 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3'), akkor szóközkódolást kell használni, mert az automatikus szóközkódolás ebben az esetben nem működik. Tegyük fel, hogy egy opcionális paramétert \"option=value\" formátumban kell megadni, ahol az érték 'this&that' lesz, így a teljes paraméter \"option=this&that\" lesz (százalékkódolás nélkül). Azonban az '&' karakter a különböző paraméterek közötti elválasztást jelöli\n" "így az URI-ben az 'option=this&that'\n" "azt jelenti, hogy az első paraméter az 'option=this', a\n" "második paraméter pedig a 'that'.\n" "Ezért a 'option=this&that' paramétert százalékkódolású\n" "formátumban kell megadni ebben a formában: 'option=this%26that' \n" -"Azon beviteli mezőknél, amelyeknél százalékkódolású formátumot kell " -"használni,\n" +"Azon beviteli mezőknél, amelyeknél százalékkódolású formátumot kell használni,\n" "ott a '[százalékkódolású]' felirat található. \n" "Karakterek és azok százalékkódolása: \n" "szóköz ' ': %20 \n" @@ -2753,8 +2516,7 @@ "kukac @ %40 \n" "nyitó szögletes zárójel [ %5B \n" "záró szögletes zárójel ] %5D \n" -"További információ angol nyelven 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): " -"Általános szintaxis' a \n" +"További információ angol nyelven 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Általános szintaxis' a \n" "http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986 weboldalon érhető el\n" "" @@ -2783,10 +2545,8 @@ "Example device URIs: \n" "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 \n" "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F \n" -"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be " -"installed.\n" -"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the " -"data\n" +"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n" +"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n" "to a bluetooth printer.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -2800,18 +2560,14 @@ "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3 \n" "hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234 \n" "Általában csak az automatikusan létrehozott eszköz URI működik.\n" -"Amennyiben az eszköz felismerése nem automatikus, akkor általában nincs " -"kommunikáció az eszközzel és nem lehet rá adatot küldeni. \n" +"Amennyiben az eszköz felismerése nem automatikus, akkor általában nincs kommunikáció az eszközzel és nem lehet rá adatot küldeni. \n" "A HP-nyomtatók vagy -többfunkciós készülékek 'hp' háttérrendszeren\n" "keresztül való eléréséhez a hplip csomagnak telepítve kell lennie.\n" "Ez a csomag tartalmazza a HPLIP nevű nyomtató- és szkennelőalkalmazást.\n" -"Ezzel szemben azok az eszközök, amelyek soros porton vagy bluetooth-on " -"keresztül csatlakoznak, általában nem kerülnek automatikusan\n" +"Ezzel szemben azok az eszközök, amelyek soros porton vagy bluetooth-on keresztül csatlakoznak, általában nem kerülnek automatikusan\n" "felismerésre, ezért az eszköz URI-t kézzel kell megadni.\n" -"A soros eszköz URI paramétereinek meg kell felelnie a nyomtatóban lévő " -"soros\n" -"port által támasztott követelményeknek, ezért célszerű annak " -"dokumentációját\n" +"A soros eszköz URI paramétereinek meg kell felelnie a nyomtatóban lévő soros\n" +"port által támasztott követelményeknek, ezért célszerű annak dokumentációját\n" "áttanulmányozni.\n" "Eszköz URI példa: \n" "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 \n" @@ -2826,8 +2582,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:586 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big> \n" "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" "A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" @@ -2865,36 +2620,22 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Hálózati nyomtatók nagy nyomtatókiszolgálók URI-je</big> \n" -"A nyomtatókiszolgáló egy hálózati kapcsolattal rendelkező hálózati eszköz, " -"amelyhez a nyomtatók párhuzamos porton vagy USB-n keresztül vannak " -"csatlakoztatva.\n" -"A hálózati nyomtató egy a nyomtatóba beépített eszköz. Ezek elérése három " -"különböző protokollon keresztül történhet. A hálózati nyomtató vagy a " -"nyomtatókiszolgáló leírásában megtalálhatók a támogatott protokollok, " -"amelyek a következők lehetnek: \n" +"A nyomtatókiszolgáló egy hálózati kapcsolattal rendelkező hálózati eszköz, amelyhez a nyomtatók párhuzamos porton vagy USB-n keresztül vannak csatlakoztatva.\n" +"A hálózati nyomtató egy a nyomtatóba beépített eszköz. Ezek elérése három különböző protokollon keresztül történhet. A hálózati nyomtató vagy a nyomtatókiszolgáló leírásában megtalálhatók a támogatott protokollok, amelyek a következők lehetnek: \n" "TCP-port (AppSocket/JetDirect) \n" -"IP-cím és portszám szükséges a csatlakozáshoz. A portszám általában 9100. Ez " -"a legegyszerűbb, leggyorsabb és a legmegbízhatóbb protokoll.\n" +"IP-cím és portszám szükséges a csatlakozáshoz. A portszám általában 9100. Ez a legegyszerűbb, leggyorsabb és a legmegbízhatóbb protokoll.\n" "Az ehhez tartozó eszköz URI a következő: \n" "socket://ip-cím:port-szám \n" "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) protokoll \n" -"Az LPD az eszközön fut és egy vagy több LPD nyomtatási sort biztosít. Az IP-" -"cím és az LPD nyomtatási sor neve szükséges a kapcsolódáshoz.\n" +"Az LPD az eszközön fut és egy vagy több LPD nyomtatási sort biztosít. Az IP-cím és az LPD nyomtatási sor neve szükséges a kapcsolódáshoz.\n" "Majdnem minden hálózati nyomtató és nyomtatószerver támogatja.\n" "Általában tetszőleges nyomtatási sor név vagy az 'LPT1' használható.\n" -"A megfelelő nyomtatáshoz azonban jól beállított LPD nyomtatási sorra van " -"szükség, amely nem módosítja a neki elküldött adatot és nem csinál " -"felesleges lapdobásokat.Az ehhez tartozó eszköz URI a következő: \n" +"A megfelelő nyomtatáshoz azonban jól beállított LPD nyomtatási sorra van szükség, amely nem módosítja a neki elküldött adatot és nem csinál felesleges lapdobásokat.Az ehhez tartozó eszköz URI a következő: \n" "lpd://ip-cím/nyomtatási-sor \n" "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP) \n" -"Az IPP a CUPS natív protokollja, amely számítógépen fut, de kisebb " -"nyomtatókiszolgálókon. Csak akkor célszerű IPP-protokollt használja, ha a " -"gyártó ezt a dokumentáció szerint támogatja.Az ehhez tartozó eszköz URI a " -"következő: \n" +"Az IPP a CUPS natív protokollja, amely számítógépen fut, de kisebb nyomtatókiszolgálókon. Csak akkor célszerű IPP-protokollt használja, ha a gyártó ezt a dokumentáció szerint támogatja.Az ehhez tartozó eszköz URI a következő: \n" "ipp://ip-cím:portszám/resource \n" -"Az IP-cím és a portszám kizárólag az adott hálózati nyomtatótól vagy " -"nyomtatókiszolgálótól függ. További információ a http://www.cups.org/" -"documentation.php/network.html weboldalon található.\n" +"Az IP-cím és a portszám kizárólag az adott hálózati nyomtatótól vagy nyomtatókiszolgálótól függ. További információ a http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/network.html weboldalon található.\n" "\n" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7: @@ -2908,8 +2649,7 @@ "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" "provides in your particular network: \n" "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed.\n" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" "to a SMB printer share. \n" @@ -2952,8 +2692,7 @@ "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share: \n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "For more information have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and \n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)" -"_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. \n" "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR) \n" @@ -2987,81 +2726,47 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Eszköz URI nyomtatókiszolgálón keresztüli nyomtatáskor</big></" -"b> \n" -"A nyomtatókiszolgáló készülékekkel ellentétben a nyomtatókiszolgáló gépek " -"olyan számítógépek, amely nyomtatási szolgáltatást nyújtanak. \n" -"Az elérés különböző hálózati protokollon keresztül történhet. A " -"rendszergazda tudja megmondani, hogy az adott hálózaton milyen " -"nyomtatókiszolgáló érhető el: \n" +"<big>Eszköz URI nyomtatókiszolgálón keresztüli nyomtatáskor</big> \n" +"A nyomtatókiszolgáló készülékekkel ellentétben a nyomtatókiszolgáló gépek olyan számítógépek, amely nyomtatási szolgáltatást nyújtanak. \n" +"Az elérés különböző hálózati protokollon keresztül történhet. A rendszergazda tudja megmondani, hogy az adott hálózaton milyen nyomtatókiszolgáló érhető el: \n" "Windows (R) vagy Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"Az SMB nyomtatómegosztás eléréséhez telepíteni kell a samba-client csomagot. " -"A csomag biztosítja a CUPS 'smb' háttérrendszert, amely kapcsolat a <tt>/usr/" -"bin/smbspool</tt> programhoz és elküldi az adatokat az SMB " -"nyomtatómegosztásra.\n" -"A kiszolgálónév, a nyomtatómegosztás neve, esetleg a munkacsoport neve " -"szükséges az eléréshez.\n" +"Az SMB nyomtatómegosztás eléréséhez telepíteni kell a samba-client csomagot. A csomag biztosítja a CUPS 'smb' háttérrendszert, amely kapcsolat a <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> programhoz és elküldi az adatokat az SMB nyomtatómegosztásra.\n" +"A kiszolgálónév, a nyomtatómegosztás neve, esetleg a munkacsoport neve szükséges az eléréshez.\n" "A későbbiekben a felhasználónév és a jelszó is szükséges lehet.\n" -"Figyelembe kell venni, hogy a szóközökhöz és a speciális karakterekhez " -"százalékkódolást kell használnia. (lásd fent). \n" -"Alapértelmezés szerint a CUPS egy háttérrendszert (smbspool) futtat 'lp' " -"felhasználóként fut.\n" -"Amikor Active Directory (R) környezetben nyomtat, akkor az 'lp' felhasználó " -"nem nyomtathat ebben a környezetben, így ez a felhasználó hagyományos módon " -"az smbspool-t nem használhatja. Az AD környezetben történő nyomtatáshoz a " -"samba-krb-printing csomagnak telepítve kell lennie.\n" -"Ebben az esetben a CUPS háttérrendszer 'smb' hivatkozása a következőre " -"módosul: <tt>/usr/bin/get_printing_ticket</tt>,\n" +"Figyelembe kell venni, hogy a szóközökhöz és a speciális karakterekhez százalékkódolást kell használnia. (lásd fent). \n" +"Alapértelmezés szerint a CUPS egy háttérrendszert (smbspool) futtat 'lp' felhasználóként fut.\n" +"Amikor Active Directory (R) környezetben nyomtat, akkor az 'lp' felhasználó nem nyomtathat ebben a környezetben, így ez a felhasználó hagyományos módon az smbspool-t nem használhatja. Az AD környezetben történő nyomtatáshoz a samba-krb-printing csomagnak telepítve kell lennie.\n" +"Ebben az esetben a CUPS háttérrendszer 'smb' hivatkozása a következőre módosul: <tt>/usr/bin/get_printing_ticket</tt>,\n" "amely az smbspool-t futtatja a nyomtatást indító felhasználó nevében.\n" -"Ebben az esetben hozzáfér a felhasználó TGT-jéhez, amit arra használ, hogy " -"továbbítsa a nyomtatási adatot az SMB-n keresztül megosztott nyomtatóra, " -"akár AD környezetben Kerberos hitelesítés használatával.\n" +"Ebben az esetben hozzáfér a felhasználó TGT-jéhez, amit arra használ, hogy továbbítsa a nyomtatási adatot az SMB-n keresztül megosztott nyomtatóra, akár AD környezetben Kerberos hitelesítés használatával.\n" "Ebben az esetben sem a felhasználónevet sem a jelszót nem szabad megadni.\n" -"Az alapfeltételezés, hogy a get_print_ticket ugyanazon a gépen fut, ahova a " -"felhasználó, aki a nyomtatást elküldte, be van jelentkezve.\n" -"Ez azt jelenti, hogy a nyomtatást elküldő felhasználónak ezt be kell " -"állítani és a felhasználó munkaállomásának az AD környezetben lévő SMB " -"nyomtató megosztásra kell közvetlenül küldeni a nyomtatandó adatokat.\n" -"Ez különösen nem működik egy külön CUPS kiszolgálóval, ahol olyan " -"felhasználó nyomtat, aki nincs bejelentkezve \n" +"Az alapfeltételezés, hogy a get_print_ticket ugyanazon a gépen fut, ahova a felhasználó, aki a nyomtatást elküldte, be van jelentkezve.\n" +"Ez azt jelenti, hogy a nyomtatást elküldő felhasználónak ezt be kell állítani és a felhasználó munkaállomásának az AD környezetben lévő SMB nyomtató megosztásra kell közvetlenül küldeni a nyomtatandó adatokat.\n" +"Ez különösen nem működik egy külön CUPS kiszolgálóval, ahol olyan felhasználó nyomtat, aki nincs bejelentkezve \n" " A hagyományos módon az eszközhöz tartozó URI: \n" "smb://felhasználónév:jelszó@munkacsoport/kiszolgáló/nyomtató \n" -"Például \"Nagy Zsolt\" az \"@ home!\" jelszóval a \"Fun Printer 1000+\" nevű " -"megosztás eléréséhez a következő URI-t használhatja: \n" -"smb://Nagy%20Zsolt:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer" -"%201000%2B \n" -"További információ a <tt>man smbspool</tt> parancs segítségével a man " -"oldalakon, valamint a http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)" -"_Share_or_Windows_Share weboldalon található. A 'Windows' és az 'Active " -"Directory' a Microsoft Corporation bejegyzett névjegyei az USA-ban és/vagy " -"más országokban. \n" +"Például \"Nagy Zsolt\" az \"@ home!\" jelszóval a \"Fun Printer 1000+\" nevű megosztás eléréséhez a következő URI-t használhatja: \n" +"smb://Nagy%20Zsolt:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" +"További információ a <tt>man smbspool</tt> parancs segítségével a man oldalakon, valamint a http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share weboldalon található. A 'Windows' és az 'Active Directory' a Microsoft Corporation bejegyzett névjegyei az USA-ban és/vagy más országokban. \n" "Hagyományos UNIX-kiszolgáló (LPR) \n" -"A Line Printer Daemon (LPD) hagyományos UNIX-kiszolgálón fut és egy vagy " -"több LPD nyomtatási sort biztosít.\n" +"A Line Printer Daemon (LPD) hagyományos UNIX-kiszolgálón fut és egy vagy több LPD nyomtatási sort biztosít.\n" "Az IP-cím és az LPD nyomtatási sor neve szükséges az eléréshez.\n" "Ehhez az eszközhöz tartozó URI: \n" "lpd://ip-cím/nyomtatási-sor \n" "CUPS-kiszolgáló \n" -"Általában nem szükséges helyi nyomtatási sor beállítása távoli CUPS-" -"kiszolgálón lévő nyomtatási sor eléréséhez. Helyette a Nyomtatás " -"hálózaton keresztül ablakban kell az elérést beállítani.\n" -"Csak akkor állítson be helyi nyomtatási sort, ha bizonyos benne, hogy " -"szükséges a CUPS-kiszolgálón lévő távoli nyomtatási sor eléréséhez. \n" +"Általában nem szükséges helyi nyomtatási sor beállítása távoli CUPS-kiszolgálón lévő nyomtatási sor eléréséhez. Helyette a Nyomtatás hálózaton keresztül ablakban kell az elérést beállítani.\n" +"Csak akkor állítson be helyi nyomtatási sort, ha bizonyos benne, hogy szükséges a CUPS-kiszolgálón lévő távoli nyomtatási sor eléréséhez. \n" "Az IPP a CUPS natív protokollja, amely kiszolgálón fut.\n" "A hivatalos IANA port az IPP-hez a 631.\n" "Ehhez az eszközhöz tartozó URI: \n" "ipp://ip-cím:631/nyomtatók/nyomtatási-sor \n" "Novell Netware Print Server (IPX) \n" -"Novell Netware kiszolgálón futó nyomtatókiszolgáló eléréséhez telepített " -"ncpfs csomaggal kell rendelkezni. A csomag egy CUPS 'novell' háttérrendszert " -"biztosít, amely CUPS-ot futtat és tartalmazza az <tt>nprint</tt> programot, " -"amely az adatokat a Novell Netware nyomtatási sorra küldi.\n" +"Novell Netware kiszolgálón futó nyomtatókiszolgáló eléréséhez telepített ncpfs csomaggal kell rendelkezni. A csomag egy CUPS 'novell' háttérrendszert biztosít, amely CUPS-ot futtat és tartalmazza az <tt>nprint</tt> programot, amely az adatokat a Novell Netware nyomtatási sorra küldi.\n" "A kiszolgáló nevét és a nyomtatási sor nevét meg kell adni az eléréshez.\n" "Későbbiekben az eléréshez a felhasználói név és a jelszó is szükséges.\n" "Ehhez az eszközhöz tartozó URI: \n" "novell://felhasználónév:jelszó@kiszolgáló/nyomtatási-sor \n" -"További információ a <tt>man nprint</tt> parancs használatával a man " -"oldalakon, valamint az ncpfs csomagban található.\n" +"További információ a <tt>man nprint</tt> parancs használatával a man oldalakon, valamint az ncpfs csomagban található.\n" "" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7: @@ -3098,48 +2803,34 @@ "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before. \n" "Example: \n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number \n" -"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second " -"delay\n" +"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" "and the print job is lost. \n" -"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/" -"beh</tt> and \n" +"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and \n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Különleges eszközök URI-je</big> \n" "Tetszőleges eszköz URI-je\n" -"Amennyiben pontosan tudja az eszköz URI-jét vagy módosítani akarja a meglévő " -"eszköz URI-t. \n" +"Amennyiben pontosan tudja az eszköz URI-jét vagy módosítani akarja a meglévő eszköz URI-t. \n" "Nyomtatási adatok elküldése más programnak (pipe) \n" -"Ehhez a cups-backends csomagnak telepítve kell lennie. Ez a program " -"biztosítja a CUPS háttérrendszer 'pipe'-ot, amely az itt megadott programot " -"futtatja. Ehhez az eszközhöz tartozó URI: \n" +"Ehhez a cups-backends csomagnak telepítve kell lennie. Ez a program biztosítja a CUPS háttérrendszer 'pipe'-ot, amely az itt megadott programot futtatja. Ehhez az eszközhöz tartozó URI: \n" "pipe:/útvonal/to/célparancs \n" "Daisy-chain hibakezelő (beh) \n" "Ehhez a foomatic-filters csomagnak telepítve kell lennie.\n" -"Ez a program biztosítja a CUPS háttérrendszer 'beh'-et. A 'beh' egy köztes " -"program a háttérrendszernek, amely 'beh'-et hívja meg.\n" -"Ilyen módon a 'beh' a beállításainak megfelelően megismétli a háttérrendszer " -"hívását, vagy egyszerűen elfedi a hibát a CUPS-démon előtt.\n" +"Ez a program biztosítja a CUPS háttérrendszer 'beh'-et. A 'beh' egy köztes program a háttérrendszernek, amely 'beh'-et hívja meg.\n" +"Ilyen módon a 'beh' a beállításainak megfelelően megismétli a háttérrendszer hívását, vagy egyszerűen elfedi a hibát a CUPS-démon előtt.\n" "Ehhez az eszközhöz tartozó URI: \n" "beh:/nodisable/attempts/delay/originalDeviceURI \n" -"Amennyiben a nodisable értéke '1', a beh sosem ad át hibát, amely azt " -"jelenti, hogy a nyomtatási sor sosem kerül letiltásra, azonban előfordulhat, " -"hogy elvész a nyomtatás, ha valamilyen hiba adódik. \n" -"Az attempts a háttérrendszer újrahívásának száma hiba esetén. A '0' érték " -"azt jelenti, hogy az újrapróbálkozások száma végtelen. \n" +"Amennyiben a nodisable értéke '1', a beh sosem ad át hibát, amely azt jelenti, hogy a nyomtatási sor sosem kerül letiltásra, azonban előfordulhat, hogy elvész a nyomtatás, ha valamilyen hiba adódik. \n" +"Az attempts a háttérrendszer újrahívásának száma hiba esetén. A '0' érték azt jelenti, hogy az újrapróbálkozások száma végtelen. \n" "A delay a háttérrendszer két hívása között eltelt időt jelenti. \n" "Az utolsó paraméter a nyomtatási sor eredeti URI-je. \n" "Például: \n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-cím:portszám \n" -"A 'beh' háttérrendszer háromszor próbálja meg elérni a hálózati nyomtatót és " -"próbálkozások között 5 másodperc telik el. Amennyiben az elérés sikertelen a " -"nyomtatási sor nem kerül letiltásra és a nyomtatásra szánt adat elvész. \n" -"További információ az <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> elérési úton, " -"valamint a http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/" -"BackendErrorHandler weboldalon található.\n" +"A 'beh' háttérrendszer háromszor próbálja meg elérni a hálózati nyomtatót és próbálkozások között 5 másodperc telik el. Amennyiben az elérés sikertelen a nyomtatási sor nem kerül letiltásra és a nyomtatásra szánt adat elvész. \n" +"További információ az <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> elérési úton, valamint a http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler weboldalon található.\n" "" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4: @@ -3147,8 +2838,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Printing Via Network</big> \n" -"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network." -" \n" +"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network. \n" "By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n" "to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n" @@ -3189,27 +2879,19 @@ "módot használja. \n" "Ebben az esetben a CUPS-kiszolgálónak közzé kell tennie a nyomtatókat\n" "a hálózaton keresztül és a felhasználó számítógépén a CUPS-démonnak\n" -"(cupsd) futnia kell, amely figyeli a közzétett nyomtatókról érkező " -"információkat a hálózaton. \n" +"(cupsd) futnia kell, amely figyeli a közzétett nyomtatókról érkező információkat a hálózaton. \n" "A CUPS Browsing információ az 631-es UDP porton keresztül érkezik. \n" "A tűzfallal kapcsolatban: \n" -"Célszerű ellenőrizni, hogy a tűzfal engedélyezve van-e abban a hálózati " -"zónában,\n" +"Célszerű ellenőrizni, hogy a tűzfal engedélyezve van-e abban a hálózati zónában,\n" "ahol a nyomtatók közzé vannak téve a hálózaton.\n" "Alaphelyzetben a SuSEfirewall engedélyez minden beérkező információt, amely\n" -"a 'belső zónához' tartozik, mivel alapértelmezésként ez megbízható zóna." -" \n" +"a 'belső zónához' tartozik, mivel alapértelmezésként ez megbízható zóna. \n" "Nincs sok értelme nyomtatni megbízható belső hálózaton\n" -"található nyomtatóra, amelynek a hálózati csatolója a nem megbízható 'külső " -"zónára' van beállítva,\n" +"található nyomtatóra, amelynek a hálózati csatolója a nem megbízható 'külső zónára' van beállítva,\n" "amely a hálózati csatoló alapértelmezett beállítása.\n" -"Nem kell letiltani a tűzfalas védelmet a CUPS miatt (pl. az IPP a 631-es " -"TCP\n" +"Nem kell letiltani a tűzfalas védelmet a CUPS miatt (pl. az IPP a 631-es TCP\n" "és UDP portot használja) egy nem megbízható 'külső zónában'. \n" -"Belső megbízható hálózaton használt távoli nyomtató esetén, amely tűzfallal " -"védve van a nem kívánatos külső (tipikusan az internetről érkező) elérés " -"ellen, bármilyen további tűzfalbeállítás nélkül össze kell rendelni a belső " -"hálózathoz kapcsolódó hálózati csatolót. \n" +"Belső megbízható hálózaton használt távoli nyomtató esetén, amely tűzfallal védve van a nem kívánatos külső (tipikusan az internetről érkező) elérés ellen, bármilyen további tűzfalbeállítás nélkül össze kell rendelni a belső hálózathoz kapcsolódó hálózati csatolót. \n" "További részletek az openSUSE adatbázisában találhatók a \n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings oldalon\n" "" @@ -3249,10 +2931,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" -"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your " -"host.\n" -"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly." -" \n" +"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" +"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly. \n" "A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" "for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" "to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n" @@ -3265,11 +2945,9 @@ "Amennyiben kizárólag hálózaton keresztül nyomtat és csak egyetlen\n" "CUPS-kiszolgálót használ, akkor nincs szükség a CUPS Browsing és a\n" "CUPS démon futtatására a számítógépen.\n" -"Helyette egyszerűbb megadni a CUPS-kiszolgálót és és azt közvetlenül elérni." -" \n" +"Helyette egyszerűbb megadni a CUPS-kiszolgálót és és azt közvetlenül elérni. \n" "Lehetséges hátránya lehet, hogy az alkalmazás egy ideig megáll egy időre\n" -"(az időtúllépés végéig) amennyiben olyan CUPS-kiszolgálót próbálj meg " -"elérni,\n" +"(az időtúllépés végéig) amennyiben olyan CUPS-kiszolgálót próbálj meg elérni,\n" "amely nem érhető el (pl. ha utazás közben használja a notebookot).\n" "Általában ez a DNS névfeloldási időtúllépés, ezért az segíthet, ha a\n" "CUPS-kiszolgáló elérése közvetlenül az /etc/hosts fájlba kerül.\n" @@ -3290,13 +2968,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Létre kell hoznia a megfelelő nyomtatási sort a számítógépen, amennyiben " -"nincs CUPS kiszolgáló a hálózaton, vagy közvetlenül kell elérnie egy " -"hálózati nyomtatót, esetleg más típusú nyomtatókiszolgálót használ (pl. " -"Windows (R), Samba vagy hagyományos Unix kiszolgálón keresztül nyomtat)." -" \n" -"A 'Windows' a Microsoft Corporation bejegyzett védjegye az USA-ban és/vagy " -"más országokban.\n" +"Létre kell hoznia a megfelelő nyomtatási sort a számítógépen, amennyiben nincs CUPS kiszolgáló a hálózaton, vagy közvetlenül kell elérnie egy hálózati nyomtatót, esetleg más típusú nyomtatókiszolgálót használ (pl. Windows (R), Samba vagy hagyományos Unix kiszolgálón keresztül nyomtat). \n" +"A 'Windows' a Microsoft Corporation bejegyzett védjegye az USA-ban és/vagy más országokban.\n" "" #. SharingDialog help 1/4: @@ -3307,20 +2980,15 @@ "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" "its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" -"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must " -"run\n" +"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" "which is listening for incoming information about published printers. \n" "CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Osztott nyomtatási sorok és azok hirdetése a hálózaton</big></" -"b> \n" -"Általában a CUPS-ot (Common Unix Printing System) 'Browsing' módba kell " -"beállítani ahhoz, hogy a nyomtatók elérhetők legyenek a hálózaton. \n" -"Ilyenkor a CUPS-kiszolgáló a saját, helyi nyomtatási sorait hirdeti a " -"hálózaton. A CUPS-kliensen a CUPS-démonnak (cupsd) kell futnia, hogy " -"figyelje a közzétett nyomtatókról érkező információkat. \n" +"<big>Osztott nyomtatási sorok és azok hirdetése a hálózaton</big> \n" +"Általában a CUPS-ot (Common Unix Printing System) 'Browsing' módba kell beállítani ahhoz, hogy a nyomtatók elérhetők legyenek a hálózaton. \n" +"Ilyenkor a CUPS-kiszolgáló a saját, helyi nyomtatási sorait hirdeti a hálózaton. A CUPS-kliensen a CUPS-démonnak (cupsd) kell futnia, hogy figyelje a közzétett nyomtatókról érkező információkat. \n" "A CUPS Browsing információ az UDP 631-es porton érkezik.\n" "" @@ -3329,32 +2997,23 @@ msgid "" "\n" "First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n" -"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients." -" \n" +"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients. \n" "In a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\n" "to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n" "and to publish printers to all those hosts. \n" "It is not required to publish printers in any case. \n" -"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS " -"Browsing.\n" +"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" -"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server " -"directly.\n" +"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Mindenekelőtt a CUPS-kliensnek telepítve kell lennie a CUPS-kiszolgáló " -"eléréséhez.\n" +"Mindenekelőtt a CUPS-kliensnek telepítve kell lennie a CUPS-kiszolgáló eléréséhez.\n" "Majd meg kell adni, hogy a nyomtatók hirdetve vannak-e a kliensek felé. \n" -"A helyi hálózaton a a CUPS böngészés beállításának általános módja, a távoli " -"elérés engedélyezése az összes helyi hálózaton található számítógép számára " -"és a nyomtató hirdetése ezen számítógépeknek. \n" +"A helyi hálózaton a a CUPS böngészés beállításának általános módja, a távoli elérés engedélyezése az összes helyi hálózaton található számítógép számára és a nyomtató hirdetése ezen számítógépeknek. \n" " Nem feltétlenül szükséges a nyomtatók hirdetése. \n" -"Amennyiben csak egyetlen CUPS-kiszolgáló van, nem szükséges a CUPS Browsing " -"mód használata.\n" -"Helyette egyszerűbb megadni a CUPS-kiszolgálót a kliensgépen (a 'Hálózaton " -"keresztüli nyomtatás' részben), így a kliensek közvetlenül érik el a " -"kiszolgálót.\n" +"Amennyiben csak egyetlen CUPS-kiszolgáló van, nem szükséges a CUPS Browsing mód használata.\n" +"Helyette egyszerűbb megadni a CUPS-kiszolgálót a kliensgépen (a 'Hálózaton keresztüli nyomtatás' részben), így a kliensek közvetlenül érik el a kiszolgálót.\n" "" #. SharingDialog help 3/4: @@ -3377,16 +3036,10 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Számos módja van, hogy hogyan lehet megadni, milyen távoli számítógépek " -"érhetik el a CUPS kiszolgálót. \n" -"A Távoli hozzáférés engedélyezése használatával a helyi hálózaton található " -"összes számítógép számára engedi a hozzáférést.\n" -"Egy távoli számítógép akkor van a helyi hálózaton, ha az IP-címe ugyanazon a " -"hálózaton van, mint a CUPS kiszolgálónak ls ha a számítógép hálózati " -"kapcsolata nem PPP csatolót használ a CUPS kiszolgálón (olyan csatoló, ahol " -"nincs beállítva az IFF_POINTOPOINT). \n" -"Lehetőség van megadni a hálózati csatolók listáját, amelyeken keresztül a " -"távoli hozzáférések engedélyezettek. \n" +"Számos módja van, hogy hogyan lehet megadni, milyen távoli számítógépek érhetik el a CUPS kiszolgálót. \n" +"A Távoli hozzáférés engedélyezése használatával a helyi hálózaton található összes számítógép számára engedi a hozzáférést.\n" +"Egy távoli számítógép akkor van a helyi hálózaton, ha az IP-címe ugyanazon a hálózaton van, mint a CUPS kiszolgálónak ls ha a számítógép hálózati kapcsolata nem PPP csatolót használ a CUPS kiszolgálón (olyan csatoló, ahol nincs beállítva az IFF_POINTOPOINT). \n" +"Lehetőség van megadni a hálózati csatolók listáját, amelyeken keresztül a távoli hozzáférések engedélyezettek. \n" "További lehetőség az engedélyezett IP-címek, illetve hálózatok megadása.\n" "" @@ -3445,8 +3098,7 @@ "(például az IPP-hez, amely a 631-es TCP és UDP portot használja)\n" "a nem biztonságos 'külső zónához. \n" "Ahhoz, hogy a nyomtató elérhető legyen a belső, biztonságos hálózaton\n" -"és a tűzfal védelmet nyújtson a külső hálózatról (elsősorban az " -"internetről)\n" +"és a tűzfal védelmet nyújtson a külső hálózatról (elsősorban az internetről)\n" "érkező nem kívánt hozzáférés ellen,\n" "rendelje hozzá a belső hálózati csatolót a tűzfal belső zónájához.\n" "Használja a YaST tűzfalbeállító modulját a biztonságos beállításhoz,\n" @@ -3469,10 +3121,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>CUPS működési irányelv</big> \n" -"A működési irányelvek azok a szabályok, amelyek a CUPS működését " -"szabályozzák. Ilyen műveletek lehetnek a 'nyomtass ki valamit' vagy a " -"'nyomtatás törlése', 'nyomtató beállítása', 'nyomtató módosítása vagy " -"eltávolítása' és a 'nyomtatás engedélyezése vagy letiltása'.\n" +"A működési irányelvek azok a szabályok, amelyek a CUPS működését szabályozzák. Ilyen műveletek lehetnek a 'nyomtass ki valamit' vagy a 'nyomtatás törlése', 'nyomtató beállítása', 'nyomtató módosítása vagy eltávolítása' és a 'nyomtatás engedélyezése vagy letiltása'.\n" "" #. Policies help 2/2: @@ -3496,29 +3145,20 @@ " \n" "The following error policies exist: \n" "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing. \n" -"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by " -"default). \n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default). \n" "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>CUPS hibakezelési irányelv</big> \n" -"A hibakezelési irányelv határozza meg azt az irányelvet, amikor a CUPS nem " -"tudja elküldeni a nyomtatást a nyomtatóra. \n" -"Attól függően, hogy a nyomtató hogyan kapcsolódik a számítógéphez (például " -"'párhuzamos', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', vagy 'ipp'),\n" -"illetve hogy milyen típusú hiba következik be, a CUPS háttérrendszer, amely " -"az adatot küldi a nyomtatóra, felülírhatja az alapértelmezett hibakezelési " -"irányelvet egy másikkal (lásd <tt>man backend<tt>).\n" -"Például leállíthat minden további nyomtatási próbálkozást annak ellenére, " -"hogy az alapértelmezett hibakezelési irányelv újraküldené a nyomtatási " -"feladatot. Ez akkor fordulhat elő, ha a kapcsolat megszakad a nyomtatóval, " -"és ilyenkor nincs értelme újraküldeni a nyomtatási feladatot.\n" +"A hibakezelési irányelv határozza meg azt az irányelvet, amikor a CUPS nem tudja elküldeni a nyomtatást a nyomtatóra. \n" +"Attól függően, hogy a nyomtató hogyan kapcsolódik a számítógéphez (például 'párhuzamos', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', vagy 'ipp'),\n" +"illetve hogy milyen típusú hiba következik be, a CUPS háttérrendszer, amely az adatot küldi a nyomtatóra, felülírhatja az alapértelmezett hibakezelési irányelvet egy másikkal (lásd <tt>man backend<tt>).\n" +"Például leállíthat minden további nyomtatási próbálkozást annak ellenére, hogy az alapértelmezett hibakezelési irányelv újraküldené a nyomtatási feladatot. Ez akkor fordulhat elő, ha a kapcsolat megszakad a nyomtatóval, és ilyenkor nincs értelme újraküldeni a nyomtatási feladatot.\n" " \n" "A következő hibakezelési irányelvek léteznek: \n" "Nyomtatás leállítása és a feladat megőrzése későbbi nyomtatáshoz. \n" -"Feladat újraküldése kis idő elteltével (alapértelmezett idő: 30 másodperc)." -" \n" +"Feladat újraküldése kis idő elteltével (alapértelmezett idő: 30 másodperc). \n" "Nyomtatási feladat megszakítása és törlése, a következő feladat indítása.\n" "" @@ -3541,18 +3181,11 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Közvetlenül csatlakoztatott nyomtatók automatikus beállítása</big></" -"b> \n" -"Kapcsolja be a YaST automatikus beállítását a közvetlenül csatlakoztatott " -"nyomtatókhoz, amelyek a számítógépre vannak csatlakoztatva. \n" -"Minden egyes csatlakoztatott nyomtatóhoz a YaST tesztet futtat, hogy " -"meghatározza, létezik-e hozzá beállítás.\n" -"Amennyiben nincs hozzá megadott beállítás, a YaST megpróbál megfelelő " -"illesztőprogramot találni a nyomtatóhoz és amennyiben talál megfelelőt, " -"akkor beállítja azt.. \n" -"A beállítás eredménye alapvetően ugyanaz, mint az 'Új nyomtató hozzáadása' " -"ablakban automatikusan kiválasztott és alapértelmezett beállításokkal " -"használt illesztőprogram.\n" +"<big>Közvetlenül csatlakoztatott nyomtatók automatikus beállítása</big> \n" +"Kapcsolja be a YaST automatikus beállítását a közvetlenül csatlakoztatott nyomtatókhoz, amelyek a számítógépre vannak csatlakoztatva. \n" +"Minden egyes csatlakoztatott nyomtatóhoz a YaST tesztet futtat, hogy meghatározza, létezik-e hozzá beállítás.\n" +"Amennyiben nincs hozzá megadott beállítás, a YaST megpróbál megfelelő illesztőprogramot találni a nyomtatóhoz és amennyiben talál megfelelőt, akkor beállítja azt.. \n" +"A beállítás eredménye alapvetően ugyanaz, mint az 'Új nyomtató hozzáadása' ablakban automatikusan kiválasztott és alapértelmezett beállításokkal használt illesztőprogram.\n" "" #. Autoconfig help 2/2: @@ -3578,19 +3211,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Automatikus beállítás USB nyomtatókhoz</big> \n" -"Az 'udev-configure-printer' csomag automatikus beállítást biztosít USB-n " -"keresztül csatlakoztatott nyomtatókhoz. \n" -"Ha alapértelmezésként a jelölőnégyzet nincs kiválasztva, akkor a csomag " -"nincs telepítve és a kijelölésekor telepítésre kerül. \n" -"Amennyiben a jelölőnégyzet alapértelmezésben ki van jelölve, akkor telepítve " -"van és a kikapcsolásakor eltávolításra kerül. \n" -"Ha az udev-configure-printer telepítve van, az automatikus USB " -"nyomatóbeállítás az/lib/udev/rules.d/70-printers.rules alapján történik,\n" +"Az 'udev-configure-printer' csomag automatikus beállítást biztosít USB-n keresztül csatlakoztatott nyomtatókhoz. \n" +"Ha alapértelmezésként a jelölőnégyzet nincs kiválasztva, akkor a csomag nincs telepítve és a kijelölésekor telepítésre kerül. \n" +"Amennyiben a jelölőnégyzet alapértelmezésben ki van jelölve, akkor telepítve van és a kikapcsolásakor eltávolításra kerül. \n" +"Ha az udev-configure-printer telepítve van, az automatikus USB nyomatóbeállítás az/lib/udev/rules.d/70-printers.rules alapján történik,\n" "amely az USB nyomtató hozzáadásakor az\n" " 'udev-configure-printer add', eltávolításakor az\n" "'udev-configure-printer remove' parancsot használja.\n" -"Nem lehet semmilyen beállítást módosítani az udev-configure-printer " -"használatakor,\n" +"Nem lehet semmilyen beállítást módosítani az udev-configure-printer használatakor,\n" "kivéve ha a 70-printers.rules fájlban kézzel módosít.\n" "" @@ -3682,14 +3310,12 @@ #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128 msgid "" -"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not " -"accessible.\n" +"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" msgstr "" "A helyben futó CUPS démon szükséges, de nem fut.\n" -"Ellenőrizze az 'lpstat -h localhost -r' parancs segítségével, hogy elérhető-" -"e.\n" +"Ellenőrizze az 'lpstat -h localhost -r' parancs segítségével, hogy elérhető-e.\n" "A nem elérhető cupsd végtelen ciklusba kényszeríthetnek folyamatot.\n" #. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails @@ -3711,17 +3337,12 @@ "the YaST printer module to configure your printers.\n" msgstr "" "A CUPS démon nem figyel a hivatalos IANA IPP porton (631).\n" -"A a 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' parancs segítségével ellenőrizhető, hogy a " -"cupsd melyik porton figyel.\n" -"Ez akkor fordul elő, ha van egy 'Listen ...:1234' vagy 'Port 1234' beállítás " -"(az 1234 a portszámot jelöli, amely eltérő az alapértelmezett 631-es " -"porttól) az /etc/cups/cupsd.conf\n" +"A a 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' parancs segítségével ellenőrizhető, hogy a cupsd melyik porton figyel.\n" +"Ez akkor fordul elő, ha van egy 'Listen ...:1234' vagy 'Port 1234' beállítás (az 1234 a portszámot jelöli, amely eltérő az alapértelmezett 631-es porttól) az /etc/cups/cupsd.conf\n" "fájlban (célszerű ellenőrizni, hogy a van-e 'BrowsePort 1234' benne).\n" "A YaST nyomtatómodul nem támogat a hivatalostól eltérő portot.\n" -"A nem hivatalos port használata végtelen ciklusba vezetheti a folyamatot. " -"Nem hivatalos port\n" -"használata esetén a YaST nyomtatómodul nem használható a nyomtatók " -"beállítására.\n" +"A nem hivatalos port használata végtelen ciklusba vezetheti a folyamatot. Nem hivatalos port\n" +"használata esetén a YaST nyomtatómodul nem használható a nyomtatók beállítására.\n" #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback @@ -3742,19 +3363,14 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." -msgstr "" -"A továbblépéssel elfogadja, hogy a(z) '%1' kiszolgálót a továbbiakban nem " -"használja." +msgstr "A továbblépéssel elfogadja, hogy a(z) '%1' kiszolgálót a továbbiakban nem használja." #. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 -msgid "" -"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." -msgstr "" -"A nem elérhető kiszolgálók végtelen várakozási- és hibaciklusba " -"kényszeríthetik a folyamatot." +msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." +msgstr "A nem elérhető kiszolgálók végtelen várakozási- és hibaciklusba kényszeríthetik a folyamatot." #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 @@ -3782,8 +3398,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." msgstr "Ez egy távoli beállítás. Csak a helyi beállítások törölhetők." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 @@ -3792,12 +3407,8 @@ #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 -msgid "" -"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be " -"restored." -msgstr "" -"A kiválasztott beállítások azonnal törlődnek és nem lehet őket " -"visszaállítani." +msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." +msgstr "A kiválasztott beállítások azonnal törlődnek és nem lehet őket visszaállítani." #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 @@ -3833,9 +3444,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." -msgstr "" -"A tesztoldal nem nyomtatható ki, mert a nyomtatási feladat elutasításra " -"került." +msgstr "A tesztoldal nem nyomtatható ki, mert a nyomtatási feladat elutasításra került." #. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. #. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". @@ -3855,12 +3464,8 @@ #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 -msgid "" -"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is " -"printed." -msgstr "" -"Folyamatban lévő nyomtatási feladatok vannak, amelyek a tesztoldal " -"nyomtatása előtt törlésre kerülhetnek." +msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." +msgstr "Folyamatban lévő nyomtatási feladatok vannak, amelyek a tesztoldal nyomtatása előtt törlésre kerülhetnek." #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. @@ -3878,8 +3483,7 @@ #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs" -msgstr "" -"Tesztoldal nyomtatás a nyomtatási sorban várakozó feladatok nyomtatása után" +msgstr "Tesztoldal nyomtatás a nyomtatási sorban várakozó feladatok nyomtatása után" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. @@ -3887,8 +3491,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1." -msgstr "" -"A(z) %1 nyomtatás sorban található nyomtatási feladatok törlése sikertelen." +msgstr "A(z) %1 nyomtatás sorban található nyomtatási feladatok törlése sikertelen." #. Since CUPS 1.4 there is no longer a readymade PostScript testpage in CUPS, see #. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=520617 @@ -3942,9 +3545,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." -msgstr "" -"A tesztoldal a(z) %1 nyomtatóra küldve. Hamarosan meg kell kezdődnie a " -"nyomtatásnak." +msgstr "A tesztoldal a(z) %1 nyomtatóra küldve. Hamarosan meg kell kezdődnie a nyomtatásnak." #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label #. regarding a positive testpage printout result: @@ -3996,11 +3597,8 @@ msgstr "A teljes napló a /var/log/cups/error_log fájlban található." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 -msgid "" -"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" -msgstr "" -"CUPS naplóinformáció a %1 nyomtatósorra küldött tesztoldal nyomtatásával " -"kapcsolatban (angol nyelvű)" +msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" +msgstr "CUPS naplóinformáció a %1 nyomtatósorra küldött tesztoldal nyomtatásával kapcsolatban (angol nyelvű)" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: @@ -4010,18 +3608,13 @@ #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 -msgid "" -"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote " -"system." -msgstr "" -"Ha a hálózaton keresztüli nyomtatás sikertelen, akkor vegye fel a " -"kapcsolatot a rendszergazdával." +msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." +msgstr "Ha a hálózaton keresztüli nyomtatás sikertelen, akkor vegye fel a kapcsolatot a rendszergazdával." #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." -msgstr "" -"A távoli CUPS-kiszolgáló beállítása ütközik a kiegészítő beállításokkal." +msgstr "A távoli CUPS-kiszolgáló beállítása ütközik a kiegészítő beállításokkal." # modules/sound/sound.ycp:273 #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 @@ -4030,8 +3623,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." msgstr "Ez egy távoli beállítás. Csak a helyi beállítások módosíthatók." #. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy @@ -4089,12 +3681,8 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local " -"system." -msgstr "" -"A távoli CUPS-kiszolgáló beállítása ütközik a helyi rendszeren beállított " -"irányelvekkel." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system." +msgstr "A távoli CUPS-kiszolgáló beállítása ütközik a helyi rendszeren beállított irányelvekkel." #. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 @@ -4105,17 +3693,13 @@ #. Do not change or translate "DefaultPolicy", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:354 msgid "Failed to set 'DefaultPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -msgstr "" -"Nem sikerült 'DefaultPolicy %1' beállítást megadni az /etc/cups/cupsd.conf " -"fájlban." +msgstr "Nem sikerült 'DefaultPolicy %1' beállítást megadni az /etc/cups/cupsd.conf fájlban." #. where %1 will be replaced by the default error policy value. #. Do not change or translate "ErrorPolicy", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:373 msgid "Failed to set 'ErrorPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -msgstr "" -"Nem sikerült 'ErrorPolicy %1' beállítást megadni az /etc/cups/cupsd.conf " -"fájlban." +msgstr "Nem sikerült 'ErrorPolicy %1' beállítást megadni az /etc/cups/cupsd.conf fájlban." #. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step #. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). @@ -4200,8 +3784,7 @@ #. from where remote printer information is polled: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146 msgid "Polled CUPS server names or &IP Addresses (separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Lekérdezett CUPS-kiszolgálók nevei vagy IP-címei (szóközzel elválasztva)" +msgstr "Lekérdezett CUPS-kiszolgálók nevei vagy IP-címei (szóközzel elválasztva)" #. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly #. only via one single remote CUPS server: @@ -4258,28 +3841,22 @@ #. when a client-only server is not accessible: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:396 msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of failures." -msgstr "" -"A nem elérhető kiszolgálók végtelen ciklusba kényszeríthetnek folyamatot." +msgstr "A nem elérhető kiszolgálók végtelen ciklusba kényszeríthetnek folyamatot." #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430 msgid "Tried to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf." -msgstr "" -"A 'ServerName %1' bejegyzés beállítása az /etc/cups/client.conf fájlban." +msgstr "A 'ServerName %1' bejegyzés beállítása az /etc/cups/client.conf fájlban." #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:441 msgid "Failed to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf." -msgstr "" -"Nem sikerült 'ServerName %1' beállítást megadni az /etc/cups/client.conf " -"fájlban." +msgstr "Nem sikerült 'ServerName %1' beállítást megadni az /etc/cups/client.conf fájlban." #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 msgid "The checkbox to do all printing via one CUPS server was disabled." -msgstr "" -"A beállítás, amelynek segítségével minden nyomtatás a CUPS-kiszolgálón " -"keresztül történik, letiltásra került." +msgstr "A beállítás, amelynek segítségével minden nyomtatás a CUPS-kiszolgálón keresztül történik, letiltásra került." #. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: #. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has @@ -4292,16 +3869,12 @@ #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:638 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:575 msgid "Failed to set 'Browsing On' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Nem sikerült 'Browsing On' beállítást megadni az /etc/cups/cupsd.conf " -"fájlban." +msgstr "Nem sikerült 'Browsing On' beállítást megadni az /etc/cups/cupsd.conf fájlban." #. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569 msgid "Failed to set BrowseAllow value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"A 'BrowseAllow' bejegyzés '%1' értékeinek beállítása az /etc/cups/cupsd.conf " -"fájlban sikertelen." +msgstr "A 'BrowseAllow' bejegyzés '%1' értékeinek beállítása az /etc/cups/cupsd.conf fájlban sikertelen." #. but now the user has deactivated it #. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled. @@ -4311,9 +3884,7 @@ #. Instead set only "BrowseAllow none" in cupsd.conf: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:597 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"A 'BrowseAllow none' bejegyzés beállítása az /etc/cups/cupsd.conf fájlban " -"sikertelen." +msgstr "A 'BrowseAllow none' bejegyzés beállítása az /etc/cups/cupsd.conf fájlban sikertelen." #. a BrowsePoll config but with effectively empty server names. #. Such a BrowsePoll config does not make sense: @@ -4324,18 +3895,14 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659 msgid "Failed to set BrowsePoll value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -msgstr "" -"A 'BrowsePull' bejegyzés '%1' értékeinek beállítása az /etc/cups/cupsd.conf " -"fájlban sikertelen." +msgstr "A 'BrowsePull' bejegyzés '%1' értékeinek beállítása az /etc/cups/cupsd.conf fájlban sikertelen." #. but now the user has deactivated it #. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled: #. Set only "BrowsePoll none" in cupsd.conf: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:684 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowsePoll none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -msgstr "" -"A 'BrowsePull none' bejegyzés beállítása az /etc/cups/cupsd.conf fájlban " -"sikertelen." +msgstr "A 'BrowsePull none' bejegyzés beállítása az /etc/cups/cupsd.conf fájlban sikertelen." #. A "accept browsing info" config with a local running cupsd #. was switched to a "not accept browsing info" config or @@ -4354,15 +3921,10 @@ #. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 msgid "" -"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept " -"announcements'\n" +"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n" "or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n" "it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." -msgstr "" -"Az 'információ fogadása' beállításról az 'ne fogadjon információt' " -"beállításra való váltáskor, vagy ha a 'nyomtatóinformációk kérése távoli " -"CUPS-kiszolgálókról' le van tiltva akkor általában 5 percre van szükség, " -"hogy a már megérkezett információ ne jelenjen meg…" +msgstr "Az 'információ fogadása' beállításról az 'ne fogadjon információt' beállításra való váltáskor, vagy ha a 'nyomtatóinformációk kérése távoli CUPS-kiszolgálókról' le van tiltva akkor általában 5 percre van szükség, hogy a már megérkezett információ ne jelenjen meg…" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1144 @@ -4382,9 +3944,7 @@ #. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83 msgid "There are various ways how to specify which remote hosts are allowed:" -msgstr "" -"Számos módja van annak, hogy hogyan lehet megadni, melyik távoli számítógép " -"van engedélyezve:" +msgstr "Számos módja van annak, hogy hogyan lehet megadni, melyik távoli számítógép van engedélyezve:" #. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues #. for computers within the local network: @@ -4442,18 +4002,13 @@ #. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues #. for hosts and/or networks: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Hozzáférés e&ngedélyezése a következő címekről vagy hálózatokról/hálózati " -"maszkokról (szóközzel elválasztva):" +msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" +msgstr "Hozzáférés e&ngedélyezése a következő címekről vagy hálózatokról/hálózati maszkokról (szóközzel elválasztva):" #. TextEntry to publish local print queues #. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 -msgid "" -"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by " -"space)" +msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)" msgstr "Ezen IP-címek és hálózati címek hirdetése (szóközzel elválasztva)" #. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default @@ -4476,57 +4031,42 @@ #. Do not change or translate "Listen localhost", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:396 msgid "Failed to set only 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Nem sikerült 'Listen localhost' beállítást megadni az /etc/cups/cupsd.conf " -"fájlban." +msgstr "Nem sikerült 'Listen localhost' beállítást megadni az /etc/cups/cupsd.conf fájlban." # clients/lan_nfs_write.ycp:99 #. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:406 msgid "Failed to remove 'Allow' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Az 'Alow' bejegyzések eltávolítása az /etc/cups/cupsd.conf fájlból " -"sikertelen." +msgstr "Az 'Alow' bejegyzések eltávolítása az /etc/cups/cupsd.conf fájlból sikertelen." #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 msgid "Failed to remove 'BrowseAddress' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Az 'BrowseAddress' bejegyzések eltávolítása az /etc/cups/cupsd.conf fájlból " -"sikertelen." +msgstr "Az 'BrowseAddress' bejegyzések eltávolítása az /etc/cups/cupsd.conf fájlból sikertelen." #. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. #. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536 msgid "Failed to set 'Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Az 'Alow' bejegyzés '%1' értékeinek beállítása az /etc/cups/cupsd.conf " -"fájlban sikertelen." +msgstr "Az 'Alow' bejegyzés '%1' értékeinek beállítása az /etc/cups/cupsd.conf fájlban sikertelen." #. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Az 'BrowseAddress' bejegyzés '%1' értékeinek beállítása az /etc/cups/cupsd." -"conf fájlban sikertelen." +msgstr "Az 'BrowseAddress' bejegyzés '%1' értékeinek beállítása az /etc/cups/cupsd.conf fájlban sikertelen." #. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 msgid "Failed to set 'Listen *:631' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Nem sikerült 'Listen *:631' beállítást megadni az /etc/cups/cupsd.conf " -"fájlban." +msgstr "Nem sikerült 'Listen *:631' beállítást megadni az /etc/cups/cupsd.conf fájlban." #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer " -"configurations." -msgstr "" -"A távoli CUPS-kiszolgáló beállítása ütközik a helyi nyomtatóbeállításokkal." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations." +msgstr "A távoli CUPS-kiszolgáló beállítása ütközik a helyi nyomtatóbeállításokkal." # modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:231 modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:246 # modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:259 @@ -4560,8 +4100,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Az AutoYaST be van állítva, hogy a CUPS használatával a hálózaton nyomtasson." -" \n" +"Az AutoYaST be van állítva, hogy a CUPS használatával a hálózaton nyomtasson. \n" "Nincs AutoYaST-támogatás a helyi nyomtatóknak.\n" "" @@ -4671,9 +4210,7 @@ #. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:678 msgid "Failed to determine driver options for queue %1." -msgstr "" -"Az illesztőprogram beállításainak megállapítása a(z) %1 nyomtatási sorhoz " -"sikertelen." +msgstr "Az illesztőprogram beállításainak megállapítása a(z) %1 nyomtatási sorhoz sikertelen." #. Initialize printer configuration (checks only the installed packages) see #. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_P…: @@ -4787,9 +4324,7 @@ #. button lables and must be translated accordingly: #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1478 msgid "Try 'Detect More' or use the 'Connection Wizard'." -msgstr "" -"Próbálja meg a \"További felismerés\" funkciót, vagy használja a " -"\"Kapcsolati varázsló\"-t." +msgstr "Próbálja meg a \"További felismerés\" funkciót, vagy használja a \"Kapcsolati varázsló\"-t." #. Only a simple message because before the function CreateDatabase #. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. @@ -4812,9 +4347,7 @@ #. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1594 msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'." -msgstr "" -"Nem található megfelelő illesztőprogram. Módosítson a keresési feltételen " -"vagy próbálja meg a 'További keresés' lehetőséget." +msgstr "Nem található megfelelő illesztőprogram. Módosítson a keresési feltételen vagy próbálja meg a 'További keresés' lehetőséget." #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: @@ -4942,11 +4475,9 @@ "A hp-setup nem futtatható, mert nincs nyitott grafikus felület.\n" "Ez tipikusan akkor fordulhat elő, ha a YaST karakteres módban fut,\n" "a futtató felhasználó számára nincs beállítva a DISPLAY környezeti változó,\n" -"vagy a YaST folyamatnak nincs számára nincs engedélyezve a grafikus felület " -"elérése.\n" +"vagy a YaST folyamatnak nincs számára nincs engedélyezve a grafikus felület elérése.\n" "Ebben az esetben szakítsa meg a szkenner beállítását és futtassa a hp-setup\n" -"programot, root felhasználóként kézzel, majd ezek után indítsa újra a " -"szkenner beállítását.\n" +"programot, root felhasználóként kézzel, majd ezek után indítsa újra a szkenner beállítását.\n" #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: @@ -4965,8 +4496,7 @@ #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2691 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" msgstr "" "A hp-setup indítása.\n" "A nyomtató beállítása előtt hajtsa végre a hp-setup utasításait.\n" @@ -4986,19 +4516,13 @@ #. Is the package available to be installed? #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." -msgstr "" -"A(z) %1 csomag nincs telepítve és nem is áll rendelkezésre telepítési forrás." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." +msgstr "A(z) %1 csomag nincs telepítve és nem is áll rendelkezésre telepítési forrás." #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "" -"A(z) %1 csomag nincs telepítve és nem is áll rendelkezésre a telepítési " -"forrásban." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "A(z) %1 csomag nincs telepítve és nem is áll rendelkezésre a telepítési forrásban." #. Only a simple message because: #. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, @@ -5030,9 +4554,7 @@ #. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:292 msgid "Breaking dependencies leads to arbitrary failures elsewhere." -msgstr "" -"A kialakult függőségi problémák a rendszer más részén is problémát " -"okozhatnak." +msgstr "A kialakult függőségi problémák a rendszer más részén is problémát okozhatnak." #. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. @@ -5139,8 +4661,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</" -#~ "big> \n" +#~ "<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big> \n" #~ "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" #~ "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" #~ "A network printer has such kind of device built-in.\n" @@ -5178,41 +4699,26 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>Hálózati nyomtatók nagy nyomtatókiszolgálók URI-je</big> \n" -#~ "A nyomtatókiszolgáló egy hálózati kapcsolattal rendelkező hálózati " -#~ "eszköz, amelyhez a nyomtatók párhuzamos porton vagy USB-n keresztül " -#~ "vannak csatlakoztatva.\n" -#~ "A hálózati nyomtató egy a nyomtatóba beépített eszköz. Ezek elérése három " -#~ "különböző protokollon keresztül történhet. A hálózati nyomtató vagy a " -#~ "nyomtatókiszolgáló leírásában megtalálhatók a támogatott protokollok, " -#~ "amelyek a következők lehetnek: \n" +#~ "A nyomtatókiszolgáló egy hálózati kapcsolattal rendelkező hálózati eszköz, amelyhez a nyomtatók párhuzamos porton vagy USB-n keresztül vannak csatlakoztatva.\n" +#~ "A hálózati nyomtató egy a nyomtatóba beépített eszköz. Ezek elérése három különböző protokollon keresztül történhet. A hálózati nyomtató vagy a nyomtatókiszolgáló leírásában megtalálhatók a támogatott protokollok, amelyek a következők lehetnek: \n" #~ "TCP-port (AppSocket/JetDirect) \n" -#~ "IP-cím és portszám szükséges a csatlakozáshoz. A portszám általában 9100. " -#~ "Ez a legegyszerűbb, leggyorsabb és a legmegbízhatóbb protokoll.\n" +#~ "IP-cím és portszám szükséges a csatlakozáshoz. A portszám általában 9100. Ez a legegyszerűbb, leggyorsabb és a legmegbízhatóbb protokoll.\n" #~ "Az ehhez tartozó eszköz URI a következő: \n" #~ "socket://ip-cím:port-szám \n" #~ "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) protokoll \n" -#~ "Az LPD az eszközön fut és egy vagy több LPD nyomtatási sort biztosít. Az " -#~ "IP-cím és az LPD nyomtatási sor neve szükséges a kapcsolódáshoz.\n" +#~ "Az LPD az eszközön fut és egy vagy több LPD nyomtatási sort biztosít. Az IP-cím és az LPD nyomtatási sor neve szükséges a kapcsolódáshoz.\n" #~ "Majdnem minden hálózati nyomtató és nyomtatószerver támogatja.\n" #~ "Általában tetszőleges nyomtatási sor név vagy az 'LPT1' használható.\n" -#~ "A megfelelő nyomtatáshoz azonban jól beállított LPD nyomtatási sorra van " -#~ "szükség, amely nem módosítja a neki elküldött adatot és nem csinál " -#~ "felesleges lapdobásokat. Az ehhez tartozó eszköz URI a következő: \n" +#~ "A megfelelő nyomtatáshoz azonban jól beállított LPD nyomtatási sorra van szükség, amely nem módosítja a neki elküldött adatot és nem csinál felesleges lapdobásokat. Az ehhez tartozó eszköz URI a következő: \n" #~ "lpd://ip-cím/nyomtatási-sor \n" #~ "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP) \n" -#~ "Az IPP a CUPS natív protokollja, amely számítógépen fut, de kisebb " -#~ "nyomtatókiszolgálókon. Csak akkor célszerű IPP-protokollt használja, ha a " -#~ "gyártó ezt a dokumentáció szerint támogatja. Az ehhez tartozó eszköz URI " -#~ "a következő: \n" +#~ "Az IPP a CUPS natív protokollja, amely számítógépen fut, de kisebb nyomtatókiszolgálókon. Csak akkor célszerű IPP-protokollt használja, ha a gyártó ezt a dokumentáció szerint támogatja. Az ehhez tartozó eszköz URI a következő: \n" #~ "ipp://ip-cím:portszám/resource \n" -#~ "Az IP-cím és a portszám kizárólag az adott hálózati nyomtatótól vagy " -#~ "nyomtatókiszolgálótól függ. További információ a http://www.cups.org/" -#~ "documentation.php/network.html weboldalon található.\n" +#~ "Az IP-cím és a portszám kizárólag az adott hálózati nyomtatótól vagy nyomtatókiszolgálótól függ. További információ a http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/network.html weboldalon található.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "Specify how USB printers are configured automatically" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Adja meg, hogyan kívánja az USB-nyomtatókat automatikusan beállítani" +#~ msgstr "Adja meg, hogyan kívánja az USB-nyomtatókat automatikusan beállítani" #~ msgid "" #~ "No Automatic Configuration\n" @@ -5229,8 +4735,7 @@ # clients/printconf.ycp:323 #~ msgid "Enable &Automatic Configuration of New Attachend USB Printers" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Automatikus beállítás &engedélyezése csatlakoztatott USB-nyomtatóknál" +#~ msgstr "Automatikus beállítás &engedélyezése csatlakoztatott USB-nyomtatóknál" #~ msgid "Operation &Policy for Automatically Configured USB Printers" #~ msgstr "Működési &irányelvek automatikusan beállított USB nyomtatókhoz" @@ -5248,33 +4753,20 @@ #~ msgid "not set" #~ msgstr "nincs beállítva" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nem sikerült 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' beállítást megadni az /etc/cups-" -#~ "autoconfig.conf fájlban." +#~ msgid "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgstr "Nem sikerült 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' beállítást megadni az /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf fájlban." #~ msgid "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nem sikerült 'ConfigureNewPrinters=no' beállítást megadni az /etc/cups-" -#~ "autoconfig.conf fájlban" +#~ msgstr "Nem sikerült 'ConfigureNewPrinters=no' beállítást megadni az /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf fájlban" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nem sikerült 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' beállítást megadni az /etc/" -#~ "cups-autoconfig.conf fájlban" +#~ msgid "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgstr "Nem sikerült 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' beállítást megadni az /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf fájlban" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nem sikerült 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' beállítást megadni az /etc/" -#~ "cups-autoconfig.conf fájlban" +#~ msgid "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgstr "Nem sikerült 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' beállítást megadni az /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf fájlban" #~ msgid "Failed to set 'DefaultCUPSPolicy=%1' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nem sikerült 'DefaultCUPSPolicy=%1' beállítást megadni az /etc/cups-" -#~ "autoconfig.conf fájlban" +#~ msgstr "Nem sikerült 'DefaultCUPSPolicy=%1' beállítást megadni az /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf fájlban" #~ msgid "Automatic configuration failed." #~ msgstr "Az automatikus beállítás nem sikerült." @@ -5287,21 +4779,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If there is no CUPS server in your network or if you must additionally " -#~ "use\n" +#~ "If there is no CUPS server in your network or if you must additionally use\n" #~ "another kind of print server (e.g. print via a Windows/SMB server\n" #~ "or print via a traditional Unix LPR server) or if you must access\n" -#~ "a network printer directly, you have to set up an appropriate print " -#~ "queue\n" +#~ "a network printer directly, you have to set up an appropriate print queue\n" #~ "on your host.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Amennyiben nincs CUPS-kiszolgáló a hálózaton, vagy másmilyen " -#~ "nyomtatókiszolgáló van a hálózaton (pl. nyomtatás Windows/SMB kiszolgálón " -#~ "vagy Unix LPR-kiszolgálón keresztül), vagy közvetlenül kell elérni a " -#~ "hálózati nyomtatót, akkor a helyi gépen külön kell beállítani a " -#~ "nyomtatási sort.\n" +#~ "Amennyiben nincs CUPS-kiszolgáló a hálózaton, vagy másmilyen nyomtatókiszolgáló van a hálózaton (pl. nyomtatás Windows/SMB kiszolgálón vagy Unix LPR-kiszolgálón keresztül), vagy közvetlenül kell elérni a hálózati nyomtatót, akkor a helyi gépen külön kell beállítani a nyomtatási sort.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" @@ -5324,15 +4810,12 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "<big>USB nyomtatók automatikus CUPS beállítása</big> \n" #~ "Az automatikus beállítást két csomag is végzi: \n" -#~ "Az openSUSE 11.2 megjelenése óta az új 'udev-configure-printer', " -#~ "valamint\n" +#~ "Az openSUSE 11.2 megjelenése óta az új 'udev-configure-printer', valamint\n" #~ "az elavult 'cups-autoconfig', amely az elavult HAL-t használja. \n" #~ "Az automatikus beállítópanel, megjelenésekor ellenőrzi, hogy melyik\n" #~ "csomag van használatban.\n" -#~ "Amennyiben egyik sincs telepítve, akkor megpróbálja telepíteni az " -#~ "egyiket.\n" -#~ "Az udev-configure-printer csomag sikertelen telepítése után megpróbálja " -#~ "a\n" +#~ "Amennyiben egyik sincs telepítve, akkor megpróbálja telepíteni az egyiket.\n" +#~ "Az udev-configure-printer csomag sikertelen telepítése után megpróbálja a\n" #~ "cups-autoconfig csomagot telepíteni. \n" #~ "Amennyiben egyik csomag telepítése sem sikeres, abban az esetben,\n" #~ "a képernyőpanel elemei inaktívak maradnak.\n" @@ -5362,9 +4845,7 @@ #~ "fájl alapján történik, amely az USB nyomtató hozzáadásakor az\n" #~ " 'hal-cups-autoconfig --add', eltávolításakor az parancsot használja.\n" #~ "Felismeri, ha már a nyomtató már be van állítva.\n" -#~ "Amennyiben a nyomtató nincs beállítva, a cups-autoconfig kiválasztja a " -#~ "megfelelő illesztőprogramot és amennyiben ez sikerült, akkor a cups-" -#~ "autoconfig beállítja ezt.\n" +#~ "Amennyiben a nyomtató nincs beállítva, a cups-autoconfig kiválasztja a megfelelő illesztőprogramot és amennyiben ez sikerült, akkor a cups-autoconfig beállítja ezt.\n" #~ "Az USB nyomtató eltávolításakor a 'hal-cups-autoconfig --disable'\n" #~ "parancs fut le a cups-autoconfig beállításának megfelelően, amely az\n" #~ "/etc/cups-autoconfig.conf fájlban található.\n" @@ -5394,31 +4875,21 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS " -#~ "server,\n" -#~ "there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on " -#~ "your host.\n" +#~ "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" +#~ "there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" #~ "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Hálózati nyomtatáskor, ha egyetlen CUPS-kiszolgáló van a hálózaton, akkor " -#~ "nem szükséges a CUPS Browsing és a CUPS-démon használata a helyi gépen.\n" +#~ "Hálózati nyomtatáskor, ha egyetlen CUPS-kiszolgáló van a hálózaton, akkor nem szükséges a CUPS Browsing és a CUPS-démon használata a helyi gépen.\n" #~ "Helyette közvetlenül meg kell adni a CUPS-kiszolgálót.\n" #~ "" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check that your firewall allows incomming printer information on UDP port " -#~ "631." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tűzfal ellenőrzése, hogy képes-e fogadni a távoli nyomtatókról érkező " -#~ "információkat az UDP 631-es porton keresztül." +#~ msgid "Check that your firewall allows incomming printer information on UDP port 631." +#~ msgstr "Tűzfal ellenőrzése, hogy képes-e fogadni a távoli nyomtatókról érkező információkat az UDP 631-es porton keresztül." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check that your firewall allows remote access to CUPS via IPP on port 631." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ellenőrizze, hogy a tűzfal engedélyezi a CUPS IPP-n keresztüli távoli " -#~ "eléréséhez szükséges 631-es portot." +#~ msgid "Check that your firewall allows remote access to CUPS via IPP on port 631." +#~ msgstr "Ellenőrizze, hogy a tűzfal engedélyezi a CUPS IPP-n keresztüli távoli eléréséhez szükséges 631-es portot." #~ msgid "Waiting until the config files are updated..." #~ msgstr "Várakozás a konfigurációs fájl frissítésére…" @@ -5440,16 +4911,12 @@ #~ "the YaST printer module to configure your printers.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A CUPS démon nem figyel a hivatalos IANA IPP porton (631).\n" -#~ "A a 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' parancs segítségével ellenőrizhető, hogy " -#~ "a cupsd melyik porton figyel.\n" -#~ "Ez akkor fordul elő, ha van egy 'Listen ...:1234' vagy 'Port 1234' " -#~ "beállítás az /etc/cups/cupsd.conf\n" +#~ "A a 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' parancs segítségével ellenőrizhető, hogy a cupsd melyik porton figyel.\n" +#~ "Ez akkor fordul elő, ha van egy 'Listen ...:1234' vagy 'Port 1234' beállítás az /etc/cups/cupsd.conf\n" #~ "fájlban (célszerű ellenőrizni, hogy a van-e 'BrowsePort 1234' benne).\n" #~ "A YaST nyomtatómodul nem támogat a hivatalostól eltérő portot.\n" -#~ "A nem hivatalos port használata végtelen ciklusba vezetheti a folyamatot. " -#~ "Nem hivatalos port\n" -#~ "használata esetén a YaST nyomtatómodul nem használható a nyomtatók " -#~ "beállítására.\n" +#~ "A nem hivatalos port használata végtelen ciklusba vezetheti a folyamatot. Nem hivatalos port\n" +#~ "használata esetén a YaST nyomtatómodul nem használható a nyomtatók beállítására.\n" #~ msgid "Detected printers" #~ msgstr "Felismert nyomtatók" @@ -5525,13 +4992,11 @@ #~ "are made available via network to be used by trusted users\n" #~ "(nobody lets arbitrary users print on his printer).\n" #~ "By default the SuSEfirewall allows any access via a network interface\n" -#~ "which belongs to the 'internal zone' because this zone is trusted by " -#~ "default.\n" +#~ "which belongs to the 'internal zone' because this zone is trusted by default.\n" #~ "If the CUPS server and the client systems are in an internal network\n" #~ "and when you trust all what there is in your internal network,\n" #~ "your network interface must be set to be in the 'internal zone'.\n" -#~ "It does not make sense to have a network setup in a trusted internal " -#~ "network\n" +#~ "It does not make sense to have a network setup in a trusted internal network\n" #~ "with a network interface which belongs to the untrusted 'external zone'\n" #~ "which is the default setting for network interfaces to be safe.\n" #~ "Do not disable firewall protection for CUPS\n" @@ -5540,41 +5005,26 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A tűzfallal kapcsolatban: \n" -#~ "Célszerű ellenőrizni, hogy a tűzfal engedélyezve van-e abban a hálózati " -#~ "zónában,\n" -#~ "ahol a nyomtatók közzé vannak téve a hálózaton a megbízható felhasználók " -#~ "számára.\n" +#~ "Célszerű ellenőrizni, hogy a tűzfal engedélyezve van-e abban a hálózati zónában,\n" +#~ "ahol a nyomtatók közzé vannak téve a hálózaton a megbízható felhasználók számára.\n" #~ "(senki sem engedélyezi, hogy a nyomtatójára bárki nyomtathasson).\n" -#~ "Alaphelyzetben a SuSEfirewall engedélyez minden beérkező információt, " -#~ "amely\n" +#~ "Alaphelyzetben a SuSEfirewall engedélyez minden beérkező információt, amely\n" #~ "a 'belső zónához' tartozik, mivel alapértelmezésként ez megbízható zóna.\n" -#~ "Amennyiben a távoli CUPS-kiszolgáló és a helyi számítógép a belső " -#~ "hálózaton\n" -#~ "keresztül kapcsolódik, és ha a belső hálózat megbízhatónak tekinthető, " -#~ "akkor\n" +#~ "Amennyiben a távoli CUPS-kiszolgáló és a helyi számítógép a belső hálózaton\n" +#~ "keresztül kapcsolódik, és ha a belső hálózat megbízhatónak tekinthető, akkor\n" #~ "a hálózati csatolót a 'belső zónára' kell beállítani.\n" -#~ "Nincs sok értelme annak, ha a hálózati beállítás a megbízható belső " -#~ "hálózaton\n" -#~ "található és a hálózati csatoló a nem megbízható 'külső zónára' van " -#~ "beállítva,\n" +#~ "Nincs sok értelme annak, ha a hálózati beállítás a megbízható belső hálózaton\n" +#~ "található és a hálózati csatoló a nem megbízható 'külső zónára' van beállítva,\n" #~ "amely a hálózati csatoló alapértelmezett beállítása.\n" -#~ "Nem kell letiltani a tűzfalas védelmet a CUPS miatt (pl. az IPP a 631-es " -#~ "TCP\n" +#~ "Nem kell letiltani a tűzfalas védelmet a CUPS miatt (pl. az IPP a 631-es TCP\n" #~ "és UDP portot használja) egy nem megbízható 'külső zónában'.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "Accept Printer &Information from the Following Servers" #~ msgstr "Nyomtató&információk fogadása a következő kiszolgálókról" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If a firewall is used, check that incomming packages on UDP port 631 are " -#~ "allowed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tűzfal használata esetén engedélyezni kell bejövő csomagokat az UDP a 631-" -#~ "es portján." +#~ msgid "If a firewall is used, check that incomming packages on UDP port 631 are allowed." +#~ msgstr "Tűzfal használata esetén engedélyezni kell bejövő csomagokat az UDP a 631-es portján." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with receiving printer information." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A távoli CUPS-kiszolgáló beállítása ütközik a az érkező " -#~ "nyomtatóinformációkkal." +#~ msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with receiving printer information." +#~ msgstr "A távoli CUPS-kiszolgáló beállítása ütközik a az érkező nyomtatóinformációkkal." Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/product-creator.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/product-creator.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/product-creator.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -264,8 +264,7 @@ "\n" "Kiwi cannot create images for different architectures." msgstr "" -"A jelenlegi konfiguráció (%1) célarchitektúrája nem egyezik a " -"rendszerarchitektúrával (%2).\n" +"A jelenlegi konfiguráció (%1) célarchitektúrája nem egyezik a rendszerarchitektúrával (%2).\n" "\n" "A Kiwi nem tudja létrehozni a lemezképeket a különböző architektúrához." @@ -357,8 +356,7 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:332 msgid "Press Next to start creating the ISO file." -msgstr "" -"Nyomja meg a Következő gombot az ISO-lemezkép létrehozásához." +msgstr "Nyomja meg a Következő gombot az ISO-lemezkép létrehozásához." #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:338 msgid "Create skeleton with common files" @@ -557,33 +555,22 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785 msgid "Start creating a new image configuration with Add." -msgstr "" -"Új lemezkép-beállítás elkészítéséhez nyomja meg a Hozzáadás gombot." -"" +msgstr "Új lemezkép-beállítás elkészítéséhez nyomja meg a Hozzáadás gombot." #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 -msgid "" -"Use Edit to change selected image configuration or create the " -"image." -msgstr "" -"A Szerkesztés használatával változtathatja meg a lemezkép " -"beállításait vagy készíthet lemezképet." +msgid "Use Edit to change selected image configuration or create the image." +msgstr "A Szerkesztés használatával változtathatja meg a lemezkép beállításait vagy készíthet lemezképet." #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 -msgid "" -"Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting " -"Delete." -msgstr "" -"A Törlés gomb megnyomásával törölheti a kiválasztott beállításokat." -"" +msgid "Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting Delete." +msgstr "A Törlés gomb megnyomásával törölheti a kiválasztott beállításokat." #. help text, %1 is directory #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796 msgid "All image configurations are saved in <tt>%1</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"Minden lemezkép-beállítás a(z) <tt>%1</tt> könyvtárba lett lementve." +msgstr "Minden lemezkép-beállítás a(z) <tt>%1</tt> könyvtárba lett lementve." #. main dialog caption #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:804 @@ -890,14 +877,12 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1512 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Válasszon egyet az alábbi alap összeállítások közül, majd nyomja meg " -"a Részletek gombot\n" +"Válasszon egyet az alábbi alap összeállítások közül, majd nyomja meg a Részletek gombot\n" "a további csomagok és a kiegészítő összeállítások hozzáadásához.\n" "" @@ -932,29 +917,20 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1830 msgid "" "<big>Sign</big> \n" -"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG " -"key. \n" +"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. \n" "This key is checked when the product is added as a repository." msgstr "" "<big>Aláírás</big> \n" -"Ahhoz, hogy a felhasználók ellenőrizni tudják a terméket, alá kell írni egy " -"GPG-kulccsal.\n" +"Ahhoz, hogy a felhasználók ellenőrizni tudják a terméket, alá kell írni egy GPG-kulccsal.\n" "A telepítési forráshoz adva ez a kulcs ellenőrzésre kerül." #. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language #. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1837 msgid "" -"If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option " -"'Insecure:\n" -"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading " -"an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc " -"for more information." -msgstr "" -"Ha a terméket a YaST nem írja alá automatikusan, akkor a linuxrc beállító " -"fájlba egy 'Insecure: 1' bejegyzés kerül. Ellenkező esetben a linuxrc nem " -"fogja betölteni az aláírással nem rendelkező rendszert. További információ a " -"http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc oldalon található." +"If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option 'Insecure:\n" +"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information." +msgstr "Ha a terméket a YaST nem írja alá automatikusan, akkor a linuxrc beállító fájlba egy 'Insecure: 1' bejegyzés kerül. Ellenkező esetben a linuxrc nem fogja betölteni az aláírással nem rendelkező rendszert. További információ a http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc oldalon található." #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1846 msgid "Signing the Product on the Medium" @@ -1020,14 +996,11 @@ msgid "" "For example, \n" "configure the CD for automatic installations and specify the installation\n" -"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the " -"original is used.\n" +"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.\n" msgstr "" "Példa: \n" -"Beállíthatja a CD-t automatikus telepítéshez és megadhatja a telepítési " -"forrást.\n" -"Ha nem biztos benne, hagyja változatlanul az alapértelmezett értékek " -"használatához.\n" +"Beállíthatja a CD-t automatikus telepítéshez és megadhatja a telepítési forrást.\n" +"Ha nem biztos benne, hagyja változatlanul az alapértelmezett értékek használatához.\n" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 @@ -1041,8 +1014,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Az előkészítés megszakítása:</big> \n" -"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás</" -"b> gombbal.\n" +"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás gombbal.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 @@ -1059,8 +1031,7 @@ msgstr "" "<BIG>Mentés megszakítása:</BIG> \n" "Megszakíthatja a mentést a Megszakítás gombbal.\n" -"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e " -"megtenni.\n" +"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e megtenni.\n" "\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -1091,27 +1062,21 @@ "Then press Edit or Delete respectively.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Szerkesztés vagy törlés:</BIG> \n" -"Válasszon egy összeállítást, amelynek a beállítását meg akarja változtatni, " -"vagy eltávolítani,\n" -"majd nyomja ennek megfelelően a Szerkesztés vagy a Törlés " -"gombot.\n" +"Válasszon egy összeállítást, amelynek a beállítását meg akarja változtatni, vagy eltávolítani,\n" +"majd nyomja ennek megfelelően a Szerkesztés vagy a Törlés gombot.\n" #. overview dialog help part 4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "Use Create Product to create the ISO image or installation\n" "repository directory with the selected product." -msgstr "" -"A Termék létrehozása használatával a kiválasztott termékről ISO-" -"lemezkép vagy könyvtár hozható létre." +msgstr "A Termék létrehozása használatával a kiválasztott termékről ISO-lemezkép vagy könyvtár hozható létre." #. overview dialog help part 5 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"Press Create Image with KIWI for additional configuration of " -"various\n" -"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image " -"system." +"Press Create Image with KIWI for additional configuration of various\n" +"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image system." msgstr "" "A Lemezkép létrehozása KIWI-vel gombra kattintva különböző típusú\n" "lemezképek hozhatók létre (Live, Xen) a KIWI segítségével." @@ -1149,8 +1114,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Szoftverkezelő\n" -"A szoftverkezelőt használja előre kiválasztott csomagok nélkül. Minden " -"olyan\n" +"A szoftverkezelőt használja előre kiválasztott csomagok nélkül. Minden olyan\n" "csomagot, amely telepítés közben automatikusan kiválasztásra kerülne,\n" "kézzel kell kiválasztani, attól a hardvertől és architektúrától függően, \n" "amelyhez készíti a jelen CD-t.\n" @@ -1169,22 +1133,16 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<big>Target Architecture</big> \n" -"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that " -"of\n" +"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that of\n" "the machine you are currently working on.\n" "All selected repositories must support the target architecture. \n" -"Note: KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not " -"change\n" -"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current " -"configuration.\n" +"Note: KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change\n" +"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Célarchitektúra</big> \n" "Lehetőség van egy termék más architektúrán való létrehozására.\n" -"Minden kiválasztott telepítési forrásnak támogatnia kell a célarchitektúrát." -" \n" -"Megjegyzés: A KIWI jelenleg nem támogat különböző architektúrákat. Ne " -"módosítsa az architektúrát, ha a jelenlegi konfigurációból szeretni " -"lemezképet készíteni a KIWI-vel.\n" +"Minden kiválasztott telepítési forrásnak támogatnia kell a célarchitektúrát. \n" +"Megjegyzés: A KIWI jelenleg nem támogat különböző architektúrákat. Ne módosítsa az architektúrát, ha a jelenlegi konfigurációból szeretni lemezképet készíteni a KIWI-vel.\n" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123 @@ -1219,8 +1177,7 @@ "to the skeleton. \n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Ha kevés a szabad hely, válassza a Csak a szükséges fájlok másolása</" -"b> lehetőséget. \n" +"Ha kevés a szabad hely, válassza a Csak a szükséges fájlok másolása lehetőséget. \n" "\n" #. help text - the base selection dialog 1/4 @@ -1231,36 +1188,23 @@ #. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 msgid "" -"One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The " -"base\n" -"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is " -"also\n" +"One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The base\n" +"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is also\n" "bootable.\n" -msgstr "" -"Az egyik telepítési forrást meg kell jelölni a termék alapforrásaként. Az " -"alap telepítési forrásnak indíthatónak kell lennie, azért, hogy az elkészült " -"termék is indítható legyen.\n" +msgstr "Az egyik telepítési forrást meg kell jelölni a termék alapforrásaként. Az alap telepítési forrásnak indíthatónak kell lennie, azért, hogy az elkészült termék is indítható legyen.\n" #. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 -msgid "" -"The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"A többi telepítési forrás az alap telepítési forrás kiegészítői lesznek.</" -"p>" +msgid "The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository." +msgstr "A többi telepítési forrás az alap telepítési forrás kiegészítői lesznek." #. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and " -"proposes\n" +"The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and proposes\n" "the base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\n" "repository from the list.\n" -msgstr "" -"A termékkészítő feloldja a kiválasztott termékek függőségét és ajánl egy " -"megfelelő alapterméket. Amennyiben az ajánlott alaptermék nem megfelelő " -"válasszon ki egy másikat a telepítési források listájából.\n" +msgstr "A termékkészítő feloldja a kiválasztott termékek függőségét és ajánl egy megfelelő alapterméket. Amennyiben az ajánlott alaptermék nem megfelelő válasszon ki egy másikat a telepítési források listájából.\n" #. what are we configuring now ("iso"/"xen"/...) #. combo box label @@ -1443,28 +1387,20 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 msgid "" -"Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</" -"p>\n" +"Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:\n" "%2.\n" "\n" -"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package " -"selection or ignore the situation.\n" +"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.\n" "\n" -"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any " -"further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the " -"section.\n" +"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"A(z) '%1' részben kiválasztott nem állnak rendelkezésre a kiválasztott " -"telepítési forrásokban:\n" +"A(z) '%1' részben kiválasztott nem állnak rendelkezésre a kiválasztott telepítési forrásokban:\n" "%2.\n" "\n" -"A részletes csomagkiválasztásnál a csomagok eltávolíthatók a kiválasztásból." -"\n" +"A részletes csomagkiválasztásnál a csomagok eltávolíthatók a kiválasztásból.\n" "\n" -"A részletes csomagkiválasztásnál, a megjelenő nézet módosítás nélküli " -"jóváhagyásával a kiválasztásból eltávolításra kerülnek a problémás " -"csomagok.\n" +"A részletes csomagkiválasztásnál, a megjelenő nézet módosítás nélküli jóváhagyásával a kiválasztásból eltávolításra kerülnek a problémás csomagok.\n" "\n" #. button label @@ -1597,9 +1533,7 @@ #. informative label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 -msgid "" -"Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from " -"Studio." +msgid "Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from Studio." msgstr "" #. tab header @@ -1616,12 +1550,8 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 msgid "" "Select the value for image Compression. This will modify the\n" -"flags value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an " -"explanation of available values." -msgstr "" -"Állítsa be a lemezkép Tömörítésének mértékét. Ez módosítja a " -"lemezkép flags értékét. A megadható értékek leírása a KIWI " -"dokumentációjában található." +"flags value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an explanation of available values." +msgstr "Állítsa be a lemezkép Tömörítésének mértékét. Ez módosítja a lemezkép flags értékét. A megadható értékek leírása a KIWI dokumentációjában található." # modules/inst_sw_select.ycp:125 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_sw_select.ycp:194 @@ -1638,18 +1568,12 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2408 msgid "Adapt the software selection with Change." -msgstr "" -"A szoftver-összeállítás átalakítása a Változtatásoknak megfelelően." -"" +msgstr "A szoftver-összeállítás átalakítása a Változtatásoknak megfelelően." #. help text for "&Ignored software" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 -msgid "" -"For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a " -"new line." -msgstr "" -"A figyelmen kívül hagyott szoftvereket egyesével, külön sorban " -"kell megadni (pl. 'smtp_daemon')." +msgid "For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a new line." +msgstr "A figyelmen kívül hagyott szoftvereket egyesével, külön sorban kell megadni (pl. 'smtp_daemon')." #. label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431 @@ -1658,12 +1582,8 @@ #. help text for "&Ignored software" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 -msgid "" -"Each entry of Packages to Delete is one package name to be " -"uninstalled from the target image." -msgstr "" -"Minden bejegyzés a Törlendő csomagokhoz egy-egy csomagot jelöl, " -"amit el kell távolítani a lemezképről." +msgid "Each entry of Packages to Delete is one package name to be uninstalled from the target image." +msgstr "Minden bejegyzés a Törlendő csomagokhoz egy-egy csomagot jelöl, amit el kell távolítani a lemezképről." # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1320 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1971 #. textentry label @@ -1684,12 +1604,10 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 msgid "" "Set the image Size in the specified Unit.\n" -"If Additive is checked, the meaning of Size is different: it " -"is the minimal free space available on the image." +"If Additive is checked, the meaning of Size is different: it is the minimal free space available on the image." msgstr "" "Adja meg a lemezkép Méretét a megadott Egység szerint.\n" -"A Hozzáadott beállítás használatakor a Méret értelmezése más: " -"a lemezképen található minimális szabad helyet jelenti." +"A Hozzáadott beállítás használatakor a Méret értelmezése más: a lemezképen található minimális szabad helyet jelenti." #. combo box label (MB/GB values) #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473 @@ -1708,12 +1626,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 -msgid "" -"To create an encrypted file system, check Encrypt Image with LUKS " -"and enter the password." -msgstr "" -"Titkosított fájlrendszer létrehozásához engedélyezze a Lemezkép " -"titkosítása LUKS használatával beállítást és adja meg a jelszót." +msgid "To create an encrypted file system, check Encrypt Image with LUKS and enter the password." +msgstr "Titkosított fájlrendszer létrehozásához engedélyezze a Lemezkép titkosítása LUKS használatával beállítást és adja meg a jelszót." # modules/inst_user.ycp:37 # modules/inst_user.ycp:53 @@ -1730,9 +1644,7 @@ #. general help for directory structure tab #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520 msgid "Point to the configuration directories for building your image." -msgstr "" -"Adja meg a beállításokat tartalmazó könyvtárakat, amelyek szükségesek a " -"lemezkép elkészítéséhez." +msgstr "Adja meg a beállításokat tartalmazó könyvtárakat, amelyek szükségesek a lemezkép elkészítéséhez." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2527 @@ -1741,14 +1653,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 -msgid "" -"Define the path to the Directory with System Configuration (the " -"<tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of " -"the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Adja meg a Rendszerbeállítások könyvtárának elérési útját (az " -"<tt>alap</tt> könyvtárat). A teljes könyvtárstruktúra a <tt>cp -a</tt> " -"parancs segítségével másolásra kerül a lemezkép alapkönyvtárába." +msgid "Define the path to the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgstr "Adja meg a Rendszerbeállítások könyvtárának elérési útját (az <tt>alap</tt> könyvtárat). A teljes könyvtárstruktúra a <tt>cp -a</tt> parancs segítségével másolásra kerül a lemezkép alapkönyvtárába." #. label (above table) #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551 @@ -1762,14 +1668,8 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 -msgid "" -"Configure the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</" -"tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image " -"tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Állítsa be a Rendszerbeállítások könyvtárat (az <tt>alap</tt> " -"könyvtárat). A teljes könyvtárstruktúra a <tt>cp -a</tt> parancs " -"segítségével másolásra kerül a lemezkép alapkönyvtárába." +msgid "Configure the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgstr "Állítsa be a Rendszerbeállítások könyvtárat (az <tt>alap</tt> könyvtárat). A teljes könyvtárstruktúra a <tt>cp -a</tt> parancs segítségével másolásra kerül a lemezkép alapkönyvtárába." # clients/lan_nfs_exports.ycp:127 #. label (above table) @@ -1784,14 +1684,8 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 -msgid "" -"Configure the Directory with Scripts (the <tt>config</tt> " -"directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all " -"the image packages." -msgstr "" -"Állítsa be a Parancsfájlok könyvtárát (a <tt>config</tt> " -"könyvtárat). Ez tartalmazza azokat a parancsfájlokat, amelyek lefutnak a " -"telepítés után." +msgid "Configure the Directory with Scripts (the <tt>config</tt> directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages." +msgstr "Állítsa be a Parancsfájlok könyvtárát (a <tt>config</tt> könyvtárat). Ez tartalmazza azokat a parancsfájlokat, amelyek lefutnak a telepítés után." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627 @@ -1811,14 +1705,8 @@ msgstr "Le&mezkép-beállító parancsfájl" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 -msgid "" -"Edit your Image Configuration Script, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. " -"This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package " -"scripts have run." -msgstr "" -"Szerkessze a Lemezkép-beállító parancsfájlt: <tt>config.sh</tt>. " -"Ez a parancsfájl fog lefutni a telepítés végén de a csomagokat kezel " -"parancsfájlok előtt." +msgid "Edit your Image Configuration Script, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package scripts have run." +msgstr "Szerkessze a Lemezkép-beállító parancsfájlt: <tt>config.sh</tt>. Ez a parancsfájl fog lefutni a telepítés végén de a csomagokat kezel parancsfájlok előtt." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666 @@ -1826,14 +1714,8 @@ msgstr "Parancsfájlok könyv&tárának elérési útvonala" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 -msgid "" -"The optional Directory with Scripts (<tt>config</tt> directory) " -"contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image " -"packages." -msgstr "" -"A Parancsfájlok könyvtára, amelynek használata nem kötelező " -"(<tt>config</tt> könyvtár) tartalmazza azokat a parancsfájlokat, amelyek " -"lefutnak lemezkép-csomagok telepítése után." +msgid "The optional Directory with Scripts (<tt>config</tt> directory) contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages." +msgstr "A Parancsfájlok könyvtára, amelynek használata nem kötelező (<tt>config</tt> könyvtár) tartalmazza azokat a parancsfájlokat, amelyek lefutnak lemezkép-csomagok telepítése után." #. push button label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677 @@ -1846,12 +1728,8 @@ msgstr "Rendező parancsfáj&l" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 -msgid "" -"Edit your Cleanup Script (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run " -"at the beginning of the image creation process." -msgstr "" -"Szerkessze a Rendező parancsfájlt (<tt>images.sh</tt>). Ez a " -"parancsfájl a lemezképkészítő eljárás elején fut le." +msgid "Edit your Cleanup Script (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run at the beginning of the image creation process." +msgstr "Szerkessze a Rendező parancsfájlt (<tt>images.sh</tt>). Ez a parancsfájl a lemezképkészítő eljárás elején fut le." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698 @@ -1865,12 +1743,8 @@ #. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 -msgid "" -"Set the values for Author of the image, Contact Information</" -"b>, and the image Specification." -msgstr "" -"Állítsa be a lemezkép szerzőit, kapcsolati adatait, és a " -"lemezkép specifikációját." +msgid "Set the values for Author of the image, Contact Information, and the image Specification." +msgstr "Állítsa be a lemezkép szerzőit, kapcsolati adatait, és a lemezkép specifikációját." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724 @@ -1896,12 +1770,8 @@ #. help text for locale #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 -msgid "" -"The value of Locale (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of " -"the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." -msgstr "" -"A Nyelv beállítása (pl. <tt>hu_HU</tt>) az RC_LANG változó értékét " -"határozza meg az <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt> fájlban." +msgid "The value of Locale (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." +msgstr "A Nyelv beállítása (pl. <tt>hu_HU</tt>) az RC_LANG változó értékét határozza meg az <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt> fájlban." # modules/inst_environment.ycp:58 # modules/inst_environment.ycp:119 @@ -1913,12 +1783,8 @@ #. help text for keytable #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 -msgid "" -"Keyboard Layout specifies the name of the console keymap to use. " -"The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." -msgstr "" -"A Billentyűzetkiosztás határozza adja meg az alkalmazott " -"billentyűzetkiosztást a <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt> fájlban." +msgid "Keyboard Layout specifies the name of the console keymap to use. The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." +msgstr "A Billentyűzetkiosztás határozza adja meg az alkalmazott billentyűzetkiosztást a <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt> fájlban." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2787 @@ -1927,19 +1793,13 @@ #. help text for timezone #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 -msgid "" -"It is possible to set a specific Time zone. Available time zones " -"are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"Lehetőség van más Időzóna megadására. Az elérhető időzónák a <tt>/" -"usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> könyvtárban találhatók." +msgid "It is possible to set a specific Time zone. Available time zones are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory." +msgstr "Lehetőség van más Időzóna megadására. Az elérhető időzónák a <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> könyvtárban találhatók." #. general help for users tab #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803 msgid "Create users that should be available on the target system." -msgstr "" -"Itt adhatja meg azokat a felhasználókat, amelyeknek a célrendszeren meg " -"kell jelenniük." +msgstr "Itt adhatja meg azokat a felhasználókat, amelyeknek a célrendszeren meg kell jelenniük." #. table header #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2814 @@ -1976,13 +1836,9 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 msgid "" -"For each user, specify the Name, Password, Home " -"Directory and group\n" +"For each user, specify the Name, Password, Home Directory and group\n" "to which the users belongs.\n" -msgstr "" -"Minden felhasználóhoz adjon meg egy Nevet, jelszót, " -"Saját könyvtárat és a csoportot, ahova a felhasználó tartozni fog.</" -"p>\n" +msgstr "Minden felhasználóhoz adjon meg egy Nevet, jelszót, Saját könyvtárat és a csoportot, ahova a felhasználó tartozni fog.\n" #. dialog caption #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2911 @@ -2012,21 +1868,13 @@ #. help text for kiwi UI preparation #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on " -"template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -" Adja meg a lemezkép beállításának nevét. Az alapbeállítások vagy a " -"listából kiválasztott sablonok alapján vagy a meglévő beállításokat " -"tartalmazó könyvtár alapján történjen." +msgid "Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration." +msgstr " Adja meg a lemezkép beállításának nevét. Az alapbeállítások vagy a listából kiválasztott sablonok alapján vagy a meglévő beállításokat tartalmazó könyvtár alapján történjen." #. help text for kiwi UI preparation #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 -msgid "" -"Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"Az egyéni beállítások sablonjait tegye a(z) <tt>%1</tt> könyvtárba." +msgid "Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory." +msgstr "Az egyéni beállítások sablonjait tegye a(z) <tt>%1</tt> könyvtárba." #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2988 @@ -2040,14 +1888,8 @@ #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 -msgid "" -"Modify the list of Package Repositories that will be used for " -"creating the image. Use Add From System to add one of the current " -"system repositories." -msgstr "" -"Módosítsa a lemezkép készítéséhez felhasználni kívánt Csomagkönyvtár</" -"b>ak listáját. A Hozzáadás a rendszerből segítségével egy, a rendszer " -"által használt telepítési forrást adhat hozzá." +msgid "Modify the list of Package Repositories that will be used for creating the image. Use Add From System to add one of the current system repositories." +msgstr "Módosítsa a lemezkép készítéséhez felhasználni kívánt Csomagkönyvtárak listáját. A Hozzáadás a rendszerből segítségével egy, a rendszer által használt telepítési forrást adhat hozzá." #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999 @@ -2066,9 +1908,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 -msgid "" -"Selected directory does not contain valid description of system " -"configuration." +msgid "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system configuration." msgstr "A kiválasztott könyvtár nem tartalmaz érvényes rendszerbeállításokat." #. busy popup @@ -2476,8 +2316,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Mentés megszakítása:</big> \n" #~ "A Megszakítás gomb megnyomásával megszakíthatja a folyamatot.\n" -#~ "Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-" -#~ "e megtenni.\n" +#~ "Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e megtenni.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "Remove the packages" @@ -2531,13 +2370,11 @@ #~ "squashfs tömörített fájlrendszeren kell alapulnia." #~ msgid "" -#~ "These packages from section '%1' are not available with selected " -#~ "repositories:\n" +#~ "These packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:\n" #~ "%2.\n" #~ "Check the list of packages and package repositories." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A(z) '%1' részben található csomagok nem érhetők e kiválasztott " -#~ "telepítési forrásokban:\n" +#~ "A(z) '%1' részben található csomagok nem érhetők e kiválasztott telepítési forrásokban:\n" #~ "%2.\n" #~ "Ellenőrizze a csomaglistát és a telepítési forrásokat." Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/proxy.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/proxy.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/proxy.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -212,18 +212,14 @@ #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:454 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "" "Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.\n" -"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to " -"take effect, \n" -"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. " -"Please check \n" +"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" +"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. " msgstr "" "Itt lehet beállítani az internetes gyorsítótárat (proxy).\n" -"Megjegyzés: A beállítások érvényre jutásához célszerű újra " -"bejelentkezni, \n" +"Megjegyzés: A beállítások érvényre jutásához célszerű újra bejelentkezni, \n" "habár néhány esetben az alkalmazás azonnal használni kezdi a beállításokat.\n" -"Ellenőrizze, hogy melyik módot támogatja a webs alkalmazása (böngésző, ftp-" -"kliens stb...). " +"Ellenőrizze, hogy melyik módot támogatja a webs alkalmazása (böngésző, ftp-kliens stb...). " #. Proxy dialog help 2/8 #. Proxy dialog help 2/8 @@ -239,8 +235,7 @@ #. Proxy dialog help 3/8 #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:465 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:415 msgid "" -"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured " -"access\n" +"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" msgstr "" "A HTTPS-proxy-URL annak a proxy-kiszolgálónak az URL-je, \n" @@ -259,8 +254,7 @@ "FTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the file transfer services (FTP)." msgstr "" -"Az FTP-proxy-URL annak a proxy-kiszolgálónak az URL-je, amelyen " -"keresztül \n" +"Az FTP-proxy-URL annak a proxy-kiszolgálónak az URL-je, amelyen keresztül \n" "FTP (fájlátviteli) szolgáltatást vesz igénybe." #. Proxy dialog help 5/8 @@ -272,8 +266,7 @@ "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" msgstr "" "Az Ugyanazon proxy használata az összes protokollhoz lehetőség\n" -"megjelölése esetén elegendő kitölteni a HTTP-proxy URL-jét, és az összes " -"protokoll\n" +"megjelölése esetén elegendő kitölteni a HTTP-proxy URL-jét, és az összes protokoll\n" "(HTTP, HTTPS és FTP) ezt fogja használni.\n" #. Proxy dialog help 6/8 @@ -294,14 +287,12 @@ msgid "" "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</" -"p>\n" +"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" msgstr "" "Ha jogosultság-ellenőrzéssel egybekötött proxy-kiszolgálót használ, \n" "töltse ki a jogosultság elbírálásához szükséges Proxy-felhasználónév\n" "illetve Proxyjelszó mezőket. Az érvényes felhasználónevek\n" -"csak nyomtatható ASCII karakterekből állhatnak (kivéve az idézőjeleket).</" -"p>\n" +"csak nyomtatható ASCII karakterekből állhatnak (kivéve az idézőjeleket).\n" #. Proxy dialog help 8/8 #. Proxy dialog help 8/8 @@ -420,8 +411,7 @@ #. Popup::Error text #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:719 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:662 msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -msgstr "" -"A HTTP-proxy-URL-nek tartalmaznia kell egy protokollspecifikációt (pl. http)." +msgstr "A HTTP-proxy-URL-nek tartalmaznia kell egy protokollspecifikációt (pl. http)." #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text @@ -433,8 +423,7 @@ #. Popup::Error text #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:738 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:679 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -msgstr "" -"A HTTPS-proxy-URL-nek tartalmaznia kell egy sémaspecifikációt (pl. http)." +msgstr "A HTTPS-proxy-URL-nek tartalmaznia kell egy sémaspecifikációt (pl. http)." #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text @@ -446,8 +435,7 @@ #. Popup::Error text #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:757 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:698 msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -msgstr "" -"Az FTP-proxy-URL-nek tartalmaznia kell egy protokollspecifikációt (pl. http)." +msgstr "Az FTP-proxy-URL-nek tartalmaznia kell egy protokollspecifikációt (pl. http)." #. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy #. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy @@ -461,8 +449,7 @@ "* Domain name prefixed by '.'" msgstr "" "Egy vagy több proxyn kívüli tartomány hibás.\n" -"Ellenőrizze, hogy a tartományok mindegyike megfelel-e az alábbi " -"követelmények valamelyikének:\n" +"Ellenőrizze, hogy a tartományok mindegyike megfelel-e az alábbi követelmények valamelyikének:\n" "* IP-cím\n" "* IP-cím/hálózati maszk\n" "* Teljes gépnév\n" @@ -485,8 +472,7 @@ #: src/modules/Proxy.rb:46 msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective." -msgstr "" -"Az új proxybeállítások érvényre jutásához javasolt az újra bejelentkezés." +msgstr "Az új proxybeállítások érvényre jutásához javasolt az újra bejelentkezés." #. Write routing settings and apply changes #. @return true if success Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/qt-pkg.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/qt-pkg.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/qt-pkg.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -205,8 +205,7 @@ #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" -msgstr "" -"&Telepített csomagokhoz tartozó javasolt csomagok figyelmen kívül hagyása" +msgstr "&Telepített csomagokhoz tartozó javasolt csomagok figyelmen kívül hagyása" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" @@ -332,21 +331,12 @@ msgstr "&Mégse" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 -msgid "" -"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system " -"packages to versions in repository %2" -msgstr "" -"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Váltás kihagyása</a> a " -"rendszercsomagokra, amelyek a(z) %2 telepítési forrásban találhatók</" -"p>" +msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" +msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Váltás kihagyása</a> a rendszercsomagokra, amelyek a(z) %2 telepítési forrásban találhatók" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 -msgid "" -"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the " -"versions in this repository (%2)" -msgstr "" -"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Váltás</a> a telepítési forrásban " -"található rendszercsomagokra (%2)" +msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" +msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Váltás</a> a telepítési forrásban található rendszercsomagokra (%2)" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" @@ -381,16 +371,8 @@ msgstr "Hiba: Nincs több hely a lemezen!" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you " -"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not " -"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and " -"deselect some packages." -msgstr "" -"Ha biztos benne, hogy mit csinál, folytathatja. Azonban nagy a " -"valószínűsége annak, hogy a rendszer nem fog működni és hogy kézzel kell " -"helyreállítani azt. Ha nincs tisztában azzal, hogy ilyenkor mit kell tenni, " -"nyomja meg a Mégse gombot, és válasszon le néhány csomagot." +msgid "You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and deselect some packages." +msgstr "Ha biztos benne, hogy mit csinál, folytathatja. Azonban nagy a valószínűsége annak, hogy a rendszer nem fog működni és hogy kézzel kell helyreállítani azt. Ha nincs tisztában azzal, hogy ilyenkor mit kell tenni, nyomja meg a Mégse gombot, és válasszon le néhány csomagot." #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 msgid "C&ontinue Anyway" @@ -414,12 +396,8 @@ msgstr "Automatikus változások" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301 -msgid "" -"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been " -"changed to resolve dependencies:" -msgstr "" -"Az Ön által kézzel kiválasztott csomagokon kívül a függőségek miatt az " -"alábbi csomagok kerülnek módosításra:" +msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" +msgstr "Az Ön által kézzel kiválasztott csomagokon kívül a függőségek miatt az alábbi csomagok kerülnek módosításra:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 @@ -434,12 +412,8 @@ msgstr "Nem támogatott csomagok" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322 -msgid "" -"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or " -"requires an additional customer contract for support." -msgstr "" -"Vegye figyelembe, hogy az alábbiakban kiválasztott szoftverek nem " -"támogatottak vagy külön szerződésre van szükség a támogatásukhoz." +msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." +msgstr "Vegye figyelembe, hogy az alábbiakban kiválasztott szoftverek nem támogatottak vagy külön szerződésre van szükség a támogatásukhoz." #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421 msgid "Not implemented yet. Sorry." @@ -452,217 +426,101 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65 -msgid "" -"Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for " -"details." -msgstr "" -"Figyelem: Ez csak egy gyors áttekintés. Részletes információkért " -"tekintse meg a dokumentációt." +msgid "Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details." +msgstr "Figyelem: Ez csak egy gyors áttekintés. Részletes információkért tekintse meg a dokumentációt." #. Help specific to online update mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72 msgid "In this dialog, select patches to download and install." -msgstr "" -"Ebben a párbeszédablakban kiválaszthatja a letöltendő és telepítendő " -"frissítőcsomagokat." +msgstr "Ebben a párbeszédablakban kiválaszthatja a letöltendő és telepítendő frissítőcsomagokat." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73 -msgid "" -"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the " -"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the " -"(estimated) download size." -msgstr "" -"A bal oldali listán megtalálja az elérhető frissítőcsomagokat a csomagtípus " -"(security - biztonsági, recommended - javasolt, optional - opcionális) és a " -"(becsült) letöltési méret megjelölésével." +msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." +msgstr "A bal oldali listán megtalálja az elérhető frissítőcsomagokat a csomagtípus (security - biztonsági, recommended - javasolt, optional - opcionális) és a (becsült) letöltési méret megjelölésével." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 -msgid "" -"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on " -"your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches</" -"b> check box below the list." -msgstr "" -"Ezen a listán rendszerint csak azok a csomagok szerepelnek, melyek még " -"nincsenek telepítve. Ezen változtathat, ha kijelöli a lista alatt található " -"Telepített frissítőcsomagok megjelenítése jelölőmezőt." +msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches check box below the list." +msgstr "Ezen a listán rendszerint csak azok a csomagok szerepelnek, melyek még nincsenek telepítve. Ezen változtathat, ha kijelöli a lista alatt található Telepített frissítőcsomagok megjelenítése jelölőmezőt." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 -msgid "" -"The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the " -"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description " -"here." -msgstr "" -"A Frissítőcsomag leírása mezőben egy hosszabb leírást talál a " -"kiválasztott frissítőcsomagról. A leírás megtekintéséhez válassza ki a " -"frissítőcsomagot a listából." +msgid "The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." +msgstr "A Frissítőcsomag leírása mezőben egy hosszabb leírást talál a kiválasztott frissítőcsomagról. A leírás megtekintéséhez válassza ki a frissítőcsomagot a listából." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80 -msgid "" -"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently " -"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete " -"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is " -"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." -msgstr "" -"A jobb oldalon lévő csomaglista megmutatja a kiválasztott frissítőcsomag " -"csomagjait (ha a csomag több csomagból áll). A frissítőcsomagban lévő " -"csomagokat nem lehet egyesével telepíteni vagy törölni, csak az egész " -"csomagot. Ez szándékosan van így a rendszerinkonzisztenciák kiküszöbölésére." +msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." +msgstr "A jobb oldalon lévő csomaglista megmutatja a kiválasztott frissítőcsomag csomagjait (ha a csomag több csomagból áll). A frissítőcsomagban lévő csomagokat nem lehet egyesével telepíteni vagy törölni, csak az egész csomagot. Ez szándékosan van így a rendszerinkonzisztenciák kiküszöbölésére." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list ) #. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88 -msgid "" -"In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter " -"views from Filter at the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"A Javításokon kívül más szűrőket is bekapcsolhat a bal fenti sarokban " -"található Szűrő legördülő menüben:" +msgid "In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter views from Filter at the upper left:" +msgstr "A Javításokon kívül más szűrőket is bekapcsolhat a bal fenti sarokban található Szűrő legördülő menüben:" #. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96 -msgid "" -"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can " -"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." -msgstr "" -"Ebben a párbeszédablakban kiválaszthatja a telepítendő, frissítendő vagy " -"törlendő csomagokat. Kiválaszthat egy-egy csomagot, de teljes \"csomag-" -"összeállításokat\" is." +msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." +msgstr "Ebben a párbeszédablakban kiválaszthatja a telepítendő, frissítendő vagy törlendő csomagokat. Kiválaszthat egy-egy csomagot, de teljes \"csomag-összeállításokat\" is." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98 -msgid "" -"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or " -"right-click it to open a context menu." -msgstr "" -"Egy adott csomag illetve csomag-összeállítás állapotának megváltoztatásához " -"használja a jobb egérgombos menüt vagy az állapotikont." +msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu." +msgstr "Egy adott csomag illetve csomag-összeállítás állapotának megváltoztatásához használja a jobb egérgombos menüt vagy az állapotikont." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100 -msgid "" -"Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. " -"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only " -"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check " -"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn " -"you if there are dependency conflicts." -msgstr "" -"A csomagok függőségeinek feloldásához nyomja meg az Ellenőrzés " -"gombot. Bizonyos csomagoknak szükségük van más csomagokra. Bizonyos csomagok " -"pedig csak akkor telepíthetők, ha egy adott csomag nincs telepítve. Ezeket a " -"függőségeket a YaST a gomb megnyomására ellenőrzi és lehetőleg automatikusan " -"fel is oldja." +msgid "Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." +msgstr "A csomagok függőségeinek feloldásához nyomja meg az Ellenőrzés gombot. Bizonyos csomagoknak szükségük van más csomagokra. Bizonyos csomagok pedig csak akkor telepíthetők, ha egy adott csomag nincs telepítve. Ezeket a függőségeket a YaST a gomb megnyomására ellenőrzi és lehetőleg automatikusan fel is oldja." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105 -msgid "" -"When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically " -"be performed." -msgstr "" -"Az ellenőrzés akkor is végrehajtásra kerül, ha az Elfogadás gombra " -"kattintva kilép a párbeszédablakból." +msgid "When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically be performed." +msgstr "Az ellenőrzés akkor is végrehajtásra kerül, ha az Elfogadás gombra kattintva kilép a párbeszédablakból." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) #. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111 -msgid "" -"Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at " -"the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"Válasszon egyet az elérhető szűrők közül az ablak bal felső sarkában " -"található Szűrő legördülő menü segítségével:" +msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at the upper left:" +msgstr "Válasszon egyet az elérhető szűrők közül az ablak bal felső sarkában található Szűrő legördülő menü segítségével:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 -msgid "" -"Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically " -"belong together." -msgstr "" -"Az Összeállítások olyan csomagok gyűjteményét tartalmazzák, melyek " -"logikailag összetartoznak." +msgid "Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together." +msgstr "Az Összeállítások olyan csomagok gyűjteményét tartalmazzák, melyek logikailag összetartoznak." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 -msgid "" -"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can " -"also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." -msgstr "" -"Egy teljes összeállítás kiválasztásához jelölje be azt a név melletti " -"jelölőnégyzetre kattintva. Az összeállítás csomagjait egyenként is " -"kiválaszthatja (illetve megszüntetheti a kiválasztást) a jobb oldali " -"csomaglistán a megfelelő jelölőnégyzetre kattintva." +msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +msgstr "Egy teljes összeállítás kiválasztásához jelölje be azt a név melletti jelölőnégyzetre kattintva. Az összeállítás csomagjait egyenként is kiválaszthatja (illetve megszüntetheti a kiválasztást) a jobb oldali csomaglistán a megfelelő jelölőnégyzetre kattintva." #. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 -msgid "" -"Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and " -"collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category " -"to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right " -"side." -msgstr "" -"A Csomagcsoportok adott kategóriák alapján jeleníti meg a csomagokat. " -"A bejegyzés előtti \"+\" jelre kattintva a fa kibontható. Egy kategóriára " -"kattintva megjelennek azon kategória csomagjai a jobb oldali csomaglistában." +msgid "Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." +msgstr "A Csomagcsoportok adott kategóriák alapján jeleníti meg a csomagokat. A bejegyzés előtti \"+\" jelre kattintva a fa kibontható. Egy kategóriára kattintva megjelennek azon kategória csomagjai a jobb oldali csomaglistában." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 -msgid "" -" Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that " -"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." -msgstr "" -" Tipp: A lista legeslegvégén egy \"zzz minden\" bejegyzést talál, " -"ahol megtalálható az összes csomag. Lassúbb gépeken azonban eltarthat egy " -"pár másodpercig, mire megjelenik a lista." +msgid " Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." +msgstr " Tipp: A lista legeslegvégén egy \"zzz minden\" bejegyzést talál, ahol megtalálható az összes csomag. Lassúbb gépeken azonban eltarthat egy pár másodpercig, mire megjelenik a lista." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130 -msgid "" -"Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. " -"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." -msgstr "" -"A Keresés funkció segítségével különböző szempontok alapján kereshet " -"a csomagok közül. Rendszerint ez a legegyszerűbb módja egy adott csomag " -"megkeresésének." +msgid "Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." +msgstr "A Keresés funkció segítségével különböző szempontok alapján kereshet a csomagok közül. Rendszerint ez a legegyszerűbb módja egy adott csomag megkeresésének." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132 -msgid "" -"Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a " -"certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." -msgstr "" -"Tipp: Ezt arra is használhatja, hogy kiderítse, mely csomagban " -"található egy adott függvénytár. Ehhez keressen a Nyújt RPM mezőben." +msgid "Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." +msgstr "Tipp: Ezt arra is használhatja, hogy kiderítse, mely csomagban található egy adott függvénytár. Ehhez keressen a Nyújt RPM mezőben." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135 -msgid "" -"Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- " -"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." -msgstr "" -"Az Összefoglalás a telepítésről a rendszerben végrehajtott " -"módosításokat jeleníti meg -- mely csomagok lesznek telepítve, frissítve " -"vagy törölve." +msgid "Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." +msgstr "Az Összefoglalás a telepítésről a rendszerben végrehajtott módosításokat jeleníti meg -- mely csomagok lesznek telepítve, frissítve vagy törölve." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 -msgid "" -"It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to " -"Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can " -"see all changes that will be made to your system." -msgstr "" -"Rendszerint a legjobb, ha használja a Függőségek ellenőrzése opciót, " -"majd mielőtt rákattintana az Elfogadás gombra, tekintse meg az " -"Összefoglalás a telepítésről pontot. Így minden egyes, a rendszerben " -"történő módosítást láthat." +msgid "It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." +msgstr "Rendszerint a legjobb, ha használja a Függőségek ellenőrzése opciót, majd mielőtt rákattintana az Elfogadás gombra, tekintse meg az Összefoglalás a telepítésről pontot. Így minden egyes, a rendszerben történő módosítást láthat." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140 -msgid "" -"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; " -"use the check boxes at the left side." -msgstr "" -"Meg is adhatja, hogy mely állapotú csomagokat szeretné megtekinteni. Ehhez " -"használja a baloldalt található jelölőmezőket." +msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side." +msgstr "Meg is adhatja, hogy mely állapotú csomagokat szeretné megtekinteni. Ehhez használja a baloldalt található jelölőmezőket." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 -msgid "" -"Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see " -"what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and " -"uncheck everything else." -msgstr "" -"Tipp: A szűrő ellenkező hatású is lehet: megnézheti, hogy mely " -"csomagok nem változtak. Egyszerűen jelölje be a Megtart opciót, és " -"minden mást kapcsoljon ki." +msgid "Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and uncheck everything else." +msgstr "Tipp: A szűrő ellenkező hatású is lehet: megnézheti, hogy mely csomagok nem változtak. Egyszerűen jelölje be a Megtart opciót, és minden mást kapcsoljon ki." #. Make sure all images used here are specified in #. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am ! @@ -713,12 +571,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the " -"versions are the same)." -msgstr "" -"A csomag már telepítve van. Frissítse (ha van újabb verzió) vagy telepítse " -"újból (ha ugyanaz a verzió)." +msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)." +msgstr "A csomag már telepítve van. Frissítse (ha van újabb verzió) vagy telepítse újból (ha ugyanaz a verzió)." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277 @@ -740,21 +594,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199 -msgid "" -"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any " -"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other " -"packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"Ez a csomag nincs telepítve és semmilyen körülmények között nem telepíthető, " -"különösen a más csomagokkal fennálló feloldhatatlan függőségei miatt." +msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "Ez a csomag nincs telepítve és semmilyen körülmények között nem telepíthető, különösen a más csomagokkal fennálló feloldhatatlan függőségei miatt." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 -msgid "" -"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any " -"installation media." -msgstr "" -"A \"tabu\"-nak jelölt csomagokat a YaST úgy kezeli, mintha azok nem is " -"léteznének a telepítési adathordozón." +msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." +msgstr "A \"tabu\"-nak jelölt csomagokat a YaST úgy kezeli, mintha azok nem is léteznének a telepítési adathordozón." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101 @@ -763,20 +608,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 -msgid "" -"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not " -"because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"Ez a csomag telepítve van, de lehetőleg ne kerüljön módosításra (pl. más " -"csomagok függőségei miatt)." +msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "Ez a csomag telepítve van, de lehetőleg ne kerüljön módosításra (pl. más csomagok függőségei miatt)." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by " -"newer versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Ezt a jelölést harmadik fél által készített csomagoknál célszerű használni, " -"amelyeket nem kíván felülírni a disztribúcióban található újabb csomagokkal." +msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "Ezt a jelölést harmadik fél által készített csomagoknál célszerű használni, amelyeket nem kíván felülírni a disztribúcióban található újabb csomagokkal." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275 @@ -786,19 +623,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 -msgid "" -"This package will be installed automatically because some other package " -"needs it." -msgstr "" -"Ez a csomag automatikusan kerül telepítésre, mert más csomagoknak szüksége " -"van rá." +msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it." +msgstr "Ez a csomag automatikusan kerül telepítésre, mert más csomagoknak szüksége van rá." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222 -msgid "" -"Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." -msgstr "" -"Tipp: Ha meg akar szabadulni egy ilyen csomagtól, használja a \"tabu" -"\" jelölést." +msgid "Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." +msgstr "Tipp: Ha meg akar szabadulni egy ilyen csomagtól, használja a \"tabu\" jelölést." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276 @@ -808,12 +638,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer " -"version, so it will automatically be updated." -msgstr "" -"Ez a csomag már telepítve van. Mivel más csomagok egy ennél újabb verziót " -"igényelnek, a csomag automatikusan frissítésre kerül." +msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated." +msgstr "Ez a csomag már telepítve van. Mivel más csomagok egy ennél újabb verziót igényelnek, a csomag automatikusan frissítésre kerül." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274 @@ -823,16 +649,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it " -"is deleted." +msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted." msgstr "Ez a csomag már telepítve van, de függőségek miatt törölni kell." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." -msgstr "" -"Ez akkor fordulhat elő, ha egy másik csomag feleslegessé teszi ezt a " -"csomagot." +msgstr "Ez akkor fordulhat elő, ha egy másik csomag feleslegessé teszi ezt a csomagot." #. Translators: Headline for help about "magic keys" in the package manager #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:265 @@ -852,12 +674,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 -msgid "" -"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the " -"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." -msgstr "" -"Ez a csomag szükséges. Ha nincs telepítve, telepítésre kerül. Ha már " -"telepítve van és van újabb verzió, frissítésre kerül." +msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." +msgstr "Ez a csomag szükséges. Ha nincs telepítve, telepítésre kerül. Ha már telepítve van és van újabb verzió, frissítésre kerül." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285 @@ -866,21 +684,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 -msgid "" -"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not " -"installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." -msgstr "" -"Ez a csomag nem szükséges. Ha nincs telepítve, akkor jelölje meg \"tabu\"-" -"nak. Ha telepítve van, törlésre kerül." +msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." +msgstr "Ez a csomag nem szükséges. Ha nincs telepítve, akkor jelölje meg \"tabu\"-nak. Ha telepítve van, törlésre kerül." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 -msgid "" -"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore " -"packages that are not installed." -msgstr "" -"Ha van újabb verzió, akkor a csomag frissítésre kerül. A nem telepített " -"csomagok figyelmen kívül lesznek hagyva." +msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." +msgstr "Ha van újabb verzió, akkor a csomag frissítésre kerül. A nem telepített csomagok figyelmen kívül lesznek hagyva." # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1408 #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description @@ -890,22 +700,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 -msgid "" -"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently " -"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." -msgstr "" -"Visszaállítja a fenti \">\" hatását. Beállítja a csomagot \"megtart\"-ra, ha " -"jelenleg \"frissít\"-re van állítva. A többi csomagot figyelmen kívül hagyja." +msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." +msgstr "Visszaállítja a fenti \">\" hatását. Beállítja a csomagot \"megtart\"-ra, ha jelenleg \"frissít\"-re van állítva. A többi csomagot figyelmen kívül hagyja." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package " -"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies " -"that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"Jelölje meg a csomagot \"tabu\"-nak, ha nincs telepítve. Ez biztosítja, hogy " -"a csomag nem kerül telepítésre (például más csomagok függőségei miatt). " +msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "Jelölje meg a csomagot \"tabu\"-nak, ha nincs telepítve. Ez biztosítja, hogy a csomag nem kerül telepítésre (például más csomagok függőségei miatt). " # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:760 #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description @@ -915,21 +716,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package " -"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that " -"other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"Jelölje meg a csomagot \"védett\"-nek, ha telepítve van. Ez biztosítja, hogy " -"a csomag nem kerül módosításra (például más csomagok függőségei miatt). " +msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "Jelölje meg a csomagot \"védett\"-nek, ha telepítve van. Ez biztosítja, hogy a csomag nem kerül módosításra (például más csomagok függőségei miatt). " #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 -msgid "" -"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer " -"versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Ezt a jelölést harmadik fél által készített csomagoknál célszerű használni, " -"amelyeket nem kíván felülírni a disztribúcióban található újabb csomagokkal." +msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "Ezt a jelölést harmadik fél által készített csomagoknál célszerű használni, amelyeket nem kíván felülírni a disztribúcióban található újabb csomagokkal." # modules/inst_sw_select.ycp:159 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_sw_select.ycp:262 @@ -993,13 +785,8 @@ msgstr "Függőségfeloldási teszteset létrehozása" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 -msgid "" -"Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "" -" Ennek használatával részletes naplófájl készül, amelynek segítségével " -"megtalálhatók a csomagfüggőségek hibái. A naplófájl a <tt>%1</tt> " -"könyvtárba kerül mentésre." +msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr " Ennek használatával részletes naplófájl készül, amelynek segítségével megtalálhatók a csomagfüggőségek hibái. A naplófájl a <tt>%1</tt> könyvtárba kerül mentésre." #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 @@ -1007,13 +794,8 @@ msgstr "Solver teszteset" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 -msgid "" -"Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare " -"<tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" -msgstr "" -"Függőségfeloldási teszteset kiírása a következő helyre: <tt>%1</tt></" -"p>Létrehozza automatikusan a <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> fájlt a Bugzilla " -"bejegyzéshez?" +msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" +msgstr "Függőségfeloldási teszteset kiírása a következő helyre: <tt>%1</tt>Létrehozza automatikusan a <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> fájlt a Bugzilla bejegyzéshez?" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413 @@ -1022,12 +804,8 @@ #. caption #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 -msgid "" -"Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check " -"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "" -"Hiba függőségfeloldási teszteset létrehozásakorEllenőrizze " -"a szabad lemezterületet és a jogosultságokat a következőhöz: <tt>%1</tt>" +msgid "Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "Hiba függőségfeloldási teszteset létrehozásakorEllenőrizze a szabad lemezterületet és a jogosultságokat a következőhöz: <tt>%1</tt>" #. startsWith #. filter Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/rdp.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/rdp.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/rdp.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -40,9 +40,7 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/rdp.rb:64 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "" -"Az 'igen' kiválasztásával engedélyezheti, a 'nem' kiválasztásával " -"letilthatja a távoli felügyeletet" +msgstr "Az 'igen' kiválasztásával engedélyezheti, a 'nem' kiválasztásával letilthatja a távoli felügyeletet" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_finish.ycp:60 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_finish.ycp:100 Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/rear.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/rear.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/rear.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -53,9 +53,7 @@ msgstr "Ezt a szkennert nem támogatja a(z) %1 illesztőprogram." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you " -"ignore this warning." +msgid "Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you ignore this warning." msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:104 @@ -156,60 +154,36 @@ #. help text for Rear #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:419 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Here, configure an infrared interface (IrDA) for your computer." -#| "" -msgid "" -"Configure Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) backup for your computer.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Itt állítható be egy infravörös (IrDA) csatoló a számítógéphez." +#| msgid "Here, configure an infrared interface (IrDA) for your computer." +msgid "Configure Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) backup for your computer." +msgstr "Itt állítható be egy infravörös (IrDA) csatoló a számítógéphez." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:422 -msgid "" -"Decide how to start your Recovery System. Choose USB if you want " -"to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively." +msgid "Decide how to start your Recovery System. Choose USB if you want to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively." msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425 -msgid "" -"Choose where the Backup should be stored. Select NFS if you have " -"to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location " -"as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to " -"store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk." +msgid "Choose where the Backup should be stored. Select NFS if you have to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk." msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:428 -msgid "" -"If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click " -"Rescan USB Devices." +msgid "If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click Rescan USB Devices." msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:431 -msgid "" -"Select Keep old backup if you don't want the previous backup copy " -"to be overwritten." +msgid "Select Keep old backup if you don't want the previous backup copy to be overwritten." msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434 -msgid "" -"The Advanced menu offers to add additional directories to the " -"backup and additional kernel modules to the rescue system. That's " -"only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the " -"rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules." +msgid "The Advanced menu offers to add additional directories to the backup and additional kernel modules to the rescue system. That's only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules." msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:437 -msgid "" -"The Save and run rear now button runs rear and shows rear's " -"output. Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on " -"your system!" +msgid "The Save and run rear now button runs rear and shows rear's output. Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on your system!" msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:440 -msgid "" -"OK saves the configuration and quits while Cancel closes " -"the configuration dialog without saving." +msgid "OK saves the configuration and quits while Cancel closes the configuration dialog without saving." msgstr "" #. prepare advanced menu @@ -289,9 +263,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:590 -msgid "" -"Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot " -"configure.\n" +msgid "Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot configure.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:595 Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/registration.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/registration.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/registration.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Registration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Regisztráció" #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 msgid "Registration is being updated..." @@ -167,9 +167,7 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " -"updates and extensions." +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. not set yet? @@ -231,15 +229,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 -msgid "" -"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " -"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 -msgid "" -"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." msgstr "" #. error message @@ -351,9 +345,12 @@ msgid "Secure Connection Error" msgstr "" +# modules/inst_sw_select.ycp:159 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_sw_select.ycp:262 +# clients/inst_sw_select.ycp:256 #: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 msgid "Details:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Részletek:" #: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 msgid "Failed Certificate Details" @@ -576,7 +573,7 @@ #. dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Licencmegállapodás" #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." @@ -613,9 +610,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " -"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " -"extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" #. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) @@ -638,22 +633,17 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." msgstr "" #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 -msgid "" -"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " -"registration code." +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " -"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." msgstr "" #. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow @@ -687,9 +677,7 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 -msgid "" -"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " -"together with the base product." +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 @@ -698,15 +686,16 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Identifier" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Azonosító" +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1320 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1971 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 msgid "Version" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verzió" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Architektúra" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Release Type" @@ -733,13 +722,14 @@ msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" msgstr "" +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1320 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1971 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Version" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Verzió" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Architecture" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Architektúra" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 msgid "&Release Type" @@ -747,19 +737,15 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " -"database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " -"Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " -"of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " -"Refer\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "" @@ -775,7 +761,7 @@ #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Server Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kiszolgáló beállításai" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" @@ -798,7 +784,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 msgid "none" -msgstr "" +msgstr "nincs" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 @@ -833,38 +819,27 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 -msgid "" -"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " -"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "" -"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " -"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " -"issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " -"certificate." +msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "" -"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " -"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " -"security risk." +msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" #. error message, the entered URL is not valid @@ -1082,44 +1057,34 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "A regisztrációhoz szükség van interaktív beviteli módokra\n" #~ "amelyek nem támogatottak grafikus környezetben.\n" -#~ "Indítsa el a YaST programot grafikus módban vagy futtassa a suse_register " -#~ "parancsot." +#~ "Indítsa el a YaST programot grafikus módban vagy futtassa a suse_register parancsot." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " -#~ "Novell.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regisztrálja rendszerét a Novellnél, majd a beállításokban engedélyezze " -#~ "az online frissítési szolgáltatást.\n" +#~ "Regisztrálja rendszerét a Novellnél, majd a beállításokban engedélyezze az online frissítési szolgáltatást.\n" #~ "Ehhez nyomja meg a Beállítás most gombot. Ha később kíván\n" #~ "regisztrálni, nyomja meg a Beállítás később gombot.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " -#~ "system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " -#~ "involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the " -#~ "Novell\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " -#~ "identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "A regisztrációs folyamat egyszerűsítése érdekében a Részletes adatok</" -#~ "b> és a Hardverprofil beállítások használatával adatokat küldhet a " -#~ "Novell Ügyfélszolgálatnak. \n" -#~ "A Részletek mutatja, hogy maximum mennyi adat vesz részt a " -#~ "regisztrációban.\n" +#~ "A regisztrációs folyamat egyszerűsítése érdekében a Részletes adatok és a Hardverprofil beállítások használatával adatokat küldhet a Novell Ügyfélszolgálatnak. \n" +#~ "A Részletek mutatja, hogy maximum mennyi adat vesz részt a regisztrációban.\n" #~ "Ezen adatok megszerzéséhez kapcsolatba lép a Novell\n" #~ "szerverével és lekérdezi, hogy a termékhez milyen adatokra van szükség.\n" #~ "A kezdeti adatcserében csak a telepített termék \n" @@ -1128,16 +1093,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code\n" #~ "so you are prompted for your product code. \n" -#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your " -#~ "product.\n" +#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your product.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Ha megvásárolta a termék példányát, jelölje meg a Regisztrációs kód</" -#~ "b> négyzetet, hogy a\n" +#~ "Ha megvásárolta a termék példányát, jelölje meg a Regisztrációs kód négyzetet, hogy a\n" #~ "program bekérje a termékkódot. \n" #~ "Ez jegyzi be Önt a termékhez járó telepítési támogatáshoz.\n" #~ "" @@ -1145,12 +1107,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " -#~ "support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " -#~ "View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" -#~ "tt>.\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -1164,93 +1123,72 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " -#~ "update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, " -#~ "such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "A Rendszeres szinkronizáció az Ügyfélszolgálattal ellenőrzi, hogy " -#~ "a \n" +#~ "A Rendszeres szinkronizáció az Ügyfélszolgálattal ellenőrzi, hogy a \n" #~ "frissítési források érvényesek és automatikusan hozzáadja az újabbakat.\n" #~ "Ezenfelül minden mellékelt adat módosítását elküldi a Novell részére,\n" -#~ "például a hardver információkat, amennyiben a Hardverinformáció " -#~ "aktiválva vannak.\n" +#~ "például a hardver információkat, amennyiben a Hardverinformáció aktiválva vannak.\n" #~ "Ez a funkció nem töröl semmilyen kézzel hozzáadott forrást.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local " -#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n" +#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~ "Make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~ "You can go back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "A regisztrációs folyamat felveszi a kapcsolatot a Novell-kiszolgálóval " -#~ "(vagy a helyi regisztrációs kiszolgálóval, amennyiben a helyi hálózaton " -#~ "van ilyen).\n" +#~ "A regisztrációs folyamat felveszi a kapcsolatot a Novell-kiszolgálóval (vagy a helyi regisztrációs kiszolgálóval, amennyiben a helyi hálózaton van ilyen).\n" #~ "Győződjön meg arról, hogy a hálózati és a proxybeállítások megfelelőek.\n" -#~ "Vissza tud menni a hálózati beállításokhoz, hogy ellenőrizze vagy " -#~ "megváltoztassa a beállításokat.\n" +#~ "Vissza tud menni a hálózati beállításokhoz, hogy ellenőrizze vagy megváltoztassa a beállításokat.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " -#~ "Open-SLX.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Open-SLX.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regisztrálja rendszerét a Open-SLX-nél, majd a beállításokban " -#~ "engedélyezze az online frissítési szolgáltatást.\n" +#~ "Regisztrálja rendszerét a Open-SLX-nél, majd a beállításokban engedélyezze az online frissítési szolgáltatást.\n" #~ "Ehhez nyomja meg a Beállítás most gombot. Ha később kíván\n" #~ "regisztrálni, nyomja meg a Beállítás később gombot.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " -#~ "system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " -#~ "involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-" -#~ "SLX\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " -#~ "identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-SLX\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "A regisztrációs folyamat egyszerűsítése érdekében a Részletes adatok</" -#~ "b> és a Hardverprofil beállítások használatával küldhet adatokat.\n" -#~ "A Részletek mutatja, hogy maximum mennyi adat vesz részt a " -#~ "regisztrációban.\n" +#~ "A regisztrációs folyamat egyszerűsítése érdekében a Részletes adatok és a Hardverprofil beállítások használatával küldhet adatokat.\n" +#~ "A Részletek mutatja, hogy maximum mennyi adat vesz részt a regisztrációban.\n" #~ "Ezen adatok megszerzéséhez kapcsolatba lép az Open_SLX\n" -#~ "kiszolgálójával és lekérdezi, hogy a termékhez milyen adatokra van " -#~ "szükség.\n" +#~ "kiszolgálójával és lekérdezi, hogy a termékhez milyen adatokra van szükség.\n" #~ "A kezdeti adatcserében csak a telepített termék \n" #~ "azonosító adatai vesznek részt.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used " -#~ "for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " -#~ "support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " -#~ "View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" -#~ "tt>.\n" +#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used for\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -1264,40 +1202,32 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " -#~ "update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-" -#~ "SLX, such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-SLX, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "A Rendszeres szinkronizáció az Ügyfélszolgálattal ellenőrzi, hogy " -#~ "a \n" +#~ "A Rendszeres szinkronizáció az Ügyfélszolgálattal ellenőrzi, hogy a \n" #~ "frissítési források érvényesek és automatikusan hozzáadja az újabbakat.\n" #~ "Ezenfelül minden mellékelt adat módosítását elküldi az Opne-SLX részére,\n" -#~ "például a hardver információkat, amennyiben a Hardverinformáció " -#~ "aktiválva vannak.\n" +#~ "például a hardver információkat, amennyiben a Hardverinformáció aktiválva vannak.\n" #~ "Ez a funkció nem töröl semmilyen kézzel hozzáadott forrást.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local " -#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n" +#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~ "Please make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~ "You can step back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "A regisztrációs folyamat felveszi a kapcsolatot a Open-SLX " -#~ "kiszolgálójával (vagy a helyi regisztrációs kiszolgálóval, amennyiben a " -#~ "helyi hálózaton van ilyen).\n" +#~ "A regisztrációs folyamat felveszi a kapcsolatot a Open-SLX kiszolgálójával (vagy a helyi regisztrációs kiszolgálóval, amennyiben a helyi hálózaton van ilyen).\n" #~ "Győződjön meg arról, hogy a hálózati és a proxybeállítások megfelelőek.\n" -#~ "Vissza tud menni a hálózati beállításokhoz, hogy ellenőrizze vagy " -#~ "megváltoztassa a beállításokat.\n" +#~ "Vissza tud menni a hálózati beállításokhoz, hogy ellenőrizze vagy megváltoztassa a beállításokat.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "Error" @@ -1319,9 +1249,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In order to register properly the system\n" #~ "needs to install the following packages." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A rendszer megfelelő regisztrációjához az következő csomagokat kell " -#~ "telepíteni." +#~ msgstr "A rendszer megfelelő regisztrációjához az következő csomagokat kell telepíteni." #~ msgid "active" #~ msgstr "aktív" @@ -1371,8 +1299,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Lejárat: %1" #~ msgid "No status information about registered products available." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nem áll rendelkezésre információ a regisztrált termékekkel kapcsolatban." +#~ msgstr "Nem áll rendelkezésre információ a regisztrált termékekkel kapcsolatban." #~ msgid "Registration status is not available." #~ msgstr "A regisztrációs állapot nem érhető el." @@ -1389,25 +1316,17 @@ #~ msgid "The following package needs to be installed." #~ msgstr "A következő csomagok telepítése szükséges." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A telepített rendszer regisztrációjának figyelembevételéhez a(z) %1 " -#~ "csomag telepítése szükséges." +#~ msgid "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." +#~ msgstr "A telepített rendszer regisztrációjának figyelembevételéhez a(z) %1 csomag telepítése szükséges." #~ msgid "Therefore the following package needs to be removed first." #~ msgstr "Első lépésként is a következő csomagokat el kell távolítani." #~ msgid "The package %1 should have been installed and %2 removed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A(z) %1 csomagot telepíteni a(z) %2 csomagot pedig eltávolítani szükséges." +#~ msgstr "A(z) %1 csomagot telepíteni a(z) %2 csomagot pedig eltávolítani szükséges." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Registration will continue now although the registration server may " -#~ "miscount this installation." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A regisztráció annak ellenére folytatódik, hogy a regisztrációs " -#~ "kiszolgáló nem veszi figyelembe." +#~ msgid "Registration will continue now although the registration server may miscount this installation." +#~ msgstr "A regisztráció annak ellenére folytatódik, hogy a regisztrációs kiszolgáló nem veszi figyelembe." # clients/lan_manual.ycp:213 clients/lan_manual.ycp:228 clients/lan_manual.ycp:263 #~ msgid "Setting up online update source..." @@ -1466,57 +1385,25 @@ #~ msgid "Key is invalid." #~ msgstr "Érvénytelen kulcs." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, " -#~ "enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register " -#~ "while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. " -#~ "To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with " -#~ "Hardware Profile and Optional Information." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A termékregisztráció során a termék bekerül a Novell adatbázisába, " -#~ "hogy Ön online frissítésekhez és technikai támogatáshoz jusson. Az " -#~ "automatikus telepítés közbeni regisztrációhoz jelölje meg a " -#~ "Termékregisztráció futtatása lehetőséget. Az eljárás " -#~ "leegyszerűsítéséhez csatoljon adatokat a Hardverprofil és a " -#~ "Részletes adatok kiválasztásával." +#~ msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." +#~ msgstr "A termékregisztráció során a termék bekerül a Novell adatbázisába, hogy Ön online frissítésekhez és technikai támogatáshoz jusson. Az automatikus telepítés közbeni regisztrációhoz jelölje meg a Termékregisztráció futtatása lehetőséget. Az eljárás leegyszerűsítéséhez csatoljon adatokat a Hardverprofil és a Részletes adatok kiválasztásával." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Get more information about the registration process with " -#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A regisztrációs folyamattal kapcsolatos további információ a " -#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt> paranccsal érhető el." +#~ msgid "Get more information about the registration process with <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgstr "A regisztrációs folyamattal kapcsolatos további információ a <tt>suse_register -h</tt> paranccsal érhető el." #~ msgid "" #~ "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration\n" -#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with " -#~ "<tt>suse_register\n" -#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove " -#~ "a\n" -#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with " -#~ "Edit." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A regisztrációhoz használt egyéb adatok a Regisztrációs adatok " -#~ "ablakban láthatók. Új kulcs-érték párt a Hozzáadás gombra " -#~ "kattintva, majd a megfelelő értékeket beírva vehet fel. Ezek a " -#~ "<tt>suse_register -a</tt> paranccsal átadható paraméterek. További " -#~ "információ róluk a <tt>suse_register -p</tt> paranccsal kérhető. Egy " -#~ "pár törléséhez nyomja meg a Törlés gombot, a módosításukhoz pedig " -#~ "a Szerkesztés gombot." +#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter the\n" +#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n" +#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n" +#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with Edit." +#~ msgstr "A regisztrációhoz használt egyéb adatok a Regisztrációs adatok ablakban láthatók. Új kulcs-érték párt a Hozzáadás gombra kattintva, majd a megfelelő értékeket beírva vehet fel. Ezek a <tt>suse_register -a</tt> paranccsal átadható paraméterek. További információ róluk a <tt>suse_register -p</tt> paranccsal kérhető. Egy pár törléséhez nyomja meg a Törlés gombot, a módosításukhoz pedig a Szerkesztés gombot." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT " -#~ "Server\n" -#~ "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " -#~ "Refer\n" +#~ "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT Server\n" +#~ "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" #~ "to your SMT manual for further assistance." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ha egy saját SMT-kiszolgálót helyez üzembe a hálózatán, kérem állítsa " -#~ "be az SMT-kiszolgáló URL-jét és az SMT tanúsítvány elérhetőségét az " -#~ "SMT-kiszolgáló beállításaiban. További segítségért kérem tekintse " -#~ "meg az SMT kézikönyvét." +#~ msgstr "Ha egy saját SMT-kiszolgálót helyez üzembe a hálózatán, kérem állítsa be az SMT-kiszolgáló URL-jét és az SMT tanúsítvány elérhetőségét az SMT-kiszolgáló beállításaiban. További segítségért kérem tekintse meg az SMT kézikönyvét." #~ msgid "SMT Server" #~ msgstr "SMT-kiszolgáló" @@ -1620,8 +1507,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Érvénytelen URL" #~ msgid "The registration server URL has to start with https://" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A https:// előtag használata kötelező a regisztrációs kiszolgáló URL-jénél" +#~ msgstr "A https:// előtag használata kötelező a regisztrációs kiszolgáló URL-jénél" #~ msgid "" #~ "Server CA certificate location is invalid.\n" @@ -1639,30 +1525,11 @@ #~ msgid "See the help text for details." #~ msgstr "További információért tekintse meg a súgót." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To register this installation at a local registration server, " -#~ "configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the " -#~ "Advanced menu." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A telepített rendszer helyi regisztrációs kiszolgálón történő " -#~ "regisztrációjához állítsa be az URL-t és a kiszolgálótanúsítványt a " -#~ "Speciális menüben." +#~ msgid "To register this installation at a local registration server, configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the Advanced menu." +#~ msgstr "A telepített rendszer helyi regisztrációs kiszolgálón történő regisztrációjához állítsa be az URL-t és a kiszolgálótanúsítványt a Speciális menüben." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The registration server URL has to start with https:// whereas " -#~ "the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format http://</" -#~ "i>, https:// or ftp://. Furthermore valid locations are /" -#~ "path/on/local/disk, floppy/path/on/floppy-disk and the " -#~ "keyword done. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling " -#~ "needs to be done in order to trust the registration server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A regisztrációs kiszolgáló URL-jének https:// előtaggal kell " -#~ "rendelkeznie, ahol a tanúsítvány elérhetősége megadható http://, " -#~ "https:// vagy ftp:// előtagú URL-lel. Továbbá a hely lehet " -#~ "/útvonal/a/helyi/lemezen, hajlékonylemez/útvonal/a/" -#~ "hajlékonylemezen vagy a done (kész) kulcsszó. Az utóbbi azt " -#~ "jelenti, hogy nincs CA tanúsítvány, amelyen keresztül hitelesíteni " -#~ "lehetne a regisztrációs kiszolgálót." +#~ msgid "The registration server URL has to start with https:// whereas the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format http://, https:// or ftp://. Furthermore valid locations are /path/on/local/disk, floppy/path/on/floppy-disk and the keyword done. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling needs to be done in order to trust the registration server." +#~ msgstr "A regisztrációs kiszolgáló URL-jének https:// előtaggal kell rendelkeznie, ahol a tanúsítvány elérhetősége megadható http://, https:// vagy ftp:// előtagú URL-lel. Továbbá a hely lehet /útvonal/a/helyi/lemezen, hajlékonylemez/útvonal/a/hajlékonylemezen vagy a done (kész) kulcsszó. Az utóbbi azt jelenti, hogy nincs CA tanúsítvány, amelyen keresztül hitelesíteni lehetne a regisztrációs kiszolgálót." #~ msgid "Do you want to skip registration?" #~ msgstr "Biztosan átugorja a regisztrációt?" @@ -1672,10 +1539,8 @@ #~ "You can copy the certificate file to the system manually\n" #~ "and then specify its path by choosing %2.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Amennyiben a %1-t választja, a regisztráció valószínűleg sikertelen " -#~ "lesz.\n" -#~ "Ellenkező esetben átmásolhatja a fájlt kézzel, és ezután megadhatja az " -#~ "elérési útvonalát a %2-t választva.\n" +#~ "Amennyiben a %1-t választja, a regisztráció valószínűleg sikertelen lesz.\n" +#~ "Ellenkező esetben átmásolhatja a fájlt kézzel, és ezután megadhatja az elérési útvonalát a %2-t választva.\n" #~ msgid "Could not load the SMT certificate file from floppy disk." #~ msgstr "Az SMT tanúsítvány beolvasása a hajlékonylemezről sikertelen." @@ -1810,21 +1675,13 @@ #~ msgstr "%1: jelenlegi frissítési források megjelenítése." #~ msgid "Press %1 to use the default update repository." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nyomja meg a(z) %1 gombot az alapértelmezett frissítési forrás " -#~ "használatához." +#~ msgstr "Nyomja meg a(z) %1 gombot az alapértelmezett frissítési forrás használatához." #~ msgid "Find related actions in the %1 menu." #~ msgstr "%1: kapcsolódó műveletek." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In %1 set up the automatic online update. Choose the interval " -#~ "to use and if interactive patches should be ignored, otherwise the " -#~ "updater will use the default answers." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "%1 Állítsa be a frissítési időközt és az interaktív frissítések " -#~ "megfelelő kezelését, ellenkező esetben a frissítések telepítésekor az " -#~ "alapértelmezett válaszok kerülnek kiválasztásra." +#~ msgid "In %1 set up the automatic online update. Choose the interval to use and if interactive patches should be ignored, otherwise the updater will use the default answers." +#~ msgstr "%1 Állítsa be a frissítési időközt és az interaktív frissítések megfelelő kezelését, ellenkező esetben a frissítések telepítésekor az alapértelmezett válaszok kerülnek kiválasztásra." #~ msgid "Edit Software Repositories" #~ msgstr "Telepítési források szerkesztése" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/reipl.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/reipl.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/reipl.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "&Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Név" # modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:231 modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:246 # modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:259 @@ -179,8 +179,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Az előkészítés megszakítása:</big> \n" -"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás</" -"b> gombbal.\n" +"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás gombbal.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:44 @@ -201,8 +200,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Mentés megszakítása:</big> \n" "A Megszakítás gomb megnyomásával megszakíthatja a folyamatot.\n" -"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e " -"megtenni.\n" +"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e megtenni.\n" "\n" #. Configure dialog help 1 @@ -213,35 +211,23 @@ #. Configure dialog help 2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio " -"buttons\n" -"listed inside reipl methods. Depending on what your machine " -"supports,\n" +"Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio buttons\n" +"listed inside reipl methods. Depending on what your machine supports,\n" "choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n" "which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n" "necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.\n" -msgstr "" -"A számítógép újraindításához válasszon egy metódust a reipl metódusok</" -"b> közül. Attól függően, hogy a számítógép mit támogat, választhatók a CCW " -"(channel command word) eszközök és az SCSI-eszközök, amelyek a zFCP-n (fibre " -"channel protocol) keresztül vannak összekötve. Ezt követően ki kell tölteni " -"a szükséges paramétereket a megfelelő metódushoz..\n" +msgstr "A számítógép újraindításához válasszon egy metódust a reipl metódusok közül. Attól függően, hogy a számítógép mit támogat, választhatók a CCW (channel command word) eszközök és az SCSI-eszközök, amelyek a zFCP-n (fibre channel protocol) keresztül vannak összekötve. Ezt követően ki kell tölteni a szükséges paramétereket a megfelelő metódushoz..\n" #. Configure dialog help 3 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "The device must be a valid device bus ID with lower case letters\n" -"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<subchannel set ID>.<" -"device ID>,\n" -"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a " -"DASD or to\n" +"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<subchannel set ID>.<device ID>,\n" +"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a DASD or to\n" "an FCP adapter." msgstr "" -"Az eszköznek érvényes, kisbetűkből álló eszközbusz ID-val kell " -"rendelkeznie, sysfs-kompatibilis formátumban 0.<alcsatorna-csoport " -"ID>.<eszköz-ID>,\n" -"mint a 0.0.5c51. A kiválasztott metódustól függően ez lehet egy DASD- vagy " -"egy FCP-adapter." +"Az eszköznek érvényes, kisbetűkből álló eszközbusz ID-val kell rendelkeznie, sysfs-kompatibilis formátumban 0.<alcsatorna-csoport ID>.<eszköz-ID>,\n" +"mint a 0.0.5c51. A kiválasztott metódustól függően ez lehet egy DASD- vagy egy FCP-adapter." #. Configure dialog help 4 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:74 @@ -249,30 +235,21 @@ "The loadparm must be a maximum of 8 characters and selects a boot\n" "configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use one blank character\n" "to select the default configuration." -msgstr "" -"A loadparm legfeljebb 8 karakter lehet és a zipl rendszertöltő " -"menüjéből választ egy beállítást. Az alapértelmezett beállítás " -"kiválasztásához üres karaktert kell használni." +msgstr "A loadparm legfeljebb 8 karakter lehet és a zipl rendszertöltő menüjéből választ egy beállítást. Az alapértelmezett beállítás kiválasztásához üres karaktert kell használni." #. Configure dialog help 5 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "The worldwide port number (WWPN) must be entered with lowercase\n" "letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as 0x5005076300c40e5a.\n" -msgstr "" -"A world wide portszámnak (WWPN) kisbetűkből kell állnia, mint egy " -"16-jegyű hexa értéknek, pl. 0x5005076300c40e5a.\n" +msgstr "A world wide portszámnak (WWPN) kisbetűkből kell állnia, mint egy 16-jegyű hexa értéknek, pl. 0x5005076300c40e5a.\n" #. Configure dialog help 6 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:84 msgid "" -"The logical unit number (LUN) must be entered with lowercase " -"letters\n" -"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000." -"" -msgstr "" -"A logikai egység számának (LUN) kisbetűkből kell állnia, mint egy " -"16-jegyű, nullával zárt hexa értéknek, pl. 0x52ca000000000000." +"The logical unit number (LUN) must be entered with lowercase letters\n" +"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000." +msgstr "A logikai egység számának (LUN) kisbetűkből kell állnia, mint egy 16-jegyű, nullával zárt hexa értéknek, pl. 0x52ca000000000000." #. Configure dialog help 7 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:88 @@ -280,29 +257,21 @@ "The boot program selector must be a non-negative integer choosing\n" "a boot configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use 0 to select\n" "the default configuration." -msgstr "" -"A betöltőprogram-kiválasztó egy nem negatív egész szám, amely zipl " -"rendszertöltő menüjéből választ egy beállítást. Az alapértelmezett beállítás " -"kiválasztásához 0-át kell választani." +msgstr "A betöltőprogram-kiválasztó egy nem negatív egész szám, amely zipl rendszertöltő menüjéből választ egy beállítást. Az alapértelmezett beállítás kiválasztásához 0-át kell választani." #. Configure dialog help 8 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "The boot record logical block address (LBA) specifies the master\n" "boot record and is currently always 0." -msgstr "" -"A rendszertöltő rekord logikai blokkcíme (LBA) határozza meg a fő " -"rendszertöltő rekordot, amit mindig 0." +msgstr "A rendszertöltő rekord logikai blokkcíme (LBA) határozza meg a fő rendszertöltő rekordot, amit mindig 0." #. Configure dialog help 9 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by " -"shutdown,\n" +"After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by shutdown,\n" "and the system will automatically restart from your specified device." -msgstr "" -"Az ablak lezárása után, újraindítást állíthat be, amely után a rendszer " -"automatikusan újraindul a meghatározott eszközön." +msgstr "Az ablak lezárása után, újraindítást állíthat be, amely után a rendszer automatikusan újraindul a meghatározott eszközön." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:72 # clients/lan.ycp:384 Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/relocation-server.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/relocation-server.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/relocation-server.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -206,8 +206,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Az előkészítés megszakítása:</big> \n" -"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás</" -"b> gombbal.\n" +"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás gombbal.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 @@ -229,8 +228,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Mentés megszakítása:</big> \n" "A Megszakítás gomb megnyomásával megszakíthatja a folyamatot.\n" -"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e " -"megtenni.\n" +"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e megtenni.\n" "\n" #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:54 @@ -238,46 +236,28 @@ "Relocation Address \n" "Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections\n" "Allowed Hosts \n" -"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all " -"connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated " -"sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name " -"or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be " -"accepted.\n" +"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.\n" "SSL Key File/SSL Cert File \n" "SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface" msgstr "" "Költöztető cím \n" "Az a cím, amelyen a xend a relocation-socket kapcsolatokat várja\n" "Engedélyezett kiszolgálók \n" -"Azon kiszolgálók listája, akik kapcsolatot építhetnek fel a költöztető " -"porton keresztül. Amennyiben ez üres, akkor bármelyik kiszolgáló szabadon " -"felvehet kapcsolatot. Ellenkező esetben szóközzel elválasztott reguláris " -"kifejezéseket lehet megadni. Bármely kiszolgáló elfogadásra kerül, amelynek " -"tartomány neve vagy IP-címe illeszkedik a reguláris kifejezésre.\n" +"Azon kiszolgálók listája, akik kapcsolatot építhetnek fel a költöztető porton keresztül. Amennyiben ez üres, akkor bármelyik kiszolgáló szabadon felvehet kapcsolatot. Ellenkező esetben szóközzel elválasztott reguláris kifejezéseket lehet megadni. Bármely kiszolgáló elfogadásra kerül, amelynek tartomány neve vagy IP-címe illeszkedik a reguláris kifejezésre.\n" "SSL Key fájl/SSL Cert fájl \n" -"Azon SSL kulcsok vagy tanúsítványok, amelyek az ssl költöztető csatoló " -"használ" +"Azon SSL kulcsok vagy tanúsítványok, amelyek az ssl költöztető csatoló használ" #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<big>Tunneled migration</big> \n" -"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host " -"libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting " -"the data stream.\n" +"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.\n" "<big>Plain migration</big> \n" -"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the " -"destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually " -"specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." +"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." msgstr "" "<big>Titkosított migráció</big> \n" -"A forrásgépen lévő libvirtd közvetlen kapcsolatot nyit a célgépen futó " -"libvirtd felé és azon küldi át az adatokat. Ez lehetőséget biztosít az " -"átküldött adatok titkosítására.\n" +"A forrásgépen lévő libvirtd közvetlen kapcsolatot nyit a célgépen futó libvirtd felé és azon küldi át az adatokat. Ez lehetőséget biztosít az átküldött adatok titkosítására.\n" "<big>Egyszerű migráció</big> \n" -"A forrásgép egy közvetlen, titkosítás nélküli TCP kapcsolatot nyit a célgép " -"felé és ezen küldi át az adatokat. Amennyiben a port nem kézzel kerül " -"beállításra, a libvirt az alapértelmezett tartományból kiválaszt egy portot." -"" +"A forrásgép egy közvetlen, titkosítás nélküli TCP kapcsolatot nyit a célgép felé és ezen küldi át az adatokat. Amennyiben a port nem kézzel kerül beállításra, a libvirt az alapértelmezett tartományból kiválaszt egy portot." #. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration #. @return sequence result Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/s390.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/s390.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/s390.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -300,9 +300,10 @@ msgid "&Select All" msgstr "Vála&szték" +# modules/sound/sound.ycp:199 modules/sound/sound.ycp:915 #: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "&Deselect All" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kijelölések &megszüntetése" #. error popup #. error popup @@ -393,8 +394,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Mentés megszakítása:</big> \n" "A Megszakítás gomb megnyomásával megszakíthatja a folyamatot.\n" -"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e " -"megtenni.\n" +"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e megtenni.\n" # clients/printconf_ask_device.ycp:53 #. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 @@ -421,8 +421,7 @@ #. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." -msgstr "" -"Egy új DASD lemez beállításához nyomja meg a Hozzáadás gombot." +msgstr "Egy új DASD lemez beállításához nyomja meg a Hozzáadás gombot." #. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 @@ -437,12 +436,10 @@ #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks and " -#| "click\n" +#| "To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks and click\n" #| "Select or Deselect.\n" msgid "" -"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select " -"all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" "Select All or Deselect All.\n" msgstr "" "Az egyes műveletek egyszerre több lemezen is végrehajthatók. Több lemez\n" @@ -455,10 +452,8 @@ "To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" "The action will be performed immediately!" msgstr "" -"Egy adott művelet végrehajtásához válassza ki a megfelelő lemezeket, " -"majd\n" -"nyomja meg a Művelet végrehajtása gombot. A végrehajtás azonnal " -"megtörténik!" +"Egy adott művelet végrehajtásához válassza ki a megfelelő lemezeket, majd\n" +"nyomja meg a Művelet végrehajtása gombot. A végrehajtás azonnal megtörténik!" #. Disk add help 1/3 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 @@ -483,9 +478,7 @@ #. Disk add help 3/3 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" -msgstr "" -"A DIAG mód bekapcsolásához használja a DIAG használata opciót.</" -"p>\n" +msgstr "A DIAG mód bekapcsolásához használja a DIAG használata opciót.\n" #. Initialization dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -503,56 +496,36 @@ #. Dump dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." -msgstr "" -"Egy vagy több kötet előkészítése S/390 kiírató eszközként való " -"felhasználásra." +msgstr "Egy vagy több kötet előkészítése S/390 kiírató eszközként való felhasználásra." #. Dump dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 -msgid "" -"Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are " -"limited to DASD. " -msgstr "" -"A támogatott eszközök ECKD DASD és ZFCP lemezek, azonban a több kötet " -"támogatása csak a DASD esetén lehetséges. " +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "A támogatott eszközök ECKD DASD és ZFCP lemezek, azonban a több kötet támogatása csak a DASD esetén lehetséges. " #. Dump dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 msgid "" "Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" -"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk</" -"b>." -msgstr "" -"Csak teljes lemezt lehet használni, partíciókat nem! Ha ez nem kompatibilis " -"formázott/particionált eszköz, akkor kapcsolja be a Lemez felülírásának " -"kikényszerítése lehetőséget" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "Csak teljes lemezt lehet használni, partíciókat nem! Ha ez nem kompatibilis formázott/particionált eszköz, akkor kapcsolja be a Lemez felülírásának kikényszerítése lehetőséget" #. Dump dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 -msgid "" -"To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or " -"ZFCP dialog. " -msgstr "" -"A használathoz a DASD és ZFCP eszközöket aktiválni kell a YaST DASD vagy " -"ZFCP megfelelő részében. " +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "A használathoz a DASD és ZFCP eszközöket aktiválni kell a YaST DASD vagy ZFCP megfelelő részében. " #. Dump dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 -msgid "" -"Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." -msgstr "" -"Azok az eszközök, amelyek használatban lévő, vagy felcsatolt partíciókat " -"tartalmaz, nem jelennek meg." +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "Azok az eszközök, amelyek használatban lévő, vagy felcsatolt partíciókat tartalmaz, nem jelennek meg." #. Dump dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 msgid "" "dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" "device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." -msgstr "" -"A lemez után található dumpdevice azt jelenti, hogy az már egy " -"használt kiírató eszköz. Emellett a többkötetes kiírató eszközöket a " -"hozzátartozó DASD azonosítók listájával jelzi. " +msgstr "A lemez után található dumpdevice azt jelenti, hogy az már egy használt kiírató eszköz. Emellett a többkötetes kiírató eszközöket a hozzátartozó DASD azonosítók listájával jelzi. " #. Dump dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 @@ -581,18 +554,10 @@ #. warn only in case of force #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device " -#| "will be lost! Continue?" -#| msgid_plural "" -#| "The disks %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on these " -#| "devices will be lost! Continue?" -msgid "" -"The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will " -"be lost! Continue?" -msgstr "" -"A(z) %1 lemez kiírató eszközként kerül megformázásra. Az eszközön lévő " -"adatok elvesznek! Folytatja?" +#| msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +#| msgid_plural "The disks %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on these devices will be lost! Continue?" +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "A(z) %1 lemez kiírató eszközként kerül megformázásra. Az eszközön lévő adatok elvesznek! Folytatja?" #. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 @@ -609,8 +574,7 @@ "To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" " They are separated by line breaks.\n" msgstr "" -"Az IUCV Terminal Server beállításához a használt z/VM ID-ket meg kell " -"adni.\n" +"Az IUCV Terminal Server beállításához a használt z/VM ID-ket meg kell adni.\n" " Ezeket el kell választani egymástól.\n" #. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 @@ -619,54 +583,32 @@ msgstr "<big>TS-Shell</big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user " -"and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." -msgstr "" -"A TS-Shell lehetővé teszi külön Hitelesítés megadását az egyes TS-" -"Shell felhasználóknak vagy csoportoknak. A csoportok jogait a csoport tagjai " -"öröklik." +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "A TS-Shell lehetővé teszi külön Hitelesítés megadását az egyes TS-Shell felhasználóknak vagy csoportoknak. A csoportok jogait a csoport tagjai öröklik." #. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, " -"defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all " -"allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." -msgstr "" -"Minden engedélyezett z/VM ID-k kézzel kerültek kiválasztásra a " -"Választék részben, a Regex segítségével kerültek beállításra " -"vagy egy Fájlból kerültek betöltésre, ahol az/VM ID-k egymástól " -"elválasztva kerültek beállításra." +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "Minden engedélyezett z/VM ID-k kézzel kerültek kiválasztásra a Választék részben, a Regex segítségével kerültek beállításra vagy egy Fájlból kerültek betöltésre, ahol az/VM ID-k egymástól elválasztva kerültek beállításra." #. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" "User to remove users." -msgstr "" -"Az Új felhasználó gomb megnyomásával további TS-Shell felhasználók " -"hozhatók létre, vagy törölhetők a Felhasználó törlése gombbal." +msgstr "Az Új felhasználó gomb megnyomásával további TS-Shell felhasználók hozhatók létre, vagy törölhetők a Felhasználó törlése gombbal." #. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" -"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to " -"change\n" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" "the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." -msgstr "" -"A TS-Shell hitelesítési táblában található csoportok hozzáadásához, " -"eltávolításához vagy a csoporttagság módosításához a Csoportok kezelése</" -"b> lehetőséget kell használni." +msgstr "A TS-Shell hitelesítési táblában található csoportok hozzáadásához, eltávolításához vagy a csoporttagság módosításához a Csoportok kezelése lehetőséget kell használni." #. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts " -"should be gathered." -msgstr "" -"Az Auditált ID-k segítségével a z/VM ID-k beállíthatók, hogy " -"melyik adatokat kell begyűjteni." +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "Az Auditált ID-k segítségével a z/VM ID-k beállíthatók, hogy melyik adatokat kell begyűjteni." #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 @@ -675,33 +617,23 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory " -"and Password has to be provided.\n" -"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting " -"them on the right." +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." msgstr "" -"Új TS-Shell felhasználó létrehozásához meg kell adni annak " -"Felhasználónevét, Saját könyvtárát és Jelszót.\n" -"\t Lehetőség van További csoportok megadására azok kiválasztásával " -"a jobb oldalon." +"Új TS-Shell felhasználó létrehozásához meg kell adni annak Felhasználónevét, Saját könyvtárát és Jelszót.\n" +"\t Lehetőség van További csoportok megadására azok kiválasztásával a jobb oldalon." #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 -msgid "" -"To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, " -"activate Force Password Change." -msgstr "" -"A felhasználónak az első bejelentkezést követően meg kell változtatnia a " -"jelszavát, amennyiben a Jelszóváltás kikényszerítése aktív." +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "A felhasználónak az első bejelentkezést követően meg kell változtatnia a jelszavát, amennyiben a Jelszóváltás kikényszerítése aktív." #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 msgid "" "You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" "data will be stored there." -msgstr "" -"A saját könyvtár ugyanaz lehet minden TS-Shell felhasználónak, mivel ide " -"nem történik mentés." +msgstr "A saját könyvtár ugyanaz lehet minden TS-Shell felhasználónak, mivel ide nem történik mentés." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 @@ -712,50 +644,35 @@ msgid "" "Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" "member of this groups to inherit the same rights." -msgstr "" -"TS-Shell hitelesítést csoportonkénti beállításával minden TS-Shell " -"csoportag örökli ezeket a jogokat." +msgstr "TS-Shell hitelesítést csoportonkénti beállításával minden TS-Shell csoportag örökli ezeket a jogokat." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" -"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or " -"Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." -msgstr "" -"A már létező csoportok hozzáadhatók vagy eltávolíthatók a TS-Shell " -"hitelesítések közül. Ehhez ki kell választani őket, majd a Kiválasztás/" -"visszavonás gombot kell megnyomni. Az aktuális állapot a TS-Auth " -"oszlopban található." +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "A már létező csoportok hozzáadhatók vagy eltávolíthatók a TS-Shell hitelesítések közül. Ehhez ki kell választani őket, majd a Kiválasztás/visszavonás gombot kell megnyomni. Az aktuális állapot a TS-Auth oszlopban található." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" "selection." -msgstr "" -"A kiválasztott csoport TS-Shell tagjai a TS-tagok részben " -"módosíthatók." +msgstr "A kiválasztott csoport TS-Shell tagjai a TS-tagok részben módosíthatók." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 msgid "" -"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group " -"input field and confirming with Create.\n" -"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has " -"to be used." +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." msgstr "" -"Az Új csoport mezőbe beírt név és a Létrehozás gomb " -"megnyomásával új csoport hozható létre.\n" -"\t Korábban létrehozott csoportok a YaST felhasználók ablakban " -"törölhetők." +"Az Új csoport mezőbe beírt név és a Létrehozás gomb megnyomásával új csoport hozható létre.\n" +"\t Korábban létrehozott csoportok a YaST felhasználók ablakban törölhetők." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." -msgstr "" -"Az ablakban történt módosítások a Vissza gomb megnyomásával " -"vonhatók vissza." +msgstr "Az ablakban történt módosítások a Vissza gomb megnyomásával vonhatók vissza." #. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 @@ -763,24 +680,13 @@ msgstr "<big>IUCVConn bejelentkezéskor</big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users " -"a password and home directory has to be provided." -msgstr "" -"Az IUCVConn bejelentkezéskor történő használatához minden z/VM ID-hoz egy " -"felhasználó hozzárendelése szükséges. Ezen felhasználók létrehozásához meg " -"kell adni a jelszót és a saját könyvtárat." +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "Az IUCVConn bejelentkezéskor történő használatához minden z/VM ID-hoz egy felhasználó hozzárendelése szükséges. Ezen felhasználók létrehozásához meg kell adni a jelszót és a saját könyvtárat." #. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 -msgid "" -"It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or " -"just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is " -"enabled. " -msgstr "" -"A felhasználók kézi szinkronizálásához a Szinkronizálást vagy a " -"módosítások jóváhagyásakor az OK gomb megnyomásával, amennyiben az " -"IUCVConn bejelentkezéskor engedélyezve van. " +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "A felhasználók kézi szinkronizálásához a Szinkronizálást vagy a módosítások jóváhagyásakor az OK gomb megnyomásával, amennyiben az IUCVConn bejelentkezéskor engedélyezve van. " #. Text approval #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 @@ -1016,37 +922,25 @@ #. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." -msgstr "" -"Hibás z/VM ID \"%1\" van megadva a(z) %2 sorban. Csak betűk és számok " -"használata engedélyezett." +msgstr "Hibás z/VM ID \"%1\" van megadva a(z) %2 sorban. Csak betűk és számok használata engedélyezett." #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." -msgstr "" -"Hibás z/VM ID \"%1\" van megadva a(z) %2 sorban. Számmal nem kezdődhet egy " -"bejegyzés." +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "Hibás z/VM ID \"%1\" van megadva a(z) %2 sorban. Számmal nem kezdődhet egy bejegyzés." #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." -msgstr "" -"Hibás z/VM ID \"%1\" van megadva a(z) %2 sorban. A bejegyzés nem lehet több, " -"mint nyolc karakter." +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "Hibás z/VM ID \"%1\" van megadva a(z) %2 sorban. A bejegyzés nem lehet több, mint nyolc karakter." #. only the last entry is allowed to be empty #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." -msgstr "" -"Hibás z/VM ID \"%1\" van megadva a(z) %2 sorban. A bejegyzésnek legalább egy " -"betűt kell tartalmaznia." +msgstr "Hibás z/VM ID \"%1\" van megadva a(z) %2 sorban. A bejegyzésnek legalább egy betűt kell tartalmaznia." #. check password #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." -msgstr "" -"Az IUCVConn felhasználók szinkronizálásához megfelelő jelszó megadása " -"szükséges." +msgstr "Az IUCVConn felhasználók szinkronizálásához megfelelő jelszó megadása szükséges." #. check home directory #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 @@ -1063,18 +957,13 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." -msgstr "" -"Érvényes z/VM ID-k nélkül nem lehetséges a Terminal Server-t beállítani." +msgstr "Érvényes z/VM ID-k nélkül nem lehetséges a Terminal Server-t beállítani." #. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. #. @return true for valid inputs #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 -msgid "" -"Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are " -"allowed." -msgstr "" -"Hibás bevitel! Csak kisbetük, számok és elválasztó vesszők használata " -"lehetséges." +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "Hibás bevitel! Csak kisbetük, számok és elválasztó vesszők használata lehetséges." #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 msgid "Comma is only a separator." @@ -1105,32 +994,15 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 -msgid "" -"Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal " -"devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a " -"combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance." -" " -msgstr "" -"Néhány IUCVtty példány több termináleszköz biztosítására is " -"alkalmas. A példányok megkülönböztetése a Terminal ID-val lehetséges, amely " -"a Terminal ID előtag és a példány számának kombinációjával lehetséges." -" " +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "Néhány IUCVtty példány több termináleszköz biztosítására is alkalmas. A példányok megkülönböztetése a Terminal ID-val lehetséges, amely a Terminal ID előtag és a példány számának kombinációjával lehetséges. " #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm</" -#| "i>", the terminal IDs from lxterm1 to lxterm10 are " -#| "available." -msgid "" -"For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm</" -"i>", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are " -"available." -msgstr "" -"Például, ha 10 példánynál, ha az "lxterm" előtag van " -"beállítva, akkor a Terminal ID-k lxterm1 és lxterm10 közötti " -"néven érhetők el." +#| msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm1 to lxterm10 are available." +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "Például, ha 10 példánynál, ha az "lxterm" előtag van beállítva, akkor a Terminal ID-k lxterm1 és lxterm10 közötti néven érhetők el." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 @@ -1139,61 +1011,35 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 -msgid "" -"The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes " -"to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and " -"login programs." -msgstr "" -"Az z/VM IUCV HVC eszközkezelő egy kernelmodul és eszközöket használja, " -"hogy akár nyolc HVC terminált engedélyezzen, hogy képes legyen a getty és " -"login programokkal kommunikálni." +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "Az z/VM IUCV HVC eszközkezelő egy kernelmodul és eszközöket használja, hogy akár nyolc HVC terminált engedélyezzen, hogy képes legyen a getty és login programokkal kommunikálni." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 -msgid "" -"With restrict access, allow only connections from certain " -"terminal servers." -msgstr "" -"A hozzáférés korlátozásával lehetőség van arra, hogy csak megadott " -"Terminal Serverekről érkező kapcsolat kerüljön engedélyezésre ." +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "A hozzáférés korlátozásával lehetőség van arra, hogy csak megadott Terminal Serverekről érkező kapcsolat kerüljön engedélyezésre ." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." -"" -msgstr "" -"Minden példányhoz beállítható emuláció egyszerre vagy külön-külön." +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "Minden példányhoz beállítható emuláció egyszerre vagy külön-külön." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 msgid "" -"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages " -"to\n" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" "the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " -msgstr "" -"A kernelüzenetek átirányítása hvc0-re aktiválásakor a " -"kernelüzenetek a hvc0 eszközre mennek a ttyS0 helyett. " +msgstr "A kernelüzenetek átirányítása hvc0-re aktiválásakor a kernelüzenetek a hvc0 eszközre mennek a ttyS0 helyett. " #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 -msgid "" -"Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add " -"console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the " -"YaST bootloader module." -msgstr "" -"Ha azt szeretné, hogy a kernelüzenetek megjelenjenek a ttyS0 konzolom, akkor " -"a console=ttyS0 bejegyzést kézzel kell hozzáadni kernelparaméterként " -"a YaST rendszertöltő modulban." +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "Ha azt szeretné, hogy a kernelüzenetek megjelenjenek a ttyS0 konzolom, akkor a console=ttyS0 bejegyzést kézzel kell hozzáadni kernelparaméterként a YaST rendszertöltő modulban." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 -msgid "" -"<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through " -"the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" -msgstr "" -"<h3>Figyelem: A HVC terminálok bejelentkezve maradnak, míg kézzel ki nem " -"léptetik azokat a ctrl _ d használatával</h3>" +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "<h3>Figyelem: A HVC terminálok bejelentkezve maradnak, míg kézzel ki nem léptetik azokat a ctrl _ d használatával</h3>" #. Dialog content #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 @@ -1265,18 +1111,13 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 -msgid "" -"Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" msgstr "Állítsa be a kernel panic esetén végrehajtandó műveletet" #. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 -msgid "" -"The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior " -"during kernel panics." -msgstr "" -"A Dumpconf démont engedélyezni kell, hogy befolyásolni tudja a " -"kernel panic során elvárt viselkedést." +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "A Dumpconf démont engedélyezni kell, hogy befolyásolni tudja a kernel panic során elvárt viselkedést." #. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 @@ -1301,54 +1142,29 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 msgid "" -"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only " -"available\n" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" "on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " -msgstr "" -"dump_reipl Linux kiíratása és a rendszer újraindítása. Ez csak z9(r) " -"vagy annál újabb rendszereken LPAR-on, valamint z/VMversion 5.3 vagy ennél " -"újabb rendszereken érhetők el. " +msgstr "dump_reipl Linux kiíratása és a rendszer újraindítása. Ez csak z9(r) vagy annál újabb rendszereken LPAR-on, valamint z/VMversion 5.3 vagy ennél újabb rendszereken érhetők el. " #. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." -msgstr "" -"vmcmd Megadott CP parancsok futtatása és a rendszer leállítása." +msgstr "vmcmd Megadott CP parancsok futtatása és a rendszer leállítása." #. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 -msgid "" -"The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified " -"panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system " -"crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"A Késleltetés percben részben megadott idővel elhalaszthatja a " -"megadott panic műveletet, hogy ezzel megakadályozza, hogy ezzel az induló " -"rendszer végtelen ciklusba kerüljön. Amennyiben a rendszer a megadott idő " -"eltelte előtt összeomlik, akkor az alapértelmezett (leállítás) művelet indul " -"el." +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "A Késleltetés percben részben megadott idővel elhalaszthatja a megadott panic műveletet, hogy ezzel megakadályozza, hogy ezzel az induló rendszer végtelen ciklusba kerüljön. Amennyiben a rendszer a megadott idő eltelte előtt összeomlik, akkor az alapértelmezett (leállítás) művelet indul el." #. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 -msgid "" -"The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If " -"no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices " -"dialog." -msgstr "" -"A kiírató eszköz memóriája beállítható a Kiírató eszköz. " -"Amennyiben nem jelenik meg egyetlen eszköz sem, akkor hozzon létre egyet a " -"YaST Kiírató eszközök párbeszédablakban." +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "A kiírató eszköz memóriája beállítható a Kiírató eszköz. Amennyiben nem jelenik meg egyetlen eszköz sem, akkor hozzon létre egyet a YaST Kiírató eszközök párbeszédablakban." #. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux " -"system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." -msgstr "" -"A VMCMD-vel, CP parancsok adhatók meg, amelyek a Linux rendszer " -"leállítása előtt kerülnek futtatásra. Csak %1 sor és összesen %2 karakter " -"használata engedélyezett." +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "A VMCMD-vel, CP parancsok adhatók meg, amelyek a Linux rendszer leállítása előtt kerülnek futtatásra. Csak %1 sor és összesen %2 karakter használata engedélyezett." #. radio button label #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 @@ -1486,8 +1302,7 @@ #. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." -msgstr "" -"Egy új ZFCP eszköz beállításához nyomja meg a Hozzáadás gombot." +msgstr "Egy új ZFCP eszköz beállításához nyomja meg a Hozzáadás gombot." #. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 @@ -1509,10 +1324,7 @@ "When accessing a ZFCP device\n" "READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" "Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." -msgstr "" -"ZFCP-eszköz READ/WRITE elérésekor győződjön meg arról, hogy " -"a megadott elérés kizárólagos. Ellenkező esetben nagy az adatvesztés " -"kockázata." +msgstr "ZFCP-eszköz READ/WRITE elérésekor győződjön meg arról, hogy a megadott elérés kizárólagos. Ellenkező esetben nagy az adatvesztés kockázata." #. Disk add help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 @@ -1530,18 +1342,14 @@ #. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs " -"conforming\n" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" -"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, " -"such as\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" -"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value " -"with\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" "all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." msgstr "" -"A Csatorna ID értékét kisbetűkkel kell megadni, a sysfs-nek " -"megfelelő\n" +"A Csatorna ID értékét kisbetűkkel kell megadni, a sysfs-nek megfelelő\n" "0.0.<eszközszám> formátumban, például <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" "A WWPN-t kisbetűkkel, 16 jegyű hexa értékként kell megadni, például\n" "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" @@ -1718,9 +1526,7 @@ #. error description #: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." -msgstr "" -"A nem kompatibilis formázás/particionálás javítható kikényszerített " -"művelettel." +msgstr "A nem kompatibilis formázás/particionálás javítható kikényszerített művelettel." #. error description #: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 @@ -2107,20 +1913,16 @@ #~ "This dialog shows configured dump devices for your system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Beállított kiírató eszköz</big> \n" -#~ "Ez a párbeszédablak felsorolja a rendszeren beállított kiírató eszközöket." -#~ "" +#~ "Ez a párbeszédablak felsorolja a rendszeren beállított kiírató eszközöket." #~ msgid "" #~ "To add and configure a new dump device, click Add. To edit an\n" #~ "already configured dump device, select it and click Edit.\n" #~ "To remove a configured dump device, select it and click Delete." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Egy új kiírató eszköz hozzáadásához és beállításához nyomja meg a " -#~ "Hozzáadás gombot.\n" -#~ "Egy már beállított kiírató eszköz módosításához nyomja meg a " -#~ "Módosítás gombot.\n" -#~ "Egy már beállított kiírató eszköz törléséhez nyomja meg a Törlés " -#~ "gombot." +#~ "Egy új kiírató eszköz hozzáadásához és beállításához nyomja meg a Hozzáadás gombot.\n" +#~ "Egy már beállított kiírató eszköz módosításához nyomja meg a Módosítás gombot.\n" +#~ "Egy már beállított kiírató eszköz törléséhez nyomja meg a Törlés gombot." #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Add New Dump Device</big> \n" @@ -2128,17 +1930,13 @@ #~ "ECKD DASD. Set Dump Device to select the device\n" #~ "to format. If the device is already formatted\n" #~ "or configured, setting\n" -#~ "Install Dump Record Even If Disk Already &Formatted is required.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Install Dump Record Even If Disk Already &Formatted is required." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Új kiírató eszköz hozzáadása</big> \n" #~ "Eszköz előkészítése S/390 kiírató eszközként működéshez. A\n" -#~ "támogatott eszközök: ECKD DASD lemezek. A Kiírató eszköz mezőben " -#~ "válassza ki a formázni kívánt eszközt.\n" -#~ "Ha az eszköz már formázva van és/vagy be van állítva, akkor kell megadni " -#~ "a\n" -#~ "Kiírató rekord telepítése akkor is, ha a lemez már &formázva van " -#~ "lehetőséget." +#~ "támogatott eszközök: ECKD DASD lemezek. A Kiírató eszköz mezőben válassza ki a formázni kívánt eszközt.\n" +#~ "Ha az eszköz már formázva van és/vagy be van állítva, akkor kell megadni a\n" +#~ "Kiírató rekord telepítése akkor is, ha a lemez már &formázva van lehetőséget." #~ msgid "Disk unusable." #~ msgstr "A lemez használhatatlan." Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/samba-client.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/samba-client.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/samba-client.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -81,8 +81,7 @@ "try to join the domain without specifying user and password.\n" msgstr "" "A tartományba használt azonosító. Ha üresen\n" -"hagyja, akkor a YaST felhasználónév és jelszó nélkül próbál a tartományba " -"belépni.\n" +"hagyja, akkor a YaST felhasználónév és jelszó nélkül próbál a tartományba belépni.\n" #. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option #: src/clients/samba-client.rb:138 @@ -180,13 +179,8 @@ #. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</" -"tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." -msgstr "" -"Adja meg a Samba által használt felhasználói és csoportazonosítók " -"tartományát (<tt>winbind uid</tt> és <tt>winbind gid</tt> értékeket)." -"" +msgid "Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." +msgstr "Adja meg a Samba által használt felhasználói és csoportazonosítók tartományát (<tt>winbind uid</tt> és <tt>winbind gid</tt> értékeket)." #. frame label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 @@ -432,14 +426,12 @@ #. continue/cancel popup #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 msgid "" -"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " -"following\n" +"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n" "settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n" "%1" msgstr "" "Amennyiben a rendszert Active Directory kliensként állítja be\n" -"az smb.conf állományban a következő beállítások alapértelmezett értékekre " -"cserélődnek:\n" +"az smb.conf állományban a következő beállítások alapértelmezett értékekre cserélődnek:\n" "%1" #. 1st part of an error message: @@ -485,8 +477,7 @@ "running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" "the machine to enable it for all services.\n" msgstr "" -"Ez a változtatás csak az újonnan létrehozott folyamatokat érinti, a már " -"futókat\n" +"Ez a változtatás csak az újonnan létrehozott folyamatokat érinti, a már futókat\n" "nem. Indítsa újra kézzel a szolgáltatásokat, vagy a teljes rendszert,\n" "ha az összes szolgáltatásra be akarja kapcsolni.\n" @@ -506,8 +497,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Az indítás megszakítása:</big> \n" -"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a modul indítását a Megszakítás " -"gombbal.\n" +"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a modul indítását a Megszakítás gombbal.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 @@ -528,8 +518,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Mentés megszakítása:</big> \n" "Megszakíthatja a mentést a Megszakítás gombbal.\n" -"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e " -"megtenni.\n" +"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e megtenni.\n" "\n" #. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help title @@ -541,31 +530,25 @@ #. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active " -"Directory domain.\n" +"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" "Specify the name of the membership.\n" msgstr "" -"A Linux-kliens tagja lehet egy windowsos munkacsoportnak, NT-" -"tartománynak, illetve egy Active Directory tartománynak. \n" +"A Linux-kliens tagja lehet egy windowsos munkacsoportnak, NT-tartománynak, illetve egy Active Directory tartománynak. \n" "Itt adható meg a tagság neve.\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication allows \n" -"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if " -"joining an AD domain.\n" +"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.\n" msgstr "" -"Az SMB információk használata a linuxos felhasználókezeléshez " -"lehetővé\n" -"teszi, hogy az NT-kiszolgáló ellenőrizze a jelszavakat (vagy AD-tartományba " -"belépéskor a Kerberos-kiszolgáló).\n" +"Az SMB információk használata a linuxos felhasználókezeléshez lehetővé\n" +"teszi, hogy az NT-kiszolgáló ellenőrizze a jelszavakat (vagy AD-tartományba belépéskor a Kerberos-kiszolgáló).\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 msgid "" -"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the " -"list of name servers.\n" +"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n" "This option is only available for static network setups." msgstr "" @@ -573,12 +556,10 @@ #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "When you press OK, the system verifies the membership and,\n" -"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the " -"domain.\n" +"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.\n" msgstr "" "Az OK gombra kattintás után a YaST ellenőrzi a tagságot,\n" -"és, amennyiben NT-tartományról vagy Active Directory-ról van szó, " -"engedélyezi a kliens beléptetését a tartományba.\n" +"és, amennyiben NT-tartományról vagy Active Directory-ról van szó, engedélyezi a kliens beléptetését a tartományba.\n" #. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 @@ -596,41 +577,18 @@ #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home " -"directories created on the first login." -msgstr "" -"A saját könyvtárak az első bejelentkezéskori létrehozásához használja a " -"Saját könyvtár létrehozása bejelentkezéskor beállítást." +msgid "Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home directories created on the first login." +msgstr "A saját könyvtárak az első bejelentkezéskori létrehozásához használja a Saját könyvtár létrehozása bejelentkezéskor beállítást." #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 -msgid "" -"Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is " -"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must " -"log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored " -"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no " -"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially " -"useful for mobile users." -msgstr "" -"Offline hitelesítés esetén a felhasználó akkor is bejelentkezhet, " -"ha nincs kapcsolat a tartományvezérlővel. Ahhoz, hogy ez a funkció működjön, " -"legalább egyszer be kell jelentkezni a tartományba. Ezután a felhasználó " -"hitelesítési adatai titkosított módon tárolódnak a számítógépen és " -"felhasználhatók a tartományba bejelentkezéshez akkor is, ha nem lehet " -"kapcsolatot létesíteni a tartományvezérlővel. Ez különösen mobil " -"felhasználók esetében hasznos." +msgid "Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users." +msgstr "Offline hitelesítés esetén a felhasználó akkor is bejelentkezhet, ha nincs kapcsolat a tartományvezérlővel. Ahhoz, hogy ez a funkció működjön, legalább egyszer be kell jelentkezni a tartományba. Ezután a felhasználó hitelesítési adatai titkosított módon tárolódnak a számítógépen és felhasználhatók a tartományba bejelentkezéshez akkor is, ha nem lehet kapcsolatot létesíteni a tartományvezérlővel. Ez különösen mobil felhasználók esetében hasznos." #. Samba membership dialog help (common part) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS " -"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Nyomja meg a Szakértői beállítások gombot az olyan speciális " -"lehetőségek használatához, mint a WINS beállítások, vagy a home könyvtárak " -"felcsatolása az Active Directory tartományokból." +msgid "Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains." +msgstr "Nyomja meg a Szakértői beállítások gombot az olyan speciális lehetőségek használatához, mint a WINS beállítások, vagy a home könyvtárak felcsatolása az Active Directory tartományokból." #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 @@ -640,26 +598,14 @@ #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Set the Username and Password that should be used for " -"joining\n" -"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be " -"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." -msgstr "" -"Adja meg az automatikus telepítés során a kiválasztott tartományok " -"egyesítéséhez használt Felhasználónév és Jelszó értékeket. " -"Vigyázzon, mert a jelszó sima szöveg (cleartext) formájában kerül elmentésre " -"a profilba." +"Set the Username and Password that should be used for joining\n" +"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." +msgstr "Adja meg az automatikus telepítés során a kiválasztott tartományok egyesítéséhez használt Felhasználónév és Jelszó értékeket. Vigyázzon, mert a jelszó sima szöveg (cleartext) formájában kerül elmentésre a profilba." #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 -msgid "" -"Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active " -"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos " -"configuration." -msgstr "" -"Adja meg az Active Directory tartomány összefésüléséhez szükséges " -"Active Directory-kiszolgálót. Ez lesz a Kerberos-beállításoknál a KDC " -"értéke is." +msgid "Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration." +msgstr "Adja meg az Active Directory tartomány összefésüléséhez szükséges Active Directory-kiszolgálót. Ez lesz a Kerberos-beállításoknál a KDC értéke is." #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 @@ -671,8 +617,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Ahhoz, hogy a számítógép óráját egy NTP-kiszolgáló segítségével szinkronban\n" -"lehessen tartani, be kell azt állítani NTP-kliensnek. A megfelelő " -"beállításhoz\n" +"lehessen tartani, be kell azt állítani NTP-kliensnek. A megfelelő beállításhoz\n" "nyomja meg az NTP beállítása gombot.\n" #. default value of Machine Account @@ -710,8 +655,7 @@ #. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:201 msgid "Enter the username and the password for leaving the domain %1." -msgstr "" -"Adja meg a felhasználónevet és a jelszót a(z) %1 tartomány elhagyásához." +msgstr "Adja meg a felhasználónevet és a jelszót a(z) %1 tartomány elhagyásához." #. additional information for cluster environment #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:229 @@ -723,17 +667,13 @@ #. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:240 msgid "Enter the username and the password for joining the domain %1." -msgstr "" -"Adja meg a felhasználónevet és a jelszót a(z) %1 tartomány való " -"csatlakozáshoz." +msgstr "Adja meg a felhasználónevet és a jelszót a(z) %1 tartomány való csatlakozáshoz." #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:247 #, fuzzy #| msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty." msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n" -msgstr "" -"Amennyiben nem hitelesített felhasználóként szeretne belépni a tartományba, " -"hagyja a mezőket üresen." +msgstr "Amennyiben nem hitelesített felhasználóként szeretne belépni a tartományba, hagyja a mezőket üresen." #. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:298 @@ -785,8 +725,7 @@ #. popup question #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:355 msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?" -msgstr "" -"A felhasználómegosztás már létezik. Megtartja vagy törli ezt a megosztást?" +msgstr "A felhasználómegosztás már létezik. Megtartja vagy törli ezt a megosztást?" #. button label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:357 @@ -810,13 +749,8 @@ #. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:395 -msgid "" -"If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for " -"name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." -msgstr "" -"Ha a névfeloldáshoz Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) kíván " -"használni, akkor használja a WINS használata névfeloldáshoz " -"beállítást." +msgid "If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." +msgstr "Ha a névfeloldáshoz Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) kíván használni, akkor használja a WINS használata névfeloldáshoz beállítást." #. check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:405 @@ -825,13 +759,8 @@ #. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:412 -msgid "" -"Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided " -"by DHCP." -msgstr "" -"Kapcsolja be a WINS-kiszolgáló beállítása DHCP-n keresztül " -"lehetőséget a DHCP szolgáltatáson keresztül biztosított WINS-kiszolgáló " -"beállításához." +msgid "Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided by DHCP." +msgstr "Kapcsolja be a WINS-kiszolgáló beállítása DHCP-n keresztül lehetőséget a DHCP szolgáltatáson keresztül biztosított WINS-kiszolgáló beállításához." #. frame label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:432 @@ -865,82 +794,37 @@ #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:505 -msgid "" -"Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the " -"group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other " -"users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</" -"tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system " -"permissions allow access." -msgstr "" -"A Saját könyvtár megosztásának engedélyezése felhasználók számára " -"lehetővé teszi az Engedélyezett csoport tagjai számára, hogy más " -"felhasználók számára elérhetővé tegyék könyvtáraikat. Például a <tt>users</" -"tt> helyben, a <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> pedig tartomány szinten. A " -"felhasználónak meg kell bizonyosodnia arról, hogy a fájlrendszer-" -"jogosultságok lehetővé teszik az elérést." +msgid "Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access." +msgstr "A Saját könyvtár megosztásának engedélyezése felhasználók számára lehetővé teszi az Engedélyezett csoport tagjai számára, hogy más felhasználók számára elérhetővé tegyék könyvtáraikat. Például a <tt>users</tt> helyben, a <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> pedig tartomány szinten. A felhasználónak meg kell bizonyosodnia arról, hogy a fájlrendszer-jogosultságok lehetővé teszik az elérést." #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 -msgid "" -"With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares " -"that may be created." -msgstr "" -"A Megosztások számának maximuma, meghatározza a létrehozható " -"megosztások maximális számát." +msgid "With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares that may be created." +msgstr "A Megosztások számának maximuma, meghatározza a létrehozható megosztások maximális számát." #. membership dialog help common part #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:516 -msgid "" -"To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow " -"Guest Access." -msgstr "" -"Ha azt akarja, hogy hitelesítés nélkül el lehessen érni a felhasználói " -"megosztásokhoz, jelölje meg a Vendég hozzáférés engedélyezése " -"négyzetet." +msgid "To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow Guest Access." +msgstr "Ha azt akarja, hogy hitelesítés nélkül el lehessen érni a felhasználói megosztásokhoz, jelölje meg a Vendég hozzáférés engedélyezése négyzetet." #. help text for PAM Mount table #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:525 msgid "" "In the table Mount Server Directories, you can specify server\n" -"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when " -"the\n" +"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" "user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify User\n" -"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each " -"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." -msgstr "" -"A Felcsatolt kiszolgálókönyvtárak táblázatban megadhatók a " -"kiszolgáló könyvtárai, amelyeket a helyi gépen, a felhasználó " -"bejelentkezésekor fel kell csatolni. Amennyiben a felcsatolás " -"felhasználóspecifikus, adja meg a Felhasználónevet a kiválasztott " -"szabálynál. Ellenkező esetben a felcsatolás minden felhasználónál " -"megtörténik. További információ a pam_mount.conf man oldalakon található." +"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." +msgstr "A Felcsatolt kiszolgálókönyvtárak táblázatban megadhatók a kiszolgáló könyvtárai, amelyeket a helyi gépen, a felhasználó bejelentkezésekor fel kell csatolni. Amennyiben a felcsatolás felhasználóspecifikus, adja meg a Felhasználónevet a kiválasztott szabálynál. Ellenkező esetben a felcsatolás minden felhasználónál megtörténik. További információ a pam_mount.conf man oldalakon található." #. help text for PAM Mount table: example #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:532 -msgid "" -"For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for " -"Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount " -"the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a " -"part of Options." -msgstr "" -"Például használható a <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> a Távoli elérési " -"úthoz, a <tt>~/</tt> a Helyi csatolási ponthoz a saját könyvtár " -"felcsatolásakor a <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> együtt a Beállítások</" -"b>nál." +msgid "For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of Options." +msgstr "Például használható a <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> a Távoli elérési úthoz, a <tt>~/</tt> a Helyi csatolási ponthoz a saját könyvtár felcsatolásakor a <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> együtt a Beállításoknál." #. help text for kerberos method option #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:540 -msgid "" -"The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are " -"verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos " -"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page " -"for details." -msgstr "" -"A Kerberos eljárás határozza meg, hogy hogyan történik a kerberos " -"jegyek ellenőrzése. Ha az Egypontos bejelentkezés az SSH-hoz " -"beállítást használja, akkor a YaST által beállított alapértelmezett Kerberos " -"eljárás: <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. A részletek az smb.conf man oldalán " -"találhatók." +msgid "The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details." +msgstr "A Kerberos eljárás határozza meg, hogy hogyan történik a kerberos jegyek ellenőrzése. Ha az Egypontos bejelentkezés az SSH-hoz beállítást használja, akkor a YaST által beállított alapértelmezett Kerberos eljárás: <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. A részletek az smb.conf man oldalán találhatók." #. translators: initialization dialog caption #: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74 @@ -1017,55 +901,58 @@ msgid "Finished" msgstr "Kész" +# modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:117 +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1072 #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 msgid "Install required packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Szükséges csomagok telepítése" #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 msgid "Installing required packages..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Szükséges csomagok telepítése…" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 msgid "PAM Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PAM bejelentkezés" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kerberos aktiválása" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kerberos letiltása" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Default Realm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alapértelmezett terület" +# clients/lan_ypclient.ycp:123 #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 msgid "Default Domain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alapértelmezett tartomány" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 msgid "KDC Server Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDC-kiszolgáló címe" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 msgid "Clock Skew" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Időelcsúszás" #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 msgid "KDC Server: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDC-kiszolgáló: %1 " #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 @@ -1077,7 +964,7 @@ #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "Default Realm: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alapértelmezett terület: %1 " # modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:63 # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:118 @@ -1103,7 +990,7 @@ #. summary line #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022 msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beállítás DNS alapján" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050 @@ -1111,6 +998,8 @@ "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" +"Az időelcsúszás érvénytelen.\n" +"Próbálkozzon újra.\n" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 @@ -1118,6 +1007,8 @@ "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" +"Az élettartam érvénytelen.\n" +"Próbálkozzon újra." #. Samba-client read dialog caption #: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 @@ -1144,15 +1035,18 @@ msgid "Reading the winbind status..." msgstr "Winbind-beállítások olvasása…" +# modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:231 modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:246 +# modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:259 +# menuentries/menuentry_lan_sendmail.ycp:14 #. Samba-client read dialog caption #: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Samba-kliens beállításainak mentése" #. translators: write progress stage #: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beállítások mentése" #. translators: write progress stage #: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 @@ -1167,7 +1061,7 @@ #. translators: write progress step #: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beállítások mentése…" #. translators: write progress step #: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 @@ -1180,15 +1074,17 @@ msgid "Enabling Samba services..." msgstr "Samba-szolgáltatások engedélyezése…" +# modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:231 modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:246 +# modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:259 #. write progress stage #: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kerberos-beállítások mentése" #. write progress step #: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kerberos-beállítások mentése…" #. translators: error message, %1 is filename #. translators: error message, %1 is filename @@ -1240,10 +1136,12 @@ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" msgstr "Saját könyvtár létrehozása bejelentkezéskor" +# modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:63 +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:118 #. autoyast summary item #: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Offline hitelesítés bekapcsolva" #. autoyast summary item #: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 @@ -1253,7 +1151,7 @@ #. summary item: configured workgroup #: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Munkacsoport vagy tartomány: %1" #. summary item: authentication using winbind #: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/samba-server.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/samba-server.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/samba-server.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -31,9 +31,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for samba-server module #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 msgid "Samba server configuration module (see Samba documentation for details)" -msgstr "" -"Samba-kiszolgáló beállítási modul (a részletek a Samba dokumentációjában " -"olvashatók)" +msgstr "Samba-kiszolgáló beállítási modul (a részletek a Samba dokumentációjában olvashatók)" #. translators: command line help text for share action #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 @@ -55,9 +53,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for backend selection action #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:109 msgid "Set the back-end for storing user information" -msgstr "" -"Beállítja a felhasználókezelő háttérrendszert a felhasználói információk " -"tárolására" +msgstr "Beállítja a felhasználókezelő háttérrendszert a felhasználói információk tárolására" #. translators: command line help text for service activation action #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:119 @@ -122,33 +118,27 @@ #. translators: command line help text for share read_list option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to read from the share" -msgstr "" -"Felhasználók vesszővel elválasztott listája, akik olvashatják a megosztást" +msgstr "Felhasználók vesszővel elválasztott listája, akik olvashatják a megosztást" #. translators: command line help text for share write_list option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to write to the share" -msgstr "" -"Felhasználók vesszővel elválasztott listája, akik írhatják a megosztást" +msgstr "Felhasználók vesszővel elválasztott listája, akik írhatják a megosztást" #. translators: command line help text for share browseable option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 msgid "Flag if the share should be visible when browsing the LAN" -msgstr "" -"Jelző, ami azt mutatja, hogy a megosztás látható-e a hálózat böngészésekor" +msgstr "Jelző, ami azt mutatja, hogy a megosztás látható-e a hálózat böngészésekor" #. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222 msgid "Flag if the share should allow guest access" -msgstr "" -"Kapcsoló, ami azt mutatja, hogy a megosztás megengedi-e a vendég (guest) " -"hozzáférést" +msgstr "Kapcsoló, ami azt mutatja, hogy a megosztás megengedi-e a vendég (guest) hozzáférést" #. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to access the share" -msgstr "" -"Felhasználók vesszővel elválasztott listája, akik elérhetik a megosztást" +msgstr "Felhasználók vesszővel elválasztott listája, akik elérhetik a megosztást" #. translators: command line help text for PDC role option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 @@ -168,9 +158,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 msgid "Server should provide shares, but should not allow domain logins" -msgstr "" -"A kiszolgáló kiajánl megosztásokat, de nem engedi a tartományszintű " -"bejelentkezést" +msgstr "A kiszolgáló kiajánl megosztásokat, de nem engedi a tartományszintű bejelentkezést" #. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 @@ -205,19 +193,13 @@ #. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 -msgid "" -"The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" -msgstr "" -"Az LDAP-kiszolgálón történő felhasználókezeléshez szükséges LDAP utótag DN" +msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" +msgstr "Az LDAP-kiszolgálón történő felhasználókezeléshez szükséges LDAP utótag DN" #. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 -msgid "" -"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing " -"passwords)" -msgstr "" -"Az LDAP-kiszolgáló tartalmának megváltoztatásához (pl. jelszóváltoztatás) " -"szükséges LDAP DN" +msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)" +msgstr "Az LDAP-kiszolgáló tartalmának megváltoztatásához (pl. jelszóváltoztatás) szükséges LDAP DN" #. translators: error message for share command line action #. must provide the share name @@ -281,16 +263,12 @@ msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" -"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the " -"users,\n" +"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" "run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" msgstr "" -"Mivel jelen pillanatban felhasználók csatlakoznak ehhez a Samba-" -"kiszolgálóhoz,\n" -"a kiszolgáló konfigurációja újratöltésre került, nem pedig a kiszolgáló " -"újraindításra.\n" -"Annak biztosítására, hogy minden beállítás alkalmazásra került, de a " -"felhasználók megszakítása nélkül, futtassa le az\n" +"Mivel jelen pillanatban felhasználók csatlakoznak ehhez a Samba-kiszolgálóhoz,\n" +"a kiszolgáló konfigurációja újratöltésre került, nem pedig a kiszolgáló újraindításra.\n" +"Annak biztosítására, hogy minden beállítás alkalmazásra került, de a felhasználók megszakítása nélkül, futtassa le az\n" "'/etc/init.d/smb restart' és '/etc/init.d/nmb restart' parancsokat." #. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM @@ -321,8 +299,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279 msgid "Multiple optional values for one backend must be quoted." -msgstr "" -"Egy háttérrendszerhez tartozó több értékeket idézőjelek közé kell tenni." +msgstr "Egy háttérrendszerhez tartozó több értékeket idézőjelek közé kell tenni." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168 # clients/lan_ISDN.ycp:1004 clients/lan_ISDN.ycp:1022 @@ -922,21 +899,18 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Mentés megszakítása</big> \n" "Megszakíthatja a mentést a Megszakítás gombbal.\n" -"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e " -"megtenni.\n" +"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e megtenni.\n" "\n" #. Samba selecting workgroup or domain 1/1 - Installation step 1 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big> \n" -"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and " -"click Next.\n" +"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click Next.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Munkacsoport vagy tartomány kiválasztása</big> \n" -"Válassza ki az egyik meglévő workgroup vagy tartomány nevét, vagy írja be a " -"használni kívánt új nevet, majd nyomja meg a Következő gombot.\n" +"Válassza ki az egyik meglévő workgroup vagy tartomány nevét, vagy írja be a használni kívánt új nevet, majd nyomja meg a Következő gombot.\n" "\n" #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 @@ -944,39 +918,29 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -#| "A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows " -#| "domain.\n" +#| "A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\n" #| "The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -#| "The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " -#| "passwords.\n" -#| "The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the " -#| "settings in this selection." +#| "The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" +#| "The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection." msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT " -"style domain.\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.\n" "The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " -"passwords.\n" -"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings " -"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be " -"phased out in future releases." +"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" +"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases." msgstr "" "<big>Samba-kiszolgáló típusa</big>\n" "Egy tartományvezérlő lehetővé teszi a Windows munkaállomásoknak, hogy\n" "bejelentkezzenek egy Windows-tartományba.\n" -"A tartalék tartományvezérlő (BDC) egy másik tartományvezérlőt használ az " -"ellenőrzéshez.\n" -"Az elsődleges vezérlő (PDC) saját információit használja a felhasználók " -"azonosításához.\n" +"A tartalék tartományvezérlő (BDC) egy másik tartományvezérlőt használ az ellenőrzéshez.\n" +"Az elsődleges vezérlő (PDC) saját információit használja a felhasználók azonosításához.\n" "A konfigurációs párbeszédablakok opciói ezen beállításoktól függnek." #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain." -"\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\n" "The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" "depend on the settings in this selection." msgstr "" @@ -1026,8 +990,7 @@ "Van néhány különleges megosztás. A Homes megosztás például\n" "egy különleges rendszermegosztás, amely a saját könyvtárakhoz\n" "biztosít hozzáférést. A rendszermegosztások nem jelennek meg a táblázatban,\n" -"ha a Szűrő menüben kiválasztja a Rendszermegosztások elrejtése</" -"b>\n" +"ha a Szűrő menüben kiválasztja a Rendszermegosztások elrejtése\n" "pontot.\n" #. Share list dialog help 4/4 @@ -1050,29 +1013,23 @@ "primary role in the network.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Azonosítás</big> \n" -"Ezekkel az opciókkal lehet beállítani a kiszolgáló azonosságát és " -"elsődleges\n" +"Ezekkel az opciókkal lehet beállítani a kiszolgáló azonosságát és elsődleges\n" "szerepét a hálózatban.\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "The base settings set up the domain and the\n" -"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain " -"Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The " -"backup controller \n" +"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" "uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" "uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" "If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n" "Not a DC value.\n" msgstr "" "Az alapbeállítások adják meg a tartományt és a kiszolgáló szerepét.\n" -"A Tartalék tartományvezérlő (BDC) és az Elsődleges " -"tartományvezérlő (PDC) szerep \n" -"lehetővé teszi, hogy windowsos kliensek bejelentkezzenek egy Windows-" -"tartományba.\n" -"A tartalék vezérlő egy másik vezérlőt használ az érvényesítésre. Az " -"elsődleges vezérlő\n" +"A Tartalék tartományvezérlő (BDC) és az Elsődleges tartományvezérlő (PDC) szerep \n" +"lehetővé teszi, hogy windowsos kliensek bejelentkezzenek egy Windows-tartományba.\n" +"A tartalék vezérlő egy másik vezérlőt használ az érvényesítésre. Az elsődleges vezérlő\n" "a felhasználókról és azok jelszavairól tárolt saját adatait használja .\n" "Ha a kiszolgálónak nem kell tartományvezérlő szerepet betöltenie,\n" "akkor jelölje meg a Nem tartományvezérlő lehetőséget.\n" @@ -1087,9 +1044,7 @@ msgstr "" "Az Alapbeállítások adják meg a tartományt és a kiszolgáló\n" "szerepét. Az Elsődleges tartományvezérlő lehetővé teszi a windowsos\n" -"ügyfelek számára egy Windows-tartományba belépést. Ha a kiszolgálónak nem " -"kell tartományvezérlő szerepet betöltenie, akkor jelölje meg a Nem " -"tartományvezérlő lehetőséget.\n" +"ügyfelek számára egy Windows-tartományba belépést. Ha a kiszolgálónak nem kell tartományvezérlő szerepet betöltenie, akkor jelölje meg a Nem tartományvezérlő lehetőséget.\n" #. Samba role dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:131 @@ -1102,11 +1057,9 @@ "and enter the IP address of the WINS server.\n" msgstr "" "A WINS egy alacsony szintű hálózati protokoll, mely a gép\n" -"hálózati azonosítóját (például IP-címét) NetBIOS névre oldja fel. A Samba-" -"kiszolgáló\n" +"hálózati azonosítóját (például IP-címét) NetBIOS névre oldja fel. A Samba-kiszolgáló\n" "be tudja tölteni egy WINS-kiszolgáló szerepét, vagy használható egy\n" -"már meglévő WINS-kiszolgáló a kérések megválaszolásához. Az utóbbi esetben " -"válassza a\n" +"már meglévő WINS-kiszolgáló a kérések megválaszolásához. Az utóbbi esetben válassza a\n" "Távoli WINS-kiszolgáló pontot és adja meg a WINS-kiszolgáló\n" "IP-címét.\n" @@ -1123,12 +1076,8 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global " -"settings.\n" -msgstr "" -"A Speciális beállítások részben a speciális beállítások végezhetők " -"el, mint az LDAP beállításai, a felhasználók hitelesítésének forrásai, " -"illetve a szakértői általános beállítások.\n" +"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.\n" +msgstr "A Speciális beállítások részben a speciális beállítások végezhetők el, mint az LDAP beállításai, a felhasználók hitelesítésének forrásai, illetve a szakértői általános beállítások.\n" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" @@ -1184,8 +1133,7 @@ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "an existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" -"Használja a Hozzáadásgombot egy új beállítási opció " -"hozzáadásához,\n" +"Használja a Hozzáadásgombot egy új beállítási opció hozzáadásához,\n" "a Szerkesztés gombot egy meglévő opció módosításához,\n" "valamint a Törlés gombot egy opció eltávolításához.\n" @@ -1204,10 +1152,8 @@ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "already existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" -"Használja a Hozzáadásgombot egy új beállítási opció hozzáadásához, " -"a Szerkesztés gombot\n" -"egy létező opció megváltoztatásához, valamint a Törlés gombot egy " -"opció eltávolításához.\n" +"Használja a Hozzáadásgombot egy új beállítási opció hozzáadásához, a Szerkesztés gombot\n" +"egy létező opció megváltoztatásához, valamint a Törlés gombot egy opció eltávolításához.\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 @@ -1217,21 +1163,18 @@ "server.\n" msgstr "" "<big>LDAP Samba-kiszolgáló beállítások</big> \n" -"Itt állítható be, hogy a Samba-kiszolgáló hogyan használja az LDAP címtárat." -"\n" +"Itt állítható be, hogy a Samba-kiszolgáló hogyan használja az LDAP címtárat.\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "Search Base DN (distinguished name) is\n" -"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN</" -"b> is used when\n" +"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN is used when\n" "creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" "a password for write access, set the password using\n" "Set LDAP Administration Password.\n" msgstr "" -"A Keresési alap DN (megkülönböztetett név) az LDAP " -"könyvtárszerkezetnek\n" +"A Keresési alap DN (megkülönböztetett név) az LDAP könyvtárszerkezetnek\n" "azon egyedi névvel meghatározott pontja, ahol az információkeresés\n" "elkezdődik. Az Adminisztrátori DN az új felhasználók és csoportok\n" "létrehozásához szükséges egyedi név. Ha az adminisztrációs DN-hez\n" @@ -1240,12 +1183,8 @@ #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password " -"is set.\n" -msgstr "" -"Megjegyzés: A YaST elmenti a beállításokat, még mielőtt beállítja " -"az LDAP adminisztrációs jelszót.\n" +msgid "Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.\n" +msgstr "Megjegyzés: A YaST elmenti a beállításokat, még mielőtt beállítja az LDAP adminisztrációs jelszót.\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 @@ -1256,23 +1195,18 @@ "only one is allowed.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Felhasználóhitelesítő háttérrendszerek</big> \n" -"Itt állítható be, hogy a Samba-kiszolgáló hova forduljon hitelesítési " -"információért.\n" -"A Samba nem a továbbiakban támogat több háttérrendszer egyidejű " -"használatát,\n" +"Itt állítható be, hogy a Samba-kiszolgáló hova forduljon hitelesítési információért.\n" +"A Samba nem a továbbiakban támogat több háttérrendszer egyidejű használatát,\n" "csak egy használata engedélyezett.\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" -"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current " -"one first\n" +"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" "by pressing Delete and add a new one with Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Amennyiben meg akarja változtatni a felhasználói hitelesítés forrását, " -"akkor először távolítsa el a jelenlegit a listából\n" -"A Törlés gomb megnyomásával és adja hozzá az újat a Hozzáadás " -"gomb segítségével.\n" +"Amennyiben meg akarja változtatni a felhasználói hitelesítés forrását, akkor először távolítsa el a jelenlegit a listából\n" +"A Törlés gomb megnyomásával és adja hozzá az újat a Hozzáadás gomb segítségével.\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 @@ -1282,10 +1216,8 @@ "passwd file. It is possible to have a multiple files in this \n" "format.\n" msgstr "" -"Az smbpasswd fájl formátuma nem változott az előző verziókhoz " -"képest.\n" -"Elrendezése hasonló a passwd fájléhoz. Több fájl is lehet ebben a " -"formátumban.\n" +"Az smbpasswd fájl formátuma nem változott az előző verziókhoz képest.\n" +"Elrendezése hasonló a passwd fájléhoz. Több fájl is lehet ebben a formátumban.\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 4 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:218 @@ -1380,21 +1312,11 @@ #. add new share dialog help #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 -msgid "" -"With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by " -"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only " -"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to " -"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions " -"must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further " -"details." +msgid "With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further details." msgstr "" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "" -"Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of " -"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if " -"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See " -"Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." +msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." msgstr "" #. help for LDAP Settings dialog @@ -1404,90 +1326,53 @@ "Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the " -"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/" -"uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" +"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" "\n" -"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, " -"including full Administrator DN.\n" +"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n" "\n" -"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP " -"objects.\n" +"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" "\n" -"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To " -"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings</" -"b>." +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings." msgstr "" "<big>LDAP beállítások</big> \n" "Itt adhatók meg az LDAP kiszolgáló használata a hitelesítéshez.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Az LDAP jelszó-háttérrendszer használata lehetővé teszi, a " -"felhasználói adatok tárolását az LDAp fa URL-lel megadott részében. Az " -"LDAP Idmap háttérrendszer használatával, eltárolhatók az SID/uid/gid " -"összerendelések az LDAP-ban.\n" +"Az LDAP jelszó-háttérrendszer használata lehetővé teszi, a felhasználói adatok tárolását az LDAp fa URL-lel megadott részében. Az LDAP Idmap háttérrendszer használatával, eltárolhatók az SID/uid/gid összerendelések az LDAP-ban.\n" "\n" -"A hitelesítés részben meg kell adni az LDAP ksizolgáló számára a hitelesítő " -"adatokat, valamint a teljes adminisztrátori DN-t..\n" +"A hitelesítés részben meg kell adni az LDAP ksizolgáló számára a hitelesítő adatokat, valamint a teljes adminisztrátori DN-t..\n" "\n" -"A Keresés alap DN az LDAP utótag, amelya Samba specifikus LDAP " -"objektumhoz kapcsolódik.\n" +"A Keresés alap DN az LDAP utótag, amelya Samba specifikus LDAP objektumhoz kapcsolódik.\n" "\n" -"A LDAP kiszolgáló kapcsolat teszteléséhez kattintson a Kapcsolat " -"tesztelése gombra. A Speciális beállítások lehetőséget biztosít " -"további beállításokra." +"A LDAP kiszolgáló kapcsolat teszteléséhez kattintson a Kapcsolat tesztelése gombra. A Speciális beállítások lehetőséget biztosít további beállításokra." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 -msgid "" -"User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The " -"value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, " -"Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix " -"for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." -msgstr "" -"A Felhasználói utótag határozza meg, hogy a felhasználó " -"hozzáadásakor hol jöjjön létre az LDAP fában. Az érték függ a Keresési " -"alap DN-től. Hasonlóan, Csoport utótag meghatározza a csoportok " -"helyét, Gép utótag a gépek helyét Idmap utótag pedig a az " -"idmap összerendelést." +msgid "User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." +msgstr "A Felhasználói utótag határozza meg, hogy a felhasználó hozzáadásakor hol jöjjön létre az LDAP fában. Az érték függ a Keresési alap DN-től. Hasonlóan, Csoport utótag meghatározza a csoportok helyét, Gép utótag a gépek helyét Idmap utótag pedig a az idmap összerendelést." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 msgid "" -"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait " -"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" -"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</" -"p>" +"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" +"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds)." msgstr "" -"Replikáció pihentetése megadja, hogy ezredmásodpercet vár a Samba " -"mielőtt kiírja az adatokat az LDAP kiszolgálónak, hogy az LDAP replikák " -"szinkronizálódhassanak.\n" -"Az Időtúllépés másodperben határozza meg az LDAP műveletek " -"időtúllépést." +"Replikáció pihentetése megadja, hogy ezredmásodpercet vár a Samba mielőtt kiírja az adatokat az LDAP kiszolgálónak, hogy az LDAP replikák szinkronizálódhassanak.\n" +"Az Időtúllépés másodperben határozza meg az LDAP műveletek időtúllépést." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 -msgid "" -"Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." -"" -msgstr "" -"Az SSL vagy TLS használata beállítás segítségével megadható, hogy " -"az LDAP kommunikáció titkosított csatornán történjen-e ." +msgid "Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." +msgstr "Az SSL vagy TLS használata beállítás segítségével megadható, hogy az LDAP kommunikáció titkosított csatornán történjen-e ." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "" -"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete " -"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" -"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the " -"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual " -"page for details." +"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" +"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details." msgstr "" -"A DN törlése adja meg, hogy a törlés művelet törli a teljes LDAP " -"bejegyzést vagy csak a Samba specifikus attribútumokat.\n" -"A Jelszavak szinkronizálása adja meg, hogy az LDAP jelszó " -"szinkronizálásra kerül az NT és LM hash-sel. További információ az <tt>smb." -"conf</tt> man oldalain található." +"A DN törlése adja meg, hogy a törlés művelet törli a teljes LDAP bejegyzést vagy csak a Samba specifikus attribútumokat.\n" +"A Jelszavak szinkronizálása adja meg, hogy az LDAP jelszó szinkronizálásra kerül az NT és LM hash-sel. További információ az <tt>smb.conf</tt> man oldalain található." #. translators: warning text #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 @@ -1498,10 +1383,8 @@ "no longer authenticate as domain members.\n" msgstr "" "Ha megváltoztatja a NetBIOS gépnév beállítást, akkor a Samba az első\n" -"klienskapcsolat után létrehoz egy szolgáltatásazonosítót (service " -"identifier, SID)\n" -"ehhez a kiszolgálóhoz. Mivel az új SID nem egyezik a régivel, a kliensek " -"nem\n" +"klienskapcsolat után létrehoz egy szolgáltatásazonosítót (service identifier, SID)\n" +"ehhez a kiszolgálóhoz. Mivel az új SID nem egyezik a régivel, a kliensek nem\n" "tudnak többé bejelentkezni a tartományba.\n" #. translators: warning text @@ -1513,8 +1396,7 @@ "/etc/sysconfig/cron.\n" msgstr "" "Vegye figyelembe, hogy a /tmp és a /var/tmp mindenki számára hozzáférhető\n" -"könyvtárak, és elképzelhető, hogy egy rendszeresen lefutó feladat onnan " -"kitörli a\n" +"könyvtárak, és elképzelhető, hogy egy rendszeresen lefutó feladat onnan kitörli a\n" "legrégebbi adatokat (lásd ehhez az /etc/sysconfig/cron fájl\n" "MAX_DAYS_IN_TMP és TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR változóit.\n" @@ -1548,12 +1430,10 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, " -"and\n" +"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" "expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" -"A Speciális beállítások részben a speciális beállítások végezhetők " -"el,\n" +"A Speciális beállítások részben a speciális beállítások végezhetők el,\n" "mint az LDAP beállításai, a felhasználók hitelesítésének forrásai, \n" "illetve a szakértői általános beállítások.\n" @@ -1785,9 +1665,7 @@ #: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 msgid "Only dcObject (dc) and organizationalUnit (ou) classes are supported." -msgstr "" -"Csak a dcObject (dc) és organizationalUnit (ou) osztályok használata " -"támogatott." +msgstr "Csak a dcObject (dc) és organizationalUnit (ou) osztályok használata támogatott." #. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP #: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624 @@ -2036,8 +1914,7 @@ #~ msgstr "SSL" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to " -#~ "modify\n" +#~ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" #~ "an existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" #~ "Use Up and Down to change the order\n" #~ "of the back-ends.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/samba-users.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/samba-users.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/samba-users.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -29,29 +29,19 @@ #. helptext #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:74 msgid "Here, edit the setting of the user's samba account." -msgstr "" -"Itt be tudja állítani a Samba felhasználói hozzáféréseinek paramétereit.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Itt be tudja állítani a Samba felhasználói hozzáféréseinek paramétereit." #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:77 msgid "If do not enter custom values for " msgstr "Ha nem ad meg egyedi opciókat a " #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Home Drive, Home Path, Profile Path, and Logon " -"Script " -msgstr "" -"\"Home Drive\", \"Home Path\", \"Profile Path\" és " -"\"Logon Script\" " +msgid "Home Drive, Home Path, Profile Path, and Logon Script " +msgstr "\"Home Drive\", \"Home Path\", \"Profile Path\" és \"Logon Script\" " #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81 -msgid "" -"the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used." -"" -msgstr "" -"paraméterekhez, akkor a Samba a helyi konfigurációs fájl alapértelmezett " -"paramétereit használja." +msgid "the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used." +msgstr "paraméterekhez, akkor a Samba a helyi konfigurációs fájl alapértelmezett paramétereit használja." #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96 msgid "Home Drive" @@ -93,26 +83,18 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 msgid "" -"This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for " -"Samba.\n" -"The only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name " -"attribute,\n" -"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All " -"other\n" -"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name</" -"b>\n" -"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group " -"will\n" +"This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\n" +"The only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name attribute,\n" +"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\n" +"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name\n" +"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\n" "be used.\n" msgstr "" -"Ez a modul segítségével az LDAP-csoportok elérhetőkké válnak a Samba " -"számára.\n" +"Ez a modul segítségével az LDAP-csoportok elérhetőkké válnak a Samba számára.\n" "Az egyetlen beállítás, amit módosítani kell, az a Samba csoportnév,\n" -"amely az a név, amit a Samba-kliensek látnak. Minden egyéb beállítás " -"automatikusan\n" +"amely az a név, amit a Samba-kliensek látnak. Minden egyéb beállítás automatikusan\n" "kitöltésre kerül. Amennyiben a Samba csoportnév üresen marad,\n" -"ugyanaz a név kerül beállításra, mint ami az LDAP-csoportok Általános " -"beállításánál került megadásra.\n" +"ugyanaz a név kerül beállításra, mint ami az LDAP-csoportok Általános beállításánál került megadásra.\n" #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:99 msgid "Samba Group Name" @@ -134,8 +116,7 @@ #: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:252 msgid "Could not initialize Samba SID. Disabling plug-in." -msgstr "" -"A Samba SID bekapcsolása nem sikerült. A bővítmény nem lesz bekapcsolva." +msgstr "A Samba SID bekapcsolása nem sikerült. A bővítmény nem lesz bekapcsolva." #: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:294 msgid "Change the password to create the Samba account" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/scanner.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/scanner.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/scanner.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -119,8 +119,7 @@ #. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:289 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." -msgstr "" -"Csak akkor törölhető az illesztőprogram, ha nincs hozzá megfelelő szkenner." +msgstr "Csak akkor törölhető az illesztőprogram, ha nincs hozzá megfelelő szkenner." #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry #. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver @@ -282,12 +281,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. #. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 -msgid "" -"The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-" -"bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." -msgstr "" -"Az epkowa illesztőprogram csak i386-kompatibilis architektúrákhoz (32-bites " -"i386 és 64-bites x86_64 architektúrához is) rendelkezésre áll." +msgid "The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." +msgstr "Az epkowa illesztőprogram csak i386-kompatibilis architektúrákhoz (32-bites i386 és 64-bites x86_64 architektúrához is) rendelkezésre áll." #. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845 @@ -299,9 +294,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "The epkowa driver may cause problems on 64-bit x86_64 architecture." -msgstr "" -"Az epkowa illesztőprogram problémákat okozhat 64 bites x86_64 " -"architektúrákon." +msgstr "Az epkowa illesztőprogram problémákat okozhat 64 bites x86_64 architektúrákon." # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1433 #. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected: @@ -318,8 +311,7 @@ "The hpoj driver should work but it is no longer maintained.\n" "Try to use the up-to-date driver hpaio." msgstr "" -"A hpoj illesztőprogram valószínűleg működni fog, de már nem fejlesztik " -"tovább.\n" +"A hpoj illesztőprogram valószínűleg működni fog, de már nem fejlesztik tovább.\n" "Próbálja meg a hpaio illesztőprogram legfrissebb verzióját." #. Configure backend dialog @@ -422,14 +414,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Scanner Configuration</big> \n" -"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active " -"scanners.\n" +"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Szkenner beállítása</big> \n" -"Itt állítható be és módosítható a szkenner, illetve megtekinthetők a már " -"aktív szkennerek.\n" +"Itt állítható be és módosítható a szkenner, illetve megtekinthetők a már aktív szkennerek.\n" "" #. Overview dialog help 2/8: @@ -438,15 +428,13 @@ "\n" "To set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\n" "detected scanners and press Edit.\n" -"If your scanner has not been detected, use Add for a manual " -"configuration.\n" +"If your scanner has not been detected, use Add for a manual configuration.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "Egy új szkenner beállításához válassza ki a szkennert a felismert\n" "eszközök listájából és nyomja meg a Szerkesztés gombot.\n" -"Amennyiben a szkenner automatikus keresése sikertelen, nyomja meg a " -"Hozzáadás gombot a kézi beállításhoz.\n" +"Amennyiben a szkenner automatikus keresése sikertelen, nyomja meg a Hozzáadás gombot a kézi beállításhoz.\n" "" #. Overview dialog help 3/8: @@ -472,28 +460,21 @@ "configure the scanner unit with this tool.\n" "If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n" "check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the " -"scanner.\n" +"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Egy átlagos USB szkennert a rendszer automatikusan felismer.\n" -"Bizonyos esetekben azonban előfordulhat, hogy olyan USB eszköz is " -"megjelenik\n" +"Bizonyos esetekben azonban előfordulhat, hogy olyan USB eszköz is megjelenik\n" "a listában, amelyik nem szkenner, mert nem egyértelműen különböztethető meg\n" "egy szkenner más USB eszközöktől.\n" -"Előfordulhat, hogy a felismert eszközök nem szkennerek, mivel minden " -"eszközt\n" +"Előfordulhat, hogy a felismert eszközök nem szkennerek, mivel minden eszközt\n" "szkennerként jelenít meg. Nincs általános módszer arra, hogy\n" "a rendszer megkülönböztesse a szkennert más USB eszközöktől, mivel az nem\n" -"rendelkezik külön USB eszközosztállyal. Ha a felismerés sikertelen vagy nem " -"megfelelő, próbálja meg az Egyéb\n" -"vagy az Felismerés újraindítása, esetleg a Hozzáadás " -"lehetőséget.\n" -"Az összes HP többfunkciós USB eszköznél a <tt>hp-setup</tt> programot kell " -"futtatni\n" -"az Egyéb, majd a hp-setup futtatása gomb megnyomásával, " -"mielőtt\n" +"rendelkezik külön USB eszközosztállyal. Ha a felismerés sikertelen vagy nem megfelelő, próbálja meg az Egyéb\n" +"vagy az Felismerés újraindítása, esetleg a Hozzáadás lehetőséget.\n" +"Az összes HP többfunkciós USB eszköznél a <tt>hp-setup</tt> programot kell futtatni\n" +"az Egyéb, majd a hp-setup futtatása gomb megnyomásával, mielőtt\n" "elkezdené a szkennert ezzel a programmal beállítani.\n" "Ha nem sikerül a szkenner beállítása, akkor ellenőrizze,\n" "hogy az megjelenik-e az <tt>/usr/sbin/lsusb</tt> kimenetében.\n" @@ -509,8 +490,7 @@ "If difficulties arise proceeding with Add,\n" "check whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" "If not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" -"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been " -"loaded.\n" +"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been loaded.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -533,20 +513,16 @@ "Common parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected to the parallel port,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup</" -"b>\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" "before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"A párhuzamos portra kapcsolt szkennerek nem állíthatók be ezzel a " -"programmal,\n" +"A párhuzamos portra kapcsolt szkennerek nem állíthatók be ezzel a programmal,\n" "kivéve a HP többfunkciós eszközöket.\n" "Az ilyen eszközöket kézzel kell beállítani.\n" -"A párhuzamos portra kapcsolt HP többfunkciós eszköznél a <tt>hp-setup</tt> " -"programot kell futtatni\n" -"az Egyéb, majd a hp-setup futtatása gomb megnyomásával, " -"mielőtt\n" +"A párhuzamos portra kapcsolt HP többfunkciós eszköznél a <tt>hp-setup</tt> programot kell futtatni\n" +"az Egyéb, majd a hp-setup futtatása gomb megnyomásával, mielőtt\n" "elkezdené a szkennert ezzel a programmal beállítani .\n" "Hozzáadás gombbal.\n" "\n" @@ -570,28 +546,22 @@ "connected to another host in the network.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup</" -"b>\n" -"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add</" -"b>.\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" +"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"A hálózati szkennerek nem állíthatók be ezzel a programmal, kivéve a HP " -"többfunkciós eszközöket.\n" +"A hálózati szkennerek nem állíthatók be ezzel a programmal, kivéve a HP többfunkciós eszközöket.\n" "Az ilyen eszközöket kézzel kell konfigurálni.\n" "A hálózati szkenner egy olyan szkenner, amelyik saját hálózati csatolóval\n" "rendelkezik, így közvetlenül elérhető a hálózatról.\n" "Ezzel szemben a hálózaton keresztüli szkennelés általában egy\n" "szkenner egy másik gépen keresztüli elérését jelenti.\n" "A beépített hálózati csatlakozóval rendelkező HP többfunkciós\n" -"eszközökben lévő szkenner beállításához a <tt>hp-setup</tt> programot kell " -"futtatni\n" -"az Egyéb, majd a hp-setup futtatása gomb megnyomásával, " -"mielőtt\n" +"eszközökben lévő szkenner beállításához a <tt>hp-setup</tt> programot kell futtatni\n" +"az Egyéb, majd a hp-setup futtatása gomb megnyomásával, mielőtt\n" "elkezdené a szkennert ezzel a programmal beállítani.\n" -"Ezt követően lehet a szkennert a Hozzáadás gomb megnyomásával " -"beállítani.\n" +"Ezt követően lehet a szkennert a Hozzáadás gomb megnyomásával beállítani.\n" "\n" #. Overview dialog help 7/8: @@ -608,21 +578,16 @@ "Press Add to select model and driver and enable it.\n" "Press Edit to select and enable a driver.\n" "Press Delete to disable the driver.\n" -"If you press Other, you can restart the detection, test enabled " -"drivers,\n" +"If you press Other, you can restart the detection, test enabled drivers,\n" "set up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"A táblázat a beállított illesztőprogramokat és a hozzájuk tartozó " -"szkennereket sorolja fel.\n" -"A típus és illesztőprogram kiválasztásához és engedélyezéséhez használja a " -"Hozzáadás gombot.\n" +"A táblázat a beállított illesztőprogramokat és a hozzájuk tartozó szkennereket sorolja fel.\n" +"A típus és illesztőprogram kiválasztásához és engedélyezéséhez használja a Hozzáadás gombot.\n" "Az illesztőprogram módosításához használja a Szerkesztés gombot.\n" "Az illesztőprogram eltávolításához használja a Törlés gombot.\n" -"Az Egyéb gombot megnyomva újraindíthatja a felismerést, tesztelheti " -"az aktív szkennereket, beállíthatja a HP többfunkciós, illetve a hálózaton " -"keresztül elérhető szkennereket.\n" +"Az Egyéb gombot megnyomva újraindíthatja a felismerést, tesztelheti az aktív szkennereket, beállíthatja a HP többfunkciós, illetve a hálózaton keresztül elérhető szkennereket.\n" "" #. Overview dialog help 8/8: @@ -640,8 +605,7 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "\n" -"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible " -"reasons are:\n" +"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible reasons are:\n" "The scanner is not connected or switched off,\n" "the driver is not the right one for the particular model\n" "(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\n" @@ -651,14 +615,10 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ha az illesztőprogram telepítése megtörtént, de a szkennert nem ismeri fel, " -"akkor\n" -"lehet, hogy a szkenner nincs bekapcsolva vagy nincs összekötve a " -"számítógéppel,\n" -"vagy az illesztőprogram nem megfelelő az adott típushoz (akár egyes " -"altípusokhoz is különböző illesztőprogramok szükségesek),\n" -"vagy alacsony szintű (kernelszintű) kommunikációs probléma van (pl. alacsony " -"szintű\n" +"Ha az illesztőprogram telepítése megtörtént, de a szkennert nem ismeri fel, akkor\n" +"lehet, hogy a szkenner nincs bekapcsolva vagy nincs összekötve a számítógéppel,\n" +"vagy az illesztőprogram nem megfelelő az adott típushoz (akár egyes altípusokhoz is különböző illesztőprogramok szükségesek),\n" +"vagy alacsony szintű (kernelszintű) kommunikációs probléma van (pl. alacsony szintű\n" "USB vagy SCSI probléma).\n" "" @@ -669,16 +629,14 @@ "\n" "<big>Scanner Model Selection</big> \n" "All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n" -"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing " -"Next.\n" +"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing Next.\n" "The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Szkennertípus kiválasztása</big> \n" -"Itt az összes ismert szkennertípus, támogatott és nem támogatott, egyaránt " -"fel\n" +"Itt az összes ismert szkennertípus, támogatott és nem támogatott, egyaránt fel\n" "van sorolva. A modell kiválasztása előtt gondosan olvassa el a róla szóló\n" "összes információt, és csak azután nyomja meg a Következő gombot.\n" "Az információ a SANE projekt adataira épül; a projekt webhelye:\n" @@ -691,43 +649,30 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "\n" -"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver " -"available.\n" -"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-" -"backends package.\n" -"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete." -" \n" -"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver " -"does not work.\n" +"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n" +"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\n" +"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete. \n" +"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\n" "Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n" -"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver " -"internals\n" -"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained " -"driver.\n" +"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\n" +"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained driver.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Egy típus akkor támogatott, ha legalább egy megfelelő illesztőprogram " -"elérhető hozzá.\n" -"A legtöbb szkenner illesztőprogram a SANE projektből érkezik és a sane-" -"backends csomagok része.\n" +"Egy típus akkor támogatott, ha legalább egy megfelelő illesztőprogram elérhető hozzá.\n" +"A legtöbb szkenner illesztőprogram a SANE projektből érkezik és a sane-backends csomagok része.\n" "Az egyes típusok támogatási szintje a minimálistól a teljesig változik. \n" -"Amennyiben az illesztőprogram 'nem karbantartott' státuszban van, az még nem " -"azt jelenti, hogy az illesztőprogram nem működik.\n" +"Amennyiben az illesztőprogram 'nem karbantartott' státuszban van, az még nem azt jelenti, hogy az illesztőprogram nem működik.\n" "Még egy nem karbantartott illesztőprogram is képes tökéletesen működni.\n" -"Azonban ez azt jelenti, hogy nincs senki, aki ismerné az illesztőprogram " -"belső működését, vagyis probléma esetén nincs támogatás a nem karbantartott " -"illesztőprogramokhoz.\n" +"Azonban ez azt jelenti, hogy nincs senki, aki ismerné az illesztőprogram belső működését, vagyis probléma esetén nincs támogatás a nem karbantartott illesztőprogramokhoz.\n" "" #. SelectModel dialog help 3/5: #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "\n" -"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a " -"driver.\n" -"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an " -"unsupported scanner.\n" +"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a driver.\n" +"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an unsupported scanner.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -758,38 +703,24 @@ "\n" "Use the Search String to find an appropriate entry quickly.\n" "To find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\n" -"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is " -"also possible.\n" -"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this " -"list,\n" -"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson." -"*</tt>.\n" -"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search " -"string.\n" -"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*perfection</tt>\n" -"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*1200</tt>.\n" +"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also possible.\n" +"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this list,\n" +"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" +"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search string.\n" +"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" +"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"A Karaktersorozat keresése funkcióval gyorsan megtalálhatja a kívánt " -"bejegyzést.\n" -"A táblázat valamely szövegének gyors kikereséséhez írja be a szöveget a " -"mezőbe.\n" -"Használható összetettebb keresés is, a kis- és nagybetűket meg nem " -"különböztető\n" +"A Karaktersorozat keresése funkcióval gyorsan megtalálhatja a kívánt bejegyzést.\n" +"A táblázat valamely szövegének gyors kikereséséhez írja be a szöveget a mezőbe.\n" +"Használható összetettebb keresés is, a kis- és nagybetűket meg nem különböztető\n" "reguláris kifejezések alkalmazásával.\n" -"Ha sikerült felismerni a szkennert és a gyártó neve megtalálható a listában, " -"akkor a\n" -"karaktersorozatban a gyártó neve előtagként látszik, például <tt>^Epson.*</" -"tt>.\n" -"A keresési eredmények finomításához adjon modellspecifikus részleteket a " -"keresett\n" -"karaktersorozathoz. Írjon be például egy olyan szót, amelyik a modell " -"nevének a része,\n" -"mint például <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>, vagy írjon be a modell nevében " -"előforduló\n" +"Ha sikerült felismerni a szkennert és a gyártó neve megtalálható a listában, akkor a\n" +"karaktersorozatban a gyártó neve előtagként látszik, például <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" +"A keresési eredmények finomításához adjon modellspecifikus részleteket a keresett\n" +"karaktersorozathoz. Írjon be például egy olyan szót, amelyik a modell nevének a része,\n" +"mint például <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>, vagy írjon be a modell nevében előforduló\n" "számokat, mint például <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" "" @@ -799,8 +730,7 @@ "\n" "<big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big> \n" "The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n" -"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press Next</" -"b>.\n" +"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press Next.\n" "If you press Back, the driver is deactivated.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -860,14 +790,10 @@ "<big>HP All-in-One Devices</big> \n" "HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n" "In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n" -"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one " -"devices:\n" -"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer " -"available),\n" -"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-" -"one devices,\n" -"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio " -"driver.\n" +"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\n" +"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer available),\n" +"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\n" +"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\n" "Both software packages can be installed at the same time\n" "but the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\n" "Therefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\n" @@ -880,17 +806,13 @@ "Ehhez egy megfelelő párbeszédablak jelenik meg.\n" "Két szoftvercsomag biztosít támogatást a HP többfunkciós eszközeihez:\n" "az elavult HPOJ szoftver (a hp-officeJet csomag, amely már nem érhető el),\n" -"amelyben a PTAL nevű rendszer (és a ptal szolgáltatás) található a HP " -"többfunkciós\n" +"amelyben a PTAL nevű rendszer (és a ptal szolgáltatás) található a HP többfunkciós\n" "eszközök elérésére.\n" "Az naprakész HPLIP szoftverben (hplip csomag) a hplip szolgáltatás\n" "végzi a HP többfunkciós eszközeinek elérését.\n" -"A két szoftvercsomag egyidejűleg telepíthető, de a PTAL szolgáltatás és a " -"hpaio illesztőprogram\n" -"nem futhat egyszerre. Mivel a futó szolgáltatás igényli az eszköz elérését, " -"ezért vagy a\n" -"ptal, vagy a hplip szolgáltatást kell használni a többfunkciós HP-" -"eszközökhöz.\n" +"A két szoftvercsomag egyidejűleg telepíthető, de a PTAL szolgáltatás és a hpaio illesztőprogram\n" +"nem futhat egyszerre. Mivel a futó szolgáltatás igényli az eszköz elérését, ezért vagy a\n" +"ptal, vagy a hplip szolgáltatást kell használni a többfunkciós HP-eszközökhöz.\n" "" #. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 1/5: @@ -906,8 +828,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Hálózaton keresztüli szkennelés</big> \n" -"Írja be a megfelelő adatokat és nyomja meg a Következő gombot a " -"hálózaton keresztüli\n" +"Írja be a megfelelő adatokat és nyomja meg a Következő gombot a hálózaton keresztüli\n" "szkennelés beállításához.\n" "" @@ -920,12 +841,9 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Server Settings</big> \n" -"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via " -"the network,\n" -"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a " -"server.\n" -"In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to " -"access saned on your server.\n" +"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" +"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" +"In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n" "or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n" @@ -935,13 +853,10 @@ "\n" "<big>Kiszolgáló beállítása:</big> \n" "Ha vannak helyileg csatlakozó lapolvasói, amelyeket a hálózaton keresztül\n" -"elérhetővé kíván tenni, akkor állítsa be a saned hálózati lapolvasási " -"démont,\n" -"így a gépéből kiszolgáló lesz. Az Engedélyezett kliensek részben adja " -"meg, hogy mely kliensgépek\n" +"elérhetővé kíván tenni, akkor állítsa be a saned hálózati lapolvasási démont,\n" +"így a gépéből kiszolgáló lesz. Az Engedélyezett kliensek részben adja meg, hogy mely kliensgépek\n" "jogosultak a saned elérésére. Adja meg a kliensgépek vagy alhálózatok \n" -"(neveinek vagy IP-címeinek) vesszővel elválasztott listáját, (CIDR " -"jelöléssel,\n" +"(neveinek vagy IP-címeinek) vesszővel elválasztott listáját, (CIDR jelöléssel,\n" "tehát például 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "Ha egy kliensgépet sem engedélyez, akkor a 'saned' nem kerül aktiválásra.\n" "" @@ -987,31 +902,16 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Tűzfallal kapcsolatban</big> \n" -"Egy tűzfalat kiszolgálókon futó folyamatok védelmére szoktak használni, a " -"nem kívánt hálózati elérések ellen.\n" -"A szkenner hálózaton keresztül történő használatához a SANE hálózati " -"démonnak (saned) futnia kell a kiszolgálón, hogy a kliensek elérjék a " -"csatlakoztatott szkennert.\n" -"A kliensek a saned programhoz a sane-porton keresztül (6566-os TCP port) " -"kapcsolódnak, a szkennelt adat azonban egy másik, véletlenszerű porton " -"halad.\n" -"Vagyis, csupán a 6566 port megnyitása nem elegendő a hálózaton keresztüli " -"szkenneléshez. \n" -"Nem nyissa ki a 6566-os sane-portot, vagy bármilyen más portot, amennyiben a " -"szkennert a tűzfal külső oldaláról kívánja használja.\n" -"Ez veszélyes, mert az idegen gépek elérhetik a saned-portot, így a tűzfal " -"nem nyújt védelmet a saned számára.\n" -"A külső hálózatról (például a külső zónáról) való elérés engedélyezése nem " -"tűnik jó ötletnek, mivel egy dokumentum beolvasásához, az arra jogosult " -"felhasználóknak, fizikailag a szkenneléshez kell férniük. \n" -"Másrészről azonban az alapértelmezett tűzfalbeállítások lehetőséget " -"biztosítanak a belső hálózatról való eléréshez.\n" -"Ahhoz, hogy a saned elérhetővé váljon a belső hálózatról, hozzá kell " -"rendelni a belső hálózathoz csatlakoztatott hálózati csatolót a tűzfal belső " -"hálózati zónájához.\n" -"Az alapvető biztonsági beállításokhoz használja a YaST Tűzfalbeállító " -"modulját és a tűzfal, valamint a hálózaton keresztüli szkennelés minden " -"további beállítás nélkül működni fog. \n" +"Egy tűzfalat kiszolgálókon futó folyamatok védelmére szoktak használni, a nem kívánt hálózati elérések ellen.\n" +"A szkenner hálózaton keresztül történő használatához a SANE hálózati démonnak (saned) futnia kell a kiszolgálón, hogy a kliensek elérjék a csatlakoztatott szkennert.\n" +"A kliensek a saned programhoz a sane-porton keresztül (6566-os TCP port) kapcsolódnak, a szkennelt adat azonban egy másik, véletlenszerű porton halad.\n" +"Vagyis, csupán a 6566 port megnyitása nem elegendő a hálózaton keresztüli szkenneléshez. \n" +"Nem nyissa ki a 6566-os sane-portot, vagy bármilyen más portot, amennyiben a szkennert a tűzfal külső oldaláról kívánja használja.\n" +"Ez veszélyes, mert az idegen gépek elérhetik a saned-portot, így a tűzfal nem nyújt védelmet a saned számára.\n" +"A külső hálózatról (például a külső zónáról) való elérés engedélyezése nem tűnik jó ötletnek, mivel egy dokumentum beolvasásához, az arra jogosult felhasználóknak, fizikailag a szkenneléshez kell férniük. \n" +"Másrészről azonban az alapértelmezett tűzfalbeállítások lehetőséget biztosítanak a belső hálózatról való eléréshez.\n" +"Ahhoz, hogy a saned elérhetővé váljon a belső hálózatról, hozzá kell rendelni a belső hálózathoz csatlakoztatott hálózati csatolót a tűzfal belső hálózati zónájához.\n" +"Az alapvető biztonsági beállításokhoz használja a YaST Tűzfalbeállító modulját és a tűzfal, valamint a hálózaton keresztüli szkennelés minden további beállítás nélkül működni fog. \n" "További információ az openSUSE támogatói adatbázisában található a \n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "weboldalon.\n" @@ -1025,10 +925,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Client Settings</big> \n" -"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the " -"network,\n" -"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the " -"servers.\n" +"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n" +"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n" "The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n" "In Servers Used, enter which servers should be used.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n" @@ -1037,16 +935,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Kliensbeállítások</big> \n" -"Ha el akar érni a hálózat más gépeire (kiszolgálóira) csatlakozó " -"szkennereket, akkor\n" -"helyezze üzembe a net nevű meta-illesztőprogramot, hogy a kiszolgálókon " -"futó\n" +"Ha el akar érni a hálózat más gépeire (kiszolgálóira) csatlakozó szkennereket, akkor\n" +"helyezze üzembe a net nevű meta-illesztőprogramot, hogy a kiszolgálókon futó\n" "démonon keresztül elérhesse azokat. A kiszolgálókon futó saned-démonnak\n" "engedélyeznie kell az elérést.\n" -"A Használt kiszolgálók mezőben adja meg, hogy mely kiszolgálókat " -"kívánja elérni.\n" -"Adja meg a kiszolgálók (neveinek vagy IP-címeinek) vesszővel elválasztott " -"listáját.\n" +"A Használt kiszolgálók mezőben adja meg, hogy mely kiszolgálókat kívánja elérni.\n" +"Adja meg a kiszolgálók (neveinek vagy IP-címeinek) vesszővel elválasztott listáját.\n" "Ha egy kiszolgálót sem ad meg, akkor a 'net' nem kerül aktiválásra.\n" "" @@ -1072,14 +966,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Helyi gép (localhost) beállítása</big> \n" -"A visszacsatolási hálózat segítségével a saned és a net meta-" -"illesztőprogram\n" +"A visszacsatolási hálózat segítségével a saned és a net meta-illesztőprogram\n" "még a saját gép használata esetén is hasznosak lehetnek.\n" "Ebben az esetben a kiszolgáló és a kliens ugyanazon a gépen (localhost)\n" "futnak. Egyes szkennereket, például a párhuzamos portra csatlakozók, root \n" "jogosultságot igényelnek. Ha mind a kiszolgáló, mind a kliens a \n" -"<tt>localhost</tt> gépen fut, akkor az ilyen szkennereket normál " -"felhasználóként\n" +"<tt>localhost</tt> gépen fut, akkor az ilyen szkennereket normál felhasználóként\n" "is elérheti." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:72 @@ -1117,8 +1009,7 @@ #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399 msgid "" "The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n" -"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly " -"Avasys)\n" +"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" "where RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\n" @@ -1132,37 +1023,23 @@ "The 'iscan' package for the base software and an additional\n" "model dependant 'iscan-plugin' package with the proprietary module.\n" msgstr "" -"Az Avasys Image Scan illesztőprogramjára van szükség. Az Image Scan " -"szoftvert az Epson (korábban Avasys) készíti és terjeszti, amely a http://" -"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson (korábban Avasys " -"http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/) weboldalról letölthető a 32-bites (i386) " -"és a 64-bites (x86_64) architektúrához.\n" -"Az Image Scan illesztőprogram tartalmaz csak bináris formátumban elérhető " -"programot.\n" -"Néhány típushoz csak 32-bites (i386) architektúrához elérhető el " -"illesztőprogram, amely nem működik megfelelően 64-bites rendszereken.\n" +"Az Avasys Image Scan illesztőprogramjára van szükség. Az Image Scan szoftvert az Epson (korábban Avasys) készíti és terjeszti, amely a http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson (korábban Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/) weboldalról letölthető a 32-bites (i386) és a 64-bites (x86_64) architektúrához.\n" +"Az Image Scan illesztőprogram tartalmaz csak bináris formátumban elérhető programot.\n" +"Néhány típushoz csak 32-bites (i386) architektúrához elérhető el illesztőprogram, amely nem működik megfelelően 64-bites rendszereken.\n" "Néhány szkennert más ingyenes illesztőprogram is támogat.\n" -"Amennyiben a szkennernek szüksége van nem ingyenes DFSG modulra, akkor két " -"csomagot kell letölteni az Epson/Avasys oldaláról:\n" -"Az 'iscan' csomag az alapprogramot, az 'iscan-plugin' pedig a típushoz " -"tartozó zárt forrású modul.\n" +"Amennyiben a szkennernek szüksége van nem ingyenes DFSG modulra, akkor két csomagot kell letölteni az Epson/Avasys oldaláról:\n" +"Az 'iscan' csomag az alapprogramot, az 'iscan-plugin' pedig a típushoz tartozó zárt forrású modul.\n" #. Is the package available to be installed? #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." -msgstr "" -"A(z) %1 csomag nincs telepítve és nem is áll rendelkezésre telepítési forrás." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." +msgstr "A(z) %1 csomag nincs telepítve és nem is áll rendelkezésre telepítési forrás." #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "" -"A(z) %1 csomag nincs telepítve és nem is áll rendelkezésre a telepítési " -"forrásban." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "A(z) %1 csomag nincs telepítve és nem is áll rendelkezésre a telepítési forrásban." #. Only a simple message because: #. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, @@ -1183,16 +1060,10 @@ "with the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\n" "this may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\n" "gets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\n" -"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is " -"fixed.\n" +"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\n" msgstr "" "Nem sikerült felismerni az aktív szkennereket.\n" -"Ha a hálózati illesztőprogram aktiválva van és valami probléma van a " -"hálózattal, akkor előfordulhat, hogy nem érkezik visszajelzés a 'scanimage -" -"L' parancsra. Például, ha a kommunikáció a kiszolgálóval, amely a hálózati " -"illesztőprogramot használná, egy tűzfal következtében, amely eldobja a " -"csomagokat eltorzul. Ebben az esetben le kell tiltani a hálózati " -"illesztőprogramot, amíg a hálózati probléma meg nem oldódik.\n" +"Ha a hálózati illesztőprogram aktiválva van és valami probléma van a hálózattal, akkor előfordulhat, hogy nem érkezik visszajelzés a 'scanimage -L' parancsra. Például, ha a kommunikáció a kiszolgálóval, amely a hálózati illesztőprogramot használná, egy tűzfal következtében, amely eldobja a csomagokat eltorzul. Ebben az esetben le kell tiltani a hálózati illesztőprogramot, amíg a hálózati probléma meg nem oldódik.\n" #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). @@ -1373,8 +1244,7 @@ "Folytathatja, de a ptal szolgáltatás le lesz állítva és ez megakadályozza\n" "a hp-setup megfelelő működését.\n" "Most javasolt a szkenner beállításának megszakítása,\n" -"állítsa le a ptal szolgáltatást, módosítsa a nyomtatóbeállítást a HPLIP " -"segítségével,\n" +"állítsa le a ptal szolgáltatást, módosítsa a nyomtatóbeállítást a HPLIP segítségével,\n" "majd mindezek után indítsa újra a szkenner beállítását.\n" #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. @@ -1391,8 +1261,7 @@ "A hp-setup nem futtatható, mert nincs nyitott grafikus felület.\n" "Ez tipikusan akkor fordulhat elő, ha a YaST karakteres módban fut,\n" "a futtató felhasználó számára nincs beállítva a DISPLAY környezeti változó,\n" -"vagy a YaST folyamatnak nincs számára nincs engedélyezve a grafikus felület " -"elérése.\n" +"vagy a YaST folyamatnak nincs számára nincs engedélyezve a grafikus felület elérése.\n" "Ebben az esetben szakítsa meg a szkenner beállítását és futtassa a hp-setup\n" "programot kézzel, majd ezek után indítsa újra a szkenner beállítását.\n" @@ -1404,8 +1273,7 @@ "It seems hplip is not installed, which is required to run hp-setup.\n" "Should the hplip package be installed?\n" msgstr "" -"Úgy tűnik, hogy a hplip nincs telepítve, pedig a hp-setup futtatásához ez " -"elengedhetetlen.\n" +"Úgy tűnik, hogy a hplip nincs telepítve, pedig a hp-setup futtatásához ez elengedhetetlen.\n" "Telepíthető a hplip csomag?\n" #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. @@ -1425,8 +1293,7 @@ #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n" msgstr "" "A hp-setup indítása.\n" "A szkenner beállítása előtt hajtsa végre a hp-setup utasításait.\n" @@ -1483,9 +1350,7 @@ #. nor an active driver was found: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426 msgid "No scanner was detected and no active scanner or driver exists." -msgstr "" -"Nem található szkenner a számítógéphez csatlakoztatva és nincs aktív " -"szkenner vagy illesztőprogram beállítva." +msgstr "Nem található szkenner a számítógéphez csatlakoztatva és nincs aktív szkenner vagy illesztőprogram beállítva." #. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455 @@ -1511,8 +1376,7 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1548 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide good functionality." -msgstr "" -"A nem karbantartott %1 illesztőprogram megfelelő funkcionalitást biztosíthat." +msgstr "A nem karbantartott %1 illesztőprogram megfelelő funkcionalitást biztosíthat." #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1554 @@ -1534,14 +1398,12 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide complete functionality." -msgstr "" -"A nem karbantartott %1 illesztőprogram teljes funkcionalitást biztosíthat." +msgstr "A nem karbantartott %1 illesztőprogram teljes funkcionalitást biztosíthat." #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584 msgid "Driver %1 should provide complete functionality." -msgstr "" -"A(z) %1 illesztőprogram teljes funkcionalitást kellene, hogy biztosítson." +msgstr "A(z) %1 illesztőprogram teljes funkcionalitást kellene, hogy biztosítson." #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1592 @@ -1552,35 +1414,29 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1601 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide basic functionality." -msgstr "" -"A(z) %1 illesztőprogram lehet, hogy alapszintű funkcionalitást biztosít." +msgstr "A(z) %1 illesztőprogram lehet, hogy alapszintű funkcionalitást biztosít." #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1609 msgid "Driver %1 should provide basic functionality." -msgstr "" -"A(z) %1 illesztőprogramnak alapszintű funkcionalitást kellene biztosítania." +msgstr "A(z) %1 illesztőprogramnak alapszintű funkcionalitást kellene biztosítania." #. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide minimal functionality." -msgstr "" -"A(z) %1 illesztőprogram lehet, hogy minimális funkcionalitást biztosít." +msgstr "A(z) %1 illesztőprogram lehet, hogy minimális funkcionalitást biztosít." #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627 msgid "Driver %1 should provide minimal functionality." -msgstr "" -"A(z) %1 illesztőprogram minimális funkcionalitást kellene, hogy biztosítson." +msgstr "A(z) %1 illesztőprogram minimális funkcionalitást kellene, hogy biztosítson." #. which are listed but without a known support status: #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1635 msgid "Driver %1 may work, but the functionality is unknown." -msgstr "" -"A(z)%1 illesztőprogram lehet, hogy működik, de a pontos funkcionalitása " -"ismeretlen." +msgstr "A(z)%1 illesztőprogram lehet, hogy működik, de a pontos funkcionalitása ismeretlen." #. The body of a Popup::AnyMessage for scanners which require a firmware upload #. Below this message on a seperated line a special command will be shown. @@ -1590,23 +1446,18 @@ #. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1892 msgid "" -"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's " -"memory.\n" +"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n" "Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n" "\n" -"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot " -"distribute it.\n" +"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\n" "Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n" -"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web " -"site.\n" -"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular " -"scanner.\n" +"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web site.\n" +"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\n" "Find additional useful information on the SANE web site at\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" "After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n" -"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware " -"upload.\n" +"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n" "The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n" msgstr "" "A firmware-fájl a szkenner memóriájába töltendő szoftvert tartalmazza.\n" @@ -1615,14 +1466,11 @@ "Mivel a firmware-t a szkenner gyártója licenceli, mi nem terjeszthetjük.\n" "Általában a firmware-fájl valahol a gyártó CD-jén található.\n" "Előfordulhat, hogy le lehet tölteni a gyártó webhelyéről.\n" -"Kérdezze meg a gyártótól, hogyan lehet megszerezni a szkenner firmware-" -"fájlját.\n" +"Kérdezze meg a gyártótól, hogyan lehet megszerezni a szkenner firmware-fájlját.\n" "További hasznos információ a SANE webhelyén, az alábbi címen található:\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" -"A firmware-fájl beszerzése után az illesztőprogramot kézzel kell " -"konfigurálni. Az illesztőprogram man oldala leírja, hogyan kell felkészíteni " -"a firmware feltöltésére.\n" +"A firmware-fájl beszerzése után az illesztőprogramot kézzel kell konfigurálni. Az illesztőprogram man oldala leírja, hogyan kell felkészíteni a firmware feltöltésére.\n" "Az illesztőprogram man oldala a következő paranccsal hívható elő:\n" #. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. @@ -1636,11 +1484,9 @@ "If you proceed, change the printer configuration to use HPLIP.\n" msgstr "" "Legalább egy nyomtatókonfiguráció használja a ptal szolgáltatást.\n" -"Folytathatja, de a ptal szolgáltatás le lesz állítva és a ptal " -"szolgáltatást\n" +"Folytathatja, de a ptal szolgáltatás le lesz állítva és a ptal szolgáltatást\n" "használó nyomtatási sorok nem fognak működni.\n" -"Ha folytatja, változtassa meg a nyomtatóbeállítást, hogy az a HPLIP " -"szolgáltatás használja.\n" +"Ha folytatja, változtassa meg a nyomtatóbeállítást, hogy az a HPLIP szolgáltatás használja.\n" #. Message of a Popup::YesNo for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver #. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. @@ -1652,45 +1498,37 @@ "The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n" "In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n" "\n" -"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be " -"initialized.\n" +"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be initialized.\n" "Additionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when booting.\n" "The PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other.\n" "Therefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\n" "before the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\n" "An automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\n" -"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB " -"fails,\n" +"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB fails,\n" "set up the PTAL system manually.\n" "If you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\n" -"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/" -"lp0),\n" +"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" "so the printer can no longer be addressed via the USB device file.\n" "\n" "Should the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started now?\n" msgstr "" -"A hpoj illesztőprogram megköveteli a PTAL rendszer beállítását és " -"működését.\n" +"A hpoj illesztőprogram megköveteli a PTAL rendszer beállítását és működését.\n" "A ptal szolgáltatásnak feltétlenül működnie kell.\n" "\n" -"A ptal szolgáltatás elindítása előtt a PTAL rendszert előkészítése " -"szükséges.\n" +"A ptal szolgáltatás elindítása előtt a PTAL rendszert előkészítése szükséges.\n" "Ezenfelül a ptal szolgáltatást úgy kell beállítani, hogy rendszerindításkor\n" "azonnal elinduljon.\n" "A PTAL rendszer és a hplip szolgáltatás kölcsönösen kizárják egymást.\n" "Éppen ezért a PTAL rendszer előkészítése, aktiválása és indítása esetén\n" "az esetlegesen működő hplip rendszer leállításra és deaktiválásra kerül.\n" -"A PTAL rendszer automatizált előkészítése csak USB-eszközök esetén " -"biztonságos.\n" +"A PTAL rendszer automatizált előkészítése csak USB-eszközök esetén biztonságos.\n" "Ha nem USB-eszközt használ és az USB-eszközök automatizált előkészítése\n" "meghiúsul, akkor állítsa be kézzel a PTAL rendszert.\n" "Ha többfunkciós eszközt (szkenner + nyomtató) használ, ne feledje,\n" -"hogy egy futó PTAL szolgáltatás kisajátítja az USB-eszközfájlt (pl. /dev/usb/" -"lp0),\n" +"hogy egy futó PTAL szolgáltatás kisajátítja az USB-eszközfájlt (pl. /dev/usb/lp0),\n" "így a nyomtató nem érhető el az USB-eszközfájlon keresztül.\n" "\n" -"Kívánja most előkészíteni, aktiválni és elindítani az USB PTAL " -"szolgáltatást?\n" +"Kívánja most előkészíteni, aktiválni és elindítani az USB PTAL szolgáltatást?\n" #. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver. #. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. @@ -1703,17 +1541,14 @@ "and all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\n" "If the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\n" "Instead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\n" -"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal " -"service.\n" +"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\n" msgstr "" "Legalább egy nyomtatókonfiguráció használja a hplip szolgáltatást.\n" -"Folytathatja, de a hplip szolgáltatás le lesz állítva és a hplip " -"szolgáltatást\n" +"Folytathatja, de a hplip szolgáltatás le lesz állítva és a hplip szolgáltatást\n" "használó nyomtatási sorok nem fognak működni.\n" "Ha a szkennert a hpaio illesztőprogram is támogatja, akkor ne folytassa.\n" "Ebben az esetben használja a hpaio szolgáltatást a szkenner beállításához.\n" -"Azt is megteheti, hogy folytatja, és a nyomtatót átállítja a ptal " -"szolgáltatás használatára.\n" +"Azt is megteheti, hogy folytatja, és a nyomtatót átállítja a ptal szolgáltatás használatára.\n" #. %1 will be replaced by the backend name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 @@ -1732,8 +1567,7 @@ #. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1990 msgid "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers" -msgstr "" -"Az egyes illesztőprogramok speciális igényeinek megvizsgálása és beállítása" +msgstr "Az egyes illesztőprogramok speciális igényeinek megvizsgálása és beállítása" #. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1992 @@ -1753,8 +1587,7 @@ #. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..." -msgstr "" -"Az egyes illesztőprogramok speciális igényeinek megvizsgálása és beállítása…" +msgstr "Az egyes illesztőprogramok speciális igényeinek megvizsgálása és beállítása…" #. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2005 @@ -1833,12 +1666,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2291 -msgid "" -"The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not " -"deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." -msgstr "" -"A hpoj illesztőprogram deaktiválva van, de a hozzá tartozó ptal szolgáltatás " -"nincs, mert a CUPS nyomtatási rendszer igényli." +msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." +msgstr "A hpoj illesztőprogram deaktiválva van, de a hozzá tartozó ptal szolgáltatás nincs, mert a CUPS nyomtatási rendszer igényli." # modules/printconf/printconf_write_printer.ycp:30 # clients/printconf_write.ycp:308 @@ -1941,8 +1770,7 @@ #. The latter results no error. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2492 msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network." -msgstr "" -"Nem sikerült megállapítani a hálózaton keresztüli szkennelés konfigurációját." +msgstr "Nem sikerült megállapítani a hálózaton keresztüli szkennelés konfigurációját." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). @@ -1950,8 +1778,7 @@ #. The latter results no error. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2568 msgid "Failed to set up scanning via network." -msgstr "" -"Nem sikerült beállítani a hálózaton keresztüli szkennelés konfigurációját." +msgstr "Nem sikerült beállítani a hálózaton keresztüli szkennelés konfigurációját." #. Determine if any kind of firewall seems to be active by calling #. "iptables -n -L | egrep -q 'DROP|REJECT'" @@ -1966,8 +1793,7 @@ #. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2596 msgid "Check that your firewall allows scanning via network." -msgstr "" -"Ellenőrizze, hogy a tűzfal engedélyezi-e a hálózaton keresztüli szkennelést." +msgstr "Ellenőrizze, hogy a tűzfal engedélyezi-e a hálózaton keresztüli szkennelést." #. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2598 @@ -1995,31 +1821,19 @@ #~ "and select the 'Local Host Configuration'.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A szkennert a HAL nem ismeri fel.\n" -#~ "A szkenner normál felhasználóként való hozzáféréséhez az udev, HAL és a " -#~ "hal-resmgr-hez megfelelő jogok automatikus kiadása szükséges.\n" +#~ "A szkenner normál felhasználóként való hozzáféréséhez az udev, HAL és a hal-resmgr-hez megfelelő jogok automatikus kiadása szükséges.\n" #~ "Így a szkenner típusát ismernie kell a HAL-nak.\n" -#~ "Amennyiben a HAL nem ismeri fel a szkennert, az USB-kábel " -#~ "újracsatlakoztatása segíthet.\n" -#~ "Ellenkező esetben újraindítás szükséges a teljes udev/HAL/hal-resmgr " -#~ "infrastruktúra újraindításához.\n" +#~ "Amennyiben a HAL nem ismeri fel a szkennert, az USB-kábel újracsatlakoztatása segíthet.\n" +#~ "Ellenkező esetben újraindítás szükséges a teljes udev/HAL/hal-resmgr infrastruktúra újraindításához.\n" #~ "Ellenőrizze, hogy a szkenner szerepel-e lshal parancs kimenetében.\n" -#~ "Amennyiben ez egy SCSI-szkenner, amely a rendszerbetöltés közben lett " -#~ "bekapcsolva, nem szerepel az lshal parancsfájl kimenetében. Ennek oka, " -#~ "hogy az SCSI-t kezelő kernelmodul nem értesíti a HAL-t a szkenner " -#~ "jelenlétéről.\n" -#~ "Ha az újraindítás sem segít, akkor a szkenner a saned programon keresztül " -#~ "érhető el. Ilyenkor válassza a 'Hálózaton keresztüli szkennelést' és a " -#~ "'Helyi gép beállítása' lehetőséget.\n" +#~ "Amennyiben ez egy SCSI-szkenner, amely a rendszerbetöltés közben lett bekapcsolva, nem szerepel az lshal parancsfájl kimenetében. Ennek oka, hogy az SCSI-t kezelő kernelmodul nem értesíti a HAL-t a szkenner jelenlétéről.\n" +#~ "Ha az újraindítás sem segít, akkor a szkenner a saned programon keresztül érhető el. Ilyenkor válassza a 'Hálózaton keresztüli szkennelést' és a 'Helyi gép beállítása' lehetőséget.\n" #~ msgid "Test and set USB and SCSI scanner access permissions" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az USB- és SCSI-szkennerek hozzáférési jogosultságainak kipróbálása és " -#~ "beállítása" +#~ msgstr "Az USB- és SCSI-szkennerek hozzáférési jogosultságainak kipróbálása és beállítása" #~ msgid "Testing and setting USB and SCSI scanner access permissions..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az USB- és SCSI-szkennerek hozzáférési jogosultságainak kipróbálása és " -#~ "beállítása..." +#~ msgstr "Az USB- és SCSI-szkennerek hozzáférési jogosultságainak kipróbálása és beállítása..." #~ msgid "" #~ "Failed to set scanner access permissions.\n" @@ -2049,21 +1863,13 @@ #~ "and select the 'Local Host Configuration'.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A szkennert a HAL nem ismeri fel.\n" -#~ "A szkenner normál felhasználóként való hozzáféréséhez az udev, HAL és a " -#~ "hal-resmgr-hez megfelelő jogok automatikus kiadása szükséges.\n" +#~ "A szkenner normál felhasználóként való hozzáféréséhez az udev, HAL és a hal-resmgr-hez megfelelő jogok automatikus kiadása szükséges.\n" #~ "Így a szkenner típusát ismernie kell a HAL-nak.\n" -#~ "Amennyiben a HAL nem ismeri fel a szkennert, az USB-kábel " -#~ "újracsatlakoztatása segíthet.\n" -#~ "Ellenkező esetben újraindítás szükséges a teljes udev/HAL/hal-resmgr " -#~ "infrastruktúra újraindításához.\n" +#~ "Amennyiben a HAL nem ismeri fel a szkennert, az USB-kábel újracsatlakoztatása segíthet.\n" +#~ "Ellenkező esetben újraindítás szükséges a teljes udev/HAL/hal-resmgr infrastruktúra újraindításához.\n" #~ "Ellenőrizze, hogy a szkenner szerepel-e lshal parancs kimenetében.\n" -#~ "Amennyiben ez egy SCSI-szkenner, amely a rendszerbetöltés közben lett " -#~ "bekapcsolva, nem szerepel az lshal parancsfájl kimenetében. Ennek oka, " -#~ "hogy az SCSI-t kezelő kernelmodul nem értesíti a HAL-t a szkenner " -#~ "jelenlétéről.\n" -#~ "Ha az újraindítás sem segít, akkor a szkenner a saned programon keresztül " -#~ "érhető el. Ilyenkor válassza a 'Hálózaton keresztüli szkennelést' és a " -#~ "'Helyi gép beállítása' lehetőséget.\n" +#~ "Amennyiben ez egy SCSI-szkenner, amely a rendszerbetöltés közben lett bekapcsolva, nem szerepel az lshal parancsfájl kimenetében. Ennek oka, hogy az SCSI-t kezelő kernelmodul nem értesíti a HAL-t a szkenner jelenlétéről.\n" +#~ "Ha az újraindítás sem segít, akkor a szkenner a saned programon keresztül érhető el. Ilyenkor válassza a 'Hálózaton keresztüli szkennelést' és a 'Helyi gép beállítása' lehetőséget.\n" #~ msgid "The following SANE device is not know to HAL: '%1'" #~ msgstr "A következő SANE-eszközt nem ismeri fel a HAL: '%1'" @@ -2079,8 +1885,7 @@ #~ "de az csak bináris, i386 szoftvert tartalmaz.\n" #~ "Ezért ez csak i386-kompatibilis architektúrákra elérhető.\n" #~ "Némely szkenner más meghajtó által is támogatott lehet.\n" -#~ "Amennyiben valóban telepíteni szeretné az iscan-t, azt kézzel kell " -#~ "elvégeznie.\n" +#~ "Amennyiben valóban telepíteni szeretné az iscan-t, azt kézzel kell elvégeznie.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Iscan is only available as 32-bit software.\n" @@ -2088,25 +1893,21 @@ #~ "works only if also the scanning user frontend is 32-bit software.\n" #~ "You can use the special frontend /usr/bin/iscan for Epson scanners\n" #~ "which is included in the iscan package.\n" -#~ "If you like to use a standard frontend like scanimage, xscanimage, xsane, " -#~ "or kooka,\n" +#~ "If you like to use a standard frontend like scanimage, xscanimage, xsane, or kooka,\n" #~ "you must explicitly install the 32-bit package version\n" #~ "(i.e. get the package from the right media or repository).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Az Iscan csak 32-bites architektúrára érhető el.\n" #~ "Az AMD 64-bit (x86_64) rendszereken a szkenner illesztőprogram\n" -#~ "csak abban az esetben működik, amennyiben a szkenner felhasználói " -#~ "felülete is 32-bites alkalmazás.\n" +#~ "csak abban az esetben működik, amennyiben a szkenner felhasználói felülete is 32-bites alkalmazás.\n" #~ "Az Epson szkennerekhez az iscan csomagban található\n" #~ " /usr/bin/iscan felület használható.\n" -#~ "Amennyiben olyan szabványos felületet kíván használni, mint a scanimage, " -#~ "xscanimage, xsane, vagy kooka,\n" +#~ "Amennyiben olyan szabványos felületet kíván használni, mint a scanimage, xscanimage, xsane, vagy kooka,\n" #~ "abban az esetben ezekből a 32-bites verziót kell telepítenie\n" #~ "(vagyis a megfelelő telepítési forrásból telepíteni kell a csomagot).\n" #~ msgid "Failed to deny saned access from external zone in firewall." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nem sikerült a tűzfalban a saned külső zónából történő elérését tiltani." +#~ msgstr "Nem sikerült a tűzfalban a saned külső zónából történő elérését tiltani." #~ msgid "No SUSE Firewall, but another kind of firewall is used" #~ msgstr "Nem a SUSE tűzfalát, hanem másfajta tűzfalat használ" @@ -2145,23 +1946,18 @@ #~ msgid "saned access from the external zone cannot be allowed." #~ msgstr "A saned elérése a külső zónából nem engedélyezhető." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Only a local host configuration works with firewall protection for the " -#~ "internal zone." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Belső zónás tűzfalas védelemmel csak a helyi gép konfiguráció működik." +#~ msgid "Only a local host configuration works with firewall protection for the internal zone." +#~ msgstr "Belső zónás tűzfalas védelemmel csak a helyi gép konfiguráció működik." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver " -#~ "available.\n" +#~ "A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n" #~ "Most scanner drivers are provided by the sane-backends package.\n" #~ "The support status varies from minimal to complete.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Egy típus akkor támogatott, ha legalább egy megfelelő szkenner-" -#~ "illesztőprogram van hozzá.\n" +#~ "Egy típus akkor támogatott, ha legalább egy megfelelő szkenner-illesztőprogram van hozzá.\n" #~ "A legtöbb szkenner-illesztőprogramot a sane csomag biztosítja.\n" #~ "A támogatás szintje a minimális és a teljes szint között változik.\n" #~ "" @@ -2169,12 +1965,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>Server Settings</big> \n" -#~ "If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible " -#~ "via the network,\n" -#~ "set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a " -#~ "server.\n" -#~ "In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to " -#~ "access saned on your server.\n" +#~ "If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" +#~ "set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" +#~ "In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" #~ "Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n" #~ "or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n" #~ "If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n" @@ -2194,28 +1987,19 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>Kiszolgáló beállítások</big> \n" -#~ "Ha közvetlenül gépre csatlakoztatott szkennere van, és elérhetővé kívánja " -#~ "tenni a hálózaton,\n" -#~ "állítsa be a saned hálózati szkennerdémont úgy, hogy a gépe kiszolgáló " -#~ "legyen.\n" -#~ "Az Engedélyezett klienseknél adja meg, mely klienseknek van " -#~ "jogosultsága a gépén a saned-et elérni.\n" -#~ "Adja meg vesszővel elválasztva a kliensgépek neveit, IP-címeit vagy egész " -#~ "alhálózatokat (CIDR jelöléssel, mint pl. 192.168.1.0/24).\n" +#~ "Ha közvetlenül gépre csatlakoztatott szkennere van, és elérhetővé kívánja tenni a hálózaton,\n" +#~ "állítsa be a saned hálózati szkennerdémont úgy, hogy a gépe kiszolgáló legyen.\n" +#~ "Az Engedélyezett klienseknél adja meg, mely klienseknek van jogosultsága a gépén a saned-et elérni.\n" +#~ "Adja meg vesszővel elválasztva a kliensgépek neveit, IP-címeit vagy egész alhálózatokat (CIDR jelöléssel, mint pl. 192.168.1.0/24).\n" #~ "Amennyiben nincs engedélyezett kliens, a saned nem lesz bekapcsolva.\n" -#~ "Ha a saned be van kapcsolva, az xinetd is be lesz kapcsolva és a saned-" -#~ "hez beállítva.\n" +#~ "Ha a saned be van kapcsolva, az xinetd is be lesz kapcsolva és a saned-hez beállítva.\n" #~ "A kliensek a saned-et a sane porton keresztül (TCP 6566 port) érik el,\n" #~ "de a szkennelés adatai egy másik, véletlenszerű porton mennek át.\n" #~ "A rendszer telepítése alatt alapértelmezett Tűzfal beállítások\n" #~ "a külső eléréstől megvédik a gépét.\n" -#~ "Nem jelent problémát a szkennert belső hálózaton (amikor a hálózati " -#~ "csatoló\n" -#~ "a belső hálózati zónához tartozik) használni mindaddig, amíg a belső " -#~ "zónában van tűzfalas védelem.\n" +#~ "Nem jelent problémát a szkennert belső hálózaton (amikor a hálózati csatoló\n" +#~ "a belső hálózati zónához tartozik) használni mindaddig, amíg a belső zónában van tűzfalas védelem.\n" #~ "Külső hálózati elérésnek nem sok értelme van, mert a\n" -#~ "dokumentumok beolvasása amúgy is fizikai hozzáférést igényel a " -#~ "szkennerhez.\n" -#~ "Emiatt a külső zónákból való elérést csak akkor kell letiltani, ha az " -#~ "véletlenül engedélyezve lett a nem biztonságos tűzfalbeállítások miatt.\n" +#~ "dokumentumok beolvasása amúgy is fizikai hozzáférést igényel a szkennerhez.\n" +#~ "Emiatt a külső zónákból való elérést csak akkor kell letiltani, ha az véletlenül engedélyezve lett a nem biztonságos tűzfalbeállítások miatt.\n" #~ "" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/security.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/security.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/security.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -274,12 +274,8 @@ #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 -msgid "" -"These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1: %2</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"Ezek az alaprendszeri szolgáltatások nincsenek engedélyezve a(z) %1. " -"futási szinten: %2" +msgid "These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1: %2" +msgstr "Ezek az alaprendszeri szolgáltatások nincsenek engedélyezve a(z) %1. futási szinten: %2" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "All basic services are enabled." @@ -287,15 +283,11 @@ #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1: %2" -msgstr "" -"Ezek az extra szolgáltatások futnak a(z) %1. futási szinten: %2</" -"B>" +msgstr "Ezek az extra szolgáltatások futnak a(z) %1. futási szinten: %2" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Check the list of services and disable all unused services." -msgstr "" -"Ellenőrizze a szolgáltatások listáját és tiltsa le az összes nem használt " -"szolgáltatást." +msgstr "Ellenőrizze a szolgáltatások listáját és tiltsa le az összes nem használt szolgáltatást." #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:447 msgid "Only basic system services are enabled." @@ -403,8 +395,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Az előkészítés megszakítása</big> \n" -"A beállítási segédeszközből még kiléphet, ha most megnyomja a " -"Megszakítás gombot." +"A beállítási segédeszközből még kiléphet, ha most megnyomja a Megszakítás gombot." #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:47 @@ -431,8 +422,7 @@ "In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." msgstr "" "<big>Rendszerindítás biztonsága</big>\n" -"Ebben a párbeszédablakban adhatók meg a biztonsággal kapcsolatos " -"különféle rendszerindítási beállítások." +"Ebben a párbeszédablakban adhatók meg a biztonsággal kapcsolatos különféle rendszerindítási beállítások." #. Boot dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 @@ -447,10 +437,8 @@ "A Ctrl + Alt + Del értelmezése\n" "Ha valaki a konzolon lenyomja a CTRL + ALT + DEL billentyűkombinációt,\n" "a rendszer általában újraindul. Bizonyos esetekben\n" -"azonban jobb, ha a rendszer figyelmen kívül hagyja ezt a " -"billentyűkombinációt,\n" -"például ha a rendszer kiszolgálóként és munkaállomásként is szolgál " -"egyszerre." +"azonban jobb, ha a rendszer figyelmen kívül hagyja ezt a billentyűkombinációt,\n" +"például ha a rendszer kiszolgálóként és munkaállomásként is szolgál egyszerre." #. Boot dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:68 @@ -459,42 +447,32 @@ "Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.\n" msgstr "" "Bejelentkezéskezelő leállítási viselkedése\n" -"Meghatározhatja, hogy kinek engedélyezi a gép leállítását a KDM " -"bejelentkezéskezelőből.\n" +"Meghatározhatja, hogy kinek engedélyezi a gép leállítását a KDM bejelentkezéskezelőből.\n" #. Boot dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Hibernate System:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, " -"user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring " -"authentication in all cases.\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" msgstr "" "Rendszerhibernálás:\n" -"Állítsa be a rendszer hibernálásának feltételeit. Alapértelmezés szerint az " -"aktív konzolon lévő felhasználók rendelkeznek ilyen joggal.\n" -"Más beállításokkal bármely felhasználónak lehetősége van erre vagy " -"hitelesítéshez lehet kötni minden esetben.\n" +"Állítsa be a rendszer hibernálásának feltételeit. Alapértelmezés szerint az aktív konzolon lévő felhasználók rendelkeznek ilyen joggal.\n" +"Más beállításokkal bármely felhasználónak lehetősége van erre vagy hitelesítéshez lehet kötni minden esetben.\n" #. Main dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\n" -"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which " -"include\n" -" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The " -"default\n" +"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" " settings can be modified as needed.\n" "" msgstr "" "<BIG>Helyi biztonság beállítása</BIG>\n" -"Az előre definiált alapértelmezések alapján módosítja a helyi biztonsági " -"beállításokat.\n" -" Ide tartozik a rendszerindítás, a bejelentkezés, a jelszavak, a " -"felhasználók létrehozása\n" -" és a fájljogosultságok. Az alapértelmezett beállítások igény szerint " -"módosíthatók.\n" +"Az előre definiált alapértelmezések alapján módosítja a helyi biztonsági beállításokat.\n" +" Ide tartozik a rendszerindítás, a bejelentkezés, a jelszavak, a felhasználók létrehozása\n" +" és a fájljogosultságok. Az alapértelmezett beállítások igény szerint módosíthatók.\n" "" #. Main dialog help 5/8 @@ -544,28 +522,22 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:106 msgid "" "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" -"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to " -"prevent\n" -"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait " -"to\n" -"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</" -"tt>)." +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>)." msgstr "" "Sikertelen bejelentkezési kísérlet utáni várakozás másodpercben:\n" "Ajánlatos várni egy kis időt sikertelen bejelentkezési kísérlet után,\n" -"hogy meghiúsítsa a jelszó folyamatos, gyors találgatását. Ne vegye ezt az " -"időt túl\n" +"hogy meghiúsítsa a jelszó folyamatos, gyors találgatását. Ne vegye ezt az időt túl\n" "hosszúra, mert ha netán elgépeli a jelszót, túl sokat kell majd\n" -"várakoznia az új megadásáig. Megfelelő érték lehet például három (<tt>3</" -"tt>) másodperc." +"várakoznia az új megadásáig. Megfelelő érték lehet például három (<tt>3</tt>) másodperc." #. Login dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:113 msgid "" "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" -"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than " -"usual).\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Sikeres bejelentkezések naplózása: A sikeres bejelentkezési\n" @@ -578,15 +550,11 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "Allow Remote Graphical Login: Checking this allows access\n" -"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote " -"access\n" +"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" "to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk." msgstr "" -"Távoli grafikus bejelentkezés engedélyezése: Ha megjelöli ezt a " -"pontot,\n" -"akkor a hálózaton keresztül be lehet jelentkezni a gépre a grafikus " -"bejelentkezőképernyő segítségével. A távoli bejelentkezés a " -"bejelentkezéskezelő segítségével biztonsági\n" +"Távoli grafikus bejelentkezés engedélyezése: Ha megjelöli ezt a pontot,\n" +"akkor a hálózaton keresztül be lehet jelentkezni a gépre a grafikus bejelentkezőképernyő segítségével. A távoli bejelentkezés a bejelentkezéskezelő segítségével biztonsági\n" "szempontból nem ajánlott." #. Password dialog help 1/8 @@ -602,8 +570,7 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:130 msgid "" "Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\n" -"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common " -"word.\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules." msgstr "" "Új jelszavak ellenőrzése: Nem árt olyan jelszót választani,\n" @@ -616,30 +583,24 @@ msgid "" "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" -"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the " -"new\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n" "password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" "This option can only be modified when Check New Passwords is set." msgstr "" "A legrövidebb elfogadható jelszóhossz:\n" -"Azon karakterek minimális száma, melyek érvényes jelszót alkotnak. Minden " -"kísérlet,\n" -"amelyben ennél rövidebb jelszó kerül megadásra, vissza lesz utasítva. A " -"nulla szám\n" -"kikapcsolt ellenőrzést jelent. Az a beállítás módosítható, ha az Új " -"jelszavak ellenőrzése be van kapcsolva." +"Azon karakterek minimális száma, melyek érvényes jelszót alkotnak. Minden kísérlet,\n" +"amelyben ennél rövidebb jelszó kerül megadásra, vissza lesz utasítva. A nulla szám\n" +"kikapcsolt ellenőrzést jelent. Az a beállítás módosítható, ha az Új jelszavak ellenőrzése be van kapcsolva." #. Password dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Passwords to Remember:\n" -"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from " -"reusing.\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored." msgstr "" "Megjegyzendő jelszavak száma:\n" -"Adja meg, hogy hány jelszót kell eltárolni, ezzel megakadályozva azok újra " -"felhasználását.\n" +"Adja meg, hogy hány jelszót kell eltárolni, ezzel megakadályozva azok újra felhasználását.\n" "Írjon be 0-t, ha nem szeretné a jelszavakat tárolni." # modules/inst_config_x11.ycp:216 @@ -653,36 +614,26 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" -"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you " -"need\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" "compatibility with other systems, use this method." msgstr "" -"A DES az alapértelmezett linuxos kódolási algoritmus, mely minden " -"környezetben működik,\n" -"de nem enged meg 8 karakternél hosszabb jelszavakat. Ha a más rendszerekkel " -"való kompatibilitás fontos,\n" +"A DES az alapértelmezett linuxos kódolási algoritmus, mely minden környezetben működik,\n" +"de nem enged meg 8 karakternél hosszabb jelszavakat. Ha a más rendszerekkel való kompatibilitás fontos,\n" "válassza ezt a kódolást." #. Password dialog help 5c/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:158 msgid "" -"MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current " -"Linux \n" +"MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software." msgstr "" -"Az MD5 kódolás hosszabb jelszavakat is megenged, és minden " -"jelenlegi elterjedt Linux-disztribúció\n" -"által támogatott, de lehetséges, hogy más rendszerek vagy régebbi szoftverek " -"nem támogatják." +"Az MD5 kódolás hosszabb jelszavakat is megenged, és minden jelenlegi elterjedt Linux-disztribúció\n" +"által támogatott, de lehetséges, hogy más rendszerek vagy régebbi szoftverek nem támogatják." #. Password dialog help 5d/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 -msgid "" -"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." -msgstr "" -"Az SHA-512 a jelenleg használt hash metódus. Kompatibilitási " -"okokból nem javasolt más algoritmus használata." +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." +msgstr "Az SHA-512 a jelenleg használt hash metódus. Kompatibilitási okokból nem javasolt más algoritmus használata." #. Password dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:166 @@ -697,15 +648,12 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\n" -"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer " -"the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords." msgstr "" "Hány nappal előbb történjen figyelmeztetés a jelszó lejártára:\n" -"Ez a bejegyzés beállítja azon napok számát, amennyivel előbb kezdi el a " -"rendszer a felhasználót\n" -"figyelmeztetni jelszavának lejárására. Minél hosszabb az idő (azaz minél " -"korábban figyelmeztet),\n" +"Ez a bejegyzés beállítja azon napok számát, amennyivel előbb kezdi el a rendszer a felhasználót\n" +"figyelmeztetni jelszavának lejárására. Minél hosszabb az idő (azaz minél korábban figyelmeztet),\n" "annál kevésbé valószínű, hogy valaki kitalálja a jelszavakat." #. Adduser dialog help 1/2 @@ -715,8 +663,7 @@ "In this dialog, change various settings used to create users." msgstr "" "<big>Felhasználói biztonság</big>\n" -"Ebben a párbeszédablakban adhatók meg a felhasználók létrehozásával " -"kapcsolatos különféle beállítások." +"Ebben a párbeszédablakban adhatók meg a felhasználók létrehozásával kapcsolatos különféle beállítások." #. Adduser dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:180 @@ -725,8 +672,7 @@ "Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID." msgstr "" "Felhasználóazonosítók (ID) korlátozásai:\n" -"A felhasználó nevéhez mindig tartozik egy belső szám (azonosító). Ennek a " -"minimális és maximális megengedett értékét lehet itt beállítani." +"A felhasználó nevéhez mindig tartozik egy belső szám (azonosító). Ennek a minimális és maximális megengedett értékét lehet itt beállítani." #. Adduser dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:184 @@ -741,31 +687,24 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Other Security Settings</big>\n" -"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</" -"p>" +"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." msgstr "" "<big>Egyéb biztonsági beállítások</big>\n" -"Ebben a párbeszédablakban módosíthatók a helyi biztonsággal kapcsolatos " -"különféle beállítások." +"Ebben a párbeszédablakban módosíthatók a helyi biztonsággal kapcsolatos különféle beállítások." #. Misc dialog help 2/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\n" -"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions." -"secure\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" -"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions." -"*.\n" -"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " -"accidentally\n" +"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" "or by intruders.\n" "With Easy, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" -"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can " -"only\n" -"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or " -"by\n" +"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" +"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" "The most secure setting is Paranoid. With it, you must\n" "decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.\n" @@ -778,28 +717,21 @@ "jogosultságokat az /etc/permissions.* szerint. Ez kijavítja a hibás\n" "jogosultságú fájlokat, akár véletlenül, akár egy behatoló által\n" "lettek módosítva a jogosultságok.\n" -"Alap módban a rendszerfájlok többsége, amelyet biztonságos módban " -"csak a root\n" -"olvashat el, módosításra kerül, hogy más felhasználók is olvashassák ezeket " -"a fájlokat.\n" -"Biztonságos módban bizonyos rendszerfájlokat, mint például a /var/log/" -"messages, kizárólag\n" -"a root felhasználó tekinthet meg. Egyes programokat csak a root felhasználó " -"vagy démonok indíthatnak,\n" +"Alap módban a rendszerfájlok többsége, amelyet biztonságos módban csak a root\n" +"olvashat el, módosításra kerül, hogy más felhasználók is olvashassák ezeket a fájlokat.\n" +"Biztonságos módban bizonyos rendszerfájlokat, mint például a /var/log/messages, kizárólag\n" +"a root felhasználó tekinthet meg. Egyes programokat csak a root felhasználó vagy démonok indíthatnak,\n" "más felhasználók nem.\n" "A legbiztonságosabb mód a Paranoid. Ennek használatakor el kell\n" -"dönteni, hogy melyik felhasználó futtathatja az adott grafikus alkalmazást " -"és setuid programot.\n" +"dönteni, hogy melyik felhasználó futtathatja az adott grafikus alkalmazást és setuid programot.\n" #. Misc dialog help 6/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \n" -"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database " -"(locatedb)\n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" -"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody</" -"b>\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody\n" " (few files) or root (all files)." msgstr "" "Az updatedb-t indító felhasználó: Az updatedb program\n" @@ -814,14 +746,12 @@ msgid "" "Current Directory in root's Path On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" -"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like " -"system\n" +"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n" "searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" "Az aktuális könyvtár szerepeljen-e a root elérési útvonalában:\n" "Egy DOS rendszer a végrehajtható fájlokat (programokat) először\n" -"az aktuális könyvtárban keresi, és csak azután a keresési útvonal " -"változóban\n" +"az aktuális könyvtárban keresi, és csak azután a keresési útvonal változóban\n" "megadott helyeken. Ezzel ellentétben egy Linux rendszerben kizárólag a\n" "keresési útvonal számít (PATH változó)." @@ -829,16 +759,13 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:223 msgid "" "Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\n" -"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current " -"directory\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" -"Az aktuális könyvtár szerepeljen-e a felhasználó keresési útvonalában</" -"b> \n" +"Az aktuális könyvtár szerepeljen-e a felhasználó keresési útvonalában \n" "Egy DOS rendszer a végrehajtható fájlokat (programokat) először\n" -"az aktuális könyvtárban keresi, és csak azután a keresési útvonal " -"változóban\n" +"az aktuális könyvtárban keresi, és csak azután a keresési útvonal változóban\n" "megadott helyeken. Ezzel ellentétben egy Linux rendszerben kizárólag a\n" "keresési útvonal számít (PATH változó).\n" "" @@ -848,11 +775,9 @@ msgid "" "Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" -"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown " -"programs in\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" -"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your " -"system,\n" +"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" "is rather easy if you set this option." msgstr "" "Néhány rendszer 'megkerüli' ezt a pont (\".\") hozzáadásával\n" @@ -861,8 +786,7 @@ "elindíthat ismeretlen programokat az aktuális könyvtárban\n" "a rendszer normál fájljai helyett. Ennek eredményeképpen végrehajtásra\n" "kerülhetnek trójai vírusok, amelyek kihasználják ezt a\n" -"gyengeséget és behatolnak az Ön rendszerébe. Célszerű ezért nem beállítani " -"ezt az\n" +"gyengeséget és behatolnak az Ön rendszerébe. Célszerű ezért nem beállítani ezt az\n" "opciót." #. Misc dialog help 13/14 @@ -881,192 +805,94 @@ "\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n" "current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\"." msgstr "" -"\"nem\": a root felhasználó az aktuális könyvtárból csak a pont " -"segítségével\n" +"\"nem\": a root felhasználó az aktuális könyvtárból csak a pont segítségével\n" "tud indítani programokat: \"./\". Például: \"./configure\"." #. Misc dialog help 14/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" -"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, " -"during kernel\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" msgstr "" "Mágikus SysRq gombok engedélyezése Ha bejelöli ezt az opciót,\n" -"bizonyos kibővített irányításhoz jut a rendszer felett, még akkor is, ha az " -"le is fagyna vagy elszállna (pl.\n" -"kernel-hibakereséskor). A részletek az /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq." -"txt\n" +"bizonyos kibővített irányításhoz jut a rendszer felett, még akkor is, ha az le is fagyna vagy elszállna (pl.\n" +"kernel-hibakereséskor). A részletek az /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt\n" "fájlban találhatók." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 -msgid "" -"Security Overview This overview shows the most important " -"security settings." -msgstr "" -"Biztonság áttekintése Ez a legfontosabb biztonsági beállítások " -"áttekintése." +msgid "Security Overview This overview shows the most important security settings." +msgstr "Biztonság áttekintése Ez a legfontosabb biztonsági beállítások áttekintése." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 -msgid "" -"To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." -msgstr "" -"A jelenlegi értékek módosításához kattintson a beállításokhoz tartozó " -"hivatkozásra." +msgid "To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." +msgstr "A jelenlegi értékek módosításához kattintson a beállításokhoz tartozó hivatkozásra." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 -msgid "" -" A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current " -"value of the option is secure." -msgstr "" -"Ellenőrizze a jelzést a Biztonsági állapot oszlopban, hogy " -"megtudja a beállítás biztonsági állapotát." +msgid " A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." +msgstr "Ellenőrizze a jelzést a Biztonsági állapot oszlopban, hogy megtudja a beállítás biztonsági állapotát." #. an error message (rich text) #: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 -msgid "" -"The current value could not be read. The service is probably not " -"installed or the option is missing on the system." -msgstr "" -"A jelenlegi érték nem olvasható be. A szolgáltatás valószínűleg nincs " -"telepítve vagy a beállítás hiányzik." +msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system." +msgstr "A jelenlegi érték nem olvasható be. A szolgáltatás valószínűleg nincs telepítve vagy a beállítás hiányzik." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 msgid "" "A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" "configured.The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" -"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then " -"the\n" -"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only " -"to\n" -"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords " -"that\n" -"are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote " -"graphical\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n" +"are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote graphical\n" "logins, then disable this option." -msgstr "" -"A bejelentkezéskezelő egy grafikus bejelentkező képernyőt biztosít, amely " -"a hálózaton keresztül egy másik rendszeren futó X-kiszolgálóhoz kapcsolódik." -"A megjelenő ablak adatai a hálózaton keresztül érkeznek. Amennyiben a " -"hálózat nem teljesen biztonságos, a hálózati forgalmat lehallgathatják és " -"nem csupán a képernyőn megjelenő információhoz férhetnek hozzá, de a " -"használt felhasználónévhez és jelszóhoz is.Amennyiben nincs szüksége " -"az XDMCP-re a távoli grafikus eléréshez, akkor tiltsa le ezt a " -"beállítást." +msgstr "A bejelentkezéskezelő egy grafikus bejelentkező képernyőt biztosít, amely a hálózaton keresztül egy másik rendszeren futó X-kiszolgálóhoz kapcsolódik.A megjelenő ablak adatai a hálózaton keresztül érkeznek. Amennyiben a hálózat nem teljesen biztonságos, a hálózati forgalmat lehallgathatják és nem csupán a képernyőn megjelenő információhoz férhetnek hozzá, de a használt felhasználónévhez és jelszóhoz is.Amennyiben nincs szüksége az XDMCP-re a távoli grafikus eléréshez, akkor tiltsa le ezt a beállítást." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 msgid "" -"Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of " -"the\n" -"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down " -"is\n" -"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to " -"create\n" +"Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" +"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" "correct log messages." -msgstr "" -"Indításkor a rendszeridő a hardverórához igazodik, ezért szükséges a " -"hardveróra beállítása a rendszerleállítás előtt.A konzisztens " -"rendszeridő elengedhetetlen a megfelelő naplófájlok készítéséhez." +msgstr "Indításkor a rendszeridő a hardverórához igazodik, ezért szükséges a hardveróra beállítása a rendszerleállítás előtt.A konzisztens rendszeridő elengedhetetlen a megfelelő naplófájlok készítéséhez." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 -msgid "" -"Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its " -"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are " -"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can " -"tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog " -"messages of system events are only useful if they are present." -msgstr "" -"A rendszerhibák általában a rendszer viselkedésének anomáliáiból " -"állapíthatók meg. A bizonyos időközönként rendszeresen előforduló események " -"syslog-hibaüzenetei fontosak a probléma okának megtalálásához. Egy bejegyzés " -"hiánya pedig maga is további információt hordozhat.A fentiekből " -"adódóan érdemes bekapcsolni a syslog-üzenetek létrehozását a " -"rendszereseményekhez." +msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." +msgstr "A rendszerhibák általában a rendszer viselkedésének anomáliáiból állapíthatók meg. A bizonyos időközönként rendszeresen előforduló események syslog-hibaüzenetei fontosak a probléma okának megtalálásához. Egy bejegyzés hiánya pedig maga is további információt hordozhat.A fentiekből adódóan érdemes bekapcsolni a syslog-üzenetek létrehozását a rendszereseményekhez." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 -msgid "" -"Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files " -"that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the " -"process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." -msgstr "" -"A chroot futtatókörnyezet korlátozza a folyamatot, hogy csak a külön " -"könyvtárban elhelyezett szükséges fájlokat lássa és használja." +msgid "Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." +msgstr "A chroot futtatókörnyezet korlátozza a folyamatot, hogy csak a külön könyvtárban elhelyezett szükséges fájlokat lássa és használja." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 -msgid "" -"The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize " -"a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its " -"program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with " -"the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement " -"to be effective." -msgstr "" -"A DHCP-kliens démont a dhcpd felhasználónak kell futtatnia a " -"programkódban található esetleges biztonsági hibák által okozott " -"fenyegetettség csökkentése érdekében.Tartsa szem előtt, hogy a dhcpd " -"nem szabad, hogy root felhasználóként, vagy a chroot " -"futtatókörnyezet CAP_SYS_CHROOT lehetőségével fusson." +msgid "The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." +msgstr "A DHCP-kliens démont a dhcpd felhasználónak kell futtatnia a programkódban található esetleges biztonsági hibák által okozott fenyegetettség csökkentése érdekében.Tartsa szem előtt, hogy a dhcpd nem szabad, hogy root felhasználóként, vagy a chroot futtatókörnyezet CAP_SYS_CHROOT lehetőségével fusson." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 -msgid "" -"Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window " -"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does " -"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be " -"able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or " -"otherwise acquire the password." -msgstr "" -"Az adminisztrátoroknak fokozottan kell ügyelniük arra, hogy ne root</" -"EM> felhasználóként jelentkezzenek be az X Window-ba, ezzel csökkentve a " -"root-jogok használatát.Ez a beállítás azonban nem véd a figyelmetlen " -"adminisztrátorok ellen, de megakadályozhatja, hogy a támadók a grafikus " -"felületen a jelszó megszerzését követően root felhasználóként " -"bejelentkezzenek." +msgid "Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." +msgstr "Az adminisztrátoroknak fokozottan kell ügyelniük arra, hogy ne root felhasználóként jelentkezzenek be az X Window-ba, ezzel csökkentve a root-jogok használatát.Ez a beállítás azonban nem véd a figyelmetlen adminisztrátorok ellen, de megakadályozhatja, hogy a támadók a grafikus felületen a jelszó megszerzését követően root felhasználóként bejelentkezzenek." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 msgid "" -"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, " -"connect\n" -"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on " -"a\n" +"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" "different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" -"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus " -"the\n" -"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and " -"therefore\n" +"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" -"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display " -"X\n" -"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell " -"(ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server " -"through the encrypted ssh connection." -msgstr "" -"Az X Window-programok, például amelyek ablakot nyitnak a képernyőn, a " -"fizikai gépen futó X-kiszolgálóhoz kapcsolódnak. A program futhat más " -"operációs rendszeren is és az ablak tartalmát hálózaton keresztül küldi át.</" -"P>Engedélyezésekor az X-kiszolgáló a 6000 + a képernyő száma porton " -"figyel. Mivel a hálózati forgalom nincs titkosítva és így annak tartalma " -"könnyedén lehallgatható, és mivel egy másik portot is megnyit a program " -"(jelen esetben az X-kiszolgáló), amely támadási felület lehet, ezért a " -"biztonságos beállítás a kikapcsolás.Az X Window hálózaton keresztüli " -"megjelenítéséhez az ssh használata javasolt, amely segítségével " -"titkosított csatornát használhat a kapcsolat." +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." +msgstr "Az X Window-programok, például amelyek ablakot nyitnak a képernyőn, a fizikai gépen futó X-kiszolgálóhoz kapcsolódnak. A program futhat más operációs rendszeren is és az ablak tartalmát hálózaton keresztül küldi át.Engedélyezésekor az X-kiszolgáló a 6000 + a képernyő száma porton figyel. Mivel a hálózati forgalom nincs titkosítva és így annak tartalma könnyedén lehallgatható, és mivel egy másik portot is megnyit a program (jelen esetben az X-kiszolgáló), amely támadási felület lehet, ezért a biztonságos beállítás a kikapcsolás.Az X Window hálózaton keresztüli megjelenítéséhez az ssh használata javasolt, amely segítségével titkosított csatornát használhat a kapcsolat." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 msgid "" -"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not " -"expose\n" -"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP " -"network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through " -"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." -msgstr "" -"A levélküldőrendszer mindig elindul. Alapértelmezésként nem jelenik meg a " -"rendszeren kívül, hiszen nem figyel a 25-ös porton.Amennyiben nem " -"küld levelet ezen a rendszeren SMTP protokollon keresztül, akkor tiltsa le " -"ezt a beállítást." +"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." +msgstr "A levélküldőrendszer mindig elindul. Alapértelmezésként nem jelenik meg a rendszeren kívül, hiszen nem figyel a 25-ös porton.Amennyiben nem küld levelet ezen a rendszeren SMTP protokollon keresztül, akkor tiltsa le ezt a beállítást." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 msgid "" @@ -1074,19 +900,11 @@ "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" "installed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." -msgstr "" -"Amennyiben egy csomag olyan szolgáltatást frissít, amely éppen fut, a " -"szolgáltatás újraindul a telepítés után.Ez a legtöbb esetben " -"megfelelően működik és biztonságos, mivel sok szolgáltatásnak el kell érnie " -"a bináris fájljait vagy a konfigurációs állományokat. Ezek a szolgáltatások " -"folyamatosan futnának mindaddig, amíg a szolgáltatások leállításra nem " -"kerülnek.Ezt a beállítást csak akkor kell módosítani, ha ennek " -"különleges oka van." +msgstr "Amennyiben egy csomag olyan szolgáltatást frissít, amely éppen fut, a szolgáltatás újraindul a telepítés után.Ez a legtöbb esetben megfelelően működik és biztonságos, mivel sok szolgáltatásnak el kell érnie a bináris fájljait vagy a konfigurációs állományokat. Ezek a szolgáltatások folyamatosan futnának mindaddig, amíg a szolgáltatások leállításra nem kerülnek.Ezt a beállítást csak akkor kell módosítani, ha ennek különleges oka van." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:322 msgid "" @@ -1094,53 +912,19 @@ "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" "removed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." -msgstr "" -"Amennyiben egy csomag olyan szolgáltatást távolít el, amely éppen fut, " -"akkor a csomagban lévő fájlok eltávolítása előtt a szolgáltatás leáll.</" -"P>Ez a legtöbb esetben megfelelően működik és biztonságos, mivel sok " -"szolgáltatásnak el kell érnie a bináris fájljait vagy a konfigurációs " -"állományokat. Ezek a szolgáltatások folyamatosan futnának mindaddig, amíg a " -"szolgáltatások leállításra nem kerülnek.Ezt a beállítást csak akkor " -"kell módosítani, ha ennek különleges oka van." +msgstr "Amennyiben egy csomag olyan szolgáltatást távolít el, amely éppen fut, akkor a csomagban lévő fájlok eltávolítása előtt a szolgáltatás leáll.Ez a legtöbb esetben megfelelően működik és biztonságos, mivel sok szolgáltatásnak el kell érnie a bináris fájljait vagy a konfigurációs állományokat. Ezek a szolgáltatások folyamatosan futnának mindaddig, amíg a szolgáltatások leállításra nem kerülnek.Ezt a beállítást csak akkor kell módosítani, ha ennek különleges oka van." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 -msgid "" -"A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the " -"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) " -"vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such " -"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate " -"connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause " -"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most " -"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS " -"attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." -msgstr "" -"A rendszer elárasztható számtalan kapcsolatnyitási kísérlettel, amely a " -"memória elfogyását eredményezheti. Ez vezet a Denial of Service (DoS) " -"sebezhetőséghez.A syncookie-k használata az egyik módszer, amely " -"segít ilyen események megoldásában, azonban egy forrásból érkező, nagyon " -"nagy számú szabályos kapcsolat esetén a Bekapcsolva beállítás " -"problémát okozhat nagy terhelés esetén.A legtöbb környezetben a " -"syncookie-k az elsődleges védelmi vonalt képezhetik a SYN elárasztásos DoS " -"támadás ellen, ezért a biztonságos beállítás a Bekapcsolva." +msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." +msgstr "A rendszer elárasztható számtalan kapcsolatnyitási kísérlettel, amely a memória elfogyását eredményezheti. Ez vezet a Denial of Service (DoS) sebezhetőséghez.A syncookie-k használata az egyik módszer, amely segít ilyen események megoldásában, azonban egy forrásból érkező, nagyon nagy számú szabályos kapcsolat esetén a Bekapcsolva beállítás problémát okozhat nagy terhelés esetén.A legtöbb környezetben a syncookie-k az elsődleges védelmi vonalt képezhetik a SYN elárasztásos DoS támadás ellen, ezért a biztonságos beállítás a Bekapcsolva." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 -msgid "" -"IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, " -"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network " -"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards " -"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not " -"need that routing functionality, then disable this option." -msgstr "" -"Az IP-továbbítás az olyan hálózati csomagok továbbítása, amelyek " -"beérkeznek, de nem céljuk egyik, a rendszeren futó csatoló (pl. hálózati " -"csatolók címei) sem.Amennyiben a rendszer az ISO/OSI 3. rétegen " -"továbbít hálózati forgalmat, akkor ezt továbbítónak nevezik. Amennyiben " -"nincs szükség erre a funkcióra, érdemes ezt a beállítást letiltani." +msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." +msgstr "Az IP-továbbítás az olyan hálózati csomagok továbbítása, amelyek beérkeznek, de nem céljuk egyik, a rendszeren futó csatoló (pl. hálózati csatolók címei) sem.Amennyiben a rendszer az ISO/OSI 3. rétegen továbbít hálózati forgalmat, akkor ezt továbbítónak nevezik. Amennyiben nincs szükség erre a funkcióra, érdemes ezt a beállítást letiltani." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 msgid "This setting applies to IPv4 only." @@ -1151,41 +935,20 @@ msgstr "Ez a beállítás csak IPv6-ra alkalmazható." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes " -"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." -msgstr "" -"A Mágikus SysRq gombok engedélyeznek néhány rendszervezérlési műveletet, " -"akkor is, ha az összeomlott (pl. kernel-hibakeresés közben) vagy nem " -"válaszol." +msgid "Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." +msgstr "A Mágikus SysRq gombok engedélyeznek néhány rendszervezérlési műveletet, akkor is, ha az összeomlott (pl. kernel-hibakeresés közben) vagy nem válaszol." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 -msgid "" -"There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The " -"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"Előre beállított engedélyek vannak az /etc/permissions.* fájlokban. A " -"legtöbb korlátozást tartalmazó fájl a 'secure' vagy 'paranoid' fájl." +msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." +msgstr "Előre beállított engedélyek vannak az /etc/permissions.* fájlokban. A legtöbb korlátozást tartalmazó fájl a 'secure' vagy 'paranoid' fájl." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 src/include/security/helps.rb:352 -msgid "" -"Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and " -"to run the security-related services." -msgstr "" -"Az alap rendszerszolgáltatásokat engedélyezni kell a " -"rendszerkonzisztencia fenntartása és a biztonsággal kapcsolatos " -"szolgáltatások futtatása érdekében." +msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." +msgstr "Az alap rendszerszolgáltatásokat engedélyezni kell a rendszerkonzisztencia fenntartása és a biztonsággal kapcsolatos szolgáltatások futtatása érdekében." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 src/include/security/helps.rb:358 -msgid "" -"Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. " -"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by " -"the system." -msgstr "" -"Minden futó szolgáltatás biztonsági támadás potenciális célpontja. Ezért " -"javasolt minden olyan szolgáltatás letiltása, amelyet a rendszer nem használ." -"" +msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." +msgstr "Minden futó szolgáltatás biztonsági támadás potenciális célpontja. Ezért javasolt minden olyan szolgáltatás letiltása, amelyet a rendszer nem használ." #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:51 @@ -1525,17 +1288,11 @@ #~ msgid "Use current directory in path of regular users" #~ msgstr "Aktuális könyvtár használata a felhasználók útvonalában" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "By default the current working directory is not used when searching " -#~ "for executables." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Alapértelmezésként a jelenlegi munkakönyvtárban nincs keresés " -#~ "futtatható programok után." +#~ msgid "By default the current working directory is not used when searching for executables." +#~ msgstr "Alapértelmezésként a jelenlegi munkakönyvtárban nincs keresés futtatható programok után." #~ msgid "This setting applies for root user and system users." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A beállítások a root és a rendszerfelhasználókon kerülnek " -#~ "alkalmazásra." +#~ msgstr "A beállítások a root és a rendszerfelhasználókon kerülnek alkalmazásra." #~ msgid "This setting applies for regular users." #~ msgstr "Ez a beállítás a normál felhasználókon jut érvényre." @@ -1551,16 +1308,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Blowfish is similar to MD5, but uses a different algorithm\n" -#~ "to encrypt passwords. A lot of CPU power is needed to calculate the " -#~ "hash,\n" -#~ "which makes it difficult to crack passwords with the help of a dictionary." -#~ "" +#~ "to encrypt passwords. A lot of CPU power is needed to calculate the hash,\n" +#~ "which makes it difficult to crack passwords with the help of a dictionary." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A Blowfish hasonló az MD5-höz, de más algoritmust használ a " -#~ "jelszavak titkosításához. Nagy számítási kapacitást, azaz processzoridőt " -#~ "igényel\n" -#~ "a hasítófüggvény végrehajtása, ezért nehéz a feltörése a szótáras vagy " -#~ "nyers erő (brute force) módszerekkel." +#~ "A Blowfish hasonló az MD5-höz, de más algoritmust használ a jelszavak titkosításához. Nagy számítási kapacitást, azaz processzoridőt igényel\n" +#~ "a hasítófüggvény végrehajtása, ezért nehéz a feltörése a szótáras vagy nyers erő (brute force) módszerekkel." #~ msgid "Disable service restart on update" #~ msgstr "Szolgáltatások újraindításának letiltása frissítésnél" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/services-manager.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/services-manager.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/services-manager.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -44,34 +44,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units " -"whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 -msgid "" -"Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink " -"located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man " -"page." +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "" -"Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with " -"network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 -msgid "" -"Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which " -"is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "" -"When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with " -"graphical target." +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 @@ -115,15 +104,14 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 -msgid "" -"This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" msgstr "" #. Default for double-click in the table #. Default for double-click in the table #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 msgid "Writing configuration..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beállítások mentése…" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" @@ -135,16 +123,17 @@ msgid "Default System &Target" msgstr "" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:756 #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Szolgáltatás" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 #: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 msgid "Enabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Engedélyezve" #. The current state matches the futural state #. The current state matches the futural state @@ -152,11 +141,11 @@ #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 #: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 msgid "Active" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktív" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 msgid "Description" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leírás" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 msgid "&Start/Stop" @@ -166,9 +155,10 @@ msgid "&Enable/Disable" msgstr "" +# include/package_utils.ycp:336 #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 msgid "Show &Details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Részletek megjelenítése" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 @@ -185,7 +175,7 @@ #: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Letiltva" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 #: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 @@ -211,34 +201,30 @@ #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Szolgáltatások" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Szolgáltatások" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116 msgid "" "<big>Services</big> \n" "The current setup does not provide any functionality now." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<big>Szolgáltatások</big> A jelenlegi beállítások egyetlen funkciót sem biztosítanak." #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121 msgid "" "<big>Services</big> \n" -"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from " -"the \n" +"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n" " list of services.\n" -"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is " -"enabled\n" +"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n" "and a particular service requires opening them.\n" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145 -msgid "" -"Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched " -"%link" +msgid "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160 @@ -257,7 +243,7 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nem sikerült a(z) '%1' szolgáltatást engedélyezni." #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 msgid "Default Target" @@ -272,7 +258,7 @@ #. AutoYast summary #: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Még nincs beállítva." #. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state #. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/slp-server.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/slp-server.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/slp-server.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -178,9 +178,7 @@ msgid "" "<big>Initializing SLP Server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" -msgstr "" -"<big>SLP-kiszolgáló beállításainak előkészítése</big> Kérem, " -"várjon… \n" +msgstr "<big>SLP-kiszolgáló beállításainak előkészítése</big> Kérem, várjon… \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:21 @@ -189,8 +187,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Az előkészítés megszakítása:</big> \n" -"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás</" -"b> gombbal.\n" +"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás gombbal.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:25 @@ -211,8 +208,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Mentés megszakítása:</big> \n" "A Megszakítás gomb megnyomásával megszakíthatja a folyamatot.\n" -"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e " -"megtenni.\n" +"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e megtenni.\n" "\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -243,10 +239,8 @@ "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Szerkesztés vagy törlés:</big> \n" -"Válasszon egy SLP-kiszolgálót, amelyet el akar távolítani, vagy a " -"beállítását meg akarja változtatni,\n" -"majd nyomja meg ennek megfelelően a Szerkesztés vagy a Törlés " -"gombot.\n" +"Válasszon egy SLP-kiszolgálót, amelyet el akar távolítani, vagy a beállítását meg akarja változtatni,\n" +"majd nyomja meg ennek megfelelően a Szerkesztés vagy a Törlés gombot.\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:52 @@ -284,54 +278,33 @@ #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "To show the slpd log file, use Show Log." -msgstr "" -"Az slpd naplófájl megjelenítéséhez nyomja meg a Napló megjelenítése</" -"b> gombot." +msgstr "Az slpd naplófájl megjelenítéséhez nyomja meg a Napló megjelenítése gombot." #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is " -"Broadcast.\n" -"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode " -"is Multicast. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" -"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the DA Server mode, it " -"informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" -"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is " -"Becomes DA Server. This is a cache server for service\n" +"Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is Broadcast.\n" +"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode is Multicast. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" +"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the DA Server mode, it informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" +"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is Becomes DA Server. This is a cache server for service\n" "answers.\n" msgstr "" -"Adja meg itt a módot, amelyben az SLP-démont futtatni kívánja. A " -"legegyszerűbb mód az Broadcast.\n" -"Ebben az esetben az SLP-démon minden Broadcast üzenetben érkező kérésre " -"válaszol. A következő mód a Multicast. Ebben a módban a démon a\n" -"Multicast üzenetként érkező kérésekre válaszol megfelelő SCOPES-okban. DA-" -"kiszolgáló módban pedig értesíti a DA-kiszolgálókat a megadott IP-" -"címeken a \n" -"statikusan és dinamikusan regisztrált szolgáltatásokról. Az utolsó lehetőség " -"a DA-kiszolgálóvá válás. Ez egy gyorsítótár-kiszolgáló " -"szolgáltatásválaszokhoz.\n" +"Adja meg itt a módot, amelyben az SLP-démont futtatni kívánja. A legegyszerűbb mód az Broadcast.\n" +"Ebben az esetben az SLP-démon minden Broadcast üzenetben érkező kérésre válaszol. A következő mód a Multicast. Ebben a módban a démon a\n" +"Multicast üzenetként érkező kérésekre válaszol megfelelő SCOPES-okban. DA-kiszolgáló módban pedig értesíti a DA-kiszolgálókat a megadott IP-címeken a \n" +"statikusan és dinamikusan regisztrált szolgáltatásokról. Az utolsó lehetőség a DA-kiszolgálóvá válás. Ez egy gyorsítótár-kiszolgáló szolgáltatásválaszokhoz.\n" "\n" #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"With Expert Settings, access all options available in /etc/slp." -"conf." -msgstr "" -"A Szakértői beállítások között az /etc/slp.conf fájl minden " -"paramétere megadható." +msgid "With Expert Settings, access all options available in /etc/slp.conf." +msgstr "A Szakértői beállítások között az /etc/slp.conf fájl minden paramétere megadható." #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With Add, create " -"a new empty file. With Modify,\n" -"change the values of any existing file. With Delete, it is possible " -"to delete files not owned by any package." +"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With Add, create a new empty file. With Modify,\n" +"change the values of any existing file. With Delete, it is possible to delete files not owned by any package." msgstr "" -"Konfigurációs fájlok az SLP-be történő statikus bejegyzéshez. A " -"Hozzáadás gomb létrehoz egy üres fájlt.\n" -"A Módosításgombbal egy meglévő fájl értékei módosíthatók. A " -"Törlés gombbal pedig törölhetők azok a fájlok, amelyek egyetlen " -"csomaghoz sem tartoznak." +"Konfigurációs fájlok az SLP-be történő statikus bejegyzéshez. A Hozzáadás gomb létrehoz egy üres fájlt.\n" +"A Módosításgombbal egy meglévő fájl értékei módosíthatók. A Törlés gombbal pedig törölhetők azok a fájlok, amelyek egyetlen csomaghoz sem tartoznak." #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "Help for regedit" @@ -346,11 +319,8 @@ #. check for package openslp-server installed #: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181 -msgid "" -"To configure the SLP server, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Az SLP-kiszolgáló beállításához telepíteni kell a(z) %1 csomagot.</" -"p>" +msgid "To configure the SLP server, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Az SLP-kiszolgáló beállításához telepíteni kell a(z) %1 csomagot." #: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184 msgid "Do you want to install it now?" @@ -456,10 +426,8 @@ #~ "Then press Configure.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>SLP-kiszolgáló hozzáadása:</big> \n" -#~ "Válasszon a felismert SLP-kiszolgálók listájából. Ha az SLP-kiszolgálót " -#~ "nem\n" -#~ "sikerült automatikusan felismerni, használja a Más (nem észlelt) " -#~ "gombot,\n" +#~ "Válasszon a felismert SLP-kiszolgálók listájából. Ha az SLP-kiszolgálót nem\n" +#~ "sikerült automatikusan felismerni, használja a Más (nem észlelt) gombot,\n" #~ "majd nyomja meg a Beállítás-t.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -468,6 +436,5 @@ #~ "the configuration opens.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Szerkesztés vagy törlés:</big> \n" -#~ "A Szerkesztés gomb megnyomásával, egy további párbeszédablak " -#~ "nyílik meg,\n" +#~ "A Szerkesztés gomb megnyomásával, egy további párbeszédablak nyílik meg,\n" #~ "ahol módosíthatja a beállításokat.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/snapper.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/snapper.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/snapper.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -241,14 +241,12 @@ #. radio button label #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" -msgstr "" -"A pillanatkép és a jelenlegi rendszer közötti különbségek megjelenítése" +msgstr "A pillanatkép és a jelenlegi rendszer közötti különbségek megjelenítése" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" -msgstr "" -"A a jelenlegi rendszer és a pillanatkép közötti különbségek megjelenítése:" +msgstr "A a jelenlegi rendszer és a pillanatkép közötti különbségek megjelenítése:" #. radio button label #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 @@ -258,15 +256,12 @@ #. radio button label #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" -msgstr "" -"Az első pillanatkép és a jelenlegi rendszer közötti különbségek megjelenítése" +msgstr "Az első pillanatkép és a jelenlegi rendszer közötti különbségek megjelenítése" #. radio button label #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" -msgstr "" -"A második pillanatkép és a jelenlegi rendszer közötti különbségek " -"megjelenítése" +msgstr "A második pillanatkép és a jelenlegi rendszer közötti különbségek megjelenítése" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 @@ -341,18 +336,15 @@ "\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</" -"p>\n" +"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.\n" "Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.Are you sure?" msgstr "" "Ezek a fájlok visszaállításra kerültek a(z) '%1' pillanatképről:\n" "\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"Azok a fájlok, amelyek az eredeti pillanatképen vannak a fájlrendszerre " -"másolódnak.\n" -"Azok a fájlok, amelyek nincsenek az eredeti pillanatképen, törlésre " -"kerülnek.Biztos benne?" +"Azok a fájlok, amelyek az eredeti pillanatképen vannak a fájlrendszerre másolódnak.\n" +"Azok a fájlok, amelyek nincsenek az eredeti pillanatképen, törlésre kerülnek.Biztos benne?" #. Read dialog help #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36 @@ -367,55 +359,33 @@ #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" -"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " -"types\n" -"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots " -"are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post " -"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between " -"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in " -"the table.\n" -"Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see " -"the\n" +"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" +"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.\n" +"Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Pillanatkép beállítása</big>\n" -"A táblázat a gyökér fájlrendszerek pillanatképeinek listáját tartalmazza. " -"Három féle pillanatkép létezik: egyszeri, pre and post. " -"Az egyszeri pillanatképeket a fájlrendszer egy adott pillanatának, míg az " -"Előtte és utána pedig egy bizonyos művelet elvégzése előtti és utáni állapot " -"mentésére szolgál. Az Előtte és utána típusú pillanatképek párosítva " -"jelennek meg a táblázatban.\n" -"Válasszon ki egy pillanatképet vagy egy pillanatkép párt, majd kattintson " -"a Változások megjelenítése lehetőségre a pillanatképben található " -"fájlrendszer-különbségek megtekintése.\n" +"A táblázat a gyökér fájlrendszerek pillanatképeinek listáját tartalmazza. Három féle pillanatkép létezik: egyszeri, pre and post. Az egyszeri pillanatképeket a fájlrendszer egy adott pillanatának, míg az Előtte és utána pedig egy bizonyos művelet elvégzése előtti és utáni állapot mentésére szolgál. Az Előtte és utána típusú pillanatképek párosítva jelennek meg a táblázatban.\n" +"Válasszon ki egy pillanatképet vagy egy pillanatkép párt, majd kattintson a Változások megjelenítése lehetőségre a pillanatképben található fájlrendszer-különbségek megtekintése.\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first " -"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the " -"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of " -"creation for both snapshots.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By " -"default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is " -"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Pillanatkép áttekintése</big>\n" "\n" -"A fában található az összes módosított fájl, amely az első ('előtte') és " -"második ('utána') lemezkép közötti különbségeket jel. snapshot. A jobb " -"oldalon látható a pillanatkép leírása és az mindkét készítésének ideje.\n" +"A fában található az összes módosított fájl, amely az első ('előtte') és második ('utána') lemezkép közötti különbségeket jel. snapshot. A jobb oldalon látható a pillanatkép leírása és az mindkét készítésének ideje.\n" "\n" "\n" -"A fában lévő fájl kiválasztásakor megjelennek a hozzá tartozó módosítások. " -"Alapértelmezésként a pillanatképpár között lévő különbségek jelennek meg, de " -"lehetőség van különböző verziók közötti összehasonlításra is.\n" +"A fában lévő fájl kiválasztásakor megjelennek a hozzá tartozó módosítások. Alapértelmezésként a pillanatképpár között lévő különbségek jelennek meg, de lehetőség van különböző verziók közötti összehasonlításra is.\n" "\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots @@ -423,23 +393,17 @@ msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the " -"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time " -"of its creation.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between " -"snapshot version and current system.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Pillanatkép áttekintése</big>\n" "\n" -"A fában látható minden fájl megjelenik, amelyek különböznek a a kiválasztott " -"pillanatkép és a a jelenlegi rendszer között. A jobb oldalon látható a " -"pillanatkép leírása és készítésének ideje.\n" +"A fában látható minden fájl megjelenik, amelyek különböznek a a kiválasztott pillanatkép és a a jelenlegi rendszer között. A jobb oldalon látható a pillanatkép leírása és készítésének ideje.\n" "\n" -"Amikor egy fájl ki van választva a fában, akkor láthatóvá válik a " -"különbség a pillanatkép és a jelenlegi rendszer között.\n" +"Amikor egy fájl ki van választva a fában, akkor láthatóvá válik a különbség a pillanatkép és a jelenlegi rendszer között.\n" "\n" #. popup error @@ -577,9 +541,5 @@ #~ msgid "%1 does not exist in snapshot %2\n" #~ msgstr "A(z) %1 fájl nem létezik a(z) %2 pillanatképben\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "These files will be copied from snapshot '%1' to current system: %2</" -#~ "p>Are you sure?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ezek a fájlok kerülnek másolásra a(z) '%1' pillanatképről a jelenlegi " -#~ "rendszerre: %2Biztos benne?" +#~ msgid "These files will be copied from snapshot '%1' to current system: %2Are you sure?" +#~ msgstr "Ezek a fájlok kerülnek másolásra a(z) '%1' pillanatképről a jelenlegi rendszerre: %2Biztos benne?" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/sound.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/sound.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/sound.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -48,9 +48,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for add action #: src/clients/sound.rb:79 msgid "Add sound card. Without parameters, add first one detected." -msgstr "" -"Hangkártya hozzáadása. Paraméter nélkül az elsőnek felismert kártya lesz " -"hozzáadva." +msgstr "Hangkártya hozzáadása. Paraméter nélkül az elsőnek felismert kártya lesz hozzáadva." #. help text for unknownd parameters #: src/clients/sound.rb:84 @@ -80,12 +78,8 @@ #. - for unknown parameter names #. help text for unknownd parameters; do not translate 'show' #: src/clients/sound.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list " -"of allowed parameters." -msgstr "" -"Az adott modulparaméter értéke. Az engedélyezett paraméterek a 'show' " -"paranccsal jeleníthetők meg." +msgid "Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list of allowed parameters." +msgstr "Az adott modulparaméter értéke. Az engedélyezett paraméterek a 'show' paranccsal jeleníthetők meg." #. translators: command line help text for volume action #: src/clients/sound.rb:131 @@ -95,12 +89,8 @@ #. - for unknown parameter names #. help text; do not translate 'channels' as command name #: src/clients/sound.rb:137 -msgid "" -"Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a " -"list of available channels." -msgstr "" -"Az adott csatorna értéke (0-100). A rendelkezésre álló csatornák listája a " -"'channels' paranccsal jeleníthető meg." +msgid "Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a list of available channels." +msgstr "Az adott csatorna értéke (0-100). A rendelkezésre álló csatornák listája a 'channels' paranccsal jeleníthető meg." # modules/inst_sw_details.ycp:112 # clients/inst_sw_details.ycp:196 @@ -297,11 +287,9 @@ "Enable or add an additional software repository containing the packages.\n" msgstr "" "A keresett csomag nem érhető el: %1\n" -"Lehet, hogy néhány hangeszköz nem működik megfelelően vagy néhány funkció " -"nem lesz támogatott.\n" +"Lehet, hogy néhány hangeszköz nem működik megfelelően vagy néhány funkció nem lesz támogatott.\n" "\n" -"Engedélyezzen vagy adjon hozzá új telepítési forrást, amely tartalmazza a " -"szükséges csomagot.\n" +"Engedélyezzen vagy adjon hozzá új telepítési forrást, amely tartalmazza a szükséges csomagot.\n" # clients/lan_complex.ycp:347 #. creates summary table with card labels and thier states @@ -611,15 +599,11 @@ #. help text - mixer setting #: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:377 msgid "" -"With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected " -"sound card. \n" -"Press Next to save your volume settings, press Back to restore " -"the original settings." +"With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected sound card. \n" +"Press Next to save your volume settings, press Back to restore the original settings." msgstr "" -"Ebben a párbeszédablakban állítható be a kiválasztott hangkártya " -"hangereje, minden csatornához. \n" -"A beállított értékek mentéséhez nyomja meg a Következő, a módosított " -"értékek visszaállításához pedig a Vissza gombot." +"Ebben a párbeszédablakban állítható be a kiválasztott hangkártya hangereje, minden csatornához. \n" +"A beállított értékek mentéséhez nyomja meg a Következő, a módosított értékek visszaállításához pedig a Vissza gombot." #. dialog header, %1 = card id (number), %2 = name #: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:385 @@ -850,8 +834,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Ha most nem szeretné beállítani a hangerőt vagy egyéb más opciókat,\n" -"válassza ki a Gyors automatikus beállítást. A hangerőt és a " -"beállításokat később\n" +"válassza ki a Gyors automatikus beállítást. A hangerőt és a beállításokat később\n" "is megváltoztathatja.\n" "\n" @@ -866,8 +849,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Ha most nem szeretné beállítani a hangerőt vagy egyéb más opciókat,\n" -"válassza ki a Gyors automatikus beállítást. A hangerőt és az opciókat " -"később\n" +"válassza ki a Gyors automatikus beállítást. A hangerőt és az opciókat később\n" "is megváltoztathatja.\n" "\n" @@ -896,8 +878,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Kézzel válassza ki a beállítani kívánt hangkártyát. Egy\n" -"konkrét hangkártya megkereséséhez adja meg a hangkártya nevét a " -"keresőmezőben.\n" +"konkrét hangkártya megkereséséhez adja meg a hangkártya nevét a keresőmezőben.\n" #. help text - sound card selection 2/2 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:84 @@ -908,8 +889,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Válassza ki az Összes lehetőséget az összes támogatott " -"hangkártyatípus listájának megtekintéséhez.\n" +"Válassza ki az Összes lehetőséget az összes támogatott hangkártyatípus listájának megtekintéséhez.\n" "\n" #. help text - which sound card to configure 1/2 @@ -933,10 +913,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ha a lista tartalmaz automatikusan felismert (és még be nem állított) " -"kártyákat, válasszon\n" -"ki egyet, és állítsa be. Ellenkező esetben használja a Kézi kiválasztás</" -"b>t.\n" +"Ha a lista tartalmaz automatikusan felismert (és még be nem állított) kártyákat, válasszon\n" +"ki egyet, és állítsa be. Ellenkező esetben használja a Kézi kiválasztást.\n" "\n" #. To reset the sound configuration these programs must be terminated @@ -980,8 +958,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" " \n" -"Válassza ki azt az opciót, amelyet be kíván állítani. A Beállítás " -"gombbal engedélyezi az új\n" +"Válassza ki azt az opciót, amelyet be kíván állítani. A Beállítás gombbal engedélyezi az új\n" "értéket. Ha ismertek a lehetséges értékek az adott opcióhoz, kiválaszthatja\n" "azt a Lehetséges érték kombinált mezőben. Visszaállíthat minden\n" "értéket a Visszaállítás gombbal. A számok megadhatók decimális vagy\n" @@ -1174,8 +1151,7 @@ "Configure.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"A hardverfelismerés új hangkártyát talált. Ennek beállításához válassza " -"ki\n" +"A hardverfelismerés új hangkártyát talált. Ennek beállításához válassza ki\n" "a megfelelő tételt a listáról és nyomja meg a Beállítás gombot.\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:234 @@ -1185,8 +1161,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Nyomja meg a Szerkesztés gombot a már telepített kártyák " -"beállításához.\n" +"Nyomja meg a Szerkesztés gombot a már telepített kártyák beállításához.\n" "\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:239 @@ -1236,10 +1211,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Használja az Egyéb beállításokat a kiválasztott hangkártya " -"hangerejének\n" -"beállításához, illetve a MIDI-fájlokat lejátszó modul beállításához " -"(Szekvenszer indítása).\n" +"Használja az Egyéb beállításokat a kiválasztott hangkártya hangerejének\n" +"beállításához, illetve a MIDI-fájlokat lejátszó modul beállításához (Szekvenszer indítása).\n" "A hangkártya kipróbálásához nyomja meg a Teszthang gombot.\n" "\n" @@ -1249,25 +1222,20 @@ "Use PulseAudio Configuration to enable or disable it.\n" msgstr "" "A PulseAudio démon hanglejátszásra használható,\n" -"a PulseAudio beállításában lehet ezt engedélyezni vagy letiltani.</" -"p>\n" +"a PulseAudio beállításában lehet ezt engedélyezni vagy letiltani.\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:273 msgid "" -"The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and " -"applications.\n" +"The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and applications.\n" "Use Other to set the selected sound device as the primary device." msgstr "" -"A nullás indexű hangeszköz a rendszer és az alkalmazások alapértelmezett " -"eszköze.\n" -"Az Egyéb gombbal jelölheti meg a kiválasztott hangeszközt elsődleges " -"eszközként." +"A nullás indexű hangeszköz a rendszer és az alkalmazások alapértelmezett eszköze.\n" +"Az Egyéb gombbal jelölheti meg a kiválasztott hangeszközt elsődleges eszközként." #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:276 msgid "" "The applications which use OSS (Open Sound System) can use the software\n" -"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> " -"to\n" +"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> to\n" "start the application." msgstr "" "Az OSS (Open Sound System) rendszert használó alkalmazások\n" @@ -1523,25 +1491,19 @@ #~ msgstr "Botkormány-beállítások mentése…" #~ msgid "USB joysticks do not need any configuration, just connect them." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az USB botkormány beállítása nem szükséges, csak csatlakoztatni kell." +#~ msgstr "Az USB botkormány beállítása nem szükséges, csak csatlakoztatni kell." #~ msgid "Joystick Configuration - %1" #~ msgstr "Botkormány beállítása - %1" #~ msgid "" #~ "In this dialog, specify your joystick type. If your\n" -#~ "joystick type is not in the list, select Generic Analog Joystick.</" -#~ "p>\n" -#~ "You will not find any USB joysticks here. If you have a USB device, " -#~ "just plug in the joystick and start using it.\n" +#~ "joystick type is not in the list, select Generic Analog Joystick.\n" +#~ "You will not find any USB joysticks here. If you have a USB device, just plug in the joystick and start using it.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ebben a párbeszédablakban adható meg a játékvezérlő típusa. Ha a\n" -#~ "botkormány típusa nincs a listában, válassza az Általános analóg " -#~ "botkormány típust.\n" -#~ "A listában USB-botkormányok nem szerepelnek. Ha USB-eszközzel " -#~ "rendelkezik, csak csatlakoztassa az eszközt, és az máris használható. </" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "botkormány típusa nincs a listában, válassza az Általános analóg botkormány típust.\n" +#~ "A listában USB-botkormányok nem szerepelnek. Ha USB-eszközzel rendelkezik, csak csatlakoztassa az eszközt, és az máris használható. \n" #~ msgid "&Select your joystick type:" #~ msgstr "&Válassza ki a botkormány típusát:" @@ -1570,19 +1532,11 @@ #~ msgid "%1 - Invalid configuration" #~ msgstr "%1 - Érvénytelen beállítás" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The configuration is not active - either the joystick is not connected or " -#~ "a wrong driver is used" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A beállítás nem aktív - a botkormány nincs csatlakoztatva vagy nem " -#~ "megfelelő az illesztőprogram" +#~ msgid "The configuration is not active - either the joystick is not connected or a wrong driver is used" +#~ msgstr "A beállítás nem aktív - a botkormány nincs csatlakoztatva vagy nem megfelelő az illesztőprogram" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press Edit to change the joystick driver or Delete to " -#~ "remove the configuration" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A botkormány illesztőprogram módosításához nyomja meg a Szerkesztés</" -#~ "b>, eltávolításához a Törlés gombot" +#~ msgid "Press Edit to change the joystick driver or Delete to remove the configuration" +#~ msgstr "A botkormány illesztőprogram módosításához nyomja meg a Szerkesztés, eltávolításához a Törlés gombot" #~ msgid "Axis %1" #~ msgstr "%1 tengely" @@ -1600,9 +1554,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Hangkártyák botkormány-támogatással" #~ msgid "To add an USB joystick close this dialog and just connect it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "USB botkormány hozzáadásához zárja be az ablakot és csatlakoztassa az " -#~ "eszközt." +#~ msgstr "USB botkormány hozzáadásához zárja be az ablakot és csatlakoztassa az eszközt." #~ msgid "&Configure joystick" #~ msgstr "&Botkormány beállítása" @@ -1619,12 +1571,8 @@ #~ msgid "Here is an overview of the detected joysticks." #~ msgstr "Felismert botkormányok áttekintése." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To configure a new joystick connected to a Gameport press Add " -#~ "button." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Egy új botkormány beállításához csatlakoztassa a Gameporthoz és nyomja " -#~ "meg a Hozzáad gombot." +#~ msgid "To configure a new joystick connected to a Gameport press Add button." +#~ msgstr "Egy új botkormány beállításához csatlakoztassa a Gameporthoz és nyomja meg a Hozzáad gombot." #~ msgid "Model" #~ msgstr "Típus" @@ -1636,12 +1584,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Csatlakoztatva ehhez:" #~ msgid "There is no soundcard with joystick support (gameport)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nem található botkormány támogatással rendelkező hangkártya (gameport)." +#~ msgstr "Nem található botkormány támogatással rendelkező hangkártya (gameport)." #~ msgid "There is no soundcard with unconfigured joystick." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nincs olyan hangkártya, amelyen be nem állított botkormány található." +#~ msgstr "Nincs olyan hangkártya, amelyen be nem állított botkormány található." #~ msgid "" #~ "The selected joystick configuration is not active.\n" @@ -1695,12 +1641,8 @@ #~ "A jelenlegi botkormány-beállítás eltávolításához, vagy ha\n" #~ "nincs botkormánya, válassza a Nincs botkormány pontot.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press Test to test the functionality of the selected joystick " -#~ "type." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kattintson a Teszt gombra a kiválasztott botkormány működésének " -#~ "ellenőrzéséhez." +#~ msgid "Press Test to test the functionality of the selected joystick type." +#~ msgstr "Kattintson a Teszt gombra a kiválasztott botkormány működésének ellenőrzéséhez." #~ msgid "" #~ "Note: Connect your joystick to your computer\n" @@ -1714,13 +1656,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Two or more sound cards in your system support joysticks.\n" -#~ "To configure a joystick, select the sound card and press Configure " -#~ "Joystick.\n" +#~ "To configure a joystick, select the sound card and press Configure Joystick.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ebben a rendszerben több hangkártya található, amely támogatja " -#~ "botkormány használatát.\n" -#~ "A botkormány beállításához válasszon ki egy hangkártyát, majd nyomja " -#~ "meg a Botkormány beállítása gombot.\n" +#~ "Ebben a rendszerben több hangkártya található, amely támogatja botkormány használatát.\n" +#~ "A botkormány beállításához válasszon ki egy hangkártyát, majd nyomja meg a Botkormány beállítása gombot.\n" #~ msgid "The configured cards do not support the joystick." #~ msgstr "A beállított kártyák nem támogatják a botkormányt." Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/squid.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/squid.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/squid.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -540,8 +540,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Az előkészítés megszakítása:</big> \n" -"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás</" -"b> gombbal.\n" +"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás gombbal.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42 @@ -562,8 +561,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Mentés megszakítása:</big> \n" "A Megszakítás gomb megnyomásával megszakíthatja a folyamatot.\n" -"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e " -"megtenni.\n" +"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e megtenni.\n" "\n" #. Summary dialog help @@ -605,9 +603,7 @@ #. Cache Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Refresh Patterns define how Squid treats the objects in the cache." -"\n" +msgid "Refresh Patterns define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.\n" msgstr "" "A Frissítési minták határozza meg,\n" "hogyan kezeli a Squid a gyorsítótárban lévő objektumokat.\n" @@ -625,8 +621,7 @@ "Min determines how long (in minutes) an object should be\n" "considered fresh if no explicit expiry time is given.\n" msgstr "" -"A Min meghatározza, hogy egy objektum hány percig kezelendő " -"frissként,\n" +"A Min meghatározza, hogy egy objektum hány percig kezelendő frissként,\n" "ha a lejárati idő nincs kifejezetten megadva.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:79 @@ -649,30 +644,20 @@ #. Cache 2 Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 -msgid "" -"Cache memory defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for " -"objects." -msgstr "" -"A Gyorsítótár-memória megadja az objektumokhoz használandó memória " -"ideális mennyiségét." +msgid "Cache memory defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for objects." +msgstr "A Gyorsítótár-memória megadja az objektumokhoz használandó memória ideális mennyiségét." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "Max Object Size defines the maximum size for objects to be stored\n" "on the disk. Objects larger than this size will not be saved on disk.\n" -msgstr "" -"A Max objektumméret megadja a lemezen tárolandó objektumok " -"maximális méretét. Az ennél a méretnél nagyobb objektumok nem kerülnek " -"mentésre a lemezen.\n" +msgstr "A Max objektumméret megadja a lemezen tárolandó objektumok maximális méretét. Az ennél a méretnél nagyobb objektumok nem kerülnek mentésre a lemezen.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "Min Object Size specifies the minimum size for objects. Smaller \n" "objects will not be saved to the disk.\n" -msgstr "" -"A Min objektumméret megadja a lemezen tárolandó objektumok " -"minimális méretét, amely alatti objektumok nem kerülnek mentésre a lemezen.</" -"p>\n" +msgstr "A Min objektumméret megadja a lemezen tárolandó objektumok minimális méretét, amely alatti objektumok nem kerülnek mentésre a lemezen.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:97 msgid "" @@ -685,20 +670,16 @@ msgstr "" "A csere akkor kezdődik, ha a swap (lemez) használat a Swap alsó\n" "küszöbértéke felett van és megpróbálja a kihasználtságot a Swap alsó\n" -"küszöbértéke közelében tartani. A swap kihasználtságának közeledésével " -"a\n" +"küszöbértéke közelében tartani. A swap kihasználtságának közeledésével a\n" "Swap felső küszöbértékéhez az objektumok cseréje egyre agresszívabbá\n" -"válik. Ha a kihasználtság a Swap alsó küszöbértéke közelébe kerül, " -"akkor\n" +"válik. Ha a kihasználtság a Swap alsó küszöbértéke közelébe kerül, akkor\n" "alkalmanként kevesebb csere kerül végrehajtásra.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 msgid "" -"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be " -"replaced\n" +"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be replaced\n" "when disk space is needed.\n" -"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement " -"in\n" +"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement in\n" "memory when space for new objects is not available.\n" "Policies could be:\n" "<table>\n" @@ -721,11 +702,9 @@ "</table>\n" "" msgstr "" -"A Gyorsítótár ürítésének rendje megadja, hogy mely objektumok " -"kerüljenek\n" +"A Gyorsítótár ürítésének rendje megadja, hogy mely objektumok kerüljenek\n" "cserére, ha lemezterületre van szükség.\n" -"A Memória ürítésének rendje megadja az objektumcsere rendjét a " -"memóriában,\n" +"A Memória ürítésének rendje megadja az objektumcsere rendjét a memóriában,\n" "ha az új objektumoknak nem áll rendelkezésre terület.\n" "A rendek a következők lehetnek:\n" "<table>\n" @@ -750,51 +729,33 @@ #. Cache Directory #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Directory Name defines a top-level directory where cache swap " -"files will be stored." -msgstr "" -"A Könyvtárnév megadja azt a felső szintű könyvtárat, amelyben a " -"gyorsítótár swap fájljai tárolásra kerülnek." +msgid "Directory Name defines a top-level directory where cache swap files will be stored." +msgstr "A Könyvtárnév megadja azt a felső szintű könyvtárat, amelyben a gyorsítótár swap fájljai tárolásra kerülnek." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 -msgid "" -"Size defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this " -"directory." -msgstr "" -"A Méret megadja a könyvtár alatt használandó lemezterületet (MB-" -"ban)." +msgid "Size defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this directory." +msgstr "A Méret megadja a könyvtár alatt használandó lemezterületet (MB-ban)." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level " -"subdirectories, \n" +"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level subdirectories, \n" "which will be created under the Directory Name directory.\n" -msgstr "" -"Az 1. szintű könyvtárak megadja a Könyvtárnév könyvtár " -"alatt létrehozandó első szintű alkönyvtárak számát.\n" +msgstr "Az 1. szintű könyvtárak megadja a Könyvtárnév könyvtár alatt létrehozandó első szintű alkönyvtárak számát.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 msgid "" -"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level " -"subdirectories,\n" +"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level subdirectories,\n" "which will be created under each first-level directory.\n" -msgstr "" -"A 2. szintű könyvtárak megadja az egyes 1. szintű könyvtárak alatt " -"létrehozandó második szintű alkönyvtárak számát.\n" +msgstr "A 2. szintű könyvtárak megadja az egyes 1. szintű könyvtárak alatt létrehozandó második szintű alkönyvtárak számát.\n" #. ACL Groups #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 -msgid "" -"Access to the Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." -msgstr "" -"A Squid kiszolgáló elérése az ACL csoportok segítségével " -"felügyelhető." +msgid "Access to the Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." +msgstr "A Squid kiszolgáló elérése az ACL csoportok segítségével felügyelhető." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group " -"depends\n" +"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group depends\n" "on the particular type.\n" msgstr "" "Az ACL csoport különböző típusokkal és a tőle függő ACL csoport\n" @@ -802,68 +763,48 @@ #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 msgid "" -"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to " -"ACL Groups.\n" -"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be " -"allowed\n" +"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\n" +"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\n" "or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.\n" msgstr "" -"A Hozzáférési (ACL) tábla engedélyezhet vagy megtilthat ACL " -"csoportokat.\n" -"Ha egy sorban több ACL csoport található, annak jelentése, hogy a hozzáférés " -"azok\n" -"számára engedélyezett vagy tiltott, akik egyszerre az összes ACL csoport " -"tagjai.\n" +"A Hozzáférési (ACL) tábla engedélyezhet vagy megtilthat ACL csoportokat.\n" +"Ha egy sorban több ACL csoport található, annak jelentése, hogy a hozzáférés azok\n" +"számára engedélyezett vagy tiltott, akik egyszerre az összes ACL csoport tagjai.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "The Access Control table is checked in the order listed here.\n" "The first matching entry is used.\n" msgstr "" -"A Hozzáférési (ACL) tábla az itt felsorolt sorrendben kerül " -"ellenőrzésre.\n" +"A Hozzáférési (ACL) tábla az itt felsorolt sorrendben kerül ellenőrzésre.\n" "Az első megfelelő bejegyzés kerül felhasználásra.\n" #. Logging and Timeouts Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Access Log defines the file in which client activities are logged." -"" -msgstr "" -"A Hozzáférési napló megadja azt a fájlt, amelybe a " -"klienstevékenységeket naplózni kell." +msgid "Access Log defines the file in which client activities are logged." +msgstr "A Hozzáférési napló megadja azt a fájlt, amelybe a klienstevékenységeket naplózni kell." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 msgid "" -"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about " -"your\n" +"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about your\n" "cache's behavior is logged.\n" -msgstr "" -"A Gyorsítótárnapló megadja azt a fájlt, amelybe a gyorsítótár " -"viselkedésével kapcsolatos általános információkat naplózni kell.\n" +msgstr "A Gyorsítótárnapló megadja azt a fájlt, amelybe a gyorsítótár viselkedésével kapcsolatos általános információkat naplózni kell.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of " -"all\n" -"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an " -"object\n" +"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of all\n" +"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an object\n" "gets deleted. This option can be left empty.\n" msgstr "" -"A Gyorsítótár tárolási napló megadja az objektumtárolóban tárolt " -"összes\n" -"objektum tranzakciónaplójának helyét, valamint az objektum törlési idejét. " -"Ez a\n" +"A Gyorsítótár tárolási napló megadja az objektumtárolóban tárolt összes\n" +"objektum tranzakciónaplójának helyét, valamint az objektum törlési idejét. Ez a\n" "beállítás üresen hagyható.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "With Emulate httpd Log specify that Squid writes its\n" "Access Log in HTTPD common log file format.\n" -msgstr "" -"A Httpd napló emulálása lehetővé teszi annak megadását, hogy a " -"Squid a Hozzáférési naplóját a HTTPD általános naplóformátumába írja." -"\n" +msgstr "A Httpd napló emulálása lehetővé teszi annak megadását, hogy a Squid a Hozzáférési naplóját a HTTPD általános naplóformátumába írja.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:174 msgid "" @@ -877,18 +818,14 @@ msgid "" "Client Lifetime defines the maximum amount of time that a client\n" "(browser) is allowed to remain connected to the cache process." -msgstr "" -"A Kliens élettartama megadja azt a legnagyobb időtartamot, amíg " -"egy kliens (böngésző) kapcsolódva maradhat a gyorsítótár-folyamathoz." +msgstr "A Kliens élettartama megadja azt a legnagyobb időtartamot, amíg egy kliens (böngésző) kapcsolódva maradhat a gyorsítótár-folyamathoz." #. Miscellaneous Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "Administrator's email is the address which will be added to any\n" "error pages that are displayed to clients. Defaults to webmaster.\n" -msgstr "" -"Az Adminisztrátor e-mail címe a klienseknek megjelenített minden " -"hibaoldalon megjelenik. Alapértelmezésben a webmesterek egyikének címe.\n" +msgstr "Az Adminisztrátor e-mail címe a klienseknek megjelenített minden hibaoldalon megjelenik. Alapértelmezésben a webmesterek egyikének címe.\n" #. table cell #: src/include/squid/inits.rb:73 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:55 @@ -1037,15 +974,12 @@ "delete all of its occurrences in Access Control table." msgstr "" "Amennyiben meg akarja változtatni az ACL-csoport nevét,\n" -"akkor törölje le az összes erre való hivatkozást a hozzáférési (ACL) " -"táblában." +"akkor törölje le az összes erre való hivatkozást a hozzáférési (ACL) táblában." #. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 -msgid "" -"If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" -msgstr "" -"Az ACL csoport nevének módosítása a következő beállításokat is érintheti: \n" +msgid "If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" +msgstr "Az ACL csoport nevének módosítása a következő beállításokat is érintheti: \n" #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474 msgid "Change name anyway" @@ -1387,12 +1321,8 @@ msgstr "Céltartomány" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 -msgid "" -"This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the " -"origin server is located." -msgstr "" -"Ez a céltartományt jelenti, pl. azt a forrástartományt, ahol az eredeti " -"kiszolgáló van." +msgid "This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the origin server is located." +msgstr "Ez a céltartományt jelenti, pl. azt a forrástartományt, ahol az eredeti kiszolgáló van." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 msgid "Matches the client domain name." @@ -1448,15 +1378,11 @@ #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:208 msgid "Matches using a regular expression on the complete URL." -msgstr "" -"A reguláris kifejezések használatával keres illeszkedést a teljes URL-ben." +msgstr "A reguláris kifejezések használatával keres illeszkedést a teljes URL-ben." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 -msgid "" -"Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" -msgstr "" -"Az URL útvonalra keres illeszkedést, a protokoll-, port- és gépnév-" -"információk nélkül" +msgid "Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" +msgstr "Az URL útvonalra keres illeszkedést, a protokoll-, port- és gépnév-információk nélkül" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 msgid "port" @@ -1510,12 +1436,8 @@ msgstr "Ez a típus illeszkedik a kérés fejlécében található HTTP-módra." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 -msgid "" -"A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the " -"user agent header." -msgstr "" -"Reguláris kifejezés, amely illeszkedik a kliens ügynökfejlécben található " -"böngészőtípusára." +msgid "A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the user agent header." +msgstr "Reguláris kifejezés, amely illeszkedik a kliens ügynökfejlécben található böngészőtípusára." # clients/printconf_ask_device.ycp:192 #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 @@ -1523,12 +1445,8 @@ msgstr "HTTP-kapcsolatok maximális száma" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 -msgid "" -"Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of " -"HTTP connections established." -msgstr "" -"Akkor illeszkedik, ha a kliens IP címe a megadott számúnál több létrehozott " -"HTTP kapcsolattal rendelkezik." +msgid "Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of HTTP connections established." +msgstr "Akkor illeszkedik, ha a kliens IP címe a megadott számúnál több létrehozott HTTP kapcsolattal rendelkezik." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 msgid "Matches Referer header." @@ -1548,13 +1466,11 @@ #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 msgid "" -"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. " -"Can\n" +"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. Can\n" "be used to detect file download or some types of HTTP tunnelling requests.\n" msgstr "" "A squid által kapott válasz mime típusára illeszkedő reguláris kifejezés.\n" -"Segítségével felismerhetők a fájlletöltések vagy egyes HTTP alagutazási " -"(tunneling) kérések.\n" +"Segítségével felismerhetők a fájlletöltések vagy egyes HTTP alagutazási (tunneling) kérések.\n" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358 msgid "Match the mime type of the request generated by the client." @@ -1574,14 +1490,16 @@ msgid "Ethernet (MAC) address matching." msgstr "Ethernet (MAC) cím egyezés." +# src/trans.h:281 src/trans.h:318 #. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "afrikaans" +# src/trans.h:283 #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "arab" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 msgid "Armenian" @@ -1630,9 +1548,10 @@ msgid "Estonian" msgstr "észt" +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1320 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1971 #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "perzsa" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 msgid "Finnish" @@ -1650,9 +1569,10 @@ msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "magyar" +# src/trans.h:302 #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "indonéz" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" @@ -1666,9 +1586,10 @@ msgid "Korean" msgstr "koreai" +# src/trans.h:289 #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "lett" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" @@ -1676,7 +1597,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "maláj" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 msgid "Dutch" @@ -1740,7 +1661,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" -msgstr "" +msgstr "thai" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" @@ -1754,11 +1675,12 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" -msgstr "" +msgstr "üzbég" +# src/trans.h:270 #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" -msgstr "" +msgstr "vietnami" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/sshd.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/sshd.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/sshd.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ #. Table header #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Szám" #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Sshd" @@ -460,16 +460,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Maximum Authentication Tries \n" -#~ "Specifies the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per " -#~ "connection.\n" -#~ "Once the number of failures reaches half this value, additional failures " -#~ "are logged." +#~ "Specifies the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per connection.\n" +#~ "Once the number of failures reaches half this value, additional failures are logged." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Maximális hitelesítési próbálkozás \n" -#~ "Beállítható, hogy egy kapcsolat maximálisan hányszor próbálkozhat " -#~ "hitelesítéssel.\n" -#~ "Amennyiben a sikertelen hitelesítések száma eléri ennek az értéknek a " -#~ "felét, akkor a további sikertelen hitelesítések naplózásra kerülnek." +#~ "Beállítható, hogy egy kapcsolat maximálisan hányszor próbálkozhat hitelesítéssel.\n" +#~ "Amennyiben a sikertelen hitelesítések száma eléri ennek az értéknek a felét, akkor a további sikertelen hitelesítések naplózásra kerülnek." #~ msgid "" #~ "RSA Authentication \n" @@ -486,8 +482,7 @@ #~ "This option applies to protocol version 2 only." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nyilvános kulcsú hitelesítés \n" -#~ "Itt állíthatja be, hogy milyen nyilvános kulcsú hitelesítés " -#~ "engedélyezett.\n" +#~ "Itt állíthatja be, hogy milyen nyilvános kulcsú hitelesítés engedélyezett.\n" #~ "Ez a beállítás csak a v.2 protokollnál alkalmazható." #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/storage.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/storage.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/storage.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -41,13 +41,10 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"Csak akkor használja ezt a programot, ha jártas a merevlemezek " -"particionálásában.\n" +"Csak akkor használja ezt a programot, ha jártas a merevlemezek particionálásában.\n" "\n" -"Soha ne particionáljon olyan merevlemezt, amelyik bármilyen módon éppen " -"használatban van\n" -"(csatolt fájlrendszer, aktív cserepartíció stb.), hacsak nem pontosan " -"tudja,\n" +"Soha ne particionáljon olyan merevlemezt, amelyik bármilyen módon éppen használatban van\n" +"(csatolt fájlrendszer, aktív cserepartíció stb.), hacsak nem pontosan tudja,\n" "hogy mit csinál. Ez esetben ugyanis a partíciós tábla megváltozásáról nem\n" "értesül a kernel, ami a legtöbbször adatvesztéssel jár.\n" "\n" @@ -193,8 +190,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." -msgstr "" -"Nem áll rendelkezésre elegendő hely a lemezen külön /home partíció számára." +msgstr "Nem áll rendelkezésre elegendő hely a lemezen külön /home partíció számára." #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" @@ -418,8 +414,7 @@ "\n" "Adja meg a Linux telepítésnek szánt helyet.\n" "Ezen a helyen belül a YaST automatikusan\n" -"létrehozza a szükséges partíciókat, az &product; termék igényének " -"megfelelően.\n" +"létrehozza a szükséges partíciókat, az &product; termék igényének megfelelően.\n" "\n" #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued @@ -697,10 +692,8 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"Nem található merevlemez. Ha van, használja a frissítő CD-t a telepítéshez." +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "Nem található merevlemez. Ha van, használja a frissítő CD-t a telepítéshez." # modules/inst_target_selection.ycp:149 #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on @@ -832,8 +825,7 @@ "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." msgstr "" "A /home partíció nem lett megformázva. A telepítést követően\n" -"ellenőrizze, hogy a saját (home) könyvtár tulajdonosa megfelelően van-e " -"beállítva." +"ellenőrizze, hogy a saját (home) könyvtár tulajdonosa megfelelően van-e beállítva." # modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:608 #. label text @@ -964,8 +956,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Megjegyzés: Ha egy olyan területet választ, ami nem üres-nek van " -"jelölve,\n" +"Megjegyzés: Ha egy olyan területet választ, ami nem üres-nek van jelölve,\n" "akkor a rajta lévő adatok elveszhetnek. Ez akár egy másik operációs\n" "rendszert is befolyásolhat.\n" "" @@ -1003,8 +994,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"A kiválasztott merevlemezt valószínűleg a Windows használja. Nincs elég " -"hely\n" +"A kiválasztott merevlemezt valószínűleg a Windows használja. Nincs elég hely\n" "az &product; számára. Két lehetősége van a szükséges hely megteremtéséhez:\n" "- a Windows partíció törlése,\n" "- a Windows partíció csökkentése.\n" @@ -1076,10 +1066,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "FAT partíciót kíván csatolni a következő\n" -"csatolási pontok egyikére: /, /usr, /home, /opt vagy /var. Ez nagyon gyakran " -"problémákhoz vezethet.\n" -"Használjon ext3, vagy ext4 Linux fájlrendszert ezekhez a csatolási " -"pontokhoz.\n" +"csatolási pontok egyikére: /, /usr, /home, /opt vagy /var. Ez nagyon gyakran problémákhoz vezethet.\n" +"Használjon ext3, vagy ext4 Linux fájlrendszert ezekhez a csatolási pontokhoz.\n" "\n" "Valóban ezt a beállítást kívánja használni?\n" @@ -1094,8 +1082,7 @@ msgstr "" "FAT partíciót kíván csatolni a /boot csatolási pontra.\n" "Ez nagyon gyakran problémákhoz vezethet.\n" -"Használjon ext3, vagy ext4 Linux fájlrendszert ezekhez a csatolási " -"pontokhoz.\n" +"Használjon ext3, vagy ext4 Linux fájlrendszert ezekhez a csatolási pontokhoz.\n" "\n" "Valóban ezt a beállítást kívánja használni?\n" @@ -1110,8 +1097,7 @@ msgstr "" "Egy Btrfs partíciót kíván csatolni a /boot csatolási pontra.\n" "Ez nagyon gyakran problémákhoz vezethet.\n" -"Használjon ext3, vagy ext4 Linux fájlrendszert ezekhez a csatolási " -"pontokhoz.\n" +"Használjon ext3, vagy ext4 Linux fájlrendszert ezekhez a csatolási pontokhoz.\n" "\n" "Valóban ezt a beállítást kívánja használni?\n" @@ -1193,8 +1179,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Figyelem: A jelenlegi beállítás szerint a rendszert a\n" -"gyökérpartícióról (/) kívánja indítani, amely a(z) %1 cilinderen túl ér " -"véget.\n" +"gyökérpartícióról (/) kívánja indítani, amely a(z) %1 cilinderen túl ér véget.\n" "Úgy tűnik, hogy a gépe BIOS-a nem támogatja a rendszerindítást\n" "a(z) %1. cilinderen túlról. Ez azt jelenti, hogy %2 rendszere\n" "valószínűleg nem lesz közvetlenül indítható.\n" @@ -1244,8 +1229,7 @@ "nem lesz közvetlenül indítható, mivel nincs\n" "FAT partíciója a(z) %1 ponthoz csatolva.\n" "\n" -"Ez komoly problémákat jelenthet szokványos rendszerindítási összeállítások " -"esetén.\n" +"Ez komoly problémákat jelenthet szokványos rendszerindítási összeállítások esetén.\n" "\n" "Ha nem tudja pontosan, hogy mit csinál, használjon inkább egy szokványos\n" "FAT partíciót a(z) %1 alatti fájlokhoz.\n" @@ -1290,8 +1274,7 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1299,8 +1282,7 @@ "\n" "Nem hozott létre cserepartíciót.\n" "A legtöbb esetben javasolt a cserepartíció létrehozása és használata.\n" -"A létező cserepartíciók a főablakban a \"Linux Swap\", az aktív " -"cserepartíció\n" +"A létező cserepartíciók a főablakban a \"Linux Swap\", az aktív cserepartíció\n" "pedig a \"swap\" csatolási pont alatt található.\n" "Szükség esetén több cserepartíciót is létrehozhat illetve aktiválhat.\n" "\n" @@ -1335,13 +1317,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "Amennyiben ezekben a pontokban nem biztos, jobb, ha visszalép és kijelöli\n" -"a partíciót formázásra -- főleg, ha egy szabványos csatolási pontról van " -"szó,\n" +"a partíciót formázásra -- főleg, ha egy szabványos csatolási pontról van szó,\n" "mint a /, /boot, /opt vagy /var.\n" #. continued popup text @@ -1410,25 +1390,20 @@ "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" -"A(z) %1 eszköz nem távolítható el, mert ez egy logikai partíció és egy " -"magasabb számmal rendelkező\n" +"A(z) %1 eszköz nem távolítható el, mert ez egy logikai partíció és egy magasabb számmal rendelkező\n" "másik logikai partíció használatban van.\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"A kiválasztott kiterjesztett partíció tartalmaz jelenleg felcsatolt " -"partíciókat:\n" +"A kiválasztott kiterjesztett partíció tartalmaz jelenleg felcsatolt partíciókat:\n" "%1\n" -"Erősen ajánlott lecsatolni ezeket a partíciókat, mielőtt törli a " -"kiterjesztett partíciót.\n" +"Erősen ajánlott lecsatolni ezeket a partíciókat, mielőtt törli a kiterjesztett partíciót.\n" "Válassza a megszakítást, kivéve ha pontosan tudja, hogy mit csinál.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1597,31 +1572,25 @@ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Csatolása az /etc/fstab fájlban:\n" -"Rendszerint az /etc/fstab fájlban az egyes eszközök az eszköznév alapján " -"kerülnek\n" -"csatolásra. Ezt megváltoztathatja úgy, hogy a csatolandó fájlrendszer UUID " -"vagy\n" +"Rendszerint az /etc/fstab fájlban az egyes eszközök az eszköznév alapján kerülnek\n" +"csatolásra. Ezt megváltoztathatja úgy, hogy a csatolandó fájlrendszer UUID vagy\n" "kötetnév alapján automatikus csatolásra kerüljön.\n" -"Azonban nem lehet minden fájlrendszert UUID illetve kötetnév alapján " -"csatolni.\n" +"Azonban nem lehet minden fájlrendszert UUID illetve kötetnév alapján csatolni.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Kötetnév: \n" -"Az itt megadott név lesz a kötetnév. Ennek általában akkor van jelentősége, " -"ha \n" +"Az itt megadott név lesz a kötetnév. Ennek általában akkor van jelentősége, ha \n" "a kötetnév szerinti csatolást választotta.\n" "Kötetnévben nem használhat / és szóköz karaktereket.\n" @@ -1766,8 +1735,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "A partíción lévő fájlrendszer méretét a YaST nem tudja csökkenteni.\n" -"Jelenleg csak a fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 és reiser fájlrendszereknél lehetséges " -"a méret csökkentése." +"Jelenleg csak a fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 és reiser fájlrendszereknél lehetséges a méret csökkentése." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1308 @@ -1778,8 +1746,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "A logikai köteten lévő fájlrendszer méretét a YaST nem tudja csökkenteni.\n" -"Jelenleg csak a fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 és reiser fájlrendszereknél lehetséges " -"a méret csökkentése." +"Jelenleg csak a fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 és reiser fájlrendszereknél lehetséges a méret csökkentése." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1320 @@ -1807,8 +1774,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "A partíción lévő fájlrendszer méretét a YaST nem tudja megnövelni.\n" -"Jelenleg csak a fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs és reiser fájlrendszereknél " -"lehetséges a fájlrendszer növelése." +"Jelenleg csak a fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs és reiser fájlrendszereknél lehetséges a fájlrendszer növelése." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353 @@ -1819,8 +1785,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "A logikai köteten lévő fájlrendszer méretét a YaST nem tudja megnövelni.\n" -"Jelenleg csak a fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs és reiser fájlrendszereknél " -"lehetséges a fájlrendszer növelése." +"Jelenleg csak a fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs és reiser fájlrendszereknél lehetséges a fájlrendszer növelése." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361 msgid "Continue resizing?" @@ -1874,14 +1839,12 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "A kiválasztott eszköz a következő csatolt partíciókat tartalmazza:\n" "%1\n" -"Határozottan javasoljuk, hogy csatolja le ezeket a partíciókat, mielőtt a " -"partíciós tábla törlésre kerül.\n" +"Határozottan javasoljuk, hogy csatolja le ezeket a partíciókat, mielőtt a partíciós tábla törlésre kerül.\n" "Csak akkor hagyja ezt figyelmen kívül, ha pontosan tudja, hogy mit tesz.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -2033,8 +1996,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Vegye figyelembe, hogy a fájlrendszer csak addig van védve, amíg nincs " -"felcsatolva.\n" +"Vegye figyelembe, hogy a fájlrendszer csak addig van védve, amíg nincs felcsatolva.\n" "Felcsatolást követően a fájlrendszer ugyanannyira lesz védett, \n" "mint bármely egyéb Linux-fájlrendszer.\n" "\n" @@ -2044,18 +2006,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ez a csatolási pont egy ideiglenes fájlrendszerre hivatkozik, mint például " -"a /tmp vagy a /var/tmp.\n" -"A titkosítási jelszó üresen hagyható. Ebben az esetben a rendszer induláskor " -"egy\n" +"Ez a csatolási pont egy ideiglenes fájlrendszerre hivatkozik, mint például a /tmp vagy a /var/tmp.\n" +"A titkosítási jelszó üresen hagyható. Ebben az esetben a rendszer induláskor egy\n" "véletlen jelszót fog generálni. Ez azt jelenti, hogy a rendszer\n" "lekapcsolásakor az ilyen fájlrendszereken található minden adat elvész.\n" "\n" @@ -2066,18 +2025,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ha elfelejti a jelszót, SOHA TÖBBÉ nem fog tudni hozzáférni a fájlrendszeren " -"tárolt\n" -"adatokhoz. Kérjük, válassza meg jelszavát körültekintően (lehetőleg számok " -"és betűk kombinálásával).\n" +"Ha elfelejti a jelszót, SOHA TÖBBÉ nem fog tudni hozzáférni a fájlrendszeren tárolt\n" +"adatokhoz. Kérjük, válassza meg jelszavát körültekintően (lehetőleg számok és betűk kombinálásával).\n" "A jelszó ellenőrzéséhez, valamint egy esetleges elírás kizárásához kétszer\n" "kell megadni a jelszót.\n" "\n" @@ -2088,16 +2044,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Különbséget kell tennie kis- és nagybetűk között. A jelszónak legalább %1\n" -"karakterből kell állnia és lehetőség szerint ne tartalmazzon ékezetes " -"betűt.\n" +"karakterből kell állnia és lehetőség szerint ne tartalmazzon ékezetes betűt.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued @@ -2143,8 +2097,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" @@ -2217,8 +2170,7 @@ "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" "Azt választotta, hogy automatikusan NE csatolódjon egy olyan fájlrendszer\n" -"rendszerindításkor, ami tartalmazhat az alaprendszer működéséhez szükséges " -"fájlokat.\n" +"rendszerindításkor, ami tartalmazhat az alaprendszer működéséhez szükséges fájlokat.\n" "\n" "Ez problémához vezethet.\n" "\n" @@ -2248,8 +2200,7 @@ "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" "Azt választotta, hogy felhasználók által is fel- lecsatolható legyen egy\n" -"fájlrendszer, ami olyan fájlokat tartalmazhat, melyeknek futtathatóknak kell " -"lenniük.\n" +"fájlrendszer, ami olyan fájlokat tartalmazhat, melyeknek futtathatóknak kell lenniük.\n" "\n" "Ez általában problémához vezet.\n" "\n" @@ -2285,17 +2236,13 @@ "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"FAT fájlrendszert kíván használni alap csatolási ponthoz (/, /usr, /opt, /" -"var, /home).\n" +"FAT fájlrendszert kíván használni alap csatolási ponthoz (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "Ez nem lehetséges." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"Érvénytelen karakter a csatolási pontban. Ne használja a \"`'!\"%#\" " -"karaktereket a csatolási pont nevében." +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "Érvénytelen karakter a csatolási pontban. Ne használja a \"`'!\"%#\" karaktereket a csatolási pont nevében." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268 @@ -2303,9 +2250,7 @@ "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" "/var/adm/mnt\n" -msgstr "" -"Az alábbi csatolási pontokat nem használhatja:/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /" -"lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,/var/adm/mnt\n" +msgstr "Az alábbi csatolási pontokat nem használhatja:/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,/var/adm/mnt\n" #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:277 @@ -2379,8 +2324,7 @@ "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -"Megpróbálhatja lecsatolni most, folytathatja lecsatolás nélkül vagy " -"megszakíthatja a műveletet\n" +"Megpróbálhatja lecsatolni most, folytathatja lecsatolás nélkül vagy megszakíthatja a műveletet\n" "Nyomja meg a Mégsem gombot, ha nem biztos benne, hogy mi történik." #. button text @@ -2400,13 +2344,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Nem lehetséges a fájlrendszer méretét csökkenteni, amíg az fel van csatolva." +msgstr "Nem lehetséges a fájlrendszer méretét csökkenteni, amíg az fel van csatolva." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Nem lehetséges a fájlrendszer méretét növelni, amíg az fel van csatolva." +msgstr "Nem lehetséges a fájlrendszer méretét növelni, amíg az fel van csatolva." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." @@ -2516,8 +2458,7 @@ "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" msgstr "" -"Az iSCSI-beállítások újraolvasása érvényteleníti az összes jelenlegi " -"módosítást. \n" +"Az iSCSI-beállítások újraolvasása érvényteleníti az összes jelenlegi módosítást. \n" "Valóban újraolvassa az iSCSI-beállításokat?" #. popup text @@ -2535,8 +2476,7 @@ "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" -"A többutas beállítások újraolvasása érvényteleníti az összes jelenlegi " -"módosítást. \n" +"A többutas beállítások újraolvasása érvényteleníti az összes jelenlegi módosítást. \n" "Valóban újraolvassa a többutas beállításokat?\n" #. popup text @@ -2545,8 +2485,7 @@ "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" msgstr "" -"A DASD-beállítások újraolvasása érvényteleníti az összes jelenlegi " -"módosítást. \n" +"A DASD-beállítások újraolvasása érvényteleníti az összes jelenlegi módosítást. \n" "Valóban újraolvassa a DASD-beállításokat?" #. popup text @@ -2555,8 +2494,7 @@ "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" msgstr "" -"A zFCP-beállítások újraolvasása érvényteleníti az összes jelenlegi " -"módosítást. \n" +"A zFCP-beállítások újraolvasása érvényteleníti az összes jelenlegi módosítást. \n" "Valóban újraolvassa a zFCP-beállításokat?" #. popup text @@ -2565,8 +2503,7 @@ "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" msgstr "" -"Az XPRAM-beállítások újraolvasása érvényteleníti az összes jelenlegi " -"módosítást. \n" +"Az XPRAM-beállítások újraolvasása érvényteleníti az összes jelenlegi módosítást. \n" "Valóban újraolvassa az XPRAM-beállításokat?" #. dialog title @@ -2843,10 +2780,11 @@ msgid "Choose the role of the device." msgstr "" +# clients/lan_manual.ycp:213 clients/lan_manual.ycp:228 clients/lan_manual.ycp:263 #. radio button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 msgid "Operating System" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Operációs rendszer" #. radio button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 @@ -2882,13 +2820,9 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" -msgstr "" -"Amennyiben a köteten titkosítani szeretné az adatait, akkor kapcsolja be " -"az Eszköz titkosítása beállítást. A titkosítás módosítása a meglévő " -"köteten törli az azon található összes adatot.\n" +msgstr "Amennyiben a köteten titkosítani szeretné az adatait, akkor kapcsolja be az Eszköz titkosítása beállítást. A titkosítás módosítása a meglévő köteten törli az azon található összes adatot.\n" # modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:256 #. helptext @@ -2898,8 +2832,7 @@ "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" "Ezt követően válassza ki, hogy a partíció\n" -"fel legyen-e csatolva, és adja meg a csatolási pontot (/, /boot, /var stb.)." -"" +"fel legyen-e csatolva, és adja meg a csatolási pontot (/, /boot, /var stb.)." # include/rc_dialogs.ycp:675 #. set globals @@ -2980,8 +2913,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Vegye figyelembe, hogy a fájlrendszer csak addig van védve, amíg nincs " -"felcsatolva.\n" +"Vegye figyelembe, hogy a fájlrendszer csak addig van védve, amíg nincs felcsatolva.\n" "Felcsatolást követően a fájlrendszer ugyanannyira lesz védett, \n" "mint bármely egyéb Linux-fájlrendszer.\n" "" @@ -2996,8 +2928,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"A rendszer ezt a kötetet swap-ként használja. A titkosító jelszót nem kell " -"megadni,\n" +"A rendszer ezt a kötetet swap-ként használja. A titkosító jelszót nem kell megadni,\n" "de akkor a swap eszköz nem használható a hibernáláshoz.\n" "\n" @@ -3029,9 +2960,7 @@ msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Nem lehetséges ellenőrizni, hogy az NTFS-fájlrendszer átméretezhető-e, amíg " -"az fel van csatolva." +msgstr "Nem lehetséges ellenőrizni, hogy az NTFS-fájlrendszer átméretezhető-e, amíg az fel van csatolva." #. FIXME: Really? #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 @@ -3526,8 +3455,7 @@ msgstr "" "Válasszon egy vagy több (ha lehetséges) merevlemezt,\n" "amelyen ugyanaz a partíciókiosztás található, mint ezen a lemezen. \n" -"A lemezek, amelyek '*'-gal vannak jelölve, egy vagy több partíciót " -"tartalmaznak\n" +"A lemezek, amelyek '*'-gal vannak jelölve, egy vagy több partíciót tartalmaznak\n" "A klónozást követően ezek a partíciók törlésre kerülnek.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573 @@ -3798,10 +3726,7 @@ "YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" "the table.\n" -msgstr "" -"A YaST ellenőrizte a merevlemezeket, és talált egy vagy több érvényes " -"csatolási pontokkal rendelkező Linux-rendszert. A régi csatolási pontok a " -"táblázatban láthatók.\n" +msgstr "A YaST ellenőrizte a merevlemezeket, és talált egy vagy több érvényes csatolási pontokkal rendelkező Linux-rendszert. A régi csatolási pontok a táblázatban láthatók.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 @@ -3809,16 +3734,12 @@ "You can choose whether the existing system\n" "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" "installation. Non-system volumes, e.g. /home, will not be formatted." -msgstr "" -"Ki lehet választani a meglévő rendszerkötetek (pl. / és /usr) formázásra " -"kerüljenek a telepítés során, míg a nem rendszerkötetek (pl. /home) ne " -"legyen formázva." +msgstr "Ki lehet választani a meglévő rendszerkötetek (pl. / és /usr) formázásra kerüljenek a telepítés során, míg a nem rendszerkötetek (pl. /home) ne legyen formázva." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 msgid "No previous system with mount points was detected." -msgstr "" -"Nem található előzőleg telepített, csatolási pontokkal rendelkező rendszer." +msgstr "Nem található előzőleg telepített, csatolási pontokkal rendelkező rendszer." # include/package_utils.ycp:336 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 @@ -3974,15 +3895,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Hurokfájl elérési útja: Ez kizárólag a fájl abszolút elérési " -"útja lehet,\n" -"amely tartalmazza a beállítandó adatokat titkosított hurokeszköz esetén.</" -"p>\n" +"Hurokfájl elérési útja: Ez kizárólag a fájl abszolút elérési útja lehet,\n" +"amely tartalmazza a beállítandó adatokat titkosított hurokeszköz esetén.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 @@ -4166,8 +4084,7 @@ "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." msgstr "" "A kötetcsoport neve érvénytelen karaktereket tartalmaz.\n" -"Megengedettek az alfanumerikus karakterek, valamint a \".\", \"_\", \"-\" és " -"\"+\" jel." +"Megengedettek az alfanumerikus karakterek, valamint a \".\", \"_\", \"-\" és \"+\" jel." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 @@ -4202,9 +4119,7 @@ #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "" -"Valóban törli a(z) \"%1\" kötetcsoportot és az összes hozzá tartozó logikai " -"kötetet?" +msgstr "Valóban törli a(z) \"%1\" kötetcsoportot és az összes hozzá tartozó logikai kötetet?" #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 @@ -4213,8 +4128,7 @@ "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" "A megadott adatok nem megfelelőek. A fizikaiegység-méretnek\n" -"nagyobbnak kell lennie, mint %1 (2 hatványaként). Megadható például \"%2\" " -"vagy \"%3\"." +"nagyobbnak kell lennie, mint %1 (2 hatványaként). Megadható például \"%2\" vagy \"%3\"." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 @@ -4233,8 +4147,7 @@ "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." msgstr "" "A logikai kötet neve érvénytelen karaktereket tartalmaz.\n" -"Megengedettek az alfanumerikus karakterek, valamint a \".\", \"_\", \"-\" és " -"\"+\" jel." +"Megengedettek az alfanumerikus karakterek, valamint a \".\", \"_\", \"-\" és \"+\" jel." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 @@ -4248,8 +4161,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "" -"Adja meg az új kötetcsoport nevét és fizikai egységének méretét." +msgstr "Adja meg az új kötetcsoport nevét és fizikai egységének méretét." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 @@ -4287,8 +4199,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Adja meg az új logikai kötet méretét, valamint a sávok\n" @@ -4307,10 +4218,8 @@ msgstr "" "A Vékony kötetek tetszőleges mérettel készülhetnek\n" "A szükséges lemezterület a felhasználásnak megfelelően kerül lefoglalásra\n" -"a hozzárendelt Vékony tárolóból. Így előfordulhat, hogy a Vékony " -"kötet mérete\n" -"nagyobb, mint a Vékony tárolóé. Természetesen, ha valódi adatok kerülnek " -"kiírásra a Vékony kötetre,\n" +"a hozzárendelt Vékony tárolóból. Így előfordulhat, hogy a Vékony kötet mérete\n" +"nagyobb, mint a Vékony tárolóé. Természetesen, ha valódi adatok kerülnek kiírásra a Vékony kötetre,\n" "akkor a Vékony tárolónak megfelelő méretű területre van szüksége.\n" "A Vékony kötetek nem rendelkeznek sávszámmal." @@ -4345,36 +4254,30 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "Egy logikai kötet Normal kötetnek is megadható.\n" -"Ez az alapértelmezett és azt jelenti, hogy a sima LVM kötetek is " -"rendelkezneka korábban Thin Provisioning néven ismert funkcióval.\n" +"Ez az alapértelmezett és azt jelenti, hogy a sima LVM kötetek is rendelkezneka korábban Thin Provisioning néven ismert funkcióval.\n" "Amennyiben bizonytalan, a legtöbb esetben ez a megfelelő választás" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" "A logikai kötet lehet Vékony tároló.\n" -"Ez azt jelenti, hogy a Vékony kötetek szükség esetén innen foglalják " -"le a szükséges tárterületet." +"Ez azt jelenti, hogy a Vékony kötetek szükség esetén innen foglalják le a szükséges tárterületet." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" "A logikai kötet lehet Vékony kötet is.\n" -"Ez azt jelenti, hogy a kötet a szükséges tárterületet a Vékony tárolóból</" -"b> foglalja le." +"Ez azt jelenti, hogy a kötet a szükséges tárterületet a Vékony tárolóból foglalja le." #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 @@ -4429,15 +4332,12 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Nincs megfelelő számú használaton kívüli eszköz a kötetcsoport " -"létrehozásához.\n" +"Nincs megfelelő számú használaton kívüli eszköz a kötetcsoport létrehozásához.\n" "\n" -"Az LVM használatához legalább egy használaton kívüli 0x8e (vagy 0x83) " -"típusú\n" +"Az LVM használatához legalább egy használaton kívüli 0x8e (vagy 0x83) típusú\n" "partícióra vagy egy használaton kívüli RAID-eszközre van szükség.\n" "Ennek megfelelően kell módosítani a partíciótáblát." @@ -4652,8 +4552,7 @@ "Really exit?" msgstr "" "Megváltoztatta a particionálást vagy a háttértárak beállítását.\n" -" Ezek a változások elvesznek, ha elhagyja a párbeszédablakot a(z) \"%1\" " -"gomb megnyomásával.\n" +" Ezek a változások elvesznek, ha elhagyja a párbeszédablakot a(z) \"%1\" gomb megnyomásával.\n" "Valóban kilép?" #. helptext @@ -4673,12 +4572,8 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Az NFS beállítások nem érhetők el. Ellenőrizze, hogy a yast2-nfs-client " -"csomag telepítve van." +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "Az NFS beállítások nem érhetők el. Ellenőrizze, hogy a yast2-nfs-client csomag telepítve van." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4712,47 +4607,34 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Ez a típusú RAID növeli a merevlemezek teljesítményét.\n" -"Ebben a módban NINCS redundancia. Ha az egyik lemez megsérül, nincs " -"mód az adatok visszaállítására.\n" +"Ebben a módban NINCS redundancia. Ha az egyik lemez megsérül, nincs mód az adatok visszaállítására.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 1: Ennek a módnak van a legnagyobb redundanciája. Kettő " -"vagy több\n" -"merevlemezzel lehet használni. Ebben a módban tökéletes másolatot tart " -"karban a gép\n" -"minden merevlemezen. Amíg legalább az egyik merevlemez működik, nincs " -"adatvesztés.\n" -"Az ebben a RAID módban részt vevő partícióknak célszerű közel azonos " -"méretűeknek lenniük.\n" +"RAID 1: Ennek a módnak van a legnagyobb redundanciája. Kettő vagy több\n" +"merevlemezzel lehet használni. Ebben a módban tökéletes másolatot tart karban a gép\n" +"minden merevlemezen. Amíg legalább az egyik merevlemez működik, nincs adatvesztés.\n" +"Az ebben a RAID módban részt vevő partícióknak célszerű közel azonos méretűeknek lenniük.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 5: Ez a mód több merevlemez hatékonyságát ötvözi a " -"redundanciával.\n" -"Három vagy több merevlemezzel használható. Ha az egyik merevlemez megsérül, " -"minden adat\n" -"épségben megvan. Ha két merevlemez sérül meg egyszerre, az adatok elvesznek." -"\n" +"RAID 5: Ez a mód több merevlemez hatékonyságát ötvözi a redundanciával.\n" +"Három vagy több merevlemezzel használható. Ha az egyik merevlemez megsérül, minden adat\n" +"épségben megvan. Ha két merevlemez sérül meg egyszerre, az adatok elvesznek.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4766,15 +4648,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" -"Partíciók hozzáadása a RAID-hez. A RAID típusától függően a használható " -"lemezterület vagy a partíciók méretének összege (RAID0),\n" -"vagy a legkisebbik partíció mérete (RAID1), vagy pedig (N-1)-szer a " -"legkisebb\n" +"Partíciók hozzáadása a RAID-hez. A RAID típusától függően a használható lemezterület vagy a partíciók méretének összege (RAID0),\n" +"vagy a legkisebbik partíció mérete (RAID1), vagy pedig (N-1)-szer a legkisebb\n" "partíció mérete (N merevlemezből alkotott RAID5).\n" #. helptext @@ -4839,10 +4717,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "Chunk méret: Ez a legkisebb \"atomi egység\" mérete\n" "amit egyszerre ír ki az eszközre. RAID5 esetén 128 kB az ajánlott érték,\n" @@ -4857,12 +4733,10 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "A RAID5/6-nál használt paritásalgoritmus.\n" -"Tipikus merevlemezek esetén általában a bal-szimmetrikus nyújtja a legjobb " -"teljesítményt.\n" +"Tipikus merevlemezek esetén általában a bal-szimmetrikus nyújtja a legjobb teljesítményt.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -4971,8 +4845,7 @@ "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." msgstr "" "A(z) %1 RAID már létezik a lemezen, ezért nem lehet\n" -"átméretezni. A(z) %1 átméretezéséhez törölje a RAID-et, majd hozza újra " -"létre." +"átméretezni. A(z) %1 átméretezéséhez törölje a RAID-et, majd hozza újra létre." #. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 @@ -4991,8 +4864,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 msgid "This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs." -msgstr "" -"Ez a nézet megmutatja az összes RAID-et, a BIOS RAID-ek kivételével." +msgstr "Ez a nézet megmutatja az összes RAID-et, a BIOS RAID-ek kivételével." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 @@ -5148,20 +5020,14 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" -"Az Alapértelmezett csatolás egy csatolási mód az újonnan " -"létrehozott fájlrendszerek számára.\n" -"Az Eszköznév a kernel eszköznevet használja, amely nem állandó. Az " -"Eszközazonosító és Eszközútvonal\n" -" az udev által, a hardverinformációkból kialakított név. Ennek állandónak " -"kellene lennie, azonban ez nem mindig igaz. Végül az UUID és a " -"Kötetnév adatai kerül felhasználásra.\n" +"Az Alapértelmezett csatolás egy csatolási mód az újonnan létrehozott fájlrendszerek számára.\n" +"Az Eszköznév a kernel eszköznevet használja, amely nem állandó. Az Eszközazonosító és Eszközútvonal\n" +" az udev által, a hardverinformációkból kialakított név. Ennek állandónak kellene lennie, azonban ez nem mindig igaz. Végül az UUID és a Kötetnév adatai kerül felhasználásra.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 @@ -5176,18 +5042,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Az Újonnan létrehozott partíciók igazítása\n" -"határozza meg a létrehozott partíciók elhelyezését. A cilinder a " -"lemez cilindereihez igazodik. Az optimális igazítás a Linux kernel " -"által, a legjobb teljesítmény eléréséhez javasolt értéket adja vagy " -"megpróbál kompatibilis maradni a Windows Vista és a Windows 7 rendszerekkel." -"\n" +"határozza meg a létrehozott partíciók elhelyezését. A cilinder a lemez cilindereihez igazodik. Az optimális igazítás a Linux kernel által, a legjobb teljesítmény eléréséhez javasolt értéket adja vagy megpróbál kompatibilis maradni a Windows Vista és a Windows 7 rendszerekkel.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 @@ -5196,8 +5056,7 @@ "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" "A Háttértároló eszközök megjelenítése a következők szerint\n" -"határozza meg, hogy a merevlemez hogyan jelenjen meg a navigációs ablakban.</" -"p>" +"határozza meg, hogy a merevlemez hogyan jelenjen meg a navigációs ablakban." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 @@ -5269,8 +5128,7 @@ "have no logical volumes." msgstr "" "Ez a nézet megmutatja azokat az eszközöket, amelyekhez\n" -"nincs csatolási pont rendelve, nincsenek particionálva, vagy olyan " -"kötetcsoportok,\n" +"nincs csatolási pont rendelve, nincsenek particionálva, vagy olyan kötetcsoportok,\n" "amelyeknek nincsenek logikai kötetei." #. popup message @@ -5280,8 +5138,7 @@ "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" msgstr "" "A nem használt eszközök újraolvasása megsemmisíti\n" -"az összes jelenlegi módosítást. Valóban újraolvassa a nem használt " -"eszközöket?" +"az összes jelenlegi módosítást. Valóban újraolvassa a nem használt eszközöket?" #. encoding: utf-8 #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -5446,8 +5303,7 @@ msgstr "" "A mintafájl formátuma érvénytelen!\n" "\n" -"A fájlban soronként szerepelnie kell reguláris kifejezéseknek és " -"osztálynévnek.\n" +"A fájlban soronként szerepelnie kell reguláris kifejezéseknek és osztálynévnek.\n" "Például:" #. popup text @@ -5463,60 +5319,41 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " -msgstr "" -"Itt lehet megadni a a raid-ben lévő eszközök osztályát. Ezek lehetnek A, " -"B, C, D és E, de legtöbb esetben kevesebb osztály is elegendő (pl. csak A " -"és B). " +msgstr "Itt lehet megadni a a raid-ben lévő eszközök osztályát. Ezek lehetnek A, B, C, D és E, de legtöbb esetben kevesebb osztály is elegendő (pl. csak A és B). " #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." -msgstr "" -"Az eszközre jobb egérgombbal kattintva az eszköz a megfelelő osztályba " -"tehető. A Ctrl vagy Shift billentyű lenyomásával egyszerre több eszköz is " -"betehető egy osztályba. Az aktuálisan kiválasztott eszköz a(z) \"%1\" - " -"\"%2\" billentyű lenyomásával a megfelelő osztályba tehető." +msgstr "Az eszközre jobb egérgombbal kattintva az eszköz a megfelelő osztályba tehető. A Ctrl vagy Shift billentyű lenyomásával egyszerre több eszköz is betehető egy osztályba. Az aktuálisan kiválasztott eszköz a(z) \"%1\" - \"%2\" billentyű lenyomásával a megfelelő osztályba tehető." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 msgid "" "After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." -msgstr "" -"Az eszközökhöz tartozó osztályok kiválasztása után az eszközök " -"sorbarendezhetők a(z) \"%1\" vagy \"%2\" billentyűk lenyomásával." +msgstr "Az eszközökhöz tartozó osztályok kiválasztása után az eszközök sorbarendezhetők a(z) \"%1\" vagy \"%2\" billentyűk lenyomásával." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 msgid "" "Sorted puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" "of class B and so on." -msgstr "" -"A Rendezés mind A osztályú eszközt a B típusú eszközök elé tesz és " -"így tovább." +msgstr "A Rendezés mind A osztályú eszközt a B típusú eszközök elé tesz és így tovább." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." -msgstr "" -"Az Összefésült először fogja az első A osztályú eszközt, majd az első " -"B osztályú eszközt és így sorban az osztályokat. Ezt követően jön az A " -"osztály második eszköze, majd a B osztály második eszköze és így tovább." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." +msgstr "Az Összefésült először fogja az első A osztályú eszközt, majd az első B osztályú eszközt és így sorban az osztályokat. Ezt követően jön az A osztály második eszköze, majd a B osztály második eszköze és így tovább." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 @@ -5525,36 +5362,23 @@ "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" -"Minden olyan eszköz, amely nincs osztályba sorolva, az eszközlista végére " -"kerül.\n" -"A felugró ablak elhagyása után az a sorrend marad, ahogy azok létrehozásra " -"kerültek a RAID-ben." +"Minden olyan eszköz, amely nincs osztályba sorolva, az eszközlista végére kerül.\n" +"A felugró ablak elhagyása után az a sorrend marad, ahogy azok létrehozásra kerültek a RAID-ben." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" -"A(z) \"%1\" billentyű lenyomásával kiválasztható egy fájl, amely " -"reguláris kifejezéseket és az osztályneveket tartalmazza (pl. \"sda.* A" -"\"). Az összes eszköz, amely illeszkedik a reguláris kifejezésre, a megadott " -"osztályba kerül. A reguláris kifejezésnek a kernelnévre (pl. /dev/sda1), az " -"udev útvonalnévre (pl. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) és az udev azonosítóra (pl. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-" -"part1) kell illeszkednie.\n" -"Amennyiben egy eszköz több reguláris kifejezésre is illeszkedik, akkor az " -"elsőt veszi figyelembe." +"A(z) \"%1\" billentyű lenyomásával kiválasztható egy fájl, amely reguláris kifejezéseket és az osztályneveket tartalmazza (pl. \"sda.* A\"). Az összes eszköz, amely illeszkedik a reguláris kifejezésre, a megadott osztályba kerül. A reguláris kifejezésnek a kernelnévre (pl. /dev/sda1), az udev útvonalnévre (pl. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) és az udev azonosítóra (pl. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1) kell illeszkednie.\n" +"Amennyiben egy eszköz több reguláris kifejezésre is illeszkedik, akkor az elsőt veszi figyelembe." #. headline text #. Column header @@ -5580,10 +5404,8 @@ "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -"Érvénytelen méret. Használjon számokat és a K, M, G vagy % " -"mértékegységeket.\n" -"Az értéknek többnek kell lennie, mint 100k vagy 1% és 200% közé kell esnie. " -"Próbálja meg újra." +"Érvénytelen méret. Használjon számokat és a K, M, G vagy % mértékegységeket.\n" +"Az értéknek többnek kell lennie, mint 100k vagy 1% és 200% közé kell esnie. Próbálja meg újra." # modules/inst_user.ycp:192 # modules/inst_user.ycp:225 @@ -5595,15 +5417,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Tmpfs méret:\n" -"A méretet meg lehet adni számmal, amelyet K,M vagy G követ (kilo-, mega- " -"vagy gigabyte),\n" -"amennyiben a számot százalékjel követi, akkor az a memóriához viszonyított " -"százalékos értékét jelenti." +"A méretet meg lehet adni számmal, amelyet K,M vagy G követ (kilo-, mega- vagy gigabyte),\n" +"amennyiben a számot százalékjel követi, akkor az a memóriához viszonyított százalékos értékét jelenti." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 @@ -5624,8 +5443,7 @@ "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Cserepartíció prioritás:\n" -"Adja meg a cserepartíció prioritását. A nagyobb számok nagyobb prioritást " -"jelölnek.\n" +"Adja meg a cserepartíció prioritását. A nagyobb számok nagyobb prioritást jelölnek.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 @@ -5636,13 +5454,11 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Csatolás csak olvasható módban: \n" -"A fájlrendszerre nem lehet írni. Alapértelmezett érték: nem. A telepítés " -"során\n" +"A fájlrendszerre nem lehet írni. Alapértelmezett érték: nem. A telepítés során\n" "a fájlrendszer mindig olvasás-írás módban van felcsatolva." #. button text @@ -5657,8 +5473,7 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Nincs hozzáférés-rögzítés: \n" -"Egy fájl olvasásakor az ún. access time (hozzáférés ideje) nem kerül " -"frissítésre. Az alapértelmezett a frissítés (hamis).\n" +"Egy fájl olvasásakor az ún. access time (hozzáférés ideje) nem kerül frissítésre. Az alapértelmezett a frissítés (hamis).\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 @@ -5672,8 +5487,7 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Felhasználó által csatolható:\n" -"Ezt a fájlrendszert a felhasználó is csatolhatja. Alapértelmezett érték: nem." -"\n" +"Ezt a fájlrendszert a felhasználó is csatolhatja. Alapértelmezett érték: nem.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 @@ -5686,20 +5500,15 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Ne kerüljön csatolásra rendszerindításkor: \n" "Ez a fájlrendszer a rendszer indításakor nem lesz automatikusan csatolva.\n" "Egy megfelelő bejegyzés az /etc/fstab fájlban gondoskodik arról, hogy az\n" -"egyes fájlrendszerek a rendszer indításakor a <tt>mount <" -"csatolási_pont></tt>\n" -"(a <csatolási_pont> az a könyvtár, ahová csatolásra kerül a " -"fájlrendszer)\n" -"paranccsal automatikusan csatolásra kerüljenek. Alapértelmezett értéke: " -"hamis.\n" +"egyes fájlrendszerek a rendszer indításakor a <tt>mount <csatolási_pont></tt>\n" +"(a <csatolási_pont> az a könyvtár, ahová csatolásra kerül a fájlrendszer)\n" +"paranccsal automatikusan csatolásra kerüljenek. Alapértelmezett értéke: hamis.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 @@ -5730,22 +5539,16 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "Naplózási eljárás:\n" "Meghatározza a fájladatok naplózásának módszerét.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- Minden adat naplózásra kerül, mielőtt az adat a\n" -"fájlrendszeren fizikailag is a helyére kerül. Nagy hatása van a " -"teljesítményre. \n" -"<tt>ordered</tt> -- Minden adat közvetlenül a fájlrendszerre kerül, mielőtt " -"megtörténne\n" -"a metaadatokról szóló bejegyzés a naplóban. Közepes hatása van a " -"teljesítményre. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Az adatok elrendezése nem tárolódik. Nincs hatása a " -"teljesítményre.\n" +"fájlrendszeren fizikailag is a helyére kerül. Nagy hatása van a teljesítményre. \n" +"<tt>ordered</tt> -- Minden adat közvetlenül a fájlrendszerre kerül, mielőtt megtörténne\n" +"a metaadatokról szóló bejegyzés a naplóban. Közepes hatása van a teljesítményre. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Az adatok elrendezése nem tárolódik. Nincs hatása a teljesítményre.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 @@ -5759,8 +5562,7 @@ "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Hozzáférési jogosultságlisták (ACL): \n" -"A hozzáférési jogosultságlisták használatának engedélyezése az adott " -"fájlrendszeren.\n" +"A hozzáférési jogosultságlisták használatának engedélyezése az adott fájlrendszeren.\n" # modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:608 #. button text @@ -5783,26 +5585,19 @@ msgstr "Csatolási &opciók" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Érvénytelen karakterek a csatolási pont értékében. Ne használjon szóközt " -"vagy tabulátort. Próbálja újra." +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "Érvénytelen karakterek a csatolási pont értékében. Ne használjon szóközt vagy tabulátort. Próbálja újra." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Csatolási opciók:\n" -"Ebben a mezőben bármilyen érvényes csatolási kapcsolót megadhat, ami az /etc/" -"fstab\n" -"negyedik oszlopában szerepelhet. Az egyes értékeket vesszővel kell " -"elválasztani. \n" +"Ebben a mezőben bármilyen érvényes csatolási kapcsolót megadhat, ami az /etc/fstab\n" +"negyedik oszlopában szerepelhet. Az egyes értékeket vesszővel kell elválasztani. \n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 @@ -5828,12 +5623,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Rövid FAT nevek kódlapja:\n" -"Ezt a kódlapot használja a rendszer a FAT fájlrendszeren lévő fájlnevek " -"átalakításakor.\n" +"Ezt a kódlapot használja a rendszer a FAT fájlrendszeren lévő fájlnevek átalakításakor.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 @@ -5844,12 +5637,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "A FAT-ok száma:\n" -"Meghatározza a foglaltsági táblák számát a fájlrendszerben. Az " -"alapértelmezett érték 2." +"Meghatározza a foglaltsági táblák számát a fájlrendszerben. Az alapértelmezett érték 2." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 @@ -5860,14 +5651,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "FAT mérete:\n" -"A foglaltsági táblák méretét határozza meg (12, 16 vagy 32 bit). Automatikus " -"beállítás esetén a YaST magától kiválasztja azt az értéket, amelyik a " -"legjobban illeszkedik a fájlrendszer méretéhez.\n" +"A foglaltsági táblák méretét határozza meg (12, 16 vagy 32 bit). Automatikus beállítás esetén a YaST magától kiválasztja azt az értéket, amelyik a legjobban illeszkedik a fájlrendszer méretéhez.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 @@ -5877,9 +5664,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"A \"gyökér könyvtárbejegyzéseinek száma\" mező minimális értéke 112. " -"Próbálkozzon újra." +msgstr "A \"gyökér könyvtárbejegyzéseinek száma\" mező minimális értéke 112. Próbálkozzon újra." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 @@ -5888,8 +5673,7 @@ "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" msgstr "" "A gyökér könyvtárbejegyzéseinek száma:\n" -"Meghatározza a gyökérkönyvtárban létesíthető könyvtárak maximális számát.</" -"p>\n" +"Meghatározza a gyökérkönyvtárban létesíthető könyvtárak maximális számát.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 @@ -5900,12 +5684,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Hasítófüggvény:\n" -"Megadja a hasítófüggvény nevét, mely a könyvtárakban lévő fájlok neveinek " -"rendezését végzi.\n" +"Megadja a hasítófüggvény nevét, mely a könyvtárakban lévő fájlok neveinek rendezését végzi.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 @@ -5916,15 +5698,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Fájlrendszer revízió:\n" -"Ez az opció meghatározza a használandó ReiserFS formátum revíziót. A '3.5'-" -"ös a 2.2-es kernelekkel való kompatibilitásra való, a '3.6'-os az újabb, de " -"legalább 2.4-es kernelt igényel.\n" +"Ez az opció meghatározza a használandó ReiserFS formátum revíziót. A '3.5'-ös a 2.2-es kernelekkel való kompatibilitásra való, a '3.6'-os az újabb, de legalább 2.4-es kernelt igényel.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5936,14 +5713,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Blokkméret:\n" -"A blokkok mérete byte-ban. Az érvényes blokk 512, 1024, 2048 és 4096 byte " -"méretű lehet. Ha automatikus a méretbeállítás, akkor a blokkméret 4096 byte " -"méretű lesz.\n" +"A blokkok mérete byte-ban. Az érvényes blokk 512, 1024, 2048 és 4096 byte méretű lehet. Ha automatikus a méretbeállítás, akkor a blokkméret 4096 byte méretű lesz.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5959,8 +5732,7 @@ "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Információs csomópontok (i-node) mérete:\n" -"Ez az opció határozza meg a fájlrendszerben a csomópontok (inode-ok) méretét " -"byte-ban.\n" +"Ez az opció határozza meg a fájlrendszerben a csomópontok (inode-ok) méretét byte-ban.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 @@ -5971,12 +5743,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Csomópont- (inode-) terület mérete százalékban:\n" -"Ez az opció azt adja meg, hogy a rendelkezésre álló terület legfeljebb hány " -"százalékát foglalják el a csomópontok.\n" +"Ez az opció azt adja meg, hogy a rendelkezésre álló terület legfeljebb hány százalékát foglalják el a csomópontok.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 @@ -5987,14 +5757,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Csomópontok igazítása:\n" -"Megadhatja, hogy a csomópontok (inode) igazítva legyenek-e. Alapesetben " -"igazítva vannak, így általában hatékonyabban lehet elérni azokat.\n" +"Megadhatja, hogy a csomópontok (inode) igazítva legyenek-e. Alapesetben igazítva vannak, így általában hatékonyabban lehet elérni azokat.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 @@ -6015,12 +5783,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Naplóméret\n" -"Beállítja a naplóméretet (megabyte-ban). Automatikus beállítás esetén ez a " -"teljes méret 40%-a.\n" +"Beállítja a naplóméretet (megabyte-ban). Automatikus beállítás esetén ez a teljes méret 40%-a.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 @@ -6050,24 +5816,18 @@ "RAID stripe as its argument.\n" msgstr "" "Stride hossza blokkokban:\n" -"Itt lehet beállítani a RAID-re vonatkozó tulajdonságokat. Jelenleg a stride-" -"méret\n" -"(stride) az egyetlen ilyen tulajdonság, ami a RAID-sávok (stripe) " -"hosszúságát\n" +"Itt lehet beállítani a RAID-re vonatkozó tulajdonságokat. Jelenleg a stride-méret\n" +"(stride) az egyetlen ilyen tulajdonság, ami a RAID-sávok (stripe) hosszúságát\n" "állítja be blokkokban.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Blokkméret:\n" -"A blokkok mérete byte-ban. Az érvényes blokkméret 1024, 2048 és 4096 byte " -"lehet. Ha automatikus a méretbeállítás, akkor a blokkméretet befolyásolja a " -"fájlrendszer mérete és annak felhasználása.\n" +"A blokkok mérete byte-ban. Az érvényes blokkméret 1024, 2048 és 4096 byte lehet. Ha automatikus a méretbeállítás, akkor a blokkméretet befolyásolja a fájlrendszer mérete és annak felhasználása.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 @@ -6083,17 +5843,12 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Byte-ok száma csomópontonként (inode):\n" -"Beállítja a byte/csomópont arányt. A YaST minden \"Byte-ok száma " -"csomópontonként\" számú byte-hoz létrehoz egy csomópontot (inode). Minél " -"nagyobb ez a szám, annál kevesebb csomópont jön létre.\n" -"Általánosságban ez a szám nem lehet kisebb, mint a blokkméret, mert akkor " -"túl sok csomópont keletkezne. Fontos tudni, hogy fájlrendszer létrehozása " -"után már nem lehet a csomópontok számát növelni,\n" +"Beállítja a byte/csomópont arányt. A YaST minden \"Byte-ok száma csomópontonként\" számú byte-hoz létrehoz egy csomópontot (inode). Minél nagyobb ez a szám, annál kevesebb csomópont jön létre.\n" +"Általánosságban ez a szám nem lehet kisebb, mint a blokkméret, mert akkor túl sok csomópont keletkezne. Fontos tudni, hogy fájlrendszer létrehozása után már nem lehet a csomópontok számát növelni,\n" "ezért ügyeljen arra, hogy értelmes értéket adjon meg.\n" #. label text @@ -6113,16 +5868,8 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"Root számára tartalékolt blokkok százaléka: Adja meg, hogy a " -"fájlrendszer blokkjainak hány százalékát akarja tartalékolni a root számára. " -"Az alapértelmezett érték 1 GB. A tartalékolt terület alapértelmezett felső " -"határa 5,0 az alsó pedig 0,1." +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "Root számára tartalékolt blokkok százaléka: Adja meg, hogy a fájlrendszer blokkjainak hány százalékát akarja tartalékolni a root számára. Az alapértelmezett érték 1 GB. A tartalékolt terület alapértelmezett felső határa 5,0 az alsó pedig 0,1." #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 @@ -6150,8 +5897,7 @@ "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Könyvtárindex:\n" -"Lehetővé teszi kivonatolt b-fák használatát a nagy könyvtárak kereséseinek " -"felgyorsításához.\n" +"Lehetővé teszi kivonatolt b-fák használatát a nagy könyvtárak kereséseinek felgyorsításához.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 @@ -6162,13 +5908,11 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Journal nélkül:\n" -"A journaling használatának letiltása a fájlrendszeren. Csak akkor célszerű " -"ezt beállítani, ha világosak, hogy milyen következményei vannak.\n" +"A journaling használatának letiltása a fájlrendszeren. Csak akkor célszerű ezt beállítani, ha világosak, hogy milyen következményei vannak.\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK #: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 @@ -6222,8 +5966,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "A lemez partíciós tábláját alapállapotba visszaállítani a Szakértői \n" -"particionálás részben lehet a \"Szakértő\"->\"Új partíciós tábla létrehozása" -"\" és lemezcímke,\n" +"particionálás részben lehet a \"Szakértő\"->\"Új partíciós tábla létrehozása\" és lemezcímke,\n" "de ez eltávolítja az összes adatot az összes partícióról ezen a lemezen.\n" #. popup text @@ -6395,8 +6138,7 @@ #| "\n" #| "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" #| "disk %2 are used.\n" -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" "\n" "A(z) %1 partíció nem távolítható el, mivel más a(z) %2 lemezen\n" @@ -6637,8 +6379,7 @@ msgid "" "Sector Size shows the size of the\n" "sectors of the hard disk." -msgstr "" -"A Szektorméret mutatja meg a merevlemezen található szektorok méretét." +msgstr "A Szektorméret mutatja meg a merevlemezen található szektorok méretét." #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 @@ -6758,8 +6499,7 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "A Csatolva azt jelöli, hogy a fájlrendszer\n" @@ -6772,8 +6512,7 @@ msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "A kérdőjel (?) azt jelenti, hogy a fájlrendszer nem szerepel az\n" @@ -6794,8 +6533,7 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "A csatolási pont után szereplő csillag (*) jel\n" @@ -6865,8 +6603,7 @@ "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "A Sávok érték megmutatja az LVM\n" -"logikai kötetek sávjainak számát és amennyiben az nagyobb egynél, zárójelben " -"a sáv méretét.\n" +"logikai kötetek sávjainak számát és amennyiben az nagyobb egynél, zárójelben a sáv méretét.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 @@ -7171,12 +6908,8 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"A fájlrendszer inkonzisztenciája miatt az átméretezés nem lehetséges. " -"Próbáljon meg fájlrendszer-ellenőrzést futtatni Windows alatt." +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "A fájlrendszer inkonzisztenciája miatt az átméretezés nem lehetséges. Próbáljon meg fájlrendszer-ellenőrzést futtatni Windows alatt." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 @@ -7347,9 +7080,7 @@ #~ "afterwards in the expert partitioner dialog.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Meglévő Linux rendszer csatolási pontjának importálásához a %1 " -#~ "gombot kell megnyomni. A szakértő particionálásnál még módosíthatók ezek " -#~ "a beállítások.\n" +#~ "Meglévő Linux rendszer csatolási pontjának importálásához a %1 gombot kell megnyomni. A szakértő particionálásnál még módosíthatók ezek a beállítások.\n" # clients/lan_nfs_fstab.ycp:272 #~ msgid "Use &Btrfs as Default File System" @@ -7365,16 +7096,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" -#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file " -#~ "system,\n" -#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /" -#~ "boot.\n" +#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file system,\n" +#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /boot.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A / csatolási pontra Btrfs fájlrendszert állított be, ami problémákat " -#~ "okozhat. Használjon Linux fájlrendszert,mint például az ext3-at vagy ext4-" -#~ "et, vagy hozzon létre külön partíciót a /boot számára.\n" +#~ "A / csatolási pontra Btrfs fájlrendszert állított be, ami problémákat okozhat. Használjon Linux fájlrendszert,mint például az ext3-at vagy ext4-et, vagy hozzon létre külön partíciót a /boot számára.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Valóban ezt a beállítást kívánja használni?\n" @@ -7409,8 +7136,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Válassza a megszakítást, kivéve ha pontosan tudja, hogy mit csinál.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Ha mégis továbblép, a YaST megpróbálja lecsatolni az eszközt törlés " -#~ "előtt.\n" +#~ "Ha mégis továbblép, a YaST megpróbálja lecsatolni az eszközt törlés előtt.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Unmount of %1 failed.\n" @@ -7440,12 +7166,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" #~ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -#~ "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -#~ "to mount\n" -#~ "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -#~ "can be\n" -#~ "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -#~ "possible.\n" +#~ "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +#~ "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +#~ "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Csatolás az /etc/fstab fájlban: \n" #~ "Az /etc/fstab fájlban az egyes eszközök rendszerint az\n" @@ -7453,8 +7176,7 @@ #~ "úgy, hogy a csatolandó fájlrendszer UUID vagy\n" #~ "kötetnév alapján legyen azonosítva.\n" #~ "Nem lehet azonban minden fájlrendszert UUID illetve kötetnév\n" -#~ "alapján csatolni. Ha valamely lehetőség nem aktív, akkor a beállítás nem " -#~ "lehetséges.\n" +#~ "alapján csatolni. Ha valamely lehetőség nem aktív, akkor a beállítás nem lehetséges.\n" # modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:491 #~ msgid "&Device name" @@ -7484,20 +7206,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -#~ "tmp.\n" -#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will " -#~ "create \n" -#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose " -#~ "all \n" +#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will create \n" +#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all \n" #~ "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Ez a csatolási pont egy ideiglenes fájlrendszerre hivatkozik, mint " -#~ "például a /tmp vagy a /var/tmp.\n" -#~ "A titkosítási jelszó üresen hagyható. Ebben az esetben a rendszer " -#~ "induláskor egy\n" +#~ "Ez a csatolási pont egy ideiglenes fájlrendszerre hivatkozik, mint például a /tmp vagy a /var/tmp.\n" +#~ "A titkosítási jelszó üresen hagyható. Ebben az esetben a rendszer induláskor egy\n" #~ "véletlen jelszót fog generálni. Ez azt jelenti, hogy a rendszer\n" #~ "lekapcsolásakor az ilyen fájlrendszereken található minden adat elvész.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7562,14 +7279,10 @@ #~ "az újonnan létrehozott fájlrendszerek csatolási módját." #~ msgid "To use these mount points, press Yes." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A csatolási pontok megtartásához nyomja meg az Igen gombot." -#~ "" +#~ msgstr "A csatolási pontok megtartásához nyomja meg az Igen gombot." #~ msgid "To ignore these mount points, press No." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A csatolási pontok figyelmen kívül hagyásához nyomja meg a Nem</" -#~ "B> gombot." +#~ msgstr "A csatolási pontok figyelmen kívül hagyásához nyomja meg a Nem gombot." #~ msgid "" #~ "Would you like to use these mount points\n" @@ -7640,20 +7353,15 @@ # modules/inst_prepdisk.ycp:30 #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Depending on the size of your hard disk and your processor speed, this " -#~ "action\n" -#~ "might take some time. Several minutes are not unusual for really large " -#~ "disks.\n" -#~ "Often, the progress meter does not show a linear progress. Even if it " -#~ "looks\n" +#~ "Depending on the size of your hard disk and your processor speed, this action\n" +#~ "might take some time. Several minutes are not unusual for really large disks.\n" +#~ "Often, the progress meter does not show a linear progress. Even if it looks\n" #~ "slow near the end (\"95 %\"), please be patient. The formatting tool \n" #~ "performs various checks. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "A merevlemez nagyságától és a processzor sebességétől függően ez a " -#~ "művelet\n" -#~ "eltarthat egy ideig. Néhány perc nem is szokatlan a valóban nagyméretű " -#~ "lemezeknél.\n" +#~ "A merevlemez nagyságától és a processzor sebességétől függően ez a művelet\n" +#~ "eltarthat egy ideig. Néhány perc nem is szokatlan a valóban nagyméretű lemezeknél.\n" #~ "Még ha lassúnak is tűnik a vége (95%) felé, kérem várjon, mert ilyenkor\n" #~ "a formázóprogram végez a háttérben különféle ellenőrzéseket." Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/sudo.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/sudo.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/sudo.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -352,45 +352,37 @@ #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "" "Host alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "A(z) %1 gépnév álnevet egy vagy több sudo szabály használja.\n" -"Törlése esetén a sudo konfigurációs fájl inkonzisztenssé válhat. Biztosan " -"törli?\n" +"Törlése esetén a sudo konfigurációs fájl inkonzisztenssé válhat. Biztosan törli?\n" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "" "User alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "A(z) %1 felhasználói álnevet egy sudo szabály használja.\n" -"Törlése esetén a sudo konfigurációs fájl inkonzisztenssé válhat. Biztosan " -"törli?\n" +"Törlése esetén a sudo konfigurációs fájl inkonzisztenssé válhat. Biztosan törli?\n" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612 msgid "" "RunAs alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "A(z) %1 RunAs álnevet egy sudo szabály használja.\n" -"Törlése esetén a sudo konfigurációs fájl inkonzisztenssé válhat. Biztosan " -"törli?\n" +"Törlése esetén a sudo konfigurációs fájl inkonzisztenssé válhat. Biztosan törli?\n" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674 msgid "" "Command alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "A(z) %1 parancsálnevet egy vagy több sudo szabály használja.\n" -"Törlése esetén a sudo konfigurációs fájl inkonzisztenssé válhat. Biztosan " -"törli?\n" +"Törlése esetén a sudo konfigurációs fájl inkonzisztenssé válhat. Biztosan törli?\n" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:36 @@ -408,8 +400,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Az előkészítés megszakítása:</big> \n" -"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás</" -"b> gombbal.\n" +"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás gombbal.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:44 @@ -430,8 +421,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Mentés megszakítása:</big> \n" "A Megszakítás gomb megnyomásával megszakíthatja a folyamatot.\n" -"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e " -"megtenni.\n" +"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e megtenni.\n" "\n" #. User Specification help 1/6 @@ -448,10 +438,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Sudo-szabályok</big> \n" "\tA Sudo-szabályok lényegében azt határozzák meg, hogy milyen parancsokat \n" -"\tfuttathat az adott felhasználó a megadott gépeken (és esetleg, hogy milyen " -"felhasználóként).\n" -"\tMinden egyes felhasználói specifikáció egy felhasználónév, egy gépnév és " -"parancsok\n" +"\tfuttathat az adott felhasználó a megadott gépeken (és esetleg, hogy milyen felhasználóként).\n" +"\tMinden egyes felhasználói specifikáció egy felhasználónév, egy gépnév és parancsok\n" "összerendeléséből áll, amelyet opcionálisan RunAs specifikáció és további \n" "\tcímkék egészíthetnek ki. Ezeket az alábbi táblázat foglalja össze. \n" "\t\n" @@ -466,11 +454,9 @@ "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"A Felhasználók oszlop jelzi a helyi vagy rendszer felhasználót, " -"illetve\n" +"A Felhasználók oszlop jelzi a helyi vagy rendszer felhasználót, illetve\n" "felhasználói álnevet.\n" -"\tA Kiszolgálók oszlop mutatja, hogy a gép-álnév által hivatkozott " -"mely \n" +"\tA Kiszolgálók oszlop mutatja, hogy a gép-álnév által hivatkozott mely \n" "gépen vagy gépcsoporton futtathatja a felhasználó a megadott parancsokat.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -479,19 +465,15 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "RunAs column is an\n" -"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access " -"privileges\n" -"\twill be used to run commands. NOPASSWD is a tag, determining " -"whether\n" +"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access privileges\n" +"\twill be used to run commands. NOPASSWD is a tag, determining whether\n" "\tusers need to authorize themselves before running commands.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "A RunAs oszlop egy \n" -"\telhagyható paraméter, amely azt a felhasználónevet (vagy álnevet) " -"tartalmazza, amelynek\n" -"\tjogaival a parancs futni fog. A NOPASSWD egy címke, azt adja meg, " -"hogy kell-e a \n" +"\telhagyható paraméter, amely azt a felhasználónevet (vagy álnevet) tartalmazza, amelynek\n" +"\tjogaival a parancs futni fog. A NOPASSWD egy címke, azt adja meg, hogy kell-e a \n" "\tfelhasználóknak hitelesíteni magukat a parancsok futtatása előtt.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -504,8 +486,7 @@ "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"A parancsok, amelyek futtatására a felhasználó jogosult a megadott " -"gépeken, \n" +"A parancsok, amelyek futtatására a felhasználó jogosult a megadott gépeken, \n" "\ta Parancsok oszlopban láthatók.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -518,10 +499,8 @@ "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -" Egy új szabály hozzáadásához nyomja meg a Hozzáadás gombot és " -"töltse ki a \n" -"\tmegfelelő bejegyzéseket. A felhasználó- és gépnevet, valamint a " -"parancslistát ki kell tölteni.\n" +" Egy új szabály hozzáadásához nyomja meg a Hozzáadás gombot és töltse ki a \n" +"\tmegfelelő bejegyzéseket. A felhasználó- és gépnevet, valamint a parancslistát ki kell tölteni.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -529,15 +508,12 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "To edit existing rule, select an entry from the table and click on \n" -"\tEdit button. To delete selected entry, click on Delete " -"button.\n" +"\tEdit button. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button.\n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Egy meglévő szabály módosításához válasszon ki egy bejegyzést a " -"táblázatból,\n" -"\tmajd nyomja meg a Szerkesztés gombot. A kiválasztott bejegyzés " -"törléséhez nyomja meg\n" +"Egy meglévő szabály módosításához válasszon ki egy bejegyzést a táblázatból,\n" +"\tmajd nyomja meg a Szerkesztés gombot. A kiválasztott bejegyzés törléséhez nyomja meg\n" "\ta Törlés gombot.\n" "\t \n" "\t" @@ -545,49 +521,35 @@ #. Single User Specification help 1/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"User Name or Alias may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), " -"group name prefixed\n" +"User Name or Alias may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), group name prefixed\n" "\twith '%' (e.g. %bar), or user alias name. If \n" -"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, " -"groups and aliases \n" +"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, groups and aliases \n" "\tin drop-down menu, or enter your own value. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"A Felhasználónév vagy álnév lehet egy felhasználónév (pl. bela), " -"egy csoportnév egy\n" +"A Felhasználónév vagy álnév lehet egy felhasználónév (pl. bela), egy csoportnév egy\n" "\t'%' jellel előtte (pl. %konyveles) vagy egy felhasználói álnév. Az \n" -"\t'ALL' kulcsszó az összes felhasználót jelenti. Válasszon a legördülő " -"menüből a meglévő\n" -"\tfelhasználók, csoportok vagy felhasználói álnevek közül, vagy írja be a " -"kívánt értéket.\n" +"\t'ALL' kulcsszó az összes felhasználót jelenti. Válasszon a legördülő menüből a meglévő\n" +"\tfelhasználók, csoportok vagy felhasználói álnevek közül, vagy írja be a kívánt értéket.\n" "\t\n" "\t" #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 msgid "" -"Hostname or Alias entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www." -"example.com) single IP \n" -"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host " -"alias. If commands may be\n" -"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched " -"against your own hostname\n" -"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file " -"between multiple machines, \n" +"Hostname or Alias entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www.example.com) single IP \n" +"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host alias. If commands may be\n" +"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched against your own hostname\n" +"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file between multiple machines, \n" "\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry will be sufficient for almost all purposes. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"A Gépnév vagy álnév bejegyzés lehetséges értékei: egy gépnév (pl. " -"www.pelda.hu) egy\n" -"\tIP-cím (pl. 192.168.0.1), egy IP-cím és hálózati maszk, vagy egy gép-" -"álnév. Ha a parancsok\n" -"\tbármely gépen futtathatók, akkor használja az 'ALL' kulcsszót. A gépnév " -"vagy IP-cím\n" -"\tösszevetésre kerül a saját gépnévvel vagy IP-címmel, vagyis ha nem akarja " -"megosztani a \n" -"\t/etc/sudoers fájlt több gép között, akkor az 'ALL' vagy 'localhost' a " -"legtöbb célra \n" +"A Gépnév vagy álnév bejegyzés lehetséges értékei: egy gépnév (pl. www.pelda.hu) egy\n" +"\tIP-cím (pl. 192.168.0.1), egy IP-cím és hálózati maszk, vagy egy gép-álnév. Ha a parancsok\n" +"\tbármely gépen futtathatók, akkor használja az 'ALL' kulcsszót. A gépnév vagy IP-cím\n" +"\tösszevetésre kerül a saját gépnévvel vagy IP-címmel, vagyis ha nem akarja megosztani a \n" +"\t/etc/sudoers fájlt több gép között, akkor az 'ALL' vagy 'localhost' a legtöbb célra \n" "teljesen elegendő lesz.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -595,27 +557,19 @@ #. Single User Specification help 2/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"RunAs Username or Alias is an optional parameter specifying an " -"user, \n" +"RunAs Username or Alias is an optional parameter specifying an user, \n" "\twhose access privileges \n" -"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user root is " -"the default\n" -"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or " -"run_as alias name\n" -"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter " -"your own value.\n" +"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user root is the default\n" +"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as alias name\n" +"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter your own value.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"A RunAs felhasználónév vagy álnév egy elhagyható paraméter, amely " -"azt a felhasználót \n" -"\tadja meg, akinek a jogosultságaival az adott parancs futni fog. Ha üres, " -"akkor a root\n" -"\tfelhasználó az alapértelmezett érték. Ez szintén lehet egy felhasználónév, " -"'%' előtaggal\n" +"A RunAs felhasználónév vagy álnév egy elhagyható paraméter, amely azt a felhasználót \n" +"\tadja meg, akinek a jogosultságaival az adott parancs futni fog. Ha üres, akkor a root\n" +"\tfelhasználó az alapértelmezett érték. Ez szintén lehet egy felhasználónév, '%' előtaggal\n" "egy csoportnév vagy egy run_as álnév\n" -"\tVálasszon a legördülő menüből a meglévő felhasználók, csoportok vagy " -"felhasználói álnevek közül,\n" +"\tVálasszon a legördülő menüből a meglévő felhasználók, csoportok vagy felhasználói álnevek közül,\n" "\tvagy írja be a kívánt értéket.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -623,21 +577,16 @@ #. Single User Specification help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"No Password is an optional tag. Normally, users have to " -"authenticate\n" -"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running " -"particular \n" +"No Password is an optional tag. Normally, users have to authenticate\n" +"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running particular \n" "\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' if you want to\n" "\tdisable this authentication\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"A Nincs jelszó szintén elhagyható. Általában a felhasználóknak " -"hitelesíteni\n" -"\tkell magukat (meg kell adni a saját jelszavukat, nem a root-ét) egy adott " -"parancs\n" -"\tfuttatása előtt. A Nincs jelszó címke 'Igen' értékre állításával " -"kikapcsolható ez a\n" +"A Nincs jelszó szintén elhagyható. Általában a felhasználóknak hitelesíteni\n" +"\tkell magukat (meg kell adni a saját jelszavukat, nem a root-ét) egy adott parancs\n" +"\tfuttatása előtt. A Nincs jelszó címke 'Igen' értékre állításával kikapcsolható ez a\n" "\thitelesítés\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -646,71 +595,55 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "Commands to Run table is a list of commands (optionally with\n" -"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be " -"allowed \n" -"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be " -"run. \n" +"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be allowed \n" +"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\tAgain, keyword 'ALL' stands for any command, so use it with care.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "A Futtatandó parancsok táblázat parancsokat sorol fel (esetleg\n" -"\tparaméterekkel), könyvtárakat és parancsálneveket, amelyeket az adott " -"felhasználó\n" -"\tfuttathat. Könyvtárnév megadása esetén a könyvtár összes parancsa " -"futtatható.\n" -"\tMegint csak, az 'ALL' kulcsszó minden parancsot helyettesít, ezért " -"célszerű óvatosan használni.\n" +"\tparaméterekkel), könyvtárakat és parancsálneveket, amelyeket az adott felhasználó\n" +"\tfuttathat. Könyvtárnév megadása esetén a könyvtár összes parancsa futtatható.\n" +"\tMegint csak, az 'ALL' kulcsszó minden parancsot helyettesít, ezért célszerű óvatosan használni.\n" "\t\n" "\t" #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 msgid "" -"To add a new command, click on Add button, fill in command name with " -"optional\n" -"\tparameters and click OK. To remove command, select appropriate " -"entry from the table\n" +"To add a new command, click on Add button, fill in command name with optional\n" +"\tparameters and click OK. To remove command, select appropriate entry from the table\n" "\tand click on Delete button.\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Egy új parancs hozzáadásához kattintson a Hozzáadás gombra, adja meg " -"a parancs nevét\n" -"\tés ha kell, a paramétereket, majd kattintson az OK gombra. A " -"parancs eltávolításához\n" -"\tválassza ki a kívánt parancsot a táblából, majd kattintson az " -"Eltávolítás gombra.\n" +"Egy új parancs hozzáadásához kattintson a Hozzáadás gombra, adja meg a parancs nevét\n" +"\tés ha kell, a paramétereket, majd kattintson az OK gombra. A parancs eltávolításához\n" +"\tválassza ki a kívánt parancsot a táblából, majd kattintson az Eltávolítás gombra.\n" "\t" #. User Aliases help 1/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<big>User Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Felhasználói álnevek</big> \n" -"\tEbben az ablakban állíthatók be a felhasználói álnevek. A felhasználói " -"álnév egy külön azonosító felhasználók \n" -"\tegy adott halmazához. Ez az álnév a sudo konfiguráció során a halmaz " -"összes felhasználóját fogja jelenteni.\n" +"\tEbben az ablakban állíthatók be a felhasználói álnevek. A felhasználói álnév egy külön azonosító felhasználók \n" +"\tegy adott halmazához. Ez az álnév a sudo konfiguráció során a halmaz összes felhasználóját fogja jelenteni.\n" "\t \n" "\t" #. User Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164 msgid "" -"To add a new user alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new user alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Egy új felhasználói álnév hozzáadásához kattintson a Hozzáadás " -"gombra és töltse ki a megfelelő bejegyzéseket.\n" +"Egy új felhasználói álnév hozzáadásához kattintson a Hozzáadás gombra és töltse ki a megfelelő bejegyzéseket.\n" "\tAz álnevet és a hozzá tartozó felhasználók listáját ki kell tölteni.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -718,16 +651,13 @@ #. User Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Egy meglévő felhasználói álnév módosításához válasszon ki egy bejegyzést " -"a táblázatból,\n" -"\tmajd nyomja meg a Szerkesztés gombot. A kiválasztott bejegyzés " -"törléséhez nyomja meg\n" +"Egy meglévő felhasználói álnév módosításához válasszon ki egy bejegyzést a táblázatból,\n" +"\tmajd nyomja meg a Szerkesztés gombot. A kiválasztott bejegyzés törléséhez nyomja meg\n" "\ta Törlés gombot.\n" "\t \n" "\t" @@ -736,32 +666,26 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<big>Host Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of " -"hosts that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of hosts that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Gép-álnevek</big> \n" -"\tEbben az ablakban állíthatók be a gép-álnevek. A gép-álnév egy külön " -"azonosító gépek\n" -"\tegy adott halmazához. Ez az álnév a sudo konfiguráció során a halmaz " -"összes gépét fogja jelenteni.\n" +"\tEbben az ablakban állíthatók be a gép-álnevek. A gép-álnév egy külön azonosító gépek\n" +"\tegy adott halmazához. Ez az álnév a sudo konfiguráció során a halmaz összes gépét fogja jelenteni.\n" "\t \n" "\t" #. Host Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186 msgid "" -"To add a new host alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new host alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of hosts in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Egy új gép-álnév hozzáadásához kattintson a Hozzáadás gombra és " -"töltse ki a megfelelő bejegyzéseket.\n" +"Egy új gép-álnév hozzáadásához kattintson a Hozzáadás gombra és töltse ki a megfelelő bejegyzéseket.\n" "\tAz álnevet és az ehhez tartozó gépek listáját ki kell tölteni.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -769,16 +693,13 @@ #. Host Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Egy meglévő gép-álnév módosításához válasszon ki egy bejegyzést a " -"táblázatból,\n" -"\tmajd nyomja meg a Szerkesztés gombot. A kiválasztott bejegyzés " -"törléséhez nyomja meg\n" +"Egy meglévő gép-álnév módosításához válasszon ki egy bejegyzést a táblázatból,\n" +"\tmajd nyomja meg a Szerkesztés gombot. A kiválasztott bejegyzés törléséhez nyomja meg\n" "\ta Törlés gombot.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -787,32 +708,26 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>RunAs Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>RunAs álnevek</big> \n" -"\tEbben az ablakban állíthatók be a RunAs álnevek. A RunAs álnév egy külön " -"azonosító felhasználók \n" -"\tegy adott halmazához. Ez az álnév a sudo konfiguráció során a halmaz " -"összes felhasználóját fogja jelenteni.\n" +"\tEbben az ablakban állíthatók be a RunAs álnevek. A RunAs álnév egy külön azonosító felhasználók \n" +"\tegy adott halmazához. Ez az álnév a sudo konfiguráció során a halmaz összes felhasználóját fogja jelenteni.\n" "\t \n" "\t" #. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208 msgid "" -"To add a new RunAs alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new RunAs alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Egy új RunAs álnév hozzáadásához kattintson a Hozzáadás gombra és " -"töltse ki a megfelelő bejegyzéseket.\n" +"Egy új RunAs álnév hozzáadásához kattintson a Hozzáadás gombra és töltse ki a megfelelő bejegyzéseket.\n" "\tAz álnevet és az ehhez tartozó felhasználók listáját ki kell tölteni.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -820,16 +735,13 @@ #. RunAs Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215 msgid "" -"To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Egy meglévő RunAs álnév módosításához válasszon ki egy bejegyzést a " -"táblázatból,\n" -"\tmajd nyomja meg a Szerkesztés gombot. A kiválasztott bejegyzés " -"törléséhez nyomja meg\n" +"Egy meglévő RunAs álnév módosításához válasszon ki egy bejegyzést a táblázatból,\n" +"\tmajd nyomja meg a Szerkesztés gombot. A kiválasztott bejegyzés törléséhez nyomja meg\n" "\ta Törlés gombot.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -838,33 +750,27 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 msgid "" "<big>Command Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set " -"of commands \n" -"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is " -"then used to refer\n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set of commands \n" +"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is then used to refer\n" "\tto all commands in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Parancsálnevek</big> \n" -"\tEbben az ablakban állíthatók be a parancsálnevek. A parancsálnév egy külön " -"azonosító parancsok \n" -"\tegy adott halmazához (esetleg paraméterekkel). Ez az álnév a sudo " -"konfiguráció során a halmaz összes parancsát fogja jelenteni.\n" +"\tEbben az ablakban állíthatók be a parancsálnevek. A parancsálnév egy külön azonosító parancsok \n" +"\tegy adott halmazához (esetleg paraméterekkel). Ez az álnév a sudo konfiguráció során a halmaz összes parancsát fogja jelenteni.\n" "\t\n" "\t" #. Command Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231 msgid "" -"To add a new command alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new command alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of commands in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Egy új parancsálnév hozzáadásához kattintson a Hozzáadás gombra és " -"töltse ki a megfelelő bejegyzéseket.\n" +"Egy új parancsálnév hozzáadásához kattintson a Hozzáadás gombra és töltse ki a megfelelő bejegyzéseket.\n" "\tAz álnevet és az ehhez tartozó parancsok listáját ki kell tölteni.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -872,16 +778,13 @@ #. Command Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238 msgid "" -"To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click " -"on Edit\n" +"To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Egy meglévő parancsálnév módosításához válasszon ki egy bejegyzést a " -"táblázatból,\n" -"\tmajd nyomja meg a Szerkesztés gombot. A kiválasztott bejegyzés " -"törléséhez nyomja meg\n" +"Egy meglévő parancsálnév módosításához válasszon ki egy bejegyzést a táblázatból,\n" +"\tmajd nyomja meg a Szerkesztés gombot. A kiválasztott bejegyzés törléséhez nyomja meg\n" "\ta Törlés gombot.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -890,19 +793,14 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "<big>User Alias</big> \n" -"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with " -"'%') or other\n" -"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, " -"numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in " -"this alias.\n" +"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') or other\n" +"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Felhasználói álnév</big> \n" -"\tEgy felhasználói álnév egy vagy több felhasználót, rendszercsoportot ('%' " -"előtag) vagy más felhasználói álnevet\n" -"\ttakar. Van egy saját azonosítója (csak nagybetűkből, számokból és aláhúzás " -"karakterből állhat),\n" +"\tEgy felhasználói álnév egy vagy több felhasználót, rendszercsoportot ('%' előtag) vagy más felhasználói álnevet\n" +"\ttakar. Van egy saját azonosítója (csak nagybetűkből, számokból és aláhúzás karakterből állhat),\n" "\tamellyel az álnév összes felhasználójára egyszerre lehet hivatkozni.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -911,24 +809,17 @@ #. Single User Alias Help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add users or " -"groups to the\n" -"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on " -"Add button.\n" -"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add users or groups to the\n" +"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on Add button.\n" +"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Adjon meg egy egyedi nevet az Álnév azonosító szövegmezőben. Az " -"álnévhez felhasználókat és\n" -"\tcsoportokat a legördülő menüből kiválasztva és a Hozzáadás gombra " -"kattintva adhat hozzá.\n" -"\tEgy felhasználó törléséhez válassza ki a táblázat megfelelő bejegyzését, " -"majd kattintson az \n" -"\tEltávolítás gombra. A konfiguráció befejezéséhez kattintson az " -"OK gombra.\n" +"Adjon meg egy egyedi nevet az Álnév azonosító szövegmezőben. Az álnévhez felhasználókat és\n" +"\tcsoportokat a legördülő menüből kiválasztva és a Hozzáadás gombra kattintva adhat hozzá.\n" +"\tEgy felhasználó törléséhez válassza ki a táblázat megfelelő bejegyzését, majd kattintson az \n" +"\tEltávolítás gombra. A konfiguráció befejezéséhez kattintson az OK gombra.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -939,37 +830,28 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"Note: Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one " -"member.\n" +"Note: Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one member.\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Megjegyzés: Az álnevet meg kell adni. Továbbá minden álnévnek kell, " -"hogy legyen legalább egy tagja.\n" +"Megjegyzés: Az álnevet meg kell adni. Továbbá minden álnévnek kell, hogy legyen legalább egy tagja.\n" "\t" #. Single Host Alias Help 1/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 msgid "" "<big>Host Alias</big> \n" -"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP " -"addresses\n" -"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. " -"192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" -"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. " -"It is \n" -"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore " -"only), which \n" +"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP addresses\n" +"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" +"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. It is \n" +"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which \n" "\tis then used to refer to all hosts in this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Gép-álnév</big> \n" -"\tA gép-álnév egy vagy több gépnevet, IP-címet, IP-címet hálózati maszkkal " -"pontozott\n" +"\tA gép-álnév egy vagy több gépnevet, IP-címet, IP-címet hálózati maszkkal pontozott\n" "\tformátumban (pl. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) vagy CIDR bitszám-formátumban\n" -"\t(pl. 192.168.0.0/24), esetleg további gép-álneveket tartalmaznak. Van egy " -"saját azonosítója (csak nagybetűkből, számokból és aláhúzás karakterből " -"állhat),\n" +"\t(pl. 192.168.0.0/24), esetleg további gép-álneveket tartalmaznak. Van egy saját azonosítója (csak nagybetűkből, számokból és aláhúzás karakterből állhat),\n" "\tamellyel az álnév összes gépére egyszerre lehet hivatkozni.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -978,16 +860,13 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277 msgid "" "Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add hosts to the\n" -"\talias, click on Add button. A pop-up window will appear, where you " -"can enter\n" +"\talias, click on Add button. A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter\n" "\tvalid hostname or IP address and then click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Adjon meg egy egyedi nevet az Álnév azonosító szövegmezőben. Az " -"álnévhez gépeket\n" -"\ta Hozzáadás gombra kattintva adhat hozzá. Megjelenik egy felugró " -"ablak, amelybe írja be\n" +"Adjon meg egy egyedi nevet az Álnév azonosító szövegmezőben. Az álnévhez gépeket\n" +"\ta Hozzáadás gombra kattintva adhat hozzá. Megjelenik egy felugró ablak, amelybe írja be\n" "\ta kívánt gépnevet vagy IP-címet, majd kattintson az OK gombra.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -995,16 +874,13 @@ #. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 msgid "" -"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and " -"click on\n" +"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Egy gép törléséhez válassza ki a táblázat megfelelő bejegyzését, majd " -"kattintson az \n" -"\tEltávolítás gombra. A konfiguráció befejezéséhez kattintson az " -"OK gombra.\n" +"Egy gép törléséhez válassza ki a táblázat megfelelő bejegyzését, majd kattintson az \n" +"\tEltávolítás gombra. A konfiguráció befejezéséhez kattintson az OK gombra.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -1012,23 +888,17 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 msgid "" "<big>RunAs Alias</big> \n" -"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more " -"users, system groups \n" -"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must " -"contain \n" -"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to " -"refer to all users \n" +"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more users, system groups \n" +"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must contain \n" +"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to refer to all users \n" "\tin this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>RunAs álnév</big> \n" -"\tA RunAs álnév igen hasonló a felhasználói álnevekhez. Egy egy vagy több " -"felhasználót, rendszercsoportot\n" -"\t('%' előtag) vagy más RunAs álnevet takar. Van egy saját azonosítója (csak " -"nagybetűkből, számokból és \n" -"\taláhúzás karakterből állhat), amellyel az álnév összes felhasználójára " -"egyszerre lehet hivatkozni.\n" +"\tA RunAs álnév igen hasonló a felhasználói álnevekhez. Egy egy vagy több felhasználót, rendszercsoportot\n" +"\t('%' előtag) vagy más RunAs álnevet takar. Van egy saját azonosítója (csak nagybetűkből, számokból és \n" +"\taláhúzás karakterből állhat), amellyel az álnév összes felhasználójára egyszerre lehet hivatkozni.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -1036,29 +906,21 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "<big>Command Alias</big> \n" -"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional " -"parameters), directories, or\n" -"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase " -"letters, numbers and\n" +"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional parameters), directories, or\n" +"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and\n" "\tunderscore only), which is \n" -"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally " -"have one or more\n" -"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these " -"parameters only. If a \n" +"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally have one or more\n" +"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these parameters only. If a \n" "\tdirectory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Parancs álnév</big> \n" -"\tA parancsálnév egy vagy több parancsot (és azok esetleges paramétereit), " -"könyvtárat vagy más parancs\n" -"\tálnevet takar. Van egy saját azonosítója (csak nagybetűkből, számokból és " -"aláhúzás karakterből állhat),\n" +"\tA parancsálnév egy vagy több parancsot (és azok esetleges paramétereit), könyvtárat vagy más parancs\n" +"\tálnevet takar. Van egy saját azonosítója (csak nagybetűkből, számokból és aláhúzás karakterből állhat),\n" "\tamellyel az álnév összes parancsára egyszerre lehet hivatkozni. \n" -"\tEgy parancsnak lehetnek paraméterei is megadva. Ha meg vannak adva, akkor " -"a felhasználók csak ezekkel\n" -"\ta paraméterekkel futtathatják a parancsot. Ha könyvtárnév van megadva, " -"akkor a könyvtárban lévő\n" +"\tEgy parancsnak lehetnek paraméterei is megadva. Ha meg vannak adva, akkor a felhasználók csak ezekkel\n" +"\ta paraméterekkel futtathatják a parancsot. Ha könyvtárnév van megadva, akkor a könyvtárban lévő\n" "\tösszes parancs futtatható. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -1066,38 +928,28 @@ #. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331 msgid "" -"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add a new command " -"to the alias,\n" -"\tclick on Add button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can " -"enter command name\n" -"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on Browse button. " -"Additionally, you can\n" +"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add a new command to the alias,\n" +"\tclick on Add button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter command name\n" +"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on Browse button. Additionally, you can\n" "\tspecify command parameters in Parameters text entry\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Adjon meg egy egyedi nevet az Álnév azonosító szövegmezőben. Az " -"álnévhez parancsokat\n" -"\ta Hozzáadás gombra kattintva adhat hozzá. Megjelenik egy felugró " -"ablak, amelybe írja be\n" -"\ta kívánt parancs nevét (vagy válasszon ki egyet a fájlböngészőből a " -"Tallózás gombra.\n" -"kattintva. Ezenfelül a Paraméterek szövegmezőben az esetleges " -"paraméterek is megadhatók.\n" +"Adjon meg egy egyedi nevet az Álnév azonosító szövegmezőben. Az álnévhez parancsokat\n" +"\ta Hozzáadás gombra kattintva adhat hozzá. Megjelenik egy felugró ablak, amelybe írja be\n" +"\ta kívánt parancs nevét (vagy válasszon ki egyet a fájlböngészőből a Tallózás gombra.\n" +"kattintva. Ezenfelül a Paraméterek szövegmezőben az esetleges paraméterek is megadhatók.\n" "\t" #. Single Command Alias Help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339 msgid "" -"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Egy parancs törléséhez válassza ki a táblázat megfelelő bejegyzését, majd " -"kattintson az \n" -"\tEltávolítás gombra. A konfiguráció befejezéséhez kattintson az " -"OK gombra.\n" +"Egy parancs törléséhez válassza ki a táblázat megfelelő bejegyzését, majd kattintson az \n" +"\tEltávolítás gombra. A konfiguráció befejezéséhez kattintson az OK gombra.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -1108,8 +960,7 @@ #. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false; #. } #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400 -msgid "" -"This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" +msgid "This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" msgstr "Ez a szabály rendszerszintű, a sudo megfelelő működéséhez szükséges.\n" #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407 @@ -1130,11 +981,8 @@ #. end Commands #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545 -msgid "" -"All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" -msgstr "" -"Minden módosítás elvész. Valóban megszakítja a sudo beállítását mentés " -"nélkül?" +msgid "All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" +msgstr "Minden módosítás elvész. Valóban megszakítja a sudo beállítását mentés nélkül?" #. Error message #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:573 Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/support.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/support.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/support.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -17,25 +17,26 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +# clients/lan_ypclient.ycp:131 #. Command line help text for the Xsupport module #: src/clients/support.rb:56 msgid "Configuration of support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Támogatás beállítása" #. Rich text title for Support in proposals #: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Támogatás" #. Menu title for Support in proposals #: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Támogatás" #. Command line parameters dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46 msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Supportconfig áttekintése" #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 @@ -48,11 +49,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Megnyitás" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "Collect Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adatok összegyűjtése" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84 msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files." @@ -60,11 +61,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Create report tarball" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jelentés készítése tar formátumban" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108 msgid "Upload Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adat feltöltése" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL." @@ -72,7 +73,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Upload" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Feltöltés" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Could not find any installed browser." @@ -88,12 +89,12 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Supportconfig feltöltése" #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "Save as" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mentés másként" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "Directory to Save" @@ -101,7 +102,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239 msgid "Package with log files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Csomag naplófájlokkal" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL" @@ -109,50 +110,50 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756 msgid "Upload Target" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Feltöltés" #. } #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "Cannot write settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A beállítások mentése sikertelen." #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A beállítások mentése sikertelen." #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Válasszon egy könyvtárat a tömörített fájl mentéséhez" #. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401 msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Válassza ki a naplófájlokból készült tarfájlt" #. Command line parameters dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421 msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Supportconfig paramétereinek beállítása" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Teljes fájllista készítése innen: '/'" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Részletes lemezinformációk és vizsgálat" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eDirectory-k gyökér fájlrendszerének keresése" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441 msgid "Include full SLP service lists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SLP-szolgáltatások teljes listájával" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446 msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "rpm -V futtatása minden telepített csomagra" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451 msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs" @@ -165,38 +166,39 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "Activates all support functions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Összes támogatási funkció aktiválása" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Csak minimális információ gyűjtése" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Szakértői beállítások használata" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Szakértői beállítások" +# clients/lan_manual.ycp:104 clients/lan_manual.ycp:325 clients/lan_nfs_exports.ycp:245 clients/lan_nfs_fstab.ycp:273 #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kapcsolók" #. Support overview dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Supportconfig szakértői beállítása" #. FIXME table header #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614 msgid "Default Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alapértelmezett beállítások" #. Support configure2 dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680 msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Supportconfig kapcsolat beállítása" #. Support configure2 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685 @@ -205,27 +207,31 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "Company" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cég" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84 +# clients/lan_address.ycp:140 clients/lan_complex.ycp:521 clients/lan_complex.ycp:684 #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701 msgid "Email Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "E-mail cím" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Név" +# modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:310 +# clients/lan_ISDN.ycp:905 #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Phone Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Telefonszám" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722 msgid "Store ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Store ID" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Terminal ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Terminál ID" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744 msgid "GPG UID" @@ -246,25 +252,25 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Collecting Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adatok összegyűjtése" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Már ennyi készen van:" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 msgid "Collected Data Review" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Összegyűjtött adatok áttekintése" #. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "File Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fájlnév" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 msgid "Remove from Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eltávolítás az adatokból" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:36 @@ -279,6 +285,8 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Az előkészítés megszakítása:</big> \n" +"Most biztonsággal megszakíthatja a beállítóeszköz futását a Megszakítás gombbal.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 @@ -295,6 +303,10 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Mentés megszakítása:</big> \n" +"A Megszakítás gomb megnyomásával megszakíthatja a folyamatot.\n" +"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e megtenni.\n" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 @@ -302,6 +314,8 @@ "<big>Support Configuration</big> \n" "Configure support here. \n" msgstr "" +"<big>Támogatás beállítása</big> \n" +"Itt adhatja meg a támogatás beállításait. \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:59 @@ -319,16 +333,17 @@ "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Szerkesztés vagy törlés:</big> \n" +"A Szerkesztés gomb megnyomásával, egy további párbeszédablak nyílik meg,\n" +"ahol módosíthatja a beállításokat.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use " -"Open SUSE Support Center.\n" -"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure " -"you write down\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -351,8 +366,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<big>Supportconfig Options</big> \n" -"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default " -"settings,\n" +"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" "gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." msgstr "" @@ -369,38 +383,31 @@ msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" -"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</" -"p>\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.\n" msgstr "" #. Expert dialog help 1/1 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Default Options</big> \n" -"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #. Contact dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Contact Information</big> \n" -"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to " -"include\n" -"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment." -"txt file." +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file." msgstr "" #. Contact dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Upload Information</big> \n" -"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported " -"upload services include\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball " -"filename in your upload target,\n" -"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual " -"tarball filename.\n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" "See man supportconfig(1) for further details." msgstr "" @@ -408,8 +415,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Upload Target Examples</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball</" -"i> \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" msgstr "" @@ -417,10 +423,8 @@ #. Contact dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global " -"Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open " -"service request.\n" +"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -434,16 +438,14 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<big>Collected Data Review</big> \n" -"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some " -"of the collected data,\n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" "use Remove from Data and the selected file will be removed.\n" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" " \n" @@ -454,8 +456,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<big>Upload URL</big> \n" -"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be " -"uploaded\n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" "as default value.\n" "Change this value only in special cases.\n" "\n" @@ -472,8 +473,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" "into the Package with log files field.\n" " \n" @@ -486,6 +486,9 @@ "Press Next to continue.\n" " \n" msgstr "" +"<big>Beállítások - második rész</big> \n" +"Nyomja meg a Következő gombot.\n" +" \n" #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 @@ -494,6 +497,9 @@ "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" "" msgstr "" +"<big>Valami kiválasztása:</big> \n" +"Nem lehetséges, először le kell kódolnod :-)\n" +"" #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -519,19 +525,19 @@ #. *************************************************************************** #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:30 msgid "AppArmor information. security-apparmor.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "AppArmor adatai. security-apparmor.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:33 msgid "autofs information. fs-autofs.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "autofs adatai. fs-autofs.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:36 msgid "Information related to booting and the kernel. boot.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A kernellel és a rendszerbetöltéssel kapcsolatos adatok. boot.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:39 msgid "Current system service states. chkconfig.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rendszerszolgáltatások jelenlegi állapota. chkconfig.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:42 msgid "Information related to capturing a system core dump. crash.txt" @@ -539,31 +545,29 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:45 msgid "Information related to cron and at. cron.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A cron és az at adatai. cron.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48 msgid "Disk, file system mounts and partition information. fs-diskio.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lemezek, fájlrendszer-csatolások és partíciók adatai. fs-diskio.txt" +# modules/sound/sound.ycp:540 modules/sound/sound.ycp:578 +# modules/sound/sound.ycp:588 #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51 msgid "Domain Name Service information. dns.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DNS adatai. dns.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:54 msgid "Novell eDirectory health check information. novell-edir.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Novell eDirectory ellenőrzésével kapcsolatos adatok. novell-edir.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 -msgid "" -"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env." -"txt" -msgstr "" +msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt" +msgstr "A rendszer környezeti adatai, beleértve a sysctl és a root környezeti adatokat is. env.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files " -"in /etc. etc.txt" -msgstr "" +msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt" +msgstr "A *.conf fájlok rekurzív gyűjtése, beleértve az /etc könyvtárban található beállítófájlokat is. etc.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 msgid "Enterprise Volume Management System-related information. evms.txt" @@ -571,20 +575,18 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:66 msgid "Heartbeat/high availabilty cluster information. ha.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Heartbeat/magas rendelkezésre állású fürtök adatai. ha.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:69 msgid "iSCSI target and initiator information. fs-iscsi.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "iSCSI-tárolóval és -kezdeményezővel kapcsolatos adatok. fs-iscsi.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:72 msgid "LDAP related information, including a root DSE search. ldap.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP szolgáltatással kapcsolatos adatok, beleértve a root DSE keresését. ldap.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX " -"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" +msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 @@ -597,11 +599,11 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:84 msgid "System kernel module information. modules.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kernelmodulokkel kapcsolatos adatok. modules.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:87 msgid "Native device mapper multipathing information. mpio.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Natív eszköz-összerendelő többutas adatai. mpio.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:90 msgid "Novell Core Protocol-related information. novell-ncp.txt" @@ -633,16 +635,14 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:111 msgid "List of all open files using lsof. open-files.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nyított fájlok listája lsof parancs használatával. open-files.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:114 msgid "OpenWBEM-related information. openwbem.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 -msgid "" -"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account " -"information. pam.txt" +msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 @@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:123 msgid "Includes key /proc file content. proc.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A /proc tartalma. proc.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:126 msgid "Update daemon-related information. updates-daemon.txt" @@ -659,12 +659,10 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:129 msgid "Update client related information. updates.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klienssel kapcsolatos adatok. updates.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 -msgid "" -"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR " -"data files. sar.txt" +msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 @@ -673,14 +671,12 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:138 msgid "Service Location Protocol related information. slp.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SLP-vel kapcsolatos adatok. slp.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 msgid "" -"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for " -"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" -"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to " -"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" "works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" msgstr "" @@ -692,9 +688,10 @@ msgid "Software RAID-related information. fs-softraid.txt" msgstr "" +# clients/printconf.ycp:323 #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:152 msgid "Secure Shell server information. ssh.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Secure Shell-kiszolgálóval kapcsolatos adatok. ssh.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:155 msgid "Configuration files found in /etc/sysconfig. sysconfig.txt" @@ -713,21 +710,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances " -"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" +msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 -msgid "" -"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" +msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 -msgid "" -"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just " -"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if " -"available. -l" +msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 @@ -735,105 +726,88 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option " -"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." +msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to " -"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 -msgid "" -"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you " -"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" +msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 msgid "Company name to include in the basic-environment.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A cégnév a basic-environment.txt fájlba kerül" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:191 msgid "Contact's email address to include in the basic-environment.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A kapcsolattartó emailcíme a basic-environment.txt fájlba kerül." #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:194 msgid "Contact's name to include in the basic-environment.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A kapcsolattartó neve a basic-environment.txt fájlba kerül." #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:197 msgid "Contact's phone number to include in the basic-environment.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A kapcsolattartó telefonszáma a basic-environment.txt fájlba kerül." #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 -msgid "" -"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the " -"entire file." -msgstr "" +msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file." +msgstr "A naplófájlból bekerülő sorok száma. A nulla azt jelenti, hogy az egész fájl." #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 -msgid "" -"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is " -"always used." +msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the " -"entire file." +msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." +msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 msgid "" -"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if " -"you\n" -"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -" -"Q." +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "" -"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using " -"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports " -"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147 msgid "Support Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Támogatás beállítása" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:72 +# clients/lan.ycp:384 #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A modul indítása…" #. global string created_directory=""; #: src/modules/Support.rb:143 msgid "To continue, enter root password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A folytatáshoz adja meg a root felhasználó jelszavát" #: src/modules/Support.rb:144 msgid "root Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "root-jelszó" +# modules/inst_root.ycp:44 #: src/modules/Support.rb:163 msgid "Password incorrect" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Helytelen jelszó" #. Support read dialog caption #: src/modules/Support.rb:267 @@ -848,30 +822,31 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beállítások mentése" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig futtatása" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beállítások mentése…" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig futtatása…" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801 #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kész" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beállítások összegzése…" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/sysconfig.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/sysconfig.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/sysconfig.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -47,8 +47,7 @@ #. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 msgid "Set value of the variable. Requires options 'variable' and 'value'" -msgstr "" -"Állítsa be a változó értékét. A'változó' és az 'érték' opciók szükségesek" +msgstr "Állítsa be a változó értékét. A'változó' és az 'érték' opciók szükségesek" #. help text for command 'set' 2/3 #. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. @@ -336,30 +335,20 @@ #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " -"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " -"takes effect.\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.\n" msgstr "" "Amennyiben a változások mentése mellett dönt, a szerkesztő kicseréli\n" -"az érintett változókat a megfelelő sysconfig fájlokban, majd lefuttat " -"aktivációs parancsokat,\n" -"melyek megváltoztatják a megfelelő beállítási fájlokat, leállítják és " -"elindítják a szükséges démonokat,\n" -"lefuttatják az alacsony szintű beállítási segédeszközöket, hogy az új " -"beállítások\n" +"az érintett változókat a megfelelő sysconfig fájlokban, majd lefuttat aktivációs parancsokat,\n" +"melyek megváltoztatják a megfelelő beállítási fájlokat, leállítják és elindítják a szükséges démonokat,\n" +"lefuttatják az alacsony szintű beállítási segédeszközöket, hogy az új beállítások\n" "rögtön rendelkezésre álljanak.\n" # include/rc_dialogs.ycp:57 #. helptext for popup - part 2/2 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "" -"Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file " -"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." -msgstr "" -"Fontos tudnivaló: Az egyes beállítási fájlokat természetesen " -"kedvenc szerkesztőjével közvetlenül is szerkesztheti. A fájlok nevei a " -"változó leírásában szerepelnek." +msgid "Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." +msgstr "Fontos tudnivaló: Az egyes beállítási fájlokat természetesen kedvenc szerkesztőjével közvetlenül is szerkesztheti. A fájlok nevei a változó leírásában szerepelnek." # menuentries/menuentry_rc_config.ycp:11 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 @@ -373,23 +362,13 @@ #. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 -msgid "" -"System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration " -"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " -"configure your hardware and system settings." -msgstr "" -"Rendszerbeállítás-szerkesztő A rendszerbeállítás-" -"szerkesztővel megváltoztathat néhány rendszerbeállítást. A YaST-ot is " -"használhatja a hardver- és rendszerbeállítások elvégzésére." +msgid "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings." +msgstr "Rendszerbeállítás-szerkesztő A rendszerbeállítás-szerkesztővel megváltoztathat néhány rendszerbeállítást. A YaST-ot is használhatja a hardver- és rendszerbeállítások elvégzésére." #. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 -msgid "" -"Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read " -"directly from configuration files." -msgstr "" -"Megjegyzés: A leírások nem kerültek lefordításra, mivel egyenesen " -"a beállítási fájlokból kerülnek beolvasásra." +msgid "Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files." +msgstr "Megjegyzés: A leírások nem kerültek lefordításra, mivel egyenesen a beállítási fájlokból kerülnek beolvasásra." #. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 @@ -420,13 +399,8 @@ # include/rc_dialogs.ycp:884 #. help text in popup dialog #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 -msgid "" -"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " -"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Itt láthatja a keresés eredményét. Válassza ki a találatot egy kattintással, " -"és nyomja meg az \"Ugrás ide\" gombot. Eredménytelen keresés esetén nyomja " -"meg a \"Kilépés\" gombot." +msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgstr "Itt láthatja a keresés eredményét. Válassza ki a találatot egy kattintással, és nyomja meg az \"Ugrás ide\" gombot. Eredménytelen keresés esetén nyomja meg a \"Kilépés\" gombot." #. push button label #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 @@ -661,16 +635,12 @@ # include/rc_dialogs.ycp:59 #~ msgid "" -#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can " -#~ "detect if\n" -#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a " -#~ "configuration file manually,\n" +#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" +#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" #~ " it will not touch it.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ " A SuSEconfig minden beállítási fájlról egy ellenőrzőkódot készít, " -#~ "mely segítségével felismeri,\n" -#~ "ha Ön kézzel hozzányúlt valamely beállítási fájlhoz. Amint a SuSEconfig " -#~ "észreveszi, hogy Ön kézzel\n" +#~ " A SuSEconfig minden beállítási fájlról egy ellenőrzőkódot készít, mely segítségével felismeri,\n" +#~ "ha Ön kézzel hozzányúlt valamely beállítási fájlhoz. Amint a SuSEconfig észreveszi, hogy Ön kézzel\n" #~ "megváltoztatott egy beállítási fájlt, akkor ahhoz többé nem nyúl.\n" #~ msgid "All configuration scripts will be started." Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/tftp-server.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/tftp-server.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/tftp-server.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -95,12 +95,8 @@ #. dialog help text #: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 -msgid "" -"Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). " -"The server will be started using xinetd." -msgstr "" -"Itt egy TFTP-kiszolgálót engedélyezhet (Trivial File Transfer Protocol), " -"amelyet a xinetd-démon fog indítani." +msgid "Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The server will be started using xinetd." +msgstr "Itt egy TFTP-kiszolgálót engedélyezhet (Trivial File Transfer Protocol), amelyet a xinetd-démon fog indítani." #. enlighten newbies, #102946 #. dialog help text @@ -114,14 +110,10 @@ "Boot Image Directory:\n" "Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n" "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n" -"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</" -"p>\n" +"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).\n" msgstr "" "Rendszertöltő lemezkép könyvtára:\n" -"Adja meg annak a könyvtárnak a nevét, amelyben a szolgáltatni kívánt " -"fájlok vannak. A megszokott érték a <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. A könyvtár létre " -"lesz hozva,ha még nem létezik. A szervernek ez adja a gyökérkönyvtárát (az " -"<tt>-s</tt> opció használatával).\n" +"Adja meg annak a könyvtárnak a nevét, amelyben a szolgáltatni kívánt fájlok vannak. A megszokott érték a <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. A könyvtár létre lesz hozva,ha még nem létezik. A szervernek ez adja a gyökérkönyvtárát (az <tt>-s</tt> opció használatával).\n" #. Radio button label, disable TFTP server #: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115 @@ -210,11 +202,7 @@ #~ "Boot Image Directory:\n" #~ "Specify the directory where served files are\n" #~ "located. The usual value is <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. It is created if it\n" -#~ "does not exist. The server uses this as its root directory (using the " -#~ "<tt>-s</tt> option).\n" +#~ "does not exist. The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Rendszertöltő képmás könyvtára:\n" -#~ "Adja meg annak a könyvtárnak a nevét, amelyben a szolgáltatni kívánt " -#~ "fájlok vannak. A szokásos érték a <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. A könyvtár létre " -#~ "lesz hozva, ha még nem létezik. A kiszolgálónak ez adja a " -#~ "gyökérkönyvtárát (az <tt>-s</tt> opció használatával).\n" +#~ "Adja meg annak a könyvtárnak a nevét, amelyben a szolgáltatni kívánt fájlok vannak. A szokásos érték a <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. A könyvtár létre lesz hozva, ha még nem létezik. A kiszolgálónak ez adja a gyökérkönyvtárát (az <tt>-s</tt> opció használatával).\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/tune.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/tune.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/tune.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -30,12 +30,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Hardverfelismerés - ez a modul nem támogatja a parancssori felületet, " -"helyette használja a(z) %1 modult helyette." +msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Hardverfelismerés - ez a modul nem támogatja a parancssori felületet, helyette használja a(z) %1 modult helyette." #. translators: popup heading #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 @@ -72,12 +68,8 @@ "kattintva kaphat.\n" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 -msgid "" -"You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File " -"and enter the filename." -msgstr "" -"A hardverről szóló információt fájlba is mentheti. Kattintson a Mentés " -"fájlba gombra és adja meg a fájlnevet." +msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." +msgstr "A hardverről szóló információt fájlba is mentheti. Kattintson a Mentés fájlba gombra és adja meg a fájlnevet." #. installation proposal header #: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 @@ -103,12 +95,8 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 -msgid "" -"DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are " -"displayed here." -msgstr "" -"RészletekA kiválasztott hardverkomponens részletei láthatók " -"itt." +msgid "DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are displayed here." +msgstr "RészletekA kiválasztott hardverkomponens részletei láthatók itt." #. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 @@ -164,37 +152,24 @@ #. help text - part 1/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components " -"detected in your system." -msgstr "" -"Felismert hardver Ez a táblázat tartalmazza az összes felismert " -"hardverkomponenst a rendszerben." +msgid "Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components detected in your system." +msgstr "Felismert hardver Ez a táblázat tartalmazza az összes felismert hardverkomponenst a rendszerben." #. help text - part 2/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Details Select a component and press Details to see a " -"more detailed description of the component." -msgstr "" -"Részletek Válasszon ki néhány komponenst és nyomja meg a " -"Részletek gombot a komponens részletesebb leírásának megjelenítéséhez." -"" +msgid "Details Select a component and press Details to see a more detailed description of the component." +msgstr "Részletek Válasszon ki néhány komponenst és nyomja meg a Részletek gombot a komponens részletesebb leírásának megjelenítéséhez." #. help text - part 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Save to File You can save\n" -#| " hardware information (hwinfo output) to a file or floppy disk. " -#| "Select the target type in Save to File." +#| " hardware information (hwinfo output) to a file or floppy disk. Select the target type in Save to File." msgid "" "Save to File You can save\n" " hardware information (hwinfo output) to a file." -msgstr "" -"Mentés fájlba A hardverinformációt (a hwinfo kimenete) " -"fájlba vagy hajlékonylemezre is mentheti. Válassza ki a cél-adathordozót a " -"Mentés fájlba menüben." +msgstr "Mentés fájlba A hardverinformációt (a hwinfo kimenete) fájlba vagy hajlékonylemezre is mentheti. Válassza ki a cél-adathordozót a Mentés fájlba menüben." #. heading text #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:197 @@ -331,50 +306,28 @@ #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal " -"database of known supported devices." -msgstr "" -"Felvehető egy PCI-azonosító egy eszközillesztő programhoz az ismert " -"támogatott eszközök belső adatbázisának kibővítéséhez." +msgid "It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal database of known supported devices." +msgstr "Felvehető egy PCI-azonosító egy eszközillesztő programhoz az ismert támogatott eszközök belső adatbázisának kibővítéséhez." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 -msgid "" -"PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS " -"Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it " -"is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." -msgstr "" -"A PCI-azonosítószámokat hexadecimális számokként kell beírni és így is " -"jelennek meg. A SysFS könyvtár a /sys/bus/pci/drivers könyvtár neve. " -"Ha üres, akkor az illesztőprogram neve lesz a könyvtár neve." +msgid "PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." +msgstr "A PCI-azonosítószámokat hexadecimális számokként kell beírni és így is jelennek meg. A SysFS könyvtár a /sys/bus/pci/drivers könyvtár neve. Ha üres, akkor az illesztőprogram neve lesz a könyvtár neve." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 -msgid "" -"If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty " -"and enter the SysFS directory name instead." -msgstr "" -"Ha az illesztőprogram a kernelbe van fordítva, akkor hagyja az " -"illesztőprogram nevét üresen és írja be helyette a SysFS könyvtár nevét." +msgid "If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and enter the SysFS directory name instead." +msgstr "Ha az illesztőprogram a kernelbe van fordítva, akkor hagyja az illesztőprogram nevét üresen és írja be helyette a SysFS könyvtár nevét." #. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 -msgid "" -"Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press " -"%1 to activate the settings." -msgstr "" -"A táblázat alatti gombokkal módosítsa a PCI-azonosítók listáját. A " -"beállításokat a(z) %1 gomb megnyomásával érvényesítheti." +msgid "Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press %1 to activate the settings." +msgstr "A táblázat alatti gombokkal módosítsa a PCI-azonosítók listáját. A beállításokat a(z) %1 gomb megnyomásával érvényesítheti." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 -msgid "" -"Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you " -"know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Figyelmeztetés: Ez egy szakértői beállítás. Csak akkor folytassa, " -"ha tudja, mit csinál." +msgid "Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "Figyelmeztetés: Ez egy szakértői beállítás. Csak akkor folytassa, ha tudja, mit csinál." #. tree node string #: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26 @@ -1152,24 +1105,17 @@ msgid "" "<big>Global I/O Scheduler</big> \n" "Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n" -"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in " -"the\n" -"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually " -"'cfq')\n" -"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/" -"block\n" +"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n" +"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n" +"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" "directory (package kernel-source) for more information.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Globális I/O időzítő</big> \n" "Válassza ki a megfelelő algoritmust, amely a parancsokat küldi\n" -"a háttértároló eszközöknek. Ez egy globális beállítás amely az összes " -"háttértároló\n" -"eszközre vonatkozik a rendszerben. Amennyiben ez nem kerül beállításra, " -"akkor az\n" -"alapértelmezett ütemező (általában a 'cfq') fog működni. További " -"információért nézze meg a /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" -"könyvtárban található dokumentációt (amely a kernel-source csomag része).</" -"p>\n" +"a háttértároló eszközöknek. Ez egy globális beállítás amely az összes háttértároló\n" +"eszközre vonatkozik a rendszerben. Amennyiben ez nem kerül beállításra, akkor az\n" +"alapértelmezett ütemező (általában a 'cfq') fog működni. További információért nézze meg a /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" +"könyvtárban található dokumentációt (amely a kernel-source csomag része).\n" #. .sysconfig.sysctl #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:130 @@ -1180,23 +1126,17 @@ #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Enable SysRq Keys</big> \n" -"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if " -"it\n" -"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key " -"combination\n" +"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n" +"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n" "Alt-SysRq-<command_key> will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n" "computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</" -"p>\n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).\n" msgstr "" "<big>SysRq gombok engedélyezése</big> \n" -"Ha bejelöli ezt az opciót, korlátozott irányítást nyer a rendszer felett, " -"még ha az le is fagyna\n" +"Ha bejelöli ezt az opciót, korlátozott irányítást nyer a rendszer felett, még ha az le is fagyna\n" "vagy elszállna (pl. kernelben történő hibakereséskor). Engedélyezésekor az\n" -"Alt-SysRq-<parancsbillentyű> kombináció elindítja a megfelelő utasítást (pl. " -"újraindítás,\n" -"kernelinformációk kiírása). További információkért tekintse meg az <tt>/usr/" -"src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt>\n" +"Alt-SysRq-<parancsbillentyű> kombináció elindítja a megfelelő utasítást (pl. újraindítás,\n" +"kernelinformációk kiírása). További információkért tekintse meg az <tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt>\n" "leírást (amely a kernel-source csomagban található).\n" #. Short sleep between reads or writes @@ -1489,26 +1429,21 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The table contains information about all attached IDE devices. \n" #~ "Current DMA Mode shows the actual settings. Required DMA\n" -#~ "Mode shows settings that will be applied after Finish is " -#~ "pressed and\n" +#~ "Mode shows settings that will be applied after Finish is pressed and\n" #~ "after each boot." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A táblázat a rendszerben található IDE-eszközökről tartalmaz " -#~ "információt.\n" +#~ "A táblázat a rendszerben található IDE-eszközökről tartalmaz információt.\n" #~ "A Jelenlegi DMA-mód oszlop mutatja az aktuális beállítást.\n" -#~ "A Kívánt DMA-mód mutatja azt az állapotot, amely a Kész " -#~ "gomb\n" +#~ "A Kívánt DMA-mód mutatja azt az állapotot, amely a Kész gomb\n" #~ "megnyomása után, valamint minden rendszerindításkor érvénybe lép." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Changing the IDE DMA Mode</BIG> \n" -#~ "Select a device in the table then select the desired DMA mode from DMA " -#~ "Mode.\n" +#~ "Select a device in the table then select the desired DMA mode from DMA Mode.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>IDE DMA-mód megváltoztatása</BIG> \n" -#~ "Válasszon ki egy eszközt a táblázatból, és állítsa be alul a kívánt " -#~ "DMA-módot.\n" +#~ "Válasszon ki egy eszközt a táblázatból, és állítsa be alul a kívánt DMA-módot.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -1518,10 +1453,8 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Megjegyzés:</BIG> \n" -#~ "A DMA-mód letiltása lelassítja az eszközhöz történő hozzáférést, de " -#~ "néhány eszköz\n" -#~ "esetén szükség van erre, mert nem működnek helyesen, ha a DMA " -#~ "engedélyezve van.\n" +#~ "A DMA-mód letiltása lelassítja az eszközhöz történő hozzáférést, de néhány eszköz\n" +#~ "esetén szükség van erre, mert nem működnek helyesen, ha a DMA engedélyezve van.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "Configure the DMA mode for IDE devices" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/update.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/update.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/update.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -83,8 +83,7 @@ "To avoid any loss of information during update,\n" "create a backup prior to updating.\n" msgstr "" -" Ahhoz, hogy elkerülje az esetleges információvesztést a frissítés " -"során,\n" +" Ahhoz, hogy elkerülje az esetleges információvesztést a frissítés során,\n" "készíthet biztonsági mentést a frissítést megelőzően.\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 2/7 @@ -108,21 +107,17 @@ "Stores only those modified files that will be replaced during update.\n" msgstr "" "Biztonsági másolat létrehozása a módosított fájlokról:\n" -"Csak azokat a beállítási fájlokat tárolja, amelyek lecserélődtek a frissítés " -"következtében.\n" +"Csak azokat a beállítási fájlokat tárolja, amelyek lecserélődtek a frissítés következtében.\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 5/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:120 msgid "" "Create a Complete Backup of\n" -"/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of " -"the\n" +"/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of the\n" "sysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.\n" msgstr "" -"Teljes biztonsági másolat létrehozása az /etc/sysconfig könyvtárról</" -"b>\n" -"Ebben benne van az összes olyan beállítási fájl, amely a sysconfig " -"mechanizmus része, hacsak nem lettek felcserélve.\n" +"Teljes biztonsági másolat létrehozása az /etc/sysconfig könyvtárról\n" +"Ebben benne van az összes olyan beállítási fájl, amely a sysconfig mechanizmus része, hacsak nem lettek felcserélve.\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 6/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:130 @@ -133,8 +128,7 @@ "remove them.\n" msgstr "" "A régi biztonsági másolatok törlése a másolatok könyvtárából:\n" -"Ha a jelenlegi rendszere egy korábbi frissítés eredménye, lehetnek " -"biztonsági másolatok a régebbi\n" +"Ha a jelenlegi rendszere egy korábbi frissítés eredménye, lehetnek biztonsági másolatok a régebbi\n" "beállítási fájlokról. Ezzel az opcióval ezek eltávolíthatók.\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 7/7 @@ -176,8 +170,7 @@ "You will lose that selection if you change the basic selection." msgstr "" "A \"Részletezett választás\"-nál egyedi csomagokat is kiválasztott.\n" -"A jelenlegi összeállítás elvész, amennyiben egy másik összeállítás mellett " -"dönt." +"A jelenlegi összeállítás elvész, amennyiben egy másik összeállítás mellett dönt." #. Build and show dialog #. Table item (unknown system [neither openSUSE 11.1 nor SLES 14 nor ...]) @@ -241,8 +234,7 @@ msgid "" "With New Software: This default setting\n" "updates the existing software and installs all new features and benefits of\n" -"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former " -"predefined\n" +"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former predefined\n" "software selection.\n" msgstr "" "Új szoftverrel: Ez az alapértelmezett beállítás\n" @@ -255,29 +247,23 @@ msgid "" "Only Installed Packages: This selection\n" "only updates the packages already installed on your system. Note:\n" -"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, " -"is\n" +"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n" "not available after the update. You might miss new features.\n" msgstr "" -"Csak telepített csomagok: Ez a választás csak a rendszeren már " -"telepített\n" +"Csak telepített csomagok: Ez a választás csak a rendszeren már telepített\n" "csomagokat frissíti. Megjegyzés:\n" -"Az előre megadott csomagkészletekben található új szoftverek, mint például " -"az új YaST modulok,\n" -"nem lesznek elérhetők a frissítést követően. Ezáltal számos új lehetőségtől " -"esik el.\n" +"Az előre megadott csomagkészletekben található új szoftverek, mint például az új YaST modulok,\n" +"nem lesznek elérhetők a frissítést követően. Ezáltal számos új lehetőségtől esik el.\n" #. help text for dialog "update options" 4/4 #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175 msgid "" "After the update, some software might not\n" -"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete " -"those\n" +"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete those\n" "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" "A frissítést követően egyes szoftverek nem biztos, hogy működni fognak.\n" -"Kapcsolja be a Nem karbantartott csomagok törlése opciót ezen " -"csomagok\n" +"Kapcsolja be a Nem karbantartott csomagok törlése opciót ezen csomagok\n" "törléséhez a frissítés során.\n" #. warning / question @@ -393,12 +379,8 @@ #. error message in proposal #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "" -"The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"A telepített termék nem kompatibilis a telepítési adathordozón található " -"termékkel." +msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." +msgstr "A telepített termék nem kompatibilis a telepítési adathordozón található termékkel." # clients/lan_ask_config.ycp:97 #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) @@ -414,21 +396,18 @@ #. %2 is the version being installed #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" -"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the " -"running system. \n" +"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" "or disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n" msgstr "" -"A rendszer nem támogatja egy másik verzióra (%1 ->%2) történő frissítést." -" \n" +"A rendszer nem támogatja egy másik verzióra (%1 ->%2) történő frissítést. \n" "Indítsa el a rendszert a telepítőkészletről és frissítsen onnan\n" "vagy tiltsa le a más verzióhoz tartozó telepítési forrásokat.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." -msgstr "" -"Figyelem: Frissítés újabb verzióra (%1 -> %2). A termékek nem egyeznek." +msgstr "Figyelem: Frissítés újabb verzióra (%1 -> %2). A termékek nem egyeznek." # modules/inst_rpmcopy.ycp:32 # modules/inst_rpmcopy.ycp:55 @@ -450,12 +429,9 @@ "installed as well (default). Decide whether unmaintained packages should be\n" "deleted.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Frissítési opciók</big> Válassza ki a rendszer frissítésének " -"módját.\n" -"Vagy csak a telepített csomagok kerülnek frissítésre vagy új csomagok is " -"telepítésre kerülhetnek\n" -"(ez az alapértelmezett beállítás), a nem karbantartott csomagok pedig " -"törlődnek.\n" +"<big>Frissítési opciók</big> Válassza ki a rendszer frissítésének módját.\n" +"Vagy csak a telepített csomagok kerülnek frissítésre vagy új csomagok is telepítésre kerülhetnek\n" +"(ez az alapértelmezett beállítás), a nem karbantartott csomagok pedig törlődnek.\n" #. this is a menu entry #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 @@ -611,8 +587,7 @@ #. pop-up question #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" -"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected " -"partition.\n" +"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" "A kiválasztott partíción egy nem teljes telepítés található.\n" @@ -737,8 +712,7 @@ #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" -"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not " -"fit.\n" +"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" "It is safer to either enlarge the partition\n" "or not use a /boot partition at all.\n" "\n" @@ -835,16 +809,12 @@ #. a popup message #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" -"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the " -"upgrade\n" -"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition " -"manually\n" +"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" +"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" "to continue the upgrade process." msgstr "" -"A rendszer külön /var partíciót használ, amelynek ismerete a lemeznév-" -"változások\n" -"kezeléséhez szükséges. Válassza ki a /var partíciót kézzel és folytassa a " -"frissítést." +"A rendszer külön /var partíciót használ, amelynek ismerete a lemeznév-változások\n" +"kezeléséhez szükséges. Válassza ki a /var partíciót kézzel és folytassa a frissítést." # modules/inst_language.ycp:68 #. a combo-box label @@ -881,19 +851,14 @@ #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" -"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This " -"is\n" +"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" -"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change " -"the\n" +"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change the\n" "mount-by method to any other method for all partitions." msgstr "" -"A(z) %1 rendszeren található néhány partíció a kernel eszközneveként van " -"felcsatolva.\n" -"Ez a megoldás nem megbízható a frissítés során, mert a kernel eszköznév nem " -"állandó.\n" -"Ezért javasolt a régi rendszer elindítása és a csatolási mód megváltoztatása " -"az összes\n" +"A(z) %1 rendszeren található néhány partíció a kernel eszközneveként van felcsatolva.\n" +"Ez a megoldás nem megbízható a frissítés során, mert a kernel eszköznév nem állandó.\n" +"Ezért javasolt a régi rendszer elindítása és a csatolási mód megváltoztatása az összes\n" "kérdéses partíciónál." #. error message @@ -904,8 +869,7 @@ #. message part 1 #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" -msgstr "" -"Az /etc/fstab fájl egy érvénytelen gyökérpartíció-bejegyzést tartalmaz.\n" +msgstr "Az /etc/fstab fájl egy érvénytelen gyökérpartíció-bejegyzést tartalmaz.\n" #. message part 2 #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 @@ -1010,9 +974,7 @@ #~ "Kívánja az eszközt felcsatolni?" #~ msgid "Cannot read package data from installation media. Media error?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nem lehet a telepítési adathordozón található csomagadatokat beolvasni. " -#~ "Hibás az adathordozó?" +#~ msgstr "Nem lehet a telepítési adathordozón található csomagadatokat beolvasni. Hibás az adathordozó?" #~ msgid "Update based on selection \"%1\"" #~ msgstr "Frissítés a(z) \"%1\" csomagkészlet alapján" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/users.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/users.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/users.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -115,12 +115,8 @@ #. translators: command line help text for 'user' option #: src/clients/groups.rb:218 -msgid "" -"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of " -"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." -msgstr "" -"A csoporttagok, általában felhasználónevek listája, vesszőkkel elválasztva. " -"Az LDAP felhasználói DN-ek listáját kettőspontokkal kell elválasztani." +msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." +msgstr "A csoporttagok, általában felhasználónevek listája, vesszőkkel elválasztva. Az LDAP felhasználói DN-ek listáját kettőspontokkal kell elválasztani." # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1298 #. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option @@ -175,27 +171,13 @@ #. helptext 2/3 #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 -msgid "" -"Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files " -"/etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." -msgstr "" -"Válassza ki a Helyi opciót, ha a felhasználókat csak helyi " -"fájlokkal hitelesíti (/etc/passwd és /etc/shadow)." +msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." +msgstr "Válassza ki a Helyi opciót, ha a felhasználókat csak helyi fájlokkal hitelesíti (/etc/passwd és /etc/shadow)." #. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued) #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133 -msgid "" -"If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to " -"create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a " -"Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new " -"home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." -msgstr "" -"Ha már rendelkezik egy korábbi telepítéssel vagy egy alternatív rendszerrel, " -"akkor lehet létrehozni felhasználókat e forrás alapján is. Ehhez jelölje meg " -"a Felhasználói adatok beolvasása egy korábbi telepítésből négyzetet. " -"E paraméter hatására a rendszer használja a meglévő saját könyvtárat vagy " -"létrehoz egy újat az egyes felhasználóknak a jelen rendszerhez megadott " -"helyen." +msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." +msgstr "Ha már rendelkezik egy korábbi telepítéssel vagy egy alternatív rendszerrel, akkor lehet létrehozni felhasználókat e forrás alapján is. Ehhez jelölje meg a Felhasználói adatok beolvasása egy korábbi telepítésből négyzetet. E paraméter hatására a rendszer használja a meglévő saját könyvtárat vagy létrehoz egy újat az egyes felhasználóknak a jelen rendszerhez megadott helyen." #. radiobutton to select ldap user auth. #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141 @@ -236,23 +218,18 @@ #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185 msgid "" "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" -"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. " -"Then\n" +"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." msgstr "" -"Ha NIS- vagy LDAP-kiszolgálót használ a felhasználói adatok tárolására, " -"vagy egy\n" -"NT-kiszolgálóhoz kívánja hitelesíteni a felhasználókat, válassza ki a " -"megfelelő értékeket.\n" -"Ezt követően folytassa a kliens beállítását a Következő gombra " -"kattintva." +"Ha NIS- vagy LDAP-kiszolgálót használ a felhasználói adatok tárolására, vagy egy\n" +"NT-kiszolgálóhoz kívánja hitelesíteni a felhasználókat, válassza ki a megfelelő értékeket.\n" +"Ezt követően folytassa a kliens beállítását a Következő gombra kattintva." #. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195 msgid "" "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of " -"your client." +"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." msgstr "" "Ha NIS vagy LDAP-kiszolgálót használ a felhasználói adatok tárolására,\n" "válassza ki a megfelelő értékeket, majd folytassa a kliens\n" @@ -266,30 +243,22 @@ "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." msgstr "" "Ha LDAP-kiszolgálót használ a felhasználói adatok tárolására, vagy egy\n" -"NT-kiszolgálóhoz kívánja hitelesíteni a felhasználókat, válassza ki a " -"megfelelő értékeket,\n" +"NT-kiszolgálóhoz kívánja hitelesíteni a felhasználókat, válassza ki a megfelelő értékeket,\n" "majd folytassa a kliens beállítását a Következő gombra kattintva." #. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215 msgid "" "If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of " -"your client." +"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." msgstr "" -"Ha LDAP-kiszolgálót használ a felhasználói adatok tárolására, válassza ki " -"a megfelelő\n" -"értékeket, majd folytassa a kliens beállítását a Következő gombra " -"kattintva." +"Ha LDAP-kiszolgálót használ a felhasználói adatok tárolására, válassza ki a megfelelő\n" +"értékeket, majd folytassa a kliens beállítását a Következő gombra kattintva." #. helptext: additional kerberos support #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225 -msgid "" -"Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after " -"configuring the user data source." -msgstr "" -"A Kerberos-hitelesítés beállítása négyzet megjelölése esetén " -"beállítható a Kerberos a felhasználói adatforrás megadása után." +msgid "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source." +msgstr "A Kerberos-hitelesítés beállítása négyzet megjelölése esetén beállítható a Kerberos a felhasználói adatforrás megadása után." #. check box label #. check box label @@ -399,8 +368,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and " -"numbers\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" "reenter it in a second field.\n" "\n" @@ -421,16 +389,14 @@ "\n" "All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" "Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or " -"umlauts.\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "A \"root\" jelszóra ugyanazok a szabályok vonatkoznak, mint a\n" "többi felhasználó jelszavaira: különbséget kell\n" "tenni kis- és nagybetűk között, a jelszónak legalább 5 karakterből\n" -"kell állnia, és nem ajánlott speciális karaktereket (például ékezetes betűt) " -"használni.\n" +"kell állnia, és nem ajánlott speciális karaktereket (például ékezetes betűt) használni.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued 5/5 @@ -457,12 +423,8 @@ #. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry' #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187 -msgid "" -"To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering " -"text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." -msgstr "" -"A megfelelő billentyűzetkiosztást ellenőrizheti, ha a " -"Billentyűzetkiosztás ellenőrzése mezőbe gépel." +msgid "To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." +msgstr "A megfelelő billentyűzetkiosztást ellenőrizheti, ha a Billentyűzetkiosztás ellenőrzése mezőbe gépel." #. report misspellings of the password #. report misspellings of the password @@ -620,12 +582,8 @@ #. Help text for password expert dialog #. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "" -"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgstr "" -"Az SHA-512 a jelenleg használt hash metódus. Kompatibilitási " -"okokból nem javasolt más algoritmus használata." +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "Az SHA-512 a jelenleg használt hash metódus. Kompatibilitási okokból nem javasolt más algoritmus használata." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 # clients/lan_dns.ycp:269 @@ -683,8 +641,7 @@ "Leave it empty?" msgstr "" "A felhasználónév mezőt csak akkor hagyja üresen, ha egy olyan hálózati\n" -"környezetben dolgozik, ahol hitelesítési-kiszolgáló (authentication server) " -"működik.\n" +"környezetben dolgozik, ahol hitelesítési-kiszolgáló (authentication server) működik.\n" "Biztosan üresen hagyja?" #. help text for main add user dialog @@ -722,14 +679,12 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be " -"between\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" " %2 and %3 characters.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"A kiválasztott titkosítási eljárásnál (%1) a jelszó legfeljebb %3 karakter " -"hosszú lehet és\n" +"A kiválasztott titkosítási eljárásnál (%1) a jelszó legfeljebb %3 karakter hosszú lehet és\n" "legalább %2 karakterből kell állnia.\n" "" @@ -765,13 +720,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 msgid "" "\n" -"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, " -"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -779,20 +731,16 @@ "<tt>._-</tt> jeleket használhatja.\n" "Nagybetűket csak akkor használjon, ha pontosan tudja, mit csinál!\n" "A felhasználónevekre szigorúbb előírások vonatkoznak, mint a jelszavakra.\n" -"A korlátozások az /etc/login.defs fájlban írhatók át. További " -"információkért\n" +"A korlátozások az /etc/login.defs fájlban írhatók át. További információkért\n" "tekintse meg a kézikönyvoldalt.\n" "\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473 -msgid "" -"Check Use this password for system administrator if the same " -"password as entered for the first user should be used for root." +msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." msgstr "" "Jelölje be a Jelszó használata a \"root\" felhasználóhoz\n" -"négyzetet, ha az elsőként létrehozott felhasználó jelszavát szeretné a root " -"számára használni." +"négyzetet, ha az elsőként létrehozott felhasználó jelszavát szeretné a root számára használni." #. help text for main add user dialog #. these are used only during installation time @@ -800,27 +748,20 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with " -"your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure " -"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Az itt létrehozott felhasználónévre és jelszóra lesz szükség a Linux-" -"rendszerbe bejelentkezéshez és a rendszer használatához. Az Automatikus " -"bejelentkezés bekapcsolásával a bejelentkezési folyamat kihagyható. " -"Ekkor a felhasználó automatikusan beléptetésre kerül.\n" +"Az itt létrehozott felhasználónévre és jelszóra lesz szükség a Linux-rendszerbe bejelentkezéshez és a rendszer használatához. Az Automatikus bejelentkezés bekapcsolásával a bejelentkezési folyamat kihagyható. Ekkor a felhasználó automatikusan beléptetésre kerül.\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 5/7 (only during installation) #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System " -"Mail.\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"A root-nak küldött levelek ennek a felhasználónak kerülnek továbbításra, ha " -"bejelöli a Rendszerlevelek fogadása opciót.\n" +"A root-nak küldött levelek ennek a felhasználónak kerülnek továbbításra, ha bejelöli a Rendszerlevelek fogadása opciót.\n" #. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well #. as password encryption (see fate 302980) @@ -987,8 +928,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for home option #: src/clients/users.rb:260 msgid "List of groups of which the user is a member (separated by commas)" -msgstr "" -"Azon csoportok listája, melynek a felhasználó tagja (vesszővel elválasztva)" +msgstr "Azon csoportok listája, melynek a felhasználó tagja (vesszővel elválasztva)" #. translators: command line help text for show option #: src/clients/users.rb:267 @@ -1016,12 +956,10 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry " -"that were not set in previous dialogs." +"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs." msgstr "" "\n" -"Itt láthatja azoknak az lehetséges attribútumoknak a listáját, melyek a " -"jelenlegi LDAP bejegyzéshez használhatók, de még nem lettek kitöltve." +"Itt láthatja azoknak az lehetséges attribútumoknak a listáját, melyek a jelenlegi LDAP bejegyzéshez használhatók, de még nem lettek kitöltve." #. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), #. %1 is list of values @@ -1044,13 +982,11 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Edit each attribute using Edit. Some attributes \n" -"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client " -"Module.\n" +"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client Module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Az egyes attribútumok a Szerkesztés gombra kattintva módosíthatók.\n" -"Néhány attribútumra szükség lehet, mivel be van állítva az LDAP-kliens</" -"b> modul sablonjába.\n" +"Néhány attribútumra szükség lehet, mivel be van állítva az LDAP-kliens modul sablonjába.\n" #. table header 1/2 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235 @@ -1069,14 +1005,8 @@ #. helptext #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 -msgid "" -"Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy " -"object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified " -"user." -msgstr "" -"Jelszóirányelv felhasználóval való összerendelését a Jelszóirányelv " -"objektum DN-je részben lehet elvégezni. A Jelszó visszaállítása " -"használatával a módosított felhasználó jelszava állítható alapállapotba." +msgid "Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified user." +msgstr "Jelszóirányelv felhasználóval való összerendelését a Jelszóirányelv objektum DN-je részben lehet elvégezni. A Jelszó visszaállítása használatával a módosított felhasználó jelszava állítható alapállapotba." #. check box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107 @@ -1180,42 +1110,21 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n" -"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</" -"p>\n" +"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.\n" msgstr "" -"Adjon meg egy méretkorlátot a felhasználó által a fájlrendszeren " -"használható 1 kB\n" +"Adjon meg egy méretkorlátot a felhasználó által a fájlrendszeren használható 1 kB\n" "blokkok számának megadásával. Ezen kívül megadhat egy inode korlátot is, a\n" -"felhasználó által a fájlrendszeren használható inode-ok számának megadásával." -"\n" +"felhasználó által a fájlrendszeren használható inode-ok számának megadásával.\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 -msgid "" -"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied." -msgstr "" -"Megadhat mind figyelmeztetési, mind végső korlátot a méretre és az inode-" -"ok számára vonatkozóan. A figyelmeztetési korlát egy figyelmeztetési szintet " -"ad meg, amely elérésekor a felhasználók a korlát megközelítéséről kapnak " -"tájékoztatást, míg a végső korlát elérésekor bekövetkezik az írási kérések " -"megtagadása." +msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." +msgstr "Megadhat mind figyelmeztetési, mind végső korlátot a méretre és az inode-ok számára vonatkozóan. A figyelmeztetési korlát egy figyelmeztetési szintet ad meg, amely elérésekor a felhasználók a korlát megközelítéséről kapnak tájékoztatást, míg a végső korlát elérésekor bekövetkezik az írási kérések megtagadása." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 -msgid "" -"As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately." -msgstr "" -"Amint a felhasználó eléri a figyelmeztetési korlátot, a türelmi idő " -"bemeneti mezői aktiválásra kerülnek. Adja meg azt az időtartamot, amíg a " -"felhasználók átléphetik a fent beállított figyelmeztetési korlátot. A " -"türelmi idő visszaszámlálása azonnal megkezdődik." +msgid "As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." +msgstr "Amint a felhasználó eléri a figyelmeztetési korlátot, a türelmi idő bemeneti mezői aktiválásra kerülnek. Adja meg azt az időtartamot, amíg a felhasználók átléphetik a fent beállított figyelmeztetési korlátot. A türelmi idő visszaszámlálása azonnal megkezdődik." #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 @@ -1226,42 +1135,21 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" -"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</" -"p>\n" +"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.\n" msgstr "" -"Adjon meg egy méretkorlátot a csoport által a fájlrendszeren használható " -"1 kB\n" +"Adjon meg egy méretkorlátot a csoport által a fájlrendszeren használható 1 kB\n" "blokkok számának megadásával. Ezen kívül megadhat egy inode korlátot is, a\n" -"csoport által a fájlrendszeren használható inode-ok számának megadásával.</" -"p>\n" +"csoport által a fájlrendszeren használható inode-ok számának megadásával.\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 -msgid "" -"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied." -msgstr "" -"Megadhat mind figyelmeztetési, mind végső korlátot a méretre és az inode-" -"ok számára vonatkozóan. A figyelmeztetési korlát egy figyelmeztetési szintet " -"ad meg, amely elérésekor a csoportok a korlát megközelítéséről kapnak " -"tájékoztatást, míg a végső korlát elérésekor bekövetkezik az írási kérések " -"megtagadása." +msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." +msgstr "Megadhat mind figyelmeztetési, mind végső korlátot a méretre és az inode-ok számára vonatkozóan. A figyelmeztetési korlát egy figyelmeztetési szintet ad meg, amely elérésekor a csoportok a korlát megközelítéséről kapnak tájékoztatást, míg a végső korlát elérésekor bekövetkezik az írási kérések megtagadása." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 -msgid "" -"As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately." -msgstr "" -"Amint a csoport eléri a figyelmeztetési korlátot, a türelmi idő bemeneti " -"mezői aktiválásra kerülnek. Adja meg azt az időtartamot, amíg a felhasználók " -"átléphetik a fent beállított figyelmeztetési korlátot. A türelmi idő " -"visszaszámlálása azonnal megkezdődik." +msgid "As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." +msgstr "Amint a csoport eléri a figyelmeztetési korlátot, a türelmi idő bemeneti mezői aktiválásra kerülnek. Adja meg azt az időtartamot, amíg a felhasználók átléphetik a fent beállított figyelmeztetési korlátot. A türelmi idő visszaszámlálása azonnal megkezdődik." #. combo box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188 @@ -1504,8 +1392,7 @@ "You can not delete this user, because the user is present.\n" "Please log off the user first." msgstr "" -"Ezt a felhasználót nem lehet törölni, mert a felhasználó be van " -"jelentkezve.\n" +"Ezt a felhasználót nem lehet törölni, mert a felhasználó be van jelentkezve.\n" "A törléshez először ki kell jelentkeznie a felhasználónak." #. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# @@ -1570,8 +1457,7 @@ "mivel a legtöbb levelezési rendszer nem különbözteti meg\n" "a nagy-/kisbetűket, így nem tudja a leveleket a megfelelő\n" "felhasználóhoz kézbesíteni. \n" -"A problémát a másodlagos nevek táblájának szerkesztésével lehet megoldani.</" -"p>\n" +"A problémát a másodlagos nevek táblájának szerkesztésével lehet megoldani.\n" #. The login name contains uppercase 3/3 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:80 @@ -1596,14 +1482,12 @@ "'%1' and '%2'\n" "were found. Use them for current user?\n" "\n" -"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home " -"directory." +"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." msgstr "" "Titkosított könyvtár lemezkép- és kulcsfájl: '%1' és '%2' található.\n" "Használja a jelenlegi felhasználóhoz?\n" "\n" -"Ez azt jelenti, hogy a lemezképben található fájlok kerülnek felhasználásra " -"a home könyvtárban találhatók helyett." +"Ez azt jelenti, hogy a lemezképben található fájlok kerülnek felhasználásra a home könyvtárban találhatók helyett." #. popup label, %1 is path to directory #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369 @@ -1632,8 +1516,7 @@ #. label text #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed." -msgstr "" -"Nem helyi felhasználók esetén csak a kiegészítő csoporttagságok módosíthatók." +msgstr "Nem helyi felhasználók esetén csak a kiegészítő csoporttagságok módosíthatók." #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456 @@ -1928,8 +1811,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or " -"umlauts. \n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1946,8 +1828,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Itt lehet beállítani az alapértelmezett értékeket új helyi vagy rendszer " -"felhasználók létrehozásához.\n" +"Itt lehet beállítani az alapértelmezett értékeket új helyi vagy rendszer felhasználók létrehozásához.\n" "\n" #. Help text 1/6 @@ -1981,38 +1862,31 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "Default Login Shell \n" -"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter " -"your own path to the shell.\n" +"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.\n" msgstr "" "Alapértelmezett bejelentkezési parancsértelmező \n" -"Az új felhasználók bejelentkezési parancsértelmezőjének neve. Válasszon ki " -"egyet a listáról vagy adja meg egyénileg a parancsértelmező elérési útját.</" -"P>\n" +"Az új felhasználók bejelentkezési parancsértelmezőjének neve. Válasszon ki egyet a listáról vagy adja meg egyénileg a parancsértelmező elérési útját.\n" #. Help text 3/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "Default Home \n" -"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is " -"added\n" +"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n" "to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Alapértelmezett saját könyvtár \n" -"A kezdeti útvonalelőtag az új felhasználók saját könyvtárához. A felhasználó " -"neve a végéhez lesz\n" +"A kezdeti útvonalelőtag az új felhasználók saját könyvtárához. A felhasználó neve a végéhez lesz\n" "illesztve, ez lesz a felhasználó saját könyvtára alapértelmezetten.\n" #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "Skeleton Directory \n" -"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a " -"new user is added. \n" +"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. \n" msgstr "" "Sablonkönyvtár \n" -"A könyvtár tartalmából másolat készül a felhasználó saját könyvtárába, " -"amikor egy új felhasználót hozunk létre. \n" +"A könyvtár tartalmából másolat készül a felhasználó saját könyvtárába, amikor egy új felhasználót hozunk létre. \n" #. Help text 4.5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 @@ -2028,8 +1902,7 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "Expiration Date \n" -"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the " -"format\n" +"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n" "YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" msgstr "" "Lejárati idő Itt állíthatja be azt az időt, ami után az\n" @@ -2047,8 +1920,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bejelentkezés a jelszó lejárata után \n" "Lehetőség van arra, hogy a felhasználó még bejelentkezzen, miután jelszava\n" -"lejárt. Itt beállíthatja, hogy a bejelentkezés még hány napig legyen " -"lehetséges.\n" +"lejárt. Itt beállíthatja, hogy a bejelentkezés még hány napig legyen lehetséges.\n" "Korlátozás nélküli bejelentkezéshez állítsa be -1 értékre.\n" "\n" @@ -2097,8 +1969,7 @@ msgstr "" "<BIG>Mentési folyamat megszakítása:</BIG> \n" "Megszakíthatja a mentést a Megszakítás gombbal.\n" -"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e " -"megtenni.\n" +"Egy további párbeszédablak fogja tájékoztatni arról, hogy ezt biztonságos-e megtenni.\n" "\n" # modules/inst_user.ycp:69 @@ -2125,22 +1996,18 @@ "Create the Username from components of the full name by\n" "clicking Suggestion. It may be modified, but use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "A Felhasználónév előállítható a teljes névből a\n" "Javaslat gomb megnyomásával. Ezt a javaslatot módosíthatja,\n" "de csak (ékezet nélküli) betűkkel, számokkal és\n" -"a <tt>._-</tt> jelekkel. Nagybetűket csak akkor használjon, ha pontosan " -"tudja, mit csinál!\n" +"a <tt>._-</tt> jelekkel. Nagybetűket csak akkor használjon, ha pontosan tudja, mit csinál!\n" "A felhasználónevekre szigorúbb az előírás, mint a jelszavakra.\n" -"A korlátozások az /etc/login.defs fájlban írhatók át. További " -"információkért\n" +"A korlátozások az /etc/login.defs fájlban írhatók át. További információkért\n" "tekintse meg a kézikönyvoldalt.\n" "\n" @@ -2150,32 +2017,24 @@ "\n" "For the Username, use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "A Felhasználónév módosításához csak (ékezet nélküli) betűket,\n" -"számokat és a <tt>._-</tt> jeleket használhatja. Nagybetűket csak akkor " -"használjon,\n" +"számokat és a <tt>._-</tt> jeleket használhatja. Nagybetűket csak akkor használjon,\n" "ha pontosan tudja, mit csinál! \n" "A felhasználónevekre szigorúbb az előírás, mint a jelszavakra.\n" -"A korlátozások az /etc/login.defs fájlban írhatók át. További " -"információkért\n" +"A korlátozások az /etc/login.defs fájlban írhatók át. További információkért\n" "tekintse meg a kézikönyvoldalt.\n" "\n" #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 -msgid "" -"Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"További felhasználók vagy csoportok hozzáadásához nyomja meg a " -"Felhasználók kezelése gombot." +msgid "Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system." +msgstr "További felhasználók vagy csoportok hozzáadásához nyomja meg a Felhasználók kezelése gombot." #. alternative help text 4/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:278 @@ -2186,22 +2045,18 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ha a felhasználó beállításainak további részleteit (mint például a saját " -"könyvtár\n" -"vagy a felhasználói azonosító) is szeretné látni, nyomja meg a Részletek</" -"b> gombot.\n" +"Ha a felhasználó beállításainak további részleteit (mint például a saját könyvtár\n" +"vagy a felhasználói azonosító) is szeretné látni, nyomja meg a Részletek gombot.\n" "\n" #. alternative help text 5/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 msgid "" "\n" -"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, " -"click Password Settings.\n" +"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click Password Settings.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"A jelszóbeállítások (pl. a lejárati idő) megváltoztatásához kattintson a " -"Jelszóbeállítások gombra.\n" +"A jelszóbeállítások (pl. a lejárati idő) megváltoztatásához kattintson a Jelszóbeállítások gombra.\n" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 @@ -2210,8 +2065,7 @@ "log in, check Disable User Login." msgstr "" "Ha meg akarja tiltani ennek a felhasználónak, hogy bejelentkezzen,\n" -"akkor jelölje meg a Felhasználó bejelentkezésének tiltása négyzetet.</" -"p>" +"akkor jelölje meg a Felhasználó bejelentkezésének tiltása négyzetet." #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:316 @@ -2239,8 +2093,7 @@ "Csoportnév:\n" "Itt a csoport nevét kell megadni. Lehetőleg kerülje el a hosszú neveket.\n" "A csoportnév javasolt hossza 2 és 8 karakter között van.\n" -"A csoportnevekhez engedélyezett karakterek listája az /etc/login.defs " -"fájlban\n" +"A csoportnevekhez engedélyezett karakterek listája az /etc/login.defs fájlban\n" "írható át. További információkért tekintse meg a kézikönyvoldalt.\n" "\n" @@ -2257,12 +2110,9 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Csoportazonosító (GID):\n" -"A csoporthoz a nevén túl egy ún. GID-et (GID = group ID, csoportazonosító) " -"is hozzá\n" -"kell rendelni. Az ID értékének 0 és %1 közé kell esnie. Néhány azonosító már " -"foglalt a rendszer\n" -"számára, ezért a YaST figyelmeztetni fog, ha egy már meglévő azonosítót " -"próbál meg használni.\n" +"A csoporthoz a nevén túl egy ún. GID-et (GID = group ID, csoportazonosító) is hozzá\n" +"kell rendelni. Az ID értékének 0 és %1 közé kell esnie. Néhány azonosító már foglalt a rendszer\n" +"számára, ezért a YaST figyelmeztetni fog, ha egy már meglévő azonosítót próbál meg használni.\n" "\n" #. help text 4/6 @@ -2270,8 +2120,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Password:\n" -"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves " -"when\n" +"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n" "switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n" "password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n" "here. This entry is not required.\n" @@ -2346,8 +2195,7 @@ "Felhasználói azonosító (UID):\n" "A rendszer minden felhasználóját egy egyedi számmal azonosítja, amelyet\n" "felhasználói azonosítónak (UID = user ID) hívunk. Közönséges felhasználók\n" -"esetén az azonosító legalább %1 kell, hogy legyen, mivel a kisebb " -"azonosítókat\n" +"esetén az azonosító legalább %1 kell, hogy legyen, mivel a kisebb azonosítókat\n" "a rendszer saját, belső céljaira és pszeudo-bejelentkezésekhez használja.\n" "\n" @@ -2362,11 +2210,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Ha megváltoztatja egy meglévő felhasználó UID-ját, az általa használt\n" -"fájlok jogosultságait meg kell változtatni. Ez a felhasználó saját " -"könyvtárában lévő fájlokkal automatikusan történik, más könyvtárakban lévő " -"fájlok esetében\n" -"azonban Önnek (vagy a rendszergazdának) kell elvégeznie ezt a műveletet.</" -"p>.\n" +"fájlok jogosultságait meg kell változtatni. Ez a felhasználó saját könyvtárában lévő fájlokkal automatikusan történik, más könyvtárakban lévő fájlok esetében\n" +"azonban Önnek (vagy a rendszergazdának) kell elvégeznie ezt a műveletet..\n" #. help text 4/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:417 @@ -2381,19 +2226,14 @@ "\n" "Saját könyvtár:\n" "A felhasználó saját könyvtára, ahol a felhasználó\n" -"személyes adatait, beállításait tárolhatja. Alapértelmezett esetben ez a /" -"home/azonosító könyvtár.\n" +"személyes adatait, beállításait tárolhatja. Alapértelmezett esetben ez a /home/azonosító könyvtár.\n" "Egy meglévő könyvtár kiválasztásához kattintson a Tallózás gombra.\n" "\n" #. help text for user's home directory mode #: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 -msgid "" -"Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's " -"home directory different from the default." -msgstr "" -"A saját könyvtár az alapértelmezettől eltérő beállításához jelölje meg a " -"Saját könyvtár jogosultsági mód négyzetet." +msgid "Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's home directory different from the default." +msgstr "A saját könyvtár az alapértelmezettől eltérő beállításához jelölje meg a Saját könyvtár jogosultsági mód négyzetet." #. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') #: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 @@ -2408,48 +2248,23 @@ #. help text for Move to new location checkbox #: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 -msgid "" -"If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of " -"the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by " -"default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the " -"existing data." -msgstr "" -"A felhasználó saját könyvtárának áthelyezése esetén az aktuális könyvtár " -"tartalmát helyezze át az Átmozgatás új helyre paranccsal. Ez " -"alapértelmezésben be is van kapcsolva. Ellenkező esetben az új saját " -"könyvtár a meglévő adatok nélkül kerül létrehozásra." +msgid "If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data." +msgstr "A felhasználó saját könyvtárának áthelyezése esetén az aktuális könyvtár tartalmát helyezze át az Átmozgatás új helyre paranccsal. Ez alapértelmezésben be is van kapcsolva. Ellenkező esetben az új saját könyvtár a meglévő adatok nélkül kerül létrehozásra." #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 msgid "" "To encrypt the user's home directory, enable Use Encrypted Home\n" -"Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home " -"directory\n" -"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is " -"shared\n" +"Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n" +"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n" "among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n" -"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted " -"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically " -"shared." -msgstr "" -"A felhasználó saját könyvtárának titkosításához jelölje meg a " -"Titkosított saját könyvtár használata lehetőséget és adja meg a " -"könyvtár méretét. A felhasználó saját könyvtárának titkosítása nem biztosít " -"erős védelmet más felhasználókkal szemben. Ha a gépet többen is használják " -"akkor egyikük képes lehet egy másik felhasználó kulcsának megszerzésére és a " -"titkosított adatok elérésére. Erős biztonság kialakításához a rendszer " -"fizikai megosztását nem szabad engedélyezni." +"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared." +msgstr "A felhasználó saját könyvtárának titkosításához jelölje meg a Titkosított saját könyvtár használata lehetőséget és adja meg a könyvtár méretét. A felhasználó saját könyvtárának titkosítása nem biztosít erős védelmet más felhasználókkal szemben. Ha a gépet többen is használják akkor egyikük képes lehet egy másik felhasználó kulcsának megszerzésére és a titkosított adatok elérésére. Erős biztonság kialakításához a rendszer fizikai megosztását nem szabad engedélyezni." #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is " -"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint " -"configuration first." -msgstr "" -"A saját könyvtárak nem titkosíthatók, ha az ujjlenyomat-olvasó " -"használatban van. A saját könyvtár titkosításához, először le kell tiltani " -"az ujjlenyomat-olvasót." +msgid "Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first." +msgstr "A saját könyvtárak nem titkosíthatók, ha az ujjlenyomat-olvasó használatban van. A saját könyvtár titkosításához, először le kell tiltani az ujjlenyomat-olvasót." #. alternate helptext 5/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 @@ -2474,8 +2289,7 @@ "További információ\n" "Néhány további felhasználói adatot állíthat be itt. Ez a mező max. három\n" "részt tartalmazhat, vesszővel elválasztva. A szabványos használat szerint \n" -"írjuk ide az iroda,munkahelyi telefon,otthoni telefon " -"adatokat.\n" +"írjuk ide az iroda,munkahelyi telefon,otthoni telefon adatokat.\n" "Ez az információ jelenik meg akkor, ha a finger parancsot\n" "adjuk ki a felhasználóra.\n" @@ -2522,8 +2336,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "További csoportok\n" -"Itt azok a csoportok választhatók ki, amelyeknek a felhasználó az " -"alapértelmezett csoporton kívül tagja akar lenni.\n" +"Itt azok a csoportok választhatók ki, amelyeknek a felhasználó az alapértelmezett csoporton kívül tagja akar lenni.\n" "\n" #. helptxt for plugin dialog 1/2 @@ -2546,12 +2359,8 @@ #. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 -msgid "" -"Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting " -"Launch." -msgstr "" -"Egy adott bővítőmodul részletes beállításához kattintson az Indítás</" -"b> gombra." +msgid "Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting Launch." +msgstr "Egy adott bővítőmodul részletes beállításához kattintson az Indítás gombra." #. help texts 1/1 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:562 @@ -2570,11 +2379,7 @@ "Activate Force Password Change to force the user to change the\n" "password at the next login. If Last Password Change is set to\n" "Never, the user will be forced to change the password." -msgstr "" -"A Jelszóváltás kikényszerítése beállításakor a felhasználónak meg " -"kell változtatnia a jelszavát a következő bejelentkezéskor. Amennyiben az " -"Utolsó jelszóváltás Soha értékre van állítva, a felhasználónak " -"le kell cserélnie a jelszavát." +msgstr "A Jelszóváltás kikényszerítése beállításakor a felhasználónak meg kell változtatnia a jelszavát a következő bejelentkezéskor. Amennyiben az Utolsó jelszóváltás Soha értékre van állítva, a felhasználónak le kell cserélnie a jelszavát." #. Help text 2/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:579 @@ -2588,10 +2393,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Figyelmeztetés a jelszó lejárata előtt \n" -"Lehetőség van arra, hogy a felhasználókat figyelmeztessük a jelszó " -"lejáratáról.\n" -"Itt beállíthatja, hogy a figyelmeztetést hány nappal a lejárat előtt kapja " -"meg.\n" +"Lehetőség van arra, hogy a felhasználókat figyelmeztessük a jelszó lejáratáról.\n" +"Itt beállíthatja, hogy a figyelmeztetést hány nappal a lejárat előtt kapja meg.\n" "Ha nem akar figyelmeztetést kapni/küldeni, állítsa be -1 értékre.\n" "\n" @@ -2605,16 +2408,14 @@ msgstr "" "Bejelentkezés a jelszó lejárata után \n" "Lehetőség van arra, hogy a felhasználó még bejelentkezzen, miután jelszava\n" -"lejárt. Itt beállíthatja, hogy a bejelentkezés még hány napig legyen " -"lehetséges.\n" +"lejárt. Itt beállíthatja, hogy a bejelentkezés még hány napig legyen lehetséges.\n" "Korlátozás nélküli bejelentkezéshez állítsa be -1 értékre.\n" "\n" #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 msgid "" -"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days " -"a user \n" +"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days a user \n" "can use the same password before it expires.\n" msgstr "" "A jelszó élettartama Itt állíthatja be, hogy a felhasználó\n" @@ -2623,8 +2424,7 @@ #. Help text 5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 msgid "" -"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum " -"age of \n" +"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum age of \n" "a password before a user is allowed to change it.\n" msgstr "" "Jelszó minimális időtartama Adja meg, hogy \n" @@ -2662,173 +2462,88 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Changing the Values \n" -"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the " -"module with Configure.\n" +"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with Configure.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Értékek megváltoztatása \n" -"Ezeket a beállításokat megváltoztathatja a megfelelő modulok futtatásával. " -"Válassza ki a modult a Beállítások gombbal.\n" +"Ezeket a beállításokat megváltoztathatja a megfelelő modulok futtatásával. Válassza ki a modult a Beállítások gombbal.\n" "\n" #. help text for Password Policy Dialog #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies</" -"b>, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups " -"of attributes to configure." -msgstr "" -"Az LDAP-jelszóirányelv attribútumcsoportok beállításához kattintson a " -"Jelszóváltási irányelvek, Jelszólejárati irányelvek és " -"Kizárási irányelvek pontokra." +msgid "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure." +msgstr "Az LDAP-jelszóirányelv attribútumcsoportok beállításához kattintson a Jelszóváltási irányelvek, Jelszólejárati irányelvek és Kizárási irányelvek pontokra." #. help text for pwdInHistory attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set " -"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not " -"be used." -msgstr "" -"Az A visszamenőlegesen tárolt jelszavak maximális száma mezőben " -"adható meg, hogy hány korábbi jelszó legyen elmentve. Az elmentett jelszavak " -"nem használhatók." +msgid "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used." +msgstr "Az A visszamenőlegesen tárolt jelszavak maximális száma mezőben adható meg, hogy hány korábbi jelszó legyen elmentve. Az elmentett jelszavak nem használhatók." #. help text for pwdMustChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to " -"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " -"administrator." -msgstr "" -"A Visszaállítás után kötelező jelszót váltani lehetőség " -"megjelölésével kényszeríthetők a felhasználók jelszavaik megváltoztatására, " -"ha azokat az adminisztrátor visszaállította vagy módosította." +msgid "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator." +msgstr "A Visszaállítás után kötelező jelszót váltani lehetőség megjelölésével kényszeríthetők a felhasználók jelszavaik megváltoztatására, ha azokat az adminisztrátor visszaállította vagy módosította." #. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their " -"passwords." -msgstr "" -"Jelölje be az A felhasználó módosíthatja a jelszavát mezőt, ha a " -"felhasználóknak engedélyezni kívánja a jelszavaik megváltoztatását." +msgid "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their passwords." +msgstr "Jelölje be az A felhasználó módosíthatja a jelszavát mezőt, ha a felhasználóknak engedélyezni kívánja a jelszavaik megváltoztatását." #. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 -msgid "" -"If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " -"check Old Password Required for Password Change." -msgstr "" -"Ha az új jelszó mellé meg kelljen adni a régit is, jelölje meg a " -"Jelszóváltáshoz kell a régi jelszó mezőt." +msgid "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check Old Password Required for Password Change." +msgstr "Ha az új jelszó mellé meg kelljen adni a régit is, jelölje meg a Jelszóváltáshoz kell a régi jelszó mezőt." #. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "" -"Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords " -"are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be " -"checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are " -"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has " -"provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords " -"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be " -"checked." -msgstr "" -"Adja meg, hogy a rendszer ellenőrizze-e a jelszavak minőségét az " -"jelszavak megadása és módosítása során. A Nincs ellenőrzés hatására " -"semmilyen ellenőrzés nem történik. Az Ellenőrizhetetlen jelszavak " -"elfogadása kiválasztására a jelszavak akkor is elfogadásra kerülnek, ha " -"az ellenőrzés nem végezhető el, például mert a felhasználó titkosított " -"jelszót adott meg. A Csak ellenőrzött jelszavak elfogadása beállítás " -"hatására a jelszavakat nem fogadja el a rendszer, ha azok nem felelnek meg a " -"minőségteszten, illetve ha a jelszó ellenőrzése nem végezhető el." +msgid "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked." +msgstr "Adja meg, hogy a rendszer ellenőrizze-e a jelszavak minőségét az jelszavak megadása és módosítása során. A Nincs ellenőrzés hatására semmilyen ellenőrzés nem történik. Az Ellenőrizhetetlen jelszavak elfogadása kiválasztására a jelszavak akkor is elfogadásra kerülnek, ha az ellenőrzés nem végezhető el, például mert a felhasználó titkosított jelszót adott meg. A Csak ellenőrzött jelszavak elfogadása beállítás hatására a jelszavakat nem fogadja el a rendszer, ha azok nem felelnek meg a minőségteszten, illetve ha a jelszó ellenőrzése nem végezhető el." #. help text for pwdMinLength attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " -"Minimum Password Length." -msgstr "" -"A jelszóban kötelezően használandó karakterek minimális száma a Minimális " -"jelszóhossz mezőben adható meg." +msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in Minimum Password Length." +msgstr "A jelszóban kötelezően használandó karakterek minimális száma a Minimális jelszóhossz mezőben adható meg." #. help text for pwdMinAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 -msgid "" -"Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between " -"modifications to the password." -msgstr "" -"A Minimális jelszóélettartam mezőben adható meg, hogy legalább " -"mennyi idő teljen el a jelszó két módosítása között." +msgid "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password." +msgstr "A Minimális jelszóélettartam mezőben adható meg, hogy legalább mennyi idő teljen el a jelszó két módosítása között." #. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password " -"expires." -msgstr "" -"A Maximális jelszóélettartam mezőben adható meg, hogy a módosítás " -"után mennyi idővel járjon le a jelszó." +msgid "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password expires." +msgstr "A Maximális jelszóélettartam mezőben adható meg, hogy a módosítás után mennyi idővel járjon le a jelszó." #. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long " -"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages " -"should be given to an authenticating user." -msgstr "" -"A Figyelmeztetés a jelszó lejárata előtt mezőben adható meg, hogy " -"az éppen magát hitelesítő felhasználó hány nappal a jelszó lejárata előtt " -"kapjon figyelmeztetést." +msgid "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user." +msgstr "A Figyelmeztetés a jelszó lejárata előtt mezőben adható meg, hogy az éppen magát hitelesítő felhasználó hány nappal a jelszó lejárata előtt kapjon figyelmeztetést." #. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate " -"in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." -msgstr "" -"A Lejárt jelszavak engedélyezett használata mezőben adható meg, " -"hogy egy lejárt jelszó még hányszor használható." +msgid "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." +msgstr "A Lejárt jelszavak engedélyezett használata mezőben adható meg, hogy egy lejárt jelszó még hányszor használható." #. help text for pwdLockout attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 -msgid "" -"Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a " -"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." -msgstr "" -"A Jelszózárolás engedélyezése paraméterrel letiltható egy jelszó " -"használata adott számú sikertelen kapcsolódási kísérlet után." +msgid "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." +msgstr "A Jelszózárolás engedélyezése paraméterrel letiltható egy jelszó használata adott számú sikertelen kapcsolódási kísérlet után." #. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "" -"Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " -"password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the " -"Password." -msgstr "" -"Az Ennyi sikertelen csatlakozás után a jelszó zárolása mezőben " -"adható meg, hogy hány sikertelen csatlakozás után legyen megtiltva a jelszó " -"használata hitelesítéshez." +msgid "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the Password." +msgstr "Az Ennyi sikertelen csatlakozás után a jelszó zárolása mezőben adható meg, hogy hány sikertelen csatlakozás után legyen megtiltva a jelszó használata hitelesítéshez." #. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 -msgid "" -"Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." -"" -msgstr "" -"Az, hogy a jelszó meddig ne legyen használható, a Jelszózárolás " -"hossza mezőben állítható." +msgid "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." +msgstr "Az, hogy a jelszó meddig ne legyen használható, a Jelszózárolás hossza mezőben állítható." #. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 -msgid "" -"Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password " -"failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful " -"authentication has occurred." -msgstr "" -"A Csatlakozási hibák ideiglenes tárolásának időtartama mezővel " -"szabályozható, hogy mennyi idő után törlődjenek a hibaszámlálóból a " -"jelszóhibák akkor is, ha közben nem történt sikeres hitelesítés." +msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred." +msgstr "A Csatlakozási hibák ideiglenes tárolásának időtartama mezővel szabályozható, hogy mennyi idő után törlődjenek a hibaszámlálóból a jelszóhibák akkor is, ha közben nem történt sikeres hitelesítés." # modules/inst_config_x11.ycp:216 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:865 @@ -2965,27 +2680,21 @@ "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\n" "user home directories.\n" msgstr "" -"Ha az LDAP-felhasználók saját könyvtárai ezen a gépen tárolódnak, akkor " -"jelölje meg\n" -"a megfelelő beállítást. Az érték módosításának nincs közvetlen hatása, " -"azonban\n" -"a YaST felhasználói modul számára fontos, amellyel kezelhetők a felhasználók " -"saját könyvtárai.\n" +"Ha az LDAP-felhasználók saját könyvtárai ezen a gépen tárolódnak, akkor jelölje meg\n" +"a megfelelő beállítást. Az érték módosításának nincs közvetlen hatása, azonban\n" +"a YaST felhasználói modul számára fontos, amellyel kezelhetők a felhasználók saját könyvtárai.\n" #. help text caption #. help text #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 msgid "" "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Ezt követően kattintson a Beállítás gombra az LDAP-kiszolgálón\n" -"tárolt beállítások módosításához. Ha nincs még kapcsolat az LDAP-" -"kiszolgálóval,\n" -"vagy módosította a beállításokat, akkor meg kell adnia az adminisztrátori " -"jelszót.\n" +"tárolt beállítások módosításához. Ha nincs még kapcsolat az LDAP-kiszolgálóval,\n" +"vagy módosította a beállításokat, akkor meg kell adnia az adminisztrátori jelszót.\n" #. password policy help text caption #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:681 @@ -2995,14 +2704,9 @@ #. password policy help #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" -"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add " -"to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server." -msgstr "" -"A kiválasztott jelszóirányelv a Szerkesztés gombbal módosítható. " -"Az új jelszóirányelvek a Hozzáadás gombbal vehetők fel. A beállítás " -"csak akkor lehetséges, ha a jelszóirányelvek engedélyezve vannak az LDAP-" -"kiszolgálón." +msgstr "A kiválasztott jelszóirányelv a Szerkesztés gombbal módosítható. Az új jelszóirányelvek a Hozzáadás gombbal vehetők fel. A beállítás csak akkor lehetséges, ha a jelszóirányelvek engedélyezve vannak az LDAP-kiszolgálón." #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:693 @@ -3299,15 +3003,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n" -"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but " -"it\n" +"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n" "restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Válasszon jelszókódolási eljárást.\n" -"A DES, az alapértelmezett linuxos kódolási algoritmus, minden " -"környezetben működik,\n" +"A DES, az alapértelmezett linuxos kódolási algoritmus, minden környezetben működik,\n" "de a jelszavakat 8 karakter hosszúságúra csonkítja.\n" "\n" @@ -3348,8 +3050,7 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586 msgid "" -"It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network " -"environments,\n" +"It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n" "you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n" "encrypted with a method other than DES.\n" "\n" @@ -3381,27 +3082,20 @@ #. helptext 2/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 -msgid "" -"Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default " -"search filters." -msgstr "" -"Itt ki tudja bővíteni a felhasználók és csoportok keresési szűrőjét az " -"alapértelmezett keresési szűrőkön túl." +msgid "Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters." +msgstr "Itt ki tudja bővíteni a felhasználók és csoportok keresési szűrőjét az alapértelmezett keresési szűrőkön túl." #. helptext 3/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 msgid "" "With Default, load the default filter from the user and group\n" -"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' " -"attributes).\n" +"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" "If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.\n" msgstr "" "Az Alapértelmezett lehetőséggel betölthető a felhasználó- és\n" -"csoportbeállítási moduloknak az LDAP-kiszolgálón elmentett alapértelmezett " -"szűrője\n" +"csoportbeállítási moduloknak az LDAP-kiszolgálón elmentett alapértelmezett szűrője\n" "(a susesearchfilter attribútumok értékei).\n" -"Ha jelenleg nem kapcsolódik a kiszolgálóra, a jelszó megadása is szükséges.</" -"p>\n" +"Ha jelenleg nem kapcsolódik a kiszolgálóra, a jelszó megadása is szükséges.\n" #. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font)) #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:740 @@ -3418,8 +3112,7 @@ " \n" "<tt>(&(objectClass=posixAccount)(uid=u*))</tt>\n" " \n" -"csak azokat a felhasználókat kapja vissza, melyeknek azonosítója egy 'u' " -"betűvel kezdődik.\n" +"csak azokat a felhasználókat kapja vissza, melyeknek azonosítója egy 'u' betűvel kezdődik.\n" #. radiobutton label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:763 @@ -3504,40 +3197,32 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 msgid "" "\n" -"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM " -"as the login manager.\n" +"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Az alábbi tulajdonságok csak akkor érvényesek, ha a KDM vagy GDM a használt " -"bejelentkezéskezelő.\n" +"Az alábbi tulajdonságok csak akkor érvényesek, ha a KDM vagy GDM a használt bejelentkezéskezelő.\n" "\n" #. helptext 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 msgid "" "Auto Login \n" -"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from " -"the list is logged in automatically.\n" +"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Automatikus bejelentkezés \n" -"A bejelentkezés folyamata kihagyható, ha Automatikus " -"bejelentkezés van beállítva. Ebben az esetben ez a felhasználó " -"automatikusan be lesz léptetve a rendszerbe.\n" +"A bejelentkezés folyamata kihagyható, ha Automatikus bejelentkezés van beállítva. Ebben az esetben ez a felhasználó automatikusan be lesz léptetve a rendszerbe.\n" #. helptext 3/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 msgid "" "Passwordless Logins \n" "If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n" -"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user " -"to log in automatically.\n" +"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Jelszómentes bejelentkezés \n" -"Ha ez az opció be van állítva, akkor minden felhasználó jelszó nélkül léphet " -"be a rendszerbe.\n" -"Az opció használata nélkül nem lehet jelszó nélkül belépni még akkor sem, ha " -"a felhasználó\n" +"Ha ez az opció be van állítva, akkor minden felhasználó jelszó nélkül léphet be a rendszerbe.\n" +"Az opció használata nélkül nem lehet jelszó nélkül belépni még akkor sem, ha a felhasználó\n" "beállításaiban az automatikus bejelentkezés szerepel.\n" #. dialog label @@ -3567,8 +3252,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1126 msgid "Cannot delete the user %1. It must be done on the NIS server." -msgstr "" -"Nem tudom törölni a %1 felhasználót. Ez csakis a NIS-kiszolgálón tehető meg." +msgstr "Nem tudom törölni a %1 felhasználót. Ez csakis a NIS-kiszolgálón tehető meg." #. Continue/Cancel popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1135 @@ -3712,55 +3396,43 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1518 msgid "" "\n" -"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to " -"the\n" +"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\n" "system at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\n" "a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "A Linux egy többfelhasználós rendszer. Egyidejűleg több felhasználó is\n" -"bejelentkezhet, és használhatja. Az adatok keveredésének elkerülése " -"érdekében\n" -"minden felhasználónak egyedileg igazolnia kell magát, amikor a Linux " -"rendszert\n" -"használni akarja. Továbbá minden felhasználónak tartoznia kell legalább egy " -"csoporthoz.\n" +"bejelentkezhet, és használhatja. Az adatok keveredésének elkerülése érdekében\n" +"minden felhasználónak egyedileg igazolnia kell magát, amikor a Linux rendszert\n" +"használni akarja. Továbbá minden felhasználónak tartoznia kell legalább egy csoporthoz.\n" "\n" #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 msgid "" "\n" -"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently " -"shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" +"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" "Customize your view with Customize Filter.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"A felhasználók és csoportok többféle szempont szerint szervezhetők. A " -"táblában jelenleg látható halmaz a Szűrők gombbal módosítható.\n" -"A megjelenített lista az Egyéni szűrő gombra kattintással szabható " -"testre.\n" +"A felhasználók és csoportok többféle szempont szerint szervezhetők. A táblában jelenleg látható halmaz a Szűrők gombbal módosítható.\n" +"A megjelenített lista az Egyéni szűrő gombra kattintással szabható testre.\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1541 msgid "" "\n" "Click Expert Options to edit various expert settings, such as\n" -"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for " -"new\n" +"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\n" "users, or login settings. With Write Changes Now, save\n" "all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Kattintson a Szakértői beállítások gombra az olyan beállítások " -"elvégzéséhez,\n" -"mint pl. a jelszó-titkosítási eljárás, az új felhasználók alapértelmezett " -"értékeinek\n" -"meghatározása, vagy a felhasználóhitelesítés típusa. A Változtatások " -"mentése most\n" -"használatával minden elvégzett változtatást elmenthető a modulból való " -"kilépés nélkül.\n" +"Kattintson a Szakértői beállítások gombra az olyan beállítások elvégzéséhez,\n" +"mint pl. a jelszó-titkosítási eljárás, az új felhasználók alapértelmezett értékeinek\n" +"meghatározása, vagy a felhasználóhitelesítés típusa. A Változtatások mentése most\n" +"használatával minden elvégzett változtatást elmenthető a modulból való kilépés nélkül.\n" "\n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label @@ -3826,8 +3498,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Meglévő felhasználó szerkesztéséhez vagy törléséhez válasszon\n" -"egy felhasználót a listából és nyomja meg a Szerkesztés vagy " -"Törlés gombot.\n" +"egy felhasználót a listából és nyomja meg a Szerkesztés vagy Törlés gombot.\n" "\n" #. help text 1/4 @@ -3835,8 +3506,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\n" -"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify " -"groups.\n" +"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -3879,8 +3549,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Meglévő csoport szerkesztéséhez vagy törléséhez válasszon ki egy\n" -"csoportot a listából és nyomja meg a Szerkesztés vagy Törlés " -"gombot.\n" +"csoportot a listából és nyomja meg a Szerkesztés vagy Törlés gombot.\n" "\n" # modules/inst_user.ycp:183 @@ -4453,14 +4122,12 @@ #. label #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:452 msgid "Multiple templates are defined as default. Select the one to read." -msgstr "" -"Több sablon van beállítva alapértelmezettnek. Válassza ki a beolvasandót." +msgstr "Több sablon van beállítva alapértelmezettnek. Válassza ki a beolvasandót." #. error message 2/2 (= next sentence) #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491 msgid "Correct them manually before running the YaST users module again." -msgstr "" -"Javítsa ki ezt kézzel a YaST felhasználói modul újbóli futtatása előtt." +msgstr "Javítsa ki ezt kézzel a YaST felhasználói modul újbóli futtatása előtt." #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) @@ -4469,8 +4136,7 @@ "There are multiple users with the same name (\"%2\") in the file %1.\n" "%3" msgstr "" -"A(z) %1 fájl olyan felhasználókat tartalmaz, amelyek azonosítója (\"%2\") " -"egyforma.\n" +"A(z) %1 fájl olyan felhasználókat tartalmaz, amelyek azonosítója (\"%2\") egyforma.\n" "%3" #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is groupname, %3 next sentence (2/2) @@ -4493,8 +4159,7 @@ msgstr "" "A(z) %1 fájlban az alábbi értelmezhetetlen sor található:\n" "%2\n" -"Lehet, hogy a kettőspontok száma nem megfelelő, vagy valamelyik bejegyzés " -"hiányzik.\n" +"Lehet, hogy a kettőspontok száma nem megfelelő, vagy valamelyik bejegyzés hiányzik.\n" "Javítsa ki a fájlt kézzel, mielőtt újra futtatja a YaST felhasználómodulját." #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name @@ -4505,8 +4170,7 @@ "Correct the file manually before running the YaST users module again." msgstr "" "A(z) %1 fájlban egy értelmezhetetlen sor található.\n" -"Lehet, hogy a kettőspontok száma nem megfelelő, vagy valamelyik bejegyzés " -"hiányzik.\n" +"Lehet, hogy a kettőspontok száma nem megfelelő, vagy valamelyik bejegyzés hiányzik.\n" "Javítsa ki a fájlt kézzel, mielőtt újra futtatja a YaST felhasználómodulját." # modules/printconf/printconf_write_printer.ycp:30 @@ -4802,8 +4466,7 @@ "The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"A létező felhasználói név valószínűleg egy NIS- vagy egy LDAP-felhasználóhoz " -"tartozik.\n" +"A létező felhasználói név valószínűleg egy NIS- vagy egy LDAP-felhasználóhoz tartozik.\n" # modules/inst_user.ycp:215 # modules/inst_user.ycp:250 @@ -5265,24 +4928,20 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" "A jelszó csak a következő karakterekből állhat:\n" -"0-9, a-z, A-Z, és a következők bármelyike: \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?" -"='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n" +"0-9, a-z, A-Z, és a következők bármelyike: \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n" "Próbálja meg újra." #. help text (default part shown in more places) #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540 msgid "" "\n" -"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English " -"keyboard\n" +"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" "layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n" "localized keyboard layout.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"A jelszóban csak az angol billentyűzeten megtalálható karakterek " -"használhatók. Rendszerhiba esetén előfordulhat, hogy nemzeti " -"billentyűzetkiosztás nélkül kell bejelentkezni.\n" +"A jelszóban csak az angol billentyűzeten megtalálható karakterek használhatók. Rendszerhiba esetén előfordulhat, hogy nemzeti billentyűzetkiosztás nélkül kell bejelentkezni.\n" "" # modules/inst_user.ycp:248 @@ -5508,15 +5167,11 @@ #~ msgstr "&eDirectory LDAP" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you " -#~ "want\n" -#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value." -#~ "" +#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" +#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ha NIS- vagy LDAP-kiszolgálót használ a felhasználói adatok " -#~ "tárolására,\n" -#~ "vagy egy NT-kiszolgálóhoz kívánja hitelesíteni a felhasználókat, válassza " -#~ "ki a megfelelő értékeket." +#~ "Ha NIS- vagy LDAP-kiszolgálót használ a felhasználói adatok tárolására,\n" +#~ "vagy egy NT-kiszolgálóhoz kívánja hitelesíteni a felhasználókat, válassza ki a megfelelő értékeket." # modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:63 # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:118 @@ -5618,8 +5273,7 @@ #~ "You have used a palindrom for the password.\n" #~ "This is not a good security practice. Really use this password?" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Palindromot (oda-vissza egyformán olvasható szöveget) adott meg a " -#~ "jelszóban.\n" +#~ "Palindromot (oda-vissza egyformán olvasható szöveget) adott meg a jelszóban.\n" #~ "Ez nem túl biztonságos megoldás. Valóban ez legyen a jelszó?" #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/vm.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/vm.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/vm.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -38,12 +38,8 @@ #. check for kernel-bigsmp #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 -msgid "" -"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your " -"architecture is " -msgstr "" -"x86_64 az egyetlen támogatott architektúra a virtuális gépek futtatására. " -"Ennek a gépnek az architektúrája: " +msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " +msgstr "x86_64 az egyetlen támogatott architektúra a virtuális gépek futtatására. Ennek a gépnek az architektúrája: " #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 @@ -79,42 +75,23 @@ #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 -msgid "" -"<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM " -"Server (domain 0) has two parts." -msgstr "" -"<big>VM kiszolgáló beállítása</big>A VM kiszolgáló (0. " -"tartomány) beállítása két részből áll." +msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." +msgstr "<big>VM kiszolgáló beállítása</big>A VM kiszolgáló (0. tartomány) beállítása két részből áll." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 -msgid "" -"The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot " -"loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is " -"added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." -msgstr "" -"Először a kötelező csomagok telepítődnek a rendszerre. Ezután a " -"rendszertöltő a GRUB lesz (ha még nem így lenne), és a Xen szakasz bekerül a " -"rendszertöltő menüjébe, ha még nem lenne ott." +msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." +msgstr "Először a kötelező csomagok telepítődnek a rendszerre. Ezután a rendszertöltő a GRUB lesz (ha még nem így lenne), és a Xen szakasz bekerül a rendszertöltő menüjébe, ha még nem lenne ott." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 -msgid "" -"GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to " -"boot Xen and the Linux kernel." -msgstr "" -"Azért van szükség a GRUB-ra, mert ez támogatja azt a többpartíciós " -"rendszerindítási szabványt, amelyre szükség van a Xen és a Linux kernel " -"betöltéséhez." +msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." +msgstr "Azért van szükség a GRUB-ra, mert ez támogatja azt a többpartíciós rendszerindítási szabványt, amelyre szükség van a Xen és a Linux kernel betöltéséhez." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 -msgid "" -"When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM " -"Server from the boot loader menu." -msgstr "" -"A konfiguráció sikeres befejezése után a VM kiszolgáló elindítható a " -"rendszertöltő menüjéből." +msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." +msgstr "A konfiguráció sikeres befejezése után a VM kiszolgáló elindítható a rendszertöltő menüjéből." #. error popup #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 @@ -199,8 +176,7 @@ #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" -msgstr "" -"Futtatás karakteres módban. Mindenképpen telepíti a grafikus komponenseket?" +msgstr "Futtatás karakteres módban. Mindenképpen telepíti a grafikus komponenseket?" # clients/inst_sw_select.ycp:139 #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed @@ -238,12 +214,8 @@ msgstr "Hálózati híd (bridge)." #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 -msgid "" -"For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network " -"bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" -msgstr "" -"A hálózati beállításokhoz a virtuális gépek számára javasolt a hálózati " -"híd használataBeállítja az alapértelmezett hálózati hidat?" +msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" +msgstr "A hálózati beállításokhoz a virtuális gépek számára javasolt a hálózati híd használataBeállítja az alapértelmezett hálózati hidat?" #. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV #. Progress::NextStage(); @@ -260,27 +232,15 @@ #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section " -#| "in the boot loader menu.\n" -msgid "" -"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native " -"kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." -msgstr "" -"A Xen vendéggépek telepítéséhez indítsa újra a gépet és válassza ki a " -"rendszertöltő menüjéből a Xen szakaszt.\n" +#| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" +msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." +msgstr "A Xen vendéggépek telepítéséhez indítsa újra a gépet és válassza ki a rendszertöltő menüjéből a Xen szakaszt.\n" #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section " -#| "in the boot loader menu.\n" -msgid "" -"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in " -"the boot loader menu." -msgstr "" -"A Xen vendéggépek telepítéséhez indítsa újra a gépet és válassza ki a " -"rendszertöltő menüjéből a Xen szakaszt.\n" +#| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" +msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." +msgstr "A Xen vendéggépek telepítéséhez indítsa újra a gépet és válassza ki a rendszertöltő menüjéből a Xen szakaszt.\n" #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 #, fuzzy @@ -303,12 +263,8 @@ #~ msgid "Select the virtualization platform to install." #~ msgstr "Válassza ki a telepítéshez szánt virtualizációs platformot." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For installing KVM guests, reboot the machine to load the necessary " -#~ "drivers." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A KVM vendéggépek telepítéséhez, a megfelelő illesztőprogram betöltéséhez " -#~ "indítsa újra a gépet." +#~ msgid "For installing KVM guests, reboot the machine to load the necessary drivers." +#~ msgstr "A KVM vendéggépek telepítéséhez, a megfelelő illesztőprogram betöltéséhez indítsa újra a gépet." #~ msgid "Xen Network Bridge." #~ msgstr "Xen hálózati híd." Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/wagon.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/wagon.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/wagon.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -41,18 +41,14 @@ "install the previously installed ones and contact Novell Customer Center\n" "to get update repositories." msgstr "" -"A migrációs eszköznek el kell távolítania az ideiglenes migrációs " -"termékeket,\n" -"telepítenie kell a korábban telepítetteket és kapcsolatba kell lépnie a " -"Novell Ügyfélszolgálattal, hogy megkapja a frissített telepítési forrásokat." +"A migrációs eszköznek el kell távolítania az ideiglenes migrációs termékeket,\n" +"telepítenie kell a korábban telepítetteket és kapcsolatba kell lépnie a Novell Ügyfélszolgálattal, hogy megkapja a frissített telepítési forrásokat." #: src/clients/wagon.rb:295 msgid "" "Several tasks can be done by the migration tool. If you skip this step,\n" "you will have to do them manually." -msgstr "" -"Néhány feladatot a migrációs eszköz végez el. Amennyiben kihagyja ezt a " -"lépést, akkor ezeket kézzel kell elvégeznie." +msgstr "Néhány feladatot a migrációs eszköz végez el. Amennyiben kihagyja ezt a lépést, akkor ezeket kézzel kell elvégeznie." #. popup dialog caption #: src/clients/wagon.rb:312 @@ -133,8 +129,7 @@ msgstr "" "Gratulálunk! \n" "Sikeresen befejezte az online migrációt.\n" -"A teljes rendszer frissítése megtörtént. Amint lehetséges indítsa újra.</" -"p>\n" +"A teljes rendszer frissítése megtörtént. Amint lehetséges indítsa újra.\n" "Látogassa meg a %1 weboldalt.\n" "További szép napot! \n" "A SUSE Linux csapat\n" @@ -188,12 +183,8 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/wagon_dup_repositories.rb:106 -msgid "" -"The installed packages will be switched to the versions available in the " -"selected migration repositories." -msgstr "" -"A telepített csomagok a kiválasztott telepítése forrásban található csomagok " -"verzióira változik." +msgid "The installed packages will be switched to the versions available in the selected migration repositories." +msgstr "A telepített csomagok a kiválasztott telepítése forrásban található csomagok verzióira változik." #. The version is the same, release can be different #: src/clients/wagon_migration_products.rb:133 @@ -278,36 +269,20 @@ msgstr "A(z) %1 termék nincs regisztrálva, a regisztráció nem sikerült." #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:212 -msgid "" -"Registration for product %1 has been refunded, the product is not " -"registered." -msgstr "" -"A(z) %1 termék regisztrációja visszatérítésre került, a termék nincs " -"regisztrálva." +msgid "Registration for product %1 has been refunded, the product is not registered." +msgstr "A(z) %1 termék regisztrációja visszatérítésre került, a termék nincs regisztrálva." #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:228 -msgid "" -"Registration for product %1 has expired, the registration is not " -"valid anymore." -msgstr "" -"A(z) %1 termék regisztrációja lejárt, a regisztráció a továbbiakban " -"nem érvényes." +msgid "Registration for product %1 has expired, the registration is not valid anymore." +msgstr "A(z) %1 termék regisztrációja lejárt, a regisztráció a továbbiakban nem érvényes." #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:244 -msgid "" -"Registration for product %1 is provisional only, no updates available" -msgstr "" -"A(z) %1 termék regisztrációja ideiglenes, frissítések nem érhetők el " -"hozzá" +msgid "Registration for product %1 is provisional only, no updates available" +msgstr "A(z) %1 termék regisztrációja ideiglenes, frissítések nem érhetők el hozzá" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:278 -msgid "" -"The registration status is %1 days old. The summary above might not be " -"correct, run registration to update the status." -msgstr "" -"A regisztráció állapota már több, mint %1 napos. A fenti összesítés nem " -"biztos, hogy helytálló, ezért az állapot frissítéséhez futtassa a " -"regisztrációt." +msgid "The registration status is %1 days old. The summary above might not be correct, run registration to update the status." +msgstr "A regisztráció állapota már több, mint %1 napos. A fenti összesítés nem biztos, hogy helytálló, ezért az állapot frissítéséhez futtassa a regisztrációt." #. display a critical warning #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:305 @@ -315,21 +290,13 @@ msgstr "Figyelmeztetés:" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:306 -msgid "" -"We strongly recommend to register unregistered or expired products before " -"starting migration." -msgstr "" -"Erősen ajánlott, hogy a migráció előtt regisztrálja a nem regisztrált vagy " -"lejárt termékeket." +msgid "We strongly recommend to register unregistered or expired products before starting migration." +msgstr "Erősen ajánlott, hogy a migráció előtt regisztrálja a nem regisztrált vagy lejárt termékeket." #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:312 #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:339 -msgid "" -"Migrating an unregistered or partly registered system might result in a " -"broken system." -msgstr "" -"Nem vagy nem teljesen regisztrált rendszerek migrációja hibás állapotot " -"hozhat létre." +msgid "Migrating an unregistered or partly registered system might result in a broken system." +msgstr "Nem vagy nem teljesen regisztrált rendszerek migrációja hibás állapotot hozhat létre." #. heading text #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:329 @@ -441,8 +408,7 @@ "Custom &URL to set them manually.\n" msgstr "" "Itt választható ki, hogy a migráció során az Ügyfélközpont\n" -"kezelje a telepítési forrásokat, vagy a kézzel állítja be ezeket az " -"Egyéni URL\n" +"kezelje a telepítési forrásokat, vagy a kézzel állítja be ezeket az Egyéni URL\n" "beállításánál.\n" #. help text 2 @@ -451,11 +417,7 @@ "Select Check Automatic Repository Changes to ensure\n" "that Customer Center has modified the repositories correctly. \n" "You can also modify them there.\n" -msgstr "" -"Ezen kívül választhatja az Automatikus telepítési források " -"módosításának ellenőrzése lehetőséget, hogy megbizonyosodjon arról, hogy " -"az Ügyfélközpont megfelelően módosította a telepítési forrást. Ezek ott is " -"módosíthatók.\n" +msgstr "Ezen kívül választhatja az Automatikus telepítési források módosításának ellenőrzése lehetőséget, hogy megbizonyosodjon arról, hogy az Ügyfélközpont megfelelően módosította a telepítési forrást. Ezek ott is módosíthatók.\n" #. heading text #: src/clients/welcome_in_wagon.rb:33 @@ -547,8 +509,7 @@ msgid "" "Error switching migration method.\n" "Unknown migration method: %1.\n" -msgstr "" -"Hiba a migrációs módszer kiválasztásánál. Ismeretlen migrációs módszer: %1\n" +msgstr "Hiba a migrációs módszer kiválasztásánál. Ismeretlen migrációs módszer: %1\n" #. TRANSLATORS: error message #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:260 @@ -571,12 +532,8 @@ "Inkább használja a zypper parancsot.\n" #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:396 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"A célfájl neve (az 'xmlfile' paraméter) hiányzik. Használja az " -"xmlfile=<cél_XML_fájl> parancssori paramétert." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "A célfájl neve (az 'xmlfile' paraméter) hiányzik. Használja az xmlfile=<cél_XML_fájl> parancssori paramétert." #. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:453 @@ -585,28 +542,12 @@ #. du contains maps: $[ "dir" : [ total, used, pkgusage, readonly ], .... ] #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:586 -msgid "" -"There is not enough free space to migrate the system using download in " -"advance mode. Partition %1 needs at least %2MB more free disk space. (The " -"needed size is estimated, it is recommended to add slightly more free " -"space.) Add more disk space or disable download in advance mode." -msgstr "" -"Nincs elég szabad terület a rendszer migrációjához az előzetes letöltési " -"móddal. A(z) %1 partíciónak legalább %2MB-tal több szabad területre van " -"szüksége. (A szükséges méret csupán becsült érték, ennél nagyobb terület " -"felszabadítása javasolt.) Szabadítson fel több területet vagy tiltsa le az " -"előzetes letöltése módot." +msgid "There is not enough free space to migrate the system using download in advance mode. Partition %1 needs at least %2MB more free disk space. (The needed size is estimated, it is recommended to add slightly more free space.) Add more disk space or disable download in advance mode." +msgstr "Nincs elég szabad terület a rendszer migrációjához az előzetes letöltési móddal. A(z) %1 partíciónak legalább %2MB-tal több szabad területre van szüksége. (A szükséges méret csupán becsült érték, ennél nagyobb terület felszabadítása javasolt.) Szabadítson fel több területet vagy tiltsa le az előzetes letöltése módot." #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:613 -msgid "" -"There might not be enough free space for download in advance mode migration. " -"The estimated free space after migration is %2MB, it is recommended to " -"increase the free space in case the estimation is inaccurate to avoid " -"installation errors." -msgstr "" -"Valószínűleg nincs elegendő szabad terület az előzetes letöltési módhoz. A " -"becsült szabad terület a migrációt követően %2MB. A telepítési hibák " -"elkerülése érdekében javasolt a szabad terület növelése." +msgid "There might not be enough free space for download in advance mode migration. The estimated free space after migration is %2MB, it is recommended to increase the free space in case the estimation is inaccurate to avoid installation errors." +msgstr "Valószínűleg nincs elegendő szabad terület az előzetes letöltési módhoz. A becsült szabad terület a migrációt követően %2MB. A telepítési hibák elkerülése érdekében javasolt a szabad terület növelése." #. 'Product Long Name (product-libzypp-name)' #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:667 @@ -636,21 +577,14 @@ #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (nevertheless selected by user or directly by YaST) #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:772 -msgid "" -"Warning: Product %1 will be removed." -msgstr "" -"Figyelem! A(z) %1 termék eltávolításra " -"kerül" +msgid "Warning: Product %1 will be removed." +msgstr "Figyelem! A(z) %1 termék eltávolításra kerül" #. Not selected by user #. @see BNC #575117 #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:792 -msgid "" -"Error: Product %1 will be automatically " -"removed." -msgstr "" -"Hiba! A(z) %1 termék automatikusan " -"eltávolításra kerül" +msgid "Error: Product %1 will be automatically removed." +msgstr "Hiba! A(z) %1 termék automatikusan eltávolításra kerül" #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:862 msgid "Product %1 will be upgraded" @@ -683,11 +617,8 @@ #. help text #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:945 -msgid "" -"To change the update settings, go to Packages Proposal section." -msgstr "" -"A frissítési beállítások módosításához menjen a Csomagjavaslat " -"részhez." +msgid "To change the update settings, go to Packages Proposal section." +msgstr "A frissítési beállítások módosításához menjen a Csomagjavaslat részhez." #. Product removal MUST be confirmed by user, otherwise migration will not continue. #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:961 @@ -761,11 +692,9 @@ #~ msgstr "Migráció típusa" #~ msgid "&Minimal - upgrade from repositories added by registration" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Minimális - frissítés a regisztrációkor megadott telepítése forrásokból" +#~ msgstr "&Minimális - frissítés a regisztrációkor megadott telepítése forrásokból" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "&Full - install also available patches in addition to Minimal migration" +#~ msgid "&Full - install also available patches in addition to Minimal migration" #~ msgstr "&Teljes - feltelepíti a javításokat a Minimális migrációhoz is" #~ msgid "Advanced..." @@ -774,22 +703,11 @@ #~ msgid "Select the requested migration type." #~ msgstr "Válassza ki a migráció típusát." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Minimal migration only uses the repositories added by registration, full " -#~ "migration migrates all packages to the latest versions available in any " -#~ "enabled repository. Full migration might use third party repositories." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A minimális migráció csak a regisztráció során megadott telepítési " -#~ "forrásokat használja. A teljes migráció, a telepítési forrásokban " -#~ "található összes csomag legfrissebb verzióját telepíti fel. Ez használhat " -#~ "külső telepítési forrást is." +#~ msgid "Minimal migration only uses the repositories added by registration, full migration migrates all packages to the latest versions available in any enabled repository. Full migration might use third party repositories." +#~ msgstr "A minimális migráció csak a regisztráció során megadott telepítési forrásokat használja. A teljes migráció, a telepítési forrásokban található összes csomag legfrissebb verzióját telepíti fel. Ez használhat külső telepítési forrást is." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press Advanced to manually select the repositories used for " -#~ "upgrading." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nyomja meg a Speciális gombot, ha kézzel szeretné kiválasztani a " -#~ "frissítéshez használt telepítési forrásokat." +#~ msgid "Press Advanced to manually select the repositories used for upgrading." +#~ msgstr "Nyomja meg a Speciális gombot, ha kézzel szeretné kiválasztani a frissítéshez használt telepítési forrásokat." #~ msgid "Selected unknown migration type: %1." #~ msgstr "Ismeretlen migrációs típus került kiválasztásra: %1." Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/wol.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/wol.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/wol.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -88,8 +88,7 @@ "over the network." msgstr "" "<h2>Hálózaton keresztüli ébresztés</h2>\n" -"A hálózaton keresztüli ébresztés (WOL) segítségével fel tudja ébreszteni " -"a gépet\n" +"A hálózaton keresztüli ébresztés (WOL) segítségével fel tudja ébreszteni a gépet\n" "hálózaton keresztül egy 'mágikus hálózati csomag' elküldésével." #. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`edit_button), `Enabled, false); Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/xpram.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/xpram.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/xpram.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -64,32 +64,20 @@ #. help text for XPRAM 2/4 #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 -msgid "" -"This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one " -"partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features " -"and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 " -"stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." -msgstr "" -"Ez a YaST-modul jelenleg csak a teljes XPRAM egyetlen partícióhoz " -"rendelését támogatja. Több partíció használatához tekintse meg az " -"\"Eszközillesztők, funkciók és parancsok, 2004. november 30.\" leírást a " -"Linux kernel 2.6 - 2004. áprilisi kiadásához.Ebben az esetben azonban " -"tiltsa le az XPRAM-ot ebben a modulban." +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "Ez a YaST-modul jelenleg csak a teljes XPRAM egyetlen partícióhoz rendelését támogatja. Több partíció használatához tekintse meg az \"Eszközillesztők, funkciók és parancsok, 2004. november 30.\" leírást a Linux kernel 2.6 - 2004. áprilisi kiadásához.Ebben az esetben azonban tiltsa le az XPRAM-ot ebben a modulban." # modules/inst_config_x11.ycp:159 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:789 #. help text for XPRAM 3/4 #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." -msgstr "" -"Válassza ki a Csatlakoztatási ponthoz a megfelelő csatlakoztatási " -"pontot." +msgstr "Válassza ki a Csatlakoztatási ponthoz a megfelelő csatlakoztatási pontot." #. help text for XPRAM 4/4 #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." -msgstr "" -"Válassza ki a fájlrendszert, amelyet az eszközön használni kíván." +msgstr "Válassza ki a fájlrendszert, amelyet az eszközön használni kíván." #. radio button label for to not start xpram #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 @@ -103,9 +91,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" -msgstr "" -"Fájlrendszer vagy csereterület telepítése, bár az &XPRAM érvényes adatokat " -"tartalmaz" +msgstr "Fájlrendszer vagy csereterület telepítése, bár az &XPRAM érvényes adatokat tartalmaz" # modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:301 modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:370 #. frame label @@ -164,14 +150,10 @@ #: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." -msgstr "" -"Az xpram leállítása sikertelen, próbálja meg leállítani kézzel: \"rcxpram " -"stop\"." +msgstr "Az xpram leállítása sikertelen, próbálja meg leállítani kézzel: \"rcxpram stop\"." #. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); #. y2milestone("got %1", out); #: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." -msgstr "" -"Az xpram indítása sikertelen, próbálja meg elindítani kézzel: \"rcxpram start" -"\"." +msgstr "Az xpram indítása sikertelen, próbálja meg elindítani kézzel: \"rcxpram start\"." Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/yast2-apparmor.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/yast2-apparmor.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/yast2-apparmor.hu.po 2014-10-07 15:45:34 UTC (rev 89779) @@ -72,17 +72,12 @@ "After this operation the AppArmor module will reload the profile set." msgstr "" " ?\n" -"Ez után a művelet után az AppArmor modul újra be fogja tölteni a " -"profilkészletet." +"Ez után a művelet után az AppArmor modul újra be fogja tölteni a profilkészletet." #. Read the profiles from the SCR agent #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"Válasszon egyet a listában látható profilok közül, majd nyomja meg a " -"Következő gombot a profil törléséhez." +msgid "Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the profile." +msgstr "Válasszon egyet a listában látható profilok közül, majd nyomja meg a Következő gombot a profil törléséhez." # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1318 #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:93 @@ -94,8 +89,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select a listed profile and press Next to edit it." msgid "Select a listed profile and press Edit to edit it." -msgstr "" -"Válasszon a profilok közül és nyomja meg a Következő gombot a szerkesztéshez." +msgstr "Válasszon a profilok közül és nyomja meg a Következő gombot a szerkesztéshez." #: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:89 msgid "Edit Profile - Choose profile to edit" @@ -122,8 +116,7 @@ " the corresponding action and press Launch.\n" msgstr "" "Válasszon az elérhető AppArmor modulok közül\n" -"a megfelelő művelet beállításához, majd nyomja meg az Indítás gombot." -"\n" +"a megfelelő művelet beállításához, majd nyomja meg az Indítás gombot.\n" #. Selection box label #: src/clients/apparmor.rb:69 @@ -171,12 +164,8 @@ #. #. *************************************************************************** #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:52 -msgid "" -"This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and " -"AppArmor profile settings." -msgstr "" -"Ez a művelet a következő hibát eredményezte; ellenőrizze a telepítési és " -"AppArmor profilbeállításokat." +msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and AppArmor profile settings." +msgstr "Ez a művelet a következő hibát eredményezte; ellenőrizze a telepítési és AppArmor profilbeállításokat." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:91 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:103 #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:115 @@ -270,8 +259,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:270 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:310 #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:350 msgid "An email address is required for each selected notification method." -msgstr "" -"Minden kiválasztott értesítési metódushoz meg kell adni egy e-mail címet." +msgstr "Minden kiválasztott értesítési metódushoz meg kell adni egy e-mail címet." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:394 msgid "Configuration failed for the following operations: " @@ -299,8 +287,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441 msgid "" -"AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy " -"enforcement \n" +"AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n" "module is loaded and functioning." msgstr "" "AppArmor állapot Itt látható, hogy az AppArmor irányelvkezelő\n" @@ -311,18 +298,15 @@ "Security Event Notification Configure this tool if you want \n" "to be notified by email when access violations have occurred." msgstr "" -"Biztonsági esemény értesítés Egy hozzáférési szabály " -"megsértése\n" -"esetén ezzel az eszközzel állíthatja be, hogy kér-e e-mailben értesítést. </" -"p>" +"Biztonsági esemény értesítés Egy hozzáférési szabály megsértése\n" +"esetén ezzel az eszközzel állíthatja be, hogy kér-e e-mailben értesítést. " #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:447 msgid "" "Profile Modes Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor \n" "uses individual profiles." msgstr "" -"Profilmódok Használja ezt az eszközt az AppArmor egyes " -"profiljainak\n" +"Profilmódok Használja ezt az eszközt az AppArmor egyes profiljainak\n" "különböző alkalmazásához." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:462 @@ -395,24 +379,16 @@ msgstr "Hiba van az AppArmor profilban" #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57 -msgid "" -"These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the " -"profile management tools can be used. " -msgstr "" -"A hibákat az AppArmor újraindítása vagy a profilkezelő eszköz használata " -"előtt javítani kell. " +msgid "These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the profile management tools can be used. " +msgstr "A hibákat az AppArmor újraindítása vagy a profilkezelő eszköz használata előtt javítani kell. " #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:64 msgid "Find a description of the AppArmor profile syntax by running " msgstr "Az AppArmor profilszintaxis leírásának megkereséséhez futtassa: " #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the " -"Administration guide located in the directory: " -msgstr "" -"Az AppArmor teljes dokumentációja a disztribúció felhasználói " -"kézikönyvében található. Ez a következő könyvtárban érhető el: " +msgid "Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the Administration guide located in the directory: " +msgstr "Az AppArmor teljes dokumentációja a disztribúció felhasználói kézikönyvében található. Ez a következő könyvtárban érhető el: " #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -872,19 +848,15 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43 msgid "" "<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n" -"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE." -"</li></ul>" +"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Az összes DAC hozzáférés felülbírálása, beleértve az ACL " -"végrehajtási hozzáférést,\n" -"ha a [_POSIX_ACL] meg van adva, a CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE által lefedett DAC " -"hozzáférés kivételével.</li></ul>" +"<ul><li>Az összes DAC hozzáférés felülbírálása, beleértve az ACL végrehajtási hozzáférést,\n" +"ha a [_POSIX_ACL] meg van adva, a CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE által lefedett DAC hozzáférés kivételével.</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \n" -"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is " -"defined. \n" +"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. \n" "Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Felülbírálja a fájlok és könyvtárak olvasásával és keresésével\n" @@ -893,43 +865,23 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57 msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where " -"file\n" +"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\n" "owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is\n" "applicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Felülbírálja a fájlokon engedélyezett műveletekkel kapcsolatos " -"korlátozásokat, ahol a fájltulajdonos azonosítójának azonosnak kell lennie " -"a felhasználói azonosítóval, kivéve ha a CAP_FSETID alkalmazható. Ez nem " -"bírálja felül a MAC és DAC korlátozásokat. </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Felülbírálja a fájlokon engedélyezett műveletekkel kapcsolatos korlátozásokat, ahol a fájltulajdonos azonosítójának azonosnak kell lennie a felhasználói azonosítóval, kivéve ha a CAP_FSETID alkalmazható. Ez nem bírálja felül a MAC és DAC korlátozásokat. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65 -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file " -"owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the " -"effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the " -"file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and " -"S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not " -"implemented). </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Felülbírálja a következő korlátozásokat: a hatásos felhasználói " -"azonosítónak meg kell egyeznie a fájltulajdonos azonosítójával a fájl " -"S_ISUID és S_ISGID bitjeinek beállításakor; a hatásos csoportazonosítónak " -"(vagy a kiegészítő csoportazonosítók egyikének) meg kell egyeznie a " -"fájltulajdonos azonosítójával a fájl S_ISGID bitjének beállításakor; az " -"S_ISUID és S_ISGID bitek törlésre kerülnek a chown(2) sikeres visszatérése " -"után (nincs megvalósítva). </li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Felülbírálja a következő korlátozásokat: a hatásos felhasználói azonosítónak meg kell egyeznie a fájltulajdonos azonosítójával a fájl S_ISUID és S_ISGID bitjeinek beállításakor; a hatásos csoportazonosítónak (vagy a kiegészítő csoportazonosítók egyikének) meg kell egyeznie a fájltulajdonos azonosítójával a fájl S_ISGID bitjének beállításakor; az S_ISUID és S_ISGID bitek törlésre kerülnek a chown(2) sikeres visszatérése után (nincs megvalósítva). </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \n" -"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of " -"the process \n" +"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the process \n" "receiving the signal.</li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Felülbírálja azt a korlátozást, hogy egy szignált küldő folyamat\n" -"valós vagy hatásos felhasználói azonosítójának meg kell egyeznie a szignált " -"fogadó\n" +"valós vagy hatásos felhasználói azonosítójának meg kell egyeznie a szignált fogadó\n" "folyamat valós vagy hatásos felhasználói azonosítójával.</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:79 @@ -938,18 +890,14 @@ "<li> Allows forged gids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Lehetővé teszi a setgid(2) manipulációt</li> <li> Lehetővé teszi a\n" -"setgroups(2) használatát</li> <li> Lehetővé teszi hamisított " -"csoportazonosítók\n" +"setgroups(2) használatát</li> <li> Lehetővé teszi hamisított csoportazonosítók\n" "átjutását foglalat hitelesítési adatokon. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:85 msgid "" "<ul><li>Allows setuid(2) manipulation (including fsuid) </li> \n" "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Lehetővé teszi a setuid(2) manipulációt (beleértve az fsuid " -"használatát is) </li> <li> Lehetővé teszi hamisított folyamatazonosítók " -"átjutását hitelesítési adatokon. </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Lehetővé teszi a setuid(2) manipulációt (beleértve az fsuid használatát is) </li> <li> Lehetővé teszi hamisított folyamatazonosítók átjutását hitelesítési adatokon. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:91 msgid "" @@ -957,58 +905,46 @@ "remove any capability in your permitted set from any pid</li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Az engedélyezett készletből bármely képesség átvitele\n" -"bármely folyamatazonosítóra vagy eltávolítása bármely folyamatazonosítóról</" -"li></ul>" +"bármely folyamatazonosítóra vagy eltávolítása bármely folyamatazonosítóról</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97 -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</" -"li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Az S_IMMUTABLE és S_APPEND fájlattribútumok módosításának " -"engedélyezése</li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Az S_IMMUTABLE és S_APPEND fájlattribútumok módosításának engedélyezése</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103 msgid "" "<ul><li>Allows binding to TCP/UDP sockets below 1024 </li> \n" "<li> Allows binding to ATM VCIs below 32</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Lehetővé teszi az 1024 alatti TCP/UDP foglalatokhoz kapcsolódást</" -"li>\n" +"<ul><li>Lehetővé teszi az 1024 alatti TCP/UDP foglalatokhoz kapcsolódást</li>\n" "<li>Lehetővé teszi a kapcsolódást a 32 alatti ATM VCI-khez</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:109 msgid "<ul><li> Allows broadcasting, listen to multicast </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Lehetővé teszi az üzenetszórást, a multicast hallgatását </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> Lehetővé teszi az üzenetszórást, a multicast hallgatását </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:115 msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows interface configuration</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting debug option on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows modification of routing tables</li>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> Lehetővé teszi a csatolók beállítását </li>\n" -"<li> Lehetővé teszi az IP tűzfal, maszkolás és nyilvántartás " -"adminisztrálását</li>\n" +"<li> Lehetővé teszi az IP tűzfal, maszkolás és nyilvántartás adminisztrálását</li>\n" "<li> Lehetővé teszi hibakereső lehetőségek beállítását foglalatokon</li>\n" "<li> Lehetővé teszi útválasztási táblák módosítását</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121 msgid "" -"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li> \n" "<li> Allows clearing driver statistics</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Lehetővé teszi tetszőleges folyamat- vagy folyamatcsoport-tulajdonjog " -"beállítását foglalatokon</li>\n" -"<li> Lehetővé teszi a kapcsolódást tetszőleges címhez átlátszó proxyzáskor</" -"li>\n" +"<li> Lehetővé teszi tetszőleges folyamat- vagy folyamatcsoport-tulajdonjog beállítását foglalatokon</li>\n" +"<li> Lehetővé teszi a kapcsolódást tetszőleges címhez átlátszó proxyzáskor</li>\n" "<li> Lehetővé teszi a TOS (szolgáltatástípus) beállítását</li>\n" "<li> Lehetővé teszi lehallgató mód beállítását</li>\n" "<li> Lehetővé teszi a meghajtó-statisztikák törlését</li>" @@ -1035,13 +971,11 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:143 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock " -"and\n" +"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock and\n" "mlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> Lehetővé teszi megosztott memóriaszegmensek zárolását</li>\n" -"<li> Lehetővé teszi az mlock és mlockall használatát (amelyeknek igazából " -"nincs közük az IPC-hez) </li></ul>" +"<li> Lehetővé teszi az mlock és mlockall használatát (amelyeknek igazából nincs közük az IPC-hez) </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:149 msgid "<ul><li> Override IPC ownership checks </li></ul>" @@ -1049,12 +983,10 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</" -"li> \n" +"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \n" "<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Kernel modulok betöltése és eltávolítása - a kernel korlátlan " -"módosítása </li>\n" +"<ul><li> Kernel modulok betöltése és eltávolítása - a kernel korlátlan módosítása </li>\n" "<li> A cap_bset módosítása </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:159 @@ -1063,8 +995,7 @@ "<li> Allows sending USB messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> Lehetővé teszi az ioperm/iopl elérését</li>\n" -"<li> Lehetővé teszi USB üzenetek küldését bármely eszköznek a /proc/bus/usb " -"közvetítésével </li></ul>" +"<li> Lehetővé teszi USB üzenetek küldését bármely eszköznek a /proc/bus/usb közvetítésével </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:165 msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of chroot() </li></ul>" @@ -1072,14 +1003,11 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:169 msgid "<ul><li> Allows ptrace() of any process </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Lehetővé teszi bármely folyamat esetén a ptrace() használatát </" -"li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> Lehetővé teszi bármely folyamat esetén a ptrace() használatát </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:173 msgid "<ul><li> Allows configuration of process accounting </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Lehetővé teszi folyamatszintű számlázás beállítását </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> Lehetővé teszi folyamatszintű számlázás beállítását </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:179 msgid "" @@ -1104,8 +1032,7 @@ "<li> Lehetővé teszi a tartománynév beállítását</li> \n" "<li> Lehetővé teszi a gépnév beállítását</li> \n" "<li> Lehetővé teszi a bdflush() hívást</li> \n" -"<li> Lehetővé teszi a mount() és umount() hívásokat és új smb kapcsolat " -"beállítását</li> \n" +"<li> Lehetővé teszi a mount() és umount() hívásokat és új smb kapcsolat beállítását</li> \n" "<li> Lehetővé tesz néhány autofs root ioctls használatát</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:192 @@ -1120,40 +1047,33 @@ "<li> Lehetővé teszi a VM86_REQUEST_IRQ használatát</li> \n" "<li> Lehetővé teszi a pci beállítás olvasását/írását alpha-n</li> \n" "<li> Lehetővé teszi irix_prctl használatát mips-en (setstacksize)</li> \n" -"<li> Lehetővé teszi az összes gyorsítótár ürítését m68k-n (sys_cacheflush)</" -"li>" +"<li> Lehetővé teszi az összes gyorsítótár ürítését m68k-n (sys_cacheflush)</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:199 msgid "" "<li> Allows removing semaphores</li> \n" -"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores " -"and shared memory</li> \n" +"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n" "<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li> \n" "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>" msgstr "" "<li> Lehetővé teszi szemaforok eltávolítását</li> \n" -"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores " -"and shared memory</li> \n" +"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n" "<li> Lehetővé teszi az osztott memóriaterületek zárolását/feloldását</li> \n" "<li> Lehetővé teszi a csereterület ki/bekapcsolását</li> \n" -"<li> Lehetővé teszi hamis pids használatát a foglalat hitelesítés átadására</" -"li>" +"<li> Lehetővé teszi hamis pids használatát a foglalat hitelesítés átadására</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:206 msgid "" "<li> Allows setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra " -"ioctls)</li>" +"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Lehetővé teszi az előolvasást és pufferek ürítését a blokkeszközökön</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Lehetővé teszi az előolvasást és pufferek ürítését a blokkeszközökön</li> \n" "<li> Lehetővé teszi geometria beállítását hajlékonylemezeken</li> \n" "<li> Lehetővé teszi a DMA ki/bekapcsolását xd illesztőprogramokon</li> \n" -"<li> Lehetővé teszi md eszközök adminisztrációját (többnyire a fentieket, de " -"néhány további ioctls-t is)</li>" +"<li> Lehetővé teszi md eszközök adminisztrációját (többnyire a fentieket, de néhány további ioctls-t is)</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:212 msgid "" @@ -1164,21 +1084,17 @@ msgstr "" "<li> Lehetővé teszi az ide illesztőprogram finomhangolását</li> \n" "<li> Lehetővé teszi a hozzáférést az nvram-eszközhöz</li> \n" -"<li> Lehetővé teszi az apm_bios, serial és a bttv (TV) eszközök " -"adminisztrációját</li> \n" -"<li> Lehetővé teszi gyártói parancsok használatát az iaan CAPI támogatású " -"illesztőprogramon</li>" +"<li> Lehetővé teszi az apm_bios, serial és a bttv (TV) eszközök adminisztrációját</li> \n" +"<li> Lehetővé teszi gyártói parancsok használatát az iaan CAPI támogatású illesztőprogramon</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:218 msgid "" -"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n" "<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li> \n" "<li> Allows sending raw qic-117 commands</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Lehetővé teszi a nem szabványos pci beállítási terület beolvasását</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Lehetővé teszi a nem szabványos pci beállítási terület beolvasását</li> \n" "<li> Lehetővé teszi DDI debug ioctl az sbpcd illesztőprogramon</li> \n" "<li> Lehetővé teszi soros portok beállítását</li> \n" "<li> Lehetővé teszi raw qic-117 parancsok küldését</li>" @@ -1189,11 +1105,9 @@ " and sending arbitrary SCSI commands</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting encryption key on loopback filesystem </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<li> Lehetővé teszi címkézett kérés engedélyezését/letiltását az SCSI-" -"vezérlőkön,\n" +"<li> Lehetővé teszi címkézett kérés engedélyezését/letiltását az SCSI-vezérlőkön,\n" "valamint önkényes SCSI-parancsok küldését</li> \n" -"<li> Lehetővé teszi titkosító kulcs használatát loopback fájlrendszeren</" -"li></ul>" +"<li> Lehetővé teszi titkosító kulcs használatát loopback fájlrendszeren</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:232 msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of reboot() </li></ul>" @@ -1201,55 +1115,41 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different " -"UID) processes</li> \n" -"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own " -"processes and setting \n" +"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n" +"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \n" "the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Lehetővé teszi a prioritás növelését és mások (eltérő felhasználói " -"azonosítójú)\n" +"<ul><li> Lehetővé teszi a prioritás növelését és mások (eltérő felhasználói azonosítójú)\n" "folyamatai prioritásának beállítását</li>\n" -"<li> Lehetővé teszi FIFO és round-robin (valós idejű) ütemezés beállítását " -"saját\n" -"folyamatokon és más folyamatok által használt ütemezési algoritmus " -"beállítását. </li>\n" -"<li> Lehetővé teszi más folyamatok processzoraffinitásának beállítását </" -"li></ul>" +"<li> Lehetővé teszi FIFO és round-robin (valós idejű) ütemezés beállítását saját\n" +"folyamatokon és más folyamatok által használt ütemezési algoritmus beállítását. </li>\n" +"<li> Lehetővé teszi más folyamatok processzoraffinitásának beállítását </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:245 msgid "" "<ul><li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override quota limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li> \n" -"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling " -"resources)</li>" +"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling resources)</li>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Erőforrás-korlátok felülbírálása. Erőforrás-korlátok beállítása.</" -"li>\n" +"<ul><li> Erőforrás-korlátok felülbírálása. Erőforrás-korlátok beállítása.</li>\n" "<li> Kvótakorlátok felülbírálása. </li>\n" "<li> Fenntartott terület felülbírálása ext2 fájlrendszeren</li>\n" -"<li> adatnaplózási mód módosítása ext3 fájlrendszeren (naplózási erőforrások " -"használatával)</li>" +"<li> adatnaplózási mód módosítása ext3 fájlrendszeren (naplózási erőforrások használatával)</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251 msgid "" -"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you " -"can override using fsuid too</li> \n" +"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n" "<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n" "<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of keymaps </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<li> MEGJEGYZÉS: az ext2 figyelembe veszi az fsuid értékét erőforrás-" -"felülbírálások keresésekor, így az fsuid segítségével is végezhet " -"felülbírálást</li>\n" +"<li> MEGJEGYZÉS: az ext2 figyelembe veszi az fsuid értékét erőforrás-felülbírálások keresésekor, így az fsuid segítségével is végezhet felülbírálást</li>\n" "<li> Az IPC üzenetsorok méretkorlátozásainak </li>\n" -"<li> Lehetővé tesz 64hz-nél gyakoribb megszakítást a valós idejű órától</" -"li>\n" -"<li> A konzolok legnagyobb számának felülbírálása a konzolok lefoglalásakor " -"</li>\n" +"<li> Lehetővé tesz 64hz-nél gyakoribb megszakítást a valós idejű órától</li>\n" +"<li> A konzolok legnagyobb számának felülbírálása a konzolok lefoglalásakor </li>\n" "<li> A billentyűzetkiosztások legnagyobb számának felülbírálása</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:261 @@ -1266,15 +1166,11 @@ msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows configuration of tty devices</li> \n" "<li> Allows vhangup() of tty </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Lehetővé teszi a tty eszközök beállítását</li> n <li> Lehetővé " -"teszi a vhangup() használatát tty eszközön </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> Lehetővé teszi a tty eszközök beállítását</li> n <li> Lehetővé teszi a vhangup() használatát tty eszközön </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:275 msgid "<ul><li> Allows the privileged aspects of mknod() </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Lehetővé teszi az mknod() privilegizált képességeinek használatát </" -"li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> Lehetővé teszi az mknod() privilegizált képességeinek használatát </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:281 msgid "<ul><li> Allows taking of leases on files </li></ul>" @@ -1317,8 +1213,7 @@ "(into /var/log/audit/audit.log file), but still permitted, so \n" "that application's behavior is not restricted." msgstr "" -"A Tanuló mód a profil tanulási állapota, amely naplózza az " -"alkalmazásaktivitást \n" +"A Tanuló mód a profil tanulási állapota, amely naplózza az alkalmazásaktivitást \n" "Az AppArmor a profil minden megsértését naplózza \n" "(A /var/log/audit/audit.log fájlba), de továbbra is megengedett,\n" "így az alkalmazás viselkedése nem korlátozott." @@ -1422,8 +1317,7 @@ msgstr "" "A Biztonsági esemény értesítése képernyő lehetővé teszi e-mailek\n" "küldését biztonsági eseményekről. A következő lépésekben, beállíthatja\n" -"milyen gyakran küldjön értesítést, ki kapjon értesítést, és milyen " -"súlyosságú\n" +"milyen gyakran küldjön értesítést, ki kapjon értesítést, és milyen súlyosságú\n" "biztonsági figyelmeztetésről küldjön figyelmeztetést." #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:38 @@ -1445,17 +1339,13 @@ "individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n" " For example: <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n" "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" -"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 " -"2004.</tt>\n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" "" msgstr "" -"Összefoglaló értesítés: Az összefoglaló értesítés megjeleníti a " -"naplózott AppArmor biztonsági eseményeket és felsorolja az egyes események " -"számát, az utolsó esemény dátumával. \n" +"Összefoglaló értesítés: Az összefoglaló értesítés megjeleníti a naplózott AppArmor biztonsági eseményeket és felsorolja az egyes események számát, az utolsó esemény dátumával. \n" " Például: <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability \n" "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" -"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 " -"2004.</tt>\n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:53 @@ -1472,8 +1362,7 @@ "eseményről bejegyzés készül a részletes naplóban. Ezek a biztonsági\n" "események tartalmazzák az esemény dátumát és időpontját, amikor\n" "az alkalmazásprofil engedélyezte vagy elutasította a hozzáférést, valamint,\n" -"hogy milyen típusú a fájlhozzáférési engedély, amely engedélyezte vagy " -"elutasította." +"hogy milyen típusú a fájlhozzáférési engedély, amely engedélyezte vagy elutasította." #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:61 msgid "" @@ -1483,8 +1372,7 @@ "/etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) profile \n" "/usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork)</tt>" msgstr "" -"A Részletes értesítés több üzenetet is küld, amelyek~n a logprof eszköz " -"használ a interpret profilhoz. Például: \n" +"A Részletes értesítés több üzenetet is küld, amelyek~n a logprof eszköz használ a interpret profilhoz. Például: \n" "<tt> Oct 9 15:40:31 AppArmor: PERMITTING r access to \n" "/etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) profile \n" "/usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork)</tt>" @@ -1496,10 +1384,7 @@ "like. For example, if you select 1 day from the \n" "pull-down list, you will be sent daily notifications of \n" "security events, if they occur.</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li> Állítsa be ez értesítések gyakoriságát minden értesítéstípusra, amelyet " -"engedélyezni szeretne. Például, ha a legördülő menüből kiválasztja, hogy " -"1 nap, akkor naponta egy biztonsági értesítést fog kapni.</li>" +msgstr "<li> Állítsa be ez értesítések gyakoriságát minden értesítéstípusra, amelyet engedélyezni szeretne. Például, ha a legördülő menüből kiválasztja, hogy 1 nap, akkor naponta egy biztonsági értesítést fog kapni.</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:75 msgid "" @@ -1529,8 +1414,7 @@ "<li>Válassza ki a legalacsonyabb súlyossági szintet,\n" "amelyre vonatkozó értesítéseket meg kell küldeni. A Biztonsági\n" "események naplózásra kerülnek és az értesítések elküldése megtörténik,\n" -"ha az esemény súlyossági szintje nagyobb vagy egyenlő a beállítotthoz " -"képest.\n" +"ha az esemény súlyossági szintje nagyobb vagy egyenlő a beállítotthoz képest.\n" "Amennyiben a gyakoriság 1 nap, akkor az értesítés a biztonsági esemény\n" "előfordulásakor naponta történik." @@ -1553,12 +1437,10 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<li>Select Include unknown security events if \n" -"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</" -"li>" +"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li>" msgstr "" "<li>Válassza az Ismeretlen biztonsági események hozzáadását, ha \n" -"olyan eseményt akar hozzáadni, amelyhez nincs beállítva súlyossági szint.</" -"li>" +"olyan eseményt akar hozzáadni, amelyhez nincs beállítva súlyossági szint.</li>" #. ---------------------------- #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:103 @@ -1567,15 +1449,12 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:106 msgid "" -"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control " -"module. \n" +"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. \n" "You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles \n" "by using the suggestions made by AppArmor." msgstr "" -"Ez a varázsló az AppArmor hozzáférésvezérlő modulja által készített " -"bejegyzéseket mutatja.\n" -"Az AppArmor javaslatait felhasználva optimalizált és robusztus biztonsági " -"profil készíthető." +"Ez a varázsló az AppArmor hozzáférésvezérlő modulja által készített bejegyzéseket mutatja.\n" +"Az AppArmor javaslatait felhasználva optimalizált és robusztus biztonsági profil készíthető." #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:111 msgid "" @@ -1583,10 +1462,7 @@ "or define execute permission for entries. Questions \n" "that display were logged during the normal application \n" "execution test previously performed. " -msgstr "" -"Az AppArmor javaslatot tesz a megadott erőforrások elérésének " -"engedélyezéséhez vagy letiltásához. Ezek a kérdések a korábban futtatott " -"tesztek során kerültek naplózásra. " +msgstr "Az AppArmor javaslatot tesz a megadott erőforrások elérésének engedélyezéséhez vagy letiltásához. Ezek a kérdések a korábban futtatott tesztek során kerültek naplózásra. " #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:117 msgid "" @@ -1608,11 +1484,8 @@ msgstr "Hozzáférési módok " #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six " -"modes:" -msgstr "" -"A fájlhozzáférési módok a következő hat módok kombinációjából jöhetnek létre:" +msgid "File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six modes:" +msgstr "A fájlhozzáférési módok a következő hat módok kombinációjából jöhetnek létre:" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:129 msgid "<li>r - read</li>" @@ -1662,8 +1535,7 @@ "Lehetővé teszi a programnak legyen olvasási joga az erőforráshoz.\n" "Az olvasási jog szükséges a parancsfájlokhoz és egyéb értelmezhető\n" "tartalmakhoz, és észreveszi, ha egy futó folyamat összeomlik vagy\n" -"vagy kapcsolódik ptrace(2) -höz. (A ptrace(2)-t olyan programok " -"használják,\n" +"vagy kapcsolódik ptrace(2) -höz. (A ptrace(2)-t olyan programok használják,\n" "mint az strace(1), ltrace(1), és gdb(1).)" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:146 @@ -1783,41 +1655,28 @@ "héjprogramok is teszik, mint a csh(1), bash(1), zsh(1)." #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"<li>* can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>* bármilyen számkaraktert helyettesít, kivéve a '/' jelet<li>" +msgid "<li>* can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" +msgstr "<li>* bármilyen számkaraktert helyettesít, kivéve a '/' jelet<li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199 -msgid "" -"<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</" -"li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>* bármilyen számkaraktert helyettesít, beleértve a '/' jelet</" -"li>" +msgid "<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>" +msgstr "<li>* bármilyen számkaraktert helyettesít, beleértve a '/' jelet</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:202 msgid "<li>? can substitute for any single character except '/'</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>? bármilyen karaktert helyettesít, kivéve a '/' jelet</li>" +msgstr "<li>? bármilyen karaktert helyettesít, kivéve a '/' jelet</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:205 -msgid "" -"<li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgid "<li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" msgstr "<li>[abc] a,b vagy c karaktert helyettesít</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:208 -msgid "" -"<li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgid "<li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" msgstr "<li>[a-c] a, b, vagy c karaktert helyettesít</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:211 -msgid "" -"<li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match " -"cd</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>{ab,cd} jelentése: egy szabály illeszkedik az ab-re, egy a cd-re</" -"li>" +msgid "<li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>" +msgstr "<li>{ab,cd} jelentése: egy szabály illeszkedik az ab-re, egy a cd-re</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:214 msgid "Clean Exec - for sanitized execution" @@ -1955,9 +1814,7 @@ #. Update table values #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:602 msgid "Entry will not be added. Entry name or permissions not defined." -msgstr "" -"A bejegyzés nem lesz felvéve. A bejegyzés neve vagy a jogosultságok " -"nincsenek megadva." +msgstr "A bejegyzés nem lesz felvéve. A bejegyzés neve vagy a jogosultságok nincsenek megadva." #. Prompts the user for a hatname #. Side-Effect: sets Settings["CURRENT_HAT"] @@ -1991,27 +1848,17 @@ msgstr "" "Nem adott meg, vagy választott ki nevet a felvenni kívánt kalaphoz.\n" "Egy új kalap létrehozásához \n" -"adja meg annak nevét, vagy a varázslóból való kilépéshez nyomja meg a " -"Megszakítás gombot." +"adja meg annak nevét, vagy a varázslóból való kilépéshez nyomja meg a Megszakítás gombot." #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:889 -msgid "" -"The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name " -"or press Abort to cancel this wizard." -msgstr "" -"A profil már tartalmazza a megadott kalapnevet. Adjon meg egy másik nevet, " -"vagy nyomja meg a Megszakítás gombot a varázslóból kilépéshez." +msgid "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name or press Abort to cancel this wizard." +msgstr "A profil már tartalmazza a megadott kalapnevet. Adjon meg egy másik nevet, vagy nyomja meg a Megszakítás gombot a varázslóból kilépéshez." #. FIXME: format these texts better #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:928 -msgid "" -"View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing " -"entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." -msgstr "" -"Ezen a lapon egy egyedi profil tartalma jeleníthető meg és módosítható. A " -"meglévő bejegyzések eléréséhez kattintson duplán a jogosultságokra a " -"módosítási ablak megjelenítéséhez." +msgid "View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." +msgstr "Ezen a lapon egy egyedi profil tartalma jeleníthető meg és módosítható. A meglévő bejegyzések eléréséhez kattintson duplán a jogosultságokra a módosítási ablak megjelenítéséhez." #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:933 @@ -2024,19 +1871,14 @@ msgstr "" "Jogosultságok definíciója: <code> r - olvasás \n" "w - írás l - csatolás m - mmap PROT_EXE k - fájlzárolás \n" -"a - fájlhozzáfűzés x - végrehajtás i - öröklés p - diszkrét " -"profil \n" +"a - fájlhozzáfűzés x - végrehajtás i - öröklés p - diszkrét profil \n" "P - diszkrét profil (*tiszta végrehajtás) u - nem bezárt \n" "U - nem bezárt (*tiszta végrehajtás)</code>" #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942 -msgid "" -"Add Entry: Select the type of resource to add from the drop " -"down list." -msgstr "" -"Bejegyzés hozzáadása: Válassza ki a listából a felvenni kívánt " -"erőforrás típusát." +msgid "Add Entry: Select the type of resource to add from the drop down list." +msgstr "Bejegyzés hozzáadása: Válassza ki a listából a felvenni kívánt erőforrás típusát." #. help text - part x1 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:947 @@ -2057,19 +1899,16 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:959 msgid "" "<li>Include Add an include entry to this profile. This option \n" -"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load " -"time.</li>" +"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load time.</li>" msgstr "" "<li>Beágyazás Beágyazás bejegyzés hozzáadása a profilhoz.\n" -"Lehetőség van egy másik fájl profilbejegyzéseinek beágyazására betöltéskor " -"ebbe a profilba.</li>" +"Lehetőség van egy másik fájl profilbejegyzéseinek beágyazására betöltéskor ebbe a profilba.</li>" #. help text - part x5 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963 msgid "" "<li>Network Entry Add a network rule entry to this profile. \n" -"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the " -"profile. \n" +"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the profile. \n" "You may specify a network address family and socket type.</li>" msgstr "" "<li>Hálózati bejegyzés A hálózati szabály hozzáadása a profilhoz\n" @@ -2080,53 +1919,38 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:969 msgid "" "<li>Hat Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\n" -"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be " -"selected\n" +"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be selected\n" "during execution only in the context of being asked for by a changehat\n" "aware application. \n" -"For more information on changehat, see man changehat on your system " -"or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" +"For more information on changehat, see man changehat on your system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" msgstr "" "<li>Kalap Részprofil (ún. \"kalap\") hozzáadása a profilhoz.\n" "Ez a lehetőség lényegében ugyanaz, mint egy új profil létrehozása kézzel,\n" -"amely végrehajtáskor csak olyankor választható ki, ha azt egy, a " -"changehat\n" -"funkcióra felkészített alkalmazás kéri. A changehat funkcióval " -"kapcsolatban\n" -"további részletek a man changehat paranccsal írathatók ki, illetve a " -"Novell\n" +"amely végrehajtáskor csak olyankor választható ki, ha azt egy, a changehat\n" +"funkcióra felkészített alkalmazás kéri. A changehat funkcióval kapcsolatban\n" +"további részletek a man changehat paranccsal írathatók ki, illetve a Novell\n" "AppArmor Adminisztrátori kézikönyvében olvashatók.</li>" #. help text - part x7 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:977 msgid "</ul>Edit Entry: Edit the selected entry." -msgstr "" -"</ul>Bejegyzés törlése: Eltávolítja a profilból a " -"kiválasztott bejegyzést." +msgstr "</ul>Bejegyzés törlése: Eltávolítja a profilból a kiválasztott bejegyzést." #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:982 -msgid "" -"Delete Entry: Removes the selected entry from this profile." -msgstr "" -"Bejegyzés törlése: Eltávolítja a profilból a kiválasztott " -"bejegyzést." +msgid "Delete Entry: Removes the selected entry from this profile." +msgstr "Bejegyzés törlése: Eltávolítja a profilból a kiválasztott bejegyzést." #. help text - part y1 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:987 msgid "" "*Clean Exec The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n" -"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping " -"the environment \n" -"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These " -"variables are:" +"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \n" +"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:" msgstr "" -"*Tiszta végrehajtás A diszkrét profil tiszta végrehajtási " -"beállítása\n" -"és a nem korlátozott végrehajtási jogosultságok további biztonságot kínálnak " -"az\n" -"egyes változók leszármazott programjai által örökölt környezet " -"lecsupaszításával.\n" +"*Tiszta végrehajtás A diszkrét profil tiszta végrehajtási beállítása\n" +"és a nem korlátozott végrehajtási jogosultságok további biztonságot kínálnak az\n" +"egyes változók leszármazott programjai által örökölt környezet lecsupaszításával.\n" "Ezek a változók a következők:" #. help text - part y2 @@ -2191,12 +2015,8 @@ #. Widget activated in the table #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1145 -msgid "" -"Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include " -"entries." -msgstr "" -"A beágyazott bejegyzések nem szerkeszthetők. Válassza ki a hozzáadást vagy " -"törlést a beágyazott bejegyzések szerkesztéséhez." +msgid "Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include entries." +msgstr "A beágyazott bejegyzések nem szerkeszthetők. Válassza ki a hozzáadást vagy törlést a beágyazott bejegyzések szerkesztéséhez." #. Make sure that the entry doesn't already exist #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1294 @@ -2208,12 +2028,8 @@ msgstr "Beágyazandó fájl kiválasztása" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1335 -msgid "" -"Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these " -"directories: \n" -msgstr "" -"Érvénytelen #include fájl. Az include fájloknak a következő könyvtárak " -"valamelyikében kell lenniük:\n" +msgid "Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these directories: \n" +msgstr "Érvénytelen #include fájl. Az include fájloknak a következő könyvtárak valamelyikében kell lenniük:\n" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1379 msgid "Save changes to the profile" @@ -2225,8 +2041,7 @@ "(Note: after saving, AppArmor profiles will be reloaded.)\n" msgstr "" "Kívánja elmenteni a profil módosításait? \n" -"(Megjegyzés: a módosítások elmentése után az AppArmor profilok újra " -"betöltődnek.)\n" +"(Megjegyzés: a módosítások elmentése után az AppArmor profilok újra betöltődnek.)\n" #. We'll need this often - cache it #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1476 @@ -2246,14 +2061,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<h1>Application to Profile</h1>\n" -#~ "Select the application which you want to profile. Afterwards, when you " -#~ "run the application, AppArmor will collect\n" +#~ "Select the application which you want to profile. Afterwards, when you run the application, AppArmor will collect\n" #~ "information about system resources it accesses." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<h1>Alkalmazás a profilhoz</h1>\n" -#~ "Válassza ki az alkalmazást amit profilozni akar. Ezt követően az " -#~ "alkalmazás futtatásakor az AppArmor összegyűjti az erőforrások felé " -#~ "indított hozzáféréseket." +#~ "Válassza ki az alkalmazást amit profilozni akar. Ezt követően az alkalmazás futtatásakor az AppArmor összegyűjti az erőforrások felé indított hozzáféréseket." #~ msgid "Application to Profile" #~ msgstr "Alkalmazás a profilhoz" @@ -2276,8 +2088,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Profil frissítése" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Program Name Pattern: When you enter a program name or " -#~ "pattern \n" +#~ "Program Name Pattern: When you enter a program name or pattern \n" #~ "that matches the name of the binary executable of the program of \n" #~ "interest, the report will display security events that have \n" #~ "occurred for a specific program. " @@ -2297,8 +2108,7 @@ #~ "Ezzel megtekinthető, melyik profilban mi korlátozott. " #~ msgid "" -#~ "PID Number: Process ID number is a number that uniquely " -#~ "identifies \n" +#~ "PID Number: Process ID number is a number that uniquely identifies \n" #~ "one specific process or running program (this number is valid only \n" #~ "during the lifetime of that process). " #~ msgstr "" @@ -2312,8 +2122,7 @@ #~ "severity level, and above, will be included in the reports. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Súlyossági szint: Válassza a legalacsonyabb súlyossági szintet,\n" -#~ "amelynek biztonsági eseményeit a jelentésbe szeretné látni. A " -#~ "kiválasztott\n" +#~ "amelynek biztonsági eseményeit a jelentésbe szeretné látni. A kiválasztott\n" #~ "biztonsági szint, és az ennél magasabb szintű bejegyzések kerülnek\n" #~ "a jelentésbe. " @@ -2322,11 +2131,9 @@ #~ "This includes capabilities and files. You can use this field to \n" #~ "report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by profiles. " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Részletek: Egy forrás, hogy melyik profil tagadja meg a " -#~ "hozzáférést. \n" +#~ "Részletek: Egy forrás, hogy melyik profil tagadja meg a hozzáférést. \n" #~ "Ez tartalmazza a képességeket és a fájlokat. Ez a mező arra használható,\n" -#~ "jelentse azokat az erőforrásokat, amelyek hozzáférését a profil nem " -#~ "engedélyezi. " +#~ "jelentse azokat az erőforrásokat, amelyek hozzáférését a profil nem engedélyezi. " #~ msgid "" #~ "Mode: The Mode is the permission that the profile grants \n" @@ -2338,13 +2145,11 @@ #~ "r (olvasás) w (írás) l (hivatkozás) x (futtatás) " #~ msgid "" -#~ "Access Type: The access type describes what is actually " -#~ "happening \n" +#~ "Access Type: The access type describes what is actually happening \n" #~ "with the security event. The options are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, \n" #~ "or AUDITING. " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hozzáférés típusa: A hozzáférés típusa leírja, mi történik az " -#~ "aktuális biztonsági\n" +#~ "Hozzáférés típusa: A hozzáférés típusa leírja, mi történik az aktuális biztonsági\n" #~ "eseménnyel. Ez lehet PERMITTING (engedélyezés), REJECTING (elutasítás),\n" #~ "vagy AUDITING (auditálás). " @@ -2365,27 +2170,19 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the archived \n" #~ "report selected in the previous screen. To filter by Date Range:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A Jelentés beállítása párbeszédablakban szűrhető az előző képernyőn " -#~ "kiválasztott archivált jelentés. Dátumtartomány szerinti szűréshez:" +#~ msgstr "A Jelentés beállítása párbeszédablakban szűrhető az előző képernyőn kiválasztott archivált jelentés. Dátumtartomány szerinti szűréshez:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<ol><li>Click Filter By Date Range. The fields become active.</" -#~ "li> \n" -#~ "<li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the report." -#~ "</li> \n" -#~ " <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions of " -#~ "parameters.</li></ol>" +#~ "<ol><li>Click Filter By Date Range. The fields become active.</li> \n" +#~ "<li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the report.</li> \n" +#~ " <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions of parameters.</li></ol>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ol> <li>Kattintson a Szűrés dátumtartomány szerint pontra. A " -#~ "mezők aktívvá válnak.</li> \n" +#~ "<ol> <li>Kattintson a Szűrés dátumtartomány szerint pontra. A mezők aktívvá válnak.</li> \n" #~ "<li>Írja be a jelentés kezdő és befejező dátumát.</li> \n" -#~ "<li>Adjon meg egy szűrőparamétert. A paraméterek definíciója az " -#~ "alábbiakban olvasható.</li></ol>" +#~ "<li>Adjon meg egy szűrőparamétert. A paraméterek definíciója az alábbiakban olvasható.</li></ol>" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The following definitions help you to enter the filtering parameters in " -#~ "the \n" +#~ "The following definitions help you to enter the filtering parameters in the \n" #~ "Report Configuration Dialog: " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Az alábbi definíciók segítenek megadni a szűrőparamétereket\n" @@ -2423,8 +2220,7 @@ #~ "Biztonsági esemény jelentés: Ez a jelentés egyetlen gép\n" #~ "alkalmazásbiztonságát jeleníti meg. Jelzi az irányelvütközéseket a\n" #~ "helyileg korlátozott alkalmazások esetén a megadott időtartományban\n" -#~ "Ez a jelentés szerkeszthető, módosítható, vagy új verziók adhatók hozzá.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Ez a jelentés szerkeszthető, módosítható, vagy új verziók adhatók hozzá." #~ msgid "" #~ "The AppArmor On-Demand Report screen displays \n" @@ -2435,152 +2231,71 @@ #~ "egyikének azonnal elkészített változata: " #~ msgid "" -#~ "The summary of scheduled reports page shows us when reports are " -#~ "scheduled to run. \n" -#~ "Reports can be set to run monthly, weekly, daily, or hourly. The default " -#~ "settings are \n" -#~ "daily at midnight. The reports can also be emailed, upon completion, to " -#~ "up to three \n" +#~ "The summary of scheduled reports page shows us when reports are scheduled to run. \n" +#~ "Reports can be set to run monthly, weekly, daily, or hourly. The default settings are \n" +#~ "daily at midnight. The reports can also be emailed, upon completion, to up to three \n" #~ "email recipients. " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az ütemezett jelentések összefoglaló oldala megmutatja, hogy mely " -#~ "riportok vannak ütemezve. \n" -#~ "A jelentések futtatása beállítható havira, hetire, napira vagy " -#~ "óránkéntire. Az alapértelmezett\n" -#~ "beállítás naponta éjfélkor történik. A jelentések elkészülésekor e-mailen " -#~ "továbbításra kerülnek\n" +#~ "Az ütemezett jelentések összefoglaló oldala megmutatja, hogy mely riportok vannak ütemezve. \n" +#~ "A jelentések futtatása beállítható havira, hetire, napira vagy óránkéntire. Az alapértelmezett\n" +#~ "beállítás naponta éjfélkor történik. A jelentések elkészülésekor e-mailen továbbításra kerülnek\n" #~ "maximum három címzettnek. " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In the Set Schedule section, you can schedule the following three types " -#~ "of security reports: " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az Ütemezés beállítása részben, az alábbi három típusú biztonsági " -#~ "jelentés ütemezhető: " +#~ msgid "In the Set Schedule section, you can schedule the following three types of security reports: " +#~ msgstr "Az Ütemezés beállítása részben, az alábbi három típusú biztonsági jelentés ütemezhető: " #~ msgid "" -#~ "The View Archive Reports form enables you to view previously " -#~ "generated\n" -#~ "reports located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory. Use " -#~ "the checkboxes at the top to narrow-down the category of reports shown in " -#~ "the list to: SIR Reports, AUD Reports or ESS Reports. To see report " -#~ "details, select a report and click the View button. You " -#~ "can view reports from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /" -#~ "var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az Archív jelentése megtekintése űrlapon megtekinthetők a /var/log/" -#~ "apparmor/reports-archived könyvtárban található, korábban előállított " -#~ "jelentések. Az űrlap tetején látható négyzetekkel leszűkíthetők a " -#~ "listában látható jelentések az alábbi kategóriákra: SIR jelentések, AUD " -#~ "jelentések és ESS jelentések. A jelentések részleteinek megtekintéséhez " -#~ "válasszon ki egy jelentést és kattintson a Nézet gombra. " -#~ "Egy, de több rendszer jelentései is megtekinthetők, ha azokat átmozgatja " -#~ "a /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived könyvtárba." +#~ "The View Archive Reports form enables you to view previously generated\n" +#~ "reports located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory. Use the checkboxes at the top to narrow-down the category of reports shown in the list to: SIR Reports, AUD Reports or ESS Reports. To see report details, select a report and click the View button. You can view reports from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." +#~ msgstr "Az Archív jelentése megtekintése űrlapon megtekinthetők a /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived könyvtárban található, korábban előállított jelentések. Az űrlap tetején látható négyzetekkel leszűkíthetők a listában látható jelentések az alábbi kategóriákra: SIR jelentések, AUD jelentések és ESS jelentések. A jelentések részleteinek megtekintéséhez válasszon ki egy jelentést és kattintson a Nézet gombra. Egy, de több rendszer jelentései is megtekinthetők, ha azokat átmozgatja a /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived könyvtárba." #~ msgid "repConfHelp" #~ msgstr "repConfHelp" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Security Incident Report (SIR): A report that displays " -#~ "security \n" -#~ "events of interest to an administrator. The SIR reports policy " -#~ "violations \n" -#~ "for locally confined applications during the specified time period. The " -#~ "SIR \n" -#~ "reports policy exceptions and policy engine state changes. These two " -#~ "types \n" +#~ "Security Incident Report (SIR): A report that displays security \n" +#~ "events of interest to an administrator. The SIR reports policy violations \n" +#~ "for locally confined applications during the specified time period. The SIR \n" +#~ "reports policy exceptions and policy engine state changes. These two types \n" #~ "of security events are defined as follows:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Biztonsági esemény jelentés (SIR): A rendszergazda " -#~ "érdeklődésére\n" -#~ "számot tartó biztonsági eseményeket felsoroló jelentés. A SIR jelentések " -#~ "a helyi,\n" -#~ "korlátozott alkalmazások irányelvsértéseit írják le, a megadott időszakra " -#~ "vonatkozóan.\n" -#~ "A SIR jelentésekben az irányelvek megsértései, illetve az irányelvkezelő " -#~ "alrendszer\n" -#~ "állapotváltozásai láthatók. E kétféle biztonsági esemény a következőket " -#~ "jelenti:" +#~ "Biztonsági esemény jelentés (SIR): A rendszergazda érdeklődésére\n" +#~ "számot tartó biztonsági eseményeket felsoroló jelentés. A SIR jelentések a helyi,\n" +#~ "korlátozott alkalmazások irányelvsértéseit írják le, a megadott időszakra vonatkozóan.\n" +#~ "A SIR jelentésekben az irányelvek megsértései, illetve az irányelvkezelő alrendszer\n" +#~ "állapotváltozásai láthatók. E kétféle biztonsági esemény a következőket jelenti:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<ul> <li>Policy Exceptions: When an application requests a " -#~ "resource \n" -#~ "that's not defined within its profile, a security event is generated.</" -#~ "li> \n" -#~ "<li>Policy Engine State Changes: Enforces policy for applications " -#~ "and \n" -#~ "maintains its own state, including when engines start or stop, when a " -#~ "policy \n" -#~ "is reloaded, and when global security feature are enabled or disabled.</" -#~ "li></ul> \n" -#~ "Select the report from the archive, then View to see the report " -#~ "details." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ul> <li>Irányelv megsértése: Amikor egy alkalmazás olyan " -#~ "erőforrást kér, amelyik nincs felsorolva a profiljában, biztonsági " -#~ "esemény generálódik.</li> <li>Irányelvkezelő alrendszer " -#~ "állapotváltozásai: Az alkalmazások irányelveinek betartatása és a " -#~ "saját állapot figyelése, például hogy mikor indulnak el és állnak le az " -#~ "alrendszerek, mikor töltődik be újra egy irányelv, illetve hogy a " -#~ "globális biztonsági funkció engedélyezésre vagy letiltásra kerül. </li></" -#~ "ul> Válassza ki a kívánt jelentést az archívumból, majd kattintson a " -#~ "Megjelenítés gombra a jelentés részleteinek megtekintéséhez." +#~ "<ul> <li>Policy Exceptions: When an application requests a resource \n" +#~ "that's not defined within its profile, a security event is generated.</li> \n" +#~ "<li>Policy Engine State Changes: Enforces policy for applications and \n" +#~ "maintains its own state, including when engines start or stop, when a policy \n" +#~ "is reloaded, and when global security feature are enabled or disabled.</li></ul> \n" +#~ "Select the report from the archive, then View to see the report details." +#~ msgstr "<ul> <li>Irányelv megsértése: Amikor egy alkalmazás olyan erőforrást kér, amelyik nincs felsorolva a profiljában, biztonsági esemény generálódik.</li> <li>Irányelvkezelő alrendszer állapotváltozásai: Az alkalmazások irányelveinek betartatása és a saját állapot figyelése, például hogy mikor indulnak el és állnak le az alrendszerek, mikor töltődik be újra egy irányelv, illetve hogy a globális biztonsági funkció engedélyezésre vagy letiltásra kerül. </li></ul> Válassza ki a kívánt jelentést az archívumból, majd kattintson a Megjelenítés gombra a jelentés részleteinek megtekintéséhez." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Applications Audit Report (AUD): An auditing tool that reports " -#~ "which application servers are running and whether they are confined by " -#~ "AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming " -#~ "network connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, " -#~ "the date the Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the " -#~ "unconfined program or application server, the suggested profile or a " -#~ "placeholder for a profile for an unconfined program, the process ID " -#~ "number, the state of the program (confined or unconfined) and the type of " -#~ "confinement that the profile is performing (enforce/complain)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Alkalmazásaudit jelentés (AUD): Egy auditálási eszköz, amely " -#~ "kimutatja, mely kiszolgálóalkalmazások futnak éppen, illetve hogy az " -#~ "AppArmor korlátozza-e az alkalmazásokat. Kiszolgálóalkalmazás az olyan " -#~ "alkalmazás, amely fogad bejövő hálózati kapcsolatokat. Ez a jelentés " -#~ "tartalmazza a gép IP-címét, az Alkalmazásaudit jelentés futásának idejét, " -#~ "a nem korlátozott program vagy Kiszolgálóalkalmazás nevét és elérési " -#~ "útját, a nem korlátozott program javasolt profilját vagy a profil egy " -#~ "helykitöltőjét, a folyamatazonosító (PID) számot, a program állapotát " -#~ "(korlátozott vagy nem korlátozott), valamint a korlátozás típusát, " -#~ "amelyet a profil végrehajt (kényszerítés/panasz)." +#~ msgid "Applications Audit Report (AUD): An auditing tool that reports which application servers are running and whether they are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, the date the Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the unconfined program or application server, the suggested profile or a placeholder for a profile for an unconfined program, the process ID number, the state of the program (confined or unconfined) and the type of confinement that the profile is performing (enforce/complain)." +#~ msgstr "Alkalmazásaudit jelentés (AUD): Egy auditálási eszköz, amely kimutatja, mely kiszolgálóalkalmazások futnak éppen, illetve hogy az AppArmor korlátozza-e az alkalmazásokat. Kiszolgálóalkalmazás az olyan alkalmazás, amely fogad bejövő hálózati kapcsolatokat. Ez a jelentés tartalmazza a gép IP-címét, az Alkalmazásaudit jelentés futásának idejét, a nem korlátozott program vagy Kiszolgálóalkalmazás nevét és elérési útját, a nem korlátozott program javasolt profilját vagy a profil egy helykitöltőjét, a folyamatazonosító (PID) számot, a program állapotát (korlátozott vagy nem korlátozott), valamint a korlátozás típusát, amelyet a profil végrehajt (kényszerítés/panasz)." #~ msgid "" #~ "Executive Security Summary (ESS): A combined report, \n" -#~ "consisting of one or more high-level reports from one or more machines. " -#~ "This \n" -#~ "report can provide a single view of security events on multiple machines " -#~ "if each \n" +#~ "consisting of one or more high-level reports from one or more machines. This \n" +#~ "report can provide a single view of security events on multiple machines if each \n" #~ "machine's data is copied to the reports archive directory, which is \n" -#~ "/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. This report provides the " -#~ "host \n" -#~ "machine's IP address, the start and end dates of the polled events, total " -#~ "number \n" -#~ "of rejects, total number of events, average of severity levels reported, " -#~ "and the \n" -#~ "highest severity level reported. One line of the ESS report represents a " -#~ "range \n" +#~ "/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. This report provides the host \n" +#~ "machine's IP address, the start and end dates of the polled events, total number \n" +#~ "of rejects, total number of events, average of severity levels reported, and the \n" +#~ "highest severity level reported. One line of the ESS report represents a range \n" #~ "of SIR reports." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vezetői biztonsági összefoglaló (ESS): Egy egyesített " -#~ "jelentés,\n" -#~ "egy vagy több gép Biztonsági esemény jelentéseinek összesítése. Ez a " -#~ "jelentés\n" -#~ "egységes nézetet biztosít több gép biztonsági eseményeiről, ha az egyes " -#~ "gépek\n" -#~ "adatait átmozgatja a jelentésarchívum, azaz a /var/log/apparmor/" -#~ "reports-archived\n" -#~ "könyvtárba. Ez a jelentés tartalmazza a gép IP-címét, a lekérdezett " -#~ "események\n" -#~ "kezdési és befejezési dátumát, a visszautasítások és az események összes " -#~ "számát,\n" -#~ "a jelentett események átlagos súlyossági szintjét, valamint a jelentett " -#~ "legmagasabb\n" -#~ "súlyossági szintet. Az ESS jelentés egy sora akár több SIR jelentést is " -#~ "magában\n" +#~ "Vezetői biztonsági összefoglaló (ESS): Egy egyesített jelentés,\n" +#~ "egy vagy több gép Biztonsági esemény jelentéseinek összesítése. Ez a jelentés\n" +#~ "egységes nézetet biztosít több gép biztonsági eseményeiről, ha az egyes gépek\n" +#~ "adatait átmozgatja a jelentésarchívum, azaz a /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived\n" +#~ "könyvtárba. Ez a jelentés tartalmazza a gép IP-címét, a lekérdezett események\n" +#~ "kezdési és befejezési dátumát, a visszautasítások és az események összes számát,\n" +#~ "a jelentett események átlagos súlyossági szintjét, valamint a jelentett legmagasabb\n" +#~ "súlyossági szintet. Az ESS jelentés egy sora akár több SIR jelentést is magában\n" #~ "foglal." #~ msgid "Archived Security Incident Report - Page " @@ -2767,8 +2482,7 @@ #~ "This table displays the events that match your search criteria.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "AppArmor biztonsági események\n" -#~ "Ez a táblázat a megadott keresési feltételeknek megfelelő eseményeket " -#~ "tartalmazza.\n" +#~ "Ez a táblázat a megadott keresési feltételeknek megfelelő eseményeket tartalmazza.\n" #~ msgid "AppArmor Event Report Data" #~ msgstr "AppArmor eseményjelentés adatok" @@ -2832,9 +2546,7 @@ #~ msgstr "A lekérdezés nem adott találatot." #~ msgid "The events database has no records that match the search query." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az esemény-adatbázis nem tartalmaz a keresési feltételeknek megfelelő " -#~ "rekordot." +#~ msgstr "Az esemény-adatbázis nem tartalmaz a keresési feltételeknek megfelelő rekordot." #~ msgid "Archived Event Report - Page " #~ msgstr "Archivált esemény jelentés - Oldal: " @@ -3046,12 +2758,8 @@ #~ msgid "Audit" #~ msgstr "Audit" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "AppArmor does not appear to be started. Please enable AppArmor and try " -#~ "again." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Úgy tűnik, az AppArmor nem indult el. Engedélyezze az AppArmort és " -#~ "próbálja újra." +#~ msgid "AppArmor does not appear to be started. Please enable AppArmor and try again." +#~ msgstr "Úgy tűnik, az AppArmor nem indult el. Engedélyezze az AppArmort és próbálja újra." #~ msgid "Can't find apparmor profiles in %s." #~ msgstr "Nem találhatók az AppArmor profilok itt: %s." @@ -3200,8 +2908,7 @@ #~ msgstr "# Időszak: %s - %s\n" #~ msgid "# The following filters were used for report generation:\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "# A következő szűrők kerültek felhasználásra a jelentés előállításához:\n" +#~ msgstr "# A következő szűrők kerültek felhasználásra a jelentés előállításához:\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "# Filter: %s, Value: %s\n" @@ -3283,9 +2990,7 @@ #~ msgstr "%s nem nyitható meg. Nem vehető fel a jelentés: %s" #~ msgid "Duplicate report name not allowed. Didn't schedule new report: %s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A többször szereplő jelentésnév nem engedélyezett. Az új jelentés nem " -#~ "került ütemezésre: %s" +#~ msgstr "A többször szereplő jelentésnév nem engedélyezett. Az új jelentés nem került ütemezésre: %s" #~ msgid "Couldn't open %s. No changes performed." #~ msgstr "%s nem nyitható meg. Nem került végrehajtásra módosítás." @@ -3293,102 +2998,72 @@ #~ msgid "ag_reports_sched: Unknown instruction %s or arg: %s" #~ msgstr "ag_reports_sched: Ismeretlen utasítás (%s) vagy paraméter: %s" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please refer to this for more detailed information about AppArmor" +#~ msgid "Please refer to this for more detailed information about AppArmor" #~ msgstr "Az AppArmorral kapcsolatos további információ itt található." #~ msgid "" #~ "<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions about allowed operations on files,\n" -#~ "where file owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID " -#~ "is \n" +#~ "where file owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is \n" #~ "applicable. It doesn't override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ul><li>Felülbírálja a fájlokon engedélyezett műveletekkel kapcsolatos " -#~ "korlátozásokat,\n" -#~ "ahol a fájltulajdonos azonosítójának azonosnak kell lennie a " -#~ "felhasználói azonosítóval,\n" -#~ "kivéve ha a CAP_FSETID alkalmazható. Ez nem bírálja felül a MAC és DAC " -#~ "korlátozásokat. </li></ul>" +#~ "<ul><li>Felülbírálja a fájlokon engedélyezett műveletekkel kapcsolatos korlátozásokat,\n" +#~ "ahol a fájltulajdonos azonosítójának azonosnak kell lennie a felhasználói azonosítóval,\n" +#~ "kivéve ha a CAP_FSETID alkalmazható. Ez nem bírálja felül a MAC és DAC korlátozásokat. </li></ul>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions that the effective user \n" -#~ "ID shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID " -#~ "bits on that \n" -#~ "file; that the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) " -#~ "shall match \n" -#~ "the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; that the " -#~ "S_ISUID and \n" -#~ "S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not " -#~ "implemented). </li></ul>" +#~ "ID shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that \n" +#~ "file; that the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) shall match \n" +#~ "the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; that the S_ISUID and \n" +#~ "S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<ul><li>Felülbírálja a következő korlátozásokat: a hatásos felhasználói\n" -#~ "azonosítónak meg kell egyeznie a fájltulajdonos azonosítójával a fájl " -#~ "S_ISUID és S_ISGID\n" -#~ "bitjeinek beállításakor; a hatásos csoportazonosítónak (vagy a kiegészítő " -#~ "csoportazonosítók\n" -#~ "egyikének) meg kell egyeznie a fájltulajdonos azonosítójával a fájl " -#~ "S_ISGID bitjének beállításakor;\n" -#~ "az S_ISUID és S_ISGID bitek törlésre kerülnek a chown(2) sikeres " -#~ "visszatérése után (nincs megvalósítva). </li></ul>" +#~ "azonosítónak meg kell egyeznie a fájltulajdonos azonosítójával a fájl S_ISUID és S_ISGID\n" +#~ "bitjeinek beállításakor; a hatásos csoportazonosítónak (vagy a kiegészítő csoportazonosítók\n" +#~ "egyikének) meg kell egyeznie a fájltulajdonos azonosítójával a fájl S_ISGID bitjének beállításakor;\n" +#~ "az S_ISUID és S_ISGID bitek törlésre kerülnek a chown(2) sikeres visszatérése után (nincs megvalósítva). </li></ul>" #~ msgid "Please select an action to perform from the buttons below." #~ msgstr "Az alábbi gombok közül válasszon egy végrehajtandó műveletet." #~ msgid "" #~ "The profile already contains the provided hat name. \n" -#~ "Please enter a different name to try again, or press Abort to cancel this " -#~ "wizard." +#~ "Please enter a different name to try again, or press Abort to cancel this wizard." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A profil már tartalmazza a megadott kalapnevet. Adjon meg egy\n" -#~ "másik nevet, vagy nyomja meg a Megszakítás gombot a varázslóból " -#~ "kilépéshez." +#~ "másik nevet, vagy nyomja meg a Megszakítás gombot a varázslóból kilépéshez." #~ msgid "" -#~ "In this form you can view and modify the contents of an individual " -#~ "profile. \n" -#~ "For existing entries you can double click the permissions to access a " -#~ "modification dialog." +#~ "In this form you can view and modify the contents of an individual profile. \n" +#~ "For existing entries you can double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ezen a lapon egy egyedi profil tartalma jeleníthető meg és " -#~ "módosítható.\n" -#~ "A meglévő bejegyzések eléréséhez kattintson duplán a jogosultságokra a " -#~ "módosítási ablak megjelenítéséhez." +#~ "Ezen a lapon egy egyedi profil tartalma jeleníthető meg és módosítható.\n" +#~ "A meglévő bejegyzések eléréséhez kattintson duplán a jogosultságokra a módosítási ablak megjelenítéséhez." #~ msgid "" #~ "Generate Reports Help If there were, in fact, \n" -#~ "going to be any help for you (which, incidentally, there isn't going to " -#~ "be), \n" -#~ "then you would indeed find said help, here.Thank you for your " -#~ "time, \n" +#~ "going to be any help for you (which, incidentally, there isn't going to be), \n" +#~ "then you would indeed find said help, here.Thank you for your time, \n" #~ "and have a nice day." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Jelentések létrehozása súgó Ha ténylegesen előfordulna\n" #~ "itt bármilyen súgó (amely egyébként nem kíván itt előfordulni), akkor a\n" -#~ "szóban forgó súgó valóban itt lenne. Köszönjük, hogy ránk szánta " -#~ "az\n" +#~ "szóban forgó súgó valóban itt lenne. Köszönjük, hogy ránk szánta az\n" #~ "idejét, legyen kellemes napja!" #~ msgid "" #~ "The View Archive Reports form enables you to view \n" -#~ "previously generated reports, located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-" -#~ "archived \n" -#~ "directory. The checkboxes at the top of the form enable you to narrow-" -#~ "down \n" -#~ "the category of reports shown in the list to the following: SIR Reports, " -#~ "AUD \n" -#~ "Reports, or ESS Reports. To see report details, select a report and click " -#~ "the \n" -#~ "View button. You can view reports from one or more systems " -#~ "if \n" -#~ "you move the reports to the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." -#~ "" +#~ "previously generated reports, located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived \n" +#~ "directory. The checkboxes at the top of the form enable you to narrow-down \n" +#~ "the category of reports shown in the list to the following: SIR Reports, AUD \n" +#~ "Reports, or ESS Reports. To see report details, select a report and click the \n" +#~ "View button. You can view reports from one or more systems if \n" +#~ "you move the reports to the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Az Archív jelentése megtekintése űrlapon megtekinthetők\n" #~ "a /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived könyvtárban található, korábban\n" -#~ "előállított jelentések. Az űrlap tetején látható négyzetekkel " -#~ "leszűkíthetők\n" -#~ "a listában látható jelentések az alábbi kategóriákra: SIR jelentések, " -#~ "AUD\n" +#~ "előállított jelentések. Az űrlap tetején látható négyzetekkel leszűkíthetők\n" +#~ "a listában látható jelentések az alábbi kategóriákra: SIR jelentések, AUD\n" #~ "jelentések és ESS jelentések. A jelentések részleteinek megtekintéséhez\n" #~ "válasszon ki egy jelentést és kattintson a Nézet gombra. \n" #~ "Egy, de több rendszer jelentései is megtekinthetők, ha azokat átmozgatja\n" @@ -3396,36 +3071,23 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Applications Audit Report (AUD): An auditing tool \n" -#~ "that reports which application servers are running and whether they are " -#~ "confined \n" -#~ "by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming " -#~ "network \n" -#~ "connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, the date " -#~ "the \n" -#~ "Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the unconfined " -#~ "program or \n" -#~ "application server, the suggested profile or a placeholder for a profile " -#~ "for an \n" -#~ "unconfined program, the process ID number, The state of the program " -#~ "(confined or \n" +#~ "that reports which application servers are running and whether they are confined \n" +#~ "by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network \n" +#~ "connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, the date the \n" +#~ "Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the unconfined program or \n" +#~ "application server, the suggested profile or a placeholder for a profile for an \n" +#~ "unconfined program, the process ID number, The state of the program (confined or \n" #~ "unconfined), and the type of confinement that the profile is performing \n" #~ "(enforce/complain)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Alkalmazásaudit jelentés (AUD): Egy auditálási eszköz, amely\n" -#~ "kimutatja, mely kiszolgálóalkalmazások futnak éppen, illetve hogy az " -#~ "AppArmor\n" -#~ "korlátozza-e az alkalmazásokat. Kiszolgálóalkalmazás az olyan " -#~ "alkalmazás,\n" -#~ "amely fogad bejövő hálózati kapcsolatokat. Ez a jelentés tartalmazza a " -#~ "gép IP-címét,\n" -#~ "az Alkalmazásaudit jelentés futásának idejét, a nem korlátozott program " -#~ "vagy\n" -#~ "Kiszolgálóalkalmazás nevét és elérési útját, a nem korlátozott program " -#~ "javasolt profilját\n" -#~ "vagy a profil egy helykitöltőjét, a folyamatazonosító (PID) számot, a " -#~ "program állapotát\n" -#~ "(korlátozott vagy nem korlátozott), valamint a korlátozás típusát, " -#~ "amelyet a profil végrehajt\n" +#~ "kimutatja, mely kiszolgálóalkalmazások futnak éppen, illetve hogy az AppArmor\n" +#~ "korlátozza-e az alkalmazásokat. Kiszolgálóalkalmazás az olyan alkalmazás,\n" +#~ "amely fogad bejövő hálózati kapcsolatokat. Ez a jelentés tartalmazza a gép IP-címét,\n" +#~ "az Alkalmazásaudit jelentés futásának idejét, a nem korlátozott program vagy\n" +#~ "Kiszolgálóalkalmazás nevét és elérési útját, a nem korlátozott program javasolt profilját\n" +#~ "vagy a profil egy helykitöltőjét, a folyamatazonosító (PID) számot, a program állapotát\n" +#~ "(korlátozott vagy nem korlátozott), valamint a korlátozás típusát, amelyet a profil végrehajt\n" #~ "(kényszerítés/panasz)." #~ msgid "Weds" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89778 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:44:31 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89778 Added: trunk/yast/ca/po/cio.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/opensuse_mirror.ca.po Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/add-on-creator.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/add-on.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/audit-laf.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/auth-client.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/auth-server.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/autoinst.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/base.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/bootloader.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/ca-management.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/cluster.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/control.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/country.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/dhcp-server.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/dns-server.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/drbd.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/fcoe-client.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/firewall-services.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/firewall.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/firstboot.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/ftp-server.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/geo-cluster.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/gtk.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/http-server.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/inetd.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/installation.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/instserver.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/iplb.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/iscsi-client.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/iscsi-lio-server.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/iscsi-server.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/isns.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/kdump.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/kerberos-server.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/kerberos.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/ldap-client.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/ldap-server.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/ldap.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/live-installer.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/lxc.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/mail.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/multipath.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/ncurses-pkg.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/ncurses.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/network.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/nfs.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/nfs_server.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/nis.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/nis_server.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/ntp-client.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/oneclickinstall.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/online-update-configuration.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/online-update.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/packager.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/pkg-bindings.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/printer.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/product-creator.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/proxy.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/qt-pkg.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/qt.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/rdp.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/rear.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/registration.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/reipl.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/relocation-server.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/s390.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/samba-client.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/samba-server.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/samba-users.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/scanner.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/security.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/services-manager.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/slp-server.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/snapper.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/sound.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/squid.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/sshd.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/sudo.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/support.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/sysconfig.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/tftp-server.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/timezone_db.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/tune.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/update.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/users.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/vm.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/wagon.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/wol.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/xpram.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/yast2-apparmor.ca.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/add-on-creator.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/add-on-creator.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/add-on-creator.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -47,8 +47,7 @@ #. command line help text for 'create' action #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:107 msgid "Build an add-on product from the selected configuration." -msgstr "" -"Construeix un producte complementari segons la configuració seleccionada." +msgstr "Construeix un producte complementari segons la configuració seleccionada." #. command line help text for 'create' action #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:117 @@ -143,16 +142,12 @@ #. command line help text for 'y2update_packages_dir' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:240 msgid "Path to directory with YaST packages to form the workflow" -msgstr "" -"Camí del directori que conté els paquets del YaST per crear el flux de " -"treball" +msgstr "Camí del directori que conté els paquets del YaST per crear el flux de treball" #. command line help text for 'license' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:247 msgid "Path to file with license texts (license.zip or license.tar.gz)" -msgstr "" -"Camí del fitxer que conté els textos de la llicència (license.zip o license." -"tar.gz)" +msgstr "Camí del fitxer que conté els textos de la llicència (license.zip o license.tar.gz)" #. command line help text for 'info' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:254 @@ -177,9 +172,7 @@ #. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list' #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281 msgid "Number of the selected add-on (see 'list' command for product numbers)." -msgstr "" -"Número del producte complementari seleccionat (vegeu la comanda 'list' per " -"veure els números dels productes)." +msgstr "Número del producte complementari seleccionat (vegeu la comanda 'list' per veure els números dels productes)." #. command line help text for 'changelog' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:288 @@ -267,12 +260,8 @@ #. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 -msgid "" -"There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the " -"'create' or 'clone' commands." -msgstr "" -"No s'ha trobat cap configuració de producte complementari. Creeu-ne un de " -"nou amb les comandes 'crea' o 'clona'." +msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the 'create' or 'clone' commands." +msgstr "No s'ha trobat cap configuració de producte complementari. Creeu-ne un de nou amb les comandes 'crea' o 'clona'." #. error message #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876 @@ -311,34 +300,23 @@ #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 -msgid "" -"Start creating a new add-on product configuration with Add." -msgstr "" -"Inicieu la creació d'una configuració nova de producte complementari " -"mitjançant l'opció Afegeix." +msgid "Start creating a new add-on product configuration with Add." +msgstr "Inicieu la creació d'una configuració nova de producte complementari mitjançant l'opció Afegeix." #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Use Edit to modify the selected add-on product configuration." -msgstr "" -"Utilitzeu Edita per modificar la configuració del producte " -"complementari seleccionat." +msgid "Use Edit to modify the selected add-on product configuration." +msgstr "Utilitzeu Edita per modificar la configuració del producte complementari seleccionat." #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164 msgid "Delete the selected configuration using Delete." -msgstr "" -"Suprimiu la configuració seleccionada amb l'opció Suprimeix." +msgstr "Suprimiu la configuració seleccionada amb l'opció Suprimeix." #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 -msgid "" -"Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with " -"Build." -msgstr "" -"Inicieu la creació d'un producte complementari a partir de la " -"configuració seleccionada mitjançant l'opció Construeix." +msgid "Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with Build." +msgstr "Inicieu la creació d'un producte complementari a partir de la configuració seleccionada mitjançant l'opció Construeix." #. table header item #. summary header @@ -1074,37 +1052,23 @@ "Writing the add-on configurations \n" "\n" msgstr "" -"S'estan desant les configuracions dels productes complementaris..." -" \n" +"S'estan desant les configuracions dels productes complementaris... \n" "\n" #. help text for start menu #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 -msgid "" -"This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product." -msgstr "" -"Aquest mòdul proporciona instruccions per a la creació d'un producte de " -"complement." +msgid "This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product." +msgstr "Aquest mòdul proporciona instruccions per a la creació d'un producte de complement." #. help text for start menu, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the " -"beginning or base it on an existing product." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu com voleu crear el nou producte de complement: podeu fer-ho " -"des del principi o bé basar-vos en un producte existent." +msgid "Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the beginning or base it on an existing product." +msgstr "Seleccioneu com voleu crear el nou producte de complement: podeu fer-ho des del principi o bé basar-vos en un producte existent." #. help text for start menu, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"When basing the new product on an existing product, check Generate " -"Package Descriptions to generate new descriptions of packages in the " -"existing product." -msgstr "" -"Quan us baseu en un producte existent per al nou producte, marqueu " -"l'opció Genera descripcions de paquets per a generar les noves " -"descripcions dels paquets del producte existent." +msgid "When basing the new product on an existing product, check Generate Package Descriptions to generate new descriptions of packages in the existing product." +msgstr "Quan us baseu en un producte existent per al nou producte, marqueu l'opció Genera descripcions de paquets per a generar les noves descripcions dels paquets del producte existent." #. help text for initial data (paragraph title) #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56 @@ -1123,13 +1087,8 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This " -"selection forms the REQUIRES value of the <tt>content</tt> file." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu el producte al qual s'aplicarà el nou producte de complement. " -"L'element seleccionat formarà el valor de REQUIRES del fitxer " -"<tt>content</tt>." +msgid "Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This selection forms the REQUIRES value of the <tt>content</tt> file." +msgstr "Seleccioneu el producte al qual s'aplicarà el nou producte de complement. L'element seleccionat formarà el valor de REQUIRES del fitxer <tt>content</tt>." #. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68 @@ -1138,12 +1097,8 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should " -"form your add-on product." -msgstr "" -"Trieu el camí del directori que conté els paquets RPM que han de formar " -"el producte de complement." +msgid "Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should form your add-on product." +msgstr "Trieu el camí del directori que conté els paquets RPM que han de formar el producte de complement." #. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:74 @@ -1152,16 +1107,8 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages " -"from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will " -"not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the " -"patterns later in the workflow." -msgstr "" -"De manera opcional, trieu el camí del directori que conté els paquets RPM " -"del producte en el qual es basarà el producte complementari. Aquests paquets " -"no s'inclouran al producte complementari, tot i que es poden utilitzar per a " -"crear els patrons més endavant al flux de treball." +msgid "Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the patterns later in the workflow." +msgstr "De manera opcional, trieu el camí del directori que conté els paquets RPM del producte en el qual es basarà el producte complementari. Aquests paquets no s'inclouran al producte complementari, tot i que es poden utilitzar per a crear els patrons més endavant al flux de treball." #. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80 @@ -1170,285 +1117,145 @@ #. help text for content file editor, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -"Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect " -"Show Only Required Keywords to see all attributes of the <tt>content</" -"tt> file." -msgstr "" -"Introduïu la informació necessària per a identificar el producte " -"complementari. Desseleccioneu Mostra només les paraules clau necessàries</" -"b> per a poder veure tots els atributs del fitxer <tt>content</tt>." +msgid "Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect Show Only Required Keywords to see all attributes of the <tt>content</tt> file." +msgstr "Introduïu la informació necessària per a identificar el producte complementari. Desseleccioneu Mostra només les paraules clau necessàries per a poder veure tots els atributs del fitxer <tt>content</tt>." #. help text for content file editor, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88 msgid "Use Import to import an existing <tt>content</tt> file." -msgstr "" -"Feu servir Importa per a importar un fitxer <tt>content</tt> " -"existent." +msgstr "Feu servir Importa per a importar un fitxer <tt>content</tt> existent." #. help text for package description files #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</" -"tt> files) here." -msgstr "" -"Editeu les descripcions específiques d'idioma dels paquets (fitxers " -"<tt>packages.lang</tt>) aquí." +msgid "Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</tt> files) here." +msgstr "Editeu les descripcions específiques d'idioma dels paquets (fitxers <tt>packages.lang</tt>) aquí." #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 -msgid "" -"Use Add Language to add a description file for a new language. The " -"list of available languages is read from the LINGUAS value of the " -"<tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions " -"with Import. Delete the description file with Delete." -msgstr "" -"Feu servir Afegeix idioma per a afegir un fitxer de descripció " -"d'un idioma nou. La llista d'idiomes disponibles s'obtindrà del valor de " -"LINGUAS del fitxer <tt>content</tt>. Importeu un fitxer existent amb " -"descripcions de paquets mitjançant l'opció Importa. Suprimeix, " -"per la seva banda, permet suprimir un fitxer de descripció." +msgid "Use Add Language to add a description file for a new language. The list of available languages is read from the LINGUAS value of the <tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions with Import. Delete the description file with Delete." +msgstr "Feu servir Afegeix idioma per a afegir un fitxer de descripció d'un idioma nou. La llista d'idiomes disponibles s'obtindrà del valor de LINGUAS del fitxer <tt>content</tt>. Importeu un fitxer existent amb descripcions de paquets mitjançant l'opció Importa. Suprimeix, per la seva banda, permet suprimir un fitxer de descripció." #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 -msgid "" -"Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify description " -"entries for the selected package." -msgstr "" -"Afegeix i Edita de la segona taula permeten modificar les " -"entrades de descripció del paquet seleccionat." +msgid "Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify description entries for the selected package." +msgstr "Afegeix i Edita de la segona taula permeten modificar les entrades de descripció del paquet seleccionat." #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 -msgid "" -"Optionally, choose the path for the file providing Additional Package " -"Dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)." -msgstr "" -"De forma opcional, trieu el camí del fitxer que proporciona les " -"dependències addicionals dels paquets (EXTRA_PROV)." +msgid "Optionally, choose the path for the file providing Additional Package Dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)." +msgstr "De forma opcional, trieu el camí del fitxer que proporciona les dependències addicionals dels paquets (EXTRA_PROV)." #. help text for patterns #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108 msgid "Create and edit the patterns for the add-on product here." -msgstr "" -"Creeu els patrons per al producte complementari i editeu-los aquí." +msgstr "Creeu els patrons per al producte complementari i editeu-los aquí." #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 -msgid "" -"Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an " -"existing one." -msgstr "" -"Feu servir Nou per a crear un nou patró o bé Importa per a " -"importar-ne un d'existent." +msgid "Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an existing one." +msgstr "Feu servir Nou per a crear un nou patró o bé Importa per a importar-ne un d'existent." #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify pattern " -"attributes." -msgstr "" -"Afegeix i Edita de la segona taula permeten modificar els " -"atributs de patrons." +msgid "Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify pattern attributes." +msgstr "Afegeix i Edita de la segona taula permeten modificar els atributs de patrons." #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 msgid "" -"Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required " -"for\n" -"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when " -"the installation of the add-on product is started." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu el patró requerit si voleu que el patró seleccionat " -"sigui un requeriment del producte complementari. Aquest patró serà " -"automàticament preseleccionat quan es faci la instal·lació del producte " -"complementari." +"Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required for\n" +"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started." +msgstr "Seleccioneu el patró requerit si voleu que el patró seleccionat sigui un requeriment del producte complementari. Aquest patró serà automàticament preseleccionat quan es faci la instal·lació del producte complementari." #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be " -"created. Select Create ISO Image to create the ISO image of the " -"product in the output directory." -msgstr "" -"Especifiqueu el camí del directori en el qual es crearà el producte " -"complementari. Seleccioneu Crea imatge ISO per a crear la imatge ISO " -"del producte en el directori de sortida." +msgid "Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be created. Select Create ISO Image to create the ISO image of the product in the output directory." +msgstr "Especifiqueu el camí del directori en el qual es crearà el producte complementari. Seleccioneu Crea imatge ISO per a crear la imatge ISO del producte en el directori de sortida." #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 -msgid "" -"Use Generate Changelog to generate a changelog file containing all " -"changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years." -msgstr "" -"Useu l'opció genera el registre de canvis per generar un fitxer de " -"registre de canvis fets en el producte complementari en els darrers dos anys." -"" +msgid "Use Generate Changelog to generate a changelog file containing all changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years." +msgstr "Useu l'opció genera el registre de canvis per generar un fitxer de registre de canvis fets en el producte complementari en els darrers dos anys." #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with Configure Workflow. " -"Use Optional Files to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, " -"licenses, and other optional values." -msgstr "" -"Per a ajustar el flux de treball del producte complementari, feu servir " -"Configura el flux de treball. Fitxers opcionals, per la seva " -"banda, permet configurar textos de fitxers <tt>README</tt>, llicències i " -"altres valors opcionals." +msgid "Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with Configure Workflow. Use Optional Files to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, licenses, and other optional values." +msgstr "Per a ajustar el flux de treball del producte complementari, feu servir Configura el flux de treball. Fitxers opcionals, per la seva banda, permet configurar textos de fitxers <tt>README</tt>, llicències i altres valors opcionals." #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on " -"product workflow." -msgstr "" -"Permet introduir els fitxers necessaris per a poder personalitzar el flux " -"de treball del producte complementari." +msgid "Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on product workflow." +msgstr "Permet introduir els fitxers necessaris per a poder personalitzar el flux de treball del producte complementari." #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 -msgid "" -"Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file " -"is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation." -"xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory." -msgstr "" -"Introduïu la ubicació del fitxer que conté la descripció del flux de " -"treball. Aquest fitxer constitueix una alternativa per a <tt>control.xml</" -"tt> i es desa com a <tt>installation.xml</tt> al directori base del producte " -"complementari." +msgid "Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation.xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory." +msgstr "Introduïu la ubicació del fitxer que conté la descripció del flux de treball. Aquest fitxer constitueix una alternativa per a <tt>control.xml</tt> i es desa com a <tt>installation.xml</tt> al directori base del producte complementari." #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 -msgid "" -"To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, " -"enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are " -"stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the " -"YaST RPM packages in Import the Packages." -msgstr "" -"Per a utilitzar mòduls del YaST personalitzats durant la instal·lació del " -"producte complementari, introduïu el camí de l'arxiu <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> " -"on s'emmagatzemen aquests mòduls o bé especifiqueu els paquets RPM del YaST " -"a Importa els paquets per a configurar els continguts de l'arxiu " -"<tt>y2update.tgz</tt>." +msgid "To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the YaST RPM packages in Import the Packages." +msgstr "Per a utilitzar mòduls del YaST personalitzats durant la instal·lació del producte complementari, introduïu el camí de l'arxiu <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> on s'emmagatzemen aquests mòduls o bé especifiqueu els paquets RPM del YaST a Importa els paquets per a configurar els continguts de l'arxiu <tt>y2update.tgz</tt>." #. help text for expert dialog 1 #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 -msgid "" -"The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on " -"that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an OK button." -msgstr "" -"El fitxer opcional <tt>info.txt</tt> proporciona informació sobre el " -"complement que s'hauria de mostrar en forma de finestra emergent amb un botó " -"D'acord." +msgid "The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an OK button." +msgstr "El fitxer opcional <tt>info.txt</tt> proporciona informació sobre el complement que s'hauria de mostrar en forma de finestra emergent amb un botó D'acord." #. help text for expert dialog 1, cont #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 -msgid "" -"The text of the license is displayed in a window with Agree and " -"Disagree buttons before the installation starts. The files with the " -"license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</" -"tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"El text de la llicència es mostra en una finestra que inclou els botons " -"Hi estic d'acord i No hi estic d'acord abans d'iniciar-se la " -"instal·lació. Els fitxers que contenen els textos de llicència en diferents " -"idiomes es comprimeixen a l'arxiu <tt>license.zip</tt> i es desen al " -"directori <tt>media.1</tt>." +msgid "The text of the license is displayed in a window with Agree and Disagree buttons before the installation starts. The files with the license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory." +msgstr "El text de la llicència es mostra en una finestra que inclou els botons Hi estic d'acord i No hi estic d'acord abans d'iniciar-se la instal·lació. Els fitxers que contenen els textos de llicència en diferents idiomes es comprimeixen a l'arxiu <tt>license.zip</tt> i es desen al directori <tt>media.1</tt>." #. help text for expert dialog 2 #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 -msgid "" -"The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various " -"language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Els fitxers <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> i <tt>COPYING</tt> poden tenir diverses " -"modificacions en funció de l'idioma i es desen al directori arrel del " -"producte complementari." +msgid "The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on product." +msgstr "Els fitxers <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> i <tt>COPYING</tt> poden tenir diverses modificacions en funció de l'idioma i es desen al directori arrel del producte complementari." #. help text for signing dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key " -"from the list of keys available or create a new one with Create." -msgstr "" -"Permet configurar la signatura del producte complementari. Trieu una clau " -"secreta de la llista de claus disponibles o bé creeu-ne una de nova " -"mitjançant l'opció Crea." +msgid "Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key from the list of keys available or create a new one with Create." +msgstr "Permet configurar la signatura del producte complementari. Trieu una clau secreta de la llista de claus disponibles o bé creeu-ne una de nova mitjançant l'opció Crea." #. help text for signing dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164 msgid "Enter the passphrase needed to unlock the secret key." -msgstr "" -"Introduïu la contrasenya necessària per a desbloquejar la clau secreta.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Introduïu la contrasenya necessària per a desbloquejar la clau secreta." #. help text for signing dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 -msgid "" -"Decide if you want to Sign All Packages of the add-on product with " -"the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed." -msgstr "" -"Decidiu si voleu Signar tots els paquetsdel complement amb la clau " -"seleccionada. Totes les signatures anteriors del paquet s'eliminaran." +msgid "Decide if you want to Sign All Packages of the add-on product with the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed." +msgstr "Decidiu si voleu Signar tots els paquetsdel complement amb la clau seleccionada. Totes les signatures anteriors del paquet s'eliminaran." #. help text for generating new key dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 -msgid "" -"Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair." -msgstr "" -"Introduïu els valors necessaris per a generar la nova parella de claus " -"primàries." +msgid "Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair." +msgstr "Introduïu els valors necessaris per a generar la nova parella de claus primàries." #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 -msgid "" -"The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 " -"and 4096 bits long." -msgstr "" -"La mida per defecte de la clau DSA és de 1.024 bits. Per la seva banda, " -"les claus RSA poden tenir entre 1.024 i 4.096 bits." +msgid "The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 and 4096 bits long." +msgstr "La mida per defecte de la clau DSA és de 1.024 bits. Per la seva banda, les claus RSA poden tenir entre 1.024 i 4.096 bits." #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 -msgid "" -"As Expiration Date, enter the number of days after which the key " -"expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, " -"it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty " -"for a key that never expires." -msgstr "" -"Introduïu com a Data de caducitat el nombre de dies transcorreguts " -"els quals caducarà la clau. Si aquest nombre va seguit de <tt>w</tt>, <tt>m</" -"tt> o <tt>y</tt>, indicarà el nombre de setmanes, mesos o anys, " -"respectivament. Si la clau no té caducitat, deixeu l'entrada en blanc." +msgid "As Expiration Date, enter the number of days after which the key expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty for a key that never expires." +msgstr "Introduïu com a Data de caducitat el nombre de dies transcorreguts els quals caducarà la clau. Si aquest nombre va seguit de <tt>w</tt>, <tt>m</tt> o <tt>y</tt>, indicarà el nombre de setmanes, mesos o anys, respectivament. Si la clau no té caducitat, deixeu l'entrada en blanc." #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Use Name, Comment, and E-Mail Address to provide the " -"user identification with which the new key should be associated." -msgstr "" -"Nom, Comentari i Adreça de correu electrònic " -"permeten proporcionar la identificació d'usuari amb la qual s'associarà la " -"nova clau." +msgid "Use Name, Comment, and E-Mail Address to provide the user identification with which the new key should be associated." +msgstr "Nom, Comentari i Adreça de correu electrònic permeten proporcionar la identificació d'usuari amb la qual s'associarà la nova clau." #. help text for overview dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 -msgid "" -"Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product." -msgstr "" -"Permet veure un resum de les dades necessàries per a la generació del " -"producte complementari." +msgid "Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product." +msgstr "Permet veure un resum de les dades necessàries per a la generació del producte complementari." #. help text for overview dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 -msgid "" -"Press Finish to create the add-on product in the output directory." -"" -msgstr "" -"Premeu Acaba per a crear el producte complementari al directori de " -"sortida." +msgid "Press Finish to create the add-on product in the output directory." +msgstr "Premeu Acaba per a crear el producte complementari al directori de sortida." #. text entry label #: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113 @@ -1557,9 +1364,7 @@ #. help text for content file 'NAME' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:152 msgid "For internal usage. Same restrictions as for package names apply." -msgstr "" -"Per a ús intern. S'apliquen les mateixes restriccions que pels noms dels " -"paquets." +msgstr "Per a ús intern. S'apliquen les mateixes restriccions que pels noms dels paquets." #. label of content file BASEARCHS key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:160 @@ -1568,12 +1373,8 @@ #. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 -msgid "" -"Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-" -"release packages architectures. " -msgstr "" -"Llista separada per espais de les arquitectures del producte. Coincideix amb " -"les arquitectures dels paquets disponibles de producte-alliberament." +msgid "Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-release packages architectures. " +msgstr "Llista separada per espais de les arquitectures del producte. Coincideix amb les arquitectures dels paquets disponibles de producte-alliberament." #. label of content file 'VERSION' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172 @@ -1583,9 +1384,7 @@ #. help text for content file 'VERSION' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:176 msgid "Product version and release as in RPM <tt>major.minor-release</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Versió i llançament del producte tal com surt a l'RPM <tt>major.menor-" -"alliberament</tt>." +msgstr "Versió i llançament del producte tal com surt a l'RPM <tt>major.menor-alliberament</tt>." #. table item label #. table item label @@ -1600,14 +1399,8 @@ #. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used " -"in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, " -"version and architecture." -msgstr "" -"Alguna frase que identifica la distribució. La mateixa frase s'usa " -"probablement en els .rpms per indicar-ne la distribució. Normalment és una " -"composició del nom, versió i arquitectura." +msgid "Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, version and architecture." +msgstr "Alguna frase que identifica la distribució. La mateixa frase s'usa probablement en els .rpms per indicar-ne la distribució. Normalment és una composició del nom, versió i arquitectura." #. label of content file key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201 @@ -1617,9 +1410,7 @@ #. help text for content file 'DESCRDIR' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:206 msgid "Package description directory (relative to product directory)." -msgstr "" -"Directori de descripció del paquets (en relació amb el directori del " -"producte)." +msgstr "Directori de descripció del paquets (en relació amb el directori del producte)." #. label of content file key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:214 @@ -1629,8 +1420,7 @@ #. help text for content file 'DATADIR' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:216 msgid "Package data directory (relative to product directory)." -msgstr "" -"Directori de dades de paquets (en relació amb el directori del producte)." +msgstr "Directori de dades de paquets (en relació amb el directori del producte)." #. label of content file key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:225 @@ -1639,12 +1429,8 @@ #. help text for content file '' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 -msgid "" -"UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if LINGUAS is omitted or no " -"default language can be determined." -msgstr "" -"Etiqueta amb codificació UTF-8. És l'etiqueta per defecte si s'omet " -"LINGUAS o no es pot determinar cap idioma per defecte." +msgid "UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if LINGUAS is omitted or no default language can be determined." +msgstr "Etiqueta amb codificació UTF-8. És l'etiqueta per defecte si s'omet LINGUAS o no es pot determinar cap idioma per defecte." #. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234 @@ -1713,14 +1499,8 @@ #. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 -msgid "" -"UTF-8-encoded LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the " -"LINGUAS values. For each language in LINGUAS, a matching " -"LABEL.lang is expected." -msgstr "" -"LABEL amb codificació UTF-8. <tt>lang</tt> té la mateixa sintaxi que " -"els valors de LINGUAS. S'espera un LABEL.lang coincident per a " -"cada idioma de LINGUAS." +msgid "UTF-8-encoded LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the LINGUAS values. For each language in LINGUAS, a matching LABEL.lang is expected." +msgstr "LABEL amb codificació UTF-8. <tt>lang</tt> té la mateixa sintaxi que els valors de LINGUAS. S'espera un LABEL.lang coincident per a cada idioma de LINGUAS." #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328 msgid "Architecture" @@ -1758,13 +1538,8 @@ #. help text for 'Cat' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 -msgid "" -"One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories " -"are intended for the user and can be specified freely." -msgstr "" -"Categoria d'una línia en l'idioma per defecte utilitzada per a agrupar " -"patrons. Les categories estan pensades per a l'usuari i es poden especificar " -"lliurement." +msgid "One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories are intended for the user and can be specified freely." +msgstr "Categoria d'una línia en l'idioma per defecte utilitzada per a agrupar patrons. Les categories estan pensades per a l'usuari i es poden especificar lliurement." #. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370 @@ -1798,11 +1573,8 @@ #. help text for 'Prc' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 -msgid "" -"These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." -msgstr "" -"Aquests paquets s'instal·len per defecte però es poden eliminar sense " -"objecció." +msgid "These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." +msgstr "Aquests paquets s'instal·len per defecte però es poden eliminar sense objecció." #. label for 'Prs' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:408 @@ -1814,12 +1586,8 @@ #. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 -msgid "" -"These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency " -"resolution." -msgstr "" -"Són simplement suggeriments per a una aplicació i no es gestionen durant la " -"resolució de dependències." +msgid "These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency resolution." +msgstr "Són simplement suggeriments per a una aplicació i no es gestionen durant la resolució de dependències." #. label for 'Ico' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418 @@ -1830,20 +1598,10 @@ #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 msgid "" "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n" -" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename " -"does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is " -"specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/" -"YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/" -"icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/" -"share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." +" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." msgstr "" "Si no s'especifica, s'utilitzarà en el seu lloc el nom \n" -" del patró (reemplaçant els espais en blanc del nom per guions baixos). Si " -"el nom del fitxer no inclou l'extensió .png o .jpg, s'afegirà .png. Si no " -"s'especifica cap camí, les icones es cercaran en el camí d'icones del tema " -"(primer, a /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ i, després, a /" -"usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Es permeten camins " -"absoluts i relatius (al camí del tema /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/)." +" del patró (reemplaçant els espais en blanc del nom per guions baixos). Si el nom del fitxer no inclou l'extensió .png o .jpg, s'afegirà .png. Si no s'especifica cap camí, les icones es cercaran en el camí d'icones del tema (primer, a /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ i, després, a /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Es permeten camins absoluts i relatius (al camí del tema /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/)." #. label for 'Ord' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429 @@ -1852,12 +1610,8 @@ #. help text for 'Ord' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing " -"multiple patterns in the user interface." -msgstr "" -"Aquest valor enter de tres dígits defineix l'ordre del patró quan s'enumeren " -"diversos patrons a la interfície d'usuari." +msgid "This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing multiple patterns in the user interface." +msgstr "Aquest valor enter de tres dígits defineix l'ordre del patró quan s'enumeren diversos patrons a la interfície d'usuari." #. label for 'Req' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441 @@ -1876,16 +1630,8 @@ #. help text for 'Prv' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match REQUIRES</" -"b> from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and " -"edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides the capability " -"<tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Capacitats que proporciona aquest patró. Es poden utilitzar per a fer " -"coincidir REQUIRES d'altres. Cada ítem amb dependències conté una " -"clàusula provides per defecte, el seu nom i l'edició. Per exemple, el paquet " -"bar-1.42-1 proporciona la capacitat <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +msgid "Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match REQUIRES from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +msgstr "Capacitats que proporciona aquest patró. Es poden utilitzar per a fer coincidir REQUIRES d'altres. Cada ítem amb dependències conté una clàusula provides per defecte, el seu nom i l'edició. Per exemple, el paquet bar-1.42-1 proporciona la capacitat <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." #. label for 'Con' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461 @@ -1894,12 +1640,8 @@ #. help text for 'Con' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 -msgid "" -"This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "" -"Aquest patró no es pot instal·lar si hi ha instal·lat l'ítem amb " -"dependències especificat o un altre que proporcioni aquesta capacitat." +msgid "This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "Aquest patró no es pot instal·lar si hi ha instal·lat l'ítem amb dependències especificat o un altre que proporcioni aquesta capacitat." #. label for 'Obs' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471 @@ -1922,12 +1664,8 @@ #. help text for 'Rec' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 -msgid "" -"A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no " -"error is shown." -msgstr "" -"Versió menys efectiva de REQUIRES. Si no es poden instal·lar els patrons " -"recomanats, no apareix cap error." +msgid "A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no error is shown." +msgstr "Versió menys efectiva de REQUIRES. Si no es poden instal·lar els patrons recomanats, no apareix cap error." #. label for 'Sup' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491 @@ -1936,15 +1674,8 @@ #. help text for 'Sup' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 -msgid "" -"A reverse Rec. This pattern is installed if the specified capability " -"is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. " -"Uninstalling it is silently accepted." -msgstr "" -"Element invers de Rec. Aquest patró s'instal·la si hi ha un ítem amb " -"dependències instal·lat que proporcioni la capacitat especificada. " -"L'instal·la el sistema de resolució de dependències. La desinstal·lació " -"s'accepta en silenci." +msgid "A reverse Rec. This pattern is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted." +msgstr "Element invers de Rec. Aquest patró s'instal·la si hi ha un ítem amb dependències instal·lat que proporcioni la capacitat especificada. L'instal·la el sistema de resolució de dependències. La desinstal·lació s'accepta en silenci." #. label for 'Sug' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501 @@ -1958,12 +1689,8 @@ #. help text for 'Fre' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern " -"specified here is installed." -msgstr "" -"El patró actual només es té en compte per a la instal·lació si el patró que " -"s'especifica aquí està instal·lat." +msgid "The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern specified here is installed." +msgstr "El patró actual només es té en compte per a la instal·lació si el patró que s'especifica aquí està instal·lat." #. label for 'Ext' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:523 @@ -2022,12 +1749,8 @@ #. help text for 'Ins' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a " -"test version warning or a commercial license." -msgstr "" -"Missatge informal que es mostra a l'usuari en seleccionar el paquet, com ara " -"l'avís de versió de prova o bé una llicència comercial." +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a test version warning or a commercial license." +msgstr "Missatge informal que es mostra a l'usuari en seleccionar el paquet, com ara l'avís de versió de prova o bé una llicència comercial." #. label for 'Del' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608 @@ -2036,13 +1759,8 @@ #. help text for 'Del' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for " -"deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." -msgstr "" -"Missatge informal que es mostra a l'usuari en seleccionar el paquet per a " -"suprimir-lo, com ara l'avís que no es pot utilitzar el sistema sense aquest " -"paquet." +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." +msgstr "Missatge informal que es mostra a l'usuari en seleccionar el paquet per a suprimir-lo, com ara l'avís que no es pot utilitzar el sistema sense aquest paquet." #. label for 'Eul' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617 @@ -2051,13 +1769,8 @@ #. help text for 'Eul' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 -msgid "" -"Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If " -"the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." -msgstr "" -"Text de l'Acord de llicència. Aquest text es mostra abans de la instal·lació " -"del paquet. Si l'usuari no accepta l'acord de llicència, no s'instal·la el " -"paquet." +msgid "Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." +msgstr "Text de l'Acord de llicència. Aquest text es mostra abans de la instal·lació del paquet. Si l'usuari no accepta l'acord de llicència, no s'instal·la el paquet." #. label of key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660 @@ -2066,12 +1779,8 @@ #. help text for 'REQUIRES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 -msgid "" -"Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product " -"requirements." -msgstr "" -"Dependències que s'han d'instal·lar al sistema per satisfer les " -"necessitats d'aquest producte." +msgid "Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product requirements." +msgstr "Dependències que s'han d'instal·lar al sistema per satisfer les necessitats d'aquest producte." #. label of PROVIDES key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:670 @@ -2080,12 +1789,8 @@ #. help text for 'PROVIDES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match requires</" -"b> from others." -msgstr "" -"Capacitats proporcionades per aquest producte. Es poden usar per satisfer " -"requeriments d'altres productes." +msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match requires from others." +msgstr "Capacitats proporcionades per aquest producte. Es poden usar per satisfer requeriments d'altres productes." #. label of 'CONFLICTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680 @@ -2094,12 +1799,8 @@ #. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 -msgid "" -"This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "" -"Aquest ítem amb dependències no es pot instal·lar si hi ha instal·lat l'ítem " -"amb dependències especificat o un altre que proporcioni la capacitat." +msgid "This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "Aquest ítem amb dependències no es pot instal·lar si hi ha instal·lat l'ítem amb dependències especificat o un altre que proporcioni la capacitat." #. label of 'OBSOLETES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690 @@ -2108,12 +1809,8 @@ #. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 -msgid "" -"When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a " -"name matching this keyword." -msgstr "" -"Quan aquest ítem amb dependències està instal·lat, desinstal·la els ítems " -"amb dependències que tinguin un nom que coincideixi amb aquesta paraula clau." +msgid "When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a name matching this keyword." +msgstr "Quan aquest ítem amb dependències està instal·lat, desinstal·la els ítems amb dependències que tinguin un nom que coincideixi amb aquesta paraula clau." #. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700 @@ -2122,12 +1819,8 @@ #. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 -msgid "" -"A weak version of requires. An attempt is made to fulfill " -"RECOMMENDS, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." -msgstr "" -"Versió menys efectiva de requires. S'intenta completar RECOMMENDS</" -"b>, però s'ignora en silenci si no hi ha cap coincidència disponible." +msgid "A weak version of requires. An attempt is made to fulfill RECOMMENDS, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." +msgstr "Versió menys efectiva de requires. S'intenta completar RECOMMENDS, però s'ignora en silenci si no hi ha cap coincidència disponible." #. label of 'SUGGESTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710 @@ -2156,11 +1849,8 @@ #. help text for 'productline' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 -msgid "" -"A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs " -"and versions." -msgstr "" -"Un nom curt del producte que no canvia entre paquets de servei i versions." +msgid "A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs and versions." +msgstr "Un nom curt del producte que no canvia entre paquets de servei i versions." #. table item label #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:754 @@ -2174,12 +1864,8 @@ #. help text for media type #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 -msgid "" -"Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, " -"ftp, dvd5, dvd9." -msgstr "" -"Tipus de producte que s'usarà en el producte de destí. Els valors possibles " -"son: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +msgid "Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +msgstr "Tipus de producte que s'usarà en el producte de destí. Els valors possibles son: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." #. table item label #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768 @@ -2235,8 +1921,7 @@ #. help text #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1746 msgid "Wait while generating data for add-on... \n" -msgstr "" -"Espereu-vos mentre es generen les dades pel complement... \n" +msgstr "Espereu-vos mentre es generen les dades pel complement... \n" #. error report #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2730 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/add-on.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/add-on.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/add-on.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -42,8 +42,7 @@ "Ajuda del mòdul de complements\n" "------------------\n" "\n" -"Per afegir un nou producte complementari des de la línia d'ordres, feu " -"servir aquesta sintaxi:\n" +"Per afegir un nou producte complementari des de la línia d'ordres, feu servir aquesta sintaxi:\n" " /sbin/yast2 add-on URL\n" "On URL és el camí a la font del complement.\n" "\n" @@ -56,12 +55,8 @@ "dvd://\n" #: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"Falta el nom del fitxer objectiu (opció 'xmlfile'). Utilitzeu l'opció de la " -"línia d'ordres xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Falta el nom del fitxer objectiu (opció 'xmlfile'). Utilitzeu l'opció de la línia d'ordres xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." #. dialog caption #. this is a heading @@ -145,11 +140,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu les extensions d'idioma que voleu instal·lar i feu clic al " -"botó D'acord." +msgid "Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." +msgstr "Seleccioneu les extensions d'idioma que voleu instal·lar i feu clic al botó D'acord." #. TRANSLATORS: popup question #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245 @@ -303,8 +295,7 @@ #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" -msgstr "" -"Esteu segur que voleu interrompre la instal·lació del producte complementari?" +msgstr "Esteu segur que voleu interrompre la instal·lació del producte complementari?" #. popup message #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 @@ -334,8 +325,7 @@ "to install.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Selecció de productes</big> \n" -"S'han trobat diversos productes al catàleg. Seleccioneu els productes que " -"voleu\n" +"S'han trobat diversos productes al catàleg. Seleccioneu els productes que voleu\n" " instal·lar.\n" #. message popup @@ -352,10 +342,8 @@ "select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Instal·lació de productes complementaris</big>\n" -"Vegeu aquí tots els productes complementaris seleccionats per ser " -"instal·lats.\n" -"Per afegir-ne un de nou, feu clic a Afegeix. Per suprimir-ne un ja " -"afegit, \n" +"Vegeu aquí tots els productes complementaris seleccionats per ser instal·lats.\n" +"Per afegir-ne un de nou, feu clic a Afegeix. Per suprimir-ne un ja afegit, \n" "seleccioneu-lo i feu clic a Suprimeix." #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name @@ -406,18 +394,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu veure la llista de complements que es troben instal·lats al " -"vostre sistema." +msgstr "Aquí podeu veure la llista de complements que es troben instal·lats al vostre sistema." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 -msgid "" -"Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove " -"an add-on which is in use." -msgstr "" -"Feu servir el botó Afegeix per afegir un producte complementari, o " -"el botó Elimina per a eliminar-ne un que estigui en ús." +msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." +msgstr "Feu servir el botó Afegeix per afegir un producte complementari, o el botó Elimina per a eliminar-ne un que estigui en ús." #. no items #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 @@ -467,8 +449,7 @@ "\n" "Are sure you want to delete it?" msgstr "" -"La supressió del producte complementari %1 pot comportar l'eliminació de " -"tots els paquets\n" +"La supressió del producte complementari %1 pot comportar l'eliminació de tots els paquets\n" "que hagin estat instal·lats des d'aquest complement.\n" "\n" "Esteu segur que voleu eliminar-lo?" @@ -492,15 +473,11 @@ "\n" "Do you want to skip using add-on products?" msgstr "" -"El vostre sistema no té prou memòria per a fer servir productes " -"complementaris\n" -"durant la instal·lació. Podreu activar els productes complementaris més " -"endavant,\n" +"El vostre sistema no té prou memòria per a fer servir productes complementaris\n" +"durant la instal·lació. Podreu activar els productes complementaris més endavant,\n" "qua el sistema estigui funcionant.\n" "\n" "Voleu saltar-vos l'ús dels productes complementaris?" #~ msgid "Reading packages available at the installation repositories..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "S'està llegint la llista de paquets disponibles als catàlegs " -#~ "d'instal·lació..." +#~ msgstr "S'està llegint la llista de paquets disponibles als catàlegs d'instal·lació..." Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/audit-laf.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/audit-laf.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/audit-laf.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -100,9 +100,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for space_left option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system starts to run low" -msgstr "" -"Espai restant a la partició log (en MB) quan el sistema comenci a tenir-ne " -"poc" +msgstr "Espai restant a la partició log (en MB) quan el sistema comenci a tenir-ne poc" #. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 @@ -127,8 +125,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:225 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if admin_space_left is reached" -msgstr "" -"Script a executar (nom complet del camí) si s'arriba a admin_space_left " +msgstr "Script a executar (nom complet del camí) si s'arriba a admin_space_left " #. command line help text for action_mail_acct option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 @@ -486,12 +483,10 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big> \n" "\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Inicialitzant la configuració de Linux Audit Framework</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Inicialitzant la configuració de Linux Audit Framework</big> \n" "\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -529,33 +524,21 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big> \n" -"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is " -"responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/" -"log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" -"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications " -"which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file " -"watches)." +"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" +"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches)." msgstr "" "<big>Configuració del fitxer log Auditd</big> \n" -"El dimoni audit és el component de Linux Auditing System, que és responsable " -"d'escriure tots els esdeveniments rellevants al fitxer d'historial (log) /" -"var/log/audit/audit.log (per defecte).\n" -"Els esdeveniments poden venir del mòdul del nucli d'apparmor, " -"d'aplicacions que usen libaudit (per exemple PAM) o d'incidents " -"causats per les regles (per exemple, mirades de fitxers)." +"El dimoni audit és el component de Linux Auditing System, que és responsable d'escriure tots els esdeveniments rellevants al fitxer d'historial (log) /var/log/audit/audit.log (per defecte).\n" +"Els esdeveniments poden venir del mòdul del nucli d'apparmor, d'aplicacions que usen libaudit (per exemple PAM) o d'incidents causats per les regles (per exemple, mirades de fitxers)." #. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 msgid "" -"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules " -"and the possibility to add rules.\n" -"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page ('man auditd.conf')." +"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" +"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" -"El diàleg deregles per a auditctl ofereix més informació sobre les " -"regles i sobre la possibilitat d'afegir-ne.\n" -"Informació detallada sobre els paràmetres del fitxer log es pot obtenir de " -"la pàgina del manual ('man auditd.conf')." +"El diàleg deregles per a auditctl ofereix més informació sobre les regles i sobre la possibilitat d'afegir-ne.\n" +"Informació detallada sobre els paràmetres del fitxer log es pot obtenir de la pàgina del manual ('man auditd.conf')." #. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 @@ -563,116 +546,87 @@ "Log File: Enter the full path name to the log file\n" "(or use Select File.)" msgstr "" -"Fitxer d'historial (Log): introduïu el nom complet del cami al " -"fitxer log\n" +"Fitxer d'historial (Log): introduïu el nom complet del cami al fitxer log\n" "(o useu Seleccioneu un fitxer.)" #. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 msgid "" -"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly " -"as the kernel\n" -"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of " -"writing it on disk (does not affect\n" +"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" +"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" "data sent to the dispatcher). " msgstr "" -"Format: establert a RAW per desar totes les dades (en un " -"format exacte a com el nucli ho envia)\n" -"o NOLOG per descartar tota la informació d'audit en comptes " -"d'escriure-la al disc (no afecta les dades enviades al\n" +"Format: establert a RAW per desar totes les dades (en un format exacte a com el nucli ho envia)\n" +"o NOLOG per descartar tota la informació d'audit en comptes d'escriure-la al disc (no afecta les dades enviades al\n" "dispatcher, transmissor). " #. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 msgid "" -"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " -"INCREMENTAL the\n" -"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an " -"explicit flush to disk.\n" -"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: " -"keep data portion synced,\n" +"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to INCREMENTAL the\n" +"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" +"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: keep data portion synced,\n" "SYNC: keep data and meta-data fully synced." msgstr "" -"Aboca: descriu com escriure les dades al disc. Si s'estableix a " -"INCREMENTAL el\n" -"paràmetre freqüència diu quants registres escriure abans de fer un " -"bolcatge explícit (flush) al disc.\n" -"NONE significa: no es fa cap esforç especial per abocar les dades, " -"DATA: manté la porció de dades sincronitzada,\n" +"Aboca: descriu com escriure les dades al disc. Si s'estableix a INCREMENTAL el\n" +"paràmetre freqüència diu quants registres escriure abans de fer un bolcatge explícit (flush) al disc.\n" +"NONE significa: no es fa cap esforç especial per abocar les dades, DATA: manté la porció de dades sincronitzada,\n" "SYNC: manté les dades i les metadades completament sincronitzades." #. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 msgid "" -"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take " -"when this\n" +"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" "value is reached via Size and Action.\n" msgstr "" -"Configureu la mida màxima del fixer d'historial (en megabytes) i l'acció " -"a fer quan s'arribi al valor\n" +"Configureu la mida màxima del fixer d'historial (en megabytes) i l'acció a fer quan s'arribi al valor\n" "a través de mida i acció.\n" #. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files " -"specifies the number\n" -"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a " -"warning\n" -"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records " -"to\n" +"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files specifies the number\n" +"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" +"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records to\n" "disk. IGNORE means do nothing, KEEP_LOGS is similar\n" "to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.\n" msgstr "" -"Si l'acció està establerta a ROTATE el Nombre de fitxers Log</" -"b> especifica el nombre de\n" -"fitxers a mantenir. Establert a SYSLOG, el dimoni audit escriurà un " -"avís a\n" -" /var/log/messages. Amb SUSPEND el dimoni para d'escriure registres " -"al disc\n" +"Si l'acció està establerta a ROTATE el Nombre de fitxers Log especifica el nombre de\n" +"fitxers a mantenir. Establert a SYSLOG, el dimoni audit escriurà un avís a\n" +" /var/log/messages. Amb SUSPEND el dimoni para d'escriure registres al disc\n" "IGNORE significa no fer res, KEEP_LOGS és semblant a\n" "ROTATE, però els fitxers log no es sobreescriuen.\n" #. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 msgid "" -"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to " -"the\n" +"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to the\n" "log file. If USER is set, the User Defined Name is\n" -"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses " -"the\n" -"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully " -"qualified\n" +"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses the\n" +"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully qualified\n" "domain name.\n" msgstr "" -"Format del nom d'ordinador descriu com escriure el nom de " -"l'ordinador al fitxer\n" -"log. Si s'estableix a USER, es fa servir el nom d'usuari definit</" -"b>.\n" -"NONE significa que no s'insereix cap nom d'ordinador. HOSTNAME " -"usa el nom\n" -"tornat pel syscall 'gethostname' . FQD usa el nom de domini " -"plenament\n" +"Format del nom d'ordinador descriu com escriure el nom de l'ordinador al fitxer\n" +"log. Si s'estableix a USER, es fa servir el nom d'usuari definit.\n" +"NONE significa que no s'insereix cap nom d'ordinador. HOSTNAME usa el nom\n" +"tornat pel syscall 'gethostname' . FQD usa el nom de domini plenament\n" "qualificat.\n" #. dispatcher dialog help 1/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big> \n" -"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page\n" +"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" "('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" "<big>Configuració d'Auditd Dispatcher </big> \n" -"La informació detallada sobre els paràmetres del transmissor (dispatcher) es " -"pot obtenir de la pàgina del manual\n" +"La informació detallada sobre els paràmetres del transmissor (dispatcher) es pot obtenir de la pàgina del manual\n" "('man auditd.conf')." #. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon " -"and\n" +"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n" "gets all audit events on stdin." msgstr "" "Dispatcher: El programa és iniciat pel dimoni audit i\n" @@ -681,20 +635,14 @@ #. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and " -"the dispatcher\n" -"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the " -"dispatcher are discarded\n" -"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want " -"a blocking/lossless\n" +"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n" +"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n" +"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want a blocking/lossless\n" "communication." msgstr "" -"Communicació: controla la comunicació entre el dimoni i el " -"programa transmissor.\n" -"Una comunicació lossy, amb pèrdues, significa que els esdeveniments " -"que van al transmissor\n" -"es descarten quan la cua està plena (un búfer 128kB). Escolliu lossless</" -"i>, sense pèrdues, si voleu una\n" +"Communicació: controla la comunicació entre el dimoni i el programa transmissor.\n" +"Una comunicació lossy, amb pèrdues, significa que els esdeveniments que van al transmissor\n" +"es descarten quan la cua està plena (un búfer 128kB). Escolliu lossless, sense pèrdues, si voleu una\n" "comunicació blocking/lossless.\n" "" @@ -702,12 +650,10 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" -"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd." -"conf')." +"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf')." msgstr "" "El dispatcher 'audispd' és un esdeveniment audit multiplexor.\n" -"Per a més informació vegeu les pàgines del manual ('man audispd' i 'man " -"audispd.conf')." +"Per a més informació vegeu les pàgines del manual ('man audispd' i 'man audispd.conf')." #. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:122 @@ -715,8 +661,7 @@ "Note: The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have '0750'\n" " file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" msgstr "" -"Nota: El programa transmissor (dispatcher) ha de pertànyer a " -"'root', tenir permisos\n" +"Nota: El programa transmissor (dispatcher) ha de pertànyer a 'root', tenir permisos\n" "de fitxer '0750' i s'ha d'introduir tot el nom complet del camí.\n" #. disk space dialog help 1/6 @@ -728,54 +673,41 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Configuració d'espai de disc Auditd </big> \n" "Els paràmetres fets aquí es refereixen a l'espai de disc a la partició log.\n" -"Per a informació detallada, referiu-vos a la pàgina del manual ('man auditd." -"conf').\n" +"Per a informació detallada, referiu-vos a la pàgina del manual ('man auditd.conf').\n" #. disk space dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform " -"an Action because\n" +"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an Action because\n" "the system is starting to run low on space." msgstr "" -"Espai restant (en megabytes) diu al dimoni audit quan executar una " -"acció perquè el\n" +"Espai restant (en megabytes) diu al dimoni audit quan executar una acció perquè el\n" "sistema s'està quedant sense espai." #. disk space dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The " -"system is running\n" -"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action</" -"b> will be performed." +"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The system is running\n" +"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action will be performed." msgstr "" -"El valor per a Administració de l'espai restant hauria de ser " -"menor que el de dalt. El sistema s'està quedant sense\n" -"espai al disc si s'arriba al valor i l'acció especificada " -"s'executarà." +"El valor per a Administració de l'espai restant hauria de ser menor que el de dalt. El sistema s'està quedant sense\n" +"espai al disc si s'arriba al valor i l'acció especificada s'executarà." #. disk space dialog hep 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "If an action is set to EMAIL, a warning mail will be sent to the\n" -"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means " -"the\n" -"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE " -"means\n" +"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means the\n" +"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE means\n" "do nothing. EXEC runs the script specified in Path to\n" "Script. SUSPEND stops writing records to disk. SINGLE\n" "switches the system to single user mode. HALT shuts down the\n" "system.\n" msgstr "" -"Si una acció està establerta a EMAIL, un correu d'avís s'enviarà " -"al compte\n" -"especificat a Acció de compte de correu. SYSLOG significa " -"que\n" -"l'avís d'espai de disc s'escriurà a /var/log/messages. IGNORE " -"significa\n" -"no fer res. EXEC executa l'script especificat a Ruta a l'script</" -"b>.\n" +"Si una acció està establerta a EMAIL, un correu d'avís s'enviarà al compte\n" +"especificat a Acció de compte de correu. SYSLOG significa que\n" +"l'avís d'espai de disc s'escriurà a /var/log/messages. IGNORE significa\n" +"no fer res. EXEC executa l'script especificat a Ruta a l'script.\n" "SUSPEND atura l'escriptura de registres al disc. SINGLE\n" "canvia el sistema a usar un mode únic. HALT atura el\n" "sistema.\n" @@ -783,29 +715,22 @@ #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 msgid "" -"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full " -"already) and\n" -"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while " -"writing to disk).\n" +"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full already) and\n" +"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n" "Available actions are the same as above (except for EMAIL)." msgstr "" "També podeu especificar l'Acció de disc ple (el disc ja és ple) i\n" -"una Acció d'error de disc (que es fa quan es detecta un error durant " -"l'escriptura al disc).\n" -"Les accions disponibles són les mateixes que les d'abans (excepte per a " -"EMAIL)." +"una Acció d'error de disc (que es fa quan es detecta un error durant l'escriptura al disc).\n" +"Les accions disponibles són les mateixes que les d'abans (excepte per a EMAIL)." #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "Note: All scripts specified for EXEC must be owned\n" -"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be " -"entered.\n" +"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" msgstr "" -"Nota: Tots els scripts especificats per a EXEC han de " -"pertànyer a\n" -"'root', tenir permisos de fitxer '0750' i s'ha d'introduir el nom complet " -"del camí.\n" +"Nota: Tots els scripts especificats per a EXEC han de pertànyer a\n" +"'root', tenir permisos de fitxer '0750' i s'ha d'introduir el nom complet del camí.\n" #. rules dialog help 1/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160 @@ -813,57 +738,40 @@ "<big>Rules for auditctl</big> \n" "This dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\n" "auditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\n" -"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules.</" -"p>" +"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules." msgstr "" "<big>Regles per a auditctl</big> \n" -"Aquest diàleg ofereix la possibilitat d'habilitar o deshabilitar l'auditoria " -"syscall\n" +"Aquest diàleg ofereix la possibilitat d'habilitar o deshabilitar l'auditoria syscall\n" "així com bloquejar la configuration d'audit.\n" -"La bandera seleccionada a Estableix la bandera habilitada s'afegirà a " -"les regles." +"La bandera seleccionada a Estableix la bandera habilitada s'afegirà a les regles." #. rules dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next " -"reboot." -msgstr "" -"Nota: Bloquejar les regles significa que no es poden canviar " -"fins al pròxim reinici." +msgid "Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot." +msgstr "Nota: Bloquejar les regles significa que no es poden canviar fins al pròxim reinici." #. rules dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" -" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/" -"audit.log (default). " +" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). " msgstr "" "Habilitar l'auditoria sense regles addicionals causarà que les\n" -" aplicacions que usen libaudit, per exemple PAM, de fer l'historial " -"(log) a /var/log/audit/audit.log (per defecte). " +" aplicacions que usen libaudit, per exemple PAM, de fer l'historial (log) a /var/log/audit/audit.log (per defecte). " #. rules dialog help 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 msgid "" -"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " -"advanced users. \n" +"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users. \n" "For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.\n" msgstr "" -"També podeu editar les regles manualment, la qual cosa només és " -"recomanable per a usuaris avançats. \n" +"També podeu editar les regles manualment, la qual cosa només és recomanable per a usuaris avançats. \n" "Per a més informació sobre totes les opcions, vegeu 'man auditctl'.\n" #. rules dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit " -"subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings " -"from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" -msgstr "" -"Comprova la sintaxi envia les regles a través de auditctl " -"al subsistema audit i en comprova la sintaxi. Restaure restaura " -"els paràmetres des de /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" +msgid "Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" +msgstr "Comprova la sintaxi envia les regles a través de auditctl al subsistema audit i en comprova la sintaxi. Restaure restaura els paràmetres des de /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" #. rules dialog help 6/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183 @@ -873,12 +781,9 @@ "Click Load to open a file selection dialog in which you can load\n" "an example rules file.\n" msgstr "" -"Cliqueu a Restaura i reestableix per restaurar les regles i " -"reestablir\n" -"els canvis (de comprovacions anteriors de sintaxi) cridant auditctl." -" \n" -"Cliqueu a Carrega per obrir un diàleg de selecció de fitxer en què " -"podeu carregar\n" +"Cliqueu a Restaura i reestableix per restaurar les regles i reestablir\n" +"els canvis (de comprovacions anteriors de sintaxi) cridant auditctl. \n" +"Cliqueu a Carrega per obrir un diàleg de selecció de fitxer en què podeu carregar\n" "un fixer d'exemple de regles.\n" #. Header of tab in tab widget @@ -909,12 +814,8 @@ #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 -msgid "" -"To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 " -"must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Per continuar la configuració de Linux Auditing, el paquet %1 ha " -"d'estar instal·lat." +msgid "To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 must be installed." +msgstr "Per continuar la configuració de Linux Auditing, el paquet %1 ha d'estar instal·lat." #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 msgid "Install it now?" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/auth-client.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/auth-client.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/auth-client.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -54,24 +54,19 @@ msgid "Set Parameter Value in Section '%1'" msgstr "Configureu el valor del paràmetre a la secció '%1'" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:220 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220 +#: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancel·la" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:222 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222 +#: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "OK" msgstr "D'acord" #. Waiting for response #. Waiting for response -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:168 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:338 +#: src/include/dialogs.rb:168 src/include/dialogs.rb:338 msgid "Value for parameter '%1' is invalid." msgstr "El valor del paràmetre '%1' no és vàlid." @@ -88,8 +83,7 @@ msgid "New Parameter" msgstr "Nou paràmetre" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:311 +#: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Help" msgstr "Ajuda" @@ -192,8 +186,7 @@ msgid "SPAM Prevention" msgstr "Prevenció de SPAM" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:580 +#: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:580 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:586 msgid "Configured Authentication Domains" msgstr "Dominis d'autenticació configurats" @@ -229,8 +222,7 @@ msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." msgstr "Llista separada per comes de serveis que s'inicien quan sssd comença." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:27 -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:80 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:27 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:80 msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" msgstr "El nombre de cops que els serveis haurien d'intentar reconnectar en cas que falli el proveïdor de dades o reiniciar abans de deixar-ho estar" @@ -324,8 +316,7 @@ msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "Passa per alt el directori home de l'usuari. Podeu proveir un valor absolut o bé una plantilla." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:136 -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1103 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:136 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1103 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "Estableix una plantilla per defecte per al directori home de l'usuari si no n'hi ha cap d'especificat explícitament pel proveïdor de dades del domini." @@ -345,13 +336,11 @@ msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "La interfície per defecte per usar si no n'hi ha cap de permesa instal·lada a la màquina." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:157 -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1107 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:157 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1107 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "La interfície per defecte per usar si el proveïdor no en retorna cap durant la cerca." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:162 -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:205 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:162 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:205 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "Especifica el temps en segons durant el qual la llista de subdominis es considerarà vàlida." @@ -364,8 +353,7 @@ msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." msgstr "Si el proveïdor d'autenticació és fora de línia, durant quant de temps s'haurien de permetre les entrades a la memòria cau (en dies des de l'última entrada satisfactòria)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:180 -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:185 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:180 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:185 msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." msgstr "El temps en minuts que ha de passar després que s'hagi arribat a offline_failed_login_attempts abans que un altre intent d'entrada sigui possible." @@ -378,8 +366,7 @@ msgstr "Per a qualsevol petició PAM mentre SSSD estigui en línia, SSSD intentarà actualitzar la informació d'identitat guardada de l'usuari per tal d'assegurar que l'autenticació es fa amb l'última informació." #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:200 -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:693 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:200 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:693 #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:990 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "Mostra un avís N dies abans que caduqui la contrasenya." @@ -405,8 +392,7 @@ #. DOMAIN SECTIONS #. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:243 -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:248 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:243 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:248 msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "Límits UID i GID per al domini. Si un domini conté una entrada que és fora d'aquests límits, s'ignora." @@ -586,13 +572,11 @@ msgstr "L'ordre que s'executa després que s'elimini un usuari." #. The ldap domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:480 -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:485 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:480 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:485 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "Especifica la llista separada per comes d'URIs dels servidors LDAP a la qual SSSD s'hauria de connectar en ordre de preferència." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:491 -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:497 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:491 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:497 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "Especifica la llista separada per comes d'URIs dels servidors LDAP a la qual SSSD s'hauria de connectar en ordre de preferència per canviar la contrasenya d'un usuari." @@ -652,8 +636,7 @@ msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que conté l'objectSID d'un objecte d'usuari LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:573 -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:778 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:573 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:778 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que conté el timestamp de la darrera modificació de l'objecte de parentiu." @@ -970,8 +953,7 @@ msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "Permet retenir usuaris locals com a membres d'un grup LDAP per a servidors que usen l'esquema RFC2307." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:995 -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:999 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:995 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:999 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "Especifica una llista separada per comes d'adreces IP o hostnames de servidors Kerberos a la qual SSSD s'hauria de connectar, en ordre de preferència." @@ -979,8 +961,7 @@ msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm." msgstr "El nom del realm de Kerberos." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1009 -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1014 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1009 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1014 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "Si el servei de canvi de contrasenya no s'executa al KDC, es poden definir servidors alternatius aquí." @@ -1037,8 +1018,7 @@ msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "Especifica el nom de domini del Directori Actiu." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1087 -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1091 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1087 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1091 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "La llista separada per comes d'adreces IP o de noms de host dels servidors AD als quals SSSD s'hauria de connectar per ordre de preferència." @@ -1120,4 +1100,3 @@ #: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:346 msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" msgstr "El sistema està configurat per usar només /etc/passwd.\n" - Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/auth-server.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/auth-server.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/auth-server.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -98,12 +98,8 @@ #. error popup #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "" -"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings " -"later in the installed system." -msgstr "" -"La base de dades LDAP ja està creada. Podeu canviar-ne els paràmetres més " -"tard al sistema instal·lat." +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." +msgstr "La base de dades LDAP ja està creada. Podeu canviar-ne els paràmetres més tard al sistema instal·lat." #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 @@ -115,12 +111,8 @@ msgstr "[configuració manual]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " -"continue." -msgstr "" -"Incapaç de recuperar la contrasenya root del sistema. Configureu una " -"contrasenya de servidor LDAP per continuar. " +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." +msgstr "Incapaç de recuperar la contrasenya root del sistema. Configureu una contrasenya de servidor LDAP per continuar. " #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" @@ -213,12 +205,8 @@ "sense instal·lar els paquets necessaris." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "" -"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " -"finished." -msgstr "" -"Ha fallat la configuració de replicació OpenLDAP. Reconfigureu-ho després " -"que hagi acabat la instal·lació." +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." +msgstr "Ha fallat la configuració de replicació OpenLDAP. Reconfigureu-ho després que hagi acabat la instal·lació." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344 msgid "" @@ -240,16 +228,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -"running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " -"you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" -"Teniu una configuració existent, però el servidor LDAP no està funcionant " -"actualment.\n" -"Voleu iniciar el servidor ara o rellegir-ne les dades de configuració o " -"voleu\n" +"Teniu una configuració existent, però el servidor LDAP no està funcionant actualment.\n" +"Voleu iniciar el servidor ara o rellegir-ne les dades de configuració o voleu\n" "crear una configuració nova des de zero?" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112 @@ -274,10 +258,8 @@ "database of OpenLDAP (back-config). Do you want to migrate your existing\n" "configuration to the configuration database?\n" msgstr "" -"El vostre sistema està configurat actualment per usar el fitxer de " -"configuració\n" -"/etc/openldap/slapd.conf. El YaST només suporta la base de dades de " -"configuració\n" +"El vostre sistema està configurat actualment per usar el fitxer de configuració\n" +"/etc/openldap/slapd.conf. El YaST només suporta la base de dades de configuració\n" "dinàmica OpenLDAP (back-config). Voleu migrar la configuració existent\n" "a la base de dades de configuració?\n" @@ -335,12 +317,8 @@ msgstr "El servidor LDAP no funciona." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 -msgid "" -"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " -"to create a new configuration from scratch?" -msgstr "" -"Voleu iniciar-ho ara per rellegir-ne les dades de configuració o bé voleu " -"crear una configuració nova des de zero?" +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgstr "Voleu iniciar-ho ara per rellegir-ne les dades de configuració o bé voleu crear una configuració nova des de zero?" #. get helps page #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:227 @@ -369,17 +347,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:355 msgid "All data, including configuration, is replicated from a remote server." -msgstr "" -"Totes les dades, incloent la configuració, es repliquen des d'un servidor " -"remot." +msgstr "Totes les dades, incloent la configuració, es repliquen des d'un servidor remot." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:386 msgid "" "YaST was not able to determine the fully qualified hostname of this\n" "computer. \n" msgstr "" -"El YaST no ha pogut derminar el nom d'ordinador central plenament " -"qualificat\n" +"El YaST no ha pogut derminar el nom d'ordinador central plenament qualificat\n" "d'aquest ordinador. \n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:389 @@ -555,12 +530,8 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277 -msgid "" -"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -"server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Ha fallat l'obertura de la comunicació a la base de dades \"cn=config\" al " -"servidor proveïdor. \n" +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" +msgstr "Ha fallat l'obertura de la comunicació a la base de dades \"cn=config\" al servidor proveïdor. \n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280 msgid "" @@ -576,8 +547,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1302 msgid "An error occurred while verifying the TLS/SSL configuration." -msgstr "" -"Hi ha hagut un error durant la verificació de la configuració de TLS/SSL." +msgstr "Hi ha hagut un error durant la verificació de la configuració de TLS/SSL." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1314 msgid "Do you want to import a different CA/Server Certificate?" @@ -602,19 +572,13 @@ "ja està actuant com a consumidor de replicació.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383 -msgid "" -"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." -msgstr "" -"Establir una replicació en cascada de cn=config no està actualment suportat." +msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgstr "Establir una replicació en cascada de cn=config no està actualment suportat." #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410 -msgid "" -"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" -msgstr "" -"Ha fallat la comprovació de les credencials d'autenticació definides a la " -"configuració de replicació al servidor proveïdor.\n" +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgstr "Ha fallat la comprovació de les credencials d'autenticació definides a la configuració de replicació al servidor proveïdor.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 @@ -636,21 +600,17 @@ "To act as a master server for replication, the configuration database needs\n" "to be remotely accessible. Set a password for the configuration database.\n" msgstr "" -"Per actuar com a servidor amo per a replicació, la base de dades de " -"configuració necessita ser\n" -"accessible remotament. Establiu una contrasenya per a la base de dades de " -"configuració.\n" +"Per actuar com a servidor amo per a replicació, la base de dades de configuració necessita ser\n" +"accessible remotament. Establiu una contrasenya per a la base de dades de configuració.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525 msgid "" "\n" -"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " -"encrypted\n" +"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" "LDAP Connections.)\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"(L'accés remot a la base de dades de configuració serà restringida a " -"connexions\n" +"(L'accés remot a la base de dades de configuració serà restringida a connexions\n" "LDAP encriptades.)\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1532 @@ -680,17 +640,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be " -"started. Note:\n" -"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</" -"p>\n" +"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Selecccioneu Sí si el servidor LDAP s'ha d'iniciar automàticament " -"com a part\n" -"del procés d'arrencada. Seleccioneu No si el servidor LDAP no s'ha " -"d'inciar. Nota:\n" -"després de seleccionar No, no podeu conviar la configuració " -"d'OpenLDAP.\n" +"Selecccioneu Sí si el servidor LDAP s'ha d'iniciar automàticament com a part\n" +"del procés d'arrencada. Seleccioneu No si el servidor LDAP no s'ha d'inciar. Nota:\n" +"després de seleccionar No, no podeu conviar la configuració d'OpenLDAP.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 msgid "<h4>Protocol Listeners</h4>" @@ -698,32 +653,23 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:27 msgid "Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP." -msgstr "" -"Habilita i deshabilita els diversos oïdors de protocol d'OpenLDAP." +msgstr "Habilita i deshabilita els diversos oïdors de protocol d'OpenLDAP." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " -"communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " -"configured." +"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." msgstr "" -"LDAP és la interfície LDAP estàndard al Port 389. La comunicació " -"segura TLS/SSL\n" -"és possible amb l'operació StartTLS quan tingueu un certificat de servidor " -"configurat." +"LDAP és la interfície LDAP estàndard al Port 389. La comunicació segura TLS/SSL\n" +"és possible amb l'operació StartTLS quan tingueu un certificat de servidor configurat." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -"protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " -"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" -"LDAPS habilita la interfície \"LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps)\" per a " -"connexions protegides SSL\n" -"al port 636. Això només funciona si teniu un certificat de servidor " -"configurat (vegeu \"Paràmetres globals\"/\"Paràmetres TLS\").\n" +"LDAPS habilita la interfície \"LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps)\" per a connexions protegides SSL\n" +"al port 636. Això només funciona si teniu un certificat de servidor configurat (vegeu \"Paràmetres globals\"/\"Paràmetres TLS\").\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" @@ -731,10 +677,8 @@ "LDAP server via a Unix Domain Socket. Do not disable the LDAPI interface \n" "as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.\n" msgstr "" -"LDAPI habilita la interfície \"LDAP sobre IPC\" per accedir al " -"servidor\n" -"LDAP a través d'un Unix Domain Socket. No deshabiliteu la interfície LDAPI " -"ja que el \n" +"LDAPI habilita la interfície \"LDAP sobre IPC\" per accedir al servidor\n" +"LDAP a través d'un Unix Domain Socket. No deshabiliteu la interfície LDAPI ja que el \n" "YaST l'usa per comunicar-se amb el servidor.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41 @@ -746,8 +690,7 @@ "Select whether SuSEFirewall should allow access on the LDAP-related\n" "network ports or not.\n" msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu si SuSEFirewall hauria de permetre l'accés als ports de " -"xarxa\n" +"Seleccioneu si SuSEFirewall hauria de permetre l'accés als ports de xarxa\n" "relacionats amb LDAP o no.\n" #. First part of the Add Database Widget @@ -757,17 +700,13 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. " -"Hdb is a\n" -"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " -"and\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" +"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" -"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) " -"library to store data.\n" -"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and " -"more execution-efficient.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 @@ -780,29 +719,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" -"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password</" -"b> \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " -"other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends " -"the \n" -"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example," -"dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " -"Administrator DN\n" +"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \n" +"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root " -"password\n" +"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" "Si aquest diàleg s'ha iniciat durant la instal·lació, la \n" -"contrasenya d'administrador LDAP s'estableix inicialment igual que la " -"contrasenya root\n" +"contrasenya d'administrador LDAP s'estableix inicialment igual que la contrasenya root\n" "introduïda prèviament durant la instal·lació. " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 @@ -837,8 +769,7 @@ "click Change Password. \n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" "Password Encryption. \n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already " -"been \n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" @@ -852,38 +783,27 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -"automatically\n" +"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -"Introduïu un DN complet o només la primera part i \"append\" la base DN " -"automàticament\n" +"Introduïu un DN complet o només la primera part i \"append\" la base DN automàticament\n" "amb Append Base DN." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change " -"Password.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password " -"Encryption.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -"set in the configuration.\n" +"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" -"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can " -"adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the " -"number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " -"RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index " -"Cache (IDL cache) \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " -"HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " -"entry cache as a rule of\n" +"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." msgstr "" @@ -896,20 +816,15 @@ "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" -"Per fer ús de les polítiques de contrasenya per a aquesta base de dades, " -"habiliteu \n" +"Per fer ús de les polítiques de contrasenya per a aquesta base de dades, habiliteu \n" "Habilita les polítiques de contrasenyes." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP " -"server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests " -"before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " -"but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " -"extended operation \n" +"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" @@ -923,17 +838,12 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object " -"DN." -msgstr "" -"Introduïu el nom de l'objecte de política per defecte a Objecte DN de " -"política per defecte." +msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." +msgstr "Introduïu el nom de l'objecte de política per defecte a Objecte DN de política per defecte." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You " -"may\n" +"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" @@ -944,39 +854,31 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." -msgstr "" -"Canvia les opcions d'indexació d'un hdb d'una base de dades bdb." +msgstr "Canvia les opcions d'indexació d'un hdb d'una base de dades bdb." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 -msgid "" -"The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " -"defined." -msgstr "" -"La taula mostra una llista dels atributs que tenen actualment un índex " -"definit." +msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." +msgstr "La taula mostra una llista dels atributs que tenen actualment un índex definit." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " -"types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " -"configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality " -"index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" @@ -985,8 +887,7 @@ "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -"Subcadena: Aquest índex s'usa per a cerques amb filtres de " -"subcadena\n" +"Subcadena: Aquest índex s'usa per a cerques amb filtres de subcadena\n" "(per exemple <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 @@ -998,11 +899,9 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -"added\n" +"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" -"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the " -"indexing\n" +"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1015,14 +914,12 @@ "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -"Aquesta taula ofereix un resum de totes les regles de control d'accés " -"que\n" +"Aquesta taula ofereix un resum de totes les regles de control d'accés que\n" "estan actualment configurades per a la base de dades seleccionada\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a " -"more\n" +"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1032,17 +929,14 @@ "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -"Useu Afegiu per crear noves regles de control d'accés i " -"elimineu per\n" +"Useu Afegiu per crear noves regles de control d'accés i elimineu per\n" "esborrar-ne una.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose " -"target\n" +"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " -"using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1052,14 +946,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" -"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" " -"checkbox, if you want to \n" +"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu la casella \"habilita el proveïdor ldapsync per a aquesta " -"base de dades\", si voleu \n" -"poder replicar la base de dades actualment seleccionada en un altre servidor." -"" +"Seleccioneu la casella \"habilita el proveïdor ldapsync per a aquesta base de dades\", si voleu \n" +"poder replicar la base de dades actualment seleccionada en un altre servidor." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" @@ -1067,16 +958,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -"(stored\n" -"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " -"synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify " -"or\n" -"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the " -"indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " -"is\n" +"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" @@ -1088,14 +974,10 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" -"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " -"operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " -"the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" " -"replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " -"server." +"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 @@ -1104,12 +986,10 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" -"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want " -"the\n" +"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu \"Aquesta base de dades és un consumidor de replicació" -"\" si voleu que la\n" +"Seleccioneu \"Aquesta base de dades és un consumidor de replicació\" si voleu que la\n" "base de dades sigui una rèplica d'una altra en un altre servidor.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 @@ -1122,8 +1002,7 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-" -"standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1156,15 +1035,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" -"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " -"authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " -"database on the master.\n" +"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -"Especifiqueu un DN i una contrasenya que el servidor esclau hauria d'usar " -"per autenticar-se a l'amo.\n" -"El DN especificat necessita tenir accés de lectura a totes les entrades a la " -"base de dades replicada a l'amo.\n" +"Especifiqueu un DN i una contrasenya que el servidor esclau hauria d'usar per autenticar-se a l'amo.\n" +"El DN especificat necessita tenir accés de lectura a totes les entrades a la base de dades replicada a l'amo.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" @@ -1174,10 +1049,8 @@ msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " -"configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " -"the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. \n" msgstr "" @@ -1192,8 +1065,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Avortar l'inici:</big> \n" -"Avorteu la utilitat de configuració de manera segura prement Avorta " -"ara." +"Avorteu la utilitat de configuració de manera segura prement Avorta ara." #. Write dialog help #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 @@ -1219,26 +1091,17 @@ "Server module.\n" msgstr "" "Aquest diàleg proporciona un breu resum de la configuració que heu\n" -"creat. Cliqueu a Acaba per escriure la configuració i sortir del " -"mòdul\n" +"creat. Cliqueu a Acaba per escriure la configuració i sortir del mòdul\n" "del servidor LDAP.\n" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 -msgid "" -"With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server.</" -"p> " -msgstr "" -"Amb Inicia el servidor LDAP Sí o No, inicieu o atureu el servidor " -"LDAP. " +msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " +msgstr "Amb Inicia el servidor LDAP Sí o No, inicieu o atureu el servidor LDAP. " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 -msgid "" -"If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration " -"wizard." -msgstr "" -"Si seleccioneu sí, cliqueu a següent per iniciar-ne la " -"configuració." +msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." +msgstr "Si seleccioneu sí, cliqueu a següent per iniciar-ne la configuració." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" @@ -1250,17 +1113,12 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 -msgid "" -"Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " -"are available:" -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu el tipus de servidor LDAP que voleu configurar. Estan " -"disponibles els casos següents:" +msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" +msgstr "Seleccioneu el tipus de servidor LDAP que voleu configurar. Estan disponibles els casos següents:" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -"with\n" +"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" "Stand-alone server: estableix un servidor OpenLDAP solitari sense\n" @@ -1271,19 +1129,15 @@ "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -"Servidor amo en una configuració de replicació: creeu una " -"configuració d'OpenLDAP\n" -"preparada per actuar com a servidor amo (proveïdor) en una configuració de " -"replicació.\n" +"Servidor amo en una configuració de replicació: creeu una configuració d'OpenLDAP\n" +"preparada per actuar com a servidor amo (proveïdor) en una configuració de replicació.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" -"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " -"replicates all its data,\n" +"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" -"Servidor esclau de rèplica: configureu un servidor esclau OpenLDAP " -"que replica totes les seves dades,\n" +"Servidor esclau de rèplica: configureu un servidor esclau OpenLDAP que replica totes les seves dades,\n" "incloent la configuració, des d'un servidor amo." #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 @@ -1304,18 +1158,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" -"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the " -"server\n" +"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</" -"p>\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so " -"that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1326,10 +1177,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File</" -"b>,\n" -"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the " -"corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" +"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" "textfields.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1349,32 +1198,24 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog " -"in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " -"support the removal of \n" +"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" -"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " -"statistics\n" +"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu els subsistemes que haurien de registrar comunicats de " -"depuració i estadístiques a\n" +"Seleccioneu els subsistemes que haurien de registrar comunicats de depuració i estadístiques a\n" "syslog." #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 -msgid "" -"Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " -"disallow:" -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu quines característiques especials el servidor OpenLDAP hauria " -"de permetre o rebutjar:" +msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" +msgstr "Seleccioneu quines característiques especials el servidor OpenLDAP hauria de permetre o rebutjar:" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" @@ -1382,39 +1223,31 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" -"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -"requests.\n" +"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -"Peticions de vincle LDAPv2: per permetre que el servidor accepti " -"peticions de vincle LDAPv2.\n" +"Peticions de vincle LDAPv2: per permetre que el servidor accepti peticions de vincle LDAPv2.\n" "Noteu que OpenLDAP no implementa veritablement LDAPv2.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" -"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind " -"when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " -"present) " +"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -"Vincle anònim quan les credencials no són buides: per permetre un " -"vincle anònim quan \n" -"les credencials no són buides (per exemple, hi ha la contrasenya però no " -"vincle DN) " +"Vincle anònim quan les credencials no són buides: per permetre un vincle anònim quan \n" +"les credencials no són buides (per exemple, hi ha la contrasenya però no vincle DN) " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -"Vincle no autenticat quan el DN no és buit: per permetre vincles " -"(anònims) \n" +"Vincle no autenticat quan el DN no és buit: per permetre vincles (anònims) \n" "quan el DN no és buit" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" -"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow " -"unauthenticated\n" +"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1432,19 +1265,16 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" -"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple " -"Bind\n" +"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -"Deshabilita l'autenticació de vincle simple: deshabilita " -"completament l'autenticació\n" +"Deshabilita l'autenticació de vincle simple: deshabilita completament l'autenticació\n" "de vincle simple\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " -"back\n" +"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1459,129 +1289,83 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " -"\"Frontend\"\n" -"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and " -"overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " -"of\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" +"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" "the LDAP server itself.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." -msgstr "" -"Per afegir una nova base de dades, premeu Afegiu una base de dades " -"nova...." +msgstr "Per afegir una nova base de dades, premeu Afegiu una base de dades nova...." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" -"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete " -"Database....\n" +"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -"Per esborrar una base de dades, seleccioneu-ne una de la llista i premeu " -"Esborra la base de dades....\n" +"Per esborrar una base de dades, seleccioneu-ne una de la llista i premeu Esborra la base de dades....\n" "No podeu esborrar les bases de dades \"config\" i \"frontend\".\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" -"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") " -"here. This is required to make\n" +"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -"Introduïu una contrasenya per a la base de dades de configuració " -"(\"cn=config\") aquí. Això és necessari\n" +"Introduïu una contrasenya per a la base de dades de configuració (\"cn=config\") aquí. Això és necessari\n" "per poder accedir-hi remotament." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" -"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select " -"the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as " -"needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" +"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -"Si se suposa que el servidor ha de participar en una configuració " -"MirrorMode, seleccioneu la casella \"Prepara per a replicació MirrorMode</" -"b>\"\n" -". Això assegurarà que l'atribut serverId és generat tal com es necessita per " -"a la replicació MirrorMode.\n" +"Si se suposa que el servidor ha de participar en una configuració MirrorMode, seleccioneu la casella \"Prepara per a replicació MirrorMode\"\n" +". Això assegurarà que l'atribut serverId és generat tal com es necessita per a la replicació MirrorMode.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" -"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " -"server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or " -"\"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"cn=config\")." msgstr "" #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 -msgid "" -"Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " -"Kerberos server." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el <big>Realm</big> i la <big>contrasenya mestra</big> per al " -"vostre servidor Kerberos." +msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." +msgstr "Especifica el <big>Realm</big> i la <big>contrasenya mestra</big> per al vostre servidor Kerberos." #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 -msgid "" -"Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is " -"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" -msgstr "" -"Tot i que el vostre realm de Kerberos pot ser qualsevol cadena ASCII, la " -"convenció és usar lletres en majúscula com en el nom del vostre domini.\n" +msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" +msgstr "Tot i que el vostre realm de Kerberos pot ser qualsevol cadena ASCII, la convenció és usar lletres en majúscula com en el nom del vostre domini.\n" #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta cadena especifica la localització de la base de dades de Kerberos " -"per a aquest realm." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." +msgstr "Aquesta cadena especifica la localització de la base de dades de Kerberos per a aquest realm." #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " -"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Aquesta cadena especifica la localització del fitxer de la llista de " -"control d'accés (ACL) que kadmin usa per determinar els permisos dels " -"principals a la base de dades." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." +msgstr "Aquesta cadena especifica la localització del fitxer de la llista de control d'accés (ACL) que kadmin usa per determinar els permisos dels principals a la base de dades." #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " -"authenticate to the database." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta cadena especifica la localització del fitxer keytab que usa " -"kadmin per fer l'autenticació a la base de dades." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." +msgstr "Aquesta cadena especifica la localització del fitxer keytab que usa kadmin per fer l'autenticació a la base de dades." #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 -msgid "" -"This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " -"created in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Aquest temps absolut especifica la data de caducitat per defecte dels " -"principals creats en aquest realm." +msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." +msgstr "Aquest temps absolut especifica la data de caducitat per defecte dels principals creats en aquest realm." #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 -msgid "" -"These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " -"this realm." -msgstr "" -"Aquestes banderes especifiquen els atributs per defecte del principal " -"creat en aquest realm." +msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." +msgstr "Aquestes banderes especifiquen els atributs per defecte del principal creat en aquest realm." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" @@ -1590,8 +1374,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar aquesta bandera permet al principal obtenir tiquets postdatables." +msgstr "Habilitar aquesta bandera permet al principal obtenir tiquets postdatables." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" @@ -1600,8 +1383,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar aquesta bandera permet al principal obtenir tiquets reenviables." +msgstr "Habilitar aquesta bandera permet al principal obtenir tiquets reenviables." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" @@ -1610,8 +1392,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar aquesta bandera permet al principal obtenir tiquets renovables." +msgstr "Habilitar aquesta bandera permet al principal obtenir tiquets renovables." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" @@ -1628,13 +1409,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " -"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar aquesta bandera permet al principal obtenir una clau de sessió per " -"a un altre usuari, permetent l'autenticació d'usuari a usuari per a aquest " -"principal." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgstr "Habilitar aquesta bandera permet al principal obtenir una clau de sessió per a un altre usuari, permetent l'autenticació d'usuari a usuari per a aquest principal." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" @@ -1642,18 +1418,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " -"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " -"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will " -"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket " -"set." -msgstr "" -"Si aquesta bandera està habilitada en un principal de client, aquest " -"principal s'ha de preautenticar al KDC abans de rebre cap tiquet. Si " -"habiliteu aquesta bandera en un principal de servei, els tiquets de servei " -"per a aquest principal només s'emetran per a clients amb un TGT que tingui " -"establert el tiquet preautenticat." +msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." +msgstr "Si aquesta bandera està habilitada en un principal de client, aquest principal s'ha de preautenticar al KDC abans de rebre cap tiquet. Si habiliteu aquesta bandera en un principal de servei, els tiquets de servei per a aquest principal només s'emetran per a clients amb un TGT que tingui establert el tiquet preautenticat." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" @@ -1661,12 +1427,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using " -"a hardware device before receiving any tickets." -msgstr "" -"Si aquesta bandera està habilitada, es requereix que el principal " -"preautentiqui usant un dispositiu de maquinari abans de rebre cap tiquet." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgstr "Si aquesta bandera està habilitada, es requereix que el principal preautentiqui usant un dispositiu de maquinari abans de rebre cap tiquet." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" @@ -1674,12 +1436,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this " -"principal." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar aquesta bandera permet al KDC emetre tiquets de servei per a " -"aquest principal." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." +msgstr "Habilitar aquesta bandera permet al KDC emetre tiquets de servei per a aquest principal." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" @@ -1687,14 +1445,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-" -"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was " -"used to obtain the TGT." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar aquesta bandera permet al principal obtenir tiquets basats en un " -"tiquet-atorgació-tiquet, més que no pas repetir el procés d'autenticació que " -"es va usar per obtenir el TGT." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." +msgstr "Habilitar aquesta bandera permet al principal obtenir tiquets basats en un tiquet-atorgació-tiquet, més que no pas repetir el procés d'autenticació que es va usar per obtenir el TGT." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" @@ -1702,14 +1454,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " -"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " -"this realm." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar aquesta bandera significa que el KDC emetrà tiquets per a aquest " -"principal. Deshabilitar-la essencialment desactiva el principal dins " -"d'aquest realm." +msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." +msgstr "Habilitar aquesta bandera significa que el KDC emetrà tiquets per a aquest principal. Deshabilitar-la essencialment desactiva el principal dins d'aquest realm." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" @@ -1718,9 +1464,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar aquesta bandera força un canvi de contrasenya per a aquest " -"principal." +msgstr "Habilitar aquesta bandera força un canvi de contrasenya per a aquest principal." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" @@ -1728,179 +1472,94 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " -"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " -"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " -"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"Si aquesta bandera està habilitada, marca aquest principal com a servei de " -"canvi de contrasenya. Això només s'hauria d'usar en casos especials, per " -"exemple, si ha caducat la contrasenya d'un usuari, l'usuari ha d'obtenir " -"tiquets perquè el principal pugui canviar-la sense haver de passar per " -"l'autenticació normal." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." +msgstr "Si aquesta bandera està habilitada, marca aquest principal com a servei de canvi de contrasenya. Això només s'hauria d'usar en casos especials, per exemple, si ha caducat la contrasenya d'un usuari, l'usuari ha d'obtenir tiquets perquè el principal pugui canviar-la sense haver de passar per l'autenticació normal." #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 -msgid "" -"The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are " -"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " -"assigned to the principal, no check will be done." -msgstr "" -"La localització de la cadena del fitxer de diccionari que conté cadenes " -"que no són permeses com a contrasenyes. Si aquesta etiqueta no està " -"establerta o si no hi ha política assignada al principal, no es farà cap " -"comprovació." +msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." +msgstr "La localització de la cadena del fitxer de diccionari que conté cadenes que no són permeses com a contrasenyes. Si aquesta etiqueta no està establerta o si no hi ha política assignada al principal, no es farà cap comprovació." #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 -msgid "" -"This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " -"for this realm." -msgstr "" -"Aquest número de port especifica el port en què el dimoni kadmind escolta " -"per a aquest realm." +msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." +msgstr "Aquest número de port especifica el port en què el dimoni kadmind escolta per a aquest realm." #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " -"with kdb5_stash." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta cadena especifica la localització on la clau mestra ha estat " -"desada amb kdb5_stash." +msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." +msgstr "Aquesta cadena especifica la localització on la clau mestra ha estat desada amb kdb5_stash." #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta cadena especifica la llista de ports que escolta el KDC per a " -"aquest realm." +msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." +msgstr "Aquesta cadena especifica la llista de ports que escolta el KDC per a aquest realm." #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the " -"master key. The default value is K/M." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta cadena especifica el nom del principal associat amb la clau " -"mestra. El valor per defecte és K/M." +msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." +msgstr "Aquesta cadena especifica el nom del principal associat amb la clau mestra. El valor per defecte és K/M." #. advanced item help : master_key_type #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta cadena de tipus de clau representa el \"master keys key type\".</" -"p>" +msgstr "Aquesta cadena de tipus de clau representa el \"master keys key type\"." #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"valid for in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Aquest temps delta especifica el període màxim de temps en què un tiquet " -"pot ser vàlid en aquest realm." +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." +msgstr "Aquest temps delta especifica el període màxim de temps en què un tiquet pot ser vàlid en aquest realm." #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"renewed for in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Aquest temps delta especifica el període màxim de temps en què un tiquet " -"pot ser renovat en aquest realm." +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." +msgstr "Aquest temps delta especifica el període màxim de temps en què un tiquet pot ser renovat en aquest realm." #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 -msgid "" -"A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " -"combinations of principals for this realm." -msgstr "" -"Una llista de cadenes de key/salt que especifica les combinacions per " -"defecte de key/salt de principals per a aquest realm." +msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." +msgstr "Una llista de cadenes de key/salt que especifica les combinacions per defecte de key/salt de principals per a aquest realm." #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 -msgid "" -"Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" -"Especifica les combinacions permeses de key/salt de principals per a " -"aquest realm." +msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." +msgstr "Especifica les combinacions permeses de key/salt de principals per a aquest realm." #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " -"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " -"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" -msgstr "" -"Especifica si s'ha de comprovar o no la llista de realms transitats per " -"tiquets cross-realm amb el camí de trànsit calculat a partir del nom de " -"realms i la secció [capaths] del fitxer krb5.conf" +msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" +msgstr "Especifica si s'ha de comprovar o no la llista de realms transitats per tiquets cross-realm amb el camí de trànsit calculat a partir del nom de realms i la secció [capaths] del fitxer krb5.conf" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 -msgid "" -"This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " -"maintained via the LDAP server." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta etiqueta específica de LDAP indica el nombre de connexions que " -"han de mantenir-se a través del servidor LDAP." +msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." +msgstr "Aquesta etiqueta específica de LDAP indica el nombre de connexions que han de mantenir-se a través del servidor LDAP." #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 -msgid "" -"This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed " -"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta etiqueta específica de LDAP indica el fitxer que conté les " -"contrasenyes per als objectes usades per iniciar els servidors Kerberos." +msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." +msgstr "Aquesta etiqueta específica de LDAP indica el fitxer que conté les contrasenyes per als objectes usades per iniciar els servidors Kerberos." #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 -msgid "" -"Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " -"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</" -"p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under " -"the subtree." -msgstr "" -"Especifica la llista de subarbres que contenen els principals d'un realm. " -"La llista conté els DN dels objectes del subarbre separats per dos punts (:)." -"L'abast de la cerca especifica l'abast per cercar els principals soba " -"el subarbre." +msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." +msgstr "Especifica la llista de subarbres que contenen els principals d'un realm. La llista conté els DN dels objectes del subarbre separats per dos punts (:).L'abast de la cerca especifica l'abast per cercar els principals soba el subarbre." #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 -msgid "" -"Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " -"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " -"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el DN de l'objecte contenidor en què els principals d'un realm " -"es crearan. Si la referència d'un contenidor no està configurada per a un " -"realm, els principals es crearan al contenidor del realm." +msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." +msgstr "Especifica el DN de l'objecte contenidor en què els principals d'un realm es crearan. Si la referència d'un contenidor no està configurada per a un realm, els principals es crearan al contenidor del realm." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Especifica la vida màxima de tiquet per als principals en aquest realm.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Especifica la vida màxima de tiquet per als principals en aquest realm." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 -msgid "" -"Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -"" -msgstr "" -"Especifica la vida màxima renovable de tiquet per als principals en " -"aquest realm." +msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." +msgstr "Especifica la vida màxima renovable de tiquet per als principals en aquest realm." #. ################################################################################# #. ################################################################################# @@ -2224,22 +1883,16 @@ msgstr "Servidor URI" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "" -"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " -"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." -msgstr "" -"Aquest servidor no està configurat com a MirrorMode Node. Cliqueu a \"següent" -"\" per llançar el configurador estàndard d'OpenLDAP." +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgstr "Aquest servidor no està configurat com a MirrorMode Node. Cliqueu a \"següent\" per llançar el configurador estàndard d'OpenLDAP." #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Overview" msgstr "Resum d'OpenLDAP MirrorMode" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" -msgstr "" -"No és possible esborrar el host en què heu iniciat aquest mòdul del YaST.\n" +msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgstr "No és possible esborrar el host en què heu iniciat aquest mòdul del YaST.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 msgid "Start yast2 openldap-mirrormode on a different MirrorMode server." @@ -2265,6 +1918,7 @@ msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Iniciant..." +#. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. **************************************** #. * tree structure definition ** #. *************************************** @@ -2549,23 +2203,16 @@ msgstr "Selecciona &Rebutja Banderes:" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 -msgid "" -"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " -"directory access)" -msgstr "" -"Deshabilita l'acceptació de peticions de vincle anònimes (no prohibeix accés " -"anònim al directori)" +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" +msgstr "Deshabilita l'acceptació de peticions de vincle anònimes (no prohibeix accés anònim al directori)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication" msgstr "Deshabilita l'autenticació del vincle simple" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204 -msgid "" -"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" -msgstr "" -"Deshabilita forçar la sessió a un estat anònim sobre un rebut d'operació " -"StartTLS" +msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgstr "Deshabilita forçar la sessió a un estat anònim sobre un rebut d'operació StartTLS" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210 msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated" @@ -2657,8 +2304,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:359 msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. " -msgstr "" -"Permet autenticació de text pla (vincle simple) per a aquesta base de dades." +msgstr "Permet autenticació de text pla (vincle simple) per a aquesta base de dades." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:362 msgid "(Remote Connection needs to be encrypted)" @@ -2869,8 +2515,7 @@ #. try to read the ppolicy from the server #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" -msgstr "" -"Ha fallat l'autenticació. Probablement la contrasenya no és correcta.\n" +msgstr "Ha fallat l'autenticació. Probablement la contrasenya no és correcta.\n" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640 msgid "The error message was: '" @@ -2988,8 +2633,7 @@ #. FIXME: Validate attribute types #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the Attributes textfield" -msgstr "" -"Introduïu una llista d'atributs vàlids al campt de text Atributs" +msgstr "Introduïu una llista d'atributs vàlids al campt de text Atributs" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield" @@ -3012,8 +2656,7 @@ "The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n" "not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" msgstr "" -"La base de dades seleccionada conté regles de control d'accés que " -"actualment\n" +"La base de dades seleccionada conté regles de control d'accés que actualment\n" "estan suportades pel YaST. Es deshabilitarà el diàleg de control d'accés.\n" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594 @@ -3083,11 +2726,8 @@ msgstr "Ha fallat la comprovació de les capacitats del proveïdor LDAPsync." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "" -"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" -msgstr "" -"Si us plau, verifiqueu que el servidor objectiu està habilitat per ser un " -"proveïdor LDAPsync" +msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgstr "Si us plau, verifiqueu que el servidor objectiu està habilitat per ser un proveïdor LDAPsync" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" @@ -3254,9 +2894,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1686 msgid "Error while populating the configurations database with \"slapadd\"." -msgstr "" -"Error durant la població de la base de dades de configuracions amb \"slapadd" -"\"." +msgstr "Error durant la població de la base de dades de configuracions amb \"slapadd\"." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1706 msgid "Enabling the LDAP Service failed." @@ -3315,12 +2953,8 @@ msgstr "Actualitzant els objectes de política de contrasenyes per defecte" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 -msgid "" -"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " -"some minutes)" -msgstr "" -"Esperant que s'acabin les tasques d'indexació internes d'OpenLDAP (això pot " -"durar uns minuts)" +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" +msgstr "Esperant que s'acabin les tasques d'indexació internes d'OpenLDAP (això pot durar uns minuts)" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required" @@ -3339,12 +2973,8 @@ msgstr "Ha fallat la creació d'objectes de política de contrasenyes." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to " -"finish.\n" -msgstr "" -"Ha ocorregut un error mentre s'esperava que acabés l'indexador de la base de " -"dades OpenLDAP.\n" +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" +msgstr "Ha ocorregut un error mentre s'esperava que acabés l'indexador de la base de dades OpenLDAP.\n" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954 msgid "Restart OpenLDAP manually." @@ -3442,16 +3072,11 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2859 msgid "Could not determine own fully qualified hostname." -msgstr "" -"No s'ha pogut determinar el propi nom plenament qualificat de servidor." +msgstr "No s'ha pogut determinar el propi nom plenament qualificat de servidor." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860 -msgid "" -"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its " -"own fully qualified hostname." -msgstr "" -"Un servidor principal per a replicació no pot treballar correctament sense " -"saber el seu nom plenament qualificat." +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." +msgstr "Un servidor principal per a replicació no pot treballar correctament sense saber el seu nom plenament qualificat." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 @@ -3481,12 +3106,8 @@ msgstr "Invàlid LDAP DN: \"%s\", no es poden extreure els valors RDN" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 -msgid "" -"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-" -"letter code." -msgstr "" -"El valor de l'atribut \"c\" ha de contenir un codi de país ISO-3166 de dues " -"lletres vàlid." +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." +msgstr "El valor de l'atribut \"c\" ha de contenir un codi de país ISO-3166 de dues lletres vàlid." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 @@ -3527,11 +3148,8 @@ msgstr "El fitxer de certificat CA: \"%s\" no existeix." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 -msgid "" -"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Error mentre s'intentava verificar el certificat de servidor del servidor " -"proveïdor.\n" +msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgstr "Error mentre s'intentava verificar el certificat de servidor del servidor proveïdor.\n" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 #, perl-format @@ -3564,8 +3182,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 #, perl-format msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'." -msgstr "" -"El tipus de base de dades '%s' no té suport. Es permeten 'bdb' i 'hdb'." +msgstr "El tipus de base de dades '%s' no té suport. Es permeten 'bdb' i 'hdb'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/autoinst.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/autoinst.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/autoinst.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -24,9 +24,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." -msgstr "" -"S'estan executant scripts d'instal·lació automàtica a l'entorn " -"d'instal·lació..." +msgstr "S'estan executant scripts d'instal·lació automàtica a l'entorn d'instal·lació..." #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:15 @@ -125,11 +123,8 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 -msgid "" -"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" -msgstr "" -"Client per la creació de la configuració d'un perfil d'autoyast al sistema " -"actual" +msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgstr "Client per la creació de la configuració d'un perfil d'autoyast al sistema actual" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 msgid "known modules: %1" @@ -152,30 +147,22 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " -"location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." msgstr "" -"Aquest diàleg permet copiar el contingut del fitxer i especificar el " -"camí\n" -"final al sistema instal·lat. El YaST2 copiarà aquest fitxer a la ubicació " -"especificada." +"Aquest diàleg permet copiar el contingut del fitxer i especificar el camí\n" +"final al sistema instal·lat. El YaST2 copiarà aquest fitxer a la ubicació especificada." #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " -"symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " -"pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"Si voleu protegir els fitxers copiats, definiu el propietari i els " -"permisos dels fitxers.\n" -"El propietari es defineix amb la sintaxi userid:groupid. Els permisos " -"poden ser una\n" -"representació simbòlica dels canvis que es poden fer o un número octal que " -"representa\n" +"Si voleu protegir els fitxers copiats, definiu el propietari i els permisos dels fitxers.\n" +"El propietari es defineix amb la sintaxi userid:groupid. Els permisos poden ser una\n" +"representació simbòlica dels canvis que es poden fer o un número octal que representa\n" "el patró de bits dels nous permisos." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 @@ -249,17 +236,13 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " -"in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " -"server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" -"És possible que prepareu un fitxer de configuració per a diverses " -"aplicacions i serveis\n" +"És possible que prepareu un fitxer de configuració per a diverses aplicacions i serveis\n" "que s'hagi de copiar íntegrament al sistema instal·lat, per exemple, si\n" -"esteu instal·lant un servidor web i heu preparat un fitxer de configuració " -"httpd.conf." +"esteu instal·lant un servidor web i heu preparat un fitxer de configuració httpd.conf." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332 msgid "Select a file from the table first." @@ -284,9 +267,7 @@ #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:62 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" -msgstr "" -"S'està configurant el sistema en funció de les opcions de la instal·lació " -"automàtica" +msgstr "S'està configurant el sistema en funció de les opcions de la instal·lació automàtica" #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); @@ -494,8 +475,7 @@ #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." -msgstr "" -"Espereu mentre el sistema es prepara per a la instal·lació automàtica." +msgstr "Espereu mentre el sistema es prepara per a la instal·lació automàtica." #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" @@ -527,8 +507,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." -msgstr "" -"S'estan executant les seqüències anteriors a la instal·lació de l'usuari..." +msgstr "S'estan executant les seqüències anteriors a la instal·lació de l'usuari..." #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58 msgid "Configuring general settings..." @@ -640,12 +619,10 @@ #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" -"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" -"out)\n" +"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" -"En funció de l'experiència que tingueu, podeu passar per alt els " -"missatges d'instal·lació,\n" +"En funció de l'experiència que tingueu, podeu passar per alt els missatges d'instal·lació,\n" "a més de registrar-los o mostrar-los (amb temps d'espera). \n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 @@ -654,8 +631,7 @@ "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" msgstr "" "És recomanable mostrar tots els missatges amb el temps d'espera.\n" -"En algunes ocasions es poden ometre les advertències encara que no s'han " -"d'ignorar.\n" +"En algunes ocasions es poden ometre les advertències encara que no s'han d'ignorar.\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 msgid "Messages and Logging" @@ -670,14 +646,12 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccioneu una de les següents seleccions base i feu clic a " -"Detallat per\n" +"Seleccioneu una de les següents seleccions base i feu clic a Detallat per\n" "a afegir més seleccions i paquets complementaris.\n" "\n" @@ -689,11 +663,8 @@ msgstr "Ubicació de la font d'instal·lació (com http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 -msgid "" -"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" -msgstr "" -"La font d'instal·lació d'aquest sistema (no podeu crear imatges si trieu " -"aquesta opció)" +msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgstr "La font d'instal·lació d'aquest sistema (no podeu crear imatges si trieu aquesta opció)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 msgid "using that installation source failed" @@ -708,37 +679,29 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -"to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -"can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -"possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Tipus de declaració a /etc/fstab:\n" "\tNormalment els sistemes de fitxers a muntar es defineixen a /etc/fstab\n" -"\tmitjançant el seu nom de dispositiu. Aquest nom pot canviar, de manera que " -"és més convenient\n" -"\tfer servir el seu UUID o l'etiqueta de volum. No tots els sistemes de " -"fitxers\n" -"\tes poden muntar per UUID o per etiqueta de volum. Si una opció està " -"inhabilitada, això no serà possible.\n" +"\tmitjançant el seu nom de dispositiu. Aquest nom pot canviar, de manera que és més convenient\n" +"\tfer servir el seu UUID o l'etiqueta de volum. No tots els sistemes de fitxers\n" +"\tes poden muntar per UUID o per etiqueta de volum. Si una opció està inhabilitada, això no serà possible.\n" "\t" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "Etiqueta del volum:\n" -"\t El nom que introduïu aquest camp s'utilitzarà com l'etiqueta del volum. " -"En general, només\n" +"\t El nom que introduïu aquest camp s'utilitzarà com l'etiqueta del volum. En general, només\n" "\t és recomanable quan activeu l'opció de muntar per etiqueta de volum.\n" "\t L'etiqueta de volum no pot contenir el caràcter / ni cap espai.\n" "\t" @@ -839,8 +802,7 @@ "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n" "system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n" msgstr "" -"Heu triat crear la partició,però no heu seleccionat un sistema de fitxers " -"vàlid\n" +"Heu triat crear la partició,però no heu seleccionat un sistema de fitxers vàlid\n" "Seleccioneu-ne un per continuar.\n" #. We don't use the return value of the check, because we @@ -909,11 +871,8 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589 -msgid "" -"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "" -"La mida \"auto\" només és vàlida si s'ha seleccionat el punt de muntatge \"/" -"boot\" o \"swap\"." +msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "La mida \"auto\" només és vàlida si s'ha seleccionat el punt de muntatge \"/boot\" o \"swap\"." #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." @@ -980,12 +939,9 @@ "No s'ha trobat ni obtingut cap perfil per a aquest ordinador.\n" "Comproveu que heu especificat la ubicació correcta a\n" "la línia d'ordres i torneu-ho a provar. A causa d'aquest error, només\n" -"podeu introduir un URL a un perfil i no pas a un directori. Si esteu " -"utilitzant\n" -"fitxers de control basats en normes o en noms de l'equip, haureu de " -"reiniciar\n" -"el procés d'instal·lació i comprovar que podeu accedir als fitxers de " -"control.\n" +"podeu introduir un URL a un perfil i no pas a un directori. Si esteu utilitzant\n" +"fitxers de control basats en normes o en noms de l'equip, haureu de reiniciar\n" +"el procés d'instal·lació i comprovar que podeu accedir als fitxers de control.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 msgid "System Profile Location" @@ -1021,8 +977,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Tots els discos durs detectats automàticament al sistema\n" -"es mostren ací. Seleccioneu el disc dur al qual vulgueu instal·lar-hi " -"\"&product;.\n" +"es mostren ací. Seleccioneu el disc dur al qual vulgueu instal·lar-hi \"&product;.\n" "" #. force help text width @@ -1095,9 +1050,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "Use this interface to define classes of control files. \n" -msgstr "" -"Utilitzeu aquesta interfície per a definir les classes dels fitxers de " -"control. \n" +msgstr "Utilitzeu aquesta interfície per a definir les classes dels fitxers de control. \n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 msgid "" @@ -1212,8 +1165,7 @@ "Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n" "file should belong.\n" msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu alguna de les classes llistades, a les quals hauria de " -"pertànyer\n" +"Seleccioneu alguna de les classes llistades, a les quals hauria de pertànyer\n" "el fitxer de control actual.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614 @@ -1395,12 +1347,8 @@ #. @param list menu items #. @return [Symbol] #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " -"system?" -msgstr "" -"Realment voleu aplicar els paràmetres del mòdul '%1' al vostre sistema " -"actual?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" +msgstr "Realment voleu aplicar els paràmetres del mòdul '%1' al vostre sistema actual?" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:635 @@ -1414,11 +1362,8 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " -"system?" -msgstr "" -"Realment voleu aplicar els paràmetres del perfil al vostre sistema actual?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" +msgstr "Realment voleu aplicar els paràmetres del perfil al vostre sistema actual?" #. EXIT #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:781 @@ -1557,13 +1502,11 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " -"partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "S'ha importat el fitxer Kickstart.\n" -"Comproveu la sintaxi importada i assegureu-vos que la selecció de paquets i " -"les\n" +"Comproveu la sintaxi importada i assegureu-vos que la selecció de paquets i les\n" "particions s'han importat correctament." #. Validate Dialog @@ -1693,32 +1636,25 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " -"interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"L'opció de confirmació de la instal·lació està seleccionada de forma " -"predeterminada\n" -"per a evitar instal·lacions no desitjades. Aquesta opció atura el sistema " -"durant\n" -"la instal·lació i mostra un resum de les operacions sol·licitades a la " -"pantalla \n" -"habitual de suggeriments. Desmarqueu aquesta opció per a realitzar una " -"instal·lació automàtica sense cap interrupció.\n" +"L'opció de confirmació de la instal·lació està seleccionada de forma predeterminada\n" +"per a evitar instal·lacions no desitjades. Aquesta opció atura el sistema durant\n" +"la instal·lació i mostra un resum de les operacions sol·licitades a la pantalla \n" +"habitual de suggeriments. Desmarqueu aquesta opció per a realitzar una instal·lació automàtica sense cap interrupció.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " -"manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si desactiveu la segona fase de l'AutoYaST, la instal·lació continua en mode " -"manual\n" +"Si desactiveu la segona fase de l'AutoYaST, la instal·lació continua en mode manual\n" "després de la primera arrencada (després de la instal·lació del paquet).\n" "\n" @@ -1755,8 +1691,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Pathlist for answers (multiple paths are separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Llista de camins de les respostes (camins múltiples separats per espai)" +msgstr "Llista de camins de les respostes (camins múltiples separats per espai)" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Store answer in this file" @@ -1863,15 +1798,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " -"and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" -"Aquesta eina utilitza xmllint per a validar el perfil d'acord " -"amb el DTD i\n" -"comprova si hi manquen dades. És possible que estigui previst que en " -"manquin; llavors els missatges d'error\n" +"Aquesta eina utilitza xmllint per a validar el perfil d'acord amb el DTD i\n" +"comprova si hi manquen dades. És possible que estigui previst que en manquin; llavors els missatges d'error\n" "es poden ignorar, per exemple, quan es creen classes.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 @@ -1892,24 +1824,19 @@ "The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n" "to add more configuration options available with SUSE.\n" msgstr "" -"Per a importar un fitxer Kickstart, introduïu el camí del fitxer de " -"configuració.\n" +"Per a importar un fitxer Kickstart, introduïu el camí del fitxer de configuració.\n" "Les dades importades es carregaran al sistema de gestió de la configuració \n" -"per a afegir opcions de configuració addicionals de les que disposa el SUSE." -"\n" +"per a afegir opcions de configuració addicionals de les que disposa el SUSE.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " -"selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" msgstr "" "Per a crear un perfil de referència, aquesta eina llegeix\n" -"informació del sistema. Seleccioneu els recursos del sistema que s'han de " -"llegir\n" -"a més dels recursos estàndard com ara les particions i seleccions de paquets." -"\n" +"informació del sistema. Seleccioneu els recursos del sistema que s'han de llegir\n" +"a més dels recursos estàndard com ara les particions i seleccions de paquets.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36 msgid " Partition your hard disks... " @@ -1917,12 +1844,10 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " -"system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"A la taula de la dreta es mostren les particions que es crearan al " -"sistema de destinació.\n" +"A la taula de la dreta es mostren les particions que es crearan al sistema de destinació.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40 @@ -1960,8 +1885,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " -"are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" "Si no s'ha definit cap partició i el disc indicat també és el \n" @@ -1981,58 +1905,40 @@ msgstr "Opcions avançades" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " -"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " -"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " -"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " -"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "" -"Per defecte, l'AutoYaST2 crea una partició ampliada i afegeix les particions " -"noves com a dispositius lògics. No obstant això, és possible que l'AutoYaST2 " -"creï una partició determinada com a partició primària o ampliada. A més, es " -"pot definir la mida d'una partició en sectors en comptes de fer-ho en Mbytes." +msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "Per defecte, l'AutoYaST2 crea una partició ampliada i afegeix les particions noves com a dispositius lògics. No obstant això, és possible que l'AutoYaST2 creï una partició determinada com a partició primària o ampliada. A més, es pot definir la mida d'una partició en sectors en comptes de fer-ho en Mbytes." #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n" "interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n" msgstr "" -"Aquestes opcions, igual que altres opcions avançades, no es poden " -"configurar\n" -"des d'aquesta interfície. En comptes d'això, s'han d'afegir al fitxer de " -"control de forma manual.\n" +"Aquestes opcions, igual que altres opcions avançades, no es poden configurar\n" +"des d'aquesta interfície. En comptes d'això, s'han d'afegir al fitxer de control de forma manual.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " -"partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Per a la configuració d'LVM i RAID, consulteu la documentació i afegiu la " -"configuració\n" -"a un fitxer de control existent. Per a preparar-se, només podeu crear " -"particions LVM i RAID\n" +"Per a la configuració d'LVM i RAID, consulteu la documentació i afegiu la configuració\n" +"a un fitxer de control existent. Per a preparar-se, només podeu crear particions LVM i RAID\n" "sense formatar.\n" "\n" #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"No es pot trobar l'URL '%1' mitjançant el protocol HTTP(S). El servidor ha " -"retornat el codi %2." +msgstr "No es pot trobar l'URL '%1' mitjançant el protocol HTTP(S). El servidor ha retornat el codi %2." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"No es pot trobar l'URL '%1' mitjançant el protocol FTP. El servidor ha " -"retornat el codi %2." +msgstr "No es pot trobar l'URL '%1' mitjançant el protocol FTP. El servidor ha retornat el codi %2." #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:158 @@ -2112,23 +2018,20 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Scripts anteriors a la instal·lació</h3>\n" -"Podeu afegir ordres per a executar al sistema abans que comenci la " -"instal·lació. \n" +"Podeu afegir ordres per a executar al sistema abans que comenci la instal·lació. \n" #. help 2/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " -"installation\n" +"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Scripts posteriors a la instal·lació</h3>\n" -"A més, podeu afegir-hi ordres per a executar al sistema una vegada ha " -"finalitzat\n" +"A més, podeu afegir-hi ordres per a executar al sistema una vegada ha finalitzat\n" "la instal·lació. Aquests scripts s'executen fora de l'entorn chroot.\n" "" @@ -2140,8 +2043,7 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " -"installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2149,10 +2051,8 @@ "<H3>Scripts Chroot</H3>\n" "Per a executar els scripts posteriors a la instal·lació a l'entorn\n" "chroot, seleccioneu les opcions de l'script chroot. Aquests scripts\n" -"s'executen abans que el sistema arranqui per primer cop. Per defecte, els " -"scripts \n" -"chroot s'executen al sistema d'instal·lació. Per a accedir als fitxers del " -"sistema \n" +"s'executen abans que el sistema arranqui per primer cop. Per defecte, els scripts \n" +"chroot s'executen al sistema d'instal·lació. Per a accedir als fitxers del sistema \n" "instal·lat, utilitzeu sempre el punt de muntatge \"/mnt\" als scripts.\n" "\n" @@ -2161,15 +2061,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" -"\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Podeu executar els scripts chroot en una fase posterior quan\n" -"el carregador de l'arrencada s'ha configurat mitjançant l'etiqueta booleana " -"especial \"chrooted\".\n" +"el carregador de l'arrencada s'ha configurat mitjançant l'etiqueta booleana especial \"chrooted\".\n" "Aquesta operació permet executar els scripts al sistema instal·lat. \n" "\n" @@ -2199,15 +2097,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " -"or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Intèrpret:</H3>\n" -"Els scripts anteriors a la instal·lació només poden ser scripts " -"d'intèrpret d'ordres. No utilitzeu Perl ni \n" +"Els scripts anteriors a la instal·lació només poden ser scripts d'intèrpret d'ordres. No utilitzeu Perl ni \n" " Python per als scripts anteriors a la instal·lació.\n" "\n" @@ -2217,44 +2113,32 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " -"which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " -"installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " -"too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Accés a la xarxa:</H3>\n" -"Durant l'execució d'scripts posteriors a la instal·lació, la xarxa " -"s'inhabilita i\n" -"requereix la inicialització dels scripts per a fer que la xarxa estigui " -"disponible. Una\n" -"alternativa per als scripts posteriors a la instal·lació amb xarxa és " -"utilitzar scripts d'inici, que\n" -"garanteixen un sistema completament configurat en executar les seqüències. " -"Si heu realitzat una instal·lació\n" -"en una xarxa, podeu utilitzar l'opció Xarxa per a l'script posterior " -"a la instal·lació.\n" +"Durant l'execució d'scripts posteriors a la instal·lació, la xarxa s'inhabilita i\n" +"requereix la inicialització dels scripts per a fer que la xarxa estigui disponible. Una\n" +"alternativa per als scripts posteriors a la instal·lació amb xarxa és utilitzar scripts d'inici, que\n" +"garanteixen un sistema completament configurat en executar les seqüències. Si heu realitzat una instal·lació\n" +"en una xarxa, podeu utilitzar l'opció Xarxa per a l'script posterior a la instal·lació.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " -"box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " -"might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Retroacció i depuració:</H3>\n" -"Tots els scripts, excepte els d'inici, poden mostrar STDOUT+STDERR en un " -"quadre emergent com a retroacció.\n" -"Si activeu la depuració, obtindreu més sortides al diàleg de retroacció que " -"us poden ajudar\n" +"Tots els scripts, excepte els d'inici, poden mostrar STDOUT+STDERR en un quadre emergent com a retroacció.\n" +"Si activeu la depuració, obtindreu més sortides al diàleg de retroacció que us poden ajudar\n" "a depurar l'script.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 @@ -2342,15 +2226,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " -"installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si afegiu seqüències al procés d'instal·lació automàtic, podeu personalitzar " -"la instal·lació\n" -"en funció de les necessitats i intervenir en diferents etapes de la " -"instal·lació.\n" +"Si afegiu seqüències al procés d'instal·lació automàtic, podeu personalitzar la instal·lació\n" +"en funció de les necessitats i intervenir en diferents etapes de la instal·lació.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "User Script Management" @@ -2370,21 +2251,15 @@ #. @return [void] #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448 msgid "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n" -msgstr "" -"S'ha produït un error a l'anàlisi del fitxer de regles. L'analitzador XML " -"notifica:\n" +msgstr "S'ha produït un error a l'anàlisi del fitxer de regles. L'analitzador XML notifica:\n" #. Merge Rule results #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:722 -msgid "" -"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " -"error message is:\n" -msgstr "" -"L'analitzador XML ha informat d'un error en analitzar el perfil de " -"l'autoyast. El missatge d'error és:\n" +msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" +msgstr "L'analitzador XML ha informat d'un error en analitzar el perfil de l'autoyast. El missatge d'error és:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 @@ -2397,10 +2272,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "No s'han pogut recuperar les classes definides en funció de l'usuari.\n" -"Comproveu que totes les classes estan definides correctament i són " -"disponibles per a aquest sistema\n" -"a través de la xarxa o localment. No és possible instal·lar el sistema amb " -"el fitxer de control original\n" +"Comproveu que totes les classes estan definides correctament i són disponibles per a aquest sistema\n" +"a través de la xarxa o localment. No és possible instal·lar el sistema amb el fitxer de control original\n" "sense utilitzar les classes.\n" #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes @@ -2465,18 +2338,14 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:450 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " -"those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " -"data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"La majoria del mòduls utilitzats per a crear la configuració són idèntics " -"als disponibles\n" -"mitjançant el Centre de control del YaST2. En comptes de configurar el " -"sistema, es recullen les dades\n" +"La majoria del mòduls utilitzats per a crear la configuració són idèntics als disponibles\n" +"mitjançant el Centre de control del YaST2. En comptes de configurar el sistema, es recullen les dades\n" "introduïdes i s'exporten al fitxer de control que es pot utilitzar per\n" "a instal·lar un altre sistema mitjançant l'AutoYaST.\n" "\n" @@ -2484,13 +2353,11 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " -"including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" "A més dels mòduls existents i coneguts,\n" -"s'han creat interfícies noves per a les configuracions especials i " -"complexes, incloses\n" +"s'han creat interfícies noves per a les configuracions especials i complexes, incloses\n" "les particions, les opcions generals i el programari.\n" #. Construct node name for display in tree. @@ -2591,17 +2458,13 @@ #. look for VGs to reuse #: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111 msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." -msgstr "" -"No es pot tornar a utilitzar el grup de volums %1. El grup de volums no " -"existeix." +msgstr "No es pot tornar a utilitzar el grup de volums %1. El grup de volums no existeix." #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "" -"El grup de volums '%1' ha de tenir com a mínim un volum físic. Si us plau, " -"proporcioneu-ne un." +msgstr "El grup de volums '%1' ha de tenir com a mínim un volum físic. Si us plau, proporcioneu-ne un." #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -2683,24 +2546,16 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:360 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" -msgstr "" -"La creació de la imatge ha fallat mentre s'instal·laven els patrons. " -"Comproveu /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "La creació de la imatge ha fallat mentre s'instal·laven els patrons. Comproveu /tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:368 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "S'està creant la imatge - s'estan instal·lant els paquets" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" -msgstr "" -"Ha fallat la creació de la imatge mentre s'instal·laven els paquets. Reviseu " -"el fitxer de registre /tmp/ay_image." +msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Ha fallat la creació de la imatge mentre s'instal·laven els paquets. Reviseu el fitxer de registre /tmp/ay_image." #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:389 @@ -2712,18 +2567,14 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:418 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " -"changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" "Ara podeu fer canvis a la imatge a %1/\n" -"Si premeu el botó d'acord, la imatge serà comprimida i ja no podrá tornar a " -"ser modificada." +"Si premeu el botó d'acord, la imatge serà comprimida i ja no podrá tornar a ser modificada." #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:432 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "" -"Ha fallat la compressió de la imatge a '%1'. Reviseu el fitxer de registre /" -"tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Ha fallat la compressió de la imatge a '%1'. Reviseu el fitxer de registre /tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:439 msgid "Image created successfully" @@ -2736,8 +2587,7 @@ "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." msgstr "" "no s'ha pogut obtenir el fitxer directory.yast a `%1`.\n" -"Podeu crear aquest fitxer amb la comanda 'ls -F > directory.yast' si no " -"existeix." +"Podeu crear aquest fitxer amb la comanda 'ls -F > directory.yast' si no existeix." #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:509 @@ -2765,12 +2615,10 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " -"AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"Podeu fer els canvis a la imatge ISO ara mateix a %1, com afegir-hi un " -"fitxer XML d'autoyast completament diferent.\n" +"Podeu fer els canvis a la imatge ISO ara mateix a %1, com afegir-hi un fitxer XML d'autoyast completament diferent.\n" "Si premeu el botó d'acord, es crearà la imatge ISO." #. create the actual ISO file @@ -2812,21 +2660,13 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:903 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " -"autoyast profile." -msgstr "" -"No s'ha pogut executar el sistema de resolució del paquet. Comproveu la " -"secció del programari al perfil de l'autoyast." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." +msgstr "No s'ha pogut executar el sistema de resolució del paquet. Comproveu la secció del programari al perfil de l'autoyast." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "" -"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " -"disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "" -"El pla de particions configurat en el vostre perfil XML no es pot encabir al " -"disc dur. Falten %1 MB" +msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "El pla de particions configurat en el vostre perfil XML no es pot encabir al disc dur. Falten %1 MB" #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" @@ -2851,8 +2691,7 @@ "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" "S'han trobat diverses particions arrel. No s'ha configurat\n" -"la partició que s'ha d'utilitzar, per la qual cosa no és possible dur a " -"terme una instal·lació automàtica.\n" +"la partició que s'ha d'utilitzar, per la qual cosa no és possible dur a terme una instal·lació automàtica.\n" #. return list of available devices #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 @@ -2870,9 +2709,7 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #: src/modules/Profile.rb:438 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." -msgstr "" -"Perfil de l'AutoYaST encriptat. Si us plau, escriviu la contrasenya dues " -"vegades." +msgstr "Perfil de l'AutoYaST encriptat. Si us plau, escriviu la contrasenya dues vegades." #. Save sections of current profile to separate files #. @@ -2887,8 +2724,7 @@ #. @return [Boolean] #: src/modules/Profile.rb:679 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." -msgstr "" -"Perfil encriptat de l'AutoYaST. Si us plau, escriviu la contrasenya correcta." +msgstr "Perfil encriptat de l'AutoYaST. Si us plau, escriviu la contrasenya correcta." #. need to call this to force Storage stuff to initialize just now #: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:156 @@ -2905,8 +2741,7 @@ msgstr "D'&acord" #~ msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El perfil de l'autoyast resultant es pot trobar a /root/autoinst.xml." +#~ msgstr "El perfil de l'autoyast resultant es pot trobar a /root/autoinst.xml." #~ msgid "Configure runlevel" #~ msgstr "Configura el nivell d'execució" @@ -2929,28 +2764,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "Enter the partition information according to your\n" -#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the " -#~ "existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and " -#~ "no size.\n" +#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and no size.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical " -#~ "partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then " -#~ "choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with " -#~ "AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "For more information, refer to the online documentation.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Introduïu la informació de la partició segons les vostres\n" -#~ "necessitats. Si voleu reutilitzar una partició existent, introduïu el " -#~ "número de la partició de la partició existent que voleu reutilitzar (el " -#~ "recompte comença amb la partició número 1) i no introduïu cap mida.\n" +#~ "necessitats. Si voleu reutilitzar una partició existent, introduïu el número de la partició de la partició existent que voleu reutilitzar (el recompte comença amb la partició número 1) i no introduïu cap mida.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Pel que fa a les particions que formen part d'un grup de volum (no les " -#~ "particions lògiques dins d'un grup de volum), establiu l'identificador de " -#~ "la partició a 0x8e i, tot seguit, seleccioneu el grup de volum. El grup " -#~ "de volum ha d'haver estat configurat prèviament amb l'AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "Pel que fa a les particions que formen part d'un grup de volum (no les particions lògiques dins d'un grup de volum), establiu l'identificador de la partició a 0x8e i, tot seguit, seleccioneu el grup de volum. El grup de volum ha d'haver estat configurat prèviament amb l'AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Per obtenir-ne més informació, consulteu la documentació en línia.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3004,23 +2829,17 @@ #~ msgstr "Introduïu la mida de la partició o el número d'una partició." #~ msgid "To reuse a partition, the partition number is required." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Per a reutilitzar una partició es necessita el número de la partició." +#~ msgstr "Per a reutilitzar una partició es necessita el número de la partició." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical " -#~ "partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical " -#~ "hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" +#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "En aquest apartat podeu crear i editar els grups de volum. A continuació, " -#~ "assigneu particions físiques al grup de volum del diàleg de la partició " -#~ "d'un disc dur físic. Establiu l'identificador de la partició a 0x8e en " -#~ "aquelles particions.\n" +#~ "En aquest apartat podeu crear i editar els grups de volum. A continuació, assigneu particions físiques al grup de volum del diàleg de la partició d'un disc dur físic. Establiu l'identificador de la partició a 0x8e en aquelles particions.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "Configure Volume Groups" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/base.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/base.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/base.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -84,16 +84,12 @@ #. translators: default error message for command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:328 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." -msgstr "" -"Feu servir 'help' si voleu consultar una llista sencera de les ordres " -"disponibles." +msgstr "Feu servir 'help' si voleu consultar una llista sencera de les ordres disponibles." #. translators: default error message for command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:333 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." -msgstr "" -"Feu servir 'yast2 %1 help' si voleu consultar una llista sencera de les " -"ordres disponibles." +msgstr "Feu servir 'yast2 %1 help' si voleu consultar una llista sencera de les ordres disponibles." #. translators: error message in command line interface #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:371 @@ -122,9 +118,7 @@ #. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:506 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3" -msgstr "" -"Aquest valor no és vàlid per a l'opció '%1' -- s'esperava '%2' i s'ha rebut " -"%3" +msgstr "Aquest valor no és vàlid per a l'opció '%1' -- s'esperava '%2' i s'ha rebut %3" #. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:527 @@ -135,17 +129,13 @@ #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:546 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Feu servir '%1 %2 help' si voleu consultar una llista sencera de les opcions " -"disponibles." +msgstr "Feu servir '%1 %2 help' si voleu consultar una llista sencera de les opcions disponibles." #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:556 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Feu servir 'yast2 %1 %2 help' si voleu consultar una llista sencera de les " -"opcions disponibles." +msgstr "Feu servir 'yast2 %1 %2 help' si voleu consultar una llista sencera de les opcions disponibles." #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:574 @@ -179,8 +169,7 @@ " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." msgstr "" "\n" -" Les opcions de tipus [string] s'han d'escriure en el format " -"'opció=valor'." +" Les opcions de tipus [string] s'han d'escriure en el format 'opció=valor'." #. translators: example title for command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:719 @@ -243,27 +232,17 @@ #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:880 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Executeu 'yast2 %1 <ordre> help' si voleu consultar la llista de les opcions " -"disponibles." +msgstr "Executeu 'yast2 %1 <ordre> help' si voleu consultar la llista de les opcions disponibles." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"Falta el nom del fitxer objectiu (opció 'xmlfile'). Utilitzeu l'opció de la " -"línia d'ordres xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Falta el nom del fitxer objectiu (opció 'xmlfile'). Utilitzeu l'opció de la línia d'ordres xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " -"command line option." -msgstr "" -"El nom del fitxer objectiu (opció 'xmlfile') és buit. Utilitzeu l'opció de " -"la línia d'ordres xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "El nom del fitxer objectiu (opció 'xmlfile') és buit. Utilitzeu l'opció de la línia d'ordres xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1096 @@ -403,8 +382,7 @@ "See %3 for more information about YaST logs." msgstr "" "Us recomanem que envieu un informe d'error a %1.\n" -"Si us plau, adjunteu-hi tots els registres del YaST emmagatzemats al " -"directori \"%2\"\n" +"Si us plau, adjunteu-hi tots els registres del YaST emmagatzemats al directori \"%2\"\n" ". Vegeu %3 per a més informació sobre els fitxers de registre del YaST." #. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO @@ -494,8 +472,7 @@ #. bugzilla #332436 #: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1319 msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." -msgstr "" -"S'ha produït un error intern quan s'integrava el flux de treball addicional." +msgstr "S'ha produït un error intern quan s'integrava el flux de treball addicional." #. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677 @@ -537,8 +514,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Inici del servei</big> \n" "Per a iniciar el servei cada vegada que l'ordinador s'inicia, seleccioneu\n" -"%1. Per a iniciar el servei mitjançant el dimoni xinetd, seleccioneu " -"%3.\n" +"%1. Per a iniciar el servei mitjançant el dimoni xinetd, seleccioneu %3.\n" "Altrament, seleccioneu %2." #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! @@ -801,8 +777,7 @@ "containing the key and click Add.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Addició d'una clau TSIG existent</big> \n" -"Per a afegir una clau TSIG creada anteriorment, seleccioneu un Nom del " -"fitxer del fitxer\n" +"Per a afegir una clau TSIG creada anteriorment, seleccioneu un Nom del fitxer del fitxer\n" "que conté la clau i feu clic a Afegeix.\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 @@ -814,10 +789,8 @@ "Generate.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Creació d'una clau TSIG nova</big> \n" -"Per a crear una clau TSIG nova, definiu el Nom del fitxer del fitxer " -"on\n" -"creareu la clau i l'Identificador de la clau per a identificar-la i, " -"tot seguit, feu clic a \n" +"Per a crear una clau TSIG nova, definiu el Nom del fitxer del fitxer on\n" +"creareu la clau i l'Identificador de la clau per a identificar-la i, tot seguit, feu clic a \n" "Genera.\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 @@ -831,11 +804,9 @@ "in the configuration first.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Supressió d'una clau TSIG</big> \n" -"Per a suprimir una clau TSIG configurada, seleccioneu-la i feu clic a " -"Suprimeix.\n" +"Per a suprimir una clau TSIG configurada, seleccioneu-la i feu clic a Suprimeix.\n" "Se suprimeixen totes les claus del mateix fitxer.\n" -"Si s'està utilitzant una clau TSIG a la configuració del servidor, aquesta " -"no es pot suprimir. En primer lloc el servidor ha de deixar d'utilitzar-la\n" +"Si s'està utilitzant una clau TSIG a la configuració del servidor, aquesta no es pot suprimir. En primer lloc el servidor ha de deixar d'utilitzar-la\n" "a la configuració.\n" #. Frame label - adding a created server key @@ -921,8 +892,7 @@ "entry of the table then click Edit." msgstr "" "<big>Edició de la configuració</big> \n" -"Si voleu editar les opcions de configuració, seleccioneu l'entrada desitjada " -"a la\n" +"Si voleu editar les opcions de configuració, seleccioneu l'entrada desitjada a la\n" "taula i premeu Edita." #. help 2/4, optional @@ -931,8 +901,7 @@ "To add a new option, click Add. To remove\n" "an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Si voleu afegir una opció nova premeu Afegeix. Si voleu suprimir-" -"ne alguna,\n" +"Si voleu afegir una opció nova premeu Afegeix. Si voleu suprimir-ne alguna,\n" "seleccioneu-la i premeu Suprimeix." #. help 3/4, optional @@ -1012,19 +981,13 @@ msgstr "" "1) General \n" "Si voleu navegar pels elements del quadre de diàleg, feu servir\n" -"la tecla [Tab] per a passar a l'element següent i la combinació de tecles " -"[Maj] (o [Alt])+[Tab] per a tornar enrere.\n" +"la tecla [Tab] per a passar a l'element següent i la combinació de tecles [Maj] (o [Alt])+[Tab] per a tornar enrere.\n" "Si voleu seleccionar o activar elements, premeu [Espaiador] o [Retorn].\n" -"Alguns dels elements fan servir les tecles de desplaçament (per exemple, si " -"voleu navegar per les llistes)." +"Alguns dels elements fan servir les tecles de desplaçament (per exemple, si voleu navegar per les llistes)." #. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334 -msgid "" -"Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use " -"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of " -"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog " -"on the right." +msgid "Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right." msgstr "" #. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 @@ -1042,8 +1005,7 @@ "Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n" "menu buttons) without choosing anything.\n" msgstr "" -"Premeu [Esc] si voleu tancar els menús de selecció emergents (per " -"exemple, \n" +"Premeu [Esc] si voleu tancar els menús de selecció emergents (per exemple, \n" "dels botons de menú) sense triar res.\n" #. NCurses Control Center help 5/10 @@ -1076,16 +1038,13 @@ #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:363 msgid "" "3) Function Keys \n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings " -"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." msgstr "" #. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:370 msgid "The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:" -msgstr "" -"Normalment les tecles de funció estan connectades a una acció determinada:" -"" +msgstr "Normalment les tecles de funció estan connectades a una acció determinada:" #. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:372 @@ -1869,14 +1828,12 @@ #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286 msgid "" "<big>Create a new GPG key</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more " -"information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Crea una clau GPG nova</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> s'inicia, consulteu el cercapersones manual <tt>gpg</" -"tt> per a obtenir-ne més informació.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> s'inicia, consulteu el cercapersones manual <tt>gpg</tt> per a obtenir-ne més informació.\n" "Premeu Ctrl+C per a cancel·lar l'operació.\n" "" @@ -1909,9 +1866,7 @@ #. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note} #: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:107 msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made." -msgstr "" -"Introduïu un missatge per al registre de canvis on es descriguin els canvis " -"que feu." +msgstr "Introduïu un missatge per al registre de canvis on es descriguin els canvis que feu." #. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1 #: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109 @@ -1921,8 +1876,7 @@ "the field below.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Registre mostrat</big> \n" -"Utilitzeu Registre per a seleccionar el registre que voleu mostrar. " -"Apareixerà al\n" +"Utilitzeu Registre per a seleccionar el registre que voleu mostrar. Apareixerà al\n" "camp inferior.\n" #. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2 @@ -1942,8 +1896,7 @@ "and select the action to process." msgstr "" "\n" -"Per a processar accions avançades o desar el registre en un fitxer, feu clic " -"a %1\n" +"Per a processar accions avançades o desar el registre en un fitxer, feu clic a %1\n" "i seleccioneu l'acció que voleu processar." #. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label @@ -1965,8 +1918,7 @@ "to which to save the log.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Per a desar el registre en un fitxer, feu clic a Desa el registre i " -"seleccioneu el fitxer\n" +"Per a desar el registre en un fitxer, feu clic a Desa el registre i seleccioneu el fitxer\n" "on es desarà el registre.\n" #. menu button @@ -2016,8 +1968,7 @@ #. label #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:111 msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." -msgstr "" -"El tallafocs no es pot ajustar durant la primera fase de la instal·lació." +msgstr "El tallafocs no es pot ajustar durant la primera fase de la instal·lació." #. label #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:116 @@ -2066,8 +2017,7 @@ "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"Les següents interfícies de xarxa estan assignades a la xarxa interna i no " -"es poden desmarcar:\n" +"Les següents interfícies de xarxa estan assignades a la xarxa interna i no es poden desmarcar:\n" "%1\n" #. question popup @@ -2153,8 +2103,7 @@ "set %1. " msgstr "" "<big>Paràmetres del tallafoc</big> \n" -"Per a obrir el tallafoc i permetre l'accés al servei des d'ordinadors " -"remots,\n" +"Per a obrir el tallafoc i permetre l'accés al servei des d'ordinadors remots,\n" "definiu %1. " #. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional @@ -2645,8 +2594,7 @@ "Really continue?" msgstr "" "Les interfícies de xarxa estan controlades actualment pel NetworkManager\n" -"però és possible que el servei que voleu configurar no funcioni bé amb " -"aquest.\n" +"però és possible que el servei que voleu configurar no funcioni bé amb aquest.\n" "\n" "Segur que voleu continuar?" @@ -2828,109 +2776,71 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:169 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"S'ha trobat un nou dispositiu de xarxa '%1'; s'ha afegit com una interfície " -"de tallafoc interna" +msgstr "S'ha trobat un nou dispositiu de xarxa '%1'; s'ha afegit com una interfície de tallafoc interna" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:180 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"S'ha trobat un nou dispositiu de xarxa '%1'; s'ha afegit com una interfície " -"de tallafoc externa" +msgstr "S'ha trobat un nou dispositiu de xarxa '%1'; s'ha afegit com una interfície de tallafoc externa" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564 msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." -msgstr "" -"El paquet SuSEfirewall2 no està instal·lat, o el tallafocs està desactivat." +msgstr "El paquet SuSEfirewall2 no està instal·lat, o el tallafocs està desactivat." #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582 -msgid "" -"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"El tallafocs està activat (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">desactiva'l</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "El tallafocs està activat (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">desactiva'l</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587 -msgid "" -"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"El tallafocs està desactivat (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">activa'l</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "El tallafocs està desactivat (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">activa'l</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621 -msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"El port SSH està obert (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal" -"\">tanca'l</a>)" +msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "El port SSH està obert (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">tanca'l</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626 -msgid "" -"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"El port SSH està bloquejat (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal" -"\">obre'l</a>)" +msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "El port SSH està bloquejat (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">obre'l</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646 msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), " -"but\n" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" -msgstr "" -"El port SSH està obert (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal" -"\">tanca'l</a>), però seguim sense tenir interfícies de xarxa configurades." +msgstr "El port SSH està obert (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">tanca'l</a>), però seguim sense tenir interfícies de xarxa configurades." #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port " -"on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Esteu instal·lant un sistema al SSH però no heu obert el port SSH del " -"tallafoc." +msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." +msgstr "Esteu instal·lant un sistema al SSH però no heu obert el port SSH del tallafoc." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--" -"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Els ports d'administració remota (VNC) estan oberts (<a href=\"firewall--" -"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">tanca'ls</a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "Els ports d'administració remota (VNC) estan oberts (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">tanca'ls</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--" -"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Els ports d'administració remota (VNC) estan bloquejats (<a href=\"firewall--" -"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">obre'ls</a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Els ports d'administració remota (VNC) estan bloquejats (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">obre'ls</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have " -"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Esteu instal·lant un sistema mitjançant l'administració remota (VNC) però no " -"heu obert els ports VNC del tallafoc." +msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "Esteu instal·lant un sistema mitjançant l'administració remota (VNC) però no heu obert els ports VNC del tallafoc." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736 @@ -2944,12 +2854,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " -"needed ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Esteu instal·lant un sistema fent servir iSCSI Target, però no heu obert " -"els ports necessaris del tallafoc." +msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." +msgstr "Esteu instal·lant un sistema fent servir iSCSI Target, però no heu obert els ports necessaris del tallafoc." #. Returns service definition. #. See @services for the format. @@ -3086,10 +2992,8 @@ "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" -"El fet d'ignorar un error de descàrrega pot donar lloc a un mal funcionament " -"del sistema.\n" -"Hauríeu de verificar el sistema més endavant, executant el mòdul de gestió " -"de programari.\n" +"El fet d'ignorar un error de descàrrega pot donar lloc a un mal funcionament del sistema.\n" +"Hauríeu de verificar el sistema més endavant, executant el mòdul de gestió de programari.\n" #. At start of package install. #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 @@ -3123,30 +3027,22 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" -"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management " -"module." +"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" -"El fet d'ignorar la fallada d'un paquet pot donar lloc a un mal funcionament " -"del sistema.\n" -"Hauríeu de verificar el sistema més endavant, executant el mòdul de gestió " -"de programari." +"El fet d'ignorar la fallada d'un paquet pot donar lloc a un mal funcionament del sistema.\n" +"Hauríeu de verificar el sistema més endavant, executant el mòdul de gestió de programari." #. error report #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " -"changed. To \n" -"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories " -"from \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" +"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.\n" msgstr "" -"El repositori de l'URL especificada proporciona ara un identificador de " -"mitjans diferent.\n" -"Si l'URL és correcta, això indica que el contingut del repositori ha " -"canviat. Per \n" -"continuar fent servir aquest repositori, inicieu el mòdul Repositoris de " -"programari del \n" +"El repositori de l'URL especificada proporciona ara un identificador de mitjans diferent.\n" +"Si l'URL és correcta, això indica que el contingut del repositori ha canviat. Per \n" +"continuar fent servir aquest repositori, inicieu el mòdul Repositoris de programari del \n" "centre de control del YaST i refresqueu-lo.\n" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media @@ -3438,9 +3334,7 @@ #. message in a progress popup #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." -msgstr "" -"S'està reconstruint la base de dades de paquets. Aquest procés pot trigar " -"una mica." +msgstr "S'està reconstruint la base de dades de paquets. Aquest procés pot trigar una mica." #. progress bar label #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 @@ -3460,9 +3354,7 @@ #. message in a progress popup #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." -msgstr "" -"S'està convertint la base de dades de paquets. Aquest procés pot trigar una " -"mica." +msgstr "S'està convertint la base de dades de paquets. Aquest procés pot trigar una mica." #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 @@ -3543,8 +3435,7 @@ "Ask PackageKit to quit?" msgstr "" "El PackageKit està bloquejant la gestió de programari.\n" -"Això passa quan l'aplicació d'actualització o algun altre gestor de " -"programari\n" +"Això passa quan l'aplicació d'actualització o algun altre gestor de programari\n" "s'estan executant.\n" "\n" "Demano al PackageKit que ho deixi estar?" @@ -3650,40 +3541,32 @@ "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" "of acceptance of its license.\n" -"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " -"installed.\n" +"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" " \n" "To accept the license of the package, click I Agree.\n" "To reject the license of the package, click I Disagree." msgstr "" "<big>Confirmació de llicència</big> \n" -"El paquet del títol del quadre de diàleg necessita una confirmació " -"explícita\n" +"El paquet del títol del quadre de diàleg necessita una confirmació explícita\n" "d'acceptació de la seva llicència.\n" "Si rebutgeu la llicència del paquet, aquest no s'instal·larà.\n" " \n" "Per acceptar la llicència del paquet, feu clic a Hi estic d'acord.\n" -"Per rebutjar la llicència del paquet, feu clic a No hi estic d'acord </" -"b>." +"Per rebutjar la llicència del paquet, feu clic a No hi estic d'acord ." #. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " -"to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in " -"the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t Aquest quadre de diàleg us permet definir les tasques d'aquest sistema " -"i el programari que cal instal·lar.\n" -"\t\t Les tasques i programari disponibles per a aquest sistema es mostren " -"per categories a la columna\n" -"\t\t esquerra. Per veure la descripció d'un element, seleccioneu-lo de la " -"llista.\n" +"\t\t Aquest quadre de diàleg us permet definir les tasques d'aquest sistema i el programari que cal instal·lar.\n" +"\t\t Les tasques i programari disponibles per a aquest sistema es mostren per categories a la columna\n" +"\t\t esquerra. Per veure la descripció d'un element, seleccioneu-lo de la llista.\n" "\t\t " #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:338 @@ -3696,8 +3579,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\t\t Canvieu l'estat d'un element fent clic a la icona d'estat\n" -"\t\t o fent clic amb el botó dret a qualsevol icona per obtenir un menú " -"contextual.\n" +"\t\t o fent clic amb el botó dret a qualsevol icona per obtenir un menú contextual.\n" "\t\t Amb el menú contextual.\n" "\t\t " @@ -3716,8 +3598,7 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " -"disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -3725,14 +3606,10 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t La visualització de l'ús del disc a la cantonada inferior dreta mostra " -"l'espai de disc restant\n" +"\t\t La visualització de l'ús del disc a la cantonada inferior dreta mostra l'espai de disc restant\n" "\t\t un cop s'han realitzat tots els canvis sol·licitats.\n" -"\t\t Les particions del disc dur que estan plenes o gairebé plenes poden " -"degradar el rendiment del sistema i, en alguns casos, fins i tot causar " -"problemes greus.\n" -"\t\t El sistema necessita espai disponible al disc per a funcionar " -"correctament.\n" +"\t\t Les particions del disc dur que estan plenes o gairebé plenes poden degradar el rendiment del sistema i, en alguns casos, fins i tot causar problemes greus.\n" +"\t\t El sistema necessita espai disponible al disc per a funcionar correctament.\n" "\t\t " #. Dialog title @@ -3830,12 +3707,8 @@ msgstr "Continuar dins el gestor de programari" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed " -"or removed packages." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Resum de la instal·lació</BIG> Aqui hi teniu un resum dels " -"paquets instal·lats o eliminats." +msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." +msgstr "<BIG>Resum de la instal·lació</BIG> Aqui hi teniu un resum dels paquets instal·lats o eliminats." #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677 msgid "Installation Report" @@ -3887,10 +3760,8 @@ msgstr "" "El paquet %1 del repositori %2\n" "%3\n" -"no duu signatura digital. Això vol dir que no es pot verificar el seu " -"origen.\n" -"La instal·lació d'aquest paquet pot posar en perill la integritat del " -"sistema.\n" +"no duu signatura digital. Això vol dir que no es pot verificar el seu origen.\n" +"La instal·lació d'aquest paquet pot posar en perill la integritat del sistema.\n" "\n" "Voleu instal·lar-lo de totes maneres?" @@ -3909,8 +3780,7 @@ msgstr "" "El fitxer %1 del repositori %2\n" "%3\n" -"no duu la signatura digital. Això vol dir que no se'n pot verificar " -"l'origen\n" +"no duu la signatura digital. Això vol dir que no se'n pot verificar l'origen\n" "ni la integritat.\n" "La instal·lació del paquet pot posar en perill la integritat del sistema.\n" "\n" @@ -3936,10 +3806,8 @@ "Install it anyway?\n" msgstr "" "No s'ha trobat cap suma de verificació per al paquet %1 al repositori.\n" -"Això vol dir que el paquet forma part de la font signada, però la llista de " -"sumes de verificació\n" -"d'aquest repositori no l'esmenta. La instal·lació del paquet pot posar en " -"perill la integritat del sistema.\n" +"Això vol dir que el paquet forma part de la font signada, però la llista de sumes de verificació\n" +"d'aquest repositori no l'esmenta. La instal·lació del paquet pot posar en perill la integritat del sistema.\n" "\n" "Voleu instal·lar-lo de tota manera?\n" @@ -3948,17 +3816,14 @@ msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " -"Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" msgstr "" "No s'ha trobat cap suma de verificació pel fitxer %1 al repositori.\n" -"Això vol dir que el fitxer forma part del repositori signat, però a llista " -"de sumes de verificació\n" -"del repositori no l'esmenta. L'ús del fitxer pot posar en perill la " -"integritat del sistema\n" +"Això vol dir que el fitxer forma part del repositori signat, però a llista de sumes de verificació\n" +"del repositori no l'esmenta. L'ús del fitxer pot posar en perill la integritat del sistema\n" "\n" "Voleu instal·lar-lo de tota manera?" @@ -4032,13 +3897,10 @@ msgstr "" "El paquet %1 del repositori %2\n" "%3\n" -"està signat amb la següent clau GnuPG, però n'ha fallat la comprovació de la " -"integritat: %4\n" +"està signat amb la següent clau GnuPG, però n'ha fallat la comprovació de la integritat: %4\n" "\n" -"Això vol dir que el paquet s'ha canviat per accident o que ho ha fet un " -"assaltant\n" -"des que el creador del repositori el va signar. Instal·lar-lo suposa un gran " -"risc\n" +"Això vol dir que el paquet s'ha canviat per accident o que ho ha fet un assaltant\n" +"des que el creador del repositori el va signar. Instal·lar-lo suposa un gran risc\n" "per a la integritat i la seguretat del sistema.\n" "\n" "Voleu instal·lar-lo de totes maneres?\n" @@ -4058,13 +3920,10 @@ msgstr "" "El fitxer %1 del repositori %2\n" "%3\n" -"està signat amb la següent clau GnuPG, però n'ha fallat la comprovació de la " -"integritat: %4\n" +"està signat amb la següent clau GnuPG, però n'ha fallat la comprovació de la integritat: %4\n" "\n" -"Això vol dir que el fitxer s'ha canviat per accident o que ho ha fet un " -"assaltant\n" -"des que el creador del repositori el va signar. Instal·lar-lo suposa un gran " -"risc\n" +"Això vol dir que el fitxer s'ha canviat per accident o que ho ha fet un assaltant\n" +"des que el creador del repositori el va signar. Instal·lar-lo suposa un gran risc\n" "per a la integritat i la seguretat del sistema.\n" "\n" "Voleu fer-lo servir de totes maneres?\n" @@ -4089,8 +3948,7 @@ "El paquet %1 duu la signatura digital\n" "amb la següent clau desconeguda GnuPG: %2.\n" "\n" -"Això vol dir que no es pot establir una relació fiable amb el creador del " -"paquet.\n" +"Això vol dir que no es pot establir una relació fiable amb el creador del paquet.\n" "La instal·lació del paquet pot posar en perill la integritat del sistema.\n" "El voleu instal·lar de tota manera?" @@ -4109,8 +3967,7 @@ "El fitxer %1 duu la signatura digital\n" "amb la següent clau desconeguda GnuPG: %2.\n" "\n" -"Això vol dir que no es pot establir una relació fiable amb el creador del " -"fitxer.\n" +"Això vol dir que no es pot establir una relació fiable amb el creador del fitxer.\n" "La instal·lació del paquet pot posar en perill la integritat del sistema.\n" "El voleu instal·lar de tota manera?" @@ -4185,8 +4042,7 @@ "to have a certain amount of control over the software on your system." msgstr "" "És possible que el propietari de la clau distribueixi actualitzacions,\n" -"paquets i repositoris de paquets que el sistema consideri fiables, i que " -"ofereixi\n" +"paquets i repositoris de paquets que el sistema consideri fiables, i que ofereixi\n" "instal·lar i actualitzar sense més avisos. D'aquesta manera, \n" "importar la clau al clauer de claus fiables permet al propietari de la clau\n" "tenir un cert control sobre el programari del sistema." @@ -4196,13 +4052,11 @@ msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " -"used." +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used." msgstr "" "S'obre un quadre de diàleg per cada paquet que\n" "no estigui signat amb una clau (importada) fiable. Si no hi confieu,\n" -"els paquets o els repositoris creats pel propietari de la clau no es faran " -"servir." +"els paquets o els repositoris creats pel propietari de la clau no es faran servir." #. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:971 @@ -4261,10 +4115,8 @@ "és %2,\n" "però la suma obtinguda és %3.\n" "\n" -"Això vol dir que el fitxer s'ha canviat per accident o que ho ha fet un " -"assaltant\n" -"des que el creador del repositori el va signar. La seva instal·lació suposa " -"un gran risc\n" +"Això vol dir que el fitxer s'ha canviat per accident o que ho ha fet un assaltant\n" +"des que el creador del repositori el va signar. La seva instal·lació suposa un gran risc\n" "per a la integritat i la seguretat del sistema.\n" "\n" "Voleu fer-lo servir de totes maneres?\n" @@ -4282,8 +4134,7 @@ "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " -"risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4321,7 +4172,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 msgid "Remaining" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Restant" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 @@ -4341,16 +4192,8 @@ msgstr "Espereu mentre s'instal·len els paquets." #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 -msgid "" -"Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using " -"the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent " -"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Interrupció de la instal·lació La instal·lació de paquets pot ser " -"interrompuda amb el botó interrompre. En aquest cas, el sistema pot " -"quedar en un estat inconsistent o no usable o pot no arrencar si el " -"component de sistema bàsic no es troba instal·lat." +msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." +msgstr "Interrupció de la instal·lació La instal·lació de paquets pot ser interrompuda amb el botó interrompre. En aquest cas, el sistema pot quedar en un estat inconsistent o no usable o pot no arrencar si el component de sistema bàsic no es troba instal·lat." #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 @@ -5055,8 +4898,7 @@ "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" "start or end a component and the last component may not begin with a digit." msgstr "" -"Tots els noms de domini vàlids estan formats per elements separats per " -"punts.\n" +"Tots els noms de domini vàlids estan formats per elements separats per punts.\n" "Cada element pot estar format per lletres, xifres i guions.\n" "Els guions, però, no poden aparèixer ni al principi ni al final,\n" "i la darrera part tampoc no pot començar amb una xifra." @@ -5831,9 +5673,7 @@ #. Popup error message, wrong FQDN format #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:250 msgid "The hostname must be in the fully qualified domain name format." -msgstr "" -"El nom del servidor s'ha d'escriure en format de nom de domini plenament " -"qualificat." +msgstr "El nom del servidor s'ha d'escriure en format de nom de domini plenament qualificat." #. Popup error message, FQDN hostname must finish with a dot #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:256 @@ -5884,15 +5724,13 @@ "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " -"'192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "L'adreça IPV4 inversa %1 no és vàlida.\n" "\n" "Una adreça IPV4 inversa consisteix en quatre enters del rang 0-255\n" "separats per un punt i seguits pel text '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"Per exemple, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' per a l'adreça IPV4 " -"'192.168.32.1'.\n" +"Per exemple, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' per a l'adreça IPV4 '192.168.32.1'.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make #. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa') @@ -5903,8 +5741,7 @@ "such as 'host.example.org.'.\n" msgstr "" "El nom relatiu del servidor %1 no es pot fer servir a la zona %2.\n" -"En comptes d'això, feu servir un nom de servidor plenament qualificat i " -"acabat en un punt,\n" +"En comptes d'això, feu servir un nom de servidor plenament qualificat i acabat en un punt,\n" "com ara 'host.exemple.org.'.\n" #. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format @@ -5941,8 +5778,7 @@ "El registre SOA no és vàlid.\n" "%1 ha de ser del tipus mime 'BIND'.\n" "Un tipus mime 'BIND' consisteix en nombres seguits dels sufixes\n" -"W, D, H, M, i S (en majúscules o minúscules). L'hora, expressada en segons, " -"pot anar sense sufixe.\n" +"W, D, H, M, i S (en majúscules o minúscules). L'hora, expressada en segons, pot anar sense sufixe.\n" "Escriviu valors vàlids com ara 12H15m, 86400, o 1W30M.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record, @@ -6017,8 +5853,7 @@ "There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\n" "Hostname %2 cannot be added." msgstr "" -"No hi ha cap zona inversa per al registre %1, administrat pel vostre " -"servidor DNS.\n" +"No hi ha cap zona inversa per al registre %1, administrat pel vostre servidor DNS.\n" "El nom de servidor %2 no es pot afegir." #~ msgid "" @@ -6027,10 +5862,8 @@ #~ "Press F1 to get the function key bindings for the current dialog." #~ msgstr "" #~ "3) Tecles de funció \n" -#~ "Les tecles de funció s'utilitzen per a accedir ràpidament a les funcions " -#~ "principals.\n" -#~ "Premeu F1 si voleu saber quina és l'assignació de les tecles de funció al " -#~ "quadre de diàleg actual." +#~ "Les tecles de funció s'utilitzen per a accedir ràpidament a les funcions principals.\n" +#~ "Premeu F1 si voleu saber quina és l'assignació de les tecles de funció al quadre de diàleg actual." #~| msgid "No running network detected!" #~ msgid "No running network detected." @@ -6060,9 +5893,7 @@ #~ "alguns paquets tenen dependències sense resoldre." #~ msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ha fallat la resolució automàtica, cal fer una resolució manual de " -#~ "dependències." +#~ msgstr "Ha fallat la resolució automàtica, cal fer una resolució manual de dependències." #~| msgid "" #~| "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" @@ -6111,8 +5942,7 @@ #~ "L'ordre ha resolt: %2\n" #~ msgid "Unable to parse '%1' unit Id query output: '%2'\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Impossible d'analitzar la unitat Id '%1'. Sortida de la consulta: '%2'\n" +#~ msgstr "Impossible d'analitzar la unitat Id '%1'. Sortida de la consulta: '%2'\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "Unable to disable service %1:\n" @@ -6179,8 +6009,7 @@ #~ "IP/Netmask_Bits: 192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.0.1/32\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Una definició de xarxa vàlida pot contenir la IP,\n" -#~ "la IP/Màscara de xarxa, la IP/Màscara de xarxa_bits o 0/0 per a totes les " -#~ "xarxes.\n" +#~ "la IP/Màscara de xarxa, la IP/Màscara de xarxa_bits o 0/0 per a totes les xarxes.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Exemples:\n" #~ "IP: 192.168.0.1\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/bootloader.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/bootloader.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/bootloader.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -66,8 +66,7 @@ #. command line error report, %1 is section name #. command line error report, %1 is section name -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:225 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 src/clients/bootloader.rb:225 msgid "Section %1 not found." msgstr "No s'ha trobat la secció %1" @@ -756,8 +755,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "La partició d'arrencada és de tipus NFS. No es pot instal·lar el carregador de l'arrencada." @@ -1877,41 +1875,34 @@ #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a l'MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a l'MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a la partició /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a la partició /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a la partició \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada en una partició \"/\" <a href=\"habilita arrencar des de root\">instal·la</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Canvia la ubicació: %s" @@ -1920,8 +1911,7 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 #: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Tipus de carregador de l'arrencada: %1 " @@ -1932,8 +1922,7 @@ msgstr " (\"/boot\")" #. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr " (extended)" @@ -1943,14 +1932,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific #. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (MBR)" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Estat de la ubicació: %1" @@ -2100,17 +2087,10 @@ msgstr "S'està desant la configuració del carregador de l'arrencada" #~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El dispositiu d'arrencada és en un disc iSCSI: %1. El sistema podria no " -#~ "arrencar." +#~ msgstr "El dispositiu d'arrencada és en un disc iSCSI: %1. El sistema podria no arrencar." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. " -#~ "The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No ha estat possible determinar l'ordre exacte dels discs per al mapa de " -#~ "dispositius. L'ordre dels discs es pot canviar a \"Boot Loader " -#~ "Installation Details\"" +#~ msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#~ msgstr "No ha estat possible determinar l'ordre exacte dels discs per al mapa de dispositius. L'ordre dels discs es pot canviar a \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" #~ msgid "Linux" #~ msgstr "Linux" @@ -2157,61 +2137,37 @@ #~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" #~ msgstr "_Diagnòstic de proveïdor" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely " -#~ "below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result " -#~ "is error 18 during install grub MBR)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El carregador d'arrencada està instal·lat en una partició que no està " -#~ "completament per sota de %1 GB. Els sistema podria no arrencar si la BIOS " -#~ "només suporta lba24 (el resultat és l'error 18 durant la instal·lació del " -#~ "grub a l'MBR)." +#~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)." +#~ msgstr "El carregador d'arrencada està instal·lat en una partició que no està completament per sota de %1 GB. Els sistema podria no arrencar si la BIOS només suporta lba24 (el resultat és l'error 18 durant la instal·lació del grub a l'MBR)." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of " -#~ "range.\n" -#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot " -#~ "order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader " -#~ "configuration)" +#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n" +#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador d'arrencada abans de " -#~ "continuar. \n" -#~ "El mapa de dispositiu inclou més de 8 dispositius i el d'arrencada és " -#~ "fora de l'abast.\n" -#~ "L'abast està limitat per la BIOS als primers 8 dispositius. Ajusteu " -#~ "l'ordre d'arrencada de la BIOS (o si ja està establert, corregiu l'ordre " -#~ "a la configuració del carregador)." +#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador d'arrencada abans de continuar. \n" +#~ "El mapa de dispositiu inclou més de 8 dispositius i el d'arrencada és fora de l'abast.\n" +#~ "L'abast està limitat per la BIOS als primers 8 dispositius. Ajusteu l'ordre d'arrencada de la BIOS (o si ja està establert, corregiu l'ordre a la configuració del carregador)." #~ msgid "The LILO is not supported now." #~ msgstr "LILO ja no té suport." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your " -#~ "system may not be bootable." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El camí d'arrencada seleccionat no s'activarà per a la instal·lació. És " -#~ "possible que el sistema no pugui arrencar." +#~ msgid "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your system may not be bootable." +#~ msgstr "El camí d'arrencada seleccionat no s'activarà per a la instal·lació. És possible que el sistema no pugui arrencar." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " -#~ "small primary Apple HFS partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador d'arrencada abans de " -#~ "continuar. \n" -#~ "En cas que no es pugui fer cap selecció, pot caldre crear una petita " -#~ "partició primària Apple HFS." +#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador d'arrencada abans de continuar. \n" +#~ "En cas que no es pugui fer cap selecció, pot caldre crear una petita partició primària Apple HFS." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " -#~ "PReP Boot partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador de l'arrencada abans de " -#~ "continuar. \n" -#~ "En el cas que no feu cap selecció, pot caldre crear una partició PReP " -#~ "Boot." +#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador de l'arrencada abans de continuar. \n" +#~ "En el cas que no feu cap selecció, pot caldre crear una partició PReP Boot." #~ msgid "Stay &LILO" #~ msgstr "Stay &LILO" @@ -2219,11 +2175,8 @@ #~ msgid "Convert Settings and Install &GRUB" #~ msgstr "Converteix els paràmetres i instal·la el GRUB" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to " -#~ "GRUB" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "LILO no té suport. L'opció recomanada és seleccionar passar de LILO a GRUB" +#~ msgid "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to GRUB" +#~ msgstr "LILO no té suport. L'opció recomanada és seleccionar passar de LILO a GRUB" #~ msgid "&ELILO Global Options" #~ msgstr "Opcions globals &ELILO" @@ -2256,72 +2209,54 @@ #~ "Set level of verbosity [0-5] Increase verbosity of ELILO\n" #~ "in case of boot problems." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Estableix el nivell d'informació [0-5] Augmenta la " -#~ "informació de l'ELILO\n" +#~ "Estableix el nivell d'informació [0-5] Augmenta la informació de l'ELILO\n" #~ "en cas de tenir problemes en l'arrencada." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</" -#~ "b> \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Afegir una cadena global d'opcions per a la línia d'ordres del " -#~ "nucli \n" -#~ "Permet definir paràmetres addicionals globals per a passar al nucli. " -#~ "S'utilitzen\n" +#~ "Afegir una cadena global d'opcions per a la línia d'ordres del nucli \n" +#~ "Permet definir paràmetres addicionals globals per a passar al nucli. S'utilitzen\n" #~ "si no apareix cap 'append' en una secció determinada.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the " -#~ "initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer initrd predeterminat, si no és buit, " -#~ "defineix la ramdisk\n" -#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer " -#~ "directament o escollir-los a través de\n" +#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer initrd predeterminat, si no és buit, defineix la ramdisk\n" +#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer directament o escollir-los a través de\n" #~ "Navega\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of default image file, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat, si no és buit, " -#~ "defineix la ramdisk\n" -#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer " -#~ "directament o escollir-los a través de\n" +#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat, si no és buit, defineix la ramdisk\n" +#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer directament o escollir-los a través de\n" #~ "Navega" #~ msgid "" #~ "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu') \n" #~ "Beware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú " -#~ "de text') \n" -#~ "Compte: l'opció 'menú de text' ha causat problemes ocasionals en algunes " -#~ "màquines." +#~ "Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de text') \n" +#~ "Compte: l'opció 'menú de text' ha causat problemes ocasionals en algunes màquines." #~ msgid "" #~ "Prevent EDD30 mode \n" -#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to " -#~ "TRUE.\n" +#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n" #~ "However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n" #~ "may cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n" #~ "avoid forcing the variable.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Evita el mode EDD30 \n" -#~ "Per defecte, si l'EDD30 està desactivat, l'ELILO intentarà establir la " -#~ "variable a TRUE.\n" -#~ "No obstant això, alguns controladors no admeten l'EDD30 i, si es força la " -#~ "variable,\n" -#~ " es poden ocasionar problemes. Per tant, a partir de l'elilo-3.2, hi ha " -#~ "una opció per no haver\n" +#~ "Per defecte, si l'EDD30 està desactivat, l'ELILO intentarà establir la variable a TRUE.\n" +#~ "No obstant això, alguns controladors no admeten l'EDD30 i, si es força la variable,\n" +#~ " es poden ocasionar problemes. Per tant, a partir de l'elilo-3.2, hi ha una opció per no haver\n" #~ "de forçar la variable.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2331,10 +2266,8 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Permet l'intent de donar-li una nova ubicació \n" -#~ "En cas que es produeixi un error d'ubicació de la memòria en el punt " -#~ "inicial de càrrega del\n" -#~ "nucli, permet l'intent de donar-li una nova ubicació (assumeix que el " -#~ "nucli es pot canviar d'ubicació).\n" +#~ "En cas que es produeixi un error d'ubicació de la memòria en el punt inicial de càrrega del\n" +#~ "nucli, permet l'intent de donar-li una nova ubicació (assumeix que el nucli es pot canviar d'ubicació).\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" @@ -2356,8 +2289,7 @@ #~ "Specify kernel chooser to use: \"simple\" or \"textmenu\"" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Estableix la interfície d'usuari per a ELILO\n" -#~ "Especifica el triador del nucli per usar: \"simple\" o \"menú de text\"</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Especifica el triador del nucli per usar: \"simple\" o \"menú de text\"" #~ msgid "" #~ "Display the Content of a File by Function Keys\n" @@ -2386,10 +2318,8 @@ #~ "A message that is printed on the main screen if supported by\n" #~ "the chooser." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mostra els missatges a la pantalla principal (Si n'hi ha suport)</" -#~ "b>\n" -#~ "Un missatge que es mostra a la pantalla principal si el triador " -#~ "(chooser)\n" +#~ "Mostra els missatges a la pantalla principal (Si n'hi ha suport)\n" +#~ "Un missatge que es mostra a la pantalla principal si el triador (chooser)\n" #~ "ho permet." #~ msgid "" @@ -2406,12 +2336,8 @@ #~ msgid "Boot Image Location" #~ msgstr "Ubicació de la imatge d'arrencada" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive " -#~ "mode)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Retard abans de l'arrencada automàtica en segons (s'utilitza si no es " -#~ "troba en mode interactiu)" +#~ msgid "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive mode)" +#~ msgstr "Retard abans de l'arrencada automàtica en segons (s'utilitza si no es troba en mode interactiu)" #~ msgid "Force interactive mode" #~ msgstr "Força el mode interactiu" @@ -2435,9 +2361,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat" #~ msgid "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de " -#~ "text')" +#~ msgstr "Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de text')" #~ msgid "Message printed on main screen (if supported)" #~ msgstr "Missatge imprès a la pantalla principal (si s'admet)" @@ -2449,8 +2373,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Evita el mode EDD30" #~ msgid "Specify the filename for a specific FPSWA to load" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Especifiqueu el nom de fitxer si voleu que es carregui un FPSWA concret" +#~ msgstr "Especifiqueu el nom de fitxer si voleu que es carregui un FPSWA concret" #~ msgid "Allow attempt to relocate" #~ msgstr "Permet l'intent de donar-li una nova ubicació" @@ -2477,23 +2400,16 @@ #~ msgstr "Imposeu el muntatge de rootfs de només lectura" #~ msgid "&Set the User Interface for ELILO (\"simple\" or \"textmenu\")" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de " -#~ "text')" +#~ msgstr "&Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de text')" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive " -#~ "Mode)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Retard abans de l'arrencada automàtica en segons (s'utilitza si no es " -#~ "troba en mode interactiu)" +#~ msgid "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive Mode)" +#~ msgstr "&Retard abans de l'arrencada automàtica en segons (s'utilitza si no es troba en mode interactiu)" #~ msgid "Display the Content of a File by Function &Keys" #~ msgstr "Mostra el contingut d'un fitxer mitjançant les &tecles de funció" #~ msgid "&Specify the Filename for a Specific FPSWA to Load" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Especifiqueu el nom de fitxer si voleu que es carregui un FPSWA concret" +#~ msgstr "&Especifiqueu el nom de fitxer si voleu que es carregui un FPSWA concret" #~ msgid "Set Level of &Verbosity [0-5]" #~ msgstr "Establiu el nivell d'informació en &text [0-5] " @@ -2542,41 +2458,30 @@ #~ "caperta tindrà la sort de marcar-ho com a arrencable." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</" -#~ "b> \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Afegir una cadena global d'opcions per a la línia d'ordres del " -#~ "nucli \n" -#~ "Permet definir paràmetres addicionals globals per a passar al nucli. " -#~ "S'utilitzen\n" +#~ "Afegir una cadena global d'opcions per a la línia d'ordres del nucli \n" +#~ "Permet definir paràmetres addicionals globals per a passar al nucli. S'utilitzen\n" #~ "si no apareix cap 'append' en una secció determinada.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the " -#~ "initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer initrd predeterminat, si no és buit, " -#~ "defineix la ramdisk\n" -#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer " -#~ "directament o escollir-los a través de\n" +#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer initrd predeterminat, si no és buit, defineix la ramdisk\n" +#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer directament o escollir-los a través de\n" #~ "Navega\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of Default Image File, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat, si no és buit, " -#~ "defineix la ramdisk\n" -#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer " -#~ "directament o escollir-los a través de\n" +#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat, si no és buit, defineix la ramdisk\n" +#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer directament o escollir-los a través de\n" #~ "Navega" #~ msgid "" @@ -2590,61 +2495,48 @@ #~ "Partition for Boot Loader Duplication\n" #~ "specifies other Linux device nodes where the bootinfo should be stored.\n" #~ "If this option is given, the boot partition will be converted to FAT. \n" -#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a " -#~ "RAID1 or RAID5 system." +#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a RAID1 or RAID5 system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Partició per a la duplicació del carregador\n" -#~ "Especifica uns altres nodes de dispositiu Linux on desar la informació " -#~ "d'arrencada.\n" +#~ "Especifica uns altres nodes de dispositiu Linux on desar la informació d'arrencada.\n" #~ "Si es dóna aquesta opció, la partició d'arrencada es convertirà a FAT. \n" -#~ "La intenció d'aquesta opció és escriure els fitxers d'arrencada a tots " -#~ "els membres d'un sistema amb RAID1 o RAID5." +#~ "La intenció d'aquesta opció és escriure els fitxers d'arrencada a tots els membres d'un sistema amb RAID1 o RAID5." #~ msgid "" #~ "Change Boot Device in NV-RAM\n" #~ "this option will tell lilo to update the OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" -#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified " -#~ "in\n" +#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified in\n" #~ "\"boot=\". If this option is missing, the system may not boot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Canviar el dispositiu d'arrencada NV-RAM\n" -#~ "Aquesta opció dirà a Lilo d'actualitzar la variable d'OpenFirmware \"boot-" -#~ "device\" \n" +#~ "Aquesta opció dirà a Lilo d'actualitzar la variable d'OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" #~ "amb el camí total OpenFirmware apuntant al dispositiu especificat a\n" #~ "\"boot=\". Si falta aquesta opció, el sistema podria no arrencar." #~ msgid "" #~ "Do not Use OS-chooser\n" -#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script " -#~ "named \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple " -#~ "G5 systems \n" +#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script named \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple G5 systems \n" #~ "will crash if there is no monitor attached." #~ msgstr "" #~ "No fer servir OS-chooser\n" -#~ "dirà a Lilo de fer servir yaboot com a fitxer d'arrencada en lloc del " -#~ "Forth script anomenat \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "El controlador OpenFirmware de la targeta gràfica nVidia que conté el " -#~ "sistema Apple G5 \n" +#~ "dirà a Lilo de fer servir yaboot com a fitxer d'arrencada en lloc del Forth script anomenat \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "El controlador OpenFirmware de la targeta gràfica nVidia que conté el sistema Apple G5 \n" #~ "s'estavellarà si no té un monitor connectat." #~ msgid "" #~ "Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots " -#~ "automatically \n" +#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots automatically \n" #~ "if no key is pressed to boot MacOS" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Temps d'espera en segons per a MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "Conté el temps d'espera en segons entre MacOS i Linux, fins que no " -#~ "s'arrenca automàticament Linux \n" +#~ "Conté el temps d'espera en segons entre MacOS i Linux, fins que no s'arrenca automàticament Linux \n" #~ "si no es prem cap tecla per arrencar MacOS" #~ msgid "" #~ "Always Boot from FAT Partition\n" -#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition " -#~ "format\n" -#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for " -#~ "more\n" +#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition format\n" +#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for more\n" #~ "complex setups. This option forces the lilo script to use\n" #~ "the FAT formatted file system" #~ msgstr "" @@ -2657,14 +2549,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors\n" #~ "Install the bootloader even if it is unsure whether your firmware is\n" -#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Instal·la el carregador d'arrencada fins i tot amb errors\n" -#~ "Instal·la el carregador encara que no estigui clar si el microprogramari " -#~ "és\n" -#~ "net d'errors i així la pròxima arrencada podria fallar. Això comporta una " -#~ "configuració no suportada." +#~ "Instal·la el carregador encara que no estigui clar si el microprogramari és\n" +#~ "net d'errors i així la pròxima arrencada podria fallar. Això comporta una configuració no suportada." #~ msgid "PPC Boot Loader Location" #~ msgstr "Ubicació del carregador de l'arrencada PPC" @@ -2697,9 +2586,7 @@ #~ msgstr "No feu servir el selector de SO" #~ msgid "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Instal·la el carregador de l'arrencada fins i tot quan es produeixin " -#~ "errors" +#~ msgstr "Instal·la el carregador de l'arrencada fins i tot quan es produeixin errors" #~ msgid "PReP or FAT Partition" #~ msgstr "Partició PReP o FAT" @@ -2747,9 +2634,7 @@ #~ msgstr "&Arrenca sempre des de la partició FAT" #~ msgid "&Install Boot Loader Even on Errors" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Instal·la el carregador de l'arrencada fins i tot quan es produeixin " -#~ "errors" +#~ msgstr "&Instal·la el carregador de l'arrencada fins i tot quan es produeixin errors" #~ msgid "Boot &Folder Path" #~ msgstr "&Camí de la carpeta d'arrencada" @@ -2864,24 +2749,17 @@ #~ "System was not booted via EFI firmware. To boot your\n" #~ "computer, you need to load ELILO via the EFI shell." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "El sistema no s'ha arrencat a través del microprogramari EFI. Per " -#~ "carregar\n" +#~ "El sistema no s'ha arrencat a través del microprogramari EFI. Per carregar\n" #~ "el sistema, heu de carregar ELILO per mitjà de la consola EFI." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" -#~ "\">do not install</a>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a la partició \"/\" (<a href=" -#~ "\"enable_boot_root\">do not install</a>" +#~ msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">do not install</a>" +#~ msgstr "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a la partició \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">do not install</a>" #~ msgid "LILO bootloader is not supported" #~ msgstr "El carregador LILO està suportat" #~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an XFS filesystem. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El directori /boot és en un sistema de fitxers XFS. El sistema podria no " -#~ "carregar-se." +#~ msgstr "El directori /boot és en un sistema de fitxers XFS. El sistema podria no carregar-se." #~ msgid "Copying hardware configuration template failed." #~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut copiar la plantilla de configuració del maquinari." @@ -2910,8 +2788,10 @@ #~ "El sistema tornarà a arrencar ara.\n" #~ "Després que arrenqui, torneu-lo a connectar i executeu el següent:\n" #~ "/usr/lib/YaST2/startup/YaST2.ssh" + #~ msgid "Menu Description File" #~ msgstr "Fitxer de descripció del menú" + #, fuzzy #~ msgid "other" #~ msgstr "Altres" @@ -2940,9 +2820,7 @@ #~ "<big>Àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada</big> \n" #~ "Fer servir l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada evita\n" #~ "que els fitxers del carregador es desplacin durant\n" -#~ "la defragmentació automàtica del disc. El moviment pot impedir que es " -#~ "carregui\n" +#~ "la defragmentació automàtica del disc. El moviment pot impedir que es carregui\n" #~ "el carregador de l'arrencada.\n" -#~ "Per fer servir l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada, definiu " -#~ "Utilitza l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada\n" +#~ "Per fer servir l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada, definiu Utilitza l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada\n" #~ "." Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/ca-management.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/ca-management.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/ca-management.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -55,29 +55,25 @@ msgid "Organizational unit" msgstr "Unitat organitzacional" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "Organització" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "Localitat" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "Estat" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" @@ -137,20 +133,16 @@ msgid "&Path of Certificate" msgstr "&Ruta del certificat" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 msgid "&Password:" msgstr "Contrasen&ya:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:245 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:372 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:302 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:476 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:245 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:372 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:476 msgid "Co&nfirm Password" msgstr "C&onfirmeu la contrasenya" @@ -158,50 +150,42 @@ msgid "Generate Common CA and Certificate" msgstr "Genereu CA comú i certificat" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:272 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:401 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:272 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:401 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:211 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1585 msgid "&CA Name:" msgstr "&Nom CA:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:285 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:408 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:285 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:408 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:216 msgid "&Common Name:" msgstr "N&om comú:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:299 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:482 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:299 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:482 msgid "E-Mail" msgstr "Correu electrònic" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:309 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:428 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:309 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:428 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:262 msgid "C&ountry:" msgstr "&País:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:319 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:438 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:319 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:438 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:227 msgid "O&rganization:" msgstr "O&rganització:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:328 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:447 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:328 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:447 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:236 msgid "Or&ganizational Unit:" msgstr "Unitat organ&itzacional:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:342 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:455 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:342 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:455 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:247 msgid "Loca&lity:" msgstr "Local&itat:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:351 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:458 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:351 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:250 msgid "&State:" msgstr "&Estat:" @@ -210,8 +194,7 @@ msgid "Take Local Server Name" msgstr "Agafa el nom de servidor local" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:394 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:418 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:394 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:418 msgid "&Server Name:" msgstr "Nom del se&rvidor:" @@ -223,41 +206,34 @@ #. p12Passwd is required is keyPasswd has been given #. export to file #. export to file -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 msgid "New passwords do not match." msgstr "Les noves contrasenyes no coincideixen." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:482 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:540 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:482 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:540 #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:540 msgid "Password length should be greater than three characters." msgstr "La contrasenya ha de tenir més de tres caràcters." #. finding entry in list #. Error popup -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:495 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:398 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:495 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:398 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1665 msgid "CA name required." msgstr "Es requereix el nom de CA." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:506 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:403 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:506 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:403 msgid "Common name required." msgstr "Es requereix el nom comú." #. CaMgm::prop_selection = `def; #. Checking if there is an EMAIL entry without using the #. "add" button -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:514 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:514 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:284 #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:589 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:347 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:428 @@ -268,8 +244,7 @@ msgid "Server name required." msgstr "Es requereix el nom del servidor." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:561 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5949 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:561 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5949 msgid "Cannot read the certificate." msgstr "No es pot llegir el certificat." @@ -291,20 +266,15 @@ msgstr "Nom CA" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "Nom comú" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:857 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:863 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:868 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:873 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:881 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:887 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:892 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:902 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:857 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:863 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:868 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:873 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:881 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:887 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:892 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:902 msgid "[not set]" msgstr "[sense definir]" @@ -312,8 +282,7 @@ msgid "Email" msgstr "Correu electrònic" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "Unitat organitzacional" @@ -334,8 +303,7 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:930 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:936 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:930 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:936 msgid "Read server information" msgstr "Llegeix la informació del servidor" @@ -403,27 +371,22 @@ #. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) #. NO FORCE RESET #. richtext label -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:159 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:213 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:440 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:466 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:159 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:213 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:440 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:466 msgid "CA Management" msgstr "Gestió CA" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:160 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:160 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:214 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:441 msgid "Settings have already been written." msgstr "Ja s'han escrit els paràmetres." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:161 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:215 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:161 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:215 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:442 msgid "Delete the old settings?" msgstr "Esborrar els paràmetres antics?" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." msgstr "No es pot recuperar la contrasenya root del sistema. Establiu una contrasenya CA per continuar." @@ -439,8 +402,7 @@ msgid "Current default CA and certificate." msgstr "CA actual per defecte i certificat." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:356 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:364 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:356 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:364 msgid "Creating default CA and certificate." msgstr "Creant CA per defecte i certificat." @@ -617,8 +579,7 @@ #. restoring table #. restoring table #. restoring table -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:302 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:356 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:356 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:514 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:557 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:949 @@ -677,8 +638,7 @@ #. The main () #. To translators: dialog label #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "Certificat de servidor comú" @@ -736,8 +696,7 @@ #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 @@ -802,8 +761,7 @@ #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 msgid "" "\n" "Common Name: " @@ -813,8 +771,7 @@ #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 msgid "" "\n" "Organization: " @@ -824,8 +781,7 @@ #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 msgid "" "\n" "Location: " @@ -835,8 +791,7 @@ #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 msgid "" "\n" "State: " @@ -846,8 +801,7 @@ #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 msgid "" "\n" "Country: " @@ -857,8 +811,7 @@ #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 msgid "" "\n" "EMAIL: " @@ -1543,8 +1496,7 @@ msgstr "Desa &com a" #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:442 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:628 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:853 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:628 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:853 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:965 msgid "Export Format" msgstr "Exporta el format" @@ -2252,8 +2204,7 @@ msgid "&Old Password:" msgstr "&Antiga contrasenya:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:188 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:380 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:188 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:380 msgid "&New Password:" msgstr "&Nova contrasenya:" @@ -2296,8 +2247,7 @@ msgid "Certificate &Password:" msgstr "Certificat &contrasenya:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:381 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:697 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:381 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:697 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1039 msgid "&Verify Password" msgstr "&Verifica la contrasenya" @@ -2328,18 +2278,15 @@ msgid "O&nly the Certificate in PEM Format" msgstr "&Només el certificat en format PEM" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:644 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:981 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:644 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:981 msgid "Only the Key &Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "Només clau sense encriptar en format PEM" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:651 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:988 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:651 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:988 msgid "Only the &Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "Només clau encriptada en format PEM" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:658 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:995 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:658 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:995 msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "Ce&rtificat i clau sense encriptar en format PEM" @@ -2370,8 +2317,7 @@ #. importCertificateFromDisk() - Importing certificate from disk #. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:701 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:865 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:701 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:865 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1043 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1204 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1485 @@ -2381,8 +2327,7 @@ #. export to file #. reading certificate from disk #. reading certificate from disk -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:783 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:913 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:783 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:913 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1127 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1261 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1523 @@ -2567,14 +2512,10 @@ msgstr "No es pot llegir l'arbre CA." #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7305 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7305 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7428 msgid "Missing value 'caName'." msgstr "Falta el valor 'caName'." @@ -2585,29 +2526,23 @@ msgstr "Falta el valor 'keyPasswd' o la contrasenya és massa curta." #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:688 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1861 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:688 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1861 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4451 msgid "Missing value 'commonName'." msgstr "Falta el valor 'commonName'." #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:694 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4457 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:694 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4457 msgid "According to 'basicConstraints', this is not a CA." msgstr "D'acord amb 'basicConstraints', això no és un CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:781 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1604 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2004 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4604 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:781 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1604 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2004 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4604 msgid "Modifying RequestGenerationData failed." msgstr "Ha fallat la modificació de RequestGenerationData." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:921 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1532 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2306 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4735 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:921 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1532 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2306 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4735 msgid "Modifying CertificateIssueData failed." msgstr "Ha fallat la modificcació de CertificateIssueData." @@ -2620,63 +2555,44 @@ msgid "Missing parameter 'certType'." msgstr "Falta el paràmetre 'certType'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7243 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7243 msgid "Getting defaults failed." msgstr "Ha fallat l'obtenció dels predeterminats." #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1364 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2140 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1364 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2140 msgid "Missing value 'certType'." msgstr "Falta el valor 'certType'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1385 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1887 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2166 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3007 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6812 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7326 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1385 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1887 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2166 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3007 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6812 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7326 msgid "Initializing the CA failed." msgstr "Ha fallat l'inici de CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7369 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7369 msgid "Writing the defaults failed." msgstr "Ha fallat l'escriptura predeterminada." #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1696 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2760 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3115 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3267 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3559 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3720 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6528 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6894 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6982 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7088 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1696 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2760 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3115 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3267 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3559 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3720 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6528 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6894 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6982 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7088 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7193 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caName'." msgstr "Valor no vàlid per al paràmetre 'caName'." #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6536 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'type'." msgstr "Valor no vàlid per al paràmetre 'tipus'." @@ -2686,8 +2602,7 @@ msgstr "Ha fallat l'anàlisi de CA." #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1856 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4441 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1856 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4441 msgid "Missing value 'keyPasswd'." msgstr "Falta el valor 'keyPasswd'." @@ -2700,10 +2615,8 @@ msgstr "Falta el valor 'petició'" #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7006 msgid "Missing value 'caPasswd'." msgstr "Falta el valor 'caPasswd'." @@ -2713,10 +2626,8 @@ msgstr "Ha fallat la signatura del certificat." #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6663 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6769 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6663 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6769 msgid "Missing parameter 'caName'." msgstr "Falta el paràmetre 'caName'." @@ -2729,12 +2640,9 @@ msgstr "Ha fallat l'obtenció de la llista de certificats." #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7095 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7095 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caPasswd'." msgstr "Valor no vàlid per al paràmetre 'caPasswd'." @@ -2749,10 +2657,8 @@ msgstr "Ha fallat UpdateDB." #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2775 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3733 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4258 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5874 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2775 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3733 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4258 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5874 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6105 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'certificate'." msgstr "Valor no vàlid per al paràmetre 'certificat'." @@ -2774,8 +2680,7 @@ msgid "Missing value 'days'." msgstr "Falta el valor 'dies'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7358 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7358 msgid "Modifying CRLGenerationData failed." msgstr "Ha fallat la modificació de CRLGenerationData." @@ -2792,62 +2697,44 @@ msgstr "Ha fallat l'anàlisi de CRL." #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3277 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3578 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3586 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3742 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3277 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3578 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3586 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3742 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4093 #, perl-format msgid "Cannot parse destinationFile %s." msgstr "No s'han pogut analitzar el fitxer de destinació %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3284 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3593 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3749 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4100 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3284 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3593 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3749 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4100 msgid "Directory does not exist." msgstr "No existeix el directori." #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3296 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3761 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4084 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4175 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3296 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3761 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4084 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4175 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'exportFormat'." msgstr "Valor no vàlid per al paràmetre 'exportFormat'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3345 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3367 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3389 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3416 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3442 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3464 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3492 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3522 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3811 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3835 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3859 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3889 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3918 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3940 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3971 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4001 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4146 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4168 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3345 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3367 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3389 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3416 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3442 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3464 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3492 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3522 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3811 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3835 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3859 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3889 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3918 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3940 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3971 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4001 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4146 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4168 msgid "Export failed." msgstr "Ha fallat l'exportació." #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3472 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3501 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3949 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3979 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3472 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3501 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3949 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3979 msgid "Parameter 'P12Password' missing." msgstr "Falta el paràmetre 'P12Password'." #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6543 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6543 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6901 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'request'." msgstr "Valor no vàlid per al paràmetre 'petició'." @@ -2883,38 +2770,32 @@ msgstr "Ha fallat la creació de SubCA." #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4833 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5089 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4833 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5089 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5890 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapHostname'." msgstr "Valor no vàlid per al paràmetre 'ldapHostname'." #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4845 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5101 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4845 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5101 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5902 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapPort'." msgstr "Valor no vàlid per al paràmetre 'ldapPort'." #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4854 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4860 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5110 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5115 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4854 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4860 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5110 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5115 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5909 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'destinationDN'." msgstr "Valor no vàlid per al paràmetre 'destinationDN'." #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4880 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5135 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5135 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5916 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'BindDN'." msgstr "Valor no vàlid per al paràmetre 'BindDN'." #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4887 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5142 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4887 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5142 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5923 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapPasswd'." msgstr "Valor no vàlid per al paràmetre 'ldapPasswd'." @@ -2931,30 +2812,24 @@ msgid "Cannot parse the CA certificate." msgstr "No es pot analitzar el certificat CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4933 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5188 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5521 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5685 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4933 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5188 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5521 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5685 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5977 msgid "LDAP initialization failed." msgstr "Ha fallat l'inici de LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4940 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5195 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5528 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5694 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4940 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5195 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5528 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5694 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5984 msgid "LDAP bind failed." msgstr "Ha fallat la vinculació LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4953 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5208 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4953 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5208 #, perl-format msgid "Container %s is not available in the LDAP directory." msgstr "El contenidor %s no està disponible al directori LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4971 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5227 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4971 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5227 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5244 msgid "Error while searching in LDAP." msgstr "S'ha produït un error durant la cerca a LDAP." @@ -2995,17 +2870,13 @@ msgid "Missing parameter 'commonName'." msgstr "Falta el paràmetre 'commonName'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5506 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5677 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5506 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5677 msgid "No LDAP server configured." msgstr "No hi ha cap servidor LDAP configurat." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5546 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5564 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5609 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5723 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5739 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5772 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5546 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5564 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5609 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5723 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5739 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5772 msgid "LDAP search failed." msgstr "Ha fallat la cerca LDAP" @@ -3021,8 +2892,7 @@ msgid "Cannot add base configuration entry." msgstr "No es pot afegir l'entrada de configuració de base." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5767 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5789 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5767 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5789 msgid "Cannot add CA configuration entry." msgstr "No es pot afegir l'entrada de configuració de CA." @@ -3162,8 +3032,7 @@ msgid "Deleting the CA failed." msgstr "Ha fallat l'elimiació de CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7466 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7482 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7466 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7482 msgid "Keyfile does not exist." msgstr "El Keyfile no existeix." @@ -3180,48 +3049,27 @@ msgid "Missing 'data' map." msgstr "Falta el mapa de dades." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1890 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1894 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1900 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1906 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1912 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1925 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1932 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1941 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1950 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1956 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1979 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2000 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2005 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2022 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2027 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2041 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2045 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2060 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2064 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2082 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2089 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2096 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2103 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2110 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2117 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2124 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2130 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2137 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2152 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2164 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2182 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2187 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2206 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2213 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2220 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2227 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2234 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2240 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2246 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2252 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2267 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2273 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1890 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1894 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1900 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1906 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1912 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1925 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1932 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1941 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1950 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1956 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1979 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2000 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2005 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2022 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2027 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2041 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2045 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2060 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2064 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2082 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2089 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2096 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2103 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2110 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2117 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2124 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2130 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2137 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2152 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2164 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2182 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2187 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2206 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2213 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2220 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2227 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2234 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2240 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2246 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2252 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2267 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2273 #: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2279 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid value '%s' for parameter '%s'." @@ -3232,18 +3080,12 @@ msgid "Password (%s) is too simple." msgstr "La contrasenya (%s) és massa senzilla." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1965 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1986 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1993 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2012 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2034 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2052 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2071 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2146 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2160 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2171 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2195 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2259 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1965 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1986 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1993 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2012 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2034 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2052 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2071 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2146 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2160 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2171 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2195 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2259 #, perl-format msgid "Wrong use of 'critical' in '%s'." msgstr "Ús incorrecte de 'crític' a '%s'." @@ -3255,8 +3097,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "For more informations, please read the manual." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Per una llista d'Opcions, llegiu la pàgina man de mount(8)." +#~ msgstr "Per una llista d'Opcions, llegiu la pàgina man de mount(8)." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Export to file failed" @@ -3275,8 +3116,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Les zones de tipus %1 no estan suportades." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For more informations about CA Management, please read the manual." +#~ msgid "For more informations about CA Management, please read the manual." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Per a més informació sobre fstab, introduïu man fstab\n" #~ "des d'una terminal, si us plau.\n" Added: trunk/yast/ca/po/cio.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/cio.ca.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/cio.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +# Catalan message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Jaume Badiella <myotis(a)drac.com>, 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-02-08 15:47+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Jaume Badiella <myotis(a)drac.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Catalan\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Runlevels" +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "Nivells d'execució disponibles" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Dispositiu" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "Utilitzat" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "no" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "sí" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fiber channel" +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "Canal de fibra" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "&Selecciona-ho tot" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Detailed selection..." +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "Selecció &detallada..." + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&All Selected Packages" +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "Tots els p&aquets seleccionats" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Scan the Channels" +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "&Escaneja els canals" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "Surt" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/cluster.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/cluster.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/cluster.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-02 10:45+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" +"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -20,19 +21,16 @@ #. Command line help text for the Xcluster module #: src/clients/cluster.rb:54 -#| msgid "Configuration of printer" msgid "Configuration of cluster" msgstr "Configuració del clúster" #. Rich text title for Cluster in proposals #: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:83 -#| msgid "Clustering" msgid "Cluster" msgstr "Clúster" #. Menu title for Cluster in proposals #: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:87 -#| msgid "Clustering" msgid "&Cluster" msgstr "&Clúster" @@ -62,7 +60,6 @@ #. #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/cluster/common.rb:47 -#| msgid "Communication" msgid "Communication Channels" msgstr "Canals de comunicació" @@ -75,12 +72,10 @@ msgstr "Servei" #: src/include/cluster/common.rb:50 -#| msgid "Configure CUPS" msgid "Configure Csync2" msgstr "Configura el Csync2" #: src/include/cluster/common.rb:51 -#| msgid "Configure CUPS" msgid "Configure conntrackd" msgstr "Configura el conntrackd" @@ -95,12 +90,10 @@ #. BNC#871970, change member address struct #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 -#| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Adreça IP" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 -#| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "Adreça IP redundant" @@ -118,13 +111,11 @@ msgstr "Canal" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 -#| msgid "Network Address Setup" msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "Vinculació d'adreça de xarxa:" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 -#| msgid "Portal Address" msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "Adreça multicast" @@ -133,12 +124,10 @@ msgstr "Port multicast:" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 -#| msgid "Read Channel" msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "Canal redundant" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 -#| msgid "Clustering" msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "Nom del clúster" @@ -155,13 +144,11 @@ msgstr "Autogenera el node ID" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 -#| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "Adreça del membre:" #. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 -#| msgid " Enable Security Event Notification " msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "Habilita la seguretat Auth" @@ -170,20 +157,12 @@ msgstr "Fils:" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 -msgid "" -"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/" -"authkey." -msgstr "" -"Per a un clúster de nova creació, premeu el botó de sota per generar /etc/" -"corosync/authkey." +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +msgstr "Per a un clúster de nova creació, premeu el botó de sota per generar /etc/corosync/authkey." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 -msgid "" -"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " -"nodes manually." -msgstr "" -"Per afegir-vos a un clúster existent, si us plau, copieu /etc/corosync/" -"authkey des d'altres nodes manualment." +msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." +msgstr "Per afegir-vos a un clúster existent, si us plau, copieu /etc/corosync/authkey des d'altres nodes manualment." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" @@ -203,7 +182,6 @@ msgstr "On -- Inicia el pacemaker en arrencar" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 -#| msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually" msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "Atura -- Inicia el pacemaker només manualment" @@ -216,18 +194,15 @@ msgstr "Estat actual:" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 -#| msgid "Start Firewall Now" msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "Inicia el pacemaker ara" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 -#| msgid "Stop Firewall Now" msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "Atura el pacemaker ara" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 -#| msgid "Local Host" msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "Amfitrió Sync" @@ -236,7 +211,6 @@ msgstr "Afegeix" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 -#| msgid "Delay" msgid "Del" msgstr "Del" @@ -245,12 +219,10 @@ msgstr "Edita" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 -#| msgid "Select File" msgid "Sync File" msgstr "Sincronització de fitxer" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 -#| msgid "Suggested fstab Lines" msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "Afegeix fitxers suggerits" @@ -272,30 +244,23 @@ msgstr "Apaga csync2" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 -#| msgid "Enter a valid host name." msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "Introduïu un nom d'amfitrió" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 -#| msgid "Write hostname" msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "Editeu el nom d'amfitrió" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 -#| msgid "Enter a filename" msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "Introduïu un nom del fitxer per sincronitzar" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 -#| msgid "Enter the file name" msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "Editeu el nom del fitxer" #. key file exist #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 -#| msgid "" -#| "Archive %1 already exists.\n" -#| "Do you really want to overwrite it?" msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" @@ -305,7 +270,6 @@ #. remove exist key file #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 -#| msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "Ha fallat la supressió del fitxer de clau %1" @@ -316,24 +280,20 @@ "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" "S'ha generat el fitxer de clau %1.\n" -"Clicant al botó \"Afegeix fitxers suggerits\" l'afegeix a la llista de " -"sincronització." +"Clicant al botó \"Afegeix fitxers suggerits\" l'afegeix a la llista de sincronització." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 -#| msgid "Image creation failed." msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "Ha fallat la generació de la clau." #. SaveCsync2(); #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " -"cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -"Conntrackd és un dimoni que ajuda a duplicar estats del tallafoc entre nodes " -"clúster.\n" +"Conntrackd és un dimoni que ajuda a duplicar estats del tallafoc entre nodes clúster.\n" "El YaST pot ajudar a configurar alguns aspectes bàsics de conntrackd.\n" "Heu d'iniciar-lo amb ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." @@ -356,130 +316,56 @@ #. All helps are here #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address " -"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " -"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " -"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " -"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " -"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " -"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the " -"nodeid field must be specified. \n" -"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used " -"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but " -"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address " -"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address." -" This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 " -"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must " -"be specified.\n" -"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " -"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " -"services configured for different UDP ports. \n" -"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in " -"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu </" -"p>\n" -"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional " -"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " -"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " -"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from " -"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " -"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " -"not be used. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " -"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " -"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " -"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " -"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " -"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " -"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " -"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " -"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen." -" \n" -"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting " -"quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is " -"present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. </" -"p>\n" -"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using " -"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" +"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" +"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" +"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" +"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are " -"used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the " -"protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this " -"directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to " -"encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates " -"that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for " -"non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" -"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " -"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " -"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 " -"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this " -"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces " -"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles " -"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks " -"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible " -"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A " -"throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option " -"is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame " -"transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is " -"enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this " -"option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default is on. \n" +"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" +"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot " -"or not\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when " -"Firewall is enabled\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Arrencada</big> Iniciar el servei corosync durant " -"l'arrencada o no\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Paràmetres del tallafoc</big> Habilita el port quan " -"el tallafoc està habilitat\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Arrencada</big> Iniciar el servei corosync durant l'arrencada o no\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Paràmetres del tallafoc</big> Habilita el port quan el tallafoc està habilitat\n" "\t\t\t" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the " -"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " -"same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be " -"synced.\n" -"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed " -"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is " -"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup " -"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</" -"p>\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be synced.\n" +"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" "\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network " -"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for " -"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " -"network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" -"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be " -"used for syncing.\n" -"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for " -"syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" +"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be used for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.\n" "\t" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Initializing Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -498,9 +384,6 @@ #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Saving the Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait..." msgid "" "<big>Saving cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -523,7 +406,6 @@ #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:172 -#| msgid "Class Configuration" msgid "Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Configuració del clúster" @@ -534,7 +416,6 @@ #. Cluster read dialog caption #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 -#| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration" msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "Iniciant la configuració del cĺúster" @@ -550,7 +431,6 @@ #. Progress stage 3/3 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 -#| msgid "Read firewall settings" msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Llegeix els paràmetres del SuSEFirewall" @@ -566,7 +446,6 @@ #. Progress step 3/3 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 -#| msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "Llegint els paràmetres del SuSEFirewall..." @@ -577,25 +456,21 @@ msgstr "Acabat" #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 -#| msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "No es poden instal·lar els paquets necessaris." #. read database #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 -#| msgid "Change existing configuration" msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "No es pot carregar la configuració existent" #. Error message #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 -#| msgid "Cannot read the database1." msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "No s'ha pogut llegir la base de dades 1." #. Error message #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 -#| msgid "Cannot read the database2." msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "No s'ha pogut llegir la base de dades 2." @@ -606,7 +481,6 @@ #. Cluster read dialog caption #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 -#| msgid "Saving the Configuration" msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "Desant la configuració del clúster" @@ -617,7 +491,6 @@ #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 -#| msgid "Save changes to the Profile" msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "Desa els canvis al SuSEFirewall" @@ -628,7 +501,6 @@ #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 -#| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "Desant els canvis al SuSEFirewall..." Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/control.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/control.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/control.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -437,11 +437,9 @@ #~ "de l'usuari, així com un conjunt d'aplicacions de correu, navegació,\n" #~ "ofimàtica, jocs i utilitats per gestionar el vostre ordinador.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "openSUSE ofereix diverses opcions per a l'entorn d'escriptori. Els " -#~ "entorns\n" +#~ "openSUSE ofereix diverses opcions per a l'entorn d'escriptori. Els entorns\n" #~ "d'escriptori més usats son el GNOME i el KDE, tots dos suportats.\n" -#~ "Ambdós son senzills d'utilitzar, ben integrats i amb un aspecte " -#~ "atractiu.\n" +#~ "Ambdós son senzills d'utilitzar, ben integrats i amb un aspecte atractiu.\n" #~ "Tenen trets distintius, llavors el vostre gust personal pot determinar\n" #~ "quin dels dos és adient per vosaltres." Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/country.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/country.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/country.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -52,11 +52,8 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"El format del teclat '%1' no és vàlid. Utilitzeu una ordre 'list' per a " -"veure els possibles valors." +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "El format del teclat '%1' no és vàlid. Utilitzeu una ordre 'list' per a veure els possibles valors." #. summary item #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 @@ -84,19 +81,13 @@ "\n" "En aquest apartat podeu ajustar diferents paràmetres del mòdul de teclat.\n" "Trobareu els paràmetres al fitxer <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt>.\n" -"Si no n'esteu segurs, utilitzeu els valors predeterminats seleccionats " -"prèviament.\n" +"Si no n'esteu segurs, utilitzeu els valors predeterminats seleccionats prèviament.\n" "" #. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "" -"Els paràmetres establerts aquí només corresponen al teclat de la consola. " -"Configureu el teclat per a la interfície gràfica d'usuari amb una altra eina." -"\n" +msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "Els paràmetres establerts aquí només corresponen al teclat de la consola. Configureu el teclat per a la interfície gràfica d'usuari amb una altra eina.\n" #. heading text #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 @@ -177,16 +168,14 @@ "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Trieu el format de teclat que voleu utilitzar durant\n" "la instal·lació i al sistema instal·lat.\n" "Proveu el format mitjançant l'opció Prova.\n" -"Per a obtenir opcions avançades, com el retard i la velocitat de repetició, " -"seleccioneu Paràmetres avançats.\n" +"Per a obtenir opcions avançades, com el retard i la velocitat de repetició, seleccioneu Paràmetres avançats.\n" "\n" #. general help trailer @@ -197,8 +186,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si no n'esteu segur, utilitzeu els valors per defecte que ja estan " -"seleccionats.\n" +"Si no n'esteu segur, utilitzeu els valors per defecte que ja estan seleccionats.\n" "" #. help text for keyboard screen (installation) @@ -206,17 +194,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Trieu el format de teclat que voleu utilitzar al sistema.\n" -"Per a obtenir opcions avançades, com el retard i la velocitat de repetició, " -"seleccioneu Paràmetres avançats.\n" -"Podeu trobar més opcions i més formats a l'eina de formats del teclat del " -"vostre entorn d'escriptori.\n" +"Per a obtenir opcions avançades, com el retard i la velocitat de repetició, seleccioneu Paràmetres avançats.\n" +"Podeu trobar més opcions i més formats a l'eina de formats del teclat del vostre entorn d'escriptori.\n" #. Screen title for keyboard screen #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 @@ -328,9 +312,7 @@ #. progress step #: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 msgid "Updating translations in boot loader menu..." -msgstr "" -"S'estan actualitzant les traduccions del menú del carregador de " -"l'arrencada..." +msgstr "S'estan actualitzant les traduccions del menú del carregador de l'arrencada..." #. help for write dialog #: language/src/clients/language.rb:235 @@ -351,11 +333,8 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: language/src/clients/language.rb:303 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"%1 no és un idioma vàlid. Utilitzeu l'ordre list per a veure els possibles " -"valors." +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "%1 no és un idioma vàlid. Utilitzeu l'ordre list per a veure els possibles valors." #. label text #. heading text @@ -401,13 +380,11 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"S'instal·laran els paquets addicionals amb suport per a l'idioma principal i " -"secundari seleccionats. Se suprimiran els paquets que no siguin necessaris.\n" +"S'instal·laran els paquets addicionals amb suport per a l'idioma principal i secundari seleccionats. Se suprimiran els paquets que no siguin necessaris.\n" "" #. help text for initial (first time) language screen @@ -456,8 +433,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccioneu Cancel·la la instal·lació si voleu avortar la " -"instal·lació\n" +"Seleccioneu Cancel·la la instal·lació si voleu avortar la instal·lació\n" "en algun moment.\n" "\n" @@ -488,20 +464,13 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccioneu Ajusta el format del teclat per a ajustar el format del " -"teclat a l'idioma principal.\n" -"Seleccioneu Ajusta la zona horària per a canviar la zona horària " -"actual segons l'idioma principal. Si el format del teclat o la zona horària " -"es troben ja adaptats a la configuració de l'idioma per defecte, les opcions " -"respectives estaran desactivades.\n" +"Seleccioneu Ajusta el format del teclat per a ajustar el format del teclat a l'idioma principal.\n" +"Seleccioneu Ajusta la zona horària per a canviar la zona horària actual segons l'idioma principal. Si el format del teclat o la zona horària es troben ja adaptats a la configuració de l'idioma per defecte, les opcions respectives estaran desactivades.\n" "\n" #. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 @@ -514,8 +483,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Idiomes secundaris \n" -"Al quadre de selecció, especifiqueu els idiomes addicionals que voleu " -"utilitzar al sistema.\n" +"Al quadre de selecció, especifiqueu els idiomes addicionals que voleu utilitzar al sistema.\n" "\n" #. error message - package solver failed @@ -544,8 +512,7 @@ "\n" "En aquest apartat podeu ajustar diferents paràmetres de l'idioma.\n" "Trobareu els paràmetres al fitxer <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n" -"Si no n'esteu segurs, utilitzeu els valors predeterminats seleccionats " -"prèviament.\n" +"Si no n'esteu segurs, utilitzeu els valors predeterminats seleccionats prèviament.\n" "\n" #. help text for langauge expert screen @@ -557,38 +524,27 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Paràmetres locals per a l'usuari primari\n" -"determina la configuració de les variables locals (LC_*) per a l'usuari " -"primari." +"determina la configuració de les variables locals (LC_*) per a l'usuari primari." #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Només ctype: l'usuari primari té les mateixes variables LC_CTYPE " -"que la resta d'usuaris.\n" +"Només ctype: l'usuari primari té les mateixes variables LC_CTYPE que la resta d'usuaris.\n" "No s'ha especificat cap altre valor. \n" -"Sí: l'usuari primari té els mateixos paràmetres locals que la resta " -"d'usuaris. \n" +"Sí: l'usuari primari té els mateixos paràmetres locals que la resta d'usuaris. \n" "No: no s'han definit les variables locals per a l'usuari primari.\n" "\n" #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "" -"Utilitzeu Configuració local detallada per a definir un valor " -"local per a l'idioma principal que no s'ofereix a la llista del diàleg " -"principal. És possible que la traducció no estigui disponible per al valor " -"local seleccionat." +msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "Utilitzeu Configuració local detallada per a definir un valor local per a l'idioma principal que no s'ofereix a la llista del diàleg principal. És possible que la traducció no estigui disponible per al valor local seleccionat." #. heading text #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 @@ -656,14 +612,11 @@ #: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the " -"appropriate support\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" -"Als suports només s'inclou la compatibilitat mínima amb l'idioma " -"seleccionat.\n" -"Afegiu el CD complementari de l'idioma com a repositori addicional per a " -"obtenir una compatibilitat millor\n" +"Als suports només s'inclou la compatibilitat mínima amb l'idioma seleccionat.\n" +"Afegiu el CD complementari de l'idioma com a repositori addicional per a obtenir una compatibilitat millor\n" "amb aquest idioma.\n" #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) @@ -672,10 +625,8 @@ "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." msgstr "" -"L'idioma seleccionat no es pot utilitzar en mode de text. L'anglès " -"s'utilitza\n" -"per a la instal·lació, però per al nou sistema s'utilitzarà l'idioma " -"seleccionat . " +"L'idioma seleccionat no es pot utilitzar en mode de text. L'anglès s'utilitza\n" +"per a la instal·lació, però per al nou sistema s'utilitzarà l'idioma seleccionat . " #. translators: command line help text for timezone module #: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 @@ -760,28 +711,22 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware " -"Clock Set To.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Especifiqueu si l'ordinador indica l'hora local o l'UTC a l'opció El " -"rellotge del maquinari s'ha establert a.\n" -"La majoria dels ordinadors que també tenen altres sistemes operatius " -"instal·lats (com ara el Microsoft\n" +"Especifiqueu si l'ordinador indica l'hora local o l'UTC a l'opció El rellotge del maquinari s'ha establert a.\n" +"La majoria dels ordinadors que també tenen altres sistemes operatius instal·lats (com ara el Microsoft\n" "Windows) utilitzen l'hora local.\n" "Els ordinadors que només tenen instal·lat el Linux normalment estan\n" "establerts amb la sincronització horària universal (UTC).\n" -"Si el rellotge del maquinari està establert a UTC, el sistema pot canviar de " -"l'horari estàndard\n" +"Si el rellotge del maquinari està establert a UTC, el sistema pot canviar de l'horari estàndard\n" "a l'horari d'estiu i tornar a l'anterior automàticament.\n" "\n" @@ -799,22 +744,18 @@ "Nota: El rellotge intern del sistema usat pel nucli de Linux ha d'estar\n" "establert sempre a UTC, perquè aquesta és la referència per a l'hora local\n" "a l'espai de l'usuari. Si trieu l'hora local per al rellotge CMOS,\n" -"mireu el manual de l'usuari per a més informació sobre els efectes " -"secundaris.\n" +"mireu el manual de l'usuari per a més informació sobre els efectes secundaris.\n" "" #. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -822,15 +763,11 @@ "Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Heu seleccionat l'hora local, però sembla que només hi hagi Linux instal·lat " -"al sistema.\n" -"En aquest cas és molt recomanable fer servir UTC, i que cliqueu a " -"cancel·la.\n" +"Heu seleccionat l'hora local, però sembla que només hi hagi Linux instal·lat al sistema.\n" +"En aquest cas és molt recomanable fer servir UTC, i que cliqueu a cancel·la.\n" "\n" -"Si voleu mantenir l'hora local, haureu d'ajustar el rellotge CMOS dos cops " -"l'any\n" -"a causa del canvi d'horari per estalviar energia. Si us en descuideu, les " -"còpies de seguretat poden fallar,\n" +"Si voleu mantenir l'hora local, haureu d'ajustar el rellotge CMOS dos cops l'any\n" +"a causa del canvi d'horari per estalviar energia. Si us en descuideu, les còpies de seguretat poden fallar,\n" "el sistema de correu pot perdre missatges, etc.\n" "\n" "Si feu servir UTC, el Linux ajustarà l'hora automàticament.\n" @@ -839,13 +776,8 @@ #. help text for set time dialog #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "" -"Es mostra l'hora i la data actuals del sistema. Si cal, canvieu-los " -"manualment pels valors correctes, o feu servir el Network Time Protocol " -"(NTP)." +msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "Es mostra l'hora i la data actuals del sistema. Si cal, canvieu-los manualment pels valors correctes, o feu servir el Network Time Protocol (NTP)." #. help text, cont. #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 @@ -970,17 +902,14 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:814 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</" -"b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si voleu seleccionar la zona horària del sistema, seleccioneu primer la " -"Regió.\n" -"A continuació, a l'opció Zona horària seleccioneu la zona horària, el " -"país o \n" +"Si voleu seleccionar la zona horària del sistema, seleccioneu primer la Regió.\n" +"A continuació, a l'opció Zona horària seleccioneu la zona horària, el país o \n" "la regió adequada de les opcions disponibles.\n" "\n" @@ -992,8 +921,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si l'hora actual no és correcta, utilitzeu l'opció Canvia per a " -"ajustar-la.\n" +"Si l'hora actual no és correcta, utilitzeu l'opció Canvia per a ajustar-la.\n" "" #. Screen title for timezone screen @@ -1271,15 +1199,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "For Devices for Lock, enter a space-separated list of devices to " -#~ "which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" +#~ "For Devices for Lock, enter a space-separated list of devices to which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "A l'opció Dispositius per a bloquejar, introduïu una llista de " -#~ "dispositius, separats amb espais, als quals voleu aplicar els paràmetres " -#~ "de la tecla de fixació de desplaçament, la tecla de fixació de teclat " -#~ "numèric i la tecla de fixació de majúscules.\n" +#~ "A l'opció Dispositius per a bloquejar, introduïu una llista de dispositius, separats amb espais, als quals voleu aplicar els paràmetres de la tecla de fixació de desplaçament, la tecla de fixació de teclat numèric i la tecla de fixació de majúscules.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "Ca&ps Lock On" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/dhcp-server.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/dhcp-server.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/dhcp-server.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -618,8 +618,7 @@ #. at least minimal configuration #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP " -"address \n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" "and netmask)." msgstr "" @@ -847,8 +846,7 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" -"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP " -"server.\n" +"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" @@ -1015,8 +1013,7 @@ msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" -"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and " -"write\n" +"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n" "/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n" "changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n" " \n" @@ -1038,8 +1035,7 @@ "<big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big> \n" "First IP Address defines\n" "the starting address of the range and Last IP Address defines\n" -"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how " -"hostnames\n" +"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how hostnames\n" "are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n" "If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n" @@ -1063,8 +1059,7 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 msgid "" "New Zone Name or Reverse Zone Name\n" -"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be " -"changed.\n" +"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) @@ -1099,8 +1094,7 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To add a New Name Server, click Add, complete the form,\n" -"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the " -"current\n" +"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the current\n" "DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" "during the zone creation.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1125,8 +1119,7 @@ "<big>DNS Records</big> \n" "Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" "all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n" -"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to " -"use\n" +"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" "and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1146,8 +1139,7 @@ "To add a new range of DNS records, click Add,\n" "complete the form, then click Ok.\n" msgstr "" -"Si voleu afegir una opció nova premeu Afegeix. Si voleu suprimir-" -"ne alguna,\n" +"Si voleu afegir una opció nova premeu Afegeix. Si voleu suprimir-ne alguna,\n" "seleccioneu-la i premeu Suprimeix." #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1) @@ -1198,13 +1190,10 @@ "\n" " To create or remove a single DNS record,\n" "click Add or Delete.\n" -"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the " -"corresponding\n" +"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n" "reverse zone, select Synchronize with Reverse Zone.\n" "Use Remove DNS Records Matching Range \n" -"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range " -"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, " -"select\n" +"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" "Add New Range of DNS Records from Special Tasks.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1484,8 +1473,7 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 msgid "" "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n" -"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server " -"defined. \n" +"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n" "Really use the current settings?\n" msgstr "" @@ -1784,8 +1772,7 @@ "Paràmetres de tallafoc \n" "Per obrir el tallafoc i permetre l'accés al servei 'ypbind'\n" "des dels ordinadors remots, seleccioneu Obre el port del tallafoc.\n" -"Per seleccionar les interfícies per obrir el port, feu clic a Detalls del " -"tallafoc. \n" +"Per seleccionar les interfícies per obrir el port, feu clic a Detalls del tallafoc. \n" "Aquesta opció només està disponible si el tallafoc està habilitat.\n" #. help text 1/5 @@ -1811,8 +1798,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Chroot jail</big> \n" "Si voleu executar el dimoni NTP en mode Chroot jail, activeu l'opció\n" -"Executa el dimoni NTP en mode Chroot jail. És més segur i molt " -"recomanable que inicieu els dimonis\n" +"Executa el dimoni NTP en mode Chroot jail. És més segur i molt recomanable que inicieu els dimonis\n" "en mode Chroot jail." #. help text 3/5 @@ -1834,12 +1820,9 @@ "To delete a declaration, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Servidors configurats</big> \n" -"Per a ajustar els servidors NTP, els connectors, els rellotges locals i la " -"difusió de l'NTP,\n" -"seleccioneu l'element que us interessi i premeu Edita. Per a afegir " -"un parell de sincronització nou\n" -"feu clic a Afegeix, i si voleu suprimir un parell de sincronització " -"que ja existeix, seleccioneu-lo\n" +"Per a ajustar els servidors NTP, els connectors, els rellotges locals i la difusió de l'NTP,\n" +"seleccioneu l'element que us interessi i premeu Edita. Per a afegir un parell de sincronització nou\n" +"feu clic a Afegeix, i si voleu suprimir un parell de sincronització que ja existeix, seleccioneu-lo\n" "i premeu Suprimeix." #. help text 5/5 @@ -1910,8 +1893,7 @@ "Set the name of the class of hosts in Class Name." msgstr "" "<big>Ubicació de la classe</big> \n" -"De manera opcional, introduïu una descripció de la ubicació d'aquesta classe." -"\n" +"De manera opcional, introduïu una descripció de la ubicació d'aquesta classe.\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109 @@ -1923,8 +1905,7 @@ "To add a new option, use Add. To remove\n" "an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Si voleu afegir una opció nova premeu Afegeix. Si voleu suprimir-" -"ne alguna,\n" +"Si voleu afegir una opció nova premeu Afegeix. Si voleu suprimir-ne alguna,\n" "seleccioneu-la i premeu Suprimeix." #. help text 3/3 @@ -1966,8 +1947,7 @@ msgid "" "<big>Zones to Update</big> \n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" -"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the " -"DHCP\n" +"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" "server, you can leave the fields empty." msgstr "" @@ -1975,10 +1955,8 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "<big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big> \n" -"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started " -"with \n" -"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible " -"options,\n" +"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" +"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" "consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used." msgstr "" @@ -1987,12 +1965,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Network Card Selection</big> \n" -"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</" -"p>\n" +"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Resum de les targetes de xarxa</big> \n" -"En aquest apartat podeu consultar un resum de les targetes de xarxa que " -"s'han instal·lat i\n" +"En aquest apartat podeu consultar un resum de les targetes de xarxa que s'han instal·lat i\n" "editar-ne la configuració. \n" #. Optional field - used with LDAP support @@ -2035,10 +2011,8 @@ "Default Gateway inserts this\n" "value as the default route in the routing table of clients." msgstr "" -"Activeu Ruta predeterminada si voleu fer servir aquesta interfície " -"com a ruta\n" -"predeterminada. Només una de les interfícies pot ser la ruta predeterminada." -"\n" +"Activeu Ruta predeterminada si voleu fer servir aquesta interfície com a ruta\n" +"predeterminada. Només una de les interfícies pot ser la ruta predeterminada.\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185 @@ -2050,11 +2024,8 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Print Server offers this server as the default print server." -msgstr "" -"L'opció Dispositiu arrel estableix el dispositiu que passarà al " -"nucli com a dispositiu arrel." +msgid "Print Server offers this server as the default print server." +msgstr "L'opció Dispositiu arrel estableix el dispositiu que passarà al nucli com a dispositiu arrel." #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193 @@ -2066,8 +2037,7 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197 msgid "" -"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP " -"expires\n" +"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again." msgstr "" @@ -2085,8 +2055,7 @@ msgid "" "<big>IP Address Range</big> \n" "Set the First IP Address and the Last IP Address\n" -"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the " -"same netmask.\n" +"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n" "For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the \n" "Allow Dynamic BOOTP flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" "assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients.\n" @@ -2116,8 +2085,7 @@ "DHCP Server Expert Configuration." msgstr "" "<big>calibratge del controlador</big> \n" -"Per a calibrar el controlador del rellotge feu clic a calibratge del " -"controlador." +"Per a calibrar el controlador del rellotge feu clic a calibratge del controlador." #. host management help 1/3 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 @@ -2144,8 +2112,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "To remove a host, select it and click Delete from List." msgstr "" -"Si voleu afegir una opció nova premeu Afegeix. Si voleu suprimir-" -"ne alguna,\n" +"Si voleu afegir una opció nova premeu Afegeix. Si voleu suprimir-ne alguna,\n" "seleccioneu-la i premeu Suprimeix." #. help text 1/7 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/dns-server.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/dns-server.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/dns-server.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -603,15 +603,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1180 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 -msgid "" -"Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1187 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 -msgid "" -"Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -675,8 +673,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1257 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 -msgid "" -"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" +msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -1646,8 +1643,7 @@ #. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 msgid "" -"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII " -"characters excluding '='\n" +"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." msgstr "" @@ -1747,8 +1743,7 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" -"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From " -"feature." +"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry @@ -1845,8 +1840,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<BIG>Interrupció de la inicialització</BIG> \n" -"Per a interrompre la utilitat de configuració de forma segura, premeu " -"Interromp." +"Per a interrompre la utilitat de configuració de forma segura, premeu Interromp." #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28 @@ -1894,8 +1888,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Chroot jail</big> \n" "Si voleu executar el dimoni NTP en mode Chroot jail, activeu l'opció\n" -"Executa el dimoni NTP en mode Chroot jail. És més segur i molt " -"recomanable que inicieu els dimonis\n" +"Executa el dimoni NTP en mode Chroot jail. És més segur i molt recomanable que inicieu els dimonis\n" "en mode Chroot jail." #. help 3/4 @@ -1909,12 +1902,9 @@ "a configured DNS zone, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Servidors configurats</big> \n" -"Per a ajustar els servidors NTP, els connectors, els rellotges locals i la " -"difusió de l'NTP,\n" -"seleccioneu l'element que us interessi i premeu Edita. Per a afegir " -"un parell de sincronització nou\n" -"feu clic a Afegeix, i si voleu suprimir un parell de sincronització " -"que ja existeix, seleccioneu-lo\n" +"Per a ajustar els servidors NTP, els connectors, els rellotges locals i la difusió de l'NTP,\n" +"seleccioneu l'element que us interessi i premeu Edita. Per a afegir un parell de sincronització nou\n" +"feu clic a Afegeix, i si voleu suprimir un parell de sincronització que ja existeix, seleccioneu-lo\n" "i premeu Suprimeix." #. help 4/4 @@ -1959,8 +1949,7 @@ "entry of the table then click Edit." msgstr "" "<big>Edició de la configuració</big> \n" -"Si voleu editar les opcions de configuració, seleccioneu l'entrada desitjada " -"a la\n" +"Si voleu editar les opcions de configuració, seleccioneu l'entrada desitjada a la\n" "taula i premeu Edita." #. help 4/5, only for alt. 1 @@ -1970,8 +1959,7 @@ "To add a new record to the zone, click Add. To remove\n" "a record, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Si voleu afegir una opció nova premeu Afegeix. Si voleu suprimir-" -"ne alguna,\n" +"Si voleu afegir una opció nova premeu Afegeix. Si voleu suprimir-ne alguna,\n" "seleccioneu-la i premeu Suprimeix." #. help 5/5, only for alt. 1 @@ -1990,10 +1978,8 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Master Servers</big> \n" -"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add</" -"b>\n" -"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click " -"Delete\n" +"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add\n" +"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click Delete\n" "to remove an existing one." msgstr "" @@ -2002,8 +1988,7 @@ msgid "" "<big>Zone Type</big> \n" "To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n" -"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave</" -"b>\n" +"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave\n" "or Stub, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n" "server." msgstr "" @@ -2012,8 +1997,7 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<big>Zone Direction</big> \n" -"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and " -"back.\n" +"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n" "Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n" "addresses (Forward) or from IP addresses to domain names\n" "(Reverse).\n" @@ -2038,8 +2022,7 @@ "Adapt Firewall Settings.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Edició de la configuració</big> \n" -"Si voleu editar les opcions de configuració, seleccioneu l'entrada desitjada " -"a la\n" +"Si voleu editar les opcions de configuració, seleccioneu l'entrada desitjada a la\n" "taula i premeu Edita." #. soa dialog @@ -2079,8 +2062,7 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "Serial number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" -"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" @@ -2123,10 +2105,8 @@ "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n" "To add a new TSIG key, use the \n" -"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add</" -"b>.\n" -"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete</" -"b>.\n" +"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add.\n" +"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -2188,8 +2168,7 @@ "To add a new forwarder, set its IP Address and click Add.\n" "To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Si voleu afegir una opció nova premeu Afegeix. Si voleu suprimir-" -"ne alguna,\n" +"Si voleu afegir una opció nova premeu Afegeix. Si voleu suprimir-ne alguna,\n" "seleccioneu-la i premeu Suprimeix." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 @@ -2200,8 +2179,7 @@ "Use this dialog to edit options of the DNS server." msgstr "" "<big>Opcions LDAP del servidor Samba</big> \n" -"Aquí es poden configurar els detalls sobre l’ús de l'LDAP per part del " -"servidor\n" +"Aquí es poden configurar els detalls sobre l’ús de l'LDAP per part del servidor\n" "Samba.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3 @@ -2218,8 +2196,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "To remove an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Si voleu afegir una opció nova premeu Afegeix. Si voleu suprimir-" -"ne alguna,\n" +"Si voleu afegir una opció nova premeu Afegeix. Si voleu suprimir-ne alguna,\n" "seleccioneu-la i premeu Suprimeix." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 @@ -2230,21 +2207,17 @@ "Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging." msgstr "" "<big>Seguretat de l'arrencada</big>\n" -"En aquest diàleg podeu modificar diferents paràmetres de l'arrencada " -"relacionats amb la seguretat." +"En aquest diàleg podeu modificar diferents paràmetres de l'arrencada relacionats amb la seguretat." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the " -"system log. \n" +"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n" "To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n" -"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log " -"and \n" +"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log and \n" "the Maximum Size of the log file.\n" -"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions</" -"b>\n" +"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions\n" "to specify how many log files should be saved.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2269,8 +2242,7 @@ "access to zones.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Seguretat de l'arrencada</big>\n" -"En aquest diàleg podeu modificar diferents paràmetres de l'arrencada " -"relacionats amb la seguretat." +"En aquest diàleg podeu modificar diferents paràmetres de l'arrencada relacionats amb la seguretat." #. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:268 @@ -2280,8 +2252,7 @@ "and Value then click Add. To remove an \n" "ACL entry, select it and click Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"Si voleu afegir una opció nova premeu Afegeix. Si voleu suprimir-" -"ne alguna,\n" +"Si voleu afegir una opció nova premeu Afegeix. Si voleu suprimir-ne alguna,\n" "seleccioneu-la i premeu Suprimeix." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3 @@ -2299,8 +2270,7 @@ "To add an already created key, set the Filename\n" "(or use the Browse button to select it) and click Add.\n" "To generate a new key, enter the Filename and the Key ID\n" -"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.</" -"p>\n" +"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.\n" msgstr "" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 @@ -2329,22 +2299,18 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type</" -"b>,\n" +"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type,\n" "and click Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Si voleu afegir una opció nova premeu Afegeix. Si voleu suprimir-" -"ne alguna,\n" +"Si voleu afegir una opció nova premeu Afegeix. Si voleu suprimir-ne alguna,\n" "seleccioneu-la i premeu Suprimeix." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address " -"followed by\n" +"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its Zone Name (for example, zone name\n" -"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), " -"select\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n" "the Zone Type, and click Add.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2352,10 +2318,8 @@ #. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address " -"followed by\n" -"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone " -"name are\n" +"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n" "supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" @@ -2370,8 +2334,7 @@ "mail servers, select it, and click Edit.\n" "To remove a configured zone, select it and click Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"Si voleu afegir una opció nova premeu Afegeix. Si voleu suprimir-" -"ne alguna,\n" +"Si voleu afegir una opció nova premeu Afegeix. Si voleu suprimir-ne alguna,\n" "seleccioneu-la i premeu Suprimeix." #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 @@ -2379,13 +2342,11 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big> \n" -"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control " -"access\n" +"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n" "to the zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Identitat</big> \n" -"Aquestes opcions permeten definir la identitat del servidor i la seva " -"funció\n" +"Aquestes opcions permeten definir la identitat del servidor i la seva funció\n" "primària a la xarxa.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3 @@ -2429,15 +2390,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>NS Records</big> \n" -"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add</" -"b>.\n" +"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add.\n" "To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n" "Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"Per a afegir una combinació nova, seleccioneu la que voleu clonar i " -"premeu \n" -"Afegeix. Per a suprimir un perfil existent, seleccioneu-lo i premeu " -"Suprimeix." +"Per a afegir una combinació nova, seleccioneu la que voleu clonar i premeu \n" +"Afegeix. Per a suprimir un perfil existent, seleccioneu-lo i premeu Suprimeix." #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378 @@ -2449,18 +2407,15 @@ "To remove one of the listed mail servers, select it and click\n" "Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"Per a afegir una combinació nova, seleccioneu la que voleu clonar i " -"premeu \n" -"Afegeix. Per a suprimir un perfil existent, seleccioneu-lo i premeu " -"Suprimeix." +"Per a afegir una combinació nova, seleccioneu la que voleu clonar i premeu \n" +"Afegeix. Per a suprimir un perfil existent, seleccioneu-lo i premeu Suprimeix." #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:390 msgid "" "Serial is the number used for determining if the zone has \n" "changed on\n" -"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" @@ -2496,10 +2451,8 @@ "and click Change. To delete a record, select it and click\n" "Delete." msgstr "" -"Per a afegir una combinació nova, seleccioneu la que voleu clonar i " -"premeu \n" -"Afegeix. Per a suprimir un perfil existent, seleccioneu-lo i premeu " -"Suprimeix." +"Per a afegir una combinació nova, seleccioneu la que voleu clonar i premeu \n" +"Afegeix. Per a suprimir un perfil existent, seleccioneu-lo i premeu Suprimeix." #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:432 @@ -2533,8 +2486,7 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "" "NS: Name Server:\n" -"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an " -"absolute\n" +"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n" "domain name followed by a dot.\n" "Value is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n" "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.\n" @@ -2556,8 +2508,7 @@ "PTR: Reverse Translation:\n" "Record Key is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n" "followed by a dot\n" -"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</" -"tt>)\n" +"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" " or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n" "(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/drbd.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/drbd.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/drbd.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -216,30 +216,19 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a " -"resource\n" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) " -"of one of the nodes\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which " -"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach " -"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to " -"the node's partner device.\n" -"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being " -"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and " -"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk " -"parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve " -"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</" -"p>\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " -"backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" @@ -247,47 +236,25 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both " -"local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node " -"was a degraded cluster\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-" -"error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" "\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by " -"DRBD\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected " -"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is " -"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must " -"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, " -"the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-" -"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time " -"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default " -"unit is 100ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive " -"packet\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two " -"write barriers\n" -"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write " -"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The " -"default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" -"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top " -"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by " -"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is " -"KB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= " -"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, " -"Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" @@ -296,26 +263,19 @@ msgstr "<big>Configuració global del DRBD</big>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 -msgid "" -"Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's " -"sanity check" -msgstr "" -"Comprova \"Deshabilita la verificació de l'adreça IP\" per " -"desactivar una de les comprovacions del drbdadm." +msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" +msgstr "Comprova \"Deshabilita la verificació de l'adreça IP\" per desactivar una de les comprovacions del drbdadm." #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" -"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " -"waited so\n" +"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " -"seconds,\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -"Refresca el diàleg: El diàleg d'usuari mostra els segons comptats " -"fins ara.\n" +"Refresca el diàleg: El diàleg d'usuari mostra els segons comptats fins ara.\n" "Pot ser que volgueu desactivar-ho si teniu la cònsola del servidor\n" "connectada a un port sèrie amb capacitats de registre limitades.\n" "El diàleg mostrarà el recompte cada 'refresca el diàleg' segons,\n" @@ -352,8 +312,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Addicció d'un drbd:</big> \n" "Escolliu un drbd de la llista dels detectats.\n" -"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre drbd, seleccioneu Un altre (no detectat)</" -"b>.\n" +"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre drbd, seleccioneu Un altre (no detectat).\n" "Després premeu Configura.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -364,8 +323,7 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Edició o supressió</big> \n" -"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu " -"canviar\n" +"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu canviar\n" "la configuració.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -416,8 +374,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "<big>Selecció d'un element</big> \n" -"Aquesta operació no es pot dur a terme; primer cal realitzar la " -"codificació. :-)\n" +"Aquesta operació no es pot dur a terme; primer cal realitzar la codificació. :-)\n" "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/fcoe-client.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/fcoe-client.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/fcoe-client.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -49,12 +49,12 @@ #. setting of config value is 'yes' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 msgid "yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sí" #. setting of config value is 'no' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "no" #. text of an error popup #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ #. the flag is not set at all #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 msgid "not set" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sense definir" #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sí" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "No" #. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Controlador" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" @@ -436,8 +436,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Addició d'un isns</big> \n" "Seleccioneu un servidor isns de la llista de dispositius isns detectats.\n" -"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre dispositiu, feu servir Altres (no detectats)" -"\n" +"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre dispositiu, feu servir Altres (no detectats)\n" "i després premeu Configura'ls.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -448,8 +447,7 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Edició o supressió</big> \n" -"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu " -"canviar\n" +"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu canviar\n" "la configuració.\n" #. Services dialog help 1/3 @@ -459,9 +457,7 @@ #| "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" #| "Select the connection to edit or delete from the list.\n" #| "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" -msgid "" -"<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start " -"of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." +msgid "<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." msgstr "" "<big>Edició o supressió</BIG> \n" "Seleccioneu la connexió que voleu modificar o suprimir de la llista.\n" @@ -469,18 +465,12 @@ #. Services dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over " -"Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE " -"interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." +msgid "Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." msgstr "" #. Services dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 -msgid "" -"The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol</" -"i> agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data " -"Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." +msgid "The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." msgstr "" #. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 @@ -490,36 +480,21 @@ #| "<big>Saving Network Card\n" #| "Configuration</big> Please wait... \n" msgid "<big>Network interface overview</big>" -msgstr "" -"<big>S'està desant la configuració de la targeta de xarxa</big></" -"b> Espereu... \n" +msgstr "<big>S'està desant la configuració de la targeta de xarxa</big> Espereu... \n" #. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of " -"VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is " -"configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), " -"this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." +msgid "The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." msgstr "" #. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 -msgid "" -"It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry " -"Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." -"" +msgid "It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." msgstr "" #. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103 -msgid "" -"The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available</" -"b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the " -"switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet " -"activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the " -"FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the " -"column, e.g. eth3.200." +msgid "The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200." msgstr "" #. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 @@ -530,9 +505,7 @@ #| "To change the configuration of a card, select the card.\n" #| "Then press Edit.\n" #| "\n" -msgid "" -"To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change " -"Settings." +msgid "To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change Settings." msgstr "" "\n" "Per canviar la configuració d'una targeta, seleccioneu la targeta.\n" @@ -548,19 +521,14 @@ #. Configuration dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings " -"are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." +msgid "Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." msgstr "" #. Configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "The values are: \n" -"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable " -"debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon." -" Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the " -"system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." +"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon. Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." msgstr "" #. edit dialog help 1/3 @@ -570,20 +538,12 @@ #. Edit dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 -msgid "" -"The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on " -"initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values " -"indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." +msgid "The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." msgstr "" #. Edit dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable " -"or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes</" -"i> or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required." -" AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes " -"'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." +msgid "The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required. AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." msgstr "" #. Header of tab in tab widget @@ -639,15 +599,9 @@ #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be " -#| "installed." -msgid "" -"To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Per a configurar l'iniciador de l'iSCSI, cal instal·lar el paquet %1</" -"b>." +#| msgid "To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." +msgid "To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Per a configurar l'iniciador de l'iSCSI, cal instal·lar el paquet %1." #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 msgid "Install it now?" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/firewall-services.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/firewall-services.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/firewall-services.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -40,7 +40,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:51 -#| msgid "DHCP Server" msgid "DHCPv4 Server" msgstr "DHCPv4 Server" @@ -105,7 +104,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:95 -#| msgid "Network Server" msgid "Netbios Server" msgstr "Servidor de Netbios" @@ -161,7 +159,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:134 -#| msgid "Enable the share or a service" msgid "Enable OpenSLP server to advertise services." msgstr "Activa el servidor OpenSLP per anunciar serveis." @@ -172,13 +169,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:140 -#| msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization" msgid "Opens port for rsync server in order to allow remote synchronization" msgstr "Obre ports per al servidor rsync per permetre la sincronització remota" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:145 -#| msgid "NFS Client" msgid "Samba Client" msgstr "Client Samba" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/firewall.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/firewall.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/firewall.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -53,8 +53,7 @@ "Continue with configuration?\n" msgstr "" "Hi ha un altre tipus de tallafoc actiu al sistema.\n" -"Si continueu, és possible que el SUSEfirewall2 produeixi errors no " -"definits.\n" +"Si continueu, és possible que el SUSEfirewall2 produeixi errors no definits.\n" "Seria millor suprimir l'altre tallafoc abans de\n" "configurar el SUSEfirewall2.\n" "Voleu continuar amb la configuració?\n" @@ -235,19 +234,15 @@ "Network traffic through any unassigned interface is blocked.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interfícies</big>\n" -" En aquest apartat podeu assignar els dispositius de xarxa a zones del " -"tallafoc\n" +" En aquest apartat podeu assignar els dispositius de xarxa a zones del tallafoc\n" "seleccionant el dispositiu de la taula i fent clic a Canvia.\n" "\n" "Introduïu les cadenes especials, com <tt>any</tt>, utilitzant l'opció\n" -"Personalitza. També podeu introduir interfícies que encara no han " -"estat configurades.\n" +"Personalitza. També podeu introduir interfícies que encara no han estat configurades.\n" "Si necessiteu l'emmascarament, no es permet la cadena <tt>any</tt>.\n" "\n" -"Tots els dispositius de xarxa han d'estar assignats a una zona del " -"tallafoc.\n" -"El trànsit de xarxa a través d'una interfície sense assignar està bloquejat." -"\n" +"Tots els dispositius de xarxa han d'estar assignats a una zona del tallafoc.\n" +"El trànsit de xarxa a través d'una interfície sense assignar està bloquejat.\n" #. Network Manager #. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? @@ -269,53 +264,41 @@ "\n" "To allow a service, select the Zone and the\n" "Service to Allow then press Add.\n" -"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed " -"Service then press Delete.\n" +"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed Service then press Delete.\n" "\n" "By deselecting Protect Firewall from Internal Zone, you remove\n" -"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network " -"will\n" +"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n" "be unprotected.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Serveis permesos</big>\n" -" En aquest apartat podeu especificar serveis o ports als quals s'hi ha de " -"poder accedir des de la xarxa.\n" +" En aquest apartat podeu especificar serveis o ports als quals s'hi ha de poder accedir des de la xarxa.\n" "Les xarxes es divideixen en zones del tallafoc.\n" "\n" "Si voleu permetre un servei, seleccioneu Zona i el\n" "Servei que voleu permetre, a continuació, premeu Afegeix.\n" -"Si voleu suprimir un servei permès, seleccioneu la Zona i el " -"Servei permès i, a continuació, premeu Suprimeix.\n" +"Si voleu suprimir un servei permès, seleccioneu la Zona i el Servei permès i, a continuació, premeu Suprimeix.\n" "\n" -"Si seleccioneu Protegeix el tallafoc de la zona interna, " -"suprimiu \n" -"la protecció de la zona. Es desprotegiran tots els serveis i els ports " -"d'aquesta zona.\n" +"Si seleccioneu Protegeix el tallafoc de la zona interna, suprimiu \n" +"la protecció de la zona. Es desprotegiran tots els serveis i els ports d'aquesta zona.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "Additional settings can be configured using Advanced.\n" -"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC " -"ports and\n" +"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n" "IP protocols.\n" "TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or " -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Es poden configurar paràmetres addicionals mitjançant l'opció Avançat</" -"b>.\n" -"Les entrades han d'estar separades per un espai. Podeu permetre els ports " -"TCP, UDP i RPC i\n" +"Es poden configurar paràmetres addicionals mitjançant l'opció Avançat.\n" +"Les entrades han d'estar separades per un espai. Podeu permetre els ports TCP, UDP i RPC i\n" "els protocols IP.\n" -"Els ports TCP i UDP es poden introduir com noms de port (<tt>ftp-data</" -"tt>),\n" +"Els ports TCP i UDP es poden introduir com noms de port (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "números de port (<tt>3128</tt>) i rangs de ports (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"Els ports RPC s'han d'introduir com noms de servei (<tt>portmap</tt> o " -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"Els ports RPC s'han d'introduir com noms de servei (<tt>portmap</tt> o <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Introduïu els protocols IP com el nom de protocol (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "\n" @@ -323,19 +306,15 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 msgid "" "<big>Masquerading</big>\n" -" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your " -"firewall and allows\n" -"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, " -"transparently. Requests\n" +" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n" +"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n" "from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n" "Select Masquerade Networks to masquerade your networks\n" "to the external network.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Emmascarament</big>\n" -" L'emmascarament és una funció que amaga la xarxa interna darrere del " -"tallafoc i permet\n" -"que la xarxa interna accedeixi a la xarxa externa, com Internet, de manera " -"transparent. Les sol·licituds\n" +" L'emmascarament és una funció que amaga la xarxa interna darrere del tallafoc i permet\n" +"que la xarxa interna accedeixi a la xarxa externa, com Internet, de manera transparent. Les sol·licituds\n" "de la xarxa externa a la interna estan bloquejades.\n" "Seleccioneu Emmascara les xarxes per a emmascarar les xarxes\n" "a la xarxa externa.\n" @@ -344,195 +323,139 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal " -"network, it is possible to\n" -"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal " -"IP. \n" -"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form." -"\n" +"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n" +"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n" +"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form.\n" "\n" -"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete</" -"b>.\n" +"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Tot i que les sol·licituds de la xarxa externa no poden accedir a la xarxa " -"interna, és possible\n" -"redirigir de manera transparent els ports sol·licitats del tallafoc a " -"qualsevol IP interna. \n" -"Si voleu afegir una regla de redirecció nova, premeu Afegeix i " -"completeu el formulari de redirecció.\n" +"Tot i que les sol·licituds de la xarxa externa no poden accedir a la xarxa interna, és possible\n" +"redirigir de manera transparent els ports sol·licitats del tallafoc a qualsevol IP interna. \n" +"Si voleu afegir una regla de redirecció nova, premeu Afegeix i completeu el formulari de redirecció.\n" "\n" -"Si voleu suprimir una regla redirigida, seleccioneu-la a la taula i " -"premeu Suprimeix.\n" +"Si voleu suprimir una regla redirigida, seleccioneu-la a la taula i premeu Suprimeix.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Configuration</big>\n" -" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to " -"find \n" +" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n" "neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n" -"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues " -"using broadcast packets.\n" +"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.\n" "\n" -"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add " -"needed broadcast\n" -"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated " -"ports for\n" +"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n" +"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n" "particular zones.\n" "\n" -"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of " -"packets in wider networks.\n" -"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast " -"Packets\n" +"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n" +"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets\n" "for the desired zones.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuració de difusió</big>\n" -" Els paquets de difusió són paquets UDP especials que s'envien a tota la " -"xarxa per a trobar \n" +" Els paquets de difusió són paquets UDP especials que s'envien a tota la xarxa per a trobar \n" "ordinadors veïns o enviar informació a cada ordinador de la xarxa.\n" -"Per exemple, els servidors CUPS proporcionen informació sobre les cues " -"d'impressió mitjançant paquets de difusió.\n" +"Per exemple, els servidors CUPS proporcionen informació sobre les cues d'impressió mitjançant paquets de difusió.\n" "\n" -"Els serveis del SUSEfirewall2 seleccionats a les interfícies permeses " -"afegeixen automàticament ports de difusió nous\n" -"necessaris. Si voleu suprimir-ne algun o afegir-ne d'altres, editeu les " -"llistes de ports separats per espais per a\n" +"Els serveis del SUSEfirewall2 seleccionats a les interfícies permeses afegeixen automàticament ports de difusió nous\n" +"necessaris. Si voleu suprimir-ne algun o afegir-ne d'altres, editeu les llistes de ports separats per espais per a\n" "zones particulars.\n" "\n" -"Els altres paquets de difusió que s'han deixat anar es registren. Hi " -"podrien haver molts paquets en xarxes més amples.\n" -"Si voleu suprimir el registre dels paquets, desseleccioneu Registra els " -"paquets de difusió no acceptats\n" +"Els altres paquets de difusió que s'han deixat anar es registren. Hi podrien haver molts paquets en xarxes més amples.\n" +"Si voleu suprimir el registre dels paquets, desseleccioneu Registra els paquets de difusió no acceptats\n" "per a les zones desitjades.\n" #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Reply</big> \n" -"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their " -"reply\n" -"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP " -"browsing.\n" +"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n" +"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.\n" "\n" -"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the " -"firewall. Use Add\n" -"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also " -"choose from\n" +"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use Add\n" +"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n" "some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Resposta de difusió</big> \n" -"El tallafoc sempre deixa de banda paquets (packets) que són enviats per " -"altres\n" -"màquines com a resposta als que difon el vostre sistema, per exemple, la " -"navegació de Samba o SLP.\n" +"El tallafoc sempre deixa de banda paquets (packets) que són enviats per altres\n" +"màquines com a resposta als que difon el vostre sistema, per exemple, la navegació de Samba o SLP.\n" "\n" -"Aquí podeu configurar quins paquets tenen permís per passar pel tallafoc. " -"Useu Afegeix\n" -"per afegir una nova regla. Haureu d'escollir també la zona del tallafoc i " -"també entre\n" -"alguns serveis ja definits o establir la vostra regla completament de manera " -"manual.\n" +"Aquí podeu configurar quins paquets tenen permís per passar pel tallafoc. Useu Afegeix\n" +"per afegir una nova regla. Haureu d'escollir també la zona del tallafoc i també entre\n" +"alguns serveis ja definits o establir la vostra regla completament de manera manual.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 msgid "" "<big>IPsec Support</big>\n" -" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks " -"through untrusted networks, such as\n" +" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n" "the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n" "Enabled.\n" "\n" "Details configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n" -"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the " -"internal zone.\n" +"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Compatibilitat amb l'IPsec</big>\n" -" L'IPsec és una comunicació xifrada entre ordinadors centrals de " -"confiança o xarxes a través de xarxes no fiables, com\n" -"Internet. Aquest diàleg obre l'IPsec per a una zona externa que utilitzi " -"l'opció\n" +" L'IPsec és una comunicació xifrada entre ordinadors centrals de confiança o xarxes a través de xarxes no fiables, com\n" +"Internet. Aquest diàleg obre l'IPsec per a una zona externa que utilitzi l'opció\n" "Habilitat.\n" "\n" "L'opció Detalls configura com gestionar paquets IPsec desxifrats\n" -"correctament. Per exemple, es podrien gestionar com si fossin de la zona " -"interna.\n" +"correctament. Per exemple, es podrien gestionar com si fossin de la zona interna.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<big>Logging Level</big>\n" -" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. " -"Here,\n" -"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not " -"logged at all.\n" +" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n" +"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.\n" "\n" -"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and " -"Not Accepted Packets.\n" -"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All " -"for logging every\n" -"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do " -"Not Log Any\n" +"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and Not Accepted Packets.\n" +"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All for logging every\n" +"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do Not Log Any\n" "for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Registre del nivell</big>\n" -" Es tracta d'un diàleg de configuració de base per als paràmetres de " -"registre del paquet IP. En aquest apartat\n" -"podeu configurar el registre dels paquets de connexió d'entrada. Els de " -"sortida no es registren.\n" +" Es tracta d'un diàleg de configuració de base per als paràmetres de registre del paquet IP. En aquest apartat\n" +"podeu configurar el registre dels paquets de connexió d'entrada. Els de sortida no es registren.\n" "\n" -"Existeixen dos grups de paquets IP registrats: els Paquets acceptats</" -"b> i els Paquets no acceptats.\n" -"Podeu escollir entre aquests tres nivells de registre de cada grup: " -"Registra'ls tots si voleu registrar tots els\n" -"paquets, Registra només els importants si voleu registrar només els " -"interessants o No en registris cap\n" -"si no voleu registrar-ne cap. S'han de registrar com a mínim els paquets " -"importants acceptats.\n" +"Existeixen dos grups de paquets IP registrats: els Paquets acceptats i els Paquets no acceptats.\n" +"Podeu escollir entre aquests tres nivells de registre de cada grup: Registra'ls tots si voleu registrar tots els\n" +"paquets, Registra només els importants si voleu registrar només els interessants o No en registris cap\n" +"si no voleu registrar-ne cap. S'han de registrar com a mínim els paquets importants acceptats.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<big>Summary</big>\n" " Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n" -"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each " -"firewall zone.\n" +"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n" "Every existing zone is summarized here.\n" "\n" "Firewall Starting shows whether the firewall is started in the\n" "boot process or only manually.\n" "\n" -"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the " -"following items in the summary:\n" +"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:\n" "\n" -"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration " -"name and device name.\n" +"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.\n" "\n" -"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed " -"network services, additional\n" -"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC " -"(Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n" +"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" "ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Resum</big>\n" " En aquest apartat trobareu un resum dels paràmetres de configuració.\n" -"Aquest resum es divideix en una configuració general i en parts per a cada " -"zona del tallafoc.\n" +"Aquest resum es divideix en una configuració general i en parts per a cada zona del tallafoc.\n" "Totes les zones existents es resumeixen aquí.\n" "\n" -"L'opció Inici del tallafoc mostra si el tallafoc s'ha iniciat " -"durant el\n" +"L'opció Inici del tallafoc mostra si el tallafoc s'ha iniciat durant el\n" "procés d'arrencada o només manualment.\n" "\n" -"Les zones del tallafoc han de tenir una interfície de xarxa assignada per " -"a indicar els elements següents al resum:\n" +"Les zones del tallafoc han de tenir una interfície de xarxa assignada per a indicar els elements següents al resum:\n" "\n" -"Interfícies: es mostren totes les interfícies amb el nom de " -"configuració i el nom del dispositiu.\n" +"Interfícies: es mostren totes les interfícies amb el nom de configuració i el nom del dispositiu.\n" "\n" -"Serveis, ports i protocols oberts: aquesta opció mostra tots els " -"serveis de xarxa disponibles, els ports\n" -"TCP (Protocol de control de transmissió), UDP (Protocol de datagrama " -"d'usuari) i RPC (Trucada remota de procediment)\n" +"Serveis, ports i protocols oberts: aquesta opció mostra tots els serveis de xarxa disponibles, els ports\n" +"TCP (Protocol de control de transmissió), UDP (Protocol de datagrama d'usuari) i RPC (Trucada remota de procediment)\n" "addicionals, i els protocols IP (Protocol d'Internet).\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 @@ -553,8 +476,7 @@ "such as <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt>, or <tt>137:139</tt>." msgstr "" "Els Ports TCP i els Ports UDP es poden introduir com\n" -"una llista de números de port, de noms de port o de rangs de ports separats " -"per espais,\n" +"una llista de números de port, de noms de port o de rangs de ports separats per espais,\n" "com per exemple, <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt> o <tt>137:139</tt>." #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 3/6 @@ -562,12 +484,10 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "RPC Ports is a list of RPC services, such as\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." -"" +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." msgstr "" "L'opció Ports RPC és una llista de serveis RPC, com\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> o <tt>portmap</tt>, separats per espais.</" -"p>" +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> o <tt>portmap</tt>, separats per espais." #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 #. please, do not modify examples @@ -587,14 +507,12 @@ #. please, do not modify examples #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that " -"represent\n" +"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n" "all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n" "The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n" "for example, <tt>200:215</tt>." msgstr "" -"L'opció Rang de ports consisteix en dos números separats per dos " -"punts que representen\n" +"L'opció Rang de ports consisteix en dos números separats per dos punts que representen\n" "tots els números del rang inclosos els mateixos números.\n" "El primer número de port ha de ser inferior al segon,\n" "per exemple, <tt>200:215</tt>." @@ -606,22 +524,18 @@ "organization. One port number can have multiple port names assigned. Find\n" "the assignment currently in use in the <tt>/etc/services</tt> file." msgstr "" -"El Nom del port és un nom assignat a un número de port per " -"l'organització\n" -"IANA. Un número de port pot tenir múltiples noms de port assignats. " -"Trobareu\n" +"El Nom del port és un nom assignat a un número de port per l'organització\n" +"IANA. Un número de port pot tenir múltiples noms de port assignats. Trobareu\n" "l'assignació que està actualment en ús al fitxer <tt>/etc/services</tt>." #. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Firewall</big> \n" -"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" +"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Tallafoc</big> \n" -"Un tallafoc és un mecanisme de defensa que protegeix l'ordinador d'atacs des " -"de la xarxa.\n" +"Un tallafoc és un mecanisme de defensa que protegeix l'ordinador d'atacs des de la xarxa.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 @@ -1212,12 +1126,8 @@ msgstr "S'han definit %1 regles personalitzades" #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source " -"port: %4, Options: %5" -msgstr "" -"Xarxa: %1, Protocol: %2, Port de destinació: %3, Port " -"font: %4, Opcions: %5" +msgid "Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source port: %4, Options: %5" +msgstr "Xarxa: %1, Protocol: %2, Port de destinació: %3, Port font: %4, Opcions: %5" #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504 @@ -1256,8 +1166,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 -msgid "" -"Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" +msgid "Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" msgstr "El tallafoc s'aturarà un cop s'hagi escrit la configuració" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item @@ -1324,8 +1233,7 @@ #. that is possible to use in port-range #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:506 msgid "The port number must be in the interval from 1 to %1 (inclusive)." -msgstr "" -"El número de port ha d'estar a l'interval entre 1 i %1 (ambdós inclosos)." +msgstr "El número de port ha d'estar a l'interval entre 1 i %1 (ambdós inclosos)." #. TRANSLATORS: popup headline #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:584 @@ -1375,8 +1283,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sembla que la configuració del servei addicional\n" "%1\n" -"és incorrecta. Les entrades han d'estar separades per espais en comptes de " -"comes,\n" +"és incorrecta. Les entrades han d'estar separades per espais en comptes de comes,\n" "les quals no són permeses.\n" "Esteu segur que voleu utilitzar la configuració actual?" @@ -1386,11 +1293,8 @@ #. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? #. TRANSLATORS: informative label #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035 -msgid "" -"Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." -msgstr "" -"L'emmascarament necessita com a mínim una interfície externa i una altra " -"interfície." +msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." +msgstr "L'emmascarament necessita com a mínim una interfície externa i una altra interfície." #. TRANSLATORS: popup message #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/firstboot.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/firstboot.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/firstboot.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -32,8 +32,7 @@ "firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Comproveu l'opció Habilita la seqüència de la primera arrencada\n" -"per iniciar-la amb el YaST durant la primera arrencada, després de la " -"configuració.\n" +"per iniciar-la amb el YaST durant la primera arrencada, després de la configuració.\n" #. check box label #: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:79 @@ -43,16 +42,11 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 msgid "" -"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on " -"the first boot after configuration.\n" -"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information." -"\n" +"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" +"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.\n" msgstr "" -"Comproveu l'opció Habilita la seqüència de la primera arrencada " -"per iniciar la utilitat de la primera arrencada del YaST durant la primera " -"arrencada, després de la configuració.\n" -"Consulteu la documentació del mòdul yast2-firstboot per obtenir més " -"informació.\n" +"Comproveu l'opció Habilita la seqüència de la primera arrencada per iniciar la utilitat de la primera arrencada del YaST durant la primera arrencada, després de la configuració.\n" +"Consulteu la documentació del mòdul yast2-firstboot per obtenir més informació.\n" #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -217,25 +211,20 @@ "our SuSE Welcome Dialog.\n" msgstr "" "En seleccionar el KDE, l'escriptori predeterminat, podreu\n" -"adaptar alguns paràmetres del KDE d'acord amb el vostre maquinari. Tingueu " -"en compte\n" +"adaptar alguns paràmetres del KDE d'acord amb el vostre maquinari. Tingueu en compte\n" "també el diàleg de benvinguda del SuSE.\n" #. help 4/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" #: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 msgid "" "If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n" -"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will " -"start\n" -"after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button " -"to\n" +"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will start\n" +"after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n" "return to this installation sequence.\n" msgstr "" "Si ho desitgen, els experts poden accedir ara a tots els mòduls de\n" -"configuració del SuSE. Activeu el quadre de verificació Inicia el Centre " -"de control del YaST i\n" -"s'iniciarà en prémer Finalitza. Nota: el centre de control no disposa " -"del botó de\n" +"configuració del SuSE. Activeu el quadre de verificació Inicia el Centre de control del YaST i\n" +"s'iniciarà en prémer Finalitza. Nota: el centre de control no disposa del botó de\n" "retrocés per a tornar a aquesta seqüència d'instal·lació.\n" #. popup text @@ -249,8 +238,7 @@ "S'ha canviat el paràmetre de llengua.\n" "\n" "Si calgués, es pot adaptar la configuració del teclat\n" -"a la nova llengua. Per a fer-ho, podeu utilitzar el Centre de control del " -"YaST,\n" +"a la nova llengua. Per a fer-ho, podeu utilitzar el Centre de control del YaST,\n" "o bé, iniciar directament el yast2 keyboard." #. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -280,8 +268,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Trieu l'Idioma i la Disposició de teclat que voleu utilitzar " -"durant la instal·lació i al\n" +"Trieu l'Idioma i la Disposició de teclat que voleu utilitzar durant la instal·lació i al\n" "sistema instal·lat.\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/ftp-server.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/ftp-server.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/ftp-server.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -86,8 +86,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:142 -msgid "" -"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" +msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -109,9 +108,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:181 -msgid "" -"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server " -"(vsftpd only)." +msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server (vsftpd only)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -121,16 +118,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:199 -msgid "" -"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd " -"only)." +msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:208 -msgid "" -"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd " -"only)." +msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -140,9 +133,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a " -"local admin (pure-ftpd only)." +msgid "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a local admin (pure-ftpd only)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -247,8 +238,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:362 -msgid "" -"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." +msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -825,8 +815,7 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:84 #, fuzzy msgid "Press Cancel to cancel FTP configuration." -msgstr "" -"Espereu mentre s'actualitzen els fitxers de configuració, si us plau..." +msgstr "Espereu mentre s'actualitzen els fitxers de configuració, si us plau..." #: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:85 src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:196 #: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:315 @@ -1469,8 +1458,7 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "Selected Service \n" -" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: vsftpd, pure-" -"ftpd, \n" +" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" " . If you have installed both daemons you can switch between them.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1529,8 +1517,7 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "Umask for Authenticated Users: \n" -"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated " -"users. \n" +"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated users. \n" "If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n" "the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n" "\n" @@ -1605,10 +1592,8 @@ msgid "" "Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users \n" "Anonymous Only: If enabled, only anonymous logins are permitted.\n" -"Authenticated Users Only: If enabled, only authenticated users are " -"permitted.\n" -"Both If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are " -"permitted.\n" +"Authenticated Users Only: If enabled, only authenticated users are permitted.\n" +"Both If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are permitted.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1627,8 +1612,7 @@ "Anonymous Can Upload \n" "If enabled anonymous users will be permitted to upload.\n" "vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to upload, you \n" -"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after " -"login.\n" +"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1637,10 +1621,8 @@ msgid "" "Anonymous Can Create Dirs \n" "If enabled, anonymous users can create directories.\n" -"vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to create " -"directories,\n" -"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory " -"after login.\n" +"vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n" +"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" msgstr "" #. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============---------- @@ -1727,8 +1709,7 @@ "Security Settings \n" "Disable SSL/TLS Disable SSL/TLS encryption layer.\n" "Accept SSL and TLS Accept both, traditional and encrypted sessions.\n" -"Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS Refuse connections that do not use " -"SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" +"Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -1755,8 +1736,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Addició d'un isns</big> \n" "Seleccioneu un servidor isns de la llista de dispositius isns detectats.\n" -"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre dispositiu, feu servir Altres (no detectats)" -"\n" +"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre dispositiu, feu servir Altres (no detectats)\n" "i després premeu Configura'ls.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -1767,8 +1747,7 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Edició o supressió</big> \n" -"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podeu " -"canviar\n" +"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podeu canviar\n" "la configuració.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -1791,8 +1770,7 @@ "Press Add to configure a FTP server.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Addició d'un proveïdor</big> \n" -"Si voleu configurar de forma manual un proveïdor nou, premeu Afegeix." -"\n" +"Si voleu configurar de forma manual un proveïdor nou, premeu Afegeix.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:278 @@ -1928,15 +1906,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1223 -msgid "" -"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " -"have no write access.\n" +msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1310 -msgid "" -"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " -"have no write access." +msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access." msgstr "" #. Valid function of "Max Port for Pas. Mode" @@ -1961,9 +1935,7 @@ #. Valid function of "Security Settings" #. check of existing certificate #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1718 -msgid "" -"The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL " -"connection is missing." +msgid "The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL connection is missing." msgstr "" #. 0 => anonymous only, 1 => authenticated only, 2=> both @@ -1994,9 +1966,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:916 -msgid "" -"You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration " -"in interactive mode." +msgid "You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration in interactive mode." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/geo-cluster.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/geo-cluster.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/geo-cluster.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -318,8 +318,10 @@ msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "Iniciant la configuració de geo-clúster" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. TODO FIXME Names of real stages #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" @@ -329,6 +331,7 @@ msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Llegeix els paràmetres de SuSEFirewall" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." @@ -340,7 +343,9 @@ msgid "Finished" msgstr "Acabat" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster read dialog caption #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" @@ -366,6 +371,7 @@ msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "Escrivint els paràmatres de SuSEFirewall" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/gtk.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/gtk.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/gtk.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -68,8 +68,7 @@ msgstr "" "Opcions de l'ordre per a la línia d'ordres de YaST2 UI (GTK plugin):\n" "\n" -"--noborder sense les vores del gestor de finestres per als diàlegs " -"principals\n" +"--noborder sense les vores del gestor de finestres per als diàlegs principals\n" "--fullscreen usa la pantalla completa per als diàlegs principals\n" "--nothreads executa sense fils UI addicionals\n" "--help imprimeix el text d'ajuda\n" @@ -279,10 +278,8 @@ #~ msgid "Install anyway?" #~ msgstr "Instal·la-la &de tota manera" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There are some conflicts on the transaction that must be solved manually." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hi ha alguns conflictes en la transacció que cal resoldre manualment." +#~ msgid "There are some conflicts on the transaction that must be solved manually." +#~ msgstr "Hi ha alguns conflictes en la transacció que cal resoldre manualment." #~ msgid "Changes not saved!" #~ msgstr "Els canvis no han estat desats!" @@ -294,12 +291,8 @@ #~ msgid "Unsupported packages" #~ msgstr "Paquets no suportats" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please realize that the following software is either unsupported or " -#~ "requires an additional customer contract for support." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si us plau tingueu en compte que aquest programari no està suportat, o bé " -#~ "que requereix d'un contracte addicional de suport." +#~ msgid "Please realize that the following software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." +#~ msgstr "Si us plau tingueu en compte que aquest programari no està suportat, o bé que requereix d'un contracte addicional de suport." #~ msgid "Online Update" #~ msgstr "Actualització en línia" @@ -319,29 +312,8 @@ #~ msgstr "<h3>Usuaris</h3>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1>Usage</h1><h2>Categories</h2>Patches are grouped as follows:</" -#~ "p><ul><li>Security: patches a software flaw that could be " -#~ "exploited to gain restricted privilege.</li><li>Recommended: fixes " -#~ "non-security related flaws (e.g. data corruption, performance slowdown)</" -#~ "li><li>Optional: ones that only apply to few users.</" -#~ "li><li>Documentation: fixes documentation errors.</li><li>YaST</" -#~ "b>: patches for the YaST control center tools.</li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1>Propòsit</h1>Aquesta eina us dóna el control per a supervisar i " -#~ "aplicar pedaços de programari. També podeu desfer els pedaços que s'hagin " -#~ "aplicat al sistema.<h1>Ús</h1><h2>Categories</h2>Els pedaços es " -#~ "troben agrupats d'aquesta manera:<ul><li>Seguretat: pedaços de " -#~ "programari que corregeixen errades que podrien permetre aprofitar-se del " -#~ "sistema per a guanyar privilegis restringits.</li><li>Recomanats: " -#~ "corregeix errades que no afecten la seguretat (per exemple, corrupció de " -#~ "dades o alentiment del sistema)</li><li>Opcional: correccions que afecten " -#~ "només uns pocs usuaris.</li></ul>Només es mostraran els pedaços que es " -#~ "puguin aplicar al vostre sistema. Els desenvolupadors d'openSUSE apliquen " -#~ "una política de publicació de pedaços molt restringida; podeu estar segur/" -#~ "a que tots els pedaços són d'una severitat significant.si esteu " -#~ "buscant millores de les aplicacions hauríeu de comprovar si hi ha " -#~ "actualitzacions disponibles a l'eina de gestió de programari." +#~ msgid "<h1>Usage</h1><h2>Categories</h2>Patches are grouped as follows:<ul><li>Security: patches a software flaw that could be exploited to gain restricted privilege.</li><li>Recommended: fixes non-security related flaws (e.g. data corruption, performance slowdown)</li><li>Optional: ones that only apply to few users.</li><li>Documentation: fixes documentation errors.</li><li>YaST: patches for the YaST control center tools.</li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "<h1>Propòsit</h1>Aquesta eina us dóna el control per a supervisar i aplicar pedaços de programari. També podeu desfer els pedaços que s'hagin aplicat al sistema.<h1>Ús</h1><h2>Categories</h2>Els pedaços es troben agrupats d'aquesta manera:<ul><li>Seguretat: pedaços de programari que corregeixen errades que podrien permetre aprofitar-se del sistema per a guanyar privilegis restringits.</li><li>Recomanats: corregeix errades que no afecten la seguretat (per exemple, corrupció de dades o alentiment del sistema)</li><li>Opcional: correccions que afecten només uns pocs usuaris.</li></ul>Només es mostraran els pedaços que es puguin aplicar al vostre sistema. Els desenvolupadors d'openSUSE apliquen una política de publicació de pedaços molt restringida; podeu estar segur/a que tots els pedaços són d'una severitat significant.si esteu buscant millores de les aplicacions hauríeu de comprovar si hi ha actualitzacions disponibles a l'eina de gestió de programari." #~ msgid "Information only available for installed packages." #~ msgstr "Només hi ha informació disponible per als paquets instal·lats." @@ -630,15 +602,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -#~| "dependency resolver.\n" +#~| "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver.\n" #~| "The logs will be stored in directory: " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -#~ "dependencies resolver." +#~ msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependencies resolver." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Feu servir això per a generar informes extensius que puguin ajudar a " -#~ "traçar els errors del solucionador de dependències.\n" +#~ "Feu servir això per a generar informes extensius que puguin ajudar a traçar els errors del solucionador de dependències.\n" #~ "Els informes es desaran al directori: " #, fuzzy @@ -656,9 +624,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Also create a <tt>y2logs.tgz</tt> tar archive to attach to bugzilla?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Voleu preparar un fitxer <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> per enviar-lo al " -#~ "Bugzilla?" +#~ msgstr "Voleu preparar un fitxer <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> per enviar-lo al Bugzilla?" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -668,8 +634,7 @@ #~ "Failed to create dependencies resolver testcase.\n" #~ "Please check disk space and permissions for:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "No s'ha pogut crear el model de proves per al solucionador de " -#~ "dependències.\n" +#~ "No s'ha pogut crear el model de proves per al solucionador de dependències.\n" #~ "Si us plau, comproveu l'espai de disc i els permisos per a" #~ msgid "&Import..." @@ -1129,12 +1094,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -#~ "dependency solver.\n" +#~ "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency solver.\n" #~ "The logs will be stored in directory: " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Feu servir això per a generar informes extensius que puguin ajudar a " -#~ "traçar els errors del solucionador de dependències.\n" +#~ "Feu servir això per a generar informes extensius que puguin ajudar a traçar els errors del solucionador de dependències.\n" #~ "Els informes es desaran al directori: " #, fuzzy @@ -1150,8 +1113,7 @@ #~ "Failed to create dependency solver test case.\n" #~ "Please check disk space and permissions for" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "No s'ha pogut crear el model de proves per al solucionador de " -#~ "dependències.\n" +#~ "No s'ha pogut crear el model de proves per al solucionador de dependències.\n" #~ "Si us plau, comproveu l'espai de disc i els permisos per a" #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/http-server.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/http-server.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/http-server.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -37,8 +37,7 @@ #. translators: help text for listen command line action #: src/clients/http-server.rb:65 msgid "Set up the ports and network addresses where the server should listen." -msgstr "" -"Estableix els ports i les adreces de xarxa on el servidor hauria d'escoltar." +msgstr "Estableix els ports i les adreces de xarxa on el servidor hauria d'escoltar." #: src/clients/http-server.rb:74 msgid "Configure virtual hosts" @@ -117,9 +116,7 @@ #. translators: error message in configure command line action #: src/clients/http-server.rb:242 msgid "Only existing hosts can be specified as the host to configure" -msgstr "" -"Només es poden especificar els amfitrions existents com a amfitrió per " -"configurar" +msgstr "Només es poden especificar els amfitrions existents com a amfitrió per configurar" #. translators: popup error message when validate servername #: src/clients/http-server.rb:275 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:885 @@ -338,8 +335,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interrupció de la inicialització</big> \n" -"Per interrompre de forma segura la utilitat de configuració, premeu " -"Interromp ara.\n" +"Per interrompre de forma segura la utilitat de configuració, premeu Interromp ara.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28 @@ -363,47 +359,29 @@ #. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 -msgid "" -"The Port value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The " -"default is 80." -msgstr "" -"El valor del Port defineix el port en què Apache2 escolta. Per " -"defecte és 80." +msgid "The Port value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The default is 80." +msgstr "El valor del Port defineix el port en què Apache2 escolta. Per defecte és 80." #. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Listen on Interfaces contains the list of all IP addresses " -"configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 " -"listens. If you are unsure, check all." -msgstr "" -"Escolta en interfícies conté la llista de totes les adreces IP " -"configurades per a aquest amfitrió. Les adreces IP marcades són les que " -"Apache2 escolta. Si no n'esteu segurs, marqueu-les totes." +msgid "Listen on Interfaces contains the list of all IP addresses configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 listens. If you are unsure, check all." +msgstr "Escolta en interfícies conté la llista de totes les adreces IP configurades per a aquest amfitrió. Les adreces IP marcades són les que Apache2 escolta. Si no n'esteu segurs, marqueu-les totes." #. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support." -msgstr "" -"Aquí, habiliteu les llengües de script que el servidor Apache2 hauria de " -"suportar." +msgid "Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support." +msgstr "Aquí, habiliteu les llengües de script que el servidor Apache2 hauria de suportar." #. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 " -"configuration when you press Finish." -msgstr "" -"El resum mostra els paràmetres que s'escriuran a la configuració " -"d'Apache2 quan premeu Acaba." +msgid "The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 configuration when you press Finish." +msgstr "El resum mostra els paràmetres que s'escriuran a la configuració d'Apache2 quan premeu Acaba." #. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "Press HTTP Server Expert Configuration \n" -"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." -"" +"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." msgstr "" "Premeu Configuració experta del servidor HTTP \n" "\t\tper crear una configuració més detallada abans d'escriure-la." @@ -415,28 +393,24 @@ "The table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\n" "The first column contains the name of the module. \n" "The second column shows whether the module should be\n" -"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column " -"displays a short description\n" +"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\n" "of the module." msgstr "" "<big>Edició dels mòduls del servidor HTTP</big> \n" "La taula conté una llista de tots els mòduls d'Apache2 disponibles.\n" "La primera columna conté el nom del mòdul. \n" "La segona columna mostra si el mòdul hauria de ser carregat\n" -"pel servidor. Els mòduls habilitats es carregaran. L'última columna mostra " -"una descripció breu\n" +"pel servidor. Els mòduls habilitats es carregaran. L'última columna mostra una descripció breu\n" "del mòdul." #. module dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To change the status of a module, \n" -"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.</" -"p>\n" +"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" msgstr "" "Per canviar l'estat d'un mòdul, \n" -"escolliu l'entrada adequada de la taula i cliqueu a Commuta'n l'estat." -"\n" +"escolliu l'entrada adequada de la taula i cliqueu a Commuta'n l'estat.\n" #. module dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:71 @@ -451,13 +425,11 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<big>HTTP Server Settings</big> \n" -"Activate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactivate it, " -"choose\n" +"Activate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactivate it, choose\n" "Disabled.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Paràmetres del servidor HTTP </big> \n" -"Activeu el servidor HTTP escollint Habilitat. Per desactivar-lo, " -"escolliu\n" +"Activeu el servidor HTTP escollint Habilitat. Per desactivar-lo, escolliu\n" "Inhabilitat.\n" #. firewall adapting help 1/1 @@ -498,17 +470,12 @@ "predeterminat (fallback). Si el nom de servidor de l'amfitrió\n" "per defecte no està especificat, es mostra una ruta al document root de\n" "l'amfitrió per defecte.\n" -"Amfitrions conté una llista dels amfitrions configurats per al " -"servidor.\n" +"Amfitrions conté una llista dels amfitrions configurats per al servidor.\n" #. server configuration overview help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click Edit to " -"change settings." -msgstr "" -"Escolliu una entrada adequada de la taula i cliqueu a Edita per " -"canviar-ne els paràmetres." +msgid "Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click Edit to change settings." +msgstr "Escolliu una entrada adequada de la taula i cliqueu a Edita per canviar-ne els paràmetres." #. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106 @@ -520,91 +487,68 @@ msgid "" "<big>Configured Hosts</big> \n" "This is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \n" -"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is " -"used if no other host\n" +"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\n" "matches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\n" "press Set as Default.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Amfitrions configurats</big> \n" "Aquesta és una llista dels amfitrions ja configurats. Un està marcat com \n" -"a amfitrió per defecte (l'asterisc al costat del nom de servidor). Un " -"amfitrió per defecte s'usa si no n'hi ha\n" -"cap altre que coincideixi amb una petició entrant. Per establir un amfitrió " -"com a predeterminat,\n" +"a amfitrió per defecte (l'asterisc al costat del nom de servidor). Un amfitrió per defecte s'usa si no n'hi ha\n" +"cap altre que coincideixi amb una petició entrant. Per establir un amfitrió com a predeterminat,\n" "premeu Estableix per defecte.\n" #. hosts list help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change " -"the host.\n" -"To add a host, click Add. To remove a host, select it and click " -"Delete." +"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change the host.\n" +"To add a host, click Add. To remove a host, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Escolliu una entrada adequada de la taula i cliqueu a edita per " -"canviar l'amfitrió.\n" -"Per afegir-ne un, cliqueu a afegeix. Per eliminar-ne un, seleccioneu-" -"lo i cliqueu a elimina." +"Escolliu una entrada adequada de la taula i cliqueu a edita per canviar l'amfitrió.\n" +"Per afegir-ne un, cliqueu a afegeix. Per eliminar-ne un, seleccioneu-lo i cliqueu a elimina." #. host editing help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "<big>Host Configuration</big> \n" -"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then " -"click Edit.\n" -"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and " -"click Delete." +"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click Edit.\n" +"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Configuració de l'amfitrió</big> \n" -"Per editar els paràmetres de l'amfitrió, escolliu una entrada adequada de la " -"taula i cliqueu a edita.\n" -"Per afegir una opció, cliqueu aafegeix. Per eliminar-ne una, " -"seleccioneu-la i cliqueu a elimina." +"Per editar els paràmetres de l'amfitrió, escolliu una entrada adequada de la taula i cliqueu a edita.\n" +"Per afegir una opció, cliqueu aafegeix. Per eliminar-ne una, seleccioneu-la i cliqueu a elimina." #. host editing help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "The Server Resolution options set the resolution when using\n" -"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers</" -"b>,\n" +"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers,\n" "\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n" -"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use " -"Resolution via IP address" +"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use Resolution via IP address" msgstr "" -"Les opcions de Resolució del servidor estableixen la resolució " -"quan s'usen\n" -"\tamfitrions virtuals. Ara bé, quan escolliu Resolució a través de " -"capçaleres HTTP,\n" -"\tel servidor per defecte no tindrà mai peticions servides a l'adreça IP " -"d'amfitrions\n" -"\ta virtuals basats en el nom. Si teniu pensat configurar-ne un basat en " -"SSL, useu Resolució a través d'adreça IP" +"Les opcions de Resolució del servidor estableixen la resolució quan s'usen\n" +"\tamfitrions virtuals. Ara bé, quan escolliu Resolució a través de capçaleres HTTP,\n" +"\tel servidor per defecte no tindrà mai peticions servides a l'adreça IP d'amfitrions\n" +"\ta virtuals basats en el nom. Si teniu pensat configurar-ne un basat en SSL, useu Resolució a través d'adreça IP" #. listen dialog editor help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<big>Listen Settings for a Host</big> \n" -"The Listen directive allows selection of ports and network " -"interfaces\n" +"The Listen directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\n" "where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Escolta Paràmetre per a l'amfitrió</big> \n" -"La directiva Escolta permet la selecció de ports i interfícies de " -"xarxa\n" +"La directiva Escolta permet la selecció de ports i interfícies de xarxa\n" "en què el servidor HTTP hauria d'escoltar per a peticions entrants.\n" #. listen dialog editor help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change " -"the entry.\n" -"To add a new entry, click Add. To remove an entry, select it and " -"click Delete." +"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change the entry.\n" +"To add a new entry, click Add. To remove an entry, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Escolliu una entrada adequada de la taula i cliqueu a edita per " -"canviar-la.\n" -"Per afegir-ne una, cliqueu a afegeix. Per eliminar-ne una, " -"seleccioneu-la i cliqueu a elimina." +"Escolliu una entrada adequada de la taula i cliqueu a edita per canviar-la.\n" +"Per afegir-ne una, cliqueu a afegeix. Per eliminar-ne una, seleccioneu-la i cliqueu a elimina." #. ssl options dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143 @@ -615,8 +559,7 @@ "encrypting communication.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuració SSL</big> \n" -"Aquesta és una llista d'opcions relacionades amb els paràmetres de SSL " -"(Secure Socket Layer)\n" +"Aquesta és una llista d'opcions relacionades amb els paràmetres de SSL (Secure Socket Layer)\n" "de l'amfitrió. SSL permet la comunicació segura amb l'amfitrió\n" "a través d'una comunicació encriptada.\n" @@ -624,30 +567,23 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\n" -"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access " -"(<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" +"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" "or accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "El comportament general és determinat per l'opció SSL. L'amfitrió pot no\n" -"tenir suport SSL (<tt>No SSL</tt>), permetre accés no SSL i accés SSL " -"(<tt>permès</tt>),\n" -"o acceptar només conneccions encriptades a través de SSL (<tt>Requerit</" -"tt>).\n" +"tenir suport SSL (<tt>No SSL</tt>), permetre accés no SSL i accés SSL (<tt>permès</tt>),\n" +"o acceptar només conneccions encriptades a través de SSL (<tt>Requerit</tt>).\n" "\n" #. ssl options dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate option of the table and click Edit to change " -"the option.\n" -"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and " -"click Delete." +"Choose an appropriate option of the table and click Edit to change the option.\n" +"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Escolliu una opció adequada de la taula i cliqueu a edita per " -"canviar-la.\n" -"Per afegir-ne una, cliqueu a afegeix. Per eliminar-ne una, " -"seleccioneu-la i cliqueu a elimina." +"Escolliu una opció adequada de la taula i cliqueu a edita per canviar-la.\n" +"Per afegir-ne una, cliqueu a afegeix. Per eliminar-ne una, seleccioneu-la i cliqueu a elimina." #. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode) #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162 @@ -670,35 +606,30 @@ "Note: If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" "module should be loaded by the server.\n" msgstr "" -"Nota: si habiliteu l'ús de SSL per a un amfitrió, el mòdul " -"<tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" +"Nota: si habiliteu l'ús de SSL per a un amfitrió, el mòdul <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" "només hauria de ser carregat pel servidor.\n" #. new host dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<big>New Host</big> \n" -"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." -"" +"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." msgstr "" "<big>Amfitrió nou</big> \n" -"Aquest diàleg us permet d'introduir informació bàsica sobre un amfitrió nou." -"" +"Aquest diàleg us permet d'introduir informació bàsica sobre un amfitrió nou." #. new host dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "Server Identification specifies the content and\n" -"the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS " -"name returned as a part\n" +"the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS name returned as a part\n" "of the HTTP headers of the server response. Server Contents Root\n" "is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n" "this virtual host. Administrator E-Mail allows setup of an e-mail\n" "address for feedback about this host.\n" msgstr "" "Identificació del servidor specifies the content and\n" -"the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS " -"name returned as a part\n" +"the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS name returned as a part\n" "of the HTTP headers of the server response. Server Contents Root\n" "is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n" "this virtual host. Administrator E-Mail allows setup of an e-mail\n" @@ -712,11 +643,9 @@ "settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n" "There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n" "from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\n" -"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual " -"host\n" +"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n" "by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n" -"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use Resolution via IP address</" -"b>\n" +"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use Resolution via IP address\n" "Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Resolució del servidor</big> \n" @@ -724,34 +653,28 @@ "settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n" "There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n" "from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\n" -"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual " -"host\n" +"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n" "by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n" -"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use Resolution via IP address</" -"b>\n" +"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use Resolution via IP address\n" "Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.\n" #. advanced new host dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>Details for New Host</big> \n" -"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual " -"host." +"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host." msgstr "" "<big>Detalls per a amfitrió nou</big> \n" -"Aquest diàleg us permet especificar informació addiciona sobre un nou " -"amfitrió virtual." +"Aquest diàleg us permet especificar informació addiciona sobre un nou amfitrió virtual." #. advanced new host dialog 2/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "Select Enable CGI Support\n" -"to run CGI scripts in the path in CGI Directory Path using the alias " -"<tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." +"to run CGI scripts in the path in CGI Directory Path using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." msgstr "" "Seleccioneu Habilita suport CGI\n" -"per executar scripts CGI a la ruta a Ruta del directori CGI usant " -"l'àlies <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." +"per executar scripts CGI a la ruta a Ruta del directori CGI usant l'àlies <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." #. advanced new host dialog 3/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208 @@ -761,24 +684,15 @@ "Then enter the path for the certificate file in Certificate File\n" "Path.This option is only available for IP-based vhosts.\n" msgstr "" -"Per a accés HTTPS a aquest amfitrió virtual, seleccioneu Habilita " -"suport SSL.\n" +"Per a accés HTTPS a aquest amfitrió virtual, seleccioneu Habilita suport SSL.\n" "\n" "Introduïu després la ruta del fitxer de certificat a Ruta del fitxer de\n" -"certificat. Aquesta opció només està disponible en amfitrions virtuals " -"basats en IP.\n" +"certificat. Aquesta opció només està disponible en amfitrions virtuals basats en IP.\n" #. advanced new host dialog 4/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 -msgid "" -"In Directory Index, enter a space-separated list of files that " -"Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends " -"in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided." -msgstr "" -"In Índex de directory, introduïu una llista fitxers separats per " -"espais que Apache hauria de cercar i proporcionar quan es demani un URL per " -"a un directori (un que acabi en <tt>/</tt>). Es proporciona el primer " -"fitxer que hi coincideixi." +msgid "In Directory Index, enter a space-separated list of files that Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided." +msgstr "In Índex de directory, introduïu una llista fitxers separats per espais que Apache hauria de cercar i proporcionar quan es demani un URL per a un directori (un que acabi en <tt>/</tt>). Es proporciona el primer fitxer que hi coincideixi." #. advanced new host dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219 @@ -789,8 +703,7 @@ msgstr "" "HTML públic\n" "\n" -"habilita l'accés als directoris <tt>.public_html</tt> de tots els usuaris.</" -"p>" +"habilita l'accés als directoris <tt>.public_html</tt> de tots els usuaris." #. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon. #. @@ -906,11 +819,8 @@ #. notification about package needed 1/2 #: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:170 -msgid "" -"To configure the HTTP server, the %1 packages must be installed.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Per configurar el servidor HTTP, cal instal·lar els paquets %1." +msgid "To configure the HTTP server, the %1 packages must be installed." +msgstr "Per configurar el servidor HTTP, cal instal·lar els paquets %1." #. notification about package needed 2/2 #: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:174 @@ -1286,8 +1196,7 @@ #. in another virtual host #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:991 msgid "The server name entered is already configured on another virtual host." -msgstr "" -"El nom de servidor introduït ja està configurat en un altre amfitrió virtual." +msgstr "El nom de servidor introduït ja està configurat en un altre amfitrió virtual." #. error message - the entered ip address is already #. configured for another virtual host @@ -1590,8 +1499,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 msgid "No certificate key file configured for this host ID." -msgstr "" -"No hi ha fitxer de clau de certificat configurat per aquesta ID d'amfitrió." +msgstr "No hi ha fitxer de clau de certificat configurat per aquesta ID d'amfitrió." #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1779 msgid "Parsing the key file failed." @@ -1599,26 +1507,19 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1812 msgid "No CA certificate file configured for this host ID." -msgstr "" -"No hi ha fitxer de certificat CA configurat per aquesta ID d'amfitrió. " +msgstr "No hi ha fitxer de certificat CA configurat per aquesta ID d'amfitrió. " #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13 msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc." -msgstr "" -"Proporciona control d'accés basat en el nom del client amfitrió, adreça IP, " -"etc." +msgstr "Proporciona control d'accés basat en el nom del client amfitrió, adreça IP, etc." #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:23 msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method" msgstr "Executant scripts CGI basats en tipus de mitjà o mètode de petició" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:32 -msgid "" -"Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for " -"URL redirection" -msgstr "" -"Mapejant diferents parts del sistema de fitxers amfitrió a l'arbre de " -"documents i per a redirecció URL" +msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection" +msgstr "Mapejant diferents parts del sistema de fitxers amfitrió a l'arbre de documents i per a redirecció URL" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:47 msgid "Basic authentication" @@ -1641,10 +1542,8 @@ msgstr "Autenticació d'usuari amb fitxers DBM" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:96 -msgid "" -"Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" -msgstr "" -"Genera índexs de directoris, automàticament, semblant a l'ordre d'Unix Is" +msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" +msgstr "Genera índexs de directoris, automàticament, semblant a l'ordre d'Unix Is" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:117 msgid "Execution of CGI scripts" @@ -1652,9 +1551,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:127 msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files" -msgstr "" -"Proporciona resseguir redireccionaments de barra i servei de fitxers d'índex " -"de directori" +msgstr "Proporciona resseguir redireccionaments de barra i servei de fitxers d'índex de directori" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:136 msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages" @@ -1662,9 +1559,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:146 msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria" -msgstr "" -"Generació de capçaleres de caducitat HTTP d'acord amb els criteris " -"especificats per l'usuari" +msgstr "Generació de capçaleres de caducitat HTTP d'acord amb els criteris especificats per l'usuari" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:161 msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)" @@ -1675,24 +1570,16 @@ msgstr "Registre de les peticions fetes al servidor" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:187 -msgid "" -"Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and " -"content" -msgstr "" -"Associa les extensions del nom de fitxer demanades amb el comportament i el " -"contingut del fitxer" +msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content" +msgstr "Associa les extensions del nom de fitxer demanades amb el comportament i el contingut del fitxer" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:212 msgid "Provides for content negotiation" msgstr "Proporciona negociació de contingut" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:222 -msgid "" -"Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the " -"request" -msgstr "" -"Permet l'establiment de variables d'entorn basades en característiques de la " -"petició" +msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request" +msgstr "Permet l'establiment de variables d'entorn basades en característiques de la petició" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:233 msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance" @@ -1719,12 +1606,8 @@ msgstr "Autenticació d'usuaris amb MD5 Digest " #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:302 -msgid "" -"Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic " -"authentication" -msgstr "" -"Permet que un directori LDAP sigui usat per desar la base de dades per a " -"l'autenticació bàsica HTTP" +msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication" +msgstr "Permet que un directori LDAP sigui usat per desar la base de dades per a l'autenticació bàsica HTTP" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:320 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:495 msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs" @@ -1755,12 +1638,8 @@ msgstr "Un servidor d'eco per il·lustrar els mòduls de protocol" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:413 -msgid "" -"Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the " -"client" -msgstr "" -"Passa el cos de la resposta a través d'un programa extern abans del " -"lliurament al client" +msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client" +msgstr "Passa el cos de la resposta a través d'un programa extern abans del lliurament al client" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:426 msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory" @@ -1779,22 +1658,16 @@ msgstr "Proporciona un resum entenedor de la configuració del servidor" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:469 -msgid "" -"LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP " -"modules" -msgstr "" -"Enquesta de connexió LDAP i resultat dels serveis de cache per usar per " -"altres mòduls LDAP" +msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules" +msgstr "Enquesta de connexió LDAP i resultat dels serveis de cache per usar per altres mòduls LDAP" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:489 msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request" msgstr "Registre de bytes d'entrada i sortida per petició" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:509 -msgid "" -"Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" -msgstr "" -"Determina el tipus MIME d'un fitxer mirant-ne uns pocs bytes del contingut" +msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" +msgstr "Determina el tipus MIME d'un fitxer mirant-ne uns pocs bytes del contingut" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:518 msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server" @@ -1817,29 +1690,20 @@ msgstr "Mòdul de suport HTTP per a mod_proxy" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:592 -msgid "" -"Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" -msgstr "" -"Proporciona un motor de reescriptura basat en regles per reescriure URL " -"demanades al vol" +msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" +msgstr "Proporciona un motor de reescriptura basat en regles per reescriure URL demanades al vol" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:619 msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered" msgstr "Intenta corregir URL erronis que els usuaris poden haver introduït" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:628 -msgid "" -"Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer " -"Security (TLS) protocols" -msgstr "" -"Criptografia forta que usa els protocols Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) i " -"Transport Layer Security (TLS) " +msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols" +msgstr "Criptografia forta que usa els protocols Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) i Transport Layer Security (TLS) " #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:668 -msgid "" -"Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" -msgstr "" -"Proporciona un entorn variabla amb un únic identificador per a cada petició" +msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" +msgstr "Proporciona un entorn variabla amb un únic identificador per a cada petició" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:674 msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site" @@ -1847,8 +1711,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:694 msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting" -msgstr "" -"Proporciona suport per a \"hosting\" virtual massiu configurat dinàmicament" +msgstr "Proporciona suport per a \"hosting\" virtual massiu configurat dinàmicament" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:711 msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages" @@ -1864,8 +1727,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:729 msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache" -msgstr "" -"Proporciona suport per a confinament de subprocessos AppArmor dins d'Apache" +msgstr "Proporciona suport per a confinament de subprocessos AppArmor dins d'Apache" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:735 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:742 msgid "Provides support for subversion" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/inetd.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/inetd.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/inetd.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -271,8 +271,7 @@ #. Translators: Popup::Message #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599 msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog." -msgstr "" -"Per a activar o desactivar un servei, seleccioneu-lo al diàleg principal." +msgstr "Per a activar o desactivar un servei, seleccioneu-lo al diàleg principal." #. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); #. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() @@ -379,8 +378,7 @@ #. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only." -msgstr "" -"L'usuari %1 està reservat exclusivament per a processos del servidor intern." +msgstr "L'usuari %1 està reservat exclusivament per a processos del servidor intern." #. Popup::Error #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:38 @@ -408,8 +406,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Avorta el procés d'inicialització:</BIG> \n" -"Per a abandonar la utilitat de configuració de forma segura, premeu " -"Cancel·la.\n" +"Per a abandonar la utilitat de configuració de forma segura, premeu Cancel·la.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54 @@ -441,8 +438,7 @@ "configuration. To stop the super-server, click Disable.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuració dels serveis de xarxa</big> \n" -"Premeu Activa per a activar els serveis de xarxa administrats per " -"una \n" +"Premeu Activa per a activar els serveis de xarxa administrats per una \n" "configuració de superservidor.\n" "Per a aturar el superservidor, premeu Desactiva.\n" @@ -461,24 +457,20 @@ "<big>Services Status:</big> \n" "All services marked with --- are inactive (locked).\n" "All services marked with On are active (unlocked).\n" -"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be " -"configured." +"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be configured." msgstr "" "<big>Estat dels serveis</big> \n" "Tots els serveis marcats amb --- són inactius (blocats).\n" "Tots els serveis marcats amb On són actius (desblocats).\n" -"Tots els serveis marcats amb NI no estan instal·lats i no es poden " -"configurar." +"Tots els serveis marcats amb NI no estan instal·lats i no es poden configurar." #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Changing Service Status:</big> \n" -"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or " -"Off).\n" +"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or Off).\n" msgstr "" "<big>Canvi de l'estat del servei</big> \n" -"Seleccioneu el servei que voleu activar o desactivar i premeu Canvia " -"l'estat (activat o desactivat).\n" +"Seleccioneu el servei que voleu activar o desactivar i premeu Canvia l'estat (activat o desactivat).\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 msgid "" @@ -508,13 +500,11 @@ msgid "" "<big>Canceling Configuration:</big>\n" "Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the Cancel button.\n" -"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration " -"will remain.\n" +"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Abandona la configuració:</big>\n" "Per a abandonar la configuració, premeu el botó Abandona.\n" -"En fer-ho, es perdran tots els canvis i es mantindrà la configuració " -"original.\n" +"En fer-ho, es perdran tots els canvis i es mantindrà la configuració original.\n" #. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. #. @return The help text. @@ -555,12 +545,8 @@ "</ul>" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Això és una descripció breu. Per a obtenir més informació, vegeu info " -"xinetd.conf.\n" +msgid "This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.\n" +msgstr "Això és una descripció breu. Per a obtenir més informació, vegeu info xinetd.conf.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 msgid "" @@ -579,20 +565,17 @@ msgstr "" "El tipus de sòcol ha de ser stream, dgram, raw o seqpacket,\n" " en funció de si el sòcol és un flux, un datagrama,\n" -"necessita accés directe a l'IP o la transmissió d'un datagrama seqüencial " -"fiable.\n" +"necessita accés directe a l'IP o la transmissió d'un datagrama seqüencial fiable.\n" "\n" "\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" -"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/" -"protocols.\n" +"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n" "Examples include tcp,udp,rpc/tcp, and rpc/udp.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"El protocol ha de ser un protocol vàlid tal com s'especifica a /" -"etc/protocols. \n" +"El protocol ha de ser un protocol vàlid tal com s'especifica a /etc/protocols. \n" "Per exemple, tcp,udp,rpc/tcp o rpc/udp.\n" "\n" @@ -615,15 +598,11 @@ "d'un fil o de diversos fils i si l'xinetd \n" "o el programa del servidor accepten la connexió. Si el valor és\n" "sí, el servei és d'un fil. Significa que l'xinetd \n" -"inicia el servidor i després deixa de gestionar sol·licituds de servei fins " -"que el servidor ja no està connectat i el programari del servidor accepta " -"la\n" +"inicia el servidor i després deixa de gestionar sol·licituds de servei fins que el servidor ja no està connectat i el programari del servidor accepta la\n" "connexió. Si el valor d'atribut és no, el servei és\n" -"de diversos fils i l'xinetd continua gestionant noves sol·licituds de servei " -"i \n" +"de diversos fils i l'xinetd continua gestionant noves sol·licituds de servei i \n" "accepta la connexió. \n" -"Els serveis udp/dgram normalment esperen que el valor sigui sí</" -"b>,\n" +"Els serveis udp/dgram normalment esperen que el valor sigui sí,\n" "perquè l'udp no és de connexió. Els servidors tcp/stream\n" "preveuen normalment que el valor sigui no.\n" @@ -635,8 +614,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "El servidor s'executarà amb els permisos de l'usuari seleccionat a\n" -"Usuari. Això serveix per a executar serveis amb permisos per sota " -"dels de l'usuari primari.\n" +"Usuari. Això serveix per a executar serveis amb permisos per sota dels de l'usuari primari.\n" "\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:159 @@ -648,10 +626,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "A l'entrada Servidor introduïu el camí d'accés del \n" -"programa que executarà el superservidor quan rebi una sol·licitud en aquest " -"sòcol.\n" -"Es poden especificar els paràmetres per a aquest programa a Arguments del " -"servidor.\n" +"programa que executarà el superservidor quan rebi una sol·licitud en aquest sòcol.\n" +"Es poden especificar els paràmetres per a aquest programa a Arguments del servidor.\n" "\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/installation.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/installation.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/installation.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -38,23 +38,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST " -"profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>." +"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" -"Utilitzeu Clona la configuració si voleu crear un perfil " -"d'AutoYaST.\n" -"L'AutoYaST és una manera de fer una instal·lació completa del SUSE Linux " -"sense interacció amb l'usuari. L'AutoYaST\n" -"necessita un perfil per saber quina aparença ha de tenir el sistema " -"instal·lat. Si se selecciona\n" -"aquesta opció, s'emmagatzema un perfil del sistema actual a <tt>/root/" -"autoinst.xml</tt>." +"Utilitzeu Clona la configuració si voleu crear un perfil d'AutoYaST.\n" +"L'AutoYaST és una manera de fer una instal·lació completa del SUSE Linux sense interacció amb l'usuari. L'AutoYaST\n" +"necessita un perfil per saber quina aparença ha de tenir el sistema instal·lat. Si se selecciona\n" +"aquesta opció, s'emmagatzema un perfil del sistema actual a <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." #. this is a heading #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:68 @@ -69,12 +61,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=" -"\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." -msgstr "" -"El perfil d'AutoYaST serà desat a /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">no " -"l'escriguis</a>)." +msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." +msgstr "El perfil d'AutoYaST serà desat a /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">no l'escriguis</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text @@ -119,12 +107,8 @@ msgstr "Instal·lació des d'imatges" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu triar utilitzar les imatges predefinides de Novell per augmentar " -"la velocitat d'instal·lació dels RPM." +msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." +msgstr "Aquí podeu triar utilitzar les imatges predefinides de Novell per augmentar la velocitat d'instal·lació dels RPM." #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133 msgid "&Install from Images" @@ -135,12 +119,8 @@ msgstr "&No instal·lis des d'imatges" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153 -msgid "" -"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " -"source" -msgstr "" -"Implementació d'imatges personalitzades - això necessita configurar un URL " -"com a font de la instal·lació" +msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" +msgstr "Implementació d'imatges personalitzades - això necessita configurar un URL com a font de la instal·lació" #. Image name, Image location #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:162 @@ -148,20 +128,12 @@ msgstr "Aquí podeu crear imatges personalitzades.\n" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163 -msgid "" -"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " -"image here" -msgstr "" -"Heu de configurar primer la selecció de programari abans de poder crear una " -"imatge aquí" +msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" +msgstr "Heu de configurar primer la selecció de programari abans de poder crear una imatge aquí" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " -"installation)" -msgstr "" -"Crea un fitxer d'imatge (AutoYaST la cercarà a l'ubicació proporcionada " -"durant la instal·lació)" +msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" +msgstr "Crea un fitxer d'imatge (AutoYaST la cercarà a l'ubicació proporcionada durant la instal·lació)" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181 msgid "Create Image" @@ -177,8 +149,7 @@ #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:211 msgid "Create ISO (image and autoinst.xml will be on the media)" -msgstr "" -"Crea una imatge ISO (la imatge i el fitxer autoinst.xml estaran al mitjà)" +msgstr "Crea una imatge ISO (la imatge i el fitxer autoinst.xml estaran al mitjà)" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -186,32 +157,23 @@ msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " -"the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" msgstr "" -"La instal·lació des d'imatges s'utilitza per fer la instal·lació " -"més de pressa.\n" -"Les imatges contenen captures de pantalla comprimides del sistema instal·lat " -"que coincideix amb la selecció\n" -"de patrons. La resta de paquets que no són a les imatges s'instal·laran des " -"dels paquets\n" +"La instal·lació des d'imatges s'utilitza per fer la instal·lació més de pressa.\n" +"Les imatges contenen captures de pantalla comprimides del sistema instal·lat que coincideix amb la selecció\n" +"de patrons. La resta de paquets que no són a les imatges s'instal·laran des dels paquets\n" "de la manera habitual.\n" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " -"dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " -"already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-" -"installation." +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." msgstr "" -"La creació d'imatges pròpies es fa servir si voleu ometre el pas " -"complet de la instal·lació RPM.\n" -"En lloc d'això, AutoYaST bolcarà una imatge al disc dur, cosa que és molt " -"més ràpida i es pot configurar abans.\n" +"La creació d'imatges pròpies es fa servir si voleu ometre el pas complet de la instal·lació RPM.\n" +"En lloc d'això, AutoYaST bolcarà una imatge al disc dur, cosa que és molt més ràpida i es pot configurar abans.\n" "La resta de tasques es faran igual que a una instal·lació automàtica normal." #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347 @@ -221,15 +183,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " -"originating from the images will\n" -"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</" -"p>" +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" +"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." msgstr "" -"Noteu que quan s'instal·la des d'imatges, les etiquetes d'hora i data " -"dels paquets que provinguin de les imatges\n" -"no coincidiran amb la data de la instal·lació sinó amb la data en què es va " -"crear la imatge." +"Noteu que quan s'instal·la des d'imatges, les etiquetes d'hora i data dels paquets que provinguin de les imatges\n" +"no coincidiran amb la data de la instal·lació sinó amb la data en què es va crear la imatge." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 @@ -271,15 +229,13 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"La instal·lació des d'imatges està habilitada (<a href=\"%1\">inhabilita</a>)" +msgstr "La instal·lació des d'imatges està habilitada (<a href=\"%1\">inhabilita</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"La instal·lació des d'imatges està inhabilitada (<a href=\"%1\">habilita</a>)" +msgstr "La instal·lació des d'imatges està inhabilitada (<a href=\"%1\">habilita</a>)" #. progress step title #: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 @@ -394,8 +350,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Trieu l'Idioma i la Disposició de teclat que voleu utilitzar " -"durant la instal·lació i al\n" +"Trieu l'Idioma i la Disposició de teclat que voleu utilitzar durant la instal·lació i al\n" "sistema instal·lat.\n" "\n" @@ -405,14 +360,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available " -"translations.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "S'ha d'acceptar la llicència per continuar la instal·lació.\n" -"Utilitzeu Traduccions de la llicència... per mostrar totes les " -"traduccions disponibles.\n" +"Utilitzeu Traduccions de la llicència... per mostrar totes les traduccions disponibles.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued @@ -546,20 +499,14 @@ #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" "Utilitzeu Clona si voleu crear un perfil d'AutoYaST.\n" -"L'AutoYaST es una manera de fer una instal·lació completa del SUSE Linux " -"sense interacció amb l'usuari. L'AutoYaST\n" -"necessita un perfil per saber quina aparença ha de tenir el sistema " -"instal·lat. Si se selecciona\n" -"aquesta opció, s'emmagatzema un perfil del sistema actual a <tt>/root/" -"autoyast.xml</tt>." +"L'AutoYaST es una manera de fer una instal·lació completa del SUSE Linux sense interacció amb l'usuari. L'AutoYaST\n" +"necessita un perfil per saber quina aparença ha de tenir el sistema instal·lat. Si se selecciona\n" +"aquesta opció, s'emmagatzema un perfil del sistema actual a <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>." #. Dialog busy message #. TRANSLATORS: busy message @@ -571,11 +518,8 @@ #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308 -msgid "" -"To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Per clonar el sistema actual, cal que el paquet %1 estigui " -"instal·lat." +msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Per clonar el sistema actual, cal que el paquet %1 estigui instal·lat." #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -615,12 +559,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " -"packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgstr "" "S'ha habilitat la depuració.\n" -"El YaST obrirà un gestor de paquets perquè comproveu l'estat actual dels " -"paquets." +"El YaST obrirà un gestor de paquets perquè comproveu l'estat actual dels paquets." #. unknown image #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 @@ -654,12 +596,8 @@ msgstr "&Disc a usar" #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " -"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu el disc on es desplegarà la imatge. Es destruiran totes les " -"dades del disc i es partirà el disc tal com es defineix a la imatge." +msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgstr "Seleccioneu el disc on es desplegarà la imatge. Es destruiran totes les dades del disc i es partirà el disc tal com es defineix a la imatge." #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" @@ -731,15 +669,12 @@ #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" -msgstr "" -"S'han trobat actualizacions de paquets en aquests repositoris addicionals:" +msgstr "S'han trobat actualizacions de paquets en aquests repositoris addicionals:" #. yes/no popup question #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:168 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" -msgstr "" -"Inicar el gestor de programari per comprovar i instal·lar les " -"actualitzacions?" +msgstr "Inicar el gestor de programari per comprovar i instal·lar les actualitzacions?" #. check box #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:512 @@ -872,31 +807,24 @@ "Add Online Repositories Before Installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Per utilitzar els dipòsits remots suggerits durant la instal·lació o " -"l'actualització,\n" +"Per utilitzar els dipòsits remots suggerits durant la instal·lació o l'actualització,\n" "seleccioneu Afegeix dipòsits en línia abans de la instal·lació." #. help text for installation method #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208 msgid "" "\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -"select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Per instal·lar un producte complementari dels suports independents amb el " -"&product; seleccioneu\n" +"Per instal·lar un producte complementari dels suports independents amb el &product; seleccioneu\n" "Inclou els productes complementaris dels suports independents.\n" #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211 -msgid "" -"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://" -"drivers.suse.com site." -msgstr "" -"Si necessiteu controladors de maquinari específics per a la instal·lació, " -"vegeu http://drivers.suse.com site." +msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." +msgstr "Si necessiteu controladors de maquinari específics per a la instal·lació, vegeu http://drivers.suse.com site." #. Error message #: src/clients/inst_license.rb:128 @@ -952,12 +880,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " -"configuration.\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Es necessita una xarxa configurada per utilitzar dipòsits remots\n" -"o productes complementaris. Si no utilitzeu dipòsits remots, ometeu la " -"configuració.\n" +"o productes complementaris. Si no utilitzeu dipòsits remots, ometeu la configuració.\n" #. error popup #: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:187 @@ -971,37 +897,26 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a " -"number \n" -"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " -"ones \n" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" +"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" "GNOME and KDE." msgstr "" -"Al Linux, poder triar és una prioritat absoluta. L'openSUSE " -"ofereix nombrosos\n" -"entorns d'escriptori. Tot seguit trobareu una llista dels dos més " -"importants:\n" +"Al Linux, poder triar és una prioritat absoluta. L'openSUSE ofereix nombrosos\n" +"entorns d'escriptori. Tot seguit trobareu una llista dels dos més importants:\n" "el GNOME i el KDE." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " -"installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in " -"the software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " -"additional desktop \n" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default." msgstr "" -"Podeu seleccionar entorns d'escriptori alternatius (o un dels patrons " -"d'instal·lació mínima)\n" -"que s'adapti millor a les vostres necessitats prement l'opció Altre. " -"Més tard a la selecció\n" -"de programari o després de la instal·lació, podreu canviar la selecció o " -"afegir entorns d'escriptori\n" -"addicionals. Aquesta pantalla us permet seleccionar l'escriptori per defecte." -"" +"Podeu seleccionar entorns d'escriptori alternatius (o un dels patrons d'instal·lació mínima)\n" +"que s'adapti millor a les vostres necessitats prement l'opció Altre. Més tard a la selecció\n" +"de programari o després de la instal·lació, podreu canviar la selecció o afegir entorns d'escriptori\n" +"addicionals. Aquesta pantalla us permet seleccionar l'escriptori per defecte." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121 @@ -1025,8 +940,7 @@ #. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158) #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown." -msgstr "" -"No es pot trobar el producte de base. Les notes de la versió no es mostraran." +msgstr "No es pot trobar el producte de base. Les notes de la versió no es mostraran." #. 1 GB is a good approximation #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 @@ -1057,9 +971,7 @@ #. to store profile after installation #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:227 msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." -msgstr "" -"Error a l'hora de desar la configuració. Se'n poden veure els detals al " -"registre." +msgstr "Error a l'hora de desar la configuració. Se'n poden veure els detals al registre." #. message show when user has disabled the configuration #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 @@ -1146,9 +1058,7 @@ #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "" -"Per tal d'efectuar canvis, feu un clic en qualsevol de les capçaleres, o bé, " -"feu servir el menú \"Canvia...\" que apareix més avall." +msgstr "Per tal d'efectuar canvis, feu un clic en qualsevol de les capçaleres, o bé, feu servir el menú \"Canvia...\" que apareix més avall." #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." @@ -1177,13 +1087,11 @@ #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values " -"displayed.\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccioneu l'opció Instal·la per a dur a terme una instal·lació nova " -"amb els valors mostrats.\n" +"Seleccioneu l'opció Instal·la per a dur a terme una instal·lació nova amb els valors mostrats.\n" "\n" #. kicking out, bug #203811 @@ -1214,8 +1122,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"El disc dur encara no s'ha modificat. Encara es pot interrompre la " -"instal·lació sense cap problema.\n" +"El disc dur encara no s'ha modificat. Encara es pot interrompre la instal·lació sense cap problema.\n" "\n" #. Help text for update proposal @@ -1227,8 +1134,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccioneu l'opció Actualitza per a dur a terme una actualització " -"amb els valors mostrats.\n" +"Seleccioneu l'opció Actualitza per a dur a terme una actualització amb els valors mostrats.\n" "\n" #. Help text for network configuration proposal @@ -1278,8 +1184,7 @@ "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." msgstr "" -"La instal·lació de l'UML (mode d'usuari Linux) permet iniciar màquines " -"virtuals\n" +"La instal·lació de l'UML (mode d'usuari Linux) permet iniciar màquines virtuals\n" "Linux independents al sistema principal." #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or @@ -1302,10 +1207,8 @@ "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.\n" msgstr "" -"L'administrador del sistema pot blocar algunes propostes, perquè no es " -"canviïn. Per modificar\n" -"una proposta blocada, sol·liciteu-ho al vostre administrador de sistema.</" -"p>\n" +"L'administrador del sistema pot blocar algunes propostes, perquè no es canviïn. Per modificar\n" +"una proposta blocada, sol·liciteu-ho al vostre administrador de sistema.\n" #. FATE #120373 #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 @@ -1342,10 +1245,8 @@ "The release notes for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n" "summary of new features and changes.\n" msgstr "" -"En aquesta secció es troben les notes de la versió per al sistema " -"Linux\n" -"instal·lat. Aquestes notes ofereixen un resum de les novetats i els canvis.</" -"p>\n" +"En aquesta secció es troben les notes de la versió per al sistema Linux\n" +"instal·lat. Aquestes notes ofereixen un resum de les novetats i els canvis.\n" #. informative message in RichText widget #: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:463 @@ -1366,8 +1267,7 @@ "Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.\n" msgstr "" "Seleccioneu un escenari que s'adapti millor a les vostres necessitats.\n" -"Més endavant podreu seleccionar programari addicional a la proposta de " -"programari.\n" +"Més endavant podreu seleccionar programari addicional a la proposta de programari.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message #: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138 @@ -1424,8 +1324,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." -msgstr "" -"S’estan carregant els mòduls del nucli per als controladors de disc dur..." +msgstr "S’estan carregant els mòduls del nucli per als controladors de disc dur..." #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 msgid "Probe hard disks" @@ -1460,20 +1359,16 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." -msgstr "" -"Espereu mentre es prova el maquinari de l'ordinador i els sistemes " -"instal·lats..." +msgstr "Espereu mentre es prova el maquinari de l'ordinador i els sistemes instal·lats..." #. additonal error when HW was not found #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -"installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Mireu 'drivers.suse.com' si necessiteu controladors de maquinari específics " -"per a la instal·lació." +"Mireu 'drivers.suse.com' si necessiteu controladors de maquinari específics per a la instal·lació." #. pop-up error report #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 @@ -1575,8 +1470,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " -"upgrade process." +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" "Aquí es mostren tots els dipòsits que s'han trobat\n" "en el sistema que voleu actualitzar. Habiliteu els que\n" @@ -1589,8 +1483,7 @@ "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" "Per habilitar, eliminar o inhabilitar un URL, feu clic a\n" -"Commuta l'estat o feu doble clic a l'element respectiu de la taula.</" -"p>" +"Commuta l'estat o feu doble clic a l'element respectiu de la taula." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 @@ -1760,8 +1653,7 @@ " \n" msgstr "" "Cal realitzar alguns passos abans que el sistema estigui preparat\n" -"per al seu ús. El YaST us guiarà a través de la configuració bàsica. Feu " -"clic a\n" +"per al seu ús. El YaST us guiarà a través de la configuració bàsica. Feu clic a\n" "Següent per continuar. \n" " \n" @@ -1900,8 +1792,7 @@ "\n" "S'està carregant el nucli instal·lat mitjançant kexec.\n" "\n" -"S'està intentant carregar el nucli instal·lat mitjançant kexec en comptes de " -"reiniciar.\n" +"S'està intentant carregar el nucli instal·lat mitjançant kexec en comptes de reiniciar.\n" "Espereu.\n" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -1972,8 +1863,7 @@ msgstr "" "La interfície gràfica no s'ha pogut iniciar.\n" "\n" -"És possible que els paquets necessaris no estiguin instal·lats (instal·lació " -"mínima),\n" +"És possible que els paquets necessaris no estiguin instal·lats (instal·lació mínima),\n" "o bé, que la targeta gràfica no s'admeti.\n" "\n" "Com a alternativa, la interfície en mode text del YaST2 us guiarà\n" @@ -2030,9 +1920,7 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:202 msgid "Information required for the base installation is now complete." -msgstr "" -"Tota la informació necessària per a la instal·lació bàsica és ara " -"completa." +msgstr "Tota la informació necessària per a la instal·lació bàsica és ara completa." #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 @@ -2072,9 +1960,7 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:246 msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." -msgstr "" -"Tota la informació necessària per fer una actualització és ara completa.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Tota la informació necessària per fer una actualització és ara completa." #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:248 @@ -2106,25 +1992,18 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:63 msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Llista negra de dispositius habilitada (<a href=\"%s\">inhabilita</a>)." +msgstr "Llista negra de dispositius habilitada (<a href=\"%s\">inhabilita</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:69 msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Llista negra de dispositius inhabilitada (<a href=\"%s\">habilita</a>)." +msgstr "Llista negra de dispositius inhabilitada (<a href=\"%s\">habilita</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to " -"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." -msgstr "" -"Useu Llista negra de dispositius si voleu crear una llista negra " -"de canals cap a algun dispositiu, la qual cosa reduirà l'empremta de memòria " -"del nucli." +msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgstr "Useu Llista negra de dispositius si voleu crear una llista negra de canals cap a algun dispositiu, la qual cosa reduirà l'empremta de memòria del nucli." #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:135 @@ -2176,8 +2055,7 @@ "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." msgstr "" -"La instal·lació no ha estat capaç de resoldre les dependències dels paquets " -"automàticament\n" +"La instal·lació no ha estat capaç de resoldre les dependències dels paquets automàticament\n" "S'obrirà el gestor de programari perquè les resolgueu manualment." #~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions" @@ -2229,8 +2107,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Desconnectat " #~ msgid "Network Setup Wizard: Probing Hardware..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Auxiliar de configuració de la xarxa: s'està provant el maquinari..." +#~ msgstr "Auxiliar de configuració de la xarxa: s'està provant el maquinari..." #~ msgid "Probing network cards..." #~ msgstr "S'estan detectant les targetes de xarxa..." @@ -2286,11 +2163,8 @@ #~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card" #~ msgstr "Informació de maquinari de la targeta de xarxa seleccionada" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Aquí podeu configurar les targetes de xarxa per utilitzar-les " -#~ "immediatament." +#~ msgid "Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately." +#~ msgstr "Aquí podeu configurar les targetes de xarxa per utilitzar-les immediatament." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you do not need a network connection now,\n" @@ -2415,10 +2289,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Configuració de la xarxa</big>\n" #~ " Aquí podeu configurar la targeta de xarxa.\n" -#~ "Seleccioneu la configuració de DHCP o estàtica. En la majoria de casos, " -#~ "podeu utilitzar DHCP.\n" -#~ "Per obtenir-ne més informació, poseu-vos en contacte amb el proveïdor " -#~ "d'accés\n" +#~ "Seleccioneu la configuració de DHCP o estàtica. En la majoria de casos, podeu utilitzar DHCP.\n" +#~ "Per obtenir-ne més informació, poseu-vos en contacte amb el proveïdor d'accés\n" #~ "a Internet o amb l'administrador de la xarxa.\n" #~| msgid "" @@ -2455,8 +2327,7 @@ #~ "the installation system for writing the proxy configuration." #~ msgstr "" #~ "S'ha produït un error en mentre es preparava\n" -#~ "el sistema d'instal·lació per escriure la configuració del servidor " -#~ "intermediari." +#~ "el sistema d'instal·lació per escriure la configuració del servidor intermediari." #~ msgid "Internet Test Failed" #~ msgstr "Ha fallat la comprovació d'Internet" @@ -2519,11 +2390,8 @@ #~ msgid "Writing Network Setup..." #~ msgstr "S'està escrivint la configuració de la xarxa..." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Espereu mentre s'escriu i es prova la configuració de la xarxa..." +#~ msgid "Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..." +#~ msgstr "Espereu mentre s'escriu i es prova la configuració de la xarxa..." #~| msgid "" #~| "Writing the network settings failed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/instserver.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/instserver.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/instserver.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -12,12 +12,12 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-22 16:56+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" +"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.9\n" -"Language: ca\n" #. repository overview - %1 is product name (e.g. "SUSE LINUX Version 10.0") #: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:78 @@ -331,8 +331,7 @@ "should be hosted on the local system.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu una de les opcions del servidor i especifiqueu on s'haurien " -"d'allotjar\n" +"Seleccioneu una de les opcions del servidor i especifiqueu on s'haurien d'allotjar\n" "tots els repositoris al sistema local.\n" "" @@ -371,26 +370,22 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to certain \n" -"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use " -"192.168.1.0/24\n" +"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use 192.168.1.0/24\n" "to restrict access to the 192.168.1.0 subnet.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Si necessiteu restringir l'accés als directoris exportats a alguns \n" -"hosts, afegiu una màscara comodí més restrictiva. Per exemple, useu " -"192.168.1.0/24\n" +"hosts, afegiu una màscara comodí més restrictiva. Per exemple, useu 192.168.1.0/24\n" "per restringir l'accés a la subxarxa 192.168.1.0.\n" "\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:45 msgid "" -"Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the " -"available\n" +"Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the available\n" "options, see the manual page for exports (man exports(5))\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Addicionalment, establiu les opcions d'exportació. Per a més detalls " -"sobre les opcions disponibles,\n" +"Addicionalment, establiu les opcions d'exportació. Per a més detalls sobre les opcions disponibles,\n" "vegeu la pàgina del manual per a exports (man exports(5))\n" "\n" @@ -434,12 +429,10 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:66 msgid "" -"The installation server will be available to clients using the following " -"URL:\n" +"The installation server will be available to clients using the following URL:\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"El servidor d'intal·lació serà disponible per als clients amb el següent " -"URL:\n" +"El servidor d'intal·lació serà disponible per als clients amb el següent URL:\n" "\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:69 @@ -465,19 +458,16 @@ "server root directory.\n" msgstr "" "Per completar aquesta configuració, cal instal·lar un servidor HTTP \n" -"i iniciar-lo. L'àlies es farà servir per referenciar el directori root del " -"servidor\n" +"i iniciar-lo. L'àlies es farà servir per referenciar el directori root del servidor\n" "d'instal·lació.\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select\n" -"SUSE as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown " -"below:\n" +"SUSE as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:\n" msgstr "" "Seleccineu un àlies curt i fàcil de recordar. Per exemple, si trieu\n" -"SUSE com a àlies, els repositoris seran disponibles tal com es " -"mostra a sota:\n" +"SUSE com a àlies, els repositoris seran disponibles tal com es mostra a sota:\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:81 msgid "" @@ -497,8 +487,7 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"The repository name is used to create a directory under which all " -"product\n" +"The repository name is used to create a directory under which all product\n" "CDs are copied and managed. The repository is accessed using the\n" "configured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP). \n" msgstr "" @@ -512,35 +501,27 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:91 msgid "" -"SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation " -"server. \n" +"SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation server. \n" "If checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.\n" msgstr "" -"SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilita trobar un servidor " -"d'instal·lació. \n" +"SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilita trobar un servidor d'instal·lació. \n" "Si se selecciona, el repositori serà anunciat a la xarxa amb SLP.\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:95 msgid "" -"Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base " -"product, and press\n" +"Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base product, and press\n" "Next to copy the content into the local repository.\n" msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu un dipositiu d'origen de la llista, inseriu el primer mitjà " -"d'un producte de base i premeu\n" +"Seleccioneu un dipositiu d'origen de la llista, inseriu el primer mitjà d'un producte de base i premeu\n" "següent per copiar-ne el contingut al repositori local.\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add " -"additional\n" -"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</" -"p>\n" +"When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add additional\n" +"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).\n" msgstr "" -"Quan el mitjà de base es copia al repositori local, podeu afegir CD " -"addicionals\n" -"al repositori (per exemple, CD de Service Pack o qualsevol altre CD " -"complementari).\n" +"Quan el mitjà de base es copia al repositori local, podeu afegir CD addicionals\n" +"al repositori (per exemple, CD de Service Pack o qualsevol altre CD complementari).\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:101 msgid "<big>ISO Images</big>" @@ -548,12 +529,10 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:102 msgid "" -"ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press Next</" -"b>, you can\n" +"ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press Next, you can\n" "select ISO image files.\n" msgstr "" -"Es poden fer servir imatges ISO en comptes de CD o DVD. Si premeu " -"següent, podeu\n" +"Es poden fer servir imatges ISO en comptes de CD o DVD. Si premeu següent, podeu\n" "seleccionar els fitxers d'imatges ISO.\n" #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -609,18 +588,14 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "Adding a Repository: \n" -"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then " -"made \n" +"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then made \n" "available for configuration.\n" -"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories " -"and press Configure.\n" +"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "Afegir un repositori: \n" -"Els directoris no configurats es detecten al directori dels repositoris i " -"llavors es fan disponibles \n" +"Els directoris no configurats es detecten al directori dels repositoris i llavors es fan disponibles \n" "per configurar-los.\n" -"Per afegir un repositori, seleccioneu-lo de la llista de repositoris no " -"configurats i premeu configura.\n" +"Per afegir un repositori, seleccioneu-lo de la llista de repositoris no configurats i premeu configura.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:136 @@ -630,8 +605,7 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Edició o supressió</big> \n" -"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu " -"canviar\n" +"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu canviar\n" "la configuració.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -668,12 +642,10 @@ #. Read service data using _auto #: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308 msgid "" -"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd " -"package\n" +"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n" "will now be installed.\n" msgstr "" -"El servidor d'instal·lació FTP necessita un paquet de servidor FTP. Ara " -"s'instal·larà el paquet\n" +"El servidor d'instal·lació FTP necessita un paquet de servidor FTP. Ara s'instal·larà el paquet\n" "vsftpd.\n" #. Write Apache config @@ -685,12 +657,10 @@ #: src/modules/Instserver.rb:458 msgid "" -"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 " -"package\n" +"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 package\n" "will now be installed." msgstr "" -"El servidor d'instal·lació HTTP necessita un paquet de servidor HTTP. Ara " -"s'instal·larà el paquet\n" +"El servidor d'instal·lació HTTP necessita un paquet de servidor HTTP. Ara s'instal·larà el paquet\n" "apache2." #. Setup NFS Server Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/iplb.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/iplb.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/iplb.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ #. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 msgid "Global Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuració global" #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" @@ -93,11 +93,11 @@ #. ids of widget of global dialog #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sí" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "no" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 msgid "&Global Configuration" @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 msgid "Execute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Execució" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 msgid "Email Alert" @@ -176,151 +176,88 @@ "Default: 10 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" -"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|" -"syslog_facility\n" -"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the " -"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/" -"man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" +"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|syslog_facility\n" +"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" "Default: log directly to the file /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" "<big>callback</big> = \"/path/to/callback\"\n" -"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls " -"the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has " -"changed on\n" -"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on " -"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name " -"of the\n" +"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" "configuration.\n" -"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord " -"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if " -"autoreload is\n" +"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if autoreload is\n" "set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" "\n" "<big>execute</big> = \"configuration\"\n" -"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named " -"configuration.\n" +"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named configuration.\n" "\n" "<big>auto reload</big> = yes|no\n" -"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the " -"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the " -"configuration file changed\n" -"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous " -"version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "<big>fork</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every " -"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will " -"increase\n" -"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many " -"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate " -"instances\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>supervised</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All " -"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful " -"to run\n" -"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://" -"untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</" -"a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/" -"daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -328,87 +265,42 @@ #: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|" -"servicename)|firewall-mark\n" -"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than " -"zero. The\n" -"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> " -"option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual " -"service\n" +"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" +"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" "must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->" -"ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" -"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request</" -"i>\", \"receive\"]\n" -"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended " -"primarily for\n" -"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a " -"range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in " -"which case\n" -"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server " -"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, " -"must be\n" -"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and " -"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will " -"be\n" -"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-" -"receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the " -"request-receive\n" -"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the " -"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" -"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server " -"is used.\n" -"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual " -"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP " -"address of a\n" -"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running " -"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its " -"virtual\n" -"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is " -"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way " -"that the\n" +"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" +"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\n" +"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" +"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" +"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" +"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" "underlying LVS code in the kernel functions.\n" -"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The " -"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, " -"emailalertfreq and\n" -"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in " -"which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate</" -"b>|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" -"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a " -"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP " -"connection, thus the\n" -"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then " -"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one " -"negotiate\n" -"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and " -"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" -"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real " -"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP " -"services. Off\n" -"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be " -"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always " -"be\n" +"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" +"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" "activated. Default is negotiate.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|" -"imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|" -"oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|" -"simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" -"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None " -"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" -"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it " -"against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the " -"server\n" -"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive</" -"b> sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive sections for protocol specific information.\n" "Default:\n" "<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" "<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" @@ -431,9 +323,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"path to script\"\n" -"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be " -"run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if " -"everything\n" +"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" "is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" "Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" "</dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" @@ -444,105 +334,68 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>check port</big> = n\n" -"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service " -"port.\n" +"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" "Default: port specified for each real server\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"</" -"b>\n" -"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real " -"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be " -"overridden by\n" +"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"\n" +"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" "an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" -"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, " -"or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" -"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL</" -"small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one " -"or more\n" +"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" +"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" "rows. This is a required setting.\n" -"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any " -"occurances of \n" +"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" " are replaced with a new line character.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>receive</big> = \"regexp to compare\"\n" -"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the " -"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in " -"mind that\n" -"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special " -"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be " -"overridden by an\n" +"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" "optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" -"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's " -"addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" +"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" "For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD</" -"small>\n" -"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the " -"URI specified in the request-string. GET is " -"the\n" -"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD " -"is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the URI specified in the request-string. GET is the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" "Default: GET\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>virtual host</big> = \"hostname\"\n" -"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or " -"HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP " -"request. In the\n" -"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name " -"of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will " -"be\n" -"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last " -"resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" +"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP request. In the\n" +"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>login</big> = \"username\"\n" -"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log " -"in.\n" +"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" -"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from " -"address for an OPTIONS query.\n" +"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from address for an OPTIONS query.\n" "Default:\n" "</dt><dt>* FTP: Anonymous\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the " -"configuration\n" -"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is " -"derived as per the passwd option below.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication " -"will not be attempted.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>password</big> = \"password\"\n" -"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , " -"LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" +"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" "SIP servers.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where " -"hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at " -"run time, or sourced\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" "from uname if unset.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be " -"performed.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>database name</big> = \"databasename\"\n" -"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the " -"database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed " -"against. This\n" +"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed against. This\n" "is a required setting.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>radius secret</big> = \"radiussecret\"\n" -"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform " -"an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd " -"(set by\n" +"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd (set by\n" "passwd above).\n" "Default: empty string\n" "\n" @@ -556,120 +409,73 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>scheduler</big> = scheduler_name\n" -"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an " -"information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm" -"\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" +"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" "Default: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>protocol</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" -"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP</" -"small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall " -"mark then the\n" +"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" "protocol must be fwm.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the " -"port is not 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is " -"53: udp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -687,7 +493,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servei" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" @@ -711,11 +517,11 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 msgid "Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Entrada" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contrasenya" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 msgid "Database Name" @@ -731,7 +537,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 msgid "Netmask" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Màscara de la subxarxa" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 msgid "Scheduler" @@ -739,7 +545,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protocol" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" @@ -747,15 +553,15 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afegeix" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Edita" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Suprimeix" #. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 @@ -781,11 +587,11 @@ #. return `cacel or a string #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "D'acord" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anul·la" #. split the real server ip value; #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 @@ -823,7 +629,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "S'està inicialitzant..." #. Read all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -850,7 +656,7 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acabat" #. Write all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -860,19 +666,19 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escriu els paràmetres" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Executa el SuSEconfig" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "S'estan escrivint els paràmetres..." #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "S'està executant el SuSEconfig..." #. write global conf #. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" @@ -882,10 +688,10 @@ #. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No s'han pogut escriure els paràmetres." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Resum de la configuració..." Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/iscsi-client.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/iscsi-client.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/iscsi-client.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -232,8 +232,7 @@ "<big>Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>S'està inicialitzant la configuració de l'iniciador de l'iSCSI</" -"big> \n" +"<big>S'està inicialitzant la configuració de l'iniciador de l'iSCSI</big> \n" "Espereu... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -243,8 +242,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interrupció de la inicialització</big> \n" -"Per interrompre de forma segura la utilitat de configuració, premeu " -"Interromp ara.\n" +"Per interrompre de forma segura la utilitat de configuració, premeu Interromp ara.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46 @@ -252,8 +250,7 @@ "<big>Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>S'està desant la configuració de l'iniciador de l'iSCSI</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>S'està desant la configuració de l'iniciador de l'iSCSI</big> \n" "Espereu... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 @@ -288,8 +285,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Addició d'un iniciador de l'iSCSI</big> \n" "Seleccioneu un iniciador de l'iSCSI de la llista d'iniciadors detectats.\n" -"Si no s'ha detectat l'iniciador de l'iSCSI, feu servir Altres (no " -"detectats)\n" +"Si no s'ha detectat l'iniciador de l'iSCSI, feu servir Altres (no detectats)\n" "i després premeu Configura'ls.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -300,8 +296,7 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Edició o supressió</big> \n" -"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podeu " -"canviar\n" +"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podeu canviar\n" "la configuració.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -311,8 +306,7 @@ "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI initiators. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Resum de la configuració dels iniciadors de l' iSCSI</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Resum de la configuració dels iniciadors de l' iSCSI</big> \n" "Obtingueu un resum dels iniciadors de l'iSCSI instal·lats i, a més a més,\n" "editeu-ne les configuracions. \n" @@ -339,13 +333,11 @@ #. table of connected targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 msgid "" -"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add</" -"b>.\n" +"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add.\n" "To remove it, press Log Out.\n" "To change the start-up status, press Toggle.\n" msgstr "" -"Llista de sessions actuals. Per afegir un nou dispositiu, premeu Afegeix</" -"b>.\n" +"Llista de sessions actuals. Per afegir un nou dispositiu, premeu Afegeix.\n" "Per suprimir-ne un, seleccioneu-lo i premeu Surt.\n" "Per canviar l'estat d'inici, premeu Commuta.\n" @@ -356,67 +348,42 @@ msgstr "<h1>Advertiment</h1>" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115 -msgid "" -"When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that " -"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data " -"corruption.\n" -msgstr "" -"Quan accediu a un dispositiu iSCSI de LECTURA/ESCRIPTURA, " -"assegureu-vos que aquest accés és exclusiu. En cas contrari, hi ha un risc " -"potencial de corrupció de dades.\n" +msgid "When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.\n" +msgstr "Quan accediu a un dispositiu iSCSI de LECTURA/ESCRIPTURA, assegureu-vos que aquest accés és exclusiu. En cas contrari, hi ha un risc potencial de corrupció de dades.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 msgid "" -"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</" -"tt>. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only " -"able to change it in the BIOS setup." +"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." msgstr "" -"ElNom de l'iniciador és un valor d' <tt>/etc/initiatorname.iscsi</" -"tt>.\n" -"Si teniu iBFT, aquest valor s'afegirà des d'allà i no el podreu canviar " -"(només des de la configuració de la BIOS)." +"ElNom de l'iniciador és un valor d' <tt>/etc/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>.\n" +"Si teniu iBFT, aquest valor s'afegirà des d'allà i no el podreu canviar (només des de la configuració de la BIOS)." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 msgid "" -"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for " -"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should " -"be 3205.\n" +"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" msgstr "" -"Si voleu utilitzar l'iSNS (Servei de noms d'emmagatzematge " -"d'Internet) per trobar objectius en lloc de fer servir el mètode " -"predeterminat de SendTargets,\n" -"introduïu l'adreça IP del servidor iSNS i el port. És recomanable que el " -"port predeterminat sigui el 3205.\n" +"Si voleu utilitzar l'iSNS (Servei de noms d'emmagatzematge d'Internet) per trobar objectius en lloc de fer servir el mètode predeterminat de SendTargets,\n" +"introduïu l'adreça IP del servidor iSNS i el port. És recomanable que el port predeterminat sigui el 3205.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address of the discovered server.\n" -"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username " -"and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" +"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select No Authentication.\n" msgstr "" "Introduïu l' adreça IP del servidor descobert.\n" -"Només canvieu el Port si cal. Quant a l'autenticació, feu servir el " -"Nom d'usuari i la Contrasenya. Si no us cal l'autenticació,\n" +"Només canvieu el Port si cal. Quant a l'autenticació, feu servir el Nom d'usuari i la Contrasenya. Si no us cal l'autenticació,\n" "seleccioneu l'opció Sense autenticació.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click " -"Connect. " -msgstr "" -"Llista de nodes oferts per el dispositiu iSCSI. Seleccioneu un element i feu " -"clic a Connecta't. " +msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click Connect. " +msgstr "Llista de nodes oferts per el dispositiu iSCSI. Seleccioneu un element i feu clic a Connecta't. " #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and " -"Password." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu el tipus d'autenticació i introduïu el Nom d'usuari i la " -"Contrasenya." +msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and Password." +msgstr "Seleccioneu el tipus d'autenticació i introduïu el Nom d'usuari i la Contrasenya." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" @@ -426,30 +393,21 @@ msgid "" "manual is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" "default, the user needs to connect them manually\n" -"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. " -"when\n" +"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" "root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.\n" -"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI " -"service\n" +"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" "starts up.\n" msgstr "" -"Manual és per a objectius iSCSI que no s'han de connectar per " -"defecte,\n" +"Manual és per a objectius iSCSI que no s'han de connectar per defecte,\n" "l'usuari ho ha de fer manualment.\n" -"En arrencar és per a objectius iSCSI que s'han de connectar durant " -"l'arrencada, per exemple, quan\n" +"En arrencar és per a objectius iSCSI que s'han de connectar durant l'arrencada, per exemple, quan\n" "l'arrel és en iSCSI. Així serà evaluat per initrd.\n" -"Automàtic és per a objectius iSCSI que s'han de connectar quan " -"s'iniciï el servei iSCSI.\n" +"Automàtic és per a objectius iSCSI que s'han de connectar quan s'iniciï el servei iSCSI.\n" #. list of discovered targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "" -"List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect " -"to any target." -msgstr "" -"Llista de dispositius descoberts. Feu una nova cerca amb Descobreix o " -"bé feu clic a Connecta't per a connectar-vos a qualsevol dispositiu." +msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect to any target." +msgstr "Llista de dispositius descoberts. Feu una nova cerca amb Descobreix o bé feu clic a Connecta't per a connectar-vos a qualsevol dispositiu." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" @@ -550,12 +508,8 @@ #. check if not already connected #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 -msgid "" -"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that " -"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." -msgstr "" -"L'objectiu amb aquest nom ja està connectat. Assegureu-vos que l'opció de " -"dispositius multicamí està habilitada per prevenir la corrupció de dades." +msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +msgstr "L'objectiu amb aquest nom ja està connectat. Assegureu-vos que l'opció de dispositius multicamí està habilitada per prevenir la corrupció de dades." #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 @@ -585,12 +539,8 @@ #. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) #. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 -msgid "" -"To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." -"" -msgstr "" -"Per a configurar l'iniciador de l'iSCSI, cal instal·lar el paquet %1</" -"b>." +msgid "To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Per a configurar l'iniciador de l'iSCSI, cal instal·lar el paquet %1." #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -668,10 +618,8 @@ "backup created. If you want to use a different initiator name, change it \n" "in the BIOS.\n" msgstr "" -"El nom de l'iniciador de l'iBFT i d'/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi són " -"diferents.\n" -"El nom de l'iniciador antic se substituirà pel valor de l'iBFT i es crearà " -"una còpia de seguretat.\n" +"El nom de l'iniciador de l'iBFT i d'/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi són diferents.\n" +"El nom de l'iniciador antic se substituirà pel valor de l'iBFT i es crearà una còpia de seguretat.\n" "Si voleu utilitzar un nom d'iniciador diferent, canvieu-lo a la BIOS.\n" #. do discovery first Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/iscsi-lio-server.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/iscsi-lio-server.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/iscsi-lio-server.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -293,8 +293,7 @@ "<big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>S'està inicialitzant la configuració de l'iniciador de l'iSCSI</" -"big> \n" +"<big>S'està inicialitzant la configuració de l'iniciador de l'iSCSI</big> \n" "Espereu... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -304,8 +303,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interrupció de la inicialització</big> \n" -"Per interrompre de forma segura la utilitat de configuració, premeu " -"Interromp ara.\n" +"Per interrompre de forma segura la utilitat de configuració, premeu Interromp ara.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 @@ -368,8 +366,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Addició d'un isns</big> \n" "Seleccioneu un servidor isns de la llista de dispositius isns detectats.\n" -"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre dispositiu, feu servir Altres (no detectats)" -"\n" +"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre dispositiu, feu servir Altres (no detectats)\n" "i després premeu Configura'ls.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -380,8 +377,7 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Edició o supressió</big> \n" -"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podeu " -"canviar\n" +"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podeu canviar\n" "la configuració.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -396,8 +392,7 @@ "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Resum de la configuració dels iniciadors de l' iSCSI</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Resum de la configuració dels iniciadors de l' iSCSI</big> \n" "Obtingueu un resum dels iniciadors de l'iSCSI instal·lats i, a més a més,\n" "editeu-ne les configuracions. \n" @@ -451,8 +446,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "<big>Selecció d'un element</big> \n" -"Aquesta operació no es pot dur a terme; primer cal realitzar la " -"codificació. :-)\n" +"Aquesta operació no es pot dur a terme; primer cal realitzar la codificació. :-)\n" "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 @@ -468,55 +462,34 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " -"Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert " -"User and Password." +msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password." msgstr "" #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target " -"portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is " -"InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi " -"initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." +msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 -msgid "" -"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN " -"target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the " -"type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both " -"together. Then insert User and Password. If Use " -"Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is " -"disabled here." +msgid "With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to " -"the LUN." +msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN." msgstr "" #. target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "List of Discovery Domain Sets. Create a new dds by clicking Add</" -#| "b>. \n" -#| "To delete or modify an item, select it and press Modify or " -#| "Delete." +#| "List of Discovery Domain Sets. Create a new dds by clicking Add. \n" +#| "To delete or modify an item, select it and press Modify or Delete." msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " -"clicking Add.\n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete</" -"b>." +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." msgstr "" -"Llista dels conjunts de dominis de descobriment. Premeu Afegeix per a " -"crear un dds nou.\n" -"Per a suprimir un ítem o modificar-lo, seleccioneu-lo i premeu Modifica</" -"b> o Suprimeix." +"Llista dels conjunts de dominis de descobriment. Premeu Afegeix per a crear un dds nou.\n" +"Per a suprimir un ítem o modificar-lo, seleccioneu-lo i premeu Modifica o Suprimeix." #. edit target #. add target @@ -527,11 +500,9 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"LUN.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" -"b>. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" @@ -539,8 +510,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 msgid "" -"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which " -"address\n" +"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" @@ -551,27 +521,21 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" -"b>. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional " -"configuration options." +msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " -"purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " -"Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgstr "" #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/iscsi-server.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/iscsi-server.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/iscsi-server.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -209,8 +209,7 @@ "<big>Initializing iSCSI Target Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>S'està inicialitzant la configuració de l'iniciador de l'iSCSI</" -"big> \n" +"<big>S'està inicialitzant la configuració de l'iniciador de l'iSCSI</big> \n" "Espereu... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -220,8 +219,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interrupció de la inicialització</big> \n" -"Per interrompre de forma segura la utilitat de configuració, premeu " -"Interromp ara.\n" +"Per interrompre de forma segura la utilitat de configuració, premeu Interromp ara.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:46 @@ -273,8 +271,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Addició d'un isns</big> \n" "Seleccioneu un servidor isns de la llista de dispositius isns detectats.\n" -"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre dispositiu, feu servir Altres (no detectats)" -"\n" +"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre dispositiu, feu servir Altres (no detectats)\n" "i després premeu Configura'ls.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -285,8 +282,7 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Edició o supressió</big> \n" -"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podeu " -"canviar\n" +"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podeu canviar\n" "la configuració.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -297,8 +293,7 @@ "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Resum de la configuració dels iniciadors de l' iSCSI</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Resum de la configuració dels iniciadors de l' iSCSI</big> \n" "Obtingueu un resum dels iniciadors de l'iSCSI instal·lats i, a més a més,\n" "editeu-ne les configuracions. \n" @@ -344,8 +339,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "<big>Selecció d'un element</big> \n" -"Aquesta operació no es pot dur a terme; primer cal realitzar la " -"codificació. :-)\n" +"Aquesta operació no es pot dur a terme; primer cal realitzar la codificació. :-)\n" "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 @@ -362,11 +356,8 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:117 msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " -"Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert " -"User and Password.\n" -"For incoming authentication, it is possible to Add more pairs or " -"Edit or Delete them." +"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password.\n" +"For incoming authentication, it is possible to Add more pairs or Edit or Delete them." msgstr "" #. target dialog @@ -374,18 +365,13 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "List of offered targets. Create a new target by clicking Add. \n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Modify or Delete</" -"b>." +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Modify or Delete." msgstr "" -"Llista dels conjunts de dominis de descobriment. Premeu Afegeix per a " -"crear un dds nou.\n" -"Per a suprimir un ítem o modificar-lo, seleccioneu-lo i premeu Modifica</" -"b> o Suprimeix." +"Llista dels conjunts de dominis de descobriment. Premeu Afegeix per a crear un dds nou.\n" +"Per a suprimir un ítem o modificar-lo, seleccioneu-lo i premeu Modifica o Suprimeix." #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"It is possible to change the Path to block devices, regular files, " -"LVM, or RAID.\n" +msgid "It is possible to change the Path to block devices, regular files, LVM, or RAID.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:131 @@ -402,17 +388,13 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:141 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional " -"configuration options." +msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " -"purposes). \n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " -"Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes). \n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgstr "" #. extract ScsiId Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/isns.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/isns.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/isns.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -163,8 +163,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interrupció de la inicialització</big> \n" -"Per interrompre de forma segura la utilitat de configuració, premeu " -"Interromp ara.\n" +"Per interrompre de forma segura la utilitat de configuració, premeu Interromp ara.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 @@ -198,83 +197,30 @@ "Aquí podeu configurar un servidor iSNS. \n" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"<big>iSNS Server location</big> The DNS name or the IP address of " -"the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" -msgstr "" -"<big>Localització del servidor d'iSNS</big> El nom de DNS o " -"l'adreça IP del servei iSNS pot introduïr-se com a adreça de l'iSNS.\n" +msgid "<big>iSNS Server location</big> The DNS name or the IP address of the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" +msgstr "<big>Localització del servidor d'iSNS</big> El nom de DNS o l'adreça IP del servei iSNS pot introduïr-se com a adreça de l'iSNS.\n" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service " -"are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI " -"targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node " -"removes it from the iSNS database." -msgstr "" -"Es mostra la llista de tots els nodes iSCSI disponibles registrats al " -"servei de iSNS. Els nodes son registrats pels iniciadors i " -"destinataris iSCSI. És possible esborrar-los. Si s'esborra " -"un node aquest és esborrat de la base de dades iSNS." +msgid "The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database." +msgstr "Es mostra la llista de tots els nodes iSCSI disponibles registrats al servei de iSNS. Els nodes son registrats pels iniciadors i destinataris iSCSI. És possible esborrar-los. Si s'esborra un node aquest és esborrat de la base de dades iSNS." #. discovery domains #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create</" -"b> a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the " -"members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." -msgstr "" -"Es mostra una llista de tots els dominis de descobriment. És possible " -"Crear i Esborrar els dominis de descobriment. Esborrar " -"un domini n'elimina els membres però no n'esborra els nodes dels membres." +msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." +msgstr "Es mostra una llista de tots els dominis de descobriment. És possible Crear i Esborrar els dominis de descobriment. Esborrar un domini n'elimina els membres però no n'esborra els nodes dels membres." #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:49 -msgid "" -"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting " -"another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery " -"domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or " -"Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but " -"does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not " -"yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When " -"the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this " -"domain When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS " -"service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same " -"Discovery Domains. " -msgstr "" -"Es mostra una llista de tots els nodes iSCSI segons el domini de " -"descobriment. Seleccionant un altre domini de descobriment es refrescarà la " -"llista amb els membres d'aquest altre domini de descobriment. És possible " -"Afegir un node iSCSI a un domini de descobriment o Esborrar el " -"node. Esborrant el node l'elimina del domini però no esborra el node " -"iSCSI Crear un node iSCSI permet que un node encara no registrat " -"s'afegeixi al domini de descobriment. Quan l'iniciador o destinatari iSCSI " -"registri aquest node, llavors passarà a formar part d'aquest domini. " -"Quan un iniciador iSCSI faci una petició de descobriment, el servei iSNS " -"retornarà tots els nodes destinataris que son membres del mateix domini de " -"descobriment." +msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains. " +msgstr "Es mostra una llista de tots els nodes iSCSI segons el domini de descobriment. Seleccionant un altre domini de descobriment es refrescarà la llista amb els membres d'aquest altre domini de descobriment. És possible Afegir un node iSCSI a un domini de descobriment o Esborrar el node. Esborrant el node l'elimina del domini però no esborra el node iSCSI Crear un node iSCSI permet que un node encara no registrat s'afegeixi al domini de descobriment. Quan l'iniciador o destinatari iSCSI registri aquest node, llavors passarà a formar part d'aquest domini. Quan un iniciador iSCSI faci una petició de descobriment, el servei iSNS retornarà tots els nodes destinataris que son membres del mateix domini de descobriment." #. dds table dialog #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 -msgid "" -"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery " -"Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a " -"member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS " -"database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery " -"Domains contain iSCSI Node members." -msgstr "" -"A la part superior es mostra una llista de tots els conjunts de domini de " -"descobriment. Un domini de descobriment ha de ser membre d'un conjunt de " -"dominis de descobriment perque sigui actiu. En una base de dades " -"iSNS, un conjunt de dominis de descobriment conté dominis de descobriment i " -"els dominis de descobriment contenen els nodes iSCSI que en son membres" +msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members." +msgstr "A la part superior es mostra una llista de tots els conjunts de domini de descobriment. Un domini de descobriment ha de ser membre d'un conjunt de dominis de descobriment perque sigui actiu. En una base de dades iSNS, un conjunt de dominis de descobriment conté dominis de descobriment i els dominis de descobriment contenen els nodes iSCSI que en son membres" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:56 -msgid "" -"The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different " -"discovery domain set is selected." -msgstr "" -"Es refrescarà la llista del conjunt de membres del domini de descobriment " -"sempre que se seleccioni un conjunt de domini de descobriment diferent." +msgid "The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected." +msgstr "Es refrescarà la llista del conjunt de membres del domini de descobriment sempre que se seleccioni un conjunt de domini de descobriment diferent." #. **************** global funcions and variables ***** #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:28 @@ -283,9 +229,7 @@ #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:39 msgid "Select discovery domain set to which discovery domain will be added." -msgstr "" -"Selecciona a quin conjunt de dominis de descobriment serà afegit el domini " -"de descobriment." +msgstr "Selecciona a quin conjunt de dominis de descobriment serà afegit el domini de descobriment." #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:43 msgid "Discovery Domain Name Set" @@ -336,9 +280,7 @@ #. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:711 msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check iSNS server address." -msgstr "" -"No s'ha pogut connectar amb el servidor iSNS. Comproveu l'adreça del " -"servidor iSNS." +msgstr "No s'ha pogut connectar amb el servidor iSNS. Comproveu l'adreça del servidor iSNS." #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70 @@ -352,12 +294,8 @@ #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 -msgid "" -"To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Per a configurar el servei de l'isns, cal instal·lar el paquet %1 ." -"" +msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Per a configurar el servei de l'isns, cal instal·lar el paquet %1 ." #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "Install it now?" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/kdump.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/kdump.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/kdump.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -48,42 +48,27 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 msgid "Dump target includes destination for saving dump images" -msgstr "" -"La destinació de l'abocament inclou la destinació on s'han de desar les " -"imatges abocades" +msgstr "La destinació de l'abocament inclou la destinació on s'han de desar les imatges abocades" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:116 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " -"\"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"L'esquema del nom és:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz] Introduïu només " -"\"cadena_nucli\"." +msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "L'esquema del nom és:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz] Introduïu només \"cadena_nucli\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:127 -msgid "" -"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " -"kdump kernel." -msgstr "" -"La línia d'ordres del kdump és la línia d'ordres que s'ha de passar al nucli " -"del kdump." +msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." +msgstr "La línia d'ordres del kdump és la línia d'ordres que s'ha de passar al nucli del kdump." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:138 -msgid "" -"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " -"line string." -msgstr "" -"Establiu aquesta variable si només voleu _afegir_ valors a la cadena de la " -"línia d'ordres predeterminada." +msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." +msgstr "Establiu aquesta variable si només voleu _afegir_ valors a la cadena de la línia d'ordres predeterminada." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:149 msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel." -msgstr "" -"Reinicieu immediatament després de desar el nucli en el nucli del kdump." +msgstr "Reinicieu immediatament després de desar el nucli en el nucli del kdump." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:157 @@ -96,41 +81,31 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:165 msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." -msgstr "" -"Especifica quants abocaments vells s'han de conservar. 0 vol dir que es " -"conserven tots." +msgstr "Especifica quants abocaments vells s'han de conservar. 0 vol dir que es conserven tots." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:173 #, fuzzy msgid "SMTP server for sending notification messages." -msgstr "" -"Es necessita una adreça de correu electrònic per a cada mètode de " -"notificació seleccionat." +msgstr "Es necessita una adreça de correu electrònic per a cada mètode de notificació seleccionat." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:181 #, fuzzy msgid "SMTP username for sending notification messages." -msgstr "" -"Es necessita una adreça de correu electrònic per a cada mètode de " -"notificació seleccionat." +msgstr "Es necessita una adreça de correu electrònic per a cada mètode de notificació seleccionat." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:189 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " -"password (plain text file)." +msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." msgstr "Camí del fitxer que inclou la contrasenya (fitxer pla de text)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:197 #, fuzzy msgid "Email address for sending notification messages" -msgstr "" -"Es necessita una adreça de correu electrònic per a cada mètode de " -"notificació seleccionat." +msgstr "Es necessita una adreça de correu electrònic per a cada mètode de notificació seleccionat." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:208 @@ -160,8 +135,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:240 msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving" -msgstr "" -"El nombre per al nivell d'abocament inclou les pàgines que s'han de desar" +msgstr "El nombre per al nivell d'abocament inclou les pàgines que s'han de desar" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:247 @@ -172,12 +146,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:254 -msgid "" -"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " -"nfs, cifs" -msgstr "" -"La destinació de l'abocament inclou el tipus de destinació: fitxer (sistema " -"de fitxers local, ftp, ssh, nfd, cifs" +msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "La destinació de l'abocament inclou el tipus de destinació: fitxer (sistema de fitxers local, ftp, ssh, nfd, cifs" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:261 @@ -216,12 +186,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:302 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " -"only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"L'esquema del nom és: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz] el nucli només " -"significa \"cadena_nucli\"." +msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "L'esquema del nom és: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz] el nucli només significa \"cadena_nucli\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:309 @@ -230,12 +196,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:316 -msgid "" -"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " -"or s are allowed" -msgstr "" -"L'opció significa el nivell d'execució per carregar el nucli del kdump. " -"Només es permeten valors com ara 1,2,3,5 o s" +msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" +msgstr "L'opció significa el nivell d'execució per carregar el nucli del kdump. Només es permeten valors com ara 1,2,3,5 o s" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:323 @@ -261,8 +223,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:419 msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)" -msgstr "" -"El kdump està habilitat (s'ha afegit l'opció de càrrega \"crashkernel\")" +msgstr "El kdump està habilitat (s'ha afegit l'opció de càrrega \"crashkernel\")" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:424 @@ -377,9 +338,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:661 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps" -msgstr "" -"Nombre d'abocaments antics: es desen tots els abocaments sense suprimir els " -"vells" +msgstr "Nombre d'abocaments antics: es desen tots els abocaments sense suprimir els vells" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:669 @@ -471,8 +430,7 @@ #: src/clients/kdump.rb:809 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Option can include only \"ELF\" or \"compressed\" value." -msgid "" -"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." msgstr "L'opció només pot incloure el valor \"ELF\" o \"compressed\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message @@ -806,18 +764,15 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -#| " Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is " -#| "added/removed. \n" +#| " Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" #| " To apply changes a reboot is necessary. \n" msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" -"removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" "Habilita/inhabilita el Kdump \n" -" Habiliteu o inhabiliteu el kdump. S'afegirà o s'eliminarà el paràmetre " -"de l'opció d'arrencada crashkernel. \n" +" Habiliteu o inhabiliteu el kdump. S'afegirà o s'eliminarà el paràmetre de l'opció d'arrencada crashkernel. \n" " Per aplicar els canvis cal reiniciar l'ordinador. \n" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -834,12 +789,7 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " -"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" -"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " -"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " -"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " -"more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -861,10 +811,8 @@ "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." -" \n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster." -" \n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" "" msgstr "" @@ -873,8 +821,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " -"dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " msgstr "" "Destinació del desament de la imatge del Kdump \n" " La destinació on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump. " @@ -884,16 +831,12 @@ msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " -"Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" " " msgstr "" -"Sistema de fitxers local - Desa la imatge del kdump al sistema de " -"fitxers local.\n" -" Directori on s'han de desar els abocaments - El camí on s'han de " -"desar les imatges del kdump.\n" -" Podeu seleccionar el directori on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump " -"mitjançant un diàleg si premeu Navega\n" +"Sistema de fitxers local - Desa la imatge del kdump al sistema de fitxers local.\n" +" Directori on s'han de desar els abocaments - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump.\n" +" Podeu seleccionar el directori on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump mitjançant un diàleg si premeu Navega\n" " " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/6 @@ -904,18 +847,14 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection." -" " +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " msgstr "" "FTP - Desa la imatge del kdump mitjançant FTP.\n" " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor FTP.\n" -" Port - El número de port que s'ha de fer servir per a la " -"connexió.\n" -" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del " -"kdump.\n" +" Port - El número de port que s'ha de fer servir per a la connexió.\n" +" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump.\n" " Habilita l'FTP anònim habilita la connexió anònima al servidor.\n" -" Nom d'usuari per a la connexió ftp. Contrasenya per a la " -"connexió ftp. " +" Nom d'usuari per a la connexió ftp. Contrasenya per a la connexió ftp. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 @@ -930,10 +869,8 @@ msgstr "" "SSH - Desa la imatge del kdump mitjançant SSH.\n" " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor.\n" -" Port - El número de port que s'ha de fer servir per a la " -"connexió.\n" -" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del " -"kdump.\n" +" Port - El número de port que s'ha de fer servir per a la connexió.\n" +" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump.\n" " Nom d'usuari per a la connexió ssh. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/6 @@ -945,8 +882,7 @@ msgstr "" "NFS - Desa la imatge del kdump a l'NFS.\n" " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor nfs.\n" -" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del " -"kdump. " +" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:107 @@ -961,12 +897,9 @@ "CIFS - Desa la imatge del kdump mitjançant CIFS.\n" " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor.\n" " Compartició exportada - El nom de compartició del Windows.\n" -" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del " -"kdump.\n" -" Utilitza l'autenticació habilita la connexió autenticada al " -"servidor.\n" -" Nom d'usuari per a la connexió. Contrasenya per a la " -"connexió. " +" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump.\n" +" Utilitza l'autenticació habilita la connexió autenticada al servidor.\n" +" Nom d'usuari per a la connexió. Contrasenya per a la connexió. " #. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:116 @@ -975,8 +908,7 @@ " The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]\n" " Please enter only kernel_string. " msgstr "" -"Nucli del kdump personalitzat L'usuari pot introduir el nucli " -"personalitzat.\n" +"Nucli del kdump personalitzat L'usuari pot introduir el nucli personalitzat.\n" " L'esquema de denominació és:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz]\n" " Introduïu només cadena_nucli. " @@ -994,8 +926,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Kdump Command Line Append\n" -#| " Set this option means _append_ values to the default command line " -#| "string. \n" +#| " Set this option means _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" #| " The string will be appended if the Kdump Command Line\n" #| " is set. \n" msgid "" @@ -1005,8 +936,7 @@ " is set. \n" msgstr "" "Addició a la línia d'ordres del Kdump\n" -" Si definiu aquesta opció, s'_afegiran_ valors a la cadena de la línia " -"d'ordres predeterminada. \n" +" Si definiu aquesta opció, s'_afegiran_ valors a la cadena de la línia d'ordres predeterminada. \n" " La cadena s'afegirà si definiu l'opció Línia d'ordres del Kdump.\n" " \n" @@ -1024,14 +954,11 @@ msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." -" " +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " msgstr "" "Habilita la supressió de les imatges d'abocament velles - \n" -" Habilita la supressió de les imatges d'abocament velles. Si el nombre de " -"fitxers d'abocament supera el \n" -" Nombre d'abocaments antics, se suprimeixen els abocaments més " -"vells. " +" Habilita la supressió de les imatges d'abocament velles. Si el nombre de fitxers d'abocament supera el \n" +" Nombre d'abocaments antics, se suprimeixen els abocaments més vells. " #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:143 @@ -1045,56 +972,45 @@ #. SMTP Server #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." +msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." msgstr "" #. SMTP User Name #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " -"plain SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" #. SMTP Password #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:159 msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " -"This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " -"will be used.\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:163 -msgid "" -"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " -"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" msgstr "" #. Notification CC (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:167 msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " -"to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" -"p>\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" msgstr "" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " -"number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "" "Habilita la supressió de les imatges d'abocament velles - \n" -" Habilita la supressió de les imatges d'abocament velles. Si el nombre de " -"fitxers d'abocament supera el \n" -" Nombre d'abocaments antics, se suprimeixen els abocaments més " -"vells. " +" Habilita la supressió de les imatges d'abocament velles. Si el nombre de fitxers d'abocament supera el \n" +" Nombre d'abocaments antics, se suprimeixen els abocaments més vells. " #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:175 @@ -1155,8 +1071,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Addicció d'un Kdump:</big> \n" "Escolliu un kdump de la llista dels detectats.\n" -"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre kdump, seleccioneu Un altre (no detectat)</" -"b>.\n" +"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre kdump, seleccioneu Un altre (no detectat).\n" "Després premeu Configura.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -1167,8 +1082,7 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Edició o supressió</big> \n" -"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu " -"canviar\n" +"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu canviar\n" "la configuració.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -1435,10 +1349,8 @@ #~ " ELF Format - Create dumpfile in the ELF format " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Format d'abocament \n" -#~ " Format comprimit - Comprimiu cada pàgina de dades de " -#~ "l'abocament individualment.\n" -#~ " Format ELF - Creeu un fitxer d'abocament en el format ELF </" -#~ "p>" +#~ " Format comprimit - Comprimiu cada pàgina de dades de l'abocament individualment.\n" +#~ " Format ELF - Creeu un fitxer d'abocament en el format ELF " #~ msgid "Unsupported architecture, \"crashkernel\" was not added" #~ msgstr "No s'admet aquesta arquitectura; no s'ha afegit \"crashkernel\"" @@ -1452,14 +1364,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Kdump Command Line Append\n" -#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command " -#~ "line string. \n" +#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" #~ " The string will be appended if the Kdump Command Line\n" #~ " is set. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Addició a la línia d'ordres del Kdump\n" -#~ " Si definiu aquesta opció, s'_afegiran_ valors a la cadena de la línia " -#~ "d'ordres predeterminada. \n" -#~ " La cadena s'afegirà si definiu l'opció Línia d'ordres del Kdump</" -#~ "i>.\n" +#~ " Si definiu aquesta opció, s'_afegiran_ valors a la cadena de la línia d'ordres predeterminada. \n" +#~ " La cadena s'afegirà si definiu l'opció Línia d'ordres del Kdump.\n" #~ " \n" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/kerberos-server.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/kerberos-server.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/kerberos-server.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -596,22 +596,17 @@ #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:55 #, fuzzy msgid "Specify where the Kerberos server should store the data." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu especificar els serveis del sistema que voleu que s'iniciïn.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Aquí podeu especificar els serveis del sistema que voleu que s'iniciïn." #. Help text: ask for database backend 2/4 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:59 -msgid "" -"<big>Local Database</big> will create a local database for storing the " -"credentials." +msgid "<big>Local Database</big> will create a local database for storing the credentials." msgstr "" #. Help text: ask for database backend 3/4 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:63 msgid "" -"<big>Set Up New LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> will set up a new " -"LDAP server\n" +"<big>Set Up New LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> will set up a new LDAP server\n" "on this machine and use it as database back-end.\n" msgstr "" @@ -628,19 +623,14 @@ #| msgid "" #| "Enter the User Name and the\n" #| "Password to use as the login (ask your provider if unsure)." -msgid "" -"Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " -"Kerberos server." +msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" "Introduïu el nom d'usuari i la\n" -"contrasenya que utilitzareu quan us connecteu (si no n'esteu segur " -"pregunteu-ho al proveïdor)." +"contrasenya que utilitzareu quan us connecteu (si no n'esteu segur pregunteu-ho al proveïdor)." #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is " -"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" +msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 1/6 @@ -649,8 +639,7 @@ msgid "In this dialog, edit some parameters for the LDAP server." msgstr "" "\n" -"En aquest quadre de diàleg podeu gestionar els dipòsits i serveis de " -"programari configurats." +"En aquest quadre de diàleg podeu gestionar els dipòsits i serveis de programari configurats." #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 2/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:83 @@ -663,32 +652,27 @@ #. Help text: New LDAP server 2/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:87 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"With <big>LDAP Base DN</big> you can change the base DN of the LDAP " -"server." +msgid "With <big>LDAP Base DN</big> you can change the base DN of the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 4/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" -"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the " -"Kerberos server should create \n" +"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the Kerberos server should create \n" "the principals and other informational data by default." msgstr "" #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 5/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:95 msgid "" -"<big>KDC Bind DN</big> is the DN that KDC uses to authenticate to the " -"LDAP server.\n" +"<big>KDC Bind DN</big> is the DN that KDC uses to authenticate to the LDAP server.\n" "Only read access is required for this account.\n" msgstr "" #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 6/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" -"<big>Kadmin Bind DN</big> is the DN that Kadmind uses to authenticate to " -"the LDAP server.\n" +"<big>Kadmin Bind DN</big> is the DN that Kadmind uses to authenticate to the LDAP server.\n" "This account also needs write access.\n" msgstr "" @@ -698,14 +682,12 @@ msgid "In this dialog, edit some parameters to set up an LDAP server." msgstr "" "\n" -"En aquest quadre de diàleg podeu gestionar els dipòsits i serveis de " -"programari configurats." +"En aquest quadre de diàleg podeu gestionar els dipòsits i serveis de programari configurats." #. Help text: New LDAP server 3/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the " -"Kerberos server should create \n" +"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the Kerberos server should create \n" "the principals and other informational data by default.\n" msgstr "" @@ -717,22 +699,18 @@ #. Help text: New LDAP server 5/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:117 msgid "" -"If you select the checkbox <big>Use Previously Entered Password</big>, " -"the password you entered\n" +"If you select the checkbox <big>Use Previously Entered Password</big>, the password you entered\n" "as the KDC Master password is also used for the LDAP administrator. \n" msgstr "" #. Help text: New LDAP server 6/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:121 -msgid "" -"When the checkbox is not set, you can enter a different password for the " -"LDAP administrator." +msgid "When the checkbox is not set, you can enter a different password for the LDAP administrator." msgstr "" #. Help text: Summary 1/3 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:125 -msgid "" -"This is a short summary about your Kerberos server configuration." +msgid "This is a short summary about your Kerberos server configuration." msgstr "" #. Help text: Summary 2/3 @@ -742,46 +720,33 @@ #. Help text: Summary 3/3 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:133 -msgid "" -"You can change some values of your configuration by clicking the Edit</" -"b> button." +msgid "You can change some values of your configuration by clicking the Edit button." msgstr "" #. ============================================================================== #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:139 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " -"realm." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " -"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</" -"p>" +msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:147 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " -"authenticate to the database." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " -"created in this realm." +msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:155 -msgid "" -"These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " -"this realm." +msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:158 @@ -831,9 +796,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:178 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " -"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:181 @@ -843,12 +806,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:183 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " -"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " -"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will " -"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket " -"set." +msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:186 @@ -858,9 +816,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:188 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using " -"a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:191 @@ -870,9 +826,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:193 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this " -"principal." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:196 @@ -881,10 +835,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:198 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-" -"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was " -"used to obtain the TGT." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:201 @@ -894,10 +845,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:203 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " -"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " -"this realm." +msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:206 @@ -917,50 +865,34 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:211 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " -"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " -"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " -"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " -"authentication." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:215 -msgid "" -"The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are " -"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " -"assigned to the principal, no check will be done." +msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:219 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:223 -msgid "" -"This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " -"for this realm." +msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:227 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " -"with kdb5_stash." +msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:231 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " -"realm." +msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:235 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the " -"master key. The default value is K/M." +msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type @@ -970,69 +902,47 @@ #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:243 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"valid for in this realm." +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:247 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"renewed for in this realm." +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:251 -msgid "" -"A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " -"combinations of principals for this realm." +msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:255 -msgid "" -"Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " -"realm." +msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " -"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " -"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" +msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:263 -msgid "" -"This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " -"maintained via the LDAP server." +msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:267 -msgid "" -"This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed " -"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." +msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:271 -msgid "" -"Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " -"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</" -"p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under " -"the subtree." +msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:275 -msgid "" -"Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " -"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " -"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." +msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife @@ -1042,9 +952,7 @@ #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "" -"Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -"" +msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog contents Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/kerberos.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/kerberos.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/kerberos.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -193,8 +193,7 @@ #. error: wrong input (probably string or negative integer) #: src/clients/kerberos.rb:390 msgid "The value for clock skew must be a positive integer." -msgstr "" -"El valor de desplaçament del rellotge ha de ser un número sencer positiu." +msgstr "El valor de desplaçament del rellotge ha de ser un número sencer positiu." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:59 @@ -204,21 +203,12 @@ #. help text (do not transl. values "m","h", "d") #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:61 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"By default, the time unit of Default Lifetime, Default " -"Renewable Lifetime, and Clock Skew is set to seconds. " -"Alternatively, specify the time unit (<tt>m</tt> for minutes, <tt>h</tt> for " -"hours, or <tt>d</tt> for days) and use it as a value suffix, as in <tt>1d</" -"tt> or <tt>24h</tt> for one day." +msgid "By default, the time unit of Default Lifetime, Default Renewable Lifetime, and Clock Skew is set to seconds. Alternatively, specify the time unit (<tt>m</tt> for minutes, <tt>h</tt> for hours, or <tt>d</tt> for days) and use it as a value suffix, as in <tt>1d</tt> or <tt>24h</tt> for one day." msgstr "" -"Els valors de Temps de vida predeterminat, Temps de vida " -"renovable predeterminat i\n" -"Desplaçament del rellotge s'expressen per defecte en segons. Com a " -"alternativa podeu definir\n" -"la unitat de temps (m per a minuts, h per a hores i d " -"per a dies) i utilitzar-la\n" -"com a extensió (per exemple, 1d o 24h per expressar un dia).</" -"p>\n" +"Els valors de Temps de vida predeterminat, Temps de vida renovable predeterminat i\n" +"Desplaçament del rellotge s'expressen per defecte en segons. Com a alternativa podeu definir\n" +"la unitat de temps (m per a minuts, h per a hores i d per a dies) i utilitzar-la\n" +"com a extensió (per exemple, 1d o 24h per expressar un dia).\n" #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:86 @@ -233,15 +223,10 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:115 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Forwardable lets you transfer your complete identity (TGT) to " -"another machine. Proxiable only lets you transfer particular tickets. " -"Select wheter the options should be applied to all PAM services, none of " -"them or enter a list of services separated by spaces." +msgid "Forwardable lets you transfer your complete identity (TGT) to another machine. Proxiable only lets you transfer particular tickets. Select wheter the options should be applied to all PAM services, none of them or enter a list of services separated by spaces." msgstr "" "L'opció Reenviable permet transmetre la identitat completa\n" -"(TGT) a un altre ordinador, mentre que Enviable per servidor " -"intermediari només permet transmetre\n" +"(TGT) a un altre ordinador, mentre que Enviable per servidor intermediari només permet transmetre\n" "determinats tiquets.\n" #. checkbox label @@ -257,9 +242,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:144 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If Retained is enabled, a PAM module keeps the tickets after " -"closing the session." +msgid "If Retained is enabled, a PAM module keeps the tickets after closing the session." msgstr "" "Si l'opció Conservat està activada, els PAM conserven els tiquets\n" "després de tancar la sessió.\n" @@ -267,22 +250,14 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:159 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To enable Kerberos support for your OpenSSH client, select Kerberos " -"Support for OpenSSH Client. In this case, Kerberos tickets are used for " -"user authentication on the SSH server." +msgid "To enable Kerberos support for your OpenSSH client, select Kerberos Support for OpenSSH Client. In this case, Kerberos tickets are used for user authentication on the SSH server." msgstr "" -"Per activar la compatibilitat amb Kerberos per al client OpenSSH, " -"seleccioneu Compatibilitat de Kerberos amb el client OpenSSH.En " -"aquest cas, els tiquets de Kerberos s'utilitzen per a l'autenticació " -"d'usuaris\n" +"Per activar la compatibilitat amb Kerberos per al client OpenSSH, seleccioneu Compatibilitat de Kerberos amb el client OpenSSH.En aquest cas, els tiquets de Kerberos s'utilitzen per a l'autenticació d'usuaris\n" "al servidor SSH.\n" #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Check Ignore Unknown Users to have Kerberos ignore authentication " -"attempts by users it does not know." +msgid "Check Ignore Unknown Users to have Kerberos ignore authentication attempts by users it does not know." msgstr "" #. intfield label @@ -293,17 +268,11 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:190 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When the Minimum UID is greater than 0, authentication attempts by " -"users with UIDs below the specified number are ignored. This is useful for " -"disabling Kerberos authentication for the system administrator root." +msgid "When the Minimum UID is greater than 0, authentication attempts by users with UIDs below the specified number are ignored. This is useful for disabling Kerberos authentication for the system administrator root." msgstr "" -"Si l'UID mínim és superior a 0, s'ignoraran els intents " -"d'autenticació\n" -"per part dels usuaris amb uns UID per sota del número indicat. Això resulta " -"útil\n" -"per a inhabilitar l'autenticació amb Kerberos per a l'usuari primari " -"administrador del sistema.\n" +"Si l'UID mínim és superior a 0, s'ignoraran els intents d'autenticació\n" +"per part dels usuaris amb uns UID per sota del número indicat. Això resulta útil\n" +"per a inhabilitar l'autenticació amb Kerberos per a l'usuari primari administrador del sistema.\n" #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:203 @@ -313,14 +282,10 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:205 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The Clock Skew is the tolerance for time stamps not exactly " -"matching the host's system clock. The value is in seconds." +msgid "The Clock Skew is the tolerance for time stamps not exactly matching the host's system clock. The value is in seconds." msgstr "" "\n" -"L'opció Desplaçament del rellotge és la tolerància per la qual és " -"possible que les marques de temps no coincideixin amb el rellotge del " -"servidor. Aquest valor s'indica en segons." +"L'opció Desplaçament del rellotge és la tolerància per la qual és possible que les marques de temps no coincideixin amb el rellotge del servidor. Aquest valor s'indica en segons." #. push button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:230 @@ -335,10 +300,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Configureu l'ordinador com a client d'NTP per a sincronitzar l'hora del " -"sistema\n" -"amb la d'un servidor NTP. Per a accedir a la configuració premeu " -"Configuració\n" +"Configureu l'ordinador com a client d'NTP per a sincronitzar l'hora del sistema\n" +"amb la d'un servidor NTP. Per a accedir a la configuració premeu Configuració\n" "de l'NTP.\n" #. push button label @@ -348,12 +311,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:247 -msgid "" -"To configure the source of user accounts, select the appropriate " -"configuration module in Configure User Data." -msgstr "" -"Per configurar la font de comptes d'usuari, seleccioneu el mòdul de " -"configuració adient a Configura les dades de l'usuari." +msgid "To configure the source of user accounts, select the appropriate configuration module in Configure User Data." +msgstr "Per configurar la font de comptes d'usuari, seleccioneu el mòdul de configuració adient a Configura les dades de l'usuari." #. menu item #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:252 @@ -373,9 +332,7 @@ #. help text for "Credential Cac&he Directory" #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:267 -msgid "" -"Specify the directory where to place credential cache files as " -"Credential Cache Directory." +msgid "Specify the directory where to place credential cache files as Credential Cache Directory." msgstr "" #. push button label @@ -391,9 +348,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:292 -msgid "" -"Credential Cache Template specifies the location in which to place " -"the user's session-specific credential cache." +msgid "Credential Cache Template specifies the location in which to place the user's session-specific credential cache." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -404,9 +359,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:308 -msgid "" -"Specify the location of the file with the keys of principals in Keytab " -"File Location." +msgid "Specify the location of the file with the keys of principals in Keytab File Location." msgstr "" #. push button label @@ -422,9 +375,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:333 -msgid "" -"With Mappings, specify how the PAM module should derive the " -"principal's name from the system user name." +msgid "With Mappings, specify how the PAM module should derive the principal's name from the system user name." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -435,16 +386,12 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:348 -msgid "" -"The value of Banner is a text that should be shown before a " -"password questions." +msgid "The value of Banner is a text that should be shown before a password questions." msgstr "" #. generic help for Services tab #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:362 -msgid "" -"All settings in this dialog can be applied for all PAM services, no " -"service or a specific list of services separated by commas." +msgid "All settings in this dialog can be applied for all PAM services, no service or a specific list of services separated by commas." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -454,9 +401,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:372 -msgid "" -"When Addressless Initial Tickets is set, initial tickets (TGT) " -"with no address information are requested." +msgid "When Addressless Initial Tickets is set, initial tickets (TGT) with no address information are requested." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -466,9 +411,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:388 -msgid "" -"Check Debug to turn on debugging for selected services via syslog." -"" +msgid "Check Debug to turn on debugging for selected services via syslog." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -479,9 +422,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:404 -msgid "" -"Sensitive Debug turns on debugging of sensitive information.</" -"p>" +msgid "Sensitive Debug turns on debugging of sensitive information." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -492,10 +433,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:420 -msgid "" -"Check Accept Existing Ticket to tell PAM module to accept the " -"presence of pre-existing Kerberos credentials as sufficient to authenticate " -"the user." +msgid "Check Accept Existing Ticket to tell PAM module to accept the presence of pre-existing Kerberos credentials as sufficient to authenticate the user." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -506,9 +444,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:437 -msgid "" -"List the services allowed to provide credentials in External " -"Credentials." +msgid "List the services allowed to provide credentials in External Credentials." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -519,9 +455,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:454 -msgid "" -"Use Shared Memory describes the services for which the shared " -"memory is used during authentication." +msgid "Use Shared Memory describes the services for which the shared memory is used during authentication." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -531,9 +465,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:471 -msgid "" -"Select the services for which TGT should be validated by changing the " -"value of Validate Initial Ticket." +msgid "Select the services for which TGT should be validated by changing the value of Validate Initial Ticket." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -544,9 +476,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:488 -msgid "" -"With Initial Prompt checked, the PAM module asks for a password " -"before the authentication attempt." +msgid "With Initial Prompt checked, the PAM module asks for a password before the authentication attempt." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -556,10 +486,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:504 -msgid "" -"If Subsequent Prompt is enabled, the PAM module may ask the user " -"for a password, in case the previously-entered password was somehow " -"insufficient for authentication." +msgid "If Subsequent Prompt is enabled, the PAM module may ask the user for a password, in case the previously-entered password was somehow insufficient for authentication." msgstr "" #. directory location popup label @@ -600,16 +527,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Authentication with Kerberos</big> \n" -"The Kerberos client configuration updates your PAM settings to enable " -"Kerberos authentication. Your system needs access to a Kerberos server in " -"the network for this to work.\n" +"The Kerberos client configuration updates your PAM settings to enable Kerberos authentication. Your system needs access to a Kerberos server in the network for this to work.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Autenticació amb Kerberos</big> \n" -"Podeu actualitzar la configuració PAM per a permetre que els usuaris " -"realitzin l'autenticació amb Kerberos. Perquè funcioni, el sistema necessita " -"accés al servidor Kerberos de la xarxa.\n" +"Podeu actualitzar la configuració PAM per a permetre que els usuaris realitzin l'autenticació amb Kerberos. Perquè funcioni, el sistema necessita accés al servidor Kerberos de la xarxa.\n" "\n" #. help text 2/5 @@ -618,45 +541,30 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Basic Client Settings:\n" -"Enter your Default Domain, Default Realm, and the hostname or " -"address of your Key Distribution Center (KDC Server Address). To " -"specify more values for KDC, separate them by spaces." +"Enter your Default Domain, Default Realm, and the hostname or address of your Key Distribution Center (KDC Server Address). To specify more values for KDC, separate them by spaces." msgstr "" "\n" "Paràmetres bàsics del client \n" -"Introduïu el domini predeterminat, el territori predeterminat " -"i el nom de l'ordinador central o l'adreça del centre de distribució de " -"claus (adreça del servidor KDC).\n" +"Introduïu el domini predeterminat, el territori predeterminat i el nom de l'ordinador central o l'adreça del centre de distribució de claus (adreça del servidor KDC).\n" #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "" "\n" -"It is common practice to use the domain name in uppercase as your default " -"realm name, but you can select freely. If the realm is not available on the " -"server, you cannot log in. Ask your server administrator if you need more " -"information.\n" +"It is common practice to use the domain name in uppercase as your default realm name, but you can select freely. If the realm is not available on the server, you cannot log in. Ask your server administrator if you need more information.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Normalment s'utilitza el nom del domini en majúscules com a nom del " -"territori per defecte. No obstant això, el podeu seleccionar lliurement. Si " -"el territori no està disponible al servidor, no podreu entrar. Si us cal més " -"informació, demaneu-la a l'administrador del servidor\n" +"Normalment s'utilitza el nom del domini en majúscules com a nom del territori per defecte. No obstant això, el podeu seleccionar lliurement. Si el territori no està disponible al servidor, no podreu entrar. Si us cal més informació, demaneu-la a l'administrador del servidor\n" #. help text for Use DNS to acquire the configuration data at runtime #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:723 -msgid "" -"Check Use DNS to Acquire the Configuration Data at Runtime to let " -"your client use the Kerberos authentication data provided by DNS. This " -"option cannot be selected if the DNS server does not provide such data." +msgid "Check Use DNS to Acquire the Configuration Data at Runtime to let your client use the Kerberos authentication data provided by DNS. This option cannot be selected if the DNS server does not provide such data." msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "To configure more settings, click Advanced Settings." -msgstr "" -"Per a configurar més opcions, premeu el botó Paràmetres avançats.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Per a configurar més opcions, premeu el botó Paràmetres avançats." #. radio button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:752 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/ldap-client.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/ldap-client.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/ldap-client.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -227,9 +227,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:462 #, fuzzy msgid "Could not download the certificate file from specified URL." -msgstr "" -"No s'ha pogut baixar el fitxer del certificat SMT des de l'URL que heu " -"especificat." +msgstr "No s'ha pogut baixar el fitxer del certificat SMT des de l'URL que heu especificat." #. popup message, %1 is file name, %2 directory #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:497 @@ -254,20 +252,14 @@ #. help text 2/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:535 -msgid "" -"To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select Use LDAP</" -"b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu Utilitza l'LDAP per a l'autenticació dels usuaris " -"mitjançant un servidor OpenLDAP. Els NSS i els PAM també es configuraran " -"segons aquest paràmetre." +msgid "To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select Use LDAP. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly." +msgstr "Seleccioneu Utilitza l'LDAP per a l'autenticació dels usuaris mitjançant un servidor OpenLDAP. Els NSS i els PAM també es configuraran segons aquest paràmetre." #. help text 3/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:539 msgid "" "To deactivate LDAP services, click Do Not Use LDAP.\n" -"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch." -"conf\n" +"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" "will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n" "removed." msgstr "" @@ -278,61 +270,38 @@ #. help text 3.5/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:546 -msgid "" -"To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select " -"Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins." -msgstr "" -"L'opció Utilitza l'LDAP però inhabilita les entrades permet " -"activar l'LDAP però no autoritza els usuaris a entrar en aquest ordinador.</" -"p>" +msgid "To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins." +msgstr "L'opció Utilitza l'LDAP però inhabilita les entrades permet activar l'LDAP però no autoritza els usuaris a entrar en aquest ordinador." #. help text #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:550 -msgid "" -"Check Use System Security Services Daemon if you want the system " -"to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap." +msgid "Check Use System Security Services Daemon if you want the system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap." msgstr "" #. help text 4/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:554 msgid "" -"Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) " -"in Addresses and the distinguished name of the search base (Base " -"DN, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" -"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve " -"the\n" -"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the " -"server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap." -"example.com:379</tt>.\n" +"Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in Addresses and the distinguished name of the search base (Base DN, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" +"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n" +"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Introduïu l'adreça del servidor LDAP (com ara ldap.exemple.com o " -"10.20.0.2) a Adreces i el nom eminent de la base de cerca (DN de " -"base, com ara dc=exemple,dc=com). Per a especificar \n" +"Introduïu l'adreça del servidor LDAP (com ara ldap.exemple.com o 10.20.0.2) a Adreces i el nom eminent de la base de cerca (DN de base, com ara dc=exemple,dc=com). Per a especificar \n" "més d'un servidor, separeu les adreces amb espais. S'han de\n" -"poder resoldre les adreces sense fer servir l'LDAP. També podeu especificar " -"el port en el qual s'està executant el servidor mitjançant la sintaxi " -"\"servidor:port\", com ara ldap.domini.com:379.\n" +"poder resoldre les adreces sense fer servir l'LDAP. També podeu especificar el port en el qual s'està executant el servidor mitjançant la sintaxi \"servidor:port\", com ara ldap.domini.com:379.\n" "\n" #. help text 5/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:561 -msgid "" -"With Find, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the " -"service location protocol (SLP). Using Fetch DN, read the base DN " -"from server." -msgstr "" -"Amb Cerca, seleccioneu el servidor LDAP de la llista proporcionada " -"pel protocol d'ubicació de servei (SLP). Mitjançant Recull el DN, " -"llegiu el DN de base des del servidor." +msgid "With Find, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using Fetch DN, read the base DN from server." +msgstr "Amb Cerca, seleccioneu el servidor LDAP de la llista proporcionada pel protocol d'ubicació de servei (SLP). Mitjançant Recull el DN, llegiu el DN de base des del servidor." #. help text 6/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:565 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL</" -"b>\n" +"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL\n" "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n" "certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.\n" msgstr "" @@ -343,28 +312,19 @@ #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:571 msgid "" -"A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the " -"config\n" -" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on " -"server certificates.\n" -" The value is the level that can be specified with keywords " -"never, allow,\n" -" try and demand. In the SSL/TLS Configuration " -"dialog there is\n" -" the option Request server certificate which will set the " -"TLS_REQCERT\n" -" configuration option to demand if it's enabled or to " -"allow if it's disabled.\n" +"A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the config\n" +" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on server certificates.\n" +" The value is the level that can be specified with keywords never, allow,\n" +" try and demand. In the SSL/TLS Configuration dialog there is\n" +" the option Request server certificate which will set the TLS_REQCERT\n" +" configuration option to demand if it's enabled or to allow if it's disabled.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:579 msgid "" -"In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS " -"URLs.\n" -" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They " -"have a syntax\n" -" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the " -"default port for LDAPS URLs\n" +"In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS URLs.\n" +" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They have a syntax\n" +" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the default port for LDAPS URLs\n" " is 636 instead of 389.\n" msgstr "" @@ -394,14 +354,12 @@ #| "If it is not installed and you want to use it, it is installed\n" #| "automatically.\n" msgid "" -"Automounter is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, " -"such\n" +"Automounter is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n" "as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n" "exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n" "want to use it, it will be installed automatically.\n" msgstr "" -"El muntador automàtic és un dimoni que munta directoris " -"automàticament,\n" +"El muntador automàtic és un dimoni que munta directoris automàticament,\n" "com ara els directoris locals de l'usuari.\n" "Es dóna per fet que els fitxers de configuració (auto.*) ja existeixen,\n" "ja sigui localment o a través de l'LDAP.\n" @@ -517,8 +475,7 @@ "you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n" msgstr "" "Si configureu l'equip com a client LDAP, no podreu\n" -"recuperar les dades dels NIS. Segur que voleu fer servir l'LDAP en lloc del " -"NIS?\n" +"recuperar les dades dels NIS. Segur que voleu fer servir l'LDAP en lloc del NIS?\n" #. popup text #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:941 @@ -533,8 +490,7 @@ "the machine to enable it for all services.\n" msgstr "" "Aquest canvi només afecta processos recent creats però no\n" -"serveis que ja s'estan executant. Reinicieu els serveis manualment o torneu " -"a \n" +"serveis que ja s'estan executant. Reinicieu els serveis manualment o torneu a \n" "arrencar l'equip per habilitar-lo per a tots els serveis.\n" #. message popup, part 1/2 @@ -551,8 +507,7 @@ #. yes/no question #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:970 msgid "" -"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is " -"disabled.\n" +"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\n" "Enable certificate checks now?" msgstr "" @@ -564,30 +519,19 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1017 msgid "" -"If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the realm and " -"KDC Address.\n" -"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking SSSD " -"Offline Authentication.\n" -"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>." -"\n" +"If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the realm and KDC Address.\n" +"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking SSSD Offline Authentication.\n" +"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.\n" msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1023 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute " -#| "of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the " -#| "meaning of its values." +#| msgid "Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the meaning of its values." msgid "" -"Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of " -"the\n" -"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation " -"of its values." -msgstr "" -"Protocol de canvi de contrasenya es refereix a l'atribut " -"pam_password del fitxer <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Vegeu <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> " -"per a obtenir el significat dels valors." +"Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n" +"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values." +msgstr "Protocol de canvi de contrasenya es refereix a l'atribut pam_password del fitxer <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Vegeu <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> per a obtenir el significat dels valors." #. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1028 @@ -596,14 +540,12 @@ "The default value for Group Member Attribute is %1.\n" msgstr "" "Definiu els tipus de grups LDAP que voleu utilitzar.\n" -"El valor predeterminat de l'Atribut dels membres del grup és %1</" -"i>.\n" +"El valor predeterminat de l'Atribut dels membres del grup és %1.\n" #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1034 msgid "" "If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n" -"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing " -"certificates\n" +"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n" "or the explicit path to one certificate file." msgstr "" @@ -617,18 +559,15 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "First, set Configuration Base DN.\n" -#| "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the " -#| "LDAP\n" +#| "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the LDAP\n" #| "server.\n" msgid "" "First, set Configuration Base DN.\n" "This is the base for storing your configuration data on the LDAP\n" "server.\n" msgstr "" -"En primer lloc cal que especifiqueu la Configuració del DN de base</" -"b>.\n" -"Es tracta de la base que us servirà per a desar les dades de la configuració " -"emmagatzemada\n" +"En primer lloc cal que especifiqueu la Configuració del DN de base.\n" +"Es tracta de la base que us servirà per a desar les dades de la configuració emmagatzemada\n" "al servidor LDAP.\n" #. help text 2/4 @@ -637,43 +576,33 @@ #| msgid "" #| "To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" #| "Administrator DN.\n" -#| "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain," -#| "dc=com) or just\n" -#| "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is " -#| "appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" +#| "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or just\n" +#| "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" msgid "" "To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" "Administrator DN.\n" -"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) " -"or \n" -"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is " -"appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" +"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n" +"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" msgstr "" "Per a accedir a les dades emmagatzemades al servidor, introduïu el\n" "DN de l'administrador.\n" -"Podeu introduir el DN sencer (per exemple, cn=administrador,dc=elmeudomini," -"dc=com) o només\n" -"el DN relatiu (per exemple, cn=administrador). El DN de base de l'LDAP " -"s'afegeix automàticament si se selecciona l'opció adient.\n" +"Podeu introduir el DN sencer (per exemple, cn=administrador,dc=elmeudomini,dc=com) o només\n" +"el DN relatiu (per exemple, cn=administrador). El DN de base de l'LDAP s'afegeix automàticament si se selecciona l'opció adient.\n" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1057 msgid "" "To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n" -"check Create Default Configuration Objects. The objects are only " -"created when they do not already exist.\n" +"check Create Default Configuration Objects. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.\n" msgstr "" -"Activeu l'opció Crea objectes de la configuració predeterminada si " -"voleu\n" -"crear els objectes de la configuració predeterminada per als usuaris i els " -"grups LDAP. Els objectes només es creen quan encara no existeixen.\n" +"Activeu l'opció Crea objectes de la configuració predeterminada si voleu\n" +"crear els objectes de la configuració predeterminada per als usuaris i els grups LDAP. Els objectes només es creen quan encara no existeixen.\n" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1061 msgid "" "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Premeu Configura si voleu configurar els valors desats al\n" @@ -684,20 +613,14 @@ #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1068 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users, passwords, " -#| "and groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" -#| "set to the nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow, and nss_base_group " -#| "attributes\n" +#| "Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users, passwords, and groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" +#| "set to the nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow, and nss_base_group attributes\n" #| "in /etc/ldap.conf file.\n" msgid "" -"Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if " -"they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" -"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and " -"ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.\n" +"Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" +"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.\n" msgstr "" -"Especifiqueu les bases de cerca que cal fer servir per als mapes " -"determinats (usuaris, contrasenyes i grups) si són diferents del DN de base. " -"Aquests valors es defineixen \n" +"Especifiqueu les bases de cerca que cal fer servir per als mapes determinats (usuaris, contrasenyes i grups) si són diferents del DN de base. Aquests valors es defineixen \n" "als atributs nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow, i nss_base_group, \n" "al fitxer /etc/ldap.conf.\n" @@ -826,8 +749,7 @@ #. error popup label #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1500 msgid "Enter the DN used for binding to the LDAP server." -msgstr "" -"Introduïu el DN que s'utilitza per a la vinculació amb el servidor LDAP." +msgstr "Introduïu el DN que s'utilitza per a la vinculació amb el servidor LDAP." #. error popup label #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1507 @@ -862,8 +784,7 @@ "Edit the template attribute values with Edit.\n" "Changing the cn value renames the template.\n" msgstr "" -"Si voleu modificar els valors dels atributs de la plantilla, utilitzeu " -"l'opció Edita.\n" +"Si voleu modificar els valors dels atributs de la plantilla, utilitzeu l'opció Edita.\n" "Si modifiqueu el valor cn es canviarà el nom de la plantilla.\n" #. help text 3/3 @@ -878,10 +799,8 @@ "for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values, editing or\n" "removing current ones.\n" msgstr "" -"La segona taula conté una llista de valors predeterminats que " -"s'han utilitzat\n" -"per als objectes nous. Per a modificar la llista, afegiu-hi nous valors i " -"suprimiu-hi\n" +"La segona taula conté una llista de valors predeterminats que s'han utilitzat\n" +"per als objectes nous. Per a modificar la llista, afegiu-hi nous valors i suprimiu-hi\n" "els que ja existeixen.\n" #. table header 1/2 @@ -956,25 +875,19 @@ "create one with New. Delete the current module\n" "using Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"Cada conjunt de les opcions de configuració s'anomena mòdul de " -"configuració.\n" -"Si no hi ha cap mòdul de configuració a la ubicació indicada (configuració " -"de base),\n" -"creeu-ne un amb l'opció Nou. Podeu suprimir el mòdul actual amb " -"l'opció Suprimeix.\n" +"Cada conjunt de les opcions de configuració s'anomena mòdul de configuració.\n" +"Si no hi ha cap mòdul de configuració a la ubicació indicada (configuració de base),\n" +"creeu-ne un amb l'opció Nou. Podeu suprimir el mòdul actual amb l'opció Suprimeix.\n" #. helptext 3/4 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1897 msgid "" "Edit the values of attributes in the table with Edit.\n" -"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value " -"renames the\n" +"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value renames the\n" "current module.\n" msgstr "" -"Si voleu modificar els valors dels atributs de la taula, utilitzeu el " -"botó Edita.\n" -"Alguns valors tenen un significat especial. Si modifiqueu el valor cn</" -"b>, per exemple,\n" +"Si voleu modificar els valors dels atributs de la taula, utilitzeu el botó Edita.\n" +"Alguns valors tenen un significat especial. Si modifiqueu el valor cn, per exemple,\n" "el nom del mòdul actual canviarà.\n" #. helptext 4/4 @@ -1029,15 +942,8 @@ #~ msgid "Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog." #~ msgstr "Navega per l'arbre LDAP a la part esquerra del diàleg." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the " -#~ "object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected " -#~ "attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Qual l'objecte LDAP està seleccionat a l'arbre, la taula mostra les " -#~ "dades de l'objecte. Utilitzeu Edita per a canviar el valor de " -#~ "l'atribut seleccionat. Utilitzeu Desa per a desar els canvis fets " -#~ "a l'LDAP." +#~ msgid "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." +#~ msgstr "Qual l'objecte LDAP està seleccionat a l'arbre, la taula mostra les dades de l'objecte. Utilitzeu Edita per a canviar el valor de l'atribut seleccionat. Utilitzeu Desa per a desar els canvis fets a l'LDAP." #~ msgid "" #~ "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" @@ -1181,8 +1087,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Retry connection without TLS/SSL?\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Un possible motiu per la fallada de la connexió pot ser que el vostre " -#~ "client \n" +#~ "Un possible motiu per la fallada de la connexió pot ser que el vostre client \n" #~ "està configurat per TLS/SSL però el servidor no ho suporta.\n" #~ "Voleu provar de tornar a connectar sense TLS/SSL?\n" @@ -1208,8 +1113,7 @@ #~ "An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\n" #~ "Select another one.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'objecte amb el DN que s'ha seleccionat existeix però no és un objecte " -#~ "de plantilla.\n" +#~ "L'objecte amb el DN que s'ha seleccionat existeix però no és un objecte de plantilla.\n" #~ "Seleccioneu-ne un altre.\n" #~ msgid "Writing LDAP Configuration..." @@ -1256,8 +1160,7 @@ #~ "If the attribute can have more values, add new entries\n" #~ "with Add Value. Sometimes the button contains the list of\n" #~ "possible values to use for the current attribute.\n" -#~ "If the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name " -#~ "(DN),\n" +#~ "If the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name (DN),\n" #~ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using Browse.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -1314,27 +1217,21 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" -#~ "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults " -#~ "when\n" +#~ "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" #~ "the new object is created.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Introduïu aquí els valors dels atributs que pertanyin a un\n" -#~ "objecte mitjançant la plantilla actual. Aquests valors s'utilitzaran com " -#~ "a valors predeterminats\n" +#~ "objecte mitjançant la plantilla actual. Aquests valors s'utilitzaran com a valors predeterminats\n" #~ "en la creació del nou objecte.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" -#~ "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be " -#~ "replaced\n" -#~ "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid" -#~ "\"\n" +#~ "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" +#~ "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" #~ "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Podeu utilitzar una sintaxi especial per a crear valors d'atributs a " -#~ "partir de\n" -#~ "valors que ja existeixen. L'expressió %attr_name se substituirà " -#~ "pel valor\n" +#~ "Podeu utilitzar una sintaxi especial per a crear valors d'atributs a partir de\n" +#~ "valors que ja existeixen. L'expressió %attr_name se substituirà pel valor\n" #~ "de l'atribut \"attr_name\" (utilitzeu, per exemple, \"/home/%uid\"\n" #~ "com a valor de \"homeDirectory\").\n" @@ -1356,137 +1253,50 @@ #~ msgid "There was a problem with writing data to the LDAP server." #~ msgstr "S'ha produït un problema en escriure les dades al servidor LDAP." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging " -#~ "Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password " -#~ "policy groups of attributes to configure." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccioneu les pestanyes Polítiques de canvi de contrasenya, " -#~ "Polítiques de venciment de contrasenya i Polítiques de " -#~ "bloqueig per a escollir grups de polítiques de contrasenya LDAP dels " -#~ "atributs per configurar." +#~ msgid "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure." +#~ msgstr "Seleccioneu les pestanyes Polítiques de canvi de contrasenya, Polítiques de venciment de contrasenya i Polítiques de bloqueig per a escollir grups de polítiques de contrasenya LDAP dels atributs per configurar." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to " -#~ "set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords " -#~ "may not be used." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Especifiqueu el nombre màxim de contrasenyes emmagatzemades a " -#~ "l'historial per definir quantes contrasenyes emprades prèviament es " -#~ "desaran. Les contrasenyes desades no es poden emprar." +#~ msgid "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used." +#~ msgstr "Especifiqueu el nombre màxim de contrasenyes emmagatzemades a l'historial per definir quantes contrasenyes emprades prèviament es desaran. Les contrasenyes desades no es poden emprar." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to " -#~ "change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " -#~ "administrator." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccioneu L'usuari ha de canviar la contrasenya després de la " -#~ "reinicialització per a obligar als usuaris a canviar la contrasenya " -#~ "després que un administrador l'hagi reiniciada o canviada." +#~ msgid "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator." +#~ msgstr "Seleccioneu L'usuari ha de canviar la contrasenya després de la reinicialització per a obligar als usuaris a canviar la contrasenya després que un administrador l'hagi reiniciada o canviada." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their " -#~ "passwords." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccioneu L'usuari pot canviar la contrasenya per permetre " -#~ "als usuaris que canviïn la contrasenya." +#~ msgid "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their passwords." +#~ msgstr "Seleccioneu L'usuari pot canviar la contrasenya per permetre als usuaris que canviïn la contrasenya." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " -#~ "check Old Password Required for Password Change." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si s'ha de proporcionar la contrasenya existent juntament amb la nova, " -#~ "seleccioneu Es necessita la contrasenya antiga per canviar de " -#~ "contrasenya." +#~ msgid "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check Old Password Required for Password Change." +#~ msgstr "Si s'ha de proporcionar la contrasenya existent juntament amb la nova, seleccioneu Es necessita la contrasenya antiga per canviar de contrasenya." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords " -#~ "are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not " -#~ "be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords " -#~ "are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the " -#~ "user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked " -#~ "Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the " -#~ "password cannot be checked." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccioneu si la qualitat de la contrasenya s'ha de verificar a " -#~ "l'hora de modificar o afegir contrasenyes. Seleccioneu Sense " -#~ "comprovació si no s'han de comprovar les contrasenyes. Amb Accepta " -#~ "contrasenyes no comprovables, s'acceptaran les contrasenyes fins i " -#~ "tot si no es pot realitzar la comprovació, per exemple, si l'usuari ha " -#~ "proporcionat una contrasenya xifrada. Amb Accepta només contrasenyes " -#~ "comprovades es rebutgen les contrasenyes si falla la prova de " -#~ "qualitat o no es pot comprovar la contrasenya." +#~ msgid "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked." +#~ msgstr "Seleccioneu si la qualitat de la contrasenya s'ha de verificar a l'hora de modificar o afegir contrasenyes. Seleccioneu Sense comprovació si no s'han de comprovar les contrasenyes. Amb Accepta contrasenyes no comprovables, s'acceptaran les contrasenyes fins i tot si no es pot realitzar la comprovació, per exemple, si l'usuari ha proporcionat una contrasenya xifrada. Amb Accepta només contrasenyes comprovades es rebutgen les contrasenyes si falla la prova de qualitat o no es pot comprovar la contrasenya." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " -#~ "Minimum Password Length." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Establiu el nombre mínim de caràcters que cal fer servir en una " -#~ "contrasenya a Llargària mínima de la contrasenya." +#~ msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in Minimum Password Length." +#~ msgstr "Establiu el nombre mínim de caràcters que cal fer servir en una contrasenya a Llargària mínima de la contrasenya." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between " -#~ "modifications to the password." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Durada mínima de la contrasenya estableix quant de temps ha de " -#~ "passar entre les modificacions de la contrasenya." +#~ msgid "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password." +#~ msgstr "Durada mínima de la contrasenya estableix quant de temps ha de passar entre les modificacions de la contrasenya." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a " -#~ "password expires." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Durada màxima de la contrasenya estableix quant de temps dura " -#~ "la contrasenya després d'haver sigut modificada." +#~ msgid "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password expires." +#~ msgstr "Durada màxima de la contrasenya estableix quant de temps dura la contrasenya després d'haver sigut modificada." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how " -#~ "long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning " -#~ "messages should be given to an authenticating user." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Temps d'antel·lació amb que s'adverteix del venciment de la " -#~ "contrasenya estableix amb quina antel·lació l'usuari d'autenticació " -#~ "ha de rebre els missatges d'avís de venciment de la contrasenya." +#~ msgid "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user." +#~ msgstr "L'opció Temps d'antel·lació amb que s'adverteix del venciment de la contrasenya estableix amb quina antel·lació l'usuari d'autenticació ha de rebre els missatges d'avís de venciment de la contrasenya." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to " -#~ "authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Estableix el nombre de vegades que es pot emprar una contrasenya " -#~ "vençuda per autenticar a Usos permesos d'una contrasenya vençuda.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." +#~ msgstr "Estableix el nombre de vegades que es pot emprar una contrasenya vençuda per autenticar a Usos permesos d'una contrasenya vençuda." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after " -#~ "a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Feu servir l'opció Habilita el bloqueig de la contrasenya per a " -#~ "prohibir l'ús d'una contrasenya després d'un nombre determinat d'intents " -#~ "consecutius de vinculació fallits." +#~ msgid "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." +#~ msgstr "Feu servir l'opció Habilita el bloqueig de la contrasenya per a prohibir l'ús d'una contrasenya després d'un nombre determinat d'intents consecutius de vinculació fallits." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " -#~ "password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the " -#~ "Password." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Estableix el nombre d'intents consecutius de vinculació fallits " -#~ "després del qual la contrasenya no es pot emprar per autenticar a " -#~ "Errors de vinculació per a bloquejar la contrasenya." +#~ msgid "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the Password." +#~ msgstr "Estableix el nombre d'intents consecutius de vinculació fallits després del qual la contrasenya no es pot emprar per autenticar a Errors de vinculació per a bloquejar la contrasenya." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration</" -#~ "b>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Estableix durant quant de temps no es pot emprar la contrasenya a " -#~ "Durada del bloqueig de la contrasenya." +#~ msgid "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." +#~ msgstr "Estableix durant quant de temps no es pot emprar la contrasenya a Durada del bloqueig de la contrasenya." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password " -#~ "failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful " -#~ "authentication has occurred." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Durada dels errors de vinculació a la memòria cau estableix amb " -#~ "quina antel·lació es buiden els errors de contrasenya del comptador " -#~ "d'errors fins i tot quan no s'ha produït cap autenticació correcta." +#~ msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred." +#~ msgstr "Durada dels errors de vinculació a la memòria cau estableix amb quina antel·lació es buiden els errors de contrasenya del comptador d'errors fins i tot quan no s'ha produït cap autenticació correcta." #~ msgid "&Password Change Policies" #~ msgstr "&Polítiques de canvi de contrasenya" @@ -1501,8 +1311,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Nombre &màxim de contrasenyes emmagatzemades a l'historial" #~ msgid "U&ser Must Change Password after Reset" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'&usuari ha de canviar la contrasenya després de la reinicialització" +#~ msgstr "L'&usuari ha de canviar la contrasenya després de la reinicialització" #~ msgid "&User Can Change Password" #~ msgstr "&L'usuari pot canviar la contrasenya" @@ -1544,8 +1353,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Durada màxima de la contrasenya" #~ msgid "Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Temps d'antel·lació amb que s'adverteix del venciment de la contrasenya" +#~ msgstr "Temps d'antel·lació amb que s'adverteix del venciment de la contrasenya" #~ msgid "Allowed Uses of an Expired Password" #~ msgstr "Usos permesos d'una contrasenya vençuda" @@ -1575,10 +1383,8 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/" -#~ "SSL\n" -#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA " -#~ "certificate file in PEM format from given URL.\n" +#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL\n" +#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA certificate file in PEM format from given URL.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Alguns servidors LDAP són compatibles amb l'StartTLS [RFC2830].\n" #~ "Si el servidor l'admet i ja està configurat,\n" @@ -1600,13 +1406,11 @@ #~ "If it is not installed and you want to use it, it is installed\n" #~ "automatically.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "El muntador automàtic és un dimoni que munta directoris " -#~ "automàticament,\n" +#~ "El muntador automàtic és un dimoni que munta directoris automàticament,\n" #~ "com ara els directoris locals de l'usuari.\n" #~ "Es dóna per fet que els fitxers de configuració (auto.*) ja existeixen,\n" #~ "ja sigui localment o a través de l'LDAP.\n" -#~ "Si no està instal·lat i voleu utilitzar-lo, s'instal·la automàticament.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Si no està instal·lat i voleu utilitzar-lo, s'instal·la automàticament.\n" #~ msgid "Do N&ot Use LDAP" #~ msgstr "N&o utilitzis l'LDAP" @@ -1625,14 +1429,8 @@ #~ msgid "Download CA Certificate" #~ msgstr "Certificat CA" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute " -#~ "of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the " -#~ "meaning of its values." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Protocol de canvi de contrasenya es refereix a l'atribut " -#~ "pam_password del fitxer <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Vegeu <tt>man pam_ldap</" -#~ "tt> per a obtenir el significat dels valors." +#~ msgid "Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the meaning of its values." +#~ msgstr "Protocol de canvi de contrasenya es refereix a l'atribut pam_password del fitxer <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Vegeu <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> per a obtenir el significat dels valors." #~ msgid "" #~ "Normally, the LDAP version 3 protocol is used. If you have\n" @@ -1645,62 +1443,47 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "First, set Configuration Base DN.\n" -#~ "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the " -#~ "LDAP\n" +#~ "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the LDAP\n" #~ "server.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "En primer lloc cal que especifiqueu la Configuració del DN de base</" -#~ "b>.\n" -#~ "Es tracta de la base que us servirà per a desar les dades de la " -#~ "configuració emmagatzemada\n" +#~ "En primer lloc cal que especifiqueu la Configuració del DN de base.\n" +#~ "Es tracta de la base que us servirà per a desar les dades de la configuració emmagatzemada\n" #~ "al servidor LDAP.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" #~ "Administrator DN.\n" -#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain," -#~ "dc=com) or just\n" -#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is " -#~ "appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" +#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or just\n" +#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Per a accedir a les dades emmagatzemades al servidor, introduïu el\n" #~ "DN de l'administrador.\n" -#~ "Podeu introduir el DN sencer (per exemple, cn=administrador," -#~ "dc=elmeudomini,dc=com) o només\n" -#~ "el DN relatiu (per exemple, cn=administrador). El DN de base de l'LDAP " -#~ "s'afegeix automàticament si se selecciona l'opció adient.\n" +#~ "Podeu introduir el DN sencer (per exemple, cn=administrador,dc=elmeudomini,dc=com) o només\n" +#~ "el DN relatiu (per exemple, cn=administrador). El DN de base de l'LDAP s'afegeix automàticament si se selecciona l'opció adient.\n" #~ msgid "Home Directories" #~ msgstr "Directoris locals" #~ msgid "" #~ "If home directories of users should be stored on this machine,\n" -#~ "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any " -#~ "direct\n" -#~ "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can " -#~ "manage\n" +#~ "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n" +#~ "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\n" #~ "user home directories.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si els directoris locals dels usuaris s'han\n" -#~ "desat en aquest equip, seleccioneu aquesta opció. Si es canvia aquest " -#~ "valor no es produirà cap acció directa.\n" -#~ "Només es tracta d'informació per al mòdul d'usuaris del YaST, el qual pot " -#~ "gestionar\n" +#~ "desat en aquest equip, seleccioneu aquesta opció. Si es canvia aquest valor no es produirà cap acció directa.\n" +#~ "Només es tracta d'informació per al mòdul d'usuaris del YaST, el qual pot gestionar\n" #~ "els directoris locals de l'usuari.\n" #~ msgid "Password Policy" #~ msgstr "Política de contrasenyes" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add</" -#~ "b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +#~ "Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" #~ " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configureu la política de contrasenyes amb Edita. Feu servir " -#~ "Afegeix per a afegir una política de contrasenyes nova. La " -#~ "configuració només és possible \n" -#~ " si les polítiques de contrasenyes ja han estat prèviament habilitades " -#~ "al servidor LDAP." +#~ "Configureu la política de contrasenyes amb Edita. Feu servir Afegeix per a afegir una política de contrasenyes nova. La configuració només és possible \n" +#~ " si les polítiques de contrasenyes ja han estat prèviament habilitades al servidor LDAP." #~ msgid "&Password Map" #~ msgstr "&Mapa de la contrasenya" @@ -1750,15 +1533,12 @@ #~ "for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values and editing or\n" #~ "removing current ones.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "La segona taula conté una llista de valors predeterminats que " -#~ "s'han utilitzat\n" -#~ "per als objectes nous. Per a modificar la llista, afegiu-hi nous valors i " -#~ "suprimiu-hi\n" +#~ "La segona taula conté una llista de valors predeterminats que s'han utilitzat\n" +#~ "per als objectes nous. Per a modificar la llista, afegiu-hi nous valors i suprimiu-hi\n" #~ "els que ja existeixen.\n" #~ msgid "Here, manage the configuration stored in LDAP directory." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Aquí podeu gestionar la configuració desada al directori LDAP." +#~ msgstr "Aquí podeu gestionar la configuració desada al directori LDAP." #~ msgid "" #~ "You currently have configuration modules\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/ldap-server.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/ldap-server.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/ldap-server.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -113,9 +113,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "" -"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings " -"later in the installed system." +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." msgstr "" #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); @@ -130,9 +128,7 @@ msgstr "Manualment" #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " -"continue." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." msgstr "" #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:112 @@ -240,9 +236,7 @@ "sense instal·lar els paquets necessaris." #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "" -"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " -"finished." +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." msgstr "" #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:344 @@ -265,10 +259,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/complex.rb:105 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -"running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " -"you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" @@ -354,9 +346,7 @@ msgstr "No s'està executant el servei" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:198 -msgid "" -"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " -"to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" #. get helps page @@ -398,9 +388,7 @@ msgid "" "YaST was not able to determine the fully qualified hostname of this\n" "computer. \n" -msgstr "" -"El nom del servidor s'ha d'escriure en format de nom de domini plenament " -"qualificat." +msgstr "El nom del servidor s'ha d'escriure en format de nom de domini plenament qualificat." #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:387 msgid "Setting up a replication master is currently not possible." @@ -548,9 +536,7 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -"server.\n" +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:975 @@ -591,15 +577,12 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1078 -msgid "" -"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." msgstr "" #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1105 -msgid "" -"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 @@ -628,8 +611,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1220 msgid "" "\n" -"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " -"encrypted\n" +"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" "LDAP Connections.)\n" msgstr "" @@ -663,10 +645,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be " -"started. Note:\n" -"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</" -"p>\n" +"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:26 @@ -679,18 +659,14 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " -"communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " -"configured." +"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -"protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " -"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:36 @@ -719,10 +695,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is " -"a\n" -"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " -"and\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" @@ -735,29 +709,22 @@ "of the database being created." msgstr "" "Funció Hash:\n" -"s'especifica el nom de la funció hash que s'utilitzarà per a classificar els " -"noms de fitxers dels directoris." +"s'especifica el nom de la funció hash que s'utilitzarà per a classificar els noms de fitxers dels directoris." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password</" -"b> \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " -"other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends " -"the \n" -"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example," -"dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " -"Administrator DN\n" +"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \n" +"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root " -"password\n" +"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" @@ -791,8 +758,7 @@ "click Change Password. \n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" "Password Encryption. \n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already " -"been \n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" @@ -806,35 +772,25 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" -"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -"automatically\n" +"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:102 msgid "" -"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change " -"Password.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password " -"Encryption.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -"set in the configuration.\n" +"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can " -"adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the " -"number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " -"RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index " -"Cache (IDL cache) \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " -"HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " -"entry cache as a rule of\n" +"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." msgstr "" @@ -851,14 +807,10 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" -"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP " -"server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests " -"before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " -"but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " -"extended operation \n" +"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" @@ -873,15 +825,12 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:134 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object " -"DN." +msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "Introduïu el nom del volum lògic nou." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:137 msgid "" -"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You " -"may\n" +"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" @@ -896,33 +845,28 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:144 -msgid "" -"The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " -"defined." +msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " -"types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " -"configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality " -"index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" @@ -945,11 +889,9 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -"added\n" +"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" -"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the " -"indexing\n" +"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" @@ -966,8 +908,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:183 msgid "" -"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a " -"more\n" +"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" @@ -977,17 +918,13 @@ msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" -msgstr "" -"Feu servir Nou per a crear un nou patró o bé Importa per a " -"importar-ne un d'existent." +msgstr "Feu servir Nou per a crear un nou patró o bé Importa per a importar-ne un d'existent." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" -"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose " -"target\n" +"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " -"using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" @@ -997,8 +934,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" -"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" " -"checkbox, if you want to \n" +"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" @@ -1009,16 +945,11 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" -"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -"(stored\n" -"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " -"synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify " -"or\n" -"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the " -"indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " -"is\n" +"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" @@ -1031,14 +962,10 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:215 msgid "" -"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " -"operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " -"the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" " -"replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " -"server." +"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:221 @@ -1047,8 +974,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:224 msgid "" -"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want " -"the\n" +"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1063,8 +989,7 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-" -"standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1099,10 +1024,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:250 msgid "" -"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " -"authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " -"database on the master.\n" +"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:253 @@ -1113,10 +1036,8 @@ msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " -"configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " -"the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. \n" msgstr "" @@ -1134,8 +1055,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Avortament de la inicialització</big> \n" -"Per a avortar la utilitat de configuració de forma segura, premeu Avorta</" -"b>." +"Per a avortar la utilitat de configuració de forma segura, premeu Avorta." #. Write dialog help #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:269 @@ -1176,17 +1096,13 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:287 -msgid "" -"With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server.</" -"p> " +msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:290 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Use Next to continue with the configuration." -msgid "" -"If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration " -"wizard." +msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "Utilitzeu Següent per continuar la configuració." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:293 @@ -1197,15 +1113,12 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:297 -msgid "" -"Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " -"are available:" +msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:300 msgid "" -"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -"with\n" +"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1217,8 +1130,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " -"replicates all its data,\n" +"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" @@ -1242,18 +1154,15 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:319 msgid "" -"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the " -"server\n" +"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</" -"p>\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:324 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so " -"that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1264,10 +1173,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:330 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File</" -"b>,\n" -"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the " -"corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" +"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" "textfields.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1285,26 +1192,21 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:344 msgid "" -"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog " -"in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " -"support the removal of \n" +"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" -"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " -"statistics\n" +"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:354 -msgid "" -"Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " -"disallow:" +msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:357 @@ -1313,17 +1215,14 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:358 msgid "" -"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -"requests.\n" +"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:361 msgid "" -"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind " -"when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " -"present) " +"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:364 @@ -1334,8 +1233,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:367 msgid "" -"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow " -"unauthenticated\n" +"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1353,16 +1251,14 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:378 msgid "" -"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple " -"Bind\n" +"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:381 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " -"back\n" +"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1377,12 +1273,9 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:392 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " -"\"Frontend\"\n" -"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and " -"overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " -"of\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" +"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" "the LDAP server itself.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1398,32 +1291,26 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:401 msgid "" -"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete " -"Database....\n" +"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:404 msgid "" -"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") " -"here. This is required to make\n" +"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:407 msgid "" -"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select " -"the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as " -"needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" +"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:410 msgid "" -"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " -"server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or " -"\"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"cn=config\")." msgstr "" @@ -1452,9 +1339,7 @@ msgstr "URL del servidor: " #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "" -"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " -"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 @@ -1464,8 +1349,7 @@ msgstr "Resum de proveïdor" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 @@ -1816,9 +1700,7 @@ msgstr "Diàleg d'eliminació" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:175 -msgid "" -"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " -"directory access)" +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:179 @@ -1827,8 +1709,7 @@ msgstr "Utilitza l'autenticació d'empremta" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:188 @@ -2425,8 +2306,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "" -"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 @@ -2605,9 +2485,7 @@ msgstr "Nom de l'objecte de política de contrasenyes" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:883 -msgid "" -"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " -"some minutes)" +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:884 @@ -2633,9 +2511,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1006 #, fuzzy #| msgid "An error occurred while creating the printer database." -msgid "" -"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to " -"finish.\n" +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en crear la base de dades de les impressores." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1007 @@ -2757,14 +2633,10 @@ #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1873 #, fuzzy msgid "Could not determine own fully qualified hostname." -msgstr "" -"El nom del servidor s'ha d'escriure en format de nom de domini plenament " -"qualificat." +msgstr "El nom del servidor s'ha d'escriure en format de nom de domini plenament qualificat." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1874 -msgid "" -"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its " -"own fully qualified hostname." +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2510 src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2520 @@ -2782,9 +2654,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2565 -msgid "" -"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-" -"letter code." +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed @@ -2826,8 +2696,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:3414 -msgid "" -"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:3415 @@ -3085,8 +2954,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" -#~ "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog " -#~ "informs whether it\n" +#~ "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog informs whether it\n" #~ "is safe to do so. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Interrupció del desament:</big> \n" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/ldap.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/ldap.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/ldap.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -20,19 +20,16 @@ #. hint to error message #: src/Ldap.rb:252 msgid "Verify that the LDAP Server is running and reachable." -msgstr "" -"Verifiqueu que el servidor LDAP s'estigui executant i sigui accessible." +msgstr "Verifiqueu que el servidor LDAP s'estigui executant i sigui accessible." #. hint to error message #: src/Ldap.rb:256 msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" -"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server " -"Certificate is valid." +"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." msgstr "" "Ha fallat l'establiment de l'encriptació TLS.\n" -"Verifiqueu que hi ha instal·lat el Certificat CA correcte i que el " -"Certificat de Servidor és vàlid." +"Verifiqueu que hi ha instal·lat el Certificat CA correcte i que el Certificat de Servidor és vàlid." #. hint to error message #: src/Ldap.rb:260 @@ -94,8 +91,7 @@ #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:553 msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" -"Hi ha hagut un problema durant la lectura de dades des del servidor LDAP." +msgstr "Hi ha hagut un problema durant la lectura de dades des del servidor LDAP." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:557 @@ -115,8 +111,7 @@ #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:569 msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" -"Hi ha hagut un problema durant la lectura de l'esquema des del servidor LDAP." +msgstr "Hi ha hagut un problema durant la lectura de l'esquema des del servidor LDAP." #. default error message #: src/Ldap.rb:594 @@ -150,8 +145,7 @@ "\n" "Retry connection without TLS/SSL?\n" msgstr "" -"Un possible motiu de l'error de connexió pot ser que el vostre client " -"estigui\n" +"Un possible motiu de l'error de connexió pot ser que el vostre client estigui\n" "configurat per a TLS/SSL però que el servidor no en tingui suport.\n" "\n" "Tornar a intentar la connexió sense TLS/SSL?\n" @@ -310,13 +304,11 @@ #: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" -"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults " -"when\n" +"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" "the new object is created.\n" msgstr "" "Aquí, establiu els valors d'atributs que pertanyin\n" -"a un objecte que usi la plantilla actual. Aquests valors s'utilitzen per " -"defecte quan\n" +"a un objecte que usi la plantilla actual. Aquests valors s'utilitzen per defecte quan\n" "es crea l'objecte nou.\n" #. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" @@ -328,8 +320,7 @@ #: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" -"values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be " -"replaced\n" +"values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" msgstr "" @@ -355,14 +346,8 @@ #. help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object " -"data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use " -"Save to save your changes to LDAP." -msgstr "" -"Un cop l'objecte LDAP està seleccionat a l'arbre, la taula en mostra les " -"dades. Useu Edita per canviar el valor de l'atribut seleccionat. Useu " -"Desa per desar els canvis a LDAP." +msgid "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." +msgstr "Un cop l'objecte LDAP està seleccionat a l'arbre, la taula en mostra les dades. Useu Edita per canviar el valor de l'atribut seleccionat. Useu Desa per desar els canvis a LDAP." #. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) #: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/live-installer.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/live-installer.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/live-installer.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -142,12 +142,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192 msgid "" "\n" -"Use Accept to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</" -"p>" +"Use Accept to perform a new installation with the values displayed." msgstr "" "\n" -"Utilitzeu l'opció Accepta per a dur a terme una instal·lació nova amb " -"els valors mostrats." +"Utilitzeu l'opció Accepta per a dur a terme una instal·lació nova amb els valors mostrats." #. help text 2/3 #: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196 @@ -168,8 +166,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"El disc dur encara no s'ha modificat, de manera que es pot interrompre la " -"instal·lació sense cap problema.\n" +"El disc dur encara no s'ha modificat, de manera que es pot interrompre la instal·lació sense cap problema.\n" "" #. help text 1/1 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/lxc.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/lxc.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/lxc.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -20,21 +20,16 @@ #. Command line help text for the Xlxc module #: src/clients/lxc.rb:54 -#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" msgid "Configuration of LXC" msgstr "Configuració del LXC" #. busy message #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:55 -#| msgid "Preparing configuration..." msgid "Creating Configuration..." msgstr "Creant la configuració..." #. error message #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:82 -#| msgid "" -#| "Error during configuration:\n" -#| "%1" msgid "" "Error occured during configuration:\n" "\n" @@ -46,26 +41,22 @@ #. add dialog caption #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:95 -#| msgid "&Edit Container" msgid "Adding New Container" msgstr "Afegiu nou contenidor" #. frame label #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:105 -#| msgid " Container" msgid "New Container" msgstr "Nou contenidor" #. text entry #. Table header -#: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:109 -#: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:109 src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:478 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nom" #. combo box label #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:112 -#| msgid "User Templates" msgid "Template" msgstr "Plantilla" @@ -81,20 +72,17 @@ #. text entry label #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:127 -#| msgid "Subnet mask" msgid "Subnet" msgstr "Subxarxa" #. combo box label #. combo box label -#: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:132 -#: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:132 src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:187 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "Pont" #. push button label #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:138 -#| msgid "Configuring network..." msgid "Configure Network..." msgstr "Configureu la xarxa..." @@ -110,7 +98,6 @@ #. password entry #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:153 -#| msgid "&Reset Password" msgid "Repeat Password" msgstr "Repetiu la contrasenya" @@ -121,13 +108,11 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:202 -#| msgid "Value was not specified." msgid "Name was not entered." msgstr "No s'ha introduït el nom." #. error message #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:214 -#| msgid "Passwords do not match." msgid "The passwords do not match." msgstr "Les contrasenyes no coincideixen." @@ -146,24 +131,20 @@ #. button label #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:234 -#| msgid "Base on Existing Configuration" msgid "Use Existing Configuration" msgstr "Useu la configuració existent" #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:235 -#| msgid "Replace" msgid "Replace With New" msgstr "Reemplaça pel nou" #. busy message #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:252 -#| msgid "C&reate Container" msgid "Creating Container %1..." msgstr "Creant el contenidor %1..." #. lxc-create -n <name> -f /root/<name>.config -t <template> #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:269 -#| msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation." msgid "" "Error occured during container creation:\n" "\n" @@ -175,19 +156,16 @@ #. busy message #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:281 -#| msgid "Root Password" msgid "Saving Root Password..." msgstr "Desant la contrasenya de l'usuari primari..." #. change the root password in the file /var/lib/lxc/<name>/rootfs/etc/shadow/ #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:304 -#| msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed." msgid "Container '%1' was successfully created." msgstr "El contenidor %1 s'ha creat amb èxit. " #. start container as a deamon, so it survives YaST's exit #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:326 -#| msgid "Error while starting %1 daemon\n" msgid "" "Error while starting container:\n" "\n" @@ -208,7 +186,6 @@ #. error message #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:382 -#| msgid "Error while removing %1\n" msgid "" "Error while destroying:\n" "\n" @@ -220,20 +197,17 @@ #. LXC overview dialog caption #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:405 -#| msgid "CASA Configuration" msgid "LXC Configuration" msgstr "Configuració de l'LXC " #. button label #. button label -#: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:425 -#: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:425 src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Connect" msgstr "Connecta't" #. button label #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:432 -#| msgid "Disconnected" msgid "Disconnect" msgstr "Desconnecta't" @@ -244,7 +218,6 @@ #. container status #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:449 -#| msgid "&Stop" msgid "Stopped" msgstr "Aturat" @@ -259,7 +232,6 @@ #. button label #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:484 -#| msgid "&Destination" msgid "&Destroy" msgstr "&Destrueix" @@ -275,15 +247,11 @@ #. FIXME timeout + kill -9 #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:575 -#| msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the profile " msgid "Are you sure to delete container '%1'?" msgstr "Esteu segur que voleu suprimir el contenidor '%1'?" #. Read dialog help #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:36 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Initializing Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing LXC Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -315,7 +283,6 @@ #. Create dialog help, part 1 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:51 -#| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" msgid "<big>Creating New Container</big>" msgstr "<big>Creació del nou contenidor</big>" @@ -336,45 +303,36 @@ #. Create dialog help, part 5 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:67 -#| msgid "Use Next to continue with the configuration." msgid "Use Create to start the creation process." msgstr "Utilitzeu Creeu per iniciar el procés de creació." #. info label (try to keep the text short) #: src/modules/Lxc.rb:226 -#| msgid "" -#| "Samba client configuration module.\n" -#| "See Samba documentation for details." msgid "Some problems with LXC configuration were found. Check the documentation for details." msgstr "S'han trobat alguns problemes amb la configuració LXC. Consulteu la documentació per a més informació." #. output follows in widget below #: src/modules/Lxc.rb:232 -#| msgid "Output of the Script" msgid "Output of 'lxc-checkconfig' script:" msgstr "Sortida de l'script 'lxc-checkconfig':" #. Lxc read dialog caption #: src/modules/Lxc.rb:249 -#| msgid "Initializing DSL Configuration" msgid "Initializing LXC Configuration" msgstr "Iniciant la configuració LXC" #. Progress stage #: src/modules/Lxc.rb:260 -#| msgid "Checking for package availability..." msgid "Check LXC availability" msgstr "Comproveu la disponibilitat LXC" #. Progress stage #: src/modules/Lxc.rb:262 -#| msgid "Read the system settings" msgid "Read system settings" msgstr "Llegiu els paràmetres de sistema" #. Progress step #: src/modules/Lxc.rb:266 -#| msgid "Checking for package availability..." msgid "Check LXC availability..." msgstr "Comproveu la disponibilitat LXC..." @@ -387,4 +345,3 @@ #: src/modules/Lxc.rb:270 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Acabat" - Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/mail.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/mail.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/mail.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -50,8 +50,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Avortament de la inicialització</BIG> \n" -"Per a avortar la utilitat de configuració de forma segura, premeu Avorta</" -"B>.\n" +"Per a avortar la utilitat de configuració de forma segura, premeu Avorta.\n" "\n" #. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! @@ -86,8 +85,7 @@ "Select the mail system (Mail Transfer Agent, MTA)\n" "to install." msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu el sistema de correu (agent de transferència de missatges, " -"MTA)\n" +"Seleccioneu el sistema de correu (agent de transferència de missatges, MTA)\n" "que voleu instal·lar." #. Translators: connection type dialog help, part 1 of 2 @@ -106,12 +104,10 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "If choosing No Connection, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " -"localhost.\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.\n" msgstr "" "Si escolliu sense connexió, el servidor de correu s'iniciarà.\n" -"Ara bé, només serà possible el correu local. El MTA escolta l'ordinador " -"principal.\n" +"Ara bé, només serà possible el correu local. El MTA escolta l'ordinador principal.\n" #. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 @@ -120,23 +116,19 @@ "Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Indiqueu aquí si s'ha de tornar a escriure l'adreça del remitent per a " -"cada usuari.\n" +"Indiqueu aquí si s'ha de tornar a escriure l'adreça del remitent per a cada usuari.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 msgid "" "\n" "Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\n" -"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use " -"authentication,\n" +"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\n" "simply leave these fields empty.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Alguns servidors necessiten un procés d'autenticació per a enviar " -"missatges.\n" -"Aquí podeu introduir informació referent a aquesta opció. Si no voleu " -"utilitzar\n" +"Alguns servidors necessiten un procés d'autenticació per a enviar missatges.\n" +"Aquí podeu introduir informació referent a aquesta opció. Si no voleu utilitzar\n" "l'autenticació, deixeu els camps en blanc.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4 @@ -144,26 +136,21 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider." -"com.\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider.com.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"El servidor de correu de sortida generalment serveix per a les connexions " -"telefòniques.\n" -"Introduïu el servidor SMTP del proveïdor d'Internet més proper, per " -"exemple,\n" +"El servidor de correu de sortida generalment serveix per a les connexions telefòniques.\n" +"Introduïu el servidor SMTP del proveïdor d'Internet més proper, per exemple,\n" "smtp.proveïdor.com.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your " -"provider.\n" +"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Al camp Nom d'usuari introduïu el nom d'usuari que us hagi " -"facilitat el proveïdor.\n" +"Al camp Nom d'usuari introduïu el nom d'usuari que us hagi facilitat el proveïdor.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 @@ -204,14 +191,12 @@ "\n" "This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses." -"\n" +"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Aquesta taula redirigeix el correu lliurat localment.\n" "El podeu redirigir a un altre usuari local (aquesta opció és molt\n" -"útil per als comptes del sistema, especialment per a l'usuari primari</" -"b>),\n" +"útil per als comptes del sistema, especialment per a l'usuari primari),\n" "a una adreça remota o a una llista d'adreces.\n" "\n" @@ -235,8 +220,7 @@ "part of the address.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Aquesta taula redirigeix el correu d'entrada. A diferència de la taula " -"d'àlies,\n" +"Aquesta taula redirigeix el correu d'entrada. A diferència de la taula d'àlies,\n" "també té en compte el domini com a part de l'adreça.\n" #. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 2 of 2 @@ -628,10 +612,8 @@ "smtp.provider.com.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"El servidor de correu de sortida generalment serveix per a les connexions " -"telefòniques.\n" -"Introduïu el servidor SMTP del proveïdor d'Internet més proper, per " -"exemple,\n" +"El servidor de correu de sortida generalment serveix per a les connexions telefòniques.\n" +"Introduïu el servidor SMTP del proveïdor d'Internet més proper, per exemple,\n" "smtp.proveïdor.com.\n" #. Translators: text entry label @@ -696,13 +678,11 @@ #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" "\n" -"Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS) checks incoming and outgoing " -"mail\n" +"Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS) checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" "with AMaViS.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Habilitar l'escaneig de virus (AMaViS) comprova el correu entrant " -"i sortint\n" +"Habilitar l'escaneig de virus (AMaViS) comprova el correu entrant i sortint\n" "per mitjà d'AMaViS.\n" #. help text @@ -715,8 +695,7 @@ msgstr "" "Habilitar AMaViS també habilitarà els següents mòduls: \n" "Spamassassinescanejador de SPAM\n" -"DKIM comprova la clau del domini signada en els missatges " -"entrants\n" +"DKIM comprova la clau del domini signada en els missatges entrants\n" "Clamav motor d'escaneig de virus de codi lliure" #. help text @@ -742,33 +721,25 @@ "Enabling DKIM signig for outgoing mails.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Habilitar la signatura DKIM per als missatges de correu de sortida.</" -"b>\n" +"Habilitar la signatura DKIM per als missatges de correu de sortida.\n" #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:194 msgid "" "\n" "Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" -"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new " -"service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can " -"send\n" +"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" -"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed " -"with\n" +"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" "the domain key.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Habilitar DKIM per als missatges de sortida requereix accions " -"addicionals. Es generarà\n" +"Habilitar DKIM per als missatges de sortida requereix accions addicionals. Es generarà\n" "una clau SSl per al valor 'mydomain' definit al Postfix. Un nou servei\n" -"'submission' es configurarà al Postfix. Quan això s'hagi configurat podreu " -"enviar\n" -"missatges amb aquest servei 'submission' des de 'mynetworks' amb " -"l'autenticació SASL\n" -"activada. Només els missatges enviats amb aquest servei es signaran amb la " -"clau\n" +"'submission' es configurarà al Postfix. Quan això s'hagi configurat podreu enviar\n" +"missatges amb aquest servei 'submission' des de 'mynetworks' amb l'autenticació SASL\n" +"activada. Només els missatges enviats amb aquest servei es signaran amb la clau\n" "del domini.\n" #. help text @@ -779,17 +750,14 @@ "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, " -"the\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"La clau pública de la clau del domini ha de ser oferida per un servei de " -"nom de domini.\n" +"La clau pública de la clau del domini ha de ser oferida per un servei de nom de domini.\n" "La clau pública es desarà com a registre DNS TXT\n" -"a /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt i ha de ser desplegada en un " -"servei de nom\n" +"a /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt i ha de ser desplegada en un servei de nom\n" "de domini adient. Si hi ha un sevei de nom actiu en aquest servidor,\n" " i que aquest sigui el servidor d'autorització per al domini, la clau\n" "pública s'afegirà com a registre TXT per a la zona del domini\n" @@ -797,11 +765,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "" -"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." -msgstr "" -"Si habiliteu el suport de DKIM, també s'habilitarà l'escaneig de virus " -"(AMaViS)." +msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +msgstr "Si habiliteu el suport de DKIM, també s'habilitarà l'escaneig de virus (AMaViS)." #. Translators: text entry label #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 @@ -845,13 +810,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 -msgid "" -"The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not " -"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." -msgstr "" -"El mode de lliurament sol ser directe, a menys que no " -"reenvieu el correu de l'usuari primari o accediu al correu mitjançant l'IMAP." -"" +msgid "The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." +msgstr "El mode de lliurament sol ser directe, a menys que no reenvieu el correu de l'usuari primari o accediu al correu mitjançant l'IMAP." #. LogView label. take a string from users? #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 @@ -891,8 +851,7 @@ #. Validation #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839 msgid "Cannot use procmail when root's mail is not forwarded." -msgstr "" -"No es pot usar procmail quan no es reenvia el correu de l'usuari primari." +msgstr "No es pot usar procmail quan no es reenvia el correu de l'usuari primari." #. combo box choice: #. deliver mail normally @@ -1601,8 +1560,7 @@ #~ "<big>Set Up Mail Server Configuration</big> \n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>S'està desant la configuració del servidor Samba</" -#~ "big> \n" +#~ "<big>S'està desant la configuració del servidor Samba</big> \n" #~ "Espereu... \n" #, fuzzy @@ -1610,8 +1568,7 @@ #~ "<big>Initializing Mail Server Configuration</big> \n" #~ "Please wait... \n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>S'està iniciant la configuració del servidor Samba</big></" -#~ "b> \n" +#~ "<big>S'està iniciant la configuració del servidor Samba</big> \n" #~ "Espereu... \n" #~ msgid "" @@ -1619,16 +1576,14 @@ #~ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Interrupció de la inicialització:</big> \n" -#~ "per a cancel·lar la utilitat de configuració, premeu Interromp.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "per a cancel·lar la utilitat de configuració, premeu Interromp.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Saving Mail Server Configuration</big> \n" #~ "Please wait... \n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>S'està desant la configuració del servidor Samba</" -#~ "big> \n" +#~ "<big>S'està desant la configuració del servidor Samba</big> \n" #~ "Espereu... \n" #~ msgid "" @@ -1898,12 +1853,10 @@ #~ msgstr "S'ha trobat una drecera no vàlida per a" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In this dialog You can configure the mail settings of an user ." +#~ msgid "In this dialog You can configure the mail settings of an user ." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "En aquest quadre de diàleg podeu gestionar els dipòsits i serveis de " -#~ "programari configurats." +#~ "En aquest quadre de diàleg podeu gestionar els dipòsits i serveis de programari configurats." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Enable IMAP Quota" @@ -1994,10 +1947,5 @@ #~ "El YaST2 només pot configurar el Postfix i el Sendmail,\n" #~ "però cap dels dos està instal·lat." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The delivery mode is usually procmail, unless you do not " -#~ "forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El mode de lliurament sol ser procmail, a menys que no " -#~ "reenvieu el correu de l'usuari primari o accediu al correu mitjançant " -#~ "l'IMAP." +#~ msgid "The delivery mode is usually procmail, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." +#~ msgstr "El mode de lliurament sol ser procmail, a menys que no reenvieu el correu de l'usuari primari o accediu al correu mitjançant l'IMAP." Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/multipath.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/multipath.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/multipath.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -228,125 +228,83 @@ "\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big> \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not " -"use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" -"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd " -"stopped. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" +"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Configure Multipath</big> \n" -"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. </" -"p>\n" +"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big> Estat del multicamí</big> \n" "\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big> \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not " -"use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" -"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd " -"stopped. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" +"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Configure Multipath</big> \n" -"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. </" -"p>\n" +"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. \n" #. dialog help for Configure tab #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There " -"are four sections in the configuration file:\n" -"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, " -"blacklist_exception, devices. \n" +"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n" +"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, blacklist_exception, devices. \n" "\t\t\tMultipaths: list of multipaths finest-grained settings. \n" "\t\t\tDefaults: multipath-tools default settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath " -"candidates. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from " -"blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure " -"blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" -"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides " -"default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations." -" \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" +"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuració</big> \n" -"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There " -"are four sections in the configuration file:\n" -"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, " -"blacklist_exception, devices. \n" +"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n" +"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, blacklist_exception, devices. \n" "\t\t\tMultipaths: list of multipaths finest-grained settings. \n" "\t\t\tDefaults: multipath-tools default settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath " -"candidates. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from " -"blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure " -"blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" -"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides " -"default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations." -" \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" +"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations. \n" #. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Defaults Configuration</big> \n" "\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here. \n" -"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath " -"configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" -"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own " -"value as default setting. \n" +"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" +"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuració per defecte</big> \n" "\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here. \n" -"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath " -"configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" -"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own " -"value as default setting. \n" +"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" +"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting. \n" #. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<big>Blacklist Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates." -" \n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, " -"devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist." -" \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in " -"blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates. \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Configuració de la llista negra</big> \n" -"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates." -" \n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, " -"devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist." -" \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in " -"blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates. \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" "" #. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 @@ -354,44 +312,30 @@ msgid "" "<big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big> \n" "\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, " -"devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from " -"blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted " -"from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Configuració de les excepcions de la llista negra</big> \n" "\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, " -"devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from " -"blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted " -"from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" "" #. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Devices Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the " -"default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" -"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name." -" \n" +"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuració dels dispositius</big> \n" -"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the " -"default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" -"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name." -" \n" +"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name. \n" #. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. #. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. @@ -437,29 +381,23 @@ #. prepare for loading built-in configurations #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:98 msgid "Cannot read multipath section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"No es pot llegir la secció del multicamí a la configuració del multicamí." +msgstr "No es pot llegir la secció del multicamí a la configuració del multicamí." #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:106 msgid "Cannot read defaults section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"No es pot llegir la secció per defecte de la configuració del multicamí." +msgstr "No es pot llegir la secció per defecte de la configuració del multicamí." #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:114 msgid "Cannot read blacklist section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"No es pot llegir la secció de llista negra a la configuració del multicamí." +msgstr "No es pot llegir la secció de llista negra a la configuració del multicamí." #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122 msgid "Cannot read blacklist_exceptions section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"No es pot llegir la secció d'excepcions de la llista negra a la configuració " -"del multicamí." +msgstr "No es pot llegir la secció d'excepcions de la llista negra a la configuració del multicamí." #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132 msgid "Cannot read devices section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"No es pot llegir la secció de dispositius a la configuració del multicamí." +msgstr "No es pot llegir la secció de dispositius a la configuració del multicamí." #. Multipath read dialog caption #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:145 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/ncurses-pkg.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/ncurses-pkg.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/ncurses-pkg.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -12,12 +12,12 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-30 16:57+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" +"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.9\n" -"Language: ca\n" #. headline of package versions popup #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:980 @@ -26,7 +26,6 @@ #. text above of list of all package versions #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:982 -#| msgid "List all available languages." msgid "List of all available package versions:" msgstr "Mostra totes les versions de paquet disponibles:" @@ -54,11 +53,8 @@ msgstr "els paquets s'han modificat per resoldre dependències:" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1297 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." -msgstr "" -"Podeu escollir fer la instal·lació igualment, però us arrisqueu a acabar amb " -"un sistema malmès." +msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgstr "Podeu escollir fer la instal·lació igualment, però us arrisqueu a acabar amb un sistema malmès." #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1298 msgid "&Continue anyway" @@ -121,40 +117,20 @@ msgstr "No necessaris" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "" -"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " -"recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by " -"already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for " -"Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta és una llista de paquets útils. S'instal·laran addicionalment si són " -"recomanats per paquets nous instal·lats. Cal establir l'opció Instal·la " -"paquets recomanats per altres paquets ja instal·lats al menú " -"Dependències per poder-ho fer." +msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." +msgstr "Aquesta és una llista de paquets útils. S'instal·laran addicionalment si són recomanats per paquets nous instal·lats. Cal establir l'opció Instal·la paquets recomanats per altres paquets ja instal·lats al menú Dependències per poder-ho fer." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "" -"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " -"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." -msgstr "" -"Es suggereix la instal·lació d'aquests paquets perquè concorden amb paquets " -"ja instal·lats. La decisió d'instal·lar-los és de l'usuari." +msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgstr "Es suggereix la instal·lació d'aquests paquets perquè concorden amb paquets ja instal·lats. La decisió d'instal·lar-los és de l'usuari." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "" -"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " -"updates aren't possible." -msgstr "" -"S'ha detectat que aquests paquets no tenen repositori i, per això, no és " -"possible actualitzar-los." +msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." +msgstr "S'ha detectat que aquests paquets no tenen repositori i, per això, no és possible actualitzar-los." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "" -"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " -"longer." -msgstr "" -"Aquests paquets podrien no ser necessaris perquè les dependències anteriors " -"ja no s'apliquen." +msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." +msgstr "Aquests paquets podrien no ser necessaris perquè les dependències anteriors ja no s'apliquen." #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 msgid "Delete" @@ -187,12 +163,8 @@ #. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB #: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s " -"locale" -msgstr "" -"Traduccions, diccionaris i altres fitxers relacionats amb la llengua per al " -"local %s" +msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s locale" +msgstr "Traduccions, diccionaris i altres fitxers relacionats amb la llengua per al local %s" #. the label of the selections #: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:319 @@ -220,7 +192,6 @@ msgstr "Resum de la instal·lació" #: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:87 -#| msgid "Package &Relations" msgid "Package Classification" msgstr "Classificació dels paquets" @@ -274,8 +245,6 @@ #. Popup informs the user that the query std::string #. entered for package search isn't correct #: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:262 -#| msgid "Error:" -#| msgid_plural "Errors:" msgid "Query Error:" msgstr "Error de consulta:" @@ -391,12 +360,10 @@ msgstr "&Comprova les dependències ara" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:91 -#| msgid "&Authentication Mode" msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "Mode de verificació del &sistema" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:95 -#| msgid "&Verify System" msgid "&Verify System Now" msgstr "&Verifica el sistema ara" @@ -405,7 +372,6 @@ msgstr "&Instal·la els paquets recomanats per a paquets ja instal·lats" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 -#| msgid "Conflicting packages" msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)" msgstr "&Neteja quan s'eliminin paquets (canvi temporal)" @@ -423,8 +389,7 @@ #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:180 msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to " -msgstr "" -"majúscula o minúscula de prova del sistema de resolució dependent escrita a" +msgstr "majúscula o minúscula de prova del sistema de resolució dependent escrita a" #. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:249 @@ -433,7 +398,6 @@ #. part 2 of the text #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:251 -#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:" msgstr "s'han seleccionat automàticament paquets per instal·lar:" @@ -467,8 +431,7 @@ #: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:310 msgid "Error importing list of packages and patterns from " -msgstr "" -"S'ha produït un error en importar la llista de paquets i patrons des de" +msgstr "S'ha produït un error en importar la llista de paquets i patrons des de" #. menu items of the filter menu for patches - keep them short #. and use unique hotkeys from begin: to end: @@ -479,7 +442,6 @@ #. _( "Re&levant Patches" ) #: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:74 -#| msgid "Installed Patches" msgid "&Installed Patches" msgstr "Pedaços &instal·lats" @@ -572,15 +534,13 @@ #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 msgid "This information is available for installed packages only." -msgstr "" -" Aquesta informació només està disponible per als paquets instal·lats." +msgstr " Aquesta informació només està disponible per als paquets instal·lats." #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429 msgid "References: " msgstr "Referències: " #: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:75 -#| msgid "Search for Patch Name" msgid "Search for Patches" msgstr "Cerca pedaços" @@ -645,7 +605,6 @@ msgstr "Proporciona" #: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:72 -#| msgid "is required by" msgid "Required by" msgstr "Requerit per" @@ -686,96 +645,33 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "" -"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to " -"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " -"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " -"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " -"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " -"selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table " -"and menu." -msgstr "" -"Benvinguts al selector de paquets Aquesta eina us ajudarà a " -"gestionar el programari del sistema. Podeu instal·lar, actualitzar, suprimir " -"paquets aïllats així com patrons (conjunts de paquets que serveixen per a un " -"propòsit) o llengües. Normalment, no us heu de preocupar per les " -"dependències a l'hora d'instal·lar o suprimir qualsevol cosa, el programa ho " -"farà per vosaltres. El selector de paquets consisteix en tres parts " -"principals: els fitres, la taula de paquets i el menú.</" -"p>" +msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." +msgstr "Benvinguts al selector de paquets Aquesta eina us ajudarà a gestionar el programari del sistema. Podeu instal·lar, actualitzar, suprimir paquets aïllats així com patrons (conjunts de paquets que serveixen per a un propòsit) o llengües. Normalment, no us heu de preocupar per les dependències a l'hora d'instal·lar o suprimir qualsevol cosa, el programa ho farà per vosaltres. El selector de paquets consisteix en tres parts principals: els fitres, la taula de paquets i el menú." #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "" -"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " -"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " -"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " -"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " -"filters can be found in How to use filters." -msgstr "" -"El Filtre al plafó de l'esquerra està dissenyat per a una " -"orientació fàcil en un conjunt molt gran de paquets. Useu els filtres per " -"mostrar només paquets d'un repositori concret o d'un patró seleccionat (per " -"exemple, Jocs o Desenvolupament C/C++) o per buscar paraules clau concretes. " -"Podeu trobar més informació sobre els filtres a Com usar els filtres." -"" +msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." +msgstr "El Filtre al plafó de l'esquerra està dissenyat per a una orientació fàcil en un conjunt molt gran de paquets. Useu els filtres per mostrar només paquets d'un repositori concret o d'un patró seleccionat (per exemple, Jocs o Desenvolupament C/C++) o per buscar paraules clau concretes. Podeu trobar més informació sobre els filtres a Com usar els filtres." #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "" -"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You " -"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " -"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " -"several columns:" -msgstr "" -"La Taula de paquets és el component principal del selector de " -"paquets. Hi veureu una llista de paquets que coincideixen amb el filtre " -"actual (per exemple, el grup RPM seleccionat o el resultat de la cerca). " -"Cada línia de la taula de paquets té diverses columnes:" +msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" +msgstr "La Taula de paquets és el component principal del selector de paquets. Hi veureu una llista de paquets que coincideixen amb el filtre actual (per exemple, el grup RPM seleccionat o el resultat de la cerca). Cada línia de la taula de paquets té diverses columnes:" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "" -"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and " -"Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " -"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed " -"version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "" -"<ol><li>Estat del paquet (per a més informació vegeu Estat i símbols del " -"paquet)</li> <li>Nom del paquet</li><li>Resum del paquet</li><li>Versió " -"disponible (en alguns dels repositoris configurats)</li> <li>Versió " -"instal·lada (buit per als paquets no instal·lats encara)</li> <li>Mida del " -"paquet</li></ol>" +msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "<ol><li>Estat del paquet (per a més informació vegeu Estat i símbols del paquet)</li> <li>Nom del paquet</li><li>Resum del paquet</li><li>Versió disponible (en alguns dels repositoris configurats)</li> <li>Versió instal·lada (buit per als paquets no instal·lats encara)</li> <li>Mida del paquet</li></ol>" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "" -"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status " -"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete " -"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status " -"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu " -"item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package " -"Status and Symbols)." -msgstr "" -"El menú Accions: podeu canviar l'estat del paquet que heu " -"seleccionat (o de tots els paquets de la llista); per exemple, podeu " -"suprimir un paquet o seleccionar-ne un de nou per a instal·lar-lo. També " -"podeu fer directament el canvi d'estat amb la tecla especificada del menú " -"(consulteu la secció Estat i símbols dels paquets) si voleu obtenir-" -"ne més informació)." +msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." +msgstr "El menú Accions: podeu canviar l'estat del paquet que heu seleccionat (o de tots els paquets de la llista); per exemple, podeu suprimir un paquet o seleccionar-ne un de nou per a instal·lar-lo. També podeu fer directament el canvi d'estat amb la tecla especificada del menú (consulteu la secció Estat i símbols dels paquets) si voleu obtenir-ne més informació)." #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "" -"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package " -"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " -"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful " -"Functions in Menu." -msgstr "" -"El menú proporciona funcions relacionades amb la gestió de les " -"dependències dels paquets. Mostra informació rellevant sobre els paquets o " -"fa accions com ara obrir l'editor dels repositoris. Per a més informació, " -"vegeu Funcions útils al menú." +msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." +msgstr "El menú proporciona funcions relacionades amb la gestió de les dependències dels paquets. Mostra informació rellevant sobre els paquets o fa accions com ara obrir l'editor dels repositoris. Per a més informació, vegeu Funcions útils al menú." #. the headline of the help window #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 @@ -784,62 +680,28 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -msgid "" -"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the " -"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " -"additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should " -"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the " -"installed version of a package should always be kept." -msgstr "" -"Podeu modificar l'estat del paquet mitjançant el menú Accions o " -"amb les tecles que es defineixen als elements del menú. Per exemple, podeu " -"instal·lar paquets addicionals amb la tecla \"+\". L'estat \"Tabú\" vol dir " -"que no s'hauria d'instal·lar mai el paquet. En canvi, l'estat \"Bloquejat" -"\" significa que s'hauria de mantenir la versió instal·lada del paquet." +msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." +msgstr "Podeu modificar l'estat del paquet mitjançant el menú Accions o amb les tecles que es defineixen als elements del menú. Per exemple, podeu instal·lar paquets addicionals amb la tecla \"+\". L'estat \"Tabú\" vol dir que no s'hauria d'instal·lar mai el paquet. En canvi, l'estat \"Bloquejat\" significa que s'hauria de mantenir la versió instal·lada del paquet." #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -msgid "" -"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. " -"The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all " -"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." -msgstr "" -"També podeu usar RET o ESPAI per commutar l'estat del " -"paquet. El menú Accions també us permet canviar l'estat de tots els " -"paquets de la llista (seleccioneu 'Tots els paquets de la llista')." +msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgstr "També podeu usar RET o ESPAI per commutar l'estat del paquet. El menú Accions també us permet canviar l'estat de tots els paquets de la llista (seleccioneu 'Tots els paquets de la llista')." #. part 3 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 -#| msgid " The meaning of the status flags:" msgid "The meaning of the status flags:" msgstr "Significat dels senyaladors de l'estat:" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid "" -" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be " -"installed automatically > : package will be updated</" -"p>a> : package will be automatically updated i : " -"package is installed - : package will be deleted---" -": never install this package (taboo)" -msgstr "" -"+ : s'ha seleccionat aquest paquet per a la instal·lacióa" -"+ : s'ha seleccionat automàticament per a la instal·lació> </" -"b>: actualitza aquest paquetp>a> : actualització automàtica</" -"p>i : s'ha instal·lat el paquet- : se suprimirà el " -"paquet--- : no l'instal·lis mai (tabú)" +msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" +msgstr "+ : s'ha seleccionat aquest paquet per a la instal·lacióa+ : s'ha seleccionat automàticament per a la instal·lació> : actualitza aquest paquetp>a> : actualització automàticai : s'ha instal·lat el paquet- : se suprimirà el paquet--- : no l'instal·lis mai (tabú)" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "" -"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it " -"( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages:</" -"p> i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "" -"-i-: manté la versió instal·lada i no l'actualitzis ni suprimeixis " -"mai (paquet bloquejat) Informació d'estat per al patró i les llengües:" -" i : Es satisfan tots els requeriments d'aquest patró/llengua</" -"p>" +msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr "-i-: manté la versió instal·lada i no l'actualitzis ni suprimeixis mai (paquet bloquejat) Informació d'estat per al patró i les llengües: i : Es satisfan tots els requeriments d'aquest patró/llengua" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -848,86 +710,28 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the " -"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " -"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " -"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " -"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." -msgstr "" -"El filtre us permet de filtrar tots els paquets disponibles " -"d'acord amb els criteris seleccionats. Els filtres de paquets es basen en " -"les propietats dels paquets (repositori, grup RPM), \"contenidors" -"\" (patrons, llengües), classificació de paquets o resultats de cerques. " -"Seleccioneu el filtre desitjat del menú desplegable. Els filtres específics " -"es descriuen a sota." +msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgstr "El filtre us permet de filtrar tots els paquets disponibles d'acord amb els criteris seleccionats. Els filtres de paquets es basen en les propietats dels paquets (repositori, grup RPM), \"contenidors\" (patrons, llengües), classificació de paquets o resultats de cerques. Seleccioneu el filtre desitjat del menú desplegable. Els filtres específics es descriuen a sota." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "" -"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have " -"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " -"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " -"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " -"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Els Patrons descriuen les característiques i funcions que un " -"sistema hauria de tenir (per exemple, servidor X o eines de línia d'ordres). " -"Cada patró conté un conjunt de paquets que es requereixen (cal tenir), " -"recomanen (s'haurien de tenir) i suggereixen (es poden tenir). Si marqueu un " -"patró per instal·lar, actualitzar o suprimir, el programa s'executarà i " -"canviarà l'estat dels paquets subordinats de manera corresponent." +msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." +msgstr "Els Patrons descriuen les característiques i funcions que un sistema hauria de tenir (per exemple, servidor X o eines de línia d'ordres). Cada patró conté un conjunt de paquets que es requereixen (cal tenir), recomanen (s'haurien de tenir) i suggereixen (es poden tenir). Si marqueu un patró per instal·lar, actualitzar o suprimir, el programa s'executarà i canviarà l'estat dels paquets subordinats de manera corresponent." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "" -"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They " -"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " -"files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers " -"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " -"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " -"The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific " -"repository. " -msgstr "" -"Les llengües són contenidors de paquets molt semblants als " -"patrons. Contenen paquets amb traduccions, diccionaris i altres fitxers " -"específics per a una llengua seleccionada. Els grups RPM no són " -"contenidors de paquets que poden instal·lar-se. En canvi, la pertinença a un " -"grup RPM és una propietat del mateix paquet. Tenen una estructura jeràrquica " -"(d'arbre). El filtre repositoris mostra els paquets disponibles d'un " -"repositori específic. " +msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " +msgstr "Les llengües són contenidors de paquets molt semblants als patrons. Contenen paquets amb traduccions, diccionaris i altres fitxers específics per a una llengua seleccionada. Els grups RPM no són contenidors de paquets que poden instal·lar-se. En canvi, la pertinença a un grup RPM és una propietat del mateix paquet. Tenen una estructura jeràrquica (d'arbre). El filtre repositoris mostra els paquets disponibles d'un repositori específic. " #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -msgid "" -"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " -"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " -"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " -"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -"" -msgstr "" -"Introduïu una paraula clau per a la cerca de paquets al filtre de " -"Cerca. També podeu introduir només una part del nom del paquet, com " -"ara \"3d\", si voleu cercar tots els paquets que continguin 3D. Si " -"cerqueu una paraula concreta a la descripció del paquet, activeu l'opció " -"corresponent i inicieu la cerca amb el botó \"Cerca\"" +msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." +msgstr "Introduïu una paraula clau per a la cerca de paquets al filtre de Cerca. També podeu introduir només una part del nom del paquet, com ara \"3d\", si voleu cercar tots els paquets que continguin 3D. Si cerqueu una paraula concreta a la descripció del paquet, activeu l'opció corresponent i inicieu la cerca amb el botó \"Cerca\"" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "" -"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose " -"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " -"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " -"Package Classification provides information about Recommended, " -"Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." -msgstr "" -"El resum de la instal·lació presenta un resum dels paquets que han " -"canviat d'estat durant aquesta sessió (per exemple, marcats per instal·lar o " -"suprimirl), o bé per l'usuari o automàticament pel programa gestor. El " -"filtre Classificació dels paquets proporciona informació sobre " -"paquets recomanants, suggerits, orfes i no " -"necessaris." +msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." +msgstr "El resum de la instal·lació presenta un resum dels paquets que han canviat d'estat durant aquesta sessió (per exemple, marcats per instal·lar o suprimirl), o bé per l'usuari o automàticament pel programa gestor. El filtre Classificació dels paquets proporciona informació sobre paquets recomanants, suggerits, orfes i no necessaris." #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 @@ -935,133 +739,32 @@ msgstr "Funcions útils al menú" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -msgid "" -"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the " -"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " -"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " -"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve " -"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " -"Again'." -msgstr "" -"Dependències: aquest menú ofereix diverses accions " -"relacionades amb la gestió de les dependències dels paquets. Per defecte, es " -"comproven les dependències amb cada canvi d'estat. Se us informarà de " -"conflictes entre paquets en un diàleg que us proposarà possibles solucions. " -"Per resoldre el conflicte, seleccioneu una de les opcions oferides i premeu " -"'D'acord -- Torna-ho a provar'." +msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." +msgstr "Dependències: aquest menú ofereix diverses accions relacionades amb la gestió de les dependències dels paquets. Per defecte, es comproven les dependències amb cada canvi d'estat. Se us informarà de conflictes entre paquets en un diàleg que us proposarà possibles solucions. Per resoldre el conflicte, seleccioneu una de les opcions oferides i premeu 'D'acord -- Torna-ho a provar'." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "" -"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " -"Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually " -"by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry " -"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve " -"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " -"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate " -"Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into " -"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what " -"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." -msgstr "" -"Per inhabilitar la comprovació de dependències a cada canvi d'estat, " -"commuteu la Comprovació automàtica de dependències a OFF. Podeu " -"comprovar les dependències manualment seleccionant Comprova les " -"dependències ara. L'entrada Verifica el sistema comprovarà les " -"dependències dels paquets ja instal·lats i resoldrà els conflictes no " -"interactius, marcant els paquets que faltin per instal·lar-los " -"automàticament si és necessari. Per fer depuració, useu Genera un cas de " -"prova de resolució de dependències. Abocarà les dades de dependències al " -"directori <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Això és el que sempre " -"necessiteu quan se us pregunta per un \"solver testcase\" a Bugzilla." +msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgstr "Per inhabilitar la comprovació de dependències a cada canvi d'estat, commuteu la Comprovació automàtica de dependències a OFF. Podeu comprovar les dependències manualment seleccionant Comprova les dependències ara. L'entrada Verifica el sistema comprovarà les dependències dels paquets ja instal·lats i resoldrà els conflictes no interactius, marcant els paquets que faltin per instal·lar-los automàticament si és necessari. Per fer depuració, useu Genera un cas de prova de resolució de dependències. Abocarà les dades de dependències al directori <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Això és el que sempre necessiteu quan se us pregunta per un \"solver testcase\" a Bugzilla." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266 -msgid "" -"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency " -"Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed " -"Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package " -"will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of " -"installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the " -"system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode</" -"i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the " -"YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Les opcions disponibles per a la comprovació de dependències són les " -"següents: Comprovació automàtica de dependències (vegeu a dalt), " -"Instal·la els recomanats per paquets ja instal·lats: si està a ON, " -"s'instal·laran també els paquets recomanats pels que ja estan instal·lats, " -"Mode de verificació del sistema: repara les dependències dels paquets " -"instal·lats i ho soluciona immediatament. Si us plau, tingueu en compte que " -"després de comprovar el sistema amb Verifica el sistema ara l'opció " -"Mode de verificació del sistema està a ON (desmarqueu l'opció si ho " -"desitgeu). Aquestes opcions es desen al fitxer de configuració del YaST <tt>/" -"etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgstr "Les opcions disponibles per a la comprovació de dependències són les següents: Comprovació automàtica de dependències (vegeu a dalt), Instal·la els recomanats per paquets ja instal·lats: si està a ON, s'instal·laran també els paquets recomanats pels que ja estan instal·lats, Mode de verificació del sistema: repara les dependències dels paquets instal·lats i ho soluciona immediatament. Si us plau, tingueu en compte que després de comprovar el sistema amb Verifica el sistema ara l'opció Mode de verificació del sistema està a ON (desmarqueu l'opció si ho desitgeu). Aquestes opcions es desen al fitxer de configuració del YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:272 -msgid "" -"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove " -"dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may " -"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " -"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/" -"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Opcions avançades: Neteja quan s'eliminin paquets:: suprimeix " -"paquets no usats que en depenguin. Permet el canvi de proveïdor: el " -"proveïdor del paquet pot diferir del proveïdor del paquet instal·lat. " -"Aquests accions no es desaran, només es poden establir a la configuració de " -"la biblioteca de paquets <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgstr "Opcions avançades: Neteja quan s'eliminin paquets:: suprimeix paquets no usats que en depenguin. Permet el canvi de proveïdor: el proveïdor del paquet pot diferir del proveïdor del paquet instal·lat. Aquests accions no es desaran, només es poden establir a la configuració de la biblioteca de paquets <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:278 -msgid "" -"View: Choose which information about the selected package will " -"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " -"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " -"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " -"dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgstr "" -"La vista: escolliu quina informació sobre el paquet " -"seleccionat es mostrarà a la finestra de sota la taula de paquets. Les " -"opcions disponibles són les següents: descripció del paquet, dades tècniques " -"(versió, mida, llicència, etc.) versions de paquets (totes les disponibles), " -"llista de fitxers (tots els fitxers inclosos al paquet) i les dependències " -"(proporciona, requereix, etc.)." +msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgstr "La vista: escolliu quina informació sobre el paquet seleccionat es mostrarà a la finestra de sota la taula de paquets. Les opcions disponibles són les següents: descripció del paquet, dades tècniques (versió, mida, llicència, etc.) versions de paquets (totes les disponibles), llista de fitxers (tots els fitxers inclosos al paquet) i les dependències (proporciona, requereix, etc.)." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:284 -msgid "" -"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the " -"rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository " -"Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update " -"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch " -"Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three " -"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package " -"Installation menu." -msgstr "" -"Configuració: aquest menú integra el selector de paquets amb la " -"resta d'eines de gestió de paquets. Des d'aquí, podeu fer Inicia el " -"gestor de repositoris i editar els repositoris configurats o registrar-" -"vos al repositori d'actualització i configruar la descàrrega periòdica de " -"les actualitzacions disponibles (Inicia la configuració de " -"l'actualització en línia). També podeu escollir un dels tres possibles " -"comportaments del selector de paquets en sortir - al menú Acció després " -"de la instal·lació de paquets." +msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." +msgstr "Configuració: aquest menú integra el selector de paquets amb la resta d'eines de gestió de paquets. Des d'aquí, podeu fer Inicia el gestor de repositoris i editar els repositoris configurats o registrar-vos al repositori d'actualització i configruar la descàrrega periòdica de les actualitzacions disponibles (Inicia la configuració de l'actualització en línia). També podeu escollir un dels tres possibles comportaments del selector de paquets en sortir - al menú Acció després de la instal·lació de paquets." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:289 -msgid "" -"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package " -"List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " -"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import " -"Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring " -"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described " -"in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup " -"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted " -"partition." -msgstr "" -"Extres: aquí hi ha les funcions miscel·lànies. Exporta la " -"llista de paquets a un fitxer abocarà dades sobre paquets, patrons i " -"llengües instal·lats en un fitxer XML especificat. Aquest fitxer es pot " -"llegir després amb l'opció Importa la llista de paquets des d'un fitxer</" -"i>, per exemple, en un ordinador diferent. Situarà el conjunt de paquets al " -"segon ordinador en el mateix estat que es descriu al fitxer XML. Mostra " -"l'espai disponible al disc mostrarà una taula emergent amb l'ús del disc " -"i l'espai disponible a la partició muntada actualment." +msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." +msgstr "Extres: aquí hi ha les funcions miscel·lànies. Exporta la llista de paquets a un fitxer abocarà dades sobre paquets, patrons i llengües instal·lats en un fitxer XML especificat. Aquest fitxer es pot llegir després amb l'opció Importa la llista de paquets des d'un fitxer, per exemple, en un ordinador diferent. Situarà el conjunt de paquets al segon ordinador en el mateix estat que es descriu al fitxer XML. Mostra l'espai disponible al disc mostrarà una taula emergent amb l'ús del disc i l'espai disponible a la partició muntada actualment." #. label of a frame with search settings #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:297 @@ -1248,8 +951,7 @@ #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:575 msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for " -msgstr "" -"Fitxers de traduccions, diccionaris i altres relacionats amb la llengua per a" +msgstr "Fitxers de traduccions, diccionaris i altres relacionats amb la llengua per a" #. the headline of the help popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603 @@ -1259,90 +961,28 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:611 -msgid "" -"General information about patches:The patches of kind security</" -"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " -"should also install recommended patches, they usually contain " -"important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in " -"the feature." -msgstr "" -"Informació general sobre pedaços:Els tipus de pedaços de " -"seguretat solucionen aspectes de seguretat i recomanem molt " -"instal·lar-los. També hauríeu d'instal·lar els pedaços recomanats, " -"normalment contenen correccions importants d'errors. Instal·leu pedaços de " -"característiques si us interessa la caracterísitica." +msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." +msgstr "Informació general sobre pedaços:Els tipus de pedaços de seguretat solucionen aspectes de seguretat i recomanem molt instal·lar-los. També hauríeu d'instal·lar els pedaços recomanats, normalment contenen correccions importants d'errors. Instal·leu pedaços de característiques si us interessa la caracterísitica." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "" -"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " -"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " -"run." -msgstr "" -"Els pedaços per a \"libzypp\" (Gestió de paquets, pedaços, patrons i " -"productes) s'instal·laran sempre en primer lloc. La resta de pedaços s'han " -"d'instal·lar després." +msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." +msgstr "Els pedaços per a \"libzypp\" (Gestió de paquets, pedaços, patrons i productes) s'instal·laran sempre en primer lloc. La resta de pedaços s'han d'instal·lar després." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -msgid "" -"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " -"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " -"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. " -"i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You " -"have selected this patch for installation." -msgstr "" -"Significat dels senyaladors de l'estat:a+ : se seleccionen " -"prèviament els pedaços que tenen relació amb la instal·lació i es " -"descarreguen al sistema. Si no us interessa un pedaç en concret, podeu " -"desmarcar-lo amb '-'. i : es satisfan tots els requeriments " -"d'aquest pedaç. + : Heu seleccionat aquest pedaç per " -"instal·lar." +msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." +msgstr "Significat dels senyaladors de l'estat:a+ : se seleccionen prèviament els pedaços que tenen relació amb la instal·lació i es descarreguen al sistema. Si no us interessa un pedaç en concret, podeu desmarcar-lo amb '-'. i : es satisfan tots els requeriments d'aquest pedaç. + : Heu seleccionat aquest pedaç per instal·lar." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "" -"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a " -"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " -"got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is " -"deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is " -"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " -"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with " -"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the " -"patches are not wanted." -msgstr "" -"Més detalls sobre l'estat: si hi ha diversos pedaços per a un paquet " -"(o un conjunt de paquets) que encara no s'han aplicat al sistema, tots es " -"preseleccionen i tenen l'estat a+. Si un d'aquests pedaços es " -"desmarca amb '-', després podria mostrar l'estat i. Això és així " -"perquè algun dels altres pedaços referents al mateix paquet o paquets encara " -"està seleccionat. S'instal·laran les versions més noves del paquet o " -"paquets i amb això es satisfà el pedaç. És necessari desmarcar tots els " -"pedaços si no es volen." +msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." +msgstr "Més detalls sobre l'estat: si hi ha diversos pedaços per a un paquet (o un conjunt de paquets) que encara no s'han aplicat al sistema, tots es preseleccionen i tenen l'estat a+. Si un d'aquests pedaços es desmarca amb '-', després podria mostrar l'estat i. Això és així perquè algun dels altres pedaços referents al mateix paquet o paquets encara està seleccionat. S'instal·laran les versions més noves del paquet o paquets i amb això es satisfà el pedaç. És necessari desmarcar tots els pedaços si no es volen." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "" -"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e." -"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " -"search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a " -"patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages " -"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " -"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " -"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system." -" The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the " -"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." -msgstr "" -"Els menús:el menúFiltre permet filtrar els pedaços; per " -"exemple, mostra els \"Instal·lats' o llista els pedaços de 'Seguretat'. " -"També ofereix la cerca de pedaços. Useu el menú Acccions per " -"canviar l'estat d'un pedaç. El menú Vista ofereix la possibilitat " -"de veure quins paquets tenen a veure amb amb un pedaç. Si us plau, tingueu " -"en compte que si el filtre és 'Tots els pedaços' la llista de paquets per a " -"alguns pedaços podria ser buida. Això significa que no hi ha paquets " -"implicats perquè cap dels pedaços de paquets està instal·lat al sistema." -" El menú de Dependències conté comprovacions de dependències i " -"l'entrada 'Genera un cas de prova'." +msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +msgstr "Els menús:el menúFiltre permet filtrar els pedaços; per exemple, mostra els \"Instal·lats' o llista els pedaços de 'Seguretat'. També ofereix la cerca de pedaços. Useu el menú Acccions per canviar l'estat d'un pedaç. El menú Vista ofereix la possibilitat de veure quins paquets tenen a veure amb amb un pedaç. Si us plau, tingueu en compte que si el filtre és 'Tots els pedaços' la llista de paquets per a alguns pedaços podria ser buida. Això significa que no hi ha paquets implicats perquè cap dels pedaços de paquets està instal·lat al sistema. El menú de Dependències conté comprovacions de dependències i l'entrada 'Genera un cas de prova'." #. label for a warning popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:648 @@ -1382,12 +1022,8 @@ #. text for a Notify popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:714 -msgid "" -"All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost." -" Really exit?" -msgstr "" -"Es perdran tots els canvis de la selecció de paquets, pedaços o patrons." -" Segur que voleu sortir?" +msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" +msgstr "Es perdran tots els canvis de la selecció de paquets, pedaços o patrons. Segur que voleu sortir?" #. the label of language table #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:722 @@ -1435,21 +1071,8 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 -msgid "" -"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated " -"automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other " -"packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any " -"installation media.They are third-party packagesManually " -"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Llista de problemes de l'actualització Els paquets de la llista " -"no es poden actualitzar automàticament.Causes possibles:Els " -"paquets són obsolets i uns altres els han reemplaçat.No es poden " -"realitzar actualitzacions a una versió recent en cap suport d'instal·lació.</" -"p>Es tracta de paquets d'altres proveïdorsSeleccioneu de forma " -"manual l'acció que voleu que se'ls apliqui. L'opció més segura és suprimir-" -"los." +msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." +msgstr "Llista de problemes de l'actualització Els paquets de la llista no es poden actualitzar automàticament.Causes possibles:Els paquets són obsolets i uns altres els han reemplaçat.No es poden realitzar actualitzacions a una versió recent en cap suport d'instal·lació.Es tracta de paquets d'altres proveïdorsSeleccioneu de forma manual l'acció que voleu que se'ls apliqui. L'opció més segura és suprimir-los." #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 @@ -1479,14 +1102,8 @@ #~ msgstr "----- aquest pedaç està trencat -----" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" " -#~ "is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El mode \"recommended\" vol dir que es recomana que instal·leu el " -#~ "pedaç. \"security\" és un pedaç de seguretat i és molt recomanable que " -#~ "l'instal·leu. S'han d'instal·lar en primer lloc els pedaços de \"YaST2\". " -#~ "Heu d'instal·lar la resta de pedaços a continuació." +#~ msgid "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." +#~ msgstr "El mode \"recommended\" vol dir que es recomana que instal·leu el pedaç. \"security\" és un pedaç de seguretat i és molt recomanable que l'instal·leu. S'han d'instal·lar en primer lloc els pedaços de \"YaST2\". Heu d'instal·lar la resta de pedaços a continuació." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/ncurses.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/ncurses.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/ncurses.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -88,12 +88,8 @@ #~ msgid "Press F1 for Help" #~ msgstr "Si voleu obtenir ajuda premeu F1" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press F1 again to get further help or ESC to close this " -#~ "dialog." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Torneu a prémer F1 si voleu obtenir més ajuda o Esc si " -#~ "voleu tancar aquest quadre de diàleg." +#~ msgid "Press F1 again to get further help or ESC to close this dialog." +#~ msgstr "Torneu a prémer F1 si voleu obtenir més ajuda o Esc si voleu tancar aquest quadre de diàleg." #~ msgid "Press F1 or ESC to close this dialog." #~ msgstr "Premeu F1 o Esc si voleu tancar aquest diàleg." Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/network.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/network.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/network.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -133,41 +133,31 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " -"dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" "SSH client" msgstr "" "<big>Tallafoc i SSH</big> \n" -"El tallafoc és un mecanisme de defensa que protegeix l'ordinador d'atacs des " -"de la xarxa.\n" -"SSH és un servei que permet entrar en aquest ordinador remotament a través " -"d'un client\n" +"El tallafoc és un mecanisme de defensa que protegeix l'ordinador d'atacs des de la xarxa.\n" +"SSH és un servei que permet entrar en aquest ordinador remotament a través d'un client\n" "SSH dedicat." #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " -"after\n" +"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu escollir si el tallafoc estarà habilitat o deshabilitat " -"després de la\n" +"Aquí podeu escollir si el tallafoc estarà habilitat o deshabilitat després de la\n" "instal·lació. És recomanable deixar-lo habilitat." #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" -"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " -"SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " -"service (i.e. it\n" +"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot)." msgstr "" -"Amb el tallafoc habilitat, podeu decidir si obrir un port del tallafoc " -"per a un servei SSH\n" -"i permetre entrades remotes de SSH. Independentment també podeu habilitar el " -"servei SSH (per exemple,\n" +"Amb el tallafoc habilitat, podeu decidir si obrir un port del tallafoc per a un servei SSH\n" +"i permetre entrades remotes de SSH. Independentment també podeu habilitar el servei SSH (per exemple,\n" "s'iniciarà durant l'arrencada de l'ordinador)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -263,18 +253,14 @@ msgid "" "The test can be aborted by pressing\n" "Abort Test.\n" -msgstr "" -"Podeu interrompre la prova en prémer el botó Interromp la prova.</" -"p>\n" +msgstr "Podeu interrompre la prova en prémer el botó Interromp la prova.\n" #. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:260 msgid "" "If the test fails, return to the network configuration\n" "and correct the settings.\n" -msgstr "" -"Si aquesta prova falla, torneu a la configuració de la xarxa i corregiu " -"els paràmetres.\n" +msgstr "Si aquesta prova falla, torneu a la configuració de la xarxa i corregiu els paràmetres.\n" #. Label for result of internet test #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:296 @@ -362,11 +348,8 @@ #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892 -msgid "" -"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." -msgstr "" -"No s'ha definit cap URL per a les notes de la versió. No es pot fer la prova " -"d'Internet." +msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgstr "No s'ha definit cap URL per a les notes de la versió. No es pot fer la prova d'Internet." #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error @@ -375,20 +358,15 @@ "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" -"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any " -"steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " -"configuration,\n" +"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" -"No s'han pogut baixar les últimes notes de la versió a causa d'un error del " -"servidor. \n" +"No s'han pogut baixar les últimes notes de la versió a causa d'un error del servidor. \n" "Això no implica que la xarxa estigui mal configurada.\n" "\n" -"Feu clic a 'Continua' per procedir al pas següent de la instal·lació. Per " -"saltar-vos \n" -"qualsevol pas que necessiti connexió a Internet o per tornar a la vostra " -"configuració de xarxa,\n" +"Feu clic a 'Continua' per procedir al pas següent de la instal·lació. Per saltar-vos \n" +"qualsevol pas que necessiti connexió a Internet o per tornar a la vostra configuració de xarxa,\n" "feu clic a 'Cancel·la'.\n" #. popup to inform user about the failure @@ -576,9 +554,7 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/remote.rb:85 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "" -"Definiu 'sí' per a permetre l'administració remota o 'no' per a no permetre-" -"la " +msgstr "Definiu 'sí' per a permetre l'administració remota o 'no' per a no permetre-la " #. Command line output Headline #: src/clients/remote.rb:128 @@ -714,8 +690,7 @@ #: src/clients/routing.rb:242 src/clients/routing.rb:383 #: src/clients/routing.rb:427 msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table" -msgstr "" -"No hi ha cap entrada a la destinació \"%1\" de la taula d'encaminaments." +msgstr "No hi ha cap entrada a la destinació \"%1\" de la taula d'encaminaments." #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" #: src/clients/routing.rb:265 @@ -751,8 +726,7 @@ #: src/clients/routing.rb:324 msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." -msgstr "" -"Heu d'especificar com a mínim les adreces IP de destinació i de pasarel·la." +msgstr "Heu d'especificar com a mínim les adreces IP de destinació i de pasarel·la." #: src/clients/routing.rb:333 msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..." @@ -763,12 +737,8 @@ msgstr "Cal especificar l'adreça IP de destinació." #: src/clients/routing.rb:354 -msgid "" -"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " -"must be specified" -msgstr "" -"Cal especificar com a mínim un dels paràmetres següents (pasarel·la, màscara " -"de xarxa, dispositiu o opcions)." +msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" +msgstr "Cal especificar com a mínim un dels paràmetres següents (pasarel·la, màscara de xarxa, dispositiu o opcions)." #: src/clients/routing.rb:376 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." @@ -1076,9 +1046,7 @@ #. Label text #: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Download and install them via the YaST Online Update?" -msgstr "" -"Voleu descarregar-los i instal·lar-los mitjançant l'actualització en línia " -"del YaST?" +msgstr "Voleu descarregar-los i instal·lar-los mitjançant l'actualització en línia del YaST?" #. Heading #: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:347 @@ -1214,9 +1182,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:260 msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu les opcions del controlador d'enllaç i editeu-les si s'escau. " -"" +msgstr "Seleccioneu les opcions del controlador d'enllaç i editeu-les si s'escau. " #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else @@ -1373,9 +1339,7 @@ #. tab set but not for one tab #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1228 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." -msgstr "" -"En aquesta opció podeu definir la configuració detallada de la targeta de " -"xarxa." +msgstr "En aquesta opció podeu definir la configuració detallada de la targeta de xarxa." #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts @@ -1410,21 +1374,15 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" -" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with " -"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On " -"Cable Connection\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " -"to\n" +" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable Connection\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" " set the priority of each interface. \n" msgstr "" "<big>PRIORITAT D'IFPLUGD</big> \n" -" Totes les interfícies configurades amb connexió per cable i amb " -"la PRIORITAT D'IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 s'usaran\n" -" de manera mútuament exclusiva. Si més d'una d'aquestes interfícies és amb " -"connexió per cable\n" -" es necessita una manera per decidir quina interfície utilitzar. Per això " -"s'ha d'establir\n" +" Totes les interfícies configurades amb connexió per cable i amb la PRIORITAT D'IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 s'usaran\n" +" de manera mútuament exclusiva. Si més d'una d'aquestes interfícies és amb connexió per cable\n" +" es necessita una manera per decidir quina interfície utilitzar. Per això s'ha d'establir\n" " la prioritat de cada interfície. \n" #. Address dialog caption @@ -1449,16 +1407,12 @@ #. Network card name (wireless) #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:62 msgid "Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards" -msgstr "" -"Lucent Orinoco, targetes basades en Prism II i altres targetes sense fil " -"semblants" +msgstr "Lucent Orinoco, targetes basades en Prism II i altres targetes sense fil semblants" #. Network card name (wireless) #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:69 msgid "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards" -msgstr "" -"PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, targetes basades en Prism II i altres targetes sense " -"fil semblants" +msgstr "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, targetes basades en Prism II i altres targetes sense fil semblants" #. Network card name (wireless) #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:76 @@ -1626,12 +1580,8 @@ msgstr "Utilitzeu l'opció \"id\" per a determinar el dispositiu." #: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101 -msgid "" -"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " -"\"id\"." -msgstr "" -"El valor d'\"id\" és fora de l'abast. Utilitzeu l'opció \"list\" per a " -"comprovar el valor màxim de l'\"id\"." +msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." +msgstr "El valor d'\"id\" és fora de l'abast. Utilitzeu l'opció \"list\" per a comprovar el valor màxim de l'\"id\"." #. Handler for action "add" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options @@ -1724,8 +1674,7 @@ msgstr "" "Es necessita microprogramari. Instal·leu-lo\n" "des del CD complementari.\n" -"Per instal·lar el microprogramari, afegiu el CD complementari als dipòsits " -"del YaST i torneu\n" +"Per instal·lar el microprogramari, afegiu el CD complementari als dipòsits del YaST i torneu\n" "a aquest quadre de diàleg de configuració.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:214 @@ -1736,13 +1685,10 @@ "Continue to configure the device. Otherwise click Cancel and\n" "return to this dialog once you have installed the firmware.\n" msgstr "" -"Al dispositiu li cal un microprogramari per a funcionar correctament. " -"Normalment es pot baixar\n" +"Al dispositiu li cal un microprogramari per a funcionar correctament. Normalment es pot baixar\n" "de la pàgina web del proveïdor del vostre controlador.\n" -"Si ja heu baixat el microprogramari i l'heu instal·lat, feu clic a " -"Continua\n" -"per configurar el dispositiu. En cas contrari, feu clic a Cancel·la " -"i\n" +"Si ja heu baixat el microprogramari i l'heu instal·lat, feu clic a Continua\n" +"per configurar el dispositiu. En cas contrari, feu clic a Cancel·la i\n" "torneu a aquest quadre de diàleg quan l'hàgiu instal·lat.\n" #. this is one of 2 places to install packages :-( @@ -1754,12 +1700,8 @@ msgstr "S'està instal·lant el microprogramari" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234 -msgid "" -"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " -"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" -msgstr "" -"Per acabar la instal·lació del microprogramari correctament, cal executar " -"l'script 'install_bcm43xx_firmware'. Voleu executar-lo ara?" +msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgstr "Per acabar la instal·lació del microprogramari correctament, cal executar l'script 'install_bcm43xx_firmware'. Voleu executar-lo ara?" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." @@ -1783,8 +1725,7 @@ #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" -msgstr "" -"El dispositiu que seleccioneu té STARTMODE=nfsroot. Esborrar realement?" +msgstr "El dispositiu que seleccioneu té STARTMODE=nfsroot. Esborrar realement?" #. Network setup method dialog caption #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 @@ -1838,78 +1779,56 @@ "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -"Tipus de dispositiu. Hi ha diversos tipus de dispositiu " -"disponibles, seleccioneu-ne \n" +"Tipus de dispositiu. Hi ha diversos tipus de dispositiu disponibles, seleccioneu-ne \n" "un segons les vostres necessitats." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " -"(for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" "Les regles Udev són regles per al gestor de dispositius del nucli\n" -"que associen l'adreça de maquinari (adreça MAC) o el BusID del dispositiu de " -"xarxa amb\n" -"el vostre nom (per exemple, eth1, wlan0) i garanteix que el nom del " -"dispositiu sigui persistent després de reiniciar.\n" +"que associen l'adreça de maquinari (adreça MAC) o el BusID del dispositiu de xarxa amb\n" +"el vostre nom (per exemple, eth1, wlan0) i garanteix que el nom del dispositiu sigui persistent després de reiniciar.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" -"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify " -"now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will " -"start blinking for selected time.\n" +"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Mostra la identificació del port visible us permet d'identificar " -"físicament el NIC configurat ara. \n" -"Establiu-ne el temps correcte, cliqueu a parpelleja i els diodes LED " -"del vostre NIC parpellejaran durant l'estona seleccionada.\n" +"Mostra la identificació del port visible us permet d'identificar físicament el NIC configurat ara. \n" +"Establiu-ne el temps correcte, cliqueu a parpelleja i els diodes LED del vostre NIC parpellejaran durant l'estona seleccionada.\n" "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " -"there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " -"list, but usually the default value works.\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.\n" msgstr "" -"Mòdul del nucli. Introduïu el nom del mòdul del nucli " -"(controlador)\n" -"del dispositiu de xarxa. Si el dispositiu ja està configurat, comproveu si " -"hi ha més d'un controlador disponible \n" -"per al dispositiu a la llista desplegable. Si és necessari, trieu un " -"controlador de la llista.\n" +"Mòdul del nucli. Introduïu el nom del mòdul del nucli (controlador)\n" +"del dispositiu de xarxa. Si el dispositiu ja està configurat, comproveu si hi ha més d'un controlador disponible \n" +"per al dispositiu a la llista desplegable. Si és necessari, trieu un controlador de la llista.\n" "Normalment, però, el valor per defecte funciona.\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, " -"for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " -"saving.\n" +"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" -"Addicionalment, també podeu especificar les opcionsdel mòdul del " -"nucli. Utilitzeu el\n" +"Addicionalment, també podeu especificar les opcionsdel mòdul del nucli. Utilitzeu el\n" "format opció=valor. Separeu cadascuna de les entrades\n" -"amb un espai; per exemple, io=0x300 irq=5.Nota: mentre es " -"desi,\n" -"si configureu dues targetes amb el mateix nom de mòdul, les opcions es " -"fusionaran.\n" +"amb un espai; per exemple, io=0x300 irq=5.Nota: mentre es desi,\n" +"si configureu dues targetes amb el mateix nom de mòdul, les opcions es fusionaran.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 -msgid "" -"If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool " -"with these options.\n" -msgstr "" -"Si especifiqueu opcions a través d'opcions Ethtool, ifup usarà " -"ethtool amb aquestes opcions.\n" +msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" +msgstr "Si especifiqueu opcions a través d'opcions Ethtool, ifup usarà ethtool amb aquestes opcions.\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 @@ -1917,10 +1836,8 @@ "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" msgstr "" -"Si disposeu d'una targeta de xarxa PCMCIA, feu clic al quadre de " -"verificació PCMCIA,\n" -"i si disposeu d'una targeta USB, feu clic al quadre de verificació " -"USB.\n" +"Si disposeu d'una targeta de xarxa PCMCIA, feu clic al quadre de verificació PCMCIA,\n" +"i si disposeu d'una targeta USB, feu clic al quadre de verificació USB.\n" #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 @@ -1929,8 +1846,7 @@ "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" -"Des d'aquí podeu configurar el dispositiu de gestió de la xarxa. Els " -"valors s'escriuran\n" +"Des d'aquí podeu configurar el dispositiu de gestió de la xarxa. Els valors s'escriuran\n" "a /etc/modprobe.conf o a /etc/chandev.conf.\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 @@ -1940,8 +1856,7 @@ "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" "Cal que les opcions del mòdul s'escriguin segons el format especificat\n" -"al manual de controladors de dispositius IBM i d'ordres d'instal·lació</" -"b>." +"al manual de controladors de dispositius IBM i d'ordres d'instal·lació." #. Manual dialog caption #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 @@ -2021,8 +1936,7 @@ "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." msgstr "" "Seleccioneu la targeta de xarxa que voleu configurar i\n" -"cerqueu una targeta de xarxa concreta mitjançant la introducció del nom a " -"l'entrada de la cerca." +"cerqueu una targeta de xarxa concreta mitjançant la introducció del nom a l'entrada de la cerca." #. Selection box label #. Selection box title @@ -2105,42 +2019,24 @@ #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." -msgstr "" -"Introduïu el nom del port d'aquesta interfície (distingiu entre " -"majúscules i minúscules)." +msgstr "Introduïu el nom del port d'aquesta interfície (distingiu entre majúscules i minúscules)." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 -msgid "" -"Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by " -"spaces)." -msgstr "" -"Introduïu les opcions addicionals d'aquesta interfície (separades " -"amb espais)." +msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." +msgstr "Introduïu les opcions addicionals d'aquesta interfície (separades amb espais)." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 -msgid "" -"Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be " -"enabled for this interface." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu l'opció Habilita l'adopció de l'IPA si cal que " -"l'adopció de l'adreça IP estigui habilitada per a aquesta interfície." +msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." +msgstr "Seleccioneu l'opció Habilita l'adopció de l'IPA si cal que l'adopció de l'adreça IP estigui habilitada per a aquesta interfície." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu Habilita la compatibilitat de la capa 2 si aquesta " -"targeta s'ha configurat amb compatibilitat per la capa 2." +msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." +msgstr "Seleccioneu Habilita la compatibilitat de la capa 2 si aquesta targeta s'ha configurat amb compatibilitat per la capa 2." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -msgid "" -"Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support." -msgstr "" -"Introduïu l' adreça MAC de la capa 2 si aquesta targeta s'ha " -"configurat amb compatibilitat per la capa 2." +msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." +msgstr "Introduïu l' adreça MAC de la capa 2 si aquesta targeta s'ha configurat amb compatibilitat per la capa 2." #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 @@ -2159,8 +2055,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." -msgstr "" -"Especifiqueu el temps d'espera del LANCMD d'aquesta interfície." +msgstr "Especifiqueu el temps d'espera del LANCMD d'aquesta interfície." #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 @@ -2204,8 +2099,7 @@ "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" "Introduïu el nom del parell de l'IUCV,\n" -"per exemple, el nom d'usuari z/VM amb el qual voleu posar-vos en contacte " -"(es distingeix entre majúscules i minúscules).\n" +"per exemple, el nom d'usuari z/VM amb el qual voleu posar-vos en contacte (es distingeix entre majúscules i minúscules).\n" #. #176330, must be static #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 @@ -2228,8 +2122,7 @@ "<big>Initializing Network Card\n" "Configuration</big> Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>S'està inicialitzant la configuració de la targeta de xarxa</" -"big> \n" +"<big>S'està inicialitzant la configuració de la targeta de xarxa</big> \n" "Espereu... \n" #. Network cards read dialog help 2/2 @@ -2239,17 +2132,14 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>S'està interrompent la inicialització:</big> \n" -"Si voleu interrompre la utilitat de configuració de forma segura, premeu " -"Interromp\n" +"Si voleu interrompre la utilitat de configuració de forma segura, premeu Interromp\n" #. Network cards write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:41 msgid "" "<big>Saving Network Card\n" "Configuration</big> Please wait... \n" -msgstr "" -"<big>S'està desant la configuració de la targeta de xarxa</big></" -"b> Espereu... \n" +msgstr "<big>S'està desant la configuració de la targeta de xarxa</big> Espereu... \n" #. Network cards write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:45 @@ -2291,8 +2181,7 @@ "edit their configuration. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Resum de les targetes de xarxa</big> \n" -"En aquest apartat podeu consultar un resum de les targetes de xarxa que " -"s'han instal·lat i\n" +"En aquest apartat podeu consultar un resum de les targetes de xarxa que s'han instal·lat i\n" "editar-ne la configuració. \n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 @@ -2301,8 +2190,7 @@ "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Addició d'una targeta de xarxa:</big> \n" -"Si voleu configurar de forma manual la targeta de xarxa nova, premeu " -"Afegeix.\n" +"Si voleu configurar de forma manual la targeta de xarxa nova, premeu Afegeix.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 msgid "" @@ -2321,26 +2209,19 @@ "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " -"response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuració del protocol IPv6</big>\n" -"Activeu la casellaActiva l'IPv6 per habilitar el mòdul ipv6 al " -"nucli.\n" -"Podeu utilitzar l'IPv6 i l'IPv4 simultàniament. Aquesta és l'opció per " -"defecte.\n" -"Per inhabilitar l'IPv6, desactiveu aquesta opció. Això posarà el mòdul IPv6 " -"del nucli \n" -"a la llista negra. Si a la vostra xarxa no utilitzeu el protocol IPv6, el " -"temps\n" +"Activeu la casellaActiva l'IPv6 per habilitar el mòdul ipv6 al nucli.\n" +"Podeu utilitzar l'IPv6 i l'IPv4 simultàniament. Aquesta és l'opció per defecte.\n" +"Per inhabilitar l'IPv6, desactiveu aquesta opció. Això posarà el mòdul IPv6 del nucli \n" +"a la llista negra. Si a la vostra xarxa no utilitzeu el protocol IPv6, el temps\n" "de resposta pot ser més ràpid.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." -msgstr "" -"S'aplicaran tots els canvis després de tornar a arrencar el dispositiu.</" -"p>" +msgstr "S'aplicaran tots els canvis després de tornar a arrencar el dispositiu." #. Routing dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 @@ -2352,10 +2233,8 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" msgstr "" "Mitjançant aquest diàleg podeu configurar l'encaminament.\n" -" La Passarel·la predeterminada es correspon amb totes les " -"destinacions possibles; no obstant això, és poc efectiva, de manera que\n" -"si hi ha cap altra entrada que coincideix amb l'adreça desitjada, es farà " -"servir \n" +" La Passarel·la predeterminada es correspon amb totes les destinacions possibles; no obstant això, és poc efectiva, de manera que\n" +"si hi ha cap altra entrada que coincideix amb l'adreça desitjada, es farà servir \n" "aquesta en lloc de la ruta per defecte. La ruta per defecte serveix perquè\n" "s'entengui que \"cal enviar tota la resta aquí\".\n" @@ -2363,15 +2242,11 @@ msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed." -"\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" msgstr "" -"Introduïu, per a cada ruta, l'adreça IP de la xarxa de destinació, " -"l'adreça de la pasarel·la\n" -"i la màscara de xarxa. Per ometre qualsevol d'aquesta valors utilitzeu un " -"guionet \"-\". Seleccioneu\n" -"també el dispositiu a través del qual s'enrutarà el trànsit a la xarxa " -"definida. \"-\" és un àlies per a qualsevol interfície.\n" +"Introduïu, per a cada ruta, l'adreça IP de la xarxa de destinació, l'adreça de la pasarel·la\n" +"i la màscara de xarxa. Per ometre qualsevol d'aquesta valors utilitzeu un guionet \"-\". Seleccioneu\n" +"també el dispositiu a través del qual s'enrutarà el trànsit a la xarxa definida. \"-\" és un àlies per a qualsevol interfície.\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 @@ -2379,8 +2254,7 @@ "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -"Habilita el reenviament IPv4 (reenviament de paquets de xarxes " -"externes\n" +"Habilita el reenviament IPv4 (reenviament de paquets de xarxes externes\n" "a la xarxa interna) si aquest sistema és un router.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 @@ -2390,64 +2264,48 @@ "Warning: IPv6 forwarding disables IPv6 stateless address\n" "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -"Habilita el reenviament IPv6 (reenviament de paquets de xarxes " -"externes\n" +"Habilita el reenviament IPv6 (reenviament de paquets de xarxes externes\n" "cap a la xarxa interna) si aquest sistema és un router.\n" -"Avís: el reenviament IPv6 deshabilita l'autoconfiguració d'adreça " -"sense estat IPv6\n" +"Avís: el reenviament IPv6 deshabilita l'autoconfiguració d'adreça sense estat IPv6\n" "(SLAAC)." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" -"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone " -"is not enough. \n" +"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -"Important: si el tallafoc està habilitat, no n'hi ha prou amb " -"permetre el reenviament.\n" -"Hauríeu d'habilitar l'emmascarament i/o establir com a mínim una regla de " -"redirecció a la configuració\n" +"Important: si el tallafoc està habilitat, no n'hi ha prou amb permetre el reenviament.\n" +"Hauríeu d'habilitar l'emmascarament i/o establir com a mínim una regla de redirecció a la configuració\n" "del tallafoc. Useu el mòdul del tallafoc del YaST.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the " -"DHCP client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical " -"desktop. \n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that " -"assign \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" "different hostnames. " msgstr "" "Si feu servir el DHCP per obtenir una adreça IP, comproveu si obteniu\n" -"un nom d'ordinador central a través del DHCP. El client DHCP establirà el " -"nom de l'ordinador central.\n" +"un nom d'ordinador central a través del DHCP. El client DHCP establirà el nom de l'ordinador central.\n" "Potser voleu inhabilitar aquesta opció si us connecteu a diferents \n" -"xarxes que puguin assignar cadascuna un nom d'ordinador central diferent, ja " -"que canviar\n" +"xarxes que puguin assignar cadascuna un nom d'ordinador central diferent, ja que canviar\n" "el nom en el moment de l'execució pot confondre l'escriptori gràfic.\n" "" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " -"a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, " -"even \n" -"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, " -"especially \n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" +"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -"Assignar l'ordinador central a una IP Loopback associa l'ordinador " -"central \n" -"amb l'adreça IP <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) a <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Aquesta " -"és \n" +"Assignar l'ordinador central a una IP Loopback associa l'ordinador central \n" +"amb l'adreça IP <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) a <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Aquesta és \n" "una opció útil si voleu tenir un nom d'ordinador útil sempre, fins i tot \n" -"sense una xarxa activa. En la resta de casos, feu-ho servir amb compte, " -"especialment \n" +"sense una xarxa activa. En la resta de casos, feu-ho servir amb compte, especialment \n" "si aquest ordinador proporciona serveis de xarxa.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 @@ -2455,8 +2313,7 @@ "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" msgstr "" -"Introduïu els servidors de nom i la llista de cerca de dominis per a " -"resoldre \n" +"Introduïu els servidors de nom i la llista de cerca de dominis per a resoldre \n" "noms d'ordinador central. Normalment, els pot obtenir el DHCP.\n" #. resolver dialog help @@ -2467,66 +2324,48 @@ "(for example, 192.168.0.42), not as a hostname.\n" msgstr "" "Un servidor de noms és un ordinador que converteix\n" -"els noms dels ordinadors centrals en adreces IP. Cal que introduïu aquest " -"valor com a\n" -"adreça IP (per exemple, 192.168.0.42), no com a nom d'ordinador " -"central.\n" +"els noms dels ordinadors centrals en adreces IP. Cal que introduïu aquest valor com a\n" +"adreça IP (per exemple, 192.168.0.42), no com a nom d'ordinador central.\n" #. resolver dialog help #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" -"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search " -"domains\n" +"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n" "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" "El domini de cerca és el nom del domini en el qual comença la \n" -"cerca del nom de l'ordinador central. El domini de cerca primari normalment " -"coincideix\n" -"amb el nom de domini de l'ordinador central corresponent (per exemple, suse." -"de). És possible que existeixin \n" -"dominis de cerca addicionals (per exemple, suse.com) Separeu els dominis " -"amb comes o espais en blanc.\n" +"cerca del nom de l'ordinador central. El domini de cerca primari normalment coincideix\n" +"amb el nom de domini de l'ordinador central corresponent (per exemple, suse.de). És possible que existeixin \n" +"dominis de cerca addicionals (per exemple, suse.com) Separeu els dominis amb comes o espais en blanc.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" -"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the " -"DNS domain\n" -"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " -"important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " -"the hostname \n" +"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" +"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the hostname \n" "command." msgstr "" -"Introduïu el nom curt de l'ordinador (p. ex. elmeuordinador i el " -"domini DNS\n" -"(p. ex. exemple.com al qual pertany. El domini és especialment " -"important si l'ordinador\n" -"és un servidor de correu. Per visualitzar el nom de l'ordinador central de " -"l'ordinador, utilitzeu\n" +"Introduïu el nom curt de l'ordinador (p. ex. elmeuordinador i el domini DNS\n" +"(p. ex. exemple.com al qual pertany. El domini és especialment important si l'ordinador\n" +"és un servidor de correu. Per visualitzar el nom de l'ordinador central de l'ordinador, utilitzeu\n" "l'ordre hostname." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is " -"handled\n" +"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" "by the netconfig script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" -"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for " -"most\n" +"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for most\n" "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu de quina manera s'ha de modificar la configuració de DNS " -"(servidors de\n" +"Seleccioneu de quina manera s'ha de modificar la configuració de DNS (servidors de\n" "noms, llista de cerca, contingut del fitxer /etc/resolv.conf).\n" -"Normalment es gestiona amb l'script netconfig, que fusiona les dades " -"estàtiques\n" -"que es defineixen aquí amb les que s'obtenen dinàmicament (p. ex. des de " -"clients DHCP,\n" -"el NetworkManager, etc.). Aquesta és l'opció per defecte. Utilitza la " -"política per defecte \n" +"Normalment es gestiona amb l'script netconfig, que fusiona les dades estàtiques\n" +"que es defineixen aquí amb les que s'obtenen dinàmicament (p. ex. des de clients DHCP,\n" +"el NetworkManager, etc.). Aquesta és l'opció per defecte. Utilitza la política per defecte \n" "és suficient per a la majoria de les configuracions.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 @@ -2540,42 +2379,29 @@ "Leaving the field blank is the same as using the Only Manually\n" "policy.\n" msgstr "" -"Si trieu l'opció Només manualment, el netconfig no tindrà " -"permís\n" -"per modificar el fitxer /etc/resolv.conf. Tanmateix, podreu editar el " -"fitxer\n" -"manualment. Si trieu l'opció Utilitza una política personalitzada, " -"podeu especificar\n" -"una línia de valors personalitzats que consisteix en una llista, separada " -"per comes, de noms d'interfícies,\n" -"incloent comodins, amb els valors especials predefinits STATIC i " -"STATIC_FALLBACK.\n" -"Per obtenir-ne més informació, consulteu la pàgina del manual del " -"netconfig.\n" -"Nota: si deixeu aquesta línia en blanc, equival a seleccionar la política " -"Només manualment.\n" +"Si trieu l'opció Només manualment, el netconfig no tindrà permís\n" +"per modificar el fitxer /etc/resolv.conf. Tanmateix, podreu editar el fitxer\n" +"manualment. Si trieu l'opció Utilitza una política personalitzada, podeu especificar\n" +"una línia de valors personalitzats que consisteix en una llista, separada per comes, de noms d'interfícies,\n" +"incloent comodins, amb els valors especials predefinits STATIC i STATIC_FALLBACK.\n" +"Per obtenir-ne més informació, consulteu la pàgina del manual del netconfig.\n" +"Nota: si deixeu aquesta línia en blanc, equival a seleccionar la política Només manualment.\n" #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" -"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address " -"to this device.\n" +"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuració de l'adreça</big>\n" -"Seleccioneu Sense configuració d'adreça si no voleu especificar " -"cap adreça IP per a aquest dispositiu.\n" +"Seleccioneu Sense configuració d'adreça si no voleu especificar cap adreça IP per a aquest dispositiu.\n" "Aquesta opció és especialment útil en dispositius Ethernet d'enllaç.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Comproveu l'iBFT si voleu mantenir la xarxa configurada a la BIOS." -"\n" +msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" +msgstr "Comproveu l'iBFT si voleu mantenir la xarxa configurada a la BIOS.\n" #. Address dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 @@ -2583,8 +2409,7 @@ "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu l'opció Adreça dinàmica si no disposeu d'una IP " -"estàtica assignada\n" +"Seleccioneu l'opció Adreça dinàmica si no disposeu d'una IP estàtica assignada\n" "per l'administrador o pel proveïdor d'Internet.\n" #. Address dialog help 3/8 @@ -2594,57 +2419,41 @@ "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" "are then automatically obtained from the server.\n" msgstr "" -"Podeu triar un dels mètodes d'assignació de l'adreça dinàmica. " -"Seleccioneu DHCP\n" -"si disposeu d'un servidor DHCP en execució a la xarxa local. D'aquesta " -"manera,\n" +"Podeu triar un dels mètodes d'assignació de l'adreça dinàmica. Seleccioneu DHCP\n" +"si disposeu d'un servidor DHCP en execució a la xarxa local. D'aquesta manera,\n" "les adreces de xarxa s'obtindran automàticament des del servidor.\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + " -"Zeroconf\n" -". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.</" -"p>\n" +"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" +". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.\n" msgstr "" -"Per cercar automàticament una IP i assignar-la estàticament, " -"seleccioneu \n" -"Zeroconf. Per utilitzar el DHCP i tornar al zeroconf, seleccioneu " -"DHCP + Zeroconf\n" -". En cas contrari, haureu d'assignar estàticament les adreces de " -"xarxa.\n" +"Per cercar automàticament una IP i assignar-la estàticament, seleccioneu \n" +"Zeroconf. Per utilitzar el DHCP i tornar al zeroconf, seleccioneu DHCP + Zeroconf\n" +". En cas contrari, haureu d'assignar estàticament les adreces de xarxa.\n" #. Address dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " -"your computer, and the \n" +"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.\n" msgstr "" -"Introduïu l'adreça IP (per exemple, <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) de " -"l'ordinador \n" +"Introduïu l'adreça IP (per exemple, <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) de l'ordinador \n" "i l'Adreça IP remota (per exemple, <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "del parell.\n" #. Address dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" -"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your " -"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix " -"<tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " -"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"A Adreça IP estàtica introduïu l'adreça IP (p. ex. " -"<tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) de l'ordinador i la màscara\n" -"de xarxa (normalment, <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> o només la longitud del prefix " -"de xarxa <tt>/24</tt>). Opcionalment, podeu introduir un nom d'ordinador " -"central qualificat per a aquesta IP. S'escriurà el nom de l'ordinador " -"central a <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"A Adreça IP estàtica introduïu l'adreça IP (p. ex. <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) de l'ordinador i la màscara\n" +"de xarxa (normalment, <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> o només la longitud del prefix de xarxa <tt>/24</tt>). Opcionalment, podeu introduir un nom d'ordinador central qualificat per a aquesta IP. S'escriurà el nom de l'ordinador central a <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" #. Address dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 @@ -2652,8 +2461,7 @@ "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." msgstr "" -"Poseu-vos en contacte amb l'administrador de la xarxa si voleu " -"més\n" +"Poseu-vos en contacte amb l'administrador de la xarxa si voleu més\n" "informació sobre la configuració de la xarxa." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 @@ -2676,21 +2484,15 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Zona del tallafoc</big>\n" "Seleccioneu la zona del tallafoc on voleu introduir la interfície. Si\n" -"seleccioneu una zona, s'habilitarà el tallafoc. Si no ho feu i hi ha " -"altres \n" +"seleccioneu una zona, s'habilitarà el tallafoc. Si no ho feu i hi ha altres \n" "interfícies amb tallafoc, aquest\n" "romandrà habilitat però es blocarà tot el trànsit d'aquesta interfície.\n" "Si no seleccioneu una zona i no n'existeixen d'altres, \n" "s'inhabilitarà el tallafoc." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports " -"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." -msgstr "" -"La interfície és obligatòria especifica si es vol que el servei de " -"la xarxa notifiqui la fallada si la interfície no pot iniciar-se en arrencar." -"" +msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." +msgstr "La interfície és obligatòria especifica si es vol que el servei de la xarxa notifiqui la fallada si la interfície no pot iniciar-se en arrencar." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" @@ -2698,30 +2500,23 @@ "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" "transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n" "set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n" -"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the " -"recommended\n" +"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n" "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Unitat màxima de transferència</big>\n" -"La unitat màxima de transferència (MTU) és la mida màxima del " -"paquet\n" +"La unitat màxima de transferència (MTU) és la mida màxima del paquet\n" "que es transfereix de cop a través de la xarxa. Normalment no cal\n" -"configurar l'MTU, però si utilitzeu valors més petits d'MTU pot ser que " -"millori la velocitat\n" -"de la xarxa, sobretot si teniu una connexió telefònica lenta. Seleccioneu un " -"dels valors\n" +"configurar l'MTU, però si utilitzeu valors més petits d'MTU pot ser que millori la velocitat\n" +"de la xarxa, sobretot si teniu una connexió telefònica lenta. Seleccioneu un dels valors\n" "recomanats o definiu-ne un altre.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No " -"Address Setup are available." +"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." msgstr "" "Seleccioneu els dispositius esclaus per al dispositiu d'enllaç.\n" -"Només estan disponibles els dispositius que tenen l'opció d'activació del " -"dispositiu establerta a Mai i que estan definits a Sense " -"configuració d'adreça." +"Només estan disponibles els dispositius que tenen l'opció d'activació del dispositiu establerta a Mai i que estan definits a Sense configuració d'adreça." #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 @@ -2732,50 +2527,36 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" -"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for " -"each\n" +"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" "DHCP client on a single network. Therefore, specify a unique free-form\n" "identifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\n" "network interface and thus the same hardware address." msgstr "" -"Si no s'omple l'Identificador de client DHCP s'utilitza per " -"defecte\n" -"l'adreça de maquinari de la interfície de la xarxa. Cal que aquest " -"identificador sigui diferent per a cada client DHCP\n" +"Si no s'omple l'Identificador de client DHCP s'utilitza per defecte\n" +"l'adreça de maquinari de la interfície de la xarxa. Cal que aquest identificador sigui diferent per a cada client DHCP\n" "d'una xarxa. Per tant, introduïu un identificador únic amb format lliure\n" -"si disposeu de diferents equips (virtuals) que utilitzin la mateixa " -"interfície de xarxa i, en\n" +"si disposeu de diferents equips (virtuals) que utilitzin la mateixa interfície de xarxa i, en\n" "conseqüència, la mateixa adreça de maquinari." #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP " -"server. Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO</" -"b>\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/" -"HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgstr "" -"El Nom de l'ordinador central per a l'enviament especifica una " -"cadena\n" -"que s'utilitza al camp del nom de l'ordinador central quan el client DHCP " -"envia missatges \n" -"al servidor DHCP. Alguns servidors DHCP actualitzen les zones del servidor " -"de noms \n" -"(reenvien i inverteixen els registres) en funció del nom de l'ordinador " -"central (DNS dinàmic).\n" -"Cal que el camp de l'opció Nom de l'ordinador central per a l'enviament</" -"b>\n" -"d'alguns dels servidors DHCP inclogui una cadena específica als missatges " -"dels clients.\n" -"Deixeu AUTO si voleu que s'enviï el nom actual de l'ordinador central " -"(per exemple, el que està definit a <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>).\n" +"El Nom de l'ordinador central per a l'enviament especifica una cadena\n" +"que s'utilitza al camp del nom de l'ordinador central quan el client DHCP envia missatges \n" +"al servidor DHCP. Alguns servidors DHCP actualitzen les zones del servidor de noms \n" +"(reenvien i inverteixen els registres) en funció del nom de l'ordinador central (DNS dinàmic).\n" +"Cal que el camp de l'opció Nom de l'ordinador central per a l'enviament\n" +"d'alguns dels servidors DHCP inclogui una cadena específica als missatges dels clients.\n" +"Deixeu AUTO si voleu que s'enviï el nom actual de l'ordinador central (per exemple, el que està definit a <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>).\n" "Deixeu-ho en blanc si no voleu enviar cap nom d'ordinador central.\n" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 @@ -2785,8 +2566,7 @@ "Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Adreces addicionals</big>\n" -"Podeu configurar les adreces addicionals d'una interfície en aquesta " -"taula.\n" +"Podeu configurar les adreces addicionals d'una interfície en aquesta taula.\n" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 @@ -2800,28 +2580,18 @@ #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" -"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " -"legacy. The total\n" -" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) " -"is\n" -" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility " -"truncates it after 9 characters." +"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" +" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" +" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." msgstr "" -"Etiqueta d'adreça IPv4, antigament coneguda com a nom d'àlies, és " -"opcional i de llegat. El totall\n" -" de la llargada del nom de la interfície (incloent els dos " -"punts i l'etiqueta) es\n" -" limita a 15 caràcters i la utilitat obsoleta ifconfig el " -"trunca després de 9 caràcters." +"Etiqueta d'adreça IPv4, antigament coneguda com a nom d'àlies, és opcional i de llegat. El totall\n" +" de la llargada del nom de la interfície (incloent els dos punts i l'etiqueta) es\n" +" limita a 15 caràcters i la utilitat obsoleta ifconfig el trunca després de 9 caràcters." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 -msgid "" -"Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter " -"foo instead of eth0:foo." -msgstr "" -"No inclogueu el nom de la interfície al nom de l'àlies. Per exemple, " -"introduïu foo en lloc de eth0:foo." +msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." +msgstr "No inclogueu el nom de la interfície al nom de l'àlies. Per exemple, introduïu foo en lloc de eth0:foo." #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing @@ -2841,23 +2611,16 @@ "<tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.\n" " \n" msgstr "" -"Podeu triar entre tres tipus d'entrada de clau per a la vostra " -"clau.\n" -" Contrasenya: la clau es genera a partir de la frase que heu " -"introduït.\n" +"Podeu triar entre tres tipus d'entrada de clau per a la vostra clau.\n" +" Contrasenya: la clau es genera a partir de la frase que heu introduït.\n" " ASCII: la clau està formada pels valors ASCII dels caràcters\n" -"que heu introduït. Cal introduir cinc caràcters per a les claus de 64 bits, " -"un màxim de tretze caràcters,\n" -"per a les de 128 bits, un màxim de 16 caràcters per a les claus de 156 bits " -"i\n" +"que heu introduït. Cal introduir cinc caràcters per a les claus de 64 bits, un màxim de tretze caràcters,\n" +"per a les de 128 bits, un màxim de 16 caràcters per a les claus de 156 bits i\n" "fins a 29 caràcters per a les de 256 bits.\n" " Hexadecimal: en aquest cas els codis hexadecimals de la clau\n" -"s'introdueixen directament. Heu d'introduir deu dígits hexadecimals per a " -"les claus de 64 bits, 26 dígits per a\n" -"les de 128 bits, 32 dígits per a les claus de 156 bits i 58 per a les de 256 " -"bits.\n" -"Podeu separar els parells o els grups de dígits mitjançant guionets <tt>-</" -"tt>\n" +"s'introdueixen directament. Heu d'introduir deu dígits hexadecimals per a les claus de 64 bits, 26 dígits per a\n" +"les de 128 bits, 32 dígits per a les claus de 156 bits i 58 per a les de 256 bits.\n" +"Podeu separar els parells o els grups de dígits mitjançant guionets <tt>-</tt>\n" "(per exemple, <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>).\n" "\n" @@ -2879,12 +2642,9 @@ "called Infrastructure Mode), or Master (the network card\n" "acts as an access point).\n" msgstr "" -"El mode de funcionament depèn de la topologia de la xarxa. El mode " -"pot ser\n" -"Ad-Hoc (xarxa d'igual a igual sense cap punt d'accés), Gestionat</" -"b> \n" -"(xarxa gestionada per un punt d'accés, també anomenat mode " -"d'infraestructura), o Mestre (la targeta de xarxa\n" +"El mode de funcionament depèn de la topologia de la xarxa. El mode pot ser\n" +"Ad-Hoc (xarxa d'igual a igual sense cap punt d'accés), Gestionat \n" +"(xarxa gestionada per un punt d'accés, també anomenat mode d'infraestructura), o Mestre (la targeta de xarxa\n" "actúa com un punt d'accés).\n" #. Wireless dialog help @@ -2893,21 +2653,16 @@ "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA " -"authentication mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.\n" msgstr "" "Definiu el nom de la xarxa (ESSID) utilitzat per a identificar\n" -"les cel.les que formen part de la mateixa xarxa virtual. Totes les " -"estacions d'una \n" +"les cel.les que formen part de la mateixa xarxa virtual. Totes les estacions d'una \n" "LAN sense fil necessiten el mateix ESSID per comunicar-se entre elles. Si\n" -"escolliu el mode de funcionament Gestionat però cap mode " -"d'autenticació WPA;\n" -"podeu deixar el camp buit o definir-lo com a <tt>anyl</tt>. En aquest cas, " -"la targeta WLAN s'associa al punt d'accés amb la força del senyal més potent." -"\n" +"escolliu el mode de funcionament Gestionat però cap mode d'autenticació WPA;\n" +"podeu deixar el camp buit o definir-lo com a <tt>anyl</tt>. En aquest cas, la targeta WLAN s'associa al punt d'accés amb la força del senyal més potent.\n" #. Wireless dialog help #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 @@ -2923,8 +2678,7 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the Open\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " -"Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select WPA-PSK or WPA-EAP as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" @@ -2932,25 +2686,18 @@ msgstr "" "En algunes xarxes, cal definir un Mode d'autenticació.\n" "Depèn de la tecnologia de protecció utilitzada, WEP o WPA. WEP\n" -"(Wired Equivalent Privacy) és un sistema per xifrar el trànsit de les xarxes " -"sense fil\n" +"(Wired Equivalent Privacy) és un sistema per xifrar el trànsit de les xarxes sense fil\n" "amb una autenticació opcional basada en la clau de xifratge\n" -"emprada. En molts casos en els quals es fa servir el WEP, el mode WEP-" -"Obert (cap\n" +"emprada. En molts casos en els quals es fa servir el WEP, el mode WEP-Obert (cap\n" "autenticació) és una bona opció. Això no vol dir que no pugueu\n" -"fer servir el xifratge WEP. Pot ser que algunes xarxes necessitin " -"l'autenticació Clau compartida del WEP.\n" -"NOTA: l'autenticació de clau compartida facilita la irrupció a la vostra " -"xarxa\n" +"fer servir el xifratge WEP. Pot ser que algunes xarxes necessitin l'autenticació Clau compartida del WEP.\n" +"NOTA: l'autenticació de clau compartida facilita la irrupció a la vostra xarxa\n" "d'assaltadors potencials. Si no teniu una necessitat específica per emprar\n" "l'autenticació mitjançant clau compartida, feu servir el mode Obert.\n" "Atès que s'ha detectat que la WEP no és segura, s'ha definit el WPA\n" -"(Wi-Fi Protected Access) per tancar-ne els forats de seguretat, però no tot " -"el\n" -"maquinari l'admet. Si voleu fer servir el WPA, seleccioneu WPA-PSK " -"o \n" -"WPA-EAP com a mode d'autenticació. Això només és possible en el " -"mode \n" +"(Wi-Fi Protected Access) per tancar-ne els forats de seguretat, però no tot el\n" +"maquinari l'admet. Si voleu fer servir el WPA, seleccioneu WPA-PSK o \n" +"WPA-EAP com a mode d'autenticació. Això només és possible en el mode \n" "de funcionament Gestionat.\n" #. Wireless dialog help @@ -2966,8 +2713,7 @@ "clau de xifratge WEP que voleu utilizar. Pot tenir una llargària de clau\n" "de 64, 128, 156 o 256 bits, però no tots els dispositius\n" "admeten totes les mides. D'aquestes claus, 24 bits\n" -"es generen dinàmicament, de manera que només us caldrà introduir de 40 a 232 " -"bits.\n" +"es generen dinàmicament, de manera que només us caldrà introduir de 40 a 232 bits.\n" #. Wireless dialog help #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 @@ -2982,8 +2728,7 @@ "Per a fer servir el WPA-PSK (de vegades anomenat WPA Home),\n" "introduïu la clau compartida prèviament. Aquesta clau es fa servir\n" "per a l'autenticació i les claus de xifratge es generen a partir d'ella.\n" -"Aquestes darreres no són vulnerables a atacs coneguts contra claus WEP, " -"però\n" +"Aquestes darreres no són vulnerables a atacs coneguts contra claus WEP, però\n" "sí a atacs de diccionari. No empreu una paraula que sigui\n" "fàcil d'endevinar com a contrasenya.\n" @@ -3001,15 +2746,12 @@ msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " -"all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" "available options." msgstr "" "Aquests valors s'escriuran al fitxer de configuració de la interfície\n" -"\"ifcfg-*\" en \"/etc/sysconfig/network\". Si necessiteu opcions de " -"configuració addicionals,\n" -"podeu afegir-les de forma manual. És possible consultar totes les opcions " -"disponibles al fitxer\n" +"\"ifcfg-*\" en \"/etc/sysconfig/network\". Si necessiteu opcions de configuració addicionals,\n" +"podeu afegir-les de forma manual. És possible consultar totes les opcions disponibles al fitxer\n" "'wireless' inclòs al mateix directori." #. TextEntry label @@ -3101,8 +2843,7 @@ "For TTLS and PEAP, enter your Identity\n" "and Password as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</" -"p>\n" +"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" msgstr "" "Per al TTLS i el PEAP, introduïu la vostra identitat\n" "i la contrasenya com estan configurades al servidor.\n" @@ -3128,18 +2869,14 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128 msgid "" "TLS uses a Client Certificate instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " -"pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a Client Key file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate Client Key Password for that file.\n" msgstr "" -"El TLS fa servir un certificat de client en lloc d'una combinació " -"de nom d'usuari i\n" -"contrasenya per a l'autenticació. Empra un parell de claus pública i " -"privada\n" -"per a xifrar la comunicació de negociació; per tant, us caldrà també un " -"fitxer de\n" +"El TLS fa servir un certificat de client en lloc d'una combinació de nom d'usuari i\n" +"contrasenya per a l'autenticació. Empra un parell de claus pública i privada\n" +"per a xifrar la comunicació de negociació; per tant, us caldrà també un fitxer de\n" "Clau de client que contingui la vostra clau privada i\n" "la Contrasenya de clau de client apropiada per a aquest fitxer.\n" @@ -3181,8 +2918,7 @@ "any certificate or key files, contact your system administrator.\n" msgstr "" "Si no sabeu el vostre identificador ni la contrasenya o no teniu\n" -"cap fitxer de clau o certificat, poseu-vos en contacte amb el vostre " -"administrador de sistema.\n" +"cap fitxer de clau o certificat, poseu-vos en contacte amb el vostre administrador de sistema.\n" #. combo box label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239 @@ -3196,8 +2932,7 @@ "allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n" "authentication, choose your inner authentication method.\n" msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu configurar el mètode d'autenticació interna (també coneguda " -"com a fase 2).\n" +"Aquí podeu configurar el mètode d'autenticació interna (també coneguda com a fase 2).\n" "Per defecte, es permeten tots els mètodes. Si voleu restringir els\n" "mètodes permesos o en cas que tingueu problemes pel que fa a \n" "l'autenticació, escolliu el mètode d'autenticació interna.\n" @@ -3212,8 +2947,7 @@ "If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n" "implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.\n" msgstr "" -"Si utilitzeu el PEAP, podeu també imposar l'ús d'una implementació del " -"PEAP\n" +"Si utilitzeu el PEAP, podeu també imposar l'ús d'una implementació del PEAP\n" "concreta (versió 0 o 1). Normalment, no cal fer-ho.\n" #. radio button: any version of PEAP @@ -3305,9 +3039,7 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:562 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." -msgstr "" -"El mode d'autenticació WPA només és possible en mode de funcionament " -"gestionat." +msgstr "El mode d'autenticació WPA només és possible en mode de funcionament gestionat." #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication @@ -3374,14 +3106,11 @@ msgid "" "To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the Channel the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " -"access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" "points in that case.\n" msgstr "" -"Si voleu fer servir la vostra targeta LAN sense fil en mode mestre o ad " -"hoc,\n" -"definiu en aquest punt el canal que cal que utilitzi la targeta. No " -"cal realitzar aquest pas en el mode\n" +"Si voleu fer servir la vostra targeta LAN sense fil en mode mestre o ad hoc,\n" +"definiu en aquest punt el canal que cal que utilitzi la targeta. No cal realitzar aquest pas en el mode\n" "gestionat, ja que en aquest cas la targeta cerca punts d'accés d'un canal\n" "a l'altre.\n" @@ -3391,10 +3120,8 @@ "In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n" "Bit Rate explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible." msgstr "" -"És possible que en algun cas excepcional vulgueu definir de manera " -"explícita la\n" -"velocitat dels bits de transmissió. L'opció predeterminada és la més " -"ràpida." +"És possible que en algun cas excepcional vulgueu definir de manera explícita la\n" +"velocitat dels bits de transmissió. L'opció predeterminada és la més ràpida." #. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:714 @@ -3402,8 +3129,7 @@ "In an environment with multiple Access Points, you may want to\n" "define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address." msgstr "" -"Si introduïu l'adreça MAC podeu definir l'accés al qual us voleu " -"connectar en un entorn\n" +"Si introduïu l'adreça MAC podeu definir l'accés al qual us voleu connectar en un entorn\n" "amb diferents Punts d'accés." #. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5 @@ -3413,10 +3139,8 @@ "This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n" "be disconnected from AC power.\n" msgstr "" -"Podeu activar l'opció Utilitza la gestió de l'energia per a " -"habilitar el mecanisme d'estalvi\n" -"d'energia. Aquesta opció és especialment recomanable per als usuaris " -"d'ordinadors portàtils que treballin\n" +"Podeu activar l'opció Utilitza la gestió de l'energia per a habilitar el mecanisme d'estalvi\n" +"d'energia. Aquesta opció és especialment recomanable per als usuaris d'ordinadors portàtils que treballin\n" "amb bateries.\n" #. Wireless expert dialog help 2b/5 @@ -3490,18 +3214,15 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1001 msgid "" "In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" -"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four " -"keys,\n" +"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" "although only one key is used to encrypt the data. This is the default key.\n" "The other keys can be used to decrypt data. Usually you have only\n" "one key." msgstr "" "En aquest diàleg podeu definir les claus WEP que voleu fer servir per a\n" -"codificar les dades abans que es transmetin. Podeu tenir un màxim de quatre " -"claus, encara que\n" +"codificar les dades abans que es transmetin. Podeu tenir un màxim de quatre claus, encara que\n" "només se n'utilitzarà una (la predeterminada) per a codificar les dades.\n" -"La resta de claus es poden utilitzar per a desxifrar dades. Normalment només " -"teniu\n" +"La resta de claus es poden utilitzar per a desxifrar dades. Normalment només teniu\n" "una clau." #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 @@ -3513,12 +3234,9 @@ "wireless LAN connection does not establish, you may need to set this\n" "value to 64." msgstr "" -"La longitud de la clau defineix la longitud en bits de les claus " -"WEP.\n" -"Les longituds possibles són de 64 i 128 bits, tot i que de vegades també se " -"les anomena de 40 i 104 bits.\n" -"És possible que el maquinari antic no admeti les claus de 128 bits. Per " -"tant, si no podeu\n" +"La longitud de la clau defineix la longitud en bits de les claus WEP.\n" +"Les longituds possibles són de 64 i 128 bits, tot i que de vegades també se les anomena de 40 i 104 bits.\n" +"És possible que el maquinari antic no admeti les claus de 128 bits. Per tant, si no podeu\n" "establir una connexió LAN sense fil, intenteu canviar aquest valor a 64." #. Frame label @@ -3561,12 +3279,10 @@ #. validated in ValidateWpaEap #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1281 msgid "" -"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in " -"connections\n" +"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" -"No es fa servir cap certificat Certificate Authority (CA) pot resultar en " -"connexions insegures\n" +"No es fa servir cap certificat Certificate Authority (CA) pot resultar en connexions insegures\n" "i perilloses. Continuar sense CA?" #. error popup text @@ -3650,18 +3366,14 @@ "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</" -"tt>).\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuració de l'administració remota</big>\n" " Si aquesta funció està habilitada, podreu administrar l'ordinador\n" -"de forma remota des d'un altre ordinador. Podeu utilitzar un client VNC, " -"com\n" -"ara el krdc (connecteu-vos a <tt><nom_ordinador_central>:%1</tt>), o " -"un navegador web amb capacitat Java\n" -"(connecteu-vos a <tt>http://<nom_ordinador_central>:%2/</tt>). Aquest " -"mètode\n" +"de forma remota des d'un altre ordinador. Podeu utilitzar un client VNC, com\n" +"ara el krdc (connecteu-vos a <tt><nom_ordinador_central>:%1</tt>), o un navegador web amb capacitat Java\n" +"(connecteu-vos a <tt>http://<nom_ordinador_central>:%2/</tt>). Aquest mètode\n" "d'administració remota és menys segur que l'SSH.\n" #. Dialog frame title @@ -3771,8 +3483,7 @@ "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." msgstr "" "La xarxa està gestionada actualment pel NetworkManager\n" -"o completament inhabilitada. El YaST no és capaç de configurar algunes " -"opcions." +"o completament inhabilitada. El YaST no és capaç de configurar algunes opcions." #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) #: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 @@ -3901,12 +3612,8 @@ #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502 -msgid "" -"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use " -"it at your own risk?" -msgstr "" -"No és recomanable fer servir .local com a nom de domini a causa de Multicast " -"DNS. Usar-ho sota la vostra responsabilitat?" +msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" +msgstr "No és recomanable fer servir .local com a nom de domini a causa de Multicast DNS. Usar-ho sota la vostra responsabilitat?" #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527 @@ -3947,8 +3654,7 @@ #. Hosts dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:78 msgid "The hosts can be set up in this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Mitjançant aquest diàleg podeu configurar els ordinadors centrals." +msgstr "Mitjançant aquest diàleg podeu configurar els ordinadors centrals." #. Hosts dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:80 @@ -3956,8 +3662,7 @@ "Enter a host IP Address, a Hostname, and optional\n" "Host Aliases, separated by spaces.\n" msgstr "" -"Introduïu l'adreça IP, el nom de l'ordinador central i, " -"opcionalment,\n" +"Introduïu l'adreça IP, el nom de l'ordinador central i, opcionalment,\n" "els àlies de l'ordinador central separats amb espais.\n" #. Frame label @@ -4083,16 +3788,13 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "When Dial Prefix Regular Expression is set, users can\n" -"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the " -"expression.\n" +"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n" "A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" "and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n" "to change the prefix.\n" msgstr "" -"Quan es defineix l'Expressió regular de prefix de marcatge, els " -"usuaris poden\n" -"canviar el prefix de marcatge a KInternet sempre que es correspongui amb " -"l'expressió.\n" +"Quan es defineix l'Expressió regular de prefix de marcatge, els usuaris poden\n" +"canviar el prefix de marcatge a KInternet sempre que es correspongui amb l'expressió.\n" "Un valor recomanat és <tt>[09]?</tt>, que permet <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" "i el prefix buit. Si l'expressió és buida, els usuaris no podran canviar\n" "el prefix.\n" @@ -4154,8 +3856,7 @@ "via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).\n" msgstr "" "Manualment: la interfície es controla manualment\n" -"a través de l''ifup' o el 'qinternet' (vegeu 'Controlat per l'usuari', a " -"sota).\n" +"a través de l''ifup' o el 'qinternet' (vegeu 'Controlat per l'usuari', a sota).\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:126 @@ -4202,35 +3903,25 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " -"available.\n" +"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"Fer servir l'opció En executar l'NFSroot és semblant a l'opció " -"<tt>Automàticament</tt>,\n" -"però les interfícies amb aquest mode d'inici mai no es desconnectaran " -"mitjançant\n" +"Fer servir l'opció En executar l'NFSroot és semblant a l'opció <tt>Automàticament</tt>,\n" +"però les interfícies amb aquest mode d'inici mai no es desconnectaran mitjançant\n" "l'<tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. L'<tt>ifdown <iface></tt> encara funciona.\n" -"Utilitzeu aquesta opció quan tingueu un sistema de fitxers arrel NFS o " -"iSCSI.\n" +"Utilitzeu aquesta opció quan tingueu un sistema de fitxers arrel NFS o iSCSI.\n" #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" +"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n" "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"Fer servir l'opció En executar l'NFSroot és pràcticament el mateix " -"que l'opció 'Automàticament', però les interfícies amb aquest mode d'inici " -"mai no es\n" -"desconnectaran mitjançant l''rcnetwork stop'. L''ifdown <iface>' encara " -"funciona.\n" -"Utilitzeu aquesta opció quan tingueu un sistema de fitxers arrel nfs o " -"iscsi.\n" +"Fer servir l'opció En executar l'NFSroot és pràcticament el mateix que l'opció 'Automàticament', però les interfícies amb aquest mode d'inici mai no es\n" +"desconnectaran mitjançant l''rcnetwork stop'. L''ifdown <iface>' encara funciona.\n" +"Utilitzeu aquesta opció quan tingueu un sistema de fitxers arrel nfs o iscsi.\n" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:195 @@ -4242,14 +3933,12 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201 msgid "" "<big>Device Activation</big> \n" -"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time " -"activates it during system boot, \n" +"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time activates it during system boot, \n" "Never does not start the device.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" "<big>Activació del dispositiu</big> \n" -"Trieu quan s'hauria d'activar la interfície de la xarxa. Durant " -"l'arrencada l'activarà en arrencar el sistema.\n" +"Trieu quan s'hauria d'activar la interfície de la xarxa. Durant l'arrencada l'activarà en arrencar el sistema.\n" "Mai no l'iniciarà.\n" "%1\n" @@ -4379,12 +4068,8 @@ msgstr "Confirma el reinici de la xarxa" #: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26 -msgid "" -"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " -"the settings." -msgstr "" -"El YaST2 ha de reiniciar la xarxa per aplicar la configuració, ja que es " -"tracta d'una xarxa de pont." +msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." +msgstr "El YaST2 ha de reiniciar la xarxa per aplicar la configuració, ja que es tracta d'una xarxa de pont." #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name #: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 @@ -4589,8 +4274,7 @@ #. Progress step 6/9 #: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." -msgstr "" -"S'està llegint el nom de l'ordinador central i la configuració del DNS..." +msgstr "S'està llegint el nom de l'ordinador central i la configuració del DNS..." #. Progress step 7/9 #: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 @@ -4688,8 +4372,7 @@ #. Progress step 6 #: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." -msgstr "" -"S'està escrivint el nom de l'ordinador central i la configuració del DNS..." +msgstr "S'està escrivint el nom de l'ordinador central i la configuració del DNS..." #. Progress step 7 #: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 @@ -4714,12 +4397,8 @@ #. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported #. @return true on success #: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 -msgid "" -"AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked " -"will be used." -msgstr "" -"AutoYaST establint networking/managed: el NetworkManager no està disponible, " -"s'usarà Wicked." +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "AutoYaST establint networking/managed: el NetworkManager no està disponible, s'usarà Wicked." #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) @@ -4846,15 +4525,8 @@ msgstr "No hi ha hwinfo" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 -msgid "" -"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " -"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan " -"devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgstr "" -"No s'ha pogut configurar la targeta de xarxa perquè no s'ha trobat el " -"dispositiu del nucli (eth0, wlan0). Normalment això passa perquè en falta el " -"microprogramari (en dispositius wlan). Consulteu els resultats del dmesg per " -"obtenir-ne més informació." +msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgstr "No s'ha pogut configurar la targeta de xarxa perquè no s'ha trobat el dispositiu del nucli (eth0, wlan0). Normalment això passa perquè en falta el microprogramari (en dispositius wlan). Consulteu els resultats del dmesg per obtenir-ne més informació." #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "" @@ -5010,10 +4682,8 @@ #~ "Actualment, la xarxa la controla el NetworkManager i el YaST no pot\n" #~ "editar-ne la configuració.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Per editar la configuració, utilitzeu l'editor de connexió del " -#~ "NetworkManager\n" -#~ "o commuteu el mètode de configuració de la xarxa al mètode tradicional " -#~ "amb ifup.\n" +#~ "Per editar la configuració, utilitzeu l'editor de connexió del NetworkManager\n" +#~ "o commuteu el mètode de configuració de la xarxa al mètode tradicional amb ifup.\n" #~| msgid "Device Name" #~ msgid "Device name:" @@ -5039,20 +4709,12 @@ #~ msgstr "&Mètode tradicional amb l'ifup" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=" -#~ "\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El port SSH està obert (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal" -#~ "\">tanca'l</a>)" +#~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" +#~ msgstr "El port SSH està obert (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">tanca'l</a>)" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=" -#~ "\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El port SSH està bloquejat (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal" -#~ "\">obre'l</a>)" +#~ msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" +#~ msgstr "El port SSH està bloquejat (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">obre'l</a>)" #~ msgid "General &Network Settings" #~ msgstr "Configuració general de la &xarxa" @@ -5138,11 +4800,8 @@ #~ msgid "Bond slaves" #~ msgstr "Esclaus d'enllaç" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The device is not configured. Press Edit for configuration." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No s'ha configurat el dispositiu. Premeu Edita per configurar-" -#~ "lo." +#~ msgid "The device is not configured. Press Edit for configuration." +#~ msgstr "No s'ha configurat el dispositiu. Premeu Edita per configurar-lo." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Initializing DSL Configuration\n" @@ -5157,8 +4816,7 @@ #~ "Abort now.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>S'està interrompent la inicialització</big> \n" -#~ "Per a interrompre la utilitat de configuració de forma segura, premeu " -#~ "Interromp.\n" +#~ "Per a interrompre la utilitat de configuració de forma segura, premeu Interromp.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Saving DSL Configuration</BIG> \n" @@ -5181,8 +4839,7 @@ #~ msgstr "El proveïdor que s'utilitza és %1." #~ msgid "The provider %1 is in use. Really delete it?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El proveïdor que s'utilitza és %1. Esteu segur que voleu suprimir-lo?" +#~ msgstr "El proveïdor que s'utilitza és %1. Esteu segur que voleu suprimir-lo?" #~ msgid "DSL Configuration Overview" #~ msgstr "Resum de la configuració del DSL " @@ -5193,8 +4850,7 @@ #~ "edit their configuration. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Resum de DSL</BIG> \n" -#~ "En aquest apartat podeu consultar un resum dels dispositius DSL que s'han " -#~ "instal·lat i modificar-ne\n" +#~ "En aquest apartat podeu consultar un resum dels dispositius DSL que s'han instal·lat i modificar-ne\n" #~ "la configuració. " #~ msgid "" @@ -5202,8 +4858,7 @@ #~ "If you press Add, you can manually configure a DSL device." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Addició d'un dispositiu DSL</BIG> \n" -#~ "Podeu configurar manualment un dispositiu DSL amb el botó Afegeix." -#~ "" +#~ "Podeu configurar manualment un dispositiu DSL amb el botó Afegeix." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG> \n" @@ -5211,10 +4866,8 @@ #~ "Then press the appropriate button: Edit or Delete." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Edició o supressió</BIG> \n" -#~ "Trieu el dispositiu DSL de què vulgueu canviar o suprimir la configuració " -#~ "i,\n" -#~ "a continuació, premeu el botó corresponent: Edita o Suprimeix</" -#~ "B>." +#~ "Trieu el dispositiu DSL de què vulgueu canviar o suprimir la configuració i,\n" +#~ "a continuació, premeu el botó corresponent: Edita o Suprimeix." #~ msgid "Type" #~ msgstr "Tipus" @@ -5239,51 +4892,37 @@ #~ "First, choose your PPP mode. This is either\n" #~ "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE), PPP over ATM (PPPoATM),\n" #~ "CAPI for ADSL or Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP).\n" -#~ "Use PPP over Ethernet if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet " -#~ "to your computer.\n" -#~ "Use Point to Point Tunneling Protocol if you want to connect to a " -#~ "VPN server.\n" +#~ "Use PPP over Ethernet if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet to your computer.\n" +#~ "Use Point to Point Tunneling Protocol if you want to connect to a VPN server.\n" #~ "If you are not sure which mode to use, ask your provider. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "En primer lloc, trieu el mode PPP. Els modes més\n" -#~ "adients poden ser PPP sobre Ethernet (PPPoE), PPP sobre ATM " -#~ "(PPPoATM),\n" +#~ "adients poden ser PPP sobre Ethernet (PPPoE), PPP sobre ATM (PPPoATM),\n" #~ "CAPI per a DSL o Protocol de túnel de punt a punt (PPTP).\n" -#~ "Feu servir PPP sobre Ethernet si el mòdem DSL està connectat a " -#~ "l'equip mitjançant Ethernet.\n" -#~ "Si voleu connectar-vos a un servidor VPM, utilitzeu el Protocol de " -#~ "túnel de punt a punt.\n" -#~ "Si no sabeu amb certesa quin mode heu de fer servir, pregunteu-ho al " -#~ "proveïdor." +#~ "Feu servir PPP sobre Ethernet si el mòdem DSL està connectat a l'equip mitjançant Ethernet.\n" +#~ "Si voleu connectar-vos a un servidor VPM, utilitzeu el Protocol de túnel de punt a punt.\n" +#~ "Si no sabeu amb certesa quin mode heu de fer servir, pregunteu-ho al proveïdor." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are using PPP over Ethernet, first configure your\n" #~ "ethernet card." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si utilitzeu PPP sobre Ethernet, en primer lloc heu de " -#~ "configurar la targeta Ethernet. " +#~ msgstr "Si utilitzeu PPP sobre Ethernet, en primer lloc heu de configurar la targeta Ethernet. " #~ msgid "" -#~ "The PPP Mode-Dependent Settings are settings required to set " -#~ "up\n" -#~ "your DSL connection. VPI/VCI makes sense only for PPP over ATM</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "The PPP Mode-Dependent Settings are settings required to set up\n" +#~ "your DSL connection. VPI/VCI makes sense only for PPP over ATM\n" #~ "connections, Ethernet Card is needed for PPP over Ethernet\n" #~ "connections.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les Opcions que depenen del mode PPP són opcions de " -#~ "configuració\n" -#~ "necessàries per a la connexió del DSL. El VPI/VCI només és " -#~ "recomanable per a connexions\n" -#~ "PPP sobre ATM i la Targeta Ethernet és necessària per a " -#~ "connexions PPP sobre Ethernet.\n" +#~ "Les Opcions que depenen del mode PPP són opcions de configuració\n" +#~ "necessàries per a la connexió del DSL. El VPI/VCI només és recomanable per a connexions\n" +#~ "PPP sobre ATM i la Targeta Ethernet és necessària per a connexions PPP sobre Ethernet.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "For PPPoATM, enter your VPI/VCI pair, for example, 0.38\n" #~ "for British Telecom. If unsure, ask your provider." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Introduïu el parell VPI/VCI per a PPPoATM (per exemple, 0.38</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "Introduïu el parell VPI/VCI per a PPPoATM (per exemple, 0.38\n" #~ "per a British Telecom). Si no n'esteu segur, consulteu el proveïdor." #~ msgid "" @@ -5291,10 +4930,8 @@ #~ "modem is connected. If you did not set up your ethernet card yet, do\n" #~ "so by pressing Configure Network Cards." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Per al mode PPPoE, introduïu el dispositiu de la targeta Ethernet al " -#~ "qual està connectat\n" -#~ "el mòdem DSL. Si encara no heu configurat la targeta Ethernet, configureu-" -#~ "la ara\n" +#~ "Per al mode PPPoE, introduïu el dispositiu de la targeta Ethernet al qual està connectat\n" +#~ "el mòdem DSL. Si encara no heu configurat la targeta Ethernet, configureu-la ara\n" #~ "amb el botó Configura les targetes de xarxa." #~ msgid "For PPTP, enter the server name or IP address." @@ -5406,8 +5043,7 @@ #~ "Additionally you can edit their configurations. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Resum de les targetes XDSI</BIG> \n" -#~ "En aquest apartat podeu consultar un resum de les targetes XDSI que s'han " -#~ "instal·lat i les configuracions de la connexió.\n" +#~ "En aquest apartat podeu consultar un resum de les targetes XDSI que s'han instal·lat i les configuracions de la connexió.\n" #~ "Des d'aquí també podeu editar-ne la configuració. \n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5415,8 +5051,7 @@ #~ "Press Add to configure an ISDN card manually.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Addició d'una targeta XDSI:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Podeu configurar manualment una targeta XDSI amb el botó Afegeix.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Podeu configurar manualment una targeta XDSI amb el botó Afegeix.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Test an ISDN Card Setup:</BIG> \n" @@ -5424,18 +5059,15 @@ #~ "selected card.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Prova de la configuració d'una targeta XDSI</BIG> \n" -#~ "En prémer el botó Prova, el sistema intentarà carregar el " -#~ "controlador de la\n" +#~ "En prémer el botó Prova, el sistema intentarà carregar el controlador de la\n" #~ "targeta seleccionada.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Adding an ISDN Connection:</BIG> \n" -#~ "If you press Add, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "If you press Add, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Addició d'una connexió XDSI</BIG> \n" -#~ "Podeu configurar una connexió XDSI de marcatge directe amb el botó " -#~ "Afegeix.\n" +#~ "Podeu configurar una connexió XDSI de marcatge directe amb el botó Afegeix.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5460,67 +5092,52 @@ #~ msgstr "Configuració detallada d'XDSI" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The Remote Phone Number List controls which remote machines " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "The Remote Phone Number List controls which remote machines are\n" #~ "allowed to connect to this interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "La llista de números de telèfon remots controla quins " -#~ "ordinadors remots\n" +#~ "La llista de números de telèfon remots controla quins ordinadors remots\n" #~ "es poden connectar a aquesta interfície.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Deselect Only Listed Numbers Allowed \n" #~ "to allow all caller IDs.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Desseleccioneu el quadre Autorització només per a números de la " -#~ "llista si\n" +#~ "Desseleccioneu el quadre Autorització només per a números de la llista si\n" #~ "voleu autoritzar tots els identificadors de trucades.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is off, calls are handled normally " -#~ "without special \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n" #~ "processing.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si el mode de crida de retorn està desactivat, les trucades es\n" #~ "gestionen amb normalitat.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, " -#~ "a callback \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" #~ "is triggered.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si el mode de crida de retorn és servidor, s'activarà la " -#~ "trucada un cop rebuda la trucada d'entrada.\n" +#~ msgstr "Si el mode de crida de retorn és servidor, s'activarà la trucada un cop rebuda la trucada d'entrada.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is client, the local system does the " -#~ "initial call then \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then \n" #~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si el mode de crida de retorn és client, el sistema local " -#~ "realitza la trucada inicial\n" +#~ "Si el mode de crida de retorn és client, el sistema local realitza la trucada inicial\n" #~ "i espera la devolució de la trucada des de la màquina remota.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Callback Delay is the number of seconds between the initial " -#~ "call and the\n" -#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the " -#~ "server than on\n" +#~ "Callback Delay is the number of seconds between the initial call and the\n" +#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the server than on\n" #~ "the client.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "El retard de la crida de retorn és el temps transcorregut en " -#~ "segons entre la trucada inicial\n" -#~ "i la crida de retorn (servidor) o el moment de penjar (client). Ha de ser " -#~ "més gran per al servidor que per al client.\n" +#~ "El retard de la crida de retorn és el temps transcorregut en segons entre la trucada inicial\n" +#~ "i la crida de retorn (servidor) o el moment de penjar (client). Ha de ser més gran per al servidor que per al client.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "In Additional ipppd Options, add extra options for ipppd,\n" #~ "for example, +pap +chap for the dial-in server authentication.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "p>A la secció Opcions ipppd addicionals podeu afegir més opcions " -#~ "ipppd,\n" -#~ "com ara +pap +chap per a l'autenticació del marcatge d'entrada per part " -#~ "del servidor.\n" +#~ "p>A la secció Opcions ipppd addicionals podeu afegir més opcions ipppd,\n" +#~ "com ara +pap +chap per a l'autenticació del marcatge d'entrada per part del servidor.\n" #~ msgid "&Additional ipppd Options" #~ msgstr "Opcions ipppd &addicionals" @@ -5550,15 +5167,12 @@ #~ msgstr "Selecció del servei XDSI" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your " -#~ "DSL\n" +#~ "If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your DSL\n" #~ "connection via Add DSL CAPI Interface. You can also do this later\n" #~ "in the DSL configuration dialog.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si disposeu d'un controlador CAPI DSL i XDSI combinat, podeu " -#~ "configurar la connexió\n" -#~ "del DSL mitjançant Afegeix la interfície CAPI DSL. També podeu " -#~ "configurar-la més tard,\n" +#~ "Si disposeu d'un controlador CAPI DSL i XDSI combinat, podeu configurar la connexió\n" +#~ "del DSL mitjançant Afegeix la interfície CAPI DSL. També podeu configurar-la més tard,\n" #~ "al diàleg de configuració del DSL.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5572,22 +5186,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "To switch between various Internet providers, an\n" -#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple " -#~ "providers to the\n" +#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple providers to the\n" #~ "same interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "No cal tenir una interfície diferent per a commutar entre diferents " -#~ "proveïdors\n" -#~ "d'Internet. Només cal que afegiu més d'un proveïdor a la mateixa " -#~ "interfície.\n" +#~ "No cal tenir una interfície diferent per a commutar entre diferents proveïdors\n" +#~ "d'Internet. Només cal que afegiu més d'un proveïdor a la mateixa interfície.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "To avoid adding an interface now, use\n" #~ "Skip not to enter the interface and provider dialogs." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si en aquests moments no voleu afegir cap interfície, premeu\n" -#~ "Omet per a ometre els diàlegs corresponents a la interfície i al " -#~ "proveïdor." +#~ "Omet per a ometre els diàlegs corresponents a la interfície i al proveïdor." #~ msgid "" #~ "You have a DSL CAPI controller. Configure your DSL\n" @@ -5595,8 +5205,7 @@ #~ "in the DSL configuration dialog." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si disposeu d'un controlador CAPI DSL podeu configurar la connexió\n" -#~ "DSL mitjançant el botó Afegeix la interfície CAPI DSL. També podeu " -#~ "configurar-la més tard,\n" +#~ "DSL mitjançant el botó Afegeix la interfície CAPI DSL. També podeu configurar-la més tard,\n" #~ "al diàleg de configuració de DSL." #~ msgid "Add &DSL CAPI Interface" @@ -5625,25 +5234,17 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "My phone number -- As your own telephone number (MSN), put in your \n" -#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected " -#~ "directly\n" -#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or " -#~ "digits\n" -#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally " -#~ "means\n" +#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected directly\n" +#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in the\n" +#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or digits\n" +#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally means\n" #~ "the default MSN is actually used." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "El meu número de telèfon: el mateix que el vostre número de telèfon " -#~ "(MSN).\n" -#~ "Introduïu el número de telèfon (sense prefix) si heu connectat la targeta " -#~ "XDSI\n" -#~ "directament al sòcol de la companyia telefònica. Si us connecteu a un " -#~ "PBX,\n" +#~ "El meu número de telèfon: el mateix que el vostre número de telèfon (MSN).\n" +#~ "Introduïu el número de telèfon (sense prefix) si heu connectat la targeta XDSI\n" +#~ "directament al sòcol de la companyia telefònica. Si us connecteu a un PBX,\n" #~ "introduïu l'MSN emmagatzemat al PBX (per exemple, l'extensió telefònica\n" -#~ "o les últimes xifres de l'extensió telefònica). Si això no funciona, " -#~ "proveu-ho\n" +#~ "o les últimes xifres de l'extensió telefònica). Si això no funciona, proveu-ho\n" #~ "amb el 0 (que en general vol dir que s'utilitza l'MSN predeterminat)." #~ msgid "" @@ -5656,8 +5257,7 @@ #~ "</tt>\n" #~ "Note: ippp0 is an example" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si seleccioneu el mode manual haureu d'iniciar i aturar el servei de " -#~ "forma manual,\n" +#~ "Si seleccioneu el mode manual haureu d'iniciar i aturar el servei de forma manual,\n" #~ "mitjançant l'execució (com a usuari primari) de les ordres següents:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " inicia: ifup ippp0\n" @@ -5668,35 +5268,28 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Selecting channel bundling sets up a 128-kBit connection\n" -#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second " -#~ "channel,\n" +#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second channel,\n" #~ "use the following commands:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n" #~ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" #~ " \n" #~ "</tt>\n" -#~ "You can also install the package xibod to have this happen " -#~ "automatically. If\n" -#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic " -#~ "goes down, it \n" +#~ "You can also install the package xibod to have this happen automatically. If\n" +#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic goes down, it \n" #~ "removes a channel.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si seleccioneu Unió de canals es configura una connexió de 128 " -#~ "kb\n" -#~ "que també s'anomena Multienllaç PPP. Si voleu activar o desactivar el " -#~ "segon canal,\n" +#~ "Si seleccioneu Unió de canals es configura una connexió de 128 kb\n" +#~ "que també s'anomena Multienllaç PPP. Si voleu activar o desactivar el segon canal,\n" #~ "utilitzeu les ordres següents:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n" #~ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" #~ " \n" #~ "</tt>\n" -#~ "Podeu instal·lar el paquet xibod perquè aquest procés es produeixi " -#~ "de manera automàtica. Si cal\n" -#~ "més amplada de banda, s'afegirà un canal. Si per contra, el tràfic " -#~ "disminueix,\n" +#~ "Podeu instal·lar el paquet xibod perquè aquest procés es produeixi de manera automàtica. Si cal\n" +#~ "més amplada de banda, s'afegirà un canal. Si per contra, el tràfic disminueix,\n" #~ "se'n suprimirà un.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -5704,15 +5297,13 @@ #~ "Selecting\n" #~ "External Firewall Interface activates the firewall\n" #~ "and sets this interface as external.\n" -#~ "Restart Firewall restarts the firewall if a connection is " -#~ "established.\n" +#~ "Restart Firewall restarts the firewall if a connection is established.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si se selecciona\n" #~ "Interfície externa protegida pel tallafoc s'activa el tallafoc\n" #~ "i s'estableix aquesta interfície com a externa.\n" -#~ "L'opció Reinicia el tallafoc reinicia el tallafoc si s'ha " -#~ "establert una connexió.\n" +#~ "L'opció Reinicia el tallafoc reinicia el tallafoc si s'ha establert una connexió.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "D&efault Provider" @@ -5757,8 +5348,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Activeu l'opció Adreça IP dinàmica si el proveïdor us\n" -#~ "proporciona una adreça temporal per a cada connexió. En aquest cas, no " -#~ "podreu saber l'adreça de sortida\n" +#~ "proporciona una adreça temporal per a cada connexió. En aquest cas, no podreu saber l'adreça de sortida\n" #~ "fins al moment en què s'estableixi l'enllaç.\n" #~ "Aquest és el funcionament per defecte de molts proveïdors.\n" @@ -5767,10 +5357,8 @@ #~ "default route. Only one interface can be the default\n" #~ "route.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Activeu Ruta predeterminada si voleu fer servir aquesta " -#~ "interfície com a ruta\n" -#~ "predeterminada. Només una de les interfícies pot ser la ruta " -#~ "predeterminada.\n" +#~ "Activeu Ruta predeterminada si voleu fer servir aquesta interfície com a ruta\n" +#~ "predeterminada. Només una de les interfícies pot ser la ruta predeterminada.\n" #~ msgid "IP Address Settings" #~ msgstr "Configuració de l'adreça IP" @@ -5798,8 +5386,7 @@ #~ "particular vendors by selecting a vendor." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Seleccioneu la targeta XDSI que voleu configurar.\n" -#~ "Seleccioneu un dels fabricants perquè les targetes puguin filtrar-se " -#~ "segons el proveïdor." +#~ "Seleccioneu un dels fabricants perquè les targetes puguin filtrar-se segons el proveïdor." #~ msgid "All" #~ msgstr "Tot" @@ -5834,13 +5421,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "If you have an old legacy ISA card, you can enter values for\n" #~ "IO port or memory addresses and the used interrupt.\n" -#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your " -#~ "salesman.\n" +#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your salesman.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si teniu una targeta ISA antiga, podeu introduir valors per al\n" #~ "port d'E/S, o bé les adreces de memòria i la interrupció utilitzada.\n" -#~ "Comproveu al manual que els valors són correctes o pregunteu-ho al " -#~ "distribuïdor.\n" +#~ "Comproveu al manual que els valors són correctes o pregunteu-ho al distribuïdor.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Start Mode: With OnBoot, the driver is loaded during\n" @@ -5849,9 +5434,7 @@ #~ "HotPlug is a special case for PCMCIA and USB devices.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Mode d'inici: amb l'opció OnBoot, el controlador\n" -#~ "es carrega durant l'arrencada del sistema. Per l'opció Manual, cal " -#~ "iniciar el controlador amb l'ordre rcisdn start, i només l'usuari " -#~ "primari pot fer-ho.\n" +#~ "es carrega durant l'arrencada del sistema. Per l'opció Manual, cal iniciar el controlador amb l'ordre rcisdn start, i només l'usuari primari pot fer-ho.\n" #~ "HotPlug és un cas especial per als dispositius PCMCIA i USB.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5861,35 +5444,25 @@ #~ "Existeixen diversos controladors per a la targeta XDSI.\n" #~ "Trieu-ne un de la llista.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "ISDN Protocol: In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Protocol XDSI: la major part dels casos és l'Euro-XDSI." +#~ msgid "ISDN Protocol: In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN." +#~ msgstr "Protocol XDSI: la major part dels casos és l'Euro-XDSI." #~ msgid "" #~ "Area Code: Enter your local area code for the ISDN\n" #~ "line here, without a leading zero and without a country prefix.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Codi de l'àrea: Introduïu el codi de l'àrea local de la línia " -#~ "XDSI,\n" +#~ "Codi de l'àrea: Introduïu el codi de l'àrea local de la línia XDSI,\n" #~ "sense el zero inicial ni el codi nacional.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Dial Prefix: If you need a prefix to get an public line, \n" -#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common " -#~ "one is \"0\".\n" +#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common one is \"0\".\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Prefix de marcatge: Si necessiteu un prefix per a obtenir " -#~ "línia, podeu\n" -#~ "especificar-lo aquí. Només s'utilitza en un bus intern S0 i el prefix més " -#~ "habitual és \"0\".\n" +#~ "Prefix de marcatge: Si necessiteu un prefix per a obtenir línia, podeu\n" +#~ "especificar-lo aquí. Només s'utilitza en un bus intern S0 i el prefix més habitual és \"0\".\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck Start ISDN " -#~ "Log." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si no voleu enregistrar tot el trànsit XDSI, desactiveu l'opció " -#~ "Inicia el registre XDSI." +#~ msgid "If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck Start ISDN Log." +#~ msgstr "Si no voleu enregistrar tot el trànsit XDSI, desactiveu l'opció Inicia el registre XDSI." #~ msgid "ISDN Protocol" #~ msgstr "&Protocol XDSI" @@ -6070,8 +5643,7 @@ #~ "edit their configuration. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Resum dels mòdems</BIG> \n" -#~ "En aquest apartat podeu consultar un resum dels mòdems que s'han " -#~ "instal·lat i\n" +#~ "En aquest apartat podeu consultar un resum dels mòdems que s'han instal·lat i\n" #~ "modificar-ne la configuració. " #~ msgid "" @@ -6088,8 +5660,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Edició o supressió</BIG> \n" #~ "Trieu el mòdem de què vulgueu canviar o suprimir la configuració i,\n" -#~ "a continuació, premeu el botó corresponent: Edita o Suprimeix</" -#~ "B>." +#~ "a continuació, premeu el botó corresponent: Edita o Suprimeix." #~ msgid "Modem Devices" #~ msgstr "Dispositius del mòdem" @@ -6101,44 +5672,31 @@ #~ msgstr "Introduïu tots els valors per a la configuració del mòdem." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Modem Device specifies to which port your modem is connected. " -#~ "ttyS0,\n" -#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, " -#~ "etc.,\n" +#~ "Modem Device specifies to which port your modem is connected. ttyS0,\n" +#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, etc.,\n" #~ "in DOS/Windows. ttyACM0 and ttyACM1 refer to USB ports." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'apartat anomenat dispositiu del mòdem especifica el port al " -#~ "qual està connectat\n" -#~ "el mòdem. ttyS0, ttyS1, etc., fan referència a ports en sèrie i, en " -#~ "general, equivalen\n" -#~ "a COM1, COM2, etc. Als sistemes DOS/Windows, ttyACM0 i ttyACM1 fan " -#~ "referència a ports USB." +#~ "L'apartat anomenat dispositiu del mòdem especifica el port al qual està connectat\n" +#~ "el mòdem. ttyS0, ttyS1, etc., fan referència a ports en sèrie i, en general, equivalen\n" +#~ "a COM1, COM2, etc. Als sistemes DOS/Windows, ttyACM0 i ttyACM1 fan referència a ports USB." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are on a PBX, you probably need to enter a Dial Prefix.\n" #~ "Often, this is 9 or 0.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si utilitzeu un PBX, segurament haureu d'especificar un prefix de " -#~ "marcatge.\n" +#~ "Si utilitzeu un PBX, segurament haureu d'especificar un prefix de marcatge.\n" #~ " Normalment aquest prefix és el 9 o el 0.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Choose Dial Mode according to your phone link. Most telephone\n" -#~ "companies use Tone Dial as the Dial Mode. Check the " -#~ "additional\n" -#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (Speaker On) or for " -#~ "your\n" -#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (Detect Dial Tone).</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "companies use Tone Dial as the Dial Mode. Check the additional\n" +#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (Speaker On) or for your\n" +#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (Detect Dial Tone).\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Trieu el mode de marcatge més adient a la línia telefònica " -#~ "corresponent. La major part \n" -#~ "d'empreses telefòniques utilitzen el marcatge per tons com a " -#~ "mode de marcatge\n" -#~ "Observeu la resta d'opcions per a encendre l'altaveu del mòdem " -#~ "(Altaveu activat)\n" -#~ "si voleu que el mòdem es mantingui en espera de to (Detecta el to de " -#~ "marcatge).\n" +#~ "Trieu el mode de marcatge més adient a la línia telefònica corresponent. La major part \n" +#~ "d'empreses telefòniques utilitzen el marcatge per tons com a mode de marcatge\n" +#~ "Observeu la resta d'opcions per a encendre l'altaveu del mòdem (Altaveu activat)\n" +#~ "si voleu que el mòdem es mantingui en espera de to (Detecta el to de marcatge).\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Press Details to configure the baud rate and the modem \n" @@ -6189,8 +5747,7 @@ #~ "All the relevant information about Init Strings\n" #~ "should be in your modem manual.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Podeu consultar la informació més important sobre les cadenes " -#~ "d'inicialització\n" +#~ "Podeu consultar la informació més important sobre les cadenes d'inicialització\n" #~ "al manual del mòdem.\n" #~ msgid "B&aud Rate" @@ -6234,30 +5791,22 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Dial on Demand means that the Internet\n" -#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet " -#~ "is\n" -#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one name server. " -#~ "Use\n" -#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because " -#~ "there are\n" +#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet is\n" +#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one name server. Use\n" +#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because there are\n" #~ "programs that periodically request data from the Internet." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Trucada sota demanda vol dir que la connexió a Internet es " -#~ "realitzarà\n" -#~ "automàticament quan es necessitin dades d'Internet. Si voleu fer servir " -#~ "aquesta funció\n" -#~ "especifiqueu com a mínim un servidor de noms. Aquesta funció només " -#~ "és\n" -#~ "recomanable si la connexió a Internet no resulta gaire cara, ja que hi ha " -#~ "programes que\n" +#~ "Trucada sota demanda vol dir que la connexió a Internet es realitzarà\n" +#~ "automàticament quan es necessitin dades d'Internet. Si voleu fer servir aquesta funció\n" +#~ "especifiqueu com a mínim un servidor de noms. Aquesta funció només és\n" +#~ "recomanable si la connexió a Internet no resulta gaire cara, ja que hi ha programes que\n" #~ "sol·liciten dades a Internet periòdicament." #~ msgid "" #~ "When Modify DNS is enabled, the name server will be\n" #~ "changed automatically when connected to the Internet." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si s'ha activat Modifica el DNS, el servidor de noms " -#~ "canviarà\n" +#~ "Si s'ha activat Modifica el DNS, el servidor de noms canviarà\n" #~ "automàticament quan es connecti a Internet." #~ msgid "" @@ -6266,34 +5815,28 @@ #~ "manually enter the DNS." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si el proveïdor no transmet el servidor de noms de domini (DNS)\n" -#~ "un cop s'estableixi la connexió, desactiveu l'opció Recupera " -#~ "automàticament el DNS i \n" +#~ "un cop s'estableixi la connexió, desactiveu l'opció Recupera automàticament el DNS i \n" #~ "introduïu el servidor DNS de forma manual." #~ msgid "" #~ "Name Servers are required to convert hostnames\n" -#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You " -#~ "only\n" +#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You only\n" #~ "need to specify the name servers if you enable dial on demand or\n" #~ "disable DNS Modification when connected.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Els servidors de noms són necessaris per a la conversió dels " -#~ "noms\n" +#~ "Els servidors de noms són necessaris per a la conversió dels noms\n" #~ "de l'ordinador central (per exemple, www.suse.com) en adreces IP\n" #~ "(per exemple, 213.95.15.200). Només cal que especifiqueu els servidors\n" #~ "de noms si habiliteu la trucada sota demanada o que inhabiliteu\n" #~ "Modifica el DNS quan estigueu connectats.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Ignore Prompts disables the detection of any prompts from the " -#~ "dial-up\n" -#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try " -#~ "this\n" +#~ "Ignore Prompts disables the detection of any prompts from the dial-up\n" +#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try this\n" #~ "option.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "L'opció Ignora els indicadors inhabilita la detecció de\n" -#~ "qualsevol indicador del servidor de marcatge directe. Proveu aquesta " -#~ "opció\n" +#~ "qualsevol indicador del servidor de marcatge directe. Proveu aquesta opció\n" #~ "si l'establiment de la connexió és lent o si no funciona.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6302,20 +5845,17 @@ #~ "Choosing this option makes dial-up connections\n" #~ "to the Internet safe from external attacks." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si seleccioneu Interfície externa protegida pel tallafoc " -#~ "s'activarà el tallafoc\n" +#~ "Si seleccioneu Interfície externa protegida pel tallafoc s'activarà el tallafoc\n" #~ "i s'establirà la interfície com externa\n" #~ "Si trieu aquesta opció, les connexions de marcatge directe\n" #~ "a l'Internet estaran més protegides d'atacs externs." #~ msgid "" #~ "The Idle Time-Out specifies the time after which an idle\n" -#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "El temps d'inactivitat determina el temps\n" -#~ "després del qual es tanquen totes del connexions inactives (0 es " -#~ "correspon amb un temps d'inactivitat infinit).\n" +#~ "després del qual es tanquen totes del connexions inactives (0 es correspon amb un temps d'inactivitat infinit).\n" #~ msgid "min" #~ msgstr "min" @@ -6380,69 +5920,52 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Dynamic IP Address\n" -#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this " -#~ "case,\n" -#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is " -#~ "established.\n" +#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this case,\n" +#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is established.\n" #~ "This is the default with most providers." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Activeu l'opció Adreça IP dinàmica si el proveïdor us\n" -#~ "proporciona una adreça temporal per a cada connexió. En aquest cas, no " -#~ "podreu saber l'adreça de sortida\n" +#~ "proporciona una adreça temporal per a cada connexió. En aquest cas, no podreu saber l'adreça de sortida\n" #~ "fins al moment en què s'estableixi l'enllaç.\n" #~ "Aquest és el funcionament per defecte de molts proveïdors." #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Use Peer DNS to change\n" -#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your " -#~ "static\n" -#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, " -#~ "almost all\n" +#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your static\n" +#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, almost all\n" #~ "providers support Use Peer DNS.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Activeu l'opció Utilitza el DNS del parell si voleu canviar \n" #~ "el servidor de noms de domini un cop realitzada la connexió\n" -#~ "(d'aquesta manera se substitueix la configuració del DNS estàtica per les " -#~ "adreces IP dels servidors \n" -#~ "de noms que heu obtingut). Actualment la majoria de proveïdors admeten " -#~ "l'opció\n" +#~ "(d'aquesta manera se substitueix la configuració del DNS estàtica per les adreces IP dels servidors \n" +#~ "de noms que heu obtingut). Actualment la majoria de proveïdors admeten l'opció\n" #~ "Utilitza el DNS del parell.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without " -#~ "special \n" +#~ "If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n" #~ "processing." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si el mode de crida de retorn està desactivat, les trucades es\n" #~ "gestionaran amb normalitat." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a " -#~ "callback \n" +#~ "If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" #~ "is triggered." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si el mode de crida de retorn és servidor, es tornarà la trucada un " -#~ "cop rebuda la trucada entrant." +#~ msgstr "Si el mode de crida de retorn és servidor, es tornarà la trucada un cop rebuda la trucada entrant." #~ msgid "" #~ "If callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then \n" #~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si el mode de crida de retorn és client, el sistema local realitza la " -#~ "trucada inicial i espera la devolució de la trucada de l'ordinador " -#~ "remot.\n" +#~ msgstr "Si el mode de crida de retorn és client, el sistema local realitza la trucada inicial i espera la devolució de la trucada de l'ordinador remot.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Default Route to set the default\n" -#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to " -#~ "reach\n" +#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to reach\n" #~ "single machines or subnetworks through this provider." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Activeu el quadre Ruta predeterminada si voleu definir la ruta\n" -#~ "per defecte d'aquest proveïdor. És molt probable que aquesta sigui " -#~ "l'opció correcta, si no és que\n" -#~ "voleu connectar-vos amb ordinadors aïllats o amb subxarxes mitjançant el " -#~ "proveïdor esmentat." +#~ "per defecte d'aquest proveïdor. És molt probable que aquesta sigui l'opció correcta, si no és que\n" +#~ "voleu connectar-vos amb ordinadors aïllats o amb subxarxes mitjançant el proveïdor esmentat." #~ msgid "Select Internet Service Provider (ISP)" #~ msgstr "Escolliu un proveïdor de serveis d'Internet (ISP)" @@ -6472,8 +5995,7 @@ #~ "<big>Initializing Provider\n" #~ "Configuration</big> Please wait... \n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>S'està inicialitzant la configuració del proveïdor</big></" -#~ "b> \n" +#~ "<big>S'està inicialitzant la configuració del proveïdor</big> \n" #~ "Espereu... \n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6514,8 +6036,7 @@ #~ "edit their configurations. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Resum dels proveïdors</BIG> \n" -#~ "En aquest apartat podeu consultar un resum dels proveïdors que s'han " -#~ "instal·lat i\n" +#~ "En aquest apartat podeu consultar un resum dels proveïdors que s'han instal·lat i\n" #~ "editar-ne la configuració. \n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6523,8 +6044,7 @@ #~ "Press Add to configure a new provider manually.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Addició d'un proveïdor</big> \n" -#~ "Si voleu configurar de forma manual un proveïdor nou, premeu Afegeix</" -#~ "B>.\n" +#~ "Si voleu configurar de forma manual un proveïdor nou, premeu Afegeix.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -6564,25 +6084,21 @@ #~ "dialing number, connect to the home page %2 or call the hot line\n" #~ "%3.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si voleu enregistrar-vos amb %1 i usar el número de marcatge " -#~ "més adient, connecteu-vos a\n" -#~ "la pàgina web %2 o truqueu al servei d'atenció al client %3." -#~ "\n" +#~ "Si voleu enregistrar-vos amb %1 i usar el número de marcatge més adient, connecteu-vos a\n" +#~ "la pàgina web %2 o truqueu al servei d'atenció al client %3.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "To register for %1 and find the best\n" #~ "dialing number, connect to the home page %2." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si voleu enregistrar-vos amb %1 i usar el número de marcatge " -#~ "més adient, connecteu-vos a\n" +#~ "Si voleu enregistrar-vos amb %1 i usar el número de marcatge més adient, connecteu-vos a\n" #~ "la pàgina web %2." #~ msgid "" #~ "To register for %1 and find the best\n" #~ "dialing number, call the hot line %2.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si voleu enregistrar-vos amb %1 i usar el número de marcatge " -#~ "més adient,\n" +#~ "Si voleu enregistrar-vos amb %1 i usar el número de marcatge més adient,\n" #~ "truqueu al servei d'atenció al client %2.\n" #~ msgid "Provider Parameters" @@ -6599,18 +6115,15 @@ #~ msgstr "Introduïu un nom per al proveïdor." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Enter a Provider Name for the provider and a Phone Number</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "Enter a Provider Name for the provider and a Phone Number\n" #~ "to access your provider." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Introduïu un nom per al proveïdor i un número de telèfon</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "Introduïu un nom per al proveïdor i un número de telèfon\n" #~ "per a accedir-hi." #~ msgid "" #~ "Select the type of packet encapsulation.\n" -#~ "RawIP means that MAC headers are stripped. SyncPPP stands " -#~ "for\n" +#~ "RawIP means that MAC headers are stripped. SyncPPP stands for\n" #~ "Synchronous PPP." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Trieu el tipus d'encapsulació dels paquets. RawIP vol dir\n" @@ -6623,8 +6136,7 @@ #~ "to use as the login (ask your provider if unsure)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Introduïu el número d'identificació de línia\n" -#~ "(per exemple, 00056780362), el número T-Online (per exemple, " -#~ "870008594732),\n" +#~ "(per exemple, 00056780362), el número T-Online (per exemple, 870008594732),\n" #~ "el codi d'usuari (normalment 0001) i la contrasenya\n" #~ "per a registrar-vos (si no n'esteu segur consulteu el proveïdor)." @@ -6633,35 +6145,28 @@ #~ "Password to use as the login (ask your provider if unsure)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Introduïu el nom d'usuari i la\n" -#~ "contrasenya que utilitzareu quan us connecteu (si no n'esteu segur " -#~ "pregunteu-ho al proveïdor)." +#~ "contrasenya que utilitzareu quan us connecteu (si no n'esteu segur pregunteu-ho al proveïdor)." #~ msgid "" #~ "The User Name will be extended\n" -#~ "with the t-online-com/ at the start and with @t-online-com.de</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "with the t-online-com/ at the start and with @t-online-com.de\n" #~ "at the end." #~ msgstr "" #~ "El nom d'usuari s'ampliarà\n" -#~ "amb el prefix t-online-com/ i amb la terminació @t-online-com." -#~ "de." +#~ "amb el prefix t-online-com/ i amb la terminació @t-online-com.de." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Check Always Ask for Password to be asked for the password " -#~ "every time.\n" +#~ "Check Always Ask for Password to be asked for the password every time.\n" #~ "Your\n" #~ "Internet service provider might not allow passwords to be saved on\n" #~ "disk. If you enter the password here, it is saved in clear text on disk\n" #~ "(readable by root only).\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Comproveu l'opció Demana sempre la contrasenya perquè se us " -#~ "demani sempre la contrasenya.\n" +#~ "Comproveu l'opció Demana sempre la contrasenya perquè se us demani sempre la contrasenya.\n" #~ "El\n" -#~ "vostre proveïdor de serveis d'Internet pot no permetre que es desin les " -#~ "contrasenyes \n" -#~ "al disc. Si introduïu la contrasenya aquí, es desarà en text clar al " -#~ "disc\n" +#~ "vostre proveïdor de serveis d'Internet pot no permetre que es desin les contrasenyes \n" +#~ "al disc. Si introduïu la contrasenya aquí, es desarà en text clar al disc\n" #~ "(només llegible per l'usuari primari).\n" #~ "\n" @@ -6731,24 +6236,20 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "NetworkManager does not have the ability to ask for the password.\n" -#~| "Use KInternet (without NetworkManager) or store passwords on the " -#~| "system.\n" +#~| "Use KInternet (without NetworkManager) or store passwords on the system.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "NetworkManager cannot ask for the password.\n" #~ "Use KInternet (without NetworkManager) or store passwords on the system.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "El NetworkManager no té la capacitat de sol·licitar una contrasenya.\n" -#~ "Utilitzeu el KInternet (sense el NetworkManager) o deseu les contrasenyes " -#~ "al sistema.\n" +#~ "Utilitzeu el KInternet (sense el NetworkManager) o deseu les contrasenyes al sistema.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone " -#~ "field.\n" +#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone field.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Continue?" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Heu introduït caràcters no numèrics al camp corresponent al número de " -#~ "telèfon.\n" +#~ "Heu introduït caràcters no numèrics al camp corresponent al número de telèfon.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Voleu continuar?" @@ -6758,12 +6259,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space\n" #~ "(after the /) with your Kamp login. Then enter your password\n" -#~ "and click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "and click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Al camp Nom d'usuari, introduïu el nom d'usuari Kamp\n" -#~ "a l'espai en blanc que apareix darrere de /. A continuació, " -#~ "introduïu la contrasenya i premeu\n" +#~ "a l'espai en blanc que apareix darrere de /. A continuació, introduïu la contrasenya i premeu\n" #~ "Següent (contacteu amb el proveïdor si teniu cap problema).\n" #~ msgid "Access AOL-DSL." @@ -6771,25 +6270,17 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (before\n" -#~ "the @) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click " -#~ "Next.\n" -#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you " -#~ "need\n" -#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can " -#~ "enter\n" -#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and " -#~ "request\n" +#~ "the @) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click Next.\n" +#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you need\n" +#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can enter\n" +#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and request\n" #~ "the AOL staff to enter the PIN number for you.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Al camp Nom d'usuari, introduïu el nom d'usuari AOL\n" -#~ "a l'espai en blanc que apareix davant de @. A continuació, " -#~ "introduïu la contrasenya i premeu Següent.\n" -#~ "Si sou un client nou d'AOL i voleu connectar-vos per primer cop, cal que " -#~ "introduïu una vegada\n" -#~ "el codi PIN d'AOL. Si disposeu del sistema Windows, podeu introduir el " -#~ "PIN al programari de marcatge directe\n" -#~ "d'AOL. Si no és així, truqueu al servei d'atenció al client d'AOL i " -#~ "demaneu que\n" +#~ "a l'espai en blanc que apareix davant de @. A continuació, introduïu la contrasenya i premeu Següent.\n" +#~ "Si sou un client nou d'AOL i voleu connectar-vos per primer cop, cal que introduïu una vegada\n" +#~ "el codi PIN d'AOL. Si disposeu del sistema Windows, podeu introduir el PIN al programari de marcatge directe\n" +#~ "d'AOL. Si no és així, truqueu al servei d'atenció al client d'AOL i demaneu que\n" #~ "us introdueixin el codi PIN.\n" #~ msgid "Access to Kamp 1&1 DSL." @@ -6797,13 +6288,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (after\n" -#~ "the /) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click " -#~ "Next.\n" +#~ "the /) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click Next.\n" #~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Al camp Nom d'usuari, introduïu el nom d'usuari 1&1\n" -#~ "a l'espai en blanc que apareix darrere de /. A continuació, " -#~ "introduïu la contrasenya i premeu \n" +#~ "a l'espai en blanc que apareix darrere de /. A continuació, introduïu la contrasenya i premeu \n" #~ "Següent (contacteu amb el proveïdor si teniu cap problema).\n" #~ msgid "Access to Kamp Eggenet DSL." @@ -6821,14 +6310,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (after\n" -#~ "the /) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password " -#~ "and\n" +#~ "the /) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password and\n" #~ "click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Al camp Nom d'usuari, introduïu el nom d'usuari T-Online " -#~ "Business\n" -#~ "a l'espai en blanc que apareix darrere de /. A continuació, " -#~ "introduïu la contrasenya i premeu\n" +#~ "Al camp Nom d'usuari, introduïu el nom d'usuari T-Online Business\n" +#~ "a l'espai en blanc que apareix darrere de /. A continuació, introduïu la contrasenya i premeu\n" #~ "Següent (contacteu amb el proveïdor si teniu cap problema).\n" #~ msgid "Provider Configuration" @@ -6837,32 +6323,24 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "E&nable Device Control for Non-root User Via KInternet" #~ msgid "E&nable Device Control for Non-root User Via QInternet" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Habilita el co&ntrol del dispositiu per a un usuari no primari mitjançant " -#~ "el KInternet" +#~ msgstr "Habilita el co&ntrol del dispositiu per a un usuari no primari mitjançant el KInternet" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<big>Device Control</big>\n" #~| "Usually, only the system administrator is allowed to activate and\n" -#~| "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-" -#~| "root User\n" -#~| "Via KInternet, any user may control the interface via KInternet.</" -#~| "p>\n" +#~| "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-root User\n" +#~| "Via KInternet, any user may control the interface via KInternet.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Device Control</big>\n" #~ "Usually, only the system administrator is allowed to activate and\n" -#~ "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-" -#~ "root User\n" -#~ "Via QInternet, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This " -#~ "will require\n" +#~ "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-root User\n" +#~ "Via QInternet, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This will require\n" #~ "smpppd installed and running.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Control del dispositiu</big>\n" #~ "Normalment només es permet a l'administrador del sistema habilitar\n" -#~ "i inhabilitar una interfície de xarxa. Amb l'opció Habilita el control " -#~ "del dispositiu per a un usuari no primari mitjançant el KInternet, " -#~ "un\n" +#~ "i inhabilitar una interfície de xarxa. Amb l'opció Habilita el control del dispositiu per a un usuari no primari mitjançant el KInternet, un\n" #~ "usuari qualsevol pot controlar la interfície amb el KInternet.\n" #~ msgid "Initializing DSL Configuration" @@ -7073,20 +6551,12 @@ #~ msgstr "Configuració del tallafoc" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -#~ "\">disable</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El tallafocs està activat (<a href=\"firewall--" -#~ "disable_firewall_in_proposal\">desactiva'l</a>)" +#~ msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" +#~ msgstr "El tallafocs està activat (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">desactiva'l</a>)" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -#~ "\">enable</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El tallafocs està desactivat (<a href=\"firewall--" -#~ "enable_firewall_in_proposal\">activa'l</a>)" +#~ msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" +#~ msgstr "El tallafocs està desactivat (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">activa'l</a>)" #~ msgid "Password:" #~ msgstr "Contrasenya:" @@ -7122,19 +6592,13 @@ #~ msgstr "Esborra totes les opcions de la llista " #~ msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Defineix els dominis per a no fer servir la configuració del servidor " -#~ "intermediari" +#~ msgstr "Defineix els dominis per a no fer servir la configuració del servidor intermediari" #~ msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El nom d'usuari que s'ha d'utilitzar per a l'autenticació del servidor " -#~ "intermediari" +#~ msgstr "El nom d'usuari que s'ha d'utilitzar per a l'autenticació del servidor intermediari" #~ msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La contrasenya que s'ha d'utilitzar per a l'autenticació del servidor " -#~ "intermediari" +#~ msgstr "La contrasenya que s'ha d'utilitzar per a l'autenticació del servidor intermediari" #~ msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration" #~ msgstr "Estat de la configuració del servidor intermediari" @@ -7204,24 +6668,20 @@ #~ "An unknown error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" #~ "Proxy return code: %2.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "S'ha produït un error desconegut durant la prova del servidor " -#~ "intermediari %1.\n" +#~ "S'ha produït un error desconegut durant la prova del servidor intermediari %1.\n" #~ "El codi de devolució del servidor intermediari són: %2.\n" #~ msgid "Testing the current proxy settings..." #~ msgstr "S'estan provant els paràmetres del servidor intermediari actual..." #~ msgid "An error occurred during the HTTP proxy test." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "S'ha produït un error durant la prova del servidor intermediari HTTP." +#~ msgstr "S'ha produït un error durant la prova del servidor intermediari HTTP." #~ msgid "An error occurred during the HTTPS proxy test." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "S'ha produït un error durant la prova del servidor intermediari HTTPS." +#~ msgstr "S'ha produït un error durant la prova del servidor intermediari HTTPS." #~ msgid "An error occurred during the FTP proxy test." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "S'ha produït un error durant la prova del servidor intermediari FTP." +#~ msgstr "S'ha produït un error durant la prova del servidor intermediari FTP." #~ msgid "Proxy settings work correctly." #~ msgstr "Els paràmetres del servidor intermediari funcionen correctament." @@ -7229,35 +6689,26 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "HTTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" #~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'URL del servidor intermediari HTTP és el nom del servidor " -#~ "intermediari per a accedir al web (WWW).\n" +#~ msgstr "L'URL del servidor intermediari HTTP és el nom del servidor intermediari per a accedir al web (WWW).\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your " -#~ "secured access\n" +#~ "HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" #~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'URL del servidor intermediari HTTPS és el nom del servidor " -#~ "intermediari per a accedir al web (WWW).\n" +#~ msgstr "L'URL del servidor intermediari HTTPS és el nom del servidor intermediari per a accedir al web (WWW).\n" #~ msgid "Example: http://proxy.example.com:3128/" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Exemple: http://servidor_intermediari.exemple.com:3128" +#~ msgstr "Exemple: http://servidor_intermediari.exemple.com:3128" #~ msgid "" #~ "FTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" #~ "to the file transfer services (FTP)." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'URL del servidor intermediari FTP és el nom del servidor " -#~ "intermediari\n" -#~ "que s'utilitza per a accedir al servei de transferència de fitxers (FTP)." -#~ "" +#~ "L'URL del servidor intermediari FTP és el nom del servidor intermediari\n" +#~ "que s'utilitza per a accedir al servei de transferència de fitxers (FTP)." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "If you have the Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols option " -#~| "checked, it is\n" +#~| "If you have the Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols option checked, it is\n" #~| "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" #~| "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -7265,10 +6716,8 @@ #~ "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" #~ "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si activeu l'opció Utilitza el mateix servidor intermediari per a " -#~ "tots els protocols,\n" -#~ "n'hi ha prou d'introduir l'URL del servidor intermediari HTTP perquè es " -#~ "faci servir en tots\n" +#~ "Si activeu l'opció Utilitza el mateix servidor intermediari per a tots els protocols,\n" +#~ "n'hi ha prou d'introduir l'URL del servidor intermediari HTTP perquè es faci servir en tots\n" #~ "els protocols (HTTP, HTTPS i FTP).\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -7276,8 +6725,7 @@ #~ "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" #~ "for example, %1.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Els Dominis sense servidor intermediari és una llista de " -#~ "dominis separada per comes per a la qual cal fer les sol·licituds\n" +#~ "Els Dominis sense servidor intermediari és una llista de dominis separada per comes per a la qual cal fer les sol·licituds\n" #~ "directament, sense la memòria cau.\n" #~ "Per exemple, %1.\n" @@ -7285,30 +6733,23 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" #~| "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -#~| "consists of printable ASCII characters (except for quotation marks) only." -#~| "\n" +#~| "consists of printable ASCII characters (except for quotation marks) only.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" #~ "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks)." -#~ "\n" +#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si utilitzeu un servidor intermediari amb autorització, empleneu els " -#~ "camps\n" -#~ "Nom d'usuari per al servidor intermediari i Contrasenya per al " -#~ "servidor\n" -#~ "intermediari.Un nom d'usuari vàlid comprèn només caràcters ASCII " -#~ "imprimibles\n" +#~ "Si utilitzeu un servidor intermediari amb autorització, empleneu els camps\n" +#~ "Nom d'usuari per al servidor intermediari i Contrasenya per al servidor\n" +#~ "intermediari.Un nom d'usuari vàlid comprèn només caràcters ASCII imprimibles\n" #~ "(excepte les cometes).\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Press Test Proxy Settings to test\n" #~ "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy. \n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Premeu Paràmetres de prova del servidor intermediari per a " -#~ "provar\n" -#~ "la configuració actual per al servidor intermediari HTTP, HTTPS i FTP.</" -#~ "p> \n" +#~ "Premeu Paràmetres de prova del servidor intermediari per a provar\n" +#~ "la configuració actual per al servidor intermediari HTTP, HTTPS i FTP. \n" #~ msgid "&Enable Proxy" #~ msgstr "&Activa el servidor intermediari" @@ -7347,8 +6788,7 @@ #~ "Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n" #~ "Really use these settings?" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "El servidor intermediari està habilitat, però no s'ha especificat cap URL " -#~ "intermediària.\n" +#~ "El servidor intermediari està habilitat, però no s'ha especificat cap URL intermediària.\n" #~ "Esteu segur que voleu utilitzar aquests paràmetres?" #~ msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty." @@ -7358,25 +6798,19 @@ #~ msgstr "L'URL del servidor intermediari HTTP no és vàlid." #~ msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Cal que l'URL del servidor intermediari HTTP contingui una especificació " -#~ "de l'esquema (http)." +#~ msgstr "Cal que l'URL del servidor intermediari HTTP contingui una especificació de l'esquema (http)." #~ msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid." #~ msgstr "L'URL del servidor intermediari HTTPS no és vàlid." #~ msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Cal que l'URL del servidor intermediari HTTPS contingui una especificació " -#~ "de l'esquema (http)." +#~ msgstr "Cal que l'URL del servidor intermediari HTTPS contingui una especificació de l'esquema (http)." #~ msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid." #~ msgstr "L'URL del servidor intermediari FTP no és vàlid." #~ msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Cal que l'URL del servidor intermediari FTP contingui una especificació " -#~ "de l'esquema (http)." +#~ msgstr "Cal que l'URL del servidor intermediari FTP contingui una especificació de l'esquema (http)." #~ msgid "No IP Address (for Bonding Devices)" #~ msgstr "Sense adreça IP (per als dispositius d'enllaç)" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/nfs.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/nfs.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/nfs.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -70,9 +70,7 @@ #. fstab(5): fs_type #: src/clients/nfs.rb:111 msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs." -msgstr "" -"ID del sistema de fitxers, hi ha suport per a nfs i nfs4. El valor per " -"defecte és nfs." +msgstr "ID del sistema de fitxers, hi ha suport per a nfs i nfs4. El valor per defecte és nfs." #. CLI action handler. #. Print summary in command line @@ -164,54 +162,40 @@ "exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares)." msgstr "" "La taula conté tots els directoris \n" -"que s'han exportat des dels servidors remots i son muntats localment via NFS " -"(compartits NFS)." +"que s'han exportat des dels servidors remots i son muntats localment via NFS (compartits NFS)." #. Help, part 2 of 3 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:61 msgid "" "Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n" "exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n" -"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further " -"information \n" +"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n" "about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt>" msgstr "" -"Cada unitat compartida NFS és identificada per l'adreça del servidor NFS " -"remot i el directori exportat, directori local on el directori remot es " -"troba muntat, \n" -"tipus NFS (nfs planer o nfsv4) i les opcions de muntatge. Per a més " -"informació sobre el muntatge d'unitats NFS i les opcions de muntatge, " -"consulteu a <tt>man nfs.</tt>" +"Cada unitat compartida NFS és identificada per l'adreça del servidor NFS remot i el directori exportat, directori local on el directori remot es troba muntat, \n" +"tipus NFS (nfs planer o nfsv4) i les opcions de muntatge. Per a més informació sobre el muntatge d'unitats NFS i les opcions de muntatge, consulteu a <tt>man nfs.</tt>" #. Help, part 3 of 3 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:68 msgid "" -"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration " -"of\n" +"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration of\n" "a currently mounted share, click Edit. Remove and unmount a selected\n" "share with Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"Per muntar un nou compartit de NFS, useu el botó Afegeix. Per " -"canviar la configuració d'un compartit\n" -"que es troba muntat, useu el botó Edita. Elimineu i desmunteu el " -"compartit seleccionat\n" +"Per muntar un nou compartit de NFS, useu el botó Afegeix. Per canviar la configuració d'un compartit\n" +"que es troba muntat, useu el botó Edita. Elimineu i desmunteu el compartit seleccionat\n" "amb el botó Esborra.\n" #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:76 msgid "" "If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" -"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might " -"need\n" -"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct " -"setting\n" +"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might need\n" +"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct setting\n" "of file/directory access rights.\n" msgstr "" -"Si teniu necessitat d'accedir compartits del tipus NFSv4 (NFSv4 és una " -"versió més nova del protocol NFS),\n" -"seleccioneu l'opció Habilita NFSv4. En aquest cas, potser haureu de " -"proporcionar\n" -"el Nom de domini NFSv4, requerit per a la correcta configuració dels " -"permisos\n" +"Si teniu necessitat d'accedir compartits del tipus NFSv4 (NFSv4 és una versió més nova del protocol NFS),\n" +"seleccioneu l'opció Habilita NFSv4. En aquest cas, potser haureu de proporcionar\n" +"el Nom de domini NFSv4, requerit per a la correcta configuració dels permisos\n" "d'accés al fitxer o directori.\n" #. selection box label @@ -338,14 +322,12 @@ #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 msgid "" "\t\t\n" -"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the " -"directory should be mounted. With\n" +"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n" "Browse, select your mount point\n" "interactively." msgstr "" "\t\t\n" -"A Punt de muntatge, introduïu el camí al sistema de fitxers locals on " -"s'hauria de muntar el directori. Amb\n" +"A Punt de muntatge, introduïu el camí al sistema de fitxers locals on s'hauria de muntar el directori. Amb\n" "Navega, seleccioneu el punt de muntatge\n" "interactivament." @@ -354,9 +336,7 @@ msgid "" "For a list of Options,\n" "read the man page mount(8)." -msgstr "" -"Per a obtenir una llista d'Opcions llegiu la pàgina del manual del " -"mount(8)." +msgstr "Per a obtenir una llista d'Opcions llegiu la pàgina del manual del mount(8)." #. popup heading #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:470 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/nfs_server.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/nfs_server.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/nfs_server.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -63,12 +63,8 @@ msgstr "Opcions d'exportació (vegeu 'man exports')" #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113 -msgid "" -"Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc." -"com' etc." -msgstr "" -"Especificació del domini per mapar NFSv4 ID, com ara 'localdomain' o 'abc." -"com', etc." +msgid "Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' etc." +msgstr "Especificació del domini per mapar NFSv4 ID, com ara 'localdomain' o 'abc.com', etc." #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119 msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling support for NFSv4." @@ -111,19 +107,12 @@ #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 -msgid "" -"Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." -msgstr "" -"No es pot establir el domini sense habilitar NFSv4. Useu l'ordre 'set " -"enablev4'." +msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." +msgstr "No es pot establir el domini sense habilitar NFSv4. Useu l'ordre 'set enablev4'." #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 -msgid "" -"Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to " -"get information about available options." -msgstr "" -"L'ordre 'set' s'ha d'usar amb la forma 'set option=value'. Useu 'set help' " -"per obtenir informació sobre les opcions disponibles." +msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." +msgstr "L'ordre 'set' s'ha d'usar amb la forma 'set option=value'. Useu 'set help' per obtenir informació sobre les opcions disponibles." #. Then no need to check for conflict. #: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205 @@ -242,12 +231,8 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 -msgid "" -"Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for " -"the domain to 'localdomain'." -msgstr "" -"No es pot llegir el fitxer /etc/idmapd.conf. Establint la configuració per " -"defecte per al domini com a 'localdomain'." +msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." +msgstr "No es pot llegir el fitxer /etc/idmapd.conf. Establint la configuració per defecte per al domini com a 'localdomain'." #. Help, part 1 of 2 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 @@ -270,29 +255,21 @@ #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" -"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. " -"Leave\n" -"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you " -"are not sure.\n" +"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" +"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.\n" msgstr "" -"Si el servidor ha de manejar clients NFSv4, marqueu habilita NFSv4</" -"B>\n" -"i introduïu el nom de domini NFSv4 que vulgueu que faci servir el dimoni " -"mapador d'ID. Deixeu-ho\n" -"com a 'localdomain' o vegeu la pàgina de man per a idmapd i idmapd.conf si " -"no n'esteu segurs.\n" +"Si el servidor ha de manejar clients NFSv4, marqueu habilita NFSv4\n" +"i introduïu el nom de domini NFSv4 que vulgueu que faci servir el dimoni mapador d'ID. Deixeu-ho\n" +"com a 'localdomain' o vegeu la pàgina de man per a idmapd i idmapd.conf si no n'esteu segurs.\n" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" -"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have " -"Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" +"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" -"Si el servidor i el client s'han d'autenticar amb una biblioteca GSS, " -"marqueu la casella\n" -"Habilita la seguretat GSS. Per fer servir GSS API, heu de tenir " -"Kerberos i gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) al sistema.\n" +"Si el servidor i el client s'han d'autenticar amb una biblioteca GSS, marqueu la casella\n" +"Habilita la seguretat GSS. Per fer servir GSS API, heu de tenir Kerberos i gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) al sistema.\n" #. frame label #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 @@ -345,8 +322,7 @@ #. Help, part 2 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" -"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected " -"directory.\n" +"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" @@ -356,17 +332,13 @@ #. Help, part 3 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 -msgid "" -"Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." -msgstr "" -"Introduïu un asterisc (<tt>*</tt>) en comptes d'un nom per especificar " -"tots els ordinadors (hosts)." +msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." +msgstr "Introduïu un asterisc (<tt>*</tt>) en comptes d'un nom per especificar tots els ordinadors (hosts)." #. Help, part 4 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" -msgstr "" -"Doneu un cop d'ull a <tt>man exports</tt> per a més informació.\n" +msgstr "Doneu un cop d'ull a <tt>man exports</tt> per a més informació.\n" #. push button label #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 @@ -475,12 +447,8 @@ #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 -msgid "" -"Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup " -"is correct." -msgstr "" -"No s'ha pogut iniciar svcgssd. Assegureu-vos que la configuració del " -"kerberos i del gssapi (nfs-utils) sigui correcta." +msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." +msgstr "No s'ha pogut iniciar svcgssd. Assegureu-vos que la configuració del kerberos i del gssapi (nfs-utils) sigui correcta." #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." @@ -511,9 +479,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No s'ha trobat la base de dades de la targeta de so. Comproveu-ne la " -#~ "instal·lació." +#~ msgstr "No s'ha trobat la base de dades de la targeta de so. Comproveu-ne la instal·lació." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/nis.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/nis.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/nis.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -140,15 +140,13 @@ "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details</" -"b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "Paràmetres de tallafoc \n" "Per obrir el tallafoc i permetre l'accés al servei 'ypbind'\n" "des dels ordinadors remots, seleccioneu Obre el port del tallafoc.\n" -"Per seleccionar les interfícies per obrir el port, feu clic a Detalls del " -"tallafoc. \n" +"Per seleccionar les interfícies per obrir el port, feu clic a Detalls del tallafoc. \n" "Aquesta opció només està disponible si el tallafoc està habilitat.\n" #. help text @@ -163,36 +161,22 @@ #. help text for netconfig part #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 msgid "" -"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it " -"is\n" -"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined " -"here\n" +"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n" +"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\n" "with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n" "etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n" -"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to " -"modify\n" +"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\n" "the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n" "Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n" "space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n" -"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, " -"see\n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n" "the netconfig manual page.\n" msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu de quina manera es modificarà la configuració del NIS. " -"Normalment es duu a terme des de l'script netconfig, el qual fusiona les " -"dades estàtiques definides aqui amb les dades obtingudes de forma dinàmica " -"(p.e. des del client DHCP, NetworkManager, etc.). Aquest és el comportament " -"predeterminat i és vàlid per a la majoria de configuracions. \n" -"Si trieu l'opció Només manualment, el netconfig no podrà " -"modificar la configuració. Tanmateix, podreu editar el fitxer manualment. Si " -"trieu l'opció\n" -"Utilitza una política personalitzada, podeu especificar una línia de " -"valors personalitzats\n" -"que consisteix en una llista, separada per comes, de noms d'interfícies (que " -"poden incloure comodins) amb els valors especials predefinits STATIC i " -"STATIC_FALLBACK.\n" -"Per obtenir-ne més informació, consulteu la pàgina del manual del " -"netconfig.\n" +"Seleccioneu de quina manera es modificarà la configuració del NIS. Normalment es duu a terme des de l'script netconfig, el qual fusiona les dades estàtiques definides aqui amb les dades obtingudes de forma dinàmica (p.e. des del client DHCP, NetworkManager, etc.). Aquest és el comportament predeterminat i és vàlid per a la majoria de configuracions. \n" +"Si trieu l'opció Només manualment, el netconfig no podrà modificar la configuració. Tanmateix, podreu editar el fitxer manualment. Si trieu l'opció\n" +"Utilitza una política personalitzada, podeu especificar una línia de valors personalitzats\n" +"que consisteix en una llista, separada per comes, de noms d'interfícies (que poden incloure comodins) amb els valors especials predefinits STATIC i STATIC_FALLBACK.\n" +"Per obtenir-ne més informació, consulteu la pàgina del manual del netconfig.\n" "\n" #. help text @@ -212,22 +196,15 @@ "It is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist,\n" "either locally or over NIS." msgstr "" -"El muntador automàtic és un dimoni que munta directoris de forma " -"automàtica,\n" +"El muntador automàtic és un dimoni que munta directoris de forma automàtica,\n" "com ara els directoris personals dels usuaris.\n" "Es dóna per fet que els fitxers de configuració (auto.*) ja existeixen,\n" "ja sigui localment o a través dels NIS." #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 -msgid "" -"NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in " -"NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Els paràmetres NFS, que afecten com el muntador atomàtic opera, es poden " -"establir a Client NFS i es poden configurar usant el botó Configuració de " -"l'NFS" +msgid "NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button." +msgstr "Els paràmetres NFS, que afecten com el muntador atomàtic opera, es poden establir a Client NFS i es poden configurar usant el botó Configuració de l'NFS" #. radio button label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:333 @@ -354,34 +331,19 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:674 -msgid "" -"Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is " -"using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local " -"host." -msgstr "" -"Normalment qualsevol ordinador central pot sol·licitar quin servidor " -"utilitza un client. Si voleu limitar-ho a l'ordinador central local, " -"inhabiliteu l'opció Respon als ordinadors centrals remots." +msgid "Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local host." +msgstr "Normalment qualsevol ordinador central pot sol·licitar quin servidor utilitza un client. Si voleu limitar-ho a l'ordinador central local, inhabiliteu l'opció Respon als ordinadors centrals remots." #. help text 2/4 #. Check, ie. turn on a check box #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:682 -msgid "" -"Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an " -"unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better " -"to replace such a server." -msgstr "" -"Per a acceptar les respostes dels servidors que s'estiguin executant en " -"un port sense privilegis, activeu l'opció Servidor interromput. " -"Aquest tipus de servidors representen un risc de seguretat i és preferible " -"reemplaçar-los." +msgid "Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server." +msgstr "Per a acceptar les respostes dels servidors que s'estiguin executant en un port sense privilegis, activeu l'opció Servidor interromput. Aquest tipus de servidors representen un risc de seguretat i és preferible reemplaçar-los." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:690 msgid "See man ypbind for details on other options." -msgstr "" -"Per a obtenir informació sobre altres opcions, consulteu man ypbind</" -"b>." +msgstr "Per a obtenir informació sobre altres opcions, consulteu man ypbind." #. frame label #. dialog title @@ -457,12 +419,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:985 -msgid "" -"The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." -"" -msgstr "" -"Utilitzeu el protocol d'ubicació de serveis (SLP) per a cercar el " -"servidor NIS." +msgid "The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." +msgstr "Utilitzeu el protocol d'ubicació de serveis (SLP) per a cercar el servidor NIS." #. dialog label #. dialog subtitle Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/nis_server.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/nis_server.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/nis_server.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -72,9 +72,7 @@ #. command line help text for the 'hosts' option #: src/clients/nis_server.rb:145 msgid "Hosts allowed to query server ('netmask:network')" -msgstr "" -"Amfitrions que tenen permès consultar el servidor ('màscara de xarxa:" -"network')" +msgstr "Amfitrions que tenen permès consultar el servidor ('màscara de xarxa:network')" #. summary label #. To translators: label in the dialog @@ -123,8 +121,7 @@ "Hosts Allowed to Query Server (netmask:network):\n" "%1" msgstr "" -"Amfitrions que tenen permís per consultar el servidor (màscara de xarxa:" -"network):\n" +"Amfitrions que tenen permís per consultar el servidor (màscara de xarxa:network):\n" "%1" #. error message @@ -168,12 +165,10 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 msgid "" -"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow</" -"i>\n" +"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow\n" "file (only possible if the shadow file exists).\n" msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu si el vostre fitxer passwd s'hauria de combinar amb el " -"fitxer shadow\n" +"Seleccioneu si el vostre fitxer passwd s'hauria de combinar amb el fitxer shadow\n" "(només és possible si el fitxer shadow existeix).\n" #. help text 3/3 @@ -227,12 +222,10 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 msgid "" -"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this " -"machine as a server, check\n" +"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n" "the corresponding option.\n" msgstr "" -"Introduïu un domini NIS. Si aquest amfitrió és també un client NIS " -"que usa aquesta màquina\n" +"Introduïu un domini NIS. Si aquest amfitrió és també un client NIS que usa aquesta màquina\n" "com a servidor, comproveu-ne l'opció corresponent.\n" #. help text 2/3 @@ -245,8 +238,7 @@ msgstr "" "Perquè els servidors esclaus cooperin amb aquest amo, comproveu si\n" "existeix un servidor NIS esclau actiu. Si comproveu la\n" -"distribució ràpida de mapes, això farà més ràpida la transferència de " -"mapes\n" +"distribució ràpida de mapes, això farà més ràpida la transferència de mapes\n" "als esclaus.\n" #. help text 3/3 @@ -257,10 +249,8 @@ "changing the login shell or GECOS (full name and related information) can\n" "be used to set up these more specific options.\n" msgstr "" -"Permet canvis a les contrasenyes permet als usuaris canviarnles " -"contrasenyes en la presència de NIS. Els botons per permetre\n" -"canviar el \"login shell\" o GECOS (nom complet i informació relacionada) " -"es\n" +"Permet canvis a les contrasenyes permet als usuaris canviarnles contrasenyes en la presència de NIS. Els botons per permetre\n" +"canviar el \"login shell\" o GECOS (nom complet i informació relacionada) es\n" "poden usar per establir aquestes opcions més específiques.\n" #. To translators: checkbox label @@ -321,10 +311,8 @@ "This may replace the domain name just entered. Check your\n" "settings and consider not running a DHCP client on a NIS server.\n" msgstr "" -"La vostra màquina està configurada per canviar el nom del domini NIS a " -"través de DHCP.\n" -"Això pot substituir el nom del domini que acabeu d'introduir. Comproveu-ne " -"la\n" +"La vostra màquina està configurada per canviar el nom del domini NIS a través de DHCP.\n" +"Això pot substituir el nom del domini que acabeu d'introduir. Comproveu-ne la\n" "configuració i considereu no executar un client DHCP en un servidor NIS.\n" #. firewall openning help @@ -333,15 +321,13 @@ "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details</" -"b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "Paràmetres del tallafoc \n" "Per obrir el tallafoc i permetre l'accés al servidor NIS\n" "des d'ordinadors remots, establiu obre el port del tallafoc.\n" -"Per seleccionar les interfícies en què obrir el port, feu clic a Detalls " -"del tallafoc. \n" +"Per seleccionar les interfícies en què obrir el port, feu clic a Detalls del tallafoc. \n" "Aquesta opció només està disponible si el tallafoc està habilitat.\n" #. To translators: popup dialog heading @@ -372,8 +358,7 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:172 msgid "Please enter which hosts are allowed to query the NIS server." -msgstr "" -"Introduïu quins hosts tenen permès de consultar el servidor NIS." +msgstr "Introduïu quins hosts tenen permès de consultar el servidor NIS." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:178 @@ -382,8 +367,7 @@ "to the bitwise AND of the host's address and the netmask." msgstr "" "Una adreça de host estarà permesa si la xarxa és igual a\n" -"l'AND bit a bit de l'adreça del host i la màscara de subxarxa." -"" +"l'AND bit a bit de l'adreça del host i la màscara de subxarxa." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:185 @@ -392,8 +376,7 @@ "<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.\n" msgstr "" "L'entrada amb netmask <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> i network\n" -"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> han d'exsistir per permetre connexions des de l'amfitrió " -"local.\n" +"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> han d'exsistir per permetre connexions des de l'amfitrió local.\n" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192 @@ -421,21 +404,13 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the " -"master NIS server." -msgstr "" -"Introduïu el domini NIS i l'adreça IP o el nom d'amfitrió " -"del servidor NIS amo." +msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." +msgstr "Introduïu el domini NIS i l'adreça IP o el nom d'amfitrió del servidor NIS amo." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 -msgid "" -"If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check " -"the corresponding option." -msgstr "" -"Si aquest amfitrió és també un client NIS que usa aquesta màquina com a " -"servidor, comproveu-ne l'opció corresponent." +msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." +msgstr "Si aquest amfitrió és també un client NIS que usa aquesta màquina com a servidor, comproveu-ne l'opció corresponent." #. textentry label #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 @@ -474,14 +449,8 @@ #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 -msgid "" -"Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use " -"Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and " -"Delete to remove an entry." -msgstr "" -"Aquí, introduïu els noms dels amfitrions per configurar com a servidors " -"NIS esclaus. Useu afegeix per afegir-ne un de nou, edita per " -"canviar una entrada existent i suprimeix per eliminar-ne una." +msgid "Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and Delete to remove an entry." +msgstr "Aquí, introduïu els noms dels amfitrions per configurar com a servidors NIS esclaus. Useu afegeix per afegir-ne un de nou, edita per canviar una entrada existent i suprimeix per eliminar-ne una." #. To translators: selection box label #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 @@ -547,9 +516,7 @@ msgid "" "The NIS server package will be installed first if you want to\n" "configure it." -msgstr "" -"Si el voleu configurar, primer s'instal·larà el paquet servidor " -"NIS." +msgstr "Si el voleu configurar, primer s'instal·larà el paquet servidor NIS." #. To translators: label in the dialog #: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:81 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/ntp-client.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/ntp-client.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/ntp-client.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -26,45 +26,22 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using " -"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable " -"the Save NTP Configuration option" -msgstr "" -"Premeu Sincronitza ara, per a ajustar correctament l'hora del " -"vostre sistema fent servir el servidor NTP seleccionat. Si voleu fer ús de " -"l'NTP de manera permanent, habiliteu l'opció Desa la configuració de " -"l'NTP" +msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" +msgstr "Premeu Sincronitza ara, per a ajustar correctament l'hora del vostre sistema fent servir el servidor NTP seleccionat. Si voleu fer ús de l'NTP de manera permanent, habiliteu l'opció Desa la configuració de l'NTP" #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started " -"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The " -"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the " -"yast2 ntp-client module." -msgstr "" -"Habilitant l'opció Executa NTP com a dimoni, el servei NTP " -"s'iniciarà com a dimoni. Si no, l'hora del sistema es sicronitzarà " -"periòdicament. L'interval per defecte és cada 15 min. Ho podeu canviar " -"després de la insta·lació amb el mòdul client-ntp del yast2." +msgid "Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the yast2 ntp-client module." +msgstr "Habilitant l'opció Executa NTP com a dimoni, el servei NTP s'iniciarà com a dimoni. Si no, l'hora del sistema es sicronitzarà periòdicament. L'interval per defecte és cada 15 min. Ho podeu canviar després de la insta·lació amb el mòdul client-ntp del yast2." #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Feu servi el botó Configura per obrir la configuració avançada de " -"l'NTP." +msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." +msgstr "Feu servi el botó Configura per obrir la configuració avançada de l'NTP." #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is " -"configured." -msgstr "" -"La sincronització amb el servidor NTP només es pot dur a terme quan la " -"xarxa es troba ben configurada." +msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." +msgstr "La sincronització amb el servidor NTP només es pot dur a terme quan la xarxa es troba ben configurada." #. translators: error popup #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141 @@ -126,8 +103,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ha fallat la prova de consulta al servidor '%1'.\n" "Si el servidor encara no és accessible o la xarxa no està configurada\n" -"cliqueu a 'No' per ignorar-ho. Voleu revisar la configuració del servidor " -"NTP?" +"cliqueu a 'No' per ignorar-ho. Voleu revisar la configuració del servidor NTP?" #. local clock type name #: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:17 @@ -598,8 +574,7 @@ "<big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " msgstr "" -"<big>S'està inicialitzant la configuració del client NTP</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>S'està inicialitzant la configuració del client NTP</big> \n" " Espereu... " #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -609,8 +584,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Avortament de la inicialització</big> \n" -"Per a avortar la utilitat de configuració de forma segura, premeu Avorta</" -"b>." +"Per a avortar la utilitat de configuració de forma segura, premeu Avorta." #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25 @@ -640,10 +614,8 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" -"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be " -"activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It " -"is 15 minutes by default.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" " You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" "<big>Inicia el dimoni NTP</big> \n" @@ -651,8 +623,7 @@ "El dimoni NTP resol el noms dels ordinadors centrals quan s'inicia. La\n" "connexió de xarxa ha d'iniciar-se abans que s'activi el dimoni NTP.\n" "Seleccioneu Sincronitza sense el dimoni per no activar el dimoni. \n" -"L'hora del sistema s'establirà periòdicament. L'interval és configurable. " -"Per defecte és 15 min.\n" +"L'hora del sistema s'establirà periòdicament. L'interval és configurable. Per defecte és 15 min.\n" "Ho podreu canviar quan el sistema estigui configurat." #. help text 2/5 @@ -665,29 +636,20 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Chroot jail</big> \n" "Si voleu executar el dimoni NTP en mode Chroot jail, activeu l'opció\n" -"Executa el dimoni NTP en mode Chroot jail. És més segur i molt " -"recomanable que inicieu els dimonis\n" +"Executa el dimoni NTP en mode Chroot jail. És més segur i molt recomanable que inicieu els dimonis\n" "en mode Chroot jail." #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" -"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote " -"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</" -"tt> file and to localhost. \n" -"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This " -"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" +"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost. \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuració de seguretat NTP</big> \n" -"Seleccionant Restringeix el servei NTP només als servidors configurats</" -"b>, els ordinadors centrals remots no podran veure ni modificar els " -"paràmetres de l'NTP del vostre ordinador\n" -"El servei NTP està restringit als servidors que consten all fitxer <tt>/etc/" -"ntp.conf</tt> i a l'ordinador central local. \n" -"El control d'accés es pot definir amb més detalls a la taula de servidors. " -"Aquesta opció no està disponible si l'NTP està configurat a través de DHCP.</" -"p>\n" +"Seleccionant Restringeix el servei NTP només als servidors configurats, els ordinadors centrals remots no podran veure ni modificar els paràmetres de l'NTP del vostre ordinador\n" +"El servei NTP està restringit als servidors que consten all fitxer <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> i a l'ordinador central local. \n" +"El control d'accés es pot definir amb més detalls a la taula de servidors. Aquesta opció no està disponible si l'NTP està configurat a través de DHCP.\n" #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 @@ -699,11 +661,9 @@ "the information about NTP servers is provided by the DHCP server." msgstr "" "<big>Configuració a través del DHCP</big> \n" -"Per a recuperar la informació sobre els servidors NTP a través del protocol " -"DHCP des del\n" +"Per a recuperar la informació sobre els servidors NTP a través del protocol DHCP des del\n" "servidor de la xarxa en lloc de definir-los manualment, definiu\n" -"Configura el dimoni NTP a través del DHCP. Demaneu a l'administrador " -"de la xarxa si\n" +"Configura el dimoni NTP a través del DHCP. Demaneu a l'administrador de la xarxa si\n" "el servidor DHCP proporciona la informació sobre els servidors NTP." #. help text 4/5 @@ -711,18 +671,14 @@ msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" -"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new " -"synchronization\n" +"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new synchronization\n" "peer, click Add. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" "select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Servidors configurats</big> \n" -"Per a ajustar els servidors NTP, els connectors, els rellotges locals i la " -"difusió de l'NTP,\n" -"seleccioneu l'element que us interessi i premeu Edita. Per a afegir " -"un parell de sincronització nou\n" -"feu clic a Afegeix, i si voleu suprimir un parell de sincronització " -"que ja existeix, seleccioneu-lo\n" +"Per a ajustar els servidors NTP, els connectors, els rellotges locals i la difusió de l'NTP,\n" +"seleccioneu l'element que us interessi i premeu Edita. Per a afegir un parell de sincronització nou\n" +"feu clic a Afegeix, i si voleu suprimir un parell de sincronització que ja existeix, seleccioneu-lo\n" "i premeu Suprimeix." #. help text 5/5 @@ -732,22 +688,18 @@ "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Mostra el registre</big> \n" -"Per visualitzar els registres del dimoni NTP, feu clic al botó Mostra el " -"registre.\n" +"Per visualitzar els registres del dimoni NTP, feu clic al botó Mostra el registre.\n" #. help text to a button #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" -"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or " -"against\n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" "a locally connected clock, use Advanced Configuration." msgstr "" "<big>Configuració avançada</big> \n" -"Si voleu configurar aquest ordinador central perquè se sincronitzi amb més " -"d'un \n" -"ordinador central remot o amb un rellotge connectat localment, utilitzeu " -"l'opció Configuració avançada." +"Si voleu configurar aquest ordinador central perquè se sincronitzi amb més d'un \n" +"ordinador central remot o amb un rellotge connectat localment, utilitzeu l'opció Configuració avançada." #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 @@ -773,8 +725,7 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" -"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic " -"link to \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "Create Symlink and set the Device. To browse for the device,\n" "click Browse.\n" @@ -782,14 +733,11 @@ "it must be created manually." msgstr "" "<big>Dispositiu</big> \n" -"A fi que el rellotge funcioni, és possible que hagueu de crear un enllaç " -"simbòlic al dispositiu \n" +"A fi que el rellotge funcioni, és possible que hagueu de crear un enllaç simbòlic al dispositiu \n" "al qual heu connectat el rellotge. En aquest cas, activeu l'opció\n" -"Crea un enllaç simbòlic i configureu el Dispositiu. Si voleu " -"cercar el dispositiu podeu utilitzar la funció\n" +"Crea un enllaç simbòlic i configureu el Dispositiu. Si voleu cercar el dispositiu podeu utilitzar la funció\n" "Navega.\n" -"Segons el tipus de rellotge no serà necessari que creeu cap enllaç simbòlic " -"o s'haurà \n" +"Segons el tipus de rellotge no serà necessari que creeu cap enllaç simbòlic o s'haurà \n" "de crear de forma manual." #. help text 4/4 @@ -799,8 +747,7 @@ "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" "<big>calibratge del controlador</big> \n" -"Per a calibrar el controlador del rellotge feu clic a calibratge del " -"controlador." +"Per a calibrar el controlador del rellotge feu clic a calibratge del controlador." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 @@ -812,8 +759,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Adreça del servidor NTP</big> \n" "Per a definir l'adreça del servidor NTP, utilitzeu la funció Adreça.\n" -"Si voleu trobar un servidor NTP, consulteu l'administrador de la xarxa o el " -"proveïdor d'Internet més proper." +"Si voleu trobar un servidor NTP, consulteu l'administrador de la xarxa o el proveïdor d'Internet més proper." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 @@ -836,8 +782,7 @@ "click Test." msgstr "" "<big>Prova d'accessibilitat del servidor</big> \n" -"Per a provar si el servidor seleccionat està connectat i respon " -"correctament,\n" +"Per a provar si el servidor seleccionat està connectat i respon correctament,\n" "feu clic a Prova." #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 @@ -859,8 +804,7 @@ "text field." msgstr "" "<big>Adreça</big> \n" -"Si voleu establir l'adreça de difusió utilitzeu el camp de text Adreça</" -"b>." +"Si voleu establir l'adreça de difusió utilitzeu el camp de text Adreça." #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 @@ -870,22 +814,19 @@ "Address." msgstr "" "<big>Adreça</big> \n" -"Si voleu establir l'adreça des de la qual acceptareu els paquets de difusió " -"utilitzeu l'opció Adreça." +"Si voleu establir l'adreça des de la qual acceptareu els paquets de difusió utilitzeu l'opció Adreça." #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" -"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in " -"the\n" +"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" "Options text field. For details, see\n" "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Opcions</big> \n" -"Podeu especificar les opcions per configurar amb més detall l'origen de " -"sincronització\n" +"Podeu especificar les opcions per configurar amb més detall l'origen de sincronització\n" "al camp de text Opcions. Si en voleu més informació, consulteu\n" "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" @@ -893,8 +834,7 @@ msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the " -"remote\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to notrap\n" "nomodify noquery. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" "Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only option in\n" @@ -902,12 +842,9 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Opcions de control d'accés</big> \n" "Definiu una directiva de control d'accés (<tt>restringida</tt> a\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) per a aquest servidor, indicant quin tipus d'accions " -"pot fer\n" -"l'ordinador central remot sobre vostre dimoni NTP. Per defecte, està " -"establert a notrap\n" -"nomodify noquery. Aquesta opció només està disponible si heu seleccionat " -"l'opció\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) per a aquest servidor, indicant quin tipus d'accions pot fer\n" +"l'ordinador central remot sobre vostre dimoni NTP. Per defecte, està establert a notrap\n" +"nomodify noquery. Aquesta opció només està disponible si heu seleccionat l'opció\n" "Restringeix el servei NTP només als servidors configurats dins de\n" "Paràmetres de seguretat.\n" @@ -962,10 +899,8 @@ "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" -"Per a acceptar paquets NTP difosos per altres ordinadors centrals de la " -"xarxa\n" -"i utilitzar-los per a definir l'hora local, seleccioneu Difusió " -"d'entrada." +"Per a acceptar paquets NTP difosos per altres ordinadors centrals de la xarxa\n" +"i utilitzar-los per a definir l'hora local, seleccioneu Difusió d'entrada." #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 @@ -975,8 +910,7 @@ "the NTP server from the list of known NTP servers." msgstr "" "<big>Ubicació del servidor</big>\n" -"Seleccioneu aquesta opció si voleu trobar el servidor NTP a la xarxa local o " -"seleccionar\n" +"Seleccioneu aquesta opció si voleu trobar el servidor NTP a la xarxa local o seleccionar\n" "el servidor NTP de la llista de servidors NTP coneguts." #. help text 2/5 @@ -998,15 +932,12 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" -"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To " -"display\n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in Country." msgstr "" "<big>Selecció d'un servidor NTP públic</big> \n" -"Seleccioneu el servidor NTP per fer servir de la llista Servidors NTP " -"públics. Per a mostrar\n" -"només els servidors NTP d'un país determinat, seleccioneu-lo a País.</" -"p>" +"Seleccioneu el servidor NTP per fer servir de la llista Servidors NTP públics. Per a mostrar\n" +"només els servidors NTP d'un país determinat, seleccioneu-lo a País." #. help text 4/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 @@ -1023,13 +954,10 @@ "<big>Nota</big> \n" "Els servidors NTP de la llista poden no estar disponibles més que a un país\n" "o regió determinats.\n" -"Abans de fer servir un servidor NTP de la llista, pregunteu a " -"l'administrador del sistema\n" +"Abans de fer servir un servidor NTP de la llista, pregunteu a l'administrador del sistema\n" "o al proveïdor d'Internet si hi ha un servidor NTP a prop i\n" -"escolliu aquest servidor recomanat amb preferència respecte qualsevol altre " -"de la llista.\n" -"També podeu visitar http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html</" -"i>\n" +"escolliu aquest servidor recomanat amb preferència respecte qualsevol altre de la llista.\n" +"També podeu visitar http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html\n" "per a trobar un servidor NTP proper." #. help text 5/5 @@ -1039,8 +967,7 @@ "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." msgstr "" "<big>Prova d'accessibilitat del servidor</big> \n" -"Per a provar si el servidor seleccionat respon correctament, feu clic a " -"Prova." +"Per a provar si el servidor seleccionat respon correctament, feu clic a Prova." #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) @@ -1048,48 +975,37 @@ msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" -"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names " -"are\n" -"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means " -"that\n" +"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Utilitza servidors aleatoris</big> \n" "Aquest servei l'ofereix pool.ntp.org. Si seleccioneu aquesta opció,\n" -"s'afegeixen tres servidors diferents a la configuració. Els noms de servidor " -"són\n" -"permanents, però els seus registres DNS (IP) canvien cada hora. Això vol dir " -"que\n" -"el client NTP se sincronitza sincronitza amb diferents servidors cada hora.</" -"p>\n" +"s'afegeixen tres servidors diferents a la configuració. Els noms de servidor són\n" +"permanents, però els seus registres DNS (IP) canvien cada hora. Això vol dir que\n" +"el client NTP se sincronitza sincronitza amb diferents servidors cada hora.\n" #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" -"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various " -"calibration\n" -"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the " -"particular\n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options." msgstr "" "<big>Calibratge del controlador del rellotge</big> \n" -"És possible que hàgiu de calibrar el controlador del rellotge. En aquest " -"diàleg podeu configurar\n" -"diferents opcions de calibratge. La funció d'algunes opcions depèn dels " -"controladors de què\n" +"És possible que hàgiu de calibrar el controlador del rellotge. En aquest diàleg podeu configurar\n" +"diferents opcions de calibratge. La funció d'algunes opcions depèn dels controladors de què\n" "es tracti. Hi ha controladors que no utilitzen totes les opcions." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</" -"i>.\n" +"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" msgstr "" "Per saber-ne més de les opcions disponibles, instal·leu el paquet\n" -"ntp-doc i vegeu /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</" -"i>.\n" +"ntp-doc i vegeu /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" #. yes-no popup #: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35 @@ -1121,8 +1037,7 @@ msgstr "" "Avís\n" "\n" -"Si no disposeu de connexió permanent a Internet, és possible que trigui molt " -"de temps a iniciar-se el dimoni NTP\n" +"Si no disposeu de connexió permanent a Internet, és possible que trigui molt de temps a iniciar-se el dimoni NTP\n" "i que no funcioni correctament." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message @@ -1555,14 +1470,8 @@ "No es pot cercar el servidor NTP a la xarxa local\n" "sense tenir instal·lat el paquet %1.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or " -#~ "network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server " -#~ "configuration?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ha fallat 'Test de consulta al servidor '%1'. Si el servidor encara no és " -#~ "accessible o la xarxa no està configurada, cliqueu 'No' per ignorar-ho. " -#~ "Revisitar la configuració del servidor NTP?" +#~ msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#~ msgstr "Ha fallat 'Test de consulta al servidor '%1'. Si el servidor encara no és accessible o la xarxa no està configurada, cliqueu 'No' per ignorar-ho. Revisitar la configuració del servidor NTP?" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" @@ -1571,10 +1480,8 @@ #~ "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Inicia el dimoni NTP</big> \n" -#~ "Seleccioneu si cal que s'iniciï el dimoni NTP ara i durant l'arrencada " -#~ "del sistema. El dimoni NTP\n" -#~ "resol els noms d'ordinadors centrals durant l'inici. Cal que inicieu la " -#~ "connexió de la xarxa\n" +#~ "Seleccioneu si cal que s'iniciï el dimoni NTP ara i durant l'arrencada del sistema. El dimoni NTP\n" +#~ "resol els noms d'ordinadors centrals durant l'inici. Cal que inicieu la connexió de la xarxa\n" #~ "abans que el dimoni NTP s'activi.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -1589,6 +1496,4 @@ #~ msgstr "No es poden escriure les variables de sysconfig." #~ msgid "'ntpdate %1' failed. Revisit NTP server configuration?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'ordre 'ntpdate %1' ha fallat. Voleu tornar a examinar la configuració " -#~ "de l'NTP?" +#~ msgstr "L'ordre 'ntpdate %1' ha fallat. Voleu tornar a examinar la configuració de l'NTP?" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/oneclickinstall.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/oneclickinstall.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/oneclickinstall.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -38,12 +38,8 @@ msgstr "Fitxer on s'ha de col·locar la representació interna del YMP" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:44 -msgid "" -"File containing internal representation of One Click Install " -"instructions" -msgstr "" -"Fitxer que conté la representació interna de les instruccions del One " -"Click Install" +msgid "File containing internal representation of One Click Install instructions" +msgstr "Fitxer que conté la representació interna de les instruccions del One Click Install" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:65 msgid "Error: Nothing to do specified in the YMP file." @@ -125,11 +121,8 @@ msgstr "Aquest auxiliar instal·larà el programari a l'ordinador." #: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:47 -msgid "" -"See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information." -msgstr "" -"Visiteu la pàgina web <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> (en " -"anglès) per obtenir més informació." +msgid "See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information." +msgstr "Visiteu la pàgina web <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> (en anglès) per obtenir més informació." #. <region name="Define the UI components"> * #: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:59 @@ -202,51 +195,28 @@ msgstr "Passos de la instal·lació" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:56 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required " -"repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"S'ha produït un error mentre s'intentava subscriure als dipòsits necessaris. " -"Reviseu els registres del yast2 per obtenir-ne més informació." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "S'ha produït un error mentre s'intentava subscriure als dipòsits necessaris. Reviseu els registres del yast2 per obtenir-ne més informació." #. Remove any removals #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:96 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"S'ha produït un error mentre s'intentava eliminar els paquets indicats. " -"Reviseu els registres del yast2 per obtenir-ne més informació." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "S'ha produït un error mentre s'intentava eliminar els paquets indicats. Reviseu els registres del yast2 per obtenir-ne més informació." #. if that was successful now try and install the patterns #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:113 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"S'ha produït un error mentre s'intentava instal·lar els patrons indicats. " -"Reviseu els registres del yast2 per obtenir-ne més informació." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "S'ha produït un error mentre s'intentava instal·lar els patrons indicats. Reviseu els registres del yast2 per obtenir-ne més informació." #. if that was successful now try and install the packages #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:129 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"S'ha produït un error mentre s'intentava instal·lar els paquets indicats. " -"Reviseu els registres del yast2 per obtenir-ne més informació." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "S'ha produït un error mentre s'intentava instal·lar els paquets indicats. Reviseu els registres del yast2 per obtenir-ne més informació." #. If we don't want to remain subscribed, remove the repositories that were added for installation. #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:148 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that " -"were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST " -"> Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"S'ha produït un error mentre s'intentava cancel·lar la subscripció dels " -"dipòsits que s'han utilitzat per a la instal·lació. Els podeu eliminar " -"manualment a YaST > Dipòsits de programari. Reviseu els registres del yast2 " -"per obtenir-ne més informació." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST > Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "S'ha produït un error mentre s'intentava cancel·lar la subscripció dels dipòsits que s'han utilitzat per a la instal·lació. Els podeu eliminar manualment a YaST > Dipòsits de programari. Reviseu els registres del yast2 per obtenir-ne més informació." #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:159 msgid "No error occurred." @@ -282,11 +252,8 @@ msgstr "No es pot dur a terme la instal·lació" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:71 -msgid "" -"The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s." -msgstr "" -"El fitxer o l'enllaç d'instal·lació que heu obert no conté instruccions per " -"a %s." +msgid "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s." +msgstr "El fitxer o l'enllaç d'instal·lació que heu obert no conté instruccions per a %s." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:81 msgid "Software is being installed." @@ -315,12 +282,8 @@ msgstr "No m'ho tornis a demanar" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:348 -msgid "" -"These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not " -"remain subscribed." -msgstr "" -"Aquests dipòsits només s'afegiran durant la instal·lació. No us hi " -"subscriureu permanentment." +msgid "These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not remain subscribed." +msgstr "Aquests dipòsits només s'afegiran durant la instal·lació. No us hi subscriureu permanentment." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:352 msgid "You will remain subscribed to these repositories after installation." @@ -368,13 +331,8 @@ msgstr "No s'han pogut instal·lar tots els paquets." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:507 -msgid "" -"The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/" -"var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: " -msgstr "" -"S'ha produït un error durant la instal·lació. Per obtenir més informació, " -"consulteu el fitxer de registre ubicat a <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. " -"L'estat de l'error era: " +msgid "The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: " +msgstr "S'ha produït un error durant la instal·lació. Per obtenir més informació, consulteu el fitxer de registre ubicat a <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. L'estat de l'error era: " #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:515 msgid "Error Message" @@ -441,12 +399,8 @@ msgstr "desconegut" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerResponse.rb:13 -msgid "" -"Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown " -"error occurred." -msgstr "" -"Es necessiten privilegis d'usuari primari. No s'han proporcionat o bé s'ha " -"produït un error desconegut." +msgid "Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown error occurred." +msgstr "Es necessiten privilegis d'usuari primari. No s'han proporcionat o bé s'ha produït un error desconegut." #~ msgid "Please wait while this software is being installed." #~ msgstr "Espereu mentre s'instal·la aquest programari." Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/online-update-configuration.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/online-update-configuration.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/online-update-configuration.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -31,8 +31,7 @@ #: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:257 msgid "Please install yast2-registration and try again." -msgstr "" -"Si us plau, instal·leu el paquet yast2-registration i torneu-ho a provar." +msgstr "Si us plau, instal·leu el paquet yast2-registration i torneu-ho a provar." #. module title #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:41 @@ -141,9 +140,7 @@ #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:85 msgid "Press %1 to use the default update repository." -msgstr "" -"Premeu %1 per fer servir el repositori d'actualització per defecte." -"" +msgstr "Premeu %1 per fer servir el repositori d'actualització per defecte." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:89 msgid "Find related actions in the %1 menu." @@ -154,31 +151,16 @@ msgstr "A %1 establiu l'actualització automàtica en línia." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 -msgid "" -"Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be " -"ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu un interval d'actualització i especifiqueu si els pedaços " -"interactius s'han d'ignorar i si les llicències s'han d'acceptar " -"automàticament." +msgid "Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with." +msgstr "Seleccioneu un interval d'actualització i especifiqueu si els pedaços interactius s'han d'ignorar i si les llicències s'han d'acceptar automàticament." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed " -"when %1 is enabled." -msgstr "" -"S'instal·laran tots els paquets recomanats per un paquet d'actualització " -"quan %1 estigui habilitat." +msgid "All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed when %1 is enabled." +msgstr "S'instal·laran tots els paquets recomanats per un paquet d'actualització quan %1 estigui habilitat." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 -msgid "" -"Category filter for patches can be configured in the section %1. " -"Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be " -"skipped." -msgstr "" -"El filtre de categories per als pedaços es pot configurar a la secció " -"%1. Només s'instal·laran els pedaços de les categories llistades. Els " -"altres s'ometran." +msgid "Category filter for patches can be configured in the section %1. Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be skipped." +msgstr "El filtre de categories per als pedaços es pot configurar a la secció %1. Només s'instal·laran els pedaços de les categories llistades. Els altres s'ometran." #. cache the base product details #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/online-update.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/online-update.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/online-update.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -62,19 +62,12 @@ #. command line help text for cd_directory option #: src/clients/online_update.rb:85 msgid "Directory for patch data on Patch CD (default value is '%1')" -msgstr "" -"Directori de les dades del CD de pedaços (el valor per defecte és \"%1\")" +msgstr "Directori de les dades del CD de pedaços (el valor per defecte és \"%1\")" #. help text for online-update initialization #: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 -msgid "" -"The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " -"Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source " -"module." -msgstr "" -"El sistema està inicialitzant la instal·lació i els dipòsits " -"d'actualització. Podeu modificar els dipòsits de programari des del mòdul " -"Font d'actualització." +msgid "The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source module." +msgstr "El sistema està inicialitzant la instal·lació i els dipòsits d'actualització. Podeu modificar els dipòsits de programari des del mòdul Font d'actualització." #. progress stage label #: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 @@ -128,8 +121,7 @@ "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" msgstr "" "Encara no s'ha configurat\n" -"cap dipòsit d'actualització. Voleu executar ara la configuració del flux de " -"treball?" +"cap dipòsit d'actualització. Voleu executar ara la configuració del flux de treball?" #. error message #: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 @@ -167,12 +159,8 @@ #. help text for online update #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "" -"If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " -"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" -msgstr "" -"Si hi ha algun missatge específic relacionat amb un pedaç, es mostrarà en " -"un altre diàleg per separat quan s'instal·li el pedaç.\n" +msgid "If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" +msgstr "Si hi ha algun missatge específic relacionat amb un pedaç, es mostrarà en un altre diàleg per separat quan s'instal·li el pedaç.\n" #. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81 @@ -247,8 +235,7 @@ "At least one of the updates installed requires restart of the session.\n" "Log out and in again as soon as possible.\n" msgstr "" -"Com a mínim una de les actualitzacions instal·lades requereix que la sessió " -"arrenqui de nou\n" +"Com a mínim una de les actualitzacions instal·lades requereix que la sessió arrenqui de nou\n" "Sortiu de la sessió i torneu a entrar al més aviat possible.\n" #. popup message @@ -266,8 +253,7 @@ "At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\n" "properly. Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" -"Com a mínim una de les actualitzacions instal·lades requereix que el sistema " -"s'arrenqui de nou per a poder funcionar\n" +"Com a mínim una de les actualitzacions instal·lades requereix que el sistema s'arrenqui de nou per a poder funcionar\n" "correctament. Arrenqueu de nou el sistema tant aviat com sigui possible." #. popup message @@ -288,16 +274,14 @@ #. continue/cancel popup text #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " -"YaST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" "\n" "Continue with installing your selection?" msgstr "" -"Hi ha pedaços disponibles per a la gestió de paquets que necessiten que es " -"reiniciï el YaST.\n" +"Hi ha pedaços disponibles per a la gestió de paquets que necessiten que es reiniciï el YaST.\n" "Instal·leu-los primer; instal·leu la resta de pedaços després de reiniciar.\n" "\n" "Heu seleccionat altres pedaços per instal·lar-los ara.\n" @@ -535,8 +519,7 @@ #. Dialog label above a list of patches #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:424 msgid "These patches will need rebooting after installation" -msgstr "" -"Aquests pedaços requereixen reiniciar el sistema després d'instal·lar-se" +msgstr "Aquests pedaços requereixen reiniciar el sistema després d'instal·lar-se" #. Push button for Skipping all patches that require rebooting #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:433 @@ -546,9 +529,7 @@ #. Solver can't solve it automatically #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 msgid "Online update was unable to unselect some patches that need rebooting." -msgstr "" -"L'actualització en línia no ha pogut desmarcar alguns pedaços que demanen " -"reiniciar el sistema." +msgstr "L'actualització en línia no ha pogut desmarcar alguns pedaços que demanen reiniciar el sistema." #. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 Added: trunk/yast/ca/po/opensuse_mirror.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/opensuse_mirror.ca.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/opensuse_mirror.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +# Catalan message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Jaume Badiella <myotis(a)drac.com>, 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-02-08 15:47+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Jaume Badiella <myotis(a)drac.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Catalan\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "Directori" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Error" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "sí" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "no" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "Surt" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "Error" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "Selecciona-ho o desselecciona-ho &tot" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/packager.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/packager.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/packager.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -36,8 +36,7 @@ "Delete button. The entries will be removed immediately from \n" "the current configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Per suprimir les entrades, seleccioneu-les a la taula i premeu el botó " -"Suprimeix.\n" +"Per suprimir les entrades, seleccioneu-les a la taula i premeu el botó Suprimeix.\n" "L'entrada se suprimirà immediatament de la configuració actual..\n" #: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 @@ -97,8 +96,7 @@ "and attractive graphical interfaces with their\n" "own sets of perfectly integrated applications." msgstr "" -"Tant el KDE com el GNOME són entorns d'escriptori potents i " -"intuïtius\n" +"Tant el KDE com el GNOME són entorns d'escriptori potents i intuïtius\n" ".Combinen interfícies gràfiques fàcils d'utilitzar\n" "i atractives amb els seus propis\n" "jocs d'aplicacions perfectament integrades." @@ -111,8 +109,7 @@ "most important desktop applications on your\n" "system." msgstr "" -"En seleccionar l'entorn d'escriptori GNOME o KDE " -"predeterminat\n" +"En seleccionar l'entorn d'escriptori GNOME o KDE predeterminat\n" "s'instal·la al sistema un ampli conjunt\n" "d'aplicacions d'escriptori molt importants." @@ -246,8 +243,7 @@ "\n" "Would you like to configure it?" msgstr "" -"Les fonts en línia definides pel producte necessiten una connexió a " -"Internet.\n" +"Les fonts en línia definides pel producte necessiten una connexió a Internet.\n" "\n" "Voleu configurar-la?" @@ -391,21 +387,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Si voleu utilitzar un o diversos dipòsits en línia seleccioneu-los i, tot " -"seguit, feu clic a Següent.\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" +msgstr "Si voleu utilitzar un o diversos dipòsits en línia seleccioneu-los i, tot seguit, feu clic a Següent.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Si voleu utilitzar un o diversos dipòsits en línia seleccioneu-los i, tot " -"seguit, feu clic a Finalitza.\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" +msgstr "Si voleu utilitzar un o diversos dipòsits en línia seleccioneu-los i, tot seguit, feu clic a Finalitza.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1275 @@ -422,9 +410,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1377 #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." -msgstr "" -"Espereu mentre el gestor de dipòsits descarrega la informació del " -"dipòsit..." +msgstr "Espereu mentre el gestor de dipòsits descarrega la informació del dipòsit..." #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message #. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL @@ -486,12 +472,10 @@ msgstr "" "S'ha detectat poca memòria.\n" "\n" -"No és recomanable fer servir repositoris en línia durant la instal·lació " -"inicial amb menys de\n" +"No és recomanable fer servir repositoris en línia durant la instal·lació inicial amb menys de\n" "%dMiB de memòria al sistema.\n" "\n" -"L'instal·lador podria fallar o aturar-se si la informació addicional dels " -"paquets\n" +"L'instal·lador podria fallar o aturar-se si la informació addicional dels paquets\n" "necessita molta memòria.\n" "\n" "En aquests casos es recomana fer servir els repositoris en línia un cop\n" @@ -520,12 +504,8 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"No s'ha pogut executar el sistema de resolució del paquet. Comproveu la " -"secció de programari al perfil de l'AutoYaST." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." +msgstr "No s'ha pogut executar el sistema de resolució del paquet. Comproveu la secció de programari al perfil de l'AutoYaST." #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) @@ -589,12 +569,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Dipòsits d'instal·lació: aquest mòdul no admet la interfície de línia " -"d'ordres; utilitzeu '%1'." +msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Dipòsits d'instal·lació: aquest mòdul no admet la interfície de línia d'ordres; utilitzeu '%1'." #. pad to 3 characters #: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 @@ -760,33 +736,21 @@ "Gestió dels dipòsits i serveis de programari configurats.\n" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 -msgid "" -"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol " -"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " -"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"Un servei o servei d'índex de dipòsits (RIS, Repository " -"Index Service) és un protocol per a la gestió de dipòsits de paquets. Un " -"servei pot oferir un o diversos dipòsits de programari que l'administrador " -"del servei pot modificar de manera dinàmica." +msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." +msgstr "Un servei o servei d'índex de dipòsits (RIS, Repository Index Service) és un protocol per a la gestió de dipòsits de paquets. Un servei pot oferir un o diversos dipòsits de programari que l'administrador del servei pot modificar de manera dinàmica." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository " -"or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " -"available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Addició d'un repositori o d'un servei nou \n" -"Per afegir un nou repositori, feu servir Afegeix i indiqueu el servei " -"o dipòsit de programari.\n" -"El YaST detectarà automàticament si hi ha un servei o dipòsit disponible a " -"la ubicació que heu introduït.\n" +"Per afegir un nou repositori, feu servir Afegeix i indiqueu el servei o dipòsit de programari.\n" +"El YaST detectarà automàticament si hi ha un servei o dipòsit disponible a la ubicació que heu introduït.\n" "\n" #. help, continued @@ -828,68 +792,41 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, " -"use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " -"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use " -"the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Modificació de l'estat d'un dipòsit o d'un servei \n" -"Per canviar una ubicació de dipòsit, utilitzeu Edita. Per suprimir-ne " -"un, empreu\n" -"Suprimeix. Per habilitar o inhabilitar el dipòsit, o per canviar " -"l'estat d'actualització al temps d'inicialització, seleccioneu el dipòsit a " -"la taula i utilitzeu les caselles de selecció que hi ha a sota.\n" +"Per canviar una ubicació de dipòsit, utilitzeu Edita. Per suprimir-ne un, empreu\n" +"Suprimeix. Per habilitar o inhabilitar el dipòsit, o per canviar l'estat d'actualització al temps d'inicialització, seleccioneu el dipòsit a la taula i utilitzeu les caselles de selecció que hi ha a sota.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " -"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " -"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is " -"used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" "Prioritat d'un dipòsit \n" -"La prioritat d'un dipòsit és un valor enter entre 0 (la prioritat més alta) " -"i 99 (la prioritat més baixa). El valor per defecte és 99. Si un paquet es " -"troba disponible en més d'un dipòsit, s'utilitzarà el dipòsit que tingui una " -"prioritat més alta.\n" +"La prioritat d'un dipòsit és un valor enter entre 0 (la prioritat més alta) i 99 (la prioritat més baixa). El valor per defecte és 99. Si un paquet es troba disponible en més d'un dipòsit, s'utilitzarà el dipòsit que tingui una prioritat més alta.\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 -msgid "" -"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " -"repositories and services." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu la opció correcta de la part superior de la finestra per " -"navegar pels dipòsits i pels serveis." +msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." +msgstr "Seleccioneu la opció correcta de la part superior de la finestra per navegar pels dipòsits i pels serveis." #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Mantenir els paquets descarregats Seleccioneu aquesta opció per " -"mantenir els paquets descarregats en una memòria cau local. Així poden ser " -"reutilitzats més endavant quan els paquets siguin reinstal·lats. Si no se " -"selecciona, els paquets descarregats s'esborren després de ser instal·lats.</" -"P>" +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." +msgstr "Mantenir els paquets descarregats Seleccioneu aquesta opció per mantenir els paquets descarregats en una memòria cau local. Així poden ser reutilitzats més endavant quan els paquets siguin reinstal·lats. Si no se selecciona, els paquets descarregats s'esborren després de ser instal·lats." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 -msgid "" -"The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/" -"packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." -msgstr "" -"La memòria cau local predeterminada es troba al directori /var/cache/" -"zypp/packages, podeu canviar-ne el lloc al fitxer /etc/zypp/zypp." -"conf." +msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." +msgstr "La memòria cau local predeterminada es troba al directori /var/cache/zypp/packages, podeu canviar-ne el lloc al fitxer /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." #. popup message part 1 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 @@ -1005,26 +942,21 @@ #. Error popup #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1835 msgid "Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.\n" -msgstr "" -"S'han produït errors en restaurar la configuració del dipòsit.\n" +msgstr "S'han produït errors en restaurar la configuració del dipòsit.\n" #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:93 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:48 msgid "The software proposal is reset to the default values." -msgstr "" -"La proposta de programari s'ha reiniciat amb els valors predeterminats." +msgstr "La proposta de programari s'ha reiniciat amb els valors predeterminats." #. warning text #. warning text #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "" -"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." -msgstr "" -"No es poden resoldre les dependències automàticament. Cal intervenir " -"manualment." +msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgstr "No es poden resoldre les dependències automàticament. Cal intervenir manualment." #. this is a heading #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:145 @@ -1038,12 +970,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Instal·lació de programari: aquest mòdul no admet la interfície de línia " -"d'ordres; utilitzeu '%1'." +msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Instal·lació de programari: aquest mòdul no admet la interfície de línia d'ordres; utilitzeu '%1'." #. error message (%1 is a package file name) #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 @@ -1053,9 +981,7 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"Error: No s'ha pogut afegir un directori temporal, els paquets no es poden " -"instal·lar." +msgstr "Error: No s'ha pogut afegir un directori temporal, els paquets no es poden instal·lar." #. error message #. error message @@ -1176,8 +1102,7 @@ #. rich text - error message #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 msgid "The drive does not contain a medium or the ISO file system is broken." -msgstr "" -"El controlador no conté un SUPORT o el sistema de fitxers ISO està trencat." +msgstr "El controlador no conté un SUPORT o el sistema de fitxers ISO està trencat." #. result of the check - success #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 @@ -1186,10 +1111,8 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "" -"Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." -msgstr "" -"Error -- la suma d'MD5 no coincideix. El suport no s'ha d'emprar." +msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." +msgstr "Error -- la suma d'MD5 no coincideix. El suport no s'ha d'emprar." #. the correct MD5 is unknown #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 @@ -1215,41 +1138,33 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " -"should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" msgstr "" "Quan tingueu un problema amb\n" -"la instal·lació i estigueu fent servir un CD o DVD com a suport " -"d'instal·lació, heu de comprovar\n" +"la instal·lació i estigueu fent servir un CD o DVD com a suport d'instal·lació, heu de comprovar\n" "si el suport està trencat.\n" #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check</" -"B>\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu una unitat, inseriu-hi un suport i premeu Inicia la " -"comprovació\n" +"Seleccioneu una unitat, inseriu-hi un suport i premeu Inicia la comprovació\n" "o bé trieu Comprova un fitxer ISO i seleccioneu un fitxer ISO.\n" "La comprovació pot trigar uns minuts segons la velocitat\n" -"de la unitat i la mida del suport. La comprovació verifica la suma de " -"verificació de l'MD5. " +"de la unitat i la mida del suport. La comprovació verifica la suma de verificació de l'MD5. " #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " -"installation.\n" -"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</" -"P>\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" msgstr "" -"Si falla la comprovació del suport, no hauríeu de continuar la " -"instal·lació.\n" +"Si falla la comprovació del suport, no hauríeu de continuar la instal·lació.\n" "Pot fallar o podeu perdre dades. Heu de reemplaçar el suport\n" "malmès.\n" @@ -1259,38 +1174,25 @@ "After the check, insert the next medium and start the procedure again. \n" "The order of the media is irrelevant.\n" msgstr "" -"Després de la comprovació, podeu inserir el següent suport i tornar a " -"iniciar el procediment.\n" +"Després de la comprovació, podeu inserir el següent suport i tornar a iniciar el procediment.\n" "L'ordre dels suports és irrellevant.\n" #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "" -"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -"" -msgstr "" -"Nota: no podeu canviar el suport mentre el sistema l'utilitza." +msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." +msgstr "Nota: no podeu canviar el suport mentre el sistema l'utilitza." #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "" -"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " -"boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Per comprovar el suport abans d'iniciar la instal·lació, utilitzeu " -"l'opció de comprovació del suport al menú d'arrencada." +msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." +msgstr "Per comprovar el suport abans d'iniciar la instal·lació, utilitzeu l'opció de comprovació del suport al menú d'arrencada." #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your " -"recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</" -"P>\n" -msgstr "" -"Si sou el qui grava els suports, feu servir l'opció completa del " -"programari de gravació. Evita els errors de lectura al final dels suports " -"durant la comprovació.\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" +msgstr "Si sou el qui grava els suports, feu servir l'opció completa del programari de gravació. Evita els errors de lectura al final dels suports durant la comprovació.\n" #. advice check of the media #. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line @@ -1300,8 +1202,7 @@ "to avoid installation problems. To skip this step press 'Next'" msgstr "" "Es recomana comprovar tots els suports d'instal·lació\n" -"per a evitar problemes en la instal·lació. Per saltar-vos aquest pas premeu " -"'Següent'" +"per a evitar problemes en la instal·lació. Per saltar-vos aquest pas premeu 'Següent'" #. combo box #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 @@ -1474,8 +1375,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Addició d'una clau GPG nova \n" -"Per a afegir una clau GPG nova, seleccioneu Afegeix i indiqueu el " -"camí del fitxer.\n" +"Per a afegir una clau GPG nova, seleccioneu Afegeix i indiqueu el camí del fitxer.\n" "" #. help, continued @@ -1489,8 +1389,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Modificació de l'estat d'una clau GPG\n" -"Per a modificar el senyalador de fiable, utilitzeuEdita. Per a " -"eliminar una clau GPG, utilitzeu\n" +"Per a modificar el senyalador de fiable, utilitzeuEdita. Per a eliminar una clau GPG, utilitzeu\n" "Suprimeix.\n" "\n" @@ -1576,8 +1475,7 @@ "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." msgstr "" -"Fer servir una imatge ISO per mitjà d'un protocol ftp o http no és " -"possible .\n" +"Fer servir una imatge ISO per mitjà d'un protocol ftp o http no és possible .\n" "Canvieu el protocol o descomprimiu la imatge ISO en un servidor." #. popup message part 2 @@ -1634,12 +1532,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " -"repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -"El dipòsit d'instal·lació també conté els dipòsits addicionals que apareixen " -"a la llista.\n" +"El dipòsit d'instal·lació també conté els dipòsits addicionals que apareixen a la llista.\n" "Seleccioneu els que voleu utilitzar.\n" #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 @@ -1804,49 +1700,28 @@ #. warning text #: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 -msgid "" -"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" -"bit distribution." -msgstr "" -"El vostre ordinador és un sistema x86-64 de 64 bits. De totes maneres, esteu " -"provant d'instal·lar una distribució de 32 bits." +msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." +msgstr "El vostre ordinador és un sistema x86-64 de 64 bits. De totes maneres, esteu provant d'instal·lar una distribució de 32 bits." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 -msgid "" -"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " -"installing the system." -msgstr "" -"La llista de patrons indica quines funcions estaran disponibles després " -"d'instal·lar el sistema." +msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." +msgstr "La llista de patrons indica quines funcions estaran disponibles després d'instal·lar el sistema." #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 -msgid "" -"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " -"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " -"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " -"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) " -"free space before starting the installation." -msgstr "" -"La proposta indica la mida total dels fitxers que s'instal·laran al " -"sistema. Tanmateix, el sistema contindrà altres fitxers (temporals i de " -"treball) i l'espai que s'utilitzarà serà una mica més gran que el valor " -"proposat. Per tant, recomanem que tingueu com a mínim un 25% (o 300 MB) " -"d'espai lliure abans de començar la instal·lació." +msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." +msgstr "La proposta indica la mida total dels fitxers que s'instal·laran al sistema. Tanmateix, el sistema contindrà altres fitxers (temporals i de treball) i l'espai que s'utilitzarà serà una mica més gran que el valor proposat. Per tant, recomanem que tingueu com a mínim un 25% (o 300 MB) d'espai lliure abans de començar la instal·lació." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " -"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" -"La \"mida de la descàrrega\" total és la mida dels paquets que es " -"descarregaran des dels dipòsits remots (de xarxa).\n" -" Aquest valor és important quan la connexió és lenta o quan hi ha un límit " -"de dades per a la descàrrega.\n" +"La \"mida de la descàrrega\" total és la mida dels paquets que es descarregaran des dels dipòsits remots (de xarxa).\n" +" Aquest valor és important quan la connexió és lenta o quan hi ha un límit de dades per a la descàrrega.\n" #. help text for software proposal - header #: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 @@ -1881,36 +1756,22 @@ #: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" -msgstr "" -"S'han marcat aquests productes complementaris per eliminar-los " -"automàticament: %1" +msgstr "S'han marcat aquests productes complementaris per eliminar-los automàticament: %1" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Poseu-vos en contacte amb els proveïdors d'aquests productes complementaris " -"perquè us proporcionin els suports d'instal·lació nous." +msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." +msgstr "Poseu-vos en contacte amb els proveïdors d'aquests productes complementaris perquè us proporcionin els suports d'instal·lació nous." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Poseu-vos en contacte amb el proveïdor d'aquest producte complementari " -"perquè us proporcioni els suports d'instal·lació nous." +msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +msgstr "Poseu-vos en contacte amb el proveïdor d'aquest producte complementari perquè us proporcioni els suports d'instal·lació nous." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 -msgid "" -"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " -"start installation." -msgstr "" -"Error: No es pot comprovar l'espai lliure del director %1 (unitat %2), i no " -"es pot començar la instal·lació." +msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." +msgstr "Error: No es pot comprovar l'espai lliure del director %1 (unitat %2), i no es pot començar la instal·lació." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 @@ -1945,8 +1806,7 @@ #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one #: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" -msgstr "" -"El producte %{old_product} s'actualitzarà a %{new_product}" +msgstr "El producte %{old_product} s'actualitzarà a %{new_product}" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 msgid "Product %s will stay installed" @@ -1968,23 +1828,16 @@ msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " -"module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " -"the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Alguns productes estan marcats per suprimir-los automàticament.</" -"b></li>\n" -"<ul><li>Contacteu amb el proveïdor del complement suprimit perquè us en " -"proporcioni\n" -"un nou mitjà d'instal·lació</li><li>O seleccioneu l'extensió o mòdul " -"apropiat en línia\n" -"al pas corresponent del registre</li><li>O per continuar amb l'actualització " -"del producte\n" -"aneu a la selecció de programari i marqueu-lo (el paquet -release) per " -"suprimir-lo.\n" +"<ul><li>Alguns productes estan marcats per suprimir-los automàticament.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contacteu amb el proveïdor del complement suprimit perquè us en proporcioni\n" +"un nou mitjà d'instal·lació</li><li>O seleccioneu l'extensió o mòdul apropiat en línia\n" +"al pas corresponent del registre</li><li>O per continuar amb l'actualització del producte\n" +"aneu a la selecció de programari i marqueu-lo (el paquet -release) per suprimir-lo.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL @@ -1995,15 +1848,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 msgid "" -"The release notes for the initial release are part of the " -"installation\n" +"The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" msgstr "" -"Aquestes són les notes de la versió fetes per a la primera versió " -"inicial. Formen part\n" -"dels suports d'instal·lació. Durant la instal·lació, si hi ha disponible " -"una\n" +"Aquestes són les notes de la versió fetes per a la primera versió inicial. Formen part\n" +"dels suports d'instal·lació. Durant la instal·lació, si hi ha disponible una\n" "connexió a Internet, podreu baixar les notes de la versió actualitzades\n" "des del servidor web del SUSE Linux.\n" @@ -2060,8 +1910,7 @@ "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." msgstr "" -"Hi ha hagut un error en seleccionar el patró de producte per defecte " -"%{pattern_name}.\n" +"Hi ha hagut un error en seleccionar el patró de producte per defecte %{pattern_name}.\n" "No s'ha trobat el patró." #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted @@ -2072,12 +1921,8 @@ msgstr "No s'ha pogut llegir el fitxer de llicència %1" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 -msgid "" -"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the " -"root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "" -"Per mostrar correctament la llicència del producte, poseu el fitxer license." -"tar.gz al directori root del mitjà viu quan es construeixi la imatge." +msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "Per mostrar correctament la llicència del producte, poseu el fitxer license.tar.gz al directori root del mitjà viu quan es construeixi la imatge." #. combo box #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 @@ -2128,8 +1973,7 @@ #. popup question #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" -msgstr "" -"Segur que voleu interrompre la instal·lació del producte complementari?" +msgstr "Segur que voleu interrompre la instal·lació del producte complementari?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 @@ -2433,14 +2277,10 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is " -"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." -"\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Nom del dipòsit</big> \n" -"Indiqueu el nom del dipòsit a Nom del dipòsit. Si el deixeu en blanc, " -"el YaST utilitzarà el nom del producte (si està disponible) o l'URL com a " -"nom.\n" +"Indiqueu el nom del dipòsit a Nom del dipòsit. Si el deixeu en blanc, el YaST utilitzarà el nom del producte (si està disponible) o l'URL com a nom.\n" #. text entry #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 @@ -2451,12 +2291,10 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " -"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Nom del servei</big> \n" -"Indiqueu el nom del servei a Nom del servei. Si el deixeu en blanc, " -"el YaST utilitzarà una part de l'URL del servei com a nom.\n" +"Indiqueu el nom del servei a Nom del servei. Si el deixeu en blanc, el YaST utilitzarà una part de l'URL del servei com a nom.\n" #. popup message #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 @@ -2497,23 +2335,19 @@ "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" "<big>Servidor NFS </big> \n" -"Feu servir les opcions Nom del servidor i Camí del directori o " -"imatge ISO\n" -"per a especificar el nom i el camí de l'ordinador central del servidor NFS.</" -"p>" +"Feu servir les opcions Nom del servidor i Camí del directori o imatge ISO\n" +"per a especificar el nom i el camí de l'ordinador central del servidor NFS." #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " -"man 5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<big>Opcions de muntatge</big> \n" "Podeu especificar opcions addicionals per muntar un volum NFS.\n" -"Aquesta és una opció d'expert. Es recomana mantenir els valors per defecte. " -"Vegeu man 5 nfs\n" +"Aquesta és una opció d'expert. Es recomana mantenir els valors per defecte. Vegeu man 5 nfs\n" "per a més detalls o per veure la llista d'opcions possibles." #. radio button @@ -2532,8 +2366,7 @@ "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" "<big>Suport de CD o DVD</big> \n" -"Definiu el CD-ROM o el DVD-ROM per a especificar el tipus de " -"suport." +"Definiu el CD-ROM o el DVD-ROM per a especificar el tipus de suport." #. dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 @@ -2620,8 +2453,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Memòria USB o disc USB</big> \n" "Seleccioneu el dispositiu USB on es troba el dipòsit.\n" -"Utilitzeu l'opció Camí del directori per a indicar el directori del " -"dipòsit.\n" +"Utilitzeu l'opció Camí del directori per a indicar el directori del dipòsit.\n" "Si no n'indiqueu cap, el sistema utilitzarà el directori arrel del disc.\n" "Si el directori només conté paquets RPM sense metadades\n" "(és a dir, no hi ha informació del producte), activeu l'opció\n" @@ -2635,10 +2467,8 @@ "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" "want to use a certain file system, select it from the list.\n" msgstr "" -"El sistema de fitxers que s'utilitza al dispositiu es detectarà " -"automàticament\n" -"si s'ha seleccionat el sistema de fitxers \"auto\". Si la detecció falla o " -"si voleu utilitzar\n" +"El sistema de fitxers que s'utilitza al dispositiu es detectarà automàticament\n" +"si s'ha seleccionat el sistema de fitxers \"auto\". Si la detecció falla o si voleu utilitzar\n" "un sistema de fitxers concret, seleccioneu-lo de la llista.\n" #. combobox title @@ -2658,8 +2488,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Disc</big> \n" "Seleccioneu el disc on es troba el dipòsit.\n" -"Utilitzeu l'opció Camí del directori per a indicar el directori del " -"dipòsit.\n" +"Utilitzeu l'opció Camí del directori per a indicar el directori del dipòsit.\n" "Si no n'indiqueu cap, el sistema utilitzarà el directori arrel del disc.\n" "Si el directori només conté paquets RPM sense metadades\n" "(és a dir, no hi ha informació del producte), activeu l'opció\n" @@ -2754,22 +2583,18 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to " -"Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Servidor i directori</big> \n" -"Feu servir les opcions Nom del servidor i Camí del directori o " -"imatge ISO\n" -"per a indicar el nom i el camí de l'ordinador central del servidor NFS al " -"servidor.\n" +"Feu servir les opcions Nom del servidor i Camí del directori o imatge ISO\n" +"per a indicar el nom i el camí de l'ordinador central del servidor NFS al servidor.\n" "Per habilitar l'autenticació, desseleccioneu Anònim i especifiqueu\n" "el Nom d'usuari i la Contrasenya.\n" "\n" -"Pel que fa al dipòsit SMB/CIFS, especifiqueu el nom del recurs compartit a " -"Comparteix\n" +"Pel que fa al dipòsit SMB/CIFS, especifiqueu el nom del recurs compartit a Comparteix\n" "i el Camí del directori\n" "o imatge ISO. \n" "Si la ubicació és un fitxer amb una imatge ISO\n" @@ -2778,8 +2603,7 @@ #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" -"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS " -"repository.\n" +"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" msgstr "" "Podeu indicar el número de Port d'un dipòsit HTTP/HTTPS.\n" @@ -2800,8 +2624,7 @@ "or on the hard disk." msgstr "" "<big>Tipus de suport</big> \n" -"El dipòsit del programari pot estar ubicat en un CD, en un servidor de la " -"xarxa\n" +"El dipòsit del programari pot estar ubicat en un CD, en un servidor de la xarxa\n" "o al disc dur. \n" "" @@ -2867,18 +2690,14 @@ msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download " -"the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" "Descarrega els fitxers \n" "Cada dipòsit conté fitxers que en descriuen el contingut.\n" -"Activeu la casella Descarrega els fitxers de descripció del dipòsit " -"per descarregar aquests fitxers\n" -"quan es tanqui el mòdul del YaST. Si no seleccioneu l'opció, el YaST " -"descarregarà els fitxers automàticament quan els necessiti més endavant. </" -"p>\n" +"Activeu la casella Descarrega els fitxers de descripció del dipòsit per descarregar aquests fitxers\n" +"quan es tanqui el mòdul del YaST. Si no seleccioneu l'opció, el YaST descarregarà els fitxers automàticament quan els necessiti més endavant. \n" #. dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 @@ -3099,22 +2918,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" -#~ "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a " -#~ "new\n" -#~ "installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " -#~ "module\n" -#~ "in the registration step</li><li>Or resolve the conflicts manually in " -#~ "the \n" +#~ "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +#~ "installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +#~ "in the registration step</li><li>Or resolve the conflicts manually in the \n" #~ "package management</li></ul></li></ul>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ul><li>Alguns productes estan marcats per ser eliminats " -#~ "automàticament.</li>\n" -#~ "<ul><li>Contacteu amb el proveïdor del complement eliminat perquè us en " -#~ "proporcioni\n" -#~ "un nou mitjà d'instal·lació</li><li> o seleccioneu l'extensió en línia " -#~ "adequada o mòdul\n" -#~ "al procés de registre</li><li> o resoleu els conflictes manualment amb " -#~ "el \n" +#~ "<ul><li>Alguns productes estan marcats per ser eliminats automàticament.</li>\n" +#~ "<ul><li>Contacteu amb el proveïdor del complement eliminat perquè us en proporcioni\n" +#~ "un nou mitjà d'instal·lació</li><li> o seleccioneu l'extensió en línia adequada o mòdul\n" +#~ "al procés de registre</li><li> o resoleu els conflictes manualment amb el \n" #~ "gestor de paquets</li></ul></li></ul>" #~ msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/pkg-bindings.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/pkg-bindings.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/pkg-bindings.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -85,16 +85,12 @@ msgid "Download Descriptions" msgstr "Descarrega les descripcions" -#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 -#: src/Source_Download.cc:402 -#: src/Source_Load.cc:155 +#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:402 src/Source_Load.cc:155 #: src/Source_Load.cc:479 msgid "Rebuild Cache" msgstr "Reconstrueix la memòria cau" -#: src/Source_Create.cc:594 -#: src/Source_Load.cc:156 -#: src/Source_Load.cc:480 +#: src/Source_Create.cc:594 src/Source_Load.cc:156 src/Source_Load.cc:480 #: src/Source_Set.cc:76 msgid "Load Data" msgstr "Carrega les dades" @@ -103,8 +99,7 @@ msgid "Adding the Repository..." msgstr "Afegint el repositori..." -#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 -#: src/Source_Download.cc:320 +#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:320 msgid "Downloading " msgstr "Decarregant" @@ -134,8 +129,7 @@ msgstr "No es pot comprovar l'estat del directori" #. error message (followed by detailed description) -#: src/Source_Installation.cc:190 -#: src/Source_Installation.cc:216 +#: src/Source_Installation.cc:190 src/Source_Installation.cc:216 msgid "Error: Cannot copy the cache to the target directory\n" msgstr "Error: no es pot copiar la memòria cau al directori objectiu\n" @@ -149,17 +143,13 @@ msgid "Error refreshing service" msgstr "Error en refrescar el servei" -#: src/Source_Load.cc:154 -#: src/Source_Load.cc:478 +#: src/Source_Load.cc:154 src/Source_Load.cc:478 msgid "Refresh Sources" msgstr "Refresca les fonts" #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) -#: src/Source_Load.cc:161 -#: src/Source_Load.cc:483 -#: src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:204 +#: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "Carregant el gestor de paquets..." @@ -190,8 +180,6 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "Inicialitza el sistema de destinació" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:200 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "Llegeix els paquets instal·lats" - Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/printer.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/printer.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/printer.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -68,26 +68,17 @@ #. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is #. mandatory to set up local print queues. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." -msgstr "" -"No es pot configurar la impressió (el paquet necessari cups-client no està " -"instal·lat)." +msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." +msgstr "No es pot configurar la impressió (el paquet necessari cups-client no està instal·lat)." #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." -msgstr "" -"No es poden configurar les impressores locals (el paquet necessari cups no " -"està instal·lat)." +msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." +msgstr "No es poden configurar les impressores locals (el paquet necessari cups no està instal·lat)." #. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 -msgid "" -"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." -msgstr "" -"No hi ha cap impressora local accessible (s'utilitza el servidor CUPS remot " -"\"%1\" per imprimir)." +msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." +msgstr "No hi ha cap impressora local accessible (s'utilitza el servidor CUPS remot \"%1\" per imprimir)." #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because @@ -129,9 +120,7 @@ #. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196 msgid "Cannot configure local printers (no local cupsd accessible)." -msgstr "" -"No es poden configurar les impressores locals (no hi ha cap cupsd local " -"accessible)." +msgstr "No es poden configurar les impressores locals (no hi ha cap cupsd local accessible)." #. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here) #. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces @@ -187,29 +176,20 @@ #. by calling the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality right now. #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:49 msgid "&Do an automatic configuration of local connected printers now" -msgstr "" -"&Fes ara una configuració automàtica de les impressores connectades " -"localment." +msgstr "&Fes ara una configuració automàtica de les impressores connectades localment." #. Header for a dialog section where the user can #. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 -msgid "" -"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" -msgstr "" -"Especifiqueu si la configuració automàtic d'una impressora USB s'ha " -"d'activar quan s'endolli" +msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" +msgstr "Especifiqueu si la configuració automàtic d'una impressora USB s'ha d'activar quan s'endolli" #. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers #. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. #. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 -msgid "" -"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer " -"configuration" -msgstr "" -"&Usa el paquet udev-configure-printer per a la configuració automàtica d'una " -"impressora USB" +msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration" +msgstr "&Usa el paquet udev-configure-printer per a la configuració automàtica d'una impressora USB" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: @@ -226,12 +206,8 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of " -"printers for the local system." -msgstr "" -"Hi ha un conflicte entre un paràmetre del servidor CUPS i la configuració " -"automàtica de les impressores del sistema local." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system." +msgstr "Hi ha un conflicte entre un paràmetre del servidor CUPS i la configuració automàtica de les impressores del sistema local." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). @@ -241,8 +217,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" -msgstr "" -"No s'ha pogut eliminar l'entrada \"ServerName\" a /etc/cups/client.conf" +msgstr "No s'ha pogut eliminar l'entrada \"ServerName\" a /etc/cups/client.conf" #. There is no "abort" functionality which does a sudden death of the whole module (see dialogs.ycp). #. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage @@ -429,8 +404,7 @@ #. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271 msgid "Default paper size (if printer and driver supports it)" -msgstr "" -"Mida de paper per defecte (si la impressora i el controlador ho permeten)" +msgstr "Mida de paper per defecte (si la impressora i el controlador ho permeten)" #. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: #. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: @@ -519,12 +493,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 -msgid "" -"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are " -"allowed for the queue name." -msgstr "" -"Només es permet utilitzar lletres (a-z i A-Z), números (0-9) i \"_\" per al " -"nom de la cua." +msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name." +msgstr "Només es permet utilitzar lletres (a-z i A-Z), números (0-9) i \"_\" per al nom de la cua." #. when a queue name is changed to be valid: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389 @@ -546,12 +516,8 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, " -"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"Si el diàleg següent no mostra la configuració d'impressora tal com " -"s'espera, espereu una mica i useu el botó de \"Refresca la llista\"." +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "Si el diàleg següent no mostra la configuració d'impressora tal com s'espera, espereu una mica i useu el botó de \"Refresca la llista\"." #. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called #. and this function would have shown more specific messages. @@ -597,12 +563,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. #. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 -msgid "" -"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface " -"script' is used)" -msgstr "" -"No s'utilitza cap controlador (és una cua \"raw\" o un \"script d'interfície " -"d'estil de sistema V\")" +msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)" +msgstr "No s'utilitza cap controlador (és una cua \"raw\" o un \"script d'interfície d'estil de sistema V\")" #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 msgid "Current Driver" @@ -611,8 +573,7 @@ #. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384 msgid "Adjust Options of the Current Driver or Assign a Different Driver" -msgstr "" -"Ajusteu les opcions del controlador actual o assigneu-ne un de diferent" +msgstr "Ajusteu les opcions del controlador actual o assigneu-ne un de diferent" #. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line): #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461 @@ -648,20 +609,14 @@ #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:819 msgid "Modified Printer Configuration not yet Stored in the System" -msgstr "" -"La configuració modificada d'impressores encara no s'ha desat al sistema" +msgstr "La configuració modificada d'impressores encara no s'ha desat al sistema" #. Explanation details of a Popup::WarningDetails. #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time " -"and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"Si el diàleg següent no mostra les modificacions de la configuració " -"d'impressora tal com s'espera, espereu una mica i useu el botó \"Refresca la " -"llista\"." +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "Si el diàleg següent no mostra les modificacions de la configuració d'impressora tal com s'espera, espereu una mica i useu el botó \"Refresca la llista\"." #. Exit this dialog in any case: #. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: @@ -674,9 +629,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when "Driver Options" was selected: #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:855 msgid "Possible reasons: Nothing selected or it is a remote configuration." -msgstr "" -"Pot ser que no s'hagi seleccionat res o bé que es tracti d'una configuració " -"remota." +msgstr "Pot ser que no s'hagi seleccionat res o bé que es tracti d'una configuració remota." #. Header for a ComboBox to keep the printer model or select another manufacturer: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:416 @@ -688,11 +641,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 -msgid "" -"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" -msgstr "" -"Manteniu el model de la impressora o seleccioneu-ne el &fabricant si no s'ha " -"de configurar cap \"cua raw\"." +msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" +msgstr "Manteniu el model de la impressora o seleccioneu-ne el &fabricant si no s'ha de configurar cap \"cua raw\"." #. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 @@ -704,9 +654,7 @@ #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467 msgid "Select a printer &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu el &fabricant de la impressora si no s'ha de configurar cap " -"\"cua raw\"." +msgstr "Seleccioneu el &fabricant de la impressora si no s'ha de configurar cap \"cua raw\"." #. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server @@ -744,8 +692,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:593 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1774 msgid "Optional 'option=value' parameter (usually empty) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "" -"Paràmetre opcional \"option=value\" (normalment buit) [percent-encoded]" +msgstr "Paràmetre opcional \"option=value\" (normalment buit) [percent-encoded]" #. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine #. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine @@ -813,11 +760,8 @@ msgstr "&Bits de parada" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 -msgid "" -"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Per accedir a una impressora Bluetooth, el paquet rpm bluez-cups ha d'estar " -"instal·lat." +msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." +msgstr "Per accedir a una impressora Bluetooth, el paquet rpm bluez-cups ha d'estar instal·lat." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -897,12 +841,8 @@ msgstr "URI (consulteu el manual de la impressora) [percent-encoded]" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 -msgid "" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Per accedir una compartició d'impressors SMB, cal que el paquet rpm samba-" -"client estigui instal·lat." +msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." +msgstr "Per accedir una compartició d'impressors SMB, cal que el paquet rpm samba-client estigui instal·lat." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -967,9 +907,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 msgid "To access an IPX print queue, the RPM package ncpfs must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Per accedir a una cua d'impressió IPX, cal que el paquet ncpfs estigui " -"instal·lat." +msgstr "Per accedir a una cua d'impressió IPX, cal que el paquet ncpfs estigui instal·lat." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -1004,9 +942,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 msgid "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Per imprimir a través de \"pipe\", el paquet rpm cups-backends ha d'estar " -"instal·lat." +msgstr "Per imprimir a través de \"pipe\", el paquet rpm cups-backends ha d'estar instal·lat." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -1082,9 +1018,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2212 msgid "Access Network Printer or Printserver Box via" -msgstr "" -"Accedeix a la impressora de xarxa o al quadre del servidor d'impressió " -"mitjançant" +msgstr "Accedeix a la impressora de xarxa o al quadre del servidor d'impressió mitjançant" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215 msgid "TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)" @@ -1171,8 +1105,7 @@ #. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2338 msgid "In CUPS version 1.5 SCSI printer support is dropped." -msgstr "" -"S'ha abandonat el suport per a impressores SCSI a la versió de CUPS 1.5." +msgstr "S'ha abandonat el suport per a impressores SCSI a la versió de CUPS 1.5." #. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only): #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2340 @@ -1226,15 +1159,11 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2473 msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits." -msgstr "" -"La comprovació de paritat \"space\" només té suport amb 7 bits de dades." +msgstr "La comprovació de paritat \"space\" només té suport amb 7 bits de dades." #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2481 -msgid "" -"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." -msgstr "" -"La comprovació de paritat \"mark\" només té suport amb 7 bits de dades i 1 " -"bit de parada." +msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." +msgstr "La comprovació de paritat \"mark\" només té suport amb 7 bits de dades i 1 bit de parada." #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2523 msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty." @@ -1276,9 +1205,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2747 msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty." -msgstr "" -"L'URI del dispositiu, el nombre d'intents i el temps d'espera no poden estar " -"en blanc." +msgstr "L'URI del dispositiu, el nombre d'intents i el temps d'espera no poden estar en blanc." #. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe @@ -1317,23 +1244,19 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the port number: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2827 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via TCP port %1" -msgstr "" -"Cerca ordinadors centrals que siguin accessibles a través del port TCP %1" +msgstr "Cerca ordinadors centrals que siguin accessibles a través del port TCP %1" #. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2844 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via Samba (SMB)" -msgstr "" -"Cerca ordinadors centrals que siguin accessibles a través de Samba (SMB)" +msgstr "Cerca ordinadors centrals que siguin accessibles a través de Samba (SMB)" #. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 515 (LPD/LPR)" -msgstr "" -"Cerca ordinadors centrals que siguin accessibles a través del port 515 (LPD/" -"LPR)" +msgstr "Cerca ordinadors centrals que siguin accessibles a través del port 515 (LPD/LPR)" #. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: @@ -1359,8 +1282,7 @@ #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2941 msgid "Access test failed for port '%1' on host '%2'." -msgstr "" -"Ha fallat la prova d'accés del port \"%1\" a l'ordinador central \"%2\"." +msgstr "Ha fallat la prova d'accés del port \"%1\" a l'ordinador central \"%2\"." #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: @@ -1372,8 +1294,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2994 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3093 msgid "Access test failed for queue '%1' on host '%2'." -msgstr "" -"Ha fallat la prova d'accés de la cua \"%1\" a l'ordinador central \"%2\"." +msgstr "Ha fallat la prova d'accés de la cua \"%1\" a l'ordinador central \"%2\"." #. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3012 @@ -1385,26 +1306,20 @@ msgstr "" "Aquest és només un test genèric que podria informar d'errors falsos\n" "si es demana l'autenticació a través d'Active Directory (R).\n" -"En aquest cas, si un usuari té permís per imprimir a través d'Active " -"Directory (R)\n" -"hauria d'entrar-hi i provar ell mateix si pot imprimir des del Gnome o del " -"KDE." +"En aquest cas, si un usuari té permís per imprimir a través d'Active Directory (R)\n" +"hauria d'entrar-hi i provar ell mateix si pot imprimir des del Gnome o del KDE." #. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3043 msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'." -msgstr "" -"Ha fallat la prova d'accés del recurs compartit \"%1\" a l'ordinador central " -"\"%2\"." +msgstr "Ha fallat la prova d'accés del recurs compartit \"%1\" a l'ordinador central \"%2\"." #. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3063 msgid "Access test failed for share '%1' on host '%2'." -msgstr "" -"Ha fallat la prova d'accés del recurs compartit \"%1\" a l'ordinador central " -"\"%2\"." +msgstr "Ha fallat la prova d'accés del recurs compartit \"%1\" a l'ordinador central \"%2\"." #. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3105 @@ -1414,19 +1329,13 @@ #. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) #. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3245 -msgid "" -"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Per tenir suport d'Active Directory (R), cal que el paquet rpm samba-krb-" -"printing estigui instal·lat." +msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." +msgstr "Per tenir suport d'Active Directory (R), cal que el paquet rpm samba-krb-printing estigui instal·lat." #. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3285 msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues." -msgstr "" -"Ell suport d'Active Directory (R) es desactivarà per a totes les cues " -"d'impressió SMB." +msgstr "Ell suport d'Active Directory (R) es desactivarà per a totes les cues d'impressió SMB." #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -1589,9 +1498,7 @@ #. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:224 msgid "Printer description &file name with full path where it is located" -msgstr "" -"Nom del &fitxer de descripció de la impressora amb el camí complet d'on està " -"ubicada" +msgstr "Nom del &fitxer de descripció de la impressora amb el camí complet d'on està ubicada" #. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box #. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: @@ -1613,31 +1520,23 @@ #. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here #. and there is nothing else to be done after this: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:679 -msgid "" -"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." +msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." msgstr "El fitxer de descripció de la impressora no compleix l'especificació." #. when a PPD file is not in compliance: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:694 msgid "Use the printer description file regardless of its errors?" -msgstr "" -"Voleu utilitzar el fitxer de descripció de la impressora encara produeixi " -"errors?" +msgstr "Voleu utilitzar el fitxer de descripció de la impressora encara produeixi errors?" #. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline #. when PPD file is not in compliance: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:699 -msgid "" -"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." -msgstr "" -"Un fitxer de descripció de la impressora que no compleixi l'especificació " -"pot produir errors arbitraris." +msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." +msgstr "Un fitxer de descripció de la impressora que no compleixi l'especificació pot produir errors arbitraris." #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:716 msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available" -msgstr "" -"No s'ha pogut fer que hi hagi un fitxer de descripció de la impressora " -"disponible." +msgstr "No s'ha pogut fer que hi hagi un fitxer de descripció de la impressora disponible." #. Title of the Driver Options Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: @@ -1681,14 +1580,12 @@ "<big>Print Queue Overview</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the " -"printer\n" +"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" "device. \n" "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" "device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer.\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1699,8 +1596,7 @@ "les tasques es posen en una cua i s'envien a la impressora\n" "una rere l'altra. \n" "Podeu tenir diverses cues d'impressió per a la mateixa impressora.\n" -"Per exemple, podeu tenir una segona cua amb un controlador només de " -"monocrom\n" +"Per exemple, podeu tenir una segona cua amb un controlador només de monocrom\n" "en una impressora en color, o bé una cua PostScript i una cua amb un\n" "controlador PCL en una impressora PostScript+PCL.\n" "\n" @@ -1815,8 +1711,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Supervisió de la cua d'impressió d'AutoYaST</big> \n" -"L'AutoYaST només té suport per a paràmetres d'impressió amb CUPS a través de " -"la xarxa. \n" +"L'AutoYaST només té suport per a paràmetres d'impressió amb CUPS a través de la xarxa. \n" "No hi ha suport d'AutoYaST per establir cues d'impressió locals.\n" "" @@ -1827,36 +1722,26 @@ "<big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device." -" \n" -"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer " -"device.\n" -"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer " -"drivers\n" +"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device. \n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" +"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" "should be used for the same printer device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" "to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer\n" -"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less " -"quality).\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n" +"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Configuració d'una cua d'impressió nova en una impressora</big></" -"b> \n" -"Les impressores no s'utilitzen directament, sinó mitjançant una cua " -"d'impressió. \n" +"<big>Configuració d'una cua d'impressió nova en una impressora</big> \n" +"Les impressores no s'utilitzen directament, sinó mitjançant una cua d'impressió. \n" "Quan diverses aplicacions envien tasques d'impressió simultàniament,\n" "les tasques es posen en una cua i s'envien a la impressora\n" "una rere l'altra. \n" "Podeu tenir diverses cues d'impressió a la mateixa impressora.\n" -"Per exemple, podeu tenir una segona cua amb un controlador només de " -"monocrom\n" -"per forçar la impressió en blanc i negre en una impressora en color; o bé " -"una cua\n" -"PostScript i una cua amb un controlador PCL en una impressora PostScript" -"+PCL,\n" +"Per exemple, podeu tenir una segona cua amb un controlador només de monocrom\n" +"per forçar la impressió en blanc i negre en una impressora en color; o bé una cua\n" +"PostScript i una cua amb un controlador PCL en una impressora PostScript+PCL,\n" "perquè normalment la impressió amb el controlador PCL és més ràpida (però\n" "amb menys qualitat).\n" "" @@ -1882,8 +1767,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer " -"device. \n" +"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1891,29 +1775,22 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"La connexió determina de quina manera s'envien les dades a la " -"impressora. \n" -"Si seleccioneu una connexió no vàlida, no es poden enviar dades al " -"dispositiu\n" +"La connexió determina de quina manera s'envien les dades a la impressora. \n" +"Si seleccioneu una connexió no vàlida, no es poden enviar dades al dispositiu\n" "i, per tant, no es pot imprimir. \n" "Si una impressora és accessible a través de més d'un tipus de connexió,\n" "es mostra en cada tipus de connexió. \n" -"En particular, sovint es pot accedir a les impressores HP mitjançant una " -"connexió 'usb:/...'\n" +"En particular, sovint es pot accedir a les impressores HP mitjançant una connexió 'usb:/...'\n" "i una connexió 'hp:/...'.\n" "La segona connexió la proporciona el paquet de controladors HP 'hplip'.\n" -"Per a les impressions senzilles, ambdós tipus de connexió han de funcionar; " -"tanmateix,\n" -"cal utilitzar la connexió 'hp:/...' per a qualsevol altra tasca (per " -"exemple, l'estat de la impressora\n" +"Per a les impressions senzilles, ambdós tipus de connexió han de funcionar; tanmateix,\n" +"cal utilitzar la connexió 'hp:/...' per a qualsevol altra tasca (per exemple, l'estat de la impressora\n" "mitjançant 'hp-toolbox' o l'escaneig mitjançant un dispositiu multifunció).\n" "\n" @@ -1924,8 +1801,7 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -" \n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" "with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" @@ -1950,8 +1826,7 @@ "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" "to what you know what works best for your printer. \n" "If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" -"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the " -"model.\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" "Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" @@ -1971,27 +1846,18 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"El controlador determina que es produeixin les dades necessàries per " -"al\n" +"El controlador determina que es produeixin les dades necessàries per al\n" "model específic d'impressora. \n" -"Si s'assigna un controlador erroni, s'envien dades errònies a la " -"impressora,\n" -"la qual cosa provoca una mala impressió, una impressió caòtica o cap " -"impressió. \n" -"Inicialment, el camp d'entrada per a la línia de cerca del controlador " -"mostra\n" +"Si s'assigna un controlador erroni, s'envien dades errònies a la impressora,\n" +"la qual cosa provoca una mala impressió, una impressió caòtica o cap impressió. \n" +"Inicialment, el camp d'entrada per a la línia de cerca del controlador mostra\n" "el nom del model autodetectat de la connexió seleccionada vigent\n" -"i els controladors que es mostren per defecte són els que coincideixen amb " -"el\n" +"i els controladors que es mostren per defecte són els que coincideixen amb el\n" "nom del model. \n" -"Si la descripció del controlador coincideix amb el nom del model " -"autodetectat,\n" -"i si tots els controladors coincidents sembla que pertanyin al mateix " -"model,\n" -"la descripció dels controladors es classifica de manera que el controlador " -"més raonable\n" -"sigui a dalt de tot de la llista i sigui el que s'ha preseleccionat " -"automàticament.\n" +"Si la descripció del controlador coincideix amb el nom del model autodetectat,\n" +"i si tots els controladors coincidents sembla que pertanyin al mateix model,\n" +"la descripció dels controladors es classifica de manera que el controlador més raonable\n" +"sigui a dalt de tot de la llista i sigui el que s'ha preseleccionat automàticament.\n" "Si no hi ha cap controlador preseleccionat, heu de trobar i seleccionar\n" "manualment el controlador adient. \n" "D'altra banda, si s'ha preseleccionat un controlador automàticament\n" @@ -2007,30 +1873,24 @@ "Per això, comproveu que els valors preseleccionats tinguin sentit\n" "i no tingueu manies a l'hora de remenar i modificar la configuració\n" "al que sabeu que funciona millor amb la vostra impressora. \n" -"Si no hi ha cap descripció de controlador que coincideixi amb el model " -"autodetectat,\n" -"no significa necessàriament que no hi hagi cap controlador per al vostre " -"model.\n" +"Si no hi ha cap descripció de controlador que coincideixi amb el model autodetectat,\n" +"no significa necessàriament que no hi hagi cap controlador per al vostre model.\n" "Sovint només el nom del model a les descripcions dels controladors\n" "és diferent del nom del model autodectectat.\n" -"Per tant, podeu introduir el que vulgueu com a línia de cerca de " -"controlador\n" +"Per tant, podeu introduir el que vulgueu com a línia de cerca de controlador\n" "i remenar per les descripcions dels controladors disponibles. \n" "Normalment l'opció de controlador per defecte hauria de ser raonable\n" "de manera que funcionés per a la vostra impressora.\n" -"Algunes opcions de configuració del controlador haurien de coincidir amb la " -"vostra impressora.\n" +"Algunes opcions de configuració del controlador haurien de coincidir amb la vostra impressora.\n" "Concretament la mida del paper per defecte establert al controlador\n" "hauria de coincidir amb el que realment es carrega a la impressora.\n" "Podeu escollir paper A4 o paper de carta com a mida de paper per defecte\n" "o no seleccionar res per fer servir la mida per defecte del controlador\n" -"que és també la configuració bàsica si el controlador no té suport ni per a " -"A4 ni carta\n" +"que és també la configuració bàsica si el controlador no té suport ni per a A4 ni carta\n" "(per exemple, en una impressora per a fotografies de petit format).\n" "Si voleu ajustar altres paràmetres excepte A4 o carta,\n" "primer heu de configurar la cua d'impressió i, en segon lloc, podeu\n" -"podeu ajustar els paràmetres del controlador al diàleg \"Editar/Modificar" -"\".\n" +"podeu ajustar els paràmetres del controlador al diàleg \"Editar/Modificar\".\n" "" #. BasicAddDialog help 5/7: @@ -2046,8 +1906,7 @@ "\n" "Les aplicacions no mostren el nom real de la impressora\n" "sinó el nom de la cua d'impressió que hi està associada. \n" -"Només es permet utilitzar lletres (a-z i A-Z), números (0-9) i guionets " -"baixos '_'\n" +"Només es permet utilitzar lletres (a-z i A-Z), números (0-9) i guionets baixos '_'\n" "al nom de la cua d'impressió; a més, el nom ha de començar amb una lletra.\n" "" @@ -2073,13 +1932,11 @@ "Les aplicacions haurien d'usar aquesta cua de sistema d'impressió\n" "si no hi ha cap altra cua especificada per l'usuari.\n" "Però no hi ha cap opció com ara \"només una cua i prou\" per defecte.\n" -"A part de la cua per defecte del sistema, qualsevol usuari pot mantenir la " -"configuració \n" +"A part de la cua per defecte del sistema, qualsevol usuari pot mantenir la configuració \n" "de la seva cua per defecte i, a més, qualsevol aplicació pot implementar\n" "la seva manera de configurar la cua d'impressió per defecte.\n" "(per exemple, l'aplicació pot recordar l'última cua usada). \n" -"Per a més detalls, vegeu l'article sobre la base de dades de suport " -"d'openSUSE\n" +"Per a més detalls, vegeu l'article sobre la base de dades de suport d'openSUSE\n" "\"'Print Settings with CUPS\" a \n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS\n" "" @@ -2103,12 +1960,9 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Una manera alternativa d'e configurar dispositius HP és executar hp-" -"setup. \n" -"L'eina pròpia d'HP \"hp-setup\" ofereix suport de configuració concret per " -"a\n" -"impressores i equips multifunció d'HP que necessiten un connector-" -"controlador\n" +"Una manera alternativa d'e configurar dispositius HP és executar hp-setup. \n" +"L'eina pròpia d'HP \"hp-setup\" ofereix suport de configuració concret per a\n" +"impressores i equips multifunció d'HP que necessiten un connector-controlador\n" "propietari que s'ha de descarregar d'HP i instal·lar correctament en un\n" "sistema particular. A més, \"hp-setup\" pot proporcionar millor suport\n" "per a impressores i equips multifunció HP de xarxa perquè l'eina d'HP pot\n" @@ -2128,16 +1982,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Modificació d'una cua d'impressió</big> \n" -"Per modificar una cua d'impressió, seleccioneu només allò que realment " -"vulgueu canviar. \n" +"Per modificar una cua d'impressió, seleccioneu només allò que realment vulgueu canviar. \n" "" #. BasicModifyDialog help 2/4: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device." -" \n" +"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -2145,10 +1997,8 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used. \n" "When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n" "the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" @@ -2179,35 +2029,25 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La connexió determina com s'envia la informació a la impressora. \n" -"Si se selecciona una connexió equivocada, no es pot enviar informació al " -"dispositiu\n" +"Si se selecciona una connexió equivocada, no es pot enviar informació al dispositiu\n" "i no hi haurà cap impressió. \n" "Si una impressora és accessible a través de més d'un tipus de connexió,\n" "es mostra la impressora per a cada tipus de connexió. \n" -"Concretament, els dispositius HP sovint són accessibles a través de les dues " -"connexions 'usb:/...'\n" +"Concretament, els dispositius HP sovint són accessibles a través de les dues connexions 'usb:/...'\n" "i 'hp:/...'.\n" "L'última la proporciona el paquet de controlador 'hplip'.\n" -"ePer a impressions bàsiques, ambdós tipus de connexions haurien de " -"funcionar, però per a qualsevol altra cosa\n" -"(per exemple, veure l'estat del dispositiu a través de 'hp-toolbox' o " -"escanejar a través d'un equip multifunció)\n" +"ePer a impressions bàsiques, ambdós tipus de connexions haurien de funcionar, però per a qualsevol altra cosa\n" +"(per exemple, veure l'estat del dispositiu a través de 'hp-toolbox' o escanejar a través d'un equip multifunció)\n" "s'ha de fer servir la connexió 'hp:/...'. \n" "Quan canvieu la connexió actual per una altra,\n" "el camp d'entrada per a la cerca del controlador mostra\n" -"el nom del model d'impressora autodetectada de la nova connexió " -"seleccionada.\n" -"Es mostren per defecte els controladors que tenen una descripció que " -"coincideix\n" +"el nom del model d'impressora autodetectada de la nova connexió seleccionada.\n" +"Es mostren per defecte els controladors que tenen una descripció que coincideix\n" "amb el nom del model. \n" -"Si la descripció del controlador coincideix amb el nom del model " -"autodetectat,\n" -"i si tots els controladors coincidents sembla que pertanyin al mateix " -"model,\n" -"la descripció dels controladors es classifica de manera que el controlador " -"més raonable\n" -"sigui a dalt de tot de la llista i sigui el que s'ha preseleccionat " -"automàticament.\n" +"Si la descripció del controlador coincideix amb el nom del model autodetectat,\n" +"i si tots els controladors coincidents sembla que pertanyin al mateix model,\n" +"la descripció dels controladors es classifica de manera que el controlador més raonable\n" +"sigui a dalt de tot de la llista i sigui el que s'ha preseleccionat automàticament.\n" "Si no hi ha cap controlador preseleccionat, heu de trobar i seleccionar\n" "manualment el controlador adient. \n" "D'altra banda, si s'ha preseleccionat un controlador automàticament\n" @@ -2223,14 +2063,11 @@ "Per això, comproveu que els valors preseleccionats tinguin sentit\n" "i no tingueu manies a l'hora de remenar i modificar la configuració\n" "al que sabeu que funciona millor amb la vostra impressora. \n" -"Si no hi ha cap descripció de controlador que coincideixi amb el model " -"autodetectat,\n" -"no significa necessàriament que no hi hagi cap controlador per al vostre " -"model.\n" +"Si no hi ha cap descripció de controlador que coincideixi amb el model autodetectat,\n" +"no significa necessàriament que no hi hagi cap controlador per al vostre model.\n" "Sovint només el nom del model a les descripcions dels controladors\n" "és diferent del nom del model autodectectat.\n" -"Per tant, podeu introduir el que vulgueu com a línia de cerca de " -"controlador\n" +"Per tant, podeu introduir el que vulgueu com a línia de cerca de controlador\n" "i remenar per les descripcions dels controladors disponibles. \n" "\n" @@ -2241,12 +2078,9 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -" \n" -"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings " -"later\n" -"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now." -" \n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" +"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n" +"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now. \n" "Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" "For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n" "must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer. \n" @@ -2255,8 +2089,7 @@ "should work for the particular driver.\n" "Nevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\n" "with high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\n" -"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages." -" \n" +"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages. \n" "When you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\n" "you must first apply this change to the print queue\n" "so that the new driver is used for the queue\n" @@ -2264,8 +2097,7 @@ "and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" "by using this dialog again. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" -"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was " -"not changed.\n" +"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n" "This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" "so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n" "to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n" @@ -2275,25 +2107,17 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"El controlador determina que es produeixi el tipus de dades correcte " -"per al\n" +"El controlador determina que es produeixi el tipus de dades correcte per al\n" "model concret de la impressora. \n" -"Si se selecciona un controlador incorrecte, s'envien dades incorrectes a la " -"impressora i,\n" -"com a conseqüència, s'obté una impressió errònia o caòtica, o simplement no " -"s'obté cap impressió. \n" -"Podeu seleccionar un altre controlador i modificar-ne la configuració més " -"endavant\n" -"o conservar el controlador que s'utilitza actualment i modificar-ne la " -"configuració ara. \n" -"Alguns paràmetres d'opcions del controlador han de coincidir amb la " -"impressora que utilitzeu.\n" +"Si se selecciona un controlador incorrecte, s'envien dades incorrectes a la impressora i,\n" +"com a conseqüència, s'obté una impressió errònia o caòtica, o simplement no s'obté cap impressió. \n" +"Podeu seleccionar un altre controlador i modificar-ne la configuració més endavant\n" +"o conservar el controlador que s'utilitza actualment i modificar-ne la configuració ara. \n" +"Alguns paràmetres d'opcions del controlador han de coincidir amb la impressora que utilitzeu.\n" "Per exemple, el paràmetre de la mida del paper per defecte del controlador\n" "ha de coincidir amb el paper que carregueu a la impressora. \n" -"En altres paràmetres d'opcions del controlador, podeu triar l'opció que més " -"us convingui.\n" -"Per exemple, normalment qualsevol de les resolucions d'impressió " -"disponibles\n" +"En altres paràmetres d'opcions del controlador, podeu triar l'opció que més us convingui.\n" +"Per exemple, normalment qualsevol de les resolucions d'impressió disponibles\n" "ha de funcionar amb el controlador específic.\n" "Això no obstant, pot ser que la vostra impressora concreta no pugui\n" "imprimir en alta resolució; per exemple, si teniu una impressora làser\n" @@ -2305,14 +2129,11 @@ "i seguidament en un segon pas podeu ajustar els paràmetres del controlador\n" "usant aquest diàleg una altra vegada. \n" "Inicialment, al camp per a la línia de cerca del controlador\n" -"es mostra la descripció del controlador usat actualment quan la connexió no " -"estava canviada.\n" +"es mostra la descripció del controlador usat actualment quan la connexió no estava canviada.\n" "Això té com a resultat, normalment, un sol controlador coincident\n" "per tant, haureu d'introduir una línia de cerca menys específica\n" -"per obtenir també altres controladors disponibles o bé feu servir el botó " -"\"Troba'n més\".\n" -"Si no hi ha cap coincidència, això no vol dir que no hi hagi cap controlador " -"disponible.\n" +"per obtenir també altres controladors disponibles o bé feu servir el botó \"Troba'n més\".\n" +"Si no hi ha cap coincidència, això no vol dir que no hi hagi cap controlador disponible.\n" "Per tant, podeu introduir el que vulgueu com a línia de cerca\n" "i remenar per totes les descripcions de controladors disponibles.\n" "" @@ -2322,10 +2143,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" -"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and " -"location.\n" -"Application programs often show description and location in the print " -"dialog.\n" +"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and location.\n" +"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" "To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" "which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" "it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n" @@ -2338,16 +2157,12 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"A diferència de la connexió i el controlador, on heu de seleccionar l'opció " -"correcta,\n" -"podeu introduir un text arbitrari a la descripció i la ubicació</" -"b>.\n" -"Sovint, les aplicacions mostren la descripció i la ubicació al quadre de " -"diàleg d'impressió.\n" +"A diferència de la connexió i el controlador, on heu de seleccionar l'opció correcta,\n" +"podeu introduir un text arbitrari a la descripció i la ubicació.\n" +"Sovint, les aplicacions mostren la descripció i la ubicació al quadre de diàleg d'impressió.\n" "Per assegurar-vos que els textos apareguin correctament en qualsevol idioma\n" "que pugui utilitzar un usuari determinat d'una aplicació determinada,\n" -"és més segur utilitzar només text simple, sense cap caràcter especial (és a " -"dir,\n" +"és més segur utilitzar només text simple, sense cap caràcter especial (és a dir,\n" "només lletres [A-Z i a-z], números ASCII [0-9] i espais).\n" "Normalment, la descripció indica el model i, de vegades, el controlador\n" "(per exemple, 'ACME FunPrinter 1000 amb un controlador PCL genèric'),\n" @@ -2397,12 +2212,10 @@ "\n" "Pot ser que les configuracions que no siguin els valors per defecte no\n" "funcionin en tots els casos o que tinguin conseqüències inesperades. \n" -"Per exemple, pot ser que una resolució molt alta no funcioni en una " -"impressora làser\n" +"Per exemple, pot ser que una resolució molt alta no funcioni en una impressora làser\n" "si la memòria interna de la impressora no és suficient per processar\n" "pàgines d'alta resolució. \n" -"De la mateixa manera, pot ser que una configuració d'alta qualitat " -"imprimeixi\n" +"De la mateixa manera, pot ser que una configuració d'alta qualitat imprimeixi\n" "molt lentament en una impressora d'injecció de tinta.\n" "\n" @@ -2424,8 +2237,7 @@ "específics de la impressora per poder utilitzar-ne totes les funcions. \n" "En concret, quan la impressora té unitats opcionals instal·lades com ara\n" "una unitat d'impressió a doble cara o alimentadors de paper opcionals,\n" -"s'han de comprovar i ajustar els paràmetres del controlador corresponent." -" \n" +"s'han de comprovar i ajustar els paràmetres del controlador corresponent. \n" "Per exemple, una unitat d'impressió a doble cara opcional s'ha de definir\n" "a 'installed' o a 'true'; en cas contrari, pot ser que el controlador\n" "ignori els paràmetres de la unitat.\n" @@ -2445,8 +2257,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Addició o eliminació de paquets de controladors d'impressora</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Addició o eliminació de paquets de controladors d'impressora</big> \n" "Quan no es marca un paquet del controlador d'impressora, no s'instal·la\n" "el paquet i més endavant el podeu seleccionar per instal·lar-lo. \n" "Quan es marca un paquet del controlador d'impressora, s'instal·la\n" @@ -2521,16 +2332,14 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Specify the Connection</big> \n" -"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device." -" \n" +"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Indicar la connexió</big> \n" -"La connexió determina de quina manera s'envien les dades a la " -"impressora. \n" +"La connexió determina de quina manera s'envien les dades a la impressora. \n" "Si s'utilitza una connexió incorrecta, no es poden enviar dades\n" "a la impressora i no es pot imprimir.\n" "\n" @@ -2541,24 +2350,19 @@ "\n" "<big>Printer Device URI</big> \n" "A connection is specified as so called device URI. \n" -"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-" -"transfer,\n" +"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" "for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer. \n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" -"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character)." -" \n" +"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character). \n" "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" -"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign " -"'='. \n" -"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark " -"'?')\n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='. \n" +"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" "a full device URI could be for example: \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" -"waitprinter=false \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" "Some examples: \n" "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like: \n" @@ -2576,22 +2380,17 @@ "<big>URI de la impressora</big> \n" "La connexió s'indica mitjançant l'anomenat URI de la impressora. \n" "La seva primera paraula (l'anomenat esquema URI) indica el tipus,\n" -"de transferència de dades, com ara 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', o " -"'ipp'. \n" +"de transferència de dades, com ara 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', o 'ipp'. \n" "Després de l'esquema hi ha més o menys parts addicionals\n" "que especifiquen els detalls d'aquest tipus de transferència de dades. \n" "No hi pot haver espais en un URI.\n" -" Per això un caràcter d'espai s'ha d'escriure com a '%20' (20 n'és el valor " -"hexadecimal)\n" -"Els components d'un URI se separen amb caràcters especials reservats com " -"ara\n" +" Per això un caràcter d'espai s'ha d'escriure com a '%20' (20 n'és el valor hexadecimal)\n" +"Els components d'un URI se separen amb caràcters especials reservats com ara\n" "dos punts, una barra \"/\", un interrogant, un igual o \"&amp\". \n" -"Finalment, hi pot haver paràmetres opcionals (separats mitjançant un signe " -"d'interrogació '?')\n" +"Finalment, hi pot haver paràmetres opcionals (separats mitjançant un signe d'interrogació '?')\n" "amb el format opció1=valor1&opció2=valor2&opció3=valor3;\n" "per tant, un URI complet d'un dispositiu pot ser, per exemple: \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?" -"waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" "Els caràcters especials s'han de codificar amb un caràcter\n" "de percentatge (codificació URL).\n" "Per exemple,Alguns exemples: \n" @@ -2784,10 +2583,8 @@ "Example device URIs: \n" "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 \n" "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F \n" -"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be " -"installed.\n" -"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the " -"data\n" +"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n" +"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n" "to a bluetooth printer.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -2802,8 +2599,7 @@ "Normalment només funcionen URI que s'han generat automàticament.\n" "Quan no s'autodetecta el dispositiu, normalment no hi ha comunicació\n" "possible i no s'hi poden enviar dades. \n" -"Per accedir a una impressora HP o un dispositiu multifunció a través del " -"rerefons \"hp\",\n" +"Per accedir a una impressora HP o un dispositiu multifunció a través del rerefons \"hp\",\n" "ha d'estar instal·lat el paquet rpm \"hplip\".\n" "El paquet proporciona el programari d'impressió i escaneig d'HP. \n" "En contrast, els dispositius que es connecten pel port de sèrie o bluetooth\n" @@ -2814,10 +2610,8 @@ "Exemples d'URI de dispositius: \n" "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 \n" "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F \n" -"Per accedir a un dispositiu bluetooth, ha d'estar instal·lat el paquet rpm " -"\"bluez-cups\".\n" -"Elk paquet proporciona el rerefons CUPS \"bluetooth\", que és el que envia " -"les dades\n" +"Per accedir a un dispositiu bluetooth, ha d'estar instal·lat el paquet rpm \"bluez-cups\".\n" +"Elk paquet proporciona el rerefons CUPS \"bluetooth\", que és el que envia les dades\n" "a la impressora bluetooth.\n" "" @@ -2825,8 +2619,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:586 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big> \n" "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" "A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" @@ -2863,8 +2656,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>URI per accedir a una impressora de xarxa o a un servidor " -"d'impressió</big> \n" +"<big>URI per accedir a una impressora de xarxa o a un servidor d'impressió</big> \n" "Un servidor d'impressió és un dispositiu petit amb\n" "una connexió de xarxa i una connexió USB o de port en paral·lel\n" "per connectar-hi una impressora.\n" @@ -2899,8 +2691,7 @@ "L'URI corresponent és: \n" "ipp://adreça-ip:número-port/recurs \n" "Els valors exactes del número de port i el nom de recurs depenen\n" -"totalment del model de la impressora de xarxa o del servidor d'impressió." -" \n" +"totalment del model de la impressora de xarxa o del servidor d'impressió. \n" "Per obtenir més informació visiteu el lloc web següent: \n" "http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/network.html\n" "\n" @@ -2916,8 +2707,7 @@ "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" "provides in your particular network: \n" "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed.\n" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" "to a SMB printer share. \n" @@ -2960,8 +2750,7 @@ "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share: \n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "For more information have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and \n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)" -"_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. \n" "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR) \n" @@ -2995,20 +2784,16 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>URI de dispositiu per imprimir mitjançant una màquina de servidor " -"d'impressió</big> \n" +"<big>URI de dispositiu per imprimir mitjançant una màquina de servidor d'impressió</big> \n" "A diferència d'un servidor d'impressió, una màquina de servidor d'impressió\n" "és un ordinador real que ofereix un servei d'impressió. \n" "S'hi accedeix mitjançant diferents protocols de xarxa.\n" "Demaneu a l'administrador de la xarxa quina màquina de servidor d'impressió\n" "hi ha disponible a la vostra xarxa: \n" "Microsoft Windows o SAMBA (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"Per accedir a una impressora compartida SMB, el paquet rpm samba-client ha " -"d'estar instal·lat.\n" -"El paquet proporciona el rerefons CUPS \"smb\", que és un enllaç al " -"programa\n" -"<tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt>, que és el que relament envia les dades a la " -"impressora\n" +"Per accedir a una impressora compartida SMB, el paquet rpm samba-client ha d'estar instal·lat.\n" +"El paquet proporciona el rerefons CUPS \"smb\", que és un enllaç al programa\n" +"<tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt>, que és el que relament envia les dades a la impressora\n" "compartida SMB. \n" "Per accedir-hi es necessita un nom de servidor i un nom d'impressora\n" "compartida, i opcionalment un nom de grup de treball.\n" @@ -3018,28 +2803,21 @@ "Per defecte, CUPS executa rerefons (d'aquí smbspool) com a usuari \"lp\"\n" "Quan s'imprimeix en un entorn Active Directory (R) (AD)\n" "l'usuari \"lp\" no té premís per imprimir en aquest entorn\n" -"de manera que el mètode tradicional d'impressió per smbspool com a usuari " -"\"lp\"\n" +"de manera que el mètode tradicional d'impressió per smbspool com a usuari \"lp\"\n" "no funcionarà. \n" -"Per imprimir en un entorn AD, addicionalment s'ha d'instal·lar el paquet " -"\"samba-krb-printing\".\n" +"Per imprimir en un entorn AD, addicionalment s'ha d'instal·lar el paquet \"samba-krb-printing\".\n" "En aquest cas l'enllaç del rerefons CUPS \"smb\" es canvia a\n" "<tt>/usr/bin/get_printing_ticket</tt>\n" "que és l'embolcallador que executa smbspool com a usuari original\n" "que ha enviat una impressió.\n" "Quan es fa servir un protocol Kerberos per a l'autenticació\n" "en un entorn AD, l'usuari rep un \"ticket granting ticket (TGT)\"\n" -"a través del \"display manager\" durant l'entrada a l'escriptori Gnome o " -"KDE.\n" -"Quan smbspool s'executa com a usuari original que ha enviat una tasca " -"d'impressió,\n" -"pot accedir al TGT d'aquest usuari i fer-lo servir per passar les dades " -"d'impressió a la impressora\n" +"a través del \"display manager\" durant l'entrada a l'escriptori Gnome o KDE.\n" +"Quan smbspool s'executa com a usuari original que ha enviat una tasca d'impressió,\n" +"pot accedir al TGT d'aquest usuari i fer-lo servir per passar les dades d'impressió a la impressora\n" "SMB compartida fins i tot en un entorn AD amb autenticació de Kerberos.\n" -"En aquest cas no s'ha d'especificar ni un nom d'usuari ni una contrasenya " -"fixos.\n" -"Una precondició és que s'executi get_printing_ticket runs al mateix " -"ordinador central\n" +"En aquest cas no s'ha d'especificar ni un nom d'usuari ni una contrasenya fixos.\n" +"Una precondició és que s'executi get_printing_ticket runs al mateix ordinador central\n" "on l'usuari que ha enviat la tasca hagi entrat com a usuari.\n" "Això significa que ha d'estar configurat al sistema\n" "per a l'usuari particular que enviarà la tasca d'impressió\n" @@ -3055,11 +2833,9 @@ "Un URI complet de dispositiu és com el següent: \n" "smb://nomdusuari:contrasenya@grupdetreball/servidor/impressora \n" "Per obtenir-ne més informació, consulteu <tt>man smbspool</tt> i \n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)" -"_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" "Servidor d'UNIX tradicional (LPR) \n" -"Un dimoni d'impressora de línia (LPD) s'executa en un servidor UNIX " -"tradicional\n" +"Un dimoni d'impressora de línia (LPD) s'executa en un servidor UNIX tradicional\n" "i proporciona una o diverses cues d'impressió LPD.\n" "Per accedir-hi es necessiten l'adreça IP i un nom de cua d'impressió LPD.\n" "L'URI de dispositiu corresponent és el següent: \n" @@ -3077,13 +2853,10 @@ "Servidor d'impressió Novell-Netware (IPX) \n" "Per poder accedir a les cues d'impressió d'un servidor\n" "Novell-Netware, cal que tingueu instal·lat el paquet RPM 'ncpfs'.\n" -"Aquest paquet afegeix la infraestructura 'novell' al CUPS; d'aquesta " -"manera,\n" -"pot executar el programa <tt>nprint</tt> que és el que envia les dades a " -"una\n" +"Aquest paquet afegeix la infraestructura 'novell' al CUPS; d'aquesta manera,\n" +"pot executar el programa <tt>nprint</tt> que és el que envia les dades a una\n" "cua d'impressió Novell-Netware.\n" -"Per accedir-hi es necessita un nom de servidor i el nom d'una cua " -"d'impressió.\n" +"Per accedir-hi es necessita un nom de servidor i el nom d'una cua d'impressió.\n" "A més a més, pot ser que necessiteu un nom d'usuari i una contrasenya.\n" "L'URI corresponent és el següent: \n" "novell://nomdusuari:contrasenya@servidor/cua \n" @@ -3125,12 +2898,10 @@ "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before. \n" "Example: \n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number \n" -"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second " -"delay\n" +"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" "and the print job is lost. \n" -"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/" -"beh</tt> and \n" +"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and \n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" "" msgstr "" @@ -3159,21 +2930,17 @@ "i la cua mai no s'inhabilita; tanmateix, si es produeix un error\n" "es perden tasques d'impressió. \n" "\"Intents\" és el nombre de vegades que s'intentarà fer la crida\n" -"a l'execució secundària en cas d'error.\"0\" significa intents infinits." -" \n" +"a l'execució secundària en cas d'error.\"0\" significa intents infinits. \n" "\"Retard\" són els segons que passaran entre 2 intents\n" "successius de cridar l'execució secundària. \n" "L'últim paràmetre és l'URI original que la cua tenia abans. \n" "Exemple: \n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://adreça-ip:número-port \n" -"L'execució secundària beh intenta accedir a la impressora de xarxa 3 vegades " -"amb un\n" +"L'execució secundària beh intenta accedir a la impressora de xarxa 3 vegades amb un\n" "retard de 5 segons entre els intents. Si l'accés falla no s'inhabilita\n" "la cua i es perd la tasca d'impressió. \n" -"Per obtenir-ne més informació, consulteu <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/" -"backend/beh</tt> i \n" -"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler." -" \n" +"Per obtenir-ne més informació, consulteu <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> i \n" +"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler. \n" " " #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4: @@ -3181,8 +2948,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Printing Via Network</big> \n" -"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network." -" \n" +"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network. \n" "By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n" "to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n" @@ -3217,14 +2983,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Imprimir a través de la xarxa</big> \n" -"Normalment el CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) es fa servir per imprimir " -"per xarxa. \n" +"Normalment el CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) es fa servir per imprimir per xarxa. \n" "Per defecte el CUPS utilitza el mode \"Navegació\"\n" "per fer que les impressores estiguin disponibles a la xarxa. \n" -"En aquest cas, els servidors remots CUPS han de publicar les impressores que " -"tenen a la xarxa\n" -"i de manera corresponent el dimoni del procés (cupsd) s'ha d'executar a " -"l'ordinador central,\n" +"En aquest cas, els servidors remots CUPS han de publicar les impressores que tenen a la xarxa\n" +"i de manera corresponent el dimoni del procés (cupsd) s'ha d'executar a l'ordinador central,\n" "que escolta la informació entrant sobre impressores publicades. \n" "La informació de la navegació CUPS es rep a través del port UDP 631. \n" "Sobre el tallafoc: \n" @@ -3234,10 +2997,8 @@ "a través de la xarxa que pertanyi a la \"zona interna\"\n" "perquè es confia en aquesta zona per defecte. \n" "No té sentit imprimir en una xarxa interna de confiança\n" -"amb una interfície de xarxa que pertanyi a una \"zona externa\" de " -"desconfiança\n" -"(l'últim cas és el paràmetre per defecte perquè les interfícies de xarxa " -"siguin segures).\n" +"amb una interfície de xarxa que pertanyi a una \"zona externa\" de desconfiança\n" +"(l'últim cas és el paràmetre per defecte perquè les interfícies de xarxa siguin segures).\n" "Concretament, no deshabiliteu la protecció del tallafocs per al CUPS\n" "(per exemple, per una IPP que fa servir el port TCP 631 i el port UDP 631)\n" "per a la zona externa de desconfiança. \n" @@ -3246,13 +3007,11 @@ "des d'una xarxa externa (en particular des d'Internet),\n" "assigneu una interfície de xarxa que pertanyi a la xarxa interna\n" "de la zona interna del tallafoc.\n" -"Utilitzeu el mòdul del tallafoc del YaST per fer-ne aquesta configuració " -"fonamental\n" +"Utilitzeu el mòdul del tallafoc del YaST per fer-ne aquesta configuració fonamental\n" "per guanyar seguretat a més d'utilitat a la vostra xarxa\n" "i així, fer servir impressores remotes en una xarxa interna de confiança\n" "funcionarà sense cap altra configuració del tallafoc. \n" -"Per a més detalls, llegiu l'article de la base de dades de suport " -"d'openSUSE\n" +"Per a més detalls, llegiu l'article de la base de dades de suport d'openSUSE\n" "\"CUPS and SANE Firewall settings\" a \n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "" @@ -3275,18 +3034,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Si podeu accedir a servidors CUPS remots per imprimir\n" -"però aquests servidors no publiquen la informació de les impressores a " -"través de la xarxa\n" +"però aquests servidors no publiquen la informació de les impressores a través de la xarxa\n" "o quan no podeu acceptar informació entrant sobre impressores publicades\n" -"(per exemple, quan hàgiu de tenir una protecció de tallafoc per a la zona de " -"xarxa\n" -"en què es publiquen les impressores), podeu demanar informació " -"d'impressores\n" -"dels servidors CUPS (sempre que els servidors CUPS us hi permetin l'accés)." -" \n" +"(per exemple, quan hàgiu de tenir una protecció de tallafoc per a la zona de xarxa\n" +"en què es publiquen les impressores), podeu demanar informació d'impressores\n" +"dels servidors CUPS (sempre que els servidors CUPS us hi permetin l'accés). \n" "Per cada servidor CUPS que és demanat, un procés cups-polld \n" -"és executat pel procés del dimoni del CUPS (cupsd) al vostre ordinador " -"central.\n" +"és executat pel procés del dimoni del CUPS (cupsd) al vostre ordinador central.\n" "Per defecte, cada cups-polld enquesta un servidor CUPS remot\n" "cada 30 segons per obtenir informació de les impressores.\n" "" @@ -3296,10 +3050,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" -"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your " -"host.\n" -"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly." -" \n" +"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" +"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly. \n" "A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" "for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" "to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n" @@ -3310,18 +3062,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Si imprimiu només per xarxa i si feu servir només un sol servidor CUPS,\n" -"no hi ha necessitat d'usar el Navegador CUPS Browsing i de tenir el dimoni " -"CUPS executant-se al vostre ordinador central.\n" +"no hi ha necessitat d'usar el Navegador CUPS Browsing i de tenir el dimoni CUPS executant-se al vostre ordinador central.\n" "És més senzill especificar el servidor CUPS i accedir-hi directament. \n" "Un possible inconvenient és que les aplicacions es retardin\n" "una mica (fins que passi el temps d'espera) quan intentin\n" "accedir al servidor CUPS però que no sigui accessible\n" -"(per exemple, quan viatgeu amb un portàtil). Normalment és una resolució de " -"temps d'espera\n" -"del nom de l'ordinador central (DNS) que causa aquest retard, per això " -"podria ser d'ajuda\n" -"tenir una entrada de codi (hardcoded) per al servidor CUPS al fitxer /etc/" -"hosts.\n" +"(per exemple, quan viatgeu amb un portàtil). Normalment és una resolució de temps d'espera\n" +"del nom de l'ordinador central (DNS) que causa aquest retard, per això podria ser d'ajuda\n" +"tenir una entrada de codi (hardcoded) per al servidor CUPS al fitxer /etc/hosts.\n" "" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4: @@ -3357,24 +3105,19 @@ "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" "its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" -"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must " -"run\n" +"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" "which is listening for incoming information about published printers. \n" "CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Compartició de cues d'impressió i publicació a través de la xarxa</" -"big> \n" -"Normalment s'ha de configurar el CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) per " -"utilitzar\n" +"<big>Compartició de cues d'impressió i publicació a través de la xarxa</big> \n" +"Normalment s'ha de configurar el CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) per utilitzar\n" "el mode \"Navegador\" per fer que les impressores estiguin disponibles\n" "a través de la xarxa. \n" "En aquest cas, els servidors CUPS publiquen les seves\n" -"cues d'impressió locals a través de la xarxa i, en els sistemes de clients, " -"s'ha\n" -"d'estar executant el procés del dimoni CUPS (cupsd) per escoltar la " -"informació\n" +"cues d'impressió locals a través de la xarxa i, en els sistemes de clients, s'ha\n" +"d'estar executant el procés del dimoni CUPS (cupsd) per escoltar la informació\n" "sobre les impressores publicades. \n" "La informació del \"Navegador\" del CUPS es rep al port UDP 631.\n" " " @@ -3384,33 +3127,26 @@ msgid "" "\n" "First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n" -"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients." -" \n" +"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients. \n" "In a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\n" "to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n" "and to publish printers to all those hosts. \n" "It is not required to publish printers in any case. \n" -"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS " -"Browsing.\n" +"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" -"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server " -"directly.\n" +"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"En primer lloc, tots els sistemes de client de CUPS han de poder accedir al " -"servidor CUPS.\n" -"Tot seguit, heu d'especificar si s'han de publicar les impressores als " -"clients.\n" -"En una xarxa local, el més habitual és establir el Navegador CUPS de manera " -"que\n" +"En primer lloc, tots els sistemes de client de CUPS han de poder accedir al servidor CUPS.\n" +"Tot seguit, heu d'especificar si s'han de publicar les impressores als clients.\n" +"En una xarxa local, el més habitual és establir el Navegador CUPS de manera que\n" "permeti l'accés a tots els ordinadors centrals de la xarxa local\n" "i que publiqui les impressores a tots aquests ordinadors.\n" "No és obligatori publicar les impressores en tots els casos.\n" "Si només teniu un servidor CUPS no cal que utilitzeu el Navegador CUPS.\n" "És més fàcil especificar el servidor CUPS en els sistemes client\n" -"(mitjançant el quadre de diàleg \"Imprimeix a través de la xarxa\") perquè " -"els clients\n" +"(mitjançant el quadre de diàleg \"Imprimeix a través de la xarxa\") perquè els clients\n" "accedeixin al servidor directament.\n" "" @@ -3443,8 +3179,7 @@ "i quan la connexió de xarxa de l'ordinador central\n" "usi una interfície no-PPP al servidor CUPS\n" "(una interfície que no tingui establerta la bandera IFF_POINTOPOINT). \n" -"Alternativament o addicionalment, es pot especificar una llista explícita " -"d'interfícies de xarxa\n" +"Alternativament o addicionalment, es pot especificar una llista explícita d'interfícies de xarxa\n" "des de la qual es permet l'accés remot. \n" "Alternativament o additionalment, es pot especificar una llista explícita\n" "d'adreces IP o xarxes que en tenen el permís.\n" @@ -3498,10 +3233,8 @@ "a través de la xarxa que pertanyi a la \"zona interna\"\n" "perquè es confia en aquesta zona per defecte. \n" "No té sentit imprimir en una xarxa interna de confiança\n" -"amb una interfície de xarxa que pertanyi a una \"zona externa\" de " -"desconfiança\n" -"(l'últim cas és el paràmetre per defecte perquè les interfícies de xarxa " -"siguin segures).\n" +"amb una interfície de xarxa que pertanyi a una \"zona externa\" de desconfiança\n" +"(l'últim cas és el paràmetre per defecte perquè les interfícies de xarxa siguin segures).\n" "Concretament, no deshabiliteu la protecció del tallafocs per al CUPS\n" "(per exemple, per una IPP que fa servir el port TCP 631 i el port UDP 631)\n" "per a la zona externa de desconfiança. \n" @@ -3510,13 +3243,11 @@ "des d'una xarxa externa (en particular des d'Internet),\n" "assigneu una interfície de xarxa que pertanyi a la xarxa interna\n" "de la zona interna del tallafoc.\n" -"Utilitzeu el mòdul del tallafoc del YaST per fer-ne aquesta configuració " -"fonamental\n" +"Utilitzeu el mòdul del tallafoc del YaST per fer-ne aquesta configuració fonamental\n" "per guanyar seguretat a més d'utilitat a la vostra xarxa\n" "i així, fer servir impressores remotes en una xarxa interna de confiança\n" "funcionarà sense cap altra configuració del tallafoc. \n" -"Per a més detalls, llegiu l'article de la base de dades de suport " -"d'openSUSE\n" +"Per a més detalls, llegiu l'article de la base de dades de suport d'openSUSE\n" "\"CUPS and SANE Firewall settings\" a \n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "to gain security plus usefulness in your network and\n" @@ -3540,13 +3271,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Política d'ús del CUPS</big> \n" -"Les polítiques d'ús són les regles que s'utilitzen en cada operació del " -"CUPS.\n" +"Les polítiques d'ús són les regles que s'utilitzen en cada operació del CUPS.\n" "Algunes tasques possibles són les següents: \"imprimeix alguna cosa\",\n" -"\"cancel·la la impressió\", \"configura una impressora\", \"modifica o " -"elimina\n" -"la configuració d'una impressora\" i \"habilita o inhabilita la impressió" -"\".\n" +"\"cancel·la la impressió\", \"configura una impressora\", \"modifica o elimina\n" +"la configuració d'una impressora\" i \"habilita o inhabilita la impressió\".\n" "" #. Policies help 2/2: @@ -3570,8 +3298,7 @@ " \n" "The following error policies exist: \n" "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing. \n" -"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by " -"default). \n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default). \n" "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -3579,8 +3306,7 @@ "<big>Política d'errors del CUPS</big> \n" "La política d'errors defineix quina política s'ha d'aplicar per defecte\n" "quan el CUPS no pot enviar una tasca d'impressió a la impressora. \n" -"En funció de quin tipus de connexió es faci servir per connectar la " -"impressora\n" +"En funció de quin tipus de connexió es faci servir per connectar la impressora\n" "(per exemple, \"paral·lel\", \"usb\", \"sòcol\", \"lpd\", o \"ipp\")\n" "i en funció del tipus d'error, l'execució secundària del CUPS que envia les\n" "dades a la impressora pot sobreescriure la política d'errors per defecte\n" @@ -3617,8 +3343,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Configuració automàtica per a impressores connectades localment</" -"big> \n" +"<big>Configuració automàtica per a impressores connectades localment</big> \n" "Marqueu la casella per executar la configuració automàtica del YaST\n" "per a impressores que estan connectades a l'ordinador central. \n" "Per cada impressora local detectada,\n" @@ -3662,8 +3387,7 @@ "Quan ja està marcada inicialment, ja està instal·lat\n" "i llavors podeu desmarcar-lo per eliminar-lo. \n" "Quan udev-configure-printer està instal·lat,\n" -"la configuració automàtica de la impressora USB es fa a través de les " -"entrades\n" +"la configuració automàtica de la impressora USB es fa a través de les entrades\n" "del seu fitxer de configuració udev a /lib/udev/rules.d/70-printers.rules\n" "que s'activa per executar \"udev-configure-printer add\"\n" "quan s'endolla la impressora\n" @@ -3758,17 +3482,13 @@ #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128 msgid "" -"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not " -"accessible.\n" +"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" msgstr "" -"Es necessita un dimoni CUPS en execució, però sembla que no s'hi pot " -"accedir.\n" -"Comproveu amb les ordres \"lpstat -h localhost -r\" si hi ha algun cupsd " -"local accessible.\n" -"Si no hi ha cap cupsd accessible, es produeix una seqüència infinita " -"d'errors.\n" +"Es necessita un dimoni CUPS en execució, però sembla que no s'hi pot accedir.\n" +"Comproveu amb les ordres \"lpstat -h localhost -r\" si hi ha algun cupsd local accessible.\n" +"Si no hi ha cap cupsd accessible, es produeix una seqüència infinita d'errors.\n" #. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails #. when the local cupsd does not use the official IPP port (631). @@ -3789,15 +3509,12 @@ "the YaST printer module to configure your printers.\n" msgstr "" "Sembla que el dimoni CUPS no escolta el port IPP IANA oficial (631).\n" -"Comproveu amb \"netstat -nap | grep cupsd\" si el cupsd està escoltant " -"realment.\n" +"Comproveu amb \"netstat -nap | grep cupsd\" si el cupsd està escoltant realment.\n" "Això succeeix quan hi ha un paràmetre \"Escolta ...:1234\" o \"Port 1234\"\n" -"al directori /etc/cups/cupsd.conf (comproveu també si hi ha el \"BrowsePort " -"1234\").\n" +"al directori /etc/cups/cupsd.conf (comproveu també si hi ha el \"BrowsePort 1234\").\n" "El mòdul d'impressores del YaST no admet ports no oficials.\n" "Un port no oficial provoca una seqüència infinita d'errors.\n" -"Si és absolutament necessari que utilitzeu un port no oficial, no podeu " -"utilitzar\n" +"Si és absolutament necessari que utilitzeu un port no oficial, no podeu utilitzar\n" "el mòdul d'impressores del YaST per configurar les impressores.\n" #. Busy message: @@ -3825,11 +3542,8 @@ #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 -msgid "" -"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." -msgstr "" -"Un servidor no accessible porta a una seqüència infinita de retards i " -"d'errors." +msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." +msgstr "Un servidor no accessible porta a una seqüència infinita de retards i d'errors." #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 @@ -3856,11 +3570,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta configuració és remota. Només es poden suprimir les configuracions " -"locals." +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." +msgstr "Aquesta configuració és remota. Només es poden suprimir les configuracions locals." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 msgid "Confirm Deletion" @@ -3868,12 +3579,8 @@ #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 -msgid "" -"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be " -"restored." -msgstr "" -"Se suprimirà la configuració seleccionada immediatament i no es podrà " -"restaurar." +msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." +msgstr "Se suprimirà la configuració seleccionada immediatament i no es podrà restaurar." #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 @@ -3908,9 +3615,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." -msgstr "" -"No es pot imprimir la pàgina de prova perquè es rebutgen les tasques " -"d'impressió." +msgstr "No es pot imprimir la pàgina de prova perquè es rebutgen les tasques d'impressió." #. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. #. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". @@ -3922,8 +3627,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." -msgstr "" -"No es pot imprimir la pàgina de prova perquè la impressió està inhabilitada." +msgstr "No es pot imprimir la pàgina de prova perquè la impressió està inhabilitada." #. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue. #. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because @@ -3931,12 +3635,8 @@ #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 -msgid "" -"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is " -"printed." -msgstr "" -"Hi ha tasques d'impressió pendents que potser se suprimiran abans d'imprimir " -"la pàgina de prova." +msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." +msgstr "Hi ha tasques d'impressió pendents que potser se suprimiran abans d'imprimir la pàgina de prova." #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. @@ -3986,8 +3686,7 @@ #. Popup::AnyQuestion message: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" -msgstr "" -"Imprimeix una o dues pàgines; per exemple, per provar la impressió dúplex." +msgstr "Imprimeix una o dues pàgines; per exemple, per provar la impressió dúplex." #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 @@ -4017,9 +3716,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." -msgstr "" -"S'ha enviat una pàgina de prova a %1. S'hauria de començar a imprimir " -"aviat..." +msgstr "S'ha enviat una pàgina de prova a %1. S'hauria de començar a imprimir aviat..." #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label #. regarding a positive testpage printout result: @@ -4071,35 +3768,24 @@ msgstr "Per al registre complet, vegeu el fitxer /var/log/cups/error_log." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 -msgid "" -"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" -msgstr "" -"Registre d'informació de CUPS mentre es processava la pàgina de prova per a " -"%1 (només en anglès)" +msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" +msgstr "Registre d'informació de CUPS mentre es processava la pàgina de prova per a %1 (només en anglès)" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." -msgstr "" -"Per al registre d'informació de CUPS, vegeu el fitxer /var/log/cups/" -"error_log." +msgstr "Per al registre d'informació de CUPS, vegeu el fitxer /var/log/cups/error_log." #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 -msgid "" -"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote " -"system." -msgstr "" -"Quan falla la impressió a través d'un sistema remot, podeu demanar un nom " -"d'administrador del sistema remot." +msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." +msgstr "Quan falla la impressió a través d'un sistema remot, podeu demanar un nom d'administrador del sistema remot." #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." -msgstr "" -"Hi ha un conflicte entre un paràmetre del servidor CUPS i l'addició d'una " -"configuració." +msgstr "Hi ha un conflicte entre un paràmetre del servidor CUPS i l'addició d'una configuració." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 msgid "Cannot Modify" @@ -4107,11 +3793,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." -msgstr "" -"Es tracta d'una configuració remota. Només es poden modificar les " -"configuracions locals." +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." +msgstr "Es tracta d'una configuració remota. Només es poden modificar les configuracions locals." #. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy #. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to @@ -4147,9 +3830,7 @@ #. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:93 msgid "&Apply this error policy to all local printer configurations" -msgstr "" -"&Aplica aquesta política d'errors a totes les configuracions de les " -"impressores locals" +msgstr "&Aplica aquesta política d'errors a totes les configuracions de les impressores locals" #. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS operation policy: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:101 @@ -4163,19 +3844,13 @@ #. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:113 msgid "Apply this operation &policy to all local printer configurations" -msgstr "" -"Aplica aquesta &política d'ús a totes les configuracions de les impressores " -"locals" +msgstr "Aplica aquesta &política d'ús a totes les configuracions de les impressores locals" #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local " -"system." -msgstr "" -"Hi ha un conflicte entre un paràmetre del servidor CUPS i les polítiques de " -"configuracions del sistema local." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system." +msgstr "Hi ha un conflicte entre un paràmetre del servidor CUPS i les polítiques de configuracions del sistema local." #. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 @@ -4264,9 +3939,7 @@ #. from where remote printer information is accepted: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:121 msgid "Additional IP Addresses or &Network/Netmask (separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Adreces IP específiques opcionals o &xarxa/màscara de xarxa (separades per " -"un espai)" +msgstr "Adreces IP específiques opcionals o &xarxa/màscara de xarxa (separades per un espai)" #. A CheckBox to poll printer information from remote CUPS servers: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:134 @@ -4302,24 +3975,20 @@ #. or to set up to use a network printer directly: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:189 msgid "Use Another Print Server or Use a Network Printer Directly" -msgstr "" -"Utilitza un altre servidor d'impressió o utilitza una impressora de xarxa " -"directament" +msgstr "Utilitza un altre servidor d'impressió o utilitza una impressora de xarxa directament" #. Use the exact same wording "printer announcements from CUPS servers" #. as in the matching CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:208 msgid "A firewall may reject printer announcements from CUPS servers" -msgstr "" -"Un tallafoc pot rebutjar anuncis de les impressores des dels servidors CUPS" +msgstr "Un tallafoc pot rebutjar anuncis de les impressores des dels servidors CUPS" #. Popup::AnyMessage message: #. Popup::AnyMessage message: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 msgid "Regarding firewall setup see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Sobre la configuració del tallafoc, vegeu el text d'ajuda d'aquest diàleg." +msgstr "Sobre la configuració del tallafoc, vegeu el text d'ajuda d'aquest diàleg." #. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name. #. Such a client-only config does not make sense: @@ -4353,9 +4022,7 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 msgid "The checkbox to do all printing via one CUPS server was disabled." -msgstr "" -"La casella per imprimir-ho tot a través d'un sol servidor CUPS s'ha " -"desmarcat. " +msgstr "La casella per imprimir-ho tot a través d'un sol servidor CUPS s'ha desmarcat. " #. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: #. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has @@ -4373,8 +4040,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569 msgid "Failed to set BrowseAllow value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"No s'ha pogut definir BrowseAllow value(s) \"%1\" a /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "No s'ha pogut definir BrowseAllow value(s) \"%1\" a /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. but now the user has deactivated it #. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled. @@ -4395,8 +4061,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659 msgid "Failed to set BrowsePoll value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -msgstr "" -"No s'ha pogut definir BrowseAllow value(s) \"%1\" a /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" +msgstr "No s'ha pogut definir BrowseAllow value(s) \"%1\" a /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" #. but now the user has deactivated it #. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled: @@ -4422,14 +4087,12 @@ #. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 msgid "" -"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept " -"announcements'\n" +"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n" "or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n" "it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." msgstr "" "Quan es canvia de \"rep informació\" a \"no rebis informació\",\n" -"o després de tenir inhabilitat \"demana informació de la impressora als " -"servidors CUPS\"\n" +"o després de tenir inhabilitat \"demana informació de la impressora als servidors CUPS\"\n" "cal esperar 5 minuts fins que desaparegui la informació que ja s'ha rebut..." #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. @@ -4450,9 +4113,7 @@ #. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83 msgid "There are various ways how to specify which remote hosts are allowed:" -msgstr "" -"Hi ha diverses maners d'especificar quins ordinadors centrals remots es " -"permeten:" +msgstr "Hi ha diverses maners d'especificar quins ordinadors centrals remots es permeten:" #. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues #. for computers within the local network: @@ -4509,29 +4170,20 @@ #. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues #. for hosts and/or networks: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Permet l'accés des d'aquestes adreces IP o des de la &xarxa/màscara de xarxa " -"(separades per un espai)" +msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" +msgstr "Permet l'accés des d'aquestes adreces IP o des de la &xarxa/màscara de xarxa (separades per un espai)" #. TextEntry to publish local print queues #. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 -msgid "" -"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by " -"space)" -msgstr "" -"Publica en aquestes adreces IP o adreces de &difusió de xarxa (separades per " -"espais)" +msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)" +msgstr "Publica en aquestes adreces IP o adreces de &difusió de xarxa (separades per espais)" #. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default #. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:214 msgid "&Publish printers by default via the network interface below." -msgstr "" -"&Publica les impressores per defecte mitjançant la interfície de xarxa " -"següent." +msgstr "&Publica les impressores per defecte mitjançant la interfície de xarxa següent." #. A header for a ComboBox which lists network interfaces: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:221 @@ -4547,38 +4199,30 @@ #. Do not change or translate "Listen localhost", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:396 msgid "Failed to set only 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"No s'ha pogut definir només \"Listen localhost\" a /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" +msgstr "No s'ha pogut definir només \"Listen localhost\" a /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" #. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:406 msgid "Failed to remove 'Allow' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"No s'han pogut eliminar les entrades \"Allow\" del fitxer /etc/cups/cupsd." -"conf" +msgstr "No s'han pogut eliminar les entrades \"Allow\" del fitxer /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 msgid "Failed to remove 'BrowseAddress' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"No s'han pogut eliminar les entrades \"BrowseAddress\" del fitxer /etc/cups/" -"cupsd.conf" +msgstr "No s'han pogut eliminar les entrades \"BrowseAddress\" del fitxer /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" #. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. #. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536 msgid "Failed to set 'Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"No s'han pogut definir les entrades \"Allow\" \"%1\" a /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" +msgstr "No s'han pogut definir les entrades \"Allow\" \"%1\" a /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" #. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"No s'han pogut definir les entrades \"BrowseAddress\" \"%1\" a /etc/cups/" -"cupsd.conf" +msgstr "No s'han pogut definir les entrades \"BrowseAddress\" \"%1\" a /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" #. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 @@ -4588,12 +4232,8 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer " -"configurations." -msgstr "" -"Hi ha un conflicte entre un paràmetre del servidor CUPS i la compartició de " -"les configuracions d'impressores locals." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations." +msgstr "Hi ha un conflicte entre un paràmetre del servidor CUPS i la compartició de les configuracions d'impressores locals." #. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. #. For use with autoinstallation. @@ -4776,9 +4416,7 @@ #. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098 msgid "Cannot show print queues (failed to detect print queues)." -msgstr "" -"No s'han pogut mostrar les cues d'impressió (no s'han pogut detectar les " -"cues)." +msgstr "No s'han pogut mostrar les cues d'impressió (no s'han pogut detectar les cues)." #. Use local variables to have shorter variable names: #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1119 @@ -4808,8 +4446,7 @@ #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1128 msgid "Rejecting print jobs, printout disabled" -msgstr "" -"S'estan rebutjant les tasques d'impressió; s'ha inhabilitat la impressió." +msgstr "S'estan rebutjant les tasques d'impressió; s'ha inhabilitat la impressió." #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1130 msgid "Rejecting print jobs" @@ -4848,8 +4485,7 @@ #. It will be replaced by real content, when a connection is selected. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1525 msgid "Select a connection, then matching drivers show up here." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu una connexió; es mostraran els controladors que hi coincideixen." +msgstr "Seleccioneu una connexió; es mostraran els controladors que hi coincideixen." #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: @@ -4860,9 +4496,7 @@ #. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1594 msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'." -msgstr "" -"No s'ha trobat cap controlador coincident. Canvieu la línia de cerca o " -"proveu \"Troba'n més\"." +msgstr "No s'ha trobat cap controlador coincident. Canvieu la línia de cerca o proveu \"Troba'n més\"." #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: @@ -4901,8 +4535,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2366 msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)." -msgstr "" -"No es pot accedir al servidor \"%1\" mitjançant el port 631 (IPP/CUPS)." +msgstr "No es pot accedir al servidor \"%1\" mitjançant el port 631 (IPP/CUPS)." #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 @@ -4935,9 +4568,7 @@ #. Popup::ErrorDetails details: #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2409 msgid "The RPM package 'netcat' is required for a meaningful test." -msgstr "" -"El paquet RPM \"netcat\" és necessari per dur a terme una prova " -"significativa." +msgstr "El paquet RPM \"netcat\" és necessari per dur a terme una prova significativa." #. but it the less meaningful test is not really important #. so that the less meaningful test is silently skipped @@ -4949,9 +4580,7 @@ #. Popup::ErrorDetails details: #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2454 msgid "The RPM package 'iputils' is required for a meaningful test." -msgstr "" -"El paquet RPM \"iputils\" és necessari per dur a terme una prova " -"significativa." +msgstr "El paquet RPM \"iputils\" és necessari per dur a terme una prova significativa." #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2483 @@ -4968,9 +4597,7 @@ #. Popup::ErrorDetails details: #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2555 msgid "The RPM package 'bind-utils' is required for a meaningful test." -msgstr "" -"El paquet RPM \"bind-utils\" és necessari per dur a terme una prova " -"significativa." +msgstr "El paquet RPM \"bind-utils\" és necessari per dur a terme una prova significativa." #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2582 @@ -4995,11 +4622,9 @@ msgstr "" "No es pot executar hp-setup perquè no es pot obrir cap pantalla gràfica.\n" "Això passa especialment quan el YaST s'executa en mode de text,\n" -"o quan l'usuari que executa el YaST no té cap variable d'entorn DISPLAY " -"establert,\n" +"o quan l'usuari que executa el YaST no té cap variable d'entorn DISPLAY establert,\n" "o quan el procés del YaST no té permís per accedir a una pantalla gràfica.\n" -"En aquest cas, hauríeu d'executar hp-setup manualment directament com a " -"usuari \"root\".\n" +"En aquest cas, hauríeu d'executar hp-setup manualment directament com a usuari \"root\".\n" #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: @@ -5018,12 +4643,10 @@ #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2691 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Execució d'hp-setup!\n" -"Heu d'acabar hp-setup abans de poder continuar la configuració " -"d'impressores.\n" +"Heu d'acabar hp-setup abans de poder continuar la configuració d'impressores.\n" #. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed: #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. @@ -5040,19 +4663,13 @@ #. Is the package available to be installed? #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." -msgstr "" -"El paquet necessari %1 no està instal·lat i no hi ha cap dipòsit de paquets " -"disponible." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." +msgstr "El paquet necessari %1 no està instal·lat i no hi ha cap dipòsit de paquets disponible." #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "" -"El paquet necessari %1 no està instal·lat i no està disponible al dipòsit." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "El paquet necessari %1 no està instal·lat i no està disponible al dipòsit." #. Only a simple message because: #. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, @@ -5084,9 +4701,7 @@ #. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:292 msgid "Breaking dependencies leads to arbitrary failures elsewhere." -msgstr "" -"Si es trenquen les dependències, es produiran errors arbitraris en altres " -"llocs." +msgstr "Si es trenquen les dependències, es produiran errors arbitraris en altres llocs." #. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. @@ -5165,8 +4780,7 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:463 msgid "A stop disrupts all currently active print jobs." -msgstr "" -"Si atureu el dimoni, s'espatllaran totes les tasques d'impressió actives." +msgstr "Si atureu el dimoni, s'espatllaran totes les tasques d'impressió actives." #. Wait one second to make sure that cupsd has really finished (it may do some cleanup): #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:479 @@ -5190,9 +4804,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Specify how USB printers are configured automatically" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Especifiqueu de quina manera s'han de configurar les impressores USB " -#~ "automàticament." +#~ msgstr "Especifiqueu de quina manera s'han de configurar les impressores USB automàticament." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -5205,9 +4817,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Cap configuració automàtica: &elimina el paquet cups-autoconfig." #~ msgid "Operation &Policy for Automatically Configured USB Printers" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Política de funcionament de les impressores USB configurades " -#~ "automàticament" +#~ msgstr "&Política de funcionament de les impressores USB configurades automàticament" #~ msgid "&Disable Printout when Disconnecting an USB Printer" #~ msgstr "&Inhabilita la impressió quan es desconnecti una impressora USB" @@ -5219,32 +4829,20 @@ #~ msgid "not set" #~ msgstr "sense definir" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No s'ha pogut definir \"ConfigureNewPrinters=yes\" a /etc/cups-autoconfig." -#~ "conf" +#~ msgid "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut definir \"ConfigureNewPrinters=yes\" a /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" #~ msgid "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No s'ha pogut definir \"ConfigureNewPrinters=no\" a /etc/cups-autoconfig." -#~ "conf" +#~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut definir \"ConfigureNewPrinters=no\" a /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No s'ha pogut definir \"DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes\" a /etc/cups-" -#~ "autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgid "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut definir \"DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes\" a /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No s'ha pogut definir \"DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no\" a /etc/cups-" -#~ "autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgid "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut definir \"DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no\" a /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" #~ msgid "Failed to set 'DefaultCUPSPolicy=%1' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No s'ha pogut definir \"DefaultCUPSPolicy=%1\" a /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut definir \"DefaultCUPSPolicy=%1\" a /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" #~ msgid "Automatic configuration failed." #~ msgstr "Ha fallat la configuració automàtica." @@ -5257,18 +4855,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If there is no CUPS server in your network or if you must additionally " -#~ "use\n" +#~ "If there is no CUPS server in your network or if you must additionally use\n" #~ "another kind of print server (e.g. print via a Windows/SMB server\n" #~ "or print via a traditional Unix LPR server) or if you must access\n" -#~ "a network printer directly, you have to set up an appropriate print " -#~ "queue\n" +#~ "a network printer directly, you have to set up an appropriate print queue\n" #~ "on your host.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Si no hi ha cap servidor CUPS a la xarxa, si heu d'utilitzar un altre " -#~ "tipus\n" +#~ "Si no hi ha cap servidor CUPS a la xarxa, si heu d'utilitzar un altre tipus\n" #~ "de servidor d'impressió (per exemple, un servidor Windows/SMB\n" #~ "o un servidor Unix LPR tradicional) o si heu d'accedir a una impressora\n" #~ "de xarxa directament, heu de configurar una cua d'impressió adequada\n" @@ -5295,8 +4890,7 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>Configuració automàtica del CUPS per a impressores USB</big></" -#~ "b> \n" +#~ "<big>Configuració automàtica del CUPS per a impressores USB</big> \n" #~ "Quan es connecta una impressora USB al sistema,\n" #~ "el cups-autoconfig determina si la impressora ja està configurada.\n" #~ "Si ja està configurada, s'habilita la impressió.\n" @@ -5324,16 +4918,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS " -#~ "server,\n" -#~ "there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on " -#~ "your host.\n" +#~ "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" +#~ "there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" #~ "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Si només imprimiu a través de la xarxa i només utilitzeu un servidor " -#~ "CUPS,\n" +#~ "Si només imprimiu a través de la xarxa i només utilitzeu un servidor CUPS,\n" #~ "no cal que utilitzeu la navegació del CUPS ni que tingueu el dimoni CUPS\n" #~ "funcionant a l'ordinador central.\n" #~ "És més fàcil especificar el servidor CUPS i accedir-hi directament.\n" @@ -5341,5 +4932,4 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Waiting until the config files are updated..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Espereu mentre s'actualitzen els fitxers de configuració, si us plau..." +#~ msgstr "Espereu mentre s'actualitzen els fitxers de configuració, si us plau..." Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/product-creator.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/product-creator.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/product-creator.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -105,8 +105,7 @@ #. command line help text for 'create_iso' option #: src/clients/product-creator.rb:144 msgid "Output should be an ISO image instead of directory tree" -msgstr "" -"La sortida hauria de ser una imatge ISO en lloc d'un arbre de directoris" +msgstr "La sortida hauria de ser una imatge ISO en lloc d'un arbre de directoris" #. command line help text for 'iso_name' option #: src/clients/product-creator.rb:150 @@ -327,12 +326,6 @@ #. Dialog for creating the skeleton and copying common data. #. @return [Symbol] #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:327 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| " Please wait while the directory structure for the new ISO " -#| "image is created.\n" -#| " \n" -#| " \n" msgid "" "Creating the directory structure for the new ISO image.\n" " \n" @@ -362,9 +355,7 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:345 msgid "Copying additional and customized files to directory tree..." -msgstr "" -"S'estan copiant els fitxers addicionals i personalitzats a l'arbre de " -"directoris..." +msgstr "S'estan copiant els fitxers addicionals i personalitzats a l'arbre de directoris..." #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:346 msgid "Copying selected packages" @@ -444,9 +435,6 @@ msgstr "Cap" #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:557 -#| msgid "" -#| "Verify if the data in the summary box is correct then\n" -#| "press Finish to return to main dialog.\n" msgid "" "Verify the data in the summary box then\n" "press Finish to return to main dialog.\n" @@ -460,10 +448,6 @@ msgstr "CD personalitzats" #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:585 -#| msgid "" -#| "Please wait while the data and packages are verified...\n" -#| " \n" -#| " " msgid "" "Verifying data and packages...\n" " \n" @@ -541,37 +525,22 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785 msgid "Start creating a new image configuration with Add." -msgstr "" -"Inicieu la creació d'una configuració d'imatge nova amb l'opció " -"Afegeix." +msgstr "Inicieu la creació d'una configuració d'imatge nova amb l'opció Afegeix." #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 -msgid "" -"Use Edit to change selected image configuration or create the " -"image." -msgstr "" -"Utilitzeu Edita per canviar la configuració de la imatge " -"seleccionada o per crear la imatge." +msgid "Use Edit to change selected image configuration or create the image." +msgstr "Utilitzeu Edita per canviar la configuració de la imatge seleccionada o per crear la imatge." #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 -#| msgid "" -#| "Delete the directory with selected configuration using Delete.</" -#| "p>" -msgid "" -"Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting " -"Delete." -msgstr "" -"Suprimiu el directori amb configuració seleccionada amb l'opció " -"Suprimeix." +msgid "Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting Delete." +msgstr "Suprimiu el directori amb configuració seleccionada amb l'opció Suprimeix." #. help text, %1 is directory #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796 msgid "All image configurations are saved in <tt>%1</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"Totes les configuracions de les imatges es desen al directori <tt>%1</tt>." -"" +msgstr "Totes les configuracions de les imatges es desen al directori <tt>%1</tt>." #. main dialog caption #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:804 @@ -863,14 +832,12 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1512 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccioneu una de les següents seleccions base i feu clic a " -"Detallada per\n" +"Seleccioneu una de les següents seleccions base i feu clic a Detallada per\n" "a afegir més seleccions i paquets complementaris.\n" "" @@ -902,30 +869,22 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1830 msgid "" "<big>Sign</big> \n" -"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG " -"key. \n" +"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. \n" "This key is checked when the product is added as a repository." msgstr "" "<big>Signa</big> \n" -"Perquè els usuaris puguin verificar el vostre producte, signeu-lo amb una " -"clau GPG. \n" +"Perquè els usuaris puguin verificar el vostre producte, signeu-lo amb una clau GPG. \n" "Es comprovarà aquesta clau quan s'afegeixi el producte com a repositori." #. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language #. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1837 msgid "" -"If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option " -"'Insecure:\n" -"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading " -"an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc " -"for more information." +"If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option 'Insecure:\n" +"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information." msgstr "" -"Si el producte no està signat, el Yast automàticament afegeix l'opció " -"'Insecure:\n" -"1' al fitxer de configuració linuxrc; si no, linuxrc denegaria la càrrega " -"d'un sistema d'instal·lació no signat durant l'arrencada. Vegeu http://en." -"opensuse.org/Linuxrc per a més informació." +"Si el producte no està signat, el Yast automàticament afegeix l'opció 'Insecure:\n" +"1' al fitxer de configuració linuxrc; si no, linuxrc denegaria la càrrega d'un sistema d'instal·lació no signat durant l'arrencada. Vegeu http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc per a més informació." #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1846 msgid "Signing the Product on the Medium" @@ -968,50 +927,36 @@ msgstr "Signa digitalment el suport amb la clau GPG %1%2" #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1996 -#| msgid "" -#| "Verify if the data in the summary is correct then\n" -#| "press Next to continue.\n" -#| "" msgid "" "Verify the data in the summary then press Next to continue.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Verifiqueu si les dades del resum són correctes i premeu Següent per " -"continuar.\n" +"Verifiqueu si les dades del resum són correctes i premeu Següent per continuar.\n" "\n" #. All helps are here #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:35 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Boot Options</big> \n" -#| "Here, add additional boot menu entries with some boot options.\n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "<big>Boot Options</big> \n" "Add additional boot menu entries with boot options.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Opcions d'arrencada</big> \n" -"Afegiu aquí les entrades addicionals del menú d'arrencada amb opcions " -"d'arrencada.\n" +"Afegiu aquí les entrades addicionals del menú d'arrencada amb opcions d'arrencada.\n" "\n" #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "For example, \n" "configure the CD for automatic installations and specify the installation\n" -"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the " -"original is used.\n" +"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.\n" msgstr "" "Per exemple, \n" -"configureu el CD per portar a terme instal·lacions automàtiques i " -"especifiqueu\n" -"la ubicació de la font d'instal·lació. Si no n'esteu segurs, no toqueu el " -"fitxer i s'usarà l'original.\n" +"configureu el CD per portar a terme instal·lacions automàtiques i especifiqueu\n" +"la ubicació de la font d'instal·lació. Si no n'esteu segurs, no toqueu el fitxer i s'usarà l'original.\n" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 -#| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" msgid "<big>Initializing Configuration</big>\n" msgstr "<big>Iniciant la configuració</big>\n" @@ -1026,17 +971,11 @@ #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 -#| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" msgid "<big>Saving Configuration</big>\n" msgstr "<big>Desant la configuració</big>\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:58 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" -#| "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" -#| "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -1070,10 +1009,6 @@ #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:75 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -#| "Choose a configuration to change or remove.\n" -#| "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a configuration to change or remove.\n" @@ -1089,22 +1024,17 @@ "Use Create Product to create the ISO image or installation\n" "repository directory with the selected product." msgstr "" -"Useu Crea un producte per crear la imatge ISO o el directori del " -"repositori \n" +"Useu Crea un producte per crear la imatge ISO o el directori del repositori \n" "d'instal·lació amb el producte seleccionat." #. overview dialog help part 5 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"Press Create Image with KIWI for additional configuration of " -"various\n" -"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image " -"system." +"Press Create Image with KIWI for additional configuration of various\n" +"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image system." msgstr "" -"Premeu Crea una imatge amb el KIWI per fer configuracions " -"addicionals\n" -"per a diversos tipus d'imatges, com ara suports autònoms o imatges Xen, amb " -"el sistema d'imatges KIWI." +"Premeu Crea una imatge amb el KIWI per fer configuracions addicionals\n" +"per a diversos tipus d'imatges, com ara suports autònoms o imatges Xen, amb el sistema d'imatges KIWI." #. Configure1 dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:89 @@ -1130,15 +1060,6 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:101 -#| msgid "" -#| "Package Manager\n" -#| "Use the package manager without any preselected packages. All\n" -#| "packages that would be automatically selected during installation must " -#| "be\n" -#| "selected manually based on the hardware and architecture for which you " -#| "are\n" -#| "creating this CD.\n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "Software Manager\n" "Use the software manager without any preselected packages. All\n" @@ -1149,8 +1070,7 @@ msgstr "" "Gestor de programari\n" "Utilitzeu el gestor de programari sense cap paquet preseleccionat.\n" -"Tots els paquets que se seleccionarien automàticament durant la instal·lació " -"s'han de\n" +"Tots els paquets que se seleccionarien automàticament durant la instal·lació s'han de\n" "seleccionar manualment en funció del maquinari i l'arquitectura \n" "per a la qual esteu creant aquest CD.\n" "\n" @@ -1168,24 +1088,18 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<big>Target Architecture</big> \n" -"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that " -"of\n" +"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that of\n" "the machine you are currently working on.\n" "All selected repositories must support the target architecture. \n" -"Note: KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not " -"change\n" -"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current " -"configuration.\n" +"Note: KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change\n" +"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Architectura de destinació</big> \n" "És possible crear un producte per a una arquitectura diferent de la de\n" "la màquina en què esteu treballant ara.\n" -"Tots els repositoris han de tenir suport de l'arquitectura de destinació." -" \n" -"Nota:El KIWI encara no té suport per a arquitectures diferents, no " -"canvieu\n" -"l'arquitectura si teniu la intenció de crear una imatge de KIWI des de la " -"configuració actual.\n" +"Tots els repositoris han de tenir suport de l'arquitectura de destinació. \n" +"Nota:El KIWI encara no té suport per a arquitectures diferents, no canvieu\n" +"l'arquitectura si teniu la intenció de crear una imatge de KIWI des de la configuració actual.\n" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123 @@ -1197,19 +1111,13 @@ " \n" msgstr "" "<big>Directori i imatge ISO</big> \n" -"Especifiqueu la ubicació en la que voleu crear el directori de l'esquelet. " -"Tots els fitxers\n" -"necessaris es copiaran en aquest directori. Seleccioneu una ubicació amb pro " -"espais\n" +"Especifiqueu la ubicació en la que voleu crear el directori de l'esquelet. Tots els fitxers\n" +"necessaris es copiaran en aquest directori. Seleccioneu una ubicació amb pro espais\n" "de disc.\n" " \n" #. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:131 -#| msgid "" -#| "Create an ISO image or just a directory that is suitable for \n" -#| "creating an ISO image at a later time.\n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "Create an ISO image or a directory that is suitable for \n" "creating an ISO image at a later time.\n" @@ -1226,8 +1134,7 @@ "to the skeleton. \n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Per estalviar espai, seleccioneu la casella de selecció per copiar només " -"els fitxers necessaris \n" +"Per estalviar espai, seleccioneu la casella de selecció per copiar només els fitxers necessaris \n" "a l'esquelet. \n" "\n" @@ -1239,39 +1146,28 @@ #. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 msgid "" -"One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The " -"base\n" -"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is " -"also\n" +"One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The base\n" +"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is also\n" "bootable.\n" msgstr "" -"Un dels repositoris usats ha d'estar marcat com a producte de base. El " -"repositori del \n" -"producte de base hauria de poder arrencar per assegurar que el nou producte " -"creat també\n" +"Un dels repositoris usats ha d'estar marcat com a producte de base. El repositori del \n" +"producte de base hauria de poder arrencar per assegurar que el nou producte creat també\n" "arrenqui.\n" #. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 -msgid "" -"The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Els altres repositoris s'usaran com a complements (add-ons) per al " -"repositori de base." +msgid "The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository." +msgstr "Els altres repositoris s'usaran com a complements (add-ons) per al repositori de base." #. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and " -"proposes\n" +"The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and proposes\n" "the base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\n" "repository from the list.\n" msgstr "" -"El creador de productes resol les dependències dels productes " -"seleccionats i proposa\n" -"el producte de base. Si el valor proposat no és correcte, seleccioneu el " -"repositori de \n" +"El creador de productes resol les dependències dels productes seleccionats i proposa\n" +"el producte de base. Si el valor proposat no és correcte, seleccioneu el repositori de \n" "base correcte de la llista.\n" #. what are we configuring now ("iso"/"xen"/...) @@ -1447,28 +1343,20 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 msgid "" -"Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</" -"p>\n" +"Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:\n" "%2.\n" "\n" -"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package " -"selection or ignore the situation.\n" +"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.\n" "\n" -"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any " -"further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the " -"section.\n" +"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Els paquets de la secció '%1' no estan disponibles amb els repositoris " -"seleccionats:\n" +"Els paquets de la secció '%1' no estan disponibles amb els repositoris seleccionats:\n" "%2.\n" "\n" -"Elimineu els paquets de la secció, comproveu la selecció detallada de " -"paquets o ignoreu la situació.\n" +"Elimineu els paquets de la secció, comproveu la selecció detallada de paquets o ignoreu la situació.\n" "\n" -"Anar a la selecció detallada de paquets i acceptar-ne la visualització sense " -"més canvis té com a resultat la supressió de paquets problemàtics de la " -"secció.\n" +"Anar a la selecció detallada de paquets i acceptar-ne la visualització sense més canvis té com a resultat la supressió de paquets problemàtics de la secció.\n" "\n" #. button label @@ -1594,12 +1482,8 @@ #. informative label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 -msgid "" -"Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from " -"Studio." -msgstr "" -"Editar els fitxers següents està inhabilitat per a configuracions importades " -"de Studio." +msgid "Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from Studio." +msgstr "Editar els fitxers següents està inhabilitat per a configuracions importades de Studio." #. tab header #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2305 @@ -1615,13 +1499,10 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 msgid "" "Select the value for image Compression. This will modify the\n" -"flags value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an " -"explanation of available values." +"flags value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an explanation of available values." msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu el valor per a la compressió de la imatge. Això " -"modificarà el valor de\n" -"flags del tipus d'imatge. Mireu el manual del kiwi per a més " -"informació sobre els valors disponibles." +"Seleccioneu el valor per a la compressió de la imatge. Això modificarà el valor de\n" +"flags del tipus d'imatge. Mireu el manual del kiwi per a més informació sobre els valors disponibles." #. combo box label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2384 @@ -1639,15 +1520,8 @@ #. help text for "&Ignored software" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 -#| msgid "" -#| "For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on " -#| "new line" -msgid "" -"For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a " -"new line." -msgstr "" -"Per al programari ignorat, introduïu cada entrada (a l'estil " -"'smtp_daemon') en una línia nova" +msgid "For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a new line." +msgstr "Per al programari ignorat, introduïu cada entrada (a l'estil 'smtp_daemon') en una línia nova" #. label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431 @@ -1656,12 +1530,8 @@ #. help text for "&Ignored software" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 -msgid "" -"Each entry of Packages to Delete is one package name to be " -"uninstalled from the target image." -msgstr "" -"Cada entrada de Paquets per suprimir és el nom d'un paquet que " -"s'ha de desinstal·lar de la imatge de destinació." +msgid "Each entry of Packages to Delete is one package name to be uninstalled from the target image." +msgstr "Cada entrada de Paquets per suprimir és el nom d'un paquet que s'ha de desinstal·lar de la imatge de destinació." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2443 @@ -1681,12 +1551,10 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 msgid "" "Set the image Size in the specified Unit.\n" -"If Additive is checked, the meaning of Size is different: it " -"is the minimal free space available on the image." +"If Additive is checked, the meaning of Size is different: it is the minimal free space available on the image." msgstr "" "Establiu la mida de la imatge a la unitat especificada.\n" -"Si l'aditiu està marcat, el significat de la mida és diferent: " -"és l'espai mínim lliure disponible a la imatge." +"Si l'aditiu està marcat, el significat de la mida és diferent: és l'espai mínim lliure disponible a la imatge." #. combo box label (MB/GB values) #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473 @@ -1705,12 +1573,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 -msgid "" -"To create an encrypted file system, check Encrypt Image with LUKS " -"and enter the password." -msgstr "" -"Per crear un sistema de fitxers encriptat, marqueu Encripta la imatge " -"amb LUKS i introduïu-ne la contrasenya." +msgid "To create an encrypted file system, check Encrypt Image with LUKS and enter the password." +msgstr "Per crear un sistema de fitxers encriptat, marqueu Encripta la imatge amb LUKS i introduïu-ne la contrasenya." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2500 @@ -1719,20 +1583,13 @@ #. general help for directory structure tab #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2513 -#| msgid "" -#| "Here, edit the configuration scripts used to build your image." msgid "Edit the configuration scripts used to build your image." -msgstr "" -"Editeu els scripts de configuració usats per construir la imatge." +msgstr "Editeu els scripts de configuració usats per construir la imatge." #. general help for directory structure tab #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520 -#| msgid "" -#| "Here, point to the configuration directories that should help to build " -#| "your image." msgid "Point to the configuration directories for building your image." -msgstr "" -"Definiu aquí els directoris de configuració per construir la imatge." +msgstr "Definiu aquí els directoris de configuració per construir la imatge." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2527 @@ -1741,14 +1598,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 -msgid "" -"Define the path to the Directory with System Configuration (the " -"<tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of " -"the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Definiu el camí delDirectori amb la configuració del sistema (el " -"directori <tt>arrel</tt>). Es copiarà tot el directori a l'arrel de l'arbre " -"de fitxers de la imatge mitjançant <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgid "Define the path to the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgstr "Definiu el camí delDirectori amb la configuració del sistema (el directori <tt>arrel</tt>). Es copiarà tot el directori a l'arrel de l'arbre de fitxers de la imatge mitjançant <tt>cp -a</tt>." #. label (above table) #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551 @@ -1762,14 +1613,8 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 -msgid "" -"Configure the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</" -"tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image " -"tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Configureu el Directori que conté la configuració del sistema (el " -"directori <tt>arrel</tt>). Es copiarà tot el directori a l'arrel de l'arbre " -"de fitxers de la imatge mitjançant <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgid "Configure the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgstr "Configureu el Directori que conté la configuració del sistema (el directori <tt>arrel</tt>). Es copiarà tot el directori a l'arrel de l'arbre de fitxers de la imatge mitjançant <tt>cp -a</tt>." #. label (above table) #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2588 @@ -1783,14 +1628,8 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 -msgid "" -"Configure the Directory with Scripts (the <tt>config</tt> " -"directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all " -"the image packages." -msgstr "" -"Configureu el Directori que conté els scripts (el directori " -"<tt>config</tt>). Conté els scripts que s'executen després d'instal·lar tots " -"els paquets de la imatge." +msgid "Configure the Directory with Scripts (the <tt>config</tt> directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages." +msgstr "Configureu el Directori que conté els scripts (el directori <tt>config</tt>). Conté els scripts que s'executen després d'instal·lar tots els paquets de la imatge." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627 @@ -1810,14 +1649,8 @@ msgstr "Script de configuració de la i&matge" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 -msgid "" -"Edit your Image Configuration Script, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. " -"This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package " -"scripts have run." -msgstr "" -"Editeu l'script de configuració de la imatge, anomenat <tt>config." -"sh</tt>. Aquest script s'executa al final de la instal·lació, però abans que " -"s'hagin executat els scripts del paquet." +msgid "Edit your Image Configuration Script, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package scripts have run." +msgstr "Editeu l'script de configuració de la imatge, anomenat <tt>config.sh</tt>. Aquest script s'executa al final de la instal·lació, però abans que s'hagin executat els scripts del paquet." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666 @@ -1825,14 +1658,8 @@ msgstr "&Camí del directori que conté els scripts" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 -msgid "" -"The optional Directory with Scripts (<tt>config</tt> directory) " -"contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image " -"packages." -msgstr "" -"El Directori que conté els scripts (directori <tt>config</tt>) " -"conté els scripts que s'executen després d'instal·lar tots els paquets de la " -"imatge." +msgid "The optional Directory with Scripts (<tt>config</tt> directory) contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages." +msgstr "El Directori que conté els scripts (directori <tt>config</tt>) conté els scripts que s'executen després d'instal·lar tots els paquets de la imatge." #. push button label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677 @@ -1845,12 +1672,8 @@ msgstr "Script de &neteja" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 -msgid "" -"Edit your Cleanup Script (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run " -"at the beginning of the image creation process." -msgstr "" -"Editeu l'script de neteja (<tt>images.sh</tt>). Aquest script " -"s'executa al començament del procés de creació de la imatge." +msgid "Edit your Cleanup Script (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run at the beginning of the image creation process." +msgstr "Editeu l'script de neteja (<tt>images.sh</tt>). Aquest script s'executa al començament del procés de creació de la imatge." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698 @@ -1864,12 +1687,8 @@ #. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 -msgid "" -"Set the values for Author of the image, Contact Information</" -"b>, and the image Specification." -msgstr "" -"Definiu els valors de l'autor de la imatge, la informació de " -"contacte i l'especificació de la imatge." +msgid "Set the values for Author of the image, Contact Information, and the image Specification." +msgstr "Definiu els valors de l'autor de la imatge, la informació de contacte i l'especificació de la imatge." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724 @@ -1893,12 +1712,8 @@ #. help text for locale #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 -msgid "" -"The value of Locale (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of " -"the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." -msgstr "" -"El valor de Local (per exemple: <tt>en_US</tt>) defineix els " -"continguts de la variable RC_LANG a <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." +msgid "The value of Locale (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." +msgstr "El valor de Local (per exemple: <tt>en_US</tt>) defineix els continguts de la variable RC_LANG a <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2770 @@ -1907,13 +1722,8 @@ #. help text for keytable #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 -msgid "" -"Keyboard Layout specifies the name of the console keymap to use. " -"The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." -msgstr "" -"La disposició del teclat especifica el nom de la consola de mapa " -"de tecles a usar. El valor correspon a un fitxer mapa a <tt>/usr/share/kbd/" -"keymaps</tt>." +msgid "Keyboard Layout specifies the name of the console keymap to use. The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." +msgstr "La disposició del teclat especifica el nom de la consola de mapa de tecles a usar. El valor correspon a un fitxer mapa a <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2787 @@ -1922,21 +1732,13 @@ #. help text for timezone #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 -msgid "" -"It is possible to set a specific Time zone. Available time zones " -"are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"És possible establir una zona horària. Les zones disponibles es " -"troben al directori <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt>." +msgid "It is possible to set a specific Time zone. Available time zones are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory." +msgstr "És possible establir una zona horària. Les zones disponibles es troben al directori <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt>." #. general help for users tab #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803 -#| msgid "" -#| "Here, create users that should be available in the target system." msgid "Create users that should be available on the target system." -msgstr "" -"Creeu aquí els usuaris que han d'estar disponibles al sistema de " -"destinació." +msgstr "Creeu aquí els usuaris que han d'estar disponibles al sistema de destinació." #. table header #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2814 @@ -1971,12 +1773,10 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 msgid "" -"For each user, specify the Name, Password, Home " -"Directory and group\n" +"For each user, specify the Name, Password, Home Directory and group\n" "to which the users belongs.\n" msgstr "" -"Per cada usuari, especifiqueu-ne el nom, la contrasenya, el " -"directori de l'usuari i el grup\n" +"Per cada usuari, especifiqueu-ne el nom, la contrasenya, el directori de l'usuari i el grup\n" "al qual pertany.\n" #. dialog caption @@ -2006,22 +1806,13 @@ #. help text for kiwi UI preparation #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on " -"template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Introduïu el nom de la configuració de la imatge. Baseu la configuració " -"nova en una plantilla de la llista o en un directori amb la configuració " -"existent." +msgid "Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration." +msgstr "Introduïu el nom de la configuració de la imatge. Baseu la configuració nova en una plantilla de la llista o en un directori amb la configuració existent." #. help text for kiwi UI preparation #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 -msgid "" -"Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"Ubiqueu les plantilles de configuració personalitzades al directori <tt>" -"%1</tt>." +msgid "Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory." +msgstr "Ubiqueu les plantilles de configuració personalitzades al directori <tt>%1</tt>." #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2988 @@ -2031,24 +1822,15 @@ #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2991 msgid "Select Output Directory for the created image." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu el directori de sortida per a la imatge que s'ha creat." -"" +msgstr "Seleccioneu el directori de sortida per a la imatge que s'ha creat." #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 -msgid "" -"Modify the list of Package Repositories that will be used for " -"creating the image. Use Add From System to add one of the current " -"system repositories." -msgstr "" -"Modifiqueu la llista dels repositoris de paquets que s'utilitzaran " -"per a la creació de la imatge. Useu Afegeix del sistema per afegir un " -"dels repositoris del sistema actual." +msgid "Modify the list of Package Repositories that will be used for creating the image. Use Add From System to add one of the current system repositories." +msgstr "Modifiqueu la llista dels repositoris de paquets que s'utilitzaran per a la creació de la imatge. Useu Afegeix del sistema per afegir un dels repositoris del sistema actual." #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999 -#| msgid "Use Next to continue with the configuration." msgid "Click Next to continue with the configuration." msgstr "Cliqueu a següent per continuar la configuració." @@ -2064,15 +1846,8 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 -#| msgid "" -#| "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system " -#| "configuration" -msgid "" -"Selected directory does not contain valid description of system " -"configuration." -msgstr "" -"El directori seleccionat no conté una descripció de configuració del sistema " -"vàlida." +msgid "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system configuration." +msgstr "El directori seleccionat no conté una descripció de configuració del sistema vàlida." #. busy popup #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 @@ -2146,9 +1921,6 @@ #. popup error message, %1 is the package name #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3414 -#| msgid "" -#| "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" -#| "without having %1 package installed" msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -2521,6 +2293,5 @@ #~ "Check Compress if the final image should be based \n" #~ "on the squashfs compressed file system." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Marqueu l'opció Comprimeix si voleu que la imatge final es " -#~ "basi \n" +#~ "Marqueu l'opció Comprimeix si voleu que la imatge final es basi \n" #~ "en el sistema de fitxers comprimit squashfs." Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/proxy.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/proxy.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/proxy.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -75,23 +75,17 @@ #. command-line option help #: src/clients/proxy.rb:107 msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" -msgstr "" -"Defineix els dominis per a no fer servir la configuració del servidor " -"intermediari" +msgstr "Defineix els dominis per a no fer servir la configuració del servidor intermediari" #. command-line option help #: src/clients/proxy.rb:114 msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" -msgstr "" -"El nom d'usuari que s'ha d'utilitzar per a l'autenticació del servidor " -"intermediari" +msgstr "El nom d'usuari que s'ha d'utilitzar per a l'autenticació del servidor intermediari" #. command-line option help #: src/clients/proxy.rb:121 msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication" -msgstr "" -"La contrasenya que s'ha d'utilitzar per a l'autenticació del servidor " -"intermediari" +msgstr "La contrasenya que s'ha d'utilitzar per a l'autenticació del servidor intermediari" #. ask the user #. translators: command line prompt for entering a password @@ -170,8 +164,7 @@ "An unknown error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" "Proxy return code: %2.\n" msgstr "" -"S'ha produït un error desconegut durant la prova del servidor intermediari " -"%1.\n" +"S'ha produït un error desconegut durant la prova del servidor intermediari %1.\n" "El codi de devolució del servidor intermediari són: %2.\n" #. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings @@ -209,18 +202,13 @@ #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:454 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "" "Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.\n" -"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to " -"take effect, \n" -"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. " -"Please check \n" +"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" +"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. " msgstr "" -"Configureu els paràmetres del vostre servidor intermediari d'Internet " -"(caching) aquí.\n" -"Nota: Es recomana sortir i tornar a entrar perquè els canvis " -"tinguin efecte, \n" -"tot i que en alguns casos l'aplicació pot agafar els nous paràmetres " -"immediatament. Si us plau, comproveu\n" +"Configureu els paràmetres del vostre servidor intermediari d'Internet (caching) aquí.\n" +"Nota: Es recomana sortir i tornar a entrar perquè els canvis tinguin efecte, \n" +"tot i que en alguns casos l'aplicació pot agafar els nous paràmetres immediatament. Si us plau, comproveu\n" "què permet la vostra aplicació (navegador web, client ftp...). " #. Proxy dialog help 2/8 @@ -229,20 +217,15 @@ msgid "" "HTTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" -msgstr "" -"L'URL del servidor intermediari HTTP és el nom del servidor " -"intermediari per a accedir al web (WWW).\n" +msgstr "L'URL del servidor intermediari HTTP és el nom del servidor intermediari per a accedir al web (WWW).\n" #. Proxy dialog help 3/8 #. Proxy dialog help 3/8 #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:465 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:415 msgid "" -"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured " -"access\n" +"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" -msgstr "" -"L'URL del servidor intermediari HTTPS és el nom del servidor " -"intermediari per a accedir al web (WWW).\n" +msgstr "L'URL del servidor intermediari HTTPS és el nom del servidor intermediari per a accedir al web (WWW).\n" #. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 #. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 @@ -257,8 +240,7 @@ "FTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the file transfer services (FTP)." msgstr "" -"L'URL del servidor intermediari FTP és el nom del servidor " -"intermediari\n" +"L'URL del servidor intermediari FTP és el nom del servidor intermediari\n" "que s'utilitza per a accedir al servei de transferència de fitxers (FTP)." #. Proxy dialog help 5/8 @@ -269,10 +251,8 @@ "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" msgstr "" -"Si activeu l'opció Utilitza el mateix servidor intermediari per a tots " -"els protocols,\n" -"n'hi ha prou d'introduir l'URL del servidor intermediari HTTP perquè es faci " -"servir en tots\n" +"Si activeu l'opció Utilitza el mateix servidor intermediari per a tots els protocols,\n" +"n'hi ha prou d'introduir l'URL del servidor intermediari HTTP perquè es faci servir en tots\n" "els protocols (HTTP, HTTPS i FTP).\n" #. Proxy dialog help 6/8 @@ -283,8 +263,7 @@ "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" "for example, %1.\n" msgstr "" -"Els Dominis sense servidor intermediari és una llista de dominis " -"separada per comes per a la qual cal fer les sol·licituds\n" +"Els Dominis sense servidor intermediari és una llista de dominis separada per comes per a la qual cal fer les sol·licituds\n" "directament, sense la memòria cau.\n" "Per exemple, %1.\n" @@ -294,15 +273,11 @@ msgid "" "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</" -"p>\n" +"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" msgstr "" -"Si utilitzeu un servidor intermediari amb autorització, empleneu els " -"camps\n" -"Nom d'usuari per al servidor intermediari i Contrasenya per al " -"servidor\n" -"intermediari. Un nom d'usuari vàlid comprèn només caràcters ASCII " -"imprimibles\n" +"Si utilitzeu un servidor intermediari amb autorització, empleneu els camps\n" +"Nom d'usuari per al servidor intermediari i Contrasenya per al servidor\n" +"intermediari. Un nom d'usuari vàlid comprèn només caràcters ASCII imprimibles\n" "(excepte les cometes).\n" #. Proxy dialog help 8/8 @@ -384,8 +359,7 @@ "Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n" "Really use these settings?" msgstr "" -"El servidor intermediari està habilitat, però no s'ha especificat cap URL " -"intermediària.\n" +"El servidor intermediari està habilitat, però no s'ha especificat cap URL intermediària.\n" "Esteu segur que voleu utilitzar aquests paràmetres?" #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:686 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:631 @@ -416,9 +390,7 @@ #. Popup::Error text #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:719 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:662 msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -msgstr "" -"Cal que l'URL del servidor intermediari HTTP contingui una especificació de " -"l'esquema (http)." +msgstr "Cal que l'URL del servidor intermediari HTTP contingui una especificació de l'esquema (http)." #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text @@ -430,9 +402,7 @@ #. Popup::Error text #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:738 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:679 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -msgstr "" -"Cal que l'URL del servidor intermediari HTTPS contingui una especificació de " -"l'esquema (http)." +msgstr "Cal que l'URL del servidor intermediari HTTPS contingui una especificació de l'esquema (http)." #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text @@ -444,9 +414,7 @@ #. Popup::Error text #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:757 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:698 msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -msgstr "" -"Cal que l'URL del servidor intermediari FTP contingui una especificació de " -"l'esquema (http)." +msgstr "Cal que l'URL del servidor intermediari FTP contingui una especificació de l'esquema (http)." #. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy #. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy @@ -483,9 +451,7 @@ #: src/modules/Proxy.rb:46 msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective." -msgstr "" -"És recomanable sortir i tornar a entrar perquè els nous paràmetres del " -"servidor intermediari tinguin efecte." +msgstr "És recomanable sortir i tornar a entrar perquè els nous paràmetres del servidor intermediari tinguin efecte." #. Write routing settings and apply changes #. @return true if success Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/qt-pkg.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/qt-pkg.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/qt-pkg.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -304,20 +304,12 @@ msgstr "A&nul·la" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 -msgid "" -"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system " -"packages to versions in repository %2" -msgstr "" -"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel·la el canvi</a> dels " -"paquets del sistema a les versions del repositori %2" +msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" +msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel·la el canvi</a> dels paquets del sistema a les versions del repositori %2" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 -msgid "" -"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the " -"versions in this repository (%2)" -msgstr "" -"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Canvia els paquets del sistema</a> a les " -"versions d'aquest repositori (%2)" +msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" +msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Canvia els paquets del sistema</a> a les versions d'aquest repositori (%2)" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" @@ -347,16 +339,8 @@ msgstr "Error: s'ha esgotat l'espai del disc" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you " -"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not " -"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and " -"deselect some packages." -msgstr "" -"Podeu continuar amb la instal·lació si sabeu què esteu fent; tanmateix us " -"arrisqueu a corrompre el sistema i que llavors calguin reparacions manuals. " -"Si no sabeu exactament com actuar en un cas com aquest, premeu Anul·la</" -"b> i desseleccioneu alguns paquets. " +msgid "You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and deselect some packages." +msgstr "Podeu continuar amb la instal·lació si sabeu què esteu fent; tanmateix us arrisqueu a corrompre el sistema i que llavors calguin reparacions manuals. Si no sabeu exactament com actuar en un cas com aquest, premeu Anul·la i desseleccioneu alguns paquets. " #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 msgid "C&ontinue Anyway" @@ -380,12 +364,8 @@ msgstr "Canvis automàtics" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301 -msgid "" -"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been " -"changed to resolve dependencies:" -msgstr "" -"A més de les seleccions manuals, s'han modificat els paquets següents per a " -"resoldre dependències:" +msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" +msgstr "A més de les seleccions manuals, s'han modificat els paquets següents per a resoldre dependències:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 @@ -398,12 +378,8 @@ msgstr "Paquets no suportats" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322 -msgid "" -"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or " -"requires an additional customer contract for support." -msgstr "" -"Si us plau tingueu en compte que aquest programari no està suportat o bé " -"requereix d'un contracte addicional de suport." +msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." +msgstr "Si us plau tingueu en compte que aquest programari no està suportat o bé requereix d'un contracte addicional de suport." #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421 msgid "Not implemented yet. Sorry." @@ -416,217 +392,101 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65 -msgid "" -"Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for " -"details." -msgstr "" -"Nota: Això només és un resum breu. Trobareu més informació al manual." +msgid "Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details." +msgstr "Nota: Això només és un resum breu. Trobareu més informació al manual." #. Help specific to online update mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72 msgid "In this dialog, select patches to download and install." -msgstr "" -"En aquest quadre de diàleg, seleccioneu els pedaços que voleu baixar i " -"instal·lar." +msgstr "En aquest quadre de diàleg, seleccioneu els pedaços que voleu baixar i instal·lar." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73 -msgid "" -"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the " -"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the " -"(estimated) download size." -msgstr "" -"La llista de l'esquerra mostra els pedaços disponibles i el tipus de pedaç " -"(de seguretat, recomanat o opcional), així com el càlcul de la mida " -"(estimada) de baixada." +msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." +msgstr "La llista de l'esquerra mostra els pedaços disponibles i el tipus de pedaç (de seguretat, recomanat o opcional), així com el càlcul de la mida (estimada) de baixada." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 -msgid "" -"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on " -"your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches</" -"b> check box below the list." -msgstr "" -"Normalment, aquesta llista només conté els pedaços que encara no s'han " -"instal·lat al sistema. Podeu modificar aquesta opció mitjançant l'activació " -"del quadre de verificació Inclou els pedaços instal·lats situat sota " -"la llista." +msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches check box below the list." +msgstr "Normalment, aquesta llista només conté els pedaços que encara no s'han instal·lat al sistema. Podeu modificar aquesta opció mitjançant l'activació del quadre de verificació Inclou els pedaços instal·lats situat sota la llista." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 -msgid "" -"The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the " -"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description " -"here." -msgstr "" -"La Descripció del pedaç conté una explicació més àmplia del pedaç " -"seleccionat actualment. Seleccioneu un pedaç de la llista per a veure'n la " -"descripció." +msgid "The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." +msgstr "La Descripció del pedaç conté una explicació més àmplia del pedaç seleccionat actualment. Seleccioneu un pedaç de la llista per a veure'n la descripció." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80 -msgid "" -"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently " -"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete " -"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is " -"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." -msgstr "" -"La llista de paquets de la dreta mostra el contingut del pedaç seleccionat " -"actualment, és a dir, els paquets que conté. No es poden suprimir o " -"instal·lar solament determinats paquets d'un pedaç, sinó que s'ha " -"d'instal·lar per complet per a evitar els errors de coherència al sistema." +msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." +msgstr "La llista de paquets de la dreta mostra el contingut del pedaç seleccionat actualment, és a dir, els paquets que conté. No es poden suprimir o instal·lar solament determinats paquets d'un pedaç, sinó que s'ha d'instal·lar per complet per a evitar els errors de coherència al sistema." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list ) #. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88 -msgid "" -"In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter " -"views from Filter at the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"A més dels Pedaços, també podeu seleccionar una de les altres " -"visualitzacions de filtre des de Filtre situat a la part superior " -"esquerra:" +msgid "In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter views from Filter at the upper left:" +msgstr "A més dels Pedaços, també podeu seleccionar una de les altres visualitzacions de filtre des de Filtre situat a la part superior esquerra:" #. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96 -msgid "" -"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can " -"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu seleccionar els paquets que voleu instal·lar, actualitzar o " -"suprimir. Podeu seleccionar paquets individuals, o bé \"seleccions\" " -"completes de paquets." +msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." +msgstr "Aquí podeu seleccionar els paquets que voleu instal·lar, actualitzar o suprimir. Podeu seleccionar paquets individuals, o bé \"seleccions\" completes de paquets." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98 -msgid "" -"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or " -"right-click it to open a context menu." -msgstr "" -"Premeu la icona d'estat per a canviar l'estat d'un paquet o d'una selecció, " -"o bé feu clic amb el botó dret del ratolí per a obrir un menú contextual." +msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu." +msgstr "Premeu la icona d'estat per a canviar l'estat d'un paquet o d'una selecció, o bé feu clic amb el botó dret del ratolí per a obrir un menú contextual." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100 -msgid "" -"Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. " -"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only " -"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check " -"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn " -"you if there are dependency conflicts." -msgstr "" -"Feu servir el botó Comprova les dependències per a resoldre les " -"dependències de paquets. Alguns paquets requereixen que se n'instal·lin " -"d'altres. I, al contrari, alguns paquets solament es poden instal·lar si no " -"se n'han instal·lat uns altres. Aquesta comprovació marca automàticament els " -"paquets que s'han d'instal·lar i us avisarà si es produeixen conflictes de " -"dependències." +msgid "Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." +msgstr "Feu servir el botó Comprova les dependències per a resoldre les dependències de paquets. Alguns paquets requereixen que se n'instal·lin d'altres. I, al contrari, alguns paquets solament es poden instal·lar si no se n'han instal·lat uns altres. Aquesta comprovació marca automàticament els paquets que s'han d'instal·lar i us avisarà si es produeixen conflictes de dependències." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105 -msgid "" -"When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically " -"be performed." -msgstr "" -"La comprovació es realitzarà automàticament si abandoneu aquest diàleg amb " -"Accepta." +msgid "When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically be performed." +msgstr "La comprovació es realitzarà automàticament si abandoneu aquest diàleg amb Accepta." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) #. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111 -msgid "" -"Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at " -"the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu una de les visualitzacions de filtre disponibles al quadre " -"combinat Filtre situat a la part superior esquerra:" +msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at the upper left:" +msgstr "Seleccioneu una de les visualitzacions de filtre disponibles al quadre combinat Filtre situat a la part superior esquerra:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 -msgid "" -"Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically " -"belong together." -msgstr "" -"Seleccions mostra grups predefinits de paquets relacionats entre si." +msgid "Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together." +msgstr "Seleccions mostra grups predefinits de paquets relacionats entre si." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 -msgid "" -"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can " -"also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." -msgstr "" -"Activeu el quadre que hi ha al costat de la selecció per a seleccionar-la " -"com a una unitat. També podeu seleccionar o desseleccionar paquets " -"individuals a la llista de paquets de la dreta." +msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +msgstr "Activeu el quadre que hi ha al costat de la selecció per a seleccionar-la com a una unitat. També podeu seleccionar o desseleccionar paquets individuals a la llista de paquets de la dreta." #. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 -msgid "" -"Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and " -"collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category " -"to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right " -"side." -msgstr "" -"L'opció Grups de paquets mostra els paquets classificats per " -"categories. Podeu ampliar o agrupar elements de l'arbre per a restringir o " -"generalitzar una categoria. Premeu una categoria per a mostrar-ne els " -"paquets a la llista de la dreta." +msgid "Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." +msgstr "L'opció Grups de paquets mostra els paquets classificats per categories. Podeu ampliar o agrupar elements de l'arbre per a restringir o generalitzar una categoria. Premeu una categoria per a mostrar-ne els paquets a la llista de la dreta." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 -msgid "" -" Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that " -"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." -msgstr "" -" Suggeriment: Al final de la llista es troba l'entrada \"Tots zzz\", " -"que mostra tots els paquets. Aquest procés pot trigar uns segons a les " -"màquines més lentes." +msgid " Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." +msgstr " Suggeriment: Al final de la llista es troba l'entrada \"Tots zzz\", que mostra tots els paquets. Aquest procés pot trigar uns segons a les màquines més lentes." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130 -msgid "" -"Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. " -"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." -msgstr "" -"Cerca permet cercar paquets que compleixin diversos requisits. " -"Aquesta és la forma més senzilla de trobar un paquet si se'n sap el nom." +msgid "Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." +msgstr "Cerca permet cercar paquets que compleixin diversos requisits. Aquesta és la forma més senzilla de trobar un paquet si se'n sap el nom." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132 -msgid "" -"Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a " -"certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." -msgstr "" -"Suggeriment: També podeu fer servir aquesta funció per a saber quin " -"paquet conté una biblioteca determinada. Cerqueu en l'apartat RPM " -"Proporciona." +msgid "Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." +msgstr "Suggeriment: També podeu fer servir aquesta funció per a saber quin paquet conté una biblioteca determinada. Cerqueu en l'apartat RPM Proporciona." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135 -msgid "" -"Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- " -"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." -msgstr "" -"L'opció Resum de la instal·lació mostra per defecte els canvis que " -"s'han dut a terme al sistema, a més dels paquets que s'instal·laran, se " -"suprimiran o s'actualitzaran." +msgid "Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." +msgstr "L'opció Resum de la instal·lació mostra per defecte els canvis que s'han dut a terme al sistema, a més dels paquets que s'instal·laran, se suprimiran o s'actualitzaran." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 -msgid "" -"It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to " -"Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can " -"see all changes that will be made to your system." -msgstr "" -"És recomanable fer servir Comprova les dependències i, a continuació, " -"canviar a Resum de la instal·lació abans de prémer Accepta. " -"Així podeu veure tots els canvis que s'efectuaran al sistema." +msgid "It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." +msgstr "És recomanable fer servir Comprova les dependències i, a continuació, canviar a Resum de la instal·lació abans de prémer Accepta. Així podeu veure tots els canvis que s'efectuaran al sistema." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140 -msgid "" -"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; " -"use the check boxes at the left side." -msgstr "" -"També podeu seleccionar de forma explícita els paquets i els estats que " -"voleu veure aquí. Feu servir els quadres de verificació de la part esquerra." +msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side." +msgstr "També podeu seleccionar de forma explícita els paquets i els estats que voleu veure aquí. Feu servir els quadres de verificació de la part esquerra." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 -msgid "" -"Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see " -"what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and " -"uncheck everything else." -msgstr "" -"Suggeriment: També podeu invertir l'efecte d'aquest filtre i veure " -"quins paquets del sistema no s'han modificat. Simplement activeu " -"Conserva i desactiveu la resta." +msgid "Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and uncheck everything else." +msgstr "Suggeriment: També podeu invertir l'efecte d'aquest filtre i veure quins paquets del sistema no s'han modificat. Simplement activeu Conserva i desactiveu la resta." #. Make sure all images used here are specified in #. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am ! @@ -676,12 +536,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the " -"versions are the same)." -msgstr "" -"Aquest paquet ja s'ha instal·lat. Actualitza'l o torna'l a instal·lar (si " -"les versions coincideixen)." +msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)." +msgstr "Aquest paquet ja s'ha instal·lat. Actualitza'l o torna'l a instal·lar (si les versions coincideixen)." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277 @@ -703,22 +559,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199 -msgid "" -"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any " -"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other " -"packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"Aquest paquet no s'ha instal·lat i no s'ha d'instal·lar de cap manera, " -"especialment a causa de les dependències sense resoldre que puguin tenir o " -"obtenir altres paquets." +msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "Aquest paquet no s'ha instal·lat i no s'ha d'instal·lar de cap manera, especialment a causa de les dependències sense resoldre que puguin tenir o obtenir altres paquets." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 -msgid "" -"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any " -"installation media." -msgstr "" -"Els paquets amb l'estat \"tabú\" es tracten com si no existissin en cap " -"suport d'instal·lació." +msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." +msgstr "Els paquets amb l'estat \"tabú\" es tracten com si no existissin en cap suport d'instal·lació." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101 @@ -727,21 +573,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 -msgid "" -"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not " -"because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"Aquest paquet ja s'ha instal·lat i no s'ha de modificar, especialment a " -"causa de les dependències sense resoldre que puguin tenir o obtenir altres " -"paquets." +msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "Aquest paquet ja s'ha instal·lat i no s'ha de modificar, especialment a causa de les dependències sense resoldre que puguin tenir o obtenir altres paquets." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by " -"newer versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Feu servir aquest estat per als paquets d'altres proveïdors que no s'han de " -"sobreescriure amb versions més recents que puguin trobar-se a la distribució." +msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "Feu servir aquest estat per als paquets d'altres proveïdors que no s'han de sobreescriure amb versions més recents que puguin trobar-se a la distribució." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275 @@ -751,19 +588,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 -msgid "" -"This package will be installed automatically because some other package " -"needs it." -msgstr "" -"Aquest paquet s'instal·larà automàticament perquè el necessita un altre " -"paquet." +msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it." +msgstr "Aquest paquet s'instal·larà automàticament perquè el necessita un altre paquet." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222 -msgid "" -"Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." -msgstr "" -"Suggeriment: És possible que heu de fer servir \"tabú\" per a " -"alliberar-vos d'un paquet d'aquest tipus." +msgid "Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." +msgstr "Suggeriment: És possible que heu de fer servir \"tabú\" per a alliberar-vos d'un paquet d'aquest tipus." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276 @@ -773,12 +603,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer " -"version, so it will automatically be updated." -msgstr "" -"Aquest paquet ja s'ha instal·lat, però un altre paquet necessita una versió " -"més nova, per la qual cosa s'actualitzarà automàticament." +msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated." +msgstr "Aquest paquet ja s'ha instal·lat, però un altre paquet necessita una versió més nova, per la qual cosa s'actualitzarà automàticament." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274 @@ -788,12 +614,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it " -"is deleted." -msgstr "" -"Aquest paquet ja s'ha instal·lat, però cal suprimir-lo a causa de les " -"dependències de paquets." +msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted." +msgstr "Aquest paquet ja s'ha instal·lat, però cal suprimir-lo a causa de les dependències de paquets." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." @@ -817,13 +639,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 -msgid "" -"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the " -"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." -msgstr "" -"Aconsegueix aquest paquet i instal·la'l si encara no està instal·lat. " -"Actualitza'l amb l'ultima versió si està instal·lat i existeix una versió " -"més nova." +msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." +msgstr "Aconsegueix aquest paquet i instal·la'l si encara no està instal·lat. Actualitza'l amb l'ultima versió si està instal·lat i existeix una versió més nova." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285 @@ -832,21 +649,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 -msgid "" -"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not " -"installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." -msgstr "" -"Suprimeix aquest paquet. Marca'l com a \"no l'instal·lis\" si encara no està " -"instal·lat, i suprimeix-lo si ho està." +msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." +msgstr "Suprimeix aquest paquet. Marca'l com a \"no l'instal·lis\" si encara no està instal·lat, i suprimeix-lo si ho està." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 -msgid "" -"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore " -"packages that are not installed." -msgstr "" -"Actualitza aquest paquet si s'ha instal·lat i existeix una versió més nova. " -"Ignora els paquets que no s'han instal·lat." +msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." +msgstr "Actualitza aquest paquet si s'ha instal·lat i existeix una versió més nova. Ignora els paquets que no s'han instal·lat." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:302 @@ -855,23 +664,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 -msgid "" -"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently " -"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." -msgstr "" -"Desfés l'efecte de \">\" amunt: canvia el paquet a \"conserva\" si està " -"marcat com a \"actualitza\". Ignora la resta de paquets." +msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." +msgstr "Desfés l'efecte de \">\" amunt: canvia el paquet a \"conserva\" si està marcat com a \"actualitza\". Ignora la resta de paquets." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package " -"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies " -"that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"Marca aquest paquet com a \"tabú\" si no està instal·lat i assegureu-vos que " -"no s'instal·la, especialment per les dependències sense resoldre que puguin " -"tenir o obtenir altres paquets. " +msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "Marca aquest paquet com a \"tabú\" si no està instal·lat i assegureu-vos que no s'instal·la, especialment per les dependències sense resoldre que puguin tenir o obtenir altres paquets. " #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:322 @@ -880,23 +679,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package " -"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that " -"other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"Marca aquest paquet com a \"protegit\" si està instal·lat i assegureu-vos " -"que no es modifica, especialment per les dependències sense resoldre que " -"puguin tenir o obtenir altres paquets." +msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "Marca aquest paquet com a \"protegit\" si està instal·lat i assegureu-vos que no es modifica, especialment per les dependències sense resoldre que puguin tenir o obtenir altres paquets." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 -msgid "" -"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer " -"versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Feu servir aquesta opció per als paquets d'altres proveïdors que no s'han de " -"sobreescriure amb versions més noves que puguin estar incloses en la " -"distribució." +msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "Feu servir aquesta opció per als paquets d'altres proveïdors que no s'han de sobreescriure amb versions més noves que puguin estar incloses en la distribució." #: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248 #: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:182 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:208 @@ -956,13 +744,8 @@ msgstr "Crea un cas de prova de resolució de dependències" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 -msgid "" -"Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "" -"Feu servir això per generar registres extensos per ajudar a rastrejar " -"errors en la resolució de dependències. Els registres s'emmagatzemaran al " -"directori <tt>%1</tt>" +msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "Feu servir això per generar registres extensos per ajudar a rastrejar errors en la resolució de dependències. Els registres s'emmagatzemaran al directori <tt>%1</tt>" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 @@ -970,13 +753,8 @@ msgstr "Cas de prova del sistema de resolució" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 -msgid "" -"Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare " -"<tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" -msgstr "" -"Cas de prova de resolució de dependències escrit a <tt>%1</tt></" -"p>Voleu preparar l'arxiu <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> per adjuntar-lo al " -"Bugzilla?" +msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" +msgstr "Cas de prova de resolució de dependències escrit a <tt>%1</tt>Voleu preparar l'arxiu <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> per adjuntar-lo al Bugzilla?" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413 @@ -985,13 +763,8 @@ #. caption #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 -msgid "" -"Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check " -"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "" -"S'ha produït un error en crear un cas de prova de resolució de " -"dependènciesComproveu l'espai al disc i els permisos de <tt>%1</tt></" -"p>" +msgid "Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "S'ha produït un error en crear un cas de prova de resolució de dependènciesComproveu l'espai al disc i els permisos de <tt>%1</tt>" #. startsWith #. filter Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/qt.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/qt.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/qt.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -67,8 +67,7 @@ "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" msgstr "" -"Heu fet clic amb el botó dret del ratolí en comptes de fer-ho amb " -"l'esquerre.\n" +"Heu fet clic amb el botó dret del ratolí en comptes de fer-ho amb l'esquerre.\n" "Voleu conmutar els botons dret i esquerre del ratolí?" #. Popup dialog caption Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/rdp.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/rdp.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/rdp.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-01 14:12+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" +"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -36,9 +37,7 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/rdp.rb:64 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "" -"Definiu 'sí' per a permetre l'administració remota o 'no' per a no permetre-" -"la " +msgstr "Definiu 'sí' per a permetre l'administració remota o 'no' per a no permetre-la " #. Command line output Headline #: src/clients/rdp.rb:107 @@ -56,13 +55,11 @@ #. RichText label #: src/clients/rdp_proposal.rb:57 -#| msgid "Remote Administration" msgid "RDP Remote Administration" msgstr "Administració remota RDP" #. Menu label #: src/clients/rdp_proposal.rb:59 -#| msgid "Remote Administration" msgid "RDP &Remote Administration" msgstr "Administració &remota RDP" @@ -82,14 +79,6 @@ msgstr "&No permetis l'administració remota" #: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:54 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" -#| "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" -#| "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" -#| "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -#| "a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</" -#| "tt>).\n" -#| "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" @@ -99,10 +88,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Configuració de l'administració remota</big>\n" "Si aquesta funció està habilitada, podreu administrar l'ordinador\n" -"de forma remota des d'un altre ordinador. Podeu utilitzar un client RDP, " -"com\n" -"ara el rdesktop (connecteu-vos a <tt><nom_ordinador_central>:%1</" -"tt>).\n" +"de forma remota des d'un altre ordinador. Podeu utilitzar un client RDP, com\n" +"ara el rdesktop (connecteu-vos a <tt><nom_ordinador_central>:%1</tt>).\n" "Aquest mètode d'administració remota és menys segura que utilitzar SSH.\n" #. Dialog frame title @@ -122,7 +109,6 @@ #. Progress stage 2 #: src/modules/RDP.rb:92 -#| msgid "Configure Later" msgid "Configure xrdp" msgstr "Configura xrdp" @@ -132,7 +118,6 @@ msgstr "Reinicia els serveis" #: src/modules/RDP.rb:100 -#| msgid "Stop services" msgid "Stop the services" msgstr "Atura els serveis" @@ -146,7 +131,6 @@ msgstr "S'estan escrivint els paràmetres del tallafoc..." #: src/modules/RDP.rb:115 -#| msgid "Configuring hardware..." msgid "Configuring xrdp..." msgstr "Configurant xrdp..." @@ -156,7 +140,6 @@ msgstr "S'està reiniciant el servei..." #: src/modules/RDP.rb:137 -#| msgid "Stopping services..." msgid "Stopping the service..." msgstr "Aturant el servei..." Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/rear.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/rear.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/rear.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -20,29 +20,24 @@ #. Command line help text for the Xrear module #: src/clients/rear.rb:54 -#| msgid "Configuration of drbd" msgid "Configuration of Rear" msgstr "Configuració de rear" #. command line help text for 'configure' action #: src/clients/rear.rb:67 -#| msgid "Change the IrDA configuration" msgid "Change the Rear configuration" msgstr "Canvieu la configuració de rear" #: src/clients/rear.rb:73 -#| msgid "Output:" msgid "Output" msgstr "Sortida" #: src/clients/rear.rb:74 -#| msgid "New URL:\n" msgid "Netfs URL" msgstr "URL Netfs " #. Dialog shown, when system is not supported by rear #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:85 -#| msgid "This system does not support ACPI or APM." msgid "This system is not supported by rear, because:" msgstr "Aquest sistema no té suport per a rear perquè" @@ -51,7 +46,6 @@ msgstr "No espereu que la còpia de seguretat creada sigui útil per a la recuperació del sistema si ignoreu aquest avís." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:104 -#| msgid "This scanner is not supported." msgid "This system is not supported." msgstr "Aquest sistema no té suport." @@ -59,41 +53,34 @@ msgid "&Ignore and continue" msgstr "&Ignora i continua" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:109 -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:153 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:109 src/include/rear/ui.rb:153 #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:253 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Cancel·la" #. store original value of directories for the case that the users clicks cancel #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:143 -#| msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgid "Additional Directories to Backup" msgstr "Directoris addicionals a la còpia de seguretat" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:152 -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:252 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:152 src/include/rear/ui.rb:252 msgid "&OK" msgstr "D'&acord" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:171 -#| msgid "Home Directory" msgid "Choose Directory" msgstr "Escolliu el directori" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:199 -#| msgid "Cannot read the configuration." msgid "Cannot write rear configuration file." msgstr "No es pot escriure el fixer de configuració de rear." #. store original value of modules for the case that the users clicks cancel #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:221 -#| msgid "&No Additional YaST Modules" msgid "Additional Kernel Modules" msgstr "Mòduls addicionals del nucli" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:228 -#| msgid "Available Modules" msgid "Available Modules in current System:" msgstr "Mòduls disponibles al sistema actual:" @@ -107,17 +94,14 @@ #. Dialog to run rear #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:327 -#| msgid "Preparing for Image Creation" msgid "Preparing for Rear Execution." msgstr "Preparant l'execució de rear..." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:348 -#| msgid "Running KInternet..." msgid "Running rear..." msgstr "Executant rear..." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:372 -#| msgid "DBI Execution failed: %s." msgid "Execution failed with return value %1." msgstr "Ha fallat l'execució amb un valor de retorn %1." @@ -127,17 +111,12 @@ #. For translators: Caption of the dialog #. The whole sequence -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:416 -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:680 -#| msgid "Resource Configuration" +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:416 src/include/rear/ui.rb:680 msgid "Rear Configuration" msgstr "Configuració de rear" #. help text for Rear #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:419 -#| msgid "" -#| "Here, configure an infrared interface (IrDA) for your computer." -#| "" msgid "Configure Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) backup for your computer." msgstr "Configureu la còpia de seguretat Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) per a l'ordinador." @@ -171,7 +150,6 @@ #. prepare advanced menu #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:459 -#| msgid "Additional Domains" msgid "Additional Directories in Backup" msgstr "Directoris addicionals a la còpia de seguretat" @@ -181,12 +159,10 @@ #. prepare main dialog #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:472 -#| msgid "&Verify System" msgid "Recovery System" msgstr "Recuperació de sistema" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:480 -#| msgid "&Media" msgid "&Boot Media" msgstr "&Dispositiu d'arrencada (boot)" @@ -195,30 +171,25 @@ msgstr "Copia de seguretat" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:498 -#| msgid "&Backup" msgid "&Backup Media" msgstr "&Dispositiu de còpia de seguretat" #. this flag ensures that the combox is correctly #. refilled when the USB/NFS combobox is changed -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:507 -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:615 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:507 src/include/rear/ui.rb:615 #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:629 msgid "&Location" msgstr "&Ubicació" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:517 -#| msgid "&Before Backup" msgid "&Keep old backup" msgstr "&Manté l'anterior còpia de seguretat" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:521 -#| msgid "Probe USB devices" msgid "Rescan USB Devices" msgstr "Refresca els dispositius USB" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:529 -#| msgid "Ad&vanced" msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Avançat" @@ -245,7 +216,6 @@ msgstr "El fitxer de configuració de rear conté opcios que aquest mòdul del YaST2 no pot configurar.\n" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:595 -#| msgid "Do you want to immediately remove these sources?" msgid "Do you want to continue and overwrite these settings?" msgstr "Voleu continuar i sobreescriure aquests paràmetres?" @@ -257,27 +227,22 @@ #. true: read-only #. Rear read dialog caption #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:691 -#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" msgid "Reading Rear Configuration" msgstr "Configuració de la lectura de rear" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -#| msgid "Reading general settings" msgid "Reading rear settings" msgstr "Llegint els paràmetres de rear" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -#| msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "Analitzant el sistema..." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 -#| msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgid "Analyzing system..." msgstr "Analitzant el sistema..." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 -#| msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgid "Reading rear settings..." msgstr "Llegint els paràmetres de rear..." @@ -287,34 +252,28 @@ #. check bootloader #. returns error message if system is not supported -#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:56 -#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:77 +#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:56 src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:77 msgid "Cannot figure out which bootloader is used." msgstr "No es pot esbrinar quin carregador d'arrencada s'usa." #: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:68 -#| msgid "The provider %1 is in use." msgid "Bootloader %1 is used." msgstr "El carregador %1 s'usa." #. check devices #: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:106 -#| msgid "Service %1 does not exist." msgid "Device %1 is iscsi." msgstr "El dispositiu %1 és iscsi." #: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:118 -#| msgid "Device path" msgid "Device %1 is multipath." msgstr "El dispositiu %1 és multicamí." #. check partitions #: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:134 -#| msgid "Partition Mounted" msgid "Partition %1 is mounted by uuid." msgstr "Partició %1 muntada per uuid." #: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:151 msgid "Partition %1 uses an unsupported filesystem (%2)." msgstr "La partició %1 usa un sistema de fitxers que no té suport (%2)." - Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/registration.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/registration.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/registration.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Registration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registre" #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 msgid "Registration is being updated..." @@ -152,9 +152,7 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " -"updates and extensions." +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. not set yet? @@ -214,15 +212,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 -msgid "" -"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " -"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 -msgid "" -"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." msgstr "" #. error message @@ -333,7 +327,7 @@ #: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 msgid "Details:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detalls:" #: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 msgid "Failed Certificate Details" @@ -553,7 +547,7 @@ #. dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acord de llicència" #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." @@ -590,9 +584,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " -"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " -"extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" #. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) @@ -615,22 +607,17 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." msgstr "" #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 -msgid "" -"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " -"registration code." +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " -"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." msgstr "" #. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow @@ -661,9 +648,7 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 -msgid "" -"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " -"together with the base product." +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 @@ -676,11 +661,11 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 msgid "Version" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Versió" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Arquitectura" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Release Type" @@ -709,11 +694,11 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Version" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Versió" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Architecture" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Arquitectura" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 msgid "&Release Type" @@ -721,19 +706,15 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " -"database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " -"Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " -"of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " -"Refer\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "" @@ -749,7 +730,7 @@ #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Server Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuració del servidor" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" @@ -772,7 +753,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 msgid "none" -msgstr "" +msgstr "cap" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 @@ -806,38 +787,27 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 -msgid "" -"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " -"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "" -"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " -"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " -"issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " -"certificate." +msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "" -"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " -"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " -"security risk." +msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" #. error message, the entered URL is not valid @@ -957,8 +927,7 @@ #~ msgstr "S'ha afegit un servidor d'actualització a la vostra configuració." #~ msgid "No update server could be added to your configuration." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No s'ha pogut afegir cap servidor d'actualització a la configuració." +#~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut afegir cap servidor d'actualització a la configuració." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "No software repository needed to be changed." @@ -1001,8 +970,7 @@ #~ "The server requires additional system information. Activating \n" #~ "submission of the hardware profile automatically." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "El servidor necessita informació addicional del sistema. S'està activant " -#~ "automàticament \n" +#~ "El servidor necessita informació addicional del sistema. S'està activant automàticament \n" #~ " la tramesa del perfil del maquinari." #~ msgid "Update Source Issues" @@ -1017,15 +985,11 @@ #~ "so the sources are available to all tools." #~ msgstr "" #~ "El registre com a usuari normal no inclou la font\n" -#~ "d'actualització al mòdul d'actualització en línia del YaST. Si continueu " -#~ "i més\n" -#~ "endavant voleu actualitzar-lo mitjançant l'actualització en línia, " -#~ "haureu\n" +#~ "d'actualització al mòdul d'actualització en línia del YaST. Si continueu i més\n" +#~ "endavant voleu actualitzar-lo mitjançant l'actualització en línia, haureu\n" #~ "d'afegir la font manualment. Altres\n" -#~ "eines, com ara l'Actualitzador de programari del tauler, es poden " -#~ "utilitzar igualment\n" -#~ ". També podeu cancel·lar l'operació i registrar-vos com a usuari primari " -#~ "al YaST \n" +#~ "eines, com ara l'Actualitzador de programari del tauler, es poden utilitzar igualment\n" +#~ ". També podeu cancel·lar l'operació i registrar-vos com a usuari primari al YaST \n" #~ "perquè les fonts estiguin disponibles per a totes les eines." #~ msgid "Error: Data received is invalid." @@ -1061,199 +1025,146 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " -#~ "Novell.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Registreu el sistema amb Novell i configureu-lo per habilitar les " -#~ "actualitzacions en línia.\n" -#~ "Per fer-ho ara, seleccioneu Configura ara. Retardeu el registre " -#~ "amb\n" +#~ "Registreu el sistema amb Novell i configureu-lo per habilitar les actualitzacions en línia.\n" +#~ "Per fer-ho ara, seleccioneu Configura ara. Retardeu el registre amb\n" #~ "Configura més tard.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " -#~ "system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " -#~ "involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the " -#~ "Novell\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " -#~ "identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Per simplificar el procés de registre, incloeu la informació del vostre " -#~ "sistema\n" +#~ "Per simplificar el procés de registre, incloeu la informació del vostre sistema\n" #~ "amb Informació opcional i Perfil de maquinari. \n" -#~ "A Detalls es mostra la quantitat màxima d'informació que es pot " -#~ "incloure\n" -#~ " en el registre. Per obtenir aquesta informació, es posa en contacte amb " -#~ "el\n" -#~ " servidor de Novell i consulta quina informació es requereix pel " -#~ "producte.\n" -#~ " En aquest intercanvi inicial només s'envia la identitat del producte " -#~ "instal·lat.\n" +#~ "A Detalls es mostra la quantitat màxima d'informació que es pot incloure\n" +#~ " en el registre. Per obtenir aquesta informació, es posa en contacte amb el\n" +#~ " servidor de Novell i consulta quina informació es requereix pel producte.\n" +#~ " En aquest intercanvi inicial només s'envia la identitat del producte instal·lat.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code\n" #~ "so you are prompted for your product code. \n" -#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your " -#~ "product.\n" +#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your product.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Si heu adquirit una còpia d'aquest producte, habiliteu Codi de " -#~ "registre\n" +#~ "Si heu adquirit una còpia d'aquest producte, habiliteu Codi de registre\n" #~ "i se us demanarà el codi del producte. \n" -#~ "D'aquesta manera, podreu accedir al servei de suport d'instal·lació que " -#~ "inclou el producte.\n" +#~ "D'aquesta manera, podreu accedir al servei de suport d'instal·lació que inclou el producte.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " -#~ "support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " -#~ "View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" -#~ "tt>.\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No es facilitarà cap informació a persones externes a Novell. Les dades " -#~ "s'utilitzen amb\n" -#~ "finalitats estadístiques i per millorar facilitar l'ús del suport del " -#~ "controlador\n" -#~ "i el vostre compte web. Trobareu una política de privacitat detallada a " -#~ "Detalls.\n" -#~ " Vegeu la informació transmesa al fitxer de registre <tt>~/.suse_register." -#~ "log</tt>.\n" +#~ "No es facilitarà cap informació a persones externes a Novell. Les dades s'utilitzen amb\n" +#~ "finalitats estadístiques i per millorar facilitar l'ús del suport del controlador\n" +#~ "i el vostre compte web. Trobareu una política de privacitat detallada a Detalls.\n" +#~ " Vegeu la informació transmesa al fitxer de registre <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " -#~ "update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, " -#~ "such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Sincronització regular amb el centre de servei al client comprova " -#~ "que les fonts d'actualització \n" +#~ "Sincronització regular amb el centre de servei al client comprova que les fonts d'actualització \n" #~ "segueixen sent vàlides i afegeix les noves que hi ha disponibles.\n" -#~ "A més a més, envia qualsevol modificació de les vostres dades incloses a " -#~ "Novell, com ara \n" -#~ "informació de maquinari, en el cas que Informació de maquinari " -#~ "estigui activada.\n" +#~ "A més a més, envia qualsevol modificació de les vostres dades incloses a Novell, com ara \n" +#~ "informació de maquinari, en el cas que Informació de maquinari estigui activada.\n" #~ "Aquesta opció no suprimeix les fonts afegides manualment.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " -#~ "Open-SLX.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Open-SLX.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Registreu el sistema amb Novell i configureu-lo per habilitar les " -#~ "actualitzacions en línia.\n" -#~ "Per fer-ho ara, seleccioneu Configura ara. Retardeu el registre " -#~ "amb\n" +#~ "Registreu el sistema amb Novell i configureu-lo per habilitar les actualitzacions en línia.\n" +#~ "Per fer-ho ara, seleccioneu Configura ara. Retardeu el registre amb\n" #~ "Configura més tard.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " -#~ "system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " -#~ "involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-" -#~ "SLX\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " -#~ "identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-SLX\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Per simplificar el procés de registre, incloeu la informació del vostre " -#~ "sistema\n" +#~ "Per simplificar el procés de registre, incloeu la informació del vostre sistema\n" #~ "amb Informació opcional i Perfil de maquinari. \n" -#~ "A Detalls es mostra la quantitat màxima d'informació que es pot " -#~ "incloure\n" -#~ " en el registre. Per obtenir aquesta informació, es posa en contacte amb " -#~ "el\n" -#~ " servidor de Novell i consulta quina informació es requereix pel " -#~ "producte.\n" -#~ " En aquest intercanvi inicial només s'envia la identitat del producte " -#~ "instal·lat.\n" +#~ "A Detalls es mostra la quantitat màxima d'informació que es pot incloure\n" +#~ " en el registre. Per obtenir aquesta informació, es posa en contacte amb el\n" +#~ " servidor de Novell i consulta quina informació es requereix pel producte.\n" +#~ " En aquest intercanvi inicial només s'envia la identitat del producte instal·lat.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used " -#~ "for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " -#~ "support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " -#~ "View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" -#~ "tt>.\n" +#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used for\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No es facilitarà cap informació a persones externes a Novell. Les dades " -#~ "s'utilitzen amb\n" -#~ "finalitats estadístiques i per millorar facilitar l'ús del suport del " -#~ "controlador\n" -#~ "i el vostre compte web. Trobareu una política de privacitat detallada a " -#~ "Detalls.\n" -#~ " Vegeu la informació transmesa al fitxer de registre <tt>~/.suse_register." -#~ "log</tt>.\n" +#~ "No es facilitarà cap informació a persones externes a Novell. Les dades s'utilitzen amb\n" +#~ "finalitats estadístiques i per millorar facilitar l'ús del suport del controlador\n" +#~ "i el vostre compte web. Trobareu una política de privacitat detallada a Detalls.\n" +#~ " Vegeu la informació transmesa al fitxer de registre <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " -#~ "update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-" -#~ "SLX, such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-SLX, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Sincronització regular amb el centre de servei al client comprova " -#~ "que les fonts d'actualització \n" +#~ "Sincronització regular amb el centre de servei al client comprova que les fonts d'actualització \n" #~ "segueixen sent vàlides i afegeix les noves que hi ha disponibles.\n" -#~ "A més a més, envia qualsevol modificació de les vostres dades incloses a " -#~ "Novell, com ara \n" -#~ "informació de maquinari, en el cas que Informació de maquinari " -#~ "estigui activada.\n" +#~ "A més a més, envia qualsevol modificació de les vostres dades incloses a Novell, com ara \n" +#~ "informació de maquinari, en el cas que Informació de maquinari estigui activada.\n" #~ "Aquesta opció no suprimeix les fonts afegides manualment.\n" #~ "" @@ -1344,11 +1255,8 @@ #~ msgstr "No s'han pogut instal·lar els paquets següents" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Per a configurar l'iniciador de l'iSCSI, cal instal·lar el paquet " -#~ "%1." +#~ msgid "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." +#~ msgstr "Per a configurar l'iniciador de l'iSCSI, cal instal·lar el paquet %1." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Therefore the following package needs to be removed first." @@ -1416,70 +1324,29 @@ #~ msgid "Key is invalid." #~ msgstr "La clau no és vàlida." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, " -#~ "enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register " -#~ "while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. " -#~ "To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with " -#~ "Hardware Profile and Optional Information." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El registre del producte inclou el producte a la base de dades de " -#~ "Novell i us permet obtenir suport tècnic actualitzacions en línia. Si us " -#~ "voleu registrar mentre realitzeu la instal·lació automàtica, seleccioneu " -#~ "Registre del producte. Per simplificar aquest procediment, incloeu " -#~ "la informació del sistema amb Perfil de maquinari i Informació " -#~ "opcional." +#~ msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." +#~ msgstr "El registre del producte inclou el producte a la base de dades de Novell i us permet obtenir suport tècnic actualitzacions en línia. Si us voleu registrar mentre realitzeu la instal·lació automàtica, seleccioneu Registre del producte. Per simplificar aquest procediment, incloeu la informació del sistema amb Perfil de maquinari i Informació opcional." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Get more information about the registration process with " -#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Podeu obtenir més informació sobre el procés de registre amb " -#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgid "Get more information about the registration process with <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgstr "Podeu obtenir més informació sobre el procés de registre amb <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration " -#~| "Data. Add a new key and value pair by pressing Add and " -#~| "then entering the appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that " -#~| "can be passed with <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Get more information " -#~| "about them with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a pair with Delete</" -#~| "b> or modify an existing pair with Edit." +#~| msgid "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration Data. Add a new key and value pair by pressing Add and then entering the appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Get more information about them with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with Edit." #~ msgid "" #~ "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration\n" -#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with " -#~ "<tt>suse_register\n" -#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove " -#~ "a\n" -#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with " -#~ "Edit." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les altres dades que s'utilitzen per a registrar-se es mostren a " -#~ "Dades de registre. Afegiu una clau i un valor parell nou " -#~ "mitjançant l'opció Afegeix, i després introduïu els valors " -#~ "corresponents. Aquests paràmetres es poden passar amb <tt>suse_register -" -#~ "a</tt>. Vegeu <tt>suse_register -p</tt> per obtenir-ne més informació. " -#~ "Suprimiu una parella mitjançant l'opció Suprimeix o modifiqueu una " -#~ "parella existent mitjançant l'opció Edita." +#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter the\n" +#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n" +#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n" +#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with Edit." +#~ msgstr "Les altres dades que s'utilitzen per a registrar-se es mostren a Dades de registre. Afegiu una clau i un valor parell nou mitjançant l'opció Afegeix, i després introduïu els valors corresponents. Aquests paràmetres es poden passar amb <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Vegeu <tt>suse_register -p</tt> per obtenir-ne més informació. Suprimiu una parella mitjançant l'opció Suprimeix o modifiqueu una parella existent mitjançant l'opció Edita." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of " -#~| "the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in SMT Server " -#~| "Settings. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance." +#~| msgid "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in SMT Server Settings. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT " -#~ "Server\n" -#~ "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " -#~ "Refer\n" +#~ "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT Server\n" +#~ "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" #~ "to your SMT manual for further assistance." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si teniu un servidor SMT personalitzat a la xarxa, establiu l'URL del " -#~ "servidor SMT i la ubicació del Certificat SMT a Configuració del " -#~ "servidor SMT. Per a obtenir-ne més informació, consulteu el manual de " -#~ "l'SMT." +#~ msgstr "Si teniu un servidor SMT personalitzat a la xarxa, establiu l'URL del servidor SMT i la ubicació del Certificat SMT a Configuració del servidor SMT. Per a obtenir-ne més informació, consulteu el manual de l'SMT." #~ msgid "SMT Server" #~ msgstr "Servidor SMT" @@ -1572,8 +1439,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "You can register for installation support." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "S'està escanejant la xarxa per a trobar els serveis d'instal·lació..." +#~ msgstr "S'està escanejant la xarxa per a trobar els serveis d'instal·lació..." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Server CA certificate location:" @@ -1615,30 +1481,22 @@ #~ "and then specify its path by choosing %2.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si seleccioneu%1, és probable que el procés de registre falli.\n" -#~ "En cas contrari, podeu copiar manualment el fitxer del certificat al " -#~ "sistema\n" +#~ "En cas contrari, podeu copiar manualment el fitxer del certificat al sistema\n" #~ "i especificar el camí si trieu %2." #~ msgid "Could not load the SMT certificate file from floppy disk." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No s'ha pogut carregar el fitxer del certificat SMT des del disquet." +#~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut carregar el fitxer del certificat SMT des del disquet." #~ msgid "Could not download the SMT certificate file from specified URL." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No s'ha pogut baixar el fitxer del certificat SMT des de l'URL que heu " -#~ "especificat." +#~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut baixar el fitxer del certificat SMT des de l'URL que heu especificat." #~ msgid "Could not find the SMT certificate file in specified path." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No s'ha pogut trobar el fitxer del certificat SMT al camí que heu " -#~ "especificat." +#~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut trobar el fitxer del certificat SMT al camí que heu especificat." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Unknown error occurred while retrieving SMT certificate file" #~ msgid "Unknown error occurred while retrieving SMT certificate file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "S'ha produït un error desconegut mentre s'obtenia el fitxer del " -#~ "certificat SMT" +#~ msgstr "S'ha produït un error desconegut mentre s'obtenia el fitxer del certificat SMT" #~ msgid "Skip" #~ msgstr "Omet" @@ -1674,8 +1532,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Do you really want to cancel and thereby skip the Registration?" #~ msgid "Do you really want to cancel and thereby skip registration?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Esteu segur que voleu cancel·lar el registre (i, per tant, ometre'l)?" +#~ msgstr "Esteu segur que voleu cancel·lar el registre (i, per tant, ometre'l)?" #~ msgid "Could not copy certificate file" #~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut copiar el fitxer del certificat" @@ -1689,8 +1546,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "This certificate will be used to connect to the SMT server.\n" -#~| "You have to trust this certificate in order to continue with the " -#~| "Registration." +#~| "You have to trust this certificate in order to continue with the Registration." #~ msgid "" #~ "This certificate will be used to connect to the SMT server.\n" #~ "You have to trust this certificate to continue with the registration.\n" @@ -1775,9 +1631,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Press %1 to use the default update repository." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Premeu Acaba per a crear el producte complementari al directori " -#~ "de sortida." +#~ msgstr "Premeu Acaba per a crear el producte complementari al directori de sortida." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Edit Software Repositories" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/reipl.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/reipl.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/reipl.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -79,8 +79,7 @@ #. Reipl configure dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:59 -#: src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:100 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:59 src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:100 msgid "Reipl Configuration" msgstr "&Configuració de reipl" @@ -314,4 +313,3 @@ #: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "El mètode fcp no té suport." - Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/relocation-server.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/relocation-server.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/relocation-server.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -20,7 +20,6 @@ #. Command line help text for the relocation-server module #: src/clients/relocation-server.rb:58 -#| msgid "Configuration of printer" msgid "Configuration of relocation-server" msgstr "Configuració de relocation-server" @@ -35,12 +34,10 @@ #. RelocationServer::SetAbortFunction(PollAbort); #: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:166 -#| msgid "Select File" msgid "Select SSL Key File" msgstr "Seleccioneu un fitxer de clau SSL" #: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:175 -#| msgid "Select File" msgid "Select SSL Cert File" msgstr "Seleccioneu un fitxer Cert de SSL" @@ -64,12 +61,10 @@ msgstr "No és possible deixar el número del port en blanc." #: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:343 -#| msgid "Port number must not be empty." msgid "Port number out of range." msgstr "Número del port fora de l'abast." #: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:350 -#| msgid "Provider name %1 already exists." msgid "Port number already exists." msgstr "El número del port ja existeix" @@ -99,54 +94,44 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:43 -#| msgid "Locale Settings" msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "Paràmetres globals" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:49 -#| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "Relocation Address:" msgstr "Adreça del Relocation:" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:56 -#| msgid "&Available Hosts:" msgid "Allowed Hosts:" msgstr "Ordinadors centrals permesos:" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:59 -#| msgid "&Set as Default" msgid "Use SSL as Default" msgstr "Usa SSL per defecte" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:65 -#| msgid "DNS Server" msgid "non-SSL Server" msgstr "Servidor non-SSL" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:69 #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:85 -#| msgid "Port" msgid "Port:" msgstr "Port:" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:73 #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:124 -#| msgid "Enabled" msgid "Enable" msgstr "Habilita" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:79 -#| msgid "DNS Server" msgid "SSL Server" msgstr "Servidor SSL" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:97 -#| msgid "Choose Key File" msgid "SSL Key File:" msgstr "Fitxer de la clau SSL:" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:111 -#| msgid "Crypt File: %1" msgid "SSL Cert File:" msgstr "Fitxer Cert SSL:" @@ -156,7 +141,6 @@ msgstr "Tallafoc" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:137 -#| msgid "Online Migration" msgid "Tunneled migration" msgstr "Migració tunelejada" @@ -165,7 +149,6 @@ msgstr "Assegureu-vos que funciona la migració tunelejada" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:149 -#| msgid "Online Migration" msgid "Plain migration" msgstr "Migració plana" @@ -198,15 +181,11 @@ msgstr "&Suprimeix" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:182 -#| msgid "Install the default boot loader" msgid "Include default port range" msgstr "Inclou el port range predeterminat" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:36 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Initializing Samba Server Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing relocation-server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -225,9 +204,6 @@ #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Saving isns Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Saving relocation-server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -291,149 +267,124 @@ msgstr "&Xen Libxl" #: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:161 -#| msgid "Samba Server Configuration" msgid "Relocation Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuració del servidor Relocation" #. RelocationServer read dialog caption #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:303 -#| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration" msgid "Initializing relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "Iniciant la configuració del relocation-server" #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:313 -#| msgid "Read the current SSHD configuration" msgid "Read the current xend configuration" msgstr "Llegir la configuració actual de xend " #. Progress stage 2/3 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:315 -#| msgid "Read the current SSHD state" msgid "Read the current xend state" msgstr "Llegir l'estat actual de xend " #. Progress stage 3/3 #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:333 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:333 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Llegeix els paràmetres del tallafoc" #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:322 -#| msgid "Reading the current SSHD configuration..." msgid "Reading the current xend configuration..." msgstr "Llegint la configuració actual de xend..." #. Progress step 2/3 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:324 -#| msgid "Reading the current SSHD state..." msgid "Reading the current xend state..." msgstr "Llegint l'estat actual de xend..." #. Progress step 3/3 #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:340 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:340 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "S'estan llegint els paràmetres del tallafoc..." #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:335 -#| msgid "Read the current SSHD state" msgid "Read the current libvirtd/sshd state" msgstr "Llegir l'estat actual de libvirtd/sshd" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:342 -#| msgid "Reading the current SSHD state..." msgid "Reading the current libvirtd/sshd state..." msgstr "Llegint l'estat actual de libvirtd/sshd..." #. Error message #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:364 -#| msgid "Cannot read the current SSHD state." msgid "Cannot read the current Xend state." msgstr "No es pot llegir l'estat actual de Xend." #. Error message #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:373 -#| msgid "Could not read firewall settings." msgid "Cannot read firewall settings." msgstr "No es poden llegir els paràmetres del tallafoc." #. Error message #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:382 -#| msgid "Cannot read the current SSHD state." msgid "Cannot read the current libvirtd/sshd state." msgstr "No es pot llegir l'estat actual de libvirtd/sshd." #. RelocationServer read dialog caption #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:401 -#| msgid "Saving Printer Configuration" msgid "Saving relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "Desant la configuració de relocation-server" #. Progress stage 1 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:411 -#| msgid "Write the new settings" msgid "Write the Xend settings" msgstr "Escriu els paràmetres de Xend" #. Progress stage 2 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:413 -#| msgid "Adjust the SSHD service" msgid "Adjust the Xend service" msgstr "Ajusta el servei de Xend" #. Progress stage 3 #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:415 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:432 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:415 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:432 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Escriu els paràmetres del tallafoc" #. Progress step 1 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:420 -#| msgid "Writing the settings..." msgid "Writing the Xend settings..." msgstr "Escrivint els paràmetres de Xend..." #. Progress step 2 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:422 -#| msgid "Adjusting the SSHD service..." msgid "Adjusting the Xend service..." msgstr "Ajustant el servei de Xend..." #. Progress step 3 #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:424 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:439 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:424 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:439 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "S'estan escrivint els paràmetres del tallafoc..." #. Progress stage 1 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 -#| msgid "Adjust the SSHD service" msgid "Adjust the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "Ajusta el servei de libvirtd/sshd" #. Progress step 1 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:437 -#| msgid "Adjusting the SSHD service..." msgid "Adjusting the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "Ajustant el servei de libvirtd/sshd..." #. Error message #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:454 -#| msgid "Cannot write the SSHD settings." msgid "Cannot write the xend settings." msgstr "No es poden escriure els paràmetres de Xend." #. Error message #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:475 -#| msgid "Cannot write general settings." msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "No es poden escriure els paràmetres del tallafoc." - Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/s390.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/s390.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/s390.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "&Deselect All" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Desselecciona-ho tot" #. error popup #. error popup @@ -347,8 +347,7 @@ "Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." msgstr "" -"Esteu segur que voleu sortir de la configuració del carregador de " -"l'arrencada sense desar-la?\n" +"Esteu segur que voleu sortir de la configuració del carregador de l'arrencada sense desar-la?\n" "Es perdran tots els canvis.\n" #. error popup @@ -386,8 +385,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Avortament de la inicialització</big> \n" -"Per a avortar la utilitat de configuració de forma segura, premeu Avorta</" -"b>." +"Per a avortar la utilitat de configuració de forma segura, premeu Avorta." #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 @@ -420,9 +418,7 @@ msgid "" "<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" "In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Impressores</BIG> En aquest diàleg podreu gestionar les " -"impressores del sistema." +msgstr "<BIG>Impressores</BIG> En aquest diàleg podreu gestionar les impressores del sistema." #. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 #. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 @@ -449,15 +445,13 @@ "To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" "Delete." msgstr "" -"Si voleu afegir una opció nova premeu Afegeix. Si voleu suprimir-" -"ne alguna,\n" +"Si voleu afegir una opció nova premeu Afegeix. Si voleu suprimir-ne alguna,\n" "seleccioneu-la i premeu Suprimeix." #. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 msgid "" -"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select " -"all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" "Select All or Deselect All.\n" msgstr "" @@ -515,30 +509,24 @@ #. Dump dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 -msgid "" -"Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are " -"limited to DASD. " +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " msgstr "" #. Dump dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 msgid "" "Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" -"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk</" -"b>." +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." msgstr "" #. Dump dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 -msgid "" -"To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or " -"ZFCP dialog. " +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " msgstr "" #. Dump dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 -msgid "" -"Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." msgstr "" #. Dump dialog help 6/8 @@ -577,9 +565,7 @@ #. warn only in case of force #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will " -"be lost! Continue?" +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" msgstr "Ara es crearà la clau. Voleu continuar?" #. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() @@ -608,17 +594,12 @@ msgstr "<big>Recursos compartits</big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user " -"and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." msgstr "" #. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, " -"defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all " -"allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." msgstr "" #. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 @@ -631,16 +612,13 @@ #. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" -"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to " -"change\n" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" "the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." msgstr "" #. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts " -"should be gathered." +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." msgstr "" #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 @@ -652,17 +630,13 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory " -"and Password has to be provided.\n" -"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting " -"them on the right." +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." msgstr "" #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 -msgid "" -"To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, " -"activate Force Password Change." +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." msgstr "" #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 @@ -689,8 +663,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" -"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or " -"Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." msgstr "" #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 @@ -703,10 +676,8 @@ #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 msgid "" -"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group " -"input field and confirming with Create.\n" -"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has " -"to be used." +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." msgstr "" #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 @@ -724,17 +695,12 @@ msgstr "<big>Configuració de la connexió</big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users " -"a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." msgstr "" #. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 -msgid "" -"It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or " -"just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is " -"enabled. " +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " msgstr "" #. Text approval @@ -1031,13 +997,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." msgstr "" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." msgstr "" #. only the last entry is allowed to be empty @@ -1076,9 +1040,7 @@ #. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. #. @return true for valid inputs #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 -msgid "" -"Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are " -"allowed." +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." msgstr "" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 @@ -1112,19 +1074,12 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 -msgid "" -"Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal " -"devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a " -"combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance." -" " +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 -msgid "" -"For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm</" -"i>", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are " -"available." +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 @@ -1136,47 +1091,34 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 -msgid "" -"The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes " -"to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and " -"login programs." +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 -msgid "" -"With restrict access, allow only connections from certain " -"terminal servers." +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." -"" +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 msgid "" -"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages " -"to\n" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" "the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 -msgid "" -"Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add " -"console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the " -"YaST bootloader module." +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 -msgid "" -"<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through " -"the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" msgstr "" #. Dialog content @@ -1264,15 +1206,12 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 -msgid "" -"Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" msgstr "" #. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 -msgid "" -"The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior " -"during kernel panics." +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." msgstr "" #. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 @@ -1298,8 +1237,7 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 msgid "" -"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only " -"available\n" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" "on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " msgstr "" @@ -1310,26 +1248,17 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 -msgid "" -"The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified " -"panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system " -"crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</" -"p>" +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." msgstr "" #. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 -msgid "" -"The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If " -"no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices " -"dialog." +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." msgstr "" #. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux " -"system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." msgstr "" #. radio button label @@ -1410,8 +1339,7 @@ "Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." msgstr "" -"Esteu segur que voleu sortir de la configuració del carregador de " -"l'arrencada sense desar-la?\n" +"Esteu segur que voleu sortir de la configuració del carregador de l'arrencada sense desar-la?\n" "Es perdran tots els canvis.\n" #. dialog caption @@ -1480,9 +1408,7 @@ msgid "" "<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" "Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Impressores</BIG> En aquest diàleg podreu gestionar les " -"impressores del sistema." +msgstr "<BIG>Impressores</BIG> En aquest diàleg podreu gestionar les impressores del sistema." #. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 @@ -1501,8 +1427,7 @@ "To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" "Delete." msgstr "" -"Si voleu afegir una opció nova premeu Afegeix. Si voleu suprimir-" -"ne alguna,\n" +"Si voleu afegir una opció nova premeu Afegeix. Si voleu suprimir-ne alguna,\n" "seleccioneu-la i premeu Suprimeix." #. Disk selection dialog Warning @@ -1517,10 +1442,7 @@ "When accessing a ZFCP device\n" "READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" "Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." -msgstr "" -"Quan accediu a un dispositiu iSCSI de LECTURA/ESCRIPTURA, " -"assegureu-vos que aquest accés és exclusiu. En cas contrari, hi ha un risc " -"potencial de corrupció de dades.\n" +msgstr "Quan accediu a un dispositiu iSCSI de LECTURA/ESCRIPTURA, assegureu-vos que aquest accés és exclusiu. En cas contrari, hi ha un risc potencial de corrupció de dades.\n" #. Disk add help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 @@ -1534,14 +1456,11 @@ #. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs " -"conforming\n" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" -"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, " -"such as\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" -"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value " -"with\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" "all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." msgstr "" @@ -1720,9 +1639,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." -msgstr "" -"S'està convertint la base de dades de paquets. Aquest procés pot trigar una " -"mica." +msgstr "S'està convertint la base de dades de paquets. Aquest procés pot trigar una mica." #. error description #: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/samba-client.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/samba-client.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/samba-client.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -174,12 +174,8 @@ #. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</" -"tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." -msgstr "" -"Especifiqueu l'abast de l'usuari de Samba i els identificadors de " -"grup (valors de <tt>winbind uid</tt> i <tt>winbind gid</tt>)." +msgid "Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." +msgstr "Especifiqueu l'abast de l'usuari de Samba i els identificadors de grup (valors de <tt>winbind uid</tt> i <tt>winbind gid</tt>)." #. frame label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 @@ -417,8 +413,7 @@ #. continue/cancel popup #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 msgid "" -"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " -"following\n" +"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n" "settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n" "%1" msgstr "" @@ -470,8 +465,7 @@ "the machine to enable it for all services.\n" msgstr "" "Aquest canvi només afecta processos recent creats però no\n" -"serveis que ja s'estan executant. Reinicieu els serveis manualment o torneu " -"a \n" +"serveis que ja s'estan executant. Reinicieu els serveis manualment o torneu a \n" "arrencar l'equip per habilitar-lo per a tots els serveis.\n" #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -484,8 +478,7 @@ "<big>Initializing Samba Client Configuration</big> \n" "\n" msgstr "" -"<big>S'està inicialitzant la configuració del client Samba</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>S'està inicialitzant la configuració del client Samba</big> \n" " Espereu... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -532,16 +525,13 @@ #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active " -#| "Directory domain.\n" +#| "A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" #| "Here, specify the name of the membership.\n" msgid "" -"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active " -"Directory domain.\n" +"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" "Specify the name of the membership.\n" msgstr "" -"Un client Linux pot ser membre d'un grup de treball, un domini NT o un " -"domini d'Active Directory.\n" +"Un client Linux pot ser membre d'un grup de treball, un domini NT o un domini d'Active Directory.\n" "Aquí podeu definir el nom de l'afiliació.\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2/3 @@ -549,23 +539,18 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Also Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication allows \n" -#| "verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if " -#| "joining an AD domain.\n" +#| "verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.\n" msgid "" "Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication allows \n" -"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if " -"joining an AD domain.\n" +"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.\n" msgstr "" -"Amb Utilitza també la informació de l'SMB per a l'autenticació del " -"Linux es poden \n" -"verificar les contrasenyes amb un servidor NT o el servidor Kerberos si us " -"uniu a un domini AD.\n" +"Amb Utilitza també la informació de l'SMB per a l'autenticació del Linux es poden \n" +"verificar les contrasenyes amb un servidor NT o el servidor Kerberos si us uniu a un domini AD.\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 msgid "" -"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the " -"list of name servers.\n" +"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n" "This option is only available for static network setups." msgstr "" @@ -577,12 +562,10 @@ #| "if it is a NT domain, allows this host to join the domain.\n" msgid "" "When you press OK, the system verifies the membership and,\n" -"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the " -"domain.\n" +"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.\n" msgstr "" "En prémer Finalitza, el sistema verifica l'afiliació i,\n" -"si es tracta d'un domini NT, permet que aquest ordinador central s'uneixi al " -"domini.\n" +"si es tracta d'un domini NT, permet que aquest ordinador central s'uneixi al domini.\n" #. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 @@ -600,37 +583,17 @@ #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home " -"directories created on the first login." -msgstr "" -"Comproveu que a Crea un directori d'usuari en iniciar la sessió hi " -"ha directoris d'usuari creats el primer inici de sessió." +msgid "Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home directories created on the first login." +msgstr "Comproveu que a Crea un directori d'usuari en iniciar la sessió hi ha directoris d'usuari creats el primer inici de sessió." #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 -msgid "" -"Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is " -"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must " -"log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored " -"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no " -"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially " -"useful for mobile users." -msgstr "" -"Autenticació fora de línia permet a l'usuari iniciar la sessió " -"encara que no hi hagi establerta una connexió amb el controlador del domini. " -"Per tal que aquesta opció funcioni, heu d'iniciar sessió al vostre domini " -"almenys una vegada. Seguidament, s'emmagatzemen les credencials d'usuari de " -"forma xifrada a l'ordinador i s'utilitzen de nou per iniciar la sessió en el " -"domini quan no es pot establir una connexió amb el controlador del domini. " -"Aquesta opció resulta útil sobretot per als usuaris mòbils." +msgid "Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users." +msgstr "Autenticació fora de línia permet a l'usuari iniciar la sessió encara que no hi hagi establerta una connexió amb el controlador del domini. Per tal que aquesta opció funcioni, heu d'iniciar sessió al vostre domini almenys una vegada. Seguidament, s'emmagatzemen les credencials d'usuari de forma xifrada a l'ordinador i s'utilitzen de nou per iniciar la sessió en el domini quan no es pot establir una connexió amb el controlador del domini. Aquesta opció resulta útil sobretot per als usuaris mòbils." #. Samba membership dialog help (common part) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS " -"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</" -"p>" +msgid "Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains." msgstr "" #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config @@ -641,31 +604,16 @@ #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Set the Username and Password that should be used for " -#| "joining selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password " -#| "will be saved to the profile in the cleartext (unencrypted) form." +#| msgid "Set the Username and Password that should be used for joining selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in the cleartext (unencrypted) form." msgid "" -"Set the Username and Password that should be used for " -"joining\n" -"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be " -"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." -msgstr "" -"Configureu el Nom d'usuari i la Contrasenya que s'han " -"d'utilitzar per unir-se al domini seleccionat durant la instal·lació " -"automàtica. Tingueu en compte que la contrasenya es desarà al perfil en " -"forma de text clar (sense xifrar)." +"Set the Username and Password that should be used for joining\n" +"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." +msgstr "Configureu el Nom d'usuari i la Contrasenya que s'han d'utilitzar per unir-se al domini seleccionat durant la instal·lació automàtica. Tingueu en compte que la contrasenya es desarà al perfil en forma de text clar (sense xifrar)." #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 -msgid "" -"Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active " -"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos " -"configuration." -msgstr "" -"Especifiqueu el Servidor d'Active Directory que s'ha d'utilitzar " -"per unir-vos al domini d'Active Directory. Aquesta opció també s'utilitza " -"com el valor de KDC en la configuració de Kerberos." +msgid "Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration." +msgstr "Especifiqueu el Servidor d'Active Directory que s'ha d'utilitzar per unir-vos al domini d'Active Directory. Aquesta opció també s'utilitza com el valor de KDC en la configuració de Kerberos." #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 @@ -676,10 +624,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Configureu l'ordinador com a client d'NTP per a sincronitzar l'hora del " -"sistema\n" -"amb la d'un servidor NTP. Per a accedir a la configuració premeu " -"Configuració\n" +"Configureu l'ordinador com a client d'NTP per a sincronitzar l'hora del sistema\n" +"amb la d'un servidor NTP. Per a accedir a la configuració premeu Configuració\n" "de l'NTP.\n" #. default value of Machine Account @@ -729,16 +675,13 @@ #. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:240 msgid "Enter the username and the password for joining the domain %1." -msgstr "" -"Introduïu el nom d'usuari i la contrasenya per a unir-vos al domini %1." +msgstr "Introduïu el nom d'usuari i la contrasenya per a unir-vos al domini %1." #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:247 #, fuzzy #| msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty." msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n" -msgstr "" -"Per a unir-vos al domini de forma anònima, deixeu les entrades de text en " -"blanc." +msgstr "Per a unir-vos al domini de forma anònima, deixeu les entrades de text en blanc." #. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:298 @@ -790,9 +733,7 @@ #. popup question #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:355 msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?" -msgstr "" -"Els recursos compartits d'usuari ja existeixen. Voleu conservar o suprimir " -"aquests recursos compartits?" +msgstr "Els recursos compartits d'usuari ja existeixen. Voleu conservar o suprimir aquests recursos compartits?" #. button label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:357 @@ -807,9 +748,7 @@ #. yes/no popup #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:375 msgid "Other Windows sharing services are available. Stop them as well?" -msgstr "" -"Hi ha disponibles altres serveis de recurs compartit de Windows. També els " -"voleu aturar?" +msgstr "Hi ha disponibles altres serveis de recurs compartit de Windows. També els voleu aturar?" #. check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:386 @@ -818,9 +757,7 @@ #. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:395 -msgid "" -"If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for " -"name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." +msgid "If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." msgstr "" #. check box label @@ -830,9 +767,7 @@ #. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:412 -msgid "" -"Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided " -"by DHCP." +msgid "Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided by DHCP." msgstr "" "Seleccioneu Obtenir el servidor WINS via DHCP per a usar un \n" "servidor WINS proporcionat per DHCP." @@ -869,81 +804,40 @@ #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:505 -msgid "" -"Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the " -"group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other " -"users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</" -"tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system " -"permissions allow access." -msgstr "" -"Permet als usuaris compartir els directoris permet als membres del " -"grup Grup autoritzat compartir els directoris amb els altres usuaris. " -"Per exemple, els <tt>usuaris</tt> d'abast local o els <tt>Usuaris del DOMINI" -"%1</tt> d'abast de domini. L'usuari també ha de garantir que els permisos " -"del sistema de fitxers permeten l'accés." +msgid "Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access." +msgstr "Permet als usuaris compartir els directoris permet als membres del grup Grup autoritzat compartir els directoris amb els altres usuaris. Per exemple, els <tt>usuaris</tt> d'abast local o els <tt>Usuaris del DOMINI%1</tt> d'abast de domini. L'usuari també ha de garantir que els permisos del sistema de fitxers permeten l'accés." #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 -msgid "" -"With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares " -"that may be created." -msgstr "" -"Amb Nombre màxim de recursos compartits es limita la quantitat " -"total de recursos compartits que es poden crear." +msgid "With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares that may be created." +msgstr "Amb Nombre màxim de recursos compartits es limita la quantitat total de recursos compartits que es poden crear." #. membership dialog help common part #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:516 -msgid "" -"To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow " -"Guest Access." -msgstr "" -"Per permetre l'accés als recursos compartits d'usuari sense una " -"autenticació, habiliteu l'opció Permet l'accés a visitants." +msgid "To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow Guest Access." +msgstr "Per permetre l'accés als recursos compartits d'usuari sense una autenticació, habiliteu l'opció Permet l'accés a visitants." #. help text for PAM Mount table #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:525 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "In the table Mount Server Directories, you can specify server " -#| "directories (such as home directory) which should be localy mounted when " -#| "the user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify " -#| "User Name for selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted " -#| "for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." +#| msgid "In the table Mount Server Directories, you can specify server directories (such as home directory) which should be localy mounted when the user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify User Name for selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." msgid "" "In the table Mount Server Directories, you can specify server\n" -"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when " -"the\n" +"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" "user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify User\n" -"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each " -"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." -msgstr "" -"A la taula Muntatge de directoris de servidor, podeu especificar-" -"hi directoris del servidor (com ara el directori d'usuari) que han de ser " -"muntats quan l'usuari inicii la sessió. Si el muntatge ha de ser específic " -"de l'usuari, especifiqueu el Nom d'usuari per la regla seleccionada. " -"Si no ho feu, el directori quedarà muntat per tots els usuaris. Per a més " -"informació, vegeu la pàgina del man pam_mount.conf." +"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." +msgstr "A la taula Muntatge de directoris de servidor, podeu especificar-hi directoris del servidor (com ara el directori d'usuari) que han de ser muntats quan l'usuari inicii la sessió. Si el muntatge ha de ser específic de l'usuari, especifiqueu el Nom d'usuari per la regla seleccionada. Si no ho feu, el directori quedarà muntat per tots els usuaris. Per a més informació, vegeu la pàgina del man pam_mount.conf." #. help text for PAM Mount table: example #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:532 -msgid "" -"For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for " -"Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount " -"the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a " -"part of Options." +msgid "For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of Options." msgstr "" -"Per exemple, podeu usar el valor <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> per al " -"camí remot, el valor <tt>~/</tt> per al punt local de muntatge " -"per muntar el directori de l'usuari, juntament amb el valor \n" +"Per exemple, podeu usar el valor <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> per al camí remot, el valor <tt>~/</tt> per al punt local de muntatge per muntar el directori de l'usuari, juntament amb el valor \n" "<tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> a les opcions." #. help text for kerberos method option #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:540 -msgid "" -"The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are " -"verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos " -"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page " -"for details." +msgid "The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details." msgstr "" #. translators: initialization dialog caption @@ -1016,52 +910,52 @@ #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 msgid "Install required packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instal·la els paquets necessaris" #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 msgid "Installing required packages..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "S'estan instal·lant els paquets necessaris..." #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 msgid "PAM Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Entrada dels PAM" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilitza Kerberos" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "No utilitzis Kerberos" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Default Realm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Territori per defecte" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 msgid "Default Domain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Domini per defecte" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 msgid "KDC Server Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adreça del servidor KDC" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 msgid "Clock Skew" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desplaçament del rellotge" #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 msgid "KDC Server: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servidor KDC: %1 " #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 @@ -1073,7 +967,7 @@ #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "Default Realm: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Territori per defecte: %1 " #. summary text (yes/no follows) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 @@ -1105,6 +999,8 @@ "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" +"El desplaçament del rellotge no és vàlid.\n" +"Torneu-ho a intentar.\n" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 @@ -1112,6 +1008,8 @@ "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" +"El temps de vida no és vàlid.\n" +"Torneu-ho a intentar." #. Samba-client read dialog caption #: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 @@ -1141,12 +1039,12 @@ #. Samba-client read dialog caption #: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "S'està desant la configuració del client Samba" #. translators: write progress stage #: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escriu els paràmetres" #. translators: write progress stage #: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 @@ -1161,7 +1059,7 @@ #. translators: write progress step #: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "S'estan escrivint els paràmetres..." #. translators: write progress step #: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 @@ -1176,12 +1074,12 @@ #. write progress stage #: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escriu la configuració de Kerberos" #. write progress step #: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "S'està escrivint la configuració de Kerberos..." #. translators: error message, %1 is filename #. translators: error message, %1 is filename @@ -1233,7 +1131,7 @@ #. autoyast summary item #: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autenticació fora de línia habilitada" #. autoyast summary item #: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 @@ -1243,7 +1141,7 @@ #. summary item: configured workgroup #: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Grup de treball o domini: %1" #. summary item: authentication using winbind #: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/samba-server.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/samba-server.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/samba-server.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -22,9 +22,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for samba-server module #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 msgid "Samba server configuration module (see Samba documentation for details)" -msgstr "" -"Mòdul de configuració del servidor Samba (consulteu la documentació de Samba " -"per obtenir més informació)" +msgstr "Mòdul de configuració del servidor Samba (consulteu la documentació de Samba per obtenir més informació)" #. translators: command line help text for share action #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 @@ -109,16 +107,12 @@ #. translators: command line help text for share read_list option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to read from the share" -msgstr "" -"Llista dels usuaris amb permís de lectura sobre el recurs compartit " -"(separats amb comes)" +msgstr "Llista dels usuaris amb permís de lectura sobre el recurs compartit (separats amb comes)" #. translators: command line help text for share write_list option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to write to the share" -msgstr "" -"Llista dels usuaris amb permís d'escriptura sobre el recurs compartit " -"(separats amb comes)" +msgstr "Llista dels usuaris amb permís d'escriptura sobre el recurs compartit (separats amb comes)" #. translators: command line help text for share browseable option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 @@ -133,8 +127,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to access the share" -msgstr "" -"Llista dels usuaris que tenen accés al recurs compartit (separats amb comes)" +msgstr "Llista dels usuaris que tenen accés al recurs compartit (separats amb comes)" #. translators: command line help text for PDC role option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 @@ -144,9 +137,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for BDC role option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:242 msgid "Server should act as a backup domain controller" -msgstr "" -"El servidor ha d’actuar com a controlador del domini de les còpies de " -"seguretat" +msgstr "El servidor ha d’actuar com a controlador del domini de les còpies de seguretat" #. translators: command line help text for Domain Member role option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:248 @@ -156,9 +147,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 msgid "Server should provide shares, but should not allow domain logins" -msgstr "" -"El servidor ha de proporcionar recursos compartits sense permetre el " -"registre al domini" +msgstr "El servidor ha de proporcionar recursos compartits sense permetre el registre al domini" #. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 @@ -168,8 +157,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for tdbsam option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:266 msgid "Use the 'passdb.tdb' file to store user information" -msgstr "" -"Utilitzeu el fitxer 'passdb.tdb' per emmagatzemar la informació de l'usuari" +msgstr "Utilitzeu el fitxer 'passdb.tdb' per emmagatzemar la informació de l'usuari" #. translators: command line help text for ldapsam option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:272 @@ -193,20 +181,13 @@ #. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 -msgid "" -"The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" -msgstr "" -"DN del sufix de l'LDAP per a manipular la informació d'usuari al servidor " -"LDAP" +msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" +msgstr "DN del sufix de l'LDAP per a manipular la informació d'usuari al servidor LDAP" #. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 -msgid "" -"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing " -"passwords)" -msgstr "" -"DN de l'LDAP per a modificar el contingut del servidor LDAP (per exemple, " -"canviar les contrasenyes)" +msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)" +msgstr "DN de l'LDAP per a modificar el contingut del servidor LDAP (per exemple, canviar les contrasenyes)" #. translators: error message for share command line action #. must provide the share name @@ -270,15 +251,12 @@ msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" -"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the " -"users,\n" +"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" "run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" msgstr "" "Com que actualment els usuaris estan connectats a aquest servidor Samba,\n" -"s'ha tornat a carregar la configuració del sistema en comptes de reiniciar-" -"la.\n" -"Per confirmar que s'aplicaran tots els paràmetres encara que possiblement es " -"desconnectin els usuaris,\n" +"s'ha tornat a carregar la configuració del sistema en comptes de reiniciar-la.\n" +"Per confirmar que s'aplicaran tots els paràmetres encara que possiblement es desconnectin els usuaris,\n" "executeu '/etc/init.d/smb restart' i '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" #. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM @@ -539,8 +517,7 @@ "a security threat." msgstr "" "La contrasenya per als dominis de confiança\n" -"s'emmagatzema al fitxer de control de la instal·lació automàtica. La " -"contrasenya es\n" +"s'emmagatzema al fitxer de control de la instal·lació automàtica. La contrasenya es\n" "desarà en text simple, la qual cosa es pot considerar com una amenaça\n" "per a la seguretat." @@ -870,8 +847,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interrupció de la inicialització</big> \n" -"Per interrompre de forma segura la utilitat de configuració, premeu " -"Interromp ara.\n" +"Per interrompre de forma segura la utilitat de configuració, premeu Interromp ara.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 @@ -899,51 +875,38 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big> \n" -"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and " -"click Next.\n" +"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click Next.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Selecció d'un grup de treball o domini</big> \n" -"Aquí es mostren tots els grups de treball o dominis disponibles a la xarxa. " -"Seleccioneu-ne un o introduïu-ne un de nou i feu clic a Següent.\n" +"Aquí es mostren tots els grups de treball o dominis disponibles a la xarxa. Seleccioneu-ne un o introduïu-ne un de nou i feu clic a Següent.\n" "\n" #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT " -"style domain.\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.\n" "The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " -"passwords.\n" -"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings " -"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be " -"phased out in future releases." +"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" +"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases." msgstr "" "<big>Tipus de servidor Samba</big>\n" -"Un controlador de domini permet que els clients de Windows es registrin " -"en un domini de Windows.\n" -"El controlador de les còpies de seguretat utilitza un altre controlador " -"de domini per a la validació.\n" -"El controlador primari utilitza informació pròpia sobre els usuaris i les " -"seves contrasenyes.\n" -"Les opcions disponibles en els diàlegs de configuració depenen dels " -"paràmetres d'aquesta selecció. La funcionalitat d'estil del controlador del " -"domini de Windows NT serà per fases en les pròximes edicions" +"Un controlador de domini permet que els clients de Windows es registrin en un domini de Windows.\n" +"El controlador de les còpies de seguretat utilitza un altre controlador de domini per a la validació.\n" +"El controlador primari utilitza informació pròpia sobre els usuaris i les seves contrasenyes.\n" +"Les opcions disponibles en els diàlegs de configuració depenen dels paràmetres d'aquesta selecció. La funcionalitat d'estil del controlador del domini de Windows NT serà per fases en les pròximes edicions" #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain." -"\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\n" "The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" "depend on the settings in this selection." msgstr "" "<big>Tipus de servidor Samba</big>\n" -"Un controlador de domini permet que els clients de Windows es registrin " -"en un domini de Windows.\n" +"Un controlador de domini permet que els clients de Windows es registrin en un domini de Windows.\n" "Les opcions disponibles en els diàlegs de configuració \n" "depenen dels paràmetres d'aquesta selecció." @@ -958,8 +921,7 @@ "are enabled or disabled, and some basic information about them. " msgstr "" "Es tracta d'una llista de recursos compartits configurats i la seva \n" -"informació bàsica, independentment del fet que estiguin habilitats o no." -" " +"informació bàsica, independentment del fet que estiguin habilitats o no. " #. Share list dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:87 @@ -971,8 +933,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "Un recurs compartit pot estar habilitat o inhabilitat.\n" -"No és possible accedir a un recurs compartit inhabilitat, però la " -"configuració\n" +"No és possible accedir a un recurs compartit inhabilitat, però la configuració\n" "quedarà escrita al fitxer de configuració. D’aquesta manera, el recurs\n" "compartit es pot habilitar de nou més tard.\n" "" @@ -986,14 +947,10 @@ "by selecting Do Not Show System Shares in the Filter\n" "menu.\n" msgstr "" -"Alguns recursos compartits són especials. Per exemple, el recurs " -"compartit\n" -"Directoris de l'usuari és un recurs compartit especial del sistema per " -"accedir als directoris\n" -"dels usuaris. Per ocultar els recursos compartits del sistema de la taula " -"podeu\n" -"seleccionar No mostris els recursos compartits del sistema al menú " -"Filtre.\n" +"Alguns recursos compartits són especials. Per exemple, el recurs compartit\n" +"Directoris de l'usuari és un recurs compartit especial del sistema per accedir als directoris\n" +"dels usuaris. Per ocultar els recursos compartits del sistema de la taula podeu\n" +"seleccionar No mostris els recursos compartits del sistema al menú Filtre.\n" #. Share list dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:103 @@ -1014,32 +971,25 @@ "primary role in the network.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Identitat</big> \n" -"Aquestes opcions permeten definir la identitat del servidor i la seva " -"funció\n" +"Aquestes opcions permeten definir la identitat del servidor i la seva funció\n" "primària a la xarxa.\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "The base settings set up the domain and the\n" -"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain " -"Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The " -"backup controller \n" +"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" "uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" "uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" "If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n" "Not a DC value.\n" msgstr "" "Els rols del servidor i el domini es defineixen als paràmetres bàsics.\n" -"El Controlador del domini de les còpies de seguretat i el " -"Controlador del domini primari permeten\n" -"que els clients de Windows es puguin registrar en un domini de Windows. El " -"controlador de les còpies de seguretat\n" -"fa servir un altre controlador de domini per a la validació. El controlador " -"primari\n" +"El Controlador del domini de les còpies de seguretat i el Controlador del domini primari permeten\n" +"que els clients de Windows es puguin registrar en un domini de Windows. El controlador de les còpies de seguretat\n" +"fa servir un altre controlador de domini per a la validació. El controlador primari\n" "utilitza informació pròpia sobre els usuaris i les seves contrasenyes.\n" -"Si no voleu que el servidor actuï com a controlador del domini, seleccioneu " -"el\n" +"Si no voleu que el servidor actuï com a controlador del domini, seleccioneu el\n" "valor Sense DC.\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2/5 @@ -1050,8 +1000,7 @@ "to log in to a Windows domain. If the server should not participate\n" "as a domain controller, choose Not a DC.\n" msgstr "" -"Els rols del servidor i el domini es defineixen als Paràmetres bàsics</" -"b>.\n" +"Els rols del servidor i el domini es defineixen als Paràmetres bàsics.\n" "El Controlador del domini primari permet\n" "que els clients del Windows es puguin registrar en un domini de Windows.\n" "Si no voleu que el servidor actuï com a controlador del domini, seleccioneu\n" @@ -1067,10 +1016,8 @@ "queries. In the latter case, choose Remote WINS Server\n" "and enter the IP address of the WINS server.\n" msgstr "" -"WINS és un protocol de xarxa que es fa servir per realitzar " -"correspondències entre\n" -"la identificació de xarxa de baix nivell d'un ordinador central (per " -"exemple, l'adreça IP) i un\n" +"WINS és un protocol de xarxa que es fa servir per realitzar correspondències entre\n" +"la identificació de xarxa de baix nivell d'un ordinador central (per exemple, l'adreça IP) i un\n" "nom NetBIOS. El servidor Samba pot ser un\n" "servidor WINS, o bé utilitzar un altre servidor per a les sol·licituds.\n" "En aquest últim cas, seleccioneu Servidor WINS remot i especifiqueu\n" @@ -1089,12 +1036,10 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global " -"settings.\n" +"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" "Configuració avançada proporciona l'accés a \n" -"la configuració detallada, com ara als paràmetres LDAP, les fonts " -"d'autenticació d'usuari i els paràmetres globals avançats.\n" +"la configuració detallada, com ara als paràmetres LDAP, les fonts d'autenticació d'usuari i els paràmetres globals avançats.\n" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" @@ -1121,8 +1066,7 @@ msgstr "" "Premeu Afegeix per afegir un nou domini a la llista.\n" "Introduïu el nom del domini de confiança i una contrasenya al\n" -"diàleg que s’obre a continuació. El servidor Samba farà servir la " -"contrasenya\n" +"diàleg que s’obre a continuació. El servidor Samba farà servir la contrasenya\n" "per accedir al domini de confiança. En prémer D'acord,\n" "s'establirà la relació de confiança. Per suprimir un domini,\n" "seleccioneu-lo a la llista i premeu Suprimeix.\n" @@ -1150,10 +1094,8 @@ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "an existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" -"Utilitzeu Afegeix per afegir una nova opció de configuració, " -"Edita per a\n" -"modificar una opció existent i Suprimeix per a suprimir una opció.</" -"p>\n" +"Utilitzeu Afegeix per afegir una nova opció de configuració, Edita per a\n" +"modificar una opció existent i Suprimeix per a suprimir una opció.\n" #. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 @@ -1162,8 +1104,7 @@ "Here, fine-tune the global options of the server.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuració per a experts</BIG> \n" -"Aquí es poden configurar de forma detallada les opcions globals del servidor." -"\n" +"Aquí es poden configurar de forma detallada les opcions globals del servidor.\n" #. Global settings editing dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:178 @@ -1171,8 +1112,7 @@ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "already existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" -"Utilitzeu Afegeix per a afegir una nova opció de configuració, " -"Edita per a\n" +"Utilitzeu Afegeix per a afegir una nova opció de configuració, Edita per a\n" "modificar una opció existent i Suprimeix per a suprimir una opció.p>\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 @@ -1183,35 +1123,28 @@ "server.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Opcions LDAP del servidor Samba</big> \n" -"Aquí es poden configurar els detalls sobre l’ús de l'LDAP per part del " -"servidor\n" +"Aquí es poden configurar els detalls sobre l’ús de l'LDAP per part del servidor\n" "Samba.\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "Search Base DN (distinguished name) is\n" -"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN</" -"b> is used when\n" +"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN is used when\n" "creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" "a password for write access, set the password using\n" "Set LDAP Administration Password.\n" msgstr "" "DN (nom eminent) de la base de recerca és la\n" "base on es començarà a buscar informació i DN d’administració es\n" -"fa servir per crear usuaris i grups nous. Si el DN de l’administració " -"requereix\n" +"fa servir per crear usuaris i grups nous. Si el DN de l’administració requereix\n" "una contrasenya per a l’accés d’escriptura, especifiqueu-la a \n" "Defineix una contrasenya per a l’administració de l'LDAP.\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password " -"is set.\n" -msgstr "" -"Nota: la configuració es desarà abans de definir la contrasenya " -"d'administració de l'LDAP.\n" +msgid "Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.\n" +msgstr "Nota: la configuració es desarà abans de definir la contrasenya d'administració de l'LDAP.\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 @@ -1222,21 +1155,17 @@ "only one is allowed.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Dorsals d'informació de l'autenticació d'usuaris</big> \n" -"Aquí es pot definir el lloc on el servidor Samba ha de cercar informació per " -"a l'autenticació.\n" +"Aquí es pot definir el lloc on el servidor Samba ha de cercar informació per a l'autenticació.\n" "El primer dorsal s'utilitza com a dorsal predeterminat per afegir nous\n" -"usuaris. El Samba ja no permet diversos tipus de dorsals alhora i ara només " -"se'n permet un.\n" +"usuaris. El Samba ja no permet diversos tipus de dorsals alhora i ara només se'n permet un.\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" -"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current " -"one first\n" +"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" "by pressing Delete and add a new one with Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Si voleu canviar la font d'autenticació de l'usuari, primer esborreu-ne " -"la vigent\n" +"Si voleu canviar la font d'autenticació de l'usuari, primer esborreu-ne la vigent\n" "prement Esborra i afegiu-ne la nova amb Afegeix.\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 @@ -1266,8 +1195,7 @@ "TDB database uses an internal Samba database binary format\n" "to store and look up the information.\n" msgstr "" -"La Base de dades TDB utilitza una base de dades Samba interna de " -"format binari\n" +"La Base de dades TDB utilitza una base de dades Samba interna de format binari\n" "per emmagatzemar i consultar la informació.\n" #. we don't seem to support mysql anymore @@ -1296,8 +1224,7 @@ "Here, enter the basic information about a share to add.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Afegeix un nou recurs compartit</big> \n" -"Aquí es pot introduir la informació bàsica sobre el nou recurs compartit que " -"voleu afegir.\n" +"Aquí es pot introduir la informació bàsica sobre el nou recurs compartit que voleu afegir.\n" #. add new share dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252 @@ -1318,10 +1245,8 @@ "is presented as a network disk. Share Path must be\n" "entered for a directory share.\n" msgstr "" -"Existeixen dos tipus de recursos compartits. El recurs compartit d'una " -"impressora\n" -"es presenta com una impressora de cara als clients. El recurs compartit d'un " -"directori \n" +"Existeixen dos tipus de recursos compartits. El recurs compartit d'una impressora\n" +"es presenta com una impressora de cara als clients. El recurs compartit d'un directori \n" "es presenta com un disc de xarxa. Cal introduir el Camí compartit\n" "per als recursos compartits que siguin directoris.\n" @@ -1348,33 +1273,12 @@ #. add new share dialog help #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 -msgid "" -"With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by " -"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only " -"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to " -"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions " -"must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further " -"details." -msgstr "" -"Amb Exposa les imatges seleccionat, Samba exposa les imatges " -"creades per Snapper per a accés i manipulació de part de clients CIFS/SMB. " -"Aquesta opció només està disponible si Samba ofereix suport a Snapper i si " -"el Share Path correspon a un subvolum Btrfs de configuració de Snapper " -"guardat. S'han de garantir els permisos corresponents, vegeu Samba's " -"vfs_snapper(8) man page per a més detalls." +msgid "With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further details." +msgstr "Amb Exposa les imatges seleccionat, Samba exposa les imatges creades per Snapper per a accés i manipulació de part de clients CIFS/SMB. Aquesta opció només està disponible si Samba ofereix suport a Snapper i si el Share Path correspon a un subvolum Btrfs de configuració de Snapper guardat. S'han de garantir els permisos corresponents, vegeu Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page per a més detalls." #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "" -"Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of " -"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if " -"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See " -"Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." -msgstr "" -"Utilitza les característiques Btrfs instrueix Samba a aprofitar " -"els avantatges específics d'un sistema de fitxers Btrfs. Aquesta opció només " -"està disponible si Samba ofereix suport a Snapper i si el Share Path " -"correspon a un subvolum Btrfs de configuració de Snapper guardat. Vegeu " -"Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page per a més detalls." +msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." +msgstr "Utilitza les característiques Btrfs instrueix Samba a aprofitar els avantatges específics d'un sistema de fitxers Btrfs. Aquesta opció només està disponible si Samba ofereix suport a Snapper i si el Share Path correspon a un subvolum Btrfs de configuració de Snapper guardat. Vegeu Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page per a més detalls." #. help for LDAP Settings dialog #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 @@ -1383,89 +1287,53 @@ "Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the " -"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/" -"uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" +"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" "\n" -"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, " -"including full Administrator DN.\n" +"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n" "\n" -"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP " -"objects.\n" +"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" "\n" -"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To " -"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings</" -"b>." +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings." msgstr "" "<big>Preferències LDAP</big> \n" "Aquí es determina el servidor LDAP a utilitzar per a l'autenticació.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Estableix Contrasenya LDAP Back-End permet desar informació de " -"l'usuari a l'arbre LDAP especificat per l'URL. Amb LDAP Idmap Back-End</" -"b>, es guarden les taules SID/uid/gid mapping a l'LDAP.\n" +"Estableix Contrasenya LDAP Back-End permet desar informació de l'usuari a l'arbre LDAP especificat per l'URL. Amb LDAP Idmap Back-End, es guarden les taules SID/uid/gid mapping a l'LDAP.\n" "\n" -"A la secció d'autenticació, estableix les credencials per al servidor LDAP, " -"incloent l'administrator DN complet.\n" +"A la secció d'autenticació, estableix les credencials per al servidor LDAP, incloent l'administrator DN complet.\n" "\n" -"Cerca la base DN és el sufix LDAP adjuntat a objectes específics de " -"Samba LDAP.\n" +"Cerca la base DN és el sufix LDAP adjuntat a objectes específics de Samba LDAP.\n" "\n" -"Per provar la connexió al servidor LDAP, cliqueu Prova la connexió." -"Per establir opcions d'expert LDAP o fer servir els valors per defecte, " -"cliqueu Opcions avançades." +"Per provar la connexió al servidor LDAP, cliqueu Prova la connexió.Per establir opcions d'expert LDAP o fer servir els valors per defecte, cliqueu Opcions avançades." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 -msgid "" -"User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The " -"value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, " -"Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix " -"for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." -msgstr "" -"Sufix d'usuari especifica on s'afegeixen els usuaris dins de " -"l'arbre LDAP. El valor és predependent del valor de Cerca la base DN. " -"Semblantment, Sufix de grup especifica el lloc per als grups, " -"Sufix de màquina per a màquines i Sufix Idmap per als mapes " -"idmap." +msgid "User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." +msgstr "Sufix d'usuari especifica on s'afegeixen els usuaris dins de l'arbre LDAP. El valor és predependent del valor de Cerca la base DN. Semblantment, Sufix de grup especifica el lloc per als grups, Sufix de màquina per a màquines i Sufix Idmap per als mapes idmap." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 msgid "" -"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait " -"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" -"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</" -"p>" +"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" +"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds)." msgstr "" -"Son de replicació és el temps en milisegons que Samba esperarà " -"després d'escriure al servidor LDAP, per tal que les rèpliques LDAP es " -"puguin posar al dia.\n" -"Lapse de temps specifica el temps per a les operacions LDAP (en " -"segons)." +"Son de replicació és el temps en milisegons que Samba esperarà després d'escriure al servidor LDAP, per tal que les rèpliques LDAP es puguin posar al dia.\n" +"Lapse de temps specifica el temps per a les operacions LDAP (en segons)." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 -msgid "" -"Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." -"" -msgstr "" -"Defineix si es fa servir SSL per a la connexió LDAP amb Usa SSL o TLS</" -"b>." +msgid "Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." +msgstr "Defineix si es fa servir SSL per a la connexió LDAP amb Usa SSL o TLS." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "" -"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete " -"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" -"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the " -"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual " -"page for details." +"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" +"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details." msgstr "" -"Esborra DN especifica si l'operació d'esborrar elimina l'entrada " -"LDAP completa o només els atributs específics de Samba.\n" -"Amb Sincronitzar contrasenyes, es defineix la possible " -"sincronització de la contrasenya LDAP amb els coixinets (hashes) NT i LM. " -"Vegeu la pàgina de manual <tt>smb.conf</tt> per a més detalls." +"Esborra DN especifica si l'operació d'esborrar elimina l'entrada LDAP completa o només els atributs específics de Samba.\n" +"Amb Sincronitzar contrasenyes, es defineix la possible sincronització de la contrasenya LDAP amb els coixinets (hashes) NT i LM. Vegeu la pàgina de manual <tt>smb.conf</tt> per a més detalls." #. translators: warning text #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 @@ -1475,8 +1343,7 @@ "connection. Because the new SID is not equal to the old one, clients can\n" "no longer authenticate as domain members.\n" msgstr "" -"Si modifiqueu el nom de l'ordinador central NetBIOS, el Samba crearà un " -"identificador\n" +"Si modifiqueu el nom de l'ordinador central NetBIOS, el Samba crearà un identificador\n" "de servei (SID) per al servidor amb la primera connexió de client.\n" "Com que el SID nou no és el mateix que l'antic, els clients ja no\n" "es podran autenticar com a membres del domini.\n" @@ -1524,13 +1391,11 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, " -"and\n" +"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" "expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" "Configuració avançada proporciona l'accés a \n" -"la configuració detallada, com ara als paràmetres LDAP, les fonts " -"d'autenticació d'usuari i \n" +"la configuració detallada, com ara als paràmetres LDAP, les fonts d'autenticació d'usuari i \n" "els paràmetres globals avançats.\n" #. translators: combo box value @@ -1742,9 +1607,7 @@ #: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 msgid "Only dcObject (dc) and organizationalUnit (ou) classes are supported." -msgstr "" -"Només es permeten les classes d'Objecte dc (dc) i d'unitat organitzacional " -"(ou)." +msgstr "Només es permeten les classes d'Objecte dc (dc) i d'unitat organitzacional (ou)." #. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP #: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/samba-users.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/samba-users.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/samba-users.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -22,28 +22,19 @@ #. helptext #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:74 msgid "Here, edit the setting of the user's samba account." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu editar la configuració del compte d'usuari del Samba." +msgstr "Aquí podeu editar la configuració del compte d'usuari del Samba." #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:77 msgid "If do not enter custom values for " msgstr "Si no introduïu valors personalitzats per a " #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Home Drive, Home Path, Profile Path, and Logon " -"Script " -msgstr "" -"Unitat d'inici, Camí de la carpeta d'inici, Camí del " -"perfil i Script d'entrada " +msgid "Home Drive, Home Path, Profile Path, and Logon Script " +msgstr "Unitat d'inici, Camí de la carpeta d'inici, Camí del perfil i Script d'entrada " #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81 -msgid "" -"the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used." -"" -msgstr "" -"s'empraran els valors predeterminats definits a la configuració local del " -"Samba." +msgid "the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used." +msgstr "s'empraran els valors predeterminats definits a la configuració local del Samba." #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96 msgid "Home Drive" @@ -85,27 +76,18 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 msgid "" -"This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for " -"Samba.\n" -"The only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name " -"attribute,\n" -"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All " -"other\n" -"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name</" -"b>\n" -"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group " -"will\n" +"This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\n" +"The only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name attribute,\n" +"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\n" +"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name\n" +"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\n" "be used.\n" msgstr "" -"Podeu utilitzar aquest connector per a permetre que un grup LDAP estigui " -"disponible per al Samba.\n" -"L'únic paràmetre que podeu editar-ne és l'atribut Nom del grup Samba</" -"b>,\n" +"Podeu utilitzar aquest connector per a permetre que un grup LDAP estigui disponible per al Samba.\n" +"L'únic paràmetre que podeu editar-ne és l'atribut Nom del grup Samba,\n" "que és el nom del grup tal com ha d'aparèixer als clients Samba. La resta\n" -"de la configuració es calcula automàticament. Si deixeu el camp Nom del " -"grup Samba buit,\n" -"s'utilitzarà el nom que s'hagi configurat a la configuració global del grup." -"\n" +"de la configuració es calcula automàticament. Si deixeu el camp Nom del grup Samba buit,\n" +"s'utilitzarà el nom que s'hagi configurat a la configuració global del grup.\n" #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:99 msgid "Samba Group Name" @@ -127,8 +109,7 @@ #: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:252 msgid "Could not initialize Samba SID. Disabling plug-in." -msgstr "" -"No s’ha pogut inicialitzar el SID del Samba. S’està inhabilitant la connexió." +msgstr "No s’ha pogut inicialitzar el SID del Samba. S’està inhabilitant la connexió." #: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:294 msgid "Change the password to create the Samba account" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/scanner.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/scanner.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/scanner.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -268,12 +268,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. #. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 -msgid "" -"The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-" -"bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." -msgstr "" -"El controlador epkowa només està disponible per a arquitectures compatibles " -"amb i386 (32 bits i386 i també 64 bits x86_64)." +msgid "The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." +msgstr "El controlador epkowa només està disponible per a arquitectures compatibles amb i386 (32 bits i386 i també 64 bits x86_64)." #. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845 @@ -285,9 +281,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "The epkowa driver may cause problems on 64-bit x86_64 architecture." -msgstr "" -"El controlador epkowa pot causar problemes a les arquitectures de 64 bits " -"x86_64." +msgstr "El controlador epkowa pot causar problemes a les arquitectures de 64 bits x86_64." #. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected: #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865 @@ -399,14 +393,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Scanner Configuration</big> \n" -"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active " -"scanners.\n" +"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Configuració de l'escàner</big> \n" -"Configura o canvia la configuració de l'escàner i mostra els escàners que ja " -"estan actius.\n" +"Configura o canvia la configuració de l'escàner i mostra els escàners que ja estan actius.\n" "" #. Overview dialog help 2/8: @@ -415,15 +407,13 @@ "\n" "To set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\n" "detected scanners and press Edit.\n" -"If your scanner has not been detected, use Add for a manual " -"configuration.\n" +"If your scanner has not been detected, use Add for a manual configuration.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "Per configurar un escàner nou, trieu l'escàner de la llista\n" "d'escàners detectats i premeu Edita.\n" -"Si no s'ha detectat l'escàner, utilitzeu Afegeix per a una " -"configuració manual.\n" +"Si no s'ha detectat l'escàner, utilitzeu Afegeix per a una configuració manual.\n" "" #. Overview dialog help 3/8: @@ -433,19 +423,6 @@ #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. #. Do not change or translate "lsusb", it is a command name. #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:72 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "A normal USB scanner should be detected automatically.\n" -#| "If it was not detected or if there are unexpected results,\n" -#| "try Other and Restart Detection.\n" -#| "It may also work to proceed with Add.\n" -#| "In particular, HP all-in-one devices, such as OfficeJets and PSCs,\n" -#| "are not detected, but can be configured this way.\n" -#| "If you have difficulties configuring your scanner here,\n" -#| "check whether it appears in the output of <tt>/usr/sbin/lsusb</tt>.\n" -#| "If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the " -#| "scanner.\n" -#| "" msgid "" "\n" "A normal USB scanner should be detected automatically.\n" @@ -462,8 +439,7 @@ "configure the scanner unit with this tool.\n" "If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n" "check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the " -"scanner.\n" +"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -474,16 +450,14 @@ "proveu Altres i Reinicia la detecció.\n" "Podria passar que es mostressin també altres dispositius USB que\n" "no són escàners. No hi ha una manera general per distingir un escàner\n" -"d'altres dispositius USB perquè no hi ha una classe de dispositiu USB per a " -"escàners.\n" +"d'altres dispositius USB perquè no hi ha una classe de dispositiu USB per a escàners.\n" "Intenteu continuar amb Afegeix.\n" "Per als dispositius HP tot en un, hauríeu d'executar <tt>hp-setup</tt>\n" "a través d'Altres i Executa hp-setup abans que pugueu\n" "configurar l'escàner amb aquesta eina.\n" "Si teniu problemes en configurar l'escàner,\n" "comproveu si apareix en la sortida de <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -"Si no hi apareix, significa que el sistema USB no pot comunicar-se amb " -"l'escàner.\n" +"Si no hi apareix, significa que el sistema USB no pot comunicar-se amb l'escàner.\n" "\n" #. Overview dialog help 4/8: @@ -495,18 +469,15 @@ "If difficulties arise proceeding with Add,\n" "check whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" "If not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" -"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been " -"loaded.\n" +"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been loaded.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "Els escàners SCSI normalment es detecten.\n" "Si sorgeixen problemes en continuar amb Afegeix,\n" "comproveu si l'escàner es mostra amb l'ordre <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" -"Si no és així, significa que el sistema SCSI no pot comunicar-se amb " -"l'escàner.\n" -"Verifiqueu que s'ha carregat un mòdul de nucli adequat per a l'adaptador de " -"l'ordinador central SCSI.\n" +"Si no és així, significa que el sistema SCSI no pot comunicar-se amb l'escàner.\n" +"Verifiqueu que s'ha carregat un mòdul de nucli adequat per a l'adaptador de l'ordinador central SCSI.\n" "" #. Overview dialog help 5/8: @@ -519,8 +490,7 @@ "Common parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected to the parallel port,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup</" -"b>\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" "before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -529,8 +499,7 @@ "excepte els dispositius tot en un d'HP.\n" "Els escàners comuns en paral·lel s'han de configurar manualment.\n" "Per configurar un dispositiu tot en un d'HP connectat a un port\n" -"paral·lel pot ser que hàgiu d'executar <tt>hp-setup</tt> a través d' " -"b>Altres i Executa hp-setup\n" +"paral·lel pot ser que hàgiu d'executar <tt>hp-setup</tt> a través d' b>Altres i Executa hp-setup\n" "abans que pugueu configurar un escàner amb aquesta eina amb Afegeix.\n" "\n" @@ -553,10 +522,8 @@ "connected to another host in the network.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup</" -"b>\n" -"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add</" -"b>.\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" +"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -565,13 +532,11 @@ "Els escàners de xarxa s'han de configurar manualment.\n" "Un escàner en xarxa és un escàner que disposa d'una interfície en xarxa,\n" "per la qual cosa és directament accessible a la xarxa.\n" -"En canvi, escanejar a través de la xarxa significa accedir a un escàner " -"remot\n" +"En canvi, escanejar a través de la xarxa significa accedir a un escàner remot\n" "connectat a un altre ordinador central de la xarxa.\n" "Per configurar un escàner d'un dispositiu tot en un d'HP\n" "que està connectat a través d'una interfície de xarxa integrada,\n" -"pot ser que hàgiu d'executar <tt>hp-setup</tt> a través d'Altres i " -"Executa hp-setup\n" +"pot ser que hàgiu d'executar <tt>hp-setup</tt> a través d'Altres i Executa hp-setup\n" "abans de poder configurar-lo amb aquesta eina usant Afegeix.\n" "\n" @@ -589,20 +554,17 @@ "Press Add to select model and driver and enable it.\n" "Press Edit to select and enable a driver.\n" "Press Delete to disable the driver.\n" -"If you press Other, you can restart the detection, test enabled " -"drivers,\n" +"If you press Other, you can restart the detection, test enabled drivers,\n" "set up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "La taula enumera els controladors configurats amb els escàners associats.\n" -"Premeu Afegeix per seleccionar un model i un controlador i habilitar-" -"los.\n" +"Premeu Afegeix per seleccionar un model i un controlador i habilitar-los.\n" "Premeu Edita per seleccionar i habilitar un controlador.\n" "Premeu Suprimeix per inhabilitar el controlador.\n" "Si premeu Altres, podeu reiniciar la detecció, provar els escàners,\n" -"actius, configurar un dispositiu tot en un d'HP o configurar l'escaneig a " -"través de la xarxa.\n" +"actius, configurar un dispositiu tot en un d'HP o configurar l'escaneig a través de la xarxa.\n" "" #. Overview dialog help 8/8: @@ -620,8 +582,7 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "\n" -"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible " -"reasons are:\n" +"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible reasons are:\n" "The scanner is not connected or switched off,\n" "the driver is not the right one for the particular model\n" "(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\n" @@ -631,12 +592,10 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si hi ha un controlador configurat però el controlador no reconeix cap " -"escàner, pot ser que...\n" +"Si hi ha un controlador configurat però el controlador no reconeix cap escàner, pot ser que...\n" "l'escàner no estigui connectat o que estigui apagat,\n" "el controlador no sigui el correcte per a aquest model concret\n" -"(fins i tot petites diferències en els noms del model o diferències " -"internes\n" +"(fins i tot petites diferències en els noms del model o diferències internes\n" "en les sèries del mateix model poden fer caldre controladors diferents),\n" "hi hagi problemes de comunicació de baix nivell (relacionats amb el nucli)\n" "(per exemple, un problema de baix nivell USB o SCSI).\n" @@ -649,8 +608,7 @@ "\n" "<big>Scanner Model Selection</big> \n" "All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n" -"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing " -"Next.\n" +"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing Next.\n" "The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" "" @@ -658,8 +616,7 @@ "\n" "<big>Selecció del model d'escàner</big> \n" "Aquí s'enumeren tots els models d'escàners coneguts, admesos o no.\n" -"Llegiu detingudament tota la informació abans de seleccionar un model i " -"prémer Següent.\n" +"Llegiu detingudament tota la informació abans de seleccionar un model i prémer Següent.\n" "Aquesta informació es basa en les dades del projecte SANE a\n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" "" @@ -670,32 +627,22 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "\n" -"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver " -"available.\n" -"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-" -"backends package.\n" -"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete." -" \n" -"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver " -"does not work.\n" +"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n" +"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\n" +"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete. \n" +"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\n" "Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n" -"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver " -"internals\n" -"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained " -"driver.\n" +"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\n" +"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained driver.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Un model té suport si hi ha com a mínim un controlador d'escàner adequat " -"disponible.\n" -"La majoria de controladors d'escàners són del projecte SANE i es " -"proporcionen al paquet sane-backends.\n" +"Un model té suport si hi ha com a mínim un controlador d'escàner adequat disponible.\n" +"La majoria de controladors d'escàners són del projecte SANE i es proporcionen al paquet sane-backends.\n" "L'estat del suport per a un model concret varia de mínim a complet. \n" -"Quan un controlador es mostra com a no mantingut 'unmaintained', no " -"significa que el controlador no funcioni.\n" +"Quan un controlador es mostra com a no mantingut 'unmaintained', no significa que el controlador no funcioni.\n" "Fins i tot un controlador no mantingut pot funcionar perfectament,\n" -"però significa que ja no hi ha ningú que sàpiga les interioritats del " -"controlador\n" +"però significa que ja no hi ha ningú que sàpiga les interioritats del controlador\n" "i per això normalment no hi ha ajuda si hi ha problemes.\n" "" @@ -703,17 +650,13 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "\n" -"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a " -"driver.\n" -"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an " -"unsupported scanner.\n" +"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a driver.\n" +"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an unsupported scanner.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Fins i tot si un model no té cap controlador disponible, pot ser que el " -"fabricant en tingui un.\n" -"Per això, hauríeu de sol·licitar un controlador per a l'escàner no admès al " -"fabricant de l'escàner.\n" +"Fins i tot si un model no té cap controlador disponible, pot ser que el fabricant en tingui un.\n" +"Per això, hauríeu de sol·licitar un controlador per a l'escàner no admès al fabricant de l'escàner.\n" "" #. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: @@ -737,36 +680,23 @@ "\n" "Use the Search String to find an appropriate entry quickly.\n" "To find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\n" -"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is " -"also possible.\n" -"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this " -"list,\n" -"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson." -"*</tt>.\n" -"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search " -"string.\n" -"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*perfection</tt>\n" -"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*1200</tt>.\n" +"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also possible.\n" +"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this list,\n" +"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" +"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search string.\n" +"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" +"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Utilitzeu la Cerca la cadena per trobar una entrada adequada de forma " -"ràpida.\n" +"Utilitzeu la Cerca la cadena per trobar una entrada adequada de forma ràpida.\n" "Per trobar text en qualsevol lloc de la taula, introduïu-lo al camp.\n" -"També és possible una cerca més complicada mitjançant una expressió regular " -"que no diferenciï entre majúscules i minúscules.\n" -"Si s'ha detectat l'escàner i el nom del fabricant està disponible en aquesta " -"llista,\n" -"la cerca de la cadena es predefineix amb el nom del fabricant, com ara " -"<tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" -"Per obtenir uns resultats de cerca més precisos, afegiu detalls específics " -"del model a la cerca de la cadena.\n" -"Per exemple, afegiu una paraula que formi part del nom del model com a " -"<tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" -"o afegiu alguns dígits que formin part del nom del model com a <tt>^Epson." -"*1200</tt>.\n" +"També és possible una cerca més complicada mitjançant una expressió regular que no diferenciï entre majúscules i minúscules.\n" +"Si s'ha detectat l'escàner i el nom del fabricant està disponible en aquesta llista,\n" +"la cerca de la cadena es predefineix amb el nom del fabricant, com ara <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" +"Per obtenir uns resultats de cerca més precisos, afegiu detalls específics del model a la cerca de la cadena.\n" +"Per exemple, afegiu una paraula que formi part del nom del model com a <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" +"o afegiu alguns dígits que formin part del nom del model com a <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" "" #. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4: @@ -775,16 +705,14 @@ "\n" "<big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big> \n" "The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n" -"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press Next</" -"b>.\n" +"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press Next.\n" "If you press Back, the driver is deactivated.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Configuració de l'escàner i del controlador</big> \n" "S'activa el controlador i es proven els escàners associats.\n" -"Aquesta acció pot tardar uns segons; per tant, haureu d'esperar fins a poder " -"prémer Següent.\n" +"Aquesta acció pot tardar uns segons; per tant, haureu d'esperar fins a poder prémer Següent.\n" "Si premeu Enrere, es desactivarà el controlador.\n" "" @@ -802,8 +730,7 @@ "<big>Paquets addicionals</big> \n" "Si el paquet que proporciona el controlador encara no està instal·lat,\n" "apareixerà el diàleg adequat per instal·lar-lo.\n" -"És possible que aquests paquets no estiguin disponibles per a totes les " -"arquitectures.\n" +"És possible que aquests paquets no estiguin disponibles per a totes les arquitectures.\n" "" #. ConfigureBackend dialog help 3/4: @@ -836,14 +763,10 @@ "<big>HP All-in-One Devices</big> \n" "HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n" "In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n" -"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one " -"devices:\n" -"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer " -"available),\n" -"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-" -"one devices,\n" -"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio " -"driver.\n" +"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\n" +"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer available),\n" +"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\n" +"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\n" "Both software packages can be installed at the same time\n" "but the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\n" "Therefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\n" @@ -854,13 +777,10 @@ "<big>Dispositius HP tot en un</big> \n" "Els dispositius HP tot en un requereixen una configuració especial.\n" "En aquest cas, es mostra el diàleg corresponent.\n" -"Existeixen dos paquets de programari que ofereixen suport per a aquests " -"dispositius HP:\n" +"Existeixen dos paquets de programari que ofereixen suport per a aquests dispositius HP:\n" "l'antic programari HPOJ (paquet hp-officeJet, que ja no està disponible),\n" -"que proporciona el sistema PTAL (amb el servei ptal) per accedir als " -"dispositius HP tot en un,\n" -"i el programari actual HPLIP (paquet hplip), que proporciona el controlador " -"hpaio.\n" +"que proporciona el sistema PTAL (amb el servei ptal) per accedir als dispositius HP tot en un,\n" +"i el programari actual HPLIP (paquet hplip), que proporciona el controlador hpaio.\n" "Aquests dos paquets de programari poden instal·lar-se a la vegada,\n" "però els serveis no poden executar-se alhora.\n" "Com que es necessita un servei en execució per accedir al dispositiu,\n" @@ -893,12 +813,9 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Server Settings</big> \n" -"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via " -"the network,\n" -"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a " -"server.\n" -"In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to " -"access saned on your server.\n" +"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" +"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" +"In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n" "or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n" @@ -907,14 +824,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Configuració del servidor</big> \n" -"Si heu connectat escàners localment i voleu fer-los accessibles a través de " -"la xarxa,\n" -"configureu el dimoni d'escaneig de la xarxa saned de manera que el vostre " -"ordinador central es converteixi en un servidor.\n" -"A Clients autoritzats, introduïu els ordinadors centrals client que " -"estan autoritzats a accedir a saned al servidor.\n" -"Introduïu una llista d'ordinadors centrals client separats per comes (noms " -"d'ordinadors centrals o adreces IP)\n" +"Si heu connectat escàners localment i voleu fer-los accessibles a través de la xarxa,\n" +"configureu el dimoni d'escaneig de la xarxa saned de manera que el vostre ordinador central es converteixi en un servidor.\n" +"A Clients autoritzats, introduïu els ordinadors centrals client que estan autoritzats a accedir a saned al servidor.\n" +"Introduïu una llista d'ordinadors centrals client separats per comes (noms d'ordinadors centrals o adreces IP)\n" "o subxarxes (notació CIDR, com ara 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "Si no s'autoritza cap ordinador central client, saned no s'activarà.\n" "Si saned s'activa, també ho fa xinetd i configura saned.\n" @@ -966,30 +879,23 @@ "Per usar escàners a través de la xarxa, el dimoni de xarxa de SANE (saned)\n" "és el procés de servidor que s'ha d'executar per tal que clients remots\n" "puguin tenir accés a l'escàner connectat al vostre amfitrió local.\n" -"Amfitrions client contacten amb saned a través del sane-port (TCP port " -"6566)\n" -"però les dades d'escaneig es transfereixen a través d'un port aleatori " -"addicional.\n" -"Per això no és suficient només el port 6566 per escanejar a través de la " -"xarxa. \n" +"Amfitrions client contacten amb saned a través del sane-port (TCP port 6566)\n" +"però les dades d'escaneig es transfereixen a través d'un port aleatori addicional.\n" +"Per això no és suficient només el port 6566 per escanejar a través de la xarxa. \n" "No obriu el sane-port 6566 o cap altre port\n" "pel que fa a usar escàners per a la zona externa al tallafoc.\n" -"Això és perillós perquè perquè permet accés a saned des d'amfitrions " -"foranis\n" +"Això és perillós perquè perquè permet accés a saned des d'amfitrions foranis\n" "i així el tallafoc ja no ofereix protecció per al saned.\n" -"No té sentit permetre l'accés des de la xarxa externa (per exemple, la zona " -"externa)\n" +"No té sentit permetre l'accés des de la xarxa externa (per exemple, la zona externa)\n" "perquè escanejar documents requereix un accés físic a l'escàner\n" "pels usuaris de confiança. \n" "D'altra banda, la configuració per defecte del tallafoc permet\n" "qualsevol accés des de la xarxa interna (de confiança).\n" -"Per fer que el saned al vostre servidor sigui accessible des de la xarxa " -"interna,\n" +"Per fer que el saned al vostre servidor sigui accessible des de la xarxa interna,\n" "assigneu la interfície de xarxa que pertany a la xarxa interna\n" "a la zona interna del tallafoc.\n" "Useu el mòdul de configuració del tallafoc del YaST per establir aquesta\n" -"configuració fonamental sobre seguretat de xarxa i tallafoc, i escanejar a " -"través\n" +"configuració fonamental sobre seguretat de xarxa i tallafoc, i escanejar a través\n" "de la xarxa funcionarà sense cap altra configuració del tallafoc. \n" "Per a més detalls vegeu l'article de la base de dades de suport d'openSUSE\n" "'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' a \n" @@ -1004,10 +910,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Client Settings</big> \n" -"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the " -"network,\n" -"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the " -"servers.\n" +"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n" +"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n" "The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n" "In Servers Used, enter which servers should be used.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n" @@ -1016,15 +920,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Configuració del client</big> \n" -"Si voleu accedir als escàners connectats a altres ordinadors centrals " -"(servidors) de la xarxa,\n" -"configureu el metacontrolador net per accedir-hi a través del dimoni en " -"execució dels servidors.\n" +"Si voleu accedir als escàners connectats a altres ordinadors centrals (servidors) de la xarxa,\n" +"configureu el metacontrolador net per accedir-hi a través del dimoni en execució dels servidors.\n" "Saned i el tallafoc dels servidors han de permetre l'accés.\n" -"A Servidors utilitzats, introduïu els servidors que s'haurien " -"d'utilitzar.\n" -"Introduïu una llista dels servidors separats per comes (noms dels servidors " -"o adreces IP).\n" +"A Servidors utilitzats, introduïu els servidors que s'haurien d'utilitzar.\n" +"Introduïu una llista dels servidors separats per comes (noms dels servidors o adreces IP).\n" "Si no s'introdueix cap servidor, no s'activa net.\n" "" @@ -1052,13 +952,10 @@ "<big>Configuració de l'ordinador central local</big> \n" "En utilitzar la xarxa de bucle de retorn, saned i el metacontrolador net\n" "poden utilitzar-se fins i tot en el vostre ordinador central local.\n" -"En aquest cas, el servidor i el client es troben en el mateix equip " -"(localhost).\n" -"Alguns escàners, com ara els escàners de port en paral·lel, necessiten " -"privilegis d'usuari primari.\n" +"En aquest cas, el servidor i el client es troben en el mateix equip (localhost).\n" +"Alguns escàners, com ara els escàners de port en paral·lel, necessiten privilegis d'usuari primari.\n" "Si introduïu <tt>localhost</tt> tant per al servidor com per al client,\n" -"podreu accedir a l'escàner fins i tot com a usuari normal en l'ordinador " -"central local.\n" +"podreu accedir a l'escàner fins i tot com a usuari normal en l'ordinador central local.\n" "" #. Label of the dialog for ScannerAutoSequence: @@ -1094,8 +991,7 @@ #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399 msgid "" "The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n" -"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly " -"Avasys)\n" +"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" "where RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\n" @@ -1113,15 +1009,12 @@ "El controlador Image Scan el fabrica i proporciona Epson (abans Avasys)\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(abans Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" -"on es poden descarregar els paquets RPM per a 32 bits (i386) i 64 bits " -"(x86_64)\n" +"on es poden descarregar els paquets RPM per a 32 bits (i386) i 64 bits (x86_64)\n" "(si accepteu els acords de llicència d'Epson/Avasys).\n" "El controlador Image Scan conté programari privat només binari.\n" -"Per a alguns models només està disponible en arquitectura de 32 bits " -"(i3860),\n" +"Per a alguns models només està disponible en arquitectura de 32 bits (i3860),\n" "que no funciona quan teniu un sistema de 64 bits.\n" -"Alguns escàners també tenen suport d'altres controladors (de programari " -"lliure).\n" +"Alguns escàners també tenen suport d'altres controladors (de programari lliure).\n" "Quan un escàner requereix un mòdul DFSG no lliure (privat),\n" "heu de descarregar i instal·lar dos paquets d'Epson/Avasys:\n" "el paquet 'iscan' per al programari de base i addicionalment\n" @@ -1130,19 +1023,13 @@ #. Is the package available to be installed? #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." -msgstr "" -"El paquet necessari %1 no està instal·lat i no hi ha cap dipòsit de paquets " -"disponible." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." +msgstr "El paquet necessari %1 no està instal·lat i no hi ha cap dipòsit de paquets disponible." #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "" -"El paquet necessari %1 no està instal·lat i no està disponible al dipòsit." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "El paquet necessari %1 no està instal·lat i no està disponible al dipòsit." #. Only a simple message because: #. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, @@ -1163,18 +1050,14 @@ "with the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\n" "this may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\n" "gets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\n" -"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is " -"fixed.\n" +"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\n" msgstr "" "Ha fallat la determinació dels escàners actius.\n" -"Si el metacontrolador net està activat mentre hi ha un problema amb la " -"xarxa,\n" +"Si el metacontrolador net està activat mentre hi ha un problema amb la xarxa,\n" "l'ordre 'scanimage -L' podria no respondre. Per exemple,\n" -"això pot passar si la comunicació amb un servidor usada pel metacontrolador " -"net\n" +"això pot passar si la comunicació amb un servidor usada pel metacontrolador net\n" "es distorsiona perquè un tallafoc fa caure el trànsit de la xarxa.\n" -"En aquest cas, inhabiliteu el metacontrolador net fins que se solucioni el " -"problema amb la xarxa.\n" +"En aquest cas, inhabiliteu el metacontrolador net fins que se solucioni el problema amb la xarxa.\n" #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). @@ -1352,8 +1235,7 @@ "És possible continuar, però aleshores el servei ptal podria fer que\n" " hp-setup no funcionés correctament.\n" "És recomanable avortar la configuració de l'escàner ara,\n" -"aturar el servidor ptal, canviar la configuració de la impressora perquè usi " -"HPLIP\n" +"aturar el servidor ptal, canviar la configuració de la impressora perquè usi HPLIP\n" "i iniciar després la configuració de l'escàner una altra vegada.\n" #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. @@ -1402,8 +1284,7 @@ #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n" msgstr "" "S'ha iniciat hp-setup.\n" "Heu d'acabar l'hp-setup abans de continuar la configuració de l'escàner.\n" @@ -1456,8 +1337,7 @@ #. nor an active driver was found: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426 msgid "No scanner was detected and no active scanner or driver exists." -msgstr "" -"No s'ha detectat cap escàner i no existeix cap escàner ni controlador actiu." +msgstr "No s'ha detectat cap escàner i no existeix cap escàner ni controlador actiu." #. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455 @@ -1483,8 +1363,7 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1548 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide good functionality." -msgstr "" -"El controlador %1 no mantingut podria proporcionar una funcionalitat bona." +msgstr "El controlador %1 no mantingut podria proporcionar una funcionalitat bona." #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1554 @@ -1506,9 +1385,7 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide complete functionality." -msgstr "" -"El controlador %1 no mantingut podria proporcionar una funcionalitat " -"completa." +msgstr "El controlador %1 no mantingut podria proporcionar una funcionalitat completa." #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584 @@ -1524,8 +1401,7 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1601 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide basic functionality." -msgstr "" -"El controlador %1 no mantingut podria proporcionar una funcionalitat bàsica." +msgstr "El controlador %1 no mantingut podria proporcionar una funcionalitat bàsica." #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1609 @@ -1536,8 +1412,7 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide minimal functionality." -msgstr "" -"El controlador %1 no mantingut podria proporcionar una funcionalitat mínima." +msgstr "El controlador %1 no mantingut podria proporcionar una funcionalitat mínima." #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627 @@ -1548,8 +1423,7 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1635 msgid "Driver %1 may work, but the functionality is unknown." -msgstr "" -"Pot ser que el controlador %1 funcioni, però la funcionalitat és desconeguda." +msgstr "Pot ser que el controlador %1 funcioni, però la funcionalitat és desconeguda." #. The body of a Popup::AnyMessage for scanners which require a firmware upload #. Below this message on a seperated line a special command will be shown. @@ -1559,44 +1433,32 @@ #. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1892 msgid "" -"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's " -"memory.\n" +"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n" "Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n" "\n" -"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot " -"distribute it.\n" +"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\n" "Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n" -"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web " -"site.\n" -"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular " -"scanner.\n" +"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web site.\n" +"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\n" "Find additional useful information on the SANE web site at\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" "After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n" -"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware " -"upload.\n" +"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n" "The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n" msgstr "" -"Un fitxer de microprogramari (firmware) conté el programari que s'ha de " -"carregar a la memòria de l'escàner.\n" +"Un fitxer de microprogramari (firmware) conté el programari que s'ha de carregar a la memòria de l'escàner.\n" "Sense aquest microprogramari, l'escàner no pot funcionar.\n" "\n" -"Com que el fabricant de l'escàner té la llicència del microprogramari, no " -"podem distribuir-lo.\n" -"Normalment el fitxer de microprogramari s'emmagatzema en algun lloc del CD " -"del fabricant.\n" -"De forma alternativa, és possible descarregar-lo del lloc web del " -"fabricant.\n" -"Demaneu al fabricant com aconseguir el fitxer de microprogramari per al " -"vostre escàner concret.\n" +"Com que el fabricant de l'escàner té la llicència del microprogramari, no podem distribuir-lo.\n" +"Normalment el fitxer de microprogramari s'emmagatzema en algun lloc del CD del fabricant.\n" +"De forma alternativa, és possible descarregar-lo del lloc web del fabricant.\n" +"Demaneu al fabricant com aconseguir el fitxer de microprogramari per al vostre escàner concret.\n" "Trobareu informació addicional d'utilitat al lloc web de SANE:\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" -"Una vegada tingueu el fitxer del microprogramari, heu de configurar el " -"controlador manualment.\n" -"La pàgina del manual del controlador descriu com configurar-lo per carregar " -"el microprogramari.\n" +"Una vegada tingueu el fitxer del microprogramari, heu de configurar el controlador manualment.\n" +"La pàgina del manual del controlador descriu com configurar-lo per carregar el microprogramari.\n" "L'ordre següent mostra la pàgina del manual per al controlador:\n" #. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. @@ -1611,10 +1473,8 @@ msgstr "" "Hi ha almenys una configuració d'impressora que utilitza el servei ptal.\n" "És possible continuar, però aleshores s'aturarà el servei ptal\n" -"i totes les cues d'impressió que utilitzen el servei ptal deixaran de " -"funcionar.\n" -"Si continueu, canvieu la configuració de la impressora per utilitzar el " -"servei HPLIP.\n" +"i totes les cues d'impressió que utilitzen el servei ptal deixaran de funcionar.\n" +"Si continueu, canvieu la configuració de la impressora per utilitzar el servei HPLIP.\n" #. Message of a Popup::YesNo for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver #. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. @@ -1626,43 +1486,34 @@ "The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n" "In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n" "\n" -"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be " -"initialized.\n" +"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be initialized.\n" "Additionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when booting.\n" "The PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other.\n" "Therefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\n" "before the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\n" "An automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\n" -"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB " -"fails,\n" +"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB fails,\n" "set up the PTAL system manually.\n" "If you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\n" -"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/" -"lp0),\n" +"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" "so the printer can no longer be addressed via the USB device file.\n" "\n" "Should the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started now?\n" msgstr "" -"El controlador hpoj necessita que el sistema PTAL estigui configurat i en " -"execució.\n" +"El controlador hpoj necessita que el sistema PTAL estigui configurat i en execució.\n" "Concretament, el servei ptal ha d'estar carregat i en execució.\n" "\n" "Abans de poder iniciar el servei ptal, s'ha d'inicialitzar el sistema PTAL.\n" -"A més a més, el servei ptal hauria d'estar activat per iniciar-se en " -"arrencar.\n" +"A més a més, el servei ptal hauria d'estar activat per iniciar-se en arrencar.\n" "El sistema PTAL i el servei hplip s'exclouen.\n" "Per això, un servei hplip en execució s'aturarà i desactivarà\n" "abans que s'inicialitzi, activi i iniciï el sistema PTAL.\n" "Una inicialització automàtica del sistema PTAL només és segura per a USB.\n" -"Si teniu un dispositiu no USB o si la inicialització automàtica per a USB " -"falla,\n" +"Si teniu un dispositiu no USB o si la inicialització automàtica per a USB falla,\n" "configureu el sistema PTAL manualment.\n" -"Si teniu un dispositiu tot en un (escàner+impressora), tingueu en compte " -"que\n" -"un servei ptal en execució monopolitza el fitxer del dispositiu USB (p. " -"ex., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" -"per la qual cosa la impressora no podrà ser adreçada a través del fitxer del " -"dispositiu USB.\n" +"Si teniu un dispositiu tot en un (escàner+impressora), tingueu en compte que\n" +"un servei ptal en execució monopolitza el fitxer del dispositiu USB (p. ex., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" +"per la qual cosa la impressora no podrà ser adreçada a través del fitxer del dispositiu USB.\n" "\n" "Voleu inicialitzar, activar i iniciar ara el sistema PTAL per a USB?\n" @@ -1677,17 +1528,14 @@ "and all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\n" "If the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\n" "Instead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\n" -"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal " -"service.\n" +"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\n" msgstr "" "Hi ha almenys una configuració d'impressora que utilitza el servei hplip.\n" "És possible continuar, però aleshores s'aturarà el servei ptal\n" -"i totes les cues d'impressió que utilitzen el servei hplip deixaran de " -"funcionar.\n" +"i totes les cues d'impressió que utilitzen el servei hplip deixaran de funcionar.\n" "Si el controlador hpaio també admet l'escàner, no continueu.\n" "Utilitzeu el hpoj per configurar l'escàner.\n" -"O bé continueu i canvieu la configuració de la impressora per a utilitzar el " -"servei ptal.\n" +"O bé continueu i canvieu la configuració de la impressora per a utilitzar el servei ptal.\n" #. %1 will be replaced by the backend name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 @@ -1726,9 +1574,7 @@ #. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..." -msgstr "" -"S'estan provant i configurant els requisits especials per a controladors " -"concrets..." +msgstr "S'estan provant i configurant els requisits especials per a controladors concrets..." #. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2005 @@ -1805,12 +1651,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2291 -msgid "" -"The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not " -"deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." -msgstr "" -"El controlador hpoj està desactivat, però el servei ptal associat no està " -"desactivat ja que és necessari per al sistema d'impressió CUPS." +msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." +msgstr "El controlador hpoj està desactivat, però el servei ptal associat no està desactivat ja que és necessari per al sistema d'impressió CUPS." #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. @@ -1908,8 +1750,7 @@ #. The latter results no error. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2492 msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network." -msgstr "" -"No s'ha pogut determinar la configuració de l'escaneig a través de la xarxa." +msgstr "No s'ha pogut determinar la configuració de l'escaneig a través de la xarxa." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). @@ -1937,5 +1778,4 @@ #. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2598 msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Per als detalls sobre el tallafoc vegeu el text d'ajuda d'aquest diàleg" +msgstr "Per als detalls sobre el tallafoc vegeu el text d'ajuda d'aquest diàleg" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/security.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/security.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/security.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -247,12 +247,8 @@ #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 -msgid "" -"These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1: %2</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"Aquests serveis bàsics de sistema no estan habilitats a l'entorn " -"d'execució %1: %2" +msgid "These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1: %2" +msgstr "Aquests serveis bàsics de sistema no estan habilitats a l'entorn d'execució %1: %2" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "All basic services are enabled." @@ -260,14 +256,11 @@ #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1: %2" -msgstr "" -"Aquests serveis extres estan habilitats a l'entorn d'execució %1: " -"%2" +msgstr "Aquests serveis extres estan habilitats a l'entorn d'execució %1: %2" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Check the list of services and disable all unused services." -msgstr "" -"Comprova la llista de serveis i inhabilita tots els serveis no usats." +msgstr "Comprova la llista de serveis i inhabilita tots els serveis no usats." #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:447 msgid "Only basic system services are enabled." @@ -339,8 +332,7 @@ "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." msgstr "" "La longitud mínima de la contrasenya no pot ser superior a la màxima.\n" -"La longitud màxima de la contrasenya pel mètode de xifratge seleccionat és " -"%1." +"La longitud màxima de la contrasenya pel mètode de xifratge seleccionat és %1." #. Login dialog caption #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 @@ -395,8 +387,7 @@ "In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." msgstr "" "<big>Seguretat de l'arrencada</big>\n" -"En aquest diàleg podeu modificar diferents paràmetres de l'arrencada " -"relacionats amb la seguretat." +"En aquest diàleg podeu modificar diferents paràmetres de l'arrencada relacionats amb la seguretat." #. Boot dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 @@ -428,34 +419,26 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Hibernate System:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, " -"user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring " -"authentication in all cases.\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" msgstr "" "Hiberna el sistema:\n" -"Establiu les condicions per permetre als usuaris hibernar el sistema. Per " -"defecte, l'usuari a la consola activa en té el dret.\n" -"Altres opcions són permetre l'acció a qualsevol usuari o demanar " -"l'autenticació en tots els casos.\n" +"Establiu les condicions per permetre als usuaris hibernar el sistema. Per defecte, l'usuari a la consola activa en té el dret.\n" +"Altres opcions són permetre l'acció a qualsevol usuari o demanar l'autenticació en tots els casos.\n" #. Main dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\n" -"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which " -"include\n" -" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The " -"default\n" +"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" " settings can be modified as needed.\n" "" msgstr "" "<BIG>Configuració de la seguretat local</BIG>\n" "Utilitzeu els valors predeterminats per modificar els paràmetres\n" -" de la seguretat local, que inclouen l'arrencada, l'inici de sessió, la " -"contrasenya, \n" -"la creació de l'usuari i els permisos dels fitxers. Els paràmetres " -"predeterminats\n" +" de la seguretat local, que inclouen l'arrencada, l'inici de sessió, la contrasenya, \n" +"la creació de l'usuari i els permisos dels fitxers. Els paràmetres predeterminats\n" " es poden modificar segons les necessitats.\n" "" @@ -465,8 +448,7 @@ "Home Workstation: For a home computer not connected to\n" "any type of a network." msgstr "" -"Estació de treball domèstica: per a un ordinador domèstic que no " -"estigui\n" +"Estació de treball domèstica: per a un ordinador domèstic que no estigui\n" " connectat a cap tipus de xarxa." #. Main dialog help 6/8 @@ -507,51 +489,38 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:106 msgid "" "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" -"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to " -"prevent\n" -"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait " -"to\n" -"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</" -"tt>)." +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>)." msgstr "" "Temps d’espera després d’un inici de sessió incorrecte:\n" "és recomanable que espereu una mica després d’un inici de sessió incorrecte\n" -"per evitar que es pugui endevinar la contrasenya. Assegureu-vos, però, que " -"el temps especificat sigui prou breu perquè els usuaris no hagin d’esperar " -"gaire\n" -"si s’equivoquen en introduir la contrasenya. El valor recomanable és de tres " -"segons (<tt>3</tt>)." +"per evitar que es pugui endevinar la contrasenya. Assegureu-vos, però, que el temps especificat sigui prou breu perquè els usuaris no hagin d’esperar gaire\n" +"si s’equivoquen en introduir la contrasenya. El valor recomanable és de tres segons (<tt>3</tt>)." #. Login dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:113 msgid "" "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" -"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than " -"usual).\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Registra els inicis de sessió correctes: si es registren els " -"inicis de sessió\n" +"Registra els inicis de sessió correctes: si es registren els inicis de sessió\n" "correctes us podreu assabentar de si algú està accedint al sistema sense\n" -"autorització (per exemple, un usuari que inicia sessió des d’una ubicació " -"que no és l’habitual).\n" +"autorització (per exemple, un usuari que inicia sessió des d’una ubicació que no és l’habitual).\n" "\n" #. Login dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "Allow Remote Graphical Login: Checking this allows access\n" -"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote " -"access\n" +"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" "to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk." msgstr "" -"Permet l'entrada gràfica remota: si marqueu aquesta opció es " -"permetrà l'accés\n" -" a una pantalla d'entrada gràfica a aquest ordinador a través de la xarxa. " -"L'accés remot\n" -"a l'ordinador mitjançant un gestor de pantalla pot suposar un risc de " -"seguretat." +"Permet l'entrada gràfica remota: si marqueu aquesta opció es permetrà l'accés\n" +" a una pantalla d'entrada gràfica a aquest ordinador a través de la xarxa. L'accés remot\n" +"a l'ordinador mitjançant un gestor de pantalla pot suposar un risc de seguretat." #. Password dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:126 @@ -566,24 +535,19 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:130 msgid "" "Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\n" -"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common " -"word.\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules." msgstr "" -"Comprova les contrasenyes noves: ès recomanable que la contrasenya " -"que trieu\n" -"no aparegui al diccionari i que no siguin noms ni paraules senzilles i " -"comunes.\n" -"Si activeu el quadre, les contrasenyes es comprovaran en funció d'aquestes " -"normes." +"Comprova les contrasenyes noves: ès recomanable que la contrasenya que trieu\n" +"no aparegui al diccionari i que no siguin noms ni paraules senzilles i comunes.\n" +"Si activeu el quadre, les contrasenyes es comprovaran en funció d'aquestes normes." #. Password dialog help #: src/include/security/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" -"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the " -"new\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n" "password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" "This option can only be modified when Check New Passwords is set." msgstr "" @@ -592,13 +556,11 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Passwords to Remember:\n" -"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from " -"reusing.\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored." msgstr "" "Contrasenyes per recordar:\n" -"introduïu el nombre de contrasenyes d'usuari per emmagatzemar-les i evitar " -"que l'usuari les torni a utilitzar.\n" +"introduïu el nombre de contrasenyes d'usuari per emmagatzemar-les i evitar que l'usuari les torni a utilitzar.\n" "Introduïu 0 si no s'han d'emmagatzemar les contrasenyes." #. Password dialog help 5a/8 @@ -610,36 +572,26 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" -"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you " -"need\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" "compatibility with other systems, use this method." msgstr "" -"El mètode predeterminat de Linux DES funciona en tots els entorns " -"de la xarxa\n" -"però limita la longitud màxima de les contrasenyes a 8 caràcters. Si " -"necessiteu que sigui compatible\n" +"El mètode predeterminat de Linux DES funciona en tots els entorns de la xarxa\n" +"però limita la longitud màxima de les contrasenyes a 8 caràcters. Si necessiteu que sigui compatible\n" "amb altres sistemes feu servir aquest mètode." #. Password dialog help 5c/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:158 msgid "" -"MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current " -"Linux \n" +"MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software." msgstr "" -"L'MD5 admet contrasenyes més llargues i el suporten totes les " -"distribucions \n" +"L'MD5 admet contrasenyes més llargues i el suporten totes les distribucions \n" "actuals de Linux, al contrari d’altres sistemes o programari antic." #. Password dialog help 5d/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 -msgid "" -"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." -msgstr "" -"El SHA-512 és el mètode stàndard actual d'inhabilitació, l'ús " -"d'altres algoritmes no és recomananble si no és necessari per a la " -"compatibilitat." +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." +msgstr "El SHA-512 és el mètode stàndard actual d'inhabilitació, l'ús d'altres algoritmes no és recomananble si no és necessari per a la compatibilitat." #. Password dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:166 @@ -654,16 +606,12 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\n" -"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer " -"the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords." msgstr "" -"Avís dels dies restants per al venciment de la contrasenya: en " -"aquesta entrada s’especifica\n" -" l’antelació amb què s’avisarà a l’usuari que la contrasenya és a punt de " -"vèncer. Com més\n" -"temps especifiqueu, menys possibilitats hi haurà que algú endevini la " -"contrasenya." +"Avís dels dies restants per al venciment de la contrasenya: en aquesta entrada s’especifica\n" +" l’antelació amb què s’avisarà a l’usuari que la contrasenya és a punt de vèncer. Com més\n" +"temps especifiqueu, menys possibilitats hi haurà que algú endevini la contrasenya." #. Adduser dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:176 @@ -672,8 +620,7 @@ "In this dialog, change various settings used to create users." msgstr "" "<big>Seguretat de l'usuari</big>\n" -"En aquest diàleg podeu modificar diferents paràmetres utilitzats per " -"crear usuaris." +"En aquest diàleg podeu modificar diferents paràmetres utilitzats per crear usuaris." #. Adduser dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:180 @@ -697,52 +644,38 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Other Security Settings</big>\n" -"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</" -"p>" +"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." msgstr "" "<big>Altres paràmetres de seguretat</big>\n" -"En aquest diàleg podeu modificar diferents paràmetres relacionats amb la " -"seguretat local." +"En aquest diàleg podeu modificar diferents paràmetres relacionats amb la seguretat local." #. Misc dialog help 2/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\n" -"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions." -"secure\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" -"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions." -"*.\n" -"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " -"accidentally\n" +"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" "or by intruders.\n" "With Easy, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" -"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can " -"only\n" -"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or " -"by\n" +"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" +"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" "The most secure setting is Paranoid. With it, you must\n" "decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.\n" msgstr "" "Permisos dels fitxers: els paràmetres dels permisos\n" -" d'alguns fitxers del sistema s'estableixen en funció de les dades dels " -"fitxers /etc/permissions.secure\n" -"o bé /etc/permissions.easy. El fitxer que s'utilitzarà depèn d'aquesta " -"selecció.\n" -"Si executeu el SUSEconfig els permisos s'establiran en funció del fitxer /" -"etc/permissions.*\n" -"D'aquesta manera es podran arreglar els fitxers amb permisos incorrectes, " -"tant si es tracta\n" +" d'alguns fitxers del sistema s'estableixen en funció de les dades dels fitxers /etc/permissions.secure\n" +"o bé /etc/permissions.easy. El fitxer que s'utilitzarà depèn d'aquesta selecció.\n" +"Si executeu el SUSEconfig els permisos s'establiran en funció del fitxer /etc/permissions.*\n" +"D'aquesta manera es podran arreglar els fitxers amb permisos incorrectes, tant si es tracta\n" "d'errors com d'intrusos.\n" -"Amb Easy es modifiquen la majoria dels fitxers del sistema, que amb " -"Secure només pot llegir l'usuari primari,\n" +"Amb Easy es modifiquen la majoria dels fitxers del sistema, que amb Secure només pot llegir l'usuari primari,\n" "per tal que també puguin llegir-los els altres usuaris.\n" -"Si utilitzeu Secure, alguns fitxers del sistema, com ara /var/log/" -"messages, només els podrà\n" -"veure l'usuari primari. Alguns programes només poden executar-los l'usuari " -"primari o\n" +"Si utilitzeu Secure, alguns fitxers del sistema, com ara /var/log/messages, només els podrà\n" +"veure l'usuari primari. Alguns programes només poden executar-los l'usuari primari o\n" "els dimonis, els usuaris normals en queden exclosos.\n" "El paràmetre més segur és Paranoid. Si l'utilitzeu, cal que\n" "decidiu quins usuaris poden executar aplicacions X i programes setuid.\n" @@ -751,20 +684,15 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \n" -"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database " -"(locatedb)\n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" -"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody</" -"b>\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody\n" " (few files) or root (all files)." msgstr "" "Usuari que executa updatedb: el programa updatedb s'executa \n" -" un cop al dia. Comprova tot el sistema de fitxers i crea una base de dades " -"de dades (locatedb)\n" -"en què s'emmagatzema la ubicació de tots els fitxers. És possible fer " -"cerques a la base de dades\n" -"amb el programa \"locate\". Definiu l'usuari que executa aquesta ordre: " -"ningú\n" +" un cop al dia. Comprova tot el sistema de fitxers i crea una base de dades de dades (locatedb)\n" +"en què s'emmagatzema la ubicació de tots els fitxers. És possible fer cerques a la base de dades\n" +"amb el programa \"locate\". Definiu l'usuari que executa aquesta ordre: ningú\n" " (pocs fitxers) o principal (tots els fitxers)." #. Misc dialog help 10/14 @@ -772,53 +700,42 @@ msgid "" "Current Directory in root's Path On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" -"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like " -"system\n" +"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n" "searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" "Inclou el directori actual al camí de l’arrel En un sistema DOS,\n" " els fitxers executables (programes) es cerquen primer al directori actual\n" " i, a continuació, a la variable del camí actual. Per contra, \n" -"en un sistema de tipus UNIX, els fitxers executables només es cerquen al " -"camí de recerca (CAMÍ variable)." +"en un sistema de tipus UNIX, els fitxers executables només es cerquen al camí de recerca (CAMÍ variable)." #. Misc dialog help 11/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:223 msgid "" "Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\n" -"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current " -"directory\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" "Inclou el directori actual al camí dels usuaris normals \n" "En un sistema DOS, els fitxers executables (programes) se cerquen\n" -"primer al directori actual i, a continuació, a la variable del camí actual. " -"Per contra, \n" -"en un sistema de tipus UNIX els fitxers executables només se cerquen al camí " -"de cerca (CAMÍ variable)." +"primer al directori actual i, a continuació, a la variable del camí actual. Per contra, \n" +"en un sistema de tipus UNIX els fitxers executables només se cerquen al camí de cerca (CAMÍ variable)." #. Misc dialog help 12/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" -"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown " -"programs in\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" -"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your " -"system,\n" +"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" "is rather easy if you set this option." msgstr "" "Alguns sistemes afegeixen un punt (\".\")\n" -"al camí de cerca perquè es puguin trobar i executar els fitxers del camí " -"actual.\n" -" Aquesta opció és molt perillosa, ja que és possible executar programes " -"desconeguts\n" -"al directori actual de forma accidental en lloc d'executar els programes del " -"sistema. Com a\n" -" conseqüència, aquesta opció facilita l'execució de cavalls de Troia, " -"que s'aprofiten\n" +"al camí de cerca perquè es puguin trobar i executar els fitxers del camí actual.\n" +" Aquesta opció és molt perillosa, ja que és possible executar programes desconeguts\n" +"al directori actual de forma accidental en lloc d'executar els programes del sistema. Com a\n" +" conseqüència, aquesta opció facilita l'execució de cavalls de Troia, que s'aprofiten\n" " d'aquest punt dèbil i l'utilitzen per a introduir-se al sistema." #. Misc dialog help 13/14 @@ -827,8 +744,7 @@ "\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n" "path of root, making it the last to be searched." msgstr "" -"\"yes\": s'afegeix un punt (\".\") al final del camí de cerca de " -"l'arrel,\n" +"\"yes\": s'afegeix un punt (\".\") al final del camí de cerca de l'arrel,\n" "amb la qual cosa es converteix en l'últim element que se cerca." #. Misc dialog help 14/14 @@ -838,145 +754,91 @@ "current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\"." msgstr "" "\"No\": cal que l'usuari primari iniciï els programes del\n" -"directori actual prefixant-los amb el signe \"./\". Per exemple: \"./" -"configure\"." +"directori actual prefixant-los amb el signe \"./\". Per exemple: \"./configure\"." #. Misc dialog help 14/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" -"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, " -"during kernel\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" msgstr "" -"Habilita les tecles Magic SysRq En activar aquesta opció " -"podreu\n" -"controlar el sistema, fins i tot si es produeix una fallada (per exemple, " -"durant la depuració\n" -"del nucli). Si voleu més informació, consulteu /usr/src/linux/Documentation/" -"sysrq.txt." +"Habilita les tecles Magic SysRq En activar aquesta opció podreu\n" +"controlar el sistema, fins i tot si es produeix una fallada (per exemple, durant la depuració\n" +"del nucli). Si voleu més informació, consulteu /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 -msgid "" -"Security Overview This overview shows the most important " -"security settings." -msgstr "" -"Resum de seguretat Aquest resum mostra els paràmetres més " -"important de la seguretat." +msgid "Security Overview This overview shows the most important security settings." +msgstr "Resum de seguretat Aquest resum mostra els paràmetres més important de la seguretat." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 -msgid "" -"To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." -msgstr "" -"Per canviar-ne el valor actual, cliqueu a l'enllaç associat a l'opció." +msgid "To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." +msgstr "Per canviar-ne el valor actual, cliqueu a l'enllaç associat a l'opció." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 -msgid "" -" A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current " -"value of the option is secure." -msgstr "" -" Una marca a la columna Estat de la seguretat significa que el " -"valor actual de l'opció és segur." +msgid " A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." +msgstr " Una marca a la columna Estat de la seguretat significa que el valor actual de l'opció és segur." #. an error message (rich text) #: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 -msgid "" -"The current value could not be read. The service is probably not " -"installed or the option is missing on the system." -msgstr "" -"No se n'ha pogut llegir el valor actual. El servei potser no està " -"instal·lat o falta l'opció al sistema." +msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system." +msgstr "No se n'ha pogut llegir el valor actual. El servei potser no està instal·lat o falta l'opció al sistema." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 msgid "" "A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" "configured.The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" -"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then " -"the\n" -"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only " -"to\n" -"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords " -"that\n" -"are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote " -"graphical\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n" +"are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote graphical\n" "logins, then disable this option." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 msgid "" -"Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of " -"the\n" -"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down " -"is\n" -"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to " -"create\n" +"Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" +"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" "correct log messages." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 -msgid "" -"Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its " -"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are " -"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can " -"tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog " -"messages of system events are only useful if they are present." +msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 -msgid "" -"Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files " -"that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the " -"process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." +msgid "Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 -msgid "" -"The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize " -"a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its " -"program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with " -"the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement " -"to be effective." +msgid "The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 -msgid "" -"Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window " -"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does " -"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be " -"able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or " -"otherwise acquire the password." +msgid "Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 msgid "" -"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, " -"connect\n" -"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on " -"a\n" +"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" "different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" -"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus " -"the\n" -"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and " -"therefore\n" +"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" -"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display " -"X\n" -"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell " -"(ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server " -"through the encrypted ssh connection." +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 msgid "" -"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not " -"expose\n" -"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP " -"network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through " -"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." +"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 @@ -985,8 +847,7 @@ "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" "installed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." @@ -998,32 +859,18 @@ "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" "removed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 -msgid "" -"A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the " -"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) " -"vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such " -"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate " -"connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause " -"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most " -"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS " -"attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." +msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 -msgid "" -"IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, " -"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network " -"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards " -"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not " -"need that routing functionality, then disable this option." +msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 @@ -1035,40 +882,20 @@ msgstr "Aquesta configuració s'aplica a IPv6." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes " -"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." -msgstr "" -"Les tecles Magic SysRq permeten controlar el sistema quan no " -"respon o fins i tot quan hi ha una fallada (per exemple, durant la depuració " -"del nucli)." +msgid "Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." +msgstr "Les tecles Magic SysRq permeten controlar el sistema quan no respon o fins i tot quan hi ha una fallada (per exemple, durant la depuració del nucli)." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 -msgid "" -"There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The " -"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"Hi ha permisos de fitxer predefinits als fitxers /etc/permissions.*. Els " -"més restrictius estan definits com a fitxer 'secure' o 'paranoid'." +msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." +msgstr "Hi ha permisos de fitxer predefinits als fitxers /etc/permissions.*. Els més restrictius estan definits com a fitxer 'secure' o 'paranoid'." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 src/include/security/helps.rb:352 -msgid "" -"Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and " -"to run the security-related services." -msgstr "" -"Els serveis bàsics de sistema han d'estar habilitats per proporcionar " -"consistència i executar serveis relacionats amb la seguretat." +msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." +msgstr "Els serveis bàsics de sistema han d'estar habilitats per proporcionar consistència i executar serveis relacionats amb la seguretat." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 src/include/security/helps.rb:358 -msgid "" -"Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. " -"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by " -"the system." -msgstr "" -"Cada servei en execució és un objectiu potencial d'un atac de seguretat. " -"Per això és recomananble apagar tots els serveis que el sistema no utilitza ." -"" +msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." +msgstr "Cada servei en execució és un objectiu potencial d'un atac de seguretat. Per això és recomananble apagar tots els serveis que el sistema no utilitza ." #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:51 @@ -1396,17 +1223,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Blowfish is similar to MD5, but uses a different algorithm\n" -#~ "to encrypt passwords. A lot of CPU power is needed to calculate the " -#~ "hash,\n" -#~ "which makes it difficult to crack passwords with the help of a dictionary." -#~ "" +#~ "to encrypt passwords. A lot of CPU power is needed to calculate the hash,\n" +#~ "which makes it difficult to crack passwords with the help of a dictionary." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "El sistema Blowfish és similar a l'MD5 però utilitza un " -#~ "algorisme diferent\n" -#~ " per al xifratge de les contrasenyes. S'ha de tenir molta capacitat de " -#~ "CPU per a calcular la dispersió,\n" -#~ " cosa que fa més difícil trobar les contrasenyes amb l'ajuda d'un " -#~ "diccionari." +#~ "El sistema Blowfish és similar a l'MD5 però utilitza un algorisme diferent\n" +#~ " per al xifratge de les contrasenyes. S'ha de tenir molta capacitat de CPU per a calcular la dispersió,\n" +#~ " cosa que fa més difícil trobar les contrasenyes amb l'ajuda d'un diccionari." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Disable IPv4 forwarding" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/services-manager.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/services-manager.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/services-manager.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -44,46 +44,24 @@ msgstr "Seleccionant l'objectiu systemd per defecte" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units " -"whose job is to activate services and other units." -msgstr "" -"El Systemd és un gestor de sistemes i serveis per a Linux. Consisteix en " -"unitats que tenen com a tasca activar serveis i altres unitats." +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "El Systemd és un gestor de sistemes i serveis per a Linux. Consisteix en unitats que tenen com a tasca activar serveis i altres unitats." #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 -msgid "" -"Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink " -"located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man " -"page." -msgstr "" -"La unitat objectiu predeterminada s'activa per defecte a l'arrencada. " -"Normalment és un symlink localitzat a path/etc/systemd/system/default." -"target . Vegeu-ne més a la pàgina del manual de systemd." +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "La unitat objectiu predeterminada s'activa per defecte a l'arrencada. Normalment és un symlink localitzat a path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . Vegeu-ne més a la pàgina del manual de systemd." #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "" -"Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with " -"network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." -msgstr "" -"L'objectiu multiusuari és per establir un sistema multiusuari no gràfic amb " -"xarxa adequat per fer de servidor (similar al nivell d'execució 3)." +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "L'objectiu multiusuari és per establir un sistema multiusuari no gràfic amb xarxa adequat per fer de servidor (similar al nivell d'execució 3)." #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 -msgid "" -"Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which " -"is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." -msgstr "" -"Objectiu gràfic per establir una pantalla d'entrada gràfica amb xarxa que és " -"típic per a estacions de treball (similar al nivell d'execució 5)." +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "Objectiu gràfic per establir una pantalla d'entrada gràfica amb xarxa que és típic per a estacions de treball (similar al nivell d'execució 5)." #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "" -"When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with " -"graphical target." -msgstr "" -"Quan no estigueu segurs de quina és la millor opció per a vosaltres, " -"escolliu l'objectiu gràfic." +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "Quan no estigueu segurs de quina és la millor opció per a vosaltres, escolliu l'objectiu gràfic." #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Available Targets" @@ -102,8 +80,7 @@ #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" -msgstr "" -"La instal·lació viva s'usa típicament per a GUI completa al sistema objectiu" +msgstr "La instal·lació viva s'usa típicament per a GUI completa al sistema objectiu" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" @@ -111,8 +88,7 @@ #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" -msgstr "" -"La instal·lació en mode text assumeix que no hi ha GUI al sistema objectiu" +msgstr "La instal·lació en mode text assumeix que no hi ha GUI al sistema objectiu" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 @@ -121,18 +97,15 @@ #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" -msgstr "" -"El mode d'instal·lació SSH assumeix que no hi ha GUI al sistema objectiu" +msgstr "El mode d'instal·lació SSH assumeix que no hi ha GUI al sistema objectiu" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" msgstr "No s'han seleccionat paquets X11 per instal·lar" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 -msgid "" -"This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" -msgstr "" -"Aquesta recomanació es basa en anàlisis d'altres paràmetres d'instal·lació" +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "Aquesta recomanació es basa en anàlisis d'altres paràmetres d'instal·lació" #. Default for double-click in the table #. Default for double-click in the table @@ -244,26 +217,20 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121 msgid "" "<big>Services</big> \n" -"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from " -"the \n" +"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n" " list of services.\n" -"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is " -"enabled\n" +"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n" "and a particular service requires opening them.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Serveis</big> \n" "Aquesta proposta d'instal·lació us permet iniciar i habilitar un servei des\n" "de la llista de serveis.\n" -"També pot obrir ports al tallafoc per a un servei si el tallafoc està " -"habilitat\n" +"També pot obrir ports al tallafoc per a un servei si el tallafoc està habilitat\n" "i un servei concret requereix obrir-los.\n" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145 -msgid "" -"Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched " -"%link" -msgstr "" -"El servei %service serà %toggled i el port al tallafoc serà %switched %link" +msgid "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link" +msgstr "El servei %service serà %toggled i el port al tallafoc serà %switched %link" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Service %service will be %toggled %link" @@ -293,8 +260,7 @@ #. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. #: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" -msgstr "" -"Esquema de perfil de serveis d'autoyast desconegut per al gestor de serveis" +msgstr "Esquema de perfil de serveis d'autoyast desconegut per al gestor de serveis" #. AutoYast summary #: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/slp-server.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/slp-server.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/slp-server.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -234,8 +234,7 @@ "Press Add to configure an SLP server.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Addició d'un proveïdor</big> \n" -"Si voleu configurar de forma manual un proveïdor nou, premeu Afegeix." -"\n" +"Si voleu configurar de forma manual un proveïdor nou, premeu Afegeix.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:46 @@ -269,8 +268,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "<big>Selecció d'un element</big> \n" -"Aquesta operació no es pot dur a terme; primer cal realitzar la " -"codificació. :-)\n" +"Aquesta operació no es pot dur a terme; primer cal realitzar la codificació. :-)\n" "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 @@ -294,29 +292,21 @@ #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is " -"Broadcast.\n" -"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode " -"is Multicast. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" -"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the DA Server mode, it " -"informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" -"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is " -"Becomes DA Server. This is a cache server for service\n" +"Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is Broadcast.\n" +"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode is Multicast. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" +"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the DA Server mode, it informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" +"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is Becomes DA Server. This is a cache server for service\n" "answers.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"With Expert Settings, access all options available in /etc/slp." -"conf." +msgid "With Expert Settings, access all options available in /etc/slp.conf." msgstr "" #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With Add, create " -"a new empty file. With Modify,\n" -"change the values of any existing file. With Delete, it is possible " -"to delete files not owned by any package." +"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With Add, create a new empty file. With Modify,\n" +"change the values of any existing file. With Delete, it is possible to delete files not owned by any package." msgstr "" #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91 @@ -332,11 +322,8 @@ #. check for package openslp-server installed #: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To configure the SLP server, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Per a configurar el servei de l'isns, cal instal·lar el paquet %1 ." -"" +msgid "To configure the SLP server, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Per a configurar el servei de l'isns, cal instal·lar el paquet %1 ." #: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184 msgid "Do you want to install it now?" @@ -448,8 +435,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Addició d'un isns</big> \n" #~ "Seleccioneu un servidor isns de la llista de dispositius isns detectats.\n" -#~ "Si no s'ha detectat el vostre dispositiu, feu servir Altres (no " -#~ "detectats)\n" +#~ "Si no s'ha detectat el vostre dispositiu, feu servir Altres (no detectats)\n" #~ "i després premeu Configura'ls.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -458,6 +444,5 @@ #~ "the configuration opens.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Edició o supressió</big> \n" -#~ "Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu " -#~ "canviar\n" +#~ "Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu canviar\n" #~ "la configuració.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/snapper.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/snapper.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/snapper.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -324,34 +324,27 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " -#| "system?" +#| msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" "%1\n" "\n" "from current system?" -msgstr "" -"Realment voleu aplicar els paràmetres del perfil al vostre sistema actual?" +msgstr "Realment voleu aplicar els paràmetres del perfil al vostre sistema actual?" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your " -#| "current system?" +#| msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" "%1\n" "\n" "from snapshot '%2' to current system?" -msgstr "" -"Realment voleu aplicar els paràmetres del mòdul '%1' al vostre sistema " -"actual?" +msgstr "Realment voleu aplicar els paràmetres del mòdul '%1' al vostre sistema actual?" #. popup message #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 @@ -374,8 +367,7 @@ "\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</" -"p>\n" +"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.\n" "Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.Are you sure?" msgstr "" @@ -396,16 +388,10 @@ #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" -"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " -"types\n" -"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots " -"are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post " -"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between " -"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in " -"the table.\n" -"Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see " -"the\n" +"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" +"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.\n" +"Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgstr "" @@ -414,15 +400,10 @@ msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first " -"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the " -"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of " -"creation for both snapshots.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By " -"default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is " -"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -431,13 +412,10 @@ msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the " -"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time " -"of its creation.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between " -"snapshot version and current system.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/sound.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/sound.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/sound.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -22,9 +22,7 @@ #. popup error message #: src/clients/sound.rb:49 msgid "Sound card database not found. Please check your installation." -msgstr "" -"No s'ha trobat la base de dades de la targeta de so. Comproveu-ne la " -"instal·lació." +msgstr "No s'ha trobat la base de dades de la targeta de so. Comproveu-ne la instal·lació." #. translators: command line help text for Sound module #: src/clients/sound.rb:59 @@ -39,9 +37,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for add action #: src/clients/sound.rb:79 msgid "Add sound card. Without parameters, add first one detected." -msgstr "" -"Afegeix una targeta de so. Sense paràmetres, afegeix la primera que s'ha " -"detectat." +msgstr "Afegeix una targeta de so. Sense paràmetres, afegeix la primera que s'ha detectat." #. help text for unknownd parameters #: src/clients/sound.rb:84 @@ -66,18 +62,13 @@ #. translators: command line help text for set action #: src/clients/sound.rb:115 msgid "Set the new values for given card parameters." -msgstr "" -"Defineix els valors nous per als paràmetres de la targeta especificada. " +msgstr "Defineix els valors nous per als paràmetres de la targeta especificada. " #. - for unknown parameter names #. help text for unknownd parameters; do not translate 'show' #: src/clients/sound.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list " -"of allowed parameters." -msgstr "" -"Valor del paràmetre del mòdul específic. Utilitzeu l'ordre 'show' per " -"consultar una llista dels paràmetres permesos." +msgid "Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list of allowed parameters." +msgstr "Valor del paràmetre del mòdul específic. Utilitzeu l'ordre 'show' per consultar una llista dels paràmetres permesos." #. translators: command line help text for volume action #: src/clients/sound.rb:131 @@ -87,12 +78,8 @@ #. - for unknown parameter names #. help text; do not translate 'channels' as command name #: src/clients/sound.rb:137 -msgid "" -"Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a " -"list of available channels." -msgstr "" -"Valor del canal específic (0-100). Utilitzeu l'ordre 'channels' per " -"consultar una llista de canals disponibles." +msgid "Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a list of available channels." +msgstr "Valor del canal específic (0-100). Utilitzeu l'ordre 'channels' per consultar una llista de canals disponibles." #. translators: command line help text for modules action #: src/clients/sound.rb:144 @@ -264,8 +251,7 @@ "Enable or add an additional software repository containing the packages.\n" msgstr "" "Els següents paquets són necessaris però no estan disponibles: %1\n" -"Això pot fer que alguns dispositius de so no funcionin, o que algunes " -"funcionalitats no estiguin suportades.\n" +"Això pot fer que alguns dispositius de so no funcionin, o que algunes funcionalitats no estiguin suportades.\n" "\n" "Habilita o afegeix un repositori addicional que contingui aquests paquets.\n" @@ -554,15 +540,11 @@ #. help text - mixer setting #: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:377 msgid "" -"With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected " -"sound card. \n" -"Press Next to save your volume settings, press Back to restore " -"the original settings." +"With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected sound card. \n" +"Press Next to save your volume settings, press Back to restore the original settings." msgstr "" -"En aquest diàleg podeu especificar el volum que voleu per a cada canal de " -"la targeta de so que heu seleccionat.\n" -"Premeu Següent per a desar els paràmetres de volum i Enrere " -"per a restablir-ne els originals." +"En aquest diàleg podeu especificar el volum que voleu per a cada canal de la targeta de so que heu seleccionat.\n" +"Premeu Següent per a desar els paràmetres de volum i Enrere per a restablir-ne els originals." #. dialog header, %1 = card id (number), %2 = name #: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:385 @@ -727,8 +709,7 @@ "module parameters, including invalid IO or IRQ parameters." msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut carregar el mòdul del nucli %1 per al\n" -"suport de so. Aquest error es pot haver produït per la utilització de " -"paràmetres\n" +"suport de so. Aquest error es pot haver produït per la utilització de paràmetres\n" "incorrectes del mòdul, incloent-hi E/S o IRQ no vàlides." #. popup question: different module has to be choosed @@ -788,8 +769,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Si no voleu ajustar el volum o configurar les opcions ara, \n" -"marqueu l'opció Configuració automàtica ràpida. Podreu configurar el " -"volum i\n" +"marqueu l'opció Configuració automàtica ràpida. Podreu configurar el volum i\n" "canviar les opcions més tard.\n" "\n" @@ -804,8 +784,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Si no voleu ajustar el volum ara, \n" -"marqueu l'opció Configuració automàtica ràpida. Podreu configurar el " -"volum i\n" +"marqueu l'opció Configuració automàtica ràpida. Podreu configurar el volum i\n" "canviar les opcions més tard.\n" "\n" @@ -871,9 +850,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si a la llista apareixen targetes que s'han detectat automàticament " -"però que encara no s'han configurat, trieu-ne una i continueu. En cas " -"contrari, utilitzeu la Selecció manual.\n" +"Si a la llista apareixen targetes que s'han detectat automàticament però que encara no s'han configurat, trieu-ne una i continueu. En cas contrari, utilitzeu la Selecció manual.\n" #. To reset the sound configuration these programs must be terminated #. (popup label message) @@ -884,8 +861,7 @@ "To reset the configuration, these \n" "programs must be terminated. Proceed?\n" msgstr "" -"En aquests moments hi ha programes que s'estan executant i que utilitzen el " -"dispositiu de so.\n" +"En aquests moments hi ha programes que s'estan executant i que utilitzen el dispositiu de so.\n" "Si voleu reiniciar la configuració cal que sortiu d'aquests programes.\n" "Voleu continuar?\n" @@ -921,8 +897,7 @@ "per a habilitar el valor nou. Si hi ha diversos valors per a\n" "l'opció que heu seleccionat, seleccioneu-ne un a Valors possibles.\n" "És possible reiniciar tots els valors en prémer el botó Restableix. \n" -"Podeu introduir els valors numèrics com a decimals o hexadecimals (escriviu " -"els números hexadecimals precedits pel prefix 0x).\n" +"Podeu introduir els valors numèrics com a decimals o hexadecimals (escriviu els números hexadecimals precedits pel prefix 0x).\n" #. help text - mixer setting 1/4 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:142 @@ -982,8 +957,7 @@ "snd_vaio_hack option value to 1 or by \n" "configuring this card outside X. Proceed?\n" msgstr "" -"És possible que la configuració d'aquesta targeta de so en alguns portàtils " -"Sony VAIO no\n" +"És possible que la configuració d'aquesta targeta de so en alguns portàtils Sony VAIO no\n" "funcioni si s'executa X. Podeu evitar aquest problema si assigneu\n" "el valor 1 a l'opció snd_vaio-hack, o bé si configureu la targeta fora de\n" "X. Voleu continuar?\n" @@ -1066,9 +1040,7 @@ msgid "" "Should YaST2 install the wavetable SoundFont-files from \n" "your Soundblaster Live! or AWE driver CD?\n" -msgstr "" -"Voleu que el YaST2 instal·li les fonts de so de la taula d'ones des del CD " -"dels controladors de SoundBlaster Live! o AWE?\n" +msgstr "Voleu que el YaST2 instal·li les fonts de so de la taula d'ones des del CD dels controladors de SoundBlaster Live! o AWE?\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:211 msgid "" @@ -1098,10 +1070,7 @@ "'%1' and '%2' sound cards were autodetected on your system. \n" "For proper functionality, skip the '%1' sound card and \n" "configure only the '%2'.\n" -msgstr "" -"S'han detectat a l'ordinador les targetes '%1' i '%2' de forma automàtica. " -"Si voleu que funcionin correctament, ometeu la targeta de so '%1' i " -"configureu només '%2'.\n" +msgstr "S'han detectat a l'ordinador les targetes '%1' i '%2' de forma automàtica. Si voleu que funcionin correctament, ometeu la targeta de so '%1' i configureu només '%2'.\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:227 msgid "" @@ -1112,8 +1081,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"La detecció de maquinari ha trobat una targeta de so nova. Si voleu " -"configurar-la, seleccioneu\n" +"La detecció de maquinari ha trobat una targeta de so nova. Si voleu configurar-la, seleccioneu\n" "l'element més adient de la llista i premeu Configura.\n" "\n" @@ -1124,8 +1092,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Premeu Canvia si voleu configurar les targetes que ja s'han " -"instal·lat.\n" +"Premeu Canvia si voleu configurar les targetes que ja s'han instal·lat.\n" "\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:239 @@ -1149,8 +1116,7 @@ "configure it. If the card was not detected, press Add and\n" "configure the card manually.\n" msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu una targeta sense configurar de la llista i premeu Edita</" -"B> per\n" +"Seleccioneu una targeta sense configurar de la llista i premeu Edita per\n" "configurar-la. Si no es detecta la targeta, premeu Afegeix i\n" "configureu la targeta manualment.\n" @@ -1175,12 +1141,9 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Utilitzeu Altres per definir el volum de la targeta seleccionada o " -"configurar\n" -"el mòdul emprat per a interpretar fitxers MIDI (Inicia el seqüenciador</" -"b>).\n" -"Feu clic a Prova de so per a comprovar el funcionament de la targeta " -"seleccionada.\n" +"Utilitzeu Altres per definir el volum de la targeta seleccionada o configurar\n" +"el mòdul emprat per a interpretar fitxers MIDI (Inicia el seqüenciador).\n" +"Feu clic a Prova de so per a comprovar el funcionament de la targeta seleccionada.\n" "\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:270 @@ -1189,31 +1152,24 @@ "Use PulseAudio Configuration to enable or disable it.\n" msgstr "" "El dimoni PulseAudio es pot fer servir per reproduir sons,\n" -"feu servir la Configuració del PulseAudio per a habilitar-lo o " -"inhabilitar-lo.\n" +"feu servir la Configuració del PulseAudio per a habilitar-lo o inhabilitar-lo.\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:273 msgid "" -"The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and " -"applications.\n" +"The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and applications.\n" "Use Other to set the selected sound device as the primary device." msgstr "" -"El dispositiu de so amb índex 0 es el dispositiu predeterminat que " -"utilitzen el sistema i les aplicacions.\n" -"Utilitzeu Altres per definir el dispositiu de so seleccionat com el " -"dispositiu primari." +"El dispositiu de so amb índex 0 es el dispositiu predeterminat que utilitzen el sistema i les aplicacions.\n" +"Utilitzeu Altres per definir el dispositiu de so seleccionat com el dispositiu primari." #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:276 msgid "" "The applications which use OSS (Open Sound System) can use the software\n" -"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> " -"to\n" +"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> to\n" "start the application." msgstr "" -"Les aplicacions que utilitzen l'OSS (Sistema de so obert) poden usar el " -"mesclador de\n" -"programari mitjançant l'embolcall aoss. Utilitzeu l'ordre <tt>aoss <" -"application></tt> per a\n" +"Les aplicacions que utilitzen l'OSS (Sistema de so obert) poden usar el mesclador de\n" +"programari mitjançant l'embolcall aoss. Utilitzeu l'ordre <tt>aoss <application></tt> per a\n" "iniciar l'aplicació." #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:286 src/include/sound/texts.rb:316 @@ -1244,8 +1200,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Aquesta és la llista sencera de les targetes de so. Utilitzeu el botó " -"Finalitza\n" +"Aquesta és la llista sencera de les targetes de so. Utilitzeu el botó Finalitza\n" "per a desar la informació de la targeta de so.\n" "\n" @@ -1257,8 +1212,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccioneu Suprimeix per a suprimir una targeta de so que ja s'ha " -"configurat. \n" +"Seleccioneu Suprimeix per a suprimir una targeta de so que ja s'ha configurat. \n" "Utilitzeu l'opció Afegeix una targeta de so si voleu afegir-ne una.\n" "\n" @@ -1455,16 +1409,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In this dialog, specify your joystick type. If your\n" -#~ "joystick type is not in the list, select Generic Analog Joystick.</" -#~ "p>\n" -#~ "You will not find any USB joysticks here. If you have a USB device, " -#~ "just plug in the joystick and start using it.\n" +#~ "joystick type is not in the list, select Generic Analog Joystick.\n" +#~ "You will not find any USB joysticks here. If you have a USB device, just plug in the joystick and start using it.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Especifiqueu el tipus de palanca de control en aquest diàleg. Si no\n" -#~ "apareix a la llista, seleccioneu Palanca de control analògica " -#~ "genèrica.\n" -#~ "No trobareu cap palanca de control USB a la llista. Si disposeu d'un " -#~ "dispositiu USB, connecteu la palanca de control i utilitzeu-lo.\n" +#~ "apareix a la llista, seleccioneu Palanca de control analògica genèrica.\n" +#~ "No trobareu cap palanca de control USB a la llista. Si disposeu d'un dispositiu USB, connecteu la palanca de control i utilitzeu-lo.\n" #~ msgid "&Select your joystick type:" #~ msgstr "&Seleccioneu el tipus de palanca de control:" @@ -1526,23 +1476,17 @@ #~ msgstr "<big>Targetes de so<big>" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product." +#~| msgid "Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product." #~ msgid "Here is an overview of the detected joysticks." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Permet veure un resum de les dades necessàries per a la generació del " -#~ "producte complementari." +#~ msgstr "Permet veure un resum de les dades necessàries per a la generació del producte complementari." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" #~| "select Radio Clock." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To configure a new joystick connected to a Gameport press Add " -#~ "button." +#~ msgid "To configure a new joystick connected to a Gameport press Add button." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Per a configurar un rellotge local connectat directament a " -#~ "l'ordinador,\n" +#~ "Per a configurar un rellotge local connectat directament a l'ordinador,\n" #~ "seleccioneu l'opció Rellotge de la ràdio." #~ msgid "Model" @@ -1562,16 +1506,12 @@ #~ msgstr "No hi ha cap targeta amb el número %1." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be " -#~| "restored." +#~| msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." #~ msgid "" #~ "The selected joystick configuration is not active.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "The joystick cannot be tested." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Se suprimirà la configuració seleccionada immediatament i no es podrà " -#~ "restaurar." +#~ msgstr "Se suprimirà la configuració seleccionada immediatament i no es podrà restaurar." #~ msgid "Generic Analog Joystick" #~ msgstr "Palanca de control analògica genèrica" @@ -1615,16 +1555,11 @@ #~ "To remove the configured joystick from the system\n" #~ "or if you do not have a joystick, select No joystick.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccioneu Sense palanca de control si no disposeu de cap " -#~ "palanca de control o si voleu\n" +#~ "Seleccioneu Sense palanca de control si no disposeu de cap palanca de control o si voleu\n" #~ "suprimir de l'ordinador la palanca de control configurada.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press Test to test the functionality of the selected joystick " -#~ "type." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Premeu Prova si voleu provar la funcionalitat del tipus de la " -#~ "palanca de control que heu seleccionat." +#~ msgid "Press Test to test the functionality of the selected joystick type." +#~ msgstr "Premeu Prova si voleu provar la funcionalitat del tipus de la palanca de control que heu seleccionat." #~ msgid "" #~ "Note: Connect your joystick to your computer\n" @@ -1638,17 +1573,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Two or more sound cards in your system support joysticks.\n" -#~ "To configure a joystick, select the sound card and press Configure " -#~ "Joystick.\n" +#~ "To configure a joystick, select the sound card and press Configure Joystick.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Com a mínim dues targetes de so de l'ordinador permeten l'ús d'una " -#~ "palanca de control.\n" -#~ "Si voleu configurar una palanca de control, seleccioneu la targeta de " -#~ "so i premeu Configura la palanca de control.\n" +#~ "Com a mínim dues targetes de so de l'ordinador permeten l'ús d'una palanca de control.\n" +#~ "Si voleu configurar una palanca de control, seleccioneu la targeta de so i premeu Configura la palanca de control.\n" #~ msgid "The configured cards do not support the joystick." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les targetes que s'han configurat no permeten la palanca de control." +#~ msgstr "Les targetes que s'han configurat no permeten la palanca de control." #~ msgid "No configured sound card was found." #~ msgstr "No s'ha trobat cap targeta de so configurada." @@ -1657,8 +1588,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Voleu iniciar la configuració de la targeta de so?" #~ msgid "No joystick port to configure was found." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No s'ha trobat cap port de palanca de control que calgui configurar." +#~ msgstr "No s'ha trobat cap port de palanca de control que calgui configurar." #~ msgid "No." #~ msgstr "Núm." Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/squid.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/squid.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/squid.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -637,9 +637,7 @@ #. Cache Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Refresh Patterns define how Squid treats the objects in the cache." -"\n" +msgid "Refresh Patterns define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:73 @@ -669,9 +667,7 @@ #. Cache 2 Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 -msgid "" -"Cache memory defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for " -"objects." +msgid "Cache memory defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for objects." msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 @@ -681,8 +677,7 @@ "on the disk. Objects larger than this size will not be saved on disk.\n" msgstr "" "Mida dels nodes d'identificació\n" -"Aquesta opció especifica la mida dels nodes d'identificació del sistema de " -"fitxers.\n" +"Aquesta opció especifica la mida dels nodes d'identificació del sistema de fitxers.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94 #, fuzzy @@ -691,8 +686,7 @@ "objects will not be saved to the disk.\n" msgstr "" "Mida dels nodes d'identificació\n" -"Aquesta opció especifica la mida dels nodes d'identificació del sistema de " -"fitxers.\n" +"Aquesta opció especifica la mida dels nodes d'identificació del sistema de fitxers.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:97 msgid "" @@ -706,11 +700,9 @@ #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 msgid "" -"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be " -"replaced\n" +"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be replaced\n" "when disk space is needed.\n" -"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement " -"in\n" +"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement in\n" "memory when space for new objects is not available.\n" "Policies could be:\n" "<table>\n" @@ -736,50 +728,40 @@ #. Cache Directory #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Directory Name defines a top-level directory where cache swap " -"files will be stored." +msgid "Directory Name defines a top-level directory where cache swap files will be stored." msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 -msgid "" -"Size defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this " -"directory." +msgid "Size defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level " -"subdirectories, \n" +"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level subdirectories, \n" "which will be created under the Directory Name directory.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 msgid "" -"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level " -"subdirectories,\n" +"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level subdirectories,\n" "which will be created under each first-level directory.\n" msgstr "" #. ACL Groups #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 -msgid "" -"Access to the Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." +msgid "Access to the Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group " -"depends\n" +"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group depends\n" "on the particular type.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 msgid "" -"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to " -"ACL Groups.\n" -"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be " -"allowed\n" +"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\n" +"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\n" "or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.\n" msgstr "" @@ -791,24 +773,19 @@ #. Logging and Timeouts Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Access Log defines the file in which client activities are logged." -"" +msgid "Access Log defines the file in which client activities are logged." msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 msgid "" -"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about " -"your\n" +"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about your\n" "cache's behavior is logged.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of " -"all\n" -"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an " -"object\n" +"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of all\n" +"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an object\n" "gets deleted. This option can be left empty.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1001,8 +978,7 @@ #. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 -msgid "" -"If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" +msgid "If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474 @@ -1367,9 +1343,7 @@ msgstr "Port de destí" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 -msgid "" -"This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the " -"origin server is located." +msgid "This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the origin server is located." msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 @@ -1433,8 +1407,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 -msgid "" -"Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" +msgid "Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 @@ -1492,9 +1465,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 -msgid "" -"A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the " -"user agent header." +msgid "A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the user agent header." msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 @@ -1503,9 +1474,7 @@ msgstr "N&ombre màxim de recursos compartits" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 -msgid "" -"Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of " -"HTTP connections established." +msgid "Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of HTTP connections established." msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 @@ -1529,8 +1498,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 msgid "" -"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. " -"Can\n" +"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. Can\n" "be used to detect file download or some types of HTTP tunnelling requests.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1553,11 +1521,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afrikaans" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Àrab" # AM #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 @@ -1606,7 +1574,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Persa" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 msgid "Finnish" @@ -1626,7 +1594,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indonesi" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" @@ -1640,17 +1608,19 @@ msgid "Korean" msgstr "Coreà" +# LV #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Letó" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Lituà" +# MT #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Malai" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 msgid "Dutch" @@ -1711,7 +1681,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tai" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" @@ -1722,13 +1692,14 @@ msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Ucraïnès" +# UZ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uzbek" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vietnamita" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/sshd.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/sshd.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/sshd.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ #. Table header #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Número" #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Sshd" @@ -432,8 +432,7 @@ #~ "Configure SSHD protocol version and cipher settings. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Configuració del protocol i el xifrat</BIG> \n" -#~ "En aquest apartat podeu configurar la versió de protocol SSH i la " -#~ "configuració del xifrat. " +#~ "En aquest apartat podeu configurar la versió de protocol SSH i la configuració del xifrat. " #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Service is running" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -31,12 +31,10 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"Utilitzeu aquest programa només si esteu familiaritzat amb el mètode de " -"partició de discos durs.\n" +"Utilitzeu aquest programa només si esteu familiaritzat amb el mètode de partició de discos durs.\n" "\n" "Mai no feu la partició de discos que puguin estar en ús d'alguna manera\n" -"(muntats, com a intercanvi, etc.), tret que sapigueu exactament el que esteu " -"fent.\n" +"(muntats, com a intercanvi, etc.), tret que sapigueu exactament el que esteu fent.\n" "En cas contrari, la taula de particions no es transmetrà al\n" "nucli, la qual cosa podria ocasionar la pèrdua de dades.\n" "\n" @@ -167,8 +165,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "" -"No hi ha prou espai disponible per proposar instantànies del volum d'arrel." +msgstr "No hi ha prou espai disponible per proposar instantànies del volum d'arrel." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 @@ -272,8 +269,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "El canvi de mida real només es durà a terme un cop s'hagin confirmat totes\n" -"les seleccions fetes a l'última finestra de la instal·lació. Fins aleshores, " -"la \n" +"les seleccions fetes a l'última finestra de la instal·lació. Fins aleshores, la \n" "partició del Windows no es modificarà.\n" "\n" @@ -321,8 +317,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "A la barra gràfica superior es mostra la situació actual.\n" -"A la barra gràfica inferior es mostra la situació després de la instal·lació " -"(un \n" +"A la barra gràfica inferior es mostra la situació després de la instal·lació (un \n" "cop dut a terme el redimensionament).\n" "\n" @@ -389,8 +384,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Introduïu un valor per a determinar la mida de la instal·lació de " -"Linux.\n" +"Introduïu un valor per a determinar la mida de la instal·lació de Linux.\n" "Les particions del sistema &product; es crearan de forma automàtica\n" "en funció d'aquest valor.\n" "\n" @@ -406,8 +400,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Windows usat és la mida de la part emprada en la partició de " -"Windows.\n" +"Windows usat és la mida de la part emprada en la partició de Windows.\n" "\n" #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued @@ -450,8 +443,7 @@ "la instal·lació mínima de Linux.\n" "\n" "Per instal·lar Linux, primer heu d'arrencar Windows\n" -"i desinstal·lar algunes aplicacions o suprimir algunes dades per alliberar-" -"ne espai.\n" +"i desinstal·lar algunes aplicacions o suprimir algunes dades per alliberar-ne espai.\n" "\n" "Necessiteu com a mínim %1 MB d'espai lliure al dispositiu de\n" "Windows, comptant l'espai ocupat per l'estació de treball Windows i per a \n" @@ -528,9 +520,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "" -"El vostre sistema només pot configurar-se amb l'opció de partició " -"personalitzada." +msgstr "El vostre sistema només pot configurar-se amb l'opció de partició personalitzada." #. Win NT / 2000 #. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently @@ -622,8 +612,7 @@ msgstr "" "Heu decidit suprimir completament la partició de Windows.\n" "\n" -"Totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es perdran durant el " -"procés.\n" +"Totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es perdran durant el procés.\n" "\n" "Esteu segur que voleu suprimir la partició de Windows?\n" @@ -668,11 +657,8 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"No s'han trobat discos. Proveu d'utilitzar CD d'actualització per a la " -"instal·lació, si està disponible." +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "No s'han trobat discos. Proveu d'utilitzar CD d'actualització per a la instal·lació, si està disponible." #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on #. one hard disk - this selection is done here @@ -688,8 +674,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Tots els discos durs detectats automàticament al sistema\n" -"es mostren aquí. Seleccioneu el disc dur al qual voleu instal·lar el " -"&product;.\n" +"es mostren aquí. Seleccioneu el disc dur al qual voleu instal·lar el &product;.\n" "\n" #. help part 2 of 3 @@ -700,8 +685,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Posteriorment podeu seleccionar el lloc del disc dur on s'instal·larà el " -"&product;.\n" +"Posteriorment podeu seleccionar el lloc del disc dur on s'instal·larà el &product;.\n" "\n" #. help part 3 of 3 @@ -718,8 +702,7 @@ "\n" "Per als experts existeix l’opció Particionament personalitzat\n" "que permet tenir un control complet sobre les particions dels discos durs\n" -"i assignar les particions a punts de muntatge durant la instal·lació de " -"&productes;.\n" +"i assignar les particions a punts de muntatge durant la instal·lació de &productes;.\n" "\n" #. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning @@ -802,8 +785,7 @@ "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." msgstr "" "La partició /home no es formatarà. Després de la instal·lació,\n" -"assegureu-vos que els propietaris dels directoris de la carpeta de l'usuari " -"estiguin ben establerts." +"assegureu-vos que els propietaris dels directoris de la carpeta de l'usuari estiguin ben establerts." #. label text #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 @@ -953,10 +935,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"És molt probable que el disc dur seleccionat s'utilitzi per al Windows. No " -"hi ha \n" -"prou espai per a &product;. Es pot suprimir el Windows completament, " -"o bé,\n" +"És molt probable que el disc dur seleccionat s'utilitzi per al Windows. No hi ha \n" +"prou espai per a &product;. Es pot suprimir el Windows completament, o bé,\n" "encongir la partició per a obtenir espai lliure.\n" "" @@ -971,8 +951,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si suprimiu el Windows, totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es " -"perdran \n" +"Si suprimiu el Windows, totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es perdran \n" "de forma irreversible durant la instal·lació. Si voleu encongir la\n" "partició del Windows, és molt recomanable fer una\n" "còpia de seguretat de les dades, ja que es realitzarà una\n" @@ -1010,8 +989,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "No heu assignat cap partició d'arrel per a la\n" -"instal·lació. Això no funciona. Assigneu el punt de muntatge d'arrel \"/\" a " -"una\n" +"instal·lació. Això no funciona. Assigneu el punt de muntatge d'arrel \"/\" a una\n" "partició.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1026,10 +1004,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Heu intentat muntar una partició fat en un\n" -"dels punts de muntatge següents: /, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. Això " -"probablement comportarà problemes.\n" -"Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers de Linux (ext3 o ext4) per a aquests punts " -"de muntatge.\n" +"dels punts de muntatge següents: /, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. Això probablement comportarà problemes.\n" +"Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers de Linux (ext3 o ext4) per a aquests punts de muntatge.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu utilitzar aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1043,8 +1019,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Heu intentat muntar una partició FAT sobre el punt de muntatge /boot.\n" -"Això probablement comportarà problemes. Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers " -"Linux\n" +"Això probablement comportarà problemes. Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers Linux\n" "com ara ext3 o ext4 per aquest punt de muntatge.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1059,8 +1034,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Heu muntat una partició amb Btrfs al punt de\n" -"muntatge /boot. Això probablement causarà problems. Feu servir un sistema de " -"fitxers Linux \n" +"muntatge /boot. Això probablement causarà problems. Feu servir un sistema de fitxers Linux \n" "com ara ext3 o ext4 per a aquest punt de muntatge.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1110,8 +1084,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Avís: No hi ha cap partició del tipus bios_grub present.\n" -"Per arrencar des d'un disc GPT fent servir el grub2 aquesta partició és " -"necessària.\n" +"Per arrencar des d'un disc GPT fent servir el grub2 aquesta partició és necessària.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1129,8 +1102,7 @@ "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" "Atenció: no existeix cap partició muntada com a /boot.\n" -"Si voleu fer l'arrencada des del disc dur necessitareu una petita partició /" -"boot (d'aproximadament %1).\n" +"Si voleu fer l'arrencada des del disc dur necessitareu una petita partició /boot (d'aproximadament %1).\n" " Tingueu en compte que se'n poden crear.\n" "Les particions assignades a /boot es canviaran de forma automàtica al tipus\n" "0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" @@ -1150,11 +1122,9 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Atenció: en funció de la configuració, preteneu arrencar\n" -"la màquina des de la partició arrel (/). Malauradament, aquesta partició " -"acaba\n" +"la màquina des de la partició arrel (/). Malauradament, aquesta partició acaba\n" "en un cilindre per sobre de %1. Sembla que la BIOS no pot arrencar\n" -"les particions situades per sobre del límit de %1, la qual cosa significa " -"que la instal·lació \n" +"les particions situades per sobre del límit de %1, la qual cosa significa que la instal·lació \n" "de %2 no es podrà arrencar directament.\n" "\n" "Voleu fer servir realment aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1167,8 +1137,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Avís: alguns subvolums del sistema de fitxers d'arrel són tapats\n" -"pels punts de muntatge d'altres sistemes de fitxers. Això podria comportar " -"problemes.\n" +"pels punts de muntatge d'altres sistemes de fitxers. Això podria comportar problemes.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1182,12 +1151,10 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"Atenció: en funció de la configuració actual, és possible que la " -"instal·lació de %1\n" +"Atenció: en funció de la configuració actual, és possible que la instal·lació de %1\n" "no es pugui iniciar directament ja que\n" "els fitxers per sota de \"/boot\" es troben en un dispositiu RAID.\n" -"En algunes ocasions, l'inici del carregador d'arrencada falla en aquesta " -"configuració.\n" +"En algunes ocasions, l'inici del carregador d'arrencada falla en aquesta configuració.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1253,16 +1220,14 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" msgstr "" "\n" "No s'ha assignat cap partició d'intercanvi. Encara que això no és \n" -"del tot incorrecte, és molt recomanable crear i activar una partició " -"d'intercanvi.\n" +"del tot incorrecte, és molt recomanable crear i activar una partició d'intercanvi.\n" "Les particions d'intercanvi creades al sistema apareixen a la finestra\n" "principal amb el tipus \"Linux Swap\".\n" "Una partició d'intercanvi activada té el punt de muntatge \"swap\".\n" @@ -1279,8 +1244,7 @@ "particularly in any of the following cases:\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Heu triat fer una instal·lació en una partició ja existent que no es " -"formatarà.\n" +"Heu triat fer una instal·lació en una partició ja existent que no es formatarà.\n" "El YaST2 no pot garantir una instal·lació amb èxit, especialment en\n" "els casos següents:\n" @@ -1301,14 +1265,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" -"Si en teniu cap dubte, seria millor que tornéssiu enrere i que marquéssiu " -"aquesta partició\n" -"perquè es formati, especialment si està assignada a un dels punts de " -"muntatge estàndard\n" +"Si en teniu cap dubte, seria millor que tornéssiu enrere i que marquéssiu aquesta partició\n" +"perquè es formati, especialment si està assignada a un dels punts de muntatge estàndard\n" "com ara /, /boot, /opt o /var.\n" #. continued popup text @@ -1377,25 +1338,20 @@ "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" -"El dispositiu (%1) no es pot eliminar atès que es tracta d'una partició " -"lògica i \n" +"El dispositiu (%1) no es pot eliminar atès que es tracta d'una partició lògica i \n" "ja s'està fent servir una altra partició lògica amb un número més gran.\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"La partició ampliada seleccionada conté les particions muntades en aquest " -"moment:\n" +"La partició ampliada seleccionada conté les particions muntades en aquest moment:\n" "%1\n" -"És altament recomanable desmuntar aquestes particions abans de suprimir la " -"partició ampliada.\n" +"És altament recomanable desmuntar aquestes particions abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n" "Trieu Cancel·la si no teniu coneixements de com funciona.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1409,8 +1365,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La partició ampliada seleccionada conté com a mínim una partició de LVM\n" -"assignada a un grup del volum. En primer lloc, elimineu totes les particions " -"dels grups de volum respectius, abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n" +"assignada a un grup del volum. En primer lloc, elimineu totes les particions dels grups de volum respectius, abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 @@ -1559,32 +1514,26 @@ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Munta en /etc/fstab per:\n" "normalment, un sistema de fitxers que es munta es reconeix a /etc/fstab\n" -"pel nom de dispositiu. Aquest nom es pot canviar per trobar el sistema de " -"fitxers que\n" -"es muntarà si es cerca per UUID o per etiquetes de volum. No tots els " -"sistemes de fitxers\n" -"es poden muntar per UUID o per etiqueta de volum. Si una opció està " -"inhabilitada,\n" +"pel nom de dispositiu. Aquest nom es pot canviar per trobar el sistema de fitxers que\n" +"es muntarà si es cerca per UUID o per etiquetes de volum. No tots els sistemes de fitxers\n" +"es poden muntar per UUID o per etiqueta de volum. Si una opció està inhabilitada,\n" "això no serà possible.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Etiqueta del volum:\n" -"el nom que introduïu aquest camp s'utilitzarà com l'etiqueta del volum. En " -"general, només\n" +"el nom que introduïu aquest camp s'utilitzarà com l'etiqueta del volum. En general, només\n" "és recomanable quan activeu l'opció de muntar per etiqueta de volum.\n" "L'etiqueta de volum no pot contenir el caràcter / ni cap espai.\n" @@ -1702,13 +1651,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La partició seleccionada (%1) actualment està muntada a %2.\n" -"Si es canvia algun paràmetre (com ara el punt de muntatge o el tipus de " -"sistema de fitxers),\n" +"Si es canvia algun paràmetre (com ara el punt de muntatge o el tipus de sistema de fitxers),\n" "es pot malmetre la instal·lació de Linux.\n" "\n" "Desmunteu la partició si és possible. Si no n'esteu segur,\n" -"és recomanable cancel·lar l'operació. No continueu si no teniu " -"coneixements \n" +"és recomanable cancel·lar l'operació. No continueu si no teniu coneixements \n" "de com funciona.\n" "\n" "Voleu continuar?\n" @@ -1722,8 +1669,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "El YaST2 no pot reduir el sistema de fitxers de la partició.\n" -"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de " -"fitxers." +"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de fitxers." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1308 @@ -1734,8 +1680,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "El YaST2 no pot reduir el sistema de fitxers del volum lògic.\n" -"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de " -"fitxers." +"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de fitxers." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1320 @@ -1795,8 +1740,7 @@ "Shrink the file system now?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Tot i que és possible reduir un sistema de fitxers reiser, aquesta funció " -"està\n" +"Tot i que és possible reduir un sistema de fitxers reiser, aquesta funció està\n" "poc provada. És recomanable fer una còpia de seguretat de les dades.\n" "\n" "Voleu reduir el sistema de fitxers?" @@ -1826,8 +1770,7 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "El dispositiu seleccionat conté particions muntades:\n" @@ -1887,9 +1830,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1606 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "" -"Habilita les instantànies automàtiques per al sistema de fitxers Btrfs " -"amb Snapper." +msgstr "Habilita les instantànies automàtiques per al sistema de fitxers Btrfs amb Snapper." #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1620 @@ -1989,19 +1930,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com " -"ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" +"Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" "Si deixeu en blanc la contrasenya d'encriptació, el sistema crearà\n" -"una contrasenya aleatòria en iniciar el sistema. Això significa que perdreu " -"totes\n" +"una contrasenya aleatòria en iniciar el sistema. Això significa que perdreu totes\n" "les dades d'aquests sistemes de fitxers en apagar el sistema.\n" "\n" @@ -2011,20 +1949,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si no recordeu la contrasenya, no podreu accedir a les dades del sistema de " -"fitxers.\n" -"Trieu la contrasenya amb deteniment. Es recomana que sigui una combinació de " -"lletres\n" -"i xifres. Com a mesura per a assegurar que l'heu introduïda correctament, " -"l'haureu\n" +"Si no recordeu la contrasenya, no podreu accedir a les dades del sistema de fitxers.\n" +"Trieu la contrasenya amb deteniment. Es recomana que sigui una combinació de lletres\n" +"i xifres. Com a mesura per a assegurar que l'heu introduïda correctament, l'haureu\n" "d'escriure dues vegades.\n" "\n" @@ -2034,15 +1968,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"S’ha de distingir entre majúscules i minúscules; a més, una contrasenya ha " -"de tenir com a\n" +"S’ha de distingir entre majúscules i minúscules; a més, una contrasenya ha de tenir com a\n" "mínim %1 de caràcters i no pot contenir cap caràcter especial\n" "(p. ex., lletres accentuades o amb dièresi).\n" "\n" @@ -2090,16 +2022,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Si el sistema de fitxers xifrat no conté cap fitxer de sistema i, per tant,\n" -"l'actualització no és necessària, podeu seleccionar Omet. En aquest " -"cas,\n" +"l'actualització no és necessària, podeu seleccionar Omet. En aquest cas,\n" "no s'accedeix al sistema de fitxers durant l'actualització.\n" "\n" @@ -2120,8 +2050,7 @@ "\n" "És probable que no es pugui arrencar aquesta configuració.\n" "\n" -"Si necessiteu utilitzar aquest disc per a la instal·lació, hauríeu " -"d'eliminar\n" +"Si necessiteu utilitzar aquest disc per a la instal·lació, hauríeu d'eliminar\n" "l'etiqueta del disc amb el partidor en mode Expert.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 @@ -2159,8 +2088,7 @@ "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" "Heu seleccionat l’opció de no muntar automàticament un sistema de fitxers\n" -"durant l’inici que podria contenir fitxers necessaris per a un funcionament " -"correcte del sistema.\n" +"durant l’inici que podria contenir fitxers necessaris per a un funcionament correcte del sistema.\n" "\n" "Aquesta opció pot comportar problemes.\n" " \n" @@ -2175,8 +2103,7 @@ "nonloopbacked file system.\n" msgstr "" "Heu assignat un sistema de fitxers xifrats a una\n" -"partició amb un dels següents punts de muntatge: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot" -"\",\n" +"partició amb un dels següents punts de muntatge: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" "/var\". Això no és possible. Canvieu el punt de muntatge o utilitzeu un\n" "sistema de fitxers que no sigui de bucle de retorn.\n" @@ -2213,8 +2140,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:225 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." -msgstr "" -"Només els dispositius d'intercanvi poden tenir el punt de muntatge swap." +msgstr "Només els dispositius d'intercanvi poden tenir el punt de muntatge swap." #. && mount!="swap" ) #. error popup text @@ -2233,11 +2159,8 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"Hi ha un caràcter no vàlid al punt de muntatge. No utilitzeu \"`'!%#\" en un " -"punt de muntatge." +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "Hi ha un caràcter no vàlid al punt de muntatge. No utilitzeu \"`'!%#\" en un punt de muntatge." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268 @@ -2346,8 +2269,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"No es pot canviar la mida del sistema de fitxers mentre estigui muntat." +msgstr "No es pot canviar la mida del sistema de fitxers mentre estigui muntat." #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 @@ -2431,8 +2353,7 @@ "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" "Si seleccioneu una entrada de taula podeu\n" -"navegar a la visualització que conté informació detallada sobre el " -"dispositiu." +"navegar a la visualització que conté informació detallada sobre el dispositiu." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 @@ -2806,13 +2727,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "Si voleu encriptar totes les dades del\n" -"volum, seleccioneu Encriptar el dispositiu. Canviar l'encriptació " -"d'un volum ja existent\n" +"volum, seleccioneu Encriptar el dispositiu. Canviar l'encriptació d'un volum ja existent\n" "n'esborrarà totes les dades.\n" #. helptext @@ -2912,10 +2831,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"El sistema de fitxers que s'utilitza en aquest volum és d'intercanvi. Podeu " -"deixar buida\n" -"la contrasenya d'encriptació però, en aquest cas, el dispositiu d'intercanvi " -"no es podrà\n" +"El sistema de fitxers que s'utilitza en aquest volum és d'intercanvi. Podeu deixar buida\n" +"la contrasenya d'encriptació però, en aquest cas, el dispositiu d'intercanvi no es podrà\n" "utilitzar per hibernar (suspendre al disc).\n" "\n" @@ -3026,8 +2943,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." -msgstr "" -"La mida que heu introduït no és vàlida. Introduïu una mida entre %1 i %2." +msgstr "La mida que heu introduït no és vàlida. Introduïu una mida entre %1 i %2." #. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases @@ -3042,8 +2958,7 @@ msgstr "" "Esteu ampliant un sistema de fitxers muntat amb %1 Gigabytes.\n" "Això pot ser molt lent i podria trigar fins i tot hores. Podríeu considerar\n" -"desmuntar el sistema de fitxers, la qual cosa faria molt més ràpida la feina " -"de\n" +"desmuntar el sistema de fitxers, la qual cosa faria molt més ràpida la feina de\n" "redimensionar-lo. " #. label for log view @@ -3089,8 +3004,7 @@ msgstr "" "Aquesta visualització mostra tots els dispositius\n" "del mapador de dispositius, llevat dels que ja apareixen en alguna altra\n" -"visualització. Per tant, no es mostren els discs multicamí, els volums " -"lògics d'LVM ni els RAID de la BIOS.\n" +"visualització. Per tant, no es mostren els discs multicamí, els volums lògics d'LVM ni els RAID de la BIOS.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 @@ -3575,8 +3489,7 @@ "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Aquesta visualització mostra tots els discs durs, inclosos\n" -"els discs iSCSI, els RAID de la BIOS i els discs multicamí i les seves " -"particions.\n" +"els discs iSCSI, els RAID de la BIOS i els discs multicamí i les seves particions.\n" #. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 @@ -3654,8 +3567,7 @@ "software RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" msgstr "" "Aquesta visualització mostra tots els dispositius\n" -"que utilitza el disc dur seleccionat. La taula només està disponible per a " -"RAID de BIOS, RAID de programari i discs\n" +"que utilitza el disc dur seleccionat. La taula només està disponible per a RAID de BIOS, RAID de programari i discs\n" "multicamí.\n" #. tab heading @@ -3689,10 +3601,8 @@ "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" "the table.\n" msgstr "" -"El YaST2 ha escanejat els discos durs i ha trobat un o més sistemes " -"Linux\n" -"amb punts de muntatge. A la llista es mostren els punts muntatge que s'han " -"trobat.\n" +"El YaST2 ha escanejat els discos durs i ha trobat un o més sistemes Linux\n" +"amb punts de muntatge. A la llista es mostren els punts muntatge que s'han trobat.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 @@ -3754,8 +3664,7 @@ "and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" "La partició seleccionada l'està usant el grup de volum \"%1\".\n" -"Per mantenir el sistema en un estat consistent, els següents grups de " -"volums\n" +"Per mantenir el sistema en un estat consistent, els següents grups de volums\n" "i els seus volums lògics s'eliminaran:\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117 @@ -3858,13 +3767,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Nom de camí del fitxer de bucle Ha de ser un camí absolut al " -"fitxer\n" +"Nom de camí del fitxer de bucle Ha de ser un camí absolut al fitxer\n" "que contingui les dades per configurar el dispositiu de bucle xifrat.\n" #. helptext @@ -3876,8 +3783,7 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Crea un fitxer de bucle Si aquesta opció està activada, el " -"fitxer es\n" +"Crea un fitxer de bucle Si aquesta opció està activada, el fitxer es\n" "crearà amb la mida indicada al camp següent. NOTA: si el fitxer \n" "ja existeix, es perdran totes les dades que contingui.\n" @@ -3903,10 +3809,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "NOTA: durant la instal·lació el YaST no pot fer cap comprovació\n" -"de coherència de les mides dels fitxers ni dels noms dels camins perquè no " -"es pot\n" -"accedir al sistema de fitxers. Es crearà al final de la instal·lació. Per " -"tant,\n" +"de coherència de les mides dels fitxers ni dels noms dels camins perquè no es pot\n" +"accedir al sistema de fitxers. Es crearà al final de la instal·lació. Per tant,\n" "aneu amb compte a l'hora d'assignar les mides i els noms dels camins.\n" #. input field label @@ -4087,9 +3991,7 @@ #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "" -"Segur que voleu suprimir el grup de volums \"%1\" i tots els volums lògics " -"que s'hi relacionen?" +msgstr "Segur que voleu suprimir el grup de volums \"%1\" i tots els volums lògics que s'hi relacionen?" #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 @@ -4097,8 +3999,7 @@ "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"Les dades que heu introduït no són vàlides. Introduïu una mida física " -"ampliada\n" +"Les dades que heu introduït no són vàlides. Introduïu una mida física ampliada\n" "més gran que %1 en potències de 2, per exemple, \"%2\" o \"%3\"." #. error popup text @@ -4132,14 +4033,12 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "" -"Introduïu el nom i la mida física ampliada del grup de volums nou. " +msgstr "Introduïu el nom i la mida física ampliada del grup de volums nou. " #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu els volums físics que ha de contenir el grup de volums." +msgstr "Seleccioneu els volums físics que ha de contenir el grup de volums." #. label for input field #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 @@ -4172,8 +4071,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Introduïu la mida així com també la quantitat i la mida\n" @@ -4191,13 +4089,10 @@ "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." msgstr "" "Els anomenatsVolums Prims poden ser creats\n" -"amb una mida de volum arbitrària. L'espai necessari s'agafa segons les " -"necessitats \n" -"assignades per Thin Pool. Així podeu crear volums prims d'una mida " -"més grossa\n" +"amb una mida de volum arbitrària. L'espai necessari s'agafa segons les necessitats \n" +"assignades per Thin Pool. Així podeu crear volums prims d'una mida més grossa\n" "que la de Thin Pool. Evidentment, quan hi ha realment dades escrites al \n" -"volum prim, el Thin Pool assignat ha de ser capaç d'arribar a les " -"necessitats d'espai.\n" +"volum prim, el Thin Pool assignat ha de ser capaç d'arribar a les necessitats d'espai.\n" "Els Volums Prims no poden tenir Stripe Count." #. heading for frame @@ -4231,36 +4126,30 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "Podeu declarar el volum lògic com a Volum normal.\n" -"És així per defecte i significa que els volums LVM eren com tots els volums " -"abans que la característica de Provisió Thin exisistís.\n" +"És així per defecte i significa que els volums LVM eren com tots els volums abans que la característica de Provisió Thin exisistís.\n" "Si en dubteu, aquesta és probablement l'opció bona." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" "Podeu declarar el volum lògic com a Thin Pool.\n" -"Això significa que Volums Prims situa l'espai necessari segons les " -"necessitats d'aquest 'pool'." +"Això significa que Volums Prims situa l'espai necessari segons les necessitats d'aquest 'pool'." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" "Podeu declarar el volum lògic com a Volum Prim.\n" -"Això siginifca que el volum situa l'espai necessari segons les necessitats " -"de Thin Pool." +"Això siginifca que el volum situa l'espai necessari segons les necessitats de Thin Pool." #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 @@ -4314,17 +4203,13 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Ni hi ha prou dispositius sense utilitzar adients per crear un grup de " -"volums.\n" +"Ni hi ha prou dispositius sense utilitzar adients per crear un grup de volums.\n" "\n" -"Per a utilitzar LVM es necessita com a mínim una partició lliure del tipus " -"0x8e (o 0x83) o un\n" -"dispositiu RAID sense utilitzar. Modifiqueu la taula de particions segons " -"calgui." +"Per a utilitzar LVM es necessita com a mínim una partició lliure del tipus 0x8e (o 0x83) o un\n" +"dispositiu RAID sense utilitzar. Modifiqueu la taula de particions segons calgui." #. error popup #. error popup @@ -4534,8 +4419,7 @@ "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" "Really exit?" msgstr "" -"S'han canviat les particions o els paràmetres d'emmagatzematge. Aquests " -"canvis es perdran si sortiu\n" +"S'han canviat les particions o els paràmetres d'emmagatzematge. Aquests canvis es perdran si sortiu\n" "de l'editor de particions amb %1.\n" "Segur que voleu sortir-ne?" @@ -4556,12 +4440,8 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"La configuració NFS no està disponible. Comproveu la instal·lació del paquet " -"yast2-nfs-client." +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "La configuració NFS no està disponible. Comproveu la instal·lació del paquet yast2-nfs-client." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4592,26 +4472,21 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Aquest nivell incrementa el rendiment del disc.\n" -"NO existeix redundància en aquest mode. La recuperació de dades no és " -"possible si un dels discos falla.\n" +"NO existeix redundància en aquest mode. La recuperació de dades no és possible si un dels discos falla.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1 Aquest mode presenta la millor redundància. Es pot\n" -"usar amb dos discos, o més. Aquest mode manté una còpia exacta de les dades " -"d'un disc\n" +"usar amb dos discos, o més. Aquest mode manté una còpia exacta de les dades d'un disc\n" "als altres discos. Mentre funcioni almenys un disc, no es perdrà cap dada.\n" "Les particions usades haurien de ser aproximadament de la mateixa mida.\n" @@ -4619,16 +4494,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 5 Aquest mode combina l'administració d'un gran nombre de " -"discos i, malgrat tot, manté alguna redundància. Aquest mode es pot fer " -"servir en tres discos o més.\n" -"Si un dels discos falla, totes les dades segueixen intactes; mentre que si " -"en fallen dos de forma simultània, es perdran totes les dades\n" +"RAID 5 Aquest mode combina l'administració d'un gran nombre de discos i, malgrat tot, manté alguna redundància. Aquest mode es pot fer servir en tres discos o més.\n" +"Si un dels discos falla, totes les dades segueixen intactes; mentre que si en fallen dos de forma simultània, es perdran totes les dades\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4637,8 +4507,7 @@ "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" "available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Nom del RAID us ofereix la possibilitat de donar un nom " -"significatiu\n" +"Nom del RAID us ofereix la possibilitat de donar un nom significatiu\n" "al RAID. Això és òptim. Si li poseu un nom, el dispositiu serà\n" "disponible com a <tt>/dev/md/<nom></tt>.\n" @@ -4646,16 +4515,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" "Afegiu particions al RAID. Segons el tipus de RAID,\n" -"la mida del disc que es pot utilitzar és la suma d'aquestes particions (RAID " -"0), la mida\n" -"de la partició més petita (RAID 1) o bé (N-1)*partició més petita (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"la mida del disc que es pot utilitzar és la suma d'aquestes particions (RAID 0), la mida\n" +"de la partició més petita (RAID 1) o bé (N-1)*partició més petita (RAID 5).\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 @@ -4718,16 +4583,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "Mida elemental: És la massa de dades \"elemental\"\n" -"més petita que es pot escriure als dispositius. Una mida elemental raonable " -"per a RAID 5 és 128 KB,\n" -"per a RAID 0, 32 KB és un bon començament. Per a RAID 1, la mida elemental " -"no afecta gaire en l'escriptura de dades.\n" +"més petita que es pot escriure als dispositius. Una mida elemental raonable per a RAID 5 és 128 KB,\n" +"per a RAID 0, 32 KB és un bon començament. Per a RAID 1, la mida elemental no afecta gaire en l'escriptura de dades.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" @@ -4737,12 +4598,10 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Algoritme de paritat per usar amb els RAIDS/6.\n" -"El simètric-esquerrà és el que ofereix el màxim rendiment en discos típics " -"amb plats rotatoris.\n" +"El simètric-esquerrà és el que ofereix el màxim rendiment en discos típics amb plats rotatoris.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -5023,23 +4882,17 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "Muntatge per defecte us dóna el muntatge per\n" -"mètode per a nous sistemes de fitxers creats. Nom del dispostiu usa " -"el nom del \n" -"dispostiu del nucli, que no és persistent. ID del dispositiu i " -"Camí del dispositiu\n" -"usen noms generats per udev des de la informació del maquinari. Això hauria " -"de ser\n" +"mètode per a nous sistemes de fitxers creats. Nom del dispostiu usa el nom del \n" +"dispostiu del nucli, que no és persistent. ID del dispositiu i Camí del dispositiu\n" +"usen noms generats per udev des de la informació del maquinari. Això hauria de ser\n" "persistent però malauradament no sempre és així. Finalment UUID i\n" -"Etiqueta del volum usen l'UUID i l'etiqueta dels sistemes de fitxers." -"\n" +"Etiqueta del volum usen l'UUID i l'etiqueta dels sistemes de fitxers.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 @@ -5048,25 +4901,19 @@ "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Sistema de fitxers per defecte indica\n" -"el tipus del sistema de fitxers que s'ha d'aplicar als sistemes de fitxers " -"nous.\n" +"el tipus del sistema de fitxers que s'ha d'aplicar als sistemes de fitxers nous.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Alineació de les noves particions creades\n" -"determina com s'alineen les particions creades. Cilindre és " -"l'alineació tradicional als límits del cilindre del disc. Òptim " -"alinea les \n" -"particions per al millor rendiment segons els indicis que proporciona el " -"nucli de Linux \n" +"determina com s'alineen les particions creades. Cilindre és l'alineació tradicional als límits del cilindre del disc. Òptim alinea les \n" +"particions per al millor rendiment segons els indicis que proporciona el nucli de Linux \n" "o prova de ser compatible amb el Windows Vista i el Win 7.\n" #. helptext @@ -5158,8 +5005,7 @@ "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" msgstr "" "Si es tornen a escanejar els dispositius que no s'utilitzen,\n" -"es cancel·laran tots els canvis actuals. Segur que voleu tornar a escanejar-" -"los?" +"es cancel·laran tots els canvis actuals. Segur que voleu tornar a escanejar-los?" #. encoding: utf-8 #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -5321,8 +5167,7 @@ msgstr "" "El fitxer de patró té un format no vàlid!\n" "\n" -"El fitxer ha de contenir línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de " -"classe\n" +"El fitxer ha de contenir línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de classe\n" "per línia. Exemple:" #. popup text @@ -5332,42 +5177,32 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" -msgstr "" -"Esteu d'acord d'equiparar els dispositius a classes amb aquests patrons?" +msgstr "Esteu d'acord d'equiparar els dispositius a classes amb aquests patrons?" #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "Aquest diàleg serveix per definir classes per als dispositius RAID\n" -"continguts al RAID. Les classes disponibles són A, B, C, D i E però per a " -"molts casos\n" +"continguts al RAID. Les classes disponibles són A, B, C, D i E però per a molts casos\n" "se'n necessiten menys (per exemple, només A i B). " #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" -"Podeu posar un dispositiu dins de la classe clicant amb el botó dret " -"sobre\n" -"el dispositiu i escollir-ne la classe apropiada amb el menú contextual. " -"Prement \n" -"Ctrl o Majúscules podeu seleccionar més d'un dispositiu i posar-los en una " -"classe\n" -"amb un sol pas. També podeu fer servir els botons \"%1\" to \"%2\" per posar " -"els que \n" +"Podeu posar un dispositiu dins de la classe clicant amb el botó dret sobre\n" +"el dispositiu i escollir-ne la classe apropiada amb el menú contextual. Prement \n" +"Ctrl o Majúscules podeu seleccionar més d'un dispositiu i posar-los en una classe\n" +"amb un sol pas. També podeu fer servir els botons \"%1\" to \"%2\" per posar els que \n" "ja estan seleccionats a la classe." #. dialog help text @@ -5393,15 +5228,11 @@ msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" -"Intercalat fa servir el primer dispositiu de la classe A, llavors el " -"primer de la \n" -"classe B, i llavors les classes següents amb els dispositius assignats. " -"Llavors, \n" -"el segon dispositiu de classe A, el segon dispositiu de classe B i així " -"successivament." +"Intercalat fa servir el primer dispositiu de la classe A, llavors el primer de la \n" +"classe B, i llavors les classes següents amb els dispositius assignats. Llavors, \n" +"el segon dispositiu de classe A, el segon dispositiu de classe B i així successivament." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 @@ -5410,39 +5241,29 @@ "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" -"Tots els dispositius sense classe es passen al final de la llista de " -"dispositius.\n" -"Quan sortiu del menú, l'ordre vigent de dispositius es farà servir com a " -"odre per al RAID \n" +"Tots els dispositius sense classe es passen al final de la llista de dispositius.\n" +"Quan sortiu del menú, l'ordre vigent de dispositius es farà servir com a odre per al RAID \n" "que s'ha de crear." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" "Prement el botó \"%1\" podeu seleccionar un fitxer que contingui\n" -"línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de classe (per exemple: \"sda.* A" -"\"). Tots els dispositius que coincideixin\n" -"amb l'expressió regular es posaran a la classe en aquesta línia. L'expressió " -"regular es \n" +"línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de classe (per exemple: \"sda.* A\"). Tots els dispositius que coincideixin\n" +"amb l'expressió regular es posaran a la classe en aquesta línia. L'expressió regular es \n" "fa coincidir amb el nom del nucli (per exemple /dev/sda1), \n" -"el nom de ruta udev (per exemple /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-" -"scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) i l'identificador\n" +"el nom de ruta udev (per exemple /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) i l'identificador\n" "de udev (per exemple /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"La primera coincidència determina finalment la classe si el nom del " -"dispositiu coincideix amb més d'una\n" +"La primera coincidència determina finalment la classe si el nom del dispositiu coincideix amb més d'una\n" "expressió regular." #. headline text @@ -5467,8 +5288,7 @@ "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -"S'ha especificat una mida no vàlida. Feu servir un número seguit de K, M, G " -"o %.\n" +"S'ha especificat una mida no vàlida. Feu servir un número seguit de K, M, G o %.\n" "El valor ha de ser superior a 100k o entre 1% i 200%. Torneu-ho a provar." #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 @@ -5479,15 +5299,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Mida de Tmpfs:\n" -"La mida es pot introduir amb un número seguit de K,M,G per a Kilo-, Mega- o " -"Gigabyte o bé\n" -"amb un número seguit d'un símbol de tant per cent que signifiqui el " -"percentatge de la memòria." +"La mida es pot introduir amb un número seguit de K,M,G per a Kilo-, Mega- o Gigabyte o bé\n" +"amb un número seguit d'un símbol de tant per cent que signifiqui el percentatge de la memòria." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 @@ -5506,8 +5323,7 @@ "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Prioritat d'intercanvi\n" -"Introduïu la prioritat d'intercanvi. Com més alt sigui el número més gran " -"serà la prioritat.\n" +"Introduïu la prioritat d'intercanvi. Com més alt sigui el número més gran serà la prioritat.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 @@ -5518,13 +5334,11 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Munta només de lectura:\n" -"escriure al sistema de fitxers no és possible. Per defecte és fals. Durant " -"la instal·lació\n" +"escriure al sistema de fitxers no és possible. Per defecte és fals. Durant la instal·lació\n" "el sistema de fitxers sempre es munta com a lectura-escriptura." #. button text @@ -5539,8 +5353,7 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Sense hora d'accés\n" -"L'hora de l'accés no s'actualitza quan es llegeix un fitxer. L'opció " -"predeterminada és fals.\n" +"L'hora de l'accés no s'actualitza quan es llegeix un fitxer. L'opció predeterminada és fals.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 @@ -5554,8 +5367,7 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Pot ser muntat per un usuari\n" -"Un usuari normal pot muntar el sistema de fitxers. L'opció predeterminada és " -"\"als\".\n" +"Un usuari normal pot muntar el sistema de fitxers. L'opció predeterminada és \"als\".\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 @@ -5568,17 +5380,13 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "No es munta durant l'inici del sistema\n" -"El sistema de fitxers no es munta de forma automàtica en iniciar-se el " -"sistema.\n" +"El sistema de fitxers no es munta de forma automàtica en iniciar-se el sistema.\n" "S'ha creat una entrada a /etc/fstab i el sistema de fitxers es munta\n" -"amb les opcions apropiades quan s'introdueix l'ordre <tt>mount <" -"punt_muntatge></tt>\n" +"amb les opcions apropiades quan s'introdueix l'ordre <tt>mount <punt_muntatge></tt>\n" "(<punt_muntatge> és el directori on es munta el sistema de fitxers).\n" "L'opció predeterminada és fals.\n" @@ -5611,20 +5419,16 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "Mode de registre de dades:\n" "determina el mode de registre per a les dades de fitxers.\n" "<tt>journal</tt>: les dades es desen al diari abans d'escriure's\n" "al sistema de fitxers principal. Té un impacte alt en el rendiment. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt>: les dades s'envien directament al sistema de fitxers\n" -"principal abans que les metadades es desin al diari. Té un impacte mitjà en " -"el rendiment. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt>: no es conserva l'ordre de les dades. No té impacte en el " -"rendiment.\n" +"principal abans que les metadades es desin al diari. Té un impacte mitjà en el rendiment. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt>: no es conserva l'ordre de les dades. No té impacte en el rendiment.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 @@ -5660,24 +5464,18 @@ msgstr "&Valor d'opció arbitrari" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Hi ha caràcters no vàlids al valor d'opció arbitrari. No utilitzeu espais ni " -"tabulacions. Torneu-ho a provar." +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "Hi ha caràcters no vàlids al valor d'opció arbitrari. No utilitzeu espais ni tabulacions. Torneu-ho a provar." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Valor d’opció arbitrari:\n" -"introduïu aquí qualsevol opció de muntatge que estigui permesa en el quart " -"camp de /etc/fstab.\n" +"introduïu aquí qualsevol opció de muntatge que estigui permesa en el quart camp de /etc/fstab.\n" "Si hi ha més d’una opció, se separaran per comes.\n" #. label text @@ -5692,8 +5490,7 @@ "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Conjunt de caràcters per als noms de fitxers\n" -"Definiu el conjunt de caràcters que s'utilitzarà per a mostrar els noms dels " -"fitxers de les particions del Windows.\n" +"Definiu el conjunt de caràcters que s'utilitzarà per a mostrar els noms dels fitxers de les particions del Windows.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 @@ -5704,12 +5501,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Pàgina de codis per a noms FAT curts\n" -"Aquesta pàgina de codis s'utilitza per a convertir a caràcters de noms curts " -"en sistemes de fitxers FAT.\n" +"Aquesta pàgina de codis s'utilitza per a convertir a caràcters de noms curts en sistemes de fitxers FAT.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 @@ -5720,12 +5515,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "Nombre de FATS:\n" -"S'especifica el nombre de taules de localització de fitxers al sistema de " -"fitxers. El valor per defecte es 2." +"S'especifica el nombre de taules de localització de fitxers al sistema de fitxers. El valor per defecte es 2." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 @@ -5736,14 +5529,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "Mida de FAT\n" -"S'especifica el tipus de taula de localització de fitxers que s'utilitza " -"(12, 16 o 32 bit). Si s'indica Automàtic, el YaST2 selecciona automàticament " -"el valor més adequat per a la mida del sistema de fitxers.\n" +"S'especifica el tipus de taula de localització de fitxers que s'utilitza (12, 16 o 32 bit). Si s'indica Automàtic, el YaST2 selecciona automàticament el valor més adequat per a la mida del sistema de fitxers.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 @@ -5753,9 +5542,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"La mida mínima per a \"Entrades del directori arrel\" és 112. Torneu-ho a " -"provar." +msgstr "La mida mínima per a \"Entrades del directori arrel\" és 112. Torneu-ho a provar." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 @@ -5775,12 +5562,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Funció Hash:\n" -"especifica el nom de la funció hash que s'utilitzarà per classificar els " -"noms de fitxers dels directoris.\n" +"especifica el nom de la funció hash que s'utilitzarà per classificar els noms de fitxers dels directoris.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 @@ -5791,16 +5576,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Revisió d'FS\n" -"Aquesta opció defineix la revisió de format reiserfs que s'utilitzarà. El " -"3.5 s'utilitza només per tenir compatibilitat amb els nuclis de les sèries " -"2.2.x. El 3.6 és més recent, però només es pot fer servir amb versions del " -"nucli iguals o superiors al 2.4.\n" +"Aquesta opció defineix la revisió de format reiserfs que s'utilitzarà. El 3.5 s'utilitza només per tenir compatibilitat amb els nuclis de les sèries 2.2.x. El 3.6 és més recent, però només es pot fer servir amb versions del nucli iguals o superiors al 2.4.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5812,14 +5591,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Mida dels blocs\n" -"Especifiqueu la mida del blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són " -"512, 1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. L'opció auto fa que s'utilitzi la " -"mida de bloc predeterminada de 4096.\n" +"Especifiqueu la mida del blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són 512, 1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. L'opció auto fa que s'utilitzi la mida de bloc predeterminada de 4096.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5835,8 +5610,7 @@ "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Mida dels nodes d'identificació\n" -"Aquesta opció especifica la mida dels nodes d'identificació del sistema de " -"fitxers.\n" +"Aquesta opció especifica la mida dels nodes d'identificació del sistema de fitxers.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 @@ -5847,12 +5621,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Percentatge de mida dels nodes d'identificació\n" -"Aquesta opció especifica el màxim percentatge d'espai dels sistemes de " -"fitxers que es pot adjudicar als nodes d'identificació.\n" +"Aquesta opció especifica el màxim percentatge d'espai dels sistemes de fitxers que es pot adjudicar als nodes d'identificació.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 @@ -5863,16 +5635,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Node alineat\n" -"Aquesta opció s'utilitza per especificar si la situació de nodes " -"d'identificació està alineada o no.\n" -"Per defecte, els nodes d'identificació s'alineen. L'accés alineat als nodes " -"d'identificació\n" +"Aquesta opció s'utilitza per especificar si la situació de nodes d'identificació està alineada o no.\n" +"Per defecte, els nodes d'identificació s'alineen. L'accés alineat als nodes d'identificació\n" "normalment és més eficaç que l'accés desalineat.\n" #. label text @@ -5894,12 +5663,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Mida dels registres\n" -"Determineu la mida dels registres (en megabytes). Si escolliu Automàtic, " -"s'establirà per defecte el 40% de la mida agregada.\n" +"Determineu la mida dels registres (en megabytes). Si escolliu Automàtic, s'establirà per defecte el 40% de la mida agregada.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 @@ -5929,24 +5696,17 @@ "RAID stripe as its argument.\n" msgstr "" "Longitud del pas en blocs\n" -"Determineu les opcions relacionades amb RAID per al sistema de fitxers. " -"Actualment, l'únic argument que s'admet\n" -"és \"pas\", en anglès \"stride\", que pren com a argument el nombre de blocs " -"en un llistat RAID.\n" +"Determineu les opcions relacionades amb RAID per al sistema de fitxers. Actualment, l'únic argument que s'admet\n" +"és \"pas\", en anglès \"stride\", que pren com a argument el nombre de blocs en un llistat RAID.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Mida dels blocs\n" -"Especifiqueu la mida dels blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són " -"1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. Si hi ha seleccionada l'opció automàtica, " -"es determina la mida de bloc segons la mida del sistema de fitxers i l'ús " -"que se n'espera.\n" +"Especifiqueu la mida dels blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són 1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. Si hi ha seleccionada l'opció automàtica, es determina la mida de bloc segons la mida del sistema de fitxers i l'ús que se n'espera.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 @@ -5962,23 +5722,16 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Bytes per node d'identificació\n" -"Especifiqueu el coeficient de bytes per node d'identificació. El YaST2 crea " -"un node d'identificació per a cada\n" -"<bytes-per-node-i> bytes d'espai al disc. Com més gran sigui la " -"relació bytes per node d'identificació,\n" -" es crearan menys nodes d'identificació. Generalment, aquest valor no ha de " -"ser més petit que la mida\n" -"del bloc del sistema de fitxers ja que, en cas contrari, es crearia una gran " -"quantitat de nodes d'identificació.\n" -"Tingueu en compte que no es pot modificar el número de nodes d'identificació " -"d'un sistema de fitxers un cop\n" -"aquest s'ha creat, per la qual cosa heu de comprovar que introduïu el valor " -"correcte per al paràmetre.\n" +"Especifiqueu el coeficient de bytes per node d'identificació. El YaST2 crea un node d'identificació per a cada\n" +"<bytes-per-node-i> bytes d'espai al disc. Com més gran sigui la relació bytes per node d'identificació,\n" +" es crearan menys nodes d'identificació. Generalment, aquest valor no ha de ser més petit que la mida\n" +"del bloc del sistema de fitxers ja que, en cas contrari, es crearia una gran quantitat de nodes d'identificació.\n" +"Tingueu en compte que no es pot modificar el número de nodes d'identificació d'un sistema de fitxers un cop\n" +"aquest s'ha creat, per la qual cosa heu de comprovar que introduïu el valor correcte per al paràmetre.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 @@ -5991,23 +5744,14 @@ "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" msgstr "" -"El valor per al \"percentatge de blocs reservats per l'arrel\" és " -"incorrecte.\n" +"El valor per al \"percentatge de blocs reservats per l'arrel\" és incorrecte.\n" "Es permeten valors amb coma flotant entre 0 i 99 (per exemple 0.5). \n" #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"Percentatge de blocs reservats per a l'usuari primari: " -"s'especifica el percentatge de blocs reservats per al superusuari. El valor " -"per defecte es calcula de manera que es reserva normalment 1 GB. El límit " -"màxim per defecte és 5.0 i el mínim, és 0.1." +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "Percentatge de blocs reservats per a l'usuari primari: s'especifica el percentatge de blocs reservats per al superusuari. El valor per defecte es calcula de manera que es reserva normalment 1 GB. El límit màxim per defecte és 5.0 i el mínim, és 0.1." #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 @@ -6035,8 +5779,7 @@ "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Índex de directori:\n" -"Permet utilitzar arbres B amb la funció hash per accelerar les cerques en " -"directoris grans.\n" +"Permet utilitzar arbres B amb la funció hash per accelerar les cerques en directoris grans.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 @@ -6047,13 +5790,11 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Sense historial:\n" -"Ús suprimit de l'historial al sistema de fitxers. Activeu això només quan " -"estigueu segurs\n" +"Ús suprimit de l'historial al sistema de fitxers. Activeu això només quan estigueu segurs\n" "del que feu.\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK @@ -6182,8 +5923,7 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" "La contrasenya només pot contenir els caràcters següents:\n" -"del 0 al 9, la A a la Z, majúscules i minúscules, a més de qualsevol dels " -"signes \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" +"del 0 al 9, la A a la Z, majúscules i minúscules, a més de qualsevol dels signes \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" "Torneu-ho a provar." #. Label: get password for encrypted volume @@ -6281,10 +6021,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "" -"No es poden crear particions ja que hi ha altres particions del disc en ús." +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "No es poden crear particions ja que hi ha altres particions del disc en ús." #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" @@ -6345,8 +6083,7 @@ "device %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"No es pot eliminar el dispositiu %1 perquè es modificaria de manera " -"indirecta\n" +"No es pot eliminar el dispositiu %1 perquè es modificaria de manera indirecta\n" "el dispositiu %2, que conté les dades necessàries per fer la instal·lació.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) @@ -6486,8 +6223,7 @@ "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." msgstr "" "L'opció Bus indica de quina manera es connecta el dispositiu\n" -"al sistema. Aquest camp pot ser buit, per exemple, en el cas de discs " -"multicamí." +"al sistema. Aquest camp pot ser buit, per exemple, en el cas de discs multicamí." #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 @@ -6634,29 +6370,23 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "L'opció Muntat per indica com està muntat\n" -"el sistema de fitxers: (Kernel) per nom de nucli, (Label) per etiqueta, " -"(UUID) per UUID de sistema de fitxers, (ID) per identificador del dispositiu " -"i (Path) per camí al dispositiu.\n" +"el sistema de fitxers: (Kernel) per nom de nucli, (Label) per etiqueta, (UUID) per UUID de sistema de fitxers, (ID) per identificador del dispositiu i (Path) per camí al dispositiu.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Un símbol d'interrogant (?) indica que\n" -"el sistema de fitxers no està llistat a <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. O bé està " -"muntat\n" -"manualment o per un sistema d'automuntatge. Quan es canviïn els paràmetres " -"d'aquest volum\n" +"el sistema de fitxers no està llistat a <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. O bé està muntat\n" +"manualment o per un sistema d'automuntatge. Quan es canviïn els paràmetres d'aquest volum\n" "el YaST no actualitzarà el contingut de <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6672,8 +6402,7 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Un asterisc (*) després del punt de muntatge\n" @@ -6742,8 +6471,7 @@ "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "L'opció Bandes mostra el nombre de bandes\n" -"dels volums lògics LVM i, si és més gran que 1, també mostra la mida de la " -"banda entre parèntesis.\n" +"dels volums lògics LVM i, si és més gran que 1, també mostra la mida de la banda entre parèntesis.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 @@ -6779,8 +6507,7 @@ "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" msgstr "" "L'opció Usat per mostra si un dispositiu\n" -"l'utilitzen, per exemple, el RAID o l'LVM. Si no utilitzeu cap d'aquests " -"gestors, és normal que sigui buida.\n" +"l'utilitzen, per exemple, el RAID o l'LVM. Si no utilitzeu cap d'aquests gestors, és normal que sigui buida.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 @@ -7040,12 +6767,8 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"No es pot redimensionar a causa d'incoherències al sistema de fitxers. " -"Comproveu el sistema de fitxers des del Windows." +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "No es pot redimensionar a causa d'incoherències al sistema de fitxers. Comproveu el sistema de fitxers des del Windows." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 @@ -7093,10 +6816,8 @@ "enable automatic snapshots with snapper. This will also increase the\n" "size for the root partition." msgstr "" -"El sistema de fitxers per a la partició d'arrel es pot seleccionar a " -"través\n" -"del corresponent menú desplegable. Amb el sistema de fitxers BtrFS la " -"proposta pot\n" +"El sistema de fitxers per a la partició d'arrel es pot seleccionar a través\n" +"del corresponent menú desplegable. Amb el sistema de fitxers BtrFS la proposta pot\n" "habilitar instantànies automàtiques amb l'snapper. Això també incrementarà\n" "la mida de la partició d'arrel." @@ -7107,8 +6828,7 @@ "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" "La proposta pot crear una partició home separada. El sistema de fitxers\n" -"per a la partició home es pot seleccionar per mitjà del corresponent menú " -"desplegable." +"per a la partició home es pot seleccionar per mitjà del corresponent menú desplegable." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 @@ -7116,8 +6836,7 @@ "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -"La partició d'intercanvi es pot fer prou grossa per posar el sistema en " -"suspensió\n" +"La partició d'intercanvi es pot fer prou grossa per posar el sistema en suspensió\n" "al disc en la majoria de casos." #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 @@ -7234,23 +6953,18 @@ #~| msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available" #~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La interfície de la línia d'ordres per al mòdul de partició no està " -#~ "disponible" +#~ msgstr "La interfície de la línia d'ordres per al mòdul de partició no està disponible" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" -#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file " -#~ "system,\n" -#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /" -#~ "boot.\n" +#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file system,\n" +#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /boot.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Heu intentat muntar una partició FAT sobre el punt de muntatge /boot.\n" -#~ "Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers Linux (ext2, ReiserFS..) per aquest punt " -#~ "de muntatge.\n" +#~ "Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers Linux (ext2, ReiserFS..) per aquest punt de muntatge.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Export Device Graph..." @@ -7282,8 +6996,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Seleccioneu Cancel·la si no teniu coneixements de com funciona.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Si continueu, el YaST2 intentarà desmuntar el dispositiu abans de " -#~ "suprimir-lo.\n" +#~ "Si continueu, el YaST2 intentarà desmuntar el dispositiu abans de suprimir-lo.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Unmount of %1 failed.\n" @@ -7337,22 +7050,16 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -#~ "tmp.\n" -#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will " -#~ "create \n" -#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose " -#~ "all \n" +#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will create \n" +#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all \n" #~ "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com " -#~ "ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" -#~ "Podeu deixar en blanc la contrasenya crypt. Si ho feu, el sistema us " -#~ "crearà \n" -#~ "una contrasenya aleatòria a l'iniciar el sistema. Això significa que " -#~ "perdreu totes \n" +#~ "Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" +#~ "Podeu deixar en blanc la contrasenya crypt. Si ho feu, el sistema us crearà \n" +#~ "una contrasenya aleatòria a l'iniciar el sistema. Això significa que perdreu totes \n" #~ "les dades d'aquests sistemes de fitxers en apagar el sistema.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7416,20 +7123,15 @@ #~ "mètode de muntatge per als sistemes de fitxers nous." #~ msgid "To use these mount points, press Yes." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si voleu seguir utilitzant aquests punts de muntatge premeu el " -#~ "botó Sí." +#~ msgstr "Si voleu seguir utilitzant aquests punts de muntatge premeu el botó Sí." #~ msgid "To ignore these mount points, press No." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si voleu ignorar aquests punts de muntatge premeu el botó No</" -#~ "B>." +#~ msgstr "Si voleu ignorar aquests punts de muntatge premeu el botó No." #~ msgid "" #~ "Would you like to use these mount points\n" #~ "for your new installation?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Voleu fer servir aquests punts de muntatge per a la instal·lació nova?" +#~ msgstr "Voleu fer servir aquests punts de muntatge per a la instal·lació nova?" #~ msgid "" #~ "A previous system with the following mount points was detected:\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/sudo.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/sudo.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/sudo.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -103,8 +103,7 @@ #: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:291 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving sudoer's configuration failed. Change the settings?" -msgstr "" -"S'estan desant els fitxers de configuració del carregador de l'arrencada..." +msgstr "S'estan desant els fitxers de configuració del carregador de l'arrencada..." #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:40 @@ -366,32 +365,28 @@ #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "" "Host alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "" "User alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612 msgid "" "RunAs alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674 msgid "" "Command alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -463,10 +458,8 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "RunAs column is an\n" -"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access " -"privileges\n" -"\twill be used to run commands. NOPASSWD is a tag, determining " -"whether\n" +"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access privileges\n" +"\twill be used to run commands. NOPASSWD is a tag, determining whether\n" "\tusers need to authorize themselves before running commands.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -495,8 +488,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "To edit existing rule, select an entry from the table and click on \n" -"\tEdit button. To delete selected entry, click on Delete " -"button.\n" +"\tEdit button. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button.\n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -508,11 +500,9 @@ #. Single User Specification help 1/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"User Name or Alias may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), " -"group name prefixed\n" +"User Name or Alias may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), group name prefixed\n" "\twith '%' (e.g. %bar), or user alias name. If \n" -"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, " -"groups and aliases \n" +"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, groups and aliases \n" "\tin drop-down menu, or enter your own value. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -520,14 +510,10 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 msgid "" -"Hostname or Alias entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www." -"example.com) single IP \n" -"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host " -"alias. If commands may be\n" -"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched " -"against your own hostname\n" -"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file " -"between multiple machines, \n" +"Hostname or Alias entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www.example.com) single IP \n" +"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host alias. If commands may be\n" +"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched against your own hostname\n" +"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file between multiple machines, \n" "\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry will be sufficient for almost all purposes. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -536,15 +522,11 @@ #. Single User Specification help 2/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"RunAs Username or Alias is an optional parameter specifying an " -"user, \n" +"RunAs Username or Alias is an optional parameter specifying an user, \n" "\twhose access privileges \n" -"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user root is " -"the default\n" -"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or " -"run_as alias name\n" -"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter " -"your own value.\n" +"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user root is the default\n" +"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as alias name\n" +"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter your own value.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -552,10 +534,8 @@ #. Single User Specification help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"No Password is an optional tag. Normally, users have to " -"authenticate\n" -"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running " -"particular \n" +"No Password is an optional tag. Normally, users have to authenticate\n" +"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running particular \n" "\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' if you want to\n" "\tdisable this authentication\n" "\t\n" @@ -566,10 +546,8 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "Commands to Run table is a list of commands (optionally with\n" -"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be " -"allowed \n" -"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be " -"run. \n" +"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be allowed \n" +"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\tAgain, keyword 'ALL' stands for any command, so use it with care.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -577,10 +555,8 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 msgid "" -"To add a new command, click on Add button, fill in command name with " -"optional\n" -"\tparameters and click OK. To remove command, select appropriate " -"entry from the table\n" +"To add a new command, click on Add button, fill in command name with optional\n" +"\tparameters and click OK. To remove command, select appropriate entry from the table\n" "\tand click on Delete button.\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -589,10 +565,8 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<big>User Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -600,8 +574,7 @@ #. User Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164 msgid "" -"To add a new user alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new user alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -611,8 +584,7 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -626,10 +598,8 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<big>Host Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of " -"hosts that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of hosts that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -637,8 +607,7 @@ #. Host Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186 msgid "" -"To add a new host alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new host alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of hosts in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -648,8 +617,7 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -663,10 +631,8 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>RunAs Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -674,8 +640,7 @@ #. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208 msgid "" -"To add a new RunAs alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new RunAs alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -685,8 +650,7 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -700,10 +664,8 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 msgid "" "<big>Command Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set " -"of commands \n" -"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is " -"then used to refer\n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set of commands \n" +"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is then used to refer\n" "\tto all commands in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -712,8 +674,7 @@ #. Command Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231 msgid "" -"To add a new command alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new command alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of commands in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -723,8 +684,7 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click " -"on Edit\n" +"To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -738,11 +698,8 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "<big>User Alias</big> \n" -"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with " -"'%') or other\n" -"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, " -"numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in " -"this alias.\n" +"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') or other\n" +"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -751,12 +708,9 @@ #. Single User Alias Help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add users or " -"groups to the\n" -"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on " -"Add button.\n" -"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add users or groups to the\n" +"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on Add button.\n" +"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -769,8 +723,7 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"Note: Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one " -"member.\n" +"Note: Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one member.\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -778,14 +731,10 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 msgid "" "<big>Host Alias</big> \n" -"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP " -"addresses\n" -"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. " -"192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" -"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. " -"It is \n" -"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore " -"only), which \n" +"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP addresses\n" +"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" +"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. It is \n" +"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which \n" "\tis then used to refer to all hosts in this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -795,8 +744,7 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277 msgid "" "Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add hosts to the\n" -"\talias, click on Add button. A pop-up window will appear, where you " -"can enter\n" +"\talias, click on Add button. A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter\n" "\tvalid hostname or IP address and then click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -805,8 +753,7 @@ #. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 msgid "" -"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and " -"click on\n" +"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -816,12 +763,9 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 msgid "" "<big>RunAs Alias</big> \n" -"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more " -"users, system groups \n" -"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must " -"contain \n" -"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to " -"refer to all users \n" +"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more users, system groups \n" +"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must contain \n" +"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to refer to all users \n" "\tin this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -831,15 +775,11 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "<big>Command Alias</big> \n" -"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional " -"parameters), directories, or\n" -"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase " -"letters, numbers and\n" +"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional parameters), directories, or\n" +"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and\n" "\tunderscore only), which is \n" -"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally " -"have one or more\n" -"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these " -"parameters only. If a \n" +"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally have one or more\n" +"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these parameters only. If a \n" "\tdirectory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -848,12 +788,9 @@ #. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331 msgid "" -"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add a new command " -"to the alias,\n" -"\tclick on Add button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can " -"enter command name\n" -"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on Browse button. " -"Additionally, you can\n" +"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add a new command to the alias,\n" +"\tclick on Add button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter command name\n" +"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on Browse button. Additionally, you can\n" "\tspecify command parameters in Parameters text entry\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -861,8 +798,7 @@ #. Single Command Alias Help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339 msgid "" -"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -875,8 +811,7 @@ #. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false; #. } #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400 -msgid "" -"This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" +msgid "This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407 @@ -894,8 +829,7 @@ #. end Commands #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" +msgid "All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" msgstr "" "Es perdran tots els canvis.\n" "Esteu segur que voleu interrompre la configuració?\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/support.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/support.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/support.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -44,9 +44,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." -msgstr "" -"Això iniciarà un navegador que es connectarà amb el SUSE Support Center " -"Portal." +msgstr "Això iniciarà un navegador que es connectarà amb el SUSE Support Center Portal." #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Open" @@ -281,6 +279,8 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Interrupció de la inicialització:</big> \n" +"per a cancel·lar la utilitat de configuració, premeu Interromp.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 @@ -297,6 +297,10 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Interrupció del desament:</big> \n" +"per a cancel·lar el desament premeu Interromp.\n" +"Un diàleg addicional indicarà si aquesta acció és segura o no.\n" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 @@ -321,16 +325,17 @@ "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Edició o supressió</big> \n" +"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu canviar\n" +"la configuració.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use " -"Open SUSE Support Center.\n" -"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure " -"you write down\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -353,8 +358,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<big>Supportconfig Options</big> \n" -"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default " -"settings,\n" +"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" "gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." msgstr "" @@ -371,38 +375,31 @@ msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" -"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</" -"p>\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.\n" msgstr "" #. Expert dialog help 1/1 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Default Options</big> \n" -"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #. Contact dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Contact Information</big> \n" -"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to " -"include\n" -"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment." -"txt file." +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file." msgstr "" #. Contact dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Upload Information</big> \n" -"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported " -"upload services include\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball " -"filename in your upload target,\n" -"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual " -"tarball filename.\n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" "See man supportconfig(1) for further details." msgstr "" @@ -410,8 +407,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Upload Target Examples</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball</" -"i> \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" msgstr "" @@ -419,10 +415,8 @@ #. Contact dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global " -"Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open " -"service request.\n" +"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -436,16 +430,14 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<big>Collected Data Review</big> \n" -"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some " -"of the collected data,\n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" "use Remove from Data and the selected file will be removed.\n" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" " \n" @@ -456,8 +448,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<big>Upload URL</big> \n" -"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be " -"uploaded\n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" "as default value.\n" "Change this value only in special cases.\n" "\n" @@ -474,8 +465,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" "into the Package with log files field.\n" " \n" @@ -488,6 +478,9 @@ "Press Next to continue.\n" " \n" msgstr "" +"<big>Segona part de la configuració</big> \n" +"Premeu Següent per a continuar.\n" +" \n" #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 @@ -496,6 +489,9 @@ "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" "" msgstr "" +"<big>Selecció d'un element</big> \n" +"Aquesta operació no es pot dur a terme; primer cal realitzar la codificació. :-)\n" +"" #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -556,15 +552,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 -msgid "" -"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env." -"txt" +msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files " -"in /etc. etc.txt" +msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 @@ -584,9 +576,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX " -"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" +msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 @@ -642,9 +632,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 -msgid "" -"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account " -"information. pam.txt" +msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 @@ -664,9 +652,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 -msgid "" -"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR " -"data files. sar.txt" +msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 @@ -679,10 +665,8 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 msgid "" -"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for " -"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" -"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to " -"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" "works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" msgstr "" @@ -715,21 +699,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances " -"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" +msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 -msgid "" -"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" +msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 -msgid "" -"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just " -"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if " -"available. -l" +msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 @@ -737,21 +715,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option " -"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." +msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to " -"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 -msgid "" -"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you " -"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" +msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 @@ -771,47 +743,33 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 -msgid "" -"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the " -"entire file." +msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 -msgid "" -"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is " -"always used." +msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the " -"entire file." +msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." +msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 msgid "" -"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if " -"you\n" -"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -" -"Q." +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "" -"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using " -"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports " -"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -822,7 +780,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "S'està inicialitzant..." #. global string created_directory=""; #: src/modules/Support.rb:143 @@ -831,7 +789,7 @@ #: src/modules/Support.rb:144 msgid "root Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contrasenya de l'usuari primari" #: src/modules/Support.rb:163 msgid "Password incorrect" @@ -850,27 +808,27 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escriu els paràmetres" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Executa el SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "S'estan escrivint els paràmetres..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "S'està executant el SuSEconfig..." #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acabat" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/sysconfig.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/sysconfig.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/sysconfig.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -34,8 +34,7 @@ #. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 msgid "Set value of the variable. Requires options 'variable' and 'value'" -msgstr "" -"Defineix el valor de la variable. Necessita les opcions 'variable' i 'valor'" +msgstr "Defineix el valor de la variable. Necessita les opcions 'variable' i 'valor'" #. help text for command 'set' 2/3 #. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. @@ -137,8 +136,7 @@ "(e.g., %1$%2).\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Utilitzeu un nom de variable sencer amb el format <VARIABLE_NOM>" -"$<FITXER_NOM>\n" +"Utilitzeu un nom de variable sencer amb el format <VARIABLE_NOM>$<FITXER_NOM>\n" "(per exemple, %1$%2).\n" #. error popup message @@ -312,26 +310,17 @@ #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " -"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " -"takes effect.\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.\n" msgstr "" "Un cop hàgiu desat els canvis, aquest editor modifica les variables al\n" -"fitxer sysconfig corresponent. Tot seguit inicia les ordres d'activació, " -"cosa que modifica els fitxers de configuració subjacents, inicia i atura els " -"dimonis\n" -"i executa eines de configuració de nivell baix perquè s'apliqui la " -"configuració de sysconfig.\n" +"fitxer sysconfig corresponent. Tot seguit inicia les ordres d'activació, cosa que modifica els fitxers de configuració subjacents, inicia i atura els dimonis\n" +"i executa eines de configuració de nivell baix perquè s'apliqui la configuració de sysconfig.\n" #. helptext for popup - part 2/2 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "" -"Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file " -"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." -msgstr "" -"Important: també podeu editar els fitxers de configuració de forma " -"manual. El nom del fitxer apareix a la descripció de la variable." +msgid "Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." +msgstr "Important: també podeu editar els fitxers de configuració de forma manual. El nom del fitxer apareix a la descripció de la variable." #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 msgid "/etc/sysconfig Editor" @@ -344,24 +333,13 @@ #. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 -msgid "" -"System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration " -"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " -"configure your hardware and system settings." -msgstr "" -"Editor de la configuració del sistemaL'editor de " -"configuració del sistema permet modificar la configuració del sistema. També " -"podeu utilitzar el YaST per configurar els paràmetres del maquinari i el " -"sistema." +msgid "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings." +msgstr "Editor de la configuració del sistemaL'editor de configuració del sistema permet modificar la configuració del sistema. També podeu utilitzar el YaST per configurar els paràmetres del maquinari i el sistema." #. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 -msgid "" -"Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read " -"directly from configuration files." -msgstr "" -"Nota: les descripcions no s'han traduït perquè es llegeixen " -"directament dels fitxers de configuració." +msgid "Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files." +msgstr "Nota: les descripcions no s'han traduït perquè es llegeixen directament dels fitxers de configuració." #. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 @@ -390,13 +368,8 @@ #. help text in popup dialog #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 -msgid "" -"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " -"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu consultar els resultats de la cerca. Si trobeu l'element que " -"cerqueu, seleccioneu-lo i premeu \"Vés a\". En cas contrari, premeu " -"\"Cancel·la\" per a tancar aquest diàleg." +msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgstr "Aquí podeu consultar els resultats de la cerca. Si trobeu l'element que cerqueu, seleccioneu-lo i premeu \"Vés a\". En cas contrari, premeu \"Cancel·la\" per a tancar aquest diàleg." #. push button label #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 @@ -611,16 +584,12 @@ msgstr "Resum de la configuració" #~ msgid "" -#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can " -#~ "detect if\n" -#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a " -#~ "configuration file manually,\n" +#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" +#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" #~ " it will not touch it.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "El SUSEconfig desa una suma de verificació dels fitxers de " -#~ "configuració, de manera que\n" -#~ "pugui detectar si n'heu modificat algun de forma manual. Si heu modificat " -#~ "un fitxer de configuració de forma manual\n" +#~ "El SUSEconfig desa una suma de verificació dels fitxers de configuració, de manera que\n" +#~ "pugui detectar si n'heu modificat algun de forma manual. Si heu modificat un fitxer de configuració de forma manual\n" #~ "no el detectarà.\n" #~ msgid "All configuration scripts will be started." Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/tftp-server.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/tftp-server.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/tftp-server.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -71,8 +71,7 @@ #. Tftp-server dialog caption #. Tftp-server dialog caption #. Tftp-server dialog caption -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:67 -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:43 +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:43 #: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:78 msgid "TFTP Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuració del servidor TFTP" @@ -186,4 +185,3 @@ #: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:308 msgid "Boot Image Directory:" msgstr "Directori de la imatge d'arrencada:" - Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/timezone_db.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/timezone_db.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/timezone_db.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -1344,7 +1344,6 @@ #. CN #. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:547 -#| msgid "Katmandu" msgid "Kathmandu" msgstr "Kathmandu" @@ -2574,4 +2573,3 @@ #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1035 msgid "GMT-9" msgstr "GMT-9" - Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/tune.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/tune.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/tune.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -21,12 +21,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Detecció de maquinari: aquest mòdul no admet la interfície de la línia " -"d'ordres, utilitzeu '%1'." +msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Detecció de maquinari: aquest mòdul no admet la interfície de la línia d'ordres, utilitzeu '%1'." #. translators: popup heading #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 @@ -59,16 +55,11 @@ "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" msgstr "" "Informació sobre el maquinari: aquest mòdul mostra informació\n" -"sobre el maquinari de l'ordinador. Feu clic a qualsevol node per veure més " -"informació.\n" +"sobre el maquinari de l'ordinador. Feu clic a qualsevol node per veure més informació.\n" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 -msgid "" -"You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File " -"and enter the filename." -msgstr "" -"Podeu desar la informació del maquinari a un fitxer. Feu clic a Desa " -"al fitxer i introduïu el nom del fitxer." +msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." +msgstr "Podeu desar la informació del maquinari a un fitxer. Feu clic a Desa al fitxer i introduïu el nom del fitxer." #. installation proposal header #: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 @@ -93,12 +84,8 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 -msgid "" -"DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are " -"displayed here." -msgstr "" -"DetallsAquí es mostren els detalls dels components de " -"maquinari seleccionats." +msgid "DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are displayed here." +msgstr "DetallsAquí es mostren els detalls dels components de maquinari seleccionats." #. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 @@ -149,21 +136,13 @@ #. help text - part 1/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components " -"detected in your system." -msgstr "" -"Maquinari detectat Aquesta taula conté tots els components de " -"maquinari que s'han detectat al sistema." +msgid "Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components detected in your system." +msgstr "Maquinari detectat Aquesta taula conté tots els components de maquinari que s'han detectat al sistema." #. help text - part 2/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Details Select a component and press Details to see a " -"more detailed description of the component." -msgstr "" -"Detalls Seleccioneu qualsevol component i premeu Detalls...</" -"B> per veure'n una descripció més completa." +msgid "Details Select a component and press Details to see a more detailed description of the component." +msgstr "Detalls Seleccioneu qualsevol component i premeu Detalls... per veure'n una descripció més completa." #. help text - part 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 @@ -302,52 +281,28 @@ #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal " -"database of known supported devices." -msgstr "" -"Es pot assignar un identificador del PCI a un controlador de dispositiu " -"per a completar la base de dades interna de dispositius coneguts admesos." +msgid "It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal database of known supported devices." +msgstr "Es pot assignar un identificador del PCI a un controlador de dispositiu per a completar la base de dades interna de dispositius coneguts admesos." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 -msgid "" -"PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS " -"Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it " -"is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." -msgstr "" -"Els números de l'identificador del PCI s'introdueixen i es mostren com a " -"números hexadecimals. SysFS Dir. és el nom del directori /sys/bus/pci/" -"drivers; si és buit, es farà servir el nom de controlador com a nom de " -"directori." +msgid "PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." +msgstr "Els números de l'identificador del PCI s'introdueixen i es mostren com a números hexadecimals. SysFS Dir. és el nom del directori /sys/bus/pci/drivers; si és buit, es farà servir el nom de controlador com a nom de directori." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 -msgid "" -"If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty " -"and enter the SysFS directory name instead." -msgstr "" -"Si el controlador es compila al nucli, deixeu buit el nom del controlador " -"i introduïu el nom del directori SysFS." +msgid "If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and enter the SysFS directory name instead." +msgstr "Si el controlador es compila al nucli, deixeu buit el nom del controlador i introduïu el nom del directori SysFS." #. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 -msgid "" -"Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press " -"%1 to activate the settings." -msgstr "" -"Feu servir els botons que apareixen sota la taula per canviar la llista " -"de l'identificador del PCI. Premeu D'acord per a activar els " -"paràmetres." +msgid "Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press %1 to activate the settings." +msgstr "Feu servir els botons que apareixen sota la taula per canviar la llista de l'identificador del PCI. Premeu D'acord per a activar els paràmetres." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 -msgid "" -"Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you " -"know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Atenció: aquesta configuració és per a usuaris experts, per la " -"qual cosa heu de tenir els coneixements adequats per a poder continuar." +msgid "Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "Atenció: aquesta configuració és per a usuaris experts, per la qual cosa heu de tenir els coneixements adequats per a poder continuar." #. tree node string #: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26 @@ -1100,20 +1055,15 @@ msgid "" "<big>Global I/O Scheduler</big> \n" "Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n" -"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in " -"the\n" -"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually " -"'cfq')\n" -"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/" -"block\n" +"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n" +"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n" +"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" "directory (package kernel-source) for more information.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Planificador global I/O</big> \n" "Seleccioneu l'algoritme que ordena i envia les ordres als dispositius\n" -"de disc. Es tracta d'una opció global que utilitzaran tots els dispositius " -"de disc del\n" -"sistema. Si aquesta opció no està configurada, s'utilitzarà el planificador " -"per defecte (normalment 'cfq').\n" +"de disc. Es tracta d'una opció global que utilitzaran tots els dispositius de disc del\n" +"sistema. Si aquesta opció no està configurada, s'utilitzarà el planificador per defecte (normalment 'cfq').\n" "Consulteu la documentació /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" "del directori (paquet kernel-source) per obtenir-ne més informació.\n" @@ -1126,26 +1076,18 @@ #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Enable SysRq Keys</big> \n" -"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if " -"it\n" -"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key " -"combination\n" +"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n" +"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n" "Alt-SysRq-<command_key> will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n" "computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</" -"p>\n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).\n" msgstr "" "<big>Habilita les tecles SysRq</big> \n" -"Si habiliteu les tecles SysRq, podreu controlar el sistema fins i tot en el " -"cas que\n" -"falli (com ara durant la depuració del nucli). Si s'habilita amb la " -"combinació de tecles\n" -"Alt-SysRq-<command_key> s'iniciarà l'ordre corresponent (per exemple: " -"reinici de\n" -"l'ordinador, abocament de la informació del nucli). Per obtenir-ne més " -"informació, consulteu\n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (paquet kernel-source).</" -"p>\n" +"Si habiliteu les tecles SysRq, podreu controlar el sistema fins i tot en el cas que\n" +"falli (com ara durant la depuració del nucli). Si s'habilita amb la combinació de tecles\n" +"Alt-SysRq-<command_key> s'iniciarà l'ordre corresponent (per exemple: reinici de\n" +"l'ordinador, abocament de la informació del nucli). Per obtenir-ne més informació, consulteu\n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (paquet kernel-source).\n" #. Short sleep between reads or writes #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:29 @@ -1265,8 +1207,7 @@ #. Error message #: src/modules/NewID.rb:462 msgid "File '%1' does not exist. Cannot set new PCI ID." -msgstr "" -"El fitxer '%1' no existeix. No es pot definir un identificador nou del PCI." +msgstr "El fitxer '%1' no existeix. No es pot definir un identificador nou del PCI." #. test for installation proposal #. %1 - name of kernel driver (e.g. e100) @@ -1391,8 +1332,7 @@ #~ "Please wait...\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>S'està inicialitzant el mòdul de configuració del mode DMA de " -#~ "l'IDE </BIG> \n" +#~ "<BIG>S'està inicialitzant el mòdul de configuració del mode DMA de l'IDE </BIG> \n" #~ "Espereu...\n" #~ "\n" @@ -1401,8 +1341,7 @@ #~ "Please wait...\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>S'està desant la configuració del mode DMA de l'IDE</BIG></" -#~ "B> \n" +#~ "<BIG>S'està desant la configuració del mode DMA de l'IDE</BIG> \n" #~ "Espereu...\n" #~ "\n" @@ -1418,27 +1357,21 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The table contains information about all attached IDE devices. \n" #~ "Current DMA Mode shows the actual settings. Required DMA\n" -#~ "Mode shows settings that will be applied after Finish is " -#~ "pressed and\n" +#~ "Mode shows settings that will be applied after Finish is pressed and\n" #~ "after each boot." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "La taula conté informació sobre els dispositius IDE connectats. La " -#~ "columna\n" -#~ "Mode DMA actual mostra els paràmetres actuals. A Mode DMA " -#~ "necessari\n" -#~ "es mostra l'opció que s'aplicarà en prémer el botó Finalitza i " -#~ "després de\n" +#~ "La taula conté informació sobre els dispositius IDE connectats. La columna\n" +#~ "Mode DMA actual mostra els paràmetres actuals. A Mode DMA necessari\n" +#~ "es mostra l'opció que s'aplicarà en prémer el botó Finalitza i després de\n" #~ "cada arrencada." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Changing the IDE DMA Mode</BIG> \n" -#~ "Select a device in the table then select the desired DMA mode from DMA " -#~ "Mode.\n" +#~ "Select a device in the table then select the desired DMA mode from DMA Mode.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Canvia el mode DMA de l'IDE </BIG> \n" -#~ "Seleccioneu un dispositiu de la taula i, a continuació, el mode DMA " -#~ "desitjat a Mode DMA.\n" +#~ "Seleccioneu un dispositiu de la taula i, a continuació, el mode DMA desitjat a Mode DMA.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -1448,8 +1381,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Nota:</BIG> \n" -#~ "si inhabiliteu el mode DMA, es retarda l'accés al dispositiu, però és " -#~ "possible que alguns dispositius\n" +#~ "si inhabiliteu el mode DMA, es retarda l'accés al dispositiu, però és possible que alguns dispositius\n" #~ "no funcionin adequadament si aquest mode està activat.\n" #~ "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/update.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/update.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/update.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -66,9 +66,7 @@ #. checkbox label if user wants remove old backup stuff #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:84 msgid "Remove &Old Backups from the Backup Directory" -msgstr "" -"Suprimeix les còpies de seguretat a&ntigues del directori de còpies de " -"seguretat" +msgstr "Suprimeix les còpies de seguretat a&ntigues del directori de còpies de seguretat" #. help text for backup dialog during update 1/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:91 @@ -100,20 +98,17 @@ "Stores only those modified files that will be replaced during update.\n" msgstr "" "Crea una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers modificats:\n" -"emmagatzema només els fitxers modificats que se substitueixen durant " -"l'actualització.\n" +"emmagatzema només els fitxers modificats que se substitueixen durant l'actualització.\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 5/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:120 msgid "" "Create a Complete Backup of\n" -"/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of " -"the\n" +"/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of the\n" "sysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.\n" msgstr "" "Crea una còpia de seguretat completa de\n" -"/etc/sysconfig: aquesta còpia inclou tots els fitxers de configuració " -"que\n" +"/etc/sysconfig: aquesta còpia inclou tots els fitxers de configuració que\n" "formen part del mecanisme del sysconfig, fins i tot els que no es\n" "reeemplacen.\n" @@ -125,10 +120,8 @@ "update, there may be old configuration file backups. Select this option to\n" "remove them.\n" msgstr "" -"Suprimeix les còpies de seguretat antigues del directori de còpia de " -"seguretat,\n" -"si el sistema actual és el resultat d'una actualització anterior, poden " -"haver-n'hi.\n" +"Suprimeix les còpies de seguretat antigues del directori de còpia de seguretat,\n" +"si el sistema actual és el resultat d'una actualització anterior, poden haver-n'hi.\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 7/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:142 @@ -226,15 +219,12 @@ msgid "" "With New Software: This default setting\n" "updates the existing software and installs all new features and benefits of\n" -"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former " -"predefined\n" +"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former predefined\n" "software selection.\n" msgstr "" "Amb programari nou: aquest paràmetre predeterminat\n" -"actualitza el programari existent i instal·la totes les característiques " -"noves i els avantatges de la\n" -"versió nova de <tt>%1</tt>. La selecció es basa en la selecció de " -"programari\n" +"actualitza el programari existent i instal·la totes les característiques noves i els avantatges de la\n" +"versió nova de <tt>%1</tt>. La selecció es basa en la selecció de programari\n" "definida prèviament.\n" #. help text for dialog "update options" 3/4 @@ -242,27 +232,22 @@ msgid "" "Only Installed Packages: This selection\n" "only updates the packages already installed on your system. Note:\n" -"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, " -"is\n" +"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n" "not available after the update. You might miss new features.\n" msgstr "" "Només els paquets instal·lats: aquesta selecció només actualitza\n" "els paquets instal·lats al sistema. Nota:\n" -"el programari nou associat a la selecció de paquets per actualitzar, com ara " -"els mòduls nous del YaST, no estan disponibles després de l'actualització. " -"Podríeu trobar a faltar característiques noves.\n" +"el programari nou associat a la selecció de paquets per actualitzar, com ara els mòduls nous del YaST, no estan disponibles després de l'actualització. Podríeu trobar a faltar característiques noves.\n" #. help text for dialog "update options" 4/4 #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175 msgid "" "After the update, some software might not\n" -"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete " -"those\n" +"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete those\n" "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" "Després de l’actualització, alguns programes poden haver deixat de\n" -"funcionar. Activeu Suprimeix els paquets que no s’han conservat per a " -"suprimir els paquets\n" +"funcionar. Activeu Suprimeix els paquets que no s’han conservat per a suprimir els paquets\n" "durant l’actualització.\n" #. warning / question @@ -325,8 +310,7 @@ #. warning text #: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:149 msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required." -msgstr "" -"No poden solucionar tots els conflictes. Es necessita una intervenció manual." +msgstr "No poden solucionar tots els conflictes. Es necessita una intervenció manual." #. this is a heading #: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:198 @@ -376,12 +360,8 @@ #. error message in proposal #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "" -"The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"El producte que heu instal·lat no és compatible amb el producte dels suports " -"d'instal·lació." +msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." +msgstr "El producte que heu instal·lat no és compatible amb el producte dels suports d'instal·lació." #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) @@ -396,23 +376,18 @@ #. %2 is the version being installed #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" -"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the " -"running system. \n" +"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" "or disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n" msgstr "" -"El sistema que esteu executant no admet l'actualització del sistema a una " -"altra versió (%1 -> %2). \n" -"Arrenqueu el sistema des del suport d'instal·lació i utilitzeu una " -"actualització normal\n" -"o inhabiliteu els dipòsits de programari dels productes amb versions " -"diferents.\n" +"El sistema que esteu executant no admet l'actualització del sistema a una altra versió (%1 -> %2). \n" +"Arrenqueu el sistema des del suport d'instal·lació i utilitzeu una actualització normal\n" +"o inhabiliteu els dipòsits de programari dels productes amb versions diferents.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." -msgstr "" -"Avís: s'està actualitzant de \"%1\" a \"%2\", els productes no coincideixen." +msgstr "Avís: s'està actualitzant de \"%1\" a \"%2\", els productes no coincideixen." #. Proposal for backup during update #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 @@ -432,12 +407,9 @@ "installed as well (default). Decide whether unmaintained packages should be\n" "deleted.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Opcions d'actualització</big> Seleccioneu com s'ha " -"d'actualitzar el sistema.\n" -"Trieu si només s'han d'actualitzar els paquets instal·lats o si també s'han " -"d'instal·lar els nous\n" -"(selecció per defecte), i si s'han de suprimir els paquets no mantinguts.</" -"p>\n" +"<big>Opcions d'actualització</big> Seleccioneu com s'ha d'actualitzar el sistema.\n" +"Trieu si només s'han d'actualitzar els paquets instal·lats o si també s'han d'instal·lar els nous\n" +"(selecció per defecte), i si s'han de suprimir els paquets no mantinguts.\n" #. this is a menu entry #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 @@ -567,9 +539,7 @@ msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." -msgstr "" -"No s'ha trobat cap sistema instal·lat en la partició seleccionada que pugui " -"actualitzar-se amb aquest producte." +msgstr "No s'ha trobat cap sistema instal·lat en la partició seleccionada que pugui actualitzar-se amb aquest producte." #. continue-cancel popup #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 @@ -583,12 +553,10 @@ #. pop-up question #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" -"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected " -"partition.\n" +"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" -"S'ha detectat una instal·lació que possiblement és incompleta a la partició " -"seleccionada.\n" +"S'ha detectat una instal·lació que possiblement és incompleta a la partició seleccionada.\n" "Segur que la voleu utilitzar de tota manera?" #. button label @@ -705,8 +673,7 @@ #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" -"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not " -"fit.\n" +"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" "It is safer to either enlarge the partition\n" "or not use a /boot partition at all.\n" "\n" @@ -714,8 +681,7 @@ msgstr "" "La partició /boot és massa petita (%1 MB).\n" "Es recomana que la mida sigui superior a %2 MB. És possible\n" -"que no hi hagi prou espai per al nucli nou; és més segur augmentar la mida " -"de la partició\n" +"que no hi hagi prou espai per al nucli nou; és més segur augmentar la mida de la partició\n" "o no utilitzar la partició /boot.\n" "\n" "Voleu continuar actualitzant el sistema actual?\n" @@ -737,10 +703,8 @@ "%2\n" "\n" "Si esteu segur que la partició no és necessària per a\n" -"l'actualització (no es tracta d'una partició del sistema), feu clic a " -"Continua.\n" -"Per comprovar o fixar les opcions de muntatge, feu clic a Especifica les " -"opcions de muntatge.\n" +"l'actualització (no es tracta d'una partició del sistema), feu clic a Continua.\n" +"Per comprovar o fixar les opcions de muntatge, feu clic a Especifica les opcions de muntatge.\n" "Per interrompre l'actualització, seleccioneu Cancel·la.\n" #. push button @@ -802,16 +766,12 @@ #. a popup message #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" -"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the " -"upgrade\n" -"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition " -"manually\n" +"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" +"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" "to continue the upgrade process." msgstr "" -"El vostre sistema utilitza una partició /var separada que necessita el " -"procés d'actualització\n" -"per detectar els canvis als noms dels discs. Seleccioneu la partició /var " -"manualment\n" +"El vostre sistema utilitza una partició /var separada que necessita el procés d'actualització\n" +"per detectar els canvis als noms dels discs. Seleccioneu la partició /var manualment\n" "per continuar el procés d'actualització." #. a combo-box label @@ -827,8 +787,7 @@ #. error message #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" -msgstr "" -"No s'ha pogut muntar la partició /var amb aquesta configuració de disc.\n" +msgstr "No s'ha pogut muntar la partició /var amb aquesta configuració de disc.\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 @@ -846,19 +805,14 @@ #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" -"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This " -"is\n" +"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" -"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change " -"the\n" +"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change the\n" "mount-by method to any other method for all partitions." msgstr "" -"Algunes particions del sistema de %1 estan muntades per nom de dispositiu-" -"nucli.\n" -"Això no és recomanable per a l'actualització, ja que els noms de dispositiu-" -"nucli no són\n" -"persistents. Es recomana iniciar al sistema antic i canviar el mètode de " -"muntatge\n" +"Algunes particions del sistema de %1 estan muntades per nom de dispositiu-nucli.\n" +"Això no és recomanable per a l'actualització, ja que els noms de dispositiu-nucli no són\n" +"persistents. Es recomana iniciar al sistema antic i canviar el mètode de muntatge\n" "per un altre mètode en totes les particions." #. error message @@ -869,8 +823,7 @@ #. message part 1 #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" -msgstr "" -"La partició arrel a /etc/fstab té un dispositiu arrel que no és vàlid.\n" +msgstr "La partició arrel a /etc/fstab té un dispositiu arrel que no és vàlid.\n" #. message part 2 #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 @@ -970,9 +923,7 @@ #~ "Voleu continuar amb el muntatge del dispositiu?" #~ msgid "Cannot read package data from installation media. Media error?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No es poden llegir les dades dels paquets del mitjà d'instal·lació. Es " -#~ "tracta d'un error del mitjà?" +#~ msgstr "No es poden llegir les dades dels paquets del mitjà d'instal·lació. Es tracta d'un error del mitjà?" #~ msgid "Update based on selection \"%1\"" #~ msgstr "Actualització basada en la selecció \"%1\"" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/users.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/users.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/users.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -31,8 +31,7 @@ #. help text for unknown parameter name #. help text for unknown parameter name -#: src/clients/groups.rb:118 -#: src/clients/users.rb:120 +#: src/clients/groups.rb:118 src/clients/users.rb:120 msgid "User parameters that should be listed" msgstr "Paràmetres de l'usuari que haurien de llistar-se" @@ -53,8 +52,7 @@ #. help text for unknown parameter name #. help text for unknown parameter name -#: src/clients/groups.rb:150 -#: src/clients/groups.rb:165 +#: src/clients/groups.rb:150 src/clients/groups.rb:165 msgid "Additional (LDAP) group parameters" msgstr "Paràmetres de grup (LDAP) addicionals" @@ -120,22 +118,19 @@ #. translators: command line help text for ldap_password option #. translators: command line help text for ldap_password option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:246 -#: src/clients/users.rb:274 +#: src/clients/groups.rb:246 src/clients/users.rb:274 msgid "Password for LDAP server" msgstr "Contrasenya del servidor LDAP" #. translators: command line help text for batchmode option #. translators: command line help text for batchmode option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:253 -#: src/clients/users.rb:295 +#: src/clients/groups.rb:253 src/clients/users.rb:295 msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead." msgstr "No preguntis per dades que faltin. A canvi, retorna un error." #. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 -#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137 msgid "User Authentication Method" msgstr "Mètode d'autenticació d'usuaris" @@ -154,8 +149,7 @@ #. helptext 2/3 #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." msgstr "Seleccioneu Local si voleu autenticar els usuaris mitjançant només els fitxers locals /etc/passwd i /etc/shadow." @@ -176,8 +170,7 @@ #. radiobutton to select samba user auth. #. menubutton label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 msgid "&Samba" msgstr "&Samba" @@ -188,15 +181,13 @@ #. radiobutton to select local user auth. #. radiobutton label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:83 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:83 msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)" msgstr "&Local (/etc/passwd)" #. radiobutton to select local user auth. #. authentication type -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48 msgid "eDirectory LDAP" msgstr "LDAP de l’eDirectory" @@ -247,21 +238,18 @@ #. check box label #. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:100 msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "&Llegeix les dades d'usuari de la instal·lació anterior" #. button label #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:105 msgid "&Choose" msgstr "&Tria" #. frame title for authentication methods -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:134 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:134 msgid "Authentication Method" msgstr "Mètode d'autenticació" @@ -272,50 +260,43 @@ #. selection box label #. selection box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:498 msgid "&Select Users to Read" msgstr "&Selecciona els usuaris per llegir" #. check box label #. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:506 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:506 msgid "Select or Deselect &All" msgstr "Selecciona-ho o desselecciona-ho &tot" #. Title for root-password dialogue #. Title for root-password dialogue -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 -#: src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57 msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" msgstr "Contrasenya per a l’administrador del sistema \"usuari primari\"" #. advise user to remember his new password #. advise users to remember their new password -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 -#: src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "No oblideu el que escriviu aquí." #. Label: get password for user root #. Label: get password for user root -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 -#: src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73 +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73 msgid "&Password for root User" msgstr "&Contrasenya per a l’usuari primari" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Label: get same password again for verification -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 -#: src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81 +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81 msgid "Con&firm Password" msgstr "Con&firma la contrasenya" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 -#: src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86 +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86 msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout" msgstr "&Test de disposició de teclat" @@ -326,8 +307,7 @@ #. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5 #. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 -#: src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93 +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93 msgid "" "\n" "Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" @@ -347,8 +327,7 @@ #. help text, continued 2/5 #. help text, continued 2/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106 +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106 msgid "" "\n" "Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" @@ -367,8 +346,7 @@ #. help text, continued 3/5 #. help text, continued 3/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 -#: src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119 +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119 msgid "" "\n" "All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" @@ -384,8 +362,7 @@ #. help text, continued 5/5 #. help text, continued 5/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 -#: src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" @@ -397,8 +374,7 @@ #. additional help text about password #. additional help text about password -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 -#: src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145 +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145 msgid "" "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" "it has to be at least %1 characters long." @@ -419,12 +395,9 @@ #. error popup #. The two group password information do not match #. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 -#: src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:679 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1246 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2363 +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:679 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1246 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2363 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -436,8 +409,7 @@ #. report if user forgot to enter a password #. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 -#: src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191 +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191 #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749 msgid "" "No password entered.\n" @@ -448,8 +420,7 @@ #. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number #. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 -#: src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224 +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224 msgid "" "If you intend to create certificates,\n" "the password should have at least %1 characters." @@ -461,10 +432,8 @@ #. last part of message popup #. last part of message popup #. last part of message popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 -#: src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:705 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1268 +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:705 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1268 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2390 msgid "Really use this password?" msgstr "Realment voleu usar aquesta contrasenya?" @@ -488,8 +457,7 @@ #. popup label (%1 is package to install) #. popup label (%1 is package to install) #. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 -#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:195 +#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 msgid "" "Package %1 is not installed.\n" @@ -502,33 +470,28 @@ #. encryption type #. encryption type #. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:87 -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:87 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 msgid "DES" msgstr "DES" #. encryption type #. encryption type #. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 msgid "MD5" msgstr "MD5" #. encryption type #. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57 msgid "SHA-256" msgstr "SHA-256" #. encryption type #. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59 msgid "SHA-512" msgstr "SHA-512" @@ -539,35 +502,30 @@ #. Radio button label: password encryption type #. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:147 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:147 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 msgid "&DES" msgstr "&DES" #. Radio button label: password encryption type #. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 msgid "&MD5" msgstr "&MD5" #. Radio button label: password encryption type #. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 msgid "SHA-&256" msgstr "SHA-&256" #. Radio button label: password encryption type #. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 msgid "SHA-&512" msgstr "SHA-&512" #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2 #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:160 -#| msgid "Login Settings" msgid "Authentication " msgstr "Autentificació " @@ -578,36 +536,31 @@ #. Help text for password expert dialog #. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." msgstr "El SHA-512 és el mètode hash estàndard actual. Usar altres algoritmes no és recomanat si no és necessari per motius de compatibilitat." #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:221 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:221 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 msgid "User's &Full Name" msgstr "Nom &complet de l'usuari" #. input field for login name #. input field for login name -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:228 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:228 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 msgid "&Username" msgstr "&Nom d'usuari" #. checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:250 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:250 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgstr "U&sa aquesta contrasenya per a l'administrador del sistema" #. checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:256 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:256 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" msgstr "Rep el correu del sis&tema" @@ -625,15 +578,13 @@ #. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the #. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. #. yes-no popup headline -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:350 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:350 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Empty User Login" msgstr "L'entrada de l'usuari és buida" #. yes-no popup contents #. yes-no popup contents -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:352 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:352 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 msgid "" "Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" "in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" @@ -645,8 +596,7 @@ #. help text for main add user dialog #. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:441 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:441 src/include/users/helps.rb:212 msgid "" "\n" "Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" @@ -673,8 +623,7 @@ #. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers #. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" "With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" @@ -688,9 +637,6 @@ #. additional help text about password #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:458 -#| msgid "" -#| "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" -#| "it has to be at least %1 characters long." msgid "" "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" "it has to be at least %s characters long." @@ -700,8 +646,7 @@ #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 4/4 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:463 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:463 src/include/users/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "\n" "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" @@ -738,8 +683,7 @@ #. help text for main add user dialog #. these are used only during installation time #. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" "The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" @@ -749,8 +693,7 @@ #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 5/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "\n" "Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" @@ -823,8 +766,7 @@ #. help text for unknown parameter name #. help text for unknown parameter name -#: src/clients/users.rb:142 -#: src/clients/users.rb:157 +#: src/clients/users.rb:142 src/clients/users.rb:157 msgid "Additional (LDAP) user parameters" msgstr "Paràmetres de l’usuari (LDAP) addicionals" @@ -1071,8 +1013,7 @@ #. popup label - don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD #. The date must stay in this format #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:235 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1675 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1675 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665 msgid "The expiration date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD." msgstr "El format de la data de venciment ha de ser AAAA-MM-DD." @@ -1161,45 +1102,38 @@ #. error popup #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:306 -#| msgid "The minimum user ID cannot be larger than the maximum." msgid "Soft limit cannot be higher than the hard limit." msgstr "El límit tou (soft) no pot ser més alt que el dur (hard)." #. helper for creating widget with time settings #. @param [String] id string that preceedes the subwidgets id's #. @param [Fixnum] seconds number of seconds to be shown in the widget -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:496 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:496 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:330 msgid "Days" msgstr "Dies" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:497 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:497 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Hours" msgstr "Hores" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:498 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:332 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:498 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:332 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "Minuts" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:499 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:333 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:499 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Segons" #. authentication type #. type of user/group #. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 msgid "LDAP" msgstr "LDAP" #. authentication type #. richtext label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 msgid "NIS" msgstr "NIS" @@ -1288,10 +1222,8 @@ #. error message #. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. error message -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:226 -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:386 -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:431 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1044 +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:226 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:386 +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:431 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1044 #: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2491 msgid "There is no such user." msgstr "Aquest usuari no existeix." @@ -1372,12 +1304,9 @@ #. error message #. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. error message -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:558 -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:625 -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:701 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1832 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1995 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2158 +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:558 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:625 +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:701 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1832 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1995 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2158 msgid "There is no such group." msgstr "Aquest grup no existeix." @@ -1393,8 +1322,7 @@ #. label shown at command line (user attribute) #. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:573 -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:577 +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:573 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:577 msgid "List of Members:" msgstr "Llista de membres:" @@ -1592,22 +1520,19 @@ #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2216 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2216 msgid "Plug-In Description" msgstr "Descripció del connector" #. pushbutton label #. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2225 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2225 msgid "Add &or Remove Plug-In" msgstr "A&fegeix o suprimeix el connector" #. pushbutton label #. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2228 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2228 msgid "&Launch" msgstr "&Executa" @@ -1663,8 +1588,7 @@ #. tab label #. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2272 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2272 msgid "Plu&g-Ins" msgstr "Co&nnectors" @@ -1700,8 +1624,7 @@ #. popup message #. popup message -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1749 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2484 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1749 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2484 msgid "This plug-in cannot be removed." msgstr "No es pot suprimir aquest connector." @@ -1753,8 +1676,7 @@ #. selection box label #. add items later (when there is a huge amount of them, it takes #. long time to display, so display at least the rest of the dialog) -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2173 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2592 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2173 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2592 msgid "Group &Members" msgstr "&Membres del grup" @@ -2618,13 +2540,6 @@ #. help text #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:668 -#| msgid "" -#| "If home directories of users should be stored on this machine,\n" -#| "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any " -#| "direct\n" -#| "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can " -#| "manage\n" -#| "user home directories.\n" msgid "" "If home directories of LDAP users should be stored on this machine,\n" "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n" @@ -2679,7 +2594,6 @@ #. dialog title #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:727 -#| msgid "Ad&ministration Settings" msgid "LDAP Administration Settings" msgstr "Paràmetres d'administració LDAP" @@ -2690,15 +2604,13 @@ #. text label,suffix will follow in next label #. text label,suffix will follow in next label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:760 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:796 +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:760 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:796 msgid "Suffix:" msgstr "Sufix:" #. pushbutton label #. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:763 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:799 +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:763 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:799 msgid "Change Suffix" msgstr "Canvia el sufix" @@ -2737,8 +2649,7 @@ #. the type of user set #. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:71 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:103 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:71 src/include/users/widgets.rb:103 msgid "&Custom" msgstr "&Personalitza" @@ -2769,8 +2680,7 @@ #. the type of user set #. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:87 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:118 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:87 src/include/users/widgets.rb:118 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Personalitza" @@ -2866,15 +2776,13 @@ #. widgets for "users" and "groups" tabs --------------------------------- #. MenuButton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:257 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2225 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:257 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2225 msgid "&Set Filter" msgstr "&Defineix el filtre" #. Menu Buton label #. Menu Buton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:291 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2008 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:291 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2008 msgid "E&xpert Options" msgstr "Opcions av&ançades" @@ -2930,8 +2838,7 @@ #. menu button label #. menu button label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:445 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2407 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:445 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2407 msgid "&Configure..." msgstr "&Configura..." @@ -2996,12 +2903,6 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586 -#| msgid "" -#| "It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network " -#| "enviroments,\n" -#| "you could be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n" -#| "encrypted with a method other than DES.\n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n" "you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n" @@ -3083,8 +2984,7 @@ #. combobox label #. combobox label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:795 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:949 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:795 src/include/users/widgets.rb:949 msgid "&Attribute" msgstr "&Atribut" @@ -3303,8 +3203,7 @@ #. menubutton item #. menubutton item -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1448 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1460 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1448 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1460 msgid "Customi&ze Filter..." msgstr "Personali&tza el filtre..." @@ -3609,8 +3508,7 @@ #. wait popup #. wait popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2253 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2284 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2253 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2284 msgid "Reading sets of users and groups. Please wait..." msgstr " S'estan llegint els conjunts d'usuaris i grups. Espereu..." @@ -3634,15 +3532,13 @@ #. init dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:286 +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:286 msgid "User and Group Configuration" msgstr "Configuració d'usuaris i grups" #. label (during init dialog) #. label (during init dialog) -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:265 -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:289 +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:265 src/include/users/wizards.rb:289 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "S'està inicialitzant..." @@ -4054,8 +3950,7 @@ #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:496 -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:505 +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:496 src/modules/UsersUI.rb:505 msgid "" "There are multiple users with the same name (\"%2\") in the file %1.\n" "%3" @@ -4074,8 +3969,7 @@ #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is line #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is line -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:523 -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:534 +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:523 src/modules/UsersUI.rb:534 msgid "" "There is a strange line in the file %1:\n" "%2\n" @@ -4194,8 +4088,7 @@ msgstr "S' estan construint les estructures de la memòria cau..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4314 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Acabat" @@ -4291,15 +4184,13 @@ msgstr "No s’ha llegit correctament el fitxer %s i per tant no s’escriurà." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4468 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468 #: src/modules/Users.pm:4744 msgid "An error occurred while removing users." msgstr "S’ha produït un error en suprimir els usuaris." #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4594 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written." msgstr "No s’ha llegit correctament el fitxer %s i per tant no s’escriurà." @@ -4314,8 +4205,7 @@ "No hi ha instal·lat el suport de xifratge. Els directoris de home NO s'encriptaran." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 -#: src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." msgstr "S’ha produït un error en configurar el reenviament del correu de l’usuari primari." @@ -4660,8 +4550,7 @@ msgstr "No s'ha introduït cap contrasenya per l'LDAP." #. popup question, %s is string argument -#: src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:351 -#: src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:377 +#: src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:351 src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:377 #, perl-format msgid "" "No entry with DN '%s'\n" @@ -4695,8 +4584,7 @@ msgstr "Atributs LDAP" #. plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:158 -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:162 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:158 src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:162 msgid "Edit Remaining LDAP Attributes" msgstr "Edita els atributs LDAP restants" @@ -4797,8 +4685,7 @@ msgstr "Gestioneu usuari Quota" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:325 -#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:365 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:325 src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:365 msgid "" "Quota is not enabled on your system.\n" "Enable quota in the partition settings module." @@ -4807,8 +4694,7 @@ "Habiliteu-lo al mòdul de paràmetres de particions." #. error popup, %1 is command, %2 command error output -#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:424 -#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:435 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:424 src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:435 msgid "" "Error while calling\n" "\"%1\":\n" @@ -4819,7 +4705,7 @@ "%2" #. the ']' is or-ed... -#. error popup +#. error popup #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -4957,15 +4843,13 @@ #. busy popup message, %1 is package name #. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294 msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..." msgstr "Obtenint extensió %1..." #. busy popup message, %1 is package name #. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308 msgid "Releasing %1 extension..." msgstr "Alliberant extensió %1..." @@ -4991,14 +4875,12 @@ "Torneu-ho a provar." #. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:741 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:858 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:741 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:858 msgid "No plug-in was defined" msgstr "No s'ha definit cap connector" #. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:795 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:912 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:795 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:912 msgid "It is not possible to edit a NIS user." msgstr "No és possible editar un usuari NIS." @@ -5008,22 +4890,19 @@ msgstr "No és possible suprimir un usuari NIS." #. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1684 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1817 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1684 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1817 #: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1980 msgid "It is not possible to modify a NIS group." msgstr "No és possible modificar un grup NIS." #. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1761 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1924 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1761 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1924 #: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2403 msgid "No user was specified." msgstr "No s'ha especificat cap usuari." #. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1858 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2021 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1858 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2021 #: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2476 msgid "User was not correctly specified." msgstr "No s'ha especificat correctament l'usuari." @@ -5058,14 +4937,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you " -#~ "want\n" -#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value." -#~ "" +#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" +#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si esteu emmagatzemant les dades de l'usuari a un servidor NIS o LDAP\n" -#~ "o si voleu autenticar els usuaris mitjançant un servidor NT, trieu el " -#~ "valor adequat. Després\n" +#~ "o si voleu autenticar els usuaris mitjançant un servidor NT, trieu el valor adequat. Després\n" #~ "premeu Següent per a continuar amb la configuració del client." #, fuzzy @@ -5074,9 +4950,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "The configuration will be available later during the installation." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La configuració NFS no està disponible. Comproveu la instal·lació del " -#~ "paquet yast2-nfs-client." +#~ msgstr "La configuració NFS no està disponible. Comproveu la instal·lació del paquet yast2-nfs-client." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Users %1 will be imported." Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/vm.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/vm.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/vm.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -45,8 +45,7 @@ #. progress stage 1/2 #. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "Verifica els paquets instal·lats" @@ -72,17 +71,11 @@ #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 -#| msgid "" -#| "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to " -#| "boot Xen and Linux kernel." msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "El GRUB es necessita perquè suporta l'estàndard d'arrencada múltiple que es necessita per a arrencar el Xen i el nucli del Linux." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 -#| msgid "" -#| "When the configuration is successfully finished, it is possible to " -#| "boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "Quan s'ha completat la configuració amb èxit, és possible arrencar el servidor VM des del menú del carregador de l'arrencada." @@ -92,7 +85,6 @@ msgstr "S'interromprà la instal·lació." #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 -#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "Escolliu hipervisor(s) a instal·lar" @@ -146,12 +138,10 @@ #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 -#| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "Ha fallat la instal·lació del paquet\n" #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 -#| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "Ha fallat la instal·lació del paquet per a lxc\n" @@ -180,14 +170,12 @@ #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "No es poden instal·lar els paquets necessaris." #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 -#| msgid "Updating configuration files..." msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "Actualitzant els fitxers de configuració del grub2..." @@ -227,17 +215,14 @@ msgstr "Per instal·lar convidats Xen, reinicieu l'ordinador i seleccioneu la secció Xen del menú del carregador de l'arrencada." #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 -#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "S'han instal·lat l'hipervisor i les eines xen." #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 -#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "S'han instal·lat les eines del client de virtualització." #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 -#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "S'han instal·lat els components Libvirt LXC." Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/wagon.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/wagon.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/wagon.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -184,9 +184,7 @@ #| msgid "" #| "These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n" #| "%1" -msgid "" -"The installed packages will be switched to the versions available in the " -"selected migration repositories." +msgid "The installed packages will be switched to the versions available in the selected migration repositories." msgstr "" "Aquests paquets no s'han pogut trobar als repositoris de programari:\n" "%1" @@ -277,26 +275,19 @@ msgstr "S'instal·larà el paquet %1." #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:212 -msgid "" -"Registration for product %1 has been refunded, the product is not " -"registered." +msgid "Registration for product %1 has been refunded, the product is not registered." msgstr "" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:228 -msgid "" -"Registration for product %1 has expired, the registration is not " -"valid anymore." +msgid "Registration for product %1 has expired, the registration is not valid anymore." msgstr "" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:244 -msgid "" -"Registration for product %1 is provisional only, no updates available" +msgid "Registration for product %1 is provisional only, no updates available" msgstr "" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:278 -msgid "" -"The registration status is %1 days old. The summary above might not be " -"correct, run registration to update the status." +msgid "The registration status is %1 days old. The summary above might not be correct, run registration to update the status." msgstr "" #. display a critical warning @@ -308,16 +299,12 @@ msgstr "Avís:" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:306 -msgid "" -"We strongly recommend to register unregistered or expired products before " -"starting migration." +msgid "We strongly recommend to register unregistered or expired products before starting migration." msgstr "" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:312 #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:339 -msgid "" -"Migrating an unregistered or partly registered system might result in a " -"broken system." +msgid "Migrating an unregistered or partly registered system might result in a broken system." msgstr "" #. heading text @@ -554,12 +541,8 @@ "Utilitzeu l'eina de línia d'ordres posAdmin.pl." #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:396 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"Falta el nom del fitxer objectiu (opció 'xmlfile'). Utilitzeu l'opció de la " -"línia d'ordres xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Falta el nom del fitxer objectiu (opció 'xmlfile'). Utilitzeu l'opció de la línia d'ordres xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." #. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:453 @@ -569,19 +552,11 @@ #. du contains maps: $[ "dir" : [ total, used, pkgusage, readonly ], .... ] #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:586 -msgid "" -"There is not enough free space to migrate the system using download in " -"advance mode. Partition %1 needs at least %2MB more free disk space. (The " -"needed size is estimated, it is recommended to add slightly more free " -"space.) Add more disk space or disable download in advance mode." +msgid "There is not enough free space to migrate the system using download in advance mode. Partition %1 needs at least %2MB more free disk space. (The needed size is estimated, it is recommended to add slightly more free space.) Add more disk space or disable download in advance mode." msgstr "" #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:613 -msgid "" -"There might not be enough free space for download in advance mode migration. " -"The estimated free space after migration is %2MB, it is recommended to " -"increase the free space in case the estimation is inaccurate to avoid " -"installation errors." +msgid "There might not be enough free space for download in advance mode migration. The estimated free space after migration is %2MB, it is recommended to increase the free space in case the estimation is inaccurate to avoid installation errors." msgstr "" #. 'Product Long Name (product-libzypp-name)' @@ -616,16 +591,13 @@ #. (nevertheless selected by user or directly by YaST) #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:772 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Warning: Product %1 will be removed." +msgid "Warning: Product %1 will be removed." msgstr "S'iniciarà el mòdul de configuració %1." #. Not selected by user #. @see BNC #575117 #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:792 -msgid "" -"Error: Product %1 will be automatically " -"removed." +msgid "Error: Product %1 will be automatically removed." msgstr "" #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:862 @@ -665,8 +637,7 @@ #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:945 #, fuzzy #| msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." -msgid "" -"To change the update settings, go to Packages Proposal section." +msgid "To change the update settings, go to Packages Proposal section." msgstr "Per canviar l'URL, feu clic al botó Canvia.... ." #. Product removal MUST be confirmed by user, otherwise migration will not continue. @@ -694,8 +665,7 @@ #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:1101 #, fuzzy msgid "Error running hook script %1." -msgstr "" -"S'ha produït un error en analitzar sintàcticament la descripció del pedaç." +msgstr "S'ha produït un error en analitzar sintàcticament la descripció del pedaç." #. %1 is a file name #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:1180 @@ -728,8 +698,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Select the software repositories you wish to subscribe to:" #~ msgid "Select the repositories which will be used for migration." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccioneu els dipòsits de programari als quals us voleu subscriure:" +#~ msgstr "Seleccioneu els dipòsits de programari als quals us voleu subscriure:" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Migration" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/wol.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/wol.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/wol.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -78,8 +78,7 @@ "over the network." msgstr "" "<h2>Wake On LAN</h2>\n" -"WOL permet 'despertar' l’ordinador mitjançant tan sols l’enviament d’un " -"'paquet màgic' \n" +"WOL permet 'despertar' l’ordinador mitjançant tan sols l’enviament d’un 'paquet màgic' \n" "a través de la xarxa." #. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`edit_button), `Enabled, false); @@ -112,8 +111,6 @@ "'/etc/dhcpd.conf'?\n" msgstr "" "No s’ha trobat cap client configurat prèviament.\n" -"No obstant això, sí que s'ha trobat una configuració DHCP al sistema. Voleu " -"importar\n" -"les dades de configuració de l’ordinador central (adreces MAC i noms " -"d’ordinadors centrals) \n" +"No obstant això, sí que s'ha trobat una configuració DHCP al sistema. Voleu importar\n" +"les dades de configuració de l’ordinador central (adreces MAC i noms d’ordinadors centrals) \n" "de '/etc/dhcpd.conf'? \n" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/xpram.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/xpram.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/xpram.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -141,4 +141,3 @@ #: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." msgstr "Error iniciant xpram. Proveu manualment \"rcxpram stop\"." - Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/yast2-apparmor.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/yast2-apparmor.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/yast2-apparmor.ca.po 2014-10-07 15:44:31 UTC (rev 89778) @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 12:20+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" +"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -20,7 +21,6 @@ #. Globalz #: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:66 -#| msgid "Select File To Generate A Profile for" msgid "Select File to Generate a Profile for" msgstr "Seleccioneu un fitxer per crear un perfil per a" @@ -56,14 +56,11 @@ "After this operation the AppArmor module will reload the profile set." msgstr "" " ?\n" -"Després d'aquesta operació el mòdul d'AppArmor tornarà a carregar el conjunt " -"del perfil." +"Després d'aquesta operació el mòdul d'AppArmor tornarà a carregar el conjunt del perfil." #. Read the profiles from the SCR agent #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the " -"profile." +msgid "Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the profile." msgstr "Seleccioneu un perfil de la llista i premeu següent per suprimir-lo." #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:93 @@ -72,9 +69,6 @@ #. Read the profiles from the SCR agent #: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:88 -#| msgid "" -#| "Please make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to edit " -#| "the profile." msgid "Select a listed profile and press Edit to edit it." msgstr "Seleccioneu un perfil de la llista i premeu següent per editar-lo." @@ -95,9 +89,6 @@ #. AppArmor dialog help #: src/clients/apparmor.rb:54 -#| msgid "" -#| "Choose one of the available network modules to configure\n" -#| " the corresponding devices and press Launch." msgid "" "Choose one of the available AppArmor modules to configure\n" " the corresponding action and press Launch.\n" @@ -107,7 +98,6 @@ #. Selection box label #: src/clients/apparmor.rb:69 -#| msgid "&Available Network Modules:" msgid "&Available AppArmor Modules:" msgstr "Mòduls d'AppArmor &disponibles" @@ -117,12 +107,10 @@ msgstr "Paràmetres" #: src/clients/apparmor.rb:73 -#| msgid "Changed Existing Archives:" msgid "Manage Existing Profiles" msgstr "Gestió dels perfils existents" #: src/clients/apparmor.rb:74 -#| msgid "Available Profiles" msgid "Manually Add Profile" msgstr "Afegeix el perfil manualment" @@ -154,15 +142,8 @@ #. #. *************************************************************************** #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:52 -#| msgid "" -#| "This operation generated the following error. Please check your " -#| "installation and AppArmor profile settings." -msgid "" -"This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and " -"AppArmor profile settings." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta operació ha generat l'error següent. Comproveu la instal·lació i la " -"configuració del perfil de l'AppArmor." +msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and AppArmor profile settings." +msgstr "Aquesta operació ha generat l'error següent. Comproveu la instal·lació i la configuració del perfil de l'AppArmor." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:91 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:103 #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:115 @@ -248,9 +229,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:270 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:310 #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:350 msgid "An email address is required for each selected notification method." -msgstr "" -"Es necessita una adreça de correu electrònic per a cada mètode de " -"notificació seleccionat." +msgstr "Es necessita una adreça de correu electrònic per a cada mètode de notificació seleccionat." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:394 msgid "Configuration failed for the following operations: " @@ -276,12 +255,10 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441 msgid "" -"AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy " -"enforcement \n" +"AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n" "module is loaded and functioning." msgstr "" -"Estat d'AppArmor Informa de si el mòdul de política d'aplicació " -"d'AppArmor \n" +"Estat d'AppArmor Informa de si el mòdul de política d'aplicació d'AppArmor \n" "està carregat i funcionant." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:444 @@ -289,18 +266,15 @@ "Security Event Notification Configure this tool if you want \n" "to be notified by email when access violations have occurred." msgstr "" -"Notificació d'esdeveniment de seguretat Configureu aquesta eina " -"si voleu \n" -"rebre notificacions per correu electrònic quan hagin ocorregut violacions " -"d'accés." +"Notificació d'esdeveniment de seguretat Configureu aquesta eina si voleu \n" +"rebre notificacions per correu electrònic quan hagin ocorregut violacions d'accés." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:447 msgid "" "Profile Modes Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor \n" "uses individual profiles." msgstr "" -"Modes de perfil Useu aquesta eina per canviar la manera en què " -"l'AppArmor \n" +"Modes de perfil Useu aquesta eina per canviar la manera en què l'AppArmor \n" "usa els perfils individuals." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:462 @@ -371,26 +345,16 @@ msgstr "S'han detectat errors als perfils de l'AppArmor" #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57 -msgid "" -"These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the " -"profile management tools can be used. " -msgstr "" -"Aquests problemes s'han de corregir abans que l'AppArmor es pugui iniciar " -"o que es puguin utilitzar les eines de gestió de perfils." +msgid "These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the profile management tools can be used. " +msgstr "Aquests problemes s'han de corregir abans que l'AppArmor es pugui iniciar o que es puguin utilitzar les eines de gestió de perfils." #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:64 msgid "Find a description of the AppArmor profile syntax by running " -msgstr "" -"Podeu trobar una descripció de la sintaxi del perfil de l'AppArmor " -"executant " +msgstr "Podeu trobar una descripció de la sintaxi del perfil de l'AppArmor executant " #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the " -"Administration guide located in the directory: " -msgstr "" -"A la Guia d'administració hi ha una àmplia documentació disponible sobre " -"l'AppArmor. La trobareu al directori " +msgid "Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the Administration guide located in the directory: " +msgstr "A la Guia d'administració hi ha una àmplia documentació disponible sobre l'AppArmor. La trobareu al directori " #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -597,11 +561,6 @@ msgstr "Demana-m'ho més &endavant" #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:106 -#| msgid "" -#| "Email address format invalid.\n" -#| "Email address must be less than 129 characters \n" -#| " and of the format \"name@domain\". \n" -#| " Please enter another address." msgid "" "Email address format invalid.\n" "Email address must be less than 129 characters \n" @@ -677,7 +636,6 @@ msgstr "&Registra" #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:213 -#| msgid "&Signin as existing user..." msgid "&Sign in as existing user..." msgstr "&Entreu com a usuari existent..." @@ -785,7 +743,6 @@ #. [ UI_ChangeLog_Dialog() ] #. #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:600 -#| msgid "&Don't ask again for unselected profiles" msgid "&Do not ask again for unselected profiles" msgstr "&No ho tornis a demanar per als perfils desmarcats" @@ -830,78 +787,43 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43 msgid "" "<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n" -"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE." -"</li></ul>" +"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Sobreescriu l'accés DAC, inclòs l'accés d'execució ACL si \n" -"[_POSIX_ACL] està definit. S'està excloent l'accés DAC cobert per " -"CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" +"[_POSIX_ACL] està definit. S'està excloent l'accés DAC cobert per CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \n" -"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is " -"defined. \n" +"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. \n" "Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Sobreescriu totes les restriccions DAC pel que fa a la lectura i la " -"cerca \n" -"de fitxers i directoris, incloses les restriccions d'ACL si [_POSIX_ACL] " -"està definit. \n" +"<ul><li>Sobreescriu totes les restriccions DAC pel que fa a la lectura i la cerca \n" +"de fitxers i directoris, incloses les restriccions d'ACL si [_POSIX_ACL] està definit. \n" "S'està excloent l'accés DAC cobert per CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57 -#| msgid "" -#| "<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions about allowed operations on files, " -#| "where file owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID " -#| "is applicable. It doesn't override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where " -"file\n" +"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\n" "owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is\n" "applicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Sobreescriu totes les restriccions de les operacions permeses en " -"fitxers,\n" -"on el propietari del fitxer ha de ser igual a l'identificador de l'usuari, " -"excepte si s'aplica CAP_FSETID.\n" +"<ul><li>Sobreescriu totes les restriccions de les operacions permeses en fitxers,\n" +"on el propietari del fitxer ha de ser igual a l'identificador de l'usuari, excepte si s'aplica CAP_FSETID.\n" "No sobreescriu les restriccions MAC i DAC. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65 -#| msgid "" -#| "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions that the effective user ID " -#| "shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits " -#| "on that file; that the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary " -#| "group IDs) shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on " -#| "that file; that the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful " -#| "return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file " -"owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the " -"effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the " -"file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and " -"S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not " -"implemented). </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Sobreescriu les següents restriccions: l'identificador de l'usuari " -"ha de coincidir amb l'identificador del propietari del fitxer en establir " -"els bits S_ISUID i S_ISGID al fitxer, que l'identificador del grup efectiu " -"(o un dels identificadors del grup suplementari) ha de coincidir amb " -"l'identificador del propietari del fitxer en establir el bit S_ISGID al " -"fitxer, que els bits S_ISUID i S_ISGID es borrin en un retorn correcte des " -"de chown(2) (no implementat). </li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Sobreescriu les següents restriccions: l'identificador de l'usuari ha de coincidir amb l'identificador del propietari del fitxer en establir els bits S_ISUID i S_ISGID al fitxer, que l'identificador del grup efectiu (o un dels identificadors del grup suplementari) ha de coincidir amb l'identificador del propietari del fitxer en establir el bit S_ISGID al fitxer, que els bits S_ISUID i S_ISGID es borrin en un retorn correcte des de chown(2) (no implementat). </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \n" -"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of " -"the process \n" +"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the process \n" "receiving the signal.</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Sobreescriu la restricció que l'identificador de l'usuari real o " -"efectiu d'un procés \n" -"que envia un senyal ha de coincidir amb l'identificador de l'usuari real o " -"efectiu del procés \n" +"<ul><li>Sobreescriu la restricció que l'identificador de l'usuari real o efectiu d'un procés \n" +"que envia un senyal ha de coincidir amb l'identificador de l'usuari real o efectiu del procés \n" "que rep el senyal.</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:79 @@ -909,10 +831,8 @@ "<ul><li>Allows setgid(2) manipulation </li> <li> Allows setgroups(2) </li> \n" "<li> Allows forged gids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Permet la manipulació de setgid(2) </li> <li> Permet setgroups(2) </" -"li> \n" -"<li> Permet gids falsificats a les credencials del sòcol que passen.</li></" -"ul>" +"<ul><li>Permet la manipulació de setgid(2) </li> <li> Permet setgroups(2) </li> \n" +"<li> Permet gids falsificats a les credencials del sòcol que passen.</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:85 msgid "" @@ -920,29 +840,19 @@ "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Permet la manipulació de setuid(2) (inclòs fsuid) </li> \n" -"<li> Permet pids falsificats a les credencials del sòcol que passen. </li></" -"ul>" +"<li> Permet pids falsificats a les credencials del sòcol que passen. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:91 msgid "" "<ul><li> Transfer any capability in your permitted set to any pid, \n" "remove any capability in your permitted set from any pid</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Transfereix qualsevol capacitat del conjunt permès a qualsevol " -"pid, \n" -"suprimeix qualsevol capacitat del conjunt permès des de qualsevol pid</li></" -"ul>" +"<ul><li> Transfereix qualsevol capacitat del conjunt permès a qualsevol pid, \n" +"suprimeix qualsevol capacitat del conjunt permès des de qualsevol pid</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97 -#| msgid "" -#| "<ul><li>Allow modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</" -#| "li></ul>" -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</" -"li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Permet la modificació dels atributs de fitxer S_IMMUTABLE i " -"S_APPEND</li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Permet la modificació dels atributs de fitxer S_IMMUTABLE i S_APPEND</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103 msgid "" @@ -953,15 +863,13 @@ "<li> Permet la vinculació als VCI de l'ATM per sota de 32</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:109 -#| msgid "<ul><li> Allow broadcasting, listen to multicast </li></ul>" msgid "<ul><li> Allows broadcasting, listen to multicast </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li> Permet la difusió, escolta la multidifusió</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:115 msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows interface configuration</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting debug option on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows modification of routing tables</li>" msgstr "" @@ -972,17 +880,14 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121 msgid "" -"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li> \n" "<li> Allows clearing driver statistics</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Permet establir processos arbitraris / pertinença de grup de processos " -"en sòcols</li> \n" -"<li> Permet la vinculació a qualsevol adreça per a una transparència " -"d'intermediari (proxy)</li> \n" +"<li> Permet establir processos arbitraris / pertinença de grup de processos en sòcols</li> \n" +"<li> Permet la vinculació a qualsevol adreça per a una transparència d'intermediari (proxy)</li> \n" "<li> Permet establir TOS (tipus de servei)</li> \n" "<li> Permet establir el mode promiscu</li> \n" "<li> Permet la neteja de les estadístiques de controlador</li>" @@ -1009,27 +914,22 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:143 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock " -"and\n" +"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock and\n" "mlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Permet el bloqueig de segments de memòria compartida</li> <li> " -"Permet mlock i\n" +"<ul><li> Permet el bloqueig de segments de memòria compartida</li> <li> Permet mlock i\n" "mlockall (que no tenen relació amb l'IPC) </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:149 msgid "<ul><li> Override IPC ownership checks </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Sobreescriu les comprovacions del propietari de l'IPC </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> Sobreescriu les comprovacions del propietari de l'IPC </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</" -"li> \n" +"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \n" "<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Insereix i suprimeix mòduls del nucli - modifica el nucli sense " -"límit</li> \n" +"<ul><li> Insereix i suprimeix mòduls del nucli - modifica el nucli sense límit</li> \n" "<li> Modifica cap_bset </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:159 @@ -1038,24 +938,19 @@ "<li> Allows sending USB messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> Permet l'accés a ioperm/iopl</li> \n" -"<li> Permet enviar missatges USB a qualsevol dispositiu a través de /proc/" -"bus/usb </li></ul>" +"<li> Permet enviar missatges USB a qualsevol dispositiu a través de /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:165 -#| msgid "<ul><li> Allow use of chroot() </li></ul>" msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of chroot() </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li> Permet l'ús de chroot() </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:169 -#| msgid "<ul><li> Allow ptrace() of any process </li></ul>" msgid "<ul><li> Allows ptrace() of any process </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li> Permet ptrace() de qualsevol procés </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:173 -#| msgid "<ul><li> Allow configuration of process accounting </li></ul>" msgid "<ul><li> Allows configuration of process accounting </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Permet la configuració de la comptabilitat de processos </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> Permet la configuració de la comptabilitat de processos </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:179 msgid "" @@ -1100,15 +995,13 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:199 msgid "" "<li> Allows removing semaphores</li> \n" -"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores " -"and shared memory</li> \n" +"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n" "<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li> \n" "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>" msgstr "" "<li> Permet eliminar semaphores</li> \n" -"<li> Usat a canvi de CAP_CHOWN a \"chown\" cues de missatges IPC, semaphores " -"i memòria compartida</li> \n" +"<li> Usat a canvi de CAP_CHOWN a \"chown\" cues de missatges IPC, semaphores i memòria compartida</li> \n" "<li> Permet bloquejar / desbloquejar un segment de memòria compartida</li> \n" "<li> Permet activar / desactivar la swap</li> \n" "<li> Permet forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>" @@ -1118,14 +1011,12 @@ "<li> Allows setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra " -"ioctls)</li>" +"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li>" msgstr "" "<li> Permet establir read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n" "<li> Permet establir geometria al controlador floppy</li> \n" "<li> Permet canviar DMA on/off al controlador xd</li> \n" -"<li> Permet l'administració de dispostius md devices (sobretot els de sobre, " -"però també alguns extra ioctls)</li>" +"<li> Permet l'administració de dispostius md devices (sobretot els de sobre, però també alguns extra ioctls)</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:212 msgid "" @@ -1141,14 +1032,12 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:218 msgid "" -"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n" "<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li> \n" "<li> Allows sending raw qic-117 commands</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Permet llegir porcions no estandaritzades d'espai de configuració pci</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Permet llegir porcions no estandaritzades d'espai de configuració pci</li> \n" "<li> Permet depuració DDI ioctl al controlador sbpcd</li> \n" "<li> Permet configurar ports de sèrie</li> \n" "<li> Permet enviar ordres raw qic-117</li>" @@ -1161,62 +1050,48 @@ msgstr "" "<li> Permet habilitar/inhabilitar encuament etiquetat en SCSI controllers\n" " i l'enviament d'ordres arbitràries SCSI</li> \n" -"<li> Permet establir clau d'encriptació en un sistema de fitxers loopback </" -"li></ul>" +"<li> Permet establir clau d'encriptació en un sistema de fitxers loopback </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:232 -#| msgid "<ul><li> Allow use of reboot() </li></ul>" msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of reboot() </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li> Permet l'ús de reboot() </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different " -"UID) processes</li> \n" -"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own " -"processes and setting \n" +"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n" +"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \n" "the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Permet incrementar la prioritat i definir la prioritat en altres " -"processos (UID diferent)</li> \n" -"<li> Permet l'ús de la planificació round-robin i FIFO (en temps real) en " -"processos propis i la configuració \n" +"<ul><li> Permet incrementar la prioritat i definir la prioritat en altres processos (UID diferent)</li> \n" +"<li> Permet l'ús de la planificació round-robin i FIFO (en temps real) en processos propis i la configuració \n" "de l'algorisme de planificació utilitzat per un altre procés.</li> \n" -"<li> Permet la configuració de l'afinitat de la cpu en altres processos. </" -"li></ul>" +"<li> Permet la configuració de l'afinitat de la cpu en altres processos. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:245 msgid "" "<ul><li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override quota limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li> \n" -"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling " -"resources)</li>" +"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling resources)</li>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> Sobreescriu límits de recurs. Estableix límits de recurs.</li> \n" "<li> Sobreescriu límits de quota.</li> \n" "<li> Sobreescriu espai reservat en sistema de fitxers ext2</li> \n" -"<li> Modifica el mode d'historial de dades en sistema de fitxers ext3 (uses " -"journaling resources)</li>" +"<li> Modifica el mode d'historial de dades en sistema de fitxers ext3 (uses journaling resources)</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251 msgid "" -"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you " -"can override using fsuid too</li> \n" +"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n" "<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n" "<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of keymaps </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<li> NOTA: ext2 accepta fsuid en comprovar les sobreescriptures del recurs, " -"de mode que també podeu sobreescriure utilitzant fsuid \n" -"<li> Sobreescriu les restriccions de mida en cues de missatges de l'IPC</" -"li> \n" -"<li> Permet més de 64 Hz d'interrupcions des del rellotge en temps real</" -"li> \n" -"<li> Sobreescriu el número màxim de consoles a l'assignació de la consola</" -"li> \n" +"<li> NOTA: ext2 accepta fsuid en comprovar les sobreescriptures del recurs, de mode que també podeu sobreescriure utilitzant fsuid \n" +"<li> Sobreescriu les restriccions de mida en cues de missatges de l'IPC</li> \n" +"<li> Permet més de 64 Hz d'interrupcions des del rellotge en temps real</li> \n" +"<li> Sobreescriu el número màxim de consoles a l'assignació de la consola</li> \n" "<li> Sobreescriu el número màxim de mapes de tecles</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:261 @@ -1238,12 +1113,10 @@ "<li> Permet vhangup() de tty </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:275 -#| msgid "<ul><li> Allow the privileged aspects of mknod() </li></ul>" msgid "<ul><li> Allows the privileged aspects of mknod() </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li> Permet els aspectes privilegiats de mknod() </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:281 -#| msgid "<ul><li> Allow taking of leases on files </li></ul>" msgid "<ul><li> Allows taking of leases on files </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li> Permet obtenir permisos per als fitxers </li></ul>" @@ -1295,13 +1168,11 @@ #. Button for showing active or all profiles #: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:63 -#| msgid "Couldn't recognize profile name: " msgid "Could not recognize profile name: " msgstr "No s'ha pogut reconèixer el nom del perfil:" #. Reverse modes for toggling #: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:75 -#| msgid "Couldn't recognize mode: " msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "No s'ha pogut reconèixer el mode:" @@ -1368,7 +1239,6 @@ msgstr "Configura el mode del perfil" #: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 -#| msgid "Please select an action to perform from the buttons below." msgid "Select an action to perform." msgstr "Seleccioneu una acció a fer." @@ -1397,8 +1267,7 @@ "individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n" " For example: <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n" "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" -"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 " -"2004.</tt>\n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -1463,8 +1332,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<li>Select Include unknown security events if \n" -"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</" -"li>" +"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li>" msgstr "" "<li>Seleccioneu Inclou esdeveniments de seguretat desconeguts si \n" "voleu incloure esdeveniments no puntuats amb un número de seguretat.</li>" @@ -1476,13 +1344,11 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:106 msgid "" -"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control " -"module. \n" +"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. \n" "You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles \n" "by using the suggestions made by AppArmor." msgstr "" -"Aquest auxiliar presenta entrades generades pel mòdul de control d'accés " -"d'AppArmor \n" +"Aquest auxiliar presenta entrades generades pel mòdul de control d'accés d'AppArmor \n" "Podeu generar perfils altament optimitzats i robusts de seguretat \n" "a través dels suggeriments fets per l'AppArmor." @@ -1513,12 +1379,8 @@ msgstr "Modes d'accés " #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six " -"modes:" -msgstr "" -"Els modes de permisos d'accés de fitxer consisteixen en combinacions dels " -"sis mòduls següents:" +msgid "File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six modes:" +msgstr "Els modes de permisos d'accés de fitxer consisteixen en combinacions dels sis mòduls següents:" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:129 msgid "<li>r - read</li>" @@ -1666,41 +1528,28 @@ "bash(1), zsh(1)." #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"<li>* can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>* es pot substituir per qualsevol nombre de caràcters, excepte " -"'/'<li>" +msgid "<li>* can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" +msgstr "<li>* es pot substituir per qualsevol nombre de caràcters, excepte '/'<li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199 -msgid "" -"<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</" -"li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>** es pot substituir per qualsevol nombre de caràcters, inclòs " -"'/'</li>" +msgid "<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>" +msgstr "<li>** es pot substituir per qualsevol nombre de caràcters, inclòs '/'</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:202 msgid "<li>? can substitute for any single character except '/'</li>" msgstr "<li>? es pot substituir per caràcter únic, excepte '/'</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:205 -msgid "" -"<li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgid "<li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" msgstr "<li>[abc] se substituirà pel caràcter únic a, b, o c</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:208 -msgid "" -"<li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgid "<li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" msgstr "<li>[a-c] se substituirà pel caràcter únic a, b, o c</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:211 -msgid "" -"<li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match " -"cd</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>{ab,cd} s'expandirà a una regla per coincidir amb ab, una regla " -"per coincidir amb cd</li>" +msgid "<li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>" +msgstr "<li>{ab,cd} s'expandirà a una regla per coincidir amb ab, una regla per coincidir amb cd</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:214 msgid "Clean Exec - for sanitized execution" @@ -1717,10 +1566,8 @@ msgstr "" "L'opció d'execució neta per als permisos d'execució sense restriccions i \n" "el perfil discret proporciona una seguretat afegida extraient l'entorn que \n" -"ha estat heretat pel programa fill de les variables específiques. Se us " -"demanarà \n" -"d'escollir si voleu higienitzar l'entorn si escolliu \"p\" o \"u\" durant el " -"procés del perfil.\n" +"ha estat heretat pel programa fill de les variables específiques. Se us demanarà \n" +"d'escollir si voleu higienitzar l'entorn si escolliu \"p\" o \"u\" durant el procés del perfil.\n" "Aquestes són les variables:" #. Globalz @@ -1761,12 +1608,10 @@ #. for the updated permissions and filename #. for the profile entry #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:292 -#| msgid "Profile Entry For " msgid "Profile Entry for " msgstr "Entrada de perfil per a" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:297 -#| msgid "Enter or modify Filename" msgid "Enter or Modify Filename" msgstr "Introdueix o modifica el nom del fitxer" @@ -1842,19 +1687,14 @@ #. Update table values #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:602 -#| msgid "Entry will not added. Entry name or permissions not defined." msgid "Entry will not be added. Entry name or permissions not defined." -msgstr "" -"L'entrada no s'afegirà. El nom o els permisos de l'entrada no estan definits." +msgstr "L'entrada no s'afegirà. El nom o els permisos de l'entrada no estan definits." #. Prompts the user for a hatname #. Side-Effect: sets Settings["CURRENT_HAT"] #. returns true (hat entered) #. false (user aborted) #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:849 -#| msgid "" -#| "Please enter the name of the Hat that you would like \n" -#| "to add to the profile" msgid "" "Enter the name of the Hat that you would like \n" "to add to the profile\n" @@ -1879,30 +1719,17 @@ msgstr "" "No heu proporcionat un nom per al hat que voleu afegir.\n" "Si us plau \n" -"introduïu un nom de hat per crear un hat nou o premeu Interromp per " -"cancel·lar l'auxiliar." +"introduïu un nom de hat per crear un hat nou o premeu Interromp per cancel·lar l'auxiliar." #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:889 -#| msgid "" -#| "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Please enter a " -#| "different name to try again, or press Abort to cancel this wizard." -msgid "" -"The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name " -"or press Abort to cancel this wizard." -msgstr "" -"El perfil ja conté el nom hat proporcionat. Escriviu un nom diferent o " -"premeu Interromp per cancel·lar l'auxiliar." +msgid "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name or press Abort to cancel this wizard." +msgstr "El perfil ja conté el nom hat proporcionat. Escriviu un nom diferent o premeu Interromp per cancel·lar l'auxiliar." #. FIXME: format these texts better #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:928 -msgid "" -"View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing " -"entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." -msgstr "" -"Visualitzeu i modifiqueu el contingut d'un perfil individual. Per a les " -"entrades existents, feu doble clic als permisos per accedir al diàleg de " -"modificació." +msgid "View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." +msgstr "Visualitzeu i modifiqueu el contingut d'un perfil individual. Per a les entrades existents, feu doble clic als permisos per accedir al diàleg de modificació." #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:933 @@ -1914,21 +1741,15 @@ "U -unconstrained (*clean exec)</code>" msgstr "" "Definicions dels permisos: <code> r - lectura \n" -"w -escriptura l - enllaç m - mmap PROT_EXEC k - bloqueig de " -"fitxers \n" -"a - addició de fitxers x - execució i - hereta p - perfil " -"discret \n" +"w -escriptura l - enllaç m - mmap PROT_EXEC k - bloqueig de fitxers \n" +"a - addició de fitxers x - execució i - hereta p - perfil discret \n" "P - perfil discret (*execució neta) u - sense restriccions \n" " U -sense restriccions (*execució neta)</code>" #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942 -msgid "" -"Add Entry: Select the type of resource to add from the drop " -"down list." -msgstr "" -"Afegeix una entrada: seleccioneu el tipus de recurs que voleu " -"afegir des de la llista desplegable." +msgid "Add Entry: Select the type of resource to add from the drop down list." +msgstr "Afegeix una entrada: seleccioneu el tipus de recurs que voleu afegir des de la llista desplegable." #. help text - part x1 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:947 @@ -1937,62 +1758,47 @@ #. help text - part x2 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:951 -#| msgid "<li>Directory Add a directory entry to this profile</li>" msgid "<li>Directory Add a directory entry to this profile.</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>Directori Afegeix una entrada de directori al perfil.</li>" +msgstr "<li>Directori Afegeix una entrada de directori al perfil.</li>" #. help text - part x3 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:955 -#| msgid "<li>Capability Add a capability entry to this profile</li>" msgid "<li>Capability Add a capability entry to this profile.</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>Capacitat Afegeix una entrada de capacitat al perfil.</li>" +msgstr "<li>Capacitat Afegeix una entrada de capacitat al perfil.</li>" #. help text - part x4 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:959 msgid "" "<li>Include Add an include entry to this profile. This option \n" -"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load " -"time.</li>" +"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load time.</li>" msgstr "" -"<li>Capçalera Afegeix una entrada de capçalera al perfil. Aquesta " -"opció \n" -"inclou el contingut de l'entrada del perfil d'un altre fitxer d'aquest " -"perfil en el moment de la càrrega.</li>" +"<li>Capçalera Afegeix una entrada de capçalera al perfil. Aquesta opció \n" +"inclou el contingut de l'entrada del perfil d'un altre fitxer d'aquest perfil en el moment de la càrrega.</li>" #. help text - part x5 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963 msgid "" "<li>Network Entry Add a network rule entry to this profile. \n" -"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the " -"profile. \n" +"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the profile. \n" "You may specify a network address family and socket type.</li>" msgstr "" "<li>Entrada de xarxa Afegeix una regla de xarxa a aquest perfil. \n" -"Aquesta opció us permetrà especificar els privilegis d'accés a la xarxa per " -"al perfil. \n" +"Aquesta opció us permetrà especificar els privilegis d'accés a la xarxa per al perfil. \n" "Podeu especificar una família d'adreces de xarxa i un tipus de sòcol.</li>" #. help text - part x6 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:969 msgid "" "<li>Hat Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\n" -"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be " -"selected\n" +"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be selected\n" "during execution only in the context of being asked for by a changehat\n" "aware application. \n" -"For more information on changehat, see man changehat on your system " -"or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" +"For more information on changehat, see man changehat on your system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" msgstr "" -"<li>Hat Afegeix un perfil secundari per a aquest perfil, denominat " -"Hat. \n" -"Aquesta opció és anàloga a la creació manual d'un perfil nou, que es pot " -"seleccionar \n" -"durant l'execució només en el context que es demani una aplicació " -"changehat aware. \n" -"Per obtenir més informació sobre changehat, consulteu man changehat " -"al sistema o la Guia de l'usuari de Novell d'AppArmor.</li>" +"<li>Hat Afegeix un perfil secundari per a aquest perfil, denominat Hat. \n" +"Aquesta opció és anàloga a la creació manual d'un perfil nou, que es pot seleccionar \n" +"durant l'execució només en el context que es demani una aplicació changehat aware. \n" +"Per obtenir més informació sobre changehat, consulteu man changehat al sistema o la Guia de l'usuari de Novell d'AppArmor.</li>" #. help text - part x7 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:977 @@ -2001,27 +1807,19 @@ #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:982 -msgid "" -"Delete Entry: Removes the selected entry from this profile." -msgstr "" -"Suprimeix l'entrada: Suprimeix l'entrada seleccionada des d'aquest " -"perfil." +msgid "Delete Entry: Removes the selected entry from this profile." +msgstr "Suprimeix l'entrada: Suprimeix l'entrada seleccionada des d'aquest perfil." #. help text - part y1 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:987 msgid "" "*Clean Exec The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n" -"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping " -"the environment \n" -"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These " -"variables are:" +"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \n" +"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:" msgstr "" -"*Execució neta L'opció d'execució neta per als permisos " -"d'execució \n" -"sense restriccions i el perfil discret proporciona una seguretat afegida " -"extraient l'entorn \n" -"que ha estat heretat pel programa fill de les variables específiques. " -"Aquestes són lesvariables:" +"*Execució neta L'opció d'execució neta per als permisos d'execució \n" +"sense restriccions i el perfil discret proporciona una seguretat afegida extraient l'entorn \n" +"que ha estat heretat pel programa fill de les variables específiques. Aquestes són lesvariables:" #. help text - part y2 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:998 @@ -2084,15 +1882,8 @@ #. Widget activated in the table #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1145 -#| msgid "" -#| "Include entries can not be edited. Please select add or delete to manage " -#| "Include entries." -msgid "" -"Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include " -"entries." -msgstr "" -"L'opció \"Inclou entrades\" no pot editar-se. Seleccioneu \"Afegeix\" o " -"\"Suprimeix\" per gestionar \"Inclou entrades\"." +msgid "Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include entries." +msgstr "L'opció \"Inclou entrades\" no pot editar-se. Seleccioneu \"Afegeix\" o \"Suprimeix\" per gestionar \"Inclou entrades\"." #. Make sure that the entry doesn't already exist #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1294 @@ -2100,38 +1891,27 @@ msgstr "Els hats no poden tenir hats incrustats" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1306 -#| msgid "Select File To Include" msgid "Select File to Include" msgstr "Seleccioneu el fitxer que voleu incloure" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1335 -msgid "" -"Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these " -"directories: \n" -msgstr "" -"El fitxer de #capçalera no és vàlid. Els fitxers de capçalera s'han d'ubicar " -"en un d'aquests directoris: \n" +msgid "Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these directories: \n" +msgstr "El fitxer de #capçalera no és vàlid. Els fitxers de capçalera s'han d'ubicar en un d'aquests directoris: \n" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1379 -#| msgid "Save changes to the Profile" msgid "Save changes to the profile" msgstr "Desar els canvis al perfil " #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1380 -#| msgid "" -#| "Would you like to save the changes to this profile? \n" -#| "(Note: after saving the changes the AppArmor profiles will be reloaded.)" msgid "" "Save the changes to this profile? \n" "(Note: after saving, AppArmor profiles will be reloaded.)\n" msgstr "" "Voleu desar els canvis d'aquest perfil? \n" -"(Nota: després de desar els canvis, s'actualitzaran els perfils de " -"l'AppArmor.\n" +"(Nota: després de desar els canvis, s'actualitzaran els perfils de l'AppArmor.\n" #. We'll need this often - cache it #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1476 -#| msgid "You must select a profile to edit" msgid "You must select a profile to edit." msgstr "Heu de seleccionar un perfil per editar." @@ -2162,111 +1942,39 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "The View Archive Reports form enables you to view previously " -#~ "generated\n" -#~ "reports located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory. Use " -#~ "the checkboxes at the top to narrow-down the category of reports shown in " -#~ "the list to: SIR Reports, AUD Reports or ESS Reports. To see report " -#~ "details, select a report and click the View button. You " -#~ "can view reports from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /" -#~ "var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " El formulari Mostra els informes arxivats us permetrà visualitzar els " -#~ "informes creats anteriorment ubicats al directori /var/log/apparmor/" -#~ "reports-archived. Les caselles de selecció de la part superior del " -#~ "formulari permeten limitar la categoria dels informes mostrats en la " -#~ "llista en funció de: informes SIR, informes AUD o informes ESS. Per a " -#~ "consultar els detalls dels informes, seleccioneu un informe i feu clic al " -#~ "botó Mostra. Podeu visualitzar informes d'un o més " -#~ "sistemes si desplaceu els informes al directori /var/log/apparmor/reports-" -#~ "archived." +#~ "The View Archive Reports form enables you to view previously generated\n" +#~ "reports located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory. Use the checkboxes at the top to narrow-down the category of reports shown in the list to: SIR Reports, AUD Reports or ESS Reports. To see report details, select a report and click the View button. You can view reports from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." +#~ msgstr " El formulari Mostra els informes arxivats us permetrà visualitzar els informes creats anteriorment ubicats al directori /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. Les caselles de selecció de la part superior del formulari permeten limitar la categoria dels informes mostrats en la llista en funció de: informes SIR, informes AUD o informes ESS. Per a consultar els detalls dels informes, seleccioneu un informe i feu clic al botó Mostra. Podeu visualitzar informes d'un o més sistemes si desplaceu els informes al directori /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived." #~ msgid "repConfHelp" #~ msgstr "repConfHelp" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<ul> <li>Policy Exceptions: When an application requests a " -#~ "resource \n" -#~ "that's not defined within its profile, a security event is generated.</" -#~ "li> \n" -#~ "<li>Policy Engine State Changes: Enforces policy for applications " -#~ "and \n" -#~ "maintains its own state, including when engines start or stop, when a " -#~ "policy \n" -#~ "is reloaded, and when global security feature are enabled or disabled.</" -#~ "li></ul> \n" -#~ "Select the report from the archive, then View to see the report " -#~ "details." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Informe d'incidències de seguretat (SIR): es tracta d'un informe " -#~ "que mostra els esdeveniments de seguretat d'interès a un administrador. " -#~ "Informa sobre les violacions de política per part d'aplicacions limitades " -#~ "localment durant el període de temps especificat. Aquests informes " -#~ "presenten les excepcions de la política dels informes SIR i els canvis " -#~ "d'estat del motor de la política. Aquests dos tipus d'esdeveniments de " -#~ "seguretat es defineixen de la manera següent: <ul> <li>excepcions de " -#~ "la política: quan una aplicació sol·licita un recurs que no està " -#~ "definit dins del seu perfil, es crea un esdeveniment de seguretat. " -#~ "<li>Canvis d'estat del motor de la política: aplica la política " -#~ "per a les aplicacions i manté el seu estat propi, fins i tot si el motor " -#~ "s'inicia o s'atura, si es torna a carregar una política i si s'habilita o " -#~ "inhabilita la funció de seguretat global. </ul> Seleccioneu l'informe de " -#~ "l'arxiu i després Mostra per a veure els detalls de l'informe." +#~ "<ul> <li>Policy Exceptions: When an application requests a resource \n" +#~ "that's not defined within its profile, a security event is generated.</li> \n" +#~ "<li>Policy Engine State Changes: Enforces policy for applications and \n" +#~ "maintains its own state, including when engines start or stop, when a policy \n" +#~ "is reloaded, and when global security feature are enabled or disabled.</li></ul> \n" +#~ "Select the report from the archive, then View to see the report details." +#~ msgstr "Informe d'incidències de seguretat (SIR): es tracta d'un informe que mostra els esdeveniments de seguretat d'interès a un administrador. Informa sobre les violacions de política per part d'aplicacions limitades localment durant el període de temps especificat. Aquests informes presenten les excepcions de la política dels informes SIR i els canvis d'estat del motor de la política. Aquests dos tipus d'esdeveniments de seguretat es defineixen de la manera següent: <ul> <li>excepcions de la política: quan una aplicació sol·licita un recurs que no està definit dins del seu perfil, es crea un esdeveniment de seguretat. <li>Canvis d'estat del motor de la política: aplica la política per a les aplicacions i manté el seu estat propi, fins i tot si el motor s'inicia o s'atura, si es torna a carregar una política i si s'habilita o inhabilita la funció de seguretat global. </ul> Seleccioneu l'informe de l'arxiu i després Mostra per a veu re els detalls de l'informe." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Applications Audit Report (AUD): An auditing tool that reports " -#~ "which application servers are running and whether they are confined by " -#~ "AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming " -#~ "network connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, " -#~ "the date the Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the " -#~ "unconfined program or application server, the suggested profile or a " -#~ "placeholder for a profile for an unconfined program, the process ID " -#~ "number, the state of the program (confined or unconfined) and the type of " -#~ "confinement that the profile is performing (enforce/complain)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Informe d'auditoria d'aplicacions (AUD): és una eina d'auditoria " -#~ "que informa sobre quins servidors d'aplicacions estan funcionant i si " -#~ "AppArmor limita les aplicacions. Els servidors d'aplicacions són " -#~ "aplicacions que accepten connexions de xarxa entrants. Aquest informe " -#~ "proporciona l'adreça IP de l'ordinador central, la data d'execució de " -#~ "l'informe d'auditoria d'aplicacions, el nom i el camí del programa sense " -#~ "limitacions o del servidor de l'aplicació, el perfil suggerit o un text " -#~ "variable per a un perfil d'un programa sense limitacions, el número " -#~ "identificador del procés, l'estat del programa (limitat o sense " -#~ "limitacions) i el tipus de limitació que està realitzant el perfil " -#~ "(aplicació/queixa). " +#~ msgid "Applications Audit Report (AUD): An auditing tool that reports which application servers are running and whether they are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, the date the Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the unconfined program or application server, the suggested profile or a placeholder for a profile for an unconfined program, the process ID number, the state of the program (confined or unconfined) and the type of confinement that the profile is performing (enforce/complain)." +#~ msgstr "Informe d'auditoria d'aplicacions (AUD): és una eina d'auditoria que informa sobre quins servidors d'aplicacions estan funcionant i si AppArmor limita les aplicacions. Els servidors d'aplicacions són aplicacions que accepten connexions de xarxa entrants. Aquest informe proporciona l'adreça IP de l'ordinador central, la data d'execució de l'informe d'auditoria d'aplicacions, el nom i el camí del programa sense limitacions o del servidor de l'aplicació, el perfil suggerit o un text variable per a un perfil d'un programa sense limitacions, el número identificador del procés, l'estat del programa (limitat o sense limitacions) i el tipus de limitació que està realitzant el perfil (aplicació/queixa). " #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Executive Security Summary (ESS): A combined report, \n" -#~ "consisting of one or more high-level reports from one or more machines. " -#~ "This \n" -#~ "report can provide a single view of security events on multiple machines " -#~ "if each \n" +#~ "consisting of one or more high-level reports from one or more machines. This \n" +#~ "report can provide a single view of security events on multiple machines if each \n" #~ "machine's data is copied to the reports archive directory, which is \n" -#~ "/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. This report provides the " -#~ "host \n" -#~ "machine's IP address, the start and end dates of the polled events, total " -#~ "number \n" -#~ "of rejects, total number of events, average of severity levels reported, " -#~ "and the \n" -#~ "highest severity level reported. One line of the ESS report represents a " -#~ "range \n" +#~ "/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. This report provides the host \n" +#~ "machine's IP address, the start and end dates of the polled events, total number \n" +#~ "of rejects, total number of events, average of severity levels reported, and the \n" +#~ "highest severity level reported. One line of the ESS report represents a range \n" #~ "of SIR reports." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Resum executiu de seguretat (ESS): es tracta d'un informe " -#~ "combinat, que consta d'un o més informes d'incidències de seguretat d'un " -#~ "o més equips. Aquest informe proporciona una visualització simple dels " -#~ "esdeveniments de seguretat en diferents equips, si les dades d'aquests " -#~ "ordinadors es copien al directori d'arxiu d'informes /var/log/apparmor/" -#~ "reports-archived. Aquest informe proporciona l'adreça IP de " -#~ "l'ordinador, les dates d'inici i finalització del esdeveniments " -#~ "obtinguts, el nombre total de rebuigs, el nombre total d'esdeveniments, " -#~ "els nivells mitjans de gravetat registrats i el nivell màxim de gravetat " -#~ "registrat. Una línia de l'informe ESS representa un abast dels informes " -#~ "SIR. " +#~ msgstr "Resum executiu de seguretat (ESS): es tracta d'un informe combinat, que consta d'un o més informes d'incidències de seguretat d'un o més equips. Aquest informe proporciona una visualització simple dels esdeveniments de seguretat en diferents equips, si les dades d'aquests ordinadors es copien al directori d'arxiu d'informes /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. Aquest informe proporciona l'adreça IP de l'ordinador, les dates d'inici i finalització del esdeveniments obtinguts, el nombre total de rebuigs, el nombre total d'esdeveniments, els nivells mitjans de gravetat registrats i el nivell màxim de gravetat registrat. Una línia de l'informe ESS representa un abast dels informes SIR. " #~ msgid "Archived Security Incident Report - Page " #~ msgstr "Informe d'incidències de seguretat arxivat: pàgina" @@ -2366,9 +2074,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Illegal end date entered. Please retry." #~ msgid "Illegal end date entered. Retry." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La data de finalització que heu introduït no és vàlida. Torneu a provar-" -#~ "ho." +#~ msgstr "La data de finalització que heu introduït no és vàlida. Torneu a provar-ho." #~ msgid "Access Type: " #~ msgstr "Tipus d’accés:" @@ -2450,15 +2156,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "AppArmor Security Events\n" -#~| " This table displays the events found that match your " -#~| "search criteria." +#~| " This table displays the events found that match your search criteria." #~ msgid "" #~ "AppArmor Security Events\n" #~ "This table displays the events that match your search criteria.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Esdeveniments de seguretat d'AppArmor\n" -#~ " Aquesta taula mostra els esdeveniments trobats que " -#~ "coincideixen amb els criteris de cerca." +#~ " Aquesta taula mostra els esdeveniments trobats que coincideixen amb els criteris de cerca." #~ msgid "AppArmor Event Report Data" #~ msgstr "Dades de l'informe d'esdeveniments d'AppArmor" @@ -2515,17 +2219,13 @@ #~ msgstr "Esdeveniments DB no inicialitzats." #~ msgid "The events database has not been populated. No records exist." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No s'ha omplert la base de dades dels esdeveniments. No existeixen " -#~ "registres." +#~ msgstr "No s'ha omplert la base de dades dels esdeveniments. No existeixen registres." #~ msgid "Query Returned Empty List." #~ msgstr "La consulta ha retornat una llista buida." #~ msgid "The events database has no records that match the search query." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La base de dades d'esdeveniments no té cap entrada que coincideixi amb la " -#~ "consulta de cerca." +#~ msgstr "La base de dades d'esdeveniments no té cap entrada que coincideixi amb la consulta de cerca." #~ msgid "Archived Event Report - Page " #~ msgstr "Informe d'esdeveniments arxivat: pàgina" @@ -2580,8 +2280,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Informe del resum executiu de seguretat" #~ msgid "No recognized report type selected. Try again." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No s'ha seleccionat cap tipus d'informe reconegut. Torneu-ho a intentar." +#~ msgstr "No s'ha seleccionat cap tipus d'informe reconegut. Torneu-ho a intentar." #~ msgid "AppArmor Report" #~ msgstr "Informe d'AppArmor" @@ -2673,9 +2372,7 @@ #~ msgstr "No es pot suprimir un informe d'estoc." #~ msgid "No name provided for retrieving SIR report page count." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No s'ha proporcionat cap nom per recuperar el comptatge de la pàgina de " -#~ "l'informe SIR." +#~ msgstr "No s'ha proporcionat cap nom per recuperar el comptatge de la pàgina de l'informe SIR." #~ msgid "Mode Request" #~ msgstr "Sol·licitud de mode" @@ -2729,15 +2426,9 @@ #~ msgstr "Revisa" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "SubDomain does not appear to be started. Please enable SubDomain and " -#~| "try again." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "AppArmor does not appear to be started. Please enable AppArmor and try " -#~ "again." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sembla que no s'ha iniciat el subdomini. Habiliteu-lo i torneu-ho a " -#~ "provar." +#~| msgid "SubDomain does not appear to be started. Please enable SubDomain and try again." +#~ msgid "AppArmor does not appear to be started. Please enable AppArmor and try again." +#~ msgstr "Sembla que no s'ha iniciat el subdomini. Habiliteu-lo i torneu-ho a provar." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Updating AppArmor profiles in %s." @@ -2765,9 +2456,7 @@ #~ "Enter an application name to\n" #~ "continue generating a profile or press\n" #~ "Abort to cancel this wizard.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El perfil ja conté el nom hat proporcionat. Escriviu un nom diferent per " -#~ "a tornar-ho a provar o premeu Interromp per a cancel·lar l'auxiliar." +#~ msgstr "El perfil ja conté el nom hat proporcionat. Escriviu un nom diferent per a tornar-ho a provar o premeu Interromp per a cancel·lar l'auxiliar." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -2776,9 +2465,7 @@ #~ "Enter an application name to\n" #~ "continue generating a profile or press\n" #~ "Abort to cancel this wizard.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El perfil ja conté el nom hat proporcionat. Escriviu un nom diferent per " -#~ "a tornar-ho a provar o premeu Interromp per a cancel·lar l'auxiliar." +#~ msgstr "El perfil ja conté el nom hat proporcionat. Escriviu un nom diferent per a tornar-ho a provar o premeu Interromp per a cancel·lar l'auxiliar." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -2787,9 +2474,7 @@ #~ "Enter an application name to\n" #~ "continue generating a profile or press\n" #~ "Abort to cancel this wizard.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El perfil ja conté el nom hat proporcionat. Escriviu un nom diferent per " -#~ "a tornar-ho a provar o premeu Interromp per a cancel·lar l'auxiliar." +#~ msgstr "El perfil ja conté el nom hat proporcionat. Escriviu un nom diferent per a tornar-ho a provar o premeu Interromp per a cancel·lar l'auxiliar." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -2802,8 +2487,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "No heu proporcionat un nom per al hat que voleu afegir.\n" #~ "Escriviu \n" -#~ "\t\t\tun nom de hat per a crear un hat nou o premeu Interromp per a " -#~ "cancel·lar l'auxiliar." +#~ "\t\t\tun nom de hat per a crear un hat nou o premeu Interromp per a cancel·lar l'auxiliar." #~ msgid "Profiling" #~ msgstr "Assignació de perfils" @@ -2824,8 +2508,7 @@ #~ "una altra finestra i feu servir les seves funcions.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Un cop fet, seleccioneu el botó \"Escaneja\" per tal \n" -#~ "d'escanejar els registres del sistema i comprovar si existeixen " -#~ "esdeveniments d'AppArmor. \n" +#~ "d'escanejar els registres del sistema i comprovar si existeixen esdeveniments d'AppArmor. \n" #~ "\n" #~ "Per a cada esdeveniment d'AppArmor tindreu l'oportunitat \n" #~ "de triar si voleu permetre'n o denegar-ne l'accés." @@ -2861,8 +2544,7 @@ #~ msgstr "# Període: %s - %s\n" #~ msgid "# The following filters were used for report generation:\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "# S'han utilitzat els filtres següents per a la creació d'informes:\n" +#~ msgstr "# S'han utilitzat els filtres següents per a la creació d'informes:\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "# Filter: %s, Value: %s\n" @@ -2923,67 +2605,38 @@ #~ msgstr "Error: no s'ha pogut obrir %s. No s'ha creat l'informe ESS csv." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please refer to this for more detailed information about AppArmor" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Consulteu-ho per a obtenir informació més detallada sobre l'AppArmor</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "Please refer to this for more detailed information about AppArmor" +#~ msgstr "Consulteu-ho per a obtenir informació més detallada sobre l'AppArmor" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions about allowed operations on files,\n" -#~ "where file owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID " -#~ "is \n" +#~ "where file owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is \n" #~ "applicable. It doesn't override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ul><li>Sobreescriu totes les restriccions de les operacions permeses en " -#~ "fitxers, on el propietari del fitxer ha de ser igual a l'identificador de " -#~ "l'usuari, excepte si s'aplica CAP_FSETID. No sobreescriu les restriccions " -#~ "MAC i DAC. </li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "<ul><li>Sobreescriu totes les restriccions de les operacions permeses en fitxers, on el propietari del fitxer ha de ser igual a l'identificador de l'usuari, excepte si s'aplica CAP_FSETID. No sobreescriu les restriccions MAC i DAC. </li></ul>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions that the effective user \n" -#~ "ID shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID " -#~ "bits on that \n" -#~ "file; that the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) " -#~ "shall match \n" -#~ "the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; that the " -#~ "S_ISUID and \n" -#~ "S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not " -#~ "implemented). </li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ul><li>Sobreescriu les següents restriccions de que l'identificador de " -#~ "l'usuari efectiu ha de coincidir amb l'identificador del propietari del " -#~ "fitxer en establir els bits S_ISUID i S_ISGID al fitxer; que " -#~ "l'identificador del grup efectiu (o un dels identificadors del grup " -#~ "suplementari) ha de coincidir amb l'identificador del propietari del " -#~ "fitxer en establir el bit S_ISGID al fitxer; que els bits S_ISUID i " -#~ "S_ISGID es borrin en un retorn correcte des de chown(2) (no implementat). " -#~ "</li></ul>" +#~ "ID shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that \n" +#~ "file; that the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) shall match \n" +#~ "the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; that the S_ISUID and \n" +#~ "S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "<ul><li>Sobreescriu les següents restriccions de que l'identificador de l'usuari efectiu ha de coincidir amb l'identificador del propietari del fitxer en establir els bits S_ISUID i S_ISGID al fitxer; que l'identificador del grup efectiu (o un dels identificadors del grup suplementari) ha de coincidir amb l'identificador del propietari del fitxer en establir el bit S_ISGID al fitxer; que els bits S_ISUID i S_ISGID es borrin en un retorn correcte des de chown(2) (no implementat). </li></ul>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "The profile already contains the provided hat name. \n" -#~ "Please enter a different name to try again, or press Abort to cancel this " -#~ "wizard." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El perfil ja conté el nom hat proporcionat. Escriviu un nom diferent per " -#~ "a tornar-ho a provar o premeu Interromp per a cancel·lar l'auxiliar." +#~ "Please enter a different name to try again, or press Abort to cancel this wizard." +#~ msgstr "El perfil ja conté el nom hat proporcionat. Escriviu un nom diferent per a tornar-ho a provar o premeu Interromp per a cancel·lar l'auxiliar." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Generate Reports Help If there were, in fact, \n" -#~ "going to be any help for you (which, incidentally, there isn't going to " -#~ "be), \n" -#~ "then you would indeed find said help, here.Thank you for your " -#~ "time, \n" +#~ "going to be any help for you (which, incidentally, there isn't going to be), \n" +#~ "then you would indeed find said help, here.Thank you for your time, \n" #~ "and have a nice day." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ajuda sobre la creació d'informes En el cas que hi hagués algun " -#~ "tipus d'ajuda que, de fet, no està previst que n'hi hagi, aleshores " -#~ "trobaríeu ajuda aquí. Gràcies per a la vostra atenció i que tingueu un " -#~ "bon dia." +#~ msgstr "Ajuda sobre la creació d'informes En el cas que hi hagués algun tipus d'ajuda que, de fet, no està previst que n'hi hagi, aleshores trobaríeu ajuda aquí. Gràcies per a la vostra atenció i que tingueu un bon dia." #~ msgid "Weds" #~ msgstr "dc." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89777 - trunk/yast/tg/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:43:52 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89777 Added: trunk/yast/tg/po/cio.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/opensuse_mirror.tg.po Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/add-on-creator.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/add-on.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/audit-laf.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/auth-client.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/auth-server.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/autoinst.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/base.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/bootloader.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/ca-management.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/cluster.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/control-center.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/control.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/country.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/crowbar.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/dhcp-server.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/dns-server.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/drbd.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/fcoe-client.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/firewall-services.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/firewall.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/firstboot.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/ftp-server.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/geo-cluster.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/gtk.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/http-server.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/inetd.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/installation.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/instserver.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/iplb.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/iscsi-client.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/iscsi-lio-server.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/iscsi-server.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/isns.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/kdump.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/kerberos-server.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/kerberos.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/languages_db.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/ldap-client.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/ldap-server.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/ldap.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/live-installer.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/lxc.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/mail.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/multipath.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/ncurses-pkg.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/ncurses.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/network.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/nfs.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/nfs_server.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/nis.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/nis_server.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/ntp-client.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/oneclickinstall.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/online-update-configuration.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/online-update.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/packager.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/pam.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/pkg-bindings.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/printer.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/product-creator.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/proxy.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/qt-pkg.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/qt.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/rdp.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/rear.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/registration.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/reipl.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/relocation-server.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/s390.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/samba-client.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/samba-server.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/samba-users.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/scanner.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/security.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/services-manager.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/slp-server.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/snapper.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/sound.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/squid.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/sshd.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/storage.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/sudo.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/support.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/sysconfig.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/tftp-server.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/timezone_db.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/tune.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/update.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/users.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/vm.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/wagon.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/wol.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/xpram.tg.po trunk/yast/tg/po/yast2-apparmor.tg.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/add-on-creator.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/add-on-creator.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/add-on-creator.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/add-on.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/add-on.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/add-on.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -56,21 +56,21 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Маҳсулоти барномаи иловагӣ" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Омодасозӣ..." #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "Омодасозии маҳсулоти барномаи иловагӣ..." @@ -96,10 +96,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Номаълум" @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "Насби маҳсули барномаи иловагӣ" @@ -238,33 +238,33 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "Ягон маҳсул дар анбори нармафзор ёфт нашуд." #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "Ягон анбори нармафзор дар ин медиа ёфт нашуд." #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "Омодасозии манбаи нав..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "Суроғаи URL: %1, Директория: %2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "Интихоби анбори нармафзор" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ "Анбори нармафзори гуногун дар медиаи интихобшуда ёфт шуд.\n" "Анбори нармафзореро барои инстифода интихоб намоед.\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "&Анборҳои нармафзори ёфтшуда" @@ -286,33 +286,33 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "Насби маҳсули барномаи иловагиро дар ҳақиқат қатъ мекунед?" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "Анбори нармафзореро интихоб намоед." #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Вобастагиҳои маҳсули барномаи иловагӣ ҷамъ карда намешаванд." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "Интихоби маҳсулот" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "Маҳсулоти дастрас" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -323,12 +323,12 @@ "насб интихоб намоед.\n" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Вобастагиҳои маҳсулоти барномаи иловагии интихобшуда ҷамъ карда намешаванд." #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 msgid "" "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -341,102 +341,102 @@ "онро интихоб кунед ва тугмаи Нест кардан-ро зер кунед." #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "%1, Директория: %2" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Product" msgstr "Маҳсул" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 msgid "Media" msgstr "Медиа" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "Маҳсулеро барои несткунӣ интихоб намоед." #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "Тозакунии барномаи иловагии интихобшуда..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "Маҳсулоти барномаи иловагии насбшуда" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "Маҳсули барномаи иловагӣ" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "Суроғаи URL" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "Оғози мудири &нармафзор..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "Ҳамаи маҳсулоти барномаи иловагии насбшуда дар системаи шумо намоиш дода шудаанд." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr "Барои илова кардани маҳсули барномаи иловагии нав, тугмаи Илова кардан-ро зер кунед, ё барои нест кардани маҳсули барномаи иловагии насбшуда, тугмаи Нест кардан-ро зер кунед." #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "Провайдер: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "Провайдери номаълум" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "Версия: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "Версияи номаълум" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "Суроғаи URL-и анбори нармафзор: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "Суроғаи URL-и анбори нармафзор номаълум аст" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "Лақаби анбори нармафзор: %1 " #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Маҳсул номаълум" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "Суроғаи URL-и номуайян" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ "Мутмаин ҳастед. ки мехоҳед онро ба ҳар ҳол тоза кунед?" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "Тозакунии вобастагиҳои маҳсул..." Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/audit-laf.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/audit-laf.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/audit-laf.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -813,32 +813,50 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "Қайдҳои нашр нишон дода намешавад." -#. Error message +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +msgstr "" + +#. question continues +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "" -"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" -"Do you want to start it now?" +msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476 -msgid "" -" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -"Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" +msgstr "Манбаъи маълумоти 1 кушода намешавад." + +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start &Update" +msgid "Start and &Enable" +msgstr "Оғози &навсозӣ" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Start" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484 -msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Do not start" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the database1." msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "Манбаъи маълумоти 1 кушода намешавад." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -847,40 +865,40 @@ msgstr "" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "Танзимоти шабака захира шудааст..." #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Сабти танзимоти proxy" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Танзимоти proxy сабт шудааст..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "Танзимоти proxy сабт шудааст..." #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -888,26 +906,26 @@ msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "" #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 msgid "Log file" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/auth-client.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/auth-client.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/auth-client.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Хуб" #. Waiting for response #. Waiting for response @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Help" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Роҳнамо" #. No we open the dialog #: src/include/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:538 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Илова" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:539 msgid "Edit" @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нест кардан" #. Inetd configure dialog caption #: src/include/dialogs.rb:547 @@ -390,23 +390,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/auth-server.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/auth-server.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/auth-server.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -236,6 +236,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "First Boot Configuration" +msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" +msgstr "Танзимоти худбошавии аввалин" + #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" @@ -438,7 +444,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Парол" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073 msgid "Validate Password" @@ -487,7 +493,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 msgid "Bro&wse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Кушодан..." #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 @@ -655,20 +661,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" -"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" "specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" @@ -678,14 +686,14 @@ "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -695,13 +703,13 @@ "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" @@ -709,7 +717,7 @@ "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click Change Password. \n" @@ -719,28 +727,28 @@ "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" "the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" @@ -751,17 +759,17 @@ "thumbs)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" "should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" @@ -770,7 +778,7 @@ "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -779,30 +787,30 @@ "option. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" @@ -810,34 +818,34 @@ "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" @@ -845,30 +853,30 @@ "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" @@ -876,21 +884,21 @@ "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" "in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" @@ -902,11 +910,11 @@ "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" "made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" @@ -914,21 +922,21 @@ "such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" @@ -938,15 +946,15 @@ "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -954,28 +962,28 @@ "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" @@ -985,22 +993,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" #. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1008,11 +1016,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" @@ -1020,78 +1028,78 @@ msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" "Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" "support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" "corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" "different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" @@ -1099,19 +1107,19 @@ "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" @@ -1119,71 +1127,71 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" "receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1191,7 +1199,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" "\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" @@ -1201,29 +1209,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" "server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" @@ -1232,231 +1240,231 @@ #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "" @@ -1765,6 +1773,12 @@ #. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Firstboot Configuration" +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" +msgstr "Танзимоти худбошавии аввалин" + #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "" @@ -1811,7 +1825,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Омодасозӣ..." #. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. **************************************** @@ -1954,7 +1968,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 @@ -1962,7 +1976,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ҳа" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 @@ -2071,7 +2085,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 msgid "None" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ҳеҷ чиз" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" @@ -2440,7 +2454,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 msgid "Select" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Интихоб кунед" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 msgid "Define the Access Level" @@ -2690,8 +2704,8 @@ msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "" @@ -2954,7 +2968,7 @@ msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "" @@ -2967,101 +2981,101 @@ msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/autoinst.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/autoinst.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/autoinst.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -111,8 +111,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "" -#. doClone(); -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "" @@ -123,35 +122,28 @@ msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "Бандари Proxy бояд танзим шавад." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the -#. system. -#. -#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42 +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "Нусхабардории танзимоти системаи X Window ба система..." -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 #, fuzzy msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "Системаи сабткардашуда таҳвил шудааст..." -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92 -msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "" #. help 1/2 @@ -286,22 +278,22 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "&Гузаштани танзимот" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "" @@ -2229,12 +2221,12 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 msgid " - Drive" msgstr "" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 msgid " - Volume group" msgstr "" @@ -2336,11 +2328,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "Дастгоҳҳо" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 msgid "Total of %1 drive" msgstr "" @@ -2527,35 +2519,35 @@ msgstr "" #. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "" #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "" #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/base.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/base.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/base.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -1223,7 +1223,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Гузаштан" @@ -1246,7 +1246,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Парол" @@ -1441,6 +1441,27 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "Қуттиҳои сабткардашудаи RPM тафтиш шудаанд..." +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "Навсозии танзимот..." + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "" + +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 #, fuzzy @@ -2061,15 +2082,15 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "Модем" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Корти шабака" @@ -2077,27 +2098,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Номуайян" @@ -2107,347 +2128,347 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "Суроғаи иловагӣ" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 #, fuzzy msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "Ягон корт дохил карда нашудааст" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Пайвастшавии Bluetooth" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 #, fuzzy msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "Таҳлилгари шабакаи Интернет" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "Корти ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 #, fuzzy msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "Роҳчаи истифодабарии интерфейси D-Bus" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "Пайвастшавии DSL" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "Сохтагӣ" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 #, fuzzy msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "Дастгоҳи CD-ROM..." #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Корти шабакаи Ethernet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "Корти шабакам FDDI" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 #, fuzzy msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "Иттилооти воситаҳои шабака" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "Пайвастшавии ISDN" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 #, fuzzy msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "Дастгоҳи CD-ROM..." -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "Дастгоҳи инфрасурх" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 #, fuzzy msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "Корти шабака" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 #, fuzzy msgid "Loopback" msgstr "Такрор кардан" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #, fuzzy msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "Дастгоҳи камера..." #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #, fuzzy msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Ягон корт дохил карда нашудааст" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 #, fuzzy msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "Иҷрои фармон" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 #, fuzzy msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "Соединение с удалённой системой" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 #, fuzzy msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "Муқаддимаи XMMS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 #, fuzzy msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "Иҷрои фармон" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 #, fuzzy msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "Соединение с удалённой системой" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 #, fuzzy msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "<qt>Изменение ключа идентификации</qt>" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 #, fuzzy msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "Корти шабакаи нодуруст" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "Дастгоҳи шаӣакаи USB" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "Дастгоҳи шаӣакаи VMWare" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "Бесимӣ" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Корти шаӣакаи бесимӣ" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "Шабакаи XP" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "Virtual LAN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 #, fuzzy msgid "Bridge" msgstr "Пуштибонии I/O" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "Пуштибонии I/O" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 #, fuzzy msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "Таҳлилгари шабакаи Интернет" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #, fuzzy msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "Таҳлилгари шабакаи Интернет" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #, fuzzy msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "Дастгоҳи камера..." @@ -2514,7 +2535,7 @@ msgstr "Проводник" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2523,27 +2544,23 @@ msgstr "" #. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 -#, fuzzy -msgid "No running network detected." -msgstr "Нармафзори истифодашудаи бо хидматгоҳҳои Интернет" - -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356 -msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" -"and start this module again" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360 -msgid "or continue without network." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -2864,55 +2881,55 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Қуттӣ: " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Андоза:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Ҷустуҷӯи барномаҳои Debian" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "Ҷустуҷӯи барномаҳои Debian" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 #, fuzzy msgid "Show &details" msgstr "Намоиши FPS" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 #, fuzzy msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "Ҷустуҷӯи барномаҳои Debian" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 #, fuzzy msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "Коргузорӣ қатъ карда шуд" @@ -2922,64 +2939,64 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 #, fuzzy msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "Хато" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 #, fuzzy msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Ҷустуҷӯи барномаҳои Debian" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Установка шрифтов..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 #, fuzzy msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "Ҷустуҷӯи барномаҳои Debian" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "Установка шрифтов..." #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 #, fuzzy msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "Кушодани экран қатъ карда шуд" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "Кушодани экран қатъ карда шуд" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -2990,31 +3007,31 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 #, fuzzy msgid "Side A" msgstr "Истифодабарии якҷоя" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 #, fuzzy msgid "Side B" msgstr "Истифодабарии якҷоя" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "Намуди диск" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "Миёна" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Insert\n" @@ -3022,7 +3039,7 @@ msgstr "Ворид" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3031,7 +3048,7 @@ msgstr "" #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3040,64 +3057,64 @@ msgstr "" #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "" #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 #, fuzzy msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "Радкунии &панели супориш" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 #, fuzzy msgid "&Eject" msgstr "Баровардан" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 #, fuzzy msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "Коргузорӣ қатъ карда шуд" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 #, fuzzy msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "Радкунии &панели супориш" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 #, fuzzy msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "&Андозаи ҳарфи мӯътадил:" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 #, fuzzy msgid "&URL" msgstr "URL" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 #, fuzzy msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "Феҳраст" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 #, fuzzy msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "Ҳангоми эҷодкунии мавзӯъ хато пайдо шуд." @@ -3105,18 +3122,18 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 #, fuzzy msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "" @@ -3128,15 +3145,15 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 #, fuzzy msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "<qt>%1 ҳақиқӣ нест<qt>" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 #, fuzzy msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Указана неверная начальная дата." @@ -3145,115 +3162,115 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 #, fuzzy msgid "Retry?" msgstr "Кӯшиши нав" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 #, fuzzy msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "Феҳраст" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 #, fuzzy msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "Ҳангоми эҷодкунии мавзӯъ хато пайдо шуд." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "Тафсилоти мавзӯъи мизи корӣ" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Указана неверная начальная дата." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "Феҳраст" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 #, fuzzy msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "Санҷиши дархостҳои қуттии RPM %1..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Санҷиши дархостҳои қуттии RPM %1..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 #, fuzzy msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "Часы, поддерживающие темы SVG" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 #, fuzzy msgid "Running Script" msgstr "Quake Script" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "" #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 #, fuzzy msgid "Script: " msgstr "Quake Script" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 #, fuzzy msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "Quake Script" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3263,73 +3280,73 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 #, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "Навсози экран" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Боргирии файли диск дар суръати %1/s" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "Манбаъи филмҳои Интернетӣ (imdb)" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 #, fuzzy msgid "Status" msgstr "Ҳолат" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "Манбаъи филмҳои Интернетӣ (imdb)" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "Намоиши қуттиҳои сабтшуда" @@ -3341,31 +3358,31 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 #, fuzzy msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "Манбаъи филмҳои Интернетӣ (imdb)" #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 #, fuzzy msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "Кушодани экран қатъ карда шуд" #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 #, fuzzy msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "Хониш аз &бастагоҳ:" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 #, fuzzy msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "Усули &муайянкунӣ" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 #, fuzzy msgid "" "URL: %1\n" @@ -3374,7 +3391,7 @@ msgstr "URL" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 #, fuzzy msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Номи корбар" @@ -3431,45 +3448,21 @@ msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "" -#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 -msgid "" -"The current system is not consistent,\n" -"some packages have unresolved dependencies." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 -msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 -msgid "" -"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -"in the software manager." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263 -msgid "" -"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" -"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgstr "" - #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Қуттиҳо коргузорӣ шудаанд..." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3477,12 +3470,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3610,7 +3603,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 #, fuzzy msgid "Packages" msgstr "Намоиши қуттиҳои сабтшуда" @@ -3962,7 +3955,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -3971,23 +3964,23 @@ msgstr "" #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4001,13 +3994,13 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 #, fuzzy msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "Дархости нодуруст: %1" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4020,105 +4013,113 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "Андозаи номуайян" #. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "Коргузорӣ..." #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 msgid "Media" msgstr "Медиа" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Remaining" msgstr "1 сония:" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 msgid "Time" msgstr "Вақт" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 #, fuzzy msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "Амалҳои пештанзимшуда" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "Лутфан, ҳангоми иловакунӣ ва тозакунии феҳрастҳо интизор шавед." -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Release &Notes" msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "&Ёддоштҳои нашр" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 #, fuzzy msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "&Намоиши намуна" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Тафсилот" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Perform Update" +msgid "Performing Upgrade" +msgstr "Навсозиро сар кунед" + +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 +#, fuzzy msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Коргузорӣ қатъ карда шуд" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 #, fuzzy msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "Коргузорӣ қатъ карда шуд" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" msgstr "" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "" #. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." msgstr "" #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 #, fuzzy #| msgid "System Probing" msgid "System Log (%1)" @@ -4819,7 +4820,7 @@ msgstr "" #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -5779,6 +5780,10 @@ "Hostname %2 cannot be added." msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "No running network detected." +#~ msgstr "Нармафзори истифодашудаи бо хидматгоҳҳои Интернет" + #~ msgid "Installed Size" #~ msgstr "Андозаи сабтшуда" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/bootloader.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/bootloader.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/bootloader.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -123,22 +123,22 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "" #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "" @@ -147,12 +147,12 @@ #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Disk Order" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 #, fuzzy msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "Сабти танзимоти proxy" @@ -164,10 +164,9 @@ msgstr "" #. `VSpacing(1), -#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. Window title #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "" @@ -263,23 +262,29 @@ "to start this section." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -288,25 +293,25 @@ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" @@ -314,7 +319,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -323,73 +328,73 @@ "To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 #, fuzzy msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "Интихоби мизи корӣ" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "" @@ -441,113 +446,113 @@ #. Common widget of a console #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "" #. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Дастгоҳ" #. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 msgid "&Up" msgstr "&Боло" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 msgid "&Down" msgstr "&Поён" #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 +msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809 -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 +msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748 -msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 -msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "" -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "Танзимоти суроғаи сокин" -#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "" -#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "Танзимоти суроғаи сокин" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "Коргузории &нав" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -583,24 +588,40 @@ msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" + #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels @@ -633,34 +654,56 @@ msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +msgid "set" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +msgid "remove" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "change" +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "тағйир кунед" + #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "" #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select resolution:" msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "Интихоби ҳаҷми экран:" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Console" msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "Консол" +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +msgstr "" + #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -674,7 +717,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "" @@ -811,11 +854,7 @@ msgid "Xen" msgstr "" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91 msgid "Floppy" msgstr "" @@ -1691,39 +1730,40 @@ #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 #, fuzzy msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Коргузорӣ аз файли диск фаъол аст(<a href=\"%1\">хомӯш созед</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "Коргузорӣ аз файли диск хомӯш аст(<a href=\"%1\">фаъол созед</a>)" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 #, fuzzy msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Коргузорӣ аз файли диск фаъол аст(<a href=\"%1\">хомӯш созед</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "Коргузорӣ аз файли диск хомӯш аст(<a href=\"%1\">фаъол созед</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 #, fuzzy msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Коргузорӣ аз файли диск фаъол аст(<a href=\"%1\">хомӯш созед</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "Коргузорӣ аз файли диск хомӯш аст(<a href=\"%1\">фаъол созед</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "" @@ -1732,32 +1772,34 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Намуди шабака: %1" #. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 msgid " (\"/boot\")" msgstr " (\"/boot\")" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr " (васеъшуда)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 msgid " (\"/\")" msgstr " (\"/\")" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (MBR)" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "" @@ -1780,248 +1822,157 @@ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76 +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "" -#. if "iscsi" is true -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166 -msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184 +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259 -msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Санҷиши журнали YaST..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "Ҷустуҷӯи қисмҳои диски Linux..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 #, fuzzy msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Танзимоти proxy сабт шудааст..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Омодасозии коргузорӣ..." #. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 #, fuzzy msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "Танзимотро захира кунед" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "Мудири оғозии системро коргузорӣ кунед" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 #, fuzzy msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "Эҷоди пайкарабандии худкор..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "Танзимоти консол захира шудааст..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "Мудири оғозии системро коргузорӣ кунед" #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Танзимоти шабака захира шудааст..." -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "Linux" +#~ msgid "Linux" +#~ msgstr "Linux" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85 -msgid "Failsafe" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "Диски компютерӣ" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97 -msgid "Hard Disk" -msgstr "Диски компютерӣ" +#~ msgid "Memory Test" +#~ msgstr "Санҷиши хотира" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103 -msgid "Memory Test" -msgstr "Санҷиши хотира" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109 #, fuzzy -msgid "MBR before Installation" -msgstr "Коргузориро тасдиқ кунед" +#~ msgid "MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "Коргузориро тасдиқ кунед" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115 -msgid "Previous Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121 -msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230 -msgid "_Linux" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237 -msgid "_Failsafe" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244 -msgid "_Floppy" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251 -msgid "_Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258 -msgid "_Memory Test" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265 #, fuzzy -msgid "_MBR before Installation" -msgstr "Коргузориро тасдиқ кунед" +#~ msgid "_MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "Коргузориро тасдиқ кунед" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272 -msgid "_Previous Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279 -msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" - #~ msgid "Other Options" #~ msgstr "Имконоти иловагӣ" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/ca-management.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/ca-management.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/ca-management.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -52,25 +52,25 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "" @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ msgstr "" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "" @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ msgid "Email" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "" @@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #. we need to fake a certificate name #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 @@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ #. The main () #. To translators: dialog label #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" @@ -665,11 +665,18 @@ msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "" +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "" + #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 @@ -677,29 +684,29 @@ msgstr "Тафсилот" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" msgstr "" @@ -732,52 +739,102 @@ msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "Марҳамат намоед!" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "Ҷойгиршавӣ" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 +#, fuzzy msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "Марҳамат намоед!" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " msgstr "" #. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "&Намоиш" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "" @@ -835,7 +892,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 #, fuzzy msgid "Summary" msgstr "Марҳамат намоед!" @@ -868,18 +925,18 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr "" @@ -891,40 +948,40 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "" @@ -999,86 +1056,206 @@ "Certificate not found" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" + #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Expired" msgstr "Симмӣ" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 #, fuzzy msgid "Status" msgstr "Ҳолати ҷорӣ" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 #, fuzzy msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "&Суроғаи IP" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "Илова" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Нест кардан" #. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 msgid "Export" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 msgid "Export to File" msgstr "" #. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "" @@ -1170,7 +1347,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "" @@ -1615,7 +1792,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "" @@ -1822,6 +1999,13 @@ "Request not found.\n" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "" + #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention #. @return [void] @@ -1830,51 +2014,51 @@ #. @param request extention #. @return [void] #. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "" #. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 #, fuzzy msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr "" @@ -1882,29 +2066,29 @@ "Барои гузаштан ба даилоги навбатӣ, тугмаи Навбатӣро зер кунед.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 msgid " days" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "" #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "" #. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "" Added: trunk/yast/tg/po/cio.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/cio.tg.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/cio.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: \n" +"Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Poedit-Language: Tajik\n" +"X-Poedit-Country: TAJIKISTAN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Дастгоҳ" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "не" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "ҳа" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "&Ҳамаашро интихоб кунед" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File Selection" +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "Интихоби файл" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/cluster.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/cluster.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/cluster.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -81,247 +81,247 @@ msgstr "&Танзимоти CASA" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "OK" msgstr "Хуб" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Cancel" msgid "Cancel" msgstr "&Бекор кардан" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 #, fuzzy #| msgid "MAC Address: %1" msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Суроғаи MAC: %1" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "MAC Address: %1" msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "Суроғаи MAC: %1" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "nodeid" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Additional Address" msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "Суроғаи иловагӣ" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428 -msgid "expected votes:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "MAC Address: %1" msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "Суроғаи MAC: %1" -#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677 -msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Not running" msgstr "" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Ҳолати ҷорӣ:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Add" msgstr "Илова" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delete" msgid "Del" msgstr "Нест кардан" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Edit" msgid "Edit" msgstr "&Вироиш" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select File" msgid "Sync File" msgstr "Интихоби файл" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" msgstr "" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select a file to load." msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "Файли боркуниро интихоб кунед" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "" #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" @@ -334,23 +334,26 @@ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" @@ -359,7 +362,7 @@ "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" @@ -370,7 +373,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Initializing autofs configuration \n" @@ -383,14 +386,14 @@ "Интизор шавед... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -403,7 +406,7 @@ "<big>Танзимоти клавиатура</big>" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -424,39 +427,39 @@ msgstr "Омодасозӣ..." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing CASA Configuration" msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "Омодасозии танзимоти CASA" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Кушодани манбаъи маълумот" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Истифодаи танзимоти пешина" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Манбаъи маълумот кушода шудааст..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Танзимоти пешина таъин шудааст..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." @@ -464,71 +467,71 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Ба итмом расид" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Install and uninstall affected packages" msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "Коргузорӣ ва тозакунии қуттиҳои сабткардашуда" #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Finishing configuration..." msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "Танзимот тайёр шудааст..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the database1." msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "Манбаъи маълумоти 1 кушода намешавад." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the database2." msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "Манбаъи маълумоти 2 кушода намешавад." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Ягон дастгоҳ ёфт нашуд." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving CASA Configuration" msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "Захираи танзимоти CASA" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Сабти танзимот" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Танзимот сабт шудааст..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Танзимот сабт намешавад." Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/control-center.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/control-center.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/control-center.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/control.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/control.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/control.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -13,755 +13,428 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.7\n" -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7 -msgid "Add-On Product Installation" -msgstr "Насби маҳсули иловагӣ" - -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15 -msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "Насби забон" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:355 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t" msgid "" "\n" "\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "\n" "\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "Насби система бо муваффақият ба анҷом расид.\n" "системаи шумо барои истифода омода аст.\n" -"Барои ворид шудан ба система тугмаи Тайёр-ро зер кунед.\n" +"Барои ворид шудан ба система тугмаи \"Тайёр\"-ро зер кунед.\n" "\n" "\n" "Суроғаи вебсайти мо: http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" "\t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429 -msgid "Initialization..." -msgstr "Омодасозӣ..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430 -msgid "Configuring network..." -msgstr "Шабака танзим шуда истодааст..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431 -msgid "Configuring hardware..." -msgstr "Танзимоти сахтафзор..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432 -msgid "Finishing configuration..." -msgstr "Анҷом додани танзимот..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:343 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "Сервери CIM" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72 -#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464 -#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Танзимоти насб" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Хулоса" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 msgid "Expert" msgstr "Кордон" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Танзимоти насби зинда" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Танзимоти навсозӣ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Танзимоти шабака" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398 -#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692 -#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "Танзимоти хидматҳои шабакавӣ" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Танзимоти сахтафзор" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510 -#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313 -#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Омодасозӣ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219 -#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237 -#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328 -#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449 -#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Configuration" +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "Танзимоти шабака" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Setup" +msgid "Network Autosetup" +msgstr "Танзимоти шабака" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Худ омадед" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "Фаъолсозии шабака" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976 -#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Фаъолсозии диск" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515 -#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255 -#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "Таҳлили система" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261 -#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Маҳсулоти иловагӣ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "Диск" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Минтақаи вақти" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879 -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "Танзимоти корбар" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Насб" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747 -msgid "Installation Overview" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Хулосаи насб" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291 -#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299 -#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469 -#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477 -#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517 -#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612 -#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624 -#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748 -#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756 -#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777 -#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Иҷрокунии насб" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822 -msgid "Repair" -msgstr "Таъмир кардан" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Насб" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869 -msgid "Disk" -msgstr "Диск" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "Система барои навсозӣ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "Навсозӣ кардан" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "Хулосаи навсозӣ" -#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL -#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645 -#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397 -#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405 -#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Иҷрокунии навсозӣ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421 -#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042 -msgid "System Information" -msgstr "Иттилооти система" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046 -msgid "Perform Repair" -msgstr "Иҷрокунии таъмир" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446 -#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488 -#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Насби асосӣ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459 -#: control/control.glade:503 -msgid "Language" -msgstr "Забон" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" +msgstr "Танзимоти AutoYaST" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651 -#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631 -#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Танзимот" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318 -#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560 -#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648 -#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "Шабака" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Configuration" +msgstr "Танзимоти система" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566 -#: control/control.glade:656 -msgid "Customer Center" -msgstr "Маркази хизматрасонӣ" +#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" +#~ msgstr "Насби маҳсули иловагӣ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346 -#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578 -#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662 -#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672 -#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284 -msgid "Online Update" -msgstr "Навсозии онлайн" +#~ msgid "Language Installation" +#~ msgstr "Насби забон" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588 -#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301 -msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "Қайдҳои нашр" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Насби система бо муваффақият ба анҷом расид.\n" +#~ "системаи шумо барои истифода омода аст.\n" +#~ "Барои ворид шудан ба система тугмаи Тайёр-ро зер кунед.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Суроғаи вебсайти мо: http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335 -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "Танзимоти худкор" +#~ msgid "Initialization..." +#~ msgstr "Омодасозӣ..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227 -msgid "root Password" -msgstr "Пароли root" +#~ msgid "Configuring network..." +#~ msgstr "Шабака танзим шуда истодааст..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244 -msgid "Check Installation" -msgstr "Санҷиши насб" +#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..." +#~ msgstr "Танзимоти сахтафзор..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250 -msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "Номи мизбон" +#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..." +#~ msgstr "Анҷом додани танзимот..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680 -#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Корбарон" +#~ msgid "User Settings" +#~ msgstr "Танзимоти корбар" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719 -#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733 -#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459 -msgid "AutoYaST Settings" -msgstr "Танзимоти AutoYaST" +#~ msgid "Installation Overview" +#~ msgstr "Хулосаи насб" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568 -msgid "System Configuration" -msgstr "Танзимоти система" +#~ msgid "Repair" +#~ msgstr "Таъмир кардан" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658 -msgid "Clean Up" -msgstr "Пок кардан" +#~ msgid "System Information" +#~ msgstr "Иттилооти система" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314 -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"\n" -"Насби система бо муваффақият ба анҷом расид.\n" -"системаи шумо барои истифода омода аст.\n" -"Барои ворид шудан ба система тугмаи \"Тайёр\"-ро зер кунед.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Суроғаи вебсайти мо: http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" +#~ msgid "Perform Repair" +#~ msgstr "Иҷрокунии таъмир" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330 -msgid "Server Base Scenario" -msgstr "Намоишномаи асосии сервер" +#~ msgid "Language" +#~ msgstr "Забон" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331 -msgid "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" -"Choose the one that matches your server the best." -msgstr "" -"Сервери SUSE Linux Enterprise баънге намоишномаҳои асосиро пешниҳод мекунад.\n" -"Якеро, ки барои ниёзҳои шумо бехатартар мувофиқ аст, интихоб намоед." +#~ msgid "Network" +#~ msgstr "Шабака" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337 -msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" -msgstr "Компютери ҷисмонӣ (Инчунин барои меҳмони виртуалии комил)" +#~ msgid "Customer Center" +#~ msgstr "Маркази хизматрасонӣ" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338 -msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -msgstr "Компютери виртуалӣ (Барои муҳитҳои пурвиртуалӣ монандӣ Xen)" +#~ msgid "Online Update" +#~ msgstr "Навсозии онлайн" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339 -msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "Мизбони виртуалии Xen (X11-и маҳаллӣ ба сурати пешфарз танзим нашудааст)" +#~ msgid "Release Notes" +#~ msgstr "Қайдҳои нашр" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663 -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "Танзимоти хидматҳои шабакавӣ" +#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Танзимоти худкор" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784 -msgid "Server Scenario" -msgstr "Намоишномаи сервер" +#~ msgid "root Password" +#~ msgstr "Пароли root" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:286 -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "Хулосаи насб" +#~ msgid "Check Installation" +#~ msgstr "Санҷиши насб" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "Хидмат" +#~ msgid "Hostname" +#~ msgstr "Номи мизбон" -#: control/control.SLES.glade:340 -msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "Мизбони виртуалии KVM (X11-и маҳаллӣ ба сурати пешфарз танзим нашудааст)" +#~ msgid "Users" +#~ msgstr "Корбарон" -#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Интихоби мизи корӣ" +#~ msgid "Clean Up" +#~ msgstr "Пок кардан" -#: control/control.glade:634 -msgid "Root Password" -msgstr "Пароли Root" +#~ msgid "Server Base Scenario" +#~ msgstr "Намоишномаи асосии сервер" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -"\t " -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Муборакбод!\n" -"Насби маҳсулоти openSUSE дар компютер ба анҷом расид.\n" -"Баъд аз зеркунии тугмаи Тайёр, шумо метавонед ба\n" -"системаи насбшуда ворид шавед.\n" -"Моро дар суроғаи %1 боздид кунед.\n" -"Барори кор! Гурӯҳи рушди openSUSE\n" -"\t " +#~ msgid "" +#~ "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" +#~ "Choose the one that matches your server the best." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Сервери SUSE Linux Enterprise баънге намоишномаҳои асосиро пешниҳод мекунад.\n" +#~ "Якеро, ки барои ниёзҳои шумо бехатартар мувофиқ аст, интихоб намоед." -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" -"Муҳити мизи корӣ дар компютери шумо интерфейси графикии корбарӣ,\n" -"аз ҷумла маҷмӯи барномаҳо барои почтаи электронӣ, тамошои вебсайтҳо,\n" -"барномаҳои офис, бозиҳо ва барномаҳои идоракунии муфидро барои\n" -"системаи шумо таъмин менамояд.\n" -"\n" -"Маҳсули openSUSE интихоби васеи муҳитҳои мизи кориро пешниҳод мекунад. Аксари вақт\n" -"муҳитҳои мизи кории GNOME ва KDE барои истифода интихоб мешаванд, ва онҳо\n" -"комилан бо openSUSE дастгирӣ мешаванд. Ҳар дуи муҳити мизи корӣ барои истифода осон ҳастанд,\n" -"бо система комилан амалӣ мекунанд ва намуди зоҳирии зебо доранд. Ҳар як муҳити мизи корӣ\n" -"дорои услуби нотакрор мебошад, ва ҳар як корбар интихоб мекунад, ки кадом аз муҳити мизи корӣ\n" -"барои истифода мувофиқтар мебошад." +#~ msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" +#~ msgstr "Компютери ҷисмонӣ (Инчунин барои меҳмони виртуалии комил)" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "Мизи кории GNOME" +#~ msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" +#~ msgstr "Компютери виртуалӣ (Барои муҳитҳои пурвиртуалӣ монандӣ Xen)" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452 -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "Мизи кории KDE" +#~ msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" +#~ msgstr "Мизбони виртуалии Xen (X11-и маҳаллӣ ба сурати пешфарз танзим нашудааст)" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "Мизи кории XFCE" +#~ msgid "Server Scenario" +#~ msgstr "Намоишномаи сервер" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454 -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "Мизи кории LXDE" +#~ msgid "Service" +#~ msgstr "Хидмат" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "X Window (Системаи ақал)" +#~ msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" +#~ msgstr "Мизбони виртуалии KVM (X11-и маҳаллӣ ба сурати пешфарз танзим нашудааст)" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456 -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "Мизи кории маданиятнокӣ" +#~ msgid "Desktop Selection" +#~ msgstr "Интихоби мизи корӣ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "Интихоби ақали сервер (Ҳолати матнӣ)" +#~ msgid "Root Password" +#~ msgstr "Пароли Root" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970 -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "Анборҳои нармафзори онлайн" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Congratulations!\n" +#~ "The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +#~ "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +#~ "Visit us at %1.\n" +#~ "Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +#~ "\t " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Муборакбод!\n" +#~ "Насби маҳсулоти openSUSE дар компютер ба анҷом расид.\n" +#~ "Баъд аз зеркунии тугмаи Тайёр, шумо метавонед ба\n" +#~ "системаи насбшуда ворид шавед.\n" +#~ "Моро дар суроғаи %1 боздид кунед.\n" +#~ "Барори кор! Гурӯҳи рушди openSUSE\n" +#~ "\t " #~ msgid "" +#~ "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +#~ "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +#~ "email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +#~ "manage your computer.\n" #~ "\n" +#~ "openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +#~ "used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" +#~ "supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +#~ "highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +#~ "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +#~ "is the most appropriate desktop for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Муҳити мизи корӣ дар компютери шумо интерфейси графикии корбарӣ,\n" +#~ "аз ҷумла маҷмӯи барномаҳо барои почтаи электронӣ, тамошои вебсайтҳо,\n" +#~ "барномаҳои офис, бозиҳо ва барномаҳои идоракунии муфидро барои\n" +#~ "системаи шумо таъмин менамояд.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Маҳсули openSUSE интихоби васеи муҳитҳои мизи кориро пешниҳод мекунад. Аксари вақт\n" +#~ "муҳитҳои мизи кории GNOME ва KDE барои истифода интихоб мешаванд, ва онҳо\n" +#~ "комилан бо openSUSE дастгирӣ мешаванд. Ҳар дуи муҳити мизи корӣ барои истифода осон ҳастанд,\n" +#~ "бо система комилан амалӣ мекунанд ва намуди зоҳирии зебо доранд. Ҳар як муҳити мизи корӣ\n" +#~ "дорои услуби нотакрор мебошад, ва ҳар як корбар интихоб мекунад, ки кадом аз муҳити мизи корӣ\n" +#~ "барои истифода мувофиқтар мебошад." + +#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Мизи кории GNOME" + +#~ msgid "KDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Мизи кории KDE" + +#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Мизи кории XFCE" + +#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Мизи кории LXDE" + +#~ msgid "Minimal X Window" +#~ msgstr "X Window (Системаи ақал)" + +#~ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Мизи кории маданиятнокӣ" + +#~ msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +#~ msgstr "Интихоби ақали сервер (Ҳолати матнӣ)" + +#~ msgid "Online Repositories" +#~ msgstr "Анборҳои нармафзори онлайн" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" #~ "Congratulations!\n" #~ "The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" #~ "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/country.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/country.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/country.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/crowbar.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/crowbar.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/crowbar.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/dhcp-server.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/dhcp-server.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/dhcp-server.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 msgid "IP" msgstr "" @@ -553,81 +553,80 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "" #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 #, fuzzy msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "Суроғаи хидматгоҳи D&NS" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 #, fuzzy msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "Суроғаи хидматгоҳи D&NS" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 #, fuzzy msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "&Суроғаи хидматгоҳи асосӣ" #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 #, fuzzy msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "Суроғаи хидматгоҳи &HTTP Proxy" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 #, fuzzy msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "Суроғаи хидматгоҳи D&NS" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 #, fuzzy msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "&Суроғаи хидматгоҳи асосӣ" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 msgid "&Units" msgstr "" @@ -635,39 +634,39 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 #, fuzzy msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "Ҳолати ҷорӣ" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 #, fuzzy msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "Ҳолати ҷорӣ" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 #, fuzzy msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "&Ниқоби шабака" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Min&imum IP Address" @@ -675,13 +674,13 @@ #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "&Суроғаи IP" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 #, fuzzy msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "&Суроғаи IP" @@ -690,7 +689,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -702,7 +701,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -711,53 +710,53 @@ msgstr "&Суроғаи IP" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 msgid "&Default" msgstr "" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -765,8 +764,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "" @@ -774,140 +773,140 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "Ном" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "Провайдери сахтафзор: %1" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "Намуд" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 #, fuzzy msgid "List Setup" msgstr "Танзимоти шабака" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 msgid "&Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&Суроғаи IP" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "&Суроғаи IP" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 #, fuzzy msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Дигар" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 #, fuzzy msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "Ниқоби шабакаро насб кунед." #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "" #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "" #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "" #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -920,15 +919,15 @@ msgstr "" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -940,7 +939,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/dns-server.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/dns-server.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/dns-server.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/drbd.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/drbd.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/drbd.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,11 +2,10 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor." -"ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language: tg_TJ\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -20,6 +19,16 @@ msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Танзимоти худкор" +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +msgid "DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +msgid "&DRBD" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -60,26 +69,85 @@ msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "Танзимоти худкор" +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" +msgstr "Танзимоти худкор" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "Танзимоти худкор" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "First part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgstr "Қисми аввалини танзимоти CASA" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Firstboot configuration disabled" +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgstr "Танзимоти худборшавии аввалин хомӯш аст" + #. Drbd configure1 dialog caption #. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration" msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Танзимот" #. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "First part of configuration of CASA" -msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Қисми аввалини танзимоти CASA" #. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 #, fuzzy -msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" -msgstr "Танзимоти proxy захира шудааст..." +#| msgid "Second part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" +msgstr "Қисми иловагии танзимоти CASA" #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:36 @@ -108,7 +176,7 @@ #| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" "Омодасозии танзимоти autofs \n" "Интизор шавед... \n" @@ -126,7 +194,7 @@ #| msgid "Saving Configuration Please wait..." msgid "" "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "Танзимот захира шудааст Интизор шавед..." #. Write dialog help 2/2 @@ -143,60 +211,127 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 -msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Configuration Please wait..." +msgid "<big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "Танзимот захира шудааст Интизор шавед..." #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 msgid "" -"Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's " -"sanity check" +"Booting:\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually\n" +"\t\tSwitch On and Off:\n" +"\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n" +"\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>Keyboard Configuration</big>" +msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>Танзимоти клавиатура</big>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " -"waited so\n" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tProtocol\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 +msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 +msgid "" +"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " -"seconds,\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" -"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading " -"the\n" -"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" -"configured in this file.\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "<big>Keyboard Configuration</big>" msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"Configure DRBD here. \n" +"Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Танзимоти клавиатура</big>" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" -"If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -204,30 +339,30 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" -"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -236,7 +371,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -244,7 +379,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -260,12 +395,13 @@ msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Протокол" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567 -msgid "Fill out all fields." +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 +msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -309,8 +445,8 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 msgid "" -"To propagate this configuration,\n" -"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" #. } @@ -326,101 +462,164 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start service %1" -msgid "Starting DRBD service failed." +msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "Оғози хидмати %1" #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start service %1" -msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed." +msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "Оғози хидмати %1" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 #, fuzzy msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "Танзимоти худкор" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Омодасозӣ..." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Танзимоти YaST сабт шудааст..." #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 #, fuzzy msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Сабти танзимоти proxy" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Танзимоти proxy сабт шудааст..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Хусусиятҳои корбар барқарор шудаанд..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Ба итмом расид" +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Танзимоти YaST сабт шудааст..." #. if (!modified) return true; #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 #, fuzzy msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Сабти танзимоти proxy" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Танзимоти proxy сабт шудааст..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Танзимоти proxy сабт шудааст..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 +msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" +msgstr "" + #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#~ msgstr "Танзимоти proxy захира шудааст..." + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Drbd Configuration" #~ msgstr "&Гузаштани танзимот" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/fcoe-client.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/fcoe-client.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/fcoe-client.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -40,8 +40,18 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "" +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "ҳа" + +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +msgid "no" +msgstr "не" + #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting service %1..." msgid "" @@ -49,15 +59,44 @@ "Command %1 failed." msgstr "Хидмати %1 оғоз шудааст..." +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unavailable" +msgid "not available" +msgstr "Дастнорас" + +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NTP configured" +msgid "not configured" +msgstr "NTP танзим карда шуд" + +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +msgid "true" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +msgid "false" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +msgid "not set" +msgstr "" + #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of autofs" msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "Танзимоти autofs" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -65,7 +104,7 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -73,12 +112,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "" #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -86,28 +125,28 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "" #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" msgstr "" #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -115,34 +154,34 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." msgstr "" #. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting service %1..." msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "Хидмати %1 оғоз шудааст..." -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting service %1..." msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "Хидмати %1 оғоз шудааст..." #. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." msgstr "" #. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -173,7 +212,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ҳа" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -181,7 +220,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не" #. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 @@ -518,206 +557,201 @@ msgstr "Оё шумо мехоҳед инро ҳозир сабт кунед?" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "Ягон дастгоҳ ёфт нашуд." #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot detect devices." +msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." +msgstr "Ягон дастгоҳ ёфт нашуд." + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot detect devices." +msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." +msgstr "Ягон дастгоҳ ёфт нашуд." + #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" "VLAN interface to get a valid configuration." msgstr "" -#. it's about a flag which is not set at all -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110 -msgid "not set" -msgstr "" - -#. also about setting of a flag -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "true" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "false" -msgstr "" - #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing CASA Configuration" msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Омодасозии танзимоти CASA" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..." msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "Қуттиҳои сабткардашудаи RPM тафтиш шудаанд..." #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 msgid "Check services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "Корти шабакаи Ethernet" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..." msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "Қуттиҳои сабткардашудаи RPM тафтиш шудаанд..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for %1 in %2..." msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "Тафтиши %1 дар %2..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Probing network cards..." msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "Ҷустуҷӯи кортҳои шабака..." #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Ба итмом расид" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting service %1..." msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "Хидмати %1 оғоз шудааст..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Ягон дастгоҳ ёфт нашуд." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read current settings." msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Танзимоти ҷорӣ кушода намешавад..." #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Танзимоти консол захира шудааст..." #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Сабти танзимот" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start service %1" msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "Оғози хидмати %1" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjust static network setup" msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "Танзимоти шабакаи сокинро таъин кунед" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Танзимот сабт шудааст..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting service %1..." msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "Хидмати %1 оғоз шудааст..." #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjusting static network setup..." msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "Таъинкунии танзимоти шабакаи сокин..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write settings." msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Танзимот сабт намешавад." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting service %1..." msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "Хидмати %1 оғоз шудааст..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read current settings." msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "Танзимоти ҷорӣ кушода намешавад..." #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -728,18 +762,18 @@ "<big>Танзимоти клавиатура</big>" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting service %1..." msgid "Starting of services" @@ -747,13 +781,13 @@ #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enabled" msgid "enabled" msgstr "Фаъол" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disabled" msgid "disabled" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/firewall-services.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/firewall-services.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/firewall-services.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/firewall.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/firewall.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/firewall.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/firstboot.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/firstboot.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/firstboot.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/ftp-server.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/ftp-server.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/ftp-server.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/geo-cluster.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/geo-cluster.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/geo-cluster.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -71,92 +71,269 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Completed" +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "Танзимот ба итмом расид" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "arbitrator ip" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "transport" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Илова" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нест кардан" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Хуб" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" -#. parser value first -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "'%1' is an invalid IP address." +msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgstr "'%1' ин суроғаи IP нодуруст аст." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +msgid "retries" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +msgid "weights" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +msgid "expire" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "timeout is no valid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +msgid "expire is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +msgid "retries is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +msgid "weights is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "ticket can not be null" msgstr "" +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 +msgid "site have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 +msgid "ticket have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 +msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +msgstr "" + #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317 +#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Geo Cluster configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "" + +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Completed" +msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgstr "Танзимот ба итмом расид" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Completed" +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "Танзимот ба итмом расид" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Class Configuration" +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "Танзимоти синф" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Firstboot configuration disabled" +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "Танзимоти худборшавии аввалин хомӯш аст" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Class Configuration" +msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +msgstr "Танзимоти синф" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initial Configuration" +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "Танзимоти ибтидоӣ" + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Омодасозӣ..." + +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "Танзимот сабт намешавад." + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." msgstr "" +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "Танзимот сабт намешавад." + #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -165,120 +342,108 @@ #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Истифодаи танзимоти пешина" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Танзимоти пешина таъин шудааст..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ба итмом расид" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сабти танзимот" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Танзимот сабт шудааст..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#. read sites -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311 -msgid "Cannot write global settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315 -msgid "Cannot write sites settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write ticket -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318 -msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." -msgstr "" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Танзимот сабт намешавад." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кушодани манбаъи маълумот" #. Progress stage 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 msgid "Detect the devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Бозёбии дастгоҳҳо" #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Манбаъи маълумот кушода шудааст..." #. Progress step 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 msgid "Detecting the devices..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Бозёбии дастгоҳҳо..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Манбаъи маълумоти 1 кушода намешавад." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 msgid "Cannot read the database2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Манбаъи маълумоти 2 кушода намешавад." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 msgid "Cannot detect devices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ягон дастгоҳ ёфт нашуд." #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Иҷрои SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig иҷро шудааст..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Иттилооти танзимот..." Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/gtk.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/gtk.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/gtk.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/http-server.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/http-server.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/http-server.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/inetd.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/inetd.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/inetd.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/installation.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/installation.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/installation.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -63,22 +63,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 +#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Нусхабардории файлҳо ба системаи насбшуда..." @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ msgstr "Насби система аз тасвирҳои диск ғайрифаъол шудааст (<a href=\"%1\">фаъол кардан</a>)." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "Мудири равзанаҳои пешфарз омода шуда истодааст..." @@ -277,6 +277,7 @@ msgstr "Навсозиҳо барои %1 %2" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Маҳсули номаълум" @@ -335,7 +336,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Созишномаи иҷозатнома" @@ -408,10 +409,24 @@ "тугмаи Қатъ кардан-ро дар вақти дилхоҳ зер кунед.\n" "\n" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 -msgid "License needs to be accepted" -msgstr "Шумо бояд иҷозатномаро қабул кунед" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "Қайдҳои нашр" +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -617,11 +632,11 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "Танзимоти интерфейсҳои &FCoE" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "Танзими дискҳои &iSCSI" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" @@ -644,15 +659,22 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "Насби система ҳозир сар мешавад!" -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Release Notes" -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "Қайдҳои нашр" +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +msgid "Initializing" +msgstr "Омодасозӣ" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "Омодасозии насб..." + #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" @@ -671,64 +693,64 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "Насби асосӣ ба анҷом мерасад" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "Рӯйхати скриптҳои омода барои дархост эҷод шуда истодааст..." #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "Нусхабардории файлҳо ба системаи насбшуда" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "Захира кардани танзимот" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "Захира кардани танзимоти насб" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "Насб кардани мудири роҳандозӣ" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "Омодасозии система барои коргузории аввалин" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "Санҷиши дараҷа: %1..." #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "Қадами %1 дархост шуда истодааст..." #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr " * %1" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Ба анҷом расид" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Хатои насб" @@ -747,11 +769,6 @@ msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "Насби система омода шуда истодааст." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "Омодасозии насб..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -764,13 +781,6 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "Танзими аввалии система омода шуда истодааст..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "Омодасозӣ" - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 #, fuzzy @@ -983,12 +993,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "Танзимот бо дархости корбар рад шуда истодааст" #. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -999,31 +1009,31 @@ #. not using tabs #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" msgstr "ХАТО: Сарлавҳа холӣ аст" #. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "Пешниҳод ба танзимоти ҷорӣ таъин шуда истодааст..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "Озмоиши системаи шумо..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "ХАТО: Пешниҳод мавҷуд нест" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1032,7 +1042,7 @@ "Баъзе хатоҳо мавҷуданд." #. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Пешнамоиши насб" @@ -1041,25 +1051,25 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "&Нодида гузарондани танзимот" #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "&Истифодаи танзимоти пешниҳодшуда" #. menu button #. menu button #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Тағйир додан..." #. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgid "&Export Configuration" @@ -1067,23 +1077,23 @@ #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "Барои татбиқи тағйирот сарлавҳаҳоро зер кунед ё менюи \"Тағйир додан...\"-ро истифода баред." -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "Барои татбиқи тағйирот сарлавҳаҳоро зер кунед ё менюи \"Тағйир додан...\"-ро истифода баред." #. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "&Барқарор кардан ба қиматҳои пешфарз" #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 msgid "" "\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -1097,7 +1107,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1128,7 +1138,7 @@ #. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 #. #. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" @@ -1140,7 +1150,7 @@ #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1152,7 +1162,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1164,7 +1174,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1176,7 +1186,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1187,12 +1197,12 @@ "\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "Пешниҳоди насби UML" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1203,7 +1213,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1214,7 +1224,7 @@ "\n" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 msgid "" "Some proposals might be\n" "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" @@ -1225,11 +1235,11 @@ "Агар хоҳед, ки пешниҳоди қулфшударо тағйир диҳед, бо маъмури система дар тамос шавед.\n" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 msgid "&Update" msgstr "&Навсозӣ кардан" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&Насб кардан" @@ -1348,51 +1358,35 @@ msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Санҷиши дискҳои компютерӣ..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 -msgid "Search for Linux partitions" -msgstr "Ҷустуҷӯи қисмҳои диски Linux" - +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 -msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgstr "Ҷустуҷӯи қисмҳои диски Linux..." - -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "Ҷустуҷӯи файлҳои системавӣ" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Ҷустуҷӯи файлҳои системавӣ..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Омодасозии мудири нармафзор" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Омодасозии мудири нармафзор..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140 -msgid "Evaluate update possibility" -msgstr "Баҳодиҳии қобилияти навсозӣ" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141 -msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." -msgstr "Баҳодиҳии қобилияти навсозӣ..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "Санҷиши система" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "YaST сахтафзори компютериро месанҷад ва системаро насб мекунад..." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." @@ -1401,7 +1395,7 @@ "Агар барои насби система ягон драйвери махсуси сахтафзор лозим бошад, ба вебсайти \"drivers.suse.com\" гузаред." #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1411,7 +1405,7 @@ "Лутфан, сахтафзори худро санҷед!\n" "%1\n" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1422,7 +1416,7 @@ "(махсусан дар системаҳои S/390 ё iSCSI)\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1435,7 +1429,7 @@ "%1\n" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1444,31 +1438,31 @@ "Насб манъ карда шудааст." #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 msgid "Removed" msgstr "Тозашуда" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Фаъолшуда" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Ғайрифаъол" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "Анборҳои нармафзори истифодашудаи қаблӣ" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" @@ -1477,27 +1471,27 @@ "чунин анборҳои нармафзор пайдо шудаанд:" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 msgid "Current Status" msgstr "Вазъияти ҷорӣ" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Анбори нармафзор" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 msgid "URL" msgstr "Суроғаи URL" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "&Намоиши вазъият" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." @@ -1506,7 +1500,7 @@ "намоиш дода мешаванд. Анборҳои нармафзоре, ки шумо мехоҳед барои раванди такмилдиҳӣ илова кунед, интихоб намоед." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." @@ -1515,30 +1509,30 @@ "Намоиши вазъият-ро зер кунед ё ба объекти ҷадвали мувофиқ дубора зер кунед." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "Барои тағйир додани суроғаи URL, тугмаи Тағйир додан...-ро зер кунед." #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Номаълум" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "&Суроғаи URL-и анбори нармафзор" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "Шабака танзим нашудааст" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" @@ -1547,49 +1541,49 @@ "Интернетро танзим мекунед?" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "Анборҳои нармафзор илова ва тоза шуда истодаанд..." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "Анборҳои нармафзор илова ва тоза шуда истодаанд." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "Тоза кардани анборҳои нармафзори истифоданашуда" -#. Removes selected repositories -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "Анборҳои нармафзори истифоданашуда тоза шуда истодаанд..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "Илова кардани анборҳои нармафзори фаъолшуда" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "Анборҳои нармафзори фаъолшуда илова шуда истодаанд..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "Илова кардани анборҳои нармафзори ғайрифаъол" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "Анборҳои нармафзори ғайрифаъол илова шуда истодаанд..." #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "Медиаи мувофиқ дархост шудааст" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1603,7 +1597,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1618,7 +1612,7 @@ "Анбори нармафзор дар ҳолати ғайрифаъол илова мешавад." #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1630,7 +1624,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1642,7 +1636,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1653,7 +1647,7 @@ "Суроғаи URL: %2\n" #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1731,52 +1725,47 @@ msgstr "Танзими proxy захира шуда истодааст..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62 -msgid "Enabling random number generator..." -msgstr "Фаъолсозии муваллиди рақамҳои тасодуфӣ..." - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "Минтақаи вақт захира шуда истодааст..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "Забон захира шуда истодааст..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "Танзими консол захира шуда истодааст..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "Танзими клавиатура захира шуда истодааст..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "Иттилооти маҳсул захира шуда истодааст..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "Танзимоти насби худкор захира шуда истодааст..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "Танзимоти амният захира шуда истодааст..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "Танзимоти скриптҳои коргузорӣ захира шуда истодааст..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "Танзими сахтафзор захира шуда истодааст..." @@ -1808,7 +1797,7 @@ msgstr "Танзимоти YaST сабт шуда истодааст..." #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -2056,6 +2045,73 @@ msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "Ҷустуҷӯи қисмҳои диски Linux..." +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "Омодасозии насб..." + +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" +msgstr "Иттилоот оид ба файлҳои диски коргузорӣ гирифта намешавад " + +#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +msgid "Deploying..." +msgstr "Ҷойгир шудааст..." + +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgstr "Хусусиятҳои корбар захира шудаанд..." + +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgstr "Хусусиятҳои корбар барқарор шудаанд..." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Installation was unable to solve package dependecies automatically.\n" +#| "Package manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" +"Ҳангоми коргузорӣ вобастагиҳои қуттиҳо ба худкор ҳал нашудаанд.\n" +"Барои танзимоти дастӣ, мудири қуттиҳо кушода мешавад." + +#~ msgid "License needs to be accepted" +#~ msgstr "Шумо бояд иҷозатномаро қабул кунед" + +#~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions" +#~ msgstr "Ҷустуҷӯи қисмҳои диски Linux" + +#~ msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." +#~ msgstr "Ҷустуҷӯи қисмҳои диски Linux..." + +#~ msgid "Evaluate update possibility" +#~ msgstr "Баҳодиҳии қобилияти навсозӣ" + +#~ msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." +#~ msgstr "Баҳодиҳии қобилияти навсозӣ..." + +#~ msgid "Enabling random number generator..." +#~ msgstr "Фаъолсозии муваллиди рақамҳои тасодуфӣ..." + #~ msgid "Network Device: %1" #~ msgstr "Дастгоҳи шабакавӣ: %1" @@ -2624,30 +2680,7 @@ #~ "барои коргузорӣ ёфт нашуд.\n" #~ "Сахтафзорро тафтиш кунед.\n" -#~ msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" -#~ msgstr "Иттилоот оид ба файлҳои диски коргузорӣ гирифта намешавад " - -#~ msgid "Deploying..." -#~ msgstr "Ҷойгир шудааст..." - -#~ msgid "Storing user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "Хусусиятҳои корбар захира шудаанд..." - -#~ msgid "Restoring user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "Хусусиятҳои корбар барқарор шудаанд..." - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "Installation was unable to solve package dependecies automatically.\n" -#~| "Package manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" -#~ "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ҳангоми коргузорӣ вобастагиҳои қуттиҳо ба худкор ҳал нашудаанд.\n" -#~ "Барои танзимоти дастӣ, мудири қуттиҳо кушода мешавад." - -#~ msgid "" #~ "<tt>SuSEconfig</tt> must write the configuration\n" #~ "of your &product; system. Depending on the CPU and the amount of memory,\n" #~ "this process can take some time.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/instserver.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/instserver.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/instserver.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/iplb.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/iplb.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/iplb.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -91,6 +91,26 @@ msgstr "" #. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "ҳа" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "не" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Class Configuration" +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "Танзимоти синф" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initial Configuration" +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "Танзимоти ибтидоӣ" + #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "" @@ -200,7 +220,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -440,7 +460,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -477,7 +497,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Хидмат" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" @@ -505,7 +525,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Парол" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 msgid "Database Name" @@ -537,7 +557,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Илова" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" @@ -545,7 +565,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нест кардан" #. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 @@ -571,13 +591,19 @@ #. return `cacel or a string #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Хуб" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -590,10 +616,26 @@ msgid "weight" msgstr "" +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IP address cannot be empty." +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "Суроғаи IP-ро ворид кунед." + +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "" + #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Омодасозӣ..." #. Read all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -620,7 +662,7 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ба итмом расид" #. Write all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -630,19 +672,19 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сабти танзимот" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Иҷрои SuSEconfig" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Танзимот сабт шудааст..." #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig иҷро шудааст..." #. write global conf #. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" @@ -652,7 +694,7 @@ #. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Танзимот сабт намешавад." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/iscsi-client.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/iscsi-client.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/iscsi-client.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -64,150 +64,154 @@ msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109 -msgid "Initiator Name" +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "Offloa&d Card" +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 +msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "" #. table of connected targets #. table of discovered targets #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network interface" msgid "Interface" msgstr "Интерфейси шабака" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 #, fuzzy msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "&Суроғаи IP" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 #, fuzzy msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Оғози &навсозӣ" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "Илова" #. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Log Out" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "Пайваст шуд" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Log In" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 #, fuzzy msgid "Connect" msgstr "Пайваст шуд" #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 #, fuzzy msgid "Password" msgstr "Гузашт" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "" #. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Startup" msgstr "Оғози &навсозӣ" #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 #, fuzzy msgid "IP Address" msgstr "&Суроғаи IP" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 #, fuzzy msgid "Port" msgstr "&Бандар" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Key" msgstr "Калид" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Value" msgstr "Ҳаҷм" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 #, fuzzy msgid "Service" msgstr "Дастгоҳ" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 #, fuzzy msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "Пайваст шуд" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 #, fuzzy msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "Пешнамоиши коргузорӣ" @@ -215,7 +219,7 @@ #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -224,9 +228,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "" @@ -442,12 +446,12 @@ msgstr "" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "" #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "" @@ -455,36 +459,36 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 msgid "True" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 msgid "False" msgstr "" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "" @@ -572,12 +576,18 @@ msgstr "" #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70 -msgid "(Software)" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 +msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Walloon" +msgid "all" +msgstr "Забони валунӣ" + #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -586,7 +596,7 @@ msgstr "" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "&Гузаштани танзимот" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/iscsi-lio-server.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/iscsi-lio-server.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/iscsi-lio-server.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/iscsi-server.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/iscsi-server.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/iscsi-server.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/isns.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/isns.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/isns.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -293,93 +293,93 @@ msgstr "Омодасозӣ..." #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 #, fuzzy msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "Барои кушодани системаи X11, шумо бояд қуттии %1 коргузорӣ кунед." -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 #, fuzzy msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "Оё шумо мехоҳед инро ҳозир сабт кунед?" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "Танзимоти системавӣ сабт шуда истодааст" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Кушодани манбаъи маълумот" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 #, fuzzy msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Сабти танзимоти proxy" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Бозёбии дастгоҳҳо" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Манбаъи маълумот кушода шудааст..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Феҳрастҳои истифодашуда кушода шудаанд" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 #, fuzzy msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Ҷустуҷӯи дастгоҳҳои USB..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Ба итмом расид" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "Танзимоти консол захира шудааст..." #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Сабти танзимоти proxy" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 #, fuzzy msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "SuSEconfig иҷро шудааст.%1" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Танзимоти proxy сабт шудааст..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 #, fuzzy msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "SuSEconfig иҷро шудааст.%1" #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Сабти танзимоти proxy" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/kdump.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/kdump.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/kdump.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -367,8 +367,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -497,15 +497,6 @@ msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "" -#. checking if packages are available -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103 -msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115 -msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" @@ -1100,137 +1091,137 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Танзимоти YaST сабт шудааст..." #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Танзимоти сахтафзор захира шудааст..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "Ҷустуҷӯи қуттиҳои дастрасшудаи дар феҳрастҳои система..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Омодасозии дискҳо..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Қайдҳои нашр нишон дода намешавад." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Танзимоти proxy захира шудааст..." #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Сабти танзимоти proxy" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Танзимоти proxy сабт шудааст..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Ба итмом расид" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Сабти танзимоти proxy" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 #, fuzzy msgid "enabled" msgstr "Фаъол" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 #, fuzzy msgid "disabled" msgstr "Хомӯш" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/kerberos-server.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/kerberos-server.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/kerberos-server.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/kerberos.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/kerberos.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/kerberos.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/languages_db.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/languages_db.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/languages_db.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/ldap-client.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/ldap-client.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/ldap-client.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/ldap-server.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/ldap-server.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/ldap-server.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/ldap.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/ldap.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/ldap.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Кушоед" #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 @@ -230,46 +230,46 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" msgstr "" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" @@ -291,12 +291,12 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" msgstr "" @@ -378,4 +378,4 @@ #. table header 2/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ҳаҷм" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/live-installer.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/live-installer.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/live-installer.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/lxc.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/lxc.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/lxc.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/mail.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/mail.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/mail.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/multipath.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/multipath.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/multipath.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/ncurses-pkg.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/ncurses-pkg.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/ncurses-pkg.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/ncurses.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/ncurses.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/ncurses.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/network.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/network.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/network.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -96,104 +96,54 @@ msgstr "Хатои коргузорӣ" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "Танзимоти YaST сабт шудааст..." -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" -msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "Коргузорӣ аз файли диск фаъол аст(<a href=\"%1\">хомӯш созед</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "Коргузорӣ аз файли диск хомӯш аст(<a href=\"%1\">фаъол созед</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "Коргузорӣ аз файли диск фаъол аст(<a href=\"%1\">хомӯш созед</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "Коргузорӣ аз файли диск хомӯш аст(<a href=\"%1\">фаъол созед</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" -msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "Коргузорӣ аз файли диск фаъол аст(<a href=\"%1\">хомӯш созед</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" -msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "Коргузорӣ аз файли диск хомӯш аст(<a href=\"%1\">фаъол созед</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" -msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "Коргузорӣ аз файли диск фаъол аст(<a href=\"%1\">хомӯш созед</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" -msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "Коргузорӣ аз файли диск хомӯш аст(<a href=\"%1\">фаъол созед</a>)" - #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Хомӯш" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 #, fuzzy msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Хомӯш" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "Танзимотро захира кунед" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" @@ -201,13 +151,13 @@ "SSH client" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" "service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" @@ -215,13 +165,64 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "Коргузорӣ аз файли диск фаъол аст(<a href=\"%1\">хомӯш созед</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "Коргузорӣ аз файли диск хомӯш аст(<a href=\"%1\">фаъол созед</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "Коргузорӣ аз файли диск фаъол аст(<a href=\"%1\">хомӯш созед</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "Коргузорӣ аз файли диск хомӯш аст(<a href=\"%1\">фаъол созед</a>)" + +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" +msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" +msgstr "Коргузорӣ аз файли диск фаъол аст(<a href=\"%1\">хомӯш созед</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Коргузорӣ аз файли диск хомӯш аст(<a href=\"%1\">фаъол созед</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" +msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" +msgstr "Коргузорӣ аз файли диск фаъол аст(<a href=\"%1\">хомӯш созед</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Коргузорӣ аз файли диск хомӯш аст(<a href=\"%1\">фаъол созед</a>)" + #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts #. Hosts dialog caption @@ -500,9 +501,18 @@ msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "" -#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst(); -#. Lan::Autoinstall(); -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173 +#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML +#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML +#. has higher priority +#. +#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with +#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than +#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". +#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means +#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". +#. Other elements may have similar problems, +#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "" @@ -584,7 +594,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 #, fuzzy msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "Танзимоти худкор" @@ -692,7 +702,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "Дастгоҳ" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416 msgid "Options" msgstr "Имконотҳо" @@ -765,13 +775,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 #, fuzzy msgid "Change." msgstr "&Тағйирот..." @@ -1156,7 +1166,7 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 #, fuzzy msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "Дастгоҳ" @@ -1164,7 +1174,7 @@ #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353 #, fuzzy msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "&Гузаштани танзимот" @@ -1178,7 +1188,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "" @@ -1375,37 +1385,37 @@ #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 #, fuzzy msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Суроғаи IP" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 #, fuzzy msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "Бесимӣ" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1420,11 +1430,11 @@ msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "Танзимоти шабака" -#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" -"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" +"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" msgstr "" #. Network card name (wireless) @@ -1635,7 +1645,7 @@ msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** #. #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -1724,7 +1734,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1734,13 +1744,12 @@ msgstr "" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#. radio button group label, method of setup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "Танзимоти шабака" @@ -1750,7 +1759,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Таъинкунии танзимоти шабака" @@ -1778,7 +1787,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1786,20 +1795,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1807,7 +1816,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1815,19 +1824,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" "configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1835,96 +1844,96 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" #. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 #, fuzzy msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Танзимоти шабака захира шудааст..." #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291 msgid "&USB" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300 msgid "&Hotplug Type" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305 msgid "P&CI" msgstr "" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "" #. TODO: Ud ... Rules -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380 -msgid "Udev rules" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Дастгоҳ" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 #, fuzzy msgid "Change" msgstr "&Тағйирот..." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 -msgid "Show visible port identification" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396 +msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406 msgid "Blink" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411 #, fuzzy -msgid "Ethtool options" +msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Иттилооти иловагӣ мавҷуд нест" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -1932,27 +1941,27 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559 #, fuzzy msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "Корти шабака" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Ҷустуҷӯ" #. Remember current device number (#308763) #. see also bnc#391802 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868 #, fuzzy msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Танзимоти шабака захира шудааст..." @@ -1961,140 +1970,140 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898 #, fuzzy msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "&Бандар" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931 #, fuzzy msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "Суроғаи MAC: %1" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" @@ -2107,7 +2116,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "" @@ -2150,28 +2159,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 msgid "" -"Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" -"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +"Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" "edit their configuration. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 msgid "" "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a network card to change or remove.\n" @@ -2179,7 +2187,7 @@ msgstr "" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" @@ -2189,12 +2197,12 @@ "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2203,7 +2211,7 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" @@ -2211,13 +2219,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2225,14 +2233,14 @@ "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" "also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" @@ -2241,7 +2249,7 @@ "different hostnames. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2250,14 +2258,14 @@ "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2265,7 +2273,7 @@ msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2273,7 +2281,7 @@ "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2281,7 +2289,7 @@ "command." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" "search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" @@ -2291,7 +2299,7 @@ "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2305,26 +2313,26 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" "Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 msgid "" "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" @@ -2332,7 +2340,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2340,7 +2348,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" @@ -2348,7 +2356,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" @@ -2356,19 +2364,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" "Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2379,11 +2387,11 @@ "the firewall will be disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" @@ -2393,19 +2401,19 @@ "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" "Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2415,7 +2423,7 @@ msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" "hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" @@ -2428,21 +2436,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" "Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 msgid "" "Enter an IPv4 Address Label, an IP Address, and\n" "the Netmask." msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" "IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" @@ -2450,14 +2458,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr "" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" " Passphrase: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2474,14 +2482,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2491,7 +2499,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2503,7 +2511,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. WEP\n" @@ -2524,7 +2532,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2534,7 +2542,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2545,14 +2553,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" @@ -3104,23 +3112,23 @@ msgstr "Омодасозӣ..." #. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" @@ -3131,18 +3139,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 #, fuzzy msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "Танзимоти коргузориро захира кунед" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3153,117 +3161,116 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Номуайян" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "Корти шабакаи худро танзим мекунед?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 #, fuzzy msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "Танзимотро захира кунед" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "Корти шабака" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Modems" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 #, fuzzy msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "Дастгоҳ" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 #, fuzzy msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "Дастгоҳи шабака: %1" -#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -"cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -"\n" -"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" -"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" -msgstr "" - #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 @@ -3521,7 +3528,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3720,80 +3727,92 @@ msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "" +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +#, fuzzy +msgid "NetworkManager Service" +msgstr "Дастгоҳи шабака: %1" + +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Traditional Chinese" +msgid "Traditional ifup" +msgstr "Забони хитоии анъанавӣ" + +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service" +msgid "Wicked Service" +msgstr "Хидмат" + +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Network Services Disabled" +msgstr "Дастгоҳи шабака: %1" + #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -#. radio button label -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager -#. program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 -msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button label -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365 -msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button label -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 -msgid "Controlled by &wicked" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +msgid "General Network Settings" +msgstr "Таъинкунии танзимоти шабака" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "Фаъол" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Номуайян" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "&Суроғаи IP" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" msgstr "" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "Дастгоҳ" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "Дастгоҳи шабака: %1" @@ -3811,60 +3830,56 @@ msgstr "" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 #, fuzzy -msgid "Device name:" +msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "Дастгоҳ" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 -msgid "Base udev rule on" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110 #, fuzzy msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "Суроғаи MAC: %1" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "" -#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. -#. -#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid -#. -#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "" "Танзимот захира шуд.\n" "Хатоҳо мавҷуданд." -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "&Гузаштани танзимот" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371 msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Танзимоти навсозӣ" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "Танзимоти консол захира шудааст..." @@ -3872,46 +3887,46 @@ #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "Танзимоти proxy сабт шудааст..." #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "Навсозии танзимот..." #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416 msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569 #, fuzzy msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "Суроғаи хидматгоҳи D&NS" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "" @@ -3931,432 +3946,451 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "Танзимоти шабака захира шудааст..." #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 #, fuzzy msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "Дастгоҳи шабака: %1" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 #, fuzzy msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "Иттилооти иловагӣ мавҷуд нест" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 #, fuzzy msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "Танзимотро захира кунед" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 #, fuzzy msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Танзимоти шабака захира шудааст..." #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 #, fuzzy msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Танзимоти коргузориро захира кунед" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 #, fuzzy msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Танзимотро захира кунед" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 #, fuzzy msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "Танзимоти коргузориро захира кунед" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 #, fuzzy msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "Омодасозии танзимот..." #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "Ҳолати ҷорӣ" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 #, fuzzy msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "Санҷиши файли %1..." #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 #, fuzzy msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "Ҷустуҷӯи кортҳои шабака..." #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "Танзимоти консол захира шудааст..." #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Танзимоти шабака захира шудааст..." #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Танзимоти proxy сабт шудааст..." #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Танзимоти консол захира шудааст..." #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "Мувофиқсозии коргузории система..." #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "Омодасозии танзимот..." #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "" #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Ба итмом расид" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "Танзимоти шабака захира шудааст..." #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 #, fuzzy msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "Иттилооти иловагӣ мавҷуд нест" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 #, fuzzy msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "Танзимотро захира кунед" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 #, fuzzy msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "Танзимоти шабака захира шудааст..." #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 #, fuzzy msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "Омодасозии танзимот..." #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 #, fuzzy msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Танзимоти системавӣ сабт шуда истодааст" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 #, fuzzy msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Сабти танзимоти proxy" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "Пайкарабандии худкор сабт шудааст..." #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "Танзимоти шабака захира шудааст..." #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "Пайкарабандии худкор сабт шудааст..." #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Пайкарабандии худкор сабт шудааст..." #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 #, fuzzy msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "Танзимоти шабака комёб нашуд" #. Progress step 8 -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Танзимоти proxy сабт шудааст..." #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 #, fuzzy msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "Хидмати %1 оғоз шудааст..." -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 msgid "No network running" msgstr "" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "Корти шабака" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "Хомӯш" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "connected" msgstr "Пайваст шуд" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "Суроғаи MAC: %1" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "" #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Дастгоҳи шабака: %1" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 #, fuzzy msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Пайваст шуд" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 #, fuzzy msgid "unknown" msgstr "Номуайян" +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239 +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr "" + #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Оғози хидмати %1" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "Танзимоти консол захира шудааст..." -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "Мудири қуттиҳо омода шуда истодааст..." +#. Enable xinetd +#. Enable XDM +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335 +msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "" + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359 #, fuzzy msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "Хидмати %1 оғоз шудааст..." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "" -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "" @@ -4410,24 +4444,24 @@ msgstr "" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "Хомӯш" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "General Network Settings" -#~ msgstr "Таъинкунии танзимоти шабака" +#~ msgid "Device name:" +#~ msgstr "Дастгоҳ" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "General &Network Settings" @@ -4528,10 +4562,6 @@ #~ msgid "ISDN Service Selection" #~ msgstr "Интихоби мизи корӣ" -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Network Services" -#~ msgstr "Дастгоҳи шабака: %1" - #~ msgid "&Details..." #~ msgstr "&Тафсилот..." Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/nfs.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/nfs.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/nfs.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/nfs_server.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/nfs_server.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/nfs_server.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -72,27 +72,27 @@ msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "" #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -101,11 +101,11 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "" @@ -156,63 +156,55 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "" -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "" #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -220,25 +212,25 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others." msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" "and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" @@ -246,56 +238,56 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" "Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "Суроғаи хидматгоҳи D&NS" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "Ман &розӣ нестам" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "Фаъол" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "Фаъол" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Танзимотро захира кунед" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -303,82 +295,77 @@ msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" "Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." -msgstr "" - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Вироиш" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "&Нест кардан" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "Имконотҳо" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "&Вироиш" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "&Нест кардан" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -386,91 +373,85 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Танзимоти YaST сабт шудааст..." #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart services" msgstr "Оғози хидмати %1" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "Минтақаи вақт захира шудааст..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 #, fuzzy msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "Хидмати %1 оғоз шудааст..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Ба итмом расид" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "Танзимоти proxy сабт шудааст..." #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302 -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "Дарёфт карда намешавад" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "Дарёфт карда намешавад" - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "Дарёфт карда намешавад" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" msgstr "" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." +#~ msgstr "Дарёфт карда намешавад" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." +#~ msgstr "Дарёфт карда намешавад" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/nis.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/nis.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/nis.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/nis_server.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/nis_server.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/nis_server.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ #. To translators: checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "" @@ -376,22 +376,28 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 -msgid "N&IS domain name:" +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 +msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" msgstr "" +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +msgid "NIS &Master Server:" +msgstr "Суроғаи хидматгоҳи D&NS" + #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/ntp-client.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/ntp-client.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/ntp-client.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -45,23 +45,22 @@ msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 #, fuzzy msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "&Суроғаи IP" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 #, fuzzy msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "Танзимотро захира кунед" -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 msgid "S&ynchronize now" @@ -74,21 +73,29 @@ msgstr "&Танзимот..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "" +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "" + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 -msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" #. local clock type name @@ -600,10 +607,13 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -611,7 +621,7 @@ "is more secure and strongly recommended." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" "By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" @@ -620,7 +630,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -630,7 +640,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -640,14 +650,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -655,14 +665,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -670,7 +680,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -682,14 +692,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -698,7 +708,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -707,7 +717,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -715,7 +725,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -723,7 +733,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -731,7 +741,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -740,7 +750,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" @@ -748,7 +758,7 @@ "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -760,49 +770,49 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." msgstr "" #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." msgstr "" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." msgstr "" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -810,7 +820,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -820,7 +830,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -828,7 +838,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -841,7 +851,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -849,7 +859,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -859,7 +869,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -868,7 +878,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" "ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" @@ -1218,123 +1228,126 @@ msgstr "Танзимоти proxy сабт шудааст..." #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Ба итмом расид" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "Танзимоти шабака захира шудааст..." #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 #, fuzzy msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "Сабти танзимоти proxy" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Танзимоти proxy сабт шудааст..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "Эҷоди пайкарабандии худкор..." #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 #, fuzzy msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "Пайкарабандии худкор..." #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "Пайкарабандии худкор..." #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "" #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "" #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "" #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/oneclickinstall.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/oneclickinstall.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/oneclickinstall.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/online-update-configuration.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/online-update-configuration.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/online-update-configuration.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/online-update.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/online-update.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/online-update.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -115,13 +115,20 @@ msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "Навсозии дархат (Online)" -#. yes/no message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" msgstr "" +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No software repository found on medium." +msgid "No update repository configured yet." +msgstr "Ягон феҳрасти нармафзор дар ин диск ёфт нашуд." + #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 #, fuzzy Added: trunk/yast/tg/po/opensuse_mirror.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/opensuse_mirror.tg.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/opensuse_mirror.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: \n" +"Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Poedit-Language: Tajik\n" +"X-Poedit-Country: TAJIKISTAN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Directory..." +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "&Феҳраст..." + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Хато" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "ҳа" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "не" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "Хато" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Select All" +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "&Ҳамаашро интихоб кунед" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/packager.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/packager.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/packager.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -143,6 +143,15 @@ msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "Интихоби ҳолат" +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." +msgstr "" + #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 #, fuzzy @@ -493,7 +502,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Омодасозӣ..." @@ -561,7 +570,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "" @@ -790,7 +799,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" @@ -798,7 +807,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" @@ -1140,7 +1149,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" @@ -1372,7 +1381,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1404,8 +1413,8 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 #, fuzzy msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "" @@ -1414,69 +1423,69 @@ "Суроға: %2" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Дарёфт карда намешавад" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Омодасозии муҳити коргузорӣ..." #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Омодасозии муҳити коргузорӣ..." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "Дарёфт карда намешавад" #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Номуайян" @@ -1525,7 +1534,7 @@ msgstr "Коргузорӣ ба итмом расид" #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "" @@ -1533,13 +1542,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 msgid ">%1" msgstr "" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 msgid "Done." msgstr "Шуд." @@ -1547,14 +1556,14 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "" #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 #, fuzzy msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "Забони: %1" @@ -1562,7 +1571,7 @@ #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 msgid "Total" msgstr "" @@ -1571,149 +1580,190 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "Боргирии файли диски %1 дар суръати %2/s" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr "" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installing Packages..." msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "Қуттиҳо коргузорӣ шудаанд..." #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr "" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 #, fuzzy msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "Пешниҳоди коргузории UML" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 #, fuzzy msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "&Маҳсулот" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "" #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "" +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +msgid "New product %s will be installed" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +msgid "Product %s will be updated" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +msgid "Product %s will stay installed" +msgstr "" + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1721,52 +1771,52 @@ msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "" #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "омодасозии ҳарфҳо..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." msgstr "" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 #, fuzzy msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "Имконоти навсозӣ тафтиш шудааст..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1775,76 +1825,76 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "Қайдҳои нашр нишон дода намешавад." -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Забон" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "Ман бо &Шартҳои иҷозатнома розӣ ҳастам." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399 -#, fuzzy -msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" -msgstr "Ман &розӣ нестам" +#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" +msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" "the configuration will be aborted.\n" msgstr "" +#. dialog title #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Шартнома" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Коргузории иловагиҳои маҳсулот" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "" @@ -1927,130 +1977,135 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "" #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 #, fuzzy msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "Суроғаи хидматгоҳи D&NS" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Имконоти васлкунӣ" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Default" msgid "(default)" msgstr "Стандартӣ" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 #, fuzzy msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "Феҳраст" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 #, fuzzy msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "Феҳраст" @@ -2058,41 +2113,41 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "&Феҳрасти URL" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "Суроғаи хидматгоҳи D&NS" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Диски компютерӣ" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "" @@ -2101,56 +2156,56 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 #, fuzzy msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "Суроғаи IP-ро ворид кунед." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "&Феҳрасти URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 #, fuzzy msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "Ниқоби шабакаро насб кунед." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2160,23 +2215,23 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2185,42 +2240,42 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2228,17 +2283,17 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2248,21 +2303,21 @@ msgstr "" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 #, fuzzy msgid "&File System" msgstr "Системаи сабтшуаро &барқарор созед" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2275,7 +2330,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2283,12 +2338,12 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 #, fuzzy msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "&Хидматҳои ZMD-ро хомӯш созед" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2300,12 +2355,12 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2313,72 +2368,72 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Бандар" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 msgid "&Share" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 #, fuzzy msgid "&Password" msgstr "Гузашт" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2393,7 +2448,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2402,12 +2457,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 -msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2415,7 +2470,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2423,7 +2478,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2433,7 +2488,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2442,27 +2497,27 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detect the devices" msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "Бозёбии дастгоҳҳо" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "" #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2472,11 +2527,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "" +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add-On Product" +msgid "Add On Product" +msgstr "Иловагиҳои маҳсулот" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 #, fuzzy @@ -2581,7 +2642,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "Тозакунии феҳрастҳои истифоданашуда" -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "" @@ -2659,12 +2722,12 @@ "Суроға: %2" #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -2672,7 +2735,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "" @@ -2694,6 +2757,14 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#~ msgstr "Ман бо &Шартҳои иҷозатнома розӣ ҳастам." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" +#~ msgstr "Ман &розӣ нестам" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "All registered repositories are shown here.\n" #~ "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/pam.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/pam.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/pam.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/pkg-bindings.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/pkg-bindings.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/pkg-bindings.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 #, fuzzy msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "Мудири қуттиҳо омода шуда истодааст..." @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "Қуттиҳо коргузорӣ шудаанд..." Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/printer.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/printer.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/printer.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/product-creator.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/product-creator.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/product-creator.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/proxy.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/proxy.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/proxy.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/qt-pkg.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/qt-pkg.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/qt-pkg.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -41,41 +41,41 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "&Феҳрасти URL" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 #, fuzzy msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "Хатои коргузорӣ" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 msgid "File List" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 #, fuzzy msgid "Change Log" msgstr "&Тағйирот..." @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -93,184 +93,184 @@ msgstr "&Бекор кардан" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Қабул" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Файл" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 msgid "&Package" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 #, fuzzy msgid "All Packages" msgstr "Қуттиҳо коргузорӣ шудаанд..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 #, fuzzy msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "&Гузаштани танзимот" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "&Феҳрасти URL" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 #, fuzzy msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "Навсозии дархат (Online)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "" #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&Имконотҳо" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 #, fuzzy msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "&Маҳсулот" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Show &Details" msgid "Show &History" msgstr "Намоиши &тафсилот" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 #, fuzzy msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "Қуттиҳо коргузорӣ шудаанд..." #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 #, fuzzy msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "Қуттиҳо коргузорӣ шудаанд..." #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Ёрӣ" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 msgid "P&atches" msgstr "" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "" @@ -278,56 +278,56 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "Хато" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/qt.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/qt.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/qt.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -57,14 +57,14 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" msgstr "" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/rdp.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/rdp.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/rdp.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/rear.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/rear.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/rear.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/registration.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/registration.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/registration.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -15,48 +15,92 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 #, fuzzy msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "Коргузории иловагиҳои маҳсулот" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" -"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n" -"to use the default SUSE registration server." +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 #, fuzzy msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "Коргузории иловагиҳои маҳсулот" +#. %s is the default SCC URL +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "&Танзимоти худкорро истифода баред" + #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 #, fuzzy msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "Коргузории иловагиҳои маҳсулот" #. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. register the system -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164 +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549 +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "" -#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update to %1" +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "Ба %1 навсозӣ кунед" + +#. display the registration update dialog +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "Коргузории иловагиҳои маҳсулот" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "Коргузории иловагиҳои маҳсулот" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "" + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" @@ -64,51 +108,55 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "&Танзимоти худкорро истифода баред" -#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373 -msgid "&Email" -msgstr "" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "E-&Mail Address" +msgid "&E-mail Address" +msgstr "&Суроғаи почтаи электронӣ" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "Коргузории иловагиҳои маҳсулот" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218 +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 #, fuzzy +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +msgstr "Коргузории иловагиҳои маҳсулот" + +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 +#, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "Коргузории иловагиҳои маҳсулот" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products." +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Registration" -msgstr "Коргузории иловагиҳои маҳсулот" - #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -116,56 +164,27 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. use two column layout if needed -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312 -msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317 -msgid "Details" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message, %s are product names -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Automatically selecting '%s'\n" -"dependencies:\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411 -msgid "Extension Selection" -msgstr "" - #. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485 -msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..." -msgstr "" +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." +msgstr "Коргузории иловагиҳои маҳсулот" #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 #, fuzzy msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Коргузории иловагиҳои маҳсулот" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595 -msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -177,349 +196,673 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reboot &Later" msgid "Register Again" msgstr "&Бозхудроҳандозӣ - баъдтар" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Your system is ready for use." +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "Системаи шумо барои истифода тайёр аст." + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" + #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:42 -msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -#. register the base product -#. register addons -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193 -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "Коргузории иловагиҳои маҳсулот" -#. --------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238 -msgid "Add-on &Name" +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267 -msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?" +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Name" +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 #, fuzzy -msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "Коргузории иловагиҳои маҳсулот" -#. TODO FIXME: add a help text -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 #, fuzzy -msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "Коргузорӣ ба итмом мерасад..." + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "Коргузорӣ ба итмом мерасад..." + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation Settings" +msgid "Registration Settings" +msgstr "Танзимоти коргузорӣ" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "E-&Mail Address" +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" +msgstr "&Суроғаи почтаи электронӣ" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration Code is Configured" msgstr "Коргузории иловагиҳои маҳсулот" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 #, fuzzy -msgid "Product Registration" +#| msgid "List all available languages." +msgid "Install Available Updates" +msgstr "Рӯйхати ҳамаи забонҳои мавҷудбуда" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration Server" msgstr "Коргузории иловагиҳои маҳсулот" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351 -msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" -"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Server URL: %s" +msgstr "Суроғаи хидматгоҳи D&NS" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Use SLP discovery" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356 -msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" -"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Reboot &Later" -msgid "Register the Product" -msgstr "&Бозхудроҳандозӣ - баъдтар" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379 -msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 #, fuzzy -msgid "Server Settings" -msgstr "Танзимоти суроғаи сокин" +msgid "Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "Коргузории иловагиҳои маҳсулот" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 #, fuzzy -msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" -msgstr "Коргузории иловагиҳои маҳсулот" +#| msgid "DSL Connection" +msgid "Secure Connection Error" +msgstr "Пайвастшавии DSL" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396 -msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Details" +msgid "Details:" +msgstr "&Тафсилот" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +msgid "Failed Certificate Details" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403 -msgid "Optional Server Certificate" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421 -msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +msgid "Common Name (CN): " msgstr "" -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478 -msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +msgid "Organization (O): " msgstr "" +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "Issued By" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +msgid "Validity" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +msgid "Issued On: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Expires On: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +msgid "Serial Number: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 +msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "" + #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." +msgstr "Коргузории иловагиҳои маҳсулот" + +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 msgid "" -"The email address is not known or\n" -"the registration code is not valid." +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 +#. add the hint to the error details +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 #, fuzzy +msgid "Registration failed." +msgstr "Коргузории иловагиҳои маҳсулот" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 +#, fuzzy msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Коргузории иловагиҳои маҳсулот" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Registration failed." -msgstr "Коргузории иловагиҳои маҳсулот" - -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "" -#. label follwed by a certificate description -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147 -msgid "Certificate:" +#. progress label +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 +msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151 -msgid "Issued To" +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 +msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154 -msgid "Issued By" +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157 -msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "" +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving network configuration..." +msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." +msgstr "Танзимоти шабака захира шудааст..." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159 -msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 +msgid "SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176 -msgid "Common Name (CN): " +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 -msgid "Organization (O): " +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180 -msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " -msgstr "" - -#. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194 -msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 -msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." -msgstr "" - -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Searching..." -msgstr "Санҷиши журнали YaST..." - -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." -msgstr "" - #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Номуайян" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Коргузорӣ иҷро шудааст..." #. # error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Шартнома" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" -#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the -#. not accepted extension -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65 +#. ask user to accept an addon EULA +#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" "failed." msgstr "" +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95 -msgid "%s License Agreement" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "Коргузории иловагиҳои маҳсулот" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Here you can see all of the add-on products which are installed on your system." +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "Дар ин ҷо шумо метавонед ҳамаи барномаҳои сабткардашударо дарёфт кунед." + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unavailable" +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "Дастнорас" + +#. check the addons requiring a reg. code +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "Коргузории иловагиҳои маҳсулот" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Версия" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release" +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "Нашр" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "Коргузории иловагиҳои маҳсулот" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "Иловагиҳои танзимоти забони система боргирӣ шудааст..." + +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "" + +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Version" +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "Версия" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Release" +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "&Нашр" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reboot &Later" +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "&Бозхудроҳандозӣ - баъдтар" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "Танзимоти суроғаи сокин" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "Коргузории иловагиҳои маҳсулот" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "none" +msgstr "ҳеҷ чиз" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "Коргузории иловагиҳои маҳсулот" + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "" + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "" + +#. input field label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Credentials" -#~ msgstr "&Танзимоти худкорро истифода баред" +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "Коргузории иловагиҳои маҳсулот" +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 #, fuzzy +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "Санҷиши журнали YaST..." + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#~ msgstr "Коргузории иловагиҳои маҳсулот" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Registration" #~ msgstr "&Танзимоти худкорро истифода баред" @@ -603,18 +946,10 @@ #~ msgstr "номуайян" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "Коргузорӣ ба итмом мерасад..." - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Optional information" #~ msgstr "Иттилооти иловагӣ мавҷуд нест" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "SMT Server: %1" -#~ msgstr "Суроғаи хидматгоҳи D&NS" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "SMT Server" #~ msgstr "Суроғаи хидматгоҳи D&NS" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/reipl.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/reipl.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/reipl.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ "and LUN '%3'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" @@ -245,30 +245,30 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/relocation-server.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/relocation-server.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/relocation-server.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/s390.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/s390.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/s390.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/samba-client.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/samba-client.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/samba-client.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -190,6 +190,15 @@ msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "" +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +msgid "Allowed Group(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" +msgstr "" + #. combobox label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "&Kerberos Method" @@ -776,7 +785,10 @@ msgstr "Танзимоти proxy сабт шудааст..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Ба итмом расид" @@ -847,12 +859,14 @@ msgstr "" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ҳа" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 msgid "No" msgstr "Не" @@ -875,34 +889,167 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 -msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" -msgstr "" +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "Омодасозии коргузорӣ..." +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Омодасозии коргузорӣ..." +msgid "Read the global Samba settings" +msgstr "Танзимоти коргузории худкор захира шудааст..." +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." -#~ msgstr "Танзимоти коргузории худкор захира шудааст..." +#| msgid "Read the database" +msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgstr "Кушодани манбаъи маълумот" +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Disable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "&Хидматҳои ZMD-ро хомӯш созед" +msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgstr "Танзимоти коргузории худкор захира шудааст..." +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Disabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "Ҷустуҷӯи дастгоҳҳои USB..." +#| msgid "Reading the database..." +msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgstr "Манбаъи маълумот кушода шудааст..." +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Enabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "Ҷустуҷӯи дастгоҳҳои USB..." +msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "Танзимотро захира кунед" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Сабти танзимот" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." -#~ msgstr "Сабти танзимоти proxy" +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "&Хидматҳои ZMD-ро хомӯш созед" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Global Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Танзимоти худкор" +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "&Хидматҳои ZMD-ро хомӯш созед" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Танзимот сабт шудааст..." + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "Ҷустуҷӯи дастгоҳҳои USB..." + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "Ҷустуҷӯи дастгоҳҳои USB..." + +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgstr "Танзимоти сахтафзор захира шудааст..." + +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing automatic configuration..." +msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgstr "Пайкарабандии худкор сабт шудааст..." + +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." +msgstr "Танзимот сабт намешавад." + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot detect devices." +msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgstr "Ягон дастгоҳ ёфт нашуд." + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot detect devices." +msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." +msgstr "Ягон дастгоҳ ёфт нашуд." + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." +msgstr "Сабти танзимоти proxy" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "Танзимоти худкор" + +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "Муборакбод!" + +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 +msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/samba-server.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/samba-server.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/samba-server.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/samba-users.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/samba-users.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/samba-users.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/scanner.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/scanner.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/scanner.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/security.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/security.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/security.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/services-manager.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/services-manager.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/services-manager.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -16,12 +16,216 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Searching for system files..." +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "Ҷустуҷӯи файлҳои системавӣ..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Scripts" +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "Скриптҳои дастрас" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No add-on product selected for installation" +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "Ягон барномаи иловагии маҳсулот барои коргузории интихоб нашуд" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No add-on product selected for installation" +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "Ягон барномаи иловагии маҳсулот барои коргузории интихоб нашуд" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "Танзимоти YaST сабт шудааст..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "Танзимоти системавӣ сабт шуда истодааст" + +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "Хидмат" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Фаъол" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Activated" +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Фаъол" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Тафсилот" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Stop" +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "&Манъ кунед" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enab&le or Disable" +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "&Фаъол ё хомӯш созед" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "Намоиши &тафсилот" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device name" +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "Номи дастгоҳ" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the previous settings..." +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "Танзимоти пешина таъин шудааст..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "Хомӯш" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Deactivated" +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "Ғайои фаъол" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" msgstr "" @@ -61,3 +265,77 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default language" +msgid "Default Target" +msgstr "Забони умумӣ" + +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NTP configured" +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "NTP танзим карда шуд" + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Graphics Cards" +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "Кортҳои графикӣ" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Text Mode" +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "Ҳолати матнӣ" + +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Mode" +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "Интихоби ҳолат" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File System" +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "Системаи файлҳо" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Mode" +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "Интихоби ҳолат" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/slp-server.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/slp-server.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/slp-server.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/snapper.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/snapper.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/snapper.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -23,14 +23,14 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "Тафсилот" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User ID" msgid "User data" @@ -38,37 +38,37 @@ #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgid "Single snapshot" @@ -76,235 +76,235 @@ #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Printer" msgid "Pre" msgstr "Чопгар" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Singapore" msgid "Single" msgstr "Сингапур" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "Рӯйхати скриптҳои омодасозӣ барои идора эҷод шуда истодааст..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Танзимоти сахтафзор" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 #, fuzzy #| msgid "ISDN" msgid "ID" msgstr "ISDN" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "Намуд" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start &Update" msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Оғози &навсозӣ" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Time and Date" msgid "End Date" msgstr "Вақт ва сана" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User ID" msgid "User Data" msgstr "Шиносаи корбар:" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Modify" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selecting all items..." msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "Интихобкунии чизҳо..." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation Notification" msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "Иттилооти коргузорӣ" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Fi&le Contents" msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "Мазмуни &файл" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Restore" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Desktop Selection" msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "Интихоби мизи корӣ" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "&Кушоед" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Desktop Selection" msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "Интихоби мизи корӣ" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -325,19 +325,19 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Opening file..." msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "Кушоиши файл..." #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/sound.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/sound.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/sound.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/squid.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/squid.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/squid.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -1395,11 +1395,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Забони африкоӣ" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Забони арабӣ" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 msgid "Armenian" @@ -1447,7 +1447,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Забони форсӣ" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 #, fuzzy @@ -1468,7 +1468,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Забони индонезӣ" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" @@ -1522,7 +1522,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:84 msgid "Russian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Забони русӣ" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:85 msgid "Slovak" @@ -1552,7 +1552,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Забони тайландӣ" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" @@ -1560,15 +1560,15 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:92 msgid "Ukrainian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Забони украинӣ" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Забони ӯзбекӣ" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Забони ветнамӣ" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/sshd.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/sshd.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/sshd.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ #. Table header #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Рақам" #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Sshd" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/storage.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/storage.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/storage.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write proxy settings" @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ msgstr "Сабти танзимоти proxy" #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -136,15 +136,21 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -782,7 +788,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "" @@ -800,7 +806,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -810,7 +816,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -820,7 +826,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -830,7 +836,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -840,7 +846,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -853,7 +859,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -863,7 +869,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" @@ -874,7 +880,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -886,7 +892,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -898,7 +904,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -907,7 +913,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -918,22 +924,8 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464 -msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" "FAT partition mounted on %1.\n" @@ -947,7 +939,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -962,12 +954,12 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -980,7 +972,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -989,7 +981,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -998,7 +990,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -1006,7 +998,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1014,53 +1006,53 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1069,7 +1061,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1079,7 +1071,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1089,7 +1081,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1104,13 +1096,13 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "" @@ -1137,7 +1129,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "" @@ -1148,7 +1140,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "" @@ -1169,7 +1161,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1178,7 +1170,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1502,7 +1494,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -1513,21 +1505,21 @@ msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -1559,7 +1551,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" @@ -1572,7 +1564,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -1585,7 +1577,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -1607,7 +1599,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -1782,12 +1774,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -1795,33 +1787,33 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mount" msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Васл" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 #, fuzzy msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "Дастгоҳ" @@ -1832,59 +1824,65 @@ msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 #, fuzzy msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "Гузашт" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "Танзимоти дискҳои &iSCSI" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configure &FCoE..." +msgstr "Танзимоти дискҳои &ZFCP" + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "Танзимоти дискҳои &DASD" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "Танзимоти дискҳои &ZFCP" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "Танзимоти дискҳои &DASD" #. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "" #. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -1892,51 +1890,58 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr "" + #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2208,14 +2213,47 @@ msgstr "Дастгоҳ" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Choose the role of the device." +msgstr "Саҳифаи мо дар суроғаи %1 боздид кунед." + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File System" +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "Системаи файлҳо" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +msgid "Role" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2223,55 +2261,55 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 #, fuzzy msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "Бандари Proxy бояд танзим шавад." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2280,17 +2318,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2300,7 +2338,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2309,58 +2347,58 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 #, fuzzy msgid "Password" msgstr "Гузашт" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 #, fuzzy msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Ҳолати ҷорӣ" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 #, fuzzy msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "Ҳолати ҷорӣ" @@ -2369,8 +2407,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -2382,33 +2420,33 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." @@ -2418,7 +2456,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -2427,12 +2465,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 #, fuzzy msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "Омодасозии дискҳо..." @@ -2623,56 +2661,56 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 msgid "Forward" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Backward" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "" @@ -2686,7 +2724,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -3547,12 +3585,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "" @@ -3751,7 +3789,7 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Танзимот" @@ -3951,17 +3989,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "" @@ -4063,72 +4101,71 @@ #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "Тамға" #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "Иттилооти иловагӣ мавҷуд нест" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 #, fuzzy msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "Иттилооти иловагӣ мавҷуд нест" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "Рамзгузорӣ" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Дастгоҳ" #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Device ID" msgstr "Дастгоҳ" @@ -4136,47 +4173,59 @@ #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Path" msgstr "Дастгоҳ" +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Option" +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "Имконот" + +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cylinder" +msgstr "Оғози хидмати %1" + #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "" #. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" @@ -4187,14 +4236,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" @@ -4203,14 +4252,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -4527,25 +4576,25 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Size" msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "&Андоза" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" @@ -4553,29 +4602,29 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" "Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" @@ -4583,36 +4632,36 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 msgid "Mountable by &User" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" @@ -4622,12 +4671,12 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -4635,12 +4684,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" @@ -4652,40 +4701,40 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" @@ -4693,91 +4742,91 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Size" msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "&Андоза" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" "Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" "This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" "This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" @@ -4785,12 +4834,12 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" @@ -4798,37 +4847,37 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" "The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" @@ -4837,12 +4886,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -4850,31 +4899,31 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "Log Size\n" "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -4883,19 +4932,19 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -4908,12 +4957,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -4921,43 +4970,43 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." msgstr "" #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 #, fuzzy #| msgid "D&isable Caps Lock" msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "&Хомӯшсозии Caps Lock" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" @@ -4965,12 +5014,12 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" @@ -4983,7 +5032,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -4996,7 +5045,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5006,7 +5055,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5020,7 +5069,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "" @@ -5033,7 +5082,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5042,7 +5091,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5050,7 +5099,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5059,27 +5108,27 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter Password:" msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "&Паролро ворид кунед:" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 #, fuzzy msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Гузашт" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5087,12 +5136,12 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -5100,86 +5149,86 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Диск" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5187,7 +5236,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5195,7 +5244,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5203,20 +5252,20 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Copying root filesystem..." msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Нусхабардории файлҳои системаи root..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -5821,52 +5870,52 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Volume Group" msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "Гурӯҳи ҳаҷм" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write proxy settings" msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Сабти танзимоти proxy" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -5875,33 +5924,33 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "" #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 #, fuzzy msgid "Password:" msgstr "Гузашт" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "" @@ -5928,27 +5977,27 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File System" msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "Системаи файлҳо" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Partiti&on number" msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "Рақ&ами қисм" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/sudo.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/sudo.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/sudo.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/support.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/support.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/support.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -38,11 +38,11 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 -msgid "Open Novell Support Center" +msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 -msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Танзимот сабт намешавад." #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Имконотҳо" #. Support overview dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ном" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Phone Number" @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 -msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" +msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "" #. abort? @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ҳолати коргузорӣ" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 msgid "Collected Data Review" @@ -323,8 +323,8 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Opening Novell Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use Open Novell Support Center.\n" +"<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" -"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" "%1.\n" msgstr "" @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Омодасозӣ..." #. global string created_directory=""; #: src/modules/Support.rb:143 @@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ #: src/modules/Support.rb:144 msgid "root Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пароли \"root\"" #: src/modules/Support.rb:163 msgid "Password incorrect" @@ -792,27 +792,27 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сабти танзимот" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Иҷрои SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Танзимот сабт шудааст..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig иҷро шудааст..." #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ба итмом расид" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/sysconfig.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/sysconfig.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/sysconfig.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -473,49 +473,123 @@ "\n" msgstr "" +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Starting command: %1..." -#~ msgstr "Хидмати %1 оғоз шудааст..." +#| msgid "&Search" +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "&Ҷустуҷӯ" +#. Display confirmation dialog +#. @param [String] message Confirmation message +#. @param [String] command Command to confirm +#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Танзимоти консол захира шудааст..." +#| msgid "Commands:" +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "Фармонҳо:" +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "" + +#. get activation map for variable +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Write the new settings" -#~ msgstr "Сабти танзимоти proxy" +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "Хидмати %1 оғоз шудааст..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Saving variable %1..." -#~ msgstr "Хидмати %1 оғоз шудааст..." +#| msgid "Command '%1'" +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "Фармони '%1'" +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Saving changes to the files..." -#~ msgstr "Ҷустуҷӯи файлҳои системавӣ..." +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "Танзимоти консол захира шудааст..." +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Starting configuration scripts..." -#~ msgstr "Омодасозии танзимот..." +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "Сабти танзимоти proxy" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Starting configuration module %1..." -#~ msgstr "Омодасозии танзимот..." +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "Ҷустуҷӯи файлҳои системавӣ..." +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Reloading service %1..." -#~ msgstr "Хидмати %1 оғоз шудааст..." +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "Хидмати %1 оғоз шудааст..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Restarting service %1..." -#~ msgstr "Хидмати %1 оғоз шудааст..." +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "Ҷустуҷӯи файлҳои системавӣ..." +#. service is running, reload it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 +msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Оғози хидмати %1" +msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgstr "Хидмати %1 оғоз шудааст..." -#~ msgid "Finished" -#~ msgstr "Ба итмом расид" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "Оғози хидмати %1" +#. service is running, restart it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 +msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Configuration Summary" -#~ msgstr "&Гузаштани танзимот" +msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgstr "Хидмати %1 оғоз шудааст..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "Оғози хидмати %1" + +#. set 100% in progress bar +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Ба итмом расид" + +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "&Гузаштани танзимот" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Starting configuration scripts..." +#~ msgstr "Омодасозии танзимот..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Starting configuration module %1..." +#~ msgstr "Омодасозии танзимот..." Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/tftp-server.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/tftp-server.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/tftp-server.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/timezone_db.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/timezone_db.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/timezone_db.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/tune.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/tune.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/tune.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -15,56 +15,63 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "" #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 #, fuzzy msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "Ҷустуҷӯи дискҳои компютерӣ..." #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Ҳолати коргузорӣ" #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "Иттилооти иловагӣ мавҷуд нест" #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." msgstr "" +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Static Address Settings" +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "Танзимоти суроғаи сокин" + #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 #, fuzzy msgid "System" msgstr "Системаи ҷустуҷӯӣ" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/update.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/update.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/update.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "Имконоти навсозӣ" @@ -152,18 +152,18 @@ #. Table item (unknown file system) #. label - name of sustem to update #. starts with >`< -#. label for an unknown installed system +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Номуайян" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "Ба %1 навсозӣ кунед" @@ -224,9 +224,19 @@ "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" -#. yes/no question +#. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" @@ -234,14 +244,14 @@ #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "Не удаётся установить системные дату/время/часовой пояс." #. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." msgstr "" @@ -319,12 +329,12 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "" #. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "" @@ -332,14 +342,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Маҳсулоти номуайян" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" @@ -347,24 +357,24 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "" #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 #, fuzzy msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "Қуттиҳои сабткардашудаи RPM тафтиш шудаанд..." #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 #, fuzzy msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "Минимальный оконный менеджер, основанный на AEWM" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -373,17 +383,17 @@ msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "&Имконоти навсозӣ" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -392,28 +402,28 @@ msgstr "" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "Linux-и номуайян" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "Номаълум ё системаи ғайри Linux мебошад" #. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" #. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -421,12 +431,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -434,13 +444,13 @@ msgstr "" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 #, fuzzy msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "Интихоби файл барои истифодаи он бо %1" #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "\n" "Show All Partitions expands the list to a\n" @@ -449,71 +459,71 @@ msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "Система" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "Қисмҳои диск" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 #, fuzzy msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Сохтори CPU" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 msgid "File System" msgstr "Системаи файлҳо" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "Тамға" #. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 #, fuzzy msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "Намоиши ҳамаи корҳо ҳамчун рӯйхат." #. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 msgid "&Boot" msgstr "&Худборшавӣ" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 msgid "" "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" "is different from the one of this product.\n" msgstr "" #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "&Ҳа, истифода баред" #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -521,30 +531,30 @@ "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "&Ҳа, давом диҳед" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "Системаи Linux-и номаълум" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 #, fuzzy msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "Мудири системаи SAM" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -554,7 +564,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "Санҷиши қисми диски %1" @@ -563,25 +573,25 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "Намоиши &тафсилот" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "Танҳо системаи файлиро хонед" #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 #, fuzzy msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "Танҳо системаи файлиро хонед" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -589,26 +599,26 @@ msgstr "" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 #, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "Радкунии &панели супориш" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 #, fuzzy msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "Пароли нодуруст. Аз нав кӯшиш кунед." #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Огоҳӣ" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -619,7 +629,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -632,40 +642,40 @@ msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 #, fuzzy msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "&Танзимоти имконотҳои хомӯшкунӣ" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Имконоти васлкунӣ" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Нуқтаи васл" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Дастгоҳ" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -673,17 +683,17 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 msgid "None" msgstr "Ҳеҷ чиз" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -691,22 +701,22 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "Иттилооти дастгоҳ" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -716,7 +726,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -725,18 +735,18 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 #, fuzzy msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "Ягон favicon ёфт нашуд" #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "" @@ -757,42 +767,73 @@ msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "Ҷустуҷӯи файлҳои системавӣ..." +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot load release notes." +msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" +msgstr "Қайдҳои нашр нишон дода намешавад." + #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Маҳсулоти номуайян" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update -#: src/modules/Update.rb:817 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" -msgstr "Ҷустуҷӯи барномаҳои Debian" +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" +msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "" + +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Танзимоти навсозӣ" -#: control/update.glade:34 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Update" msgstr "Навсозӣ" -#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 #, fuzzy msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Нокомӣ ҳангоми Навсозӣ" -#: control/update.glade:63 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 #, fuzzy msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "Танзимоти огоҳномаҳои система" -#: control/update.glade:71 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "Танзимоти навсозӣ" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" +#~ msgstr "Ҷустуҷӯи барномаҳои Debian" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Clean Up" #~ msgstr "Ба &боло кашед" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/users.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/users.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/users.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ msgstr "" #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "" @@ -4063,22 +4063,22 @@ msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/vm.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/vm.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/vm.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -27,141 +27,178 @@ msgstr "" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" msgstr "" #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 #, fuzzy msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "Қуттиҳо коргузорӣ шудаанд..." #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "&Гузаштани танзимот" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "Муҳити фавқулкорбар танзим шуда истодааст..." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" +msgstr "Муҳити фавқулкорбар танзим шуда истодааст..." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "X server" +msgid "KVM server" +msgstr "Хидматгоҳт X" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +msgid "KVM tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +msgid "Virtualization client tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "X server" +msgid "Xen server" +msgstr "Хидматгоҳт X" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +msgid "Xen tools" +msgstr "" + #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "Санҷиши саҳна: %1..." #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "Қуттиҳо коргузорӣ шудаанд..." #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "Қуттиҳои сабткардашудаи RPM тафтиш шудаанд..." #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Updating configuration..." msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "Навсозии танзимот..." #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "" #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "Корти шабака" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" @@ -174,26 +211,26 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/wagon.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/wagon.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/wagon.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/wol.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/wol.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/wol.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/xpram.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/xpram.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/xpram.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tg/po/yast2-apparmor.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/yast2-apparmor.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/yast2-apparmor.tg.po 2014-10-07 15:43:52 UTC (rev 89777) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Tajik openSUSE Localization\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \n" "Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Tajik KDE & Software Localization - Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov(a)gmail.com>\n" @@ -301,11 +301,11 @@ #. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 #, fuzzy msgid "&Done" @@ -1077,64 +1077,72 @@ msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "" -#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +msgid "enforce" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +msgid "complain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "" #. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), #. TODO switch to variable in a module #. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #, fuzzy msgid "Mode" msgstr "Намуна: %1" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 #, fuzzy msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "Интихоби ҳолат" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "" #. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 #, fuzzy msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "&Гузаштани танзимот" #. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select a file to load." msgid "Select an action to perform." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89776 - trunk/yast/am/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:43:37 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89776 Added: trunk/yast/am/po/cio.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/opensuse_mirror.am.po Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/add-on-creator.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/add-on.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/audit-laf.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/auth-client.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/auth-server.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/autoinst.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/base.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/bootloader.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/ca-management.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/cluster.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/control-center.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/control.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/country.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/crowbar.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/dhcp-server.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/dns-server.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/drbd.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/fcoe-client.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/firewall-services.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/firewall.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/firstboot.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/ftp-server.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/geo-cluster.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/gtk.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/http-server.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/inetd.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/installation.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/instserver.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/iplb.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/iscsi-client.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/iscsi-lio-server.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/iscsi-server.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/isns.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/kdump.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/kerberos-server.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/kerberos.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/languages_db.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/ldap-client.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/ldap-server.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/ldap.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/live-installer.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/lxc.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/mail.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/multipath.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/ncurses-pkg.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/ncurses.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/network.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/nfs.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/nfs_server.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/nis.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/nis_server.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/ntp-client.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/oneclickinstall.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/online-update-configuration.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/online-update.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/packager.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/pam.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/pkg-bindings.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/printer.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/product-creator.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/proxy.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/qt-pkg.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/qt.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/rdp.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/rear.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/registration.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/reipl.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/relocation-server.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/s390.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/samba-client.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/samba-server.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/samba-users.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/scanner.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/security.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/services-manager.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/slp-server.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/snapper.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/sound.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/squid.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/sshd.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/storage.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/sudo.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/support.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/sysconfig.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/tftp-server.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/timezone_db.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/tune.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/update.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/users.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/vm.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/wagon.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/wol.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/xpram.am.po trunk/yast/am/po/yast2-apparmor.am.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/add-on-creator.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/add-on-creator.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/add-on-creator.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/add-on.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/add-on.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/add-on.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -43,21 +43,21 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "" @@ -83,10 +83,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "" @@ -215,40 +215,40 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" "Select the repository to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "" @@ -260,33 +260,33 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -294,12 +294,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "" #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 msgid "" "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -308,102 +308,102 @@ msgstr "" #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Product" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr "" #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "" #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/audit-laf.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/audit-laf.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/audit-laf.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -780,30 +780,44 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "" -#. Error message +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +msgstr "" + +#. question continues +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "" -"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" -"Do you want to start it now?" +msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476 -msgid "" -" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -"Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484 -msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Do not start" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -812,36 +826,36 @@ msgstr "" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "" #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -849,26 +863,26 @@ msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "" #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 msgid "Log file" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/auth-client.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/auth-client.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/auth-client.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -390,23 +390,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/auth-server.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/auth-server.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/auth-server.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -236,6 +236,10 @@ msgstr "" #. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" @@ -655,20 +659,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" -"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" "specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" @@ -678,14 +684,14 @@ "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -695,13 +701,13 @@ "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" @@ -709,7 +715,7 @@ "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click Change Password. \n" @@ -719,28 +725,28 @@ "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" "the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" @@ -751,17 +757,17 @@ "thumbs)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" "should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" @@ -770,7 +776,7 @@ "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -779,30 +785,30 @@ "option. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" @@ -810,34 +816,34 @@ "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" @@ -845,30 +851,30 @@ "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" @@ -876,21 +882,21 @@ "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" "in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" @@ -902,11 +908,11 @@ "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" "made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" @@ -914,21 +920,21 @@ "such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" @@ -938,15 +944,15 @@ "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -954,28 +960,28 @@ "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" @@ -985,22 +991,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" #. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1008,11 +1014,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" @@ -1020,78 +1026,78 @@ msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" "Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" "support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" "corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" "different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" @@ -1099,19 +1105,19 @@ "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" @@ -1119,71 +1125,71 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" "receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1191,7 +1197,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" "\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" @@ -1201,29 +1207,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" "server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" @@ -1232,231 +1238,231 @@ #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "" @@ -1765,6 +1771,10 @@ #. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "" @@ -2690,8 +2700,8 @@ msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "" @@ -2954,7 +2964,7 @@ msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "" @@ -2967,101 +2977,101 @@ msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/autoinst.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/autoinst.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/autoinst.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -104,8 +104,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "" -#. doClone(); -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "" @@ -115,33 +114,26 @@ msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the -#. system. -#. -#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42 +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92 -msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "" #. help 1/2 @@ -273,21 +265,21 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "" @@ -2157,12 +2149,12 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 msgid " - Drive" msgstr "" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 msgid " - Volume group" msgstr "" @@ -2261,11 +2253,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 msgid "Total of %1 drive" msgstr "" @@ -2445,35 +2437,35 @@ msgstr "" #. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "" #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "" #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/base.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/base.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/base.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "" @@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" @@ -1370,6 +1370,25 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "" + +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 msgid "Really abort the installation?" @@ -1949,15 +1968,15 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "" @@ -1965,27 +1984,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" @@ -1995,326 +2014,326 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "ATM" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "TUN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "TAP" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "" @@ -2377,7 +2396,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2386,26 +2405,23 @@ msgstr "" #. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 -msgid "No running network detected." +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356 -msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" -msgstr "" - -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" -"and start this module again" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360 -msgid "or continue without network." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -2706,51 +2722,51 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 msgid "Package: " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 msgid "Size: " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "" @@ -2759,57 +2775,57 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -2820,34 +2836,34 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 msgid "Side A" msgstr "" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 msgid "Side B" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" msgstr "" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -2856,7 +2872,7 @@ msgstr "" #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -2865,89 +2881,89 @@ msgstr "" #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "" #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -2955,103 +2971,103 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "" #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 msgid "Script: " msgstr "" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3061,68 +3077,68 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 msgid "Status" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "" @@ -3133,27 +3149,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "" #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "" #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3161,7 +3177,7 @@ msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" @@ -3217,44 +3233,20 @@ msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "" -#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 -msgid "" -"The current system is not consistent,\n" -"some packages have unresolved dependencies." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 -msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 -msgid "" -"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -"in the software manager." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263 -msgid "" -"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" -"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgstr "" - #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3262,12 +3254,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3384,7 +3376,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 msgid "Packages" msgstr "" @@ -3709,7 +3701,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -3718,23 +3710,23 @@ msgstr "" #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3748,12 +3740,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3766,96 +3758,102 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "" #. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 msgid "Remaining" msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 msgid "Time" msgstr "" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 msgid "&Details" msgstr "" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 +msgid "Performing Upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" msgstr "" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "" #. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." msgstr "" #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "" @@ -4463,7 +4461,7 @@ msgstr "" #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/bootloader.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/bootloader.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/bootloader.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -122,22 +122,22 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "" #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "" @@ -146,12 +146,12 @@ #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Disk Order" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "" @@ -162,10 +162,9 @@ msgstr "" #. `VSpacing(1), -#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. Window title #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "" @@ -258,23 +257,29 @@ "to start this section." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -283,25 +288,25 @@ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" @@ -309,7 +314,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -318,72 +323,72 @@ "To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "" @@ -435,110 +440,110 @@ #. Common widget of a console #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "" #. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 msgid "&Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 msgid "&Down" msgstr "" #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 +msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809 -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 +msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748 -msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 -msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "" -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "" -#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "" -#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -574,24 +579,40 @@ msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" + #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels @@ -624,30 +645,50 @@ msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +msgid "set" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +msgid "remove" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "" + #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "" #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "" +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +msgstr "" + #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -661,7 +702,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "" @@ -792,11 +833,7 @@ msgid "Xen" msgstr "" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91 msgid "Floppy" msgstr "" @@ -1647,33 +1684,34 @@ #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "" @@ -1682,31 +1720,33 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "" #. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 msgid " (\"/boot\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 msgid " (\"/\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "" @@ -1729,232 +1769,126 @@ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76 +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "" -#. if "iscsi" is true -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166 -msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184 +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259 -msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" #. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85 -msgid "Failsafe" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97 -msgid "Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103 -msgid "Memory Test" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109 -msgid "MBR before Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115 -msgid "Previous Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121 -msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230 -msgid "_Linux" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237 -msgid "_Failsafe" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244 -msgid "_Floppy" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251 -msgid "_Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258 -msgid "_Memory Test" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265 -msgid "_MBR before Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272 -msgid "_Previous Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279 -msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/ca-management.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/ca-management.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/ca-management.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -53,25 +53,25 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "" @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ msgstr "" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "" @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ msgid "Email" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "" @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #. we need to fake a certificate name #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 @@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ #. The main () #. To translators: dialog label #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" @@ -659,11 +659,18 @@ msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "" +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "" + #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 @@ -671,29 +678,29 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" msgstr "" @@ -724,51 +731,99 @@ msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " msgstr "" #. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "" @@ -822,7 +877,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 msgid "Summary" msgstr "" @@ -854,18 +909,18 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr "" @@ -877,40 +932,40 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "" @@ -984,83 +1039,203 @@ "Certificate not found" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" + #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 msgid "Expired" msgstr "" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "" #. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 msgid "Export" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 msgid "Export to File" msgstr "" #. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "" @@ -1150,7 +1325,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "" @@ -1578,7 +1753,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "" @@ -1780,6 +1955,13 @@ "Request not found.\n" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "" + #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention #. @return [void] @@ -1788,77 +1970,77 @@ #. @param request extention #. @return [void] #. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "" #. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 msgid " days" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "" #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "" #. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "" Added: trunk/yast/am/po/cio.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/cio.am.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/cio.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +# Amharic message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: am\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/cluster.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/cluster.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/cluster.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -76,229 +76,229 @@ msgstr "" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "nodeid" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428 -msgid "expected votes:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "" -#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677 -msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Not running" msgstr "" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 msgid "Del" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" msgstr "" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "" #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" @@ -311,23 +311,26 @@ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" @@ -336,7 +339,7 @@ "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" @@ -347,28 +350,28 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<big>Saving cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -387,96 +390,96 @@ msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "" #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/control-center.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/control-center.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/control-center.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/control.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/control.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/control.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -15,708 +15,206 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7 -msgid "Add-On Product Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15 -msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:355 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "\n" "\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +" " msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429 -msgid "Initialization..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430 -msgid "Configuring network..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431 -msgid "Configuring hardware..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432 -msgid "Finishing configuration..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:343 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72 -#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464 -#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 msgid "Expert" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398 -#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692 -#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510 -#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313 -#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219 -#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237 -#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328 -#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449 -#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +msgid "Network Autosetup" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976 -#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515 -#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255 -#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261 -#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879 -msgid "User Settings" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +msgid "Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747 -msgid "Installation Overview" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291 -#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299 -#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469 -#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477 -#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517 -#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612 -#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624 -#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748 -#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756 -#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777 -#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822 -msgid "Repair" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869 -msgid "Disk" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "" -#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL -#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645 -#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397 -#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405 -#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421 -#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042 -msgid "System Information" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046 -msgid "Perform Repair" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446 -#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488 -#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459 -#: control/control.glade:503 -msgid "Language" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651 -#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631 -#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318 -#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560 -#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648 -#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566 -#: control/control.glade:656 -msgid "Customer Center" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346 -#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578 -#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662 -#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672 -#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284 -msgid "Online Update" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588 -#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301 -msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335 -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227 -msgid "root Password" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244 -msgid "Check Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250 -msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680 -#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719 -#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733 -#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459 -msgid "AutoYaST Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658 -msgid "Clean Up" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314 -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330 -msgid "Server Base Scenario" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331 -msgid "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" -"Choose the one that matches your server the best." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337 -msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338 -msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339 -msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663 -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784 -msgid "Server Scenario" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:286 -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade:340 -msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.glade:634 -msgid "Root Password" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -"\t " -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452 -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454 -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456 -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970 -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/country.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/country.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/country.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/crowbar.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/crowbar.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/crowbar.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/dhcp-server.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/dhcp-server.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/dhcp-server.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 msgid "IP" msgstr "" @@ -535,75 +535,74 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "" #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 msgid "&Units" msgstr "" @@ -611,48 +610,48 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "" @@ -660,7 +659,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -671,7 +670,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -679,53 +678,53 @@ msgstr "" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 msgid "&Default" msgstr "" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -733,8 +732,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "" @@ -742,135 +741,135 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 msgid "&Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "" #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "" #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "" #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -883,15 +882,15 @@ msgstr "" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -903,7 +902,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/dns-server.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/dns-server.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/dns-server.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/drbd.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/drbd.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/drbd.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -20,6 +20,16 @@ msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +msgid "DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +msgid "&DRBD" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -57,20 +67,72 @@ msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "" +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgstr "" + #. Drbd configure1 dialog caption #. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63 -msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" #. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 +msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -94,7 +156,7 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -108,7 +170,7 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 @@ -125,14 +187,77 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 +msgid "<big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Booting:\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually\n" +"\t\tSwitch On and Off:\n" +"\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tProtocol\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -142,32 +267,33 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" -"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" -"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" -"configured in this file.\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"Configure DRBD here. \n" +"Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" -"If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -175,30 +301,30 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" -"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -207,7 +333,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -215,7 +341,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -231,12 +357,13 @@ msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567 -msgid "Fill out all fields." +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 +msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -278,8 +405,8 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 msgid "" -"To propagate this configuration,\n" -"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" #. } @@ -293,85 +420,144 @@ #. Report::Error ( Service::Error()); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 -msgid "Starting DRBD service failed." +msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "" #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 -msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed." +msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. if (!modified) return true; #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 +msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/fcoe-client.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/fcoe-client.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/fcoe-client.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -35,20 +35,55 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "" +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 msgid "" "Cannot remove the FCoE interface.\n" "Command %1 failed." msgstr "" +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +msgid "not available" +msgstr "" + +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +msgid "not configured" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +msgid "true" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +msgid "false" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +msgid "not set" +msgstr "" + #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -56,7 +91,7 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -64,12 +99,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "" #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -77,28 +112,28 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "" #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" msgstr "" #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -106,30 +141,30 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." msgstr "" #. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "" #. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." msgstr "" #. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -449,197 +484,188 @@ msgstr "" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "" #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." +msgstr "" + #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" "VLAN interface to get a valid configuration." msgstr "" -#. it's about a flag which is not set at all -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110 -msgid "not set" -msgstr "" - -#. also about setting of a flag -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "true" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "false" -msgstr "" - #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 msgid "Check services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "" #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "" #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 msgid "Starting of services" msgstr "" #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/firewall-services.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/firewall-services.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/firewall-services.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/firewall.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/firewall.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/firewall.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/firstboot.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/firstboot.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/firstboot.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/ftp-server.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/ftp-server.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/ftp-server.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/geo-cluster.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/geo-cluster.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/geo-cluster.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -71,92 +71,249 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "arbitrator ip" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "transport" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" -#. parser value first -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +msgid "retries" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +msgid "weights" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +msgid "expire" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "timeout is no valid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +msgid "expire is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +msgid "retries is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +msgid "weights is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "ticket can not be null" msgstr "" +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 +msgid "site have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 +msgid "ticket have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 +msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +msgstr "" + #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317 +#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Geo Cluster configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "" + +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "" + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "" + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." +msgstr "" + +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "" + #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -165,75 +322,63 @@ #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#. read sites -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311 -msgid "Cannot write global settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315 -msgid "Cannot write sites settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write ticket -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318 -msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." -msgstr "" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/gtk.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/gtk.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/gtk.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/http-server.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/http-server.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/http-server.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/inetd.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/inetd.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/inetd.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/installation.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/installation.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/installation.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -51,22 +51,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 +#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "" @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "" @@ -245,6 +245,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -301,7 +302,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" @@ -355,10 +356,22 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 -msgid "License needs to be accepted" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "" +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -546,11 +559,11 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -571,13 +584,22 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "" -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +msgid "Initializing" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "" + #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" @@ -596,64 +618,64 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "" #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "" #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr "" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "" @@ -672,11 +694,6 @@ msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -689,13 +706,6 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "" - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 msgid "Installation Options" @@ -874,12 +884,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "" #. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -888,38 +898,38 @@ #. not using tabs #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "" #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "" #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." msgstr "" #. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "" @@ -928,45 +938,45 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "" #. menu button #. menu button #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "" #. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 msgid "&Export Configuration" msgstr "" #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "" #. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "" #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 msgid "" "\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -976,7 +986,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1004,7 +1014,7 @@ #. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 #. #. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" @@ -1013,7 +1023,7 @@ #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1022,7 +1032,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1031,7 +1041,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1040,7 +1050,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1048,12 +1058,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1062,7 +1072,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1070,7 +1080,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 msgid "" "Some proposals might be\n" "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" @@ -1078,11 +1088,11 @@ msgstr "" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 msgid "&Update" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 msgid "&Install" msgstr "" @@ -1197,65 +1207,49 @@ msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 -msgid "Search for Linux partitions" -msgstr "" - +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 -msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgstr "" - -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140 -msgid "Evaluate update possibility" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141 -msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "" #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1263,7 +1257,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1272,151 +1266,151 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 msgid "Removed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 msgid "Current Status" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 msgid "Repository" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "" #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "" -#. Removes selected repositories -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "" #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1426,7 +1420,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1436,7 +1430,7 @@ msgstr "" #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1445,7 +1439,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1454,7 +1448,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1462,7 +1456,7 @@ msgstr "" #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1531,52 +1525,47 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62 -msgid "Enabling random number generator..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "" @@ -1608,7 +1597,7 @@ msgstr "" #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -1801,3 +1790,44 @@ #: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:35 msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "" + +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "" + +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" +msgstr "" + +#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +msgid "Deploying..." +msgstr "" + +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgstr "" + +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/instserver.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/instserver.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/instserver.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/iplb.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/iplb.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/iplb.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -91,6 +91,22 @@ msgstr "" #. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "" @@ -200,7 +216,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -440,7 +456,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -578,6 +594,12 @@ msgstr "" #. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -590,6 +612,20 @@ msgid "weight" msgstr "" +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "" + +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "" + #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/iscsi-client.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/iscsi-client.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/iscsi-client.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -63,146 +63,150 @@ msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109 -msgid "Initiator Name" +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "Offloa&d Card" +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 +msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "" #. table of connected targets #. table of discovered targets #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "" #. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Log Out" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Log In" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "" #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "" #. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Startup" msgstr "" #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 msgid "Port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Key" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Value" msgstr "" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "Service" msgstr "" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -211,9 +215,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "" @@ -421,12 +425,12 @@ msgstr "" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "" #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "" @@ -434,36 +438,36 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 msgid "True" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 msgid "False" msgstr "" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "" @@ -543,12 +547,16 @@ msgstr "" #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70 -msgid "(Software)" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 +msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +msgid "all" +msgstr "" + #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -557,6 +565,6 @@ msgstr "" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/iscsi-lio-server.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/iscsi-lio-server.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/iscsi-lio-server.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/iscsi-server.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/iscsi-server.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/iscsi-server.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/isns.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/isns.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/isns.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -277,81 +277,81 @@ msgstr "" #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "" #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/kdump.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/kdump.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/kdump.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -359,8 +359,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -488,15 +488,6 @@ msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "" -#. checking if packages are available -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103 -msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115 -msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" @@ -1079,126 +1070,126 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/kerberos-server.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/kerberos-server.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/kerberos-server.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/kerberos.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/kerberos.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/kerberos.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/languages_db.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/languages_db.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/languages_db.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/ldap-client.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/ldap-client.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/ldap-client.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/ldap-server.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/ldap-server.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/ldap-server.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/ldap.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/ldap.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/ldap.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -230,46 +230,46 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" msgstr "" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" @@ -291,12 +291,12 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/live-installer.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/live-installer.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/live-installer.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/lxc.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/lxc.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/lxc.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/mail.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/mail.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/mail.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/multipath.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/multipath.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/multipath.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/ncurses-pkg.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/ncurses-pkg.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/ncurses-pkg.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/ncurses.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/ncurses.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/ncurses.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/network.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/network.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/network.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -83,84 +83,50 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "" -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" - #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" @@ -168,13 +134,13 @@ "SSH client" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" "service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" @@ -182,13 +148,48 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" + #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts #. Hosts dialog caption @@ -450,9 +451,18 @@ msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "" -#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst(); -#. Lan::Autoinstall(); -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173 +#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML +#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML +#. has higher priority +#. +#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with +#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than +#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". +#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means +#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". +#. Other elements may have similar problems, +#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "" @@ -532,7 +542,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -630,7 +640,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416 msgid "Options" msgstr "" @@ -699,13 +709,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Change." msgstr "" @@ -1064,14 +1074,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "" @@ -1084,7 +1094,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "" @@ -1267,35 +1277,35 @@ #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1309,11 +1319,11 @@ msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "" -#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" -"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" +"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" msgstr "" #. Network card name (wireless) @@ -1524,7 +1534,7 @@ msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** #. #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -1612,7 +1622,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1622,13 +1632,12 @@ msgstr "" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#. radio button group label, method of setup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "" @@ -1637,7 +1646,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "" @@ -1664,7 +1673,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1672,20 +1681,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1693,7 +1702,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1701,19 +1710,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" "configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1721,92 +1730,92 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" #. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291 msgid "&USB" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300 msgid "&Hotplug Type" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305 msgid "P&CI" msgstr "" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "" #. TODO: Ud ... Rules -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380 -msgid "Udev rules" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 msgid "Change" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 -msgid "Show visible port identification" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396 +msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406 msgid "Blink" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409 -msgid "Ethtool options" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411 +msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -1814,26 +1823,26 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 msgid "&Search" msgstr "" #. Remember current device number (#308763) #. see also bnc#391802 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1841,138 +1850,138 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -1980,7 +1989,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "" @@ -2023,28 +2032,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 msgid "" -"Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" -"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +"Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" "edit their configuration. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 msgid "" "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a network card to change or remove.\n" @@ -2052,7 +2060,7 @@ msgstr "" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" @@ -2062,12 +2070,12 @@ "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2076,7 +2084,7 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" @@ -2084,13 +2092,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2098,14 +2106,14 @@ "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" "also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" @@ -2114,7 +2122,7 @@ "different hostnames. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2123,14 +2131,14 @@ "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2138,7 +2146,7 @@ msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2146,7 +2154,7 @@ "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2154,7 +2162,7 @@ "command." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" "search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" @@ -2164,7 +2172,7 @@ "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2178,26 +2186,26 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" "Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 msgid "" "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" @@ -2205,7 +2213,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2213,7 +2221,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" @@ -2221,7 +2229,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" @@ -2229,19 +2237,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" "Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2252,11 +2260,11 @@ "the firewall will be disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" @@ -2266,19 +2274,19 @@ "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" "Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2288,7 +2296,7 @@ msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" "hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" @@ -2301,21 +2309,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" "Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 msgid "" "Enter an IPv4 Address Label, an IP Address, and\n" "the Netmask." msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" "IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" @@ -2323,14 +2331,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr "" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" " Passphrase: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2347,14 +2355,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2364,7 +2372,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2376,7 +2384,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. WEP\n" @@ -2397,7 +2405,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2407,7 +2415,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2418,14 +2426,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" @@ -2969,23 +2977,23 @@ msgstr "" #. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" @@ -2996,17 +3004,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3017,112 +3025,111 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Modems" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "" -#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -"cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -"\n" -"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" -"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" -msgstr "" - #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 @@ -3367,7 +3374,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3561,76 +3568,81 @@ msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "" +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +msgid "NetworkManager Service" +msgstr "" + +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +msgid "Traditional ifup" +msgstr "" + +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +msgid "Wicked Service" +msgstr "" + +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +msgid "Network Services Disabled" +msgstr "" + #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -#. radio button label -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager -#. program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 -msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button label -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365 -msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button label -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 -msgid "Controlled by &wicked" +msgid "General Network Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" msgstr "" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "" @@ -3646,98 +3658,94 @@ msgstr "" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 -msgid "Device name:" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 +msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 -msgid "Base udev rule on" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110 msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "" -#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. -#. -#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid -#. -#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157 msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371 msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "" #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "" #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416 msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "" @@ -3756,389 +3764,408 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "" #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "" #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8 -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 msgid "No network running" msgstr "" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 msgid "connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "" #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "" +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239 +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr "" + #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "" +#. Enable xinetd +#. Enable XDM +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335 +msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "" + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "" -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "" -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "" @@ -4186,16 +4213,16 @@ msgstr "" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/nfs.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/nfs.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/nfs.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/nfs_server.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/nfs_server.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/nfs_server.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -71,27 +71,27 @@ msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "" #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -100,11 +100,11 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "" @@ -155,63 +155,55 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "" -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "" #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -219,25 +211,25 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others." msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" "and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" @@ -245,51 +237,51 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" "Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -297,82 +289,77 @@ msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" "Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." -msgstr "" - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -380,83 +367,71 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "" #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302 -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308 -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315 -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "" - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" msgstr "" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/nis.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/nis.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/nis.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/nis_server.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/nis_server.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/nis_server.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ #. To translators: checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "" @@ -368,22 +368,27 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 -msgid "N&IS domain name:" +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 +msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" msgstr "" +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +msgid "NIS &Master Server:" +msgstr "" + #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/ntp-client.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/ntp-client.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/ntp-client.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -45,21 +45,20 @@ msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "" -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 msgid "S&ynchronize now" @@ -72,21 +71,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "" +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "" + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 -msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" #. local clock type name @@ -588,10 +595,13 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -599,7 +609,7 @@ "is more secure and strongly recommended." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" "By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" @@ -608,7 +618,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -618,7 +628,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -628,14 +638,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -643,14 +653,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -658,7 +668,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -670,14 +680,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -686,7 +696,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -695,7 +705,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -703,7 +713,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -711,7 +721,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -719,7 +729,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -728,7 +738,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" @@ -736,7 +746,7 @@ "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -748,49 +758,49 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." msgstr "" #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." msgstr "" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." msgstr "" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -798,7 +808,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -808,7 +818,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -816,7 +826,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -829,7 +839,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -837,7 +847,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -847,7 +857,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -856,7 +866,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" "ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" @@ -1189,117 +1199,120 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "" #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "" #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "" #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "" #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/oneclickinstall.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/oneclickinstall.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/oneclickinstall.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/online-update-configuration.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/online-update-configuration.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/online-update-configuration.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/online-update.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/online-update.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/online-update.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -107,13 +107,18 @@ msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "" -#. yes/no message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" msgstr "" +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +msgid "No update repository configured yet." +msgstr "" + #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" Added: trunk/yast/am/po/opensuse_mirror.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/opensuse_mirror.am.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/opensuse_mirror.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +# Amharic message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: am\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/packager.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/packager.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/packager.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -138,6 +138,15 @@ msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "" +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." +msgstr "" + #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" @@ -455,7 +464,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" @@ -518,7 +527,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "" @@ -737,7 +746,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" @@ -745,7 +754,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" @@ -1071,7 +1080,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" @@ -1292,7 +1301,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1324,71 +1333,71 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "" #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -1433,7 +1442,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "" @@ -1441,13 +1450,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 msgid ">%1" msgstr "" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 msgid "Done." msgstr "" @@ -1455,21 +1464,21 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "" #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "" #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 msgid "Total" msgstr "" @@ -1478,144 +1487,185 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr "" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "" #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr "" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "" #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "" +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +msgid "New product %s will be installed" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +msgid "Product %s will be updated" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +msgid "Product %s will stay installed" +msgstr "" + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1623,50 +1673,50 @@ msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "" #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "" #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." msgstr "" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "" #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1675,72 +1725,74 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 msgid "&Language" msgstr "" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 -msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399 -msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" +#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" "the configuration will be aborted.\n" msgstr "" +#. dialog title #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "" @@ -1819,165 +1871,170 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "" #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 msgid "(default)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "" @@ -1986,53 +2043,53 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2042,23 +2099,23 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2067,42 +2124,42 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2110,17 +2167,17 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2130,20 +2187,20 @@ msgstr "" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 msgid "&File System" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2156,7 +2213,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2164,11 +2221,11 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2180,12 +2237,12 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2193,71 +2250,71 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 msgid "&Port" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 msgid "&Share" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2272,7 +2329,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2281,12 +2338,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 -msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2294,7 +2351,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2302,7 +2359,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2312,7 +2369,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2321,25 +2378,25 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "" #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2349,11 +2406,15 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "" +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +msgid "Add On Product" +msgstr "" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" @@ -2445,7 +2506,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "" @@ -2515,12 +2578,12 @@ msgstr "" #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -2528,7 +2591,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/pam.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/pam.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/pam.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/pkg-bindings.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/pkg-bindings.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/pkg-bindings.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "" @@ -177,6 +177,6 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/printer.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/printer.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/printer.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/product-creator.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/product-creator.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/product-creator.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/proxy.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/proxy.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/proxy.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/qt-pkg.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/qt-pkg.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/qt-pkg.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -39,47 +39,47 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 msgid "File List" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -89,175 +89,175 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 msgid "&File" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 msgid "&Package" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "" #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 msgid "&Options" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 msgid "Show &History" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 msgid "P&atches" msgstr "" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "" @@ -265,56 +265,56 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/qt.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/qt.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/qt.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -58,14 +58,14 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" msgstr "" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/rdp.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/rdp.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/rdp.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/rear.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/rear.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/rear.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/registration.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/registration.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/registration.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -16,45 +16,84 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" -"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n" -"to use the default SUSE registration server." +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "" +#. %s is the default SCC URL +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "" + #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "" #. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. register the system -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164 +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549 +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "" -#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "" + +#. display the registration update dialog +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "" + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" @@ -62,47 +101,49 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "" -#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373 -msgid "&Email" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218 -msgid "&Skip Registration" +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." msgstr "" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products." +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 +msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371 -msgid "Registration" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -110,55 +151,25 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. use two column layout if needed -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312 -msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317 -msgid "Details" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message, %s are product names -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Automatically selecting '%s'\n" -"dependencies:\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411 -msgid "Extension Selection" -msgstr "" - #. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485 -msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..." +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595 -msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -170,325 +181,613 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 msgid "Register Again" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" + #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:42 -msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -#. register the base product -#. register addons -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193 -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "" -#. --------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238 -msgid "Add-on &Name" +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267 -msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?" +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Name" +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Registration Code" +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "" -#. TODO FIXME: add a help text -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312 -msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 +msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349 -msgid "Product Registration" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 +msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351 -msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" -"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +msgid "Registration Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356 -msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" -"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364 -msgid "Register the Product" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 +msgid "Registration Code is Configured" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379 -msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Install Available Updates" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387 -msgid "Server Settings" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +msgid "Registration Server" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391 -msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Server URL: %s" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396 -msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Use SLP discovery" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403 -msgid "Optional Server Certificate" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421 -msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" msgstr "" -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478 -msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65 -msgid "" -"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" -"Do you want to configure the network now?" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +msgid "Secure Connection Error" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 -msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +msgid "Details:" msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 -msgid "Connection time out." +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +msgid "Failed Certificate Details" msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 -msgid "" -"The email address is not known or\n" -"the registration code is not valid." +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 -msgid "Registration client error." +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +msgid "Common Name (CN): " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87 -msgid "" -"Registration server error.\n" -"Retry registration later." +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +msgid "Organization (O): " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -msgid "Registration failed." +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " msgstr "" -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "Issued By" msgstr "" -#. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142 -msgid "Details: %s" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +msgid "Validity" msgstr "" -#. label follwed by a certificate description -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147 -msgid "Certificate:" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +msgid "Issued On: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151 -msgid "Issued To" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154 -msgid "Issued By" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Expires On: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +msgid "Serial Number: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176 -msgid "Common Name (CN): " +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +msgid "" +"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" +"Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 -msgid "Organization (O): " +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 +msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180 -msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 +msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 +msgid "" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." +msgstr "" + +#. add the hint to the error details +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 +msgid "Registration failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 +msgid "Registration client error." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 +msgid "" +"Registration server error.\n" +"Retry registration later." +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." +msgstr "" + +#. %s are error details +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 +msgid "Details: %s" +msgstr "" + #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -msgid "Searching..." +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 +msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "" +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 +msgid "SSL Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" +msgstr "" + +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Certificate:" +msgstr "" + #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "" #. # error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" -#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the -#. not accepted extension -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65 +#. ask user to accept an addon EULA +#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" "failed." msgstr "" +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95 -msgid "%s License Agreement" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "" + +#. check the addons requiring a reg. code +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "" + +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "" + +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "" + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "" + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" + +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "" + +#. input field label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/reipl.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/reipl.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/reipl.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ "and LUN '%3'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" @@ -238,30 +238,30 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/relocation-server.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/relocation-server.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/relocation-server.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/s390.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/s390.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/s390.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/samba-client.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/samba-client.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/samba-client.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -188,6 +188,15 @@ msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "" +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +msgid "Allowed Group(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" +msgstr "" + #. combobox label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "&Kerberos Method" @@ -760,7 +769,10 @@ msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" @@ -830,12 +842,14 @@ msgstr "" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 msgid "No" msgstr "" @@ -858,6 +872,143 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 +msgid "Read the global Samba settings" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 +msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 +msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 +msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgstr "" + +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "" + +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." +msgstr "" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" +msgstr "" + #: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/samba-server.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/samba-server.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/samba-server.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/samba-users.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/samba-users.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/samba-users.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/scanner.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/scanner.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/scanner.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/security.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/security.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/security.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/services-manager.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/services-manager.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/services-manager.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -16,12 +16,192 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" msgstr "" @@ -61,3 +241,63 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +msgid "Default Target" +msgstr "" + +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "" + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "" + +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/slp-server.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/slp-server.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/slp-server.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/snapper.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/snapper.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/snapper.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -22,258 +22,258 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "User data" msgstr "" #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Pre" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 msgid "Single" msgstr "" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "End Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "User Data" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Modify" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Restore" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -294,17 +294,17 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/sound.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/sound.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/sound.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/squid.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/squid.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/squid.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/sshd.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/sshd.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/sshd.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/storage.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/storage.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/storage.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" @@ -91,13 +91,13 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "" #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -129,15 +129,21 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -753,7 +759,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "" @@ -771,7 +777,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -781,7 +787,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -791,7 +797,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -801,7 +807,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -811,7 +817,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -824,7 +830,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -834,7 +840,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" @@ -845,7 +851,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -857,7 +863,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -869,7 +875,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -878,7 +884,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -889,22 +895,8 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464 -msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" "FAT partition mounted on %1.\n" @@ -918,7 +910,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -933,12 +925,12 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -951,7 +943,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -960,7 +952,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -969,7 +961,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -977,7 +969,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -985,53 +977,53 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1040,7 +1032,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1050,7 +1042,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1060,7 +1052,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1075,13 +1067,13 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "" @@ -1108,7 +1100,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "" @@ -1119,7 +1111,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "" @@ -1139,7 +1131,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1148,7 +1140,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1460,7 +1452,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -1471,21 +1463,21 @@ msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -1517,7 +1509,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" @@ -1530,7 +1522,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -1543,7 +1535,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -1565,7 +1557,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -1739,12 +1731,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -1752,31 +1744,31 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "" @@ -1786,54 +1778,59 @@ msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +msgid "Configure &FCoE..." +msgstr "" + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "" #. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "" #. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -1841,51 +1838,58 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr "" + #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2150,14 +2154,44 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +msgid "Choose the role of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +msgid "Role" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2165,54 +2199,54 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2221,17 +2255,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2241,7 +2275,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2250,56 +2284,56 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Password" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "" @@ -2307,8 +2341,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -2320,33 +2354,33 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." @@ -2356,7 +2390,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -2365,12 +2399,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "" @@ -2553,56 +2587,56 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 msgid "Forward" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Backward" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "" @@ -2615,7 +2649,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -3468,12 +3502,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "" @@ -3669,7 +3703,7 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "" @@ -3867,17 +3901,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "" @@ -3978,115 +4012,123 @@ #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "" #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "" +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +msgid "Cylinder" +msgstr "" + #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "" #. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" @@ -4097,14 +4139,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" @@ -4113,14 +4155,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -4425,23 +4467,23 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" @@ -4449,29 +4491,29 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" "Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" @@ -4479,36 +4521,36 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 msgid "Mountable by &User" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" @@ -4518,12 +4560,12 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -4531,12 +4573,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" @@ -4548,40 +4590,40 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" @@ -4589,89 +4631,89 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" "Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" "This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" "This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" @@ -4679,12 +4721,12 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" @@ -4692,37 +4734,37 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" "The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" @@ -4731,12 +4773,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -4744,31 +4786,31 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "Log Size\n" "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -4777,19 +4819,19 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -4802,12 +4844,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -4815,41 +4857,41 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." msgstr "" #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" @@ -4857,12 +4899,12 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" @@ -4875,7 +4917,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -4888,7 +4930,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -4898,7 +4940,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -4912,7 +4954,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "" @@ -4925,7 +4967,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -4934,7 +4976,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -4942,7 +4984,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -4951,24 +4993,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -4976,12 +5018,12 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -4989,86 +5031,86 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 msgid "Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5076,7 +5118,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5084,7 +5126,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5092,18 +5134,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -5691,48 +5733,48 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -5741,32 +5783,32 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "" #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 msgid "Password:" msgstr "" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "" @@ -5793,22 +5835,22 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/sudo.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/sudo.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/sudo.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/support.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/support.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/support.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -38,11 +38,11 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 -msgid "Open Novell Support Center" +msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 -msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 -msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" +msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "" #. abort? @@ -323,8 +323,8 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Opening Novell Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use Open Novell Support Center.\n" +"<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" -"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" "%1.\n" msgstr "" @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/sysconfig.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/sysconfig.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/sysconfig.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -463,3 +463,99 @@ "Please wait... \n" "\n" msgstr "" + +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "" + +#. Display confirmation dialog +#. @param [String] message Confirmation message +#. @param [String] command Command to confirm +#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "" + +#. get activation map for variable +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "" + +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "" + +#. service is running, reload it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 +msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 +msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 +msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "" + +#. service is running, restart it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 +msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 +msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 +msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "" + +#. set 100% in progress bar +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/tftp-server.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/tftp-server.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/tftp-server.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/timezone_db.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/timezone_db.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/timezone_db.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/tune.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/tune.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/tune.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -16,53 +16,58 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "" #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "" #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." msgstr "" +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "" + #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/update.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/update.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/update.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "" @@ -148,18 +148,18 @@ #. Table item (unknown file system) #. label - name of sustem to update #. starts with >`< -#. label for an unknown installed system +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "" @@ -218,9 +218,19 @@ "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" -#. yes/no question +#. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" @@ -228,13 +238,13 @@ #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "" #. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." msgstr "" @@ -305,12 +315,12 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "" #. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "" @@ -318,14 +328,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" @@ -333,22 +343,22 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "" #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -357,17 +367,17 @@ msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -376,27 +386,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "" #. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "" #. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -404,12 +414,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -417,12 +427,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "\n" "Show All Partitions expands the list to a\n" @@ -431,69 +441,69 @@ msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 msgid "File System" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "" #. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 msgid "&Boot" msgstr "" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 msgid "" "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" "is different from the one of this product.\n" msgstr "" #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "" #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -501,29 +511,29 @@ "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -533,7 +543,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "" @@ -542,23 +552,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -566,24 +576,24 @@ msgstr "" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 msgid "Warning" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -594,7 +604,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -607,39 +617,39 @@ msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -647,17 +657,17 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 msgid "None" msgstr "" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -665,22 +675,22 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -690,7 +700,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -699,17 +709,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "" #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "" @@ -728,34 +738,60 @@ msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "" +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" +msgstr "" + #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update -#: src/modules/Update.rb:817 -msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "" + +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:34 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Update" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:63 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:71 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/users.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/users.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/users.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ msgstr "" #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "" @@ -3978,22 +3978,22 @@ msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/vm.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/vm.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/vm.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -27,132 +27,164 @@ msgstr "" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" msgstr "" #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +msgid "KVM server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +msgid "KVM tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +msgid "Virtualization client tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +msgid "Xen server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +msgid "Xen tools" +msgstr "" + #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "" #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "" #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "" #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "" #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "" #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" @@ -165,26 +197,26 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/wagon.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/wagon.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/wagon.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/wol.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/wol.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/wol.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/xpram.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/xpram.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/xpram.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/yast2-apparmor.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/yast2-apparmor.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/yast2-apparmor.am.po 2014-10-07 15:43:37 UTC (rev 89776) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Alemayehu Gemeda <netsasoft(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Amharic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -295,11 +295,11 @@ #. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "&Done" msgstr "" @@ -1059,61 +1059,69 @@ msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "" -#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +msgid "enforce" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +msgid "complain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "" #. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), #. TODO switch to variable in a module #. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "" #. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "" #. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 msgid "Select an action to perform." msgstr "" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89775 - trunk/yast/en_US/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:43:20 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89775 Added: trunk/yast/en_US/po/cio.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/opensuse_mirror.en_US.po Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/add-on-creator.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/add-on.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/audit-laf.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/auth-client.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/auth-server.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/autoinst.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/base.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/bootloader.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/ca-management.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/cluster.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/control-center.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/control.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/country.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/crowbar.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/dhcp-server.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/dns-server.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/drbd.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/fcoe-client.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/firewall-services.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/firewall.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/firstboot.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/ftp-server.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/geo-cluster.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/gtk.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/http-server.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/inetd.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/installation.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/instserver.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/iplb.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/iscsi-client.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/iscsi-lio-server.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/iscsi-server.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/isns.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/kdump.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/kerberos-server.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/kerberos.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/languages_db.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/ldap-client.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/ldap-server.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/ldap.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/live-installer.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/lxc.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/mail.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/multipath.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/ncurses-pkg.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/ncurses.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/network.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/nfs.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/nfs_server.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/nis.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/nis_server.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/ntp-client.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/oneclickinstall.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/online-update-configuration.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/online-update.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/packager.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/pam.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/pkg-bindings.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/printer.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/product-creator.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/proxy.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/qt-pkg.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/qt.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/rdp.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/rear.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/registration.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/reipl.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/relocation-server.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/s390.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/samba-client.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/samba-server.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/samba-users.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/scanner.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/security.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/services-manager.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/slp-server.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/snapper.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/sound.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/squid.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/sshd.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/storage.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/sudo.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/support.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/sysconfig.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/tftp-server.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/timezone_db.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/tune.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/update.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/users.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/vm.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/wagon.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/wol.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/xpram.en_US.po trunk/yast/en_US/po/yast2-apparmor.en_US.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/add-on-creator.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/add-on-creator.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/add-on-creator.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xPACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-17 11:03+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xFULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: xLANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/add-on.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/add-on.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/add-on.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xPACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-14 10:44+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xFULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: xLANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 #, fuzzy msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Add-On &Products" @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "Initializing add-on products..." @@ -104,10 +104,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 #, fuzzy msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "Add-On &Products" @@ -242,33 +242,33 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "Initializing new source..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ "There were multiple catalogs found on the selected medium.\n" "Select the catalog to use.\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 #, fuzzy msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "Online Repositories" @@ -292,34 +292,34 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 #, fuzzy msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "Are you sure you want to abort the add-on product installation?" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" @@ -331,12 +331,12 @@ "to install.\n" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 msgid "" "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -345,113 +345,113 @@ msgstr "" #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 #, fuzzy msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "Input Directory" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 #, fuzzy msgid "Product" msgstr "Add-On &Products" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 #, fuzzy msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "Add-On &Products" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 #, fuzzy msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "Add-On &Products" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 #, fuzzy msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "The YaST Package Manager" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 #, fuzzy msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr "Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an existing one." #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 #, fuzzy msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "Name and Version" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "Unknown option." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "Unknown protocol (%1)" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "" #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Unknown protocol (%1)" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "unknown" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "Importing product..." Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/audit-laf.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/audit-laf.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/audit-laf.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -826,31 +826,48 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "Cannot read the autofs maps." -#. Error message +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +msgstr "" + +#. question continues +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "" -"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" -"Do you want to start it now?" +msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476 -msgid "" -" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -"Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" +msgstr "Cannot write the autofs maps." + +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484 -msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Start" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do not sign the product" +msgid "&Do not start" +msgstr "Do not sign the product" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 +#, fuzzy msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "Cannot write the autofs maps." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -859,41 +876,41 @@ msgstr "" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "Saving Autofs Configuration" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Write the sysconfig settings" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "Write the patterns" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Writing the patterns..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "Writing the patterns..." #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -901,30 +918,30 @@ msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "Cannot write the autofs maps." #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "Cannot read settings file." #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "Cannot read settings file." #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 #, fuzzy msgid "Log file" msgstr "&info.txt File" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/auth-client.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/auth-client.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/auth-client.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -405,23 +405,33 @@ msgstr "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/auth-server.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/auth-server.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/auth-server.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -247,6 +247,12 @@ msgstr "New Configuration" #. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migrate existing configuration" +msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" +msgstr "Migrate existing configuration" + #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" @@ -695,12 +701,21 @@ msgstr "<h3>Basic Database Settings</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +#| "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" +#| "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" +#| "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" +#| "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" -"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" "Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" @@ -708,7 +723,7 @@ "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." @@ -716,7 +731,7 @@ "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" "specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" @@ -732,7 +747,7 @@ "and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" @@ -742,7 +757,7 @@ "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -758,7 +773,7 @@ "file <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. This checkbox is selected by default\n" "when creating the first database on a server.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" @@ -766,7 +781,7 @@ "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" @@ -778,7 +793,7 @@ "authentication to the configuration database will only be allowed when \n" "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click Change Password. \n" @@ -794,15 +809,15 @@ "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." msgstr "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." @@ -810,7 +825,7 @@ "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" @@ -820,7 +835,7 @@ "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" "the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" @@ -838,11 +853,11 @@ "large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." @@ -850,7 +865,7 @@ "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" "should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" @@ -864,7 +879,7 @@ "needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -878,11 +893,11 @@ "attacker. Sites sensitive to security issues should not enable this\n" "option. \n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" @@ -892,19 +907,19 @@ "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" @@ -916,7 +931,7 @@ "common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" @@ -926,7 +941,7 @@ "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" @@ -936,7 +951,7 @@ "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" @@ -944,7 +959,7 @@ "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" @@ -954,7 +969,7 @@ "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" @@ -966,11 +981,11 @@ "written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" @@ -978,7 +993,7 @@ "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" @@ -988,7 +1003,7 @@ "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" @@ -996,7 +1011,7 @@ "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" @@ -1008,11 +1023,11 @@ "accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the Up and Down buttons.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." @@ -1020,11 +1035,11 @@ "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" "in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" @@ -1044,11 +1059,11 @@ "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Session log</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" "made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" @@ -1060,11 +1075,11 @@ "Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" "such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" @@ -1072,11 +1087,11 @@ "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Provider</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" @@ -1092,15 +1107,15 @@ "certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" msgstr "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -1112,7 +1127,7 @@ "interval how often this synchronization happens can be configured via the\n" "Replication Interval setting.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" @@ -1122,11 +1137,11 @@ "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Authentication</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" @@ -1134,11 +1149,11 @@ "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" @@ -1153,11 +1168,11 @@ "slave server is as slave server too. \n" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." @@ -1166,11 +1181,11 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." #. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" msgstr "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1181,11 +1196,11 @@ "informs you whether it is safe to do so.\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" msgstr "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" @@ -1196,15 +1211,15 @@ "Server module.\n" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" @@ -1213,11 +1228,11 @@ "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" @@ -1225,7 +1240,7 @@ "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" @@ -1233,7 +1248,7 @@ "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" "Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." @@ -1242,15 +1257,15 @@ "including configuration, from a master server." #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" @@ -1260,7 +1275,7 @@ "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" @@ -1270,7 +1285,7 @@ "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" "support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" "corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" @@ -1280,11 +1295,11 @@ "corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" "different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" @@ -1296,7 +1311,7 @@ "Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" "textfields.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" @@ -1305,12 +1320,12 @@ "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." msgstr "Below this item, configure some global parameters." #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" @@ -1321,7 +1336,7 @@ "Schema Data" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." @@ -1330,15 +1345,15 @@ "to syslog." #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" @@ -1346,7 +1361,7 @@ "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " @@ -1354,7 +1369,7 @@ "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" @@ -1362,7 +1377,7 @@ "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" @@ -1372,11 +1387,11 @@ "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" @@ -1386,7 +1401,7 @@ "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" @@ -1394,7 +1409,7 @@ "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" "receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" @@ -1404,7 +1419,7 @@ "receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1415,7 +1430,7 @@ "connections.\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" "\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" @@ -1430,11 +1445,11 @@ "the LDAP server itself.\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." msgstr "To add a new database, press Add Database...." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" @@ -1442,7 +1457,7 @@ "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." @@ -1450,7 +1465,7 @@ "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" @@ -1458,7 +1473,7 @@ "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" "server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" @@ -1470,231 +1485,231 @@ #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" #. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." #. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." #. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" msgstr "Allow postdated" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." msgstr "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" msgstr "Allow forwardable" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." msgstr "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" msgstr "Allow renewable" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." msgstr "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" msgstr "Allow proxiable" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." msgstr "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" msgstr "Enable user-to-user authentication" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" msgstr "Requires preauth" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" msgstr "Requires hwauth" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" msgstr "Allow service" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" msgstr "Allow tgs request" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" msgstr "Allow tickets" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" msgstr "Need change" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." msgstr "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" msgstr "Password changing service" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." #. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." #. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." #. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." #. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." #. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." msgstr "This key type string represents the master keys key type." #. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." #. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." msgstr "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." @@ -2003,6 +2018,12 @@ #. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Overview" +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" +msgstr "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Overview" + #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "MirrorMode Node List" @@ -2934,8 +2955,8 @@ msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." msgstr "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." @@ -3198,7 +3219,7 @@ msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "Could not create database directory." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." @@ -3211,80 +3232,80 @@ msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." msgstr "Cannot write krb5.conf." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "Creating Kerberos database failed." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "Writing to password file failed." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "is not a valid LDAP DN." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "has multivalued RDNs." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." msgstr "Could not create directory." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" @@ -3293,21 +3314,21 @@ "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "Writing to krb5.conf failed." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "Writing to kdc.conf failed." Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/autoinst.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/autoinst.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/autoinst.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xPACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-14 15:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xFULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: xLANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -109,8 +109,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "" -#. doClone(); -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "Optional Parameter File" @@ -122,33 +121,26 @@ msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "Path to the content file" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the -#. system. -#. -#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42 +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92 -msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "" #. help 1/2 @@ -285,22 +277,22 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "Configure Online Update" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "" @@ -2219,12 +2211,12 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 msgid " - Drive" msgstr "" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 msgid " - Volume group" msgstr "" @@ -2325,11 +2317,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 msgid "Total of %1 drive" msgstr "" @@ -2524,36 +2516,36 @@ msgstr "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 #, fuzzy msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB are missing." -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "" #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "" #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/base.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/base.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/base.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xPACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-17 11:09+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xFULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: xLANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -1210,7 +1210,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "" @@ -1233,7 +1233,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" @@ -1417,6 +1417,27 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading NTP configuration..." +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "Reading NTP configuration..." + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "" + +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 msgid "Really abort the installation?" @@ -2011,16 +2032,16 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 #, fuzzy msgid "Modem" msgstr "modem" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Card" msgstr "network card" @@ -2029,27 +2050,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" @@ -2059,343 +2080,343 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "&No Additional YaST Modules" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 #, fuzzy msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "network card" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "ATM" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 #, fuzzy msgid "CTC" msgstr "TCP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 #, fuzzy msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "Dump Device" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 #, fuzzy msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "network card" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #, fuzzy msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "network card" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 #, fuzzy msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "network card" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #, fuzzy msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "Dump Device" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #, fuzzy msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "network card" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 #, fuzzy msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "Serial Connection Parameters" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 #, fuzzy msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "network card" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 #, fuzzy msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "network card" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 #, fuzzy msgid "XP Network" msgstr "network card" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "network card" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "TUN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 #, fuzzy msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "network card" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #, fuzzy msgid "TAP" msgstr "TCP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #, fuzzy msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "network card" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "" @@ -2460,7 +2481,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2469,26 +2490,23 @@ msgstr "" #. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 -msgid "No running network detected." +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356 -msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" -msgstr "" - -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" -"and start this module again" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360 -msgid "or continue without network." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -2796,53 +2814,53 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 msgid "Package: " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 msgid "Size: " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Downloading " #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "Downloading " #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 #, fuzzy msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "Choose the installation.xml File" @@ -2852,58 +2870,58 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "Installation Notification" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -2914,34 +2932,34 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 msgid "Side A" msgstr "" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 msgid "Side B" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" msgstr "" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -2950,7 +2968,7 @@ msgstr "" #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -2959,58 +2977,58 @@ msgstr "" #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "" #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 #, fuzzy msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "Choose the installation.xml File" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 #, fuzzy #| msgid "An internal error occured when integrating additional workflow." msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." @@ -3019,9 +3037,9 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." @@ -3029,24 +3047,24 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 #, fuzzy msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "URL entered is not valid" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3054,108 +3072,108 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 #, fuzzy msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "Online Repositories" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Downloading " #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 #, fuzzy msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "Copying the packages..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 #, fuzzy msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "Copying the packages..." #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Downloading " #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "" #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 msgid "Script: " msgstr "" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3165,71 +3183,71 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Downloading " #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Downloading " #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 msgid "Status" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "Reading LDAP settings..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "" @@ -3240,29 +3258,29 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "" #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 #, fuzzy msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "Signing of the product failed." #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 #, fuzzy msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "Authentication Realms" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3270,7 +3288,7 @@ msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" @@ -3340,44 +3358,20 @@ msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "" -#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 -msgid "" -"The current system is not consistent,\n" -"some packages have unresolved dependencies." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 -msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 -msgid "" -"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -"in the software manager." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263 -msgid "" -"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" -"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgstr "" - #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3385,12 +3379,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3512,7 +3506,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 msgid "Packages" msgstr "" @@ -3856,7 +3850,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -3865,24 +3859,24 @@ msgstr "" #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 #, fuzzy msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "Accept Untrusted GPG Keys" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3896,12 +3890,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3914,18 +3908,19 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "" #. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing..." msgstr "" @@ -3933,69 +3928,74 @@ "Initializing ..." #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 #, fuzzy msgid "Media" msgstr "media" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Remaining" msgstr "Downloading " #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 msgid "Time" msgstr "" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "Please wait, while network settings are being adjusted..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 #, fuzzy msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "Release notes URL" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 msgid "&Details" msgstr "" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 +msgid "Performing Upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 #, fuzzy msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Check Installation" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 #, fuzzy msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "Language Installation" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Do you really want\n" @@ -4003,17 +4003,17 @@ msgstr "Do you really want to use this path?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "" #. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." msgstr "" #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "" @@ -4627,7 +4627,7 @@ msgstr "" #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/bootloader.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/bootloader.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/bootloader.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xPACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xFULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: xLANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -125,22 +125,22 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "" #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "" @@ -149,12 +149,12 @@ #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Disk Order" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 #, fuzzy msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "Boot Loader Locations" @@ -167,10 +167,9 @@ msgstr "Show boot menu" #. `VSpacing(1), -#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. Window title #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "Boot Loader Locations" @@ -291,18 +290,24 @@ "in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" @@ -311,7 +316,7 @@ "Serial Connection Parameters lets you define the parameters to use\n" "for a serial console. Please refer to the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -324,7 +329,7 @@ "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." @@ -332,20 +337,20 @@ "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that are used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot hides the boot menu." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." msgstr "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" @@ -357,7 +362,7 @@ "it in Retype Password." #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -366,82 +371,82 @@ "To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "Boot Loader Locations" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 #, fuzzy msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 #, fuzzy msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "Timeout in Seconds" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 #, fuzzy msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "Default Boot Section/Menu" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "Write Generic Boot Code to MBR" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "Custom Boot Partition" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "Boot from Master Boot Record" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "Boot from Root Partition" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "Boot from Boot Partition" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "Boot from Root Partition" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "Serial Connection Parameters" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 #, fuzzy msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "Fallback Sections if default Fails" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "Hide Menu on Boot" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "Graphical Menu File" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 #, fuzzy msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "Password for the Menu Interface" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 #, fuzzy msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "Debugging Flag" @@ -495,124 +500,124 @@ #. Common widget of a console #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "" #. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 #, fuzzy msgid "&Device" msgstr "Dump Device" #. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 msgid "&Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 msgid "&Down" msgstr "" #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgstr "Boot Loader Locations" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Boot from Master Boot Record" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748 -#, fuzzy msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "Boot from Root Partition" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 #, fuzzy msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "Boot from Boot Partition" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 #, fuzzy +msgid "Boot Loader Location" +msgstr "Boot Loader Locations" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +msgstr "Boot from Master Boot Record" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 +#, fuzzy msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "Boot from Root Partition" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 #, fuzzy msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "Custom Boot Partition" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "Boot Loader Locations" -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "Boot Loader Locations" -#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "Optional Kernel Parameters" -#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "Boot Loader Locations" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &Server" msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "Enable &Server" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "Boot Loader Locations" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -651,27 +656,45 @@ msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Distribution ID" +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr "Distribution ID" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 #, fuzzy msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "Vga Mode" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" + #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels @@ -706,32 +729,52 @@ msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "Un&specified" +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +msgid "set" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +msgid "remove" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "" + #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "" #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "Graphical Menu File" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 #, fuzzy msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "Graphical Menu File" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "" +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +msgstr "" + #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -746,7 +789,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "" @@ -882,11 +925,7 @@ msgid "Xen" msgstr "" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91 msgid "Floppy" msgstr "" @@ -1824,39 +1863,40 @@ #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 #, fuzzy msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 #, fuzzy msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 #, fuzzy msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 #, fuzzy msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Boot Image Location" @@ -1866,31 +1906,33 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "" #. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 msgid " (\"/boot\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 msgid " (\"/\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "" @@ -1914,243 +1956,137 @@ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76 +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &Server" msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "Enable &Server" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "Unknown protocol (%1)" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "" -#. if "iscsi" is true -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166 -msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184 +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259 -msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 #, fuzzy msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Boot Loader Locations" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Boot Loader Locations" #. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 #, fuzzy msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgstr "Optional Kernel Parameters" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Boot Loader Locations" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85 -msgid "Failsafe" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97 -msgid "Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103 -msgid "Memory Test" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109 -msgid "MBR before Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115 -msgid "Previous Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121 -msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230 -msgid "_Linux" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237 -msgid "_Failsafe" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244 -msgid "_Floppy" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251 -msgid "_Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258 -msgid "_Memory Test" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265 -msgid "_MBR before Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272 -msgid "_Previous Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279 -msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "The LILO is not supported now." #~ msgstr "This is not supported via xinetd now." Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/ca-management.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/ca-management.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/ca-management.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xPACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 10:29+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xFULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: xLANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -54,25 +54,25 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "" @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ msgstr "" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "" @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ msgid "Email" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "" @@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #. we need to fake a certificate name #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ #. The main () #. To translators: dialog label #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 #, fuzzy msgid "Common Server Certificate" @@ -670,11 +670,18 @@ msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "" +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "" + #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 @@ -682,33 +689,33 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 #, fuzzy msgid "&Remove" msgstr "Revoked" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Import the Packages" msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "&Import the Packages" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 #, fuzzy msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "Directory does not exist." #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the profile " msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" @@ -742,17 +749,69 @@ msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "Path Length: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "Path Length: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "Path Length: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "Path Length: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -760,36 +819,36 @@ msgstr "Valid" #. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "root Password" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 #, fuzzy msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "&Sub CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "" @@ -844,7 +903,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 msgid "Summary" msgstr "" @@ -876,18 +935,18 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr "" @@ -899,34 +958,34 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 #, fuzzy msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "Path Length: " #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 #, fuzzy msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "Path Length: " @@ -934,7 +993,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "" @@ -1010,89 +1069,221 @@ "Certificate not found" msgstr "Host ID not found" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "Path Length: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "Path Length: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "Path Length: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "Path Length: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "Path Length: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Path Length: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "Path Length: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr "Path Length: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr "Path Length: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr "Path Length: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "Path Length: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr "Path Length: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" + #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "Valid" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "Revoked" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 msgid "Expired" msgstr "Expired" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "S&erver Certificate" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "S&erver Certificate" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "root Password" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 #, fuzzy msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "Revoked" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "" #. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 #, fuzzy msgid "Export" msgstr "Expired" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 msgid "Export to File" msgstr "" #. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 #, fuzzy msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "S&erver Certificate" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 #, fuzzy msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "S&erver Certificate" @@ -1184,7 +1375,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "" @@ -1631,7 +1822,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 #, fuzzy msgid "Path Length " msgstr "Path Length: " @@ -1843,6 +2034,13 @@ "Request not found.\n" msgstr "No request data found." +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "" + #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention #. @return [void] @@ -1851,78 +2049,78 @@ #. @param request extention #. @return [void] #. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "" #. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 #, fuzzy msgid " days" msgstr "Valid" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "" #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "" #. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "" Added: trunk/yast/en_US/po/cio.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/cio.en_US.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/cio.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +# English message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: en\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device Type" +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Device Type" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/cluster.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/cluster.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/cluster.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -85,243 +85,243 @@ msgstr "" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 #, fuzzy #| msgid "NTP Server Address" msgid "IP Address" msgstr "NTP Server Address" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "NTP Server Address" msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "NTP Server Address" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "nodeid" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428 -msgid "expected votes:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "NTP Server Address" msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "NTP Server Address" -#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677 -msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Not running" msgstr "" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Main Host" msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "Main Host" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Add..." msgid "Add" msgstr "&Add..." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 msgid "Del" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Suggested resolvables" msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "Suggested resolvables" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Icon filename" msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "Icon filename" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" msgstr "" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "" #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" @@ -334,23 +334,26 @@ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" @@ -359,7 +362,7 @@ "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" @@ -370,7 +373,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Initializing autofs Configuration</big> \n" @@ -383,7 +386,7 @@ "Please wait... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" @@ -398,7 +401,7 @@ "\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Saving autofs Configuration</big> \n" @@ -411,7 +414,7 @@ "Please wait... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" @@ -446,49 +449,49 @@ "Initializing ..." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing autofs Configuration" msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "Initializing the Autofs Configuration" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read the autofs maps" msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Read the autofs maps" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read Samba service role settings" msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Read samba service role settings" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write Firewall settings" msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Write firewall settings" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the autofs maps..." msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Reading the autofs maps..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the settings file..." msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Reading the settings file..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing Firewall settings..." msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." @@ -496,75 +499,75 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "" #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading NTP configuration..." msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "Reading NTP configuration..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the autofs maps." msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "Cannot read the autofs maps." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the autofs maps." msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "Cannot read the autofs maps." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write content file." msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Cannot write content file." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving autofs Configuration" msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "Saving Autofs Configuration" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write the sysconfig settings" msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Write the sysconfig settings" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing the patterns..." msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Writing the patterns..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read settings file." msgid "Cannot write settings." Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/control-center.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/control-center.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/control-center.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xPACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-17 16:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xFULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: xLANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/control.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/control.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/control.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xPACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 11:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xFULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: xLANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -16,28 +16,30 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 #, fuzzy -msgid "Add-On Product Installation" -msgstr "Language Installation" - -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15 -msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "Language Installation" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:355 -#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t" msgid "" "\n" "\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "\n" "\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -50,743 +52,306 @@ "\n" "\t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Initialization..." -msgstr "" -"YaST\n" -"Initializing ..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430 -msgid "Configuring network..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431 -msgid "Configuring hardware..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Finishing configuration..." -msgstr "Reading NTP configuration..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:343 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72 -#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464 -#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Check Installation" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 msgid "Expert" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 #, fuzzy msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Check Installation" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Configure Online Update" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398 -#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692 -#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 #, fuzzy +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "Configure Online Update" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 +#, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Configure Online Update" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510 -#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313 -#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 #, fuzzy msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Registration" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219 -#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237 -#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328 -#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449 -#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "Configure Online Update" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Network Autosetup" +msgstr "Configure Online Update" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "Configure Online Update" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976 -#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515 -#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255 -#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261 -#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 #, fuzzy -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "Locale Settings" +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Check Installation" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 #, fuzzy -msgid "Installation Overview" +msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Check Installation" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291 -#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299 -#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469 -#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477 -#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517 -#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612 -#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624 -#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748 -#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756 -#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777 -#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 #, fuzzy msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Check Installation" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822 -msgid "Repair" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Check Installation" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869 -msgid "Disk" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "" -#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL -#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645 -#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397 -#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405 -#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421 -#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042 -msgid "System Information" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046 -msgid "Perform Repair" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446 -#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488 -#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Check Installation" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459 -#: control/control.glade:503 -msgid "Language" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651 -#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631 -#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configure Online Update" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318 -#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560 -#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648 -#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +#, fuzzy +msgid "System Configuration" +msgstr "Configure Online Update" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566 -#: control/control.glade:656 -msgid "Customer Center" -msgstr "Customer Center" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346 -#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578 -#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662 -#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672 -#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284 #, fuzzy -msgid "Online Update" -msgstr "Online Repositories" +#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" +#~ msgstr "Language Installation" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588 -#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301 -msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Language Installation" +#~ msgstr "Language Installation" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335 #, fuzzy -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "Autofs Configuration" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227 -msgid "root Password" -msgstr "root Password" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Initialization..." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "YaST\n" +#~ "Initializing ..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244 -msgid "Check Installation" -msgstr "Check Installation" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..." +#~ msgstr "Reading NTP configuration..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250 -msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680 -#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719 -#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733 -#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459 -msgid "AutoYaST Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568 #, fuzzy -msgid "System Configuration" -msgstr "Configure Online Update" +#~ msgid "User Settings" +#~ msgstr "Locale Settings" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658 -msgid "Clean Up" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" -#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\t" -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" +#~ msgid "Installation Overview" +#~ msgstr "Check Installation" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330 -msgid "Server Base Scenario" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Customer Center" +#~ msgstr "Customer Center" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331 -msgid "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" -"Choose the one that matches your server the best." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337 -msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338 -msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339 -msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663 #, fuzzy -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "Configure Online Update" +#~ msgid "Online Update" +#~ msgstr "Online Repositories" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784 -msgid "Server Scenario" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:286 #, fuzzy -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "Check Installation" +#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Autofs Configuration" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "root Password" +#~ msgstr "root Password" -#: control/control.SLES.glade:340 -msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Check Installation" +#~ msgstr "Check Installation" -#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717 #, fuzzy -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Image Section" +#~ msgid "Desktop Selection" +#~ msgstr "Image Section" -#: control/control.glade:634 #, fuzzy -msgid "Root Password" -msgstr "root Password" +#~ msgid "Root Password" +#~ msgstr "root Password" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -"\t " -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -"\t" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Congratulations!\n" +#~ "The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +#~ "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +#~ "Visit us at %1.\n" +#~ "Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +#~ "\t " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Congratulations!\n" +#~ "The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +#~ "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +#~ "Visit us at %1.\n" +#~ "Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +#~ "\t" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Online Repositories" +#~ msgstr "Online Repositories" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452 -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454 -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456 -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970 -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "Online Repositories" - #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "Congratulations!\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/country.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/country.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/country.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xPACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 13:16+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xFULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: xLANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/crowbar.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/crowbar.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/crowbar.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/dhcp-server.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/dhcp-server.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/dhcp-server.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 msgid "IP" msgstr "" @@ -539,18 +539,17 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "" "The selected network interface has currently no configuration (no assigned IP address \n" "and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" @@ -558,60 +557,60 @@ #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 msgid "&Units" msgstr "" @@ -619,48 +618,48 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "" @@ -668,7 +667,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -679,7 +678,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -687,53 +686,53 @@ msgstr "" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 msgid "&Default" msgstr "" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 #, fuzzy msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" @@ -744,8 +743,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "" @@ -753,136 +752,136 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "Name" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 msgid "&Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 #, fuzzy msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "Host ID already exists" #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "" #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "" #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -895,15 +894,15 @@ msgstr "" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option." -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument." -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" @@ -923,7 +922,7 @@ "Really continue?" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/dns-server.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/dns-server.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/dns-server.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/drbd.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/drbd.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/drbd.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -22,6 +22,16 @@ msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Configuration of sudo" +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +msgid "DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +msgid "&DRBD" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -62,23 +72,82 @@ msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "Workflow Configuration" +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" +msgstr "Workflow Configuration" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "Workflow Configuration" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgstr "CASA Configuration--Part One" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Path to the configuration file (default is %1" +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgstr "Path to the configuration file (default is %1" + #. Drbd configure1 dialog caption #. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Configure Online Update" #. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy -msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +#| msgid "First part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "CASA Configuration--Part One" #. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 #, fuzzy -msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#| msgid "Second part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "CASA Configuration--Part Two" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -104,9 +173,12 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing CASA Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" "<big>Initializing CASA Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -125,9 +197,12 @@ #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving CASA Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" "<big>Saving CASA Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -151,16 +226,85 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 #, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" +"<big>Saving CASA Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Booting:\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually\n" +"\t\tSwitch On and Off:\n" +"\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" +"<big>Saving CASA Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tProtocol\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +#, fuzzy msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "" "<big>Saving CASA Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -170,31 +314,37 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" -"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" -"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" -"configured in this file.\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"Configure DRBD here. \n" +"Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" "<big>CASA Configuration</big> \n" "Configure CASA here. \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" +#| "Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n" +#| "If your kdump was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +#| "Then press Configure.\n" msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" -"If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" @@ -203,7 +353,7 @@ "Then press Configure.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -211,11 +361,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" -"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Squidguard Configuration Overview</big> \n" @@ -223,22 +373,22 @@ "edit their configurations. \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" "<big>Configuring CASA:</big> \n" "Choose CASA to install.\n" "Press Configure CASA to configure CASA." #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -246,7 +396,7 @@ "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" @@ -259,7 +409,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -267,7 +417,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" @@ -287,12 +437,13 @@ msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567 -msgid "Fill out all fields." +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 +msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -334,8 +485,8 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 msgid "" -"To propagate this configuration,\n" -"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" #. } @@ -349,103 +500,196 @@ #. Report::Error ( Service::Error()); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 -msgid "Starting DRBD service failed." +msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "" #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 -msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed." +msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 #, fuzzy msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "Configure Online Update" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" "YaST\n" "Initializing ..." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Initializing CASA Configuration" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 #, fuzzy msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Read samba service role settings" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 #, fuzzy msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "Read the firewall status" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Reading LDAP settings..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Initializing new source..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Reading the firewall status..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of sudo" +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "Configuration of sudo" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Saving CASA Configuration" #. if (!modified) return true; #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 #, fuzzy msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Write firewall settings" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Writing firewall settings..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Initializing new source..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 +msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" +msgstr "" + #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#~ msgstr "CASA Configuration--Part Two" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Initializing CASA Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "Please wait... \n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Saving CASA Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "Please wait... \n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" +#~ "Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" +#~ "If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +#~ "Then press Configure.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" +#~ "Choose a kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n" +#~ "If your kdump was not detected, select Other (not detected).\n" +#~ "Then press Configure.\n" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Configuration of drbd" #~ msgstr "Configuration of sudo" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/fcoe-client.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/fcoe-client.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/fcoe-client.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -40,8 +40,18 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "" +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Signing of the product failed." msgid "" @@ -49,15 +59,42 @@ "Command %1 failed." msgstr "Signing of the product failed." +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +msgid "not available" +msgstr "" + +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NTP is not configured" +msgid "not configured" +msgstr "NTP is not configured" + +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +msgid "true" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +msgid "false" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +msgid "not set" +msgstr "" + #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of autofs" msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "Configuration of autofs" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -65,7 +102,7 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -73,12 +110,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "" #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -86,30 +123,30 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "" #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" msgstr "" #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to use this path?" msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "Do you really want to use this path?" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -117,34 +154,34 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." msgstr "" #. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Signing of the product failed." msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "Signing of the product failed." -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Signing of the product failed." msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "Signing of the product failed." #. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." msgstr "" #. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -548,208 +585,203 @@ msgstr "" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write content file." msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "Cannot write content file." #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write content file." +msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." +msgstr "Cannot write content file." + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write content file." +msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." +msgstr "Cannot write content file." + #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" "VLAN interface to get a valid configuration." msgstr "" -#. it's about a flag which is not set at all -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110 -msgid "not set" -msgstr "" - -#. also about setting of a flag -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "true" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "false" -msgstr "" - #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing autofs Configuration" msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Initializing the Autofs Configuration" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Suggested packages" msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "Suggested packages" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 msgid "Check services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 #, fuzzy #| msgid "network card" msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "network card" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Copying the packages..." msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "Copying the packages..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Probing floppy disks devices..." msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "Probing floppy disk devices..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "network card" msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "network card" #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Signing of the product failed." msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "Signing of the product failed." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write content file." msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Cannot write content file." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read settings file." msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Cannot read settings file." #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving casa-ats Configuration" msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Saving casa-ats Configuration" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write the sysconfig settings" msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Write the sysconfig settings" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing the patterns..." msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Writing the patterns..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Contacting server..." msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "Contacting server..." #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjusting firewall..." msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "Adjusting firewall..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read settings file." msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Cannot read settings file." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Signing of the product failed." msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "Signing of the product failed." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read settings file." msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "Cannot read settings file." #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Saving autofs Configuration</big> \n" @@ -760,18 +792,18 @@ "Please wait... \n" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Signing of the product failed." msgid "Starting of services" @@ -779,11 +811,11 @@ #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/firewall-services.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/firewall-services.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/firewall-services.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/firewall.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/firewall.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/firewall.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/firstboot.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/firstboot.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/firstboot.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/ftp-server.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/ftp-server.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/ftp-server.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/geo-cluster.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/geo-cluster.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/geo-cluster.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgstr "GeoCluster Configuration" @@ -72,92 +72,287 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP configuration error." +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "LDAP configuration error." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "arbitrator ip" msgstr "arbitrator ip" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "transport" msgstr "transport" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" msgstr "port" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" msgstr "site" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" msgstr "Add" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Edit" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Delete" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "ticket" msgstr "ticket" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancel" -#. parser value first -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "Enter ticket and timeout" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "timeout" msgstr "timeout" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +msgid "retries" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +msgid "weights" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Expired" +msgid "expire" +msgstr "Expired" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Required patterns" +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "Required patterns" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "timeout is no valid" msgstr "timeout is no valid" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "timeout is no valid" +msgid "expire is no valid" +msgstr "timeout is no valid" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "timeout is no valid" +msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgstr "timeout is no valid" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "timeout is no valid" +msgid "retries is no valid" +msgstr "timeout is no valid" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "timeout is no valid" +msgid "weights is no valid" +msgstr "timeout is no valid" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "ticket can not be null" msgstr "ticket can not be null" +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 +msgid "site have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "ticket can not be null" +msgid "ticket have to be filled" +msgstr "ticket can not be null" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No IP address assigned" +msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +msgstr "No IP address assigned" + #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" msgstr "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317 +#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Geo Cluster configure" msgstr "Geo Cluster configure" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "Enter an IP address of your site" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "Edit IP address of your site" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "hostid already exists" +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "Host ID already exists" + +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "ticket can not be null" +msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgstr "ticket can not be null" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "timeout is no valid" +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "timeout is no valid" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "ticket can not be null" +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "ticket can not be null" + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "GeoCluster Configuration" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "GeoCluster Configuration" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" +msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +msgstr "GeoCluster Configuration" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Workflow Configuration" +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "Workflow Configuration" + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initializing..." +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write global settings." +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "Cannot write global settings." + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." +msgstr "Cannot write global settings." + +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write global settings." +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "Cannot write global settings." + #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" @@ -166,75 +361,63 @@ #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Read the previous settings" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Reading the previous settings..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finished" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Write the settings" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Writing the settings..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" -#. read sites -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311 -msgid "Cannot write global settings." -msgstr "Cannot write global settings." - -#. write site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315 -msgid "Cannot write sites settings." -msgstr "Cannot write sites settings." - -#. write ticket -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318 -msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." -msgstr "Cannot write ticket settings." - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Cannot write settings." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Configuration summary..." @@ -283,3 +466,9 @@ #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "Configuration summary ..." + +#~ msgid "Cannot write sites settings." +#~ msgstr "Cannot write sites settings." + +#~ msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." +#~ msgstr "Cannot write ticket settings." Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/gtk.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/gtk.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/gtk.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/http-server.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/http-server.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/http-server.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/inetd.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/inetd.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/inetd.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/installation.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/installation.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/installation.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-16 13:44+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -54,22 +54,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 +#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "" @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ msgstr "Initializing Installation Repository" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "Initializing installation repository..." @@ -262,6 +262,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Unknown protocol (%1)" @@ -322,7 +323,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 #, fuzzy msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "&Linux User Management" @@ -386,10 +387,22 @@ "installation process.\n" "\n" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 -msgid "License needs to be accepted" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "" +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 #, fuzzy @@ -591,11 +604,11 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "Recon&figure Interval" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 #, fuzzy msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" msgstr "Configure Online Update" @@ -619,13 +632,26 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "" -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Initializing" msgstr "" +"YaST\n" +"Initializing ..." +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "Initializing installation repository..." + #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" @@ -644,68 +670,68 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "Initializing installation repository..." #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 #, fuzzy msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "Configure Online Update" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "Writing log files ..." #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 #, fuzzy msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "Downloading " #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr "" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Check Installation" @@ -726,12 +752,6 @@ msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "Please wait, while network settings are being adjusted..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "Initializing installation repository..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -745,16 +765,6 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "Reading NTP configuration..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "" -"YaST\n" -"Initializing ..." - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 #, fuzzy @@ -944,12 +954,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "" #. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -958,39 +968,39 @@ #. not using tabs #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 #, fuzzy msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "Writing the trusted server settings..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "" #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." msgstr "" #. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Check Installation" @@ -1000,13 +1010,13 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 #, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "Configure Online Update" #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 #, fuzzy msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "Configure Online Update" @@ -1014,34 +1024,34 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "" #. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 #, fuzzy msgid "&Export Configuration" msgstr "Configure Online Update" #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "" #. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "" #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 msgid "" "\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -1051,7 +1061,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1084,7 +1094,7 @@ #. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 #. #. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" @@ -1093,7 +1103,7 @@ #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1106,7 +1116,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1115,7 +1125,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1124,7 +1134,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1132,12 +1142,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1146,7 +1156,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1154,7 +1164,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 msgid "" "Some proposals might be\n" "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" @@ -1162,11 +1172,11 @@ msgstr "" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 msgid "&Update" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 msgid "&Install" msgstr "" @@ -1292,68 +1302,52 @@ msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Probing floppy disk devices..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 -msgid "Search for Linux partitions" -msgstr "" - +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 -msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgstr "" - -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 #, fuzzy msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Initializing installation repository..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Initializing installation repository..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140 -msgid "Evaluate update possibility" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141 -msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "Please wait, while network settings are being adjusted..." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1361,7 +1355,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1370,7 +1364,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" @@ -1380,58 +1374,58 @@ "Aborting the installation." #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 msgid "Removed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 msgid "Current Status" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 msgid "Repository" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" @@ -1442,93 +1436,93 @@ "those you want to include in the upgrade process." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "To change the URL, click the Change... button." #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "Network is not configured" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 #, fuzzy msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "Please, wait while the network configuration is being written and tested..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 #, fuzzy msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "Online Repositories" -#. Removes selected repositories -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "Online Repositories" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 #, fuzzy msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "Online Repositories" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "Online Repositories" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 #, fuzzy msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "Online Repositories" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "Online Repositories" #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1538,7 +1532,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1548,7 +1542,7 @@ msgstr "" #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" @@ -1558,7 +1552,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1567,7 +1561,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" @@ -1576,7 +1570,7 @@ msgstr "Online Repositories" #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" @@ -1655,57 +1649,52 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62 -msgid "Enabling random number generator..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "Initializing installation repository..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving System Settings..." msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "Saving system settings..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving System Settings..." msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "Saving system settings..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "Configure Online Update" @@ -1739,7 +1728,7 @@ msgstr "Configure Online Update" #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1989,7 +1978,51 @@ msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "" +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 #, fuzzy +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "Initializing installation repository..." + +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" +msgstr "" + +#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Deploying..." +msgstr "Downloading " + +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgstr "" + +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgstr "Online Repositories" + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Wired" #~ msgstr "Expired" @@ -2158,10 +2191,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Connecting to the inst-sys failed, debugger cannot continue." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Deploying..." -#~ msgstr "Downloading " - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Initializing fonts..." #~ msgstr "" #~ "YaST\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/instserver.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/instserver.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/instserver.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/iplb.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/iplb.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/iplb.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -92,6 +92,26 @@ msgstr "Second part of configuration of IPLB" #. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Global Configuration" +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "Global Configuration" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "Virtual Servers Configuration" + #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "Check Interval" @@ -154,6 +174,98 @@ #. All helps are here #: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:35 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>check interval</big> = n\n" +#| "Defines the number of second between server checks.\n" +#| "Default: 10 seconds\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" +#| "Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +#| "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#| "If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +#| "If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +#| "Default: 5 seconds\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" +#| "The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +#| "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#| "Default: 1\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" +#| "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" +#| "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#| "If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +#| "If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +#| "Default: 30 seconds\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +#| "the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +#| "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|syslog_facility\n" +#| "An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" +#| "Default: log directly to the file /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" +#| "A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +#| "module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +#| "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" +#| "Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +#| "inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" +#| "option.\n" +#| "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#| "Default: 0\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +#| "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +#| "\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +#| "with each other.\n" +#| "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#| "Default: all\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>callback</big> = \"/path/to/callback\"\n" +#| "If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has changed on\n" +#| "disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" +#| "configuration.\n" +#| "This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if autoreload is\n" +#| "set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>execute</big> = \"configuration\"\n" +#| "Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named configuration.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>auto reload</big> = yes|no\n" +#| "Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +#| "on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +#| "Default: no\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" +#| "If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +#| "Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +#| "This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +#| "real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" +#| "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" +#| "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" +#| "If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +#| "old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +#| "If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +#| "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#| "Default: yes\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>fork</big> = yes|no\n" +#| "If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +#| "response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" +#| "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" +#| "Default: no\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>supervised</big> = yes|no\n" +#| "If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +#| "ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" +#| "Default: no\n" +#| "\n" msgid "" "\n" "<big>check interval</big> = n\n" @@ -201,7 +313,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -338,6 +450,224 @@ "\n" #: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" +#| "Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +#| "configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" +#| "must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" +#| "gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\n" +#| "Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +#| "fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" +#| "each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" +#| "gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" +#| "used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" +#| "pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +#| "server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" +#| "For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP address of a\n" +#| "real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" +#| "service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" +#| "underlying LVS code in the kernel functions.\n" +#| "More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +#| "quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" +#| "Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP connection, thus the\n" +#| "request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" +#| "attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +#| "ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP services. Off\n" +#| "means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" +#| "activated. Default is negotiate.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +#| "The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +#| "simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +#| "using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive sections for protocol specific information.\n" +#| "Default:\n" +#| "<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" +#| "<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 25: smtp\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 53: dns\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 80: http\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 110: pop\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 119: nntp\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 143: imap\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 389: ldap\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 443: https\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 993: imaps\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 995: pops\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 1521: oracle\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 1812: radius\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 3306: mysql\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 5432: pgsql\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 5060: sip\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Otherwise: none\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"path to script\"\n" +#| "This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" +#| "is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" +#| "Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* virtual server port\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* real server ip\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* real server port\n" +#| "</dt><dt>Default: /bin/true\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>check port</big> = n\n" +#| "Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" +#| "Default: port specified for each real server\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"\n" +#| "This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" +#| "an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" +#| "For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" +#| "For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" +#| "rows. This is a required setting.\n" +#| "For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" +#| " are replaced with a new line character.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>receive</big> = \"regexp to compare\"\n" +#| "If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +#| "regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" +#| "optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" +#| "For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" +#| "For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +#| "Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the URI specified in the request-string. GET is the\n" +#| "method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +#| "Default: GET\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>virtual host</big> = \"hostname\"\n" +#| "Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP request. In the\n" +#| "case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +#| "derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>login</big> = \"username\"\n" +#| "For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" +#| "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" +#| "For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from address for an OPTIONS query.\n" +#| "Default:\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* FTP: Anonymous\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "</dt><dt><big>password</big> = \"password\"\n" +#| "Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" +#| "SIP servers.\n" +#| "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" +#| "Default:\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" +#| "from uname if unset.\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "</dt><dt><big>database name</big> = \"databasename\"\n" +#| "Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed against. This\n" +#| "is a required setting.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>radius secret</big> = \"radiussecret\"\n" +#| "Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd (set by\n" +#| "passwd above).\n" +#| "Default: empty string\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>persistent</big> = n\n" +#| "Number of seconds for persistent client connections.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>netmask</big> = w.x.y.z\n" +#| "Netmask to be used for granularity of persistent client connections.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>scheduler</big> = scheduler_name\n" +#| "Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" +#| "Default: \"wrr\"\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>protocol</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" +#| "Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" +#| "protocol must be fwm.\n" +#| "Default:\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" +#| "</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" +#| "</dt></dl>\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" +#| "Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +#| "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#| "If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +#| "If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +#| "Default: 5 seconds\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" +#| "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" +#| "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#| "If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +#| "If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +#| "Default: 30 seconds\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" +#| "The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +#| "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#| "Default: 1\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" +#| "A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +#| "module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +#| "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" +#| "Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +#| "inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" +#| "option.\n" +#| "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#| "Default: 0\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +#| "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +#| "\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +#| "with each other.\n" +#| "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#| "Default: all\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +#| "the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +#| "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" +#| "If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +#| "Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +#| "This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +#| "real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" +#| "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" +#| "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" +#| "If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +#| "old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +#| "If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +#| "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#| "Default: yes\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" msgid "" "\n" "<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" @@ -531,7 +861,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -885,6 +1215,12 @@ msgstr "Cancel" #. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "Real Server's IP Address" @@ -897,6 +1233,22 @@ msgid "weight" msgstr "weight" +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Address entered is not valid" +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "Address entered is not valid" + +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "" + #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/iscsi-client.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/iscsi-client.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/iscsi-client.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -65,146 +65,150 @@ msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109 -msgid "Initiator Name" +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "Offloa&d Card" +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 +msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "" #. table of connected targets #. table of discovered targets #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "" #. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Log Out" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Log In" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "" #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "" #. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Startup" msgstr "" #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 msgid "Port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Key" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Value" msgstr "" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "Service" msgstr "" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -213,9 +217,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "" @@ -442,13 +446,13 @@ "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "Insert the add-on product CD" #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "" @@ -456,37 +460,37 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 msgid "True" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 msgid "False" msgstr "" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 #, fuzzy msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that Multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "" @@ -571,12 +575,16 @@ msgstr "" #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70 -msgid "(Software)" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 +msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +msgid "all" +msgstr "" + #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 #, fuzzy msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" @@ -589,6 +597,6 @@ "If you want to use a different initiatorname change it in BIOS." #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/iscsi-lio-server.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/iscsi-lio-server.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/iscsi-lio-server.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/iscsi-server.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/iscsi-server.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/iscsi-server.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/isns.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/isns.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/isns.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -304,93 +304,93 @@ "Initializing ..." #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "Initializing the Autofs Configuration" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 #, fuzzy msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Read the autofs maps" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 #, fuzzy msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Read samba service role settings" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Reading the autofs maps..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Reading the settings file..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 #, fuzzy msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Detecting supported TV norms..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "Saving casa-ats Configuration" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Write the sysconfig settings" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 #, fuzzy msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "Running SuSEconfig..." #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Writing the patterns..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 #, fuzzy msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "Running SuSEconfig..." #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Cannot read settings file." Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/kdump.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/kdump.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/kdump.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -366,8 +366,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 #, fuzzy msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "To apply this change a reboot is needed." @@ -504,15 +504,6 @@ msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "" -#. checking if packages are available -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103 -msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115 -msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" @@ -1156,130 +1147,130 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Reading the firewall status..." #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Cannot read firewall status." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Configure Online Update" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 #, fuzzy msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Configure Online Update" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/kerberos-server.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/kerberos-server.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/kerberos-server.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/kerberos.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/kerberos.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/kerberos.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/languages_db.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/languages_db.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/languages_db.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/ldap-client.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/ldap-client.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/ldap-client.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/ldap-server.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/ldap-server.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/ldap-server.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/ldap.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/ldap.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/ldap.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ msgstr "Bro&wse" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." @@ -267,27 +267,27 @@ "Please select another one." #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgstr "Configuration of user management tools" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" msgstr "Configuration of group management tools" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" msgstr "Object Class of New Module" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" @@ -296,12 +296,12 @@ "Select another one.\n" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." msgstr "Enter the module name." #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" @@ -330,12 +330,12 @@ "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" msgstr "Attribute &Name" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" msgstr "Attribute &Value" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/live-installer.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/live-installer.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/live-installer.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/lxc.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/lxc.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/lxc.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/mail.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/mail.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/mail.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-21 15:47+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/multipath.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/multipath.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/multipath.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/ncurses-pkg.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/ncurses-pkg.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/ncurses-pkg.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/ncurses.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/ncurses.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/ncurses.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/network.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/network.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/network.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-08 07:08+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -94,101 +94,55 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "Configure Online Update" -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" - #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Adjust firewall" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 #, fuzzy msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Adjust firewall" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "Configure Online Update" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "Adjust firewall" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" @@ -196,13 +150,13 @@ "SSH client" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" "service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" @@ -210,13 +164,60 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" + +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" +msgstr "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" +msgstr "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" + #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts #. Hosts dialog caption @@ -486,9 +487,18 @@ msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "" -#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst(); -#. Lan::Autoinstall(); -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173 +#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML +#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML +#. has higher priority +#. +#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with +#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than +#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". +#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means +#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". +#. Other elements may have similar problems, +#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "Configuration Error : uninitialized interface!" @@ -583,7 +593,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 #, fuzzy msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "Configure Online Update" @@ -685,7 +695,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416 #, fuzzy msgid "Options" msgstr "ASK Options" @@ -756,13 +766,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Change." msgstr "" @@ -1125,14 +1135,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353 #, fuzzy msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "Configure Online Update" @@ -1146,7 +1156,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "" @@ -1335,36 +1345,36 @@ #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 #, fuzzy msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "2nd Stage" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1379,12 +1389,12 @@ msgstr "" # bnc#384167 -#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 #, fuzzy msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" -"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" +"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" msgstr "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" "Remove the configuration?\n" @@ -1599,7 +1609,7 @@ msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** #. #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -1687,7 +1697,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1697,13 +1707,12 @@ msgstr "" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#. radio button group label, method of setup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "" @@ -1712,7 +1721,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "" @@ -1739,7 +1748,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1747,20 +1756,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1768,7 +1777,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1776,19 +1785,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" "configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1796,93 +1805,94 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" #. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 #, fuzzy msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Configure Online Update" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291 msgid "&USB" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300 msgid "&Hotplug Type" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305 msgid "P&CI" msgstr "" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "" #. TODO: Ud ... Rules -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380 -msgid "Udev rules" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 msgid "Change" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 -msgid "Show visible port identification" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396 +msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406 msgid "Blink" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409 -msgid "Ethtool options" -msgstr "" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Ethtool Options" +msgstr "ASK Options" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -1890,19 +1900,19 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 msgid "&Search" msgstr "" #. Remember current device number (#308763) #. see also bnc#391802 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" @@ -1912,7 +1922,7 @@ "Choose a different filename." #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1920,139 +1930,139 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 #, fuzzy msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "YaST Control Center" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -2060,7 +2070,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "" @@ -2103,28 +2113,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 msgid "" -"Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" -"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +"Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" "edit their configuration. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -2136,7 +2145,7 @@ "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" @@ -2153,12 +2162,12 @@ "module for ipv6). If the ipv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" "time can be faster." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2167,7 +2176,7 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" @@ -2175,13 +2184,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2189,14 +2198,14 @@ "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" @@ -2214,7 +2223,7 @@ "the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop.\n" " " -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2223,14 +2232,14 @@ "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2238,7 +2247,7 @@ msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2246,7 +2255,7 @@ "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2254,7 +2263,7 @@ "command." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" "search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" @@ -2264,7 +2273,7 @@ "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2278,7 +2287,7 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" @@ -2289,19 +2298,19 @@ "Select No Address Setup if you do not want any IP address for this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" @@ -2313,7 +2322,7 @@ "obtained automatically from the server." #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2321,7 +2330,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" @@ -2333,7 +2342,7 @@ "for your peer." #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 #, fuzzy msgid "" "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" @@ -2345,19 +2354,19 @@ "a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. It will be written to /etc/hosts." #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" "Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2368,11 +2377,11 @@ "the firewall will be disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" @@ -2389,7 +2398,7 @@ "especially on slow dial-up connections. Select one of the recommended values\n" "or define your own one." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" @@ -2397,12 +2406,12 @@ msgstr "Select the slave devices for the bond device. Only the devices whose Device Activation is set to 'Never' and have 'No Address Setup are available'." #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2412,7 +2421,7 @@ msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" @@ -2435,21 +2444,21 @@ "Leave the field empty for not sending a hostname." #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" "Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 msgid "" "Enter an IPv4 Address Label, an IP Address, and\n" "the Netmask." msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" "IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" @@ -2457,14 +2466,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr "" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" " Passphrase: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2481,14 +2490,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2498,7 +2507,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2510,7 +2519,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" @@ -2548,7 +2557,7 @@ "Managed.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2558,7 +2567,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2569,14 +2578,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" @@ -3123,23 +3132,23 @@ "Initializing ..." #. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" @@ -3157,17 +3166,17 @@ "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3178,112 +3187,111 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Modems" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "" -#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -"cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -"\n" -"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" -"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" -msgstr "" - #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 @@ -3532,7 +3540,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3735,76 +3743,85 @@ msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "" +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +#, fuzzy +msgid "NetworkManager Service" +msgstr "Root Device" + +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +msgid "Traditional ifup" +msgstr "" + +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +msgid "Wicked Service" +msgstr "" + +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Network Services Disabled" +msgstr "Root Device" + #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -#. radio button label -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager -#. program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 -msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button label -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365 -msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button label -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 -msgid "Controlled by &wicked" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Locale Settings" +msgid "General Network Settings" +msgstr "Locale Settings" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "No IP address assigned" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" msgstr "" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "" @@ -3820,73 +3837,69 @@ msgstr "" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Type" -msgid "Device name:" +msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "Device Type" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 -msgid "Base udev rule on" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110 msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "" -#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. -#. -#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid -#. -#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "Host ID already exists" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "Configure Online Update" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371 msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Update Configuration" msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Configure Online Update" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "" #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "Configure Online Update" @@ -3894,32 +3907,32 @@ #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "Configure Online Update" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "" @@ -3940,318 +3953,324 @@ msgstr "Updating runlevel settings..." #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 #, fuzzy msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "Configure Online Update" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 #, fuzzy msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Configure Online Update" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 #, fuzzy msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "Configure Online Update" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 #, fuzzy msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "Detecting supported TV norms..." #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "" #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 #, fuzzy msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "To apply this change a reboot is needed." #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "Configure Online Update" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 #, fuzzy msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "Configure Online Update" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 #, fuzzy msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "Configure Online Update" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 #, fuzzy msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "Configure Online Update" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8 -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 msgid "No network running" msgstr "" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 msgid "connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "No IP address assigned" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No IP address assigned" msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "No IP address assigned" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "No IP address assigned" @@ -4259,87 +4278,102 @@ #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Change Date and Time" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 #, fuzzy msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "2nd Stage" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device is not present" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "<UL><LI>The device is not configured</LI><LI>Press Configure for configuration</LI></UL>" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "unknown" +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr "The SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, the firewall will be disabled." + #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "" +#. Enable xinetd +#. Enable XDM +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335 +msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "" + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "" -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "" -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "" @@ -4389,17 +4423,17 @@ msgstr "" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/nfs.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/nfs.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/nfs.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/nfs_server.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/nfs_server.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/nfs_server.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -72,27 +72,27 @@ msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "" #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -101,12 +101,12 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 #, fuzzy msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Please use the 'set enablev4' command." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "" @@ -165,63 +165,55 @@ "Probably, there is spurious whitespace in the configuration file." #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "" -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "" #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -229,25 +221,25 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others." msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" @@ -259,52 +251,52 @@ "it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure." #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" "Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Configure Online Update" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -312,82 +304,77 @@ msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" "Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." -msgstr "" - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -395,86 +382,74 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Configure Online Update" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "" #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302 -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308 -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315 -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "" - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "Unable to start svcgssd. Please ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is fine." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" msgstr "" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/nis.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/nis.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/nis.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/nis_server.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/nis_server.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/nis_server.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ #. To translators: checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "" @@ -371,22 +371,27 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 -msgid "N&IS domain name:" +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 +msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" msgstr "" +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +msgid "NIS &Master Server:" +msgstr "" + #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/ntp-client.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/ntp-client.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/ntp-client.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -48,23 +48,22 @@ msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 #, fuzzy msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "NTP Server Address" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 #, fuzzy msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "Configure Online Update" -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 #, fuzzy @@ -79,7 +78,7 @@ msgstr "&Configure Workflow..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" @@ -89,15 +88,23 @@ "without having %1 package installed" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 #, fuzzy msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "Synchronize with NTP Server" +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "" + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 -msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" #. local clock type name @@ -602,10 +609,13 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -613,7 +623,7 @@ "is more secure and strongly recommended." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" @@ -631,7 +641,7 @@ "configured via DHCP." #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -641,7 +651,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -651,7 +661,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" @@ -661,7 +671,7 @@ "To view the logs of the NTP daemon in new window, click on Display Log button." #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -669,14 +679,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -684,7 +694,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -696,7 +706,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" @@ -706,7 +716,7 @@ "To view the logs of the NTP daemon in new window, click on Display Log button." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -715,7 +725,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -724,7 +734,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -732,7 +742,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -740,7 +750,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -748,7 +758,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -757,7 +767,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" @@ -765,7 +775,7 @@ "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" @@ -785,49 +795,49 @@ "Security Settings.\n" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." msgstr "" #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." msgstr "" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." msgstr "" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -835,7 +845,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -845,7 +855,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -853,7 +863,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -866,7 +876,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -874,7 +884,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -884,7 +894,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -893,7 +903,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" "ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" @@ -1236,122 +1246,125 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "Configure Online Update" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "Check the LDAP configuration" #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "The LDAP configuration will be started." #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 #, fuzzy msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "LDAP configuration error." #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "LDAP configuration error." #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "" #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "" #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "" #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Cannot search for SLP installation sources\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/oneclickinstall.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/oneclickinstall.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/oneclickinstall.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/online-update-configuration.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/online-update-configuration.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/online-update-configuration.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/online-update.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/online-update.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/online-update.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -115,13 +115,18 @@ msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "" -#. yes/no message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" msgstr "" +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +msgid "No update repository configured yet." +msgstr "" + #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" Added: trunk/yast/en_US/po/opensuse_mirror.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/opensuse_mirror.en_US.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/opensuse_mirror.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +# English message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: en\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Input Directory" +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "Input Directory" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "Select or Deselect &All" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/packager.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/packager.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/packager.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-27 15:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -149,6 +149,15 @@ msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "" +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." +msgstr "" + #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" @@ -483,7 +492,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" @@ -557,7 +566,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "" @@ -787,7 +796,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" @@ -795,7 +804,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" @@ -1145,7 +1154,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" @@ -1388,7 +1397,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1424,77 +1433,77 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Insert the add-on product CD" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "&No Additional YaST Modules" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Selected Patterns" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Insert the add-on product CD" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "Failed to add add-on product." #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Unknown option." @@ -1542,7 +1551,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "" @@ -1550,13 +1559,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 msgid ">%1" msgstr "" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 msgid "Done." msgstr "" @@ -1564,21 +1573,21 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "" #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "" #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 msgid "Total" msgstr "" @@ -1587,149 +1596,190 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr "" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "The YaST Package Manager" #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 #, fuzzy msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr "Recommended packages" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 #, fuzzy msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "Product name" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 #, fuzzy msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "Pattern Order" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "Online Repositories" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "" #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "" +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +msgid "New product %s will be installed" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +msgid "Product %s will be updated" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +msgid "Product %s will stay installed" +msgstr "" + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1737,18 +1787,18 @@ msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "" #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "" @@ -1756,36 +1806,36 @@ "Initializing ..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "Host ID not found" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." msgstr "" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "" #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1794,72 +1844,74 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 msgid "&Language" msgstr "" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 -msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399 -msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" +#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" "the configuration will be aborted.\n" msgstr "" +#. dialog title #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "" @@ -1939,106 +1991,111 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "" #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "ASK Options" msgid "Mount Options" @@ -2046,23 +2103,23 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 #, fuzzy msgid "(default)" msgstr "Default Hat" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 #, fuzzy msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "URL of the update source." #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 #, fuzzy msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "URL of the update source." @@ -2070,39 +2127,39 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "" @@ -2111,54 +2168,54 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 #, fuzzy msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "Service: %1" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2168,23 +2225,23 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2193,28 +2250,28 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" @@ -2224,7 +2281,7 @@ "or the directory does not exist." #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" @@ -2234,7 +2291,7 @@ "or the file does not exist." #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 #, fuzzy msgid "" "File '%1'\n" @@ -2246,17 +2303,17 @@ "Use it anyway?" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2266,22 +2323,22 @@ msgstr "" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 #, fuzzy msgid "&File System" msgstr "F&ile System to Use:" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 #, fuzzy msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "Input Directory" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2294,7 +2351,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2302,12 +2359,12 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 #, fuzzy msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "Dump Device" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2319,12 +2376,12 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2332,71 +2389,71 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 msgid "&Port" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 msgid "&Share" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" @@ -2422,7 +2479,7 @@ "of the media, set ISO Image." #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2431,12 +2488,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 -msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2444,7 +2501,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2452,7 +2509,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -2476,7 +2533,7 @@ "into one directory.\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -2495,25 +2552,25 @@ "the first CD are located, such as /data1/CD1.\n" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "Insert the add-on product CD" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "Insert the add-on product DVD" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "" #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2523,11 +2580,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "" +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add-On &Products" +msgid "Add On Product" +msgstr "Add-On &Products" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" @@ -2621,7 +2684,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "" @@ -2691,12 +2756,12 @@ msgstr "" #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -2704,7 +2769,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/pam.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/pam.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/pam.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 9.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader\n" "Language-Team: en_US\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/pkg-bindings.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/pkg-bindings.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/pkg-bindings.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-05 12:06+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 #, fuzzy msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "Copying the packages..." @@ -191,6 +191,6 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/printer.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/printer.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/printer.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-10 13:51+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/product-creator.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/product-creator.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/product-creator.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-09-11 17:53+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/proxy.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/proxy.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/proxy.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/qt-pkg.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/qt-pkg.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/qt-pkg.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -44,48 +44,48 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "Online Repositories" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "S&earch" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 #, fuzzy msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "Check Installation" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 msgid "File List" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -95,183 +95,183 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 msgid "&File" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 msgid "&Package" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 #, fuzzy msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "Configure Online Update" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 #, fuzzy msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "CASA Configuration" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "Online Repositories" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 #, fuzzy msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "Run online update now?" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "" #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 #, fuzzy msgid "&Options" msgstr "ASK Options" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 #, fuzzy msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "&Passphrase Verification" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 #, fuzzy msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "Allow Package Downgrade" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 msgid "Show &History" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 #, fuzzy msgid "P&atches" msgstr "patches" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "" @@ -279,56 +279,56 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/qt.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/qt.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/qt.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -62,14 +62,14 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" msgstr "" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/rdp.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/rdp.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/rdp.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/rear.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/rear.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/rear.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/registration.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/registration.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/registration.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -17,48 +17,94 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 #, fuzzy msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "Registration" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" -"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n" -"to use the default SUSE registration server." +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 #, fuzzy msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "Registration" +#. %s is the default SCC URL +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "Registration" + #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 #, fuzzy msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "Registration" #. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. register the system -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164 +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549 +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "" -#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing log files ..." +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "Writing log files ..." + +#. display the registration update dialog +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "Registration" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "Registration" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" @@ -66,54 +112,55 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "Configure Online Update" -#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373 -msgid "&Email" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "Registration" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218 +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 #, fuzzy +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +msgstr "Registration" + +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "Registration" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products." +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration" -msgid "Registration" -msgstr "Registration" - #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -121,56 +168,27 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. use two column layout if needed -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312 -msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317 -msgid "Details" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message, %s are product names -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Automatically selecting '%s'\n" -"dependencies:\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411 -msgid "Extension Selection" -msgstr "" - #. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485 -msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..." -msgstr "" +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." +msgstr "Registration" #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 #, fuzzy msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Registration" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595 -msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -182,355 +200,682 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "Register Again" msgstr "Registration" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" + #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:42 -msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -#. register the base product -#. register addons -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193 -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "Log files written successfully." -#. --------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238 -msgid "Add-on &Name" +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267 -msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?" -msgstr "" +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" +msgstr "S&erver Certificate" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" +msgstr "S&erver Certificate" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" -msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "Registration" -#. TODO FIXME: add a help text -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration" -msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" -msgstr "Registration" +msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "No add-on product selected for installation" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 +msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" -msgid "Product Registration" +msgid "Registration Settings" msgstr "Registration" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351 -msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" -"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356 -msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" -"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration Code is Configured" +msgstr "Registration" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Install Available Updates" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration" -msgid "Register the Product" +msgid "Registration Server" msgstr "Registration" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379 -msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories" -msgstr "" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP Server URLs" +msgid "Server URL: %s" +msgstr "LDAP Server URLs" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387 -msgid "Server Settings" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Use SLP discovery" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 #, fuzzy -msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +#| msgid "S&erver Certificate" +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" +msgstr "S&erver Certificate" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" +msgstr "S&erver Certificate" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Registration" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396 -msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Serial Connection Parameters" +msgid "Secure Connection Error" +msgstr "Serial Connection Parameters" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +msgid "Details:" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 #, fuzzy -msgid "Optional Server Certificate" +msgid "Failed Certificate Details" msgstr "S&erver Certificate" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421 -msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478 -msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +msgid "Common Name (CN): " msgstr "" +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +msgid "Organization (O): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "Issued By" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Valid" +msgid "Validity" +msgstr "Valid" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +msgid "Issued On: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Expired" +msgid "Expires On: " +msgstr "Expired" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +msgid "Serial Number: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "Fingerprint" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "Fingerprint" + #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." +msgstr "Registration" + +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 +msgid "" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." +msgstr "" + +#. add the hint to the error details #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The email address is not known or\n" -"the registration code is not valid." +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "Registration failed." msgstr "Registration" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Registration" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration" -msgid "Registration failed." -msgstr "Registration" - -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "" -#. label follwed by a certificate description -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Certificate:" -msgstr "S&erver Certificate" +#. progress label +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 +msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151 -msgid "Issued To" +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 +msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154 -msgid "Issued By" +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 #, fuzzy -msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "Fingerprint" +#| msgid "Saving autofs Configuration" +msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." +msgstr "Saving Autofs Configuration" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159 +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 #, fuzzy -msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "Fingerprint" +msgid "SSL Certificate" +msgstr "S&erver Certificate" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176 -msgid "Common Name (CN): " +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 -msgid "Organization (O): " -msgstr "" - -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180 -msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " -msgstr "" - -#. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194 -msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 -msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." -msgstr "" - -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -msgid "Searching..." -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 #, fuzzy -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." -msgstr "Registration" +msgid "Certificate:" +msgstr "S&erver Certificate" #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "An unknown error occurred." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Contacting server..." #. # error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" -#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the -#. not accepted extension -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65 +#. ask user to accept an addon EULA +#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" "failed." msgstr "" +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95 -msgid "%s License Agreement" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "Registration" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "" + +#. check the addons requiring a reg. code +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "Registration" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Version" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Base Architecture" +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "&Base Architecture" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release" +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "Release" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "Registration" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "" + +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "" + +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Version" +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "Version" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Base Architecture" +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "&Base Architecture" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release" +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "Release" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "Registration" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "Registration" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "S&erver Certificate" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "S&erver Certificate" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "S&erver Certificate" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "Registration" + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 #, fuzzy +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "S&erver Certificate" + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "S&erver Certificate" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "" + +#. input field label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Registration" +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "Registration" + +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "Registration" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration" +#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" #~ msgstr "Registration" #, fuzzy @@ -542,11 +887,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Registration" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Registration" -#~ msgid "Registration Status" -#~ msgstr "Registration" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Registration and Privacy Details" #~ msgstr "Registration" @@ -597,10 +937,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Log files written successfully." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Registration code is missing." -#~ msgstr "Registration" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "The following package needs to be installed." #~ msgstr "List of packages to install." @@ -618,10 +954,6 @@ #~ msgstr "unknown" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "SMT Certificate: %1" -#~ msgstr "S&erver Certificate" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration\n" #~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter the\n" @@ -638,10 +970,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Online Repositories" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The software repositories have been updated." -#~ msgstr "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Find details in the Software Repositories module." #~ msgstr "Online Repositories" @@ -656,10 +984,6 @@ #~ "for?" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "You can register for installation support." -#~ msgstr "No add-on product selected for installation" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Server CA certificate location:" #~ msgstr "S&erver Certificate" @@ -682,10 +1006,6 @@ #~ msgstr "S&erver Certificate" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Select SMT certificate file" -#~ msgstr "S&erver Certificate" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Do you really want to cancel and thereby skip registration?" #~ msgstr "Do you really want to use this path?" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/reipl.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/reipl.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/reipl.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ "and LUN '%3'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" @@ -264,32 +264,32 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 #, fuzzy msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "NTP is not configured" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "NTP is not configured" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/relocation-server.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/relocation-server.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/relocation-server.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/s390.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/s390.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/s390.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/samba-client.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/samba-client.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/samba-client.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -199,6 +199,15 @@ msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "" +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +msgid "Allowed Group(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" +msgstr "" + #. combobox label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 #, fuzzy @@ -802,7 +811,10 @@ msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" @@ -872,12 +884,14 @@ msgstr "" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 msgid "No" msgstr "" @@ -900,14 +914,181 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing autofs Configuration" +msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "Initializing the Autofs Configuration" + +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read Samba service role settings" +msgid "Read the global Samba settings" +msgstr "Read samba service role settings" + +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the firewall status" +msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgstr "Read the firewall status" + +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings file..." +msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgstr "Reading the settings file..." + +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the firewall status..." +msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgstr "Reading the firewall status..." + +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "Configure Online Update" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Expert Settings, Part 2" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable &Server" +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "Enable &Server" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the patterns..." +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Writing the patterns..." + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading Samba service role settings..." +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "Reading samba service role settings..." + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading Samba service role settings..." +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "Reading samba service role settings..." + +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kerberos Server Configuration" +msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgstr "Kerberos Server Configuration" + +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing Kerberos settings..." +msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgstr "Writing kerberos settings..." + +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read settings file." +msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." +msgstr "Cannot read settings file." + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." +msgstr "Expert Settings, Part 2" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "Configure Online Update" + +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Target Directory for Menu Section" +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "Target Directory for Menu Section" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Authentication Realms" +msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgstr "Authentication Realms" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Boot Image Location" +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "Boot Image Location" + +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" +msgstr "" + #: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" msgstr "" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Global Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Configure Online Update" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "&UNC Path" #~ msgstr "Path" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/samba-server.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/samba-server.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/samba-server.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/samba-users.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/samba-users.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/samba-users.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/scanner.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/scanner.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/scanner.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-30 18:00+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/security.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/security.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/security.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/services-manager.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/services-manager.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/services-manager.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -17,12 +17,220 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default Hat" +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "Default Hat" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set default root filesystem" +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "Set default root file system" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No add-on product selected for installation" +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "No add-on product selected for installation" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No add-on product selected for installation" +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "No add-on product selected for installation" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading NTP configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "Reading NTP configuration..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Path to the configuration file (default is %1" +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "Path to the configuration file (default is %1" + +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default Hat" +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "Default Hat" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Services" +msgid "Service" +msgstr "Services" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Enable CASA" +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "&Enable CASA" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Descriptions" +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Package Descriptions" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Services" +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "Services" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the firewall status..." +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "Reading the firewall status..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Disable CASA" +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "&Disable CASA" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service %service will be %toggled %link" +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "Service %service will be %toggled %link" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "&Services" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" msgstr "Services" @@ -71,3 +279,79 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "Cannot enable service %1" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default Hat" +msgid "Default Target" +msgstr "Default Hat" + +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NTP is not configured" +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "NTP is not configured" + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Graphical Menu File" +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "Graphical Menu File" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "" + +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Graphical Menu File" +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "Graphical Menu File" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Search Roots" +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "Search Roots" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default Hat" +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "Default Hat" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other System" +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "Other System" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New Mode" +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "New Mode" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/slp-server.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/slp-server.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/slp-server.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/snapper.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/snapper.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/snapper.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Package Descriptions" msgid "Description" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User ID" msgid "User data" @@ -42,37 +42,37 @@ #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read the autofs maps" msgid "Single snapshot" @@ -80,136 +80,136 @@ #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Profile" msgid "Pre" msgstr "Profile" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 msgid "Single" msgstr "" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read the autofs maps" msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "Read the autofs maps" #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Autofs Configuration" msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Autofs Configuration" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Key Type" msgid "Type" msgstr "Key Type" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "End Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User ID" msgid "User Data" msgstr "User ID" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Modify" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selected Patterns" msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "Selected Patterns" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Generating content file..." msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "Generating content file..." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation Notification" msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "Installation Notification" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The path %1 does not exist.\n" @@ -220,91 +220,91 @@ "Create it now?\n" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Restore" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the profile " msgid "" @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -327,17 +327,17 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/sound.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/sound.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/sound.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/squid.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/squid.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/squid.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-30 17:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/sshd.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/sshd.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/sshd.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/storage.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/storage.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/storage.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-12-02 10:12+0100\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ msgstr "&Reuse Partition" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write Firewall settings" @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ msgstr "Write firewall settings" #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -140,15 +140,21 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -767,7 +773,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "" @@ -785,7 +791,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -795,7 +801,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" @@ -808,7 +814,7 @@ "Use a Linux file system, such as ext2 or reiserfs, for this mount point.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" @@ -821,7 +827,7 @@ "Use a Linux file system, such as ext2 or reiserfs, for this mount point.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" @@ -834,7 +840,7 @@ "Use a Linux file system, such as ext2 or reiserfs, for this mount point.\n" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -847,7 +853,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -857,7 +863,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" @@ -868,7 +874,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -880,7 +886,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -892,7 +898,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -901,7 +907,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -912,22 +918,8 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464 -msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" "FAT partition mounted on %1.\n" @@ -941,7 +933,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -956,12 +948,12 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -974,7 +966,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -990,7 +982,7 @@ "particularly in any of the following cases:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -999,7 +991,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -1007,7 +999,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1015,41 +1007,41 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 #, fuzzy msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" @@ -1058,14 +1050,14 @@ "%1" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1074,7 +1066,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1090,7 +1082,7 @@ "deleting the device.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1106,7 +1098,7 @@ "deleting the device.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1127,13 +1119,13 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "" @@ -1160,7 +1152,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "" @@ -1171,7 +1163,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "" @@ -1191,7 +1183,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1200,7 +1192,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1539,7 +1531,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -1552,21 +1544,21 @@ msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Signature Handling" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -1598,7 +1590,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1618,7 +1610,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -1631,7 +1623,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -1653,7 +1645,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -1827,12 +1819,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -1840,31 +1832,31 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 #, fuzzy msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "Selected Patterns" @@ -1876,62 +1868,68 @@ msgstr "Importing product..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 #, fuzzy #| msgid "root Password" msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "root Password" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "&Configure Workflow..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 #, fuzzy +msgid "Configure &FCoE..." +msgstr "&Configure Workflow..." + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#, fuzzy msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "&Configure Workflow..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "&Configure Workflow..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "&Configure Workflow..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "&Configure Workflow..." #. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure..." msgstr "&Configure Workflow..." #. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -1939,51 +1937,58 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr "" + #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2258,14 +2263,47 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Choose the role of the device." +msgstr "Enter the name and version of the add-on product." + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other System" +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "Other System" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +msgid "Role" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2273,59 +2311,59 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 #, fuzzy msgid "Format partition" msgstr "&Reuse Partition" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "Boot from Root Partition" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "Boot from Root Partition" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 #, fuzzy msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "&Reuse Partition" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "&Reuse Partition" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2334,17 +2372,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2354,7 +2392,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2363,58 +2401,58 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 #, fuzzy msgid "Password" msgstr "root Password" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "R&esize Partition" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "" @@ -2422,8 +2460,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -2435,21 +2473,21 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 #, fuzzy msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "&Reuse Partition" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 #, fuzzy @@ -2457,13 +2495,13 @@ msgstr "Customer Center" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." @@ -2473,7 +2511,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -2482,12 +2520,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "" @@ -2679,59 +2717,59 @@ msgstr "Address entered is not valid" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "Partition of Menu File" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 #, fuzzy msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "&Reuse Partition" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 #, fuzzy msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "&Reuse Partition" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 msgid "Forward" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Backward" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "" @@ -2744,7 +2782,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -3638,12 +3676,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Partition of Menu File" @@ -3845,7 +3883,7 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 #, fuzzy msgid "Settings" msgstr "Output Settings" @@ -4048,17 +4086,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "" @@ -4159,118 +4197,126 @@ #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "" #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Device Type" #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "" +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +msgid "Cylinder" +msgstr "" + #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 #, fuzzy msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "Default Hat" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 #, fuzzy msgid "Default File System" msgstr "Set default root file system" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "" #. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" @@ -4281,14 +4327,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" @@ -4297,14 +4343,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -4615,25 +4661,25 @@ msgstr "Pattern Order" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Key &Size" msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "Key &Size" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" @@ -4641,29 +4687,29 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" "Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" @@ -4671,36 +4717,36 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 msgid "Mountable by &User" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" @@ -4710,12 +4756,12 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -4723,12 +4769,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" @@ -4748,40 +4794,40 @@ "<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" @@ -4789,50 +4835,50 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Key &Size" msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "Key &Size" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 #, fuzzy msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" @@ -4842,41 +4888,41 @@ "Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" "This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" "This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" @@ -4884,12 +4930,12 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" @@ -4897,37 +4943,37 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" "The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" @@ -4936,12 +4982,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -4949,31 +4995,31 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "Log Size\n" "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -4982,19 +5028,19 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Bytes per inode:\n" @@ -5017,12 +5063,12 @@ "number of inodes on a file system after its creation, so be sure to enter a reasonable value for this parameter.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -5030,41 +5076,41 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." msgstr "" #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" @@ -5072,12 +5118,12 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" @@ -5090,7 +5136,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -5103,7 +5149,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5113,7 +5159,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5127,7 +5173,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "" @@ -5140,7 +5186,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5149,7 +5195,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5157,7 +5203,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5166,26 +5212,26 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 #, fuzzy #| msgid "root Password" msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "root Password" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5193,14 +5239,14 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you want to create directory\n" msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Do you want to create a directory?\n" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -5208,60 +5254,60 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Password for the Menu Interface" msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Password for the Menu Interface" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 msgid "Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -5272,7 +5318,7 @@ "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" "device %2 which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -5283,7 +5329,7 @@ "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" "device %2 which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -5294,7 +5340,7 @@ "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" "device %2 which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -5305,7 +5351,7 @@ "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" "device %2 which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -5317,7 +5363,7 @@ "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" "device %2 which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -5333,7 +5379,7 @@ "device %2 which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5341,20 +5387,20 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Set default root filesystem" msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Set default root file system" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -5970,52 +6016,52 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 #, fuzzy msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Boot from Root Partition" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 #, fuzzy msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Boot from Root Partition" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write Firewall settings" msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Write firewall settings" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -6024,33 +6070,33 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "" #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 #, fuzzy msgid "Password:" msgstr "root Password" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "" @@ -6077,26 +6123,26 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 #, fuzzy msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "Default Hat" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 #, fuzzy msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "Set default root file system" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 #, fuzzy msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "&Reuse Partition" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/sudo.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/sudo.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/sudo.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/support.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/support.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/support.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -39,11 +39,15 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 -msgid "Open Novell Support Center" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Open Novell Support Center" +msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "Open Novell Support Center" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 -msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 @@ -240,7 +244,9 @@ msgstr "Upload Information" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 -msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" +msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "Novell 11-digit service request number" #. abort? @@ -345,10 +351,17 @@ #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>Opening Novell Support Center</big> \n" +#| "To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use Open Novell Support Center.\n" +#| "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" +#| "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Opening Novell Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use Open Novell Support Center.\n" +"<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -461,9 +474,13 @@ #. Contact dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" +#| "make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgid "" "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" "make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" @@ -520,9 +537,14 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 3/3, %1 is a URL #. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" +#| "Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +#| "%1.\n" msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" -"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" "%1.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" @@ -844,7 +866,9 @@ "plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." #. Initialization dialog caption Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/sysconfig.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/sysconfig.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/sysconfig.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 9.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-18 15:42+0100\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader\n" "Language-Team: en_US\n" @@ -467,10 +467,117 @@ "\n" msgstr "" +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Starting configuration scripts..." -#~ msgstr "Starting configuration scripts..." +#| msgid "S&earch" +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "S&earch" +#. Display confirmation dialog +#. @param [String] message Confirmation message +#. @param [String] command Command to confirm +#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "" + +#. get activation map for variable +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "Starting configuration scripts..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "" + +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving autofs Configuration" +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "Saving Autofs Configuration" + +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the sysconfig settings" +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "Write the sysconfig settings" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving all changes." +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "Saving all changes." + +#. service is running, reload it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 +msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Contacting server..." +msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgstr "Contacting server..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 +msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "" + +#. service is running, restart it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 +msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Contacting server..." +msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgstr "Contacting server..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 +msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "" + +#. set 100% in progress bar +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration summary" +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "Configuration Summary" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Here, see the values YaST2 will change.\n" #~ "Choose \"OK\" for YaST2 to save these changes.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/tftp-server.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/tftp-server.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/tftp-server.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/timezone_db.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/timezone_db.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/timezone_db.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/tune.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/tune.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/tune.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -17,54 +17,60 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "" #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." msgstr "" +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "Saving system settings..." + #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "System" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "" @@ -1223,9 +1229,5 @@ #~ "YaST\n" #~ "Initializing ..." -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "System Settings" -#~ msgstr "Saving system settings..." - #~ msgid "Saving System Settings..." #~ msgstr "Saving system settings..." Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/update.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/update.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/update.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 #, fuzzy msgid "Update Options" msgstr "Configure Online Update" @@ -150,18 +150,18 @@ #. Table item (unknown file system) #. label - name of sustem to update #. starts with >`< -#. label for an unknown installed system +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "" @@ -220,9 +220,19 @@ "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" -#. yes/no question +#. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" @@ -230,13 +240,13 @@ #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "" #. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." msgstr "" @@ -308,12 +318,12 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "" #. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "" @@ -321,14 +331,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" @@ -336,22 +346,22 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "" #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" @@ -365,18 +375,18 @@ "(the default selection), and whether unmaintained packages should be deleted." #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 #, fuzzy msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "Configure Online Update" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -385,27 +395,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "" #. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "" #. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -413,12 +423,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -426,12 +436,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "\n" "Show All Partitions expands the list to a\n" @@ -440,69 +450,69 @@ msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "System" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 msgid "File System" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "" #. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 msgid "&Boot" msgstr "" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 msgid "" "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" "is different from the one of this product.\n" msgstr "" #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "" #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -510,29 +520,29 @@ "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -542,7 +552,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "" @@ -551,23 +561,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" @@ -583,24 +593,24 @@ "Would you like to continue in the mounting the device?" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 msgid "Warning" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" @@ -618,7 +628,7 @@ "Would you like to continue updating the current system?" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -631,39 +641,39 @@ msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -671,17 +681,17 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 msgid "None" msgstr "" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -689,23 +699,23 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Info" msgstr "Device Type" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -715,7 +725,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -724,17 +734,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "" #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "" @@ -753,41 +763,72 @@ msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "" +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read settings file." +msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" +msgstr "Cannot read settings file." + #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update -#: src/modules/Update.rb:817 -msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" -msgstr "Allow Package Downgrade" +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" +msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "" + +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 #, fuzzy msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Configure Online Update" -#: control/update.glade:34 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 #, fuzzy msgid "Update" msgstr "Update URL" -#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:63 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 #, fuzzy msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "Configure Online Update" -#: control/update.glade:71 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "Configure Online Update" +#~ msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" +#~ msgstr "Allow Package Downgrade" + #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/users.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/users.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/users.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-30 17:48+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ msgstr "" #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "" @@ -4060,22 +4060,22 @@ msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/vm.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/vm.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/vm.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -28,136 +28,171 @@ msgstr "Install Hypervisor and Tools" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" msgstr "" #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "Configure Online Update" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 #, fuzzy msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "Install Hypervisor and Tools" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +msgid "KVM server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +msgid "KVM tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Virtualization client tools" +msgstr "Install Hypervisor and Tools" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +msgid "Xen server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Xen Section" +msgid "Xen tools" +msgstr "Xen Section" + #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "" #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "" #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "" #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "" #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "" #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "network card" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" @@ -170,29 +205,29 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 #, fuzzy msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "Install Hypervisor and Tools" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 #, fuzzy msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "Install Hypervisor and Tools" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 #, fuzzy msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "Install Hypervisor and Tools" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/wagon.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/wagon.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/wagon.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/wol.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/wol.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/wol.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/xpram.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/xpram.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/xpram.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/yast2-apparmor.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/yast2-apparmor.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/yast2-apparmor.en_US.po 2014-10-07 15:43:20 UTC (rev 89775) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -306,11 +306,11 @@ #. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "&Done" msgstr "" @@ -1089,62 +1089,70 @@ msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "Could not recognize mode: " -#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +msgid "enforce" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +msgid "complain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "" #. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), #. TODO switch to variable in a module #. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "" #. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 #, fuzzy msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "Configure Online Update" #. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 msgid "Select an action to perform." msgstr "" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89774 - trunk/yast/id/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:43:03 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89774 Added: trunk/yast/id/po/cio.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/opensuse_mirror.id.po Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/add-on-creator.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/add-on.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/audit-laf.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/auth-client.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/auth-server.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/autoinst.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/base.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/bootloader.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/ca-management.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/cluster.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/control-center.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/control.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/country.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/crowbar.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/dhcp-server.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/dns-server.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/drbd.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/fcoe-client.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/firewall-services.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/firewall.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/firstboot.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/ftp-server.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/geo-cluster.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/gtk.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/http-server.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/inetd.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/installation.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/instserver.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/iplb.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/iscsi-client.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/iscsi-lio-server.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/iscsi-server.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/isns.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/kdump.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/kerberos-server.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/kerberos.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/languages_db.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/ldap-client.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/ldap-server.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/ldap.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/live-installer.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/lxc.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/mail.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/multipath.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/ncurses-pkg.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/ncurses.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/network.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/nfs.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/nfs_server.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/nis.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/nis_server.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/ntp-client.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/oneclickinstall.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/online-update-configuration.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/online-update.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/packager.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/pam.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/pkg-bindings.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/printer.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/product-creator.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/proxy.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/qt-pkg.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/qt.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/rdp.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/rear.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/registration.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/reipl.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/relocation-server.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/s390.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/samba-client.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/samba-server.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/samba-users.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/scanner.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/security.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/services-manager.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/slp-server.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/snapper.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/sound.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/squid.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/sshd.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/storage.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/sudo.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/support.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/sysconfig.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/tftp-server.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/timezone_db.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/tune.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/update.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/users.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/vm.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/wagon.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/wol.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/xpram.id.po trunk/yast/id/po/yast2-apparmor.id.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/add-on-creator.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/add-on-creator.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/add-on-creator.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/add-on.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/add-on.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/add-on.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -46,21 +46,21 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Produk tambahan" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inisialisasi..." #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "Inisialisasi font..." @@ -87,10 +87,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Tidak dikenal" @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "Inisialisasi Produk Tambahan" @@ -232,36 +232,36 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 #, fuzzy msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "Tidak ditemukan produk dalam katalog" #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 #, fuzzy msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "Tidak ditemukan katalog dalam medium." #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "Menginisialisasi sumber baru..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Direktori: %2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 #, fuzzy msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "Pemilihan Desktop" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ "Terdapat beberapa katalog dalam medium terpilih.\n" "Pilih katalog yang ingin digunakan.\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "" @@ -284,35 +284,35 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "Benar-benar batalkan instalasi produk tambahan?" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 #, fuzzy msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "Pilih katalog" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 #, fuzzy msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Ketergantungan produk tambahan tidak dapat dipenuhi." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "Pilihan Produk" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "Produk Yang Tersedia" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" @@ -324,13 +324,13 @@ "produk yang ingin diinstalasi.\n" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 #, fuzzy msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Ketergantungan produk tambahan tidak dapat dipenuhi." #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \n" @@ -344,111 +344,111 @@ "pilihlah dan klik Hapus." #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 #, fuzzy msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Direktori: %2" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Product" msgstr "Produk" # MK #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 msgid "Media" msgstr "Media" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "Pilih produk untuk dihapus." #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 #, fuzzy msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "Produk tambahan" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 #, fuzzy msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "Produk tambahan" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr "" #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "Zona Tidak dikenal" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "Zona Tidak dikenal" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "Opsi tidak dikenal: %1" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "" #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Zona Tidak dikenal" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "Tidak dikenal" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "Update ketergantungan modul kernel..." Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/audit-laf.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/audit-laf.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/audit-laf.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -843,35 +843,49 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "Tidak dapat membaca database2" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" -"Do you want to start it now?" +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" msgstr "" -"Path %1 tidak ada.\n" -"Apakah anda ingin membuatnya?" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476 -msgid "" -" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -"Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#. question continues +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484 +#. message about loaded kernel module +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 +msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 #, fuzzy -msgid "Audit daemon not running." -msgstr "Layanan tidak berjalan" +#| msgid "Sound Daemons" +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" +msgstr "Daemon Suara" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start &Update" +msgid "Start and &Enable" +msgstr "Mulai &Update" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "&Mulai" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Do not start" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 +#, fuzzy msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "Tidak dapat membaca database1." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -880,39 +894,39 @@ msgstr "" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "Menyimpan Konfigurasi IrDA" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Menulis seting" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "Menulis seting" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Menulis seting..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "Menulis seting..." #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -920,23 +934,23 @@ msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "Tidak dapat membaca database1." #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis seting ke '%1'" #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis seting ke '%1'" @@ -944,12 +958,24 @@ # CL #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 #, fuzzy msgid "Log file" msgstr "&File" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" +#~ "Do you want to start it now?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Path %1 tidak ada.\n" +#~ "Apakah anda ingin membuatnya?" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#~ msgstr "Layanan tidak berjalan" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Unknown option" #~ msgstr "Opsi tidak dikenal: %1" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/auth-client.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/auth-client.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/auth-client.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Help" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bantuan" #. No we open the dialog #: src/include/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -390,23 +390,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/auth-server.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/auth-server.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/auth-server.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ #. all known interfaces for testing #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Port Terbuka di Firewall" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Firewall is disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Firewall ditiadakan" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " @@ -236,6 +236,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" +msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" +msgstr "Menulis Konfigurasi NFS" + #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" @@ -487,7 +493,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 msgid "Bro&wse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bro&wse..." #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 @@ -655,20 +661,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" -"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" "specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" @@ -678,14 +686,14 @@ "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -695,13 +703,13 @@ "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" @@ -709,7 +717,7 @@ "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click Change Password. \n" @@ -719,28 +727,28 @@ "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" "the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" @@ -751,17 +759,17 @@ "thumbs)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" "should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" @@ -770,7 +778,7 @@ "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -779,30 +787,30 @@ "option. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" @@ -810,34 +818,34 @@ "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" @@ -845,30 +853,30 @@ "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" @@ -876,21 +884,21 @@ "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" "in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" @@ -902,11 +910,11 @@ "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" "made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" @@ -914,21 +922,21 @@ "such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" @@ -938,15 +946,15 @@ "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -954,28 +962,28 @@ "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" @@ -985,22 +993,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" #. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1008,11 +1016,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" @@ -1020,78 +1028,78 @@ msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" "Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" "support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" "corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" "different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" @@ -1099,19 +1107,19 @@ "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" @@ -1119,71 +1127,71 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" "receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1191,7 +1199,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" "\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" @@ -1201,29 +1209,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" "server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" @@ -1232,231 +1240,231 @@ #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "" @@ -1765,6 +1773,12 @@ #. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SLP Server Configuration" +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasi Server SLP" + #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "" @@ -1811,7 +1825,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inisialisasi..." #. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. **************************************** @@ -1850,7 +1864,7 @@ #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 msgid "Databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Database" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 msgid "Suffix DN" @@ -1954,7 +1968,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tidak" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 @@ -1962,7 +1976,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ya" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 @@ -2002,7 +2016,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 @@ -2139,7 +2153,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 msgid "&Browse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Browse..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)" @@ -2493,7 +2507,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Attributes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atribut" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 msgid "Edit" @@ -2690,8 +2704,8 @@ msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "" @@ -2891,7 +2905,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Belum dikonfigurasi." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." @@ -2954,7 +2968,7 @@ msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "" @@ -2967,101 +2981,101 @@ msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/autoinst.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/autoinst.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/autoinst.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -111,8 +111,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "" -#. doClone(); -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "" @@ -122,37 +121,30 @@ msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the -#. system. -#. -#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42 +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "Menyalinkan konfigurasi Sistem X Window ke sistem..." -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unknown Command: %1" msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "Perintah Tidak dikenal: %1" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 #, fuzzy msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "Menyetujui konfigurasi untuk instalasi" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92 -msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "" #. help 1/2 @@ -291,24 +283,24 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting services..." msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "Memulai kembali layanan..." -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "" @@ -2274,13 +2266,13 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid " - Drive" msgstr "Drive Home" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid " - Volume group" msgstr "Menyetujui konfigurasi untuk instalasi" @@ -2383,11 +2375,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 msgid "Total of %1 drive" msgstr "" @@ -2580,36 +2572,36 @@ msgstr "" #. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n" #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "Tidak ditemukan partisi root Linux." #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/base.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/base.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/base.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-12 12:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Tedi Heriyanto <tedi.heriyanto(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -1299,7 +1299,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Lewai" @@ -1324,7 +1324,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Password" @@ -1520,6 +1520,29 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "Gagal menginstalasi paket yang dibutuhkan." +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "Perbarui konfigurasi..." + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This may take a while" +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "Mungkin akan membutuhkan waktu" + +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 msgid "Really abort the installation?" @@ -2160,15 +2183,15 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "Modem" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Jaringan" @@ -2177,28 +2200,28 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 #, fuzzy msgid "DSL" msgstr "&DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Tidak dikenal" @@ -2208,350 +2231,350 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "Alamat MAC" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 #, fuzzy msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "Jaringan" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "ATM" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 #, fuzzy msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "Jaringan" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 #, fuzzy msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "Palsu" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 #, fuzzy msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Jaringan" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #, fuzzy msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "Jaringan" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 #, fuzzy msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 #, fuzzy msgid "IrDA" msgstr "Tes IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 #, fuzzy msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "Memeriksa device network" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 #, fuzzy msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "Jaringan" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #, fuzzy msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Jaringan" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 #, fuzzy msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "Paralel" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "" # SR #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 #, fuzzy msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "Suriname" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 #, fuzzy msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "Jaringan" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 #, fuzzy msgid "USB" msgstr "&USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 #, fuzzy msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "Memeriksa device network" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 #, fuzzy msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "Memeriksa device network" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 #, fuzzy msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Jaringan" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 #, fuzzy msgid "XP Network" msgstr "Jaringan" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "Jaringan" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "TUN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 #, fuzzy msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "Jaringan" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #, fuzzy msgid "TAP" msgstr "UTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #, fuzzy msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "Jaringan" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #, fuzzy msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "Memeriksa device network" @@ -2619,7 +2642,7 @@ msgstr "Direktori Yang Di&ekspor" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2632,28 +2655,23 @@ "Benar-benar lanjutkan?" #. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Not detected." -msgid "No running network detected." -msgstr "Tidak terdeteksi." - -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356 -msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" -"and start this module again" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360 -msgid "or continue without network." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -2982,55 +3000,55 @@ msgstr "&Instalasi" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 #, fuzzy msgid "Package: " msgstr "Paket" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 msgid "Size: " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Mendownload file" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "Mendownload file" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 #, fuzzy msgid "Show &details" msgstr "&Detil" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 #, fuzzy msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "Benar-benar batalkan instalasi?" @@ -3040,62 +3058,62 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 #, fuzzy msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "Log Kesalahan: %1" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Gagal menginstalasi paket yang dibutuhkan." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 #, fuzzy msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "&Instalasi" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "Instalasi driver..." #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "Gagal menginstalasi paket yang dibutuhkan." #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -3106,34 +3124,34 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 msgid "Side A" msgstr "" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 msgid "Side B" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" msgstr "" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3142,7 +3160,7 @@ msgstr "" #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3151,58 +3169,58 @@ msgstr "" #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "" #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 #, fuzzy msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "Benar-benar batalkan instalasi?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 #, fuzzy msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "Terjadi kesalahan saat membaca log." @@ -3210,18 +3228,18 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 #, fuzzy msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "Sebuah kesalahan terjadi ketika mempersiapkan instalasi sistem." @@ -3229,15 +3247,15 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 #, fuzzy msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "Nilai %1 tidak valid." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 #, fuzzy msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Nilai %1 tidak valid." @@ -3246,112 +3264,112 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 #, fuzzy msgid "Retry?" msgstr "Coba la&gi" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 #, fuzzy msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "Terjadi kesalahan saat membaca log." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Kunci tidak valid" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Mendownload file" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 #, fuzzy msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "Memeriksa apa yang membutuhkan paket RPM `%1'..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Mendownload file" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 #, fuzzy msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "Memulai layanan..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 #, fuzzy msgid "Running Script" msgstr "Menjalankan SuSEconfig..." #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "" #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 #, fuzzy msgid "Script: " msgstr "Skrip Logon" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3361,72 +3379,72 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 #, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "&Refresh" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading" msgstr "&Download" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Mendownload file" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "Membaca database..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "Memeriksa paket RPM yang terinstalasi..." @@ -3438,29 +3456,29 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 #, fuzzy msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "Membaca database..." #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "" #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 #, fuzzy msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "Au&tentikasi" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3468,7 +3486,7 @@ msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Nama &User" @@ -3531,44 +3549,20 @@ msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "Apakah anda menerima pernyataan lisensi ini?" -#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 -msgid "" -"The current system is not consistent,\n" -"some packages have unresolved dependencies." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 -msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 -msgid "" -"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -"in the software manager." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263 -msgid "" -"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" -"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgstr "" - #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Gagal menginstalasi paket yang dibutuhkan." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3579,12 +3573,12 @@ "YaST mungkin tidak dapat bekerja dengan benar.\n" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "Tidak dapat melanjutkan tanpa menginstalasi paket-paket yang dibutuhkan." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3722,7 +3716,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Paket" @@ -4066,7 +4060,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -4075,23 +4069,23 @@ msgstr "" #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4105,13 +4099,13 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 #, fuzzy msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "Peringatan" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4124,37 +4118,38 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "Zona Tidak dikenal" #. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing..." msgstr "Instalasi driver..." # MK #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 msgid "Media" msgstr "Media" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Remaining" msgstr "&Instalasi" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 #, fuzzy msgid "Time" msgstr "Zone waktu" @@ -4162,12 +4157,12 @@ #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "" @@ -4175,41 +4170,48 @@ "Silakan tunggu sementara sistem dasar sedang diinstalasi.\n" "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 #, fuzzy msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "Catatan Rilis" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detil" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Perform Update" +msgid "Performing Upgrade" +msgstr "Lakukan Pembaruan" + +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Perform Installation" msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Lakukan Instalasi" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 #, fuzzy msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "Instalasi Dasar" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4219,18 +4221,18 @@ "wirklich beenden?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 #, fuzzy msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Ba&tal" #. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." msgstr "" #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "" @@ -4870,7 +4872,7 @@ msgstr "Terjadi kesalahan selama pembuatan initrd." #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -5905,6 +5907,11 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Not detected." +#~ msgid "No running network detected." +#~ msgstr "Tidak terdeteksi." + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Installed Size" #~ msgstr "Boot Sistem Yang Ter&instalasi" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/bootloader.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/bootloader.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/bootloader.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -126,22 +126,22 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "" #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "&Booting" @@ -150,13 +150,13 @@ #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 #, fuzzy msgid "Disk Order" msgstr "Penggunaan disk" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 #, fuzzy msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" @@ -169,10 +169,9 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. `VSpacing(1), -#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. Window title #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" @@ -267,23 +266,29 @@ "to start this section." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -292,25 +297,25 @@ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" @@ -318,7 +323,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -327,87 +332,87 @@ "To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 #, fuzzy msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "Selamat!" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "" "Anda tidak mengisikan password.\n" "Harap ulangi lagi." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "" "Anda tidak mengisikan password.\n" "Harap ulangi lagi." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "" "Anda tidak mengisikan password.\n" "Harap ulangi lagi." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "" "Anda tidak mengisikan password.\n" "Harap ulangi lagi." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "&Protokol Koneksi:" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "" @@ -461,134 +466,134 @@ #. Common widget of a console #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "" #. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 #, fuzzy msgid "D&isks" msgstr "Penggunaan disk" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 msgid "&Up" msgstr "&Atas" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 msgid "&Down" msgstr "&Turun" #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "" "Anda tidak mengisikan password.\n" "Harap ulangi lagi." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" +msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "" "Anda tidak mengisikan password.\n" "Harap ulangi lagi." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" +msgid "Boot Loader Location" +msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "" "Anda tidak mengisikan password.\n" "Harap ulangi lagi." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "" "Anda tidak mengisikan password.\n" "Harap ulangi lagi." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 #, fuzzy msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "" "Anda tidak mengisikan password.\n" "Harap ulangi lagi." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "&Ya, batalkan instalasi" -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" -#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "&Protokol Koneksi:" -#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 #, fuzzy #| msgid "During Boot" msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "Selama Boot" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -624,25 +629,41 @@ msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 #, fuzzy msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "Mode" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" + #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels @@ -677,32 +698,54 @@ msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "&Tidak dispesifikasikan" +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +msgid "set" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Remove" +msgid "remove" +msgstr "&Hapus" + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "" + #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "" #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Console" msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "Konsol" +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +msgstr "" + #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -717,7 +760,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "" @@ -859,11 +902,7 @@ msgid "Xen" msgstr "" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91 msgid "Floppy" msgstr "" @@ -1753,33 +1792,34 @@ #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 #, fuzzy msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" @@ -1789,32 +1829,34 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 msgid " (\"/boot\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 msgid " (\"/\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "" @@ -1839,248 +1881,151 @@ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76 +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "During Boot" msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "Selama Boot" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "Opsi tidak dikenal: %1" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "" -#. if "iscsi" is true -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -msgstr "Device tidak dikonfigurasi" +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184 +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 #, fuzzy msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "Device tidak dikonfigurasi" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259 -msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 #, fuzzy msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." +#~ msgstr "Device tidak dikonfigurasi" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85 -msgid "Failsafe" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97 -msgid "Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103 -msgid "Memory Test" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109 #, fuzzy -msgid "MBR before Installation" -msgstr "&Ya, batalkan instalasi" +#~ msgid "MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "&Ya, batalkan instalasi" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115 -msgid "Previous Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121 -msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230 -msgid "_Linux" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237 -msgid "_Failsafe" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244 -msgid "_Floppy" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251 -msgid "_Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258 -msgid "_Memory Test" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265 #, fuzzy -msgid "_MBR before Installation" -msgstr "&Ya, batalkan instalasi" +#~ msgid "_MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "&Ya, batalkan instalasi" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272 -msgid "_Previous Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279 -msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Booting Mode" #~ msgstr "&Booting" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/ca-management.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/ca-management.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/ca-management.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -56,25 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "" @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ msgstr "" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "" @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ msgid "Email" msgstr "Tamil" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "" @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #. we need to fake a certificate name #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 @@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ #. The main () #. To translators: dialog label #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" @@ -672,11 +672,18 @@ msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "" +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "" + #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 @@ -684,33 +691,33 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "&Hapus" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Replace" msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "Ga&nti" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The device is not configured" msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "Device tidak dikonfigurasi" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" msgstr "" @@ -741,52 +748,104 @@ msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "Sinkronisasi" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Country:" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "&Negara:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " msgstr "" #. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "&Password" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "" @@ -840,7 +899,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 msgid "Summary" msgstr "" @@ -872,18 +931,18 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr "" @@ -895,40 +954,40 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "" @@ -1002,84 +1061,204 @@ "Certificate not found" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" + #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 msgid "Expired" msgstr "" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "&Password" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "" #. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 msgid "Export" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 msgid "Export to File" msgstr "" #. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "" @@ -1169,7 +1348,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "" @@ -1611,7 +1790,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "" @@ -1818,6 +1997,13 @@ "Request not found.\n" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "" + #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention #. @return [void] @@ -1826,78 +2012,78 @@ #. @param request extention #. @return [void] #. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "" #. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 #, fuzzy msgid " days" msgstr "10 hari lalu" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "" #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "" #. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "" Added: trunk/yast/id/po/cio.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/cio.id.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/cio.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +# Indonesian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 1999-2001 SuSE GmbH. +# I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>, 1999. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: id\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "tidak" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "ya" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select &All" +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "Pilih &Semua" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Catalog Selection" +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "Pemilihan Katalog" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/cluster.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/cluster.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/cluster.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -89,263 +89,263 @@ msgstr "&Konfigurasi CASA" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&OK" msgid "OK" msgstr "&OK" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Cancel" msgid "Cancel" msgstr "&Batalkan" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 #, fuzzy #| msgid "MAC Address" msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Alamat MAC" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "MAC Address" msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "Alamat MAC" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "nodeid" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Change" msgid "Channel" msgstr "&Ubah" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Multicast" msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "Multicast" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Multicast" msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "Multicast" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Clustering" msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "Clustering" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428 -msgid "expected votes:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "MAC Address" msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "Alamat MAC" -#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677 -msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Service is not running" msgid "Not running" msgstr "Layanan tidak berjalan" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Booting" msgid "Booting" msgstr "&Booting" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Switch On dan Off" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Status Saat Ini: " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start the Service Now" msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "Mulai Layanan Sekarang" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "Hentikan Layanan Sekarang" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 #, fuzzy #| msgid "A&dd" msgid "Add" msgstr "Tam&bah" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delay" msgid "Del" msgstr "Tunda" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Edit" msgid "Edit" msgstr "&Edit" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" msgstr "" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Synchronization failed for:" msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "Gagal sinkronisasi bagi:" #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" @@ -358,23 +358,26 @@ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" @@ -383,7 +386,7 @@ "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" @@ -394,7 +397,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Initializing CASA Configuration</big> \n" @@ -407,7 +410,7 @@ "Silakan tunggu... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -416,7 +419,7 @@ "Membatalkan utilitas konfigurasi secara aman dengan menekan Batal sekarang.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Saving CASA Configuration</big> \n" @@ -429,7 +432,7 @@ "Silakan tunggu... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -454,41 +457,41 @@ msgstr "Inisialisasi..." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing CASA Configuration" msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "Inisialisasi Konfigurasi CASA" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Membaca database" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write firewall settings" msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Menulis seting firewall" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Membaca database..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." @@ -496,69 +499,69 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Selesai" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "Gagal menginstalasi paket yang dibutuhkan." #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Updating configuration..." msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "Perbarui konfigurasi..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read database2." msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "Tidak dapat membaca database2" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "Tidak dapat membaca database2" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Tidak dapat mendeteksi device." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving CASA Configuration" msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "Menyimpan konfigurasi CASA" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Menulis seting" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Menulis seting..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis seting..." Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/control-center.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/control-center.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/control-center.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control-center\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-04 20:31+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Tedi Heriyanto <tedi.heriyanto(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/control.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/control.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/control.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-07 21:54+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Tedi Heriyanto <tedi.heriyanto(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -20,28 +20,30 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n" -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7 -msgid "Add-On Product Installation" -msgstr "Inisialisasi Produk Tambahan" - -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 #, fuzzy -msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "Instalasi Dasar" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:355 -#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t" msgid "" "\n" "\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "\n" "\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -54,738 +56,342 @@ "\n" "\t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 #, fuzzy -msgid "Initialization..." -msgstr "Inisialisasi..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Configuring network..." -msgstr "Ringkasan Konfigurasi..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Configuring hardware..." -msgstr "&Konfigurasi..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Finishing configuration..." -msgstr "Perbarui konfigurasi..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:343 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IMAP Server" msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "Server IMAP" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72 -#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464 -#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Seting Instalasi" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Ringkasan" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 msgid "Expert" msgstr "Ahli" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 #, fuzzy msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Seting Instalasi" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Perbarui Seting" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi Jaringan" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398 -#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692 -#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Configuration" +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasi Jaringan" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi Hardware" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510 -#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313 -#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Persiapan" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219 -#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237 -#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328 -#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449 -#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Configuration" +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasi Jaringan" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disk Activation" +msgid "Network Autosetup" +msgstr "Aktivasi Disk" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Selamat Datang" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk Activation" msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "Aktivasi Disk" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976 -#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Aktivasi Disk" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515 -#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255 -#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "Analisis Sistem" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261 -#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Produk Tambahan" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Zona Waktu" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879 -#, fuzzy -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "Perbarui Seting" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Instalasi" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Installation Overview" -msgstr "Mode Instalasi" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "Ringkasan Instalasi" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291 -#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299 -#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469 -#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477 -#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517 -#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612 -#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624 -#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748 -#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756 -#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777 -#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Lakukan Instalasi" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Repair" -msgstr "Lakukan Perbaikan" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Instalasi" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869 -msgid "Disk" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "Sistem untuk Pembaruan" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "Perbarui" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "Ringkasan Pembaruan" -#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL -#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645 -#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397 -#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405 -#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Lakukan Pembaruan" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421 -#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042 -msgid "System Information" -msgstr "Informasi Sistem" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046 -msgid "Perform Repair" -msgstr "Lakukan Perbaikan" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446 -#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488 -#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Instalasi Dasar" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459 -#: control/control.glade:503 -msgid "Language" -msgstr "Bahasa" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" +msgstr "Seting AutoYaST" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651 -#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631 -#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318 -#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560 -#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648 -#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "Jaringan" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasi Sistem" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566 -#: control/control.glade:656 -msgid "Customer Center" -msgstr "Pusat Kustomer" +#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" +#~ msgstr "Inisialisasi Produk Tambahan" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346 -#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578 -#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662 -#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672 -#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284 -msgid "Online Update" -msgstr "Pembaruan Online" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Language Installation" +#~ msgstr "Instalasi Dasar" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588 -#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301 -msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "Catatan Rilis" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Instalasi telah selesai dengan sukses.\n" +#~ "Sistem anda siap digunakan.\n" +#~ "Klik Selesai untuk login ke sistem.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Silakan kunjungi kami di http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335 #, fuzzy -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "File Konfigurasi Statik" +#~ msgid "Initialization..." +#~ msgstr "Inisialisasi..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227 #, fuzzy -msgid "root Password" -msgstr "Password Root" +#~ msgid "Configuring network..." +#~ msgstr "Ringkasan Konfigurasi..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244 #, fuzzy -msgid "Check Installation" -msgstr "Instalasi" +#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..." +#~ msgstr "&Konfigurasi..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250 -msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "Namahost" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..." +#~ msgstr "Perbarui konfigurasi..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680 -#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Pengguna" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "User Settings" +#~ msgstr "Perbarui Seting" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719 -#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733 -#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459 -msgid "AutoYaST Settings" -msgstr "Seting AutoYaST" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Installation Overview" +#~ msgstr "Mode Instalasi" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568 -msgid "System Configuration" -msgstr "Konfigurasi Sistem" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Repair" +#~ msgstr "Lakukan Perbaikan" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658 -msgid "Clean Up" -msgstr "Pembersihan" +#~ msgid "System Information" +#~ msgstr "Informasi Sistem" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" -#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\t" -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"\n" -"Instalasi telah selesai dengan sukses.\n" -"Sistem anda siap digunakan.\n" -"Klik Selesai untuk login ke sistem.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Silakan kunjungi kami di http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" +#~ msgid "Perform Repair" +#~ msgstr "Lakukan Perbaikan" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330 -msgid "Server Base Scenario" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Language" +#~ msgstr "Bahasa" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331 -msgid "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" -"Choose the one that matches your server the best." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Network" +#~ msgstr "Jaringan" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337 -msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Customer Center" +#~ msgstr "Pusat Kustomer" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338 -msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Online Update" +#~ msgstr "Pembaruan Online" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339 -msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Release Notes" +#~ msgstr "Catatan Rilis" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Network Configuration" -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "Konfigurasi Jaringan" +#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration" +#~ msgstr "File Konfigurasi Statik" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784 #, fuzzy -msgid "Server Scenario" -msgstr "Detil Server" +#~ msgid "root Password" +#~ msgstr "Password Root" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:286 -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "Ringkasan Instalasi" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Check Installation" +#~ msgstr "Instalasi" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "Layanan" +#~ msgid "Hostname" +#~ msgstr "Namahost" -#: control/control.SLES.glade:340 -msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Users" +#~ msgstr "Pengguna" -#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Pemilihan Desktop" +#~ msgid "Clean Up" +#~ msgstr "Pembersihan" -#: control/control.glade:634 -msgid "Root Password" -msgstr "Password Root" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -"\t " -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Selamat!\n" -"Instalasi openSUSE di mesin anda telah selesai.\n" -"Setelah menekan Selesai, anda dapat login ke sistem.\n" -"Kunjungi kami di %1.\n" -"Selamat bersenang-senang! Tim Pengembang SUSE\n" -"\t" +#~ msgid "Server Scenario" +#~ msgstr "Detil Server" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Service" +#~ msgstr "Layanan" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Desktop Selection" +#~ msgstr "Pemilihan Desktop" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452 -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Root Password" +#~ msgstr "Password Root" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Congratulations!\n" +#~ "The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +#~ "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +#~ "Visit us at %1.\n" +#~ "Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +#~ "\t " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Selamat!\n" +#~ "Instalasi openSUSE di mesin anda telah selesai.\n" +#~ "Setelah menekan Selesai, anda dapat login ke sistem.\n" +#~ "Kunjungi kami di %1.\n" +#~ "Selamat bersenang-senang! Tim Pengembang SUSE\n" +#~ "\t" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454 -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456 -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970 #, fuzzy -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "Pembaruan Online" +#~ msgid "Online Repositories" +#~ msgstr "Pembaruan Online" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/country.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/country.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/country.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 09:17+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Tedi Heriyanto <tedi.heriyanto(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/crowbar.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/crowbar.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/crowbar.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/dhcp-server.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/dhcp-server.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/dhcp-server.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 msgid "IP" msgstr "" @@ -565,78 +565,77 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "" #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" # DM #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 #, fuzzy msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "Dominika" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 msgid "&Units" msgstr "" @@ -644,37 +643,37 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 #, fuzzy msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Min&imum IP Address" @@ -682,13 +681,13 @@ #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "Alamat MAC" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "" @@ -696,7 +695,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -707,7 +706,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -715,53 +714,53 @@ msgstr "" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 msgid "&Default" msgstr "" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -769,8 +768,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "" @@ -778,136 +777,136 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipe" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 #, fuzzy msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Lanjutkan" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "" #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "" #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "" #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -920,15 +919,15 @@ msgstr "" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -940,7 +939,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/dns-server.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/dns-server.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/dns-server.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/drbd.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/drbd.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/drbd.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -24,6 +24,16 @@ msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Konfigurasi SLP Global" +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +msgid "DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +msgid "&DRBD" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -64,23 +74,82 @@ msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi Jaringan" +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasi Jaringan" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasi Jaringan" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgstr "Bagian pertama konfigurasi CASA" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "First part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgstr "Bagian pertama konfigurasi CASA" + #. Drbd configure1 dialog caption #. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi IrDA" #. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy -msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +#| msgid "First part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Bagian pertama konfigurasi CASA" #. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 #, fuzzy -msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#| msgid "Second part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Bagian kedua konfigurasi CASA" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -105,9 +174,12 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing CASA Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" "<big>Inisialisasi Konfigurasi CASA</big> \n" "Silakan tunggu... \n" @@ -124,9 +196,12 @@ #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving CASA Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" "<big>Menyimpan Konfigurasi CASA</big> \n" "Silakan tunggu... \n" @@ -151,16 +226,85 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 #, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>Konfigurasi Keyboard</big>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Booting:\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually\n" +"\t\tSwitch On and Off:\n" +"\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>Konfigurasi Keyboard</big>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tProtocol\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +#, fuzzy msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Konfigurasi Keyboard</big>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -170,31 +314,32 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" -"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" -"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" -"configured in this file.\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"Configure DRBD here. \n" +"Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Konfigurasi CASA</big> \n" "Silakan konfigurasi CASA di sini. \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" -"If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Menambahkan Server SLP</big> \n" @@ -203,7 +348,7 @@ "Lalu tekan Konfigurasi.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -214,11 +359,11 @@ "konfigurasi akan muncul.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" -"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Ringkasan Konfigurasi Server SLP</big> \n" @@ -226,21 +371,21 @@ "editlah konfigurasi mereka. \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" "<big>Menambahkan Server SLP</big> \n" "Tekan Tambah untuk mengkonfigurasi server SLP.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Edit atau Hapus</big> \n" @@ -248,7 +393,7 @@ "Lalu tekan Edit atau Hapus seperti yang diinginkan.\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -260,7 +405,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -271,7 +416,7 @@ "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -291,14 +436,15 @@ msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Scope and IP address must be inserted." msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "Lingkup dan alamat IP harus disisipkan." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567 -msgid "Fill out all fields." +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 +msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -344,8 +490,8 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 msgid "" -"To propagate this configuration,\n" -"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" #. } @@ -363,103 +509,186 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start services" -msgid "Starting DRBD service failed." +msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "Memulai layanan" #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop services" -msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed." +msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "Menghentikan layanan" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 #, fuzzy msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi Hardware" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inisialisasi..." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Inisialisasi Konfigurasi CASA" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 #, fuzzy msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Membaca daftar modul..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Membaca daftar modul..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Selesai" +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "Modul Konfigurasi YaST %1\n" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Menulis Konfigurasi NFS" #. if (!modified) return true; #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 #, fuzzy msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Menulis seting firewall" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 #, fuzzy msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Menulis seting" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Menulis seting..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Memulai layanan..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." +msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" +msgstr "Tidak dapat membuat direktori '%1'." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#~ msgstr "Bagian kedua konfigurasi CASA" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Inisialisasi Konfigurasi CASA</big> \n" +#~ "Silakan tunggu... \n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Menyimpan Konfigurasi CASA</big> \n" +#~ "Silakan tunggu... \n" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Configuration of drbd" #~ msgstr "Konfigurasi IrDA" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/fcoe-client.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/fcoe-client.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/fcoe-client.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -46,8 +46,18 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "Klien NFS" +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "ya" + +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +msgid "no" +msgstr "tidak" + #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting services..." msgid "" @@ -55,15 +65,44 @@ "Command %1 failed." msgstr "Memulai layanan..." +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unavailable" +msgid "not available" +msgstr "Tidak tersedia" + +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured yet." +msgid "not configured" +msgstr "Belum dikonfigurasi." + +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +msgid "true" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +msgid "false" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +msgid "not set" +msgstr "" + #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of IrDA" msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "Konfigurasi IrDA" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -71,7 +110,7 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -79,12 +118,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "" #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -92,25 +131,25 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot create directory '%1'." msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "Tidak dapat membuat direktori '%1'" #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" msgstr "" #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Do you really want\n" @@ -122,7 +161,7 @@ "wirklich beenden?" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -130,34 +169,34 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." msgstr "" #. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting services..." msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "Memulai layanan..." -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting services..." msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "Memulai layanan..." #. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." msgstr "" #. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -188,7 +227,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ya" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -196,7 +235,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tidak" #. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 @@ -562,206 +601,201 @@ msgstr "Apakah anda ingin menginstalasi sekarang?" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "Tidak dapat mendeteksi device." #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start '%1' service" +msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." +msgstr "Tidak dapat menjalankan layanan '%1'" + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start '%1' service" +msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." +msgstr "Tidak dapat menjalankan layanan '%1'" + #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" "VLAN interface to get a valid configuration." msgstr "" -#. it's about a flag which is not set at all -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110 -msgid "not set" -msgstr "" - -#. also about setting of a flag -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "true" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "false" -msgstr "" - #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Inisialisasi Konfigurasi Firewall" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..." msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "Memeriksa paket RPM yang terinstalasi..." #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart services" msgid "Check services" msgstr "Memulai layanan" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..." msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "Memeriksa paket RPM yang terinstalasi..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for network devices..." msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "Memeriksa device network..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "Deteksi device..." #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Selesai" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting services..." msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "Memulai layanan..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Tidak dapat mendeteksi device." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read current settings." msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Tidak dapat membaca seting saat ini." #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Menyimpan konfigurasi konsol..." #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Menulis seting" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart services" msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "Memulai layanan" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart services" msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "Memulai layanan" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Menulis seting..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting service..." msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "Memulai layanan..." #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "Menyesuaikan layanan firewall..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write settings to '%1'" msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis seting ke '%1'" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting services..." msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "Memulai layanan..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read current settings." msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "Tidak dapat membaca seting saat ini." #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -772,18 +806,18 @@ "<big>Konfigurasi Keyboard</big>" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting services..." msgid "Starting of services" @@ -791,13 +825,13 @@ #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enabled" msgid "enabled" msgstr "Aktifkan" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disabled" msgid "disabled" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/firewall-services.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/firewall-services.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/firewall-services.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/firewall.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/firewall.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/firewall.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/firstboot.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/firstboot.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/firstboot.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-04 20:59+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Tedi Heriyanto <tedi.heriyanto(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/ftp-server.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/ftp-server.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/ftp-server.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/geo-cluster.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/geo-cluster.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/geo-cluster.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -71,92 +71,279 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "Konfigurasi CASA" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "arbitrator ip" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "transport" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" -#. parser value first -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a valid e-mail address" +msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgstr "Masukkan alamat email yang valid" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Dire&ctories" +msgid "retries" +msgstr "Dire&ktori" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +msgid "weights" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +msgid "expire" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "timeout is no valid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key is invalid." +msgid "expire is no valid" +msgstr "Kunci tidak valid" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Action is invalid." +msgid "retries is no valid" +msgstr "Aksi tidak valid." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key is invalid." +msgid "weights is no valid" +msgstr "Kunci tidak valid" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "ticket can not be null" msgstr "" +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 +msgid "site have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 +msgid "ticket have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 +msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +msgstr "" + #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317 +#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Geo Cluster configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "" + +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Completed" +msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgstr "Konfigurasi Lengkap" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Completed" +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "Konfigurasi Lengkap" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key is invalid." +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "Kunci tidak valid" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Configuration" +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "Konfigurasi Sistem" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Configuration" +msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +msgstr "Konfigurasi Sistem" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "Menulis Konfigurasi Firewall" + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Inisialisasi..." + +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis seting..." + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." msgstr "" +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis seting..." + #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -165,120 +352,108 @@ #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selesai" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menulis seting" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menulis seting..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#. read sites -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311 -msgid "Cannot write global settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315 -msgid "Cannot write sites settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write ticket -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318 -msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." -msgstr "" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis seting..." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ringkasan Konfigurasi..." #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Membaca database" #. Progress stage 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 msgid "Detect the devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Deteksi device" #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Membaca database..." #. Progress step 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 msgid "Detecting the devices..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Deteksi device..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tidak dapat membaca database1." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 msgid "Cannot read the database2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tidak dapat membaca database2." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 msgid "Cannot detect devices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tidak dapat mendeteksi device." #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menjalankan SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menjalankan SuSEconfig..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ringkasan Konfigurasi..." Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/gtk.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/gtk.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/gtk.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/http-server.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/http-server.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/http-server.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/inetd.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/inetd.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/inetd.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/installation.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/installation.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/installation.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-27 21:47+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Tedi Heriyanto <tedi.heriyanto(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -64,22 +64,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 +#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Menyalinkan file ke sistem yang diinstalasi..." @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ msgstr "Mode Instalasi" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "Inisialisasi window manajer baku..." @@ -274,6 +274,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Zona Tidak dikenal" @@ -334,7 +335,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Pernyataan Lisensi" @@ -406,8 +407,22 @@ "proses instalasi.\n" "\n" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 -msgid "License needs to be accepted" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "Catatan Rilis" + +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD @@ -630,11 +645,11 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "Konfigurasi Disk &ZFCP" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "Konfigurasi Disk &iSCSI" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 #, fuzzy msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi Jaringan" @@ -658,14 +673,22 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "" -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +msgid "Initializing" +msgstr "Inisialisasi" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Release Notes" -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "Catatan Rilis" +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "Inisialisasi lingkungan instalasi..." #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 @@ -685,67 +708,67 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "Menyelesaikan Instalasi Dasar" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "Berpindah ke sistem terinstalasi..." #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "Menyalin file ke sistem" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "Menyimpan konfigurasi" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "Menyimpan seting instalasi" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "Instalasi manajer boot" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "Mempersiapkan sistem untuk boot awal" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "Memeriksa biner '%1' ..." #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 #, fuzzy msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "Memulai layanan..." #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr "" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Selesai" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Kesalahan Instalasi" @@ -765,12 +788,6 @@ msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "Silakan tunggu saat produk tambahan diinisialisasi..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "Inisialisasi lingkungan instalasi..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -785,13 +802,6 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "Menulis konfigurasi sistem" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "Inisialisasi" - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 #, fuzzy @@ -993,12 +1003,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "Melewati konfigurasi atas permintaan user" #. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1009,14 +1019,14 @@ #. not using tabs #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" msgstr "KESALAHAN: Tidak ada judul" #. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 #, fuzzy msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya..." @@ -1024,18 +1034,18 @@ # #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "Menganalisis sistem anda..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "KESALAHAN: Tidak ada proposal" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1044,7 +1054,7 @@ "Tidak ada kesalahan." #. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Mode Instalasi" @@ -1054,25 +1064,25 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "&Lewati Konfigurasi" #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "&Gunakan Konfigurasi Berikut" #. menu button #. menu button #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Ubah..." #. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgid "&Export Configuration" @@ -1080,25 +1090,25 @@ #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "Klik sembarang headline untuk merubah atau gunakan menu \"Ubah...\" berikut." -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "Klik sembarang headline untuk merubah atau gunakan menu \"Ubah...\" berikut." #. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "&Reset ke baku" #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 msgid "" "\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -1112,7 +1122,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1144,7 +1154,7 @@ #. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 #. #. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -1161,7 +1171,7 @@ #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1174,7 +1184,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1186,7 +1196,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1198,7 +1208,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1209,12 +1219,12 @@ "\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "Proposal Instalasi UML" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1225,7 +1235,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1236,7 +1246,7 @@ "\n" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Some proposals might be\n" @@ -1252,11 +1262,11 @@ "proposal yang dikunci, tanyakan sistem administrator anda." #. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 msgid "&Update" msgstr "&Update" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&Instalasi" @@ -1396,58 +1406,41 @@ msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Memeriksa hard disk" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 -msgid "Search for Linux partitions" -msgstr "" - +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 -msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgstr "" - -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "" # -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Menganalisis sistem anda..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 #, fuzzy msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Menginisialisasi sumber baru..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Menginisialisasi sumber baru..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Evaluate update possibility" -msgstr "Adakan Update Otomatis" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141 -msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "System Probing" msgstr "Memeriksa Sistem" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "Silakan tunggu saat produk tambahan diinisialisasi..." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1460,7 +1453,7 @@ "Periksa hardware anda!\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1473,7 +1466,7 @@ "Tidak ditemukan hard disk untuk instalasi.\n" "Periksa hardware anda!\n" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1481,7 +1474,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" @@ -1498,7 +1491,7 @@ "Periksa hardware anda.\n" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" @@ -1508,117 +1501,117 @@ "Membatalkan instalasi." #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Remove" msgid "Removed" msgstr "&Hapus" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Aktifkan" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Nonaktifkan" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 #, fuzzy msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "Ringkasan Instalasi" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 #, fuzzy msgid "Current Status" msgstr "Status Saat Ini: " #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository" msgstr "Registrasi Produk" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 #, fuzzy msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "Status" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "" #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Tidak dikenal" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "Registrasi Produk" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "Konfigurasi Jaringan" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "Ringkasan Instalasi" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 #, fuzzy msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "" @@ -1626,45 +1619,45 @@ "Silakan tunggu sementara sistem sedang dikonfigurasi.\n" "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 #, fuzzy msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya" -#. Removes selected repositories -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "Membaca paket yang tersedia pada sumber instalasi..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 #, fuzzy msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "Ringkasan Instalasi" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 #, fuzzy msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "Ringkasan Instalasi" #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1674,7 +1667,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1684,7 +1677,7 @@ msgstr "" #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" @@ -1694,7 +1687,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" @@ -1704,7 +1697,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" @@ -1713,7 +1706,7 @@ msgstr "Sebuah kesalahan terjadi ketika mempersiapkan instalasi sistem." #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" @@ -1797,57 +1790,52 @@ msgstr "Menyimpan konfigurasi proxy..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62 -msgid "Enabling random number generator..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "Menyimpan zona waktu..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "Menyimpan bahasa..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "Menyimpan konfigurasi konsol..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "Menyimpan konfigurasi keyboard..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "Menyimpan informasi produk..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving automatical installation settings..." msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "Menyimpan seting instalasi otomatis..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "Menulis seting..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "Menyimpan konfigurasi hardware..." @@ -1881,7 +1869,7 @@ msgstr "Menulis konfigurasi YaST..." #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -2144,7 +2132,57 @@ msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "" +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Administration" +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "Administrasi Remote" + +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" +msgstr "" + +#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Deploying..." +msgstr "Mendownload file" + +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgstr "Menghentikan layanan..." + +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgstr "Memulai kembali layanan..." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Evaluate update possibility" +#~ msgstr "Adakan Update Otomatis" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Network Device: %1" #~ msgstr "Memulai layanan" @@ -2499,18 +2537,6 @@ #~ "untuk instalasi.\n" #~ "Periksa hardware anda.\n" -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Deploying..." -#~ msgstr "Mendownload file" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Storing user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "Menghentikan layanan..." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Restoring user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "Memulai kembali layanan..." - #~ msgid "" #~ "<tt>SuSEconfig</tt> must write the configuration\n" #~ "of your &product; system. Depending on the CPU and the amount of memory,\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/instserver.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/instserver.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/instserver.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/iplb.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/iplb.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/iplb.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -91,6 +91,26 @@ msgstr "" #. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "ya" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "tidak" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Global SLP Configuration" +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasi SLP Global" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NFS Server Configuration" +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasi Server NFS" + #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "" @@ -200,7 +220,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -440,7 +460,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -477,7 +497,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Layanan" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" @@ -578,6 +598,12 @@ msgstr "" #. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -590,10 +616,24 @@ msgid "weight" msgstr "" +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "" + +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "" + #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inisialisasi..." #. Read all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -620,7 +660,7 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selesai" #. Write all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -630,19 +670,19 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menulis seting" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menjalankan SuSEconfig" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menulis seting..." #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menjalankan SuSEconfig..." #. write global conf #. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" @@ -652,10 +692,10 @@ #. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis seting..." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ringkasan Konfigurasi..." Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/iscsi-client.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/iscsi-client.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/iscsi-client.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -69,158 +69,164 @@ msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "Portugis" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109 -msgid "Initiator Name" -msgstr "" +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Ed&it Name" +msgid "&Initiator Name" +msgstr "Ed&it Nama" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "Offloa&d Card" +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 +msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "" #. table of connected targets #. table of discovered targets #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Internal Zone" msgid "Interface" msgstr "Zona Internal" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "" #. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit" msgstr "&Edit" # TG -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 #, fuzzy msgid "Log Out" msgstr "Togo" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Log In" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "" #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "" # SR -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 #, fuzzy msgid "Username" msgstr "Suriname" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "" #. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Startup" msgstr "&Mulai" #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" # PT -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 #, fuzzy msgid "Port" msgstr "Portugis" # KE -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Key" msgstr "Kunci" # PW -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Value" msgstr "Nilai" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "Service" msgstr "Layanan" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -229,9 +235,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "" @@ -441,13 +447,13 @@ msgstr "" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "Masukkan CD produk tambahan" #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "" @@ -456,38 +462,38 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 #, fuzzy msgid "True" msgstr "Turki" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 msgid "False" msgstr "" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "Lanjutkan" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 #, fuzzy msgid "Cancel" msgstr "&Batalkan" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "" @@ -573,12 +579,18 @@ msgstr "Menghentikan layanan" #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70 -msgid "(Software)" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 +msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Walloon" +msgid "all" +msgstr "Walloon" + #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -587,7 +599,7 @@ msgstr "" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Ringkasan Konfigurasi..." Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/iscsi-lio-server.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/iscsi-lio-server.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/iscsi-lio-server.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/iscsi-server.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/iscsi-server.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/iscsi-server.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/isns.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/isns.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/isns.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -312,85 +312,85 @@ msgstr "Inisialisasi..." #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 #, fuzzy msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "Untuk mengkonfigurasi server SLP, paket %1 harus terinstalasi." -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 #, fuzzy msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "Apakah anda ingin menginstalasi sekarang?" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "Inisialisasi Konfigurasi Firewall" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Membaca database" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Deteksi device" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Membaca database..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Deteksi device..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Selesai" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "Menyimpan Konfigurasi IrDA" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Menulis seting" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "Menjalankan SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Menulis seting..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "Menjalankan SuSEconfig..." #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis seting..." Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/kdump.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/kdump.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/kdump.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -380,8 +380,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -517,15 +517,6 @@ msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "&Tiadakan" -#. checking if packages are available -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103 -msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115 -msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 #, fuzzy @@ -1178,139 +1169,139 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Inisialisasi Konfigurasi CASA" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Membaca konfigurasi saat ini..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Tidak dapat membaca seting saat ini." #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "Membaca database..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Tidak dapat membaca seting saat ini." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Tidak dapat membaca database2" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Menyimpan konfigurasi CASA" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Menulis seting" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 #, fuzzy msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Perbarui Seting" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Menulis seting..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Perbarui konfigurasi..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Selesai" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis seting..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 #, fuzzy msgid "enabled" msgstr "Aktifkan" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 #, fuzzy msgid "disabled" msgstr "Nonaktifkan" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 #, fuzzy msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Nilai kosong untuk opsi: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/kerberos-server.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/kerberos-server.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/kerberos-server.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/kerberos.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/kerberos.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/kerberos.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/languages_db.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/languages_db.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/languages_db.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-04 20:04+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Tedi Heriyanto <tedi.heriyanto(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/ldap-client.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/ldap-client.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/ldap-client.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/ldap-server.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/ldap-server.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/ldap-server.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/ldap.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/ldap.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/ldap.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -230,46 +230,46 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" msgstr "" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" @@ -291,12 +291,12 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" msgstr "" @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Server LDAP" #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 @@ -375,7 +375,8 @@ msgid "Attribute" msgstr "" +# PW #. table header 2/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nilai" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/live-installer.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/live-installer.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/live-installer.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/lxc.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/lxc.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/lxc.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/mail.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/mail.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/mail.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/multipath.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/multipath.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/multipath.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/ncurses-pkg.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/ncurses-pkg.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/ncurses-pkg.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/ncurses.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/ncurses.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/ncurses.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/network.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/network.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/network.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -104,99 +104,57 @@ msgstr "Zona Internal" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "Menulis Konfigurasi Firewall" -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -#, fuzzy -msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "Firewall <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">aktif</a>" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -#, fuzzy -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "Firewall <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">aktif</a>" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "Firewall <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">aktif</a>" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "Firewall <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">aktif</a>" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "Firewall <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">aktif</a>" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "Firewall <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">aktif</a>" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "Firewall <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">aktif</a>" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "Firewall <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">aktif</a>" - #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Firewall" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 #, fuzzy msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Firewall" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "Menulis Konfigurasi Firewall" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "Menyesuaikan layanan firewall" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "Firewall" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "Menyesuaikan layanan firewall" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" @@ -204,13 +162,13 @@ "SSH client" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" "service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" @@ -218,13 +176,56 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "Firewall <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">aktif</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "Firewall <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">aktif</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "Firewall <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">aktif</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "Firewall <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">aktif</a>" + +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" +msgstr "Firewall <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">aktif</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +#, fuzzy +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Firewall <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">aktif</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" +msgstr "Firewall <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">aktif</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Firewall <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">aktif</a>" + #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts #. Hosts dialog caption @@ -499,9 +500,18 @@ msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "" -#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst(); -#. Lan::Autoinstall(); -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173 +#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML +#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML +#. has higher priority +#. +#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with +#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than +#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". +#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means +#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". +#. Other elements may have similar problems, +#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "Konfigurasi klien NFS" @@ -586,7 +596,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 #, fuzzy msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" @@ -699,7 +709,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opsi" @@ -778,13 +788,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 #, fuzzy msgid "Change." msgstr "&Batalkan" @@ -1162,14 +1172,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353 #, fuzzy msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" @@ -1183,7 +1193,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 #, fuzzy msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" @@ -1386,35 +1396,35 @@ #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "&Hardware" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1429,11 +1439,11 @@ msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" -#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" -"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" +"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" msgstr "" #. Network card name (wireless) @@ -1645,7 +1655,7 @@ msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "Device tidak dikonfigurasi" -#. encoding: utf-8 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** #. #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -1738,7 +1748,7 @@ msgstr "Terjadi kesalahan selama pembuatan initrd." #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1748,13 +1758,12 @@ msgstr "" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#. radio button group label, method of setup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" @@ -1764,7 +1773,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" @@ -1792,7 +1801,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1800,20 +1809,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1821,7 +1830,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1829,19 +1838,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" "configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1849,100 +1858,100 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" #. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 #, fuzzy msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291 msgid "&USB" msgstr "&USB" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300 msgid "&Hotplug Type" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305 msgid "P&CI" msgstr "" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "" #. TODO: Ud ... Rules -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380 -msgid "Udev rules" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Tipe Layanan" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 #, fuzzy msgid "Change" msgstr "&Batalkan" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 -msgid "Show visible port identification" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396 +msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" # BJ -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Blin" msgid "Blink" msgstr "Blin" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411 #, fuzzy -msgid "Ethtool options" +msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "China Tradisional" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491 #, fuzzy msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -1950,20 +1959,20 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559 #, fuzzy msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Cari" #. Remember current device number (#308763) #. see also bnc#391802 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" @@ -1971,7 +1980,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868 #, fuzzy msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" @@ -1980,143 +1989,143 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903 #, fuzzy msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Nomor Telpon" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "&Batalkan" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "&Batalkan" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 #, fuzzy msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "&Batalkan" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 #, fuzzy msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "Afrika/Niamey" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" @@ -2125,7 +2134,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Profil Hardware" @@ -2169,28 +2178,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 msgid "" -"Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" -"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +"Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" "edit their configuration. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -2202,7 +2210,7 @@ "Lalu tekan Edit atau Hapus seperti yang diinginkan.\n" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" @@ -2212,13 +2220,13 @@ "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 #, fuzzy msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." msgstr "Semua perubahan akan hilang!" #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2227,7 +2235,7 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" @@ -2235,13 +2243,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2249,14 +2257,14 @@ "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" "also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" @@ -2265,7 +2273,7 @@ "different hostnames. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2274,14 +2282,14 @@ "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2289,7 +2297,7 @@ msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2297,7 +2305,7 @@ "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2305,7 +2313,7 @@ "command." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" "search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" @@ -2315,7 +2323,7 @@ "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2329,26 +2337,26 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" "Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 msgid "" "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" @@ -2356,7 +2364,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2364,7 +2372,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" @@ -2372,7 +2380,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" @@ -2380,19 +2388,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" "Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2403,11 +2411,11 @@ "the firewall will be disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" @@ -2417,14 +2425,14 @@ "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" "Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 #, fuzzy msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "" @@ -2432,7 +2440,7 @@ "<big>Seting Zona waktu dan Jam</big>" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2442,7 +2450,7 @@ msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" "hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" @@ -2455,21 +2463,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" "Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 msgid "" "Enter an IPv4 Address Label, an IP Address, and\n" "the Netmask." msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" "IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" @@ -2477,14 +2485,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr "" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" " Passphrase: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2501,14 +2509,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2518,7 +2526,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2530,7 +2538,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. WEP\n" @@ -2551,7 +2559,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2561,7 +2569,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2572,14 +2580,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" @@ -3133,23 +3141,23 @@ msgstr "Inisialisasi..." #. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "Administrasi Remote" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" @@ -3160,17 +3168,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Paket berikut perlu diinstalasi:" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3181,124 +3189,123 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Tidak dikenal" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 #, fuzzy msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 #, fuzzy msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 #, fuzzy msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 #, fuzzy msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 #, fuzzy msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Modems" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "" -#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -"cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -"\n" -"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" -"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" -msgstr "" - #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 @@ -3558,7 +3565,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3756,82 +3763,94 @@ msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "" +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +#, fuzzy +msgid "NetworkManager Service" +msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" + +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Traditional Chinese" +msgid "Traditional ifup" +msgstr "China Tradisional" + +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service" +msgid "Wicked Service" +msgstr "Layanan" + +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Network Services Disabled" +msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" + #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -#. radio button label -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager -#. program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 -msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button label -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365 -msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button label -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 -msgid "Controlled by &wicked" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +msgid "General Network Settings" +msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 #, fuzzy msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "Seting Lokal" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "Aktifkan IrDA" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Layanan tidak dikenal '%1'" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "Alamat MAC" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 #, fuzzy msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Lingkup dan alamat IP harus disisipkan." -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" msgstr "" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" @@ -3848,59 +3867,55 @@ msgstr "" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 #, fuzzy -msgid "Device name:" +msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "Tipe Layanan" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 -msgid "Base udev rule on" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110 #, fuzzy msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "Alamat MAC" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "" -#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. -#. -#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid -#. -#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "Namahost" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Perbarui konfigurasi" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" @@ -3908,47 +3923,47 @@ #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "Menulis seting..." #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "Perbarui konfigurasi..." #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539 #, fuzzy msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "Afrika/Niamey" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "" @@ -3970,339 +3985,345 @@ msgstr "Menyimpan /etc/exports..." #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 #, fuzzy msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 #, fuzzy msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 #, fuzzy msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 #, fuzzy msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 #, fuzzy msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 #, fuzzy msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "Deteksi device..." #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "" #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finlandia" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 #, fuzzy msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 #, fuzzy msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 #, fuzzy msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 #, fuzzy msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Menulis seting firewall" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8 -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "No network running" msgstr "Jaringan" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 #, fuzzy msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "Nonaktifkan IrDA" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "connected" msgstr "Tidak terdeteksi." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "Lingkup dan alamat IP harus disisipkan." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "Alamat MAC" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "Lingkup dan alamat IP harus disisipkan." @@ -4310,92 +4331,105 @@ #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 #, fuzzy msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Tipe Layanan" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 #, fuzzy msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Tidak terdeteksi." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 #, fuzzy msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Informasi Yang Dibutuhkan" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "tidak dikenal" +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239 +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr "" + #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "Konfigurasi Nanti" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Memulai layanan" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "Ringkasan Konfigurasi..." +#. Enable xinetd +#. Enable XDM +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335 +msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "" + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359 #, fuzzy msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "Memulai layanan..." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "" -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "" @@ -4450,22 +4484,26 @@ # AQ #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "Antartika" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Device name:" +#~ msgstr "Tipe Layanan" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" #~ msgstr "Port SSH<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">terbuka</a>" @@ -4474,10 +4512,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Port SSH<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">terbuka</a>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "General Network Settings" -#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "General &Network Settings" #~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" @@ -4562,10 +4596,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Network Services" -#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Se&lect ISDN Card" #~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/nfs.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/nfs.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/nfs.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-12 19:23+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Tedi Heriyanto <tedi.heriyanto(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/nfs_server.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/nfs_server.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/nfs_server.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs_server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-12 19:08+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Tedi Heriyanto <tedi.heriyanto(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -76,27 +76,27 @@ msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "Server NFS diadakan" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "Server NFS ditiadakan" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "Paket yang dibutuhkan (%1) tidak diinstalasi." #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "Tidak ada mount point yang dispesifikasikan." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -107,11 +107,11 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "" @@ -179,40 +179,29 @@ "Mungkin terdapat kelebihan whitespace dalam file konfigurasi." #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "&Direktori yang Diekspor" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "&Browse..." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 #, fuzzy msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "" "Tabel ekspor telah\n" "berisikan direktori ini." -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" -"Mode user server NFS (%1) tidak dapat mengekspor direktori\n" -"dengan spasi di dalam namanya.\n" -"Gunakan server berbasis server (%2) untuk hal tersebut." - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 #, fuzzy msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "" @@ -220,31 +209,31 @@ "Buat direktori ?" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "Pilih direktori untuk diekspor" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "&Host Wild Card" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "O&psi" #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -254,12 +243,12 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others." @@ -268,7 +257,7 @@ "dan mengekspor beberapa direktori anda ke yang lainnya." #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." @@ -276,7 +265,7 @@ "Jika anda memilih Memulai Server NFS, klik Berikut akan membuka\n" "dialog konfigurasi untuk menspesifikasikan direktori yang diekspor." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" "and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" @@ -284,54 +273,54 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" "Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "Server NFS" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "&Mulai" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "&Jangan Mulai" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "Aktifkan" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "Aktifkan" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi Server NFS" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -342,7 +331,7 @@ "memount direktori ini.\n" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" "Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" @@ -352,69 +341,64 @@ "Ia dapat berupa satu host tunggal, kelompok, wild card, atau\n" "network IP.\n" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "Masukkan sebuah asterik (<tt>*</tt>) untuk menspesifikasikan semua host." -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." -msgstr "Biarkan field kosong untuk menspesifikasikan seluruh host." - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "Aculah ke <tt>man exports</tt> untuk informasi lebih lanjut.\n" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "Tambah &Direktori" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Edit" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Ha&pus" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "Host Wild Card" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opsi" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "Tambah &Host" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "Ed&it" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "Hap&us" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "Direktori untuk Diekspor" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" @@ -423,7 +407,7 @@ "%1" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -434,76 +418,62 @@ "direktori yang diekspor.\n" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Menulis Konfigurasi Server NFS" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "Menyimpan /etc/exports" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "Memulai layanan" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "Menyimpan /etc/exports..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "Memulai kembali layanan..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Selesai" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "Menulis seting server NFS. Silakan tunggu..." #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis /etc/sysconfig/apache2" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302 -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis /etc/sysconfig/apache2" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis /etc/sysconfig/apache2" - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis /etc/sysconfig/apache2" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" @@ -512,16 +482,36 @@ "Perubahan anda akan aktif setelah reboot.\n" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "Ekspor NFS" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" +#~ "with spaces in their names.\n" +#~ "Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Mode user server NFS (%1) tidak dapat mengekspor direktori\n" +#~ "dengan spasi di dalam namanya.\n" +#~ "Gunakan server berbasis server (%2) untuk hal tersebut." + +#~ msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." +#~ msgstr "Biarkan field kosong untuk menspesifikasikan seluruh host." + #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." +#~ msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis /etc/sysconfig/apache2" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." +#~ msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis /etc/sysconfig/apache2" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Directories" #~ msgstr "Dire&ktori" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/nis.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/nis.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/nis.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/nis_server.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/nis_server.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/nis_server.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ #. To translators: checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "" @@ -371,22 +371,29 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 -msgid "N&IS domain name:" +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 +msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" msgstr "" +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NIS Server" +msgid "NIS &Master Server:" +msgstr "Server NIS" + #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/ntp-client.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/ntp-client.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/ntp-client.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -49,23 +49,22 @@ msgstr "Namahost Server &NFS" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 #, fuzzy msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "Server NTP" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 #, fuzzy msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 #, fuzzy @@ -79,22 +78,30 @@ msgstr "&Konfigurasi..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 #, fuzzy msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "Sinkronisasi server..." +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "" + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 -msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" #. local clock type name @@ -604,10 +611,13 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -615,7 +625,7 @@ "is more secure and strongly recommended." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" "By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" @@ -624,7 +634,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -634,7 +644,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -644,7 +654,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" @@ -655,7 +665,7 @@ "Ia akan ditampilkan dalam ruang berikut.\n" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -663,14 +673,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -678,7 +688,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -690,14 +700,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -706,7 +716,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -715,7 +725,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -723,7 +733,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -731,7 +741,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -739,7 +749,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -748,7 +758,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" @@ -756,7 +766,7 @@ "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -768,49 +778,49 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." msgstr "" #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." msgstr "" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." msgstr "" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -818,7 +828,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -828,7 +838,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -836,7 +846,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -849,7 +859,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -857,7 +867,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -867,7 +877,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -876,7 +886,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" "ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" @@ -1222,122 +1232,125 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finlandia" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Menulis seting..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "Ubah konfigurasi IrDA" #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "Menulis konfigurasi YaST..." #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 #, fuzzy msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "File Konfigurasi Statik" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "Ringkasan Konfigurasi mouse." #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "" #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "" #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "" #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/oneclickinstall.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/oneclickinstall.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/oneclickinstall.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/online-update-configuration.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/online-update-configuration.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/online-update-configuration.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/online-update.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/online-update.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/online-update.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -114,13 +114,20 @@ msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "" -#. yes/no message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" msgstr "" +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured yet." +msgid "No update repository configured yet." +msgstr "Belum dikonfigurasi." + #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" Added: trunk/yast/id/po/opensuse_mirror.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/opensuse_mirror.id.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/opensuse_mirror.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +# Indonesian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 1999-2001 SuSE GmbH. +# I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>, 1999. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: id\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add &Directory" +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "Tambah &Direktori" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Kesalahan" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "ya" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "tidak" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "Kesalahan" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select &All" +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "Pilih &Semua" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/packager.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/packager.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/packager.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -145,6 +145,15 @@ msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "Pilih Mode" +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." +msgstr "" + #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 #, fuzzy @@ -504,7 +513,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inisialisasi..." @@ -577,7 +586,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 #, fuzzy msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL" @@ -828,7 +837,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" @@ -836,7 +845,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" @@ -1189,7 +1198,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "&Mulai" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" @@ -1429,7 +1438,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" @@ -1463,82 +1472,82 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Sebuah kesalahan terjadi ketika mempersiapkan instalasi sistem." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 #, fuzzy msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "Tidak ditemukan katalog dalam medium." #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Gagal menambahkan produk tambahan." #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 #, fuzzy msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "URL" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 #, fuzzy msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Direktori: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Produk tambahan" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Pilihan Produk" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Produk tambahan" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Masukkan CD produk tambahan" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Menyetujui konfigurasi untuk instalasi" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "Gagal menambahkan produk tambahan." #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Zona Tidak dikenal" @@ -1592,7 +1601,7 @@ # MK #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 #, fuzzy msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "Media" @@ -1601,13 +1610,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 msgid ">%1" msgstr "" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 msgid "Done." msgstr "Selesai." @@ -1615,14 +1624,14 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "" #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 #, fuzzy msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "Path Direktori: %1" @@ -1630,7 +1639,7 @@ #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 msgid "Total" msgstr "" @@ -1639,155 +1648,196 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "Mendownload file" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 #, fuzzy msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr "Log Peringatan: %1" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "%1 paket software akan diinstal" #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 #, fuzzy msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr "Menyetujui konfigurasi untuk instalasi" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "Mendownload file" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 #, fuzzy msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Memeriksa apa yang membutuhkan paket RPM `%1'..." #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 #, fuzzy msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "Proposal Instalasi UML" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 #, fuzzy msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "Produk" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 #, fuzzy msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "Tipe Filesistem" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "" #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "" +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +msgid "New product %s will be installed" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +msgid "Product %s will be updated" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +msgid "Product %s will stay installed" +msgstr "" + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 #, fuzzy msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "Tidak ditemukan katalog dalam medium." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n" @@ -1805,55 +1855,55 @@ "web server SUSE Linux." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "" #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Gagal menginstalasi paket yang dibutuhkan." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Menginisialisasi sumber baru..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "Harap masukkan CD %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "Ditemukan modul %1" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." msgstr "" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 #, fuzzy msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1862,42 +1912,44 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "Tidak dapat membuka file '%1'" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Bahasa" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 -msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "&Ya, Saya Setuju dengan Pernyataan Lisensi" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "N&o, I Do Not Agree" -msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" -msgstr "&Tidak, Saya Tidak Setuju" +#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" +msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -1907,34 +1959,34 @@ "salah satu opsi yang ada. Jika anda tidak setuju dengan pernyataan lisensi,\n" "konfigurasi akan dibatalkan.\n" +#. dialog title #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Pernyataan Lisensi" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Benar-benar batalkan instalasi produk tambahan?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 #, fuzzy msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "Sistem sedang shutdown" @@ -2021,109 +2073,114 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "Spesifikasikan &URL..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "&FTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "&HTTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "HTT&PS..." #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "&SMB/CIFS" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "&NFS..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "&CD..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "&DVD..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "Direktori &Lokal..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "Waktu Lokal" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 #, fuzzy msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "Nama login:" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "Simpan Ke File" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mount options" msgid "Mount Options" @@ -2131,24 +2188,24 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Default" msgid "(default)" msgstr "Baku" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 #, fuzzy msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 #, fuzzy msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" @@ -2156,41 +2213,41 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "Detil Server" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "Server NFS" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 #, fuzzy msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Direktori &Lokal..." #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "Waktu Lokal" @@ -2200,58 +2257,58 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 #, fuzzy msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "Tambah &Direktori" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 #, fuzzy msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "Nama File Baru" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "Detil Server" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 #, fuzzy msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "Nama login:" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 #, fuzzy msgid "&URL" msgstr "URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2261,23 +2318,23 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2286,30 +2343,30 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 #, fuzzy msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "&CD-R" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 #, fuzzy msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "Simpan Ke File" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" @@ -2317,7 +2374,7 @@ msgstr "File yang dispesifikasikan tidak ada." #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" @@ -2325,7 +2382,7 @@ msgstr "File yang dispesifikasikan tidak ada." #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2333,19 +2390,19 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "Direktori Image Boot:" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 #, fuzzy msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "Direktori Image Boot:" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2355,22 +2412,22 @@ msgstr "" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 #, fuzzy msgid "&File System" msgstr "Tipe Filesistem" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 #, fuzzy msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "Tambah &Direktori" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2383,7 +2440,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2391,11 +2448,11 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2407,13 +2464,13 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 #, fuzzy msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "Simpan Ke File" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2421,77 +2478,77 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 #, fuzzy msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "Nama Server" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Port" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 msgid "&Share" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 #, fuzzy msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "Simpan Ke File" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 #, fuzzy msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "Direktori yang akan diekspor" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "Au&tentikasi" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "&Anonim" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 #, fuzzy msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Nama login:" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Password" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 #, fuzzy msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 #, fuzzy msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTT&PS..." #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2506,7 +2563,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2515,12 +2572,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 -msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" @@ -2532,7 +2589,7 @@ "jaringan, atau dari hard disk.\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -2544,7 +2601,7 @@ "pastikan CD atau DVD tersebut tersedia." #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -2568,7 +2625,7 @@ "semua CD disalinkan dalam satu direktor.\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -2587,27 +2644,27 @@ "pertama berada, misalnya /data1/CD1.\n" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 #, fuzzy msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "Deteksi device" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "Masukkan CD produk tambahan" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "Masukkan DVD produk tambahan" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 #, fuzzy msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "Tidak terdeteksi." #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2618,12 +2675,18 @@ # MK #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 #, fuzzy msgid "Media Type" msgstr "Media" +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add-On Products" +msgid "Add On Product" +msgstr "Produk tambahan" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 #, fuzzy @@ -2728,7 +2791,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "Konfigurasi Nanti" -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "" @@ -2810,12 +2875,12 @@ msgstr "" #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -2823,7 +2888,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 #, fuzzy msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "Menyetujui konfigurasi untuk instalasi" @@ -2847,6 +2912,11 @@ msgstr "Silakan pilih" #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "N&o, I Do Not Agree" +#~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" +#~ msgstr "&Tidak, Saya Tidak Setuju" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "All changes will be lost. Really exit?" #~ msgstr "Semua perubahan akan hilang!" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/pam.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/pam.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/pam.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pam\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-26 23:05+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Tedi Heriyanto <tedi.heriyanto(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/pkg-bindings.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/pkg-bindings.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/pkg-bindings.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-26 23:14+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Tedi Heriyanto <tedi.heriyanto(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 #, fuzzy msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "Membaca database..." @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "Gagal menginstalasi paket yang dibutuhkan." Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/printer.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/printer.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/printer.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/product-creator.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/product-creator.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/product-creator.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/proxy.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/proxy.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/proxy.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/qt-pkg.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/qt-pkg.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/qt-pkg.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -43,54 +43,54 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 #, fuzzy msgid "S&earch" msgstr "&Cari" # KE #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 #, fuzzy msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "&Kunci" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 #, fuzzy msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "Ringkasan Instalasi" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 #, fuzzy msgid "D&escription" msgstr "&Saran" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 #, fuzzy msgid "&Versions" msgstr "&Saran" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 #, fuzzy msgid "File List" msgstr "Filesistem" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -100,187 +100,187 @@ msgstr "&Batalkan" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Setuju" # CL -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 msgid "&File" msgstr "&File" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 #, fuzzy msgid "&Package" msgstr "&Kembali" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 #, fuzzy msgid "All Packages" msgstr "&Kembali" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration" msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "Konfigurasi" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 #, fuzzy msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "Pembaruan Online" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "" #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&Opsi" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 #, fuzzy msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "&Kembali" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 #, fuzzy msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "&Kembali" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 #, fuzzy msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "Konfigurasi Sistem" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 #, fuzzy msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "&Produk" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 #, fuzzy msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "%1 paket terinstal" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 msgid "Show &History" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Bantuan" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 #, fuzzy msgid "P&atches" msgstr "Belanda" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "" @@ -288,59 +288,59 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "Kesalahan" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "Semua perubahan akan hilang!" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 #, fuzzy msgid "&Continue" msgstr "Lanjutkan" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 #, fuzzy msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "&Batalkan" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/qt.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/qt.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/qt.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -61,14 +61,14 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" msgstr "" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/rdp.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/rdp.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/rdp.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/rear.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/rear.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/rear.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/registration.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/registration.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/registration.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -19,50 +19,97 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 #, fuzzy msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "Kode Registrasi" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" -"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n" -"to use the default SUSE registration server." +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 #, fuzzy msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "Kode Registrasi" +#. %s is the default SCC URL +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "Konfigurasi Novell Customer Center" + #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 #, fuzzy msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "Kode Registrasi" #. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. register the system -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164 +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549 +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "Kode Registrasi" -#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "Perbarui konfigurasi..." + +#. display the registration update dialog +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "Kode Registrasi" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "Kode Registrasi" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "" + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" @@ -70,54 +117,57 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "Konfigurasi Novell Customer Center" -#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373 -msgid "&Email" -msgstr "" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter your e-mail address." +msgid "&E-mail Address" +msgstr "Masukkan alamat email anda." -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "Kode Registrasi" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218 +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 #, fuzzy +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +msgstr "Kode Registrasi" + +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 +#, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "Kode Registrasi" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products." +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration" -msgstr "Kode Registrasi" - #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -125,58 +175,27 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. use two column layout if needed -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312 -msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317 +#. cache the available addons +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Details..." -msgid "Details" -msgstr "Rincian..." +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." +msgstr "Kode Registrasi" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message, %s are product names -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Automatically selecting '%s'\n" -"dependencies:\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." -msgstr "" - #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411 -msgid "Extension Selection" -msgstr "" - -#. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485 -msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 #, fuzzy msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Kode Registrasi" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595 -msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -188,362 +207,700 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 #, fuzzy msgid "Register Again" msgstr "Kode Registrasi" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Your system is ready for use." +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "Sistem anda siap digunakan." + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" + #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:42 -msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -#. register the base product -#. register addons -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "Kode Registrasi" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "Konfigurasi anda sukses." -#. --------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238 -msgid "Add-on &Name" +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267 -msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?" +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Downloading file..." +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" +msgstr "Mendownload file" + +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Name" +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Product Registration" +msgstr "Registrasi Produk" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Run during autoinstallation" +msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "Jalankan saat autoinstalasi" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" +msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "Jangan jalankan saat autoinstalasi" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Data to Use" +msgid "Registration Settings" +msgstr "Data Registrasi Yang Digunakan" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration Code is Configured" msgstr "Kode Registrasi" -#. TODO FIXME: add a help text -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#| msgid "List all available languages." +msgid "Install Available Updates" +msgstr "Tampilkan semua bahasa." + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration Server" msgstr "Kode Registrasi" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349 -msgid "Product Registration" -msgstr "Registrasi Produk" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." -msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" -"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." -msgstr "Registrasi produk menyertakan produk anda dalam database Novell. memungkinkan anda memperoleh update online dan dukungan teknis. Untuk mendaftar secara otomatis saat instalasi, pilihlah Jalankan Registrasi Produk. Untuk memudahkan proses, sertakan informasi dari sistem anda dengan Profil Hardware dan Informasi Tambahan." +msgid "Server URL: %s" +msgstr "Server DNS" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356 -msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" -"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Use SLP discovery" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register the Product" +msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Kode Registrasi" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379 -msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +msgid "Secure Connection Error" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 #, fuzzy -msgid "Server Settings" -msgstr "Seting Server SLP" +#| msgid "Details..." +msgid "Details:" +msgstr "Rincian..." -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +msgid "Failed Certificate Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Issued To" +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +msgid "Common Name (CN): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +msgid "Organization (O): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "Issued By" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 #, fuzzy -msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" -msgstr "Kode Registrasi" +msgid "Validity" +msgstr "Opsi tidak valid: %1" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396 -msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +msgid "Issued On: " msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403 -msgid "Optional Server Certificate" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Expires On: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register Add-ons..." -msgstr "Kode Registrasi" +#| msgid "Serial port" +msgid "Serial Number: " +msgstr "Port serial" -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478 -msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " msgstr "" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 +msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "" + #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 #, fuzzy #| msgid "StationID is invalid." -msgid "" -"The email address is not known or\n" -"the registration code is not valid." +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "StationID tidak valid." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 +msgid "" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." +msgstr "" + +#. add the hint to the error details +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration failed." +msgstr "Kode Registrasi" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 +#, fuzzy msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Data Registrasi Yang Digunakan" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration failed." -msgstr "Kode Registrasi" - -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Details..." msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Rincian..." -#. label follwed by a certificate description -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147 -msgid "Certificate:" +#. progress label +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 +msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151 -msgid "Issued To" +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 +msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154 -msgid "Issued By" +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157 -msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "" +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving network configuration..." +msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." +msgstr "Menyimpan konfigurasi jaringan..." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159 -msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 +msgid "SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176 -msgid "Common Name (CN): " +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 -msgid "Organization (O): " +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180 -msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " -msgstr "" - -#. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194 -msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 -msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." -msgstr "" - -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Checking..." -msgid "Searching..." -msgstr "Memeriksa..." - -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." -msgstr "1 item data registrasi" - #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Zona Tidak dikenal" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Memulai server..." #. # error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pernyataan Lisensi" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" -#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the -#. not accepted extension -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65 +#. ask user to accept an addon EULA +#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" "failed." msgstr "" +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95 -msgid "%s License Agreement" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "" + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "Kode Registrasi" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Details..." +msgid "Details" +msgstr "Rincian..." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unavailable" +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "Tidak tersedia" + +#. check the addons requiring a reg. code +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "Kode Registrasi" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Scientific" +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "Ilmiah" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versi" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "Arsitektur" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "Catatan Rilis" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "Kode Registrasi" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Downloading files..." +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "Mendownload file-file" + +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "Benar-benar dihapus '%1' ?" + +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Version" +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "Versi" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Architecture" +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "Arsitektur" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "Catatan Rilis" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." +msgid "" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "Registrasi produk menyertakan produk anda dalam database Novell. memungkinkan anda memperoleh update online dan dukungan teknis. Untuk mendaftar secara otomatis saat instalasi, pilihlah Jalankan Registrasi Produk. Untuk memudahkan proses, sertakan informasi dari sistem anda dengan Profil Hardware dan Informasi Tambahan." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "Kode Registrasi" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "Seting Server SLP" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "Kode Registrasi" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "Kode Registrasi" + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "" + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "" + +#. input field label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" -#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Credentials" -#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi Novell Customer Center" +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "Kode Registrasi" +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking..." +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "Memeriksa..." + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "1 item data registrasi" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Registering Product..." +#~ msgid_plural "Registering Products..." +#~ msgstr[0] "Kode Registrasi" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#~ msgstr "Kode Registrasi" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#~ msgstr "Kode Registrasi" + +#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" #~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Registration" #~ msgstr "Konfigurasi Novell Customer Center" @@ -591,11 +948,6 @@ #~ msgid "Hardware Profile" #~ msgstr "Profil Hardware" -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" -#~ msgid "Registration Status" -#~ msgstr "Data Registrasi Yang Digunakan" - #~ msgid "Optional Information" #~ msgstr "Informasi Tambahan" @@ -839,11 +1191,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Konfigurasi anda sukses." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Registration Code" -#~ msgid "Registration code is missing." -#~ msgstr "Kode Registrasi" - -#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" #~ msgid "Registration Status at: %1" #~ msgstr "Data Registrasi Yang Digunakan" @@ -899,12 +1246,6 @@ #~ msgid "unknown status" #~ msgstr "tidak dikenal" -#~ msgid "Run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "Jalankan saat autoinstalasi" - -#~ msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "Jangan jalankan saat autoinstalasi" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "%1 item of registration data" #~ msgstr "%1 item data registrasi" @@ -918,10 +1259,6 @@ #~ msgid "Optional information" #~ msgstr "Informasi tambahan" -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "SMT Server: %1" -#~ msgstr "Server DNS" - # KE #~ msgid "&Key" #~ msgstr "&Kunci" @@ -1061,10 +1398,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Opsi tidak valid: %1" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Valid to: " -#~ msgstr "Opsi tidak valid: %1" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Added Service: %1" #~ msgstr "Server DNS" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/reipl.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/reipl.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/reipl.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ "and LUN '%3'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" @@ -260,34 +260,34 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 #, fuzzy msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "Device tidak dikonfigurasi" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 #, fuzzy msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "Device tidak dikonfigurasi" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "Device tidak dikonfigurasi" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 #, fuzzy msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "Device tidak dikonfigurasi" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/relocation-server.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/relocation-server.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/relocation-server.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/s390.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/s390.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/s390.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/samba-client.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/samba-client.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/samba-client.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -194,6 +194,15 @@ msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "" +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +msgid "Allowed Group(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" +msgstr "" + #. combobox label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "&Kerberos Method" @@ -804,7 +813,10 @@ msgstr "Menulis seting..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finlandia" @@ -875,12 +887,14 @@ msgstr "" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ya" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 msgid "No" msgstr "Tidak" @@ -903,18 +917,182 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 -msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" + +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the previous settings" +msgid "Read the global Samba settings" +msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya" + +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the database" +msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgstr "Membaca database" + +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the previous settings..." +msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya..." + +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the database..." +msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgstr "Membaca database..." + +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Menulis seting" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disable the TFTP service" +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "Nonaktifkan layanan TFTP" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable the TFTP service" +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "Aktifkan layanan TFTP" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Menulis seting..." + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restarting services..." +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "Memulai kembali layanan..." + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting services..." +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "Memulai layanan..." + +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" + +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..." +msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgstr "Menulis konfigurasi YaST..." + +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings to '%1'" +msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." +msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis seting ke '%1'" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start '%1' service" +msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgstr "Tidak dapat menjalankan layanan '%1'" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." msgstr "" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." -#~ msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis seting..." +#| msgid "Cannot stop '%1' service" +msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." +msgstr "Tidak dapat menghentikan layanan '%1'" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Global Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" +msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." +msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis seting..." +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 #, fuzzy +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" + +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select the Directory to Export" +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "Pilih direktori untuk diekspor" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Au&thentication" +msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgstr "Au&tentikasi" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Support Information\n" +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "Informasi Support\n" + +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 +msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" +msgstr "" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Br&owse..." #~ msgstr "&Browse..." Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/samba-server.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/samba-server.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/samba-server.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/samba-users.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/samba-users.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/samba-users.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-10 20:14+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Tedi Heriyanto <tedi.heriyanto(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/scanner.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/scanner.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/scanner.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/security.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/security.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/security.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/services-manager.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/services-manager.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/services-manager.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -16,12 +16,216 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing default window manager..." +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "Inisialisasi window manajer baku..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A&vailable are:" +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "Yan&g tersedia:" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "Tidak ada paket yang dipilih untuk diinstalasi" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "Tidak ada paket yang dipilih untuk diinstalasi" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "Menulis konfigurasi YaST..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "Menulis konfigurasi sistem" + +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "Layanan" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Aktifkan" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Action" +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Aksi" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Start" +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "&Mulai" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enab&le or Disable" +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "Aktif&kan atau Nonaktifkan" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Details" +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "&Detil" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service Start" +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "Mulai Layanan" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restarting services..." +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "Memulai kembali layanan..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "Nonaktifkan" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" msgstr "" @@ -61,3 +265,73 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default" +msgid "Default Target" +msgstr "Baku" + +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "Belum dikonfigurasi." + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Graphics" +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "Grafik" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Text" +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "Teks" + +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Mode" +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "Pilih Mode" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Mode" +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "Pilih Mode" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/slp-server.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/slp-server.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/slp-server.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-10 20:54+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Tedi Heriyanto <tedi.heriyanto(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/snapper.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/snapper.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/snapper.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -27,14 +27,14 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&User Name" msgid "User data" @@ -42,39 +42,39 @@ #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create a New TSIG Key" msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "Membuat Kunci TSIG Baru" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the database..." msgid "Single snapshot" @@ -82,237 +82,237 @@ #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Probe" msgid "Pre" msgstr "Memeriksa" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "Benar-benar dihapus '%1' ?" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Singapore" msgid "Single" msgstr "Singapura" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the database..." msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "Membaca database..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read current configuration" msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Membaca konfigurasi saat ini" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IDE" msgid "ID" msgstr "IDE" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipe" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start &Update" msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Mulai &Update" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Time and Date" msgid "End Date" msgstr "Jam dan Waktu" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&User Name" msgid "User Data" msgstr "Nama &User" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Change" msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "&Ubah" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Modify" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to initialize the catalog." msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "Gagal menginisialisasi katalog." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Restart" msgid "Restore" msgstr "&Restart" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Desktop Selection" msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "Pemilihan Desktop" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Desktop Selection" msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "Pemilihan Desktop" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -333,21 +333,21 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "Tidak ada paket yang dipilih untuk diinstalasi" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting services..." msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "Memulai kembali layanan..." #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/sound.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/sound.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/sound.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/squid.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/squid.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/squid.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -1451,11 +1451,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afrika" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Arab" # AM #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 @@ -1505,7 +1505,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Persia" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 msgid "Finnish" @@ -1523,9 +1523,10 @@ msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "Hongaria" +# ID #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indonesia" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" @@ -1539,17 +1540,19 @@ msgid "Korean" msgstr "Korea" +# LV #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Latvia" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Lithuania" +# MT #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Melayu" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 msgid "Dutch" @@ -1610,7 +1613,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Thailand" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" @@ -1621,13 +1624,16 @@ msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Ukraina" +# UZ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uzbek" +# VN +# fuzzy #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vietnam" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/sshd.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/sshd.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/sshd.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/storage.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/storage.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/storage.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write firewall settings" @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ msgstr "Menulis seting firewall" #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -143,15 +143,21 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -792,7 +798,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "" @@ -814,7 +820,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -824,7 +830,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -834,7 +840,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -844,7 +850,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -854,7 +860,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -867,7 +873,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -877,7 +883,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" @@ -888,7 +894,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -900,7 +906,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -912,7 +918,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -921,7 +927,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -932,22 +938,8 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464 -msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" "FAT partition mounted on %1.\n" @@ -961,7 +953,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -976,13 +968,13 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 #, fuzzy msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Hapus item ini?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -995,7 +987,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1004,7 +996,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1013,7 +1005,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -1021,7 +1013,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1029,53 +1021,53 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1084,7 +1076,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1094,7 +1086,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1104,7 +1096,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1120,13 +1112,13 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 #, fuzzy msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "String opsi kosong tidak diijinkan." @@ -1157,7 +1149,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 #, fuzzy msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "Ulangi pengisian password untuk pencocokan:" @@ -1169,7 +1161,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 #, fuzzy msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Ulangi pengisian password untuk pencocokan:" @@ -1194,7 +1186,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" @@ -1206,7 +1198,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" @@ -1534,7 +1526,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -1545,24 +1537,24 @@ msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed." msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "String opsi kosong tidak diijinkan." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 #, fuzzy msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Opsi terpilih telah ada." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -1594,7 +1586,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" @@ -1607,7 +1599,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -1620,7 +1612,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -1642,7 +1634,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -1817,12 +1809,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -1830,32 +1822,32 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 #, fuzzy msgid "Unmount" msgstr "USA/Mountain" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 #, fuzzy msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "Memulai layanan" @@ -1867,63 +1859,69 @@ msgstr "USA/Mountain" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Root Password" msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "Password Root" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "Konfigurasi Disk &iSCSI" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 #, fuzzy +msgid "Configure &FCoE..." +msgstr "&Konfigurasi..." + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#, fuzzy msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "&Konfigurasi..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "&Konfigurasi..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "&Konfigurasi..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "&Konfigurasi..." #. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure..." msgstr "&Konfigurasi..." #. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 #, fuzzy msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "Yan&g tersedia:" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -1931,51 +1929,58 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr "" + #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2267,14 +2272,46 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Choose the role of the device." +msgstr "Pilih kategori yang sesuai dengan masalah anda." + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "Filesistem" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +msgid "Role" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2282,24 +2319,24 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 #, fuzzy msgid "Format partition" msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "" @@ -2307,41 +2344,41 @@ "untuk mengakhiri instalasi?Wollen Sie die Installation\n" "wirklich beenden?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 #, fuzzy msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "Opsi mount" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "Opsi mount" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "USA/Mountain" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "&Opsi Lain" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 #, fuzzy msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "Lingkup harus disisipkan." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2350,17 +2387,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2370,7 +2407,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2379,61 +2416,61 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 #, fuzzy #| msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "Semua perubahan akan hilang!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 #, fuzzy msgid "Password" msgstr "&Password" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 #, fuzzy msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Zone waktu saat ini: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 #, fuzzy msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "Jenis Mouse Saat ini: %1" @@ -2442,8 +2479,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -2455,21 +2492,21 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 #, fuzzy msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Secara manual" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 #, fuzzy @@ -2477,7 +2514,7 @@ msgstr "Pusat Kustomer" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "Pilih kategori yang sesuai dengan masalah anda." @@ -2485,7 +2522,7 @@ # loginname -> "Benutzername". #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 #, fuzzy @@ -2498,7 +2535,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -2507,12 +2544,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 #, fuzzy msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "Memulai kembali layanan..." @@ -2714,66 +2751,66 @@ "Harap ulangi lagi." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 #, fuzzy msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "Opsi mount" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 #, fuzzy msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 #, fuzzy msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "Opsi mount" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Norway" msgid "Forward" msgstr "Norwegia" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Background" msgid "Backward" msgstr "Latar Belakang" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 #, fuzzy msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 #, fuzzy msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "" @@ -2791,7 +2828,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -3746,12 +3783,12 @@ msgstr "Pool" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n" @@ -3973,7 +4010,7 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 #, fuzzy msgid "Settings" msgstr "Seting BIOS" @@ -4178,17 +4215,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "" @@ -4290,122 +4327,133 @@ #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "Label" #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount by" msgstr "USA/Mountain" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "Informasi tambahan" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 #, fuzzy msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "Informasi tambahan" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 #, fuzzy msgid "Encryption" msgstr "Opsi" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Nama Server" #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "" +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Option" +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "Opsi" + +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cylinder" +msgstr "Memulai modul %1..." + #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 #, fuzzy msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "Baku" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 #, fuzzy msgid "Default File System" msgstr "Filesistem" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "" #. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" @@ -4416,14 +4464,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" @@ -4432,14 +4480,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -4762,13 +4810,13 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "" # login -> Benutzername #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" @@ -4778,7 +4826,7 @@ "Harap ulangi lagi." # login -> Benutzername -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 #, fuzzy msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" @@ -4786,7 +4834,7 @@ "Harap ulangi lagi." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" @@ -4794,13 +4842,13 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "" # login -> Benutzername #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 #, fuzzy msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "" @@ -4808,19 +4856,19 @@ "Harap ulangi lagi." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" "Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" @@ -4828,37 +4876,37 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 #, fuzzy msgid "Mountable by &User" msgstr "USA/Mountain" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" @@ -4868,12 +4916,12 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -4881,12 +4929,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" @@ -4898,40 +4946,40 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" @@ -4939,89 +4987,89 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" "Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" "This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" "This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" @@ -5029,12 +5077,12 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" @@ -5042,37 +5090,37 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" "The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" @@ -5081,12 +5129,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5094,31 +5142,31 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "Log Size\n" "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -5127,19 +5175,19 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -5152,12 +5200,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -5165,42 +5213,42 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." msgstr "" #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "T&iadakan Caps Lock" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" @@ -5208,12 +5256,12 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" @@ -5226,7 +5274,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -5239,7 +5287,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5249,7 +5297,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5263,7 +5311,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "" @@ -5276,7 +5324,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5285,7 +5333,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" @@ -5297,7 +5345,7 @@ "Harap ulangi lagi." #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5306,24 +5354,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter Password:" msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "&Masukkan password:" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Root Password" msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Password Root" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 #, fuzzy msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "" @@ -5331,7 +5379,7 @@ "untuk mengakhiri instalasi?Wollen Sie die Installation\n" "wirklich beenden?" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5339,14 +5387,14 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter Password:" msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "&Masukkan password:" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -5354,93 +5402,93 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter Password:" msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "&Masukkan password:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "YaST2 mendeteksi device berikut" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "YaST2 mendeteksi device berikut" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 #, fuzzy msgid "Disk" msgstr "Denmark" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5448,7 +5496,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5456,7 +5504,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5464,18 +5512,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -6107,17 +6155,17 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 #, fuzzy msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "" @@ -6126,7 +6174,7 @@ "wirklich beenden?" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 #, fuzzy msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "" @@ -6135,7 +6183,7 @@ "wirklich beenden?" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 #, fuzzy msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "" @@ -6144,25 +6192,25 @@ "wirklich beenden?" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write firewall settings" msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Menulis seting firewall" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -6171,34 +6219,34 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Ulangi pengisian password untuk pencocokan:" #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 #, fuzzy msgid "Password:" msgstr "Password: " #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 #, fuzzy msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Ulangi pengisian password untuk pencocokan:" @@ -6226,26 +6274,26 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 #, fuzzy msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "Baku" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 #, fuzzy msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "Filesistem" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 #, fuzzy msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/sudo.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/sudo.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/sudo.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/support.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/support.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/support.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -38,11 +38,13 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 -msgid "Open Novell Support Center" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SUSE Support" +msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" +msgstr "Support SUSE" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 -msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 @@ -117,7 +119,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis seting..." #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" @@ -176,11 +178,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seting Ahli" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opsi" #. Support overview dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 @@ -235,7 +237,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 -msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" +msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "" #. abort? @@ -249,7 +251,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kemajuan" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 msgid "Collected Data Review" @@ -278,6 +280,8 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Membatalkan inisialisasi:</big> \n" +"Membatalkan utilitas konfigurasi secara aman dengan menekan Batal sekarang.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 @@ -294,6 +298,10 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Membatalkan Penyimpanan:</big> \n" +"Batalkan prosedur penyimpanan dengan menekan Batal.\n" +"Dialog tambahan akan memberitahukan apakah aman melakukan hal tersebut.\n" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 @@ -318,13 +326,16 @@ "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Edit atau Hapus:</big> \n" +"Jika anda menekan Edit, sebuah dialog tambahan tempat merubah\n" +"konfigurasi akan muncul.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Opening Novell Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use Open Novell Support Center.\n" +"<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -406,7 +417,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -449,7 +460,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" -"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" "%1.\n" msgstr "" @@ -468,6 +479,9 @@ "Press Next to continue.\n" " \n" msgstr "" +"<big> Konfigurasi Bagian Dua</big> \n" +"Tekan Berikut untuk lanjut.\n" +" \n" #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 @@ -476,6 +490,9 @@ "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" "" msgstr "" +"<big>Memilih Sesuatu</big> \n" +"Tidaklah mungkin. Anda harus menulis kodenya dulu. :-)\n" +"" #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -753,7 +770,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -764,7 +781,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inisialisasi..." #. global string created_directory=""; #: src/modules/Support.rb:143 @@ -792,30 +809,30 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menulis seting" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menjalankan SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menulis seting..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menjalankan SuSEconfig..." #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selesai" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ringkasan Konfigurasi..." Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/sysconfig.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/sysconfig.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/sysconfig.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -467,11 +467,127 @@ "\n" msgstr "" +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" +#| msgid "&Search..." +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "&Cari..." +#. Display confirmation dialog +#. @param [String] message Confirmation message +#. @param [String] command Command to confirm +#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Commands:" +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "Perintah:" + +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "" + +#. get activation map for variable +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting module %1..." +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "Memulai modul %1..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Command '%1'" +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "Perintah '%1'" + +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" + +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "Menulis seting" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting module %1..." +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "Memulai modul %1..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "" + +#. service is running, reload it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 +msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restarting service..." +msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgstr "Memulai layanan..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restart the service" +msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "Memulai layanan" + +#. service is running, restart it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgstr "%1 MB software akan diinstal." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restarting service..." +msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgstr "Memulai layanan..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restart the service" +msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "Memulai layanan" + +#. set 100% in progress bar +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Finlandia" + +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "All configuration scripts will be started." #~ msgstr "Baiklah, instalasi akan dihentikan" @@ -484,22 +600,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Configuration module %1 will be started." -#~ msgstr "%1 MB software akan diinstal." - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Configuration module %1 failed." #~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Finished" -#~ msgstr "Finlandia" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Configuration Summary" -#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Saving Powertweak Configuration" #~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/tftp-server.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/tftp-server.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/tftp-server.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-04 20:22+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Tedi Heriyanto <tedi.heriyanto(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/timezone_db.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/timezone_db.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/timezone_db.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/tune.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/tune.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/tune.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -17,56 +17,62 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "Modul YaST2 ini tidak mendukung interface perintah bari." # #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 #, fuzzy msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "Memeriksa mouse..." #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Kemajuan" #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." msgstr "" +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "Se&ting Ahli..." + #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "Sistem" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "" @@ -1250,10 +1256,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Inisialisasi..." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "&System Settings..." -#~ msgstr "Se&ting Ahli..." - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "ISDN controller" #~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/update.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/update.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/update.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "" @@ -151,18 +151,18 @@ #. Table item (unknown file system) #. label - name of sustem to update #. starts with >`< -#. label for an unknown installed system +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Tidak dikenal" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 #, fuzzy msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "Update" @@ -222,8 +222,18 @@ "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" +#. warning / question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 +msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" + #. yes/no question -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Do you really want\n" @@ -236,13 +246,13 @@ #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "" #. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." msgstr "" @@ -314,13 +324,13 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "Tidak dapat membaca database1." #. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "" @@ -328,15 +338,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Zona Tidak dikenal" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" @@ -344,24 +354,24 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "" #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 #, fuzzy msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "%1 paket software akan diinstal" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 #, fuzzy msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "Perbarui Seting" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -370,17 +380,17 @@ msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -389,28 +399,28 @@ msgstr "" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "" #. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 - %2" #. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -418,12 +428,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -431,12 +441,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "\n" "Show All Partitions expands the list to a\n" @@ -445,69 +455,69 @@ msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "Sistem" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Arsitektur" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 msgid "File System" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "Label" #. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "" #. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 msgid "&Boot" msgstr "" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 msgid "" "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" "is different from the one of this product.\n" msgstr "" #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "" #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -515,30 +525,30 @@ "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 #, fuzzy msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "Lanjutkan" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -548,7 +558,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "" @@ -557,26 +567,26 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 #, fuzzy msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "&Detil" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "Memeriksa sistem terinstalasi..." #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 #, fuzzy msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "Memeriksa Sistem" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -584,25 +594,25 @@ msgstr "" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 #, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "&Lewati Konfigurasi" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Peringatan" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -613,7 +623,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -626,39 +636,39 @@ msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Mount Point" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -666,17 +676,17 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 msgid "None" msgstr "" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -684,23 +694,23 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Info" msgstr "&Devices for Lock" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -710,7 +720,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -719,17 +729,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "" #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "" @@ -750,37 +760,65 @@ msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "Memeriksa Kendali Yang Tersedia" +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot load release notes." +msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" +msgstr "Tidak dapat menampilkan catatan rilis." + #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Zona Tidak dikenal" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update -#: src/modules/Update.rb:817 -msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "" + +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Perbarui Seting" -#: control/update.glade:34 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Update" msgstr "Update" -#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Lakukan Pembaruan" -#: control/update.glade:63 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 #, fuzzy msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" -#: control/update.glade:71 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 #, fuzzy msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/users.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/users.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/users.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ msgstr "" #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "" @@ -4411,23 +4411,23 @@ msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 #, fuzzy msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "Ulangi pengisian password untuk pencocokan:" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/vm.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/vm.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/vm.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -30,36 +30,37 @@ msgstr "" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" msgstr "" #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 #, fuzzy msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "Memeriksa paket RPM yang terinstalasi..." #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi Jaringan" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 #, fuzzy msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "" @@ -67,104 +68,136 @@ "Konfigurasi server SLP di sini \n" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +msgid "KVM server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +msgid "KVM tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Virtualization client tools" +msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +msgid "Xen server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +msgid "Xen tools" +msgstr "" + #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "" #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "" #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "" #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Updating configuration..." msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "Perbarui konfigurasi..." #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "" #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "Jaringan" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" @@ -177,27 +210,27 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "" @@ -546,10 +579,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Xen Virtualization" -#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Start installation in a virtual machine." #~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/wagon.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/wagon.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/wagon.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/wol.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/wol.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/wol.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: wol\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-26 23:20+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Tedi Heriyanto <tedi.heriyanto(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/xpram.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/xpram.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/xpram.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xpram\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-10 20:21+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Tedi Heriyanto <tedi.heriyanto(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/id/po/yast2-apparmor.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/yast2-apparmor.id.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/yast2-apparmor.id.po 2014-10-07 15:43:03 UTC (rev 89774) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -314,11 +314,11 @@ #. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "&Done" msgstr "" @@ -1130,20 +1130,28 @@ msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "" -#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +msgid "enforce" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +msgid "complain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "" @@ -1151,45 +1159,45 @@ #. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), #. TODO switch to variable in a module #. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 #, fuzzy msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "Suriname" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Mode" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 #, fuzzy msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "Pilih Mode" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "" #. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 #, fuzzy msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi Update Online" #. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "Konfigurasi Sekarang (Direkomendasikan)" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select a product to delete." msgid "Select an action to perform." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89773 - trunk/yast/th/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:42:46 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89773 Added: trunk/yast/th/po/cio.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/opensuse_mirror.th.po Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/add-on-creator.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/add-on.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/audit-laf.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/auth-client.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/auth-server.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/autoinst.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/base.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/bootloader.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/ca-management.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/cluster.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/control-center.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/control.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/country.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/crowbar.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/dhcp-server.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/dns-server.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/drbd.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/fcoe-client.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/firewall-services.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/firewall.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/firstboot.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/ftp-server.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/geo-cluster.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/gtk.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/http-server.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/inetd.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/installation.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/instserver.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/iplb.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/iscsi-client.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/iscsi-lio-server.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/iscsi-server.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/isns.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/kdump.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/kerberos-server.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/kerberos.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/languages_db.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/ldap-client.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/ldap-server.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/ldap.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/live-installer.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/lxc.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/mail.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/multipath.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/ncurses-pkg.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/ncurses.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/network.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/nfs.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/nfs_server.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/nis.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/nis_server.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/ntp-client.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/oneclickinstall.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/online-update-configuration.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/online-update.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/packager.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/pam.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/pkg-bindings.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/printer.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/product-creator.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/proxy.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/qt-pkg.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/qt.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/rdp.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/rear.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/registration.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/reipl.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/relocation-server.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/s390.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/samba-client.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/samba-server.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/samba-users.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/scanner.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/security.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/services-manager.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/slp-server.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/snapper.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/sound.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/squid.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/sshd.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/storage.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/sudo.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/support.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/sysconfig.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/tftp-server.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/timezone_db.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/tune.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/update.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/users.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/vm.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/wagon.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/wol.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/xpram.th.po trunk/yast/th/po/yast2-apparmor.th.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/add-on-creator.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/add-on-creator.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/add-on-creator.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-15 15:10+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/add-on.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/add-on.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/add-on.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-07 11:39+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -77,21 +77,21 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "ผลิตภัณฑ์เสริม" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "กำลังเตรียมการ..." #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "กำลังเตรียมผลิตภัณฑ์เสริม..." @@ -119,10 +119,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "ไม่ทราบ" @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "การติดตั้งผลิตภัณฑ์เสริม" @@ -266,35 +266,35 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No product found in the repository" msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "ไม่พบผลิตภัณฑ์บนคลังแพกเกจ" #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "ไม่พบคลังแพกเกจซอฟต์แวร์บนสื่อ" #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "กำลังเตรียมการใช้คลังแพกเกจตัวใหม่..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "ที่อยู่ URL: %1, ไดเรกทอรี: %2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "การเลือกคลังแพกเกจซอฟต์แวร์" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ "พบคลังแพกเกจหลายตัวบนสื่อที่เลือกไว้\n" "โปรดเลือกคลังแพกเกจที่ต้องการใช้\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "คลังแพกเกจที่พบ" @@ -316,33 +316,33 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "คุณต้องการจะยกเลิกการติดตั้ง จริงหรือไม่ ?" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "เลือกคลังแพกเกจ" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "การขึ้นอยู่แก่กันของผลิตภัณฑ์เสริมไม่สามารถแก้ไขให้สมบูรณ์ได้" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "การเลือกผลิตภัณฑ์" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "ผลิตภัณฑ์การติดตั้งที่มีอยู่" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -353,12 +353,12 @@ "ที่จะติดตั้ง\n" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "การขึ้นอยู่แก่กันของผลิตภัณฑ์เสริมที่เลือกไว้ไม่สามารถแก้ไขให้สมบูรณ์ได้" #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big>\n" @@ -377,110 +377,110 @@ "จะเอาตัวที่เพิ่มไว้แล้วออก ให้เลือกมันแล้วคลิกที่ปุ่ม ลบ" #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "%1, ไดเรกทอรี: %2" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Product" msgstr "ผลิตภัณฑ์" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 msgid "Media" msgstr "สื่อ" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "เลือกผลิตภัณฑ์ที่ต้องการจะลบ" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "กำลังลบผลิตภัณฑ์เสริมที่ได้เลือกไว้..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installed Add-On Products" msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "ติดตั้งผลิตภัณฑ์เสริม" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add-On Product" msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "ผลิตภัณฑ์เสริม" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "ที่อยู่ URL" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "เรียกตัว&จัดการแพกเกจ..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Here you can see all of the add-on products which are installed on your system." msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "คุณจะเห็นผลิตภัณฑ์เสริมทั้งหมดที่ถูกติดตั้งไว้บนระบบของคุณได้ที่นี่" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Use the Add button to add a new add-on product, or the Delete button to remove an add-on which is in use." msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr "ใช้ปุ่ม เพิ่ม เพื่อเพิ่มผลิตภัณฑ์ใหม่ หรือใช้ปุ่ม ลบ เพื่อลบผลิตภัณฑ์เสริมที่มีการติดตั้งออกไป" #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "ผู้ผลิต: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "ไม่ทราบผู้ผลิต" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "รุ่น: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "ไม่ทราบรุ่น" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "ที่อยู่ URL ของคลังแพกเกจ: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "ไม่ทราบที่อยู่ URL ของคลังแพกเกจ" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "ชื่ออื่น ๆ ของคลังแพกเกจ: %1 " #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "ไม่รู้จักผลิตภัณฑ์" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "ไม่ทราบที่อยู่ URL" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "กำลังลบส่วนซึ่งขึ้นอยู่ต่อกันของผลิตภัณฑ์..." Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/audit-laf.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/audit-laf.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/audit-laf.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -865,32 +865,51 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "ไม่สามารถอ่านคลังแพกเกจได้" -#. Error message +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do you want to skip Registration?" +msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +msgstr "คุณต้องการจะข้ามการลงทะเบียนหรือไม่ ?" + +#. question continues +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "" -"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" -"Do you want to start it now?" +msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476 -msgid "" -" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -"Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start NTP Daemon" +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" +msgstr "เริ่มการทำงานของดีมอน NTP ใหม่" + +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "เ&ริ่ม" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 #, fuzzy -msgid "Audit daemon not running." -msgstr "ftp ไม่ได้ทำงานอยู่" +#| msgid "Do not install" +msgid "&Do not start" +msgstr "ไม่ต้องติดตั้ง" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "ไม่สามารถเริ่มการทำงานของดีมอน NTP ใหม่อีกครั้งได้" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -899,39 +918,39 @@ msgstr "" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "กำลังจัดเก็บค่าปรับแต่ง inetd" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "เขียนค่าการปรับแต่ง" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "เขียนค่าการปรับแต่ง" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "กำลังทำการเขียนการตั้งค่า..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "กำลังทำการเขียนการตั้งค่า..." #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -939,35 +958,39 @@ msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "เริ่มการทำงานของดีมอน DNS ใหม่" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "ไม่สามารถเขียนการตั้งค่าของ xinetd ได้ !" #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "ไม่สามารถเขียนการตั้งค่าของ xinetd ได้ !" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 #, fuzzy msgid "Log file" msgstr "แฟ้มภายในระบบ" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#~ msgstr "ftp ไม่ได้ทำงานอยู่" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Unknown option" #~ msgstr "ไม่รู้จักตัวเลือก" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/auth-client.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/auth-client.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/auth-client.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -56,12 +56,12 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ยกเลิก" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ใช้งานได้" #. Waiting for response #. Waiting for response @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Help" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ช่วยเหลือ" #. No we open the dialog #: src/include/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ #. The default ldap schema rfc2307 is deprecated use rfc2307bis #: src/include/dialogs.rb:421 msgid "Basic Settings:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตั้งค่าพื้นฐาน:" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:423 msgid "Services:" @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ #. Main dialog contents #: src/include/dialogs.rb:512 msgid "SPAM Prevention" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การป้องกันสแปม" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:580 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:586 @@ -178,15 +178,15 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:538 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เพิ่ม" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:539 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "แก้ไข" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ลบ" #. Inetd configure dialog caption #: src/include/dialogs.rb:547 @@ -390,23 +390,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/auth-server.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/auth-server.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/auth-server.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -43,11 +43,11 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72 msgid "Enable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เปิดใช้งานบริการ" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73 msgid "Disable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ปิดการใช้งานบริการ" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75 msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")" @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 msgid "File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "แฟ้ม" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 msgid "Position" @@ -103,11 +103,11 @@ #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 msgid "[root password]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[รหัสผ่านผู้บริหารระบบ (root)]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:103 msgid "[manually set]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[ตั้งด้วยตนเอง]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ #. all known interfaces for testing #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เปิดพอร์ตในไฟร์วอลล์" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Firewall is disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ไฟร์วอลล์ถูกปิดการทำงาน" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ #. Rich text title for LdapServer in proposals #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:253 msgid "OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "บริการ OpenLDAP" #. Menu title for LdapServer in proposals #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:257 @@ -236,6 +236,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit existing configuration" +msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" +msgstr "แก้ไขการปรับแต่งที่มีอยู่" + #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" @@ -274,7 +280,7 @@ #. ******************** #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "General Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตั้งค่าทั่วไป" #. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database #. dialogs @@ -290,7 +296,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตั้งค่าไฟร์วอลล์" #. create new item #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198 @@ -387,7 +393,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 msgid "Current Selection: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "การเลือกปัจจุบัน: " #. tree widget headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 @@ -417,7 +423,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:973 msgid "Browse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เลือก" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:980 msgid "Generate a Random Password" @@ -438,7 +444,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "รหัสผ่าน" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073 msgid "Validate Password" @@ -465,7 +471,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "โพรโทคอล" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Provider Hostname" @@ -487,7 +493,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 msgid "Bro&wse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เ&ลือก..." #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 @@ -655,20 +661,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" -"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" "specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" @@ -678,14 +686,14 @@ "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -695,13 +703,13 @@ "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" @@ -709,7 +717,7 @@ "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click Change Password. \n" @@ -719,28 +727,28 @@ "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" "the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" @@ -751,17 +759,17 @@ "thumbs)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" "should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" @@ -770,7 +778,7 @@ "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -779,30 +787,30 @@ "option. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" @@ -810,34 +818,34 @@ "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" @@ -845,30 +853,30 @@ "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" @@ -876,21 +884,21 @@ "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" "in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" @@ -902,11 +910,11 @@ "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" "made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" @@ -914,21 +922,21 @@ "such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" @@ -938,15 +946,15 @@ "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -954,28 +962,28 @@ "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" @@ -985,22 +993,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" #. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1008,11 +1016,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" @@ -1020,78 +1028,78 @@ msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" "Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" "support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" "corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" "different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" @@ -1099,19 +1107,19 @@ "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" @@ -1119,71 +1127,71 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" "receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1191,7 +1199,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" "\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" @@ -1201,29 +1209,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" "server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" @@ -1232,231 +1240,231 @@ #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "" @@ -1471,7 +1479,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:49 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1974 msgid "Advanced Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตั้งค่าขั้นสูง" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:53 @@ -1765,6 +1773,12 @@ #. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP Client Configuration" +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" +msgstr "การปรับแต่งค่าไคลเอนต์ของ LDAP" + #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "" @@ -1811,7 +1825,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "กำลังเตรียมการ..." #. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. **************************************** @@ -1824,7 +1838,7 @@ #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62 msgid "Global Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การตั้งค่าทั่วไป" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67 @@ -1850,7 +1864,7 @@ #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 msgid "Databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ฐานข้อมูล" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 msgid "Suffix DN" @@ -1940,7 +1954,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1007 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:407 msgid "Password &Encryption" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การเข้ารหัสของรหัสผ่าน" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1015 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 @@ -1954,7 +1968,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ไม่ใช่" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 @@ -1962,7 +1976,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ใช่" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 @@ -2002,7 +2016,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "บริการ LDAP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 @@ -2071,7 +2085,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 msgid "None" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ไม่ต้องผนวกรวม" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" @@ -2115,7 +2129,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:221 msgid "Basic Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตั้งค่าพื้นฐาน" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:227 msgid "Enable TLS" @@ -2139,7 +2153,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 msgid "&Browse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เ&ลือก..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)" @@ -2147,7 +2161,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288 msgid "B&rowse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เลือก..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Launch CA Management Module" @@ -2191,7 +2205,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:346 msgid "minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "นาที" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "Change Configuration Database Settings" @@ -2219,7 +2233,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "คุณลักษณะ" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 @@ -2403,7 +2417,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:458 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ไดเรกทอรียังไม่มีอยู่ จะให้สร้างมันหรือไม่ ?" #. try to read the ppolicy from the server #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 @@ -2416,7 +2430,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 msgid "Try again?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ลองอีกครั้งหรือไม่ ?" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here @@ -2440,7 +2454,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 msgid "Select" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เลือก" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 msgid "Define the Access Level" @@ -2493,11 +2507,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Attributes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "คุณลักษณะ" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "แก้ไข" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 msgid "Access Level" @@ -2517,11 +2531,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319 msgid "Up" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เลื่อนขึ้น" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320 msgid "Down" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เลื่อนลง" #. FIXME: Validate attribute types #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 @@ -2560,7 +2574,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 msgid "Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "พอร์ต" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 msgid "Replication Type" @@ -2572,19 +2586,19 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 msgid "Days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "วัน" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 msgid "Hours" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ชั่วโมง" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 msgid "Minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "นาที" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 msgid "Seconds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "วินาที" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 msgid "Authentication DN" @@ -2690,8 +2704,8 @@ msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "" @@ -2891,7 +2905,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ยังไม่มีการปรับแต่ง" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." @@ -2954,7 +2968,7 @@ msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "" @@ -2967,101 +2981,101 @@ msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "" @@ -3181,7 +3195,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1962 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1987 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2003 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2012 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ข้อมูล PEM เสียหาย" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1969 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyFile' parameter." Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/autoinst.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/autoinst.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/autoinst.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-12-07 10:51+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -116,8 +116,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "เปิดใช้/ปิดการใช้ การเปลี่ยนรากไดเรกทอรี" -#. doClone(); -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "รายการพารามิเตอร์ว่างอยู่" @@ -129,39 +128,34 @@ msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "ต้องตั้งค่าพาธที่ชี้ไปยังโพรไฟล์ของ autoyast ก่อน" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the -#. system. -#. -#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42 +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Client for autoyast configuration on the running system" msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "ไคลเอนต์สำหัรบปรับแต่งค่า autoyast บนระบบที่กำลังทำงานอยู่" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unknown mode" msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "โหมดที่ไม่รู้จัก" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Comma-separated list of modules to enable" msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "รายการมอดูล (แยกแต่ละตัวด้วยช่องว่าง) ที่จะเปิดใช้งาน" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "ทำการโคลนระบบ..." -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92 -msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "สามารถดูผลลัพธ์การทำงานของโพรไฟล์ของ autoyast ได้ที่แฟ้ม /root/autoinst.xml" #. help 1/2 @@ -310,23 +304,23 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "ทำการประมวลผลสคริปต์หลังการปรับแต่งค่า" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting services" msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "เริ่มการทำงานของบริการใหม่อีกครั้ง" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "ทำการปรับแต่งค่าให้เสร็จสิ้น" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 #, fuzzy #| msgid "processing resource %1" msgid "Processing resource %1" @@ -2470,12 +2464,12 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 msgid " - Drive" msgstr " - ไดรฟ์" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 msgid " - Volume group" msgstr " - กลุ่มโวลุม" @@ -2576,11 +2570,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "ไดรฟ์ต่าง ๆ" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Total of %1 drive" #| msgid_plural "Total of %1 drives" @@ -2787,28 +2781,28 @@ msgstr "ตัววิเคราะห์แพกเกจทำงานล้มเหลว โปรดตรวจสอบหมวดซอฟต์แวร์ในโพรไฟล์ของ autoyast" #. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "แบบแผนการจัดแบ่งพาร์ทิชันที่ถูกปรับแต่งไว้ในโพรไฟล์แบบ XML ของคุณ ไม่พอดีกับฮาร์ดดิสก์ โดยขาดพื้นที่ไป %1 เมกะไบต์" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "ยังไม่มีการปรับแต่งอุปกรณ์ที่ระบุ" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "กำลังประเมินพาร์ทิชันราก (root) โปรดรอสักครู่..." #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "ไม่พบพาร์ทิชันรากของลินุกซ์" #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" @@ -2817,7 +2811,7 @@ "การติดตั้งอัตโนมัติจึงไม่สามารถทำงานได้\n" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/base.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/base.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/base.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base.th\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-01 14:58+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -1290,7 +1290,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&ข้าม" @@ -1313,7 +1313,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 msgid "&Password" msgstr "รหัส&ผ่าน" @@ -1513,6 +1513,31 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "การติดตั้งแพกเกจโปรแกรมที่ต้องการล้มเหลว" +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "กำลังอัปเดตการปรับแต่งค่า..." + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This may take a while" +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "โดยอาจจะใช้เวลาพอสมควร" + +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Specified profile not found." +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "ไม่พบโพรไฟล์ที่ระบุ" + #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 msgid "Really abort the installation?" @@ -2169,15 +2194,15 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "โมเด็มพื้นฐาน" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "แผงวงจรเครือข่าย" @@ -2185,27 +2210,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "โมเด็ม ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL" msgstr "โมเด็ม DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "ไม่ทราบ" @@ -2215,326 +2240,326 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "ที่อยู่เพิ่มเติม" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "แผงวงจร ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "แผงวงจรเครือข่าย ARCnet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "ATM" msgstr "แผงวงจร ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "บลูทูธ" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "การเชื่อมต่อผ่านทางบลูทูธ" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "พันธะ (จับคู่อุปกรณ์)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "พันธะเครือข่าย (จับคู่เครือข่าย)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "แผงวงจร ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "การเชื่อมต่อแบบ DSL" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "ตัวเทียม" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "อุปกรณ์เครือข่ายเทียม" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "อีเทอร์เน็ต" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "แผงวงจรเครือข่ายอีเทอร์เน็ต" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "แผงวงจรเครือข่ายแบบ FDDI" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "ตัวเชื่อมต่อระบบไฟเบอร์แชลเนล (FICON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersockets" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "การเชื่อมต่อแบบ ISDN" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "แผงวงจรเครือข่ายแบบอินฟราเรด" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "อุปกรณ์อินฟราเรด" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "แผงวงจรเครือข่ายแบบ OSA LCS" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "ลูปแบ็ค" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "อุปกรณ์แบบลูปแบ็ค" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "แผงวงจรเครือข่ายแบบ Myrinet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "สายผ่านพอร์ตขนาน" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "การเชื่อมต่อทางสายผ่านพอร์ตขนาน" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "อุปกรณ์ห่อหุ้ม IPv6 ใน IPv4" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "สายผ่านพอร์ตอนุกรม" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "การเชื่อมต่อทางสายผ่านพอร์ตอนุกรม" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "โทเค็นริง" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "แผงวงจรเครือข่ายแบบโทเค็นริง" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB" msgstr "แบบ USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "อุปกรณ์เครือข่ายแบบ USB" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "อุปกรณ์เครือข่าย VMWare" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "เครือข่ายไร้สาย" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "แผงวงจรเครือข่ายไร้สาย" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "เครื่องข่าย XP" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "เครือข่ายท้องถิ่นเสมือน" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "บริดจ์" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "บริดจ์เครือข่าย" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "TUN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "TAP" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "อุปกรณ์ InfiniBand" @@ -2597,7 +2622,7 @@ msgstr "ไดเรกทอรีที่&ส่งออก" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2610,30 +2635,31 @@ "คุณต้องการจะทำต่อไปจริงหรือไม่ ?" #. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "No running network detected!" -msgid "No running network detected." -msgstr "ตรวจค้นไม่พบเครือข่ายที่กำลังทำงานอยู่ !" - -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356 -msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" +#| msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "เริ่มการติดตั้งใหม่และปรับแต่งเครือข่ายใน Linuxrc" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" +#| "and start this module again" msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" -"and start this module again" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" "ปรับแต่งเครือข่ายด้วย YaST หรือส่วนเสริมตัวจัดการเครือข่าย\n" "แล้วเริ่มมอดูลนี้ใหม่อีกครั้ง" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360 -msgid "or continue without network." -msgstr "หรือทำต่อไปโดยไม่ใช้เครือข่าย" - #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -2954,51 +2980,51 @@ msgstr "&ถอนการติดตั้ง" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 msgid "Package: " msgstr "แพกเกจ: " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 msgid "Size: " msgstr "ขนาด: " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "เวลาที่เหลือก่อนทำการลองใหม่อัตโนมัติ: %1" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "ทำการดาวน์โหลดแพกเกจ %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "การดาวน์โหลดแพกเกจ" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "แสดง&รายละเอียด" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "แพกเกจ %1 เสียหาย การตรวจสอบความถูกต้องล้มเหลว" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "จะลองติดตั้งแพกเกจใหม่อีกครั้งหรือไม่ ?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "ต้องการยกเลิกการติดตั้งหรือไม่ ?" @@ -3007,15 +3033,15 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "ผิดพลาด: %1:" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" @@ -3028,35 +3054,35 @@ " ระบบควรจะถูกตรวจสอบความถูกต้องภายหลังด้วยการเรียกมอดูลการจัดการซอฟต์แวร์" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "ถอนการติดตั้งแพกเกจ %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "ทำการติดตั้งแพกเกจ %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "ถอนการติดตั้งแพกเกจ" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "ทำการติดตั้งแพกเกจ" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "การถอนการติดตั้งแพกเกจ %1 ล้มเหลว" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "การทำการติดตั้งแพกเกจ %1 ล้มเหลว" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." @@ -3065,7 +3091,7 @@ " ระบบควรจะถูกตรวจสอบความถูกต้องภายหลังด้วยการเรียกมอดูลการจัดการซอฟต์แวร์" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -3080,27 +3106,27 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 msgid "Side A" msgstr "หน้า A" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 msgid "Side B" msgstr "หน้า B" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (ดิสก์ %2)" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (สื่อ %2)" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3109,7 +3135,7 @@ "'%1'" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3122,7 +3148,7 @@ "ได้ โปรดตรวจสอบว่าสามารถเข้าใช้ไดเรกทอรีได้หรือไม่" #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3135,57 +3161,57 @@ "ได้ โปรดตรวจสอบว่าเครื่องแม่ข่ายสามารถใช้งานได้หรือไม่" #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "ไม่สามารถทำการเมานท์สื่อติดตั้งที่มีคลังแพกเกจที่ถูกต้องได้" #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "ข้ามการปรับปรุงอัตโนมัติ" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "เ&อาออก" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "เอาสื่อแผ่นซีดี/แผ่นดีวีดีออกโดย&อัตโนมัติ" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "ลองทำการติดตั้งใหม่หรือไม่ ?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "ข้ามสื่อติดตั้งหรือไม่ ?" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "ไม่สนใจต่อสื่อติดตั้งที่ใช้ไม่ได้..." #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 msgid "&URL" msgstr "ที่อยู่ &URL" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "ทำการสร้างคลังแพกเกจ %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Error occurred while creating the repository." msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." @@ -3194,32 +3220,32 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "ไม่สามารถทำการรับข้อมูลรายละเอียดของคลังแพกเกจแบบระยะไกลได้" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "เกิดความผิดพลาด ขณะทำการรับข้อมูลกำกับใหม่:" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "คลังแพกเกจใช้งานไม่ได้" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "ข้อมูลกำกับของคลังแพกเกจใช้งานไม่ได้" @@ -3227,96 +3253,96 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "ลองใหม่หรือไม่ ?" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "ทำการตรวจสอบคลังแพกเกจ %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "เกิดข้อผิดพลาดขึ้นระหว่างการตรวจสอบคลังแพกเกจสลับคลังแพกเกจของเซอร์วิสแพ็ค" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "รายละเอียดการตรวจสอบคลังแพกเกจ" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "ข้อมูลกำกับของคลังแพกเกจใช้งานไม่ได้" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "คลังแพกเกจ %1" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "ดาวน์โหลดแฟ้ม delta ของแพกเกจ RPM %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "ดาวน์โหลดแฟ้ม delta แพตช์ของแพกเกจ..." #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "ปรับใช้แฟ้ม delta ของแพกเกจ RPM %1..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "ปรับใช้แฟ้ม delta ของแพกเกจ RPM" #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "ดาวน์โหลดแฟ้มแพตช์ของแพกเกจ RPM %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "ดาวน์โหลดแฟ้มแพตช์ของแพกเกจ RPM" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "เริ่มการทำงานสคริปต์ %1 (แพตช์ %2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "สคริปต์ที่ทำงานอยู่" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "แพตช์: " #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 msgid "Script: " msgstr "สคริปต์: " #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "ผลลัพธ์จากสคริปต์" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3325,7 +3351,7 @@ "\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3340,44 +3366,44 @@ "ไม่พบบางแพกเกจ หรือบางแพกเกจอาจจะล้าสมัยได้" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "&ข้ามการปรับปรุง" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "การดาวน์โหลด" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "ทำการดาวน์โหลด: %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "ทำการตรวจสอบฐานข้อมูลแพกเกจ" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "ทำการสร้างฐานข้อมูลแพกเกจใหม่อีกครั้ง กระบวนการนี้อาจใช้เวลาพอสมควร" #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 msgid "Status" msgstr "สถานะ" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3386,12 +3412,12 @@ "%1" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "ทำการแปลงฐานข้อมูลแพกเกจ กระบวนการนี้อาจใช้เวลาพอสมควร" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3400,12 +3426,12 @@ "%1" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "ทำการอ่านฐานข้อมูล RPM..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "ทำการอ่านข้อมูลแพกเกจที่ติดตั้งไว้แล้ว" @@ -3416,27 +3442,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "ทำการสืบค้นจากฐานข้อมูล RPM..." #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "การเตรียมการของปลายทางล้มเหลว" #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "อ่านฐานข้อมูล RPM" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "ตรวจสอบสิทธิ์ของผู้ใช้" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3447,7 +3473,7 @@ "%2" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "ชื่อ&ผู้ใช้" @@ -3511,46 +3537,8 @@ msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "คุณจะยอมรับข้อตกลงเกี่ยวกับสิทธิ์การใช้เหล่านี้หรือไม่ ?" -#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 -msgid "" -"The current system is not consistent,\n" -"some packages have unresolved dependencies." -msgstr "" -"ระบบปัจจุบันมีบางอย่างที่ไม่สอดคล้องกัน\n" -"เนื่องจากมีบางแพกเกจยังมีปัญหาความเกี่ยวพันกันที่ยังไม่ถูกแก้ไข" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 -msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "การตรวจแก้ปัญหาความเกี่ยวพันกันอัตโนมัติล้มเหลว คุณจำเป็นต้องทำการแก้ปัญหาความเกี่ยวพันกันด้วยตัวเอง" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -#| "check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -#| "in the package manager." -msgid "" -"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -"in the software manager." -msgstr "" -"Yast มีการเพิ่มหรือถอดแพกเกจบางตัวให้โดยอัตโนมัติ\n" -"โปรดตรวจความเปลี่ยนแปลงเพื่อแก้ไขระบบได้ใน\n" -"ตัวจัดการแพกเกจ" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Start the package manager and fix the problems\n" -#| "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgid "" -"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" -"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgstr "เริ่มตัวจัดการแพกเกจและแก้ไขปัญหาต่าง ๆ หรือจะข้ามการแก้ไข และติดตั้งแพกเกจที่ยืนยันไปแล้วเท่านั้น ?" - #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" @@ -3563,12 +3551,12 @@ "ด้วยตัวเองในตัวจัดการแพกเกจ" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "การติดตั้งแพกเกจโปรแกรมที่ต้องการใช้ล้มเหลว" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3579,12 +3567,12 @@ "อาจจะทำให้ YaST ทำงานได้ไม่ถูกต้อง\n" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "ไม่สามารถทำต่อไปโดยไม่ได้ติดตั้งแพกเกจโปรแกรมที่ต้องการได้" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3731,7 +3719,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 msgid "Packages" msgstr "แพกเกจ" @@ -4227,7 +4215,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The GnuPG key %1\n" @@ -4252,7 +4240,7 @@ "ตัวกุญแจเองก็เป็นของเจ้าของคนนั้นจริง ๆ ก่อน ก่อนที่จะทำการนำเข้ามัน" #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "WARNING: The key has expired!\n" @@ -4263,12 +4251,12 @@ "วันที่กุญแจหมดอายุ: %1" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "นำเข้ากุญแจแบบ GnuPG ที่ยังไม่เชื่อถือ" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Trust" msgid "&Trust" @@ -4276,7 +4264,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The expected checksum of file %1\n" @@ -4309,12 +4297,12 @@ "ต้องการจะใช้มันต่อไปหรือไม่ ?" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "ส่วนการย่อยข้อมูลไม่ถูกต้อง" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The checksum of file %1\n" @@ -4345,104 +4333,112 @@ "ต้องการจะใช้มันต่อไปหรือไม่ ?" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "ไม่ทราบถึงส่วนการย่อยข้อมูล" #. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "ทำการติดตั้ง..." #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 msgid "Media" msgstr "สื่อ" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remaining Packages" msgid "Remaining" msgstr "แพกเกจที่เหลือ" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 msgid "Time" msgstr "เวลา" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "การกระทำที่ทำไป:" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please wait while packages are being installed." msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "โปรดรอระหว่างทำการติดตั้งแพกเกจต่าง ๆ" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "การยุติการติดตั้ง การติดตั้งแพกเกจสามารถถูกยุติได้โดยใช้ปุ่ม ยุติ อย่างไรก็ตาม การยุติการติดตั้งนั้น อาจส่งผลให้แพกเกจในระบบไม่สอดคล้องกันได้ และอาจทำให้ระบบทำงานได้ไม่เสถียร หรือเลวร้ายที่สุดก็อาจจะบูตระบบไม่ได้เลย" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Release &Notes" msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "บันทึกประจำรุ่น" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "นำเสนอภาพนิ่ง" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 msgid "&Details" msgstr "รายละเอียด" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Perform Update" +msgid "Performing Upgrade" +msgstr "ปฏิบัติการอัปเดต" + +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Perform Installation" msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "ปฏิบัติการติดตั้ง" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "การติดตั้งแพกเกจ" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" msgstr "คุณต้องการจะออกจากการติดตั้งจริงหรือไม่ ?<qt>คุณต้องการลบแท็บ %1 จริงหรือไม่ ?</qt>" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "ยกเลิกแล้ว" #. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." msgstr "" #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "ปูมบันทึกของระบบ (%1)" @@ -5058,7 +5054,7 @@ msgstr "เกิดข้อผิดพลาดขึ้นระหว่างทำการสร้าง initrd" #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -5175,7 +5171,7 @@ #. KiloByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146 msgid "KiB" -msgstr "" +msgstr "กิบิไบต์" #. MegaByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148 @@ -6091,6 +6087,47 @@ "ไม่มีโซนกลับค่าของ %1 ที่ถูกจัดการโดยแม่ข่ายบริการ DNS ของคุณ\n" "ทำให้ไม่สามารถเพิ่มชื่อเครื่อง %2 ได้" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "No running network detected!" +#~ msgid "No running network detected." +#~ msgstr "ตรวจค้นไม่พบเครือข่ายที่กำลังทำงานอยู่ !" + +#~ msgid "or continue without network." +#~ msgstr "หรือทำต่อไปโดยไม่ใช้เครือข่าย" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The current system is not consistent,\n" +#~ "some packages have unresolved dependencies." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ระบบปัจจุบันมีบางอย่างที่ไม่สอดคล้องกัน\n" +#~ "เนื่องจากมีบางแพกเกจยังมีปัญหาความเกี่ยวพันกันที่ยังไม่ถูกแก้ไข" + +#~ msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." +#~ msgstr "การตรวจแก้ปัญหาความเกี่ยวพันกันอัตโนมัติล้มเหลว คุณจำเป็นต้องทำการแก้ปัญหาความเกี่ยวพันกันด้วยตัวเอง" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" +#~| "check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" +#~| "in the package manager." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" +#~ "check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" +#~ "in the software manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Yast มีการเพิ่มหรือถอดแพกเกจบางตัวให้โดยอัตโนมัติ\n" +#~ "โปรดตรวจความเปลี่ยนแปลงเพื่อแก้ไขระบบได้ใน\n" +#~ "ตัวจัดการแพกเกจ" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Start the package manager and fix the problems\n" +#~| "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" +#~ "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" +#~ msgstr "เริ่มตัวจัดการแพกเกจและแก้ไขปัญหาต่าง ๆ หรือจะข้ามการแก้ไข และติดตั้งแพกเกจที่ยืนยันไปแล้วเท่านั้น ?" + #~ msgid "Installed Size" #~ msgstr "ขนาดหลังติดตั้ง" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/bootloader.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/bootloader.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/bootloader.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-02 20:56+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -134,22 +134,22 @@ msgstr "ระบบจะทำการเริ่มการทำงานใหม่ในตอนนี้แล้ว..." #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "ยังไม่มีบูตโหลดเดอร์ที่ถูกเลือกไว้สำหรับการติดตั้ง ระบบของคุณอาจจะทำการบูตระบบไม่ได้" #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "ตัวบูตโหลดเดอร์อาจจะไม่สามารถติดตั้งได้อย่างถูกต้อง ซึ่งอาจเนื่องมาจากการปรับแต่งพาร์ทิชัน" #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 msgid "Booting" msgstr "การบูตระบบ" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "การบู&ตระบบ" @@ -158,12 +158,12 @@ #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Disk Order" msgstr "ลำดับดิสก์" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "ตั้งค่าลำดับของดิสก์" @@ -174,10 +174,9 @@ msgstr "เมนูการบูตระบบ" #. `VSpacing(1), -#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. Window title #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "ตัวเลือกของตัวจัดการการบูตระบบ" @@ -295,17 +294,23 @@ "ใน ตัวเลือกตัวจัดการการบูตระบบ ใช้เพื่อปรับปรุงส่วนบูตหลักของฮาร์ดดิสก์ (MBR) หากมันจำเป็นต้องใช้\n" "หรือใช้เพื่อทำการปรับแต่งตัวจัดการการบูตตัวอื่น ๆ เพื่อเริ่มรายการบูตระบบนี้" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "กำหนดพาร์ทิชันที่ใช้บูตระบบเอง ให้คุณเลือกว่าจะทำการบูตระบบจากพาร์ทิชันใด" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." @@ -313,7 +318,7 @@ "ใช้คอนโซลที่เชื่อมต่อทางพอร์ตอนุกรม ให้คุณทำการกำหนดค่าพารามิเตอร์ที่จะใช้กับ\n" "คอนโซลแบบต่อผ่านพอร์ตอนุกรม โปรดดูเอกสารของ GRUB (<code>info grub</code>) เพื่อดูรายละเอียดเพิ่มเติม" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -327,7 +332,7 @@ "ได้อีกด้วย ซึ่งก็จะกลายเป็นค่า <code>serial console</code> โดยในกรณีนี้ เทอร์มินัลที่คุณกดปุ่มพิมพ์ใด ๆ \n" "จะถูกเลือกเป็นเทอร์มินัลของ GRUB" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." @@ -335,19 +340,19 @@ "ช่อง รายการบูตระบบที่จะใช้เมื่อรายการปริยายบูตไม่ได้ ใช้เก็บค่ารายการหมายเลขของ\n" "รายการบูตระบบที่จะให้ใช้ทำการบูตระบบในกรณีที่รายการบูตระบบปริยายไม่สามารถทำการบูตได้" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "การเลือก ซ่อนเมนูบูตระบบเมื่อบูต จะเป็นการซ่อนเมนูบูตระบบ" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." msgstr "แฟ้มเมนูบูตระบบแบบกราฟิก กำหนดแฟ้มที่จะใช้สำหรับการแสดงเมนูบูตระบบในแบบกราฟิก" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" @@ -358,7 +363,7 @@ "ในช่องรหัสผ่าน และในช่องยืนยันรหัสผ่าน ว่าตรงกันหรือไม่" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -372,72 +377,72 @@ "หากต้องการเพิ่มดิสก์ ให้ใช้ปุ่ม เพิ่ม\n" "หากต้องการเอาดิสก์ออก ให้ใช้ปุ่ม เอาออก" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "ตำแหน่งของตัวจัดการการบูตระบบ" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "ตั้งค่าแฟล็กเป็น &ตัวหลัก (Active) ในตารางพาร์ทิชันของพาร์ทิชันการบูต" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "ช่วงเ&วลารอ (หน่วยเป็นวินาที)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "&รายการบูตระบบปริยาย" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "เขียนโค้ดการ&บูตทั่วไปไปยังส่วนบูตหลักของฮาร์ดดิสก์ (MBR)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "กำหนดพาร์ทิชันที่ใช้บูตระบบเอง" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "บูตระบบจากส่วนพื้นที่หลักการบูต (Master boot record - MBR)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "บูตระบบจากพาร์ทิชันราก" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "บูตระบบจากพาร์ทิชันการบูต" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "บูตระบบจากพาร์ทิชันขยาย" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "พารามิเตอร์การเชื่อมต่อทางพอร์ต&อนุกรม" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "รายการบูตระบบที่จะย้อนมาใช้เมื่อรายการปริยายบูตไม่ได้" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "ซ่อ&นเมนูบูตระบบเมื่อบูต" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "แฟ้มเมนูบูตระบบแบบ&กราฟิก" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "ร&หัสผ่านสำหรับส่วนติดต่อเมนูการบูตระบบ" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "แฟล็ก&ดีบั๊กการบูต" @@ -489,123 +494,123 @@ #. Common widget of a console #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "ใช้คอนโซลทาง&พอร์ตอนุกรม" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "&อาร์กิวเมนต์ของคอนโซล" #. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 msgid "&Device" msgstr "อุ&ปกรณ์" #. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 #, fuzzy msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "คลาสต้องมีเครื่องพิมพ์อย่างน้อยหนึ่งเครื่อง" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "ดิสก์" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 msgid "&Up" msgstr "เลื่อนขึ้น" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 msgid "&Down" msgstr "เลื่อนลง" #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgstr "ตำแหน่งของตัวจัดการการบูตระบบ" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809 -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" -msgstr "บูตระบบจากส่วนพื้นที่ห&ลักการบูต (Master boot record - MBR)" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "บูตระบบจากพาร์ทิชัน&ราก" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "บูตระบบจากพาร์ทิชันการ&บูต" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" +msgstr "ตำแหน่งของตัวจัดการการบูตระบบ" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +msgstr "บูตระบบจากส่วนพื้นที่ห&ลักการบูต (Master boot record - MBR)" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "บูตระบบจากพาร์ทิชัน&ขยาย" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "กำหนดพาร์ทิชันที่ใช้บูตระบบเอ&ง" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "รายละเอียดการติดตั้งตัวจัดการการบูตระบบ" -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "ตัวเลือกของตัวจัดการการบูตระบบ" -#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "ตัวเลือกอื่น ๆ ที่จะส่งไปให้เคอร์เนล" -#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "ตัวเลือกของตัวจัดการการบูตระบบ" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Secure" msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "ปลอดภัย" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "เปิดใช้การรองรับการจัดสรรพื้นที่ดิสก์ (ทำโควต้าดิสก์ให้กับผู้ใช้)" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "ตำแหน่งของตัวจัดการการบูตระบบ" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -644,29 +649,47 @@ msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "ตัวเลือกบรรทัดคำสั่งที่จะส่งผ่านไปให้เคอร์เนลเมื่อเริ่มบูตระบบ" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Distribution:" +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr "ผู้รวบรวมเผยแพร่:" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 #, fuzzy msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "โหมดวีจีเอจอภาพ (VGA)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "ตัวเลือกบรรทัดคำสั่งที่จะส่งผ่านไปให้เคอร์เนลเมื่อเริ่มบูตระบบ" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Probe Source Type" msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "ตรวจสอบประเภทของแหล่งต้นทาง" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" + #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels @@ -701,9 +724,28 @@ msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "ข้อผิดพลาดที่ไม่ได้ระบุ" +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[set]" +msgid "set" +msgstr "[ตั้งค่า]" + +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +msgid "remove" +msgstr "ถอนการติดตั้ง" + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do not change name" +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "ไม่ต้องเปลี่ยนชื่อ" + #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Autodetected card" msgid "Autodetect by grub2" @@ -711,30 +753,35 @@ #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Choose new graphical menu file" msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "เลือกแฟ้มเมนูบูตระบบแบบกราฟิกตัวใหม่" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Use &serial console" msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "ใช้คอนโซลทาง&พอร์ตอนุกรม" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Conflict Resolution:" msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "ส่วนที่ขัดแย้งกัน:" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Console arguments" msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "&อาร์กิวเมนต์ของคอนโซล" +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +msgstr "" + #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -748,7 +795,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "พาร์ทิชันการบูตเป็นของระบบ NFS ทำให้ไม่สามารถติดตั้งตัวจัดการการบูตระบบได้" @@ -880,11 +927,7 @@ msgid "Xen" msgstr "" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91 msgid "Floppy" msgstr "แผ่นฟลอปปี" @@ -1920,13 +1963,13 @@ #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from MBR is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">disable</a>" msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "การบูตจากส่วนพื้นที่หลักการบูตถูกเปิดใช้งาน (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">ปิดการใช้งาน</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from MBR is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">enable</a>" msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" @@ -1934,31 +1977,32 @@ #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">disable</a>" msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "การบูตจากพาร์ทิชัน /boot ถูกเปิดใช้งาน (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">ปิดการใช้งาน</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">enable</a>" msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "การบูตจากพาร์ทิชัน /boot ถูกปิดการใช้งาน (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">เปิดการใช้งาน</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">disable</a>" msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "การบูตจากพาร์ทิชัน \"/\" ถูกเปิดใช้งาน (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">ปิดการใช้งาน</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">enable</a>" msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "การบูตจากพาร์ทิชัน \"/\" ถูกปิดการใช้งาน (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">เปิดการใช้งาน</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change Location: %1" msgid "Change Location: %s" @@ -1969,31 +2013,33 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "ประเภทของตัวจัดการการบูต: %1" #. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 msgid " (\"/boot\")" msgstr " (\"/boot\")" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr " (ส่วนขยาย)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 msgid " (\"/\")" msgstr " (\"/\")" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (MBR)" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "สถานะตำแหน่ง: %1" @@ -2016,239 +2062,181 @@ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "ขอให้ทำการตรวจสอบใหม่และผนวกรวมกับเมนู GRUB ที่มีอยู่" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76 +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "เปิดใช้ความปลอดภัยแบบ &GSS" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "ไม่รู้จักตัวจัดการการบูตระบบ: %1" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "พาร์ทิชันที่มีหมายเลข > 3 จะถูกใช้สำหรับทำการบูตด้วยตารางพาร์ทิชัน GPT" -#. if "iscsi" is true -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166 -msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -msgstr "อุปกรณ์สำหรับใช้ในการบูตระบบอยู่บนดิสก์แบบ iSCSI: %1 ระบบอาจจะไม่สามารถบูตได้" +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184 +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 #, fuzzy msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "อุปกรณ์ยังไม่มีการปรับแต่ง" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259 -msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "ตรวจสอบตัวจัดการการบูตระบบ" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "อ่านค่าการแบ่งพาร์ทิชัน" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "เรียกการตั้งค่ารายการบูตระบบ" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "กำลังตรวจสอบส่วนบูตเริ่มระบบ..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "กำลังอ่านค่าการแบ่งพาร์ทิชัน..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "กำลังเรียกการตั้งค่ารายการบูตระบบ..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "กำลังเตรียมการปรับแต่งค่าส่วนบูตเริ่มระบบ" #. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgstr "พารามิเตอร์ของเคอร์เนลที่เพิ่มไป: %1" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "สร้างแฟ้ม initrd" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "จัดเก็บแฟ้มการปรับแต่งค่าการบูตเริ่มระบบ" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "ติดตั้งตัวจัดการการบูตเริ่มระบบ" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "กำลังสร้างแฟ้ม initrd..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "กำลังจัดเก็บแฟ้มการปรับแต่งค่าการบูตเริ่มระบบ..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "กำลังติดตั้งตัวจัดการการบูตเริ่มระบบ..." #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "กำลังจัดเก็บการปรับแต่งค่าการบูตเริ่มระบบ" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "ลินุกซ์" +#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." +#~ msgstr "อุปกรณ์สำหรับใช้ในการบูตระบบอยู่บนดิสก์แบบ iSCSI: %1 ระบบอาจจะไม่สามารถบูตได้" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85 -msgid "Failsafe" -msgstr "แก้ไขข้อผิดพลาด" +#~ msgid "Linux" +#~ msgstr "ลินุกซ์" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97 -msgid "Hard Disk" -msgstr "ฮาร์ดดิสก์" +#~ msgid "Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "แก้ไขข้อผิดพลาด" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103 -msgid "Memory Test" -msgstr "ทดสอบหน่วยความจำ" +#~ msgid "Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "ฮาร์ดดิสก์" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109 -msgid "MBR before Installation" -msgstr "MBR ก่อนทำการติดตั้ง" +#~ msgid "Memory Test" +#~ msgstr "ทดสอบหน่วยความจำ" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115 -msgid "Previous Kernel" -msgstr "เคอร์เนลตัวก่อน" +#~ msgid "MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "MBR ก่อนทำการติดตั้ง" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121 -msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "การตรวจสอบผู้จำหน่าย" +#~ msgid "Previous Kernel" +#~ msgstr "เคอร์เนลตัวก่อน" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230 -msgid "_Linux" -msgstr "_ลินุกซ์" +#~ msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" +#~ msgstr "การตรวจสอบผู้จำหน่าย" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237 -msgid "_Failsafe" -msgstr "แก้ไขข้อ_ผิดพลาด" +#~ msgid "_Linux" +#~ msgstr "_ลินุกซ์" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244 -msgid "_Floppy" -msgstr "แผ่น_ฟลอปปี" +#~ msgid "_Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "แก้ไขข้อ_ผิดพลาด" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251 -msgid "_Hard Disk" -msgstr "ฮาร์_ดดิสก์" +#~ msgid "_Floppy" +#~ msgstr "แผ่น_ฟลอปปี" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258 -msgid "_Memory Test" -msgstr "_ทดสอบหน่วยความจำ" +#~ msgid "_Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "ฮาร์_ดดิสก์" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265 -msgid "_MBR before Installation" -msgstr "_MBR ก่อนทำการติดตั้ง" +#~ msgid "_Memory Test" +#~ msgstr "_ทดสอบหน่วยความจำ" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272 -msgid "_Previous Kernel" -msgstr "เ_คอร์เนลตัวก่อน" +#~ msgid "_MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "_MBR ก่อนทำการติดตั้ง" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279 -msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "การตรวจ_สอบผู้จำหน่าย" +#~ msgid "_Previous Kernel" +#~ msgstr "เ_คอร์เนลตัวก่อน" +#~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" +#~ msgstr "การตรวจ_สอบผู้จำหน่าย" + #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/ca-management.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/ca-management.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/ca-management.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-08-19 21:03+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -55,25 +55,25 @@ msgstr "หน่วยองค์กร" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "องค์กร" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "ที่ตั้ง" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "รัฐ" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "ประเทศ" @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ msgstr "ชื่อองค์กรออกใบรับรอง" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "ชื่อทั่วไป" @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ msgid "Email" msgstr "อีเมล" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "หน่วยองค์กร" @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #. we need to fake a certificate name #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 @@ -632,7 +632,7 @@ #. The main () #. To translators: dialog label #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" @@ -677,11 +677,18 @@ msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "" +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "" + #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 @@ -689,33 +696,33 @@ msgstr "คำอธิบาย" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "เ&อาออก" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Replace" msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "แ&ทนที่" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The device is not configured" msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "อุปกรณ์ยังไม่มีการปรับแต่ง" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?" msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" @@ -750,11 +757,69 @@ msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "ออกให้กับ:" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Common Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "ชื่อทั่วไป: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "O&rganization:" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "องค์&กร:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location: %1" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "ตำแหน่ง: %1" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "State: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "รัฐ: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Country: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "ประเทศ: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "ออกให้โดย:" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " @@ -762,7 +827,7 @@ "\n" "ใช้งานได้ตั้งแต่: " -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " @@ -771,35 +836,35 @@ "ใช้งานได้ถึง: " #. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "ขั้น&สูง..." -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "แส&ดง" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "ตรวจสอบรหัส&ผ่านใหม่" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "" @@ -853,7 +918,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 msgid "Summary" msgstr "" @@ -885,18 +950,18 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr "" @@ -908,40 +973,40 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "" @@ -1017,83 +1082,235 @@ "\n" "ไม่พบใบรับรอง" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Common Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "ชื่อทั่วไป: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Organization: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "องค์กร: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Organization: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "องค์กร: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "State: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "รัฐ: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Country: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "ประเทศ: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Type " +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr " ประเเภท " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Type " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr " ประเเภท " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key Length: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr "ความยาวกุญแจ: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Serial number of zone update" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "เลขซีเรียลของการปรับปรุงโซน" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Organization: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr "องค์กร: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "Valid from: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ใช้งานได้ตั้งแต่: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "Valid to: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ใช้งานได้ถึง: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" + #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "ใช้งานได้" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "ถูกเพิกถอนแล้ว" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 msgid "Expired" msgstr "หมดอายุแล้ว" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "สถานะ" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "ที่อยู่อีเมล" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "เพิ่ม" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "เพิ่มเป็นใบรับรองของเครื่องแม่ข่าย" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "เพิ่มเป็นใบรับรองของไคลเอนต์" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "เ&ปลี่ยนรหัสผ่าน" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "เพิก&ถอน" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&ลบ" #. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 msgid "Export" msgstr "ส่งออก" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 msgid "Export to File" msgstr "ส่งออกเป็นแฟ้ม" #. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "ส่งออกไปยัง LDAP" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "ส่งออกเป็นใบรับรองส่วนรวมของเครื่องแม่ข่าย" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "จะลบใบรับรองตัวปัจจุบันหรือไม่ ?" @@ -1183,7 +1400,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "ช่วงเว&ลาที่ใช้งานได้ (วัน):" @@ -1619,7 +1836,7 @@ msgstr " วัน\n" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "" @@ -1822,6 +2039,13 @@ "Request not found.\n" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "" + #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention #. @return [void] @@ -1830,77 +2054,77 @@ #. @param request extention #. @return [void] #. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "" #. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 msgid " days" msgstr " วัน" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "" #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "" #. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "" Added: trunk/yast/th/po/cio.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/cio.th.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/cio.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +# Thai message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2008 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-04 08:58+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: th\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Interfaces" +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "ส่วนเชื่อมต่อเครือข่ายที่มีให้ใช้" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "อุปกรณ์" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "ใช้ไป" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "ไม่ใช่" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "ใช่" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fiber channel" +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "ไฟเบอร์แชนเนล" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "เลือก&ทั้งหมด" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Detailed selection..." +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "&รายละเอียดการเลือก..." + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&All Selected Packages" +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "แ&พกเกจทั้งหมดที่เลือกไว้" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Scan the Channels" +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "&ค้นหาช่องสัญญาณ" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "ออก" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/cluster.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/cluster.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/cluster.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -88,233 +88,233 @@ msgstr "ถูกปรับแต่งไว้ใน" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "OK" msgstr "ใช้งานได้" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "ยกเลิก" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Sender Address" msgid "IP Address" msgstr "ที่อยู่ของผู้ส่ง" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Sender Address" msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "ที่อยู่ของผู้ส่ง" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "nodeid" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Zone Transport:" msgid "Transport:" msgstr "ถ่ายโอนข้อมูลโซน:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Channel" msgstr "ช่องสัญญาณ" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network &Address:" msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "&ที่อยู่เครือข่าย:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Last IP Address" msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "ที่อยู่ไอพีสุ&ดท้าย" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Broadcast Ports" msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "พอร์ตของบอร์ดแคสต์" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read Channel" msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "ช่องการอ่าน" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Clustering" msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "คลัสเตอร์ริง" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428 -msgid "expected votes:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Sender Address" msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "ที่อยู่ของผู้ส่ง" -#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "เปิดใช้ความปลอดภัยแบบ &GSS" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677 -msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" msgstr "ทำงานอยู่" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No network running" msgid "Not running" msgstr "ไม่มีเครือข่ายที่กำลังทำงานอยู่" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Booting" msgstr "การบูตระบบ" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 #, fuzzy #| msgid "O&n: Start Now and When Booting" msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgstr "เปิด: เริ่มการทำงานเดี๋ยวนี้ และเริ่มเมื่อบูตระบบด้วย" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start ftp daemon manually" msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "เริ่มการทำงานของดีมอน ftp ด้วยตนเอง" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "เปิดหรือปิดการทำงาน" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "สถานะปัจจุบัน: " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start Squid Now" msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "เริ่มการทำงานของสควิดเดี๋ยวนี้" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop Firewall Now" msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "หยุดการทำงานของไฟร์วอลล์เดี๋ยวนี้" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Main Host" msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "เครื่องหลัก" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Add" msgstr "เพิ่ม" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delay" msgid "Del" msgstr "หน่วงเวลา (วินาที)" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 msgid "Edit" msgstr "แก้ไข" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select File" msgid "Sync File" msgstr "เลือกแฟ้ม" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Suggested fstab Lines" msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "บรรทัดในแฟ้ม fstab ที่ถูกเสนอแนะ" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a user name." msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "ป้อนชื่อผู้ใช้" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write hostname" msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "เขียนชื่อเครื่อง" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a filename" msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "ป้อนชื่อแฟ้ม" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a filename" msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "ป้อนชื่อแฟ้ม" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Archive %1 already exists.\n" @@ -327,46 +327,46 @@ "คุณต้องการจะเขียนทับมันจริงหรือไม่ ?" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Parsing the key file failed." msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "ล้มเหลวในการวิเคราะห์แฟ้มกุญแจ" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Image creation failed." msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "การสร้างแฟ้มอิมเมจล้มเหลว" #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" @@ -379,23 +379,26 @@ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" @@ -404,7 +407,7 @@ "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" @@ -415,7 +418,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big> \n" @@ -428,7 +431,7 @@ "โปรดรอสักครู่..." #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -437,7 +440,7 @@ "เพื่อให้สามารถยกเลิกเครื่องมือการปรับแต่งอย่างปลอดภัย ให้กดที่ ยกเลิก เดี๋ยวนี้\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>NFS Server Configuration</big> \n" @@ -450,7 +453,7 @@ "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -475,45 +478,45 @@ msgstr "กำลังเตรียมการ..." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration" msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "เตรียมการปรับแต่งเครื่องพิมพ์" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the database..." msgid "Read the database" msgstr "กำลังอ่านฐานข้อมูล..." #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "อ่านการตั้งค่าก่อนหน้านี้" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read Firewall Settings." msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "อ่านการตั้งค่าของไฟร์วอลล์" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "กำลังอ่านฐานข้อมูล..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read the previous settings" msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "อ่านการตั้งค่าก่อนหน้านี้" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." @@ -521,25 +524,25 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 msgid "Finished" msgstr "เสร็จสิ้น" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Install required packages" msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "ติดตั้งแพกเกจโปรแกรมที่ต้องการ" #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change existing configuration" msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "เปลี่ยนแปลงการปรับค่าที่มีอยู่" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Cannot write SCPM database:\n" @@ -550,7 +553,7 @@ " %1" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Cannot write SCPM database:\n" @@ -561,45 +564,45 @@ " %1" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot start device %1." msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "ไม่สามารถเริ่มการทำงานอุปกรณ์ %1 ได้" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving the Configuration" msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "กำลังจัดเก็บค่าการปรับแต่ง" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "เขียนค่าการปรับแต่ง" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to runlevels." msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "บันทึกความเปลี่ยนแปลงไปยังระดับการทำงาน" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "กำลังทำการเขียนการตั้งค่า..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "กำลังจัดเก็บความเปลี่ยนแปลงไปยังแฟ้มต่าง ๆ..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "ไม่สามารถเขียนการตั้งค่าได้" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/control-center.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/control-center.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/control-center.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-01 14:15+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/control.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/control.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/control.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-01 14:33+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -17,22 +17,14 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.1\n" -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7 -msgid "Add-On Product Installation" -msgstr "การติดตั้งผลิตภัณฑ์เสริม" - -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15 -msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "การติดตั้งภาษา" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:355 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "\n" #| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" #| "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" #| "\n" #| "\n" #| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" @@ -43,754 +35,423 @@ "\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "\n" "\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "การติดตั้งได้เสร็จสมบูรณ์แล้ว\n" "และระบบของคุณพร้อมที่จะใช้งานได้\n" -"หลังจากคลิกที่ปุ่มเสร็จสิ้น เพื่อล็อกอินเข้าใช้งานระบบ\n" +"คลิกที่ปุ่มเสร็จสิ้น เพื่อล็อกอินเข้าใช้งานระบบ\n" "\n" "\n" "แวะเยี่ยมเราได้ที่ http://www.novell.com/linux/\n" "\n" "\t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429 -msgid "Initialization..." -msgstr "ทำการเตรียมการทำงาน..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430 -msgid "Configuring network..." -msgstr "ทำการปรับแต่งเครือข่าย..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431 -msgid "Configuring hardware..." -msgstr "ทำการปรับแต่งฮาร์ดแวร์..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432 -msgid "Finishing configuration..." -msgstr "ทำการปรับแต่งค่าให้เสร็จสิ้น..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:343 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "แม่ข่ายบริการ CIM" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72 -#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464 -#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "ตั้งค่าการติดตั้ง" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "Overview" msgstr "ภาพรวม" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 msgid "Expert" msgstr "ผู้เชี่ยวชาญ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "ตั้งค่าการติดตั้งแบบ Live" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "ตั้งค่าการอัปเดต" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "ปรับแต่งค่าเครือข่าย" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398 -#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692 -#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "ปรับแต่งค่าบริการของเครือข่าย" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "ปรับแต่งค่าฮาร์ดแวร์" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510 -#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313 -#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "การเตรียมการ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219 -#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237 -#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328 -#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449 -#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Network Configuration" +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "จัดเก็บค่าการปรับแต่งเครือข่าย" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Setup" +msgid "Network Autosetup" +msgstr "ตั้งค่าเครือข่าย" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "ยินดีต้อนรับ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "เปิดใช้งานเครือข่าย" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976 -#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "ใช้งานดิสก์" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515 -#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255 -#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "วิเคราะห์ระบบ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261 -#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "ผลิตภัณฑ์เสริม" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "ดิสก์" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "เขตเวลา" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879 -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "ตั้งค่าผู้ใช้" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "การติดตั้ง" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747 -msgid "Installation Overview" -msgstr "ภาพรวมการติดตั้ง" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "สรุปการติดตั้ง" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291 -#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299 -#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469 -#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477 -#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517 -#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612 -#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624 -#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748 -#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756 -#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777 -#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "ปฏิบัติการติดตั้ง" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822 -msgid "Repair" -msgstr "ซ่อมแซม" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "การติดตั้ง" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869 -msgid "Disk" -msgstr "ดิสก์" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "ระบบสำหรับอัปเดต" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "อัปเดต" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "สรุปการอัปเดต" -#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL -#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645 -#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397 -#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405 -#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "ปฏิบัติการอัปเดต" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421 -#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042 -msgid "System Information" -msgstr "ข้อมูลของระบบ" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046 -msgid "Perform Repair" -msgstr "ปฏิบัติการซ่อมแซม" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446 -#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488 -#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "การติดตั้งพื้นฐาน" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459 -#: control/control.glade:503 -msgid "Language" -msgstr "ภาษา" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" +msgstr "ตั้งค่า AutoYaST" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651 -#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631 -#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "การปรับแต่งค่า" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318 -#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560 -#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648 -#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "ระบบเครือข่าย" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Configuration" +msgstr "การปรับแต่งระบบ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566 -#: control/control.glade:656 -msgid "Customer Center" -msgstr "ศูนย์บริการลูกค้า" +#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" +#~ msgstr "การติดตั้งผลิตภัณฑ์เสริม" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346 -#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578 -#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662 -#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672 -#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284 -msgid "Online Update" -msgstr "อัปเดตแบบออนไลน์" +#~ msgid "Language Installation" +#~ msgstr "การติดตั้งภาษา" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588 -#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301 -msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "บันทึกประจำรุ่น" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "\n" +#~| "\n" +#~| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#~| "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#~| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#~| "\n" +#~| "\n" +#~| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#~| "\n" +#~| "\t" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "การติดตั้งได้เสร็จสมบูรณ์แล้ว\n" +#~ "และระบบของคุณพร้อมที่จะใช้งานได้\n" +#~ "หลังจากคลิกที่ปุ่มเสร็จสิ้น เพื่อล็อกอินเข้าใช้งานระบบ\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "แวะเยี่ยมเราได้ที่ http://www.novell.com/linux/\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335 -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "การปรับแต่งค่าอัตโนมัติ" +#~ msgid "Initialization..." +#~ msgstr "ทำการเตรียมการทำงาน..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227 -msgid "root Password" -msgstr "รหัสผ่านผู้ดูแลระบบ" +#~ msgid "Configuring network..." +#~ msgstr "ทำการปรับแต่งเครือข่าย..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244 -msgid "Check Installation" -msgstr "ตรวจสอบการติดตั้ง" +#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..." +#~ msgstr "ทำการปรับแต่งฮาร์ดแวร์..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250 -msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "ชื่อเครื่อง" +#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..." +#~ msgstr "ทำการปรับแต่งค่าให้เสร็จสิ้น..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680 -#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "ผู้ใช้" +#~ msgid "User Settings" +#~ msgstr "ตั้งค่าผู้ใช้" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719 -#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733 -#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459 -msgid "AutoYaST Settings" -msgstr "ตั้งค่า AutoYaST" +#~ msgid "Installation Overview" +#~ msgstr "ภาพรวมการติดตั้ง" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568 -msgid "System Configuration" -msgstr "การปรับแต่งระบบ" +#~ msgid "Repair" +#~ msgstr "ซ่อมแซม" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658 -msgid "Clean Up" -msgstr "ล้างค่า" +#~ msgid "System Information" +#~ msgstr "ข้อมูลของระบบ" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" -#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\t" -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"\n" -"การติดตั้งได้เสร็จสมบูรณ์แล้ว\n" -"และระบบของคุณพร้อมที่จะใช้งานได้\n" -"คลิกที่ปุ่มเสร็จสิ้น เพื่อล็อกอินเข้าใช้งานระบบ\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"แวะเยี่ยมเราได้ที่ http://www.novell.com/linux/\n" -"\n" -"\t" +#~ msgid "Perform Repair" +#~ msgstr "ปฏิบัติการซ่อมแซม" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330 -msgid "Server Base Scenario" -msgstr "แบบแผนเครื่องแม่ข่ายพื้นฐาน" +#~ msgid "Language" +#~ msgstr "ภาษา" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331 -msgid "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" -"Choose the one that matches your server the best." -msgstr "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server ได้เสนอแบบแผนพื้นฐานไว้หลายอย่าง\n" -"โปรดเลือกตัวที่เหมาะสมกับรูปแบบเครื่องแม่ข่ายที่คุณต้องการมากที่สุด" +#~ msgid "Network" +#~ msgstr "ระบบเครือข่าย" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337 -msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" -msgstr "เครื่องจริง (สำหรับทำ Virtualized Guests เต็มรูปแบบ)" +#~ msgid "Customer Center" +#~ msgstr "ศูนย์บริการลูกค้า" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338 -msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -msgstr "เครื่องเสมือน (สำหรับ Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" +#~ msgid "Online Update" +#~ msgstr "อัปเดตแบบออนไลน์" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339 -msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "โฮสต์เวอร์ชวลไลเซชัน Xen (ระบบ X11 ภายในระบบจะไม่ถูกปรับแต่งเป็นปริยาย)" +#~ msgid "Release Notes" +#~ msgstr "บันทึกประจำรุ่น" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663 -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "ปรับแต่งค่าบริการของเครือข่าย" +#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration" +#~ msgstr "การปรับแต่งค่าอัตโนมัติ" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784 -msgid "Server Scenario" -msgstr "แบบแผนเครื่องแม่ข่าย" +#~ msgid "root Password" +#~ msgstr "รหัสผ่านผู้ดูแลระบบ" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:286 -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "สรุปการติดตั้ง" +#~ msgid "Check Installation" +#~ msgstr "ตรวจสอบการติดตั้ง" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "บริการ" +#~ msgid "Hostname" +#~ msgstr "ชื่อเครื่อง" -#: control/control.SLES.glade:340 +#~ msgid "Users" +#~ msgstr "ผู้ใช้" + +#~ msgid "Clean Up" +#~ msgstr "ล้างค่า" + +#~ msgid "Server Base Scenario" +#~ msgstr "แบบแผนเครื่องแม่ข่ายพื้นฐาน" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" +#~ "Choose the one that matches your server the best." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server ได้เสนอแบบแผนพื้นฐานไว้หลายอย่าง\n" +#~ "โปรดเลือกตัวที่เหมาะสมกับรูปแบบเครื่องแม่ข่ายที่คุณต้องการมากที่สุด" + +#~ msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" +#~ msgstr "เครื่องจริง (สำหรับทำ Virtualized Guests เต็มรูปแบบ)" + +#~ msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" +#~ msgstr "เครื่องเสมือน (สำหรับ Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" + +#~ msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" +#~ msgstr "โฮสต์เวอร์ชวลไลเซชัน Xen (ระบบ X11 ภายในระบบจะไม่ถูกปรับแต่งเป็นปริยาย)" + +#~ msgid "Server Scenario" +#~ msgstr "แบบแผนเครื่องแม่ข่าย" + +#~ msgid "Service" +#~ msgstr "บริการ" + #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "โฮสต์เวอร์ชวลไลเซชัน Xen (ระบบ X11 ภายในระบบจะไม่ถูกปรับแต่งเป็นปริยาย)" +#~| msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" +#~ msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" +#~ msgstr "โฮสต์เวอร์ชวลไลเซชัน Xen (ระบบ X11 ภายในระบบจะไม่ถูกปรับแต่งเป็นปริยาย)" -#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "เลือกระบบพื้นที่ทำงาน" +#~ msgid "Desktop Selection" +#~ msgstr "เลือกระบบพื้นที่ทำงาน" -#: control/control.glade:634 -msgid "Root Password" -msgstr "รหัสผ่านผู้ดูแลระบบ" +#~ msgid "Root Password" +#~ msgstr "รหัสผ่านผู้ดูแลระบบ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -"\t " -msgstr "" -"\n" -"ขอแสดงความยินดีด้วย !\n" -"การติดตั้ง openSUSE บนเครื่องของคุณได้เสร็จสมบูรณ์แล้ว\n" -"หลังจากคลิกที่ปุ่ม เสร็จสิ้น คุณจะสามารถล็อกอินเข้าใช้งานระบบได้\n" -"แวะเยี่ยมเราได้ที่ %1\n" -"ขอให้สนุกกับการใช้งาน ! กลุ่มผู้พัฒนา openSUSE ของคุณ\n" -"\t" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Congratulations!\n" +#~ "The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +#~ "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +#~ "Visit us at %1.\n" +#~ "Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +#~ "\t " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "ขอแสดงความยินดีด้วย !\n" +#~ "การติดตั้ง openSUSE บนเครื่องของคุณได้เสร็จสมบูรณ์แล้ว\n" +#~ "หลังจากคลิกที่ปุ่ม เสร็จสิ้น คุณจะสามารถล็อกอินเข้าใช้งานระบบได้\n" +#~ "แวะเยี่ยมเราได้ที่ %1\n" +#~ "ขอให้สนุกกับการใช้งาน ! กลุ่มผู้พัฒนา openSUSE ของคุณ\n" +#~ "\t" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" -"สภาพแวดล้อมพื้นที่ทำงานบนระบบคอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณนั้น นำมาซึ่งรูปแบบของส่วนติดต่อผู้ใช้แบบกราฟิก\n" -"สำหรับใช้งานกับคอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณ เช่นเดียวกันกับชุดโปรแกรมต่าง ๆ สำหรับการรับ-ส่งอีเมล,\n" -"การท่องเว็บ, การสร้างงานเอกสารต่าง ๆ ภายในออฟฟิศ, เกม และอรรถประโยชน์ต่าง ๆ\n" -"สำหรับใช้ในการจัดการและดูแลคอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณ\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE ได้เสนอสภาพแวดล้อมพื้นที่ทำงานมาให้คุณเลือกใช้งานอยู่หลายระบบ โดยระบบหลัก ๆ \n" -"ก็คือ GNOME และ KDE, ซึ่งทั้งสองระบบที่ว่านี้ ได้ถูกรองรับให้ใช้งานภายใต้ openSUSE \n" -"อย่างเท่าเทียมกัน ซึ่งสภาพแวดล้อมพื้นที่ทำงานดังกล่าวทั้งสองนี้ มีความง่ายต่อการใช้งาน,\n" -"มีการรวมเอาโปรแกรมพื้นฐานต่าง ๆ เข้ามาด้วยหลากหลายโปรแกรม และยังมีรูปลักษณ์\n" -"ที่สวยงามและน่าใช้งานเป็นอย่างมาก ทั้งนี้สภาพแวดล้อมพื้นที่ทำงานแต่ละตัวนั้น ก็มีรูปแบบ\n" -"และรูปลักษณ์ที่เป็นเอกลักษณ์ของตัวเอง การจะเลือกใช้งานตัวใดตัวหนึ่งนั้นจึงขึ้นอยู่กับ\n" -"ความชอบส่วนบุคคล ในส่วนนี้คุณสามารถเลือกใช้งานตัวที่เหมาะสมกับคุณมากที่สุดได้เอง" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +#~ "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +#~ "email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +#~ "manage your computer.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +#~ "used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" +#~ "supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +#~ "highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +#~ "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +#~ "is the most appropriate desktop for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "สภาพแวดล้อมพื้นที่ทำงานบนระบบคอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณนั้น นำมาซึ่งรูปแบบของส่วนติดต่อผู้ใช้แบบกราฟิก\n" +#~ "สำหรับใช้งานกับคอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณ เช่นเดียวกันกับชุดโปรแกรมต่าง ๆ สำหรับการรับ-ส่งอีเมล,\n" +#~ "การท่องเว็บ, การสร้างงานเอกสารต่าง ๆ ภายในออฟฟิศ, เกม และอรรถประโยชน์ต่าง ๆ\n" +#~ "สำหรับใช้ในการจัดการและดูแลคอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณ\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "openSUSE ได้เสนอสภาพแวดล้อมพื้นที่ทำงานมาให้คุณเลือกใช้งานอยู่หลายระบบ โดยระบบหลัก ๆ \n" +#~ "ก็คือ GNOME และ KDE, ซึ่งทั้งสองระบบที่ว่านี้ ได้ถูกรองรับให้ใช้งานภายใต้ openSUSE \n" +#~ "อย่างเท่าเทียมกัน ซึ่งสภาพแวดล้อมพื้นที่ทำงานดังกล่าวทั้งสองนี้ มีความง่ายต่อการใช้งาน,\n" +#~ "มีการรวมเอาโปรแกรมพื้นฐานต่าง ๆ เข้ามาด้วยหลากหลายโปรแกรม และยังมีรูปลักษณ์\n" +#~ "ที่สวยงามและน่าใช้งานเป็นอย่างมาก ทั้งนี้สภาพแวดล้อมพื้นที่ทำงานแต่ละตัวนั้น ก็มีรูปแบบ\n" +#~ "และรูปลักษณ์ที่เป็นเอกลักษณ์ของตัวเอง การจะเลือกใช้งานตัวใดตัวหนึ่งนั้นจึงขึ้นอยู่กับ\n" +#~ "ความชอบส่วนบุคคล ในส่วนนี้คุณสามารถเลือกใช้งานตัวที่เหมาะสมกับคุณมากที่สุดได้เอง" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "ระบบเดสก์ทอป GNOME" +#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop" +#~ msgstr "ระบบเดสก์ทอป GNOME" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452 -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "ระบบเดสก์ทอป KDE" +#~ msgid "KDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "ระบบเดสก์ทอป KDE" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "ระบบ XFCE" +#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "ระบบ XFCE" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454 -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "ระบบเดสก์ทอป LXDE" +#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "ระบบเดสก์ทอป LXDE" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "ระบบ X Window พื้นฐาน" +#~ msgid "Minimal X Window" +#~ msgstr "ระบบ X Window พื้นฐาน" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Remote Desktop" -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "พื้นที่ทำงานระยะไกล" +#~| msgid "Remote Desktop" +#~ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +#~ msgstr "พื้นที่ทำงานระยะไกล" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "เลือกเครื่องแม่ข่ายบริการพื้นฐาน (โหมดข้อความ)" +#~ msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +#~ msgstr "เลือกเครื่องแม่ข่ายบริการพื้นฐาน (โหมดข้อความ)" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970 -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "คลังแพกเกจแบบออนไลน์" +#~ msgid "Online Repositories" +#~ msgstr "คลังแพกเกจแบบออนไลน์" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/country.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/country.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/country.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-25 20:59+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/crowbar.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/crowbar.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/crowbar.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/dhcp-server.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/dhcp-server.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/dhcp-server.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-12-05 13:17+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 msgid "IP" msgstr "ค่าไอพี" @@ -539,22 +539,21 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "ต้องเลือกส่วนเชื่อมต่อเครือข่ายอย่างน้อยหนึ่งตัวเสียก่อน" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The selected network interface has currently no configuration (no assigned IP address \n" #| "and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" #| "Really use this interface?\n" msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "" "ส่วนเชื่อมต่อเครือข่ายที่เลือกไว้ยังไม่มีการปรับแต่งค่าใด ๆ (ไม่มีการกำหนดเลขไอพี\n" "และมาสก์เครือข่ายให้มัน) การใช้มันในการปรับแต่งบริการ DHCP อาจจะทำงานไม่ได้ก็ได้\n" @@ -562,60 +561,60 @@ #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "รองรับการใ&ช้ร่วมกับบริการ LDAP" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "&ชื่อแม่ข่ายบริการ DHCP (ตัวเลือกเพิ่มเติม)" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "ชื่อโ&ดเมน" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "ไอพีของแม่ข่ายบริการสืบค้นชื่อโดเมนตัว&หลัก" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "ไอพีของแม่ข่ายบริการสืบค้นชื่อโดเมนตัว&รอง" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "เ&กตเวย์ปริยาย (เราต์เตอร์) " #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "แม่ข่ายบริการเทียบเ&วลา NTP" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "แม่ข่ายบริการการพิมพ์" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "แม่ข่ายบริการ &WINS" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "ระยะเว&ลาปริยายที่ให้ใช้งาน" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 msgid "&Units" msgstr "ห&น่วย" @@ -623,48 +622,48 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "ค่าที่ระบุมาไม่ใช่ชื่อเครื่องหรือที่อยู่ไอพีที่ใช้งานได้" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "ข้อมูลรายละเอียดของเครือข่ายย่อย" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "เค&รือข่ายปัจจุบัน" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "&มาสก์เครือข่ายปัจจุบัน" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "ค่าบิตของ&มาสก์เครือข่าย" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "ที่อยู่ไอพี&ต่ำสุด" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "ที่อยู่ไอพี&สูงสุด" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "ช่วงของที่อยู่ไอพี" @@ -672,7 +671,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -683,7 +682,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -691,53 +690,53 @@ msgstr "ที่อยู่ไอพีสุ&ดท้าย" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "อนุญาตการใช้โพรโทคอล &BOOTP แบบไม่ตายตัว" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "ระยะเวลาที่ให้ใช้งาน" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 msgid "&Default" msgstr "ค่าปริ&ยาย" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "ค่าสูงสุ&ด" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "หน่&วย" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "สร้างโซนของบริการ DNS โซนใหม่ตั้งแต่เริ่มแรก" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "แก้ไขโซนของบริการ DNS โซนปัจจุบัน" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "รับค่าข้อมูลรายละเอียดของโซนปัจจุบัน" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "ปรั&บเทียบข้อมูลกับบริการ DNS..." #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -747,8 +746,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "โปรดป้อนค่าให้กับค่าสุดสิ้นของช่วงที่อยู่ไอพีทั้งคู่" @@ -756,8 +755,8 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." @@ -766,127 +765,127 @@ "ซึ่งค่าไอพี %1 ไม่ใช้ค่าที่ตรงกับเครือข่าย %2/%3" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "เครื่องที่ได้ลงทะเบียนไว้แล้ว" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "ชื่อ" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "ที่อยู่ของฮาร์ดแวร์" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "ประเภท" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "ตั้งค่าของรายการ" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&ชื่อ" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "ที่&อยู่ไอพี" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "ที่อยู่ของฮาร์&ดแวร์" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "อีเ&ทอร์เน็ต" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "โทเ&คนริง" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "เป&ลี่ยนค่าในรายการ" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "ล&บออกจากรายการ" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "อีเทอร์เน็ต" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "โทเคนริง" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "ที่อยู่ของฮาร์ดแวร์ใช้ไม่ได้หรือไม่ถูกต้อง\n" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "ที่อยู่ของฮาร์ดแวร์จะต้องไม่ซ้ำกับตัวอื่น ๆ" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "ไม่สามารถปล่อยชื่อเครื่องให้ว่างไว้ได้" #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "มีเครื่องที่ชื่อ %1 อยู่ก่อนแล้ว" #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "โปรดป้อนค่าไอพีของเครื่อง" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "ต้องระบุที่อยู่ของฮาร์ดแวร์ด้วย" #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "โปรดเลือกเครื่องก่อน" #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "จะต้องกำหนดค่าที่ต้องป้อนก่อน" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -906,15 +905,15 @@ "ต้องการจะทำต่อไปหรือไม่ ?" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "\"-%1\" ไม่ใช่ตัวเลือกทางบรรทัดคำสั่งที่ใช้ได้หรือไม่ถูกต้องของบริการ DHCP" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "ตัวเลือกทางบรรทัดคำสั่งของบริการ DHCP \"-%1\" ต้องการอาร์กิวเมนต์" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" @@ -942,7 +941,7 @@ "ต้องการจะทำต่อไปจริงหรือไม่ ?\n" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "ช่วยตั้งค่าบริการ DHCP (ขั้นที่ %1 จาก 4)" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/dns-server.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/dns-server.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/dns-server.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-12-04 23:48+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/drbd.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/drbd.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/drbd.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -21,6 +21,16 @@ msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "การปรับแต่งค่าของ IrDA" +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +msgid "DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +msgid "&DRBD" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -61,23 +71,81 @@ msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "การปรับแต่งค่าคลังแพกเกจ" +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" +msgstr "การปรับแต่งค่าคลังแพกเกจ" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "การปรับแต่งค่าคลังแพกเกจ" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read configuration file." +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgstr "ไม่สามารถอ่านแฟ้มค่าปรับแต่งได้" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1." +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgstr "ล้มเหลวในการลบการปรับแต่งค่า %1" + #. Drbd configure1 dialog caption #. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "การปรับแต่งค่าองค์กรออกใบรับรอง" #. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy -msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "มอดูลการปรับแต่งค่าบูตโหลดเดอร์" #. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 #, fuzzy -msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "จะประมวลผลการปรับแต่งค่าของ %1 หรือไม่ ?" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -109,7 +177,7 @@ #| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" "<big>กำลังเตรียมการปรับแต่งค่า</big> \n" "โปรดรอ... \n" @@ -127,14 +195,14 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<big>NFS Server Configuration</big> \n" -#| "" +#| "<big>Saving Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>การปรับแต่งค่าของบริการ NFS</big> \n" -"" +"<big>กำลังจัดเก็บค่าการปรับแต่ง</big> \n" +"โปรดรอสักครู่... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:48 @@ -155,16 +223,85 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 #, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>การปรับแต่งแป้นพิมพ์</big>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Booting:\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually\n" +"\t\tSwitch On and Off:\n" +"\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>การปรับแต่งแป้นพิมพ์</big>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tProtocol\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +#, fuzzy msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>การปรับแต่งแป้นพิมพ์</big>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -174,31 +311,32 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" -"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" -"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" -"configured in this file.\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"Configure DRBD here. \n" +"Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" "<big>การปรับแต่งบริการ</big> \n" "ปรับแต่งบริการ SSHD ได้ที่นี่ " #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" -"If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "<big>การเพิ่มบริการ FTP:</big> \n" @@ -207,7 +345,7 @@ "แล้วกดที่ ปรับแต่ง\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -218,11 +356,11 @@ "ขึ้นมาให้คุณได้ทำการแก้ไข\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" -"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>ภาพรวมการปรับแต่งการปรับรุ่นระบบ</big> \n" @@ -230,21 +368,25 @@ "การแก้ไขค่าการปรับแต่งของมัน \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" "<big>การเพิ่มบริการ FTP</big> \n" "กดที่ปุ่ม เพิ่ม เพื่อปรับแต่งบริการ ftp\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" +#| "Choose a provider to change or remove.\n" +#| "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" "<big>การแก้ไข หรือ การลบ:</big> \n" @@ -252,7 +394,7 @@ "จากนั้นกดที่ปุ่ม แก้ไข หรือ ลบ ตามต้องการ\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -264,7 +406,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -275,7 +417,7 @@ "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -295,14 +437,15 @@ msgid "Protocol" msgstr "โพรโทคอล" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Profile name must be set." msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "ต้องตั้งค่าชื่อของโพรไฟล์ก่อน" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567 -msgid "Fill out all fields." +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 +msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -349,8 +492,8 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 msgid "" -"To propagate this configuration,\n" -"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" #. } @@ -368,106 +511,203 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." -msgid "Starting DRBD service failed." +msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "การเริ่มบริการ 'lirc' ล้มเหลว" #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop services" -msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed." +msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "หยุดบริการ" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 #, fuzzy msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "ปรับแต่งค่าฮาร์ดแวร์" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "กำลังเตรียมการ..." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." +msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" +msgstr "ไม่สามารถเขียนไปยังแฟ้ม idmapd.conf ได้" + #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "กำลังเตรียมการปรับแต่ง DSL" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 #, fuzzy msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "อ่านการตั้งค่าระดับเสียง" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 #, fuzzy msgid "Read resources" msgstr "ทรัพยากร" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "กำลังอ่านการตั้งค่าระดับเสียง..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "กำลังอ่านการหาเส้นทาง (routing)..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "กำลังอ่านการตั้งค่า..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Finished" msgstr "เสร็จสิ้น" +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of Resource Groups" +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "การปรับแต่งกลุ่มทรัพยากร" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "กำลังเขียนค่าการปรับแต่ง NFS..." #. if (!modified) return true; #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 #, fuzzy msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "เขียนการตั้งค่าพร็อกซี" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 #, fuzzy msgid "Write resources" msgstr "เขียนกลุ่มผู้ใช้" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 #, fuzzy msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "ตรวจหาสถานะปัจจุบัน" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "กำลังเขียนการตั้งค่า..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "กำลังเขียนกลุ่มผู้ใช้..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 #, fuzzy msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "กำลังตรวจหาสถานะปัจจุบัน" +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." +msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" +msgstr "ไม่สามารถสร้างไดเรกทอรี '%1' ได้" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>Initializing Configuration</big> \n" +#~| "Please wait... \n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>กำลังเตรียมการปรับแต่งค่า</big> \n" +#~ "โปรดรอ... \n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>NFS Server Configuration</big> \n" +#~| "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>การปรับแต่งค่าของบริการ NFS</big> \n" +#~ "" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" +#~ "Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +#~ "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>การแก้ไข หรือ การลบ:</big> \n" +#~ "เลือกผู้ให้บริการเพื่อเปลี่ยนแปลงหรือเอาออก\n" +#~ "จากนั้นกดที่ปุ่ม แก้ไข หรือ ลบ ตามต้องการ\n" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Configuration of drbd" #~ msgstr "การปรับแต่งค่าของ IrDA" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/fcoe-client.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/fcoe-client.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/fcoe-client.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -43,8 +43,18 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "ไคลเอนต์ NFS" +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "ใช่" + +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +msgid "no" +msgstr "ไม่ใช่" + #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "" @@ -52,15 +62,44 @@ "Command %1 failed." msgstr "การถอนการติดตั้งแพกเกจ %1 ล้มเหลว" +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "(not available)" +msgid "not available" +msgstr "(ไม่มีรายการ)" + +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured" +msgid "not configured" +msgstr "ยังไม่มีการปรับแต่ง" + +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +msgid "true" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +msgid "false" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +msgid "not set" +msgstr "" + #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of printer" msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "การปรับแต่งค่าของเครื่องพิมพ์" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -68,7 +107,7 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -76,12 +115,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "" #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -89,34 +128,34 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot create zone %1." msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "ไม่สามารถสร้างโซน %1 ได้" #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Command %1 failed" msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "คำสั่ง %1 ทำงานล้มเหลว" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" msgstr "" #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to reset all values?" msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "คุณต้องการจะปรับค่าทั้งหมดกลับเป็นค่าเดิม จริงหรือไม่ ?" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -124,34 +163,34 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." msgstr "" #. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "การถอนการติดตั้งแพกเกจ %1 ล้มเหลว" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "การถอนการติดตั้งแพกเกจ %1 ล้มเหลว" #. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." msgstr "" #. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -182,7 +221,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ใช่" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -190,7 +229,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ไม่ใช่" #. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 @@ -267,7 +306,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ไดรเวอร์" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" @@ -566,104 +605,99 @@ msgstr "ต้องการจะติดตั้งมันเดี๋ยวนี้หรือไม่ ?" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot start device %1." msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "ไม่สามารถเริ่มการทำงานอุปกรณ์ %1 ได้" #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." +msgstr "ไม่สามารถเริ่มการทำงานของบริการ winbind ได้" + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start '%1' service" +msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." +msgstr "ไม่สามารถเริ่มการทำงานบริการ '%1' ได้" + #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" "VLAN interface to get a valid configuration." msgstr "" -#. it's about a flag which is not set at all -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110 -msgid "not set" -msgstr "" - -#. also about setting of a flag -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "true" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "false" -msgstr "" - #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "กำลังเตรียมการปรับแต่ง inetd" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "ตรวจสอบแพกเกจที่ติดตั้งไว้แล้ว" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network services" msgid "Check services" msgstr "บริการบนเครือข่าย" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "ตรวจหาแผงวงจรเครือข่าย..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read device configuration" msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "อ่านค่าปรับแต่งของอุปกรณ์" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..." msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "ทำการตรวจสอบแพกเกจ RPM ที่ถูกติดตั้งไว้แล้ว..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for network devices..." msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "ทำการตรวจสอบอุปกรณ์เครือข่าย..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "ตรวจหาแผงวงจรเครือข่าย..." #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" @@ -671,105 +705,105 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 msgid "Finished" msgstr "เสร็จสิ้น" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "การเริ่มบริการ 'lirc' ล้มเหลว" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot start device %1." msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "ไม่สามารถเริ่มการทำงานอุปกรณ์ %1 ได้" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the configuration." msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "ไม่สามารถอ่านค่าปรับแต่งได้" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "กำลังจัดเก็บค่าปรับแต่ง inetd" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "เขียนค่าการปรับแต่ง" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart services" msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "เริ่มบริการใหม่อีกครั้ง" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "ปรับแก้บริการสืบค้นชื่อโดเมน (DNS)" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "กำลังทำการเขียนการตั้งค่า..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting service..." msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "กำลังเริ่มบริการใหม่อีกครั้ง..." #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "ปรับแก้บริการสืบค้นชื่อโดเมน (DNS)..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf." msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "ไม่สามารถเขียนการตั้งค่าไปยังแฟ้ม /etc/samba/smb.conf ได้" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "การเริ่มบริการ 'lirc' ล้มเหลว" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write sysconfig variables." msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "ไม่สามารถเขียนตัวแปรของ sysconfig ได้" #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>NFS Server Configuration</big> \n" @@ -780,20 +814,20 @@ "" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Interfaces" msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "ส่วนเชื่อมต่อเครือข่าย" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." msgid "Starting of services" @@ -801,11 +835,11 @@ #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 msgid "enabled" msgstr "เปิดใช้งาน" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 msgid "disabled" msgstr "ปิดการใช้" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/firewall-services.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/firewall-services.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/firewall-services.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-07 12:27+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/firewall.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/firewall.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/firewall.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-07 12:09+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/firstboot.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/firstboot.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/firstboot.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-01 13:58+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/ftp-server.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/ftp-server.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/ftp-server.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-12-05 07:28+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/geo-cluster.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/geo-cluster.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/geo-cluster.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -71,92 +71,299 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "อ่านแฟ้มการปรับแต่ง" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "arbitrator ip" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "transport" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "พอร์ต" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เพิ่ม" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "แก้ไข" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ลบ" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ใช้งานได้" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ยกเลิก" -#. parser value first -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please enter a new share name." +msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgstr "โปรดป้อนชื่อใหม่ของตำแหน่งใช้งานร่วมกัน" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "FTP Directories" +msgid "retries" +msgstr "ไดเรกทอรีของ FTP" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Height" +msgid "weights" +msgstr "ความสูง" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Expired" +msgid "expire" +msgstr "หมดอายุแล้ว" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Required patterns" +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "ชุดรูปแบบที่จำเป็นต้องใช้" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "timeout is no valid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The repository is not valid." +msgid "expire is no valid" +msgstr "คลังแพกเกจใช้งานไม่ได้" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The repository is not valid." +msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgstr "คลังแพกเกจใช้งานไม่ได้" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Entered umask is not valid!" +msgid "retries is no valid" +msgstr "ค่า umask ที่ป้อนมาใช้ไม่ได้ !" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The repository is not valid." +msgid "weights is no valid" +msgstr "คลังแพกเกจใช้งานไม่ได้" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "ticket can not be null" msgstr "" +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "site have to be filled" +msgstr "ซอฟต์แวร์ที่จะถูกติดตั้ง:" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "ticket have to be filled" +msgstr "ซอฟต์แวร์ที่จะถูกติดตั้ง:" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." +msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +msgstr "ค่าเลขไอพีเครื่องเกตเวย์ใช้ไม่ได้" + #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317 +#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Geo Cluster configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "มีโซนชื่อ %1 อยู่แล้ว" + +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." +msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgstr "ชื่อของการปรับแต่งไม่สามารถปล่อยว่างไว้ได้" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "ชื่อของการปรับแต่งไม่สามารถปล่อยว่างไว้ได้" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key is invalid." +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "กุญแจใช้ไม่ได้" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "ซอฟต์แวร์ที่จะถูกติดตั้ง:" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "ซอฟต์แวร์ที่จะถูกติดตั้ง:" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "ซอฟต์แวร์ที่จะถูกติดตั้ง:" + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "สรุปการปรับแต่งค่าโฮสต์:" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "อ่านแฟ้มการปรับแต่ง" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Class Configuration" +msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +msgstr "การปรับแต่งค่าคลาส" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "การปรับแต่งไฟร์วอลล์" + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "กำลังเตรียมการ..." + +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write general settings." +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "ไม่สามารถเขียนการตั้งค่าทั่วไปได้" + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." msgstr "" +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write general settings." +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "ไม่สามารถเขียนการตั้งค่าทั่วไปได้" + #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -165,75 +372,63 @@ #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "อ่านการตั้งค่าก่อนหน้านี้" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เสร็จสิ้น" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เขียนค่าการปรับแต่ง" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "กำลังทำการเขียนการตั้งค่า..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#. read sites -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311 -msgid "Cannot write global settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315 -msgid "Cannot write sites settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write ticket -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318 -msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." -msgstr "" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ไม่สามารถเขียนการตั้งค่าได้" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" @@ -250,7 +445,7 @@ #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "กำลังอ่านฐานข้อมูล..." #. Progress step 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 @@ -272,13 +467,13 @@ #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ประมวลผล SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "กำลังประมวลผล SuSEconfig..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "สรุปการปรับแต่งค่า..." Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/gtk.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/gtk.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/gtk.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-12-04 10:33+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ #: src/YGUtils.cc:644 msgid "Next" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ถัดไป" #: src/ygtksteps.c:75 msgid "Current step" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/http-server.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/http-server.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/http-server.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-12-06 00:07+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/inetd.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/inetd.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/inetd.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-15 15:16+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/installation.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/installation.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/installation.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-01 13:53+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -68,22 +68,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 +#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "ทำการคัดลอกแฟ้มไปยังระบบที่ติดตั้ง..." @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ msgstr "การติดตั้งจากแฟ้มอิมเมจถูกปิดการใช้งาน (<a href=\"%1\">เปิดใช้งาน</a>)" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "เตรียมส่วนจัดการหน้าต่างปริยาย..." @@ -303,6 +303,7 @@ msgstr "รายการปรับรุ่นต่าง ๆ ของ %1 %2" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "ผลิตภัณฑ์ที่ไม่รู้จัก" @@ -361,7 +362,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "สัญญาอนุญาตสิทธิ์" @@ -441,10 +442,24 @@ "กระบวนการติดตั้งได้ทุกเมื่อ\n" "\n" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 -msgid "License needs to be accepted" -msgstr "ต้องยอมรับเงื่อนไขสัญญาอนุญาตสิทธิ์เสียก่อน" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "บันทึกประจำรุ่น" +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -565,7 +580,7 @@ #. OEM image if target disk is defined #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ระบบจะทำการเริ่มการทำงานใหม่ในตอนนี้แล้ว..." #. bnc #395030 #. Use less memory @@ -668,11 +683,11 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "ปรับแต่งดิสก์แบบ &ZFCP" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "ปรับแต่งดิสก์แบบ &iSCSI" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" @@ -695,15 +710,22 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "การติดตั้งเพิ่งจะเริ่มต้นเท่านั้น !" -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Release Notes" -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "บันทึกประจำรุ่น" +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +msgid "Initializing" +msgstr "เตรียมการทำงาน" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "เตรียมกระบวนการติดตั้ง..." + #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 #, fuzzy @@ -730,64 +752,64 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "ทำการติดตั้งพื้นฐานให้เสร็จสิ้น" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "ทำการสร้างรายการสคริปต์การทำให้เสร็จสิ้นเพื่อเรียกใช้งาน..." #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "คัดลอกแฟ้มต่าง ๆ ไปยังระบบที่ถูกติดตั้ง" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "บันทึกการปรับแต่งค่า" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "จัดเก็บการตั้งค่าของการติดตั้ง" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "ติดตั้งตัวจัดการการบูตระบบ" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "เตรียมระบบสำหรับการเริ่มบูต" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "ทำการตรวจสอบช่วง: %1..." #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "ทำการเรียกขั้นตอน %1..." #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr " * %1" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "เสร็จสิ้น" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "การติดตั้งผิดพลาด" @@ -808,11 +830,6 @@ msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "โปรดรอระหว่างการเตรียมกระบวนการการติดตั้ง" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "เตรียมกระบวนการติดตั้ง..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -825,13 +842,6 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "เตรียมการปรับแต่งค่าระบบครั้งแรก..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "เตรียมการทำงาน" - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 #, fuzzy @@ -1059,12 +1069,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "ทำการข้ามการปรับแต่งค่าขึ้นอยู่กับว่าผู้ใช้ร้องขอมาหรือไม่" #. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1075,31 +1085,31 @@ #. not using tabs #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" msgstr "ข้อผิดพลาด: ไม่พบหัวเรื่อง" #. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "ทำการปรับข้อเสนอการติดตั้งเข้ากับการตั้งค่าปัจจุบัน..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "ทำการวิเคราะห์ระบบของคุณ..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "ข้อผิดพลาด: ไม่พบข้อเสนอการติดตั้ง" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1108,7 +1118,7 @@ "และมีข้อผิดพลาดบางอย่าง" #. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "ภาพรวมการติตดั้ง" @@ -1117,25 +1127,25 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "&ข้ามการปรับแต่งค่า" #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "ใ&ช้การปรับแต่งค่าเหล่านี้" #. menu button #. menu button #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "เ&ปลี่ยนค่า..." #. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgid "&Export Configuration" @@ -1143,25 +1153,25 @@ #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "คลิกที่หัวบรรทัดเพื่อเปลี่ยนค่า หรือใช้เมนู \"เปลี่ยนค่า...\" ทางด้านล่าง" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "คลิกที่หัวบรรทัดเพื่อเปลี่ยนค่า หรือใช้เมนู \"เปลี่ยนค่า...\" ทางด้านล่าง" #. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "ปรั&บไปใช้ค่าปริยาย" #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 msgid "" "\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -1175,7 +1185,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1206,7 +1216,7 @@ #. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 #. #. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -1223,7 +1233,7 @@ #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1235,7 +1245,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1247,7 +1257,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1259,7 +1269,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1270,12 +1280,12 @@ "\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "ข้อเสนอกำหนดการติดตั้ง รูปแบบ UML" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1286,7 +1296,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1297,7 +1307,7 @@ "\n" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Some proposals might be\n" @@ -1313,11 +1323,11 @@ "ข้อเสนอการติดตั้งที่ถูกล็อค ให้สอบถามผู้ดูแลระบบของคุณ" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 msgid "&Update" msgstr "&ปรับรุ่น" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 msgid "&Install" msgstr "ติ&ดตั้ง" @@ -1444,57 +1454,41 @@ msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "ทำการตรวจหาฮาร์ดดิสก์..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 -msgid "Search for Linux partitions" -msgstr "ค้นหาพาร์ทิชันของลินุกซ์" - +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 -msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgstr "ทำการค้นหาพาร์ทิชันของลินุกซ์..." - -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "ค้นหาแฟ้มของระบบ" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "ทำการค้นหาแฟ้มของระบบ..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initialize package manager" msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "เรียกใช้ตัวจัดการแพกเกจ" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing package manager..." msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "ทำการเตรียมตัวจัดการแพกเกจ..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140 -msgid "Evaluate update possibility" -msgstr "ประเมินการปรับรุ่นที่เป็นไปได้" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141 -msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." -msgstr "ทำการประเมินการปรับรุ่นที่เป็นไปได้..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "ตรวจค้นระบบ" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please wait while computer hardware and installed systems are being probed..." msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "โปรดรอระหว่างที่กำลังตรวจค้นฮาร์ดแวร์ในเครื่องและตรวจค้นระบบที่มีการติดตั้งอยู่..." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1507,7 +1501,7 @@ "โปรดตรวจสอบฮาร์ดแวร์ของคุณ !\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1520,7 +1514,7 @@ "ไม่พบฮาร์ดดิสก์สำหรับใช้ในการติดตั้ง\n" "โปรดตรวจสอบฮาร์ดแวร์ของคุณ !\n" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1536,7 +1530,7 @@ "(โดยเฉพาะบนเครื่อง s390 หรือกับระบบ iSCSI)\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" @@ -1553,7 +1547,7 @@ "โปรดตรวจสอบฮาร์ดแวร์ของคุณ !\n" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1562,31 +1556,31 @@ "กำลังยกเลิกการติดตั้ง" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 msgid "Removed" msgstr "ถูกเอาออก" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "ถูกเปิดใช้งาน" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "ถูกปิดการใช้งาน" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "คลังแพกเกจที่เคยใช้ก่อนหน้านี้" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" @@ -1595,27 +1589,27 @@ "คุณกำลังจะการปรับรุ่น:" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 msgid "Current Status" msgstr "สถานะปัจจุบัน" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 msgid "Repository" msgstr "คลังแพกเกจ" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 msgid "URL" msgstr "ที่อยู่ URL" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "&สลับสถานะ" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." @@ -1625,7 +1619,7 @@ "จะใช้ร่วมในกระบวนการปรับรุ่นให้ทันสมัย" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." @@ -1634,30 +1628,30 @@ "สลับสถานะ หรือดับเบิลคลิกบนรายการที่ต้องการในตาราง" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "เพื่อเปลี่ยนค่าที่อยู่ URL ให้คลิกที่ปุ่ม เปลี่ยนค่า..." #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "ไม่ทราบ" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "ที่อยู่ &URL ของคลังแพกเกจ" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "ยังไม่ได้ทำการปรับแต่งเครือข่าย" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" @@ -1666,51 +1660,51 @@ "คุณต้องการจะปรับแต่งค่าของมันก่อนหรือไม่ ?" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "ทำการเพิ่มและลบคลังแพกเกจ..." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please wait while repositories are being added and removed." msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "โปรดรอระหว่างที่กำลังทำการเพิ่มและลบคลังแพกเกจ" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "ลบคลังแพกเกจที่ไม่ได้ใช้แล้ว" -#. Removes selected repositories -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "ทำการลบคลังแพกเกจที่ไม่ได้ใช้แล้ว..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "เพิ่มคลังแพกเกจที่ถูกเปิดใช้งาน" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "ทำการเพิ่มคลังแพกเกจที่ถูกเปิดใช้งาน..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "เพิ่มคลังแพกเกจที่ถูกปิดการใช้งาน" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "ทำการเพิ่มคลังแพกเกจที่ถูกปิดการใช้งาน..." #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "ต้องการใช้แผ่นสื่อที่ถูกต้อง" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Make sure that media with label %1\n" @@ -1730,7 +1724,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1740,7 +1734,7 @@ msgstr "" #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1752,7 +1746,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1764,7 +1758,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "An error occurred when enabling repository\n" @@ -1780,7 +1774,7 @@ "ที่อยู่ URL: %2" #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1864,54 +1858,49 @@ msgstr "ทำการจัดเก็บค่าปรับแต่งค่าของบริการพร็อกซี..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62 -msgid "Enabling random number generator..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "ทำการจัดเก็บค่าเขตเวลา..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "ทำการจัดเก็บค่าภาษา..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "ทำการจัดเก็บค่าปรับแต่งของคอนโซล..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "ทำการจัดเก็บค่าปรับแต่งของแป้นพิมพ์..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "ทำการจัดเก็บข้อมูลผลิตภัณฑ์..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving automatical installation settings..." msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "ทำการจัดเก็บการตั้งค่าการติดตั้งอัตโนมัติ..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "ทำการจัดเก็บค่าปรับแต่งความปลอดภัย..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "ทำการจัดเก็บค่าปรับแต่งสคริปต์การบูตระบบ..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "ทำการจัดเก็บค่าปรับแต่งของฮาร์ดแวร์..." @@ -1945,7 +1934,7 @@ msgstr "ทำการเขียนค่าปรับแต่งของ YaST..." #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -2216,6 +2205,70 @@ msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "ทำการค้นหาพาร์ทิชันของลินุกซ์..." +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Administration" +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "การจัดการระบบจากระยะไกล" + +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" +msgstr "ล้มเหลวในการอ่านข้อมูลเกี่ยวกับอิมเมจการติดตั้ง" + +#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +msgid "Deploying..." +msgstr "ทำการถ่ายเท..." + +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgstr "ทำการจัดเก็บการตั้งค่าของผู้ใช้..." + +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgstr "ทำการเรียกคืนการตั้งค่าของผู้ใช้..." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Installation was unable to solve package dependecies automatically.\n" +#| "Package manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" +"การติดตั้งไม่สามารถแก้ปัญหาความเกี่ยวพันกันของแพกเกจได้โดยอัตโนมัติ\n" +"ดังนั้นจะทำการเปิดเครื่องมือจัดการแพกเกจขึ้นมาเพื่อให้คุณได้แก้ปัญหาด้วยตัวเอง" + +#~ msgid "License needs to be accepted" +#~ msgstr "ต้องยอมรับเงื่อนไขสัญญาอนุญาตสิทธิ์เสียก่อน" + +#~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions" +#~ msgstr "ค้นหาพาร์ทิชันของลินุกซ์" + +#~ msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." +#~ msgstr "ทำการค้นหาพาร์ทิชันของลินุกซ์..." + +#~ msgid "Evaluate update possibility" +#~ msgstr "ประเมินการปรับรุ่นที่เป็นไปได้" + +#~ msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." +#~ msgstr "ทำการประเมินการปรับรุ่นที่เป็นไปได้..." + #~ msgid "Network Device: %1" #~ msgstr "อุปกรณ์เครือข่าย: %1" @@ -2857,30 +2910,7 @@ #~ "สำหรับใช้ในการติดตั้ง\n" #~ "โปรดตรวจสอบฮาร์ดแวร์ของคุณ !\n" -#~ msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" -#~ msgstr "ล้มเหลวในการอ่านข้อมูลเกี่ยวกับอิมเมจการติดตั้ง" - -#~ msgid "Deploying..." -#~ msgstr "ทำการถ่ายเท..." - -#~ msgid "Storing user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "ทำการจัดเก็บการตั้งค่าของผู้ใช้..." - -#~ msgid "Restoring user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "ทำการเรียกคืนการตั้งค่าของผู้ใช้..." - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "Installation was unable to solve package dependecies automatically.\n" -#~| "Package manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" -#~ "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "การติดตั้งไม่สามารถแก้ปัญหาความเกี่ยวพันกันของแพกเกจได้โดยอัตโนมัติ\n" -#~ "ดังนั้นจะทำการเปิดเครื่องมือจัดการแพกเกจขึ้นมาเพื่อให้คุณได้แก้ปัญหาด้วยตัวเอง" - -#~ msgid "" #~ "No system type was selected.\n" #~ "Select the default type." #~ msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/instserver.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/instserver.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/instserver.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-31 16:42+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/iplb.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/iplb.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/iplb.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ #. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 msgid "Global Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ปรับแต่งค่าทั่วไป" #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" @@ -91,6 +91,26 @@ msgstr "" #. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "ใช่" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "ไม่ใช่" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Global Configuration" +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "ปรับแต่งค่าทั่วไป" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "การปรับแต่งค่าบริการเมล" + #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "" @@ -200,7 +220,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -440,7 +460,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -477,7 +497,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "บริการ" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" @@ -501,11 +521,11 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 msgid "Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ล็อกอิน" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "รหัสผ่าน" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 msgid "Database Name" @@ -521,7 +541,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 msgid "Netmask" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เน็ตมาสก์" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 msgid "Scheduler" @@ -529,7 +549,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "โพรโทคอล" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" @@ -537,15 +557,15 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เพิ่ม" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "แก้ไข" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ลบ" #. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 @@ -571,13 +591,19 @@ #. return `cacel or a string #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ใช้งานได้" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "ยกเลิก" + +#. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" msgstr "" -#. split the real server ip value; #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -590,10 +616,30 @@ msgid "weight" msgstr "" +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The IP address is invalid." +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "เลขไอพีใช้งานไม่ได้" + +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add a New Name Server" +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "เพิ่มแม่ข่ายบริการสืบค้นชื่อโดเมนตัวใหม่" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set up the mail server" +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "ตั้งค่าบริการจดหมายอิเลกทรอนิกส์" + #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "กำลังเตรียมการ..." #. Read all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -620,7 +666,7 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เสร็จสิ้น" #. Write all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -630,19 +676,19 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เขียนค่าการปรับแต่ง" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ประมวลผล SuSEconfig" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "กำลังทำการเขียนการตั้งค่า..." #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "กำลังประมวลผล SuSEconfig..." #. write global conf #. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" @@ -652,7 +698,7 @@ #. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ไม่สามารถเขียนการตั้งค่าได้" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/iscsi-client.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/iscsi-client.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/iscsi-client.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -63,150 +63,154 @@ msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109 -msgid "Initiator Name" +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115 +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Sound Card" -msgid "Offloa&d Card" +msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "แผงวงจรระบบเสียง" #. table of connected targets #. table of discovered targets #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "ส่วนเชื่อมต่อ" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "การเริ่มการทำงาน" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "เพิ่ม" #. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit" msgstr "แ&ก้ไข" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Log Out" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "เชื่อมต่ออยู่" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Log In" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "" #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "ชื่อผู้ใช้" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "รหัสผ่าน" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "" #. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Startup" msgstr "เริ่ม" #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "หมายเลขไอพี" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 msgid "Port" msgstr "พอร์ต" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Key" msgstr "คีย์" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Value" msgstr "ค่า" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "Service" msgstr "บริการ" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -215,9 +219,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "" @@ -433,13 +437,13 @@ msgstr "" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "ที่อยู่ไอพีใช้ไม่ได้หรือไม่ถูกต้อง" #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "" @@ -447,36 +451,36 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 msgid "True" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 msgid "False" msgstr "" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "ทำต่อไป" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "ยกเลิก" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "" @@ -558,14 +562,20 @@ msgstr "หยุดบริการ" #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Software" -msgid "(Software)" -msgstr "ซอฟต์แวร์" +#| msgid "Select Software" +msgid "default (Software)" +msgstr "เลือกซอฟต์แวร์" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "All" +msgid "all" +msgstr "ทั้งหมด" + #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -574,10 +584,15 @@ msgstr "" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Software" +#~ msgid "(Software)" +#~ msgstr "ซอฟต์แวร์" + #~ msgid "Write the settings" #~ msgstr "เขียนค่าการปรับแต่ง" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/iscsi-lio-server.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/iscsi-lio-server.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/iscsi-lio-server.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/iscsi-server.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/iscsi-server.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/iscsi-server.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/isns.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/isns.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/isns.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -318,89 +318,89 @@ msgstr "กำลังเตรียมการ..." #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 #, fuzzy msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "เพื่อเข้าใช้งานระบบ X11 จำเป็นจะต้องติดตั้งแพกเกจ %1 เสียก่อน" -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 #, fuzzy msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "คุณต้องการจะทำการติดตั้งมันในตอนนี้หรือไม่ ?" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "กำลังเตรียมการปรับแต่ง inetd" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 #, fuzzy msgid "Read the database" msgstr "กำลังอ่านฐานข้อมูล..." #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "อ่านการตั้งค่าก่อนหน้านี้" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 #, fuzzy msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "ตรวจหาอุปกรณ์" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "กำลังอ่านฐานข้อมูล..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "อ่านการตั้งค่าก่อนหน้านี้" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 #, fuzzy msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "กำลังตรวจหาอุปกรณ์แบบ DSL..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 msgid "Finished" msgstr "เสร็จสิ้น" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "กำลังจัดเก็บค่าปรับแต่ง inetd" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "เขียนค่าการปรับแต่ง" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "ประมวลผล SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "กำลังทำการเขียนการตั้งค่า..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "กำลังประมวลผล SuSEconfig..." #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "ไม่สามารถเขียนการตั้งค่าได้" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/kdump.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/kdump.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/kdump.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-28 13:51+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -370,8 +370,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -503,15 +503,6 @@ msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "" -#. checking if packages are available -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103 -msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115 -msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" @@ -1112,129 +1103,129 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "เขียนค่าการปรับแต่ง" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "กำลังทำการเขียนการตั้งค่า..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 msgid "Finished" msgstr "เสร็จสิ้น" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "ไม่สามารถเขียนการตั้งค่าได้" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "enabled" msgstr "เปิดใช้งาน" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "disabled" msgstr "ปิดการใช้" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 #, fuzzy msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "ตัวเลือกที่ว่างเอาไว้: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 #, fuzzy msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "ไดเรกทอรีเป้าหมาย: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 #, fuzzy msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "จำนวนของ FAT" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/kerberos-server.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/kerberos-server.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/kerberos-server.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/kerberos.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/kerberos.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/kerberos.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/languages_db.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/languages_db.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/languages_db.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-02 20:58+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/ldap-client.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/ldap-client.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/ldap-client.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-06 15:44+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/ldap-server.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/ldap-server.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/ldap-server.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/ldap.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/ldap.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/ldap.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ #. checkbox label #: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 msgid "&Show Details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "แสดงราย&ละเอียด" #. error message #. error message @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ #. password entering label #: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 msgid "&LDAP Server Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "รหัสผ่านของบริการ &LDAP" #. label #: src/Ldap.rb:979 @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ #. button label #: src/Ldap.rb:988 msgid "&Anonymous Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เข้าใช้เป็นผู้ใช้นิรนาม" #. error message, %1 is DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1330 @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เ&ปิด" #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 msgid "&Add Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เพิ่มค่า" #. menubutton item (default value) #: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 @@ -227,49 +227,49 @@ #: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เลือก" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" msgstr "" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" @@ -291,12 +291,12 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" msgstr "" @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "บริการ LDAP" #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 @@ -373,9 +373,9 @@ #. table header 1/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "คุณลักษณะ" #. table header 2/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ค่า" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/live-installer.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/live-installer.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/live-installer.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-02 21:02+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/lxc.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/lxc.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/lxc.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/mail.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/mail.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/mail.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-12-08 22:32+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/multipath.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/multipath.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/multipath.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/ncurses-pkg.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/ncurses-pkg.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/ncurses-pkg.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-16 22:45+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/ncurses.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/ncurses.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/ncurses.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-16 21:56+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/network.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/network.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/network.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-15 20:52+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -105,111 +105,61 @@ msgstr "ข้อผิดพลาดภายใน" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "ทำการเขียนค่าการปรับแต่งไฟร์วอลล์" -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "พอร์ต SSH ถูกบล็อค (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">เปิดใช้</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "พอร์ต SSH ถูกบล็อค (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">เปิดใช้</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "การติดตั้งจากแฟ้มอิมเมจถูกเปิดใช้งาน (<a href=\"%1\">ปิดการใช้งาน</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "การติดตั้งจากแฟ้มอิมเมจถูกปิดการใช้งาน (<a href=\"%1\">เปิดใช้งาน</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "พอร์ต SSH ถูกบล็อค (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">เปิดใช้</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "พอร์ต SSH ถูกบล็อค (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">เปิดใช้</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" -msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "การติดตั้งจากแฟ้มอิมเมจถูกเปิดใช้งาน (<a href=\"%1\">ปิดการใช้งาน</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" -msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "การติดตั้งจากแฟ้มอิมเมจถูกปิดการใช้งาน (<a href=\"%1\">เปิดใช้งาน</a>)" - #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "เขตพื้นที่บนไฟร์วอลล์" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 #, fuzzy msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "ไ&ฟร์วอลล์" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "การปรับแต่งไฟร์วอลล์" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&RPC Ports" msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "พอร์ตของ &RPC" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "การใช้ไฟร์วอลล์กับส่วนเชื่อมต่อ" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "เปิดการใช้งานไฟร์วอลล์" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&RPC Ports" msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "พอร์ตของ &RPC" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "การใช้ไฟร์วอลล์กับส่วนเชื่อมต่อ" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" @@ -220,13 +170,13 @@ "<big>ไฟร์วอลล์</big> \n" "ไฟร์วอลล์คือกลไกการป้องกันระบบคอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณจากการโจมตีภายในเครือข่าย" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" "service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" @@ -234,13 +184,64 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "การติดตั้งจากแฟ้มอิมเมจถูกเปิดใช้งาน (<a href=\"%1\">ปิดการใช้งาน</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "การติดตั้งจากแฟ้มอิมเมจถูกปิดการใช้งาน (<a href=\"%1\">เปิดใช้งาน</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "การติดตั้งจากแฟ้มอิมเมจถูกเปิดใช้งาน (<a href=\"%1\">ปิดการใช้งาน</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "การติดตั้งจากแฟ้มอิมเมจถูกปิดการใช้งาน (<a href=\"%1\">เปิดใช้งาน</a>)" + +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" +msgstr "พอร์ต SSH ถูกบล็อค (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">เปิดใช้</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "พอร์ต SSH ถูกบล็อค (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">เปิดใช้</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" +msgstr "พอร์ต SSH ถูกบล็อค (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">เปิดใช้</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "พอร์ต SSH ถูกบล็อค (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">เปิดใช้</a>)" + #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts #. Hosts dialog caption @@ -534,9 +535,18 @@ msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "ส่วนเชื่อมต่อสำหรับการทำบริดจ์" -#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst(); -#. Lan::Autoinstall(); -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173 +#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML +#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML +#. has higher priority +#. +#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with +#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than +#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". +#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means +#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". +#. Other elements may have similar problems, +#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration Error : uninitialized interface!" msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." @@ -634,7 +644,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "ปรับแต่งค่าการหาเส้นทาง (Routing)" @@ -738,7 +748,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "อุปกรณ์" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416 msgid "Options" msgstr "ตัวเลือก" @@ -825,13 +835,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "คำเตือน: ไม่มีการใช้การเข้ารหัส" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Change." msgstr "เปลี่ยน" @@ -1207,14 +1217,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "ประเ&ภทอุปกรณ์" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "ชื่อของการป&รับแต่งค่า" @@ -1227,7 +1237,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "อุปกรณ์แบบบริดจ์" @@ -1427,30 +1437,30 @@ #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&ที่อยู่" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "ปรับแต่งค่าเลขไอพีของคุณ" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "ฮาร์&ดแวร์" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 #, fuzzy msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "โซนลูก (Slave)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "เครือข่ายไ&ร้สาย" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Swap &Priority" msgid "Ifplugd Priority" @@ -1458,7 +1468,7 @@ #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1472,15 +1482,15 @@ msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "ตั้งค่าแผงวงจรเครือข่าย" -#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" #| "Remove the configuration?\n" msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" -"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" +"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" msgstr "" "อุปกรณ์ที่เลือกไว้อย่างน้อยหนึ่งตัวมีการปรับแต่งค่าไว้แล้ว\n" "จะลบการปรับแต่งค่าออกไปหรือไม่ ?\n" @@ -1697,7 +1707,7 @@ msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "อุปกรณ์ถูกลบแล้ว" -#. encoding: utf-8 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** #. #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -1813,7 +1823,7 @@ msgstr "เกิดข้อผิดพลาดขึ้นระหว่างทำการติดตั้งเฟิร์มแวร์" #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1828,13 +1838,12 @@ "ส่วนเชื่อมต่อนี้จะไม่ถูกจัดการผ่าน NetworkManager อีกต่อไป\n" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#. radio button group label, method of setup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "วิธีการตั้งค่าเครือข่าย" @@ -1843,7 +1852,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "การตั้งค่าเครือข่าย" @@ -1870,7 +1879,7 @@ msgstr "เปลี่ยนเส้นทางปริยายผ่านทาง DHCP" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1880,13 +1889,13 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Udev Rules are rules for the Kernel device manager that allow\n" @@ -1901,7 +1910,7 @@ "ที่จะอนุญาตให้ทำการจับคู่ที่อยู่แบบ MAC หรือ BusID ของอุปกรณ์เครือข่ายเข้ากับชื่อของมัน\n" "(ตัวอย่างเช่น eth1, wlan0) และเพื่อให้มั่นใจว่าชื่อของอุปกรณ์จะยังคงอยู่เมื่อทำการบูตระบบ\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1909,7 +1918,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1922,7 +1931,7 @@ "ค่าไดรเวอร์ปริยายที่ใช้อยู่ก็สามารถทำงานได้เช่นกัน\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Additionally, you may specify Options for the Kernel module. Use this format: option=value. Each entry should be space \n" @@ -1938,12 +1947,12 @@ "io=0x300 irq=5 ข้อควรจำ: หากมีแผงวงจรสองแผงถูกปรับแต่งให้ใช้มอดูล\n" "ที่มีชื่อเดียวกัน จะมีการผนวกรวมตัวเลือกขณะที่มีการบันทึกค่า\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1953,7 +1962,7 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" @@ -1962,7 +1971,7 @@ "/etc/modprobe.conf หรือ /etc/chandev.conf\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." @@ -1971,82 +1980,84 @@ "IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands" #. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" msgstr "ปรับแต่งค่าแผงวงจรเครือข่ายด้วยตนเอง" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "อุปกรณ์แบบ &PCMCIA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291 msgid "&USB" msgstr "อุปกรณ์แบบ &USB" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300 msgid "&Hotplug Type" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305 msgid "P&CI" msgstr "อุปกรณ์แบบ P&CI" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "มอดูลของเ&คอร์เนล (ไดร์เวอร์)" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "ชื่อ&มอดูล" #. TODO: Ud ... Rules -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380 -msgid "Udev rules" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Udev rules" +msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "กฏของ Udev" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "ชื่ออุปกรณ์" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 msgid "Change" msgstr "เปลี่ยน" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Server Identification" -msgid "Show visible port identification" +msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "การแสดงตัวของเครื่องแม่ข่าย" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "วินาที" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406 msgid "Blink" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Xgl options" -msgid "Ethtool options" +msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "ตัวเลือกของ Xgl" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "เลือกแผงวงจรเครือข่ายด้วยตนเอง" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -2056,19 +2067,19 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "แผง&วงจรเครือข่าย" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&ค้นหา" #. Remember current device number (#308763) #. see also bnc#391802 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -2077,7 +2088,7 @@ "โปรดเลือกชื่ออื่น ๆ" #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "ปรับแต่งค่าแผงวงจรเครือข่ายเครื่อง S/390" @@ -2085,132 +2096,132 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "ตั้งค่าอุปกรณ์ของเครื่อง S/390" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "ชื่อพอร์ต" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903 #, fuzzy msgid "Port Number" msgstr "หมายเลข&พอร์ต" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "เปิดการเข้าควบคุมเลขไอพี" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "เปิดการรองรับเลเยอร์ 2" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "ที่อยู่ &MAC ของเลเยอร์ 2" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "ช่องการอ่าน" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "ช่องการเขียน" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "ช่องควบคุม" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "ป้อนชื่อพอร์ตของส่วนเชื่อมต่อนี้ (แยกแยะตัวพิมพ์ใหญ่-เล็ก)" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "ป้อนตัวเลือกเพิ่มเติมของส่วนเชื่อมต่อนี้ (แบ่งโดยใช้ช่องว่าง)" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "เลือกตัวเลือก เปิดการเข้าควบคุมเลขไอพี หากควรมีการเข้าควบคุมเลขไอพีกับส่วนเชื่อมต่อนี้" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "เลือกตัวเลือก เปิดการรองรับเลเยอร์ 2 หากแผงวงจรนี้มีการปรับแต่งค่าให้รองรับเลเยอร์ 2" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "ป้อนค่า ที่อยู่ MAC ของเลเยอร์ 2 หากแผงวงจรนี้มีการปรับแต่งค่าให้รองรับเลเยอร์ 2" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "หมายเลข&พอร์ต" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "ช่วงหมดเวลาของ &LANCMD" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "เลือกหมายเลขพอร์ต สำหรับส่วนเชื่อมต่อนี้" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "กำหนดค่า ช่วงหมดเวลาของ LANCMD ของส่วนเชื่อมต่อนี้" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "โหมดที่เข้ากันได้" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "โหมดขยาย" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "tty บนพื้นฐาน CTC (การเชื่อมต่อระหว่างลินุกซ์ถึงลินุกซ์)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "โหมดที่เข้ากันได้กับ OS/390 และ z/OS" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "โ&พรโทคอล" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "เลือกโพรโทคอลของส่วนเชื่อมต่อนี้" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "ชื่อจุดต่อ (&Peer)" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" @@ -2219,7 +2230,7 @@ "ตัวอย่างเช่น ชื่อ z/VM คือชื่อผู้ใช้และจุดเชื่อมต่อใด (แยกแยะตัวพิมพ์ใหญ่-เล็ก)\n" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "An error occured while creating device.\n" @@ -2233,7 +2244,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "กล่องปรับแต่งฮาร์ดแวร์" @@ -2294,19 +2305,18 @@ "ในการสลับการใช้งานระหว่างเครือข่ายใช้สายและเครือข่ายไม่ใช้สายหลายตัว\n" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" -"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +"Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" "ใช้ วิธีการดั้งเดิมผ่านทาง <tt>ifup</tt>\n" "หากคุณไม่ได้ทำงานกับสภาพแวดล้อมของเดสก์ทอป (GNOME หรือ KDE)\n" "หรือต้องการใช้อุปกรณ์เครือข่ายหลายตัวในเวลาเดียวกัน\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" @@ -2316,7 +2326,7 @@ "ใช้แสดงภาพรวมของแผงวงจรเครือข่ายที่ได้ติดตั้งไว้\n" "และทำการแก้ไขการปรับแต่งค่าของพวกมันได้ด้วย \n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" @@ -2324,7 +2334,7 @@ "<big>การเพิ่มแผงวงจรเครือข่าย:</big> \n" "ให้กดที่ปุ่ม เพิ่ม เพื่อปรับแต่งค่าของแผงวงจรเครือข่ายตัวใหม่ด้วยตนเอง\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -2340,7 +2350,7 @@ "จากนั้นกดที่ปุ่ม แก้ไข หรือ ลบ ตามต้องการ\n" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" @@ -2364,12 +2374,12 @@ "มอดูล ipv6 ของเคอร์เนล) หากไม่มีการใช้งานโพรโทคอล ipv6 บนเครือข่ายของคุณ\n" "เวลาในการตอบสนองจะเร็วกว่ามีการใช้งาน\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." msgstr "การเปลี่ยนแปลงทั้งหมดจะมีผลปรับใช้หลังจากทำการบูตระบบใหม่แล้ว" #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2383,7 +2393,7 @@ "มันจะถูกใช้แทนเกตเวย์หรือการค้นหาเส้นทางปริยาย แนวคิดของการค้นเส้นทางปริยายนั้นง่ายมาก \n" "มันก็คือการบอกว่า \"ถ้าจะไปยังที่อยู่อื่น ๆ ที่ยังไม่มีการกำหนดนะ ให้มาผ่านที่นี่\"\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" @@ -2400,13 +2410,13 @@ "โดยทั่วไป เครื่องหมาย \"-\" จะหมายถึงส่วนเชื่อมต่อใด ๆ\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2414,14 +2424,14 @@ "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" "also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" @@ -2435,7 +2445,7 @@ "ดังนั้นควรจะปิดการใช้ตัวเลือกนี้ หากคุณเชื่อมต่อไปยังเครือข่ายที่กำหนดค่าชื่อเครื่องที่แตกต่างกันออกไป\n" "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2444,7 +2454,7 @@ "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" @@ -2453,7 +2463,7 @@ "ซึ่งตามปกติแล้ว ค่าพวกนี้จะได้รับมาจาก DHCP ด้วย\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2464,7 +2474,7 @@ "(เช่น 192.168.0.42) ไม่ใช่ป้อนเป็นชื่อเครื่อง\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2476,7 +2486,7 @@ "(เช่น suse.de) นอกจากนี้คุณยังสามารถเพิ่มโดเมนสำหรับค้นหาเพิ่มเติมได้อีกด้วย\n" "(เช่น suse.com) โดยให้แยกแต่ละโดเมนออกจากกันด้วยเครื่องหมายจุลภาค หรือช่องว่าง\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2487,7 +2497,7 @@ "(เช่น example.com) โดยโดเมนนั้นเป็นส่วนที่สำคัญมากหากคุณใช้เครื่องเพื่อให้บริการเมล\n" "คุณสามารถดูชื่อเครื่องคอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณได้ โดยใช้คำสั่ง hostname" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Select the way how DNS configuration (name servers, search list, the content of \n" @@ -2509,7 +2519,7 @@ "DHCP, NetworkManager เป็นต้น) ตัวเลือก ใช้นโยบายปริยาย นั้นจะถูกใช้เป็นค่าปริยาย\n" "และมันเพียงพอสำหรับการปรับแต่งโดยทั่วไปอยู่แล้ว" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "By choosing Only Manually option, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify \n" @@ -2537,7 +2547,7 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" @@ -2552,12 +2562,12 @@ "เลือก ไม่ต้องตั้งค่าที่อยู่ หากคุณไม่ต้องการใช้เลขไอพีใด ๆ กับอุปกรณ์นี้\n" "โดยจะมีประโยชน์สำหรับการเชื่อมกันของอุปกรณ์แบบอีเทอร์เน็ต\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" @@ -2566,7 +2576,7 @@ "ที่ถูกกำหนดมาให้โดยผู้ดูแลระบบหรือผู้ให้บริการอินเทอร์เน็ตของคุณ\n" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You can choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" @@ -2582,7 +2592,7 @@ "จะถูกแจกจ่ายมาจากแม่ข่ายให้โดยอัตโนมัติ\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2593,7 +2603,7 @@ " นอกเหนือจากนี้ จะต้องทำการตั้งค่าเลขไอพีแบบคงที่ด้วยตนเอง\n" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" @@ -2604,7 +2614,7 @@ "สำหรับใช้กับการเชื่อมต่อตรงของคุณ\n" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" @@ -2620,7 +2630,7 @@ "คุณสามารถจะป้อนชื่อเครื่องที่สมบูรณ์ตามรูปแบบ เพื่อใช้กับเลขไอพีนี้ได้ โดยชื่อเครื่องจะถูกเขียนไปยังแฟ้ม <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>\n" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." @@ -2628,7 +2638,7 @@ "ลองติดต่อผู้บริการระบบเครือข่ายของคุณ เพื่อทราบข้อมูลที่มากกว่านี้\n" "เกี่ยวกับการปรับแต่งค่าเครือข่าย" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." @@ -2636,7 +2646,7 @@ "ไม่ขอแนะนำให้ทำการปรับแต่งบริการ DHCP กับผลิตภัณฑ์นี้\n" "เนื่องจากส่วนประกอบของผลิตภัณฑ์นี้อาจจะทำงานไม่ได้กับบริการ DHCP" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" "Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2654,11 +2664,11 @@ "ทางส่วนเชื่อมต่อนี้จะถูกบล็อคเอาไว้ และถ้าคุณไม่ได้เลือกเขตพื้นที่ และไม่มี\n" "ส่วนเชื่อมต่อตัวอื่น ๆ ในเขตพื้นที่ ระบบไฟร์วอลล์จะถูกปิดการทำงาน" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" @@ -2683,7 +2693,7 @@ "หมุนโมเด็ม (dial-up) คุณสามารถทำได้ทั้งเลือกค่าที่แนะนำตัวใดตัวหนึ่ง\n" "หรือจะกำหนดค่าเองก็ได้\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" "Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." @@ -2692,12 +2702,12 @@ "โดยใช้ได้เฉพาะอุปกรณ์ที่ตั้งค่าการเริ่มการทำงานเป็น ไม่ต้องเลย และ ไม่ต้องตั้งค่าที่อยู่ จึงจะใช้ได้" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "<big>ตัวเลือกของไคลเอนต์ DHCP</big>" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2713,7 +2723,7 @@ "และมีที่อยู่ฮาร์ดแวร์เดียวกัน" #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" @@ -2745,7 +2755,7 @@ "หากไม่ต้องการให้มีการส่งชื่อเครื่อง ให้ลบข้อความในช่องนี้ให้ว่างไว้\n" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" @@ -2758,7 +2768,7 @@ "ปรับแต่งที่อยู่เพิ่มเติมของส่วนเชื่อมต่อ (ชื่อแฝงของมัน) ได้ ในตารางนี้\n" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Enter an Alias Name, an IP Address, and\n" @@ -2771,7 +2781,7 @@ "เน็ตมาสก์" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" "IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" @@ -2779,14 +2789,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr "อย่ารวมชื่อของส่วนเชื่อมต่อไว้ในชื่อแฝงด้วย ตัวอย่างเช่น ป้อน foo แทนการใช้ eth0:foo" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" @@ -2829,7 +2839,7 @@ " \n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." @@ -2838,7 +2848,7 @@ "ได้ที่นี่" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2853,7 +2863,7 @@ "ทำหน้าที่เป็นจุดให้เข้าใช้งาน)\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2873,7 +2883,7 @@ "จุดเข้าใช้งานที่มีความแรงสัญญาณมากที่สุด\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. WEP\n" @@ -2910,7 +2920,7 @@ "โดยจะสามารถใช้งานได้ในโหมดปฏิบัติการแบบ Managed เท่านั้น\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2926,7 +2936,7 @@ "40 ถึง 232 บิตเท่านั้น\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2943,7 +2953,7 @@ "ในการใช้กับวลีรหัสผ่าน\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" @@ -2952,7 +2962,7 @@ "ให้ป้อนพารามิเตอร์บางตัวในกล่องปรับแต่งหน้าถัดไป\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" @@ -3534,23 +3544,23 @@ msgstr "เตรียมการทำงาน..." #. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "การจัดการระบบจากระยะไกล" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "อนุญาตให้จัดการระบบได้จากระยะไกล" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "ไม่อนุญาตให้จัดการระบบได้จากระยะไกล" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" @@ -3567,17 +3577,17 @@ "การจัดการระบบจากระยะไกลแบบนี้ จะมีความปลอดภัยน้อยกว่าการใช้ SSH\n" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "ตั้งค่าการจัดการระบบจากทางไกล" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "ต้องการการติดตั้งแพกเกจเหล่านี้:" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3592,124 +3602,111 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "ไม่ได้เสียบสาย" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "ไม่ทราบ" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "การปรับแต่งค่าถูกจัดเก็บเรียบร้อยแล้ว" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "ค่าปรับแต่งของบริการสืบค้นชื่อถูกจัดเก็บเรียบร้อยแล้ว" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "การปรับแต่งค่า DSL ถูกจัดเก็บเรียบร้อยแล้ว" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "การปรับแต่งค่าโฮสต์ถูกจัดเก็บเรียบร้อยแล้ว" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "การปรับแต่งค่า ISDN ถูกจัดเก็บเรียบร้อยแล้ว" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "การปรับแต่งค่าแผงวงจรเครือข่ายถูกจัดเก็บเรียบร้อยแล้ว" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "การปรับแต่งค่าโมเด็มถูกจัดเก็บเรียบร้อยแล้ว" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "การปรับแต่งค่าพร็อกซีถูกจัดเก็บเรียบร้อยแล้ว" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "การปรับแต่งค่าผู้ให้บริการถูกจัดเก็บเรียบร้อยแล้ว" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "การปรับแต่งค่าการเราต์ถูกจัดเก็บเรียบร้อยแล้ว" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "จะปรับแต่งค่าเมลเดี๋ยวนี้หรือไม่ ?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "จะประมวลผลการปรับแต่งค่าของ %1 หรือไม่ ?" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "แผงวงจรเครือข่าย" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Modems" msgstr "โมเด็ม" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "แผงวงจร ISDN" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "อุปกรณ์แบบ DSL" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "อุปกรณ์เครือข่ายทั้งหมด" -#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -#| "cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "To edit the settings, use NetworkManager connection editor, or\n" -#| "switch the network setup method to Traditional method with ifup." -msgid "" -"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -"cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -"\n" -"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" -"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" -msgstr "" -"ตอนนี้เครือข่ายถูกควบคุมอยู่โดย NetworkManager และ YaST \n" -"ไม่สามารถแก้ไขการตั้งค่าของมันได้\n" -"\n" -"หากต้องการตั้งค่า ให้ใช้ตัวแก้ไขการเชื่อมต่อของ NetworkManager\n" -"หรือเปลี่ยนวิธีการตั้งค่าเครือข่ายกลับมาใช้วิธีการดั้งเดิมด้วย ifup" - #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 @@ -3968,7 +3965,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "ค่าเกตเวย์ปริยายใช้ไม่ได้" @@ -4185,66 +4182,79 @@ msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "ตั้งค่า &MTU" +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Services" +msgid "NetworkManager Service" +msgstr "บริการของเครือข่าย" + +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Traditional Chinese" +msgid "Traditional ifup" +msgstr "ภาษาจีนดั้งเดิม" + +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Squid Service" +msgid "Wicked Service" +msgstr "บริการพร็อกซี (Squid)" + +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Services" +msgid "Network Services Disabled" +msgstr "บริการของเครือข่าย" + #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reboot needed!" msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "ต้องการการบูตระบบใหม่ !" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -#. radio button label -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager -#. program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 -msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" -msgstr "ควบคุมโดย&ผู้ใช้ผ่านทาง NetworkManager" - -#. radio button label -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365 -msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" -msgstr "วิธีการ&ดั้งเดิมผ่านทาง ifup" - -#. radio button label -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 -msgid "Controlled by &wicked" -msgstr "" +msgid "General Network Settings" +msgstr "การตั้งค่าเครือข่ายทั่วไป" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "ตั้งค่าโพรโทคอล IPv6" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "เปิดใช้ IPv6" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "อุปกรณ์ที่ไม่รู้จัก" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "ที่อยู่ DHCP" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "ยังไม่กำหนดเลขไอพี" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" @@ -4253,12 +4263,12 @@ "%2 - %3" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "เป&ลี่ยนอุปกรณ์" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "เลือกอุปกรณ์เครือข่าย" @@ -4274,105 +4284,101 @@ msgstr "" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name" -msgid "Device name:" +msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "ชื่ออุปกรณ์" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 -msgid "Base udev rule on" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1/%2" msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "เลขไอพี: %1/%2" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "" -#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. -#. -#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid -#. -#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "มีการปรับแต่งค่า %1 อยู่แล้ว" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read configuration file" msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "อ่านแฟ้มการปรับแต่ง" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371 msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "เขียนชื่อเครื่อง" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "อัปเดตการปรับแต่งค่า" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "ปรับปรุงแฟ้ม /etc/resolv.conf" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "จัดเก็บชื่อเครื่องและค่าปรับแต่งบริการสืบค้นชื่อ" #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "เขียนชื่อเครื่อง..." #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "กำลังอัปเดตการปรับแต่งค่า..." #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416 msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "ปรับปรุงแฟ้ม /etc/resolv.conf..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "ชื่อเครื่อง: ตั้งค่าผ่านทาง DHCP" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "ชื่อเครื่อง: %1" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "ไม่สามารถเขียนชื่อเครื่องไปยังแฟ้ม /etc/hosts ได้" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "แม่ข่ายบริการสืบค้นชื่อ: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "รายการค้น: %1" @@ -4391,314 +4397,320 @@ msgstr "ปรับปรุงแฟ้ม /etc/hosts..." #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "เตรียมการปรับแต่งค่าเครือข่าย" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "ตรวจสอบอุปกรณ์เครือข่าย" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "อ่านข้อมูลของไดรเวอร์" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "อ่านค่าปรับแต่งของอุปกรณ์" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "อ่านค่าปรับแต่งของเครือข่าย" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "อ่านการตั้งค่าไฟร์วอลล์" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "อ่านค่าปรับแต่งของชื่อเครื่องและบริการสืบค้นชื่อ" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "อ่านข้อมูลการติดตั้ง" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "อ่านค่าปรับแต่งของการหาเส้นทาง (routing)" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "ตรวจหาสถานะปัจจุบัน" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detecting for ndiswrapper..." msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "ตรวจหา ndiswrapper..." #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "ตรวจหาอุปกรณ์เครือข่าย..." #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "อ่านค่าปรับแต่งของอุปกรณ์..." #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "อ่านค่าปรับแต่งของเครือข่าย..." #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "อ่านการตั้งค่าไฟร์วอลล์..." #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "อ่านค่าปรับแต่งของชื่อเครื่องและบริการสืบค้นชื่อ..." #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "อ่านข้อมูลการติดตั้ง..." #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "อ่านค่าปรับแต่งของการหาเส้นทาง (routing)..." #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "ตรวจหาสถานะปัจจุบัน..." #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "เสร็จสิ้น" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 #, fuzzy #| msgid "To apply this change a reboot is needed." msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "เพื่อให้การปรับใช้การเปลี่ยนแปลงนี้มีผล จำเป็นต้องทำการบูตระบบใหม่" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "จัดเก็บค่าการปรับแต่งเครือข่าย" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "เขียนข้อมูลไดรเวอร์" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "เขียนค่าปรับแต่งของอุปกรณ์" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "เขียนค่าปรับแต่งของเครือข่าย" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "เขียนค่าปรับแต่งของการหาเส้นทาง (routing)" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "เขียนค่าปรับแต่งชื่อเครื่องและบริการสืบค้นชื่อ" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "ตั้งค่าบริการของเครือข่าย" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "เขียนค่าการปรับแต่งไฟร์วอลล์" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "เริ่มการทำงานบริการของเครือข่าย" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "เขียนแฟ้ม /etc/modprobe.conf..." #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "เขียนค่าปรับแต่งของอุปกรณ์..." #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "เขียนค่าปรับแต่งของเครือข่าย..." #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "เขียนค่าปรับแต่งการหาเส้นทาง (routing)..." #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "เขียนค่าปรับแต่งชื่อเครื่องและบริการสืบค้นชื่อ..." #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "ตั้งค่าบริการเครือข่าย..." #. Progress step 8 -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "เขียนค่าการปรับแต่งไฟร์วอลล์..." #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "เริ่มการทำงานบริการของเครือข่าย..." -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 msgid "No network running" msgstr "ไม่มีเครือข่ายที่กำลังทำงานอยู่" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "โหมดของเครือข่าย" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "อุปกรณ์เครือข่ายถูกควบคุมโดย NetworkManager" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "ปิดการใช้งาน NetworkManager" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "ตั้งค่าเครือข่ายแบบดั้งเดิมด้วย NetControl - ifup" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "เปิดการใช้งาน NetworkManager" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "การรองรับโพรโทคอล IPv6 ถูกเปิดใช้งาน" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "ปิดการรองรับ IPv6" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "การรองรับโพรโทคอล IPv6 ถูกปิดการใช้งาน" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Not connected" msgid "connected" msgstr "ไม่ได้เชื่อมต่อ" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "เริ่มการทำงานอัตโนมัติระหว่างการบูตระบบ" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "เริ่มการทำงานอัตโนมัติเมื่อมีการต่อสาย" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "ถูกจัดการผ่านทาง NetworkManager" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "จะไม่เริ่มการทำงานเลย" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "เริ่มการทำงานด้วยตนเอง" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "เลขไอพีที่กำหนดให้" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1/%2" msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "เลขไอพี: %1/%2" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2" msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" @@ -4707,45 +4719,45 @@ #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "ยังไม่มีการปรับแต่ง" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name: %1" msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "ชื่ออุปกรณ์: %1" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 #, fuzzy msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "โซนลูก (Slave)" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "ไม่ได้เชื่อมต่อ" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "ไม่มี hwinfo" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "ไม่สามารถปรับแต่งแผงวงจรเครือข่ายได้ เนื่องจากไม่มีอุปกรณ์ของเคอร์เนลอยู่ (eth0, wlan0) ซึ่งอาจจะเนื่องจากขาดเฟิร์มแวร์ (ของอุปกรณ์ wlan) โปรดดูรายละเอียดเพิ่มจากผลลัพธ์ของคำสั่ง dmesg" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" @@ -4755,44 +4767,61 @@ "to configure.\n" msgstr "อุปกรณ์ยังไม่ถูกปรับแต่ง กดที่ปุ่ม แก้ไข เพื่อปรับแต่งมัน\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "เฟิร์มแวร์ที่จำเป็นต้องใช้" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "ไม่ทราบ" +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr "แพกเกจโปรแกรม SuSEfirewall2 ยังไม่ถูกติดตั้ง ไฟร์วอลล์จะถูกปิดการใช้งาน" + #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "ปรับแต่งตัวจัดการการแสดงผล" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "เริ่มบริการใหม่อีกครั้ง" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "จัดเก็บค่าการปรับแต่งการบริหารระบบจากทางไกล" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "ปรับแต่งตัวจัดการการแสดงผล..." +#. Enable xinetd +#. Enable XDM +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." +msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "การเริ่มบริการ 'lirc' ล้มเหลว" + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "เริ่มบริการใหม่อีกครั้ง..." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "การจัดการระบบจากทางไกลถูกเปิดใช้งาน" -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "การจัดการระบบจากทางไกลถูกปิดการใช้งาน" @@ -4846,21 +4875,52 @@ msgstr "การส่งต่อไอพี (IP Forward):" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "กำหนดโซนให้โดยอัตโนมัติ" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "ไม่ใช้ไฟร์วอลล์" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "(ไม่มีการป้องกัน)" #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" +#~| "cannot be edited by YaST.\n" +#~| "\n" +#~| "To edit the settings, use NetworkManager connection editor, or\n" +#~| "switch the network setup method to Traditional method with ifup." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" +#~ "cannot be edited by YaST.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" +#~ "switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ตอนนี้เครือข่ายถูกควบคุมอยู่โดย NetworkManager และ YaST \n" +#~ "ไม่สามารถแก้ไขการตั้งค่าของมันได้\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "หากต้องการตั้งค่า ให้ใช้ตัวแก้ไขการเชื่อมต่อของ NetworkManager\n" +#~ "หรือเปลี่ยนวิธีการตั้งค่าเครือข่ายกลับมาใช้วิธีการดั้งเดิมด้วย ifup" + +#~ msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" +#~ msgstr "ควบคุมโดย&ผู้ใช้ผ่านทาง NetworkManager" + +#~ msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" +#~ msgstr "วิธีการ&ดั้งเดิมผ่านทาง ifup" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Device Name" +#~ msgid "Device name:" +#~ msgstr "ชื่ออุปกรณ์" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" #~ msgstr "พอร์ต SSH ถูกเปิดใช้ (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">ปิด</a>)" @@ -4868,9 +4928,6 @@ #~ msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" #~ msgstr "พอร์ต SSH ถูกบล็อค (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">เปิดใช้</a>)" -#~ msgid "General Network Settings" -#~ msgstr "การตั้งค่าเครือข่ายทั่วไป" - #~ msgid "General &Network Settings" #~ msgstr "การตั้งค่าเ&ครือข่ายทั่วไป" @@ -5311,9 +5368,6 @@ #~ msgid "Add &Provider to Existing Interface" #~ msgstr "เพิ่มผู้ให้บริการไปยังส่วนเชื่อมต่อที่มีอยู่" -#~ msgid "Network Services" -#~ msgstr "บริการของเครือข่าย" - #~ msgid "S&kip" #~ msgstr "ข้า&ม" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/nfs.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/nfs.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/nfs.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-07 14:05+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/nfs_server.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/nfs_server.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/nfs_server.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-07 13:44+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -81,27 +81,27 @@ msgstr "ตัวเลือก ใช่/ไม่ใช่ สำหรับ เปิด/ปิด การรองรับ NFS แบบปลอดภัย" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "บริการ NFS ถูกเปิดใช้งานอยู่" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "บริการ NFS ถูกปิดการใช้งาน" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "แพกเกจ (%1) ที่จำเป็นต้องใช้ ยังไม่ถูกติดตั้ง" #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "ยังไม่ระบุจุดเมานท์" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -112,13 +112,13 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Please use the 'set enablev4' command." msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "ไม่สามารถตั้งค่าโดเมนโดยไม่เปิดใช้ NFSv4 ได้ โปรดใช้คำสั่ง 'set enablev4'" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Command set must be used as in 'set option=value'. Please use 'set help' to get information about the options." msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." @@ -190,59 +190,48 @@ "เป็นไปได้ว่ามันอาจจะมีช่องว่างปลอม ๆ อยู่ภายในแฟ้มการปรับแต่ง" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "ไดเ&รกทอรีที่จะส่งออก" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "เ&ลือก..." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "ป้อนพาธการส่งออกที่ไม่ใช่ปล่อยว่างเอาไว้ ตัวอย่างเช่น /exports" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "ตารางการส่งออกมีส่วนของไดเรกทอรีนี้อยู่แล้ว" -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" -"บริการ NFS (%1) ในโหมดของผู้ใช้ ไม่สามารถส่งออกไดเรกทอรี\n" -"ที่มีช่องว่างอยู่ในชื่อด้วยได้\n" -"หากต้องการทำเช่นนั้น ให้ใช้บริการที่มีพื้นฐานบนเคอร์เนล (%2) แทน" - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "ไดเรกทอรียังไม่มีอยู่ จะให้สร้างมันหรือไม่ ?" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "เลือกไดเรกทอรีที่จะส่งออก" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "ไ&วล์การ์ดของเครื่อง" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "ตั&วเลือก" #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "'fsid=0'is not a valid option unless \n" @@ -255,7 +244,7 @@ "NFSv4 เสียก่อน (อยู่ในหน้าก่อนนี้)" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -265,12 +254,12 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "ไม่สามารถอ่านแฟ้ม /etc/idmapd.conf ได้ กำลังตั้งค่าปริยายให้โดเมน เป็น 'localdomain'" #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others." @@ -279,7 +268,7 @@ "หรือส่งออกไดเรกทอรีให้เครื่องอื่น ๆ ได้ที่นี่" #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." @@ -287,7 +276,7 @@ "หากเลือก เริ่มบริการ NFS ให้คลิกที่ ถัดไป \n" "เพื่อเปิดกล่องปรับแต่งที่ใช้ระบุไดเรกทอรีที่จะส่งออก" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4,\n" @@ -303,7 +292,7 @@ "ให้เป็น localdomain หรือดูที่หน้าคู่มือ (man page) ของ idmapd และ idmapd.conf หากไม่แน่ใจ\n" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, please enable the Enable GSS Security \n" @@ -316,44 +305,44 @@ "เพื่อให้ใช้งาน GSS API ได้ โดยคุณจำเป็นต้องใช้ร่วมกับ Kerberos และ gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) บนระบบของคุณ\n" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "บริการ NFS" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "เ&ริ่มการทำงาน" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "ไม่&ต้องเริ่มการทำงาน" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "เปิดใช้ NFSv4" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "เปิดใช้ NFS&v4" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "ป้อนชื่อโดเมนของ &NFSv4:" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "เปิดใช้ความปลอดภัยแบบ &GSS" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "ปรับแต่งค่าบริการ NFS" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -364,7 +353,7 @@ "ให้ทำการเมานท์ไดเรกทอรีนี้ได้\n" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" "Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" @@ -375,68 +364,63 @@ "โดยมันเป็นได้ทั้ง เครื่องเดียว, กลุ่มเครื่อง, ไวล์การ์ด\n" "หรือเลขไอพีเครือข่าย ก็ได้\n" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "ป้อนเครื่องหมายดอกจัน (<tt>*</tt>) เพื่อแทนการระบุถึงทุกเครื่อง" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." -msgstr "ปล่อยว่างเอาไว้ เพื่อระบุถึงทุกเครื่อง" - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "ดูข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมที่หน้าคู่มือ <tt>man exports</tt>\n" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "เ&พิ่มไดเรกทอรี" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "แ&ก้ไข" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "&ลบ" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "ไวล์การ์ดเครื่อง" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "ตัวเลือก" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "เพิ่มเ&ครื่อง" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "แก้ไ&ข" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "ล&บ" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "ไดเรกทอรีที่จะส่งออก" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" @@ -445,7 +429,7 @@ "%1" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -455,82 +439,64 @@ "ไม่มีการเปลี่ยนแปลงกับไดเรกทอรีที่ส่งออก\n" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "ทำการเขียนค่าการปรับแต่งบริการ NFS" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "บันทึกแฟ้ม /etc/exports" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "เริ่มบริการใหม่อีกครั้ง" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "ทำการบันทึกแฟ้ม /etc/exports..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "ทำการเริ่มบริการใหม่อีกครั้ง..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "เสร็จสิ้น" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "ทำการเขียนการตั้งค่าบริการ NFS โปรดรอ..." #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "ไม่สามารถเขียนไปยังแฟ้ม idmapd.conf ได้" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Please check your domain setting." -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "ไม่สามารถเริ่มการทำงานของดีมอน idmapd ได้ โปรดตรวจสอบการตั้งค่าโดเมนของคุณ" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd" -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "ไม่สามารถเริ่มการทำงานของดีมอน idmapd ใหม่อีกครั้งได้" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Unable to stop idmapd" -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "ไม่สามารถหยุดการทำงานของดีมอน idmapd ได้" - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Please ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) set up is correct." msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "ไม่สามารถเริ่มการทำงานดีมอน svcgssd ได้ โปรดตรวจสอบการตั้งค่า kerberos และ gssapi (nfs-utils) ของคุณ ว่าถูกต้องและใช้งานได้หรือไม่" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd" msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "ไม่สามารถเริ่มการทำงานของดีมอน idmapd ใหม่อีกครั้งได้" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "ดีมอน 'svcgssd' กำลังทำงานอยู่ ไม่สามารถหยุดการทำงานของมันได้" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" @@ -539,15 +505,42 @@ "การเปลี่ยนแปลงของคุณจะมีผลหลังจากบูตระบบแล้ว\n" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "การส่งออกของ NFS" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "โดเมนของ NFSv4 สำหรับ idmapping คือ %1" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" +#~ "with spaces in their names.\n" +#~ "Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "บริการ NFS (%1) ในโหมดของผู้ใช้ ไม่สามารถส่งออกไดเรกทอรี\n" +#~ "ที่มีช่องว่างอยู่ในชื่อด้วยได้\n" +#~ "หากต้องการทำเช่นนั้น ให้ใช้บริการที่มีพื้นฐานบนเคอร์เนล (%2) แทน" + +#~ msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." +#~ msgstr "ปล่อยว่างเอาไว้ เพื่อระบุถึงทุกเครื่อง" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Please check your domain setting." +#~ msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." +#~ msgstr "ไม่สามารถเริ่มการทำงานของดีมอน idmapd ได้ โปรดตรวจสอบการตั้งค่าโดเมนของคุณ" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd" +#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." +#~ msgstr "ไม่สามารถเริ่มการทำงานของดีมอน idmapd ใหม่อีกครั้งได้" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to stop idmapd" +#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." +#~ msgstr "ไม่สามารถหยุดการทำงานของดีมอน idmapd ได้" + #~ msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it." #~ msgstr "ดีมอน 'svcgssd' กำลังทำงานอยู่แล้ว ไม่สามารถเริ่มการทำงานมันใหม่ได้" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/nis.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/nis.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/nis.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/nis_server.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/nis_server.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/nis_server.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ #. To translators: checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "" @@ -368,23 +368,30 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 #, fuzzy -msgid "N&IS domain name:" +msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" msgstr "ป้อนชื่อโดเมนของ NFSv4:" +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Master Server" +msgid "NIS &Master Server:" +msgstr "แม่ข่ายบริการตัวหลัก" + #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/ntp-client.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/ntp-client.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/ntp-client.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-18 18:30+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -48,25 +48,24 @@ msgstr "ชื่อเครื่องแม่ข่ายบริการ NTP - %1 ใช้ไม่ได้" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 #, fuzzy msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "ที่อยู่ของแม่ข่ายบริการ NTP" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "เริ่มการทำงานของดีมอน NTP ใหม่" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 #, fuzzy msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "จัดเก็บค่าปรับแต่งของบริการ NTP" -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 #, fuzzy @@ -80,7 +79,7 @@ msgstr "ป&รับแต่ง..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" @@ -93,14 +92,22 @@ "หากยังไม่ได้ทำการติดตั้งแพกเกจ %1" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "ปรับเทียบเวลากับแม่ข่ายบริการ NTP..." +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "" + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 -msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" #. local clock type name @@ -604,10 +611,13 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -615,7 +625,7 @@ "is more secure and strongly recommended." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" "By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" @@ -624,7 +634,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -634,7 +644,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -644,7 +654,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" @@ -653,7 +663,7 @@ "ใช้ปุ่ม แสดงปูมบันทึก เพื่อดูปูมบันทึกของดีมอน NTP\n" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -661,14 +671,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -676,7 +686,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -688,14 +698,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -704,7 +714,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -713,7 +723,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -721,7 +731,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -729,7 +739,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -737,7 +747,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -746,7 +756,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" @@ -754,7 +764,7 @@ "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -766,49 +776,49 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." msgstr "" #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." msgstr "" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." msgstr "" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -816,7 +826,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -826,7 +836,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -834,7 +844,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -847,7 +857,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -855,7 +865,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -865,7 +875,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -874,7 +884,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" "ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" @@ -1232,117 +1242,120 @@ msgstr "อ่านการตั้งค่าของ NTP..." #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 msgid "Finished" msgstr "เสร็จสิ้น" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "จัดเก็บค่าปรับแต่งของไคลเอนต์ NTP" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "เขียนการตั้งค่าของ NTP" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "เริ่มการทำงานของดีมอน NTP ใหม่" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "เขียนการตั้งค่า..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "เริ่มการทำงานของดีมอน NTP ใหม่..." #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "ไม่สามารถปรับปรุงนโยบายการปรับแต่งค่าแบบไม่คงที่ได้" #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "ไม่สามารถเริ่มการทำงานของดีมอน NTP ใหม่อีกครั้งได้" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "ดีมอน NTP เริ่มการทำงานเมื่อระบบกำลังเริ่มการทำงาน" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "ดีมอน NTP ไม่เริ่มการทำงานอัตโนมัติ" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "แม่ข่าย: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "นาฬิกาวิทยุ: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "จุดเชื่อม: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "กระจายข้อมูลเวลาไปยัง: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "ยอมรับข้อมูลเวลาที่กระจายข้อมูลมาจาก: %1" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "รวมการปรับแต่งแบบคงที่และที่ได้จาก DHCP" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "การปรับแต่งค่าแบบคงที่เท่านั้น" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "นโยบายการปรับแต่งค่าที่กำหนดเอง" #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "ทดสอบแม่ข่ายให้บริการ NTP..." #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "แม่ข่ายถูกตรวจหาพบและตอบรับได้อย่างถูกต้อง" #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "แม่ข่ายไม่สามารถถูกตรวจหาพบและตอบรับได้ไม่ถูกต้อง" #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/oneclickinstall.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/oneclickinstall.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/oneclickinstall.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/online-update-configuration.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/online-update-configuration.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/online-update-configuration.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-02 21:04+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/online-update.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/online-update.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/online-update.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update.th\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-02 21:07+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -113,8 +113,8 @@ msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "เตรียมการปรับรุ่นผ่านการออนไลน์" -#. yes/no message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" @@ -122,6 +122,13 @@ "ยังไม่มีคลังแพกเกจสำหรับปรับรุ่นที่ถูกปรับแต่งค่าไว้แล้ว\n" "ต้องการจะเรียกส่วนปรับแต่งมันเดี๋ยวนี้หรือไม่ ?" +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured yet." +msgid "No update repository configured yet." +msgstr "ยังไม่มีการปรับแต่ง" + #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" Added: trunk/yast/th/po/opensuse_mirror.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/opensuse_mirror.th.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/opensuse_mirror.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +# Thai message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2008 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-04 08:58+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: th\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "ไดเรกทอรี" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "มีข้อผิดพลาด" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "ใช่" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "ไม่ใช่" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "ออก" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "มีข้อผิดพลาด" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "เลือกหรือไม่เลือก&ทั้งหมด" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/packager.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/packager.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/packager.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-01 15:54+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -181,6 +181,21 @@ msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "โหมดข้อ&ความ" +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Check for latest updates failed. View\n" +#| "the logs for details.\n" +msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." +msgstr "" +"การตรวจหาแพตช์ตัวปรับปรุงล่าสุดล้มเหลว\n" +"ดูรายละเอียดได้ที่ปูมบันทึก\n" + #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" @@ -571,7 +586,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "เตรียมการทำงาน..." @@ -640,7 +655,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "ที่อยู่ URL: %1" @@ -915,7 +930,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "รายละเอียด:" @@ -923,7 +938,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "ลองใหม่อีกครั้งหรือไม่ ?" @@ -1323,7 +1338,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "เ&ริ่มตรวจสอบ" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "เ&อาออก" @@ -1588,7 +1603,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1630,38 +1645,38 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "เกิดข้อผิดพลาดขึ้นระหว่างทำการเตรียมระบบสำหรับการติดตั้ง" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "ไม่พบแฟ้มควบคุม %1 บนสื่อการติดตั้ง" #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "ไม่สามารถใช้ผลิตภัณฑ์เสริมเพิ่มเติมได้" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, ที่อยู่ URL: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "ที่อยู่ URL: %1, เส้นทาง: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "ผลิตภัณฑ์เพิ่มเติม" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The installation repository contains also the listed additional repositories.\n" @@ -1673,38 +1688,38 @@ "คลังแพกเกจสำหรับติดตั้ง บรรจุคลังผลิตภัณฑ์เสริมอยู่เช่นกัน\n" "โปรดเลือกตัวที่คุณต้องการจะใช้" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "ผลิตภัณฑ์เสริมที่จะเลือก" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "เพิ่มผลิตภัณฑ์เ&สริมที่เลือกไว้" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "ใส่แผ่นซีดีผลิตภัณฑ์เสริม" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "โปรดใส่แผ่นการติดตั้งแผ่นแรก" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "ไม่สามารถเพิ่มผลิตภัณฑ์เสริม %1 ได้" #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "ผลิตภัณฑ์ที่ไม่รู้จัก" @@ -1762,7 +1777,7 @@ msgstr "การติดตั้งล้มเหลว" #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Medium" msgid "Medium %1" @@ -1772,13 +1787,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 msgid "Done." msgstr "เสร็จแล้ว" @@ -1786,7 +1801,7 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Next %1: %2" msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" @@ -1795,7 +1810,7 @@ #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Name: %1" msgid "Next: %1" @@ -1804,7 +1819,7 @@ #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 msgid "Total" msgstr "รวม" @@ -1813,12 +1828,12 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "ทำการดาวน์โหลด %1 (ขนาดดาวน์โหลด %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 #, fuzzy #| msgid " (Remaining: %1, %2 packages)" msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" @@ -1826,14 +1841,14 @@ #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Downloading Package" msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "การดาวน์โหลดแพกเกจ" #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" @@ -1841,44 +1856,44 @@ #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "ทำการลบ %1" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "ทำการติดตั้ง %1 (ขนาดเมื่อติดตั้ง %2)" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "ทำการปรับใช้แฟ้ม delta ของ RPM: %1" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system. However, you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "เครื่องคอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณเป็นระบบ 64 บิต แบบ x86-64 แต่คุณยังคงสามารถทำการติดตั้งดิสทริบิวชันรุ่น 32 บิตได้เช่นกัน" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "สถานะรายการรูปแบบจะสามารถใช้ได้หลังจากทำการติดตั้งลงไปในระบบแล้ว" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slighltly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "ข้อเสนอรายการขนาดรวมของแฟ้มที่จะถูกติดตั้งไว้ในระบบ อย่างไรก็ตาม ระบบจะถูกใช้เก็บแฟ้มอื่น ๆ ด้วยเช่นกัน (เช่นแฟ้มชั่วคราว และแฟ้มที่ใช้ในการทำงาน) ดังนั้น ปริมาณการใช้พื้นที่ดิสก์จึงไม่ควรเกินค่าของข้อเสนอมากนัก โดยทั่วไปแล้วควรจะเหลือพื้นที่ว่างไว้อย่างน้อย 25% (หรือขั้นต่ำ 300 เมกะไบต์) ก่อนจะเริ่มทำการติดตั้ง" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be downloaded from remote (network) repositories.\n" @@ -1891,63 +1906,63 @@ " ค่านี้จะมีความสำคัญเมื่อการเชื่อมต่อที่ใช้มีความเร็วต่ำหรือมีการจำกัดการดาวน์โหลด" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "ข้อเสนอชุดซอฟต์แวร์" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "ผลิตภัณฑ์: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "ประเภทระบบ: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "รูปแบบ: " #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "ขนาดของแพกเกจเมื่อติดตั้ง: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "ทำการดาวน์โหลดจากคลังแพกเกจระยะไกล: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 #, fuzzy #| msgid "These Add-On products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "ผลิตภัณฑ์เสริมเหล่านี้ ถูกทำเครื่องหมายให้เอาออกอัตโนมัติ: %1" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please, contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new the installation media." msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "กรุณาติดต่อผู้จัดจำหน่ายผลิตภัณฑ์เสริมเหล่านี้ เพื่อขอรับสื่อติดตั้งสื่อใหม่" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please, contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with the new installation media." msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "กรุณาติดต่อผู้จัดจำหน่ายผลิตภัณฑ์เสริม เพื่อขอรับสื่อติดตั้งสื่อใหม่" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "There is not enough free space in directory %1.\n" @@ -1958,27 +1973,72 @@ "ต้องการจะทำต่อไปหรือไม่ ?\n" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "พื้นที่ว่างบนดิสก์ไม่เพียงพอ" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "มีพื้นที่ว่างของดิสก์ไม่เพียงพอ โปรดลบแพกเกจบางตัวออกจากการเลือกแพกเกจ" #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "มีพื้นที่ว่างเพียง %1 (%2%%) บนพาร์ทิชัน %3 " +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selected packages will be installed." +msgid "New product %s will be installed" +msgstr "แพกเกจที่เลือกไว้จะถูกติดตั้ง" + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 packages will be updated" +msgid "Product %s will be updated" +msgstr "จะทำการปรับรุ่นรวม %1 แพกเกจ" + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +msgid "Product %s will stay installed" +msgstr "" + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "ไม่พบคลังแพกเกจที่ '%1'" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n" @@ -1996,31 +2056,31 @@ "บันทึกประจำรุ่นที่ปรับปรุงล่าสุดได้จากเว็บไซต์ของ SUSE Linux" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "ทำการรวมสื่อที่ใช้บูต..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "ล้มเหลวในการรวมคลังแพกเกจของเซอร์วิสแพ็ค" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "กำลังเตรียมการใช้งานคลังแพกเกจต่าง ๆ ..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "ใส่แผ่นซีดี 1 ของ %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "ไม่พบแผ่นซีดี 1 ของ %1" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -2029,7 +2089,7 @@ "โปรดตรวจสอบแฟ้มปูมบันทึก %1 เพื่อดูรายละเอียด" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -2038,12 +2098,12 @@ " จะทำการเรียกข้อเสนอซอฟต์แวร์ใหม่อีกครั้ง" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "ประมวลการเลือกแพกเกจ..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -2052,34 +2112,40 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "ไม่สามารถอ่านแฟ้มสัญญาอนุญาต %1 ได้" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&ภาษา" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 -msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" -msgstr "ใ&ช่ ฉันยอมรับเงื่อนไขในสัญญาอนุญาตสิทธิ์" +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." +msgstr "ฉัน&ยอมรับเงื่อนไขตามสัญญาอนุญาตสิทธิ์" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399 +#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "N&o, I Do Not Agree" -msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" -msgstr "ไ&ม่ ฉันไม่ยอมรับเงื่อนไข" +#| msgid "" +#| "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" +#| "on the first media in the file %1" +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" +msgstr "" +"หากคุณต้องการพิมพ์สัญญาอนุญาตสิทธิ์ - EULA นี้\n" +" คุณสามารถพบมันได้ในสื่อติดตั้งตัวแรก ในแฟ้ม %1" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" @@ -2088,7 +2154,7 @@ " คุณสามารถพบมันได้ในสื่อติดตั้งตัวแรก ในแฟ้ม %1" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -2098,19 +2164,19 @@ "หากคุณไม่ตกลงยอมรับเงื่อนไขของสัญญาอนุญาตสิทธิ์\n" "จะทำให้การปรับแต่งค่าถูกยกเลิก\n" +#. dialog title #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "สัญญาอนุญาตสิทธิ์" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "คุณต้องการจะยุติการติดตั้งผลิตภัณฑ์เสริมจริง ๆ หรือไม่ ?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2119,7 +2185,7 @@ "ต้องการจะปฏิเสธข้อตกลงจริงหรือไม่ ?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2128,7 +2194,7 @@ "ผลิตภัณฑ์เสริม ต้องการจะปฏิเสธข้อตกลงจริงหรือไม่ ?" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "ระบบกำลังจะทำการปิดเครื่อง..." @@ -2215,72 +2281,79 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Custom Registration Server" +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "แม่ข่ายลงทะเบียนที่กำหนดเอง" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "ระบุที่อยู่ &URL..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "สื่อบนบริการ &FTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "สื่อบนบริการ &HTTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "สื่อบนบริการ HTT&PS..." #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "บริการ &SMB/CIFS" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "สื่อบนบริการ &NFS..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "แ&ผ่นซีดี..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "แผ่น&ดีวีดี..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "ฮา&ร์ดดิสก์..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "สื่อจัดเก็บข้อมูลแบบ &USB..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "ไดเรก&ทอรีภายในระบบ..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "แฟ้ม ISO &ภายในระบบ..." #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "ดา&วน์โหลดแฟ้มอธิบายของคลังแพกเกจด้วย" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." @@ -2289,7 +2362,7 @@ " ให้ตั้งค่า แฟ้มอิมเมจแบบ ISO" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" @@ -2298,86 +2371,86 @@ "ให้เลือกตำแหน่งสื่อตัวแรกของชุดสื่อชุดนั้น\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "ชื่อเครื่องแ&ม่ข่าย" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "ตำแ&หน่งไปยังไดเรกทอรีหรือแฟ้มอิมเมจ ISO" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "แฟ้มอิมเมจแบบ &ISO" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "โพรโทคอล N&FS v4" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "ตัวเลือกการเมานท์" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(ค่าปริยาย)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "ที่อยู่ URL ของคลังแพกเกจ" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "โพรโท&คอล" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "ที่อยู่ &URL ของคลังแพกเกจ" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "ที่อยู่ URL ของคลังแพกเกจ" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "บริการ NFS" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "สื่อซีดีหรือดีวีดี" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "ฮาร์ดดิสก์" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "แท่งเก็บข้อมูลหรือดิสก์แบบ USB" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "ไดเรกทอรีภายในระบบ" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "แฟ้ม ISO ภายในระบบ" @@ -2386,24 +2459,24 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "เครื่องแม่ข่ายและไดเรกทอรี" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "ไม่สามารถปล่อยชื่อของคลังแพกเกจให้ว่างไว้ได้" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "ชื่อของ&คลังแพกเกจ" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" @@ -2412,12 +2485,12 @@ "ป้อนข้อมูลที่ช่อง ชื่อของคลังแพกเกจ เพื่อกำหนดชื่อของคลังแพกเกจ หากปล่อยว่างไว้ YaST จะใช้ชื่อผลิตภัณฑ์แทน (หากมีอยู่) หรือใช้ที่อยู่ URL เป็นชื่อแทน\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "ชื่อของ&บริการ" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" @@ -2426,17 +2499,17 @@ "ป้อนข้อมูลที่ช่อง ชื่อบริการ เพื่อกำหนดชื่อของบริการ หากปล่อยว่างไว้ YaST จะใช้ส่วนหนึ่งของที่อยู URL เป็นชื่อบริการแทน\n" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "ไม่สามารถปล่อยที่อยู่ URL ให้ว่างไว้ได้" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 msgid "&URL" msgstr "ที่อยู่ &URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2448,16 +2521,16 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "แก้ไขบางส่วนของที่อยู่ URL" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "แก้ไขที่อยู่ URL อย่างสมบูรณ์" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2467,7 +2540,7 @@ "ป้อนข้อมูลให้กับ ชื่อเครื่องแม่ข่าย และ ตำแหน่งไปยังไดเรกทอรีหรือแฟ้มอิมเมจ ISO \n" "เพื่อกำหนดชื่อเครื่องแม่ข่าย NFS และตำแหน่งที่อยู่บนเครื่องแม่ข่าย" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2476,16 +2549,16 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "แผ่นซีดี&รอม" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "แผ่น&ดีวีดีรอม" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." @@ -2494,12 +2567,12 @@ "ตั้งค่า แผ่นซีดีรอม หรือ แผ่นดีวีดีรอม เพื่อระบุชนิดของสื่อ" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "แฟ้มอิมเมจแบบ ISO" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" @@ -2508,7 +2581,7 @@ " หรืออาจจะยังไม่มีไดเรกทอรีนั้นอยู่\n" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" @@ -2517,7 +2590,7 @@ " หรืออาจจะยังไม่มีแฟ้มนั้นอยู่ \n" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2528,17 +2601,17 @@ "แน่ใจหรือว่าต้องการจะใช้มันจริง ๆ ?\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "ตำแ&หน่งไปยังไดเรกทอรี" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "ไดเรกทอรีเก็บแพกเกจ RPM &อย่างเดียว" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" @@ -2560,20 +2633,20 @@ "ไดเรกทอรีเก็บแพกเกจ RPM อย่างเดียว" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "อุปกรณ์จัดเก็บข้อมูลแบบ &USB" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 msgid "&File System" msgstr "ระบบแ&ฟ้ม" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "ไ&ดเรกทอรี" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" @@ -2602,7 +2675,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The file system which is used on the device will be automatically\n" @@ -2618,11 +2691,11 @@ "การกำหนดระบบแฟ้มด้วยตัวเอง ให้เลือกมันได้จากช่องรายการ" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "อุปกรณ์ดิ&สก์" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Disk</big> \n" @@ -2650,12 +2723,12 @@ "ไดเรกทอรีเก็บแพกเกจ RPM อย่างเดียว" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "&ตำแหน่งของแฟ้มอิมเมจ ISO" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2666,71 +2739,71 @@ "แฟ้มอิมเมจแบบ ISO" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "ชื่อเครื่องแ&ม่ข่าย" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&พอร์ต" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 msgid "&Share" msgstr "ใ&ช้ร่วมกัน" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "แฟ้ม &ISO" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "ไดเร&กทอรีบนเครื่องแม่ข่าย" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "การ&ตรวจสอบสิทธิ์" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "ผู้ใช้&นิรนาม" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "ก&ลุ่มงานหรือโดเมน" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "ชื่อ&ผู้ใช้" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "&Password" msgstr "ร&หัสผ่าน" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "บริการ &FTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "บริการ H&TTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "บริการ HTT&PS" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2754,7 +2827,7 @@ "ให้ตั้งค่า แฟ้มอิมเมจ ISO \n" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2765,12 +2838,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 -msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2781,7 +2854,7 @@ "หรือบนฮาร์ดดิสก์ของคุณ" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2792,7 +2865,7 @@ "คุณจะต้องมีแผ่นซีดีหรือแผ่นดีวีดีของผลิตภัณฑ์ที่มีอยู่ทั้งหมดด้วย" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -2816,7 +2889,7 @@ "หากมีการคัดลอกซีดีไว้ในไดเรกทอรีหนึ่งแล้ว\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -2835,27 +2908,27 @@ "เช่น /data1/CD1\n" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select the media type." msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "เลือกชนิดของสื่อ" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "ใส่แผ่นซีดีผลิตภัณฑ์เสริม" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "ใส่แผ่นดีวีดีผลิตภัณฑ์เสริม" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "ตรวจค้นไม่พบดิสก์แบบ USB" #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Download Files \n" @@ -2877,11 +2950,17 @@ "แฟ้มให้โดยอัตโนมัติเมื่อมีความต้องการมันในภายหลัง\n" #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "ชนิดของสื่อ" +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add-On Product" +msgid "Add On Product" +msgstr "ผลิตภัณฑ์เสริม" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" @@ -2973,7 +3052,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "คลังแพกเกจที่ปรับแต่งไว้แล้ว" -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "ได&รฟ์ที่จะเอาสื่อออก" @@ -3051,12 +3132,12 @@ "คลังแพกเกจที่เลือกไว้ไม่มีส่วนระบุที่อยู่ URL" #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "รวบรวมข้อมูลของบริการทั้ง %1 บริการที่พบ..." #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -3067,7 +3148,7 @@ "ที่กำลังทำงานอยู่" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "ไม่พบคลังแพกเกจทาง SLP บนระบบเครือข่ายของคุณ" @@ -3096,6 +3177,14 @@ msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "โปรดยกเลิกการเลือกบางแพกเกจ" +#~ msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#~ msgstr "ใ&ช่ ฉันยอมรับเงื่อนไขในสัญญาอนุญาตสิทธิ์" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "N&o, I Do Not Agree" +#~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" +#~ msgstr "ไ&ม่ ฉันไม่ยอมรับเงื่อนไข" + #~ msgid "&USB Stick or Disk..." #~ msgstr "แท่งเก็บข้อมูลหรือดิสก์แบบ &USB..." Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/pam.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/pam.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/pam.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-01 22:16+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/pkg-bindings.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/pkg-bindings.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/pkg-bindings.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-07 13:29+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "เรียกตัวจัดการแพกเกจ..." @@ -183,6 +183,6 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "เตรียมการใช้งานระบบเป้าหมาย" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "อ่านข้อมูลแพกเกจที่ติดตั้งไว้แล้ว" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/printer.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/printer.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/printer.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-26 14:08+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/product-creator.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/product-creator.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/product-creator.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-12-08 16:48+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/proxy.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/proxy.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/proxy.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/qt-pkg.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/qt-pkg.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/qt-pkg.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-01 14:09+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -41,47 +41,47 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "&คลังแพกเกจ" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "ค้น&หา" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "คำค้&น" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "&สรุปการติดตั้ง" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "คำ&อธิบาย" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "ข้อมูลเชิงเ&ทคนิค" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "ความเกี่ยวพันกัน" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "รุ่&น" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 msgid "File List" msgstr "รายการแฟ้ม" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "ความเปลี่ยนแปลง" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -91,177 +91,177 @@ msgstr "&ยกเลิก" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "ยอ&มรับ" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 msgid "&File" msgstr "แ&ฟ้ม" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "&นำเข้า..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "ส่&งออก..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "&ออก -- ยกเลิกการเปลี่ยนแปลง" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "ออ&ก -- บันทึกการเปลี่ยนแปลง" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 msgid "&Package" msgstr "แ&พกเกจ" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "แพกเกจทั้งหมด" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "ทำการปรับรุ่นหากมีรุ่นที่ใหม่กว่า" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "ทำการปรับรุ่นอย่างไม่มีเงื่อนไข" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "แ&พตช์" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "การ&ปรับแต่งค่า" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "&คลังแพกเกจ..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "ปรับรุ่นผ่านการ&ออนไลน์..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "ความเ&กี่ยวพันกัน" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "ตรวจ&สอบเดี๋ยวนี้" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "ตรวจสอบอั&ตโนมัติ" #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 msgid "&Options" msgstr "ตั&วเลือก" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "แสดงแพกเกจ -de&vel ด้วย" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "แสดงแพกเกจ -&debuginfo/-debugsource ด้วย" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "โหมดตรวจความ&ถูกต้องของระบบ" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "&ทำการล้างเมื่อทำการลบแพกเกจต่าง ๆ" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "&อนุญาตให้เปลี่ยนผู้ผลิตแพกเกจได้" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "พิ&เศษ" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "แสดง&ผลิตภัณฑ์" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "แสดงความเปลี่ยนแปลงของแ&พกเกจ" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Show &details" msgid "Show &History" msgstr "แสดง&รายละเอียด" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "ติดตั้งแพกเกจ -&devel ที่เข้าคู่กันทั้งหมด" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "ติดตั้งแพกเกจ -de&buginfo ที่เข้าคู่กันทั้งหมด" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "ติดตั้งแพกเกจ -debug&source ที่เข้าคู่กันทั้งหมด" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "สร้างการท&ดสอบความเกี่ยวพันกันของแพกเกจ" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&ช่วยเหลือ" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "&ภาพรวม" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "&สัญลักษณ์" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "ปุ่&มพิมพ์" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "ความเกี่ยวพันกันของแพกเกจทั้งหมดไม่มีปัญหา" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 msgid "P&atches" msgstr "แ&พตช์ต่าง ๆ" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "จัดเก็บรายการแพกเกจ" @@ -269,56 +269,56 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "ผิดพลาด" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "เกิดข้อผิดพลาดขึ้นระหว่างการส่งออกรายการแพกเกจไปยัง %1" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "เรียกรายการแพกเกจ" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "เกิดข้อผิดพลาดขึ้นระหว่างการเรียกรายการแพกเกจจาก %1" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "จะทำการปรับรุ่นรวม %1 แพกเกจ" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "ทำ&ต่อไป" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "ย&กเลิก" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">ยกเลิกการปรับ</a>แพกเกจต่าง ๆ ภายในระบบที่จะให้เปลี่ยนมาเป็นรุ่นที่อยู่ในคลังแพกเกจ %2" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">ปรับแพกเกจต่าง ๆ ภายในระบบ</a> ให้เป็นรุ่นที่อยู่ในคลังแพกเกจนี้ (%2)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "แพกเกจย่อยที่ถูกเพิ่ม:" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/qt.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/qt.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/qt.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-01 13:59+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "เครื่องมือแก้ไขสไตล์ชีต" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ "คุณต้องการจะสลับการทำงานของปุ่มเมาส์ซ้ายและขวาหรือไม่ ?" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "ได้รับการคลิกที่ไม่ต้องการ" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/rdp.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/rdp.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/rdp.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/rear.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/rear.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/rear.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/registration.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/registration.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/registration.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-02 21:10+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -18,53 +18,102 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.1\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Local Registration Server" msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "บริการลงทะเบียนภายในระบบ" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" -"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n" -"to use the default SUSE registration server." +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Use custom registration server " msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "ใช้แม่ข่ายลงทะเบียนที่กำหนดเอง" +#. %s is the default SCC URL +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "ปรับแต่งศูนย์บริการลูกค้าของโนเวลล์" + #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Local Registration Server" msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "บริการลงทะเบียนภายในระบบ" #. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. register the system -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164 +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549 +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "รหัสลงทะเบียน" -#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..." +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "ปรับปรุงแฟ้ม /etc/hosts..." + +#. display the registration update dialog +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "รหัสลงทะเบียน" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name is missing." +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "ชื่อของการปรับแต่งค่าขาดหายไป" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The software repositories have been updated." +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "ทำการปรับรุ่นคลังแพกเกจซอฟต์แวร์แล้ว" + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" @@ -72,55 +121,59 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "ปรับแต่งศูนย์บริการลูกค้าของโนเวลล์" -#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373 -msgid "&Email" -msgstr "" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&E-Mail Address:" +msgid "&E-mail Address" +msgstr "ที่อยู่อีเมล:" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "รหัสลงทะเบียน" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218 +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Local Registration Server" +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +msgstr "บริการลงทะเบียนภายในระบบ" + +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "ลงทะเบียน" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products." +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration" -msgstr "รหัสลงทะเบียน" - #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -128,59 +181,31 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. use two column layout if needed -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312 -msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317 +#. cache the available addons +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Details..." -msgid "Details" -msgstr "รายละเอียด..." +#| msgid "Registration Module Help" +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." +msgstr "ช่วยเหลือเกี่ยวกับมอดูลลงทะเบียน" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message, %s are product names -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Automatically selecting '%s'\n" -"dependencies:\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." -msgstr "" - #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411 -msgid "Extension Selection" -msgstr "" - -#. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485 -msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Module Help" msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "ช่วยเหลือเกี่ยวกับมอดูลลงทะเบียน" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595 -msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" -msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please wait, while volumes are being detected." +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." +msgstr "โปรดรอ ระหว่างทำการตรวจสอบพาร์ทิชันต่าง ๆ บนระบบ" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -192,318 +217,427 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "Register Again" msgstr "ลงทะเบียน" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Your system is ready for use." +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "ระบบของคุณพร้อมที่จะใช้งานได้แล้ว" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" + #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:42 -msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -#. register the base product -#. register addons -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "รหัสลงทะเบียน" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration was successful." msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "ทำการลงทะเบียนเรียบร้อยแล้ว" -#. --------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238 -msgid "Add-on &Name" +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267 -msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration Code" -msgstr "รหัสลงทะเบียน" +#| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed" +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" +msgstr "การดาวน์โหลดแฟ้มใบรับรองของ SMT ล้มเหลว" -#. TODO FIXME: add a help text -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" -msgstr "รหัสลงทะเบียน" +#| msgid "&Import Server Certificate..." +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" +msgstr "&นำเข้าใบรับรองของเครื่องแม่ข่าย..." -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349 +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "ลงทะเบียนผลิตภัณฑ์" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." -msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" -"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." -msgstr "การลงทะเบียนผลิตภัณฑ์จะเป็นการรวมผลิตภัณฑ์ของคุณไว้ในฐานข้อมูลของโนเวลล์ เพื่อเปิดโอกาสให้คุณได้ทำการปรับรุ่นผ่านการออนไลน์และรับการสนับสนุนทางเทคนิค, หากต้องการลงทะเบียนอัตโนมัติในระหว่างการติดตั้ง ให้เลือก เรียกการลงทะเบียนผลิตภัณฑ์ และเพื่อให้กระบวนการง่ายขึ้น ให้รวมข้อมูลต่าง ๆ ของคุณด้วยการเลือกที่ ข้อมูลของฮาร์ดแวร์ และ ข้อ มูลเพิ่มเติมต่าง ๆ ด้วย" +#| msgid "Run during autoinstallation" +msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "เรียกทำงานในระหว่างการติดตั้งอัตโนมัติ" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in SMT Server Settings. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" -"to your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgstr "หากเครือข่ายของคุณมีแม่ข่าย SMT อยู่, โปรดป้อนที่อยู่ URL ของแม่ข่ายบริการ SMT และตำแหน่งที่เก็บใบรับรองของ SMT ได้ใน การตั้งค่าแม่ข่าย SMT ดูคำแนะนำเพิ่มเติมได้ที่คู่มือของ SMT" +#| msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" +msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "ไม่เรียกทำงานในระหว่างการติดตั้งอัตโนมัติ" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register the Product" -msgstr "รหัสลงทะเบียน" +#| msgid "Registration Data to Use" +msgid "Registration Settings" +msgstr "ข้อมูลการลงทะเบียนที่จะใช้" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379 -msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&E-Mail Address:" +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" +msgstr "ที่อยู่อีเมล:" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name is missing." +msgid "Registration Code is Configured" +msgstr "ชื่อของการปรับแต่งค่าขาดหายไป" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installed (Available)" +msgid "Install Available Updates" +msgstr "ที่ติดตั้งไว้ (ที่มีให้เลือก)" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration server:" +msgid "Registration Server" +msgstr "แม่ข่ายบริการลงทะเบียน:" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP Server U&RL" +msgid "Server URL: %s" +msgstr "ที่อยู่ URL ของแม่&ข่ายบริการ LDAP" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Use SLP discovery" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "SMT Server Settings" -msgid "Server Settings" -msgstr "ตั้งค่าเครื่องแม่ข่ายบริการ SMT" +#| msgid "As Server Certificate" +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" +msgstr "เป็นใบรับรองของเครื่องแม่ข่าย" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Local Registration Server" -msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" -msgstr "บริการลงทะเบียนภายในระบบ" +#| msgid "SMT Certificate: %1" +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" +msgstr "ใบรับรองของเครื่องแม่ข่ายบริการ SMT: %1" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396 -msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Module Help" +msgid "Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "ช่วยเหลือเกี่ยวกับมอดูลลงทะเบียน" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Connection" +msgid "Secure Connection Error" +msgstr "การเชื่อมต่อปัจจุบัน" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +msgid "Details:" +msgstr "รายละเอียด:" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Choose Certificate File" +msgid "Failed Certificate Details" +msgstr "เลือกแฟ้มใบรับรอง" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403 +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +msgid "Common Name (CN): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +msgid "Organization (O): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "Issued By" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Server CA certificate:" -msgid "Optional Server Certificate" -msgstr "ใบรับรองของเซิร์ฟเวอร์:" +#| msgid "Valid" +msgid "Validity" +msgstr "ใช้งานได้" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +msgid "Issued On: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register Add-ons..." -msgstr "รหัสลงทะเบียน" +#| msgid "Expires: " +msgid "Expires On: " +msgstr "หมดอายุเมื่อ: " -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478 -msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "WARNING: The key has expired!\n" +#| "Expiry date: %1" +msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" msgstr "" +"คำเตือน: กุญแจหมดอายุการใช้งานแล้ว ! \n" +"วันที่กุญแจหมดอายุ: %1" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unit Number: %1" +msgid "Serial Number: " +msgstr "เลขหน่วย: %1" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fingerprint: " +msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "อัตลักษณ์: " + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fingerprint: " +msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "อัตลักษณ์: " + #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Destination is invalid." -msgid "" -"The email address is not known or\n" -"the registration code is not valid." +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "ปลายทางใช้ไม่ได้" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 +msgid "" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." +msgstr "" + +#. add the hint to the error details +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration failed." +msgstr "รหัสลงทะเบียน" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration can not be performed." msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "ไม่สามารถปฏิบัตการลงทะเบียนได้" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration failed." -msgstr "รหัสลงทะเบียน" - -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Details..." msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "รายละเอียด..." -#. label follwed by a certificate description -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SMT Certificate" -msgid "Certificate:" -msgstr "ใบรับรองของเครื่องแม่ข่ายบริการ SMT" +#. progress label +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 +msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151 -msgid "Issued To" +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 +msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154 -msgid "Issued By" +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Fingerprint: " -msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "อัตลักษณ์: " +#| msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" +msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." +msgstr "จัดเก็บค่าการปรับแต่งการบริหารระบบจากทางไกล" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159 +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Fingerprint: " -msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "อัตลักษณ์: " +#| msgid "SMT Certificate" +msgid "SSL Certificate" +msgstr "ใบรับรองของเครื่องแม่ข่ายบริการ SMT" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176 -msgid "Common Name (CN): " +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 -msgid "Organization (O): " -msgstr "" - -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180 -msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " -msgstr "" - -#. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194 -msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 -msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." -msgstr "" - -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Checking..." -msgid "Searching..." -msgstr "ทำการตรวจสอบ..." +#| msgid "SMT Certificate" +msgid "Certificate:" +msgstr "ใบรับรองของเครื่องแม่ข่ายบริการ SMT" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Use local registration server" -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." -msgstr "ใช้บริการลงทะเบียนภายในระบบ" - #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unknown error" msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "ไม่ทราบถึงข้อผิดพลาด" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting registration..." msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "กำลังเริ่มการลงทะเบียน..." #. # error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ข้อตกลงในสัญญาอนุญาต" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" -#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the -#. not accepted extension -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65 +#. ask user to accept an addon EULA +#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed" msgid "" @@ -512,64 +646,335 @@ "failed." msgstr "การดาวน์โหลดแฟ้มใบรับรองของ SMT ล้มเหลว" +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95 -msgid "%s License Agreement" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The registration module is not available." +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "ไม่พบมอดูลการลงทะเบียนให้ใช้งาน" + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Module Help" +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "ช่วยเหลือเกี่ยวกับมอดูลลงทะเบียน" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Here you can see all of the add-on products which are installed on your system." +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "คุณจะเห็นผลิตภัณฑ์เสริมทั้งหมดที่ถูกติดตั้งไว้บนระบบของคุณได้ที่นี่" + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Details..." +msgid "Details" +msgstr "รายละเอียด..." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "(not available)" +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "(ไม่มีรายการ)" + +#. check the addons requiring a reg. code +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Module Help" +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "ช่วยเหลือเกี่ยวกับมอดูลลงทะเบียน" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device Identifier" +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "การแสดงตัวของอุปกรณ์" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "รุ่น" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "สถาปัตยกรรม" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rule Type" +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "ประเภทของกฎ" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "รหัสลงทะเบียน" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "กำลังดาวน์โหลดส่วนเสริมการติดตั้งภาษาของระบบ..." + +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "คุณต้องการจะลบ '%1' จริง ๆ หรือ ?" + +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Vendor Identifier" +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "การแสดงตัวของผู้จำหน่าย" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "&รุ่น" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Architecture" +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "สถาปัตยกรรม" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rule Type" +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "ประเภทของกฎ" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." +msgid "" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "การลงทะเบียนผลิตภัณฑ์จะเป็นการรวมผลิตภัณฑ์ของคุณไว้ในฐานข้อมูลของโนเวลล์ เพื่อเปิดโอกาสให้คุณได้ทำการปรับรุ่นผ่านการออนไลน์และรับการสนับสนุนทางเทคนิค, หากต้องการลงทะเบียนอัตโนมัติในระหว่างการติดตั้ง ให้เลือก เรียกการลงทะเบียนผลิตภัณฑ์ และเพื่อให้กระบวนการง่ายขึ้น ให้รวมข้อมูลต่าง ๆ ของคุณด้วยการเลือกที่ ข้อมูลของฮาร์ดแวร์ และ ข้อ มูลเพิ่มเติมต่าง ๆ ด้วย" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in SMT Server Settings. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr "หากเครือข่ายของคุณมีแม่ข่าย SMT อยู่, โปรดป้อนที่อยู่ URL ของแม่ข่ายบริการ SMT และตำแหน่งที่เก็บใบรับรองของ SMT ได้ใน การตั้งค่าแม่ข่าย SMT ดูคำแนะนำเพิ่มเติมได้ที่คู่มือของ SMT" + +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "รหัสลงทะเบียน" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "เตรียมการใช้งานคลังแพกเกจที่มีอยู่" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server Settings" +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "ตั้งค่าเครื่องแม่ข่ายบริการ SMT" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Local Registration Server" +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "บริการลงทะเบียนภายในระบบ" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server CA certificate:" +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "ใบรับรองของเซิร์ฟเวอร์:" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server CA certificate:" +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "ใบรับรองของเซิร์ฟเวอร์:" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "none" +msgstr "ไม่มี" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Certificate File Path" +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "พาธไปยังแฟ้มใ&บรับรอง" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Module Help" +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "ช่วยเหลือเกี่ยวกับมอดูลลงทะเบียน" + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Certificate &Password:" +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "รหัส&ผ่านของใบรับรอง:" + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Server CA certificate:" msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "ใบรับรองของเซิร์ฟเวอร์:" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" -#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Credentials" -#~ msgstr "ปรับแต่งศูนย์บริการลูกค้าของโนเวลล์" +#| msgid "Invalid value." +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "ค่าใช้ไม่ได้หรือไม่ถูกต้อง" +#. input field label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Local Registration Server" +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "บริการลงทะเบียนภายในระบบ" + +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking..." +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "ทำการตรวจสอบ..." + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use local registration server" +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "ใช้บริการลงทะเบียนภายในระบบ" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Registering Product..." +#~ msgid_plural "Registering Products..." +#~ msgstr[0] "รหัสลงทะเบียน" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#~ msgstr "รหัสลงทะเบียน" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#~ msgstr "รหัสลงทะเบียน" + +#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" #~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Registration" #~ msgstr "ปรับแต่งศูนย์บริการลูกค้าของโนเวลล์" @@ -621,11 +1026,6 @@ #~ msgid "Hardware Profile" #~ msgstr "ข้อมูลของฮาร์ดแวร์" -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" -#~ msgid "Registration Status" -#~ msgstr "ข้อมูลการลงทะเบียนที่จะใช้" - #~ msgid "Optional Information" #~ msgstr "ข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมอื่น ๆ " @@ -969,11 +1369,6 @@ #~ msgstr "ตัวเลือกว่างอยู่" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Configuration name is missing." -#~ msgid "Registration code is missing." -#~ msgstr "ชื่อของการปรับแต่งค่าขาดหายไป" - -#, fuzzy #~| msgid "The registration module is not available." #~ msgid "Registration code does not match mail address." #~ msgstr "ไม่พบมอดูลการลงทะเบียนให้ใช้งาน" @@ -1049,12 +1444,6 @@ #~ msgid "unknown status" #~ msgstr "ไม่ทราบ" -#~ msgid "Run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "เรียกทำงานในระหว่างการติดตั้งอัตโนมัติ" - -#~ msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "ไม่เรียกทำงานในระหว่างการติดตั้งอัตโนมัติ" - #, fuzzy #~| msgid "%1 item of registration data" #~| msgid_plural "%1 items of registration data" @@ -1073,9 +1462,6 @@ #~ msgid "SMT Server: %1" #~ msgstr "เครื่องแม่ข่ายบริการ SMT: %1" -#~ msgid "SMT Certificate: %1" -#~ msgstr "ใบรับรองของเครื่องแม่ข่ายบริการ SMT: %1" - #~ msgid "&Key" #~ msgstr "&กุญแจ" @@ -1158,9 +1544,6 @@ #~ "ทำการปรับรุ่นคลังแพกเกจซอฟต์แวร์แล้ว\n" #~ " ดูรายละเอียดได้ในมอดูลคลังแพกเกจซอฟต์แวร์" -#~ msgid "The software repositories have been updated." -#~ msgstr "ทำการปรับรุ่นคลังแพกเกจซอฟต์แวร์แล้ว" - #~ msgid "Find details in the Software Repositories module." #~ msgstr "ดูรายละเอียดได้ในมอดูลคลังแพกเกจซอฟต์แวร์" @@ -1190,9 +1573,6 @@ #~ msgid "You can register for installation support." #~ msgstr "คุณสามารถทำการลงทะเบียนเพื่อรับการสนับสนุนการติดตั้ง" -#~ msgid "Registration server:" -#~ msgstr "แม่ข่ายบริการลงทะเบียน:" - #~ msgid "Server CA certificate location:" #~ msgstr "ที่เก็บใบรับรองของเซิร์ฟเวอร์:" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/reipl.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/reipl.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/reipl.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ "and LUN '%3'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "&Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&ชื่อ" #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175 #, fuzzy @@ -265,35 +265,35 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "ระเบียนทรัพยากรที่ปรับแต่งแล้ว" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 #, fuzzy msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "อุปกรณ์ยังไม่มีการปรับแต่ง" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 #, fuzzy msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "ยังไม่รองรับโซนประเภท %1" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "อุปกรณ์ยังไม่มีการปรับแต่ง" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 #, fuzzy msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "ยังไม่รองรับโซนประเภท %1" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/relocation-server.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/relocation-server.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/relocation-server.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/s390.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/s390.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/s390.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "&Deselect All" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ไ&ม่เลือกทั้งหมด" #. error popup #. error popup Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/samba-client.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/samba-client.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/samba-client.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-25 19:38+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -204,6 +204,19 @@ msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "ค่าสูงสุ&ด" +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowed Services" +msgid "Allowed Group(s)" +msgstr "บริการที่อนุญาต" + +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group Name" +msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" +msgstr "ชื่อกลุ่มผู้ใช้" + #. combobox label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 #, fuzzy @@ -886,24 +899,27 @@ msgstr "ทำการเขียนการตั้งค่า..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Finished" msgstr "เสร็จสิ้น" #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 msgid "Install required packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ติดตั้งแพกเกจโปรแกรมที่ต้องการ" #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 msgid "Installing required packages..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "กำลังติดตั้งแพกเกจโปรแกรมที่ต้องการ..." #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 msgid "PAM Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ล็อกอิน PAM" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 @@ -960,12 +976,14 @@ msgstr "การตรวจสอบสิทธิ์แบบออฟไลน์ถูกเปิดใช้งาน" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Yes" msgstr "ใช่" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 msgid "No" msgstr "ไม่ใช่" @@ -988,66 +1006,143 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 -msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" -msgstr "" +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "เตรียมการปรับแต่งไคลเอนต์ของบริการแซมบ้า" -#~ msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" -#~ msgstr "เตรียมการปรับแต่งไคลเอนต์ของบริการแซมบ้า" +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 +msgid "Read the global Samba settings" +msgstr "อ่านการตั้งค่าทั่วไปของแซมบ้า" -#~ msgid "Read the global Samba settings" -#~ msgstr "อ่านการตั้งค่าทั่วไปของแซมบ้า" +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 +msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgstr "อ่านค่าสถานะของ winbind" -#~ msgid "Read the winbind status" -#~ msgstr "อ่านค่าสถานะของ winbind" +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 +msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgstr "ทำการอ่านการตั้งค่าทั่วไปของแซมบ้า..." -#~ msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." -#~ msgstr "ทำการอ่านการตั้งค่าทั่วไปของแซมบ้า..." +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 +msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgstr "ทำการอ่านค่าสถานะของ winbind..." -#~ msgid "Reading the winbind status..." -#~ msgstr "ทำการอ่านค่าสถานะของ winbind..." +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "จัดเก็บค่าปรับแต่งไคลเอนต์ของแซมบ้า" -#~ msgid "Disable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "ปิดการทำงานของบริการแซมบ้า" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "เขียนค่าการปรับแต่ง" -#~ msgid "Enable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "เปิดการทำงานของบริการแซมบ้า" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "ปิดการทำงานของบริการแซมบ้า" -#~ msgid "Disabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "ทำการปิดการทำงานของบริการแซมบ้า..." +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "เปิดการทำงานของบริการแซมบ้า" -#~ msgid "Enabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "ทำการเปิดการทำงานของบริการแซมบ้า..." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "กำลังทำการเขียนการตั้งค่า..." -#~ msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." -#~ msgstr "ไม่สามารถเขียนการตั้งค่าไปยังแฟ้ม %1 ได้" +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "ทำการปิดการทำงานของบริการแซมบ้า..." -#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind service." -#~ msgstr "ไม่สามารถเริ่มการทำงานของบริการ winbind ได้" +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "ทำการเปิดการทำงานของบริการแซมบ้า..." -#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." -#~ msgstr "ไม่สามารถเริ่มการทำงานของดีมอน winbind ได้" +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgstr "เขียนค่าปรับแต่งของ Kerberos" -#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." -#~ msgstr "ไม่สามารถหยุดการทำงานของบริการ winbind ได้" +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgstr "ทำการเขียนค่าปรับแต่งของ Kerberos..." -#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." -#~ msgstr "ไม่สามารถหยุดการทำงานของดีมอน winbind ได้" +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." +msgstr "ไม่สามารถเขียนการตั้งค่าไปยังแฟ้ม %1 ได้" -#~ msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." -#~ msgstr "ไม่สามารถเขียนการตั้งค่าของ PAM ได้" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgstr "ไม่สามารถเริ่มการทำงานของบริการ winbind ได้" -#~ msgid "Global Configuration" -#~ msgstr "ปรับแต่งค่าทั่วไป" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." +msgstr "ไม่สามารถเริ่มการทำงานของดีมอน winbind ได้" -#~ msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" -#~ msgstr "กลุ่มงานหรือโดเมน: %1" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." +msgstr "ไม่สามารถหยุดการทำงานของบริการ winbind ได้" -#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" -#~ msgstr "สร้างไดเรกทอรีส่วนตัวหรือสร้างล็อกอิน" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +msgstr "ไม่สามารถหยุดการทำงานของดีมอน winbind ได้" -#~ msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" -#~ msgstr "จำนวนสูงสุดของตำแหน่งใช้งานร่วมกัน: %1" +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." +msgstr "ไม่สามารถเขียนการตั้งค่าของ PAM ได้" -#~ msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" -#~ msgstr "ตรวจสอบสิทธิ์กับ SMB: %1" +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "ปรับแต่งค่าทั่วไป" + +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "กลุ่มงานหรือโดเมน: %1" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "สร้างไดเรกทอรีส่วนตัวหรือสร้างล็อกอิน" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgstr "การตรวจสอบสิทธิ์แบบออฟไลน์ถูกเปิดใช้งาน" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +msgstr "จำนวนสูงสุดของตำแหน่งใช้งานร่วมกัน: %1" + +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "กลุ่มงานหรือโดเมน: %1" + +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" +msgstr "ตรวจสอบสิทธิ์กับ SMB: %1" + +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 +msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/samba-server.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/samba-server.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/samba-server.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-25 20:47+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/samba-users.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/samba-users.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/samba-users.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-25 19:46+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/scanner.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/scanner.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/scanner.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-12-07 14:21+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/security.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/security.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/security.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-02 21:16+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/services-manager.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/services-manager.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/services-manager.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -16,14 +16,226 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..." +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "กำลังอ่านการตั้งค่าปริยายของระบบ..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default system settings" +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "การตั้งค่าปริยายของระบบ" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default system settings" +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "การตั้งค่าปริยายของระบบ" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default system settings" +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "การตั้งค่าปริยายของระบบ" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..." +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "กำลังอ่านการตั้งค่าปริยายของระบบ..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Shares" +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "ตำแหน่งใช้งานร่วมกันที่มีอยู่" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The software proposal is reset to the default values." +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "ข้อเสนอซอฟต์แวร์ถูกปรับกลับไปใช้ค่าปริยาย" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "ยังไม่มีการเลือกแพกเกจสำหรับการติดตั้ง" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "ยังไม่มีการเลือกแพกเกจสำหรับการติดตั้ง" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "เขียนค่าการปรับแต่ง..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "เขียนการปรับแต่งค่าระบบ" + +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default system settings" +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "การตั้งค่าปริยายของระบบ" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "บริการ" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "เปิดใช้งาน" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "ทำงานอยู่" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "ข้อมูลอธิบาย" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Start" +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "เ&ริ่ม" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enab&le or Disable" +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "เปิดหรือปิดการใช้งาน" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "แสดงราย&ละเอียด" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software Manager" +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "จัดการซอฟต์แวร์" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading Service Status ..." +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "อ่านค่าสถานะของบริการ ..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "ปิดการใช้" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Active" +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "ทำงานอยู่" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "บริการ" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116 msgid "" @@ -61,3 +273,81 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default Value" +msgid "Default Target" +msgstr "ค่าปริยาย" + +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "ยังไม่มีการปรับแต่ง" + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Graphical Menu File" +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "แฟ้มเมนูบูตระบบแบบกราฟิก" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Text Mode" +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "โหมดข้อความ" + +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Interfaces" +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "ส่วนเชื่อมต่อเครือข่ายที่มีให้ใช้" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Mode" +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "เลือกโหมด" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Switch Mode" +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "โ&หมดการเปลี่ยน" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Default Settings" +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "แก้ไขการตั้งค่าปริยาย" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other System" +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "ระบบอื่น" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Required DMA Mode" +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "โหมด DMA ที่ต้องการ" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/slp-server.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/slp-server.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/slp-server.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/snapper.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/snapper.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/snapper.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -24,14 +24,14 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "ข้อมูลอธิบาย" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&User Name" msgid "User data" @@ -39,47 +39,47 @@ #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 #, fuzzy #| msgid "C&leanup Script" msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "สคริปต์&ล้างค่า" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modify %1" msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "แก้ไข %1" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Space Free (%1)" msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "พื้นที่ว่าง (%1)" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Host %1" msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr "เครื่อง %1" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create New " msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "สร้าง " #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading list of users..." msgid "Single snapshot" @@ -87,247 +87,247 @@ #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Pre" msgstr "ทำก่อน" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "คุณต้องการจะลบ '%1' จริง ๆ หรือ ?" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Singapore" msgid "Single" msgstr "สิงคโปร์" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading list of users..." msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "ทำการอ่านรายการผู้ใช้..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Subnet Configuration" msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "การปรับแต่งค่าเครือข่ายย่อย" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "ID" msgstr "ค่าประจำตัว" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "ประเภท" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start &Update" msgid "Start Date" msgstr "เริ่มการ&ปรับรุ่น" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Time and Date" msgid "End Date" msgstr "เวลาและวันที่" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Us&er Data" msgid "User Data" msgstr "ข้อมูลผู้ใช้" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No Change" msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "ไม่เปลี่ยนแปลง" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modify %1" msgid "Modify" msgstr "แก้ไข %1" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selected Service" msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "บริการที่เลือก" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Next %1: %2" msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "ตัวต่อไป %1: %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "กำลังจัดเก็บความเปลี่ยนแปลงไปยังแฟ้มต่าง ๆ..." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Accepting failed verifications" msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "ทำการยอมรับการตรวจความถูกต้องที่ล้มเหลว" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "ยังไม่มีแฟ้ม %1 อยู่" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File Contents: %1" msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "เนื้อหาต่าง ๆ ในแฟ้ม: %1" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restored Files:" msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "แฟ้มที่ถูกเรียกคืน:" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restore Options" msgid "Restore" msgstr "ตัวเลือกการเรียกคืนข้อมูล" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "เรียก&ปรับปรุงคลังที่เลือกไว้" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "เ&ปิด" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "เรียก&ปรับปรุงคลังที่เลือกไว้" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" msgid "" @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" msgid "" @@ -354,21 +354,21 @@ msgstr "คุณต้องการจะปรับใช้การตั้งค่าต่าง ๆ ของมอดูล '%1' ให้กับระบบปัจจุบันของคุณหรือไม่ ?" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "ยังไม่มีการเลือกแพกเกจสำหรับการติดตั้ง" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restoring Files" msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "เรียกคืนแฟ้ม" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/sound.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/sound.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/sound.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-27 13:34+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/squid.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/squid.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/squid.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-12-07 19:22+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -1433,11 +1433,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "แอฟริกา" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ภาษาอารบิก" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 #, fuzzy @@ -1488,7 +1488,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เปอร์เซีย" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 msgid "Finnish" @@ -1508,7 +1508,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "อินโดนีเซีย" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ลัตเวีย" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" @@ -1532,7 +1532,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "มลายู" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 msgid "Dutch" @@ -1593,7 +1593,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ไทย" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" @@ -1606,11 +1606,11 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" -msgstr "" +msgstr "อุซเบกิสถาน" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เวียดนาม" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/sshd.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/sshd.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/sshd.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-29 21:54+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ #. Table header #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "จำนวน" #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Sshd" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/storage.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/storage.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/storage.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-02 22:16+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ msgstr "ตั้งค่าการสร้างพาร์ทิชัน..." #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write global settings" @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ msgstr "เขียนการตั้งค่าทั่วไป" #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ "จัดแบ่งพาร์ทิชันสำหรับผู้เชี่ยวชาญ\n" #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -194,15 +194,21 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "เป็นไปไม่ได้ที่จะสร้างแนวทางที่ร้องขอมา" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -1041,7 +1047,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "เสนอให้แยกพาร์ทิชัน Home" @@ -1059,7 +1065,7 @@ msgstr "ประเภทของข้อเสนอ" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1073,7 +1079,7 @@ "ต้องการจะใช้การตั้งค่านี้จริงหรือไม่ ?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You tried to mount a fat partition to one of\n" @@ -1096,7 +1102,7 @@ "ต้องการจะใช้การตั้งค่าเช่นนี้จริง ๆ หรือไม่ ?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You tried to mount a fat partition to the\n" @@ -1118,7 +1124,7 @@ "ต้องการจะใช้การตั้งค่าเช่นนี้จริง ๆ หรือไม่ ?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You have mounted a partition with btrfs to the\n" @@ -1140,7 +1146,7 @@ "ต้องการจะใช้การตั้งค่าเช่นนี้จริง ๆ หรือไม่ ?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1161,7 +1167,7 @@ "ต้องการจะใช้การตั้งค่าเช่นนี้จริง ๆ หรือไม่ ?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Warning:\n" @@ -1183,7 +1189,7 @@ "ต้องการจะคงค่าขนาดนี้สำหรับใช้กับพาร์ทิชัน boot จริง ๆ หรือไม่ ?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" @@ -1194,7 +1200,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" @@ -1222,7 +1228,7 @@ "ต้องการจะใช้การตั้งค่าเช่นนี้โดยไม่มีพาร์ทิชัน /boot จริง ๆ หรือไม่ ?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1241,7 +1247,7 @@ "\n" "ต้องการจะใช้การตั้งค่าเช่นนี้จริง ๆ หรือไม่ ?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1250,7 +1256,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1267,31 +1273,7 @@ "ต้องการจะใช้การตั้งค่าเช่นนี้จริง ๆ หรือไม่ ?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443 -msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" -"คำเตือน: ด้วยการตั้งค่าปัจจุบันของคุณ การติดตั้ง %1 \n" -"จะเกิดปัญหาระหว่างทำการบูตระบบ เนื่องจากคุณไม่มี\n" -"พาร์ทิชัน \"boot\" อีกทั้งพาร์ทิชัน \"root\" ยังเป็นโวลุมลอจิคัล \n" -"LVM ด้วย ซึ่งมันใช้ทำการบูตไม่ได้\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"หากคุณไม่ทราบจริง ๆ ว่าคุณกำลังทำอะไรอยู่ โปรดใช้พาร์ทิชันปกติ\n" -"สำหรับจัดเก็บแฟ้มภายใน /boot\n" -"\n" -"ต้องการจะใช้การตั้งค่าเช่นนี้จริง ๆ หรือไม่ ?\n" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" @@ -1328,7 +1310,7 @@ "ต้องการจะใช้การตั้งค่าเช่นนี้จริง ๆ หรือไม่ ?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" @@ -1365,12 +1347,12 @@ "ต้องการจะใช้การตั้งค่าเช่นนี้จริง ๆ หรือไม่ ?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "ต้องการจะใช้การตั้งค่าเช่นนี้จริง ๆ หรือไม่ ?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -1401,7 +1383,7 @@ "ต้องการจะใช้การตั้งค่าเช่นนี้โดยไม่มีพาร์ทิชัน swap จริง ๆ หรือไม่ ?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -1420,7 +1402,7 @@ "โดยเฉพาะอย่างยิ่งกับกรณีต่อไปนี้:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1432,7 +1414,7 @@ "- ถ้าพาร์ทิชันนี้ยังไม่ได้มีการบรรจุระบบแฟ้มใด ๆ\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If in doubt, you might want to go back and mark this partition for\n" @@ -1448,7 +1430,7 @@ "/, /boot, /usr, /opt หรือ /var\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1459,7 +1441,7 @@ "จะคงการไม่ฟอร์แมตพาร์ทิชันไว้จริงหรือไม่ ?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1468,7 +1450,7 @@ "โปรดเอามันออกจาก RAID ก่อนจะทำการแก้ไขมัน\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1477,7 +1459,7 @@ "โปรดเอามันออกจากกลุ่มโวลุมก่อนจะทำการแก้ไขมัน\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1486,7 +1468,7 @@ "โปรดเอาโวลุมออกก่อนจะทำการแก้ไขมัน\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1495,7 +1477,7 @@ "โปรดเอามันออกจาก RAID ก่อนจะทำการลบมัน\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1503,14 +1485,14 @@ "อุปกรณ์ (%2) ถูกใช้โดย %1\n" "โปรดเอา %1 ออกก่อนจะทำการลบมัน\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The disk cannot be deleted." msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "ไม่สามารถทำการลบดิสก์ได้" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The device (%1) cannot be removed\n" @@ -1525,7 +1507,7 @@ "ลอจิคัลที่มีเลขสูงกว่ากำลังถูกใช้อยู่\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" @@ -1544,7 +1526,7 @@ "โปรดทำการ ยกเลิก หากคุณไม่ทราบว่าคุณกำลังทำอะไรอยู่\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1558,7 +1540,7 @@ "ที่เกี่ยวข้องกับมันออกจากกลุ่มโวลุม ก่อนจะทำการลบพาร์ทิชันส่วนขยาย\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1572,7 +1554,7 @@ "ออกจากระบบ RAID ก่อนที่จะทำการลบพาร์ทิชันส่วนขยาย\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1591,15 +1573,15 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "โปรดอย่าลืมสิ่งที่คุณได้ป้อนไว้ที่นี่" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "อนุญาตให้รหัสผ่านว่างไว้ได้" @@ -1634,7 +1616,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter a password for your file system:" msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" @@ -1647,7 +1629,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reenter the password for &verification:" msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" @@ -1677,7 +1659,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1688,7 +1670,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -2118,7 +2100,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -2131,25 +2113,25 @@ msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "การจัดการลายเซ็น" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed." msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "ไม่อนุญาตให้ข้อความของตัวเลือกว่างเอาไว้ได้" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "มีโซนชื่อ %1 อยู่แล้ว" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -2191,7 +2173,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -2218,7 +2200,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -2237,7 +2219,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -2269,7 +2251,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2542,12 +2524,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2555,38 +2537,38 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 #, fuzzy msgid "Unmount" msgstr " เมานท์" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user." msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "เป็นไปไม่ได้ที่จะทำการลบผู้ใช้ของ NIS" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user." msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "เป็นไปไม่ได้ที่จะทำการลบผู้ใช้ของ NIS" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "ไม่สามารถที่จะทำการสร้างพาร์ทิชันบน %1 ได้" #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "ตรวจหาอุปกรณ์อีกครั้ง" @@ -2596,49 +2578,56 @@ msgstr "นำเข้าจุดเมานท์..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Provide Password" msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "กำหนดรหัสผ่าน" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "ปรับแต่งดิสก์แบบ &iSCSI.." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &zFCP..." +msgid "Configure &FCoE..." +msgstr "ปรับแต่ง &zFCP..." + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "ปรับแต่ง &Multipath..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "ปรับแต่ง &DASD..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "ปรับแต่ง &zFCP..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "ปรับแต่ง &XPRAM..." #. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "ปรับแต่ง..." #. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "อุปกรณ์จัดเก็บข้อมูลที่มีอยู่บน %1" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." @@ -2647,7 +2636,7 @@ "ที่มีอยู่" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "By double clicking on a table entry\n" @@ -2663,7 +2652,7 @@ "ของอุปกรณ์" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." @@ -2672,7 +2661,7 @@ "คุณจะถูกนำทางไปยังมุมมองข้อมูลรายละเอียดของอุปกรณ์" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" @@ -2681,7 +2670,7 @@ "ต้องการจะตรวจหาดิสก์ใหม่อีกครั้งจริงหรือไม่ ?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" @@ -2690,9 +2679,22 @@ "ต้องการเรียกการปรับแต่งค่า iSCSI จริงหรือไม่ ?" #. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +#| "Really call zFCP configuration?" +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr "" +"การเรียกการปรับแต่งค่า zFCP จะเป็นการยกเลิกการเปลี่ยนแปลงที่มีทั้งหมด\n" +"ต้องการจะเรียกการปรับแต่งค่า zFCP จริงหรือไม่ ?" + #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Calling Multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2705,7 +2707,7 @@ "ต้องการจะเรียกการปรับแต่งค่า Multipath จริงหรือไม่ ?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" @@ -2714,7 +2716,7 @@ "ต้องการจะเรียกการปรับแต่งค่า DASD จริงหรือไม่ ?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" @@ -2723,7 +2725,7 @@ "ต้องการจะเรียกการปรับแต่งค่า zFCP จริงหรือไม่ ?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -3022,7 +3024,45 @@ msgstr "อุปกรณ์ที่ถูกใ&ช้" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Choose the size for the new partition." +msgid "Choose the role of the device." +msgstr "เลือกขนาดของพาร์ทิชันใหม่" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "O&perating Mode" +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "โหมดปฏิบัติการ" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress" +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr "ความคืบหน้าการทำงานของโปรแกรม Delta RPM" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Role: %s" +msgid "Role" +msgstr "บทบาท: %s" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." @@ -3031,7 +3071,7 @@ "และเลือกชนิดของระบบแฟ้มที่ต้องการใช้" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -3039,7 +3079,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" @@ -3052,47 +3092,47 @@ "แล้วป้อนจุดเมานท์ (เช่น /, /boot, /usr, /var เป็นต้น)" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "ตัวเลือกการฟอร์แมต" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "ฟอร์แมตพาร์ทิชัน" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "ไม่ต้องฟอร์แมตพาร์ทิชัน" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "ไม่ต้องเมานท์พาร์ทิชัน" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "ตัวเลือกการเมานท์" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "เมานท์พาร์ทิชัน" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "จุดเมานท์" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "ตัวเลือกในแฟ้ม Fs&tab..." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "แฟ้มเข้ารหัสจะต้องถูกเข้ารหัสก่อน" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -3105,19 +3145,19 @@ "โปรดกาเลือกตัวเลือกการฟอร์แมตด้วย\n" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "แฟ้มเข้ารหัสต้องการการกำหนดจุดเมานท์" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "แฟ้มเข้ารหัสต้องการการกำหนดจุดเมานท์" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -3131,7 +3171,7 @@ "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -3152,23 +3192,23 @@ "ได้\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 #, fuzzy #| msgid "All data previously present on the volume will be lost!" msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "ข้อมูลทั้งหมดที่มีอยู่ก่อนหน้านี้บนโวลุมจะหายไป !" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Password" msgstr "รหัสผ่าน" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -3178,7 +3218,7 @@ "คุณไม่สามารถปรับขนาดพาร์ทิชันที่เลือกไว้ได้ เนื่องจากระบบแฟ้มบนพาร์ทิชันนี้\n" "ไม่รองรับการปรับขนาด\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgid "" @@ -3187,7 +3227,7 @@ msgstr "ไม่สามารถที่จะทำการสร้างพาร์ทิชันบน %1 ได้" #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" @@ -3200,21 +3240,21 @@ "เนื่องจากระบบแฟ้มดูเหมือนจะไม่สอดคล้องกัน\n" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "ปรับขนาดพาร์ทิชัน %1" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "ปรับขนาดโวลุมลอจิคัล %1" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "ขนาดปัจจุบัน: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "พื้นที่ที่ถูกใช้ในปัจจุบัน: %1" @@ -3222,8 +3262,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -3235,33 +3275,33 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "ขนาดสูงสุด (%1)" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "ขนาดเล็กสุด (%1)" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "กำหนดขนาดเอง" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "เลือกขนาดใหม่" #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." @@ -3271,7 +3311,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3280,12 +3320,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "ผลส่งออกของ %1" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "ทำการตรวจหาดิสก์อีกครั้ง..." @@ -3476,50 +3516,50 @@ msgstr "ค่าของช่วงที่ป้อนมาใช้ไม่ได้" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "เพิ่มพาร์ทิชันบน %1" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "แก้ไขพาร์ทิชัน %1" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "ไม่มีพื้นที่เหลือสำหรับทำการย้ายพาร์ทิชัน %1" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "ต้องการจะย้ายพาร์ทิชัน %1 ไปส่วนถัดไปจริงหรือไม่ ?" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "ต้องการจะย้ายพาร์ทิชัน %1 ไปส่วนก่อนหน้าจริงหรือไม่ ?" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "ต้องการจะย้ายพาร์ทิชัน %1 จริงหรือไม่ ?" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 msgid "Forward" msgstr "ส่วนถัดไป" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Backward" msgstr "ส่วนก่อนหน้า" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "ยืนยันการทำการลบพาร์ทิชันทั้งหมด" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3527,7 +3567,7 @@ "ดิสก์ \"%1\" มีพาร์ทิชันอยู่แล้วอย่างน้อยหนึ่งพาร์ทิชัน\n" "หากคุณดำเนินการต่อไป จะมีการลบพาร์ทิชันต่อไปนี้ออกไป:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "ต้องการจะลบพาร์ทิชันทั้งหมดบน \"%1\" จริงหรือไม่ ?" @@ -3540,7 +3580,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "ดิสก์ถูกใช้งานอยู่ และไม่สามารถแก้ไขใด ๆ ได้" @@ -4548,12 +4588,12 @@ msgstr "ถูกใช้โดย" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "เพิ่มโวลุมลอจิคัลบน %1" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "แก้ไขโวลุมลอจิคัล %1 บน %2" @@ -4769,7 +4809,7 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "การตั้งค่า" @@ -4999,17 +5039,17 @@ msgstr "แก้ไขอุปกรณ์ต่าง ๆ ที่ถูกใช้สำหรับการทำ RAID" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "เพิ่ม RAID %1" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "ปรับขนาด RAID %1" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "แก้ไข RAID %1" @@ -5120,110 +5160,122 @@ #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "ป้ายชื่อ" #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "ค่าประจำตัว (UUID)" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "เมานท์โดย" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "ถูกใช้โดย" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "ค่าประจำตัวของไบออส" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "ข้อมูลไซลินเดอร์" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "ข้อมูลไฟเบอร์แชนเนล" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "การเข้ารหัส" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "ชื่ออุปกรณ์" #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "ป้ายชื่อของโวลุม" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "ค่าประจำตัวอุปกรณ์" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "พาธของอุปกรณ์" +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional" +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "ตัวเลือก" + +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "End Cylinder" +msgid "Cylinder" +msgstr "ไซลินเดอร์สิ้นสุด" + #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "ทำการเมานท์โดยปริยายโดยใช้" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "ระบบแฟ้มปริยาย" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "การจัดเรียงของพาร์ทิชันที่ถูกสร้างขึ้นใหม่" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "แสดงอุปกรณ์เก็บข้อมูลโดยใช้" #. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "ข้อมูลของอุปกรณ์จัดเก็บข้อมูลที่จะให้แสดง:" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" @@ -5232,7 +5284,7 @@ "ของอุปกรณ์จัดเก็บข้อมูล:" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" @@ -5243,7 +5295,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Set Default Root Filesystem\n" @@ -5256,7 +5308,7 @@ "ตั้งค่ารากระบบแฟ้มทั่วไปให้กับ Linux/ia64" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" @@ -5265,14 +5317,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -5614,14 +5666,14 @@ msgstr "ชุดรูปแบบ" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Size" msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "&ขนาด" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgid "" @@ -5629,14 +5681,14 @@ "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "จะต้องมีค่าอยู่ระหว่าง 0 ถึง 32767 โปรดลองใหม่อีกครั้ง" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "จะต้องมีค่าอยู่ระหว่าง 0 ถึง 32767 โปรดลองใหม่อีกครั้ง" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" @@ -5644,17 +5696,17 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "ระดับความ&สำคัญของ Swap" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "จะต้องมีค่าอยู่ระหว่าง 0 ถึง 32767 โปรดลองใหม่อีกครั้ง" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" @@ -5663,14 +5715,14 @@ "ป้อนค่าระดับความสำคัญของ Swap ค่าที่มากกว่าหมายถึงมีความสำคัญสูงกว่า\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mount &read-only" msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "เมานท์แบบ&อ่านได้อย่างเดียว" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Mount Read-Only:\n" @@ -5684,14 +5736,14 @@ "จะไม่ให้ทำการเขียนค่าใด ๆ ไปยังระบบแฟ้ม ค่าปริยายคือ เท็จ\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No &access time" msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "ไม่ปรับค่าเ&วลาเมื่อมีการเข้าใช้งาน" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No access time:\n" @@ -5704,14 +5756,14 @@ "จะไม่มีการปรับค่าเวลาที่เข้าใช้งานเมื่อมีการอ่านแฟ้ม ค่าปริยายคือ เท็จ" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mountable by &user" msgid "Mountable by &User" msgstr "ทำการเ&มานท์โดยผู้ใช้ได้" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" @@ -5720,12 +5772,12 @@ "ระบบแฟ้มจะสามารถถูกเมานท์โดยสิทธิ์ของผู้ใช้ภายในระบบได้ ค่าปริยายเป็น เท็จ\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "ไม่ต้องเมานท์เมื่อระบบเริ่มการทำงาน" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" @@ -5749,12 +5801,12 @@ "ค่าปริยายคือ เท็จ\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "เปิดใช้การรองรับการจัดสรรพื้นที่ดิสก์ (ทำโควต้าดิสก์ให้กับผู้ใช้)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5765,12 +5817,12 @@ "ค่าปริยายเป็น เท็จ\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "โหมดการทำ Journal ข้อมูล" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Data Journaling Mode:\n" @@ -5798,12 +5850,12 @@ "<tt>writeback</tt> -- ไม่จัดระเบียบข้อมูล โหมดนี้ไม่มีผลกระทบต่อประสิทธิภาพ\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "ควบคุมการเข้าใช้ (&Access Control Lists - ACL)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" @@ -5812,12 +5864,12 @@ "เปิดการควบคุมการเข้าใช้งานระบบแฟ้ม\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "ขยายคุณลักษณะผู้ใช้ (Extended User Attributes)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" @@ -5826,20 +5878,20 @@ "อนุญาตให้ใช้คุณลักษณะผู้ใช้แบบขยายบนระบบแฟ้มได้\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Arbitrary option &value" msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "ค่าตัวเลือกการเมานท์เพิ่มเติม" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "มีอักขระที่ใช้ไม่ได้ในค่าของจุดเมานท์ โปรดอย่าใช้อักขระ \"`'!\"%#\" ในค่าของจุดเมานท์" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" @@ -5850,12 +5902,12 @@ "หากมีมากกว่าหนึ่งตัวเลือกให้คั่นตัวเลือกด้วยจุลภาค\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "ชุดรหัสตัวอักษรสำหรับชื่อแฟ้ม" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" @@ -5864,12 +5916,12 @@ "ตั้งค่าชุดรหัสตัวอักษรที่จะใช้สำหรับการแสดงชื่อแฟ้มในพาร์ทิชันวินโดว์ส\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "ชุดรหัสตัวอักษรสำหรับชื่อแฟ้มแบบสั้นของ FAT" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" @@ -5878,12 +5930,12 @@ "ตั้งค่าชุดรหัสตัวอักษรที่จะใช้สำหรับการแปลงชื่อแฟ้มเป็นแบบสั้นบนระบบแฟ้มแบบ FAT\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "จำนวนของ FAT" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." @@ -5892,14 +5944,14 @@ "ระบุจำนวนของ FAT ที่มีในระบบแฟ้ม ค่าปริยายคือ 2" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 #, fuzzy #| msgid "FAT &size" msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "ขนาดของ FAT" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "FAT size:\n" @@ -5912,21 +5964,21 @@ "ระบุชนิดของตาราง FAT ที่ถูกใช้ (แบบ 12, 16, หรือ 32 บิต) หากระบุให้ทำอัตโนมัติ YaST2 จะทำการเลือกค่าที่เหมาะสมที่สุดสำหรับขนาดของระบบแฟ้มมาให้โดยอัตโนมัติ\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Root &dir entries" msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "รายการในไดเรกทอรีราก" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The minimum size for \"Root dir entries\" is 112. Please try again." msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "ขนาดน้อยสุดสำหรับ \"รายการในไดเรกทอรีราก\" คือ 112 โปรดลองใหม่อีกครั้ง" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Root dir entries:\n" @@ -5939,14 +5991,14 @@ "เลือกจำนวนของรายการที่มีอยู่ในไดเรกทอรีราก" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hash &function" msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "ฟังก์ชัน Hash" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Hash function:\n" @@ -5959,14 +6011,14 @@ "ระบุชื่อของฟังก์ชัน hash ที่จะใช้ในการจัดเรียงชื่อแฟ้มในไดเรกทอรี" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 #, fuzzy #| msgid "FS &revision" msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "รุ่นของระบบแฟ้ม" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "FS revision:\n" @@ -5980,14 +6032,14 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Block &size in bytes" msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "ขนาดบล็อคหน่วยเป็นไบต์" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Block size:\n" @@ -6001,13 +6053,13 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "ขนาดของ &Inode" #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" @@ -6016,14 +6068,14 @@ "ตัวเลือกนี้ใช้สำหรับกำหนดขนาด Inode ของระบบแฟ้ม\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Percentage of inode space" msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "ค่าเปอร์เซ็นต์ของพื้นที่ Inode" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Percentage of inode space:\n" @@ -6036,14 +6088,14 @@ "ตัวเลือก \"ค่าเปอร์เซ็นต์ของพื้นที่ Inode\" ใช้สำหรับกำหนดค่าเปอร์เซ็นต์สูงสุดของพื้นที่ในระบบแฟ้มที่สามารถถูกจัดสรรให้กับ Inode\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Inode &aligned" msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "จัดเรียง Inode" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Inode Aligned:\n" @@ -6062,14 +6114,14 @@ "ได้อย่างมีประสิทธิภาพมากกว่าที่ไม่มีการจัดเรียง\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Log size in megabytes" msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "&ขนาดของปูมบันทึก หน่วยเป็นเมกะไบต์" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Log size\" value is incorrect.\n" @@ -6083,26 +6135,26 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "Log Size\n" "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stride &length in blocks" msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "ความยาวของ Stride มีหน่วยเป็นบล็อค" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Stride length in blocks\" value is not possible.\n" @@ -6115,7 +6167,7 @@ "โปรดเลือกค่าที่มากกว่า 1" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -6128,7 +6180,7 @@ "บล็อคใน stripe ของระบบ RAID เป็นอาร์กิวเมนต์ของมัน\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Block size:\n" @@ -6141,14 +6193,14 @@ "กำหนดค่าขนาดของบล็อคในหน่วยไบต์ ค่าบล็อคที่ใช้ได้คือ 1024, 2048 และ 4096 ไบต์ต่อหนึ่งบล็อค หากเลือกเป็นอัตโนมัติ ขนาดของบล็อคจะใช้การพิจารณาจากขนาดของระบบแฟ้มและค่าที่คาดหวังในการใช้ของระบบแฟ้ม\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bytes per &inode" msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "จำนวนไบต์ต่อหนึ่ง &inode" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Bytes per inode:\n" @@ -6171,14 +6223,14 @@ "บนระบบแฟ้มหลังการสร้างแล้วได้ ดังนั้นโปรดตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่า ได้ป้อนค่าที่เหมาะสมกับพารามิเตอร์นี้แล้ว\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Percentage of blocks &reserved for root" msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "ค่าเปอร์เซ็นของบล็อคที่สงวนไว้สำหรับผู้ใช้ root" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Percentage of blocks reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" @@ -6192,21 +6244,21 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Percentage of blocks reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. This value defaults to 5%." msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." msgstr "ค่าเปอร์เซ็นของบล็อคที่สงวนไว้สำหรับผู้ใช้ root: กำหนดค่าร้อยละของบล็อคที่จะทำการสงวนไว้สำหรับผู้ดูแลระบบ โดยมีค่าปริยายคือ 5%" #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disable regular checks" msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "ปิดการตรวจสอบตามปกติ" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Disable regular checks:\n" @@ -6219,12 +6271,12 @@ "จะเป็นการปิดการตรวจสอบระบบแฟ้มตามปกติ เมื่อทำการบูตระบบ\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "คุณสมบัติการทำดัชนีของไ&ดเรกทอรี" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" @@ -6233,12 +6285,12 @@ "เปิดการทำดัชนีไดเรกทอรีโดยใช้อัลกอริทึม hashed b-trees เพื่อเพิ่มความเร็วในการค้นหาในไดเรกทอรีใหญ่ ๆ\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" @@ -6246,12 +6298,12 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6283,7 +6335,7 @@ "เพิ่ม, แก้ไข, ปรับขนาด หรือเอาพาร์ทิชันออกจากดิสก์ดังกล่าวได้ที่นี่\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6315,7 +6367,7 @@ "เพิ่ม, แก้ไข, ปรับขนาด หรือเอาพาร์ทิชันออกจากดิสก์ดังกล่าวได้ที่นี่\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6339,7 +6391,7 @@ "จะทำลายข้อมูลทั้งหมดบนพาร์ทิชันทั้งหมดของดิสก์ด้วย \n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6357,7 +6409,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "การปรับขนาดเป็นไปไม่ได้:" @@ -6370,7 +6422,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Could not set encryption.\n" @@ -6389,7 +6441,7 @@ "รหัสผ่านเข้ารหัสที่ให้มาอาจจจะไม่ถูกต้อง\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -6400,7 +6452,7 @@ "โปรดลองใหม่อีกครั้ง" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -6417,26 +6469,26 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "ป้อนรหัสผ่านการเข้ารหัสข้อมูล" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "กำหนดรหัสผ่าน" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "โวลุมแบบเข้ารหัสต่อไปนี้มีให้เลือกใช้อยู่แล้ว" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "การเปิดใช้โวลุมที่มีการเช้ารหัสข้อมูล" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6447,14 +6499,14 @@ "รหัสผ่านนั้นจะจำเป็นต้องใช้ทั้งเพื่อการอัพเดทโวลุม หรือหากมันเป็นโวลุมทางกายภาพแบบ LVM \n" "ซึ่งถูกเข้ารหัสข้อมูลอยู่" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you want to provide crypt passwords?" msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "คุณต้องการจะกำหนดรหัสผ่านสำหรับเข้ารหัสหรือไม่ ?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6465,64 +6517,64 @@ "โดยรหัสผ่านจะถูกนำไปใช้ทดลองกับอุปกรณ์ทั้งหมด" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "ป้อนรหัสผ่านการเข้ารหัสข้อมูล" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "กำลังพยายามปลดล็อคโวลุมที่มีการเข้ารหัสข้อมูล..." #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please provide password for any of the following devices:" msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "โปรดกำหนดรหัสผ่านสำหรับอุปกรณ์ต่าง ๆ ต่อไปนี้:" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please provide password for the following device:" msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "โปรดกำหนดรหัสผ่านให้กับอุปกรณ์ต่อไปนี้:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "กำลังพยายามปลดล็อคโวลุมที่มีการเข้ารหัสข้อมูล..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "รหัสผ่านไม่สามารถใช้ปลดล็อคโวลุมใด ๆ ได้" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "ดิสก์แบบ IDE" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "ดิสก์แบบ SCSI" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 msgid "Disk" msgstr "ดิสก์" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 #, fuzzy #| msgid "RAID" msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "ดิสก์อาร์เรย์ (RAID)" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "RAID" msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "ดิสก์อาร์เรย์ (RAID)" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6533,7 +6585,7 @@ "\n" "ไม่สามารถทำการลบพาร์ทิชัน %1 ได้ เนื่องจากมีพาร์ทิชันอื่น ๆ บนดิสก์ %2 ถูกใช้งานอยู่" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6543,7 +6595,7 @@ "อุปกรณ์ %1 ไม่สามารถจะถูกแก้ไขได้ เนื่องจากมันบรรจุ swap ที่ใช้งานอยู่และจำเป็น\n" "สำหรับใช้ในการดำเนินการติดตั้ง\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6553,7 +6605,7 @@ "อุปกรณ์ %1 ไม่สามารถจะถูกแก้ไขได้ เนื่องจากมันบรรจุข้อมูลที่จำเป็น\n" "สำหรับใช้ในการดำเนินการติดตั้ง\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6563,7 +6615,7 @@ "อุปกรณ์ %1 ไม่สามารถจะถูกเอาออกได้ เนื่องจากมันบรรจุ swap ที่ใช้งานอยู่และจำเป็น\n" "สำหรับใช้ในการดำเนินการติดตั้ง\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6573,7 +6625,7 @@ "อุปกรณ์ %1 ไม่สามารถจะถูกเอาออกได้ เนื่องจากมันบรรจุข้อมูลที่จำเป็น\n" "สำหรับใช้ในการดำเนินการติดตั้ง\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6590,7 +6642,7 @@ "อุปกรณ์ %1 ไม่สามารถจะถูกเอาออกได้ เนื่องจากมันจะไม่เปลี่ยนแปลง\n" "อุปกรณ์ %2 ที่บรรจุ swap ที่มีการใช้ในการดำเนินการติดตั้งอยู่โดยตรง\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6606,7 +6658,7 @@ "อุปกรณ์ %2 ที่บรรจุข้อมูลต้องการใช้ในการดำเนินการติดตั้งโดยตรง\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6621,20 +6673,20 @@ "ไม่สามารถทำการลบพาร์ทิชัน %1 ได้ เนื่องจากมีพาร์ทิชันอื่น ๆ บนดิสก์ %2 ถูกใช้งานอยู่" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Copying root filesystem..." msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "ทำการคัดลอกระบบแฟ้มราก (root)..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 #, fuzzy #| msgid "writing the firewall rules failed" msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" @@ -7273,53 +7325,53 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent fs. Try checking fs under Windows." msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "การปรับขนาดเป็นไปไม่ได้ เนื่องจากระบบแฟ้มขัดแย้งกัน โปรดทำการตรวจสอบระบบแฟ้มภายใต้ระบบวินโดว์ส" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "สร้างข้อเสนอที่มีฐานบน &LVM" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "เข้ารหัสกลุ่มโวลุม" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File system options:" msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "ตัวเลือกของระบบแฟ้ม:" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "เสนอให้แยกพาร์ทิชัน Home" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write global settings" msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "เขียนการตั้งค่าทั่วไป" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -7332,7 +7384,7 @@ "โปรดเลือกปุ่มที่คล้ายกัน เพื่อสร้างข้อเสนออิงพื้นฐานของ LVM\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7341,32 +7393,32 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "ป้อนรหัสผ่านของคุณสำหรับข้อเสนอที่มีการเข้ารหัส" #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 msgid "Password:" msgstr "รหัสผ่าน:" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "ป้อนรหัสผ่านอีกครั้งเพื่อตรวจสอบความถูกต้อง:" @@ -7393,28 +7445,50 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "ทำการเมานท์โดยใช้:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Default File System" msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "ระบบแฟ้มปริยาย" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "แสดงอุปกรณ์เก็บข้อมูลโดย:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "การจัดเรียงพาร์ทิชัน:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "ข้อมูลของอุปกรณ์จัดเก็บข้อมูลที่จะให้แสดง:" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" +#~ "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" +#~ "partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" +#~ "This does not work.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" +#~ "partition for your files below /boot.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Really use this setup?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "คำเตือน: ด้วยการตั้งค่าปัจจุบันของคุณ การติดตั้ง %1 \n" +#~ "จะเกิดปัญหาระหว่างทำการบูตระบบ เนื่องจากคุณไม่มี\n" +#~ "พาร์ทิชัน \"boot\" อีกทั้งพาร์ทิชัน \"root\" ยังเป็นโวลุมลอจิคัล \n" +#~ "LVM ด้วย ซึ่งมันใช้ทำการบูตไม่ได้\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "หากคุณไม่ทราบจริง ๆ ว่าคุณกำลังทำอะไรอยู่ โปรดใช้พาร์ทิชันปกติ\n" +#~ "สำหรับจัดเก็บแฟ้มภายใน /boot\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "ต้องการจะใช้การตั้งค่าเช่นนี้จริง ๆ หรือไม่ ?\n" + #~ msgid "&Edit Partition Setup..." #~ msgstr "ตังค่าการแก้ไขพาร์ทิชัน..." Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/sudo.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/sudo.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/sudo.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-02 22:09+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/support.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/support.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/support.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ #. Rich text title for Support in proposals #: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การสนับสนุน" #. Menu title for Support in proposals #: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 @@ -38,16 +38,16 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 -msgid "Open Novell Support Center" +msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 -msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เปิด" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "Collect Data" @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "Save as" -msgstr "" +msgstr "บันทึกเป็น" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "Directory to Save" @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ไม่สามารถเขียนการตั้งค่าได้" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" @@ -176,11 +176,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตั้งค่าขั้นสูง" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตัวเลือก" #. Support overview dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ชื่อ" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Phone Number" @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 -msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" +msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "" #. abort? @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ความคืบหน้า" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 msgid "Collected Data Review" @@ -278,6 +278,8 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>การยกเลิกการเตรียมการ:</big> \n" +"เพื่อให้สามารถยกเลิกเครื่องมือการปรับแต่งอย่างปลอดภัย ให้กดที่ ยกเลิก เดี๋ยวนี้\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 @@ -294,6 +296,10 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"<big>การยกเลิกการจัดเก็บ:</big> \n" +"เพื่อยกเลิกการจัดเก็บ ให้กดที่ ยกเลิก\n" +"จากนั้นจะมีกล่องแจ้งให้ทราบว่ามันปลอดภัยหรือไม่ที่จะยกเลิกการจัดเก็บ\n" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 @@ -318,13 +324,16 @@ "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>การแก้ไข หรือ การลบ:</big> \n" +"หากคุณกดที่ปุ่ม แก้ไข จะปรากฎกล่องปรับเปลี่ยนการตั้งค่า\n" +"ขึ้นมาให้คุณได้ทำการแก้ไข\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Opening Novell Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use Open Novell Support Center.\n" +"<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -406,7 +415,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -449,7 +458,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" -"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" "%1.\n" msgstr "" @@ -468,6 +477,9 @@ "Press Next to continue.\n" " \n" msgstr "" +"<big>การปรับแต่งค่า ส่วนที่สอง</big> \n" +"กดที่ปุ่ม ถัดไป เพื่อดำเนินการต่อ\n" +" \n" #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 @@ -476,6 +488,9 @@ "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" "" msgstr "" +"<big>การเลือกบางอย่าง</big> \n" +"หากเป็นไปไม่ได้ คุณจะต้องโคัดมันก่อน :-)\n" +"" #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -753,7 +768,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -764,7 +779,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "กำลังเตรียมการ..." #. global string created_directory=""; #: src/modules/Support.rb:143 @@ -773,7 +788,7 @@ #: src/modules/Support.rb:144 msgid "root Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "รหัสผ่านผู้ดูแลระบบ" #: src/modules/Support.rb:163 msgid "Password incorrect" @@ -792,27 +807,27 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เขียนค่าการปรับแต่ง" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ประมวลผล SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "กำลังทำการเขียนการตั้งค่า..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "กำลังประมวลผล SuSEconfig..." #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เสร็จสิ้น" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/sysconfig.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/sysconfig.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/sysconfig.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-12-04 14:48+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -490,51 +490,111 @@ "โปรดรอสักครู่... \n" "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" -#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" -#~ " it will not touch it.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " คำสั่ง SuSEconfig จะจัดเก็บค่าผลรวมการตรวจสอบของแต่ละแฟ้มการปรับแต่งไว้\n" -#~ " ดังนั้นมันจึงตรวจสอบได้ว่าคุณได้ทำการแก้ไขแฟ้มเหล่านั้นด้วยตัวคุณเองหรือไม่ ได้ \n" -#~ " และหากมันพบว่าคุณได้ทำการแก้ไขมันด้วยตัวคุณเอง มันก็จะไม่เข้าไปจัดการส่วนดังกล่าว\n" +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "กำลังค้นหา..." -#~ msgid "Searching..." -#~ msgstr "กำลังค้นหา..." +#. Display confirmation dialog +#. @param [String] message Confirmation message +#. @param [String] command Command to confirm +#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "คำสั่ง: " -#~ msgid "Command: " -#~ msgstr "คำสั่ง: " +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "ข้า&ม" -#~ msgid "S&kip" -#~ msgstr "ข้า&ม" +#. get activation map for variable +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "คำสั่งจะถูกประมวลผล" -#~ msgid "A command will be executed" -#~ msgstr "คำสั่งจะถูกประมวลผล" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "กำลังเริ่มคำสั่ง: %1..." -#~ msgid "Starting command: %1..." -#~ msgstr "กำลังเริ่มคำสั่ง: %1..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "คำสั่ง %1 ทำงานล้มเหลว" -#~ msgid "Command %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "คำสั่ง %1 ทำงานล้มเหลว" +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "จัดเก็บการปรับแต่งค่าของ sysconfig" -#~ msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" -#~ msgstr "จัดเก็บการปรับแต่งค่าของ sysconfig" +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "เขียนการตั้งค่าใหม่" -#~ msgid "Write the new settings" -#~ msgstr "เขียนการตั้งค่าใหม่" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "กระตุ้นใช้การเปลี่ยนแปลง" -#~ msgid "Activate the changes" -#~ msgstr "กระตุ้นใช้การเปลี่ยนแปลง" +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "การจัดเก็บตัวแปร %1 ไปยังแฟ้ม %2 ล้มเหลว" -#~ msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." -#~ msgstr "การจัดเก็บตัวแปร %1 ไปยังแฟ้ม %2 ล้มเหลว" +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "กำลังจัดเก็บตัวแปร %1..." -#~ msgid "Saving variable %1..." -#~ msgstr "กำลังจัดเก็บตัวแปร %1..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "กำลังจัดเก็บความเปลี่ยนแปลงไปยังแฟ้มต่าง ๆ..." -#~ msgid "Saving changes to the files..." -#~ msgstr "กำลังจัดเก็บความเปลี่ยนแปลงไปยังแฟ้มต่าง ๆ..." +#. service is running, reload it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 +msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgstr "บริการ %1 กำลังจะถูกเรียกโหลดอีกครั้ง" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 +msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgstr "กำลังเรียกโหลดบริการ %1 ใหม่อีกครั้ง..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 +msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "การเรียกโหลดบริการ %1 ใหม่อีกครั้งล้มเหลว" + +#. service is running, restart it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 +msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgstr "บริการ %1 กำลังจะถูกเริ่มการทำงานใหม่" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 +msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgstr "กำลังเริ่มการทำงานของบริการ %1 ใหม่อีกครั้ง..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 +msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "การเริ่มการทำงานของบริการ %1 ใหม่อีกครั้งล้มเหลว" + +#. set 100% in progress bar +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "เสร็จสิ้น" + +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "สรุปการปรับแต่งค่า" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" +#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" +#~ " it will not touch it.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " คำสั่ง SuSEconfig จะจัดเก็บค่าผลรวมการตรวจสอบของแต่ละแฟ้มการปรับแต่งไว้\n" +#~ " ดังนั้นมันจึงตรวจสอบได้ว่าคุณได้ทำการแก้ไขแฟ้มเหล่านั้นด้วยตัวคุณเองหรือไม่ ได้ \n" +#~ " และหากมันพบว่าคุณได้ทำการแก้ไขมันด้วยตัวคุณเอง มันก็จะไม่เข้าไปจัดการส่วนดังกล่าว\n" + #~ msgid "All configuration scripts will be started." #~ msgstr "สคริปต์ปรับแต่งค่าทุกสคริปต์จะเริ่มการทำงาน" @@ -553,30 +613,6 @@ #~ msgid "Configuration module %1 failed." #~ msgstr "มอดูลปรับแต่งค่า %1 ทำงานล้มเหลว" -#~ msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" -#~ msgstr "บริการ %1 กำลังจะถูกเรียกโหลดอีกครั้ง" - -#~ msgid "Reloading service %1..." -#~ msgstr "กำลังเรียกโหลดบริการ %1 ใหม่อีกครั้ง..." - -#~ msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "การเรียกโหลดบริการ %1 ใหม่อีกครั้งล้มเหลว" - -#~ msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" -#~ msgstr "บริการ %1 กำลังจะถูกเริ่มการทำงานใหม่" - -#~ msgid "Restarting service %1..." -#~ msgstr "กำลังเริ่มการทำงานของบริการ %1 ใหม่อีกครั้ง..." - -#~ msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "การเริ่มการทำงานของบริการ %1 ใหม่อีกครั้งล้มเหลว" - -#~ msgid "Finished" -#~ msgstr "เสร็จสิ้น" - -#~ msgid "Configuration Summary" -#~ msgstr "สรุปการปรับแต่งค่า" - #~ msgid "" #~ "Here, see the values YaST2 will change.\n" #~ "Choose \"OK\" for YaST2 to save these changes.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/tftp-server.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/tftp-server.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/tftp-server.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-18 17:15+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/timezone_db.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/timezone_db.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/timezone_db.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-02 11:53+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/tune.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/tune.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/tune.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-27 02:25+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -18,53 +18,60 @@ "X-Generator: LoKalize 0.2\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "" #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "กำลังตรวจหาฮาร์ดแวร์..." #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "ความคืบหน้า" #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "รายการทั้งหมด" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "บันทึกไปยังแฟ้ม..." #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "ข้อมูลของฮาร์ดแวร์" #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." msgstr "" +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Settings" +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "ตั้งค่าระบบ" + #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "ระบบ" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "&ระบบ" @@ -1359,6 +1366,3 @@ #~ msgid "&System Settings..." #~ msgstr "ตั้งค่าระบบ..." - -#~ msgid "System Settings" -#~ msgstr "ตั้งค่าระบบ" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/update.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/update.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/update.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-16 21:09+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "ตัวเลือกการปรับรุ่น" @@ -178,18 +178,18 @@ #. Table item (unknown file system) #. label - name of sustem to update #. starts with >`< -#. label for an unknown installed system +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "ไม่ทราบ" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "ปรับรุ่นเป็น %1" @@ -273,9 +273,19 @@ "ให้เลือกตัวเลือก ลบแพกเกจที่ไม่มีการดูแลแล้ว เพื่อทำการลบแพกเกจเหล่านี้\n" "ในระหว่างทำการปรับรุ่น\n" -#. yes/no question +#. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" @@ -285,13 +295,13 @@ #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "ล้มเหลวในการเมานท์ระบบเป้าหมาย" #. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." msgstr "" @@ -362,12 +372,12 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "ไม่สามารถอ่านฐานข้อมูล RPM ปัจจุบันได้" #. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "ผลิตภัณฑ์ที่ถูกติดตั้งอยู่แล้ว เข้ากันไม่ได้กับผลิตภัณฑ์ซึ่งอยู่บนสื่อการติดตั้ง" @@ -375,14 +385,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "ผลิตภัณฑ์ที่ไม่รู้จัก" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" @@ -398,22 +408,22 @@ "หรือให้ปิดการใช้คลังแพกเกจของซอฟต์แวร์ของผลิตภัณฑ์ที่มีรุ่นต่างกัน" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "คำเตือน: การปรับรุ่นจาก '%1' เป็น '%2' ผลิตภัณฑ์ของการปรับรุ่นดังกล่าวไม่ตรงกัน" #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "ปรับรุ่นเฉพาะแพกเกจที่ติดตั้งไว้แล้วเท่านั้น" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "ปรับรุ่นโดยใช้ฐานตามชุดรูปแบบ" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Update Options</big>\n" @@ -432,17 +442,17 @@ "(ชุดการเลือกปริยาย), และไม่ว่าควรจะมีการลบแพกเกจที่ไม่มีการดูแลแล้วออกหรือไม่ก็ตาม" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "ตัวเลือกการ&ปรับรุ่น" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "แฟ้มเหล่านี้ยังไม่มีอยู่:%1" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -455,27 +465,27 @@ "ที่ไม่สามารถทำงานได้อย่างถูกต้อง" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "ลินุกซ์ที่ไม่รู้จัก" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "ไม่รู้จักหรือไม่ใช่ลินุกซ์" #. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" #. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "พาร์ทิชันหรือระบบที่จะใช้บูต:" #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -486,12 +496,12 @@ "\n" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "พาร์ทิชันหรือระบบที่จะปรับรุ่น:" #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -502,12 +512,12 @@ "\n" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "เลือกเพื่อปรับรุ่น" #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "\n" "Show All Partitions expands the list to a\n" @@ -520,42 +530,42 @@ "\n" #. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "ระบบ" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "พาร์ทิชัน" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "สถาปัตยกรรม" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 msgid "File System" msgstr "ระบบแฟ้ม" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "ป้ายชื่อ" #. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "แ&สดงพาร์ทิชันทั้งหมด" #. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 msgid "&Boot" msgstr "&บูต" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." @@ -564,7 +574,7 @@ "บนพาร์ทิชันที่เลือกไว้" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" @@ -577,20 +587,20 @@ "แตกต่างจากของผลิตภัณฑ์นี้" #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "ใ&ช่ ใช้มัน" #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -598,13 +608,13 @@ "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 #, fuzzy msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "ทำ&ต่อไป" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." @@ -613,17 +623,17 @@ "เกี่ยวกับการแก้ไขปัญหานี้" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "ระบบลินุกซ์ที่ไม่รู้จัก" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "ไม่ใช่ระบบลินุกซ์" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -638,7 +648,7 @@ "หรือเริ่มการทำงานของคอมพิวเตอร์ใหม่อีกครั้ง\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "ทำการตรวจสอบพาร์ทิชัน %1" @@ -647,23 +657,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "แสดง&รายละเอียด" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "ทำการตรวจสอบระบบแฟ้มบน %1..." #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "การตรวจสอบระบบแฟ้มล้มเหลว" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" @@ -679,24 +689,24 @@ "คุณต้องการจะทำการเมานท์อุปกรณ์ต่อไปหรือไม่ ?" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "ข้ามการเมานท์" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "รหัสผ่านไม่ถูกต้อง ลองใหม่หรือไม่ ?" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 msgid "Warning" msgstr "แจ้งเตือน" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" @@ -721,7 +731,7 @@ "คุณต้องการจะทำการปรับรุ่นระบบปัจจุบันต่อไปหรือไม่ ?" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" @@ -752,27 +762,27 @@ "ระบุตัวเลือกการเมานท์ หากต้องการยกเลิก ให้คลิกที่ ยกเลิก" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "ตัวเลือกการเมานท์ที่&ระบุ" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "ตัวเลือกการเมานท์" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "จุ&ดเมานท์" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&อุปกรณ์" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -781,12 +791,12 @@ "(ปล่อยว่างเพื่อให้ตรวจสอบอัตโนมัติ)" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "พาร์ทิชัน /var %1 ไม่สามารถทำการเมานท์ได้\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -794,18 +804,18 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 msgid "None" msgstr "ไม่มี" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "ไม่สามารถเมานท์พาร์ทิชัน /var ด้วยการปรับแต่งค่าดิสก์นี้ได้\n" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -813,24 +823,24 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 #, fuzzy msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "เลือกอุปกรณ์" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Info" msgstr "หมายเลขอุปกรณ์" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "ไม่สามารถเมานท์พาร์ทิชัน /var ด้วยการปรับแต่งค่าดิสก์นี้ได้\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -843,7 +853,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -852,17 +862,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "ไม่พบแฟ้ม fstab" #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "พาร์ทิชันรากในแฟ้ม /etc/fstab มีอุปกรณ์รากที่ใช้งานไม่ได้\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "มันถูกเมานท์อยู่ในปัจจุบันเป็น %1 แต่ถูกแสดงเป็น %2\n" @@ -883,38 +893,73 @@ msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "ตรวจสอบรายการปรับรุ่นที่มี..." +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Specified profile not found." +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "ไม่พบโพรไฟล์ที่ระบุ" + +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read license file %1" +msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" +msgstr "ไม่สามารถอ่านแฟ้มสัญญาอนุญาต %1 ได้" + #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "ผลิตภัณฑ์ที่ไม่รู้จัก" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update -#: src/modules/Update.rb:817 -msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" -msgstr "อนุญาตให้ลดรุ่นของแพกเกจได้" +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" +msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation." +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "ล้มเหลวในการเลือกแพกเกจ %1 ตัวสำหรับใช้ในการติดตั้ง" + +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "การตั้งค่าการปรับรุ่น" -#: control/update.glade:34 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Update" msgstr "ปรับรุ่น" -#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "ปฏิบัติการปรับรุ่น" -#: control/update.glade:63 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "ปรับแต่งค่าการปรับรุ่นระบบ" -#: control/update.glade:71 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "ปรับแต่งค่าการปรับรุ่น" +#~ msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" +#~ msgstr "อนุญาตให้ลดรุ่นของแพกเกจได้" + #~ msgid "Clean Up" #~ msgstr "ล้างค่า" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/users.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/users.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/users.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-28 22:55+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ msgstr "รหัสผ่านสำหรับผู้ดูแลระบบ (root)" #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "โปรดอย่าลืมสิ่งที่คุณได้ป้อนไว้ที่นี่" @@ -4301,23 +4301,23 @@ "โปรดลบผู้ใช้เหล่านี้ออกจากกลุ่มผู้ใช้เสียก่อน" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>ผู้ใช้</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>กลุ่มผู้ใช้</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 #, fuzzy msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "ตั้งค่าการล็อกอิน" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/vm.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/vm.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/vm.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -27,138 +27,178 @@ msgstr "" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" msgstr "" #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "การปรับแต่งค่าแผงวงจรเครือข่าย" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +msgid "KVM server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Admin tools" +msgid "KVM tools" +msgstr "เครื่องมือดูแลระบบ" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Virtualization" +msgid "Virtualization client tools" +msgstr "เวอร์ชวลไลเซชัน" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration server:" +msgid "Xen server" +msgstr "แม่ข่ายบริการลงทะเบียน:" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Admin tools" +msgid "Xen tools" +msgstr "เครื่องมือดูแลระบบ" + #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "กำลังตรวจสอบแพกเกจต่าง ๆ ..." #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "กำลังติดตั้งแพกเกจ..." #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "" #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Updating configuration files..." msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "กำลังอัปเดตแฟ้มการปรับแต่ง..." #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "กำลังปรับแต่งเครือข่าย..." #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Bridge" msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "บริดจ์เครือข่าย" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" @@ -171,27 +211,27 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/wagon.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/wagon.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/wagon.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-12-04 12:45+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/wol.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/wol.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/wol.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/xpram.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/xpram.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/xpram.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/th/po/yast2-apparmor.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/yast2-apparmor.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/yast2-apparmor.th.po 2014-10-07 15:42:46 UTC (rev 89773) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-28 13:49+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -312,11 +312,11 @@ #. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "&Done" msgstr "" @@ -1087,61 +1087,71 @@ msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "" -#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enforce" +msgid "enforce" +msgstr "บังคับใช้" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +msgid "complain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "" #. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), #. TODO switch to variable in a module #. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "ชื่อของโพรไฟล์" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 msgid "Mode" msgstr "โหมด" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "" #. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "" #. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select an item to delete." msgid "Select an action to perform." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

← Newer
1
...
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
...
97
Older →

Jump to page: